openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

October 2014

25 participants
969 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89812 - trunk/yast/fa/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 18:05:59 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89812 Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/add-on-creator.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/add-on.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/audit-laf.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/auth-client.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/auth-server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/autoinst.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/base.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/bootloader.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/ca-management.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/cio.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/cluster.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/control-center.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/control.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/country.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/crowbar.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/dhcp-server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/dns-server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/drbd.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/fcoe-client.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/firewall-services.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/firewall.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/firstboot.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/ftp-server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/geo-cluster.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/gtk.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/http-server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/inetd.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/installation.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/instserver.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/iplb.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/iscsi-client.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/iscsi-lio-server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/iscsi-server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/isns.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/kdump.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/kerberos-server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/kerberos.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/languages_db.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/ldap-client.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/ldap-server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/ldap.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/live-installer.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/lxc.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/mail.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/multipath.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/ncurses-pkg.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/ncurses.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/network.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/nfs.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/nfs_server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/nis.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/nis_server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/ntp-client.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/oneclickinstall.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/online-update-configuration.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/online-update.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/opensuse_mirror.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/packager.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/pam.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/pkg-bindings.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/printer.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/product-creator.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/proxy.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/qt-pkg.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/qt.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/rdp.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/rear.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/registration.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/reipl.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/relocation-server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/s390.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/samba-client.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/samba-server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/samba-users.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/scanner.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/security.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/services-manager.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/slp-server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/snapper.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/sound.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/squid.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/sshd.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/storage.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/sudo.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/support.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/sysconfig.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/tftp-server.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/timezone_db.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/tune.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/update.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/users.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/vm.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/wagon.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/wol.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/xpram.fa.po trunk/yast/fa/po/yast2-apparmor.fa.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/add-on-creator.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/add-on-creator.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/add-on-creator.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-11 16:28+0430\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری- گ.گل <mostafa.barmshory(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/add-on.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/add-on.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/add-on.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-04 09:02+0330\n" "Last-Translator: Mohammad Rezaei Seresht <mohammad(a)rezaeiseresht.ir>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -38,32 +38,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"نام فایل مقصد(خصیصه ی 'xmlfile') وجود ندارد. دستور زیر را استفاده کنید. " -"xmlfile=<فایل XML مقصد>" +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "نام فایل مقصد(خصیصه ی 'xmlfile') وجود ندارد. دستور زیر را استفاده کنید. xmlfile=<فایل XML مقصد>" #. dialog caption #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "در حال مقدار دهی اولیه..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "" @@ -89,10 +85,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "ناشناس" @@ -118,7 +114,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "نصب محصولات مضاعف(Add-on)" @@ -129,8 +125,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question @@ -224,40 +219,40 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -269,33 +264,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "یک مخزن انتخاب کنید." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "انتخاب محصول" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -303,12 +298,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -317,106 +312,104 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "محصول" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown Product" msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "محصول ناشناس" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "آدرس" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "نسخه نامشخص" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -425,7 +418,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/audit-laf.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/audit-laf.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/audit-laf.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -462,8 +462,7 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -494,21 +493,15 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 @@ -521,42 +514,33 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" @@ -564,13 +548,10 @@ #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" @@ -578,28 +559,23 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" @@ -607,8 +583,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 @@ -629,28 +604,23 @@ #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" @@ -660,10 +630,8 @@ #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" @@ -671,8 +639,7 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 1/6 @@ -681,39 +648,31 @@ "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" msgstr "" #. rules dialog help 6/6 @@ -754,11 +713,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." +#| msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." msgstr "برای دسترسی به سرویس X11، باید بسته ی, %1نصب شود" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/auth-client.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/auth-client.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/auth-client.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -205,70 +205,48 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 @@ -284,42 +262,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "" #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 @@ -331,20 +295,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 @@ -360,50 +319,36 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section @@ -414,37 +359,27 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 @@ -452,51 +387,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 @@ -504,9 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 @@ -514,9 +431,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 @@ -528,8 +443,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 @@ -553,27 +467,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 @@ -581,9 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 @@ -595,15 +499,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider @@ -612,9 +512,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 @@ -622,9 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 @@ -634,32 +530,23 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " -"sss_useradd(8)" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 @@ -672,15 +559,11 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 @@ -724,8 +607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 @@ -741,106 +623,67 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " -"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 @@ -848,10 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 @@ -859,16 +699,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 @@ -880,17 +715,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 @@ -918,30 +747,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 @@ -957,13 +775,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 @@ -971,9 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 @@ -981,52 +795,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 @@ -1034,33 +831,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 @@ -1076,16 +863,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 @@ -1101,9 +883,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 @@ -1119,8 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 @@ -1132,28 +911,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 @@ -1165,15 +935,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 @@ -1181,9 +947,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 @@ -1195,39 +959,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 @@ -1235,9 +987,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 @@ -1254,16 +1004,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 @@ -1271,15 +1016,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 @@ -1295,9 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section @@ -1306,21 +1045,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 @@ -1328,8 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" #. end Export Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/auth-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/auth-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/auth-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -98,9 +98,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." msgstr "" #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); @@ -113,9 +111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 @@ -149,7 +145,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "باز کردن درگاه در دیواره ی آتش(Open Port in Firewall)" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -164,7 +160,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "دیواره ی آتش (Firewall) غیر فعال است." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -204,9 +200,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -227,10 +221,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" @@ -311,9 +303,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #. get helps page @@ -502,7 +492,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&کاوش" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -521,9 +511,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 @@ -561,15 +549,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 @@ -596,8 +581,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" @@ -628,10 +612,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -644,18 +626,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -682,17 +660,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -703,24 +677,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" @@ -754,8 +722,7 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -769,35 +736,25 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" @@ -813,14 +770,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" @@ -834,15 +787,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -856,33 +806,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -901,11 +846,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" @@ -921,8 +864,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -935,11 +877,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" @@ -949,8 +889,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" @@ -960,16 +899,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -981,14 +915,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -997,8 +927,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1012,8 +941,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1046,10 +974,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 @@ -1060,10 +986,8 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1104,15 +1028,11 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 @@ -1123,15 +1043,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1143,8 +1060,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" @@ -1166,18 +1082,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1188,10 +1101,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1209,26 +1120,21 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 @@ -1237,17 +1143,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 @@ -1258,8 +1161,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1277,16 +1179,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1301,12 +1201,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1317,84 +1214,63 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 @@ -1439,9 +1315,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 @@ -1450,12 +1324,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 @@ -1464,9 +1333,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 @@ -1475,9 +1342,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 @@ -1486,10 +1351,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 @@ -1498,10 +1360,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 @@ -1519,49 +1378,33 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type @@ -1571,69 +1414,47 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife @@ -1643,9 +1464,7 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. ################################################################################# @@ -1970,9 +1789,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1980,8 +1797,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -2006,7 +1822,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "در حال مقدار دهی اولیه..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -2149,7 +1965,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "خیر" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -2157,7 +1973,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بله" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2293,9 +2109,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 @@ -2303,8 +2117,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 @@ -2638,7 +2451,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "انتخاب" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" @@ -2691,7 +2504,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "خصوصیت ها" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" @@ -2815,8 +2628,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 @@ -3041,9 +2853,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 @@ -3063,9 +2873,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 @@ -3094,7 +2902,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "هنوز پیکربندی نشده." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -3167,9 +2975,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 @@ -3200,9 +3006,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed @@ -3244,8 +3048,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/autoinst.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/autoinst.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/autoinst.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -119,8 +119,7 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 @@ -144,18 +143,15 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" @@ -228,10 +224,8 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" @@ -274,21 +268,21 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -600,8 +594,7 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" @@ -624,8 +617,7 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -638,8 +630,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 @@ -655,12 +646,9 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -668,8 +656,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " @@ -843,8 +830,7 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 @@ -1289,9 +1275,7 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgstr "" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed @@ -1308,9 +1292,7 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgstr "" #. EXIT @@ -1439,8 +1421,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" @@ -1567,16 +1548,14 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1717,8 +1696,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1744,8 +1722,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 @@ -1754,8 +1731,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1788,8 +1764,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" @@ -1804,12 +1779,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 @@ -1822,8 +1792,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1920,8 +1889,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1934,8 +1902,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1945,8 +1912,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1969,8 +1935,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1981,12 +1946,9 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1994,10 +1956,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2085,8 +2045,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2115,9 +2074,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "" #. backdoor for merging problems. @@ -2189,10 +2146,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" @@ -2201,8 +2156,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2391,9 +2345,7 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 @@ -2401,9 +2353,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); @@ -2416,8 +2366,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 @@ -2463,8 +2412,7 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" @@ -2507,16 +2455,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/base.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/base.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/base.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-01 17:04+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -86,9 +86,7 @@ #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"برای مشاهده لیست کامل فرمان های در دسترس از عبارت 'yast2 %1 help' استفاده " -"کنید." +msgstr "برای مشاهده لیست کامل فرمان های در دسترس از عبارت 'yast2 %1 help' استفاده کنید." #. translators: error message in command line interface #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371 @@ -128,17 +126,13 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"برای مشاهده ی لیست کامل خصیصه های در دسترس از عبارت '%1 %2 help' استفاده " -"کنید." +msgstr "برای مشاهده ی لیست کامل خصیصه های در دسترس از عبارت '%1 %2 help' استفاده کنید." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"برای مشاهده لیست کامل خصیصه های در دسترس از عبارت 'yast2 %1 %2 help' استفاده " -"کنید." +msgstr "برای مشاهده لیست کامل خصیصه های در دسترس از عبارت 'yast2 %1 %2 help' استفاده کنید." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 @@ -237,26 +231,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"برای مشاهده ی لیستی از خصیصه های در دسترس 'yast2 %1 <command>' را اجرا کنید" +msgstr "برای مشاهده ی لیستی از خصیصه های در دسترس 'yast2 %1 <command>' را اجرا کنید" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"نام فایل مقصد(خصیصه ی 'xmlfile') وجود ندارد. دستور زیر را استفاده کنید. " -"xmlfile=<فایل XML مقصد>" +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "نام فایل مقصد(خصیصه ی 'xmlfile') وجود ندارد. دستور زیر را استفاده کنید. xmlfile=<فایل XML مقصد>" #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"نام فایل مقصد(خصیصه ی 'xmlfile') خالی است. دستور زیر را استفاده کنید. " -"xmlfile=<فایل XML مقصد>" +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "نام فایل مقصد(خصیصه ی 'xmlfile') خالی است. دستور زیر را استفاده کنید. xmlfile=<فایل XML مقصد>" #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 @@ -958,11 +943,7 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 @@ -972,8 +953,7 @@ "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." msgstr "" "دکمه ها دارای کلیدهای میانبر هستند(حروف با رنگ روشن).\n" -"دکمه ی [ALT] را به همراه حرف مشخص شده فشار دهید تا دکمه مورد نظر فعال شود.</" -"p>" +"دکمه ی [ALT] را به همراه حرف مشخص شده فشار دهید تا دکمه مورد نظر فعال شود." #. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345 @@ -1006,8 +986,7 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 @@ -1471,6 +1450,17 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "عدم موفقیت در نصب بسته های مورد نیاز." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "نوشتن قالب بندی سیستم" + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + #. Get information about the OS release #. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file #. is missing. @@ -1797,14 +1787,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>ایجاد یک کلید GPG جدید</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> آغاز شده است, <tt>gpg</tt> pager دستی را برای اطلاعات " -"بیشترببینید.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> آغاز شده است, <tt>gpg</tt> pager دستی را برای اطلاعات بیشترببینید.\n" "برای انصراف Ctrl+C را فشار دهید.\n" "" @@ -1840,8 +1828,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a log message to describe the changes that you did" msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." -msgstr "" -"برای شرح تغییراتی که شما داده اید یک ثبت پیام(log message) را وارد کنید" +msgstr "برای شرح تغییراتی که شما داده اید یک ثبت پیام(log message) را وارد کنید" #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 #: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 @@ -1851,8 +1838,7 @@ "the field below.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ثبت رخداد نمایش داده شده</big> \n" -"برای انتخاب ثبت رخداد(log) برای نمایش Log را استفاده کنید. این در " -"فیلد زیر\n" +"برای انتخاب ثبت رخداد(log) برای نمایش Log را استفاده کنید. این در فیلد زیر\n" "نمایش خواهد یافت.\n" #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 @@ -1872,8 +1858,7 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"برای پردازش اعمال پیشرفته یا ذخیره ی ثبت رخداد در یک فایل, دکمه ی %1 " -"را فشار دهید\n" +"برای پردازش اعمال پیشرفته یا ذخیره ی ثبت رخداد در یک فایل, دکمه ی %1 را فشار دهید\n" "و عمل مورد نظر را برای پردازش انتخاب کنید.." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -1895,8 +1880,7 @@ "to which to save the log.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"برای ذخیره ی ثبت رخداد (log) در یک فایل, ذخیره ی ثبت رخداد را کلیک " -"کنید و فایل \n" +"برای ذخیره ی ثبت رخداد (log) در یک فایل, ذخیره ی ثبت رخداد را کلیک کنید و فایل \n" "مورد نظر را برای ذخیره کردن ثبت رخداد(log) انتخاب کنید.\n" #. menu button @@ -1990,23 +1974,20 @@ #. transaltors: selection box title #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:418 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" -"&واسط های شبکه با باز کردن درگاه در دیواره ی آتش(Open Port in Firewall)" +msgstr "&واسط های شبکه با باز کردن درگاه در دیواره ی آتش(Open Port in Firewall)" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:511 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be " -#| "unselected:\n" +#| "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be unselected:\n" #| "%1" msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"این واسط های شبکه اختصاص داده شده به شبکه داخلی نمی توانند انتخاب نشده " -"باشند:\n" +"این واسط های شبکه اختصاص داده شده به شبکه داخلی نمی توانند انتخاب نشده باشند:\n" "%1" #. question popup @@ -2057,8 +2038,7 @@ #. translators: selection box title #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" -"واسط های &شبکه با باز کردن درگاه در دیواره ی آتش(Open Port in Firewall)" +msgstr "واسط های &شبکه با باز کردن درگاه در دیواره ی آتش(Open Port in Firewall)" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:737 @@ -2093,8 +2073,7 @@ "set %1. " msgstr "" "<big>تنظیمات دیواره ی آتش (Firewall)</big> \n" -"برای باز کردن دیواره ی آتش به منظور اجازه ی دسترسی دادن به سرویس از رایانه " -"های راه دور(remote),\n" +"برای باز کردن دیواره ی آتش به منظور اجازه ی دسترسی دادن به سرویس از رایانه های راه دور(remote),\n" "قرار دهید %1. " #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional @@ -2151,15 +2130,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "کارت شبکه" @@ -2167,21 +2146,21 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 @@ -2197,327 +2176,327 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "مصنوع" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "سومری" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "بی سیم" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" @@ -2583,7 +2562,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:294 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2594,14 +2573,14 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:362 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" "or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:368 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2774,70 +2753,55 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text @@ -2852,9 +2816,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "" #. Returns service definition. @@ -3026,18 +2988,15 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3496,8 +3455,7 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3507,10 +3465,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" @@ -3535,8 +3491,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3591,7 +3546,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:554 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3642,9 +3597,7 @@ msgstr "" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 @@ -3732,8 +3685,7 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -3917,8 +3869,7 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL @@ -3981,8 +3932,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -3997,94 +3947,90 @@ #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:154 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:328 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:349 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 #, fuzzy msgid "Media" msgstr "مقدونی" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Warning" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "هشدار" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:556 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:572 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:656 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No release notes have been installed." msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr " هیچ یاداشت راهنمایی نصب نشده است" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:675 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:687 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:728 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:731 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Abort Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "&صرف نظر از نصب" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:768 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:844 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:856 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" @@ -4094,7 +4040,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:193 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "System Probing" msgid "System Log (%1)" @@ -5578,8 +5524,7 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/bootloader.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/bootloader.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/bootloader.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -124,25 +124,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -195,10 +192,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" @@ -220,8 +215,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 @@ -236,104 +230,94 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -"Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -"code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot " -"menu." +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 +msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -342,73 +326,73 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "دستگاه:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -597,41 +581,28 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"console to when booting." +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. " +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 @@ -1073,10 +1044,8 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" @@ -1143,8 +1112,7 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." @@ -1222,8 +1190,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" @@ -1267,8 +1234,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" @@ -1474,60 +1440,44 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -"directly or choose via Browse." +msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "" -"Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" -"p>" +msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -"booting an OS other than Linux." +msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select " -"this section." +msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " -"found on your computer." +msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS " -"needs this flag set in order to boot it" +msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks " -"to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " -"grub documentation.\n" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " -"image \n" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1536,9 +1486,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 @@ -1550,21 +1498,16 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " -"loaded menu file." +msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need " -"to be on the first disk." +msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" "Edit and Delete" msgstr "" @@ -1595,8 +1538,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " -"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." msgstr "" @@ -1775,52 +1717,41 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "" #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:188 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:219 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1829,8 +1760,8 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:240 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:91 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1840,7 +1771,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:251 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" @@ -1850,12 +1781,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:266 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1878,48 +1809,54 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:99 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "During Boot" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "در حال بارگذاری" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" + #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:159 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:179 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:234 -msgid "" -"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " -"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " -"Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:251 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/ca-management.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/ca-management.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/ca-management.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -94,8 +94,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 @@ -112,11 +111,9 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -362,9 +359,7 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." msgstr "" #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) @@ -386,15 +381,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 @@ -449,10 +442,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 @@ -464,9 +455,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." msgstr "" #. menu title @@ -504,8 +493,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -513,8 +501,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -610,8 +597,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" @@ -637,51 +623,37 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." msgstr "" #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " msgstr "" #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." msgstr "" #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." msgstr "" #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." msgstr "" #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." msgstr "" #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." msgstr "" #. help text 8/8 @@ -741,9 +713,7 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." msgstr "" #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA @@ -862,9 +832,7 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 @@ -876,16 +844,12 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 @@ -906,9 +870,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1022,10 +984,7 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 @@ -1035,16 +994,12 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 @@ -1054,9 +1009,7 @@ #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." msgstr "" #. popup window header @@ -1365,8 +1318,7 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 @@ -1403,11 +1355,7 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." msgstr "" #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA @@ -1423,19 +1371,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 @@ -1610,9 +1550,7 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 @@ -1620,28 +1558,21 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." msgstr "" #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." msgstr "" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label @@ -1673,24 +1604,17 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 @@ -1699,47 +1623,32 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 @@ -1775,9 +1684,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1787,9 +1694,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1799,9 +1704,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 @@ -1914,11 +1817,7 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 @@ -1984,9 +1883,7 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 @@ -1996,29 +1893,22 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 @@ -2108,14 +1998,12 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 @@ -2128,9 +2016,7 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 @@ -2184,14 +2070,12 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label @@ -2401,15 +2285,12 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 @@ -2447,8 +2328,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" #. popup window header @@ -2517,8 +2397,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" #. Error popup Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/cio.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/cio.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/cio.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "خیر" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بلی" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/cluster.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/cluster.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/cluster.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -174,15 +174,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 @@ -318,8 +314,7 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" @@ -343,116 +338,47 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/control-center.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/control-center.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/control-center.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-02 15:16+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Farsi (Persian) <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/control.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/control.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/control.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/country.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/country.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/country.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/crowbar.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/crowbar.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/crowbar.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/dhcp-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/dhcp-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/dhcp-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -537,75 +537,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -613,48 +612,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -662,7 +661,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -673,7 +672,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -681,53 +680,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -735,8 +734,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -744,135 +743,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "نام" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "نوع" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "آ&درس IP" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -885,15 +884,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -905,7 +904,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/dns-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/dns-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/dns-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/drbd.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/drbd.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/drbd.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -222,30 +222,19 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -253,47 +242,25 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -302,20 +269,16 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/fcoe-client.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/fcoe-client.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/fcoe-client.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -41,12 +41,12 @@ #. setting of config value is 'yes' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بلی" #. setting of config value is 'no' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "خیر" #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بله" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "خیر" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -397,25 +397,17 @@ #. Services dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." msgstr "" #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." msgstr "" #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 @@ -425,37 +417,22 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." msgstr "" #. Configuration dialog help 1/3 @@ -465,19 +442,14 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." msgstr "" #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" #. edit dialog help 1/3 @@ -487,20 +459,12 @@ #. Edit dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." msgstr "" #. Edit dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." msgstr "" #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -552,11 +516,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." +#| msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "برای دسترسی به سرویس X11، باید بسته ی, %1نصب شود" #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/firewall-services.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/firewall-services.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/firewall-services.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/firewall.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/firewall.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/firewall.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/firstboot.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/firstboot.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/firstboot.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/ftp-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/ftp-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/ftp-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/geo-cluster.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/geo-cluster.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/geo-cluster.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "در حال مقدار دهی اولیه..." #. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ #: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "پایان" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster write dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/gtk.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/gtk.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/gtk.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-02 15:27+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Farsi (Persian) <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/http-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/http-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/http-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/inetd.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/inetd.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/inetd.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/installation.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/installation.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/installation.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-02-15 23:53+0330\n" "Last-Translator: \n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -38,30 +38,19 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -#| "interaction. AutoYaST\n" -#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If " -#| "this option is\n" -#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -#| "xml</tt>." +#| "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#| "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +#| "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"اکر می خواهید اطلاعات عمومی AutoYaST را ایجاد کنید از نسخه سازی</" -"b>استفاده کنید.\n" -"AutoYaST روندی است که در ان سیستم SUSE Linux به طور کامل و بدون محاوره با " -"کاربر نصب می شود. AutoYaST\n" -"به اطلاعات عمومی برای داشتن دانش این که سیستمی که نصب می شود چگونه باشد ،" -"احتیاج دارد. اگر این گزینه \n" -"انتخاب شده باشد، اطلاعات عمومی سیستم در مسیر <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> " -"ذخیره خواهد شد." +"اکر می خواهید اطلاعات عمومی AutoYaST را ایجاد کنید از نسخه سازیاستفاده کنید.\n" +"AutoYaST روندی است که در ان سیستم SUSE Linux به طور کامل و بدون محاوره با کاربر نصب می شود. AutoYaST\n" +"به اطلاعات عمومی برای داشتن دانش این که سیستمی که نصب می شود چگونه باشد ،احتیاج دارد. اگر این گزینه \n" +"انتخاب شده باشد، اطلاعات عمومی سیستم در مسیر <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> ذخیره خواهد شد." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68 @@ -80,9 +69,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview @@ -128,9 +115,7 @@ msgstr "نصب کردن از فایل" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 @@ -144,9 +129,7 @@ msgstr "از فایل نصب &نکن" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" msgstr "" #. Image name, Image location @@ -155,15 +138,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 @@ -189,34 +168,26 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" -#| "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your " -#| "selection\n" -#| "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " -#| "installed from\n" +#| "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your selection\n" +#| "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from\n" #| "packages the standard way.\n" msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" "نصب کردن از فایلبرای ایجاد تسریع در روند نصب استفاده می شود.\n" -"فایل نصب شاما یک تصویر فشرده از بسته های ایست که باید به روی سیستم شما نصب " -"شود.\n" -"البته ممکن است گروهی از بسته های که شما تعیین کرده اید در این فایل نباشد در " -"این صورت\n" +"فایل نصب شاما یک تصویر فشرده از بسته های ایست که باید به روی سیستم شما نصب شود.\n" +"البته ممکن است گروهی از بسته های که شما تعیین کرده اید در این فایل نباشد در این صورت\n" "روند نصب انها را به روش استاندار نصب خواهد کرد.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 @@ -226,10 +197,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -293,7 +262,7 @@ msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل غیر فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">فعال</a>)" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "در حال مقدار دهی اولیه مدیریت پنجره ها..." @@ -330,6 +299,7 @@ msgstr "به روز رسانی برای %1 %2" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "محصول ناشناس" @@ -356,8 +326,7 @@ "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" msgstr "" "با انتخاب تعیین کنید که به روز رسانی بر خط هم اکنون اجرا شود.\n" -"شما مکنن است از این مرحله صرف نظر کنید و در زمانی دیگر اقدام به روز رسانی بر " -"خط کنید.\n" +"شما مکنن است از این مرحله صرف نظر کنید و در زمانی دیگر اقدام به روز رسانی بر خط کنید.\n" #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. Build dialog @@ -389,7 +358,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "تفاهم نامه" @@ -407,8 +376,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"زبان مورد نظر خود و لایه صفحه کلیدرا که در طول مراحل نصب می " -"خواهید مورد\n" +"زبان مورد نظر خود و لایه صفحه کلیدرا که در طول مراحل نصب می خواهید مورد\n" "استفاده قرار دهید را انتخاب کنید\n" "\n" @@ -419,20 +387,17 @@ #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "License has to be accepted before continuing the installation.\n" -#| "Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -#| "translations.\n" +#| "Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" #| "" msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "توافق نامه باید قبل از ادامه روند نصب انتخاب شود.\n" -"ازترحمه ی توافق نامه .. برای نمایش توافق نامه در زبان های موجود " -"استفاده کنید.\n" +"ازترحمه ی توافق نامه .. برای نمایش توافق نامه در زبان های موجود استفاده کنید.\n" "" #. help text, continued @@ -472,7 +437,21 @@ "در هر مرحله از نصب انتخاب کنید.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "یادداشت راهنما" + +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" @@ -553,8 +532,7 @@ "our SUSE Welcome Dialog.\n" msgstr "" "اگ شما KDE را به عنوان رابط گرافیکی پیش فرض انتخاب کنید انگاه شما قادر \n" -"خواهید بود تنظیمات KDE را برای سخت افزار خود تعیین کنید. همچنین قادر به " -"مشاهده ی \n" +"خواهید بود تنظیمات KDE را برای سخت افزار خود تعیین کنید. همچنین قادر به مشاهده ی \n" "پنجره خوش امد گویی SUSE باشید.\n" # راهنمای در مورد نسخه سازی. توجه کنید که رونویسی و نسخه برداری با هم تفاوت دارند. @@ -562,21 +540,14 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"اکر می خواهید اطلاعات عمومی AutoYaST را ایجاد کنید از نسخه سازی</" -"b>استفاده کنید.\n" -"AutoYaST روندی است که در ان سیستم SUSE Linux به طور کامل و بدون محاوره با " -"کاربر نصب می شود. AutoYaST\n" -"به اطلاعات عمومی برای داشتن دانش این که سیستمی که نصب می شود چگونه باشد ،" -"احتیاج دارد. اگر این گزینه \n" -"انتخاب شده باشد، اطلاعات عمومی سیستم در مسیر <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> " -"ذخیره خواهد شد." +"اکر می خواهید اطلاعات عمومی AutoYaST را ایجاد کنید از نسخه سازیاستفاده کنید.\n" +"AutoYaST روندی است که در ان سیستم SUSE Linux به طور کامل و بدون محاوره با کاربر نصب می شود. AutoYaST\n" +"به اطلاعات عمومی برای داشتن دانش این که سیستمی که نصب می شود چگونه باشد ،احتیاج دارد. اگر این گزینه \n" +"انتخاب شده باشد، اطلاعات عمومی سیستم در مسیر <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> ذخیره خواهد شد." #. Dialog busy message #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -589,10 +560,8 @@ #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +#| msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "برای دسترسی به سرویس X11، باید بسته ی, %1نصب شود" #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 @@ -640,12 +609,10 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -#| "YaST will open a package manager for you to check the current status of " -#| "packages." +#| "YaST will open a package manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "رفع خطا فعال شده است.\n" "YaST مدیریت بسته ها را برای بررسی حالت بسته ها برای شما باز می کند." @@ -682,9 +649,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 @@ -715,11 +680,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "قالب بندی دیسک &ZFCP" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "قالب بندی دیسک &iSCSI" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -742,15 +707,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "روند نصب در حالآغاز شدن است!" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:317 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "یادداشت راهنما" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "مقداردهی اولیه" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "مقدار دهی اولیه نصب..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -769,64 +741,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "در خال خاتمه نصب مقدماتی" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "ایجاد لیست دست نویس های پایانی برای فراخانی..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "نسخه سازی از داده ها در سیستم نصب شده" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "ذخیره سازی قالب بندی" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:168 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "ذخیره سازی تنظیمات نصب" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:187 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "نصب برنامه راه انداز" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:199 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "آماده سازی سیستم برای راه اندازی مقدماتی" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "مرحله ی بررسی:%1 ..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:393 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "فراخانی قدم%1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:413 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:450 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "به پایان رسید" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "خطا در نصب" @@ -847,11 +819,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "لطفا در مدت زمانی که روند نصب در حال مقدار دهی های اولیه است صبر کنید." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "مقدار دهی اولیه نصب..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -864,13 +831,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "در حال آماده سازی قالب بندی اولیه ی سیستم..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "مقداردهی اولیه" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -925,25 +885,20 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" -#| "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -#| "select\n" +#| "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" #| "Include Add-On Products from Separate Media." msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"برای نضب محصولات و بسته های اضافه از دستگاه های دیگر همراه با &محصولات، " -"گزینه ی\n" +"برای نضب محصولات و بسته های اضافه از دستگاه های دیگر همراه با &محصولات، گزینه ی\n" " استفاده از محصولات اضافه از دیگر دستگاه ها" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." msgstr "" #. Error message @@ -1000,13 +955,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -" برای استفاده از مخازن دور یا محصولات اضافه نیاز به داشتن شبکه قالب بندی " -"شده است.\n" -"اگر شما از مخازن دور استفاده نمی کنید می توانید از این مرحله عبور کنید.</" -"p>\n" +" برای استفاده از مخازن دور یا محصولات اضافه نیاز به داشتن شبکه قالب بندی شده است.\n" +"اگر شما از مخازن دور استفاده نمی کنید می توانید از این مرحله عبور کنید.\n" #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 @@ -1018,22 +970,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" @@ -1178,8 +1125,7 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" "برای ایجاد تغییرات به روی هر عنوان که می خواهید کلید کنید یا \n" @@ -1187,8 +1133,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." +#| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" "برای ایجاد تغییرات به روی هر عنوان که می خواهید کلید کنید یا \n" @@ -1213,8 +1158,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1466,20 +1410,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being " -#| "probed..." +#| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..." msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "" -"لطفا در مدت زمانی که رایانه شما در حال کاوش برای سخت افزار و سیستم های نصب " -"شده است صبر کنید..." +msgstr "لطفا در مدت زمانی که رایانه شما در حال کاوش برای سخت افزار و سیستم های نصب شده است صبر کنید..." #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report @@ -1507,7 +1446,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1570,8 +1509,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 @@ -1785,53 +1723,53 @@ msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی قالب بندی proxy..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی مکان پیش فرض زمانی.." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی زبان ها..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی قالب بندی پوسته متنی..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی قالب بندی صفحه کلید.." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی اطلاعات محصولات..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی تنظیمات نصب به صورت خودکار..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing proxy settings..." msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "در حال نوشتن تنظیمات proxy...." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی تنظیمات نصب به صورت خودکار..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "در حال ذخیره سازی قالب بندی سخت افزار..." @@ -1984,11 +1922,9 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "All information required for the base installation is now complete." +#| msgid "All information required for the base installation is now complete." msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "" -" تمام اطلاعاتی که برای روند نصب پایه مورد نیاز است کامل شده است." +msgstr " تمام اطلاعاتی که برای روند نصب پایه مورد نیاز است کامل شده است." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 @@ -2014,9 +1950,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." -msgstr "" -"در صورتی که اطمینان ندارید به عقب برگردید و تنظیمات خود را دوباره برسی " -"کنید." +msgstr "در صورتی که اطمینان ندارید به عقب برگردید و تنظیمات خود را دوباره برسی کنید." #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242 @@ -2026,11 +1960,9 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "All information required to perform an update is now complete." +#| msgid "All information required to perform an update is now complete." msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "" -"تمام اطلاعاتی که برای اجرای به روز رسانی مورد نیاز است کامل شده." +msgstr "تمام اطلاعاتی که برای اجرای به روز رسانی مورد نیاز است کامل شده." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248 @@ -2040,8 +1972,7 @@ "according to the settings in the previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"اگر شما این روند را ادامه دهید منجر به بازنویس شدن اطلاعات به روی اطلاعات " -"قبلی خود خواهید شد\n" +"اگر شما این روند را ادامه دهید منجر به بازنویس شدن اطلاعات به روی اطلاعات قبلی خود خواهید شد\n" "این عمل بر اساس تنظیمات قبلی شما اتفاق خواهد افتاد." #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation @@ -2077,9 +2008,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." msgstr "" #. progress step title @@ -2096,6 +2025,15 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "در حال جستجو برای فایلبندی لینوکس ..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "مقدار دهی اولیه نصب..." + #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures @@ -2240,11 +2178,8 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "اطلاعات سخت افزاری کارت شبکه انتخاب شده" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " در اینجا شما می توانید کارت شبکه خود را قالب بندی کنید تا بلافاصله " -#~ "از ان استفاده شود." +#~ msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +#~ msgstr " در اینجا شما می توانید کارت شبکه خود را قالب بندی کنید تا بلافاصله از ان استفاده شود." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you do not need a network connection now,\n" @@ -2513,25 +2448,21 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~| "your\n" +#~| "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~| "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~| "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~| "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "اگر به روی سیستم شما هیچ سیستم لینوکسی وجود ندارد،\n" -#~ "یا اینکه می خواهید سیستم حدید را به طور کامل با سیستم موحود جای گذاری " -#~ "کنید\n" -#~ "تا از تمام تنظیمات ان خلاصی یابید گزینه ی نصب سیستم جدید را انتخاب " -#~ "کنید.\n" +#~ "یا اینکه می خواهید سیستم حدید را به طور کامل با سیستم موحود جای گذاری کنید\n" +#~ "تا از تمام تنظیمات ان خلاصی یابید گزینه ی نصب سیستم جدید را انتخاب کنید.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -2542,16 +2473,13 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "برای به روز رسانی سیستم لینوکس موجود به روی سیستم شما گزینه یبه روز " -#~ "رسامی سیستم موجود\n" -#~ "را نتخاب کنید. آین گزینه باعث می شود تا جایی که ممکن است تنظیمات موجود در " -#~ "سیستم شما حفظ شود.\n" +#~ "برای به روز رسانی سیستم لینوکس موجود به روی سیستم شما گزینه یبه روز رسامی سیستم موجود\n" +#~ "را نتخاب کنید. آین گزینه باعث می شود تا جایی که ممکن است تنظیمات موجود در سیستم شما حفظ شود.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation " -#~ "program\n" +#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation program\n" #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" @@ -2559,12 +2487,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "برای اینکه به روند نصب اجازه دهید که به صورت خودکار تنظیمات شبکه \n" -#~ "و دیگر سخت افزار ها را انجام دهد گزینه یاستفاده از تنظیمات خودکار " -#~ "را انتخاب کنید.\n" -#~ "در غیر این صورت تنظیمات پیش فرض و توانایی تغییر انها به شما داده می " -#~ "شودتا \n" -#~ "با استفاده از تغییرات را دستی اعمال کنید. به کاربران کم تجربه توصیه می " -#~ "شود که \n" +#~ "و دیگر سخت افزار ها را انجام دهد گزینه یاستفاده از تنظیمات خودکار را انتخاب کنید.\n" +#~ "در غیر این صورت تنظیمات پیش فرض و توانایی تغییر انها به شما داده می شودتا \n" +#~ "با استفاده از تغییرات را دستی اعمال کنید. به کاربران کم تجربه توصیه می شود که \n" #~ "از تنضیمات خود کار استفاده کنند.\n" #~ msgid "Update mode does not support automatic configuration." @@ -2572,8 +2497,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "The features Update and Repair Installed System are " -#~| "only\n" +#~| "The features Update and Repair Installed System are only\n" #~| "available if an existing Linux system has been detected.\n" #~| "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2581,8 +2505,7 @@ #~ "available if an existing Linux system has been detected.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ " امکانات به روز رسانی و باسازی سیستم تنها در حالتی " -#~ "که \n" +#~ " امکانات به روز رسانی و باسازی سیستم تنها در حالتی که \n" #~ "سیستم فایل های لینوکس پیدا شود فعال خواهد بود.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2614,8 +2537,7 @@ #~ "اطلاعات بیشتر در حدود انتهای فایل %1 قابل دسترسی است.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "این یک گزارش دهی با ارزش از خطا در %2 است.\n" -#~ "لطفا،فایل وضعیت برنامه ی YaST را که در پوشه ی %3 ذخیره شده است را نیز به " -#~ "ان ملحق کنید." +#~ "لطفا،فایل وضعیت برنامه ی YaST را که در پوشه ی %3 ذخیره شده است را نیز به ان ملحق کنید." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" @@ -2634,8 +2556,7 @@ #~ "Please, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "این یک گزارش دهی با ارزش از خطا در %1 است.\n" -#~ "لطفا،فایل وضعیت برنامه ی YaST را که در پوشه ی %2 ذخیره شده است را نیز به " -#~ "ان ملحق کنید." +#~ "لطفا،فایل وضعیت برنامه ی YaST را که در پوشه ی %2 ذخیره شده است را نیز به ان ملحق کنید." #~ msgid "Checking for %1 binary..." #~ msgstr "در حال بررسی برای فایل دودویی %1..." @@ -2702,12 +2623,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed, debugger cannot continue." #~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "اتصال به سیستم inst-sys نافرجام بود، برنامه رفع اشکال نمی تواند به کارش " -#~ "ادامه دهد." +#~ msgstr "اتصال به سیستم inst-sys نافرجام بود، برنامه رفع اشکال نمی تواند به کارش ادامه دهد." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." #~ msgstr "برای دسترسی به سرویس X11، باید بسته ی, %1نصب شود" #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" @@ -2739,29 +2657,21 @@ #~ msgstr "در حال مدار دهی اولیه قلم..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation " -#~ "up. \n" -#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your " -#~ "selection \n" -#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " -#~ "installed from \n" +#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up. \n" +#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n" +#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n" #~ "packages the standard way." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "نصب با استفاده از فایل برای ایجاد تسریع در سیستم استفاده می " -#~ "شود. \n" +#~ "نصب با استفاده از فایل برای ایجاد تسریع در سیستم استفاده می شود. \n" #~ "فایل ها شامل اطلاعات فشرده ای با قالب مشخص متناسب با انتخاب شما است. \n" -#~ "مابقی بسته های که در این فایل ها موجود نیست به روش استاندار به روی " -#~ "سیستم \n" +#~ "مابقی بسته های که در این فایل ها موجود نیست به روش استاندار به روی سیستم \n" #~ "شما نصب خواهند شد." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please " -#~ "wait..." +#~ msgid "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait..." #~ msgstr "روند نصب در حال نوشتن قالب بندی خودکار است.لطفا صبر کنید..." #~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "لطفا در مدت زمانی که روند سیستم در حال کاوش کارت شبکه است صبر کنید..." +#~ msgstr "لطفا در مدت زمانی که روند سیستم در حال کاوش کارت شبکه است صبر کنید..." #~ msgid "Reading Repositories Used on the System" #~ msgstr "خواندن مخازنی که در سیستم استفاده شده است" @@ -2779,14 +2689,11 @@ #~ msgstr "باز &سازی سیستم های نصب شده" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ " اگر به روی سیستم شما یک سیستم لینوکس وجود دارد که صدمه دیده است گزینه " -#~ "ی باز سازی سیستم نصب شده را انتخاب کنید. این گزینه شما را قادر می " -#~ "سازد که مشکلات سیستم خود را به \n" +#~ " اگر به روی سیستم شما یک سیستم لینوکس وجود دارد که صدمه دیده است گزینه ی باز سازی سیستم نصب شده را انتخاب کنید. این گزینه شما را قادر می سازد که مشکلات سیستم خود را به \n" #~ "خود کار به روز رسانی کنید.\n" #~ "" @@ -2794,10 +2701,8 @@ #~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "زبانی را که انخاب کرده اید در حالت متنی نمی تواند مورد استفاده قرار گیرد. " -#~ "گر چه برای روند نصب\n" -#~ "از زبان انگلیسی استفاده خواهد شد اما، زبانی را که انتخاب کرده اید در " -#~ "سیستم جدید مورد استفاده قرار \n" +#~ "زبانی را که انخاب کرده اید در حالت متنی نمی تواند مورد استفاده قرار گیرد. گر چه برای روند نصب\n" +#~ "از زبان انگلیسی استفاده خواهد شد اما، زبانی را که انتخاب کرده اید در سیستم جدید مورد استفاده قرار \n" #~ "خواهد گرفت." #~ msgid "English" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/instserver.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/instserver.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/instserver.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/iplb.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/iplb.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/iplb.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ #. ids of widget of global dialog #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بلی" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "خیر" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" @@ -177,151 +177,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -329,87 +266,42 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -432,9 +324,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -445,105 +335,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -557,120 +410,73 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -824,7 +630,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "در حال مقدار دهی اولیه..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -851,7 +657,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "پایان" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/iscsi-client.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/iscsi-client.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/iscsi-client.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -303,8 +303,7 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" msgstr "" @@ -316,46 +315,34 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " -"Password." +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 @@ -366,19 +353,15 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " -"to any target." +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 @@ -444,12 +427,12 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -457,38 +440,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -505,9 +486,7 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 @@ -584,7 +563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:679 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -593,6 +572,6 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1132 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/iscsi-lio-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/iscsi-lio-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/iscsi-lio-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/iscsi-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/iscsi-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/iscsi-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/isns.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/isns.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/isns.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -281,82 +281,82 @@ msgstr "در حال مقدار دهی اولیه..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "فنلاندی" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "" #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/kdump.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/kdump.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/kdump.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -48,23 +48,17 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -94,9 +88,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -141,9 +133,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -183,9 +173,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -195,9 +183,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -325,11 +311,11 @@ #: src/clients/kdump.rb:651 src/clients/kdump.rb:1258 msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "فعال" #: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1259 msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "غیر فعال" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 @@ -422,8 +408,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -738,8 +723,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" @@ -755,12 +739,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -778,10 +757,8 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" @@ -789,8 +766,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 @@ -798,8 +774,7 @@ msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" @@ -811,8 +786,7 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 @@ -881,8 +855,7 @@ msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -897,48 +870,39 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." msgstr "" #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/kerberos-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/kerberos-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/kerberos-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/kerberos.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/kerberos.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/kerberos.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/languages_db.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/languages_db.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/languages_db.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/ldap-client.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/ldap-client.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/ldap-client.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/ldap-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/ldap-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/ldap-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/ldap.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/ldap.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/ldap.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -231,46 +231,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" @@ -379,4 +379,4 @@ #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مقدار" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/live-installer.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/live-installer.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/live-installer.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/lxc.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/lxc.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/lxc.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/mail.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/mail.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/mail.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/multipath.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/multipath.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/multipath.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/ncurses-pkg.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/ncurses-pkg.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/ncurses-pkg.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/ncurses.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/ncurses.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/ncurses.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-02 21:48+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Farsi (Persian) <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/network.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/network.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/network.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -94,133 +94,129 @@ msgstr "خطا در نصب" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">غیرفعال</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل غیر فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">فعال</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">غیرفعال</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل غیر فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">فعال</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">غیرفعال</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل غیر فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">فعال</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">غیرفعال</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل غیر فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">فعال</a>)" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">غیرفعال</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل غیر فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">فعال</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">غیرفعال</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل غیر فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">فعال</a>)" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">غیرفعال</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل غیر فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">فعال</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">غیرفعال</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "نصب با استفاده از فایل غیر فعال است (<a href=\"%1\">فعال</a>)" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -357,8 +353,7 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes @@ -368,10 +363,8 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" @@ -485,9 +478,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -724,9 +726,7 @@ msgstr "نام سرویس proxy یا آدرس IP باید تعیین شود." #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 @@ -739,13 +739,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1350,12 +1350,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " -"Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1364,10 +1361,8 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" -#. when using wicked every device which can be bridged -#. can be set to BOOTPROTO=none. No workaround with -#. BOOTPROTO=static required anymore -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:89 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1554,9 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." msgstr "" #. Handler for action "add" @@ -1663,9 +1656,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 @@ -1741,17 +1732,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1759,26 +1747,20 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 @@ -1966,27 +1948,19 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface." +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label @@ -2139,8 +2113,7 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2162,8 +2135,7 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 @@ -2183,8 +2155,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2192,24 +2163,18 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2232,31 +2197,25 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2277,15 +2236,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -2307,17 +2263,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" -"p>\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2325,12 +2278,9 @@ #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 @@ -2358,9 +2308,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 @@ -2369,16 +2317,14 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 @@ -2390,8 +2336,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." @@ -2401,15 +2346,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2430,19 +2372,14 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup @@ -2487,8 +2424,7 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" @@ -2508,8 +2444,7 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2549,8 +2484,7 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" @@ -2643,8 +2577,7 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry label @@ -2666,8 +2599,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" @@ -2885,8 +2817,7 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2981,8 +2912,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." @@ -3037,8 +2967,7 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" @@ -3121,8 +3050,7 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3132,12 +3060,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3148,113 +3076,112 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "ناشناس" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 #, fuzzy msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "دستگاه:" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service -#. -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#. -#. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1109 -msgid "" -"Network is currently handled by an unsupported network service\n" -"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3361,9 +3288,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text @@ -3544,8 +3469,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" @@ -3643,18 +3567,15 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3669,8 +3590,7 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" @@ -3756,7 +3676,7 @@ msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:815 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" @@ -3799,9 +3719,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name @@ -3847,7 +3765,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save configuration" msgid "Update configuration" @@ -3924,210 +3842,210 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "فنلاندی" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:577 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:590 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:598 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" @@ -4135,151 +4053,155 @@ msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:794 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:798 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:801 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:807 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:809 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:813 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:183 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1238 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1242 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1258 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&IP Address" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "آ&درس IP" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "دستگاه:" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1370 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1385 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1388 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1408 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "ناشناس" @@ -4373,17 +4295,17 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/nfs.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/nfs.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/nfs.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/nfs_server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/nfs_server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/nfs_server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -59,9 +59,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." msgstr "" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 @@ -103,14 +101,11 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" #. Then no need to check for conflict. @@ -217,9 +212,7 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 @@ -239,18 +232,15 @@ #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label @@ -301,16 +291,14 @@ #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" #. Help, part 4 of 4 @@ -421,9 +409,7 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/nis.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/nis.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/nis.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/nis_server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/nis_server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/nis_server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -156,8 +156,7 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" @@ -212,8 +211,7 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" @@ -300,8 +298,7 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" @@ -374,16 +371,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -423,10 +416,7 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." msgstr "" #. To translators: selection box label Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/ntp-client.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/ntp-client.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/ntp-client.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,32 +23,21 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." msgstr "" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." msgstr "" #. translators: error popup @@ -57,21 +46,20 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -84,24 +72,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 msgid "" -"'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or " -"network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server " -"configuration?" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -603,10 +596,8 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" @@ -622,12 +613,9 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 @@ -645,8 +633,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" @@ -662,8 +649,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" @@ -686,8 +672,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -757,8 +742,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" @@ -767,8 +751,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" @@ -839,8 +822,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" @@ -870,10 +852,8 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" @@ -881,10 +861,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" @@ -892,8 +870,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup @@ -1224,118 +1201,121 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "فنلاندی" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/oneclickinstall.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/oneclickinstall.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/oneclickinstall.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/online-update-configuration.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/online-update-configuration.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/online-update-configuration.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/online-update.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/online-update.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/online-update.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -60,10 +60,7 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." msgstr "" #. progress stage label @@ -151,9 +148,7 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" msgstr "" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) @@ -253,8 +248,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/opensuse_mirror.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/opensuse_mirror.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/opensuse_mirror.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -40,11 +40,11 @@ #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بلی" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "خیر" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 msgid "&Exit" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/packager.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/packager.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/packager.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نوع" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Popup Ident." @@ -114,12 +114,12 @@ #. radio button #: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 msgid "&Other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&سایر" #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "انتخاب محیط کار" #. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next #. handling [Next] button @@ -173,11 +173,12 @@ #: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نام" +# اینجه همان معنی نسخه است #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 msgid "Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نسخه" #. feedback popup 1/2 #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 @@ -187,7 +188,7 @@ #. feedback popup 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 msgid "Please wait..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "لطفا صبر کنید..." #. TRANSLATORS: popup header #. TRANSLATORS: popup header @@ -289,7 +290,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:914 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "بله" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository #. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by tags @@ -432,7 +433,7 @@ #. force reinitialization #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744 msgid "Installing Packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "درحال نصب بسته ها...." #. error report, %1 is number #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 @@ -465,9 +466,9 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "در حال مقدار دهی اولیه..." #. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement #: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 @@ -524,11 +525,11 @@ #: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ناشناس" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -576,7 +577,7 @@ #: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "فعال" #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! @@ -595,7 +596,7 @@ #. table header - URL of the repo #: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 msgid "URL" -msgstr "" +msgstr "آدرس" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository #: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 @@ -747,7 +748,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1314 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -755,7 +756,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1322 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1081,7 +1082,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1098,7 +1099,7 @@ #. progress bar label #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "پیش رفت" #. window title - open file dialog #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 @@ -1244,7 +1245,7 @@ #. table header #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Key ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID کلید" #. remove the key #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 @@ -1285,7 +1286,7 @@ #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 msgid "Repository" -msgstr "" +msgstr "خزانه" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup @@ -1302,7 +1303,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1309 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1334,73 +1335,73 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1251 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1366 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1373 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1504 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1509 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1753 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1759 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 #: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "محصول ناشناس" #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 @@ -1459,7 +1460,7 @@ #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." -msgstr "" +msgstr "انجام شد" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) @@ -1479,7 +1480,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:989 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1488,41 +1489,41 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1116 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1368 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1420 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1146 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1179 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1182 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1318 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1648,23 +1649,25 @@ msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "" -#. update proposal warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:751 +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" "installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or resolve the conflicts manually in the \n" -"package management</li></ul></li></ul>" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1672,50 +1675,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1652 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1685 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1917 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1919 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2029 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2290 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2308 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2583 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1724,26 +1727,26 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:199 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:193 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:337 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&زبان" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:389 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "" +msgstr "من با تفاهم نامه &موافق هستم." #. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:429 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -1751,14 +1754,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:435 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:451 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1767,31 +1770,31 @@ #. dialog title #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:461 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1290 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تفاهم نامه" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1083 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1124 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1870,165 +1873,170 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -2037,53 +2045,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2093,23 +2101,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2118,42 +2126,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2161,17 +2169,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2181,20 +2189,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2207,7 +2215,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2215,11 +2223,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2231,12 +2239,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2244,71 +2252,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&درگاه" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "کل&مه رمز" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2323,7 +2331,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2332,12 +2340,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2345,7 +2353,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2353,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2363,7 +2371,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2372,25 +2380,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2333 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2400,12 +2408,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2552 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2576 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "" @@ -2438,7 +2446,7 @@ #. Progress finished #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "پایان" #. Error message #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 @@ -2478,12 +2486,12 @@ #. status info, to be used inside summary #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "غیر فعال" #. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 msgid "unknown" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ناشناس" #. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 @@ -2500,7 +2508,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2532,7 +2542,7 @@ #: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 msgid "&Details..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&جزییات..." #. error popup #. message popup @@ -2553,7 +2563,7 @@ #. table header item #: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مقدار" #. message popup #: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 @@ -2570,12 +2580,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2583,7 +2593,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/pam.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/pam.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/pam.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-02 21:36+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Farsi (Persian) <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/pkg-bindings.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/pkg-bindings.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/pkg-bindings.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "" @@ -178,6 +178,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/printer.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/printer.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/printer.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/product-creator.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/product-creator.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/product-creator.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/proxy.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/proxy.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/proxy.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/qt-pkg.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/qt-pkg.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/qt-pkg.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -41,48 +41,48 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 #, fuzzy msgid "&Versions" msgstr "فارسی" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -92,176 +92,176 @@ msgstr "&انصراف" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&پذیرش" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 #, fuzzy msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "چچنی" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&گزینه" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&راهنما" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -269,56 +269,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "خطا" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/qt.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/qt.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/qt.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -60,14 +60,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ #. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut #: src/YQWizard.cc:869 msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "یادداشت راهنما" #. "Steps" button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut #: src/YQWizard.cc:1324 Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/rdp.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/rdp.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/rdp.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/rear.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/rear.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/rear.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/registration.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/registration.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/registration.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,52 +17,56 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "ثبت" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:63 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "ثبت" #. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:98 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:55 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "ثبت" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:149 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:158 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:509 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" #. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" @@ -70,28 +74,28 @@ #. dialog title #. dialog title #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:254 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:347 -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:597 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:372 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Registration" msgstr "ثبت" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "ثبت" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:256 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "The previous registration is being updated." msgstr "ثبت" #. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." @@ -99,10 +103,10 @@ #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:283 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -110,53 +114,57 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:295 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 msgid "" -"If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:311 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:584 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:374 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&IP Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "آ&درس IP" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:376 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "ثبت" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:326 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "ثبت" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:329 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "ثبت" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:372 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -164,54 +172,31 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:430 -msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." -msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:435 -msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." -msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." -msgstr[0] "" - #. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:460 +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "ثبت" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:542 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "ثبت" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:546 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "ثبت" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:555 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" -msgstr "" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." -msgstr "" - #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -223,165 +208,87 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:587 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "ثبت" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:590 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:600 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:601 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:603 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:627 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "ثبت" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Extension or Module &Name" -msgstr "ثبت" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Identifier" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "ثبت" - -#. help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:313 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" -msgstr "ثبت" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:350 src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "ثبت" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:352 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:357 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:365 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Register the Product" -msgstr "ثبت" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:380 -msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" - -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:388 -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:392 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "ثبت" - -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:397 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" -msgstr "" - -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:404 -msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:422 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." -msgstr "ثبت" - -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:479 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" -msgstr "" - #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" @@ -397,8 +304,10 @@ msgstr "ثبت" #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 -msgid "Email: %s" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "MAC Address: %1" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "آدرسMAC:%1" #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 #, fuzzy @@ -430,268 +339,234 @@ msgstr "" #: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "ثبت" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:6 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:14 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:153 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:19 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:28 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:20 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" #. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:21 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:30 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:25 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:156 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:34 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 msgid "Validity" msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:38 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:41 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the certificate expiration date -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:45 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:48 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:56 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 msgid "Serial Number: " msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:57 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:59 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:161 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "ثبت" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "ثبت" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "ثبت" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "ثبت" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:143 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:152 -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "" - #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:196 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:236 -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:236 -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "" - -#. error message, %s is URL -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:9 -msgid "" -"Cannot download SSL certificate from\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. autoyast support for certificates -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:11 -msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:12 -msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:13 -msgid "Import File..." -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:14 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 msgid "SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#. progress message -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:16 -msgid "Importing certificate..." +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:18 -msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "" -# اینجه همان معنی نسخه است -#. table header: additial extension attributes for AutoYast -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:20 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Version" -msgid "Version" -msgstr "نسخه" - -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:21 -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:22 -msgid "Release Type" -msgstr "" - -#. error message, requested pattern cannot be installed -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:24 -msgid "Pattern '%s' was not found." -msgstr "" - -#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system -#. (missing autoyast feature) -#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:27 -msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" -msgstr "" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:177 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:183 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:200 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تفاهم نامه" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." @@ -699,13 +574,13 @@ #. ask user to accept an addon EULA #. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon -#. @return [Boolean] true if the EULA has been accepted -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:71 +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -713,11 +588,34 @@ msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "" #. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +msgstr "" + +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" + +#. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" @@ -726,97 +624,224 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" -#. FIXME make parameters -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:66 +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Details" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:130 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" #. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "ثبت" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +# اینجه همان معنی نسخه است +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Version" +msgid "Version" +msgstr "نسخه" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "معماری" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "ثبت" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "ثبت" + +# اینجه همان معنی نسخه است +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Version" +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "نسخه" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "معماری" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "یادداشت راهنما" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "ثبت" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "ثبت" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration" +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "ثبت" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -831,6 +856,15 @@ msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "ثبت" +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration" #~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/reipl.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/reipl.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/reipl.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -241,30 +241,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/relocation-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/relocation-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/relocation-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/s390.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/s390.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/s390.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/samba-client.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/samba-client.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/samba-client.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -156,9 +156,7 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." msgstr "" #. frame label @@ -383,8 +381,7 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -465,8 +462,7 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" @@ -474,15 +470,13 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" @@ -490,8 +484,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) @@ -508,28 +501,17 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config @@ -540,18 +522,13 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." msgstr "" #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration @@ -670,9 +647,7 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." msgstr "" #. check box label @@ -682,9 +657,7 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." msgstr "" #. frame label @@ -720,55 +693,36 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." msgstr "" #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." msgstr "" #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." msgstr "" #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." msgstr "" #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." msgstr "" #. translators: initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/samba-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/samba-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/samba-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/samba-users.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/samba-users.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/samba-users.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-02 16:08+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Farsi (Persian) <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/scanner.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/scanner.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/scanner.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/security.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/security.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/security.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/services-manager.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/services-manager.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/services-manager.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,12 +17,208 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Searching for system files..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "در حال جستجو برای سیستم های فایل لینوکس ..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Preparing configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "در حال آماده سازی قالب بندی.." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "نوشتن قالب بندی سیستم" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service Start" +msgid "Service" +msgstr "آغاز سرویس" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "فعال" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "توضیحات" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Stop" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&توقف" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Disabled" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "غیر فعال" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details..." +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "&جزییات..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting service %1..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "درحال راه اندازی سرویس %1...." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "غیر فعال" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -35,18 +231,14 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -67,20 +259,68 @@ msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -msgid "Services Manager" -msgstr "" - #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" msgstr "" -#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:9 -msgid "Enabled Services" -msgstr "" - #. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. #: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "هنوز پیکربندی نشده." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphics" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "گرافیک" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "انتخاب حالت" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "انتخاب حالت" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/slp-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/slp-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/slp-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/snapper.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/snapper.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/snapper.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,14 +23,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "توضیحات" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User ID" msgid "User data" @@ -38,39 +38,39 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "ایجاد یک کلید TSIG جدید" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -78,134 +78,134 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "سنگاپور" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "ایجاد لیست دست نویس های پایانی برای فراخانی..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "قالب بندی خود کار" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "نوع" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start &Update" msgid "Start Date" msgstr "آغاز به &روزرسانی" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User ID" msgid "User Data" msgstr "شناسه ی کاربر" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installing Packages..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "درحال نصب بسته ها...." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File name" msgid "File was removed." msgstr "نام پرونده" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The path %1 does not exist.\n" @@ -216,95 +216,95 @@ "آیا مسیر ایجاد شود?\n" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Desktop Selection" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "انتخاب محیط کار" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Desktop Selection" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "انتخاب محیط کار" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -325,19 +325,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Opening file..." msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "در حال باز کردن فایل..." #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/sound.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/sound.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/sound.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/squid.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/squid.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/squid.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1351,11 +1351,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "آفریکانس" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "عربی" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "فارسی" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "اندونزیایی" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "لتونیایی" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مالزیایی" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "تایلندی" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1522,11 +1522,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ازبکی" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ویتنامی" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/sshd.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/sshd.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/sshd.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/storage.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/storage.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/storage.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write proxy settings" @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr "نوشتن تنظیمات proxy" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -136,15 +136,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -517,8 +523,7 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." msgstr "" #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on @@ -771,7 +776,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6229 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -907,22 +912,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:436 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:457 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -936,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:479 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -951,26 +942,25 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:510 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:526 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -979,7 +969,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -988,16 +978,15 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:546 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1005,64 +994,62 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1072,7 +1059,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1082,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1097,13 +1084,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1130,7 +1117,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:794 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1141,7 +1128,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:778 src/modules/Storage.rb:3996 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1161,7 +1148,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3952 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1170,7 +1157,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3960 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1199,8 +1186,7 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1208,8 +1194,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1428,8 +1413,7 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1496,7 +1480,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6210 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1507,21 +1491,21 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1553,11 +1537,10 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:706 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -1567,11 +1550,10 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -1581,11 +1563,10 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:735 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -1604,7 +1585,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:747 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1623,8 +1604,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -1725,8 +1705,7 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup text @@ -1780,12 +1759,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:948 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:975 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1793,26 +1772,26 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:964 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:989 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1050 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" @@ -2247,8 +2226,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2260,47 +2238,47 @@ msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:307 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:342 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:375 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:556 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:567 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2309,17 +2287,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:597 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:681 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2329,7 +2307,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2338,58 +2316,58 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "تمام تغییرات از دست خواهد رفت؟" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:884 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:889 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:913 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:932 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:959 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1012 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1024 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2397,8 +2375,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1037 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1074 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2410,33 +2388,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1047 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2446,7 +2424,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1194 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2455,12 +2433,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1270 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2711,7 +2689,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3201,8 +3179,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3467,8 +3444,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" @@ -3514,8 +3490,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" @@ -3523,16 +3498,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" #. heading for frame @@ -3589,8 +3562,7 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -3808,9 +3780,7 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." msgstr "" #. heading @@ -3840,18 +3810,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3859,10 +3826,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" #. helptext @@ -3877,10 +3842,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" #. helptext @@ -3943,10 +3906,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 @@ -3957,8 +3918,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext @@ -4224,11 +4184,9 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4243,9 +4201,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4500,8 +4456,7 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" @@ -4509,12 +4464,9 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" @@ -4537,8 +4489,7 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" #. dialog help text @@ -4553,16 +4504,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" @@ -4598,8 +4545,7 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" @@ -4621,67 +4567,64 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:478 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:482 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:508 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:512 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:525 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:531 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:548 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:554 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4689,231 +4632,214 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:573 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:582 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:603 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:607 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:618 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:622 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:639 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:644 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:648 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:665 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:686 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:697 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:703 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:717 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:723 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:732 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "اندازه" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:743 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:760 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:764 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:777 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:784 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:813 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:820 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:835 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:844 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:872 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:881 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:887 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:917 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:926 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4921,32 +4847,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:939 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:961 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:965 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4955,21 +4880,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:984 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:999 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -4977,18 +4900,17 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1025 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -4996,49 +4918,44 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1030 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1047 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1074 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1100 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5111,7 +5028,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2704 src/modules/Storage.rb:3909 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5120,7 +5037,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3940 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5128,7 +5045,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5137,24 +5054,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4025 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4084 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4103 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4118 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4122 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5162,12 +5079,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4134 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4191 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5175,87 +5092,86 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4200 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4216 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4229 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4253 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4339 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4379 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4392 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5174 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5200 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5214 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5243 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5281 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5263,7 +5179,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5271,7 +5187,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5314 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5279,18 +5195,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5404 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6006 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5524,8 +5440,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5534,8 +5449,7 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5550,8 +5464,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" @@ -5893,52 +5806,50 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4551 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5674 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6163 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6178 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6196 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6243 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6261 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6271 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write proxy settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "نوشتن تنظیمات proxy" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6293 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5947,32 +5858,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6334 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/sudo.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/sudo.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/sudo.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/support.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/support.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/support.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "نام" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "پیش رفت" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -325,10 +325,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -351,8 +349,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -369,38 +366,31 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" @@ -408,8 +398,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" @@ -417,10 +406,8 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -434,16 +421,14 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -454,8 +439,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -472,8 +456,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" @@ -554,15 +537,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 @@ -582,9 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -640,9 +617,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -662,9 +637,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -677,10 +650,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -713,21 +684,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 @@ -735,21 +700,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 @@ -769,47 +728,33 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -820,7 +765,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "در حال مقدار دهی اولیه..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -868,7 +813,7 @@ #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "پایان" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/sysconfig.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/sysconfig.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/sysconfig.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -296,17 +296,13 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." msgstr "" #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 @@ -320,17 +316,12 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." msgstr "" #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." msgstr "" #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode @@ -360,9 +351,7 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." msgstr "" #. push button label Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/tftp-server.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/tftp-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/tftp-server.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/timezone_db.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/timezone_db.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/timezone_db.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-02 15:29+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Farsi (Persian) <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/tune.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/tune.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/tune.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-18 00:49+0330\n" "Last-Translator: مصطفی برمشوری <mostafa.barmshory(a)p-simorgh.com>\n" "Language-Team: Farsi (Persian) <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" @@ -19,53 +19,60 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "پیش رفت" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Static Address Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "تنظیمات نصب آدرس ایستا" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "سیستم" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/update.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/update.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/update.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -95,8 +95,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" @@ -127,7 +126,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "" @@ -161,8 +160,7 @@ msgstr "ناشناس" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "" @@ -200,8 +198,7 @@ msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" @@ -210,8 +207,7 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" @@ -219,8 +215,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" @@ -245,7 +240,7 @@ #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report #: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:384 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" @@ -321,15 +316,13 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:406 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -345,8 +338,7 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" @@ -357,17 +349,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:216 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -376,17 +368,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:302 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:409 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:539 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -484,36 +476,35 @@ msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:353 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:363 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:393 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:397 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&بله، از ان استفاده کن" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:435 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:460 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -521,7 +512,7 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:441 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:466 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" @@ -606,8 +597,7 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" @@ -681,10 +671,8 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" @@ -717,11 +705,9 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/users.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/users.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/users.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -4004,22 +4004,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/vm.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/vm.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/vm.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:43+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -29,9 +29,7 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported @@ -42,7 +40,8 @@ msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 #, fuzzy msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "زبان‌های استرالیایی" @@ -59,31 +58,22 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup @@ -123,86 +113,83 @@ msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:285 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:287 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:303 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:305 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:381 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:389 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:396 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:407 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:420 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:433 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:441 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:448 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:458 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Preparing configuration..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "در حال آماده سازی قالب بندی.." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:469 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:490 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:491 -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV @@ -214,31 +201,27 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:554 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:561 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:562 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/wagon.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/wagon.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/wagon.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/wol.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/wol.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/wol.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/xpram.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/xpram.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/xpram.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fa/po/yast2-apparmor.fa.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fa/po/yast2-apparmor.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) +++ trunk/yast/fa/po/yast2-apparmor.fa.po 2014-10-07 16:05:59 UTC (rev 89812) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2 memory\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-23 15:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-23 13:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ehsan F. Hayati <efhayati(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Persian <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -57,9 +57,7 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." msgstr "" #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 @@ -139,9 +137,7 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 @@ -254,8 +250,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." msgstr "" @@ -339,9 +334,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used. " +msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 @@ -349,9 +342,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -781,41 +772,31 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -838,9 +819,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 @@ -856,16 +835,14 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" @@ -888,8 +865,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -899,8 +875,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -951,8 +926,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" @@ -963,8 +937,7 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 @@ -977,8 +950,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" @@ -997,10 +969,8 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -1010,14 +980,12 @@ "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" @@ -1190,8 +1158,7 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1256,8 +1223,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" #. ---------------------------- @@ -1267,8 +1233,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" @@ -1296,9 +1261,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 @@ -1433,14 +1396,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" +msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 @@ -1448,19 +1408,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" +msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 @@ -1618,17 +1574,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." msgstr "" #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "" -"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." msgstr "" #. help text @@ -1643,9 +1595,7 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list." +msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." msgstr "" #. help text - part x1 @@ -1667,16 +1617,14 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" @@ -1684,12 +1632,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" #. help text - part x7 @@ -1699,18 +1645,15 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "" -"Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." +msgid "Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." msgstr "" #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" #. help text - part y2 @@ -1774,9 +1717,7 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." msgstr "" #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist @@ -1791,9 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "انتخاب حالت" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89811 - trunk/yast/fr/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 18:05:43 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89811 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/gtk.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/kerberos-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/kerberos.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/lxc.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/qt-pkg.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/qt.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/sshd.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/wagon.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po trunk/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on-creator.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -32,8 +32,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'clone' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." -msgstr "" -"Créer et construire un nouveau produit complémentaire basé sur un existant." +msgstr "Créer et construire un nouveau produit complémentaire basé sur un existant." #. command line help text for 'sign' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 @@ -48,9 +47,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'create' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration." -msgstr "" -"Construire un produit complémentaire à partir de la configuration " -"sélectionnée." +msgstr "Construire un produit complémentaire à partir de la configuration sélectionnée." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__22 #. command line help text for 'create' action @@ -143,8 +140,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'y2update' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)" -msgstr "" -"Chemin vers l'archive contenant les dialogues du workflow (y2update.tgz)" +msgstr "Chemin vers l'archive contenant les dialogues du workflow (y2update.tgz)" #. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 @@ -154,9 +150,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'license' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" -msgstr "" -"Chemin vers le fichier contenant les textes de licences (license.zip ou " -"license.tar.gz)" +msgstr "Chemin vers le fichier contenant les textes de licences (license.zip ou license.tar.gz)" #. command line help text for 'info' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 @@ -178,15 +172,12 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration" msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration." -msgstr "" -"Ne compilez pas le produit, sauvegardez uniquement la nouvelle configuration" +msgstr "Ne compilez pas le produit, sauvegardez uniquement la nouvelle configuration" #. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." -msgstr "" -"Nombre de produits complémentaires sélectionnés (voir la commande 'list' " -"pour les numéros de produit)." +msgstr "Nombre de produits complémentaires sélectionnés (voir la commande 'list' pour les numéros de produit)." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__365 #. command line help text for 'changelog' option @@ -250,9 +241,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On is missing." -msgstr "" -"Le chemin vers le répertoire contenant les extensions existantes est " -"manquant." +msgstr "Le chemin vers le répertoire contenant les extensions existantes est manquant." #. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 @@ -281,12 +270,8 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a pas de configuration de produit complémentaire.Créez-en un à l'aide " -"des commandes 'create' ou 'clone'." +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "Il n'y a pas de configuration de produit complémentaire.Créez-en un à l'aide des commandes 'create' ou 'clone'." #. error message #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 @@ -303,8 +288,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Spécifier la configuration du produit complémentaire qui doit être effacée." +msgstr "Spécifier la configuration du produit complémentaire qui doit être effacée." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__121 #. dialog caption @@ -332,40 +316,26 @@ # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__12 #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Démarrer la création d'une nouvelle configuration de produit " -"complémentaire avec Ajouter." +msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +msgstr "Démarrer la création d'une nouvelle configuration de produit complémentaire avec Ajouter." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__22 #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." -msgstr "" -"Utiliser Modifier, pour modifier la configuration du produit " -"complémentaire sélectionnée." +msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +msgstr "Utiliser Modifier, pour modifier la configuration du produit complémentaire sélectionnée." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "Delete the selected configuration using Delete." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Effacer pour supprimer la configuration sélectionnée.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Cliquez sur Effacer pour supprimer la configuration sélectionnée." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Build the fresh add-on product based on the selected configuration " -#| "with Build." -msgid "" -"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"Build." -msgstr "" -"Construire le nouveau produit complémentaire basé sur la configuration " -"sélectionnée avec Construire." +#| msgid "Build the fresh add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." +msgid "Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." +msgstr "Construire le nouveau produit complémentaire basé sur la configuration sélectionnée avec Construire." #. table header item #. summary header @@ -829,8 +799,7 @@ "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" msgstr "" "Les valeurs de nom, commentaire et adresse électronique sont vides.\n" -"Vous devez entrer au moins l'une de ces valeurs pour fournir " -"l'identification de l'utilisateur.\n" +"Vous devez entrer au moins l'une de ces valeurs pour fournir l'identification de l'utilisateur.\n" #. feedback popup headline #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 @@ -1124,30 +1093,18 @@ #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Ce module offre une aide à la création d'un produit complémentaire." +msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +msgstr "Ce module offre une aide à la création d'un produit complémentaire." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez le mode de création du produit complémentaire. Vous pouvez " -"le créer entièrement ou le baser sur un produit existant." +msgid "Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product." +msgstr "Sélectionnez le mode de création du produit complémentaire. Vous pouvez le créer entièrement ou le baser sur un produit existant." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " -"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous basez le nouveau produit sur un produit existant, cochez la " -"case Générer la description des paquets pour générer la description " -"des nouveaux paquets dans le produit existant." +msgid "When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product." +msgstr "Lorsque vous basez le nouveau produit sur un produit existant, cochez la case Générer la description des paquets pour générer la description des nouveaux paquets dans le produit existant." # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__23 #. help text for initial data (paragraph title) @@ -1168,13 +1125,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez le produit auquel le nouveau produit complémentaire peut " -"être appliqué. Cette sélection forme la valeur REQUIRES du fichier " -"<tt>content</tt>." +msgid "Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Sélectionnez le produit auquel le nouveau produit complémentaire peut être appliqué. Cette sélection forme la valeur REQUIRES du fichier <tt>content</tt>." # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__23 #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. @@ -1184,12 +1136,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez le chemin vers le répertoire contenant les paquets RPM devant " -"constituer votre produit complémentaire." +msgid "Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product." +msgstr "Choisissez le chemin vers le répertoire contenant les paquets RPM devant constituer votre produit complémentaire." # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__23 #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. @@ -1199,17 +1147,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez éventuellement choisir le chemin vers le répertoire contenant " -"les paquets RPM à partir du produit sur lequel le produit complémentaire " -"doit être basé. Ces paquets ne seront pas contenus dans le produit " -"complémentaire, mais pourraient être utilisés pour la création des modèles " -"plus tard dans le workflow." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow." +msgstr "Vous pouvez éventuellement choisir le chemin vers le répertoire contenant les paquets RPM à partir du produit sur lequel le produit complémentaire doit être basé. Ces paquets ne seront pas contenus dans le produit complémentaire, mais pourraient être utilisés pour la création des modèles plus tard dans le workflow." #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 @@ -1218,62 +1157,33 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" -"tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Entrez les informations requises pour identifier le produit " -"complémentaire. Désélectionnez N'afficher que les mots-clés requis " -"pour voir tous les attributs du fichier <tt>content</tt>." +msgid "Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Entrez les informations requises pour identifier le produit complémentaire. Désélectionnez N'afficher que les mots-clés requis pour voir tous les attributs du fichier <tt>content</tt>." #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "Use Import to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez Importer pour importer un fichier <tt>content</tt> " -"existant." +msgstr "Utilisez Importer pour importer un fichier <tt>content</tt> existant." #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" -"tt> files) here." -msgstr "" -"Modifiez ici la description des paquets en fonction de la langue " -"(fichiers <tt>packages.lang</tt>)." +msgid "Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here." +msgstr "Modifiez ici la description des paquets en fonction de la langue (fichiers <tt>packages.lang</tt>)." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez Ajouter une langue pour ajouter le fichier de description " -"d'une nouvelle langue. La liste des langues disponibles est lue à partir de " -"la valeur LINGUAS du fichier <tt>content</tt>. Importez un fichier " -"existant avec la description des paquets à l'aide de l'option Importer</" -"b>. Supprimez le fichier de description avec l'option Supprimer." +msgid "Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." +msgstr "Utilisez Ajouter une langue pour ajouter le fichier de description d'une nouvelle langue. La liste des langues disponibles est lue à partir de la valeur LINGUAS du fichier <tt>content</tt>. Importez un fichier existant avec la description des paquets à l'aide de l'option Importer. Supprimez le fichier de description avec l'option Supprimer." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez Ajouter et Modifier dans le deuxième tableau pour " -"modifier les entrées de description du paquet sélectionné." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package." +msgstr "Utilisez Ajouter et Modifier dans le deuxième tableau pour modifier les entrées de description du paquet sélectionné." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " -"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." -msgstr "" -"Optionnellement, choisissez le chemin vers le fichier fournissant " -"Dépendances du paquet additionel (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgstr "Optionnellement, choisissez le chemin vers le fichier fournissant Dépendances du paquet additionel (EXTRA_PROV)." #. help text for patterns #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 @@ -1282,234 +1192,116 @@ #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " -"existing one." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez Nouveau pour créer un nouveau modèle ou Importer " -"pour en importer un." +msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgstr "Utilisez Nouveau pour créer un nouveau modèle ou Importer pour en importer un." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez Ajouter et Modifier dans le deuxième tableau pour " -"modifier les attributs du modèle." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attributes." +msgstr "Utilisez Ajouter et Modifier dans le deuxième tableau pour modifier les attributs du modèle." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Check Required pattern if you want to set selected pattern as " -#| "required for the add-on product. Such pattern will be automatically " -#| "preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." +#| msgid "Check Required pattern if you want to set selected pattern as required for the add-on product. Such pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started." -msgstr "" -"Controler les modèles requis si vous voulez utiliser les modèles " -"selectionnés tels que requis par le produit complémentaire. Un tel modèle " -"sera automatiquement selectionné lorsque l'installation du produit " -"complémentaire sera commencée." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." +msgstr "Controler les modèles requis si vous voulez utiliser les modèles selectionnés tels que requis par le produit complémentaire. Un tel modèle sera automatiquement selectionné lorsque l'installation du produit complémentaire sera commencée." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory." -msgstr "" -"Spécifiez le chemin vers le répertoire dans lequel le produit " -"complémentaire doit être créé. Sélectionnez Créer une image ISO pour " -"créer l'image ISO du produit dans le répertoire de sortie." +msgid "Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory." +msgstr "Spécifiez le chemin vers le répertoire dans lequel le produit complémentaire doit être créé. Sélectionnez Créer une image ISO pour créer l'image ISO du produit dans le répertoire de sortie." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Use Generate Changelog to generate a Changelog file with all " -#| "the changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -#| "" -msgid "" -"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgstr "" -"Utiliser Générer un Changelog pour générer un fichier Changelog " -"(Journal des modifications) incluant tout les changements de paquets faits " -"dans les deux dernières années." +#| msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a Changelog file with all the changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgstr "Utiliser Générer un Changelog pour générer un fichier Changelog (Journal des modifications) incluant tout les changements de paquets faits dans les deux dernières années." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " -"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values." -msgstr "" -"Adaptez le module du produit complémentaire avec Configurer le module</" -"b>. Utilisez Fichiers en option pour configurer les textes des " -"fichiers <tt>README</tt>, des licences et des autres valeurs en option." +msgid "Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values." +msgstr "Adaptez le module du produit complémentaire avec Configurer le module. Utilisez Fichiers en option pour configurer les textes des fichiers <tt>README</tt>, des licences et des autres valeurs en option." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez saisir ici les fichiers nécessaires à la personnalisation du " -"module de votre produit complémentaire." +msgid "Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow." +msgstr "Vous pouvez saisir ici les fichiers nécessaires à la personnalisation du module de votre produit complémentaire." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." -msgstr "" -"Entrez l'emplacement du fichier contenant la description du module. Ce " -"fichier est une alternative au fichier <tt>control.xml</tt> et il est " -"enregistré en tant que <tt>installation.xml</tt> dans le répertoire de base " -"du produit complémentaire." +msgid "Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." +msgstr "Entrez l'emplacement du fichier contenant la description du module. Ce fichier est une alternative au fichier <tt>control.xml</tt> et il est enregistré en tant que <tt>installation.xml</tt> dans le répertoire de base du produit complémentaire." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser des modules YaST personnalisés au cours de l'installation " -"du produit complémentaire, saisissez le chemin de l'archive <tt>y2update." -"tgz</tt> dans laquelle ces modules sont stockés ou configurez le contenu de " -"<tt>y2update.tgz</tt> en spécifiant les paquets YaST RPM dans Importer " -"les paquets." +msgid "To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." +msgstr "Pour utiliser des modules YaST personnalisés au cours de l'installation du produit complémentaire, saisissez le chemin de l'archive <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> dans laquelle ces modules sont stockés ou configurez le contenu de <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> en spécifiant les paquets YaST RPM dans Importer les paquets." #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." -msgstr "" -"Le fichier <tt>info.txt</tt> en option fournit des informations " -"concernant le complément devant s'afficher sous forme de fenêtre " -"contextuelle avec un bouton OK." +msgid "The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +msgstr "Le fichier <tt>info.txt</tt> en option fournit des informations concernant le complément devant s'afficher sous forme de fenêtre contextuelle avec un bouton OK." #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " -"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" -"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Le texte de la licence s'affiche dans une fenêtre avec les boutons " -"J'accepte et Je refuse avant le démarrage de l'installation. " -"Les fichiers contenant le texte des licences dans différentes langues sont " -"compressés dans l'archive <tt>license.zip</tt> stockée dans le répertoire " -"<tt>media.1</tt>." +msgid "The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +msgstr "Le texte de la licence s'affiche dans une fenêtre avec les boutons J'accepte et Je refuse avant le démarrage de l'installation. Les fichiers contenant le texte des licences dans différentes langues sont compressés dans l'archive <tt>license.zip</tt> stockée dans le répertoire <tt>media.1</tt>." #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Les fichiers <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> et <tt>COPYING</tt> peuvent comporter " -"diverses modifications de langue et sont stockés dans le répertoire racine " -"du produit complémentaire." +msgid "The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." +msgstr "Les fichiers <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> et <tt>COPYING</tt> peuvent comporter diverses modifications de langue et sont stockés dans le répertoire racine du produit complémentaire." #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." -msgstr "" -"Configurez ici la signature du produit complémentaire. Choisissez une clé " -"secrète dans la liste des clés disponibles ou créez une nouvelle clé avec " -"l'option Créer." +msgid "Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +msgstr "Configurez ici la signature du produit complémentaire. Choisissez une clé secrète dans la liste des clés disponibles ou créez une nouvelle clé avec l'option Créer." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key." -msgstr "" -"Saisissez la phrase d'authentification nécessaire pour déverrouiller la " -"clé secrète." +msgstr "Saisissez la phrase d'authentification nécessaire pour déverrouiller la clé secrète." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Select if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product " -#| "with selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgid "" -"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner si vous souhaitez signer tous les paquets du produit " -"complémentaire avec la clé sélectionnée. Toutes les signatures de paquet " -"précédentes seront remplacées." +#| msgid "Select if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgid "Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgstr "Sélectionner si vous souhaitez signer tous les paquets du produit complémentaire avec la clé sélectionnée. Toutes les signatures de paquet précédentes seront remplacées." #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." -msgstr "" -"Saisissez les valeurs nécessaires à la génération de la nouvelle paire de " -"clés primaires." +msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +msgstr "Saisissez les valeurs nécessaires à la génération de la nouvelle paire de clés primaires." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long." -msgstr "" -"La taille par défaut d'une clé DSA est de 1 024 bits. La longueur des " -"clés RSA peut être comprise entre 1 024 et 4 096 bits." +msgid "The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long." +msgstr "La taille par défaut d'une clé DSA est de 1 024 bits. La longueur des clés RSA peut être comprise entre 1 024 et 4 096 bits." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires." -msgstr "" -"Comme Date d'expiration, entrez le nombre de jours à la suite " -"desquels la clé expire. Si ce nombre est suivi de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> ou " -"<tt>y</tt>, il indique le nombre de semaines, de mois ou d'années. Laissez " -"cette entrée vide pour une clé qui n'expire jamais." +msgid "As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires." +msgstr "Comme Date d'expiration, entrez le nombre de jours à la suite desquels la clé expire. Si ce nombre est suivi de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> ou <tt>y</tt>, il indique le nombre de semaines, de mois ou d'années. Laissez cette entrée vide pour une clé qui n'expire jamais." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez Nom, Commentaire et Adresse électronique " -"pour fournir l'identification de l'utilisateur auquel la nouvelle clé doit " -"être associée." +msgid "Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated." +msgstr "Utilisez Nom, Commentaire et Adresse électronique pour fournir l'identification de l'utilisateur auquel la nouvelle clé doit être associée." #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Consultez ici la présentation des données pour la génération du produit " -"complémentaire." +msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +msgstr "Consultez ici la présentation des données pour la génération du produit complémentaire." #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"" -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Terminer pour créer le produit complémentaire dans le " -"répertoire de sortie." +msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." +msgstr "Cliquez sur Terminer pour créer le produit complémentaire dans le répertoire de sortie." #. text entry label #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 @@ -1631,9 +1423,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'NAME' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." -msgstr "" -"Pour un usage interne. Les même restrictions que pour les noms de paquets " -"s'appliquent." +msgstr "Pour un usage interne. Les même restrictions que pour les noms de paquets s'appliquent." # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__25 #. label of content file BASEARCHS key @@ -1643,12 +1433,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"Liste, séparée par des espaces, des architectures produits. Correspond aux " -"paquets en production disponibles." +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "Liste, séparée par des espaces, des architectures produits. Correspond aux paquets en production disponibles." #. label of content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 @@ -1676,14 +1462,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"Une chaine de caractères annonçant la distribution. La même chaine est plus " -"probablement utilisé dans les .rpm pour annoncer la distribution. " -"Généralement, une composition du nom, de la version et de l'architecture." +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "Une chaine de caractères annonçant la distribution. La même chaine est plus probablement utilisé dans les .rpm pour annoncer la distribution. Généralement, une composition du nom, de la version et de l'architecture." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 @@ -1693,8 +1473,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." -msgstr "" -"Répertoire de description du paquet (par rapport au répertoire du produit)" +msgstr "Répertoire de description du paquet (par rapport au répertoire du produit)" #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 @@ -1713,12 +1492,8 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"Étiquette UTF-8 codée. Étiquette par défaut si LINGUAS est omis ou si " -"aucune langue par défaut ne peut être déterminée." +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "Étiquette UTF-8 codée. Étiquette par défaut si LINGUAS est omis ou si aucune langue par défaut ne peut être déterminée." #. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 @@ -1788,14 +1563,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " -"LABEL.lang is expected." -msgstr "" -"LABEL UTF-8 codée. <tt>lang</tt> a la même syntaxe que les valeurs " -"LINGUAS. Pour chaque langue de LINGUAS, un LABEL.lang " -"correspondant est attendu." +msgid "UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang is expected." +msgstr "LABEL UTF-8 codée. <tt>lang</tt> a la même syntaxe que les valeurs LINGUAS. Pour chaque langue de LINGUAS, un LABEL.lang correspondant est attendu." #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" @@ -1833,13 +1602,8 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"Catégorie d'une ligne dans la langue par défaut utilisée pour les modèles de " -"groupes. Les catégories sont destinées à l'utilisateur et peuvent être " -"librement spécifiées." +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "Catégorie d'une ligne dans la langue par défaut utilisée pour les modèles de groupes. Les catégories sont destinées à l'utilisateur et peuvent être librement spécifiées." #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 @@ -1854,8 +1618,7 @@ #. help text for 'Vis' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Définissez si le modèle doit être visible dans l'interface utilisateur." +msgstr "Définissez si le modèle doit être visible dans l'interface utilisateur." #. label for 'Prq' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 @@ -1874,11 +1637,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." -msgstr "" -"Ces paquets sont installés par défaut mais peuvent être supprimés sans " -"difficulté." +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "Ces paquets sont installés par défaut mais peuvent être supprimés sans difficulté." #. label for 'Prs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 @@ -1890,12 +1650,8 @@ #. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"Il s'agit uniquement de conseils relatif à une application, qui ne " -"s'appliquent pas au cours de la résolution des dépendances." +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "Il s'agit uniquement de conseils relatif à une application, qui ne s'appliquent pas au cours de la résolution des dépendances." #. label for 'Ico' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 @@ -1906,21 +1662,10 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "S'il n'est pas indiqué, le nom du modèle est utilisé \n" -" à la place (les blancs du nom étant remplacés par des traits de " -"soulignement). Si le nom du fichier ne comporte pas d'extension .png ou ." -"jpg, .png est ajouté. Si aucun chemin n'est spécifié, la recherche des " -"icônes s'effectue dans le chemin du thème des icônes (d'abord /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ puis /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Les chemins absolus et relatifs (vers le chemin du " -"thème /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) sont autorisés." +" à la place (les blancs du nom étant remplacés par des traits de soulignement). Si le nom du fichier ne comporte pas d'extension .png ou .jpg, .png est ajouté. Si aucun chemin n'est spécifié, la recherche des icônes s'effectue dans le chemin du thème des icônes (d'abord /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ puis /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Les chemins absolus et relatifs (vers le chemin du thème /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) sont autorisés." #. label for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 @@ -1929,12 +1674,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Cette valeur entière à trois chiffres définit l'ordre du modèle lorsque " -"plusieurs modèles sont répertoriés dans l'interface utilisateur." +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "Cette valeur entière à trois chiffres définit l'ordre du modèle lorsque plusieurs modèles sont répertoriés dans l'interface utilisateur." #. label for 'Req' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 @@ -1953,16 +1694,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES</" -"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Fonctions offertes par ce modèle. Elles peuvent être utilisées pour répondre " -"aux REQUIRES de tiers. Chaque correctif a une offre par défaut--son " -"propre nom et son édition. Par exemple, le paquet bar-1.42-1 offre la " -"fonction <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "Fonctions offertes par ce modèle. Elles peuvent être utilisées pour répondre aux REQUIRES de tiers. Chaque correctif a une offre par défaut--son propre nom et son édition. Par exemple, le paquet bar-1.42-1 offre la fonction <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." #. label for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 @@ -1971,12 +1704,8 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Ce modèle ne peut pas être installé si le correctif spécifié ou un correctif " -"qui fournit la fonction est déjà installé." +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Ce modèle ne peut pas être installé si le correctif spécifié ou un correctif qui fournit la fonction est déjà installé." #. label for 'Obs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 @@ -1999,12 +1728,8 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"Une version faible de REQUIRES. Si des modèles recommandés ne peuvent pas " -"être installés, aucune erreur n'est affichée." +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "Une version faible de REQUIRES. Si des modèles recommandés ne peuvent pas être installés, aucune erreur n'est affichée." #. label for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 @@ -2013,14 +1738,8 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"Un Rec inverse. Ce modèle est installé si la fonction spécifiée est " -"fournie par un correctif installé. Le résolveur de dépendance l'installe. Sa " -"désinstallation est acceptée automatiquement." +msgid "A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "Un Rec inverse. Ce modèle est installé si la fonction spécifiée est fournie par un correctif installé. Le résolveur de dépendance l'installe. Sa désinstallation est acceptée automatiquement." #. label for 'Sug' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 @@ -2034,12 +1753,8 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"Le modèle actuel n'est pris en considération pour l'installation que si le " -"modèle spécifié ici est installé." +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "Le modèle actuel n'est pris en considération pour l'installation que si le modèle spécifié ici est installé." # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__42 #. label for 'Ext' pattern key @@ -2091,8 +1806,7 @@ #. help text for 'Sum' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package." -msgstr "" -"Le résumé du paquet (étiquette), une description d'une ligne du paquet." +msgstr "Le résumé du paquet (étiquette), une description d'une ligne du paquet." #. label for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 @@ -2101,12 +1815,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"Un message informel est affiché si le paquet est sélectionné, par exemple un " -"avertissement de version de test ou une licence commerciale." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "Un message informel est affiché si le paquet est sélectionné, par exemple un avertissement de version de test ou une licence commerciale." #. label for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 @@ -2115,13 +1825,8 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"Un message informel s'affiche si le paquet est sélectionné pour être " -"supprimé, par exemple pour vous avertir que le système ne peut pas " -"fonctionner sans le paquet." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "Un message informel s'affiche si le paquet est sélectionné pour être supprimé, par exemple pour vous avertir que le système ne peut pas fonctionner sans le paquet." #. label for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 @@ -2130,12 +1835,8 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Texte du CLUF. Ce texte s'affiche avant l'installation du paquet. Si " -"l'utilisateur n'accepte pas le CLUF, le paquet ne s'installera pas." +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "Texte du CLUF. Ce texte s'affiche avant l'installation du paquet. Si l'utilisateur n'accepte pas le CLUF, le paquet ne s'installera pas." #. label of key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 @@ -2145,15 +1846,9 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of " -#| "this product." -msgid "" -"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements." -msgstr "" -" Dépendances devant être installées sur le système avant l'installation " -"de ce produit. " +#| msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of this product." +msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements." +msgstr " Dépendances devant être installées sur le système avant l'installation de ce produit. " #. label of PROVIDES key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 @@ -2162,12 +1857,8 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires</" -"b> from others." -msgstr "" -"Capacités fournies par ce produit. Elles peuvent être utilisées pour établir " -"une correspondance avec requires des autres produits." +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires from others." +msgstr "Capacités fournies par ce produit. Elles peuvent être utilisées pour établir une correspondance avec requires des autres produits." #. label of 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 @@ -2176,12 +1867,8 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Ce correctif ne pas peut être installé si le correctif spécifié ou un " -"correctif qui fournit déjà la fonction est installé." +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Ce correctif ne pas peut être installé si le correctif spécifié ou un correctif qui fournit déjà la fonction est installé." #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 @@ -2190,12 +1877,8 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque ce correctif est installé, il désinstalle tout autre correctif dont " -"le nom correspond à ce mot-clé." +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "Lorsque ce correctif est installé, il désinstalle tout autre correctif dont le nom correspond à ce mot-clé." #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 @@ -2204,13 +1887,8 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"Une version faible de REQUIRES. Une tentative d'exécution de " -"RECOMMENDS est effectuée, mais elle est ignorée automatiquement si " -"aucune correspondance n'est possible." +msgid "A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "Une version faible de REQUIRES. Une tentative d'exécution de RECOMMENDS est effectuée, mais elle est ignorée automatiquement si aucune correspondance n'est possible." #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 @@ -2243,15 +1921,9 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A short name of the product which do not change between service packs and " -#| "versions." -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." -msgstr "" -"Un nom court du produit qui ne change pas entre les versions et les service " -"packs." +#| msgid "A short name of the product which do not change between service packs and versions." +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +msgstr "Un nom court du produit qui ne change pas entre les versions et les service packs." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 @@ -2265,12 +1937,8 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"Type de média qui sera utilisé pour le produit cible. Les valeurs possibles " -"sont : cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "Type de média qui sera utilisé pour le produit cible. Les valeurs possibles sont : cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 @@ -2329,9 +1997,7 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "Wait while generating data for add-on... \n" -msgstr "" -"Patienter pendant la génération des données pour le produit " -"complémentaire... \n" +msgstr "Patienter pendant la génération des données pour le produit complémentaire... \n" #. error report #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 @@ -2481,21 +2147,11 @@ #~ msgstr "openSUSE 12.1" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of " -#~ "this product.\n" -#~ "This is a space-separated list of names or <tt>kind:name</tt> pairs " -#~ "optionally followed by version constraints. Just a name denotes a " -#~ "dependency to a package, such as <tt>sles-release</tt> or <tt>sles-" -#~ "release-10</tt>. The kind can be package, pattern, or product, such as " -#~ "<tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>." +#~ "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of this product.\n" +#~ "This is a space-separated list of names or <tt>kind:name</tt> pairs optionally followed by version constraints. Just a name denotes a dependency to a package, such as <tt>sles-release</tt> or <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. The kind can be package, pattern, or product, such as <tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Correctifs devant être installés sur le système pour satisfaire les " -#~ "besoins de ce produit.\n" -#~ "Il s'agit d'une liste séparée par des espaces de noms ou de paires " -#~ "<tt>kind:name</tt> éventuellement suivis par des contraintes de version. " -#~ "Un nom seul indique une dépendance à un paquet, par exemple <tt>sles-" -#~ "release</tt> ou <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. Le type peut être un paquet, un " -#~ "modèle ou un produit, par exemple <tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>." +#~ "Correctifs devant être installés sur le système pour satisfaire les besoins de ce produit.\n" +#~ "Il s'agit d'une liste séparée par des espaces de noms ou de paires <tt>kind:name</tt> éventuellement suivis par des contraintes de version. Un nom seul indique une dépendance à un paquet, par exemple <tt>sles-release</tt> ou <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. Le type peut être un paquet, un modèle ou un produit, par exemple <tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>." #~ msgid "Resolvables needed before installation" #~ msgstr "Correctifs nécessaires avant l'installation" @@ -2503,16 +2159,8 @@ #~ msgid "Resolvables provided" #~ msgstr "Correctifs fournis" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match " -#~ "REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provides by default- " -#~ "its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides " -#~ "the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Fonctions offertes par ce produit. Elles peuvent être utilisées pour " -#~ "répondre aux REQUIRES de tiers. Chaque résolution a une offre par " -#~ "défaut--son propre nom et son édition. Par exemple, le paquet " -#~ "bar-1.42-1 offre la fonction <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +#~ msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provides by default- its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Fonctions offertes par ce produit. Elles peuvent être utilisées pour répondre aux REQUIRES de tiers. Chaque résolution a une offre par défaut--son propre nom et son édition. Par exemple, le paquet bar-1.42-1 offre la fonction <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." #~ msgid "Conflicting resolvables" #~ msgstr "Correctifs en conflit" @@ -2529,28 +2177,14 @@ #~ msgid "Supplemented resolvables" #~ msgstr "Correctifs ajoutés" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A reverse RECOMMENDS. This product is installed if the specified " -#~ "capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency " -#~ "resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Un RECOMMENDS inverse. Ce produit est installé si la fonction " -#~ "spécifiée est fournie par un correctif installé. Le résolveur de " -#~ "dépendance l'installe. Sa désinstallation est acceptée automatiquement." +#~ msgid "A reverse RECOMMENDS. This product is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +#~ msgstr "Un RECOMMENDS inverse. Ce produit est installé si la fonction spécifiée est fournie par un correctif installé. Le résolveur de dépendance l'installe. Sa désinstallation est acceptée automatiquement." #~ msgid "Enhanced resolvables" #~ msgstr "Correctifs améliorés" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A reverse SUGGESTS. This product can be installed if this " -#~ "capability is provided by an installed resolvable. It is just a hint for " -#~ "an application. For example, SuSEplugger can suggest packages for " -#~ "installation if specific hardware is found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Un SUGGESTS inversé. Ce produit peut être installé si la fonction " -#~ "spécifiée est fournie par un correctif installé. Il s'agit d'un simple " -#~ "conseil pour une application. Par exemple, SuSEplugger peut " -#~ "suggérer l'installation de paquets si certains matériels sont détectés." +#~ msgid "A reverse SUGGESTS. This product can be installed if this capability is provided by an installed resolvable. It is just a hint for an application. For example, SuSEplugger can suggest packages for installation if specific hardware is found." +#~ msgstr "Un SUGGESTS inversé. Ce produit peut être installé si la fonction spécifiée est fournie par un correctif installé. Il s'agit d'un simple conseil pour une application. Par exemple, SuSEplugger peut suggérer l'installation de paquets si certains matériels sont détectés." #~ msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2" #~ msgstr "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/add-on.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ "Aide du module produits complémentaires\n" "------------------\n" "\n" -"Pour ajouter un nouveau produit complémentaire via la ligne de commande, " -"utilisez cette syntaxe :\n" +"Pour ajouter un nouveau produit complémentaire via la ligne de commande, utilisez cette syntaxe :\n" " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" "URL est le chemin vers la source du produit complémentaire.\n" "\n" @@ -56,12 +55,8 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') manquant. Utiliser l'option de ligne " -"de commande xmlfile=<fichier_XML_cible>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') manquant. Utiliser l'option de ligne de commande xmlfile=<fichier_XML_cible>." #. dialog caption #. this is a heading @@ -145,18 +140,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez l'extension linguistique à installer, puis cliquez sur " -"OK." +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgstr "Sélectionnez l'extension linguistique à installer, puis cliquez sur OK." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" -msgstr "" -"Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir abandonner l'installation du produit " -"complémentaire ?" +msgstr "Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir abandonner l'installation du produit complémentaire ?" #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 msgid "" @@ -308,8 +298,7 @@ #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" -msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous vraiment abandonner l'installation du produit complémentaire ?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment abandonner l'installation du produit complémentaire ?" #. popup message #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 @@ -319,8 +308,7 @@ #. message popup #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." -msgstr "" -"Les dépendances du produit complémentaire ne peuvent pas être résolues." +msgstr "Les dépendances du produit complémentaire ne peuvent pas être résolues." #. dialog caption #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 @@ -346,9 +334,7 @@ #. message popup #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." -msgstr "" -"Les dépendances des produits complémentaires sélectionnés ne peuvent pas " -"être résolues." +msgstr "Les dépendances des produits complémentaires sélectionnés ne peuvent pas être résolues." #. Help for add-on products #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 @@ -359,10 +345,8 @@ "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Installation de produits complémentaires</big>\n" -"Vous pouvez voir ici tous les produits complémentaires sélectionnés pour " -"l'installation.\n" -"Pour ajouter un nouveau produit, cliquez sur Ajouter. Pour supprimer " -"un produit déjà ajouté,\n" +"Vous pouvez voir ici tous les produits complémentaires sélectionnés pour l'installation.\n" +"Pour ajouter un nouveau produit, cliquez sur Ajouter. Pour supprimer un produit déjà ajouté,\n" "sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur Supprimer." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name @@ -413,18 +397,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." -msgstr "" -"Tous les produits produits complémentaires installés sur votre système " -"sont affichés." +msgstr "Tous les produits produits complémentaires installés sur votre système sont affichés." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Ajouter pour ajouter un nouveau produit complémentaire " -"ou sur Supprimer pour supprimer un produit complémentaire utilisé." +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "Cliquez sur Ajouter pour ajouter un nouveau produit complémentaire ou sur Supprimer pour supprimer un produit complémentaire utilisé." #. no items #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 @@ -504,30 +482,20 @@ "\n" "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" msgstr "" -"Votre système semble ne pas avoir assez de mémoire pour utiliser les " -"produits additionnels\n" -"pendant l'installation. Vous pourrez autoriser les produits additionnels " -"plus tard quand le\n" +"Votre système semble ne pas avoir assez de mémoire pour utiliser les produits additionnels\n" +"pendant l'installation. Vous pourrez autoriser les produits additionnels plus tard quand le\n" "système fonctionnera.\n" "\n" "Voulez vous sauter l'étape d'utilisation des produits additionnels?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on " -#~ "your system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ici, vous pouvez voir tous les produits complémentaires installés sur " -#~ "votre système." +#~ msgid "Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on your system." +#~ msgstr "Ici, vous pouvez voir tous les produits complémentaires installés sur votre système." #~ msgid "&Select Language Extensions to be Installed" #~ msgstr "&Sélectionner l'extension linguistique à installer" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the " -#~ "OK button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sélectionnez l'extension linguistique à installer, puis cliquez sur le " -#~ "bouton OK." +#~ msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the OK button." +#~ msgstr "Sélectionnez l'extension linguistique à installer, puis cliquez sur le bouton OK." #~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..." #~ msgstr "Lecture des paquets disponibles dans les dépôts d'installation..." @@ -584,8 +552,7 @@ #~ "network, or from the hard disk.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Dépôt de logiciels</big> \n" -#~ "Les produits complémentaires peuvent être installés à partir d'un CD, " -#~ "via\n" +#~ "Les produits complémentaires peuvent être installés à partir d'un CD, via\n" #~ "un réseau ou depuis le disque dur.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -643,9 +610,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Catalogues &trouvés" #~ msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la préparation du système " -#~ "d'installation." +#~ msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la préparation du système d'installation." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/audit-laf.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -82,9 +82,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for frequency option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" -msgstr "" -"Combien d'enregistrements mettre en cache avant de les consigner sur le " -"disque" +msgstr "Combien d'enregistrements mettre en cache avant de les consigner sur le disque" #. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 @@ -115,9 +113,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"Espace disponible sur la partition de journal (en Mo) lorsque le système " -"commence à en manquer" +msgstr "Espace disponible sur la partition de journal (en Mo) lorsque le système commence à en manquer" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -132,9 +128,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"Espace disponible sur la partition de journal (en Mo) lorsque le système en " -"manque" +msgstr "Espace disponible sur la partition de journal (en Mo) lorsque le système en manque" #. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 @@ -144,8 +138,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Script à exécuter (nom complet du chemin) si admin_space_left est atteint" +msgstr "Script à exécuter (nom complet du chemin) si admin_space_left est atteint" #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 @@ -170,8 +163,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" -msgstr "" -"Script à exécuter (nom complet du chemin) s'il y a une erreur de disque" +msgstr "Script à exécuter (nom complet du chemin) s'il y a une erreur de disque" #. command line help text for communication control option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 @@ -265,9 +257,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot reset rules. Please check /etc/audit/audit.rules." msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de remettre à zéro les règles. Veuillez vérifier /etc/audit/audit." -"rules." +msgstr "Impossible de remettre à zéro les règles. Veuillez vérifier /etc/audit/audit.rules." #. Handle actions of rules dialog #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 @@ -284,8 +274,7 @@ "will cause an error.\n" msgstr "" "Les règles sont déjà verrouillées.\n" -"Un test n'est actuellement pas possible car l'envoi des nouvelles règles " -"provoquera une erreur." +"Un test n'est actuellement pas possible car l'envoi des nouvelles règles provoquera une erreur." #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 #, fuzzy @@ -302,8 +291,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les règles d'audit sont verrouillées (-e 2).\n" "\n" -"Il est inutile de continuer car les règles resteront verrouillées jusqu'au " -"prochain redémarrage." +"Il est inutile de continuer car les règles resteront verrouillées jusqu'au prochain redémarrage." # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__38 #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 @@ -344,14 +332,10 @@ "To check or change the rules, go back to the rules editor.\n" msgstr "" "La configuration de l'audit est verrouillée (option -e 2).\n" -"Cela signifie que les règles resteront verrouillées jusqu'au prochain " -"redémarrage !\n" -"Si vous souhaitez vraiment cela, veuillez-vous assurer que l'option '-e " -"2'est la dernière\n" -"entrée dans le fichier de règles. Dans le cas contraire, activez ou " -"désactivez l'audit.\n" -"Pour vérifier ou modifier les règles, veuillez retourner dans l'éditeur de " -"règles." +"Cela signifie que les règles resteront verrouillées jusqu'au prochain redémarrage !\n" +"Si vous souhaitez vraiment cela, veuillez-vous assurer que l'option '-e 2'est la dernière\n" +"entrée dans le fichier de règles. Dans le cas contraire, activez ou désactivez l'audit.\n" +"Pour vérifier ou modifier les règles, veuillez retourner dans l'éditeur de règles." # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__20 #. Frame label @@ -567,16 +551,13 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -#| "b> \n" +#| "<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Initialisation de la configuration de Linux Audit Framework</" -"big> \n" +"<big>Initialisation de la configuration de Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "Veuillez patienter... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -586,8 +567,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur " -"Interrompre.\n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -600,8 +580,7 @@ "<big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Enregistrement de la configuration et des règles auditd</big></" -"b>\n" +"<big>Enregistrement de la configuration et des règles auditd</big>\n" " Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__3 @@ -614,8 +593,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -623,34 +601,21 @@ #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" -"<big>Configuration du fichier de journalisation d'auditd</big></" -"b> \n" -"Le service auditd est un composant du système d'audit de Linux, il consigne " -"tous les évènements d'audit pertinents dans le fichier de journalisation par " -"défaut /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" -"Les évènements peuvent venir du module du noyau apparmor, " -"d'applications utilisant libaudit (ex : PAM) ou d'incidents causés " -"par des règles (ex : surveillance de fichiers)." +"<big>Configuration du fichier de journalisation d'auditd</big> \n" +"Le service auditd est un composant du système d'audit de Linux, il consigne tous les évènements d'audit pertinents dans le fichier de journalisation par défaut /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" +"Les évènements peuvent venir du module du noyau apparmor, d'applications utilisant libaudit (ex : PAM) ou d'incidents causés par des règles (ex : surveillance de fichiers)." #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"Règles pour auditctl offre plus d'information sur les règles " -"existantes et la possibilité d'ajouter d'autres règles.\n" -"De l'information détaillée sur la configuration du fichier de journalisation " -"peut être obtenue par le manuel 'man auditd.conf'." +"Règles pour auditctl offre plus d'information sur les règles existantes et la possibilité d'ajouter d'autres règles.\n" +"De l'information détaillée sur la configuration du fichier de journalisation peut être obtenue par le manuel 'man auditd.conf'." #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -658,149 +623,108 @@ "Log File: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use Select File.)" msgstr "" -"Fichier de journalisation: Entrez le nom complet du chemin du " -"fichier de journalisation\n" +"Fichier de journalisation: Entrez le nom complet du chemin du fichier de journalisation\n" "(ou utilisez le bouton Sélectionner un fichier.)" #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"Format: Sélectionnez RAW pour consigner toutes les données " -"(dans le même format\n" -"que les envoie le kernel) ouNOLOG pour rejeter toutes les " -"informations d'audit (ceci n'affecte pas\n" +"Format: Sélectionnez RAW pour consigner toutes les données (dans le même format\n" +"que les envoie le kernel) ouNOLOG pour rejeter toutes les informations d'audit (ceci n'affecte pas\n" "les données envoyées au dispatcheur). " #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -#| "INCREMANTAL the\n" -#| "Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing " -#| "an explicit flush to disk.\n" -#| "NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -#| "keep data portion synced,\n" +#| "Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMANTAL the\n" +#| "Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +#| "NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" #| "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"Enregistrement: décrit la manière d'écrire les données sur le " -"disque. Si défini à\n" -"INCREMENTAL, le paramètre Fréquence définit combien " -"d'enregistrement mettre en\n" -"cache avant de les consigner sur le disque. NONE signifie : aucun " -"effort particulier pour écrire\n" -"les données, DATA : garde une partie des données synchronisée," -"SYNC : garde les\n" +"Enregistrement: décrit la manière d'écrire les données sur le disque. Si défini à\n" +"INCREMENTAL, le paramètre Fréquence définit combien d'enregistrement mettre en\n" +"cache avant de les consigner sur le disque. NONE signifie : aucun effort particulier pour écrire\n" +"les données, DATA : garde une partie des données synchronisée,SYNC : garde les\n" "données et les méta-données pleinement synchronisées" #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to " -#| "take when this\n" +#| "Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" #| "value is reached in Size and Action frame." msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" -"Configurer la taille maximale du fichier de journalisation (en Mo) et " -"l'action à prendre\n" +"Configurer la taille maximale du fichier de journalisation (en Mo) et l'action à prendre\n" "lorsque cette taille est atteinte dans le cadre Taille et action." #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -#| "specifies the number\n" -#| "of files to keep. SYSLOG means: the audit daemon will write a " -#| "warning to /var/log/messages,\n" -#| "SUSPEND: stop writing records to disk, IGNORE: do nothing, " -#| "KEEP_LOGS: similar\n" +#| "If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +#| "of files to keep. SYSLOG means: the audit daemon will write a warning to /var/log/messages,\n" +#| "SUSPEND: stop writing records to disk, IGNORE: do nothing, KEEP_LOGS: similar\n" #| "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten." msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" -"Si l'action est définie sur ROTATE le nombre de fichiers de " -"journalisation spécifie combien\n" -"de fichiers conserver. SYSLOG signifie: le service d'audit écrira un " -"avertissement dans /var/log/messages,\n" -"SUSPEND: arrête l'écriture d'enregistrements sur disque, IGNORE</" -"i>: ne fait rien, KEEP_LOGS:\n" -"similaire à ROTATE, mais les fichiers de journalisation ne sont pas écrasés." -"" +"Si l'action est définie sur ROTATE le nombre de fichiers de journalisation spécifie combien\n" +"de fichiers conserver. SYSLOG signifie: le service d'audit écrira un avertissement dans /var/log/messages,\n" +"SUSPEND: arrête l'écriture d'enregistrements sur disque, IGNORE: ne fait rien, KEEP_LOGS:\n" +"similaire à ROTATE, mais les fichiers de journalisation ne sont pas écrasés." #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name " -#| "to the log file.\n" -#| "If USER is set the User Defined Name is used. NONE " -#| "means: no computer name\n" -#| "is inserted, HOSTNAME: name returned by the 'gethostname' " -#| "syscall,\n" +#| "Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the log file.\n" +#| "If USER is set the User Defined Name is used. NONE means: no computer name\n" +#| "is inserted, HOSTNAME: name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall,\n" #| "FQD: fully qualified domain name" msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Format du nom de machine décrit comment écrire le nom de la " -"machine dans le\n" -"journal. Si USER est sélectionnée, le champ Nom défini par " -"l'utilisateur\n" -"est utilisé. NONE signifie : pas de nom de machine inséré, " -"HOSTNAME : nom retourné par\n" -"l'appel système 'gethostname', FQD : Nom de domaine entièrement " -"qualifié " +"Format du nom de machine décrit comment écrire le nom de la machine dans le\n" +"journal. Si USER est sélectionnée, le champ Nom défini par l'utilisateur\n" +"est utilisé. NONE signifie : pas de nom de machine inséré, HOSTNAME : nom retourné par\n" +"l'appel système 'gethostname', FQD : Nom de domaine entièrement qualifié " #. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Configuration du dispatcher Auditd</big> \n" -"De l'information détaillée sur la manière de configurer le dispatcher peut " -"être obtenue\n" +"De l'information détaillée sur la manière de configurer le dispatcher peut être obtenue\n" "dans le manuel à l'aide la commande 'man auditd.conf'. " #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" "Dispatcher: Ce programme est démarré par le service audits et\n" @@ -809,48 +733,37 @@ #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" -"Communication: Contrôle la communication entre le démon et le " -"programme répartiteur.\n" -"lossy signifie que les évènements qui vont au répartiteur sont perdus " -"quand la file d'attente\n" -"(un tampon de 128ko) est pleine. Choisissez lossless si vous voulez " -"une communication\n" +"Communication: Contrôle la communication entre le démon et le programme répartiteur.\n" +"lossy signifie que les évènements qui vont au répartiteur sont perdus quand la file d'attente\n" +"(un tampon de 128ko) est pleine. Choisissez lossless si vous voulez une communication\n" "sans perte." #. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "Le dispatcheur 'audispd' est un multiplexeur d'évènements d'audit.\n" -"Pour plus d'informations, consultez le manuel ('man audispd' et 'man audisp." -"conf')." +"Pour plus d'informations, consultez le manuel ('man audispd' et 'man audisp.conf')." #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Please note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', " -#| "have '0750'\n" +#| "Please note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" #| " file permissions and the full path name has to be entered." msgid "" "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Veuillez noter : Le programme dispatcher doit être détenu par " -"'root', doit avoir\n" -"les permissions de fichier '0750' et le nom de chemin complet doit être " -"entré." +"Veuillez noter : Le programme dispatcher doit être détenu par 'root', doit avoir\n" +"les permissions de fichier '0750' et le nom de chemin complet doit être entré." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 #. disk space dialog help 1/6 @@ -859,112 +772,83 @@ #| msgid "" #| "<big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big> \n" #| "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" -#| "Detailed information can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd." -#| "conf').\n" +#| "Detailed information can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\n" msgid "" "<big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big> \n" "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuration de l'espace disque pour l'audit</big> \n" -"Ces paramètres sont utilisés pour la gestion de l'espace sur la partition de " -"journalisation.\n" -"De l'information détaillée peut être obtenue depuis le manuel ('man auditd." -"conf').\n" +"Ces paramètres sont utilisés pour la gestion de l'espace sur la partition de journalisation.\n" +"De l'information détaillée peut être obtenue depuis le manuel ('man auditd.conf').\n" #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" -"Espace restant (en Mo) spécifie au service d'audit quand exécuter " -"une Action si\n" +"Espace restant (en Mo) spécifie au service d'audit quand exécuter une Action si\n" "le système commence à manquer d'espace disque." #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" -"La valeur pour Espace restant pour l'Admin devrait être inférieure " -"à en dessus. Le système manque\n" -" d'espace disque si la valeur est atteinte et l' Action spécifiée " -"sera effectuée." +"La valeur pour Espace restant pour l'Admin devrait être inférieure à en dessus. Le système manque\n" +" d'espace disque si la valeur est atteinte et l' Action spécifiée sera effectuée." #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "If an action is set to EMAIL a warning mail will be send to the " -#| "account specified in\n" +#| "If an action is set to EMAIL a warning mail will be send to the account specified in\n" #| "Action Mail Account. \n" -#| " SYSLOG means: the disk space warning will be written to /var/" -#| "log/messages, IGNORE:\n" -#| "do nothing, EXEC: execute the script from Path to Script, " -#| "SUSPEND: stop writing\n" -#| "records to disk, SINGLE: put the computer system in single user " -#| "mode, HALT: shutdown\n" +#| " SYSLOG means: the disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages, IGNORE:\n" +#| "do nothing, EXEC: execute the script from Path to Script, SUSPEND: stop writing\n" +#| "records to disk, SINGLE: put the computer system in single user mode, HALT: shutdown\n" #| "the system." msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" -"Si une action est définie sur EMAIL un avertissement sera envoyé " -"au compte spécifié dans\n" +"Si une action est définie sur EMAIL un avertissement sera envoyé au compte spécifié dans\n" "Action Mail Account. \n" -" SYSLOG signifie: l'avertissement d'espace disque sera écrit dans /" -"var/log/messages, IGNORE:\n" -"ne fait rien, EXEC: exécute le script depuis Path to Script, " -"SUSPEND: arrête d'écrire\n" -"des enregistrements sur disque, SINGLE: met le système en mode " -"utilisateur unique, HALT: arrête\n" +" SYSLOG signifie: l'avertissement d'espace disque sera écrit dans /var/log/messages, IGNORE:\n" +"ne fait rien, EXEC: exécute le script depuis Path to Script, SUSPEND: arrête d'écrire\n" +"des enregistrements sur disque, SINGLE: met le système en mode utilisateur unique, HALT: arrête\n" "le système." #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi spécifier Action si le disque est plein (le " -"disque est saturé) et \n" -"Action en cas d'erreur (exécuté dès qu'une erreur d'écriture sur le " -"disque est rencontrée).\n" -"Les actions disponibles sont les mêmes qu'en dessus (excepté pour EMAIL</" -"i>)." +"Vous pouvez aussi spécifier Action si le disque est plein (le disque est saturé) et \n" +"Action en cas d'erreur (exécuté dès qu'une erreur d'écriture sur le disque est rencontrée).\n" +"Les actions disponibles sont les mêmes qu'en dessus (excepté pour EMAIL)." #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Please note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be " -#| "owned\n" -#| "by 'root', have '0750' file permissions and the full path name has to be " -#| "entered." +#| "Please note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" +#| "by 'root', have '0750' file permissions and the full path name has to be entered." msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Veuillez noter : Tous les scripts spécifiés pour EXEC " -"doivent être détenus\n" -"par 'root', avoir les permissions de fichier '0750' et le nom de chemin " -"complet doit être entré." +"Veuillez noter : Tous les scripts spécifiés pour EXEC doivent être détenus\n" +"par 'root', avoir les permissions de fichier '0750' et le nom de chemin complet doit être entré." #. rules dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 @@ -973,95 +857,69 @@ #| "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" #| "This dialog offers the possibiltiy to enable or to disable the syscall\n" #| "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -#| "The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." -#| "" +#| "The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgid "" "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" "<big>Règles pour auditctl</big> \n" "Cet onglet offre la possibiltié d'activer ou de désactiver l'audit syscall\n" "ainsi que de verrouiller la configuration d'audit.\n" -"L'option sélectionnée du champ Paramètre d'activation sera rajouté " -"aux règles." +"L'option sélectionnée du champ Paramètre d'activation sera rajouté aux règles." #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Please note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed " -#| "until next reboot! " -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez prendre note : Le verrouillage des règles empêchera " -"leur modification jusqu'au prochain redémarrage !" +#| msgid "Please note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot! " +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." +msgstr "Veuillez prendre note : Le verrouillage des règles empêchera leur modification jusqu'au prochain redémarrage !" #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enabling auditing whithout additional rules will cause the\n" -#| " applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/" -#| "audit/audit.log (default). " +#| " applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "Activer l'audit sans règles supplémentaires fera que les\n" -" applications utilisant libaudit, comme PAM consigneront leurs " -"informations dans le fichier (par défaut) /var/log/audit/audit.log. " +" applications utilisant libaudit, comme PAM consigneront leurs informations dans le fichier (par défaut) /var/log/audit/audit.log. " #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "The dialog also allows you to edit the rules manually, which is " -#| "recommended for advanced users only. \n" +#| "The dialog also allows you to edit the rules manually, which is recommended for advanced users only. \n" #| "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'." msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"Ce module vous permet aussi de modifier les règles manuellement. " -"Recommandé uniquement pour les utilisateurs avancés. \n" -"Pour plus d'information a propos de toutes les options, voir 'man auditctl'." -"" +"Ce module vous permet aussi de modifier les règles manuellement. Recommandé uniquement pour les utilisateurs avancés. \n" +"Pour plus d'information a propos de toutes les options, voir 'man auditctl'." #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -#| "subsystem and tells\n" -#| " whether the syntax is correct. Restore restores the settings " -#| "from /etc/audit/audit.rules." -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +#| "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and tells\n" +#| " whether the syntax is correct. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules." +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" msgstr "" -"Vérifier la syntaxe envoie les règles via auditctl vers le " -"sous-système d'audit afin\n" -"de valider l'exactitude de la syntaxe. Restaurer réstaure les " -"paramètres depuis /etc/audit/audit.rules." +"Vérifier la syntaxe envoie les règles via auditctl vers le sous-système d'audit afin\n" +"de valider l'exactitude de la syntaxe. Restaurer réstaure les paramètres depuis /etc/audit/audit.rules." #. rules dialog help 6/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Use the Restore and Reset button to restore the rules and " -#| "reset\n" -#| "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling auditctl with " -#| "it. \n" -#| "The Load button opens a file selection dialog and you are able to " -#| "load\n" +#| "Use the Restore and Reset button to restore the rules and reset\n" +#| "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling auditctl with it. \n" +#| "The Load button opens a file selection dialog and you are able to load\n" #| "an example rules file." msgid "" "Click Restore and Reset to restore the rules and reset\n" @@ -1069,12 +927,9 @@ "Click Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" "an example rules file.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilisez le bouton R&estaurer et RAZ pour restaurer les règles " -"précédentes et supprimer les modifications\n" -"(depuis le contrôle de syntaxe précédent) en appelant auditctl avec " -"ces dernières. \n" -"Le bouton Charger ouvre une fenêtre de sélection de fichier et vous " -"pouvez charger\n" +"Utilisez le bouton R&estaurer et RAZ pour restaurer les règles précédentes et supprimer les modifications\n" +"(depuis le contrôle de syntaxe précédent) en appelant auditctl avec ces dernières. \n" +"Le bouton Charger ouvre une fenêtre de sélection de fichier et vous pouvez charger\n" "un fichier de règles d'exemple." #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -1111,15 +966,9 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be " -#| "installed." -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer l'initiateur iSCSI, les paquets %1 doivent être " -"installés." +#| msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." +msgstr "Pour configurer l'initiateur iSCSI, les paquets %1 doivent être installés." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -1234,9 +1083,10 @@ msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" +# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__31 #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Démarrer" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Do not start" @@ -1263,8 +1113,7 @@ "a reboot is required afterwards.\n" msgstr "" "Cela pourrait être causé par des règles verrouillées.\n" -"Continuez à valider les règles. Vous pouvez modifier le statut 'Activé' mais " -"pour rendre le changement actif, un redémarrage sera nécessaire." +"Continuez à valider les règles. Vous pouvez modifier le statut 'Activé' mais pour rendre le changement actif, un redémarrage sera nécessaire." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322 #. Auditd read dialog caption @@ -1310,10 +1159,7 @@ "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" "Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" -msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous vraiment changer l'option \"Activé\" ? Si oui, les nouvelles " -"règles seront consignées dans le fichier /etc/audit/audit.rules. Après cela, " -"vous devrez redémarrer le système." +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment changer l'option \"Activé\" ? Si oui, les nouvelles règles seront consignées dans le fichier /etc/audit/audit.rules. Après cela, vous devrez redémarrer le système." # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__23 #. Error message @@ -1384,23 +1230,17 @@ #~ "entre le démon et le programme dispatcher." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Admin Space Left and Action describe how much disk space " -#~ "(in megabytes)\n" -#~ "to left and which action to perform if the system is running low.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Admin Space Left and Action describe how much disk space (in megabytes)\n" +#~ "to left and which action to perform if the system is running low." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Espace d'administration restant sur le disque et Action " -#~ "décrivent quel est l'espace disque libre minimum à avoir (en mégaoctets)\n" -#~ "et quelle action prendre si le système commence à manquer d'espace disque." -#~ "" +#~ "Espace d'administration restant sur le disque et Action décrivent quel est l'espace disque libre minimum à avoir (en mégaoctets)\n" +#~ "et quelle action prendre si le système commence à manquer d'espace disque." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If an action is set to EMAIL a warning mail will be send to the " -#~ "account specified in\n" +#~ "If an action is set to EMAIL a warning mail will be send to the account specified in\n" #~ "Action Mail Account" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si une action est positionnée sur EMAIL, un e-mail " -#~ "d'avertissement sera envoyé au compte\n" +#~ "Si une action est positionnée sur EMAIL, un e-mail d'avertissement sera envoyé au compte\n" #~ "spécifié dans Compte mail pour l'action" # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__18 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-client.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -221,95 +221,49 @@ msgstr "Indique quelle est la syntaxe du fichier de configuration." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." -msgstr "" -"Liste séparée par des virgules des services qui sont démarrés en même temps " -"que sssd démarre." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgstr "Liste séparée par des virgules des services qui sont démarrés en même temps que sssd démarre." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" -"Nombre de fois que les services devraient tenter de se reconnecter en cas de " -"crash d'un Fournisseur de Données ou de redémarrer avant d'abandonner" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "Nombre de fois que les services devraient tenter de se reconnecter en cas de crash d'un Fournisseur de Données ou de redémarrer avant d'abandonner" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." -msgstr "" -"SSSD peut utiliser plusieurs domaines simultanément, mais au moins un doit " -"être configuré sinon SSSD ne démarrera pas." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." +msgstr "SSSD peut utiliser plusieurs domaines simultanément, mais au moins un doit être configuré sinon SSSD ne démarrera pas." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." -msgstr "" -"Ce paramètre contient la liste des domaines dans l'ordre où ils seront " -"interrogés." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." +msgstr "Ce paramètre contient la liste des domaines dans l'ordre où ils seront interrogés." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" -msgstr "" -"Expression régulière par défaut qui décrit comment analyser la chaine " -"contenant le nom d'utilisateur et le domaine dans ces composants" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" +msgstr "Expression régulière par défaut qui décrit comment analyser la chaine contenant le nom d'utilisateur et le domaine dans ces composants" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Le format compatible avec printf(3) par défaut qui décrit comment traduire " -"un couple (nom, domaine) en un nom pleinement qualifié." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "Le format compatible avec printf(3) par défaut qui décrit comment traduire un couple (nom, domaine) en un nom pleinement qualifié." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." -msgstr "" -"SSSD surveille l'état de resolv.conf afin d'identifier quand il doit mettre " -"à jour son résolveur DNS interne." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." +msgstr "SSSD surveille l'état de resolv.conf afin d'identifier quand il doit mettre à jour son résolveur DNS interne." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, nous tenterons d'utiliser inotify pour ceci et nous nous " -"rabattrons sur le sondage de resolv.conf toute les cinq secondes si inotify " -"ne peut pas être utilisé." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgstr "Par défaut, nous tenterons d'utiliser inotify pour ceci et nous nous rabattrons sur le sondage de resolv.conf toute les cinq secondes si inotify ne peut pas être utilisé." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." -msgstr "" -"Répertoire sur le système de fichier où SSSD devrait stocker les fichiers du " -"cache replay Kerberos." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." +msgstr "Répertoire sur le système de fichier où SSSD devrait stocker les fichiers du cache replay Kerberos." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." -msgstr "" -"Cette chaine sera utilisée en tant que nom de domaine par défaut pour tous " -"les noms dépourvus de composante nom de domaine" +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." +msgstr "Cette chaine sera utilisée en tant que nom de domaine par défaut pour tous les noms dépourvus de composante nom de domaine" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." -msgstr "" -"Masque de bits qui indique quels niveaux de débogage seront visibles. 0x0010 " -"est la valeur par défaut et la plus petite valeur permise, 0xFFF0 est le " -"mode le plus bavard." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." +msgstr "Masque de bits qui indique quels niveaux de débogage seront visibles. 0x0010 est la valeur par défaut et la plus petite valeur permise, 0xFFF0 est le mode le plus bavard." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" @@ -321,100 +275,52 @@ #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:75 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service." -msgstr "" -"Délai d'expiration en secondes entre deux pulsations (heartbeats) pour ce " -"service." +msgstr "Délai d'expiration en secondes entre deux pulsations (heartbeats) pour ce service." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." -msgstr "" -"Cette option spécifie le nombre maximal de descripteurs de fichiers pouvant " -"être ouverts simultanément par ce processus SSSD." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgstr "Cette option spécifie le nombre maximal de descripteurs de fichiers pouvant être ouverts simultanément par ce processus SSSD." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." -msgstr "" -"Cette option spécifie le nombre de secondes qu'un client d'un processus SSSD " -"peut verrouiller un descripteur de fichier sans communiquer sur ce dernier." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgstr "Cette option spécifie le nombre de secondes qu'un client d'un processus SSSD peut verrouiller un descripteur de fichier sans communiquer sur ce dernier." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." -msgstr "" -"Si un service ne réponds pas à des tests ping (voir l'option “délai " -"d'expiration”), le signal SIGTERM lui est envoyé pour lui ordonner de se " -"terminer proprement." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgstr "Si un service ne réponds pas à des tests ping (voir l'option “délai d'expiration”), le signal SIGTERM lui est envoyé pour lui ordonner de se terminer proprement." #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" -msgstr "" -"Combien de secondes garder les énumérations nss_sss en cache (demandes " -"d'informations concernant tous les utilisateurs) ?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgstr "Combien de secondes garder les énumérations nss_sss en cache (demandes d'informations concernant tous les utilisateurs) ?" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"Le cache d'entrée peut être réglé pour automatiquement mettre à jour les " -"entrées en arrière plan si elles sont envoyées au delà d'un certain " -"pourcentage de la valeur entry_cache_timeout pour le domaine." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "Le cache d'entrée peut être réglé pour automatiquement mettre à jour les entrées en arrière plan si elles sont envoyées au delà d'un certain pourcentage de la valeur entry_cache_timeout pour le domaine." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Spécifie la durée en secondes pour laquelle nss_sss devrait mettre en cache " -"les résultats négatifs du cache (c'est à dire des requêtes pour les entrées " -"de la base de données non valides, telles que des entrées inexistantes) " -"avant de demander un retour à nouveau." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Spécifie la durée en secondes pour laquelle nss_sss devrait mettre en cache les résultats négatifs du cache (c'est à dire des requêtes pour les entrées de la base de données non valides, telles que des entrées inexistantes) avant de demander un retour à nouveau." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "" -"Exclure certains utilisateurs de la reconnaissance à partir de la base de " -"donnée sss NSS." +msgstr "Exclure certains utilisateurs de la reconnaissance à partir de la base de donnée sss NSS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:123 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched from the sss NSS database." -msgstr "" -"Exclure certains groupes de la reconnaissance à partir de la base de donnée " -"sss NSS." +msgstr "Exclure certains groupes de la reconnaissance à partir de la base de donnée sss NSS." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez que l'utilisateur filtré reste membre du groupe, réglez " -"cette option sur faux." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "Si vous souhaitez que l'utilisateur filtré reste membre du groupe, réglez cette option sur faux." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." -msgstr "" -"Remplacer le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur (home). Vous pouvez " -"fournir une valeur absolue ou un modèle." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "Remplacer le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur (home). Vous pouvez fournir une valeur absolue ou un modèle." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"Définir un modèle par défaut pour le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur, " -"si ce dernier n'est pas spécifié explicitement par le domaine du fournisseur " -"de données." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "Définir un modèle par défaut pour le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur, si ce dernier n'est pas spécifié explicitement par le domaine du fournisseur de données." #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." @@ -429,50 +335,36 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section @@ -483,37 +375,27 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 @@ -521,51 +403,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 @@ -573,9 +439,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 @@ -583,9 +447,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 @@ -597,8 +459,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 @@ -622,27 +483,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 @@ -650,9 +503,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 @@ -664,15 +515,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider @@ -681,9 +528,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 @@ -691,9 +536,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 @@ -703,32 +546,23 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 @@ -741,15 +575,11 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 @@ -793,8 +623,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 @@ -810,106 +639,67 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 @@ -917,10 +707,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 @@ -928,16 +715,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 @@ -949,17 +731,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 @@ -987,30 +763,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 @@ -1026,13 +791,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 @@ -1040,9 +803,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 @@ -1050,52 +811,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 @@ -1103,33 +847,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 @@ -1145,16 +879,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 @@ -1170,9 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 @@ -1188,8 +915,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 @@ -1201,28 +927,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 @@ -1234,15 +951,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 @@ -1250,9 +963,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 @@ -1264,39 +975,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 @@ -1304,9 +1003,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 @@ -1323,16 +1020,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 @@ -1340,15 +1032,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 @@ -1364,9 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section @@ -1375,21 +1061,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 @@ -1397,8 +1077,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" #. end Export Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/auth-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -24,165 +24,179 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:49 msgid "Enable/Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer/Désactiver le service" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:53 msgid "Add a new database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter une nouvelle base de données" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:60 msgid "Show a list of currently available databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afficher une liste des bases de données actuellement disponibles" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:64 msgid "Show a list of currently configured schemas" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afficher une liste des schémas actuellement configurés" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:68 msgid "Add a schema to the list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter un schéma à la liste" +# TLABEL runlevel_2002_01_04_0147__34 #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer le service" +# TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__21 #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Désactiver le service" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Type de la base de données (\"hdb\" ou \"bdb\")" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:79 msgid "Base DN for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Base DN pour la base de données" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:83 msgid "DN for the administrator login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN pour le login administrateur" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:87 msgid "Administrator password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mot de passe administrateur" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:95 msgid "Directory for the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dossier pour la base de données" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__321 #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fichier" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Position" #. map<string, any> edb = LdapServer::ReadDatabase(); #. y2milestone("DBs: %1", edb); #. #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:192 msgid "No base DN provided\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pas de base DN fournie\n" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__20 #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La base de donnée ne peut pas être créer lorsque le service n'est pas activé" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 msgid "Error while adding the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erreur lors de l'ajout de la base de données" #. error popup #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "La base de données LDAP a déjà été créée. Vous pourrez changer les paramètres plus tard dans le système installé." +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__140 #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Mot de passe de root]" +# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__42 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Réglé manuellement]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Impossible de récupérer le mot de passe racine du système. Définissez un mot de passe serveur LDAP pour continuer." +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer le serveur maître LDAP :" +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:114 msgid "Setting up standalone LDAP Server:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer le serveur LDAP autonome :" +# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__6 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN de base : " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN de root : " +# TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__10 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mot de passe LDAP : " +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer le serveur LDAP esclave" +# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__103 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:143 msgid "Provider: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fournisseur : " +# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__15 #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ouvrir port dans pare-feu" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OUI" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "NON" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__16 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le pare-feu est désactivé" +# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__21 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrer auprès du démon SLP : " +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Démarrer le serveur LDAP : " +# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serveur OpenLDAP" +# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serveur Open&LDAP" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -193,6 +207,9 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" +"Le paquet '%1' n'est pas disponible.\n" +"YaST2 ne peut pas continuer la configuration\n" +"sans installer le paquet." #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -202,11 +219,11 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"YaST ne peut pas continuer la configuration\n" +"sans installer le paquet nécessaire." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -214,6 +231,8 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" +"Serveur OpenLDAP : certificat de serveur commun non disponible.\n" +"StartTLS est désactivé." #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 @@ -223,26 +242,29 @@ #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:106 msgid "Existing configuration detected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration existante détectée." #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" +"Vous avez une configuration existante, mais le serveur LDAP n'est actuellement pas démarré.\n" +" Voulez-vous démarrer le serveur maintenant et relire les données de configuration ou \n" +" souhaitez-vous créer une nouvelle configuration ?" +# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__31 #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redémarrer" +# TLABEL mouse_2002_01_04_0147__7 #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "New Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nouvelle configuration" #. Start new config wizward #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 @@ -259,11 +281,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:148 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Convertir la configuration existante" +# TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__15 #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:151 msgid "Create a new configuration from scratch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Commencer une nouvelle configuration à zéro" #. LdapServer summary dialog caption #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:231 @@ -282,48 +305,51 @@ msgid "Authentication Server Configuration" msgstr "" +# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__20 #. ********************* #. * dialog functions ** #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres généraux" +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Démarrer le serveur LDAP" +# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__21 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrer auprès d'un démon &SLP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres du pare-feu" +# TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__6 #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "The LDAP Server is not running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le serveur LDAP n'est pas démarré." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous le démarrer maintenant afin de récupérer sa configuration ou souhaitez-vous créer une nouvelle configuration ?" #. get helps page #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "help page for item " -msgstr "" +msgstr "page d'aide pour l'élément " +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__2 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:228 msgid " not available" -msgstr "" +msgstr " non disponible" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Server Type" @@ -358,7 +384,7 @@ #. Button text #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration &Avancée" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" @@ -370,14 +396,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres de base de Kerberos" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, #. and check with kerberos.pot how it is translated there. #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "R&ealm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "R&ealm" #. abort? #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:563 @@ -390,49 +416,56 @@ #. caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration Kerberos Avancée" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__68 #. tree widget label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Advanced &Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Options avancées" +# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__112 #. label widget #. header label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélection actuelle : " +# TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__3 #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration :" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 msgid "LDAP Authentication failed. Try again?\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'authentification LDAP a échoué. Réessayer ?\n" +# TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__0 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:914 msgid "Error message: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Message d'erreur : " +# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__125 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "Create new account in the first database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer un nouveau compte dans la première base de données" +# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__31 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "User Id" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ID utilisateur" +# TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Container Object" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Objet conteneur" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Naviguer" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -444,20 +477,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Configure Account for Replication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurer un compte pour la réplication" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "n'est pas un DN LDAP valable." +# TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__6 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mot de passe" +# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__49 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valider le mot de passe" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1093 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1565 @@ -477,38 +512,43 @@ msgid "Provider Details" msgstr "" +# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__44 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocole" +# TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__13 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nom d'hôte du fournisseur" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624 msgid "Use StartTLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utiliser StartTLS" +# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Administration Password for the \"cn=config\" Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mot de passe d'administration pour la base de données \"cn=config\"" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fichier certificat C&A (format PEM)" +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__220 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Par&courir..." +# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__46 #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionner un fichier certficat CA" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -521,9 +561,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 @@ -532,17 +570,19 @@ "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__75 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "The following error messages were returned:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Les messages d'erreur suivants ont été retournés : " #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302 msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration." msgstr "" +# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__0 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314 msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voulez-vous importer un certificat CA/serveur différent ?" #. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325 @@ -551,7 +591,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328 msgid "Click Continue to create it now." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cliquez sur Continuer pour la créer maintenant." #. this test needs only be done in a non-MirrorMode setup #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1380 @@ -561,31 +601,29 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 msgid "The test returned the following error messages:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le test a retourné les messages d'erreur suivants :" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1424 msgid "Click \"Continue\" to correct this now." msgstr "" +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__246 #. ReplicatonSummary dialog #. @return dialog result #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1519 msgid "Replication Master setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration du maître de réplication" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1522 msgid "" @@ -596,47 +634,49 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__49 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532 msgid "Enter new &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entrez le nouveau mot de &passe" +# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__49 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1537 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:961 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Valider mot de passe" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" msgstr "" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__171 #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "<h3>Startup Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuration de démarrage</h3>" +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "<h4>Start LDAP Server</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Démarrer le serveur LDAP</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__65 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Protocoles d'écoute</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." @@ -644,18 +684,16 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" +"LDAP est l'interface LDAP standard sur le Port 389. La communication TLS/SSL securisée\n" +" est possible avec l'opération StartTLS lorsque vous avez un serveur de certificats configuré." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -665,9 +703,10 @@ "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__20 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "<h4>Firewall Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Paramètres du parefeu</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" @@ -675,54 +714,51 @@ "network ports or not.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__11 #. First part of the Add Database Widget #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "<h3>Basic Database Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Paramètres de base de données</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__331 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" +"Le DN de Base spécifie la racine de la base de données\n" +" qui va être créée." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" +"Si cet assistant a été démarré durant l'installation, le \n" +"mot de passe de l'administrateur LDAP sera le même que le mot de passe du compte root\n" +" du système saisi précédemment lors du processus d'installation. " #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" @@ -754,14 +790,14 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__14 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Modifier la base de données BDB</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." @@ -769,60 +805,62 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" +"Entrez le DN complet ou uniquement la première partie et ajoutez la base DN automatiquement\n" +" en utilisant Ajouter la base DN." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" +"Avec le Cache d'entrée et le Cache d'Index (cache IDL) vous pouvez ajuster\n" +" la tailley des caches internes d'OpenLDAP. Le Cache d'entrée défini le nombre d'entrées\n" +" qui sont laissées dans le cache mémoire d'entrées d'OpenLDAP. Si possible (assez de RAM), ce\n" +" nombre devrait être assez grand pour tenir la base de données entière en mémoire. Le Cache\n" +" d'ndex (cache IDL) est utilisé pour accélèrer les recherches sur les attributs indexés. En général\n" +" les bases de données HDB requièrent un gros cache IDL pour de bonnes performances de recherche\n" +" (trois fois la taille du cache comme règle de base)." +# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__19 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Paramètres du mot de passe</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser les stratégies de mot de passe avec cette base de données, sélectionnez \n" +" Activer les stratégies de mot de passe." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez Hacher les mots de passe en texte clair pour spécifier que le serveur OpenLDAP doit chiffrerr les mots de passe en texte clair\n" +"présents dans les requêtes d'ajout et de modification avant de les stocker dans la base de données. Notez que cela ne respecte pas le modèle d'information X.500/LDAP,\n" +" mais que cela peut être nécessaire pour compenser les clients LDAP qui n'utilisent pas l'opération étendue de modification de mot de passe pour\n" +" gérer les mots de passe." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" @@ -834,55 +872,48 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Entrez le nom de l'objet de stratégie par défaut dans DN d'objet de stratégie par défaut." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL mouse_2002_01_04_0147__7 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Configuration de l'index</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -901,17 +932,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Contrôle des accès</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" @@ -921,8 +950,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -935,76 +963,74 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__19 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Paramètres du fournisseur de réplication</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" +"Sélectionnez la case à cocher \"Activer le fournisseur ldapsync pour cette base de données\" si vous voulez\n" +"pouvoir répliquer la base de données actuellement sélectionnée vers un autre serveur." +# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Paramètres de point de contrôle</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__20 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Journal de session</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" +"Configure un journal de session en mémoire pour enregistrer des informations sur les opérations d'écriture\n" +"effectuées sur la base de données. Spécifiez combien d'opérations d'écriture doivent être enregistrées dans le journal de session.\n" +"Configurer un journal de session n'est utile que pour la réplication \"refreshOnly\".\n" +"Dans ce cas il peut permettre d'accélérer la réplication et de réduire la charge sur le serveur maître." +# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__11 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Paramètres du consommateur de réplication (esclave)</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL packages_2002_03_20_2159__0 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Fournisseur</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" @@ -1012,18 +1038,18 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__246 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Type de réplication</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP supporte différents modes de réplication :" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" @@ -1040,30 +1066,28 @@ "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Authentification</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Référence de mise à jour</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1072,11 +1096,14 @@ msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__68 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur Interrompre." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1093,7 +1120,7 @@ #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Résumé de la configuration du serveur LDAP</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" @@ -1104,15 +1131,13 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" +"Avec Démarrer le serveur LDAP Oui ou Non, \n" +"démarrer ou arrêter le serveur LDAP." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 @@ -1123,15 +1148,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1143,19 +1165,20 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" +# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__11 #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Paramètres TLS</h3>" +# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__20 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Paramètres généraux</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" @@ -1166,32 +1189,28 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__135 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h4>Importer le certificat</h4>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1204,69 +1223,69 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sous cet élément, configurez certains paramètres généraux." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" +"Ajouter ou supprimer des fichiers schéma dans ce dialogue. Cliquez sur Ajouter\n" +"pour ouvrir un dialogue dans lequel choisir un nouveau schéma. Note: OpenLDAP (lorsqu'utilisé avec une ancienne\n" +" configuration ne supporte acutuellement pas la suppression des schéma de données" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Sélectionne quelles fonctionnalités spéciales du serveur OpenLDAP devraient être autorisées ou non:" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__51 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Sélectionner les options d'autorisations</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" +"Bind anonyme lorsque les droits ne sont pas vides.: Pour autoriser les binds anonymes\n" +"lorsque les droits ne sont pas vides (par. ex. le mot de passe est présent mais aucun bind DN n'est présent)" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" +"Bind non authentifié lorsque le DN n'est pas vide: Pour autoriser les binds\n" +"(anonymes) non authentifiés lorsque le DN n'est pas vide" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__51 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<h3>Sélectionner les options d'interdiction</h3>" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" @@ -1277,16 +1296,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1301,353 +1318,281 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__71 #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour ajouter une nouvelle base de données, cliquez sur Ajouter une base de données...." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" +"Entrez ici un mot de passe pour la base de données de configuration (\"cn=config\"). Ceci est nécessaire\n" +"pour rendre la base de données de configuration accessible à distance." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" +"Pour configurer un serveur esclave, certains détails doivent être obtenus du serveur maître. Veuillez entrer le\n" +"nom d'hôte du serveur maître, ajuster le protocole (\"ldap\" ou \"ldaps\") ainsi que le numéro de port,\n" +"et entrer le mot de passe pour la base de données de configuration (\"cn=config\") du serveur maître." #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "Bien que votre zone Kerberos puisse être n'importe quelle chaîne ASCII, la convention est d'utiliser des majuscules comme dans votre nom de domaine.\n" +# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__331 #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Ce paramètre détermine l'emplacement de votre base de données Kerberos pour la zone." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Cette chaine spécifie l'emplacement du fichier keytab employé par kadmin pour s'authentifier à la base de données." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Cette date absolue détermine la date d'expiration par défaut pour les identifiants créés dans cette zone." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser les postdatés" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des tickets postdatés." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser les transférables" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des tickets transférables." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser les renouvelables" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des tickets renouvelables." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser les proxiables" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des billets mandataire (proxy)." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser l'authentification d'usager à usager" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir une clé de session pour un autre usager, autorisant une authentification usager à usager pour ce client." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Requiert preauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Si ce drapeau est activé sur un client principal, alors cet identifiant doit se pré-authentifier au KDC avant de recevoir des billets. Pour un service principal, activer ce drapeau signifie que des billets de service ne pourront être émis qu'à des clients avec un TGT ayant une pré-authentication faîte." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Requiert hwauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Si ce drapeau est activé, une pré-authentification matérielle du client est nécessaire avant de recevoir tout billets." +# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__38 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autorise service" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le KDC à publier des billets de service pour cet identifiant." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser les requêtes TGS" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des billets basé sur TGT plutôt que de répéter le processus d'authentification qui a été utilisé pour acquérir le TGT." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser les billets" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau signifie que le serveur KDC pourra publier des billets pour cet identifiant. Désactiver ce drapeau revient à désactiver l'identifiant dans cette zone." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Besoin d'un changement" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau oblige le client à changer son mot de passe." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Service de modification des mots de passe" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Lorsque ce drapeau est activé, cela marque l'identifiant comme un service de changement de mot de passe. Cela ne doit être fait que dans des cas spéciaux. Par exemple, si le mot de passe d'un usager a expiré, l'usager doit obtenir un ticket pour cet identifiant afin d'être capable de le changer sans effectuer l'authentification par mot de passe normale." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Ce numéro de port détermine le port sur lequel le processus kadmind écoute pour cette zone." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "Ce paramètre spécifie l'emplacement où la clé maîtresse à été enregistrée avec kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Ce paramètre détermine la liste des ports sur laquelle KDC écoute pour cette zone." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Ce paramètre détermine le nom de l'identifiant associé avec la clé maîtresse. La valeur par défaut est K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La chaîne de caractère du type de clé représente le type de passe-partout." #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Cette durée delta spécifie la période maximale de validité d'un billet pour ce domaine." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Cette durée spécifie la période maximale pendant laquelle un billet peut être renouvelé dans cette zone." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Détermine les combinaisons de clés discernées autorisées pour cette zone." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Détermine s'il faut valider la liste des zones de transfert parcourus par les billets par rapport au chemin calculé avec les noms des zones et la section [capaths] du fichier krb5.conf" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "Ce paramètre spécifique à LDAP indique le nombre de connexions à maintenir via le serveur LDAP." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Spécifie la liste des branches contenant des identifiants de la zone. La liste contient les DNs de chaque branche séparés par ':'.Le périmètre de recherche spécifie le mode de recherche à l'intérieur d'une branche." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Spécifie le DN de l'objet conteneur dans lequel les identifiants de la zone seront créés. Si le conteneur référence n'est pas configuré pour une zone, les identifiants seront créés dans le conteneur de la zone." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spécifie la durée de vie maximale d'un billet pour un identifiant de cette zone." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" -msgstr "" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Spécifie le maximum renouvelable de vie des billets pour un identifiant de cette zone." +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__45 #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# #. ################################################################################# @@ -1659,39 +1604,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Réglages avancés" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chemin de la base de données" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chemin de la base de &données" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fichier ACL" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Fichier ACL" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fichier de clés de l'administrateur" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Défaut principal d'expiration" #. checkbox text #. checkbox text @@ -1704,12 +1649,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:615 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:648 msgid "&Available" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Disponible" +# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__118 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Date" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:135 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:140 @@ -1722,7 +1668,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:655 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:659 msgid "&Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Heure" #. `InputField(`opt(`hstretch),`id(`id_default_principal_expiration),"", #. KerberosServer::getDBvalue("default_principal_expiration")), @@ -1733,70 +1679,71 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Drapeaux par défaut des identifiants" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:166 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:680 msgid "Allow p&ostdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser les p&ostdatés" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:174 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:688 msgid "Allow &forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser les &transférables" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:182 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:696 msgid "Allow rene&wable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser les renou&velables" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:190 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:704 msgid "Allow &proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser les &proxiables" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:198 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:712 msgid "Enable &user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer l'authentification d'&usager à usager" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:206 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:720 msgid "Requires pr&eauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Requiert pr&eauth" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:214 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:728 msgid "Requires &hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Requiert &hwauth" +# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__38 #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:220 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:734 msgid "Allow &service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser le &service" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:226 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:740 msgid "Allow tgs re&quest" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser les re&quêtes TGS" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox @@ -1810,57 +1757,59 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:238 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:752 msgid "Need &change" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Besoin d'un &changement" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:246 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:760 msgid "P&assword changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Service de modification des mots de p&asse" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fichier dictionnaire" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port du démon Kadmin" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port du démon Kpasswd" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fichier stash contenant la clé maître" +# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__137 #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port KDC" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nom de la clé maîtresse" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Type de la clé maîtresse" +# TLABEL tv_2002_01_04_0147__31 #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:387 @@ -1868,14 +1817,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Durée de vie maximale du billet" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:620 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:653 msgid "&Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Jours" #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item @@ -1884,45 +1833,47 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Durée maximale de renouvellement du billet." #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1953 msgid "Default Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Types d'encryption par défaut" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:471 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1958 msgid "KDC Supported Encryption Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Types d'encryption supportés par KDC" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rejeter les Mauvais Transit" +# TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__63 #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nombre de connexions LDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fichier pour le mot de passe LDAP" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recherche sous-arbres" +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__155 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Périmètre de recherche" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:565 msgid "&subtree search" @@ -1936,14 +1887,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:588 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1993 msgid "Principal Container" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conteneur principal" #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres LDAP avancés" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1970,9 +1921,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1980,8 +1929,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -2006,75 +1954,86 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Initialisation..." +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__171 #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** #. * tree structure definition ** #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:53 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2191 msgid "Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration de démarrage" +# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__51 #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres globaux" +# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__45 #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fichiers schéma" +# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__14 #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres du niveau de journalisation" +# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__54 #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 msgid "Allow/Disallow Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer/Désactiver les fonctionnalités" +# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__11 #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres TLS" +# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__14 #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Base de données" +# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__113 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suffixe DN :" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:173 msgid "Database Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Type de base de données" #. widget_map["g_schema","inclist"] = l; #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:228 msgid "Your TLS/SSL Configuration seems to be incomplete." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Votre configuration TLS/SSL semble incomplète." +# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__0 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:229 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment activer le protocole \"ldaps\" ?" +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__32 #. add a new file to the list #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionner le nouveau fichier schéma" +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__63 #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le fichier schéma est déjà dans la liste." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -2088,15 +2047,17 @@ msgid "A common server certificate is not available." msgstr "" +# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__46 #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionner un fichier certificat" +# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__46 #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionner un fichier clé certificat" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -2109,38 +2070,43 @@ msgid "Cannot delete Config database" msgstr "" +# TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__9 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:721 msgid "Do you really want to delete the database?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer cette base de données ?" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9 #. Error Popup #. Error Popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres de la base de données actuelle." +# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__27 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible de lire les paramètres de la base de données actuelle." +# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:403 msgid "New Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nouveau mot de &passe administrateur" +# TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__5 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:965 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Chiffrement du mot de passe" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 msgid "Change Administration Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifier le mot de passe d'administration" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1038 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1039 @@ -2149,7 +2115,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -2157,319 +2123,352 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oui" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" msgstr "" +# TLABEL mouse_2002_01_04_0147__7 #. **************************************** #. tree generation functions ** #. *************************************** #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1290 msgid "Index Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration de l'indexation" +# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__151 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration de la stratégie de mot de passe" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrôle des accès" +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__246 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1316 msgid "Replication Provider" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fournisseur de réplication" +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__246 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1325 msgid "Replication Consumer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consommateur de réplication" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:70 msgid "&Start Kerberos Server" msgstr "" +# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__65 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:94 msgid "Protocol Listeners" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Protocoles d'écoute" +# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__59 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 msgid "LDAP over SSL (ldaps)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP par SSL (ldaps)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fichiers &schéma inclus :" +# TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__93 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionner les indicateurs du niveau de journalisation :" +# TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__14 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trace des appels de fonction" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debug Packet Handling" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" +# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__200 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestion des connexions" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paquets reçus et envoyés" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traitement des filtres de recherche" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__22 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traitement du fichier de configuration" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Traitement de la liste du contrôle des accès" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consigne les connexions, les opérations et les résultats" +# TLABEL rc_config_2002_01_04_0147__19 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consigne les données envoyées" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entry Parsing" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Réplication LDAPSync" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__16 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aucun" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__51 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionner les option d'autorisations :" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Requêtes LDAPv2 Bind" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bind anonyme lorsque les identifiants (credentials) ne sont pas vides" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bind non authentifié lorsque le DN n'est pas vide" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opérations de mise à jour non authentifiées à traiter" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__51 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:193 msgid "Select &Disallow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionner les options d'interdiction" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Désactiver l'acceptation des requêtes de connexions anonymes (n'interdit pas l'accès anonyme à l'annuaire)" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desactiver l'authentification Connexion simple" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Désactiver le passage au statut anonyme lors de la réception d'un opération StartTLS" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Empêcher l'opération StartTLS si authentifié" +# TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__128 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:221 msgid "Basic Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres de base" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__25 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:227 msgid "Enable TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer TLS" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:234 msgid "Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser LDAP over SSL" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:242 msgid "Use common Server Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utiliser le certificat de serveur c&ommun" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__135 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Importer le certificat" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Fichier certificat (format PEM)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Parcourir..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fichier &clé certificat (format PEM -- non chiffré)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pa&rcourir..." +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__224 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lancer le module de gestion de l'autorité de certification" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN de &Base" +# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN administrateur" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ajouter le DN de base" +# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__49 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifier le mot de passe" +# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__14 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:317 msgid "Edit BDB Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifier la base de données BDB" +# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__3 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Entry Cache" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taille du cache des objets" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:330 msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taille du cache de l'index (cache IDL)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 msgid "Checkpoint Settings" msgstr "" +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__146 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "kilobytes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kilooctets" +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__217 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "minutes" +# TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__11 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifier les paramètres de la base de données de configuration" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autoriser l'authentification en texte clair (plaintext - Simple Bind) pour cette base de données." +# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__92 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "(la connexion distante doit être chiffrée)" +# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__14 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifier la base de données" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le type de base de données n'est actuellement pas supporté" +# TLABEL mouse_2002_01_04_0147__7 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:381 msgid "Indexing Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration de l'indexation" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Attribut" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 msgid "Presence" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Présence" +# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__13 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Equality" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Égalité" +# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__80 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Substring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sous-chaîne" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:402 msgid "Change Administrator Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifier le mot de passe administrateur" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Add Index" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ajouter un index" +# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__19 #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gestion des mot de passe" +# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__23 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer les règles de mot de passe" +# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__79 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hacher les mots de passe en texte clair" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:63 msgid "Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Montrer le statut \"Compte verrouillé\"" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:73 msgid "Default Policy Object DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN d'objet de stratégie par défaut" +# TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__19 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:89 msgid "Edit Policy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifier la stratégie de mot de passe" +# TLABEL tune_2002_08_07_0216__0 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:100 msgid "All Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toutes les objets" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:101 msgid "All Entries in the Subtree" @@ -2477,105 +2476,119 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:102 msgid "The Entry with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'objet spécifié" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:106 msgid "Everybody" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tout le monde" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:107 msgid "Authenticated Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Clients authentifiés" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:108 msgid "Anonymous Clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisateurs anonymes" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:109 msgid "The accessed Entry (self)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'objet accédé" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:110 msgid "The user with the DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'usager avec le DN" +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__40 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:111 msgid "All entries in the subtree" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Toutes les entrées dans la sous-branche" +# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__80 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:112 msgid "All members of the group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Membres du groupe " #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:125 msgid "<empty>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<vide>" +# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__38 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:126 msgid "No Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aucun accès" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:128 msgid "No Access (but disclose information on error)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aucun accès (mais divulguer l'information en cas d'erreur)" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:131 msgid "Authenticate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Authentification" +# TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__34 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:132 msgid "Compare" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Comparer" +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__5 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lecture" +# TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__621 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Écriture" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrôle Total" +# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__14 #. don't count frontend and Config DB #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:167 msgid "New Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nouvelle base de données" +# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__11 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:170 msgid "Basic Database Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres généraux de la base de données" +# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN d'&administrateur" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A&jouter Base DN" +# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mot de &passe administrateur de LDAP" +# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__32 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Répertoire de la base de &données" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utiliser cette valeur par défaut pour les clients OpenLDAP" +# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__32 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionner le répertoire de la base de données" +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102 #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le DN de base doit être défini." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2583,11 +2596,12 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le DN de root doit être défini si un mot de passe est entré." +# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La validation du mot de passe a échoué." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2597,52 +2611,58 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un répertoire doit être spécifié." +# TLABEL nfs_server_2002_08_07_0216__2 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le répertoire n'existe pas. Voulez-vous le créer ?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec de l'identification Le mot de passe est probablement incorrect.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le message d'erreur est : '" +# TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__97 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Réessayer ?" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__202 #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720 msgid "Available Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Types d'attribut possibles" +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__82 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724 msgid "Selected Attribute Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Types d'attribut sélectionnés" #. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985 msgid "Who should this rule apply to" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entrées auxquelles appliquer la règle" +# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__70 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227 msgid "Entry DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN de l'object" +# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__109 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sélectionner" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Définir le niveau d'accès" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836 msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)" @@ -2654,7 +2674,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849 msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Continuer l'évaluation de cette règle (\"continue\")" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904 msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield" @@ -2663,27 +2683,29 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225 msgid "Subtree DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN de la sous-branche" +# TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__70 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950 msgid "Group DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN du groupe" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973 msgid "Edit Access Control Rule" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifier la règle de contrôle des accès" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__204 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978 msgid "Target Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Objets cibles" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999 msgid "Matching the filter:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Correspondant au filtre :" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006 msgid "LDAP Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Filtre de &recherche LDAP" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016 msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute" @@ -2691,35 +2713,39 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Attributs" +# TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__19 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modifier" +# TLABEL rc_config_2002_01_04_0147__33 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niveau d'&accès" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039 msgid "Who" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qui" +# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__28 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" +# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__101 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contrôle du flux" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monter" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Descendre" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2734,13 +2760,14 @@ msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." msgstr "" +# TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__4 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cible" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Filtre" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347 msgid "" @@ -2752,49 +2779,57 @@ msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." msgstr "" +# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__116 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614 msgid "Provider Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nom du fournisseur" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__303 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port" +# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__54 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Type de réplication" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644 msgid "Replication Interval" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intervalle de réplication" +# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__30 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jours" +# TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__40 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heures" +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__217 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minutes" +# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__199 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Secondes" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN d'authentification" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693 msgid "Custom update referral" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Référence de mise à jour personnalisée" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709 msgid "Target Host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hôte cible" #. no updateref #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929 @@ -2808,24 +2843,24 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007 msgid "Do you still want to continue?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voulez-vous tout de même continuer ?" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989 msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed." msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Veuillez vérifier que le serveur cible est configuré pour être un fournisseur LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer le fournisseur ldapsync pour cette base de données" +# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__66 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144 msgid "Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opérations" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131 msgid "Session Log" @@ -2839,17 +2874,20 @@ msgid "Replication Settings" msgstr "" +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__297 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:352 msgid "Reading Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lecture de la configuration de démarrage" +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__312 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:353 msgid "Reading Configuration Backend" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lecture de la configuration du backend" +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__312 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:354 msgid "Reading Configuration Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lecture des données de configuration" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:355 msgid "Initializing Authentication Server Configuration" @@ -2863,70 +2901,78 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec de la recherche LDAP." +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__219 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Programme LDAP URI invalide." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec de l'initialisation LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec de la liaison LDAP." +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__25 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec de l'initialisation du schéma LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:888 msgid "Reading LDAP schema failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec de la lecture du Schéma LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:898 msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Schéma Kerberos inconnu du serveur LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" +# TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__2 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1005 msgid "Modifying the kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec de la modification de la base de données de kerberos." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1046 msgid "LDAP modify failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec de la modification de LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1074 msgid "Incomplete data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Données incomplètes" +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__273 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1101 msgid "Unsupported database type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Type de base de données non supporté." +# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1546 msgid "Enabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activer le serveur LDAP" +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1547 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1559 msgid "Starting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Démarrage du serveur LDAP" +# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1549 msgid "Activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activation du serveur OpenLDAP" +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1560 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redémarrage du serveur OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1569 msgid "Enabling Kerberos Server" @@ -2940,25 +2986,28 @@ msgid "Activating Kerberos Server" msgstr "" +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__297 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1602 msgid "Writing Startup Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Écriture de la configuration de démarrage" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1603 msgid "Cleaning up config directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nettoyage du répertoire de configuration" +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__286 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1604 msgid "Creating Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Création de la configuration" +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1605 msgid "Starting OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Démarrage du serveur OpenLDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1606 msgid "Creating Base Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Création des objets de base" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1607 msgid "Saving Kerberos Configuration" @@ -2968,43 +3017,50 @@ msgid "Writing Auth Server Configuration" msgstr "" +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__114 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1616 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2569 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La migration du fichier de configuration slapd.conf vers la base de données de configuration a échoué." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'activation du protocole d'écoute LDAPI a échouée." +# TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__3 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648 msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le nettoyage du répertoire de configuration a échoué." +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__284 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1686 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erreur lors du peuplement de la base de données de configuration à l'aide de \"slapadd\"." +# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__44 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1706 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'activation du service LDAP a échoué." +# TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__20 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1722 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2600 msgid "Starting the LDAP service failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le démarrage du service LDAP a échoué." +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1784 msgid "Stopping LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arrêt du serveur LDAP" +# TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__89 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1785 msgid "Disabling LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Désactivation du serveur LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1787 msgid "De-activating OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Désactivation du serveur OpenLDAP" #. service was disabled during this session, just disable the service #. in the system, stop it and ignore any configuration changes. @@ -3020,94 +3076,101 @@ msgid "De-activating Kerberos Server" msgstr "" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__472 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1825 msgid "Writing Sysconfig files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ecriture des fichiers Sysconfig" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1826 msgid "Applying changes to Configuration Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Application des changements à la base de donnée de Configuration" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1827 msgid "Applying changes to /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Application des changements de /etc/openldap/ldap.conf" +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__103 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1828 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Création des objets de base pour les bases de données nouvellement crées." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1829 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mise à jour des objets de la stratégie de gestion des mots de passe par défaut" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "En attente de la fin de la tâche d'arrière plan d'indexation d'OpenLDAP (cela peut durer quelques minutes)" +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redémarrage du serveur OpenLDAP si necessaire" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1834 msgid "Writing AuthServer Configuration" msgstr "" +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__103 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1931 msgid "Creating base objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La création des objets de base a échouée." +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__103 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1940 msgid "Creating Password Policy objects failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La création des objets de la stratégie de mot de passe a échouée." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." msgstr "" +# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__21 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2194 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Register at SLP Service: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrer auprès du démon SLP : " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 msgid "Start Kerberos Server: " msgstr "" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2215 msgid "Create the following databases:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer les bases de données suivantes:" +# TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__86 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2220 msgid "Database Suffix: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suffixe de la base de données : " #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2221 msgid "Database Type: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Type de base de données:" +# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__43 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pas encore configuré." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." msgstr "" +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__223 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2477 msgid "Certificate File does not exist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le fichier certificat n'existe pas." +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__223 #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le fichier clé certificat n'existe pas." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -3119,39 +3182,43 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2545 msgid "Cleaning up directory for config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nettoyage du répertoire pour la base de données de configuration" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2546 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Conversion du fichier slapd.conf vers la base de données de configuration" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Changement de la configuration de démarrage afin d'utiliser la base de données de configuration" +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redémarrage du serveur LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2549 msgid "Migrating LDAP Server Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Migration de la configuration du serveur LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2559 msgid "Output of \"slaptest\":\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Résultat de \"slaptest\" :\n" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2560 msgid "Migration of existing configuration failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La migration de la configuration existante a échouée" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__25 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2579 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2587 msgid "Enabling LDAPI listener failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "L'activation du protocole LDAPI a échouée" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" +"Le certificat de serveur commun non disponible.\n" +"StartTLS est désactivé." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -3167,28 +3234,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible d'écrire krb5.conf." +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__103 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec de création de la base de données Kerberos." +# TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__0 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec d'écriture dans le fichier de mot de passe." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "n'est pas un DN LDAP valide." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." @@ -3200,15 +3267,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La première partie du suffixe doit être c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= ou dc=." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format @@ -3232,11 +3297,12 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le DN racine doit être un enfant du DN de base." +# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__63 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible de créer le répertoire." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format @@ -3244,8 +3310,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 @@ -3265,156 +3330,178 @@ msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__472 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec de l'écriture dans krb5.conf." +# TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__0 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec de l'écriture dans kdc.conf." #. error at paramter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le type de base de données '%s' n'est pas supporté. Les types permis sont 'bdb' et 'hdb'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le nom du pays doit être un code pays à deux lettres ISO-3166." +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__38 #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'rootdn' incorrect." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'rootdn' doit être sous 'suffix'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour spécifier un mot de passe, vous devez définir 'rootdn'." +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__44 #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 msgid "Define 'rootpw'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Définir 'rootwd'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'%s' est une méthode de chiffrement non supportée." +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__64 #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Définir 'directory'." +# TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_16_1943__0 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le répertoire n'existe pas." +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__25 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valeur de la taille du cache non valide." +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__38 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valeur du checkpoint non valide." +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__44 #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Définir 'passwd'." +# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__99 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec de la modification de la base de données." #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètre 'suffix' manquant." +# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__79 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible de redémarrer le service." +# TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible d'arrêter le service." +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__223 #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le fichier certificat CA n'existe pas." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le chemin certificat CA n'existe pas." +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__223 #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le fichier certificat n'existe pas." +# TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__37 #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valeur incorrecte pour 'TLSVerifyClient'." +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__472 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Échec de l'écriture." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètre 'ServerCertificateFile' manquant." +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__10 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier certificat." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètre 'ServerCertificateData' manquant." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Données PEM corrompues." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètre 'ServerKeyFile' manquant." +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__125 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier clé." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètre 'ServerKeyData' manquant." +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__10 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier certificat CA." +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__125 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible d'écrire le fichier certificat." +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__125 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible d'écrire le fichier clé." +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__125 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible d'écrire le fichier certificat CA." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/autoinst.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -32,9 +32,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "" -"Exécution des scripts d'auto-installation dans l'environnement " -"d'installation..." +msgstr "Exécution des scripts d'auto-installation dans l'environnement d'installation..." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__312 #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -80,8 +78,7 @@ "control file and try again.\n" msgstr "" "Une erreur est survenue durant l'analyse du fichier de contrôle.\n" -"Pour plus de détails, vérifiez les fichiers de journalisation ou corrigez " -"le\n" +"Pour plus de détails, vérifiez les fichiers de journalisation ou corrigez le\n" "fichier de contrôle et faites un nouvel essai.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__312 @@ -113,8 +110,7 @@ #. yast2 ./ayast_setup.rb setup filename=/tmp/my.xml #: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:48 msgid "Client for AutoYaST configuration on the running system" -msgstr "" -"Client pour la configuration d'AutoYast sur le système en cours d'exécution" +msgstr "Client pour la configuration d'AutoYast sur le système en cours d'exécution" #: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:58 msgid "Configure the system using given AutoYaST profile" @@ -143,11 +139,8 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"Client pour la création d'un profile autoyast basé sur le système en cours " -"d'exécution" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "Client pour la création d'un profile autoyast basé sur le système en cours d'exécution" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__54 #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 @@ -172,30 +165,22 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" -"À l'aide de ce formulaire, copiez le contenu du fichier et spécifiez le " -"chemin final\n" -"sur le système installé. YaST copiera ce fichier vers l'emplacement spécifié." -"" +"À l'aide de ce formulaire, copiez le contenu du fichier et spécifiez le chemin final\n" +"sur le système installé. YaST copiera ce fichier vers l'emplacement spécifié." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Afin de protéger les fichiers copiés, définissez le propriétaire et les " -"permissions de ces fichiers.\n" -"Définissez le propriétaire à l'aide de la syntaxe userid:groupid. Les " -"permissions peuvent être attribuées\n" -"sous la forme d'une représentation symbolique de modifications à effectuer " -"ou d'un nombre octal représentant\n" +"Afin de protéger les fichiers copiés, définissez le propriétaire et les permissions de ces fichiers.\n" +"Définissez le propriétaire à l'aide de la syntaxe userid:groupid. Les permissions peuvent être attribuées\n" +"sous la forme d'une représentation symbolique de modifications à effectuer ou d'un nombre octal représentant\n" "la configuration binaire des nouvelles permissions." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__22 @@ -282,18 +267,13 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"Pour beaucoup d'applications et de services, vous pouvez avoir préparé " -"un\n" -"fichier de configuration qui devrait être copié complètement dans un " -"emplacement\n" -"du système installé. Par exemple, c'est le cas si vous installez un serveur " -"web et\n" +"Pour beaucoup d'applications et de services, vous pouvez avoir préparé un\n" +"fichier de configuration qui devrait être copié complètement dans un emplacement\n" +"du système installé. Par exemple, c'est le cas si vous installez un serveur web et\n" "que vous avez un fichier de configuration httpd.conf prêt." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__40 @@ -323,8 +303,7 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:62 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "" -"Configuration du système selon les paramètres de l'installation automatique" +msgstr "Configuration du système selon les paramètres de l'installation automatique" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__14 #. determine name of client, if not use default name @@ -445,8 +424,7 @@ "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Veuillez patienter pendant que le système est préparé pour l'installation " -"automatique.\n" +"Veuillez patienter pendant que le système est préparé pour l'installation automatique.\n" # TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__85 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 @@ -558,9 +536,7 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez patienter pendant que le système est préparé pour l'installation " -"automatique." +msgstr "Veuillez patienter pendant que le système est préparé pour l'installation automatique." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__35 #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 @@ -736,8 +712,7 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__59 #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" "Suivant votre expérience, vous pouvez ignorer, journaliser et\n" @@ -750,8 +725,7 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "Il est recommandé de faire afficher tous les messages avec délai.\n" -"Un avertissement peut parfois être sauté mais ne devrait pas être ignoré.</" -"p>\n" +"Un avertissement peut parfois être sauté mais ne devrait pas être ignoré.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__61 #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 @@ -768,8 +742,7 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -784,16 +757,11 @@ #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" -msgstr "" -"Emplacement de la source d'installation (par exemple : http://monhote/11.3/" -"DVD1)" +msgstr "Emplacement de la source d'installation (par exemple : http://monhote/11.3/DVD1)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"La source d'installation du système (cette option ne permet pas de créer " -"d'images)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "La source d'installation du système (cette option ne permet pas de créer d'images)" # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112 #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 @@ -811,23 +779,16 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Montage dans /etc/fstab par :\n" -"\tNormalement, un système de fichiers à monter est identifié dans /etc/" -"fstab\n" -"\tpar le nom du périphérique. Vous pouvez changer ces informations " -"d'identification pour\n" -"\trechercher le système de fichiers à monter à l'aide d'un UUID ou d'un nom " -"de volume. Les systèmes de fichiers ne peuvent pas\n" -"\ttous être montés à l'aide d'un UUID ou d'un nom de volume. Si une option " -"est désactivée, cela n'est pas impossible.\n" +"\tNormalement, un système de fichiers à monter est identifié dans /etc/fstab\n" +"\tpar le nom du périphérique. Vous pouvez changer ces informations d'identification pour\n" +"\trechercher le système de fichiers à monter à l'aide d'un UUID ou d'un nom de volume. Les systèmes de fichiers ne peuvent pas\n" +"\ttous être montés à l'aide d'un UUID ou d'un nom de volume. Si une option est désactivée, cela n'est pas impossible.\n" "\t" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__8 @@ -835,17 +796,14 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Nom de volume :\n" -"\t Le nom saisi dans ce champ est utilisé comme nom de volume. Ceci n'a " -"normalement\n" -"\t de sens que lorsque vous activez l'option pour monter selon le nom de " -"volume.\n" +"\t Le nom saisi dans ce champ est utilisé comme nom de volume. Ceci n'a normalement\n" +"\t de sens que lorsque vous activez l'option pour monter selon le nom de volume.\n" "\t Un nom de volume ne peut pas contenir le caractère / ou des espaces.\n" "\t " @@ -964,8 +922,7 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"Vous avez choisi de créer une partition, mais vous n'avez pas sélectionné de " -"système de fichiers valide.\n" +"Vous avez choisi de créer une partition, mais vous n'avez pas sélectionné de système de fichiers valide.\n" "Sélectionnez un système de fichiers valide pour continuer.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -1047,11 +1004,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"La taille \"auto\" ne peut être valide que si le point de montage \"/boot\" " -"ou \"swap\" est sélectionné." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "La taille \"auto\" ne peut être valide que si le point de montage \"/boot\" ou \"swap\" est sélectionné." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1168,8 +1122,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tous les disques durs détectés automatiquement dans votre système\n" -"sont affichés ici. Sélectionnez le disque dur sur lequel installer " -"&product;.\n" +"sont affichés ici. Sélectionnez le disque dur sur lequel installer &product;.\n" "" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__466 @@ -1256,9 +1209,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "" -"Utilisez cette interface pour définir des classes de fichiers de contrôle." -"\n" +msgstr "Utilisez cette interface pour définir des classes de fichiers de contrôle.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__175 #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 @@ -1267,8 +1218,7 @@ "a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.\n" msgstr "" "Vous pouvez, par exemple, définir une classe de configurations pour\n" -"un département, groupe ou site spécifique dans votre environnement " -"d'entreprise.\n" +"un département, groupe ou site spécifique dans votre environnement d'entreprise.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__176 #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 @@ -1602,19 +1552,14 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous vraiment appliquer les paramètres du module '%1' à votre système " -"actuel ?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment appliquer les paramètres du module '%1' à votre système actuel ?" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'ouverture/de l'analyse du fichier XML." +msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'ouverture/de l'analyse du fichier XML." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__202 #. NEW @@ -1625,12 +1570,8 @@ # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__0 #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous vraiment appliquer les paramètres du profil à votre système " -"actuel ?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment appliquer les paramètres du profil à votre système actuel ?" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__211 #. EXIT @@ -1792,13 +1733,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Le fichier Kickstart a été importé.\n" -"Vérifiez la syntaxe importée et assurez-vous que la sélection de paquets et " -"le partitionnement\n" +"Vérifiez la syntaxe importée et assurez-vous que la sélection de paquets et le partitionnement\n" "ont été importés correctement." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1935,8 +1874,7 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1950,14 +1888,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si vous désactivez la deuxième étape de AutoYast, l'installation se poursuit " -"en mode manuel\n" +"Si vous désactivez la deuxième étape de AutoYast, l'installation se poursuit en mode manuel\n" " après le premier redémarrage (après l'installation du paquet).\n" " \n" @@ -2001,9 +1937,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Liste des chemins pour les réponses (les chemins multiples sont séparés par " -"des espaces)" +msgstr "Liste des chemins pour les réponses (les chemins multiples sont séparés par des espaces)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -2135,16 +2069,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" "Cet outil utilise xmllint pour valider le profil avec le DTD et\n" -"il vérifie si des données manquent. Certaines données manquantes peuvent " -"l'être\n" -"intentionnellement et les erreurs rapportées peuvent être ignorées, par " -"exemple lors de\n" +"il vérifie si des données manquent. Certaines données manquantes peuvent l'être\n" +"intentionnellement et les erreurs rapportées peuvent être ignorées, par exemple lors de\n" "la création de classes.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 @@ -2165,25 +2096,19 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour importer un fichier Kickstart, entrez le chemin d'accès du fichier " -"de\n" -"configuration. Les données importées sont chargées dans le système de " -"gestion\n" -"des configurations afin d'ajouter plus d'options de configuration " -"disponibles pour SUSE.\n" +"Pour importer un fichier Kickstart, entrez le chemin d'accès du fichier de\n" +"configuration. Les données importées sont chargées dans le système de gestion\n" +"des configurations afin d'ajouter plus d'options de configuration disponibles pour SUSE.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Cet outil va créer un profil de référence en lisant des\n" -"informations de ce système. Sélectionnez les ressources de ce système à " -"lire\n" -"en plus des ressources par défaut telles que le partitionnement et les " -"sélections de paquets.\n" +"informations de ce système. Sélectionnez les ressources de ce système à lire\n" +"en plus des ressources par défaut telles que le partitionnement et les sélections de paquets.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__280 #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 @@ -2193,8 +2118,7 @@ # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__284 #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Le tableau de droite montre les partitions à créer sur le système cible.\n" @@ -2240,8 +2164,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Si aucune partition n'est définie et que le disque spécifié est aussi\n" @@ -2262,60 +2185,40 @@ msgstr "Options avancées" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, AutoYaST crée une partition étendue et ajoute toutes les " -"nouvelles partitions comme des disques logiques. Cependant, il est possible " -"d'indiquer à AutoYaST de créer une certaine partition en tant que partition " -"primaire ou en tant que partition étendue. En outre, il est possible de " -"spécifier la taille d'une partition en utilisant des secteurs plutôt que des " -"tailles en Moctets." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Par défaut, AutoYaST crée une partition étendue et ajoute toutes les nouvelles partitions comme des disques logiques. Cependant, il est possible d'indiquer à AutoYaST de créer une certaine partition en tant que partition primaire ou en tant que partition étendue. En outre, il est possible de spécifier la taille d'une partition en utilisant des secteurs plutôt que des tailles en Moctets." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Ces options et d'autres options avancées ne peuvent pas être configurées en " -"utilisant cette\n" -"interface. Par contre, vous pouvez les ajouter manuellement dans le fichier " -"de contrôle.\n" +"Ces options et d'autres options avancées ne peuvent pas être configurées en utilisant cette\n" +"interface. Par contre, vous pouvez les ajouter manuellement dans le fichier de contrôle.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour la configuration LVM et RAID, consultez la documentation et ajoutez la " -"configuration\n" -"à un fichier de contrôle existant. Comme préparation, vous ne pouvez que " -"créer des partitions\n" +"Pour la configuration LVM et RAID, consultez la documentation et ajoutez la configuration\n" +"à un fichier de contrôle existant. Comme préparation, vous ne pouvez que créer des partitions\n" "non formatées LVM et RAID.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de trouver l'URL '%1' via le protocole HTTP(S). Code renvoyé par " -"le serveur : %2." +msgstr "Impossible de trouver l'URL '%1' via le protocole HTTP(S). Code renvoyé par le serveur : %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de trouver l'URL '%1' via le protocole FTP. Code renvoyé par le " -"serveur : %2." +msgstr "Impossible de trouver l'URL '%1' via le protocole FTP. Code renvoyé par le serveur : %2." # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__44 #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. @@ -2406,8 +2309,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Scripts de pré-installation</h3>\n" -"Ajoutez des commandes à exécuter dans le système avant le début de " -"l'installation. \n" +"Ajoutez des commandes à exécuter dans le système avant le début de l'installation. \n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__397 #. help 2/6 @@ -2415,8 +2317,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2435,8 +2336,7 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2445,10 +2345,8 @@ "Pour vos scripts de post-installation à exécuter dans l'environnement\n" "chroot, sélectionnez l'option scripts chroot. Ces scripts sont\n" "exécutés avant que le système soit réamorcé pour la première fois. Par\n" -"défaut, les scripts chroot sont exécutés dans le système d'installation. " -"Pour\n" -"accéder aux fichier dans le système installé, utilisez toujours le point de " -"montage\n" +"défaut, les scripts chroot sont exécutés dans le système d'installation. Pour\n" +"accéder aux fichier dans le système installé, utilisez toujours le point de montage\n" "\"/mnt\" dans vos scripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2457,16 +2355,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il est possible d'exécuter les scripts chroot ultérieurement et après " -"que\n" -"le chargeur d'amorçage ait été configuré à l'aide du tag booléen spécial " -"\"chrooted\"\n" +"Il est possible d'exécuter les scripts chroot ultérieurement et après que\n" +"le chargeur d'amorçage ait été configuré à l'aide du tag booléen spécial \"chrooted\"\n" "qui provoquera l'exécution des scripts dans le système installé.\n" "\n" @@ -2485,8 +2380,7 @@ "\n" "<H3>Scripts init</H3>\n" "Ces scripts sont exécutés lors du processus d'amorçage initial et après\n" -"que YaST ait fini de configurer le système. Les scripts finaux sont " -"exécutés\n" +"que YaST ait fini de configurer le système. Les scripts finaux sont exécutés\n" "en utilisant un script rc spécial qui n'est exécuté qu'une fois. \n" "Le scripts finaux sont exécuté vers la fin du processus d'amorçage\n" "et après que le réseau ait été initialisé.\n" @@ -2497,15 +2391,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpréteur :</H3>\n" -"Les scripts de pré-installation ne peuvent être que des scripts shell. " -"N'utilisez ni\n" +"Les scripts de pré-installation ne peuvent être que des scripts shell. N'utilisez ni\n" "Perl ni Python pour des scripts de pré-installation.\n" "\n" @@ -2515,44 +2407,32 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Accès réseau :</H3>\n" -" Pendant l'exécution des scripts de post-installation, le réseau est " -"désactivé et\n" -" requiert une initialisation dans les scripts pour rendre le réseau " -"accessible. \n" -"Une alternative aux scripts de post-installation avec les réseaux consiste à " -"utiliser des scripts init,\n" -" ce qui garantit que le système est entièrement configuré lors de " -"l'exécution des scripts. Si vous avez procédé à une installation\n" -" en réseau, vous pouvez également utiliser l'option Réseau pour le " -"script de post-installation.\n" +" Pendant l'exécution des scripts de post-installation, le réseau est désactivé et\n" +" requiert une initialisation dans les scripts pour rendre le réseau accessible. \n" +"Une alternative aux scripts de post-installation avec les réseaux consiste à utiliser des scripts init,\n" +" ce qui garantit que le système est entièrement configuré lors de l'exécution des scripts. Si vous avez procédé à une installation\n" +" en réseau, vous pouvez également utiliser l'option Réseau pour le script de post-installation.\n" " \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Indications et débogage :</H3>\n" -" Tous les scripts à l'exception des scripts init peuvent afficher " -"l'indication STDOUT+STDERR dans une fenêtre contextuelle.\n" -" Si vous activez le débogage, la boîte de dialogue d'indication contiendra " -"plus d'éléments,\n" +" Tous les scripts à l'exception des scripts init peuvent afficher l'indication STDOUT+STDERR dans une fenêtre contextuelle.\n" +" Si vous activez le débogage, la boîte de dialogue d'indication contiendra plus d'éléments,\n" " ce qui peut vous aider lors du débogage du script.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__399 @@ -2654,15 +2534,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"En ajoutant des scripts au processus d'autoinstallation, personnalisez " -"l'installation en\n" -"fonction de vos besoins et prenez le contrôle à différentes étapes de " -"l'installation.\n" +"En ajoutant des scripts au processus d'autoinstallation, personnalisez l'installation en\n" +"fonction de vos besoins et prenez le contrôle à différentes étapes de l'installation.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__62 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 @@ -2686,20 +2563,15 @@ #. @return [void] #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" -msgstr "" -"L'analyse du fichier de règles a échoué. Rapport de l'analyseur XML :\n" +msgstr "L'analyse du fichier de règles a échoué. Rapport de l'analyseur XML :\n" #. Merge Rule results #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"L'analyseur XML a signalé une erreur suite à l'analyse du profil autoyast. " -"Le message d'erreur suivant s'affiche :\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "L'analyseur XML a signalé une erreur suite à l'analyse du profil autoyast. Le message d'erreur suivant s'affiche :\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2714,8 +2586,7 @@ "Les classes définies par l'utilisateur n'ont pas pu être retrouvées.\n" "Assurez-vous que toutes les classes sont correctement définies et\n" "disponibles pour ce système localement ou via le réseau. Le système\n" -"ne peut pas être installé avec le fichier de contrôle original sans " -"utiliser\n" +"ne peut pas être installé avec le fichier de contrôle original sans utiliser\n" "de classes.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__230 @@ -2790,28 +2661,22 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"La plupart des modules utilisés pour créer la configuration sont " -"identiques à\n" +"La plupart des modules utilisés pour créer la configuration sont identiques à\n" "ceux disponibles dans le centre de contrôle YaST. Au lieu de configurer\n" -"ce système, les données saisies sont regroupées et exportées vers le " -"fichier\n" -"de contrôle qui peut être utilisé pour installer un autre système à l'aide " -"de AutoYaST.\n" +"ce système, les données saisies sont regroupées et exportées vers le fichier\n" +"de contrôle qui peut être utilisé pour installer un autre système à l'aide de AutoYaST.\n" "\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Outre les modules existants et familiers, de nouvelles interfaces\n" @@ -2922,17 +2787,13 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "" -"impossible de reutiliser le goupe de volumes %1. Le groupe de volumes " -"n'existe pas." +msgstr "impossible de reutiliser le goupe de volumes %1. Le groupe de volumes n'existe pas." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"Le groupe de volumes '%1' doit disposer d'au moins un volume physique. " -"Veuillez en attribuer un." +msgstr "Le groupe de volumes '%1' doit disposer d'au moins un volume physique. Veuillez en attribuer un." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -3030,12 +2891,8 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Échec de la création de l'image lors de l'installation du modèle. Consultez /" -"tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Échec de la création de l'image lors de l'installation du modèle. Consultez /tmp/ay_image.log" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129 #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 @@ -3043,12 +2900,8 @@ msgstr "Création de l'image - installation des paquets" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Échec de la création de l'image lors de l'installation du paquet. Consultez /" -"tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Échec de la création de l'image lors de l'installation du paquet. Consultez /tmp/ay_image.log" # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__82 #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); @@ -3061,12 +2914,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez modifier l'image %1 maintenant\n" -"Si vous cliquez sur Ok, l'image sera compressé et ne pourra plus être " -"modifiée." +"Si vous cliquez sur Ok, l'image sera compressé et ne pourra plus être modifiée." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" @@ -3084,8 +2935,7 @@ "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" "Impossible d'accéder au fichier directory.yast `%1`.\n" -"Vous pouvez créer ce fichier à l'aide de la commande 'ls -F > directory." -"yast' s'il n'existe pas." +"Vous pouvez créer ce fichier à l'aide de la commande 'ls -F > directory.yast' s'il n'existe pas." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:509 @@ -3116,12 +2966,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez modifier maintennant le fichier ISO de %1, par exemple en lui " -"assignant un nouveau fichier XML AutoYast.\n" +"Vous pouvez modifier maintennant le fichier ISO de %1, par exemple en lui assignant un nouveau fichier XML AutoYast.\n" "Si vous cliquez sur Ok, le fichier ISO sera créé." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -3167,21 +3015,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"Échec de l'exécution du résolveur de paquets. Consultez la section relative " -"à votre logiciel dans le profil autoyast." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "Échec de l'exécution du résolveur de paquets. Consultez la section relative à votre logiciel dans le profil autoyast." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"Le plan de partition configuré dans votre profile XML ne correspond pas à " -"votre disque dur. %1 Mo manquants" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "Le plan de partition configuré dans votre profile XML ne correspond pas à votre disque dur. %1 Mo manquants" # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__3 #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 @@ -3208,10 +3048,8 @@ "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" -"De multiples partitions racine ont été trouvées, mais vous n'avez pas " -"configuré\n" -"quelle partition racine doit être utilisée. L'installation automatique est " -"impossible.\n" +"De multiples partitions racine ont été trouvées, mais vous n'avez pas configuré\n" +"quelle partition racine doit être utilisée. L'installation automatique est impossible.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 @@ -3293,28 +3131,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Entrez les informations de partition en fonction de\n" -#~ " vos besoins. Si vous voulez réutiliser une partition existante, vous " -#~ "devez entrer son numéro de partition (à partir de la partition numéro 1) " -#~ "et aucune taille.\n" +#~ " vos besoins. Si vous voulez réutiliser une partition existante, vous devez entrer son numéro de partition (à partir de la partition numéro 1) et aucune taille.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Pour les partitions qui font partie d'un groupe de volumes (mais pas " -#~ "pour les partitions logiques au sein d'un groupe de volumes), vous devez " -#~ "définir l'ID de la partition sur 0x8e puis choisir le groupe de volumes. " -#~ "Ce groupe doit déjà être configuré avec AutoYaST.\n" +#~ " Pour les partitions qui font partie d'un groupe de volumes (mais pas pour les partitions logiques au sein d'un groupe de volumes), vous devez définir l'ID de la partition sur 0x8e puis choisir le groupe de volumes. Ce groupe doit déjà être configuré avec AutoYaST.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la documentation en ligne.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -3384,17 +3212,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " Créez et éditez vos groupes de volumes ici. Vous devez ensuite assigner " -#~ "des partitions physiques à ce groupe de volumes dans la boîte de dialogue " -#~ "de partition d'un disque dur physique. Définissez l'ID de partition sur " -#~ "0x8e pour ces partitions.\n" +#~ " Créez et éditez vos groupes de volumes ici. Vous devez ensuite assigner des partitions physiques à ce groupe de volumes dans la boîte de dialogue de partition d'un disque dur physique. Définissez l'ID de partition sur 0x8e pour ces partitions.\n" #~ " \n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__32 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/base.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -86,21 +86,17 @@ #. string: command line interface is not supported #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:146 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." -msgstr "" -"Ce module YaST2 ne prend pas en charge l'interface en ligne de commande." +msgstr "Ce module YaST2 ne prend pas en charge l'interface en ligne de commande." #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez 'help' pour obtenir une liste complète des commandes disponibles." +msgstr "Utilisez 'help' pour obtenir une liste complète des commandes disponibles." #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez 'yast2 %1 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des commandes " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Utilisez 'yast2 %1 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des commandes disponibles." # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__33 #. translators: error message in command line interface @@ -133,8 +129,7 @@ #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:506 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" -msgstr "" -"Valeur incorrecte pour l'option '%1' -- valeur attendue '%2', valeur reçue %3" +msgstr "Valeur incorrecte pour l'option '%1' -- valeur attendue '%2', valeur reçue %3" # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__27 #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one @@ -146,17 +141,13 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez '%1 %2 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des options " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Utilisez '%1 %2 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des options disponibles." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez 'yast2 %1 %2 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des options " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Utilisez 'yast2 %1 %2 help' pour obtenir une liste complète des options disponibles." # TLABEL sound_2002_08_07_0216__14 #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module @@ -194,8 +185,7 @@ " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" "\n" -" Les options du type [chaine] doivent être écrites de la forme " -"'option=valeur'." +" Les options du type [chaine] doivent être écrites de la forme 'option=valeur'." # TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__92 #. translators: example title for command line @@ -262,27 +252,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Exécutez 'yast2 %1 <commande> help' pour obtenir une liste des options " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Exécutez 'yast2 %1 <commande> help' pour obtenir une liste des options disponibles." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') manquant. Utiliser l'option de ligne " -"de commande xmlfile=<fichier_XML_cible>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') manquant. Utiliser l'option de ligne de commande xmlfile=<fichier_XML_cible>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') vide. Utiliser l'option de ligne de " -"commande xmlfile=<fichier_XML_cible>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') vide. Utiliser l'option de ligne de commande xmlfile=<fichier_XML_cible>." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__54 #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line @@ -433,8 +413,7 @@ "See %3 for more information about YaST logs." msgstr "" "Merci de rapporter ce bug sur %1.\n" -"Veuillez aussi joindre tous les journaux (logs) de YaST enregistrés dans le " -"dossier '%2'.\n" +"Veuillez aussi joindre tous les journaux (logs) de YaST enregistrés dans le dossier '%2'.\n" "Rendez-vous sur %3 pour plus d'informations sur les journaux de YaST." #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO @@ -528,9 +507,7 @@ #. bugzilla #332436 #: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur interne s'est produite lors de l'intégration du processus " -"supplémentaire." +msgstr "Une erreur interne s'est produite lors de l'intégration du processus supplémentaire." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__339 #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget @@ -555,8 +532,7 @@ "%1. Otherwise set %2." msgstr "" "<big>Démarrer le service</big> \n" -"Pour démarrer le service à chaque fois que votre ordinateur est amorcé, " -"choisissez\n" +"Pour démarrer le service à chaque fois que votre ordinateur est amorcé, choisissez\n" "%1. Sinon, choisissez %2." #. help text for service auto start widget @@ -573,10 +549,8 @@ "Otherwise set %2." msgstr "" "<big>Démarrer le service</big> \n" -"Pour démarrer le service à chaque fois que votre ordinateur est amorcé, " -"choisissez\n" -"%1. Pour démarrer le service via le démon xinetd, choisissez %3</" -"b>.\n" +"Pour démarrer le service à chaque fois que votre ordinateur est amorcé, choisissez\n" +"%1. Pour démarrer le service via le démon xinetd, choisissez %3.\n" "Sinon, choisissez %2." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__39 @@ -862,8 +836,7 @@ "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ajouter une clé TSIG existante</big> \n" -"Pour ajouter une clé TSIG déjà créée, sélectionnez un nom de fichier " -"pour le fichier\n" +"Pour ajouter une clé TSIG déjà créée, sélectionnez un nom de fichier pour le fichier\n" "qui contient la clé, puis cliquez sur Ajouter.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 @@ -875,10 +848,8 @@ "Generate.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Création d'une nouvelle clé TSIG</big> \n" -"Pour créer une nouvelle clé TSIG, définissez le nom de fichier du " -"fichier dans lequel vous voulez \n" -"créer la clé et l'ID clé qui permettra d'identifier la clé, puis " -"cliquez sur \n" +"Pour créer une nouvelle clé TSIG, définissez le nom de fichier du fichier dans lequel vous voulez \n" +"créer la clé et l'ID clé qui permettra d'identifier la clé, puis cliquez sur \n" "Générer.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 @@ -1002,8 +973,7 @@ "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter une nouvelle option, cliquez sur Ajouter. Pour " -"supprimer\n" +"Pour ajouter une nouvelle option, cliquez sur Ajouter. Pour supprimer\n" "une option, sélectionnez-la et cliquez sur Effacer." #. help 3/4, optional @@ -1069,8 +1039,7 @@ "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." msgstr "" "Le Centre de Contrôle YaST2 n'a pas été lancé en tant que root.\n" -"Vous ne verrez que les modules qui ne requièrent pas les privilèges " -"superutilisateur (root)." +"Vous ne verrez que les modules qui ne requièrent pas les privilèges superutilisateur (root)." #. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 @@ -1095,11 +1064,7 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." msgstr "" #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 @@ -1148,26 +1113,18 @@ #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 -#| msgid "" -#| "3) Function Keys \n" -#| "F keys provide a quick access to main functions.\n" -#| "Press F1 to get the function key bindings for the current dialog." msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Touches de fonction \n" "Les touches de fonction fournissent un accès rapide aux fonctions\n" -"principales. Les différentes touches fonction pour le dialogue actuel " -"sont affichées en bas." +"principales. Les différentes touches fonction pour le dialogue actuel sont affichées en bas." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 msgid "The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:" -msgstr "" -"Les touches de fonction sont généralement connectées à certaines actions :" -"" +msgstr "Les touches de fonction sont généralement connectées à certaines actions :" #. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:372 @@ -2044,14 +2001,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Créer une nouvelle clé GPG</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> a été lancé. Consultez la page de manuel <tt>gpg</tt> " -"pour plus d'informations.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> a été lancé. Consultez la page de manuel <tt>gpg</tt> pour plus d'informations.\n" " Appuyez sur Ctrl+C pour annuler.\n" " " @@ -2084,9 +2039,7 @@ #. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} #: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." -msgstr "" -"Entrez un message pour la journalisation (log) qui décrive les changements " -"que vous avez effectués." +msgstr "Entrez un message pour la journalisation (log) qui décrive les changements que vous avez effectués." #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 #: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 @@ -2096,8 +2049,7 @@ "the field below.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Journal affiché</big> \n" -"Utilisez Journal pour sélectionner le journal que vous souhaitez " -"afficher.\n" +"Utilisez Journal pour sélectionner le journal que vous souhaitez afficher.\n" "Il sera affiché dans le champ en dessous.\n" #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 @@ -2117,8 +2069,7 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour procéder à des actions avancées ou enregistrer le journal dans un " -"fichier,\n" +"Pour procéder à des actions avancées ou enregistrer le journal dans un fichier,\n" "cliquez sur %1 et sélectionnez l'action à exécuter." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -2140,8 +2091,7 @@ "to which to save the log.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour enregistrer le journal dans un fichier, cliquez sur Enregistrer le " -"journal\n" +"Pour enregistrer le journal dans un fichier, cliquez sur Enregistrer le journal\n" "et sélectionnez le fichier dans lequel enregistrer le journal.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__80 @@ -2198,9 +2148,7 @@ #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "" -"Le pare-feu ne peut pas être ajusté au cours de la première étape de " -"l'installation." +msgstr "Le pare-feu ne peut pas être ajusté au cours de la première étape de l'installation." #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116 @@ -2252,8 +2200,7 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Ces interfaces réseau assignées au réseau interne ne peuvent pas être " -"désélectionnées :\n" +"Ces interfaces réseau assignées au réseau interne ne peuvent pas être désélectionnées :\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2343,8 +2290,7 @@ "set %1. " msgstr "" "<big>Paramètres du pare-feu</big> \n" -"Pour ouvrir le pare-feu afin d'autoriser l'accès au service depuis des " -"ordinateurs\n" +"Pour ouvrir le pare-feu afin d'autoriser l'accès au service depuis des ordinateurs\n" "distants, cochez %1. " #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional @@ -2475,8 +2421,7 @@ #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" -msgstr "" -"Technologie temporelle asynchrone (TTA) (Asynchronous Transfer Mode, ATM)" +msgstr "Technologie temporelle asynchrone (TTA) (Asynchronous Transfer Mode, ATM)" # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__12 #. Device type label @@ -2908,8 +2853,7 @@ "Really continue?" msgstr "" "Vos interfaces réseau sont actuellement contrôlées par NetworkManager,\n" -"mais il se peut que le service à configurer ne fonctionne pas très bien avec " -"ce logiciel.\n" +"mais il se peut que le service à configurer ne fonctionne pas très bien avec ce logiciel.\n" " \n" " Souhaitez-vous vraiment continuer ?" @@ -2945,8 +2889,7 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Un nom de port peut être constitué des caractères 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', et '*" -"+._-'.\n" +"Un nom de port peut être constitué des caractères 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', et '*+._-'.\n" "Un numéro de port peut être un nombre de 0 à 65535.\n" "Aucun espace n'est autorisé.\n" @@ -3007,8 +2950,7 @@ "L'interface '%1' est incluse dans des zones pare-feu multiples.\n" "Continuer la configuration peut provoquer des erreurs.\n" "\n" -"Il est recommandé de quitter la configuration et de procéder à une " -"réparation\n" +"Il est recommandé de quitter la configuration et de procéder à une réparation\n" "manuelle dans le fichier '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) @@ -3117,110 +3059,73 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Nouveau périphérique réseau '%1' trouvé ; ajouté comme interface pare-feu " -"interne" +msgstr "Nouveau périphérique réseau '%1' trouvé ; ajouté comme interface pare-feu interne" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Nouveau périphérique réseau '%1' trouvé ; ajouté comme interface pare-feu " -"externe" +msgstr "Nouveau périphérique réseau '%1' trouvé ; ajouté comme interface pare-feu externe" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet SuSEfirewall2 n'est pas installé, le pare-feu sera désactivé." +msgstr "Le paquet SuSEfirewall2 n'est pas installé, le pare-feu sera désactivé." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Le pare-feu est activé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">desactiver</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Le pare-feu est activé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desactiver</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Le pare-feu est inactif (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">activer</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Le pare-feu est inactif (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activer</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Le port SSH est ouvert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">bloquer</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Le port SSH est ouvert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">bloquer</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Le port SSH est bloqué (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">ouvrir</" -"a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Le port SSH est bloqué (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">ouvrir</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"Le port SSH est ouvert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">fermer</a>), mais\n" +"Le port SSH est ouvert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">fermer</a>), mais\n" "aucune interface réseau n'est configurée" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Vous installez un système sur SSH, mais vous n'avez pas ouvert le port SSH " -"sur le pare-feu." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "Vous installez un système sur SSH, mais vous n'avez pas ouvert le port SSH sur le pare-feu." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Les ports d'administration distante (VNC) sont ouverts (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">bloquer</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Les ports d'administration distante (VNC) sont ouverts (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">bloquer</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Les ports d'administration distante (VNC) sont bloqués (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">ouvrir</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Les ports d'administration distante (VNC) sont bloqués (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">ouvrir</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Vous installez un système en utilisant l'administration à distance, mais " -"vous n'avez pas ouvert les ports VNC sur le pare-feu." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Vous installez un système en utilisant l'administration à distance, mais vous n'avez pas ouvert les ports VNC sur le pare-feu." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -3234,12 +3139,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Vous installez un système sur utilisant une cible iSCSI, mais vous n'avez " -"pas ouvert les ports nécessaires dans le pare-feu." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Vous installez un système sur utilisant une cible iSCSI, mais vous n'avez pas ouvert les ports nécessaires dans le pare-feu." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -3281,7 +3182,6 @@ #. Fallback for presented service #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:420 -#| msgid "Service: %1" msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Service : %{filename}" @@ -3386,8 +3286,7 @@ "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" "Ignorer un échec de téléchargement peut casser un système.\n" -"Vérifiez le système ultérieurement en lançant le module de gestion de " -"logiciels.\n" +"Vérifiez le système ultérieurement en lançant le module de gestion de logiciels.\n" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__129 #. At start of package install. @@ -3427,21 +3326,17 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "Ignorer un échec sur un paquet peut casser un système.\n" -"Le système devra être vérifié plus tard en lançant le module de gestion de " -"logiciels." +"Le système devra être vérifié plus tard en lançant le module de gestion de logiciels." #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "Le dépôt à l'URL spécifiée fournit maintenant un ID de média différent.\n" @@ -3587,8 +3482,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur a été détectée pendant l'extraction des nouvelles métadonnées." +msgstr "Une erreur a été détectée pendant l'extraction des nouvelles métadonnées." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details @@ -3755,9 +3649,7 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"Reconstruction de la base de données de paquets. Ce processus peut prendre " -"un certain temps." +msgstr "Reconstruction de la base de données de paquets. Ce processus peut prendre un certain temps." # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__28 #. progress bar label @@ -3780,9 +3672,7 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"Conversion de la base de données des paquets. Ce processus peut prendre un " -"certain temps." +msgstr "Conversion de la base de données des paquets. Ce processus peut prendre un certain temps." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__55 #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error @@ -3869,8 +3759,7 @@ "Ask PackageKit to quit?" msgstr "" "PackageKit bloque la gestion logicielle.\n" -"Cela arrive lorsque l'applet de mise à jour ou un autre programme de " -"gestion\n" +"Cela arrive lorsque l'applet de mise à jour ou un autre programme de gestion\n" "est en cours d'exécution.\n" "\n" "Demander à PackageKit de quitter?" @@ -3979,8 +3868,7 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3997,20 +3885,15 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Cette boîte de dialogue vous permet de définir les tâches de ce système " -"et les logiciels à installer.\n" -"\t\t Les tâches et les logiciels disponibles pour ce système sont affichés " -"par catégorie dans la colonne de\n" -"\t\t gauche. Pour afficher la description d'un élément, sélectionnez-le dans " -"la liste.\n" +"\t\t Cette boîte de dialogue vous permet de définir les tâches de ce système et les logiciels à installer.\n" +"\t\t Les tâches et les logiciels disponibles pour ce système sont affichés par catégorie dans la colonne de\n" +"\t\t gauche. Pour afficher la description d'un élément, sélectionnez-le dans la liste.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338 @@ -4023,10 +3906,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t Pour changer l'état d'un élément, cliquez sur son icône d'état\n" -"\t\t ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur n'importe quelle icône " -"pour afficher un menu contextuel.\n" -"\t\t À l'aide du menu contextuel, vous pouvez également changer l'état de " -"tous les éléments.\n" +"\t\t ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur n'importe quelle icône pour afficher un menu contextuel.\n" +"\t\t À l'aide du menu contextuel, vous pouvez également changer l'état de tous les éléments.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345 @@ -4037,17 +3918,14 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t L'option Détails affiche la sélection de paquets logiciels " -"détaillée,\n" -"\t\t où vous pouvez afficher et sélectionner individuellement chaque " -"paquet.\n" +"\t\t L'option Détails affiche la sélection de paquets logiciels détaillée,\n" +"\t\t où vous pouvez afficher et sélectionner individuellement chaque paquet.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -4055,15 +3933,11 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t L'écran d'utilisation du disque qui se trouve dans l'angle inférieur " -"droit affiche l'espace disque restant\n" +"\t\t L'écran d'utilisation du disque qui se trouve dans l'angle inférieur droit affiche l'espace disque restant\n" "\t\t lorsque toutes les modifications requises ont été effectuées.\n" -"\t\t Les partitions de disque dur qui sont pleines ou presque pleines " -"peuvent dégrader\n" -"\t\t les performances du système et, dans certains cas, être à l'origine de " -"problèmes graves.\n" -"\t\t Le système a besoin d'un minimum d'espace disque disponible pour " -"fonctionner correctement.\n" +"\t\t Les partitions de disque dur qui sont pleines ou presque pleines peuvent dégrader\n" +"\t\t les performances du système et, dans certains cas, être à l'origine de problèmes graves.\n" +"\t\t Le système a besoin d'un minimum d'espace disque disponible pour fonctionner correctement.\n" "\t\t " # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__48 @@ -4177,12 +4051,8 @@ msgstr "Continuer dans le gestionnaire de logiciels" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Rapport d'installation<BIG> Vous trouverez ici un résumé " -"des paquets installés ou supprimés." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>Rapport d'installation<BIG> Vous trouverez ici un résumé des paquets installés ou supprimés." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 msgid "Installation Report" @@ -4238,8 +4108,7 @@ "Le paquet %1 du dépôt %2\n" "%3\n" " n'est pas numériquement signé. Ceci signifie que l'origine\n" -"et l'intégrité du paquet ne peuvent pas être vérifiées. L'installation du " -"paquet\n" +"et l'intégrité du paquet ne peuvent pas être vérifiées. L'installation du paquet\n" "peut mettre en danger l'intégrité de votre système.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?" @@ -4260,8 +4129,7 @@ "Le fichier %1 du dépôt %2\n" "%3\n" "n'est pas numériquement signé.L'origine et l'intégrité du fichier\n" -"ne peuvent pas être vérifiées. Utiliser malgré tout ce fichier met en " -"danger\n" +"ne peuvent pas être vérifiées. Utiliser malgré tout ce fichier met en danger\n" "l'intégrité de votre système.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?\n" @@ -4286,10 +4154,8 @@ "Install it anyway?\n" msgstr "" "Aucune somme de contrôle n'a été trouvé pour le paquet %1 dans le dépôt.\n" -"Malgré que le paquet fasse partie du dépôt signé, il ne fait pas parti de la " -"liste\n" -"des sommes de contrôle de ce dépôt. Installer malgré tout ce paquet met en " -"danger\n" +"Malgré que le paquet fasse partie du dépôt signé, il ne fait pas parti de la liste\n" +"des sommes de contrôle de ce dépôt. Installer malgré tout ce paquet met en danger\n" "l'intégrité de votre système.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?\n" @@ -4299,16 +4165,14 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "Aucune somme de contrôle n'a été trouvé pour le fichier %1\n" "dans le dépôt. Ceci signifie que le fichier fait partie du dépôt signé,\n" -"mais que la liste des sommes de contrôle de ce dépôt ne mentionne pas ce " -"fichier.\n" +"mais que la liste des sommes de contrôle de ce dépôt ne mentionne pas ce fichier.\n" "Utiliser le fichier peut mettre l'intégrité de votre système en danger.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?" @@ -4390,12 +4254,10 @@ msgstr "" "Le paquet %1 du dépôt %2\n" "%3\n" -"est signé avec la clé GnuPG suivante, mais le contrôle d'intégrité a " -"échoué : %4\n" +"est signé avec la clé GnuPG suivante, mais le contrôle d'intégrité a échoué : %4\n" "\n" "Ceci signifie que le paquet a été modifié par erreur ou par un attaquant\n" -"depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. L'installation présente un risque " -"élevé\n" +"depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. L'installation présente un risque élevé\n" "pour l'intégrité et la sécurité de votre système.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?\n" @@ -4415,12 +4277,10 @@ msgstr "" "Le fichier %1 du dépôt %2\n" "%3\n" -"est signé avec la clé GnuPG suivante, mais le contrôle d'intégrité a " -"échoué : %4\n" +"est signé avec la clé GnuPG suivante, mais le contrôle d'intégrité a échoué : %4\n" "\n" "Ceci signifie que le fichier a été modifié par erreur ou par un attaquant\n" -"depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. Son utilisation présente un " -"risque élevé\n" +"depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. Son utilisation présente un risque élevé\n" "pour l'intégrité et la sécurité de votre système.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?\n" @@ -4447,8 +4307,7 @@ "avec la clé GnuPG inconnue suivante :%2.\n" "\n" "Cela signifie qu'il est impossible d'établir une relation\n" -"de confiance avec le créateur du paquet. L'installation du paquet peut " -"mettre l'intégrité\n" +"de confiance avec le créateur du paquet. L'installation du paquet peut mettre l'intégrité\n" "de votre système en danger.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?" @@ -4469,8 +4328,7 @@ "est numériquement signé avec la clé GnuPG inconnue suivante : %2.\n" "\n" "Cela signifie qu'il est impossible d'établir une relation de\n" -"confiance avec le créateur du fichier. L'utilisation du fichier peut mettre " -"l'intégrité\n" +"confiance avec le créateur du fichier. L'utilisation du fichier peut mettre l'intégrité\n" "de votre système en danger.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous quand même l'utiliser ?" @@ -4498,8 +4356,7 @@ "avec la clé '%2 (%3)'.\n" "\n" "Il n'y a pas de relation de confiance vis-à-vis du propriétaire de la clé.\n" -"Si vous faites confiance au propriétaire, marquez la clé comme de " -"confiance.\n" +"Si vous faites confiance au propriétaire, marquez la clé comme de confiance.\n" "\n" "L'installation d'un paquet à partir d'un dépôt inconnu peut mettre\n" "l'intégrité de votre système en danger. Il est plus sûr\n" @@ -4522,8 +4379,7 @@ "avec la clé '%2 (%3)'.\n" "\n" "Il n'y a pas de relation de confiance vis-à-vis du propriétaire de la clé.\n" -"Si vous faites confiance au propriétaire, marquez la clé comme de " -"confiance.\n" +"Si vous faites confiance au propriétaire, marquez la clé comme de confiance.\n" "\n" "L'installation d'un fichier à partir d'une source inconnue peut mettre\n" "l'intégrité de votre système en danger. Il est plus sûr\n" @@ -4549,11 +4405,9 @@ "to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system." msgstr "" "Le propriétaire de la clé peut distribuer des mises à jour,\n" -"des paquets et des référentiels de paquets auxquels votre système fera " -"confiance et qu'il proposera\n" +"des paquets et des référentiels de paquets auxquels votre système fera confiance et qu'il proposera\n" "pour installation et mise à jour sans autre avertissement. De cette façon,\n" -"l'importation de la clé dans votre ensemble de clés sécurisées permet au " -"propriétaire de la clé\n" +"l'importation de la clé dans votre ensemble de clés sécurisées permet au propriétaire de la clé\n" "d'avoir un certain contrôle du logiciel sur votre système." #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 @@ -4561,14 +4415,11 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "Une boîte de dialogue d'avertissement s'ouvre pour chaque paquet qui\n" -"n'est pas signé par une clé de confiance (importée). Si vous ne faites pas " -"confiance à la clé,\n" -"les paquets ou dépôts créés par le propriétaire de la clé ne seront pas " -"utilisés." +"n'est pas signé par une clé de confiance (importée). Si vous ne faites pas confiance à la clé,\n" +"les paquets ou dépôts créés par le propriétaire de la clé ne seront pas utilisés." #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971 @@ -4590,8 +4441,7 @@ "the key really belongs to that owner before importing it." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez choisir de l'importer dans votre ensemble de clés publiques \n" -"sécurisées de confiance, ce qui signifie que vous faites confiance au " -"propriétaire de la clé.\n" +"sécurisées de confiance, ce qui signifie que vous faites confiance au propriétaire de la clé.\n" "Vous devez être sûr que vous pouvez faire confiance au propriétaire et que\n" "la clé appartient bien à ce propriétaire avant de l'importer." @@ -4629,8 +4479,7 @@ "mais la somme de contrôle actuelle est %3.\n" "\n" "Ceci signifie que le fichier a été modifié par erreur ou par un attaquant\n" -"depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. Son utilisation présente un " -"risque élevé\n" +"depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. Son utilisation présente un risque élevé\n" "pour l'intégrité et la sécurité de votre système.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?\n" @@ -4648,8 +4497,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4658,8 +4506,7 @@ "mais la somme attendue est inconnue.\n" "\n" "Ceci signifie que l'origine et l'intégrité du fichier\n" -"ne peuvent pas être vérifiées.Utiliser le fichier peut remettre en cause " -"l'intégrité de votre système.\n" +"ne peuvent pas être vérifiées.Utiliser le fichier peut remettre en cause l'intégrité de votre système.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?\n" @@ -4690,7 +4537,6 @@ # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__82 #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 -#| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Restants" @@ -4714,20 +4560,11 @@ msgstr "Les paquets sont en cours d'installation." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Interruption de l'installation L'installation de paquets peut être " -"interrompue en utilisant le bouton Interrompre. Cependant, le système " -"peut devenir incohérent ou inutilisable, voire il peut ne pas redémarrer si " -"le système de base n'est pas installé." +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "Interruption de l'installation L'installation de paquets peut être interrompue en utilisant le bouton Interrompre. Cependant, le système peut devenir incohérent ou inutilisable, voire il peut ne pas redémarrer si le système de base n'est pas installé." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 -#| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "%s Notes de version" @@ -4751,7 +4588,6 @@ # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__41 #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 -#| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Installation" @@ -5563,8 +5399,7 @@ "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n" "digits separated by colons." msgstr "" -"Une adresse MAC valide est constituée de six paires de chiffres " -"hexadécimaux\n" +"Une adresse MAC valide est constituée de six paires de chiffres hexadécimaux\n" "séparés par des deux-points." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__135 @@ -5576,10 +5411,8 @@ "start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." msgstr "" "Un nom de domaine valide est constitué d'éléments séparés par des points.\n" -"Chaque élément contient des lettres, des chiffres et des traits d'union. Un " -"trait d'union\n" -"ne peut pas être au début ou à la fin d'un élément et le dernier élément ne " -"doit pas\n" +"Chaque élément contient des lettres, des chiffres et des traits d'union. Un trait d'union\n" +"ne peut pas être au début ou à la fin d'un élément et le dernier élément ne doit pas\n" "commencer par un chiffre." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" @@ -5610,8 +5443,7 @@ "It can contain up to one double colon." msgstr "" "Une adresse IPv6 valide est composée jusqu'à huit\n" -"nombres hexadécimaux compris entre 0 et FFFF et séparés par des deux " -"points.\n" +"nombres hexadécimaux compris entre 0 et FFFF et séparés par des deux points.\n" "Il peut contenir jusqu'à 1 double deux points." #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition @@ -5631,8 +5463,7 @@ "Exemples :\n" "IP : 192.168.0.1 ou 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/Masque : 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 ou 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/Bits_de_masque : 192.168.0.0/24 ou 192.168.0.1/32 ou 2001:db8:0::1/" -"ffff::0\n" +"IP/Bits_de_masque : 192.168.0.0/24 ou 192.168.0.1/32 ou 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__147 #. Byte abbreviated @@ -6527,13 +6358,11 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "L'adresse IPv4 inverse %1 est incorrecte.\n" "\n" -"Une adresse IPv4 inverse correcte est constituée de quatre entiers compris " -"entre 0 et 255\n" +"Une adresse IPv4 inverse correcte est constituée de quatre entiers compris entre 0 et 255\n" "séparés par un point et suivis de la chaîne .in-addr.arpa..\n" "Par exemple, 1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa. pour l'adresse IPv4 192.168.32.1.\n" @@ -6582,8 +6411,7 @@ msgstr "" "Enregistrement SOA incorrect.\n" "%1 doit être de type horaire DÉCLARATION.\n" -"Un type horaire DÉCLARATION comprend des nombres et des suffixes insensibles " -"à la casse\n" +"Un type horaire DÉCLARATION comprend des nombres et des suffixes insensibles à la casse\n" "W, D, H, M et S. L'heure peut être exprimée en secondes sans suffixe.\n" "Saisissez les valeurs telles que 12H15m, 86400 ou 1W30M.\n" @@ -6600,8 +6428,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." -msgstr "" -"Le nom de fichier doit être défini lors de la journalisation dans un fichier." +msgstr "Le nom de fichier doit être défini lors de la journalisation dans un fichier." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 @@ -6692,9 +6519,7 @@ #~ "certains paquets possèdent des dépendances non résolues." #~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Echec de la résolution automatique, une résolution manuelle des " -#~ "dépendances est necessaire." +#~ msgstr "Echec de la résolution automatique, une résolution manuelle des dépendances est necessaire." #~ msgid "" #~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" @@ -6710,8 +6535,7 @@ #~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Démarrez le gestionnaire de logiciels et résolvez les problèmes\n" -#~ "ou sautez la résolution et installez uniquement les paquets déjà " -#~ "confirmés ?" +#~ "ou sautez la résolution et installez uniquement les paquets déjà confirmés ?" # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__20 #~ msgid "Installed Size" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/bootloader.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -92,9 +92,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -msgstr "" -"L'ajout d'option n'est disponible que dans le mode interactif en ligne de " -"commande" +msgstr "L'ajout d'option n'est disponible que dans le mode interactif en ligne de commande" #. command line error report #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 @@ -128,11 +126,6 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: reboot message #. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL #: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "Your system will now shut down.%1%2\n" -#| "For details, read the related chapter \n" -#| "in the documentation. \n" msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -154,20 +147,13 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Aucun chargeur d'amorçage n'est sélectionné pour être installé. Votre " -"système pourrait ne pas être amorçable." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Aucun chargeur d'amorçage n'est sélectionné pour être installé. Votre système pourrait ne pas être amorçable." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"Impossible d'installer correctement le chargeur d'amorçage à cause du " -"partitionnement" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Impossible d'installer correctement le chargeur d'amorçage à cause du partitionnement" # TLABEL bootloader_2002_03_14_2340__3 #. proposal part - bootloader label @@ -234,18 +220,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Définir le marqueur 'active' dans la table de partition pour la " -"partition d'amorçage \n" -"Permet d'activer la partition contenant le chargeur d'amorçage. Le code MBR " -"générique \n" -"amorcera ensuite la partition active. Les anciens BIOS exigent qu'une " -"partition \n" +"Définir le marqueur 'active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage \n" +"Permet d'activer la partition contenant le chargeur d'amorçage. Le code MBR générique \n" +"amorcera ensuite la partition active. Les anciens BIOS exigent qu'une partition \n" "soit active même si le chargeur d'amorçage est installé dans le MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -266,12 +247,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Délai en secondes \n" -"Définit le temps d'attente que le chargeur d'amorçage observe avant de " -"charger le noyau par défaut.\n" +"Définit le temps d'attente que le chargeur d'amorçage observe avant de charger le noyau par défaut.\n" # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__53 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 @@ -283,181 +262,127 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur Définir par défaut vous marquez la section " -"sélectionnée\n" -"comme section par défaut. Lors de l'amorçage, le chargeur d'amorçage " -"fournira un menu et\n" -"attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne un noyau ou un système d'exploitation " -"à amorcer.\n" -"Si aucune touche n'est appuyée avant le délai imparti (timeout), le noyau ou " -"le \n" -"système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des sections dans le " -"menu du chargeur\n" -"d'amorçage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons Monter et " -"Descendre.\n" +"En cliquant sur Définir par défaut vous marquez la section sélectionnée\n" +"comme section par défaut. Lors de l'amorçage, le chargeur d'amorçage fournira un menu et\n" +"attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne un noyau ou un système d'exploitation à amorcer.\n" +"Si aucune touche n'est appuyée avant le délai imparti (timeout), le noyau ou le \n" +"système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des sections dans le menu du chargeur\n" +"d'amorçage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons Monter et Descendre.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Écrire le code générique d'amorçage dans le MBR remplace le MBR " -"de votre disque par du code générique (code indépendant \n" +"Écrire le code générique d'amorçage dans le MBR remplace le MBR de votre disque par du code générique (code indépendant \n" "du système d'exploitation, permettant d'amorcer la partition active)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Amorcer à partir de la partition d'amorçage est l'une des options " -"recommandées, l'autre étant \n" +"Amorcer à partir de la partition d'amorçage est l'une des options recommandées, l'autre étant \n" "Amorcer à partir de la partition racine." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -"Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" msgstr "" -"Utiliser Trusted Grub signifie installer Trusted Grub et " -"l'utiliser. L'option\n" -"Fichier de menu graphique sera ignorée. Ceci est recommandé pour " -"installer grub dans le MBR" +"Utiliser Trusted Grub signifie installer Trusted Grub et l'utiliser. L'option\n" +"Fichier de menu graphique sera ignorée. Ceci est recommandé pour installer grub dans le MBR" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" -msgstr "" -"L'option Amorcer à partir du secteur maître d'amorçage n'est pas " -"recommandée si un autre système d'exploitation est installé sur l'ordinateur." -"" +msgstr "L'option Amorcer à partir du secteur maître d'amorçage n'est pas recommandée si un autre système d'exploitation est installé sur l'ordinateur." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"L'option Amorcer à partir de la partition racine est recommandée " -"lorsqu'il existe une partition \n" -"adaptée. Vous pouvez soit sélectionner Définir le marqueur 'active' dans " -"la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage et Écrire du code " -"générique d'amorçage dans le MBR\n" -" sous Options du chargeur d'amorçage afin de mettre à jour le secteur " -"maître d'amorçage si nécessaire, soit configurer l'autre gestionnaire " -"d'amorçage\n" +"L'option Amorcer à partir de la partition racine est recommandée lorsqu'il existe une partition \n" +"adaptée. Vous pouvez soit sélectionner Définir le marqueur 'active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage et Écrire du code générique d'amorçage dans le MBR\n" +" sous Options du chargeur d'amorçage afin de mettre à jour le secteur maître d'amorçage si nécessaire, soit configurer l'autre gestionnaire d'amorçage\n" " pour démarrer cette section." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" -"Amorçage depuis une Partition étendueest à sélectionner si votre " -"partition racine est\n" +"Amorçage depuis une Partition étendueest à sélectionner si votre partition racine est\n" "sur une partition logique et s'il manque la partition /boot" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" -"La partition d'amorçage personnalisée vous permet de choisir la " -"partition d'amorçage." +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "La partition d'amorçage personnalisée vous permet de choisir la partition d'amorçage." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"La matrice MD est composée de 2 disques. Activer la redondance pour la " -"matrice MD\n" +"La matrice MD est composée de 2 disques. Activer la redondance pour la matrice MD\n" "activer cette option pour copier GRUB dans le MBR des 2 disques." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -"code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Utiliser la console série permet de définir les paramètres à " -"utiliser\n" -"pour une console série. Pour plus de détails, consultez la documentation de " -"Grub (<code>info grub</code>)." +"Utiliser la console série permet de définir les paramètres à utiliser\n" +"pour une console série. Pour plus de détails, consultez la documentation de Grub (<code>info grub</code>)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Définition du terminal \n" -"Permet de définir le type de terminal à utiliser. Pour un terminal série " -"(par exemple, une console série),\n" -" spécifiez <code>série</code>. Vous pouvez également transmettre " -"<code>console</code> \n" -"à la commande, sous la forme <code>console série</code>. Dans ce cas, si " -"vous appuyez sur une touche quelconque d'un terminal,\n" +"Permet de définir le type de terminal à utiliser. Pour un terminal série (par exemple, une console série),\n" +" spécifiez <code>série</code>. Vous pouvez également transmettre <code>console</code> \n" +"à la commande, sous la forme <code>console série</code>. Dans ce cas, si vous appuyez sur une touche quelconque d'un terminal,\n" " celui-ci sera utilisé comme terminal GRUB." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Sections de recours en cas d'échec de la section par défaut " -"contient la liste \n" -"des numéros de section qui seront utilisés pour l'amorçage dans le cas où la " -"section \n" +"Sections de recours en cas d'échec de la section par défaut contient la liste \n" +"des numéros de section qui seront utilisés pour l'amorçage dans le cas où la section \n" "par défaut ne serait pas amorçable." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner masquer le menu lors de l'amorçage masquera le menu " -"d'amorçage." +msgstr "Sélectionner masquer le menu lors de l'amorçage masquera le menu d'amorçage." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"Fichier de menu graphique permet de définir le fichier à utiliser " -"pour le menu d'amorçage graphique." +msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." +msgstr "Fichier de menu graphique permet de définir le fichier à utiliser pour le menu d'amorçage graphique." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -msgstr "" -"Activer les signaux acoustiques activer/désactiver les signaux " -"acoustiques." +msgstr "Activer les signaux acoustiques activer/désactiver les signaux acoustiques." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Protéger le chargeur d'amorçage par un mot de passe \n" -"Permet de définir le mot de passe demandé lors de l'accès au menu " -"d'amorçage. YaST n'acceptera le mot de passe que \n" -"si vous le saisissez à nouveau dans le champ Retaper le mot de passe." -"" +"Permet de définir le mot de passe demandé lors de l'accès au menu d'amorçage. YaST n'acceptera le mot de passe que \n" +"si vous le saisissez à nouveau dans le champ Retaper le mot de passe." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 @@ -481,9 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "" -"Définir le marqueur '&active' dans la table de partition pour la partition " -"d'amorçage" +msgstr "Définir le marqueur '&active' dans la table de partition pour la partition d'amorçage" # TLABEL network_2002_03_16_1943__9 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 @@ -626,9 +549,7 @@ #. disabling & enabling up/down #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "" -"La carte des périphériques (device map) doit contenir au moins un " -"périphérique" +msgstr "La carte des périphériques (device map) doit contenir au moins un périphérique" # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__29 #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 @@ -704,14 +625,12 @@ # TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__2 #. Title in tab #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 -#| msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Paramètres du noyau" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0 #. Title in tab #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 -#| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Options du chargeur d'amorçage" @@ -726,7 +645,6 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__0 #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 -#| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Emp&lacement du chargeur d'amorçage" @@ -751,58 +669,30 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Paramètre facultatif de ligne de commande du noyau vous permet de " -"définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre au noyau." +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Paramètre facultatif de ligne de commande du noyau vous permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre au noyau." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"console to when booting." -msgstr "" -"Mode Vga définit le mode VGA que le noyau devrait activer pour la " -"console lors de l'amorçage." +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "Mode Vga définit le mode VGA que le noyau devrait activer pour la console lors de l'amorçage." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Paramètre de ligne de commande du noyau en mode sans échec vous " -"permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre au noyau en " -"mode sans échec." +msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Paramètre de ligne de commande du noyau en mode sans échec vous permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre au noyau en mode sans échec." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Détecter un système d'exploitation étranger en utilisant os-prober " -"pour un amorçage multiple avec des distributions étrangères " +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Détecter un système d'exploitation étranger en utilisant os-prober pour un amorçage multiple avec des distributions étrangères " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"Drapeau MBR Protecteurest un paramètre avancé et nécessaire " -"uniquement sur du matériel exotique. Plus plus de détails, voir MBR " -"Protecteur sur les disques GPT. Ne changez rien si vous n'être pas sûr de " -"vous." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "Drapeau MBR Protecteurest un paramètre avancé et nécessaire uniquement sur du matériel exotique. Plus plus de détails, voir MBR Protecteur sur les disques GPT. Ne changez rien si vous n'être pas sûr de vous." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. " -msgstr "" -"Distributeur spécifie le nom du distributeur du noyau utilisé pour " -"créer le nom d'entrée d'amorçage " +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "Distributeur spécifie le nom du distributeur du noyau utilisé pour créer le nom d'entrée d'amorçage " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 @@ -914,9 +804,7 @@ #. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now #: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Chargeur d'amorçage '%s' non géré. Adaptez votre profil AutoYaST en " -"conséquence." +msgstr "Chargeur d'amorçage '%s' non géré. Adaptez votre profil AutoYaST en conséquence." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__289 #. file open popup caption @@ -934,9 +822,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"La partition de démarrage est du type NFS. Le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut " -"pas être installé." +msgstr "La partition de démarrage est du type NFS. Le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut pas être installé." # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__10 #. dialog caption @@ -1288,8 +1174,7 @@ "<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" -"<BIG>Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage</BIG></" -"B> \n" +"<BIG>Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage</BIG> \n" "Veuillez patienter... " #. help text, optional part of following @@ -1305,15 +1190,12 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current " -"\n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Via l'option Autres,\n" -"vous pouvez modifier manuellement les fichiers de configuration du chargeur " -"d'amorçage, effacer la \n" +"vous pouvez modifier manuellement les fichiers de configuration du chargeur d'amorçage, effacer la \n" "configuration actuelle et en proposer une nouvelle, repartir de zéro\n" " ou relire la configuration enregistrée sur votre disque. %1" @@ -1324,8 +1206,7 @@ "manually, click Edit Configuration Files." msgstr "" "Pour modifier manuellement les fichiers de configuration du\n" -"chargeur d'amorçage, cliquez sur Modifier les fichiers de configuration</" -"B>." +"chargeur d'amorçage, cliquez sur Modifier les fichiers de configuration." # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__51 #. help 1/4 @@ -1360,14 +1241,11 @@ msgstr "" " Cliquez sur Définir par défaut pour sélectionner une \n" "section par défaut. Lors de l'amorçage, le chargeur d'amorçage proposera \n" -"un menu d'amorçage et attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne le noyau ou un " -"autre \n" +"un menu d'amorçage et attendra que l'utilisateur sélectionne le noyau ou un autre \n" "système d'exploitation à amorcer. \n" "Si vous n'appuyez pas sur une touche avant le délai imparti, le \n" -"noyau ou le système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des " -"sections dans le menu du chargeur \n" -"d'amorçage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons Monter et " -"Descendre." +"noyau ou le système d'exploitation par défaut sera amorcé. L'ordre des sections dans le menu du chargeur \n" +"d'amorçage peut être modifié à l'aide des boutons Monter et Descendre." # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__54 #. help 4/4 @@ -1376,8 +1254,7 @@ "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" "or Delete to delete the selected section." msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur Ajouter pour créer une nouvelle section du chargeur " -"d'amorçage\n" +"Cliquer sur Ajouter pour créer une nouvelle section du chargeur d'amorçage\n" "ou sur Effacer pour effacer la section sélectionnée." #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 @@ -1389,8 +1266,7 @@ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" msgstr "" "<big>Emplacement du chargeur d'amorçage</big> \n" -"Le gestionnaire d'amorçage (%1) peut être installé de la manière suivante :</" -"p>" +"Le gestionnaire d'amorçage (%1) peut être installé de la manière suivante :" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124 @@ -1400,8 +1276,7 @@ "on the computer." msgstr "" "- Depuis le secteur maître d'amorçage (MBR).\n" -"Cette option est déconseillée si un autre système d'exploitation est " -"installé\n" +"Cette option est déconseillée si un autre système d'exploitation est installé\n" " sur l'ordinateur." #. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 @@ -1411,22 +1286,17 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" "- Depuis le Secteur d'amorçage de <tt>/boot</tt> ou de la \n" -"partition <tt>/</tt> (racine). Cette option est recommandée à partir du " -"moment où\n" -" une partition appropriée existe. Dans Détails d'installation du chargeur " -"d'amorçage, \n" -"sélectionnez les options Activer la partition du chargeur d'amorçage " -"et\n" -" Remplacer le MBR par du code générique pour mettre à jour le secteur " -"maître d'amorçage\n" +"partition <tt>/</tt> (racine). Cette option est recommandée à partir du moment où\n" +" une partition appropriée existe. Dans Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage, \n" +"sélectionnez les options Activer la partition du chargeur d'amorçage et\n" +" Remplacer le MBR par du code générique pour mettre à jour le secteur maître d'amorçage\n" " si cela est nécessaire OU configurez l'autre gestionnaire d'amorçage\n" " pour lancer &product;. " @@ -1443,8 +1313,7 @@ "\n" "- Depuis une disquette.\n" " Utilisez cette option pour éviter le risque d'interférence avec\n" -" un mécanisme d'amorçage existant. Activez l'amorçage à partir de la " -"disquette dans\n" +" un mécanisme d'amorçage existant. Activez l'amorçage à partir de la disquette dans\n" "le BIOS de votre machine pour utiliser cette option." #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 @@ -1455,8 +1324,7 @@ "when selecting this option." msgstr "" "\n" -"- Depuis une Autre partition. Étudiez les restrictions de votre " -"système \n" +"- Depuis une Autre partition. Étudiez les restrictions de votre système \n" "si vous choisissez de sélectionner cette option." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 @@ -1469,10 +1337,8 @@ msgstr "" "Par exemple, la plupart des PC possèdent une limite\n" "du BIOS qui restreint l'amorçage aux\n" -"cylindres de disque dur inférieurs à 1024. En fonction du gestionnaire " -"d'amorçage utilisé,\n" -"vous avez ou non la possibilité d'amorcer à partir d'une partition logique.</" -"p>" +"cylindres de disque dur inférieurs à 1024. En fonction du gestionnaire d'amorçage utilisé,\n" +"vous avez ou non la possibilité d'amorcer à partir d'une partition logique." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186 @@ -1482,8 +1348,7 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Saisissez le nom de périphérique de la partition (par exemple, <tt>/dev/" -"hda3</tt> ou\n" +"Saisissez le nom de périphérique de la partition (par exemple, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> ou\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) dans le champ adéquat." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -1495,10 +1360,8 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage \n" -"Pour régler les options avancées de l'installation du chargeur d'amorçage " -"(tel que le mapping\n" -"des périphériques), cliquez sur Détails d'installation du chargeur " -"d'amorçage." +"Pour régler les options avancées de l'installation du chargeur d'amorçage (tel que le mapping\n" +"des périphériques), cliquez sur Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 #. help text 1/1 @@ -1521,8 +1384,7 @@ "Boot Loader Options." msgstr "" "Options du chargeur d'amorçage \n" -"Pour régler les options du chargeur d'amorçage, telles que le délai, cliquez " -"sur \n" +"Pour régler les options du chargeur d'amorçage, telles que le délai, cliquez sur \n" "Options du chargeur d'amorçage." #. help text 1/1 @@ -1534,20 +1396,17 @@ msgstr "" "Configuration manuelle pour experts \n" "Ici, modifiez manuellement la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage.\n" -"Remarque : le fichier de configuration final peut avoir une indentation " -"différente." +"Remarque : le fichier de configuration final peut avoir une indentation différente." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Nom de section \n" -"Utilisez Nom de section pour préciser le nom de section du chargeur " -"d'amorçage. Le nom de \n" +"Utilisez Nom de section pour préciser le nom de section du chargeur d'amorçage. Le nom de \n" "section doit être unique." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -1567,8 +1426,7 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Cloner la section sélectionnée pour cloner la section " -"\n" +"Sélectionnez Cloner la section sélectionnée pour cloner la section \n" "sélectionnée. Modifiez ensuite les options à différencier de celles de la \n" "section sélectionnée." @@ -1578,8 +1436,7 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Section d'image pour ajouter un noyau Linux ou une " -"autre image\n" +"Sélectionnez Section d'image pour ajouter un noyau Linux ou une autre image\n" "à charger et à lancer." #. help text 4/5 @@ -1588,8 +1445,7 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Section XEN pour ajouter un kernel Linux ou une autre " -"image,\n" +"Sélectionnez Section XEN pour ajouter un kernel Linux ou une autre image,\n" " à lancer cette fois dans un environnement XEN." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1599,22 +1455,18 @@ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Autre système (chargeur en chaîne) pour ajouter une " -"section qui\n" -"charge et lance le secteur d'amorçage d'une partition donnée du disque. Vous " -"pouvez ainsi\n" +"Sélectionnez Autre système (chargeur en chaîne) pour ajouter une section qui\n" +"charge et lance le secteur d'amorçage d'une partition donnée du disque. Vous pouvez ainsi\n" "amorcer d'autres systèmes d'exploitation." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez Section de menu pour ajouter une section qui\n" -"charge un fichier de configuration (une liste de sections d'amorçage) depuis " -"une partition du disque.\n" +"charge un fichier de configuration (une liste de sections d'amorçage) depuis une partition du disque.\n" "Vous pouvez ainsi amorcer d'autres systèmes d'exploitation." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__12 @@ -1728,10 +1580,8 @@ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" msgstr "" -"Les paramètres de disque ont changé et vous avez modifié les fichiers de " -"configuration\n" -"du chargeur d'amoçage manuellement. Vérifiez les paramètres du chargeur " -"d'amorçage.\n" +"Les paramètres de disque ont changé et vous avez modifié les fichiers de configuration\n" +"du chargeur d'amoçage manuellement. Vérifiez les paramètres du chargeur d'amorçage.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__453 #. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set @@ -1868,100 +1718,60 @@ msgstr "Section d'image" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -"directly or choose via Browse." -msgstr "" -"Image du noyau définit le noyau (kernel) à amorcer. Saisissez " -"directement le nom ou cliquez sur Parcourir." +msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." +msgstr "Image du noyau définit le noyau (kernel) à amorcer. Saisissez directement le nom ou cliquez sur Parcourir." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "" -"Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Périphérique racine permet de définir le périphérique à " -"transmettre au noyau comme périphérique racine." +msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." +msgstr "Périphérique racine permet de définir le périphérique à transmettre au noyau comme périphérique racine." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" msgstr "" -"Disque virtuel (ramdisk) initial, s'il n'est pas vide, définit le " -"disque virtuel initial à utiliser. Soit vous entrez\n" -"directement le chemin d'accès et le nom du fichier soit vous le choisissez " -"en utilisant Parcourir.\n" +"Disque virtuel (ramdisk) initial, s'il n'est pas vide, définit le disque virtuel initial à utiliser. Soit vous entrez\n" +"directement le chemin d'accès et le nom du fichier soit vous le choisissez en utilisant Parcourir.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -"booting an OS other than Linux." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Section de chargeur en chaîne (chainloader) si vous " -"souhaitez définir une section pour démarrer un système d'exploitation autre " -"que Linux." +msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." +msgstr "Sélectionnez Section de chargeur en chaîne (chainloader) si vous souhaitez définir une section pour démarrer un système d'exploitation autre que Linux." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select " -"this section." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner Utiliser la protection par mot de passe, nécessitera " -"un mot de passe pour sélectionner cette section." +msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." +msgstr "Sélectionner Utiliser la protection par mot de passe, nécessitera un mot de passe pour sélectionner cette section." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " -"found on your computer." -msgstr "" -"L'option Autre système vous permet de choisir l'un des systèmes " -"d'exploitation autres que Linux détectés sur votre ordinateur." +msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." +msgstr "L'option Autre système vous permet de choisir l'un des systèmes d'exploitation autres que Linux détectés sur votre ordinateur." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS " -"needs this flag set in order to boot it" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Activer cette partition lorsqu'elle est sélectionnée pour " -"l'amorçage si ce marqueur doit être activé pour que le BIOS puisse " -"amorcer la partition." +msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +msgstr "Sélectionnez Activer cette partition lorsqu'elle est sélectionnée pour l'amorçage si ce marqueur doit être activé pour que le BIOS puisse amorcer la partition." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks " -"to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " -"grub documentation.\n" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" msgstr "" -"Décalage en blocs pour le chargement en chaîne (chainloading) vous " -"permet de spécifier la liste des blocs à amorcer. En général, le paramètre \n" -"à spécifier ici est <code>+1</code>. Pour plus de détails sur la notation " -"des listes de blocs, consultez la documentation de grub.\n" +"Décalage en blocs pour le chargement en chaîne (chainloading) vous permet de spécifier la liste des blocs à amorcer. En général, le paramètre \n" +"à spécifier ici est <code>+1</code>. Pour plus de détails sur la notation des listes de blocs, consultez la documentation de grub.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " -"image \n" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Section XEN si vous voulez ajouter un nouveau noyau " -"Linux ou une autre image,\n" +"Sélectionnez Section XEN si vous voulez ajouter un nouveau noyau Linux ou une autre image,\n" "et la lancer dans un environnement XEN.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." -msgstr "" -"Hyperviseur permet de spécifier l'hyperviseur à utiliser." +msgstr "Hyperviseur permet de spécifier l'hyperviseur à utiliser." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -msgstr "" -"Paramètres supplémentaires de l'hyperviseur Xen vous permet de " -"définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre à l'hyperviseur Xen." +msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +msgstr "Paramètres supplémentaires de l'hyperviseur Xen vous permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre à l'hyperviseur Xen." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__195 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 @@ -1975,32 +1785,19 @@ # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__332 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -#| msgid "" -#| "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " -#| "is loaded menu file." -msgid "" -"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " -"loaded menu file." -msgstr "" -"Fichier de description du menu spécifie un chemin sur le " -"périphérique racine à partir duquel le fichier de menu est chargé." +msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +msgstr "Fichier de description du menu spécifie un chemin sur le périphérique racine à partir duquel le fichier de menu est chargé." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need " -"to be on the first disk." -msgstr "" -"Associer la section au premier disque de la carte des périphériques</" -"b>. Windows a généralement besoin d'être sur le premier disque." +msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." +msgstr "Associer la section au premier disque de la carte des périphériques. Windows a généralement besoin d'être sur le premier disque." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" "Edit and Delete" msgstr "" -"Mesures inclut des fichiers mesurés avec PCR. Modifier le tableau " -"est possible via les boutons : Ajouter , \n" +"Mesures inclut des fichiers mesurés avec PCR. Modifier le tableau est possible via les boutons : Ajouter , \n" "Modifier et Supprimer" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 @@ -2016,8 +1813,7 @@ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" "Usually specified in global section" msgstr "" -"Forcer le montage en lecture seule du système de fichiers racine</" -"b> \n" +"Forcer le montage en lecture seule du système de fichiers racine \n" "Généralement défini dans la section globale" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 @@ -2026,10 +1822,8 @@ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" "file on a SCSI disk partition." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Section de vidage pour ajouter une section qui " -"définit comment\n" -"créer un vidage du système dans une partition de disque DASD, un lecteur de " -"bandes, ou un\n" +"Sélectionnez Section de vidage pour ajouter une section qui définit comment\n" +"créer un vidage du système dans une partition de disque DASD, un lecteur de bandes, ou un\n" "fichier sur une partition de disque SCSI." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 @@ -2037,18 +1831,15 @@ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Section de menu pour ajouter un nouveau menu à la " -"configuration.\n" +"Sélectionnez Section de menu pour ajouter un nouveau menu à la configuration.\n" "Les sections de menu représentent une liste de tâches regroupées\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " -"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Activer SELinux pour ajouter les paramètres du noyau " -"nécessaires pour activer l'environnement de sécurité SELinux. \n" +"Sélectionnez Activer SELinux pour ajouter les paramètres du noyau nécessaires pour activer l'environnement de sécurité SELinux. \n" "Notez que ceci désactivera AppArmor." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__466 @@ -2200,15 +1991,12 @@ # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__38 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65 msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "" -"Le fichier image n'existe pas actuellement. Voulez-vous vraiment l'utiliser ?" +msgstr "Le fichier image n'existe pas actuellement. Voulez-vous vraiment l'utiliser ?" # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__38 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82 msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "" -"Le fichier initrd n'existe pas actuellement. Voulez-vous vraiment " -"l'utiliser ?" +msgstr "Le fichier initrd n'existe pas actuellement. Voulez-vous vraiment l'utiliser ?" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__25 #. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:""; @@ -2250,79 +2038,42 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"A cause du partitionnement, le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut pas être installé " -"correctement." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "A cause du partitionnement, le chargeur d'amorçage ne peut pas être installé correctement." #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -#| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">ne " -"pas installer</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">ne pas installer</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -#| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (<a " -"href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installer</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans le MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installer</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a " -#| "href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (<a " -"href=\"disable_boot_boot\"> ne pas installer</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\"> ne pas installer</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a " -#| "href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a " -"href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (<a " -"href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installer</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installer</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a " -#| "href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (<a " -"href=\"disable_boot_root\">ne pas installer</a>)" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">ne pas installer</a>)" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a " -"href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (<a " -"href=\"enable_boot_root\">installer</a>)" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Ne pas installer le code d'amorçage dans la partition \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">installer</a>)" # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__131 #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 -#| msgid "Change Location: %1" msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Changer d'emplacement : %s" @@ -2377,9 +2128,7 @@ #. summary text #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -msgstr "" -"Ne pas installer le chargeur d'amorçage ; créer simplement les fichiers de " -"configuration" +msgstr "Ne pas installer le chargeur d'amorçage ; créer simplement les fichiers de configuration" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 @@ -2389,16 +2138,10 @@ # stage1 non traduit, terme existe dans le manuel français de GRUB #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"Avertissement : aucun emplacement sélectionné pour le stage1 du chargeur " -"d'amorçage. A moins de savoir ce que vous faites, sélectionnez un " -"emplacement ci-dessus." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Avertissement : aucun emplacement sélectionné pour le stage1 du chargeur d'amorçage. A moins de savoir ce que vous faites, sélectionnez un emplacement ci-dessus." #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 -#| msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Activer le Secure Boot : %1" @@ -2411,65 +2154,38 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "" -"Combinaison de la plateforme matérielle %1 et du chargeur d'amorçage %2 non " -"supportée" +msgstr "Combinaison de la plateforme matérielle %1 et du chargeur d'amorçage %2 non supportée" #. TODO add more devices #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -msgstr "" -"Le numéro de partition > 3 est utilisé pour démarrer avec la table de " -"partition GPT" +msgstr "Le numéro de partition > 3 est utilisé pour démarrer avec la table de partition GPT" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"L'amorçage depuis le MBR ne fonctionne pas avec le système de fichier btrfs " -"et le label de disque GPT sans partition bios_grub,. Pour résoudre ce " -"problème, créez une partition bios_grub ou utilisez n'importe quel système " -"de fichier ext pour la partition d'amorçage ou n'installez pas stage 1 sur " -"le MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "L'amorçage depuis le MBR ne fonctionne pas avec le système de fichier btrfs et le label de disque GPT sans partition bios_grub,. Pour résoudre ce problème, créez une partition bios_grub ou utilisez n'importe quel système de fichier ext pour la partition d'amorçage ou n'installez pas stage 1 sur le MBR." #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"Le périphérique de démarrage est sur un raid de type : %1. Le système ne " -"démarrera pas." +msgstr "Le périphérique de démarrage est sur un raid de type : %1. Le système ne démarrera pas." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"Le périphérique d'amorçage est sur un RAID1 logiciel. Sélectionnez un autre " -"emplacement de chargeur d'amorçage, par ex. MBR" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Le périphérique d'amorçage est sur un RAID1 logiciel. Sélectionnez un autre emplacement de chargeur d'amorçage, par ex. MBR" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " -"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " -"Installation Details\"" -msgstr "" -"YaST n'a pas pu déterminer l'ordre d'amorçage exact des disques nécessaires " -"à la correspondance des disques. Si possible, vérifiez et ajustez l'ordre " -"d'amorçage des disques dans \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgstr "YaST n'a pas pu déterminer l'ordre d'amorçage exact des disques nécessaires à la correspondance des disques. Si possible, vérifiez et ajustez l'ordre d'amorçage des disques dans \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" -"Partition ext manquante pour l'amorçage. Impossible d'installer le code " -"d'amorçage." +msgstr "Partition ext manquante pour l'amorçage. Impossible d'installer le code d'amorçage." # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__13 #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) @@ -2561,14 +2277,7 @@ msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du chargeur d'amorçage" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le périphérique de démarrage est sur un disque iSCSI : %1. Le système ne " -#~ "démarrera peut-être pas." +#~ msgstr "Le périphérique de démarrage est sur un disque iSCSI : %1. Le système ne démarrera peut-être pas." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. " -#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'ordre exact des disques pour la carte des périphériques (device map) " -#~ "n'a pas pu être déterminé. L'ordre des disques peut être changé dans " -#~ "\"Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage\"." +#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "L'ordre exact des disques pour la carte des périphériques (device map) n'a pas pu être déterminé. L'ordre des disques peut être changé dans \"Détails d'installation du chargeur d'amorçage\"." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ca-management.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -107,21 +107,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Mot de passe (Sécurité : doit être fourni par une variable d'environnement)" +msgstr "Mot de passe (Sécurité : doit être fourni par une variable d'environnement)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Mot de passe AC (Sécurité : doit être fourni par une variable " -"d'environnement)" +msgstr "Mot de passe AC (Sécurité : doit être fourni par une variable d'environnement)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Mot de passe P12 (Sécurité : doit être fourni par une variable " -"d'environnement)" +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgstr "Mot de passe P12 (Sécurité : doit être fourni par une variable d'environnement)" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__10 #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 @@ -141,19 +135,15 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST génère automatiquement un certificat et une AC par défaut. Ce " -"certificat et cette AC\n" +"YaST génère automatiquement un certificat et une AC par défaut. Ce certificat et cette AC\n" " permettent de communiquer avec le serveur Apache.\n" -" Modifiez ici les paramètres de cette AC et de ce certificat ou importez une " -"AC et un certificat depuis un fichier.\n" +" Modifiez ici les paramètres de cette AC et de ce certificat ou importez une AC et un certificat depuis un fichier.\n" " \n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__135 @@ -171,7 +161,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "&Mot de passe :" @@ -253,7 +244,8 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "Les nouveaux mots de passe ne correspondent pas." @@ -428,12 +420,8 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de déterminer le nom de la machine locale. Modifier les valeurs " -"du nom du serveur et du courriel." +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "Impossible de déterminer le nom de la machine locale. Modifier les valeurs du nom du serveur et du courriel." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__224 #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) @@ -458,21 +446,16 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de récupérer le mot de passe root du système. Définissez un mot " -"de passe AC pour continuer." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "Impossible de récupérer le mot de passe root du système. Définissez un mot de passe AC pour continuer." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation." -"\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "Le mot de passe est trop court pour être utilisé pour les certificats. \n" -"Saisissez un mot de passe valide pour les certificats ou désactivez la " -"création de certificats.\n" +"Saisissez un mot de passe valide pour les certificats ou désactivez la création de certificats.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__107 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 @@ -488,9 +471,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." -msgstr "" -"Avec des exigences de sécurité plus élevées, vous devez changer de mot de " -"passe." +msgstr "Avec des exigences de sécurité plus élevées, vous devez changer de mot de passe." # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__42 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 @@ -540,15 +521,11 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates." -"\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation." -"\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Le mot de passe de root est trop court pour être utilisé en tant que mot de " -"passe pour les certificats.\n" -" Saisissez un mot de passe valide pour les certificats ou désactivez la " -"création de certificats.\n" +"Le mot de passe de root est trop court pour être utilisé en tant que mot de passe pour les certificats.\n" +" Saisissez un mot de passe valide pour les certificats ou désactivez la création de certificats.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__107 #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 @@ -563,12 +540,8 @@ msgstr "Importation d'une AC et d'un certificat du fichier" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "" -"Le nom d'hôte linux par défaut est-il vraiment unique ? Le " -"certificat n'est disponible que si le nom d'hôte est correct." +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "Le nom d'hôte linux par défaut est-il vraiment unique ? Le certificat n'est disponible que si le nom d'hôte est correct." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__224 #. menu title @@ -609,28 +582,24 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dans cet écran, choisissez la méthode d'installation des autorités de " -"confiance\n" +"Dans cet écran, choisissez la méthode d'installation des autorités de confiance\n" "et des certificats pendant que l'installation s'achève.\n" "\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vous pouvez également créer le certificat et l'AC par défaut dans le système " -"installé \n" +"Vous pouvez également créer le certificat et l'AC par défaut dans le système installé \n" " si vous ne voulez pas le créer ou l'importer maintenant.\n" " \n" @@ -731,18 +700,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "YaST crée une AC par défaut et un certificat automatiquement.\n" -"Cette autorité de confiance et ce certificat sont utilisés pour communiquer " -"avec\n" -"le serveur Apache. Dans cet écran, modifiez ces réglages par " -"défaut.\n" +"Cette autorité de confiance et ce certificat sont utilisés pour communiquer avec\n" +"le serveur Apache. Dans cet écran, modifiez ces réglages par défaut.\n" "\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 @@ -767,69 +733,39 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." -msgstr "" -"Un certificat de serveur est utilisé par les services qui fournissent des " -"connexions réseaux chiffrées de type SSL/TLS." +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." +msgstr "Un certificat de serveur est utilisé par les services qui fournissent des connexions réseaux chiffrées de type SSL/TLS." #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"Le but du Certificat de Serveur Générique est de fournir un " -"certificat pour plusieurs services exécutés sur cet hôte. " +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "Le but du Certificat de Serveur Générique est de fournir un certificat pour plusieurs services exécutés sur cet hôte. " #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." -msgstr "" -"Certains modules YaST offrent la possibilité d'utiliser ce certificat lors " -"de la configuration d'un tel service." +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." +msgstr "Certains modules YaST offrent la possibilité d'utiliser ce certificat lors de la configuration d'un tel service." #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "" -"Au moyen du bouton Importer/Remplacer, vous pouvez ajouter un " -"nouveau certificat de serveur ou remplacer le certificat actuel." +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "Au moyen du bouton Importer/Remplacer, vous pouvez ajouter un nouveau certificat de serveur ou remplacer le certificat actuel." #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez supprimer les certificats en cliquant sur le bouton " -"Supprimer. Mais assurez-vous qu'ils ne sont plus utilisés par " -"d'autres services." +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "Vous pouvez supprimer les certificats en cliquant sur le bouton Supprimer. Mais assurez-vous qu'ils ne sont plus utilisés par d'autres services." #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "" -"Les certificats peuvent être écrits dans un fichier à l'aide de " -"Exporter vers un fichier dans la section Certificat du module " -"Gestion des AC." +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "Les certificats peuvent être écrits dans un fichier à l'aide de Exporter vers un fichier dans la section Certificat du module Gestion des AC." #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." -msgstr "" -"Les certificats importés depuis le disque doivent avoir été écrits au " -"Format PKCS12 avec chaîne d'AC." +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." +msgstr "Les certificats importés depuis le disque doivent avoir été écrits au Format PKCS12 avec chaîne d'AC." #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 @@ -893,18 +829,12 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 msgid "Here, see the most important values of the CA." -msgstr "" -"Les paramètres les plus importants de l'autorité de confiance figurent " -"ici." +msgstr "Les paramètres les plus importants de l'autorité de confiance figurent ici." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "" -"Des informations spéciales au sujet de l'autorité de confiance actuelle " -"se trouvent dans Certificats, LRC et Avancé." +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "Des informations spéciales au sujet de l'autorité de confiance actuelle se trouvent dans Certificats, LRC et Avancé." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__194 #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA @@ -1048,12 +978,8 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle autorité de confiance subordonnée ou un " -"nouveau certificat, le système suggère quelques valeurs par défaut." +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "Lorsque vous créez une nouvelle autorité de confiance subordonnée ou un nouveau certificat, le système suggère quelques valeurs par défaut." # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__2 #. help text 2/4 @@ -1065,22 +991,13 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"En tout état de cause, les réglages modifiés ne seront utilisés que pour " -"les nouvelles déclarations." +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." +msgstr "En tout état de cause, les réglages modifiés ne seront utilisés que pour les nouvelles déclarations." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez modifier les réglages par défaut pour les autorités de " -"confiance subordonnées, les certificats client et les " -"certificats serveur." +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "Vous pouvez modifier les réglages par défaut pour les autorités de confiance subordonnées, les certificats client et les certificats serveur." # TLABEL tv_2002_01_04_0147__31 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 @@ -1104,12 +1021,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." -msgstr "" -"Cet écran vous donne une vue d'ensemble de tous les réglages par défaut " -"avant qu'ils ne soient enregistrés." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." +msgstr "Cet écran vous donne une vue d'ensemble de tous les réglages par défaut avant qu'ils ne soient enregistrés." # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__17 #. help text 2/2 @@ -1230,15 +1143,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "" -"Voici d'abord une liste de tous les certificats pouvant être fournis par " -"cette autorité de confiance. Les colonnes sont les noms distingués (ND) des " -"certificats, parmi lesquels l'adresse de courrier électronique et l'état du " -"certificat (valide, révoqué, ...)." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "Voici d'abord une liste de tous les certificats pouvant être fournis par cette autorité de confiance. Les colonnes sont les noms distingués (ND) des certificats, parmi lesquels l'adresse de courrier électronique et l'état du certificat (valide, révoqué, ...)." # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__17 #. help text 2/6 @@ -1248,38 +1154,24 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Afficher ouvre une fenêtre contenant une représentation sous forme " -"de texte du certificat complet." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." +msgstr "Afficher ouvre une fenêtre contenant une représentation sous forme de texte du certificat complet." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"De plus, vous pouvez Révoquer, Supprimer ou Exporter " -"un certificat." +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." +msgstr "De plus, vous pouvez Révoquer, Supprimer ou Exporter un certificat." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "" -"Ajouter permet de créer un nouveau certificat client ou serveur.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Ajouter permet de créer un nouveau certificat client ou serveur." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__58 #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Les paramètres les plus importants du certificat sélectionné figurent " -"dans la zone ci-dessous." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." +msgstr "Les paramètres les plus importants du certificat sélectionné figurent dans la zone ci-dessous." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 @@ -1288,8 +1180,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." -msgstr "" -"Vous ne faites que révoquer le certificat. Aucune nouvelle LRC ne sera créée." +msgstr "Vous ne faites que révoquer le certificat. Aucune nouvelle LRC ne sera créée." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__328 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 @@ -1569,16 +1460,12 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 msgid "Here, see the most important values of the CRL." -msgstr "" -"Ici, vous pouvez régler les paramètres les plus importants de la liste de " -"révocation de certificats (LRC)." +msgstr "Ici, vous pouvez régler les paramètres les plus importants de la liste de révocation de certificats (LRC)." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 msgid "With Generate CRL, a new CRL will be generated." -msgstr "" -"Générer une LRC permet de créer une nouvelle liste de révocation " -"de certificats." +msgstr "Générer une LRC permet de créer une nouvelle liste de révocation de certificats." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__22 #. help text 3/4 @@ -1589,9 +1476,7 @@ #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "You can Export the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez Exporter la liste de révocation de certificats vers un " -"fichier ou un annuaire LDAP." +msgstr "Vous pouvez Exporter la liste de révocation de certificats vers un fichier ou un annuaire LDAP." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 @@ -1655,11 +1540,8 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "" -"Lors de la création d'une nouvelle LRC, le système suggère des valeurs " -"par défaut." +msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "Lors de la création d'une nouvelle LRC, le système suggère des valeurs par défaut." # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__2 #. help text 2/3 @@ -1702,16 +1584,8 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"Attention ! Activer la création et l'export automatique d'une LRC écrira " -"le mot de passe AC dans un fichier de configuration sur le disque. Le mot de " -"passe y sera enregistré en clair comme il est d'usage pour la création d'une " -"LRC. Le fichier sera lisible uniquement par le superutilisateur (root)." +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "Attention ! Activer la création et l'export automatique d'une LRC écrira le mot de passe AC dans un fichier de configuration sur le disque. Le mot de passe y sera enregistré en clair comme il est d'usage pour la création d'une LRC. Le fichier sera lisible uniquement par le superutilisateur (root)." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__113 #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA @@ -1726,36 +1600,17 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 #, fuzzy msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "" -"Exportez la LRC de cette AC une seule fois en sélectionnant Exporter " -"une seule fois." +msgstr "Exportez la LRC de cette AC une seule fois en sélectionnant Exporter une seule fois." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." -msgstr "" -"Pour mettre en place une régénération régulière de la LRC, sélectionnez " -"Régénération et export périodiques. Dans ce cas, définissez " -"l'intervalle pour la régénération dans Intervalle de périodicité. Si " -"vous définissez cet intervalle à 24 heures, vous pouvez sélectionner " -"également l'heure pour l'export. Assurez-vous d'avoir bien lu et compris les " -"Informations de sécurité." +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." +msgstr "Pour mettre en place une régénération régulière de la LRC, sélectionnez Régénération et export périodiques. Dans ce cas, définissez l'intervalle pour la régénération dans Intervalle de périodicité. Si vous définissez cet intervalle à 24 heures, vous pouvez sélectionner également l'heure pour l'export. Assurez-vous d'avoir bien lu et compris les Informations de sécurité." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez activer un export de la LRC vers un fichier local, vers un " -"serveur LDAP ou vers les deux. Configurer les paramètres respectifs dans " -"Export vers un fichier local et Exporter vers LDAP." +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "Vous pouvez activer un export de la LRC vers un fichier local, vers un serveur LDAP ou vers les deux. Configurer les paramètres respectifs dans Export vers un fichier local et Exporter vers LDAP." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__113 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 @@ -1928,28 +1783,21 @@ #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "To generate a new CA, some entries are needed." -msgstr "" -"Pour générer une nouvelle AC, certaines déclarations sont obligatoires.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Pour générer une nouvelle AC, certaines déclarations sont obligatoires." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed." -msgstr "" -"Pour générer un nouveau certificat, certaines déclarations sont " -"obligatoires." +msgstr "Pour générer un nouveau certificat, certaines déclarations sont obligatoires." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "To generate a new request, some entries are needed." -msgstr "" -"Pour générer une nouvelle requête, certains paramètres sont obligatoires." -"" +msgstr "Pour générer une nouvelle requête, certains paramètres sont obligatoires." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__84 #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file." -msgstr "" -"Cela dépend de la stratégie définie dans le fichier de configuration." +msgstr "Cela dépend de la stratégie définie dans le fichier de configuration." #. help text 4/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 @@ -1959,12 +1807,8 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "" -"Nom de l'AC est le nom d'un certificat d'AC. N'utilisez que les " -"caractères non accentués \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", et \"_\"." +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "Nom de l'AC est le nom d'un certificat d'AC. N'utilisez que les caractères non accentués \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", et \"_\"." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 #, fuzzy @@ -1972,38 +1816,23 @@ msgstr "Nom Courant est le nom de l'AC." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Nom Courant est le nom de l'utilisateur pour qui vous créez le " -"certificat." +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." +msgstr "Nom Courant est le nom de l'utilisateur pour qui vous créez le certificat." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." -msgstr "" -"Nom Courant est le nom de domaine pleinement qualifié du serveur.</" -"p>" +msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgstr "Nom Courant est le nom de domaine pleinement qualifié du serveur." # TLABEL nisplus_2002_03_16_1943__12 #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Les adresses électroniques sont les adresses de courriel valides " -"de l'utilisateur ou de l'administrateur du serveur." +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." +msgstr "Les adresses électroniques sont les adresses de courriel valides de l'utilisateur ou de l'administrateur du serveur." #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." -msgstr "" -"Organisation, Unité organisationnelle, Emplacement " -"et État sont souvent facultatifs." +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." +msgstr "Organisation, Unité organisationnelle, Emplacement et État sont souvent facultatifs." # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__39 #. To translators: pushbutton label @@ -2038,34 +1867,20 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"La clé privée de l'AC nécessite que le Mot de passe comporte au " -"moins cinq caractères. À des fins de vérification, vous devez le ressaisir " -"dans le champ suivant." +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "La clé privée de l'AC nécessite que le Mot de passe comporte au moins cinq caractères. À des fins de vérification, vous devez le ressaisir dans le champ suivant." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Chaque AC a sa propre Longueur de clé. Certaines applications qui " -"utilisent des certificats ont besoin de clés d'une longueur spécifique." +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Chaque AC a sa propre Longueur de clé. Certaines applications qui utilisent des certificats ont besoin de clés d'une longueur spécifique." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"L'AC n'est valide que pour une période donnée (Durée de validité). " -"Indiquez l'intervalle de temps en jours." +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "L'AC n'est valide que pour une période donnée (Durée de validité). Indiquez l'intervalle de temps en jours." #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -2073,64 +1888,33 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." -msgstr "" -"Les Options avancées sont des options très particulières. Si vous " -"les modifiez, SUSE ne peut garantir que le certificat généré fonctionnera " -"correctement." +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." +msgstr "Les Options avancées sont des options très particulières. Si vous les modifiez, SUSE ne peut garantir que le certificat généré fonctionnera correctement." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"La clé privée du certificat a besoin d'un mot de passe d'au moins " -"cinq caractères. À fins de vérification, saisissez-le à nouveau dans le " -"champ suivant." +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "La clé privée du certificat a besoin d'un mot de passe d'au moins cinq caractères. À fins de vérification, saisissez-le à nouveau dans le champ suivant." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Chaque certificat a sa propre Longueur de clé. Certaines " -"applications qui utilisent des certificats ont besoin de clés de longueur " -"spécifique." +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Chaque certificat a sa propre Longueur de clé. Certaines applications qui utilisent des certificats ont besoin de clés de longueur spécifique." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"Le certificat n'est valide que pendant une certaine période (Durée de " -"validité). Indiquez l'intervalle de temps en jours." +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "Le certificat n'est valide que pendant une certaine période (Durée de validité). Indiquez l'intervalle de temps en jours." #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"La clé privée de la requête nécessite que le Mot de passe comporte " -"au moins cinq caractères. À des fins de vérification, vous devez le " -"ressaisir dans le champ suivant." +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "La clé privée de la requête nécessite que le Mot de passe comporte au moins cinq caractères. À des fins de vérification, vous devez le ressaisir dans le champ suivant." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Chaque requête a sa propre Longueur de clé. Certaines applications " -"qui utilisent des certificats ont besoin de clés de longueur spécifique." +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Chaque requête a sa propre Longueur de clé. Certaines applications qui utilisent des certificats ont besoin de clés de longueur spécifique." # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__49 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 @@ -2168,11 +1952,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Cette fenêtre présente tous les paramètres de l'AC qui va être créée." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." +msgstr "Cette fenêtre présente tous les paramètres de l'AC qui va être créée." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__22 #. help text 2/2 @@ -2182,12 +1963,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." -msgstr "" -"Cet écran offre une vue d'ensemble de tous les réglages du certificat qui " -"sera créé." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." +msgstr "Cet écran offre une vue d'ensemble de tous les réglages du certificat qui sera créé." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__22 #. help text 2/2 @@ -2197,12 +1974,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Cet écran présente tous les paramètres de la requête qui va être créée.</" -"p>" +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." +msgstr "Cet écran présente tous les paramètres de la requête qui va être créée." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__22 #. help text 2/2 @@ -2325,20 +2098,12 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file " -"/usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." -msgstr "" -"Cet écran montre davantage de propriétés et les extensions OpenSSL X509v3 " -"qui peuvent être définies. Si ces extensions ne vous sont pas familières, " -"consultez le fichier /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (paquet " -"openssl-doc)." +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +msgstr "Cet écran montre davantage de propriétés et les extensions OpenSSL X509v3 qui peuvent être définies. Si ces extensions ne vous sont pas familières, consultez le fichier /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (paquet openssl-doc)." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." -msgstr "" -"Des déclarations erronées peuvent rendre le certificat inutilisable." +msgstr "Des déclarations erronées peuvent rendre le certificat inutilisable." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__45 #. items for CA and Certificates @@ -2408,13 +2173,8 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "" -"Vous voyez d'abord une liste de toutes les requêtes disponibles pour " -"cette AC. Les colonnes correspondent aux DN de la requête, y compris " -"l'adresse électronique." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "Vous voyez d'abord une liste de toutes les requêtes disponibles pour cette AC. Les colonnes correspondent aux DN de la requête, y compris l'adresse électronique." # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__17 #. help text 2/6 @@ -2424,39 +2184,24 @@ #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Afficher ouvre une fenêtre avec une représentation textuelle de la " -"requête complète." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." +msgstr "Afficher ouvre une fenêtre avec une représentation textuelle de la requête complète." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également signer, supprimer ou exporter " -"une requête." +msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgstr "Vous pouvez également signer, supprimer ou exporter une requête." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez Importer pour lire une nouvelle requête. Utilisez " -"Ajouter pour générer une nouvelle requête." +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." +msgstr "Utilisez Importer pour lire une nouvelle requête. Utilisez Ajouter pour générer une nouvelle requête." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__58 #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" -msgstr "" -"Dans la zone ci-dessous, consultez les valeurs les plus importantes de la " -"requête sélectionnée." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +msgstr "Dans la zone ci-dessous, consultez les valeurs les plus importantes de la requête sélectionnée." #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" @@ -2547,15 +2292,11 @@ #. IS CA ? #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" -msgstr "" -"Il s'agit d'une requête d'AC. Souhaitez-vous vraiment la signer en tant que " -"%1 ?" +msgstr "Il s'agit d'une requête d'AC. Souhaitez-vous vraiment la signer en tant que %1 ?" #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" -msgstr "" -"Il ne s'agit pas d'une requête d'AC. Souhaitez-vous vraiment la signer en " -"tant que requête AC ?" +msgstr "Il ne s'agit pas d'une requête d'AC. Souhaitez-vous vraiment la signer en tant que requête AC ?" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 @@ -2564,19 +2305,14 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." -msgstr "" -"La requête comporte des extensions spéciales que vous pouvez accepter." +msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgstr "La requête comporte des extensions spéciales que vous pouvez accepter." # TLABEL timezone_2002_03_14_2340__8 #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." -msgstr "" -"Si vous rejetez ces extensions, les valeurs par défaut sont sélectionnées." -"" +msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgstr "Si vous rejetez ces extensions, les valeurs par défaut sont sélectionnées." #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" @@ -2588,12 +2324,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." -msgstr "" -"Cette fenêtre présente tous les paramètres de la requête qui va être " -"signée." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgstr "Cette fenêtre présente tous les paramètres de la requête qui va être signée." # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__17 #. help text 2/2 @@ -2655,20 +2387,14 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "" -"Créer une AC racine permet de générer une nouvelle autorité de " -"certificats racine." +msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgstr "Créer une AC racine permet de générer une nouvelle autorité de certificats racine." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." -msgstr "" -"Pour davantage d'informations sur la gestion des AC, veuillez consulter " -"le manuel." +msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgstr "Pour davantage d'informations sur la gestion des AC, veuillez consulter le manuel." # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__143 #. To translators: pushbutton label @@ -2736,8 +2462,7 @@ "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" msgstr "" -"Le nouveau mot de passe est trop court pour être utilisé pour les " -"certificats.\n" +"Le nouveau mot de passe est trop court pour être utilisé pour les certificats.\n" "Saisissez un mot de passe valide pour les certificats.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__90 @@ -2821,24 +2546,29 @@ msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Certificat et clé non chiffrée au format &PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Certificat et clé chiffrée au format P&EM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "Certificat au format DE&R" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "Certificat et clé au format P&KCS12" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "Comme PKCS&12 en incluant la chaîne d'AC" # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__10 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&Nouveau mot de passe" @@ -2908,24 +2638,16 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Importation du certificat serveur générique (format PKCS12 + " -"chaîne d'AC)\n" -"depuis le disque :</big> choisissez un nom de fichier et cliquez sur " -"Suivant pour continuer.\n" +"<big>Importation du certificat serveur générique (format PKCS12 + chaîne d'AC)\n" +"depuis le disque :</big> choisissez un nom de fichier et cliquez sur Suivant pour continuer.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"Importer un certificat de serveur et l'AC correspondante et les copier dans " -"un emplacement où les autres modules de YaST recherchent un tel certificat " -"commun." +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "Importer un certificat de serveur et l'AC correspondante et les copier dans un emplacement où les autres modules de YaST recherchent un tel certificat commun." # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__23 #. help text 3/3 @@ -2967,18 +2689,15 @@ msgstr "" "Le nom courant du certificat (%1) n'est pas le nom \n" "du serveur (%2).\n" -"Ce certificat pourrait ne pas être adapté en tant que certificat de serveur " -"générique.\n" +"Ce certificat pourrait ne pas être adapté en tant que certificat de serveur générique.\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" "Le nom d'hôte de ce serveur (commande : hostname --long) doit correspondre \n" -"soit au nom courant du certificat (CN), soit à l'une des valeurs du champ " -"noms alternatifs." +"soit au nom courant du certificat (CN), soit à l'une des valeurs du champ noms alternatifs." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 @@ -3057,12 +2776,10 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "Le mot de passe clé est nécessaire.\n" -"Ce doit être le mot de passe pour la clé chiffrée ou bien un nouveau dans le " -"cas d'une clé non chiffrée." +"Ce doit être le mot de passe pour la clé chiffrée ou bien un nouveau dans le cas d'une clé non chiffrée." # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__42 #. Error popup @@ -3735,28 +3452,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n" -#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -#~ "creation.\n" +#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le mot de passe est trop court pour servir de mot de passe pour les " -#~ "certificats. \n" -#~ " Entrez un mot de passe valide pour les certificats ou désactivez la " -#~ "création de certificats.\n" +#~ "Le mot de passe est trop court pour servir de mot de passe pour les certificats. \n" +#~ " Entrez un mot de passe valide pour les certificats ou désactivez la création de certificats.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -#~ "certificates. \n" -#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -#~ "creation.\n" +#~ "The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n" +#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le mot de passe root est trop court pour servir de mot de passe pour les " -#~ "certificats. \n" -#~ " Entrez un mot de passe valide pour les certificats ou désactivez la " -#~ "création de certificats.\n" +#~ "Le mot de passe root est trop court pour servir de mot de passe pour les certificats. \n" +#~ " Entrez un mot de passe valide pour les certificats ou désactivez la création de certificats.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -#~ "certificate or replace the currect one." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Avec le bouton Importer/Remplacer, vous pouvez ajouter un " -#~ "nouveau certificat de serveur ou remplacer l'actuel." +#~ msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the currect one." +#~ msgstr "Avec le bouton Importer/Remplacer, vous pouvez ajouter un nouveau certificat de serveur ou remplacer l'actuel." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/cio.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -36,28 +36,32 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Périphérique" +# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__61 #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utilisé" +# TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__63 #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "non" +# TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__62 #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "oui" #. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" msgstr "" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__51 #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tout &sélectionner" #: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" @@ -87,8 +91,7 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " -"specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/cluster.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -25,21 +25,18 @@ # TLABEL nis_2002_01_04_0147__10 #. Command line help text for the Xcluster module #: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 -#| msgid "Configuration of printer" msgid "Configuration of cluster" msgstr "Configuration du cluster" # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__10 #. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals #: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 -#| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster" msgstr "Cluster" # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__10 #. Menu title for Cluster in proposals #: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 -#| msgid "Clustering" msgid "&Cluster" msgstr "&Cluster" @@ -69,7 +66,6 @@ #. #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 -#| msgid "Communication" msgid "Communication Channels" msgstr "Canaux de communication" @@ -85,13 +81,11 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__12 #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 -#| msgid "Configure CUPS" msgid "Configure Csync2" msgstr "Configurer Csync2" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__12 #: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 -#| msgid "Configure CUPS" msgid "Configure conntrackd" msgstr "Configurer conntrackd" @@ -109,13 +103,11 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__151 #. BNC#871970, change member address struct #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 -#| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Adresse IP" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__151 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 -#| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Adresse IP redondante" @@ -127,7 +119,6 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__66 #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 -#| msgid "Transport" msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Transport :" @@ -145,24 +136,20 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__151 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 -#| msgid "Last IP Address:" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Adresse de multidiffusion :" # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__44 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 -#| msgid "Multicast" msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Port de multidiffusion :" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 -#| msgid "R&ead Channel" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Canal redondant" # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__10 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 -#| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Nom du cluster :" @@ -180,14 +167,12 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__151 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 -#| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Adresse du membre :" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__73 #. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 -#| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Activer la sécurité Auth" @@ -196,20 +181,12 @@ msgstr "Processus :" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." -msgstr "" -"Pour un cluster nouvellement créé, appuyer sur le bouton ci-dessous pour " -"générer /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "Pour un cluster nouvellement créé, appuyer sur le bouton ci-dessous pour générer /etc/corosync/authkey." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Pour rejoindre un cluster existant, copiez manuellement /etc/corosync/" -"authkey depuis les autres nœuds." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Pour rejoindre un cluster existant, copiez manuellement /etc/corosync/authkey depuis les autres nœuds." # TLABEL runlevel_2002_01_04_0147__38 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 @@ -229,12 +206,10 @@ # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__14 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 -#| msgid "On -- Start Service when Booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "On -- Démarrer pacemaker lors de l'amorçage" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 -#| msgid "Off -- Start Service Manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "Off -- Démarrer pacemaker manuellement maintenant" @@ -248,19 +223,16 @@ msgstr "État actuel : " #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 -#| msgid "Start Squid Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Démarrer pacemaker maintenant" # TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__3 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 -#| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Arrêter pacemaker maintenant" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 -#| msgid "Main Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Hôte à synchroniser" @@ -270,7 +242,6 @@ # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__30 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 -#| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "Suppr" @@ -281,13 +252,11 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__289 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 -#| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Fichier à synchroniser" # TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__3 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 -#| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Ajouter les fichiers suggérés" @@ -310,34 +279,27 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__219 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 -#| msgid "Enter a user name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Entrer un nom d'hôte" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__43 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 -#| msgid "Write hostname" msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Éditer le nom d'hôte" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__43 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 -#| msgid "Enter a filename" msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Entrer un nom de fichier à synchroniser" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__43 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 -#| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Éditer le nom de fichier" # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__38 #. key file exist #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 -#| msgid "" -#| "File %1 already exists.\n" -#| "Do you wish to overwrite it?" msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -348,7 +310,6 @@ # TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__8 #. remove exist key file #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 -#| msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "La suppression du fichier de clé %1 a échoué." @@ -359,25 +320,21 @@ "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Le fichier de clé %1 est généré.\n" -"L'appui sur le bouton \"Ajouter les fichiers suggérés\" l'ajoutera à la " -"liste de synchronisation." +"L'appui sur le bouton \"Ajouter les fichiers suggérés\" l'ajoutera à la liste de synchronisation." # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__134 #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 -#| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "La génération de la clé a échoué." #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd est un service qui aide à dupliquer un état de pare-feu entre les " -"nœuds d'un cluster.\n" +"Conntrackd est un service qui aide à dupliquer un état de pare-feu entre les nœuds d'un cluster.\n" "YaST peut aider à configurer certains aspects fondamentaux de conntrackd.\n" "Vous avez besoin de le démarrer avec ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." @@ -401,229 +358,79 @@ #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. " -" Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in " -"corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Adresse réseau liée</big> Ceci indique l'adresse que " -"l'exécutable openais doit lié. Cette adresse doit toujours se terminer par " -"un zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être routé sur 192.168.5.92, initialisez " -"bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0. Elle peut également être une adresse IPv6 " -"auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce cas, l'adresse complète doit " -"être renseignée et il n'y a pas de sélection automatique de l'interface du " -"réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-réseau spécifique comme pour IPv4. Si le " -"réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné. \n" -"<big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big> Ceci est l'adresse de " -"multidiffusion utilisée par l'exécutable openais. La valeur par défaut " -"devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais l'administrateur réseau " -"devrait être consulté à propos de la mise en place d'une adresse de " -"multidiffusion. Evitez 224.x.x.x qui est une adresse de multidiffusion de " -"\"config\". Cette adresse peut également être une adresse de " -"multidiffusion IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau " -"IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.\n" -"<big>Port</big> Ceci indique le numéro du port UDP. Il est " -"possible d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion sur un réseau avec les " -"services openais configurer pour des ports UDP différents. \n" -"<big>Adresse du membre</big> Cette liste indique tous les " -"noeuds dans le cluster par adresse IP. Elle peut être configurée en " -"utilisant udpu. \n" -"<big>Identifiant de nœud</big> Cette option de configuration " -"est optionnelle en IPv4 et obligatoire en IPv6. C'est une valeur sur 32 bits " -"spécifiant l'identifiant du nœud tel que fourni par le service " -"d'appartenance du cluster. S'il n'est pas renseigné en IPv4, l'identifiant " -"du nœud sera déterminé à partir de l'adresse IP sur 32 bits du système " -"auquel le système est lié avec l'identifiant d'anneau 0. La valeur de zéro " -"pour l'identifiant de nœud est réservé et ne doit pas être utilisée. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> Ceci indique le mode de redondance de " -"l'anneau qui peut prendre les valeurs vide (none), actif ou passif. Une " -"réplication active offre une latence légèrement plus basse de la " -"transmission à la réception dans un réseau défectueux mais avec une " -"performance moindre. Une réplication passive peut presque doubler la vitesse " -"du protocole totem si le protocole ne devient pas lié à un cpu. La dernière " -"option est vide (none) auquel cas seulement une interface réseau sera " -"utilisée pour gérer le protocole totem. Si une seule interface est " -"renseignée, cette valeur vide (none) est automatiquement sélectionnée. Si " -"plusieurs interfaces sont renseignées, seul actif ou passif peuvent être " -"sélectionnés. \n" -"<big>Votes nécessaires</big> Nombre de votes nécessaires pour " -"définir le quorum des votes. Sera automatiquement calculé quand la section " -"nodelist {} est présente dans corosync.conf ou peut ëtre spécifié dans la " -"section quorum {}. \n" -"<big>Identifiant de nœud auto-généré</big> L'identifiant de " -"nœud est nécessaire avec IPv6. L'activation de l'identifiant automatique de " -"nœud générera automatiquement l'identifiant du nœud. \n" +"<big>Adresse réseau liée</big> Ceci indique l'adresse que l'exécutable openais doit lié. Cette adresse doit toujours se terminer par un zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être routé sur 192.168.5.92, initialisez bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0. Elle peut également être une adresse IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce cas, l'adresse complète doit être renseignée et il n'y a pas de sélection automatique de l'interface du réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-réseau spécifique comme pour IPv4. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné. \n" +"<big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big> Ceci est l'adresse de multidiffusion utilisée par l'exécutable openais. La valeur par défaut devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais l'administrateur réseau devrait être consulté à propos de la mise en place d'une adresse de multidiffusion. Evitez 224.x.x.x qui est une adresse de multidiffusion de \"config\". Cette adresse peut également être une adresse de multidiffusion IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.\n" +"<big>Port</big> Ceci indique le numéro du port UDP. Il est possible d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion sur un réseau avec les services openais configurer pour des ports UDP différents. \n" +"<big>Adresse du membre</big> Cette liste indique tous les noeuds dans le cluster par adresse IP. Elle peut être configurée en utilisant udpu. \n" +"<big>Identifiant de nœud</big> Cette option de configuration est optionnelle en IPv4 et obligatoire en IPv6. C'est une valeur sur 32 bits spécifiant l'identifiant du nœud tel que fourni par le service d'appartenance du cluster. S'il n'est pas renseigné en IPv4, l'identifiant du nœud sera déterminé à partir de l'adresse IP sur 32 bits du système auquel le système est lié avec l'identifiant d'anneau 0. La valeur de zéro pour l'identifiant de nœud est réservé et ne doit pas être utilisée. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> Ceci indique le mode de redondance de l'anneau qui peut prendre les valeurs vide (none), actif ou passif. Une réplication active offre une latence légèrement plus basse de la transmission à la réception dans un réseau défectueux mais avec une performance moindre. Une réplication passive peut presque doubler la vitesse du protocole totem si le protocole ne devient pas lié à un cpu. La dernière option est vide (none) auquel cas seulement une interface réseau sera utilisée pour gérer le protocole totem. Si une seule interface est renseignée, cette valeur vide (none) est automatiquement sélectionnée. Si plusieurs interfaces sont renseignées, seul actif ou passif peuvent être sélectionnés. \n" +"<big>Votes nécessaires</big> Nombre de votes nécessaires pour définir le quorum des votes. Sera automatiquement calculé quand la section nodelist {} est présente dans corosync.conf ou peut ëtre spécifié dans la section quorum {}. \n" +"<big>Identifiant de nœud auto-généré</big> L'identifiant de nœud est nécessaire avec IPv6. L'activation de l'identifiant automatique de nœud générera automatiquement l'identifiant du nœud. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Processus</big> Cette directive contrôle combien de " -"processus sont utilisés pour crypter et envoyer les messages multidiffusés. " -"Si secauth est arrêté, le protocole n'utilisera jamais les envois par " -"plusieurs processus. Si secauth est démarré, cette directive autorise les " -"systèmes à être configurés pour utiliser plusieurs processus pour crypter et " -"envoyer les messages multidiffusés. Une directive de processus à 0 indique " -"que les envois par plusieurs processus ne doivent pas être utilisés. Ce " -"mode offre de meilleures performances pour les systèmes non-SMP. La valeur " -"par défaut est 0. \n" -"<big>Activer la sécurité Auth</big> Ceci spécifie que " -"l'authentification HMAC/SHA1 doit être utilisée pour authentifier tous les " -"messages. Il précise en outre que toutes les données doivent être cryptées " -"avec l'algorithme de cryptage sober128 pour protéger les données contre " -"l'interception. Activer cette options ajoute un en-tête de 36 octets à " -"chaque message envoyé par totem ce qui réduit la bande passante totale. Le " -"cryptage et l'authentification consomment 75% de cycles CPU dans aisexec " -"comme mesuré avec gprof. Pour des réseaux 100Mb avec des transmissions de " -"trames de 1500 MTU : une bande passante de 9Mb/s est possible avec une " -"utilisation du CPU de 100% quand cette option est activée avec des CPUs à " -"3GHz. Une bande passante de 10Mb/s est possible avec une utilisation du CPU " -"de 20% quand cette option est désactivée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Pour des " -"réseaux 1Gb avec des transmissions avec de larges trames : une bande " -"passante de 20Mb/s est possible quand cette option est activée avec des CPUs " -"à 3GHz. Une bande passante de 60Mb/s est possible quand cette option est " -"désactivée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Cette option est activée par défaut. </" -"p>\n" +"<big>Processus</big> Cette directive contrôle combien de processus sont utilisés pour crypter et envoyer les messages multidiffusés. Si secauth est arrêté, le protocole n'utilisera jamais les envois par plusieurs processus. Si secauth est démarré, cette directive autorise les systèmes à être configurés pour utiliser plusieurs processus pour crypter et envoyer les messages multidiffusés. Une directive de processus à 0 indique que les envois par plusieurs processus ne doivent pas être utilisés. Ce mode offre de meilleures performances pour les systèmes non-SMP. La valeur par défaut est 0. \n" +"<big>Activer la sécurité Auth</big> Ceci spécifie que l'authentification HMAC/SHA1 doit être utilisée pour authentifier tous les messages. Il précise en outre que toutes les données doivent être cryptées avec l'algorithme de cryptage sober128 pour protéger les données contre l'interception. Activer cette options ajoute un en-tête de 36 octets à chaque message envoyé par totem ce qui réduit la bande passante totale. Le cryptage et l'authentification consomment 75% de cycles CPU dans aisexec comme mesuré avec gprof. Pour des réseaux 100Mb avec des transmissions de trames de 1500 MTU : une bande passante de 9Mb/s est possible avec une utilisation du CPU de 100% quand cette option est activée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Une bande passante de 10Mb/s est possible avec une utilisation du CPU de 20% quand cette option est désactivée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Pour des réseaux 1Gb avec des transmissions avec de larges trames : une bande passante de 20Mb/s est poss ible quand cette option est activée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Une bande passante de 60Mb/s est possible quand cette option est désactivée avec des CPUs à 3GHz. Cette option est activée par défaut. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Amorçage</big> Démarrer ou non le service corosync " -"lors de l'amorçage\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Paramètres du pare-feu</big> Activer le port lorsque " -"le pare-feu est activé\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Amorçage</big> Démarrer ou non le service corosync lors de l'amorçage\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Paramètres du pare-feu</big> Activer le port lorsque le pare-feu est activé\n" "\t\t\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Hôte à synchroniser</big> Les noms d'hôtes à utiliser " -"ici doivent être les noms des hôtes locaux des noeuds du cluster. Cela " -"signifie que vous devez utiliser exactement la même chaîne de caractères " -"telle qu'affichée par la commande hostname.\n" -"\t\t<big>Fichier à synchroniser</big> Le nom complet et absolu " -"du fichier à synchroniser.\n" -"\t\t<big>Clés pré-partagées</big> L'authentification est " -"réalisée en utilisant les adresses IP et des clés pré-partagés dans Csync2. " -"Le fichier de clés est généré avec csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Le " -"fichier key_hagroup doit être copié à la main après sa création vers tous " -"les membres du cluster.\n" +"\t\t<big>Hôte à synchroniser</big> Les noms d'hôtes à utiliser ici doivent être les noms des hôtes locaux des noeuds du cluster. Cela signifie que vous devez utiliser exactement la même chaîne de caractères telle qu'affichée par la commande hostname.\n" +"\t\t<big>Fichier à synchroniser</big> Le nom complet et absolu du fichier à synchroniser.\n" +"\t\t<big>Clés pré-partagées</big> L'authentification est réalisée en utilisant les adresses IP et des clés pré-partagés dans Csync2. Le fichier de clés est généré avec csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Le fichier key_hagroup doit être copié à la main après sa création vers tous les membres du cluster.\n" "\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Interface dédiée</big> Une interface réseau dédiée " -"pour la synchronisation. L'interface doit supporter la multidiffusion et " -"être activée. Vous pourriez avoir besoin de la pré-configurer. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> L'adresse IPv4 assignée à l'interface réseau " -"dédiée. Elle est détectée automatiquement.\n" -"\t\t<big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big> L'adresse de " -"multidiffusion utilisée pour la synchronisation.\n" -"\t\t<big>Numéro de groupe</big> Un identifiant numérique pour " -"indiquer le groupe à synchroniser.\n" +"\t\t<big>Interface dédiée</big> Une interface réseau dédiée pour la synchronisation. L'interface doit supporter la multidiffusion et être activée. Vous pourriez avoir besoin de la pré-configurer. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> L'adresse IPv4 assignée à l'interface réseau dédiée. Elle est détectée automatiquement.\n" +"\t\t<big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big> L'adresse de multidiffusion utilisée pour la synchronisation.\n" +"\t\t<big>Numéro de groupe</big> Un identifiant numérique pour indiquer le groupe à synchroniser.\n" "\t" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__0 #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait..." msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -638,15 +445,11 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur " -"Interrompre.\n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -664,15 +467,13 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre." -"\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__200 #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 -#| msgid "Printer Configuration" msgid "Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuration du cluster" @@ -684,7 +485,6 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__194 #. Cluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 -#| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration du cluster" @@ -702,7 +502,6 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__279 #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 -#| msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Lire les paramètres de SuSEFirewall" @@ -721,7 +520,6 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__284 #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 -#| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "Lecture des paramètres de SuSEFirewall" @@ -734,13 +532,11 @@ # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__106 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 -#| msgid "Cannot install required packages" msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Impossible d'installer les paquets requis" #. read database #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 -#| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Impossible de charger la configuration existante" @@ -765,7 +561,6 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__286 #. Cluster read dialog caption #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 -#| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du cluster" @@ -778,7 +573,6 @@ # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__40 #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 -#| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Enregistrer les modifications dans SuSEFirewall" @@ -791,7 +585,6 @@ # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__40 #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 -#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Enregistrement des changements dans SuSEFirewall..." @@ -806,102 +599,30 @@ #~ msgstr "Votes attendus :" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" -#~ "corosync/authkey." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour le cluster nouvellement créé, appuyez sur le bouton ci-dessous pour " -#~ "générer /etc/corosync/authkey." +#~ msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#~ msgstr "Pour le cluster nouvellement créé, appuyez sur le bouton ci-dessous pour générer /etc/corosync/authkey." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the " -#~ "address which the openais executive should bind. This address should " -#~ "always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192." -#~ "168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 " -#~ "address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the " -#~ "full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of " -#~ "the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 " -#~ "networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -#~ "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address " -#~ "used by openais executive. The default should work for most " -#~ "networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a " -#~ "multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a " -#~ "\"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast " -#~ "address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking " -#~ "is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" -#~ "<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -#~ "possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the " -#~ "openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -#~ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes " -#~ "in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu " -#~ " \n" -#~ "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -#~ " when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -#~ "specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership " -#~ "service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be " -#~ "determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system " -#~ "is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero " -#~ "is reserved and should not be used. \n" -#~ "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant " -#~ "ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication " -#~ "offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -#~ "environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -#~ "double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't " -#~ "become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one " -#~ "network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only " -#~ "one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If " -#~ "multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may " -#~ "be chosen. \n" +#~ "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +#~ "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +#~ "<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +#~ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +#~ "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +#~ "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Adresse de réseau liée</big> Ceci indique l'adresse à " -#~ "laquelle le service openais doit être lié. Cette adresse doit toujours " -#~ "se terminer par zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être routé vers 192.168.5." -#~ "92, mettez bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0. Ceci peut également être une " -#~ "adresse IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce cas, " -#~ "l'adresse complète doit être renseignée et il n'y a plus de sélection " -#~ "automatique de l'interface du réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-réseau " -#~ "spécifique comme en IPv4. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid " -#~ "doit être renseigné. \n" -#~ "<big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big> Ceci est l'adresse de " -#~ "multidiffusion utilisé par le service openais. Par défaut, cela devrait " -#~ "fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais l'administrateur réseau peut " -#~ "se voir demander une adresse de multidiffusion à utiliser. Evitez 224.x." -#~ "x.x car il s'agit d'une adresse de multidiffusion de \"config\". Ceci " -#~ "peut aussi être une adresse de multidiffusion IPv6 auquel cas le réseau " -#~ "IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit " -#~ "être renseigné.\n" -#~ "<big>Port de multidiffusion</big> Ceci indique le numéro du " -#~ "port UDP. Il est possible d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion " -#~ "sur un réseau avec les services openais configurés pour des ports UDP " -#~ "différents. \n" -#~ "<big>Node ID</big> Cette option de configuration est " -#~ "optionnelle en IPv4 et obligatoire en IPv6. C'est une valeur sur 32 bits " -#~ "spécifiant l'identifiant du noeud délivrée par le service d'appartenance " -#~ "au cluster. Si cela n'est pas spécifié en IPv4, l'identifiant du noeud " -#~ "sera déterminé à partir de l'adresse IP 32 bits du système auquel le " -#~ "système est lié avec l'identifiant de noeud 0. La valeur d'identifiant " -#~ "de noeud zéro est réservée et ne doit pas être utilisée. \n" -#~ "<big>rrp_mode</big> Ceci est le mode de l'anneau de " -#~ "redondance qui peut être inactif, actif ou passif. La réplication " -#~ "active offre une latence légèrement inférieure de la transmission à la " -#~ "réception dans des environnements réseau défectueux mais avec des " -#~ "performances moindres. La réplication passive peut quasiment doubler la " -#~ "vitesse du protocole totem si le protocole n'est pas lié au cpu. La " -#~ "dernière option est inactif auquel cas seule une interface de réseau sera " -#~ "utilisée dans le protocole totem. Si une et une seule interface est " -#~ "spécifiée, l'option inactif est automatiquement choisie. Si plusieurs " -#~ "interfaces sont spécifiées, alors seules les options actif et passif " -#~ "peuvent être sélectionées. \n" +#~ "<big>Adresse de réseau liée</big> Ceci indique l'adresse à laquelle le service openais doit être lié. Cette adresse doit toujours se terminer par zéro. Si le trafic totem doit être routé vers 192.168.5.92, mettez bindnetaddr à 192.168.5.0. Ceci peut également être une adresse IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Dans ce cas, l'adresse complète doit être renseignée et il n'y a plus de sélection automatique de l'interface du réseau à l'intérieur d'un sous-réseau spécifique comme en IPv4. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné. \n" +#~ "<big>Adresse de multidiffusion</big> Ceci est l'adresse de multidiffusion utilisé par le service openais. Par défaut, cela devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des réseaux mais l'administrateur réseau peut se voir demander une adresse de multidiffusion à utiliser. Evitez 224.x.x.x car il s'agit d'une adresse de multidiffusion de \"config\". Ceci peut aussi être une adresse de multidiffusion IPv6 auquel cas le réseau IPv6 sera utilisé. Si le réseau IPv6 est utilisé, le champ nodeid doit être renseigné.\n" +#~ "<big>Port de multidiffusion</big> Ceci indique le numéro du port UDP. Il est possible d'utiliser la même adresse de multidiffusion sur un réseau avec les services openais configurés pour des ports UDP différents. \n" +#~ "<big>Node ID</big> Cette option de configuration est optionnelle en IPv4 et obligatoire en IPv6. C'est une valeur sur 32 bits spécifiant l'identifiant du noeud délivrée par le service d'appartenance au cluster. Si cela n'est pas spécifié en IPv4, l'identifiant du noeud sera déterminé à partir de l'adresse IP 32 bits du système auquel le système est lié avec l'identifiant de noeud 0. La valeur d'identifiant de noeud zéro est réservée et ne doit pas être utilisée. \n" +#~ "<big>rrp_mode</big> Ceci est le mode de l'anneau de redondance qui peut être inactif, actif ou passif. La réplication active offre une latence légèrement inférieure de la transmission à la réception dans des environnements réseau défectueux mais avec des performances moindres. La réplication passive peut quasiment doubler la vitesse du protocole totem si le protocole n'est pas lié au cpu. La dernière option est inactif auquel cas seule une interface de réseau sera utilisée dans le protocole totem. Si une et une seule interface est spécifiée, l'option inactif est automatiquement choisie. Si plusieurs interfaces sont spécifiées, alors seules les options actif et passif peuvent être sélectionées. \n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during " -#~ "boot or not\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" #~ "\t\t\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<big>Amorçage</big> Démarrer ou non le service openais " -#~ "pendant l'amorçage\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<big>Amorçage</big> Démarrer ou non le service openais pendant l'amorçage\n" #~ "\t\t\t" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/control-center.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -49,10 +49,8 @@ "YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You will only see modules which do not require root privileges." msgstr "" -"Le Centre de Contrôle YaST n'a pas été lancé en tant que super-utilisateur " -"(root).\n" -"Vous ne verrez que les modules qui ne requièrent pas les droits de super-" -"utilisateur." +"Le Centre de Contrôle YaST n'a pas été lancé en tant que super-utilisateur (root).\n" +"Vous ne verrez que les modules qui ne requièrent pas les droits de super-utilisateur." #: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 msgid "Log files written successfully." @@ -174,19 +172,14 @@ #~ "Be patient, starting of modules can take some seconds.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour lancer l'un des modules de droite, cliquez simplement sur son " -#~ "icône.\n" +#~ "Pour lancer l'un des modules de droite, cliquez simplement sur son icône.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Soyez patient, le démarrage des modules peut prendre quelques secondes.\n" #~ "\n" # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__31 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search" -#~ "\" button" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vous pouvez aussi rechercher des mots-clés (par ex. modem) en cliquant " -#~ "sur le bouton \"Recherche\"" +#~ msgid "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search\" button" +#~ msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi rechercher des mots-clés (par ex. modem) en cliquant sur le bouton \"Recherche\"" # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__32 #~ msgid "Nothing found" @@ -225,8 +218,7 @@ #~ "Also make sure that you do not run out of disk space. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dans le premier cas, réinstallez tous les composants de YaST2.\n" -#~ "Dans le dernier cas, tentez de lancer le Centre de Contrôle en tant que " -#~ "root.\n" +#~ "Dans le dernier cas, tentez de lancer le Centre de Contrôle en tant que root.\n" #~ "Assurez-vous aussi que vous n'avez pas épuisé l'espace disque." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_16_1943__0 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/control.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -410,8 +410,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Machine physique (Aussi pour les visiteurs entièrement virtualisés)" #~ msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Machine virtuelle (Pour les environnement para-virtualisés comme Xen)" +#~ msgstr "Machine virtuelle (Pour les environnement para-virtualisés comme Xen)" #~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" #~ msgstr "Hôte de virtualisation Xen (X11 local non configuré par défaut)" @@ -447,8 +446,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Félicitations !\n" #~ "L'installation d'openSUSE sur votre machine est terminée.\n" -#~ "Après avoir cliqué sur Terminer, vous pourrez vous connecter au " -#~ "système.\n" +#~ "Après avoir cliqué sur Terminer, vous pourrez vous connecter au système.\n" #~ "Visitez notre site à l'adresse %1.\n" #~ "Amusez-vous bien ! Votre équipe de développement openSUSE\n" #~ "\t " @@ -466,22 +464,16 @@ #~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" #~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'environnement de bureau sur votre ordinateur fournit l'interface " -#~ "graphique\n" -#~ "utilisateur pour votre ordinateur, ainsi qu'une suite d'applications pour " -#~ "les\n" -#~ "e-mails, la navigation web, la bureautique, les jeux et les utilitaires " -#~ "pour\n" +#~ "L'environnement de bureau sur votre ordinateur fournit l'interface graphique\n" +#~ "utilisateur pour votre ordinateur, ainsi qu'une suite d'applications pour les\n" +#~ "e-mails, la navigation web, la bureautique, les jeux et les utilitaires pour\n" #~ "gérer votre ordinateur.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "openSUSE offre un choix dans les environnements de bureau. Les\n" #~ "environnements les plus utilisés sont GNOME et KDE et ils sont supportés\n" -#~ "de la même façon sous openSUSE. Les deux sont faciles d'utilisation, " -#~ "hautement\n" -#~ "intégrés et possedent un look attractif. Chaque environnement de bureau a " -#~ "son\n" -#~ "propre style, donc les gouts personnels determinent lequel est le plus " -#~ "approprié\n" +#~ "de la même façon sous openSUSE. Les deux sont faciles d'utilisation, hautement\n" +#~ "intégrés et possedent un look attractif. Chaque environnement de bureau a son\n" +#~ "propre style, donc les gouts personnels determinent lequel est le plus approprié\n" #~ "pour vous." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__75 @@ -526,28 +518,20 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Félicitations !\n" #~ "L'installation de &product; sur votre machine est terminée.\n" -#~ "Après avoir cliqué sur Terminer, vous pouvez vous connecter au " -#~ "système.\n" +#~ "Après avoir cliqué sur Terminer, vous pouvez vous connecter au système.\n" #~ "Consultez notre site à l'adresse %1.\n" #~ "Amusez-vous bien ! Votre équipe de développement SUSE\n" #~ "\t" #~ msgid "" #~ "openSUSE offers you a choice of user interfaces. The two major complete \n" -#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a " -#~ "full \n" -#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and " -#~ "utilities. \n" +#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a full \n" +#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and utilities. \n" #~ " \n" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a " -#~ "recommendation." +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a recommendation." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "openSUSE vous offre un choix d'interfaces graphiques. Les deux principaux " -#~ "bureaux complets \n" -#~ "sont KDE et GNOME. Tous deux fournissent un bureau facile d'utilisation " -#~ "avec une \n" -#~ "suite complète d'applications dont email, gestionnaire de fichiers, jeux " -#~ "et utilitaires. \n" +#~ "openSUSE vous offre un choix d'interfaces graphiques. Les deux principaux bureaux complets \n" +#~ "sont KDE et GNOME. Tous deux fournissent un bureau facile d'utilisation avec une \n" +#~ "suite complète d'applications dont email, gestionnaire de fichiers, jeux et utilitaires. \n" #~ " \n" -#~ "Comme le choix d'un bureau est affaire de goût, nous ne donnons pas de " -#~ "recommandation." +#~ "Comme le choix d'un bureau est affaire de goût, nous ne donnons pas de recommandation." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/country.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -62,11 +62,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"La disposition du clavier '%1' est incorrecte. Utilisez une commande 'list' " -"pour voir toutes les valeurs possibles." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "La disposition du clavier '%1' est incorrecte. Utilisez une commande 'list' pour voir toutes les valeurs possibles." # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__17 #. summary item @@ -95,24 +92,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Affinez ici les différents paramètres du module du clavier.\n" -" Ces paramètres sont inscrits dans le fichier <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</" -"tt>.\n" +" Ces paramètres sont inscrits dans le fichier <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" " En cas de doute, utilisez les valeurs par défaut déjà sélectionnées.\n" " " #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -#| msgid "" -#| "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -#| "keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX." -#| "\n" -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Les paramètres définis ici ne s'appliquent qu'au clavier de la console. " -"Configurez le clavier pour l'interface graphique utilisateur à l'aide d'un " -"autre outil.\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Les paramètres définis ici ne s'appliquent qu'au clavier de la console. Configurez le clavier pour l'interface graphique utilisateur à l'aide d'un autre outil.\n" # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__29 #. heading text @@ -202,16 +189,14 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Choisissez la disposition du clavier à utiliser pour \n" "l'installation et dans le système installé. \n" " Testez la disposition à l'aide de l'option de test.\n" -" Pour les options avancées, telles que la vitesse de frappe et le délai de " -"réponse, sélectionnez Paramètres pour experts.\n" +" Pour les options avancées, telles que la vitesse de frappe et le délai de réponse, sélectionnez Paramètres pour experts.\n" " \n" # TLABEL keyboard_2002_03_14_2340__5 @@ -231,17 +216,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Choisissez la disposition du clavier à utiliser pour le système.\n" -"Pour les options avancées, telles que la vitesse et le délai de répétition, " -"sélectionnez Paramètres pour experts.\n" -"Vous trouverez plus d'options et plus de dispositions dans l'outil de " -"disposition du clavier de votre environnement de bureau.\n" +"Pour les options avancées, telles que la vitesse et le délai de répétition, sélectionnez Paramètres pour experts.\n" +"Vous trouverez plus d'options et plus de dispositions dans l'outil de disposition du clavier de votre environnement de bureau.\n" # TLABEL keyboard_2002_03_14_2340__6 #. Screen title for keyboard screen @@ -375,8 +356,7 @@ #. help for write dialog #: language/src/clients/language.rb:235 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." -msgstr "" -"Enregistrement de la configuration Veuillez patienter..." +msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration Veuillez patienter..." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__62 #. summary label @@ -394,11 +374,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 n'est pas une langue valide. Utilisez la commande de liste pour connaître " -"les valeurs possibles." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 n'est pas une langue valide. Utilisez la commande de liste pour connaître les valeurs possibles." # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__19 #. label text @@ -453,14 +430,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Des paquets supplémentaires avec prise en charge pour les langues principale " -"et secondaires seront installés. Les paquets qui ne sont plus nécessaires " -"seront supprimés.\n" +"Des paquets supplémentaires avec prise en charge pour les langues principale et secondaires seront installés. Les paquets qui ne sont plus nécessaires seront supprimés.\n" "" # TLABEL language_2002_01_04_0147__2 @@ -545,20 +519,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Cochez la case Adapter la disposition du clavier pour adapter la " -"disposition du clavier à la langue principale.\n" -"Cochez la case Adapter le fuseau horaire pour changer le fuseau " -"horaire actuel en fonction de la langue principale. Si la disposition du " -"clavier et/ou le fuseau horaire sont déjà réglés aux valeurs du langage par " -"défaut, les options respectives sont désactivées.\n" +"Cochez la case Adapter la disposition du clavier pour adapter la disposition du clavier à la langue principale.\n" +"Cochez la case Adapter le fuseau horaire pour changer le fuseau horaire actuel en fonction de la langue principale. Si la disposition du clavier et/ou le fuseau horaire sont déjà réglés aux valeurs du langage par défaut, les options respectives sont désactivées.\n" "\n" # TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__27 @@ -572,8 +539,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Langues secondaires \n" -"Dans la boîte de sélection, spécifiez les langues supplémentaires que vous " -"souhaitez utiliser sur votre système.\n" +"Dans la boîte de sélection, spécifiez les langues supplémentaires que vous souhaitez utiliser sur votre système.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -601,8 +567,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Procédez ici au réglage fin du traitement des langues.\n" -"Ces paramètres sont écrits dans le fichier <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." -"\n" +"Ces paramètres sont écrits dans le fichier <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" "Si vous n'êtes pas sûr, utilisez les valeurs par défaut déjà sélectionnées.\n" "\n" @@ -615,38 +580,27 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "L'option Paramètres régionaux de l'utilisateur root\n" -"indique la manière dont les variables locales (LC_*) sont définies pour " -"l'utilisateur root." +"indique la manière dont les variables locales (LC_*) sont définies pour l'utilisateur root." #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"ctype uniquement : l'utilisateur root possède le même LC_CTYPE " -"qu'un utilisateur normal. Les autres valeurs\n" +"ctype uniquement : l'utilisateur root possède le même LC_CTYPE qu'un utilisateur normal. Les autres valeurs\n" "ne sont pas définies. \n" -"Oui : l'utilisateur root possède les mêmes paramètres régionaux qu'un " -"utilisateur normal. \n" +"Oui : l'utilisateur root possède les mêmes paramètres régionaux qu'un utilisateur normal. \n" "Non : pour l'utilisateur root, aucune variable locale n'est définie.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez Paramètres régionaux détaillés pour définir un paramètre " -"local pour la langue principale qui ne figure pas dans la liste de la boîte " -"de dialogue principale. Il se peut que la traduction ne soit pas disponible " -"pour le paramètre local sélectionné." +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Utilisez Paramètres régionaux détaillés pour définir un paramètre local pour la langue principale qui ne figure pas dans la liste de la boîte de dialogue principale. Il se peut que la traduction ne soit pas disponible pour le paramètre local sélectionné." # TLABEL language_2002_03_14_2340__0 #. heading text @@ -691,8 +645,7 @@ #. busy message #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." -msgstr "" -"Téléchargement de l'extension linguistique du système d'installation..." +msgstr "Téléchargement de l'extension linguistique du système d'installation..." # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__236 #. summary label @@ -722,14 +675,11 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"Seule une prise en charge minimale de la langue sélectionnée est incluse sur " -"ce média.\n" -"Ajoutez le CD de produits complémentaires (Add-On) de langue comme dépôt " -"supplémentaire\n" +"Seule une prise en charge minimale de la langue sélectionnée est incluse sur ce média.\n" +"Ajoutez le CD de produits complémentaires (Add-On) de langue comme dépôt supplémentaire\n" "pour obtenir une prise en charge correcte de cette langue.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -738,8 +688,7 @@ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"Vous avez sélectionné une langue qui ne peut pas être utilisée en mode " -"texte. C'est l'anglais qui est utilisé pour\n" +"Vous avez sélectionné une langue qui ne peut pas être utilisée en mode texte. C'est l'anglais qui est utilisé pour\n" "l'installation, mais la langue sélectionnée sera celle du nouveau système." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__228 @@ -839,29 +788,22 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Indiquez si votre machine est réglée sur l'heure locale ou sur l'heure UTC " -"dans Horloge matérielle définie sur.\n" -"La plupart des PC sur lesquels un autre système d'exploitation est installé " -"(par exemple Microsoft\n" +"Indiquez si votre machine est réglée sur l'heure locale ou sur l'heure UTC dans Horloge matérielle définie sur.\n" +"La plupart des PC sur lesquels un autre système d'exploitation est installé (par exemple Microsoft\n" "Windows) utilisent l'heure locale.\n" "Les machines sur lesquelles seul Linux est installé sont généralement\n" -"définies sur l'heure UTC (Universal Time Coordinated - Temps universel " -"coordonné).\n" -"Si l'horloge matérielle est définie sur l'heure UTC, votre système peut " -"basculer de l'heure standard\n" +"définies sur l'heure UTC (Universal Time Coordinated - Temps universel coordonné).\n" +"Si l'horloge matérielle est définie sur l'heure UTC, votre système peut basculer de l'heure standard\n" "à l'heure d'été et inversement de façon automatique.\n" "\n" @@ -877,26 +819,20 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Note : L'horloge système interne telle qu'utilisée par le noyau Linux doit \n" -"toujours être en UTC, parce qu'il s'agit de la référence pour l'heure locale " -"correcte\n" -"en espace utilisateur. Si vous choisissez l'heure locale pour l'horloge CMOS," -"\n" -"vérifiez le manuel utilisateur pour plus d'informations sur les effets de " -"bords.\n" +"toujours être en UTC, parce qu'il s'agit de la référence pour l'heure locale correcte\n" +"en espace utilisateur. Si vous choisissez l'heure locale pour l'horloge CMOS,\n" +"vérifiez le manuel utilisateur pour plus d'informations sur les effets de bords.\n" "" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -904,15 +840,11 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vous avez sélectionné l'heure locale mais seul Linux semble installé sur " -"votre système.\n" -"Dans un tel cas, il est fortement recommandé d'utiliser l'heure UTC et de " -"cliquer sur Annuler.\n" +"Vous avez sélectionné l'heure locale mais seul Linux semble installé sur votre système.\n" +"Dans un tel cas, il est fortement recommandé d'utiliser l'heure UTC et de cliquer sur Annuler.\n" "\n" -"Si vous souhaitez garder l'heure locale, vous devez ajuster l'horloge CMOS " -"deux fois par an,\n" -"à cause du changement d'heure. Si vous manquez le changement d'heure, les " -"sauvegardes\n" +"Si vous souhaitez garder l'heure locale, vous devez ajuster l'horloge CMOS deux fois par an,\n" +"à cause du changement d'heure. Si vous manquez le changement d'heure, les sauvegardes\n" "peuvent échouer, votre système e-mail peut perdre des e-mails, etc.\n" "\n" "Si vous utilisez l'heure UTC, Linux ajustera l'heure automatiquement.\n" @@ -921,13 +853,8 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"L'heure et la date actuelles du système sont affichées. Si nécessaire, " -"modifier les avec les valeurs correctes manuellement ou utilisez le " -"protocole de temps réseau NTP (Network Time Protocol). " +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "L'heure et la date actuelles du système sont affichées. Si nécessaire, modifier les avec les valeurs correctes manuellement ou utilisez le protocole de temps réseau NTP (Network Time Protocol). " # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__52 #. help text, cont. @@ -1044,7 +971,6 @@ msgstr "&Fuseau horaire" #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673 -#| msgid "Date and Time" msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Date et heure :" @@ -1062,17 +988,14 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour sélectionner le fuseau horaire à utiliser sur votre système, " -"sélectionnez d'abord la Région.\n" -"Dans Fuseau horaire, sélectionnez le fuseau horaire approprié, le " -"pays ou la \n" +"Pour sélectionner le fuseau horaire à utiliser sur votre système, sélectionnez d'abord la Région.\n" +"Dans Fuseau horaire, sélectionnez le fuseau horaire approprié, le pays ou la \n" "région dans la liste disponible.\n" "\n" @@ -1405,14 +1328,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pour Périphériques à verrouiller, saisissez la liste des " -#~ "périphériques, séparés par des espaces, auxquels s'appliquent les " -#~ "paramètres Scroll Lock, Num Lock et Caps Lock.\n" +#~ "Pour Périphériques à verrouiller, saisissez la liste des périphériques, séparés par des espaces, auxquels s'appliquent les paramètres Scroll Lock, Num Lock et Caps Lock.\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/crowbar.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -236,8 +236,7 @@ #. error message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:777 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." -msgstr "" -"L'adresse la plus basse doit être plus basse que l'adresse la plus haute." +msgstr "L'adresse la plus basse doit être plus basse que l'adresse la plus haute." #. error message #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:810 @@ -276,8 +275,7 @@ "\n" "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" msgstr "" -"Le serveur d'administration SUSE Cloud a été déployé. Modifier le réseau " -"n'est\n" +"Le serveur d'administration SUSE Cloud a été déployé. Modifier le réseau n'est\n" "actuellement pas pris en charge.\n" "\n" "Vous pouvez visiter l'interface utilisateur web de Crowbar à http://%1:3000/" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/dhcp-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -132,9 +132,7 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "" -"Imprimer l'interface utilisée actuellement et afficher les autres interfaces " -"disponibles" +msgstr "Imprimer l'interface utilisée actuellement et afficher les autres interfaces disponibles" # TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__1 #. command line help text for an option @@ -162,14 +160,12 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" -msgstr "" -"Adresse IP la plus basse de la plage d'attribution d'adresses dynamiques" +msgstr "Adresse IP la plus basse de la plage d'attribution d'adresses dynamiques" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" -msgstr "" -"Adresse IP la plus haute de la plage d'attribution d'adresses dynamiques" +msgstr "Adresse IP la plus haute de la plage d'attribution d'adresses dynamiques" # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__6 #. command line help text for an option @@ -290,8 +286,7 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"Échec de l'enregistrement de la configuration. Modifier les paramètres ?" +msgstr "Échec de l'enregistrement de la configuration. Modifier les paramètres ?" #. dialog caption #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84 @@ -651,12 +646,10 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"Une ou plusieurs interfaces réseaux ne sont pas configurées (pas d'adresse IP " -"et \n" +"Une ou plusieurs interfaces réseaux ne sont pas configurées (pas d'adresse IP et \n" "de masque réseau)." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__8 @@ -736,8 +729,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." -msgstr "" -"La valeur spécifiée n'est pas un nom de machine ou une adresse IP valide." +msgstr "La valeur spécifiée n'est pas un nom de machine ou une adresse IP valide." # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__12 #. frame @@ -877,12 +869,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"La plage d'adresses DHCP dynamique doit être sur le même réseau que le " -"serveur DHCP.\n" +"La plage d'adresses DHCP dynamique doit être sur le même réseau que le serveur DHCP.\n" "%1 IP ne correspond pas au réseau %2/%3." # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__6 @@ -1038,8 +1028,7 @@ "Continue?" msgstr "" "Si vous saisissez les paramètres pour experts, vous ne pouvez pas revenir \n" -"à cette boîte de dialogue. Vous pourrez peut-être afficher cette boîte de " -"dialogue \n" +"à cette boîte de dialogue. Vous pourrez peut-être afficher cette boîte de dialogue \n" "en enregistrant les modifications et en redémarrant le module. \n" "Si une configuration trop complexe est définie, la \n" "boîte de dialogue des paramètres pour experts s'affiche lorsque vous\n" @@ -1050,33 +1039,26 @@ #. remove leading '-' #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" -msgstr "" -"\"-%1\" n'est pas valide comme option de ligne de commande du serveur DHCP" +msgstr "\"-%1\" n'est pas valide comme option de ligne de commande du serveur DHCP" #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" -msgstr "" -"Un argument est requis pour l'option de ligne de commande du serveur DHCP \"-" -"%1\"" +msgstr "Un argument est requis pour l'option de ligne de commande du serveur DHCP \"-%1\"" #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" -"L'emplacement spécifié pour le fichier de configuration du serveur DHCP " -"n'est pas l'emplacement standard.\n" +"L'emplacement spécifié pour le fichier de configuration du serveur DHCP n'est pas l'emplacement standard.\n" "\n" -"YaST ne prend pas en charge ceci, car le module de serveur DHCP ne peut que " -"lire et écrire \n" -"/etc/dhcpd.conf. La nouvelle configuration de %1 ne sera pas importée. " -"Toutes les modifications \n" +"YaST ne prend pas en charge ceci, car le module de serveur DHCP ne peut que lire et écrire \n" +"/etc/dhcpd.conf. La nouvelle configuration de %1 ne sera pas importée. Toutes les modifications \n" "seront enregistrées dans le fichier de configuration par défaut.\n" " \n" "Voulez-vous vraiment continuer ?\n" @@ -1096,8 +1078,7 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -1108,15 +1089,12 @@ "<big>Ajout d'une nouvelle plage d'enregistrements DNS</big> \n" "La première adresse IP définit\n" "le début de la plage. La dernière adresse IP définit\n" -"celle de fin. La chaîne de base de noms d'hôte définit leur mode de " -"création \n" +"celle de fin. La chaîne de base de noms d'hôte définit leur mode de création \n" " (par exemple, <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> ou <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> est remplacé par le numéro d'hôte dans la plage.\n" "Si <tt>%i</tt> n'est pas défini, le numéro est ajouté à la fin de la\n" -"chaîne. <tt>%i</tt> ne peut être utilisé qu'une fois dans la base de noms " -"d'hôte.\n" -"L'option de démarrage définit le premier numéro utilisé pour le " -"premier\n" +"chaîne. <tt>%i</tt> ne peut être utilisé qu'une fois dans la base de noms d'hôte.\n" +"L'option de démarrage définit le premier numéro utilisé pour le premier\n" "nom d'hôte. Les noms d'hôte sont créés par incrément.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) @@ -1131,8 +1109,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Assistant DNS</big> \n" "Dans cet assistant, créee une zone DNS\n" -"directement à partir de la configuration du serveur DHCP. La zone DNS est " -"importante\n" +"directement à partir de la configuration du serveur DHCP. La zone DNS est importante\n" "si vous voulez également identifier vos clients DHCP par nom d'hôte. Elle\n" "traduit les noms en adresses IP assignées. Par ailleurs, vous pouvez\n" "créer une zone d'entrées inverses qui traduit les adresses IP en noms.\n" @@ -1141,13 +1118,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" -"Le nouveau nom de zone ou le nom de zone d'entrées inverses</" -"b>\n" -"proviennent de la configuration actuelle du serveur DHCP et des paramètres " -"réseau et ne peuvent être modifiés.\n" +"Le nouveau nom de zone ou le nom de zone d'entrées inverses\n" +"proviennent de la configuration actuelle du serveur DHCP et des paramètres réseau et ne peuvent être modifiés.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 @@ -1155,8 +1129,7 @@ "Select Also Create Reverse Zone to create a zone \n" "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.\n" msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Créer également une zone d'entrées inverses pour " -"créer une zone \n" +"Sélectionnez Créer également une zone d'entrées inverses pour créer une zone \n" "où placer des entrées inverses de la zone DNS principale.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) @@ -1167,8 +1140,7 @@ "They administer all the DNS zone records.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Serveurs de noms</big> \n" -"Des serveurs de noms sont nécessaires pour un fonctionnement correct du " -"serveur DNS.\n" +"Des serveurs de noms sont nécessaires pour un fonctionnement correct du serveur DNS.\n" "Ils gèrent tous les enregistrements de la zone DNS.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) @@ -1186,29 +1158,23 @@ "<big>Requêtes DNS</big> \n" "Chaque requête DNS (par exemple, rechercher une adresse IP pour un\n" "nom d'hôte dans une zone DNS) est d'abord envoyée à la zone parent\n" -"(<tt>com</tt> pour <tt>exemple.com</tt>) pour les serveurs de noms de la " -"zone actuelle.\n" +"(<tt>com</tt> pour <tt>exemple.com</tt>) pour les serveurs de noms de la zone actuelle.\n" "Elle envoie ensuite une requête DNS à ces serveurs de noms pour obtenir\n" "l'adresse IP voulue. \n" -"Pour cette raison, vous devez toujours indiquer le nom du serveur DNS actuel " -"comme celui d'un\n" +"Pour cette raison, vous devez toujours indiquer le nom du serveur DNS actuel comme celui d'un\n" "des serveurs de noms de zone.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un nouveau serveur de noms, cliquez sur Ajouter</" -"b>, complétez le formulaire,\n" -"puis cliquez sur Valider. Si le nouveau nom de serveur est inclu dans " -"la zone DNS actuelle,\n" -"entrez également son adresse IP. Cette adresse est requise car elle est " -"utilisée\n" +"Pour ajouter un nouveau serveur de noms, cliquez sur Ajouter, complétez le formulaire,\n" +"puis cliquez sur Valider. Si le nouveau nom de serveur est inclu dans la zone DNS actuelle,\n" +"entrez également son adresse IP. Cette adresse est requise car elle est utilisée\n" "lors de la création d'une zone.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) @@ -1228,17 +1194,14 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Enregistrements DNS</big> \n" -"Définissez les noms d'hôte DNS pour tous les clients DHCP. Il est inutile de " -"les définir\n" +"Définissez les noms d'hôte DNS pour tous les clients DHCP. Il est inutile de les définir\n" "un par un. Définir des règles simples pour la création de ces noms d'hôte.\n" "Ces règles définissent les plages d'adresses IP à utiliser\n" -"et la chaîne depuis laquelle les noms d'hôte sont générés pour une plage.</" -"p>\n" +"et la chaîne depuis laquelle les noms d'hôte sont générés pour une plage.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 @@ -1259,8 +1222,7 @@ "To add a new range of DNS records, click Add,\n" "complete the form, then click Ok.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter une nouvelle plage d'enregistrements DNS, cliquez sur " -"Ajouter,\n" +"Pour ajouter une nouvelle plage d'enregistrements DNS, cliquez sur Ajouter,\n" "complétez le formulaire, puis cliquez sur OK.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) @@ -1282,8 +1244,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez sur Accepter pour enregistrer la configuration du\n" "serveur DNS et revenir à celle du serveur DHCP.\n" -"Les paramètres ne seront enregistrés définitivement qu'une fois la " -"configuration du serveur \n" +"Les paramètres ne seront enregistrés définitivement qu'une fois la configuration du serveur \n" "DHCP terminée.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) @@ -1295,8 +1256,7 @@ "IP addresses--are maintained here.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Synchronisation DNS</big> \n" -"Cette fonction avancée permet de faire correspondre la configuration du " -"serveur DNS aux paramètres\n" +"Cette fonction avancée permet de faire correspondre la configuration du serveur DNS aux paramètres\n" "DHCP. Seuls les enregistrements 'A' destinés à convertir les noms d'hôte en\n" "adresses IP sont gérés ici.\n" @@ -1308,11 +1268,9 @@ "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"Le sous-réseau actuel et le masque réseau fournissent les " -"paramètres réseau actuels.\n" +"Le sous-réseau actuel et le masque réseau fournissent les paramètres réseau actuels.\n" "Le domaine provient de la configuration DHCP actuelle.\n" -"La première adresse IP et la seconde adresse IP correspondent " -"à la plage\n" +"La première adresse IP et la seconde adresse IP correspondent à la plage\n" "DHCP dynamique actuelle.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) @@ -1332,13 +1290,10 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1346,13 +1301,9 @@ "cliquez sur Ajouter ou Effacer.\n" "Pour synchroniser les entrées DNS avec leurs formes inverses,\n" " sélectionnez Synchroniser avec la zone d'entrées inverses.\n" -"Utilisez la suppression de plage correspondante d'enregistrements DNS</" -"b> \n" -"à partir de Tâches spéciales pour supprimer les informations sur " -"cette plage d'adresses IP du serveur DNS. Pour créer une plage " -"d'enregistrements DNS, sélectionnez\n" -"Ajouter une nouvelle plage d'enregistrements DNS à partir de " -"Tâches spéciales.\n" +"Utilisez la suppression de plage correspondante d'enregistrements DNS \n" +"à partir de Tâches spéciales pour supprimer les informations sur cette plage d'adresses IP du serveur DNS. Pour créer une plage d'enregistrements DNS, sélectionnez\n" +"Ajouter une nouvelle plage d'enregistrements DNS à partir de Tâches spéciales.\n" #. old_range: $[ #. "base" : "dhcp-%", @@ -1427,8 +1378,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string." -msgstr "" -"Il ne peut exister qu'un '%i' dans la chaîne de la base de noms d'hôte." +msgstr "Il ne peut exister qu'un '%i' dans la chaîne de la base de noms d'hôte." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description @@ -1517,8 +1467,7 @@ "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" msgstr "" -"La zone %1 n'existe pas encore dans la configuration actuelle du serveur " -"DNS.\n" +"La zone %1 n'existe pas encore dans la configuration actuelle du serveur DNS.\n" "Voulez-vous la créer?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name @@ -1539,8 +1488,7 @@ "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous annulez, toutes les modifications apportées au serveur DNS seront " -"perdues.\n" +"Si vous annulez, toutes les modifications apportées au serveur DNS seront perdues.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment annuler cette opération ?\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__305 @@ -1640,14 +1588,11 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" -"Aucune adresse IP n'a été indiquée pour un serveur de noms dans la zone DNS " -"actuelle.\n" -"Cette configuration peut ne pas fonctionner car chaque zone nécessite un " -"serveur de noms et une adresse IP.\n" +"Aucune adresse IP n'a été indiquée pour un serveur de noms dans la zone DNS actuelle.\n" +"Cette configuration peut ne pas fonctionner car chaque zone nécessite un serveur de noms et une adresse IP.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name @@ -1943,8 +1888,7 @@ "Start DHCP Server." msgstr "" "<big>Serveur DHCP</big>\n" -"Pour exécuter le serveur chaque fois que vous démarrez votre ordinateur, " -"définissez\n" +"Pour exécuter le serveur chaque fois que vous démarrez votre ordinateur, définissez\n" "Démarrer le serveur DHCP." #. help text 2/5 @@ -1957,8 +1901,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Pour exécuter le serveur DHCP dans Chroot jail, définissez\n" -"Exécuter le serveur DHCP dans Chroot jail. Il est fortement " -"recommandé et plus sûr\n" +"Exécuter le serveur DHCP dans Chroot jail. Il est fortement recommandé et plus sûr\n" "de lancer un daemon dans Chroot jail." #. help text 3/5 @@ -1981,15 +1924,11 @@ "the new declaration and click Add.\n" "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Les déclarations configurées montrent les options de configuration " -"utilisées.\n" -"Pour modifier une déclaration existante, sélectionnez-la puis cliquez sur " -"Modifier.\n" -"Pour ajouter une déclaration, sélectionnez une déclaration qui devra " -"comprendre\n" +"Les déclarations configurées montrent les options de configuration utilisées.\n" +"Pour modifier une déclaration existante, sélectionnez-la puis cliquez sur Modifier.\n" +"Pour ajouter une déclaration, sélectionnez une déclaration qui devra comprendre\n" "la nouvelle déclaration, puis cliquez sur Ajouter.\n" -"Pour effacer une déclaration, sélectionnez-la, puis cliquez sur Effacer</" -"b>." +"Pour effacer une déclaration, sélectionnez-la, puis cliquez sur Effacer." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -2014,8 +1953,7 @@ "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>Configuration du sous-réseau</big> \n" -"Définissez l'Adresse réseau et le Masque réseau du sous-réseau." -"" +"Définissez l'Adresse réseau et le Masque réseau du sous-réseau." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 @@ -2026,8 +1964,7 @@ "special options in Hostname." msgstr "" "<big>Hôte avec adresse fixe</big> \n" -"Définissez le nom de l'hôte pour lequel l'adresse doit être fixe ou " -"d'autres\n" +"Définissez le nom de l'hôte pour lequel l'adresse doit être fixe ou d'autres\n" "options spécifiques dans Nom de machine." #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 @@ -2101,8 +2038,7 @@ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour régler le DNS dynamique des hôtes de ce sous-réseau, utilisez DNS " -"dynamique." +"Pour régler le DNS dynamique des hôtes de ce sous-réseau, utilisez DNS dynamique." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 @@ -2125,12 +2061,9 @@ "and reverse zone." msgstr "" "<big>Clé TSIG</big> \n" -"Pour faire des mises à jour DNS dynamiques, la clé d'authentification doit " -"être définie.\n" -"Utilisez Clé TSIG pour sélectionner la clé à utiliser pour " -"l'authentification. La clé\n" -"doit être la même pour le serveur DHCP et le serveur DNS. Spécifiez la clé " -"pour chacune\n" +"Pour faire des mises à jour DNS dynamiques, la clé d'authentification doit être définie.\n" +"Utilisez Clé TSIG pour sélectionner la clé à utiliser pour l'authentification. La clé\n" +"doit être la même pour le serveur DHCP et le serveur DNS. Spécifiez la clé pour chacune\n" "des zones directes et reverses." #. help text 3/4 @@ -2151,45 +2084,35 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Zones à mettre à jour</big> \n" -"Spécifiez les zones directes et reverses à mettre à jour. Spécifiez " -"également\n" -"pour chacune le serveur de noms primaire. Si le serveur de noms fonctionne " -"sur\n" +"Spécifiez les zones directes et reverses à mettre à jour. Spécifiez également\n" +"pour chacune le serveur de noms primaire. Si le serveur de noms fonctionne sur\n" "le même hôte que le serveur DHCP, vous pouvez laisser les champs vides." #. help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>Arguments de démarrage du serveur DHCP</big> \n" -"Dans ce cas, vous pouvez choisir les paramètres de démarrage du serveur " -"DHCP \n" -"(par exemple, -p 1234 pour un port non standard sur lequel écouter). Pour " -"toute autre possibilité,\n" -"reportez-vous à page de manuel dhcpd. Si le champ correspondant est laissé " -"vide, les valeurs par défaut seront utilisées." +"Dans ce cas, vous pouvez choisir les paramètres de démarrage du serveur DHCP \n" +"(par exemple, -p 1234 pour un port non standard sur lequel écouter). Pour toute autre possibilité,\n" +"reportez-vous à page de manuel dhcpd. Si le champ correspondant est laissé vide, les valeurs par défaut seront utilisées." #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Sélection de la carte réseau</big> \n" -"Sélectionnez dans la liste une ou plusieurs cartes réseau à utiliser pour le " -"serveur DHCP.\n" +"Sélectionnez dans la liste une ou plusieurs cartes réseau à utiliser pour le serveur DHCP.\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 @@ -2227,8 +2150,7 @@ "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" "These values must be IP addresses." msgstr "" -"IP du serveur de noms principal et IP du serveur de noms " -"secondaire \n" +"IP du serveur de noms principal et IP du serveur de noms secondaire \n" "proposent ces serveurs de noms aux clients DHCP.\n" "Ces valeurs doivent être des adresses IP." @@ -2247,17 +2169,13 @@ "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." msgstr "" -"L'option Serveur de synchronisation indique aux clients d'utiliser " -"ce serveur\n" +"L'option Serveur de synchronisation indique aux clients d'utiliser ce serveur\n" "pour la synchronisation." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "" -"Serveur d'imprimante offre ce serveur comme serveur d'imprimante " -"par défaut." +msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "Serveur d'imprimante offre ce serveur comme serveur d'imprimante par défaut." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2271,12 +2189,10 @@ #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" -"Durée de vie du bail par défaut spécifie le laps de temps après " -"lequel\n" +"Durée de vie du bail par défaut spécifie le laps de temps après lequel\n" "l'IP allouée expire et le client doit demander un nouvel IP." #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 @@ -2288,10 +2204,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Information sous-réseau</big>\n" -"Vous pouvez voir les informations sur le sous-réseau actuel, tel que son " -"adresse,\n" -"son masque réseau, les adresses IP minimales et maximales disponibles pour " -"les clients.\n" +"Vous pouvez voir les informations sur le sous-réseau actuel, tel que son adresse,\n" +"son masque réseau, les adresses IP minimales et maximales disponibles pour les clients.\n" "\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 @@ -2299,19 +2213,16 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Plage d'adresses IP</big> \n" "Précisez ici la première adresse IP et la dernière adresse IP\n" -"de la plage à allouer aux clients. Ces adresses doivent posséder le même " -"masque de sous-réseau.\n" +"de la plage à allouer aux clients. Ces adresses doivent posséder le même masque de sous-réseau.\n" " Par exemple : <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> et <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Vérifiez le\n" -"paramètre Autoriser le BOOTP dynamique si la plage spécifiée peut " -"être assignée dynamiquement \n" +"paramètre Autoriser le BOOTP dynamique si la plage spécifiée peut être assignée dynamiquement \n" "aussi bien à des clients BOOTP qu'à des clients DHCP.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 @@ -2322,10 +2233,8 @@ "which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients. " msgstr "" "<big>Durée de l'allocation</big> \n" -"Définissez ici la durée de l'allocation par défaut pour la plage " -"actuelle d'adresses IP,\n" -"qui détermine la durée optimale de rafraîchissement des IP pour les clients." -" " +"Définissez ici la durée de l'allocation par défaut pour la plage actuelle d'adresses IP,\n" +"qui détermine la durée optimale de rafraîchissement des IP pour les clients. " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -2376,9 +2285,7 @@ #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "" -"Pour supprimer un hôte, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur Effacer de la " -"liste." +msgstr "Pour supprimer un hôte, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur Effacer de la liste." # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__17 #. help text 1/7 @@ -2420,8 +2327,7 @@ "if they should share some settings), select Group." msgstr "" "Pour ajouter un groupe d'autres déclarations (en général,\n" -"si certains paramètres doivent être partagés), sélectionnez Groupe.</" -"p>" +"si certains paramètres doivent être partagés), sélectionnez Groupe." #. help text 6/7, optional #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303 @@ -2442,8 +2348,7 @@ "select Class." msgstr "" "Pour créer une classe de condition qui peut être utilisée pour \n" -"traiter des clients différemment selon la classe à laquelle ils " -"appartiennent,\n" +"traiter des clients différemment selon la classe à laquelle ils appartiennent,\n" "sélectionnez Classe." # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306 @@ -2541,8 +2446,7 @@ #. popup message #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." -msgstr "" -"L'adresse la plus basse doit être plus basse que l'adresse la plus haute." +msgstr "L'adresse la plus basse doit être plus basse que l'adresse la plus haute." #. label -- help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024 @@ -2601,8 +2505,7 @@ "%1\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." msgstr "" -"Les interfaces réseau répertoriées ci-dessous ne sont indiquées dans aucune " -"zone de pare-feu.\n" +"Les interfaces réseau répertoriées ci-dessous ne sont indiquées dans aucune zone de pare-feu.\n" "%1\n" "Exécutez la configuration du pare-feu YaST pour leur assigner une zone." @@ -2862,7 +2765,7 @@ " \n" " Annulation en cours." -#. error report +#. error report #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1474 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" @@ -2987,7 +2890,7 @@ msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création de %1." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__263 -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key #: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2738 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite pendant la mise à jour de %1." @@ -3005,15 +2908,12 @@ msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'écriture de /etc/dhcpd.conf." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP " -#~ "address \n" +#~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" #~ "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" #~ "Really use this interface?\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'interface réseau présentement sélectionnée n'est pas configurée (pas " -#~ "d'adresse IP ou \n" -#~ "de masque réseau). L'utiliser dans la configuration du serveur DHCP " -#~ "pourrait ne pas fonctionner.\n" +#~ "L'interface réseau présentement sélectionnée n'est pas configurée (pas d'adresse IP ou \n" +#~ "de masque réseau). L'utiliser dans la configuration du serveur DHCP pourrait ne pas fonctionner.\n" #~ "Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser cette interface ?\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/dns-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -628,20 +628,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Serveur de noms (dans un format pleinement qualifié suivi par un point ou un " -"nom relatif)" +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Serveur de noms (dans un format pleinement qualifié suivi par un point ou un nom relatif)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Serveur de messagerie (dans un format pleinement qualifié suivi par un point " -"ou un nom relatif)" +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Serveur de messagerie (dans un format pleinement qualifié suivi par un point ou un nom relatif)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -677,15 +671,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1229 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" -msgstr "" -"Délai au terme duquel les enregistrements de zone ne font plus autorité" +msgstr "Délai au terme duquel les enregistrements de zone ne font plus autorité" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" -msgstr "" -"TTL minimal qui devrait être exporté avec des enregistremens dans cette zone" +msgstr "TTL minimal qui devrait être exporté avec des enregistremens dans cette zone" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated @@ -702,11 +694,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"Valeur d'enregistrement ressources DNS, comme 192.0.34.166 pour " -"enregistrement A de example.org" +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "Valeur d'enregistrement ressources DNS, comme 192.0.34.166 pour enregistrement A de example.org" # TLABEL nfs_2002_03_14_2340__0 #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -1353,8 +1342,7 @@ "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" msgstr "" "Toutes les modifications seront perdues.\n" -"Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la configuration du serveur DNS sans " -"enregistrer ?" +"Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la configuration du serveur DNS sans enregistrer ?" # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__109 #. check box @@ -1459,8 +1447,7 @@ #. A popup error message #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." -msgstr "" -"La valeur spécifiée n'est pas un nom de machine ou une adresse IP valide." +msgstr "La valeur spécifiée n'est pas un nom de machine ou une adresse IP valide." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__42 #. error message @@ -1700,8 +1687,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP inversée IPv6 invalide.\n" "\n" -"Les enregistrements inverses IPv6 sont supportés soit dans la forme complète " -"(%1)\n" +"Les enregistrements inverses IPv6 sont supportés soit dans la forme complète (%1)\n" "soit dans la forme relative à la zone actuelle." # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__56 @@ -1714,12 +1700,10 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"Clé d'enregistrement %{type} invalide. Elle devrait comprendre des " -"caractères US-ASCII imprimables, sans '='\n" +"Clé d'enregistrement %{type} invalide. Elle devrait comprendre des caractères US-ASCII imprimables, sans '='\n" "et doit comprendre au moins 1 caractère." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message @@ -1824,13 +1808,10 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" -"Les enregistrements de zone actuels sont automatiquement générés à partir de " -"la zone %1.\n" -"Pour modifier les enregistrements manuellement, désactivez la fonctionnalité " -"'Générer des enregistrements automatiquement à partir de'." +"Les enregistrements de zone actuels sont automatiquement générés à partir de la zone %1.\n" +"Pour modifier les enregistrements manuellement, désactivez la fonctionnalité 'Générer des enregistrements automatiquement à partir de'." #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 @@ -1889,8 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cette zone de redirection n'a pas de redirections\n" "définies. En d'autres termes, toutes les requêtes\n" -"DNS sont refusées pour cette zone. Voulez-vous vraiment refuser les " -"requêtes ?" +"DNS sont refusées pour cette zone. Voulez-vous vraiment refuser les requêtes ?" # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__18 #. yes-no popup @@ -1906,8 +1886,7 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"Échec de l'enregistrement de la configuration. Modifier les paramètres ?" +msgstr "Échec de l'enregistrement de la configuration. Modifier les paramètres ?" #. message popup #: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96 @@ -1932,8 +1911,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en " -"toute sécurité." +"cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -1955,8 +1933,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" "cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter la procédure d'enregistrement.\n" -"Une autre boîte de dialogue vous indique si l'annulation peut se faire en " -"toute sécurité." +"Une autre boîte de dialogue vous indique si l'annulation peut se faire en toute sécurité." #. main dialog #. help 1/4 @@ -2040,8 +2017,7 @@ "La zone peut être mise à jour automatiquement, généralement en raison\n" "d'adresses IP assignées par le serveur DHCP. Pour autoriser les mises\n" "à jour DDNS, sélectionnez Autoriser les mises à jour dynamiques\n" -"et la clé TSIG pour utiliser l'authentification. La clé doit être la " -"même\n" +"et la clé TSIG pour utiliser l'authentification. La clé doit être la même\n" "pour le serveur DHCP et le serveur DNS." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -2062,8 +2038,7 @@ "To add a new record to the zone, click Add. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un nouvel enregistrement à une zone, cliquez sur Ajouter</" -"b>. Pour supprimer\n" +"Pour ajouter un nouvel enregistrement à une zone, cliquez sur Ajouter. Pour supprimer\n" "un enregistrement, sélectionnez-le puis cliquez sur Effacer." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -2082,17 +2057,13 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>Serveurs maîtres</big> \n" -"Définissez les adresses IP des serveurs de noms maîtres pour cette zone. " -"Utilisez Ajouter\n" -"pour ajouter un nouveau serveur de noms maître. Sélectionnez un serveur " -"existant puis cliquez sur Effacer\n" +"Définissez les adresses IP des serveurs de noms maîtres pour cette zone. Utilisez Ajouter\n" +"pour ajouter un nouveau serveur de noms maître. Sélectionnez un serveur existant puis cliquez sur Effacer\n" "pour supprimer un serveur existant." #. help 1/2 @@ -2100,35 +2071,28 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" "<big>Type de zone</big> \n" -"Pour faire de ce serveur de noms la source primaire de données de cette " -"zone,\n" -"sélectionnez Primaire. Pour en faire le serveur de noms secondaire, " -"sélectionnez\n" +"Pour faire de ce serveur de noms la source primaire de données de cette zone,\n" +"sélectionnez Primaire. Pour en faire le serveur de noms secondaire, sélectionnez\n" "Secondaire\n" -"ou Stub, ainsi les données de la zone seront reprises sur le serveur " -"primaire." +"ou Stub, ainsi les données de la zone seront reprises sur le serveur primaire." #. help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Direction de zone</big> \n" -"DNS est utilisé pour la conversion des noms de domaine en adresses IP et " -"inversement.\n" -"Spécifiez si cette zone sera utilisée pour la conversion des noms de " -"domaine\n" +"DNS est utilisé pour la conversion des noms de domaine en adresses IP et inversement.\n" +"Spécifiez si cette zone sera utilisée pour la conversion des noms de domaine\n" "en adresses IP (Direct) ou pour la conversion des adresses IP\n" "en noms de domaine (Inverse).\n" @@ -2142,8 +2106,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Classes d'interface</big> \n" "Sélectionnez à travers quelles classes d'interface l'accès au serveur DNS\n" -"sera autorisé. Les classes d'interface sont définies dans l'outil de " -"configuration du pare-feu.\n" +"sera autorisé. Les classes d'interface sont définies dans l'outil de configuration du pare-feu.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 #. help text 2/2 @@ -2156,8 +2119,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Adaptation des paramètres du pare-feu</big> \n" "Pour adapter les paramètres du pare-feu de façon à ce que le serveur DNS\n" -"puisse être accessible à travers toutes les interfaces réseau qu'il écoute, " -"activez\n" +"puisse être accessible à travers toutes les interfaces réseau qu'il écoute, activez\n" "Adapter les paramètres du pare-feu.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48 @@ -2187,8 +2149,7 @@ "Primary Source must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server." msgstr "" -"Source primaire doit contenir le nom de domaine pleinement " -"qualifié\n" +"Source primaire doit contenir le nom de domaine pleinement qualifié\n" "du serveur de noms primaire." #. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail @@ -2204,12 +2165,10 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"Le numéro de Série est utilisé pour déterminer si la zone a " -"changé\n" +"Le numéro de Série est utilisé pour déterminer si la zone a changé\n" "sur les serveurs primaires (ainsi les serveurs secondaires n'ont pas besoin\n" "de synchroniser la zone entière).\n" @@ -2220,8 +2179,7 @@ "Refresh sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers." msgstr "" -"Actualiser définit avec quelle fréquence la zone du serveur de " -"noms\n" +"Actualiser définit avec quelle fréquence la zone du serveur de noms\n" "primaire doit être synchronisée vers le serveur de noms secondaire." #. help text 7/9 - Retry @@ -2232,8 +2190,7 @@ "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" "Réessayer définit avec quelle fréquence les serveurs secondaires\n" -"essaient de se synchroniser avec la zone du serveur primaire si la " -"synchronisation échoue." +"essaient de se synchroniser avec la zone du serveur primaire si la synchronisation échoue." #. help text 8/9 - Expiry #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 @@ -2242,10 +2199,8 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Expiration signifie que la période après laquelle la zone expire " -"sur les serveurs\n" -"primaires et les serveurs secondaires ne répond plus jusqu'à ce qu'il soit " -"synchronisé.\n" +"Expiration signifie que la période après laquelle la zone expire sur les serveurs\n" +"primaires et les serveurs secondaires ne répond plus jusqu'à ce qu'il soit synchronisé.\n" "" #. help text 9/9 - Minimum @@ -2255,8 +2210,7 @@ "Minimum sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed)." msgstr "" -"Minimum définit combien de temps les serveurs secondaires doivent " -"cacher\n" +"Minimum définit combien de temps les serveurs secondaires doivent cacher\n" "les réponses négatives (échec de la résolution de nom)." #. ddns keys dialog @@ -2266,20 +2220,16 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Administration des clés TSIG</big> \n" "Definissez les clés TSIG utilisées pour les mises à jour de zone dynamique.\n" "Pour ajouter une nouvelle clé TSIG, utilisez le \n" -"champ de texte Nom de fichier ou le bouton Parcourir puis " -"cliquez\n" +"champ de texte Nom de fichier ou le bouton Parcourir puis cliquez\n" "sur Ajouter.\n" -"Pour effacer une clé TSIG existante, sélectionnez-la et cliquez sur " -"Effacer.\n" +"Pour effacer une clé TSIG existante, sélectionnez-la et cliquez sur Effacer.\n" "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 @@ -2301,8 +2251,7 @@ "set LDAP Support Active." msgstr "" "<big>Support LDAP</big> \n" -"Pour enregistrer les zones DNS dans LDAP au lieu des fichiers de " -"configuration originaux,\n" +"Pour enregistrer les zones DNS dans LDAP au lieu des fichiers de configuration originaux,\n" "activez Support LDAP actif." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 @@ -2327,8 +2276,7 @@ "it cannot answer.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Redirecteurs (forwarders)</big> \n" -"Les redirecteurs sont des serveurs DNS auxquels votre serveur DNS devrait " -"envoyer les requêtes\n" +"Les redirecteurs sont des serveurs DNS auxquels votre serveur DNS devrait envoyer les requêtes\n" "auxquelles il ne peut pas répondre.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 @@ -2343,10 +2291,8 @@ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un nouveau redirecteur, définissez son Adresse IP et " -"cliquez\n" -"sur Ajouter. Pour effacer un redirecteur configuré, sélectionnez-le " -"puis cliquez sur\n" +"Pour ajouter un nouveau redirecteur, définissez son Adresse IP et cliquez\n" +"sur Ajouter. Pour effacer un redirecteur configuré, sélectionnez-le puis cliquez sur\n" "Effacer." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -2357,8 +2303,7 @@ "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server." msgstr "" "<big>Modifier les options du serveur DNS</big> \n" -"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier les options du serveur DNS.</" -"p>" +"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier les options du serveur DNS." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 @@ -2376,9 +2321,7 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "" -"Pour supprimer une option, sélectionnez-la et cliquez sur Effacer." -"" +msgstr "Pour supprimer une option, sélectionnez-la et cliquez sur Effacer." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48 #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 @@ -2388,33 +2331,25 @@ "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." msgstr "" "<big>Journalisation</big> \n" -"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour définir les différentes options de " -"journalisation du serveur DNS." +"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour définir les différentes options de journalisation du serveur DNS." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sélectionnez Journaliser dans le journal système pour enregistrer les " -"messages de journalisation du serveur DNS dans le journal système. \n" -"Pour enregistrer les messages de journalisation du serveur DNS dans un " -"fichier séparé, sélectionnez \n" -"Journaliser dans un fichier, puis définissez le Nom de fichier " -"dans lequel enregistrer le journal et\n" +"Sélectionnez Journaliser dans le journal système pour enregistrer les messages de journalisation du serveur DNS dans le journal système. \n" +"Pour enregistrer les messages de journalisation du serveur DNS dans un fichier séparé, sélectionnez \n" +"Journaliser dans un fichier, puis définissez le Nom de fichier dans lequel enregistrer le journal et\n" "la Taille maximale du fichier de journalisation.\n" -"Le serveur DNS décale automatiquement les fichiers de journalisation. " -"Utilisez Versions maximales\n" +"Le serveur DNS décale automatiquement les fichiers de journalisation. Utilisez Versions maximales\n" "pour préciser le nombre de fichiers de journalisation à enregistrer.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 @@ -2429,14 +2364,10 @@ "name server.\n" msgstr "" "Dans Journalisation additionnelle,\n" -"définissez les actions à enregistrer. Les actions standard le sont " -"toujours.\n" -"L'option Journaliser toutes les requêtes DNS permet d'enregistrer " -"toutes les requêtes client soumises au serveur DNS.\n" -"L'option Journaliser les mises à jour de zone permet d'enregistrer " -"les données lors des mises à jour du DNS.\n" -"L'option Journaliser les transferts de zone permet d'enregistrer les " -"données lorsqu'une zone est complètement transférée \n" +"définissez les actions à enregistrer. Les actions standard le sont toujours.\n" +"L'option Journaliser toutes les requêtes DNS permet d'enregistrer toutes les requêtes client soumises au serveur DNS.\n" +"L'option Journaliser les mises à jour de zone permet d'enregistrer les données lors des mises à jour du DNS.\n" +"L'option Journaliser les transferts de zone permet d'enregistrer les données lorsqu'une zone est complètement transférée \n" "sur le serveur\n" "de nom secondaire.\n" @@ -2459,11 +2390,9 @@ "and Value then click Add. To remove an \n" "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter une nouvelle entrée ACL, saisissez simplement le Nom " -"de l'option\n" +"Pour ajouter une nouvelle entrée ACL, saisissez simplement le Nom de l'option\n" "et sa Valeur puis cliquez sur Ajouter. Pour \n" -"supprimer une entrée ACL, sélectionnez-la puis cliquez sur Effacer.</" -"p>\n" +"supprimer une entrée ACL, sélectionnez-la puis cliquez sur Effacer.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 @@ -2484,16 +2413,12 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" "Pour ajouter une clé déjà créée, saisissez son nom de fichier\n" -"(ou sélectionnez-le en cliquant sur le bouton Parcourir), puis " -"cliquez sur Ajouter.\n" -" Pour générer une nouvelle clé, saisissez son nom de fichier et son " -"ID,\n" -" puis cliquez sur Générer. La nouvelle clé sera générée et ajoutée.</" -"p>\n" +"(ou sélectionnez-le en cliquant sur le bouton Parcourir), puis cliquez sur Ajouter.\n" +" Pour générer une nouvelle clé, saisissez son nom de fichier et son ID,\n" +" puis cliquez sur Générer. La nouvelle clé sera générée et ajoutée.\n" # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__107 #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 @@ -2518,48 +2443,38 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter une nouvelle zone, entrez son nom, sélectionnez son " -"type\n" +"Pour ajouter une nouvelle zone, entrez son nom, sélectionnez son type\n" "et cliquez sur Ajouter.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter une zone d'entrées inverses IPv4, entrez une partie de " -"l'adresse IPv4 inverse suivie de\n" +"Pour ajouter une zone d'entrées inverses IPv4, entrez une partie de l'adresse IPv4 inverse suivie de\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> comme nom de zone (par exemple, nom de zone\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> pour le réseau <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"sélectionnez\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> pour le réseau <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), sélectionnez\n" "le type de zone, puis cliquez sur Ajouter.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter une nouvelle zone inversée IPv6, entrez une partie de " -"l'adresse IPv6 inverse suivie de\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> comme nom de zone. Différents formats sont supportés pour " -"le nom de zone:\n" +"Pour ajouter une nouvelle zone inversée IPv6, entrez une partie de l'adresse IPv6 inverse suivie de\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> comme nom de zone. Différents formats sont supportés pour le nom de zone:\n" "la forme standard: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "la forme transférée: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "la forme transférée sans les bits du masque: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2572,23 +2487,19 @@ "mail servers, select it, and click Edit.\n" "To remove a configured zone, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour modifier les paramètres d'une zone, tels que son transport, son nom " -"et ses serveurs\n" +"Pour modifier les paramètres d'une zone, tels que son transport, son nom et ses serveurs\n" "de mail, sélectionnez-la et cliquez sur Modifier.\n" -"Pour supprimer une zone configurée, sélectionnez-la et cliquez sur " -"Effacer.\n" +"Pour supprimer une zone configurée, sélectionnez-la et cliquez sur Effacer.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS et Transport de zone</big> \n" -"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour changer les paramètres de DNS " -"dynamique de la zone et\n" +"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour changer les paramètres de DNS dynamique de la zone et\n" "contrôler l'accès à la zone.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 @@ -2600,8 +2511,7 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour autoriser les mises à jour dynamiques de la zone, définissez " -"Autoriser les mises à jour dynamiques,\n" +"Pour autoriser les mises à jour dynamiques de la zone, définissez Autoriser les mises à jour dynamiques,\n" "puis sélectionnez clé TSIG. Une clé TSIG au moins doit être définie\n" "avant d'effectuer la mise à jour dynamique de la zone.\n" @@ -2615,8 +2525,7 @@ "to allow zone transports." msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour autoriser les transports de la zone, définissez Activer le transport " -"de zone,\n" +"Pour autoriser les transports de la zone, définissez Activer le transport de zone,\n" "puis sélectionnez les ACL à vérifier lorsqu'un hôte distant\n" "tente de transférer la zone. Au moins un ACL doit être défini\n" "pour autoriser les transports de zone." @@ -2630,10 +2539,8 @@ "check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Les enregistrements de zone inverse peuvent être générés à partir d'une " -"autre zone maître.\n" -"Cochez la case Générer des enregistrements automatiquement à partir de</" -"b>\n" +"Les enregistrements de zone inverse peuvent être générés à partir d'une autre zone maître.\n" +"Cochez la case Générer des enregistrements automatiquement à partir de\n" "et choisissez la zone à partir de laquelle générer des enregistrements.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help @@ -2644,25 +2551,20 @@ "from the current on in the Connected Reverse Zones field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Si ce n'est pas une zone inverse, vous pouvez voir quelles zones sont " -"générées\n" -"à partir de la zone courante dans le champ Zones inverses connectées." -"" +"Si ce n'est pas une zone inverse, vous pouvez voir quelles zones sont générées\n" +"à partir de la zone courante dans le champ Zones inverses connectées." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Enregistrements NS</big> \n" -"Pour ajouter un nouveau serveur de noms, saisissez l'adresse du serveur de " -"noms, puis cliquez sur Ajouter.\n" -"Pour supprimer un des serveurs de noms répertoriés, sélectionnez-le puis " -"cliquez sur\n" +"Pour ajouter un nouveau serveur de noms, saisissez l'adresse du serveur de noms, puis cliquez sur Ajouter.\n" +"Pour supprimer un des serveurs de noms répertoriés, sélectionnez-le puis cliquez sur\n" "Effacer.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers @@ -2675,11 +2577,9 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Enregistrements MX</big> \n" -"Pour ajouter un nouveau serveur de messagerie, saisissez l'Adresse et " -"la Priorité,\n" +"Pour ajouter un nouveau serveur de messagerie, saisissez l'Adresse et la Priorité,\n" "puis cliquez sur Ajouter.\n" -"Pour supprimer un des serveurs de messagerie répertoriés, sélectionnez-le " -"puis cliquez sur\n" +"Pour supprimer un des serveurs de messagerie répertoriés, sélectionnez-le puis cliquez sur\n" "Effacer.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 @@ -2687,14 +2587,12 @@ msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "Série est le numéro utilisé pour déterminer si la zone a \n" "changé sur les\n" -"serveurs maîtres (Les serveurs esclaves n'ont plus besoin de synchroniser " -"systématiquement\n" +"serveurs maîtres (Les serveurs esclaves n'ont plus besoin de synchroniser systématiquement\n" "la zone entière).\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 @@ -2713,10 +2611,8 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Expiration signifie la période après laquelle la zone expire sur " -"les serveurs\n" -"maîtres. À l'issue de cette période, les serveurs esclaves ne répondent plus " -"tant que la synchronisation n'a pas eu lieu.\n" +"Expiration signifie la période après laquelle la zone expire sur les serveurs\n" +"maîtres. À l'issue de cette période, les serveurs esclaves ne répondent plus tant que la synchronisation n'a pas eu lieu.\n" "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 @@ -2728,10 +2624,8 @@ "click Add." msgstr "" "<big>Enregistrements</big> \n" -"Dans cette boîte de dialogue, modifiez les enregistrements des ressources de " -"la zone. Pour ajouter de nouveaux enregistrements\n" -"des ressources, définissez la Clé d'enregistrement, le Type et " -"la Valeur, puis \n" +"Dans cette boîte de dialogue, modifiez les enregistrements des ressources de la zone. Pour ajouter de nouveaux enregistrements\n" +"des ressources, définissez la Clé d'enregistrement, le Type et la Valeur, puis \n" "cliquez sur Ajouter." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 @@ -2741,10 +2635,8 @@ "and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Pour modifier un enregistrement existant, sélectionnez-le, modifiez les " -"entrées de votre choix,\n" -"et cliquez sur Modifier. Pour supprimer un enregistrement, " -"sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur\n" +"Pour modifier un enregistrement existant, sélectionnez-le, modifiez les entrées de votre choix,\n" +"et cliquez sur Modifier. Pour supprimer un enregistrement, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur\n" "Supprimer." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__52 @@ -2755,8 +2647,7 @@ "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Chaque type d'enregistrement possède sa propre syntaxe définie dans RFC.</" -"p>\n" +"Chaque type d'enregistrement possède sa propre syntaxe définie dans RFC.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 @@ -2767,8 +2658,7 @@ " Value is an IP address." msgstr "" "A : traduction du nom de domaine :\n" -"Clé d'enregistrement est un nom de machine sans domaine ou un nom de " -"machine\n" +"Clé d'enregistrement est un nom de machine sans domaine ou un nom de machine\n" "complet suivi d'un point.\n" " La Valeur est une adresse IP." @@ -2783,11 +2673,9 @@ "an A record.\n" msgstr "" "CNAME : Alias du nom de domaine :\n" -"Clé d'enregistrement est un nom de machine relatif à la zone actuelle " -"ou un nom de machine\n" +"Clé d'enregistrement est un nom de machine relatif à la zone actuelle ou un nom de machine\n" "complet suivi d'un point.\n" -"La Valeur est un nom de machine relatif à la zone actuelle ou à un " -"nom de machine\n" +"La Valeur est un nom de machine relatif à la zone actuelle ou à un nom de machine\n" "complet suivi d'un point. Il doit être représenté par\n" "un enregistrement A.\n" @@ -2796,20 +2684,16 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "NS : Serveur de noms :\n" -"Clé d'enregistrement est un nom de zone relatif à la zone actuelle ou " -"à un nom de domaine\n" +"Clé d'enregistrement est un nom de zone relatif à la zone actuelle ou à un nom de domaine\n" "absolu suivi d'un point.\n" -"La Valeur est un nom de machine relatif à la zone actuelle ou à un " -"nom de machine\n" -"complet suivi d'un point. Il doit être représenté par un enregistrement A.</" -"p>\n" +"La Valeur est un nom de machine relatif à la zone actuelle ou à un nom de machine\n" +"complet suivi d'un point. Il doit être représenté par un enregistrement A.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 @@ -2821,13 +2705,10 @@ "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "MX : Relais de messagerie :\n" -"Clé d'enregistrement est un nom de machine ou un nom de zone relatif " -"à la zone actuelle \n" +"Clé d'enregistrement est un nom de machine ou un nom de zone relatif à la zone actuelle \n" "ou à un nom de machine ou à un nom de zone absolu suivi d'un point.\n" -"La Valeur est un nom de machine relatif à la zone actuelle ou à un " -"nom de machine\n" -"complet suivi d'un point. Il doit être représenté par un enregistrement A.</" -"p>\n" +"La Valeur est un nom de machine relatif à la zone actuelle ou à un nom de machine\n" +"complet suivi d'un point. Il doit être représenté par un enregistrement A.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 @@ -2835,19 +2716,16 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" "Value is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.\n" msgstr "" "PTR : Traduction inverse :\n" -"Clé d'enregistrement est un nom de zone inverse (dérivé d'une adresse " -"IP)\n" +"Clé d'enregistrement est un nom de zone inverse (dérivé d'une adresse IP)\n" "suivi d'un point\n" -"(tel que<tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> pour l'adresse IP " -"<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" +"(tel que<tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> pour l'adresse IP <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " ou une partie d'un nom de zone inverse relatif à la zone actuelle\n" "(tel que <tt>1</tt> pour l'adresse IP <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> de la zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2861,8 +2739,7 @@ "Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Fin de la configuration</big>\n" -"Vérifiez les paramètres saisis avant de mettre fin à la configuration.</" -"p> \n" +"Vérifiez les paramètres saisis avant de mettre fin à la configuration. \n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 @@ -2871,8 +2748,7 @@ "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." msgstr "" "Sélectionner Ouvrir le port dans le pare-feu pour adapter\n" -"les paramètres de SuSEfirewall2 afin d'autoriser toutes les connexions à " -"votre serveur DNS." +"les paramètres de SuSEfirewall2 afin d'autoriser toutes les connexions à votre serveur DNS." #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 @@ -2882,10 +2758,8 @@ "start-up behavior to On. Otherwise set it to Off. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour démarrer le serveur DNS à chaque fois que votre ordinateur est amorcé, " -"réglez le \n" -"comportement au démarrage sur Activé. Sinon, réglez-le sur " -"Désactivé. \n" +"Pour démarrer le serveur DNS à chaque fois que votre ordinateur est amorcé, réglez le \n" +"comportement au démarrage sur Activé. Sinon, réglez-le sur Désactivé. \n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 @@ -2895,8 +2769,7 @@ "set LDAP Support Active." msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour enregistrer les zones DNS dans LDAP au lieu des fichiers de " -"configuration originaux,\n" +"Pour enregistrer les zones DNS dans LDAP au lieu des fichiers de configuration originaux,\n" "définissez Support LDAP actif." #. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 @@ -2907,8 +2780,7 @@ "DNS Server Expert Configuration." msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour entrer dans le mode expert de la configuration du serveur DNS, cliquez " -"sur\n" +"Pour entrer dans le mode expert de la configuration du serveur DNS, cliquez sur\n" "Configuration du serveur DNS pour experts." #. slave zone help text 1/2 @@ -2932,8 +2804,7 @@ "to allow zone transports." msgstr "" "<big>Transport de zone</big> \n" -"Pour autoriser les transports de la zone, définissez Activer le transport " -"de zone</big> \n" +"Pour autoriser les transports de la zone, définissez Activer le transport de zone</big> \n" "et sélectionnez les ACL à vérifier lorsqu'un hôte distant\n" "tente de transférer la zone. Au moins un ACL doit être défini\n" "pour autoriser les transports de zone." @@ -2946,8 +2817,7 @@ "defined in it." msgstr "" "<big>Réacheminer une zone DNS</big> \n" -"Ce type de zone DNS ne réachemine que les requêtes DNS vers les " -"redirecteurs\n" +"Ce type de zone DNS ne réachemine que les requêtes DNS vers les redirecteurs\n" "définis dans cette zone." #. forward zone help text 2/2 @@ -3289,9 +3159,7 @@ #. error report, %1 is ldap object #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création de cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP non " -"utilisé." +msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création de cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP non utilisé." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__263 #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/drbd.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -179,8 +179,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur " -"Interrompre.\n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -199,8 +198,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -230,30 +228,19 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -261,47 +248,25 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -311,30 +276,21 @@ msgstr "<big>Configuration de la DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" -msgstr "" -"Cochez \"Désactivez la vérification IP\" pour désactiver la " -"surveillance automatique de drbdadm" +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "Cochez \"Désactivez la vérification IP\" pour désactiver la surveillance automatique de drbdadm" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Rafraîchissement du dialogue : La boîte de dialogue compte et " -"affiche les secondes écoulées\n" -" Il vous est possible de désactiver cela si votre connexion " -"au serveur a une capacité limitée (connection par port série)\n" -" La boîte de dialogue affichera le compte toutes les " -"'Rafraîchissement du dialogue' secondes,\n" +"Rafraîchissement du dialogue : La boîte de dialogue compte et affiche les secondes écoulées\n" +" Il vous est possible de désactiver cela si votre connexion au serveur a une capacité limitée (connection par port série)\n" +" La boîte de dialogue affichera le compte toutes les 'Rafraîchissement du dialogue' secondes,\n" " Paramétrez-le à 0 pour désactiver la réactualisation. " #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 @@ -346,11 +302,9 @@ " as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" "Nombre de périphériques minimum:\n" -" Veuillez utiliser ceci si vous vous définir plus de ressources " -"plus tard\n" +" Veuillez utiliser ceci si vous vous définir plus de ressources plus tard\n" " sans recharger le module.\n" -" Par défaut, le module est chargé avec exactement autant de " -"périphériques que de périphériques\n" +" Par défaut, le module est chargé avec exactement autant de périphériques que de périphériques\n" " que configurés dans ce fichier. " #. Summary dialog help 1/3 @@ -371,8 +325,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Ajouter une réplication DRBD :</big> \n" "Sélectionnez un DRBD dans la liste des DRBD détectés. Si votre DRBD n'a\n" -"pas été détecté automatiquement, utilisez Autre (non détecté). " -"Cliquez ensuite\n" +"pas été détecté automatiquement, utilisez Autre (non détecté). Cliquez ensuite\n" "sur Configurer.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__50 @@ -522,8 +475,7 @@ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" "Pour déployer cette configuration,\n" -"Veuillez copier le fichier de configuration '/etc/drbd.conf' aux autres " -"noeuds du cluster manuellement." +"Veuillez copier le fichier de configuration '/etc/drbd.conf' aux autres noeuds du cluster manuellement." # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__8 #. } @@ -748,8 +700,7 @@ #~ "edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Présentation de la configuration DRBD</big> \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des configurations de réplications " -#~ "installées. Il vous est possible de les modifier. \n" +#~ "Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des configurations de réplications installées. Il vous est possible de les modifier. \n" # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__20 #~ msgid "Start Drbd service failed" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/fcoe-client.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -47,15 +47,17 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "&FcoeClient" +# TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__62 #. setting of config value is 'yes' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "oui" +# TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__63 #. setting of config value is 'no' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "non" # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112 #. text of an error popup @@ -80,17 +82,19 @@ #. the flag is 'true' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 msgid "true" -msgstr "" +msgstr "true" +# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__96 #. the flag is 'false' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 msgid "false" -msgstr "" +msgstr "false" +# TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__42 #. the flag is not set at all #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" -msgstr "" +msgstr "non défini" #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 @@ -158,8 +162,7 @@ "Removing it may result in an unusable system." msgstr "" "Attention :\n" -"Assurez vous que l'interface n'est pas indispensable à un périphérique déjà " -"utilisé.\n" +"Assurez vous que l'interface n'est pas indispensable à un périphérique déjà utilisé.\n" "Le supprimer aurait pour conséquence de rendre le système inutilisable." #. popup text continues @@ -228,7 +231,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oui" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -236,7 +239,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Non" # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__25 #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) @@ -303,7 +306,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pilote" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -372,8 +375,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur " -"Interrompremaintenant.\n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur Interrompremaintenant.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -395,8 +397,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Une boite de dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -421,8 +422,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Ajout d'un client fcoe</big> \n" "Sélectionnez un client fcoe dans la liste des clients détectés.\n" -"Si votre client fcoe n'a pas été détecté, utilisez Autre (non détecté)</" -"b>.\n" +"Si votre client fcoe n'a pas été détecté, utilisez Autre (non détecté).\n" "Cliquez ensuite sur Configurer.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__50 @@ -443,29 +443,20 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Starting of services</big> \n" -#| "Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad " -#| "at boot time.\n" -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +#| "Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time.\n" +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." msgstr "" "<big>Démarrage des services </big> \n" -"Activez ou désactivez le démarrage des services fcoe et lldap</" -"b>lors de l'amorçage.\n" +"Activez ou désactivez le démarrage des services fcoe et lldaplors de l'amorçage.\n" #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel " -#| "over\n" -#| "Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -#| "interfaces and\n" +#| "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over\n" +#| "Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and\n" #| "establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." msgstr "" "Le démarrage du servicefcoeimplique le démarrage du démon service\n" "Fiber Channel sur \n" @@ -474,15 +465,8 @@ #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." -msgstr "" -"Le service llpad fournit le protocole de découverte des couche " -"de liens (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) du démon lldap , " -"qui informe fcoemon à propos des caractéristiques de DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) et des configurations des interfaces." +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgstr "Le service llpad fournit le protocole de découverte des couche de liens (Link Layer Discovery Protocol) du démon lldap , qui informe fcoemon à propos des caractéristiques de DCB (Data Center Bridging) et des configurations des interfaces." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 @@ -493,29 +477,13 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status " -#| "of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface " -#| "is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network " -#| "interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgstr "" -"La boite de dialogue des interfaces montre toutes les cartes réseau " -"détectées incluant l'état de configuration de VLAN et FCoE. FCoE peut " -"fonctionner si une interface VLAN est configurée pour FCoE sur le switch. " -"Chaque carte (interface réseau) est affichée dans la colonne FCoE VLAN " -"Interface." +#| msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgstr "La boite de dialogue des interfaces montre toutes les cartes réseau détectées incluant l'état de configuration de VLAN et FCoE. FCoE peut fonctionner si une interface VLAN est configurée pour FCoE sur le switch. Chaque carte (interface réseau) est affichée dans la colonne FCoE VLAN Interface." #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." msgstr "" #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 @@ -523,41 +491,23 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: \n" -#| "not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must " -#| "be enabled on the switch first). \n" -#| "not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press " -#| "Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. \n" -#| " If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown " -#| "in the column, e.g. eth3.200.\n" -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." +#| "not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). \n" +#| "not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. \n" +#| " If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200.\n" +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." msgstr "" "Les valeurs de l'interface FCoE VLAN en détail : \n" -"Non disponible : Fiber Channel over Ethernet n'est pas possible (doit " -"être activé d'abord sur le switch). \n" -"non configuréFCoE est possible mais non activé. Cliquez sur Créer " -"FCoE VLAN interface pour l'activer \n" -"Si l'interface FCoE VLAN a déjà été crée, le nom est affiché dans la " -"colonne, par ex eth3.200\n" +"Non disponible : Fiber Channel over Ethernet n'est pas possible (doit être activé d'abord sur le switch). \n" +"non configuréFCoE est possible mais non activé. Cliquez sur Créer FCoE VLAN interface pour l'activer \n" +"Si l'interface FCoE VLAN a déjà été crée, le nom est affiché dans la colonne, par ex eth3.200\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__53 #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To change the configuration of an existing FCoE VLAN interface, click " -#| "onChange Settings." -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Pour modifier la configuration d'une interface FCoE VLAN, cliquez sur " -"Modifier les paramètres." +#| msgid "To change the configuration of an existing FCoE VLAN interface, click onChange Settings." +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." +msgstr "Pour modifier la configuration d'une interface FCoE VLAN, cliquez sur Modifier les paramètres." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Configuration dialog help 1/3 @@ -567,12 +517,8 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." -msgstr "" -"Configuration générale des paramètres des services système FCoE. Ces " -"paramètres sont enregistrés dans '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgstr "Configuration générale des paramètres des services système FCoE. Ces paramètres sont enregistrés dans '/etc/fcoe/config'." #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 @@ -580,25 +526,18 @@ #| msgid "" #| "The values are: \n" #| "Debug: yes or no \n" -#| "This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe " -#| "service script and fcoemon. \n" +#| "This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. \n" #| "Use syslog: yes or no \n" -#| "Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged " -#| "to /var/log/messages)." +#| "Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" "Les valeurs sont : \n" "Debug:oui ou non \n" -"Ceci est pour activer ou désactiver les messages de débogage des scripts du " -"service fcoe et de son démon fcoemon. \n" +"Ceci est pour activer ou désactiver les messages de débogage des scripts du service fcoe et de son démon fcoemon. \n" "Utiliser syslog:oui ou non \n" -"Les messages sont envoyés dans les logs du système si paramétré à oui " -"(vers /var/log/messages)." +"Les messages sont envoyés dans les logs du système si paramétré à oui (vers /var/log/messages)." #. edit dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 @@ -609,20 +548,13 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -#| "initialization.\n" -#| " There is a file for every interface and the values indicate " -#| "whether FCoE instances\n" +#| "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization.\n" +#| " There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances\n" #| " should be created and if DCB is required." -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." msgstr "" -"Le démon fcoemon lit ces fichiers de configuration lors de " -"l'initialisation.\n" -" Il y a un fichier pour chaque interface et les valeurs indiquent " -"si des instances FCoE\n" +"Le démon fcoemon lit ces fichiers de configuration lors de l'initialisation.\n" +" Il y a un fichier pour chaque interface et les valeurs indiquent si des instances FCoE\n" " doivent être crées et si DCB est requis." #. Edit dialog help 3/3 @@ -637,12 +569,7 @@ #| "AUTO VLAN: yes or no \n" #| "If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN\n" #| "interfaces automatically." -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." msgstr "" "Les valeurs sont: \n" "FCoE activé:oui ou non \n" @@ -702,12 +629,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Pour continuer la configuration FCoE, le paquet %1 doit être " -"installé." +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Pour continuer la configuration FCoE, le paquet %1 doit être installé." #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall-services.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -34,11 +34,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" -msgstr "" -"Ports de multicast DNS Zeroconf/Bonjour (mDNS) pour la découverte des " -"services (DNS-SD)" +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgstr "Ports de multicast DNS Zeroconf/Bonjour (mDNS) pour la découverte des services (DNS-SD)" # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__89 #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -86,9 +83,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" -msgstr "" -"Fichier de configuration du pare-feu pour le support de mDNS/Bonjour dans " -"HPLIP" +msgstr "Fichier de configuration du pare-feu pour le support de mDNS/Bonjour dans HPLIP" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 @@ -130,8 +125,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrir les ports pour le serveur Netbios Samba avec diffusion autorisée." +msgstr "Ouvrir les ports pour le serveur Netbios Samba avec diffusion autorisée." # TLABEL nis_2002_01_04_0147__5 #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -141,12 +135,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "" -"Configuration du pare-feu pour les client NFS. Ouvrir les ports pour le " -"client NFS pour l'autoriser à se connecter à un serveur NFS." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "Configuration du pare-feu pour les client NFS. Ouvrir les ports pour le client NFS pour l'autoriser à se connecter à un serveur NFS." # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__13 #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -156,12 +146,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." -msgstr "" -"Configuration du pare-feu pour le serveur kernel NFS. Ouvrir les ports pour " -"NFS pour autoriser d'autres hôtes à s'y connecter." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "Configuration du pare-feu pour le serveur kernel NFS. Ouvrir les ports pour NFS pour autoriser d'autres hôtes à s'y connecter." # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__13 #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -205,8 +191,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" -msgstr "" -"Ouvre le port du serveur rsync pour autoriser les synchronisations distantes" +msgstr "Ouvre le port du serveur rsync pour autoriser les synchronisations distantes" # TLABEL nis_2002_01_04_0147__5 #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... @@ -271,8 +256,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." -msgstr "" -"Ouvre les ports HTTP VNC pour que les navigateurs puissent se connecter." +msgstr "Ouvre les ports HTTP VNC pour que les navigateurs puissent se connecter." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 @@ -282,8 +266,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." -msgstr "" -"Ouvrir les ports du serveur VNC pour que les clients puissent se connecter." +msgstr "Ouvrir les ports du serveur VNC pour que les clients puissent se connecter." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 @@ -354,8 +337,7 @@ # TLABEL firewall_2002_08_07_0216__16 #~ msgid "Firewall Configuration file for printing service CUPS" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Fichier de configuration du pare-feu pour le service d'impression CUPS" +#~ msgstr "Fichier de configuration du pare-feu pour le service d'impression CUPS" # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__41 #~ msgid "Finger Server" @@ -404,9 +386,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Outils réseau UPS (NUT)" #~ msgid "Opens ports for remote UPS signalling for Network UPS Tools." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ouvre les ports pour les signaux UPS distants pour les outils réseau UPS " -#~ "(NUT)." +#~ msgstr "Ouvre les ports pour les signaux UPS distants pour les outils réseau UPS (NUT)." #~ msgid "SMTP with Postfix" #~ msgstr "SMTP avec Postfix" @@ -415,11 +395,8 @@ #~ msgid "PostgreSQL Server" #~ msgstr "Serveur PostgreSQL" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Opens TCP port 5432 to allow remote connections to the PostgreSQL server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ouvre le port TCP 5432 pour autoriser les connexions distantes au serveur " -#~ "PostgreSQL." +#~ msgid "Opens TCP port 5432 to allow remote connections to the PostgreSQL server." +#~ msgstr "Ouvre le port TCP 5432 pour autoriser les connexions distantes au serveur PostgreSQL." #~ msgid "pureftpd" #~ msgstr "pureftpd" @@ -454,20 +431,14 @@ #~ msgid "Tetrinet Server" #~ msgstr "Serveur Tetrinet" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Opens ports in firewall to make possible to connect clients to your " -#~ "server. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ouvre les ports dans le pare-feu pour autoriser les clients à se " -#~ "connecter à votre serveur." +#~ msgid "Opens ports in firewall to make possible to connect clients to your server. " +#~ msgstr "Ouvre les ports dans le pare-feu pour autoriser les clients à se connecter à votre serveur." #~ msgid "xdmcp" #~ msgstr "xdmcp" #~ msgid "Allow other hosts to access your display manager via XDMCP" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Autoriser les autres hôtes à accéder à votre gestionnaire d'affichage via " -#~ "XDMCP" +#~ msgstr "Autoriser les autres hôtes à accéder à votre gestionnaire d'affichage via XDMCP" # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__22 #~ msgid "VNC Server" @@ -490,20 +461,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Apache 2" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall Configuraion for nfs client. Opens ports for foo in order to " -#~ "allow bar" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configuration du pare-feu pour le client nfs. Ouvre les ports pour foo " -#~ "pour autoriser bar" +#~ msgid "Firewall Configuraion for nfs client. Opens ports for foo in order to allow bar" +#~ msgstr "Configuration du pare-feu pour le client nfs. Ouvre les ports pour foo pour autoriser bar" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall configuraion for nfs kernel server. Opens ports for foo in order " -#~ "to allow bar" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configuration du pare-feu pour le serveur kernel nfs. Ouvre les ports " -#~ "pour foo pour autoriser bar" +#~ msgid "Firewall configuraion for nfs kernel server. Opens ports for foo in order to allow bar" +#~ msgstr "Configuration du pare-feu pour le serveur kernel nfs. Ouvre les ports pour foo pour autoriser bar" # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__41 #~ msgid "telnet-server Server" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/firewall.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -65,8 +65,7 @@ "Continue with configuration?\n" msgstr "" "Un autre type de pare-feu est actif dans votre système.\n" -"Si vous continuez, SuSEfirewall2 risque de produire des erreurs non " -"définies.\n" +"Si vous continuez, SuSEfirewall2 risque de produire des erreurs non définies.\n" "Il serait préférable de supprimer l'autre pare-feu avant de\n" "configurer SuSEfirewall2.\n" "Voulez-vous poursuivre la configuration ?\n" @@ -266,16 +265,12 @@ "Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interfaces</big>\n" -" Sélectionnez le périphérique dans le tableau puis cliquez sur " -"Changer pour affecter vos périphériques réseau aux zones du pare-feu\n" +" Sélectionnez le périphérique dans le tableau puis cliquez sur Changer pour affecter vos périphériques réseau aux zones du pare-feu\n" ".\n" "\n" -"Entrez les chaînes spéciales, telles que <tt>any</tt> (n'importe lequel), " -"en utilisant \n" -"Personnalisé. Vous pouvez également entrer des interfaces pas encore " -"configurées ici.\n" -"Si vous avez besoin de masquage, la chaîne <tt>any</tt> (n'importe lequel) " -"n'est pas autorisée.\n" +"Entrez les chaînes spéciales, telles que <tt>any</tt> (n'importe lequel), en utilisant \n" +"Personnalisé. Vous pouvez également entrer des interfaces pas encore configurées ici.\n" +"Si vous avez besoin de masquage, la chaîne <tt>any</tt> (n'importe lequel) n'est pas autorisée.\n" "\n" "Chaque périphérique réseau doit être affecté à une zone de pare-feu.\n" "Le trafic réseau au travers d'une interface non affectée est bloqué.\n" @@ -300,55 +295,42 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -"Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Services autorisés</big>\n" -" Spécifiez ici les services ou les ports qui doivent être accessibles à " -"partir du réseau.\n" +" Spécifiez ici les services ou les ports qui doivent être accessibles à partir du réseau.\n" "Les réseaux sont divisés en zones de pare-feu.\n" "\n" "Pour autoriser un service, sélectionnez la Zone et le\n" "Service à autoriser, puis cliquez sur Ajouter.\n" -"Pour supprimer un service autorisé, sélectionnez la Zone et le " -"Service autorisé, puis cliquez sur Supprimer.\n" +"Pour supprimer un service autorisé, sélectionnez la Zone et le Service autorisé, puis cliquez sur Supprimer.\n" "\n" -"En désélectionnant Protéger le pare-feu de la zone interne, vous " -"supprimez la \n" -"protection de la zone. Tous les services et ports de votre réseau interne ne " -"seront pas\n" +"En désélectionnant Protéger le pare-feu de la zone interne, vous supprimez la \n" +"protection de la zone. Tous les services et ports de votre réseau interne ne seront pas\n" "protégés.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Il est possible de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires à l'aide de " -"l'option Avancé.\n" -"Les entrées doivent être séparées par un espace. Cette option permet de " -"définir des ports TCP, UDP et RPC, ainsi que des\n" +"Il est possible de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires à l'aide de l'option Avancé.\n" +"Les entrées doivent être séparées par un espace. Cette option permet de définir des ports TCP, UDP et RPC, ainsi que des\n" " protocoles IP.\n" -" Les ports TCP et UDP peuvent être entrés comme des noms de ports " -"(<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" -" des numéros de ports (<tt>3128</tt>) et des plages de ports (<tt>8000:8520</" -"tt>).\n" -" Les ports RPC peuvent être entrés comme des noms de services (<tt>portmap</" -"tt> ou <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +" Les ports TCP et UDP peuvent être entrés comme des noms de ports (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" +" des numéros de ports (<tt>3128</tt>) et des plages de ports (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" +" Les ports RPC peuvent être entrés comme des noms de services (<tt>portmap</tt> ou <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" " Entrez les protocoles IP comme des noms de protocoles (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" " \n" @@ -356,19 +338,15 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Masquage</big>\n" -" Le masquage est une fonction qui cache votre réseau interne derrière " -"votre pare-feu et permet\n" -"à votre réseau interne d'accéder au réseau externe tel que Internet, de " -"façon transparente. Les requêtes\n" +" Le masquage est une fonction qui cache votre réseau interne derrière votre pare-feu et permet\n" +"à votre réseau interne d'accéder au réseau externe tel que Internet, de façon transparente. Les requêtes\n" "depuis le réseau externe vers le réseau interne sont bloquées.\n" "Sélectionnez Masquer les réseaux pour masquer vos réseaux\n" "au réseau externe.\n" @@ -377,197 +355,140 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form." -"\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Bien que les requêtes du réseau externe ne puissent atteindre votre réseau " -"interne, il est possible de\n" -"rediriger de façon transparente n'importe quel port requis de votre pare-feu " -"vers n'importe quel IP interne. \n" -"Pour ajouter une nouvelle règle de redirection, cliquez sur Ajouter " -"et remplissez le formulaire de redirection.\n" +"Bien que les requêtes du réseau externe ne puissent atteindre votre réseau interne, il est possible de\n" +"rediriger de façon transparente n'importe quel port requis de votre pare-feu vers n'importe quel IP interne. \n" +"Pour ajouter une nouvelle règle de redirection, cliquez sur Ajouter et remplissez le formulaire de redirection.\n" "\n" -"Pour supprimer une règle de redirection, sélectionnez-la dans le tableau " -"et cliquez sur Supprimer.\n" +"Pour supprimer une règle de redirection, sélectionnez-la dans le tableau et cliquez sur Supprimer.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuration de la diffusion générale</big>\n" -" Les paquets de diffusion générale sont des paquets UDP spéciaux envoyés " -"à tout le réseau\n" -"pour trouver les ordinateurs voisins ou envoyer des informations à chaque " -"ordinateur dans le réseau.\n" -"Par exemple, les serveurs CUPS fournissent des informations au sujet des " -"files d'impression en utilisant\n" +" Les paquets de diffusion générale sont des paquets UDP spéciaux envoyés à tout le réseau\n" +"pour trouver les ordinateurs voisins ou envoyer des informations à chaque ordinateur dans le réseau.\n" +"Par exemple, les serveurs CUPS fournissent des informations au sujet des files d'impression en utilisant\n" "des paquets de diffusion générale.\n" "\n" -"Les services SuSEfirewall2 sélectionnés dans des interfaces autorisées " -"ajoutent automatiquement\n" -"les ports de diffusion générale nécessaires ici. Pour en supprimer ou en " -"ajouter d'autres, modifiez les listes de ports\n" +"Les services SuSEfirewall2 sélectionnés dans des interfaces autorisées ajoutent automatiquement\n" +"les ports de diffusion générale nécessaires ici. Pour en supprimer ou en ajouter d'autres, modifiez les listes de ports\n" "(séparés par des espaces) pour les zones concernées.\n" "\n" -"Les autres paquets de diffusion générale non acceptés sont journalisés. " -"Dans les réseaux importants, il peut s'agir d'un\n" -"grand nombre de paquets. Pour supprimer la journalisation de ces paquets, " -"désélectionnez Journaliser les\n" -"paquets de diffusion générale non acceptés pour les zones souhaitées.</" -"p>\n" +"Les autres paquets de diffusion générale non acceptés sont journalisés. Dans les réseaux importants, il peut s'agir d'un\n" +"grand nombre de paquets. Pour supprimer la journalisation de ces paquets, désélectionnez Journaliser les\n" +"paquets de diffusion générale non acceptés pour les zones souhaitées.\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Diffusion générale des réponses (broadcasts)</big> \n" -"Habituellement, le pare-feu jette les paquets qui sont envoyés par une autre " -"machine en\n" -"réponse à des paquets envoyés en diffusion générale par votre système, ex. " -"naviguation Samba ou SLP.\n" +"Habituellement, le pare-feu jette les paquets qui sont envoyés par une autre machine en\n" +"réponse à des paquets envoyés en diffusion générale par votre système, ex. naviguation Samba ou SLP.\n" "\n" -"Ici, vous pouvez configurer quels paquets sont autorisés à passer à " -"travers le pare-feu. Utilisez le\n" -"bouton Ajouter</> pour ajouter une nouvelle règle. Vous devrez choisir la " -"zone du pare-feu et aussi\n" -"parmi des services pré-définis ou paramétrer votre règle entièrement " -"manuellement.\n" +"Ici, vous pouvez configurer quels paquets sont autorisés à passer à travers le pare-feu. Utilisez le\n" +"bouton Ajouter</> pour ajouter une nouvelle règle. Vous devrez choisir la zone du pare-feu et aussi\n" +"parmi des services pré-définis ou paramétrer votre règle entièrement manuellement.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Prise en charge IPsec</big>\n" -" IPsec est une communication cryptée entre des hôtes de confiance ou des " -"réseaux par l'intermédiaire de réseaux non sûrs, tels\n" -"qu'Internet. Cette boîte de dialogue ouvre IPsec pour une zone externe en " -"utilisant\n" +" IPsec est une communication cryptée entre des hôtes de confiance ou des réseaux par l'intermédiaire de réseaux non sûrs, tels\n" +"qu'Internet. Cette boîte de dialogue ouvre IPsec pour une zone externe en utilisant\n" "Activé.\n" "\n" "Détails configure comment gérer avec succès les\n" -"paquets IPsec déchiffrés. Ils peuvent par exemple être gérés comme s'ils " -"provenaient de la zone interne.\n" +"paquets IPsec déchiffrés. Ils peuvent par exemple être gérés comme s'ils provenaient de la zone interne.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " -"Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " -"Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Niveau de journalisation</big>\n" -" Cette boîte de dialogue de permet de configurer les paramètres de " -"journalisation des paquets IP. \n" -"Vous pouvez configurer ici la journalisation des paquets de connexion " -"entrants. Les paquets sortants ne sont pas journalisés.\n" +" Cette boîte de dialogue de permet de configurer les paramètres de journalisation des paquets IP. \n" +"Vous pouvez configurer ici la journalisation des paquets de connexion entrants. Les paquets sortants ne sont pas journalisés.\n" " \n" -" Il existe deux groupes de paquets IP journalisés : les paquets " -"acceptés et les paquets non acceptés.\n" -" Vous pouvez choisir parmi trois niveaux de journalisation pour chaque " -"groupe : Tout journaliser pour journaliser chaque\n" -"paquet, Ne journaliser que ce qui est critique pour ne journaliser " -"que ceux qui vous intéressent, ou Ne rien journaliser\n" -"pour ne rien journaliser. Vous devez journaliser au moins les paquets " -"acceptés critiques.\n" +" Il existe deux groupes de paquets IP journalisés : les paquets acceptés et les paquets non acceptés.\n" +" Vous pouvez choisir parmi trois niveaux de journalisation pour chaque groupe : Tout journaliser pour journaliser chaque\n" +"paquet, Ne journaliser que ce qui est critique pour ne journaliser que ceux qui vous intéressent, ou Ne rien journaliser\n" +"pour ne rien journaliser. Vous devez journaliser au moins les paquets acceptés critiques.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Résumé</big>\n" " Vous trouverez ici un résumé des paramètres de votre configuration.\n" -"Ce résumé est divisé en une configuration générale et des parties pour " -"chaque zone de pare-feu.\n" +"Ce résumé est divisé en une configuration générale et des parties pour chaque zone de pare-feu.\n" "Chaque zone existante est résumée ici.\n" "\n" "Démarrage du pare-feu montre si le pare-feu est démarré lors du\n" "processus d'amorçage ou uniquement manuellement.\n" "\n" -"Les zones de pare-feu doivent avoir une interface réseau assignée pour " -"répertorier les éléments suivants dans le résumé :\n" +"Les zones de pare-feu doivent avoir une interface réseau assignée pour répertorier les éléments suivants dans le résumé :\n" "\n" -"Interfaces : toutes les interfaces sont répertoriées à l'aide de " -"leur nom de configuration et leur nom de périphérique.\n" +"Interfaces : toutes les interfaces sont répertoriées à l'aide de leur nom de configuration et leur nom de périphérique.\n" "\n" -"Ouvrir services, ports et protocoles : ceci répertorie tous les " -"services réseau autorisés, les TCP\n" -"(Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol) et RPC (Remote " -"Procedure Call) additionnels,\n" +"Ouvrir services, ports et protocoles : ceci répertorie tous les services réseau autorisés, les TCP\n" +"(Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol) et RPC (Remote Procedure Call) additionnels,\n" "les ports et protocoles IP (Internet Protocol).\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 @@ -588,8 +509,7 @@ "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>." msgstr "" "Les ports TCP et UDP se présentent sous forme\n" -"d'une liste de numéros, de noms ou de plages de port séparés par des " -"espaces.\n" +"d'une liste de numéros, de noms ou de plages de port séparés par des espaces.\n" "Par exemple : <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt> ou <tt>137:139</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 @@ -597,12 +517,10 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "Les ports RPC se présentent sous forme d'une\n" -"liste de services RPC séparés par des espaces. Par exemple :<tt>nlockmgr</" -"tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> ou <tt>portmap</tt>." +"liste de services RPC séparés par des espaces. Par exemple :<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> ou <tt>portmap</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -616,23 +534,19 @@ "Les protocoles IP se présentent sous forme\n" "d'une liste de protocoles séparés par des espaces. Par exemple :\n" "<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt> ou\n" -"<tt>chaos</tt>. Pour obtenir la liste actuelle de protocoles, reportez-vous " -"à la page http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers." +"<tt>chaos</tt>. Pour obtenir la liste actuelle de protocoles, reportez-vous à la page http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." msgstr "" -"La plage de ports se présente sous forme de deux colonnes de " -"nombres séparés\n" -"par le caractère ':' et qui représente un intervalle de port, les bornes " -"incluses. Le premier numéro\n" +"La plage de ports se présente sous forme de deux colonnes de nombres séparés\n" +"par le caractère ':' et qui représente un intervalle de port, les bornes incluses. Le premier numéro\n" "de port doit être inférieur au second. Par exemple :\n" " <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -644,21 +558,17 @@ "the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file." msgstr "" "Le nom du port est le nom assigné à un numéro de port par \n" -"l'organisation IANA. Plusieurs noms de port peuvent être assignés à un " -"numéro de port. Pour\n" -"connaître l'assignation actuellement utilisée, reportez-vous au fichier <tt>/" -"etc/services</tt>." +"l'organisation IANA. Plusieurs noms de port peuvent être assignés à un numéro de port. Pour\n" +"connaître l'assignation actuellement utilisée, reportez-vous au fichier <tt>/etc/services</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Pare-feu</big> \n" -"Le pare-feu est un mécanisme défensif qui protège votre ordinateur des " -"attaques réseaux.\n" +"Le pare-feu est un mécanisme défensif qui protège votre ordinateur des attaques réseaux.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 @@ -683,8 +593,7 @@ "Réseau source \n" "Réseau ou adresse IP d'où la connexion provient,\n" "par exemple., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> ou <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -"ou <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ou <tt>0/0</tt> (qui signifie tous : <tt>all</" -"tt>).\n" +"ou <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ou <tt>0/0</tt> (qui signifie tous : <tt>all</tt>).\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 @@ -695,8 +604,7 @@ "RPC services." msgstr "" "Protocole \n" -"Protocole utilisé par ce paquet. Le protocole spécial <tt>RPC</tt> est " -"utilisé pour\n" +"Protocole utilisé par ce paquet. Le protocole spécial <tt>RPC</tt> est utilisé pour\n" "les services RPC." #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 @@ -1297,12 +1205,8 @@ msgstr "%1 règles personnalisées sont définies" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " -"port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "" -"Réseau: %1, Protocole: %2, Port de destination: %3, " -"Port source: %4, Options: %5" +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "Réseau: %1, Protocole: %2, Port de destination: %3, Port source: %4, Options: %5" # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__46 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 @@ -1344,8 +1248,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "Le pare-feu sera arrêté après l'écriture de la configuration" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item @@ -1479,10 +1382,8 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "" -"Le masquage nécessite au moins une interface externe et une autre interface." +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "Le masquage nécessite au moins une interface externe et une autre interface." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102 #. TRANSLATORS: popup message @@ -1755,8 +1656,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" -msgstr "" -"Service de pare-feu connu ; services multiples séparés par des virgules" +msgstr "Service de pare-feu connu ; services multiples séparés par des virgules" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/firstboot.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -48,15 +48,11 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" msgstr "" -"Cochez Activer la séquence Firstboot pour démarrer l'utilitaire " -"firstboot de YaST au premier démarrage après la configuration.\n" -"Consultez la documentation du module yast2-firstboot pour plus " -"d'informations.\n" +"Cochez Activer la séquence Firstboot pour démarrer l'utilitaire firstboot de YaST au premier démarrage après la configuration.\n" +"Consultez la documentation du module yast2-firstboot pour plus d'informations.\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -160,8 +156,7 @@ "the desktop to enable as the default desktop." msgstr "" "<h3>Sélection de bureau</h3>\n" -"Plusieurs environnements de bureau sont installés sur ce système. " -"Sélectionnez\n" +"Plusieurs environnements de bureau sont installés sur ce système. Sélectionnez\n" " le bureau à activer comme bureau par défaut." #. translators: dialog title @@ -243,20 +238,14 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " -"start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" -"Les gens expérimentés peuvent, s'ils le désirent, utiliser à présent la " -"palette complète\n" -"des modules de configuration de SuSE. Cochez Démarrer le centre de " -"contrôle de YaST,\n" -"et celui-ci démarrera après avoir cliqué sur Terminer. Remarque : le " -"centre de contrôle ne\n" -"dispose pas de bouton de retour permettant de revenir à la séquence " -"d'installation.\n" +"Les gens expérimentés peuvent, s'ils le désirent, utiliser à présent la palette complète\n" +"des modules de configuration de SuSE. Cochez Démarrer le centre de contrôle de YaST,\n" +"et celui-ci démarrera après avoir cliqué sur Terminer. Remarque : le centre de contrôle ne\n" +"dispose pas de bouton de retour permettant de revenir à la séquence d'installation.\n" #. popup text #: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:124 @@ -268,10 +257,8 @@ msgstr "" "Votre paramètre de langue a été changé.\n" "\n" -"Si nécessaire, vous pouvez adapter vos paramètres de clavier à la nouvelle " -"langue.\n" -"Utilisez l'outil de configuration de disposition du clavier après la " -"connexion." +"Si nécessaire, vous pouvez adapter vos paramètres de clavier à la nouvelle langue.\n" +"Utilisez l'outil de configuration de disposition du clavier après la connexion." # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__17 #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -307,8 +294,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Choisissez la Langue et la Disposition du clavier à utiliser " -"lors\n" +"Choisissez la Langue et la Disposition du clavier à utiliser lors\n" "de la configuration et dans le système installé.\n" "\n" @@ -340,8 +326,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a pas assez d'espace pour installer tous les paquets supplémentaires." +msgstr "Il n'y a pas assez d'espace pour installer tous les paquets supplémentaires." # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__14 #. progress stages Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ftp-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -54,9 +54,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Umask vsftpd: <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs>" -msgstr "" -"vsftpd umask : <utilisateurs locaux>:<anonymes>, pure-ftpd: <fichiers>:" -"<reps> ( <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs> )" +msgstr "vsftpd umask : <utilisateurs locaux>:<anonymes>, pure-ftpd: <fichiers>:<reps> ( <local users>:<anonymous>, pure-ftpd: <files>:<dirs> )" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:94 @@ -66,9 +64,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Entrer le répertoire existant pour les utilisateurs authentifiés. " -"(uniquement pure-ftpd)." +msgstr "Entrer le répertoire existant pour les utilisateurs authentifiés. (uniquement pure-ftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 @@ -93,17 +89,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Le débit de transfert maximum de données permis pour les utilisateurs " -"authentifiés locaux. [ko/s]" +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgstr "Le débit de transfert maximum de données permis pour les utilisateurs authentifiés locaux. [ko/s]" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Le débit de transfert maximum permis pour les utilisateurs anonymes. [ko/s]" +msgstr "Le débit de transfert maximum permis pour les utilisateurs anonymes. [ko/s]" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__261 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -118,12 +110,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " -"(vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Le message de bienvenue est un texte à afficher quand une personne se " -"connecte au serveur (uniquement vsftpd)." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Le message de bienvenue est un texte à afficher quand une personne se connecte au serveur (uniquement vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 @@ -132,21 +120,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Si activée, cette option permettra les connexions avec le protocole SSL v2. " -"(Uniquement vsftpd)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Si activée, cette option permettra les connexions avec le protocole SSL v2. (Uniquement vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Si activée, cette option permettra les connexions avec le protocole SSL v3. " -"(Uniquement vsftpd)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Si activée, cette option permettra les connexions avec le protocole SSL v3. (Uniquement vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 @@ -155,19 +135,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " -"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Interdire le téléchargement (download) de fichiers qui ont été transférés " -"sur le serveur mais non validés par un administrateur local (uniquement pure-" -"ftpd)." +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "Interdire le téléchargement (download) de fichiers qui ont été transférés sur le serveur mais non validés par un administrateur local (uniquement pure-ftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 msgid "Security settings for SSL and TLS protocol (pure-ftpd only)" -msgstr "" -"Paramètres de sécurité pour le protocol SSL et TLS (Uniquement pure-ftpd)" +msgstr "Paramètres de sécurité pour le protocol SSL et TLS (Uniquement pure-ftpd)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:244 @@ -214,16 +188,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"La valeur minimale pour la plage de ports pour les réponses aux connexions " -"passives" +msgstr "La valeur minimale pour la plage de ports pour les réponses aux connexions passives" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"La valeur maximale pour la plage de ports pour les réponses aux connexions " -"passives" +msgstr "La valeur maximale pour la plage de ports pour les réponses aux connexions passives" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 @@ -262,11 +232,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." -msgstr "" -"Le message de bienvenue est le texte affiché quand une personne se connecte " -"au serveur." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgstr "Le message de bienvenue est le texte affiché quand une personne se connecte au serveur." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 @@ -281,9 +248,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:379 msgid "Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms." -msgstr "" -"Refuser les connexions qui n'utilisent pas les mécanismes de sécurité SSL/" -"TLS." +msgstr "Refuser les connexions qui n'utilisent pas les mécanismes de sécurité SSL/TLS." #. EOF #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:454 @@ -824,9 +789,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "All changes will be lost. Really abort configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Tous les changements seront perdus. Voulez-vous vraiment annuler la " -"configuration ?" +msgstr "Tous les changements seront perdus. Voulez-vous vraiment annuler la configuration ?" #. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188 @@ -1105,8 +1068,7 @@ #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Performance screen #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:903 msgid "Anon&ymous Can Upload" -msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs anonymes peuvent télécharger des documents sur le serveur" +msgstr "Les utilisateurs anonymes peuvent télécharger des documents sur le serveur" #. Anonymous Can Create Directories #. Authentication Settings widget @@ -1367,8 +1329,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur " -"Interrompre.\n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur Interrompre.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -1389,8 +1350,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -1400,16 +1360,13 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "Selected Service \n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Service sélectionné \n" -" Le cadre indique quel démon est actuellement configuré : vsftpd, " -"pure-ftpd, \n" -" . Si vous avez installé les deux démons vous pouvez passer de l'un " -"à l'autre.\n" +" Le cadre indique quel démon est actuellement configuré : vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" +" . Si vous avez installé les deux démons vous pouvez passer de l'un à l'autre.\n" "\n" #. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1439,14 +1396,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Chroot \n" -"Quand il est activé, les utilisateurs locaux seront placés (par défaut) dans " -"une \n" +"Quand il est activé, les utilisateurs locaux seront placés (par défaut) dans une \n" "prison chroot() dans leur répertoire personnel après leur identification.\n" "Avertissement : Cette option a des conséquences sur la sécurité, \n" -"tout spécialement si les utilisateurs ont les droits de téléchargement sur " -"le serveur (upload), \n" -"ou accès au shell. Activez chroot uniquement si vous savez ce que vous " -"faites.\n" +"tout spécialement si les utilisateurs ont les droits de téléchargement sur le serveur (upload), \n" +"ou accès au shell. Activez chroot uniquement si vous savez ce que vous faites.\n" "\n" #. general logging help 1/1 @@ -1469,8 +1423,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Umask \n" -"Masque de création de fichier. (umask pour fichiers):(umask pour " -"répertoires). \n" +"Masque de création de fichier. (umask pour fichiers):(umask pour répertoires). \n" "177:077 si vous êtes paranoïaque.\n" "\n" @@ -1484,10 +1437,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Umask pour les anonymes : \n" -"Valeur à laquelle l'umask est mise pour la création de fichier pour les " -"utilisateurs anonymes. \n" -"Si vous voulez préciser des valeurs octales, n'oubliez pas le préfixe \"0\" " -"sans quoi \n" +"Valeur à laquelle l'umask est mise pour la création de fichier pour les utilisateurs anonymes. \n" +"Si vous voulez préciser des valeurs octales, n'oubliez pas le préfixe \"0\" sans quoi \n" "la valeur sera traitée comme un entier en base 10.\n" "\n" @@ -1495,17 +1446,14 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Umask for Authenticated Users: \n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " -"users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Umask pour les utilisateurs authentifiés : \n" -"Valeur à laquelle l'umask est mise pour la création de fichier pour les " -"utilisateurs authentifiés. \n" -"Si vous voulez préciser des valeurs octales, n'oubliez pas le préfixe \"0\" " -"sans quoi \n" +"Valeur à laquelle l'umask est mise pour la création de fichier pour les utilisateurs authentifiés. \n" +"Si vous voulez préciser des valeurs octales, n'oubliez pas le préfixe \"0\" sans quoi \n" "la valeur sera traitée comme un entier en base 10.\n" "\n" @@ -1519,8 +1467,7 @@ msgstr "" " Répertoire FTP pour les utilisateurs anonymes : \n" "Spécifiez le répertoire utilisé pour les utilisateurs FTP anonymes. \n" -"Cliquez sur Naviguer pour sélectionner le répertoire depuis le " -"système de fichier local.\n" +"Cliquez sur Naviguer pour sélectionner le répertoire depuis le système de fichier local.\n" "\n" #. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 @@ -1533,8 +1480,7 @@ msgstr "" " Répertoire FTP pour les utilisateurs authentifiés : \n" "Spécifiez le répertoire utilisé pour les utilisateurs FTP authentifiés. \n" -"Cliquez sur Naviguer pour sélectionner le répertoire depuis le " -"système de fichier local.\n" +"Cliquez sur Naviguer pour sélectionner le répertoire depuis le système de fichier local.\n" "\n" #. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1605,19 +1551,14 @@ msgid "" "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \n" "Anonymous Only: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are " -"permitted.\n" -"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " -"permitted.\n" +"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Activer/Désactiver les utilisateurs anonymes et locaux \n" -"Uniquement les utilisateurs anonymes Si activé, seuls les " -"utilisateurs anonymes seront acceptés.\n" -"Uniquement les utilisateurs authentifiés Si activé, seuls les " -"utilisateurs authentifiés seront acceptés.\n" -"Les deux Si activé, les utilisateurs anonymes et authentifiés seront " -"acceptés.\n" +"Uniquement les utilisateurs anonymes Si activé, seuls les utilisateurs anonymes seront acceptés.\n" +"Uniquement les utilisateurs authentifiés Si activé, seuls les utilisateurs authentifiés seront acceptés.\n" +"Les deux Si activé, les utilisateurs anonymes et authentifiés seront acceptés.\n" "\n" #. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 @@ -1629,10 +1570,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Activer le téléchargement (upload) \n" -"Si activé, les utilisateurs FTP peuvent télécharger sur le serveur " -"(upload). \n" -"Pour autoriser les utilisateurs anonymes à télécharger (upload), activez " -"Les utilisateurs anonymes peuvent télécharger (upload).\n" +"Si activé, les utilisateurs FTP peuvent télécharger sur le serveur (upload). \n" +"Pour autoriser les utilisateurs anonymes à télécharger (upload), activez Les utilisateurs anonymes peuvent télécharger (upload).\n" "\n" #. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1 @@ -1641,17 +1580,13 @@ "Anonymous Can Upload \n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " -"login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Les utilisateurs anonymes peuvent télécharger (upload) \n" -"Si l'option est activée, les utilisateurs anonymes seront autoriser à " -"déposer des documents sur le serveur (upload).\n" -"uniquement vsftpd : Si vous souhaitez que les utilisateurs anonymes " -"puissent télécharger (upload), un \n" -"répertoire avec les droits en écriture doit exister dans le répertoire home " -"utilisé pour les connexions anonymes.\n" +"Si l'option est activée, les utilisateurs anonymes seront autoriser à déposer des documents sur le serveur (upload).\n" +"uniquement vsftpd : Si vous souhaitez que les utilisateurs anonymes puissent télécharger (upload), un \n" +"répertoire avec les droits en écriture doit exister dans le répertoire home utilisé pour les connexions anonymes.\n" "\n" #. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1 @@ -1659,17 +1594,13 @@ msgid "" "Anonymous Can Create Dirs \n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create " -"directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -"after login.\n" +"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" msgstr "" "Les utilisateurs anonymes peuvent créer des répertoires \n" "Si activé Les utilisateurs anonymes peuvent créer des répertoires.\n" -"seulement vsftpd : Si vous voulez autoriser les utilisateurs anonymes " -"à créer des répertoires,\n" -"un répertoire avec les droits en écriture doit exister dans le répertoire " -"home après identification.\n" +"seulement vsftpd : Si vous voulez autoriser les utilisateurs anonymes à créer des répertoires,\n" +"un répertoire avec les droits en écriture doit exister dans le répertoire home après identification.\n" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1693,8 +1624,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Port Min pour le mode passif \n" -"Valeur minimale pour la plage de ports pour les réponses de connexions " -"passives.\n" +"Valeur minimale pour la plage de ports pour les réponses de connexions passives.\n" "- pour le pare-feu \n" "\n" @@ -1707,8 +1637,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Port Max pour mode passif \n" -"Valeur maximale pour la plage de ports pour les réponses de connexions " -"passives.\n" +"Valeur maximale pour la plage de ports pour les réponses de connexions passives.\n" "- pour le pare-feu \n" "\n" @@ -1766,8 +1695,7 @@ msgstr "" "Certificat DSA pour utiliser des connexions encryptées SSL \n" "Cette option indique où se trouve le certificat DSA pour\n" -"utiliser des connexions encryptées SSL. Sélectionnez un fichier en cliquant " -"surNaviguer\n" +"utiliser des connexions encryptées SSL. Sélectionnez un fichier en cliquant surNaviguer\n" "\n" #. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 @@ -1778,10 +1706,8 @@ "but not validated by a local admin.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Désactiver le téléchargement (download) de données non validées</" -"b> \n" -"Interdit le téléchargement (download) de fichiers qui sont téléchargés " -"(upload) \n" +"Désactiver le téléchargement (download) de données non validées \n" +"Interdit le téléchargement (download) de fichiers qui sont téléchargés (upload) \n" "mais non validés par un administrateur local.\n" "\n" @@ -1791,17 +1717,13 @@ "Security Settings \n" "Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "Accept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use " -"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "" msgstr "" "Paramètres de sécurité \n" "Désactiver SSL/TLS Désactiver le cryptage SSL/TLS.\n" -"Accepter SSL et TLS Accepter les deux sessions : tradionnelle et " -"cryptée.\n" -"Refuser les connexions sans SSL/TLS Refuser les connexions qui " -"n'utlisent pas les mécanismes de sécurité SSL/TLS, y compris les sessions " -"anonymes.\n" +"Accepter SSL et TLS Accepter les deux sessions : tradionnelle et cryptée.\n" +"Refuser les connexions sans SSL/TLS Refuser les connexions qui n'utlisent pas les mécanismes de sécurité SSL/TLS, y compris les sessions anonymes.\n" "" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48 @@ -1827,8 +1749,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Ajout d'un serveur FTP</big> \n" "Choisissez un serveur FTP dans la liste des serveurs FTP détectés.\n" -"Si votre serveur FTP n'a pas été détecté, utilisez Autre (non détecté)</" -"b>.\n" +"Si votre serveur FTP n'a pas été détecté, utilisez Autre (non détecté).\n" "Cliquez ensuite sur Configurer.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1874,8 +1795,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Modification ou suppression :</big> \n" "Choisissez un serveur FTP à modifier ou à supprimer.\n" -"Cliquez ensuite respectivement sur Modifier ou sur Supprimer.</" -"p>\n" +"Cliquez ensuite respectivement sur Modifier ou sur Supprimer.\n" # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__6 #. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value @@ -1923,8 +1843,7 @@ " you need to create a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez que les utilisateurs \"anonymes\" puissent télécharger des " -"documents vers le serveur\n" +"Si vous souhaitez que les utilisateurs \"anonymes\" puissent télécharger des documents vers le serveur\n" " vous avez besoin de créer un répertoire avec les droits en écriture.\n" "\n" @@ -1933,9 +1852,7 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1116 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1139 msgid " is a home directory after the login of anonymous users." -msgstr "" -" est un répertoire personnel après la connexion des utilisateurs \"anonymes" -"\"." +msgstr " est un répertoire personnel après la connexion des utilisateurs \"anonymes\"." #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1080 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1127 @@ -1956,8 +1873,7 @@ "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Pour autoriser les utilisateurs anonymes à télécharger (upload), vous avez " -"besoin d'un répertoire avec les droits d'écriture.\n" +"Pour autoriser les utilisateurs anonymes à télécharger (upload), vous avez besoin d'un répertoire avec les droits d'écriture.\n" "\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1104 @@ -1975,8 +1891,7 @@ " you have to create a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez autoriser les utilisateurs anonymes à créer des " -"répertoires,\n" +"Si vous souhaitez autoriser les utilisateurs anonymes à créer des répertoires,\n" " vous devez créer un répertoire avec les droits en écriture.\n" "\n" @@ -1986,8 +1901,7 @@ " you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez que les utilisateurs anonymes puissent créer des " -"répertoires\n" +"Si vous souhaitez que les utilisateurs anonymes puissent créer des répertoires\n" " vous avez besoin d'un répertoire avec les droits en écriture.\n" "\n" @@ -2013,27 +1927,18 @@ "If you want to allow uploads for \"anonymous\" users, \n" "you need a directory with write access for them." msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez autoriser les utilisateur \"anonymes\" à télécharger sur " -"le serveur,\n" -"vous avez besoin d'un répertoire avec les droits d'accès en écriture pour " -"eux." +"Si vous souhaitez autoriser les utilisateur \"anonymes\" à télécharger sur le serveur,\n" +"vous avez besoin d'un répertoire avec les droits d'accès en écriture pour eux." #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access.\n" +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" msgstr "" "Pour les connexions anonymes, il est nécessaire que\n" -"le dossier HOME d'un utilisateur anonyme ne soit pas accessible en " -"écriture.\n" +"le dossier HOME d'un utilisateur anonyme ne soit pas accessible en écriture.\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access." -msgstr "" -"Pour les connexions anonymes, il est nécessaire que le dossier HOME d'un " -"utilisateur anonyme ne soit pas accessible en écriture." +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." +msgstr "Pour les connexions anonymes, il est nécessaire que le dossier HOME d'un utilisateur anonyme ne soit pas accessible en écriture." #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" #. check values Max Port >= Min Port @@ -2058,12 +1963,8 @@ #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 -msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " -"connection is missing." -msgstr "" -"Le certificat /etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem pour la connexion SSL est " -"manquant." +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." +msgstr "Le certificat /etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem pour la connexion SSL est manquant." # TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__0 #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both @@ -2090,12 +1991,8 @@ msgstr "Voulez vous configurer vsftpd ? Sinon, choisissez pure-ftpd." #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 -msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " -"in interactive mode." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez installé les deux services. Il est par conséquent nécessaire de " -"lancer la configuration en mode interactif." +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." +msgstr "Vous avez installé les deux services. Il est par conséquent nécessaire de lancer la configuration en mode interactif." #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:935 @@ -2151,9 +2048,7 @@ #. write settings for starting daemon #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1008 msgid "Cannot create upload directory for anonymous connections." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de créer un répertoire de téléchargement (upload) pour les " -"connexions anonymes." +msgstr "Impossible de créer un répertoire de téléchargement (upload) pour les connexions anonymes." #. anonymous dir #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:1150 @@ -2231,8 +2126,7 @@ #~ "<big>Initializing FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" #~ "Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Initialisation de la configuration du serveur FTP</big></" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "<big>Initialisation de la configuration du serveur FTP</big> \n" #~ "Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 @@ -2240,22 +2134,18 @@ #~ "<big>Saving FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" #~ "Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur FTP</big></" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "<big>Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur FTP</big> \n" #~ "Veuillez patienter... \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "FTP Directory for Anonymous Users: \n" #~ "Here you can specify a directory which is used for ftp anonymous users. \n" -#~ "By pressing Browse you can select a directory from the local " -#~ "filesystem.\n" +#~ "By pressing Browse you can select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " Répertoire FTP pour les utilisateurs anonymes : \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez préciser le répertoire utlisé pour les utilisateurs FTP " -#~ "anonymes. \n" -#~ "en cliquant Naviguer vous pouvez sélectionner le répertoire depuis " -#~ "le système de fichier local.\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez préciser le répertoire utlisé pour les utilisateurs FTP anonymes. \n" +#~ "en cliquant Naviguer vous pouvez sélectionner le répertoire depuis le système de fichier local.\n" #~ "\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48 @@ -2275,8 +2165,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ajout d'un serveur FTP</big> \n" #~ "Choisissez un serveur FTP dans la liste des serveurs FTP détectés.\n" -#~ "Si votre serveur FTP n'a pas été détecté, utilisez Autre (non détecté)" -#~ ".\n" +#~ "Si votre serveur FTP n'a pas été détecté, utilisez Autre (non détecté).\n" #~ "Cliquez ensuite sur Configurer.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__51 @@ -2286,8 +2175,7 @@ #~ "edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Présentation de la configuration du serveur FTP</big> \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des serveurs ftp installés. De plus, vous " -#~ "pouvez\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des serveurs ftp installés. De plus, vous pouvez\n" #~ "modifier leur configuration. \n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__52 @@ -2308,17 +2196,13 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__22 #~ msgid "Press Cancel to cancel the configuration of the ftp." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cliquez sur Annuler, pour annuler la configuration de FTP." +#~ msgstr "Cliquez sur Annuler, pour annuler la configuration de FTP." #~ msgid "Choose ftp daemon please." #~ msgstr "Veuillez choisir démon ftp." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to cancel configuration of ftp you can push Cancel button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SI vous voulez annuler la configuration du ftp vous pouvez cliquer sur le " -#~ "bouton Annuler." +#~ msgid "If you want to cancel configuration of ftp you can push Cancel button." +#~ msgstr "SI vous voulez annuler la configuration du ftp vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton Annuler." #~ msgid "ENABLE" #~ msgstr "ACTIVER" @@ -2361,15 +2245,13 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Modification ou suppression</big> \n" #~ "Choisissez un serveur FTP à modifier ou à supprimer.\n" -#~ "Cliquez ensuite sur Modifier ou sur Supprimer selon votre " -#~ "choix.\n" +#~ "Cliquez ensuite sur Modifier ou sur Supprimer selon votre choix.\n" #~ msgid "It is not valid umask." #~ msgstr "Ce n'est pas un umask valide." #~ msgid "upload with allowed writing?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "télécharger de l'ordinateur vers le net avec les droits en écriture ?" +#~ msgstr "télécharger de l'ordinateur vers le net avec les droits en écriture ?" # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__33 #~ msgid "&Install" @@ -2399,8 +2281,7 @@ #~ "<big>Initializing ftp-server Configuration</big> \n" #~ "Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Initialisation de la configuration du serveur slp</big></" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "<big>Initialisation de la configuration du serveur slp</big> \n" #~ "Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 @@ -2409,8 +2290,7 @@ #~ "<big>Saving ftp-server Configuration</big> \n" #~ "Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur slp</big></" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "<big>Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur slp</big> \n" #~ "Veuillez patienter... \n" #, fuzzy @@ -2419,8 +2299,7 @@ #~ "FTP Directory is directory which is used for FTP users.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Répertoire charpente \n" -#~ "Le contenu de ce répertoire sera copié dans le répertoire personnel de " -#~ "l'utilisateur lorsque un\n" +#~ "Le contenu de ce répertoire sera copié dans le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur lorsque un\n" #~ "nouvel utilisateur est ajouté.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__105 @@ -2439,8 +2318,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Authentification \n" -#~ "Sélectionnez la méthode d'authentification à utiliser pour les " -#~ "utilisateurs de votre système.\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez la méthode d'authentification à utiliser pour les utilisateurs de votre système.\n" #~ "" #, fuzzy @@ -2450,8 +2328,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Authentification \n" -#~ "Sélectionnez la méthode d'authentification à utiliser pour les " -#~ "utilisateurs de votre système.\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez la méthode d'authentification à utiliser pour les utilisateurs de votre système.\n" #~ "" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__105 @@ -2482,8 +2359,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ajout d'un serveur slp :</big> \n" #~ "Choisissez un serveur slp dans la liste des serveurs slp détectés.\n" -#~ " Si votre serveur slp n'a pas été détecté, utilisez Autre (non détecté)" -#~ ".\n" +#~ " Si votre serveur slp n'a pas été détecté, utilisez Autre (non détecté).\n" #~ " Cliquez ensuite sur Configurer.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2503,8 +2379,7 @@ #~ "edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Présentation de la configuration du serveur slp</big> \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez obtenir une présentation des serveurs slp installés. De plus, " -#~ "vous pouvez\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez obtenir une présentation des serveurs slp installés. De plus, vous pouvez\n" #~ " en modifier la configuration. \n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__52 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/gtk.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/gtk.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/gtk.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -82,8 +82,7 @@ msgstr "" "Options de ligne de commande pour l'interface YaST2 (plugin GTK) :\n" "\n" -"--noborder pas de bordure du gestionnaire de fenêtre pour les boîtes de " -"dialogue principales\n" +"--noborder pas de bordure du gestionnaire de fenêtre pour les boîtes de dialogue principales\n" "--fullscreen afficher les boîtes de dialogue principales en plein écran\n" "--nothreads exécuter sans threads d'interface supplémentaires\n" "--help afficher ce texte d'aide\n" @@ -116,9 +115,7 @@ #: src/YGUI.cc:394 msgid "No dialog to take screenshot of." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a aucune boite de dialogue dont une capture d'écran peut être " -"effectuée." +msgstr "Il n'y a aucune boite de dialogue dont une capture d'écran peut être effectuée." #: src/YGUI.cc:409 msgid "Could not take screenshot." @@ -283,26 +280,11 @@ #~ msgid "Package _listing:" #~ msgstr "_Liste des paquets :" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Press a patch in the " -#~ "list to see more information about it.To install a patch, just " -#~ "click on its \"checkbox\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Aperçu</h1>Cliquer sur un correctif " -#~ "dans la liste pour obtenir plus d'informations à son sujet.Pour " -#~ "installer un correctif, il suffit de cliquer sur sa \"case\"." +#~ msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Press a patch in the list to see more information about it.To install a patch, just click on its \"checkbox\"." +#~ msgstr "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Aperçu</h1>Cliquer sur un correctif dans la liste pour obtenir plus d'informations à son sujet.Pour installer un correctif, il suffit de cliquer sur sa \"case\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Browse packages using " -#~ "the groups list on the left.Press a package in the list to see " -#~ "more information about it.To install or remove a package, just " -#~ "click on its \"checkbox\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Aperçu</h1>Naviguer à travers les " -#~ "paquets en utilisant la liste des groupes sur la gauche.Cliquer " -#~ "sur un paquet dans la liste pour obtenir plus d'informations à son sujet</" -#~ "p>Pour installer ou supprimer un paquet, il suffit de cliquer sur sa " -#~ "\"case\"." +#~ msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Browse packages using the groups list on the left.Press a package in the list to see more information about it.To install or remove a package, just click on its \"checkbox\"." +#~ msgstr "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Aperçu</h1>Naviguer à travers les paquets en utilisant la liste des groupes sur la gauche.Cliquer sur un paquet dans la liste pour obtenir plus d'informations à son sujetPour installer ou supprimer un paquet, il suffit de cliquer sur sa \"case\"." #~ msgid "Priorities" #~ msgstr "Priorités" @@ -343,10 +325,8 @@ #~ msgid "Install anyway?" #~ msgstr "Installer quand même" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Quelques conflits sur la transaction doivent être résolus manuellement." +#~ msgid "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." +#~ msgstr "Quelques conflits sur la transaction doivent être résolus manuellement." #~ msgid "Changes not saved!" #~ msgstr "Changements non sauvegardés !" @@ -358,12 +338,8 @@ #~ msgid "Unsupported packages" #~ msgstr "Paquets non supportés" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or " -#~ "requires an additional customer contract for support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Veuillez réaliser que les logiciels suivants sont soit non supportés soit " -#~ "nécessitent un contrat client supplémentaire pour le support." +#~ msgid "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +#~ msgstr "Veuillez réaliser que les logiciels suivants sont soit non supportés soit nécessitent un contrat client supplémentaire pour le support." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__119 #~ msgid "Online Update" @@ -377,224 +353,52 @@ #~ msgid "Please wait..." #~ msgstr "Veuillez patienter..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update " -#~ "applications.Software in &product; is broken down and distributed " -#~ "in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a " -#~ "common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is " -#~ "installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such " -#~ "underlying dependencies. Likewise, the plugins and other non-" -#~ "essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own " -#~ "packages, so the user may install them only if needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>But</h1>Cet outil vous permet d'installer, de supprimer et de " -#~ "mettre à jour les applications.Le logiciel pour &product; est " -#~ "divisé et est distribué sous forme de paquets. De cette façon, si " -#~ "plusieurs applications nécessitent un fichier système commun, ce fichier " -#~ "système est livré dans son propre paquet et il n'est installé qu'une " -#~ "seule fois si nécessaire. L'utilisateur n'a pas besoin de s'occuper des " -#~ "dépendances qui en découlent. Néanmoins, les plugins et autres " -#~ "données non-essentielles d'une application donnée peuvent être fournis " -#~ "dans leurs propres paquets, afin que l'utilisateur puisse les installer " -#~ "seulement s'il en a besoin." +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying dependencies. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed." +#~ msgstr "<h1>But</h1>Cet outil vous permet d'installer, de supprimer et de mettre à jour les applications.Le logiciel pour &product; est divisé et est distribué sous forme de paquets. De cette façon, si plusieurs applications nécessitent un fichier système commun, ce fichier système est livré dans son propre paquet et il n'est installé qu'une seule fois si nécessaire. L'utilisateur n'a pas besoin de s'occuper des dépendances qui en découlent. Néanmoins, les plugins et autres données non-essentielles d'une application donnée peuvent être fournis dans leurs propres paquets, afin que l'utilisateur puisse les installer seulement s'il en a besoin." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Common suffixes for complementary packages:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les suffixes communs pour les paquets complémentaires :<ul><li>-" -#~ "plugin-: étend l'application avec des fonctionnalités supplémentaires." -#~ "</li><li>-develen-têtes pour le développement logiciel.</" -#~ "li><li>-debuginfo: symboles de débogage pour tester les logiciels." -#~ "</li><li>-fr, -pl ou autre sigle de langue : fichiers de " -#~ "traduction (votre langue sera automatiquement marquée pour " -#~ "l'installation, si nécessaire).</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "Common suffixes for complementary packages:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "Les suffixes communs pour les paquets complémentaires :<ul><li>-plugin-: étend l'application avec des fonctionnalités supplémentaires.</li><li>-develen-têtes pour le développement logiciel.</li><li>-debuginfo: symboles de débogage pour tester les logiciels.</li><li>-fr, -pl ou autre sigle de langue : fichiers de traduction (votre langue sera automatiquement marquée pour l'installation, si nécessaire).</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages " -#~ "that are available from the repositories you have configured will " -#~ "be listed together. Status filters are available in the right-" -#~ "bottom box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " À la fois les paquets qui sont installés sur votre système et les " -#~ "paquets qui sont disponibles dans les dépôts que vous avez " -#~ "configuré seront affichés. Les filtres d'État sont accessibles " -#~ "dans le cadre en bas à droite." +#~ msgid "Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages that are available from the repositories you have configured will be listed together. Status filters are available in the right-bottom box." +#~ msgstr " À la fois les paquets qui sont installés sur votre système et les paquets qui sont disponibles dans les dépôts que vous avez configuré seront affichés. Les filtres d'État sont accessibles dans le cadre en bas à droite." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local " -#~ "(such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find " -#~ "an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can " -#~ "also be accessed via the Configuration > Repositories menu item.</" -#~ "blockquote>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<blockquote>Un dépôt est un média contenant des paquets, il peut être " -#~ "soit local (tel que le CD d'installation) soit un serveur internet " -#~ "distant. Vous pouvez trouver des utilitaires pour configurer des dépôts " -#~ "dans le centre de contrôle YaST, qui peut également être accessible via " -#~ "le menu : Configuration > Dépôts .</blockquote>" +#~ msgid "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can also be accessed via the Configuration > Repositories menu item.</blockquote>" +#~ msgstr "<blockquote>Un dépôt est un média contenant des paquets, il peut être soit local (tel que le CD d'installation) soit un serveur internet distant. Vous pouvez trouver des utilitaires pour configurer des dépôts dans le centre de contrôle YaST, qui peut également être accessible via le menu : Configuration > Dépôts .</blockquote>" # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__23 #~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>" #~ msgstr "<h1>Utilisation</h1>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>All packages are " -#~ "listed together unless you have selected a status filter from the " -#~ "right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates " -#~ "whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an " -#~ "installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in " -#~ "blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is " -#~ "highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made " -#~ "available in any configured repository.The context menu (right " -#~ "click on a package) provides extra options. The Undo option can be " -#~ "used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be " -#~ "selected (using the Control key) and modified together.Use the " -#~ "Version list over the description box to select a specific version " -#~ "of a package.Press the Apply button when you want your " -#~ "changes to be performed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Les onglets Installer, Mettre à jour, Désinstaller, Annuler</h2> Tous " -#~ "les paquets sont affichés ensembles à moins que vous n'ayez sélectionné " -#~ "un filtre d'état dans la boîte en bas à droite. La case à cocher " -#~ "à côté du nom du paquet indique si le paquet est installé ou non. Si une " -#~ "version plus récente d'un paquet installé est disponible, la version sera " -#~ "surlignée en bleu et le bouton de mise à jour sera placé à côté de lui. " -#~ "Il est surligné en rouge si la version installée n'est plus proposée par " -#~ "aucun des dépôts configurés.Le menu contextuel (clic droit sur un " -#~ "paquet) offre des options supplémentaires. L'option Annuler peut " -#~ "être utilisée pour inverser toutes les modifications que vous avez " -#~ "faites. Plusieurs paquets peuvent être sélectionnés (en utilisant la " -#~ "touche Control) et modifiés ensemble. Utilisez la liste " -#~ "Version au dessus de la boîte de description pour sélectionner une " -#~ "version spécifique d'un paquet. Cliquez sur Appliquer pour " -#~ "appliquer vos modifications. " +#~ msgid "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a status filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The Undo option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.Use the Version list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.Press the Apply button when you want your changes to be performed." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Les onglets Installer, Mettre à jour, Désinstaller, Annuler</h2> Tous les paquets sont affichés ensembles à moins que vous n'ayez sélectionné un filtre d'état dans la boîte en bas à droite. La case à cocher à côté du nom du paquet indique si le paquet est installé ou non. Si une version plus récente d'un paquet installé est disponible, la version sera surlignée en bleu et le bouton de mise à jour sera placé à côté de lui. Il est surligné en rouge si la version installée n'est plus proposée par aucun des dépôts configurés.Le menu contextuel (clic droit sur un paquet) offre des options supplémentaires. L'option Annuler peut être utilisée pour inverser toutes les modifications que vous avez faites. Plusieurs paquets peuvent être sélectionnés (en utilisant la touche Control) et modifiés ensemble. Utilisez la liste Version au dessus de la boîte de description pour sélectionner une version spécifiqu e d'un paquet. Cliquez sur Appliquer pour appliquer vos modifications. " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Lock software</h2>Packages can be locked against automatic changes " -#~ "via the context menu.Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: " -#~ "for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it " -#~ "interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that " -#~ "includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Verrouillage de paquets</h2>Les paquets peuvent être verrouillés " -#~ "contre les modifications automatiques via le menu contextuel.Le " -#~ "verrouillage n'est utile que dans des cas très rares : par exemple, vous " -#~ "ne voulez pas installer un pilote donné parce qu'il interfère avec votre " -#~ "système, mais vous voulez installer quelques collections dans lequel il " -#~ "est inclus. Les verrous peuvent être appliqués que le paquet soit " -#~ "installé ou non. " +#~ msgid "<h2>Lock software</h2>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Verrouillage de paquets</h2>Les paquets peuvent être verrouillés contre les modifications automatiques via le menu contextuel.Le verrouillage n'est utile que dans des cas très rares : par exemple, vous ne voulez pas installer un pilote donné parce qu'il interfère avec votre système, mais vous voulez installer quelques collections dans lequel il est inclus. Les verrous peuvent être appliqués que le paquet soit installé ou non. " # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__103 #~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>" #~ msgstr "<h2>Filtres</h2>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Search</h3>Enter free text into the search-field to match their " -#~ "names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the " -#~ "'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word " -#~ "'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by " -#~ "separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return " -#~ "'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like " -#~ "searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes " -#~ "are provided, such as to search for a given file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Recherche</h3>Entrez un texte dans le champ de recherche en " -#~ "fonction de leurs noms et descriptions. (une recherche sur 'office' vous " -#~ "donnera les paquets 'LibreOffice' ainsi que 'AbiWord' qui comporte le mot " -#~ "'office' dans sa description). Vous pouvez lancer une recherche sur " -#~ "plusieurs mots clés en les séparant avec des espaces (par exemple en " -#~ "entrant 'spread sheet' ou 'feuille de calcul' vous trouverez 'libreoffice-" -#~ "calc'). Vous pouvez utiliser la recherche combinée avec un filtre comme " -#~ "la recherche d'un paquet dans un dépôt donné. D'autres attributs de " -#~ "recherche sont fournis, comme la recherche sur un fichier donné." +#~ msgid "<h3>Search</h3>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Recherche</h3>Entrez un texte dans le champ de recherche en fonction de leurs noms et descriptions. (une recherche sur 'office' vous donnera les paquets 'LibreOffice' ainsi que 'AbiWord' qui comporte le mot 'office' dans sa description). Vous pouvez lancer une recherche sur plusieurs mots clés en les séparant avec des espaces (par exemple en entrant 'spread sheet' ou 'feuille de calcul' vous trouverez 'libreoffice-calc'). Vous pouvez utiliser la recherche combinée avec un filtre comme la recherche d'un paquet dans un dépôt donné. D'autres attributs de recherche sont fournis, comme la recherche sur un fichier donné." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Groups</h3>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find " -#~ "software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software " -#~ "selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is " -#~ "provided by the RPM Groups filter." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Groupes</h3>Le logiciel pour &product; est indexé de façon à ce " -#~ "que vous puissiez trouver des logiciels pour une tâche spécifique lorsque " -#~ "vous n'êtes pas au courant des logiciels disponibles. Une classification " -#~ "hiérarchique plus détaillée est fournie par le filtre Groupes RPM." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the RPM Groups filter." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Groupes</h3>Le logiciel pour &product; est indexé de façon à ce que vous puissiez trouver des logiciels pour une tâche spécifique lorsque vous n'êtes pas au courant des logiciels disponibles. Une classification hiérarchique plus détaillée est fournie par le filtre Groupes RPM." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>Patterns are task-oriented " -#~ "collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation " -#~ "of the File Server pattern, for example, will install various " -#~ "packages needed for running such a server.If you want to install a " -#~ "particular language, you may want to do so via the Language tool " -#~ "from the YaST control center." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Schémas et Langues</h3>Les Schémas sont des collections de " -#~ "paquets qui s'installent comme un seul paquet. L'installation du Schéma " -#~ "Serveur de fichiers va, par exemple, installer des paquets " -#~ "différents nécessaires au fonctionnement d'un tel serveur. Si vous " -#~ "voulez installer une langue particulière, vous pouvez le faire par " -#~ "l'intermédiaire de l'outil Langue du centre de contrôle YaST." +#~ msgid "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>Patterns are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the File Server pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the Language tool from the YaST control center." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Schémas et Langues</h3>Les Schémas sont des collections de paquets qui s'installent comme un seul paquet. L'installation du Schéma Serveur de fichiers va, par exemple, installer des paquets différents nécessaires au fonctionnement d'un tel serveur. Si vous voulez installer une langue particulière, vous pouvez le faire par l'intermédiaire de l'outil Langue du centre de contrôle YaST." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>Explore the available " -#~ "information about the package in the box below. Note that more " -#~ "information is available for installed packages than for those only " -#~ "available from a repository.You can also pick a specific version " -#~ "of the package to install from this box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Les détails des logiciels dans le cadre ci-dessous</h2>Découvrez " -#~ "les informations disponibles sur le paquet dans le cadre ci-dessous. " -#~ "Notez qu'il existe plus d'informations pour les paquets installés que " -#~ "pour ceux qui sont disponibles dans vos dépôts.Vous pouvez " -#~ "également choisir une version spécifique du paquet à installer à partir " -#~ "de ce cadre." +#~ msgid "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Les détails des logiciels dans le cadre ci-dessous</h2>Découvrez les informations disponibles sur le paquet dans le cadre ci-dessous. Notez qu'il existe plus d'informations pour les paquets installés que pour ceux qui sont disponibles dans vos dépôts.Vous pouvez également choisir une version spécifique du paquet à installer à partir de ce cadre." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking " -#~ "patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Objectif</h1>Cet outil vous donne le contrôle sur la vue " -#~ "d'ensemble et la sélection des correctifs. Vous pouvez également annuler " -#~ "les correctifs qui ont été appliqués au système." +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system." +#~ msgstr "<h1>Objectif</h1>Cet outil vous donne le contrôle sur la vue d'ensemble et la sélection des correctifs. Vous pouvez également annuler les correctifs qui ont été appliqués au système." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:</" -#~ "p><ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be " -#~ "exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes " -#~ "non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</" -#~ "li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</" -#~ "li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST</" -#~ "b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Utilisation</h1><h2>Catégories</h2>Les correctifs sont regroupés " -#~ "comme cela :<ul><li>Sécurité: corrige une faille logicielle " -#~ "qui pourrait être exploitée pour obtenir des privilèges restreints.</" -#~ "li><li>Recommandé: corrige des failles qui ne représentent pas un " -#~ "danger pour la sécurité (par exemple la corruption de données, le " -#~ "ralentissement des performances).</li><li>Optionnel: les failles " -#~ "qui s'appliquent uniquement à quelques utilisateurs.</" -#~ "li><li>Documentation: corrige les erreurs de documentation.</" -#~ "li><li>YaST: des correctifs pour les outils du centre de contrôle " -#~ "YaST.</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:<ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Utilisation</h1><h2>Catégories</h2>Les correctifs sont regroupés comme cela :<ul><li>Sécurité: corrige une faille logicielle qui pourrait être exploitée pour obtenir des privilèges restreints.</li><li>Recommandé: corrige des failles qui ne représentent pas un danger pour la sécurité (par exemple la corruption de données, le ralentissement des performances).</li><li>Optionnel: les failles qui s'appliquent uniquement à quelques utilisateurs.</li><li>Documentation: corrige les erreurs de documentation.</li><li>YaST: des correctifs pour les outils du centre de contrôle YaST.</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be " -#~ "sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</" -#~ "p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check " -#~ "for upgrades on the Software Manager." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Seuls les correctifs qui s'appliquent à votre système seront visibles. " -#~ "Vous pouvez être sûr que la décision de sortir un nouveau correctif ne se " -#~ "fait pas facilement.Si vous êtes à la recherche d'une version plus " -#~ "récente d'un application, vous pouvez vérifier les mises à jour " -#~ "sur le Gestionnaire de logiciels." +#~ msgid "Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for upgrades on the Software Manager." +#~ msgstr "Seuls les correctifs qui s'appliquent à votre système seront visibles. Vous pouvez être sûr que la décision de sortir un nouveau correctif ne se fait pas facilement.Si vous êtes à la recherche d'une version plus récente d'un application, vous pouvez vérifier les mises à jour sur le Gestionnaire de logiciels." # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__83 #~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." @@ -673,9 +477,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Journal des modifications (Changelog)" #~ msgid "Changelog applies only to the installed version." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le journal des modifications (changelog) ne s'applique qu'à la version " -#~ "installée." +#~ msgstr "Le journal des modifications (changelog) ne s'applique qu'à la version installée." #~ msgid "Authors" #~ msgstr "Auteurs" @@ -874,12 +676,8 @@ #~ msgid "Export to" #~ msgstr "Exporter vers " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependencies resolver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Utiliser ceci pour générer des logs approfondis pour aider au dépistage " -#~ "des bogues dans le resolveur de dépendances." +#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver." +#~ msgstr "Utiliser ceci pour générer des logs approfondis pour aider au dépistage des bogues dans le resolveur de dépendances." #~ msgid "The logs will be saved to the directory:" #~ msgstr "Les logs seront sauvegardés dans le dossier :" @@ -894,8 +692,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Cas de test de résolution de dépendances écrits dans :" #~ msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Egalement créer une archive tar <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> à joindre à Bugzilla ?" +#~ msgstr "Egalement créer une archive tar <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> à joindre à Bugzilla ?" #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n" @@ -1007,8 +804,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Installed: cannot remove a pattern.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to " -#~ "keep." +#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to keep." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Installé: impossible de supprimer un schéma.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1032,11 +828,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords.\n" -#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd " -#~ "tool)" +#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd tool)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Recherche de paquets : Utiliser des espaces pour séparer vos mots " -#~ "clés.\n" +#~ "Recherche de paquets : Utiliser des espaces pour séparer vos mots clés.\n" #~ "(ex. : \"yast dhcp\" donnera l'outil yast dhcpd)" #~ msgid "Name & Summary" @@ -1053,15 +847,11 @@ #~ msgstr "par" #~ msgid "%sPatterns are available%s that correspond to your search criteria." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%s schémas sont disponibles, %s qui correspondent à vos critères de " -#~ "recherche." +#~ msgstr "%s schémas sont disponibles, %s qui correspondent à vos critères de recherche." # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__83 #~ msgid "Search by file name only reliable for installed packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La recherche par nom de fichier n'est possible que pour les paquets " -#~ "installés." +#~ msgstr "La recherche par nom de fichier n'est possible que pour les paquets installés." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__122 #~ msgid "view all changes" @@ -1129,12 +919,8 @@ #~ msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies" #~ msgstr "Afficher les Dépendances non necessaires" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, " -#~ "nor comprehensive. Use with care." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il s'agit d'une liste de dépendances qui ne sont plus utilisées. Elle " -#~ "n'est ni exacte, ni exhaustive. À utiliser avec précaution." +#~ msgid "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, nor comprehensive. Use with care." +#~ msgstr "Il s'agit d'une liste de dépendances qui ne sont plus utilisées. Elle n'est ni exacte, ni exhaustive. À utiliser avec précaution." #~ msgid "Remove All" #~ msgstr "Tout supprimer" @@ -1235,9 +1021,7 @@ #~ msgid "Reboot required:" #~ msgstr "Redémarrage nécessaire : " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take " -#~ "effect." +#~ msgid "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take effect." #~ msgstr "le système devra être redémarré pour que ce correctif prenne effet." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__196 @@ -1245,9 +1029,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Reconnexion nécessaire : " #~ msgid "you must logout and login again for this patch to take effect." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "vous devez vous déconnecter de votre session et vous reconnecter pour que " -#~ "ce correctif prenne effet." +#~ msgstr "vous devez vous déconnecter de votre session et vous reconnecter pour que ce correctif prenne effet." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__24 #~ msgid "Optional" @@ -1256,21 +1038,8 @@ #~ msgid "Other" #~ msgstr "Autre" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Common suffixes for complementory packages:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les suffixes communs pour les paquets complémentaires :<ul><li>-" -#~ "plugin-: étend l'application avec des fonctionnalités supplémentaires." -#~ "</li><li>-develen-têtes pour le développement logiciel.</" -#~ "li><li>-debuginfo: symboles de débogage pour tester les logiciels." -#~ "</li><li>-fr, -pl ou autre sigle de langue : fichiers de " -#~ "traduction (votre langue sera marquée pour installation automatique si " -#~ "nécessaire).</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "Common suffixes for complementory packages:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "Les suffixes communs pour les paquets complémentaires :<ul><li>-plugin-: étend l'application avec des fonctionnalités supplémentaires.</li><li>-develen-têtes pour le développement logiciel.</li><li>-debuginfo: symboles de débogage pour tester les logiciels.</li><li>-fr, -pl ou autre sigle de langue : fichiers de traduction (votre langue sera marquée pour installation automatique si nécessaire).</li></ul>" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__106 #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..." @@ -1473,12 +1242,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependency solver.\n" +#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency solver.\n" #~ "The logs will be stored in directory: " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Utiliser ceci pour générer des logs approfondis pour aider le dépistage " -#~ "des bogues dans le resolveur de dépendances.\n" +#~ "Utiliser ceci pour générer des logs approfondis pour aider le dépistage des bogues dans le resolveur de dépendances.\n" #~ "Les logs seront stockés dans le dossier : " #, fuzzy @@ -1608,12 +1375,8 @@ #~ msgid "Detailed" #~ msgstr "Détaillé" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Group by the PackageKit-based filter or straight from the actual RPM " -#~ "information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Grouper par le filtre basé sur PackageKit ou directement depuis les " -#~ "informations RPM." +#~ msgid "Group by the PackageKit-based filter or straight from the actual RPM information." +#~ msgstr "Grouper par le filtre basé sur PackageKit ou directement depuis les informations RPM." #~ msgid "Edit..." #~ msgstr "Modifier..." @@ -1639,15 +1402,10 @@ #~ msgstr "_Tout" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be " -#~ "matched against RPM name and summary attributes. Other " -#~ "criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n" +#~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be matched against RPM name and summary attributes. Other criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n" #~ "(usage example: \"yast dhcp\" will return yast's dhcpd tool)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Recherche de paquets : Utiliser des espaces pour séparer vos mots " -#~ "clés. Le filtre portera sur les attributs de nom et résumé " -#~ "RPM. D'autres attributs peuvent être inclus dans le critère en cliquant " -#~ "sur l'icône de recherche.\n" +#~ "Recherche de paquets : Utiliser des espaces pour séparer vos mots clés. Le filtre portera sur les attributs de nom et résumé RPM. D'autres attributs peuvent être inclus dans le critère en cliquant sur l'icône de recherche.\n" #~ "(exemple d'utilisation : \"yast dhcp\" retournera l'outil dhcpd de yast)" #~ msgid "Filter by name & summary" @@ -1666,8 +1424,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Filtrer par nouveauté (en jours)" #~ msgid "Number of days since the package was built by the repository." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nombre de jours écoulés depuis que le paquet a été construit par le dépôt." +#~ msgstr "Nombre de jours écoulés depuis que le paquet a été construit par le dépôt." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__82 #~ msgid "Severity" @@ -1676,19 +1433,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Packages can be organized in:\n" #~ "Groups: simple categorization of packages by purpose.\n" -#~ "Patterns: assists in installing all packages necessary for several " -#~ "working environments.\n" +#~ "Patterns: assists in installing all packages necessary for several working environments.\n" #~ "Languages: adds another language to the system.\n" -#~ "Repositories: catalogues what the several configured repositories " -#~ "have available." +#~ "Repositories: catalogues what the several configured repositories have available." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Les paquets peuvent être organisés par :\n" #~ "Groupes : simple catégorisation des paquets par utilisation.\n" -#~ "Schémas : assiste dans l'installation de tous les paquets " -#~ "nécessaires pour différents environnements de travail.\n" +#~ "Schémas : assiste dans l'installation de tous les paquets nécessaires pour différents environnements de travail.\n" #~ "Langues : ajoute une autre langue au système.\n" -#~ "Dépôts : catalogue ce que les divers dépôts configurés ont de " -#~ "disponible." +#~ "Dépôts : catalogue ce que les divers dépôts configurés ont de disponible." #~ msgid "related packages." #~ msgstr "paquets liés." @@ -1735,12 +1488,8 @@ #~ msgid "Disk Almost Full !" #~ msgstr "Disque presque plein !" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to " -#~ "remove packages if you wish to install some." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une des partitions a presque atteint ses limites de capacité. Il se peut " -#~ "que vous soyez obligé de supprimer des paquets pour pouvoir en installer." +#~ msgid "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to remove packages if you wish to install some." +#~ msgstr "Une des partitions a presque atteint ses limites de capacité. Il se peut que vous soyez obligé de supprimer des paquets pour pouvoir en installer." #~ msgid "A_pply" #~ msgstr "A_ppliquer" @@ -1753,12 +1502,8 @@ #~ msgid "Dependencies from Filtered Repositories" #~ msgstr "Dépendances depuis les dépôts filtrés" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided " -#~ "by the filtered repository. Install them?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les paquets suivants ont des dépendances nécessaires qui ne sont pas " -#~ "fournies par le dépôt filtré. Les installer ?" +#~ msgid "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided by the filtered repository. Install them?" +#~ msgstr "Les paquets suivants ont des dépendances nécessaires qui ne sont pas fournies par le dépôt filtré. Les installer ?" #~ msgid "Import Package List" #~ msgstr "Importer la liste de paquets" @@ -1854,19 +1599,11 @@ #~ msgid "from" #~ msgstr "depuis" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is " -#~ "recommended it be installed.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "(Comme ce paquet est une extension d'un paquet déjà installé, il est " -#~ "recommandé qu'il soit installé.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is recommended it be installed.)" +#~ msgstr "(Comme ce paquet est une extension d'un paquet déjà installé, il est recommandé qu'il soit installé.)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is suggested</" -#~ "b> it be installed.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "(Comme ce paquet complémente des paquets installés, il est suggéré " -#~ "qu'il soit installé.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is suggested it be installed.)" +#~ msgstr "(Comme ce paquet complémente des paquets installés, il est suggéré qu'il soit installé.)" # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__8 #~ msgid "Installed at:" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/http-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -131,8 +131,7 @@ #. translators: error message in configure command line action #: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" -msgstr "" -"Seul les hôtes existants peuvent être spécifiés comme hôte à configurer" +msgstr "Seul les hôtes existants peuvent être spécifiés comme hôte à configurer" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__219 #. translators: popup error message when validate servername @@ -375,8 +374,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en " -"toute sécurité.\n" +"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -398,56 +396,36 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'enregistrement</big> \n" "Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter la procédure d'enregistrement.\n" -" Une autre boîte de dialogue vous indique si l'annulation peut se faire en " -"toute sécurité.\n" +" Une autre boîte de dialogue vous indique si l'annulation peut se faire en toute sécurité.\n" #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80." -msgstr "" -"La valeur Port définit le port que Apache2 écoute. 80 est la " -"valeur par défaut." +msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." +msgstr "La valeur Port définit le port que Apache2 écoute. 80 est la valeur par défaut." #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all." -msgstr "" -"Écouter les Interfaces contient la liste de toutes les adresses IP " -"configurées pour cet hôte. Les adresses IP marquées sont celles sur " -"lesquelles Apache2 écoute. En cas de doute, cochez-les toutes." +msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgstr "Écouter les Interfaces contient la liste de toutes les adresses IP configurées pour cet hôte. Les adresses IP marquées sont celles sur lesquelles Apache2 écoute. En cas de doute, cochez-les toutes." #. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." -msgstr "" -"Activez ici les languages de script que le serveur Apache2 devrait " -"supporter." +msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." +msgstr "Activez ici les languages de script que le serveur Apache2 devrait supporter." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press Finish." -msgstr "" -"Le résumé affiche les paramètres qui seront écrits dans la configuration " -"Apache2 lorsque vous presserez Terminer." +msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." +msgstr "Le résumé affiche les paramètres qui seront écrits dans la configuration Apache2 lorsque vous presserez Terminer." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur Configuration du serveur HTTP pour experts \n" -"\t\tpour créer une configuration plus détaillée avant d'écrire la " -"configuration." +"\t\tpour créer une configuration plus détaillée avant d'écrire la configuration." #. module dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -456,8 +434,7 @@ "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>Édition des modules du serveur HTTP</big> \n" @@ -473,12 +450,10 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.</" -"p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" msgstr "" "Pour changer l'état d'un module, \n" -"sélectionnez l'entrée adéquate dans le tableau et cliquez sur État de " -"l'interrupteur à bascule.\n" +"sélectionnez l'entrée adéquate dans le tableau et cliquez sur État de l'interrupteur à bascule.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__8 #. module dialog help 3/3 @@ -494,8 +469,7 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Paramètres du serveur HTTP</big> \n" @@ -545,44 +519,34 @@ # TLABEL bootfloppy_2002_01_04_0147__2 #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to " -"change settings." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez l'entrée adéquate dans le tableau et cliquez sur " -"Modifier pour changer les paramètres." +msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." +msgstr "Sélectionnez l'entrée adéquate dans le tableau et cliquez sur Modifier pour changer les paramètres." #. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "Log Files displays server log files." -msgstr "" -"Fichiers de journalisation affiche les fichiers de journalisation " -"du serveur." +msgstr "Fichiers de journalisation affiche les fichiers de journalisation du serveur." #. hosts list help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Hôtes configurés</big> \n" "Ceci est une liste des hôtes déjà configurés. Un des hôtes est \n" -"marqué comme défaut (l'astérisque à côté du nom de serveur). Un hôte par " -"défaut est utilisé si aucun autre\n" +"marqué comme défaut (l'astérisque à côté du nom de serveur). Un hôte par défaut est utilisé si aucun autre\n" "hôte ne répond à une requête entrante. Pour définir un hôte comme\n" "défaut, sélectionnez le bouton Définir comme défaut.\n" #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " -"Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez l'entrée adéquate dans le tableau puis cliquez sur\n" "Modifer pour changer cette hôte.\n" @@ -593,42 +557,33 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Configuration de l'hôte</big> \n" "Pour modifer les paramètres de l'hôte, sélectionnez\n" "l'entrée adéquate dans le tableau puis cliquez sur Modifer.\n" -"Pour ajouter une nouvelle option, cliquez sur Ajouter. Pour " -"supprimer\n" +"Pour ajouter une nouvelle option, cliquez sur Ajouter. Pour supprimer\n" "une option, sélectionnez-la puis cliquez sur Effacer." #. host editing help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -"b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" -"Les options Résolution du serveur définissent la résolution lors " -"de l'utilisation\n" -"\tdes hôtes virtuels. Toutefois, lorsque vous choisissez Résolution via " -"en-têtes HTTP,\n" +"Les options Résolution du serveur définissent la résolution lors de l'utilisation\n" +"\tdes hôtes virtuels. Toutefois, lorsque vous choisissez Résolution via en-têtes HTTP,\n" "\tle serveur par défaut ne recevra jamais de requêtes à l'adresse IP d'un\n" -"\thôte virtuel basé sur le nom. Si vous envisagez de configurer un hôte " -"virtuel basé sur SSL, utilisez Résolution via adresse IP" +"\thôte virtuel basé sur le nom. Si vous envisagez de configurer un hôte virtuel basé sur SSL, utilisez Résolution via adresse IP" #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" -"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Paramètres Listen pour un hôte</big> \n" @@ -638,15 +593,12 @@ #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez l'entrée adéquate dans le tableau puis cliquez sur\n" "Modifer pour changer cette entrée.\n" -"Pour ajouter une nouvelle entrée, cliquez sur Ajouter. Pour " -"supprimer\n" +"Pour ajouter une nouvelle entrée, cliquez sur Ajouter. Pour supprimer\n" "une entrée, sélectionnez-la et cliquez sur Effacer. " #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 @@ -658,34 +610,28 @@ "encrypting communication.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuration SSL</big> \n" -"Ceci est une liste des options relatives aux paramètres SSL (Secure Socket " -"Layer)\n" -"de l'hôte. SSL autorise une communication sécurisée avec l'hôte en " -"chiffrant \n" +"Ceci est une liste des options relatives aux paramètres SSL (Secure Socket Layer)\n" +"de l'hôte. SSL autorise une communication sécurisée avec l'hôte en chiffrant \n" "la communication.\n" #. ssl options dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Le comportement général est déterminé par l'option SSL. L'hôte peut\n" -"ne pas prendre du tout en charge SSL (<tt>Pas de SSL</tt>), autoriser à la " -"fois l'accès non SSL et SSL (<tt>Autorisé</tt>),\n" +"ne pas prendre du tout en charge SSL (<tt>Pas de SSL</tt>), autoriser à la fois l'accès non SSL et SSL (<tt>Autorisé</tt>),\n" " ou n'accepter que les connexions codées via SSL (<tt>Requis</tt>).\n" " \n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez l'option adéquate dans le tableau puis cliquez sur\n" "Modifer pour changer cette option.\n" @@ -702,8 +648,7 @@ "common certificate issued for this host.\n" msgstr "" "Le menu Certificats permet \n" -"l'importation de certificats de serveur. Importer certificat du serveur</" -"b> \n" +"l'importation de certificats de serveur. Importer certificat du serveur \n" "permet l'utilisation d'un certificat spécifique. \n" "Utiliser certificat commun configure l'utilisation du\n" "certificat commun fourni par cet hôte.\n" @@ -714,8 +659,7 @@ "Note: If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Remarque : si vous activez l'utilisation de SSL pour un hôte, le " -"module <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" +"Remarque : si vous activez l'utilisation de SSL pour un hôte, le module <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "doit être chargé par le serveur.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__104 @@ -723,33 +667,26 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Nouvel hôte</big> \n" -"Ce dialogue permet d'entrer des informations basiques relatives à ce nouvel " -"hôte virtuel." +"Ce dialogue permet d'entrer des informations basiques relatives à ce nouvel hôte virtuel." #. new host dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.\n" msgstr "" "Identification du serveur spécifie le contenu et\n" -"la présentation du nouvel hôte virtuel. Nom du serveur est le nom DNS " -"renvoyé avec les\n" -" en-têtes HTTP de la réponse du serveur. Racine des contenus du serveur</" -"b>\n" -" est un chemin absolu vers un répertoire contenant tous les documents " -"fournis par\n" -" l'hôte virtuel. Courrier de l'administrateur permet la configuration " -"d'une adresse\n" +"la présentation du nouvel hôte virtuel. Nom du serveur est le nom DNS renvoyé avec les\n" +" en-têtes HTTP de la réponse du serveur. Racine des contenus du serveur\n" +" est un chemin absolu vers un répertoire contenant tous les documents fournis par\n" +" l'hôte virtuel. Courrier de l'administrateur permet la configuration d'une adresse\n" " de courrier électronique destinée au retour relatif à cet hôte.\n" #. new host dialog help 3/3 @@ -760,11 +697,9 @@ "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" -"b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Résolution du serveur</big> \n" @@ -772,11 +707,9 @@ "l'hôte virtuel à utiliser pour créer une réponse à une requête HTTP. \n" "Il existe deux approches basiques. S'il utilise les en-têtes HTTP\n" "de la requête entrante, le serveur recherche le nom d'hôte spécifié par\n" -"les en-têtes de la requête HTTP. L'autre méthode consiste à déterminer " -"l'hôte virtuel\n" +"les en-têtes de la requête HTTP. L'autre méthode consiste à déterminer l'hôte virtuel\n" "par l'adresse IP utilisée par le client lors de la connexion au serveur.\n" -"Si vous envisagez de configurer un hôte virtuel basé sur SSL, utilisez " -"Résolution via adresses IP\n" +"Si vous envisagez de configurer un hôte virtuel basé sur SSL, utilisez Résolution via adresses IP\n" "Consultez le manuel Apache2 pour plus de détails à ce sujet.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__104 @@ -784,23 +717,19 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Détails sur le nouvel hôte</big> \n" -"Cette boîte de dialogue permet de préciser des informations supplémentaires " -"sur un nouvel hôte virtuel." +"Cette boîte de dialogue permet de préciser des informations supplémentaires sur un nouvel hôte virtuel." #. advanced new host dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez Activer la prise en charge CGI\n" -"pour exécuter des scripts CGI dans le chemin défini dans Chemin d'accès " -"au répertoire CGI à l'aide de l'alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"pour exécuter des scripts CGI dans le chemin défini dans Chemin d'accès au répertoire CGI à l'aide de l'alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." #. advanced new host dialog 3/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 @@ -810,25 +739,15 @@ "Then enter the path for the certificate file in Certificate File\n" "Path.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour un accès HTTPS à cet hôte virtuel, sélectionnez Activer la prise " -"en charge SSL.\n" +"Pour un accès HTTPS à cet hôte virtuel, sélectionnez Activer la prise en charge SSL.\n" "\n" -"Saisissez ensuite le chemin vers le fichier de certificat dans Chemin " -"d'accès au fichier\n" -"de certificat. Cette option est disponible uniquement pour les hôtes " -"virtuels basés sur IP.\n" +"Saisissez ensuite le chemin vers le fichier de certificat dans Chemin d'accès au fichier\n" +"de certificat. Cette option est disponible uniquement pour les hôtes virtuels basés sur IP.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." -msgstr "" -"Dans Index des répertoires, entrez la liste des fichiers (séparés " -"chacun par un espace) qu'Apache doit rechercher et indiquez l'adresse URL " -"(se terminant par <tt>/</tt>) si elle est requise pour un répertoire. Le " -"premier fichier correspondant trouvé est fourni." +msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgstr "Dans Index des répertoires, entrez la liste des fichiers (séparés chacun par un espace) qu'Apache doit rechercher et indiquez l'adresse URL (se terminant par <tt>/</tt>) si elle est requise pour un répertoire. Le premier fichier correspondant trouvé est fourni." #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 @@ -839,8 +758,7 @@ msgstr "" "HTML public\n" "\n" -" permet d'accéder aux répertoires <tt>.public_html</tt> de tous les " -"utilisateurs." +" permet d'accéder aux répertoires <tt>.public_html</tt> de tous les utilisateurs." #. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. #. @@ -865,8 +783,7 @@ #. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) #: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (1/5)--Network Device Selection" -msgstr "" -"Assistant (wizard) serveur HTTP (1/5)--Sélection du périphérique réseau" +msgstr "Assistant (wizard) serveur HTTP (1/5)--Sélection du périphérique réseau" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__213 #: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 @@ -973,12 +890,8 @@ # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_03_14_2340__0 #. notification about package needed 1/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 -msgid "" -"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer le serveur HTTP, vous devez avoir installé les paquets " -"%1." +msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." +msgstr "Pour configurer le serveur HTTP, vous devez avoir installé les paquets %1." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__112 #. notification about package needed 2/2 @@ -1383,8 +1296,7 @@ #. translators: popup error message when validate server #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support." -msgstr "" -"L'hôte par défaut ne peut pas être configuré avec la prise en charge SSL." +msgstr "L'hôte par défaut ne peut pas être configuré avec la prise en charge SSL." #. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 @@ -1757,22 +1669,15 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." -msgstr "" -"Fournit le contrôle de l'accès basé sur le nom d'hôte du client, l'adresse " -"IP, etc." +msgstr "Fournit le contrôle de l'accès basé sur le nom d'hôte du client, l'adresse IP, etc." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" -msgstr "" -"Exécution des scritps CGI basés sur le type de support ou la méthode requise" +msgstr "Exécution des scritps CGI basés sur le type de support ou la méthode requise" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"Mappage des différentes parties du système de fichiers de l'hôte dans " -"l'arborescence des documents et pour la redirection URL" +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "Mappage des différentes parties du système de fichiers de l'hôte dans l'arborescence des documents et pour la redirection URL" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146 #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 @@ -1800,11 +1705,8 @@ msgstr "Authentification de l'utilisateur en utilisant des fichiers DBM" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" -msgstr "" -"Génère automatiquement des listes de répertoire de façon similaire à la " -"commande Unix ls" +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgstr "Génère automatiquement des listes de répertoire de façon similaire à la commande Unix ls" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__4 #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 @@ -1813,9 +1715,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"Fournit des redirections pour les slashes (barres obliques) en fin de ligne " -"et les fichiers d'index des répertoires" +msgstr "Fournit des redirections pour les slashes (barres obliques) en fin de ligne et les fichiers d'index des répertoires" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" @@ -1823,9 +1723,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "" -"Génération d'en-têtes HTTP expirés selon les critères spécifiés par " -"l'utilisateur" +msgstr "Génération d'en-têtes HTTP expirés selon les critères spécifiés par l'utilisateur" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" @@ -1836,12 +1734,8 @@ msgstr "Journalisation des requêtes faites au serveur" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" -msgstr "" -"Associe les extensions de nom de fichiers requises avec le comportement et " -"le contenu du fichier" +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +msgstr "Associe les extensions de nom de fichiers requises avec le comportement et le contenu du fichier" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__118 #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 @@ -1849,24 +1743,16 @@ msgstr "Fournit la négociation du contenu" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" -msgstr "" -"Autorise la configuration des variables d'environnement basée sur les " -"caractéristiques de la requête" +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "Autorise la configuration des variables d'environnement basée sur les caractéristiques de la requête" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" -msgstr "" -"Fournit des informations au sujet de l'activité et des performances du " -"serveur" +msgstr "Fournit des informations au sujet de l'activité et des performances du serveur" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" -msgstr "" -"Autorise les scripts CGI à fonctionner en tant qu'utilisateur et groupe " -"spécifié" +msgstr "Autorise les scripts CGI à fonctionner en tant qu'utilisateur et groupe spécifié" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252 msgid "User-specific directories" @@ -1886,12 +1772,8 @@ msgstr "Authentification d'utilisateur utilisant l'authentification MD5 Digest" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"Autorise l'utilisation d'un répertoire LDAP pour le stockage de la base de " -"données pour l'authentification de base HTTP" +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "Autorise l'utilisation d'un répertoire LDAP pour le stockage de la base de données pour l'authentification de base HTTP" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" @@ -1922,12 +1804,8 @@ msgstr "Un simple serveur écho pour illustrer les modules protocole" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" -msgstr "" -"Passer le corps de la réponse à travers un programme externe avant de la " -"délivrer au client" +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "Passer le corps de la réponse à travers un programme externe avant de la délivrer au client" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" @@ -1946,23 +1824,16 @@ msgstr "Fournit un aperçu extensif de la configuration du serveur" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"Mise en commun de la connexion LDAP et services d'antémémoire des résultats " -"pour une utilisation par d'autres modules LDAP" +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "Mise en commun de la connexion LDAP et services d'antémémoire des résultats pour une utilisation par d'autres modules LDAP" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Journalisation des octets en entrée et sortie par requête" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" -msgstr "" -"Détermine le type MIME d'un fichier en examinant quelques octets de son " -"contenu" +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "Détermine le type MIME d'un fichier en examinant quelques octets de son contenu" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" @@ -1985,31 +1856,20 @@ msgstr "Module de support HTTP pour mod_proxy" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "" -"Fournit un engin de réécriture à base de règles pour réécrire des URL requis " -"à la volée" +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "Fournit un engin de réécriture à base de règles pour réécrire des URL requis à la volée" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" -msgstr "" -"Tente de corriger les URL erronés que des utilisateurs pourraient avoir saisi" +msgstr "Tente de corriger les URL erronés que des utilisateurs pourraient avoir saisi" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "" -"Chiffrement fort utilisant les protocoles SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) et TLS " -"(Transport Layer Security)" +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "Chiffrement fort utilisant les protocoles SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) et TLS (Transport Layer Security)" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "" -"Fournit une variable d'environnement avec un identificateur unique pour " -"chaque requête" +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "Fournit une variable d'environnement avec un identificateur unique pour chaque requête" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" @@ -2017,9 +1877,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" -msgstr "" -"Fournit un support pour l'hébergement virtuel de masse dynamiquement " -"configuré" +msgstr "Fournit un support pour l'hébergement virtuel de masse dynamiquement configuré" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" @@ -2035,9 +1893,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" -msgstr "" -"Fournit le support pour le confinement des sous-processus AppArmor dans " -"apache" +msgstr "Fournit le support pour le confinement des sous-processus AppArmor dans apache" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742 msgid "Provides support for subversion" @@ -2062,29 +1918,19 @@ #~ msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Ports" #~ msgstr "Ouvrir le &pare-feu pour les ports sélectionnés" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 " -#~ "ports on the firewall." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lorsque le pare-feu est activé, vous pouvez choisir si activer les " -#~ "ports Apache2 sur le pare-feu." +#~ msgid "When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 ports on the firewall." +#~ msgstr "Lorsque le pare-feu est activé, vous pouvez choisir si activer les ports Apache2 sur le pare-feu." #~ msgid "IP Adresses" #~ msgstr "Adresses IP" #~ msgid "" #~ "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -#~ "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -#~ "p>,\n" +#~ "\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" #~ "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -#~ "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, " -#~ "use Resolution via IP address" +#~ "\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les options de Résolution du serveur définissent la résolution " -#~ "lorsque des\n" -#~ "\thôtes virtuels sont utilisés. Cependant, lorsque vous choisissez " -#~ "Résolution à travers les en-têtes HTTP,\n" -#~ "\tle serveur par défaut ne servira jamais les requêtes vers l'adresse IP " -#~ "d'un\n" -#~ "\thôte virtuel basé sur le nom. Si vous prévoyez de configurer un vhost " -#~ "basé sur SSL, utilisez Résolution via adresses IP." +#~ "Les options de Résolution du serveur définissent la résolution lorsque des\n" +#~ "\thôtes virtuels sont utilisés. Cependant, lorsque vous choisissez Résolution à travers les en-têtes HTTP,\n" +#~ "\tle serveur par défaut ne servira jamais les requêtes vers l'adresse IP d'un\n" +#~ "\thôte virtuel basé sur le nom. Si vous prévoyez de configurer un vhost basé sur SSL, utilisez Résolution via adresses IP." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/inetd.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -201,8 +201,7 @@ #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet %1 n'a pas été installé. Le service ne peut pas être modifié." +msgstr "Le paquet %1 n'a pas été installé. Le service ne peut pas être modifié." # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__1 #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 @@ -317,9 +316,7 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer ou désactiver un service, sélectionnez-le dans le dialogue " -"principal." +msgstr "Pour activer ou désactiver un service, sélectionnez-le dans le dialogue principal." # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__48 #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); @@ -439,8 +436,7 @@ #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." -msgstr "" -"L'utilisateur %1 est réservé uniquement aux processus du serveur interne." +msgstr "L'utilisateur %1 est réservé uniquement aux processus du serveur interne." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__92 #. Popup::Error @@ -460,9 +456,7 @@ msgid "" "<big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Initialisation de la configuration xinetd </big> Veuillez " -"patienter... \n" +msgstr "<big>Initialisation de la configuration xinetd </big> Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__68 #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -472,8 +466,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption du processus d'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant " -"maintenant sur Interrompre.\n" +"Interrompez l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur Interrompre.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -507,8 +500,7 @@ "configuration. To stop the super-server, click Disable.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuration de services de réseau</big> \n" -"Cliquez sur Activer pour activer les services réseau administrés par " -"une configuration superserveur\n" +"Cliquez sur Activer pour activer les services réseau administrés par une configuration superserveur\n" "Pour arrêter le superserveur, cliquez sur Désactiver.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 @@ -518,8 +510,7 @@ "and will be changed in the system configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>État de la configuration des services :</big> \n" -"Tous les services marqués d'un X dans la colonne Ch ont été " -"modifiés\n" +"Tous les services marqués d'un X dans la colonne Ch ont été modifiés\n" "et seront changés dans la configuration système.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 @@ -527,24 +518,20 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>État des services :</big> \n" "Tous les services marqués d'un --- sont inactifs (verrouillés).\n" "Tous les services marqués Activé sont actifs (déverrouillés).\n" -"Tous les services marqués d'un NI ne sont pas installés et ne peuvent " -"pas être configurés." +"Tous les services marqués d'un NI ne sont pas installés et ne peuvent pas être configurés." #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Changement de l'état d'un service :</big> \n" -"Sélectionnez le service à activer ou désactiver et cliquez sur État " -"interrupteur à bascule (Activé ou Désactivé).\n" +"Sélectionnez le service à activer ou désactiver et cliquez sur État interrupteur à bascule (Activé ou Désactivé).\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 @@ -577,14 +564,11 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de la configuration :</big>\n" -"Laissez la configuration non modifiée en cliquant sur le bouton " -"Interrompre.\n" -"Dans ce cas, tous vos changements seront perdus et la configuration " -"originale restera intacte.\n" +"Laissez la configuration non modifiée en cliquant sur le bouton Interrompre.\n" +"Dans ce cas, tous vos changements seront perdus et la configuration originale restera intacte.\n" # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__5 #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. @@ -628,9 +612,7 @@ # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__11 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" -"p>\n" +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" msgstr "" "Ceci est une brève description. Pour plus de détails, voir\n" "info xinetd.conf.\n" @@ -660,8 +642,7 @@ # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__7 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -693,8 +674,7 @@ "pour le service jusqu'à ce que le serveur meurt et que le programme du\n" "serveur accepte la connexion. Si la valeur est no, le service est\n" "multiprocessus et xinetd continue à gérer les nouvelles requêtes de service\n" -"et accepte la connexion. Les services udp/dgram attendent " -"normalement\n" +"et accepte la connexion. Les services udp/dgram attendent normalement\n" "la valeur yes car udp n'est pas orienté connexion. Les serveurs\n" "tcp/stream attendent normalement la valeur no.\n" @@ -721,10 +701,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Dans Serveur, entrez le chemin d'accès au programme\n" -"exécuté par le superserveur lorsqu'une requête est présentée sur son " -"socket.\n" -"Les paramètres pour ce programme peuvent être spécifiés dans Arguments du " -"serveur.\n" +"exécuté par le superserveur lorsqu'une requête est présentée sur son socket.\n" +"Les paramètres pour ce programme peuvent être spécifiés dans Arguments du serveur.\n" "\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/installation.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -45,23 +45,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Utilisez Cloner les paramètres du système si vous souhaitez créer " -"un profil AutoYaST.\n" -"AutoYaST permet d'effectuer une installation SUSE Linux complète sans " -"intervention de l'utilisateur.\n" -"AutoYaST nécessite un profil pour savoir à quoi doit ressembler le système " -"installé. Si cette option\n" -"est sélectionnée, un profil du système actuel est stocké dans <tt>/root/" -"autoinst.xml</tt>." +"Utilisez Cloner les paramètres du système si vous souhaitez créer un profil AutoYaST.\n" +"AutoYaST permet d'effectuer une installation SUSE Linux complète sans intervention de l'utilisateur.\n" +"AutoYaST nécessite un profil pour savoir à quoi doit ressembler le système installé. Si cette option\n" +"est sélectionnée, un profil du système actuel est stocké dans <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__125 #. this is a heading @@ -78,12 +70,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"" -"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Le profil AutoYaST sera écrit dans /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">ne pas " -"l'écrire</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "Le profil AutoYaST sera écrit dans /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">ne pas l'écrire</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -131,12 +119,8 @@ msgstr "Installation à partir d'images" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ici choisir d'utiliser des images prédéfinies par Novell pour " -"accélérer l'installation des RPM." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Vous pouvez ici choisir d'utiliser des images prédéfinies par Novell pour accélérer l'installation des RPM." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112 #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 @@ -149,12 +133,8 @@ msgstr "&Ne pas installer à partir des images" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Déploiement d'images personnalisées - une URL doit être configurée comme " -"source d'installation" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Déploiement d'images personnalisées - une URL doit être configurée comme source d'installation" #. Image name, Image location #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 @@ -162,20 +142,12 @@ msgstr "Vous pouvez ici créer des images personnalisées.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" -msgstr "" -"Vous devez configurer la sélection de logiciels avant de pouvoir créer une " -"image ici" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgstr "Vous devez configurer la sélection de logiciels avant de pouvoir créer une image ici" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Créer un fichier d'image (AutoYaST le récupèrera depuis l'emplacement " -"spécifié pendant l'installation)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Créer un fichier d'image (AutoYaST le récupèrera depuis l'emplacement spécifié pendant l'installation)" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__365 #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 @@ -200,53 +172,38 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"L'installation à partir des images est utilisée pour accélérer " -"l'installation.\n" -"Les images contiennent d'instantanés compressés d'un système installé " -"correspondant\n" -"à votre sélection de schémas. Les paquets restants non disponibles dans les " -"images\n" +"L'installation à partir des images est utilisée pour accélérer l'installation.\n" +"Les images contiennent d'instantanés compressés d'un système installé correspondant\n" +"à votre sélection de schémas. Les paquets restants non disponibles dans les images\n" "seront installés séparément de façon standard.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" "La création d'images personnalisées peut être utilisée si vous\n" -"voulez complètement ignorer l'étape d'installation RPM. À la place, AutoYaST " -"copiera\n" -"une image sur le disque dur, ce qui est beaucoup plus rapide et peut être " -"préconfiguré.\n" -"Tout autre étape que l'installation RPM est effectuée comme lors d'une " -"installation automatique normale." +"voulez complètement ignorer l'étape d'installation RPM. À la place, AutoYaST copiera\n" +"une image sur le disque dur, ce qui est beaucoup plus rapide et peut être préconfiguré.\n" +"Tout autre étape que l'installation RPM est effectuée comme lors d'une installation automatique normale." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" -msgstr "" -"vous devez effectuer la sélection des logiciels avant de créer une image" +msgstr "vous devez effectuer la sélection des logiciels avant de créer une image" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"Notez que lors de l'installation à partir des images, les horodatages des " -"paquets issus des images ne\n" -"correspondront pas à la date d'installation mais à la date où les images ont " -"été créées." +"Notez que lors de l'installation à partir des images, les horodatages des paquets issus des images ne\n" +"correspondront pas à la date d'installation mais à la date où les images ont été créées." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -254,8 +211,7 @@ "Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" "pattern selection does not fit any set of images." msgstr "" -"L'installation à partir d'images est désactivée par défaut si la " -"sélection\n" +"L'installation à partir d'images est désactivée par défaut si la sélection\n" "de schémas actuelle ne correspond à aucun ensemble d'images." #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 @@ -291,15 +247,13 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"L'installation à partir d'images est activée (<a href=\"%1\">désactiver</a>)." +msgstr "L'installation à partir d'images est activée (<a href=\"%1\">désactiver</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"L'installation à partir d'images est désactivée (<a href=\"%1\">activer</a>)." +msgstr "L'installation à partir d'images est désactivée (<a href=\"%1\">activer</a>)." # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__79 #. progress step title @@ -372,8 +326,7 @@ "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" msgstr "" "Choisissez si vous voulez exécuter une mise à jour en ligne maintenant.\n" -"Vous pouvez ignorer cette étape et lancer la mise à jour en ligne " -"ultérieurement.\n" +"Vous pouvez ignorer cette étape et lancer la mise à jour en ligne ultérieurement.\n" #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. Build dialog @@ -429,8 +382,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Choisissez la Langue et la Disposition du clavier à utiliser " -"lors\n" +"Choisissez la Langue et la Disposition du clavier à utiliser lors\n" "de l'installation et pour le système installé.\n" "\n" @@ -440,14 +392,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "La licence doit être acceptée avant de continuer l'installation.\n" -"Utilisez Traductions de la licence... pour afficher la licence dans " -"toutes les langues disponibles.\n" +"Utilisez Traductions de la licence... pour afficher la licence dans toutes les langues disponibles.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -589,20 +539,14 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Utilisez Cloner si vous souhaitez créer un profil AutoYaST.\n" -"AutoYaST permet d'effectuer une installation SUSE Linux complète sans " -"intervention de l'utilisateur.\n" -" AutoYaST nécessite un profil pour savoir à quoi doit ressembler le système " -"installé. Si cette option\n" -"est sélectionnée, un profil du système actuel est stocké dans <tt>/root/" -"autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST permet d'effectuer une installation SUSE Linux complète sans intervention de l'utilisateur.\n" +" AutoYaST nécessite un profil pour savoir à quoi doit ressembler le système installé. Si cette option\n" +"est sélectionnée, un profil du système actuel est stocké dans <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. Dialog busy message #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -615,10 +559,8 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Pour cloner le système actuel, le paquet %1 doit être installé." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Pour cloner le système actuel, le paquet %1 doit être installé." #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -659,12 +601,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "Le débogage a été activé.\n" -"YaST ouvrira un gestionnaire de logiciels pour que vous vérifiez l'état " -"actuel des paquets." +"YaST ouvrira un gestionnaire de logiciels pour que vous vérifiez l'état actuel des paquets." # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__23 #. unknown image @@ -694,7 +634,6 @@ msgstr "Sélectionnez le disque vers lequel déployer l'image." #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 -#| msgid "All data on the disk will be destroyed!!!" msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!" msgstr "Toutes les données sur le disque seront perdues !!!" @@ -703,17 +642,8 @@ msgstr "&Disque à utiliser" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -#| msgid "" -#| "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the " -#| "disk will be destroyed and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the " -#| "image." -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner le disque vers lequel l'image sera déployée. Toutes les données " -"présentes sur le disque seront perdues et le disque sera partitionné comme " -"défini dans l'image. " +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Sélectionner le disque vers lequel l'image sera déployée. Toutes les données présentes sur le disque seront perdues et le disque sera partitionné comme défini dans l'image. " #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -795,16 +725,12 @@ #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "" -"Des mises à jour de paquets ont été trouvées dans ces dépôts " -"supplémentaires :" +msgstr "Des mises à jour de paquets ont été trouvées dans ces dépôts supplémentaires :" #. yes/no popup question #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "" -"Démarrer le gestionnaire de logiciels pour vérifier et installer les mises à " -"jour ?" +msgstr "Démarrer le gestionnaire de logiciels pour vérifier et installer les mises à jour ?" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__156 #. check box @@ -954,32 +880,24 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour utiliser les dépôts distants suggérés pendant l'installation ou la mise " -"à jour, sélectionnez\n" +"Pour utiliser les dépôts distants suggérés pendant l'installation ou la mise à jour, sélectionnez\n" "Ajouter des dépôts en ligne avant l'installation." #. help text for installation method #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour installer un produit complémentaire à partir d'un média indépendant " -"avec &product;,\n" -"sélectionnez Inclure des produits complémentaires depuis un média " -"indépendant.\n" +"Pour installer un produit complémentaire à partir d'un média indépendant avec &product;,\n" +"sélectionnez Inclure des produits complémentaires depuis un média indépendant.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'un pilote spécifique pour l'installation, reportez " -"vous au site http://drivers.suse.com" +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "Si vous avez besoin d'un pilote spécifique pour l'installation, reportez vous au site http://drivers.suse.com" #. Error message #: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1038,12 +956,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Un réseau configuré est nécessaire pour utiliser des dépôts distants\n" -"ou des produits complémentaires. Si vous n'utilisez pas de dépôts distants, " -"ignorez la configuration.\n" +"ou des produits complémentaires. Si vous n'utilisez pas de dépôts distants, ignorez la configuration.\n" #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 @@ -1057,37 +973,26 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number " -"\n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones " -"\n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"Avec Linux, le choix est la priorité numéro un. openSUSE " -"offre plusieurs\n" -"environnements de bureau différents. La liste ci-dessous présente les deux " -"principaux environnements,\n" +"Avec Linux, le choix est la priorité numéro un. openSUSE offre plusieurs\n" +"environnements de bureau différents. La liste ci-dessous présente les deux principaux environnements,\n" "GNOME et KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez sélectionner d'autres environnements de bureau (ou l'un des " -"modes d'installation minimale)\n" -"mieux adaptés à vos besoins en utilisant l'option Autre. " -"Ultérieurement, dans la sélection\n" -"de logiciels ou après l'installation, vous pourrez changer votre sélection " -"ou ajouter des environnements\n" -"de bureau supplémentaires. Cette étape vous permet de définir le choix par " -"défaut." +"Vous pouvez sélectionner d'autres environnements de bureau (ou l'un des modes d'installation minimale)\n" +"mieux adaptés à vos besoins en utilisant l'option Autre. Ultérieurement, dans la sélection\n" +"de logiciels ou après l'installation, vous pourrez changer votre sélection ou ajouter des environnements\n" +"de bureau supplémentaires. Cette étape vous permet de définir le choix par défaut." # TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__0 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -1113,9 +1018,7 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de trouver le produit de base. Les notes de version ne seront pas " -"affichées." +msgstr "Impossible de trouver le produit de base. Les notes de version ne seront pas affichées." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__9 #. 1 GB is a good approximation @@ -1151,9 +1054,7 @@ #. to store profile after installation #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227 msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" -"Impossible d'enregistrer la configuration. Des détails se trouvent dans le " -"journal (log)." +msgstr "Impossible d'enregistrer la configuration. Des détails se trouvent dans le journal (log)." # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_16_2031__5 #. message show when user has disabled the configuration @@ -1250,9 +1151,7 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur l'un des titres pour effectuer des modifications ou utilisez le " -"menu \"Modifier...\" ci-dessous." +msgstr "Cliquez sur l'un des titres pour effectuer des modifications ou utilisez le menu \"Modifier...\" ci-dessous." # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__0 #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 @@ -1285,13 +1184,11 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sélectionnez Installer pour effectuer une nouvelle installation avec " -"les valeurs affichées.\n" +"Sélectionnez Installer pour effectuer une nouvelle installation avec les valeurs affichées.\n" "\n" # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__7 @@ -1323,8 +1220,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Votre disque dur n'a pas encore été modifié, vous pouvez donc interrompre en " -"toute sécurité.\n" +"Votre disque dur n'a pas encore été modifié, vous pouvez donc interrompre en toute sécurité.\n" "\n" # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__5 @@ -1337,8 +1233,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sélectionnez Mise à jour pour effectuer une mise à jour avec les " -"valeurs affichées.\n" +"Sélectionnez Mise à jour pour effectuer une mise à jour avec les valeurs affichées.\n" "\n" # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__8 @@ -1392,10 +1287,8 @@ "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." msgstr "" -"L'installation UML (User Mode Linux, \"Linux en mode utilisateur\") vous " -"permet\n" -"de démarrer des machines virtuelles Linux indépendantes dans le système hôte." -"" +"L'installation UML (User Mode Linux, \"Linux en mode utilisateur\") vous permet\n" +"de démarrer des machines virtuelles Linux indépendantes dans le système hôte." # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__10 #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or @@ -1408,8 +1301,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour utiliser les paramètres tels qu'ils sont affichés, cliquez sur " -"Suivant.\n" +"Pour utiliser les paramètres tels qu'ils sont affichés, cliquez sur Suivant.\n" "\n" #. help text @@ -1420,10 +1312,8 @@ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Certaines propositions peuvent être\n" -"verrouillées par l'administrateur du système et donc, ne peuvent être " -"modifiées. Si vous\n" -"avez besoin de modifier une proposition verrouillée, contactez votre " -"administrateur.\n" +"verrouillées par l'administrateur du système et donc, ne peuvent être modifiées. Si vous\n" +"avez besoin de modifier une proposition verrouillée, contactez votre administrateur.\n" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__168 #. FATE #120373 @@ -1463,8 +1353,7 @@ "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" msgstr "" -"Les notes de version pour le système Linux installé offrent un " -"bref\n" +"Les notes de version pour le système Linux installé offrent un bref\n" "résumé des nouvelles fonctionnalités et des modifications.\n" #. informative message in RichText widget @@ -1486,8 +1375,7 @@ "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" msgstr "" "Sélectionnez un scénario qui correspond au mieux à vos besoins.\n" -"Des logiciels supplémentaires peuvent être sélectionnés plus tard dans la " -"proposition de logiciels.\n" +"Des logiciels supplémentaires peuvent être sélectionnés plus tard dans la proposition de logiciels.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 @@ -1592,20 +1480,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "" -"YaST détecte actuellement le matériel de l'ordinateur, ainsi que les " -"systèmes installés." +msgstr "YaST détecte actuellement le matériel de l'ordinateur, ainsi que les systèmes installés." #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Rendez-vous sur 'drivers.suse.com' si vous avez besoin d'un pilote " -"spécifique pour l'installation." +"Rendez-vous sur 'drivers.suse.com' si vous avez besoin d'un pilote spécifique pour l'installation." #. pop-up error report #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 @@ -1713,12 +1597,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" "Ici, vous pouvez voir tous les dépôts de logiciels trouvés\n" -"sur le système que vous mettez à niveau. Activez ceux que vous souhaitez " -"inclure dans le processus de mise à niveau." +"sur le système que vous mettez à niveau. Activez ceux que vous souhaitez inclure dans le processus de mise à niveau." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 @@ -1727,8 +1609,7 @@ "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" "Pour activer, supprimer ou désactiver une URL, cliquez sur le bouton\n" -"Commuter l'état ou double-cliquez sur l'élément correspondant dans le " -"tableau." +"Commuter l'état ou double-cliquez sur l'élément correspondant dans le tableau." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 @@ -1912,10 +1793,8 @@ "Next to continue. \n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Quelques étapes supplémentaires sont nécessaires avant que le système " -"soit\n" -"utilisable. YaST va maintenant vous guider au cours de cette configuration " -"de base.\n" +"Quelques étapes supplémentaires sont nécessaires avant que le système soit\n" +"utilisable. YaST va maintenant vous guider au cours de cette configuration de base.\n" "Cliquez sur Suivant pour continuer. \n" " \n" @@ -2147,8 +2026,7 @@ msgstr "" "L'interface graphique n'a pas pu être démarrée.\n" "\n" -"Soit les paquets nécessaires n'ont pas été installés (installation minimale)," -"\n" +"Soit les paquets nécessaires n'ont pas été installés (installation minimale),\n" "soit la carte graphique n'est pas supportée correctement.\n" "\n" "Vous pouvez contourner ce problème avec le mode texte de YaST\n" @@ -2184,8 +2062,7 @@ "L'installation précédente a échoué.\n" "Voulez-vous la continuer ?\n" " \n" -"Remarque : il se peut que vous deviez entrer à nouveau certaines " -"informations." +"Remarque : il se peut que vous deviez entrer à nouveau certaines informations." #. popup question (#x1) #: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:365 @@ -2198,8 +2075,7 @@ "L'installation précédente a été abandonnée.\n" "Voulez-vous la continuer ?\n" " \n" -"Remarque : il se peut que vous deviez entrer à nouveau certaines " -"informations." +"Remarque : il se peut que vous deviez entrer à nouveau certaines informations." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__252 #. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts @@ -2210,9 +2086,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Les informations requises pour l'installation de base ont été fournies.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Les informations requises pour l'installation de base ont été fournies." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 @@ -2223,10 +2097,8 @@ "installation settings in the previous dialogs." msgstr "" "Si vous continuez maintenant, les partitions\n" -"existantes de votre disque dur seront supprimées ou formatées</" -"b>\n" -"(effaçant toutes données existantes sur ces partitions) conformément " -"aux\n" +"existantes de votre disque dur seront supprimées ou formatées\n" +"(effaçant toutes données existantes sur ces partitions) conformément aux\n" "paramètres d'installation des boîtes de dialogue précédentes." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 @@ -2255,9 +2127,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Les informations requises pour procéder à la mise à jour ont été fournies." -"" +msgstr "Les informations requises pour procéder à la mise à jour ont été fournies." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248 @@ -2267,8 +2137,7 @@ "according to the settings in the previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Si vous continuez maintenant, les données sur votre disque dur seront " -"écrasées\n" +"Si vous continuez maintenant, les données sur votre disque dur seront écrasées\n" "conformément aux paramètres des dialogues précédents." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__31 @@ -2301,13 +2170,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "" -"Utiliser Liste noire de périphériques si vous souhaitez créer des " -"canaux de listes noires pour de tels périphériques ce qui réduira " -"l'empreinte mémoire du noyau." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "Utiliser Liste noire de périphériques si vous souhaitez créer des canaux de listes noires pour de tels périphériques ce qui réduira l'empreinte mémoire du noyau." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 @@ -2316,7 +2180,6 @@ #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 -#| msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Réduction de la partition PREP..." @@ -2332,8 +2195,7 @@ #. Checking files for signatures #: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -msgstr "" -"Impossible de lire les informations concernant les images d'installation" +msgstr "Impossible de lire les informations concernant les images d'installation" # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__23 #. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes @@ -2363,10 +2225,8 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"L'installation a été incapable de résoudre automatiquement les dépendances " -"de paquets.\n" -"Le gestionnaire de logiciels sera ouvert afin de vous permettre de les " -"résoudre manuellement." +"L'installation a été incapable de résoudre automatiquement les dépendances de paquets.\n" +"Le gestionnaire de logiciels sera ouvert afin de vous permettre de les résoudre manuellement." #~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" #~ msgstr "Rechercher des partitions Linux" @@ -2465,8 +2325,7 @@ #~ "Are you sure you want to use it?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "La liaison de l'interface sélectionnée %1 est déconnectée.\n" -#~ "Il est nécessaire de la connecter pour une configuration réseau correcte." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Il est nécessaire de la connecter pour une configuration réseau correcte.\n" #~ "Êtes-vous certain de vouloir l'utiliser ?" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__168 @@ -2488,11 +2347,8 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Informations techniques relatives à la carte réseau sélectionnée" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ici, vous pouvez configurer vos cartes réseau pour les utiliser " -#~ "immédiatement." +#~ msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +#~ msgstr "Ici, vous pouvez configurer vos cartes réseau pour les utiliser immédiatement." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you do not need a network connection now,\n" @@ -2623,8 +2479,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Configuration du réseau</big>\n" #~ " Configurez votre carte réseau.\n" -#~ "Sélectionnez soit la configuration par DHCP, soit la configuration " -#~ "statique.\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez soit la configuration par DHCP, soit la configuration statique.\n" #~ "Pour plus détails, contactez votre FAI ou votre administrateur\n" #~ "réseau.\n" @@ -2735,12 +2590,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du réseau..." # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__1 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Veuillez patienter pendant que la configuration du réseau est écrite " -#~ "et testée..." +#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." +#~ msgstr "Veuillez patienter pendant que la configuration du réseau est écrite et testée..." #~ msgid "" #~ "Writing the network settings failed.\n" @@ -2749,8 +2600,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'écriture des paramètres réseau a échouée.\n" #~ "Vous allez retourner à la page précédente, soit\n" -#~ "pour modifier les paramètres, soit pour annuler la configuration du " -#~ "réseau.\n" +#~ "pour modifier les paramètres, soit pour annuler la configuration du réseau.\n" # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__26 #~ msgid "Enabling SSH service on installed system..." @@ -2845,8 +2695,7 @@ # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__97 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2866,37 +2715,28 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sélectionnez Mise à jour d'un système existant pour mettre à jour " -#~ "un\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez Mise à jour d'un système existant pour mettre à jour un\n" #~ "système Linux déjà installé sur votre machine. Cette option conserve,\n" -#~ "dans la mesure du possible, les paramètres de configuration du système " -#~ "existant.\n" +#~ "dans la mesure du possible, les paramètres de configuration du système existant.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation " -#~ "program\n" +#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation program\n" #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" #~ "configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sélectionnez Utiliser la configuration automatique pour laisser le " -#~ "programme d'installation\n" -#~ "configurer votre réseau et votre matériel automatiquement. Sinon, il vous " -#~ "sera proposé\n" -#~ "une configuration dont tous les paramètres sont modifiables manuellement." -#~ "\n" -#~ "Les utilisateurs inexpérimentés feraient mieux d'utiliser la " -#~ "configuration\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez Utiliser la configuration automatique pour laisser le programme d'installation\n" +#~ "configurer votre réseau et votre matériel automatiquement. Sinon, il vous sera proposé\n" +#~ "une configuration dont tous les paramètres sont modifiables manuellement.\n" +#~ "Les utilisateurs inexpérimentés feraient mieux d'utiliser la configuration\n" #~ "automatique.\n" #~ msgid "Update mode does not support automatic configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le mode de mise à jour ne supporte pas la configuration automatique.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgstr "Le mode de mise à jour ne supporte pas la configuration automatique." #~ msgid "" #~ "The feature Update is only\n" @@ -2919,12 +2759,9 @@ #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il s'agit des notes de version élaborées pour la toute première " -#~ "version. Elles font\n" -#~ "partie des supports d'installation. Pendant l'installation, si une " -#~ "connexion\n" -#~ " à Internet est disponible, vous pouvez télécharger les notes de version " -#~ "à jour\n" +#~ "Il s'agit des notes de version élaborées pour la toute première version. Elles font\n" +#~ "partie des supports d'installation. Pendant l'installation, si une connexion\n" +#~ " à Internet est disponible, vous pouvez télécharger les notes de version à jour\n" #~ " depuis le serveur Web de SUSE Linux.\n" # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__4 @@ -2949,10 +2786,8 @@ #~ "Plus d'information disponibles vers la fin du fichier '%1'.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Merci de rapporter ce bug sur %2.\n" -#~ "Veuillez aussi joindre tous les journaux (logs) de YaST enregistrés dans " -#~ "le dossier '%3'.\n" -#~ "Reportez vous à %4 pour plus d'informations à propos des journaux (log) " -#~ "de YaST.\n" +#~ "Veuillez aussi joindre tous les journaux (logs) de YaST enregistrés dans le dossier '%3'.\n" +#~ "Reportez vous à %4 pour plus d'informations à propos des journaux (log) de YaST.\n" #~ msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug" #~ msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug" @@ -2965,8 +2800,7 @@ #~ "Please, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Merci de rapporter ce bug sur %1.\n" -#~ "Veuillez aussi joindre tous les journaux (logs) de YaST enregistrés dans " -#~ "le dossier '%2'.\n" +#~ "Veuillez aussi joindre tous les journaux (logs) de YaST enregistrés dans le dossier '%2'.\n" #~ msgid "Checking for %1 binary..." #~ msgstr "Vérification du binaire %1..." @@ -3015,8 +2849,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Ouverture du fichier..." #~ msgid "SCR process has died, printing the last log lines..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le processus SCR est mort, impression des dernières lignes du journal..." +#~ msgstr "Le processus SCR est mort, impression des dernières lignes du journal..." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__188 #~ msgid "YaST process got killed." @@ -3036,11 +2869,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Échec de connexion à inst-sys. Le débogueur ne peut pas continuer." # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__0 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour accéder au système X11, le paquet %1 doit être installé.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Pour accéder au système X11, le paquet %1 doit être installé." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__112 #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" @@ -3054,8 +2884,7 @@ #~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #~ "Please check your hardware!\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aucun disque dur n'a été détecté pour l'installation.\n" #~ "Veuillez vérifier votre matériel !\n" @@ -3070,8 +2899,7 @@ #~ "found for the installation.\n" #~ "Check your hardware.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aucun disque dur et aucun contrôleur de disque dur n'a\n" #~ "été détecté pour l'installation.\n" @@ -3092,8 +2920,7 @@ #~ "this process can take some time.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<tt>SuSEconfig</tt> doit écrire la configuration\n" -#~ "de votre système &product;. Cette procédure peut prendre un certain " -#~ "temps\n" +#~ "de votre système &product;. Cette procédure peut prendre un certain temps\n" #~ "dont la durée dépendra du CPU et de la quantité de mémoire.\n" # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__124 @@ -3137,34 +2964,23 @@ #~ msgstr "Initialisation des polices..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up. " -#~ "\n" -#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your " -#~ "selection \n" -#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " -#~ "installed from \n" +#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up. \n" +#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n" +#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n" #~ "packages the standard way." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'installation à partir des images est utilisée pour accélérer " -#~ "l'installation.\n" -#~ "Les images contiennent des snapshots compressés d'un système installé " -#~ "correspondant à votre sélection\n" -#~ "de schémas. Les paquets restants non disponibles dans les images seront " -#~ "installés\n" +#~ "L'installation à partir des images est utilisée pour accélérer l'installation.\n" +#~ "Les images contiennent des snapshots compressés d'un système installé correspondant à votre sélection\n" +#~ "de schémas. Les paquets restants non disponibles dans les images seront installés\n" #~ "séparément de façon standard." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please " -#~ "wait..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le processus d'installation écrit actuellement la configuration " -#~ "automatique. Veuillez patienter..." +#~ msgid "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait..." +#~ msgstr "Le processus d'installation écrit actuellement la configuration automatique. Veuillez patienter..." # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__97 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~ "" @@ -3177,13 +2993,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" #~ "Include Add-On Products from Separate Media." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pour installer un produit complémentaire à partir d'un autre support avec " -#~ "&product;, sélectionnez\n" +#~ "Pour installer un produit complémentaire à partir d'un autre support avec &product;, sélectionnez\n" #~ "Inclure des produits complémentaires depuis un autre support." #~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..." @@ -3192,13 +3006,11 @@ # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__7 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely " -#~ "abort.\n" +#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Votre disque dur n'a pas été modifié, vous pouvez toujours abandonner en " -#~ "toute sécurité.\n" +#~ "Votre disque dur n'a pas été modifié, vous pouvez toujours abandonner en toute sécurité.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Probe floppy disks devices" @@ -3231,25 +3043,20 @@ # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__33 #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sélectionnez Réparer le système installé si vous avez sur votre " -#~ "disque\n" -#~ "dur un système Linux endommagé. Cette option tente de résoudre les " -#~ "problèmes automatiquement.\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez Réparer le système installé si vous avez sur votre disque\n" +#~ "dur un système Linux endommagé. Cette option tente de résoudre les problèmes automatiquement.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The features Update and Repair Installed System are " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "The features Update and Repair Installed System are only\n" #~ "available if an existing Linux system has been detected.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les fonctionnalités Mise à jour et Réparer le système " -#~ "installé sont \n" +#~ "Les fonctionnalités Mise à jour et Réparer le système installé sont \n" #~ "uniquement disponibles si un système Linux a été détecté.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3257,8 +3064,7 @@ #~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La langue sélectionnée ne peut pas être utilisée en mode texte. C'est " -#~ "l'anglais qui est utilisé pour\n" +#~ "La langue sélectionnée ne peut pas être utilisée en mode texte. C'est l'anglais qui est utilisé pour\n" #~ "l'installation, mais la langue sélectionnée sera celle du nouveau système." #~ msgid "" @@ -3271,13 +3077,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Accessing the YaST module %1 has failed.\n" #~ "More information can be found in the '%2' file.\n" -#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' " -#~ "directory." +#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' directory." #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'accès au module YaST %1 a échoué.\n" #~ "Plus d'information sont disponibles dans le fichier '%2'.\n" -#~ "Merci de rapporter ce bug sur %3 et joindre tous les journaux (logs) de " -#~ "YaST enregistrés dans le dossier '%4'." +#~ "Merci de rapporter ce bug sur %3 et joindre tous les journaux (logs) de YaST enregistrés dans le dossier '%4'." # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__67 #~ msgid "" @@ -3325,31 +3129,21 @@ #~ msgstr "Lancement du débogueur..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -#~ "number\n" -#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -#~ "ones\n" -#~ "GNOME and KDE. Both provide an easy to use desktop with a " -#~ "large number\n" -#~ "of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many " -#~ "others." +#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number\n" +#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones\n" +#~ "GNOME and KDE. Both provide an easy to use desktop with a large number\n" +#~ "of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many others." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Avec Linux, le choix est la priorité. openSUSE offre " -#~ "plusieurs\n" -#~ "environnements de bureau différents. La liste ci-dessous présente les " -#~ "deux principaux environnements,\n" -#~ "GNOME et KDE. Tous deux fournissent un bureau facile " -#~ "d'utilisation\n" -#~ "avec un large choix d'applications telles que : email, navigateur de " -#~ "fichiers, jeux et bien d'autres." +#~ "Avec Linux, le choix est la priorité. openSUSE offre plusieurs\n" +#~ "environnements de bureau différents. La liste ci-dessous présente les deux principaux environnements,\n" +#~ "GNOME et KDE. Tous deux fournissent un bureau facile d'utilisation\n" +#~ "avec un large choix d'applications telles que : email, navigateur de fichiers, jeux et bien d'autres." #~ msgid "" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste a clear recommendation " -#~ "can't be\n" +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste a clear recommendation can't be\n" #~ "given." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Comme le choix d'un bureau est une affaire de goût, aucune " -#~ "recommandation précise ne\n" +#~ "Comme le choix d'un bureau est une affaire de goût, aucune recommandation précise ne\n" #~ "peut être donnée." #~ msgid "" @@ -3387,74 +3181,50 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__0 #~ msgid "Please wait, while system images are just being deployed..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Veuillez patienter pendant le déploiement des images système..." +#~ msgstr "Veuillez patienter pendant le déploiement des images système..." #~ msgid "Installation images are part of the installation media." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les images d'installation font partie du média d'installation." +#~ msgstr "Les images d'installation font partie du média d'installation." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from images is faster than installation from RPM " -#~ "packages\n" +#~ "Installation from images is faster than installation from RPM packages\n" #~ "because it does not need to handle with RPM database, locks etc.\n" -#~ "One of the images also contains the joint RPM database and other metadata." -#~ "" +#~ "One of the images also contains the joint RPM database and other metadata." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'installation à partir d'images est plus rapide que l'installation à " -#~ "partir de paquets RPM\n" -#~ "car elle n'a pas besoin de gérer la base de données RPM, les verrous, etc." -#~ "\n" -#~ "Une des images contient également la base de données RPM associée ainsi " -#~ "que d'autres métadonnées." +#~ "L'installation à partir d'images est plus rapide que l'installation à partir de paquets RPM\n" +#~ "car elle n'a pas besoin de gérer la base de données RPM, les verrous, etc.\n" +#~ "Une des images contient également la base de données RPM associée ainsi que d'autres métadonnées." #~ msgid "" #~ "If there is no direct access to installation images,\n" -#~ "installation program has to download them first before they are deployed." -#~ "" +#~ "installation program has to download them first before they are deployed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si l'accès direct aux images d'installation est impossible,\n" -#~ "le programme d'installation doit d'abord les télécharger avant de les " -#~ "déployer." +#~ "le programme d'installation doit d'abord les télécharger avant de les déployer." #~ msgid "" -#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -#~ "ones \n" -#~ "GNOME and KDE (in two different versions). Both provide an " -#~ "easy to use desktop\n" -#~ "with a large number of desktop applications such as email, file browser, " -#~ "games and many others." +#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +#~ "GNOME and KDE (in two different versions). Both provide an easy to use desktop\n" +#~ "with a large number of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many others." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Avec Linux, le choix est la priorité. openSUSE offre " -#~ "plusieurs\n" -#~ "environnements de bureau différents. La liste ci-dessous présente les " -#~ "deux principaux environnements,\n" -#~ "GNOME et KDE (dans deux versions différentes). Tous deux " -#~ "fournissent un bureau facile d'utilisation\n" -#~ "avec un large choix d'applications telles que : email, navigateur de " -#~ "fichiers, jeux et bien d'autres." +#~ "Avec Linux, le choix est la priorité. openSUSE offre plusieurs\n" +#~ "environnements de bureau différents. La liste ci-dessous présente les deux principaux environnements,\n" +#~ "GNOME et KDE (dans deux versions différentes). Tous deux fournissent un bureau facile d'utilisation\n" +#~ "avec un large choix d'applications telles que : email, navigateur de fichiers, jeux et bien d'autres." #~ msgid "" #~ "openSUSE offers you a choice of user interfaces. The two major complete \n" -#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a " -#~ "full \n" -#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and " -#~ "utilities.\n" +#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a full \n" +#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and utilities.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a " -#~ "recommendation." +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a recommendation." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "openSUSE vous offre un choix d'interfaces graphiques. Les deux principaux " -#~ "bureaux complets\n" -#~ "sont GNOME et KDE. Tous deux fournissent un bureau facile d'utilisation " -#~ "avec une\n" -#~ "suite complète d'applications dont email, navigateur de fichiers, jeux et " -#~ "utilitaires.\n" +#~ "openSUSE vous offre un choix d'interfaces graphiques. Les deux principaux bureaux complets\n" +#~ "sont GNOME et KDE. Tous deux fournissent un bureau facile d'utilisation avec une\n" +#~ "suite complète d'applications dont email, navigateur de fichiers, jeux et utilitaires.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Comme le choix d'un bureau est affaire de goût, nous ne donnons pas de " -#~ "recommandation." +#~ "Comme le choix d'un bureau est affaire de goût, nous ne donnons pas de recommandation." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__0 #~ msgid "Please wait while repositories are being read..." @@ -3467,8 +3237,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Une erreur s'est produite lors du basculement vers le système installé\n" #~ "et aucune récupération n'est possible.\n" -#~ "Voulez-vous exécuter le débogueur automatique pour rechercher la cause de " -#~ "l'erreur ?" +#~ "Voulez-vous exécuter le débogueur automatique pour rechercher la cause de l'erreur ?" #~ msgid "&Show License..." #~ msgstr "A&fficher la licence..." @@ -3511,27 +3280,20 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "To let the new installation to create an automatic configuration, select\n" -#~ "Use Automatic Configuration. Otherwise, manual configuration will " -#~ "be used.\n" +#~ "Use Automatic Configuration. Otherwise, manual configuration will be used.\n" #~ "Update mode does not support automatic configuration." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pour laisser la nouvelle installation créer une configuration " -#~ "automatique, sélectionnez\n" -#~ "Utiliser la configuration automatique. Sinon, la configuration " -#~ "manuelle sera utilisée.\n" +#~ "Pour laisser la nouvelle installation créer une configuration automatique, sélectionnez\n" +#~ "Utiliser la configuration automatique. Sinon, la configuration manuelle sera utilisée.\n" #~ "Le mode mise à jour ne supporte pas la configuration automatique." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__38 #~ msgid "Analyzing Installation Images" #~ msgstr "Analyse des images d'installation" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installaton is restoring the user preferences to install the rest of " -#~ "packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le processus d'installation restaure les préferences utilisateur pour " -#~ "installer le reste des paquets." +#~ msgid "Installaton is restoring the user preferences to install the rest of packages." +#~ msgstr "Le processus d'installation restaure les préferences utilisateur pour installer le reste des paquets." #~ msgid "" #~ "This is a base selection where you can decide which common\n" @@ -3620,14 +3382,12 @@ # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__33 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system " -#~ "on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. With this option, try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sélectionnez Réparation du système installé si vous avez sur votre " -#~ "disque\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez Réparation du système installé si vous avez sur votre disque\n" #~ "dur un système Linux endommagé. Avec cette option, vous pouvez\n" #~ "essayer de résoudre les problèmes automatiquement.\n" #~ "" @@ -3635,14 +3395,12 @@ # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__33 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Boot Installed System if you have a Linux system on your " -#~ "hard\n" +#~ "Select Boot Installed System if you have a Linux system on your hard\n" #~ "disk that will not boot. With this option, try to fix problems manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sélectionnez Amorçage d'un système installé si vous avez sur votre " -#~ "disque\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez Amorçage d'un système installé si vous avez sur votre disque\n" #~ "dur un système Linux qui ne démarre pas. Avec cette option, vous pouvez\n" #~ "essayer de résoudre les problèmes manuellement.\n" #~ "" @@ -3666,29 +3424,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Other Options then\n" -#~ "select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system " -#~ "on\n" +#~ "select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sélectionnez Autres options puis\n" #~ " Réparer le système installé si un système Linux endommagé\n" -#~ "se trouve sur votre disque dur. Cette option peut tenter de corriger les " -#~ "problèmes automatiquement.\n" +#~ "se trouve sur votre disque dur. Cette option peut tenter de corriger les problèmes automatiquement.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Other Options then\n" -#~ "select Boot Installed System if you have a Linux system on your " -#~ "hard\n" +#~ "select Boot Installed System if you have a Linux system on your hard\n" #~ "disk that will not boot. With this option, try to fix problems manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sélectionnez Autres options puis \n" -#~ "sélectionnez Amorcer le système installé si un système Linux qui " -#~ "ne s'amorce pas\n" -#~ "se trouve sur votre disque dur. Avec cette option, tentez de corriger les " -#~ "problèmes manuellement.\n" +#~ "sélectionnez Amorcer le système installé si un système Linux qui ne s'amorce pas\n" +#~ "se trouve sur votre disque dur. Avec cette option, tentez de corriger les problèmes manuellement.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Boot Installed &System" @@ -3707,20 +3460,17 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Later you can install additional software from these external " -#~ "repositories.\n" +#~ "Later you can install additional software from these external repositories.\n" #~ "Register the repository now?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vous pourrez installer des logiciels supplémentaires plus tard à partir " -#~ "de ces sources externes.\n" +#~ "Vous pourrez installer des logiciels supplémentaires plus tard à partir de ces sources externes.\n" #~ "Voulez-vous enregistrer les sources maintenant ?" #~ msgid "Testing the Internet Connection..." #~ msgstr "Test de la connexion Internet..." #~ msgid "An error occurred while creating the installation source." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création de la source d'installation." +#~ msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création de la source d'installation." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__201 #~ msgid "Details:" @@ -3732,8 +3482,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "FIXME: help will be added later..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Toutes les modifications seront appliquées après le redémarrage." +#~ msgstr "Toutes les modifications seront appliquées après le redémarrage." #~ msgid "Additional Installation Sources" #~ msgstr "Sources d'installation supplémentaires" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/instserver.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -375,8 +375,7 @@ "should be hosted on the local system.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez l'une des options du serveur et spécifiez où tous les " -"dépôts\n" +"Sélectionnez l'une des options du serveur et spécifiez où tous les dépôts\n" "doivent être hébergées sur le système local.\n" "" @@ -388,8 +387,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Si l'un des services fonctionne déjà et si vous souhaitez procéder\n" -"manuellement à la configuration du serveur, choisissez de ne pas " -"configurer \n" +"manuellement à la configuration du serveur, choisissez de ne pas configurer \n" "les services.\n" "\n" @@ -409,39 +407,31 @@ "installed and started.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Pour procéder à cette configuration, une nouvelle entrée doit être " -"ajoutée\n" -"dans le fichier /etc/exports et le serveur NFS doit être installé " -"et\n" +"Pour procéder à cette configuration, une nouvelle entrée doit être ajoutée\n" +"dans le fichier /etc/exports et le serveur NFS doit être installé et\n" "démarré.\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0/24\n" "to restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez, pour certains hôtes, restreindre l'accès aux " -"répertoires\n" -"exportés, ajoutez un masque wildcard plus restrictif. Par exemple, utilisez " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"Si vous souhaitez, pour certains hôtes, restreindre l'accès aux répertoires\n" +"exportés, ajoutez un masque wildcard plus restrictif. Par exemple, utilisez 192.168.1.0/24\n" "pour restreindre l'accès au sous-réseau 192.168.1.0.\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Spécifiez, en outre, les options d'exportation. Pour plus de détails " -"relatifs aux\n" -"options disponibles, consultez la page de manuel exports (man " -"exports(5))\n" +"Spécifiez, en outre, les options d'exportation. Pour plus de détails relatifs aux\n" +"options disponibles, consultez la page de manuel exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 @@ -466,8 +456,7 @@ "To complete this configuration, an FTP server must be \n" "installed and started.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour procéder à cette configuration, un serveur FTP doit être installé " -"et\n" +"Pour procéder à cette configuration, un serveur FTP doit être installé et\n" "démarré.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:59 @@ -479,20 +468,17 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Si le dossier dépôt de logiciels sélectionné est en dehors de\n" -"la hiérarchie du serveur FTP, une entrée de point de montage est ajoutée à " -"<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" +"la hiérarchie du serveur FTP, une entrée de point de montage est ajoutée à <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" "Cela rend le dossier dépôt de logiciels disponible dans le \n" "serveur FTP (à l'aide de l'option <tt>--bind</tt> de <tt>mount</tt>).\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Le serveur d'installation sera disponible pour les clients utilisant " -"l'URL suivant :\n" +"Le serveur d'installation sera disponible pour les clients utilisant l'URL suivant :\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 @@ -518,22 +504,17 @@ "installed and started. The alias will be used to reference the installation\n" "server root directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour procéder à cette configuration, un serveur HTTP doit être installé " -"et\n" -"démarré. L'alias sera utilisé pour référencer le répertoire racine du " -"serveur \n" +"Pour procéder à cette configuration, un serveur HTTP doit être installé et\n" +"démarré. L'alias sera utilisé pour référencer le répertoire racine du serveur \n" "d'installation.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:\n" +"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:\n" msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez un alias court et facile à retenir. Par exemple, si vous " -"sélectionnez\n" -"SUSE comme alias, les dépôts seront disponibles comme indiqué ci-" -"dessous :\n" +"Sélectionnez un alias court et facile à retenir. Par exemple, si vous sélectionnez\n" +"SUSE comme alias, les dépôts seront disponibles comme indiqué ci-dessous :\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 msgid "" @@ -553,13 +534,11 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -"product\n" +"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP). \n" msgstr "" -"Le nom du dépôt permet de créer un répertoire sous lequel tous les CD de " -"produits\n" +"Le nom du dépôt permet de créer un répertoire sous lequel tous les CD de produits\n" "sont copiés et gérés. L'accès au dépôt s'effectue en utilisant le\n" "protocole configuré (NFS, FTP ou HTTP) \n" @@ -570,36 +549,27 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" msgstr "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilite la recherche de serveurs " -"d'installation. \n" -"Lorsque cette case est cochée, le dépôt sera annoncée sur le réseau en " -"utilisant SLP.\n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilite la recherche de serveurs d'installation. \n" +"Lorsque cette case est cochée, le dépôt sera annoncée sur le réseau en utilisant SLP.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "Next to copy the content into the local repository.\n" msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez un lecteur source dans la liste, insérez le premier support " -"d'un produit de base, puis cliquez sur\n" +"Sélectionnez un lecteur source dans la liste, insérez le premier support d'un produit de base, puis cliquez sur\n" "Suivant pour copier le contenu dans le dépôt local.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</" -"p>\n" +"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" msgstr "" -"Lorsque les supports de base sont copiés dans le dépôt local, vous pouvez " -"ajouter des\n" -"CD supplémentaires au dépôt (par exemple, CD de Service Pack ou CD de " -"modules complémentaires).\n" +"Lorsque les supports de base sont copiés dans le dépôt local, vous pouvez ajouter des\n" +"CD supplémentaires au dépôt (par exemple, CD de Service Pack ou CD de modules complémentaires).\n" # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__51 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 @@ -608,12 +578,10 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next</" -"b>, you can\n" +"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next, you can\n" "select ISO image files.\n" msgstr "" -"Il est possible d'utiliser des images ISO à la place des supports CD ou " -"DVD. Si vous cliquez sur Suivant, vous pouvez\n" +"Il est possible d'utiliser des images ISO à la place des supports CD ou DVD. Si vous cliquez sur Suivant, vous pouvez\n" "sélectionner des fichiers d'images ISO.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__0 @@ -656,8 +624,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -675,18 +642,14 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "Adding a Repository: \n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " -"and press Configure.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "Ajout d'un dépôt : \n" -"Les dossiers non configurés sont détectés dans le dossier dépôt puis sont " -"rendus\n" +"Les dossiers non configurés sont détectés dans le dossier dépôt puis sont rendus\n" "disponibles pour la configuration.\n" -"Pour ajouter un dépôt, sélectionnez le dans la liste des dépôts non " -"configurés et cliquez sur Configurer.\n" +"Pour ajouter un dépôt, sélectionnez le dans la liste des dépôts non configurés et cliquez sur Configurer.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__50 #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -737,12 +700,10 @@ #. Read service data using _auto #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" -"Le serveur d'installation FTP nécessite un paquet de serveur FTP. Le paquet " -"vsftpd\n" +"Le serveur d'installation FTP nécessite un paquet de serveur FTP. Le paquet vsftpd\n" "va être installé maintenant.\n" # TLABEL idedma_2002_03_14_2340__21 @@ -755,12 +716,10 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" -"Le serveur d'installation HTTP nécessite un paquet de serveur HTTP. Le " -"paquet apache2\n" +"Le serveur d'installation HTTP nécessite un paquet de serveur HTTP. Le paquet apache2\n" "va être installé maintenant." #. Setup NFS Server @@ -866,6 +825,5 @@ #~ "you are able to edit their configuration. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Apercu des dépôts</big> \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez obtenir une présentation des dépôts configurées. Vous pouvez " -#~ "également\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez obtenir une présentation des dépôts configurées. Vous pouvez également\n" #~ "en modifier la configuration. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/iplb.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -203,151 +203,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -363,87 +300,42 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -466,9 +358,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -479,105 +369,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -591,134 +444,82 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>serveur virtuel</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Définit un service virtuel au moyen de l'adresse IP (ou nom d'hôte) " -"et du port (ou du nom de service) ou d'une marque de parefeu. Une marque de " -"parefeu est un nombre entier plus grand que zéro.La\n" -"configuration du marquage de paquets est contrôlée en utilisant l'option <tt>" -"\"-m\"</tt> à ipchains(8). Tous les services réels et les drapeaux " -"pour un service virtuel\n" +"<big>serveur virtuel</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Définit un service virtuel au moyen de l'adresse IP (ou nom d'hôte) et du port (ou du nom de service) ou d'une marque de parefeu. Une marque de parefeu est un nombre entier plus grand que zéro.La\n" +"configuration du marquage de paquets est contrôlée en utilisant l'option <tt>\"-m\"</tt> à ipchains(8). Tous les services réels et les drapeaux pour un service virtuel\n" "doivent immédiatement suivre cette ligne et être indentés.\n" #. overwrite global value part Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-client.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -270,8 +270,7 @@ "<big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Initialisation de la configuration de l'initiateur iSCSI</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initialisation de la configuration de l'initiateur iSCSI</big> \n" "Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__68 @@ -282,8 +281,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en " -"toute sécurité.\n" +"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -292,8 +290,7 @@ "<big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Enregistrement de la configuration de l'initiateur iSCSI</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Enregistrement de la configuration de l'initiateur iSCSI</big> \n" "Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__3 @@ -307,8 +304,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Abandon de l'enregistrement</big> \n" "Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter la procédure d'enregistrement.\n" -" Une autre boîte de dialogue vous indique si l'annulation peut se faire en " -"toute sécurité.\n" +" Une autre boîte de dialogue vous indique si l'annulation peut se faire en toute sécurité.\n" " \n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48 @@ -332,8 +328,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Ajout d'un initiateur iSCSI</big> \n" "Sélectionnez un initiateur iSCSI dans la liste des initiateurs détectés.\n" -" Si votre initiateur iSCSI n'a pas été détecté, utilisez Autre (non " -"détecté).\n" +" Si votre initiateur iSCSI n'a pas été détecté, utilisez Autre (non détecté).\n" " Cliquez ensuite sur Configurer.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__50 @@ -345,8 +340,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Modification ou suppression</big> \n" -"Si vous cliquez sur Modifier, une boîte de dialogue supplémentaire " -"s'ouvre dans laquelle\n" +"Si vous cliquez sur Modifier, une boîte de dialogue supplémentaire s'ouvre dans laquelle\n" " vous pouvez modifier la configuration.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__51 @@ -358,8 +352,7 @@ "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Aperçu de la configuration de l'initiateur iSCSI</big> \n" -"Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des initiateurs iSCSI installés. De plus, vous " -"pouvez\n" +"Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des initiateurs iSCSI installés. De plus, vous pouvez\n" " modifier leur configuration. \n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__52 @@ -387,13 +380,11 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" msgstr "" -"Liste des sessions en cours. Pour ajouter une nouvelle cible, la " -"sélectionner et cliquez\n" +"Liste des sessions en cours. Pour ajouter une nouvelle cible, la sélectionner et cliquez\n" "sur Ajouter. Pour en supprimer une, cliquez sur Déconnecter.\n" "Pour modifier l'état du démarrage, cliquez sur Basculer.\n" @@ -405,67 +396,42 @@ msgstr "<h1>Avertissement</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à un périphérique iSCSI READ/WRITE, vérifiez " -"que cet accès est exclusif. Sinon, il existe un risque potentiel de " -"corruption des données.\n" +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr "Pour accéder à un périphérique iSCSI READ/WRITE, vérifiez que cet accès est exclusif. Sinon, il existe un risque potentiel de corruption des données.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"InitiatorName est une valeur tirée de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -"iscsi</tt>.\n" -"Si vous utilisez iBFT, cette valeur sera ajoutée depuis cet emplacement et " -"vous pourrez la modifier uniquement dans la configuration du BIOS." +"InitiatorName est une valeur tirée de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" +"Si vous utilisez iBFT, cette valeur sera ajoutée depuis cet emplacement et vous pourrez la modifier uniquement dans la configuration du BIOS." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez utiliser iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) pour " -"découvrir des cibles au lieu de la methode par défaut 'SendTargets',\n" -"remplissez l'adresse IP et le port du serveur iSNS. Le port par défaut est " -"3205.\n" +"Si vous voulez utiliser iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) pour découvrir des cibles au lieu de la methode par défaut 'SendTargets',\n" +"remplissez l'adresse IP et le port du serveur iSNS. Le port par défaut est 3205.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Entrez l'Adresse IP du serveur identifié.\n" -"Ne modifiez le Port que si c'est nécessaire. Pour l'authentification, " -"utilisez le Nom d'utilisateur et le Mot de passe. Si " -"l'authentification n'est pas nécessaire,\n" +"Ne modifiez le Port que si c'est nécessaire. Pour l'authentification, utilisez le Nom d'utilisateur et le Mot de passe. Si l'authentification n'est pas nécessaire,\n" " sélectionnez Pas d'authentification\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " -msgstr "" -"Liste des nœuds proposés par la cible iSCSI. Sélectionnez un élément et " -"cliquez sur Connecter. " +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " +msgstr "Liste des nœuds proposés par la cible iSCSI. Sélectionnez un élément et cliquez sur Connecter. " #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez le type d'authentification et entrez le Nom d'utilisateur</" -"b> et le Mot de passe." +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." +msgstr "Sélectionnez le type d'authentification et entrez le Nom d'utilisateur et le Mot de passe." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -475,32 +441,22 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" -"L'option manual (manuel) est destinée aux cibles iSCSI à ne pas " -"connecter par\n" +"L'option manual (manuel) est destinée aux cibles iSCSI à ne pas connecter par\n" "défaut, l'utilisateur doit le faire manuellement\n" -"L'option onboot (au démarrage) est destinée aux cibles iSCSI à " -"connecter au démarrage,\n" -"c'est-à-dire lorsque la racine se trouve sur iSCSI. Ainsi, l'évaluation se " -"fera depuis initrd.\n" -"L'option automatic (automatique) est destinée aux cibles iSCSI à " -"connecter lorsque le service iSCSI\n" +"L'option onboot (au démarrage) est destinée aux cibles iSCSI à connecter au démarrage,\n" +"c'est-à-dire lorsque la racine se trouve sur iSCSI. Ainsi, l'évaluation se fera depuis initrd.\n" +"L'option automatic (automatique) est destinée aux cibles iSCSI à connecter lorsque le service iSCSI\n" "démarre.\n" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " -"to any target." -msgstr "" -"Liste des cibles identifiées. Lancez une nouvelle identification ou " -"connectez l'une des cibles." +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." +msgstr "Liste des cibles identifiées. Lancez une nouvelle identification ou connectez l'une des cibles." # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__23 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 @@ -542,8 +498,7 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur s'est produite lors de la déconnexion de la cible sélectionnée." +msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la déconnexion de la cible sélectionnée." # TLABEL nis_2002_01_04_0147__21 #. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) @@ -613,13 +568,8 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"La cible avec ce nom de cible (TargetName) est déjà connectée. Vérifiez que " -"le multi chemin (multipathing) est activé pour éviter toute corruption des " -"données." +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "La cible avec ce nom de cible (TargetName) est déjà connectée. Vérifiez que le multi chemin (multipathing) est activé pour éviter toute corruption des données." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__7 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 @@ -655,12 +605,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer l'initiateur iSCSI, les paquets %1 doivent être " -"installés." +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Pour configurer l'initiateur iSCSI, les paquets %1 doivent être installés." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -737,9 +683,10 @@ msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" +# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__81 #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" -msgstr "" +msgstr "tous" #. } #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 @@ -749,12 +696,9 @@ "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"Les paramètres InitiatorName issus de iBFT et de <tt>/etc/iscsi/" -"initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" -"sont différents. L'ancien paramètre sera remplacé par la valeur tirée de " -"iBFT et une \n" -"copie de sauvegarde sera créée. Si vous souhaitez utiliser un autre " -"paramètre initiatorname,\n" +"Les paramètres InitiatorName issus de iBFT et de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" +"sont différents. L'ancien paramètre sera remplacé par la valeur tirée de iBFT et une \n" +"copie de sauvegarde sera créée. Si vous souhaitez utiliser un autre paramètre initiatorname,\n" "modifiez-le dans le BIOS.\n" # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__28 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-lio-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -25,19 +25,16 @@ # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__16 #. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module #: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 -#| msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target" msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO" msgstr "Configuration d'une cible iSCSI via LIO" #. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals #: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 -#| msgid "iSCSI Target" msgid "iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "Cible LIO iSCSI" #. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals #: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 -#| msgid "&iSCSI Target" msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "Cible LIO &iSCSI" @@ -49,7 +46,8 @@ # TLABEL timezone_db_2002_01_04_0147__145 #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "Global" @@ -77,25 +75,21 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:187 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:318 -#| msgid "Write groups" msgid "Portal group" msgstr "Groupe de portail" # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__306 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 -#| msgid "IPv4 address" msgid "Ip address" msgstr "Adresse IP" # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__127 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 -#| msgid "Port Number" msgid "Port number" msgstr "Numéro de port" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 -#| msgid "User Authentication" msgid "Use Authentication" msgstr "Utiliser l'authentification" @@ -152,19 +146,16 @@ msgstr "Cartographie Lun" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:191 -#| msgid "Authors" msgid "Auth" msgstr "Auth" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__154 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:197 -#| msgid "Edit " msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "Modifier LUN" # TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__44 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198 -#| msgid "Edit &SOA" msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "Modifier Auth" @@ -257,7 +248,6 @@ #. @return dialog result #. Main dialog - tabbed #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:428 -#| msgid "iSCSI Target Overview" msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "Aperçu de la cible LIO iSCSI" @@ -276,13 +266,11 @@ #. discovery authentication dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:505 -#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target" msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup" msgstr "Modifier la configuration du client de la cible iSCSI" #. edit target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:539 -#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target" msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "Modifier la configuration du Lun de la cible iSCSI" @@ -295,15 +283,11 @@ # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__0 #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Initialisation de la configuration de la cible LIO iSCSI</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initialisation de la configuration de la cible LIO iSCSI</big> \n" "Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__68 @@ -314,8 +298,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en " -"toute sécurité.\n" +"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -324,8 +307,7 @@ "<big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Enregistrement de la configuration de la cible iSCSI</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Enregistrement de la configuration de la cible iSCSI</big> \n" "Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__3 @@ -338,15 +320,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre." -"\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 -#| msgid "" -#| "Save button will export some informations about\n" -#| "targets into selected file." msgid "" "Save button will export some information about\n" "targets into selected file." @@ -398,8 +376,7 @@ "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Aperçu de la configuration de la cible iSCSI</big> \n" -"Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des cibles iSCSI installées. De plus, vous " -"pouvez\n" +"Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des cibles iSCSI installées. De plus, vous pouvez\n" " modifier leur configuration. \n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__52 @@ -463,184 +440,100 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -#| msgid "" -#| "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -#| "Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -#| "User and Password. \n" -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez le type d'authentification. Vous avez le choix entre Pas " -"d'authentification ou Entrant ou Sortant (ou les deux en " -"même temps). Entrez ensuite votre Nom d'utilisateur et votre Mot " -"de passe." +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "Sélectionnez le type d'authentification. Vous avez le choix entre Pas d'authentification ou Entrant ou Sortant (ou les deux en même temps). Entrez ensuite votre Nom d'utilisateur et votre Mot de passe." #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " -"initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez Ajouter pour donner un accès client pour un LUN importé " -"d'un groupe de portail cible. Spécifiez quel client est autorisé à y accéder " -"(le nom du client est InitiatorName dans '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -"iscsi' sur l'initiateur iscsi). Supprimer effacera l'accès du client " -"au LUN." +msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgstr "Utilisez Ajouter pour donner un accès client pour un LUN importé d'un groupe de portail cible. Spécifiez quel client est autorisé à y accéder (le nom du client est InitiatorName dans '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' sur l'initiateur iscsi). Supprimer effacera l'accès du client au LUN." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -#| "Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -#| "User and Password.\n" -#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or " -#| "Edit or Delete them." -msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " -"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " -"disabled here." -msgstr "" -"Avec Modifier LUN, vous pouvez modifier quels LUNs le client peut " -"accéder. Après avoir pressé sur Modifier Auth, sélectionner le type " -"d'authentification. Vous avez le choix entre Entrant, Sortant " -"ou les deux en même temps. Entrez ensuite votre Nom d'utilisateur et " -"votre Mot de passe. Si Utiliser l'authentification est " -"désactivé dans la boîte de dialogue précédente, alors Modifier Auth " -"sera également désactivé ici." +#| "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password.\n" +#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or Edit or Delete them." +msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." +msgstr "Avec Modifier LUN, vous pouvez modifier quels LUNs le client peut accéder. Après avoir pressé sur Modifier Auth, sélectionner le type d'authentification. Vous avez le choix entre Entrant, Sortant ou les deux en même temps. Entrez ensuite votre Nom d'utilisateur et votre Mot de passe. Si Utiliser l'authentification est désactivé dans la boîte de dialogue précédente, alors Modifier Auth sera également désactivé ici." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN." -msgstr "" -"Copier offre la possibilité de donner un accès client " -"supplémentaire au LUN." +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." +msgstr "Copier offre la possibilité de donner un accès client supplémentaire au LUN." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138 -#| msgid "" -#| "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" -#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or " -#| "Delete." msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Liste des cibles et des groupes de portail cibles proposés. Créez une " -"nouvelle cible en cliquant sur Ajouter. \n" -"Pour supprimer ou modifier un élément, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur " -"Modifier ou Supprimer" +"Liste des cibles et des groupes de portail cibles proposés. Créez une nouvelle cible en cliquant sur Ajouter. \n" +"Pour supprimer ou modifier un élément, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur Modifier ou Supprimer" #. edit target #. add target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159 -#| msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" -msgstr "" -"<h1>Configuration de l'adresse IP/numéro de port et du LUN de la cible " -"iSCSI</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>Configuration de l'adresse IP/numéro de port et du LUN de la cible iSCSI</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Il est possible de créer des périphériques de bloc arbitraires sous un " -"LUN.\n" -"Vous devez fournir un chemin soit vers un périphérique de bloc soit " -"vers un fichier.\n" -"Le nom du LUN est un nom arbitraire qui identifie de façon unique le " -"LUN. \n" -"Il est nécessaire que le nom soit unique à l'intérieur du groupe de portail " -"cible. Si l'utilisateur\n" +"Il est possible de créer des périphériques de bloc arbitraires sous un LUN.\n" +"Vous devez fournir un chemin soit vers un périphérique de bloc soit vers un fichier.\n" +"Le nom du LUN est un nom arbitraire qui identifie de façon unique le LUN. \n" +"Il est nécessaire que le nom soit unique à l'intérieur du groupe de portail cible. Si l'utilisateur\n" "ne donne pas de nom pour le LUN, ce nom est généré automatiquement." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"Sous adresse IP et numéro de port, vous spécifiez à quelle " -"adresse\n" -"et sous quel port le service sera disponible. Le numéro de port par défaut " -"est 3260.\n" +"Sous adresse IP et numéro de port, vous spécifiez à quelle adresse\n" +"et sous quel port le service sera disponible. Le numéro de port par défaut est 3260.\n" "Seules les adresses IP assignées à une des cartes réseau sont possibles." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 -#| msgid "" -#| "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values.\n" msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "" -"Créer une nouvelle cible. Remplacer les valeurs du modèle par les valeurs " -"correctes." +msgstr "Créer une nouvelle cible. Remplacer les valeurs du modèle par les valeurs correctes." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun." -"\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Il est possible de créer des périphériques de bloc arbitraires ou des " -"fichiers dans un lun.\n" -"Vous devez fournir un chemin soit vers un périphérique de bloc soit " -"un fichier.\n" -"Le nom du LUN est un nom arbitraire qui identifie de façon unique le " -"LUN. \n" -"Il est nécessaire que le nom soit unique à l'intérieur du groupe de portail " -"cible. Si l'utilisateur\n" +"Il est possible de créer des périphériques de bloc arbitraires ou des fichiers dans un lun.\n" +"Vous devez fournir un chemin soit vers un périphérique de bloc soit un fichier.\n" +"Le nom du LUN est un nom arbitraire qui identifie de façon unique le LUN. \n" +"Il est nécessaire que le nom soit unique à l'intérieur du groupe de portail cible. Si l'utilisateur\n" "ne donne pas de nom pour le LUN, ce nom est généré automatiquement." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible d'ajouter, de modifier ou de supprimer " -"toutes les options de configuration supplémentaires." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Il est possible d'ajouter, de modifier ou de supprimer toutes les options de configuration supplémentaires." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 -#| msgid "" -#| "Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -#| "purposes). \n" -#| "If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -#| "Sectors are optional." msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Modifier le numéro LUN si nécessaire et définissez le Type " -"(nullio est utilisé à des fins de test). \n" -"Si Type=fileio, définir le Chemin vers un périphérique de disque ou " -"un fichier.ID SCSI et Secteurs sont facultatifs." +"Modifier le numéro LUN si nécessaire et définissez le Type (nullio est utilisé à des fins de test). \n" +"Si Type=fileio, définir le Chemin vers un périphérique de disque ou un fichier.ID SCSI et Secteurs sont facultatifs." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146 #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 -#| msgid "Enable fingerprint authentication" msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "Problème lors du changement d'authentification" @@ -648,38 +541,31 @@ #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 -#| msgid "Invalid server name." msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "Nom d'utilisateur incorrect" # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__49 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 -#| msgid "Invalid password." msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "Mot de passe incorrect." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__385 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 -#| msgid "The selected option is already present" msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!" msgstr "Le Lun sélectionné est déjà en cours d'utilisation !" # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__75 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 -#| msgid "Specified queue name %1 is already used." msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "Le nom sélectionné est déjà en cours d'utilisation !" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "" -"Le chemin sélectionné doit être soit un périphérique de bloc soit un fichier " -"normal !" +msgstr "Le chemin sélectionné doit être soit un périphérique de bloc soit un fichier normal !" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__385 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 -#| msgid "The selected option is already present" msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "Le chemin sélectionné est déjà en cours d'utilisation !" @@ -699,19 +585,16 @@ # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__22 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -#| msgid "Clients" msgid "Client Lun" msgstr "Lun client" # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 -#| msgid "Target Name" msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "LUN cible" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__257 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 -#| msgid "Changes:" msgid "Change:" msgstr "Modifier :" @@ -721,24 +604,20 @@ # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__197 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 -#| msgid "You must specify at least one authentication mechanism." msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "Vous devez spécifier au moins une authentification !" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:620 -#| msgid "New client name:" msgid "Client name:" msgstr "Nom de client :" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__389 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:623 -#| msgid "Import CA from Disk" msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "Importer des LUNs depuis TPG" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:639 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 -#| msgid "Alias name must not be empty." msgid "Client name must not be empty!" msgstr "Le nom du client ne doit pas être vide !" @@ -748,7 +627,6 @@ #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 -#| msgid "Configuration name already exists!" msgid "Client name already exists!" msgstr "Le non du client existe déjà !" @@ -785,13 +663,11 @@ # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__26 #. brackets needed around IPv6 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024 -#| msgid "Setting UDP port to %1" msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Problème lors du paramétrage du portail de réseau vers %1" # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__95 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045 -#| msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Problème lors de la suppression du lun %1" @@ -811,7 +687,6 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1206 -#| msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "Le groupe de portail cible ne doit pas être vide." @@ -856,9 +731,6 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1517 -#| msgid "" -#| "Error occurred while creating directory %1:\n" -#| "%2" msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Problème lors de la création du client %3 pour %1:%2" @@ -868,7 +740,6 @@ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 -#| msgid "iSCSI Target Configuration" msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Configuration de la cible LIO iSCSI" @@ -888,7 +759,6 @@ #. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 -#| msgid "Can't continue without installing iscsitarget package" msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package" msgstr "Impossible de continuer sans installer le paquet lio-utils" @@ -900,7 +770,6 @@ # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__61 #. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 -#| msgid "Initializing iSCSI Target Configuration" msgid "Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Initialisation de la configuration de la cible LIO iSCSI" @@ -954,8 +823,7 @@ "try to import setting from /etc/ietd.conf into LIO?" msgstr "" "Vous n'avez actuellement aucune cible LIO active mais il semble \n" -"qu'il y ait une configuration valide dans /etc/ietd.conf. Est-ce que le " -"module \n" +"qu'il y ait une configuration valide dans /etc/ietd.conf. Est-ce que le module \n" "doit essayer d'importer les paramètres depuis etc/ietd.conf dans LIO ?" #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 @@ -964,14 +832,12 @@ #. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 -#| msgid "Saving iSCSI Target Configuration" msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration de la cible LIO iSCSI" # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21 #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 -#| msgid "Write the settings" msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres du pare-feu" @@ -983,7 +849,6 @@ # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24 #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 -#| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres du pare-feu..." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/iscsi-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -229,8 +229,7 @@ "<big>Initializing iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Initialisation de la configuration de la cible iSCSI</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initialisation de la configuration de la cible iSCSI</big> \n" "Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__68 @@ -241,8 +240,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en " -"toute sécurité.\n" +"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -251,8 +249,7 @@ "<big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Enregistrement de la configuration de la cible iSCSI</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Enregistrement de la configuration de la cible iSCSI</big> \n" "Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__3 @@ -265,8 +262,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -311,8 +307,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Modification ou suppression</big> \n" -"Si vous cliquez sur Modifier, une boîte de dialogue supplémentaire " -"s'ouvre dans laquelle\n" +"Si vous cliquez sur Modifier, une boîte de dialogue supplémentaire s'ouvre dans laquelle\n" " vous pouvez modifier la configuration.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__51 @@ -324,8 +319,7 @@ "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Aperçu de la configuration de la cible iSCSI</big> \n" -"Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des cibles iSCSI installées. De plus, vous " -"pouvez\n" +"Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des cibles iSCSI installées. De plus, vous pouvez\n" " modifier leur configuration. \n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__52 @@ -389,38 +383,24 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password.\n" -"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or " -"Edit or Delete them." +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password.\n" +"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or Edit or Delete them." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez le type d'authentification. Vous avez le choix entre Pas " -"d'authentification ou Entrant ou Sortant (ou les deux en " -"même temps). Entrez ensuite votre Nom d'utilisateur et votre Mot " -"de passe.\n" -"Pour l'authentification entrante, il est possible d'ajouter davantage " -"de paires, de les modifier ou de les supprimer." +"Sélectionnez le type d'authentification. Vous avez le choix entre Pas d'authentification ou Entrant ou Sortant (ou les deux en même temps). Entrez ensuite votre Nom d'utilisateur et votre Mot de passe.\n" +"Pour l'authentification entrante, il est possible d'ajouter davantage de paires, de les modifier ou de les supprimer." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete</" -"b>." +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete." msgstr "" -"Liste des cibles proposées. Créez une nouvelle cible en cliquant sur " -"Ajouter. \n" -"Pour supprimer ou modifier un élément, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur " -"Modifier ou Supprimer" +"Liste des cibles proposées. Créez une nouvelle cible en cliquant sur Ajouter. \n" +"Pour supprimer ou modifier un élément, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur Modifier ou Supprimer" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, " -"LVM, or RAID.\n" -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de modifier le Chemin d'accès aux périphériques par " -"blocs, aux fichiers standard, aux solutions LVM ou RAID.\n" +msgid "It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" +msgstr "Il est possible de modifier le Chemin d'accès aux périphériques par blocs, aux fichiers standard, aux solutions LVM ou RAID.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" @@ -428,12 +408,9 @@ "For Target, use the format iqn.yyyy-mm.<reversed domain name>.\n" "For Path, use block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" msgstr "" -"Créez une nouvelle cible. Remplacez les valeurs du modèle par les valeurs " -"correctes.\n" -"Pour la Cible, utilisez le format iqn.aaaa-mm.<nom de domaine " -"inversé>.\n" -" Pour le Chemin d'accès, utilisez les périphériques par blocs, les " -"fichiers standard, les solutions LVM ou RAID.\n" +"Créez une nouvelle cible. Remplacez les valeurs du modèle par les valeurs correctes.\n" +"Pour la Cible, utilisez le format iqn.aaaa-mm.<nom de domaine inversé>.\n" +" Pour le Chemin d'accès, utilisez les périphériques par blocs, les fichiers standard, les solutions LVM ou RAID.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -441,28 +418,19 @@ "If you need additional options, click Expert Settings.\n" msgstr "" "Ajouter un ou plusieurs LUN.\n" -"Pour obtenir des options supplémentaires, cliquez sur Paramètres pour " -"experts.\n" +"Pour obtenir des options supplémentaires, cliquez sur Paramètres pour experts.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible d'ajouter, de modifier ou de supprimer " -"toutes les options de configuration supplémentaires." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Il est possible d'ajouter, de modifier ou de supprimer toutes les options de configuration supplémentaires." #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes). \n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Modifiez le numéro LUN si nécessaire et définissez le Type " -"(nullio est utilisé à des fins de test). \n" -"Si Type=fileio, définissez Chemin vers un périphérique de disque ou " -"un fichier.SCSI ID et Secteurs sont facultatifs." +"Modifiez le numéro LUN si nécessaire et définissez le Type (nullio est utilisé à des fins de test). \n" +"Si Type=fileio, définissez Chemin vers un périphérique de disque ou un fichier.SCSI ID et Secteurs sont facultatifs." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__95 #. extract ScsiId @@ -515,9 +483,7 @@ #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:608 msgid "Cannot use the same secret for incoming and outgoing authentication." -msgstr "" -"Impossible d'utiliser la même phrase secrète pour l'authentification " -"entrante et sortante." +msgstr "Impossible d'utiliser la même phrase secrète pour l'authentification entrante et sortante." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102 #. string lun = tostring( UI::QueryWidget(`id(`lun), `Value) ); Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/isns.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -191,8 +191,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en " -"toute sécurité.\n" +"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -214,8 +213,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -230,85 +228,30 @@ "Configurez un serveur iSNS. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of " -"the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Situation du serveur iSNS</big> Le nom DNS ou l'adresse IP du " -"service iSNS peut être entré comme l'adresse iSNS.\n" +msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +msgstr "<big>Situation du serveur iSNS</big> Le nom DNS ou l'adresse IP du service iSNS peut être entré comme l'adresse iSNS.\n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "" -"La liste des noeuds iSCSI enregistrés avec le service iSNS est affichée.</" -"p> Les noeuds sont enregistrés par les initiateurs iSCSI et les cibles " -"iSCSI. Il est possible de les supprimer. Supprimer un noeud " -"l'enléve de la base de donnée iSNS. " +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "La liste des noeuds iSCSI enregistrés avec le service iSNS est affichée. Les noeuds sont enregistrés par les initiateurs iSCSI et les cibles iSCSI. Il est possible de les supprimer. Supprimer un noeud l'enléve de la base de donnée iSNS. " #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "" -"Une liste de tous les domaines de découverte est affichée. Il est possible " -"de Créer un domaine de découverte et d'en Supprimer.La " -"suppression d'un domaine supprime les membres du domaine mais ne supprime " -"pas les membres du nœud iSCSI." +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "Une liste de tous les domaines de découverte est affichée. Il est possible de Créer un domaine de découverte et d'en Supprimer.La suppression d'un domaine supprime les membres du domaine mais ne supprime pas les membres du nœud iSCSI." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "" -"Une liste de tout les noeuds iSCSI est affichée par domaine de découverte. " -"Choisir un autre domaine de découverte rafraichit la liste avec les membres " -"de ce domaine. Il est possible d'Ajouter un noeud iSCSI à un domaine " -"de découverte ou de Supprimer ce noeud.Supprimer un noeud l'enlève " -"du domaine mais ne supprime pas le noeud iSCSI. Créer un noeud iSCSI " -"permet d'ajouter un noeud qui n'est pas encore enregistré à un domaine de " -"découverte. Lorsque l'initiateur ou la cible enregistre ce noeud, il devient " -"membre du domaine. Lorsqu'un initiateur iSCSI exécute une requête de " -"découverte, le service iSNS retourne tout les noeuds iSCSI cible qui sont " -"membres du même domaine de découverte. " +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " +msgstr "Une liste de tout les noeuds iSCSI est affichée par domaine de découverte. Choisir un autre domaine de découverte rafraichit la liste avec les membres de ce domaine. Il est possible d'Ajouter un noeud iSCSI à un domaine de découverte ou de Supprimer ce noeud.Supprimer un noeud l'enlève du domaine mais ne supprime pas le noeud iSCSI. Créer un noeud iSCSI permet d'ajouter un noeud qui n'est pas encore enregistré à un domaine de découverte. Lorsque l'initiateur ou la cible enregistre ce noeud, il devient membre du domaine. Lorsqu'un initiateur iSCSI exécute une requête de découverte, le service iSNS retourne tout les noeuds iSCSI cible qui sont membres du même domaine de découverte. " #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "" -"Au dessus, une liste de tout les ensembles de domaines de découverte est " -"affichée. Les domaines de découvertes appartiennent à des ensembles. Un " -"domaine de découverte doit être membre d'un ensemble de domaines pour être " -"actif. Dans une base de donnée iSNS, un ensemble de domaines de " -"découverte contient des domaines de découverte qui contiennent des membres " -"de noeud iSCSI. " +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "Au dessus, une liste de tout les ensembles de domaines de découverte est affichée. Les domaines de découvertes appartiennent à des ensembles. Un domaine de découverte doit être membre d'un ensemble de domaines pour être actif. Dans une base de donnée iSNS, un ensemble de domaines de découverte contient des domaines de découverte qui contiennent des membres de noeud iSCSI. " #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "" -"La liste des membres d'un ensemble de domaines de découverte est " -"rafraichie lorsqu'un un ensemble de domaines de découverte différent est " -"sélectionné." +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "La liste des membres d'un ensemble de domaines de découverte est rafraichie lorsqu'un un ensemble de domaines de découverte différent est sélectionné." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__325 #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** @@ -318,9 +261,7 @@ #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:39 msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner l'ensemble des domaines de découverte auquel le domaine de " -"découverte sera ajouté." +msgstr "Sélectionner l'ensemble des domaines de découverte auquel le domaine de découverte sera ajouté." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__325 #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:43 @@ -382,9 +323,7 @@ #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:711 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de se connecter au serveur iSNS. Vérifiez l'adresse du serveur " -"iSNS." +msgstr "Impossible de se connecter au serveur iSNS. Vérifiez l'adresse du serveur iSNS." # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__16 #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -400,12 +339,8 @@ # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_03_14_2340__0 #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer le service ISNS, le paquet %1 doit être installé.</" -"p>" +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Pour configurer le service ISNS, le paquet %1 doit être installé." #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/kdump.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -60,35 +60,23 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"La nomenclature est : /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<nom_noyau>[.gz] Veuillez saisir " -"uniquement \"nom_noyau\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "La nomenclature est : /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<nom_noyau>[.gz] Veuillez saisir uniquement \"nom_noyau\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"La ligne de commande Kdump est la ligne qui doit être passée au noyau Kdump." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "La ligne de commande Kdump est la ligne qui doit être passée au noyau Kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Configurer cette variabel uniquement si vous souhaitez ajouter des valaurs à " -"la ligne de commande par défaut." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Configurer cette variabel uniquement si vous souhaitez ajouter des valaurs à la ligne de commande par défaut." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"Redémarrer immédiatement après la sauvegarde de l'image dans le noyau Kdump." +msgstr "Redémarrer immédiatement après la sauvegarde de l'image dans le noyau Kdump." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__107 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -99,9 +87,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"Spécifie le nombre d'anciennes images à conserver. 0 permet de tout " -"conserver." +msgstr "Spécifie le nombre d'anciennes images à conserver. 0 permet de tout conserver." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 @@ -120,15 +106,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "SMTP Password for sending notification messages. Path of file which " -#| "includes password (plain text file)" -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"Mot de passe du compte SMTP pour l'envoi des alertes. Chemin du fichier " -"contenant le mot de passe" +#| msgid "SMTP Password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "Mot de passe du compte SMTP pour l'envoi des alertes. Chemin du fichier contenant le mot de passe" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 @@ -176,11 +156,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"Le type de sauvegarde possible inclue : fichier local, ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "Le type de sauvegarde possible inclue : fichier local, ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__25 #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -225,12 +202,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"La nomenclature est : /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<nom_noyau>[.gz] kernel signifie " -"seulement \"nom_noyau\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "La nomenclature est : /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<nom_noyau>[.gz] kernel signifie seulement \"nom_noyau\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 @@ -239,12 +212,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"L'option correspond au niveau d'exécution lors du démarrage du noyau Kdump. " -"Seules les valeurs 1,2,3,5 et s sont acceptées." +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "L'option correspond au niveau d'exécution lors du démarrage du noyau Kdump. Seules les valeurs 1,2,3,5 et s sont acceptées." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 @@ -396,9 +365,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Nombre maximum d'anciennes images : Toutes les images sont sauvegardées sans " -"supprimer les plus anciennes." +msgstr "Nombre maximum d'anciennes images : Toutes les images sont sauvegardées sans supprimer les plus anciennes." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 @@ -436,8 +403,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:746 msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -msgstr "" -"L'option noyau \"crashkernel\" inclut des intervalles. Ils seront redéfinis." +msgstr "L'option noyau \"crashkernel\" inclut des intervalles. Ils seront redéfinis." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); @@ -494,8 +460,7 @@ #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Option can include only \"ELF\" or \"compressed\" value." -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "Les seuls choix valides pour l'option sont \"ELF\" or \"compressed\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -864,20 +829,16 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -#| " Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is " -#| "added/removed. \n" +#| " Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" #| " To apply changes a reboot is necessary. \n" msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Activer/Désactiver Kdump \n" -" Active ou désactive Kdump. Cette option ajoute ou retire le paramètre de " -"démarrage du noyau crashkernel. \n" -" Un redémarrage est nécessaire pour la prise en compte de la modification." -" \n" +" Active ou désactive Kdump. Cette option ajoute ou retire le paramètre de démarrage du noyau crashkernel. \n" +" Un redémarrage est nécessaire pour la prise en compte de la modification. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 @@ -893,12 +854,7 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -920,10 +876,8 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" @@ -932,28 +886,22 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Emplacement de sauvegarde de l'image Kdump \n" -" L'emplacement de sauvegarde des images kdump. Sélectionnez le type " -"d'emplacement pour la sauvegarde des images. " +" L'emplacement de sauvegarde des images kdump. Sélectionnez le type d'emplacement pour la sauvegarde des images. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Système de fichiers local - Enregistre l'image Kdump dans le " -"système de fichiers local.\n" -" Répertoire pour l'enregistrement des images - Emplacement pour la " -"sauvegardes des images Kdump.\n" -" Sélectionnez le dossier de sauvegarde en utilisant le bouton " -"Naviguer\n" +"Système de fichiers local - Enregistre l'image Kdump dans le système de fichiers local.\n" +" Répertoire pour l'enregistrement des images - Emplacement pour la sauvegardes des images Kdump.\n" +" Sélectionnez le dossier de sauvegarde en utilisant le bouton Naviguer\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 @@ -964,17 +912,14 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - Enregistre les images par FTP.\n" " Nom du serveur - Le nom du serveur FTP.\n" " Port - Port à utiliser pour la connexion.\n" " Répertoire sur le serveur - Le dossier où placer les images.\n" -" Connexion FTP anonyme réalise une connexion anonyme au serveur " -"FTP.\n" -" Nom d'utilisateur et Mot de passe pour la connexion FTP." -" " +" Connexion FTP anonyme réalise une connexion anonyme au serveur FTP.\n" +" Nom d'utilisateur et Mot de passe pour la connexion FTP. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -984,8 +929,7 @@ #| " Server Name - The name of server.\n" #| " Port - The port number for connection.\n" #| " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -#| " User Name for ssh connection. Password for ssh " -#| "connection. " +#| " User Name for ssh connection. Password for ssh connection. " msgid "" "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -998,8 +942,7 @@ " Nom du serveur - Le nom du serveur SSH.\n" " Port - Port à utiliser pour la connexion.\n" " Répertoire sur le serveur - Le dossier où placer les images.\n" -" Nom d'utilisateur et Mot de Passe pour la connexion SSH." -" " +" Nom d'utilisateur et Mot de Passe pour la connexion SSH. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 @@ -1027,10 +970,8 @@ " Nom du serveur - Le nom du serveur FTP.\n" " Nom du partage - Le nom du partage Windows.\n" " Répertoire sur le serveur - Le dossier où placer les images.\n" -" Utiliser l 'authentification permet un accès sécurisé au " -"serveur.\n" -" Nom d'utilisateur et Mot de passe pour la connexion. </" -"p>" +" Utiliser l 'authentification permet un accès sécurisé au serveur.\n" +" Nom d'utilisateur et Mot de passe pour la connexion. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 @@ -1039,8 +980,7 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Noyau configuré pour Kdump L'utilisateur peut saisir le noyau " -"personnalisé pour Kdump.\n" +"Noyau configuré pour Kdump L'utilisateur peut saisir le noyau personnalisé pour Kdump.\n" " La nomenclature est : /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<nom_noyau>[.gz]\n" " Veuillez saisir uniquement nom_noyau. " @@ -1049,17 +989,14 @@ msgid "" "Kdump Command Line\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. " -msgstr "" -"Ligne de commande Kdump permet de définir des paramètres " -"supplémentaires à transmettre à kexec pour le démarrage du noyau." +msgstr "Ligne de commande Kdump permet de définir des paramètres supplémentaires à transmettre à kexec pour le démarrage du noyau." #. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#| " Set this option means _append_ values to the default command line " -#| "string. \n" +#| " Set this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" #| " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #| " is set. \n" msgid "" @@ -1069,8 +1006,7 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Options à passer au noyau\n" -" Cette option permet de rajouter des options à la ligne de commande par " -"défaut. \n" +" Cette option permet de rajouter des options à la ligne de commande par défaut. \n" " Cette ligne est ajoutée même si la ligne de commande Kdump\n" " a été configurée. \n" @@ -1081,22 +1017,18 @@ " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " msgstr "" "Redémarrage immédiat après l'enregistrement de l'image - \n" -" permet le redémarrage immédiat de la machine après que l'image ait été " -"sauvegardée par Kdump. " +" permet le redémarrage immédiat de la machine après que l'image ait été sauvegardée par Kdump. " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "Autoriser la suppression des anciennes images Kdump - \n" -" permet la suppression des vieilles images. Si le nombre de fichiers " -"dépasse le \n" -" nombre maximum d'anciennes images , les plus vieux fichiers " -"seront supprimés. " +" permet la suppression des vieilles images. Si le nombre de fichiers dépasse le \n" +" nombre maximum d'anciennes images , les plus vieux fichiers seront supprimés. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 @@ -1116,100 +1048,74 @@ msgstr "" "Autoriser la copie du noyau dans le répertoire d'images - \n" "Si sélectionnée, le noyau lui-même et les \n" -"informations de debug (si installé) seront copiés dans le répertoire " -"d'images.\n" -"La valeur par défaut est \"off\". Il est intéressant de tout avoir en " -"place \n" +"informations de debug (si installé) seront copiés dans le répertoire d'images.\n" +"La valeur par défaut est \"off\". Il est intéressant de tout avoir en place \n" "pour déboguer. " #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump " -#| "has been taken." -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "" -"Serveur SMTP utilisé pour envoyer un e-mail de notification après " -"qu'une image ait été prise." +#| msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump has been taken." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "Serveur SMTP utilisé pour envoyer un e-mail de notification après qu'une image ait été prise." #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is " -#| "set. This is optional,\n" +#| "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This is optional,\n" #| " without username/password, plain SMTP will be used." msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Nom d'utilisateur pour l'authentification SMTP lorsque le " -"Serveur SMTP est défini.\n" -"Ceci est optionnel, sans nom d'utilisateur/mot de passe, le SMTP brut sera " -"utilisé." +"Nom d'utilisateur pour l'authentification SMTP lorsque le Serveur SMTP est défini.\n" +"Ceci est optionnel, sans nom d'utilisateur/mot de passe, le SMTP brut sera utilisé." #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -#| "This is optional,\n" +#| "Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This is optional,\n" #| " without username/password, plain SMTP will be used" msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Mot de passe pour l'authentification SMTP lorsque le Serveur " -"SMTP est défini.\n" -"Ceci est optionnel, sans nom d'utilisateur/mot de passe, le SMTP brut sera " -"utilisé." +"Mot de passe pour l'authentification SMTP lorsque le Serveur SMTP est défini.\n" +"Ceci est optionnel, sans nom d'utilisateur/mot de passe, le SMTP brut sera utilisé." #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Notification To mail address to which a notification mail will " -#| "be sent when a dump has been\n" +#| "Notification To mail address to which a notification mail will be sent when a dump has been\n" #| " saved." -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" -"Notification à l'adresse mail vers laquelle un mail de " -"notification sera envoyé lorsqu'une image \n" +"Notification à l'adresse mail vers laquelle un mail de notification sera envoyé lorsqu'une image \n" "a été sauvegardé." #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Notification CC is list of space-separated mail addresses to " -#| "which notification mail will be\n" +#| "Notification CC is list of space-separated mail addresses to which notification mail will be\n" #| " sent via Cc if a dump has been saved." msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" -"Notification CC est une liste d'adresses mail séparées par des " -"espaces vers laquelle un mail\n" +"Notification CC est une liste d'adresses mail séparées par des espaces vers laquelle un mail\n" "de notification sera envoyé lorsqu'une image a été sauvegardée." #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Nombre maximum d'anciennes images spécifie combien d'images sont " -"gardées. Si le nombre d'images \n" +"Nombre maximum d'anciennes images spécifie combien d'images sont gardées. Si le nombre d'images \n" "excéde ce nombre, les plus anciennes seront supprimées. " # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__0 @@ -1230,8 +1136,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur " -"Interrompre.\n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur Interrompre.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -1253,8 +1158,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -1279,8 +1183,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Ajouter un Kdump :</big> \n" "Sélectionnez un Kdump dans la liste des Kdump détectés. Si votre Kdump n'a\n" -"pas été détecté automatiquement, utilisez Autre (non détecté). " -"Cliquez ensuite\n" +"pas été détecté automatiquement, utilisez Autre (non détecté). Cliquez ensuite\n" "sur Configurer.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__50 @@ -1420,8 +1323,7 @@ #. "KdumpMemory" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "" -"L'option noyau inclut plusieurs intervalles. Voulez-vous les redéfinir ?" +msgstr "L'option noyau inclut plusieurs intervalles. Voulez-vous les redéfinir ?" #. T: Checkbox label #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 @@ -1592,8 +1494,7 @@ #~ " Format ELF - Crée l'image au format ELF " #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Architecture non supportée. L'option \"crashkernel\" n'a pas été ajoutée." +#~ msgstr "Architecture non supportée. L'option \"crashkernel\" n'a pas été ajoutée." #~ msgid "ENABLED" #~ msgstr "ACTIVË" @@ -1603,14 +1504,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Kdump Command Line Append\n" -#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command " -#~ "line string. \n" +#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" #~ " The string will be appended if the Kdump Command Line\n" #~ " is set. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Options à passer au noyau\n" -#~ " Cette option permet de rajouter des options à la ligne de commande " -#~ "par défaut. \n" +#~ " Cette option permet de rajouter des options à la ligne de commande par défaut. \n" #~ " Cette ligne est ajoutée même si la ligne de commande Kdump\n" #~ " a été configurée. \n" @@ -1625,12 +1524,8 @@ #~ msgid "Enable Ra&w Saving in Initrd" #~ msgstr "Activer la sauvegarde de l'image brute dans initrd" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The List of A&vailable Raw Partitions of All Disks Without Known " -#~ "Filesystem" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Liste des partitions brutes disponibles sur tous les disques sans " -#~ "systèmes de fichiers connus" +#~ msgid "The List of A&vailable Raw Partitions of All Disks Without Known Filesystem" +#~ msgstr "Liste des partitions brutes disponibles sur tous les disques sans systèmes de fichiers connus" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__32 #~ msgid "User Name" @@ -1657,9 +1552,7 @@ # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__22 #~ msgid "5 - Full Multiuser With Network and xdm" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "5 : Mode multi-utilisateur complet avec réseau et gestionnaire " -#~ "d'affichage." +#~ msgstr "5 : Mode multi-utilisateur complet avec réseau et gestionnaire d'affichage." #~ msgid "s - Single User Mode (only one console)" #~ msgstr "s : Mode mono-utilisateur (une seule console)" @@ -1670,25 +1563,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Enable Raw Saving in Initrd - allows to save \n" -#~ " the dump in initrd before mounting any filesystem. Then the system is " -#~ "rebooted, and \n" -#~ " if the filesystem does not mount, the user can repair it with a " -#~ "rescue system. On the first normal \n" -#~ " boot, the dump is saved to the final dump destination. It is possible " -#~ "to a select raw partition \n" -#~ " from The List of Available Raw Paritions of All Disks Without " -#~ "Known Filesystem .\n" +#~ " the dump in initrd before mounting any filesystem. Then the system is rebooted, and \n" +#~ " if the filesystem does not mount, the user can repair it with a rescue system. On the first normal \n" +#~ " boot, the dump is saved to the final dump destination. It is possible to a select raw partition \n" +#~ " from The List of Available Raw Paritions of All Disks Without Known Filesystem .\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Autorise la sauvegarde de l'image dans initrd - permet de " -#~ "sauvegarder \n" -#~ " l'image dans initrd avant de monter un système de fichiers. Le " -#~ "système est alors redémarré. \n" -#~ " Si le système de fichiers ne se monte pas, l'utilisateur peut le " -#~ "réparer avec une solution de secours. \n" -#~ " Au premier démarrage normal, l'image sera sauvée vers la destination " -#~ "finale. Il est possible de choisir une partition brute\n" -#~ " depuis la liste des partitions brutes disponibles sur tous les " -#~ "disques sans système de fichiers connu. \n" +#~ "Autorise la sauvegarde de l'image dans initrd - permet de sauvegarder \n" +#~ " l'image dans initrd avant de monter un système de fichiers. Le système est alors redémarré. \n" +#~ " Si le système de fichiers ne se monte pas, l'utilisateur peut le réparer avec une solution de secours. \n" +#~ " Au premier démarrage normal, l'image sera sauvée vers la destination finale. Il est possible de choisir une partition brute\n" +#~ " depuis la liste des partitions brutes disponibles sur tous les disques sans système de fichiers connu. \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "The Runlevel to Boot the Kdump Kernel - \n" @@ -1696,8 +1580,7 @@ #~ " the kdump environment, set 3. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Niveau d'exécution pour le démarrage du noyau Kdump - \n" -#~ " Spécifie le niveau d'exécution auquel démarrer le noyau. Si le réseau " -#~ "est nécessaire, \n" +#~ " Spécifie le niveau d'exécution auquel démarrer le noyau. Si le réseau est nécessaire, \n" #~ " veuillez indiquer 3. \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1740,12 +1623,8 @@ #~ msgid "Wrong value of options \"level\"." #~ msgstr "Mauvaise valeur pour l'option \"niveau\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Raw partition allows to save the dump in initrd before mounting any " -#~ "filesystem." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une partition brute autorise la sauvegarde de l'image dans initrd avant " -#~ "de monter un système de fichiers." +#~ msgid "Raw partition allows to save the dump in initrd before mounting any filesystem." +#~ msgstr "Une partition brute autorise la sauvegarde de l'image dans initrd avant de monter un système de fichiers." #~ msgid "The runlevel to boot the kdump kernel.(1,2,3,5,s)" #~ msgstr "Le niveau d'exécution pour démarrer le noyau Kdump. (1,2,3,5,s)" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/kerberos-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/kerberos-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/kerberos-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -341,8 +341,7 @@ #. KerberosServer::AbortFunction = PollAbort; #: src/include/kerberos-server/complex.rb:87 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"Échec de l'enregistrement de la configuration. Modifier les paramètres ?" +msgstr "Échec de l'enregistrement de la configuration. Modifier les paramètres ?" #. caption #: src/include/kerberos-server/complex.rb:99 @@ -540,8 +539,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur " -"Interrompre.\n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur Interrompre.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -566,46 +564,36 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" #. Help text: ask for database backend 1/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Here you specify where the Kerberos server should store the data." +#| msgid "Here you specify where the Kerberos server should store the data." msgid "Specify where the Kerberos server should store the data." -msgstr "" -"Spécifiez ici où le serveur Kerberos devrait stocker les données." +msgstr "Spécifiez ici où le serveur Kerberos devrait stocker les données." #. Help text: ask for database backend 2/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the " -"credentials." -msgstr "" -"<big>Base de données locale</big> va créer une base de données locale " -"pour stocker les identifiants." +msgid "<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the credentials." +msgstr "<big>Base de données locale</big> va créer une base de données locale pour stocker les identifiants." #. Help text: ask for database backend 3/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new " -"LDAP server\n" +"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new LDAP server\n" "on this machine and use it as database back-end.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Créer un nouvel annuaire LDAP</big> permet de configurer un nouveau " -"serveur LDAP\n" +"<big>Créer un nouvel annuaire LDAP</big> permet de configurer un nouveau serveur LDAP\n" "sur cette machine et de l'utiliser comme backend de base de données.\n" #. Help text: ask for database backend 4/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:67 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<big>Use Existing LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> gives you the " -#| "possibility \n" +#| "<big>Use Existing LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> gives you the possibility \n" #| "to use an external LDAP server as database back-end.\n" msgid "" "<big>Use Existing LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> gives you the\n" @@ -617,107 +605,77 @@ #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:71 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Here you can specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master " -#| "Password</big> for your Kerberos server." -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." -msgstr "" -"Ici, vous pouvez spécifier la <big>zone</big> et le <big>mot de passe " -"maître</big> du serveur kerberos." +#| msgid "Here you can specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." +msgstr "Ici, vous pouvez spécifier la <big>zone</big> et le <big>mot de passe maître</big> du serveur kerberos." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" -msgstr "" -"Bien que votre zone Kerberos puisse être n'importe quelle chaîne ASCII, " -"la convention est d'utiliser des majuscules comme dans votre nom de domaine." -"\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgstr "Bien que votre zone Kerberos puisse être n'importe quelle chaîne ASCII, la convention est d'utiliser des majuscules comme dans votre nom de domaine.\n" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 1/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:79 msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters for the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Dans ce dialogue, modifiez certains paramètres pour le serveur LDAP." +msgstr "Dans ce dialogue, modifiez certains paramètres pour le serveur LDAP." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:83 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>LDAP Server URI</big> specify the location of the LDAP server.For " -#| "example,<tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt> ." +#| msgid "<big>LDAP Server URI</big> specify the location of the LDAP server.For example,<tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt> ." msgid "" "With <big>LDAP Server URI</big> specify the location of the LDAP\n" "server. For example, <tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt>." -msgstr "" -"<big>URI du serveur LDAP</big> Spécifiez l'emplacement du serveur LDAP. " -"Ex: <tt>ldaps://hote.domaine.com</tt> ." +msgstr "<big>URI du serveur LDAP</big> Spécifiez l'emplacement du serveur LDAP. Ex: <tt>ldaps://hote.domaine.com</tt> ." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 3/6 #. Help text: New LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:87 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP " -"server." -msgstr "" -"Avec le <big>DN de base LDAP</big>, vous pouvez changer le DN de base du " -"serveur LDAP." +msgid "With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP server." +msgstr "Avec le <big>DN de base LDAP</big>, vous pouvez changer le DN de base du serveur LDAP." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 4/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default." msgstr "" -"Le <big>DN du conteneur Kerberos</big> spécifie le conteneur par défaut " -"où le serveur Kerberos devra \n" +"Le <big>DN du conteneur Kerberos</big> spécifie le conteneur par défaut où le serveur Kerberos devra \n" "créer les identifiants ou toute autre information." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the " -"LDAP server.\n" +"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "Only read access is required for this account.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>DN de lien KDC</big> est le DN avec lequel le KDC s'authentifie au " -"serveur LDAP.\n" +"<big>DN de lien KDC</big> est le DN avec lequel le KDC s'authentifie au serveur LDAP.\n" "Ce compte nécessite un accès en lecture.\n" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to " -"the LDAP server.\n" +"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "This account also needs write access.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>DN de lien Kadmin</big> est le DN utilisé par Kadmind pour " -"s'authentifier au serveur LDAP.\n" +"<big>DN de lien Kadmin</big> est le DN utilisé par Kadmind pour s'authentifier au serveur LDAP.\n" "Ce compte nécessite un accès en écriture.\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 1/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters to set up an LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Dans ce dialogue, modifiez certains paramètres pour configurer un serveur " -"LDAP." +msgstr "Dans ce dialogue, modifiez certains paramètres pour configurer un serveur LDAP." #. Help text: New LDAP server 3/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default.\n" msgstr "" -"Le <big>DN du conteneur Kerberos</big> spécifie le conteneur par défaut " -"où le serveur Kerberos devra \n" +"Le <big>DN du conteneur Kerberos</big> spécifie le conteneur par défaut où le serveur Kerberos devra \n" "créer les identifiants ou toute autre information." #. Help text: New LDAP server 4/6 @@ -728,99 +686,61 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, " -"the password you entered\n" +"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, the password you entered\n" "as the KDC Master password is also used for the LDAP administrator. \n" msgstr "" -" En sélectionnant la case <big>Utilisez le mot de passe saisi " -"précédemment</big>, le mot de passe saisi\n" -"comme mot de passe maître KDC est aussi utilisé le compte de " -"l'administrateur LDAP. \n" +" En sélectionnant la case <big>Utilisez le mot de passe saisi précédemment</big>, le mot de passe saisi\n" +"comme mot de passe maître KDC est aussi utilisé le compte de l'administrateur LDAP. \n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the " -"LDAP administrator." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque la case n'est pas sélectionnée, vous pouvez saisir un mot de passe " -"différent pour l'administrateur LDAP." +msgid "When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the LDAP administrator." +msgstr "Lorsque la case n'est pas sélectionnée, vous pouvez saisir un mot de passe différent pour l'administrateur LDAP." #. Help text: Summary 1/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." +msgid "This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." msgstr "Récapitulatif des données de configuration du serveur Kerberos." #. Help text: Summary 2/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "With the radio buttons you can enable or disable this service." -msgstr "" -"A l'aide des boutons radio, vous pouvez activer/désactiver ce service." +msgstr "A l'aide des boutons radio, vous pouvez activer/désactiver ce service." #. Help text: Summary 3/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:133 -msgid "" -"You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit</" -"b> button." -msgstr "" -"Pour changer certaines valeurs de votre configuration, cliquez sur le " -"Editer." +msgid "You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit button." +msgstr "Pour changer certaines valeurs de votre configuration, cliquez sur le Editer." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__331 #. ============================================================================== #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Ce paramètre détermine l'emplacement de votre base de données Kerberos " -"pour la zone." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Ce paramètre détermine l'emplacement de votre base de données Kerberos pour la zone." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:143 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "This string specifies the location of the access control list (acl) " -#| "file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the " -#| "database." -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Ce paramètre détermine l'emplacement du fichier contenant la liste de " -"contrôle d'accès (ACL) qu'utilise kadmin pour déterminer les permissions " -"d'accès à la base de donnéees." +#| msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (acl) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgstr "Ce paramètre détermine l'emplacement du fichier contenant la liste de contrôle d'accès (ACL) qu'utilise kadmin pour déterminer les permissions d'accès à la base de donnéees." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" -"Cette chaine spécifie l'emplacement du fichier keytab employé par kadmin " -"pour s'authentifier à la base de données." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Cette chaine spécifie l'emplacement du fichier keytab employé par kadmin pour s'authentifier à la base de données." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Cette date absolue détermine la date d'expiration par défaut pour les " -"identifiants créés dans cette zone." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Cette date absolue détermine la date d'expiration par défaut pour les identifiants créés dans cette zone." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:155 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Ces drapeaux spécifient les attributs par défaut des identifiants créés " -"dans cette zone." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "Ces drapeaux spécifient les attributs par défaut des identifiants créés dans cette zone." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -838,8 +758,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des tickets transférables." +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des tickets transférables." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -848,8 +767,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des tickets renouvelables." +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des tickets renouvelables." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "Allow proxiable" @@ -858,9 +776,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" -"Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des billets mandataire " -"(proxy)." +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des billets mandataire (proxy)." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:176 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" @@ -868,12 +784,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir une clé de session pour un " -"autre usager, autorisant une authentification usager à usager pour ce client." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir une clé de session pour un autre usager, autorisant une authentification usager à usager pour ce client." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:181 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -881,18 +793,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" -"Si ce drapeau est activé sur un client principal, alors cet identifiant doit " -"se pré-authentifier au KDC avant de recevoir des billets. Pour un service " -"principal, activer ce drapeau signifie que des billets de service ne " -"pourront être émis qu'à des clients avec un TGT ayant une pré-authentication " -"faîte." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Si ce drapeau est activé sur un client principal, alors cet identifiant doit se pré-authentifier au KDC avant de recevoir des billets. Pour un service principal, activer ce drapeau signifie que des billets de service ne pourront être émis qu'à des clients avec un TGT ayant une pré-authentication faîte." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:186 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -900,12 +802,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:188 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"Si ce drapeau est activé, une pré-authentification matérielle du client est " -"nécessaire avant de recevoir tout billets." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Si ce drapeau est activé, une pré-authentification matérielle du client est nécessaire avant de recevoir tout billets." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__38 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:191 @@ -914,12 +812,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" -"Activer ce drapeau autorise le KDC à publier des billets de service pour cet " -"identifiant." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le KDC à publier des billets de service pour cet identifiant." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:196 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -927,14 +821,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des billets basé sur TGT " -"plutôt que de répéter le processus d'authentification qui a été utilisé pour " -"acquérir le TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau autorise le client à obtenir des billets basé sur TGT plutôt que de répéter le processus d'authentification qui a été utilisé pour acquérir le TGT." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -942,14 +830,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Activer ce drapeau signifie que le serveur KDC pourra publier des billets " -"pour cet identifiant. Désactiver ce drapeau revient à désactiver " -"l'identifiant dans cette zone." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Activer ce drapeau signifie que le serveur KDC pourra publier des billets pour cet identifiant. Désactiver ce drapeau revient à désactiver l'identifiant dans cette zone." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "Need change" @@ -966,186 +848,99 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque ce drapeau est activé, cela marque l'identifiant comme un service de " -"changement de mot de passe. Cela ne doit être fait que dans des cas " -"spéciaux. Par exemple, si le mot de passe d'un usager a expiré, l'usager " -"doit obtenir un ticket pour cet identifiant afin d'être capable de le " -"changer sans effectuer l'authentification par mot de passe normale." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Lorsque ce drapeau est activé, cela marque l'identifiant comme un service de changement de mot de passe. Cela ne doit être fait que dans des cas spéciaux. Par exemple, si le mot de passe d'un usager a expiré, l'usager doit obtenir un ticket pour cet identifiant afin d'être capable de le changer sans effectuer l'authentification par mot de passe normale." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:215 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" -"Ce paramètre définit l'emplacement du dictionnaire contenant les chaînes " -"qui ne sont pas autorisées comme mot de passe. Si ce paramètre n'est pas " -"rempli ou s'il n'y pas de stratégie associée à l'identifiant, aucune " -"vérification ne sera effectuée." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "Ce paramètre définit l'emplacement du dictionnaire contenant les chaînes qui ne sont pas autorisées comme mot de passe. Si ce paramètre n'est pas rempli ou s'il n'y pas de stratégie associée à l'identifiant, aucune vérification ne sera effectuée." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:219 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:223 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Ce numéro de port détermine le port sur lequel le processus kadmind " -"écoute pour cette zone." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Ce numéro de port détermine le port sur lequel le processus kadmind écoute pour cette zone." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:227 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" -"Ce paramètre spécifie l'emplacement où la clé maîtresse à été enregistrée " -"avec kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "Ce paramètre spécifie l'emplacement où la clé maîtresse à été enregistrée avec kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Ce paramètre détermine la liste des ports sur laquelle KDC écoute pour " -"cette zone." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Ce paramètre détermine la liste des ports sur laquelle KDC écoute pour cette zone." #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" -"Ce paramètre détermine le nom de l'identifiant associé avec la clé " -"maîtresse. La valeur par défaut est K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr "Ce paramètre détermine le nom de l'identifiant associé avec la clé maîtresse. La valeur par défaut est K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "" -"La chaîne de caractère du type de clé représente le type de passe-partout." -"" +msgstr "La chaîne de caractère du type de clé représente le type de passe-partout." #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:243 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Cette durée delta spécifie la période maximale de validité d'un billet " -"pour ce domaine." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr "Cette durée delta spécifie la période maximale de validité d'un billet pour ce domaine." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:247 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Cette durée spécifie la période maximale pendant laquelle un billet peut " -"être renouvelé dans cette zone." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Cette durée spécifie la période maximale pendant laquelle un billet peut être renouvelé dans cette zone." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:251 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Une liste de clés:discernement des chaînes de caractères qui spécifie la " -"clé par défaut/discernement des clés pour cette zone." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Une liste de clés:discernement des chaînes de caractères qui spécifie la clé par défaut/discernement des clés pour cette zone." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Détermine les combinaisons de clés discernées autorisées pour cette zone." -"" +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Détermine les combinaisons de clés discernées autorisées pour cette zone." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" -"Détermine s'il faut valider la liste des zones de transfert parcourus par " -"les billets par rapport au chemin calculé avec les noms des zones et la " -"section [capaths] du fichier krb5.conf" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Détermine s'il faut valider la liste des zones de transfert parcourus par les billets par rapport au chemin calculé avec les noms des zones et la section [capaths] du fichier krb5.conf" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:263 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Ce paramètre spécifique à LDAP indique le nombre de connexions à " -"maintenir via le serveur LDAP." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "Ce paramètre spécifique à LDAP indique le nombre de connexions à maintenir via le serveur LDAP." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:267 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "This LDAP specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -#| "passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "" -"Ce paramètre spécifique à LDAP indique l'emplacement du fichier contenant " -"les mots de passe stashed pour les objets utilisés lors du démarrage des " -"serveurs Kerberos." +#| msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "Ce paramètre spécifique à LDAP indique l'emplacement du fichier contenant les mots de passe stashed pour les objets utilisés lors du démarrage des serveurs Kerberos." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." -msgstr "" -"Spécifie la liste des branches contenant des identifiants de la zone. La " -"liste contient les DNs de chaque branche séparés par ':'.Le périmètre " -"de recherche spécifie le mode de recherche à l'intérieur d'une branche." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Spécifie la liste des branches contenant des identifiants de la zone. La liste contient les DNs de chaque branche séparés par ':'.Le périmètre de recherche spécifie le mode de recherche à l'intérieur d'une branche." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:275 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" -"Spécifie le DN de l'objet conteneur dans lequel les identifiants de la " -"zone seront créés. Si le conteneur référence n'est pas configuré pour une " -"zone, les identifiants seront créés dans le conteneur de la zone." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Spécifie le DN de l'objet conteneur dans lequel les identifiants de la zone seront créés. Si le conteneur référence n'est pas configuré pour une zone, les identifiants seront créés dans le conteneur de la zone." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:279 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Spécifie la durée de vie maximale d'un billet pour un identifiant de " -"cette zone." +msgstr "Spécifie la durée de vie maximale d'un billet pour un identifiant de cette zone." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" -msgstr "" -"Spécifie le maximum renouvelable de vie des billets pour un identifiant " -"de cette zone." +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Spécifie le maximum renouvelable de vie des billets pour un identifiant de cette zone." #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/kerberos-server/wizards.rb:167 @@ -1421,12 +1216,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Impossible d'écrire <tt>/etc/sysconfig/openldap</tt> ." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specify the container where the " -#~ "Kerberos server should create \n" +#~ "The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specify the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" #~ "the principals and other informational data by default." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le <big>DN du conteneur Kerberos</big> spécifier le conteneur où le " -#~ "serveur Kerberos doit créer \n" +#~ "Le <big>DN du conteneur Kerberos</big> spécifier le conteneur où le serveur Kerberos doit créer \n" #~ "les identifiants ou toute autre information." #~ msgid "Advanced Configuration" @@ -1446,12 +1239,8 @@ #~ msgid "KerberosServer Configuration" #~ msgstr "Configuration du serveur Kerberos" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When you click on the <big>Edit</big> Button you can change some " -#~ "values of your configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En sélectionnant le bouton <big>Modifier</big>, vous pouvez changer " -#~ "certains paramètres de votre configuration." +#~ msgid "When you click on the <big>Edit</big> Button you can change some values of your configuration." +#~ msgstr "En sélectionnant le bouton <big>Modifier</big>, vous pouvez changer certains paramètres de votre configuration." #~ msgid "Cannot read the database2." #~ msgstr "Lecture impossible de la base de données2." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/kerberos.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/kerberos.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/kerberos.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -69,8 +69,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for the kdc option #: src/clients/kerberos.rb:127 msgid "The Key Distribution Center (KDC) address" -msgstr "" -"L'adresse du centre de distribution des clés (KDC, Key Distribution Center)" +msgstr "L'adresse du centre de distribution des clés (KDC, Key Distribution Center)" # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__43 #. translators: command line help text for the domain option @@ -214,19 +213,8 @@ #. help text (do not transl. values "m","h", "d") #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:61 -msgid "" -"By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default " -"Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. " -"Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for " -"hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</" -"tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, les unités de Durée de vie par défaut, Durée de vie " -"renouvelable par défaut, etDérèglement d'horloge sont en " -"secondes. Vous pouvez également spécifier l'unité de temps (<tt>m</tt> pour " -"minutes, <tt>h</tt> pour heures ou <tt>d</tt> pour jours) et l'utiliser " -"comme suffixe de la valeur, par exemple <tt>1d</tt> ou <tt>24h</tt> pour une " -"journée." +msgid "By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." +msgstr "Par défaut, les unités de Durée de vie par défaut, Durée de vie renouvelable par défaut, etDérèglement d'horloge sont en secondes. Vous pouvez également spécifier l'unité de temps (<tt>m</tt> pour minutes, <tt>h</tt> pour heures ou <tt>d</tt> pour jours) et l'utiliser comme suffixe de la valeur, par exemple <tt>1d</tt> ou <tt>24h</tt> pour une journée." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:86 @@ -242,22 +230,9 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:115 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to " -#| "another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular " -#| "tickets. Select if the options should be aplied to all PAM services, none " -#| "of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." -msgid "" -"Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to " -"another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. " -"Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of " -"them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." -msgstr "" -"Expédiable permet de transférer votre identité complète (TGT) vers " -"une autre machine. Proxiable ne permet de transférer que certains " -"billets. Selectionnez si les options devraient être appliquées à tous les " -"services PAM, ou aucun d'entre eux ou entrez une liste de services séparés " -"par des espaces" +#| msgid "Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select if the options should be aplied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." +msgid "Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." +msgstr "Expédiable permet de transférer votre identité complète (TGT) vers une autre machine. Proxiable ne permet de transférer que certains billets. Selectionnez si les options devraient être appliquées à tous les services PAM, ou aucun d'entre eux ou entrez une liste de services séparés par des espaces" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__157 #. checkbox label @@ -273,39 +248,20 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:144 -msgid "" -"If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after " -"closing the session." -msgstr "" -"Si Conservé est activé, un module PAM garde les billets après la " -"fermeture de la session." +msgid "If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after closing the session." +msgstr "Si Conservé est activé, un module PAM garde les billets après la fermeture de la session." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:159 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos " -#| "Support for OpenSSH Client. In such a case, Kerberos tickets are used " -#| "for user authentication on the SSH server." -msgid "" -"To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos " -"Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for " -"user authentication on the SSH server." -msgstr "" -"Pour activer le support de Kerberos pour votre client SSH, sélectionnez " -"Support Kerberos pour client OpenSSH Dans ce cas, des billets " -"Kerberos sont utilisés pour l'authentification de l'utilisateur sur le " -"serveur SSH." +#| msgid "To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client. In such a case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server." +msgid "To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server." +msgstr "Pour activer le support de Kerberos pour votre client SSH, sélectionnez Support Kerberos pour client OpenSSH Dans ce cas, des billets Kerberos sont utilisés pour l'authentification de l'utilisateur sur le serveur SSH." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication " -"attempts by users it does not know." -msgstr "" -"Cochez Ignorer les utilisateurs inconnus pour que Kerberos ignore " -"les tentatives d'authentification par des utilisateurs qu'il ne connait pas." -"" +msgid "Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication attempts by users it does not know." +msgstr "Cochez Ignorer les utilisateurs inconnus pour que Kerberos ignore les tentatives d'authentification par des utilisateurs qu'il ne connait pas." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__47 #. intfield label @@ -315,15 +271,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "" -"When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by " -"users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for " -"disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque l'UID minimum est supérieur à 0, les tentatives " -"d'authentification par les utilisateurs avec des UIDs inférieurs au nombre " -"spécifié sont ignorées. Ceci est utile pour désactiver l'authentification " -"Kerberos pour la racine de l'administrateur système." +msgid "When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." +msgstr "Lorsque l'UID minimum est supérieur à 0, les tentatives d'authentification par les utilisateurs avec des UIDs inférieurs au nombre spécifié sont ignorées. Ceci est utile pour désactiver l'authentification Kerberos pour la racine de l'administrateur système." # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__23 #. textentry label @@ -333,13 +282,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:205 -msgid "" -"The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly " -"matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." -msgstr "" -"Le Dérèglement d'horloge est la tolérance pour les tampons " -"horaires qui ne correspondent pas exactement à l'horloge système de l'hôte. " -"La valeur est en seconde." +msgid "The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." +msgstr "Le Dérèglement d'horloge est la tolérance pour les tampons horaires qui ne correspondent pas exactement à l'horloge système de l'hôte. La valeur est en seconde." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__171 #. push button label @@ -355,10 +299,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour synchroniser votre horloge avec un serveur NTP, configurez votre " -"ordinateur\n" -"comme un client NTP. Accéder à la configuration à l'aide de Configuration " -"NTP.\n" +"Pour synchroniser votre horloge avec un serveur NTP, configurez votre ordinateur\n" +"comme un client NTP. Accéder à la configuration à l'aide de Configuration NTP.\n" "\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__213 @@ -369,13 +311,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "" -"To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate " -"configuration module in Configure User Data." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer la source des comptes utilisateur, sélectionnez le module " -"de configuration approprié dans Configurer les données utilisateur.</" -"p>" +msgid "To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate configuration module in Configure User Data." +msgstr "Pour configurer la source des comptes utilisateur, sélectionnez le module de configuration approprié dans Configurer les données utilisateur." # TLABEL ldap_client_2002_01_04_0147__3 #. menu item @@ -396,12 +333,8 @@ #. help text for "Credential Cac&he Directory" #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:267 -msgid "" -"Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as " -"Credential Cache Directory." -msgstr "" -"Spécifier le dossier où seront placés les fichiers tampons référentiels " -"comme Dossier Tampon Référentiel." +msgid "Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as Credential Cache Directory." +msgstr "Spécifier le dossier où seront placés les fichiers tampons référentiels comme Dossier Tampon Référentiel." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:280 @@ -415,12 +348,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:292 -msgid "" -"Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place " -"the user's session-specific credential cache." -msgstr "" -"Modèle tampon de référence spécifie l'endroit dans lequel sera " -"placé le tampon de référence de la session spécifique de l'utilisateur." +msgid "Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place the user's session-specific credential cache." +msgstr "Modèle tampon de référence spécifie l'endroit dans lequel sera placé le tampon de référence de la session spécifique de l'utilisateur." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -430,15 +359,9 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:308 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Specify the location of the file with the keys of pricipals in " -#| "Keytab File Location." -msgid "" -"Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab " -"File Location." -msgstr "" -"Spécifie l'emplacement du fichier des clés principales dans " -"Emplacement du fichier KeyTab." +#| msgid "Specify the location of the file with the keys of pricipals in Keytab File Location." +msgid "Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab File Location." +msgstr "Spécifie l'emplacement du fichier des clés principales dans Emplacement du fichier KeyTab." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__220 #. push button label @@ -455,12 +378,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:333 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the " -"principal's name from the system user name." -msgstr "" -"Avec Traçages, spécifiez comment le module PAM doit dériver le nom " -"principal du nom d'utilisateur du système." +msgid "With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the principal's name from the system user name." +msgstr "Avec Traçages, spécifiez comment le module PAM doit dériver le nom principal du nom d'utilisateur du système." # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__43 #. textentry label @@ -470,22 +389,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:348 -msgid "" -"The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a " -"password questions." -msgstr "" -"La valeur de Bannière est un texte qui devrait être montré avant " -"des mots de passe soient demandés." +msgid "The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a password questions." +msgstr "La valeur de Bannière est un texte qui devrait être montré avant des mots de passe soient demandés." #. generic help for Services tab #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:362 -msgid "" -"All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no " -"service or a specific list of services separated by commas." -msgstr "" -"Tous les paramètres de cette boite de dialogue peuvent être appliqués à " -"tous les services PAM, à aucun service ou à une liste spécifique de services " -"séparés par des virgules." +msgid "All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no service or a specific list of services separated by commas." +msgstr "Tous les paramètres de cette boite de dialogue peuvent être appliqués à tous les services PAM, à aucun service ou à une liste spécifique de services séparés par des virgules." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:370 @@ -494,12 +404,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "" -"When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) " -"with no address information are requested." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque Billets initiaux sans adresse est sélectionné, des " -"informations sur les billets initiaux (TGT) sont demandées." +msgid "When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) with no address information are requested." +msgstr "Lorsque Billets initiaux sans adresse est sélectionné, des informations sur les billets initiaux (TGT) sont demandées." # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__15 #. textentry label @@ -509,12 +415,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:388 -msgid "" -"Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." -"" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner Déboguer pour activer le débogage de certains " -"services via syslog." +msgid "Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." +msgstr "Sélectionner Déboguer pour activer le débogage de certains services via syslog." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:402 @@ -523,12 +425,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "" -"Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Déboguage sensible active le déboguage d'informations sensibles.</" -"p>" +msgid "Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information." +msgstr "Déboguage sensible active le déboguage d'informations sensibles." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__56 #. textentry label @@ -538,14 +436,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:420 -msgid "" -"Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the " -"presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate " -"the user." -msgstr "" -"Vérifier Billet initial accepté par le module PAM l'acceptation de " -"références pré-existantes comme suffisantes pour l'autentification des " -"utilisateurs." +msgid "Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate the user." +msgstr "Vérifier Billet initial accepté par le module PAM l'acceptation de références pré-existantes comme suffisantes pour l'autentification des utilisateurs." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__26 #. textentry label @@ -558,15 +450,9 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:437 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External " -#| "credentials." -msgid "" -"List the services allowed to provide credentials in External " -"Credentials." -msgstr "" -"Lister les services autorisés pour fournir des références dans " -"Références externes." +#| msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External credentials." +msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External Credentials." +msgstr "Lister les services autorisés pour fournir des références dans Références externes." # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__153 #. textentry label @@ -576,12 +462,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:454 -msgid "" -"Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared " -"memory is used during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Utiliser la mémoire partagée décrit les services pour lesquels la " -"mémoire partagée est utilisée pendant l'authentification." +msgid "Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared memory is used during authentication." +msgstr "Utiliser la mémoire partagée décrit les services pour lesquels la mémoire partagée est utilisée pendant l'authentification." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:469 @@ -590,12 +472,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the " -"value of Validate Initial Ticket." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner les services pour lesquels TGT devrait être validé en " -"changeant la valeur de Valider Billet Initial." +msgid "Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the value of Validate Initial Ticket." +msgstr "Sélectionner les services pour lesquels TGT devrait être validé en changeant la valeur de Valider Billet Initial." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__25 #. textentry label @@ -605,12 +483,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:488 -msgid "" -"With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password " -"before the authentication attempt." -msgstr "" -"Avec Invite Initiale sélectionnée, le module PAM demande un mot de " -"passe avant un essai d'authentification." +msgid "With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password before the authentication attempt." +msgstr "Avec Invite Initiale sélectionnée, le module PAM demande un mot de passe avant un essai d'authentification." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:502 @@ -619,14 +493,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:504 -msgid "" -"If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user " -"for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow " -"insufficient for authentication." -msgstr "" -"Si Invite Suivante est activée, le module PAM peut demander un mot " -"de passe à l'usager si le mot de passe précédemment entré était insuffisant " -"pour l'authentification." +msgid "If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow insufficient for authentication." +msgstr "Si Invite Suivante est activée, le module PAM peut demander un mot de passe à l'usager si le mot de passe précédemment entré était insuffisant pour l'authentification." #. directory location popup label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:602 @@ -669,16 +537,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Authentication with Kerberos</big> \n" -"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable " -"Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in " -"the network for this to work.\n" +"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Authentification avec Kerberos</big> \n" -"La configuration du client Kerberos met à jour vos paramètres PAM pour " -"permettre l'authentification Kerberos. Votre système doit pouvoir accéder à " -"un serveur Kerberos du réseau pour que ceci fonctionne.\n" +"La configuration du client Kerberos met à jour vos paramètres PAM pour permettre l'authentification Kerberos. Votre système doit pouvoir accéder à un serveur Kerberos du réseau pour que ceci fonctionne.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/5 @@ -686,57 +550,33 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Basic Client Settings:\n" -"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or " -"address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To " -"specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." +"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." msgstr "" "\n" "Paramètres client basique :\n" -"Entrez votre Domaine par défaut, votre Zone (realm) par défaut " -"et le nom de machine ou l'adresse de votre centre de distribution de clé " -"(Adresse du serveur KDC). Pour spécifier plus de valeurs pour KDC, " -"séaparez les par des espaces." +"Entrez votre Domaine par défaut, votre Zone (realm) par défaut et le nom de machine ou l'adresse de votre centre de distribution de clé (Adresse du serveur KDC). Pour spécifier plus de valeurs pour KDC, séaparez les par des espaces." #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "" "\n" -"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default " -"realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the " -"server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more " -"information.\n" +"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il est courant d'utiliser le nom de domaine en majuscule comme nom de realm " -"par défaut, mais vous pouvez le sélectionner librement. Si le realm n'est " -"pas disponible sur le serveur, vous ne pouvez pas vous connecter. Contactez " -"l'administrateur de votre serveur pour plus d'informations.\n" +"Il est courant d'utiliser le nom de domaine en majuscule comme nom de realm par défaut, mais vous pouvez le sélectionner librement. Si le realm n'est pas disponible sur le serveur, vous ne pouvez pas vous connecter. Contactez l'administrateur de votre serveur pour plus d'informations.\n" #. help text for Use DNS to acquire the configuration data at runtime #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:723 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Check Use DNS to Aquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let " -#| "your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This " -#| "option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data.</" -#| "p>" -msgid "" -"Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let " -"your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This " -"option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner Utilisez DNS pour acquérir les données de configuration lors " -"de l'exécution pour laisser votre client utiliser les données " -"d'authentification Kerberos fournies par le DNS. Le serveur DNS doit pouvoir " -"fournir de telles données." +#| msgid "Check Use DNS to Aquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." +msgid "Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." +msgstr "Sélectionner Utilisez DNS pour acquérir les données de configuration lors de l'exécution pour laisser votre client utiliser les données d'authentification Kerberos fournies par le DNS. Le serveur DNS doit pouvoir fournir de telles données." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__74 #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "To configure more settings, click Advanced Settings." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer plus de paramètres, cliquez sur Paramètres avancés." -"" +msgstr "Pour configurer plus de paramètres, cliquez sur Paramètres avancés." #. radio button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:752 @@ -754,8 +594,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use DN&S to aquire the configuration data at runtime" msgid "Use DN&S to acquire the configuration data at runtime" -msgstr "" -"Utiliser le DN&S pour obtenir les données de configuration en temps réel" +msgstr "Utiliser le DN&S pour obtenir les données de configuration en temps réel" # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__127 #. frame label Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap-client.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -247,8 +247,7 @@ #. error message #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462 msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de télécharger le fichier certificat depuis l'URL spécifiée." +msgstr "Impossible de télécharger le fichier certificat depuis l'URL spécifiée." #. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497 @@ -284,21 +283,15 @@ #. help text 2/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "" -"To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP</" -"b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Pour authentifier vos utilisateurs avec un serveur OpenLDAP, sélectionnez " -"Utiliser LDAP. NSS et PAM seront configurés conformément à cette " -"sélection." +msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +msgstr "Pour authentifier vos utilisateurs avec un serveur OpenLDAP, sélectionnez Utiliser LDAP. NSS et PAM seront configurés conformément à cette sélection." # TLABEL ldap_client_2002_03_16_1943__2 #. help text 3/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 msgid "" "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch." -"conf\n" +"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" "removed." msgstr "" @@ -309,126 +302,79 @@ #. help text 3.5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "" -"To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select " -"Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Utiliser LDAP mais désactiver l'accès pour activer " -"LDAP mais interdire l'accès des utilisateurs à cette machine." +msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +msgstr "Sélectionnez Utiliser LDAP mais désactiver l'accès pour activer LDAP mais interdire l'accès des utilisateurs à cette machine." #. help text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "" -"Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system " -"to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." -msgstr "" -"Cochez Utiliser System Security Services Daemon si vous voulez que " -"le système utilise SSSD à la place de nss_ldap." +msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +msgstr "Cochez Utiliser System Security Services Daemon si vous voulez que le système utilise SSSD à la place de nss_ldap." # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__9 #. help text 4/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) " -"in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base " -"DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " -"the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " -"server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap." -"example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Entrez l'adresse du serveur LDAP (comme ldap.exemple.com ou 10.20.0.2) " -"dans Adresses et le nom distinctif de la base de recherche (DN de " -"base, comme dc=example,dc=com). Spécifiez plusieurs serveurs\n" -" et séparez leurs adresses par des espaces. Il doit être possible de " -"résoudre les \n" -" adresses sans utiliser LDAP. Vous pouvez également indiquer le port sur " -"lequel le serveur est exécuté à l'aide de la syntaxe \"serveur:port\", par " -"défaut, <tt>ldap.exemple.com:379</tt>.\n" +"Entrez l'adresse du serveur LDAP (comme ldap.exemple.com ou 10.20.0.2) dans Adresses et le nom distinctif de la base de recherche (DN de base, comme dc=example,dc=com). Spécifiez plusieurs serveurs\n" +" et séparez leurs adresses par des espaces. Il doit être possible de résoudre les \n" +" adresses sans utiliser LDAP. Vous pouvez également indiquer le port sur lequel le serveur est exécuté à l'aide de la syntaxe \"serveur:port\", par défaut, <tt>ldap.exemple.com:379</tt>.\n" " \n" #. help text 5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "" -"With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " -"service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN " -"from server." -msgstr "" -"Avec Trouver, sélectionnez le serveur LDAP dans la liste fournie " -"par le protocole SLP (Service Location Protocol). Utilisez Récupérer DN</" -"b> pour lire le DN de base du serveur." +msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." +msgstr "Avec Trouver, sélectionnez le serveur LDAP dans la liste fournie par le protocole SLP (Service Location Protocol). Utilisez Récupérer DN pour lire le DN de base du serveur." #. help text 6/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#| "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" -#| "SSL\n" -#| "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA " -#| "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" +#| "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#| "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" msgid "" "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL</" -"b>\n" +"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" msgstr "" "Certains serveurs LDAP supportent StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"Si votre serveur le supporte et s'il est configuré, activez LDAP TLS/SSL</" -"b>\n" -"pour crypter votre communication avec le serveur LDAP. Vous pouvez " -"télécharger\n" +"Si votre serveur le supporte et s'il est configuré, activez LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +"pour crypter votre communication avec le serveur LDAP. Vous pouvez télécharger\n" "le fichier du certificat CA au format PEM depuis l'URL spécifiée.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the " -"config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on " -"server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords " -"never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration " -"dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the " -"TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to " -"allow if it's disabled.\n" +"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" +" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" +" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" +" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Une session TLS peut nécessiter une configuration de client spéciale. Une " -"des options de\n" -" configuration est TLS_REQCERT qui décrit quelles vérifications " -"doivent être effectuer sur les certificats du serveur.\n" -" La valeur est le niveau qui doit être indiqué avec les " -"mots clés jamais, autoriser,\n" -" essayer et demander. Dans la boîte de dialogue de " -"la configuration SSL/TLS, il y a\n" -" l'option Demander un certificat du serveur qui " -"initialisera l'option de configuration\n" -" TLS_REQCERT à la valeur demander si elle est activée ou à " -"autoriser si elle est désactivée.\n" +"Une session TLS peut nécessiter une configuration de client spéciale. Une des options de\n" +" configuration est TLS_REQCERT qui décrit quelles vérifications doivent être effectuer sur les certificats du serveur.\n" +" La valeur est le niveau qui doit être indiqué avec les mots clés jamais, autoriser,\n" +" essayer et demander. Dans la boîte de dialogue de la configuration SSL/TLS, il y a\n" +" l'option Demander un certificat du serveur qui initialisera l'option de configuration\n" +" TLS_REQCERT à la valeur demander si elle est activée ou à autoriser si elle est désactivée.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " -"URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They " -"have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " -"default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" " is 636 instead of 389.\n" msgstr "" -"En plus des URLs LDAP et du chiffrement TLS/SSL, LDAP supporte les URLs " -"LDAPS.\n" -" Les URLs LDAPS utilisent des connexions SSL à la place de " -"connexions simples. Ils ont une syntaxe\n" -" similaires aux URLs LDAP excepté que les schémas sont différents " -"et le port par défaut des URLs LDAPS\n" +"En plus des URLs LDAP et du chiffrement TLS/SSL, LDAP supporte les URLs LDAPS.\n" +" Les URLs LDAPS utilisent des connexions SSL à la place de connexions simples. Ils ont une syntaxe\n" +" similaires aux URLs LDAP excepté que les schémas sont différents et le port par défaut des URLs LDAPS\n" " est 636 au lieu de 389.\n" #. help text 8/9 @@ -460,18 +406,15 @@ #| "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n" #| "automatically.\n" msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -"such\n" +"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" msgstr "" -"Automounter est un démon qui monte les répertoires " -"automatiquement,\n" +"Automounter est un démon qui monte les répertoires automatiquement,\n" "tels que les répertoires personnels des utilisateurs.\n" "Il est supposé que ses fichiers de configuration (auto.*) existent déjà\n" -"soit localement, soit via LDAP. S'il n'est pas encore installé mais que " -"vous\n" +"soit localement, soit via LDAP. S'il n'est pas encore installé mais que vous\n" "désirez l'utiliser, il sera installé automatiquement.\n" # TLABEL nis_2002_03_14_2340__4 @@ -576,8 +519,7 @@ "\n" "Cette configuration n'utilise pas SSSD mais nss_ldap.\n" "Seules les configurations basées sur SSSD sont supportées par YaST.\n" -"Voulez-vous continuer et utiliser SSSD ou annuler pour conserver l'ancienne " -"configuration ?" +"Voulez-vous continuer et utiliser SSSD ou annuler pour conserver l'ancienne configuration ?" # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__12 #. error popup label @@ -604,8 +546,7 @@ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" msgstr "" "Lorsque vous configurez votre machine en tant que client LDAP,\n" -"vous ne pouvez pas récupérer les données avec NIS. Voulez-vous vraiment " -"utiliser LDAP à la place de NIS ?\n" +"vous ne pouvez pas récupérer les données avec NIS. Voulez-vous vraiment utiliser LDAP à la place de NIS ?\n" # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__3 #. popup text @@ -638,12 +579,10 @@ #. yes/no question #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is " -"disabled.\n" +"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" "Enable certificate checks now?" msgstr "" -"La connexion sécurisée est activée, mais la vérification du certificat " -"serveur est désactivée.\n" +"La connexion sécurisée est activée, mais la vérification du certificat serveur est désactivée.\n" "Activer la vérification du certificat maintenant ?" # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__23 @@ -655,37 +594,24 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and " -"KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD " -"Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." -"\n" +"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" +"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Si l'authentification Kerberos doit être utilisée, spécifiez le " -"domaine (realm) et l'adresse KDC.\n" -"Définissez si les identifiants de l'utilisateur doivent être mis en cache " -"localement en cochant Authentification SSSD hors ligne.\n" -"Pour plus d'informations sur les paramètres de SSSD, consultez la page man " -"de <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" +"Si l'authentification Kerberos doit être utilisée, spécifiez le domaine (realm) et l'adresse KDC.\n" +"Définissez si les identifiants de l'utilisateur doivent être mis en cache localement en cochant Authentification SSSD hors ligne.\n" +"Pour plus d'informations sur les paramètres de SSSD, consultez la page man de <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute " -#| "of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the " -#| "meaning of its values." +#| msgid "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values." msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of " -"the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation " -"of its values." +"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." msgstr "" -"Protocole de changement de mot de passe fait référence à " -"l'attribut pam_password du fichier\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Consultez <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> pour connaître la " -"signification de ses valeurs." +"Protocole de changement de mot de passe fait référence à l'attribut pam_password du fichier\n" +"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Consultez <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> pour connaître la signification de ses valeurs." #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1028 @@ -694,26 +620,18 @@ "The default value for Group Member Attribute is %1.\n" msgstr "" "Définissez le type des groupes LDAP à utiliser.\n" -"La valeur par défaut de Attribut des membres du groupe est %1." -"\n" +"La valeur par défaut de Attribut des membres du groupe est %1.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify " -#| "where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either " -#| "directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." -#| "" +#| msgid "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." msgid "" "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -"certificates\n" +"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" "or the explicit path to one certificate file." msgstr "" -"Si la connexion sécurisée nécessite la vérification du certificat, vous " -"pouvez spécifier où se situe\n" -"votre fichier de certificat. Il est possible d'entrer soit un répertoire " -"contenant des certificats,\n" +"Si la connexion sécurisée nécessite la vérification du certificat, vous pouvez spécifier où se situe\n" +"votre fichier de certificat. Il est possible d'entrer soit un répertoire contenant des certificats,\n" "soit le chemin explicite vers un seul fichier de certificat." # TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__48 @@ -727,8 +645,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -#| "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the " -#| "LDAP\n" +#| "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" #| "server.\n" msgid "" "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" @@ -745,44 +662,34 @@ #| msgid "" #| "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #| "Administrator DN.\n" -#| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -#| "dc=com) or just\n" -#| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -#| "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +#| "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" +#| "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" msgid "" "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" "Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) " -"or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -"appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" msgstr "" "Pour accéder aux données stockées sur le serveur, entrez le\n" "DN d'administrateur.\n" -" Vous pouvez entrer un DN complet (par exemple, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -"dc=com) ou\n" -"seulement le DN relatif (par exemple, cn=Administrator). Le DN LDAP de base " -"est ajouté automatiquement si l'option correspondante est sélectionnée.\n" +" Vous pouvez entrer un DN complet (par exemple, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) ou\n" +"seulement le DN relatif (par exemple, cn=Administrator). Le DN LDAP de base est ajouté automatiquement si l'option correspondante est sélectionnée.\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 msgid "" "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only " -"created when they do not already exist.\n" +"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour créer les objets de configuration par défaut pour les utilisateurs " -"et groupes LDAP,\n" -"cochez Créer les objets de configuration par défaut. Les objets sont " -"créés uniquement\n" +"Pour créer les objets de configuration par défaut pour les utilisateurs et groupes LDAP,\n" +"cochez Créer les objets de configuration par défaut. Les objets sont créés uniquement\n" "s'ils n'existent pas déjà.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Cliquez sur Configurer pour configurer les paramètres stockés\n" @@ -793,16 +700,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " -"they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " -"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" +"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" msgstr "" -"Spécifier les bases de recherche à utiliser pour les assignations " -"spécifiques (utilisateurs ou groups) si elles sont différentes du DN de base " -"DN. Ces valeurs sont\n" -"affectées aux attributs ldap_user_search_base et ldap_group_search_base dans " -"le fichier /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" +"Spécifier les bases de recherche à utiliser pour les assignations spécifiques (utilisateurs ou groups) si elles sont différentes du DN de base DN. Ces valeurs sont\n" +"affectées aux attributs ldap_user_search_base et ldap_group_search_base dans le fichier /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__14 #. tab label @@ -995,8 +897,7 @@ "removing current ones.\n" msgstr "" "Le second tableau contient une liste des valeurs par défaut,\n" -"utilisée pour de nouveaux objets. Modifier la liste en ajoutant de " -"nouvelles\n" +"utilisée pour de nouveaux objets. Modifier la liste en ajoutant de nouvelles\n" "valeurs et en modifiant ou en supprimant les valeurs actuelles.\n" #. table header 1/2 @@ -1078,8 +979,7 @@ "create one with New. Delete the current module\n" "using Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Chaque ensemble de configuration est appelé \"module de configuration.\" " -"S'il n'existe pas \n" +"Chaque ensemble de configuration est appelé \"module de configuration.\" S'il n'existe pas \n" "de module configuration à l'emplacement indiqué (configuration de base),\n" " créez-en un avec l'option Nouveau. Supprimez le module actuel\n" " avec l'option Supprimer.\n" @@ -1088,8 +988,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" "Modifier les valeurs des attributs dans le tableau avec Modifier.\n" @@ -1151,27 +1050,17 @@ msgstr "Initialisation..." #~ msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Parcourez l'arborescence LDAP dans la partie gauche de la boite de " -#~ "dialogue." +#~ msgstr "Parcourez l'arborescence LDAP dans la partie gauche de la boite de dialogue." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the " -#~ "object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected " -#~ "attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une fois l'objet LDAP sélectionné dans l'arborescence, le tableau " -#~ "montre les données de l'objet. Utilisez Modifier pour modifier la " -#~ "valeur de l'attribut sélectionné. Utilisez Enregistrer pour " -#~ "sauvegarder les modifications que vous avez apportées à LDAP." +#~ msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Une fois l'objet LDAP sélectionné dans l'arborescence, le tableau montre les données de l'objet. Utilisez Modifier pour modifier la valeur de l'attribut sélectionné. Utilisez Enregistrer pour sauvegarder les modifications que vous avez apportées à LDAP." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__21 #~ msgid "" #~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" #~ "Discard these changes?\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Certaines modifications n'ont pas été enregistrées dans l'entrée " -#~ "actuellement affichée.\n" +#~ "Certaines modifications n'ont pas été enregistrées dans l'entrée actuellement affichée.\n" #~ "Ignorer ces modifications ?\n" # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__14 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -101,8 +101,7 @@ # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__20 #: src/clients/ldap-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" -"La base de donnée ne peut pas être créer lorsque le service n'est pas activé" +msgstr "La base de donnée ne peut pas être créer lorsque le service n'est pas activé" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/ldap-server.rb:219 @@ -113,12 +112,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"La base de données LDAP a déjà été créée. Vous pourrez changer les " -"paramètres plus tard dans le système installé." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "La base de données LDAP a déjà été créée. Vous pourrez changer les paramètres plus tard dans le système installé." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__140 #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); @@ -132,12 +127,8 @@ msgstr "[Réglé manuellement]" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de récupérer le mot de passe racine du système. Définissez un mot " -"de passe serveur LDAP pour continuer." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Impossible de récupérer le mot de passe racine du système. Définissez un mot de passe serveur LDAP pour continuer." # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:112 @@ -244,15 +235,9 @@ #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Please reconfigure after the " -#| "installation finished." -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"La configuration de réplication OpenLDAP a échoué. Veuillez reconfigurer " -"après la fin de l'installation." +#| msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Please reconfigure after the installation finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "La configuration de réplication OpenLDAP a échoué. Veuillez reconfigurer après la fin de l'installation." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" @@ -277,16 +262,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" -"Vous avez une configuration existante, mais le serveur LDAP n'est " -"actuellement pas démarré.\n" -" Voulez-vous démarrer le serveur maintenant et relire les données de " -"configuration ou \n" +"Vous avez une configuration existante, mais le serveur LDAP n'est actuellement pas démarré.\n" +" Voulez-vous démarrer le serveur maintenant et relire les données de configuration ou \n" " souhaitez-vous créer une nouvelle configuration ?" # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__31 @@ -306,10 +287,8 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration \n" -#| "file /etc/openldap/slapd.conf. This YaST module only supports the " -#| "dynamic\n" -#| "configuration database of OpenLDAP (back-config). Do you want to migrate " -#| "your\n" +#| "file /etc/openldap/slapd.conf. This YaST module only supports the dynamic\n" +#| "configuration database of OpenLDAP (back-config). Do you want to migrate your\n" #| "existing configuration to the configuration database?\n" msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -317,12 +296,10 @@ "database of OpenLDAP (back-config). Do you want to migrate your existing\n" "configuration to the configuration database?\n" msgstr "" -"Votre système est actuellement configuré pour utiliser le fichier de " -"configuration\n" +"Votre système est actuellement configuré pour utiliser le fichier de configuration\n" "/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. YaST ne supporte que la base de données\n" "de configuration dynamique d'OpenLDAP (back-config).\n" -"Voulez-vous migrer votre configuration existante vers une telle base de " -"données ?\n" +"Voulez-vous migrer votre configuration existante vers une telle base de données ?\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:146 msgid "Migrate existing configuration" @@ -383,12 +360,8 @@ msgstr "Le serveur LDAP n'est pas démarré." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous le démarrer maintenant afin de récupérer sa configuration ou " -"souhaitez-vous créer une nouvelle configuration ?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous le démarrer maintenant afin de récupérer sa configuration ou souhaitez-vous créer une nouvelle configuration ?" #. get helps page #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:226 @@ -419,9 +392,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les données, y compris la configuration, sont répliquées depuis un " -"serveur distant." +msgstr "Toutes les données, y compris la configuration, sont répliquées depuis un serveur distant." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy @@ -521,9 +492,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "The passwords you have enter do not match. Please try again" msgid "The passwords you have entered do not match. Try again." -msgstr "" -"Les mots de passe que vous avez entrés ne correspondent pas. Veuillez " -"réessayer." +msgstr "Les mots de passe que vous avez entrés ne correspondent pas. Veuillez réessayer." # TLABEL cups_2002_03_14_2340__28 #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:826 @@ -585,30 +554,21 @@ #. most probably fail #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" Database on the Provider " -#| "Server.\n" -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Impossible d'ouvrir la connexion à la base de données \"cn=config\" sur le " -"serveur fournisseur.\n" +#| msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" Database on the Provider Server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Impossible d'ouvrir la connexion à la base de données \"cn=config\" sur le serveur fournisseur.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Please verify that the Provider Server allows remote connections to the " -#| "\"cn=config\" Database\n" +#| "Please verify that the Provider Server allows remote connections to the \"cn=config\" Database\n" #| "and that you entered the correct password" msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" -"Veuillez vérifier que le serveur fournisseur autorise les connexions " -"distantes\n" -"à la base de données \"cn=config\" et que vous avez entré le bon mot de " -"passe.\n" +"Veuillez vérifier que le serveur fournisseur autorise les connexions distantes\n" +"à la base de données \"cn=config\" et que vous avez entré le bon mot de passe.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__75 #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:982 @@ -632,8 +592,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "The Replication Configuration on the Provider Server is missing.\n" msgid "The replication configuration on the provider server is missing.\n" -msgstr "" -"La configuration de réplication sur le serveur fournisseur est absente.\n" +msgstr "La configuration de réplication sur le serveur fournisseur est absente.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1023 msgid "Click Continue to create it now." @@ -654,27 +613,16 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is not supported " -#| "currently." -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "" -"La configuration de la réplication en cascade de \"cn=config\" n'est pas " -"supportée actuellement." +#| msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is not supported currently." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "La configuration de la réplication en cascade de \"cn=config\" n'est pas supportée actuellement." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Checking the Authentication credentials defined in the Replication " -#| "Configuration on the Provider Server failed.\n" -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"La vérification des identifiants d'authentification définis dans la " -"configuration de réplication sur le serveur fournisseur a échoué.\n" +#| msgid "Checking the Authentication credentials defined in the Replication Configuration on the Provider Server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "La vérification des identifiants d'authentification définis dans la configuration de réplication sur le serveur fournisseur a échoué.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -697,35 +645,28 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1217 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "In order to act as a Master Server for Replication, the Configuration " -#| "database needs\n" -#| "to be remotely accessible. Please set a password for the Configuration " -#| "database." +#| "In order to act as a Master Server for Replication, the Configuration database needs\n" +#| "to be remotely accessible. Please set a password for the Configuration database." msgid "" "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour pouvoir agir comme serveur maître de réplication, la base de données de " -"configuration doit\n" -"être accessible à distance. Veuillez définir un mot de passe pour la base de " -"données de configuration.\n" +"Pour pouvoir agir comme serveur maître de réplication, la base de données de configuration doit\n" +"être accessible à distance. Veuillez définir un mot de passe pour la base de données de configuration.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1220 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" -#| "(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -#| "encrypted\n" +#| "(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" #| "LDAP Connections)" msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"(L'accès distant à la base de données de configuration sera restreint aux " -"connexions\n" +"(L'accès distant à la base de données de configuration sera restreint aux connexions\n" "LDAP chiffrées)\n" # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__49 @@ -760,26 +701,18 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically " -#| "as \n" -#| "part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not " -#| "be started. Note:\n" -#| "After selecting No you will not be able to make any changes to the " -#| "OpenLDAP \n" +#| "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" +#| "part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +#| "After selecting No you will not be able to make any changes to the OpenLDAP \n" #| "configuration." msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Oui si le serveur LDAP doit être démarrer " -"automatiquement lors\n" -"du processus de démarrage. Sélectionnez Non si le serveur LDAP ne " -"doit pas être démarré. Note :\n" -"Après avoir sélectionné Non, vous ne serez plus en mesure d'effectuer " -"des changements à la configuration OpenLDAP.\n" +"Sélectionnez Oui si le serveur LDAP doit être démarrer automatiquement lors\n" +"du processus de démarrage. Sélectionnez Non si le serveur LDAP ne doit pas être démarré. Note :\n" +"Après avoir sélectionné Non, vous ne serez plus en mesure d'effectuer des changements à la configuration OpenLDAP.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__65 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -788,53 +721,36 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:27 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Here you can enable and disable the various protocol listeners of " -#| "OpenLDAP" +#| msgid "Here you can enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP" msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "" -"Ici vous pouvez activer ou désactiver les divers protocoles d'écoute " -"d'OpenLDAP." +msgstr "Ici vous pouvez activer ou désactiver les divers protocoles d'écoute d'OpenLDAP." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" -"LDAP est l'interface LDAP standard sur le Port 389. La " -"communication TLS/SSL securisée\n" -" est possible avec l'opération StartTLS lorsque vous avez un serveur de " -"certificats configuré." +"LDAP est l'interface LDAP standard sur le Port 389. La communication TLS/SSL securisée\n" +" est possible avec l'opération StartTLS lorsque vous avez un serveur de certificats configuré." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -#| "protected\n" -#| "connections on port 636. You need to have a Server Certificate configured " -#| "to make this working\n" +#| "LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +#| "connections on port 636. You need to have a Server Certificate configured to make this working\n" #| "correctly. (See \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\" for that)" msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"LDAPS active l'interface \"LDAP au-dessus de SSL (ldaps)\" pour " -"les connections SSL protégées\n" -"sur le port 636. Vous devez avoir un serveur de certificats configuré pour " -"que cela fonctionne correctement (Voir \"Paramètres Globaux\"/\"Paramètres " -"TLS\").\n" +"LDAPS active l'interface \"LDAP au-dessus de SSL (ldaps)\" pour les connections SSL protégées\n" +"sur le port 636. Vous devez avoir un serveur de certificats configuré pour que cela fonctionne correctement (Voir \"Paramètres Globaux\"/\"Paramètres TLS\").\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "LDAPI enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface. By this you can " -#| "access the\n" -#| "LDAP Server through a Unix Domain Socket. You should not disable the " -#| "LDAPI interface as this YaST\n" +#| "LDAPI enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface. By this you can access the\n" +#| "LDAP Server through a Unix Domain Socket. You should not disable the LDAPI interface as this YaST\n" #| "Module uses it to communicate with the server." msgid "" "LDAPI enables the \"LDAP over IPC\" interface for accessing the\n" @@ -842,8 +758,7 @@ "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" "LDAPI active l'interface \"LDAP au-dessus d'IPC\" pour accèder au\n" -"serveur LDAP à travers un socket de domaine Unix. Ne désactivez pas " -"l'interface LDAPI\n" +"serveur LDAP à travers un socket de domaine Unix. Ne désactivez pas l'interface LDAPI\n" "car YaST l'utilise pour communiquer avec le serveur.\n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__20 @@ -854,15 +769,13 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:42 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Here you can select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the " -#| "LDAP related\n" +#| "Here you can select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP related\n" #| "network ports or not." msgid "" "Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n" "network ports or not.\n" msgstr "" -"Sélectionner si le parefeu SuSEFirewall devrait autoriser l'accès aux " -"ports réseau\n" +"Sélectionner si le parefeu SuSEFirewall devrait autoriser l'accès aux ports réseau\n" "liés à LDAP ou non.\n" # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__11 @@ -874,32 +787,22 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb " -#| "is a \n" -#| "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database " -#| "layout and \n" -#| "supports subtree renames. It is otherwise identical to bdb. A " -#| "hdb-Database\n" -#| "needs a larger idlcachesize for good search performance than a " -#| "bdb-Database.\n" +#| "Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a \n" +#| "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and \n" +#| "supports subtree renames. It is otherwise identical to bdb. A hdb-Database\n" +#| "needs a larger idlcachesize for good search performance than a bdb-Database.\n" #| "" msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is " -"a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" msgstr "" -"Veuillez choisir la base de données : soit hdb soit bdb</" -"b>. Hdb est une\n" -"variante de l'interface de gestion bdb qui met également en oeuvre " -"une base de données hiérarchique et\n" -"permet de renommer des branches. Elle est sinon identique à bdb. Une " -"base de données hdb\n" -"requiert un paramètre idlcachesize plus grand que celui d'une base de " -"données bdb\n" +"Veuillez choisir la base de données : soit hdb soit bdb. Hdb est une\n" +"variante de l'interface de gestion bdb qui met également en oeuvre une base de données hiérarchique et\n" +"permet de renommer des branches. Elle est sinon identique à bdb. Une base de données hdb\n" +"requiert un paramètre idlcachesize plus grand que celui d'une base de données bdb\n" "pour une meilleure performance lors des recherches.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__331 @@ -913,53 +816,37 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -"L'association d'DN Administrateur avec un mot de passe " -"Administrateur LDAP\n" -"définit l'identité du super-utilisateur de la base, lui permettant " -"d'outrepasser les listes de contrôles\n" -"d'accès et autres restrictions d'administration. En cochant la case " -"Ajouter le DN de base,\n" -"le DN de base saisi précédemment est ajouté. Par exemple, un DN de " -"base <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"et un DN Administrateur <tt>c=Admin</tt> peuvent être combinés pour former " -"le DN Administrateur\n" +"L'association d'DN Administrateur avec un mot de passe Administrateur LDAP\n" +"définit l'identité du super-utilisateur de la base, lui permettant d'outrepasser les listes de contrôles\n" +"d'accès et autres restrictions d'administration. En cochant la case Ajouter le DN de base,\n" +"le DN de base saisi précédemment est ajouté. Par exemple, un DN de base <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"et un DN Administrateur <tt>c=Admin</tt> peuvent être combinés pour former le DN Administrateur\n" "effectif <tt>c=Admin,dc=exemple,dc=com</tt>." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Si cet assistant a été démarré durant l'installation, le \n" -"mot de passe de l'administrateur LDAP sera le même que le mot de " -"passe du compte root\n" +"mot de passe de l'administrateur LDAP sera le même que le mot de passe du compte root\n" " du système saisi précédemment lors du processus d'installation. " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "To use this database as the default database for the OpenLDAP client " -#| "tools\n" -#| "(e.g. ldapsearch) check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP " -#| "clients. This\n" -#| "will result in the hostname \"localhost\" and the above entered Base " -#| "DN being written\n" -#| "to the OpenLDAP client configuration file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</" -#| "tt>. This checkbox\n" +#| "To use this database as the default database for the OpenLDAP client tools\n" +#| "(e.g. ldapsearch) check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients. This\n" +#| "will result in the hostname \"localhost\" and the above entered Base DN being written\n" +#| "to the OpenLDAP client configuration file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox\n" #| "is selected by default when creating the first database on a Server." msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" @@ -969,22 +856,16 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser cette base comme base de données par défaut pour les outils " -"client OpenLDAP \n" -"(tel que ldapsearch) cochez Utilisez cette base de données pour les " -"clients OpenLDAP. Ceci\n" -"provoquera l'écriture du nom de machine \"localhost\" et du DN de base </" -"b>\n" -"dans le fichier de configuration pour les clients OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/" -"ldap.conf</tt>. Cette case\n" -"est sélectionnée par défaut lors de la création de la première base de " -"données sur un serveur.\n" +"Pour utiliser cette base comme base de données par défaut pour les outils client OpenLDAP \n" +"(tel que ldapsearch) cochez Utilisez cette base de données pour les clients OpenLDAP. Ceci\n" +"provoquera l'écriture du nom de machine \"localhost\" et du DN de base \n" +"dans le fichier de configuration pour les clients OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Cette case\n" +"est sélectionnée par défaut lors de la création de la première base de données sur un serveur.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "This database is currently not supported by the YaST Module, you can " -#| "not \n" +#| "This database is currently not supported by the YaST Module, you can not \n" #| "change any configuration settings here." msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" @@ -998,10 +879,8 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" -#| "for the configuration database click the associated checkbox. Plaintext " -#| "authentication\n" -#| "to the configuration database will only be allowed when using " -#| "sufficiently protected \n" +#| "for the configuration database click the associated checkbox. Plaintext authentication\n" +#| "to the configuration database will only be allowed when using sufficiently protected \n" #| "(e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections." msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" @@ -1009,40 +888,30 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour activer ou désactiver l'authentification en texte clair (plaintext - " -"LDAP Simple Bind)\n" -"pour la base de données de configuration, cliquez sur la case à cocher " -"associée. L'authentification en texte clair\n" -"pour la base de données de configuration sera uniquement autorisée lors de " -"l'utilisation de connexions\n" +"Pour activer ou désactiver l'authentification en texte clair (plaintext - LDAP Simple Bind)\n" +"pour la base de données de configuration, cliquez sur la case à cocher associée. L'authentification en texte clair\n" +"pour la base de données de configuration sera uniquement autorisée lors de l'utilisation de connexions\n" "suffisamment protégées (par ex. chiffrées par SSL/TLS).\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:89 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "To change the Administration password for the configuration database, " -#| "click Change Password.\n" -#| "A Popup will open where you can enter the new password and select the " -#| "Password Encryption.\n" -#| "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already " -#| "set in the configuration." +#| "To change the Administration password for the configuration database, click Change Password.\n" +#| "A Popup will open where you can enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +#| "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already set in the configuration." msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour changer le mot de passe Administrateur pour la base de données de " -"configuration,\n" +"Pour changer le mot de passe Administrateur pour la base de données de configuration,\n" "cliquez sur Changer le mot de passe.\n" -"Une fenêtre s'ouvrira où vous pourrez entrer le nouveau mot de passe et " -"sélectionner le\n" +"Une fenêtre s'ouvrira où vous pourrez entrer le nouveau mot de passe et sélectionner le\n" "mode de chiffrement du mot de passe.\n" -"Les champs de mot de passe sont initialement vides, même si un mot de passe " -"est déjà défini\n" +"Les champs de mot de passe sont initialement vides, même si un mot de passe est déjà défini\n" "dans la configuration.\n" # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__14 @@ -1052,73 +921,49 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Here you can change some basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." +#| msgid "Here you can change some basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "Changer les paramètres de base des bases de données BDB et HBD." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -"Entrez le DN complet ou uniquement la première partie et ajoutez la base " -"DN automatiquement\n" +"Entrez le DN complet ou uniquement la première partie et ajoutez la base DN automatiquement\n" " en utilisant Ajouter la base DN." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "To change the password for the Administrator account, click Change " -#| "Password.\n" -#| "A Popup will open where you can enter the new password and select the " -#| "Password Encryption.\n" -#| "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already " -#| "set in the configuration." +#| "To change the password for the Administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +#| "A Popup will open where you can enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +#| "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already set in the configuration." msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour changer le mot de passe du compte Administrateur, cliquez sur " -"Changer le mot de passe.\n" -"Une fenêtre s'ouvrira où vous pourrez entrer le nouveau mot de passe et " -"sélectionner le mode de chiffrement du mot de passe.\n" -"Les champs de mot de passe sont initialement vides, même si un mot de passe " -"est déjà défini dans la configuration.\n" +"Pour changer le mot de passe du compte Administrateur, cliquez sur Changer le mot de passe.\n" +"Une fenêtre s'ouvrira où vous pourrez entrer le nouveau mot de passe et sélectionner le mode de chiffrement du mot de passe.\n" +"Les champs de mot de passe sont initialement vides, même si un mot de passe est déjà défini dans la configuration.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"Avec le Cache d'entrée et le Cache d'Index (cache IDL) vous " -"pouvez ajuster\n" -" la tailley des caches internes d'OpenLDAP. Le Cache d'entrée défini " -"le nombre d'entrées\n" -" qui sont laissées dans le cache mémoire d'entrées d'OpenLDAP. Si possible " -"(assez de RAM), ce\n" -" nombre devrait être assez grand pour tenir la base de données entière en " -"mémoire. Le Cache\n" -" d'ndex (cache IDL) est utilisé pour accélèrer les recherches sur les " -"attributs indexés. En général\n" -" les bases de données HDB requièrent un gros cache IDL pour de bonnes " -"performances de recherche\n" +"Avec le Cache d'entrée et le Cache d'Index (cache IDL) vous pouvez ajuster\n" +" la tailley des caches internes d'OpenLDAP. Le Cache d'entrée défini le nombre d'entrées\n" +" qui sont laissées dans le cache mémoire d'entrées d'OpenLDAP. Si possible (assez de RAM), ce\n" +" nombre devrait être assez grand pour tenir la base de données entière en mémoire. Le Cache\n" +" d'ndex (cache IDL) est utilisé pour accélèrer les recherches sur les attributs indexés. En général\n" +" les bases de données HDB requièrent un gros cache IDL pour de bonnes performances de recherche\n" " (trois fois la taille du cache comme règle de base)." # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__19 @@ -1131,41 +976,28 @@ "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser les stratégies de mot de passe avec cette base de données, " -"sélectionnez \n" +"Pour utiliser les stratégies de mot de passe avec cette base de données, sélectionnez \n" " Activer les stratégies de mot de passe." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Hacher les mots de passe en texte clair pour " -"spécifier que le serveur OpenLDAP doit chiffrerr les mots de passe en texte " -"clair\n" -"présents dans les requêtes d'ajout et de modification avant de les stocker " -"dans la base de données. Notez que cela ne respecte pas le modèle " -"d'information X.500/LDAP,\n" -" mais que cela peut être nécessaire pour compenser les clients LDAP qui " -"n'utilisent pas l'opération étendue de modification de mot de passe pour\n" +"Sélectionnez Hacher les mots de passe en texte clair pour spécifier que le serveur OpenLDAP doit chiffrerr les mots de passe en texte clair\n" +"présents dans les requêtes d'ajout et de modification avant de les stocker dans la base de données. Notez que cela ne respecte pas le modèle d'information X.500/LDAP,\n" +" mais que cela peut être nécessaire pour compenser les clients LDAP qui n'utilisent pas l'opération étendue de modification de mot de passe pour\n" " gérer les mots de passe." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:127 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying " -#| "to authenticate\n" -#| "to a locked account get a notification that their account is locked. This " -#| "notification\n" -#| "might provide useful information to an attacker. Sites that are sensitive " -#| "to security issues\n" +#| "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to authenticate\n" +#| "to a locked account get a notification that their account is locked. This notification\n" +#| "might provide useful information to an attacker. Sites that are sensitive to security issues\n" #| "should not enable this option. " msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" @@ -1174,42 +1006,29 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" msgstr "" -"Si Montrer le statut \"Compte verrouillé\" est activé, les " -"utilisateurs qui tentent de\n" -"s'authentifier auprès d'un compte verrouillé recevront une notification leur " -"indiquant que leur compte\n" -"est verrouillé. Cette notification est susceptible de fournir des " -"informations utiles à un\n" -"attaquant. Les sites sensibles aux problèmes de sécurité ne devraient pas " -"activer\n" +"Si Montrer le statut \"Compte verrouillé\" est activé, les utilisateurs qui tentent de\n" +"s'authentifier auprès d'un compte verrouillé recevront une notification leur indiquant que leur compte\n" +"est verrouillé. Cette notification est susceptible de fournir des informations utiles à un\n" +"attaquant. Les sites sensibles aux problèmes de sécurité ne devraient pas activer\n" "cette option.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" -"Entrez le nom de l'objet de stratégie par défaut dans DN d'objet de " -"stratégie par défaut." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Entrez le nom de l'objet de stratégie par défaut dans DN d'objet de stratégie par défaut." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "You create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy</" -#| "b>. You might be\n" -#| "ask to enter the LDAP Administrator password after that, to allow the " -#| "Policy Object being read\n" +#| "You create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You might be\n" +#| "ask to enter the LDAP Administrator password after that, to allow the Policy Object being read\n" #| "from the server." msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez créer ou changer la stratégie par défaut en cliquant sur " -"Editer la stratégie.\n" -"Il est possible que l'on vous demande d'entrer le mot de passe LDAP " -"adminitrateur après cela\n" +"Vous pouvez créer ou changer la stratégie par défaut en cliquant sur Editer la stratégie.\n" +"Il est possible que l'on vous demande d'entrer le mot de passe LDAP adminitrateur après cela\n" "afin d'autoriser la lecture de l'objet de stratégie depuis le server.\n" # TLABEL mouse_2002_01_04_0147__7 @@ -1219,143 +1038,104 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:143 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "This dialog allows you to change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-" -#| "Database." +#| msgid "This dialog allows you to change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." -msgstr "" -"Modifier les options d'indexation d'une base de données hdb ou bdb." +msgstr "Modifier les options d'indexation d'une base de données hdb ou bdb." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The table displays a list of attribute which have an index defined " -#| "currently." -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"Ce tableau affiche la liste des attributs pour lesquels un index est " -"actuellement défini." +#| msgid "The table displays a list of attribute which have an index defined currently." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." +msgstr "Ce tableau affiche la liste des attributs pour lesquels un index est actuellement défini." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific " -#| "type of\n" -#| "searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most common " -#| "searches that are used\n" -#| "on a database. This YaST modul allows to setup three different types " -#| "indexes." +#| "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific type of\n" +#| "searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most common searches that are used\n" +#| "on a database. This YaST modul allows to setup three different types indexes." msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -"Les index sont utilisés par OpenLDAP pour améliorer la vitesse pour des " -"types de recherche spécifiques.\n" -"Les index doivent être définis de manière à correspondre aux types de " -"requêtes les plus fréquentes\n" -"dans la base de données. YaST permet la configuration de trois types " -"d'index\n" +"Les index sont utilisés par OpenLDAP pour améliorer la vitesse pour des types de recherche spécifiques.\n" +"Les index doivent être définis de manière à correspondre aux types de requêtes les plus fréquentes\n" +"dans la base de données. YaST permet la configuration de trois types d'index\n" "différents.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Presence: This index is used for searches using presence " -#| "filters\n" -#| "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Presence indexes should only be " -#| "configured for attributes\n" +#| "Presence: This index is used for searches using presence filters\n" +#| "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Presence indexes should only be configured for attributes\n" #| "that occur very rarely in the database" msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -"Présence: cette index est utilisé lors de recherches utilisant un " -"filtre de présence\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Les index de présence ne devraient être " -"définis\n" +"Présence: cette index est utilisé lors de recherches utilisant un filtre de présence\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Les index de présence ne devraient être définis\n" "que pour les attributs peu souvent rencontrés dans la base de données.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Equality: This index is used for searches using equality " -#| "filters (i.e.\n" -#| "(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index " -#| "should always be configured of the\n" +#| "Equality: This index is used for searches using equality filters (i.e.\n" +#| "(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index should always be configured of the\n" #| "<tt>objectclass</tt> attribute." msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Égalité: ce type d'index est utilisé pour les recherches testant " -"la valeur d'un attribut \n" -"(i.e. (<tt>(attributeType=<valeur exactes>)</tt>). Un index " -"Égalité\n" +"Égalité: ce type d'index est utilisé pour les recherches testant la valeur d'un attribut \n" +"(i.e. (<tt>(attributeType=<valeur exactes>)</tt>). Un index Égalité\n" "devrait toujours être configuré avec l'attribut <tt>objectclass</tt>.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:163 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Substring: This index is used for searches using substring " -#| "filter\n" +#| "Substring: This index is used for searches using substring filter\n" #| "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt> )" msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -"Sous-chaîne: cet index est utilisé pour les recherches sur une " -"sous-chaîne\n" +"Sous-chaîne: cet index est utilisé pour les recherches sur une sous-chaîne\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<sous-chaîne>*)</tt> )\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:166 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute, " -#| "Delete to \n" -#| "delete an existing index and Edit to change the indexing options " -#| "of an already indexed\n" +#| "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute, Delete to \n" +#| "delete an existing index and Edit to change the indexing options of an already indexed\n" #| "Attribute." msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilisez Ajouter pour définir des options d'indexation pour un " -"nouvel attribut,\n" -"Supprimer pour effacer un index existant et Modifier pour " -"modifier\n" +"Utilisez Ajouter pour définir des options d'indexation pour un nouvel attribut,\n" +"Supprimer pour effacer un index existant et Modifier pour modifier\n" "les options d'indexation d'un attribut déjà indexé.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -#| "added\n" -#| "indexes, will get active on a database. After the configuration has been " -#| "written to the server.\n" -#| "a background task will start to generate the indexing information for the " -#| "database." +#| "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" +#| "indexes, will get active on a database. After the configuration has been written to the server.\n" +#| "a background task will start to generate the indexing information for the database." msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -"Note : selon la taille de la base de données, il peut se passer un " -"certain temps avant\n" -"que les index nouvellement ajoutés deviennent actifs. Après l'écriture de la " -"configuration sur le serveur,\n" +"Note : selon la taille de la base de données, il peut se passer un certain temps avant\n" +"que les index nouvellement ajoutés deviennent actifs. Après l'écriture de la configuration sur le serveur,\n" "une tâche de fond démarrera pour générer les informations d'index\n" "de la base de données.\n" @@ -1366,8 +1146,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:180 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "The table gives you the overview of all Access Control Rules, that are " -#| "currently\n" +#| "The table gives you the overview of all Access Control Rules, that are currently\n" #| "configured for the selected database" msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" @@ -1379,58 +1158,44 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "For each rule you can see which target objects that rule matches. To " -#| "see a more detailed\n" -#| "view of a rule or to change a rule, select a rule in the table and click " -#| "Edit" +#| "For each rule you can see which target objects that rule matches. To see a more detailed\n" +#| "view of a rule or to change a rule, select a rule in the table and click Edit" msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour chaque règle, vous pouvez voir quels sont les cibles qui " -"correspondent à la règle. Pour obtenir\n" -"une vue plus détaillée ou pour changer une règle, sélectionnez une règle " -"dans le tableau et\n" +"Pour chaque règle, vous pouvez voir quels sont les cibles qui correspondent à la règle. Pour obtenir\n" +"une vue plus détaillée ou pour changer une règle, sélectionnez une règle dans le tableau et\n" "cliquez sur Editer.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Use Add to create new Access Control Rules and Delete to " -#| "delete an\n" +#| "Use Add to create new Access Control Rules and Delete to delete an\n" #| "Access Control Rule" msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilisez Ajouter pour créer de nouvelles règles de contrôle " -"d'accès et Supprimer\n" +"Utilisez Ajouter pour créer de nouvelles règles de contrôle d'accès et Supprimer\n" "pour supprimer une règle de contrôle d'accès.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:191 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "As OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stop at the first rule whose " -#| "target definition\n" -#| "(DN, filter and Attributes) matches the entry being access. You might " -#| "need to order the rules according\n" -#| "to your needs. You can use the Up and Down buttons for " -#| "that" +#| "As OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stop at the first rule whose target definition\n" +#| "(DN, filter and Attributes) matches the entry being access. You might need to order the rules according\n" +#| "to your needs. You can use the Up and Down buttons for that" msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -"L'évaluation du contrôle d'accès d'OpenLDAP s'arrête à la première règle " -"dont la définition\n" +"L'évaluation du contrôle d'accès d'OpenLDAP s'arrête à la première règle dont la définition\n" "de la cible (DN, filtre et attributs) correspond à l'entrée en cours\n" -"d'accès. Par conséquent, vous devriez ordonner les règles en fonction de vos " -"besois en utilisant\n" +"d'accès. Par conséquent, vous devriez ordonner les règles en fonction de vos besois en utilisant\n" "les boutons Haut et Bas.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__19 @@ -1440,14 +1205,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la case à cocher \"Activer le fournisseur ldapsync pour " -"cette base de données\" si vous voulez\n" -"pouvoir répliquer la base de données actuellement sélectionnée vers un autre " -"serveur." +"Sélectionnez la case à cocher \"Activer le fournisseur ldapsync pour cette base de données\" si vous voulez\n" +"pouvoir répliquer la base de données actuellement sélectionnée vers un autre serveur." # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:203 @@ -1457,46 +1219,30 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -#| "(stored in the\n" -#| "\"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced " -#| "out to the database if\n" -#| "\"Operations\" write operations or more than \"Minutes\" " -#| "have passed since the \n" -#| "last time the indicator was written. By default (both values are '0') the " -#| "state indicator is only\n" -#| "written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in " -#| "faster startup times after an \n" -#| "unclean shutdown but might result in a small performance hit in " -#| "environments with many LDAP Write\n" +#| "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored in the\n" +#| "\"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced out to the database if\n" +#| "\"Operations\" write operations or more than \"Minutes\" have passed since the \n" +#| "last time the indicator was written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is only\n" +#| "written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in faster startup times after an \n" +#| "unclean shutdown but might result in a small performance hit in environments with many LDAP Write\n" #| "Operations." msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -"Ici, vous pouvez spécifier à quelle fréquence l'indicateur d'état de " -"synchronisation (stocké\n" -"dans l'attribut \"contextCSN\") est écrit dans la base de données. Il " -"est synchronisé\n" +"Ici, vous pouvez spécifier à quelle fréquence l'indicateur d'état de synchronisation (stocké\n" +"dans l'attribut \"contextCSN\") est écrit dans la base de données. Il est synchronisé\n" "avec la base si \"Operations\" opérations d'écriture ou\n" "plus de \"Minutes\" sont passées depuis la dernière\n" -"fois que l'indicateur a été écrit. Par défaut (les deux valeurs sont '0') " -"l'indicateur d'état est uniquement\n" -"écrit après un arrêt propre. L'écrire plus souvent peut accélérer le temps " -"de démarrage après un arrêt\n" -"non propre, mais peut aussi avoir un léger impact sur les performances dans " -"des environnements\n" +"fois que l'indicateur a été écrit. Par défaut (les deux valeurs sont '0') l'indicateur d'état est uniquement\n" +"écrit après un arrêt propre. L'écrire plus souvent peut accélérer le temps de démarrage après un arrêt\n" +"non propre, mais peut aussi avoir un léger impact sur les performances dans des environnements\n" "avec beaucoup d'opérations d'écriture LDAP.\n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__20 @@ -1506,23 +1252,15 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -"Configure un journal de session en mémoire pour enregistrer des " -"informations sur les opérations d'écriture\n" -"effectuées sur la base de données. Spécifiez combien d'opérations d'écriture " -"doivent être enregistrées dans le journal de session.\n" -"Configurer un journal de session n'est utile que pour la réplication " -"\"refreshOnly\".\n" -"Dans ce cas il peut permettre d'accélérer la réplication et de réduire la " -"charge sur le serveur maître." +"Configure un journal de session en mémoire pour enregistrer des informations sur les opérations d'écriture\n" +"effectuées sur la base de données. Spécifiez combien d'opérations d'écriture doivent être enregistrées dans le journal de session.\n" +"Configurer un journal de session n'est utile que pour la réplication \"refreshOnly\".\n" +"Dans ce cas il peut permettre d'accélérer la réplication et de réduire la charge sur le serveur maître." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__11 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:221 @@ -1532,18 +1270,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Select the \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you " -#| "want the database to be a replica\n" +#| "Select the \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the database to be a replica\n" #| "of a database on another server." msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez \"Cette base de données est un consommateur de " -"réplication (esclave)\" si vous voulez que la\n" -"base de données soit une réplique de la base de données d'un autre serveur.</" -"p>\n" +"Sélectionnez \"Cette base de données est un consommateur de réplication (esclave)\" si vous voulez que la\n" +"base de données soit une réplique de la base de données d'un autre serveur.\n" # TLABEL packages_2002_03_20_2159__0 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:227 @@ -1553,29 +1287,22 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:228 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master " -#| "server here. For that, select the\n" -#| "protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and enter the fully " -#| "qualified hostname of the master server here. It is\n" -#| "important to use the fully qualified hostname here to be able to verify " -#| "the master server's TLS/SSL certificate. Adjust\n" +#| "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master server here. For that, select the\n" +#| "protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server here. It is\n" +#| "important to use the fully qualified hostname here to be able to verify the master server's TLS/SSL certificate. Adjust\n" #| "the port number if the master server is using non-standard ldap ports." msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" "Entrez ici les détails de la connexion au serveur maître de réplication.\n" -"Pour cela, sélectionnez le protocole à utiliser (ldap ou ldaps</" -"b>) et\n" -"entrez le nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié du serveur maître. Il est " -"important\n" -"d'utiliser le nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié ici pour pouvoir vérifier le " -"certificat TLS/SSL du serveur maître.\n" +"Pour cela, sélectionnez le protocole à utiliser (ldap ou ldaps) et\n" +"entrez le nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié du serveur maître. Il est important\n" +"d'utiliser le nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié ici pour pouvoir vérifier le certificat TLS/SSL du serveur maître.\n" "Corrigez le numéro de port si le serveur maître utilise des ports LDAP\n" "non-standards.\n" @@ -1591,10 +1318,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new " -#| "connection, trigger a \n" -#| "synchronization and close the connection again. The interval how often " -#| "this synchronization happens can be configured\n" +#| "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new connection, trigger a \n" +#| "synchronization and close the connection again. The interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured\n" #| "through the Replication Interval settings." msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" @@ -1602,8 +1327,7 @@ "interval how often this synchronization happens can be configured via the\n" "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -"refreshOnly : le serveur esclave va régulièrement ouvrir une " -"nouvelle connexion, déclencher\n" +"refreshOnly : le serveur esclave va régulièrement ouvrir une nouvelle connexion, déclencher\n" "une synchronisation et refermer la connexion. L'intervalle\n" "de synchronisation peut être configuré\n" "via le paramètre Intervalle de réplication.\n" @@ -1611,20 +1335,16 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent " -#| "connection to the master server for\n" -#| "synchronization. Updated entries on the master server are immediately " -#| "sent to the slave through that connection." +#| "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent connection to the master server for\n" +#| "synchronization. Updated entries on the master server are immediately sent to the slave through that connection." msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -"refreshAndPersist : le serveur esclave va ouvrir une connexion " -"persistante\n" +"refreshAndPersist : le serveur esclave va ouvrir une connexion persistante\n" "au serveur maître pour la synchronisation. Les entrées mises à jour sur le\n" -"serveur maître seront immédiatement envoyées au serveur esclave via cette " -"connexion.\n" +"serveur maître seront immédiatement envoyées au serveur esclave via cette connexion.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:249 @@ -1634,20 +1354,14 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Specify a DN and password here that the slave server should use to " -#| "authenticate against the master.\n" -#| "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the " -#| "replicated database on the master." +#| "Specify a DN and password here that the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +#| "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master." msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"Spécifiez un DN et un mot de passe que le serveur esclave doit utiliser " -"pour s'authentifier sur le serveur maître.\n" -"Le DN spécifié doit avoir accès en lecture à toutes les entrées de la base " -"de données répliquée sur le maître.\n" +"Spécifiez un DN et un mot de passe que le serveur esclave doit utiliser pour s'authentifier sur le serveur maître.\n" +"Le DN spécifié doit avoir accès en lecture à toutes les entrées de la base de données répliquée sur le maître.\n" # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:253 @@ -1657,40 +1371,29 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:254 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "As the slave database is readonly. The slave server will answer write " -#| "operations with an LDAP referral.\n" -#| "This referral by default points the client to the master server. You can " -#| "configure a different update referral here.\n" -#| "This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup i.e. when the " -#| "provider for the slave server is as slave server\n" +#| "As the slave database is readonly. The slave server will answer write operations with an LDAP referral.\n" +#| "This referral by default points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +#| "This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup i.e. when the provider for the slave server is as slave server\n" #| "itself. " msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" -"La base de données esclave étant en lecture seule, le serveur esclave " -"répondra aux opérations d'écriture avec une référence LDAP.\n" -"Cette référence pointe par défaut le client vers le serveur maître. Vous " -"pouvez configurer une autre référence de mise à jour ici.\n" -"Ceci est par exemple utile dans une configuration de réplication en cascade, " -"c'est-à-dire lorsque le fournisseur pour un\n" +"La base de données esclave étant en lecture seule, le serveur esclave répondra aux opérations d'écriture avec une référence LDAP.\n" +"Cette référence pointe par défaut le client vers le serveur maître. Vous pouvez configurer une autre référence de mise à jour ici.\n" +"Ceci est par exemple utile dans une configuration de réplication en cascade, c'est-à-dire lorsque le fournisseur pour un\n" "serveur esclave est un serveur esclave lui-même.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__0 #. Read dialog help #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:262 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big> Please " -#| "wait... " +#| msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big> Please wait... " msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" -msgstr "" -"<big>Initialisation de la configuration du serveur LDAP</big>" +msgstr "<big>Initialisation de la configuration du serveur LDAP</big>" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__68 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:265 @@ -1699,8 +1402,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur " -"Interrompre." +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur Interrompre." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help @@ -1710,8 +1412,7 @@ #| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" #| "" msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Sauvegarde de la configuration du serveur LDAP</big> \n" +msgstr "<big>Sauvegarde de la configuration du serveur LDAP</big> \n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__3 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:272 @@ -1727,8 +1428,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Interruption du processus de sauvegarde :</big> \n" "Interrompre le processus de sauvegarde en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" -"Une nouvelle fenêtre de dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de " -"procéder ainsi.\n" +"Une nouvelle fenêtre de dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:278 @@ -1738,42 +1438,30 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:281 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "This dialog just gives a short summary about the configuration you " -#| "just\n" -#| "created. Click Finish to write that configuration and leave the " -#| "LDAP\n" +#| "This dialog just gives a short summary about the configuration you just\n" +#| "created. Click Finish to write that configuration and leave the LDAP\n" #| "Server module" msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" "Server module.\n" msgstr "" -"Cette fenêtre de dialogue fournit un résumé de la configuration que vous " -"avez\n" -"créée. Cliquez sur Terminer pour sauvegarder cette configuration et " -"quitter\n" +"Cette fenêtre de dialogue fournit un résumé de la configuration que vous avez\n" +"créée. Cliquez sur Terminer pour sauvegarder cette configuration et quitter\n" "le module de configuration du serveur LDAP.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" "Avec Démarrer le serveur LDAP Oui ou Non, \n" "démarrer ou arrêter le serveur LDAP." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If Yes is selected, you can click Next to start the " -#| "configuration wizard" -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." -msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez Oui, vous pouvez cliquer sur Suivant " -"pour démarrer l'assistant de configuration" +#| msgid "If Yes is selected, you can click Next to start the configuration wizard" +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." +msgstr "Si vous sélectionnez Oui, vous pouvez cliquer sur Suivant pour démarrer l'assistant de configuration" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:293 #, fuzzy @@ -1790,25 +1478,17 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Select the type of LDAP Server you want to setup. The following " -#| "scenarios are available:" -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez le type de serveur LDAP que vous voulez configurer. Les " -"scénarios suivants sont disponibles :" +#| msgid "Select the type of LDAP Server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" +msgstr "Sélectionnez le type de serveur LDAP que vous voulez configurer. Les scénarios suivants sont disponibles :" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Stand-alone server: Setup a single standalone OpenLDAP Server " -#| "with no preparations for\n" +#| "Stand-alone server: Setup a single standalone OpenLDAP Server with no preparations for\n" #| "replication" msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" "Serveur autonome : configurer un seul serveur OpenLDAP autonome\n" @@ -1817,25 +1497,21 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup " -#| "that is prepared to act as a master server\n" +#| "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup that is prepared to act as a master server\n" #| "(provider) in a replication setup." msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" "Serveur maître de réplication : créer une configuration OpenLDAP\n" -"prête pour une utilisation comme serveur maître (fournisseur) dans une " -"configuration de réplication.\n" +"prête pour une utilisation comme serveur maître (fournisseur) dans une configuration de réplication.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" -"Serveur esclave de réplication : configurer un serveur esclave " -"OpenLDAP qui réplique toutes les données,\n" +"Serveur esclave de réplication : configurer un serveur esclave OpenLDAP qui réplique toutes les données,\n" "y compris la configuration, en provenance d'un serveur maître." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__11 @@ -1852,8 +1528,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:314 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL check the Enabled TLS " -#| "checkbox. Additionally you \n" +#| "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL check the Enabled TLS checkbox. Additionally you \n" #| "need to configure a Certificate the Server should use." msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" @@ -1861,48 +1536,36 @@ "to use.\n" msgstr "" "Pour activer le chiffrement par TLS/SSL, veuillez sélectionner la case\n" -"Activer TLS. Il vous faudra aussi configurer quel certificat le " -"serveur\n" +"Activer TLS. Il vous faudra aussi configurer quel certificat le serveur\n" "devra utiliser.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:319 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "By checking Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface you enable " -#| "the server to\n" -#| "accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked OpenLDAP will only " -#| "support TLS encrypted connections\n" +#| "By checking Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface you enable the server to\n" +#| "accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked OpenLDAP will only support TLS encrypted connections\n" #| "through the StartTLS extended operation" msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -"En sélectionnant Activer LDAP par SSl (ldaps), vous permettez au " -"serveur\n" -"d'accepter les connexions LDAPS sur le port 636. Dans le cas contraire, " -"OpenLDAP supportera\n" -"uniquement les connexions chiffrées TLS au travers de l'opération étendue " -"StartTLS.\n" +"En sélectionnant Activer LDAP par SSl (ldaps), vous permettez au serveur\n" +"d'accepter les connexions LDAPS sur le port 636. Dans le cas contraire, OpenLDAP supportera\n" +"uniquement les connexions chiffrées TLS au travers de l'opération étendue StartTLS.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "If you already have a Common Server Certificate installed using the " -#| "corresponding YaST Module, \n" -#| "you can check Use common Server Certificate to have the OpenLDAP " -#| "server use that certificate" +#| "If you already have a Common Server Certificate installed using the corresponding YaST Module, \n" +#| "you can check Use common Server Certificate to have the OpenLDAP server use that certificate" msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" "Si vous avez déjà un certificat de serveur commun installé en utilisant\n" -"le module YaST correspondant, vous pouvez sélectionner Utiliser le " -"certificat de serveur commun afin que\n" +"le module YaST correspondant, vous pouvez sélectionner Utiliser le certificat de serveur commun afin que\n" "OpenLDAP utilise ce certificat.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__135 @@ -1913,38 +1576,30 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "If you have no Common Server Certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a " -#| "different certificate\n" -#| "you can enter the file names of the CA Certificate File, " -#| "Certificate File and \n" +#| "If you have no Common Server Certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a different certificate\n" +#| "you can enter the file names of the CA Certificate File, Certificate File and \n" #| "Certificate Key File into the corresponding textfields" msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous n'avez pas de certificat de serveur commun ou si vous souhaitez " -"qu'OpenLDAP utilise un\n" -"certificat différent, vous pouvez entrer les noms des Fichier de " -"certificat CA,\n" +"Si vous n'avez pas de certificat de serveur commun ou si vous souhaitez qu'OpenLDAP utilise un\n" +"certificat différent, vous pouvez entrer les noms des Fichier de certificat CA,\n" "Fichier de certificat et Fichier de clé de certificat dans\n" "les champs correspondants.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:336 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "To create a new CA or certificate you can launch the CA-Management " -#| "Module by clicking\n" +#| "To create a new CA or certificate you can launch the CA-Management Module by clicking\n" #| "Launch CA Management Module" msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour créer une nouvelle autorité de certification (AC) ou un certificat, " -"vous pouvez lancer le module Gestion\n" +"Pour créer une nouvelle autorité de certification (AC) ou un certificat, vous pouvez lancer le module Gestion\n" "des AC en cliquant sur Lancez le module Gestion des AC.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 @@ -1955,28 +1610,20 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" -"Ajouter ou supprimer des fichiers schéma dans ce dialogue. Cliquez sur " -"Ajouter\n" -"pour ouvrir un dialogue dans lequel choisir un nouveau schéma. Note: " -"OpenLDAP (lorsqu'utilisé avec une ancienne\n" -" configuration ne supporte acutuellement pas la suppression des schéma de " -"données" +"Ajouter ou supprimer des fichiers schéma dans ce dialogue. Cliquez sur Ajouter\n" +"pour ouvrir un dialogue dans lequel choisir un nouveau schéma. Note: OpenLDAP (lorsqu'utilisé avec une ancienne\n" +" configuration ne supporte acutuellement pas la suppression des schéma de données" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:350 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Selected the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -#| "statistics to syslog." +#| msgid "Selected the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics to syslog." msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" "Spécifiez à quel niveau les instructions de débogage et les statistiques\n" @@ -1984,12 +1631,8 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionne quelles fonctionnalités spéciales du serveur OpenLDAP " -"devraient être autorisées ou non:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Sélectionne quelles fonctionnalités spéciales du serveur OpenLDAP devraient être autorisées ou non:" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__51 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357 @@ -1999,57 +1642,44 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -#| "requests. Note\n" +#| "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests. Note\n" #| "that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2" msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -"Requêtes bind LDAPv2: pour laisser le serveur accepter les " -"requêtes bind LDAPv2.\n" +"Requêtes bind LDAPv2: pour laisser le serveur accepter les requêtes bind LDAPv2.\n" "Notez que OpenLDAP n'implémente pas complètement LDAPv2.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -"Bind anonyme lorsque les droits ne sont pas vides.: Pour autoriser " -"les binds anonymes\n" -"lorsque les droits ne sont pas vides (par. ex. le mot de passe est présent " -"mais aucun bind DN n'est présent)" +"Bind anonyme lorsque les droits ne sont pas vides.: Pour autoriser les binds anonymes\n" +"lorsque les droits ne sont pas vides (par. ex. le mot de passe est présent mais aucun bind DN n'est présent)" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:364 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -"Bind non authentifié lorsque le DN n'est pas vide: Pour autoriser " -"les binds\n" +"Bind non authentifié lorsque le DN n'est pas vide: Pour autoriser les binds\n" "(anonymes) non authentifiés lorsque le DN n'est pas vide" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -#| "unauthenticated\n" -#| "(anonymous) update operations to be processed (they are still subject to " -#| "access controls and\n" +#| "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" +#| "(anonymous) update operations to be processed (they are still subject to access controls and\n" #| "other administrative limits)" msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -"Opérations de mise à jour non authentifiées à effectuer: pour " -"autoriser les opérations\n" -"de mises à jour (anonymes) non authentifiées à être effectuées. Celles-ci " -"sont toujours sujettes aux\n" +"Opérations de mise à jour non authentifiées à effectuer: pour autoriser les opérations\n" +"de mises à jour (anonymes) non authentifiées à être effectuées. Celles-ci sont toujours sujettes aux\n" "contrôles d'accès et autres limites administratives.\n" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__51 @@ -2060,52 +1690,42 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:373 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: By selecting " -#| "this the Server will\n" -#| "no longer accept anonymous bind request. Note, that this does not " -#| "generally prohibit anonymous \n" +#| "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: By selecting this the Server will\n" +#| "no longer accept anonymous bind request. Note, that this does not generally prohibit anonymous \n" #| "directory access" msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -"Désactiver l'acceptation des requêtes de connexions anonymes: le " -"serveur n'acceptera plus\n" +"Désactiver l'acceptation des requêtes de connexions anonymes: le serveur n'acceptera plus\n" "les requêtes de connexions anonymes. Notez que ceci n'interdit pas l'accès\n" "anonyme à l'annuaire.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:378 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Complete disable Simple " -#| "Bind\n" +#| "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Complete disable Simple Bind\n" #| "authentication" msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -"Désactiver l'authentification bind simple: désactive complètement " -"l'authentification\n" +"Désactiver l'authentification bind simple: désactive complètement l'authentification\n" "bind simple\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation " -#| "receipt:\n" -#| "After selecting this the server will no longer force an authenticated " -#| "connection back to the\n" +#| "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt:\n" +#| "After selecting this the server will no longer force an authenticated connection back to the\n" #| "anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation." msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -"Désactiver la session forcée en statut anonyme à la réception de " -"l'opération StartTLS:\n" +"Désactiver la session forcée en statut anonyme à la réception de l'opération StartTLS:\n" "le serveur ne forcera plus une connexion authentifiée en cas de\n" "statut anonmye lors de la réception de l'opération StartTLS.\n" @@ -2113,8 +1733,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" -#| "By selected this, the server will disallow the StartTLS operation on " -#| "already authenticated\n" +#| "By selected this, the server will disallow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" #| "connections." msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" @@ -2122,101 +1741,74 @@ "connections.\n" msgstr "" "Ne pas autoriser l'opération StartTLS si authentifié:\n" -"le serveur supprimera l'autorisation de l'opération StartTLS sur les " -"connexions\n" +"le serveur supprimera l'autorisation de l'opération StartTLS sur les connexions\n" "déjà authentifiées.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "You can see a list of configured databases. The Databases with the " -#| "type \"frontend\"\n" -#| "and \"config\" represent special internal Databases. The \"Frontend\" " -#| "database is use to configure\n" -#| "global Access Control restrictions and Overlays that apply to all " -#| "databases. The \"Config\"\n" +#| "You can see a list of configured databases. The Databases with the type \"frontend\"\n" +#| "and \"config\" represent special internal Databases. The \"Frontend\" database is use to configure\n" +#| "global Access Control restrictions and Overlays that apply to all databases. The \"Config\"\n" #| "Database holds the configuration of the LDAP Server itself." msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez voir une liste des bases de données configurées. Les bases de " -"données de type \"frontend\"\n" -"et \"config\" représentent des bases de données internes spéciales. La base " -"\"Frontend\" est utilisée pour\n" +"Vous pouvez voir une liste des bases de données configurées. Les bases de données de type \"frontend\"\n" +"et \"config\" représentent des bases de données internes spéciales. La base \"Frontend\" est utilisée pour\n" "configurer les restrictions de contrôle d'accès globales et les paramètres\n" -"qui s'appliquent à toutes les bases. La base \"Config\" contient la " -"configuration du\n" +"qui s'appliquent à toutes les bases. La base \"Config\" contient la configuration du\n" "serveur LDAP lui-même.\n" # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__71 #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:400 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter une nouvelle base de données, cliquez sur Ajouter une " -"base de données...." +msgstr "Pour ajouter une nouvelle base de données, cliquez sur Ajouter une base de données...." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "To delete a database, select a database from the List and press " -#| "Delete Database....\n" +#| "To delete a database, select a database from the List and press Delete Database....\n" #| "You can not delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases." msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour supprimer une base de donnée, sélectionnez une base de la liste et " -"pressez sur Supprimer la base de donnée....\n" -"Vous ne pouvez pas supprimer les bases de données \"config\" et \"frontend\"." -"\n" +"Pour supprimer une base de donnée, sélectionnez une base de la liste et pressez sur Supprimer la base de donnée....\n" +"Vous ne pouvez pas supprimer les bases de données \"config\" et \"frontend\".\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"Entrez ici un mot de passe pour la base de données de configuration " -"(\"cn=config\"). Ceci est nécessaire\n" +"Entrez ici un mot de passe pour la base de données de configuration (\"cn=config\"). Ceci est nécessaire\n" "pour rendre la base de données de configuration accessible à distance." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -"Si ce serveur est sensé participer à la configuration du mode miroir, " -"sélectionner la case \"Préparer la réplication du mode miroir\"\n" -"Ceci garantira que l'attribut serverId a été généré correctement pour la " -"réplication du mode miroir.\n" +"Si ce serveur est sensé participer à la configuration du mode miroir, sélectionner la case \"Préparer la réplication du mode miroir\"\n" +"Ceci garantira que l'attribut serverId a été généré correctement pour la réplication du mode miroir.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" -"Pour configurer un serveur esclave, certains détails doivent être obtenus " -"du serveur maître. Veuillez entrer le\n" -"nom d'hôte du serveur maître, ajuster le protocole (\"ldap\" ou " -"\"ldaps\") ainsi que le numéro de port,\n" -"et entrer le mot de passe pour la base de données de configuration " -"(\"cn=config\") du serveur maître." +"Pour configurer un serveur esclave, certains détails doivent être obtenus du serveur maître. Veuillez entrer le\n" +"nom d'hôte du serveur maître, ajuster le protocole (\"ldap\" ou \"ldaps\") ainsi que le numéro de port,\n" +"et entrer le mot de passe pour la base de données de configuration (\"cn=config\") du serveur maître." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__68 #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -2248,12 +1840,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." -msgstr "" -"Ce serveur n'est pas configuré comme un noeud en mode miroir. Cliquer sur " -"\"Prochain\" pour lancer l'assistant de configuration OpenLDAP standard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgstr "Ce serveur n'est pas configuré comme un noeud en mode miroir. Cliquer sur \"Prochain\" pour lancer l'assistant de configuration OpenLDAP standard." # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2 #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -2264,32 +1852,25 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" -msgstr "" -"Supprimer la machine hôte depuis laquelle vous avez démarré ce module Yast " -"n'est pas possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgstr "Supprimer la machine hôte depuis laquelle vous avez démarré ce module Yast n'est pas possible.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 #, fuzzy msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server." -msgstr "" -"Démarrer yast2 openldap-mirrormode sur un serveur de mode miroir différent." +msgstr "Démarrer yast2 openldap-mirrormode sur un serveur de mode miroir différent." #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Do you really want to remove \"%1\" from the MirrorMode setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer \"%1\" de la configuration du mode " -"mirroir ?\n" +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer \"%1\" de la configuration du mode mirroir ?\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_03_14_2340__4 #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:145 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Changes will be saved immediately after you press OK." msgid "Changes will take effect immediately after clicking \"Yes\"" -msgstr "" -"Les modifications prendront effet dès que vous aurez cliqué sur \"Oui\"" +msgstr "Les modifications prendront effet dès que vous aurez cliqué sur \"Oui\"" # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__17 #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -2491,13 +2072,9 @@ #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/ldap-server/tree_structure.rb:1178 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is not supported " -#| "currently." +#| msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is not supported currently." msgid "Multiple Replication Consumers not supported currently" -msgstr "" -"La configuration de la réplication en cascade n'est pas supportée " -"actuellement" +msgstr "La configuration de la réplication en cascade n'est pas supportée actuellement" # TLABEL mouse_2002_01_04_0147__7 #. **************************************** @@ -2638,12 +2215,8 @@ msgstr "Sélectionner les options d'interdiction" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Désactiver l'acceptation des requêtes de connexions anonymes (n'interdit pas " -"l'accès anonyme à l'annuaire)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Désactiver l'acceptation des requêtes de connexions anonymes (n'interdit pas l'accès anonyme à l'annuaire)" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146 #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:179 @@ -2651,11 +2224,8 @@ msgstr "Desactiver l'authentification Connexion simple" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" -msgstr "" -"Désactiver le passage au statut anonyme lors de la réception d'un opération " -"StartTLS" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgstr "Désactiver le passage au statut anonyme lors de la réception d'un opération StartTLS" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188 msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated" @@ -2761,9 +2331,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:337 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" -"Autoriser l'authentification en texte clair (plaintext - Simple Bind) pour " -"cette base de données." +msgstr "Autoriser l'authentification en texte clair (plaintext - Simple Bind) pour cette base de données." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__92 #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:340 @@ -3005,8 +2573,7 @@ #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n" -msgstr "" -"Échec de l'identification Le mot de passe est probablement incorrect.\n" +msgstr "Échec de l'identification Le mot de passe est probablement incorrect.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640 msgid "The error message was: '" @@ -3135,8 +2702,7 @@ #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" -msgstr "" -"Veuillez saisir une liste d'attributs valides dans le champ Attributs" +msgstr "Veuillez saisir une liste d'attributs valides dans le champ Attributs" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" @@ -3145,8 +2711,7 @@ # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__197 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez ajouter au moins une entrée dans la liste \"Niveau d'accès\"." +msgstr "Vous devez ajouter au moins une entrée dans la liste \"Niveau d'accès\"." # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__4 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 @@ -3161,16 +2726,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected Database contains Access Control Rules that are currently\n" -#| "not supported by this YaST Module. The Access Control Dialog will be " -#| "disabled." +#| "not supported by this YaST Module. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled." msgid "" "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"La base de données sélectionnée contient des règles de contrôle des accès " -"qui ne sont actuellement\n" -"pas supportées par YaST. La boîte de dialogue de contrôle des accès va être " -"désactivée.\n" +"La base de données sélectionnée contient des règles de contrôle des accès qui ne sont actuellement\n" +"pas supportées par YaST. La boîte de dialogue de contrôle des accès va être désactivée.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 #, fuzzy @@ -3255,11 +2817,8 @@ msgstr "La vérification des capacités LDAPsync du fournisseur a échoué." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"Veuillez vérifier que le serveur cible est configuré pour être un " -"fournisseur LDAPsync" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Veuillez vérifier que le serveur cible est configuré pour être un fournisseur LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -3374,9 +2933,7 @@ # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__114 #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:698 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1598 msgid "Switch from slapd.conf to config backend failed." -msgstr "" -"La migration du fichier de configuration slapd.conf vers la base de données " -"de configuration a échoué." +msgstr "La migration du fichier de configuration slapd.conf vers la base de données de configuration a échoué." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:706 msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed." @@ -3390,9 +2947,7 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__284 #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:768 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" -"Erreur lors du peuplement de la base de données de configuration à l'aide de " -"\"slapadd\"." +msgstr "Erreur lors du peuplement de la base de données de configuration à l'aide de \"slapadd\"." # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__44 #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:788 @@ -3436,22 +2991,15 @@ # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__103 #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:881 msgid "Creating Base Objects for newly created databases" -msgstr "" -"Création des objets de base pour les bases de données nouvellement crées." +msgstr "Création des objets de base pour les bases de données nouvellement crées." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:882 msgid "Updating Default Password Policy Objects" -msgstr "" -"Mise à jour des objets de la stratégie de gestion des mots de passe par " -"défaut" +msgstr "Mise à jour des objets de la stratégie de gestion des mots de passe par défaut" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"En attente de la fin de la tâche d'arrière plan d'indexation d'OpenLDAP " -"(cela peut durer quelques minutes)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "En attente de la fin de la tâche d'arrière plan d'indexation d'OpenLDAP (cela peut durer quelques minutes)" # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:884 @@ -3478,11 +3026,8 @@ #| msgid "" #| "An error occurred while creating the database\n" #| "of printers.\n" -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"Une erreur est survenue lors de la création de la base de données OpenLDAP.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "Une erreur est survenue lors de la création de la base de données OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1007 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -3545,9 +3090,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Can not set a filesystem acl on the private key" msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." -msgstr "" -"Il est impossible de définir une liste de contrôle d'accès sur une clé " -"privée." +msgstr "Il est impossible de définir une liste de contrôle d'accès sur une clé privée." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1522 #, fuzzy @@ -3560,14 +3103,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1575 msgid "Converting slapd.conf to config database" -msgstr "" -"Conversion du fichier slapd.conf vers la base de données de configuration" +msgstr "Conversion du fichier slapd.conf vers la base de données de configuration" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1576 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" -"Changement de la configuration de démarrage afin d'utiliser la base de " -"données de configuration" +msgstr "Changement de la configuration de démarrage afin d'utiliser la base de données de configuration" # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__1 #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1577 @@ -3608,28 +3148,20 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Could adjust ownership of database directory." msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de modifier le propriétaire du répertoire de la base de données." +msgstr "Impossible de modifier le propriétaire du répertoire de la base de données." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__17 #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1873 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Could not determine own full qualified hostname" msgid "Could not determine own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de déterminer le nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié de cette machine." +msgstr "Impossible de déterminer le nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié de cette machine." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing the " -#| "own full qualified hostname" -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Un serveur maître de réplication ne peut pas fonctionner correctement sans " -"savoir son propre nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié." +#| msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing the own full qualified hostname" +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "Un serveur maître de réplication ne peut pas fonctionner correctement sans savoir son propre nom d'hôte pleinement qualifié." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." @@ -3646,15 +3178,9 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The value of the \"c\" Attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -#| "letter code." -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." -msgstr "" -"La valeur de l'attribut \"c\" doit contenir un code pays à deux lettres " -"ISO-3166 valide." +#| msgid "The value of the \"c\" Attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "La valeur de l'attribut \"c\" doit contenir un code pays à deux lettres ISO-3166 valide." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2572 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 @@ -3669,9 +3195,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2589 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -msgstr "" -"Le DN de base \"%s\" a des RDNs avec plusieurs valeurs (non supporté par " -"YaST)." +msgstr "Le DN de base \"%s\" a des RDNs avec plusieurs valeurs (non supporté par YaST)." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2598 #, fuzzy, perl-format @@ -3681,9 +3205,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2603 #, fuzzy, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." -msgstr "" -"Le DN racine \"%s\" a des RDNs avec plusieurs valeurs (non supporté par " -"YaST)." +msgstr "Le DN racine \"%s\" a des RDNs avec plusieurs valeurs (non supporté par YaST)." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2610 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." @@ -3701,14 +3223,9 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Error while trying to verify the Server Certificate of the Provider " -#| "server.\n" -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Erreur lors de la vérification du certificat serveur du serveur " -"fournisseur.\n" +#| msgid "Error while trying to verify the Server Certificate of the Provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Erreur lors de la vérification du certificat serveur du serveur fournisseur.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415 #, fuzzy, perl-format @@ -3733,9 +3250,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" -"Le type de base de données '%s' n'est pas supporté. Les types permis sont " -"'bdb' et 'hdb'." +msgstr "Le type de base de données '%s' n'est pas supporté. Les types permis sont 'bdb' et 'hdb'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 @@ -3957,19 +3472,14 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__223 #~ msgid "CA Certificate File does not exist" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le fichier de certificat de l'autorité de certification n'existe pas." +#~ msgstr "Le fichier de certificat de l'autorité de certification n'existe pas." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__223 #~ msgid "Certificate Key File does not exist" #~ msgstr "Le fichier clé certificat n'existe pas." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The LDAP Server is currently disabled, no configuration changes are " -#~ "possible." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le serveur LDAP est présentement désactivé. Aucun changement n'est donc " -#~ "possible." +#~ msgid "The LDAP Server is currently disabled, no configuration changes are possible." +#~ msgstr "Le serveur LDAP est présentement désactivé. Aucun changement n'est donc possible." # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__15 #~ msgid "Please enter a password" @@ -3980,48 +3490,34 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuration du serveur esclave" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific " -#~ "type of\n" -#~ "searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most common " -#~ "searches that are used\n" -#~ "on a database. This YaST module allows to setup three different types " -#~ "indexes." +#~ "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific type of\n" +#~ "searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most common searches that are used\n" +#~ "on a database. This YaST module allows to setup three different types indexes." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les index sont utilisés par OpenLDAP pour améliorer les performances " -#~ "de certains types de recherches.\n" -#~ "Les index doivent être définis de manière à correspondre aux types de " -#~ "requêtes les plus fréquentes.\n" -#~ "Ce module YaST permet la configuration de trois types d'index différents." -#~ "" +#~ "Les index sont utilisés par OpenLDAP pour améliorer les performances de certains types de recherches.\n" +#~ "Les index doivent être définis de manière à correspondre aux types de requêtes les plus fréquentes.\n" +#~ "Ce module YaST permet la configuration de trois types d'index différents." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" #~ "Please wait... " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur LDAP</big></" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "<big>Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur LDAP</big> \n" #~ "Veuillez patienter... " # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__3 #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" -#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog " -#~ "informs whether it\n" +#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog informs whether it\n" #~ "is safe to do so. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -#~ "Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -#~ "b>.\n" -#~ "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" +#~ "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -#~ "statistics to syslog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Veuillez sélectionner les sous-systèmes qui doivent écrire des " -#~ "informations de débogage et de statistiques dans le syslog." +#~ msgid "Please select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics to syslog." +#~ msgstr "Veuillez sélectionner les sous-systèmes qui doivent écrire des informations de débogage et de statistiques dans le syslog." # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__46 #~ msgid "Please select a valid CA Certificate File" @@ -4036,12 +3532,8 @@ #~ msgid "Delete" #~ msgstr "Supprimer" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you " -#~ "want to creat a new configuration from scratch?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voulez-vous le démarrer maintenant afin de récupérer sa configuration ou " -#~ "souhaitez-vous créer une nouvelle configuration ?" +#~ msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to creat a new configuration from scratch?" +#~ msgstr "Voulez-vous le démarrer maintenant afin de récupérer sa configuration ou souhaitez-vous créer une nouvelle configuration ?" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__204 #~ msgid "Please select Server type" @@ -4090,19 +3582,14 @@ #~ "Authentification simple" #~ msgid "Please enter a password for the configuration user (cn=config)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Veuillez entrer un mot de passe pour l'usager de configuration (cn=config)" +#~ msgstr "Veuillez entrer un mot de passe pour l'usager de configuration (cn=config)" # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__10 #~ msgid "New &Password" #~ msgstr "Nouveau mot de &passe" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have an existing configuration but the LDAP Server is not currently " -#~ "running." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une configuration LDAP est détecté mais votre serveur LDAP n'est pas " -#~ "démarré." +#~ msgid "You have an existing configuration but the LDAP Server is not currently running." +#~ msgstr "Une configuration LDAP est détecté mais votre serveur LDAP n'est pas démarré." #~ msgid "Delete a schema from the list" #~ msgstr "Supprimer un schéma de la liste" @@ -4115,8 +3602,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -#~ "Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" #~ "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -4146,8 +3632,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Modification ou suppression :</big> \n" #~ "Choisissez un serveur LDAP que vous voulez modifier ou effacer.\n" -#~ "Cliquez ensuite, selon le cas sur Modifier ou Supprimer.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Cliquez ensuite, selon le cas sur Modifier ou Supprimer.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48 #~ msgid "" @@ -4179,25 +3664,19 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select a schema file in the list and press Delete to remove it " -#~ "from the\n" +#~ "Select a schema file in the list and press Delete to remove it from the\n" #~ "configuration file." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sélectionnez un fichier schéma dans la liste et cliquez sur " -#~ "Effacer pour le\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez un fichier schéma dans la liste et cliquez sur Effacer pour le\n" #~ "supprimer du fichier de configuration." #~ msgid "" -#~ "With the Up and Down buttons, change the position of " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "selected schema file. Keep in mind that some schema files depend on " -#~ "others. An incorrect\n" +#~ "With the Up and Down buttons, change the position of the\n" +#~ "selected schema file. Keep in mind that some schema files depend on others. An incorrect\n" #~ "order causes the LDAP server not to start.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Avec les boutons Monter et Descendre, changez la " -#~ "position du\n" -#~ "fichier schéma sélectionné. Notez que certains fichiers schéma dépendent " -#~ "d'autres. Un ordre\n" +#~ "Avec les boutons Monter et Descendre, changez la position du\n" +#~ "fichier schéma sélectionné. Notez que certains fichiers schéma dépendent d'autres. Un ordre\n" #~ "incorrect peut empêcher votre serveur LDAP de démarrer.\n" #~ msgid "Here, enable or disable a set of special features." @@ -4207,12 +3686,8 @@ #~ msgid "If TLS is active, view the current settings here." #~ msgstr "Si TLS est actif, affichez les paramètres actuels ici." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With Select Certificate..., configure new certificates for this " -#~ "service." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Avec Sélectionner un certificat..., configurez les nouveaux " -#~ "certificats pour ce service." +#~ msgid "With Select Certificate..., configure new certificates for this service." +#~ msgstr "Avec Sélectionner un certificat..., configurez les nouveaux certificats pour ce service." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__226 #~ msgid "You can see a list of configured databases." @@ -4220,26 +3695,16 @@ # TLABEL newmodule_2002_03_14_2340__18 #~ msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters of this database." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dans ce dialogue, modifiez certains paramètres de la base de données.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgstr "Dans ce dialogue, modifiez certains paramètres de la base de données." #~ msgid "With Root DN, change the DN for the administrator." #~ msgstr "Avec Root DN, changez le DN de l'administrateur." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To change the password for the root account, enter a new one and " -#~ "select the Encryption." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour changer le mot de passe du compte racine, entrez un nouveau mot " -#~ "de passe et sélectionnez le Chiffrement." +#~ msgid "To change the password for the root account, enter a new one and select the Encryption." +#~ msgstr "Pour changer le mot de passe du compte racine, entrez un nouveau mot de passe et sélectionnez le Chiffrement." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already " -#~ "set in the configuration file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les champs de mot de passe sont vierges à l'origine, même si un mot de " -#~ "passe a été défini dans le fichier de configuration." +#~ msgid "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already set in the configuration file." +#~ msgstr "Les champs de mot de passe sont vierges à l'origine, même si un mot de passe a été défini dans le fichier de configuration." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__3 #~ msgid "Proxy Cache" @@ -4267,38 +3732,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Root Password is initially set to the system root password\n" #~ "entered earlier in the installation process. Change it in the\n" -#~ "edit fields. Change the password encryption method in the relevant field." -#~ "\n" +#~ "edit fields. Change the password encryption method in the relevant field.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le mot de passe Root est initiallement le mot de passe root du " -#~ "système\n" -#~ "entré préalablement lors du processus d'installation. Changez-le dans le " -#~ "champ de\n" -#~ "modification. Changez la méthode de chiffrement du mot de passe dans le " -#~ "champ\n" +#~ "Le mot de passe Root est initiallement le mot de passe root du système\n" +#~ "entré préalablement lors du processus d'installation. Changez-le dans le champ de\n" +#~ "modification. Changez la méthode de chiffrement du mot de passe dans le champ\n" #~ "correspondant.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Checking the Activate StartTLS option enables the LDAP server " -#~ "to\n" -#~ "process incoming StartTLS requests. This requires the common server " -#~ "certificate\n" +#~ "Checking the Activate StartTLS option enables the LDAP server to\n" +#~ "process incoming StartTLS requests. This requires the common server certificate\n" #~ "that can be set up in the CA Management YaST module.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sélectionner l'option Activer StartTLS permet au serveur LDAP " -#~ "de traiter\n" -#~ "les requêtes StartTLS entrantes. Ceci requiert le certificat de serveur " -#~ "commun\n" +#~ "Sélectionner l'option Activer StartTLS permet au serveur LDAP de traiter\n" +#~ "les requêtes StartTLS entrantes. Ceci requiert le certificat de serveur commun\n" #~ "qui peut être défini dans le module YaST Administration CA.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If Register at an SLP Daemon is checked, the LDAP server tries\n" #~ "to find a running SLP daemon at which to register.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si l'option Enregistrer auprès d'un démon SLP est sélectionnée, " -#~ "le serveur LDAP\n" -#~ "essaie de trouver un démon SLP en fonctionnement auprès duquel procéder à " -#~ "l'enregistrement.\n" +#~ "Si l'option Enregistrer auprès d'un démon SLP est sélectionnée, le serveur LDAP\n" +#~ "essaie de trouver un démon SLP en fonctionnement auprès duquel procéder à l'enregistrement.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48 #~ msgid "" @@ -4312,8 +3767,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Adding an LDAP Server:</big> \n" #~ "Choose an LDAP server from the list of detected LDAP servers.\n" -#~ "If your LDAP server was not autodetected, use Other (not detected)</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "If your LDAP server was not autodetected, use Other (not detected).\n" #~ "Then press Configure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ajouter un serveur LDAP :</big> \n" @@ -4333,8 +3787,7 @@ #~ "dialogue dans lequel vous pourrez changer la configuration.\n" #~ msgid "Click Configure... to configure the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cliquez sur Configurer... pour configurer le serveur LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Cliquez sur Configurer... pour configurer le serveur LDAP." #~ msgid "Enable/disable the service" #~ msgstr "Activer/Désactiver le service" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ldap.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -26,8 +26,7 @@ #: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" #. hint to error message @@ -43,6 +42,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Il se peut que le serveur soit arrêté ou ne puisse pas être atteint.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -50,6 +51,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"La valeur du DN est manquante ou incorrecte.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -57,6 +60,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Type d'attribut non trouvé.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -64,23 +69,26 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Classe d'objet non trouvée.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La connexion au serveur LDAP n'a pas pu être établie." +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un problème s'est produit lors de la connexion au serveur LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un problème s'est produit lors de la lecture des données à partir du serveur LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -100,26 +108,28 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un problème s'est produit lors de la lecture du schéma à partir du serveur LDAP." +# TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__19 #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Une erreur LDAP inconnue s'est produite." +# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__40 #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Afficher les détails " #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Erreur inconnue. 'yast2-ldap' n'est peut-être pas disponible." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -134,6 +144,10 @@ "\n" "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" msgstr "" +"Une cause possible de l'echec de connection peut être que votre client\n" +"est configuré pour TLS/SSL mais que le serveur ne le supporte pas.\n" +"\n" +"Retenter la connection sans TLS/SSL ?\n" #. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server #. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed @@ -142,21 +156,23 @@ msgid "BindDN" msgstr "" +# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. password entering label #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mot de passe du serveur &LDAP" +# TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__38 #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serveur : %1:%2" #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Accès &anonyme" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -165,6 +181,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"Un parent direct pour DN '%1' \n" +"n'existe pas dans le répertoire LDAP.\n" +"L'objet avec le DN sélectionné ne peut pas être créé.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -172,17 +191,21 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"Aucune entrée avec DN '%1'\n" +"n'existe sur le serveur LDAP. La créer maintenant ?\n" +# TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__24 #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ouvert" +# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__55 #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Définissez la nouvelle valeur pour l'attribut actuel." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -194,6 +217,12 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Si l'attribut peut avoir plus de valeurs, ajoutez de nouvelles entrées\n" +"avec l'option Ajouter une valeur. Parfois, le bouton contient la liste des\n" +" valeurs possibles à utiliser pour attribut actuel.\n" +" Si la valeur de l'attribut modifié doit être un nom distinct (DN),\n" +" il est possible de le choisir dans l'arborescence LDAP grâce à l'option Parcourir.\n" +" \n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -204,80 +233,94 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "La description de l'attribut \"%1\" (en anglais) : " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Valeur de l'attribut \"%1\"" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Valeurs de l'attribut \"%1\"" +# TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__398 #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ajouter une valeur" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Entrée vide" +# TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__59 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Par&courir" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__184 #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"La valeur '%1' existe déjà.\n" +"Veuillez en sélectionner une autre." +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__14 #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration des outils de gestion des utilisateurs" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__14 #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration des outils de gestion des groupes" +# TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__156 #. label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Classe objet du nouveau module" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Nom du nouveau module (Valeur \"cn\")" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__184 #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"La valeur entrée existe déjà.\n" +"Sélectionnez-en une autre.\n" +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__43 #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entrez le nom du module." #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"Définissez ici les valeurs des attributs qui appartiennent à un\n" +"objet utilisant le modèle actuel. Ces valeurs seront utilisées comme\n" +"valeurs par défaut lorsque le nouvel objet sera créé.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -288,82 +331,95 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser une syntaxe spéciale pour créer des valeurs\n" +"d'attribut à partir de celles existant déjà. L'expression %attr_name\n" +"sera remplacée par la valeur de l'attribut \"attr_name\" (par exemple,\n" +"utiliser \"/home/%uid\"\n" +" comme une valeur pour \"homeDirectory\").\n" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__99 #. combobox label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nom des &attributs" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__99 #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Valeur de l'attribut" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parcourez l'arborescence LDAP dans la partie gauche de la boite de dialogue." #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "" +msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +msgstr "Une fois l'objet LDAP sélectionné dans l'arborescence, le tableau montre les données de l'objet. Utilisez Modifier pour modifier la valeur de l'attribut sélectionné. Utilisez Enregistrer pour sauvegarder les modifications que vous avez apportées à LDAP." +# TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__21 #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) #: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 msgid "" "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"Certaines modifications n'ont pas été enregistrées dans l'entrée actuellement affichée.\n" +"Ignorer ces modifications ?\n" +# TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__14 #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navigateur LDAP" +# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__68 #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres actuels du client LDAP" +# TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__63 #. combo box label #. combo box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Connexions LDAP" +# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serveur LDAP" +# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0 #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN administrateur" +# TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__4 #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "L&DAP TLS" #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Accès a&nonyme" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__167 #. InputField label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entrez le nom de la nouvelle connexion LDAP" #. error popup, %1 is attribute name #: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 @@ -371,18 +427,21 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"L'attribut \"%1\" est obligatoire Entrez\n" +"une valeur." +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__5 #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Recharger" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Attribut" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valeur" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/live-installer.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -161,12 +161,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</" -"p>" +"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" "\n" -"Utilisez Accepter pour effectuer une nouvelle installation avec les " -"valeurs affichées." +"Utilisez Accepter pour effectuer une nouvelle installation avec les valeurs affichées." # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__4 #. help text 2/3 @@ -189,8 +187,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Votre disque dur n'a pas été modifié, vous pouvez donc interrompre en toute " -"sécurité.\n" +"Votre disque dur n'a pas été modifié, vous pouvez donc interrompre en toute sécurité.\n" "" #. help text 1/1 @@ -257,8 +254,7 @@ "Continuing the installation may cause data loss." msgstr "" "Le programme d'installation d'openSUSE a détecté un ensemble DMRAID.\n" -"Celui-ci n'est pas pris en charge par le programme d'installation Live " -"d'openSUSE.\n" +"Celui-ci n'est pas pris en charge par le programme d'installation Live d'openSUSE.\n" "Poursuivre l'installation peut entrainer une perte de données." #. popup dialog, text followed by 'Reboot Now' and 'Reboot Later' buttons @@ -370,8 +366,7 @@ #~ "Redémarrer l'ordinateur sans le Live CD dans le lecteur\n" #~ "pour continuer l'installation.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Notez que le CD ne peut pas être éjecté maintenant. Vous pourrez " -#~ "l'éjecter\n" +#~ "Notez que le CD ne peut pas être éjecté maintenant. Vous pourrez l'éjecter\n" #~ "après l'arrêt du système Live ou en sélectionnant\n" #~ "\"Disque dur\" dans le menu de démarrage du Live CD." @@ -387,8 +382,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Félicitations !\n" #~ "L'installation d'openSUSE sur votre machine est terminée.\n" -#~ "Après avoir cliqué sur Terminer, vous pouvez vous connecter au " -#~ "système.\n" +#~ "Après avoir cliqué sur Terminer, vous pouvez vous connecter au système.\n" #~ "Visitez notre site à l'adresse %1.\n" #~ "Amusez-vous bien ! Votre équipe de développement openSUSE\n" #~ "\t" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/lxc.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/lxc.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/lxc.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -249,8 +249,7 @@ "Use 'lxc-console' command to connect to the running Container." msgstr "" "Le container '%1' a démarré en arrière-plan.\n" -"Utiliser la commande 'lxc-console' pour vous connecter au container en " -"fonctionnement." +"Utiliser la commande 'lxc-console' pour vous connecter au container en fonctionnement." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__95 #. error message @@ -357,36 +356,24 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>LXC Overview</big> \n" -"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current " -"status.\n" -"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with " -"Destroy.\n" +"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current status.\n" +"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with Destroy.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Aperçu de LXC</big> \n" -"Vous trouverez ici la liste des containers Linux (LXC) configurés avec leur " -"statut actuel.\n" -"Utiliser Créer pour créer un nouveau container. Effacer un " -"container existant avec Détruire.\n" +"Vous trouverez ici la liste des containers Linux (LXC) configurés avec leur statut actuel.\n" +"Utiliser Créer pour créer un nouveau container. Effacer un container existant avec Détruire.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"You can start selected container with Start. The container is " -"started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or " -"manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close " -"it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" +"You can start selected container with Start. The container is started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" "Note that Connect option is not available in text mode." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez démarrer le container sélectionné avec Démarrer. Le " -"container est démarré en arrière-plan. Vous pouvez vous y connecter en " -"utilisant le bouton Connecter ou manuellement en utilisant la " -"commande <tt>lxc-console</tt>. Une fois dans la console, vous pouvez le " -"fermer depuis celle-ci ou en utilisant le bouton Déconnecter.\n" -"Noter que l'option Connecter n'est pas disponible en mode texte.</" -"p>" +"Vous pouvez démarrer le container sélectionné avec Démarrer. Le container est démarré en arrière-plan. Vous pouvez vous y connecter en utilisant le bouton Connecter ou manuellement en utilisant la commande <tt>lxc-console</tt>. Une fois dans la console, vous pouvez le fermer depuis celle-ci ou en utilisant le bouton Déconnecter.\n" +"Noter que l'option Connecter n'est pas disponible en mode texte." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Create dialog help, part 1 @@ -401,42 +388,21 @@ #. Create dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, " -"and enter desired network settings." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez un Nom pour votre container, sélectionnez un Modèle</" -"b> de base et entrez les paramètres désirés du réseau." +msgid "Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, and enter desired network settings." +msgstr "Choisissez un Nom pour votre container, sélectionnez un Modèle de base et entrez les paramètres désirés du réseau." #. Create dialog help, part 3 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:59 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic " -"address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use " -"the Configure Network button and create one." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez la valeur <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> comme Adresse IP pour disposer " -"d'une adresse dynamique assignée par DHCP. S'il n'y a aucun dispositif de " -"pont déjà configuré, utilisez le bouton Configurer le réseau et créez-" -"en un." +msgid "Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use the Configure Network button and create one." +msgstr "Utilisez la valeur <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> comme Adresse IP pour disposer d'une adresse dynamique assignée par DHCP. S'il n'y a aucun dispositif de pont déjà configuré, utilisez le bouton Configurer le réseau et créez-en un." #. Create dialog help, part 4 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:63 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -#| "password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgid "" -"Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the " -"container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez un mot de passe à utiliser pour l'administrateur du système " -"('root') dans le container. Si aucun mot de passe n'est entré, la valeur par " -"défaut <tt>root</tt> sera utilisée.Cochez Utiliser ce mot de passe " -"pour l'administrateur système si le même mot de passe entré pour le " -"premier utilisateur doit être utilisé pour le superutilisateur (root)." +#| msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgid "Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will be used." +msgstr "Sélectionnez un mot de passe à utiliser pour l'administrateur du système ('root') dans le container. Si aucun mot de passe n'est entré, la valeur par défaut <tt>root</tt> sera utilisée.Cochez Utiliser ce mot de passe pour l'administrateur système si le même mot de passe entré pour le premier utilisateur doit être utilisé pour le superutilisateur (root)." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__22 #. Create dialog help, part 5 @@ -452,12 +418,8 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Samba client configuration module.\n" #| "See Samba documentation for details." -msgid "" -"Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Des problèmes dans la configuration de LXC ont été trouvés. Consultez la " -"documentation pour plus de détails." +msgid "Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for details." +msgstr "Des problèmes dans la configuration de LXC ont été trouvés. Consultez la documentation pour plus de détails." #. output follows in widget below #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:232 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/mail.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -117,13 +117,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous choisissez Pas de connexion, le serveur mail sera " -"démarré.\n" -"Cependant, seule le transmission de mails locaux est possible. Le MTA écoute " -"l'hôte local (localhost).\n" +"Si vous choisissez Pas de connexion, le serveur mail sera démarré.\n" +"Cependant, seule le transmission de mails locaux est possible. Le MTA écoute l'hôte local (localhost).\n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__10 #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 @@ -141,15 +138,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Certains serveurs requièrent l'authentification pour l'envoi de " -"messages.\n" -"Ici, vous pouvez entrer les informations pour cette option. Si vous ne " -"voulez\n" +"Certains serveurs requièrent l'authentification pour l'envoi de messages.\n" +"Ici, vous pouvez entrer les informations pour cette option. Si vous ne voulez\n" "pas utiliser l'authentification, laissez simplement ces champs vides.\n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__8 @@ -158,14 +152,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." -"com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le serveur de courrier sortant est généralement utilisé pour les " -"connexions\n" -"par téléphone. Entrez le nom du serveur SMTP de votre FAI de cette " -"manière :\n" +"Le serveur de courrier sortant est généralement utilisé pour les connexions\n" +"par téléphone. Entrez le nom du serveur SMTP de votre FAI de cette manière :\n" "smtp.fournisseur.com.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__110 @@ -173,12 +164,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Dans le champ nom d'utilisateur, entrez le nom d'utilisateur que " -"vous a attribué votre fournisseur.\n" +"Dans le champ nom d'utilisateur, entrez le nom d'utilisateur que vous a attribué votre fournisseur.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -198,8 +187,7 @@ "They will not be lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Note : pour plus de simplicité, un seul serveur est affiché dans le " -"dialogue,\n" +"Note : pour plus de simplicité, un seul serveur est affiché dans le dialogue,\n" "bien qu'il puisse y en avoir plus dans votre fichier de configuration.\n" "Ils ne seront pas perdus.\n" @@ -222,14 +210,12 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Cette table redirige le courrier distribué localement.\n" "Elle le redirige vers un autre utilisateur local (utile pour les comptes\n" -"système, notamment pour root), vers une adresse distante, ou vers " -"une\n" +"système, notamment pour root), vers une adresse distante, ou vers une\n" "liste d'adresses.\n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__13 @@ -714,8 +700,7 @@ "smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le serveur de courrier sortant est généralement utilisé pour les " -"connexions\n" +"Le serveur de courrier sortant est généralement utilisé pour les connexions\n" "par téléphone. Entrez le nom du serveur SMTP de votre FAI de cette façon :\n" "smtp.fournisseur.com.\n" @@ -789,13 +774,11 @@ #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"L'activation du scan de virus (AMaViS) vérifie les courriels " -"entrants et sortant\n" +"L'activation du scan de virus (AMaViS) vérifie les courriels entrants et sortant\n" "avec AMaViS.\n" #. help text @@ -842,26 +825,18 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"L'activation de DKIM pour l'envoi de mails requiert des actions " -"supplémentaires.\n" -"Une clé SSL sera générée pour la valeur 'mydomain' définie dans Postfix. Un " -"nouveau\n" -"service 'submission' sera configuré dans Postfix. Après cette configuration, " -"vous pourrez\n" -"envoyer un mail avec le service 'submission' de 'mynetwork' avec une " -"authentification SASL\n" -"activée. Seuls les mails envoyés par ce nouveau service seront signés avec " -"la clé\n" +"L'activation de DKIM pour l'envoi de mails requiert des actions supplémentaires.\n" +"Une clé SSL sera générée pour la valeur 'mydomain' définie dans Postfix. Un nouveau\n" +"service 'submission' sera configuré dans Postfix. Après cette configuration, vous pourrez\n" +"envoyer un mail avec le service 'submission' de 'mynetwork' avec une authentification SASL\n" +"activée. Seuls les mails envoyés par ce nouveau service seront signés avec la clé\n" "de domaine.\n" #. help text @@ -872,8 +847,7 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" @@ -888,11 +862,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"Si vous activez le support DKIM, le scanner de virus (AMaVIS) sera aussi " -"activé." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "Si vous activez le support DKIM, le scanner de virus (AMaVIS) sera aussi activé." # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__45 #. Translators: text entry label @@ -931,8 +902,7 @@ "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account." msgstr "" "Il est recommandé d'avoir un compte utilisateur normal\n" -"pour l'administrateur système et de rediriger le courrier de 'root' vers ce " -"compte." +"pour l'administrateur système et de rediriger le courrier de 'root' vers ce compte." # TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__74 #. Translators: combo box label @@ -944,13 +914,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Le mode de remise est généralement Directement, à moins que " -"vous ne fassiez pas suivre les courriers de 'root' ou que vous souhaitiez " -"accéder au courrier via IMAP." +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "Le mode de remise est généralement Directement, à moins que vous ne fassiez pas suivre les courriers de 'root' ou que vous souhaitiez accéder au courrier via IMAP." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -993,9 +958,7 @@ #. Validation #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "" -"Impossible d'utiliser procmail lorsque le courrier de root n'est pas " -"redirigé." +msgstr "Impossible d'utiliser procmail lorsque le courrier de root n'est pas redirigé." # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__57 #. combo box choice: @@ -1337,12 +1300,8 @@ #~ msgid "Mail Server Configuration " #~ msgstr "Configuration du serveur mail" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the " -#~ "Cyrus IMAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ce module va configurer et démarrer Postfix et, si besoin, le serveur " -#~ "IMAP Cyrus." +#~ msgid "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server." +#~ msgstr "Ce module va configurer et démarrer Postfix et, si besoin, le serveur IMAP Cyrus." #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning:\n" @@ -1372,44 +1331,23 @@ #~ msgid "Select configuration type according your needs." #~ msgstr "Sélectionner le type de configuration selon vos besoins." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard " -#~ "configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si vous voulez utiliser sendmail comme MTA (agent de transfert mail), " -#~ "vous devez utiliser la configuration standard." +#~ msgid "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard configuration." +#~ msgstr "Si vous voulez utiliser sendmail comme MTA (agent de transfert mail), vous devez utiliser la configuration standard." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your " -#~ "system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La configuration avancée s'appuie sur LDAP et configurera votre système " -#~ "comme client LDAP, ainsi que serveur LDAP si nécessaire." +#~ msgid "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." +#~ msgstr "La configuration avancée s'appuie sur LDAP et configurera votre système comme client LDAP, ainsi que serveur LDAP si nécessaire." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La configuration actuelle du serveur mail est basé sur le type \"Standard" -#~ "\"." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." +#~ msgstr "La configuration actuelle du serveur mail est basé sur le type \"Standard\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il est possible de changer pour les paramètres Avancés. Cela " -#~ "écrasera tous les paramètres existants." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Il est possible de changer pour les paramètres Avancés. Cela écrasera tous les paramètres existants." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La configuration actuelle du serveur mail est basé sur le type \"Avancé\"." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." +#~ msgstr "La configuration actuelle du serveur mail est basé sur le type \"Avancé\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il est possible de changer pour les paramètres Standards. Cela " -#~ "écrasera tous les paramètres existants." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Il est possible de changer pour les paramètres Standards. Cela écrasera tous les paramètres existants." # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__46 #~ msgid "Standard" @@ -1464,55 +1402,28 @@ #~ msgstr "Votre ordinateur n'est pas configuré comme client LDAP." #~ msgid "We suggest you set up a local LDAP server for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nous vous conseillons de configurer un serveur LDAP local pour le serveur " -#~ "de mail." +#~ msgstr "Nous vous conseillons de configurer un serveur LDAP local pour le serveur de mail." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Créer les certificats pour les serveurs LDAP et mail pour sécuriser votre " -#~ "système." +#~ msgid "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your system." +#~ msgstr "Créer les certificats pour les serveurs LDAP et mail pour sécuriser votre système." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is " -#~ "local." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Votre ordinateur est configuré comme client LDAP et le serveur LDAP est " -#~ "local." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is local." +#~ msgstr "Votre ordinateur est configuré comme client LDAP et le serveur LDAP est local." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nous vous conseillons d'adapter la configuration du serveur LDAP pour le " -#~ "serveur mail." +#~ msgid "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." +#~ msgstr "Nous vous conseillons d'adapter la configuration du serveur LDAP pour le serveur mail." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator " -#~ "account:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour cette raison, vous devez connaitre le mot de passe du compte " -#~ "administrateur LDAP :" +#~ msgid "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator account:" +#~ msgstr "Pour cette raison, vous devez connaitre le mot de passe du compte administrateur LDAP :" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not " -#~ "local." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Votre ordinateur est configuré comme client LDAP et le serveur LDAP n'est " -#~ "pas local." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not local." +#~ msgstr "Votre ordinateur est configuré comme client LDAP et le serveur LDAP n'est pas local." #~ msgid "We suggest you configure the LDAP server for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nous vous conseillons de configurer le serveur LDAP pour le serveur de " -#~ "mail." +#~ msgstr "Nous vous conseillons de configurer le serveur LDAP pour le serveur de mail." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver." -#~ "schema and the corresponding index entries." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En outre, le serveur LDAP doit contenir le schéma suse-mailserver." -#~ "schema et les entrées correspondantes dans l'index." +#~ msgid "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver.schema and the corresponding index entries." +#~ msgstr "En outre, le serveur LDAP doit contenir le schéma suse-mailserver.schema et les entrées correspondantes dans l'index." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__10 #~ msgid "Create certificates." @@ -1542,8 +1453,7 @@ #~ "Create the certificate with the YaST2 CA management module.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous n'avez pas créé de certificat serveur et de clé.\n" -#~ "Vous ne pourrez pas utiliser le côté serveur SSL et TSL sur le serveur de " -#~ "messagerie.\n" +#~ "Vous ne pourrez pas utiliser le côté serveur SSL et TSL sur le serveur de messagerie.\n" #~ "Créez le certificat avec le module YaST administration CA.\n" # TLABEL ldap_client_2002_03_16_1943__4 @@ -1905,9 +1815,7 @@ #~ "Réessayez." #~ msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vous ne pouvez pas définir de domaines locaux pour le serveur de " -#~ "messagerie." +#~ msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas définir de domaines locaux pour le serveur de messagerie." # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__43 #~ msgid "Defined Domains" @@ -1927,13 +1835,10 @@ # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__51 #~ msgid "There is no main mail domain defined. Please fix it!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aucun domaine de messagerie principal n'est défini. Veuillez y remédier." +#~ msgstr "Aucun domaine de messagerie principal n'est défini. Veuillez y remédier." #~ msgid "You have defined more then one main mail domain. Please fix it!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vous avez défini plusieurs domaines de messagerie principaux. Veuillez y " -#~ "remédier." +#~ msgstr "Vous avez défini plusieurs domaines de messagerie principaux. Veuillez y remédier." # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__127 #~ msgid "Mail Server Global Settings" @@ -1944,9 +1849,7 @@ # TLABEL nfs_2002_08_07_0216__3 #~ msgid "Mail Server SPAM Basic Prevention Configuration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configuration de la prévention basique du SPAM pour le serveur de " -#~ "messagerie" +#~ msgstr "Configuration de la prévention basique du SPAM pour le serveur de messagerie" #~ msgid "Mail Server Relaying Configuration" #~ msgstr "Configuration du relais pour le serveur de messagerie" @@ -1957,8 +1860,7 @@ # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__75 #~ msgid "Mail Server Mail Fetching Configuration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configuration de la relève de messages pour le serveur de messagerie" +#~ msgstr "Configuration de la relève de messages pour le serveur de messagerie" #~ msgid "Mail Server Local Domain Configuration" #~ msgstr "Configuration du domaine local pour le serveur de messagerie" @@ -1966,18 +1868,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Administrator Authorization</big> \n" #~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too. \n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. \n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Autorisation administrateur</big> \n" -#~ "Pour utiliser l'élément serveur de messagerie de YaST2, votre système " -#~ "doit\n" -#~ "utiliser LDAP en tant que dépôt pour les comptes utilisateur et groupe et " -#~ "les services DNS. \n" -#~ "Certains paramètres du serveur de messagerie sont enregistrés également " -#~ "dans le dépôt LDAP. \n" +#~ "Pour utiliser l'élément serveur de messagerie de YaST2, votre système doit\n" +#~ "utiliser LDAP en tant que dépôt pour les comptes utilisateur et groupe et les services DNS. \n" +#~ "Certains paramètres du serveur de messagerie sont enregistrés également dans le dépôt LDAP. \n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #~ msgid "" @@ -1992,8 +1889,7 @@ #~ "<big>Initializing Mail Server Configuration</big> \n" #~ "Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Initialisation de la configuration du serveur de messagerie " -#~ "(serveur mail)</big> \n" +#~ "<big>Initialisation de la configuration du serveur de messagerie (serveur mail)</big> \n" #~ "Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__68 @@ -2002,16 +1898,14 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -#~ "Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur " -#~ "Interrompre.\n" +#~ "Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur Interrompre.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big> \n" #~ "Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur de messagerie</" -#~ "big> \n" +#~ "<big>Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur de messagerie</big> \n" #~ "Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__3 @@ -2022,8 +1916,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -#~ "Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" #~ "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2039,14 +1932,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Size:</big> \n" -#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and " -#~ "getting),\n" +#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n" #~ "including envelope information.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Taille de courrier :</big> \n" -#~ "ce paramètre limite la taille totale, en octets, d'un message (envoyé ou " -#~ "reçu),\n" +#~ "ce paramètre limite la taille totale, en octets, d'un message (envoyé ou reçu),\n" #~ " y compris les informations d'enveloppe.\n" #~ " " @@ -2082,68 +1973,46 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>SPAM Prevention</big> \n" -#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of " -#~ "unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" -#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists " -#~ "or RBL\n" +#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" +#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n" #~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Prévention du SPAM</big> \n" -#~ "Postfix offrer plusieurs paramètres qui limitent la remise de courriers " -#~ "électroniques\n" +#~ "Postfix offrer plusieurs paramètres qui limitent la remise de courriers électroniques\n" #~ "commerciaux non sollicités (UCE, unsolicited commercial e-mail).\n" -#~ "Dans ce dialogue, configurez ces paramètres. Par exemple, définissez des " -#~ "listes d'accès\n" -#~ "ou des listes noires de serveurs bannis, mise à jour en temps réel (RBL," -#~ "real-time blackhole list).\n" +#~ "Dans ce dialogue, configurez ces paramètres. Par exemple, définissez des listes d'accès\n" +#~ "ou des listes noires de serveurs bannis, mise à jour en temps réel (RBL,real-time blackhole list).\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for " -#~ "viruses and and for spam.\n" -#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder " -#~ "SpamAssassin will be installed \n" -#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus " -#~ "scanner engines.\n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n" +#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder SpamAssassin will be installed \n" +#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Démarrer le scanner de virus AMAVIS :</big> \n" -#~ "Si vous démarrez le scanner de virus AMAVIS, vos e-mails seront scannés " -#~ "contre les virus et les spams.\n" -#~ "Le moteur du scanner de virus Clamavd et le filtre de spam " -#~ "SpamAssassin seront installés \n" -#~ "et configurés. Vous pouvez aussi installer d'autres scanner de virus " -#~ "(commerciaux).\n" +#~ "Si vous démarrez le scanner de virus AMAVIS, vos e-mails seront scannés contre les virus et les spams.\n" +#~ "Le moteur du scanner de virus Clamavd et le filtre de spam SpamAssassin seront installés \n" +#~ "et configurés. Vous pouvez aussi installer d'autres scanner de virus (commerciaux).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big> \n" -#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery " -#~ "method is cyrus imapd.\n" -#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be " -#~ "created. Spam email \n" -#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the " -#~ "folder NewSpam.\n" -#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-" -#~ "spam email into\n" -#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by " -#~ "anyone.\n" +#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is cyrus imapd.\n" +#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be created. Spam email \n" +#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the folder NewSpam.\n" +#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n" +#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Configurer l'extension de reconnaissance du spam :</big></" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "L'extension de reconnaissance du spam ne peut être configurée que si la " -#~ "méthode de distribution locale est cyrus imapd.\n" -#~ "Dans ce cas, les dossiers partagés NewSpam et NoSpam seront " -#~ "créés. Les courriers indésirables\n" -#~ "qui n'ont pas été détectés par SpamAssassin devraient être placés " -#~ "dans le dossier NewSpam.\n" -#~ "Si vous voulez que votre détecteur de spam soit plus efficace, vous " -#~ "devriez également placer les courriers légitimes dans\n" -#~ "le dossier NoSpam. Les courriers placés dans ce dossier ne peuvent " -#~ "être lus par personne.\n" +#~ "<big>Configurer l'extension de reconnaissance du spam :</big> \n" +#~ "L'extension de reconnaissance du spam ne peut être configurée que si la méthode de distribution locale est cyrus imapd.\n" +#~ "Dans ce cas, les dossiers partagés NewSpam et NoSpam seront créés. Les courriers indésirables\n" +#~ "qui n'ont pas été détectés par SpamAssassin devraient être placés dans le dossier NewSpam.\n" +#~ "Si vous voulez que votre détecteur de spam soit plus efficace, vous devriez également placer les courriers légitimes dans\n" +#~ "le dossier NoSpam. Les courriers placés dans ce dossier ne peuvent être lus par personne.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2153,8 +2022,7 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Réseaux locaux de confiance :</big> \n" -#~ "Les clients de ces réseaux peuvent utiliser votre serveur de messagerie " -#~ "pour le relais de messages.\n" +#~ "Les clients de ces réseaux peuvent utiliser votre serveur de messagerie pour le relais de messages.\n" #~ "(Expédition de messages non-locaux)\n" #~ " \n" @@ -2172,15 +2040,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Local Delivery Type</big> \n" #~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n" -#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or " -#~ "IMAP\n" +#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n" #~ "protocol, choose Cyrus IMAP. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Type de remise locale</big> \n" #~ "Dans ce cadre, choisissez la methode de remise de messages locale. \n" -#~ "Pour que les clients puissent se connecter au serveur de messagerie à " -#~ "l'aide du protocole\n" +#~ "Pour que les clients puissent se connecter au serveur de messagerie à l'aide du protocole\n" #~ "POP ou IMAP, choisissez IMAP Cyrus. \n" #~ " \n" @@ -2195,16 +2061,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big> \n" -#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this " -#~ "regularly\n" +#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n" #~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Séquenceur de relève des messages</big> \n" -#~ "Si vous avez des boîtes de messagerie auprès d'un fournisseur Internet, " -#~ "vous pourrez\n" -#~ "relever celui-ci régulièrement à des intervalles de temps définis et en " -#~ "vous connectant\n" +#~ "Si vous avez des boîtes de messagerie auprès d'un fournisseur Internet, vous pourrez\n" +#~ "relever celui-ci régulièrement à des intervalles de temps définis et en vous connectant\n" #~ "sur Internet.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -2213,8 +2076,7 @@ #~ "define mail fetching jobs.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "²Note : si vous n'avez défini aucun type de remise locale, vous ne " -#~ "pourrez pas\n" +#~ "²Note : si vous n'avez défini aucun type de remise locale, vous ne pourrez pas\n" #~ "définir de travaux de relèves des messages.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2232,15 +2094,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n" -#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the " -#~ "properties\n" +#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n" #~ "concerning the mail server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Remarque : vous pouvez créer et configurer les domaines avec le " -#~ "module\n" -#~ "serveur DNS de YaST. Dans le module actuel, vous pouvez uniquement " -#~ "définir\n" +#~ "Remarque : vous pouvez créer et configurer les domaines avec le module\n" +#~ "serveur DNS de YaST. Dans le module actuel, vous pouvez uniquement définir\n" #~ "les propriétés relatives au serveur de mail.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2253,12 +2112,9 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Type :</big> \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez définir des domaines virtuels et locaux. Dans les domaines " -#~ "virtuels, seuls les\n" -#~ "utilisateurs auxquels sont assignées une adresse électronique dans ce " -#~ "domaine peuvent recevoir\n" -#~ "des courriels. Dans les domaines locaux, tous les utilisateurs peuvent " -#~ "recevoir des courriels. Attribuez des\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez définir des domaines virtuels et locaux. Dans les domaines virtuels, seuls les\n" +#~ "utilisateurs auxquels sont assignées une adresse électronique dans ce domaine peuvent recevoir\n" +#~ "des courriels. Dans les domaines locaux, tous les utilisateurs peuvent recevoir des courriels. Attribuez des\n" #~ "adresses électroniques virtuelles dans le module utilisateur YaST.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2362,8 +2218,7 @@ # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server global settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de lire les paramètres généraux du serveur de messagerie." +#~ msgstr "Impossible de lire les paramètres généraux du serveur de messagerie." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #, fuzzy @@ -2376,20 +2231,16 @@ # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server relay settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de lire les paramètres de relais du serveur de messagerie." +#~ msgstr "Impossible de lire les paramètres de relais du serveur de messagerie." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server local delivery settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de lire les paramètres de remise locale du serveur de " -#~ "messagerie." +#~ msgstr "Impossible de lire les paramètres de remise locale du serveur de messagerie." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server fetching jobs." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de lire les travaux de téléchargement du serveur de messagerie." +#~ msgstr "Impossible de lire les travaux de téléchargement du serveur de messagerie." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server domains." @@ -2439,8 +2290,7 @@ # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24 #~ msgid "Writing mail server local delivery settings..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Écriture des paramètres de remise locale du serveur de messagerie..." +#~ msgstr "Écriture des paramètres de remise locale du serveur de messagerie..." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__45 #, fuzzy @@ -2465,14 +2315,11 @@ # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9 #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server global settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres généraux du serveur de messagerie." +#~ msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres généraux du serveur de messagerie." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server local delivery settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres de remise locale du serveur de " -#~ "messagerie." +#~ msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres de remise locale du serveur de messagerie." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9 #, fuzzy @@ -2485,15 +2332,12 @@ # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server relay settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres de relais du serveur de messagerie." +#~ msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres de relais du serveur de messagerie." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server fetching jobs." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible d'écrire les travaux de téléchargements du serveur de " -#~ "messagerie." +#~ msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les travaux de téléchargements du serveur de messagerie." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9 #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server domains." @@ -2516,28 +2360,18 @@ #~ msgstr "Format de courrier électronique incorrect." # TLABEL newmodule_2002_03_20_2159__0 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cette boîte de dialogue permet de configurer les paramètres de " -#~ "messagerie d'un utilisateur." +#~ msgid "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." +#~ msgstr "Cette boîte de dialogue permet de configurer les paramètres de messagerie d'un utilisateur." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Commencez par définir l'adresse électronique et l'alias de " -#~ "l'utilisateur." +#~ msgid "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." +#~ msgstr "Commencez par définir l'adresse électronique et l'alias de l'utilisateur." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you " -#~ "can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" +#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" #~ " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si vous avez sélectionné \"cyrus\" pour la remise locale des messages, " -#~ "vous pouvez définir la taille limite de la boîte aux lettres de " -#~ "l'utilisateur.\n" -#~ " Si vous ne définissez aucune valeur, la taille de la boîte aux lettres " -#~ "est illimitée." +#~ "Si vous avez sélectionné \"cyrus\" pour la remise locale des messages, vous pouvez définir la taille limite de la boîte aux lettres de l'utilisateur.\n" +#~ " Si vous ne définissez aucune valeur, la taille de la boîte aux lettres est illimitée." #~ msgid "E-Mail Addresses " #~ msgstr "Adresses de courrier électronique " Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/multipath.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -275,156 +275,97 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " -"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Status de multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tLancer ou arrêter multipathd, vérifiez les informations de multipath." -" \n" +"\t\t\tLancer ou arrêter multipathd, vérifiez les informations de multipath. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Lancer/Arrêter multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tCliquez sur \"Utiliser multipath\" pour lancer multipathd. " -"Cliquez sur \"Ne pas utiliser multipath\" pour arrêter multipathd. " -" \n" +"\t\t\tCliquez sur \"Utiliser multipath\" pour lancer multipathd. Cliquez sur \"Ne pas utiliser multipath\" pour arrêter multipathd. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configurer multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tCliquez sur l'onglet Configurer pour faire la configuration de " -"multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tCliquez sur l'onglet Configurer pour faire la configuration de multipath. \n" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -#| "\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. " -#| "There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -#| "\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -#| "blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +#| "\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +#| "\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" #| "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" #| "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -#| "\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -#| "settings. \n" -#| "\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not " -#| "multipath candidates. \n" -#| "\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -#| "settings. \n" -#| "\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded " -#| "from blacklist. \n" -#| "\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -#| "blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -#| "\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controler settings. Overrides " -#| "default settings, overriden by per multipath settings. \n" -#| "\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -#| "settings. \n" -#| "\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the " -#| "configurations. \n" +#| "\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +#| "\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +#| "\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +#| "\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +#| "\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +#| "\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controler settings. Overrides default settings, overriden by per multipath settings. \n" +#| "\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +#| "\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." -" \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tTout le contenu du fichier etc/multipath.conf peut être configurer " -"ici. Il y a quatre sections dans le fichier de configuration :\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exceptions, devices. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipaths: liste des paramètres de multipath à faible " -"granularité. \n" +"\t\t\tTout le contenu du fichier etc/multipath.conf peut être configurer ici. Il y a quatre sections dans le fichier de configuration :\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exceptions, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipaths: liste des paramètres de multipath à faible granularité. \n" "\t\t\tPar défaut: paramètres par défaut des outils de multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tCliquez sur \"Configurer les valeurs par défaut\" pour " -"configurer les paramètres par défaut. \n" -"\t\t\tListe noire: liste de noms de périphériques à ne pas prendre en " -"compte dans multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tCliquez sur \"Configurer la liste noire\" pour configurer les " -"paramètres de la liste noire. \n" -"\t\t\tExceptions de la liste noire: liste de noms de périphériques à " -"exclure de la liste noire. \n" -"\t\t\tCliquez sur \"Configurer les exceptions de la liste noire\" " -"pour configurer les paramètres des exceptions de la liste noire. \n" -"\t\t\tPériphériques: liste des paramètres de contrôleurs par " -"emplacement de stockage. Redéfinissent les paramètres par défaut, mais sont " -"redéfinis par les paramètres de multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tCliquez sur \"Configurer les périphériques\" pour configurer " -"les paramètres des périphériques. \n" -"\t\t\tCliquez sur \"Finir\" pour enregistrer et mettre à la jour la " -"configuration. \n" +"\t\t\tCliquez sur \"Configurer les valeurs par défaut\" pour configurer les paramètres par défaut. \n" +"\t\t\tListe noire: liste de noms de périphériques à ne pas prendre en compte dans multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tCliquez sur \"Configurer la liste noire\" pour configurer les paramètres de la liste noire. \n" +"\t\t\tExceptions de la liste noire: liste de noms de périphériques à exclure de la liste noire. \n" +"\t\t\tCliquez sur \"Configurer les exceptions de la liste noire\" pour configurer les paramètres des exceptions de la liste noire. \n" +"\t\t\tPériphériques: liste des paramètres de contrôleurs par emplacement de stockage. Redéfinissent les paramètres par défaut, mais sont redéfinis par les paramètres de multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tCliquez sur \"Configurer les périphériques\" pour configurer les paramètres des périphériques. \n" +"\t\t\tCliquez sur \"Finir\" pour enregistrer et mettre à la jour la configuration. \n" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuration des valeurs par défaut</big> \n" -"\t\t\tLes paramètres par défaut globaux peuvent être configurer et effacer " -"ici. \n" -"\t\t\tN'importe lequel des paramètres par défaut ici prendra effet dans " -"toutes les configurations de multipath, sauf si un paramètre correspondant " -"défini localement le redéfini. \n" -"\t\t\tSi un paramètre par défaut est effacé, multipath prendra sa propre " -"valeur comme paramètres par défaut. \n" +"\t\t\tLes paramètres par défaut globaux peuvent être configurer et effacer ici. \n" +"\t\t\tN'importe lequel des paramètres par défaut ici prendra effet dans toutes les configurations de multipath, sauf si un paramètre correspondant défini localement le redéfini. \n" +"\t\t\tSi un paramètre par défaut est effacé, multipath prendra sa propre valeur comme paramètres par défaut. \n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -" \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Configuration de la liste noire</big> \n" -"\t\t\tLes noms des périphériques listés ici peuvent être rejetés pour le " -"multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tIl y a trois méthodes pour identifier le nom d'un périphériques : " -"wwid</b, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid : Le world wide ID qui identifie le périphériques dans la " -"liste noite. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode : Une expression régulière peut être utilisée pour " -"identifier les noms de périphériques dans udev_dir (par défaut dans le " -"répertoire /dev). Les noms de périphériques courants sont cciss, fd, hd, md, " -"dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice : Utilisé pour identifier un contrôleur de stockage " -"spécifique dans la liste noire. Un périphérique peut être spécifié par " -"fabricant et nom de produit. \n" +"\t\t\tLes noms des périphériques listés ici peuvent être rejetés pour le multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tIl y a trois méthodes pour identifier le nom d'un périphériques : wwid</b, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid : Le world wide ID qui identifie le périphériques dans la liste noite. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode : Une expression régulière peut être utilisée pour identifier les noms de périphériques dans udev_dir (par défaut dans le répertoire /dev). Les noms de périphériques courants sont cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice : Utilisé pour identifier un contrôleur de stockage spécifique dans la liste noire. Un périphérique peut être spécifié par fabricant et nom de produit. \n" "" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 @@ -432,31 +373,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Configuration des expections de la liste noire</big> \n" -"\t\t\tLes noms des périphériques listés ici sont exclus de la liste noire." -" \n" -"\t\t\tIl y a trois méthodes pour identifier le nom d'un périphériques : " -"wwid</b, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid : Le world wide ID qui identifie le périphériques dans la " -"liste noite. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode : Une expression régulière peut être utilisée pour " -"identifier les noms de périphériques dans udev_dir (par défaut dans le " -"répertoire /dev). Les noms de périphériques courants sont cciss, fd, hd, md, " -"dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice : Utilisé pour identifier un contrôleur de stockage " -"spécifique exclu de la liste noire. Un périphérique peut être spécifié par " -"fabricant et nom de produit. \n" +"\t\t\tLes noms des périphériques listés ici sont exclus de la liste noire. \n" +"\t\t\tIl y a trois méthodes pour identifier le nom d'un périphériques : wwid</b, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid : Le world wide ID qui identifie le périphériques dans la liste noite. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode : Une expression régulière peut être utilisée pour identifier les noms de périphériques dans udev_dir (par défaut dans le répertoire /dev). Les noms de périphériques courants sont cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice : Utilisé pour identifier un contrôleur de stockage spécifique exclu de la liste noire. Un périphérique peut être spécifié par fabricant et nom de produit. \n" "" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 @@ -464,23 +392,16 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -#| "\t\t\tPer storage controler settings are listed here, they override the " -#| "default settings and are overriden by per multipath settings. \n" -#| "\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." -#| " \n" +#| "\t\t\tPer storage controler settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overriden by per multipath settings. \n" +#| "\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." -" \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuration des périphériques</big> \n" -"\t\t\tLes paramètres pour chaque controler de stockage sont listés ici, ils " -"redéfinissent les paramètres par défaut et sont redéfinis par les paramètres " -"de multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tChaque périphérique est identifié par fabricant et par nom de " -"produit. \n" +"\t\t\tLes paramètres pour chaque controler de stockage sont listés ici, ils redéfinissent les paramètres par défaut et sont redéfinis par les paramètres de multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tChaque périphérique est identifié par fabricant et par nom de produit. \n" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. @@ -532,40 +453,34 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration" msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de lire la section multipath dans la configuration de multipath" +msgstr "Impossible de lire la section multipath dans la configuration de multipath" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__228 #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration" msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de lire la section defaults dans la configuration de multipath" +msgstr "Impossible de lire la section defaults dans la configuration de multipath" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__228 #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration" msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de lire la section blacklist dans la configuration de multipath" +msgstr "Impossible de lire la section blacklist dans la configuration de multipath" #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration" msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de lire la section blacklist_exceptions dans la configuration de " -"multipath" +msgstr "Impossible de lire la section blacklist_exceptions dans la configuration de multipath" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__228 #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration" msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de lire la section devices dans la configuration de multipath" +msgstr "Impossible de lire la section devices dans la configuration de multipath" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__310 #. Multipath read dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses-pkg.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -61,11 +61,8 @@ msgstr "suivants ont été modifiés pour résoudre des dépendances :" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez choisir d'installer malgré tout, mais vous risquez d'obtenir un " -"système corrompu." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "Vous pouvez choisir d'installer malgré tout, mais vous risquez d'obtenir un système corrompu." # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__23 #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 @@ -138,41 +135,20 @@ msgstr "Non nécessaire(s)" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -"already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " -"Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -msgstr "" -"Voici une liste de paquets utiles. Ils seront également installés s'ils sont " -"recommandés par un paquet nouvellement installé. Pour obtenir les paquets " -"recommandés par les paquets déjà installés l'option Installer les paquets " -"recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés du menu Dépendances " -"doit être activée." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +msgstr "Voici une liste de paquets utiles. Ils seront également installés s'ils sont recommandés par un paquet nouvellement installé. Pour obtenir les paquets recommandés par les paquets déjà installés l'option Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés du menu Dépendances doit être activée." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Il est proposé d'installer ces paquets car ils complètent des paquets déjà " -"installés. Le choix de les installer revient à l'utilisateur." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Il est proposé d'installer ces paquets car ils complètent des paquets déjà installés. Le choix de les installer revient à l'utilisateur." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"Le résolveur a détecté que ces paquets ne sont associés à aucun dépôt, leur " -"mise à jour est impossible." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "Le résolveur a détecté que ces paquets ne sont associés à aucun dépôt, leur mise à jour est impossible." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Ces paquets pourraient ne pas être nécessaires car d'anciennes dépendances " -"ne sont plus en applicables." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Ces paquets pourraient ne pas être nécessaires car d'anciennes dépendances ne sont plus en applicables." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -211,12 +187,8 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour la " -"localisation de %s" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgstr "Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour la localisation de %s" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 @@ -471,8 +443,7 @@ #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251 msgid "packages have been automatically selected for installation:" -msgstr "" -"paquets suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés pour installation :" +msgstr "paquets suivants ont été automatiquement sélectionnés pour installation :" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__79 #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:265 @@ -626,9 +597,7 @@ # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__83 #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "" -"Cette information est disponible pour les paquets installés uniquement.</" -"i>" +msgstr "Cette information est disponible pour les paquets installés uniquement." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__210 #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 @@ -755,98 +724,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"Bienvenue dans le sélecteur de paquetCet outil vous aide à " -"gérer les logiciels installés sur votre système. Vous pouvez installer, " -"mettre à jour ou supprimer des paquets, aussi bien que des schémas " -"(ensembles de paquets répondant à un objectif particulier) ou des langues. " -"Habituellement, vous n'avez pas besoin de vous préoccuper des dépendances " -"quand vous installez ou supprimez quelque chose,le résolveur le fera pour " -"vous. Le sélecteur de paquets se compose de 3 parties essentielles: " -"filtres, tableau des paquets et menu." +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "Bienvenue dans le sélecteur de paquetCet outil vous aide à gérer les logiciels installés sur votre système. Vous pouvez installer, mettre à jour ou supprimer des paquets, aussi bien que des schémas (ensembles de paquets répondant à un objectif particulier) ou des langues. Habituellement, vous n'avez pas besoin de vous préoccuper des dépendances quand vous installez ou supprimez quelque chose,le résolveur le fera pour vous. Le sélecteur de paquets se compose de 3 parties essentielles: filtres, tableau des paquets et menu." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"Le Filtre du panneau de gauche est conçu pour une navigation aisée " -"parmi un grand nombre de paquets. Utilisez les filtres pour afficher " -"uniquement les paquets d'un dépôt particulier, ou dans un schéma sélectionné " -"(par exemple Jeux ou Développement C/C++ ) ou pour rechercher des mots-clés " -"spécifiques. Davantage d'informations sur les filtres sont disponibles dans " -"Comment utiliser les filtres." +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "Le Filtre du panneau de gauche est conçu pour une navigation aisée parmi un grand nombre de paquets. Utilisez les filtres pour afficher uniquement les paquets d'un dépôt particulier, ou dans un schéma sélectionné (par exemple Jeux ou Développement C/C++ ) ou pour rechercher des mots-clés spécifiques. Davantage d'informations sur les filtres sont disponibles dans Comment utiliser les filtres." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"Le tableau des paquets est le composant principal du sélecteur de " -"paquets. Vous y trouverez une liste de paquets correspondant au filtre " -"courant (par exemple, le groupe RPM sélectionné ou le résultat de " -"recherche). Chaque ligne du tableau des paquets présente plusieurs colonnes :" -"" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "Le tableau des paquets est le composant principal du sélecteur de paquets. Vous y trouverez une liste de paquets correspondant au filtre courant (par exemple, le groupe RPM sélectionné ou le résultat de recherche). Chaque ligne du tableau des paquets présente plusieurs colonnes :" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" -"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>État du paquet (pour plus d'informations voir États des paquets " -"et Symboles)</li><li>Nom du paquet</li><li>Résumé du paquet</" -"li><li>Version disponible (dans certains dépôts configurés)</li><li>Version " -"installée (vide pour les paquets non installés) </li><li>Taille du paquet</" -"li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>État du paquet (pour plus d'informations voir États des paquets et Symboles)</li><li>Nom du paquet</li><li>Résumé du paquet</li><li>Version disponible (dans certains dépôts configurés)</li><li>Version installée (vide pour les paquets non installés) </li><li>Taille du paquet</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"Le menu Actions sous le tableau vous permet de changer l'état du " -"paquet sélectionné (ou de tous les paquets dans la liste), par exemple de " -"supprimer un paquet ou de sélectionner un paquet additionnel pour " -"l'installation. Le changement d'état peut également être réalisé directement " -"en pressant la touche spécifiée dans le menu (pour de plus amples " -"informations quant à l'état du paquet, voir Status de paquet et Symboles</" -"i>)." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "Le menu Actions sous le tableau vous permet de changer l'état du paquet sélectionné (ou de tous les paquets dans la liste), par exemple de supprimer un paquet ou de sélectionner un paquet additionnel pour l'installation. Le changement d'état peut également être réalisé directement en pressant la touche spécifiée dans le menu (pour de plus amples informations quant à l'état du paquet, voir Status de paquet et Symboles)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"Menu fournit les fonctions relatives à la gestion des dépendances " -"des paquets. Afficher les informations utiles sur les paquets et effectuer " -"des actions telles que l'ouverture du gestionnaire de dépôts. Pour plus " -"d'informations, voir Fonctions utiles dans le Menu." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "Menu fournit les fonctions relatives à la gestion des dépendances des paquets. Afficher les informations utiles sur les paquets et effectuer des actions telles que l'ouverture du gestionnaire de dépôts. Pour plus d'informations, voir Fonctions utiles dans le Menu." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -855,31 +759,13 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"L'état des paquets peut être modifié en utilisant le menu Actions " -"ou les touches spécifiées dans les options du menu. Par exemple, utilisez " -"'+' pour installer un paquet additionnel. L'état \"Tabou\" signifie " -"que le paquet ne devrait jamais être installé. Au contraire, l'état " -"\"Verrouillé\" signifie que la version installée d'un paquet devrait " -"toujours être conservée." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "L'état des paquets peut être modifié en utilisant le menu Actions ou les touches spécifiées dans les options du menu. Par exemple, utilisez '+' pour installer un paquet additionnel. L'état \"Tabou\" signifie que le paquet ne devrait jamais être installé. Au contraire, l'état \"Verrouillé\" signifie que la version installée d'un paquet devrait toujours être conservée." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la touche RET ou ESPACE pour " -"basculer l'état d'un paquet. Le menu Actions vous permet également de " -"changer l'état pour tous les paquets de la liste (sélectionnez 'Tous les " -"paquets listés')." +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la touche RET ou ESPACE pour basculer l'état d'un paquet. Le menu Actions vous permet également de changer l'état pour tous les paquets de la liste (sélectionnez 'Tous les paquets listés')." # TLABEL online-update_2002_08_07_0216__5 #. part 3 of help text package status @@ -889,31 +775,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + : le paquet est sélectionné pour l'installationa+ </" -"b> : le paquet sera installé automatiquement > : le paquet " -"sera mis à joura> : le paquet sera mis à jour " -"automatiquement i : le paquet est installé - : " -"le paquet sera supprimé --- : ne jamais installer le paquet " -"(tabou)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + : le paquet est sélectionné pour l'installationa+ : le paquet sera installé automatiquement > : le paquet sera mis à joura> : le paquet sera mis à jour automatiquement i : le paquet est installé - : le paquet sera supprimé --- : ne jamais installer le paquet (tabou)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i- : conserver la version installée et ne jamais la mettre à jour " -"ni la supprimer (paquet verrouillé)Informations d'état pour le schéma " -"et les langues: i : Toutes les exigences de ce schéma/de " -"cette langue sont satisfaits." +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i- : conserver la version installée et ne jamais la mettre à jour ni la supprimer (paquet verrouillé)Informations d'état pour le schéma et les langues: i : Toutes les exigences de ce schéma/de cette langue sont satisfaits." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -922,88 +790,29 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"Les Filtres vous permettent de filtrer tous les paquets " -"disponibles selon le critère défini. Les filtres de paquets sont basés sur " -"les propriétés des paquets (dépôt, Groupe RPM), les \"ensembles\" de paquets " -"(schémas, langues), les catégories de paquets ou les résultats de recherche. " -"Sélectionnez le filtre désiré dans le menu déroulant. Les filtres " -"spécifiques sont décrits ci-dessous." +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "Les Filtres vous permettent de filtrer tous les paquets disponibles selon le critère défini. Les filtres de paquets sont basés sur les propriétés des paquets (dépôt, Groupe RPM), les \"ensembles\" de paquets (schémas, langues), les catégories de paquets ou les résultats de recherche. Sélectionnez le filtre désiré dans le menu déroulant. Les filtres spécifiques sont décrits ci-dessous." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Les Schémas décrivent les caractéristiques et les fonctions " -"souhaités sur un système (par exemple, Serveur X ou Outils de console). " -"Chaque schéma contient un ensemble de paquets qui sont requis (qu'il vous " -"est nécessaire d'avoir), recommandés (qu'il vous est conseillé d'avoir), et " -"suggérés (que vous pouvez aussi avoir). Si vous sélectionnez un schéma pour " -"installation, mise à jour ou suppression, le résolveur sera lancé et " -"modifiera l'état des paquets concernés en conséquence." +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "Les Schémas décrivent les caractéristiques et les fonctions souhaités sur un système (par exemple, Serveur X ou Outils de console). Chaque schéma contient un ensemble de paquets qui sont requis (qu'il vous est nécessaire d'avoir), recommandés (qu'il vous est conseillé d'avoir), et suggérés (que vous pouvez aussi avoir). Si vous sélectionnez un schéma pour installation, mise à jour ou suppression, le résolveur sera lancé et modifiera l'état des paquets concernés en conséquence." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"Les Langues sont des ensembles de paquets tout comme les schémas. " -"Ils contiennent des paquets avec des traductions, des dictionnaires et " -"d'autres fichiers spécifiques d'une langue particulière. Les Groupes RPM</" -"b> ne sont pas des ensembles de paquets qui peuvent être installés. En fait, " -"l'appartenance à certains groupes de RPM constitue une propriété du paquet " -"lui-même. Ils ont une structure hiérarchique (arbre). Le filtre de " -"dépôts affiche les paquets disponibles depuis un dépôt spécifique." +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "Les Langues sont des ensembles de paquets tout comme les schémas. Ils contiennent des paquets avec des traductions, des dictionnaires et d'autres fichiers spécifiques d'une langue particulière. Les Groupes RPM ne sont pas des ensembles de paquets qui peuvent être installés. En fait, l'appartenance à certains groupes de RPM constitue une propriété du paquet lui-même. Ils ont une structure hiérarchique (arbre). Le filtre de dépôts affiche les paquets disponibles depuis un dépôt spécifique." # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__22 #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser le filtre de Recherche, entrez un mot-clé (ou une " -"partie de mot-clé) pour votre recherche de paquet. Par exemple, pour " -"rechercher tous les paquets 3D, utiliser l'expression \"3d\". Vous pouvez " -"aussi chercher dans la description des paquets qu'un RPM fournit ou " -"requiert. Cochez la case correspondante et cliquez sur le bouton 'Chercher'." -" " +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "Pour utiliser le filtre de Recherche, entrez un mot-clé (ou une partie de mot-clé) pour votre recherche de paquet. Par exemple, pour rechercher tous les paquets 3D, utiliser l'expression \"3d\". Vous pouvez aussi chercher dans la description des paquets qu'un RPM fournit ou requiert. Cochez la case correspondante et cliquez sur le bouton 'Chercher'. " #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"Le Résumé d'installation présente un aperçu des paquets dont l'étata " -"été modifié durant la session en cours (ex. marqués pour installation ou " -"suppression), aussi bien par l'utilisateur que par le résolveur. Le filtre " -" Catégories de paquets fournit des informations sur les paquets " -"Recommandés,Suggérés,Orphelins et Non requis." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "Le Résumé d'installation présente un aperçu des paquets dont l'étata été modifié durant la session en cours (ex. marqués pour installation ou suppression), aussi bien par l'utilisateur que par le résolveur. Le filtre Catégories de paquets fournit des informations sur les paquets Recommandés,Suggérés,Orphelins et Non requis." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -1011,147 +820,34 @@ msgstr "Fonctions utiles du menu" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"Dépendances : Ce menu offre diverses actions en relation avec la " -"gestion des dépendances des paquets. Par défaut, les dépendances des paquets " -"sont vérifiées à chaque changement d'état. Vous serez informé des conflits " -"entre paquets dans une boite de dialogue proposant des possibilités de " -"résolution des conflits. Pour résoudre un conflit, sélectionnez l'une des " -"solutions proposées et cliquez sur 'OK - Réessayer'." +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "Dépendances : Ce menu offre diverses actions en relation avec la gestion des dépendances des paquets. Par défaut, les dépendances des paquets sont vérifiées à chaque changement d'état. Vous serez informé des conflits entre paquets dans une boite de dialogue proposant des possibilités de résolution des conflits. Pour résoudre un conflit, sélectionnez l'une des solutions proposées et cliquez sur 'OK - Réessayer'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"Pour désactiver la vérification des dépendances à chaque changement " -"d'état, désactivez Vérification automatique des dépendances. Vous " -"pouvez vérifier les dépendances manuellement en sélectionnant Vérifier " -"les dépendances maintenant. L'entrée Vérifier le système " -"vérifiera les dépendances des paquets déjà installés et résoudra les " -"conflits sans interaction avec l'utilisateur, marquant si nécessaire les " -"paquets manquants pour une installation automatique. Pour le débogage, " -"utilisez Générer un cas de test de résolution de dépendances. Cela " -"génèrera les données sur les dépendances de paquets dans le dossier <tt>/var/" -"log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. C'est généralement ce dont vous avez besoin " -"lorsque l'on vous demande un \"solver testcase\" dans bugzilla." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "Pour désactiver la vérification des dépendances à chaque changement d'état, désactivez Vérification automatique des dépendances. Vous pouvez vérifier les dépendances manuellement en sélectionnant Vérifier les dépendances maintenant. L'entrée Vérifier le système vérifiera les dépendances des paquets déjà installés et résoudra les conflits sans interaction avec l'utilisateur, marquant si nécessaire les paquets manquants pour une installation automatique. Pour le débogage, utilisez Générer un cas de test de résolution de dépendances. Cela génèrera les données sur les dépendances de paquets dans le dossier <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. C'est généralement ce dont vous avez besoin lorsque l'on vous demande un \"solver testcase\" dans bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic " -#| "Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already " -#| "Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already " -#| "installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: " -#| "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please " -#| "note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option " -#| "System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). " -#| "These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -#| "yast2</tt>." -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed " -"Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package " -"will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of " -"installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the " -"system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode</" -"i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the " -"YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Les options disponibles pour la vérification de dépendances sont :" -" Vérification automatique des dépendances (voir ci-dessus), " -"Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés : " -"si elle est activée, les paquets recommandés des paquets déjà installés " -"seront installés, Mode de vérification du système : répare les " -"dépendances des paquets installés et les résout immédiatement. Veuillez " -"noter qu'après une vérification du système avec Vérifier le système " -"maintenant, l'option Mode de vérification du système est activée " -"(désactivez l'option si nécessaire). Ces options sont enregistrées dans le " -"fichier de configuration de YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#| msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "Les options disponibles pour la vérification de dépendances sont : Vérification automatique des dépendances (voir ci-dessus), Installer les paquets recommandés pour les paquets déjà installés : si elle est activée, les paquets recommandés des paquets déjà installés seront installés, Mode de vérification du système : répare les dépendances des paquets installés et les résout immédiatement. Veuillez noter qu'après une vérification du système avec Vérifier le système maintenant, l'option Mode de vérification du système est activée (désactivez l'option si nécessaire). Ces options sont enregistrées dans le fichier de configuration de YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Options avancées : Nettoyer lors de la suppression de paquets</" -"i> : retire les paquets dépendants non utilisés. Autoriser le changement " -"de fournisseur : le fournisseur d'un paquet peut différer du fournisseur " -"du paquet installé. Ces options ne seront pas sauvegardées, elles peuvent " -"uniquement être définies en éditant le fichier de configuration de la " -"bibliothèque de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "Options avancées : Nettoyer lors de la suppression de paquets : retire les paquets dépendants non utilisés. Autoriser le changement de fournisseur : le fournisseur d'un paquet peut différer du fournisseur du paquet installé. Ces options ne seront pas sauvegardées, elles peuvent uniquement être définies en éditant le fichier de configuration de la bibliothèque de paquets <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Visualisation : Choisissez quelles informations à propos du " -"paquet sélectionné seront affichées dans la fenêtre en dessous du tableau " -"des paquets. Les options disponibles sont : description du paquet, données " -"techniques (version, taille, licence, etc.), version du paquet (toutes " -"disponibles), liste des fichiers (tous les fichiers inclus dans le paquet) " -"et dépendances (fournit, requiert, etc.)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "Visualisation : Choisissez quelles informations à propos du paquet sélectionné seront affichées dans la fenêtre en dessous du tableau des paquets. Les options disponibles sont : description du paquet, données techniques (version, taille, licence, etc.), version du paquet (toutes disponibles), liste des fichiers (tous les fichiers inclus dans le paquet) et dépendances (fournit, requiert, etc.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." -msgstr "" -"Configuration : Ce menu intègre le sélecteur de paquets ainsi " -"que le reste des utilitaires de gestion de paquets. A partir d'ici, vous " -"pouvez Lancer le gestionnaire de dépôts et modifier les dépôts " -"configurés ou vous enregistrer pour mettre à jour les dépôts et configurer " -"le téléchargement régulier des mises à jour disponibles (Lancer la " -"configuration de la mise à jour en ligne). Vous pouvez aussi choisir " -"l'une des trois possibilités de comportement du sélecteur de paquets à la " -"fermeture dans le menu Action après l'installation des paquets." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "Configuration : Ce menu intègre le sélecteur de paquets ainsi que le reste des utilitaires de gestion de paquets. A partir d'ici, vous pouvez Lancer le gestionnaire de dépôts et modifier les dépôts configurés ou vous enregistrer pour mettre à jour les dépôts et configurer le téléchargement régulier des mises à jour disponibles (Lancer la configuration de la mise à jour en ligne). Vous pouvez aussi choisir l'une des trois possibilités de comportement du sélecteur de paquets à la fermeture dans le menu Action après l'installation des paquets." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"Extras : Diverses fonctions se trouvent ici. Exporter la " -"liste de paquets vers un fichier ajoutera les données concernant les " -"paquets installés, les schémas et les langues installées dans le fichier XML " -"spécifié. Ce fichier peut être lu ultérieurement par l'option Importer " -"une liste de paquets depuis un fichier, par exemple sur un ordinateur " -"différent. Il apportera l'ensemble de paquets sur l'ordinateur cible dans le " -"même état que décrit dans le fichier XML fourni. Afficher l'espace disque " -"disponible affichera une fenêtre avec un tableau montrant l'utilisation " -"du disque et l'espace libre sur la partition actuellement montée." +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "Extras : Diverses fonctions se trouvent ici. Exporter la liste de paquets vers un fichier ajoutera les données concernant les paquets installés, les schémas et les langues installées dans le fichier XML spécifié. Ce fichier peut être lu ultérieurement par l'option Importer une liste de paquets depuis un fichier, par exemple sur un ordinateur différent. Il apportera l'ensemble de paquets sur l'ordinateur cible dans le même état que décrit dans le fichier XML fourni. Afficher l'espace disque disponible affichera une fenêtre avec un tableau montrant l'utilisation du disque et l'espace libre sur la partition actuellement montée." # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__52 #. label of a frame with search settings @@ -1366,8 +1062,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:575 msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for " -msgstr "" -"Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour " +msgstr "Traductions, dictionnaires et autres fichiers relatifs aux langues pour " # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__16 #. the headline of the help popup @@ -1378,119 +1073,34 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." -msgstr "" -"Information générale concernant les correctifs :Les correctifs du " -"type sécurité comblent des failles de sécurité et nous recommandons " -"fortement de les installer. Vous devriez également installer les correctifs " -"recommandés, ils contiennent habituellement d'importantes corrections " -"de bogues. Installer les correctifs de fonctionnalités si vous êtes " -"intéressés par la fonctionnalité offerte." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "Information générale concernant les correctifs :Les correctifs du type sécurité comblent des failles de sécurité et nous recommandons fortement de les installer. Vous devriez également installer les correctifs recommandés, ils contiennent habituellement d'importantes corrections de bogues. Installer les correctifs de fonctionnalités si vous êtes intéressés par la fonctionnalité offerte." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"Les correctifs pour \"libzypp\" (gestion des paquets, des correctifs, des " -"schémas et des produits) seront toujours installés en premier. Les autres " -"correctifs doivent être installés lors d'une seconde exécution." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "Les correctifs pour \"libzypp\" (gestion des paquets, des correctifs, des schémas et des produits) seront toujours installés en premier. Les autres correctifs doivent être installés lors d'une seconde exécution." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -#| "installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on " -#| "your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</" -#| "p> i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ " -#| ": You have selected this patch for installation." -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"Signification des indicateurs d'état :a+ : les correctifs " -"concernant votre installation sont pré-sélectionnés. Ils seront téléchargés " -"et installés sur votre système. Si vous ne voulez pas d'un correctif " -"particulier, désélectionnez-le avec '-'. i : Toutes les " -"exigences de ce correctif sont satisfaites. + : Vous avez " -"sélectionné ce correctif pour installation." +#| msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "Signification des indicateurs d'état :a+ : les correctifs concernant votre installation sont pré-sélectionnés. Ils seront téléchargés et installés sur votre système. Si vous ne voulez pas d'un correctif particulier, désélectionnez-le avec '-'. i : Toutes les exigences de ce correctif sont satisfaites. + : Vous avez sélectionné ce correctif pour installation." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -#| "package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -#| "got preselected and have status a+. If you want to deselect one of " -#| "the patches with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This " -#| "is because any of the other patches concerning the same packages is still " -#| "selected and the newer packages will be installed and withit this patch " -#| "is satified." -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." -msgstr "" -"Davantage d'informations concernant l'état : S'il y a plusieurs " -"correctifs pour un paquet (ou un ensemble de paquets) qui ne sont pas encore " -"appliqués au système, tous sont pré-sélectionnés et sont à l'état a+. " -"Si vous souhaitez désélectionner l'un des correctifs au moyen de '-', il " -"pourrait malgré tout apparaitre sous le statut i par la suite. Ceci " -"est dû au fait que d'autres correctifs concernant les mêmes paquets sont " -"toujours sélectionnés et que les paquets plus récents seront donc installés, " -"satisfaisant par conséquent ce correctif." +#| msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If you want to deselect one of the patches with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same packages is still selected and the newer packages will be installed and withit this patch is satified." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "Davantage d'informations concernant l'état : S'il y a plusieurs correctifs pour un paquet (ou un ensemble de paquets) qui ne sont pas encore appliqués au système, tous sont pré-sélectionnés et sont à l'état a+. Si vous souhaitez désélectionner l'un des correctifs au moyen de '-', il pourrait malgré tout apparaitre sous le statut i par la suite. Ceci est dû au fait que d'autres correctifs concernant les mêmes paquets sont toujours sélectionnés et que les paquets plus récents seront donc installés, satisfaisant par conséquent ce correctif." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, " -#| "e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also " -#| "provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change " -#| "the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibilty to " -#| "see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter " -#| "is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This " -#| "means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is " -#| "installed on the system. The Dependencies menus contains " -#| "dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "" -"Les menus :Le menu Filtrer permet de filtrer les " -"correctifs, par ex. de montrer les correctifs 'Installés' ou de lister les " -"correctifs de 'Sécurité'. Il permet également de rechercher des correctifs." -" Utilisez le menu Actions pour modifier l'état d'un correctif." -" Le menu Visualisation offre la possibilité de voir les paquets " -"concernés par le correctif. Veuillez noter que si le filtre choisi est 'Tous " -"les correctifs', la liste des paquets de certains correctifs pourrait " -"apparaitre vide. Cela signifie qu'aucun paquet n'est concerné car aucun des " -"paquets du correctif n'est installé sur le système. Le menu " -"Dépendances contient les vérifications de dépendances et l'entrée " -"'Générer un cas de test du résolveur de dépendances'." +#| msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibilty to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menus contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "Les menus :Le menu Filtrer permet de filtrer les correctifs, par ex. de montrer les correctifs 'Installés' ou de lister les correctifs de 'Sécurité'. Il permet également de rechercher des correctifs. Utilisez le menu Actions pour modifier l'état d'un correctif. Le menu Visualisation offre la possibilité de voir les paquets concernés par le correctif. Veuillez noter que si le filtre choisi est 'Tous les correctifs', la liste des paquets de certains correctifs pourrait apparaitre vide. Cela signifie qu'aucun paquet n'est concerné car aucun des paquets du correctif n'est installé sur le système. Le menu Dépendances contient les vérifications de dépendances et l'entrée 'Générer un cas de test du résolveur de dépendances'." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 @@ -1535,12 +1145,8 @@ # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__197 #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"Toutes les modifications dans la sélection de paquets, de correctifs ou " -"de schémas seront perdus. Vraiment quitter ?" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "Toutes les modifications dans la sélection de paquets, de correctifs ou de schémas seront perdus. Vraiment quitter ?" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 @@ -1593,20 +1199,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Liste des problèmes de mise à jour Les paquets de cette liste " -"ne peuvent pas être mis à jour automatiquement.Raisons possibles :</" -"p> Ils sont rendus obsolètes par d'autres paquets.Il n'existe de " -"version plus récente pour les actualiser sur aucun support d'installation.</" -"p>Ces paquets sont fournis par des tierce-parties Veuillez définir " -"manuellement ce qu'il faut en faire. Le plus sûr est de les effacer." +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "Liste des problèmes de mise à jour Les paquets de cette liste ne peuvent pas être mis à jour automatiquement.Raisons possibles : Ils sont rendus obsolètes par d'autres paquets.Il n'existe de version plus récente pour les actualiser sur aucun support d'installation.Ces paquets sont fournis par des tierce-parties Veuillez définir manuellement ce qu'il faut en faire. Le plus sûr est de les effacer." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__49 #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) @@ -1638,10 +1232,5 @@ #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- ce correctif est corrompu !!! -----" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le type \"recommandé\" signifie que vous devriez installer le " -#~ "correctif. \"sécurité\" est un correctif de sécurité et nous recommandons " -#~ "fortement de l'installer." +#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "Le type \"recommandé\" signifie que vous devriez installer le correctif. \"sécurité\" est un correctif de sécurité et nous recommandons fortement de l'installer." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ncurses.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -101,12 +101,8 @@ #~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" #~ msgstr "Pressez F1 pour obtenir l'Aide" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this " -#~ "dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Appuyez sur F1 à nouveau pour obtenir plus d'aide ou ECHAPP</" -#~ "b> pour fermer ce dialogue." +#~ msgid "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this dialog." +#~ msgstr "Appuyez sur F1 à nouveau pour obtenir plus d'aide ou ECHAPP pour fermer ce dialogue." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__358 #~ msgid "Press F1 or ESC to close this dialog." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/network.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -164,48 +164,36 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Pare-feu et SSH</big> \n" -"Le pare-feu est un mécanisme défensif qui protège votre ordinateur des " -"attaques réseaux.\n" -"SSH est un service qui autorise le login sur cet ordinateur, à distance, via " -"un client\n" +"Le pare-feu est un mécanisme défensif qui protège votre ordinateur des attaques réseaux.\n" +"SSH est un service qui autorise le login sur cet ordinateur, à distance, via un client\n" "SSH dédié." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -"Ici, vous pouvez choisir si le pare-feu sera activé ou desactivé après " -"l'installation.\n" +"Ici, vous pouvez choisir si le pare-feu sera activé ou desactivé après l'installation.\n" "Il est recommandé de le conserver activé." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port " -#| "for SSH\n" -#| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i." -#| "e. it\n" +#| "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +#| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" #| "will be started on computer boot)." msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Avec un pare-feu actif, vous pouvez décider d'ouvrir ou non le port dans " -"le\n" -"pare-feu pour le service SSH et autoriser les logins distants. Cela activera " -"aussi\n" +"Avec un pare-feu actif, vous pouvez décider d'ouvrir ou non le port dans le\n" +"pare-feu pour le service SSH et autoriser les logins distants. Cela activera aussi\n" "le service SSH (ie il sera lancé au démarrage de l'ordinateur)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -215,10 +203,8 @@ "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez aussi ouvrir les ports VNC dans le pare-feu. Cela " -"n'autorisera pas\n" -"le service d'administration à distance sur un système en marche mais il " -"sera\n" +"Vous pouvez aussi ouvrir les ports VNC dans le pare-feu. Cela n'autorisera pas\n" +"le service d'administration à distance sur un système en marche mais il sera\n" "démarré automatiquement par l'installateur si besoin." #. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog @@ -434,11 +420,8 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a pas d'URL définie pour les notes de version. Le test de connexion " -"internet ne peut être effectué." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "Il n'y a pas d'URL définie pour les notes de version. Le test de connexion internet ne peut être effectué." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -447,20 +430,15 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Le téléchargement des notes de version a échoué à cause d'une erreur du " -"serveur.\n" +"Le téléchargement des notes de version a échoué à cause d'une erreur du serveur.\n" "Cela n'est pas forcement dû à une mauvaise configuration du réseau.\n" "\n" -"Cliquez sur 'Continuer' pour passer à l'étape suivante de l'installation. " -"Pour sauter toutes\n" -"les étapes nécessitant une connexion internet ou pour revenir vers la " -"configuration du réseau,\n" +"Cliquez sur 'Continuer' pour passer à l'étape suivante de l'installation. Pour sauter toutes\n" +"les étapes nécessitant une connexion internet ou pour revenir vers la configuration du réseau,\n" "cliquez sur 'Annuler'.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -670,9 +648,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez \"oui\" pour autoriser ou \"non\" pour interdire " -"l'administration distante" +msgstr "Sélectionnez \"oui\" pour autoriser ou \"non\" pour interdire l'administration distante" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Command line output Headline @@ -716,8 +692,7 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:71 msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination" -msgstr "" -"Montrer l'entrée de la table de routage pour la destination sélectionnée" +msgstr "Montrer l'entrée de la table de routage pour la destination sélectionnée" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__71 #: src/clients/routing.rb:79 @@ -896,9 +871,7 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:324 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." -msgstr "" -"Au moins les adresses IP de destination et de la passerelle doivent être " -"spécifiés." +msgstr "Au moins les adresses IP de destination et de la passerelle doivent être spécifiés." # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__92 #: src/clients/routing.rb:333 @@ -910,12 +883,8 @@ msgstr "Une adresse IP de destination doit être spécifiée." #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Au moins l'un de ces paramètres (passerelle, masque, périphérique, options) " -"doit être spécifié" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Au moins l'un de ces paramètres (passerelle, masque, périphérique, options) doit être spécifié" # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__24 #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 @@ -1266,8 +1235,7 @@ #. Label text #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" -msgstr "" -"Les télécharger et les installer via la mise à jour en ligne YaST (YOU) ?" +msgstr "Les télécharger et les installer via la mise à jour en ligne YaST (YOU) ?" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__283 #. Heading @@ -1426,9 +1394,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the bond driver options, and edit it if necessary. " msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez les options du pilote bond et modifiez-les si nécessaire. </" -"p>" +msgstr "Sélectionnez les options du pilote bond et modifiez-les si nécessaire. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1647,21 +1613,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " -"Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>PRIORITÉ IFPLUGD</big> \n" -" Toutes les interfaces configurées avec Lors d'une connexion câblée</" -"b> et avec IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0\n" -"seront utilisées en exclusion mutuelle. Si plus d'une de ces interfaces est " -"Lors d'une connexion câblée\n" -"alors, nous devons pouvoir décider quelle interface utiliser. C'est pourquoi " -"nous devons préciser\n" +" Toutes les interfaces configurées avec Lors d'une connexion câblée et avec IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0\n" +"seront utilisées en exclusion mutuelle. Si plus d'une de ces interfaces est Lors d'une connexion câblée\n" +"alors, nous devons pouvoir décider quelle interface utiliser. C'est pourquoi nous devons préciser\n" "la priorité de chaque interface. \n" #. Address dialog caption @@ -1689,16 +1649,13 @@ #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62 msgid "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "" -"Cartes sans fil Lucent Orinoco, basées sur Prism II et cartes similaires" +msgstr "Cartes sans fil Lucent Orinoco, basées sur Prism II et cartes similaires" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__28 #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "" -"Cartes sans fil PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, basées sur Prism II et cartes " -"similaires" +msgstr "Cartes sans fil PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, basées sur Prism II et cartes similaires" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__29 #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1886,12 +1843,8 @@ msgstr "Utilisez l'option \"id\" pour déterminer le périphérique." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"La valeur de \"id\" ne se trouve pas dans la plage. Utilisez l'option " -"\"list\" pour vérifier la valeur max. de \"id\"." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "La valeur de \"id\" ne se trouve pas dans la plage. Utilisez l'option \"list\" pour vérifier la valeur max. de \"id\"." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1998,12 +1951,10 @@ "Continue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\n" "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" -"Le périphérique nécessite un firmware pour fonctionner correctement." -"Généralement, il\n" +"Le périphérique nécessite un firmware pour fonctionner correctement.Généralement, il\n" "peut être téléchargé depuis la page Web du fournisseur de votre pilote.\n" "Si vous avez déjà téléchargé et installé le firmware, cliquez sur \n" -"Continuer pour configurer le périphérique. Sinon, cliquez sur " -"Annuler et\n" +"Continuer pour configurer le périphérique. Sinon, cliquez sur Annuler et\n" "revenez à cette boite de dialogue après avoir installé le firmware.\n" # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__82 @@ -2016,18 +1967,13 @@ msgstr "Installation du microprogramme (firmware)" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"Pour installer correctement le firmware, le script " -"'install_bcm43xx_firmware' doit être exécuté. L'exécuter maintenant ?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "Pour installer correctement le firmware, le script 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' doit être exécuté. L'exécuter maintenant ?" # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__36 #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur s'est produite au cours de l'installation du microprogramme." +msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite au cours de l'installation du microprogramme." #. Continue-Cancel popup #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 @@ -2047,9 +1993,7 @@ #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "" -"Le périphérique sélectionné dispose de STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vraiment " -"supprimer ?" +msgstr "Le périphérique sélectionné dispose de STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vraiment supprimer ?" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__308 #. Network setup method dialog caption @@ -2099,9 +2043,7 @@ msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" -msgstr "" -"Configurez ici les paramètres spécifiques à votre périphérique réseau.</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "Configurez ici les paramètres spécifiques à votre périphérique réseau.\n" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID @@ -2110,78 +2052,55 @@ "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -"Type de périphérique. De nombreux types de périphériques sont " -"disponibles. Sélectionnez-en \n" +"Type de périphérique. De nombreux types de périphériques sont disponibles. Sélectionnez-en \n" "un en fonction de vos besoins." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Les Règles Udev sont les règles pour le gestionnaire de " -"périphériques du noyau\n" -"qui permet l'association de l'adresse MAC ou du BusID de votre carte réseau " -"à son nom (par exemple,\n" -" eth1, wlan0). Ceci permet de conserver un même nom de périphérique après " -"redémarrage.\n" +"Les Règles Udev sont les règles pour le gestionnaire de périphériques du noyau\n" +"qui permet l'association de l'adresse MAC ou du BusID de votre carte réseau à son nom (par exemple,\n" +" eth1, wlan0). Ceci permet de conserver un même nom de périphérique après redémarrage.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Afficher l'identification de port visible vous permet d'identifier " -"physiquement le NIC maintenant configuré. \n" -"Définissez la durée appropriée, cliquez sur Clignoter et la LED de " -"votre NIC commencera à clignoter paendant la durée sélectionnée.\n" +"Afficher l'identification de port visible vous permet d'identifier physiquement le NIC maintenant configuré. \n" +"Définissez la durée appropriée, cliquez sur Clignoter et la LED de votre NIC commencera à clignoter paendant la durée sélectionnée.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" "Module du noyau. Entrer le nom de module du noyau (pilote)\n" -"pour votre périphérique réseau ici. Si l'interface est déjà configurée, " -"vérifiez si plus d'un pilote est disponible pour \n" -"ce périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Si nécessaire, sélectionner un " -"pilote de cette liste. Généralement, la valeur par défaut fonctionne.\n" +"pour votre périphérique réseau ici. Si l'interface est déjà configurée, vérifiez si plus d'un pilote est disponible pour \n" +"ce périphérique depuis la liste déroulante. Si nécessaire, sélectionner un pilote de cette liste. Généralement, la valeur par défaut fonctionne.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__206 #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également spécifier des options pour le module noyau. " -"Utiliser ce\n" -"format : option=valeur. Les entrées doivent être séparées par " -"des espaces, par exemple io=0x300 irq=5. Note : Si deux cartes " -"sont \n" -"configurées avec le même nom de module, les options seront fusionnées lors " -"de l'enregistrement.\n" +"Vous pouvez également spécifier des options pour le module noyau. Utiliser ce\n" +"format : option=valeur. Les entrées doivent être séparées par des espaces, par exemple io=0x300 irq=5. Note : Si deux cartes sont \n" +"configurées avec le même nom de module, les options seront fusionnées lors de l'enregistrement.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" -msgstr "" -"Si vous spécifiez des options via Options Ethtool, ifup appellera " -"ethtool avec ces options.\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" +msgstr "Si vous spécifiez des options via Options Ethtool, ifup appellera ethtool avec ces options.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__208 #. Manual dialog help 4/4 @@ -2211,8 +2130,7 @@ "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" "Les options pour le module doivent être écrites dans le format spécifié\n" -"dans le manuel des pilotes de périphériques IBM et commandes " -"d'installation." +"dans le manuel des pilotes de périphériques IBM et commandes d'installation." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__204 #. Manual dialog caption @@ -2401,42 +2319,24 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "" -"Entrer le Nom de port pour cette interface (sensible à la casse).</" -"p>" +msgstr "Entrer le Nom de port pour cette interface (sensible à la casse)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"Entrez les éventuelles Options supplémentaires pour cette " -"interface (séparées par des espaces)." +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "Entrez les éventuelles Options supplémentaires pour cette interface (séparées par des espaces)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Activer relais IPA si le relais de l'adresse IP doit " -"être activé pour cette interface." +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr "Sélectionnez Activer relais IPA si le relais de l'adresse IP doit être activé pour cette interface." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Activer la prise en charge de la couche 2 si cette " -"carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Sélectionnez Activer la prise en charge de la couche 2 si cette carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Entrez l'Adresse MAC de la couche 2 si cette carte a été " -"configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Entrez l'Adresse MAC de la couche 2 si cette carte a été configurée pour prendre la couche 2 en charge." # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__127 #. TextEntry label @@ -2507,8 +2407,7 @@ "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" "Entrer le nom du pair IUCV,\n" -"par exemple, le nom d'utilisateur z/VM avec lequel se connecter (sensible à " -"la casse).\n" +"par exemple, le nom d'utilisateur z/VM avec lequel se connecter (sensible à la casse).\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #. #176330, must be static @@ -2632,24 +2531,19 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Paramètres du protocole IPv6</big>\n" "Cochez Activer IPv6 pour activer le module IPv6 du noyau.\n" -"Il est possible d'utiliser IPv6 en même temps qu'IPv4. C'est l'option par " -"défaut.\n" -"Pour désactiver IPv6, décochez cette option. Le module ipv6 du noyau sera " -"alors\n" -"sur liste noire. Si le protocole IPv6 n'est pas utilisé sur votre réseau, le " -"temps\n" +"Il est possible d'utiliser IPv6 en même temps qu'IPv4. C'est l'option par défaut.\n" +"Pour désactiver IPv6, décochez cette option. Le module ipv6 du noyau sera alors\n" +"sur liste noire. Si le protocole IPv6 n'est pas utilisé sur votre réseau, le temps\n" "de réponse peut être meilleur.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les modifications seront appliquées après le redémarrage." +msgstr "Toutes les modifications seront appliquées après le redémarrage." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__159 #. Routing dialog help 1/2 @@ -2662,8 +2556,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" "Le routage peut être configuré dans ce dialogue.\n" -"La passerelle par défaut correspond à toutes les destinations, mais " -"de \n" +"La passerelle par défaut correspond à toutes les destinations, mais de \n" "manière approximative. S'il existe une route qui correspond à l'adresse\n" "demandée, cette route sera empruntée en priorité. Le principe de la route\n" "par défaut équivaut au panneau routier : \"autres directions\".\n" @@ -2672,15 +2565,11 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour chaque route, entrez l'adresse IP de destination, la passerelle et " -"le \n" -"masque de sous-réseau. Pour omettre une de ces valeurs, utilisez un tiret \"-" -"\". Sélectionnez\n" -"le périphérique à travers lequel le trafic ainsi défini devra être routé. \"-" -"\" signifie n'importe quelle interface.\n" +"Pour chaque route, entrez l'adresse IP de destination, la passerelle et le \n" +"masque de sous-réseau. Pour omettre une de ces valeurs, utilisez un tiret \"-\". Sélectionnez\n" +"le périphérique à travers lequel le trafic ainsi défini devra être routé. \"-\" signifie n'importe quelle interface.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 @@ -2689,8 +2578,7 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"Active la transmission IPv4 (transmission des paquets depuis des " -"réseaux externes\n" +"Active la transmission IPv4 (transmission des paquets depuis des réseaux externes\n" "vers un réseau interne) si le système est un routeur.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 @@ -2701,78 +2589,55 @@ "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"Active la transmission IPv6 (transmission des paquets depuis des " -"réseaux externes\n" +"Active la transmission IPv6 (transmission des paquets depuis des réseaux externes\n" "vers un réseau interne) si le système est un routeur.\n" -"Attention : la transmission IPv6 désactive l'autoconfiguration sans " -"état\n" +"Attention : la transmission IPv6 désactive l'autoconfiguration sans état\n" "de l'adresse IPv6 (SLAAC)." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Enable IP Forwarding (forwarding packets from external " -#| "networks\n" -#| "to the internal one) if this system is a router. Both IPv4 and IPv6 " -#| "connectivity \n" +#| "Enable IP Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" +#| "to the internal one) if this system is a router. Both IPv4 and IPv6 connectivity \n" #| "will be affected by this setting. \n" -#| "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing IP forwarding " -#| "alone is not enough. \n" -#| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in " -#| "the\n" +#| "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing IP forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +#| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" #| "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Important : si le pare-feu est activé, activer la transmission IP " -"ne suffit pas. \n" -"Vous devez activer le masquerading et/ou définir au-moins une règle de " -"redirection dans la\n" +"Important : si le pare-feu est activé, activer la transmission IP ne suffit pas. \n" +"Vous devez activer le masquerading et/ou définir au-moins une règle de redirection dans la\n" "configuration du pare-feu. Utiliser le module pare-feu de YaST.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. " -"\n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez le protocole DHCP pour obtenir une adresse IP, vérifiez " -"si vous devez aussi\n" -"obtenir un nom d'hôte via DHCP. Le nom d'hôte sera automatiquement défini " -"par le client DHCP.\n" -"Toutefois, modifier le nom d'hôte à l'exécution peut perturber le bureau " -"graphique.\n" -"Donc, désactiver cette option si vous vous brancher à différent réseaux qui " -"assignent\n" +"Si vous utilisez le protocole DHCP pour obtenir une adresse IP, vérifiez si vous devez aussi\n" +"obtenir un nom d'hôte via DHCP. Le nom d'hôte sera automatiquement défini par le client DHCP.\n" +"Toutefois, modifier le nom d'hôte à l'exécution peut perturber le bureau graphique.\n" +"Donc, désactiver cette option si vous vous brancher à différent réseaux qui assignent\n" "différents noms d'hôtes." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even " -"\n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially " -"\n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"Assigner le nom d'hôte à l'IP de loopback associe votre nom d'hôte " -"avec \n" -"l'adresse IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Ceci " -"est une \n" -"option utile si vous souhaitez conserver le nom d'hôte joignable même " -"lorsque le \n" -"réseau est inactif. Dans tous les autres cas, utilisez le avec précaution, " -"spécialement \n" +"Assigner le nom d'hôte à l'IP de loopback associe votre nom d'hôte avec \n" +"l'adresse IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Ceci est une \n" +"option utile si vous souhaitez conserver le nom d'hôte joignable même lorsque le \n" +"réseau est inactif. Dans tous les autres cas, utilisez le avec précaution, spécialement \n" "si votre ordinateur fournit des services réseaux.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 @@ -2780,10 +2645,8 @@ "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" -"Entrez les serveurs de nom et la liste de recherche de domaines pour " -"résoudre \n" -"les noms d'hôtes. En général, ils peuvent être obtenus via le protocole DHCP." -"\n" +"Entrez les serveurs de nom et la liste de recherche de domaines pour résoudre \n" +"les noms d'hôtes. En général, ils peuvent être obtenus via le protocole DHCP.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__249 #. resolver dialog help @@ -2803,58 +2666,40 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -"Le domaine de recherche est le nom de domaine par lequel la recherche de " -"nom d'hôte commence.\n" -"Le domaine de recherche primaire est généralement le même que le nom de " -"domaine de\n" -" votre ordinateur (par exemple suse.de). Il peut y avoir des domaines de " -"recherche supplémentaires\n" -" (par exemple suse.com) Séparez les domaines par des virgules ou des " -"espaces.\n" +"Le domaine de recherche est le nom de domaine par lequel la recherche de nom d'hôte commence.\n" +"Le domaine de recherche primaire est généralement le même que le nom de domaine de\n" +" votre ordinateur (par exemple suse.de). Il peut y avoir des domaines de recherche supplémentaires\n" +" (par exemple suse.com) Séparez les domaines par des virgules ou des espaces.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Entrez le nom court pour cet ordinateur (ex : mamachine) et le " -"domaine DNS\n" -"(ex : exemple.com) auquel il appartient. Le domaine est très " -"important si cet\n" -"ordinateur est un serveur de mails. Vous pouvez afficher le nom d'hôte de " -"votre ordinateur en utilisant\n" +"Entrez le nom court pour cet ordinateur (ex : mamachine) et le domaine DNS\n" +"(ex : exemple.com) auquel il appartient. Le domaine est très important si cet\n" +"ordinateur est un serveur de mails. Vous pouvez afficher le nom d'hôte de votre ordinateur en utilisant\n" "la commande hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez comment la configuration du DNS (serveurs de noms, liste de " -"recherche, \n" -"contenu du fichier /etc/resolv.conf) sera modifiée. Normalement, cela " -"est géré \n" -"par le script netconfig qui fusionne les données définies " -"statiquement ici avec \n" -"celles obtenues dynamiquement (ex : du client DHCP, de NetworkManager, etc.)." -"\n" -"Ceci est le comportement par défaut. Utilisez l'option Utiliser la " -"politique par défaut \n" +"Sélectionnez comment la configuration du DNS (serveurs de noms, liste de recherche, \n" +"contenu du fichier /etc/resolv.conf) sera modifiée. Normalement, cela est géré \n" +"par le script netconfig qui fusionne les données définies statiquement ici avec \n" +"celles obtenues dynamiquement (ex : du client DHCP, de NetworkManager, etc.).\n" +"Ceci est le comportement par défaut. Utilisez l'option Utiliser la politique par défaut \n" "est suffisante pour la plupart des configurations.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 @@ -2868,19 +2713,13 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"En sélectionnant Uniquement Manuellement, netconfig ne sera " -"plus autorisé \n" -"à modifier /etc/resolv.conf. Vous pouvez toutefois modifier " -"manuellement le fichier. \n" -"En utilisant l'option Utiliser une Politique Personnalisée, vous " -"devez spécifier une chaine \n" -"de politique personnalisée qui consiste en une liste, séparée par des " -"virgules, des noms des interfaces,\n" -"incluant les joker, avec STATIC et STATIC_FALLBACK comme valeurs spéciales " -"prédéfinies.\n" +"En sélectionnant Uniquement Manuellement, netconfig ne sera plus autorisé \n" +"à modifier /etc/resolv.conf. Vous pouvez toutefois modifier manuellement le fichier. \n" +"En utilisant l'option Utiliser une Politique Personnalisée, vous devez spécifier une chaine \n" +"de politique personnalisée qui consiste en une liste, séparée par des virgules, des noms des interfaces,\n" +"incluant les joker, avec STATIC et STATIC_FALLBACK comme valeurs spéciales prédéfinies.\n" "Pour plus d'informations, regardez le manuel de netconfig. \n" -"Note: Laisser le champ vide revient à utiliser la politique Uniquement " -"Manuellement.\n" +"Note: Laisser le champ vide revient à utiliser la politique Uniquement Manuellement.\n" "\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2888,23 +2727,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuration de l'adresse</big>\n" -"Sélectionnez Aucune configuration d'adresse si vous ne souhaitez " -"pas assigner d'adresse IP à cette carte.\n" -"Ceci est particulièrement utile pour les périphériques ethernet de type bond." -"\n" +"Sélectionnez Aucune configuration d'adresse si vous ne souhaitez pas assigner d'adresse IP à cette carte.\n" +"Ceci est particulièrement utile pour les périphériques ethernet de type bond.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Cochez iBFT si vous voulez conserver le réseau configuré dans " -"votre BIOS.\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" +msgstr "Cochez iBFT si vous voulez conserver le réseau configuré dans votre BIOS.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__21 #. Address dialog help 2/8 @@ -2913,10 +2745,8 @@ "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Adresse Dynamique si vous n'avez pas d'adresse IP " -"statique\n" -"assignée par l'administrateur système ou par votre fournisseur d'accès à " -"Internet.\n" +"Sélectionnez Adresse Dynamique si vous n'avez pas d'adresse IP statique\n" +"assignée par l'administrateur système ou par votre fournisseur d'accès à Internet.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__179 #. Address dialog help 3/8 @@ -2926,56 +2756,43 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Choisissez une des méthodes d'assignation dynamique d'adresse. " -"Sélectionnez DHCP\n" -"si votre réseau dispose d'un serveur DHCP. Les adresses réseau seront " -"ensuite \n" +"Choisissez une des méthodes d'assignation dynamique d'adresse. Sélectionnez DHCP\n" +"si votre réseau dispose d'un serveur DHCP. Les adresses réseau seront ensuite \n" "obtenues automatiquement depuis ce serveur.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" -"p>\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" "Pour chercher un adresse IP et l'assigner statiquement, sélectionnez \n" -" Zeroconf. Pour utiliser DHCP et retomber sur zeroconf, sélectionnez " -"DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +" Zeroconf. Pour utiliser DHCP et retomber sur zeroconf, sélectionnez DHCP + Zeroconf\n" "Sinon, les adresses réseau doivent être assignées Statiquement.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__24 #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" -"Entrez une adresse IP (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour " -"votre ordinateur et \n" +"Entrez une adresse IP (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour votre ordinateur et \n" "l'adresse IP distante (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "pour votre pair.\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour la Configuration de l'adresse statique, entrez une adresse IP " -"(par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour votre ordinateur et\n" -"le masque réseau (habituellement <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ou simplement la " -"longueur du prefixe <tt>/24</tt>). Optionnellement, vous pouvez\n" -"entrer le nom d'hôte (hostname) complet pour cette adresse IP. Le nom d'hôte " -"sera inscrit dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"Pour la Configuration de l'adresse statique, entrez une adresse IP (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour votre ordinateur et\n" +"le masque réseau (habituellement <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ou simplement la longueur du prefixe <tt>/24</tt>). Optionnellement, vous pouvez\n" +"entrer le nom d'hôte (hostname) complet pour cette adresse IP. Le nom d'hôte sera inscrit dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__25 #. Address dialog help 8/8 @@ -2984,8 +2801,7 @@ "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -"Contactez votre administrateur réseau pour de plus amples " -"informations\n" +"Contactez votre administrateur réseau pour de plus amples informations\n" "sur la configuration réseau." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 @@ -3008,22 +2824,15 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Zone pare-feu</big>\n" "Sélectionnez la Zone pare-feu pour y mettre l'interface. Si\n" -"vous sélectionnez une zone, le pare-feu sera activé. Si vous n'en " -"sélectionnez\n" +"vous sélectionnez une zone, le pare-feu sera activé. Si vous n'en sélectionnez\n" "pas et qu'il existe d'autres interfaces à \n" "protéger par le pare-feu, celui-ci restera\n" -"actif mais tout le trafic sera bloqué pour cette interface. Si vous ne " -"sélectionnez\n" -"pas de zone et qu'il n'en existe pas d'autres, le pare-feu sera désactivé.</" -"p>" +"actif mais tout le trafic sera bloqué pour cette interface. Si vous ne sélectionnez\n" +"pas de zone et qu'il n'en existe pas d'autres, le pare-feu sera désactivé." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"Interface obligatoire spécifie si le service réseau indique une " -"panne lorsque l'interface ne démarre pas lors de l'amorçage." +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "Interface obligatoire spécifie si le service réseau indique une panne lorsque l'interface ne démarre pas lors de l'amorçage." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" @@ -3031,31 +2840,23 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" -"Le Maximum transfer unit (MTU) est la taille maximale d'un paquet," -"\n" -"transféré en une trame à travers le réseau. Normalement, vous n'avez pas " -"besoin de\n" -"paramétrer le MTU, mais utiliser des valeurs de MTU plus faibles peuvent " -"améliorer les performances,\n" -"spécialement sur des connexions bas débit. Sinon, sélectionnez une des " -"valeurs recommandées\n" +"Le Maximum transfer unit (MTU) est la taille maximale d'un paquet,\n" +"transféré en une trame à travers le réseau. Normalement, vous n'avez pas besoin de\n" +"paramétrer le MTU, mais utiliser des valeurs de MTU plus faibles peuvent améliorer les performances,\n" +"spécialement sur des connexions bas débit. Sinon, sélectionnez une des valeurs recommandées\n" "ou définissez la votre.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Sélectionnez les périphériques esclaves pour le périphérique bond.\n" -"Seuls les périphériques pour lesquels l'activation du périphérique est " -"définie sur jamais et Aucune configuration d'adresse n'est " -"disponible." +"Seuls les périphériques pour lesquels l'activation du périphérique est définie sur jamais et Aucune configuration d'adresse n'est disponible." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 @@ -3066,8 +2867,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." @@ -3084,41 +2884,30 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -#| "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. Some " -#| "\n" +#| "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" #| "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" #| "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" #| "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -#| "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave " -#| "AUTO\n" -#| "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -#| "HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +#| "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +#| "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" #| "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" "Le Nom d'hôte à envoyer spécifie une chaine utilisée pour\n" -"l'option nom d'hôte lorsque dhcpcd envoie des messages au serveur DHCP. " -"Certains \n" -"serveurs DHCP mettent à jour les tables du DNS (résolution normale et " -"inverse) \n" +"l'option nom d'hôte lorsque dhcpcd envoie des messages au serveur DHCP. Certains \n" +"serveurs DHCP mettent à jour les tables du DNS (résolution normale et inverse) \n" "en fonction de ce nom d'hôte (DNS dynamique).\n" -"Certains serveurs DHCP exigent que la chaine Nom d'hôte à envoyer " -"contienne \n" -"une chaine spécifique dans les messages DHCP provenant des clients. Laissez " -"AUTO \n" -"pour envoyer le nom d'hôte actuel (tel que défini dans <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</" -"tt>). \n" +"Certains serveurs DHCP exigent que la chaine Nom d'hôte à envoyer contienne \n" +"une chaine spécifique dans les messages DHCP provenant des clients. Laissez AUTO \n" +"pour envoyer le nom d'hôte actuel (tel que défini dans <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "Si vous ne voulez pas envoyer de nom d'hôte, laissez le champ vide.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 @@ -3126,15 +2915,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" -#| "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this " -#| "table.\n" +#| "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.\n" msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Addresses supplémentaires</big>\n" -"Configurer les adresses supplémentaires d'une interface (en tant " -"qu'alias) dans ce tableau.\n" +"Configurer les adresses supplémentaires d'une interface (en tant qu'alias) dans ce tableau.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 @@ -3154,32 +2941,21 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Alias Name is optional and legacy.The total\n" -#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and " -#| "label) is\n" -#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -#| "truncates it after 9 characters." +#| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +#| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" "Nom d'alias est optonnel et ancien.La longueur totale\n" -" du nom de l'interface (incluant les deux points et le label) " -"est\n" -" limité à 15 caractères et l'utilitaire obsolète ifconfig le " -"tronque après 9 caractères." +" du nom de l'interface (incluant les deux points et le label) est\n" +" limité à 15 caractères et l'utilitaire obsolète ifconfig le tronque après 9 caractères." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"N'incluez pas le nom de l'interface dans le nom de l'alias. Par exemple, " -"entrez foo à la place de eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "N'incluez pas le nom de l'interface dans le nom de l'alias. Par exemple, entrez foo à la place de eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -3200,21 +2976,16 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "Pour votre clé, choisissez parmi trois types d'entrées de clé.\n" -" Phrase passe : la clé est générée à partir de la phrase " -"d'authentification\n" +" Phrase passe : la clé est générée à partir de la phrase d'authentification\n" "entrée.\n" " ASCII : les valeurs ASCII des caractères entrés forment la\n" "clé. Entrez cinq caractères pour les clés 64 bits, jusqu'à treize\n" -"caractères pour les clés 128 bits, jusqu'à 16 caractères pour les clés 156 " -"bits et\n" +"caractères pour les clés 128 bits, jusqu'à 16 caractères pour les clés 156 bits et\n" "jusqu'à 29 caractères pour les clés 256 bits.\n" " Hexadécimal : Entrez directement les codes hexadécimaux de\n" -"la clé. Entrez 10 chiffres hexadécimaux pour les clés 64 bits, 26 chiffres " -"pour\n" -"les clés 128 bits, 32 chiffres pour les clés 156 bits et 58 chiffres pour " -"les clés 256 bits.\n" -"Vous pouvez utiliser des traits d'union <tt>-</tt> pour séparer des paires " -"ou groupes de chiffres, \n" +"la clé. Entrez 10 chiffres hexadécimaux pour les clés 64 bits, 26 chiffres pour\n" +"les clés 128 bits, 32 chiffres pour les clés 156 bits et 58 chiffres pour les clés 256 bits.\n" +"Vous pouvez utiliser des traits d'union <tt>-</tt> pour séparer des paires ou groupes de chiffres, \n" "par exemple, <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>. \n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__58 @@ -3237,11 +3008,9 @@ "called Infrastructure Mode), or Master (the network card\n" "acts as an access point).\n" msgstr "" -"Le mode d'exécution dépend de la topologie du réseau. Ce mode " -"peut\n" +"Le mode d'exécution dépend de la topologie du réseau. Ce mode peut\n" "être Ad hoc (réseau pair à pair sans point d'accès), Géré\n" -"(Managed ; réseau géré par un point d'accès, parfois appelé également " -"Mode\n" +"(Managed ; réseau géré par un point d'accès, parfois appelé également Mode\n" "infrastructure) ou Maître (la carte réseau agit comme un point\n" "d'accès).\n" @@ -3251,21 +3020,16 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" "Définissez le Nom du réseau (ESSID) utilisé pour identifier\n" -"les cellules qui font partie du même réseau virtuel. Toutes les stations " -"d'un\n" -"réseau local sans fil doivent avoir le même ESSID pour communiquer entre " -"elles. Si\n" -"vous choisissez le mode d'opération Géré et aucun mode " -"d'authentification WPA,\n" -"vous pouvez laisser ce champ vide ou le définir sur <tt>any</tt> (n'importe " -"lequel). Dans ce\n" +"les cellules qui font partie du même réseau virtuel. Toutes les stations d'un\n" +"réseau local sans fil doivent avoir le même ESSID pour communiquer entre elles. Si\n" +"vous choisissez le mode d'opération Géré et aucun mode d'authentification WPA,\n" +"vous pouvez laisser ce champ vide ou le définir sur <tt>any</tt> (n'importe lequel). Dans ce\n" "cas, votre carte WLAN s'associe au point d'accès ayant la meilleure\n" "puissance de signal.\n" @@ -3283,34 +3047,26 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" "Managed.\n" msgstr "" -"Dans certains réseaux, vous devez définir un Mode d'authentification</" -"b>.\n" -"Cela dépend de la technologie de protection utilisée, WEP ou WPA. WEP</" -"b>\n" +"Dans certains réseaux, vous devez définir un Mode d'authentification.\n" +"Cela dépend de la technologie de protection utilisée, WEP ou WPA. WEP\n" "(Wired Equivalent Privacy) est un système permettant de chiffrer le\n" "trafic réseau sans fil avec une authentification facultative basée sur la\n" -"clé de chiffrement utilisée. Dans la plupart des cas où WEP est utilisé, le " -"mode WEP - Ouvert (aucune\n" +"clé de chiffrement utilisée. Dans la plupart des cas où WEP est utilisé, le mode WEP - Ouvert (aucune\n" "authentification) convient. Cela ne signifie pas que vous ne pouvez pas\n" "utiliser le chiffrement WEP. (Dans ce cas utilisez Pas de cryptage).\n" -"Certains réseaux peuvent nécessiter l'authentification WEP - Clé " -"partagée.\n" +"Certains réseaux peuvent nécessiter l'authentification WEP - Clé partagée.\n" "REMARQUE : l'authentification de clé partagée facilite l'intrusion d'un\n" "attaquant potentiel dans votre réseau. Si vous n'avez pas besoin\n" "spécifiquement de l'authentification de clé partagée, utilisez le \n" -"mode Ouvert. Du fait que WEP s'est révélé peu sûr, WPA (Wi-Fi " -"Protected Access)\n" -"a été défini pour corriger ces failles de sécurité. Mais tous les matériels " -"ne prennent pas en charge le protocole \n" -"WPA. Si vous voulez utiliser WPA, sélectionnez WPA-PSK ou WPA-EAP</" -"b>comme mode \n" +"mode Ouvert. Du fait que WEP s'est révélé peu sûr, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"a été défini pour corriger ces failles de sécurité. Mais tous les matériels ne prennent pas en charge le protocole \n" +"WPA. Si vous voulez utiliser WPA, sélectionnez WPA-PSK ou WPA-EAPcomme mode \n" "d'authentification. Ceci n'est possible qu'en mode d'opération\n" "Géré.\n" @@ -3342,10 +3098,8 @@ msgstr "" "Pour utiliser WPA-PSK (parfois nommé WPA Home),\n" "entrez la clé pré-partagée. Cette\n" -"clé permet l'authentification et des clés de chiffrement sont générées à " -"partir\n" -"de celle-ci. Elles ne sont pas vulnérables aux attaques connues contre les " -"clés WEP, mais des\n" +"clé permet l'authentification et des clés de chiffrement sont générées à partir\n" +"de celle-ci. Elles ne sont pas vulnérables aux attaques connues contre les clés WEP, mais des\n" "attaques de dictionnaire restent possible. N'utilisez pas de mots\n" "faciles à deviner comme phrase secrète.\n" @@ -3356,8 +3110,7 @@ "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" "Pour utiliser WPA-EAP (parfois nommé WPA Enterprise),\n" -"entrez certains paramètres supplémentaires dans la boîte de dialogue " -"suivante.\n" +"entrez certains paramètres supplémentaires dans la boîte de dialogue suivante.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__64 #. Wireless dialog help @@ -3365,8 +3118,7 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Ces valeurs seront écrites dans le fichier de configuration interface\n" @@ -3456,8 +3208,7 @@ "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" "perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.\n" msgstr "" -"WPA-EAP utilise un serveur RADIUS pour authentifier les utilisateurs. Il " -"existe\n" +"WPA-EAP utilise un serveur RADIUS pour authentifier les utilisateurs. Il existe\n" "différentes méthodes dans EAP pour se connecter au serveur et\n" " effectuer l'authentification : TLS, TTLS et PEAP.\n" @@ -3471,15 +3222,12 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "Pour TTLS et PEAP, saisissez votre Identité\n" "et votre mot de passe tels qu'ils sont configurés sur le serveur.\n" -"Si vous avez des exigences spéciales pour la définition du nom d'utilisateur " -"utilisé comme\n" -"Identity anonyme, vous pouvez le faire ici. Cela n'est généralement " -"pas nécessaire.\n" +"Si vous avez des exigences spéciales pour la définition du nom d'utilisateur utilisé comme\n" +"Identity anonyme, vous pouvez le faire ici. Cela n'est généralement pas nécessaire.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 @@ -3502,18 +3250,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"TLS utilise un Certificat du client à la place d'une combinaison " -"nom d'utilisateur et\n" -"mot de passe pour l'authentification. Il utilise une paire de clés publique " -"et privée\n" -" pour coder la communication de négociation. Vous aurez donc également " -"besoin d'un\n" +"TLS utilise un Certificat du client à la place d'une combinaison nom d'utilisateur et\n" +"mot de passe pour l'authentification. Il utilise une paire de clés publique et privée\n" +" pour coder la communication de négociation. Vous aurez donc également besoin d'un\n" " fichier de Clé client contenant votre clé privée et\n" " le Mot de passe de la clé client de ce fichier.\n" @@ -3557,10 +3301,8 @@ "If you do not know your ID and password or you do not have\n" "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous ne connaissez pas votre ID et votre mot de passe ou si vous n'avez " -"pas\n" -"de certificat ou de fichiers de clés, contactez votre administrateur système." -"\n" +"Si vous ne connaissez pas votre ID et votre mot de passe ou si vous n'avez pas\n" +"de certificat ou de fichiers de clés, contactez votre administrateur système.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146 #. combo box label @@ -3575,14 +3317,10 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez configurer la méthode d'authentification interne (également " -"connue sous le nom de phase 2)\n" -"à cet endroit. Par défaut, toutes les méthodes sont autorisées. Si vous " -"voulez limiter les\n" -" méthodes autorisées ou dans le cas où vous avez rencontré des difficultés " -"concernant\n" -" l'authentification, choisissez votre méthode d'authentification interne.</" -"p>\n" +"Vous pouvez configurer la méthode d'authentification interne (également connue sous le nom de phase 2)\n" +"à cet endroit. Par défaut, toutes les méthodes sont autorisées. Si vous voulez limiter les\n" +" méthodes autorisées ou dans le cas où vous avez rencontré des difficultés concernant\n" +" l'authentification, choisissez votre méthode d'authentification interne.\n" # TLABEL ldap-client_2002_08_07_0216__3 #. radio button group label @@ -3595,10 +3333,8 @@ "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez PEAP, vous pouvez également forcer l'utilisation d'une " -"implémentation\n" -"spécifique de PEAP (version 0 ou 1). Normalement, cela n'est pas nécessaire." -"\n" +"Si vous utilisez PEAP, vous pouvez également forcer l'utilisation d'une implémentation\n" +"spécifique de PEAP (version 0 ou 1). Normalement, cela n'est pas nécessaire.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__259 #. radio button: any version of PEAP @@ -3703,9 +3439,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "" -"Le mode authentification WPA n'est possible que dans le mode d'exécution " -"géré." +msgstr "Le mode authentification WPA n'est possible que dans le mode d'exécution géré." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication @@ -3741,8 +3475,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." -msgstr "" -"La clé de chiffrement doit être spécifiée pour ce mode d'authentification." +msgstr "La clé de chiffrement doit être spécifiée pour ce mode d'authentification." #. warning only #. Popup text @@ -3776,14 +3509,11 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez utiliser votre carte LAN sans fil en mode maître ou ad hoc," -"\n" -"vous pouvez définir ici le Canal que la carte doit utiliser. Ceci " -"n'est pas\n" +"Si vous voulez utiliser votre carte LAN sans fil en mode maître ou ad hoc,\n" +"vous pouvez définir ici le Canal que la carte doit utiliser. Ceci n'est pas\n" "nécessaire pour le mode géré--dans ce cas, la carte passera d'un canal à\n" "un autre à la recherche de points d'accès.\n" @@ -3794,8 +3524,7 @@ "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" "Dans certains cas rares, vous voudrez peut-être définir explicitement le\n" -"débit binaire de transmission. Par défaut, la vitesse la plus rapide " -"est définie." +"débit binaire de transmission. Par défaut, la vitesse la plus rapide est définie." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714 @@ -3803,10 +3532,8 @@ "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" -"Dans un environnement avec des points d'accès multiples, vous " -"voudrez\n" -"peut-être définir celui sur lequel effectuer la connexion en entrant son " -"adresse MAC." +"Dans un environnement avec des points d'accès multiples, vous voudrez\n" +"peut-être définir celui sur lequel effectuer la connexion en entrant son adresse MAC." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:718 @@ -3815,10 +3542,8 @@ "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez Utiliser la gestion d'énergie pour activer les " -"mécanismes\n" -"d'économie d'énergie. Généralement, ceci est une bonne idée, spécialement si " -"vous\n" +"Vous pouvez Utiliser la gestion d'énergie pour activer les mécanismes\n" +"d'économie d'énergie. Généralement, ceci est une bonne idée, spécialement si vous\n" "utilisez un ordinateur portable parfois non relié au secteur.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 @@ -3902,20 +3627,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys," -"\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "Dans ce dialogue, définissez vos clés WEP utilisées\n" -"pour chiffrer vos données avant qu'elles soient transférées. Vous pouvez " -"avoir\n" -"jusqu'à quatre clés bien qu'une seule clé soit utilisée pour le chiffrement " -"des\n" +"pour chiffrer vos données avant qu'elles soient transférées. Vous pouvez avoir\n" +"jusqu'à quatre clés bien qu'une seule clé soit utilisée pour le chiffrement des\n" "données. Il s'agit de la clé par défaut.\n" -"Les autres clés peuvent être utilisées pour déchiffrer des données. " -"Généralement,\n" +"Les autres clés peuvent être utilisées pour déchiffrer des données. Généralement,\n" "vous n'avez qu'une clé." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 @@ -3928,12 +3649,9 @@ "value to 64." msgstr "" "Longueur de la clé définit la longueur en bit de vos clés WEP.\n" -"Les valeurs possibles sont 64 et 128 bit, quelquefois aussi nommés 40 et 104 " -"bit.\n" -"Un matériel ancien peut ne pas être capable de gérer des clés 128 bit, " -"ainsi, si votre\n" -"connexion sans fil LAN ne fonctionne pas, il vous sera peut-être nécessaire " -"de\n" +"Les valeurs possibles sont 64 et 128 bit, quelquefois aussi nommés 40 et 104 bit.\n" +"Un matériel ancien peut ne pas être capable de gérer des clés 128 bit, ainsi, si votre\n" +"connexion sans fil LAN ne fonctionne pas, il vous sera peut-être nécessaire de\n" "choisir la valeur 64." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__93 @@ -3982,14 +3700,11 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Ne pas utiliser un certificat issu d'une Autorité de Certificat (AC) peut " -"entrainer des\n" -"connexions vers des réseaux non sécurisés ou malveillants. Continuer sans " -"AC ?" +"Ne pas utiliser un certificat issu d'une Autorité de Certificat (AC) peut entrainer des\n" +"connexions vers des réseaux non sécurisés ou malveillants. Continuer sans AC ?" #. error popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1310 @@ -4080,18 +3795,14 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>)." -"\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Paramètres d'administration à distance</big>\n" -"Si cette fonctionnalité est activée, vous pourrez administrer cette " -"machine à\n" +"Si cette fonctionnalité est activée, vous pourrez administrer cette machine à\n" "distance depuis une autre machine. Utilisez un client VNC tel que\n" -"krdc (connectez vous à <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>) ou un navigateur web " -"supportant Java\n" -"(connectez vous à <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>). Veuillez noter que " -"cette forme\n" +"krdc (connectez vous à <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>) ou un navigateur web supportant Java\n" +"(connectez vous à <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>). Veuillez noter que cette forme\n" "d'administration à distance est moins sécuritaire que SSH.\n" # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__0 @@ -4217,8 +3928,7 @@ "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" "Le réseau est actuellement géré par NetworkManager\n" -"ou complètement désactivé. YaST n'est pas capable de configurer certaines " -"options." +"ou complètement désactivé. YaST n'est pas capable de configurer certaines options." # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39 #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) @@ -4368,12 +4078,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"Il n'est pas recommandé d'utiliser .local comme nom de domaine à cause du " -"multicast DNS. L'utiliser à vos risques et périls ?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "Il n'est pas recommandé d'utiliser .local comme nom de domaine à cause du multicast DNS. L'utiliser à vos risques et périls ?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -4428,8 +4134,7 @@ "Enter a host IP Address, a Hostname, and optional\n" "Host Aliases, separated by spaces.\n" msgstr "" -"Entrez l'Adresse IP d'un hôte, un Nom d'hôte et, " -"facultativement, des\n" +"Entrez l'Adresse IP d'un hôte, un Nom d'hôte et, facultativement, des\n" "Alias d'hôtes, séparés par des espaces.\n" # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__18 @@ -4583,20 +4288,16 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression." -"\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Lorsque Expression régulière du préfixe de numérotation est activé," -"\n" -"les utilisateurs peuvent changer le préfixe de numérotation dans KInternet " -"du moment\n" +"Lorsque Expression régulière du préfixe de numérotation est activé,\n" +"les utilisateurs peuvent changer le préfixe de numérotation dans KInternet du moment\n" "qu'il correspond à l'expression.\n" "<tt>[09]?</tt> est une valeur recommandée qui permet <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" -"et le préfixe vide. Si l'expression est vide, les utilisateurs ne sont pas " -"autorisés à\n" +"et le préfixe vide. Si l'expression est vide, les utilisateurs ne sont pas autorisés à\n" "changer le préfixe.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__308 @@ -4663,8 +4364,7 @@ "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).\n" msgstr "" "Manuellement : vous contrôlez l'interface manuellement\n" -"via 'ifup' ou 'qinternet' (voir 'Contrôlé par l'utilisateur' ci-dessous).</" -"p>\n" +"via 'ifup' ou 'qinternet' (voir 'Contrôlé par l'utilisateur' ci-dessous).\n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__24 #. Combo box option for Device Activation @@ -4714,33 +4414,24 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"L'utilisation de Sur NFSroot est semblable à <tt>auto</tt>. Les " -"interfaces avec ce mode de démarrage ne seront\n" -"pas arrêtées avec <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> " -"fonctionne toujours.\n" -"Utilisez cette option lorsque vous avez un système de fichiers root NFS ou " -"iSCSI.\n" +"L'utilisation de Sur NFSroot est semblable à <tt>auto</tt>. Les interfaces avec ce mode de démarrage ne seront\n" +"pas arrêtées avec <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> fonctionne toujours.\n" +"Utilisez cette option lorsque vous avez un système de fichiers root NFS ou iSCSI.\n" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"L'utilisation de Sur NFSroot est presque identique à 'auto'. Par " -"contre, les interfaces avec ce mode de démarrage ne se\n" -"fermeront jamais avec 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' fonctionne toujours." -"\n" -" Utilisez cette option lorsque vous avez un système de fichiers root nfs ou " -"iscsi.\n" +"L'utilisation de Sur NFSroot est presque identique à 'auto'. Par contre, les interfaces avec ce mode de démarrage ne se\n" +"fermeront jamais avec 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' fonctionne toujours.\n" +" Utilisez cette option lorsque vous avez un système de fichiers root nfs ou iscsi.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__87 #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) @@ -4755,14 +4446,12 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Activation du périphérique</big> \n" -"Choisissez quand l'interface réseau doit être démarrée. Lors de " -"l'amorçage la démarre à l'amorçage\n" +"Choisissez quand l'interface réseau doit être démarrée. Lors de l'amorçage la démarre à l'amorçage\n" "du système. Jamais ne démarre pas le périphérique.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4909,12 +4598,8 @@ msgstr "Confirmer le redémarrage du réseau" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"À cause du réseau passerelle, YaST2 a besoin de redémarrer le réseau pour " -"appliquer les paramètres." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "À cause du réseau passerelle, YaST2 a besoin de redémarrer le réseau pour appliquer les paramètres." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 @@ -5303,12 +4988,8 @@ #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." -msgstr "" -"Mise en réseau / gestion par AutoYaST : NetworkManager n'est pas disponible, " -"\"Wicked\" sera utilisé." +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "Mise en réseau / gestion par AutoYaST : NetworkManager n'est pas disponible, \"Wicked\" sera utilisé." # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__264 #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings @@ -5460,19 +5141,9 @@ #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, " -#| "wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for " -#| "wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de configurer la carte réseau car le périphérique du noyau (eth0, " -"wlan0) n'est pas présent. La plupart du temps, ceci est causé par un " -"firmware absent (pour les périphériques wlan). Voir la sortie dmesg pour " -"plus d'informations." +#| msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "Impossible de configurer la carte réseau car le périphérique du noyau (eth0, wlan0) n'est pas présent. La plupart du temps, ceci est causé par un firmware absent (pour les périphériques wlan). Voir la sortie dmesg pour plus d'informations." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy @@ -5654,10 +5325,8 @@ #~ "Le réseau est actuellement contrôlé par NetworkManager et ses paramètres\n" #~ "ne peuvent pas être modifiés par YaST.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pour modifier les paramètres, utilisez l'éditeur de connexion de " -#~ "NetworkManager ou\n" -#~ "basculez la méthode de configuration du réseau vers la méthode " -#~ "traditionnel avec ifup.\n" +#~ "Pour modifier les paramètres, utilisez l'éditeur de connexion de NetworkManager ou\n" +#~ "basculez la méthode de configuration du réseau vers la méthode traditionnel avec ifup.\n" # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__8 #~| msgid "Device Name" @@ -5675,8 +5344,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Utilisez la méthode traditionnelle avec <tt>ifup</tt>\n" #~ "si vous n'exécutez pas un environnement de bureau (GNOME ou KDE)\n" -#~ "ou si vous avez besoin d'utiliser plusieurs interfaces en même temps.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "ou si vous avez besoin d'utiliser plusieurs interfaces en même temps.\n" #~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" #~ msgstr "&Utilisateur contrôlé par NetworkManager" @@ -5688,19 +5356,11 @@ #~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked" #~ msgstr "Controllé par &wicked" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"" -#~ "%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le service SSH sera activé, le port SSH sera ouvert (<a href=\"" -#~ "%1\">désactiver et fermer</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Le service SSH sera activé, le port SSH sera ouvert (<a href=\"%1\">désactiver et fermer</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"" -#~ "%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le service SSH sera désactivé, le port SSH sera bloqué (<a href=\"" -#~ "%1\">activer et ouvrir</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Le service SSH sera désactivé, le port SSH sera bloqué (<a href=\"%1\">activer et ouvrir</a>)" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__312 #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" @@ -5736,9 +5396,7 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__17 #~ msgid "Proposed bridged configuration for virtual machine network" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configuration proposée de la passerelle pour le réseau de la machine " -#~ "virtuelle" +#~ msgstr "Configuration proposée de la passerelle pour le réseau de la machine virtuelle" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__324 #~ msgid "Use non-bridged configuration" @@ -5819,11 +5477,8 @@ #~ msgid "Bond slaves" #~ msgstr "Esclaves bond" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le périphérique n'est pas configuré. Cliquez sur Configurer " -#~ "pour exécuter sa configuration." +#~ msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +#~ msgstr "Le périphérique n'est pas configuré. Cliquez sur Configurer pour exécuter sa configuration." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__215 #~ msgid "" @@ -5858,10 +5513,8 @@ #~ "dialog may inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Interruption du processus d'enregistrement :</BIG> \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez interrompre le processus d'enregistrement en cliquant sur " -#~ "Interrompre.\n" -#~ "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez interrompre le processus d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" +#~ "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__339 #~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use." @@ -5890,8 +5543,7 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a DSL device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ajouter un périphérique DSL :</BIG> \n" -#~ "Avec Ajouter, vous pouvez configurer manuellement un périphérique " -#~ "DSL." +#~ "Avec Ajouter, vous pouvez configurer manuellement un périphérique DSL." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__225 #~ msgid "" @@ -5900,10 +5552,8 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Modifier ou effacer :</BIG> \n" -#~ "Sélectionnez un périphérique DSL dont vous voulez modifier ou supprimer " -#~ "la configuration.\n" -#~ "Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton adéquat : Modifier ou Effacer." -#~ "" +#~ "Sélectionnez un périphérique DSL dont vous voulez modifier ou supprimer la configuration.\n" +#~ "Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton adéquat : Modifier ou Effacer." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__29 #~ msgid "Type" @@ -5934,20 +5584,14 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " -#~ "to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " -#~ "VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour commencer, sélectionnez votre mode PPP. Cela peut être " -#~ "soit\n" -#~ "PPP via Ethernet (PPPoE), soit PPP via ATM (PPPoATM ). " -#~ "Utilisez \n" -#~ "PPP via Ethernet si votre modem DSL est connecté sur le port " -#~ "ethernet de votre \n" -#~ "ordinateur. Si vous ne savez pas exactement quel mode utiliser, demandez " -#~ "à votre fournisseur." +#~ "Pour commencer, sélectionnez votre mode PPP. Cela peut être soit\n" +#~ "PPP via Ethernet (PPPoE), soit PPP via ATM (PPPoATM ). Utilisez \n" +#~ "PPP via Ethernet si votre modem DSL est connecté sur le port ethernet de votre \n" +#~ "ordinateur. Si vous ne savez pas exactement quel mode utiliser, demandez à votre fournisseur." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__77 #~ msgid "" @@ -5958,44 +5602,34 @@ #~ "carte ethernet." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " -#~ "up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les paramètres PPP dépendants du mode sont des paramètres " -#~ "nécessaires\n" -#~ "à la configuration de votre connexion DSL. VPI/VCI n'est " -#~ "nécessaire que pour les\n" -#~ "connexions PPP over ATM, Carte ethernet est nécessaire pour " -#~ "les connexions\n" +#~ "Les paramètres PPP dépendants du mode sont des paramètres nécessaires\n" +#~ "à la configuration de votre connexion DSL. VPI/VCI n'est nécessaire que pour les\n" +#~ "connexions PPP over ATM, Carte ethernet est nécessaire pour les connexions\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, 0.38\n" #~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour PPPoATM, entrez votre paire VPI/VCI ; par exemple, 0.38</" -#~ "i>\n" -#~ "pour British Telecom. En cas de doute, renseignez-vous auprès de votre " -#~ "fournisseur d'accès." +#~ "Pour PPPoATM, entrez votre paire VPI/VCI ; par exemple, 0.38\n" +#~ "pour British Telecom. En cas de doute, renseignez-vous auprès de votre fournisseur d'accès." #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoE, enter the device of the ethernet card to which your DSL\n" #~ "modem is connected. If you did not set up your ethernet card yet, do\n" #~ "so by pressing Configure Network Cards." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour PPPoE, entrez la carte ethernet à laquelle votre modem DSL est " -#~ "connecté.\n" -#~ "Si vous n'avez pas encore configuré votre carte ethernet, faites le en " -#~ "cliquant\n" +#~ "Pour PPPoE, entrez la carte ethernet à laquelle votre modem DSL est connecté.\n" +#~ "Si vous n'avez pas encore configuré votre carte ethernet, faites le en cliquant\n" #~ "sur Configurer les cartes réseau." #~ msgid "For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour PPTP, veuillez entrer le nom du serveur ou l'adresse IP." +#~ msgstr "Pour PPTP, veuillez entrer le nom du serveur ou l'adresse IP." #~ msgid "" #~ "Activation during boot may\n" @@ -6069,8 +5703,7 @@ #~ "<BIG>Saving ISDN Card Configuration\n" #~ "</BIG> Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Enregistrement de la configuration de la carte RNIS</BIG></" -#~ "B> \n" +#~ "<BIG>Enregistrement de la configuration de la carte RNIS</BIG> \n" #~ "Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__6 @@ -6080,10 +5713,8 @@ #~ "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Interruption du processus d'enregistrement :</BIG> \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez interrompre le processus d'enregistrement en cliquant sur " -#~ "Interrompre.\n" -#~ "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez interrompre le processus d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" +#~ "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" #~ msgid "Select the item to edit." #~ msgstr "Sélectionner l'article à modifier." @@ -6133,8 +5764,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure an ISDN card manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ajouter une carte RNIS (ISDN) :</BIG> \n" -#~ "Cliquez sur Ajouter pour configurer manuellement une carte RNIS " -#~ "(ISDN).\n" +#~ "Cliquez sur Ajouter pour configurer manuellement une carte RNIS (ISDN).\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__10 #~ msgid "" @@ -6149,12 +5779,10 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__125 #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ajouter une connexion RNIS (ISDN) :</BIG> \n" -#~ "Avec Ajouter, vous pouvez configurer une connexion RNIS (ISDN).</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Avec Ajouter, vous pouvez configurer une connexion RNIS (ISDN).\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__126 #~ msgid "" @@ -6165,8 +5793,7 @@ #~ "<BIG>Modifier ou effacer :</BIG> \n" #~ "Sélectionnez une carte RNIS (ISDN) ou une connexion à modifier ou\n" #~ "effacer.\n" -#~ "Pressez ensuite le bouton adéquat : Modifier ou Effacer.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Pressez ensuite le bouton adéquat : Modifier ou Effacer.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__135 #~ msgid "Hardware" @@ -6185,12 +5812,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuration RNIS (ISDN) détaillée" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La liste des numéros de téléphone distants contrôle quelles " -#~ "machines à distance\n" +#~ "La liste des numéros de téléphone distants contrôle quelles machines à distance\n" #~ "sont autorisées à se connecter à cette interface.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6202,53 +5827,42 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__106 #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " -#~ "without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si le mode de rappel est inactif, les appels sont traités " -#~ "normalement \n" +#~ "Si le mode de rappel est inactif, les appels sont traités normalement \n" #~ "sans procédure spéciale.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__107 #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si le mode de rappel est serveur, un rappel est déclenché après " -#~ "\n" +#~ "Si le mode de rappel est serveur, un rappel est déclenché après \n" #~ "réception d'un appel entrant.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__108 #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " -#~ "initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si le mode de rappel est client, le système local émet l'appel " -#~ "initial \n" +#~ "Si le mode de rappel est client, le système local émet l'appel initial \n" #~ "et attend le rappel de la machine distante.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " -#~ "call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " -#~ "server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Délai de rappel est le délai, en secondes, entre l'appel " -#~ "initial et le\n" -#~ "rappel (serveur) ou la terminaison de l'appel (client). Il devrait être " -#~ "plus grand du côté\n" +#~ "Délai de rappel est le délai, en secondes, entre l'appel initial et le\n" +#~ "rappel (serveur) ou la terminaison de l'appel (client). Il devrait être plus grand du côté\n" #~ "du serveur que du côté du client.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "In Additional ipppd Options, add extra options for ipppd,\n" #~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dans Options ipppd supplémentaires, ajoutez d'autres options " -#~ "pour ipppd,\n" +#~ "Dans Options ipppd supplémentaires, ajoutez d'autres options pour ipppd,\n" #~ "par exemple, +pap +chap pour l'authentification du serveur d'appel.\n" #~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" @@ -6286,13 +5900,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Sélection de services RNIS (ISDN)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si vous avez un contrôleur combiné RNIS et DSL CAPI, vous pouvez " -#~ "configurer\n" +#~ "Si vous avez un contrôleur combiné RNIS et DSL CAPI, vous pouvez configurer\n" #~ "votre connexion DSL avec Ajouter l'nterface DSL CAPI. Vous pouvez\n" #~ "également le faire plus tard dans le dialogue de configuration DSL.\n" @@ -6301,23 +5913,17 @@ #~ "RawIP and SyncPPP. In most cases, use SyncPPP. It is\n" #~ "the default for all common Internet providers.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour la connexion au réseau par RNIS (ISDN), il existe deux types " -#~ "d'interfaces :\n" -#~ "RawIP et SyncPPP. Dans la plupart des cas, vous utiliserez " -#~ "SyncPPP. C'est\n" -#~ "l'interface par défaut pour tous les fournisseurs d'accès Internet " -#~ "courants.\n" +#~ "Pour la connexion au réseau par RNIS (ISDN), il existe deux types d'interfaces :\n" +#~ "RawIP et SyncPPP. Dans la plupart des cas, vous utiliserez SyncPPP. C'est\n" +#~ "l'interface par défaut pour tous les fournisseurs d'accès Internet courants.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " -#~ "providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour basculer entre différents fournisseurs d'accès Internet, il n'est " -#~ "pas\n" -#~ "nécessaire de disposer d'une interface pour chaque fournisseur. Ajoutez " -#~ "simplement\n" +#~ "Pour basculer entre différents fournisseurs d'accès Internet, il n'est pas\n" +#~ "nécessaire de disposer d'une interface pour chaque fournisseur. Ajoutez simplement\n" #~ "plusieurs fournisseurs à la même interface.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6325,8 +5931,7 @@ #~ "Skip not to enter the interface and provider dialogs." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pour éviter d'ajouter maintenant une interface, utilisez le bouton\n" -#~ "Ignorer pour ne pas entrer dans le dialogue de l'interface et du " -#~ "fournisseur." +#~ "Ignorer pour ne pas entrer dans le dialogue de l'interface et du fournisseur." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have a DSL CAPI controller. Configure your DSL\n" @@ -6368,25 +5973,17 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__138 #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " -#~ "directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " -#~ "digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " -#~ "means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Mon numéro de téléphone - Entrez votre numéro de téléphone (MSN) \n" -#~ "(sans indicatif de zone) si votre carte RNIS (ISDN) est reliée " -#~ "directement à \n" -#~ "la prise fournie par la compagnie téléphonique. Si vous êtes relié à un " -#~ "PABX, \n" -#~ "entrez le MSN enregistré dans celui-ci, (par ex. votre extension " -#~ "téléphonique ou \n" -#~ "le(s) dernier(s) chiffre(s) de celle-ci). En cas d'échec, essayez 0, ce " -#~ "qui revient à \n" +#~ "(sans indicatif de zone) si votre carte RNIS (ISDN) est reliée directement à \n" +#~ "la prise fournie par la compagnie téléphonique. Si vous êtes relié à un PABX, \n" +#~ "entrez le MSN enregistré dans celui-ci, (par ex. votre extension téléphonique ou \n" +#~ "le(s) dernier(s) chiffre(s) de celle-ci). En cas d'échec, essayez 0, ce qui revient à \n" #~ "utiliser le MSN par défaut." # TLABEL network_2002_03_16_1943__2 @@ -6400,8 +5997,7 @@ #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "Note: ippp0 is an example" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si vous faites une sélection manuelle, vous devrez démarrer et arrêter " -#~ "le\n" +#~ "Si vous faites une sélection manuelle, vous devrez démarrer et arrêter le\n" #~ "service manuellement avec les commandes suivantes (en étant connecté\n" #~ "en tant que 'root') :\n" #~ "<tt>\n" @@ -6413,35 +6009,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel," -#~ "\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " -#~ "automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " -#~ "goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sélectionner aggrégation de canaux définit une connexion à 128 " -#~ "kbit\n" -#~ "dénommé également Multilink PPP. Pour ajouter ou supprimer le second " -#~ "canal,\n" +#~ "Sélectionner aggrégation de canaux définit une connexion à 128 kbit\n" +#~ "dénommé également Multilink PPP. Pour ajouter ou supprimer le second canal,\n" #~ "utilisez les commandes suivantes :\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "Vous pouvez également installer le paquet xibod pour gérer cela " -#~ "automatiquement. Si\n" -#~ "une largeur de bande plus importante est requise, il ajoutera un canal. " -#~ "Si le trafic diminue, il\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez également installer le paquet xibod pour gérer cela automatiquement. Si\n" +#~ "une largeur de bande plus importante est requise, il ajoutera un canal. Si le trafic diminue, il\n" #~ "supprimera un canal.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6449,8 +6038,7 @@ #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "En sélectionnant\n" @@ -6502,8 +6090,7 @@ #~ "from your provider for syncppp or you use raw IP.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Entrez les adresses IP si vous avez obtenu de\n" -#~ "votre FAI une adresse IP fixe pour syncppp ou si vous utilisez raw IP.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "votre FAI une adresse IP fixe pour syncppp ou si vous utilisez raw IP.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__150 #~ msgid "" @@ -6513,8 +6100,7 @@ #~ "This is the default with most providers.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Activez l'option Adresse IP dynamique si votre FAI vous " -#~ "assigne\n" +#~ "Activez l'option Adresse IP dynamique si votre FAI vous assigne\n" #~ "une adresse temporaire par connexion. Dans ce cas, l'adresse\n" #~ "d'émission est inconnue jusqu'au moment où la liaison est établie.\n" #~ "Ceci est proposé par défaut par la plupart des FAI.\n" @@ -6551,9 +6137,7 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__148 #~ msgid "Local and remote IP addresses must be completed correctly." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'adresse IP locale et l'adresse IP distante doivent être entrées " -#~ "correctement." +#~ msgstr "L'adresse IP locale et l'adresse IP distante doivent être entrées correctement." # TLABEL tv_2002_01_04_0147__36 #~ msgid "Manual ISDN Card Selection" @@ -6611,12 +6195,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " -#~ "salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si vous avez une vieille carte legacy ISA, vous pouvez entrer les\n" -#~ "valeurs pour le port d'E/S ou les adresses mémoires et les interruptions." -#~ "\n" +#~ "valeurs pour le port d'E/S ou les adresses mémoires et les interruptions.\n" #~ "Pour vérifier si vos valeurs sont correctes, consultez votre manuel\n" #~ "technique ou contactez votre revendeur.\n" @@ -6627,10 +6209,8 @@ #~ "rcisdn start command. Only the user root can do this.\n" #~ "HotPlug is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mode de démarrage : avec OnBoot, le pilote est chargé " -#~ "durant\n" -#~ "l'amorçage du système. Avec Manuel, le pilote doit être démarré " -#~ "avec\n" +#~ "Mode de démarrage : avec OnBoot, le pilote est chargé durant\n" +#~ "l'amorçage du système. Avec Manuel, le pilote doit être démarré avec\n" #~ "la commande rcisdn start que seul l'utilisateur root peut lancer.\n" #~ "HotPlug est un cas spécial pour périphériques PCMCIA et USB.\n" @@ -6642,11 +6222,8 @@ #~ "Il existe plusieurs pilotes pour votre carte RNIS (ISDN).\n" #~ "Sélectionnez-en un dans la liste.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Protocole RNIS (ISDN) : Dans la plupart des cas, il s'agit du " -#~ "protocole Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgstr "Protocole RNIS (ISDN) : Dans la plupart des cas, il s'agit du protocole Euro-ISDN." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__18 #~ msgid "" @@ -6659,21 +6236,14 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__19 #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " -#~ "one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Préfixe de numérotation : s'il vous faut un préfixe pour " -#~ "obtenir\n" -#~ "une ligne publique, vous pouvez l'entrer ici. Ceci est uniquement utilisé " -#~ "sur\n" +#~ "Préfixe de numérotation : s'il vous faut un préfixe pour obtenir\n" +#~ "une ligne publique, vous pouvez l'entrer ici. Ceci est uniquement utilisé sur\n" #~ "bus SO interne et le plus courant est \"0\"\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " -#~ "Log." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si vous ne voulez pas journaliser votre trafic RNIS (ISDN), " -#~ "déselectionnez Démarrer le journal RNIS (ISDN)." +#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." +#~ msgstr "Si vous ne voulez pas journaliser votre trafic RNIS (ISDN), déselectionnez Démarrer le journal RNIS (ISDN)." # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__44 #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" @@ -6798,8 +6368,7 @@ #~ "ATTENTION\n" #~ "\n" #~ " Vous avez sélectionné un pilote uniquement binaire qui ne fait pas\n" -#~ " partie de notre distribution. Vous ne pouvez utiliser ce pilote " -#~ "qu'après\n" +#~ " partie de notre distribution. Vous ne pouvez utiliser ce pilote qu'après\n" #~ "l'installation manuelle de paquets supplémentaires à partir de AVM.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " Continuer ?\n" @@ -6895,10 +6464,8 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Modifier ou effacer :</BIG> \n" -#~ "Sélectionnez un modem dont vous voulez modifier ou effacer la " -#~ "configuration.\n" -#~ "Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton adéquat : Modifier ou Effacer." -#~ "" +#~ "Sélectionnez un modem dont vous voulez modifier ou effacer la configuration.\n" +#~ "Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton adéquat : Modifier ou Effacer." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__79 #~ msgid "Modem Devices" @@ -6914,15 +6481,12 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__75 #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " -#~ "etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Périphérique indique à quel port votre modem est relié. ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc. désignent des ports série et correspondent, sous DOS/Windows, " -#~ "\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc. désignent des ports série et correspondent, sous DOS/Windows, \n" #~ "à COM1, COM2, etc. ttyACM0 et ttyACM1 désignent des ports USB." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__76 @@ -6931,28 +6495,20 @@ #~ "Often, this is 9 or 0.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si vous êtes relié à un PABX, vous devrez probablement composer un\n" -#~ "préfixe de numérotation. C'est souvent le 9 ou le 0." -#~ "\n" +#~ "préfixe de numérotation. C'est souvent le 9 ou le 0.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__77 #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " -#~ "additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " -#~ "your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sélectionnez le mode de numérotation approprié à votre ligne " -#~ "téléphonique.\n" -#~ "La plupart des compagnies téléphoniques utilisent la numérotation par " -#~ "tonalité comme\n" -#~ "mode de numérotation. Cochez les autres cases à cocher si vous " -#~ "voulez\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez le mode de numérotation approprié à votre ligne téléphonique.\n" +#~ "La plupart des compagnies téléphoniques utilisent la numérotation par tonalité comme\n" +#~ "mode de numérotation. Cochez les autres cases à cocher si vous voulez\n" #~ "activer le haut parleur de votre modem et si vous désirez que le\n" -#~ "modem attende de détecter la tonalité pour lancer la connexion.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "modem attende de détecter la tonalité pour lancer la connexion.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__78 #~ msgid "" @@ -7007,8 +6563,7 @@ #~ "Baud Rate is a transmission speed that tells\n" #~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La vitesse en bauds est la vitesse de transfert, exprimée en " -#~ "bits\n" +#~ "La vitesse en bauds est la vitesse de transfert, exprimée en bits\n" #~ "par seconde, entre votre ordinateur et votre modem.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__82 @@ -7074,23 +6629,16 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_16_1943__4 #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " -#~ "is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " -#~ "Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " -#~ "there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Connexion à la demande signifie que la connexion Internet sera\n" -#~ "établie automatiquement dès que des données seront demandées sur Internet." -#~ "\n" -#~ "Vous devez spécifier au moins un serveur de noms pour utiliser " -#~ "cette\n" -#~ "fonction. Ne l'utilisez que si vous avez une connexion Internet bon " -#~ "marché\n" -#~ "car il existe des programmes demandant périodiquement des données " -#~ "Internet." +#~ "établie automatiquement dès que des données seront demandées sur Internet.\n" +#~ "Vous devez spécifier au moins un serveur de noms pour utiliser cette\n" +#~ "fonction. Ne l'utilisez que si vous avez une connexion Internet bon marché\n" +#~ "car il existe des programmes demandant périodiquement des données Internet." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__94 #~ msgid "" @@ -7105,34 +6653,26 @@ #~ "after connecting, disable Automatically Retrieve DNS and\n" #~ "manually enter the DNS." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si le fournisseur ne transmet pas son serveur de noms de domaines (DNS)" -#~ "\n" -#~ "une fois la connexion établie, désactivez Retrouver automatiquement le " -#~ "DNS\n" +#~ "Si le fournisseur ne transmet pas son serveur de noms de domaines (DNS)\n" +#~ "une fois la connexion établie, désactivez Retrouver automatiquement le DNS\n" #~ "et entrez le DNS manuellement." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__95 #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Les Serveurs de nom doivent convertir les noms d'hôtes\n" -#~ "(tels que www.suse.com) en adresses IP (par exemple 213.95.15.200). Vous " -#~ "ne\n" -#~ " devez spécifier les serveurs de nom que si vous activez la connexion à " -#~ "la demande ou si vous\n" -#~ " désactivez l'option Modification DNS lorsque vous êtes connecté.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "(tels que www.suse.com) en adresses IP (par exemple 213.95.15.200). Vous ne\n" +#~ " devez spécifier les serveurs de nom que si vous activez la connexion à la demande ou si vous\n" +#~ " désactivez l'option Modification DNS lorsque vous êtes connecté.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__96 #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " -#~ "dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " -#~ "this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Le Ignorer les invites désactive la détection de toutes\n" @@ -7153,12 +6693,10 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__97 #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Le délai d'inactivité détermine le temps après lequel une\n" -#~ "connexion inactive sera terminée (0 signifie un délai d'inactivité " -#~ "infini).\n" +#~ "connexion inactive sera terminée (0 signifie un délai d'inactivité infini).\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__414 #~ msgid "min" @@ -7240,47 +6778,37 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__150 #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " -#~ "case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established." -#~ "\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Activez l'option Adresse IP dynamique si votre FAI vous " -#~ "assigne\n" +#~ "Activez l'option Adresse IP dynamique si votre FAI vous assigne\n" #~ "une seule adresse temporaire par connexion. Dans ce cas, l'adresse\n" #~ "d'émission est inconnue jusqu'au moment où la liaison est établie.\n" #~ "Ceci est proposé par défaut par la plupart des FAI." #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " -#~ "static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " -#~ "almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cochez la case Utiliser pair DNS si vous voulez changer\n" -#~ "vos serveurs de noms de domaines une fois la connexion établie. Votre " -#~ "configuration\n" -#~ "DNS statique sera alors remplacée par les adresses IP des serveurs DNS " -#~ "que vous aurez obtenues. Actuellement, presque tous les FAI \n" +#~ "vos serveurs de noms de domaines une fois la connexion établie. Votre configuration\n" +#~ "DNS statique sera alors remplacée par les adresses IP des serveurs DNS que vous aurez obtenues. Actuellement, presque tous les FAI \n" #~ "supportent Utiliser pair DNS.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__106 #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special " -#~ "\n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si le mode de rappel est inactif, les appels sont traités normalement " -#~ "\n" +#~ "Si le mode de rappel est inactif, les appels sont traités normalement \n" #~ "sans procédure spéciale." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__107 #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback " -#~ "\n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si le mode de rappel est serveur, un rappel est déclenché après\n" @@ -7296,16 +6824,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " -#~ "reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vérifiez la route par défaut pour définir la route par défaut " -#~ "pour ce\n" -#~ "fournisseur d'accès. C'est très probablement correct à moins que vous ne " -#~ "souhaitiez\n" -#~ "atteindre des machines isolées ou des sous-réseaux à travers ce " -#~ "fournisseur d'accès." +#~ "Vérifiez la route par défaut pour définir la route par défaut pour ce\n" +#~ "fournisseur d'accès. C'est très probablement correct à moins que vous ne souhaitiez\n" +#~ "atteindre des machines isolées ou des sous-réseaux à travers ce fournisseur d'accès." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__16 #~ msgid "Select Internet Service Provider (ISP)" @@ -7370,8 +6894,7 @@ #~ "then press Edit.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ajouter un fournisseur d'accès :</big> \n" -#~ "Sélectionnez un fournisseur d'accès dans la liste des fournisseurs " -#~ "d'accès disponibles\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez un fournisseur d'accès dans la liste des fournisseurs d'accès disponibles\n" #~ "puis cliquez sur Configurer.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__50 @@ -7391,8 +6914,7 @@ #~ "edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Aperçu des fournisseurs d'accès</big> \n" -#~ "Ici, vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des fournisseurs d'accès installés. " -#~ "Vous\n" +#~ "Ici, vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des fournisseurs d'accès installés. Vous\n" #~ "pouvez, en outre, modifier leur configuration. \n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__52 @@ -7412,8 +6934,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Modifier ou effacer :</big> \n" #~ "Sélectionnez un fournisseur d'accès à modifier ou effacer.\n" -#~ "Cliquez ensuite, selon le cas, sur Modifier ou Effacer.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Cliquez ensuite, selon le cas, sur Modifier ou Effacer.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__17 #~ msgid "Select the appropriate provider." @@ -7429,12 +6950,10 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__106 #~ msgid "Use New to add a provider not in the list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Utilisez Nouveau pour ajouter un fournisseur non listé." +#~ msgstr "Utilisez Nouveau pour ajouter un fournisseur non listé." #~ msgid "Choose one of the available provider types." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sélectionnez un des types de fournisseur d'accès disponibles." +#~ msgstr "Sélectionnez un des types de fournisseur d'accès disponibles." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__11 #~ msgid "Home Page: %1" @@ -7487,19 +7006,16 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__108 #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Entrez un nom de fournisseur pour le FAI et un numéro de " -#~ "téléphone\n" +#~ "Entrez un nom de fournisseur pour le FAI et un numéro de téléphone\n" #~ "pour accéder à votre FAI." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__109 #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " -#~ "for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -7515,10 +7031,8 @@ #~ "to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Entrez l'ID de ligne \n" -#~ "(par ex., 00056780362), le numéro T-Online (par ex., 870008594732)," -#~ "\n" -#~ "le code d'utilisateur (généralement 0001) et le mot de passe</" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "(par ex., 00056780362), le numéro T-Online (par ex., 870008594732),\n" +#~ "le code d'utilisateur (généralement 0001) et le mot de passe \n" #~ "à utiliser comme login (demandez à votre FAI si vous n'êtes pas sûr)." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__110 @@ -7527,35 +7041,28 @@ #~ "Password to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Entrez le nom d'utilisateur et le\n" -#~ "mot de passe à utiliser comme login (demandez à votre FAI si vous " -#~ "n'êtes pas sûr)." +#~ "mot de passe à utiliser comme login (demandez à votre FAI si vous n'êtes pas sûr)." #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le Nom d'utilisateur sera étendu par t-online-com/ au " -#~ "début\n" +#~ "Le Nom d'utilisateur sera étendu par t-online-com/ au début\n" #~ "et @t-online-com.de à la fin." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sélectionnez Toujours demander le mot de passe pour qu'à chaque " -#~ "fois, le mot de passe soit demandé.\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez Toujours demander le mot de passe pour qu'à chaque fois, le mot de passe soit demandé.\n" #~ "Il se peut que votre\n" -#~ "fournisseur d'accès Internet n'autorise pas l'enregistrement des mots de " -#~ "passe\n" -#~ "sur le disque. Si vous entrez votre mot de passe, il est enregistré en " -#~ "texte clair sur le disque\n" +#~ "fournisseur d'accès Internet n'autorise pas l'enregistrement des mots de passe\n" +#~ "sur le disque. Si vous entrez votre mot de passe, il est enregistré en texte clair sur le disque\n" #~ "(lisible uniquement par l'utilisateur racine).\n" #~ " \n" @@ -7646,18 +7153,15 @@ #~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "NetworkManager ne peut pas demander de mots de passe.\n" -#~ "Utilisez KInternet (sans NetworkManager) ou stockez les mots de passe sur " -#~ "votre système.\n" +#~ "Utilisez KInternet (sans NetworkManager) ou stockez les mots de passe sur votre système.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__45 #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field." +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vous avez entré des caractères qui ne sont pas des chiffres dans le champ " -#~ "'numéro\n" +#~ "Vous avez entré des caractères qui ne sont pas des chiffres dans le champ 'numéro\n" #~ "de téléphone'.\n" #~ "Voulez-vous continuer ?" @@ -7667,8 +7171,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dans le champ Nom d'utilisateur, remplacez l'espace libre\n" #~ "(après le /) par votre login Kamp. Puis entrez votre mot de passe\n" @@ -7680,26 +7183,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " -#~ "need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " -#~ "enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " -#~ "request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dans le champ Nom d'utilisateur, remplacez l'espace libre\n" #~ "(avant le @) par votre login AOL. Puis entrez votre mot de passe\n" -#~ "et cliquez sur Suivant. Si vous êtes un nouvel utilisateur AOL et " -#~ "voulez\n" -#~ "établir la liaison pour la première fois, vous devez entrer votre numéro " -#~ "de PIN AOL. Si vous\n" -#~ "avez un système Windows, vous pouvez entrer le numéro de PIN dans le " -#~ "logiciel\n" -#~ "de connexion AOL. Sinon, appelez le service d'assistance téléphonique " -#~ "d'AOL et\n" +#~ "et cliquez sur Suivant. Si vous êtes un nouvel utilisateur AOL et voulez\n" +#~ "établir la liaison pour la première fois, vous devez entrer votre numéro de PIN AOL. Si vous\n" +#~ "avez un système Windows, vous pouvez entrer le numéro de PIN dans le logiciel\n" +#~ "de connexion AOL. Sinon, appelez le service d'assistance téléphonique d'AOL et\n" #~ "demandez-leur d'entrer le numéro de PIN pour vous.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL." @@ -7707,8 +7202,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dans le champ Nom d'utilisateur, remplacez l'espace libre\n" @@ -7731,13 +7225,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dans le champ Nom d'utilisateur, remplacez l'espace libre\n" -#~ "(après le /) par votre login T-Online Business. Puis entrez votre " -#~ "mot de passe\n" +#~ "(après le /) par votre login T-Online Business. Puis entrez votre mot de passe\n" #~ "et cliquez sur Suivant. Contactez votre fournisseur si vous avez\n" #~ "des difficultés.\n" @@ -7746,28 +7238,20 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuration du fournisseur d'accès" #~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A&ctiver le control du périphérique pour les utilisateurs non-root via " -#~ "QInternet" +#~ msgstr "A&ctiver le control du périphérique pour les utilisateurs non-root via QInternet" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " -#~ "will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Contrôle du péripheriquel</big>\n" -#~ "Habituellement, seul l'administrateur système est autorisé à activer " -#~ "et\n" -#~ "desactiver une interface réseau. Avec Activer le control du " -#~ "périphérique pour \n" -#~ "les utilisateurs non-root via QInternet, n'importe quel utilisateur " -#~ "peut controler l'interface \n" -#~ "via QInternet. Cela necessite que smpppd soit installé et lancé.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Habituellement, seul l'administrateur système est autorisé à activer et\n" +#~ "desactiver une interface réseau. Avec Activer le control du périphérique pour \n" +#~ "les utilisateurs non-root via QInternet, n'importe quel utilisateur peut controler l'interface \n" +#~ "via QInternet. Cela necessite que smpppd soit installé et lancé.\n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__61 #~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" @@ -8042,19 +7526,11 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall Settings" #~ msgstr "Paramètres du firewall" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le pare-feu sera activé (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desactiver</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Le pare-feu sera activé (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desactiver</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le pare-feu sera desactivé (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activer</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Le pare-feu sera desactivé (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activer</a>)" # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__10 #~ msgid "Password:" @@ -8138,9 +7614,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Proxy" #~ msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il est recommandé de se ré-identifier pour appliquer les nouveaux " -#~ "paramètres du proxy." +#~ msgstr "Il est recommandé de se ré-identifier pour appliquer les nouveaux paramètres du proxy." # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__14 #~ msgid "Update proxy configuration" @@ -8227,19 +7701,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings " -#~ "to take effect, \n" -#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings " -#~ "immediately. Please check \n" +#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" #~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Configurez vos paramètres de proxy internet (mise en cache) ici.\n" -#~ "Remarque : Il est généralement recommandé de vous reloguer pour " -#~ "que les paramètres\n" -#~ "soient pris en compte, cependant, dans certains cas, l'application peut " -#~ "intégrer les nouveaux paramètres\n" -#~ "immédiatement. Veuillez vérifier ce que votre application (naviguateur " -#~ "web, client ftp, ...) supporte. " +#~ "Remarque : Il est généralement recommandé de vous reloguer pour que les paramètres\n" +#~ "soient pris en compte, cependant, dans certains cas, l'application peut intégrer les nouveaux paramètres\n" +#~ "immédiatement. Veuillez vérifier ce que votre application (naviguateur web, client ftp, ...) supporte. " #~ msgid "" #~ "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" @@ -8249,12 +7718,10 @@ #~ "au 'world wide web' (WWW).\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your " -#~ "secured access\n" +#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "URL du proxy HTTPS est le nom du serveur proxy pour votre accès " -#~ "sécurisé au\n" +#~ "URL du proxy HTTPS est le nom du serveur proxy pour votre accès sécurisé au\n" #~ "World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #~ msgid "Example: http://proxy.example.com:3128/" @@ -8268,8 +7735,7 @@ #~ "aux services de transfert de fichiers (FTP)." #~| msgid "" -#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option " -#~| "checked, it is\n" +#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option checked, it is\n" #~| "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~| "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -8277,10 +7743,8 @@ #~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lorsque l'option Utiliser le même proxy pour tous les protocoles</" -#~ "b> est\n" -#~ " sélectionnée, il suffit de compléter l'URL du proxy HTTP. Il sera " -#~ "utilisé ensuite pour tous les protocoles\n" +#~ "Lorsque l'option Utiliser le même proxy pour tous les protocoles est\n" +#~ " sélectionnée, il suffit de compléter l'URL du proxy HTTP. Il sera utilisé ensuite pour tous les protocoles\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS et FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -8288,28 +7752,22 @@ #~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" #~ "for example, %1.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Domaines no proxy est une liste de domaines, séparés par des " -#~ "virgules\n" -#~ "pour lesquels les requêtes doivent être effectuées directement sans " -#~ "caching,\n" +#~ "Domaines no proxy est une liste de domaines, séparés par des virgules\n" +#~ "pour lesquels les requêtes doivent être effectuées directement sans caching,\n" #~ "par exemple, %1.\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~| "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only." -#~| "\n" +#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." -#~ "\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si vous utilisez un serveur proxy avec authentification, entrez les\n" -#~ "Nom d'utilisateur proxy et Mot de passe proxy. Un nom " -#~ "d'utilisateur valide\n" -#~ "est constitué uniquement de caractères ASCII imprimables (excepté les " -#~ "guillemets).\n" +#~ "Nom d'utilisateur proxy et Mot de passe proxy. Un nom d'utilisateur valide\n" +#~ "est constitué uniquement de caractères ASCII imprimables (excepté les guillemets).\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__12 #~ msgid "" @@ -8370,9 +7828,7 @@ # TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__10 #~ msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vous ne pouvez pas entrer un mot de passe et laisser le nom d'utilisateur " -#~ "vide." +#~ msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas entrer un mot de passe et laisser le nom d'utilisateur vide." #~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "L'URL proxy HTTP est incorrect." @@ -8384,8 +7840,7 @@ #~ msgstr "L'URL du proxy HTTPS est incorrect." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'URL du proxy HTTPS doit contenir un schéma de spécification (http)." +#~ msgstr "L'URL du proxy HTTPS doit contenir un schéma de spécification (http)." #~ msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "L'URL proxy FTP est incorrect." @@ -8416,31 +7871,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Udev Rules are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n" -#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for " -#~ "example,\n" +#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for example,\n" #~ "eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les règles Udev sont les règles utilisées par le gestionnaire " -#~ "de périphériques du noyau\n" -#~ "pour associer une adresse MAC ou le BusID de votre périphérique réseau à " -#~ "son nom (par exemple,\n" -#~ "eth1, wlan0). Ceci permet de conserver un même nom de périphérique après " -#~ "redémarrage.\n" +#~ "Les règles Udev sont les règles utilisées par le gestionnaire de périphériques du noyau\n" +#~ "pour associer une adresse MAC ou le BusID de votre périphérique réseau à son nom (par exemple,\n" +#~ "eth1, wlan0). Ceci permet de conserver un même nom de périphérique après redémarrage.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address," -#~ "\n" +#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" #~ "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " -#~ "routed, \n" +#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed, \n" #~ "as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour chaque route, entrez l'adresse IP de destination, la passerelle " -#~ "ainsi que\n" -#~ "son masque de sous-réseau. Pour omettre une de ces valeurs, utilisez le " -#~ "signe \"-\".\n" -#~ "Sélectionnez le périphérique à travers lequel le trafic ainsi défini " -#~ "devra être routé, \n" +#~ "Pour chaque route, entrez l'adresse IP de destination, la passerelle ainsi que\n" +#~ "son masque de sous-réseau. Pour omettre une de ces valeurs, utilisez le signe \"-\".\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez le périphérique à travers lequel le trafic ainsi défini devra être routé, \n" #~ " \"-\" est un alias pour n'importe quelle interface.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__92 @@ -8448,22 +7894,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Fournisseurs à configurer" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -#~ "computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -#~ "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just lenght of prefix " -#~ "<tt>/24</tt>). For special case - unconfigured interface use <tt>0.0.0.0</" -#~ "tt> and <tt>/32</tt>.Optionally, you can enter\n" -#~ "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be " -#~ "written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +#~ "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +#~ "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just lenght of prefix <tt>/24</tt>). For special case - unconfigured interface use <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and <tt>/32</tt>.Optionally, you can enter\n" +#~ "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour la Configuration de l'adresse statique, entrez l'adresse " -#~ "IP statique (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour votre ordinateur et\n" -#~ "le masque de sous réseau (habituellement <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ou juste " -#~ "la longueur du prefix <tt>/24<tt>). Dans des cas spéciaux, interface non " -#~ "configurée, utilisez <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> et <tt>/32</tt>.\n" -#~ "Optionnellement, vous pouvez entrer le nom d'hôte (hostname) complet pour " -#~ "cette adresse IP. Le nom d\"hôte sera inscrit dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Pour la Configuration de l'adresse statique, entrez l'adresse IP statique (par ex., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) pour votre ordinateur et\n" +#~ "le masque de sous réseau (habituellement <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ou juste la longueur du prefix <tt>/24<tt>). Dans des cas spéciaux, interface non configurée, utilisez <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> et <tt>/32</tt>.\n" +#~ "Optionnellement, vous pouvez entrer le nom d'hôte (hostname) complet pour cette adresse IP. Le nom d\"hôte sera inscrit dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #~ msgid "No valid hostname." #~ msgstr "Nom d'hôte invalide." @@ -8476,8 +7913,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nécéssite un firmware. Veuillez l'installer depuis \n" #~ "le CD d'Add-On %1.\n" -#~ "Ajoutez d'abord le CD d'Add-On à vos dépôts de logiciels YaST puis " -#~ "revenez \n" +#~ "Ajoutez d'abord le CD d'Add-On à vos dépôts de logiciels YaST puis revenez \n" #~ "à cette fenêtre de configuration.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__94 @@ -8493,48 +7929,36 @@ #~ msgstr "&Reconnecter automatiquement" #~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via KInternet" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Activer le contrôle du périphérique par les utilisateurs via KInternet" +#~ msgstr "&Activer le contrôle du périphérique par les utilisateurs via KInternet" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" #~ "Via KInternet, any user may control the interface via KInternet.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Contrôle du périphérique</big>\n" -#~ "Normalement, seul l'administrateur du système est autorisé à activer " -#~ "et\n" -#~ "désactiver l'interface réseau. Avec Activer le contrôle du " -#~ "périphérique par les utilisateurs\n" -#~ "via KInternet, un utilisateur ordinaire peut contrôler l'interface " -#~ "via KInternet.\n" +#~ "Normalement, seul l'administrateur du système est autorisé à activer et\n" +#~ "désactiver l'interface réseau. Avec Activer le contrôle du périphérique par les utilisateurs\n" +#~ "via KInternet, un utilisateur ordinaire peut contrôler l'interface via KInternet.\n" # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__212 #~ msgid "&Netmask" #~ msgstr "Mas&que réseau" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__160 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply " -#~ "on both IPv4 and IPv6." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Activer la transmission IP si le système est un routeur. Cela " -#~ "s'applique à IPv4 et IPv6." +#~ msgid "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply on both IPv4 and IPv6." +#~ msgstr "Activer la transmission IP si le système est un routeur. Cela s'applique à IPv4 et IPv6." #~ msgid "" #~ "Your hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> and will be \n" -#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this " -#~ "modification, \n" +#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this modification, \n" #~ "uncheck Write Hostname to /etc/hosts box. In that case your \n" #~ "hostname will not be resolvable without an active network.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Votre nom d'hôte sera écrit dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> et sera " -#~ "joignable\n" -#~ "par l'adresse IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt>. Pour désactiver cette modification, " -#~ "\n" +#~ "Votre nom d'hôte sera écrit dans <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> et sera joignable\n" +#~ "par l'adresse IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt>. Pour désactiver cette modification, \n" #~ "décochez la case Écrire le nom d'hôte dans /etc/hosts.\n" #~ "Dans ce cas, votre nom d'hôte ne sera pas joignable sans réseau actif.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -8571,13 +7995,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -#~ "Note: In some cases you may need to relogin for the settings to " -#~ "take effect" +#~ "Note: In some cases you may need to relogin for the settings to take effect" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ici, vous pouvez configurer vos paramètres pour le proxy Internet (mis " -#~ "en cache).\n" -#~ "Remarque : Dans certains cas, il est nécessaire de se reloguer " -#~ "pour que les paramètres prennent effet" +#~ "Ici, vous pouvez configurer vos paramètres pour le proxy Internet (mis en cache).\n" +#~ "Remarque : Dans certains cas, il est nécessaire de se reloguer pour que les paramètres prennent effet" #~ msgid "" #~ "NetworkManager is enabled. Some features, such as\n" @@ -8594,12 +8015,8 @@ #~ msgid "Running KInternet..." #~ msgstr "Exécution de KInternet..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The %1 packages must be installed because device control for " -#~ "non-root users has been established." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les paquets %1 doivent être installés car le contrôle de " -#~ "périphérique pour les utilisateurs non-root a été établi." +#~ msgid "The %1 packages must be installed because device control for non-root users has been established." +#~ msgstr "Les paquets %1 doivent être installés car le contrôle de périphérique pour les utilisateurs non-root a été établi." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__112 #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" @@ -8610,28 +8027,22 @@ #~ "Use nm-settings applet or switch to Traditional Method with ifup " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cette configuration n'est pas compatble avec NetworkManager.\n" -#~ "Utilisez l'applet nm-settings ou basculez vers la méthode traditionnelle " -#~ "avec ifup " +#~ "Utilisez l'applet nm-settings ou basculez vers la méthode traditionnelle avec ifup " #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" #~ "This does not necessarily mean misconfigured network.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Click Continue to proceed to the next installation step. To skip " -#~ "any steps\n" -#~ "requiring internet connection or to get back to your network " -#~ "configuration,\n" +#~ "Click Continue to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +#~ "requiring internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" #~ "click Cancel." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le téléchargement des notes de version a échoué à cause d'une erreur du " -#~ "serveur.\n" +#~ "Le téléchargement des notes de version a échoué à cause d'une erreur du serveur.\n" #~ "Cela n'est pas forcement dû à une mauvaise configuration du réseau.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Cliquez sur 'Continuer' pour passer à l'étape suivante de l'installation. " -#~ "Pour sauter une\n" -#~ "étape necessitant une connexion internet ou pour revenir vers la " -#~ "configuration du réseau,\n" +#~ "Cliquez sur 'Continuer' pour passer à l'étape suivante de l'installation. Pour sauter une\n" +#~ "étape necessitant une connexion internet ou pour revenir vers la configuration du réseau,\n" #~ "cliquez sur 'Annuler'." #, fuzzy @@ -8649,20 +8060,16 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__144 #~ msgid "" #~ "If you plan to use a dial-up Internet connection and have set up your\n" -#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be " -#~ "temporarily\n" +#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be temporarily\n" #~ "disabled during the connection." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser un accès Internet commuté\n" -#~ "et si vous avez configuré votre connexion pour utiliser une attribution " -#~ "DNS dynamique,\n" +#~ "et si vous avez configuré votre connexion pour utiliser une attribution DNS dynamique,\n" #~ "ces valeurs seront ignorées durant le temps de connexion." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__145 #~ msgid "Optionally enter the name server list and domain search list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Facultativement, entrez la liste des serveurs de nom et la liste de " -#~ "recherche de domaines." +#~ msgstr "Facultativement, entrez la liste des serveurs de nom et la liste de recherche de domaines." #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that the hostname is global--it applies to all\n" @@ -8681,13 +8088,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Modify the current version of the file.\n" -#~ "Press Accept and continue editing other data. You are able to " -#~ "return to this dialog at a later time, \n" +#~ "Press Accept and continue editing other data. You are able to return to this dialog at a later time, \n" #~ "when the above service has terminated.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Modifier la version actuelle du fichier.\n" -#~ "Cliquez Accepter et continuez à modifier d'autres données. Vous " -#~ "pourrez revenir plus tard à ce dialogue.\n" +#~ "Cliquez Accepter et continuez à modifier d'autres données. Vous pourrez revenir plus tard à ce dialogue.\n" #~ "(Lorsque le service ci-dessus sera terminé.)\n" # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130 @@ -8697,19 +8102,11 @@ #~ msgid "Search List: Set by DHCP" #~ msgstr "Liste de recherche : définie par DHCP" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter the name for this computer and the DNS domain that it belongs to." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Entrez le nom de cet ordinateur et le domaine DNS auquel il appartient." -#~ "" +#~ msgid "Enter the name for this computer and the DNS domain that it belongs to." +#~ msgstr "Entrez le nom de cet ordinateur et le domaine DNS auquel il appartient." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server.</" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le domaine est particulièrement important si cet ordinateur est un " -#~ "serveur de messagerie." +#~ msgid "The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server." +#~ msgstr "Le domaine est particulièrement important si cet ordinateur est un serveur de messagerie." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__84 #~ msgid "&Change /etc/resolv.conf manually" @@ -8746,30 +8143,23 @@ #~ "via ifup or KInternet (See User Controlled below).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cliquez sur Manuellement pour contrôler l'interface manuellement\n" -#~ "via 'ifup' ou 'kinternet' (voir Contrôlé par l'utilisateur ci-" -#~ "dessous).\n" +#~ "via 'ifup' ou 'kinternet' (voir Contrôlé par l'utilisateur ci-dessous).\n" #~ msgid "No Zone, All Traffic Blocked" #~ msgstr "Pas de zone, tout le trafic est bloqué" # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_03_14_2340__0 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Because Device Control for Non-root User has been enabled, the %1</" -#~ "b> packages must be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A cause de l'activation du contrôle de périphérique pour les " -#~ "utilisateurs non-root, les paquets %1 doivent être installés." +#~ msgid "Because Device Control for Non-root User has been enabled, the %1 packages must be installed." +#~ msgstr "A cause de l'activation du contrôle de périphérique pour les utilisateurs non-root, les paquets %1 doivent être installés." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -#~ "Choose, when the network interface should be brought up. At Boot " -#~ "Time starts it during system boot. \n" +#~ "Choose, when the network interface should be brought up. At Boot Time starts it during system boot. \n" #~ "Never does not start the device.\n" #~ "%1\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Activation du périphérique</big> \n" -#~ "Choisissez quand l'interface réseau doit être démarrée. Lors de " -#~ "l'amorçage démarre l'interface au démarrage du système. \n" +#~ "Choisissez quand l'interface réseau doit être démarrée. Lors de l'amorçage démarre l'interface au démarrage du système. \n" #~ "Jamais désactive le démarrage automatique.\n" #~ "%1\n" @@ -8810,18 +8200,15 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Configurer ou supprimer :</big> \n" #~ "Sélectionnez une carte réseau à configurer ou à supprimer.\n" -#~ "Pressez ensuite, selon le cas, Configurer ou Supprimer.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Pressez ensuite, selon le cas, Configurer ou Supprimer.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter IP Address (e.g., 192.168.100.99)\n" -#~ "for your computer and the Remote IP Address (e.g., 192.168.100.254)" -#~ "\n" +#~ "for your computer and the Remote IP Address (e.g., 192.168.100.254)\n" #~ "of your peer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Entrez une adresse IP (par ex., 192.168.100.99) \n" -#~ "pour votre ordinateur et l'adresse IP distante (par ex., 192.168." -#~ "100.254)\n" +#~ "pour votre ordinateur et l'adresse IP distante (par ex., 192.168.100.254)\n" #~ "pour votre paire." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__302 @@ -8836,8 +8223,7 @@ #~ "<UL><LI>The device is not configured</LI><LI>Press Configure</B\n" #~ "> to configure</LI></UL>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<UL><LI>Le péripherique n'est pas configuré</LI><LI>Cliquez sur " -#~ "Configurer</B\n" +#~ "<UL><LI>Le péripherique n'est pas configuré</LI><LI>Cliquez sur Configurer</B\n" #~ "> pour configurer</LI></UL>" # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39 @@ -8845,8 +8231,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Carte réseau ARCnet" #~ msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Technologie temporelle asynchrone (TTA) (Asynchronous Transfer Mode, ATM)" +#~ msgstr "Technologie temporelle asynchrone (TTA) (Asynchronous Transfer Mode, ATM)" # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__63 #~ msgid "Bluetooth Connection" @@ -9077,8 +8462,7 @@ #~ "The values are written to /etc/sysconfig/hardware/hwcfg-*.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Configurez ici votre périphérique d'accès réseau.\n" -#~ "Les valeurs seront écrites dans /etc/sysconfig/hardware/hwcfg-*.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Les valeurs seront écrites dans /etc/sysconfig/hardware/hwcfg-*.\n" # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__59 #~ msgid "&Hardware Configuration Name" @@ -9135,8 +8519,7 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__22 #~ msgid "Clicking Next completes the configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "En cliquant sur Suivant, vous terminerez la configuration." +#~ msgstr "En cliquant sur Suivant, vous terminerez la configuration." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "No Address Setup" @@ -9145,17 +8528,11 @@ #~ msgid "&Without an address" #~ msgstr "&Sans adresse" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "without an IPv4 address, this is useful when the interface is used for " -#~ "pppoe" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "en l'absence d'adresse IPv4, ceci est utile lorsque l'interface est " -#~ "utilisée pour pppoe" +#~ msgid "without an IPv4 address, this is useful when the interface is used for pppoe" +#~ msgstr "en l'absence d'adresse IPv4, ceci est utile lorsque l'interface est utilisée pour pppoe" #~ msgid "Default Gateway TODO: the original help is bad" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Passerelle par défaut À FAIRE : l'aide d'origine est mauvaise</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgstr "Passerelle par défaut À FAIRE : l'aide d'origine est mauvaise" #~ msgid "Addi&tional Addresses" #~ msgstr "Adresses supplémen&taires" @@ -9179,8 +8556,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You changed the default device number.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "This possibility is only intended for systems with built-in network " -#~ "cards\n" +#~ "This possibility is only intended for systems with built-in network cards\n" #~ "or cards with multiple interfaces. If you do not have such network card,\n" #~ "this would probably result in a nonfunctional network configuration.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -9188,10 +8564,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous avez changé le numéro de périphérique par défaut.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Cette possibilité est uniquement à l'intention des systèmes avec cartes " -#~ "réseau intégrées\n" -#~ "ou des cartes avec interfaces multiples. Si vous n'avez pas de carte " -#~ "réseau de ce type,\n" +#~ "Cette possibilité est uniquement à l'intention des systèmes avec cartes réseau intégrées\n" +#~ "ou des cartes avec interfaces multiples. Si vous n'avez pas de carte réseau de ce type,\n" #~ "cela causera probablement une configuration réseau non fonctionnelle.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous vraiment continuer ?\n" @@ -9214,19 +8588,14 @@ #~ "automatiquement à partir du serveur.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__183 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Otherwise, network addresses must be assigned manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Autrement, les adresses réseau doivent être assignées manuellement</" -#~ "b>." +#~ msgid "Otherwise, network addresses must be assigned manually." +#~ msgstr "Autrement, les adresses réseau doivent être assignées manuellement." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" #~ "You can set the maximum transfer unit (MTU) of an interface." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vous pouvez définir l'unité MTU (Maximum Transfer Unit) d'une " -#~ "interface" +#~ msgstr "Vous pouvez définir l'unité MTU (Maximum Transfer Unit) d'une interface" #~ msgid "" #~ "This setting is not available\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -80,9 +80,7 @@ #. fstab(5): fs_type #: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "" -"ID du système de fichier, nfs et nfs4 supportés. La valeur par défaut est " -"nfs." +msgstr "ID du système de fichier, nfs et nfs4 supportés. La valeur par défaut est nfs." # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__21 #. CLI action handler. @@ -184,55 +182,42 @@ "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." msgstr "" "La table contient tous les dossiers \n" -"exportés depuis les serveurs distants et montés localement via NFS (partages " -"NFS)." +"exportés depuis les serveurs distants et montés localement via NFS (partages NFS)." #. Help, part 2 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" "Chaque partage NFS est identifié par l'adresse du serveur NFS distant et\n" -"le dossier exporté, le dossier local où le dossier distant est monté, le " -"type \n" -"NFS (soit nfs simple soit nfsv4) et les options de montage. Pour plus " -"d'informations\n" -"à propos du montage NFS et des options de montage, reportez vous à <tt>man " -"nfs.</tt>" +"le dossier exporté, le dossier local où le dossier distant est monté, le type \n" +"NFS (soit nfs simple soit nfsv4) et les options de montage. Pour plus d'informations\n" +"à propos du montage NFS et des options de montage, reportez vous à <tt>man nfs.</tt>" #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour monter un nouveau partage NFS, utilisez le bouton Ajouter. " -"Pour modifier la configuration du\n" -"partage actuellement monté, utilisez le bouton Modifier. Supprimer et " -"démonter le partage sélectionné par\n" +"Pour monter un nouveau partage NFS, utilisez le bouton Ajouter. Pour modifier la configuration du\n" +"partage actuellement monté, utilisez le bouton Modifier. Supprimer et démonter le partage sélectionné par\n" "le bouton Supprimer.\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous avez besoin d'accéder à des partages NFSv4 (NFSv4 est une " -"version\n" -"plus récente du protocole NFS), cochez l'option Activer NFSv4. Dans " -"ce cas, vous\n" -"pouvez avoir besoin de fournir un Nom de domaine NFSv4 spécifique, " -"requis pour\n" +"Si vous avez besoin d'accéder à des partages NFSv4 (NFSv4 est une version\n" +"plus récente du protocole NFS), cochez l'option Activer NFSv4. Dans ce cas, vous\n" +"pouvez avoir besoin de fournir un Nom de domaine NFSv4 spécifique, requis pour\n" "un paramétrage correct des droits d'accès aux fichiers/dossiers.\n" # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__13 @@ -366,22 +351,19 @@ msgstr "" "Dans Système de fichiers distant,\n" "entrez le chemin vers le répertoire du serveur NFS. Cliquez sur\n" -" Sélectionner pour en sélectionner un parmi ceux exportés par le " -"serveur.\n" +" Sélectionner pour en sélectionner un parmi ceux exportés par le serveur.\n" " " #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" "\t\t\n" -"Dans le champ Point de montage, saisissez le chemin au sein du " -"système de fichiers local où monter le répertoire. Cliquez sur\n" +"Dans le champ Point de montage, saisissez le chemin au sein du système de fichiers local où monter le répertoire. Cliquez sur\n" " Parcourir, puis sélectionnez votre point de montage\n" "de façon interactive." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/nfs_server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -75,12 +75,8 @@ msgstr "Options export (voir 'man exports')" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"Spécification du domaine pour le mapping de l'ID NFSv4, tel que " -"'localdomain' ou 'abc.com' etc." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "Spécification du domaine pour le mapping de l'ID NFSv4, tel que 'localdomain' ou 'abc.com' etc." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." @@ -126,20 +122,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"Le domaine ne peut être défini sans activer NFSv4. Veuillez utiliser la " -"commande 'set enablev4'." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "Le domaine ne peut être défini sans activer NFSv4. Veuillez utiliser la commande 'set enablev4'." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"La commande 'set' doit être utilisé comme suit : 'set option=valeur'. " -"Utiliser 'set help' pour obtenir des informations sur les options " -"disponibles." +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "La commande 'set' doit être utilisé comme suit : 'set option=valeur'. Utiliser 'set help' pour obtenir des informations sur les options disponibles." #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -215,8 +203,7 @@ #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." -msgstr "" -"Saisissez un chemin d'exportation qui ne soit pas vide. Exemple : /exports." +msgstr "Saisissez un chemin d'exportation qui ne soit pas vide. Exemple : /exports." # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__7 #. error popup message @@ -272,12 +259,8 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de lire le fichier /etc/idmapd.conf. Configuration par défaut du " -"paramètre pour le domaine à 'localdomain'." +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier /etc/idmapd.conf. Configuration par défaut du paramètre pour le domaine à 'localdomain'." # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__11 #. Help, part 1 of 2 @@ -296,37 +279,27 @@ "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -"Si vous choisissez Démarrer le serveur NFS, le fait de cliquer sur " -"Suivant ouvre\n" -"une boîte de dialogue de configuration dans laquelle vous pouvez spécifier " -"les répertoires à exporter." +"Si vous choisissez Démarrer le serveur NFS, le fait de cliquer sur Suivant ouvre\n" +"une boîte de dialogue de configuration dans laquelle vous pouvez spécifier les répertoires à exporter." #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" -"Si le serveur doit gérer des clients NFSv4, cochez Activer NFSv4, " -"et complétez\n" -"le nom de domaine NFSv4 que le démon d'assignation d'ID (id mapping daemon) " -"doit utiliser. Laissez \n" -"localdomain ou reportez-vous à la page de manuel d'idmapd et d'idmapd.conf " -"si vous n'êtes pas sûr.\n" +"Si le serveur doit gérer des clients NFSv4, cochez Activer NFSv4, et complétez\n" +"le nom de domaine NFSv4 que le démon d'assignation d'ID (id mapping daemon) doit utiliser. Laissez \n" +"localdomain ou reportez-vous à la page de manuel d'idmapd et d'idmapd.conf si vous n'êtes pas sûr.\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" -"Si le serveur et le client doivent s'authentifier à l'aide de la " -"bibliothèque GSS, veuillez cocher la case Activer la sécurité GSS.\n" -"Pour utiliser l'API GSS, vous devez, actuellement, avoir kerberos et gssapi " -"(nfs-utils > 1.0.7) sur votre système\n" +"Si le serveur et le client doivent s'authentifier à l'aide de la bibliothèque GSS, veuillez cocher la case Activer la sécurité GSS.\n" +"Pour utiliser l'API GSS, vous devez, actuellement, avoir kerberos et gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) sur votre système\n" # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__13 #. frame label @@ -381,38 +354,31 @@ "mount this directory.\n" msgstr "" "La zone supérieure contient tous les répertoires à exporter.\n" -"Si un répertoire est sélectionné, la zone inférieure affiche les hôtes " -"autorisés à\n" +"Si un répertoire est sélectionné, la zone inférieure affiche les hôtes autorisés à\n" "monter ce répertoire.\n" # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__18 #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -"Joker hôte définit les hôtes pouvant accéder au répertoire " -"sélectionné.\n" +"Joker hôte définit les hôtes pouvant accéder au répertoire sélectionné.\n" "Il peut s'agir d'un hôte simple, de groupes, de jokers ou de\n" "réseaux IP.\n" #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" -"Saisissez un astérisque (<tt>*</tt>) à la place du nom pour indiquer tous " -"les hôtes." +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgstr "Saisissez un astérisque (<tt>*</tt>) à la place du nom pour indiquer tous les hôtes." # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__19 #. Help, part 4 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à <tt>man exports</tt>.\n" +msgstr "Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à <tt>man exports</tt>.\n" # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__20 #. push button label @@ -538,12 +504,8 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de lancer svcgssd. Vérifiez que votre configuration kerberos et " -"gssapi (nfs-utils) est correcte." +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "Impossible de lancer svcgssd. Vérifiez que votre configuration kerberos et gssapi (nfs-utils) est correcte." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__1 #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 @@ -582,8 +544,7 @@ #~ "with spaces in their names.\n" #~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le mode utilisateur serveur NFS (%1) ne peut pas exporter les " -#~ "répertoires\n" +#~ "Le mode utilisateur serveur NFS (%1) ne peut pas exporter les répertoires\n" #~ "dont le nom comporte des espaces.\n" #~ "Utilisez pour cela le serveur basé sur kernel (%2)." @@ -592,8 +553,7 @@ # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__2 #~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de lancer idmapd. Vérifiez les paramètres de votre domaine." +#~ msgstr "Impossible de lancer idmapd. Vérifiez les paramètres de votre domaine." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__1 #~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." @@ -604,8 +564,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Impossible d'arrêter idmapd." #~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "'svcgssd' est déjà en cours d'exécution. Impossible de le redémarrer." +#~ msgstr "'svcgssd' est déjà en cours d'exécution. Impossible de le redémarrer." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__68 #~ msgid "Directories" @@ -620,18 +579,12 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall" #~ msgstr "Pare-feu" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is " -#~ "marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'option NFSv4 est activée. Assurez-vous qu'un seul système de " -#~ "fichiers exporté est marqué avec l'option fsid=0 pour un client " -#~ "particulier." +#~ msgid "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." +#~ msgstr "L'option NFSv4 est activée. Assurez-vous qu'un seul système de fichiers exporté est marqué avec l'option fsid=0 pour un client particulier." #~ msgid "" #~ "In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n" -#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n" #~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use \n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" @@ -639,10 +592,8 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dans le cas d'exportations multiples vers un client NFSv4,\n" -#~ "il est nécessaire de lier les chemins exportés sans fsid=0 à celui avec " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" -#~ "Pour exporter les chemins du serveur <tt>/Eve</tt> et <tt>/Adam</tt> en " -#~ "tant\n" +#~ "il est nécessaire de lier les chemins exportés sans fsid=0 à celui avec fsid=0.\n" +#~ "Pour exporter les chemins du serveur <tt>/Eve</tt> et <tt>/Adam</tt> en tant\n" #~ "que <tt>/</tt> et <tt>/mari</tt>, utilisez respectivement \n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" #~ "/Eve/mari 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,...)</pre>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/nis.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -164,8 +164,7 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Paramètres du pare-feu \n" @@ -188,38 +187,26 @@ #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la façon dont la configuration NIS sera modifiée. " -"Normalement, cela est géré\n" +"Sélectionnez la façon dont la configuration NIS sera modifiée. Normalement, cela est géré\n" "par le script netconfig qui fusionne les données définies statiquement ici\n" -"avec celles obtenues dynamiquement (par exemple depuis un client DHCP, " -"NetworkManager,\n" -"etc...). Ceci est le comportement par défaut qui est suffisant pour la " -"plupart des configurations. \n" -"En choisissant l'option Modifications uniquement manuelles, netconfig ne " -"pourra plus modifier\n" -"la configuration. Vous pouvez cependant modifier le fichier manuellement. En " -"choisissant l'option\n" -"Règle personnalisée, vous pouvez spécifier une chaine de règles " -"personnalisées qui consiste en une\n" -"liste de noms d'interfaces séparés par des espaces, avec éventuellement des " -"caractères joker (wildcards), avec\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK comme valeurs spéciales prédéfinies. Pour plus " -"d'informations, reportez vous au\n" +"avec celles obtenues dynamiquement (par exemple depuis un client DHCP, NetworkManager,\n" +"etc...). Ceci est le comportement par défaut qui est suffisant pour la plupart des configurations. \n" +"En choisissant l'option Modifications uniquement manuelles, netconfig ne pourra plus modifier\n" +"la configuration. Vous pouvez cependant modifier le fichier manuellement. En choisissant l'option\n" +"Règle personnalisée, vous pouvez spécifier une chaine de règles personnalisées qui consiste en une\n" +"liste de noms d'interfaces séparés par des espaces, avec éventuellement des caractères joker (wildcards), avec\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK comme valeurs spéciales prédéfinies. Pour plus d'informations, reportez vous au\n" "manuel de netconfig.\n" # TLABEL nis_2002_03_14_2340__0 @@ -241,22 +228,15 @@ "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" "either locally or over NIS." msgstr "" -"Automounter est un démon qui monte les répertoires " -"automatiquement,\n" +"Automounter est un démon qui monte les répertoires automatiquement,\n" "tels que les répertoires personnels des utilisateurs.\n" "On considère que ses fichiers de configuration (auto.*) existent déjà\n" "soit localement, soit via NIS." #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Les paramètres NFS qui affectent la façon d'opérer d'automounter peuvent " -"être définis par le client NFS, qui peut être configuré en utilisant le " -"bouton Configuration NFS." +msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgstr "Les paramètres NFS qui affectent la façon d'opérer d'automounter peuvent être définis par le client NFS, qui peut être configuré en utilisant le bouton Configuration NFS." #. radio button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 @@ -384,8 +364,7 @@ #. but the domain is unknown. #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:573 src/include/nis/ui.rb:902 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." -msgstr "" -"La recherche de serveurs ne fonctionne que lorsque le domaine est connu." +msgstr "La recherche de serveurs ne fonctionne que lorsque le domaine est connu." #. yes-no popup #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:591 @@ -401,34 +380,21 @@ # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__26 #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "" -"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Normalement, il est possible à chaque hôte de demander quel serveur " -"utilise un client. Désactiver Répondre aux hôtes distants limitera " -"cela aux hôtes locaux." +msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." +msgstr "Normalement, il est possible à chaque hôte de demander quel serveur utilise un client. Désactiver Répondre aux hôtes distants limitera cela aux hôtes locaux." # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__27 #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "" -"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server." -msgstr "" -"Cochez Serveur défectueux si les réponses des serveurs tournant " -"sur un port non privilégié doivent être acceptées. C'est un risque pour la " -"sécurité et il est préférable de remplacer un tel serveur." +msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." +msgstr "Cochez Serveur défectueux si les réponses des serveurs tournant sur un port non privilégié doivent être acceptées. C'est un risque pour la sécurité et il est préférable de remplacer un tel serveur." # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__28 #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 msgid "See man ypbind for details on other options." -msgstr "" -"Voir man ypbind pour obtenir des détails sur d'autres options." +msgstr "Voir man ypbind pour obtenir des détails sur d'autres options." # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__29 #. frame label @@ -515,12 +481,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "" -"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -"" -msgstr "" -"Le protocole SLP (Service Location Protocol) peut être utilisé " -"pour trouver le serveur NIS." +msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +msgstr "Le protocole SLP (Service Location Protocol) peut être utilisé pour trouver le serveur NIS." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__48 #. dialog label @@ -715,11 +677,5 @@ msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "Aucun serveur NIS trouvé." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using DHCP and the server provides the NIS domain " -#~ "name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up " -#~ "in the network module." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si vous utilisez DHCP et que le serveur fournit un nom de " -#~ "domaine NIS ou des serveurs, vous pouvez permettre leur utilisation ici. " -#~ "DHCP peut être mis en place dans un module de réseau." +#~ msgid "If you are using DHCP and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module." +#~ msgstr "Si vous utilisez DHCP et que le serveur fournit un nom de domaine NIS ou des serveurs, vous pouvez permettre leur utilisation ici. DHCP peut être mis en place dans un module de réseau." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/nis_server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -189,12 +189,10 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" -"Selectionnez si votre fichier passwd doit être fusionné avec le " -"fichier shadow\n" +"Selectionnez si votre fichier passwd doit être fusionné avec le fichier shadow\n" "(possible seulement si le fichier shadow existe).\n" # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__42 @@ -258,12 +256,9 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" -msgstr "" -"Entrez un domaine NIS. Si cet hôte est aussi un client NIS " -"utilisant cette machine comme un serveur, activez l'option appropriée.\n" +msgstr "Entrez un domaine NIS. Si cet hôte est aussi un client NIS utilisant cette machine comme un serveur, activez l'option appropriée.\n" # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__7 #. help text 2/3 @@ -364,8 +359,7 @@ msgstr "" "Votre machine est configurée pour changer le nom de domaine NIS via DHCP.\n" "Cela peut remplacer le nom de domaine qui vient d'être entré. Vérifiez vos\n" -"paramètres et envisagez de ne pas faire fonctionner un client DHCP sur un " -"serveur NIS.\n" +"paramètres et envisagez de ne pas faire fonctionner un client DHCP sur un serveur NIS.\n" #. firewall openning help #: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 @@ -373,8 +367,7 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Paramètres du pare-feu \n" @@ -438,8 +431,7 @@ "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" "L'entrée avec masque réseau <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> et réseau\n" -"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> doit exister pour permettre les connexions depuis l'hôte " -"local (localhost).\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> doit exister pour permettre les connexions depuis l'hôte local (localhost).\n" # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__15 #. help text 4/4 @@ -472,22 +464,14 @@ # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__21 #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Entrez le domaine NIS et l'adresse IP ou le nom de machine " -"du serveur NIS principal." +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "Entrez le domaine NIS et l'adresse IP ou le nom de machine du serveur NIS principal." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__4 #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"Si cet hôte est aussi un client NIS utilisant cette machine comme un " -"serveur, activez l'option appropriée." +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "Si cet hôte est aussi un client NIS utilisant cette machine comme un serveur, activez l'option appropriée." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 @@ -532,15 +516,8 @@ # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__13 #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"Spécifiez ici les noms des hôtes à configurer comme serveurs NIS " -"esclaves. Utilisez Ajouter pour insérer une nouvelle entrée, " -"Modifier pour changer une entrée existante, et Supprimer pour " -"en effacer une." +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "Spécifiez ici les noms des hôtes à configurer comme serveurs NIS esclaves. Utilisez Ajouter pour insérer une nouvelle entrée, Modifier pour changer une entrée existante, et Supprimer pour en effacer une." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__61 #. To translators: selection box label @@ -812,8 +789,7 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 msgid "Please wait until the configuration is saved." -msgstr "" -"Veuillez patienter pendant l'enregistrement de la configuration." +msgstr "Veuillez patienter pendant l'enregistrement de la configuration." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__89 #. dialog heading Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/ntp-client.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -33,44 +33,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Synchroniser maintenant pour régler votre heure système " -"correctement en utilisant le serveur NTP selectionné. Si vous voulez " -"utiliser le NTP de façon permanente, activez l'option Enregistrer la " -"configuration NTP." +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "Cliquez sur Synchroniser maintenant pour régler votre heure système correctement en utilisant le serveur NTP selectionné. Si vous voulez utiliser le NTP de façon permanente, activez l'option Enregistrer la configuration NTP." #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"En activant l'option Executer NTP en tant que démon</>, le service NTP " -"sera démarré en tant que démon. Sinon, l'heure système sera synchronisée " -"périodiquement. L'intervalle par défaut est 15 min. Vous pouvez le modifier " -"après l'installation avec le module ntp-client de yast2." +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "En activant l'option Executer NTP en tant que démon</>, le service NTP sera démarré en tant que démon. Sinon, l'heure système sera synchronisée périodiquement. L'intervalle par défaut est 15 min. Vous pouvez le modifier après l'installation avec le module ntp-client de yast2." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Avec le bouton Configurer, ouvrez la configuration NTP avancée." +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgstr "Avec le bouton Configurer, ouvrez la configuration NTP avancée." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." -msgstr "" -"La synchronisation avec le serveur NTP ne peut se faire que lorsque le " -"réseau est configuré." +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +msgstr "La synchronisation avec le serveur NTP ne peut se faire que lorsque le réseau est configuré." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__219 #. translators: error popup @@ -134,8 +112,7 @@ "click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" "La requête de test vers le serveur '%1' a échoué.\n" -"Si le serveur n'est pas encore accessible ou que le réseau n'est pas " -"configuré,\n" +"Si le serveur n'est pas encore accessible ou que le réseau n'est pas configuré,\n" "cliquer sur 'Non' pour ignorer. Revisiter la configuration du serveur NTP ?" #. local clock type name @@ -664,8 +641,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur " -"Interrompre." +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur Interrompre." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -696,10 +672,8 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" @@ -719,22 +693,14 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuration NTP sécurisée</big> \n" -"En sélectionnant l'option Restreindre le service NTP aux serveurs " -"configurés seulement, les hôtes distants ne seront pas capables de voir " -"et modifier les paramètres NTP sur votre\n" -"ordinateur. Le service NTP est restreint aux serveurs listés dans le fichier " -"/etc/ntp.conf et à l'hôte local (localhost). \n" -"Les indicateurs de contrôle d'accès peuvent être ajustés dans la table " -"récapitulative des serveurs. Cette option n'est pas disponible si le NTP est " -"configuré via DHCP.\n" +"En sélectionnant l'option Restreindre le service NTP aux serveurs configurés seulement, les hôtes distants ne seront pas capables de voir et modifier les paramètres NTP sur votre\n" +"ordinateur. Le service NTP est restreint aux serveurs listés dans le fichier /etc/ntp.conf et à l'hôte local (localhost). \n" +"Les indicateurs de contrôle d'accès peuvent être ajustés dans la table récapitulative des serveurs. Cette option n'est pas disponible si le NTP est configuré via DHCP.\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 @@ -746,21 +712,17 @@ "the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server." msgstr "" "<big>Configuration DHCP</big> \n" -"Pour récupérer les informations relatives aux serveurs NTP depuis votre " -"serveur réseau\n" -"à travers le protocole DHCP plutôt que de les spécifier manuellement, " -"activez\n" +"Pour récupérer les informations relatives aux serveurs NTP depuis votre serveur réseau\n" +"à travers le protocole DHCP plutôt que de les spécifier manuellement, activez\n" "Configurer le démon NTP via DHCP. Demandez à votre administrateur\n" -"réseau si les informations relatives aux serveurs NTP sont fournies par le " -"serveur DHCP." +"réseau si les informations relatives aux serveurs NTP sont fournies par le serveur DHCP." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" @@ -768,8 +730,7 @@ "Pour ajuster les serveurs NTP, pairs, horloges locales et diffusion\n" "générale (broadcasting) NTP, sélectionnez la ligne adéquate et cliquez\n" "sur Modifier. Pour ajouter un pair de synchronisation, cliquez sur\n" -"Ajouter. Pour effacer un pair de synchronisation existant, " -"sélectionnez-le et\n" +"Ajouter. Pour effacer un pair de synchronisation existant, sélectionnez-le et\n" "cliquez sur Effacer." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -780,22 +741,18 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Afficher le journal (log)</big>\n" -"Pour afficher les journaux (logs) du démon NTP, cliquez sur Afficher " -"le journal.\n" +"Pour afficher les journaux (logs) du démon NTP, cliquez sur Afficher le journal.\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Configuration avancée</big> \n" -"Pour configurer cet hôte afin d'effectuer la synchronisation par rapport à " -"plusieurs hôtes distants ou par rapport à\n" -"une horloge connectée localement, utilisez l'option Configuration " -"avancée." +"Pour configurer cet hôte afin d'effectuer la synchronisation par rapport à plusieurs hôtes distants ou par rapport à\n" +"une horloge connectée localement, utilisez l'option Configuration avancée." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 #. help text 1/4 @@ -822,8 +779,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -831,14 +787,11 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>Périphérique</big> \n" -"Pour que l'horloge fonctionne, il peut être nécessaire de créer un lien " -"symbolique spécial au \n" +"Pour que l'horloge fonctionne, il peut être nécessaire de créer un lien symbolique spécial au \n" "périphérique auquel l'horloge est connectée. Pour ce faire, sélectionnez\n" -" Créer un lien symbolique et définissez le Périphérique. Pour " -"rechercher ce périphérique,\n" +" Créer un lien symbolique et définissez le Périphérique. Pour rechercher ce périphérique,\n" " cliquez sur Parcourir.\n" -" Pour certains types d'horloges, soit il n'est pas nécessaire de créer un " -"lien symbolique,\n" +" Pour certains types d'horloges, soit il n'est pas nécessaire de créer un lien symbolique,\n" " soit vous devez le créer manuellement." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -849,8 +802,7 @@ "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" "<big>Calibration du pilote</big> \n" -"Pour calibrer le pilote de l'horloge, cliquez sur Calibration du pilote</" -"b>." +"Pour calibrer le pilote de l'horloge, cliquez sur Calibration du pilote." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 @@ -862,8 +814,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Adresse du serveur NTP</big> \n" "Pour définir l'adresse du serveur NTP, utilisez l'entrée Adresse.\n" -"Pour rechercher un serveur NTP, demandez à votre administrateur réseau ou à " -"votre fournisseur d'accès\n" +"Pour rechercher un serveur NTP, demandez à votre administrateur réseau ou à votre fournisseur d'accès\n" "Internet." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 @@ -876,8 +827,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Sélection d'un serveur</big> \n" "Pour sélectionner un serveur NTP parmi ceux trouvés sur le réseau local\n" -"ou dans la liste des serveurs NTP connus, cliquez sur Sélectionner " -"et\n" +"ou dans la liste des serveurs NTP connus, cliquez sur Sélectionner et\n" "choisissez entre Serveur NTP local et Serveur NTP public." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -901,8 +851,7 @@ "use Address." msgstr "" "<big>Adresse</big> \n" -"Pour définir l'adresse de l'hôte avec lequel faire une synchronisation " -"mutuelle,\n" +"Pour définir l'adresse de l'hôte avec lequel faire une synchronisation mutuelle,\n" "utilisez Adresse." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -926,8 +875,7 @@ "Address." msgstr "" "<big>Adresse</big> \n" -"Pour définir l'adresse de laquelle accepter les paquets de diffusion " -"générale,\n" +"Pour définir l'adresse de laquelle accepter les paquets de diffusion générale,\n" "utilisez Adresse." #. help text 2/4, was removed @@ -935,8 +883,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" @@ -949,23 +896,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Options de contrôle d'accès</big> \n" -"Définissez les indicateurs de contrôle d'accès (la directive " -"<tt>restrict</tt> dans\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) pour ce serveur en indiquant quelles types d'actions " -"l'hôte distant\n" -"peut effectuer sur votre démon NTP. Par défaut, cela est réglé sur " -"notrap\n" +"Définissez les indicateurs de contrôle d'accès (la directive <tt>restrict</tt> dans\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) pour ce serveur en indiquant quelles types d'actions l'hôte distant\n" +"peut effectuer sur votre démon NTP. Par défaut, cela est réglé sur notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. Cette option n'est disponible que si vous avez coché\n" -"l'option Restreindre le service NTP aux serveurs configurés uniquement</" -"b> dans\n" +"l'option Restreindre le service NTP aux serveurs configurés uniquement dans\n" "les Paramètres de sécurité.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -1002,8 +944,7 @@ "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" -"Pour configurer une horloge radio locale connectée directement à votre " -"odrinateur,\n" +"Pour configurer une horloge radio locale connectée directement à votre odrinateur,\n" "sélectionnez Horloge radio." #. help text 5/6 @@ -1022,8 +963,7 @@ "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" "Pour accepter des paquets NTP diffusés par d'autres hôtes du réseau\n" -"et les utiliser pour définir l'heure locale, sélectionnez Diffusion " -"entrante." +"et les utiliser pour définir l'heure locale, sélectionnez Diffusion entrante." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -1033,8 +973,7 @@ "the NTP server from the list of known NTP servers." msgstr "" "<big>Emplacement du serveur</big>\n" -"Sélectionnez si vous souhaitez trouver le serveur NTP dans le réseau local " -"ou\n" +"Sélectionnez si vous souhaitez trouver le serveur NTP dans le réseau local ou\n" "choisissez le serveur NTP dans la liste des serveurs NTP connus." #. help text 2/5 @@ -1055,13 +994,11 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Sélection d'un serveur NTP public</big> \n" -"Sélectionnez le serveur NTP à utiliser parmi la liste des serveurs NTP " -"publics.\n" +"Sélectionnez le serveur NTP à utiliser parmi la liste des serveurs NTP publics.\n" "Pour n'afficher les serveurs NTP que pour un pays, sélectionnez-le dans\n" "Pays." @@ -1078,15 +1015,11 @@ "to find an NTP server near you." msgstr "" "<big>Note</big> \n" -"Les serveurs NTP répertoriés ne sont pas disponibles depuis tous les pays " -"mais\n" +"Les serveurs NTP répertoriés ne sont pas disponibles depuis tous les pays mais\n" "uniquement depuis un pays ou une région en particulier.\n" -"Avant d'utiliser n'importe quel serveur NTP de la liste, demandez à votre " -"administrateur\n" -"de système ou à votre fournisseur d'accès Internet si il existe un serveur " -"plus proche de\n" -"vous et donnez la préférence à se serveur recommandé plutôt qu'à n'importe " -"quel serveur\n" +"Avant d'utiliser n'importe quel serveur NTP de la liste, demandez à votre administrateur\n" +"de système ou à votre fournisseur d'accès Internet si il existe un serveur plus proche de\n" +"vous et donnez la préférence à se serveur recommandé plutôt qu'à n'importe quel serveur\n" "de la liste.\n" "Vous pouvez aussi trouver un serveur NTP proche de vous sur\n" "http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html." @@ -1108,35 +1041,27 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Utiliser des serveurs aléatoires</big> \n" "Ce service est offert par pool.ntp.org. Si vous sélectionnez cette option,\n" -" trois serveurs différents sont ajoutés à la configuration. Les noms des " -"serveurs sont\n" -" permanents, mais changent d'enregistrements DNS (adresses IP) toutes les " -"heures. Cela signifie que votre\n" -" client NTP est synchronisé avec des serveurs différents toutes les heures.</" -"p>\n" +" trois serveurs différents sont ajoutés à la configuration. Les noms des serveurs sont\n" +" permanents, mais changent d'enregistrements DNS (adresses IP) toutes les heures. Cela signifie que votre\n" +" client NTP est synchronisé avec des serveurs différents toutes les heures.\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Calibration du pilote de l'horloge</big> \n" "Le pilote de l'horloge peut avoir besoin d'être calibré. Dans ce dialogue,\n" -"plusieurs options de calibration peuvent être définies. La signification " -"des\n" +"plusieurs options de calibration peuvent être définies. La signification des\n" "options particulières dépend de chaque pilote. Certains pilotes n'utilisent\n" "pas toutes les options." @@ -1144,13 +1069,10 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour obtenir plus d'informations sur les options disponibles, installez le " -"paquet\n" -"ntp-doc et consultez /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock." -"htm\n" +"Pour obtenir plus d'informations sur les options disponibles, installez le paquet\n" +"ntp-doc et consultez /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm\n" # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__18 #. yes-no popup @@ -1674,14 +1596,8 @@ "Impossible de rechercher un serveur NTP sur le réseau local\n" "sans avoir installé le paquet %1.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or " -#~ "network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server " -#~ "configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La requête de test vers le serveur '%1' a échoué. Si le serveur n'est pas " -#~ "encore accessible ou que le réseau n'est pas configuré, cliquer sur 'Non' " -#~ "pour ignorer. Revisiter la configuration du serveur NTP ?" +#~ msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#~ msgstr "La requête de test vers le serveur '%1' a échoué. Si le serveur n'est pas encore accessible ou que le réseau n'est pas configuré, cliquer sur 'Non' pour ignorer. Revisiter la configuration du serveur NTP ?" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" @@ -1690,11 +1606,9 @@ #~ "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Démarrer le démon NTP</big> \n" -#~ "Selectionner si le démon NTP doit être démarré maintenant et à chaque " -#~ "amorçage du\n" +#~ "Selectionner si le démon NTP doit être démarré maintenant et à chaque amorçage du\n" #~ "système. Le démon NTP résout les noms d'hôte lors de l'initialisation.\n" -#~ "Votre connexion réseau doit être démarrée avant que le démon NTP ne " -#~ "démarre.\n" +#~ "Votre connexion réseau doit être démarrée avant que le démon NTP ne démarre.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -1725,8 +1639,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Initial Synchronization</big> \n" -#~ "The first synchronization of the clock is performed before the NTP daemon " -#~ "is\n" +#~ "The first synchronization of the clock is performed before the NTP daemon is\n" #~ "started. To use this host for initial synchronization, select\n" #~ "Use for Initial Synchronization." #~ msgstr "" @@ -1740,29 +1653,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -#~ "By selecting the option Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers " -#~ "Only\n" +#~ "By selecting the option Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only\n" #~ "you prohibit all remote hosts to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -#~ "computer. In this way NTP service is restricted only to those servers " -#~ "listed\n" +#~ "computer. In this way NTP service is restricted only to those servers listed\n" #~ "in /etc/ntp.conf and localhost. \n" -#~ "Access control flags can be fine-tuned by editing the corresponding " -#~ "server entry \n" +#~ "Access control flags can be fine-tuned by editing the corresponding server entry \n" #~ "in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is \n" #~ "configured via DHCP.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Configuration NTP sécurisée</big> \n" -#~ "En sélectionnant l'option Restreindre le service NTP aux serveurs " -#~ "configurés seulement\n" -#~ "vous interdisez tous les hôtes distants à voir et modifier les paramètres " -#~ "NTP sur votre\n" -#~ "ordinateur. Dans ce cas, le service NTP est restreint aux serveurs " -#~ "listés\n" +#~ "En sélectionnant l'option Restreindre le service NTP aux serveurs configurés seulement\n" +#~ "vous interdisez tous les hôtes distants à voir et modifier les paramètres NTP sur votre\n" +#~ "ordinateur. Dans ce cas, le service NTP est restreint aux serveurs listés\n" #~ "dans /etc/ntp.conf et à l'hôte local (localhost). \n" -#~ "Les indicateurs de contrôle d'accès peuvent être ajustés en éditant " -#~ "l'entrée correspondant au serveur\n" -#~ "dans la table récapitulative des serveurs. Cette option n'est pas " -#~ "disponible si le NTP est\n" +#~ "Les indicateurs de contrôle d'accès peuvent être ajustés en éditant l'entrée correspondant au serveur\n" +#~ "dans la table récapitulative des serveurs. Cette option n'est pas disponible si le NTP est\n" #~ "configuré via DHCP.\n" #~ msgid "Automatically Start NTP Daemon" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/oneclickinstall.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -42,12 +42,8 @@ msgstr "Fichier où consigner la représentation interne du fichier YMP" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "" -"File containing internal representation of One Click Install " -"instructions" -msgstr "" -"Fichier contenant la représentation interne des instructions One Click " -"Install" +msgid "File containing internal representation of One Click Install instructions" +msgstr "Fichier contenant la représentation interne des instructions One Click Install" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file." @@ -125,8 +121,7 @@ #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:184 msgid "Warning: Unable to remove temporarily added repositories." -msgstr "" -"Avertissement : Impossible de retirer les dépôts ajoutés temporairement." +msgstr "Avertissement : Impossible de retirer les dépôts ajoutés temporairement." # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26 #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:188 @@ -143,11 +138,8 @@ msgstr "Cet assistant va installer les logiciels sur votre ordinateur." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "" -"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Regarder <tt>http://fr.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> pour plus " -"d'informations." +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgstr "Regarder <tt>http://fr.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> pour plus d'informations." #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 @@ -231,56 +223,29 @@ msgstr "Étapes de l'installation" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required " -"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur a été rencontrée lors de la tentative de souscription aux dépôts " -"necessaires. Veuillez vous reporter aux fichiers logs de yast2 pour plus " -"d'informations." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Une erreur a été rencontrée lors de la tentative de souscription aux dépôts necessaires. Veuillez vous reporter aux fichiers logs de yast2 pour plus d'informations." #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur a été rencontrée lors de la tentative de suppression des paquets " -"spécifiés. Veuillez vous reporter aux fichiers logs de yast2 pour plus " -"d'informations." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Une erreur a été rencontrée lors de la tentative de suppression des paquets spécifiés. Veuillez vous reporter aux fichiers logs de yast2 pour plus d'informations." #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur a été rencontrée lors de la tentative d'installation des modèles " -"spécifiés. Veuillez vous reporter aux fichiers logs de yast2 pour plus " -"d'informations." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Une erreur a été rencontrée lors de la tentative d'installation des modèles spécifiés. Veuillez vous reporter aux fichiers logs de yast2 pour plus d'informations." #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur a été rencontrée lors de la tentative d'installation des paquets " -"spécifiés. Veuillez vous reporter aux fichiers logs de yast2 pour plus " -"d'informations." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Une erreur a été rencontrée lors de la tentative d'installation des paquets spécifiés. Veuillez vous reporter aux fichiers logs de yast2 pour plus d'informations." # Verifier le : YaST > Dépôts #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " -"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST " -"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur a été rencontrée lors de la tentative de désinscription aux " -"dépôts utilisés pendant l'installation. Vous pouvez les supprimer " -"manuellement dans YaST > Dépôts de logiciels. Veuillez vous reporter aux " -"fichiers logs de yast2 pour plus d'informations." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Une erreur a été rencontrée lors de la tentative de désinscription aux dépôts utilisés pendant l'installation. Vous pouvez les supprimer manuellement dans YaST > Dépôts de logiciels. Veuillez vous reporter aux fichiers logs de yast2 pour plus d'informations." # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__19 #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 @@ -295,8 +260,7 @@ #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:24 msgid "Select the software repositories you wish to subscribe to:" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner les dépôts de logiciels auxquels vous souhaitez souscrire : " +msgstr "Sélectionner les dépôts de logiciels auxquels vous souhaitez souscrire : " # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__251 #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:32 @@ -323,14 +287,8 @@ msgstr "Installation impossible" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 -#| msgid "" -#| "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for " -#| "this version of openSUSE." -msgid "" -"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." -msgstr "" -"Le fichier ou le lien d'installation ouvert ne contient pas d'instructions " -"pour %s." +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgstr "Le fichier ou le lien d'installation ouvert ne contient pas d'instructions pour %s." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__11 #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 @@ -363,12 +321,8 @@ msgstr "Ne plus me demander" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "" -"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " -"remain subscribed." -msgstr "" -"Ces dépôts seront rajoutés uniquement pour l'installation. Ils ne resteront " -"pas souscrits." +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." +msgstr "Ces dépôts seront rajoutés uniquement pour l'installation. Ils ne resteront pas souscrits." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." @@ -377,9 +331,7 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__75 #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:360 msgid "If you continue, the following changes will be made to your system:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous continuez, les changements suivants seront réalisés sur votre " -"système :" +msgstr "Si vous continuez, les changements suivants seront réalisés sur votre système :" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__79 #. Put remove message at top, incase people try to push it off the bottom of the warning by adding lots of packages. @@ -425,12 +377,8 @@ msgstr "L'installation a seulement partiellement réussie." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "" -"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/" -"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " -msgstr "" -"L'installation a échoué. Pour plus d'information, regardez le fichier log " -"<tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. L'étape d'échec était : " +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "L'installation a échoué. Pour plus d'information, regardez le fichier log <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. L'étape d'échec était : " # TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__0 #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 @@ -505,12 +453,8 @@ msgstr "inconnu" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "" -"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " -"error occurred." -msgstr "" -"Les droits admnistrateur (root) sont requis. Soit ils n'ont pas été fournis, " -"soit une erreur inconnue s'est produite." +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." +msgstr "Les droits admnistrateur (root) sont requis. Soit ils n'ont pas été fournis, soit une erreur inconnue s'est produite." # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__67 #~ msgid "Please wait while this software is being installed." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update-configuration.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -157,9 +157,7 @@ #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur %1 pour utiliser le dépôt de mise à jour par défaut.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Cliquez sur %1 pour utiliser le dépôt de mise à jour par défaut." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." @@ -171,31 +169,16 @@ msgstr "Configurer la mise à jour en ligne automatique dans %1." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner un intervalle de mise à jour et préciser si les correctifs " -"interactifs doivent être ignorés et si les licences doivent être " -"automatiquement acceptées." +msgid "Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +msgstr "Sélectionner un intervalle de mise à jour et préciser si les correctifs interactifs doivent être ignorés et si les licences doivent être automatiquement acceptées." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when %1 is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Tous les paquets recommandés par une mise à jour d'un paquet seront " -"installés quand %1 est activé." +msgid "All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when %1 is enabled." +msgstr "Tous les paquets recommandés par une mise à jour d'un paquet seront installés quand %1 est activé." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped." -msgstr "" -"Le filtre par catégorie des correctifs peut être configuré dans la " -"section %1. Seuls les correctifs des catégories listées seront " -"installés. Les autres seront ignorés." +msgid "Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped." +msgstr "Le filtre par catégorie des correctifs peut être configuré dans la section %1. Seuls les correctifs des catégories listées seront installés. Les autres seront ignorés." # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__11 #. cache the base product details @@ -244,4 +227,3 @@ #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "Autre" - Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/online-update.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -66,20 +66,12 @@ #. command line help text for cd_directory option #: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" -msgstr "" -"Répertoire pour les données du patch sur le CD (la valeur par défaut est " -"'%1')" +msgstr "Répertoire pour les données du patch sur le CD (la valeur par défaut est '%1')" #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Le système initialise les dépôts d'installation et de mise à jour. Les " -"dépôts d'installation et de mise à jour peuvent être modifiées dans le " -"module Source d'installation." +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "Le système initialise les dépôts d'installation et de mise à jour. Les dépôts d'installation et de mise à jour peuvent être modifiées dans le module Source d'installation." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -171,18 +163,12 @@ msgstr "" "Après la connexion au serveur de mise à jour,\n" "YaST2 téléchargera tous les correctifs sélectionnés.\n" -"Ceci peut prendre du temps. Les détails du téléchargement sont affichés dans " -"la fenêtre de log." +"Ceci peut prendre du temps. Les détails du téléchargement sont affichés dans la fenêtre de log." #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Si des messages spéciaux associés à des correctifs sont disponibles, ils " -"seront affichés dans une boite de dialogue lors de l'installation du " -"correctif.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "Si des messages spéciaux associés à des correctifs sont disponibles, ils seront affichés dans une boite de dialogue lors de l'installation du correctif.\n" # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__16 #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) @@ -262,8 +248,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"Au moins une des mises à jour installées nécessite le redémarrage de la " -"session.\n" +"Au moins une des mises à jour installées nécessite le redémarrage de la session.\n" "Déconnectez et reconnectez vous dès que possible.\n" #. popup message @@ -281,8 +266,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Au moins une des mises à jour installées nécessite le redémarrage du " -"système \n" +"Au moins une des mises à jour installées nécessite le redémarrage du système \n" "pour s'exécuter correctement. Redémarrez le système dès que possible." #. popup message @@ -294,8 +278,7 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Ces mises à jour nécessitent le redémarrage du système pour s'exécuter " -"correctement :\n" +"Ces mises à jour nécessitent le redémarrage du système pour s'exécuter correctement :\n" "\n" "%1.\n" "\n" @@ -304,18 +287,15 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Il y a des correctifs disponibles pour le gestionnaire de paquets " -"necessitant un redémarrage de YaST.\n" -"Ils doivent être installés en premiers et tous les autres correctifs après " -"le redémarrage.\n" +"Il y a des correctifs disponibles pour le gestionnaire de paquets necessitant un redémarrage de YaST.\n" +"Ils doivent être installés en premiers et tous les autres correctifs après le redémarrage.\n" "\n" "Vous avez selectionné d'autres correctifs à installer maintenant.\n" "\n" @@ -498,8 +478,7 @@ "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous interrompez maintenant l'installation, aucun patch ne sera " -"installé.\n" +"Si vous interrompez maintenant l'installation, aucun patch ne sera installé.\n" "Votre installation demeurera inchangée.\n" # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__7 @@ -511,8 +490,7 @@ "Repeat the update, including the download, if desired.\n" msgstr "" "Téléchargement des patches et installation en cours.\n" -"Si vous interrompez l'installation maintenant, la mise à jour sera " -"incomplète.\n" +"Si vous interrompez l'installation maintenant, la mise à jour sera incomplète.\n" "Répétez la mise à jour, en incluant le téléchargement, si désiré.\n" # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__14 @@ -575,7 +553,6 @@ #. Dialog label above a list of patches #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 -#| msgid "These patches will need rebooting after instalation" msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" msgstr "Ces correctifs nécessiteront un redémarrage après installation" @@ -588,9 +565,7 @@ #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "" -"La mise à jour en ligne n'a pas été capable de désaffectionner des " -"correctifs nécessitants un redémarrage." +msgstr "La mise à jour en ligne n'a pas été capable de désaffectionner des correctifs nécessitants un redémarrage." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/opensuse_mirror.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__57 #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. #. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or @@ -32,19 +33,21 @@ #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Répertoire" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Mirrored" msgstr "" +# TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__62 #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "oui" +# TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__63 #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "non" #: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 msgid "&Exit" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/packager.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -41,8 +41,7 @@ "the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Supprimer des entrées en les sélectionnant dans le tableau puis en\n" -"cliquant sur le bouton Supprimer. L'entrée sera immédiatement " -"supprimée\n" +"cliquant sur le bouton Supprimer. L'entrée sera immédiatement supprimée\n" "de la configuration actuelle.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__69 @@ -131,8 +130,7 @@ "system with a basic window manager." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur Autres, puis sélectionnez \n" -"une autre solution, telle qu'un système en texte seul ou un système " -"graphique minimal\n" +"une autre solution, telle qu'un système en texte seul ou un système graphique minimal\n" " avec un gestionnaire de fenêtres de base." # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__37 @@ -268,8 +266,7 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Les ressources en ligne définies par le produit nécessitent une connexion " -"internet.\n" +"Les ressources en ligne définies par le produit nécessitent une connexion internet.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous la configurer ?" @@ -422,27 +419,18 @@ # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__87 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez les dépôts en ligne que vous souhaitez utiliser puis cliquez " -"sur Suivant.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "Sélectionnez les dépôts en ligne que vous souhaitez utiliser puis cliquez sur Suivant.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez les dépôts en ligne que vous voulez utiliser puis cliquez " -"sur Terminer.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "Sélectionnez les dépôts en ligne que vous voulez utiliser puis cliquez sur Terminer.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 msgid "To remove a used repository, simply deselect it." -msgstr "" -"Pour supprimer un dépôt utilisé, il suffit de le désélectionner." +msgstr "Pour supprimer un dépôt utilisé, il suffit de le désélectionner." # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__43 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -557,12 +545,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Échec de l'exécution du résolveur de paquets. Consultez la section relative " -"à votre logiciel dans le profil AutoYaST." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Échec de l'exécution du résolveur de paquets. Consultez la section relative à votre logiciel dans le profil AutoYaST." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -633,12 +617,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Dépôts d'installation - Ce module ne prend pas en charge l'interface en " -"ligne de commande, utilisez '%1' à la place." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Dépôts d'installation - Ce module ne prend pas en charge l'interface en ligne de commande, utilisez '%1' à la place." # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__157 #. pad to 3 characters @@ -821,33 +801,21 @@ "Gérez les dépôts de logiciels configurés et les services.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Un service ou un Service d'index de dépôt (RIS) est un " -"protocole pour la gestion des dépôts de paquets. Un service peut offrir un " -"ou plusieurs dépôts de logiciels qui peuvent être dynamiquement modifiés par " -"l'administrateur de services." +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "Un service ou un Service d'index de dépôt (RIS) est un protocole pour la gestion des dépôts de paquets. Un service peut offrir un ou plusieurs dépôts de logiciels qui peuvent être dynamiquement modifiés par l'administrateur de services." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Ajout d'un nouveau dépôt ou d'un service \n" -"Pour ajouter un nouveau dépôt, utilisez Ajouter et spécifiez le dépôt " -"de logiciels ou le service.\n" -"YaST détectera automatiquement si un service ou un dépôt est disponible à " -"l'endroit spécifié.\n" +"Pour ajouter un nouveau dépôt, utilisez Ajouter et spécifiez le dépôt de logiciels ou le service.\n" +"YaST détectera automatiquement si un service ou un dépôt est disponible à l'endroit spécifié.\n" "\n" # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__10 @@ -891,69 +859,44 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Modification de l'état d'un dépôt ou d'un service \n" -"Pour changer l'emplacement d'un dépôt, utilisez Modifier. Pour " -"enlever un dépôt, utilisez\n" -"Supprimer. Pour activer ou désactiver le dépôt ou pour modifier " -"l'état du rafraîchissement au moment de l'initialisation, sélectionnez le " -"dépôt dans le tableau et utilisez les cases à cocher ci-dessous.\n" +"Pour changer l'emplacement d'un dépôt, utilisez Modifier. Pour enlever un dépôt, utilisez\n" +"Supprimer. Pour activer ou désactiver le dépôt ou pour modifier l'état du rafraîchissement au moment de l'initialisation, sélectionnez le dépôt dans le tableau et utilisez les cases à cocher ci-dessous.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Priorité d'un dépôt \n" -"La priorité d'un dépôt est un entier compris entre 0 (priorité la plus " -"haute) et 200 (priorité la plus basse). La priorité par défaut est 99. Si un " -"paquet est disponible dans plusieurs dépôts, le dépôt avec la priorité la " -"plus haute est utilisé.\n" +"La priorité d'un dépôt est un entier compris entre 0 (priorité la plus haute) et 200 (priorité la plus basse). La priorité par défaut est 99. Si un paquet est disponible dans plusieurs dépôts, le dépôt avec la priorité la plus haute est utilisé.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez l'option appropriée en haut de la fenêtre pour la navigation " -"dans les dépôts et les services." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Sélectionnez l'option appropriée en haut de la fenêtre pour la navigation dans les dépôts et les services." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -"Conserver les paquets téléchargés Cochez cette option pour " -"conserver les paquets téléchargés\n" -"dans un cache local pour qu'ils puissent être réutilisé plus tard, lorsque " -"les paquets seront\n" -"réinstallés. Si cette option n'est pas cochée, les paquets téléchargés " -"seront supprimés après l'installation." +"Conserver les paquets téléchargés Cochez cette option pour conserver les paquets téléchargés\n" +"dans un cache local pour qu'ils puissent être réutilisé plus tard, lorsque les paquets seront\n" +"réinstallés. Si cette option n'est pas cochée, les paquets téléchargés seront supprimés après l'installation." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"Le cache local par défaut se situe dans le dossier /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Modifiez l'emplacement dans le fichier /etc/zypp/zypp.conf</" -"B>." +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "Le cache local par défaut se situe dans le dossier /var/cache/zypp/packages. Modifiez l'emplacement dans le fichier /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -1077,9 +1020,7 @@ #. Error popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Des erreurs se sont produites lors de la restauration de la configuration " -"du dépôt.\n" +msgstr "Des erreurs se sont produites lors de la restauration de la configuration du dépôt.\n" # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_14_2340__26 #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -1094,11 +1035,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"Résolution automatique des dépendances impossible. Une intervention manuelle " -"est requise." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "Résolution automatique des dépendances impossible. Une intervention manuelle est requise." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__57 #. this is a heading @@ -1114,12 +1052,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Installation de logiciels - Ce module ne prend pas en charge l'interface en " -"ligne de commande, utilisez '%1' à la place." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Installation de logiciels - Ce module ne prend pas en charge l'interface en ligne de commande, utilisez '%1' à la place." # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. error message (%1 is a package file name) @@ -1130,9 +1064,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Erreur : impossible d'ajouter un dossier temporaire, les paquets ne peuvent " -"pas être installés." +msgstr "Erreur : impossible d'ajouter un dossier temporaire, les paquets ne peuvent pas être installés." #. error message #. error message @@ -1258,9 +1190,7 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "" -"Le lecteur ne contient pas de support ou le système de fichiers ISO est " -"corrompu." +msgstr "Le lecteur ne contient pas de support ou le système de fichiers ISO est corrompu." #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1269,11 +1199,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"Erreur -- La somme MD5 ne correspond pas Ce support ne devrait pas " -"être utilisé." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "Erreur -- La somme MD5 ne correspond pas Ce support ne devrait pas être utilisé." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1302,44 +1229,34 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Lorsque vous avez un problème d'installation\n" -"et que vous utilisez un CD ou un DVD comme support d'installation, vous " -"devriez\n" +"et que vous utilisez un CD ou un DVD comme support d'installation, vous devriez\n" "vérifier si le support n'est pas déterioré.\n" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez un lecteur, insérez le support dans le lecteur et cliquez " -"sur Démarrer\n" -"la vérification, ou utilisez Vérifier le fichier ISO et " -"selectionnez le fichier ISO.\n" -"La vérification peut prendre plusieurs minutes selon la vitesse du lecteur " -"et la taille du support.\n" +"Sélectionnez un lecteur, insérez le support dans le lecteur et cliquez sur Démarrer\n" +"la vérification, ou utilisez Vérifier le fichier ISO et selectionnez le fichier ISO.\n" +"La vérification peut prendre plusieurs minutes selon la vitesse du lecteur et la taille du support.\n" "La vérification s'effectue à l'aide de la somme de contrôle MD5. " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" -"Si la vérification du support échoue, vous ne devriez pas continuer " -"l'installation.\n" -"Celle-ci pourrait échouer ou vous pourriez perdre vos données. Le mieux est " -"de remplacer le support endommagé.\n" +"Si la vérification du support échoue, vous ne devriez pas continuer l'installation.\n" +"Celle-ci pourrait échouer ou vous pourriez perdre vos données. Le mieux est de remplacer le support endommagé.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1347,42 +1264,29 @@ "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" msgstr "" -"Après la vérification,insérez le support de données suivant et redémarrer " -"la\n" +"Après la vérification,insérez le support de données suivant et redémarrer la\n" "procédure. L'ordre de chargement des supports n'a pas d'importance.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__66 #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" -msgstr "" -"Remarque : Vous ne pouvez pas changer le support de données tant " -"qu'il est utilisé par le système." +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "Remarque : Vous ne pouvez pas changer le support de données tant qu'il est utilisé par le système." # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__51 #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Pour vérifier le support de données avant l'installation, utilisez " -"l'option de vérification des supports dans le menu de démarrage." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Pour vérifier le support de données avant l'installation, utilisez l'option de vérification des supports dans le menu de démarrage." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous gravez vos supports de données vous-même, utilisez l'option " -"pad de votre logiciel d'enregistrement.\n" -"Cela évite les erreurs de lecture à la fin du support lors de la " -"vérification.\n" +"Si vous gravez vos supports de données vous-même, utilisez l'option pad de votre logiciel d'enregistrement.\n" +"Cela évite les erreurs de lecture à la fin du support lors de la vérification.\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1581,8 +1485,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Ajout d'une nouvelle clé GPG \n" -"Pour ajouter une nouvelle clé GPG, utilisez Ajouter et spécifiez le " -"chemin vers le fichier clé.\n" +"Pour ajouter une nouvelle clé GPG, utilisez Ajouter et spécifiez le chemin vers le fichier clé.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1596,8 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Modification du l'état d'une clé GPG\n" -"Pour modifier l'indicateur de confiance, utilisez Modifier. Pour " -"supprimer une clé GPG, utilisez\n" +"Pour modifier l'indicateur de confiance, utilisez Modifier. Pour supprimer une clé GPG, utilisez\n" "Effacer.\n" "\n" @@ -1720,8 +1622,7 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur s'est produite lors de la préparation du système d'installation." +msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la préparation du système d'installation." #. error report #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 @@ -1754,8 +1655,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories." -"\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "Le dépôt d'installation contient aussi la liste des dépôts supplémentaires.\n" @@ -1941,50 +1841,28 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Votre ordinateur est un système 64 bits x86-64 mais vous tentez d'installer " -"une distribution 32 bits." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Votre ordinateur est un système 64 bits x86-64 mais vous tentez d'installer une distribution 32 bits." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"La liste des modèles montre quelle fonctionnalité sera disponible après " -"l'installation du système." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "La liste des modèles montre quelle fonctionnalité sera disponible après l'installation du système." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"La proposition contient la taille totale des fichiers qui seront " -"installés sur le système. Cependant, le système contiendra d'autres fichiers " -"(fichiers temporaires et de travail) donc l'espace utilisé sera légèrement " -"supérieur à la valeur proposée. Ainsi, c'est une bonne idée d'avoir au moins " -"25% (ou 300 Mo) d'éspace libre avant de lancer l'installation." +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "La proposition contient la taille totale des fichiers qui seront installés sur le système. Cependant, le système contiendra d'autres fichiers (fichiers temporaires et de travail) donc l'espace utilisé sera légèrement supérieur à la valeur proposée. Ainsi, c'est une bonne idée d'avoir au moins 25% (ou 300 Mo) d'éspace libre avant de lancer l'installation." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" -"La 'taille totale de téléchargement' est la taille des paquets qui " -"seront\n" -"téléchargés depuis des dépôts distants (réseau). Cette valeur est importante " -"lorsque la connection est lente ou lorsqu'il existe une limite de données " -"pour le téléchargement.\n" +"La 'taille totale de téléchargement' est la taille des paquets qui seront\n" +"téléchargés depuis des dépôts distants (réseau). Cette valeur est importante lorsque la connection est lente ou lorsqu'il existe une limite de données pour le téléchargement.\n" # TLABEL tv_2002_01_04_0147__20 #. help text for software proposal - header @@ -2022,42 +1900,27 @@ #: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "" -"Ces produits complémentaires ont été marqués pour l'auto-suppression : %1" +msgstr "Ces produits complémentaires ont été marqués pour l'auto-suppression : %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Contactez les fabricants de ces produits complémentaires pour vous fournir " -"les nouveaux média d'installation." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Contactez les fabricants de ces produits complémentaires pour vous fournir les nouveaux média d'installation." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Contactez le fabricant du produit complémentaire pour vous fournir le " -"nouveau média d'installation." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Contactez le fabricant du produit complémentaire pour vous fournir le nouveau média d'installation." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Erreur : impossible de vérifier l'espace libre dans le dossier de base %1 " -"(périphérique %2), impossible dedémarrer l'installation." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Erreur : impossible de vérifier l'espace libre dans le dossier de base %1 (périphérique %2), impossible dedémarrer l'installation." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "" -"Attention : Impossible de vérifier l'espace libre dans le dossier %1 " -"(périphérique %2)." +msgstr "Attention : Impossible de vérifier l'espace libre dans le dossier %1 (périphérique %2)." #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 @@ -2067,9 +1930,7 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"Espace disque insuffisant. Supprimez quelques paquets dans la sélection " -"individuelle." +msgstr "Espace disque insuffisant. Supprimez quelques paquets dans la sélection individuelle." #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 @@ -2089,9 +1950,7 @@ #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one #: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" -msgstr "" -"Le produit %{old_product} va être mis à jour vers %{new_product}</" -"b>" +msgstr "Le produit %{old_product} va être mis à jour vers %{new_product}" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" @@ -2105,8 +1964,7 @@ #: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." -msgstr "" -"Erreur : Le produit % va être supprimé automatiquement." +msgstr "Erreur : Le produit % va être supprimé automatiquement." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") @@ -2114,25 +1972,16 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Certains produits sont marqués pour suppression automatique.<" -"/li>\n" -"<ul><li>Contactez le fabricant du produit complémentaire pour qu'il vous " -"fournisse avec\n" -"un nouveau média d'installation</li><li>Ou sélectionnez l'extension ou le " -"module en ligne " -"approprié\n" -"lors de l'enregistrement</li><li>Ou pour continuer avec la mise à niveau du " -"produit, allez dans " -"la\n" -"selection de logiciels et marquez le produit (le paquet -release) pour " -"suppression.\n" +"<ul><li>Certains produits sont marqués pour suppression automatique.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contactez le fabricant du produit complémentaire pour qu'il vous fournisse avec\n" +"un nouveau média d'installation</li><li>Ou sélectionnez l'extension ou le module en ligne approprié\n" +"lors de l'enregistrement</li><li>Ou pour continuer avec la mise à niveau du produit, allez dans la\n" +"selection de logiciels et marquez le produit (le paquet -release) pour suppression.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL @@ -2143,17 +1992,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" -"Les notes de version élaborées pour la toute première version font " -"partie\n" -"des supports d'installation. Si une connexion à Internet est disponible lors " -"de la configuration,\n" -"vous pouvez télécharger les notes de version mises à jour depuis le serveur " -"Web SUSE Linux.\n" +"Les notes de version élaborées pour la toute première version font partie\n" +"des supports d'installation. Si une connexion à Internet est disponible lors de la configuration,\n" +"vous pouvez télécharger les notes de version mises à jour depuis le serveur Web SUSE Linux.\n" #. popup - information label #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 @@ -2222,12 +2067,8 @@ msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier de licence %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Pour afficher la licence du produit correctement, mettre le fichier license." -"tar.gz à la racine du média live lors de la construction de l'image." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Pour afficher la licence du produit correctement, mettre le fichier license.tar.gz à la racine du média live lors de la construction de l'image." # TLABEL proposal_2002_03_16_2031__6 # &L is taken by "&Logiciels" @@ -2283,8 +2124,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" -msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous vraiment abandonner l'installation du produit complémentaire ?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment abandonner l'installation du produit complémentaire ?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 @@ -2611,14 +2451,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nom du dépôt</big> \n" -"Utilisez Nom du dépôt pour spécifier le nom du dépôt. S'il est vide, " -"YaST utilisera le nom du produit (si possible) ou l'URL en tant que nom.</" -"p>\n" +"Utilisez Nom du dépôt pour spécifier le nom du dépôt. S'il est vide, YaST utilisera le nom du produit (si possible) ou l'URL en tant que nom.\n" # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__31 #. text entry @@ -2630,12 +2466,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nom du service</big> \n" -"Utilisez Nom du service pour spécifier le nom du service. S'il est " -"vide, YaST utilisera une partie de l'URL du service en tant que nom.\n" +"Utilisez Nom du service pour spécifier le nom du service. S'il est vide, YaST utilisera une partie de l'URL du service en tant que nom.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102 #. popup message @@ -2677,24 +2511,19 @@ "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" "<big>Serveur NFS</big> \n" -"Utiliser le Nom du serveur et le Chemin d'accès au dossier ou à " -"l'image ISO\n" -"pour spécifier le nom d'hôte du serveur NFS et le chemin d'accès sur le " -"serveur." +"Utiliser le Nom du serveur et le Chemin d'accès au dossier ou à l'image ISO\n" +"pour spécifier le nom d'hôte du serveur NFS et le chemin d'accès sur le serveur." #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Options de montage</big> \n" -"Vous pouvez spécifier des options supplémentaires utilisées pour monter le " -"volume NFS.\n" -"C'est une option pour experts, il est recommandé de conserver les valeurs " -"par défaut. Reportez vous à man 5 nfs\n" +"Vous pouvez spécifier des options supplémentaires utilisées pour monter le volume NFS.\n" +"C'est une option pour experts, il est recommandé de conserver les valeurs par défaut. Reportez vous à man 5 nfs\n" "pour plus de détails et pour obtenir une liste des options supportées." # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__144 @@ -2715,8 +2544,7 @@ "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>Support CD ou DVD</big> \n" -"Configurez CD-ROM ou DVD-ROM pour spécifier le type de support." -"" +"Configurez CD-ROM ou DVD-ROM pour spécifier le type de support." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__34 #. dialog caption @@ -2773,11 +2601,9 @@ "Plain RPM Directory.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Dossier local</big> \n" -"Utilisez le Chemin d'accès au dossier pour spécifier le chemin " -"d'accès au\n" +"Utilisez le Chemin d'accès au dossier pour spécifier le chemin d'accès au\n" "dossier. Si le dossier contient seulement des paquets RPM sans\n" -"aucune metadonnée (c'est-à-dire qu'il n'y a aucune information produit) " -"alors cochez l'option\n" +"aucune metadonnée (c'est-à-dire qu'il n'y a aucune information produit) alors cochez l'option\n" "Simple dossier de RPM.\n" # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__142 @@ -2809,13 +2635,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Disque ou clé USB</big> \n" "Sélectionner le périphérique USB sur lequel se trouve le dépôt.\n" -"Utilisez Chemin d'accès au dossier pour spécifier le chemin d'accès " -"au\n" -"dépôt. Si le chemin d'accès est omis, le système utilisera le dossier racine " -"du disque.\n" +"Utilisez Chemin d'accès au dossier pour spécifier le chemin d'accès au\n" +"dépôt. Si le chemin d'accès est omis, le système utilisera le dossier racine du disque.\n" "Si le dossier contient seulement des paquets RPM sans\n" -"aucune metadonnée (c'est-à-dire qu'il n'y a aucune information produit) " -"alors cochez l'option\n" +"aucune metadonnée (c'est-à-dire qu'il n'y a aucune information produit) alors cochez l'option\n" "Simple dossier de RPM.\n" #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! @@ -2826,12 +2649,9 @@ "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" msgstr "" -"Le système de fichiers qui est utilisé sur le périphérique sera " -"automatiquement\n" -"détecté si vous sélectionnez le système de fichiers 'auto'. Si la détection " -"échoue ou\n" -"si vous voulez utiliser un certain type de système de fichiers, sélectionnez-" -"le dans la liste.\n" +"Le système de fichiers qui est utilisé sur le périphérique sera automatiquement\n" +"détecté si vous sélectionnez le système de fichiers 'auto'. Si la détection échoue ou\n" +"si vous voulez utiliser un certain type de système de fichiers, sélectionnez-le dans la liste.\n" # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__19 #. combobox title @@ -2851,13 +2671,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Disque</big> \n" "Sélectionnez le disque sur lequel se trouve le dépôt.\n" -"Utilisez le Chemin d'accès au dossier pour spécifier le chemin " -"d'accès au\n" -"dossier du dépôt. Si le chemin d'accès est omis, le système utilisera le " -"dossier racine du disque.\n" +"Utilisez le Chemin d'accès au dossier pour spécifier le chemin d'accès au\n" +"dossier du dépôt. Si le chemin d'accès est omis, le système utilisera le dossier racine du disque.\n" "Si le dossier contient seulement des paquets RPM sans\n" -"aucune metadonnée (c'est-à-dire qu'il n'y a aucune information produit) " -"alors cochez l'option\n" +"aucune metadonnée (c'est-à-dire qu'il n'y a aucune information produit) alors cochez l'option\n" "Simple dossier de RPM.\n" #. text entry @@ -2873,8 +2690,7 @@ "ISO image file." msgstr "" "<big>Image ISO locale</big> \n" -"Utilisez le Chemin d'accès à l'image ISO pour spécifier le chemin " -"d'accès\n" +"Utilisez le Chemin d'accès à l'image ISO pour spécifier le chemin d'accès\n" "à l'image ISO." # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85 @@ -2960,23 +2776,18 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Serveur et dossier</big> \n" -"Utilisez Nom du serveur et Chemin d'accès au dossier ou à l'image " -"ISO\n" -"pour spécifier le nom d'hôte du serveur NFS et le chemin d'accès sur le " -"serveur.\n" -"Pour activer l'authentification, décochez la case Anonyme et " -"spécifiez\n" +"Utilisez Nom du serveur et Chemin d'accès au dossier ou à l'image ISO\n" +"pour spécifier le nom d'hôte du serveur NFS et le chemin d'accès sur le serveur.\n" +"Pour activer l'authentification, décochez la case Anonyme et spécifiez\n" "le Nom d'utilisateur et le Mot de passe.\n" "\n" -"Pour un dépôt SMB/CIFS, spécifiez le nom du Partage et le Chemin " -"d'accès au dossier\n" +"Pour un dépôt SMB/CIFS, spécifiez le nom du Partage et le Chemin d'accès au dossier\n" "ou l'image ISO. \n" "Si l'emplacement est un fichier contenant une image ISO\n" "du support de données, utilisez Image ISO.\n" @@ -2984,12 +2795,10 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository." -"\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"Il est possible de choisir le numéro de Portpour un dépôt HTTP/" -"HTTPS.\n" +"Il est possible de choisir le numéro de Portpour un dépôt HTTP/HTTPS.\n" "Laisser vide pour utiliser le port par défaut.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. @@ -3033,8 +2842,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Les CD du produit peuvent être copiés sur le disque dur.\n" -"Entrez le chemin vers l'emplacement du premier CD, par exemple /data1/" -"CD1.\n" +"Entrez le chemin vers l'emplacement du premier CD, par exemple /data1/CD1.\n" "Seul le chemin de base est nécessaire si tous les CD sont copiés\n" "dans le même dossier.\n" @@ -3077,18 +2885,14 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Télécharger les fichiers \n" -"Chaque dépôt possède des fichiers de description qui décrivent le contenu " -"du\n" -"dépôt. Cochez Télécharger les fichiers de description du dépôt pour " -"télécharger les \n" -"fichiers lors de la fermeture de ce module YaST. Si l'option est décochée, " -"YaST téléchargera\n" +"Chaque dépôt possède des fichiers de description qui décrivent le contenu du\n" +"dépôt. Cochez Télécharger les fichiers de description du dépôt pour télécharger les \n" +"fichiers lors de la fermeture de ce module YaST. Si l'option est décochée, YaST téléchargera\n" "automatiquement les fichiers lorsqu'il en aura besoin ultérieurement. \n" #. dialog caption @@ -3419,27 +3223,19 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all " -#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" +#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Recherche de paquets</big> \n" -#~ "Utiliser la fonctionnalité du Webpin package search pour " -#~ "rechercher dans tous les build-services openSUSE connus et dans les " -#~ "dépôts de la communauté openSUSE.\n" +#~ "Utiliser la fonctionnalité du Webpin package search pour rechercher dans tous les build-services openSUSE connus et dans les dépôts de la communauté openSUSE.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of the\n" #~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" -#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Securité</big> Souvent, le logiciel trouvé ne fait pas " -#~ "parti de la distribution\n" -#~ "elle-même. Vous devez décider si vous faites confiance à la source du " -#~ "paquet.\n" -#~ "Nous ne prenons aucune responsabilité pour l'installation de tels " -#~ "logiciels.\n" +#~ "<big>Securité</big> Souvent, le logiciel trouvé ne fait pas parti de la distribution\n" +#~ "elle-même. Vous devez décider si vous faites confiance à la source du paquet.\n" +#~ "Nous ne prenons aucune responsabilité pour l'installation de tels logiciels.\n" #~ msgid "Select packages to install." #~ msgstr "Sélectionner les paquets à installer." @@ -3452,8 +3248,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Echec de la recherche" #~ msgid "No packages matching entered criteria were found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aucun paquet correspondant aux critères entrés n'a été trouvé" +#~ msgstr "Aucun paquet correspondant aux critères entrés n'a été trouvé" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -3464,8 +3259,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Ajout d'une nouvelle clé GPG \n" -#~ "Pour ajouter une nouvelle clé GPG, spécifiez le chemin d'accès vers le " -#~ "fichier clé.\n" +#~ "Pour ajouter une nouvelle clé GPG, spécifiez le chemin d'accès vers le fichier clé.\n" #~ "Cochez la case Confiance si la clé est de confiance.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3478,9 +3272,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Dépôt inconnu" #~ msgid "No further information available, use at your own risk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aucune information supplémentaire disponible, utilisez le à vos risques " -#~ "et périls." +#~ msgstr "Aucune information supplémentaire disponible, utilisez le à vos risques et périls." #~ msgid "" #~ "Search failed.\n" @@ -3490,12 +3282,10 @@ #~ "Le serveur distant a retourné le code erreur %1" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the " -#~ "Internet.\n" +#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the Internet.\n" #~ "Click on the repository to see its details.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ici, vous pouvez voir les dépôts en ligne par défaut, téléchargés " -#~ "depuis Internet.\n" +#~ "Ici, vous pouvez voir les dépôts en ligne par défaut, téléchargés depuis Internet.\n" #~ "Cliquez sur le dépôt pour voir les informations le concernant.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3507,8 +3297,7 @@ # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__37 #~ msgid "Reading package information. One moment please..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lecture des informations sur les paquets. Un instant s'il vous plaît..." +#~ msgstr "Lecture des informations sur les paquets. Un instant s'il vous plaît..." #~ msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." #~ msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'initialisation du dépôt." @@ -3518,19 +3307,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Rechercher &dans" #~ msgid "" -#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " -#~ "They are\n" -#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a " -#~ "connection\n" +#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n" #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il s'agit des notes de version élaborées pour la toute première " -#~ "version. Elles font\n" -#~ "partie des supports d'installation. Pendant l'installation, si une " -#~ "connexion\n" -#~ " Internet est disponible, vous pouvez télécharger les notes de version " -#~ "mises à jour\n" +#~ "Il s'agit des notes de version élaborées pour la toute première version. Elles font\n" +#~ "partie des supports d'installation. Pendant l'installation, si une connexion\n" +#~ " Internet est disponible, vous pouvez télécharger les notes de version mises à jour\n" #~ " depuis le serveur Web SUSE Linux." # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__15 @@ -3590,10 +3374,8 @@ #~ "to perform the changes in that package management system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Synchroniser les modifications avec ZENworks appellera aussi " -#~ "<tt>rug</tt>\n" -#~ "pour effectuer les modifications dans ce système de gestion de paquets.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Synchroniser les modifications avec ZENworks appellera aussi <tt>rug</tt>\n" +#~ "pour effectuer les modifications dans ce système de gestion de paquets.\n" #~ msgid " On " #~ msgstr " Activé " @@ -3601,19 +3383,11 @@ #~ msgid "Synchronizing with ZENworks" #~ msgstr "Synchronisation avec ZENworks" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your service was added successfully in YaST, but could not be " -#~ "synchronized with ZENworks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Votre service a bien été ajouté dans YaST, mais n'a pas pu être " -#~ "synchronisé avec ZENworks." +#~ msgid "Your service was added successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks." +#~ msgstr "Votre service a bien été ajouté dans YaST, mais n'a pas pu être synchronisé avec ZENworks." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your service was deleted successfully in YaST, but could not be " -#~ "synchronized with ZENworks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Votre service a bien été supprimé dans YaST, mais n'a pas pu être " -#~ "synchronisé avec ZENworks." +#~ msgid "Your service was deleted successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks." +#~ msgstr "Votre service a bien été supprimé dans YaST, mais n'a pas pu être synchronisé avec ZENworks." #~ msgid "Command timed out after %1 milliseconds." #~ msgstr "La commande a atteint le délai limite au bout de %1 millisecondes." @@ -3635,20 +3409,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what " -#~ "software to install.\n" -#~ "\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category " -#~ "in the left\n" +#~ "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +#~ "\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" #~ "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" #~ "\t\t " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t Cette boîte de dialogue vous permet de définir les tâches de ce " -#~ "système et les logiciels à installer.\n" -#~ "\t\t Les tâches et les logiciels disponibles pour ce système sont " -#~ "affichés par catégorie dans la colonne de\n" -#~ "\t\t gauche. Pour afficher la description d'un élément, sélectionnez-le " -#~ "dans la liste.\n" +#~ "\t\t Cette boîte de dialogue vous permet de définir les tâches de ce système et les logiciels à installer.\n" +#~ "\t\t Les tâches et les logiciels disponibles pour ce système sont affichés par catégorie dans la colonne de\n" +#~ "\t\t gauche. Pour afficher la description d'un élément, sélectionnez-le dans la liste.\n" #~ "\t\t " #~ msgid "" @@ -3660,10 +3429,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\t\t Pour changer l'état d'un élément, cliquez sur son icône d'état\n" -#~ "\t\t ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur n'importe quelle " -#~ "icône pour afficher un menu contextuel.\n" -#~ "\t\t À l'aide du menu contextuel, vous pouvez également changer l'état de " -#~ "tous les éléments.\n" +#~ "\t\t ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur n'importe quelle icône pour afficher un menu contextuel.\n" +#~ "\t\t À l'aide du menu contextuel, vous pouvez également changer l'état de tous les éléments.\n" #~ "\t\t " #~ msgid "" @@ -3673,16 +3440,13 @@ #~ "\t\t " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t L'option Détails affiche la sélection de paquets logiciels " -#~ "détaillée,\n" -#~ "\t\t où vous pouvez afficher et sélectionner individuellement chaque " -#~ "paquet.\n" +#~ "\t\t L'option Détails affiche la sélection de paquets logiciels détaillée,\n" +#~ "\t\t où vous pouvez afficher et sélectionner individuellement chaque paquet.\n" #~ "\t\t " #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -#~ "disk space\n" +#~ "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" #~ "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" #~ "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" #~ "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3690,15 +3454,11 @@ #~ "\t\t " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t L'écran d'utilisation du disque qui se trouve dans l'angle inférieur " -#~ "droit affiche l'espace disque restant\n" +#~ "\t\t L'écran d'utilisation du disque qui se trouve dans l'angle inférieur droit affiche l'espace disque restant\n" #~ "\t\t lorsque toutes les modifications requises ont été effectuées.\n" -#~ "\t\t Les partitions de disque dur qui sont pleines ou presque pleines " -#~ "peuvent dégrader\n" -#~ "\t\t les performances du système et, dans certains cas, être à l'origine " -#~ "de problèmes graves.\n" -#~ "\t\t Le système a besoin d'un minimum d'espace disque disponible pour " -#~ "fonctionner correctement.\n" +#~ "\t\t Les partitions de disque dur qui sont pleines ou presque pleines peuvent dégrader\n" +#~ "\t\t les performances du système et, dans certains cas, être à l'origine de problèmes graves.\n" +#~ "\t\t Le système a besoin d'un minimum d'espace disque disponible pour fonctionner correctement.\n" #~ "\t\t " # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__48 @@ -3721,11 +3481,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" -#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit " -#~ "confirmation\n" +#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" #~ "of acceptance of its license.\n" -#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" #~ " \n" #~ "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" #~ "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3754,8 +3512,7 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #~ msgid "Error occurred while switching the service pack repository." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une erreur s'est produite lors du changement de dépôt du Service Pack." +#~ msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors du changement de dépôt du Service Pack." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #~ msgid "" @@ -3775,14 +3532,11 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #~ msgid "An error occurred while getting temporary directory. %1" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'obtention du dossier temporaire. %1" +#~ msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'obtention du dossier temporaire. %1" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #~ msgid "An error occurred while getting the directory with updated packages" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'obtention du dossier contenant les " -#~ "paquets mis à jour" +#~ msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'obtention du dossier contenant les paquets mis à jour" #~ msgid "Copying files from CD %1 to disk..." #~ msgstr "Copie des fichiers à partir du CD %1 sur le disque..." @@ -3830,10 +3584,8 @@ #~ "KDE 4.0 is the most recent evolution of KDE. It comes with many\n" #~ "new KDE technologies, but it is less mature than the other desktops." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "KDE 4.0 est l'évolution la plus récente de KDE. Il comprend de " -#~ "nombreuses\n" -#~ "nouvelles technologies de KDE, mais est moins mature que les autres " -#~ "bureaux." +#~ "KDE 4.0 est l'évolution la plus récente de KDE. Il comprend de nombreuses\n" +#~ "nouvelles technologies de KDE, mais est moins mature que les autres bureaux." # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__37 #~ msgid "KDE 3.5" @@ -3991,20 +3743,14 @@ #~ msgstr "L'installation du paquet %1 a échoué." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID." -#~ "\n" -#~ "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -#~ "changed. To \n" -#~ "continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -#~ "from \n" +#~ "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" +#~ "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +#~ "continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" #~ "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le dépôt à l'URL spécifiée fournit maintenant un ID de support " -#~ "différent.\n" -#~ "Si l'URL est correcte, ceci indique que le contenu du dépôt a changé. " -#~ "Pour \n" -#~ "continuer à utiliser ce dépôt, lancez Dépôts d'installation depuis " -#~ "\n" +#~ "Le dépôt à l'URL spécifiée fournit maintenant un ID de support différent.\n" +#~ "Si l'URL est correcte, ceci indique que le contenu du dépôt a changé. Pour \n" +#~ "continuer à utiliser ce dépôt, lancez Dépôts d'installation depuis \n" #~ "le centre de contrôle YaST et rafraîchissez le dépôt.\n" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__50 @@ -4082,8 +3828,7 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #~ msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une erreur s'est produite pendant l'extraction des nouvelles metadonnées." +#~ msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite pendant l'extraction des nouvelles metadonnées." #~ msgid "The repository is not valid." #~ msgstr "Le dépôt n'est pas valide." @@ -4197,9 +3942,7 @@ # TLABEL update_2002_03_14_2340__5 #~ msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Reconstruction de la base de données des paquets. Ce processus peut " -#~ "prendre un certain temps." +#~ msgstr "Reconstruction de la base de données des paquets. Ce processus peut prendre un certain temps." # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__30 #~ msgid "Status" @@ -4223,9 +3966,7 @@ # TLABEL update_2002_03_14_2340__5 #~ msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Conversion de la base de données des paquets. Ce processus peut prendre " -#~ "un certain temps." +#~ msgstr "Conversion de la base de données des paquets. Ce processus peut prendre un certain temps." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__55 #~ msgid "" @@ -4291,26 +4032,21 @@ #~ "Install it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Le paquet %1 n'est pas numériquement signé. Ceci signifie que l'origine\n" -#~ "et l'intégrité du paquet ne peuvent pas être vérifiées. L'installation du " -#~ "paquet\n" +#~ "et l'intégrité du paquet ne peuvent pas être vérifiées. L'installation du paquet\n" #~ "peut mettre en danger l'intégrité de votre système.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous tout de même l'installer ?" #~ msgid "" #~ "The file %1\n" -#~ "is not digitally signed. This means that the origin and integrity of the " -#~ "file\n" -#~ "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system " -#~ "at risk.\n" +#~ "is not digitally signed. This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" +#~ "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Use it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Le fichier %1\n" -#~ "n'est pas numériquement signé. Ceci signifie que l'origine et l'intégrité " -#~ "du fichier\n" -#~ "ne peuvent pas être vérifiées. L'utilisation de ce fichier peut mettre en " -#~ "danger l'intégrité de votre système.\n" +#~ "n'est pas numériquement signé. Ceci signifie que l'origine et l'intégrité du fichier\n" +#~ "ne peuvent pas être vérifiées. L'utilisation de ce fichier peut mettre en danger l'intégrité de votre système.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous tout de même l'utiliser ?" @@ -4322,40 +4058,31 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" -#~ "This means that the package is part of the signed repository, but the " -#~ "list of checksums\n" -#~ "in this repository does not mention this package. Installing the package " -#~ "may put\n" +#~ "This means that the package is part of the signed repository, but the list of checksums\n" +#~ "in this repository does not mention this package. Installing the package may put\n" #~ "the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Install it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aucune somme de contrôle n'a été trouvée pour le paquet %1 dans le dépôt." -#~ "\n" -#~ "Ceci signifie que le paquet fait partie du dépôt signé, mais que la liste " -#~ "des sommes de contrôle\n" -#~ "de ce dépôt ne mentionne pas ce paquet. L'installation du paquet peut " -#~ "mettre\n" +#~ "Aucune somme de contrôle n'a été trouvée pour le paquet %1 dans le dépôt.\n" +#~ "Ceci signifie que le paquet fait partie du dépôt signé, mais que la liste des sommes de contrôle\n" +#~ "de ce dépôt ne mentionne pas ce paquet. L'installation du paquet peut mettre\n" #~ "l'intégrité de votre système en danger.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?" #~ msgid "" #~ "No checksum for file %1\n" -#~ "was found in the repository. This means that the file is part of the " -#~ "signed repository,\n" -#~ "but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -#~ "Using the file\n" +#~ "was found in the repository. This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" +#~ "but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" #~ "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Use it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aucune somme de contrôle n'a été trouvée pour le paquet %1\n" #~ "dans le dépôt. Ceci signifie que le fichier fait partie du dépôt signé,\n" -#~ "mais que la liste des sommes de contrôle de ce dépôt ne mentionne pas ce " -#~ "fichier.\n" -#~ "L'installation du paquet peut mettre l'intégrité de votre système en " -#~ "danger.\n" +#~ "mais que la liste des sommes de contrôle de ce dépôt ne mentionne pas ce fichier.\n" +#~ "L'installation du paquet peut mettre l'intégrité de votre système en danger.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous tout de même l'installer ?" @@ -4371,30 +4098,25 @@ #~ msgstr "Empreinte digitale : %1" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Package %1 is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity " -#~ "check failed: %2\n" +#~ "Package %1 is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %2\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "This means that the package has been changed by accident or by an " -#~ "attacker\n" +#~ "This means that the package has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n" #~ "since the repository creator signed it. Installing it is a big risk\n" #~ "for the integrity and security of your system.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Install it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le paquet %1 est signé avec la clé GnuPG suivante, mais le contrôle " -#~ "d'intégrité a échoué : %2\n" +#~ "Le paquet %1 est signé avec la clé GnuPG suivante, mais le contrôle d'intégrité a échoué : %2\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Ceci signifie que le paquet a été modifié par erreur ou par un attaquant\n" -#~ "depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. L'installation présente un " -#~ "risque élevé\n" +#~ "depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. L'installation présente un risque élevé\n" #~ "pour l'intégrité et la sécurité de votre système.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous tout de même l'installer ?" #~ msgid "" #~ "File %1\n" -#~ "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: " -#~ "%2\n" +#~ "is signed with the following GnuPG key, but the integrity check failed: %2\n" #~ "\n" #~ "This means that the file has been changed by accident or by an attacker\n" #~ "since the repository creator signed it. Using it is a big risk\n" @@ -4403,13 +4125,10 @@ #~ "Use it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Le fichier %1\n" -#~ "est signé avec la clé GnuPG suivante, mais le contrôle d'intégrité a " -#~ "échoué : %2\n" +#~ "est signé avec la clé GnuPG suivante, mais le contrôle d'intégrité a échoué : %2\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ceci signifie que le fichier a été modifié par erreur ou par un " -#~ "attaquant\n" -#~ "depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. Son utilisation présente un " -#~ "risque élevé\n" +#~ "Ceci signifie que le fichier a été modifié par erreur ou par un attaquant\n" +#~ "depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. Son utilisation présente un risque élevé\n" #~ "pour l'intégrité et la sécurité de votre système.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?" @@ -4432,8 +4151,7 @@ #~ "avec la clé GnuPG inconnue suivante :%2.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Cela signifie qu'il est impossible d'établir une relation\n" -#~ "de confiance avec le créateur du paquet. L'installation du paquet peut " -#~ "mettre l'intégrité\n" +#~ "de confiance avec le créateur du paquet. L'installation du paquet peut mettre l'intégrité\n" #~ "de votre système en danger.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous tout de même l'installer ?" @@ -4452,8 +4170,7 @@ #~ "est numériquement signé avec la clé GnuPG inconnue suivante : %2.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Cela signifie qu'il est impossible d'établir une relation de\n" -#~ "confiance avec le créateur du fichier. L'utilisation du fichier peut " -#~ "mettre l'intégrité\n" +#~ "confiance avec le créateur du fichier. L'utilisation du fichier peut mettre l'intégrité\n" #~ "de votre système en danger.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous quand même l'utiliser ?" @@ -4476,11 +4193,9 @@ #~ "Le paquet %1 est numériquement signé\n" #~ "avec la clé '%2 (%3)'.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il n'y a pas de relation de confiance vis-à-vis du propriétaire de la clé." +#~ "Il n'y a pas de relation de confiance vis-à-vis du propriétaire de la clé.\n" +#~ "Si vous faites confiance au propriétaire, marquez la clé comme de confiance.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si vous faites confiance au propriétaire, marquez la clé comme de " -#~ "confiance.\n" -#~ "\n" #~ "L'installation d'un paquet à partir d'un dépôt inconnu peut mettre\n" #~ "l'intégrité de votre système en danger. Il est plus sûr\n" #~ "de sauter le paquet." @@ -4499,11 +4214,9 @@ #~ "Le fichier %1 est numériquement signé\n" #~ "avec la clé '%2 (%3)'.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il n'y a pas de relation de confiance vis-à-vis du propriétaire de la clé." +#~ "Il n'y a pas de relation de confiance vis-à-vis du propriétaire de la clé.\n" +#~ "Si vous faites confiance au propriétaire, marquez la clé comme de confiance.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si vous faites confiance au propriétaire, marquez la clé comme de " -#~ "confiance.\n" -#~ "\n" #~ "L'installation d'un fichier à partir d'une source inconnue peut mettre\n" #~ "l'intégrité de votre système en danger. Il est plus sûr\n" #~ "de le sauter." @@ -4522,12 +4235,9 @@ #~ "to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Le propriétaire de la clé peut distribuer des mises à jour,\n" -#~ "des paquets et des dépôts de paquets auxquels votre système fera " -#~ "confiance et qu'il proposera\n" -#~ "pour installation et mise à jour sans autre avertissement. De cette façon," -#~ "\n" -#~ "l'importation de la clé dans votre ensemble de clés sécurisées permet à " -#~ "son propriétaire\n" +#~ "des paquets et des dépôts de paquets auxquels votre système fera confiance et qu'il proposera\n" +#~ "pour installation et mise à jour sans autre avertissement. De cette façon,\n" +#~ "l'importation de la clé dans votre ensemble de clés sécurisées permet à son propriétaire\n" #~ "d'avoir un certain contrôle sur les logiciels de votre système." #~ msgid "" @@ -4536,10 +4246,8 @@ #~ "packages created by the owner of key <tt>%1</tt> show this warning." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Une boîte de dialogue d'avertissement s'ouvre pour chaque paquet qui\n" -#~ "n'est pas signé par une clé sécurisée (importée). Si vous n'importez pas " -#~ "la clé,\n" -#~ "les paquets créés par le propriétaire de la clé <tt>%1</tt> montrent cet " -#~ "avertissement." +#~ "n'est pas signé par une clé sécurisée (importée). Si vous n'importez pas la clé,\n" +#~ "les paquets créés par le propriétaire de la clé <tt>%1</tt> montrent cet avertissement." #~ msgid "" #~ "WARNING: The key is expired!\n" @@ -4561,10 +4269,8 @@ #~ "a été trouvée sur %2.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Vous pouvez choisir de l'importer dans votre ensemble de clés\n" -#~ "publiques sécurisées, ce qui signifie que vous faites confiance au " -#~ "propriétaire de la clé.\n" -#~ "Vous devez être sûr(e) que vous pouvez faire confiance au propriétaire et " -#~ "que\n" +#~ "publiques sécurisées, ce qui signifie que vous faites confiance au propriétaire de la clé.\n" +#~ "Vous devez être sûr(e) que vous pouvez faire confiance au propriétaire et que\n" #~ "la clé appartient bien à ce propriétaire avant de l'importer." #~ msgid "Import Public GnuPG Key" @@ -4589,10 +4295,8 @@ #~ "La clé GnuPG suivante a été trouvée : %1\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Vous pouvez choisir de l'importer dans votre ensemble de clés sécurisées\n" -#~ "publiques, ce qui signifie que vous faites confiance au propriétaire de " -#~ "la clé.\n" -#~ "Vous devez être sûr(e) que vous pouvez faire confiance au propriétaire et " -#~ "que\n" +#~ "publiques, ce qui signifie que vous faites confiance au propriétaire de la clé.\n" +#~ "Vous devez être sûr(e) que vous pouvez faire confiance au propriétaire et que\n" #~ "la clé appartient bien à ce propriétaire avant de l'importer." #~ msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" @@ -4613,10 +4317,8 @@ #~ "est %2,\n" #~ "mais la somme de controle actuelle est %3.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ceci signifie que le fichier a été modifié par erreur ou par un " -#~ "attaquant\n" -#~ "depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. Son utilisation présente un " -#~ "risque élevé\n" +#~ "Ceci signifie que le fichier a été modifié par erreur ou par un attaquant\n" +#~ "depuis que le créateur du dépôt l'a signé. Son utilisation présente un risque élevé\n" #~ "pour l'intégrité et la sécurité de votre système.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous tout de même l'utiliser ?" @@ -4630,8 +4332,7 @@ #~ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -#~ "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system " -#~ "at risk.\n" +#~ "cannot be verified. Using the file may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Use it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" @@ -4640,8 +4341,7 @@ #~ "mais la somme attendue est inconnue.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Ceci signifie que l'origine et l'intégrité du fichier\n" -#~ "ne peuvent pas être vérifiées. Utiliser le fichier peut remettre en cause " -#~ "l'intégrité de votre système.\n" +#~ "ne peuvent pas être vérifiées. Utiliser le fichier peut remettre en cause l'intégrité de votre système.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous tout de même l'utiliser ?" @@ -4650,15 +4350,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Digest inconnu" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the " -#~ "system. If\n" -#~ "it happens during installation, start the manual installation and select " -#~ "the media verification item in the menu. \n" +#~ "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system. If\n" +#~ "it happens during installation, start the manual installation and select the media verification item in the menu. \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Remarque : vous ne pouvez pas changer le support lorsqu'il est " -#~ "utilisé par le système.\n" -#~ "Si cela arrive lors de l'installation, démarrez l'installation manuelle " -#~ "et sélectionnez la vérification des supports dans le menu.\n" +#~ "Remarque : vous ne pouvez pas changer le support lorsqu'il est utilisé par le système.\n" +#~ "Si cela arrive lors de l'installation, démarrez l'installation manuelle et sélectionnez la vérification des supports dans le menu.\n" #~ msgid "OK" #~ msgstr "OK" @@ -4725,23 +4421,18 @@ #~ msgstr "Sélectionner un &dossier" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Choose a directory to which to install. Depending on the software " -#~ "selection, make sure\n" +#~ "Choose a directory to which to install. Depending on the software selection, make sure\n" #~ "enough space is available.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Choisissez un dossier pour l'installation. Selon la sélection de " -#~ "logiciels, vous devez vous assurer\n" +#~ "Choisissez un dossier pour l'installation. Selon la sélection de logiciels, vous devez vous assurer\n" #~ "d'avoir suffisamment d'espace disponible.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Additionally, you can create an archive image of the directory using " -#~ "tar. To create an \n" +#~ "Additionally, you can create an archive image of the directory using tar. To create an \n" #~ "image, specify the name and the location in the respective fields.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En outre, vous pouvez créer une archive image du dossier en utilisant " -#~ "tar. Si vous souhaitez créer une\n" -#~ "image, spécifiez le nom et l'emplacement dans les champs correspondants.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "En outre, vous pouvez créer une archive image du dossier en utilisant tar. Si vous souhaitez créer une\n" +#~ "image, spécifiez le nom et l'emplacement dans les champs correspondants.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__204 #~ msgid "Select Directory" @@ -4850,8 +4541,7 @@ #~ "system with a basic window manager." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cliquez sur Autre, puis sur Sélectionner pour choisir \n" -#~ "une autre solution, telle qu'un système en texte seul ou un système " -#~ "graphique minimal\n" +#~ "une autre solution, telle qu'un système en texte seul ou un système graphique minimal\n" #~ " avec un gestionnaire de fenêtres de base." # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__46 @@ -4882,8 +4572,7 @@ #~ "other systems.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Les CD d'installation vont être copiés dans le système\n" -#~ "pour créer une source d'installation qui pourra être utilisée pour " -#~ "installer\n" +#~ "pour créer une source d'installation qui pourra être utilisée pour installer\n" #~ "d'autres systèmes.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -4891,8 +4580,7 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #~ msgid "Error occurred while switching the service pack catalog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une erreur s'est produite lors du choix du catalogue du Service Pack." +#~ msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors du choix du catalogue du Service Pack." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #~ msgid "" @@ -4941,8 +4629,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous ne serez pas obligé d'insérer tous les supports\n" -#~ "fournis avec &product; si vous faites ce choix. Il sera toujours possible " -#~ "d'installer des logiciels supplémentaires\n" +#~ "fournis avec &product; si vous faites ce choix. Il sera toujours possible d'installer des logiciels supplémentaires\n" #~ " depuis d'autres supports plus tard.\n" #~ " " @@ -4959,13 +4646,10 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Le système minimal comprend le strict minimum nécessaire\n" -#~ "à l'exécution en toute sécurité de &product;. Cette sélection n'inclut " -#~ "aucun\n" +#~ "à l'exécution en toute sécurité de &product;. Cette sélection n'inclut aucun\n" #~ "environnement de bureau graphique : ni X11, ni KDE, ni GNOME.\n" -#~ "Sélectionnez cette option comme une base que vous pourrez personnaliser " -#~ "ensuite, pour\n" -#~ "les systèmes de serveurs dédiés qui n'ont pas besoin d'un bureau " -#~ "graphique ou pour les\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez cette option comme une base que vous pourrez personnaliser ensuite, pour\n" +#~ "les systèmes de serveurs dédiés qui n'ont pas besoin d'un bureau graphique ou pour les\n" #~ "systèmes dont l'espace disque ou la mémoire sont insuffisants.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -4978,8 +4662,7 @@ #~ "You can then work with a simple graphical desktop. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Avec le système graphique minimal, installez le système de base de " -#~ "&product;\n" +#~ "Avec le système graphique minimal, installez le système de base de &product;\n" #~ "et tous les paquets requis pour X11, l'interface\n" #~ "graphique utilisateur (GUI).\n" #~ "Vous pourrez ensuite travailler avec un bureau graphique simple. " @@ -4988,8 +4671,7 @@ #~ "&product; offers a selection of efficient and comfortable desktops.\n" #~ "Select which desktop to install." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "&product; vous offre une sélection de bureaux efficaces et " -#~ "confortables.\n" +#~ "&product; vous offre une sélection de bureaux efficaces et confortables.\n" #~ "Sélectionnez le bureau que vous voulez installer." # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__42 @@ -5095,14 +4777,12 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "L'installation via le réseau requiert une connexion réseau " -#~ "opérationnelle.\n" +#~ "L'installation via le réseau requiert une connexion réseau opérationnelle.\n" #~ "Configurez tout d'abord le module de YaST2 \"Périphériques réseau\", \n" #~ "si nécessaire. Spécifiez le dossier qui contient les\n" #~ "paquets du premier CD, par exemple /data1/CD1.\n" #~ "Si les paquets ne sont pas séparés,\n" -#~ "seul le nom du chemin de base est nécessaire, par exemple /usr/full-i386." -#~ "\n" +#~ "seul le nom du chemin de base est nécessaire, par exemple /usr/full-i386.\n" #~ "Le dossier doit être inscrit dans le fichier /etc/exports\n" #~ "du serveur NFS.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5111,8 +4791,7 @@ #~ "There were errors when restoring the source configuration.\n" #~ "Not all sources will be available for configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Des erreurs se sont produites lors de la restauration de la configuration " -#~ "source.\n" +#~ "Des erreurs se sont produites lors de la restauration de la configuration source.\n" #~ "Certaines sources ne seront pas disponibles pour la configuration.\n" # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85 @@ -5202,10 +4881,8 @@ #~ "indispensables au bon fonctionnement de &product;. Notez que\n" #~ "cette sélection ne contient pas d'environnement de bureau\n" #~ "graphique, c'est-à-dire ni X11, ni KDE, ni GNOME.\n" -#~ "Sélectionnez cette option comme base pour une installation personnalisée " -#~ "ou\n" -#~ "pour un serveur dédié sans interface graphique, ou si le système est un " -#~ "peu \n" +#~ "Sélectionnez cette option comme base pour une installation personnalisée ou\n" +#~ "pour un serveur dédié sans interface graphique, ou si le système est un peu \n" #~ "juste en espace disque ou en mémoire.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5218,8 +4895,7 @@ #~ "You can then work with a simple graphical desktop. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Avec le Système minimal en mode graphique, vous installez un " -#~ "système\n" +#~ "Avec le Système minimal en mode graphique, vous installez un système\n" #~ "de base &product; ainsi que tous les paquets X11 et l'interface\n" #~ "utilisateur graphique (GUI).\n" #~ "Vous pourrez ensuite travailler avec une interface graphique simple.\n" @@ -5237,17 +4913,14 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgid "This product has a fixed software selection that cannot be changed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ce produit a une sélection de logiciels pré-définie qui ne peut être " -#~ "modifiée." +#~ msgstr "Ce produit a une sélection de logiciels pré-définie qui ne peut être modifiée." # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__78 #~ msgid "" #~ "You have already chosen software from \"Detailed selection\".\n" #~ "You will lose that selection if you change the basic selection." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vous avez déjà sélectionné des logiciels dans la \"sélection détaillée\"." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Vous avez déjà sélectionné des logiciels dans la \"sélection détaillée\".\n" #~ "Cette sélection sera perdue si vous changez la sélection de base." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__58 @@ -5266,9 +4939,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Des conflits de paquet ne peuvent être résolus automatiquement." #~ msgid "There was an error in installation source initialization." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'initialisation de la source " -#~ "d'installation." +#~ msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'initialisation de la source d'installation." #~ msgid "" #~ "No installation source is defined,\n" @@ -5299,12 +4970,8 @@ #~ msgid "FAILED" #~ msgstr "ÉCHEC" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is recommended to check all installation media to avoid installation " -#~ "problems." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il est recommandé de vérifier tous les supports d'installation pour " -#~ "éviter tout problème lors de l'installation." +#~ msgid "It is recommended to check all installation media to avoid installation problems." +#~ msgstr "Il est recommandé de vérifier tous les supports d'installation pour éviter tout problème lors de l'installation." #~ msgid "S&tatus Information" #~ msgstr "Informations sur l'é&tat" @@ -5379,20 +5046,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The source at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -#~ "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the source content has " -#~ "changed. To \n" -#~ "continue using this source, start Change Source of Installation " -#~ "from \n" +#~ "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the source content has changed. To \n" +#~ "continue using this source, start Change Source of Installation from \n" #~ "the YaST control center and refresh the installation source.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La source à l'URL spécifiée fournit maintenant un ID de support " -#~ "différent.\n" -#~ "Si l'URL est correcte, ceci indique que le contenu de la source a changé. " -#~ "Pour \n" -#~ "continuer à utiliser cette source, cliquez sur Changer la source " -#~ "d'installation depuis \n" -#~ "le centre de contrôle YaST et rafraîchissez la source d'installation.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "La source à l'URL spécifiée fournit maintenant un ID de support différent.\n" +#~ "Si l'URL est correcte, ceci indique que le contenu de la source a changé. Pour \n" +#~ "continuer à utiliser cette source, cliquez sur Changer la source d'installation depuis \n" +#~ "le centre de contrôle YaST et rafraîchissez la source d'installation.\n" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__217 #~ msgid "The correct catalog medium could not be mounted." @@ -5490,9 +5151,7 @@ # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__74 #~ msgid "Error while saving package selections to the hard disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Erreur lors de l'enregistrement de la sélection de paquets sur le disque " -#~ "dur." +#~ msgstr "Erreur lors de l'enregistrement de la sélection de paquets sur le disque dur." # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__75 #~ msgid "Do you really want to reset your settings?" @@ -5563,28 +5222,21 @@ #~ msgstr "Votre ordinateur est un système 64 bits x86-64." #~ msgid "However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cependant, vous êtes en train de tenter d'installer une distribution 32 " -#~ "bits." +#~ msgstr "Cependant, vous êtes en train de tenter d'installer une distribution 32 bits." # TLABEL update_2002_03_14_2340__8 #~ msgid "Disk Space Exhausted" #~ msgstr "Espace disque épuisé" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Espace disque insuffisant. Supprimez quelques paquets dans la sélection " -#~ "unique." +#~ msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." +#~ msgstr "Espace disque insuffisant. Supprimez quelques paquets dans la sélection unique." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__31 #~ msgid "Disk space exhausted -- changing software selection" #~ msgstr "Espace disque épuisé - modification de la sélection de logiciels" #~ msgid "Cannot read package data from installation media. Media error?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de lire les données du paquet depuis le support " -#~ "d'installation. Erreur de support ?" +#~ msgstr "Impossible de lire les données du paquet depuis le support d'installation. Erreur de support ?" #~ msgid "Not enough disk space even for a minimal installation!" #~ msgstr "Espace disque insuffisant, même pour une installation minimale !" @@ -5594,39 +5246,30 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "No checksum for package %1 was found in the source.\n" -#~ "This means that the package is part of the signed source, but the list of " -#~ "checksums\n" -#~ "on this source does not mention this package. Installing the package may " -#~ "put\n" +#~ "This means that the package is part of the signed source, but the list of checksums\n" +#~ "on this source does not mention this package. Installing the package may put\n" #~ "the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Install it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aucune somme de contrôle pour le paquet %1 n'a été trouvée dans la source." -#~ "\n" -#~ "Ceci signifie que le paquet fait partie de la source signée, mais que la " -#~ "liste des sommes de contrôle\n" -#~ "sur cette source ne mentionne pas ce paquet. L'installation du paquet " -#~ "peut mettre\n" +#~ "Aucune somme de contrôle pour le paquet %1 n'a été trouvée dans la source.\n" +#~ "Ceci signifie que le paquet fait partie de la source signée, mais que la liste des sommes de contrôle\n" +#~ "sur cette source ne mentionne pas ce paquet. L'installation du paquet peut mettre\n" #~ "l'intégrité de votre système en danger.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous l'installer quand même ?" #~ msgid "" #~ "No checksum for file %1\n" -#~ "was found in the source. This means that the file is part of the signed " -#~ "source,\n" -#~ "but the list of checksums on this source does not mention this file. " -#~ "Using the file\n" +#~ "was found in the source. This means that the file is part of the signed source,\n" +#~ "but the list of checksums on this source does not mention this file. Using the file\n" #~ "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Use it anyway?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aucune somme de contrôle pour le fichier %1\n" -#~ "n'a été trouvée dans la source. Ceci signifie que le fichier fait partie " -#~ "de la source signée, \n" -#~ "mais que la liste des sommes de contrôle sur cette source ne mentionne " -#~ "pas ce fichier. L'utilisation de ce fichier \n" +#~ "n'a été trouvée dans la source. Ceci signifie que le fichier fait partie de la source signée, \n" +#~ "mais que la liste des sommes de contrôle sur cette source ne mentionne pas ce fichier. L'utilisation de ce fichier \n" #~ "peut mettre l'intégrité de votre système en danger.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous l'utiliser quand même ?" @@ -5647,10 +5290,8 @@ #~ "Le paquet %1 est numériquement signé\n" #~ "avec la clé '%2 (%3)'.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il n'y a pas de relation de confiance vis-à-vis du propriétaire de la clé." -#~ "\n" -#~ "Si vous faites confiance au propriétaire, importez la clé dans votre jeu " -#~ "de\n" +#~ "Il n'y a pas de relation de confiance vis-à-vis du propriétaire de la clé.\n" +#~ "Si vous faites confiance au propriétaire, importez la clé dans votre jeu de\n" #~ "clés sécurisées avec Importer la clé, puis poursuivez\n" #~ "l'installation.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5674,10 +5315,8 @@ #~ "Le fichier %1 est numériquement signé\n" #~ "avec la clé '%2' (%3)'.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Il n'y a pas de relation de confiance vis-à-vis du propriétaire de la clé." -#~ "\n" -#~ "Si vous faites confiance au propriétaire, importez la clé dans votre jeu " -#~ "de\n" +#~ "Il n'y a pas de relation de confiance vis-à-vis du propriétaire de la clé.\n" +#~ "Si vous faites confiance au propriétaire, importez la clé dans votre jeu de\n" #~ "clés sécurisées avec Importer la clé, puis poursuivez \n" #~ "l'installation.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5751,8 +5390,7 @@ #~ " Packages from this media cannot be installed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Impossible de lire la description du support pour %1.\n" -#~ " Les paquets de ce support ne " -#~ "peuvent pas être installés." +#~ " Les paquets de ce support ne peuvent pas être installés." #~ msgid "" #~ "Unable to create catalog\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/pkg-bindings.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -25,50 +25,26 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Chargement des paquets disponibles</BIG>Le chargement " -"des paquets disponibles des dépôts configurés est en cours. Cela peut " -"prendre un peu de temps..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." +msgstr "<BIG>Chargement des paquets disponibles</BIG>Le chargement des paquets disponibles des dépôts configurés est en cours. Cela peut prendre un peu de temps..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Chargement des paquets installés<BIG>Le gestionnaire " -"des paquets lit les paquets installés..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." +msgstr "<BIG>Chargement des paquets installés<BIG>Le gestionnaire des paquets lit les paquets installés..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Enregistrement d'un nouveau dépôt</BIG>Un nouveau " -"dépôt est en cours d'enregistrement. Le gestionnaire des paquets lit la " -"liste des paquets disponibles dans le dépôt..." +msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." +msgstr "<BIG>Enregistrement d'un nouveau dépôt</BIG>Un nouveau dépôt est en cours d'enregistrement. Le gestionnaire des paquets lit la liste des paquets disponibles dans le dépôt..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Sauvegarde des dépôts</BIG>Le gestionnaire du paquet " -"met à jour les dépôts configurés..." +msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." +msgstr "<BIG>Sauvegarde des dépôts</BIG>Le gestionnaire du paquet met à jour les dépôts configurés..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Rafraichissement du dépôt</BIG>Le gestionnaire du " -"paquet met à jour le contenu du dépôt..." +msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." +msgstr "<BIG>Rafraichissement du dépôt</BIG>Le gestionnaire du paquet met à jour le contenu du dépôt..." #. error message #: src/Package.cc:651 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/printer.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -48,8 +48,7 @@ #. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. #: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)." -msgstr "" -"Avertissement : impossible de lire %1 (le fichier n'existe peut-être pas)." +msgstr "Avertissement : impossible de lire %1 (le fichier n'existe peut-être pas)." #. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST #. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. @@ -77,26 +76,17 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de configurer l'impression (le paquet requis cups-client n'est " -"pas installé)." +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "Impossible de configurer l'impression (le paquet requis cups-client n'est pas installé)." #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de configurer une imprimante locale (le paquet requis cups n'est " -"pas installé)." +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "Impossible de configurer une imprimante locale (le paquet requis cups n'est pas installé)." #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"Aucune imprimante locale accessible (utilisation du serveur CUPS distant " -"'%1' pour l'impression." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "Aucune imprimante locale accessible (utilisation du serveur CUPS distant '%1' pour l'impression." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -138,9 +128,7 @@ #. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de configurer des imprimantes locales (aucun cupsd local " -"accessible)." +msgstr "Impossible de configurer des imprimantes locales (aucun cupsd local accessible)." # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__42 #. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) @@ -204,29 +192,20 @@ #. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" -msgstr "" -"&Effectuer maintenant une configuration automatique des imprimantes locales " -"connectés" +msgstr "&Effectuer maintenant une configuration automatique des imprimantes locales connectés" #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "" -"Spécifiez si la configuration automatique des imprimantes USB doit être " -"effectuée lors de la connexion." +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "Spécifiez si la configuration automatique des imprimantes USB doit être effectuée lors de la connexion." #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"&Utiliser le paquet udev-configure-printer pour la configuration automatique " -"d'imprimantes USB" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "&Utiliser le paquet udev-configure-printer pour la configuration automatique d'imprimantes USB" # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__21 #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -244,12 +223,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"Un réglage du serveur CUPS distant entre en conflit avec la configuration " -"automatique des imprimantes pour le système local." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "Un réglage du serveur CUPS distant entre en conflit avec la configuration automatique des imprimantes pour le système local." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -259,8 +234,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" -msgstr "" -"Impossible de supprimer l'entrée 'ServerName' dans /etc/cups/client.conf" +msgstr "Impossible de supprimer l'entrée 'ServerName' dans /etc/cups/client.conf" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__106 #. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). @@ -463,8 +437,7 @@ #. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" -msgstr "" -"Taille de papier par défaut (si l'imprimante et le pilote le supportent)" +msgstr "Taille de papier par défaut (si l'imprimante et le pilote le supportent)" # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__85 #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: @@ -562,12 +535,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"Seules les lettres (a-z et A-Z), les nombres (0-9) et le tiret-bas '_' sont " -"autorisés pour le nom de la file d'attente." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "Seules les lettres (a-z et A-Z), les nombres (0-9) et le tiret-bas '_' sont autorisés pour le nom de la file d'attente." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__89 #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: @@ -590,13 +559,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Si la boîte de dialogue suivante n'affiche pas la nouvelle configuration " -"d'imprimante attendue, patientez quelques instants et utilisez le bouton " -"\"Actualiser la liste\"." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Si la boîte de dialogue suivante n'affiche pas la nouvelle configuration d'imprimante attendue, patientez quelques instants et utilisez le bouton \"Actualiser la liste\"." # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__88 #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called @@ -647,12 +611,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" -msgstr "" -"Aucun pilote n'est utilisé (il s'agit d'une file 'raw' ou un 'System V style " -"interface script' est utilisé)" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "Aucun pilote n'est utilisé (il s'agit d'une file 'raw' ou un 'System V style interface script' est utilisé)" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__62 #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 @@ -709,12 +669,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Si la boîte de dialogue suivante n'affiche pas les modifications attendues, " -"patientez quelques instants et utilisez le bouton \"Actualiser la liste\"." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Si la boîte de dialogue suivante n'affiche pas les modifications attendues, patientez quelques instants et utilisez le bouton \"Actualiser la liste\"." # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__7 #. Exit this dialog in any case: @@ -728,9 +684,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." -msgstr "" -"Raisons possibles: rien n'a été sélectionné ou il s'agit d'une configuration " -"distante." +msgstr "Raisons possibles: rien n'a été sélectionné ou il s'agit d'une configuration distante." #. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 @@ -742,11 +696,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"Garder le modèle ou sélectionner un &fabricant si aucune file d'attente " -"'raw' ne doit être paramétrée" +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "Garder le modèle ou sélectionner un &fabricant si aucune file d'attente 'raw' ne doit être paramétrée" # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__91 #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: @@ -759,9 +710,7 @@ #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez un fabricant d'i&mprimante si aucune 'raw queue' ne doit être " -"paramétrée." +msgstr "Sélectionnez un fabricant d'i&mprimante si aucune 'raw queue' ne doit être paramétrée." # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__85 #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. @@ -803,9 +752,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Paramètre 'option=valeur' optionnel (souvent vide) [encodé avec des " -"pourcents]" +msgstr "Paramètre 'option=valeur' optionnel (souvent vide) [encodé avec des pourcents]" # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__63 #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine @@ -882,11 +829,8 @@ # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__0 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à une imprimante bluetooth, le paquet RPM bluez-cups doit être " -"installé." +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Pour accéder à une imprimante bluetooth, le paquet RPM bluez-cups doit être installé." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -974,12 +918,8 @@ # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__0 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à un partage d'imprimante SMB, le paquet RPM samba-client doit " -"être installé." +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "Pour accéder à un partage d'imprimante SMB, le paquet RPM samba-client doit être installé." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1055,9 +995,7 @@ # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__0 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Pour accéder à une file d'attente d'impression IPX, le paquet RPM ncpfs doit " -"être installé." +msgstr "Pour accéder à une file d'attente d'impression IPX, le paquet RPM ncpfs doit être installé." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1096,8 +1034,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Pour imprimer via 'pipe', la paquet RPM cups-backends doit être installé." +msgstr "Pour imprimer via 'pipe', la paquet RPM cups-backends doit être installé." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1109,15 +1046,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Programme (/chemin/vers/commande?option=valeur) [encodé avec des pourcents]" +msgstr "Programme (/chemin/vers/commande?option=valeur) [encodé avec des pourcents]" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"URI du périphérique (pour lequel 'beh' devrait être appliqué) [encodé avec " -"des pourcents]" +msgstr "URI du périphérique (pour lequel 'beh' devrait être appliqué) [encodé avec des pourcents]" # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__21 #. TRANSLATORS: Check box @@ -1333,16 +1267,11 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2473 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." -msgstr "" -"La vérification de parité 'space' est seulement supporté avec 7 bits de " -"données." +msgstr "La vérification de parité 'space' est seulement supporté avec 7 bits de données." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"La vérification de parité 'mark' est seulement supporté avec 7 bits de " -"données et 1 bit de stop." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "La vérification de parité 'mark' est seulement supporté avec 7 bits de données et 1 bit de stop." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 @@ -1385,14 +1314,11 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2693 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2720 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"Le nom du serveur et le nom de la fiel d'attente ne doivent pas être vide." +msgstr "Le nom du serveur et le nom de la fiel d'attente ne doivent pas être vide." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"L'URI du périphérique, le nombre de tentatives et le délai ne peuvent pas " -"être vides." +msgstr "L'URI du périphérique, le nombre de tentatives et le délai ne peuvent pas être vides." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__102 #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe @@ -1497,10 +1423,8 @@ msgstr "" "Il ne s'agit que d'un test générique qui peut rapporter de faux échecs\n" "si l'authentification via Active Directory (R) est requise.\n" -"Dans ce cas, un utilisateur qui est autoriser à imprimer via Active " -"Directory (R)\n" -"devrait se connecter et tester lui-même s'il peut imprimer depuis GNOME ou " -"KDE." +"Dans ce cas, un utilisateur qui est autoriser à imprimer via Active Directory (R)\n" +"devrait se connecter et tester lui-même s'il peut imprimer depuis GNOME ou KDE." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: @@ -1524,19 +1448,13 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Pour supporter Active Directory (R), le paquet RPM samba-krb-printing doit " -"être installé." +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "Pour supporter Active Directory (R), le paquet RPM samba-krb-printing doit être installé." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "" -"Le support d'Active Directory (R) sera désactivé pour toutes les files " -"d'impressions SMB." +msgstr "Le support d'Active Directory (R) sera désactivé pour toutes les files d'impressions SMB." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__200 #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -1709,9 +1627,7 @@ #. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:224 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" -msgstr "" -"Nom du &fichier de description d'imprimante avec le chemin complet de son " -"emplacement" +msgstr "Nom du &fichier de description d'imprimante avec le chemin complet de son emplacement" #. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box #. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: @@ -1735,25 +1651,19 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." -msgstr "" -"Le fichier de description d'imprimante n'est pas conforme à la spécification." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgstr "Le fichier de description d'imprimante n'est pas conforme à la spécification." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:694 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" -msgstr "" -"Utiliser le fichier de description d'imprimante en dépit de ses erreurs ?" +msgstr "Utiliser le fichier de description d'imprimante en dépit de ses erreurs ?" #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "" -"Un fichier de description d'imprimante non conforme peut engendrer des " -"erreurs arbitraires." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "Un fichier de description d'imprimante non conforme peut engendrer des erreurs arbitraires." # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__7 #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 @@ -1806,32 +1716,24 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Aperçu des files d'attente d'impression</big> \n" -"Une imprimante n'est pas utilisée directement, mais via une file d'attente " -"d'impression. \n" -"Lorsque différents programmes envoient des travaux d'impression " -"simultanément,\n" -"ces travaux sont mis en file d'attente et envoyés les uns après les autres à " -"l'imprimante\n" +"Une imprimante n'est pas utilisée directement, mais via une file d'attente d'impression. \n" +"Lorsque différents programmes envoient des travaux d'impression simultanément,\n" +"ces travaux sont mis en file d'attente et envoyés les uns après les autres à l'imprimante\n" "elle-même. \n" -"Il est possible d'utiliser plusieurs files d'attente d'impression pour une " -"même\n" +"Il est possible d'utiliser plusieurs files d'attente d'impression pour une même\n" "imprimante.\n" -"Par exemple, une seconde file avec un pilote monochrome uniquement, pour une " -"imprimante couleur,\n" -"ou une file PostScript et une file avec un pilote PCL pour une imprimante " -"PostScript+PCL.\n" +"Par exemple, une seconde file avec un pilote monochrome uniquement, pour une imprimante couleur,\n" +"ou une file PostScript et une file avec un pilote PCL pour une imprimante PostScript+PCL.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 2/7: @@ -1853,8 +1755,7 @@ "et ne peuvent par conséquent pas être modifiées sur cet hôte. \n" "Les files distantes listées ici sont connues sur cet hôte\n" "et peuvent habituellement être utilisées directement par les applications,\n" -"de sorte qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de configurer une file d'attente locale " -"pour\n" +"de sorte qu'il n'est pas nécessaire de configurer une file d'attente locale pour\n" "une imprimante déjà disponible via une file d'attente distante. \n" "\n" @@ -1869,8 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configurer une imprimante :</big> \n" -"Cliquez sur Ajouter pour configurer une nouvelle file d'attente pour " -"une imprimante.\n" +"Cliquez sur Ajouter pour configurer une nouvelle file d'attente pour une imprimante.\n" "" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -1912,8 +1812,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Imprimer une page de test :</big> \n" -"Sélectionnez la file d'attente et appuyez sur Imprimer une page de test</" -"b>.\n" +"Sélectionnez la file d'attente et appuyez sur Imprimer une page de test.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 7/7: @@ -1949,12 +1848,9 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Vue d'ensemble des files d'attente d'impression AutoYaST</big></" -"b> \n" -"AutoYaST ne supporte que les paramètres pour l'impression avec CUPS via le " -"réseau. \n" -"Il n'y a pas de support dans AutoYaST pour configurer des files d'attentes " -"d'impression locales.\n" +"<big>Vue d'ensemble des files d'attente d'impression AutoYaST</big> \n" +"AutoYaST ne supporte que les paramètres pour l'impression avec CUPS via le réseau. \n" +"Il n'y a pas de support dans AutoYaST pour configurer des files d'attentes d'impression locales.\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: @@ -1964,40 +1860,28 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -" \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Configurer une nouvelle file d'attente pour une imprimante</big></" -"b> \n" -"Une imprimante n'est pas utilisée directement, mais via une file d'attente " -"d'impression. \n" -"Lorsque différents programmes envoient des travaux d'impression " -"simultanément,\n" -"ces travaux sont mis en file et envoyés un par un à l'imprimante elle-même." -" \n" -"Il est possible d'utiliser plusieurs files d'attente pour une même " -"imprimante.\n" +"<big>Configurer une nouvelle file d'attente pour une imprimante</big> \n" +"Une imprimante n'est pas utilisée directement, mais via une file d'attente d'impression. \n" +"Lorsque différents programmes envoient des travaux d'impression simultanément,\n" +"ces travaux sont mis en file et envoyés un par un à l'imprimante elle-même. \n" +"Il est possible d'utiliser plusieurs files d'attente pour une même imprimante.\n" "Habituellement, plusieurs files sont nécessaires lorsque différents pilotes\n" "doivent être utilisés pour une même imprimante.\n" "Par exemple, une seconde file avec un pilote monochrome uniquement\n" "pour forcer l'impression en noir et blanc sur une imprimante couleur,\n" -"ou une file PostScript et une file avec un pilote PCL pour une imprimante " -"PostScript+PCL\n" -"car l'impression via un pilote PCL est généralement plus rapide (mais de " -"qualité inférieure).\n" +"ou une file PostScript et une file avec un pilote PCL pour une imprimante PostScript+PCL\n" +"car l'impression via un pilote PCL est généralement plus rapide (mais de qualité inférieure).\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: @@ -2021,8 +1905,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2030,29 +1913,22 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La connexion détermine de quelle façon les données sont envoyées à " -"l'imprimante. \n" -"Si une connexion invalide est sélectionnée, aucune donnée ne peut être " -"envoyée au périphérique\n" +"La connexion détermine de quelle façon les données sont envoyées à l'imprimante. \n" +"Si une connexion invalide est sélectionnée, aucune donnée ne peut être envoyée au périphérique\n" "et aucune impression n'est donc possible. \n" "Si une imprimante est accessible via plus d'un type de connexion,\n" "elle est affichée pour chaque type de connexion. \n" -"En particulier, les imprimantes HP sont souvent accessibles à la fois par " -"une connexion 'usb:/...'\n" +"En particulier, les imprimantes HP sont souvent accessibles à la fois par une connexion 'usb:/...'\n" "et une connexion 'hp:/...'.\n" "Cette dernière est fournie par le paquet de pilotes HP 'hplip'.\n" -"Pour la simple impression, les deux types de connexion doivent fonctionner " -"mais pour toute autre utilisation\n" -"(par exemple, l'état de l'imprimante via 'hp-toolbox', ou la numérisation " -"avec un périphérique tout-en-un)\n" +"Pour la simple impression, les deux types de connexion doivent fonctionner mais pour toute autre utilisation\n" +"(par exemple, l'état de l'imprimante via 'hp-toolbox', ou la numérisation avec un périphérique tout-en-un)\n" "la connexion 'hp:/...' doit être utilisée..\n" "\n" @@ -2063,8 +1939,7 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -2089,8 +1964,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -2112,21 +1986,15 @@ "\n" "Le pilote assure que les bonnes données sont produites pour le\n" "modèle d'imprimante spécifique. \n" -"Si un mauvais pilote est assigné, de mauvaises données sont envoyées à " -"l'imprimante\n" -"ce qui a pour effet de mauvaises impressions, des impressions chaotiques ou " -"pas d'impression du tout. \n" +"Si un mauvais pilote est assigné, de mauvaises données sont envoyées à l'imprimante\n" +"ce qui a pour effet de mauvaises impressions, des impressions chaotiques ou pas d'impression du tout. \n" "Initialement, le champs de recherche du pilote est pré-rempli\n" -"avec le nom du modèle auto-détecté, sur la connexion actuellement " -"sélectionnée,\n" -"et les pilotes, dont la description correspond au nom du modèle, sont " -"affichés\n" +"avec le nom du modèle auto-détecté, sur la connexion actuellement sélectionnée,\n" +"et les pilotes, dont la description correspond au nom du modèle, sont affichés\n" "par défaut. \n" "Si les descriptions de pilote correspondent au nom de modèle auto-detecté\n" -"et si toutes les descriptions de pilotes correspondantes semblent appartenir " -"au même modèle,\n" -"les descriptions de pilote sont triées de telle sorte que le pilote le plus " -"vraisemblable se trouve\n" +"et si toutes les descriptions de pilotes correspondantes semblent appartenir au même modèle,\n" +"les descriptions de pilote sont triées de telle sorte que le pilote le plus vraisemblable se trouve\n" "en haut de la liste et celui-ci est automatiquement pré-sélectionné.\n" "Si aucun pilote n'est pré-sélectionné, vous devez trouver et sélectionner\n" "manuellement le pilote approprié. \n" @@ -2140,36 +2008,25 @@ "(le nom de modèle auto-detecté et les descriptions de pilotes)\n" "ainsi, le résultat ne peut qu'être un proposition de la meilleure idée\n" "de comment configurer votre modèle d'imprimante en particulier. \n" -"C'est pourquoi, il faut vérifier si les valeurs pré-sélectionnées ont du " -"sens\n" +"C'est pourquoi, il faut vérifier si les valeurs pré-sélectionnées ont du sens\n" "et n'hesitez pas à regarder et modifier les paramètres\n" "sur ce que vous savez qui fonctionne le mieux avec votre imprimante. \n" -"Si aucune description de pilote ne correspond au nom de modèle auto-" -"détecté,\n" -"cela ne signifie pas forcément qu'aucun pilote n'est disponible pour le " -"modèle.\n" +"Si aucune description de pilote ne correspond au nom de modèle auto-détecté,\n" +"cela ne signifie pas forcément qu'aucun pilote n'est disponible pour le modèle.\n" "Souvent, il s'agit seulement d'une différence entre le nom du modèle dans\n" "la description du pilote et le nom du modèle auto-detecté.\n" -"C'est pourquoi, vous pouvez entrer ce que vous voulez dans le champ de " -"recherche\n" +"C'est pourquoi, vous pouvez entrer ce que vous voulez dans le champ de recherche\n" "et chercher à travers toutes les descriptions de pilotes disponibles. \n" "La plupart du temps, les paramètres par défauts du pilote sont corrects\n" -"pour que le pilote fonctionne pour votre modèle d'imprimante en " -"particulier.\n" -"Certains paramètres du pilote doivent correspondre à votre modèle " -"d'imprimante en particulier.\n" -"Par exemple, le paramètre du pilote correspondant à la taille du papier par " -"défaut\n" -"doit correspondre au papier qui est actuellement chargé dans votre " -"imprimante.\n" -"Vous pouvez soit choisir explicitement A4 ou Lettre comme taille de papier " -"par défaut\n" -"soit ne rien sélectionner pour utiliser la taille de papier par défaut du " -"pilote, \n" +"pour que le pilote fonctionne pour votre modèle d'imprimante en particulier.\n" +"Certains paramètres du pilote doivent correspondre à votre modèle d'imprimante en particulier.\n" +"Par exemple, le paramètre du pilote correspondant à la taille du papier par défaut\n" +"doit correspondre au papier qui est actuellement chargé dans votre imprimante.\n" +"Vous pouvez soit choisir explicitement A4 ou Lettre comme taille de papier par défaut\n" +"soit ne rien sélectionner pour utiliser la taille de papier par défaut du pilote, \n" "ce qui est aussi une astuce si le pilote ne supporte ni A4 ni Lettre\n" "(par exemple, un pilote pour une imprimante photo petit format).\n" -"Si vous souhaitez ajuster d'autres options du pilote, autres que A4 ou " -"Lettre,\n" +"Si vous souhaitez ajuster d'autres options du pilote, autres que A4 ou Lettre,\n" "vous devez d'abord configurer la file d'attente puis dans un second temps\n" "vous pouvez modifier toutes les options du pilote dans le menu 'Modifier'.\n" "" @@ -2188,8 +2045,7 @@ "Les applications n'affichent pas le nom de l'imprimante réelle\n" "mais le nom de sa file d'attente associée. \n" "Seules les lettres (a-z et A-Z), les nombres (0-9) et le tiret-bas '_'\n" -"sont autorisés dans le nom de file d'attente qui doit de plus commencer par " -"une lettre.\n" +"sont autorisés dans le nom de file d'attente qui doit de plus commencer par une lettre.\n" "" #. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: @@ -2210,10 +2066,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Une des files d'attente d'impression peut être configurée pour être " -"utilisée par défaut. \n" -"Les applications devraient utiliser une telle file d'attente par défaut du " -"système\n" +"Une des files d'attente d'impression peut être configurée pour être utilisée par défaut. \n" +"Les applications devraient utiliser une telle file d'attente par défaut du système\n" "si aucune autre file d'attente n'a été spécifiée par l'utilisateur.\n" "Mais il ne peut y avoir 'une et une seule' file d'attente par défaut.\n" "En plus d'une file par défaut du système, chaque utilisateur peut définir\n" @@ -2221,8 +2075,7 @@ "d'implémenter sa propre gestion de la file d'attente par défaut\n" "(par ex. l'application peut retenir la dernière file utilisée). \n" "Pour plus d'informations, consultez l'article de la base de données\n" -"du support openSUSE (SDB) intitulé 'Print Settings with CUPS' à " -"l'adresse \n" +"du support openSUSE (SDB) intitulé 'Print Settings with CUPS' à l'adresse \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" "" @@ -2245,8 +2098,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Une autre façon de configurer les périphériques HP est d'exécuter hp-" -"setup. \n" +"Une autre façon de configurer les périphériques HP est d'exécuter hp-setup. \n" "L'outil propre à HP 'hp-setup' assiste particulièrement la configuration\n" "des imprimantes et périphériques tout-en-un HP qui nécessitent\n" "le téléchargement d'un pilote propriétaire de HP et son installation\n" @@ -2256,8 +2108,7 @@ "car cet outil propre à HP implémente une gestion\n" "spécifique des périphériques réseaux HP. \n" "Pour plus d'informations, consultez l'article de la base de données\n" -"du support openSUSE (SDB) intitulé 'How to set-up a HP printer' à " -"l'adresse \n" +"du support openSUSE (SDB) intitulé 'How to set-up a HP printer' à l'adresse \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" "" @@ -2271,8 +2122,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Modifier une file d'attente</big> \n" -"Pour modifier une file d'attente, sélectionnez uniquement ce que vous voulez " -"réellement changer. \n" +"Pour modifier une file d'attente, sélectionnez uniquement ce que vous voulez réellement changer. \n" "" #. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: @@ -2280,8 +2130,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" -#| "The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -#| "device. \n" +#| "The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" #| "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" #| "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" #| "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2289,10 +2138,8 @@ #| "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" #| "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" #| "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -#| "For plain printing both kind of connections should work but for anything " -#| "else\n" -#| "(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox', or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -#| "device)\n" +#| "For plain printing both kind of connections should work but for anything else\n" +#| "(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox', or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" #| "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" #| "When you exchange the currently used connection by another one,\n" #| "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2300,8 +2147,7 @@ #| "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" #| "are shown by default. \n" #| "If driver descriptions match to the autodetected model name\n" -#| "and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same " -#| "model,\n" +#| "and if all matching driver descriptions seem to belong to the same model,\n" #| "the driver descriptions are sorted so that the most reasonable driver\n" #| "should be listed topmost (but still below the currently used driver).\n" #| "On the other hand, it does not necessarily mean that this driver is\n" @@ -2317,8 +2163,7 @@ #| "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" #| "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" #| "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -#| "it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -#| "model.\n" +#| "it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" #| "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" #| "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" #| "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -2326,8 +2171,7 @@ #| "" msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2335,10 +2179,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2368,21 +2210,16 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La connexion determine comment sont envoyées les données à " -"l'imprimante. \n" -"Si une mauvaise connexion est sélectionnée, aucune donnée ne peut être " -"envoyée au périphérique\n" +"La connexion determine comment sont envoyées les données à l'imprimante. \n" +"Si une mauvaise connexion est sélectionnée, aucune donnée ne peut être envoyée au périphérique\n" "de telle sorte qu'aucune impression ne sera possible. \n" "Si une imprimante est accessible par plus d'un type de connexion,\n" "elle est affichée pour chacun d'entre eux. \n" -"En particulier, les imprimantes HP sont souvent accessibles par la connexion " -"'usb:/...'\n" +"En particulier, les imprimantes HP sont souvent accessibles par la connexion 'usb:/...'\n" "et la connexion 'hp:/...'.\n" "La dernière est fournie par le paquet du pilote HP 'hplip'.\n" -"Pour une impression complète, les deux types de connexion doivent " -"fonctionner mais pour tout le reste\n" -"(par exemple, l'état du périphérique via 'hp-toolbox', ou le scanne avec un " -"périphérique HP tout en un)\n" +"Pour une impression complète, les deux types de connexion doivent fonctionner mais pour tout le reste\n" +"(par exemple, l'état du périphérique via 'hp-toolbox', ou le scanne avec un périphérique HP tout en un)\n" "la connexion 'hp:/...' doit être utilisé. \n" "Lorsque vous changez la connexion utilisée actuellement par une autre,\n" "le champs de recherche du pilote est pré-rempli\n" @@ -2390,33 +2227,25 @@ "Les pilotes dont la description correspond au nom du modèle\n" "sont affichés par défaut. \n" "Si la description du pilote correspond au nom de modèle auto-detecté\n" -"et si toutes les descriptions de pilotes correspondantes semblent appartenir " -"au même modèle,\n" -"les descriptions de pilote sont triées de telle sorte que le pilote le plus " -"vraisemblable se trouve\n" -"en haut de la liste (mais le pilote actuellement utilisé est toujours listé " -"en dessous).\n" +"et si toutes les descriptions de pilotes correspondantes semblent appartenir au même modèle,\n" +"les descriptions de pilote sont triées de telle sorte que le pilote le plus vraisemblable se trouve\n" +"en haut de la liste (mais le pilote actuellement utilisé est toujours listé en dessous).\n" "D'un autre côté, cela ne signifie pas nécessairement que ce pilote est\n" "le bon pour vos besoins particuliers.\n" "Il est possible que le pilote tout en haut de la liste ne fonctionne pas\n" "du tout pour votre modèle d'imprimante en particulier.\n" "La sélection de pilote automatique compare les chaines de caractères\n" "(le nom de modèle auto-detecté et les descriptions de pilotes)\n" -"de telle sorte que le résultat ne peut qu'être un proposition de la " -"meilleure idée\n" +"de telle sorte que le résultat ne peut qu'être un proposition de la meilleure idée\n" "de comment configurer votre modèle d'imprimante en particulier. \n" -"C'est pourquoi, il faut vérifier si les valeurs pré-sélectionnées ont du " -"sens.\n" +"C'est pourquoi, il faut vérifier si les valeurs pré-sélectionnées ont du sens.\n" "N'hésitez pas à regarder et modifier les paramètres\n" "sur ce que vous savez qui fonctionne le mieux avec votre imprimante. \n" -"Si aucune description de pilote ne correspond au nom de modèle auto-" -"détecté,\n" -"cela ne signifie pas forcément qu'aucun pilote n'est disponible pour le " -"modèle.\n" +"Si aucune description de pilote ne correspond au nom de modèle auto-détecté,\n" +"cela ne signifie pas forcément qu'aucun pilote n'est disponible pour le modèle.\n" "Souvent, il s'agit d'une différence entre le nom du modèle dans\n" "la description du pilote et le nom du modèle auto-detecté.\n" -"C'est pourquoi, vous pouvez entrer ce que vous voulez dans le champ de " -"recherche\n" +"C'est pourquoi, vous pouvez entrer ce que vous voulez dans le champ de recherche\n" "et chercher à travers toutes les descriptions de pilotes disponibles..\n" "\n" @@ -2427,12 +2256,9 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2441,8 +2267,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -" \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2450,8 +2275,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2463,12 +2287,9 @@ "\n" "Le pilote détermine le bon type de données à produire en fonction du\n" "modèle précis de l'imprimante. \n" -"Si un mauvais pilote est assigné, des données incorrectes sont envoyées à " -"l'imprimante\n" -"avec pour conséquence une impression erronée, chaotique, ou pas d'impression " -"du tout. \n" -"Vous pouvez soit sélectionner un autre pilote et modifier ses options " -"ultérieurement,\n" +"Si un mauvais pilote est assigné, des données incorrectes sont envoyées à l'imprimante\n" +"avec pour conséquence une impression erronée, chaotique, ou pas d'impression du tout. \n" +"Vous pouvez soit sélectionner un autre pilote et modifier ses options ultérieurement,\n" "soit conserver le pilote actuel et modifier ses options maintenant. \n" "Certaines options doivent correspondre à votre imprimante.\n" "Par exemple, le réglage de taille de papier par défaut du pilote\n" @@ -2478,23 +2299,19 @@ "devrait fonctionner pour ce pilote particulier.\n" "Néanmoins, il se peut que votre imprimante ne parvienne pas à imprimer\n" "avec une résolution élevée, par exemple si vous avez une imprimante laser\n" -"avec une mémoire intégrée insuffisante pour traiter les pages de haute " -"résolution. \n" +"avec une mémoire intégrée insuffisante pour traiter les pages de haute résolution. \n" "Si vous remplacez le pilote actuellement utilisé par un autre,\n" -"vous devez d'abord appliquer ce changement à la file d'attente " -"d'impression,\n" +"vous devez d'abord appliquer ce changement à la file d'attente d'impression,\n" "afin que le nouveau pilote soit utilisé pour la file\n" "(vous devez donc valider cette boîte de dialogue en premier)\n" "puis, dans un second temps, vous pouvez ajuster les options du pilote\n" "en utilisant à nouveau cette boîte de dialogue. \n" "Au départ, le champ de recherche du pilote est pré-rempli\n" -"avec la description du pilote actuellement utilisé, si la connexion n'a pas " -"changé.\n" +"avec la description du pilote actuellement utilisé, si la connexion n'a pas changé.\n" "Habituellement, ceci a pour résultat de n'afficher qu'un seul pilote,\n" "de sorte que vous devez entrer une chaîne de recherche moins spécifique\n" "pour trouver d'autres pilotes - ou utiliser le bouton \"Rechercher plus\".\n" -"Si aucun pilote ne correspond, cela ne signifie pas qu'aucun pilote n'est " -"disponible.\n" +"Si aucun pilote ne correspond, cela ne signifie pas qu'aucun pilote n'est disponible.\n" "Vous pouvez donc entrer ce que vous voulez comme chaîne de recherche\n" "et parcourir toutes les descriptions de pilotes disponibles.\n" "" @@ -2504,10 +2321,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2520,22 +2335,15 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Contrairement à la connexion et au pilote, où vous devez sélectionner la " -"bonne option,\n" -"vous êtes libre d'entrer un texte arbitraire pour la description et " -"l'emplacement.\n" -"Les applications affichent souvent la description et l'emplacement dans la " -"boîte de dialogue d'impression.\n" -"Pour s'assurer que ces textes apparaissent correctement dans n'importe " -"quelle langue,\n" -"qu'un utilisateur donné pourrait utiliser dans une application donnée, il " -"est plus sûr de\n" -"n'utiliser que du texte ASCII brut sans aucun caractère spécial, c'est à " -"dire\n" +"Contrairement à la connexion et au pilote, où vous devez sélectionner la bonne option,\n" +"vous êtes libre d'entrer un texte arbitraire pour la description et l'emplacement.\n" +"Les applications affichent souvent la description et l'emplacement dans la boîte de dialogue d'impression.\n" +"Pour s'assurer que ces textes apparaissent correctement dans n'importe quelle langue,\n" +"qu'un utilisateur donné pourrait utiliser dans une application donnée, il est plus sûr de\n" +"n'utiliser que du texte ASCII brut sans aucun caractère spécial, c'est à dire\n" "uniquement des lettres ASCII (a-z et A-Z), des nombres ASCII (0-9) et\n" "des espaces ASCII (20 hex).\n" -"Habituellement, la description détaille le modèle et éventuellement le " -"pilote\n" +"Habituellement, la description détaille le modèle et éventuellement le pilote\n" "(par exemple, 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 utilisant un pilote PCL générique'),\n" "tandis que l'emplacement décrit où l'imprimante est située\n" "(par exemple, 'Salle 123' ou 'Bureau de la réception').\n" @@ -2557,17 +2365,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Définir les options du pilote</big> \n" -"Habituellement, il est préférable de laisser les paramètres par défaut du " -"pilote,\n" +"Habituellement, il est préférable de laisser les paramètres par défaut du pilote,\n" "car ils sont généralement bons pour la majorité des cas. \n" "De plus, les boites de dialogue d'impression des applications courantes\n" -"affichent également les options du pilote pour que chaque utilisateur puisse " -"définir\n" +"affichent également les options du pilote pour que chaque utilisateur puisse définir\n" "les options pour chaque impression. \n" -"Le seul paramètre qui devrait systématiquement être vérifié est la taille du " -"papier,\n" -"qui doit être défini à la taille du papier utilisé par défaut dans " -"l'imprimante.\n" +"Le seul paramètre qui devrait systématiquement être vérifié est la taille du papier,\n" +"qui doit être défini à la taille du papier utilisé par défaut dans l'imprimante.\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: @@ -2585,13 +2389,10 @@ "\n" "Des paramètres différents des valeurs par défaut peuvent ne pas fonctionner\n" "dans tous les cas ou avoir des conséquences inattendues. \n" -"Par exemple, une résolution trop élevée peut ne pas fonctionner pour une " -"imprimante laser\n" -"dont la mémoire intégrée est insuffisante pour traiter les pages de haute " -"résolution.\n" +"Par exemple, une résolution trop élevée peut ne pas fonctionner pour une imprimante laser\n" +"dont la mémoire intégrée est insuffisante pour traiter les pages de haute résolution.\n" " \n" -"Ou encore, une qualité trop élevée peut rendre l'impression beaucoup trop " -"lente sur une imprimante jet d'encre.\n" +"Ou encore, une qualité trop élevée peut rendre l'impression beaucoup trop lente sur une imprimante jet d'encre.\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: @@ -2609,15 +2410,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Dans certains cas des paramètres spécifiques à l'imprimante\n" -"doivent être ajustés pour obtenir l'intégralité des fonctionnalités de " -"l'imprimante. \n" -"En particulier, lorsque l'imprimante est équipée d'unités supplémentaires " -"comme\n" -"un module duplex (recto-verso) ou un bac de papier en option, les " -"paramètres\n" +"doivent être ajustés pour obtenir l'intégralité des fonctionnalités de l'imprimante. \n" +"En particulier, lorsque l'imprimante est équipée d'unités supplémentaires comme\n" +"un module duplex (recto-verso) ou un bac de papier en option, les paramètres\n" "correspondants du pilote doivent être vérifiés et ajustés. \n" -"Par exemple, une option pour un module duplex doit être définie à " -"'installed' ou 'true'\n" +"Par exemple, une option pour un module duplex doit être définie à 'installed' ou 'true'\n" "pour que le pilote prenne effectivement en compte l'impression recto-verso.\n" "\n" @@ -2635,10 +2432,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Ajouter ou supprimer des paquets de pilotes d'imprimantes</big></" -"b> \n" -"Lorsqu'un paquet de pilote d'imprimante n'est pas marqué, il n'est pas " -"installé.\n" +"<big>Ajouter ou supprimer des paquets de pilotes d'imprimantes</big> \n" +"Lorsqu'un paquet de pilote d'imprimante n'est pas marqué, il n'est pas installé.\n" "Sélectionner le pour l'installer. \n" "Lorsqu'un paquet de pilote d'imprimante est marqué, il est installé.\n" "Désélectionner le pour le supprimer.\n" @@ -2681,35 +2476,26 @@ "<big>Ajouter un fichier de description d'imprimante</big> \n" "Pour configurer une imprimante, un fichier de description d'imprimante\n" "(fichier PPD) est nécessaire. \n" -"Si un fichier PPD n'est pas situé dans le répertoire /usr/share/cups/" -"model/,\n" +"Si un fichier PPD n'est pas situé dans le répertoire /usr/share/cups/model/,\n" "il n'est pas disponible pour la création d'une configuration d'imprimante.\n" "Vous pouvez spécifier le chemin complet d'un fichier PPD\n" "situé ailleurs sur votre système pour l'installer\n" "dans le répertoire /usr/share/cups/model/. \n" "Notez qu'un fichier de description d'imprimante n'est pas un pilote. \n" "Pour les imprimantes non-PostScript, le fichier PPD seul\n" -"n'est pas suffisant pour obtenir une configuration d'imprimante " -"fonctionnelle.\n" -"En particulier, pour les imprimantes non-PostScript, télécharger un fichier " -"PPD\n" -"sur Internet et configurer une imprimante avec ce fichier ne fonctionnera " -"pas.\n" +"n'est pas suffisant pour obtenir une configuration d'imprimante fonctionnelle.\n" +"En particulier, pour les imprimantes non-PostScript, télécharger un fichier PPD\n" +"sur Internet et configurer une imprimante avec ce fichier ne fonctionnera pas.\n" "La configuration de base de l'imprimante fonctionnerait mais l'impression\n" "effective échouerait à cause de l'absence du pilote.\n" "Pour les imprimantes non-PostScript vous devez donc disposer d'un pilote\n" -"d'impression et d'un fichier PPD qui correspond exactement au pilote en " -"question.\n" -"Les fichiers PPD correspondants sont automatiquement installés au bon " -"endroit\n" -"lorsque vous installez les paquets de pilotes d'imprimantes mentionnés plus " -"haut. \n" +"d'impression et d'un fichier PPD qui correspond exactement au pilote en question.\n" +"Les fichiers PPD correspondants sont automatiquement installés au bon endroit\n" +"lorsque vous installez les paquets de pilotes d'imprimantes mentionnés plus haut. \n" "Pour les imprimantes PostScript, un fichier PPD seul est habituellement\n" -"suffisant pour obtenir une configuration d'imprimante PostScript " -"fonctionnelle.\n" +"suffisant pour obtenir une configuration d'imprimante PostScript fonctionnelle.\n" "C'est en particulier le cas lorsque le fichier PPD ne contient pas\n" -"d'entrée 'cupsFilter', car une telle entrée référencerait un pilote " -"d'imprimante. \n" +"d'entrée 'cupsFilter', car une telle entrée référencerait un pilote d'imprimante. \n" "\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: @@ -2717,18 +2503,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Spécifier la connexion</big> \n" -"La connexion détermine de quelle façon les données sont envoyées à " -"l'imprimante. \n" -"Si une connexion invalide est sélectionnée, aucune donnée ne peut être " -"envoyée au périphérique\n" +"La connexion détermine de quelle façon les données sont envoyées à l'imprimante. \n" +"Si une connexion invalide est sélectionnée, aucune donnée ne peut être envoyée au périphérique\n" "et aucune impression n'est donc possible.\n" "\n" @@ -2738,24 +2521,19 @@ "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -" \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2771,32 +2549,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>URI de l'imprimante</big> \n" -"Une connexion est spécifiée par ce que l'on appelle un URI de " -"périphérique. \n" -"Son premier mot (appelé schéma URI) définit le type de transfert de " -"données,\n" +"Une connexion est spécifiée par ce que l'on appelle un URI de périphérique. \n" +"Son premier mot (appelé schéma URI) définit le type de transfert de données,\n" "par exemple 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', ou 'ipp'. \n" "Le schéma est suivi de plus ou moins de composants supplémentaires\n" "qui spécifient les détails de ce type de transfert de données. \n" "Les espaces ne sont pas autorisés dans un URI.\n" "Par conséquent un espace dans la valeur d'un composant d'URI\n" -"est encodé sous forme de '%20' (20 étant la valeur hexadécimale du caractère " -"d'espacement). \n" -"Les composants d'un URI sont séparés par des caractères spéciaux réservés, " -"tels que\n" -"deux-points ':', barre oblique '/', point d'interrogation '?', esperluette " -"'&', ou égal '='. \n" -"Enfin, des paramètres optionnels peuvent s'ajouter (séparés par un point " -"d'interrogation '?')\n" -"sous la forme 'option1=valeur1&option2=valeur2&option3=valeur3', de " -"sorte\n" +"est encodé sous forme de '%20' (20 étant la valeur hexadécimale du caractère d'espacement). \n" +"Les composants d'un URI sont séparés par des caractères spéciaux réservés, tels que\n" +"deux-points ':', barre oblique '/', point d'interrogation '?', esperluette '&', ou égal '='. \n" +"Enfin, des paramètres optionnels peuvent s'ajouter (séparés par un point d'interrogation '?')\n" +"sous la forme 'option1=valeur1&option2=valeur2&option3=valeur3', de sorte\n" "qu'un URI complet pourrait ressembler à : \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Quelques exemples : \n" "Une imprimante USB 'Fun Printer 1000+' fabriquée par 'ACME'\n" -"avec le numéro de série 'A1B2C3' pourrait avoir un URI de périphérique tel " -"que : \n" +"avec le numéro de série 'A1B2C3' pourrait avoir un URI de périphérique tel que : \n" "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \n" "Une imprimante réseau avec l'IP 192.168.100.1 et accessible\n" "via le port 9100 pourrait avoir un URI tel que : \n" @@ -2889,44 +2658,33 @@ "<big>Encodage des URis</big>\n" "La question est compliquée.\n" "Il est recommandé d'éviter des caractères réservés et des espaces\n" -"pour les valeurs de composants des URis si ces valeurs sont sous votre " -"contrôle\n" -"(p ex : vous ne pouvez pas l'éviter quand vous devez spécifier de tels " -"caractères\n" +"pour les valeurs de composants des URis si ces valeurs sont sous votre contrôle\n" +"(p ex : vous ne pouvez pas l'éviter quand vous devez spécifier de tels caractères\n" "dans les valeurs d'URis d'accès à une file d'impression distante\n" "mais que la file d'impression n'est pas sous votre contrôle).\n" -" Autant que possible utilisez ce qu'on appelle des 'caractères non " -"réservés'.\n" +" Autant que possible utilisez ce qu'on appelle des 'caractères non réservés'.\n" "Les caractères non réservés sont les lettres majuscules et minuscules,\n" "les chiffres, les traits d'union, les ~(tildes), et intervalles.\n" "Même les traits d'union, les tildes, espaces et autres sensibles min/MAJ\n" "peuvent provoquer des résultats inattendus dans certains cas\n" -"(p ex : seules les lettres, les chiffres, et le tiret du 8 sont réputés " -"fonctionner\n" -"sur le nom d'une file d'impression CUPS et la casse n'est alors pas " -"significative).\n" +"(p ex : seules les lettres, les chiffres, et le tiret du 8 sont réputés fonctionner\n" +"sur le nom d'une file d'impression CUPS et la casse n'est alors pas significative).\n" "Cependant, il est mieux d'utiliser des lettres minuscules, des chiffres,\n" "et tirets du 8 pour toutes les valeurs de toutes les URis si possible. \n" -"Les caractères réservés et caractères d'espace dans la valeur d'un " -"composant \n" -"doivent être encodés pour cent (également connu sous le nom d'encodage URi)." -" \n" -"Quand un champ de saisie apparait dans une boite de dialogue, il est attendu " -"d'entrer\n" +"Les caractères réservés et caractères d'espace dans la valeur d'un composant \n" +"doivent être encodés pour cent (également connu sous le nom d'encodage URi). \n" +"Quand un champ de saisie apparait dans une boite de dialogue, il est attendu d'entrer\n" "uniquement une valeur seule pour un composant seul de l'URi\n" -"(p ex : des champs de saisie séparés pour le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de " -"passe).\n" +"(p ex : des champs de saisie séparés pour le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe).\n" "vous devez saisir les espaces et les caractères réservés littéralement\n" "(ie : non encodés pour cent).\n" "Pour de tels champs de saisie, tous les espaces et caractères réservés\n" " seront automatiquement encodés pour cent.\n" "Par exemple si un mot de passe est 'Foo%2520Bar' (non encodé pour cent),\n" -"il doit être entré littéralement dans le champ de saisie de la boite de " -"dialogue .\n" +"il doit être entré littéralement dans le champ de saisie de la boite de dialogue .\n" "Le résultat de l'encodage automatique de 'Foo%25Bar' est la façon\n" "dont la valeur composant le mot de passe est vraiment stocké dans l'URi \n" -"A contrario quand dans un champ de saisie du dialogue est attendu d'y " -"entrer\n" +"A contrario quand dans un champ de saisie du dialogue est attendu d'y entrer\n" "plus d'une valeur seule pour un composant seul de l'URi\n" "(p ex : un seul champ de saisie pour tous les paramètres d'options\n" "comme 'option1=valeur1&option2=valeur2&option3=valeur3\n" @@ -2966,8 +2724,7 @@ "L'arobase @ est encodé %40 \n" "Le crochet gauche [ est encodé %5B \n" "Le crochet droit ] est encodé %5D \n" -"Pour plus de détails, voir 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URi) : Syntaxe " -"Générique sur \n" +"Pour plus de détails, voir 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URi) : Syntaxe Générique sur \n" "http://tools.ieff.org/html/rfc3986\n" "" @@ -2996,18 +2753,15 @@ "Example device URIs: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " -"installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the " -"data\n" +"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" "to a bluetooth printer.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>URI pour les périphériques directement connectés</big> \n" "Les périphériques connectés via le port parallèle ou USB\n" -"sont détectés automatiquement et l'URI de périphérique approprié est " -"généré.\n" +"sont détectés automatiquement et l'URI de périphérique approprié est généré.\n" "Par exemple : \n" "parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3 \n" @@ -3017,21 +2771,17 @@ "celui-ci n'est possible et aucune donnée ne peut donc être envoyée. \n" "Pour accéder à une imprimante ou appareil tout-en-un HP via le moteur 'hp',\n" "le paquet RPM hplip doit être installé.\n" -"Ce paquet fournit le logiciel d'impression et de numérisation HPLIP par HP." -" \n" +"Ce paquet fournit le logiciel d'impression et de numérisation HPLIP par HP. \n" "En revanche, les périphériques connectés via un port série ou bluetooth\n" -"ne sont généralement pas détectés et leur URI doit être spécifié " -"manuellement.\n" +"ne sont généralement pas détectés et leur URI doit être spécifié manuellement.\n" "Les paramètres d'URI pour un périphérique série doivent se conformer à\n" "ce que le port série de l'imprimante requiert.\n" "Consultez le manuel de votre imprimante série pour plus d'informations.\n" "Exemples d'URI de périphériques : \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"Pour accéder à un périphérique via bluetooth, le paquet RPM bluez-cups doit " -"être installé.\n" -"Ce paquet fournit le moteur CUPS 'bluetooth' qui envoie effectivement les " -"données\n" +"Pour accéder à un périphérique via bluetooth, le paquet RPM bluez-cups doit être installé.\n" +"Ce paquet fournit le moteur CUPS 'bluetooth' qui envoie effectivement les données\n" "à une imprimante bluetooth.\n" "" @@ -3039,8 +2789,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -3077,29 +2826,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>URI de périphérique pour accéder à une imprimante réseau ou un " -"serveur d'impression</big> \n" +"<big>URI de périphérique pour accéder à une imprimante réseau ou un serveur d'impression</big> \n" "Un serveur d'impression est une petite machine avec une connexion réseau\n" "et un port USB ou parallèle pour connecter l'imprimante réelle.\n" "Une imprimante réseau possède ce genre de matériel d'origine.\n" "L'accès peut se faire via trois protocoles réseau différents.\n" -"Consultez le manuel de votre imprimante réseau ou votre serveur " -"d'impression\n" +"Consultez le manuel de votre imprimante réseau ou votre serveur d'impression\n" "pour savoir ce que votre périphérique supporte : \n" "Port TCP (AppSocket/JetDirect) \n" "L'adresse IP et le numéro de port sont nécessaires pour y accéder.\n" "Bien souvent le numéro de port 9100 est correct.\n" -"C'est le protocole le plus simple, le plus rapide et généralement le plus " -"stable.\n" +"C'est le protocole le plus simple, le plus rapide et généralement le plus stable.\n" "L'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" "socket://adresse-ip:numero-de-port \n" "Protocole Line Printer Daemon (LPD) \n" -"Un LPD tourne sur le périphérique et fournit une ou plusieurs files " -"d'attente LPD.\n" -"L'adresse IP et un nom de file d'attente LPD sont nécessaires pour y " -"accéder.\n" -"La quasi-totalité des imprimantes réseau et serveurs d'impression le " -"supportent.\n" +"Un LPD tourne sur le périphérique et fournit une ou plusieurs files d'attente LPD.\n" +"L'adresse IP et un nom de file d'attente LPD sont nécessaires pour y accéder.\n" +"La quasi-totalité des imprimantes réseau et serveurs d'impression le supportent.\n" "Bien souvent un nom de file d'attente arbitraire ou 'LPT1' fonctionnent.\n" "Cependant, utiliser une file d'attente LPD valide, qui ne change pas\n" "les données et n'ajoute pas de pages blanches ni de bannières,\n" @@ -3109,13 +2852,11 @@ "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) \n" "IPP est le protocole natif pour CUPS fonctionnant sur un ordinateur réel,\n" "mais il est souvent mal implémenté sur les petits serveurs d'impression.\n" -"N'utilisez IPP que si le fabricant en spécifie le support expressément et " -"officiellement.\n" +"N'utilisez IPP que si le fabricant en spécifie le support expressément et officiellement.\n" "L'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" "ipp://adresse-ip:numero-de-port/ressource \n" "Les valeurs exactes du 'numéro-de-port' et de la 'ressource' dépendent \n" -"du modèle de l'imprimante réseau ou du serveur d'impression en question." -" \n" +"du modèle de l'imprimante réseau ou du serveur d'impression en question. \n" "Pour plus d'informations, consultez \n" "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" "\n" @@ -3132,8 +2873,7 @@ #| "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" #| "provides in your particular network: \n" #| "Microsoft Windows/SAMBA (SMB/CIFS) \n" -#| "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -#| "installed.\n" +#| "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" #| "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" #| "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" #| "to a SMB printer share.\n" @@ -3146,11 +2886,9 @@ #| "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" #| "For example 'John Doe' with password '@home!' may use something like\n" #| "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" -#| "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer" -#| "%201000%2B \n" +#| "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" #| "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -#| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -#| "_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +#| "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" #| "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" #| "A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n" #| "and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" @@ -3189,8 +2927,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -3233,8 +2970,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -3268,32 +3004,25 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>URI de périphérique pour imprimer via une machine serveur " -"d'impression</big> \n" -"Contrairement à un simple serveur d'impression (appareil spécialisé), une " -"machine\n" -"serveur d'impression est un véritable ordinateur offrant un service " -"d'impression. \n" +"<big>URI de périphérique pour imprimer via une machine serveur d'impression</big> \n" +"Contrairement à un simple serveur d'impression (appareil spécialisé), une machine\n" +"serveur d'impression est un véritable ordinateur offrant un service d'impression. \n" "L'accès s'effectue via différents protocoles réseau.\n" "Demandez à votre administrateur réseau ce que chaque\n" "machine serveur d'impression fournit dans votre réseau : \n" " Windows (R) ou Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"Pour accéder à une imprimante partagée SMB, le paquet RPM samba-client doit " -"être installé.\n" +"Pour accéder à une imprimante partagée SMB, le paquet RPM samba-client doit être installé.\n" "Ce paquet fournit le moteur CUPS 'smb', qui est un lien vers\n" "le programme <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> chargé d'envoyer les données\n" "au partage d'imprimante SMB. \n" "Un nom de serveur, un nom d'imprimante partagée et éventuellement un nom\n" "de groupe de travail sont nécessaires pour y accéder.\n" -"De plus, un nom d'utilisateur et un mot de passe peuvent être requis pour en " -"obtenir l'accès.\n" +"De plus, un nom d'utilisateur et un mot de passe peuvent être requis pour en obtenir l'accès.\n" "Gardez à l'esprit que les espaces et caractères spéciaux dans ces valeurs\n" "doivent être encodés avec des pourcents (voir plus haut).\n" -"Par défaut, CUPS exécute les backends (ici smbspool) en tant qu'utilisateur " -"'lp'.\n" +"Par défaut, CUPS exécute les backends (ici smbspool) en tant qu'utilisateur 'lp'.\n" "Lors de l'impression dans un environnement Active Directory (R) (AD)\n" -"l'utilisateur 'lp' n'est pas autorisé à imprimer, ainsi, la methode " -"traditionnelle\n" +"l'utilisateur 'lp' n'est pas autorisé à imprimer, ainsi, la methode traditionnelle\n" "d'impression via smbspool en tant qu'utilisateur 'lp'\n" "ne fonctionnera pas. \n" "Pour imprimer dans un environnement AD, le paquet RPM\n" @@ -3303,15 +3032,11 @@ "qui est un wrapper pour exécuter smbspool en tant qu'utilisateur original\n" "qui a soumis la tâche d'impression.\n" "Lorsque le protocole Kerberos est utilisé pour l'authentification\n" -"dans un environnement AD, un utilisateur obtient un ticket granting ticket " -"(TGT)\n" -"via le gestionnaire d'affichage lors de la connexion au bureau Gnome ou " -"KDE.\n" +"dans un environnement AD, un utilisateur obtient un ticket granting ticket (TGT)\n" +"via le gestionnaire d'affichage lors de la connexion au bureau Gnome ou KDE.\n" "Lorsque smbspool est exécuté en tant qu'utilisateur original\n" -"qui a soumis la tâche d'impression, il peut accéder au TGT de cet " -"utilisateur\n" -"et l'utiliser pour passer les données d'impression au partage d'imprimante " -"SMB\n" +"qui a soumis la tâche d'impression, il peut accéder au TGT de cet utilisateur\n" +"et l'utiliser pour passer les données d'impression au partage d'imprimante SMB\n" "même dans un environnement AD avec une authentification Kerberos.\n" "Dans ce cas, ni un nom d'utilisateur fixé ni un mot de passe fixé\n" "ne doivent être spécifiés pour l'authentification.\n" @@ -3319,56 +3044,43 @@ "que celui où est connecté l'utilisateur qui a soumis la tâche d'impression.\n" "Cela signifie qu'il doit être configuré sur la station de travail\n" "pour l'utilisateur donné qui soumettra de telles tâches d'impression\n" -"et la station de travail de l'utilisateur doit envoyer ses données " -"d'impression\n" +"et la station de travail de l'utilisateur doit envoyer ses données d'impression\n" "directement au partage d'imprimante SMB dans l'environnement AD.\n" "En particulier, cela ne fonctionne pas sur une machine serveur CUPS séparée\n" -"où les utilisateurs qui soumettent des tâches d'impression ne sont pas " -"connectés. \n" -"Pour la méthode traditionnelle, l'URI de périphérique correspondant est :" -" \n" +"où les utilisateurs qui soumettent des tâches d'impression ne sont pas connectés. \n" +"Pour la méthode traditionnelle, l'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" "smb://utilisateur:mot_de_passe@groupe_de_travail/serveur/imprimante \n" "Par exemple 'John Doe' avec le mot de passe '@home!' pourrait utiliser\n" -"l'URI de périphérique suivant pour accéder à un partage 'Fun Printer 1000+':" -" \n" +"l'URI de périphérique suivant pour accéder à un partage 'Fun Printer 1000+': \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "Pour plus d'informations, consultez <tt>man smbspool</tt> et \n" -"http://fr.opensuse.org/SDB:Imprimer_via_un_partage_SMB_(Samba)" -"_ou_Windows \n" +"http://fr.opensuse.org/SDB:Imprimer_via_un_partage_SMB_(Samba)_ou_Windows \n" "'Windows' et 'Active Directory' sont des marques déposées\n" "de Microsoft Corporation aux États-Unis et/ou dans d'autres pays. \n" "Serveur UNIX traditionnel (LPR) \n" "Un Line Printer Daemon (LPD) fonctionne sur un serveur UNIX traditionnel\n" "et fournit une ou plusieurs files d'attente LPD.\n" -"L'adresse IP et un nom de file d'attente LPD sont nécessaires pour y " -"accéder.\n" +"L'adresse IP et un nom de file d'attente LPD sont nécessaires pour y accéder.\n" "L'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" "lpd://adresse-ip/file-attente \n" "Serveur CUPS \n" -"Généralement, vous ne devriez pas configurer une file d'attente locale pour " -"accéder\n" -"à une file d'attente distante sur un serveur CUPS. Effectuez la " -"configuration\n" +"Généralement, vous ne devriez pas configurer une file d'attente locale pour accéder\n" +"à une file d'attente distante sur un serveur CUPS. Effectuez la configuration\n" "dans la boîte de dialogue Impression via le réseau à la place.\n" -"Ne continuez ici que si vous savez de manière certaine que vous devez " -"configurer\n" -"une file d'attente locale pour accéder à une file d'attente CUPS distante." -" \n" +"Ne continuez ici que si vous savez de manière certaine que vous devez configurer\n" +"une file d'attente locale pour accéder à une file d'attente CUPS distante. \n" "IPP est le protocole natif pour CUPS fonctionnant sur un serveur.\n" "Le port officiel IANA pour IPP est 631.\n" "L'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" "ipp://adresse-ip:631/imprimantes/file-attente \n" "Serveur d'impression Novell Netware (IPX) \n" -"Pour accéder aux files d'attente sur un serveur d'impression Novell " -"Netware,\n" +"Pour accéder aux files d'attente sur un serveur d'impression Novell Netware,\n" "le paquet RPM ncpfs doit être installé.\n" "Ce paquet fournit le moteur CUPS 'novell' qui exécute le programme\n" "<tt>nprint</tt> pour envoyer effectivement les données à la\n" "file d'attente d'impression Novell Netware.\n" -"Un nom de serveur et un nom de file d'attente sont nécessaires pour y " -"accéder.\n" -"De plus, un nom d'utilisateur et un mot de passe peuvent être requis pour en " -"obtenir l'accès.\n" +"Un nom de serveur et un nom de file d'attente sont nécessaires pour y accéder.\n" +"De plus, un nom d'utilisateur et un mot de passe peuvent être requis pour en obtenir l'accès.\n" "L'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" "novell://utilisateur:mot-de-passe@serveur/file-attente \n" "Pour plus d'informations, consultez <tt>man nprint</tt> et\n" @@ -3409,12 +3121,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -3440,24 +3150,19 @@ "L'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" "beh:/pas-desactiver/essais/delai/URI-periph-original \n" "Si 'pas-desactiver' vaut '1', beh quitte toujours avec succès\n" -"de sorte que la file d'attente n'est jamais désactivée, mais d'un autre " -"côté\n" +"de sorte que la file d'attente n'est jamais désactivée, mais d'un autre côté\n" "les travaux d'impression sont perdus si une erreur se produit. \n" "'essais' est le nombre de fois que beh doit rappeler le backend\n" "en cas d'erreur. '0' signifie un nombre d'essai infini. \n" "'delai' est le nombre de secondes entre deux essais\n" "d'appel du backend. \n" -"Le dernier paramètre est l'URI original, utilisé par la file auparavant." -" \n" +"Le dernier paramètre est l'URI original, utilisé par la file auparavant. \n" "Exemple : \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://adresse-ip:numero-de-port \n" -"Le backend beh essaie d'accéder à une imprimante réseau 3 fois avec un délai " -"de 5 secondes\n" -"entre chaque tentative. Si l'accès échoue toujours, la file d'attente n'est " -"pas désactivée\n" +"Le backend beh essaie d'accéder à une imprimante réseau 3 fois avec un délai de 5 secondes\n" +"entre chaque tentative. Si l'accès échoue toujours, la file d'attente n'est pas désactivée\n" "et le travail d'impression est perdu. \n" -"Pour plus d'informations, consultez <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> et \n" +"Pour plus d'informations, consultez <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> et \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" @@ -3466,8 +3171,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -" \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -3502,17 +3206,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Imprimer par le réseau</big> \n" -"Habituellement, CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) est utilisé pour imprimer " -"par le réseau. \n" +"Habituellement, CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) est utilisé pour imprimer par le réseau. \n" "Par défaut, CUPS utilise le mode 'Browsing'\n" "pour rendre les imprimantes disponibles par le réseau. \n" -"Dans ce cas, les serveurs CUPS distants doivent publier leurs imprimantes " -"sur le réseau\n" +"Dans ce cas, les serveurs CUPS distants doivent publier leurs imprimantes sur le réseau\n" "et un démon CUPS (cupsd) doit être actif sur votre machine\n" -"et écouter les informations entrantes à propos des imprimantes publiées." -" \n" -"Les informations de navigation CUPS sont reçues par UDP, sur le port 631." -" \n" +"et écouter les informations entrantes à propos des imprimantes publiées. \n" +"Les informations de navigation CUPS sont reçues par UDP, sur le port 631. \n" "Concernant le pare-feu : \n" "Vérifiez si un pare-feu est actif pour une zone réseau\n" "dans laquelle les imprimantes sont publiées par réseau.\n" @@ -3520,10 +3220,8 @@ "sur une interface réseau qui appartient à la 'zone interne'\n" "parce que cette zone est de confiance par défaut.\n" "Cela n'a pas de sens d'imprimer dans un réseau interne de confiance\n" -"avec une interface réseau qui appartient à la 'zone externe', qui n'est pas " -"de confiance\n" -"(cette dernière est la configuration par défaut pour sécuriser les " -"interfaces réseau).\n" +"avec une interface réseau qui appartient à la 'zone externe', qui n'est pas de confiance\n" +"(cette dernière est la configuration par défaut pour sécuriser les interfaces réseau).\n" "En particulier, ne désactivez pas la protection du pare-feu pour CUPS\n" "(c.à.d. pour IPP qui utilise le port TCP 631 et le port UDP 631)\n" "pour la 'zone externe', qui n'est pas de confiance. \n" @@ -3534,12 +3232,10 @@ "à la 'zone interne' du pare-feu.\n" "Utilisez le module de configuration du pare-feu de YaST pour réaliser\n" "cette configuration fondamentale pour gagner en sécurité sur votre réseau,\n" -"et l'utilisation d'imprimantes distantes dans un réseau interne de " -"confiance\n" +"et l'utilisation d'imprimantes distantes dans un réseau interne de confiance\n" "fonctionnera sans autre configuration du pare-feu. \n" "Pour plus d'informations, consultez l'article de la base de données\n" -"du support openSUSE (SDB) intitulé 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' à " -"l'adresse \n" +"du support openSUSE (SDB) intitulé 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' à l'adresse \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" @@ -3561,16 +3257,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si vous pouvez accéder à des serveurs CUPS distants pour l'impression\n" -"mais ces serveurs ne publient pas les informations sur leurs imprimantes via " -"le réseau\n" -"ou si vous ne pouvez pas accepter les informations entrantes sur les " -"imprimantes disponibles\n" -"(par ex. parce que votre pare-feu doit vous protéger de la zone réseau sur " -"laquelle\n" -"ces imprimantes sont publiées), vous pouvez demander les informations " -"d'imprimante\n" -"aux serveurs CUPS (dans la mesure où ces serveurs autorisent votre accès)." -" \n" +"mais ces serveurs ne publient pas les informations sur leurs imprimantes via le réseau\n" +"ou si vous ne pouvez pas accepter les informations entrantes sur les imprimantes disponibles\n" +"(par ex. parce que votre pare-feu doit vous protéger de la zone réseau sur laquelle\n" +"ces imprimantes sont publiées), vous pouvez demander les informations d'imprimante\n" +"aux serveurs CUPS (dans la mesure où ces serveurs autorisent votre accès). \n" "Pour chaque serveur CUPS interrogé, un processus cups-polld\n" "est lancé par le démon de CUPS (cupsd) sur votre machine.\n" "Par défaut chaque cups-polld interroge un serveur CUPS distant\n" @@ -3582,10 +3273,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -" \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3595,22 +3284,15 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si vous imprimez uniquement par le réseau et si vous n'utilisez qu'un seul " -"serveur CUPS,\n" -"il n'est pas nécessaire d'utiliser le mode 'Browsing' de CUPS et d'avoir un " -"démon CUPS sur votre machine.\n" -"Il est plus simple de spécifier le serveur CUPS et d'y accéder directement." -" \n" -"Un inconvénient potentiel est que les applications peuvent subir un délai " -"pendant\n" +"Si vous imprimez uniquement par le réseau et si vous n'utilisez qu'un seul serveur CUPS,\n" +"il n'est pas nécessaire d'utiliser le mode 'Browsing' de CUPS et d'avoir un démon CUPS sur votre machine.\n" +"Il est plus simple de spécifier le serveur CUPS et d'y accéder directement. \n" +"Un inconvénient potentiel est que les applications peuvent subir un délai pendant\n" "un certain temps (jusqu'à l'expiration de l'attente) lorsqu'elle tentent\n" "d'accéder au serveur CUPS mais que celui ci n'est pas disponible\n" -"(par ex. lors d'un voyage avec un ordinateur portable). L'attente est " -"souvent causée\n" -"par l'expiration du délai de résolution d'un nom d'hôte (DNS), il peut donc " -"s'avérer utile\n" -"d'avoir une entrée définie en dur pour le serveur CUPS dans le fichier /etc/" -"hosts.\n" +"(par ex. lors d'un voyage avec un ordinateur portable). L'attente est souvent causée\n" +"par l'expiration du délai de résolution d'un nom d'hôte (DNS), il peut donc s'avérer utile\n" +"d'avoir une entrée définie en dur pour le serveur CUPS dans le fichier /etc/hosts.\n" "" #. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: @@ -3646,25 +3328,18 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Partager des files d'attente et les publier via le réseau</big></" -"b> \n" -"Habituellement CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) devrait être configuré " -"pour utiliser\n" -"son mode 'Navigation' ('Browsing') pour rendre les imprimantes disponibles " -"via le réseau. \n" -"Dans ce cas, les serveurs CUPS publient leurs files d'attente locales via le " -"réseau\n" -"et, sur les postes clients, le démon de CUPS (cupsd) doit être en " -"fonctionnement\n" -"et être à l'écoute des informations entrantes à propos des imprimantes " -"publiées. \n" +"<big>Partager des files d'attente et les publier via le réseau</big> \n" +"Habituellement CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) devrait être configuré pour utiliser\n" +"son mode 'Navigation' ('Browsing') pour rendre les imprimantes disponibles via le réseau. \n" +"Dans ce cas, les serveurs CUPS publient leurs files d'attente locales via le réseau\n" +"et, sur les postes clients, le démon de CUPS (cupsd) doit être en fonctionnement\n" +"et être à l'écoute des informations entrantes à propos des imprimantes publiées. \n" "De telles informations sont reçues via le port UDP 631.\n" "" @@ -3673,35 +3348,26 @@ msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -" \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tout d'abord les systèmes clients CUPS doivent être autorisés à accéder au " -"serveur CUPS.\n" -"Spécifiez ensuite si les imprimantes doivent ou non être publiées vers les " -"clients.\n" -"Généralement, sur un réseau local, la configuration de la navigation CUPS " -"est\n" +"Tout d'abord les systèmes clients CUPS doivent être autorisés à accéder au serveur CUPS.\n" +"Spécifiez ensuite si les imprimantes doivent ou non être publiées vers les clients.\n" +"Généralement, sur un réseau local, la configuration de la navigation CUPS est\n" "d'autoriser l'accès distant à tous les hôtes du réseau local et de \n" "publier les imprimantes vers tous ces hôtes. \n" "Il n'est pas nécessaire de publier les imprimantes dans tous les cas.\n" -"Si vous n'avez qu'un seul serveur CUPS, il n'est pas nécessaire d'utiliser " -"le mode\n" -"de navigation de CUPS. Il est plus simple de spécifier le serveur CUPS sur " -"les systèmes clients\n" -"(via 'Imprimer via le réseau') de sorte que les clients accèdent au serveur " -"directement.\n" +"Si vous n'avez qu'un seul serveur CUPS, il n'est pas nécessaire d'utiliser le mode\n" +"de navigation de CUPS. Il est plus simple de spécifier le serveur CUPS sur les systèmes clients\n" +"(via 'Imprimer via le réseau') de sorte que les clients accèdent au serveur directement.\n" "" #. SharingDialog help 3/4: @@ -3781,18 +3447,13 @@ "sur votre machine contre les accès non souhaités via le réseau. \n" "Imprimer via le réseau se fait sur un réseau interne de confiance\n" "(personne ne laisse des utilisateurs arbitraires de n'importe quel réseau\n" -"externe utiliser son imprimante) et habituellement les utilisateurs " -"nécessitent\n" -"un accès physique à l'imprimante pour pouvoir récupérer leur impression " -"papier. \n" +"externe utiliser son imprimante) et habituellement les utilisateurs nécessitent\n" +"un accès physique à l'imprimante pour pouvoir récupérer leur impression papier. \n" "Par défaut, SuSEfirewall laisse tout trafic réseau passer par une interface\n" -"appartenant à la 'zone interne' car cette zone est considérée comme sûre." -" \n" +"appartenant à la 'zone interne' car cette zone est considérée comme sûre. \n" "Cela n'a pas de sens d'imprimer dans un réseau interne de confiance\n" -"avec une interface réseau qui appartient à la 'zone externe', qui n'est pas " -"de confiance\n" -"(cette dernière est la configuration par défaut pour sécuriser les " -"interfaces réseau).\n" +"avec une interface réseau qui appartient à la 'zone externe', qui n'est pas de confiance\n" +"(cette dernière est la configuration par défaut pour sécuriser les interfaces réseau).\n" "Ne désactivez pas la protection du pare-feu pour CUPS\n" "(c.à.d. pour IPP qui utilise le port TCP 631 et le port UDP 631)\n" "pour la 'zone externe', qui n'est pas de confiance. \n" @@ -3806,8 +3467,7 @@ "et le partage d'imprimantes dans un réseau interne de confiance\n" "fonctionnera sans autre configuration du pare-feu. \n" "Pour plus d'informations, consultez l'article de la base de données\n" -"du support openSUSE (SDB) intitulé 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' à " -"l'adresse \n" +"du support openSUSE (SDB) intitulé 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' à l'adresse \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" @@ -3824,12 +3484,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Politique de fonctionnement de CUPS</big> \n" -"Les politiques de fonctionnement sont les règles utilisées pour chaque " -"opération dans CUPS.\n" -"De telles opérations sont par exemple 'imprimer quelque chose', 'annuler une " -"impression',\n" -"'configurer une imprimante', 'modifier ou supprimer une configuration " -"d'imprimante',\n" +"Les politiques de fonctionnement sont les règles utilisées pour chaque opération dans CUPS.\n" +"De telles opérations sont par exemple 'imprimer quelque chose', 'annuler une impression',\n" +"'configurer une imprimante', 'modifier ou supprimer une configuration d'imprimante',\n" "et 'activer ou désactiver l'impression'.\n" "" @@ -3854,8 +3511,7 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -3876,12 +3532,9 @@ "et ainsi réessayer l'impression n'a aucun sens.\n" " \n" "Les politiques d'erreur suivantes existent : \n" -"Arrêter l'imprimante et conserver la tâche pour une impression ultérieure." -" \n" -"Renvoyer le travail d'impression depuis le début après un certain temps " -"d'attente (30 secondes par défaut). \n" -"Interrompre et supprimer le travail d'impression, et continuer avec le " -"suivant.\n" +"Arrêter l'imprimante et conserver la tâche pour une impression ultérieure. \n" +"Renvoyer le travail d'impression depuis le début après un certain temps d'attente (30 secondes par défaut). \n" +"Interrompre et supprimer le travail d'impression, et continuer avec le suivant.\n" "" #. Autoconfig help 1/2: @@ -3903,8 +3556,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Configuration Automatique des Imprimantes Locales Connectées</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Configuration Automatique des Imprimantes Locales Connectées</big> \n" "Cochez la case de la configuration automatique de YaST\n" "pour les imprimantes connectées à l'hôte local. \n" "Pour chaque imprimante détectée connectée en local,\n" @@ -3942,8 +3594,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Configuration automatique pour les imprimantes USB</big> \n" "Le paquet RPM 'udev-configure-printer' fournit\n" -"une configuration automatique lorsque des imprimantes USB sont connectées." -" \n" +"une configuration automatique lorsque des imprimantes USB sont connectées. \n" "Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée initialement, il n'est pas installé\n" "vous pouvez alors le sélectionner pour qu'il soit installé. \n" "Lorsque la case est cochée initialement, il est déjà installé\n" @@ -3954,8 +3605,7 @@ "qui déclenche l'exécution de 'udev-configure-printer add'\n" "lorsqu'une imprimante USB est connectée,\n" "et 'udev-configure-printer remove' lorsqu'elle est déconnectée.\n" -"Il n'y a pas de paramètres modifiables lorsque udev-configure-printer est " -"utilisé\n" +"Il n'y a pas de paramètres modifiables lorsque udev-configure-printer est utilisé\n" "à moins de modifier manuellement le fichier 70-printers.rules.\n" "" @@ -4054,14 +3704,12 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" "Un démon CUPS local est nécessaire mais il semble ne pas être accessible.\n" -"Vérifiez avec 'lpstat -h localhost -r' si un démon cupsd local est " -"accessible.\n" +"Vérifiez avec 'lpstat -h localhost -r' si un démon cupsd local est accessible.\n" "Un démon cupsd inaccessible entraine une suite infinie d'échecs ultérieurs.\n" #. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails @@ -4082,16 +3730,12 @@ "If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n" "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" -"Le démon CUPS ne semble pas écouter sur le port IPP officiel défini par " -"l'IANA (631).\n" -"Vérifiez avec 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' sur quel port cupsd écoute en " -"réalité.\n" +"Le démon CUPS ne semble pas écouter sur le port IPP officiel défini par l'IANA (631).\n" +"Vérifiez avec 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' sur quel port cupsd écoute en réalité.\n" "Ceci se produit lorsqu'un paramètre 'Listen ...:1234' ou 'Port 1234'\n" "(où 1234 représente tout port différent du port officiel 631) est défini\n" -"dans le fichier /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (vérifier également 'BrowsePort " -"1234').\n" -"Le module d'imprimante de YaST ne supporte pas l'utilisation d'un port non " -"officiel.\n" +"dans le fichier /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (vérifier également 'BrowsePort 1234').\n" +"Le module d'imprimante de YaST ne supporte pas l'utilisation d'un port non officiel.\n" "Un port non-officiel entraîne une suite sans fin d'échecs ultérieurs.\n" "Si vous devez vraiment utiliser un port non-officiel, vous ne pouvez pas\n" "utiliser le module d'imprimante de YaST pour configurer vos imprimantes.\n" @@ -4121,10 +3765,8 @@ #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"Un serveur inaccessible entraîne une suite sans fin de délais et d'échecs." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "Un serveur inaccessible entraîne une suite sans fin de délais et d'échecs." # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__287 #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. @@ -4154,11 +3796,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Ceci est une configuration distante. Seules les configurations locales " -"peuvent être supprimées." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "Ceci est une configuration distante. Seules les configurations locales peuvent être supprimées." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__252 #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 @@ -4167,12 +3806,8 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." -msgstr "" -"La configuration sélectionnée va être supprimée immédiatement et ne pourra " -"pas être restaurée." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +msgstr "La configuration sélectionnée va être supprimée immédiatement et ne pourra pas être restaurée." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__80 #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: @@ -4210,9 +3845,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "" -"La page de test ne peut pas être imprimée car les travaux d'impression sont " -"rejetés." +msgstr "La page de test ne peut pas être imprimée car les travaux d'impression sont rejetés." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__95 #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. @@ -4225,8 +3858,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." -msgstr "" -"La page de test ne peut pas être imprimée car l'impression est désactivée." +msgstr "La page de test ne peut pas être imprimée car l'impression est désactivée." #. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. #. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because @@ -4234,12 +3866,8 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Certains travaux d'impression en attente pourraient être supprimés avant " -"l'impression de la page de test." +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Certains travaux d'impression en attente pourraient être supprimés avant l'impression de la page de test." # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__139 #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -4292,8 +3920,7 @@ #. Popup::AnyQuestion message: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" -msgstr "" -"Imprimer une ou deux pages, par exemple pour tester l'impression double face" +msgstr "Imprimer une ou deux pages, par exemple pour tester l'impression double face" # TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__5 #. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: @@ -4326,8 +3953,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." -msgstr "" -"La page de test a été envoyée à %1. Son impression devrait bientôt commencer." +msgstr "La page de test a été envoyée à %1. Son impression devrait bientôt commencer." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__176 #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label @@ -4361,9 +3987,7 @@ #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." -msgstr "" -"Certains travaux d'impression en attente pourraient être supprimés " -"maintenant." +msgstr "Certains travaux d'impression en attente pourraient être supprimés maintenant." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup #. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: @@ -4383,35 +4007,24 @@ msgstr "Pour le journal complet, consulter le fichier /var/log/cups/error_log." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"Informations du journal CUPS lors du traitement de la page de test pour %1 " -"(anglais seulement)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "Informations du journal CUPS lors du traitement de la page de test pour %1 (anglais seulement)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"Pour visualiser les journaux de CUPS, consulter le fichier /var/log/cups/" -"error_log." +msgstr "Pour visualiser les journaux de CUPS, consulter le fichier /var/log/cups/error_log." #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque l'impression via un système distant échoue, vous pouvez demander à " -"un administrateur du système distant." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "Lorsque l'impression via un système distant échoue, vous pouvez demander à un administrateur du système distant." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"Un réglage du serveur CUPS distant entre en conflit avec l'ajout d'une " -"configuration." +msgstr "Un réglage du serveur CUPS distant entre en conflit avec l'ajout d'une configuration." # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__125 #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 @@ -4420,19 +4033,15 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "" -"Ceci est une configuration distante. Seules les configurations locales " -"peuvent être modifiées." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "Ceci est une configuration distante. Seules les configurations locales peuvent être modifiées." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to #. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing" -msgstr "" -"arrêter l'imprimante et conserver la tâche pour une impression ultérieure" +msgstr "arrêter l'imprimante et conserver la tâche pour une impression ultérieure" #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to @@ -4447,9 +4056,7 @@ #. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 msgid "abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job" -msgstr "" -"interrompre et supprimer le travail d'impression, et continuer avec le " -"suivant" +msgstr "interrompre et supprimer le travail d'impression, et continuer avec le suivant" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__66 #. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: @@ -4464,9 +4071,7 @@ #. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"&Appliquer cette politique d'erreur à toutes les configurations " -"d'imprimantes locales" +msgstr "&Appliquer cette politique d'erreur à toutes les configurations d'imprimantes locales" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__66 #. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: @@ -4481,19 +4086,13 @@ #. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"Appliquer cette &politique de fonctionnement à toutes les configurations " -"d'imprimantes locales" +msgstr "Appliquer cette &politique de fonctionnement à toutes les configurations d'imprimantes locales" #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Un réglage du serveur CUPS distant entre en conflit avec les politiques du " -"système local." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "Un réglage du serveur CUPS distant entre en conflit avec les politiques du système local." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -4585,15 +4184,12 @@ #. from where remote printer information is accepted: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Adresses IP ou &réseau/masque de sous-réseau supplémentaires (séparés par un " -"espace)" +msgstr "Adresses IP ou &réseau/masque de sous-réseau supplémentaires (séparés par un espace)" #. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers" -msgstr "" -"&Demander des informations sur les imprimantes depuis les serveurs CUPS" +msgstr "&Demander des informations sur les imprimantes depuis les serveurs CUPS" # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__43 #. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter @@ -4601,8 +4197,7 @@ #. from where remote printer information is polled: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Noms ou adresses &IP des serveurs CUPS interrogés (séparés par un espace)" +msgstr "Noms ou adresses &IP des serveurs CUPS interrogés (séparés par un espace)" #. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly #. only via one single remote CUPS server: @@ -4628,25 +4223,20 @@ #. or to set up to use a network printer directly: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" -msgstr "" -"Utiliser un autre serveur d'impression ou utiliser une imprimante réseau " -"directement" +msgstr "Utiliser un autre serveur d'impression ou utiliser une imprimante réseau directement" #. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" #. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" -msgstr "" -"Un pare-feu peut rejeter les annonces d'imprimantes depuis les serveurs CUPS" +msgstr "Un pare-feu peut rejeter les annonces d'imprimantes depuis les serveurs CUPS" #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Pour la configuration du pare-feu, consultez le texte d'aide de cette boîte " -"de dialogue." +msgstr "Pour la configuration du pare-feu, consultez le texte d'aide de cette boîte de dialogue." #. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. #. Such a client-only config does not make sense: @@ -4681,9 +4271,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"La case à cocher activant l'impression via un seul serveur CUPS a été " -"désactivée." +msgstr "La case à cocher activant l'impression via un seul serveur CUPS a été désactivée." #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -4701,9 +4289,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de définir la/les valeur(s) BrowseAllow à '%1' dans /etc/cups/" -"cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Impossible de définir la/les valeur(s) BrowseAllow à '%1' dans /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. @@ -4724,9 +4310,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"Impossible de définir la/les valeur(s) BrowsePoll à '%1' dans /etc/cups/" -"cupsd.conf" +msgstr "Impossible de définir la/les valeur(s) BrowsePoll à '%1' dans /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" #. but now the user has deactivated it #. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: @@ -4752,17 +4336,13 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" -"Lors du passage de 'accepter les annonces d'imprimantes' à 'ne pas accepter " -"d'annonces'\n" -"ou après avoir désactivé 'demander des informations sur les imprimantes " -"depuis les serveurs CUPS'\n" -"il faut généralement 5 minutes pour que les informations déjà reçues " -"disparaissent." +"Lors du passage de 'accepter les annonces d'imprimantes' à 'ne pas accepter d'annonces'\n" +"ou après avoir désactivé 'demander des informations sur les imprimantes depuis les serveurs CUPS'\n" +"il faut généralement 5 minutes pour que les informations déjà reçues disparaissent." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 @@ -4784,8 +4364,7 @@ #. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" -msgstr "" -"Il existe plusieurs façons de spécifier quels hôtes distants sont autorisés :" +msgstr "Il existe plusieurs façons de spécifier quels hôtes distants sont autorisés :" # TLABEL nfs_2002_01_04_0147__13 #. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues @@ -4848,21 +4427,14 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Autoriser l'accès à partir de ces adresses IP ou &réseaux/masques de sous-" -"réseau (séparés par un espace)" +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Autoriser l'accès à partir de ces adresses IP ou &réseaux/masques de sous-réseau (séparés par un espace)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"Publier vers ces adresses IP ou ces adresses de &diffusion réseau (séparées " -"par des espaces)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "Publier vers ces adresses IP ou ces adresses de &diffusion réseau (séparées par des espaces)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. @@ -4897,24 +4469,19 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de supprimer les entrées 'BrowseAddress' dans /etc/cups/cupsd." -"conf." +msgstr "Impossible de supprimer les entrées 'BrowseAddress' dans /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de définir les entrées 'Allow' '%1' dans /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Impossible de définir les entrées 'Allow' '%1' dans /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de définir les entrées 'BrowseAddress' '%1' dans /etc/cups/cupsd." -"conf." +msgstr "Impossible de définir les entrées 'BrowseAddress' '%1' dans /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 @@ -4924,12 +4491,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"Un réglage du serveur CUPS distant entre en conflit avec le partage " -"d'imprimantes locales." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "Un réglage du serveur CUPS distant entre en conflit avec le partage d'imprimantes locales." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__200 #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. @@ -4961,8 +4524,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Paramètres AutoYaST pour l'impression avec CUPS via le réseau. \n" -"Il n'y a pas de support dans AutoYaST pour les files d'attentes d'impression " -"locales.\n" +"Il n'y a pas de support dans AutoYaST pour les files d'attentes d'impression locales.\n" "" # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__9 @@ -5076,8 +4638,7 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de déterminer les options du pilote pour la file d'attente %1." +msgstr "Impossible de déterminer les options du pilote pour la file d'attente %1." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__194 #. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see @@ -5133,9 +4694,7 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." -msgstr "" -"Impossible d'afficher les files d'attente d'impression (échec de la " -"détection des files d'attente)." +msgstr "Impossible d'afficher les files d'attente d'impression (échec de la détection des files d'attente)." # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__37 #. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: @@ -5214,9 +4773,7 @@ #. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner une connexion, les pilotes appropriés apparaîtront ici par la " -"suite." +msgstr "Sélectionner une connexion, les pilotes appropriés apparaîtront ici par la suite." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__18 #. Busy message: @@ -5228,9 +4785,7 @@ #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"Aucun pilote approprié n'a été trouvé. Modifiez la chaine de recherche ou " -"essayez 'Rechercher plus'." +msgstr "Aucun pilote approprié n'a été trouvé. Modifiez la chaine de recherche ou essayez 'Rechercher plus'." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__244 #. Busy message: @@ -5308,8 +4863,7 @@ #. Popup::ErrorDetails details: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2409 msgid "The RPM package 'netcat' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet RPM 'netcat' est nécessaire pour effectuer un test significatif." +msgstr "Le paquet RPM 'netcat' est nécessaire pour effectuer un test significatif." #. but it the less meaningful test is not really important #. so that the less meaningful test is silently skipped @@ -5321,8 +4875,7 @@ #. Popup::ErrorDetails details: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2454 msgid "The RPM package 'iputils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet RPM 'iputils' est nécessaire pour effectuer un test significatif." +msgstr "Le paquet RPM 'iputils' est nécessaire pour effectuer un test significatif." # TLABEL printer_2002_01_04_0147__14 #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. @@ -5341,9 +4894,7 @@ #. Popup::ErrorDetails details: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2555 msgid "The RPM package 'bind-utils' is required for a meaningful test." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet RPM 'bind-utils' est nécessaire pour effectuer un test " -"significatif." +msgstr "Le paquet RPM 'bind-utils' est nécessaire pour effectuer un test significatif." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2582 @@ -5366,15 +4917,11 @@ "or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" "In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n" msgstr "" -"Impossible de lancer hp-setup car aucun affichage graphique ne peut être " -"ouvert.\n" +"Impossible de lancer hp-setup car aucun affichage graphique ne peut être ouvert.\n" "Ceci se produit en particulier lorsque YaST s'exécute en mode texte seul,\n" -"ou lorsque l'utilisateur exécutant YaST n'a pas de variable d'environnement " -"DISPLAY de définie,\n" -"ou encore lorsque le processus YaST n'est pas autorisé à accéder à " -"l'affichage graphique.\n" -"Dans ce cas vous devriez lancer hp-setup manuellement en tant qu'utilisateur " -"'root'.\n" +"ou lorsque l'utilisateur exécutant YaST n'a pas de variable d'environnement DISPLAY de définie,\n" +"ou encore lorsque le processus YaST n'est pas autorisé à accéder à l'affichage graphique.\n" +"Dans ce cas vous devriez lancer hp-setup manuellement en tant qu'utilisateur 'root'.\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: @@ -5393,12 +4940,10 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Le programme hp-setup a été lancé.\n" -"Vous devez terminer hp-setup avant de pouvoir continuer avec la " -"configuration de l'imprimante.\n" +"Vous devez terminer hp-setup avant de pouvoir continuer avec la configuration de l'imprimante.\n" #. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. @@ -5415,18 +4960,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet requis %1 n'est pas installé et il n'y a aucun dépôt disponible." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Le paquet requis %1 n'est pas installé et il n'y a aucun dépôt disponible." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet requis %1 n'est pas installé et n'est pas disponible dans le dépôt." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "Le paquet requis %1 n'est pas installé et n'est pas disponible dans le dépôt." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__106 #. Only a simple message because: @@ -5493,8 +5033,7 @@ #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" -msgstr "" -"Impossible d'activer le lancement du démon CUPS au démarrage du système" +msgstr "Impossible d'activer le lancement du démon CUPS au démarrage du système" # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__120 #. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment @@ -5578,8 +5117,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</" -#~ "big> \n" +#~ "<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" #~ "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" #~ "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" #~ "A network printer has such kind of device built-in.\n" @@ -5616,56 +5154,43 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>URI de périphérique pour accéder à une imprimante réseau ou un " -#~ "serveur d'impression</big> \n" +#~ "<big>URI de périphérique pour accéder à une imprimante réseau ou un serveur d'impression</big> \n" #~ "Un serveur d'impression est une petite machine avec une connexion réseau\n" #~ "et un port USB ou parallèle pour connecter l'imprimante réelle.\n" #~ "Une imprimante réseau possède ce genre de matériel d'origine.\n" #~ "L'accès peut se faire via trois protocoles réseau différents.\n" -#~ "Consultez le manuel de votre imprimante réseau ou votre serveur " -#~ "d'impression\n" +#~ "Consultez le manuel de votre imprimante réseau ou votre serveur d'impression\n" #~ "pour savoir ce que votre périphérique supporte : \n" #~ "Port TCP (AppSocket/JetDirect) \n" #~ "L'adresse IP et le numéro de port sont nécessaires pour y accéder.\n" #~ "Bien souvent le numéro de port 9100 est correct.\n" -#~ "C'est le protocole le plus simple, le plus rapide et généralement le plus " -#~ "stable.\n" +#~ "C'est le protocole le plus simple, le plus rapide et généralement le plus stable.\n" #~ "L'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" #~ "socket://adresse-ip:numero-de-port \n" #~ "Protocole Line Printer Daemon (LPD) \n" -#~ "Un LPD tourne sur le périphérique et fournit une ou plusieurs files " -#~ "d'attente LPD.\n" -#~ "L'adresse IP et un nom de file d'attente LPD sont nécessaires pour y " -#~ "accéder.\n" -#~ "La quasi-totalité des imprimantes réseau et serveurs d'impression le " -#~ "supportent.\n" -#~ "Bien souvent un nom de file d'attente arbitraire ou 'LPT1' fonctionnent " -#~ "de manière acceptable.\n" -#~ "Cependant, utiliser une file d'attente LPD valide, qui ne change d'aucune " -#~ "façon\n" +#~ "Un LPD tourne sur le périphérique et fournit une ou plusieurs files d'attente LPD.\n" +#~ "L'adresse IP et un nom de file d'attente LPD sont nécessaires pour y accéder.\n" +#~ "La quasi-totalité des imprimantes réseau et serveurs d'impression le supportent.\n" +#~ "Bien souvent un nom de file d'attente arbitraire ou 'LPT1' fonctionnent de manière acceptable.\n" +#~ "Cependant, utiliser une file d'attente LPD valide, qui ne change d'aucune façon\n" #~ "les données et n'ajoute pas de pages blanches ni de bannières,\n" #~ "peut s'avérer indispensable pour une impression satisfaisante.\n" #~ "L'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" #~ "lpd://adresse-ip/file-attente \n" #~ "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) \n" -#~ "IPP est le protocole natif pour CUPS fonctionnant sur un ordinateur " -#~ "réel,\n" +#~ "IPP est le protocole natif pour CUPS fonctionnant sur un ordinateur réel,\n" #~ "mais il est souvent mal implémenté sur les petits serveurs d'impression.\n" -#~ "N'utilisez IPP que si le fabricant en spécifie le support expressément et " -#~ "officiellement.\n" +#~ "N'utilisez IPP que si le fabricant en spécifie le support expressément et officiellement.\n" #~ "L'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" #~ "ipp://adresse-ip:numero-de-port/ressource \n" -#~ "Les valeurs exactes du 'numero-de-port' et de la 'ressource' dépendent " -#~ "entièrement\n" -#~ "du modèle de l'imprimante réseau ou du serveur d'impression en question." -#~ " \n" +#~ "Les valeurs exactes du 'numero-de-port' et de la 'ressource' dépendent entièrement\n" +#~ "du modèle de l'imprimante réseau ou du serveur d'impression en question. \n" #~ "Pour plus d'informations, consultez \n" #~ "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Specify how USB printers are configured automatically" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Spécifier comment les imprimantes USB sont configurées automatiquement" +#~ msgstr "Spécifier comment les imprimantes USB sont configurées automatiquement" #~ msgid "" #~ "No Automatic Configuration\n" @@ -5676,8 +5201,7 @@ # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__30 #~ msgid "There are no settings when udev-configure-printer is used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il n'y pas de paramètres lorsque udev-configure-printer est utilisé." +#~ msgstr "Il n'y pas de paramètres lorsque udev-configure-printer est utilisé." #~ msgid "Settings for automatic configuration with cups-autoconfig" #~ msgstr "Paramètres pour la configuration automatique avec cups-autoconfig" @@ -5687,13 +5211,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Activer la configuration &automatique des nouvelles imprimantes USB" #~ msgid "Operation &Policy for Automatically Configured USB Printers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Politique de fonctionnement pour les imprimantes USB configurées " -#~ "automatiquement" +#~ msgstr "&Politique de fonctionnement pour les imprimantes USB configurées automatiquement" #~ msgid "&Disable Printout when Disconnecting an USB Printer" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Désactiver l'impression lors de la déconnexion d'une imprimante USB" +#~ msgstr "&Désactiver l'impression lors de la déconnexion d'une imprimante USB" # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__66 #~ msgid "&Trigger Automatic Configuration to Run Now" @@ -5703,33 +5224,20 @@ #~ msgid "not set" #~ msgstr "non défini" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de définir 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' dans /etc/cups-" -#~ "autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "Impossible de définir 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' dans /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de définir 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' dans /etc/cups-autoconfig." -#~ "conf" +#~ msgstr "Impossible de définir 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' dans /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de définir 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' dans /etc/cups-" -#~ "autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "Impossible de définir 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' dans /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de définir 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' dans /etc/cups-" -#~ "autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "Impossible de définir 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' dans /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" #~ msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de définir 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' dans /etc/cups-autoconfig." -#~ "conf" +#~ msgstr "Impossible de définir 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' dans /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__333 #~ msgid "Automatic configuration failed." @@ -5744,22 +5252,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally " -#~ "use\n" +#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally use\n" #~ "another kind of print server (e.g. print via a Windows/SMB server\n" #~ "or print via a traditional Unix LPR server) or if you must access\n" -#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print " -#~ "queue\n" +#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print queue\n" #~ "on your host.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "S'il n'y a aucun serveur CUPS sur votre réseau, si vous devez utiliser un " -#~ "autre\n" +#~ "S'il n'y a aucun serveur CUPS sur votre réseau, si vous devez utiliser un autre\n" #~ "type de serveur d'impression (par exemple, un serveur Windows/SMB\n" #~ "ou un serveur Unix traditionnel LPR), ou encore si vous devez accéder\n" -#~ "à une imprimante réseau directement, vous devez configurer une file " -#~ "d'attente\n" +#~ "à une imprimante réseau directement, vous devez configurer une file d'attente\n" #~ "d'impression appropriée sur votre poste.\n" #~ "" @@ -5781,14 +5285,12 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>Configuration automatique de CUPS pour les imprimantes USB</big></" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "<big>Configuration automatique de CUPS pour les imprimantes USB</big> \n" #~ "La configuration automatique est fournie par deux paquets RPM : \n" #~ "le nouveau paquet 'udev-configure-printer' depuis openSUSE 11.2 et le\n" #~ "paquet 'cups-autoconfig', obsolète car s'appuyant sur HAL qui est\n" #~ "lui-même en voie d'obsolescence. \n" -#~ "Lorsque la boîte de dialogue de configuration automatique est lancée, " -#~ "elle\n" +#~ "Lorsque la boîte de dialogue de configuration automatique est lancée, elle\n" #~ "vérifie si udev-configure-printer ou cups-autoconfig est installé.\n" #~ "Si aucun de ces paquets n'est installé, elle tente d'en installer un\n" #~ "avec une préférence pour udev-configure-printer, mais en cas d'échec\n" @@ -5826,8 +5328,7 @@ #~ "Sinon, cups-autoconfig tente de sélectionner un pilote\n" #~ "approprié pour cette imprimante et, en cas de succès,\n" #~ "en effectue la configuration.\n" -#~ "Lorsqu'une imprimante USB est déconnectée, 'hal-cups-autoconfig --" -#~ "disable'\n" +#~ "Lorsqu'une imprimante USB est déconnectée, 'hal-cups-autoconfig --disable'\n" #~ "est exécuté, ce qui peut désactiver l'impression selon les\n" #~ "paramètres de cups-autoconfig enregistrés dans son fichier\n" #~ "de configuration /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf.\n" @@ -5855,39 +5356,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS " -#~ "server,\n" -#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on " -#~ "your host.\n" +#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" +#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" #~ "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si vous imprimez uniquement via le réseau et si vous n'utilisez qu'un " -#~ "seul serveur CUPS,\n" -#~ "il n'est pas nécessaire d'utiliser le mode de navigation de CUPS et " -#~ "d'avoir un démon CUPS sur votre poste.\n" -#~ "Il est plus simple de spécifier le serveur CUPS distant et d'y accéder " -#~ "directement.\n" +#~ "Si vous imprimez uniquement via le réseau et si vous n'utilisez qu'un seul serveur CUPS,\n" +#~ "il n'est pas nécessaire d'utiliser le mode de navigation de CUPS et d'avoir un démon CUPS sur votre poste.\n" +#~ "Il est plus simple de spécifier le serveur CUPS distant et d'y accéder directement.\n" #~ "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check that your firewall allows incomming printer information on UDP port " -#~ "631." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vérifiez que votre pare-feu autorise les informations d'imprimantes " -#~ "entrantes sur le port UDP 631." +#~ msgid "Check that your firewall allows incomming printer information on UDP port 631." +#~ msgstr "Vérifiez que votre pare-feu autorise les informations d'imprimantes entrantes sur le port UDP 631." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check that your firewall allows remote access to CUPS via IPP on port 631." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vérifiez que votre pare-feu autorise l'accès distant à CUPS via IPP sur " -#~ "le port 631." +#~ msgid "Check that your firewall allows remote access to CUPS via IPP on port 631." +#~ msgstr "Vérifiez que votre pare-feu autorise l'accès distant à CUPS via IPP sur le port 631." # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__1 #~ msgid "Waiting until the config files are updated..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Veuillez patienter pendant la mise à jour des fichiers de configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Veuillez patienter pendant la mise à jour des fichiers de configuration..." # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__45 #~ msgid "Created New Printer Setup" @@ -5908,12 +5396,9 @@ #~ "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Le démon CUPS semble ne pas écouter sur le port IPP IANA officiel (631).\n" -#~ "Vérifiez avec 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' où cupsd est effectivement à " -#~ "l'écoute.\n" -#~ "Ceci se produit lorsqu'un paramètre 'Listen ...:1234' ou 'Port 1234' est " -#~ "présent\n" -#~ "dans /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (vérifiez également s'il y a 'BrowsePort " -#~ "1234').\n" +#~ "Vérifiez avec 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' où cupsd est effectivement à l'écoute.\n" +#~ "Ceci se produit lorsqu'un paramètre 'Listen ...:1234' ou 'Port 1234' est présent\n" +#~ "dans /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (vérifiez également s'il y a 'BrowsePort 1234').\n" #~ "Le module d'imprimante YaST ne supporte pas un port non-officiel.\n" #~ "Un port non-officiel entraine une suite infinie d'échecs ultérieurs.\n" #~ "Si vous devez vraiment utiliser un port non-officiel, vous ne pouvez pas\n" @@ -5925,13 +5410,11 @@ # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__1 #~ msgid "It takes %1 seconds until the config files are updated..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%1 secondes restantes pour mettre à jour les fichiers de configuration..." +#~ msgstr "%1 secondes restantes pour mettre à jour les fichiers de configuration..." # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__1 #~ msgid "It takes half a minute until the config files are updated..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "30 secondes restantes pour mettre à jour les fichiers de configuration..." +#~ msgstr "30 secondes restantes pour mettre à jour les fichiers de configuration..." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__10 #~ msgid "Determine Connection" @@ -5969,8 +5452,7 @@ #~ "Run 'lsscsi -g' to get a list of SCSI generic devices." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il semble qu'il n'y ait aucun périphérique SCSI générique (/dev/sg...).\n" -#~ "Lancer 'lsscsi -g' pour obtenir une liste de périphériques SCSI " -#~ "génériques." +#~ "Lancer 'lsscsi -g' pour obtenir une liste de périphériques SCSI génériques." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #~ msgid "Failed to get a list of SCSI generic devices." @@ -6006,13 +5488,11 @@ #~ "are made available via network to be used by trusted users\n" #~ "(nobody lets arbitrary users print on his printer).\n" #~ "By default the SuSEfirewall allows any access via a network interface\n" -#~ "which belongs to the 'internal zone' because this zone is trusted by " -#~ "default.\n" +#~ "which belongs to the 'internal zone' because this zone is trusted by default.\n" #~ "If the CUPS server and the client systems are in an internal network\n" #~ "and when you trust all what there is in your internal network,\n" #~ "your network interface must be set to be in the 'internal zone'.\n" -#~ "It does not make sense to have a network setup in a trusted internal " -#~ "network\n" +#~ "It does not make sense to have a network setup in a trusted internal network\n" #~ "with a network interface which belongs to the untrusted 'external zone'\n" #~ "which is the default setting for network interfaces to be safe.\n" #~ "Do not disable firewall protection for CUPS\n" @@ -6025,51 +5505,34 @@ #~ "Vérifiez si un pare-feu est actif pour une zone réseau dans laquelle\n" #~ "les imprimantes sont publiées par réseau à des utilisateurs de confiance\n" #~ "(personne ne laisse n'importe qui imprimer sur son imprimante).\n" -#~ "Par défaut, SuSEfirewall autorise toutes les accès sur une interface " -#~ "réseau\n" -#~ "qui appartient à la 'zone interne' parce que cette zone est de confiance " -#~ "par défaut.\n" +#~ "Par défaut, SuSEfirewall autorise toutes les accès sur une interface réseau\n" +#~ "qui appartient à la 'zone interne' parce que cette zone est de confiance par défaut.\n" #~ "Si le serveur CUPS distant et votre système sont dans un réseau interne\n" -#~ "et que vous faites confiance à tout ce qui se trouve sur votre réseau " -#~ "interne,\n" +#~ "et que vous faites confiance à tout ce qui se trouve sur votre réseau interne,\n" #~ "votre interface réseau doit être réglée sur 'zone interne'.\n" -#~ "Cela n'a pas de sens d'avoir une configuration réseau paramétré sur un " -#~ "réseau\n" -#~ "interne de confiance avec une interface réseau qui appartient à une 'zone " -#~ "externe',\n" -#~ "qui n'est pas de confiance, qui est la configuration par défaut, pour " -#~ "être prudent.\n" +#~ "Cela n'a pas de sens d'avoir une configuration réseau paramétré sur un réseau\n" +#~ "interne de confiance avec une interface réseau qui appartient à une 'zone externe',\n" +#~ "qui n'est pas de confiance, qui est la configuration par défaut, pour être prudent.\n" #~ "Ne désactivez pas la protection du pare-feu pour CUPS\n" #~ "(c.à.d. pour IPP qui utilise le port TCP 631 et le port UDP 631)\n" #~ "pour la 'zone externe', qui n'est pas de confiance.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Accept Printer &Information from the Following Servers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Accepter les &informations sur les imprimantes depuis les serveurs CUPS " -#~ "suivants" +#~ msgstr "Accepter les &informations sur les imprimantes depuis les serveurs CUPS suivants" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If a firewall is used, check that incomming packages on UDP port 631 are " -#~ "allowed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si un pare-feu est utilisé, vérifiez que les paquets entrant sur le port " -#~ "UDP 631 sont autorisés." +#~ msgid "If a firewall is used, check that incomming packages on UDP port 631 are allowed." +#~ msgstr "Si un pare-feu est utilisé, vérifiez que les paquets entrant sur le port UDP 631 sont autorisés." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with receiving printer information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Un réglage du serveur CUPS distant entre en conflit avec la réception " -#~ "d'informations sur les imprimantes." +#~ msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with receiving printer information." +#~ msgstr "Un réglage du serveur CUPS distant entre en conflit avec la réception d'informations sur les imprimantes." # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_03_14_2340__0 #~ msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour configurer Heartbeat, le paquet %1 doit être installé." +#~ msgstr "Pour configurer Heartbeat, le paquet %1 doit être installé." #~ msgid "Makeshift Drivers for a Few Non-Standard (GDI) Printers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pilotes de substitution pour certaines imprimantes non-standard (GDI)" +#~ msgstr "Pilotes de substitution pour certaines imprimantes non-standard (GDI)" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -6086,20 +5549,16 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>URI de périphérique pour les imprimantes connectées directement</" -#~ "big> \n" +#~ "<big>URI de périphérique pour les imprimantes connectées directement</big> \n" #~ "Les imprimantes connectées par le port parallèle ou par USB\n" -#~ "sont détectées automatiquement et l'URI de périphérique approprié est " -#~ "généré automatiquement.\n" +#~ "sont détectées automatiquement et l'URI de périphérique approprié est généré automatiquement.\n" #~ "Par exemple : \n" #~ "parallel:/dev/lp0 \n" #~ "usb://ACME/FunPrinter \n" #~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234 \n" #~ "Habituellement, seuls les URI générés automatiquement fonctionnent.\n" -#~ "Lorsque le périphérique n'est pas détecté automatiquement, il n'y a en " -#~ "général aucune\n" -#~ "communication possible avec le périphérique et aucune donnée ne peut être " -#~ "envoyée.\n" +#~ "Lorsque le périphérique n'est pas détecté automatiquement, il n'y a en général aucune\n" +#~ "communication possible avec le périphérique et aucune donnée ne peut être envoyée.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "all hosts" @@ -6139,36 +5598,25 @@ #~ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" #~ "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" #~ "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -#~ "these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -#~ "printer\n" +#~ "these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" #~ "device. \n" -#~ "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same " -#~ "printer\n" +#~ "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" #~ "device.\n" -#~ "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color " -#~ "device\n" +#~ "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" #~ "or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL\n" -#~ "printer or a queue to print on one side only of a sheet of paper and one " -#~ "for two sided\n" +#~ "printer or a queue to print on one side only of a sheet of paper and one for two sided\n" #~ "printing.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>Vue d'ensemble des files d'attente d'impression</big> \n" -#~ "Une imprimante n'est pas utilisée directement, mais via une file " -#~ "d'attente d'impression. \n" -#~ "Lorsque différents programmes envoient des travaux d'impression " -#~ "simultanément,\n" -#~ "ces travaux sont mis en file et envoyés un par un à l'imprimante elle-" -#~ "même. \n" -#~ "Il est possible d'utiliser plusieurs files d'attente pour une même " -#~ "imprimante.\n" -#~ "Par exemple, une seconde file avec un pilote monochrome uniquement pour " -#~ "une imprimante couleur,\n" -#~ "une file PostScript et une file avec un pilote PCL pour une imprimante " -#~ "PostScript+PCL,\n" -#~ "ou une file pour n'imprimer que sur le recto d'une feuille et une file " -#~ "pour imprimer recto-verso.\n" +#~ "Une imprimante n'est pas utilisée directement, mais via une file d'attente d'impression. \n" +#~ "Lorsque différents programmes envoient des travaux d'impression simultanément,\n" +#~ "ces travaux sont mis en file et envoyés un par un à l'imprimante elle-même. \n" +#~ "Il est possible d'utiliser plusieurs files d'attente pour une même imprimante.\n" +#~ "Par exemple, une seconde file avec un pilote monochrome uniquement pour une imprimante couleur,\n" +#~ "une file PostScript et une file avec un pilote PCL pour une imprimante PostScript+PCL,\n" +#~ "ou une file pour n'imprimer que sur le recto d'une feuille et une file pour imprimer recto-verso.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -6176,18 +5624,14 @@ #~ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" #~ "specific printer model. \n" #~ "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -#~ "which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at " -#~ "all.\n" +#~ "which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Le pilote détermine le bon type de données à produire en fonction " -#~ "du\n" +#~ "Le pilote détermine le bon type de données à produire en fonction du\n" #~ "modèle précis de l'imprimante. \n" -#~ "Si un mauvais pilote est assigné, des données incorrectes sont envoyées à " -#~ "l'imprimante\n" -#~ "avec pour conséquence une impression erronée, chaotique, ou pas " -#~ "d'impression du tout.\n" +#~ "Si un mauvais pilote est assigné, des données incorrectes sont envoyées à l'imprimante\n" +#~ "avec pour conséquence une impression erronée, chaotique, ou pas d'impression du tout.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -6205,8 +5649,7 @@ #~ "A matching full device URI is: \n" #~ "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" #~ "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -#~ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -#~ "_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +#~ "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" #~ "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" #~ "A Line Printer Daemon (LPD) runs on a traditional UNIX server\n" #~ "and provides one or more LPD queues.\n" @@ -6239,57 +5682,44 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "<big>URI de périphérique pour imprimer vers une machine serveur " -#~ "d'impression</big> \n" -#~ "Contrairement à un simple serveur d'impression (appareil spécialisé), une " -#~ "machine\n" -#~ "serveur d'impression est un véritable ordinateur offrant un service " -#~ "d'impression. \n" +#~ "<big>URI de périphérique pour imprimer vers une machine serveur d'impression</big> \n" +#~ "Contrairement à un simple serveur d'impression (appareil spécialisé), une machine\n" +#~ "serveur d'impression est un véritable ordinateur offrant un service d'impression. \n" #~ "L'accès s'effectue via différents protocoles réseau.\n" #~ "Demandez à votre administrateur réseau ce que chaque\n" #~ "machine serveur d'impression fournit dans votre réseau : \n" #~ "Microsoft Windows/SAMBA (SMB/CIFS) \n" #~ "Un nom de serveur, un nom d'imprimante partagée et éventuellement un nom\n" #~ "de groupe de travail sont nécessaires pour y accéder.\n" -#~ "De plus, un nom d'utilisateur et un mot de passe peuvent être requis pour " -#~ "en obtenir l'accès.\n" +#~ "De plus, un nom d'utilisateur et un mot de passe peuvent être requis pour en obtenir l'accès.\n" #~ "L'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" #~ "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" #~ "Pour plus d'informations, consultez <tt>man smbspool</tt> et \n" -#~ "http://fr.opensuse.org/SDB:Imprimer_via_un_partage_SMB_(Samba)" -#~ "_ou_Windows \n" +#~ "http://fr.opensuse.org/SDB:Imprimer_via_un_partage_SMB_(Samba)_ou_Windows \n" #~ "Serveur UNIX traditionnel (LPR) \n" #~ "Un Line Printer Daemon (LPD) fonctionne sur un serveur UNIX traditionnel\n" #~ "et fournit une ou plusieurs files d'attente LPD.\n" -#~ "L'adresse IP et un nom de file d'attente LPD sont nécessaires pour y " -#~ "accéder.\n" +#~ "L'adresse IP et un nom de file d'attente LPD sont nécessaires pour y accéder.\n" #~ "L'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" #~ "lpd://adresse-ip/file-attente \n" #~ "Serveur CUPS \n" -#~ "Habituellement, vous ne devriez pas configurer une file d'attente locale " -#~ "pour accéder\n" -#~ "à une file d'attente distante sur un serveur CUPS. Effectuez la " -#~ "configuration\n" +#~ "Habituellement, vous ne devriez pas configurer une file d'attente locale pour accéder\n" +#~ "à une file d'attente distante sur un serveur CUPS. Effectuez la configuration\n" #~ "dans la boîte de dialogue Impression via le réseau à la place.\n" -#~ "Ne continuez ici que si vous savez de manière certaine que vous devez " -#~ "configurer\n" -#~ "une file d'attente locale pour accéder à une file d'attente CUPS distante." -#~ " \n" +#~ "Ne continuez ici que si vous savez de manière certaine que vous devez configurer\n" +#~ "une file d'attente locale pour accéder à une file d'attente CUPS distante. \n" #~ "IPP est le protocole natif pour CUPS fonctionnant sur un serveur.\n" #~ "Le port officiel IANA pour IPP est 631.\n" #~ "L'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" #~ "ipp://adresse-ip:631/printers/file-attente \n" #~ "Serveur d'impression Novell Netware (IPX) \n" -#~ "Pour accéder aux files d'attente sur un serveur d'impression Novell " -#~ "Netware,\n" +#~ "Pour accéder aux files d'attente sur un serveur d'impression Novell Netware,\n" #~ "le paquet RPM ncpfs doit être installé.\n" #~ "Ce paquet fournit le moteur CUPS 'novell' qui exécute le programme\n" #~ "<tt>nprint</tt> pour envoyer effectivement les données à la\n" #~ "file d'attente d'impression Novell Netware.\n" -#~ "Un nom de serveur et un nom de file d'attente sont nécessaires pour y " -#~ "accéder.\n" -#~ "De plus, un nom d'utilisateur et un mot de passe peuvent être requis pour " -#~ "en obtenir l'accès.\n" +#~ "Un nom de serveur et un nom de file d'attente sont nécessaires pour y accéder.\n" +#~ "De plus, un nom d'utilisateur et un mot de passe peuvent être requis pour en obtenir l'accès.\n" #~ "L'URI de périphérique correspondant est : \n" #~ "novell://utilisateur:mot-de-passe@serveur/file-attente \n" #~ "Pour plus d'informations, consultez <tt>man nprint</tt> et\n" @@ -6299,29 +5729,23 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -#~ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -#~ " \n" +#~ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" #~ "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" #~ "to make printers available via network. \n" #~ "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" #~ "and accordingly on your host the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" -#~ "which is listening for incomming information about published printers." -#~ " \n" +#~ "which is listening for incomming information about published printers. \n" #~ "CUPS Browsing information is recieved via UDP port 631.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>Imprimer via le réseau</big> \n" -#~ "Habituellement, CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) est utilisé pour " -#~ "imprimer via le réseau. \n" +#~ "Habituellement, CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) est utilisé pour imprimer via le réseau. \n" #~ "Par défaut, CUPS utilise le mode 'Navigation' ('Browsing')\n" #~ "pour rendre les imprimantes disponibles sur le réseau. \n" -#~ "Dans ce cas, les serveurs CUPS distants doivent publier leurs imprimantes " -#~ "via le réseau,\n" -#~ "et sur votre poste le processus démon de CUPS (cupsd) doit être en " -#~ "fonctionnement\n" -#~ "et être à l'écoute des informations entrantes sur les imprimantes " -#~ "publiées. \n" +#~ "Dans ce cas, les serveurs CUPS distants doivent publier leurs imprimantes via le réseau,\n" +#~ "et sur votre poste le processus démon de CUPS (cupsd) doit être en fonctionnement\n" +#~ "et être à l'écoute des informations entrantes sur les imprimantes publiées. \n" #~ "De telles informations sont reçues via le port UDP 631.\n" #~ "" @@ -6348,8 +5772,7 @@ #~ "Pour tester réellement si la boîte de dialogue est évidente ou pas,\n" #~ "aucun texte d'aide ne doit être présent. \n" #~ "Malheureusement il est impossible de retirer la\n" -#~ "sous-fenêtre d'aide des boîtes de dialogue de type " -#~ "'Assistant' ('Wizard')\n" +#~ "sous-fenêtre d'aide des boîtes de dialogue de type 'Assistant' ('Wizard')\n" #~ "(ce qui est le cas de cette boîte de dialogue).\n" #~ "" @@ -6368,26 +5791,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Le pare-feu SUSE est inactif" #~ msgid "Allow printer information from the &internal network zone" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Autoriser les informations sur les imprimantes provenant de la zone " -#~ "réseau &interne" +#~ msgstr "Autoriser les informations sur les imprimantes provenant de la zone réseau &interne" #~ msgid "Printer information from the internal network zone is allowed" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les informations sur les imprimantes provenant de la zone réseau interne " -#~ "sont autorisées" +#~ msgstr "Les informations sur les imprimantes provenant de la zone réseau interne sont autorisées" # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__26 #~ msgid "Deny access and printer information from the &external network zone" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Refuser l'accès et les informations sur les imprimantes depuis la zone " -#~ "réseau &externe" +#~ msgstr "Refuser l'accès et les informations sur les imprimantes depuis la zone réseau &externe" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Access and printer information from the external network zone is denied" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'accès et les informations sur les imprimantes depuis la zone réseau " -#~ "externe sont refusés" +#~ msgid "Access and printer information from the external network zone is denied" +#~ msgstr "L'accès et les informations sur les imprimantes depuis la zone réseau externe sont refusés" #~ msgid "Allow access from the &internal network zone" #~ msgstr "Autoriser l'accès depuis la zone réseau &interne" @@ -6424,21 +5838,14 @@ #~ msgid "Nothing changed." #~ msgstr "Rien n'a été changé." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(each nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn or nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/mmm.mmm.mmm.mmm separated by one " -#~ "space)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "(chaque nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn ou nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/mmm.mmm.mmm.mmm séparé par un " -#~ "espace)" +#~ msgid "(each nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn or nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/mmm.mmm.mmm.mmm separated by one space)" +#~ msgstr "(chaque nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn ou nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/mmm.mmm.mmm.mmm séparé par un espace)" #~ msgid "(each nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn or nnn.nnn.nnn.255 separated by one space)" #~ msgstr "(chaque nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn ou nnn.nnn.nnn.255 séparé par un espace)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This dialog is useless without having the package cups-autoconfig " -#~ "installed" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cette boîte de dialogue est inutile en l'absence du paquet cups-autoconfig" +#~ msgid "This dialog is useless without having the package cups-autoconfig installed" +#~ msgstr "Cette boîte de dialogue est inutile en l'absence du paquet cups-autoconfig" # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__2 #~ msgid "Not yet implemented" @@ -6446,8 +5853,7 @@ # TLABEL rc_config_2002_01_04_0147__12 #~ msgid "The 'Add Driver' dialog is not yet implemented." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La boîte de dialogue 'Ajouter un pilote' n'est pas encore implémentée." +#~ msgstr "La boîte de dialogue 'Ajouter un pilote' n'est pas encore implémentée." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__36 #~ msgid "Determine basic print system settings" @@ -6515,8 +5921,7 @@ #~ "Waiting 40 seconds so that it is ready to operate..." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Démon CUPS redémarré.\n" -#~ "Veuillez patienter 40 secondes pour être sûr que le démon est prêt à " -#~ "fonctionner ..." +#~ "Veuillez patienter 40 secondes pour être sûr que le démon est prêt à fonctionner ..." # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__196 #~ msgid "Under Connstruction" @@ -6612,9 +6017,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "'Error Policy' is not yet implemented." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La configuration d'amorçage sur les nouveaux PowerMacs n'a pas encore été " -#~ "implémentée." +#~ msgstr "La configuration d'amorçage sur les nouveaux PowerMacs n'a pas encore été implémentée." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "'Access Control' is not yet implemented." @@ -6623,8 +6026,7 @@ # TLABEL rc_config_2002_01_04_0147__12 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "'Other Options' are not yet implemented." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La configuration d'amorçage n'est pas encore implémentée pour cette carte." +#~ msgstr "La configuration d'amorçage n'est pas encore implémentée pour cette carte." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__16 #, fuzzy @@ -6668,8 +6070,7 @@ #~ msgstr "La file d'attente %1 n'existe pas." #~ msgid "Cannot specify URI and detected printer in one command." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de spécifier l'URI et l'imprimante détectée en une commande." +#~ msgstr "Impossible de spécifier l'URI et l'imprimante détectée en une commande." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__270 #~ msgid "URI for queue %1 not specified." @@ -6761,19 +6162,11 @@ #~ msgid "Edit a configured queue" #~ msgstr "Modifier une file configurée" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set options that will be writted directly to the PPD file. Options that " -#~ "are not mentioned remain untouched." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Définissez les options qui seront écrites directement dans le fichier " -#~ "PPD. Les options qui ne sont pas mentionnées ne sont pas modifiées." +#~ msgid "Set options that will be writted directly to the PPD file. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched." +#~ msgstr "Définissez les options qui seront écrites directement dans le fichier PPD. Les options qui ne sont pas mentionnées ne sont pas modifiées." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set options that will be written to /etc/cups/lpoptions. Options that are " -#~ "not mentioned remain untouched." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Définissez les options qui seront écrites dans /etc/cups/lpoptions. Les " -#~ "options qui ne sont pas mentionnées ne sont pas modifiées." +#~ msgid "Set options that will be written to /etc/cups/lpoptions. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched." +#~ msgstr "Définissez les options qui seront écrites dans /etc/cups/lpoptions. Les options qui ne sont pas mentionnées ne sont pas modifiées." # TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__22 #~ msgid "List known manufacturers" @@ -6783,9 +6176,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Répertorier les modèles connus du fabricant spécifié" #~ msgid "List known nicknames for specified model of specified manufacturers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Répertorier les pseudonymes connus du modèle spécifié du fabricant " -#~ "spécifié" +#~ msgstr "Répertorier les pseudonymes connus du modèle spécifié du fabricant spécifié" #~ msgid "List options of the PPD file of the specified queue" #~ msgstr "Répertorier les options du fichier PPD de la file spécifiée" @@ -6844,9 +6235,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Définir les utilisateurs autorisés à imprimer avec cette file" #~ msgid "Set users that are not allowed to print using this queue" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Définir les utilisateurs qui ne sont pas autorisés à imprimer avec cette " -#~ "file" +#~ msgstr "Définir les utilisateurs qui ne sont pas autorisés à imprimer avec cette file" #~ msgid "Set the queue to default" #~ msgstr "Définir la file par défaut" @@ -6870,19 +6259,14 @@ #~ msgid "Specify the remote CUPS server" #~ msgstr "Spécifier le serveur CUPS distant" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the default queue. If not set, the default queue of the server " -#~ "will be used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Spécifiez la file par défaut. Si elle n'est pas définie, la file par " -#~ "défaut du serveur sera utilisée" +#~ msgid "Specify the default queue. If not set, the default queue of the server will be used" +#~ msgstr "Spécifiez la file par défaut. Si elle n'est pas définie, la file par défaut du serveur sera utilisée" #~ msgid "Type of the test page: ascii, graphic, or photo" #~ msgstr "Type de page de test : ascii, graphique ou photo" #~ msgid "During the following step, only local printers are detected.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dans l'étape suivante, seules les imprimantes locales sont détectées.\n" +#~ msgstr "Dans l'étape suivante, seules les imprimantes locales sont détectées.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__196 #~ msgid "" @@ -6893,8 +6277,7 @@ #~ "Detect your printers now?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dans certains cas, la détection peut \n" -#~ "figer le système. Si le système est figé, sélectionnez Sauter la " -#~ "détection\n" +#~ "figer le système. Si le système est figé, sélectionnez Sauter la détection\n" #~ "lors de la prochaine configuration de l'imprimante.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous détecter vos imprimantes maintenant ?" @@ -6903,12 +6286,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Skip Detection" #~ msgstr "&Sauter la détection" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the printout is a poor quality, try selecting another PPD file for the " -#~ "print queue." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si l'impression est de mauvaise qualité, essayez de sélectionner un autre " -#~ "fichier PPD pour la file d'attente d'impression." +#~ msgid "If the printout is a poor quality, try selecting another PPD file for the print queue." +#~ msgstr "Si l'impression est de mauvaise qualité, essayez de sélectionner un autre fichier PPD pour la file d'attente d'impression." #~ msgid "" #~ "The print spooler is not installed properly.\n" @@ -7041,8 +6420,7 @@ #~ "No parallel devices (/dev/lp?) found. It seems\n" #~ "that your parallel port is not properly configured." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il n'a pas été détecté de périphérique parallèle (/dev/lp ?). Il " -#~ "semblerait\n" +#~ "Il n'a pas été détecté de périphérique parallèle (/dev/lp ?). Il semblerait\n" #~ "que votre port parallèle ne soit pas configuré correctement." #~ msgid "" @@ -7057,8 +6435,7 @@ #~ "No serial devices (/dev/ttyS?) found. It seems\n" #~ "that your serial ports are not properly configured." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il n'a pas été détecté de périphérique série (/dev/ttyS ?). Il " -#~ "semblerait\n" +#~ "Il n'a pas été détecté de périphérique série (/dev/ttyS ?). Il semblerait\n" #~ "que votre port série ne soit pas configuré correctement." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__8 @@ -7152,8 +6529,7 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__29 #~ msgid "Enter the full path of the program to which to print through pipe." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Spécifiez le nom complet du programme utilisé pour imprimer via un canal." +#~ msgstr "Spécifiez le nom complet du programme utilisé pour imprimer via un canal." #~ msgid "&URI" #~ msgstr "&URI" @@ -7233,8 +6609,7 @@ #~ "using an additional PostScript module." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cette imprimante n'est pas pris en charge par &product;.\n" -#~ "Vous trouverez des informations concernant les imprimantes prises ou non " -#~ "en charge\n" +#~ "Vous trouverez des informations concernant les imprimantes prises ou non en charge\n" #~ "dans la documentation de votre produit. \n" #~ "Si l'imprimante peut prendre en charge un\n" #~ "langage d'imprimante standard (PostScript, PCL ou ESC/P), elle peut être\n" @@ -7510,8 +6885,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Utilser la file d'attente par défaut du serveur" #~ msgid "To enable LPD support, you must enable also xinetd service." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour activer le support LPD, vous devez aussi activé le service xinetd." +#~ msgstr "Pour activer le support LPD, vous devez aussi activé le service xinetd." #~ msgid "Shared" #~ msgstr "Partagée" @@ -7691,14 +7065,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Utilisateurs" #~ msgid "Allow Printing for Everyone Except Users Specified Below" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Autoriser l'impression pour tous le monde sauf aux utilisateurs spécifiés " -#~ "plus bas" +#~ msgstr "Autoriser l'impression pour tous le monde sauf aux utilisateurs spécifiés plus bas" #~ msgid "Deny Printing for Everyone Except Users Specified Below" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Refuser l'impression pour tous le monde sauf aux utilisateurs spécifiés " -#~ "plus bas" +#~ msgstr "Refuser l'impression pour tous le monde sauf aux utilisateurs spécifiés plus bas" # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__128 #~ msgid "Basic Settings" @@ -7713,32 +7083,21 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__214 #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>I/O Addresses</big> If you have an uncommon parallel " -#~ "port \n" +#~ "<big>I/O Addresses</big> If you have an uncommon parallel port \n" #~ "card, it may not be possible to detect it automatically. In such cases,\n" -#~ "you must specify its I/O addresses. Enter I/O addresses separated by " -#~ "commas \n" -#~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. For example, " -#~ "<tt>\n" -#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.If your parallel port works, leave this field " -#~ "untouched." +#~ "you must specify its I/O addresses. Enter I/O addresses separated by commas \n" +#~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. For example, <tt>\n" +#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.If your parallel port works, leave this field untouched." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Adresses d'E/S</big> Si vous avez une carte port " -#~ "parallèle \n" -#~ "non courante, il se peut qu'il ne soit pas possible de la détecter " -#~ "automatiquement. Dans ce cas,\n" -#~ "vous devez spécifier ses adresses d'E/S. Entrez les adresses d'E/S " -#~ "séparées par des virgules \n" -#~ "pour tous les ports parallèles ici, du premier au dernier. Par exemple, " -#~ "<tt>\n" -#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.Si votre port parallèle fonctionne, ne modifiez " -#~ "pas ce champ." +#~ "<big>Adresses d'E/S</big> Si vous avez une carte port parallèle \n" +#~ "non courante, il se peut qu'il ne soit pas possible de la détecter automatiquement. Dans ce cas,\n" +#~ "vous devez spécifier ses adresses d'E/S. Entrez les adresses d'E/S séparées par des virgules \n" +#~ "pour tous les ports parallèles ici, du premier au dernier. Par exemple, <tt>\n" +#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.Si votre port parallèle fonctionne, ne modifiez pas ce champ." # TLABEL printer_2002_03_14_2340__4 #~ msgid "Changes will be saved immediately after you press OK." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les modifications seront enregistrées dès que vous aurez cliquez sur " -#~ "OK." +#~ msgstr "Les modifications seront enregistrées dès que vous aurez cliquez sur OK." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__215 #~ msgid "" @@ -7751,15 +7110,12 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__216 #~ msgid "" #~ "Other Settings:\n" -#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ " -#~ "depending on your\n" +#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ depending on your\n" #~ "spooler. Leave it empty to use the defaults. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Autres paramètres :\n" -#~ "Vous pouvez spécifier des paramètres supplémentaires pour votre port " -#~ "série. Ils peuvent varier selon votre\n" -#~ "spouleur. Laissez ce champ vide pour utiliser les paramètres par défaut. " -#~ "" +#~ "Vous pouvez spécifier des paramètres supplémentaires pour votre port série. Ils peuvent varier selon votre\n" +#~ "spouleur. Laissez ce champ vide pour utiliser les paramètres par défaut. " # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__184 #~ msgid "Parallel Printer Connection" @@ -7840,8 +7196,7 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__110 #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Network Printer</BIG> \n" -#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, select\n" #~ "Print Directly to a Network Printer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Imprimante réseau</BIG> \n" @@ -7858,12 +7213,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Nouvelle file pour une imprimante existante\n" #~ "</BIG> \n" -#~ "Pour configurer une nouvelle file pour une imprimante déjà configurée " -#~ "sans\n" -#~ "spécifier à nouveau l'emplacement de l'imprimante, le fabricant et le " -#~ "modèle,\n" -#~ "sélectionnez Créer une nouvelle file pour une imprimante existante." -#~ "" +#~ "Pour configurer une nouvelle file pour une imprimante déjà configurée sans\n" +#~ "spécifier à nouveau l'emplacement de l'imprimante, le fabricant et le modèle,\n" +#~ "sélectionnez Créer une nouvelle file pour une imprimante existante." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__55 #~ msgid "" @@ -7871,8 +7223,7 @@ #~ "To set another kind of queue, select Other Setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Autre configuration</BIG> \n" -#~ "Pour configurer un autre type de file d'attente, sélectionnez Autre " -#~ "configuration." +#~ "Pour configurer un autre type de file d'attente, sélectionnez Autre configuration." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__108 #~ msgid "" @@ -7888,15 +7239,12 @@ #~ "<BIG>CUPS Client-Only</BIG> \n" #~ "All queues of one CUPS server will be available to this computer.\n" #~ "Every new queue added to the server will be accessible on this computer.\n" -#~ "You cannot add any local printers when using the client-only " -#~ "configuration,\n" +#~ "You cannot add any local printers when using the client-only configuration,\n" #~ "because no local CUPS server is running." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Client CUPS seulement</BIG> \n" -#~ "Toutes les files d'un serveur CUPS seront disponibles pour cet " -#~ "ordinateur.\n" -#~ "Chaque nouvelle file ajoutée au serveur sera accessible sur cet " -#~ "ordinateur.\n" +#~ "Toutes les files d'un serveur CUPS seront disponibles pour cet ordinateur.\n" +#~ "Chaque nouvelle file ajoutée au serveur sera accessible sur cet ordinateur.\n" #~ "Vous ne pouvez ajouter aucune imprimante locale si vous utilisez la\n" #~ "configuration client seulement, parce qu'aucun serveur local CUPS n'est\n" #~ "en fonctionnement." @@ -7907,18 +7255,15 @@ #~ "CUPS servers in your network. All broadcasted queues will be accessible \n" #~ "on this computer." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>CUPS utilisant la diffusion générale (broadcasting)</BIG></" -#~ "B> \n" +#~ "<BIG>CUPS utilisant la diffusion générale (broadcasting)</BIG> \n" #~ "Configurer un serveur local CUPS exécutant et écoutant\n" -#~ "les diffusions générales de tous les serveurs CUPS dans le réseau. " -#~ "Toutes\n" +#~ "les diffusions générales de tous les serveurs CUPS dans le réseau. Toutes\n" #~ "les files en diffusion générale seront accessibles sur cet ordinateur." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__137 #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Remote IPP Queue</BIG> \n" -#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be " -#~ "accessible\n" +#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be accessible\n" #~ "on this computer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>File IPP distante :</BIG> \n" @@ -7932,10 +7277,8 @@ #~ "Use this for most print server boxes and network printers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Impression directe sur port TCP</BIG> \n" -#~ "Les travaux d'impression sont directement envoyés au socket TCP sur " -#~ "l'hôte distant.\n" -#~ "Utiliser cette possibilité pour la plupart des boîtiers serveur " -#~ "d'impression et les imprimantes réseau." +#~ "Les travaux d'impression sont directement envoyés au socket TCP sur l'hôte distant.\n" +#~ "Utiliser cette possibilité pour la plupart des boîtiers serveur d'impression et les imprimantes réseau." # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__26 #~ msgid "" @@ -7943,8 +7286,7 @@ #~ "Print jobs are sent to the print server using the LPD protocol." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>File d'attente LPD distante</BIG> \n" -#~ "Les travaux d'impression sont envoyés au serveur d'impression avec le " -#~ "protocole LPD." +#~ "Les travaux d'impression sont envoyés au serveur d'impression avec le protocole LPD." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__137 #~ msgid "" @@ -7952,19 +7294,15 @@ #~ "Print jobs are sent to the print server using the IPP protocol." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>File d'attente IPP distante</BIG> \n" -#~ "Les travaux d'impression sont envoyés au serveur d'impression avec le " -#~ "protocole IPP." +#~ "Les travaux d'impression sont envoyés au serveur d'impression avec le protocole IPP." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__117 #~ msgid "" #~ "CUPS Class \n" -#~ "You can group some printers into one class then print to the class. CUPS " -#~ "will divide print jobs between members of the class." +#~ "You can group some printers into one class then print to the class. CUPS will divide print jobs between members of the class." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Classe CUPS \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez regrouper certaines imprimantes dans une classe, puis " -#~ "imprimer dans celle-ci. CUPS répartit les travaux d'impression entre les " -#~ "membres de la classe." +#~ "Vous pouvez regrouper certaines imprimantes dans une classe, puis imprimer dans celle-ci. CUPS répartit les travaux d'impression entre les membres de la classe." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__116 #~ msgid "" @@ -8024,8 +7362,7 @@ #~ "Select your printer from the list of Bluetooth devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Périphérique Bluetooth</big> \n" -#~ "Sélectionnez votre imprimante dans la liste des périphériques Bluetooth.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez votre imprimante dans la liste des périphériques Bluetooth.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__87 #~ msgid "" @@ -8060,10 +7397,8 @@ #~ "Be careful when selecting a custom device or changing\n" #~ "I/O address settings. Improper values may damage your system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Faites attention lorsque vous sélectionnez un périphérique " -#~ "personnalisé ou que vous modifiez les\n" -#~ "paramètres des adresses d'E/S. Des valeurs incorrectes risquent " -#~ "d'endommager votre système." +#~ "Faites attention lorsque vous sélectionnez un périphérique personnalisé ou que vous modifiez les\n" +#~ "paramètres des adresses d'E/S. Des valeurs incorrectes risquent d'endommager votre système." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__89 #~ msgid "" @@ -8078,10 +7413,8 @@ #~ "Be careful when selecting a custom device or changing\n" #~ "serial port settings. Incorrect values may damage your system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Faites attention lorsque vous sélectionnez un périphérique " -#~ "personnalisé ou que vous modifiez les\n" -#~ "paramètres du port série. Des valeurs incorrectes risquent d'endommager " -#~ "votre système." +#~ "Faites attention lorsque vous sélectionnez un périphérique personnalisé ou que vous modifiez les\n" +#~ "paramètres du port série. Des valeurs incorrectes risquent d'endommager votre système." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 #~ msgid "" @@ -8090,8 +7423,7 @@ #~ "click Detect Devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Détection des périphériques</big> \n" -#~ "Pour balayer le voisinage de votre ordinateur à la recherche de " -#~ "périphériques Bluetooth disponibles,\n" +#~ "Pour balayer le voisinage de votre ordinateur à la recherche de périphériques Bluetooth disponibles,\n" #~ "cliquez sur Détecter les périphériques.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__84 @@ -8111,12 +7443,8 @@ #~ "Entrez le nom de machine de votre serveur d'impression.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__137 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Remote Queue</BIG> Enter the name of the remote printer." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>File d'attente distante</BIG> Entrez le nom de votre " -#~ "imprimante distante." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Remote Queue</BIG> Enter the name of the remote printer." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>File d'attente distante</BIG> Entrez le nom de votre imprimante distante." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__85 #~ msgid "" @@ -8124,8 +7452,7 @@ #~ "Enter the username and password for accessing the print server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Nom d'utilisateur et mot de passe</BIG> \n" -#~ "Entrez le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe pour accéder au serveur " -#~ "d'impression.\n" +#~ "Entrez le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe pour accéder au serveur d'impression.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__86 #~ msgid "" @@ -8138,26 +7465,20 @@ # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__89 #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Program Name</BIG> \n" -#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets the\n" #~ "job using standard input.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Nom du programme</BIG> \n" -#~ "Définissez le nom du programme à exécuter pour chaque travail. Le " -#~ "programme obtient le\n" +#~ "Définissez le nom du programme à exécuter pour chaque travail. Le programme obtient le\n" #~ "travail en utilisant une entrée standard.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>URI</BIG> \n" -#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be " -#~ "used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is " -#~ "missing,\n" +#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is missing,\n" #~ "for example, if you installed a new CUPS back-end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>URI</BIG> \n" -#~ "Définissez l'URI de l'imprimante. Ce type universel de file pour CUPS " -#~ "peut être utilisé si vous avez un nouveau type de file d'attente pris en " -#~ "charge par CUPS, mais si la prise en charge YaST2 est manquante,\n" +#~ "Définissez l'URI de l'imprimante. Ce type universel de file pour CUPS peut être utilisé si vous avez un nouveau type de file d'attente pris en charge par CUPS, mais si la prise en charge YaST2 est manquante,\n" #~ "par exemple si vous avez installé un nouveau back-end CUPS." # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__41 @@ -8166,54 +7487,37 @@ #~ "With CUPS, you can use two kinds of device names for USB printers.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Type de nom de périphérique USB CUPS :</BIG> \n" -#~ "Avec CUPS, vous pouvez utiliser deux types de noms de périphérique pour " -#~ "les imprimantes USB.\n" +#~ "Avec CUPS, vous pouvez utiliser deux types de noms de périphérique pour les imprimantes USB.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can use classical device names, like <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, " -#~ "which \n" +#~ "You can use classical device names, like <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, which \n" #~ "are problematic if you use multiple USB printers and the order in which\n" #~ "they are turned on is not fixed.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vous pouvez utiliser des noms classiques de périphérique, tels que " -#~ "<tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, qui \n" -#~ "posent des problèmes si vous utilisez plusieurs imprimantes USB et si " -#~ "l'ordre dans lequel\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez utiliser des noms classiques de périphérique, tels que <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, qui \n" +#~ "posent des problèmes si vous utilisez plusieurs imprimantes USB et si l'ordre dans lequel\n" #~ "elles sont activées n'est pas fixe.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The other possibility is to use CUPS-like device names, which " -#~ "contain,\n" -#~ "instead of the real device name, the vendor, model, and serial number of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "The other possibility is to use CUPS-like device names, which contain,\n" +#~ "instead of the real device name, the vendor, model, and serial number of the\n" #~ "printer.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'autre possibilité est d'utiliser des noms de périphériques USB de " -#~ "type CUPS, qui contiennent,\n" -#~ "au lieu du nom de périphérique réel, le fabricant, le modèle et le numéro " -#~ "de série de l'imprimante.\n" +#~ "L'autre possibilité est d'utiliser des noms de périphériques USB de type CUPS, qui contiennent,\n" +#~ "au lieu du nom de périphérique réel, le fabricant, le modèle et le numéro de série de l'imprimante.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note that some USB printers do not report their serial numbers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Notez que certaines imprimantes USB n'indiquent pas leur numéro de " -#~ "série." +#~ msgid "Note that some USB printers do not report their serial numbers." +#~ msgstr "Notez que certaines imprimantes USB n'indiquent pas leur numéro de série." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Remote Access CUPS Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "You can allow or disallow (Enable/Disable) remote access to local shared " -#~ "printers. This will overwrite your CUPS server settings. \n" -#~ "For special cases use Overview Dialog: Other -> CUPS Expert Settings -" -#~ ">CUPS Server Settings -> Change Permissions.\n" +#~ "You can allow or disallow (Enable/Disable) remote access to local shared printers. This will overwrite your CUPS server settings. \n" +#~ "For special cases use Overview Dialog: Other -> CUPS Expert Settings ->CUPS Server Settings -> Change Permissions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Paramètres d'accès à distance CUPS</BIG> \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez autoriser ou interdire (activer/désactiver) l'accès à " -#~ "distance des imprimantes locales partagées. Ce paramètre remplace vos " -#~ "paramètres serveur CUPS. \n" -#~ "Dans les cas particuliers, utilisez la boîte de dialogue d'aperçu : Autre " -#~ "-> Paramètres CUPS pour experts -> Paramètres serveur CUPS -> Changer les " -#~ "permissions.\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez autoriser ou interdire (activer/désactiver) l'accès à distance des imprimantes locales partagées. Ce paramètre remplace vos paramètres serveur CUPS. \n" +#~ "Dans les cas particuliers, utilisez la boîte de dialogue d'aperçu : Autre -> Paramètres CUPS pour experts -> Paramètres serveur CUPS -> Changer les permissions.\n" #~ "\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__91 @@ -8226,48 +7530,33 @@ #~ "<BIG>Spouleur</BIG> Vous pouvez définir si CUPS doit être\n" #~ "installé comme client d'un serveur d'impression réseau\n" #~ "ou comme système d'impression autonome. \n" -#~ "Pour utiliser des imprimantes locales, vous ne pouvez pas utiliser " -#~ "l'installation client seulement." +#~ "Pour utiliser des imprimantes locales, vous ne pouvez pas utiliser l'installation client seulement." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__92 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Save Method</BIG> Select whether to save changed queues " -#~ "only or all queues." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Enregistrer la méthode</BIG> Sélectionnez si vous " -#~ "souhaitez enregistrer les files modifiées ou toutes les files." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Save Method</BIG> Select whether to save changed queues only or all queues." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Enregistrer la méthode</BIG> Sélectionnez si vous souhaitez enregistrer les files modifiées ou toutes les files." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__93 #~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Reinstalling Printing Packages</BIG> Problems " -#~ "configuring printing can be caused by\n" -#~ "old or corrupted packages in your installation. Clicking Reinstall " -#~ "Printing Packages might fix these problems.\n" +#~ "<BIG>Reinstalling Printing Packages</BIG> Problems configuring printing can be caused by\n" +#~ "old or corrupted packages in your installation. Clicking Reinstall Printing Packages might fix these problems.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Réinstallation des paquets d'impression</BIG> Les " -#~ "problèmes de configuration de l'impression peuvent être provoqués par\n" -#~ "des paquets anciens ou endommagés de votre installation. Le fait de " -#~ "cliquer sur Réinstaller les paquets d'impression peut corriger ces " -#~ "problèmes.\n" +#~ "<BIG>Réinstallation des paquets d'impression</BIG> Les problèmes de configuration de l'impression peuvent être provoqués par\n" +#~ "des paquets anciens ou endommagés de votre installation. Le fait de cliquer sur Réinstaller les paquets d'impression peut corriger ces problèmes.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__94 #~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG> To uninstall all " -#~ "currently configured queues,\n" +#~ "<BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG> To uninstall all currently configured queues,\n" #~ "select Clear Current Configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Effacement de la configuration actuelle</BIG> Pour " -#~ "désinstaller toutes les files actuellement configurées,\n" +#~ "<BIG>Effacement de la configuration actuelle</BIG> Pour désinstaller toutes les files actuellement configurées,\n" #~ "sélectionnez Effacer la configuration actuelle.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Advanced CUPS Server Settings</BIG> To change advanced " -#~ "CUPS server settings, like broadcasting and permissions, select\n" +#~ "<BIG>Advanced CUPS Server Settings</BIG> To change advanced CUPS server settings, like broadcasting and permissions, select\n" #~ "CUPS Server Settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Paramètres avancés du serveur CUPS</BIG> Pour changer " -#~ "les paramètres avancés du serveur CUPS, tels que la diffusion générale " -#~ "(broadcasting) et les permissions, sélectionnez \n" +#~ "<BIG>Paramètres avancés du serveur CUPS</BIG> Pour changer les paramètres avancés du serveur CUPS, tels que la diffusion générale (broadcasting) et les permissions, sélectionnez \n" #~ "Paramètres du serveur CUPS.\n" # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__41 @@ -8283,67 +7572,45 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__95 #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Allow Browsing</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your " -#~ "queues the same way as their local ones.\n" -#~ "Browse Addresses shows IP addresses (like 192.168.0.1) of " -#~ "computers to which to send information about your queues. Use Add, " -#~ "Edit,\n" -#~ "and Delete to modify the list of addresses. For the entire " -#~ "network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as " -#~ "192.168.0.255).\n" +#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your queues the same way as their local ones.\n" +#~ "Browse Addresses shows IP addresses (like 192.168.0.1) of computers to which to send information about your queues. Use Add, Edit,\n" +#~ "and Delete to modify the list of addresses. For the entire network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as 192.168.0.255).\n" #~ "To have browsing settings suggested based on your network setup,\n" #~ "click Propose." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Autoriser la navigation</BIG> \n" -#~ "Si vous autorisez la navigation, d'autres ordinateurs de votre réseau " -#~ "peuvent voir vos files d'attente de la même manière que celles qu'ils ont " -#~ "en local.\n" -#~ "Parcourir les adresses affiche les adresses IP (telles que " -#~ "192.168.0.1) des ordinateurs auxquels envoyer des informations " -#~ "concernant vos files d'attente. Utilisez Ajouter, Modifier</" -#~ "B> \n" -#~ "et Supprimer pour modifier la liste des adresses. Pour le réseau " -#~ "entier, utilisez l'adresse de diffusion de votre réseau (tel que " -#~ "192.168.0.255).\n" -#~ "Pour que les paramètres de navigation soient suggérés en fonction de la " -#~ "configuration de votre réseau,\n" +#~ "Si vous autorisez la navigation, d'autres ordinateurs de votre réseau peuvent voir vos files d'attente de la même manière que celles qu'ils ont en local.\n" +#~ "Parcourir les adresses affiche les adresses IP (telles que 192.168.0.1) des ordinateurs auxquels envoyer des informations concernant vos files d'attente. Utilisez Ajouter, Modifier \n" +#~ "et Supprimer pour modifier la liste des adresses. Pour le réseau entier, utilisez l'adresse de diffusion de votre réseau (tel que 192.168.0.255).\n" +#~ "Pour que les paramètres de navigation soient suggérés en fonction de la configuration de votre réseau,\n" #~ "cliquez sur Proposer." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__96 #~ msgid "" #~ "After enabling browsing, the permission for / should be set\n" #~ "accordingly so other computers can print.\n" -#~ "For example, when 192.168.0.255 is used as the browse address, " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "For example, when 192.168.0.255 is used as the browse address, the\n" #~ "permission for / must be set to 192.168.0.* to allow all \n" #~ "hosts on your network to print." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Après avoir activé la navigation, vous devez déterminer la permission\n" #~ "pour / afin que les autres ordinateurs puissent imprimer.\n" -#~ "Si, par exemple 192.168.0.255 est utilisé comme adresse de " -#~ "navigation,\n" -#~ "la permission pour / doit être fixée à 192.168.0.* pour que tous " -#~ "les \n" +#~ "Si, par exemple 192.168.0.255 est utilisé comme adresse de navigation,\n" +#~ "la permission pour / doit être fixée à 192.168.0.* pour que tous les \n" #~ "les hôtes de votre réseau soient autorisés à imprimer." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__97 #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Access Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "You can adjust the permissions other computers in your network have to " -#~ "use your CUPS server.\n" -#~ "Permissions can be set for the entire server, administration of your " -#~ "server, and, optionally,\n" -#~ "to your printers and classes. Select the desired area and press Change " -#~ "Permissions\n" +#~ "You can adjust the permissions other computers in your network have to use your CUPS server.\n" +#~ "Permissions can be set for the entire server, administration of your server, and, optionally,\n" +#~ "to your printers and classes. Select the desired area and press Change Permissions\n" #~ " to view or change the permission settings." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Paramètres d'accès</BIG> \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez régler les autorisations nécessaires aux autres ordinateurs " -#~ "de votre réseau pour utiliser votre serveur CUPS.\n" -#~ "Les autorisations peuvent être définies pour tout le serveur, " -#~ "l'administration de votre serveur, et éventuellement\n" -#~ "pour vos imprimantes et vos classes. Sélectionnez la zone désirée et " -#~ "sélectionnez Changer les permissions\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez régler les autorisations nécessaires aux autres ordinateurs de votre réseau pour utiliser votre serveur CUPS.\n" +#~ "Les autorisations peuvent être définies pour tout le serveur, l'administration de votre serveur, et éventuellement\n" +#~ "pour vos imprimantes et vos classes. Sélectionnez la zone désirée et sélectionnez Changer les permissions\n" #~ " pour afficher ou changer les paramètres d'autorisation." # TLABEL x11_2002_01_04_0147__48 @@ -8361,8 +7628,7 @@ #~ "allow before deny.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ordre d'application</BIG> \n" -#~ "Sélectionnez s'il faut appliquer les règles de refus avant les règles " -#~ "d'autorisation ou \n" +#~ "Sélectionnez s'il faut appliquer les règles de refus avant les règles d'autorisation ou \n" #~ "le contraire.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__99 @@ -8373,8 +7639,7 @@ #~ "or denied. Addresses can be normal IP addresses (<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>), \n" #~ "address blocks using * as a wild card (<tt>192.168.0.*</tt>),\n" #~ "addresses with mask (<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), full domain names (<tt>print.example.com</" -#~ "tt>),\n" +#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), full domain names (<tt>print.example.com</tt>),\n" #~ "partial domain names (<tt>*.example.com</tt> or <tt>.example.com</tt>),\n" #~ "interface specifications (<tt>@IF(eth0)</tt>),\n" #~ "or the special words <tt>All</tt>, <tt>None</tt>, and <tt>@LOCAL</tt>.\n" @@ -8382,22 +7647,16 @@ #~ "ethernet, but not modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Autorisations</BIG> \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez modifier la liste des adresses IP et leurs autorisations. " -#~ "Chaque ligne\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez modifier la liste des adresses IP et leurs autorisations. Chaque ligne\n" #~ "contient une adresse et indique si l'accès de son propriétaire est \n" -#~ "autorisé ou refusé. Les adresses peuvent être des adresses IP normales " -#~ "(<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>), \n" +#~ "autorisé ou refusé. Les adresses peuvent être des adresses IP normales (<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>), \n" #~ "des blocs d'adresses utilisant le joker * (<tt>192.168.0.*</tt>),\n" #~ "des adresses avec un masque (<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -#~ "ou <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), des noms de domaine complets (<tt>exemple." -#~ "impression.com</tt>),\n" -#~ "des noms de domaine partiels (<tt>*.exemple.com</tt> ou <tt>.exemple.com</" -#~ "tt>),\n" +#~ "ou <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), des noms de domaine complets (<tt>exemple.impression.com</tt>),\n" +#~ "des noms de domaine partiels (<tt>*.exemple.com</tt> ou <tt>.exemple.com</tt>),\n" #~ "des spécifications d'interface (<tt>@IF(eth0)</tt>),\n" -#~ "ou les termes spéciaux <tt>Tous</tt>, <tt>Aucun</tt>, et <tt>@LOCAL</" -#~ "tt>.\n" -#~ "<tt>@LOCAL</tt> signifie toutes les interfaces non point-à-point, par " -#~ "exemple,\n" +#~ "ou les termes spéciaux <tt>Tous</tt>, <tt>Aucun</tt>, et <tt>@LOCAL</tt>.\n" +#~ "<tt>@LOCAL</tt> signifie toutes les interfaces non point-à-point, par exemple,\n" #~ "Ethernet, mais pas modem.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__100 @@ -8411,12 +7670,8 @@ #~ "sélectionnez Utiliser les autorisations héritées.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__101 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Manufacturer</BIG> Select the manufacturer of your " -#~ "printer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Fabricant</BIG> Sélectionnez le fabricant de votre " -#~ "imprimante." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Manufacturer</BIG> Select the manufacturer of your printer." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Fabricant</BIG> Sélectionnez le fabricant de votre imprimante." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__58 #~ msgid "" @@ -8446,15 +7701,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding PPD Files to the Database</BIG> \n" #~ "If your printer manufacturer provides PPD files, you can add them to the\n" -#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied " -#~ "from\n" +#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied from\n" #~ "a hard disk or removable media.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ajout de fichiers PPD à la base de données</BIG> \n" -#~ "Si le fabricant de votre imprimante fournit des fichiers PPD, vous pouvez " -#~ "les ajouter à la\n" -#~ "base de données. Les fichiers PPD peuvent être téléchargés à partir de " -#~ "serveurs FTP ou HTTP ou copiés depuis\n" +#~ "Si le fabricant de votre imprimante fournit des fichiers PPD, vous pouvez les ajouter à la\n" +#~ "base de données. Les fichiers PPD peuvent être téléchargés à partir de serveurs FTP ou HTTP ou copiés depuis\n" #~ "un disque dur ou un support amovible.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__119 @@ -8469,15 +7721,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Printers</BIG> \n" -#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this " -#~ "printer\n" +#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this printer\n" #~ "and you will not need to select vendor, model, and connection again.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Imprimantes</BIG> \n" -#~ "Sélectionnez une imprimante déjà installée. Les nouvelles files d'attente " -#~ "seront ajoutées à cette imprimante\n" -#~ "et vous n'aurez plus besoin de sélectionner le fournisseur, le modèle et " -#~ "la connexion.\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez une imprimante déjà installée. Les nouvelles files d'attente seront ajoutées à cette imprimante\n" +#~ "et vous n'aurez plus besoin de sélectionner le fournisseur, le modèle et la connexion.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__60 #~ msgid "" @@ -8485,8 +7734,7 @@ #~ "To print with this configuration, use this name as the queue name.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Nom pour impression</BIG> \n" -#~ "Pour imprimer en utilisant cette configuration, utilisez le nom spécifiez " -#~ "dans ce champ comme nom de file d'attente\n" +#~ "Pour imprimer en utilisant cette configuration, utilisez le nom spécifiez dans ce champ comme nom de file d'attente\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__104 #~ msgid "" @@ -8502,8 +7750,7 @@ #~ "Optionally enter a description of the location of this class.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Emplacement de la classe</big> \n" -#~ "Éventuellement, entrez la description de l'emplacement de cette classe.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Éventuellement, entrez la description de l'emplacement de cette classe.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__104 #~ msgid "" @@ -8519,8 +7766,7 @@ #~ "Optionally enter a description of the location of this printer.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Emplacement de l'imprimante</big> \n" -#~ "Si vous le souhaitez, donnez une description de l'emplacement de cette " -#~ "imprimante.\n" +#~ "Si vous le souhaitez, donnez une description de l'emplacement de cette imprimante.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Local Filtering</big> \n" @@ -8532,15 +7778,11 @@ #~ "network printers, and print server boxes.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Filtrage local</big> \n" -#~ "Cochez la case Effectuer un filtrage local pour effectuer un " -#~ "filtrage\n" -#~ "local sur cette file d'attente. Cette opération n'est pas recommandée si " -#~ "vous utilisez un\n" -#~ "serveur d'impression qui effectue le filtrage, tels que les serveurs IPP " -#~ "et LPD,\n" +#~ "Cochez la case Effectuer un filtrage local pour effectuer un filtrage\n" +#~ "local sur cette file d'attente. Cette opération n'est pas recommandée si vous utilisez un\n" +#~ "serveur d'impression qui effectue le filtrage, tels que les serveurs IPP et LPD,\n" #~ "mais c'est nécessaire pour les imprimantes locales et les\n" -#~ "serveurs qui n'effectuent aucun filtrage, tels que les serveurs SMB et " -#~ "IPX,\n" +#~ "serveurs qui n'effectuent aucun filtrage, tels que les serveurs SMB et IPX,\n" #~ "les imprimantes réseau et les boîtiers serveurs d'impression.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__62 @@ -8568,8 +7810,7 @@ #~ "Test.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Test de la file d'attente</big> \n" -#~ "Si vous ne faites pas du filtrage local, testez l'impression en cliquant " -#~ "sur\n" +#~ "Si vous ne faites pas du filtrage local, testez l'impression en cliquant sur\n" #~ "Test d'impression.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__199 @@ -8583,13 +7824,11 @@ # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__63 #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Values</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you select options in the upper box, a list of values appears in the " -#~ "lower box.\n" +#~ "If you select options in the upper box, a list of values appears in the lower box.\n" #~ " Select a new value by clicking it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Valeurs</BIG> \n" -#~ "Si vous sélectionnez des options dans la zone supérieure, une liste de " -#~ "valeurs apparaît dans la zone inférieure.\n" +#~ "Si vous sélectionnez des options dans la zone supérieure, une liste de valeurs apparaît dans la zone inférieure.\n" #~ " Sélectionnez une nouvelle valeur en cliquant dessus.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__106 @@ -8609,8 +7848,7 @@ #~ " as text, select Force ASCII Printing.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Impression de texte ASCII</BIG> \n" -#~ "Ajustez la mise en page. Pour que cette configuration imprime tous les " -#~ "fichiers\n" +#~ "Ajustez la mise en page. Pour que cette configuration imprime tous les fichiers\n" #~ " comme du texte, sélectionnez Forcer l'impression ASCII.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__204 @@ -8622,8 +7860,7 @@ #~ " at the time of the installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Codage de document</BIG> \n" -#~ "Pour certaines langues, ce choix est important pour obtenir une sortie " -#~ "correcte\n" +#~ "Pour certaines langues, ce choix est important pour obtenir une sortie correcte\n" #~ " dans Netscape et certains autres programmes. Par défaut,\n" #~ " le codage est défini pour correspondre à la langue choisie\n" #~ " lors de l'installation." @@ -8659,8 +7896,7 @@ #~ "To try your printer with another driver, choose it here.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Modèle</BIG> \n" -#~ "Pour essayer votre imprimante avec un autre pilote, choisissez le modèle " -#~ "ici.\n" +#~ "Pour essayer votre imprimante avec un autre pilote, choisissez le modèle ici.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__119 #~ msgid "" @@ -8685,27 +7921,20 @@ #~ " printer and the username and password.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Connexion</BIG> \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez changer le nom de machine et la file d'attente de " -#~ "l'imprimante\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez changer le nom de machine et la file d'attente de l'imprimante\n" #~ " distante, ainsi que le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__121 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Connection</BIG> You can change the connection for this " -#~ "printer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Connexion</BIG> Vous pouvez changer la connexion de " -#~ "cette imprimante." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Connection</BIG> You can change the connection for this printer." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Connexion</BIG> Vous pouvez changer la connexion de cette imprimante." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__122 #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Print Filter Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Paramètres de filtrage de l'impression</BIG> \n" -#~ "Modifiez les options de filtre ici. Ces options varient en fonction des " -#~ "modèles d'imprimantes.\n" +#~ "Modifiez les options de filtre ici. Ces options varient en fonction des modèles d'imprimantes.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__123 #~ msgid "" @@ -8721,18 +7950,15 @@ #~ "Adjust users who are allowed to print using this queue.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Configuration des restrictions</BIG> \n" -#~ "Définissez les utilisateurs autorisés à imprimer en utilisant cette file " -#~ "d'attente.\n" +#~ "Définissez les utilisateurs autorisés à imprimer en utilisant cette file d'attente.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__125 #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>State and Banner Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Configuration de l'état et des bannières</BIG> \n" -#~ "Définissez l'état et les bannières imprimés avant et après chaque travail " -#~ "pour cette file d'attente.\n" +#~ "Définissez l'état et les bannières imprimés avant et après chaque travail pour cette file d'attente.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__126 #~ msgid "" @@ -8751,12 +7977,8 @@ #~ "Choisissez les files d'attente devant être membres de cette classe.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__128 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Class Settings</BIG> You can change some settings for " -#~ "this class." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Paramètres de la classe</BIG> Vous pouvez changer " -#~ "certains paramètres de cette classe." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Class Settings</BIG> You can change some settings for this class." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Paramètres de la classe</BIG> Vous pouvez changer certains paramètres de cette classe." # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__217 #~ msgid "" @@ -8771,13 +7993,11 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__129 #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>New Printer</BIG> \n" -#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer " -#~ "database.\n" +#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer database.\n" #~ "Use Advanced Setup to configure it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Nouvelle imprimante</BIG> \n" -#~ "Le modèle de l'imprimante n'a pas été détecté ou ne se trouve pas dans la " -#~ "base de données des imprimantes.\n" +#~ "Le modèle de l'imprimante n'a pas été détecté ou ne se trouve pas dans la base de données des imprimantes.\n" #~ "Utilisez Configuration avancée pour la configurer.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__72 @@ -8786,18 +8006,15 @@ #~ "This printer is configured using default settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Configuration automatique rapide</BIG> \n" -#~ "Cette imprimante est configurée en utilisant les paramètres par défaut.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Cette imprimante est configurée en utilisant les paramètres par défaut.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__130 #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Normal Setup</BIG> \n" -#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options " -#~ "for the configuration.\n" +#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options for the configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Configuration normale</BIG> \n" -#~ "Les informations du modèle détecté seront utilisées. Choisissez le nom et " -#~ "les options de configuration.\n" +#~ "Les informations du modèle détecté seront utilisées. Choisissez le nom et les options de configuration.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__74 #~ msgid "" @@ -8805,8 +8022,7 @@ #~ "Choose a printer model or try a generic driver.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Configuration avancée</BIG> \n" -#~ "Choisissez un modèle d'imprimante ou essayez d'utiliser un pilote " -#~ "générique.\n" +#~ "Choisissez un modèle d'imprimante ou essayez d'utiliser un pilote générique.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__75 #~ msgid "" @@ -8825,8 +8041,7 @@ #~ "click Test.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pour essayer d'imprimer avec\n" -#~ "une nouvelle configuration, sélectionnez une file d'attente d'impression " -#~ "dans le liste et\n" +#~ "une nouvelle configuration, sélectionnez une file d'attente d'impression dans le liste et\n" #~ "cliquez sur Tester.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__77 @@ -8837,11 +8052,9 @@ #~ " To restart autodetection, press Restart Detection.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Imprimantes à configurer</BIG> \n" -#~ "Sélectionnez une imprimante dans la liste et cliquez sur Configurer</" -#~ "B> pour\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez une imprimante dans la liste et cliquez sur Configurer pour\n" #~ " configurer l'imprimante sélectionnée.\n" -#~ " Pour redémarrer la détection automatique, cliquez sur Redémarrer la " -#~ "détection.\n" +#~ " Pour redémarrer la détection automatique, cliquez sur Redémarrer la détection.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__78 #~ msgid "" @@ -8862,12 +8075,8 @@ #~ "zone inférieure. Pour les modifier, cliquez sur Changer.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__80 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Printers</BIG> In this dialog, manage printers on your " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Imprimantes</BIG> Dans cette boîte de dialogue, gérez " -#~ "les imprimantes de votre système." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Printers</BIG> In this dialog, manage printers on your system." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Imprimantes</BIG> Dans cette boîte de dialogue, gérez les imprimantes de votre système." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__133 #~ msgid "" @@ -8875,8 +8084,7 @@ #~ "Press Add and choose to configure connections or queues.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ajout d'une nouvelle configuration</BIG> \n" -#~ "Cliquez sur Ajouter pour choisir et configurer des connexions ou " -#~ "des files d'attente.\n" +#~ "Cliquez sur Ajouter pour choisir et configurer des connexions ou des files d'attente.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__134 #~ msgid "" @@ -8885,12 +8093,9 @@ #~ " You can only edit configurations created with YaST. A change of\n" #~ " default printer will take effect after the next login.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Suppression, modification et paramètres par défaut</BIG></" -#~ "B> \n" -#~ "Sélectionnez l'imprimante dans le tableau et cliquez sur le bouton " -#~ "approprié.\n" -#~ " Vous ne pouvez modifier que les configurations créées avec YaST. Le " -#~ "changement\n" +#~ "<BIG>Suppression, modification et paramètres par défaut</BIG> \n" +#~ "Sélectionnez l'imprimante dans le tableau et cliquez sur le bouton approprié.\n" +#~ " Vous ne pouvez modifier que les configurations créées avec YaST. Le changement\n" #~ " d'imprimante par défaut n'entre en vigueur qu'au login suivant.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__136 @@ -8898,8 +8103,7 @@ #~ "<BIG>Saving Changes</BIG> Press Finish to\n" #~ "save changes." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Enregistrement des modifications</BIG> Cliquez sur " -#~ "Terminer pour\n" +#~ "<BIG>Enregistrement des modifications</BIG> Cliquez sur Terminer pour\n" #~ "enregistrer les modifications." # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__83 @@ -8908,8 +8112,7 @@ #~ "Press Abort if you do not want to save changes.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Abandon des modifications</BIG> \n" -#~ "Cliquez sur Interrompre si vous ne souhaitez pas enregistrer les " -#~ "modifications.\n" +#~ "Cliquez sur Interrompre si vous ne souhaitez pas enregistrer les modifications.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__232 #~ msgid "" @@ -8938,10 +8141,8 @@ #~ "speed, and adjustable settings." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Fichiers PPD</BIG> \n" -#~ "Il ne peut pas y avoir plusieurs fichiers PPD pour une imprimante. " -#~ "Sélectionnez le fichier PPD\n" -#~ "à utiliser. Des fichiers PPD différents peuvent se traduire par des " -#~ "qualités d'impression,\n" +#~ "Il ne peut pas y avoir plusieurs fichiers PPD pour une imprimante. Sélectionnez le fichier PPD\n" +#~ "à utiliser. Des fichiers PPD différents peuvent se traduire par des qualités d'impression,\n" #~ "des vitesses et des paramètres ajustables différents." #~ msgid "" @@ -8950,10 +8151,8 @@ #~ "Apply. To display all PPD files, click Clear.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Filtrage des fichiers PPD</big> \n" -#~ "Pour filtrer les PPD qui seront affichés, définissez le Filtre et " -#~ "cliquez sur\n" -#~ "Appliquer. Pour afficher tous les fichiers PPD, cliquez sur " -#~ "Effacer.\n" +#~ "Pour filtrer les PPD qui seront affichés, définissez le Filtre et cliquez sur\n" +#~ "Appliquer. Pour afficher tous les fichiers PPD, cliquez sur Effacer.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 #~ msgid "" @@ -8962,8 +8161,7 @@ #~ "Select Model.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Sélection du modèle</big> \n" -#~ "Pour sélectionner le modèle de l'imprimante au lieu du fichier PPD, " -#~ "cliquez sur \n" +#~ "Pour sélectionner le modèle de l'imprimante au lieu du fichier PPD, cliquez sur \n" #~ "Sélectionner le modèle.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__139 @@ -8972,16 +8170,14 @@ #~ "Set users that may or may not use this printer or class.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Restrictions</BIG> \n" -#~ "Définissez les utilisateurs qui peuvent ou non utiliser cette imprimante " -#~ "ou cette classe.\n" +#~ "Définissez les utilisateurs qui peuvent ou non utiliser cette imprimante ou cette classe.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__140 #~ msgid "" #~ "A printer cannot print if it is stopped or rejecting jobs.\n" #~ " Select the requested state for the printer here.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'imprimante ne peut pas imprimer si elle est arrêtée ou rejette les " -#~ "travaux d'impression.\n" +#~ "L'imprimante ne peut pas imprimer si elle est arrêtée ou rejette les travaux d'impression.\n" #~ " Sélectionnez ici l'état requis pour l'imprimante.\n" # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__50 @@ -9008,8 +8204,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Éléments de la classe</BIG> \n" #~ "Cette option répertorie les imprimantes appartenant à une classe.\n" -#~ " Si vous imprimez dans une classe, le travail est envoyé à l'un de ses " -#~ "membres.\n" +#~ " Si vous imprimez dans une classe, le travail est envoyé à l'un de ses membres.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__143 #~ msgid "" @@ -9038,8 +8233,7 @@ #~ "Press Cancel if you do not want to save changes." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Abandon des modifications</BIG> \n" -#~ "Cliquez sur Annuler si vous ne souhaitez pas enregistrer les " -#~ "modifications." +#~ "Cliquez sur Annuler si vous ne souhaitez pas enregistrer les modifications." #~ msgid "Select the PPD file to add to the database." #~ msgstr "Sélectionner le fichier PPD à ajouter à la base de données." @@ -9047,13 +8241,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Downloading a PPD File</big> \n" #~ "Enter the URL from which to download a PPD file.\n" -#~ "If necessary, also specify the username and password for authentication.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "If necessary, also specify the username and password for authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Téléchargement d'un fichier PPD</big> \n" #~ "Entrez l'URL à partir de laquelle télécharger un fichier PPD.\n" -#~ "Si nécessaire, indiquez également le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe " -#~ "d'authentification.\n" +#~ "Si nécessaire, indiquez également le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe d'authentification.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Listening to Remote CUPS Servers</BIG> \n" @@ -9063,11 +8255,9 @@ #~ "received in detail, click Select Addresses.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Écoute des serveurs CUPS distants</BIG> \n" -#~ "Pour accéder à toutes les files d'attente IPP distantes en diffusion, " -#~ "sélectionnez \n" +#~ "Pour accéder à toutes les files d'attente IPP distantes en diffusion, sélectionnez \n" #~ "Écouter les paquets de diffusion IPP.\n" -#~ "Pour définir dans le détail à partir de quelles adresses les diffusions " -#~ "IPP doivent être\n" +#~ "Pour définir dans le détail à partir de quelles adresses les diffusions IPP doivent être\n" #~ "reçues, cliquez sur Sélectionner les adresses.\n" # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__14 @@ -9519,8 +8709,7 @@ #~ "À l'étape suivante, seules les imprimantes locales sont détectées.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Dans certains cas, la détection peut\n" -#~ "figer le système. Si le système est figé, sélectionnez Sauter la " -#~ "détection\n" +#~ "figer le système. Si le système est figé, sélectionnez Sauter la détection\n" #~ "lors de la prochaine configuration de l'imprimante.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous détecter vos imprimantes maintenant ?" @@ -9675,12 +8864,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Changer" #~ msgid "Listening to CUPS servers to provide access to remote queues %1" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Écoute des serveurs CUPS pour fournir un accès aux files distantes %1" +#~ msgstr "Écoute des serveurs CUPS pour fournir un accès aux files distantes %1" #~ msgid "Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is closed by firewall %1" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le port d'écoute des serveurs CUPS distants est fermé par le pare-feu %1" +#~ msgstr "Le port d'écoute des serveurs CUPS distants est fermé par le pare-feu %1" #~ msgid "Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is open on %1 %2" #~ msgstr "Le port d'écoute des serveurs CUPS distants est ouvert sur %1 %2" @@ -9731,9 +8918,7 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__149 #~ msgid "Unable to print a test page. You are using a different spooler." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impression d'une page de test impossible. Vous utilisez un spouleur " -#~ "différent." +#~ msgstr "Impression d'une page de test impossible. Vous utilisez un spouleur différent." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__149 #~ msgid "" @@ -9804,19 +8989,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Options :" #~ msgid "The border lines start and end at the edges of the imageable area." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les lignes de bordure commencent et terminent aux limites de la zone " -#~ "image." +#~ msgstr "Les lignes de bordure commencent et terminent aux limites de la zone image." #~ msgid "They have 1 inch or 2 cm to the edges of the imageable area." #~ msgstr "Il y a 1 pouce ou 2 cm jusqu'aux limites de la zone image." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript " -#~ "driver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La zone image actuelle dépend du modèle d'imprimante et du pilote " -#~ "Ghostscript." +#~ msgid "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript driver." +#~ msgstr "La zone image actuelle dépend du modèle d'imprimante et du pilote Ghostscript." #~ msgid "Here it begins on the bottom left at" #~ msgstr "Commence en bas à gauche à" @@ -9876,8 +9055,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'impression s'est arrêtée.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si l'imprimante poursuit l'impression, cliquez sur son bouton de " -#~ "réinitialisation\n" +#~ "Si l'imprimante poursuit l'impression, cliquez sur son bouton de réinitialisation\n" #~ "ou retirez tout le papier qui se trouve dans son bac.\n" #~ "Après l'arrêt de l'impression, mettez l'imprimante hors tension,\n" #~ "attendez 10 secondes, puis remettez-la sous tension.\n" @@ -9897,16 +9075,13 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #~ msgid "An error occurred while creating the printer database." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création de la base de données " -#~ "d'imprimantes." +#~ msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la création de la base de données d'imprimantes." #~ msgid "" #~ "An error occurred while saving queue %1.\n" #~ "Try selecting the printer model again." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'enregistrement de la file d'attente " -#~ "%1.\n" +#~ "Une erreur s'est produite lors de l'enregistrement de la file d'attente %1.\n" #~ "Tentez de sélectionner de nouveau le modèle d'imprimante." #~ msgid "Error: Detected Error in PPD File" @@ -10055,8 +9230,7 @@ # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__36 #~ msgid "An error occurred with the CUPS daemon during initialization." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une erreur s'est produite avec le démon CUPS au cours de l'initialisation." +#~ msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite avec le démon CUPS au cours de l'initialisation." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__187 #~ msgid "" @@ -10177,10 +9351,8 @@ #~ "here. Proceed to the next dialog to select the printer model\n" #~ "and test the queue after the printer model is selected." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les files d'attente qui effectuent un filtrage local ne peuvent être " -#~ "testées\n" -#~ "ici. Passez à la boîte de dialogue suivante pour sélectionner le modèle " -#~ "de l'imprimante\n" +#~ "Les files d'attente qui effectuent un filtrage local ne peuvent être testées\n" +#~ "ici. Passez à la boîte de dialogue suivante pour sélectionner le modèle de l'imprimante\n" #~ "et tester la file d'attente." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__66 @@ -10298,8 +9470,7 @@ #~ "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" #~ "To open the firewall to accept IPP broadcast packets\n" #~ "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -#~ "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall " -#~ "Details.\n" +#~ "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" #~ "This option is available only if the firewall is enabled." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Paramètres du pare-feu</big> \n" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/product-creator.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -373,8 +373,7 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__358 #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "Press Next to start creating the ISO file." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Suivant pour commencer à créer le fichier ISO." +msgstr "Cliquez sur Suivant pour commencer à créer le fichier ISO." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__359 #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 @@ -398,8 +397,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." -msgstr "" -"Copie des fichiers additionnels et personnalisés dans l'arborescence..." +msgstr "Copie des fichiers additionnels et personnalisés dans l'arborescence..." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__364 #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 @@ -590,35 +588,23 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Démarrez la création d'une nouvelle configuration d'image avec " -"Ajouter." +msgstr "Démarrez la création d'une nouvelle configuration d'image avec Ajouter." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__22 #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Éditer pour modifier la configuration d'image " -"sélectionnée ou pour créer l'image." +msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." +msgstr "Cliquez sur Éditer pour modifier la configuration d'image sélectionnée ou pour créer l'image." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "" -"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"Delete." -msgstr "" -"Supprimer le répertoire contenant la configuration sélectionnée en " -"cliquant sur Effacer." +msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." +msgstr "Supprimer le répertoire contenant la configuration sélectionnée en cliquant sur Effacer." #. help text, %1 is directory #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les configurations d'images sont sauvegardées dans le répertoire " -"<tt>%1</tt>." +msgstr "Toutes les configurations d'images sont sauvegardées dans le répertoire <tt>%1</tt>." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__121 #. main dialog caption @@ -767,8 +753,7 @@ #. check box label #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space." -msgstr "" -"Copier uniquement les fichiers nécessaires pour économiser de l'espace." +msgstr "Copier uniquement les fichiers nécessaires pour économiser de l'espace." # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_01_04_0147__52 #. text entry label @@ -939,14 +924,12 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sélectionnez une des sélections de base suivantes et cliquez sur " -"Sélection Détaillée\n" +"Sélectionnez une des sélections de base suivantes et cliquez sur Sélection Détaillée\n" "pour ajouter plus de sélections et de paquetscomplémentaires.\n" "" @@ -979,30 +962,22 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" "<big>Signature</big> \n" -"Pour permettre aux utilisateurs de vérifier votre produit, signez le avec " -"une clé GPG. \n" +"Pour permettre aux utilisateurs de vérifier votre produit, signez le avec une clé GPG. \n" "Cette clé est vérifiée lorsque le produit est ajouté en tant que dépôt." #. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information." +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." msgstr "" -"Si le produit n'est pas signé, YaST ajoute automatiquement l'option " -"'Insecure: \n" -"1' au fichier de configuration de linuxrc, sinon linuxrc refuserais de " -"charger un système d'installation non signé au démarrage. Voir http://en." -"opensuse.org/Linuxrc pour plus d'informations." +"Si le produit n'est pas signé, YaST ajoute automatiquement l'option 'Insecure: \n" +"1' au fichier de configuration de linuxrc, sinon linuxrc refuserais de charger un système d'installation non signé au démarrage. Voir http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc pour plus d'informations." #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" @@ -1052,8 +1027,7 @@ "Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Vérifiez les données dans le résumé, puis cliquez sur Suivant pour " -"continuer.\n" +"Vérifiez les données dans le résumé, puis cliquez sur Suivant pour continuer.\n" "\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -1065,22 +1039,18 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Options d'amorçage</big> \n" -"Ajoutez des entrées additionnelles dans le menu d'amorçage avec leurs " -"options d'amorçage.\n" +"Ajoutez des entrées additionnelles dans le menu d'amorçage avec leurs options d'amorçage.\n" "\n" #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" msgstr "" "Par exemple, \n" -"vous pouvez configurer le CD pour des installations automatiques et " -"spécifier l'emplacement\n" -"source pour l'installation. Si vous n'êtes pas certain, ne modifiez pas le " -"fichier et l'original\n" +"vous pouvez configurer le CD pour des installations automatiques et spécifier l'emplacement\n" +"source pour l'installation. Si vous n'êtes pas certain, ne modifiez pas le fichier et l'original\n" "sera utilisé.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 @@ -1097,8 +1067,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur " -"Interrompre.\n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -1160,21 +1129,17 @@ "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product." msgstr "" -"Utilisez Créer un produit pour créer l'image ISO ou le dossier " -"de \n" +"Utilisez Créer un produit pour créer l'image ISO ou le dossier de \n" "dépôt d'installation avec le produit sélectionné." #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." msgstr "" "Cliquez sur Créer une image avec KIWI pour configurer différents\n" -"types d'images, comme un média Live ou une image Xen grâce au créateur " -"d'image KIWI." +"types d'images, comme un média Live ou une image Xen grâce au créateur d'image KIWI." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 @@ -1209,12 +1174,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Gestionnaire de logiciels\n" -"Utilisez le gestionnaire de logiciels sans paquets pré-sélectionnés. Notez " -"que\n" -"tous les paquets automatiquement sélectionnés lors de l'installation doivent " -"être\n" -"sélectionnés manuellement selon le type de matériel et d'architecture pour " -"lesquels\n" +"Utilisez le gestionnaire de logiciels sans paquets pré-sélectionnés. Notez que\n" +"tous les paquets automatiquement sélectionnés lors de l'installation doivent être\n" +"sélectionnés manuellement selon le type de matériel et d'architecture pour lesquels\n" "vous créez ce CD.\n" "\n" @@ -1231,24 +1193,18 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Architecture cible</big> \n" -"Il est possible de créer un produit pour une architecture différente de " -"celle de la machine\n" +"Il est possible de créer un produit pour une architecture différente de celle de la machine\n" "sur laquelle vous travaillez actuellement.\n" "Tous les dépôts sélectionnés doivent supporter l'architecture cible. \n" -"Note : KIWI ne supportent pas encore les architectures différentes, " -"ne modifiez pas\n" -"l'architecture si vous avez l'intention de créer des images KIWI depuis la " -"configuration actuelle.\n" +"Note : KIWI ne supportent pas encore les architectures différentes, ne modifiez pas\n" +"l'architecture si vous avez l'intention de créer des images KIWI depuis la configuration actuelle.\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 @@ -1296,39 +1252,28 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" -"Un des dépôts utilisés doit être marqué comme le produit de base. Le " -"dépôt\n" -"du produit de base devrait être amorçable pour s'assurer que le nouveau " -"produit créé est aussi\n" +"Un des dépôts utilisés doit être marqué comme le produit de base. Le dépôt\n" +"du produit de base devrait être amorçable pour s'assurer que le nouveau produit créé est aussi\n" "amorçable.\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Les autres dépôts seront utilisés comme des suppléments pour le dépôt de " -"base." +msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." +msgstr "Les autres dépôts seront utilisés comme des suppléments pour le dépôt de base." #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" -"Le créateur du produit résout des dépendances des produits sélectionnés " -"et propose\n" -"le produit de base. Si la valeur proposée est erronée, sélectionnez le bon " -"dépôt de base\n" +"Le créateur du produit résout des dépendances des produits sélectionnés et propose\n" +"le produit de base. Si la valeur proposée est erronée, sélectionnez le bon dépôt de base\n" "de la liste.\n" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__79 @@ -1523,28 +1468,20 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -" Les paquets de la section '%1' ne sont pas disponibles avec les dépôts " -"sélectionnés : \n" +" Les paquets de la section '%1' ne sont pas disponibles avec les dépôts sélectionnés : \n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Vous pouvez supprimer les paquets de la section, vérifier la selection de " -"paquet détaillée ou ignorer la situation.\n" +"Vous pouvez supprimer les paquets de la section, vérifier la selection de paquet détaillée ou ignorer la situation.\n" "\n" -"Aller à la selection de paquets détaillée et accepter la vue sans aucune " -"autre modification entrainera la suppression des paquets problématiques de " -"la section.\n" +"Aller à la selection de paquets détaillée et accepter la vue sans aucune autre modification entrainera la suppression des paquets problématiques de la section.\n" "\n" #. button label @@ -1677,9 +1614,7 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." msgstr "" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__68 @@ -1698,13 +1633,10 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez la valeur pour la Compression de l'image. Cela " -"modifiera la valeur des \n" -"flags du type d'image. Reportez vous au manuel kiwi pour connaitre la " -"signification des valeurs disponibles." +"Sélectionnez la valeur pour la Compression de l'image. Cela modifiera la valeur des \n" +"flags du type d'image. Reportez vous au manuel kiwi pour connaitre la signification des valeurs disponibles." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__48 #. combo box label @@ -1721,17 +1653,12 @@ # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__82 #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 msgid "Adapt the software selection with Change." -msgstr "" -"Adapter votre sélection de logiciels en cliquant sur Changer." +msgstr "Adapter votre sélection de logiciels en cliquant sur Changer." #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line." -msgstr "" -"Pour les logiciels ignorés, ajoutez chaque entrée (comme " -"'smtp_daemon') sur une nouvelle ligne." +msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." +msgstr "Pour les logiciels ignorés, ajoutez chaque entrée (comme 'smtp_daemon') sur une nouvelle ligne." # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__79 #. label @@ -1741,12 +1668,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image." -msgstr "" -"Chaque valeur de Paquets à effacer est un paquet à supprimer de " -"l'image cible." +msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." +msgstr "Chaque valeur de Paquets à effacer est un paquet à supprimer de l'image cible." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__148 #. textentry label @@ -1769,12 +1692,10 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" "Défini la Taille de l'image dans l'Unité spécifiée.\n" -"Si Additions est séléctionnée, la signification de Taille est " -"différente : il s'agit du minimum d'espace libre disponible sur l'image. " +"Si Additions est séléctionnée, la signification de Taille est différente : il s'agit du minimum d'espace libre disponible sur l'image. " # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_16_1943__0 #. combo box label (MB/GB values) @@ -1796,12 +1717,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " -"and enter the password." -msgstr "" -"Pour créer un système de fichiers crypté, cochez Crypter l'image avec " -"LUKS et entrez le mot de passe." +msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." +msgstr "Pour créer un système de fichiers crypté, cochez Crypter l'image avec LUKS et entrez le mot de passe." # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__49 #. textentry label @@ -1812,15 +1729,12 @@ #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." -msgstr "" -"Éditez les scripts de configuration utilisés pour construire votre image." -"" +msgstr "Éditez les scripts de configuration utilisés pour construire votre image." #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "Point to the configuration directories for building your image." -msgstr "" -"Accédez aux dossiers de configuration pour construire votre image." +msgstr "Accédez aux dossiers de configuration pour construire votre image." # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__125 #. textentry label @@ -1830,14 +1744,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Définir le chemin du dossier contenant la configuration système " -"(le dossier <tt>racine</tt>). Le dossier sera entièrement copié à la racine " -"de l'image en utilisant <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Définir le chemin du dossier contenant la configuration système (le dossier <tt>racine</tt>). Le dossier sera entièrement copié à la racine de l'image en utilisant <tt>cp -a</tt>." # TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__125 #. label (above table) @@ -1852,14 +1760,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Configurer le Répertoire contenant la configuration système (le " -"dossier <tt>root</tt>). Le dossier est alors copié entièrement à la racine " -"de votre image disque avec <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Configurer le Répertoire contenant la configuration système (le dossier <tt>root</tt>). Le dossier est alors copié entièrement à la racine de votre image disque avec <tt>cp -a</tt>." # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_01_04_0147__5 #. label (above table) @@ -1875,14 +1777,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages." -msgstr "" -"Configurer le Dossier contenant les scripts (le dossier " -"<tt>config</tt>). Il contient les scripts utilisés après l'installation de " -"tous les paquets de l'image." +msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "Configurer le Dossier contenant les scripts (le dossier <tt>config</tt>). Il contient les scripts utilisés après l'installation de tous les paquets de l'image." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 @@ -1904,14 +1800,8 @@ msgstr "Script de configuration de l'i&mage" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run." -msgstr "" -"Éditer votre Script de configuration de l'image, appelé <tt>config." -"sh</tt>. Ce script est exécuté à la fin de l'installation mais avant " -"l'exécution des scripts des paquets." +msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." +msgstr "Éditer votre Script de configuration de l'image, appelé <tt>config.sh</tt>. Ce script est exécuté à la fin de l'installation mais avant l'exécution des scripts des paquets." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 @@ -1919,14 +1809,8 @@ msgstr "&Chemin d'accès au dossier contenant les scripts" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Le dossier contenant les scriptsoptionnel (le dossier <tt>config</" -"tt>) contient les scripts exécuté après l'installation de tous les paquets " -"de l'image." +msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "Le dossier contenant les scriptsoptionnel (le dossier <tt>config</tt>) contient les scripts exécuté après l'installation de tous les paquets de l'image." #. push button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 @@ -1940,12 +1824,8 @@ msgstr "Script de nettoyage" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process." -msgstr "" -"Éditer votre Script de nettoyage (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Ce script " -"est exécuté au début de la création d'image." +msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgstr "Éditer votre Script de nettoyage (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Ce script est exécuté au début de la création d'image." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__279 #. textentry label @@ -1960,12 +1840,8 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image Specification." -msgstr "" -"Indiquez l' Auteur de l'image, son Contact, et les " -"spécifications de l'image." +msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." +msgstr "Indiquez l' Auteur de l'image, son Contact, et les spécifications de l'image." # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__23 #. textentry label @@ -1992,12 +1868,8 @@ #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." -msgstr "" -" La valeur de Localisation (exemple. <tt>fr_FR</tt>) définie le " -"contenu de la variable RC_LANG dans <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>. " +msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgstr " La valeur de Localisation (exemple. <tt>fr_FR</tt>) définie le contenu de la variable RC_LANG dans <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>. " # TLABEL keyboard_2002_03_14_2340__2 #. textentry label @@ -2007,13 +1879,8 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Disposition du clavier spécifie le nom du mappage clavier à " -"utiliser. La valeur correspond à un fichier map dans <tt>/usr/share/kbd/" -"keymaps</tt>." +msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgstr "Disposition du clavier spécifie le nom du mappage clavier à utiliser. La valeur correspond à un fichier map dans <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__258 #. textentry label @@ -2023,21 +1890,14 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -" Il est possible de définir un fuseau horaire spécifique. Les " -"fuseaux horaires disponibles se trouvent dans le dossier <tt>/usr/share/" -"zoneinfo</tt>. " +msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgstr " Il est possible de définir un fuseau horaire spécifique. Les fuseaux horaires disponibles se trouvent dans le dossier <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>. " # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__34 #. general help for users tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "Create users that should be available on the target system." -msgstr "" -"Créez les utilisateurs qui doivent être disponibles sur le système cible</" -"p>" +msgstr "Créez les utilisateurs qui doivent être disponibles sur le système cible" # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__4 #. table header @@ -2077,12 +1937,10 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " -"Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour chaque utilisateur, précisez son Nom, son Mot de passe</" -"b>, son répertoire personnel\n" +"Pour chaque utilisateur, précisez son Nom, son Mot de passe, son répertoire personnel\n" "et un groupe auquel les utilisateurs appartiennent.\n" # TLABEL printerdb_2002_03_15_0210__3 @@ -2117,22 +1975,13 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Entrer le nom de votre configuration image. Initialiser la nouvelle " -"configuration depuis un modèle de la liste ou depuis le répertoire contenant " -"une configuration existante" +msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." +msgstr "Entrer le nom de votre configuration image. Initialiser la nouvelle configuration depuis un modèle de la liste ou depuis le répertoire contenant une configuration existante" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Placer le modèle de configuration personnalisé dans le répertoire <tt>%1</" -"tt>." +msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +msgstr "Placer le modèle de configuration personnalisé dans le répertoire <tt>%1</tt>." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__34 #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. @@ -2143,19 +1992,12 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 msgid "Select Output Directory for the created image." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner le répertoire de destination pour l'image créée." +msgstr "Sélectionner le répertoire de destination pour l'image créée." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " -"system repositories." -msgstr "" -"Modifier la liste des dépôts de paquet qui seront utilisés pour " -"créer l'image. utiliser Ajouter depuis le système pour ajouter un des " -"dépôts du système actuel." +msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." +msgstr "Modifier la liste des dépôts de paquet qui seront utilisés pour créer l'image. utiliser Ajouter depuis le système pour ajouter un des dépôts du système actuel." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__22 #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. @@ -2177,12 +2019,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Le répertoire sélectionné ne contient pas de description valide de la " -"configuration système." +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgstr "Le répertoire sélectionné ne contient pas de description valide de la configuration système." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__135 #. busy popup @@ -2623,8 +2461,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -#~ "Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" #~ "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2676,24 +2513,20 @@ #~| msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product" #~ msgid "Path to file with standard output" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Chemin du répertoire contenant les produits complémentaires existants" +#~ msgstr "Chemin du répertoire contenant les produits complémentaires existants" #~| msgid "Pa&th to Directory with Scripts" #~ msgid "Path to file with error output" #~ msgstr "&Chemin d'accès au dossier contenant les scripts" #~ msgid "Set the image Size in the specified Unit." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Indiquez la Taille de l'image dans l' Unité spécifiée.</" -#~ "b>" +#~ msgstr "Indiquez la Taille de l'image dans l' Unité spécifiée." #~ msgid "" #~ "The source does not support the architecture of this machine (%1).\n" #~ "Select another source.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cette source ne prend pas en charge l'architecture de cette machine " -#~ "(%1).\n" +#~ "Cette source ne prend pas en charge l'architecture de cette machine (%1).\n" #~ "Sélectionnez une autre source.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__365 @@ -2730,18 +2563,14 @@ #~ msgstr "C&onfigurer..." #~ msgid "Create a new boot image with Configure." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Créez une nouvelle image amorçable en cliquant sur Configurer." -#~ "" +#~ msgstr "Créez une nouvelle image amorçable en cliquant sur Configurer." # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__69 #~ msgid "&Group name" #~ msgstr "Nom du &groupe" #~ msgid "Select the Group Name to which the users belong." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sélectionnez le nom de groupe duquel les utilisateurs seront " -#~ "membres." +#~ msgstr "Sélectionnez le nom de groupe duquel les utilisateurs seront membres." # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__32 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/proxy.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -231,19 +231,14 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" "Configurez vos paramètres de proxy internet (mise en cache) ici.\n" -"Remarque : Il est généralement recommandé de vous reloguer pour " -"que les paramètres\n" -"soient pris en compte, cependant, dans certains cas, l'application peut " -"intégrer les nouveaux paramètres\n" -"immédiatement. Veuillez vérifier ce que votre application (naviguateur web, " -"client ftp, ...) supporte. " +"Remarque : Il est généralement recommandé de vous reloguer pour que les paramètres\n" +"soient pris en compte, cependant, dans certains cas, l'application peut intégrer les nouveaux paramètres\n" +"immédiatement. Veuillez vérifier ce que votre application (naviguateur web, client ftp, ...) supporte. " #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 @@ -259,12 +254,10 @@ #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" -"URL du proxy HTTPS est le nom du serveur proxy pour votre accès " -"sécurisé au\n" +"URL du proxy HTTPS est le nom du serveur proxy pour votre accès sécurisé au\n" "World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 @@ -291,10 +284,8 @@ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous sélectionnez Utiliser le même proxy pour tous les protocoles</" -"b>, il\n" -"suffit de compléter l'URL du proxy HTTP. Il sera utilisé ensuite pour tous " -"les protocoles\n" +"Si vous sélectionnez Utiliser le même proxy pour tous les protocoles, il\n" +"suffit de compléter l'URL du proxy HTTP. Il sera utilisé ensuite pour tous les protocoles\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS et FTP).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 @@ -305,10 +296,8 @@ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" "for example, %1.\n" msgstr "" -"Domaines no proxy est une liste de domaines, séparés par des " -"virgules\n" -"pour lesquels les requêtes doivent être effectuées directement sans " -"caching,\n" +"Domaines no proxy est une liste de domaines, séparés par des virgules\n" +"pour lesquels les requêtes doivent être effectuées directement sans caching,\n" "par exemple, %1.\n" #. Proxy dialog help 7/8 @@ -317,14 +306,11 @@ msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" -"p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" msgstr "" "Si vous utilisez un serveur proxy avec authentification, entrez\n" -"les Nom d'utilisateur proxy et Mot de passe proxy. Un nom " -"d'utilisateur valide\n" -"est constitué uniquement de caractères ASCII imprimables (excepté les " -"guillemets).\n" +"les Nom d'utilisateur proxy et Mot de passe proxy. Un nom d'utilisateur valide\n" +"est constitué uniquement de caractères ASCII imprimables (excepté les guillemets).\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__12 #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 @@ -435,9 +421,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:701 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." -msgstr "" -"Vous ne pouvez pas entrer un mot de passe et laisser le nom d'utilisateur " -"vide." +msgstr "Vous ne pouvez pas entrer un mot de passe et laisser le nom d'utilisateur vide." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text @@ -513,9 +497,7 @@ #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "" -"Il est recommandé de se ré-identifier pour appliquer les nouveaux paramètres " -"du proxy." +msgstr "Il est recommandé de se ré-identifier pour appliquer les nouveaux paramètres du proxy." # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__14 #. Write routing settings and apply changes Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/qt-pkg.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/qt-pkg.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/qt-pkg.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -354,20 +354,12 @@ msgstr "&Annuler" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuler le remplacement</a> " -"des paquets système par les versions du dépôt %2" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Annuler le remplacement</a> des paquets système par les versions du dépôt %2" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Remplacer les paquets système</a> par " -"les versions de ce dépôt (%2)" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Remplacer les paquets système</a> par les versions de ce dépôt (%2)" # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__66 #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 @@ -401,16 +393,8 @@ msgstr "Erreur : espace disque insuffisant !" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " -"deselect some packages." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez choisir d'installer malgré tout mais vous courez le risque de " -"corrompre votre système qui nécessitera alors des réparations manuelles. Si " -"vous n'êtes pas absolument certain de la procédure à suivre dans un tel cas, " -"appuyez maintenant sur Annuler et désélectionnez certains paquets." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "Vous pouvez choisir d'installer malgré tout mais vous courez le risque de corrompre votre système qui nécessitera alors des réparations manuelles. Si vous n'êtes pas absolument certain de la procédure à suivre dans un tel cas, appuyez maintenant sur Annuler et désélectionnez certains paquets." # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__23 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 @@ -437,12 +421,8 @@ msgstr "Modifications automatiques" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Outre vos sélections manuelles, les paquets suivants ont été modifiés pour " -"résoudre des dépendances :" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "Outre vos sélections manuelles, les paquets suivants ont été modifiés pour résoudre des dépendances :" # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__23 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 @@ -457,12 +437,8 @@ msgstr "Paquets non supportés" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Comprenez bien que les logiciels sélectionnés suivants sont soit non " -"supportés, soit requièrent un contrat client supplémentaire pour le support." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Comprenez bien que les logiciels sélectionnés suivants sont soit non supportés, soit requièrent un contrat client supplémentaire pour le support." # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__2 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 @@ -476,220 +452,101 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Note : Ceci n'est qu'un bref aperçu. Consultez votre manuel pour plus " -"de détails." +msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "Note : Ceci n'est qu'un bref aperçu. Consultez votre manuel pour plus de détails." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "" -"Dans cette boîte de dialogue, sélectionnez les correctifs à télécharger et à " -"installer." +msgstr "Dans cette boîte de dialogue, sélectionnez les correctifs à télécharger et à installer." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"La liste à gauche répertorie les correctifs disponibles ainsi que leur type " -"(sécurité, recommandé ou optionnel) et la taille (estimée) de téléchargement." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "La liste à gauche répertorie les correctifs disponibles ainsi que leur type (sécurité, recommandé ou optionnel) et la taille (estimée) de téléchargement." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" -"b> check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Cette liste ne contient normalement que les correctifs qui ne sont pas " -"encore installés sur votre système. Vous pouvez changer cela à l'aide de la " -"case à cocher Inclure les correctifs installés sous la liste." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." +msgstr "Cette liste ne contient normalement que les correctifs qui ne sont pas encore installés sur votre système. Vous pouvez changer cela à l'aide de la case à cocher Inclure les correctifs installés sous la liste." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Le champ Description du correctif contient une explication plus " -"complète au sujet du correctif actuellement sélectionné. Cliquez sur un " -"correctif dans la liste pour afficher sa description ici." +msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "Le champ Description du correctif contient une explication plus complète au sujet du correctif actuellement sélectionné. Cliquez sur un correctif dans la liste pour afficher sa description ici." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"La liste de paquets à droite affiche le contenu du correctif actuellement " -"sélectionné, c'est à dire, les paquets qu'il contient. Vous ne pouvez pas " -"installer ou supprimer individuellement des paquets appartenant à un " -"correctif, mais seulement le correctif dans son ensemble. Ceci est " -"intentionnel afin d'éviter des incohérences du système." +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "La liste de paquets à droite affiche le contenu du correctif actuellement sélectionné, c'est à dire, les paquets qu'il contient. Vous ne pouvez pas installer ou supprimer individuellement des paquets appartenant à un correctif, mais seulement le correctif dans son ensemble. Ceci est intentionnel afin d'éviter des incohérences du système." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Outre les correctifs, vous pouvez également sélectionner une des " -"autres vues de filtrage dans Filtre en haut à gauche :" +msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "Outre les correctifs, vous pouvez également sélectionner une des autres vues de filtrage dans Filtre en haut à gauche :" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"Dans cette boite de dialogue, sélectionnez les paquets à installer, mettre à " -"jour ou supprimer. Vous pouvez sélectionner des paquets individuellement ou " -"des \"sélections\" de paquets dans leur intégralité." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "Dans cette boite de dialogue, sélectionnez les paquets à installer, mettre à jour ou supprimer. Vous pouvez sélectionner des paquets individuellement ou des \"sélections\" de paquets dans leur intégralité." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur l'icône d'état pour un paquet ou une sélection pour changer " -"l'état ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris pour ouvrir un menu " -"contextuel." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Cliquez sur l'icône d'état pour un paquet ou une sélection pour changer l'état ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris pour ouvrir un menu contextuel." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez le bouton Vérifier les dépendances pour résoudre les " -"dépendances. Certains paquets requièrent d'autres paquets pour être " -"installés. Mais aussi, certains paquets ne peuvent être installés que si " -"d'autres paquets ne sont pas installés. Ce processus de vérification va " -"automatiquement marquer les paquets nécessaires et vous avertira s'il y a " -"des conflits au niveau des dépendances." +msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Utilisez le bouton Vérifier les dépendances pour résoudre les dépendances. Certains paquets requièrent d'autres paquets pour être installés. Mais aussi, certains paquets ne peuvent être installés que si d'autres paquets ne sont pas installés. Ce processus de vérification va automatiquement marquer les paquets nécessaires et vous avertira s'il y a des conflits au niveau des dépendances." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"Si vous quittez cette boite de dialogue en appuyant sur Accepter, " -"cette vérification sera automatiquement réalisée." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "Si vous quittez cette boite de dialogue en appuyant sur Accepter, cette vérification sera automatiquement réalisée." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez une des vues de filtres disponibles avec la boîte Filtre " -"en haut à gauche :" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Sélectionnez une des vues de filtres disponibles avec la boîte Filtre en haut à gauche :" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"Sélections affiche certains jeux prédéfinis de paquets qui vont " -"logiquement ensemble." +msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "Sélections affiche certains jeux prédéfinis de paquets qui vont logiquement ensemble." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Utiliser la case à cocher de la sélection pour la sélectionner dans son " -"ensemble.Vous pouvez également sélectionner ou désélectionner des paquets " -"individuellement dans la liste de paquets à droite." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Utiliser la case à cocher de la sélection pour la sélectionner dans son ensemble.Vous pouvez également sélectionner ou désélectionner des paquets individuellement dans la liste de paquets à droite." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"Groupes de paquets affiche les paquets par catégorie. Vous pouvez " -"déployer ou masquer des éléments de l'arborescence pour préciser ou " -"généraliser des catégories. Cliquez sur une catégorie pour afficher les " -"paquets de cette catégorie dans la liste de paquets à droite." +msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "Groupes de paquets affiche les paquets par catégorie. Vous pouvez déployer ou masquer des éléments de l'arborescence pour préciser ou généraliser des catégories. Cliquez sur une catégorie pour afficher les paquets de cette catégorie dans la liste de paquets à droite." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -"Astuce : il existe une entrée \"zzz Tous\" à la fin de cette liste " -"qui affiche tous les paquets. Ceci peut prendre quelques secondes sur des " -"machines lentes." +msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr "Astuce : il existe une entrée \"zzz Tous\" à la fin de cette liste qui affiche tous les paquets. Ceci peut prendre quelques secondes sur des machines lentes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"Recherche vous permet de rechercher des paquets en fonction de divers " -"critères. C'est généralement la méthode la plus simple pour trouver un " -"paquet dont vous connaissez le nom." +msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "Recherche vous permet de rechercher des paquets en fonction de divers critères. C'est généralement la méthode la plus simple pour trouver un paquet dont vous connaissez le nom." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "" -"Astuce : vous pouvez aussi utiliser cela pour savoir quel paquet " -"contient une certaine bibliothèque. Recherchez dans le champ RPM Fournit</" -"b>." +msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "Astuce : vous pouvez aussi utiliser cela pour savoir quel paquet contient une certaine bibliothèque. Recherchez dans le champ RPM Fournit." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"Résumé de l'installation par défaut affiche les modifications " -"apportées à votre système -- quels paquets seront installés, supprimés ou " -"actualisés." +msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "Résumé de l'installation par défaut affiche les modifications apportées à votre système -- quels paquets seront installés, supprimés ou actualisés." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " -"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"C'est généralement une bonne idée d'utiliser l'option Vérifier les " -"dépendances puis d'afficher le Résumé de l'installation avant de " -"cliquer sur Accepter. Ainsi, vous pouvez voir tous les changements " -"qui seront opérés sur votre système." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "C'est généralement une bonne idée d'utiliser l'option Vérifier les dépendances puis d'afficher le Résumé de l'installation avant de cliquer sur Accepter. Ainsi, vous pouvez voir tous les changements qui seront opérés sur votre système." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez également sélectionner quels paquets dans quel état vous désirez " -"voir ici ; utilisez les cases à cocher à gauche." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "Vous pouvez également sélectionner quels paquets dans quel état vous désirez voir ici ; utilisez les cases à cocher à gauche." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"Astuce : vous pouvez aussi inverser l'effet de ce filtre. Vous pouvez " -"voir quels paquets demeurent inchangés sur votre système. Cochez simplement " -"Conserver et désélectionnez tout le reste." +msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "Astuce : vous pouvez aussi inverser l'effet de ce filtre. Vous pouvez voir quels paquets demeurent inchangés sur votre système. Cochez simplement Conserver et désélectionnez tout le reste." # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__49 #. Make sure all images used here are specified in @@ -745,12 +602,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Ce paquet est déjà installé. L'actualiser ou le réinstaller (s'il s'agit de " -"la même version)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Ce paquet est déjà installé. L'actualiser ou le réinstaller (s'il s'agit de la même version)." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__155 #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -775,22 +628,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Ce paquet n'est pas installé et ne doit surtout pas l'être, tout " -"spécialement en raison de dépendances non résolues qui peuvent ou pourront " -"affecter d'autres paquets. " +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Ce paquet n'est pas installé et ne doit surtout pas l'être, tout spécialement en raison de dépendances non résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres paquets. " #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Les paquets définis comme \"tabou\" sont traités comme s'ils n'existaient " -"sur aucun support d'installation." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Les paquets définis comme \"tabou\" sont traités comme s'ils n'existaient sur aucun support d'installation." # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__42 #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -800,22 +643,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Ce paquet est installé et ne devrait pas être modifié, tout spécialement en " -"raison de dépendances non résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres " -"paquets." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Ce paquet est installé et ne devrait pas être modifié, tout spécialement en raison de dépendances non résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres paquets." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Utiliser cet état pour des paquets commerciaux qui ne devraient pas être " -"remplacés par des versions plus récentes qui pourraient faire partie de la " -"distribution." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Utiliser cet état pour des paquets commerciaux qui ne devraient pas être remplacés par des versions plus récentes qui pourraient faire partie de la distribution." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__123 #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -826,18 +659,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." -msgstr "" -"Ce paquet sera installé automatiquement car un autre paquet le requiert." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Ce paquet sera installé automatiquement car un autre paquet le requiert." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"Astuce : vous pouvez avoir à utiliser \"tabou\" pour vous défaire " -"d'un tel paquet." +msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "Astuce : vous pouvez avoir à utiliser \"tabou\" pour vous défaire d'un tel paquet." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__109 #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -848,12 +675,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Ce paquet est déjà installé, mais d'autres paquets requièrent une version " -"plus récente ; il sera donc mis à jour automatiquement." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Ce paquet est déjà installé, mais d'autres paquets requièrent une version plus récente ; il sera donc mis à jour automatiquement." # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__110 #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -864,18 +687,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Ce paquet est déjà installé, mais pour satisfaire à des dépendances il doit " -"être supprimé." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Ce paquet est déjà installé, mais pour satisfaire à des dépendances il doit être supprimé." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "" -"Cela peut se produire, par exemple, si d'autres paquets rendent celui-ci " -"obsolète." +msgstr "Cela peut se produire, par exemple, si d'autres paquets rendent celui-ci obsolète." # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__27 #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager @@ -897,12 +714,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Obtenir ce paquet. L'installer s'il ne l'est pas encore. L'actualiser s'il " -"est installé et qu'une version plus récente existe. " +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Obtenir ce paquet. L'installer s'il ne l'est pas encore. L'actualiser s'il est installé et qu'une version plus récente existe. " # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__406 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -912,21 +725,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Supprimer ce paquet. Le marquer comme \"ne pas installer\" s'il n'est pas " -"encore installé. Le supprimer s'il est installé." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Supprimer ce paquet. Le marquer comme \"ne pas installer\" s'il n'est pas encore installé. Le supprimer s'il est installé." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Actualiser ce paquet s'il est installé et qu'une version plus récente " -"existe. Ignorer les paquets qui ne sont pas installés." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Actualiser ce paquet s'il est installé et qu'une version plus récente existe. Ignorer les paquets qui ne sont pas installés." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__168 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -936,24 +741,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Annuler l'effet de \">\" ci-dessus : marquer le paquet pour le \"conserver\" " -"s'il est actuellement marqué pour une \"mise à jour\". Ignorer tous les " -"autres paquets." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Annuler l'effet de \">\" ci-dessus : marquer le paquet pour le \"conserver\" s'il est actuellement marqué pour une \"mise à jour\". Ignorer tous les autres paquets." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Marquer ce paquet comme \"tabou\" s'il n'est pas installé : cela garantit " -"qu'il ne sera pas installé, tout spécialement en raison de dépendances non " -"résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres paquets." +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Marquer ce paquet comme \"tabou\" s'il n'est pas installé : cela garantit qu'il ne sera pas installé, tout spécialement en raison de dépendances non résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres paquets." # TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__31 #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -963,22 +757,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Définir ce paquet comme \"protégé\" s'il n'est pas installé : cela garantit " -"qu'il ne sera pas installé, tout spécialement en raison de dépendances non " -"résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres paquets." +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Définir ce paquet comme \"protégé\" s'il n'est pas installé : cela garantit qu'il ne sera pas installé, tout spécialement en raison de dépendances non résolues qui peuvent ou pourront affecter d'autres paquets." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Utiliser cela pour des paquets tiers qui ne devraient pas être remplacés par " -"des versions plus récentes qui pourraient faire partie de la distribution." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Utiliser cela pour des paquets tiers qui ne devraient pas être remplacés par des versions plus récentes qui pourraient faire partie de la distribution." # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__137 #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 @@ -1047,13 +831,8 @@ msgstr "Créer un cas de test du résolveur de dépendances" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Utilisez cette option pour générer des journaux complets afin d'aider à " -"la détection des erreurs dans le résolveur de dépendances. Les journaux " -"seront stockés dans le répertoire <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Utilisez cette option pour générer des journaux complets afin d'aider à la détection des erreurs dans le résolveur de dépendances. Les journaux seront stockés dans le répertoire <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -1061,12 +840,8 @@ msgstr "Cas de test du résolveur" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "" -"Cas de test du résolveur de dépendances écrit dans <tt>%1</tt></" -"p>Préparer l'archive <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> à attacher à Bugzilla ?" +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "Cas de test du résolveur de dépendances écrit dans <tt>%1</tt>Préparer l'archive <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> à attacher à Bugzilla ?" # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__38 #. parent @@ -1076,13 +851,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Erreur lors de la création d'un cas de test du résolveur de " -"dépendancesVérifiez l'espace disque et les permissions pour <tt>%1</" -"tt>" +msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Erreur lors de la création d'un cas de test du résolveur de dépendancesVérifiez l'espace disque et les permissions pour <tt>%1</tt>" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__43 #. startsWith @@ -1897,25 +1667,6 @@ msgstr "Auteurs :" #: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 -#| msgid "" -#| " \n" -#| "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Possible reasons:\n" -#| "<ul>\n" -#| "<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n" -#| "<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n" -#| "<li>They are third-party packages\n" -#| "</ul>\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please choose manually what to do with them.\n" -#| "The safest course of action is to delete them.\n" -#| "" msgid "" " \n" "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" @@ -1942,8 +1693,7 @@ "Raisons possibles :\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>Ils sont rendus obsolètes par d'autres paquets\n" -"<li>Il n'existe pas de version plus récente pour une mise à jour sur les " -"supports d'installation\n" +"<li>Il n'existe pas de version plus récente pour une mise à jour sur les supports d'installation\n" "<li>Ce sont des paquets tierces\n" "</ul>\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/qt.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/qt.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/qt.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -81,8 +81,7 @@ "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" -"Vous avez cliqué sur le bouton droit de la souris au lieu d'utiliser le " -"bouton gauche.\n" +"Vous avez cliqué sur le bouton droit de la souris au lieu d'utiliser le bouton gauche.\n" "Permuter les boutons gauche et droit de la souris ?" #. Popup dialog caption @@ -137,7 +136,6 @@ #. #. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut #: src/YQWizard.cc:869 -#| msgid "Release Notes..." msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Notes de version" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/rdp.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -43,9 +43,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez \"oui\" pour autoriser ou \"non\" pour interdire " -"l'administration distante" +msgstr "Sélectionnez \"oui\" pour autoriser ou \"non\" pour interdire l'administration distante" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Command line output Headline @@ -101,8 +99,7 @@ "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Paramètres d'administration à distance</big>\n" -"Si cette fonctionnalité est activée, vous pourrez administrer cette " -"machine\n" +"Si cette fonctionnalité est activée, vous pourrez administrer cette machine\n" "à distance depuis une autre machine. Utilisez un client RDP tel que\n" "rdesktop (connectez vous à <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" "Cette forme d'administration à distance est moins sécuritaire que SSH.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/rear.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -58,12 +58,8 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." -msgstr "" -"Attendez-vous à ce que la sauvegarde créée soit INUTILISABLE pour une " -"récupération système si vous ignorez cet avertissement." +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." +msgstr "Attendez-vous à ce que la sauvegarde créée soit INUTILISABLE pour une récupération système si vous ignorez cet avertissement." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 #, fuzzy @@ -168,91 +164,44 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." -#| "" -msgid "" -"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Configurer la sauvegarde Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) pour votre " -"ordinateur." +#| msgid "Here, configure an infrared interface (IrDA) for your computer." +msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." +msgstr "Configurer la sauvegarde Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) pour votre ordinateur." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want " -"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." -msgstr "" -"Décidez comment démarrer votre Restauration Système. Choisissez " -"respectivement USB si vous souhaitez démarrer d'une clé USB, ou ISO pour le " -"CD-ROM." +msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgstr "Décidez comment démarrer votre Restauration Système. Choisissez respectivement USB si vous souhaitez démarrer d'une clé USB, ou ISO pour le CD-ROM." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have " -"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " -"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " -"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez quand la Sauvegarde devrait être restaurée. " -"Sélectionnez NFS si vous devez utiliser un serveur proposant Network File " -"System. Veuillez spécifier l'emplacement comme suit : <tt>nfs://nomdhote/" -"repertoire</tt>. Vous pouvez également choisir USB pour stocker votre " -"sauvegarde sur une clé USB ou un disque USB." +msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgstr "Choisissez quand la Sauvegarde devrait être restaurée. Sélectionnez NFS si vous devez utiliser un serveur proposant Network File System. Veuillez spécifier l'emplacement comme suit : <tt>nfs://nomdhote/repertoire</tt>. Vous pouvez également choisir USB pour stocker votre sauvegarde sur une clé USB ou un disque USB." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"Rescan USB Devices." -msgstr "" -"Si aucun périphérique USB n'est indiqué, connectez une clé USB ou un " -"disque USB et cliquez sur Réanalyser les périphériques USB." +msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." +msgstr "Si aucun périphérique USB n'est indiqué, connectez une clé USB ou un disque USB et cliquez sur Réanalyser les périphériques USB." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Conserver l'ancienne sauvegarde si vous ne souhaitez " -"pas que la sauvegarde précédente soit écrasée." +msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." +msgstr "Sélectionnez Conserver l'ancienne sauvegarde si vous ne souhaitez pas que la sauvegarde précédente soit écrasée." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the " -"backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." -msgstr "" -"Le menu Avancé permet d'ajouter des répertoires supplémentaires " -"à la sauvegarde et des modules du noyau supplémentaires au système de " -"secours. Ceci n'est utile que si votre sauvegarde ne contient pas tous " -"les répertoires nécessaires ou si le système de secours ne démarre pas à " -"cause de l'absence de modules du noyau." +msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgstr "Le menu Avancé permet d'ajouter des répertoires supplémentaires à la sauvegarde et des modules du noyau supplémentaires au système de secours. Ceci n'est utile que si votre sauvegarde ne contient pas tous les répertoires nécessaires ou si le système de secours ne démarre pas à cause de l'absence de modules du noyau." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's " -"output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " -"your system!" -msgstr "" -"Le bouton Sauvegarder et lancer rear maintenant lance rear et " -"affiche les sorties de rear. Assurez-vous de tester si la sauvegarde " -"créée fonctionne comme prévu sur votre système !" +msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" +msgstr "Le bouton Sauvegarder et lancer rear maintenant lance rear et affiche les sorties de rear. Assurez-vous de tester si la sauvegarde créée fonctionne comme prévu sur votre système !" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes " -"the configuration dialog without saving." -msgstr "" -"OK sauve la configuration et quitte, alors que Annuler " -"ferme l'interface de configuration sans sauver." +msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." +msgstr "OK sauve la configuration et quitte, alors que Annuler ferme l'interface de configuration sans sauver." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__48 #. prepare advanced menu @@ -344,12 +293,8 @@ #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" -msgstr "" -"Votre fichier de configuration de rear comporte des options que ce module de " -"YaST2 ne peut pas configurer.\n" +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" +msgstr "Votre fichier de configuration de rear comporte des options que ce module de YaST2 ne peut pas configurer.\n" # TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__9 #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 @@ -446,5 +391,4 @@ #: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)." -msgstr "" -"La partition %1 utilise un système de fichiers non pris en charge (%2)." +msgstr "La partition %1 utilise un système de fichiers non pris en charge (%2)." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/registration.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -84,6 +84,7 @@ msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "" +# TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8 #. display the registration update dialog #. dialog title #. dialog title @@ -92,7 +93,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Registration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrement" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 msgid "Registration is being updated..." @@ -169,9 +170,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? @@ -234,15 +233,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. error message @@ -352,9 +347,10 @@ msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" +# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__201 #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Détails :" #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" @@ -579,7 +575,7 @@ #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Accord de licence" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." @@ -617,9 +613,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) @@ -642,22 +636,17 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow @@ -688,26 +677,25 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "" +# TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__10 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Identifier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identificateur" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Version" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Architecture" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Release Type" @@ -737,11 +725,11 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Version" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Architecture" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Release Type" @@ -749,19 +737,15 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" @@ -774,10 +758,11 @@ msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "" +# TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__262 #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paramètres du serveur" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" @@ -798,9 +783,10 @@ msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "" +# TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__74 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 msgid "none" -msgstr "" +msgstr "aucun" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 @@ -835,38 +821,27 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -944,16 +919,14 @@ #~ "Get technical support and product updates and\n" #~ "manage subscriptions with Novell Customer Center." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Avec Novell Customer Center, vous pouvez bénéficier d'une assistance " -#~ "technique,\n" +#~ "Avec Novell Customer Center, vous pouvez bénéficier d'une assistance technique,\n" #~ "obtenir les mises à jour des produits et gérer les abonnements." #~ msgid "" #~ "Get technical support and product updates\n" #~ "by registering this installation." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "En enregistrant cette installation, vous pouvez bénéficier d'une " -#~ "assistance technique\n" +#~ "En enregistrant cette installation, vous pouvez bénéficier d'une assistance technique\n" #~ "et obtenir les mises à jour des produits." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__69 @@ -1009,8 +982,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Un serveur de mise à jour a été ajouté à votre configuration." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Aucun serveur de mise à jour ne peut être ajouté à votre configuration." +#~ msgstr "Aucun serveur de mise à jour ne peut être ajouté à votre configuration." #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." #~ msgstr "Aucun dépôt de logiciels n'avait besoin d'être changé." @@ -1055,8 +1027,7 @@ #~ "The server requires additional system information. Activating \n" #~ "submission of the hardware profile automatically." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le serveur requiert des informations système supplémentaires. " -#~ "Activation \n" +#~ "Le serveur requiert des informations système supplémentaires. Activation \n" #~ "de la soumission du profil matériel automatiquement." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__2 @@ -1072,14 +1043,10 @@ #~ "so the sources are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'enregistrement en tant qu'utilisateur normal n'inclut pas la source de\n" -#~ "mise à jour dans le module de mise à jour en ligne YaST. Si vous " -#~ "continuez et voulez\n" -#~ "mettre à jour ultérieurement avec ce module, la source doit être ajoutée " -#~ "manuellement.\n" -#~ "D'autres outils, comme Software Updater disponible dans le panneau, " -#~ "peuvent\n" -#~ "aussi être utilisés. Sinon, abandonnez et procédez à l'enregistrement via " -#~ "YaST en tant que root\n" +#~ "mise à jour dans le module de mise à jour en ligne YaST. Si vous continuez et voulez\n" +#~ "mettre à jour ultérieurement avec ce module, la source doit être ajoutée manuellement.\n" +#~ "D'autres outils, comme Software Updater disponible dans le panneau, peuvent\n" +#~ "aussi être utilisés. Sinon, abandonnez et procédez à l'enregistrement via YaST en tant que root\n" #~ "afin que les sources soient disponibles pour tous les outils." #~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." @@ -1116,230 +1083,169 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configurez votre système pour activer les mises à jour en ligne en " -#~ "l'enregistrant auprès de Novell.\n" -#~ "Pour ce faire, sélectionnez Configurer maintenant. Pour différer " -#~ "l'enregistrement, \n" +#~ "Configurez votre système pour activer les mises à jour en ligne en l'enregistrant auprès de Novell.\n" +#~ "Pour ce faire, sélectionnez Configurer maintenant. Pour différer l'enregistrement, \n" #~ "sélectionnez Configurer ultérieurement.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~ "Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pour simplifier le processus d'enregistrement, fournissez des " -#~ "informations sur votre système\n" -#~ "en sélectionnant les options Informations facultatives et " -#~ "Profil matériel. \n" -#~ "Le bouton Détails permet d'afficher la quantité maximale " -#~ "d'informations que peut contenir\n" -#~ "votre enregistrement. Pour l'obtenir, le logiciel contacte le serveur " -#~ "Novell\n" -#~ "pour demander quelles informations sont requises pour votre produit. " -#~ "Seule l'identité\n" +#~ "Pour simplifier le processus d'enregistrement, fournissez des informations sur votre système\n" +#~ "en sélectionnant les options Informations facultatives et Profil matériel. \n" +#~ "Le bouton Détails permet d'afficher la quantité maximale d'informations que peut contenir\n" +#~ "votre enregistrement. Pour l'obtenir, le logiciel contacte le serveur Novell\n" +#~ "pour demander quelles informations sont requises pour votre produit. Seule l'identité\n" #~ "du produit installé est envoyée lors de cet échange initial.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " -#~ "product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si vous avez acheté ce produit, activez l'option Code " -#~ "d'enregistrement\n" +#~ "Si vous avez acheté ce produit, activez l'option Code d'enregistrement\n" #~ "afin d'être invité à saisir le code de votre produit. \n" -#~ "Vous êtes ainsi enregistré pour bénéficier de l'assistance d'installation " -#~ "incluse avec ce produit.\n" +#~ "Vous êtes ainsi enregistré pour bénéficier de l'assistance d'installation incluse avec ce produit.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Les informations fournies sont exclusivement destinées à Novell. Ces " -#~ "données sont utilisées\n" -#~ "à des fins statistiques et pour améliorer votre confort concernant la " -#~ "prise en charge\n" -#~ "des pilotes et votre compte Web. Vous trouverez notre politique de " -#~ "confidentialité détaillée dans la rubrique Détails. Consultez\n" -#~ "les informations transmises dans le fichier journal <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "Les informations fournies sont exclusivement destinées à Novell. Ces données sont utilisées\n" +#~ "à des fins statistiques et pour améliorer votre confort concernant la prise en charge\n" +#~ "des pilotes et votre compte Web. Vous trouverez notre politique de confidentialité détaillée dans la rubrique Détails. Consultez\n" +#~ "les informations transmises dans le fichier journal <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Synchroniser régulièrement avec le Customer Center vérifie que vos " -#~ "sources de\n" -#~ "mise à jour restent valides et ajoute toute nouvelle source pouvant être " -#~ "disponible.\n" -#~ "Les éventuelles modifications de vos données incluses sont en outre " -#~ "envoyées à Novell, comme \n" -#~ "les informations concernant le matériel si Information matériel " -#~ "est activé.\n" +#~ "Synchroniser régulièrement avec le Customer Center vérifie que vos sources de\n" +#~ "mise à jour restent valides et ajoute toute nouvelle source pouvant être disponible.\n" +#~ "Les éventuelles modifications de vos données incluses sont en outre envoyées à Novell, comme \n" +#~ "les informations concernant le matériel si Information matériel est activé.\n" #~ "Cette option ne supprime aucune source ajoutée manuellement.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Le processus d'enregistrement va contacter un serveur Novell (ou un " -#~ "serveur d'enregistrement local si votre société en fournit un).\n" +#~ "Le processus d'enregistrement va contacter un serveur Novell (ou un serveur d'enregistrement local si votre société en fournit un).\n" #~ "Assurez vous que les paramètres réseau et proxy sont corrects.\n" -#~ "Vous pouvez revenir à la configuration réseau pour vérifier ou changer " -#~ "les paramètres.\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez revenir à la configuration réseau pour vérifier ou changer les paramètres.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configurez votre système pour activer les mises à jour en ligne en " -#~ "l'enregistrant avec Open-SLX.\n" -#~ "Pour ce faire, sélectionnez Configurer maintenant. Pour différer " -#~ "l'enregistrement, \n" +#~ "Configurez votre système pour activer les mises à jour en ligne en l'enregistrant avec Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Pour ce faire, sélectionnez Configurer maintenant. Pour différer l'enregistrement, \n" #~ "sélectionnez Configurer ultérieurement.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" -#~ "SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pour simplifier le processus d'enregistrement, fournissez des " -#~ "informations sur votre système\n" -#~ "en sélectionnant les options Informations facultatives et " -#~ "Information matériel. \n" -#~ "Le bouton Détails permet d'afficher la quantité maximale " -#~ "d'informations que peut contenir\n" -#~ "votre enregistrement. Pour l'obtenir, le logiciel contacte le serveur " -#~ "Open-SLX\n" -#~ "pour demander quelles informations sont requises pour votre produit. " -#~ "Seule l'identité\n" +#~ "Pour simplifier le processus d'enregistrement, fournissez des informations sur votre système\n" +#~ "en sélectionnant les options Informations facultatives et Information matériel. \n" +#~ "Le bouton Détails permet d'afficher la quantité maximale d'informations que peut contenir\n" +#~ "votre enregistrement. Pour l'obtenir, le logiciel contacte le serveur Open-SLX\n" +#~ "pour demander quelles informations sont requises pour votre produit. Seule l'identité\n" #~ "du produit installé est envoyée lors de cet échange initial.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Les informations fournies sont exclusivement destinées à Open-SLX. Ces " -#~ "données sont utilisées\n" -#~ "à des fins statistiques et pour améliorer votre confort concernant la " -#~ "prise en charge\n" -#~ "des pilotes et votre compte Web. Vous trouverez notre politique de " -#~ "confidentialité détaillée dans la rubrique Détails. Consultez\n" -#~ "les informations transmises dans le fichier journal <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "Les informations fournies sont exclusivement destinées à Open-SLX. Ces données sont utilisées\n" +#~ "à des fins statistiques et pour améliorer votre confort concernant la prise en charge\n" +#~ "des pilotes et votre compte Web. Vous trouverez notre politique de confidentialité détaillée dans la rubrique Détails. Consultez\n" +#~ "les informations transmises dans le fichier journal <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" -#~ "SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Synchroniser régulièrement avec le Customer Center vérifie que vos " -#~ "sources de\n" -#~ "mise à jour restent valides et ajoute toute nouvelle source pouvant être " -#~ "disponible.\n" -#~ "Les éventuelles modifications de vos données incluses sont en outre " -#~ "envoyées à Open-SLX, comme \n" -#~ "les informations concernant le matériel si Information matériel " -#~ "est activé.\n" +#~ "Synchroniser régulièrement avec le Customer Center vérifie que vos sources de\n" +#~ "mise à jour restent valides et ajoute toute nouvelle source pouvant être disponible.\n" +#~ "Les éventuelles modifications de vos données incluses sont en outre envoyées à Open-SLX, comme \n" +#~ "les informations concernant le matériel si Information matériel est activé.\n" #~ "Cette option ne supprime aucune source ajoutée manuellement.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Le processus d'enregistrement va contacter un serveur Open-SLX (ou un " -#~ "serveur d'enregistrement local si votre société en fournit un).\n" +#~ "Le processus d'enregistrement va contacter un serveur Open-SLX (ou un serveur d'enregistrement local si votre société en fournit un).\n" #~ "Veuillez vous assurer que les paramètres réseau et proxy sont corrects.\n" -#~ "Vous pouvez revenir à la configuration réseau pour vérifier ou changer " -#~ "les paramètres.\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez revenir à la configuration réseau pour vérifier ou changer les paramètres.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Error" @@ -1459,11 +1365,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Le paquet suivant doit être installé." # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_03_14_2340__0 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour que cette installation soit correctement considérée, le paquet %1 " -#~ "doit être installé." +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "Pour que cette installation soit correctement considérée, le paquet %1 doit être installé." #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." #~ msgstr "Par conséquent le paquet suivant doit être supprimé." @@ -1472,12 +1375,8 @@ #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." #~ msgstr "Le paquet %1 aurait dû être installé et %2 supprimé." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " -#~ "miscount this installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'enregistrement va maintenant continuer, bien que le serveur " -#~ "d'enregistrement puisse ne pas considérer correctement cette installation." +#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." +#~ msgstr "L'enregistrement va maintenant continuer, bien que le serveur d'enregistrement puisse ne pas considérer correctement cette installation." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__88 #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." @@ -1551,72 +1450,39 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "Clé incorrecte." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, " -#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register " -#~ "while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. " -#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with " -#~ "Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'enregistrement du produit inscrit votre produit dans la base de " -#~ "données de Novell, permettant ainsi d'obtenir les mises à jour en ligne " -#~ "ainsi qu'une assistance technique. Pour effectuer automatiquement " -#~ "l'enregistrement durant l'installation, sélectionnez Exécuter " -#~ "l'enregistrement du produit. Pour simplifier la procédure, fournissez " -#~ "des informations sur votre système avec les options Profil matériel</" -#~ "b> et Informations facultatives." +#~ msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +#~ msgstr "L'enregistrement du produit inscrit votre produit dans la base de données de Novell, permettant ainsi d'obtenir les mises à jour en ligne ainsi qu'une assistance technique. Pour effectuer automatiquement l'enregistrement durant l'installation, sélectionnez Exécuter l'enregistrement du produit. Pour simplifier la procédure, fournissez des informations sur votre système avec les options Profil matériel et Informations facultatives." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour obtenir plus d'informations sur le processus d'enregistrement, " -#~ "utilisez la commande <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Pour obtenir plus d'informations sur le processus d'enregistrement, utilisez la commande <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~| "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then " -#~| "enter the\n" -#~| "appropriate values. These parameters are can be passed with " -#~| "<tt>suse_register\n" -#~| "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " -#~| "a\n" -#~| "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " -#~| "Edit." +#~| "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" +#~| "appropriate values. These parameters are can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~| "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~| "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " -#~ "a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " -#~ "Edit." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les autres informations utilisées pour l'enregistrement sont affichées " -#~ "dans Données\n" -#~ "d'enregistrement. Pour ajouter une nouvelle paire de clé et " -#~ "valeur, cliquez sur Ajouter puis saisissez\n" -#~ "les valeurs adéquates. Ces paramètres sont ceux qui peuvent être transmis " -#~ "avec la commande <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. \n" -#~ "Obtenez plus d'informations avec <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Supprimez une " -#~ "paire \n" -#~ "avec Supprimer ou modifiez une paire existante avec Modifier</" -#~ "b>." +#~ "Les autres informations utilisées pour l'enregistrement sont affichées dans Données\n" +#~ "d'enregistrement. Pour ajouter une nouvelle paire de clé et valeur, cliquez sur Ajouter puis saisissez\n" +#~ "les valeurs adéquates. Ces paramètres sont ceux qui peuvent être transmis avec la commande <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. \n" +#~ "Obtenez plus d'informations avec <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Supprimez une paire \n" +#~ "avec Supprimer ou modifiez une paire existante avec Modifier." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " -#~ "Server\n" -#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -#~ "Refer\n" +#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" +#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" #~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si votre réseau déploie son propre serveur SMT, définir l'URL du " -#~ "serveur SMT\n" -#~ "et l'emplacement du certificat SMT dans Paramètres du serveur SMT. " -#~ "Consultez\n" +#~ "Si votre réseau déploie son propre serveur SMT, définir l'URL du serveur SMT\n" +#~ "et l'emplacement du certificat SMT dans Paramètres du serveur SMT. Consultez\n" #~ "votre manuel SMT pour plus d'informations." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__22 @@ -1712,8 +1578,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Voulez-vous procéder à l'enregistrement maintenant ?" #~ msgid "You can register for installation support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vous pouvez vous enregistrer pour obtenir un support à l'installation." +#~ msgstr "Vous pouvez vous enregistrer pour obtenir un support à l'installation." # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8 #~ msgid "Registration server:" @@ -1749,30 +1614,11 @@ #~ msgid "See the help text for details." #~ msgstr "Consultez l'aide pour plus de détails." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To register this installation at a local registration server, " -#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " -#~ "Advanced menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour enregistrer cette installation sur un serveur d'enregistrement " -#~ "local, configurer l'URL et le certificat AC du serveur (optionnel) via le " -#~ "menu Avancé." +#~ msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." +#~ msgstr "Pour enregistrer cette installation sur un serveur d'enregistrement local, configurer l'URL et le certificat AC du serveur (optionnel) via le menu Avancé." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas " -#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://</" -#~ "i>, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /" -#~ "path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the " -#~ "keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " -#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'URL du serveur d'enregistrement doit commencer par https://, " -#~ "tandis que l'emplacement de son certificat AC peut être une URL au format " -#~ "http://, https:// ou ftp://. D'autres emplacements " -#~ "valides sont /chemin/sur/disque/local, floppy/chemin/sur/" -#~ "disquette et le mot-clé done. Ce dernier indique qu'aucune " -#~ "gestion du certificat AC n'est nécessaire pour faire confiance au serveur " -#~ "d'enregistrement." +#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." +#~ msgstr "L'URL du serveur d'enregistrement doit commencer par https://, tandis que l'emplacement de son certificat AC peut être une URL au format http://, https:// ou ftp://. D'autres emplacements valides sont /chemin/sur/disque/local, floppy/chemin/sur/disquette et le mot-clé done. Ce dernier indique qu'aucune gestion du certificat AC n'est nécessaire pour faire confiance au serveur d'enregistrement." #~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?" #~ msgstr "Souhaitez vous sauter l'enregistrement ?" @@ -1788,32 +1634,25 @@ # TLABEL packages_2002_03_14_2340__70 #~ msgid "Could not load the SMT certificate file from floppy disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de charger le fichier certificat SMT depuis la disquette." +#~ msgstr "Impossible de charger le fichier certificat SMT depuis la disquette." #~ msgid "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de télécharger le fichier certificat SMT depuis l'URL " -#~ "spécifiée." +#~ msgstr "Impossible de télécharger le fichier certificat SMT depuis l'URL spécifiée." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__20 #~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de trouver le fichier certificat SMT dans le chemin spécifié." +#~ msgstr "Impossible de trouver le fichier certificat SMT dans le chemin spécifié." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Une erreur inconnue a été rencontrée pendant la récupération du fichier " -#~ "certificat SMT." +#~ msgstr "Une erreur inconnue a été rencontrée pendant la récupération du fichier certificat SMT." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__6 #~ msgid "Skip" #~ msgstr "Sauter" #~ msgid "The registration server URL could not be validated as URL." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'URL du serveur d'enregistrement n'a pas pu être validée comme une URL." +#~ msgstr "L'URL du serveur d'enregistrement n'a pas pu être validée comme une URL." # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__82 #~ msgid "Change the URL and retry." @@ -1836,8 +1675,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier sur la disquette" #~ msgid "Could not find SMT certificate file in local path" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de trouver le fichier certificat SMT dans le chemin local" +#~ msgstr "Impossible de trouver le fichier certificat SMT dans le chemin local" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__46 #~ msgid "Select SMT certificate file" @@ -1863,8 +1701,7 @@ #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ce certificat sera utilisé pour se connecter au serveur SMT.\n" -#~ "Vous devez faire confiance à ce certificat pour continuer " -#~ "l'enregistrement.\n" +#~ "Vous devez faire confiance à ce certificat pour continuer l'enregistrement.\n" #~ msgid "Issued For:" #~ msgstr "Proposé pour :" @@ -1941,23 +1778,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Dans %1 le dépôt de mise à jour actuel est affiché." #~ msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cliquez sur %1 pour utiliser le dépôt de mise à jour par défaut." -#~ "" +#~ msgstr "Cliquez sur %1 pour utiliser le dépôt de mise à jour par défaut." #~ msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vous trouverez des actions apparentées dans le menu %1." +#~ msgstr "Vous trouverez des actions apparentées dans le menu %1." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval " -#~ "to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the " -#~ "updater will use the default answers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dans %1 configurez la mise à jour en ligne automatique. " -#~ "Choisissez l'intervalle à utiliser et si les correctifs interactifs " -#~ "doivent être ignorés, sinon l'utilitaire de mise à jour utilisera les " -#~ "réponses par défaut." +#~ msgid "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the updater will use the default answers." +#~ msgstr "Dans %1 configurez la mise à jour en ligne automatique. Choisissez l'intervalle à utiliser et si les correctifs interactifs doivent être ignorés, sinon l'utilitaire de mise à jour utilisera les réponses par défaut." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__48 #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories" @@ -2005,14 +1832,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The SMT server URL could not be validated as URL.\n" -#~ "Registration can not be performed. Please modify /etc/suseRegister.conf " -#~ "and run Registration manually.\n" +#~ "Registration can not be performed. Please modify /etc/suseRegister.conf and run Registration manually.\n" #~ "The SMT server URL that was configured was\n" #~ "%1" #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'URL du serveur SMT n'a pas pu être validée comme URL.\n" -#~ "L'enregistrement ne peut pas être effectué. Veuillez modifier /etc/" -#~ "suseRegister.conf et relancer l'enregistrement manuellement.\n" +#~ "L'enregistrement ne peut pas être effectué. Veuillez modifier /etc/suseRegister.conf et relancer l'enregistrement manuellement.\n" #~ "L'URL du serveur SMT configurée était\n" #~ "%1" @@ -2026,37 +1851,26 @@ #~ "so the repositories are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'enregistrement en tant qu'utilisateur normal n'inclut pas la source de\n" -#~ "mise à jour dans le module de mise à jour en ligne YaST. Si vous " -#~ "continuez et voulez \n" -#~ " mettre à jour ultérieurement avec ce module, la source doit être ajoutée " -#~ "manuellement.\n" -#~ " D'autres outils, comme Software Updater disponible dans le panneau, " -#~ "peuvent\n" -#~ " aussi être utilisés. Sinon, abandonnez et procédez à l'enregistrement " -#~ "via YaST en tant que root\n" +#~ "mise à jour dans le module de mise à jour en ligne YaST. Si vous continuez et voulez \n" +#~ " mettre à jour ultérieurement avec ce module, la source doit être ajoutée manuellement.\n" +#~ " D'autres outils, comme Software Updater disponible dans le panneau, peuvent\n" +#~ " aussi être utilisés. Sinon, abandonnez et procédez à l'enregistrement via YaST en tant que root\n" #~ " afin que les sources soient disponibles pour tous les outils." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" -#~ "repositories are still valid and adds any new ones that may be " -#~ "available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "repositories are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any repositories added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Synchroniser régulièrement avec le Customer Center vérifie que " -#~ "vos\n" -#~ " sources de mise à jour restent valides et ajoute celles qui pourraient " -#~ "ne pas être disponibles.\n" -#~ " Les éventuelles modifications de vos données incluses sont en outre " -#~ "envoyées à Novell, comme \n" -#~ " les informations concernant le matériel si Informations sur le " -#~ "matériel est activé.\n" +#~ "Synchroniser régulièrement avec le Customer Center vérifie que vos\n" +#~ " sources de mise à jour restent valides et ajoute celles qui pourraient ne pas être disponibles.\n" +#~ " Les éventuelles modifications de vos données incluses sont en outre envoyées à Novell, comme \n" +#~ " les informations concernant le matériel si Informations sur le matériel est activé.\n" #~ " Cette option ne supprime aucune source ajoutée manuellement.\n" #~ " " Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/reipl.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Nom" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__16 #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 @@ -190,8 +190,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur " -"Interrompre.\n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -217,8 +216,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -232,30 +230,21 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Choose one of the methods to reboot your machine with the radio " -#| "buttons\n" -#| "listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine " -#| "supports,\n" -#| "you can choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI " -#| "devices,\n" -#| "that are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out " -#| "the\n" +#| "Choose one of the methods to reboot your machine with the radio buttons\n" +#| "listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" +#| "you can choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" +#| "that are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" #| "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method." msgid "" -"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" -"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine " -"supports,\n" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.\n" msgstr "" -"Choisissez une des méthodes pour redémarrer votre machine avec les " -"boutons radio\n" -"listés dans méthodes reipl. En fonction de ce que votre machine " -"supporte,\n" -"vous pouvez choisir entre les périphériques CCW (Channel Command Word), et " -"les périphériques SCSI\n" +"Choisissez une des méthodes pour redémarrer votre machine avec les boutons radio\n" +"listés dans méthodes reipl. En fonction de ce que votre machine supporte,\n" +"vous pouvez choisir entre les périphériques CCW (Channel Command Word), et les périphériques SCSI\n" "raccordés via zFCP (Fibre Channel Protocol). Remplissez ensuite les\n" "champs de paramétrage pour la méthode sélectionnée." @@ -263,18 +252,13 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<" -"device ID>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter." msgstr "" -"Le périphérique doit être un ID valide de bus avec des lettres " -"minuscules\n" -"dans un format compatible avec sysfs 0.<subchannel set ID>." -"<device ID>,\n" -"tel que 0.0.5c51. En fonction de la méthode choisie, ceci peut se référer " -"soit à adaptateur DASD ou\n" +"Le périphérique doit être un ID valide de bus avec des lettres minuscules\n" +"dans un format compatible avec sysfs 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"tel que 0.0.5c51. En fonction de la méthode choisie, ceci peut se référer soit à adaptateur DASD ou\n" "un adaptateur FCP." #. Configure dialog help 4 @@ -284,39 +268,31 @@ "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" "to select the default configuration." msgstr "" -"Le loadparm doit comporter un maximum de 8 caractères et " -"sélectionne une\n" -"configuration d'amorçage dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage zipl. Utilisez " -"un caractère d'espacement\n" +"Le loadparm doit comporter un maximum de 8 caractères et sélectionne une\n" +"configuration d'amorçage dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage zipl. Utilisez un caractère d'espacement\n" "pour sélectionner la configuration par défaut." #. Configure dialog help 5 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "The world wide port number (WWPN) must be entered with " -#| "lowercase\n" +#| "The world wide port number (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" #| "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a." msgid "" "The worldwide port number (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" msgstr "" "Le numéro de port international (WWPN) doit être entré en lettres\n" -"minuscules comme une valeur hexadécimale de 16 chiffres, telle que " -"0x5005076300c40e5a." +"minuscules comme une valeur hexadécimale de 16 chiffres, telle que 0x5005076300c40e5a." #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -"" +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." msgstr "" -"Le numéro d'unité logique (LUN) doit être entré en lettres " -"minuscules\n" -"comme une valeur hexadécimale de 16 chiffres incluant tous les zéros " -"terminaux, telle que 0x52ca000000000000." +"Le numéro d'unité logique (LUN) doit être entré en lettres minuscules\n" +"comme une valeur hexadécimale de 16 chiffres incluant tous les zéros terminaux, telle que 0x52ca000000000000." #. Configure dialog help 7 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 @@ -325,10 +301,8 @@ "a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n" "the default configuration." msgstr "" -"Le sélecteur de programme d'amorçage doit être un entier non " -"négatif choisissant\n" -"une configuration d'amorçage dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage zipl. " -"Utilisez 0 pour sélectionner\n" +"Le sélecteur de programme d'amorçage doit être un entier non négatif choisissant\n" +"une configuration d'amorçage dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage zipl. Utilisez 0 pour sélectionner\n" "la configuration par défaut." #. Configure dialog help 8 @@ -337,21 +311,17 @@ "The boot record logical block address (LBA) specifies the master\n" "boot record and is currently always 0." msgstr "" -"L'adresse de bloc logique de l'enregistrement d'amorçage (LBA) " -"spécifie\n" +"L'adresse de bloc logique de l'enregistrement d'amorçage (LBA) spécifie\n" "l'enregistrement d'amorçage maître et est actuellement toujours 0." #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." msgstr "" -"Après confirmation de cette boîte de dialogue, vous pouvez lancer un " -"redémarrage, avec 'shutdown' par exemple,\n" -"et le système redémarrera automatiquement à partir du périphérique spécifié." -"" +"Après confirmation de cette boîte de dialogue, vous pouvez lancer un redémarrage, avec 'shutdown' par exemple,\n" +"et le système redémarrera automatiquement à partir du périphérique spécifié." #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/relocation-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -43,13 +43,11 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__289 #. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 -#| msgid "Select File" msgid "Select SSL Key File" msgstr "Sélectionner un fichier de clé SSL" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__46 #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 -#| msgid "Select Certificate File" msgid "Select SSL Cert File" msgstr "Sélectionner un fichier de certificat SSL" @@ -77,13 +75,11 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__37 #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 -#| msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgid "Port number out of range." msgstr "Numéro de port hors de le plage." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__39 #: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 -#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "Le numéro de port existe déjà." @@ -126,26 +122,22 @@ # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__392 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 -#| msgid "&Available Hosts:" msgid "Allowed Hosts:" msgstr "Hôtes autorisés :" # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__44 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 -#| msgid "&Use as Default" msgid "Use SSL as Default" msgstr "Utiliser SSL par défaut" # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__22 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 -#| msgid "DNS Server" msgid "non-SSL Server" msgstr "Serveur non-SSL" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__326 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 -#| msgid "&Port:" msgid "Port:" msgstr "Port :" @@ -157,18 +149,15 @@ # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__22 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 -#| msgid "DNS Server" msgid "SSL Server" msgstr "Serveur SSL" #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 -#| msgid "Choose Key File" msgid "SSL Key File:" msgstr "Fichier de clé SSL" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__46 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 -#| msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "Fichier de certificat SSL :" @@ -180,7 +169,6 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__171 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 -#| msgid "Online Migration" msgid "Tunneled migration" msgstr "Migration par tunnel" @@ -190,7 +178,6 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__171 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#| msgid "Online Migration" msgid "Plain migration" msgstr "Migration simple" @@ -228,7 +215,6 @@ # TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__24 #: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 -#| msgid "Install the default boot loader" msgid "Include default port range" msgstr "Inclure la plage de port par défaut" @@ -243,8 +229,7 @@ "<big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Initialisation de la configuration du serveur de délocalisation</" -"big> \n" +"<big>Initialisation de la configuration du serveur de délocalisation</big> \n" "Veuillez patienter... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -254,8 +239,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur " -"Interrompre.\n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -268,8 +252,7 @@ "<big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur de délocalisation</" -"big> \n" +"<big>Enregistrement de la configuration du serveur de délocalisation</big> \n" "Veuillez patienter... \n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__3 @@ -282,8 +265,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -293,46 +275,28 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" "Adresse de délocalisation \n" -"Adresse que xend doit écouter pour les connexions utilisant des sockets " -"délocalisés\n" +"Adresse que xend doit écouter pour les connexions utilisant des sockets délocalisés\n" "Hôtes autorisés \n" -"Les hôtes autorisés à dialoguer avec le port de délocalisation. Si le champ " -"est vide, alors toutes les connexions sont autorisées. Sinon, cela doit être " -"une séquence d'expressions régulières séparées par des espaces. N'importe " -"quel hôte avec un nom de domaine complet ou une adresse IP qui correspond à " -"l'une de ces expressions régulières sera accepté.\n" +"Les hôtes autorisés à dialoguer avec le port de délocalisation. Si le champ est vide, alors toutes les connexions sont autorisées. Sinon, cela doit être une séquence d'expressions régulières séparées par des espaces. N'importe quel hôte avec un nom de domaine complet ou une adresse IP qui correspond à l'une de ces expressions régulières sera accepté.\n" "Fichier de clé SSL / Fichier de certificat SSL \n" "Clé et certificat SSL à utiliser pour l'interface SSL de délocalisation" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>Migration par tunnel</big> \n" -"L'hôte source libvirtd ouvre une connexion directe vers l'hôte de " -"destination libvirtd pour y envoyer les données de migration. Ceci permet en " -"option le chiffrement du flux de données.\n" +"L'hôte source libvirtd ouvre une connexion directe vers l'hôte de destination libvirtd pour y envoyer les données de migration. Ceci permet en option le chiffrement du flux de données.\n" "<big>Migration simple</big> \n" -"L'hôte source VM ouvre une connexion TCP directe non cryptée vers l'hôte de " -"destination pour y envoyer les données de migration. Sauf si un port est " -"manuellement spécifié, libvirt choisira un port de migration dans la plage " -"par défaut." +"L'hôte source VM ouvre une connexion TCP directe non cryptée vers l'hôte de destination pour y envoyer les données de migration. Sauf si un port est manuellement spécifié, libvirt choisira un port de migration dans la plage par défaut." #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration #. @return sequence result @@ -365,14 +329,12 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__311 #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:313 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD configuration" msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "Lire la configuration actuelle de xend" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__186 #. Progress stage 2/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:315 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD state" msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "Lire l'état actuel de xend" @@ -386,14 +348,12 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__317 #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:322 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD configuration..." msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "Lecture de la configuration actuelle de xend..." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__5 #. Progress step 2/3 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:324 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state..." msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "Lecture de l'état actuel de xend..." @@ -407,21 +367,18 @@ # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__186 #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:335 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD state" msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "Lire l'état actuel de libvirtd/sshd" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__5 #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:342 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state..." msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "Lecture de l'état actuel de libvirtd/sshd..." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:364 -#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "Impossible de lire l'état actuel de Xend." @@ -434,7 +391,6 @@ # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:382 -#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "Impossible de lire l'état actuel de libvirtd/sshd." @@ -449,14 +405,12 @@ # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21 #. Progress stage 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:411 -#| msgid "Write the new settings" msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres de Xend" # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:413 -#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "Ajuster le service Xend" @@ -470,14 +424,12 @@ # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24 #. Progress step 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:420 -#| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres Xend..." # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__3 #. Progress step 2 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:422 -#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "Ajustement du service Xend..." @@ -491,21 +443,18 @@ # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #. Progress stage 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 -#| msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Ajuster le service libvirtd/sshd" # TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__3 #. Progress step 1 #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:437 -#| msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Ajustement du service libvirtd/sshd" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9 #. Error message #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:454 -#| msgid "Cannot write the SSHD settings." msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres de xend." @@ -514,4 +463,3 @@ #: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:475 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "Impossible de sauvegarder les paramètres du pare-feu." - Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/s390.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -313,9 +313,10 @@ msgid "&Select All" msgstr "&Sélection" +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__68 #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tout &déselectionner" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -355,8 +356,7 @@ "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la configuration du disque DASD sans " -"enregistrer ?\n" +"Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la configuration du disque DASD sans enregistrer ?\n" "Toutes les modifications seront perdues." #. error popup @@ -394,8 +394,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur " -"Interrompremaintenant." +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur Interrompremaintenant." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -417,10 +416,8 @@ "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" -"Une fenêtre supplémentaire vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder " -"ainsi.\n" +"Interrompez la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" +"Une fenêtre supplémentaire vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__80 #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 @@ -440,16 +437,14 @@ "To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" "the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour filtrer les disques affichés, définissez l'ID minimum du Canal</" -"b> et\n" +"Pour filtrer les disques affichés, définissez l'ID minimum du Canal et\n" "l'ID maximum du Canal puis cliquez sur Filtrer.\n" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__74 #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer un nouveau disque DASD, cliquez sur Ajouter." +msgstr "Pour configurer un nouveau disque DASD, cliquez sur Ajouter." #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 @@ -464,16 +459,13 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks and " -#| "click\n" +#| "To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks and click\n" #| "Select or Deselect.\n" msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour effectuer des actions sur de multiples disques à la fois, " -"sélectionnez les disques et cliquez sur\n" +"Pour effectuer des actions sur de multiples disques à la fois, sélectionnez les disques et cliquez sur\n" " Sélectionner ou Désélectionner.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 @@ -482,8 +474,7 @@ "To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!" msgstr "" -"Pour effectuer une action sur les disques sélectionnés, utilisez " -"Procéder à l'action.\n" +"Pour effectuer une action sur les disques sélectionnés, utilisez Procéder à l'action.\n" "L'action sera effectuée immédiatement !" #. Disk add help 1/3 @@ -509,8 +500,7 @@ #. Disk add help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser le mode DIAG, sélectionnez Utiliser DIAG.\n" +msgstr "Pour utiliser le mode DIAG, sélectionnez Utiliser DIAG.\n" #. Initialization dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -532,46 +522,31 @@ #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." -msgstr "" -"Préparez un ou plusieurs volumes à utiliser comme périphérique de " -"vidage sur architecture S/390" +msgstr "Préparez un ou plusieurs volumes à utiliser comme périphérique de vidage sur architecture S/390" #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " -msgstr "" -"Les périphériques supportés sont des disques DASD ECKD et ZFCP, alors que " -"les multi-volumes sont limités aux DASD. " +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "Les périphériques supportés sont des disques DASD ECKD et ZFCP, alors que les multi-volumes sont limités aux DASD. " #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." msgstr "" "Seuls des disques entiers sont utilisables. Si le périphérique est formaté\n" -"ou partitionné de façon incompatible, cochez la case Forcer l'écriture du " -"disque ." +"ou partitionné de façon incompatible, cochez la case Forcer l'écriture du disque ." #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser des périphériques DASD et ZFCP, activez les dans les boites " -"de dialogues respectives YAST DASD ou ZFCP. " +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "Pour utiliser des périphériques DASD et ZFCP, activez les dans les boites de dialogues respectives YAST DASD ou ZFCP. " #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Les périphériques en cours d'utilisation ou dont les partitions sont montées " -"ne seront pas affichés. " +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "Les périphériques en cours d'utilisation ou dont les partitions sont montées ne seront pas affichés. " #. Dump dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 @@ -580,10 +555,8 @@ "dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." msgstr "" -"périphérique de vidageaprès qu'un disque affiche que c'est un " -"périphérique de vidage\n" -"utilisable. Les périphériques de vidage multi-volume sont affichés dans une " -"lise DASD IDs." +"périphérique de vidageaprès qu'un disque affiche que c'est un périphérique de vidage\n" +"utilisable. Les périphériques de vidage multi-volume sont affichés dans une lise DASD IDs." #. Dump dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 @@ -618,9 +591,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "The disk %1 will formatted as a dump device now.\n" #| "Continue?" -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" msgstr "" "Le disque %1 va être formaté comme un périphérique de vidage.\n" "Toutes les données seront perdues. Continuer ? " @@ -642,8 +613,7 @@ "To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" " They are separated by line breaks.\n" msgstr "" -"Pour configurer le serveur de terminal IUCV, spécifiez l'IDs z/VM à " -"utiliser.\n" +"Pour configurer le serveur de terminal IUCV, spécifiez l'IDs z/VM à utiliser.\n" " Elles sont séparées par des sauts de lignes.\n" # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__51 @@ -653,55 +623,35 @@ msgstr "<big>TS-Shell</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "" -"TS-Shell permet de spécifier l'Autorisation pour chaque " -"utilisateur et groupe TS-Shell. Les droits d'un groupe sont hérités par ses " -"membres." +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "TS-Shell permet de spécifier l'Autorisation pour chaque utilisateur et groupe TS-Shell. Les droits d'un groupe sont hérités par ses membres." #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "" -"Chaque ID z/VM autorisé peut être sélectionné manuellement sous " -"Sélection, défini par une Regex (Regular Expression) ou chargé " -"depuis un fichier contenant tous les ID z/VM autorisés, séparés par " -"des retours de ligne." +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "Chaque ID z/VM autorisé peut être sélectionné manuellement sous Sélection, défini par une Regex (Regular Expression) ou chargé depuis un fichier contenant tous les ID z/VM autorisés, séparés par des retours de ligne." #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Nouvel Utilisateur pour créer de nouveaux utilisateurs " -"TS-Shell ou sur Supprimer l'utilisateur pour en enlever." +msgstr "Cliquez sur Nouvel Utilisateur pour créer de nouveaux utilisateurs TS-Shell ou sur Supprimer l'utilisateur pour en enlever." #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter ou supprimer des groupes de la table d'autorisation du TS-" -"Shell ou pour changer\n" +"Pour ajouter ou supprimer des groupes de la table d'autorisation du TS-Shell ou pour changer\n" "l'appartenance des utilisateurs, allez sur Gérer les groupes." #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered." -msgstr "" -"A l'aide de Audited IDs spécifiez les IDs des machines z/VM " -"desquelles les transcriptions seront récoltées." +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "A l'aide de Audited IDs spécifiez les IDs des machines z/VM desquelles les transcriptions seront récoltées." # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__51 #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 @@ -714,25 +664,18 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " -"and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouvel utilisateur TS-Shell, le Nom d'utilisateur, " -"Dossier et Mot de passe\n" -" devront être fournis.\t On peut aussi spécifier un Groupe " -"Additionnel en le sélectionnant à droite." +"Pour créer un nouvel utilisateur TS-Shell, le Nom d'utilisateur, Dossier et Mot de passe\n" +" devront être fournis.\t On peut aussi spécifier un Groupe Additionnel en le sélectionnant à droite." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." msgstr "" -"Pour s'assurer que l'utilisateur changera son mot de passe après le " -"premier loggin, activez\n" +"Pour s'assurer que l'utilisateur changera son mot de passe après le premier loggin, activez\n" " Forcer le changement du Mot de Passe." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 @@ -741,9 +684,7 @@ msgid "" "You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez donner le même dossier à chaque utilisateur TS-Shell tant que " -"des données n'y seront pas stockées." +msgstr "Vous pouvez donner le même dossier à chaque utilisateur TS-Shell tant que des données n'y seront pas stockées." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 @@ -751,8 +692,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" -msgstr "" -"<big>Gestion des autorisations de Groupes à TS-Shell </big>" +msgstr "<big>Gestion des autorisations de Groupes à TS-Shell </big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 #, fuzzy @@ -760,8 +700,7 @@ "Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights." msgstr "" -"Définissez les autorisations TS-Shell par groupe si vous voulez que " -"chaque membre TS-Shell\n" +"Définissez les autorisations TS-Shell par groupe si vous voulez que chaque membre TS-Shell\n" "de ce groupe hérite des mêmes droits." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 @@ -769,14 +708,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" -"Des groupes existants peuvent être ajoutés ou enlevés de la table des " -"autorisations TS-Shell\n" -"Sélectionnez des groupes dans la table et cliquez sur Sélectionner ou " -"Déselectionner. Le statut en cours est affiché dans la colonne TS-" -"Auth." +"Des groupes existants peuvent être ajoutés ou enlevés de la table des autorisations TS-Shell\n" +"Sélectionnez des groupes dans la table et cliquez sur Sélectionner ou Déselectionner. Le statut en cours est affiché dans la colonne TS-Auth." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 @@ -784,34 +719,24 @@ msgid "" "Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" "selection." -msgstr "" -"Changez des membres d'un groupe sélectionné de TS-Shell dans la " -"sélectionTS-Members." +msgstr "Changez des membres d'un groupe sélectionné de TS-Shell dans la sélectionTS-Members." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " -"to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" -"Un nouveau groupe peut-être créée en entrant son nom dans le champ New " -"Group et à confirmer avec Create\n" -"\t Pour supprimer des groupes créés avant, le dialogue YAST users " -"doit être utiisé." +"Un nouveau groupe peut-être créée en entrant son nom dans le champ New Group et à confirmer avec Create\n" +"\t Pour supprimer des groupes créés avant, le dialogue YAST users doit être utiisé." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "You can start particular plug-in by pushing the Launch button.</" -#| "p>" +#| msgid "You can start particular plug-in by pushing the Launch button." msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." -msgstr "" -"Annulez les changements dans ce dialogue en cliquant sur le bouton " -"Retour." +msgstr "Annulez les changements dans ce dialogue en cliquant sur le bouton Retour." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 @@ -823,25 +748,14 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"IUCVConn au Loggin a besoin d'un utilisateur pour chaque machine z/VM. " -"Pour créer ces utilisateurs un Mot de passe et Dossier doivent " -"être fournis." +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "IUCVConn au Loggin a besoin d'un utilisateur pour chaque machine z/VM. Pour créer ces utilisateurs un Mot de passe et Dossier doivent être fournis." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de synchroniser les utilisateurs manuellement en cliquant " -"sur Sync ou en confirmant juste avec OK pendant que IUVConn " -"au Loggin est activé." +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "Il est possible de synchroniser les utilisateurs manuellement en cliquant sur Sync ou en confirmant juste avec OK pendant que IUVConn au Loggin est activé." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__451 #. Text approval @@ -1170,41 +1084,29 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Mauvaise ID \"%1\" de machine virtuelle z/VM à la ligne %2, seuls des " -"chiffres et des lettres sont permis. " +msgstr "Mauvaise ID \"%1\" de machine virtuelle z/VM à la ligne %2, seuls des chiffres et des lettres sont permis. " #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Mauvaise ID \"%1\" de machine virtuelle z/VM à la ligne%2, les chiffres en " -"début ne sont pas permis." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "Mauvaise ID \"%1\" de machine virtuelle z/VM à la ligne%2, les chiffres en début ne sont pas permis." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Mauvaise ID \"%1\" de la machine virtuelle z/VM à la ligne %2, plus de huit " -"caractères ne sont pas permis.²²²²²²²²²²²²²²" +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "Mauvaise ID \"%1\" de la machine virtuelle z/VM à la ligne %2, plus de huit caractères ne sont pas permis.²²²²²²²²²²²²²²" #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." -msgstr "" -"Mauvaise ID \"%1\" de la machie virtuelle z/VM à la ligne %2, au moins une " -"lettre est requise." +msgstr "Mauvaise ID \"%1\" de la machie virtuelle z/VM à la ligne %2, au moins une lettre est requise." #. check password #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "" -"Un mot de passe correctement rentré pour synchroniser les utilisateurs " -"IUCVConn est requis." +msgstr "Un mot de passe correctement rentré pour synchroniser les utilisateurs IUCVConn est requis." #. check home directory #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 @@ -1228,20 +1130,14 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." -msgstr "" -"Ne peut configurer le terminal serveur sans IDs valide d'une machine " -"virtuelle z/VM." +msgstr "Ne peut configurer le terminal serveur sans IDs valide d'une machine virtuelle z/VM." #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." -msgstr "" -"Mauvaise saisie, seules les minuscules, les chiffres et les virgules sont " -"permises." +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "Mauvaise saisie, seules les minuscules, les chiffres et les virgules sont permises." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 #, fuzzy @@ -1251,9 +1147,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 #, fuzzy msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." -msgstr "" -"Les IDs de machines virtuelles z/VM ne permettent pas plus de huit " -"caractères." +msgstr "Les IDs de machines virtuelles z/VM ne permettent pas plus de huit caractères." #. Terminal id counting starts with 0 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 @@ -1283,28 +1177,14 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." -" " -msgstr "" -"Plusieurs instances IUCVttypeuvent fonctionner pour fournir un " -"terminal de périphériques multiples. Les instances se distinguent par une ID " -"de terminal, qui est une combinaison de Préfixe de l'ID du terminal " -"et le numéro de l'instance. " +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "Plusieurs instances IUCVttypeuvent fonctionner pour fournir un terminal de périphériques multiples. Les instances se distinguent par une ID de terminal, qui est une combinaison de Préfixe de l'ID du terminal et le numéro de l'instance. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, si vous définissez dix instances avec le préfixe &quot," -"lxterm&quot,, les IDs du terminal de lxterm1 à lxterm10 " -"sont valables." +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "Par exemple, si vous définissez dix instances avec le préfixe &quot,lxterm&quot,, les IDs du terminal de lxterm1 à lxterm10 sont valables." # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__51 #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 @@ -1317,69 +1197,42 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." -msgstr "" -"Le pilote de périphérique HVC de l'IUVC des machines virtuelles z/VM est " -"un module du kernel qui utilise les noeuds du périphérique pour activer " -"jusqu'à huit périphériques de terminaux HVC afin de communiquer avec getty " -"et les programmes de loggin. " +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "Le pilote de périphérique HVC de l'IUVC des machines virtuelles z/VM est un module du kernel qui utilise les noeuds du périphérique pour activer jusqu'à huit périphériques de terminaux HVC afin de communiquer avec getty et les programmes de loggin. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." -msgstr "" -"Avec restriction d'accès, autorise seulement les connexions de " -"certains serveurs terminaux." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "Avec restriction d'accès, autorise seulement les connexions de certains serveurs terminaux." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"" -msgstr "" -"Définit l'émulation pour toutes les instances en mëme temps ou pour " -"chacune séparément." +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "Définit l'émulation pour toutes les instances en mëme temps ou pour chacune séparément." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" -"Activele chemin des des messages du kernel vers hvc0grâce au " -"chemin des messages du kernel au\n" +"Activele chemin des des messages du kernel vers hvc0grâce au chemin des messages du kernel au\n" "périphérique hvc0 au lieu de ttyS0. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "" -"Pour afficher les messages du kernel sur ttyS0, ajoutez manuellement " -"console=ttyS0 au paramètre en cours de boot du kernel dans YAST " -"bootloader module." +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "Pour afficher les messages du kernel sur ttyS0, ajoutez manuellement console=ttyS0 au paramètre en cours de boot du kernel dans YAST bootloader module." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>Attention : les Terminaux HVC sont restés connectés sans qu'il y ait eu " -"déconnexion manuelle par le raccourci ctrl_d</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Attention : les Terminaux HVC sont restés connectés sans qu'il y ait eu déconnexion manuelle par le raccourci ctrl_d</h3>" #. Dialog content #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 @@ -1459,8 +1312,7 @@ #| "The domain has changed.\n" #| "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"Le système doit être rebooté pour que quelques changements prennent effet." +msgstr "Le système doit être rebooté pour que quelques changements prennent effet." #. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 @@ -1483,19 +1335,14 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Configuration of the Repository \n" #| "\n" -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" msgstr "Configurer les actions prévues en cas de kernel panic" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." -msgstr "" -"Le démon Dumpconf doit être activé pour influencer le comportement " -"durant un kernel panic." +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "Le démon Dumpconf doit être activé pour influencer le comportement durant un kernel panic." #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 @@ -1524,58 +1371,35 @@ #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" -"dump_reiplVide Linux et redémarre le sysème. Cette option n'est " -"valable\n" -"que sur LPAR avec des machines z9(r) et suivantes ainsi que z/VM version 5.5 " -"et ultérieures. " +"dump_reiplVide Linux et redémarre le sysème. Cette option n'est valable\n" +"que sur LPAR avec des machines z9(r) et suivantes ainsi que z/VM version 5.5 et ultérieures. " #. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." -msgstr "" -"vmcmdExécute les commandes CP spécifiées et arrête le système/" +msgstr "vmcmdExécute les commandes CP spécifiées et arrête le système/" #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Le temps défini dans <Delay Minutes diffère l'activation de panic " -"prévue d'un système nouvellement démarré pour éviter les boucles. Si le " -"système crashe avant le temps écoulé, l'action par défaut (stop) est lancée." -"" +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "Le temps défini dans <Delay Minutes diffère l'activation de panic prévue d'un système nouvellement démarré pour éviter les boucles. Si le système crashe avant le temps écoulé, l'action par défaut (stop) est lancée." #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." -msgstr "" -"Le périphérique pour vider la mémoire peut-être paramétré avec Dump " -"Device. Si il n'est pas affiché de périphérique, vous devez en crééer un " -"avec Yast Dump Devices" +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "Le périphérique pour vider la mémoire peut-être paramétré avec Dump Device. Si il n'est pas affiché de périphérique, vous devez en crééer un avec Yast Dump Devices" #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Avec VMCMDSpécifiez les commandes à exécuter avant l'arrêt du " -"système Linux. Seules les lignes %1 et un total de %2 caractères sont permis." -"" +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "Avec VMCMDSpécifiez les commandes à exécuter avant l'arrêt du système Linux. Seules les lignes %1 et un total de %2 caractères sont permis." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__36 #. radio button label @@ -1624,9 +1448,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." -msgstr "" -"Il n'est pas possible d'activer le processus de vidage sans un périphérique " -"de vidage." +msgstr "Il n'est pas possible d'activer le processus de vidage sans un périphérique de vidage." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__54 #. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command @@ -1634,9 +1456,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." -msgstr "" -"Il n'est pas possible d'utiliser vmcmd sans avoir défini au moins une " -"commande." +msgstr "Il n'est pas possible d'utiliser vmcmd sans avoir défini au moins une commande." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__89 #. Dialog caption @@ -1671,8 +1491,7 @@ "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la configuration du disque ZFCP sans " -"enregistrer ?\n" +"Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la configuration du disque ZFCP sans enregistrer ?\n" "Toutes vos modifications seront perdues." # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__42 @@ -1770,8 +1589,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "To configure a new ZFCP disk, click Add." msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer un nouveau disque ZFCP, cliquez sur Ajouter." +msgstr "Pour configurer un nouveau disque ZFCP, cliquez sur Ajouter." #. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 @@ -1826,34 +1644,25 @@ #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "The Channel Number must be entered with lowercase letters in a " -#| "sysfs conforming\n" +#| "The Channel Number must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" #| "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -#| "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex " -#| "value, such as\n" +#| "The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" #| "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -#| "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -#| "with\n" +#| "The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" #| "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" -"Le Numéro de canal doit être saisi en lettres minuscules dans un " -"format conforme sysfs\n" +"Le Numéro de canal doit être saisi en lettres minuscules dans un format conforme sysfs\n" "0.0<devno>,par exemple <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"Le WWPN doit être saisi en minuscules comme une valeur hex à 16 chiffres, " -"par exemple \n" +"Le WWPN doit être saisi en minuscules comme une valeur hex à 16 chiffres, par exemple \n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"Le LUN doit être saisi en lettres minuscules comme une valeur hex à 16 " -"chiffres avec \n" +"Le LUN doit être saisi en lettres minuscules comme une valeur hex à 16 chiffres avec \n" "tous les zéros à droite, comme <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." #. popup label @@ -2056,9 +1865,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." -msgstr "" -"Création d'un périphérique de vidage. Ce processus peut prendre un certain " -"temps." +msgstr "Création d'un périphérique de vidage. Ce processus peut prendre un certain temps." #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 @@ -2496,8 +2303,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Le périphérique %1 n'est pas formaté. Formater maintenant ?\n" #~ "Si vous voulez formater plusieurs périphériques en parallèle,\n" -#~ "cliquez sur 'Annuler' et sélectionnez 'Appliquer l'action', 'Formater' " -#~ "plus tard à.\n" +#~ "cliquez sur 'Annuler' et sélectionnez 'Appliquer l'action', 'Formater' plus tard à.\n" # TLABEL idedma_2002_03_14_2340__18 #, fuzzy @@ -2574,14 +2380,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Ajouter un nouveau périphérique de vidage" #~ msgid "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Installer l'enregistrement de vidage même si le disque est déjà &formaté" +#~ msgstr "Installer l'enregistrement de vidage même si le disque est déjà &formaté" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__277 #~ msgid "Really leave the dump device configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voulez-vous vraiment abandonner la configuration du périphérique de " -#~ "vidage ?" +#~ msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment abandonner la configuration du périphérique de vidage ?" # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__42 #~ msgid "Add another dump device?" @@ -2594,8 +2397,7 @@ #~ " \n" #~ "Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Initialisation de la configuration des périphériques de " -#~ "vidage</big>\n" +#~ "<big>Initialisation de la configuration des périphériques de vidage</big>\n" #~ " \n" #~ " Veuillez patienter... " @@ -2604,8 +2406,7 @@ #~ "<big>Saving Dump Device Configuration</big> \n" #~ "Please wait... " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Enregistrement de la configuration de périphérique de vidage</" -#~ "big> \n" +#~ "<big>Enregistrement de la configuration de périphérique de vidage</big> \n" #~ "Veuillez patienter... " # TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__80 @@ -2614,8 +2415,7 @@ #~ "This dialog shows configured dump devices for your system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Périphériques de vidage configurés</big> \n" -#~ "Cette boîte de dialogue affiche les périphériques de vidage configurés " -#~ "pour votre système." +#~ "Cette boîte de dialogue affiche les périphériques de vidage configurés pour votre système." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2623,12 +2423,9 @@ #~ "already configured dump device, select it and click Edit.\n" #~ "To remove a configured dump device, select it and click Delete." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour configurer un nouveau périphérique de vidage, cliquez sur " -#~ "Ajouter. Pour modifier un\n" -#~ "périphérique de vidage déjà configuré, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur " -#~ "Éditer.\n" -#~ " Pour supprimer un périphérique de vidage configuré, sélectionnez-le et " -#~ "cliquez sur Supprimer." +#~ "Pour configurer un nouveau périphérique de vidage, cliquez sur Ajouter. Pour modifier un\n" +#~ "périphérique de vidage déjà configuré, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur Éditer.\n" +#~ " Pour supprimer un périphérique de vidage configuré, sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur Supprimer." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" @@ -2637,26 +2434,21 @@ #~| "ECKD DASD and zfcp disks. Set Dump Device to select the device\n" #~| "to format. If the device is already formatted\n" #~| "or configured, setting\n" -#~| "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required.</" -#~| "p>" +#~| "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Add New Dump Device</big> \n" #~ "Prepare a device for use as an S/390 dump device. Supported devices are\n" #~ "ECKD DASD. Set Dump Device to select the device\n" #~ "to format. If the device is already formatted\n" #~ "or configured, setting\n" -#~ "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted is required." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ajouter un nouveau périphérique de vidage</big> \n" -#~ "Préparer un périphérique afin de l'utiliser comme un périphérique de " -#~ "vidage S/390. Les périphériques\n" -#~ " pris en charge sont les diques ECKD DASD et zfcp. Définissez " -#~ "Périphérique de vidage pour sélectionner le \n" +#~ "Préparer un périphérique afin de l'utiliser comme un périphérique de vidage S/390. Les périphériques\n" +#~ " pris en charge sont les diques ECKD DASD et zfcp. Définissez Périphérique de vidage pour sélectionner le \n" #~ " périphérique à formater. Si le périphérique est déjà formaté\n" #~ " ou configuré, la sélection de \n" -#~ " Installer l'enregistrement de vidage même si le disque est déjà " -#~ "&formaté est requise." +#~ " Installer l'enregistrement de vidage même si le disque est déjà &formaté est requise." # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6 #~ msgid "Disk unusable." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-client.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -78,8 +78,7 @@ "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" msgstr "" -"L'utilisateur utilisé pour rejoindre le domaine. S'il a été omis, YaST " -"essaiera\n" +"L'utilisateur utilisé pour rejoindre le domaine. S'il a été omis, YaST essaiera\n" "de rejoindre le domaine sans spécifier l'utilisateur et le mot de passe.\n" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option @@ -184,12 +183,8 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "" -"Spécifiez la plage pour les ID d'utilisateur et de groupe Samba " -"(valeurs <tt>winbind uid</tt> et <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "Spécifiez la plage pour les ID d'utilisateur et de groupe Samba (valeurs <tt>winbind uid</tt> et <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__20 #. frame label @@ -447,13 +442,11 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" -"La configuration de ce système comme client pour Active Directory " -"réinitialise\n" +"La configuration de ce système comme client pour Active Directory réinitialise\n" "les paramètres suivants de smb.conf à leur valeur par défaut :\n" " %1" @@ -523,8 +516,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'initialisation</big> \n" -"cliquez sur Abandonner pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en " -"toute sécurité.\n" +"cliquez sur Abandonner pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -547,8 +539,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" "cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter la procédure d'enregistrement.\n" -"Une autre boîte de dialogue vous indique si l'annulation peut se faire en " -"toute sécurité.\n" +"Une autre boîte de dialogue vous indique si l'annulation peut se faire en toute sécurité.\n" "\n" # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__51 @@ -556,55 +547,43 @@ #. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 msgid "<big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big>" -msgstr "" -"<big>Sélection de l'appartenance au domaine Windows</big>" +msgstr "<big>Sélection de l'appartenance au domaine Windows</big>" #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" -"Un client Linux peut être membre d'un groupe de travail, d'un domaine NT " -"ou d'un domaine Active Directory.\n" +"Un client Linux peut être membre d'un groupe de travail, d'un domaine NT ou d'un domaine Active Directory.\n" "Spécifiez le nom d'adhésion.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" -"Utiliser les informations SMB pour l'authentification Linux permet " -"de \n" -"vérifier les mots de passe avec le serveur NT ou le serveur Kerberos en cas " -"d'adhésion à un domaine AD.\n" +"Utiliser les informations SMB pour l'authentification Linux permet de \n" +"vérifier les mots de passe avec le serveur NT ou le serveur Kerberos en cas d'adhésion à un domaine AD.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" -"Cochez Modifier le suffixe DNS primaire pour ajouter votre serveur " -"AD à la liste des serveurs de noms.\n" -"Cette option n'est disponible que pour les configurations de réseau statique." -"" +"Cochez Modifier le suffixe DNS primaire pour ajouter votre serveur AD à la liste des serveurs de noms.\n" +"Cette option n'est disponible que pour les configurations de réseau statique." #. Samba role dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous cliquez sur Terminer, le système vérifie l'adhésion " -"et,\n" -"s'il s'agit d'un domaine NT ou Active Directory, autorise cet hôte à se " -"connecter au domaine.\n" +"Lorsque vous cliquez sur Terminer, le système vérifie l'adhésion et,\n" +"s'il s'agit d'un domaine NT ou Active Directory, autorise cet hôte à se connecter au domaine.\n" # TLABEL nis_2002_08_07_0216__33 #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) @@ -623,43 +602,18 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." -msgstr "" -"Cochez Créer un répertoire privé (home) lors de la connexion pour " -"que les répertoires privés (home) soient créés lors de la première connexion." -"" +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." +msgstr "Cochez Créer un répertoire privé (home) lors de la connexion pour que les répertoires privés (home) soient créés lors de la première connexion." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"Authentification hors connexion permet à l'utilisateur de se " -"connecter même s'il n'y a pas de connexion au contrôleur de domaine. Pour " -"que cette option fonctionne, vous devez vous connecter à votre domaine au " -"moins une fois. Les informations d'identification de l'utilisateur sont " -"stockées de façon cryptée sur votre ordinateur et sont réutilisées pour une " -"connexion au domaine lorsque la connexion au contrôleur de domaine ne peut " -"pas être établie. Cela est très utile tout particulièrement pour les " -"utilisateurs nomades." +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "Authentification hors connexion permet à l'utilisateur de se connecter même s'il n'y a pas de connexion au contrôleur de domaine. Pour que cette option fonctionne, vous devez vous connecter à votre domaine au moins une fois. Les informations d'identification de l'utilisateur sont stockées de façon cryptée sur votre ordinateur et sont réutilisées pour une connexion au domaine lorsque la connexion au contrôleur de domaine ne peut pas être établie. Cela est très utile tout particulièrement pour les utilisateurs nomades." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Paramètres experts</> pour activer les fonctionnalités " -"avancées telles que les options WINS ou monter des dossiers HOME d'un " -"serveur depuis un domaine Active Directory." +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." +msgstr "Cliquez sur Paramètres experts</> pour activer les fonctionnalités avancées telles que les options WINS ou monter des dossiers HOME d'un serveur depuis un domaine Active Directory." # TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__23 #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config @@ -670,26 +624,16 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgstr "" -"Définissez le Nom d'utilisateur et le Mot de passe à " -"utiliser joindre\n" -"le domaine sélectionné lors de l'auto-installation. Notez que le mot de " -"passe sera enregistré dans le profil en clair (non crypté)." +"Définissez le Nom d'utilisateur et le Mot de passe à utiliser joindre\n" +"le domaine sélectionné lors de l'auto-installation. Notez que le mot de passe sera enregistré dans le profil en clair (non crypté)." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Indiquez le Serveur Active Directory à utiliser pour se connecter " -"à un domaine Active Directory. Cette valeur sera réutilisée pour le serveur " -"KDC dans la configuration Kerberos." +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." +msgstr "Indiquez le Serveur Active Directory à utiliser pour se connecter à un domaine Active Directory. Cette valeur sera réutilisée pour le serveur KDC dans la configuration Kerberos." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -700,10 +644,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour synchroniser votre horloge avec un serveur NTP, configurez votre " -"ordinateur\n" -"comme un client NTP. Accéder à la configuration à l'aide de Configuration " -"NTP.\n" +"Pour synchroniser votre horloge avec un serveur NTP, configurez votre ordinateur\n" +"comme un client NTP. Accéder à la configuration à l'aide de Configuration NTP.\n" "\n" # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__6 @@ -764,9 +706,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" -msgstr "" -"Pour rejoindre le domaine de façon anonyme, laissez vide les entrées de " -"texte.\n" +msgstr "Pour rejoindre le domaine de façon anonyme, laissez vide les entrées de texte.\n" #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 @@ -810,9 +750,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"Des partages utilisateur existent déjà. Voulez-vous conserver ou supprimer " -"ces partages ?" +msgstr "Des partages utilisateur existent déjà. Voulez-vous conserver ou supprimer ces partages ?" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__93 #. button label @@ -829,9 +767,7 @@ #. yes/no popup #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" -msgstr "" -"D'autres services de partage Windows sont disponibles. Voulez-vous également " -"les arrêter ?" +msgstr "D'autres services de partage Windows sont disponibles. Voulez-vous également les arrêter ?" #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386 @@ -840,13 +776,8 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez utiliser le 'Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service' " -"(WINS) pour la résolution des noms, cochez Utiliser WINS pour la " -"résolution du nom d'hôte." +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "Si vous voulez utiliser le 'Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service' (WINS) pour la résolution des noms, cochez Utiliser WINS pour la résolution du nom d'hôte." #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 @@ -855,12 +786,8 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." -msgstr "" -"Cochez Récuperation du serveur WINS via DHCP pour utiliser un " -"serveur WINS fourni par DHCP." +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." +msgstr "Cochez Récuperation du serveur WINS via DHCP pour utiliser un serveur WINS fourni par DHCP." # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__54 #. frame label @@ -896,84 +823,41 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." -msgstr "" -"Autoriser des utilisateurs à partager leurs répertoires autorise " -"les membres du Groupe autorisé à partager leurs répertoires avec " -"d'autres utilisateurs. Par exemple, <tt>users</tt> pour une étendue locale " -"ou <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> pour un domaine. L'utilisateur doit également " -"vérifier que les autorisations du système de fichiers permettent l'accès." +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." +msgstr "Autoriser des utilisateurs à partager leurs répertoires autorise les membres du Groupe autorisé à partager leurs répertoires avec d'autres utilisateurs. Par exemple, <tt>users</tt> pour une étendue locale ou <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> pour un domaine. L'utilisateur doit également vérifier que les autorisations du système de fichiers permettent l'accès." #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." -msgstr "" -"Avec Nombre maximum de partages, limitez le nombre total de " -"partages pouvant être créés." +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." +msgstr "Avec Nombre maximum de partages, limitez le nombre total de partages pouvant être créés." #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." -msgstr "" -"Pour autoriser l'accès aux partages utilisateur sans authentification, " -"activez Autoriser l'accès invité." +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." +msgstr "Pour autoriser l'accès aux partages utilisateur sans authentification, activez Autoriser l'accès invité." #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" -"Dans la table Monter les dossiers serveur, vous pouvez spécifier " -"des\n" -"dossiers serveurs (comme le dossier home) qui devraient être montés " -"localement lorsque\n" -"l'utilisateur est connecté. Si le montage devrait être spécifique à " -"l'utilisateur, spécifiez\n" -"le Nom d'utilisateur pour la règle sélectionnée. Sinon, le dossier " -"est monté pour chaque utilisateur. Pour plus d'informations, reportez vous à " -"la page du manuel de pam_mount.conf ." +"Dans la table Monter les dossiers serveur, vous pouvez spécifier des\n" +"dossiers serveurs (comme le dossier home) qui devraient être montés localement lorsque\n" +"l'utilisateur est connecté. Si le montage devrait être spécifique à l'utilisateur, spécifiez\n" +"le Nom d'utilisateur pour la règle sélectionnée. Sinon, le dossier est monté pour chaque utilisateur. Pour plus d'informations, reportez vous à la page du manuel de pam_mount.conf ." #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, vous pouvez utiliser la valeur <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> " -"pour le chemin d'accès distant, la valeur <tt>~/</tt> pour le " -"Point de montage local pour monter le dossier privé (home), tous les " -"deux avec la valeur <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> comme une partie des " -"Options." +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." +msgstr "Par exemple, vous pouvez utiliser la valeur <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> pour le chemin d'accès distant, la valeur <tt>~/</tt> pour le Point de montage local pour monter le dossier privé (home), tous les deux avec la valeur <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> comme une partie des Options." #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." -msgstr "" -"La valeur de Methode Kerberos définie la façon dont les tickets " -"kerberos sont vérifiés. Lorsque Authentification unique (SSO) pour SSH</" -"b> est utilisée, la méthode Kerberos par défaut paramétrée par YaST est " -"<tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. Reportez-vous à la page du manuel de smb.conf " -"pour plus de détails." +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." +msgstr "La valeur de Methode Kerberos définie la façon dont les tickets kerberos sont vérifiés. Lorsque Authentification unique (SSO) pour SSH est utilisée, la méthode Kerberos par défaut paramétrée par YaST est <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. Reportez-vous à la page du manuel de smb.conf pour plus de détails." # TLABEL nfs_2002_08_07_0216__3 #. translators: initialization dialog caption @@ -990,49 +874,42 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__322 #. dialog caption #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 -#| msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" msgstr "Enregistrement de la configuration du client Kerberos" # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21 #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 -#| msgid "Write the settings" msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres PAM" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__324 #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 -#| msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" msgstr "Écrire la configuration du client Kerberos" # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21 #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 -#| msgid "Write the settings" msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" msgstr "Écrire les paramètres OpenSSH" # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24 #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 -#| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres PAM..." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__331 #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 -#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." msgstr "Écriture de la configuration du client Kerberos..." # TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24 #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 -#| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." msgstr "Écriture des paramètres OpenSSH..." @@ -1097,7 +974,6 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 -#| msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "Domaine par défaut : %1" @@ -1108,7 +984,6 @@ #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 -#| msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" msgstr "Authentification Kerberos activée : %1" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -27,9 +27,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Module de configuration du serveur Samba (consultez la documentation Samba " -"pour plus de détails)" +msgstr "Module de configuration du serveur Samba (consultez la documentation Samba pour plus de détails)" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -51,9 +49,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for backend selection action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information" -msgstr "" -"Définissez le back-end pour le stockage de l'information relative aux " -"utilisateurs" +msgstr "Définissez le back-end pour le stockage de l'information relative aux utilisateurs" #. translators: command line help text for service activation action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 @@ -125,16 +121,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"Une liste des utilisateurs (séparés par des virgules) autorisés à lire sur " -"le partage" +msgstr "Une liste des utilisateurs (séparés par des virgules) autorisés à lire sur le partage" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"Une liste des utilisateurs (séparés par des virgules) autorisés à écrire sur " -"le partage" +msgstr "Une liste des utilisateurs (séparés par des virgules) autorisés à écrire sur le partage" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 @@ -149,9 +141,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"Une liste des utilisateurs (séparés par des virgules) autorisés à accéder au " -"partage" +msgstr "Une liste des utilisateurs (séparés par des virgules) autorisés à accéder au partage" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -171,30 +161,22 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"Le serveur doit fournir des partages mais ne doit pas permettre de connexion " -"au domaine" +msgstr "Le serveur doit fournir des partages mais ne doit pas permettre de connexion au domaine" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information" -msgstr "" -"Utiliser le fichier 'smbpasswd' pour stocker les informations relatives aux " -"utilisateurs" +msgstr "Utiliser le fichier 'smbpasswd' pour stocker les informations relatives aux utilisateurs" #. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" -msgstr "" -"Utiliser le fichier 'passdb.tdb' pour stocker les informations relatives aux " -"utilisateurs" +msgstr "Utiliser le fichier 'passdb.tdb' pour stocker les informations relatives aux utilisateurs" #. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information" -msgstr "" -"Utiliser le serveur LDAP pour stocker les informations relatives aux " -"utilisateurs" +msgstr "Utiliser le serveur LDAP pour stocker les informations relatives aux utilisateurs" # TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__2 #. translators: command line help text for password option @@ -214,17 +196,14 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "" "Le suffixe DN LDAP pour la manipulation des informations relatives aux\n" "utilisateurs sur le serveur LDAP" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" msgstr "" "Le DN LDAP pour la modification des données du serveur LDAP\n" "(par exemple, changer les mots de passe)" @@ -297,17 +276,13 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" -"Étant donné que des utilisateurs sont actuellement connectés à ce serveur " -"Samba,\n" +"Étant donné que des utilisateurs sont actuellement connectés à ce serveur Samba,\n" "la configuration du serveur a été rechargée, et non redémarrée.\n" -" Pour confirmer que tous les paramètres sont pris en compte malgré la " -"déconnexion éventuelle des utilisateurs,\n" -" exécutez les commandes '/etc/init.d/smb restart' et '/etc/init.d/nmb " -"restart'" +" Pour confirmer que tous les paramètres sont pris en compte malgré la déconnexion éventuelle des utilisateurs,\n" +" exécutez les commandes '/etc/init.d/smb restart' et '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 @@ -334,15 +309,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 msgid "Optional value must not begin with a space character." -msgstr "" -"Les valeurs optionnelles ne doivent pas commencer par le caractère espace." +msgstr "Les valeurs optionnelles ne doivent pas commencer par le caractère espace." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "" -"Des guillemets doivent entourer les valeurs optionnelles multiples pour un " -"back-end." +msgstr "Des guillemets doivent entourer les valeurs optionnelles multiples pour un back-end." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL @@ -960,8 +932,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en " -"toute sécurité.\n" +"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -984,21 +955,18 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" "cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter la procédure d'enregistrement.\n" -"Une autre boîte de dialogue vous indique si l'annulation peut se faire en " -"toute sécurité.\n" +"Une autre boîte de dialogue vous indique si l'annulation peut se faire en toute sécurité.\n" "\n" #. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Sélection du groupe de travail ou du domaine</big> \n" -"Sélectionnez un nom de groupe de travail ou de domaine existant ou saisissez " -"un nouveau nom de votre choix, puis cliquez sur Suivant.\n" +"Sélectionnez un nom de groupe de travail ou de domaine existant ou saisissez un nouveau nom de votre choix, puis cliquez sur Suivant.\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 @@ -1006,46 +974,33 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -#| "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows " -#| "domain.\n" +#| "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" #| "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -#| "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -#| "passwords.\n" -#| "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the " -#| "settings in this selection." +#| "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +#| "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection." msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Type de serveur Samba</big>\n" -"Un contrôleur de domaine permet aux clients Windows de se connecter à un " -"domaine Windows.\n" -" Le contrôleur de secours utilise un autre contrôleur de domaine pour la " -"validation.\n" -" Le contrôleur principal utilise ses propres informations à propos des " -"utilisateurs et leurs mots de passe.\n" -" Les options disponibles dans les boîtes de dialogue de configuration " -"dépendent des paramètres de cette sélection." +"Un contrôleur de domaine permet aux clients Windows de se connecter à un domaine Windows.\n" +" Le contrôleur de secours utilise un autre contrôleur de domaine pour la validation.\n" +" Le contrôleur principal utilise ses propres informations à propos des utilisateurs et leurs mots de passe.\n" +" Les options disponibles dans les boîtes de dialogue de configuration dépendent des paramètres de cette sélection." #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>Type de serveur Samba</big>\n" -"Un contrôleur de domaine permet aux clients Windows de se connecter à un " -"domaine Windows.\n" +"Un contrôleur de domaine permet aux clients Windows de se connecter à un domaine Windows.\n" " Les options disponibles dans les boîtes de dialogue de configuration \n" " dépendent des paramètres de cette sélection." @@ -1061,8 +1016,7 @@ "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them. " msgstr "" "Ceci est une liste des partages déjà configurés, qu'ils soient \n" -"activés ou désactivés, accompagnée d'informations de base à leur sujet. </" -"p>" +"activés ou désactivés, accompagnée d'informations de base à leur sujet. " #. Share list dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 @@ -1089,11 +1043,9 @@ "menu.\n" msgstr "" "Certains partages sont spéciaux. Le partage \n" -"Homes, par exemple, est un partage système spécial pour l'accès aux " -"répertoires personnels\n" +"Homes, par exemple, est un partage système spécial pour l'accès aux répertoires personnels\n" "des utilisateurs. Sélectionnez Masquer les partages système \n" -"dans le menu Filtrerpour masquer les partages système depuis le " -"tableau\n" +"dans le menu Filtrerpour masquer les partages système depuis le tableau\n" ".\n" #. Share list dialog help 4/4 @@ -1103,8 +1055,7 @@ "already existing share, and Delete to \n" "remove the information about a share.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilisez Ajouter pour ajouter un nouveau partage, Modifier " -"pour modifier\n" +"Utilisez Ajouter pour ajouter un nouveau partage, Modifier pour modifier\n" "un partage existant et Supprimer pour \n" "supprimer les informations relatives à un partage.\n" @@ -1124,24 +1075,17 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "Les paramètres de base définissent le domaine et le \n" -"rôle du serveur. Contrôleur de domaine de secours et Contrôleur de " -"domaine principal permettent aux clients Windows de se connecter à un " -"domaine Windows. Le contrôleur de secours\n" -"utilise un autre contrôleur de domaine pour la validation. Le contrôleur " -"principal\n" -"utilise ses propres informations à propos des utilisateurs et leurs mots de " -"passe.\n" -"Si un serveur ne doit pas faire partie des contrôleurs de domaine, " -"sélectionnez l'option\n" +"rôle du serveur. Contrôleur de domaine de secours et Contrôleur de domaine principal permettent aux clients Windows de se connecter à un domaine Windows. Le contrôleur de secours\n" +"utilise un autre contrôleur de domaine pour la validation. Le contrôleur principal\n" +"utilise ses propres informations à propos des utilisateurs et leurs mots de passe.\n" +"Si un serveur ne doit pas faire partie des contrôleurs de domaine, sélectionnez l'option\n" "Pas de CD.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/5 @@ -1153,10 +1097,8 @@ "as a domain controller, choose Not a DC.\n" msgstr "" "Les Paramètres de base définissent le domaine et le\n" -"rôle du serveur. Contrôleur de domaine principal permet aux clients " -"Windows\n" -"de se connecter à un domaine Windows. Si un serveur ne doit pas faire " -"partie\n" +"rôle du serveur. Contrôleur de domaine principal permet aux clients Windows\n" +"de se connecter à un domaine Windows. Si un serveur ne doit pas faire partie\n" "des contrôleurs de domaine, sélectionnez Pas de CD.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 3/5 @@ -1170,8 +1112,7 @@ "and enter the IP address of the WINS server.\n" msgstr "" "WINS est un protocole réseau servant au mappage de\n" -"l'identification réseau de bas niveau d'un hôte (par exemple son adresse IP) " -"avec\n" +"l'identification réseau de bas niveau d'un hôte (par exemple son adresse IP) avec\n" "un nom NetBIOS. Le serveur Samba peut être un \n" "serveur WINS ou utiliser un autre serveur pour \n" "ses requêtes. Dans ce dernier cas, choisissez Serveur WINS distant\n" @@ -1190,12 +1131,10 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Paramètres avancés donne accès à une\n" -"configuration détaillée, aux sources d'authentification utilisateur et aux " -"paramètres globaux pour experts.\n" +"configuration détaillée, aux sources d'authentification utilisateur et aux paramètres globaux pour experts.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" @@ -1222,8 +1161,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour ajouter un nouveau domaine à la liste, cliquez sur Ajouter.\n" "Saisissez le nom du domaine de confiance\n" -"et un mot de passe dans la boîte de dialogue qui s'affiche. Le mot de passe " -"est utilisé par le serveur Samba\n" +"et un mot de passe dans la boîte de dialogue qui s'affiche. Le mot de passe est utilisé par le serveur Samba\n" "pour accéder au domaine de confiance. La relation de confiance est\n" "établie lorsque vous cliquez sur OK. Pour supprimer un domaine,\n" "sélectionnez-le dans la liste et cliquez sur Supprimer.\n" @@ -1234,8 +1172,7 @@ "see the Samba HOWTO collection.\n" msgstr "" "Pour plus de détails à propos du fonctionnement\n" -"des domaines de confiance, consultez la collection de guides pratiques de " -"Samba.\n" +"des domaines de confiance, consultez la collection de guides pratiques de Samba.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 #. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 @@ -1253,8 +1190,7 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilisez Ajouter pour ajouter une nouvelle option de " -"configuration, Modifier pour modifier\n" +"Utilisez Ajouter pour ajouter une nouvelle option de configuration, Modifier pour modifier\n" "une option existante et Supprimer pour supprimer une option.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -1273,8 +1209,7 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilisez Ajouter pour ajouter une nouvelle option de " -"configuration,\n" +"Utilisez Ajouter pour ajouter une nouvelle option de configuration,\n" "Modifier pour modifier une option existante et Effacer pour\n" "effacer une option.\n" @@ -1295,28 +1230,21 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "Base de recherche DN (nom distinctif) est\n" -"la base dans laquelle commencer la recherche d'informations. DN " -"d'administration est utilisé pour\n" -"la création de nouveaux utilisateurs et groupes. Si le DN d'administration " -"nécessite\n" +"la base dans laquelle commencer la recherche d'informations. DN d'administration est utilisé pour\n" +"la création de nouveaux utilisateurs et groupes. Si le DN d'administration nécessite\n" "un mot de passe pour l'accès en écriture, définissez celui-ci à l'aide de \n" "Définir le mot de passe pour l'administration LDAP.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.\n" -msgstr "" -"Remarque : les paramètres sont enregistrés avant la définition du " -"mot de passe d'administration LDAP.\n" +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" +msgstr "Remarque : les paramètres sont enregistrés avant la définition du mot de passe d'administration LDAP.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1326,24 +1254,19 @@ "information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n" "only one is allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Backends d'informations pour l'authentification des utilisateurs</" -"big> \n" -"Choisissez où le serveur Samba doit rechercher les informations " -"d'authentification.\n" +"<big>Backends d'informations pour l'authentification des utilisateurs</big> \n" +"Choisissez où le serveur Samba doit rechercher les informations d'authentification.\n" "Samba ne supporte plus les multiples backends,\n" "un seul est autorisé.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez changer la source d'authentification utilisateur, " -"commencez par retirer l'actuelle\n" -"en cliquant sur le bouton Supprimer et ajoutez en une nouvelle avec " -"Ajouter.\n" +"Si vous voulez changer la source d'authentification utilisateur, commencez par retirer l'actuelle\n" +"en cliquant sur le bouton Supprimer et ajoutez en une nouvelle avec Ajouter.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 @@ -1354,8 +1277,7 @@ "format.\n" msgstr "" "Le fichier smbpasswd est le fichier qui utilise le même format\n" -"que les versions précédentres de Samba. Sa disposition est similaire à " -"celle\n" +"que les versions précédentres de Samba. Sa disposition est similaire à celle\n" "du fichier passwd. Il est possible d'avoir des fichiers multiples dans ce\n" "format.\n" @@ -1374,8 +1296,7 @@ "TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.\n" msgstr "" -"Base de données TDB utilise un format binaire de base de données " -"interne à Samba\n" +"Base de données TDB utilise un format binaire de base de données interne à Samba\n" "pour le stockage et la recherche des informations.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__47 @@ -1405,8 +1326,7 @@ "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ajouter un nouveau partage</big> \n" -"Saisissez ici les informations de base à propos d'un nouveau partage à " -"ajouter.\n" +"Saisissez ici les informations de base à propos d'un nouveau partage à ajouter.\n" #. add new share dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 @@ -1440,8 +1360,7 @@ "directory.\n" msgstr "" "Si Lecture seule est coché, les utilisateurs\n" -"d'un service ne peuvent pas créer ou modifier de fichiers dans le répertoire " -"du\n" +"d'un service ne peuvent pas créer ou modifier de fichiers dans le répertoire du\n" "service.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 @@ -1456,21 +1375,11 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." msgstr "" #. help for LDAP Settings dialog @@ -1481,92 +1390,55 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Paramètres LDAP</big> \n" "Ici, déterminez le serveur LDAP utilisé pour l'authentification.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Configurer le Backend de mot de passe LDAP permet le stockage des " -"informations de l'utilisateur dans l'arbre LDAP spécifié par l'URL. Avec " -"Back-End Idmap LDAP , enregistrez les tables de mapping SID/uid/gid dans " -"LDAP.\n" +"Configurer le Backend de mot de passe LDAP permet le stockage des informations de l'utilisateur dans l'arbre LDAP spécifié par l'URL. Avec Back-End Idmap LDAP , enregistrez les tables de mapping SID/uid/gid dans LDAP.\n" "\n" -"Dans la section d'authentification, paramétrez les informations d'identité " -"pour le serveur LDAP, dont le DN administrateur complet.\n" +"Dans la section d'authentification, paramétrez les informations d'identité pour le serveur LDAP, dont le DN administrateur complet.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " -"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "" -"Suffixe Utilisateur spécifie où les utilisateurs sont ajoutés dans " -"l'arbre LDAP. La valeur est pré-définie avec la valeur de Search Base DN</" -"b>. De la même manière, Suffixe Groupe specifie l'emplacement des " -"groupes, Suffixe Machine pour les machines and Suffixe Idmap " -"pour le mappage idmap." +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "Suffixe Utilisateur spécifie où les utilisateurs sont ajoutés dans l'arbre LDAP. La valeur est pré-définie avec la valeur de Search Base DN. De la même manière, Suffixe Groupe specifie l'emplacement des groupes, Suffixe Machine pour les machines and Suffixe Idmap pour le mappage idmap." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"Attente avant réplication est le nombre de milliseconds que Samba " -"attendra après avoir écrit sur le serveur LDAP, pour que LDAP replicas " -"puisse le prendre en compte.\n" -"Time-Out spéciefie le délai de timeout pour les opérations LDAP " -"(en seconde)." +"Attente avant réplication est le nombre de milliseconds que Samba attendra après avoir écrit sur le serveur LDAP, pour que LDAP replicas puisse le prendre en compte.\n" +"Time-Out spéciefie le délai de timeout pour les opérations LDAP (en seconde)." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -"" -msgstr "" -"Defini s'il faut utiliser une connexion SSL pour LDAP avec Utiliser " -"SSL ou TLS." +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +msgstr "Defini s'il faut utiliser une connexion SSL pour LDAP avec Utiliser SSL ou TLS." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" -"Supprimer DN spécifie si l'opération de suppression supprime toute " -"les entrées LDAP ou juste les attributs spécifiques à Samba.\n" -"Avec Synchronisation des mots de passe, define possible " -"synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the " -"<tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." +"Supprimer DN spécifie si l'opération de suppression supprime toute les entrées LDAP ou juste les attributs spécifiques à Samba.\n" +"Avec Synchronisation des mots de passe, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1578,8 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous changez le nom d'hôte NetBIOS, Samba crée un\n" "identificateur de service (SID) pour votre serveur avec la première\n" -"connexion client. Le nouveau SID étant différent de l'ancien, les clients " -"ne\n" +"connexion client. Le nouveau SID étant différent de l'ancien, les clients ne\n" "peuvent plus s'authentifier en tant que membres du domaine.\n" #. translators: warning text @@ -1591,8 +1462,7 @@ "/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" msgstr "" "Considérez que /tmp et /var/tmp sont des répertoires\n" -"publiquement accessibles et qu'une tâche de nettoyage planifiée peut " -"supprimer les fichiers après une\n" +"publiquement accessibles et qu'une tâche de nettoyage planifiée peut supprimer les fichiers après une\n" "période définie. Consultez MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP et TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR dans\n" "/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" @@ -1626,13 +1496,11 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Paramètres avancés donne accès à des options\n" -"de configuration détaillées, par exemple les paramètres LDAP, les sources " -"d'authentification utilisateur et \n" +"de configuration détaillées, par exemple les paramètres LDAP, les sources d'authentification utilisateur et \n" "les paramètres globaux pour experts.\n" #. translators: combo box value @@ -1874,9 +1742,7 @@ #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "" -"Seules les classes dcObject (dc) et organizationalUnit (ou) sont prises en " -"charge." +msgstr "Seules les classes dcObject (dc) et organizationalUnit (ou) sont prises en charge." #. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/samba-users.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -34,20 +34,12 @@ msgstr "Si vous n'entrez pas de valeur personnalisées pour " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " -"Script " -msgstr "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path et Logon Script</" -"b> " +msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " +msgstr "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path et Logon Script " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"" -msgstr "" -"les valeurs par défaut définies dans votre configuration Samba locale seront " -"utilisées." +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." +msgstr "les valeurs par défaut définies dans votre configuration Samba locale seront utilisées." # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__32 #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 @@ -96,28 +88,18 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name</" -"b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Ce greffon peut être utilisé afin de permettre à un groupe LDAP d'être " -"disponible pour Samba.\n" -"Le seul paramètre que vous pouvez modifier ici est l'attribut Nom de " -"groupe Samba,\n" -"qui est le nom de groupe tel qu'il devrait apparaître pour les clients " -"Samba. Tous les autres\n" -"paramètres sont calculés automatiquement. Si vous laissez le Nom de " -"groupe Samba vide,\n" -"c'est le même nom que celui qui est configuré dans les paramètres globaux de " -"ce groupe qui sera\n" +"Ce greffon peut être utilisé afin de permettre à un groupe LDAP d'être disponible pour Samba.\n" +"Le seul paramètre que vous pouvez modifier ici est l'attribut Nom de groupe Samba,\n" +"qui est le nom de groupe tel qu'il devrait apparaître pour les clients Samba. Tous les autres\n" +"paramètres sont calculés automatiquement. Si vous laissez le Nom de groupe Samba vide,\n" +"c'est le même nom que celui qui est configuré dans les paramètres globaux de ce groupe qui sera\n" "utilisé.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__68 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/scanner.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -291,12 +291,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"Le pilote epkowa n'est disponible que pour les architectures compatibles " -"i386 (32 bits i386 et 64 bits x86_64)." +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "Le pilote epkowa n'est disponible que pour les architectures compatibles i386 (32 bits i386 et 64 bits x86_64)." #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 @@ -308,8 +304,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "" -"Le pilote epkowa peut poser problème sur les architectures 64 bits x86_64." +msgstr "Le pilote epkowa peut poser problème sur les architectures 64 bits x86_64." #. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 @@ -430,14 +425,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configuration du scanneur</big> \n" -"Définissez ou modifiez la configuration du scanner et affichez les scanners " -"déjà actifs.\n" +"Définissez ou modifiez la configuration du scanner et affichez les scanners déjà actifs.\n" "" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__49 @@ -447,15 +440,13 @@ "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Pour configurer un nouveau scanneur, choisissez-le dans la liste des \n" " scanners détectés, puis cliquez sur Modifier.\n" -" Si le scanner n'a pas été détecté, cliquez sur Ajouter pour procéder " -"à une configuration manuelle.\n" +" Si le scanner n'a pas été détecté, cliquez sur Ajouter pour procéder à une configuration manuelle.\n" " " #. Overview dialog help 3/8: @@ -481,8 +472,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -491,21 +481,16 @@ "les identifiants de fournisseur USB et de produit sont connus.\n" "Si un scanner USB n'est pas visible ou si il y a des résultats inattendus,\n" "essayer Autre et Redémarrer la détection.\n" -"Il pourrait arriver que des périphériques USB particuliers qui ne sont pas " -"des scanners\n" -"soient visibles également. Il n'y a pas de méthode générique pour distinguer " -"de manière fiable un scanner\n" -"des autres périphériques USB car il n'y aucune classe de périphérique pour " -"les scanners.\n" +"Il pourrait arriver que des périphériques USB particuliers qui ne sont pas des scanners\n" +"soient visibles également. Il n'y a pas de méthode générique pour distinguer de manière fiable un scanner\n" +"des autres périphériques USB car il n'y aucune classe de périphérique pour les scanners.\n" "Essayer en procédant avec Ajouter.\n" -"Pour tous les périphériques HP all-in-one vous pouvez être obligé de " -"lancer<tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" +"Pour tous les périphériques HP all-in-one vous pouvez être obligé de lancer<tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" "via Autre et Lancer hp-setup avant que vous ne puissiez\n" "configurer le scanner avec cet outil.\n" "Si vous avez des difficultés à configurer votre scanner,\n" "vérifiez si il apparait en sortie de <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"S'il n'est pas listé là, le système USB ne peut pas communiquer avec le " -"scanner.\n" +"S'il n'est pas listé là, le système USB ne peut pas communiquer avec le scanner.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 4/8: @@ -517,18 +502,15 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Les scanneurs SCSI sont généralement détectés.\n" " Si vous rencontrez des difficultés en passant par l'option Ajouter,\n" " vérifiez si votre scanner apparaît avec la commande <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" -" Si ce n'est pas le cas, le système SCSI ne peut pas communiquer avec le " -"scanner.\n" -" Vérifiez si un module de kernel approprié a été chargé pour l'adaptateur " -"hôte SCSI.\n" +" Si ce n'est pas le cas, le système SCSI ne peut pas communiquer avec le scanner.\n" +" Vérifiez si un module de kernel approprié a été chargé pour l'adaptateur hôte SCSI.\n" " " #. Overview dialog help 5/8: @@ -541,23 +523,18 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Les scanneurs sur port parallèle ne peuvent pas être configurés avec cet " -"outil\n" +"Les scanneurs sur port parallèle ne peuvent pas être configurés avec cet outil\n" "excepté pour tous les périphériques HP all-in-one.\n" -"Les scanners sur port parallèle communs doivent être configurés " -"manuellement.\n" +"Les scanners sur port parallèle communs doivent être configurés manuellement.\n" "Pour configurer le scanner comme un périphérique HP all-in-one\n" "qui est connecté sur le port parallèle,\n" -"vous devez lancer <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Autre et Lancer hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"avant que vous puissiez configurer le scanner avec cet outil en utilisant " -"Ajouter.\n" +"vous devez lancer <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Autre et Lancer hp-setup\n" +"avant que vous puissiez configurer le scanner avec cet outil en utilisant Ajouter.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 6/8: @@ -579,10 +556,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" -"b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -595,10 +570,8 @@ "connecté à un autre hôte sur le réseau.\n" "Pour configurer le scanner d'un périphérique HP all-in-one.\n" "qui est connecté par une interface réseau intégrée,\n" -"vous devez pouvoir lancer <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Autre et Lancer hp-" -"setup\n" -"avant que cela fonctionne pour configurer le scanner avec cet outil en " -"utilisant Ajouter.\n" +"vous devez pouvoir lancer <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Autre et Lancer hp-setup\n" +"avant que cela fonctionne pour configurer le scanner avec cet outil en utilisant Ajouter.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 7/8: @@ -615,21 +588,17 @@ "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Ce tableau répertorie les pilotes configurés avec les scanneurs associés.\n" -"Cliquez sur Ajouter pour sélectionner le modèle and le pilote et " -"l'activer.\n" +"Cliquez sur Ajouter pour sélectionner le modèle and le pilote et l'activer.\n" "Cliquez sur Modifier pour sélectionner et activer un pilote.\n" "Cliquez sur Effacer pour désactiver le pilote.\n" -"Si vous cliquez sur Autre, vous pouvez relancer la détection, le test " -"des pilotes activés,\n" -"la configuration des périphériques HP all-in-one, ou la configuration du " -"scanning par le réseau.\n" +"Si vous cliquez sur Autre, vous pouvez relancer la détection, le test des pilotes activés,\n" +"la configuration des périphériques HP all-in-one, ou la configuration du scanning par le réseau.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 8/8: @@ -647,8 +616,7 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -658,15 +626,12 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si un pilote est configuré mais qu'aucun scanneur n'est reconnu par le " -"pilote, les raisons possibles sont :\n" +"Si un pilote est configuré mais qu'aucun scanneur n'est reconnu par le pilote, les raisons possibles sont :\n" "Le scanner n'est pas connécté ou est hors tension,\n" "le pilote n'est pas le bon pour ce modèle particulier,\n" -"(même de petites différences dans le nom du modèle ou des différences " -"internes\n" +"(même de petites différences dans le nom du modèle ou des différences internes\n" "dans la même série de modèles peut necessiter un pilote différent),\n" -"il peut y avoir des problèmes de communication de bas niveau (lié au kernel) " -"avec le peripherique\n" +"il peut y avoir des problèmes de communication de bas niveau (lié au kernel) avec le peripherique\n" "(ex: un problème USB de bas niveau ou SCSI de bas niveau).\n" "" @@ -677,18 +642,15 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Sélection du modèle de scanneur</big> \n" -"Tous les modèles de scanners connus, pris en charge ou non, sont répertoriés " -"dans cette liste.\n" -"Lisez soigneusement l'ensemble des informations avant de sélectionner un " -"modèle et de cliquer sur Suivant.\n" +"Tous les modèles de scanners connus, pris en charge ou non, sont répertoriés dans cette liste.\n" +"Lisez soigneusement l'ensemble des informations avant de sélectionner un modèle et de cliquer sur Suivant.\n" "Les informations sont basées sur des données du projet SANE, décrit sur \n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" @@ -699,51 +661,36 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -" \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Un modèle est pris en charge s'il y a au moins un pilote de scanner " -"approprié disponible.\n" -"La plupart des pilotes scanner sont issus du projet SANE et fournis dans le " -"paquet sane-backends.\n" +"Un modèle est pris en charge s'il y a au moins un pilote de scanner approprié disponible.\n" +"La plupart des pilotes scanner sont issus du projet SANE et fournis dans le paquet sane-backends.\n" "L'état du support pour un modèle particuliers varie du minimum à complet\n" -"Quand un pilote est indiquée comme 'non maintenu', cela ne signifie pas que " -"le pilote ne fonctionne pas.\n" +"Quand un pilote est indiquée comme 'non maintenu', cela ne signifie pas que le pilote ne fonctionne pas.\n" "Même un pilote qui n'est plus maintenu peut parfaitement fonctionner.\n" -"Mais cela signifie qu'il n'y a plus personne qui connaisse le fonctionnement " -"du pilote\n" -"de sorte qu'il n'y a généralement pas d'aide s'il y a des problèmes avec un " -"pilote qui n'est plus maintenu.\n" +"Mais cela signifie qu'il n'y a plus personne qui connaisse le fonctionnement du pilote\n" +"de sorte qu'il n'y a généralement pas d'aide s'il y a des problèmes avec un pilote qui n'est plus maintenu.\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Même si aucun pilote n'est disponible pour un modèle, le fabricant peut en " -"posséder un.\n" -"Il est donc conseillé de se renseigner auprès du fabricant si un scanneur " -"n'est pas pris en charge.\n" +"Même si aucun pilote n'est disponible pour un modèle, le fabricant peut en posséder un.\n" +"Il est donc conseillé de se renseigner auprès du fabricant si un scanneur n'est pas pris en charge.\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: @@ -756,8 +703,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Quand des commentaires supplémentaires sont disponibles, ils sont affichés " -"entre crochets.\n" +"Quand des commentaires supplémentaires sont disponibles, ils sont affichés entre crochets.\n" "Ces commentaires ne sont disponibles qu'en anglais." #. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: @@ -768,36 +714,23 @@ "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Utilisez la Recherche de chaîne pour trouver rapidement une entrée " -"appropriée.\n" +"Utilisez la Recherche de chaîne pour trouver rapidement une entrée appropriée.\n" "Pour trouver du texte dans le tableau, saisissez-le dans le champ.\n" -"Une recherche plus complexe à l'aide d'une expression régulière sensible à " -"la casse est également possible.\n" -"Si le scanneur a été détecté et si le nom du fabricant est disponible dans " -"cette liste,\n" -"le nom du fabricant, par exemple <tt>^Epson.*</tt>, est prédéfini en guise " -"de chaîne de recherche.\n" -"Pour affiner les résultats de la recherche, ajoutez des détails spécifiques " -"au modèle dans la chaîne de recherche.\n" -"Par exemple, ajoutez un mot faisant partie du nom de modèle, comme " -"<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -", ou ajoutez des chiffres identifiant le modèle, comme <tt>^Epson.*1200</" -"tt>.\n" +"Une recherche plus complexe à l'aide d'une expression régulière sensible à la casse est également possible.\n" +"Si le scanneur a été détecté et si le nom du fabricant est disponible dans cette liste,\n" +"le nom du fabricant, par exemple <tt>^Epson.*</tt>, est prédéfini en guise de chaîne de recherche.\n" +"Pour affiner les résultats de la recherche, ajoutez des détails spécifiques au modèle dans la chaîne de recherche.\n" +"Par exemple, ajoutez un mot faisant partie du nom de modèle, comme <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +", ou ajoutez des chiffres identifiant le modèle, comme <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: @@ -806,16 +739,14 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" -"b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configuration du scanneur et du pilote</big> \n" "Le pilote est activé et les scanners associés sont recherchés.\n" -"Ceci peut prendre quelques secondes, pendant lesquelles vous devez patienter " -"avant de pouvoir cliquer sur Suivant.\n" +"Ceci peut prendre quelques secondes, pendant lesquelles vous devez patienter avant de pouvoir cliquer sur Suivant.\n" "Si vous cliquez sur Retour, le pilote est désactivé.\n" "" @@ -866,14 +797,10 @@ "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -882,18 +809,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Périphériques multifonctions HP</big> \n" -"Les périphériques multifonctions HP peuvent necessiter une configuration " -"spéciale.\n" +"Les périphériques multifonctions HP peuvent necessiter une configuration spéciale.\n" "Dans ce cas, une boîte de dialogue appropriée apparaît.\n" -"Deux paquets logiciels assurent le support des périphériques multifonctions " -"HP :\n" +"Deux paquets logiciels assurent le support des périphériques multifonctions HP :\n" "l'ancien logiciel HPOJ (paquet hp-officeJet qui n'est plus disponible),\n" -"qui fournit le système PTAL (avec le service ptal) pour accéder aux " -"périphériques multifonctions HP,\n" +"qui fournit le système PTAL (avec le service ptal) pour accéder aux périphériques multifonctions HP,\n" "et la logiciel à jour HPLIP (paquet hplip), qui fournit le pilote hpaio.\n" "Les deux paquets logiciels peuvent être installés simultanément\n" -"mais le service ptal et le pilote hpaio ne peuvent pas être exécutés en même " -"temps.\n" +"mais le service ptal et le pilote hpaio ne peuvent pas être exécutés en même temps.\n" "Donc soit le service ptal soit le pilote hpaio doit être\n" "utiliser pour les périphériques multifonctions HP.\n" "" @@ -911,8 +834,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Numérisation via le réseau</big> \n" -"Saisissez les informations appropriées et cliquez sur Suivant pour " -"configurer la numérisation via le réseau.\n" +"Saisissez les informations appropriées et cliquez sur Suivant pour configurer la numérisation via le réseau.\n" " " #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: @@ -924,12 +846,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -938,14 +857,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Paramètres du serveur</big> \n" -"Si vous avez connecté des scanneurs localement et si vous souhaitez les " -"rendre accessibles via le réseau,\n" -"configurez le daemon de numérisation réseau saned de façon à transformer " -"votre hôte en serveur.\n" -"Dans Clients autorisés, indiquez les hôtes clients autorisés à " -"accéder à saned sur votre serveur.\n" -"Saisissez une liste des hôtes clients séparés par des virgules (noms d'hôtes " -"ou adresses IP)\n" +"Si vous avez connecté des scanneurs localement et si vous souhaitez les rendre accessibles via le réseau,\n" +"configurez le daemon de numérisation réseau saned de façon à transformer votre hôte en serveur.\n" +"Dans Clients autorisés, indiquez les hôtes clients autorisés à accéder à saned sur votre serveur.\n" +"Saisissez une liste des hôtes clients séparés par des virgules (noms d'hôtes ou adresses IP)\n" "ou des sous-réseaux (notation CIDR, telle que. 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "Si aucun hôte client n'est autorisé, saned n'est pas activé.\n" "Si saned est activé, xinetd est aussi activé et configuré pour saned.\n" @@ -992,22 +907,18 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>En ce qui concerne le Pare-feu</big> \n" -"Un pare-feu est utilisé pour protéger les processus fonctionnant sur un " -"serveur\n" +"Un pare-feu est utilisé pour protéger les processus fonctionnant sur un serveur\n" "hôte contre des accès indésirables par le réseau.\n" "Pour utiliser les scanners par le réseau le service réseau SANE (saned)\n" "le processus serveur doit fonctionner de sorte que les clients distants\n" "puissent accéder à des scanners qui sont connectés à votre hôte local\n" "Les clients distants contact saned via le sane-port (port TCP 6566)\n" -"mais la numérisation est transférée via un port additionnel aléatoire.Par " -"conséquent le port 6566 n'est pas suffisant pour numériser par le réseau." -" \n" +"mais la numérisation est transférée via un port additionnel aléatoire.Par conséquent le port 6566 n'est pas suffisant pour numériser par le réseau. \n" "Il ne faut pas ouvrir le port 6566 ou tout autre port\n" "pour la numérisation sur la zone externe du pare-feu.\n" "Ceci est dangeureux car cela autorise les hôtes externes à accéder à saned\n" "de sorte que le pare-feu n'apporte plus aucune protection à saned.\n" -"Autoriser l'accès depuis le réseau externe (par exemple pour la zone " -"externe)\n" +"Autoriser l'accès depuis le réseau externe (par exemple pour la zone externe)\n" "n'a pas de sens parce que la numérisation de documents exige\n" "un accès physique par les utilisateurs de confiance. \n" "D'autre part les paramètres du pare-feu par défaut permettent\n" @@ -1015,13 +926,10 @@ "Pour rendre accessible saned sur votre serveur à partir d'un réseau local,\n" "affecter l'interface réseau qui appartient au réseau interne\n" "à la zone interne du pare-feu.\n" -"Utilisez le module de configuration YaST Pare-feu pour le réglage " -"fondamental\n" -"en matière de sécurité réseau et de pare-feu et de numérisation par le " -"réseau\n" +"Utilisez le module de configuration YaST Pare-feu pour le réglage fondamental\n" +"en matière de sécurité réseau et de pare-feu et de numérisation par le réseau\n" "sans aucune autre configuration. \n" -"Pour plus de détails consultez l'article de la base de données du support " -"openSUSE\n" +"Pour plus de détails consultez l'article de la base de données du support openSUSE\n" " 'CUPS and SANE Firewall settings' at \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" @@ -1034,10 +942,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -1046,14 +952,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Paramètres du client</big> \n" -"Si vous souhaitez accéder à des scanneurs connectés à d'autres hôtes " -"(serveurs) du réseau,\n" -"configurez le méta-pilote net pour y accéder via le daemon exécuté sur les " -"serveurs.\n" +"Si vous souhaitez accéder à des scanneurs connectés à d'autres hôtes (serveurs) du réseau,\n" +"configurez le méta-pilote net pour y accéder via le daemon exécuté sur les serveurs.\n" "saned et le pare-feu sur les serveurs doivent autoriser l'accès.\n" " Dans Serveurs utilisés, indiquez les serveurs à utiliser.\n" -" Saisissez une liste de serveurs séparés par des virgules (noms de serveurs " -"ou adresses IP).\n" +" Saisissez une liste de serveurs séparés par des virgules (noms de serveurs ou adresses IP).\n" " Si aucun serveur n'est saisi, net n'est pas activé.\n" " " @@ -1081,13 +984,10 @@ "<big>Configuration d'un hôte local</big> \n" "Grâce au réseau loopback, saned et le méta-pilote net\n" "peuvent même être utilisés sur votre hôte local.\n" -"Dans ce cas, la même machine (localhost) fait office de serveur et de " -"client.\n" -"Certains scanneurs, tels que les modèles sur port parallèle, nécessitent des " -"privilèges root.\n" +"Dans ce cas, la même machine (localhost) fait office de serveur et de client.\n" +"Certains scanneurs, tels que les modèles sur port parallèle, nécessitent des privilèges root.\n" "Si vous spécifiez <tt>localhost</tt> pour le serveur et pour le client,\n" -"vous pouvez accéder à ce type de scanner en tant qu'utilisateur normal sur " -"votre hôte local.\n" +"vous pouvez accéder à ce type de scanner en tant qu'utilisateur normal sur votre hôte local.\n" "" # TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__17 @@ -1125,8 +1025,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1141,22 +1040,16 @@ "model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" msgstr "" "Le pilote tiers Image Scan de Epson/Avasys est nécessaire.\n" -"Le pilote Image Scan est développé et fourni par Epson (anciennement " -"Avasys)\n" +"Le pilote Image Scan est développé et fourni par Epson (anciennement Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(anciennement Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "où les paquets RPM pour les architectures 32-bit (i386) et 64-bit (x86_64)\n" -"peuvent-être téléchargés (si vous acceptez l'accord de licence Epson/" -"Avasys).\n" -"Le pilote Image Scan contient des logiciels propriétaires uniquement " -"binaires.\n" -"Pour certains modèles, il est uniquement disponible pour l'architecture 32-" -"bit (i386)\n" +"peuvent-être téléchargés (si vous acceptez l'accord de licence Epson/Avasys).\n" +"Le pilote Image Scan contient des logiciels propriétaires uniquement binaires.\n" +"Pour certains modèles, il est uniquement disponible pour l'architecture 32-bit (i386)\n" "qui ne fonctionne pas lorsque vous avez une installation du système 64-bit\n" -"Certains scanners sont également pris en charge par un autre pilote " -"(Logiciel Libre).\n" -"Lorsque votre modèle de scanner nécessite un module DFSG non-libres " -"(propriétaires),\n" +"Certains scanners sont également pris en charge par un autre pilote (Logiciel Libre).\n" +"Lorsque votre modèle de scanner nécessite un module DFSG non-libres (propriétaires),\n" "vous devez télécharger et installer deux paquets de Epson/Avasys :\n" "Le paquet \"iscan\" pour le logiciel de base et un paquet supplémentaire\n" "\"iscan-plugin\" avec le module propriétaire.\n" @@ -1164,18 +1057,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet requis %1 n'est pas installé et il n'y a aucun dépôt disponible." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Le paquet requis %1 n'est pas installé et il n'y a aucun dépôt disponible." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"Le paquet requis %1 n'est pas installé et n'est pas disponible dans le dépôt." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "Le paquet requis %1 n'est pas installé et n'est pas disponible dans le dépôt." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__106 #. Only a simple message because: @@ -1197,17 +1085,14 @@ "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "Impossible de déterminer les scanneurs actifs.\n" "Si le meta-pilote net est activé lorsqu'il y a un problème avec le réseau,\n" "la commande 'scanimage -L' peut ne pas répondre. Par exemple, \n" -"cela peut arriver lorsque la communication avec un serveur utilisé par le " -"meta-pilote net\n" +"cela peut arriver lorsque la communication avec un serveur utilisé par le meta-pilote net\n" "est altérée parce qu'un pare-feu bloque une partie du trafic réseau.\n" -"Dans ce cas, désactiver le meta-pilote net jusqu'à ce qu'à ce que le réseau " -"soit réparé.\n" +"Dans ce cas, désactiver le meta-pilote net jusqu'à ce qu'à ce que le réseau soit réparé.\n" # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__107 #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system @@ -1407,8 +1292,7 @@ "Il est possible de continuer mais le service ptal pourrait empêcher\n" "hp-setup de fonctionner correctement\n" "Il est recommandé d'abandonner la configuration du scanneur maintenant,\n" -"d'arrêter le service ptal, changer la configuration de l'imprimante pour " -"utiliser HPLIP,\n" +"d'arrêter le service ptal, changer la configuration de l'imprimante pour utiliser HPLIP,\n" "et de redémarrer ensuite la configuration du scanner.\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. @@ -1422,16 +1306,11 @@ "configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\n" "again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" -"Ne peut lancer l'installation hp parce qu'aucun affichage graphique ne peut " -"être ouvert.\n" -"Cela se passe si YasT se lance en mode texte, ou si l'utilisateur qui lance " -"YasT \n" -"n'a pas la variable d'environnement DISPLAY de définie ou si le processus " -"YasT n'est pas \n" -"autorisé à accéder à l'affichage graphique. Dans ce cas, abandonner la " -"configuration \n" -"du scanner, lancer hp-setup manuellement, et redémarrer la configuration du " -"scanner \n" +"Ne peut lancer l'installation hp parce qu'aucun affichage graphique ne peut être ouvert.\n" +"Cela se passe si YasT se lance en mode texte, ou si l'utilisateur qui lance YasT \n" +"n'a pas la variable d'environnement DISPLAY de définie ou si le processus YasT n'est pas \n" +"autorisé à accéder à l'affichage graphique. Dans ce cas, abandonner la configuration \n" +"du scanner, lancer hp-setup manuellement, et redémarrer la configuration du scanner \n" "ensuite.\n" #. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. @@ -1442,8 +1321,7 @@ "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" msgstr "" -"Il semble que hplip ne soit pas installé alors qu'il est requis pour lancer " -"hp-setup.\n" +"Il semble que hplip ne soit pas installé alors qu'il est requis pour lancer hp-setup.\n" "Le paquet hplip doit-il être installé?\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. @@ -1463,12 +1341,10 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Installation hp lancée.\n" -"Vous devez finir l'installation d'hp avant de pouvoir procéder à la " -"configuration du scanneur.\n" +"Vous devez finir l'installation d'hp avant de pouvoir procéder à la configuration du scanneur.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__12 #. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column @@ -1523,8 +1399,7 @@ #. nor an active driver was found: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "" -"Aucun scanneur n'a été détecté ; aucun scanner ou pilote actif n'existe." +msgstr "Aucun scanneur n'a été détecté ; aucun scanner ou pilote actif n'existe." # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__95 #. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: @@ -1612,9 +1487,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." -msgstr "" -"Le pilote %1 est susceptible de fonctionner, mais ses fonctionnalités sont " -"inconnues." +msgstr "Le pilote %1 est susceptible de fonctionner, mais ses fonctionnalités sont inconnues." #. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload #. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. @@ -1624,46 +1497,33 @@ #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" -"Un fichier de microprogramme contient un logiciel à charger dans la mémoire " -"du scanner.\n" +"Un fichier de microprogramme contient un logiciel à charger dans la mémoire du scanner.\n" "Sans microprogramme, le scanner ne peut pas fonctionner.\n" "\n" -"Le microprogramme étant sous licence du fabricant du scanner, nous ne " -"pouvons pas le fournir.\n" +"Le microprogramme étant sous licence du fabricant du scanner, nous ne pouvons pas le fournir.\n" "Le microprogramme se trouve habituellement sur le CD du fabricant.\n" -"Par ailleurs, il peut être possible de le télécharger sur le site Web du " -"fabricant.\n" -"Renseignez-vous auprès du fabricant de votre scanner pour savoir comment " -"obtenir le fichier de microprogramme correspondant.\n" -"Des informations utiles sont également disponibles sur le site Web de SANE, " -"à l'adresse\n" +"Par ailleurs, il peut être possible de le télécharger sur le site Web du fabricant.\n" +"Renseignez-vous auprès du fabricant de votre scanner pour savoir comment obtenir le fichier de microprogramme correspondant.\n" +"Des informations utiles sont également disponibles sur le site Web de SANE, à l'adresse\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" -"Lorsque vous disposez du fichier de microprogramme, il convient de " -"configurer manuellement le pilote.\n" -"La page de manuel du pilote indique comment le configurer pour le " -"téléchargement du microprogramme.\n" -"La commande suivante permet d'afficher la page de manuel pour votre " -"pilote :\n" +"Lorsque vous disposez du fichier de microprogramme, il convient de configurer manuellement le pilote.\n" +"La page de manuel du pilote indique comment le configurer pour le téléchargement du microprogramme.\n" +"La commande suivante permet d'afficher la page de manuel pour votre pilote :\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. @@ -1677,10 +1537,8 @@ msgstr "" "Au moins une configuration d'imprimante utilise le service ptal.\n" "Il est possible de continuer mais le service ptal serait arrêté\n" -"et toutes les files d'impression utilisant le service ptal ne " -"fonctionneraient plus.\n" -"Si vous continuez, modifiez la configuration des imprimantes afin d'utiliser " -"HPLIP.\n" +"et toutes les files d'impression utilisant le service ptal ne fonctionneraient plus.\n" +"Si vous continuez, modifiez la configuration des imprimantes afin d'utiliser HPLIP.\n" #. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. @@ -1692,47 +1550,36 @@ "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" msgstr "" -"Le pilote hpoj a besoin que le système PTAL soit configuré et en cours " -"d'exécution.\n" +"Le pilote hpoj a besoin que le système PTAL soit configuré et en cours d'exécution.\n" "Le service ptal en particulier doit être en cours d'exécution.\n" "\n" -"Le système PTAL doit être initialisé pour permettre le lancement du service " -"ptal.\n" -"Par ailleurs, le service ptal doit être configuré pour démarrer à " -"l'amorçage.\n" +"Le système PTAL doit être initialisé pour permettre le lancement du service ptal.\n" +"Par ailleurs, le service ptal doit être configuré pour démarrer à l'amorçage.\n" "Le système PTAL et le service hplip s'excluent mutuellement.\n" "Par conséquent, le service hplip est interrompu et désactivé\n" "avant toute initialisation, activation et démarrage du système PTAL.\n" "L'initialisation automatique du système PTAL ne peut se faire qu'en USB.\n" -"Si vous possédez un périphérique non USB ou si l'initialisation automatique " -"pour USB échoue,\n" +"Si vous possédez un périphérique non USB ou si l'initialisation automatique pour USB échoue,\n" "configurez manuellement le système PTAL.\n" -"Si vous possédez un périphérique multifonctions (scanneur + imprimante), " -"notez que\n" -"l'exécution du service ptal monopolise le fichier de périphérique USB (p." -"ex., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" -"empêchant tout adressage de l'imprimante par le biais du fichier de " -"périphérique USB.\n" +"Si vous possédez un périphérique multifonctions (scanneur + imprimante), notez que\n" +"l'exécution du service ptal monopolise le fichier de périphérique USB (p.ex., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"empêchant tout adressage de l'imprimante par le biais du fichier de périphérique USB.\n" "\n" -"Voulez-vous initialiser, activer et démarrer le système PTAL pour USB " -"maintenant ?\n" +"Voulez-vous initialiser, activer et démarrer le système PTAL pour USB maintenant ?\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. @@ -1745,19 +1592,14 @@ "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" -"Il existe au moins une configuration d'imprimante utilisant le service " -"hplip.\n" +"Il existe au moins une configuration d'imprimante utilisant le service hplip.\n" "Il est possible de continuer mais le service hplip sera arrêté\n" -"et toutes les files d'impression utilisant le service hplip ne " -"fonctionneront plus.\n" -"Si le scanneur est également pris en charge par le pilote hpaio, ne " -"continuez pas.\n" +"et toutes les files d'impression utilisant le service hplip ne fonctionneront plus.\n" +"Si le scanneur est également pris en charge par le pilote hpaio, ne continuez pas.\n" "Utilisez plutôt le pilote hpaio pour configurer le scanner.\n" -"Sinon, continuez et modifiez la configuration des imprimantes afin " -"d'utiliser le service ptal.\n" +"Sinon, continuez et modifiez la configuration des imprimantes afin d'utiliser le service ptal.\n" # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__26 #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name @@ -1779,8 +1621,7 @@ #. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1990 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" -msgstr "" -"Tester et configurer les besoins spéciaux pour des pilotes particuliers" +msgstr "Tester et configurer les besoins spéciaux pour des pilotes particuliers" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__239 #. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: @@ -1803,8 +1644,7 @@ #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." -msgstr "" -"Test et configuration des besoins spéciaux pour des pilotes particuliers..." +msgstr "Test et configuration des besoins spéciaux pour des pilotes particuliers..." # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__74 #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: @@ -1859,8 +1699,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2115 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." -msgstr "" -"Si le service ptal ne fonctionne pas, le scanneur ne peut pas fonctionner." +msgstr "Si le service ptal ne fonctionne pas, le scanneur ne peut pas fonctionner." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -1887,12 +1726,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"Le pilote hpoj est désactivé, mais le service ptal associé n'est pas " -"désactivé car il est requis par le système d'impression CUPS." +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "Le pilote hpoj est désactivé, mais le service ptal associé n'est pas désactivé car il est requis par le système d'impression CUPS." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -1999,8 +1834,7 @@ #. The latter results no error. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2492 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." -msgstr "" -"Impossible de déterminer la configuration pour la numérisation via le réseau." +msgstr "Impossible de déterminer la configuration pour la numérisation via le réseau." # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__107 #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system @@ -2030,9 +1864,7 @@ #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Pour les détails concernant le pare-feu voir l'aide de cette boîte de " -"dialogue" +msgstr "Pour les détails concernant le pare-feu voir l'aide de cette boîte de dialogue" #~ msgid "" #~ "A scanner is not known to HAL.\n" @@ -2074,13 +1906,10 @@ #~ "et sélectionner la 'Configuration de l'hôte local'\n" #~ msgid "Test and set USB and SCSI scanner access permissions" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tester et configurer les autorisations d'accès des scanneurs USB et SCSI" +#~ msgstr "Tester et configurer les autorisations d'accès des scanneurs USB et SCSI" #~ msgid "Testing and setting USB and SCSI scanner access permissions..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Test et configuration des autorisations d'accès des scanneurs USB et " -#~ "SCSI..." +#~ msgstr "Test et configuration des autorisations d'accès des scanneurs USB et SCSI..." #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to set scanner access permissions.\n" @@ -2142,8 +1971,7 @@ #~ "mais il contient des logiciels propriétaires binaires i386 seulement.\n" #~ "Il n'est donc disponible que pour les architectures compatibles i386.\n" #~ "Certains scanneurs sont également pris en charge par un autre pilote.\n" -#~ "Si vous voulez vraiment installer iscan, vous devez le faire " -#~ "manuellement.\n" +#~ "Si vous voulez vraiment installer iscan, vous devez le faire manuellement.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Iscan is only available as 32-bit software.\n" @@ -2151,28 +1979,21 @@ #~ "works only if also the scanning user frontend is 32-bit software.\n" #~ "You can use the special frontend /usr/bin/iscan for Epson scanners\n" #~ "which is included in the iscan package.\n" -#~ "If you like to use a standard frontend like scanimage, xscanimage, xsane, " -#~ "or kooka,\n" +#~ "If you like to use a standard frontend like scanimage, xscanimage, xsane, or kooka,\n" #~ "you must explicitly install the 32-bit package version\n" #~ "(i.e. get the package from the right media or repository).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Iscan n'est disponible qu'en version 32 bits.\n" -#~ "Sur les systèmes AMD 64-bits (x86_64), le pilote de scanneur du paquet " -#~ "iscan\n" -#~ "fonctionne uniquement si l'interface utilisateur de numérisation est " -#~ "aussi en 32 bits.\n" -#~ "Vous pouvez utiliser l'interface spécial /usr/bin/iscan pour les scanners " -#~ "Epson\n" +#~ "Sur les systèmes AMD 64-bits (x86_64), le pilote de scanneur du paquet iscan\n" +#~ "fonctionne uniquement si l'interface utilisateur de numérisation est aussi en 32 bits.\n" +#~ "Vous pouvez utiliser l'interface spécial /usr/bin/iscan pour les scanners Epson\n" #~ "qui est inclus dans le paquet iscan.\n" -#~ "Si vous préferez utiliser des interfaces standards comme scanimage, " -#~ "xscanimage,\n" +#~ "Si vous préferez utiliser des interfaces standards comme scanimage, xscanimage,\n" #~ "xsane ou kooka, vous devez installer la version 32 bits du paquet\n" #~ "(c'est à dire le paquet du bon média ou dépôt).\n" #~ msgid "Failed to deny saned access from external zone in firewall." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de refuser l'accès saned à partir d'une zone externe dans le " -#~ "pare-feu." +#~ msgstr "Impossible de refuser l'accès saned à partir d'une zone externe dans le pare-feu." #~ msgid "No SUSE Firewall, but another kind of firewall is used" #~ msgstr "Un type de pare-feu différent du pare-feu SUSE est utilisé" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/security.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -171,9 +171,7 @@ # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__442 #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" -msgstr "" -"Identification à distance en tant que superutilisateur (root) au " -"gestionnaire d'affichage" +msgstr "Identification à distance en tant que superutilisateur (root) au gestionnaire d'affichage" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__442 #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:88 @@ -230,13 +228,11 @@ #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 3" -msgstr "" -"Activer les services supplémentaires au niveau d'exécution (runlevel) 3" +msgstr "Activer les services supplémentaires au niveau d'exécution (runlevel) 3" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "Enable extra services in runlevel 5" -msgstr "" -"Activer les services supplémentaires au niveau d'exécution (runlevel) 5" +msgstr "Activer les services supplémentaires au niveau d'exécution (runlevel) 5" # TLABEL wizard_2002_03_14_2340__3 #. handle the special cases at first @@ -284,12 +280,8 @@ #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 -msgid "" -"These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Ces services système basiques ne sont pas activés pour le niveau " -"d'exécution %1 : %2" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgstr "Ces services système basiques ne sont pas activés pour le niveau d'exécution %1 : %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "All basic services are enabled." @@ -298,15 +290,11 @@ # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__14 #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" -msgstr "" -"Ces services supplémentaires sont activés pour le niveau d'exécution %1 : " -" %2" +msgstr "Ces services supplémentaires sont activés pour le niveau d'exécution %1 : %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." -msgstr "" -"Verifiez la liste des services et désactivez tous les services inutilisés." -"" +msgstr "Verifiez la liste des services et désactivez tous les services inutilisés." #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:447 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." @@ -387,10 +375,8 @@ "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" -"La longueur minimale du mot de passe ne doit pas dépasser la longueur " -"maximale.\n" -"La longueur maximale du mot de passe pour la méthode de chiffrement " -"sélectionnée est de %1." +"La longueur minimale du mot de passe ne doit pas dépasser la longueur maximale.\n" +"La longueur maximale du mot de passe pour la méthode de chiffrement sélectionnée est de %1." # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__14 #. Login dialog caption @@ -422,8 +408,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en " -"toute sécurité." +"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -443,8 +428,7 @@ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." msgstr "" "<big>Annulation de l'enregistrement</big> \n" -"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter la procédure d'enregistrement." -"<big>" +"Cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter la procédure d'enregistrement.<big>" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48 #. Boot dialog help 1/4 @@ -454,8 +438,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<big>Sécurité d'amorçage</big>\n" -"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier divers paramètres " -"d'amorçage relatifs à la sécurité." +"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier divers paramètres d'amorçage relatifs à la sécurité." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__5 #. Boot dialog help 2/4 @@ -471,8 +454,7 @@ "Interprétation de Ctrl + Alt + Del :\n" "Configurez le comportement du système en réponse\n" "à la pression simultanée des touches CTRL + ALT + DEL\n" -"sur la console. Généralement, cette manipulation entraîne le redémarrage du " -"système. Dans certains cas, il est\n" +"sur la console. Généralement, cette manipulation entraîne le redémarrage du système. Dans certains cas, il est\n" "souhaitable d'ignorer cet évènement, par exemple quand le système\n" "sert à la fois de station de travail et de serveur." @@ -489,33 +471,25 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "Hiberner le système :\n" -"Paramétrer les conditions pour autoriser les utilisateurs à hiberner le " -"système. Par défaut, l'utilisateur sur la console active a un tel droit.\n" -"D'autres options permettent d'autoriser l'action à n'importe quel " -"utilisateur ou nécessiter une authentification dans tous les cas.\n" +"Paramétrer les conditions pour autoriser les utilisateurs à hiberner le système. Par défaut, l'utilisateur sur la console active a un tel droit.\n" +"D'autres options permettent d'autoriser l'action à n'importe quel utilisateur ou nécessiter une authentification dans tous les cas.\n" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Configuration de sécurité locale</BIG>\n" -"À l'aide des valeurs par défaut prédéfinies, modifiez les paramètres de " -"sécurité locale,\n" -" qui comprennent l'amorçage, la connexion, les mots de passe, la création " -"d'utilisateurs et les autorisations de fichier. Les paramètres\n" +"À l'aide des valeurs par défaut prédéfinies, modifiez les paramètres de sécurité locale,\n" +" qui comprennent l'amorçage, la connexion, les mots de passe, la création d'utilisateurs et les autorisations de fichier. Les paramètres\n" " par défaut peuvent être modifiés si nécessaire.\n" "" @@ -553,8 +527,7 @@ #. Main dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." -msgstr "" -"Paramètres personnalisés : Créez votre propre configuration." +msgstr "Paramètres personnalisés : Créez votre propre configuration." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__18 #. Login dialog help 1/4 @@ -573,19 +546,14 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "Délai après une tentative de connexion incorrecte :\n" "Il est conseillé de prévoir un délai d'attente après une tentative\n" -"de connexion incorrecte pour éviter les tentatives de déchiffrement du mot " -"de passe. Choisissez un délai suffisamment court pour que les utilisateurs\n" -"ne doivent pas attendre entre deux saisies. Une valeur de l'ordre de trois " -"secondes (<tt>3</tt>) est sensée." +"de connexion incorrecte pour éviter les tentatives de déchiffrement du mot de passe. Choisissez un délai suffisamment court pour que les utilisateurs\n" +"ne doivent pas attendre entre deux saisies. Une valeur de l'ordre de trois secondes (<tt>3</tt>) est sensée." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__16 #. Login dialog help 3/4 @@ -593,16 +561,12 @@ msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Enregistrer les tentatives de connexion réussies : La " -"journalisation des\n" -"tentatives de connexion réussies est très utile. Elle peut vous prévenir " -"des accès non autorisés\n" -"au système (par exemple, quand un utilisateur se connecte depuis un autre " -"emplacement que d'habitude).\n" +"Enregistrer les tentatives de connexion réussies : La journalisation des\n" +"tentatives de connexion réussies est très utile. Elle peut vous prévenir des accès non autorisés\n" +"au système (par exemple, quand un utilisateur se connecte depuis un autre emplacement que d'habitude).\n" "\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__17 @@ -610,16 +574,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" -"Autoriser la connexion graphique à distance : cette option permet " -"d'autoriser\n" -"l'accès à un écran de connexion graphique pour cette machine sur le réseau. " -"L'accès distant\n" -"à votre machine par le biais d'un gestionnaire d'affichage peut poser un " -"risque de sécurité." +"Autoriser la connexion graphique à distance : cette option permet d'autoriser\n" +"l'accès à un écran de connexion graphique pour cette machine sur le réseau. L'accès distant\n" +"à votre machine par le biais d'un gestionnaire d'affichage peut poser un risque de sécurité." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__18 #. Password dialog help 1/8 @@ -636,48 +596,37 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" -"Vérifier les nouveaux mots de passe : Il est judicieux de choisir " -"un mot de\n" -"passe qui ne figure dans aucun dictionnaire et qui ne soit pas un nom ou " -"autre mot simple et commun.\n" -"Si vous cochez cette option, le mot de passe sera vérifié en fonction de ces " -"règles." +"Vérifier les nouveaux mots de passe : Il est judicieux de choisir un mot de\n" +"passe qui ne figure dans aucun dictionnaire et qui ne soit pas un nom ou autre mot simple et commun.\n" +"Si vous cochez cette option, le mot de passe sera vérifié en fonction de ces règles." #. Password dialog help #: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" "Longueur minimum acceptable pour un mot de passe :\n" -"La taille minimum acceptable pour le nouveau mot de passe réduite par le " -"nombre\n" -"de classes de caractères différentes (autre, majuscule, minuscule et nombre) " -"utilisé dans\n" -"le nouveau mot de passe. Regardez man pam_cracklib pour de plus amples " -"explications.\n" -"Cette option ne peut être modifiée que si Vérifier les nouveaux mots de " -"passe est activé." +"La taille minimum acceptable pour le nouveau mot de passe réduite par le nombre\n" +"de classes de caractères différentes (autre, majuscule, minuscule et nombre) utilisé dans\n" +"le nouveau mot de passe. Regardez man pam_cracklib pour de plus amples explications.\n" +"Cette option ne peut être modifiée que si Vérifier les nouveaux mots de passe est activé." #. Password dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Mots de passe à mémoriser :\n" -"Entrez le nombre de mots de passe d'utilisateur à stocker pour empêcher leur " -"réutilisation.\n" +"Entrez le nombre de mots de passe d'utilisateur à stocker pour empêcher leur réutilisation.\n" " Entrez 0 si les mots de passe ne doivent pas être stockés." # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__89 @@ -691,8 +640,7 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" "DES, la méthode par défaut de Linux, fonctionne dans tous les\n" @@ -703,24 +651,16 @@ #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" -"MD5 permet l'utilisation de mots de passe plus longs. Cette " -"méthode\n" -"est prise en charge par toutes les distributions Linux actuelles, mais pas " -"par d'autres systèmes ou de vieux logiciels." +"MD5 permet l'utilisation de mots de passe plus longs. Cette méthode\n" +"est prise en charge par toutes les distributions Linux actuelles, mais pas par d'autres systèmes ou de vieux logiciels." #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512, est la méthode de hashage standard actuelle, l'utilisation " -"d'autres algorithmes n'est pas recommandé à moins d'en avoir besoin pour des " -"raisons de compatibilité." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "SHA-512, est la méthode de hashage standard actuelle, l'utilisation d'autres algorithmes n'est pas recommandé à moins d'en avoir besoin pour des raisons de compatibilité." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__20 #. Password dialog help 7/8 @@ -737,16 +677,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" -"Jours avant avertissement de l'expiration du mot de passe : " -"définit le nombre de\n" -"jours que les utilisateurs seront avertis avant expiration de leur mot de " -"passe. Plus ce délai\n" -"sera long, moins il y aura de risques que quelqu'un devine les mots de passe." -"" +"Jours avant avertissement de l'expiration du mot de passe : définit le nombre de\n" +"jours que les utilisateurs seront avertis avant expiration de leur mot de passe. Plus ce délai\n" +"sera long, moins il y aura de risques que quelqu'un devine les mots de passe." #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 @@ -755,8 +691,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Sécurité utilisateur</big>\n" -"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier divers paramètres servant " -"à la création d'utilisateurs." +"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier divers paramètres servant à la création d'utilisateurs." # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__28 #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 @@ -782,79 +717,57 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>Autres paramètres de sécurité</big>\n" -"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier divers paramètres relatifs " -"à la sécurité locale." +"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour modifier divers paramètres relatifs à la sécurité locale." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__24 #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" msgstr "" "Autorisations de fichier : les paramètres relatifs aux\n" -"autorisations de certains fichiers système sont définis en fonction des " -"données contenues\n" -"dans /etc/permissions.secure ou /etc/permissions.easy. Le fichier utilisé " -"dépend de cette sélection.\n" -"Le lancement de SuSEconfig définit ces autorisation d'après /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"Les fichiers dont les autorisations étaient incorrectes, pour des raisons " -"accidentelles\n" +"autorisations de certains fichiers système sont définis en fonction des données contenues\n" +"dans /etc/permissions.secure ou /etc/permissions.easy. Le fichier utilisé dépend de cette sélection.\n" +"Le lancement de SuSEconfig définit ces autorisation d'après /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"Les fichiers dont les autorisations étaient incorrectes, pour des raisons accidentelles\n" "ou du fait d'une intrusion, sont ainsi réparés.\n" -"Avec Simple, la majorité des fichiers système exclusivement lisibles " -"par root\n" -"en mode Sécurisé est modifiée pour en permettre la lecture par d'autres " -"utilisateurs.\n" -"Avec Sécurisé, certains fichiers système, tels que /var/log/messages, " -"ne peuvent\n" -"être visualisés que par l'utilisateur root. Certains programmes ne peuvent " -"être\n" -"exécutés que par root ou par des démons, mais pas par des utilisateur " -"ordinaires.\n" +"Avec Simple, la majorité des fichiers système exclusivement lisibles par root\n" +"en mode Sécurisé est modifiée pour en permettre la lecture par d'autres utilisateurs.\n" +"Avec Sécurisé, certains fichiers système, tels que /var/log/messages, ne peuvent\n" +"être visualisés que par l'utilisateur root. Certains programmes ne peuvent être\n" +"exécutés que par root ou par des démons, mais pas par des utilisateur ordinaires.\n" "Le paramètre le plus sécurisé est Paranoïa. Avec ce dernier, vous\n" -"devez définir les utilisateurs autorisés à exécuter des applications X et " -"des programmes setuid.\n" +"devez définir les utilisateurs autorisés à exécuter des applications X et des programmes setuid.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__36 #. Misc dialog help 6/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Utilisateur lançant updatedb : le programme updatedb est\n" -"exécuté une fois par jour. Il analyse l'intégralité de votre système de " -"fichiers et crée une\n" -"base de données (locatedb) où est consigné l'emplacement de chaque fichier. " -"La base de données peut être consultée\n" -"à l'aide du programme \"locate\". Définissez ici l'utilisateur qui exécute " -"cette commande : nobody\n" +"exécuté une fois par jour. Il analyse l'intégralité de votre système de fichiers et crée une\n" +"base de données (locatedb) où est consigné l'emplacement de chaque fichier. La base de données peut être consultée\n" +"à l'aide du programme \"locate\". Définissez ici l'utilisateur qui exécute cette commande : nobody\n" " (quelques fichiers) ou root (tous les fichiers)." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__25 @@ -863,14 +776,12 @@ msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Répertoire actuel dans le chemin de root Dans un système DOS,\n" "le système recherche les fichiers exécutables (programmes) d'abord\n" -"dans le répertoire actuel, puis dans la variable path actuelle. Un système " -"de type UNIX, au contraire,\n" +"dans le répertoire actuel, puis dans la variable path actuelle. Un système de type UNIX, au contraire,\n" "ne les recherche que dans le chemin de recherche (variable PATH)." # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__40 @@ -878,13 +789,11 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" -"Répertoire courant dans le chemin d'accès des utilisateurs normaux</" -"b> \n" +"Répertoire courant dans le chemin d'accès des utilisateurs normaux \n" "Un système DOS recherche d'abord les fichiers exécutables (programmes)\n" "dans le répertoire courant et ensuite par le biais du le chemin d'accès. \n" "Dans un système de type UNIX, par contre, ces fichiers sont recherchés\n" @@ -896,23 +805,16 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" -"Certains systèmes mettent en place une parade en ajoutant un point (\"." -"\") au \n" -"chemin de recherche, pour permettre aux fichiers situés dans le chemin " -"actuel d'être trouvés et exécutés.\n" -"Ceci est extrêmement dangereux car vous risquez de lancer accidentellement " -"des programmes inconnus\n" -"dans le répertoire actuel au lieu des fichiers système habituels. Cette " -"solution constitue\n" -", par conséquent, une porte ouverte à l'exécution de Chevaux de Troie</" -"i>, \n" +"Certains systèmes mettent en place une parade en ajoutant un point (\".\") au \n" +"chemin de recherche, pour permettre aux fichiers situés dans le chemin actuel d'être trouvés et exécutés.\n" +"Ceci est extrêmement dangereux car vous risquez de lancer accidentellement des programmes inconnus\n" +"dans le répertoire actuel au lieu des fichiers système habituels. Cette solution constitue\n" +", par conséquent, une porte ouverte à l'exécution de Chevaux de Troie, \n" "qui exploitent cette faiblesse pour envahir votre système." # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__42 @@ -939,206 +841,108 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" -"Activer Magic SysRq Keys Si vous sélectionnez cette option, " -"vous\n" -"gardez un certain contrôle du système, même en cas de crash système (par " -"exemple durant le\n" -"débogage de kernel). Pour plus de détails, consultez /usr/src/linux/" -"Documentation/sysrq.txt" +"Activer Magic SysRq Keys Si vous sélectionnez cette option, vous\n" +"gardez un certain contrôle du système, même en cas de crash système (par exemple durant le\n" +"débogage de kernel). Pour plus de détails, consultez /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." -msgstr "" -"Aperçu de la sécurité Cet aperçu montre les paramètres de " -"sécurité les plus importants." +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." +msgstr "Aperçu de la sécurité Cet aperçu montre les paramètres de sécurité les plus importants." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "" -"Pour changer la valeur actuelle, cliquez sur le lien associé à l'option.</" -"P>" +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "Pour changer la valeur actuelle, cliquez sur le lien associé à l'option." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." -msgstr "" -"La coche dans la colonne État de la sécurité signifie que la " -"valeur actuelle de l'option est sécurisée." +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." +msgstr "La coche dans la colonne État de la sécurité signifie que la valeur actuelle de l'option est sécurisée." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "" -"La valeur actuelle ne peut être lue. Le service n'est probablement pas " -"installé ou l'option est manquante sur le système." +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "La valeur actuelle ne peut être lue. Le service n'est probablement pas installé ou l'option est manquante sur le système." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"Un gestionnaire d'affichage fournit un écran de login graphique et peut " -"être accédé \n" -"à travers le réseau par un serveur X lancé sur un autre système s'il est " -"configuré \n" -"ainsi.Les fenêtres qui sont actuellement affichées transmettraient " -"alors leurs données \n" -"à travers le réseau. Si ce réseau n'est pas complètement sécurisé, le " -"traffic réseau peut être \n" -"espionné par un attaquant, obtenant ainsi l'accès non seulement au contenu " -"graphique \n" -"de l'affichage mais aussi aux identifiants et aux mots de passe qui sont " -"utilisés.\n" -"Si vous n'avez pas besoin de XDMCP pour des logins graphiques " -"distants, \n" +"Un gestionnaire d'affichage fournit un écran de login graphique et peut être accédé \n" +"à travers le réseau par un serveur X lancé sur un autre système s'il est configuré \n" +"ainsi.Les fenêtres qui sont actuellement affichées transmettraient alors leurs données \n" +"à travers le réseau. Si ce réseau n'est pas complètement sécurisé, le traffic réseau peut être \n" +"espionné par un attaquant, obtenant ainsi l'accès non seulement au contenu graphique \n" +"de l'affichage mais aussi aux identifiants et aux mots de passe qui sont utilisés.\n" +"Si vous n'avez pas besoin de XDMCP pour des logins graphiques distants, \n" "alors désactivez cette option." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" -"Au démarrage, l'heure du système est réglée à partir de l'horloge " -"matérielle de \n" -"l'ordinateur. Par conséquent, paramétrer l'horloge matérielle juste avant " -"l'extinction est \n" -"nécessaire.Une heure système cohérente est essentielle pour la " -"capacité du \n" +"Au démarrage, l'heure du système est réglée à partir de l'horloge matérielle de \n" +"l'ordinateur. Par conséquent, paramétrer l'horloge matérielle juste avant l'extinction est \n" +"nécessaire.Une heure système cohérente est essentielle pour la capacité du \n" "système à créer des messages log corrects." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "" -"Les dysfonctionnements d'un système sont habituellement détectées par des " -"anomalies de comportement. Les messages syslog à propos des évènements qui " -"réapparaissent de façon régulière sont importants pour trouver la cause des " -"problèmes et l'absence d'un unique enregistrement peut nous en apprendre " -"plus que l'absence de tous les enregistrements de journaux (log).</" -"P>C'est pourquoi, les messages syslog des évènements système sont utiles " -"uniquement s'ils sont présents." +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "Les dysfonctionnements d'un système sont habituellement détectées par des anomalies de comportement. Les messages syslog à propos des évènements qui réapparaissent de façon régulière sont importants pour trouver la cause des problèmes et l'absence d'un unique enregistrement peut nous en apprendre plus que l'absence de tous les enregistrements de journaux (log).C'est pourquoi, les messages syslog des évènements système sont utiles uniquement s'ils sont présents." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "" -"Les environnements d'exécution chroot sont utilisés pour restreindre un " -"processus uniquement aux fichiers dont il a besoin en les plaçant dans un " -"sous-dossier séparé et en exécutant le processus dans une racine modifiée " -"(chroot) à ce dossier." +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "Les environnements d'exécution chroot sont utilisés pour restreindre un processus uniquement aux fichiers dont il a besoin en les plaçant dans un sous-dossier séparé et en exécutant le processus dans une racine modifiée (chroot) à ce dossier." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." -msgstr "" -"Le démon client DHCP devrait être exécuté par l'utilisateur dhcpd</" -"EM> pour minimiser une possible menace si le service se révèle vulnérable " -"par une faiblesse dans son code.Notez que dhcpd ne doit pas être " -"lancé en tant que root ou avec la capacité CAP_SYS_CHROOT " -"pour que le confinement d'exécution chroot soit effectif." +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." +msgstr "Le démon client DHCP devrait être exécuté par l'utilisateur dhcpd pour minimiser une possible menace si le service se révèle vulnérable par une faiblesse dans son code.Notez que dhcpd ne doit pas être lancé en tant que root ou avec la capacité CAP_SYS_CHROOT pour que le confinement d'exécution chroot soit effectif." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "" -"Les administrateurs ne devraient jamais se loguer en tant que root</" -"EM> dans une session X Window pour minimiser l'utilisation des privilèges " -"root.Cette option n'aide pas contre les administrateurs imprudents " -"mais devrait empêcher les attaquants d'être capable de se loguer en tant que " -"root via le gestionnaire d'affichage s'ils devinent ou acquièrent " -"le mot de passe." +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "Les administrateurs ne devraient jamais se loguer en tant que root dans une session X Window pour minimiser l'utilisation des privilèges root.Cette option n'aide pas contre les administrateurs imprudents mais devrait empêcher les attaquants d'être capable de se loguer en tant que root via le gestionnaire d'affichage s'ils devinent ou acquièrent le mot de passe." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -"Les clients X Window, par exemple les programmes qui ouvrent une fenêtre " -"sur votre affichage, se connectent \n" -"à un serveur X qui s'exécute sur la machine physique. Les programmes peuvent " -"aussi s'exécuter sur un système \n" -"différent et peuvent afficher leur contenu sur le serveur X par des " -"connexions réseau.\n" -"Lorsque c'est activé, le serveur X écoute sur le port 6000 plus le numéro " -"de l'affichage.\n" -"Étant donné que le traffic réseau est transféré de façon non cryptée et donc " -"sujet au \"sniffing\"\n" -"du réseau et qu'un autre port est maintenu ouvert par le serveur X, cela " -"ouvre des options d'attaque,\n" -"le paramétrage sécurisé est de le désactiver.Pour afficher des " -"clients X Window à travers le \n" -"réseau, nous recommandons l'utilisation d'un shell sécurisé (ssh) " -"qui permet aux clients X Window de se connecter au serveur X à travers la " -"connexion cryptée ssh." +"Les clients X Window, par exemple les programmes qui ouvrent une fenêtre sur votre affichage, se connectent \n" +"à un serveur X qui s'exécute sur la machine physique. Les programmes peuvent aussi s'exécuter sur un système \n" +"différent et peuvent afficher leur contenu sur le serveur X par des connexions réseau.\n" +"Lorsque c'est activé, le serveur X écoute sur le port 6000 plus le numéro de l'affichage.\n" +"Étant donné que le traffic réseau est transféré de façon non cryptée et donc sujet au \"sniffing\"\n" +"du réseau et qu'un autre port est maintenu ouvert par le serveur X, cela ouvre des options d'attaque,\n" +"le paramétrage sécurisé est de le désactiver.Pour afficher des clients X Window à travers le \n" +"réseau, nous recommandons l'utilisation d'un shell sécurisé (ssh) qui permet aux clients X Window de se connecter au serveur X à travers la connexion cryptée ssh." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"Le sous système d'envois d'e-mails est toujours démarré. Cependant, il ne " -"s'expose pas\n" -"lui même à l'extérieur du système, par défaut, parce qu'il n'écoute pas le " -"port réseau SMTP 25. Si vous n'envoyez pas d'e-mails sur votre " -"système par le protocole SMTP, alors désactivez cette option." +"Le sous système d'envois d'e-mails est toujours démarré. Cependant, il ne s'expose pas\n" +"lui même à l'extérieur du système, par défaut, parce qu'il n'écoute pas le port réseau SMTP 25. Si vous n'envoyez pas d'e-mails sur votre système par le protocole SMTP, alors désactivez cette option." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 msgid "" @@ -1146,25 +950,18 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" "Si un paquet contenant un service actuellement en cours d'exécution est \n" -"mis à jour, alors le service est redémarré après que les fichiers du paquets " -"soient\n" -"installés.Cela est utile dans la plupart des cas et cela est sûr " -"aussi,\n" -"en considérant que beaucoup de services ont besoin que leurs binaires ou " -"leurs fichiers de configuration\n" -"soient accessibles dans le système de fichiers. Sinon, ces services " -"continueraient à\n" -"s'exécuter jusqu'à ce que les services soient arrêtés, par exemple lorsque " -"les démons \n" -"d'exécution sont tués.Ce paramètre devrait être modifié uniquement " -"s'il existe une \n" +"mis à jour, alors le service est redémarré après que les fichiers du paquets soient\n" +"installés.Cela est utile dans la plupart des cas et cela est sûr aussi,\n" +"en considérant que beaucoup de services ont besoin que leurs binaires ou leurs fichiers de configuration\n" +"soient accessibles dans le système de fichiers. Sinon, ces services continueraient à\n" +"s'exécuter jusqu'à ce que les services soient arrêtés, par exemple lorsque les démons \n" +"d'exécution sont tués.Ce paramètre devrait être modifié uniquement s'il existe une \n" "raison spécifique à cela." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 @@ -1173,65 +970,27 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" -"Si un paquet contenant un service actuellement en cours d'exécution est " -"désinstallé,\n" -"alors le service est arrêté avant que les fichiers du paquets soient " -"supprimés.\n" -"Cela est utile dans la plupart des cas et cela est sûr en considérant que " -"beaucoup\n" -"de services ont besoin que leurs binaires ou leurs fichiers de " -"configuration soient \n" -"accessibles dans le système de fichiers. Sinon, ces services continueraient " -"à s'exécuter \n" -"jusqu'à ce que les services soient arrêtés, par exemple lorsque les démons " -"d'exécution \n" -"sont tués.Ce paramètre devrait être modifié uniquement s'il existe " -"une raison \n" +"Si un paquet contenant un service actuellement en cours d'exécution est désinstallé,\n" +"alors le service est arrêté avant que les fichiers du paquets soient supprimés.\n" +"Cela est utile dans la plupart des cas et cela est sûr en considérant que beaucoup\n" +"de services ont besoin que leurs binaires ou leurs fichiers de configuration soient \n" +"accessibles dans le système de fichiers. Sinon, ces services continueraient à s'exécuter \n" +"jusqu'à ce que les services soient arrêtés, par exemple lorsque les démons d'exécution \n" +"sont tués.Ce paramètre devrait être modifié uniquement s'il existe une raison \n" "spécifique à cela." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "" -"Un système peut être submergé par de nombreuses tentatives de connexions " -"à tel point que le système ne dispose plus de mémoire suffisante, amenant à " -"une vulnérabilité de type déni de service (Denial of Service : DoS).</" -"P>L'utilisation de syncookies est une méthode qui peut aider dans de " -"telles situations. Mais dans les configurations avec un nombre très " -"important de tentatives de connexions légitimes depuis une même source, le " -"paramètre Activé peut causer des problèmes avec des refus de " -"connexions TCP sous forte charge.Mais, pour la plupart des " -"environnements, les syncookies sont la première ligne de défense contre les " -"attaques du type \"SYN flood DoS\", donc le paramètre sécurisé est " -"Activé." +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "Un système peut être submergé par de nombreuses tentatives de connexions à tel point que le système ne dispose plus de mémoire suffisante, amenant à une vulnérabilité de type déni de service (Denial of Service : DoS).L'utilisation de syncookies est une méthode qui peut aider dans de telles situations. Mais dans les configurations avec un nombre très important de tentatives de connexions légitimes depuis une même source, le paramètre Activé peut causer des problèmes avec des refus de connexions TCP sous forte charge.Mais, pour la plupart des environnements, les syncookies sont la première ligne de défense contre les attaques du type \"SYN flood DoS\", donc le paramètre sécurisé est Activé." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"Transmission IP (IP forwarding) signifie transmettre les paquets réseau " -"qui ont été reçus mais qui ne sont pas déstinés à l'une des interfaces " -"réseau configurées du système, comme les adresses d'interface réseau.</" -"P>Si un système transmet un traffic réseau sur la couche 3 du modèle ISO/" -"OSI, il est appelé routeur. Si vous n'avez pas besoin de cette " -"fonctionnalité de routage, alors désactivez cette option." +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "Transmission IP (IP forwarding) signifie transmettre les paquets réseau qui ont été reçus mais qui ne sont pas déstinés à l'une des interfaces réseau configurées du système, comme les adresses d'interface réseau.Si un système transmet un traffic réseau sur la couche 3 du modèle ISO/OSI, il est appelé routeur. Si vous n'avez pas besoin de cette fonctionnalité de routage, alors désactivez cette option." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -1242,42 +1001,20 @@ msgstr "Ce paramètre s'applique uniquement à IPV6." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "" -"Les touches magiques SysRq autorise un certain contrôle du système même " -"s'il plante (par ex. lors du débogage du noyau) ou si le système ne répond " -"plus." +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "Les touches magiques SysRq autorise un certain contrôle du système même s'il plante (par ex. lors du débogage du noyau) ou si le système ne répond plus." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Il existe des permissions de fichiers prédéfinis dans les fichiers /etc/" -"permissions.* . Les permissions de fichiers les plus restrictives sont " -"dénommés fichiers 'secure' ou 'paranoid'." +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "Il existe des permissions de fichiers prédéfinis dans les fichiers /etc/permissions.* . Les permissions de fichiers les plus restrictives sont dénommés fichiers 'secure' ou 'paranoid'." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services." -msgstr "" -"Les services système basiques doivent être activés pour fournir une " -"cohérence du système et pour exécuter les services relatifs à la sécurité.</" -"P>" +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." +msgstr "Les services système basiques doivent être activés pour fournir une cohérence du système et pour exécuter les services relatifs à la sécurité." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"Chaque service en cours d'exécution est une cible potentielle d'une " -"attaque de sécurité. C'est pourquoi il est recommandé de désactiver tous les " -"services qui ne sont pas utilisés par le système." +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "Chaque service en cours d'exécution est une cible potentielle d'une attaque de sécurité. C'est pourquoi il est recommandé de désactiver tous les services qui ne sont pas utilisés par le système." # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__75 #. level name @@ -1642,27 +1379,17 @@ # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__35 #~ msgid "Use current directory in root's path" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Utiliser le répertoire actuel dans le chemin d'accès (path) du super " -#~ "utilisateur (root)" +#~ msgstr "Utiliser le répertoire actuel dans le chemin d'accès (path) du super utilisateur (root)" # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__66 #~ msgid "Use current directory in path of regular users" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Utiliser le répertoire actuel dans le chemin d'accès (path) des " -#~ "utilisateurs standards" +#~ msgstr "Utiliser le répertoire actuel dans le chemin d'accès (path) des utilisateurs standards" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default the current working directory is not used when searching " -#~ "for executables." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Par défaut, le répertoire actuel de travail n'est pas utilisé lors des " -#~ "recherches d'exécutables." +#~ msgid "By default the current working directory is not used when searching for executables." +#~ msgstr "Par défaut, le répertoire actuel de travail n'est pas utilisé lors des recherches d'exécutables." #~ msgid "This setting applies for root user and system users." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ce paramètre s'applique pour l'utilisateur root et aux " -#~ "utilisateurs système." +#~ msgstr "Ce paramètre s'applique pour l'utilisateur root et aux utilisateurs système." #~ msgid "This setting applies for regular users." #~ msgstr "Ce paramètre s'applique aux utilisateurs standards." @@ -1681,16 +1408,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Blowfish is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n" -#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the " -#~ "hash,\n" -#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." -#~ "" +#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n" +#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Blowfish est similaire à MD5 mais utilise un\n" -#~ "algorithme différent pour chiffrer les mots de passe. Une puissance de " -#~ "traitement considérable est nécessaire\n" -#~ "pour calculer le hachage, ce qui rend très difficile le craquage de mots " -#~ "de passe à l'aide d'un dictionnaire." +#~ "algorithme différent pour chiffrer les mots de passe. Une puissance de traitement considérable est nécessaire\n" +#~ "pour calculer le hachage, ce qui rend très difficile le craquage de mots de passe à l'aide d'un dictionnaire." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__109 #~ msgid "Disable service restart on update" @@ -1707,17 +1430,13 @@ # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__22 #~ msgid "" #~ "Test for Complicated Passwords: \n" -#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable " -#~ "additional\n" +#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes the\n" +#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable additional\n" #~ "checks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Test de complexité des mots de passe : \n" -#~ "Les mots de passe devraient être formés d'une combinaison de divers " -#~ "caractères. Ceci les rend\n" -#~ "particulièrement difficiles à deviner. Cochez cette case pour activer " -#~ "des\n" +#~ "Les mots de passe devraient être formés d'une combinaison de divers caractères. Ceci les rend\n" +#~ "particulièrement difficiles à deviner. Cochez cette case pour activer des\n" #~ "vérifications supplémentaires." # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__49 @@ -1756,19 +1475,8 @@ #~ msgid "Reading PAM settings..." #~ msgstr "Lecture des paramètres PAM..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been " -#~ "received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured " -#~ "network interfaces, eg network interface addresses.If a system " -#~ "forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If " -#~ "you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Transmission IP (IP forwarding) signifie transmettre les paquets " -#~ "réseau qui ont été reçus mais qui ne sont pas déstinés à l'une des " -#~ "interfaces réseau configurées du système, comme les adresses d'interface " -#~ "réseau.Si un système transmet un traffic réseau sur la couche 3 du " -#~ "modèle ISO/OSI, il est appelé routeur. Si vous n'avez pas besoin de cette " -#~ "fonctionnalité de routage, alors désactivez cette option." +#~ msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, eg network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +#~ msgstr "Transmission IP (IP forwarding) signifie transmettre les paquets réseau qui ont été reçus mais qui ne sont pas déstinés à l'une des interfaces réseau configurées du système, comme les adresses d'interface réseau.Si un système transmet un traffic réseau sur la couche 3 du modèle ISO/OSI, il est appelé routeur. Si vous n'avez pas besoin de cette fonctionnalité de routage, alors désactivez cette option." # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__30 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/services-manager.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -44,34 +44,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 @@ -115,15 +104,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" msgstr "" +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__331 #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 msgid "Writing configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Écriture de la configuration..." #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" @@ -135,28 +124,31 @@ msgid "Default System &Target" msgstr "" +# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_01_04_0147__29 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Service" +# TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__5 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activé" +# TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__62 #. The current state matches the futural state #. The current state matches the futural state #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Actif" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "description" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 msgid "&Start/Stop" @@ -166,9 +158,10 @@ msgid "&Enable/Disable" msgstr "" +# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__220 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 msgid "Show &Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afficher les &détails" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 @@ -181,11 +174,12 @@ msgid "Reading services status..." msgstr "" +# TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6 #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 #: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Désactivé" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 #: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 @@ -208,37 +202,37 @@ msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" msgstr "" +# TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__3 #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Services" +# TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__3 #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Services" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" "The current setup does not provide any functionality now." msgstr "" +"<big>Services</big> \n" +"La configuration actuelle ne fournit aucune fonctionnalité pour le moment." #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -255,9 +249,10 @@ "enabling and starting the services may also fail" msgstr "" +# TLABEL idedma_2002_03_14_2340__22 #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible d'activer le service %1" #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 msgid "Default Target" @@ -269,10 +264,11 @@ msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "" +# TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__43 #. AutoYast summary #: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pas encore configuré." #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state #. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/slp-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -223,8 +223,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -237,8 +236,7 @@ "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Présentation de la configuration du serveur SLP</big> \n" -"Vous pouvez obtenir une présentation des serveurs SLP installés. De plus, " -"vous pouvez\n" +"Vous pouvez obtenir une présentation des serveurs SLP installés. De plus, vous pouvez\n" " en modifier la configuration. \n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__52 @@ -301,54 +299,33 @@ #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "To show the slpd log file, use Show Log." -msgstr "" -"Pour afficher le fichier journal de slpd, utilisez Afficher journal</" -"b>." +msgstr "Pour afficher le fichier journal de slpd, utilisez Afficher journal." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"Broadcast.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" +"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.\n" msgstr "" -"Définissez ici le mode d'exécution du démon SLP. Le mode le plus simple " -"est Diffusion.\n" -"Dans ce mode, le démon SLP répond à toutes les requêtes diffusées. Il existe " -"également le mode Multidiffusion. Dans ce mode, le démon répond aux " -"requêtes\n" -" envoyées par multidiffusion dans des ÉTENDUES appropriées. En mode " -"Serveur DA, les serveurs DA sont informés de l'adresse IP spécifiée\n" -" pour les services enregistrés de manière statique et dynamique. La dernière " -"option est Devient le serveur DA. Il s'agit d'un serveur de cache " -"pour les\n" +"Définissez ici le mode d'exécution du démon SLP. Le mode le plus simple est Diffusion.\n" +"Dans ce mode, le démon SLP répond à toutes les requêtes diffusées. Il existe également le mode Multidiffusion. Dans ce mode, le démon répond aux requêtes\n" +" envoyées par multidiffusion dans des ÉTENDUES appropriées. En mode Serveur DA, les serveurs DA sont informés de l'adresse IP spécifiée\n" +" pour les services enregistrés de manière statique et dynamique. La dernière option est Devient le serveur DA. Il s'agit d'un serveur de cache pour les\n" " réponses aux services.\n" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf." -msgstr "" -"Les paramètres avancés vous permettent d'accéder à toutes les " -"options disponibles dans /etc/slp.conf." +msgid "With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf." +msgstr "Les paramètres avancés vous permettent d'accéder à toutes les options disponibles dans /etc/slp.conf." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create " -"a new empty file. With Modify,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a new empty file. With Modify,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"Fichiers de configuration pour un enregistrement statique à SLP. L'option " -"Ajouter permet de créer un nouveau fichier vide. L'option " -"Modifier\n" -"permet de modifier les valeurs d'un fichier existant. L'option Supprimer</" -"b> permet de supprimer les fichiers qui n'appartiennent à aucun paquet." +"Fichiers de configuration pour un enregistrement statique à SLP. L'option Ajouter permet de créer un nouveau fichier vide. L'option Modifier\n" +"permet de modifier les valeurs d'un fichier existant. L'option Supprimer permet de supprimer les fichiers qui n'appartiennent à aucun paquet." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" @@ -363,11 +340,8 @@ # TLABEL nfs_server_2002_03_14_2340__0 #. check for package openslp-server installed #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer le serveur SLP, le paquet %1 doit être installé.</" -"p>" +msgid "To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Pour configurer le serveur SLP, le paquet %1 doit être installé." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__112 #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 @@ -493,8 +467,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ajout d'un serveur SLP</big> \n" #~ "Choisissez un serveur SLP dans la liste des serveurs SLP détectés.\n" -#~ " Si votre serveur SLP n'a pas été détecté, utilisez Autre (non détecté)" -#~ ".\n" +#~ " Si votre serveur SLP n'a pas été détecté, utilisez Autre (non détecté).\n" #~ " Appuyez ensuite sur Configurer.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__50 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/snapper.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -38,7 +38,6 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 -#| msgid "User name" msgid "User data" msgstr "Données de l'utilisateur" @@ -46,14 +45,12 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 -#| msgid "C&leanup Script" msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Script de nettoyage" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__142 #. popup label, %1 is number #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 -#| msgid "Modify %1" msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "Modifier l'instantané %1" @@ -64,27 +61,23 @@ #. label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 -#| msgid "PReP (%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "Pre (%1)" # TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__3 #. label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 -#| msgid "Host %1" msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "Post (%1)" # TLABEL printconf_2002_01_04_0147__81 #. popup label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 -#| msgid "Create New " msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Créer un nouvel instantané" #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 -#| msgid "Snapshots" msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Instantané unique" @@ -103,9 +96,6 @@ # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__15 #. yes/no popup question #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 -#| msgid "" -#| "Really \n" -#| "delete share '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment effacer l'instantané '%1' ?" @@ -266,9 +256,7 @@ #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" -msgstr "" -"Afficher la différence entre l'instantané actuel et l'instantané " -"sélectionné :" +msgstr "Afficher la différence entre l'instantané actuel et l'instantané sélectionné :" #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 @@ -278,8 +266,7 @@ #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" -msgstr "" -"Afficher la différence entre le premier instantané et le système actuel" +msgstr "Afficher la différence entre le premier instantané et le système actuel" #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 @@ -363,18 +350,15 @@ "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" "Ces fichiers seront restaurés à partir de l'instantané '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Les fichiers existant dans l'instantané original seront copiés vers le " -"système actuel.\n" -"Les fichiers qui n'existaient pas dans l'instantané seront supprimés.</" -"p>Êtes-vous sûr ?" +"Les fichiers existant dans l'instantané original seront copiés vers le système actuel.\n" +"Les fichiers qui n'existaient pas dans l'instantané seront supprimés.Êtes-vous sûr ?" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 @@ -389,29 +373,17 @@ #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " -"the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuration des instantanés</big>\n" -"Le tableau montre une liste des instantanés du système de fichier racine. " -"Il existe trois types\n" -"d'instantanés, unique, pre et post. Les instantanés " -"uniques sont utilisés\n" -"pour enregistrer l'état d'un système de fichier à un certain moment, alors " -"que Pre et Post sont utilisés pour définir les modifications effectuées par " -"une opération spéciale entre les deux prises d'instantanés. Les instantanés " -"Pre et Post sont couplés dans le tableau.\n" -"Sélectionnez un instantané ou un couple d'instantanés et cliquez sur " -"Afficher les modifications pour voir les\n" +"Le tableau montre une liste des instantanés du système de fichier racine. Il existe trois types\n" +"d'instantanés, unique, pre et post. Les instantanés uniques sont utilisés\n" +"pour enregistrer l'état d'un système de fichier à un certain moment, alors que Pre et Post sont utilisés pour définir les modifications effectuées par une opération spéciale entre les deux prises d'instantanés. Les instantanés Pre et Post sont couplés dans le tableau.\n" +"Sélectionnez un instantané ou un couple d'instantanés et cliquez sur Afficher les modifications pour voir les\n" "modifications du système de fichier dans l'instantané spécifié.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help @@ -419,29 +391,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Aperçu de l'instantané</big>\n" "\n" -"L'arbre affiche tous les fichiers qui ont été modifiés entre la création du " -"premier ('pre') et le second ('post') instantané. Sur la partie droite, vous " -"pouvez voir la description générée lorsque le premier instantané a été créé " -"et la date de création des deux instantanés.\n" +"L'arbre affiche tous les fichiers qui ont été modifiés entre la création du premier ('pre') et le second ('post') instantané. Sur la partie droite, vous pouvez voir la description générée lorsque le premier instantané a été créé et la date de création des deux instantanés.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Lorsqu'un fichier est sélectionné dans l'arbre, vous pouvez voir les " -"modifications effectuées sur celui-ci. Par défaut, les modifications entre " -"les deux instantanés d'un couple sont affichées, mais il est possible de " -"comparer différentes versions du fichier.\n" +"Lorsqu'un fichier est sélectionné dans l'arbre, vous pouvez voir les modifications effectuées sur celui-ci. Par défaut, les modifications entre les deux instantanés d'un couple sont affichées, mais il est possible de comparer différentes versions du fichier.\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -449,25 +410,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Aperçu de l'instantané</big>\n" "\n" -"L'arbre affiche tous les fichiers qui différent entre l'instantané " -"sélectionné et le système actuel. Sur la partie droite, vous pouvez voir la " -"description de l'instantané et sa date de création.\n" +"L'arbre affiche tous les fichiers qui différent entre l'instantané sélectionné et le système actuel. Sur la partie droite, vous pouvez voir la description de l'instantané et sa date de création.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Lorsqu'un fichier est sélectionné dans l'arbre, vous pouvez voir les " -"différences entre la version sélectionnée de l'instantané et le système " -"actuel.\n" +"Lorsqu'un fichier est sélectionné dans l'arbre, vous pouvez voir les différences entre la version sélectionnée de l'instantané et le système actuel.\n" "\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__212 @@ -511,14 +465,12 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__212 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 -#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." msgid "Snapshot was not found." msgstr "L'instantané n'a pas été trouvé." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__80 #. error popup #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 -#| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgid "" "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" "%1" @@ -529,7 +481,6 @@ # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__88 #. error popup #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 -#| msgid "Failed to modify %1." msgid "" "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" "%1" @@ -543,19 +494,16 @@ # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__212 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 -#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." msgstr "Le 'Pre' instantané n'a pas été donné." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__212 #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 -#| msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." msgstr "Le 'Pre' instantané donné n'a pas été trouvé." #. error popup #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 -#| msgid "Failed to create the new map." msgid "" "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" "%1" @@ -626,9 +574,5 @@ #~ msgid "%1 does not exist in snapshot %2\n" #~ msgstr "%1 n'existe pas dans l'instantané %2\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2</" -#~ "p>Are you sure?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ces fichiers seront copiés à partir de l'instantané '%1' vers le système " -#~ "actuel : %2Êtes-vous sûr ?" +#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2Are you sure?" +#~ msgstr "Ces fichiers seront copiés à partir de l'instantané '%1' vers le système actuel : %2Êtes-vous sûr ?" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/sound.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -32,9 +32,7 @@ #. popup error message #: src/clients/sound.rb:49 msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." -msgstr "" -"La base de données des cartes son n'a pas été trouvée. Veuillez vérifier " -"votre installation." +msgstr "La base de données des cartes son n'a pas été trouvée. Veuillez vérifier votre installation." # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__98 #. translators: command line help text for Sound module @@ -78,34 +76,24 @@ #. translators: command line help text for set action #: src/clients/sound.rb:115 msgid "Set the new values for given card parameters." -msgstr "" -"Définissez les nouvelles valeurs pour les paramètres de la carte spécifiée." +msgstr "Définissez les nouvelles valeurs pour les paramètres de la carte spécifiée." #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' #: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Valeur du paramètre de module spécifique. Utilisez la commande 'show' pour " -"voir une liste des paramètres autorisés." +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Valeur du paramètre de module spécifique. Utilisez la commande 'show' pour voir une liste des paramètres autorisés." #. translators: command line help text for volume action #: src/clients/sound.rb:131 msgid "Set the volume of specific channels of the given card." -msgstr "" -"Définissez le volume pour les canaux spécifiés de la carte en question." +msgstr "Définissez le volume pour les canaux spécifiés de la carte en question." #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name #: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Valeur du canal spécifié (0-100). Utilisez la commande 'channels' pour voir " -"une liste des canaux disponibles." +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Valeur du canal spécifié (0-100). Utilisez la commande 'channels' pour voir une liste des canaux disponibles." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__38 #. translators: command line help text for modules action @@ -300,11 +288,9 @@ "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" msgstr "" "Ces paquets necessaires ne sont pas disponibles : %1\n" -"Certains périphériques audio peuvent ne pas fonctionner ou certaines " -"fonctions peuvent ne pas être supportées.\n" +"Certains périphériques audio peuvent ne pas fonctionner ou certaines fonctions peuvent ne pas être supportées.\n" "\n" -"Activez ou ajoutez un dépôt de logiciels supplémentaire contenant les " -"paquets.\n" +"Activez ou ajoutez un dépôt de logiciels supplémentaire contenant les paquets.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__68 #. creates summary table with card labels and thier states @@ -630,15 +616,11 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore " -"the original settings." +"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore the original settings." msgstr "" -"Ce dialogue vous permet de régler le volume pour chaque canal de la carte " -"son sélectionnée \n" -"Cliquez sur Suivant pour enregistrer les paramètres du volume et sur " -"Retour pour restaurer les paramètres initiaux." +"Ce dialogue vous permet de régler le volume pour chaque canal de la carte son sélectionnée \n" +"Cliquez sur Suivant pour enregistrer les paramètres du volume et sur Retour pour restaurer les paramètres initiaux." # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__22 #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name @@ -1228,8 +1210,7 @@ "For proper functionality, skip the '%1' sound card and \n" "configure only the '%2'.\n" msgstr "" -"Les cartes son '%1' et '%2' ont été détectées automatiquement dans votre " -"système.\n" +"Les cartes son '%1' et '%2' ont été détectées automatiquement dans votre système.\n" "Pour une bonne fonctionnalité, ignorez la carte '%1' et configurez \n" "seulement la carte '%2'.\n" @@ -1282,10 +1263,8 @@ "configure it. If the card was not detected, press Add and\n" "configure the card manually.\n" msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez une carte non configurée dans la liste, puis cliquez sur " -"Modifier pour\n" -"la configurer. Si la carte n'a pas été détectée, cliquez sur Ajouter " -"et\n" +"Sélectionnez une carte non configurée dans la liste, puis cliquez sur Modifier pour\n" +"la configurer. Si la carte n'a pas été détectée, cliquez sur Ajouter et\n" " configurez-la manuellement.\n" # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__53 @@ -1310,10 +1289,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Utilisez Autre pour définir le volume de la carte sélectionnée ou " -"configurer\n" -"le module chargé pour la lecture des fichiers MIDI (Démarrer le " -"séquenceur).\n" +"Utilisez Autre pour définir le volume de la carte sélectionnée ou configurer\n" +"le module chargé pour la lecture des fichiers MIDI (Démarrer le séquenceur).\n" "Utilisez Lire le son de test pour tester la carte sélectionnée.\n" "\n" @@ -1323,31 +1300,24 @@ "Use PulseAudio Configuration to enable or disable it.\n" msgstr "" "Le démon PulseAudio peut être utilisé pour lire des sons.\n" -"Utilisez Configuration de PulseAudio pour l'activer ou le désactiver." -"\n" +"Utilisez Configuration de PulseAudio pour l'activer ou le désactiver.\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." msgstr "" -"Le périphérique audio avec l'indice 0 est le périphérique par défaut " -"utilisé par le système et les applications.\n" -"Utilisez Autre pour définir le périphérique audio sélectionné comme " -"périphérique primaire." +"Le périphérique audio avec l'indice 0 est le périphérique par défaut utilisé par le système et les applications.\n" +"Utilisez Autre pour définir le périphérique audio sélectionné comme périphérique primaire." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" -"Les applications utilisant OSS (Open Sound System) peuvent faire appel au " -"mixeur logiciel\n" -"en utilisant le wrapper aoss. Utilisez la commande <tt>aoss <" -"application></tt> pour\n" +"Les applications utilisant OSS (Open Sound System) peuvent faire appel au mixeur logiciel\n" +"en utilisant le wrapper aoss. Utilisez la commande <tt>aoss <application></tt> pour\n" "démarrer l'application." # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__90 @@ -1611,9 +1581,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Enregistrement des paramètres du joystick..." #~ msgid "USB joysticks do not need any configuration, just connect them." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les joysticks USB ne nécessitent aucune configuration, il suffit de les " -#~ "connecter." +#~ msgstr "Les joysticks USB ne nécessitent aucune configuration, il suffit de les connecter." # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__45 #~ msgid "Joystick Configuration - %1" @@ -1622,17 +1590,12 @@ # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__46 #~ msgid "" #~ "In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" -#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, " -#~ "just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" +#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.\n" +#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dans cette boîte de dialogue, sélectionnez le type de joystick " -#~ "utilisé. Si celui que\n" -#~ "vous utilisez ne figure pas dans la liste, sélectionnez Joystick " -#~ "analogique générique.\n" -#~ "Vous ne trouverez aucun joystick USB ici. Si vous utilisez un joystick " -#~ "USB,\n" +#~ "Dans cette boîte de dialogue, sélectionnez le type de joystick utilisé. Si celui que\n" +#~ "vous utilisez ne figure pas dans la liste, sélectionnez Joystick analogique générique.\n" +#~ "Vous ne trouverez aucun joystick USB ici. Si vous utilisez un joystick USB,\n" #~ "il vous suffit de le connecter et de commencer à l'utiliser.\n" # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__49 @@ -1667,19 +1630,11 @@ #~ msgid "%1 - Invalid configuration" #~ msgstr "%1 - Configuration invalide" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or " -#~ "a wrong driver is used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La configuration n'est pas active. Soit le joystick n'est pas connecté, " -#~ "soit un mauvais pilote est utilisé." +#~ msgid "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or a wrong driver is used" +#~ msgstr "La configuration n'est pas active. Soit le joystick n'est pas connecté, soit un mauvais pilote est utilisé." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to " -#~ "remove the configuration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cliquez sur Modifier pour modifier le pilote du joystick ou sur " -#~ "Effacer pour supprimer la configuration" +#~ msgid "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to remove the configuration" +#~ msgstr "Cliquez sur Modifier pour modifier le pilote du joystick ou sur Effacer pour supprimer la configuration" #~ msgid "Axis %1" #~ msgstr "Axe %1" @@ -1700,9 +1655,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Cartes son avec prise en charge d'un joystick" #~ msgid "To add an USB joystick close this dialog and just connect it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour ajouter un joystick USB, fermer cette boite de dialogue et connecter " -#~ "le simplement." +#~ msgstr "Pour ajouter un joystick USB, fermer cette boite de dialogue et connecter le simplement." # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__43 #~ msgid "&Configure joystick" @@ -1723,12 +1676,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Ceci est un aperçu des joysticks détectés." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__74 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add " -#~ "button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour configurer un joystick connecté sur le port jeu , cliquez sur le " -#~ "bouton Ajouter." +#~ msgid "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add button." +#~ msgstr "Pour configurer un joystick connecté sur le port jeu , cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter." # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__12 #~ msgid "Model" @@ -1806,16 +1755,11 @@ #~ "or if you do not have a joystick, select No joystick.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si vous voulez supprimer du système le joystick configuré\n" -#~ "ou si vous n'avez pas de joystick, sélectionnez Pas de joystick.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "ou si vous n'avez pas de joystick, sélectionnez Pas de joystick.\n" # TLABEL lilo_2002_03_14_2340__52 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cliquez sur Tester pour tester les fonctions du type de " -#~ "joystick sélectionné." +#~ msgid "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick type." +#~ msgstr "Cliquez sur Tester pour tester les fonctions du type de joystick sélectionné." # TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__47 #~ msgid "" @@ -1830,13 +1774,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Two or more sound cards in your system support joysticks.\n" -#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure " -#~ "Joystick.\n" +#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure Joystick.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Au moins deux cartes son de votre système supportent les joysticks.</" -#~ "P>\n" -#~ "Pour configurer un joystick, sélectionnez la carte son et cliquez sur " -#~ "Configurer le joystick.\n" +#~ "Au moins deux cartes son de votre système supportent les joysticks.\n" +#~ "Pour configurer un joystick, sélectionnez la carte son et cliquez sur Configurer le joystick.\n" # TLABEL sound_2002_08_07_0216__6 #~ msgid "The configured cards do not support the joystick." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/squid.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -110,9 +110,7 @@ #. ************** HEADER ************************ #: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 msgid "Header Name and Regular Expression must not be empty." -msgstr "" -"Le nom de l'entête ainsi que l'expression régulière ne doivent pas être " -"vides." +msgstr "Le nom de l'entête ainsi que l'expression régulière ne doivent pas être vides." #. error report #: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 @@ -586,8 +584,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur " -"Interrompre.\n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur Interrompre.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -613,8 +610,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -646,8 +642,7 @@ "edit their configurations if necessary. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Présentation de la configuration Squid</big> \n" -"Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des serveurs Squid installés. De plus, vous " -"pouvez\n" +"Vous pouvez obtenir un aperçu des serveurs Squid installés. De plus, vous pouvez\n" " en modifier la configuration. \n" #. Http Ports Dialog @@ -681,9 +676,7 @@ #| msgid "" #| "Refresh Patterns define the manner\n" #| "how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -msgid "" -"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"\n" +msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" msgstr "" "Stratégies d'actualisation définit la façon dont \n" "Squid gère les objets dans le cache." @@ -697,8 +690,7 @@ "The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" msgstr "" -"Les stratégies d'actualisation sont vérifiées dans l'ordre où elles " -"apparaissent ici.\n" +"Les stratégies d'actualisation sont vérifiées dans l'ordre où elles apparaissent ici.\n" "La première entrée correspondante est employée." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 @@ -710,8 +702,7 @@ "Min determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" "considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" msgstr "" -"Min détermine combien de temps (en minutes) un objet sera " -"considéré\n" +"Min détermine combien de temps (en minutes) un objet sera considéré\n" "comme valide si aucun délai d'expiration n'est fourni." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 @@ -725,10 +716,8 @@ "modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" "considered fresh.\n" msgstr "" -"Pourcent/b> est le pourcentage de vieillesse des objets (durée depuis " -"la dernière \n" -"date de modification) un objet sans délai d'expiration explicite sera " -"considéré \n" +"Pourcent/b> est le pourcentage de vieillesse des objets (durée depuis la dernière \n" +"date de modification) un objet sans délai d'expiration explicite sera considéré \n" "comme valide." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 @@ -745,12 +734,8 @@ #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects." -msgstr "" -"Taille de la mémoire cache défini la quantité idéale de mémoire à " -"utiliser pour les objets." +msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." +msgstr "Taille de la mémoire cache défini la quantité idéale de mémoire à utiliser pour les objets." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 #, fuzzy @@ -761,8 +746,7 @@ "Max Object Size defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" msgstr "" -"Taille maximale d'un objetdéfinit la taille maximum d'un objet à " -"stocker\n" +"Taille maximale d'un objetdéfinit la taille maximum d'un objet à stocker\n" "sur le disque. Les plus gros objets ne seront pas mis en cache." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__332 @@ -775,8 +759,7 @@ "Min Object Size specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.\n" msgstr "" -"Taille minimale d'un objet spécifie la taille minimale en dessous " -"de laquelle\n" +"Taille minimale d'un objet spécifie la taille minimale en dessous de laquelle\n" "un objet ne sera pas mis en cache." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 @@ -786,8 +769,7 @@ #| "Swap Low-Water Mark and attempts to maintain utilization near the\n" #| "Swap Low-Water Mark. As swap utilization gets close to\n" #| "Swap High-Water Mark object eviction becomes more aggressive.\n" -#| "If utilization is close to the Swap Low-Water Mark less " -#| "replacement\n" +#| "If utilization is close to the Swap Low-Water Mark less replacement\n" #| "is done each time." msgid "" "Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\n" @@ -797,24 +779,19 @@ "If utilization is close to the Swap Low-Water Mark, less replacement\n" "is done each time.\n" msgstr "" -"Le remplacement commence lorsque l'utilisation du cache disque est " -"supérieure à\n" -"la limite inférieure. L'algorithme essaye de maintenir l'utilisation " -"du cache proche de\n" +"Le remplacement commence lorsque l'utilisation du cache disque est supérieure à\n" +"la limite inférieure. L'algorithme essaye de maintenir l'utilisation du cache proche de\n" "la limite inférieure. Dès que l'utilisation du cache s'approche de \n" "la limite supérieure, la stratégie devient plus agressive.\n" -"Si l'utilisation est proche de la limite inférieure, moins de " -"remplacements\n" +"Si l'utilisation est proche de la limite inférieure, moins de remplacements\n" "sont effectués à chaque fois." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " -#| "replaced\n" +#| "Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" #| "when disk space is needed.\n" -#| "Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object " -#| "replacement in\n" +#| "Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" #| "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" #| "Policies could be:\n" #| "<table>\n" @@ -837,11 +814,9 @@ #| "</table>\n" #| "" msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -864,11 +839,9 @@ "</table>\n" "" msgstr "" -"La stratégie d'actualisation du cache détermine quels objets " -"seront remplacés\n" +"La stratégie d'actualisation du cache détermine quels objets seront remplacés\n" "quand de l'espace disque doit être libéré.\n" -"La Stratégie d'actualisation de la mémoire détermine la stratégie de " -"remplacement des objets\n" +"La Stratégie d'actualisation de la mémoire détermine la stratégie de remplacement des objets\n" "lorsque de l'espace mémoire pour de nouveaux objets est requis.\n" "Les stratégies utilisées peuvent être :\n" "<table>\n" @@ -893,98 +866,70 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored." -msgstr "" -"Nom du répertoire défini un répertoire racine où les fichiers " -"cache seront placés" +msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." +msgstr "Nom du répertoire défini un répertoire racine où les fichiers cache seront placés" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Taille définie l'espace disque utilisable (en Mo) sous ce " -"répertoire." +msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." +msgstr "Taille définie l'espace disque utilisable (en Mo) sous ce répertoire." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Level 1 Directories defines number of first-level " -#| "subdirectories which\n" +#| "Level 1 Directories defines number of first-level subdirectories which\n" #| "will be created under the Directory Name directory." msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Répertoires de niveau 1 défini le nombre de répertoires de premier " -"niveau\n" +"Répertoires de niveau 1 défini le nombre de répertoires de premier niveau\n" " qui seront créés sous le répertoire nom du répertoire.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Level 2 Directories defines number of second-level " -#| "subdirectories which will be created\n" +#| "Level 2 Directories defines number of second-level subdirectories which will be created\n" #| "under each first-level directory." msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Répertoires de niveau 2 défini le nombre de répertoires de second " -"niveau\n" +"Répertoires de niveau 2 défini le nombre de répertoires de second niveau\n" " qui seront créés sous chaque répertoire de premier niveau.\n" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Access to Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." -msgid "" -"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." -msgstr "" -"L'accès au serveur Squid peut être contrôlé par des groupes ACL.</" -"p>" +#| msgid "Access to Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgstr "L'accès au serveur Squid peut être contrôlé par des groupes ACL." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "ACL Group has various types and description of ACL Group " -#| "depends\n" +#| "ACL Group has various types and description of ACL Group depends\n" #| "on the particular type." msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" -"ACL Group a des types différents et la description d'ACL Group " -"dépends\n" +"ACL Group a des types différents et la description d'ACL Group dépends\n" "d'un type particulier." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "In the Access Control table access can be denied or allowed to " -#| "ACL Groups.\n" -#| "If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -#| "allowed\n" +#| "In the Access Control table access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +#| "If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" #| "or denied for those who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time." msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"Dans le Contrôle d'accès l'accès à la table peut être refusé ou " -"autorisé aux groupes ACL.\n" -"Si il y a plus de groupes ACL sur une ligne, cela signifie que l'accès sera " -"autorisé\n" -"ou refusé pour ceux qui appartiennent à tous les groupes ACL en même temps.</" -"p>\n" +"Dans le Contrôle d'accès l'accès à la table peut être refusé ou autorisé aux groupes ACL.\n" +"Si il y a plus de groupes ACL sur une ligne, cela signifie que l'accès sera autorisé\n" +"ou refusé pour ceux qui appartiennent à tous les groupes ACL en même temps.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 #, fuzzy @@ -995,49 +940,36 @@ "The Access Control table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" msgstr "" -"La table decontrôle des accès est vérifiée dans l'ordre listé " -"ici.\n" +"La table decontrôle des accès est vérifiée dans l'ordre listé ici.\n" "La première entrée qui correspond est employée.\n" #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Access Log defines the file where client activities are logged." -#| "" -msgid "" -"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"" -msgstr "" -"Le journal des accès définit le fichier ou les activités des " -"clients sont consignées." +#| msgid "Access Log defines the file where client activities are logged." +msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." +msgstr "Le journal des accès définit le fichier ou les activités des clients sont consignées." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Cache Log defines the file where general information about " -#| "your\n" +#| "Cache Log defines the file where general information about your\n" #| "cache's behavior is logged." msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" -"Le journal du cache définit le fichier où les informations " -"générales\n" +"Le journal du cache définit le fichier où les informations générales\n" "sur le comportement de votre cache sont consignées.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" -"Le Journal de contenu du cache indique l'emplacement du journal de " -"transaction pour tous les\n" +"Le Journal de contenu du cache indique l'emplacement du journal de transaction pour tous les\n" "objets de la zone de stockage des objets, ainsi que la date de suppression\n" "des objets. Cette option est facultative.\n" @@ -1050,8 +982,7 @@ "With Emulate httpd Log specify that Squid writes its\n" "Access Log in HTTPD common log file format.\n" msgstr "" -"Le Journal d'émulation httpd vous permet de spécifier que Squid " -"doit écrire son \n" +"Le Journal d'émulation httpd vous permet de spécifier que Squid doit écrire son \n" "Journal d'accès dans le format de journalisation HTTPD commun.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 @@ -1059,8 +990,7 @@ "Connection Timeout is an option to force Squid to close\n" "connections after a specified time." msgstr "" -"Délai maximum de connexion est une option pour obliger Squid à " -"fermer \n" +"Délai maximum de connexion est une option pour obliger Squid à fermer \n" "les connexions après la durée spécifiée." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 @@ -1068,26 +998,21 @@ "Client Lifetime defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process." msgstr "" -"Durée de vie du client définit le temps maximum pendant lequel un " -"client\n" +"Durée de vie du client définit le temps maximum pendant lequel un client\n" "(navigateur) peut rester connecter au processus de cache." #. Miscellaneous Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Administrator's e-mail is the address which will be added to " -#| "any\n" -#| "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to either webmaster.</" -#| "p>" +#| "Administrator's e-mail is the address which will be added to any\n" +#| "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to either webmaster." msgid "" "Administrator's email is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" msgstr "" -"E-mail de l'administrateur est l'adresse qui sera ajoutée à toute " -"page\n" -"d'erreur qui serait envoyée aux clients. Envoyé par défaut au webmaster.</" -"p>\n" +"E-mail de l'administrateur est l'adresse qui sera ajoutée à toute page\n" +"d'erreur qui serait envoyée aux clients. Envoyé par défaut au webmaster.\n" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__66 #. table cell @@ -1274,13 +1199,9 @@ #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If you change name of this ACL Group these options might be affected: \n" -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Si vous modifier le nom de ce groupe ACL, ces options pourraient en être " -"affectées : \n" +#| msgid "If you change name of this ACL Group these options might be affected: \n" +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "Si vous modifier le nom de ce groupe ACL, ces options pourraient en être affectées : \n" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" @@ -1312,9 +1233,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "If you delete this ACL Group these options might be affected: \n" msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Si vous effacez le nom de ce groupe ACL, ces options pourraient en être " -"affectées : \n" +msgstr "Si vous effacez le nom de ce groupe ACL, ces options pourraient en être affectées : \n" # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__351 #. + @@ -1389,9 +1308,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from config file." msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." -msgstr "" -"Lecture des stratégies d'actualisation du cache depuis le fichier de " -"configuration." +msgstr "Lecture des stratégies d'actualisation du cache depuis le fichier de configuration." #: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 #, fuzzy @@ -1403,8 +1320,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Access Control table from config file." msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." -msgstr "" -"Lecture de la table de contrôle des accès depuis le fichier de configuration." +msgstr "Lecture de la table de contrôle des accès depuis le fichier de configuration." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__36 #: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 @@ -1659,15 +1575,9 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "This refers to destination domain i.e. the source domain where the origin " -#| "server is located." -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." -msgstr "" -"Ceci fait référence au domaine de destination, c'est à dire le domaine " -"source où le serveur d'origine est localisé." +#| msgid "This refers to destination domain i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgstr "Ceci fait référence au domaine de destination, c'est à dire le domaine source où le serveur d'origine est localisé." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 #, fuzzy @@ -1737,14 +1647,9 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Matches on the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name " -#| "information" -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" -msgstr "" -"Filtrage selon une expression régulière appliquée à l'URL privée de " -"l'information du protocole, du nom d'hôte et du port." +#| msgid "Matches on the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgstr "Filtrage selon une expression régulière appliquée à l'URL privée de l'information du protocole, du nom d'hôte et du port." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__113 #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 @@ -1806,24 +1711,16 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A regular expression that matches the clients browser type based on the " -#| "user agent header." -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." -msgstr "" -"Une expression régulière qui filtre le navigateur du client basé sur " -"l'entête HTTP user agent." +#| msgid "A regular expression that matches the clients browser type based on the user agent header." +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." +msgstr "Une expression régulière qui filtre le navigateur du client basé sur l'entête HTTP user agent." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "Nombre maximum de connexions HTTP" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." msgstr "Filtrage selon le nombre de connexions établies avec le client." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 @@ -1843,27 +1740,21 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Regular expression matching against any of the known request headers." +#| msgid "Regular expression matching against any of the known request headers." msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." msgstr "Expression régulière filtrée selon les requêtes d'entête connues." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Regular expression matching against the mime type of the reply received " -#| "by\n" -#| "squid. Can be used to detect file download or some types HTTP tunnelling " -#| "requests." +#| "Regular expression matching against the mime type of the reply received by\n" +#| "squid. Can be used to detect file download or some types HTTP tunnelling requests." msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" -"Filtrage par expression régulière sur le type MIME de la réponse reçue par " -"Squid.\n" -"Ceci peut être utilisé pour détecter des téléchargements de fichiers ou " -"certains type de requêtes de tunnel HTTP." +"Filtrage par expression régulière sur le type MIME de la réponse reçue par Squid.\n" +"Ceci peut être utilisé pour détecter des téléchargements de fichiers ou certains type de requêtes de tunnel HTTP." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 #, fuzzy @@ -1889,11 +1780,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikaans" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arabe" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1948,7 +1839,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perse" # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__15 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 @@ -1971,7 +1862,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonésien" # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__7 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 @@ -1990,7 +1881,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Letton" # TLABEL country_2002_08_07_0216__53 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 @@ -1999,7 +1890,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Malais" # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__11 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 @@ -2070,7 +1961,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thai" # TLABEL keyboard_db_2002_01_04_0147__23 #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 @@ -2086,11 +1977,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ouszbek" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnamien" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/sshd.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/sshd.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/sshd.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numéro" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" @@ -467,16 +467,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Maximum Authentication Tries \n" -#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per " -#~ "connection.\n" -#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures " -#~ "are logged." +#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\n" +#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nombre maximum de tentatives d'authentification \n" -#~ "Spécifie le nombre maximum de tentatives d'authentification autorisées " -#~ "par connexion.\n" -#~ "Une fois que le nombre d'échecs a atteint la moitié de cette valeur, les " -#~ "echecs suivants sont consignés (log)." +#~ "Spécifie le nombre maximum de tentatives d'authentification autorisées par connexion.\n" +#~ "Une fois que le nombre d'échecs a atteint la moitié de cette valeur, les echecs suivants sont consignés (log)." #~ msgid "" #~ "RSA Authentication \n" @@ -502,8 +498,7 @@ #~ "Configure SSHD protocol version and cipher settings. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Paramètres de protocole et de chiffrement</big> \n" -#~ "Configurez la version du protocole SSHD et les paramètres de chiffrement." -#~ " \n" +#~ "Configurez la version du protocole SSHD et les paramètres de chiffrement. \n" # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__8 #~ msgid "SSH server is running" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/storage.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -46,13 +46,10 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"N'utilisez ce programme que si vous êtes habitué à partitionner des disques " -"durs.\n" +"N'utilisez ce programme que si vous êtes habitué à partitionner des disques durs.\n" "\n" -"Ne partitionnez jamais des disques qui peuvent être, de quelque façon que ce " -"soit, \n" -"en cours d'utilisation (monté, swap, etc.), sauf si vous savez exactement ce " -"que vous faites.\n" +"Ne partitionnez jamais des disques qui peuvent être, de quelque façon que ce soit, \n" +"en cours d'utilisation (monté, swap, etc.), sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n" "Sinon, la table de partition ne sera pas transmise au noyau,\n" "ce qui risque fortement d'entraîner une perte de données.\n" "\n" @@ -126,8 +123,7 @@ "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "Aucune proposition automatique possible.\n" -"Veuillez spécifier manuellement les points de montage dans la boite de " -"dialogue 'Partitionneur'." +"Veuillez spécifier manuellement les points de montage dans la boite de dialogue 'Partitionneur'." # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__175 #. TRANSLATORS: button text @@ -196,9 +192,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"Pas assez d'espace disponible pour proposer des instantanés pour le volume " -"racine." +msgstr "Pas assez d'espace disponible pour proposer des instantanés pour le volume racine." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -453,8 +447,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Utilisée par Windows représente la taille de la partition que Windows " -"utilise.\n" +"Utilisée par Windows représente la taille de la partition que Windows utilise.\n" "\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__135 @@ -541,8 +534,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une erreur s'est produite.\n" "\n" -"Des erreurs sont présentes dans le système de fichiers de votre partition " -"Windows.\n" +"Des erreurs sont présentes dans le système de fichiers de votre partition Windows.\n" "\n" "Démarrez Windows et corrigez ces erreurs en exécutant\n" "Scandisk et Défrag.\n" @@ -582,9 +574,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"Votre système ne peut être configuré qu'avec l'option de partition " -"personnalisée." +msgstr "Votre système ne peut être configuré qu'avec l'option de partition personnalisée." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__44 #. Win NT / 2000 @@ -732,11 +722,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Aucun disque n'a été trouvé. Utilisez le CD de mise à jour, s'il est " -"disponible, pour l'installation." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Aucun disque n'a été trouvé. Utilisez le CD de mise à jour, s'il est disponible, pour l'installation." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__47 #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on @@ -753,8 +740,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tous les disques durs détectés automatiquement dans votre système\n" -"sont montrés ici. Sélectionnez le disque dur sur lequel installer " -"&product;.\n" +"sont montrés ici. Sélectionnez le disque dur sur lequel installer &product;.\n" "\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__48 @@ -872,8 +858,7 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "La partition /home ne sera pas formatée. Après l'installation, assurez-vous\n" -"que les appartenances des dossiers personnels (home) sont correctement " -"configurées." +"que les appartenances des dossiers personnels (home) sont correctement configurées." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__444 #. label text @@ -1099,8 +1084,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Vous n'avez pas assigné de partition racine pour\n" -"l'installation. Cela ne fonctionne pas. Assignez le point de montage racine " -"\"/\"\n" +"l'installation. Cela ne fonctionne pas. Assignez le point de montage racine \"/\"\n" "à une partition.\n" "\n" "Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" @@ -1116,10 +1100,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Vous avez tenté de monter une partition FAT sur l'un des points de montage \n" -"suivants : /, /usr, /home, /opt ou /var. Cela risque de poser des " -"problèmes.\n" -"Utilisez un système de fichiers Linux, tel que ext3 ou ext4, pour ces points " -"de montage.\n" +"suivants : /, /usr, /home, /opt ou /var. Cela risque de poser des problèmes.\n" +"Utilisez un système de fichiers Linux, tel que ext3 ou ext4, pour ces points de montage.\n" "\n" "Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" @@ -1242,10 +1224,8 @@ msgstr "" "Attention : Selon votre configuration, vous avez l'intention d'amorcer\n" "votre machine depuis la partition racine (/) qui dépasse, malheureusement,\n" -"le cylindre %1. Votre BIOS ne semble pas capable d'amorcer des partitions au-" -"delà\n" -"du cylindre %1. Cela signifie que votre installation de %2 ne pourra pas " -"être \n" +"le cylindre %1. Votre BIOS ne semble pas capable d'amorcer des partitions au-delà\n" +"du cylindre %1. Cela signifie que votre installation de %2 ne pourra pas être \n" "amorcée directement.\n" "\n" "Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" @@ -1325,8 +1305,7 @@ "%2 rencontrera des problèmes lors de l'amorçage, car vous\n" "n'avez pas de partition %1 séparée sur votre disque RAID.\n" "\n" -"Cela provoquera de sérieux problèmes avec la configuration normale de " -"l'amorçage.\n" +"Cela provoquera de sérieux problèmes avec la configuration normale de l'amorçage.\n" "\n" "Si vous ne savez pas exactement ce que vous êtes en train de faire, \n" "utilisez une partition normale pour vos fichiers sous %1.\n" @@ -1347,8 +1326,7 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1356,12 +1334,9 @@ "\n" "Vous n'avez pas assigné de partition swap. Nous recommandons généralement \n" "de créer et d'assigner une partition swap. \n" -"Les partitions swap sur votre système sont répertoriées dans la fenêtre " -"principale\n" -"avec le type \"Linux Swap\". Une partition de swap assignée correspond au " -"point\n" -"de montage \"swap\". Vous pouvez assigner plus d'une partition swap, si " -"désiré.\n" +"Les partitions swap sur votre système sont répertoriées dans la fenêtre principale\n" +"avec le type \"Linux Swap\". Une partition de swap assignée correspond au point\n" +"de montage \"swap\". Vous pouvez assigner plus d'une partition swap, si désiré.\n" "\n" "Vraiment utiliser cette configuration, sans partition swap ?\n" @@ -1398,13 +1373,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "En cas de doute, vous devriez revenir en arrière et marquer cette\n" -"partition comme devant être formatée, surtout si elle est assignée à un " -"point de\n" +"partition comme devant être formatée, surtout si elle est assignée à un point de\n" "montage standard tel que /, /boot, /opt ou /var.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__69 @@ -1415,8 +1388,7 @@ "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez de formater la partition, toutes les données qu'elle " -"contient seront perdues.\n" +"Si vous décidez de formater la partition, toutes les données qu'elle contient seront perdues.\n" "\n" "Vraiment conserver la partition non formatée ?\n" @@ -1480,27 +1452,21 @@ "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"Impossible de supprimer le périphérique (%1) car il s'agit d'une partition " -"logique et\n" -"une autre partition logique portant un numéro plus élevé est actuellement " -"utilisée.\n" +"Impossible de supprimer le périphérique (%1) car il s'agit d'une partition logique et\n" +"une autre partition logique portant un numéro plus élevé est actuellement utilisée.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__209 #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"La partition étendue sélectionnée contient des partitions actuellement " -"montées :\n" +"La partition étendue sélectionnée contient des partitions actuellement montées :\n" "%1\n" -"Nous recommandons *fortement* de démonter ces partitions avant d'effacer la " -"partition étendue.\n" +"Nous recommandons *fortement* de démonter ces partitions avant d'effacer la partition étendue.\n" "Sélectionnez Annuler, sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__70 @@ -1674,8 +1640,7 @@ "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" msgstr "" "Le caractère '/' n'est plus autorisé dans une étiquette de volume.\n" -"Modifiez votre étiquette de volume pour qu'elle ne contienne pas ce " -"caractère.\n" +"Modifiez votre étiquette de volume pour qu'elle ne contienne pas ce caractère.\n" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__7 #. help text, richtext format @@ -1685,16 +1650,13 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Montage dans /etc/fstab par :\n" "Normalement, un système de fichiers à monter est identifié dans /etc/fstab\n" -"par le nom du périphérique. Ceci peut être changé pour localiser le système " -"de fichiers\n" -"à monter en recherchant un UUID ou un label de volume. Les systèmes de " -"fichiers ne peuvent pas tous être\n" +"par le nom du périphérique. Ceci peut être changé pour localiser le système de fichiers\n" +"à monter en recherchant un UUID ou un label de volume. Les systèmes de fichiers ne peuvent pas tous être\n" "montés par UUID ou label de volume. Ce n'est pas possible si une option\n" "est désactivée.\n" @@ -1703,16 +1665,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Étiquette du volume :\n" -"Le nom saisi dans ce champ est utilisé comme étiquette de volume. Ceci n'a " -"normalement\n" -"de sens que lorsque vous activez l'option pour monter selon l'étiquette du " -"volume.\n" +"Le nom saisi dans ce champ est utilisé comme étiquette de volume. Ceci n'a normalement\n" +"de sens que lorsque vous activez l'option pour monter selon l'étiquette du volume.\n" "Une étiquette de volume ne peut pas contenir le caractère / ou des espaces.\n" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__3 @@ -1768,16 +1727,14 @@ "is %1. Your volume label has been truncated to this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La longueur maximale du nom de volume pour le système de fichiers " -"sélectionné\n" +"La longueur maximale du nom de volume pour le système de fichiers sélectionné\n" "est %1. Le nom de volume a été tronqué pour être conforme à cette taille.\n" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__11 #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez spécifier un label de volume si vous voulez monter par label." +msgstr "Vous devez spécifier un label de volume si vous voulez monter par label." # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__12 #. popup text @@ -1856,8 +1813,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partition sélectionnée (%1) est actuellement montée sur %2.\n" -"Si vous modifiez des paramètres (tels que le point de montage ou le type de " -"système\n" +"Si vous modifiez des paramètres (tels que le point de montage ou le type de système\n" "de fichiers), vous risquez d'endommager votre installation Linux.\n" "\n" "Démontez, si possible, la partition. Si vous n'êtes pas sûr, nous\n" @@ -1876,8 +1832,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Le système de fichiers sur la partition ne peut pas être réduit par YaST2.\n" -"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système " -"de fichiers." +"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système de fichiers." # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__18 #. Popup text @@ -1888,10 +1843,8 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Le système de fichiers sur le volume logique ne peut pas être réduit par " -"YaST2.\n" -"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système " -"de fichiers." +"Le système de fichiers sur le volume logique ne peut pas être réduit par YaST2.\n" +"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent la réduction d'un système de fichiers." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 @@ -1917,10 +1870,8 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Le système de fichiers sur la partition sélectionnée ne peut pas être étendu " -"par YaST2.\n" -"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de " -"fichiers." +"Le système de fichiers sur la partition sélectionnée ne peut pas être étendu par YaST2.\n" +"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de fichiers." # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__18 #. Popup text @@ -1931,10 +1882,8 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Le système de fichiers sur le volume logique sélectionné ne peut pas être " -"étendu par YaST2.\n" -"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de " -"fichiers." +"Le système de fichiers sur le volume logique sélectionné ne peut pas être étendu par YaST2.\n" +"Seuls fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 et reiser permettent d'étendre un système de fichiers." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_03_14_2340__14 #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 @@ -1944,15 +1893,11 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1378 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez réduit la taille d'une partition avec un système de fichiers " -"reiserfs." +msgstr "Vous avez réduit la taille d'une partition avec un système de fichiers reiserfs." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez réduit la taille d'un volume logique avec un système de fichiers " -"reiserfs." +msgstr "Vous avez réduit la taille d'un volume logique avec un système de fichiers reiserfs." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1387 msgid "" @@ -1963,8 +1908,7 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Il est possible de réduire un système de fichiers reiser, mais cette " -"fonction\n" +"Il est possible de réduire un système de fichiers reiser, mais cette fonction\n" "n'a pas été testée à fond. Une sauvegarde des données est recommandée.\n" "\n" "Réduire maintenant le système de fichiers ?" @@ -1998,14 +1942,12 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Le périphérique sélectionné contient des partitions actuellement montées :\n" "%1\n" -"Nous recommandons *fortement* de démonter ces partitions avant d'effacer la " -"table de partitions.\n" +"Nous recommandons *fortement* de démonter ces partitions avant d'effacer la table de partitions.\n" "Sélectionnez Annuler, sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -2054,15 +1996,11 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Créer et supprimer des sous-volumes à partir d'un système de fichiers " -"Btrfs.\n" +msgstr "Créer et supprimer des sous-volumes à partir d'un système de fichiers Btrfs.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Activer les instantanés automatiques pour un système de fichiers Btrfs " -"avec snapper." +msgstr "Activer les instantanés automatiques pour un système de fichiers Btrfs avec snapper." # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__44 #. label text @@ -2113,8 +2051,7 @@ "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -"Uniquement les noms de sous-volumes commençant par \"%1\" sont actuellement " -"autorisés !\n" +"Uniquement les noms de sous-volumes commençant par \"%1\" sont actuellement autorisés !\n" "Ajout automatique de \"%1\" devant le nom du sous-volume." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__39 @@ -2124,9 +2061,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." -msgstr "" -"Les modifications effectuées jusqu'à présent dans cette boite de dialogue " -"seront perdues." +msgstr "Les modifications effectuées jusqu'à présent dans cette boite de dialogue seront perdues." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__269 #. help text for cryptofs @@ -2173,21 +2108,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ce point de montage correspond à un système de fichiers temporaire tel que /" -"tmp ou /var/ tmp. \n" +"Ce point de montage correspond à un système de fichiers temporaire tel que /tmp ou /var/ tmp. \n" "Si vous laissez vide le mot de passe de chiffrement, le système créera \n" -"pour vous un mot de passe aléatoire au démarrage du système. Cela signifie " -"que vous\n" -"perdrez toutes les données de ces systèmes de fichiers à l'extinction du " -"système.\n" +"pour vous un mot de passe aléatoire au démarrage du système. Cela signifie que vous\n" +"perdrez toutes les données de ces systèmes de fichiers à l'extinction du système.\n" "\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__85 @@ -2197,16 +2128,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si vous oubliez votre mot de passe, vous perdrez l'accès aux données de " -"votre système de fichiers.\n" +"Si vous oubliez votre mot de passe, vous perdrez l'accès aux données de votre système de fichiers.\n" "Choisissez donc votre mot de passe avec précaution. Une combinaison\n" "de lettres et de chiffres est recommandée. Pour garantir que \n" "le mot de passe a été saisi correctement, vous devez l'entrer deux fois.\n" @@ -2219,15 +2148,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vous devez différencier majuscules et minuscules. Un mot de passe devrait " -"avoir\n" +"Vous devez différencier majuscules et minuscules. Un mot de passe devrait avoir\n" "au moins %1 caractères et, en règle générale, ne contenir aucun caractère\n" "spécial (par exemple les lettres accentuées).\n" "\n" @@ -2279,17 +2206,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si le système de fichiers chiffré ne contient pas de fichiers système et si " -"par conséquent il n'est\n" -"pas nécessaire pour la mise à jour, vous pouvez sélectionner l'option " -"Ignorer. Dans ce cas, le\n" +"Si le système de fichiers chiffré ne contient pas de fichiers système et si par conséquent il n'est\n" +"pas nécessaire pour la mise à jour, vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Ignorer. Dans ce cas, le\n" "système de fichiers n'est pas accessible pendant la mise à jour.\n" "\n" @@ -2307,8 +2231,7 @@ msgstr "" "Avertissement : avec votre configuration actuelle, votre installation\n" "rencontrera des problèmes au démarrage, car le disque sur lequel\n" -"votre partition /boot est présente ne contient pas d'étiquette de disque " -"GPT.\n" +"votre partition /boot est présente ne contient pas d'étiquette de disque GPT.\n" "\n" "Il sera probablement impossible de démarrer une telle configuration.\n" "\n" @@ -2351,10 +2274,8 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Vous avez sélectionné de ne pas monter automatiquement au démarrage un " -"système de fichiers\n" -"qui peut contenir les fichiers nécessaires au bon fonctionnement du " -"système.\n" +"Vous avez sélectionné de ne pas monter automatiquement au démarrage un système de fichiers\n" +"qui peut contenir les fichiers nécessaires au bon fonctionnement du système.\n" "\n" "Cela risque d'engendrer des problèmes.\n" "\n" @@ -2384,8 +2305,7 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Vous avez défini l'option montable par les utilisateurs pour un système de " -"fichiers\n" +"Vous avez défini l'option montable par les utilisateurs pour un système de fichiers\n" "susceptible de contenir des fichiers devant être exécutables.\n" "\n" "Cela provoque généralement des problèmes.\n" @@ -2408,8 +2328,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:225 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Seuls les périphériques swap peuvent avoir comme point de montage swap." +msgstr "Seuls les périphériques swap peuvent avoir comme point de montage swap." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__115 #. && mount!="swap" ) @@ -2431,11 +2350,8 @@ # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__117 #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Caractère incorrect dans le point de montage. Ne pas utiliser \"`'!\"%#\" " -"dans un point de montage." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Caractère incorrect dans le point de montage. Ne pas utiliser \"`'!\"%#\" dans un point de montage." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__414 #. error popup text @@ -2518,10 +2434,8 @@ "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez essayer de le démonter maintenant, continuer sans démontage ou " -"annuler.\n" -"Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous " -"faites." +"Vous pouvez essayer de le démonter maintenant, continuer sans démontage ou annuler.\n" +"Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous faites." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__117 #. button text @@ -2537,24 +2451,19 @@ "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez essayer de le démonter maintenant ou annuler.\n" -"Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous " -"faites." +"Cliquez sur Annuler à moins que vous ne sachiez exactement ce que vous faites." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Il n'est pas possible de réduire le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté." +msgstr "Il n'est pas possible de réduire le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Il n'est pas possible d'étendre le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté." +msgstr "Il n'est pas possible d'étendre le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Il n'est pas possible de redimensionner le système de fichiers tant qu'il " -"est monté." +msgstr "Il n'est pas possible de redimensionner le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2645,9 +2554,7 @@ msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." -msgstr "" -"En sélectionnant une des entrées de la table, vous pouvez naviguer dans " -"les informations détaillées à propos du périphérique." +msgstr "En sélectionnant une des entrées de la table, vous pouvez naviguer dans les informations détaillées à propos du périphérique." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 @@ -2664,8 +2571,7 @@ "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" -"Le démarrage de la configuration iSCSI annulera tous les changements en " -"cours.\n" +"Le démarrage de la configuration iSCSI annulera tous les changements en cours.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment lancer la configuration iSCI ?" #. popup text @@ -2675,8 +2581,7 @@ "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Le démarrage de la configuration FCoE annulera tous les changements en " -"cours.\n" +"Le démarrage de la configuration FCoE annulera tous les changements en cours.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment lancer la configuration FCoE ?\n" #. popup text @@ -2687,8 +2592,7 @@ "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Le démarrage de la configuration Multipath annulera tous les changements en " -"cours.\n" +"Le démarrage de la configuration Multipath annulera tous les changements en cours.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment lancer la configuration Multipath ?\n" #. popup text @@ -2697,8 +2601,7 @@ "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" -"Le démarrage de la configuration DASD annulera tous les changements en " -"cours.\n" +"Le démarrage de la configuration DASD annulera tous les changements en cours.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment lancer la configuration DASD ?" #. popup text @@ -2707,8 +2610,7 @@ "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" -"Le démarrage de la configuration zFCP annulera tous les changements en " -"cours.\n" +"Le démarrage de la configuration zFCP annulera tous les changements en cours.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment lancer la configuration zFCP ?" #. popup text @@ -2717,8 +2619,7 @@ "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" msgstr "" -"Le démarrage de la configuration XPRAM annulera tous les changements en " -"cours.\n" +"Le démarrage de la configuration XPRAM annulera tous les changements en cours.\n" "Voulez-vous vraiment lancer la configuration XPRAM ?" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__154 @@ -3048,13 +2949,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Si vous voulez chiffrer toutes les données sur le\n" -"volume, sélectionnez Chiffrer le périphérique. Modifier le " -"chiffrement sur un\n" +"volume, sélectionnez Chiffrer le périphérique. Modifier le chiffrement sur un\n" "volume existant supprimera toutes ses données.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__88 @@ -3065,8 +2964,7 @@ "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" "Choisissez ensuite si la partition doit être montée.\n" -"Le cas échéant, spécifiez le point de montage ( /, /boot, /home, /var, " -"etc.)" +"Le cas échéant, spécifiez le point de montage ( /, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)" # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__62 #. set globals @@ -3154,8 +3052,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "N'oubliez pas que ce système de fichiers n'est protégé que s'il n'est\n" -"pas monté. Une fois monté, il offre le même niveau de sécurité que les " -"autres\n" +"pas monté. Une fois monté, il offre le même niveau de sécurité que les autres\n" "systèmes de fichiers Linux.\n" "</p" @@ -3169,8 +3066,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le système de fichiers utilisé pour ce volume est swap. Vous pouvez " -"laisser \n" +"Le système de fichiers utilisé pour ce volume est swap. Vous pouvez laisser \n" "le mot de passe de chiffrement vide, mais alors la swap ne pourra plus être\n" "utilisée pour l'hibernation (mise en veille sur disque).\n" "\n" @@ -3187,8 +3083,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." -msgstr "" -"Le redimensionnement n'est pas supporté par le périphérique sous-jacent." +msgstr "Le redimensionnement n'est pas supporté par le périphérique sous-jacent." # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__65 #. popup text @@ -3199,8 +3094,7 @@ "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Vous ne pouvez pas redimensionner la partition sélectionnée car le système " -"de fichiers\n" +"Vous ne pouvez pas redimensionner la partition sélectionnée car le système de fichiers\n" "de cette partition ne prend pas le redimensionnement en charge.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__54 @@ -3628,10 +3522,7 @@ msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." -msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous vraiment créer une table des partitions sur %1 ? Ceci effacera " -"toutes les données sur %1 ainsi que toutes les volumes RAIDs ou les groupes " -"de volumes utilisant des partitions sur %1." +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment créer une table des partitions sur %1 ? Ceci effacera toutes les données sur %1 ainsi que toutes les volumes RAIDs ou les groupes de volumes utilisant des partitions sur %1." # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130 #. error popup @@ -3682,8 +3573,7 @@ "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "La partition %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Elle ne peut pas être modifiée.\n" -"Pour modifier %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'elle n'est pas en cours " -"d'utilisation." +"Pour modifier %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'elle n'est pas en cours d'utilisation." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__18 #. error popup text @@ -3713,10 +3603,8 @@ "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" -"La partition %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Elle ne peut être " -"redimensionnée.\n" -"Pour redimensionner %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'elle n'est pas en cours " -"d'utilisation." +"La partition %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Elle ne peut être redimensionnée.\n" +"Pour redimensionner %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'elle n'est pas en cours d'utilisation." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__18 #. error popup text @@ -4020,8 +3908,7 @@ "the table.\n" msgstr "" "YaST a scanné votre disque dur et a trouvé un ou plusieurs système(s)\n" -"Linux existant(s) avec des points de montage. Ces anciens points de montage " -"sont\n" +"Linux existant(s) avec des points de montage. Ces anciens points de montage sont\n" "affichés dans le tableau.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -4091,15 +3978,13 @@ "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partition sélectionnée est utilisée par le groupe de volumes \"%1\".\n" -"Pour conserver le système dans un état cohérent, le groupe de volumes " -"suivant\n" +"Pour conserver le système dans un état cohérent, le groupe de volumes suivant\n" "et ses volumes logiques seront supprimés :\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__39 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" -msgstr "" -"Supprimer la partition \"%1\" et le groupe de volumes \"%2\" maintenant ?" +msgstr "Supprimer la partition \"%1\" et le groupe de volumes \"%2\" maintenant ?" # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__20 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127 @@ -4211,15 +4096,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nom du chemin du fichier loop : Ceci doit être un chemin absolu " -"vers le fichier\n" -"contenant les données pour le périphérique de boucle chiffré à configurer.</" -"p>\n" +"Nom du chemin du fichier loop : Ceci doit être un chemin absolu vers le fichier\n" +"contenant les données pour le périphérique de boucle chiffré à configurer.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 @@ -4230,10 +4112,8 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Créer un fichier loop : Si cette option est cochée, le fichier " -"sera \n" -"créé avec la taille indiquée dans le champ suivant. REMARQUE : si " -"le \n" +"Créer un fichier loop : Si cette option est cochée, le fichier sera \n" +"créé avec la taille indiquée dans le champ suivant. REMARQUE : si le \n" "fichier existe déjà, toutes les données qu'il contient seront perdues.\n" #. helptext @@ -4244,8 +4124,7 @@ "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Taille : c'est la taille du fichier de boucle (loop). Le " -"système de fichiers\n" +"Taille : c'est la taille du fichier de boucle (loop). Le système de fichiers\n" "créé dans le périphérique de boucle chiffré aura cette taille.\n" #. helptext @@ -4258,10 +4137,8 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"REMARQUE : Lors de l'installation, YaST ne peut effectuer aucune " -"vérification de\n" -"taille de fichier et de chemins d'accès car le système de fichiers n'est " -"pas \n" +"REMARQUE : Lors de l'installation, YaST ne peut effectuer aucune vérification de\n" +"taille de fichier et de chemins d'accès car le système de fichiers n'est pas \n" "accessible. Il sera créé à la fin de l'installation. Soyez prudent \n" "en attribuant la taille et le chemin d'accès du fichier.\n" @@ -4306,8 +4183,7 @@ "the create flag." msgstr "" "Le nom de fichier \"%1\" n'existe pas\n" -"et l'indicateur pour le créer est désactivé. Soit vous utilisez un fichier " -"existant, soit vous activez\n" +"et l'indicateur pour le créer est désactivé. Soit vous utilisez un fichier existant, soit vous activez\n" "l'indicateur de création." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__162 @@ -4358,10 +4234,8 @@ "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" -"Le fichier de chiffrement %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Il ne peut être " -"modifié.\n" -"Pour modifier %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'il n'est pas en cours " -"d'utilisation." +"Le fichier de chiffrement %1 est en cours d'utilisation. Il ne peut être modifié.\n" +"Pour modifier %1, veuillez vous assurer qu'il n'est pas en cours d'utilisation." # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__46 #. heading @@ -4420,8 +4294,7 @@ "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." msgstr "" -"Le nom du groupe de volumes contient des caractères interdits. Les " -"caractères\n" +"Le nom du groupe de volumes contient des caractères interdits. Les caractères\n" "autorisés sont les caractères alphanumériques, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" et \"+\"." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__39 @@ -4461,9 +4334,7 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer le groupe de volumes \"%1\" et tous les " -"volumes logiques associés ?" +msgstr "Voulez-vous vraiment supprimer le groupe de volumes \"%1\" et tous les volumes logiques associés ?" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__100 #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes @@ -4509,17 +4380,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Entrez le nom et la taille d'extension physique du nouveau groupe de " -"volumes." +msgstr "Entrez le nom et la taille d'extension physique du nouveau groupe de volumes." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__368 #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez les volumes physiques qui devront faire parti du groupe de " -"volumes." +msgstr "Sélectionnez les volumes physiques qui devront faire parti du groupe de volumes." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__383 #. label for input field @@ -4557,13 +4424,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Entrez la taille ainsi que le nombre et la taille des\n" -"bandes (stripes) pour le nouveau volume logique. Le nombre de bandes ne peut " -"être\n" +"bandes (stripes) pour le nouveau volume logique. Le nombre de bandes ne peut être\n" "supérieur au nombre de volumes physiques du groupe de volumes." #. helptext @@ -4578,14 +4443,10 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Les volumes dynamiques peuvent être créés avec une taille\n" -"arbitraire. Or l'espace est alloué à la demande depuis le pool de " -"stockage.\n" -"On peut donc créer un volume dynamique d'une taille plus grande que celle " -"du\n" -"pool de stockage. Bien sûr, quand il y a vraiment des données à " -"écrire sur\n" -"le volume dynamique, le pool de stockage doit être en mesure de satisfaire " -"la demande.\n" +"arbitraire. Or l'espace est alloué à la demande depuis le pool de stockage.\n" +"On peut donc créer un volume dynamique d'une taille plus grande que celle du\n" +"pool de stockage. Bien sûr, quand il y a vraiment des données à écrire sur\n" +"le volume dynamique, le pool de stockage doit être en mesure de satisfaire la demande.\n" "Les volumes dynamiques ne peuvent avoir un nombre fixé de segments." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__358 @@ -4623,14 +4484,11 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique en tant que volume normal.\n" -"Ceci est le choix par défaut et correspond à des volumes logiques tels " -"qu'ils existaient avant l'apparition du Thin Provisioning (allocation " -"fine et dynamique).\n" +"Ceci est le choix par défaut et correspond à des volumes logiques tels qu'ils existaient avant l'apparition du Thin Provisioning (allocation fine et dynamique).\n" "En cas de doute, c'est probablement le meilleur choix." #. helptext @@ -4638,26 +4496,20 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique en tant que pool de stockage</" -"b>.\n" -"Cela signifie que les volumes dynamiques allouent l'espace à la " -"demande depuis un tel pool." +"Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique en tant que pool de stockage.\n" +"Cela signifie que les volumes dynamiques allouent l'espace à la demande depuis un tel pool." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique en tant que volume dynamique</" -"b>.\n" -"Cela signifie que le volume alloue l'espace à la demande depuis un pool " -"de stockage." +"Vous pouvez déclarer le volume logique en tant que volume dynamique.\n" +"Cela signifie que le volume alloue l'espace à la demande depuis un pool de stockage." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__20 #. heading for frame @@ -4724,17 +4576,13 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Il n'y a pas suffisamment de périphériques inutilisés adéquats pour créer un " -"groupe de volumes.\n" +"Il n'y a pas suffisamment de périphériques inutilisés adéquats pour créer un groupe de volumes.\n" "\n" -"Pour utiliser la gestion par volumes logiques (LVM), au moins une partition " -"inutilisée de type 0x8e\n" -"(ou 0x83) ou un périphérique RAID inutilisé est requis. Modifier la table " -"des partitions en conséquence." +"Pour utiliser la gestion par volumes logiques (LVM), au moins une partition inutilisée de type 0x8e\n" +"(ou 0x83) ou un périphérique RAID inutilisé est requis. Modifier la table des partitions en conséquence." # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130 #. error popup @@ -4970,8 +4818,7 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"Vous avez modifié le partitionnement ou les paramètres de stockage. Ces " -"changements\n" +"Vous avez modifié le partitionnement ou les paramètres de stockage. Ces changements\n" "seront perdus si vous quittez le partitionneur avec %1.\n" "Vraiment quitter ?" @@ -4994,12 +4841,8 @@ # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__18 #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"La configuration NFS n'est pas disponible. Vérifiez que le paquet yast2-nfs-" -"client est correctement installé." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "La configuration NFS n'est pas disponible. Vérifiez que le paquet yast2-nfs-client est correctement installé." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -5032,50 +4875,37 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0 : ce niveau augmente les performances de votre disque.\n" -"Il n'y a PAS de redondance dans ce mode. En cas de défaillance de " -"l'un des périphériques, il ne sera pas possible de récupérer les données.</" -"p>\n" +"Il n'y a PAS de redondance dans ce mode. En cas de défaillance de l'un des périphériques, il ne sera pas possible de récupérer les données.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__131 #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1 : Ce mode a la meilleure redondance. Il peut être\n" -"utilisé avec deux disques ou plus. Ce mode maintient une copie exacte de " -"toutes\n" -"les données sur tous les disques. Tant qu'un disque au moins fonctionne, " -"aucune donnée\n" -"n'est perdue. Les partitions utilisées doivent être à peu près de la même " -"taille.\n" +"utilisé avec deux disques ou plus. Ce mode maintient une copie exacte de toutes\n" +"les données sur tous les disques. Tant qu'un disque au moins fonctionne, aucune donnée\n" +"n'est perdue. Les partitions utilisées doivent être à peu près de la même taille.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__132 #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5 : Ce mode assure la gestion d'un grand nombre de\n" -"disques et offre encore une certaine redondance. Ce mode peut être utilisé " -"avec trois disques ou plus.\n" -"Si l'un des disques tombe en panne, toutes les données seront encore " -"intactes.\n" -"Si deux disques tombent en panne en même temps, toutes les données seront " -"perdues\n" +"disques et offre encore une certaine redondance. Ce mode peut être utilisé avec trois disques ou plus.\n" +"Si l'un des disques tombe en panne, toutes les données seront encore intactes.\n" +"Si deux disques tombent en panne en même temps, toutes les données seront perdues\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -5093,16 +4923,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Ajouter des partitions au RAID. Suivant le niveau \n" -"de RAID utilisé, l'espace disque utilisable est la somme de ces partitions " -"(RAID0),\n" -"la taille de la plus petite partition (RAID 1) ou (N-1) multiplié par la " -"plus petite partition (RAID 5).\n" +"de RAID utilisé, l'espace disque utilisable est la somme de ces partitions (RAID0),\n" +"la taille de la plus petite partition (RAID 1) ou (N-1) multiplié par la plus petite partition (RAID 5).\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__481 #. helptext @@ -5175,16 +5001,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Taille des blocs : Il s'agit de la plus petite taille\n" -"de données qui peut être allouée sur les disques. Une taille adéquate pour " -"RAID 5 est 128 Ko. Pour RAID 0,\n" -"32 Ko constituent un bon point de départ. Pour RAID 1, la taille des blocs " -"n'a pas beaucoup d'importance.\n" +"de données qui peut être allouée sur les disques. Une taille adéquate pour RAID 5 est 128 Ko. Pour RAID 0,\n" +"32 Ko constituent un bon point de départ. Pour RAID 1, la taille des blocs n'a pas beaucoup d'importance.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__460 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 @@ -5196,12 +5018,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "L'algorithme de parité à utiliser avec RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric est celui qui offre un maximum de performance sur les disques " -"classiques à plateaux rotatifs.\n" +"Left-symmetric est celui qui offre un maximum de performance sur les disques classiques à plateaux rotatifs.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -5292,9 +5112,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"Il n'y a pas suffisamment de périphériques pour permettre la création d'un " -"volume RAID." +msgstr "Il n'y a pas suffisamment de périphériques pour permettre la création d'un volume RAID." # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130 #. error popup @@ -5342,8 +5160,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." -msgstr "" -"Cette vue affiche tous les périphériques RAID sauf les RAID BIOS" +msgstr "Cette vue affiche tous les périphériques RAID sauf les RAID BIOS" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 @@ -5515,25 +5332,17 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" -"Monter par défaut par donne la méthode de montage pour les " -"nouveaux\n" -"systèmes de fichiers créés. Nom du périphérique utilise le nom de " -"périphérique\n" -"noyau qui n'est pas fixe. ID du périphérique et chemin d'accès au " -"périphérique\n" -"utilisent les noms générés par udev à partir des informations matérielles. " -"Cela devrait être\n" -"fixe mais malheureusement, ce n'est pas toujours vrai. Enfin, UUID " -"et\n" -"étiquette du volume utilisent l'UUID et le label du système de " -"fichiers.\n" +"Monter par défaut par donne la méthode de montage pour les nouveaux\n" +"systèmes de fichiers créés. Nom du périphérique utilise le nom de périphérique\n" +"noyau qui n'est pas fixe. ID du périphérique et chemin d'accès au périphérique\n" +"utilisent les noms générés par udev à partir des informations matérielles. Cela devrait être\n" +"fixe mais malheureusement, ce n'est pas toujours vrai. Enfin, UUID et\n" +"étiquette du volume utilisent l'UUID et le label du système de fichiers.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -5548,20 +5357,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alignement des partitions nouvellement créées\n" -"détermine comment les partitions créées sont alignées. Cylinder est " -"l'alignement traditionnel aux limites de cylindre du disque. Optimal " -"aligne \n" -"les partitions pour de meilleures performances en accord avec les conseils " -"fournis \n" -"par le noyau Linux ou essaye d'être compatible avec Windows Vista et Windows " -"7.\n" +"détermine comment les partitions créées sont alignées. Cylinder est l'alignement traditionnel aux limites de cylindre du disque. Optimal aligne \n" +"les partitions pour de meilleures performances en accord avec les conseils fournis \n" +"par le noyau Linux ou essaye d'être compatible avec Windows Vista et Windows 7.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 @@ -5579,8 +5382,7 @@ "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." msgstr "" "Informations visibles sur les périphériques\n" -"de stockage permet de cacher les informations dans les tableaux et le " -"résumé." +"de stockage permet de cacher les informations dans les tableaux et le résumé." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__269 #. helptext @@ -5647,8 +5449,7 @@ "have no logical volumes." msgstr "" "Cette vue affiche les périphériques qui n'ont pas de point de\n" -"montage assigné, les disques qui ne sont pas partitionnés et les groupes de " -"volumes qui\n" +"montage assigné, les disques qui ne sont pas partitionnés et les groupes de volumes qui\n" "n'ont pas de volume logique." #. popup message @@ -5847,38 +5648,27 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Cette boîte de dialogue sert à définir les classes d'adresse pour les\n" -"périphériques du RAID. Les classes disponibles sont A, B, C, D et E mais, " -"dans\n" -"beaucoup de cas, moins de classes sont nécessaires (par exemple seulement A " -"et B)." +"périphériques du RAID. Les classes disponibles sont A, B, C, D et E mais, dans\n" +"beaucoup de cas, moins de classes sont nécessaires (par exemple seulement A et B)." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez placer un périphérique dans une classe en faisant un clic " -"droit\n" -"sur le périphérique et en choisissant la classe appropriée dans le menu " -"déroulant.\n" -"En appuyant sur la touche Ctrl ou Majuscule, vous pouvez sélectionner " -"plusieurs\n" -"périphériques et les placer dans une classe d'un seul coup. Vous pouvez " -"aussi utiliser\n" -"les boutons \"%1\" ou \"%2\" pour placer les périphériques sélectionnés dans " -"cette classe." +"Vous pouvez placer un périphérique dans une classe en faisant un clic droit\n" +"sur le périphérique et en choisissant la classe appropriée dans le menu déroulant.\n" +"En appuyant sur la touche Ctrl ou Majuscule, vous pouvez sélectionner plusieurs\n" +"périphériques et les placer dans une classe d'un seul coup. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser\n" +"les boutons \"%1\" ou \"%2\" pour placer les périphériques sélectionnés dans cette classe." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 @@ -5887,8 +5677,7 @@ "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." msgstr "" "Après avoir choisi les classes pour les périphériques, vous\n" -"pouvez ordonner les périphériques en cliquant sur les boutons \"%1\" ou " -"\"%2\"." +"pouvez ordonner les périphériques en cliquant sur les boutons \"%1\" ou \"%2\"." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 @@ -5904,17 +5693,14 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" -#| "class B until all classes with assigned devices. The comes second device " -#| "of class A,\n" +#| "class B until all classes with assigned devices. The comes second device of class A,\n" #| "econd device of class B and so on." msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Entrelacés place le premier périphérique de classe A, puis le " -"premier\n" +"Entrelacés place le premier périphérique de classe A, puis le premier\n" "de classe B, etc., jusqu'à la dernière classe. Ensuite viennent le deuxième\n" "périphérique de la classe A, le deuxième de la classe B, et ainsi de suite." @@ -5923,18 +5709,15 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "All devices withou a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" -#| "When you leave the popup the current order is used as order of devices in " -#| "the RAID to\n" +#| "When you leave the popup the current order is used as order of devices in the RAID to\n" #| "be created." msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Tous les périphériques sans classe sont placés à la fin de la liste des " -"périphériques.\n" -"L'ordre des périphériques dans le RAID à créer sera celui présent au moment " -"de quitter\n" +"Tous les périphériques sans classe sont placés à la fin de la liste des périphériques.\n" +"L'ordre des périphériques dans le RAID à créer sera celui présent au moment de quitter\n" "la boite de dialogue." #. dialog help text @@ -5942,33 +5725,22 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur le bouton \"%1\", vous pouvez sélectionner un fichier " -"contenant\n" -"des lignes avec une expression régulière et un nom de classe (par exemple " -"\"sda.* A\"). Tous\n" -"les périphériques qui correspondent à l'expression régulière d'une ligne " -"seront placés dans\n" -"la classe indiquée sur la même ligne. L'expression régulière peut " -"correspondre :\n" +"En cliquant sur le bouton \"%1\", vous pouvez sélectionner un fichier contenant\n" +"des lignes avec une expression régulière et un nom de classe (par exemple \"sda.* A\"). Tous\n" +"les périphériques qui correspondent à l'expression régulière d'une ligne seront placés dans\n" +"la classe indiquée sur la même ligne. L'expression régulière peut correspondre :\n" "* au nom donné par le noyau (par exemple /dev/sda1),\n" -"* au chemin udev (par exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" -"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1),\n" -"* à l'identifiant udev (par exemple /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-" -"part1).\n" -"Dans le cas où un nom de périphérique correspond à plusieurs expressions " -"régulières, c'est\n" +"* au chemin udev (par exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1),\n" +"* à l'identifiant udev (par exemple /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1).\n" +"Dans le cas où un nom de périphérique correspond à plusieurs expressions régulières, c'est\n" "la première correspondance qui est retenue." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__25 @@ -6012,15 +5784,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Taille tmpfs :\n" -"La taille peut être soit entrée par un nombre suivi de K,M,G pour Kilo-, " -"Méga- ou Giga octets ou\n" -"par un nombre suivi par un pourcentage, signifiant un pourcentage de mémoire." -"" +"La taille peut être soit entrée par un nombre suivi de K,M,G pour Kilo-, Méga- ou Giga octets ou\n" +"par un nombre suivi par un pourcentage, signifiant un pourcentage de mémoire." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 @@ -6031,8 +5800,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." -msgstr "" -"La valeur doit être comprise entre 0 et 32767. Faites une autre entrée." +msgstr "La valeur doit être comprise entre 0 et 32767. Faites une autre entrée." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 @@ -6041,8 +5809,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Priorité swap :\n" -"Entrez la priorité swap. Plus le nombre est grand, plus la priorité est " -"élevée.\n" +"Entrez la priorité swap. Plus le nombre est grand, plus la priorité est élevée.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 @@ -6054,15 +5821,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Monter en lecture seule :\n" -"L'écriture sur le système de fichiers est impossible. La valeur par défaut " -"est \"false\" (faux).\n" -"Lors de l'installation, le système de fichier est toujours monté en lecture-" -"écriture." +"L'écriture sur le système de fichiers est impossible. La valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).\n" +"Lors de l'installation, le système de fichier est toujours monté en lecture-écriture." #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 @@ -6076,8 +5840,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Pas de date d'accès :\n" -"Les dates d'accès ne sont pas actualisées lorsqu'un fichier est lu. La " -"valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).\n" +"Les dates d'accès ne sont pas actualisées lorsqu'un fichier est lu. La valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 @@ -6091,8 +5854,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Montable par utilisateur :\n" -"Le système de fichiers peut être monté par n'importe quel utilisateur. La " -"valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).\n" +"Le système de fichiers peut être monté par n'importe quel utilisateur. La valeur par défaut est \"false\" (faux).\n" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__0 #. button text @@ -6106,20 +5868,14 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Ne pas monter au démarrage du système :\n" -"Le système de fichiers n'est pas monté automatiquement lors du démarrage du " -"système.\n" -"Une entrée est créée dans /etc/fstab et le système de fichiers est monté " -"avec\n" -"les options adéquates lorsque la commande <tt>mount <pointDeMontage></" -"tt>\n" -"est entrée (<pointDeMontage> est le répertoire sur lequel le système " -"de fichiers est monté). La valeur par défaut est faux.\n" +"Le système de fichiers n'est pas monté automatiquement lors du démarrage du système.\n" +"Une entrée est créée dans /etc/fstab et le système de fichiers est monté avec\n" +"les options adéquates lorsque la commande <tt>mount <pointDeMontage></tt>\n" +"est entrée (<pointDeMontage> est le répertoire sur lequel le système de fichiers est monté). La valeur par défaut est faux.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 @@ -6150,23 +5906,16 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Mode de journalisation des données :\n" "Spécifie le mode de journalisation des données de fichiers.\n" -"<tt>journal</tt> -- toutes les données sont consignées dans le journal avant " -"d'être\n" -"écrites dans le système de fichiers principal. Impact le plus important sur " -"les performances. \n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> -- toutes les données sont forcées directement vers le " -"système de fichiers principal\n" -"avant que leurs méta-données soient consignées dans le journal. Impact moyen " -"sur les performances. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- l'ordre des données n'est pas conservé. Aucun impact " -"sur les performances.\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- toutes les données sont consignées dans le journal avant d'être\n" +"écrites dans le système de fichiers principal. Impact le plus important sur les performances. \n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- toutes les données sont forcées directement vers le système de fichiers principal\n" +"avant que leurs méta-données soient consignées dans le journal. Impact moyen sur les performances. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- l'ordre des données n'est pas conservé. Aucun impact sur les performances.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 @@ -6197,8 +5946,7 @@ "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Attributs étendus de l'utilisateur :\n" -"Permet les attributs étendus de l'utilisateur sur le système de fichiers.</" -"p>\n" +"Permet les attributs étendus de l'utilisateur sur le système de fichiers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 @@ -6207,24 +5955,18 @@ # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__117 #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Caractère incorrect dans la valeur d'option. Ne pas utiliser d'éspace ou de " -"tabulation. Ré-essayer." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Caractère incorrect dans la valeur d'option. Ne pas utiliser d'éspace ou de tabulation. Ré-essayer." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valeur option arbitraire :\n" -"Dans ce champ, entrez n'importe quelle option de montage légale autorisée " -"dans le quatrième champ de /etc/fstab.\n" +"Dans ce champ, entrez n'importe quelle option de montage légale autorisée dans le quatrième champ de /etc/fstab.\n" "Les options multiples sont séparées par des virgules.\n" #. label text @@ -6239,8 +5981,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Table de caractères pour noms de fichiers :\n" -"Définissez la table de caractères à utiliser pour l'affichage des noms de " -"fichiers dans les partitions Windows. \n" +"Définissez la table de caractères à utiliser pour l'affichage des noms de fichiers dans les partitions Windows. \n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 @@ -6251,12 +5992,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Page de code pour les noms courts FAT :\n" -"Cette page de code est utilisée pour la conversion des caractères de noms " -"courts sur les systèmes de fichiers FAT. \n" +"Cette page de code est utilisée pour la conversion des caractères de noms courts sur les systèmes de fichiers FAT. \n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__317 #. label text @@ -6269,12 +6008,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Nombre de FAT :\n" -"Spécifiez le nombre de tables d'allocation de fichiers dans le système de " -"fichiers. La valeur par défaut est 2." +"Spécifiez le nombre de tables d'allocation de fichiers dans le système de fichiers. La valeur par défaut est 2." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__319 #. label text @@ -6287,14 +6024,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Taille FAT :\n" -"Spécifie le type de tables d'allocation de fichiers utilisé (12, 16 ou 32 " -"bits). Avec l'option auto, YaST sélectionnera automatiquement la valeur la " -"plus adaptée à la taille du système de fichiers.\n" +"Spécifie le type de tables d'allocation de fichiers utilisé (12, 16 ou 32 bits). Avec l'option auto, YaST sélectionnera automatiquement la valeur la plus adaptée à la taille du système de fichiers.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__323 #. label text @@ -6306,9 +6039,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"La valeur minimale pour \"Entrées du répertoire racine\" est 112. Essayez à " -"nouveau." +msgstr "La valeur minimale pour \"Entrées du répertoire racine\" est 112. Essayez à nouveau." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__325 #. help text, richtext format @@ -6331,12 +6062,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Fonction de hachage :\n" -"Spécifie le nom de la fonction de hachage qui sera utilisée pour trier les " -"noms de fichiers dans les répertoires.\n" +"Spécifie le nom de la fonction de hachage qui sera utilisée pour trier les noms de fichiers dans les répertoires.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__328 #. label text @@ -6349,15 +6078,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Révision FS :\n" -"Cette option définit la révision du format reiserfs à utiliser. '3.5' est " -"compatible avec les noyaux de la série 2.2.x. '3.6' est plus récent, mais ne " -"peut être utilisée qu'avec des noyaux 2.4 ou plus récents.\n" +"Cette option définit la révision du format reiserfs à utiliser. '3.5' est compatible avec les noyaux de la série 2.2.x. '3.6' est plus récent, mais ne peut être utilisée qu'avec des noyaux 2.4 ou plus récents.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__307 #. label text @@ -6371,14 +6095,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Taille des blocs :\n" -"Spécifiez la taille des blocs en octets. Les valeurs correctes sont 512, " -"1024, 2048 et 4096 octets par bloc. Si auto est spécifié, la taille par " -"défaut de 4096 est utilisée.\n" +"Spécifiez la taille des blocs en octets. Les valeurs correctes sont 512, 1024, 2048 et 4096 octets par bloc. Si auto est spécifié, la taille par défaut de 4096 est utilisée.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -6412,13 +6132,10 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Pourcentage d'espace attribué aux i-nœuds :\n" -"L'option \"Pourcentage d'espace attribué aux i-nœuds\" spécifie le " -"pourcentage maximal d'espace pouvant être attribué aux i-nœuds dans le " -"système de fichiers.\n" +"L'option \"Pourcentage d'espace attribué aux i-nœuds\" spécifie le pourcentage maximal d'espace pouvant être attribué aux i-nœuds dans le système de fichiers.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__335 #. label text @@ -6433,14 +6150,12 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "I-nœuds alignés :\n" -"L'option \"i-nœuds alignés\" est utilisée pour spécifier si l'allocation des " -"i-nœuds\n" +"L'option \"i-nœuds alignés\" est utilisée pour spécifier si l'allocation des i-nœuds\n" "est alignée ou non . Par défaut, les i-nœuds sont alignés ce qui\n" "est généralement plus efficace que l'accès non-aligné.\n" @@ -6466,12 +6181,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Taille du log\n" -"Spécifiez la taille du log (en Mo). Si auto est sélectionné, la valeur par " -"défaut est 40% de la taille de l'agrégat.\n" +"Spécifiez la taille du log (en Mo). Si auto est sélectionné, la valeur par défaut est 40% de la taille de l'agrégat.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__342 #. label text @@ -6514,15 +6227,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Taille des blocs :\n" -"Spécifiez la taille des blocs en octets. Les valeurs correctes sont 1024, " -"2048 et 4096 octets par bloc. Si auto est spécifié, la taille des blocs est " -"définie en fonction de la taille du système de fichiers et de l'usage auquel " -"il est destiné.\n" +"Spécifiez la taille des blocs en octets. Les valeurs correctes sont 1024, 2048 et 4096 octets par bloc. Si auto est spécifié, la taille des blocs est définie en fonction de la taille du système de fichiers et de l'usage auquel il est destiné.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__309 #. label text @@ -6542,21 +6250,17 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Octets par i-nœud :\n" "Spécifiez le rapport octets/i-nœuds. YaST crée un i-nœud tous les \n" "<octetsParInœud> octets sur le disque. Plus la proportion d'octets \n" "par i-nœud est élevée, moins il y aura d'i-nœuds créés.\n" -"En principe, cette valeur ne doit pas être inférieure à la taille d'un " -"bloc \n" +"En principe, cette valeur ne doit pas être inférieure à la taille d'un bloc \n" "du système de fichiers, car dans ce cas trop d'i-nœuds seraient créés. Il \n" -"n'est pas possible d'augmenter le nombre d'i-nœuds sur un système de " -"fichiers\n" -"après sa création, veillez à entrer une valeur adéquate pour ce paramètre.</" -"p>\n" +"n'est pas possible d'augmenter le nombre d'i-nœuds sur un système de fichiers\n" +"après sa création, veillez à entrer une valeur adéquate pour ce paramètre.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__311 #. label text @@ -6578,16 +6282,8 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Pourcentage de blocs réservés à root : Spécifiez le pourcentage " -"des blocs réservés au super-utilisateur. La valeur par défaut est calculée " -"pour avoir normalement 1 Go de réservé. La valeur maximale par défaut est " -"5.0, la valeur minimale par défaut est 0.1." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Pourcentage de blocs réservés à root : Spécifiez le pourcentage des blocs réservés au super-utilisateur. La valeur par défaut est calculée pour avoir normalement 1 Go de réservé. La valeur maximale par défaut est 5.0, la valeur minimale par défaut est 0.1." # TLABEL runlevel_2002_08_07_0216__21 #. checkbox text @@ -6602,8 +6298,7 @@ "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" "Désactiver les vérifications régulières :\n" -"Désactive la vérification régulière du système de fichiers au démarrage.</" -"p>\n" +"Désactive la vérification régulière du système de fichiers au démarrage.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 @@ -6617,8 +6312,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Index des répertoires :\n" -"Permet l'utilisation d'arborescences B hachées pour accélérer les recherches " -"dans les grands répertoires.\n" +"Permet l'utilisation d'arborescences B hachées pour accélérer les recherches dans les grands répertoires.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 @@ -6629,13 +6323,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Pas de journal :\n" -"Supprime l'utilisation de la journalisation sur le système de fichiers. Ne " -"l'activer que\n" +"Supprime l'utilisation de la journalisation sur le système de fichiers. Ne l'activer que\n" "si vous savez ce que vous faites.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -6662,8 +6354,7 @@ "\n" "Vous pouvez utiliser les partitions sur le disque %1 telles quelles ou\n" "les formater et leur assigner des points de montage, mais vous ne pouvez\n" -"pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce " -"disque ici.\n" +"pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce disque ici.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 @@ -6698,12 +6389,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Vous pouvez initialiser la table de partitions du disque dans le " -"partitionneur\n" -"pour experts en sélectionnant \"Expert\"->\"Créer une nouvelle table de " -"partitions\", \n" -"mais ceci détruira toutes les données sur toutes les partitions de ce " -"disque.\n" +"Vous pouvez initialiser la table de partitions du disque dans le partitionneur\n" +"pour experts en sélectionnant \"Expert\"->\"Créer une nouvelle table de partitions\", \n" +"mais ceci détruira toutes les données sur toutes les partitions de ce disque.\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 @@ -6804,8 +6492,7 @@ "Les volumes suivants contiennent une signature de chiffrement mais les\n" "mots de passe ne sont pas encore connus.\n" "Les mots de passe doivent être connus si les volumes sont nécessaires soit\n" -"lors d'une mise à jour, soit s'ils contiennent un volume physique LVM " -"chiffré." +"lors d'une mise à jour, soit s'ils contiennent un volume physique LVM chiffré." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" @@ -6883,8 +6570,7 @@ #| "\n" #| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" #| "disk %2 are used.\n" -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" "\n" "La partition %1 n'a pas pu être supprimée car les autres partitions\n" @@ -6938,8 +6624,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce que cela changera " -"indirectement\n" +"Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce que cela changera indirectement\n" "le périphérique %2 qui contient une swap active qui est nécessaire \n" "à l'installation.\n" @@ -6950,10 +6635,8 @@ "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce que cela changera " -"indirectement\n" -"le périphérique %2 qui contient des données nécessaires pour effectuer " -"l'installation.\n" +"Le périphérique %1 ne peut être supprimé parce que cela changera indirectement\n" +"le périphérique %2 qui contient des données nécessaires pour effectuer l'installation.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 @@ -7227,8 +6910,7 @@ #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." -msgstr "" -"Type de système de fichiers affiche le type du système de fichiers." +msgstr "Type de système de fichiers affiche le type du système de fichiers." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 @@ -7255,23 +6937,19 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Monter par indique le mode de montage du\n" -"système de fichiers : (Kernel) par nom du noyau, (Label) par étiquette, " -"(UUID) par\n" -"UUID du système de fichiers, (ID) par ID de périphérique et (Path) par " -"chemin d'accès au périphérique.\n" +"système de fichiers : (Kernel) par nom du noyau, (Label) par étiquette, (UUID) par\n" +"UUID du système de fichiers, (ID) par ID de périphérique et (Path) par chemin d'accès au périphérique.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un point d'interrogation (?) indique que\n" @@ -7292,14 +6970,11 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" -"Un astérisque (*) après le point de montage indique un système de fichiers " -"qui\n" -"n'est actuellement pas monté (par exemple, du fait que l'option <tt>noauto</" -"tt> soit\n" +"Un astérisque (*) après le point de montage indique un système de fichiers qui\n" +"n'est actuellement pas monté (par exemple, du fait que l'option <tt>noauto</tt> soit\n" "définie dans <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -7710,12 +7385,8 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Redimensionnement impossible à cause d'un système de fichiers incohérent. " -"Essayez de vérifier le système de fichiers sous Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Redimensionnement impossible à cause d'un système de fichiers incohérent. Essayez de vérifier le système de fichiers sous Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -7792,8 +7463,7 @@ "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "La proposition peut créer une partition personnelle séparée. Son système\n" -"de fichiers peut être sélectionné dans la liste déroulante correspondante.</" -"p>" +"de fichiers peut être sélectionné dans la liste déroulante correspondante." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 @@ -7884,8 +7554,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Attention : Avec votre configuration actuelle, votre installation de\n" #~ "%1 rencontrera des problèmes lors de l'amorçage, car vous n'avez pas de\n" -#~ "partition \"boot\" et votre partition \"root\" est un volume logique " -#~ "LVM.\n" +#~ "partition \"boot\" et votre partition \"root\" est un volume logique LVM.\n" #~ "Ceci ne fonctionne pas.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Si vous ne savez pas exactement ce que vous êtes en train de faire,\n" @@ -7921,24 +7590,18 @@ #~ msgstr "Partitionneur de disque" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'interface en ligne de commande pour le module de partitionnement n'est " -#~ "pas disponible." +#~ msgstr "L'interface en ligne de commande pour le module de partitionnement n'est pas disponible." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous avez monté une partition avec Btrfs sur le point de\n" -#~ "montage /. Cela risque de poser des problèmes. Utilisez un système de " -#~ "fichiers Linux, tel\n" -#~ "que ext3 ou ext4, pour ce point de montage, ou une partition " -#~ "supplémentaire pour /boot.\n" +#~ "montage /. Cela risque de poser des problèmes. Utilisez un système de fichiers Linux, tel\n" +#~ "que ext3 ou ext4, pour ce point de montage, ou une partition supplémentaire pour /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Vraiment utiliser cette configuration ?\n" @@ -7959,8 +7622,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Échec lors du retrait de certains périphériques." #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Interface ligne de commande pour le module de partitionnement indisponible" +#~ msgstr "Interface ligne de commande pour le module de partitionnement indisponible" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__208 #~ msgid "" @@ -7978,8 +7640,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Cliquez sur Annuler, sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si vous continuez, YaST2 essaiera de démonter la partition avant de " -#~ "l'effacer.\n" +#~ "Si vous continuez, YaST2 essaiera de démonter la partition avant de l'effacer.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -8014,22 +7675,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" #~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -#~ "to mount\n" -#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -#~ "can be\n" -#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -#~ "possible.\n" +#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Montage dans /etc/fstab par :\n" -#~ "Normalement, un système de fichiers à monter est identifié dans /etc/" -#~ "fstab\n" -#~ " par le nom du périphérique. Vous pouvez changer ces informations " -#~ "d'identification pour\n" -#~ " rechercher le système de fichiers à monter à l'aide d'un UUID ou d'un " -#~ "nom de volume. Les systèmes de fichiers ne peuvent pas\n" -#~ " tous être montés à l'aide d'un UUID ou d'un nom de volume. Si l'option " -#~ "correspondante est désactivée, cette opération est impossible.\n" +#~ "Normalement, un système de fichiers à monter est identifié dans /etc/fstab\n" +#~ " par le nom du périphérique. Vous pouvez changer ces informations d'identification pour\n" +#~ " rechercher le système de fichiers à monter à l'aide d'un UUID ou d'un nom de volume. Les systèmes de fichiers ne peuvent pas\n" +#~ " tous être montés à l'aide d'un UUID ou d'un nom de volume. Si l'option correspondante est désactivée, cette opération est impossible.\n" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__4 # Shorten translated string; agreed by flermen 2001-01-27. @@ -8059,32 +7713,23 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Le système de fichiers est actuellement montée sur %1.\n" -#~ "Il n'est pas possible de redimensionner le système de fichiers tant qu'il " -#~ "est monté.\n" +#~ "Il n'est pas possible de redimensionner le système de fichiers tant qu'il est monté.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Démonter le système de fichiers et essayez à nouveau de le " -#~ "redimensionner.\n" +#~ "Démonter le système de fichiers et essayez à nouveau de le redimensionner.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~ "tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~ "create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~ "all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ce point de montage correspond à un système de fichiers temporaire tel " -#~ "que /tmp ou /var/tmp.\n" -#~ " Vous pouvez laisser vide le mot de passe crypté. Dans ce cas, le système " -#~ "créera \n" -#~ " automatiquement un mot de passe aléatoire lors du démarrage du système. " -#~ "Cela signifie que vous\n" -#~ "perdrez toutes les données de ces systèmes de fichiers à l'extinction du " -#~ "système.\n" +#~ "Ce point de montage correspond à un système de fichiers temporaire tel que /tmp ou /var/tmp.\n" +#~ " Vous pouvez laisser vide le mot de passe crypté. Dans ce cas, le système créera \n" +#~ " automatiquement un mot de passe aléatoire lors du démarrage du système. Cela signifie que vous\n" +#~ "perdrez toutes les données de ces systèmes de fichiers à l'extinction du système.\n" #~ " \n" # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__130 @@ -8149,19 +7794,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" #~ "method for newly created file systems." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Monté par défaut par donne la méthode de montage pour le " -#~ "systèmes de fichiers dernièrement créés." +#~ msgstr "Monté par défaut par donne la méthode de montage pour le systèmes de fichiers dernièrement créés." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__78 #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour utiliser ces points de montage, cliquez sur Oui." +#~ msgstr "Pour utiliser ces points de montage, cliquez sur Oui." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__79 #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour ignorer ces points de montage, cliquez sur Non." +#~ msgstr "Pour ignorer ces points de montage, cliquez sur Non." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__251 #~ msgid "" @@ -8210,8 +7851,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "AVERTISSEMENT :\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Vous avez sélectionné une partition swap mais n'avez pas indiqué à YaST " -#~ "de la formater.\n" +#~ "Vous avez sélectionné une partition swap mais n'avez pas indiqué à YaST de la formater.\n" #~ "Cette partition swap sera probablement inutilisable.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Modifier la configuration ?\n" @@ -8243,24 +7883,17 @@ # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__97 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this " -#~ "action\n" -#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large " -#~ "disks.\n" -#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it " -#~ "looks\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n" #~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n" #~ "performs various checks. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "En fonction de la taille de votre disque et de la vitesse du processeur, " -#~ "cette action\n" -#~ "peut prendre un certain temps. Cela peut prendre quelques minutes pour " -#~ "les très gros disques.\n" -#~ "Souvent, la barre de progression n'affiche pas une progression linéaire. " -#~ "Même si cela\n" -#~ "semble lent près de la fin (\"95 %\"), soyez patient. L'outil de " -#~ "formatage \n" +#~ "En fonction de la taille de votre disque et de la vitesse du processeur, cette action\n" +#~ "peut prendre un certain temps. Cela peut prendre quelques minutes pour les très gros disques.\n" +#~ "Souvent, la barre de progression n'affiche pas une progression linéaire. Même si cela\n" +#~ "semble lent près de la fin (\"95 %\"), soyez patient. L'outil de formatage \n" #~ "effectue différentes vérifications. " # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__98 @@ -8340,10 +7973,8 @@ #~ " table de partition.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " Vous pouvez utiliser les partitions du disque %1$s telles quelles.\n" -#~ " Vous pouvez les formater et leur assigner des points de montage. En " -#~ "revanche,\n" -#~ " vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des " -#~ "partitions de ce\n" +#~ " Vous pouvez les formater et leur assigner des points de montage. En revanche,\n" +#~ " vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce\n" #~ "disque avec cet outil." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__46 @@ -8375,10 +8006,8 @@ #~ "par cet outil.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " Vous pouvez utiliser les partitions du disque %1$s telles quelles.\n" -#~ " Vous pouvez les formater et leur assigner des points de montage. En " -#~ "revanche,\n" -#~ " vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des " -#~ "partitions de ce\n" +#~ " Vous pouvez les formater et leur assigner des points de montage. En revanche,\n" +#~ " vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, modifier, redimensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce\n" #~ "disque avec cet outil." #~ msgid "" @@ -8397,8 +8026,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Vous pouvez utiliser les partitions du disque %1$s telles quelles.\n" #~ "Vous pouvez les formater et leur assigner des points de montage.\n" -#~ "En revanche, vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, modifier, redimmensionner ou " -#~ "supprimer des partitions de ce\n" +#~ "En revanche, vous ne pouvez pas ajouter, modifier, redimmensionner ou supprimer des partitions de ce\n" #~ "disque avec cet outil." #~ msgid "" @@ -8408,8 +8036,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Votre disque %1$s contient %2$lu partitions. Le pilote de noyau\n" #~ "ne peut pas gérer plus de %3$lu partitions.\n" -#~ "Les partitions dont le numéro est supérieur à %3$lu ne sont pas " -#~ "accessibles." +#~ "Les partitions dont le numéro est supérieur à %3$lu ne sont pas accessibles." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have the following options:\n" @@ -8426,11 +8053,9 @@ #~ " - Utiliser les anciens pilotes IDE : redémarrer et ajouter\n" #~ " 'hwprobe=-modules.pata' comme argument au noyau\n" #~ " - Repartitionner votre système pour que 15 partitions maximum soient\n" -#~ " utilisées. Pour repartitionner, utiliser votre système d'exploitation " -#~ "existant.\n" +#~ " utilisées. Pour repartitionner, utiliser votre système d'exploitation existant.\n" #~ " - Utiliser LVM puisqu'il peut fournir un nombre arbitraire et\n" -#~ " flexible de partitions de type block devices. Cela nécessite aussi " -#~ "une repartition." +#~ " flexible de partitions de type block devices. Cela nécessite aussi une repartition." # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__32 #~ msgid "Setting disk label of disk %1$s to %2$s" @@ -8448,22 +8073,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Effacer le volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s)" #~ msgid "Formatting device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Formatage du volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) avec %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Formatage du volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) avec %3$s" #~ msgid "Format device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Formater le volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s " -#~ "avec %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Formater le volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s" #~ msgid "Format encrypted device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Formater le volume crypté d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) pour " -#~ "%4$s avec %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Formater le volume crypté d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s" #~ msgid "Format device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Formater le volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) avec %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Formater le volume d'assignation de périphérique %1$s (%2$s) avec %3$s" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__425 #~ msgid "Setting type of partition %1$s to %2$X" @@ -8501,8 +8120,7 @@ # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__422 #~ msgid "Create encrypted multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Créer la partition multipath chiffrée %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Créer la partition multipath chiffrée %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__422 #~ msgid "Create extended multipath partition %1$s (%2$s)" @@ -8524,8 +8142,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Formater la partition multipath %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s" #~ msgid "Format encrypted multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Formater la partition multipath chiffrée %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Formater la partition multipath chiffrée %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__421 #~ msgid "Format multipath partition %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" @@ -8564,8 +8181,7 @@ # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__32 #~ msgid "Set disk label of multipath disk %1$s to %2$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configurer l'étiquette de disque à %2$s pour le disque multipath %1$s" +#~ msgstr "Configurer l'étiquette de disque à %2$s pour le disque multipath %1$s" #~ msgid "Deleting raid partition %1$s" #~ msgstr "Suppression de la partition raid %1$s" @@ -8745,38 +8361,25 @@ #~ msgstr "Création du périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s du fichier %2$s" #~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Créer le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant que " -#~ "%5$s avec %4$s" +#~ msgstr "Créer le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant que %5$s avec %4$s" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with " -#~ "%4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Créer le périphérique basé sur fichier crypté %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant " -#~ "que %5$s avec %4$s" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgstr "Créer le périphérique basé sur fichier crypté %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant que %5$s avec %4$s" #~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s)" #~ msgstr "Créer le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s du fichier %2$s (%3$s)" #~ msgid "Formatting file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) with %4$s " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Formatage du périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) avec %4$s" +#~ msgstr "Formatage du périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) avec %4$s" #~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Formater le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant que " -#~ "%5$s avec %4$s" +#~ msgstr "Formater le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant que %5$s avec %4$s" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Formater le périphérique basé sur fichier crypté %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en " -#~ "tant que %5$s avec %4$s" +#~ msgid "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgstr "Formater le périphérique basé sur fichier crypté %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) en tant que %5$s avec %4$s" #~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) with %4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Formater le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) avec %4$s" +#~ msgstr "Formater le périphérique basé sur fichier %1$s de %2$s (%3$s) avec %4$s" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__162 #~ msgid "Deleting logical volume %1$s" @@ -8875,8 +8478,7 @@ #~ msgid "Create software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" #~ msgstr "Créer le RAID logiciel %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" #~ msgstr "Créer le RAID logiciel crypté %1$s (%2$s) pour %4$s avec %3$s" #~ msgid "Create software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %3$s" @@ -9147,16 +8749,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Espace disponible (%1)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations in\n" #~ "the NTFS resizer, the file system can only be shrunk by up to %2 %3.\n" #~ "To be able to shrink the file system more, boot your Windows\n" #~ "system and run a disk defragmentation program under Windows to move\n" #~ "the used blocks of the file system towards the start of the partition.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Votre système de fichiers NTFS a %1 %3 espace libre disponible.\n" -#~ "En raison de certaines limitations, NTFS resizer ne peuvent être réduits " -#~ "que jusqu'à\n" +#~ "En raison de certaines limitations, NTFS resizer ne peuvent être réduits que jusqu'à\n" #~ "%2 %3.\n" #~ "Afin de pouvoir réduire davantage le système de fichiers, amorcez votre\n" #~ "système Windows et exécutez le programme de défragmentation du disque\n" @@ -9189,8 +8789,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Le redimensionnement ne sera effectif qu'après avoir confirmé tous vos\n" -#~ "paramètres dans la dernière boîte de dialogue d'installation. D'ici là, " -#~ "votre partition %1\n" +#~ "paramètres dans la dernière boîte de dialogue d'installation. D'ici là, votre partition %1\n" #~ "ne changera pas.\n" #~ "" @@ -9237,8 +8836,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Entrez la valeur de la taille à laquelle la partition %1 doit être " -#~ "réduite.\n" +#~ "Entrez la valeur de la taille à laquelle la partition %1 doit être réduite.\n" #~ "" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__61 @@ -9368,9 +8966,7 @@ #~ "périphériques DASD actifs." #~ msgid "Enter the size and stripe number of the new logical volume." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Veuillez entrer la taille et le numéro de bande du nouveau volume " -#~ "logique." +#~ msgstr "Veuillez entrer la taille et le numéro de bande du nouveau volume logique." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__53 #~ msgid "" @@ -9483,11 +9079,9 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous avez modifié les paramètres d'une partition actuellement\n" -#~ " montée. Dans certains cas, cela risque d'endommager votre installation " -#~ "Linux.\n" +#~ " montée. Dans certains cas, cela risque d'endommager votre installation Linux.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Ne continuez que si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites. En cas de " -#~ "doute,\n" +#~ " Ne continuez que si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites. En cas de doute,\n" #~ " cliquez sur Annuler.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -9500,68 +9094,42 @@ #~ "tout changer sauf le début et la taille de la partition." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__272 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition " -#~ "should be formatted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sélectionnez d'abord le type de la partition et précisez si cette " -#~ "partition doit ou non être formatée." +#~ msgid "First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition should be formatted." +#~ msgstr "Sélectionnez d'abord le type de la partition et précisez si cette partition doit ou non être formatée." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__88 #~ msgid "Then, enter the mount point ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Spécifiez ensuite le point de montage ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)" +#~ msgstr "Spécifiez ensuite le point de montage ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__89 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create " -#~ "a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be " -#~ "lost." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si vous voulez changer le cylindre de départ ou de fin, effacez cette " -#~ "partition pour en créer une autre avec les nouveaux paramètres. Toutes " -#~ "les données de cette partition seront perdues." +#~ msgid "To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be lost." +#~ msgstr "Si vous voulez changer le cylindre de départ ou de fin, effacez cette partition pour en créer une autre avec les nouveaux paramètres. Toutes les données de cette partition seront perdues." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__275 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Spécifiez maintenant l'emplacement de la nouvelle partition sur votre " -#~ "disque dur." +#~ msgid "Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. " +#~ msgstr "Spécifiez maintenant l'emplacement de la nouvelle partition sur votre disque dur." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__276 #~ msgid "Please enter the starting cylinder number of the partition. " #~ msgstr "Entrez le numéro du cylindre de départ de la partition." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__277 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Entrez ensuite soit le numéro du cylindre de fin soit le nombre de " -#~ "cylindres à partir du premier cylindre (par exemple +66)." +#~ msgid "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66)." +#~ msgstr "Entrez ensuite soit le numéro du cylindre de fin soit le nombre de cylindres à partir du premier cylindre (par exemple +66)." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__278 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e." -#~ "g., +100M or +20000K)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Il est également possible de spécifier directement la taille de la " -#~ "partition (par exemple +100M ou +20000K)" +#~ msgid "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +100M or +20000K)." +#~ msgstr "Il est également possible de spécifier directement la taille de la partition (par exemple +100M ou +20000K)" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__279 #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the starting cylinder number of the partition.\n" -#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" -#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., " -#~ "+2G, +100M, or +20000K).\n" +#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" +#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +2G, +100M, or +20000K).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Entrez le numéro du cylindre de départ de la partition.\n" -#~ "Spécifiez ensuite soit le numéro du cylindre de fin, soit le nombre de " -#~ "cylindres (par exemple +66).\n" -#~ "Il est également possible de spécifier directement la taille de la " -#~ "partition (par exemple +2G ou +100M or +20000K)\n" +#~ "Spécifiez ensuite soit le numéro du cylindre de fin, soit le nombre de cylindres (par exemple +66).\n" +#~ "Il est également possible de spécifier directement la taille de la partition (par exemple +2G ou +100M or +20000K)\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__280 #~ msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -9572,15 +9140,13 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "This is intended for experts.\n" #~ "If you are not familiar with the concepts of hard disk partitions\n" -#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select automatic</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select automatic\n" #~ "partitioning.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Cette option s'adresse aux experts.\n" -#~ "Si vous ne maîtrisez pas le concept des partitions de disques " -#~ "durs,\n" +#~ "Si vous ne maîtrisez pas le concept des partitions de disques durs,\n" #~ "vous devriez revenir en arrière et sélectionner le partitionnement\n" #~ "automatique.\n" #~ "" @@ -9589,15 +9155,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Please note that nothing will be written to your hard disk\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Notez que rien ne sera écrit sur votre disque dur tant que\n" -#~ "vous n'aurez pas validé toute l'installation dans le dernier dialogue de " -#~ "l'installation.\n" +#~ "vous n'aurez pas validé toute l'installation dans le dernier dialogue de l'installation.\n" #~ "Jusque là, vous pouvez interrompre l'installation en toute sécurité.\n" #~ "" @@ -9611,8 +9175,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Rien ne sera écrit sur votre disque dur tant que\n" -#~ "vous n'aurez pas validé toutes les modifications en cliquant sur le " -#~ "bouton \"Appliquer\".\n" +#~ "vous n'aurez pas validé toutes les modifications en cliquant sur le bouton \"Appliquer\".\n" #~ "Jusque là, vous pouvez interrompre l'installation en toute sécurité.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -9632,13 +9195,11 @@ # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__284 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Le tableau à droite montre les partitions actuelles de tous vos disques " -#~ "durs.\n" +#~ "Le tableau à droite montre les partitions actuelles de tous vos disques durs.\n" #~ "\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__285 @@ -9681,26 +9242,20 @@ # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__292 #~ msgid "<tt>/dev/sda1 </tt>1st primary partition on the 1st disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/sda1 </tt>1ère partition primaire sur le 1er disque." +#~ msgstr "<tt>/dev/sda1 </tt>1ère partition primaire sur le 1er disque." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__293 #~ msgid "<tt>/dev/sda2 </tt>2nd primary partition on the 1st disk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/sda2 </tt>2ème partition primaire sur le 1er disque." +#~ msgstr "<tt>/dev/sda2 </tt>2ème partition primaire sur le 1er disque." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__294 #~ msgid "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition " -#~ "on\n" -#~ "the first disk. Note: this is always #5, even if there are less " -#~ "than four\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition on\n" +#~ "the first disk. Note: this is always #5, even if there are less than four\n" #~ "primary partitions." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1ère partition logique dans la partition étendue " -#~ "du\n" -#~ "1er disque. Note : le numéro est toujours 5, même s'il existe " -#~ "moins de quatre\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1ère partition logique dans la partition étendue du\n" +#~ "1er disque. Note : le numéro est toujours 5, même s'il existe moins de quatre\n" #~ "partitions primaires." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__295 @@ -9711,16 +9266,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "On the i386 platform (i.e., normal PCs), there cannot be more than four\n" -#~ "primary partitions on any hard disk, because the respective table " -#~ "in the\n" +#~ "primary partitions on any hard disk, because the respective table in the\n" #~ "master boot record cannot contain more than four entries.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Sur une plateforme i386 (PC normal), il ne peut pas y avoir plus de " -#~ "quatre\n" -#~ "partitions primaires pour chaque disque étant donné que la table " -#~ "des partitions sur le\n" +#~ "Sur une plateforme i386 (PC normal), il ne peut pas y avoir plus de quatre\n" +#~ "partitions primaires pour chaque disque étant donné que la table des partitions sur le\n" #~ "secteur maître d'amorçage ne peut pas contenir plus de quatre entrées.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -9732,29 +9284,23 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Les vieux PC peuvent avoir un BIOS permettant seulement " -#~ "l'amorçage\n" +#~ "Les vieux PC peuvent avoir un BIOS permettant seulement l'amorçage\n" #~ "de partitions au dessous de la limite du cylindre 1024.\n" #~ "\n" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__25 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it " -#~ "ends below this\n" +#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it ends below this\n" #~ "1024 cylinder boundary. Create a separate partition and mount it as\n" -#~ "/boot, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single " -#~ "cylinder\n" +#~ "/boot, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single cylinder\n" #~ "(at least 64 MB) is usually sufficient for that.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si vous avez un vieux PC et voulez amorcer à partir d'une partition, " -#~ "faites\n" -#~ "en sorte qu'elle se trouve en dessous de la limite des 1024 premiers " -#~ "cylindres. Créez, \n" -#~ "si besoin, une partition séparée et montez-la sous /boot. Une " -#~ "partition\n" +#~ "Si vous avez un vieux PC et voulez amorcer à partir d'une partition, faites\n" +#~ "en sorte qu'elle se trouve en dessous de la limite des 1024 premiers cylindres. Créez, \n" +#~ "si besoin, une partition séparée et montez-la sous /boot. Une partition\n" #~ "d'un seul cylindre (64 Mo au minimum) est en général suffisante.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -9762,15 +9308,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "One of the four primary partitions may be an extended partition.\n" -#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more logical partitions</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more logical partitions.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "L'une des quatre partitions primaires peut être une partition étendue</" -#~ "b>.\n" -#~ "Cette partition étendue peut contenir une ou plusieurs partitions " -#~ "logiques..\n" +#~ "L'une des quatre partitions primaires peut être une partition étendue.\n" +#~ "Cette partition étendue peut contenir une ou plusieurs partitions logiques..\n" #~ "" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__93 @@ -9786,24 +9329,20 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "La partition étendue ne peut pas contenir elle-même de données.\n" #~ "Pour utiliser cet espace, vous devez y créer des partitions logiques.\n" -#~ "Ces partitions logiques peuvent contenir des partitions Linux de tout " -#~ "type\n" -#~ "(systèmes de fichiers ou partition d'échange Linux) ou des partitions " -#~ "pour\n" +#~ "Ces partitions logiques peuvent contenir des partitions Linux de tout type\n" +#~ "(systèmes de fichiers ou partition d'échange Linux) ou des partitions pour\n" #~ "d'autres systèmes d'exploitation.\n" #~ "\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__302 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as GRUB, you can " -#~ "even\n" +#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as GRUB, you can even\n" #~ "boot your computer from a logical partition.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Avec un gestionnaire d'amorçage avancé tel que GRUB, vous pouvez " -#~ "même\n" +#~ "Avec un gestionnaire d'amorçage avancé tel que GRUB, vous pouvez même\n" #~ "amorcer votre système à partir d'une partition logique.\n" #~ "" @@ -9812,70 +9351,56 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "The extended partition will overlap with the logical\n" #~ "partitions: for an extended partition from cylinder 200 to 500, logical\n" -#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 " -#~ "to 500.\n" +#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 to 500.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Les partitions logiques sont à l'intérieur de la partition " -#~ "étendue : pour une partition étendue située sur les cylindres 200 à 500,\n" -#~ "l'emplacement des partitions logiques peut être par exemple de 200 à 250, " -#~ "251 à 400 et 401 à 500.\n" +#~ "Les partitions logiques sont à l'intérieur de la partition étendue : pour une partition étendue située sur les cylindres 200 à 500,\n" +#~ "l'emplacement des partitions logiques peut être par exemple de 200 à 250, 251 à 400 et 401 à 500.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "An asterisk (*) after the mount point indicates a file system that is\n" -#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it has the <tt>noauto</tt> " -#~ "option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n" +#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Un astérisque (*) après le point de montage indique un système de " -#~ "fichiers qui\n" -#~ " n'est actuellement pas monté (par exemple, du fait que l'option " -#~ "<tt>noauto</tt> est définie dans <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n" +#~ "Un astérisque (*) après le point de montage indique un système de fichiers qui\n" +#~ " n'est actuellement pas monté (par exemple, du fait que l'option <tt>noauto</tt> est définie dans <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The column labeled F contains flags. <tt>C</tt> means the " -#~ "partition is encrypted. \n" +#~ "The column labeled F contains flags. <tt>C</tt> means the partition is encrypted. \n" #~ "<tt>F</tt> means the partition is selected to be formatted.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "La colonne étiquetée F contient des indicateurs. <tt>C</tt> " -#~ "signifie que la partition est codée. \n" -#~ "<tt>F</tt> signifie que la partition est sélectionnée pour être " -#~ "formatée.\n" +#~ "La colonne étiquetée F contient des indicateurs. <tt>C</tt> signifie que la partition est codée. \n" +#~ "<tt>F</tt> signifie que la partition est sélectionnée pour être formatée.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Used By tells if a device is used by LVM or RAID. If you do not " -#~ "use such\n" +#~ "Used By tells if a device is used by LVM or RAID. If you do not use such\n" #~ "things, it is perfectly normal for this column to be empty.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Utilisé par indique si un périphérique est utilisé par LVM, RAID " -#~ "ou EVMS. Si vous n'utilisez pas ce type de \n" +#~ "Utilisé par indique si un périphérique est utilisé par LVM, RAID ou EVMS. Si vous n'utilisez pas ce type de \n" #~ "configuration, ce champ sera vide.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Mount By indicates how the file system is mounted: (K) by Kernel " -#~ "Name,\n" +#~ "Mount By indicates how the file system is mounted: (K) by Kernel Name,\n" #~ "(L) by Label, (U) by UUID, (I) by Device ID, and (P) by Device Path.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Monté par indique le mode de montage du système de fichiers : (K) " -#~ "par nom du noyau,\n" -#~ " (L) par label, (U) par UUID, (I) par ID de périphérique et (P) par " -#~ "chemin d'accès au périphérique.\n" +#~ "Monté par indique le mode de montage du système de fichiers : (K) par nom du noyau,\n" +#~ " (L) par label, (U) par UUID, (I) par ID de périphérique et (P) par chemin d'accès au périphérique.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -9884,28 +9409,22 @@ #~ "partition on DASD to use for IPL.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si vous voulez avoir un système de fichiers root sur des disques SCSI, " -#~ "ajoutez\n" +#~ "Si vous voulez avoir un système de fichiers root sur des disques SCSI, ajoutez\n" #~ "une partition /boot sur DASD à utiliser pour IPL.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__90 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "Nothing will be written to your hard disk\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Le tableau à droite indique les partitions actuelles sur l'ensemble des " -#~ "disques durs.\n" +#~ "Le tableau à droite indique les partitions actuelles sur l'ensemble des disques durs.\n" #~ " Aucune donnée n'est inscrite sur le disque dur\n" -#~ " tant que vous ne confirmez pas que vous voulez procéder à l'installation " -#~ "complète dans la dernière boîte de dialogue d'installation.\n" -#~ " Jusqu'à cette étape, vous pouvez annuler l'installation en toute " -#~ "sécurité." +#~ " tant que vous ne confirmez pas que vous voulez procéder à l'installation complète dans la dernière boîte de dialogue d'installation.\n" +#~ " Jusqu'à cette étape, vous pouvez annuler l'installation en toute sécurité." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -9944,8 +9463,7 @@ #~ "disk.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si vous avez sélectionné un disque DASD pour le formater à un niveau " -#~ "inférieur\n" +#~ "Si vous avez sélectionné un disque DASD pour le formater à un niveau inférieur\n" #~ " avec la commande dasdfmt, une croix <tt>X</tt> s'affiche \n" #~ " dans la troisième colonne de la ligne\n" #~ " correspondant à ce disque.\n" @@ -9962,12 +9480,9 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Les partitions sont désignés comme suit : \n" #~ "\n" -#~ "<tt>/dev/dasda1 </tt>Première partition sur le premier disque DASD.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "<tt>/dev/dasda2 </tt>Deuxième partition sur le premier disque DASD.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "<tt>/dev/dasda3 </tt>Troisième partition sur le premier disque DASD.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/dasda1 </tt>Première partition sur le premier disque DASD.\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/dasda2 </tt>Deuxième partition sur le premier disque DASD.\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/dasda3 </tt>Troisième partition sur le premier disque DASD.\n" #~ "<tt>/dev/sda1</tt>, etc., pour SCSI." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__111 @@ -9976,8 +9491,7 @@ #~ "Enter a size from 1M to %1. For example, 40M or 1G." #~ msgstr "" #~ "La taille que vous avez spécifiée est incorrecte.\n" -#~ "Vous devez spécifier une taille allant de 1 Mo à %1. Par exemple, 40 Mo " -#~ "ou 1 Go." +#~ "Vous devez spécifier une taille allant de 1 Mo à %1. Par exemple, 40 Mo ou 1 Go." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__111 #~ msgid "" @@ -10194,106 +9708,83 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Logical volumes are\n" #~ "usable almost everywhere normal disk partitions can be used.\n" -#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, " -#~ "as swap \n" +#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, as swap \n" #~ "or as raw partitions for databases.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Les volumes logiques sont\n" -#~ "utilisables presque partout où les partitions de disque normales " -#~ "peuvent être utilisées. \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez créer des systèmes de fichiers dans les volumes logiques et " -#~ "les utiliser, par exemple,\n" +#~ "utilisables presque partout où les partitions de disque normales peuvent être utilisées. \n" +#~ "Vous pouvez créer des systèmes de fichiers dans les volumes logiques et les utiliser, par exemple,\n" #~ "en tant que swap ou comme partitions raw pour vos bases de données.\n" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__30 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "If there is still unallocated\n" -#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use reiserfs as your " -#~ "file system,\n" +#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use reiserfs as your file system,\n" #~ "extend a logical volume and the underlying file system while it\n" #~ "is mounted and in use.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "S'il y a encore de l'espace physique non alloué\n" -#~ "dans un groupe de volumes et si vous utilisez reiserfs comme " -#~ "système de\n" -#~ "fichiers, vous pouvez agrandir un volume logique et le système de " -#~ "fichiers\n" -#~ "correspondant même s'il est monté et en cours d'utilisation." -#~ "\n" +#~ "dans un groupe de volumes et si vous utilisez reiserfs comme système de\n" +#~ "fichiers, vous pouvez agrandir un volume logique et le système de fichiers\n" +#~ "correspondant même s'il est monté et en cours d'utilisation.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__105 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "The logical volumes need to be large enough\n" #~ "to hold all the files to install now, but you do not necessarily need to\n" -#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be " -#~ "increased \n" +#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be increased \n" #~ "later while your system is in use.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Les volumes logiques doivent bien entendu être assez grands\n" -#~ "pour contenir tous les fichiers à installer maintenant, mais vous ne " -#~ "devez\n" -#~ "pas nécessairement allouer dès maintenant tout votre espace physique. " -#~ "Les\n" -#~ "systèmes de fichiers pourront toujours être agrandis plus tard, pendant " -#~ "le\n" +#~ "pour contenir tous les fichiers à installer maintenant, mais vous ne devez\n" +#~ "pas nécessairement allouer dès maintenant tout votre espace physique. Les\n" +#~ "systèmes de fichiers pourront toujours être agrandis plus tard, pendant le\n" #~ "fonctionnement de votre système.\n" #~ "\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__372 -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add partitions (called physical volumes) to your volume group.</" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ajouter des partitions (appelées volumes physiques) à votre " -#~ "groupe de volumes." +#~ msgid "Add partitions (called physical volumes) to your volume group." +#~ msgstr "Ajouter des partitions (appelées volumes physiques) à votre groupe de volumes." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__106 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The volume group forms the storage pool from which your logical " -#~ "volumes,\n" +#~ "The volume group forms the storage pool from which your logical volumes,\n" #~ "like virtual partitions, are allocated.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Le groupe de volumes forme le pool de stockage à partir duquel vos " -#~ "volumes logiques,\n" +#~ "Le groupe de volumes forme le pool de stockage à partir duquel vos volumes logiques,\n" #~ "tels que partitions virtuelles, sont alloués.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__374 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one " -#~ "volume \n" +#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one volume \n" #~ "group. If you need more than one volume group for special reasons,\n" #~ "create them here. Each volume group must have at least one partition \n" #~ "that belongs to that volume group.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Normalement, il n'est pas nécessaire d'avoir plus d'un groupe de " -#~ "volumes.\n" -#~ "Mais si vous avez besoin de plusieurs groupes pour des raisons " -#~ "spéciales,\n" +#~ "Normalement, il n'est pas nécessaire d'avoir plus d'un groupe de volumes.\n" +#~ "Mais si vous avez besoin de plusieurs groupes pour des raisons spéciales,\n" #~ "vous pouvez les créer ici. Chaque groupe de volumes doit avoir au moins\n" #~ "une partition appartenant à ce groupe.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__375 #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Each physical volume belongs to exactly one volume group. Assign " -#~ "all\n" +#~ "Each physical volume belongs to exactly one volume group. Assign all\n" #~ "partitions to use with Linux LVM to volume groups.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Chaque volume physique appartient à exactement un groupe de " -#~ "volumes.\n" -#~ "Assignez toutes les partitions à utiliser avec Linux LVM aux groupes de " -#~ "volumes.\n" +#~ "Chaque volume physique appartient à exactement un groupe de volumes.\n" +#~ "Assignez toutes les partitions à utiliser avec Linux LVM aux groupes de volumes.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__376 #~ msgid "" @@ -10330,8 +9821,7 @@ #~ "</li>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<li>\n" -#~ "À la prochaine étape, ajoutez des volumes physiques (voir " -#~ "paragraphe ci-dessous).\n" +#~ "À la prochaine étape, ajoutez des volumes physiques (voir paragraphe ci-dessous).\n" #~ "</li>\n" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__31 @@ -10341,8 +9831,7 @@ #~ "</li></ol> \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<li>\n" -#~ "À la dernière étape, créez des volumes logiques (voir paragraphe " -#~ "ci-dessous).\n" +#~ "À la dernière étape, créez des volumes logiques (voir paragraphe ci-dessous).\n" #~ "</li></ol> \n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__381 @@ -10405,9 +9894,7 @@ # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__404 #~ msgid "&View all mount points, not just the current volume group" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Afficher tous les points de montage, pas uniquement ceux du groupe de " -#~ "volumes actuel" +#~ msgstr "&Afficher tous les points de montage, pas uniquement ceux du groupe de volumes actuel" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__405 #~ msgid "A&dd" @@ -10547,8 +10034,7 @@ #~ "NFS mount, or MD device.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Vous ne pouvez pas redimensionner un périphérique de disque, un groupe de " -#~ "volumes LVM, un volume physique LVM\n" +#~ "Vous ne pouvez pas redimensionner un périphérique de disque, un groupe de volumes LVM, un volume physique LVM\n" #~ "un montage NFS ou un périphérique MD.\n" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__66 @@ -10571,8 +10057,7 @@ #~ "freed disk space?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Vous avez réduit une partition suivie par une partition nouvellement " -#~ "créée.\n" +#~ "Vous avez réduit une partition suivie par une partition nouvellement créée.\n" #~ " Faut-il automatiquement accroître cette partition nouvellement créée\n" #~ " pour qu'elle utilise l'espace disque ainsi libéré ?\n" @@ -10637,8 +10122,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "La valeur de la fin de partition est incorrecte.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Entrez le numéro du cylindre de fin (par exemple, 77), un décalage (par " -#~ "exemple, +122),\n" +#~ "Entrez le numéro du cylindre de fin (par exemple, 77), un décalage (par exemple, +122),\n" #~ "ou la taille de la partition (par exemple, +100M ou +1.8G)" #~ msgid "" @@ -10694,8 +10178,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Vous avez modifié le FSID d'une partition existante.\n" -#~ "Dans certains cas, cela peut avoir de sérieuses conséquences, en " -#~ "particulier\n" +#~ "Dans certains cas, cela peut avoir de sérieuses conséquences, en particulier\n" #~ "si vous modifiez le FSID d'une partition appartenant à un autre\n" #~ "système d'exploitation. Ne continuez que si vous savez\n" #~ "exactement ce que vous faites.\n" @@ -10717,8 +10200,7 @@ #~ "Really quit the main dialog?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous avez modifié le partitionnement.\n" -#~ "Ces modifications seront perdues si vous quittez la boîte de dialogue " -#~ "avec %1.\n" +#~ "Ces modifications seront perdues si vous quittez la boîte de dialogue avec %1.\n" #~ "Voulez-vous vraiment quitter la boîte de dialogue ?\n" # TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__15 @@ -10891,8 +10373,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Les données que vous avez entrées sont incorrectes.\n" #~ "Insérez une taille d'extensions physiques allant de\n" -#~ "8Ko à 512Mo dans la suite des puissances de 2, par ex. \"4M\" ou \"512K" -#~ "\"\n" +#~ "8Ko à 512Mo dans la suite des puissances de 2, par ex. \"4M\" ou \"512K\"\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__101 #~ msgid "" @@ -10923,14 +10404,12 @@ #~ "To use RAID, at least two partitions of type 0xFD (or 0x83)\n" #~ "are required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n" #~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n" -#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to " -#~ "0xFD.\n" +#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0xFD.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pour utiliser RAID, vous avez besoin d'au moins deux partitions de type\n" #~ "0xFD (ou 0x83). Modifiez votre table des partitions en conséquence.\n" #~ "Dans la plupart des cas, cela peut être fait de la manière suivante : \n" -#~ "Cliquez sur 'Créer', sélectionnez 'Ne pas formater' et configurez l'ID de " -#~ "la partition à 0xFD.\n" +#~ "Cliquez sur 'Créer', sélectionnez 'Ne pas formater' et configurez l'ID de la partition à 0xFD.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__434 #~ msgid "Too many loop devices (cryptofs ...)" @@ -11091,8 +10570,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "%1: ceci doit être un chemin absolu vers le fichier\n" -#~ "contenant les données pour le périphérique de boucle codé à configurer.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "contenant les données pour le périphérique de boucle codé à configurer.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -11102,8 +10580,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "%1: si cette option est cochée, le fichier sera \n" -#~ "créé avec la taille indiquée dans le champ suivant. REMARQUE : si " -#~ "le \n" +#~ "créé avec la taille indiquée dans le champ suivant. REMARQUE : si le \n" #~ "fichier existe déjà, toutes les données contenues sont perdues.\n" #~ msgid "Edit Loop Device Setup of %1" @@ -11190,16 +10667,11 @@ #~ "être manipulées par la version actuelle du raid logiciel.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Multipath: This mode allow access to the same physical " -#~ "device\n" -#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller " -#~ "card. This mode can be used with at least two devices\n" +#~ "Multipath: This mode allow access to the same physical device\n" +#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller card. This mode can be used with at least two devices\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Multipath : Ce mode permet l'accès au même périphérique " -#~ "physique\n" -#~ "à travers différents contrôleurs pour la redondance contre une " -#~ "défaillance dans une carte contrôleur. Ce mode peut être utilisé avec au " -#~ "moins deux périphériques\n" +#~ "Multipath : Ce mode permet l'accès au même périphérique physique\n" +#~ "à travers différents contrôleurs pour la redondance contre une défaillance dans une carte contrôleur. Ce mode peut être utilisé avec au moins deux périphériques\n" #~ msgid "Auto&detect Multipath" #~ msgstr "Auto&détecter Multipath" @@ -11215,22 +10687,17 @@ #~ "The list contains the devices that could be automatically\n" #~ "detected for multipath setup. Disable the devices not to \n" #~ "have activated by double-clicking the table line and continue when \n" -#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid " -#~ "devices\n" +#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid devices\n" #~ "are created.\n" #~ "If you deselect lines, the names of the raid devices \n" #~ "after the deselected lines will be changed.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "La liste contient les périphériques qui n'ont pas pu être détectés\n" -#~ "automatiquement pour la configuration multipath. Désactivez les " -#~ "périphériques\n" -#~ "que vous ne souhaitez pas actifs en double-cliquant la ligne du tableau " -#~ "et continuez\n" -#~ "lorsque vous avez terminé. Si vous retournez en arrière, aucun de ces " -#~ "périphériques multipath raid\n" +#~ "automatiquement pour la configuration multipath. Désactivez les périphériques\n" +#~ "que vous ne souhaitez pas actifs en double-cliquant la ligne du tableau et continuez\n" +#~ "lorsque vous avez terminé. Si vous retournez en arrière, aucun de ces périphériques multipath raid\n" #~ "auto-détectés ne sera créé.\n" -#~ "Si vous désélectionnez les lignes, les noms des périphériques raid " -#~ "après\n" +#~ "Si vous désélectionnez les lignes, les noms des périphériques raid après\n" #~ "les lignes désélectionnées seront changés.\n" #~ msgid "RAID Wizard: Multipath Autodetection" @@ -11271,8 +10738,7 @@ #~ "lost if you exit the dialog with %1.\n" #~ "Continue?\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les modifications apportées à votre configuration RAID jusqu'à présent " -#~ "seront \n" +#~ "Les modifications apportées à votre configuration RAID jusqu'à présent seront \n" #~ "perdues si vous quittez la boîte de dialogue via %1.\n" #~ "Continuer quand même ?\n" @@ -11280,14 +10746,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Expert options: Here, set\n" #~ "things like chunk size to get the best performance\n" -#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this " -#~ "RAID.\n" +#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this RAID.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Options pour experts : Vous pouvez définir des paramètres\n" -#~ "tels que la taille des blocs afin d'obtenir de votre système une " -#~ "performance\n" -#~ "optimale. Ces paramètres sont utilisés pour toutes les partitions de ce " -#~ "RAID.\n" +#~ "tels que la taille des blocs afin d'obtenir de votre système une performance\n" +#~ "optimale. Ces paramètres sont utilisés pour toutes les partitions de ce RAID.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "The RAID to change (%1) is already created on disk.\n" @@ -11382,9 +10845,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Il n'y a pas de disque partitionnable disponible." #~ msgid "You may use dasdfmt in Expert-Button to low level format disks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vous pouvez utiliser dasdfmt dans Expert-Button pour les disques de " -#~ "format de faible niveau." +#~ msgstr "Vous pouvez utiliser dasdfmt dans Expert-Button pour les disques de format de faible niveau." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__47 #~ msgid "&Create RAID..." @@ -11499,8 +10960,7 @@ # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__17 #~ msgid "Select the partition to edit in the main dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Sélectionner la partition à modifier dans la boîte de dialogue principale." +#~ msgstr "Sélectionner la partition à modifier dans la boîte de dialogue principale." #~ msgid "" #~ "No DASD disk selected.\n" @@ -11512,9 +10972,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" #~ "Really do this?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'appel de la configuration iSCSI annule tous les changements actuels." -#~ "Voulez-vous vraiment faire ça ?" +#~ msgstr "L'appel de la configuration iSCSI annule tous les changements actuels.Voulez-vous vraiment faire ça ?" # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__9 #~ msgid "Rereading disk information..." @@ -11525,12 +10983,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To create an LVM or EVMS based proposal, choose the corresponding button." -#~ "\n" +#~ "To create an LVM or EVMS based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Pour créer un partitionnement basé sur LVM ou EVMS, choisissez le bouton " -#~ "correspondant.\n" +#~ "Pour créer un partitionnement basé sur LVM ou EVMS, choisissez le bouton correspondant.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__33 #~ msgid "ID %1: %2" @@ -11550,8 +11006,7 @@ # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__160 #~ msgid "All the settings were written and are ready to use." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Tous les paramètres ont été enregistrés et sont prêts à l'utilisation." +#~ msgstr "Tous les paramètres ont été enregistrés et sont prêts à l'utilisation." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__71 #~ msgid "LVM configuration" @@ -11566,8 +11021,7 @@ #~ "A mounted file system cannot be added to a volume group." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Le périphérique %1 est déjà monté sur %2. \n" -#~ "Un système de fichiers monté ne peut pas être ajouté à un groupe de " -#~ "volumes." +#~ "Un système de fichiers monté ne peut pas être ajouté à un groupe de volumes." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__85 #~ msgid "" @@ -11613,12 +11067,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Voulez-vous continuer ?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related " -#~ "functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La partie supérieure de ce dialogue contient les fonctionnalités " -#~ "relatives aux containers. Ici, créez et modifiez les containers EVMS." +#~ msgid "The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. " +#~ msgstr "La partie supérieure de ce dialogue contient les fonctionnalités relatives aux containers. Ici, créez et modifiez les containers EVMS." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -11627,10 +11077,8 @@ #~ "devices that use the available space of the current container.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "La partie inférieure de cette liste contient tous les périphériques EVMS " -#~ "disponibles.\n" -#~ "Si un container EVMS au moins est disponible, vous pouvez créer de " -#~ "nouveaux\n" +#~ "La partie inférieure de cette liste contient tous les périphériques EVMS disponibles.\n" +#~ "Si un container EVMS au moins est disponible, vous pouvez créer de nouveaux\n" #~ "périphériques qui utilisent l'espace disponible du container actuel.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__100 @@ -11641,8 +11089,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Les données entrées sont incorrectes.\n" #~ "Insérez une taille d'extensions physiques allant de\n" -#~ " 8 Ko à 512 Go dans la suite des puissances de 2, par ex., 4 Mo ou 512 " -#~ "Ko.\n" +#~ " 8 Ko à 512 Go dans la suite des puissances de 2, par ex., 4 Mo ou 512 Ko.\n" #~ msgid "Modify Existing EVMS Container" #~ msgstr "Modifier le container EVMS existant" @@ -11656,8 +11103,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Change the settings for an EVMS container.\n" -#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when " -#~ "creating\n" +#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when creating\n" #~ "the container.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Changer les paramètres d'un container EVMS.\n" @@ -11788,14 +11234,12 @@ #~ "To use LVM, at least one partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83)\n" #~ "is required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n" #~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n" -#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to " -#~ "0x8e.\n" +#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0x8e.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pour utiliser LVM, vous avez besoin au minimum d'une partition de type\n" #~ "0x8e (ou 0x83). Modifiez votre table des partitions en conséquence.\n" #~ "Dans la plupart des cas, cela peut être fait de la manière suivante : \n" -#~ "Cliquez sur 'Créer', sélectionnez 'Ne pas formater' et configurez l'ID de " -#~ "la partition à 0x8e.\n" +#~ "Cliquez sur 'Créer', sélectionnez 'Ne pas formater' et configurez l'ID de la partition à 0x8e.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__392 #~ msgid "Available size:" @@ -11825,12 +11269,8 @@ #~ msgid "Delete Partition Table" #~ msgstr "Effacer la table de partitions" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Rereading the partition table cancels all current changes. Really reread " -#~ "the partition table?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le fait de relire la table de partition annule toutes les modifications " -#~ "en cours. Voulez-vous vraiment relire la table de partition ?" +#~ msgid "Rereading the partition table cancels all current changes. Really reread the partition table?" +#~ msgstr "Le fait de relire la table de partition annule toutes les modifications en cours. Voulez-vous vraiment relire la table de partition ?" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__82 #~ msgid "Select a loop device entry." @@ -11898,8 +11338,7 @@ #~ "Set the charset used to display file names on the partition.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Table de caractères pour noms de fichiers :\n" -#~ "Définissez la table de caractères utilisée pour l'affichage des noms de " -#~ "fichiers dans la partition.\n" +#~ "Définissez la table de caractères utilisée pour l'affichage des noms de fichiers dans la partition.\n" #~ msgid "Use &Old LVM1 Compatible Metadata Format" #~ msgstr "Utiliser un format Metadata compatible &ancien LVM1" @@ -11920,12 +11359,8 @@ #~ msgid "Ba&se Partition Setup on This Proposal" #~ msgstr "Configuration de partition de ba&se associée à cette proposition" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You rejected the proposal. Use one of the options to continue " -#~ "partitioning." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vous avez refusé la proposition. Utilisez l'une de ces options pour " -#~ "poursuivre le partitionnement." +#~ msgid "You rejected the proposal. Use one of the options to continue partitioning." +#~ msgstr "Vous avez refusé la proposition. Utilisez l'une de ces options pour poursuivre le partitionnement." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -11938,48 +11373,36 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Disk Controller Configuration</big>\n" -#~ "Here, configure disk controllers by modifying the corresponding kernel " -#~ "module.\n" +#~ "Here, configure disk controllers by modifying the corresponding kernel module.\n" #~ "The table at top contains the controllers to configure. If\n" #~ "there is more than one controller, select the controller\n" #~ "by clicking a line in the table. The order in the table determines\n" #~ "the order in which kernel modules are loaded. Use Move Up and\n" #~ "Move Down to change the order.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Module to Use selects the kernel module to use for the current " -#~ "controller. Alternative modules are available for some controllers.\n" +#~ "Module to Use selects the kernel module to use for the current controller. Alternative modules are available for some controllers.\n" #~ "The module status is shown in Module Currently Loaded.\n" #~ "With Load Module in initrd set whether the module should be\n" #~ "loaded during boot.\n" #~ "For Module Parameters, enter any parameters for the module.\n" #~ "This is often not needed.\n" -#~ "Test Loading of Module tests whether the module can be loaded " -#~ "with the specified parameters. This test is recommended if you have made " -#~ "changes.\n" +#~ "Test Loading of Module tests whether the module can be loaded with the specified parameters. This test is recommended if you have made changes.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Configuration du contrôleur de disque</big>\n" -#~ "Pour configurer des contrôleurs de disque, modifiez ici le module du " -#~ "kernel correspondant.\n" +#~ "Pour configurer des contrôleurs de disque, modifiez ici le module du kernel correspondant.\n" #~ " Le tableau supérieur contient les contrôleurs à configurer. Si\n" #~ "plusieurs contrôleurs sont répertoriés, cliquez sur une ligne du tableau\n" -#~ "pour sélectionner le contrôleur qui vous intéresse. L'ordre dans le " -#~ "tableau détermine \n" -#~ "l'ordre dans lequel les modules sont chargés. Cliquez sur Monter " -#~ "et\n" +#~ "pour sélectionner le contrôleur qui vous intéresse. L'ordre dans le tableau détermine \n" +#~ "l'ordre dans lequel les modules sont chargés. Cliquez sur Monter et\n" #~ " Descendre pour changer cet ordre.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " L'option Module à utiliser permet de sélectionner le module de " -#~ "kernel à utiliser pour le contrôleur actuel. D'autres modules sont " -#~ "disponibles pour certains contrôleurs.\n" +#~ " L'option Module à utiliser permet de sélectionner le module de kernel à utiliser pour le contrôleur actuel. D'autres modules sont disponibles pour certains contrôleurs.\n" #~ " L'état du module est affiché dans Module chargé actuellement.\n" -#~ " L'option Charger le module dans initrd permet de définir si le " -#~ "module doit être\n" +#~ " L'option Charger le module dans initrd permet de définir si le module doit être\n" #~ " chargé au démarrage.\n" #~ " Dans Paramètres du module, saisissez les paramètres adéquats.\n" #~ " Cette opération n'est généralement pas nécessaire.\n" -#~ " L'option Tester le chargement du module permet de tester le " -#~ "chargement du module avec les paramètres définis. Ce test est recommandé " -#~ "si des modifications ont été apportées.\n" +#~ " L'option Tester le chargement du module permet de tester le chargement du module avec les paramètres définis. Ce test est recommandé si des modifications ont été apportées.\n" #~ msgid "&Module to Use" #~ msgstr "&Module à utiliser" @@ -12040,8 +11463,7 @@ #~ "Try executing /sbin/mkinitrd manually and checking the error messages.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'exécution de mkinitrd a échoué.\n" -#~ "Essayez d'exécuter /sbin/mkinitrd manuellement et de vérifier les " -#~ "messages d'erreur.\n" +#~ "Essayez d'exécuter /sbin/mkinitrd manuellement et de vérifier les messages d'erreur.\n" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__21 #~ msgid "" @@ -12058,11 +11480,8 @@ #~ msgid "Enabling and Disabling of Disk Controller Modules" #~ msgstr "Activation et desactivation des modules de controleur de disque" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Command line interface for the disk controller module is not available" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'interface ligne de commande pour le module de contrôleur de disque " -#~ "n'est pas disponible" +#~ msgid "Command line interface for the disk controller module is not available" +#~ msgstr "L'interface ligne de commande pour le module de contrôleur de disque n'est pas disponible" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Please wait, while the storage is being initialized." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/sudo.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -98,9 +98,7 @@ #. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration #: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"Échec de l'enregistrement de la configuration des utilisateurs ayant les " -"permissions pour sudo (sudoer). Modifier les paramètres ?" +msgstr "Échec de l'enregistrement de la configuration des utilisateurs ayant les permissions pour sudo (sudoer). Modifier les paramètres ?" #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 @@ -330,45 +328,37 @@ #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "L'alias d'hôte %1 est utilisé dans une des règles sudo.\n" -"Sa suppression peut se traduire par des incohérences dans le fichier de " -"configuration de sudo. Vraiment le supprimer ?\n" +"Sa suppression peut se traduire par des incohérences dans le fichier de configuration de sudo. Vraiment le supprimer ?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "L'alias utilisateur %1 est utilisé dans une des règles sudo.\n" -"Sa suppression peut se traduire par des incohérences dans le fichier de " -"configuration de sudo. Vraiment le supprimer ?\n" +"Sa suppression peut se traduire par des incohérences dans le fichier de configuration de sudo. Vraiment le supprimer ?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "L'alias RunAs %1 est utilisé dans l'une des règles sudo.\n" -"Sa suppression peut se traduire par des incohérences dans le fichier de " -"configuration de sudo. Vraiment le supprimer ?\n" +"Sa suppression peut se traduire par des incohérences dans le fichier de configuration de sudo. Vraiment le supprimer ?\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "L'alias de commande %1 est utilisé dans une des règles sudo.\n" -"Sa suppression peut se traduire par des incohérences dans le fichier de " -"configuration de sudo. Vraiment le supprimer ?\n" +"Sa suppression peut se traduire par des incohérences dans le fichier de configuration de sudo. Vraiment le supprimer ?\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 @@ -386,8 +376,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" -"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur " -"Interrompre.\n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant maintenant sur Interrompre.\n" # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -408,8 +397,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" -"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"b>.\n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -426,14 +414,10 @@ "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Règles pour Sudo</big> \n" -"\tLes règles pour sudo déterminent essentiellement quelles commandes un " -"utilisateur peut exécuter \n" -"\tsur les hôtes spécifiés (optionnellement aussi en tant que quel " -"utilisateur). Chaque règle\n" -"\test un n-uplet comportant un utilisateur, un hôte et une liste de " -"commandes, avec une \n" -"\tspécification RunAs facultative et des balises supplémentaires. Cela est " -"résumé dans le \n" +"\tLes règles pour sudo déterminent essentiellement quelles commandes un utilisateur peut exécuter \n" +"\tsur les hôtes spécifiés (optionnellement aussi en tant que quel utilisateur). Chaque règle\n" +"\test un n-uplet comportant un utilisateur, un hôte et une liste de commandes, avec une \n" +"\tspécification RunAs facultative et des balises supplémentaires. Cela est résumé dans le \n" "\ttableau suivant. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -447,11 +431,9 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"La colonne Utilisateurs indique l'utilisateur local ou système ou " -"l'alias de l'utilisateur. \n" +"La colonne Utilisateurs indique l'utilisateur local ou système ou l'alias de l'utilisateur. \n" "\tLa colonne Hôtes détermine sur quels hôtes ou groupe \n" -"\td'hôtes désignés par alias d'hôte un utilisateur peut exécuter les " -"commandes spécifiées.\n" +"\td'hôtes désignés par alias d'hôte un utilisateur peut exécuter les commandes spécifiées.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -459,21 +441,16 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "RunAs column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "La colonne RunAs est un\n" -"\tparamètre facultatif, contenant le nom de l'utilisateur (ou l'alias) dont " -"les privilèges d'accès\n" -"\tseront utilisés pour exécuter les commandes. NOPASSWD est une " -"balise qui détermine si des\n" -"\tutilisateurs doivent s'autoriser eux-mêmes avant d'exécuter des " -"commandes.\n" +"\tparamètre facultatif, contenant le nom de l'utilisateur (ou l'alias) dont les privilèges d'accès\n" +"\tseront utilisés pour exécuter les commandes. NOPASSWD est une balise qui détermine si des\n" +"\tutilisateurs doivent s'autoriser eux-mêmes avant d'exécuter des commandes.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -485,8 +462,7 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Un ensemble de commandes que l'utilisateur peut exécuter sur les hôtes " -"spécifiés est résumé \n" +"Un ensemble de commandes que l'utilisateur peut exécuter sur les hôtes spécifiés est résumé \n" "\tdans la colonne Commandes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -499,10 +475,8 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -" Pour ajouter une nouvelle règle, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter et " -"complétez les entrées \n" -"\tcorrespondantes. Le nom de l'utilisateur, le nom de l'hôte et la liste de " -"commandes ne doivent pas être vides.\n" +" Pour ajouter une nouvelle règle, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter et complétez les entrées \n" +"\tcorrespondantes. Le nom de l'utilisateur, le nom de l'hôte et la liste de commandes ne doivent pas être vides.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -510,62 +484,46 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete " -"button.\n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pour modifier une règle existante, sélectionnez une entrée dans le " -"tableau et cliquez sur le bouton \n" -"\tModifier. Pour supprimer l'entrée sélectionnée, cliquez sur le " -"bouton Supprimer.\n" +"Pour modifier une règle existante, sélectionnez une entrée dans le tableau et cliquez sur le bouton \n" +"\tModifier. Pour supprimer l'entrée sélectionnée, cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer.\n" "\t \n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Alias ou nom de l'utilisateur peut être spécifié par un simple nom " -"d'utilisateur (par exemple, Clara), par un nom de groupe précédé de\n" +"Alias ou nom de l'utilisateur peut être spécifié par un simple nom d'utilisateur (par exemple, Clara), par un nom de groupe précédé de\n" "\t '%' (par exemple, %bar) ou par un nom d'alias d'utilisateur. Si le \n" -"\tmot-clé 'ALL' est utilisé, il remplace n'importe quel utilisateur. " -"Sélectionnez parmi les utilisateurs, les groupes et les alias existants \n" +"\tmot-clé 'ALL' est utilisé, il remplace n'importe quel utilisateur. Sélectionnez parmi les utilisateurs, les groupes et les alias existants \n" "\tdans le menu déroulant, ou saisissez votre propre valeur. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com) single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"L'entrée Nom de l'hôte ou Alias comporte le nom de l'hôte (par " -"exemple, www.example.com) une \n" -"\tadresse IP unique (par exemple, 192.168.0.1), une adresse IP combinée à un " -"masque réseau, ou l'alias de l'hôte. Si des commandes peuvent être\n" -"\texécutées sur n'importe quel hôte, utilisez le mot-clé 'ALL'. Le nom de " -"l'hôte ou l'adresse IP est mis en correspondance avec votre propre nom " -"d'hôte\n" -"\tou adresse IP. Ainsi, si vous n'avez pas l'intention de partager un " -"fichier /etc/sudoers entre plusieurs machines, \n" +"L'entrée Nom de l'hôte ou Alias comporte le nom de l'hôte (par exemple, www.example.com) une \n" +"\tadresse IP unique (par exemple, 192.168.0.1), une adresse IP combinée à un masque réseau, ou l'alias de l'hôte. Si des commandes peuvent être\n" +"\texécutées sur n'importe quel hôte, utilisez le mot-clé 'ALL'. Le nom de l'hôte ou l'adresse IP est mis en correspondance avec votre propre nom d'hôte\n" +"\tou adresse IP. Ainsi, si vous n'avez pas l'intention de partager un fichier /etc/sudoers entre plusieurs machines, \n" "\tl'entrée 'ALL' ou 'localhost' sera suffisante dans presque tous les cas. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -573,48 +531,35 @@ #. Single User Specification help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Alias ou nom de l'utilisateur RunAs est un paramètre facultatif " -"qui spécifie un utilisateur, \n" +"Alias ou nom de l'utilisateur RunAs est un paramètre facultatif qui spécifie un utilisateur, \n" "\tdont les privilèges d'accès \n" -"\tseront utilisés pour exécuter une commande particulière. S'il est vide, " -"l'utilisateur root est l'utilisateur \n" -"\tpar défaut. De nouveau, il peut s'agir d'un simple nom d'utilisateur, d'un " -"nom de groupe précédé de '%' ou d'un nom d'alias run_as.\n" -"\tSélectionnez des utilisateurs, des groupes et des alias dans le menu " -"déroulant, ou saisissez votre propre valeur.\n" +"\tseront utilisés pour exécuter une commande particulière. S'il est vide, l'utilisateur root est l'utilisateur \n" +"\tpar défaut. De nouveau, il peut s'agir d'un simple nom d'utilisateur, d'un nom de groupe précédé de '%' ou d'un nom d'alias run_as.\n" +"\tSélectionnez des utilisateurs, des groupes et des alias dans le menu déroulant, ou saisissez votre propre valeur.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pas de mot de passe est une balise facultative. Normalement, les " -"utilisateurs doivent s'authentifier\n" -"\teux-mêmes (c'est-à-dire fournir leur propre mot de passe, et non pas le " -"mot de passe root) avant d'exécuter une \n" -"\tcommande particulière. Définissez la balise Pas de mot de passe sur 'Oui' " -"si vous voulez\n" +"Pas de mot de passe est une balise facultative. Normalement, les utilisateurs doivent s'authentifier\n" +"\teux-mêmes (c'est-à-dire fournir leur propre mot de passe, et non pas le mot de passe root) avant d'exécuter une \n" +"\tcommande particulière. Définissez la balise Pas de mot de passe sur 'Oui' si vous voulez\n" "\tdésactiver cette authentification\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -623,38 +568,28 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Le tableau Commandes à exécuter répertorie les commandes " -"(éventuellement avec des\n" -"\tparamètres), les répertoires et les alias de commande que cet utilisateur " -"particulier sera autorisé à \n" -"\texécuter. Si un nom de répertoire est utilisé, toute commande de ce " -"répertoire peut être exécutée. \n" -"\tLà encore, le mot-clé 'ALL' remplace n'importe quelle commande. Vous devez " -"donc l'utiliser avec prudence.\n" +"Le tableau Commandes à exécuter répertorie les commandes (éventuellement avec des\n" +"\tparamètres), les répertoires et les alias de commande que cet utilisateur particulier sera autorisé à \n" +"\texécuter. Si un nom de répertoire est utilisé, toute commande de ce répertoire peut être exécutée. \n" +"\tLà encore, le mot-clé 'ALL' remplace n'importe quelle commande. Vous devez donc l'utiliser avec prudence.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on Delete button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter une commande, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter, complétez " -"le nom de la commande avec des\n" -"\tparamètres facultatifs et cliquez sur OK. Pour supprimer une " -"commande, sélectionnez l'entrée correspondante dans le tableau\n" +"Pour ajouter une commande, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter, complétez le nom de la commande avec des\n" +"\tparamètres facultatifs et cliquez sur OK. Pour supprimer une commande, sélectionnez l'entrée correspondante dans le tableau\n" "\tet cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer.\n" "\t" @@ -662,50 +597,40 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>User Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias d'utilisateur</big> \n" -"\tDans cette boîte de dialogue, vous pouvez configurer les alias de " -"l'utilisateur. Un alias est un ensemble d'utilisateurs identifié par un\n" -"\tnom unique. Ce nom est ensuite utilisé pour faire référence à tous les " -"utilisateurs de cet ensemble de configuration sudo.\n" +"\tDans cette boîte de dialogue, vous pouvez configurer les alias de l'utilisateur. Un alias est un ensemble d'utilisateurs identifié par un\n" +"\tnom unique. Ce nom est ensuite utilisé pour faire référence à tous les utilisateurs de cet ensemble de configuration sudo.\n" "\t \n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un alias d'utilisateur, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter " -"et complétez les entrées correspondantes. \n" -"\tLe nom de l'alias et la liste de utilisateurs de l'alias ne doivent pas " -"être vides. \n" +"Pour ajouter un alias d'utilisateur, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter et complétez les entrées correspondantes. \n" +"\tLe nom de l'alias et la liste de utilisateurs de l'alias ne doivent pas être vides. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pour modifier un alias d'utilisateur, sélectionnez une entrée du tableau " -"et cliquez sur le bouton \n" -"\tModifier. Pour supprimer l'entrée sélectionnée, cliquez sur le " -"bouton Supprimer. \n" +"Pour modifier un alias d'utilisateur, sélectionnez une entrée du tableau et cliquez sur le bouton \n" +"\tModifier. Pour supprimer l'entrée sélectionnée, cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -713,50 +638,40 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias d'hôte</big> \n" -"\tDans cette boîte de dialogue, vous pouvez configurer l'alias des hôtes. " -"L'alias est un ensemble d'hôtes identifié par un\n" -"\tnom unique. Ce nom sert par la suite à désigner tous les hôtes de cet " -"ensemble dans la configuration sudo. \n" +"\tDans cette boîte de dialogue, vous pouvez configurer l'alias des hôtes. L'alias est un ensemble d'hôtes identifié par un\n" +"\tnom unique. Ce nom sert par la suite à désigner tous les hôtes de cet ensemble dans la configuration sudo. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Host Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter l'alias d'un nouvel hôte, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter</" -"b> et complétez les entrées correspondantes. \n" -"\tLe nom de l'alias et la liste des hôtes de l'alias ne doivent pas être " -"vides. \n" +"Pour ajouter l'alias d'un nouvel hôte, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter et complétez les entrées correspondantes. \n" +"\tLe nom de l'alias et la liste des hôtes de l'alias ne doivent pas être vides. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Host Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pour modifier un alias d'hôte, sélectionnez une entrée dans la table et " -"cliquez sur le bouton Modifier\n" -"\t. Pour supprimer l'entrée sélectionnée, cliquez sur le bouton " -"Supprimer. \n" +"Pour modifier un alias d'hôte, sélectionnez une entrée dans la table et cliquez sur le bouton Modifier\n" +"\t. Pour supprimer l'entrée sélectionnée, cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -764,50 +679,40 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias RunAs</big> \n" -"\tDans cette boîte de dialogue, vous pouvez configurer des alias RunAs. Un " -"alias RunAs est un ensemble d'utilisateurs identifié par un\n" -"\tnom unique. Ce nom sert par la suite à désigner tous les utilisateurs de " -"cet ensemble dans la configuration sudo. \n" +"\tDans cette boîte de dialogue, vous pouvez configurer des alias RunAs. Un alias RunAs est un ensemble d'utilisateurs identifié par un\n" +"\tnom unique. Ce nom sert par la suite à désigner tous les utilisateurs de cet ensemble dans la configuration sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un alias RunAs, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter et " -"complétez les entrées correspondantes. \n" -"\tLe nom de l'alias et la liste des utilisateurs de l'alias ne doivent pas " -"être vides. \n" +"Pour ajouter un alias RunAs, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter et complétez les entrées correspondantes. \n" +"\tLe nom de l'alias et la liste des utilisateurs de l'alias ne doivent pas être vides. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pour modifier un alias RunAs, sélectionnez une entrée dans la table et " -"cliquez sur le bouton Modifier\n" -"\t. Pour supprimer l'entrée sélectionnée, cliquez sur le bouton " -"Supprimer. \n" +"Pour modifier un alias RunAs, sélectionnez une entrée dans la table et cliquez sur le bouton Modifier\n" +"\t. Pour supprimer l'entrée sélectionnée, cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -815,19 +720,15 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de commande</big> \n" -"\tDans cette boîte de dialogue, vous pouvez configurer des alias de " -"commandes. Un alias de commandes est un ensemble de commandes \n" -"\t(éventuellement avec des paramètres) identifié par un nom unique. Ce nom " -"sert par la suite à désigner \n" +"\tDans cette boîte de dialogue, vous pouvez configurer des alias de commandes. Un alias de commandes est un ensemble de commandes \n" +"\t(éventuellement avec des paramètres) identifié par un nom unique. Ce nom sert par la suite à désigner \n" "\ttoutes les commandes de cet ensemble dans la configuration sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" @@ -835,32 +736,26 @@ #. Command Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter un alias de commande, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter " -"et complétez les entrées correspondantes. \n" -"\tLe nom de l'alias et la liste des commandes de l'alias ne doivent pas être " -"vides. \n" +"Pour ajouter un alias de commande, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter et complétez les entrées correspondantes. \n" +"\tLe nom de l'alias et la liste des commandes de l'alias ne doivent pas être vides. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Command Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on Edit\n" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pour modifier un alias de commande, sélectionnez une entrée dans la table " -"et cliquez sur le bouton Modifier\n" -"\t. Pour supprimer l'entrée sélectionnée, cliquez sur le bouton " -"Supprimer. \n" +"Pour modifier un alias de commande, sélectionnez une entrée dans la table et cliquez sur le bouton Modifier\n" +"\t. Pour supprimer l'entrée sélectionnée, cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -868,21 +763,14 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<big>User Alias</big> \n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias d'utilisateur</big> \n" -"\tUn alias d'utilisateurs comporte un ou plusieurs utilisateurs, groupes " -"système (précédés de '%') ou autres\n" -"\talias d'utilisateurs. Il est identifié par un nom unique (qui ne peut " -"comporter que des lettres majuscules, des chiffres et des traits de " -"\tsoulignement), qui sert par la suite à désigner tous les utilisateurs de " -"cet alias.\n" +"\tUn alias d'utilisateurs comporte un ou plusieurs utilisateurs, groupes système (précédés de '%') ou autres\n" +"\talias d'utilisateurs. Il est identifié par un nom unique (qui ne peut comporter que des lettres majuscules, des chiffres et des traits de \tsoulignement), qui sert par la suite à désigner tous les utilisateurs de cet alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -890,22 +778,16 @@ #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"Add button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Saisissez un nom unique dans la zone de texte Nom d'alias. Pour " -"ajouter des utilisateurs ou des groupes à l'\n" -"\talias, sélectionnez le nom de l'utilisateur ou du groupe dans le menu " -"déroulant, puis cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter.\n" -"\tPour supprimer un utilisateur de l'alias, sélectionnez l'entrée " -"correspondante dans le tableau, puis cliquez sur le bouton\n" +"Saisissez un nom unique dans la zone de texte Nom d'alias. Pour ajouter des utilisateurs ou des groupes à l'\n" +"\talias, sélectionnez le nom de l'utilisateur ou du groupe dans le menu déroulant, puis cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter.\n" +"\tPour supprimer un utilisateur de l'alias, sélectionnez l'entrée correspondante dans le tableau, puis cliquez sur le bouton\n" "\tSupprimer. Pour terminer la configuration, cliquez sur OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -917,39 +799,29 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Remarque : un nom d'alias ne doit pas être vide. Chaque alias doit " -"comporter au moins un membre.\n" +"Remarque : un nom d'alias ne doit pas être vide. Chaque alias doit comporter au moins un membre.\n" "\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Host Alias</big> \n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias d'hôte</big> \n" -"\tUn alias d'hôte comporte un ou plusieurs noms d'hôte, adresses IP uniques, " -"adresses IP\n" -"\tcombinées avec un masque réseau en notation séparée par des points (par " -"exemple, 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) ou\n" -"\ten nombre de bits CIDR (par ex. 192.168.0.0/24), ou d'autres alias d'hôte. " -"Il est identifié par un \n" -"\tnom unique (qui ne peut comporter que des majuscules, des chiffres ou des " -"traits de soulignement), qui sert ensuite \n" +"\tUn alias d'hôte comporte un ou plusieurs noms d'hôte, adresses IP uniques, adresses IP\n" +"\tcombinées avec un masque réseau en notation séparée par des points (par exemple, 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) ou\n" +"\ten nombre de bits CIDR (par ex. 192.168.0.0/24), ou d'autres alias d'hôte. Il est identifié par un \n" +"\tnom unique (qui ne peut comporter que des majuscules, des chiffres ou des traits de soulignement), qui sert ensuite \n" "\tà désigner tous les hôtes de cet alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -958,16 +830,13 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Saisissez un nom unique dans la zone de texte Nom d'alias. Pour " -"ajouter des hôtes \n" -"\tà l'alias, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter. Une fenêtre contextuelle " -"apparaît, dans laquelle vous pouvez entrer un\n" +"Saisissez un nom unique dans la zone de texte Nom d'alias. Pour ajouter des hôtes \n" +"\tà l'alias, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter. Une fenêtre contextuelle apparaît, dans laquelle vous pouvez entrer un\n" "\tnom d'hôte ou une adresse IP valide, puis cliquer sur OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -975,14 +844,12 @@ #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pour supprimer un hôte de l'alias, sélectionnez l'entrée correspondante dans " -"le tableau et cliquez sur le bouton\n" +"Pour supprimer un hôte de l'alias, sélectionnez l'entrée correspondante dans le tableau et cliquez sur le bouton\n" "\tSupprimer. Pour terminer la configuration, cliquez sur OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -991,23 +858,17 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias RunAs</big> \n" -"\tUn alias RunAs est très semblable à un alias d'utilisateur. Il comporte un " -"ou plusieurs utilisateurs, groupes système \n" -"\t(précédés de '%') ou autres alias RunAs. Il est identifié par un nom " -"unique (qui ne peut comporter que des \n" -"\tlettres majuscules, des chiffres et des traits de soulignement), qui sert " -"par la suite à désigner tous les utilisateurs de cet \n" +"\tUn alias RunAs est très semblable à un alias d'utilisateur. Il comporte un ou plusieurs utilisateurs, groupes système \n" +"\t(précédés de '%') ou autres alias RunAs. Il est identifié par un nom unique (qui ne peut comporter que des \n" +"\tlettres majuscules, des chiffres et des traits de soulignement), qui sert par la suite à désigner tous les utilisateurs de cet \n" "\talias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1016,67 +877,49 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<big>Command Alias</big> \n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de commande</big> \n" -"\tUn alias de commandes est une liste d'une ou de plusieurs commandes (avec " -"des paramètres facultatifs), répertoires ou\n" -"\tautres alias de commande. Il est identifié par un nom unique (qui ne peut " -"comporter que des \n" +"\tUn alias de commandes est une liste d'une ou de plusieurs commandes (avec des paramètres facultatifs), répertoires ou\n" +"\tautres alias de commande. Il est identifié par un nom unique (qui ne peut comporter que des \n" "\tlettres majuscules, des chiffres et des traits de soulignement), qui \n" -"\tsert par la suite à désigner toutes les commandes de cet alias. Il est " -"également possible de spécifier un ou plusieurs paramètres pour une \n" -"\tcommande. Dans ce cas, les utilisateurs ne peuvent exécuter la commande " -"qu'avec ces paramètres. Si un \n" -"\tnom de répertoire est utilisé, n'importe quelle commande de ce répertoire " -"peut être exécutée. \n" +"\tsert par la suite à désigner toutes les commandes de cet alias. Il est également possible de spécifier un ou plusieurs paramètres pour une \n" +"\tcommande. Dans ce cas, les utilisateurs ne peuvent exécuter la commande qu'avec ces paramètres. Si un \n" +"\tnom de répertoire est utilisé, n'importe quelle commande de ce répertoire peut être exécutée. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Saisissez un nom unique dans la zone de texte Nom d'alias. Pour " -"ajouter une nouvelle commande à l'alias,\n" -"\tcliquez sur le bouton Ajouter. Une fenêtre contextuelle apparaît, " -"dans laquelle vous pouvez entrer un nom de commande\n" -"\t(ou en sélectionner un dans le navigateur de fichiers en cliquant sur le " -"bouton Parcourir. En outre, vous pouvez\n" -"\tspécifier les paramètres de la commande dans la zone de texte " -"Paramètres\n" +"Saisissez un nom unique dans la zone de texte Nom d'alias. Pour ajouter une nouvelle commande à l'alias,\n" +"\tcliquez sur le bouton Ajouter. Une fenêtre contextuelle apparaît, dans laquelle vous pouvez entrer un nom de commande\n" +"\t(ou en sélectionner un dans le navigateur de fichiers en cliquant sur le bouton Parcourir. En outre, vous pouvez\n" +"\tspécifier les paramètres de la commande dans la zone de texte Paramètres\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Pour supprimer une commande de l'alias, sélectionnez l'entrée correspondante " -"dans le tableau et cliquez sur le bouton\n" +"Pour supprimer une commande de l'alias, sélectionnez l'entrée correspondante dans le tableau et cliquez sur le bouton\n" "\tSupprimer. Pour terminer la configuration, cliquez sur OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1088,19 +931,15 @@ #. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; #. } #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" -msgstr "" -"Cette règle est une règle du système necessaire pour le fonctionnement " -"correct de sudo.\n" +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgstr "Cette règle est une règle du système necessaire pour le fonctionnement correct de sudo.\n" #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 msgid "" "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really delete?" msgstr "" -"Après la suppression, certaines applications pourraient ne plus " -"fonctionner.\n" +"Après la suppression, certaines applications pourraient ne plus fonctionner.\n" "Vraiment supprimer ?" #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 @@ -1108,24 +947,19 @@ "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really edit? " msgstr "" -"Si vous changez cela, certaines applications pourraient ne plus " -"fonctionner.\n" +"Si vous changez cela, certaines applications pourraient ne plus fonctionner.\n" "Vraiment modifier ?" #. end Commands #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" -msgstr "" -"Toutes les modifications seront perdues. Vraiment quitter la configuration " -"de sudo sans enregistrer ?" +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgstr "Toutes les modifications seront perdues. Vraiment quitter la configuration de sudo sans enregistrer ?" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__237 #. Error message #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 msgid "An error occurred while reading users and groups." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur s'est produite lors de la lecture des utilisateurs et des groupes." +msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la lecture des utilisateurs et des groupes." #. Sudo read dialog caption #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/support.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -20,22 +20,25 @@ #. Command line help text for the Xsupport module #: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration du support" +# TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__28 #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Support" +# TLABEL support_2002_03_14_2340__7 #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Support" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__121 #. Command line parameters dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supportconfig Boîte de dialogue d'aperçu" #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 @@ -46,33 +49,37 @@ msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" +# TLABEL printconf_2002_03_14_2340__24 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ouvert" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__244 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Collecter les données" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "" +# TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__103 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Create report tarball" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer une archive du rapport" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "Upload Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envoyer les données" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "" +# TLABEL mail_2002_08_07_0216__21 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Upload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Envoyer" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." @@ -86,22 +93,25 @@ "Start Web browser?\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__121 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supportconfig Boîte de dialogue d'envoi" +# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__41 #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Save as" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrer sous" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "" +# TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__79 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 msgid "Package with log files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paquets avec des fichiers logs" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" @@ -111,14 +121,16 @@ msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9 #. } #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Cannot write settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres" +# TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__9 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Impossible d'écrire les paramètres." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -129,18 +141,19 @@ msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "" +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__12 #. Command line parameters dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supportconfig Configuration des paramètres" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Créer un listing de fichiers complet depuis '/'" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exclure les informations disques détaillées et les scans" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" @@ -152,7 +165,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Effectue un rpm -V pour chaque rpm installé" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" @@ -165,63 +178,71 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "Activates all support functions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Active toutes les fonctions de support" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ne collecte qu'un minimum d'informations" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utiliser les paramètres personnalisés (Experts)" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serveur DHCP -- Paramètres pour experts" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Options" +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__12 #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supportconfig Configuration Expert" +# TLABEL tv_2002_01_04_0147__31 #. FIXME table header #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Default Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Options par défaut" +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__12 #. Support configure2 dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supportconfig Configuration du contact" #. Support configure2 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "" +# TLABEL support_2002_01_04_0147__34 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Société" +# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__15 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adresse e-mail" +# TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__20 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nom" +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__49 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numéro de téléphone" +# TLABEL sound_2002_03_15_0003__1 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Store ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enregistrer l'ID" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Terminal ID" @@ -244,27 +265,31 @@ msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__244 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Collecting Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Collecte des données" +# TLABEL general_2002_01_04_0147__124 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Progression" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Revue des données collectées" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__400 #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nom de fichier" +# TLABEL storage_2002_08_07_0216__34 #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supprimer des données" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 @@ -279,6 +304,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Interruption de l'initialisation :</big> \n" +"Interrompez la configuration en toute sécurité en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -287,6 +314,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__3 #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" @@ -295,13 +323,20 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Interruption de l'enregistrement :</big> \n" +"Interrompre la procédure d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" +"Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" +"\n" +# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48 #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<big>Support Configuration</big> \n" "Configure support here. \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Configuration du support</big> \n" +"Configurez le support ici. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 @@ -312,6 +347,7 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__50 #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 msgid "" @@ -319,16 +355,17 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Modification ou suppression :</big> \n" +"Si vous cliquez sur Modifier, vous verrez s'ouvrir un nouveau\n" +"dialogue dans lequel vous pourrez changer la configuration.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -351,8 +388,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -369,38 +405,31 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" @@ -408,8 +437,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" @@ -417,10 +445,8 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -434,16 +460,14 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -454,8 +478,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -472,13 +495,13 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +# TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__48 #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 msgid "" @@ -486,6 +509,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Configuration, deuxième partie</big> \n" +"Cliquez sur Suivant pour continuer.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -494,6 +520,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"Il est impossible de <big>sélectionner quoi que ce soit</big> \n" +". Vous devez d'abord le coder. :-)\n" +" " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -519,19 +548,19 @@ #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Information sur AppArmor. security-apparmor.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Information sur autofs. fs-autofs.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informations relatives au démarrage et au noyau. boot.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "État actuel des services système. chkconfig.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" @@ -539,30 +568,27 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informations relatives à cron et at. cron.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" msgstr "" +# TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__9 #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informations sur le Domain Name Service. dns.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 @@ -582,9 +608,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -633,16 +657,14 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Liste de tous les fichiers ouverts en utilisant lsof. open-files.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -662,9 +684,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -673,14 +693,12 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informations relatives au Service Location Protocol. slp.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -692,13 +710,15 @@ msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" msgstr "" +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__325 #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informations sur le server Secure Shell. ssh.txt" +# TLABEL general_2002_03_14_2340__37 #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fichiers de configuration trouvés dans /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" @@ -713,21 +733,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 @@ -735,21 +749,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 @@ -769,71 +777,61 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" +# TLABEL inetd_2002_08_07_0216__12 #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuration du support" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Initialisation..." +# TLABEL menu_2002_01_04_0147__15 #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 msgid "To continue, enter root password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pour continuer, entrez le mot de passe root" +# TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__140 #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mot de passe root" +# TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mot de passe incorrect" #. Support read dialog caption #: src/modules/Support.rb:267 @@ -845,33 +843,39 @@ msgid "Saving Support Configuration" msgstr "" +# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__21 #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Écrire les paramètres" +# TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__294 #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exécuter SuSEconfig" +# TLABEL tv_2002_03_14_2340__24 #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Écriture des paramètres..." +# TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__73 #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exécution de SuSEconfig..." +# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__26 #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Terminé" +# TLABEL lan_inetd_2002_03_14_2340__28 #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Résumé de la configuration..." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/sysconfig.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -38,17 +38,14 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Définissez la valeur de la variable. Nécessite les options \"variable\" et " -"\"valeur\"" +msgstr "Définissez la valeur de la variable. Nécessite les options \"variable\" et \"valeur\"" #. help text for command 'set' 2/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" -msgstr "" -"ou \"variable=valeur\", par exemple, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER valeur=gdm" +msgstr "ou \"variable=valeur\", par exemple, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER valeur=gdm" #. help text for command 'set' 3/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -153,8 +150,7 @@ "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Utilisez un nom de variable complet sous la forme <VARIABLE_NAME>" -"$<FILE_NAME>\n" +"Utilisez un nom de variable complet sous la forme <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" "(par exemple, %1$%2).\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__160 @@ -346,29 +342,19 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Une fois vos modifications enregistrées, cet éditeur changera les\n" -"variables dans le fichier sysconfig correspondant. Il lancera ensuite les " -"commandes d'activation ce qui modifiera les fichiers de configuration sous-" -"jacents,\n" +"variables dans le fichier sysconfig correspondant. Il lancera ensuite les commandes d'activation ce qui modifiera les fichiers de configuration sous-jacents,\n" "lancera et arrêtera les démons et exécutera des outils de configuration\n" -"de bas niveau. Votre configuration effectuée dans sysconfig prendra ainsi " -"effet.\n" +"de bas niveau. Votre configuration effectuée dans sysconfig prendra ainsi effet.\n" # TLABEL rc_config_2002_01_04_0147__23 #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"Important : Vous pouvez toujours éditer manuellement chacun des " -"fichiers de configuration. Le nom du fichier est affiché dans la description " -"variable." +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "Important : Vous pouvez toujours éditer manuellement chacun des fichiers de configuration. Le nom du fichier est affiché dans la description variable." # TLABEL rc_config_2002_03_14_2340__13 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 @@ -383,24 +369,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"Éditeur de configuration du systèmeAvec l'éditeur de " -"configuration du système, vous pouvez modifier certains paramètres du " -"système. Vous pouvez également utiliser YaST pour configurer votre matériel " -"et les paramètres du système." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "Éditeur de configuration du systèmeAvec l'éditeur de configuration du système, vous pouvez modifier certains paramètres du système. Vous pouvez également utiliser YaST pour configurer votre matériel et les paramètres du système." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"Remarque : les descriptions ne sont pas traduites parce qu'elles " -"sont lues directement depuis les fichiers de configuration." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "Remarque : les descriptions ne sont pas traduites parce qu'elles sont lues directement depuis les fichiers de configuration." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__62 #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode @@ -434,13 +409,8 @@ # TLABEL rc_config_2002_03_20_2159__0 #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Vous voyez ici les résultats de votre recherche. Si vous voyez l'élément " -"recherché, sélectionnez-le puis cliquez sur \"Aller\". Sinon, cliquez sur " -"\"Annuler\" pour fermer ce dialogue." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Vous voyez ici les résultats de votre recherche. Si vous voyez l'élément recherché, sélectionnez-le puis cliquez sur \"Aller\". Sinon, cliquez sur \"Annuler\" pour fermer ce dialogue." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -691,15 +661,12 @@ # TLABEL rc_config_2002_01_04_0147__24 #~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " -#~ "detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~ "configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" #~ " it will not touch it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " SuSEconfig enregistre une somme de contrôle de chaque fichier\n" -#~ "de configuration et peut ainsi détecter si vous en avez modifié " -#~ "manuellement. \n" +#~ "de configuration et peut ainsi détecter si vous en avez modifié manuellement. \n" #~ "Si vous avez modifié manuellement un fichier, celui-ci\n" #~ "ne sera pas touché.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/tftp-server.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -96,12 +96,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez cette option pour rendre un serveur compatible avec le protocole " -"TFTP. Ce serveur démarrera en utilisant xinetd." +msgid "Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd." +msgstr "Utilisez cette option pour rendre un serveur compatible avec le protocole TFTP. Ce serveur démarrera en utilisant xinetd." #. enlighten newbies, #102946 #. dialog help text @@ -115,15 +111,12 @@ "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" -"p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgstr "" "Répertoire des images d'amorçage :\n" -"Indiquez le répertoire dans lequel sont placés les fichiers servis. La " -"valeur standard est\n" +"Indiquez le répertoire dans lequel sont placés les fichiers servis. La valeur standard est\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. Le répertoire sera créé s'il n'existe pas.\n" -"Le serveur l'utilise comme répertoire racine (à l'aide de l'option <tt>-s</" -"tt>).\n" +"Le serveur l'utilise comme répertoire racine (à l'aide de l'option <tt>-s</tt>).\n" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__27 #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server @@ -221,12 +214,9 @@ #~ "Boot Image Directory:\n" #~ "Specify the directory where served files are\n" #~ "located. The usual value is <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. It is created if it\n" -#~ "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the " -#~ "<tt>-s</tt> option).\n" +#~ "does not exist. The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Répertoire des images d'amorçage :\n" #~ "Indiquez le répertoire dans lequel sont placés\n" -#~ " les fichiers servis. La valeur standard est <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. S'il " -#~ "n'existe pas,\n" -#~ " il est créé. Le serveur l'utilise comme répertoire racine (à l'aide de " -#~ "l'option <tt>-s</tt>).\n" +#~ " les fichiers servis. La valeur standard est <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. S'il n'existe pas,\n" +#~ " il est créé. Le serveur l'utilise comme répertoire racine (à l'aide de l'option <tt>-s</tt>).\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/tune.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -29,12 +29,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Detection matérielle - Ce module ne prend pas en charge l'interface en ligne " -"de commande, utilisez '%1' à la place." +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Detection matérielle - Ce module ne prend pas en charge l'interface en ligne de commande, utilisez '%1' à la place." #. translators: popup heading #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 @@ -71,18 +67,12 @@ "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -"Le module Informations sur le matériel affiche des détails sur " -"le \n" -"configuration matérielle de votre ordinateur. Cliquez sur un point pour plus " -"d'informations.\n" +"Le module Informations sur le matériel affiche des détails sur le \n" +"configuration matérielle de votre ordinateur. Cliquez sur un point pour plus d'informations.\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez enregistrer les informations sur le matériel dans un fichier. " -"Cliquez sur Enregistrer sous puis saisissez un nom de fichier." +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "Vous pouvez enregistrer les informations sur le matériel dans un fichier. Cliquez sur Enregistrer sous puis saisissez un nom de fichier." #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 @@ -111,12 +101,8 @@ # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__19 #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." -msgstr "" -"DétailsLes détails de l'élément matériel sélectionné sont " -"affichés ici." +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." +msgstr "DétailsLes détails de l'élément matériel sélectionné sont affichés ici." # TLABEL nis_server_2002_01_04_0147__86 #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") @@ -175,21 +161,13 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"Matériel détecté Ce tableau contient tous les élements " -"matériels détectés dans votre système." +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "Matériel détecté Ce tableau contient tous les élements matériels détectés dans votre système." #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"Détails Sélectionnez un composant puis cliquez sur Détails</" -"B> pour afficher une description détaillée du composant." +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "Détails Sélectionnez un composant puis cliquez sur Détails pour afficher une description détaillée du composant." #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 @@ -198,8 +176,7 @@ " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file." msgstr "" "Enregistrer dans un fichier Vous pouvez \n" -" enregistrer les informations sur le matériel (résultat de hwinfo) " -"dans un fichier." +" enregistrer les informations sur le matériel (résultat de hwinfo) dans un fichier." # TLABEL tv_2002_01_04_0147__37 #. heading text @@ -353,51 +330,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible d'ajouter un ID PCI à un pilote de périphérique pour " -"étendre sa base de données de périphériques supportés connus." +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "Il est possible d'ajouter un ID PCI à un pilote de périphérique pour étendre sa base de données de périphériques supportés connus." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"Les numéros d'ID PCI sont saisis et affichés sous forme de nombres " -"hexadécimaux. Rép. SysFS est le nom de répertoire utilisé dans le " -"répertoire /sys/bus/pci/drivers. S'il est vide, le nom du pilote est utilisé " -"en guise de nom de répertoire." +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "Les numéros d'ID PCI sont saisis et affichés sous forme de nombres hexadécimaux. Rép. SysFS est le nom de répertoire utilisé dans le répertoire /sys/bus/pci/drivers. S'il est vide, le nom du pilote est utilisé en guise de nom de répertoire." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"Si le pilote est compilé dans le noyau, laissez le nom du pilote vide et " -"entrez le nom du répertoire SysFS à la place." +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "Si le pilote est compilé dans le noyau, laissez le nom du pilote vide et entrez le nom du répertoire SysFS à la place." #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez les boutons situés sous le tableau pour modifier la liste des ID " -"PCI. Cliquez sur %1 pour activer les paramètres." +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "Utilisez les boutons situés sous le tableau pour modifier la liste des ID PCI. Cliquez sur %1 pour activer les paramètres." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Avertissement : ceci est une configuration pour experts. Ne " -"continuez que si vous savez ce que vous êtes en train de faire." +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "Avertissement : ceci est une configuration pour experts. Ne continuez que si vous savez ce que vous êtes en train de faire." # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__2 #. tree node string @@ -1250,23 +1204,16 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Planificateur global d'E/S</big> \n" -"Sélectionnez l'algorithme qui organise et envoie les commandes aux " -"périphériques de disques.\n" -"Il s'agit d'une option globale, elle sera utilisée pour tous les " -"périphériques de disques du\n" -"système. Si l'option n'est pas configurée, le planificateur par défaut " -"(généralement 'cfq')\n" -"sera utilisé. Consultez la documentation dans le répertoire /usr/src/linux/" -"Documentation/block\n" +"Sélectionnez l'algorithme qui organise et envoie les commandes aux périphériques de disques.\n" +"Il s'agit d'une option globale, elle sera utilisée pour tous les périphériques de disques du\n" +"système. Si l'option n'est pas configurée, le planificateur par défaut (généralement 'cfq')\n" +"sera utilisé. Consultez la documentation dans le répertoire /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "(paquet kernel-source) pour plus d'informations.\n" #. .sysconfig.sysctl @@ -1278,24 +1225,17 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Activer les touches SysRq</big> \n" -" Si vous activez les touches SysRq, vous gardez un certain contrôle du " -"système, même en cas de\n" -"crash système (par exemple, durant le débogage du kernel). Si elle est " -"activée, la combinaison de touches\n" -"Alt-SysRq-<command_key> démarre la commande respective (par exemple, " -"redémarrage de\n" -"l'ordinateur, vidage des informations du kernel). Pour plus d'informations, " -"consultez\n" +" Si vous activez les touches SysRq, vous gardez un certain contrôle du système, même en cas de\n" +"crash système (par exemple, durant le débogage du kernel). Si elle est activée, la combinaison de touches\n" +"Alt-SysRq-<command_key> démarre la commande respective (par exemple, redémarrage de\n" +"l'ordinateur, vidage des informations du kernel). Pour plus d'informations, consultez\n" "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquet kernel-source).\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__228 Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/update.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -105,20 +105,17 @@ "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.\n" msgstr "" "Créer une copie de sauvegarde des fichiers modifiés :\n" -"Enregistre seulement les fichiers modifiés qui seront remplacés lors de la " -"mise à jour.\n" +"Enregistre seulement les fichiers modifiés qui seront remplacés lors de la mise à jour.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" "Créer une sauvegarde complète de\n" -"/etc/sysconfig : cela couvre tous les fichiers de configuration qui font " -"partie du mécanisme\n" +"/etc/sysconfig : cela couvre tous les fichiers de configuration qui font partie du mécanisme\n" "sysconfig, même ceux qui n'ont pas été remplacés.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 @@ -130,8 +127,7 @@ "remove them.\n" msgstr "" "Supprimer les anciennes sauvegardes du répertoire de\n" -"sauvegardes : Si le système actuel provient déjà d'une précédente mise à " -"jour, il peut\n" +"sauvegardes : Si le système actuel provient déjà d'une précédente mise à jour, il peut\n" "y avoir d'anciennes sauvegardes de fichiers de configuration. Sélectionnez\n" "cette option pour les supprimer.\n" @@ -240,13 +236,11 @@ msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "Avec de nouveaux logiciels : ce paramètre par défaut \n" -"met à jour les logiciels existants et installe toutes les nouvelles " -"fonctions et caractéristiques de\n" +"met à jour les logiciels existants et installe toutes les nouvelles fonctions et caractéristiques de\n" " la nouvelle version <tt>%1</tt>. La sélection est basée sur la \n" " sélection de logiciels anciennement prédéfinie.\n" @@ -255,29 +249,23 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "Uniquement les paquets installés : cette sélection met\n" -"à jour uniquement les paquets déjà installés sur votre système. " -"Remarque :\n" -"Les nouveaux logiciels de la sélection de logiciels prédéfinie, tels que les " -"nouveaux modules YaST ne\n" -"seront pas disponibles après la mise à jour. Certaines fonctionnalités vous " -"feront peut-être défaut.\n" +"à jour uniquement les paquets déjà installés sur votre système. Remarque :\n" +"Les nouveaux logiciels de la sélection de logiciels prédéfinie, tels que les nouveaux modules YaST ne\n" +"seront pas disponibles après la mise à jour. Certaines fonctionnalités vous feront peut-être défaut.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "Après la mise à jour, il se peut que certains logiciels ne fonctionnent\n" -"plus. Cochez la case Supprimer les paquets non maintenus pour " -"supprimer\n" +"plus. Cochez la case Supprimer les paquets non maintenus pour supprimer\n" "ces paquets lors de la mise à jour.\n" #. warning / question @@ -289,10 +277,8 @@ "\n" "Really continue?" msgstr "" -"Modifier la méthode de mise à jour vers 'Mettre à jour uniquement les " -"paquets'\n" -"peut résulter en un système non amorçable ou non fonctionnel si vous " -"n'ajustez pas\n" +"Modifier la méthode de mise à jour vers 'Mettre à jour uniquement les paquets'\n" +"peut résulter en un système non amorçable ou non fonctionnel si vous n'ajustez pas\n" "la liste des paquets vous même.\n" "\n" "Vraiment continuer ?" @@ -348,9 +334,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Cannot solve all conflicts. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"Résolution automatique de tous les conflits impossible. Une intervention " -"manuelle est requise." +msgstr "Résolution automatique de tous les conflits impossible. Une intervention manuelle est requise." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__68 #. this is a heading @@ -409,12 +393,8 @@ #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Le produit installé n'est pas compatible avec le produit du support " -"d'installation." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." +msgstr "Le produit installé n'est pas compatible avec le produit du support d'installation." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__140 #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -430,24 +410,18 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" -"La mise à jour du système vers une autre version (%1 -> %2) n'est pas " -"supporté sur le système démarré. \n" -"Veuillez démarrer sur le media d'installation et utiliser la mise à niveau " -"normale\n" -"ou désactiver les dépôts de logiciels de produits avec une version " -"différente.\n" +"La mise à jour du système vers une autre version (%1 -> %2) n'est pas supporté sur le système démarré. \n" +"Veuillez démarrer sur le media d'installation et utiliser la mise à niveau normale\n" +"ou désactiver les dépôts de logiciels de produits avec une version différente.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." -msgstr "" -"Attention : Mise à jour de '%1' vers '%2', les produits ne correspondent pas " -"exactement." +msgstr "Attention : Mise à jour de '%1' vers '%2', les produits ne correspondent pas exactement." #. Proposal for backup during update #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 @@ -467,12 +441,9 @@ "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" "deleted.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Options de mise à jour</big> Choisir comment votre système va " -"être mis à jour.\n" -"Choisissez si seuls les paquets installés doivent être mis à jour, ou si les " -"nouveaux doivent aussi\n" -"être installés (sélection par défaut). Décidez si les paquets non maintenus " -"doivent être\n" +"<big>Options de mise à jour</big> Choisir comment votre système va être mis à jour.\n" +"Choisissez si seuls les paquets installés doivent être mis à jour, ou si les nouveaux doivent aussi\n" +"être installés (sélection par défaut). Décidez si les paquets non maintenus doivent être\n" "supprimés.\n" #. this is a menu entry @@ -629,12 +600,10 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" -"Une possible installation incomplète a été détectée sur la partition " -"sélectionnée.\n" +"Une possible installation incomplète a été détectée sur la partition sélectionnée.\n" "Etes-vous sûr de vouloir l'utiliser quand même ?" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__168 @@ -652,8 +621,7 @@ "\n" "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -"L'initialisation du système pour la mise à niveau a échouée pour une raison " -"inconnue.\n" +"L'initialisation du système pour la mise à niveau a échouée pour une raison inconnue.\n" "Il est recommandé de ne pas continuer le processus de mise à niveau.\n" "\n" "Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir continuer ?" @@ -757,16 +725,14 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit." -"\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" "Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n" msgstr "" "Votre partition /boot est trop petite (%1 Mo).\n" -"Il est conseillé d'avoir au moins %2 Mo sinon, il se pourrait que le nouveau " -"noyau ne puisse pas contenir.\n" +"Il est conseillé d'avoir au moins %2 Mo sinon, il se pourrait que le nouveau noyau ne puisse pas contenir.\n" "Il est plus sûr d'agrandir cette partition\n" "ou de ne pas utiliser du tout de partition /boot.\n" "\n" @@ -790,8 +756,7 @@ "\n" "Si vous êtes certain que cette partition n'est pas nécessaire pour\n" "la mise à jour (pas une partition système), cliquez sur Continuer.\n" -"Pour vérifier ou régler les options de montage, cliquez sur Spécifier les " -"options de montage.\n" +"Pour vérifier ou régler les options de montage, cliquez sur Spécifier les options de montage.\n" "Pour annuler la mise à jour, cliquez sur Annuler.\n" # TLABEL lan_2002_01_04_0147__200 @@ -860,16 +825,12 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"Votre système utilise une partition /var séparée qui est necessaire au " -"processus\n" -"de mise à niveau pour détecter les changements de nommage des disques. " -"Sélectionnez\n" +"Votre système utilise une partition /var séparée qui est necessaire au processus\n" +"de mise à niveau pour détecter les changements de nommage des disques. Sélectionnez\n" "la partition /var manuellement pour continuer le processus de mise à niveau." # TLABEL update_2002_01_04_0147__25 @@ -891,8 +852,7 @@ #. error message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Impossible de monter la partition /var avec cette configuration de disque.\n" +msgstr "Impossible de monter la partition /var avec cette configuration de disque.\n" # TLABEL update_2002_03_14_2340__2 #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile @@ -911,21 +871,15 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" -"Des partitions dans le système sur %1 sont monté par nom de périphérique " -"noyau. Ceci\n" -"n'est pas compatible avec la mise à jour puisque les noms de périphérique " -"noyau ne sont\n" -"pas persistants. Il est fortement recommandé de démarrer l'ancien système et " -"de changer la\n" -"méthode de montage (mount-by) vers n'importe quelle autre méthode pour " -"toutes les partitions." +"Des partitions dans le système sur %1 sont monté par nom de périphérique noyau. Ceci\n" +"n'est pas compatible avec la mise à jour puisque les noms de périphérique noyau ne sont\n" +"pas persistants. Il est fortement recommandé de démarrer l'ancien système et de changer la\n" +"méthode de montage (mount-by) vers n'importe quelle autre méthode pour toutes les partitions." # TLABEL update_2002_03_14_2340__3 #. error message @@ -1040,9 +994,7 @@ #~ "Voulez-vous continuer le montage du périphérique ?" #~ msgid "Cannot read package data from installation media. Media error?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Impossible de lire les donnÃ(c)es du paquet depuis le support " -#~ "d'installation. Erreur de support ?" +#~ msgstr "Impossible de lire les donnÃ(c)es du paquet depuis le support d'installation. Erreur de support ?" #~ msgid "Update based on selection \"%1\"" #~ msgstr "Mise à jour basée sur la sélection \"%1\"" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/users.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -116,13 +116,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Liste des membres du groupe, généralement les noms d'utilisateur, séparés " -"par des virgules. Dans la liste des DN des utilisateurs LDAP, les noms " -"doivent être séparés par des deux-points." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Liste des membres du groupe, généralement les noms d'utilisateur, séparés par des virgules. Dans la liste des DN des utilisateurs LDAP, les noms doivent être séparés par des deux-points." # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__69 #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option @@ -152,8 +147,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for batchmode option #: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." -msgstr "" -"Ne rien demander lors de données manquantes, renvoyer une erreur à la place." +msgstr "Ne rien demander lors de données manquantes, renvoyer une erreur à la place." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146 #. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" @@ -172,34 +166,19 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Authentification \n" -"Sélectionnez la méthode d'authentification à utiliser pour les utilisateurs " -"de votre système.\n" +"Sélectionnez la méthode d'authentification à utiliser pour les utilisateurs de votre système.\n" "" #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " -"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Local pour authentifier des utilisateurs en utilisant " -"uniquement les fichiers locaux /etc/passwd et /etc/shadow." +msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "Sélectionnez Local pour authentifier des utilisateurs en utilisant uniquement les fichiers locaux /etc/passwd et /etc/shadow." #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "" -"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " -"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " -"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new " -"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez une installation antérieure ou un autre système, il est " -"possible de créer des utilisateurs basés sur cette source. Pour ce faire, " -"sélectionnez Lire les données utilisateur à partir d'une installation " -"précédente. Cette option utilise un répertoire privé existant ou en crée " -"un nouveau pour chaque utilisateur de l'emplacement spécifié pour cette " -"installation." +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "Si vous avez une installation antérieure ou un autre système, il est possible de créer des utilisateurs basés sur cette source. Pour ce faire, sélectionnez Lire les données utilisateur à partir d'une installation précédente. Cette option utilise un répertoire privé existant ou en crée un nouveau pour chaque utilisateur de l'emplacement spécifié pour cette installation." # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__59 #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. @@ -242,28 +221,21 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -"Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez un serveur NIS ou LDAP pour enregistrer des données " -"utilisateur ou si vous voulez\n" -"authentifier les utilisateurs à l'aide d'un serveur NT, choisissez la valeur " -"appropriée. Cliquez\n" -"ensuite sur Suivant pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client." -"" +"Si vous utilisez un serveur NIS ou LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur ou si vous voulez\n" +"authentifier les utilisateurs à l'aide d'un serveur NT, choisissez la valeur appropriée. Cliquez\n" +"ensuite sur Suivant pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client." #. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez un serveur NIS ou LDAP pour enregistrer des données " -"utilisateur, choisissez la\n" -"valeur appropriée. Cliquez ensuite sur Suivant pour poursuivre la " -"configuration de votre client." +"Si vous utilisez un serveur NIS ou LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur, choisissez la\n" +"valeur appropriée. Cliquez ensuite sur Suivant pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client." #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -272,34 +244,23 @@ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez un serveur LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur " -"ou si vous voulez\n" -"authentifier les utilisateurs à l'aide d'un serveur NT, choisissez la valeur " -"appropriée. Cliquez\n" -"ensuite sur Suivant pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client." -"" +"Si vous utilisez un serveur LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur ou si vous voulez\n" +"authentifier les utilisateurs à l'aide d'un serveur NT, choisissez la valeur appropriée. Cliquez\n" +"ensuite sur Suivant pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client." #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." msgstr "" -"Si vous utilisez un serveur LDAP pour enregistrer des données " -"utilisateur, choisissez la\n" -"valeur appropriée. Cliquez ensuite sur Suivant pour poursuivre la " -"configuration de votre client." +"Si vous utilisez un serveur LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur, choisissez la\n" +"valeur appropriée. Cliquez ensuite sur Suivant pour poursuivre la configuration de votre client." #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "" -"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " -"configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Configurer l'authentification Kerberos pour " -"configurer Kerberos après avoir configuré la source de données de " -"l'utilisateur." +msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." +msgstr "Sélectionnez Configurer l'authentification Kerberos pour configurer Kerberos après avoir configuré la source de données de l'utilisateur." #. check box label #. check box label @@ -391,12 +352,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Contrairement aux utilisateurs ordinaires du système, qui écrivent du texte, " -"créent\n" +"Contrairement aux utilisateurs ordinaires du système, qui écrivent du texte, créent\n" "des graphiques ou naviguent sur Internet, l'utilisateur \"root\" existe sur\n" "chaque système et intervient chaque fois que\n" -"des tâches administratives doivent être exécutées. Ne vous loguez en tant " -"qu'utilisateur root que\n" +"des tâches administratives doivent être exécutées. Ne vous loguez en tant qu'utilisateur root que\n" "lorsque vous avez besoin d'être l'administrateur du système.\n" "\n" @@ -407,8 +366,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" @@ -429,17 +387,13 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Toutes les règles valables pour le mot de passe utilisateur s'appliquent au " -"mot de passe \"root\" :\n" -"Faites la distinction entre majuscules et minuscules. Un mot de passe " -"devrait comporter au moins\n" -"cinq caractères et ne doit contenir aucun caractère accentué ou de tréma " -"(umlauts).\n" +"Toutes les règles valables pour le mot de passe utilisateur s'appliquent au mot de passe \"root\" :\n" +"Faites la distinction entre majuscules et minuscules. Un mot de passe devrait comporter au moins\n" +"cinq caractères et ne doit contenir aucun caractère accentué ou de tréma (umlauts).\n" "\n" # TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__14 @@ -462,18 +416,13 @@ "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %1 characters long." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser ce mot de passe pour créer des " -"certificats,\n" +"Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser ce mot de passe pour créer des certificats,\n" "il doit comporter au moins %1 caractères." #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "" -"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" -"Pour vérifier si la disposition actuelle du clavier est correcte, tapez " -"du texte dans le champs Test de la disposition du clavier." +msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "Pour vérifier si la disposition actuelle du clavier est correcte, tapez du texte dans le champs Test de la disposition du clavier." #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -545,8 +494,7 @@ #. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation) #: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144 msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..." -msgstr "" -"Initialisation du module pour la configuration de l'authentification..." +msgstr "Initialisation du module pour la configuration de l'authentification..." # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__75 #. popup label (%1 is package to install) @@ -631,20 +579,13 @@ #. Help text for password expert dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" -"Choisir la méthode de chiffrement des mots de passe pour les utilisateurs " -"systèmes et locaux." +msgstr "Choisir la méthode de chiffrement des mots de passe pour les utilisateurs systèmes et locaux." #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 est la méthode de hashage standard. L''utilisation " -"d'autres algorithmes n'est pas recommandé à moins d'en avoir besoin pour des " -"raisons de compatibilité." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "SHA-512 est la méthode de hashage standard. L''utilisation d'autres algorithmes n'est pas recommandé à moins d'en avoir besoin pour des raisons de compatibilité." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__32 #. text entry @@ -718,8 +659,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Entrez le nom complet de l'utilisateur, le nom d'utilisateur " -"et le mot de passe\n" +"Entrez le nom complet de l'utilisateur, le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe\n" "à assigner à ce compte d'utilisateur.\n" "\n" @@ -733,10 +673,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Lors de la saisie d'un mot de passe, faites la distinction entre les " -"majuscules et les\n" -"minuscules. Les mots de passe ne doivent contenir aucun caractère accentué " -"ou de tréma (umlauts).\n" +"Lors de la saisie d'un mot de passe, faites la distinction entre les majuscules et les\n" +"minuscules. Les mots de passe ne doivent contenir aucun caractère accentué ou de tréma (umlauts).\n" "\n" #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers @@ -744,8 +682,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -760,8 +697,7 @@ "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." msgstr "" -"Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser ce mot de passe pour créer des " -"certificats,\n" +"Si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser ce mot de passe pour créer des certificats,\n" "il doit comporter au moins %s caractères." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__5 @@ -784,35 +720,23 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour le nom d'utilisateur, n'utilisez que des lettres (aucun " -"caractère accentué), des chiffres et <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"N'utilisez pas de lettres majuscules dans cette entrée sauf si vous savez " -"exactement ce que vous faites.\n" -"Les noms d'utilisateur font l'objet de restrictions plus contraignantes que " -"les mots de passe. Vous pouvez redéfinir les \n" -"restrictions dans le fichier /etc/login.defs. Lisez la page de manuel (man) " -"pour obtenir plus d'informations.\n" +"Pour le nom d'utilisateur, n'utilisez que des lettres (aucun caractère accentué), des chiffres et <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"N'utilisez pas de lettres majuscules dans cette entrée sauf si vous savez exactement ce que vous faites.\n" +"Les noms d'utilisateur font l'objet de restrictions plus contraignantes que les mots de passe. Vous pouvez redéfinir les \n" +"restrictions dans le fichier /etc/login.defs. Lisez la page de manuel (man) pour obtenir plus d'informations.\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" -"Cochez Utiliser ce mot de passe pour l'administrateur système si " -"le même mot de passe entré pour le premier utilisateur doit être utilisé " -"pour le superutilisateur (root)." +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "Cochez Utiliser ce mot de passe pour l'administrateur système si le même mot de passe entré pour le premier utilisateur doit être utilisé pour le superutilisateur (root)." #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time @@ -820,27 +744,20 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe créés ici sont nécessaires pour vous " -"loguer et utiliser votre système Linux. Lorsque Login automatique est " -"activé, la procédure de login est ignorée. Cet utilisateur est logué " -"automatiquement.\n" +"Le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe créés ici sont nécessaires pour vous loguer et utiliser votre système Linux. Lorsque Login automatique est activé, la procédure de login est ignorée. Cet utilisateur est logué automatiquement.\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " -"Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Cochez la case Recevoir les messages système pour transférer les " -"messages de l'utilisateur root vers cet autre utilisateur.\n" +"Cochez la case Recevoir les messages système pour transférer les messages de l'utilisateur root vers cet autre utilisateur.\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) @@ -929,9 +846,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for delete action #: src/clients/users.rb:167 msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)" -msgstr "" -"Effacer un utilisateur existant (son répertoire personnel ne sera pas " -"supprimé)" +msgstr "Effacer un utilisateur existant (son répertoire personnel ne sera pas supprimé)" # TLABEL security_2002_01_04_0147__53 #. translators: command line help text for list local option @@ -1014,8 +929,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for home option #: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" -msgstr "" -"Liste des groupes dont l'utilisateur est membre (séparés par des virgules)" +msgstr "Liste des groupes dont l'utilisateur est membre (séparés par des virgules)" #. translators: command line help text for show option #: src/clients/users.rb:267 @@ -1044,12 +958,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Ici, vous pouvez voir un tableau de tous les attributs autorisés pour " -"l'entrée LDAP actuelle qui n'ont\n" +"Ici, vous pouvez voir un tableau de tous les attributs autorisés pour l'entrée LDAP actuelle qui n'ont\n" "pas été définis dans les dialogues précédents." #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), @@ -1073,13 +985,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Modifiez chaque attribut en utilisant Modifier. Certains attributs\n" -"peuvent être nécessaires, tels que définis dans le modèle d'utilisateur dans " -"le Module client LDAP.\n" +"peuvent être nécessaires, tels que définis dans le modèle d'utilisateur dans le Module client LDAP.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -1100,15 +1010,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." -msgstr "" -"Affectez un objet de stratégie de mot de passe à cet utilisateur dans " -"DN de l'objet de stratégie de mot de passe. Activez l'option " -"Réinitialiser mot de passe pour réinitialiser le mot de passe de " -"l'utilisateur modifié." +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." +msgstr "Affectez un objet de stratégie de mot de passe à cet utilisateur dans DN de l'objet de stratégie de mot de passe. Activez l'option Réinitialiser mot de passe pour réinitialiser le mot de passe de l'utilisateur modifié." # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__10 #. check box label @@ -1216,97 +1119,50 @@ #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"Configurer les paramètres de quota pour l'utilisateur sur le système de " -"fichiers sélectionné." +msgstr "Configurer les paramètres de quota pour l'utilisateur sur le système de fichiers sélectionné." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Définir une taille limite en spécifiant le nombre de blocs de 1 ko que\n" -"l'utilisateur peut avoir sur ce système de fichiers. De plus, vous pouvez " -"definir une limite en inodes en spécifiant le nombre d'inodes que " -"l'utilisateur peut avoir sur le système de fichiers.\n" +"l'utilisateur peut avoir sur ce système de fichiers. De plus, vous pouvez definir une limite en inodes en spécifiant le nombre d'inodes que l'utilisateur peut avoir sur le système de fichiers.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez spécifier les deux limites douce (soft) et dure (hard) pour " -"la taille et le nombre d'inodes. La limite douce définie un niveau d'alerte " -"auquel les utilisateurs sont informés qu'ils s'approchent de leur limite " -"alors que la limite dure definie la limite à laquelle les demandes " -"d'écritures sont refusées.." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Vous pouvez spécifier les deux limites douce (soft) et dure (hard) pour la taille et le nombre d'inodes. La limite douce définie un niveau d'alerte auquel les utilisateurs sont informés qu'ils s'approchent de leur limite alors que la limite dure definie la limite à laquelle les demandes d'écritures sont refusées.." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Dès que l'utilisateur a atteint sa limite douce, le champ d'entrée dans " -"l'intervalle de surci est activé. Spécifier la période pendant laquelle " -"l'utilisateur est autorisé à passer outre la limite douce définie. Le " -"décompte de l'intervalle de surci commence immédiatement." +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Dès que l'utilisateur a atteint sa limite douce, le champ d'entrée dans l'intervalle de surci est activé. Spécifier la période pendant laquelle l'utilisateur est autorisé à passer outre la limite douce définie. Le décompte de l'intervalle de surci commence immédiatement." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"Configurer les paramètres de quota pour le groupe sur le système de " -"fichiers sélectionné." +msgstr "Configurer les paramètres de quota pour le groupe sur le système de fichiers sélectionné." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" msgstr "" -"Définir une taille limite en spécifiant le nombre de blocs de 1 ko que " -"le\n" -"groupe peut avoir sur ce système de fichiers. De plus, vous pouvez définir " -"une limite d'inodes en spécifiant le nombre d'inodes que le groupe peut " -"avoir sur le système de fichiers.\n" +"Définir une taille limite en spécifiant le nombre de blocs de 1 ko que le\n" +"groupe peut avoir sur ce système de fichiers. De plus, vous pouvez définir une limite d'inodes en spécifiant le nombre d'inodes que le groupe peut avoir sur le système de fichiers.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez spécifier les deux limites douce (soft) et dure (hard) pour " -"la taille et le nombre d'inodes. La limite douce définie un niveau d'alerte " -"auquel les groupes sont informés qu'ils s'approchent de leur limite alors " -"que la limite dure definie la limite à laquelle les demandes d'écritures " -"sont refusées.." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Vous pouvez spécifier les deux limites douce (soft) et dure (hard) pour la taille et le nombre d'inodes. La limite douce définie un niveau d'alerte auquel les groupes sont informés qu'ils s'approchent de leur limite alors que la limite dure definie la limite à laquelle les demandes d'écritures sont refusées.." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Dès que le groupe a atteint sa limite douce, le champ d'entrée dans " -"l'intervalle de surci est activé. Spécifier la période pendant laquelle le " -"groupe est autorisé à passer outre la limite douce définie. Le décompte de " -"l'intervalle de surci commence immédiatement." +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Dès que le groupe a atteint sa limite douce, le champ d'entrée dans l'intervalle de surci est activé. Spécifier la période pendant laquelle le groupe est autorisé à passer outre la limite douce définie. Le décompte de l'intervalle de surci commence immédiatement." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_03_14_2340__74 #. combo box label @@ -1621,8 +1477,7 @@ "You have used uppercase letters in the user login entry." msgstr "" "\n" -"Vous avez utilisé des lettres majuscules dans l'entrée login de " -"l'utilisateur." +"Vous avez utilisé des lettres majuscules dans l'entrée login de l'utilisateur." #. The login name contains uppercase 2/3 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73 @@ -1632,12 +1487,9 @@ "support case-sensitive names. \n" "You could solve this problem by editing the alias table.\n" msgstr "" -"Cela risque de générer des problèmes lors de la distribution des " -"messages\n" -"à cet utilisateur, car les systèmes de messagerie ne prennent généralement " -"pas\n" -"en charge les noms faisant la distinction entre les majuscules et les " -"minuscules. \n" +"Cela risque de générer des problèmes lors de la distribution des messages\n" +"à cet utilisateur, car les systèmes de messagerie ne prennent généralement pas\n" +"en charge les noms faisant la distinction entre les majuscules et les minuscules. \n" "Il est possible de résoudre ce problème en modifiant la table d'alias.\n" #. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 @@ -1663,15 +1515,13 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "Les fichiers clé et image du dossier crypté\n" "'%1' et '%2'\n" "ont été trouvés. Les utiliser pour l'utilisateur courant ?\n" "\n" -"Cela signifie que les données de issues de cette image seront utilisées au " -"lieu de l'actuel dossier home." +"Cela signifie que les données de issues de cette image seront utilisées au lieu de l'actuel dossier home." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__49 #. popup label, %1 is path to directory @@ -1704,9 +1554,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "" -"Pour les utilisateurs distants, seule leur adhésion à des groupes " -"supplémentaires peut être modifiée." +msgstr "Pour les utilisateurs distants, seule leur adhésion à des groupes supplémentaires peut être modifiée." # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__12 #. checkbox label @@ -2016,15 +1864,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Lors de la saisie d'un mot de passe, faites la distinction entre les " -"majuscules et les\n" -"minuscules. Les mots de passe ne doivent contenir aucun caractère accentué " -"ou de tréma (umlauts). \n" +"Lors de la saisie d'un mot de passe, faites la distinction entre les majuscules et les\n" +"minuscules. Les mots de passe ne doivent contenir aucun caractère accentué ou de tréma (umlauts). \n" "\n" #. Help text 0/6 @@ -2035,8 +1880,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Définissez ici les valeurs par défaut à utiliser lorsque de nouveaux " -"utilisateurs locaux ou système sont créés.\n" +"Définissez ici les valeurs par défaut à utiliser lorsque de nouveaux utilisateurs locaux ou système sont créés.\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -2071,40 +1915,33 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Shell de login par défaut :\n" -"Le nom du nouveau shell de login de l'utilisateur. Sélectionnez-en un dans " -"la liste ou entrez\n" +"Le nom du nouveau shell de login de l'utilisateur. Sélectionnez-en un dans la liste ou entrez\n" "votre propre chemin pour le shell.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Répertoire personnel par défaut \n" -"Préfixe du chemin d'accès initial au répertoire personnel d'un nouvel " -"utilisateur. Le nom d'utilisateur est ajouté\n" -"à la fin de cette valeur pour créer le nom par défaut du répertoire " -"personnel.\n" +"Préfixe du chemin d'accès initial au répertoire personnel d'un nouvel utilisateur. Le nom d'utilisateur est ajouté\n" +"à la fin de cette valeur pour créer le nom par défaut du répertoire personnel.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Répertoire des éléments paramétrables \n" -"Le contenu de ce répertoire est copié dans le répertoire personnel d'un " -"nouvel utilisateur, lorsqu'il est ajouté. \n" +"Le contenu de ce répertoire est copié dans le répertoire personnel d'un nouvel utilisateur, lorsqu'il est ajouté. \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -2120,15 +1957,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Date d'expiration \n" -"La date de désactivation du compte utilisateur. Cette date doit être au " -"format\n" -"AAAA-MM-JJ. Laissez ce champ vide si ce compte n'arrive jamais à expiration." -"\n" +"La date de désactivation du compte utilisateur. Cette date doit être au format\n" +"AAAA-MM-JJ. Laissez ce champ vide si ce compte n'arrive jamais à expiration.\n" # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__13 #. Help text 6/6 @@ -2139,12 +1973,9 @@ "after expiration login is allowed. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Délai (en jours) pendant lequel le mot de passe est encore utilisable " -"après expiration \n" -"Les utilisateurs peuvent se loguer après l'arrivée à expiration de leur mot " -"de passe. Définissez pendant combien de jours\n" -"le login est encore autorisé après l'arrivée à expiration. Utilisez -1 pour " -"un accès illimité.\n" +"Délai (en jours) pendant lequel le mot de passe est encore utilisable après expiration \n" +"Les utilisateurs peuvent se loguer après l'arrivée à expiration de leur mot de passe. Définissez pendant combien de jours\n" +"le login est encore autorisé après l'arrivée à expiration. Utilisez -1 pour un accès illimité.\n" "\n" # TLABEL mail_2002_03_14_2340__0 @@ -2169,8 +2000,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Annulation de l'initialisation</BIG> \n" -"cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en " -"toute sécurité.\n" +"cliquez sur Annuler pour quitter l'utilitaire de configuration en toute sécurité.\n" "\n" "" @@ -2196,8 +2026,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Interruption du processus d'enregistrement :</BIG> \n" -"Interrompez le processus d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre</" -"B>.\n" +"Interrompez le processus d'enregistrement en cliquant sur Interrompre.\n" "Un nouveau dialogue vous fera savoir s'il est prudent de procéder ainsi.\n" "\n" @@ -2224,25 +2053,18 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour créer le Nom d'utilisateur à partir des composants du nom " -"complet,\n" -"cliquez sur Suggestion. Il peut être modifié, mais n'utilisez que " -"des\n" +"Pour créer le Nom d'utilisateur à partir des composants du nom complet,\n" +"cliquez sur Suggestion. Il peut être modifié, mais n'utilisez que des\n" "lettres (sans caractère accentué), des chiffres, ainsi que <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"N'utilisez pas de lettre majuscule dans cette entrée sauf si vous savez ce " -"que vous êtes en train de faire.\n" -"Les restrictions des noms d'utilisateurs sont plus strictes que celles des " -"mots de passe. Vous pouvez redéfinir les\n" -"restrictions dans le fichier /etc/login.defs. Lisez sa page de manuel pour " -"plus d'informations.\n" +"N'utilisez pas de lettre majuscule dans cette entrée sauf si vous savez ce que vous êtes en train de faire.\n" +"Les restrictions des noms d'utilisateurs sont plus strictes que celles des mots de passe. Vous pouvez redéfinir les\n" +"restrictions dans le fichier /etc/login.defs. Lisez sa page de manuel pour plus d'informations.\n" "\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 @@ -2251,32 +2073,23 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Dans le cas du nom d'utilisateur, n'utilisez que\n" "des lettres (aucun caractère accentué), des chiffres et <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"N'utilisez des lettres majuscules dans cette entrée qu'en cas de certitude " -"absolue.\n" -"Les noms d'utilisateur font l'objet de restrictions plus contraignantes que " -"les mots de passe. Vous pouvez redéfinir les \n" -"restrictions dans le fichier /etc/login.defs. Lisez la page d'aide pour " -"obtenir plus d'informations.\n" +"N'utilisez des lettres majuscules dans cette entrée qu'en cas de certitude absolue.\n" +"Les noms d'utilisateur font l'objet de restrictions plus contraignantes que les mots de passe. Vous pouvez redéfinir les \n" +"restrictions dans le fichier /etc/login.defs. Lisez la page d'aide pour obtenir plus d'informations.\n" "\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur Gestion des utilisateurs pour ajouter plus " -"d'utilisateurs ou de groupes à votre système." +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." +msgstr "Cliquez sur Gestion des utilisateurs pour ajouter plus d'utilisateurs ou de groupes à votre système." # TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__21 #. alternative help text 4/7 @@ -2288,8 +2101,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour voir plus de détails, tels que par exemple le répertoire personnel ou " -"l'ID utilisateur,\n" +"Pour voir plus de détails, tels que par exemple le répertoire personnel ou l'ID utilisateur,\n" "cliquez sur Détails.\n" "\n" @@ -2297,13 +2109,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Cliquez sur Paramètres du mot de passe pour modifier plusieurs " -"paramètres de mot de passe de cet utilisateur (sa date d'expiration, par " -"exemple).\n" +"Cliquez sur Paramètres du mot de passe pour modifier plusieurs paramètres de mot de passe de cet utilisateur (sa date d'expiration, par exemple).\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2311,8 +2120,7 @@ "To forbid this user to\n" "log in, check Disable User Login." msgstr "" -"Cochez la case Désactiver le login de l'utilisateur pour refuser à " -"cet utilisateur l'autorisation de\n" +"Cochez la case Désactiver le login de l'utilisateur pour refuser à cet utilisateur l'autorisation de\n" "se loguer." #. help text 1/6 @@ -2342,10 +2150,8 @@ "Nom du groupe :\n" "Évitez les longs noms de groupe. Une longueur normale se situe entre\n" "deux et huit caractères. \n" -"Vous pouvez redéfinir la liste des caractères autorisés dans les noms de " -"groupe dans\n" -"le fichier /etc/login.defs. Lisez la page d'aide pour obtenir plus " -"d'informations.\n" +"Vous pouvez redéfinir la liste des caractères autorisés dans les noms de groupe dans\n" +"le fichier /etc/login.defs. Lisez la page d'aide pour obtenir plus d'informations.\n" "\n" # TLABEL users_2002_03_15_0147__24 @@ -2364,8 +2170,7 @@ "ID du groupe (GID) :\n" "En plus de son nom, un ID numérique doit être assigné au groupe pour sa\n" "représentation interne. Ces valeurs sont comprises entre 0 et\n" -"%1. Certains des ID ont déjà été assignés au cours de l'installation. Un " -"avertissement\n" +"%1. Certains des ID ont déjà été assignés au cours de l'installation. Un avertissement\n" "s'affiche si vous tentez d'en utiliser un déjà défini.\n" "\n" @@ -2375,8 +2180,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2384,12 +2188,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Mot de passe :\n" -"Pour obliger les utilisateurs qui ne sont pas membres du groupe à " -"s'identifier\n" -"lorsqu'ils basculent vers ce groupe (reportez-vous à la page d'aide de " -"<tt>newgrp</tt>), assignez un\n" -"mot de passe à ce groupe. Pour des raisons de sécurité, ce mot de passe " -"n'est pas affiché\n" +"Pour obliger les utilisateurs qui ne sont pas membres du groupe à s'identifier\n" +"lorsqu'ils basculent vers ce groupe (reportez-vous à la page d'aide de <tt>newgrp</tt>), assignez un\n" +"mot de passe à ce groupe. Pour des raisons de sécurité, ce mot de passe n'est pas affiché\n" "ici. Cette entrée n'est pas obligatoire.\n" "\n" @@ -2428,8 +2229,7 @@ " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." msgstr "" "La seconde liste indique les utilisateurs pour lesquels ce groupe est\n" -" le groupe par défaut. Vous ne pouvez changer le groupe par défaut " -"d'un utilisateur qu'en modifiant cet utilisateur." +" le groupe par défaut. Vous ne pouvez changer le groupe par défaut d'un utilisateur qu'en modifiant cet utilisateur." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__48 #. help text 1/8 @@ -2474,10 +2274,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si vous changez l'UID d'un utilisateur existant, les droits des fichiers\n" -"que cet utilisateur possède doivent être changés. Cela sera fait " -"automatiquement\n" -"pour les fichiers dans le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur, mais pas " -"pour les fichiers\n" +"que cet utilisateur possède doivent être changés. Cela sera fait automatiquement\n" +"pour les fichiers dans le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur, mais pas pour les fichiers\n" "situés ailleurs.\n" # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__125 @@ -2493,20 +2291,15 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Répertoire personnel :\n" -"Le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur. Normalement, il s'agit du " -"répertoire\n" +"Le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur. Normalement, il s'agit du répertoire\n" "/home/nomdutilisateur. \n" "Pour sélectionner un répertoire existant, cliquez sur Parcourir.\n" "\n" #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." -msgstr "" -"En option, changez le Mode d'autorisation du répertoire privé par " -"défaut pour le répertoire privé (home) de cet utilisateur." +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." +msgstr "En option, changez le Mode d'autorisation du répertoire privé par défaut pour le répertoire privé (home) de cet utilisateur." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2516,59 +2309,33 @@ "is created from the default skeleton (%1).\n" msgstr "" "Pour ne créer qu'un répertoire personnel vide,\n" -"cochez la case Répertoire personnel vide. Sinon, le nouveau " -"répertoire personnel\n" +"cochez la case Répertoire personnel vide. Sinon, le nouveau répertoire personnel\n" "est créé à l'aide des éléments paramétrables par défaut (%1).\n" #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data." -msgstr "" -"Si vous modifiez l'emplacement du répertoire personnel d'un utilisateur, " -"déplacez le contenu du répertoire en cours en veillant à ce que Déplacer " -"vers un nouvel emplacement soit activé par défaut. Sinon, un nouveau " -"répertoire personnel est créé sans les données existantes." +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." +msgstr "Si vous modifiez l'emplacement du répertoire personnel d'un utilisateur, déplacez le contenu du répertoire en cours en veillant à ce que Déplacer vers un nouvel emplacement soit activé par défaut. Sinon, un nouveau répertoire personnel est créé sans les données existantes." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." msgstr "" -"Pour crypter le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur, activez " -"Utiliser un répertoire personnel\n" -"codé et définissez sa taille. Le codage du répertoire personnel d'un " -"utilisateur\n" -"n'assure pas une forte sécurité vis-à-vis des autres utilisateurs. Si cette " -"machine est partagée\n" -"par plusieurs utilisateurs, il est possible pour l'un d'entre eux de " -"compromettre la sécurité du système\n" -"en obtenant la clé d'un autre utilisateur et d'accéder aux données codées. " -"Si une sécurité élevée est requise, le système ne doit pas être physiquement " -"partagé." +"Pour crypter le répertoire personnel de l'utilisateur, activez Utiliser un répertoire personnel\n" +"codé et définissez sa taille. Le codage du répertoire personnel d'un utilisateur\n" +"n'assure pas une forte sécurité vis-à-vis des autres utilisateurs. Si cette machine est partagée\n" +"par plusieurs utilisateurs, il est possible pour l'un d'entre eux de compromettre la sécurité du système\n" +"en obtenant la clé d'un autre utilisateur et d'accéder aux données codées. Si une sécurité élevée est requise, le système ne doit pas être physiquement partagé." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first." -msgstr "" -"Les répertoires privés (home) ne peuvent pas être cryptés lorsqu'un " -"lecteur d'empreintes digitales est utilisé. Pour crypter le dossier " -"personnel de l'utilisateur, commencez par désactiver la configuration des " -"empreintes digitales." +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." +msgstr "Les répertoires privés (home) ne peuvent pas être cryptés lorsqu'un lecteur d'empreintes digitales est utilisé. Pour crypter le dossier personnel de l'utilisateur, commencez par désactiver la configuration des empreintes digitales." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2578,8 +2345,7 @@ "file server." msgstr "" "\n" -"Le répertoire personnel d'un utilisateur LDAP peut uniquement être changé " -"sur le\n" +"Le répertoire personnel d'un utilisateur LDAP peut uniquement être changé sur le\n" "serveur de fichiers." #. alternate helptext 5/8 @@ -2592,14 +2358,10 @@ "shown when you use the finger command on this user.\n" msgstr "" "Informations complémentaires :\n" -"Il est possible de définir ici d'autres données utilisateur. Ce champ peut " -"contenir jusqu'à\n" -"trois éléments, séparés par des virgules. L'utilisation standard est " -"d'écrire\n" -"bureau,téléphone professionnel,téléphone privé. Ces " -"informations sont\n" -"affichées lorsque vous utilisez la commande finger pour cet " -"utilisateur.\n" +"Il est possible de définir ici d'autres données utilisateur. Ce champ peut contenir jusqu'à\n" +"trois éléments, séparés par des virgules. L'utilisation standard est d'écrire\n" +"bureau,téléphone professionnel,téléphone privé. Ces informations sont\n" +"affichées lorsque vous utilisez la commande finger pour cet utilisateur.\n" # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__126 #. help text 6/8 @@ -2646,8 +2408,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Groupes supplémentaires :\n" -"Sélectionnez les groupes supplémentaires dont l'utilisateur doit être " -"membre.\n" +"Sélectionnez les groupes supplémentaires dont l'utilisateur doit être membre.\n" "\n" #. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 @@ -2670,12 +2431,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." -msgstr "" -"Pour lancer la configuration détaillée d'un plug-in particulier, " -"sélectionnez Lancer." +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." +msgstr "Pour lancer la configuration détaillée d'un plug-in particulier, sélectionnez Lancer." # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__128 #. help texts 1/1 @@ -2686,8 +2443,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Enregistrez les paramètres d'utilisateur et de groupe actuels dans le " -"système.\n" +"Enregistrez les paramètres d'utilisateur et de groupe actuels dans le système.\n" "" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -2697,10 +2453,8 @@ "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." msgstr "" -"Activez Forcer la modification de mot de passe pour forcer " -"l'utilisateur à changer de\n" -"mot de passe au prochain login. Si Dernier changement de mot de passe </" -"b> est positionné sur\n" +"Activez Forcer la modification de mot de passe pour forcer l'utilisateur à changer de\n" +"mot de passe au prochain login. Si Dernier changement de mot de passe est positionné sur\n" "Jamais, l'utilisateur sera forcé de changer de mot de passe." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__12 @@ -2715,12 +2469,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Délai de publication d'un avertissement (en jours) avant l'expiration " -"d'un mot de passe \n" -"Les utilisateurs peuvent être avertis par avance de l'arrivée à expiration " -"de leur mot de passe. Définissez \n" -"combien de temps avant l'arrivée à expiration l'avertissement doit être " -"publié. Définissez -1 pour désactiver\n" +"Délai de publication d'un avertissement (en jours) avant l'expiration d'un mot de passe \n" +"Les utilisateurs peuvent être avertis par avance de l'arrivée à expiration de leur mot de passe. Définissez \n" +"combien de temps avant l'arrivée à expiration l'avertissement doit être publié. Définissez -1 pour désactiver\n" "l'avertissement. \n" "\n" @@ -2733,39 +2484,30 @@ "allow login. Use -1 for unlimited access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Délai (en jours) pendant lequel le login est encore utilisable après " -"l'expiration du mot de passe \n" -"Les utilisateurs peuvent encore se loguer après l'arrivée à expiration de " -"leur mot de passe. Définissez le délai (en nombre de jours)\n" -"pendant lequel le login est encore autorisé. Utilisez -1 pour un accès " -"illimité.\n" +"Délai (en jours) pendant lequel le login est encore utilisable après l'expiration du mot de passe \n" +"Les utilisateurs peuvent encore se loguer après l'arrivée à expiration de leur mot de passe. Définissez le délai (en nombre de jours)\n" +"pendant lequel le login est encore autorisé. Utilisez -1 pour un accès illimité.\n" "\n" # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__14 #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Durée maximale d'un mot de passe (en jours) Définissez pendant " -"combien de jours un utilisateur\n" -"peut utiliser le même mot de passe avant l'arrivée à expiration de ce " -"dernier.\n" +"Durée maximale d'un mot de passe (en jours) Définissez pendant combien de jours un utilisateur\n" +"peut utiliser le même mot de passe avant l'arrivée à expiration de ce dernier.\n" # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__15 #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"Durée minimale d'un mot de passe (en jours) Définissez pendant " -"combien de temps\n" -"un utilisateur doit utiliser un mot de passe avant d'être autorisé à le " -"modifier.\n" +"Durée minimale d'un mot de passe (en jours) Définissez pendant combien de temps\n" +"un utilisateur doit utiliser un mot de passe avant d'être autorisé à le modifier.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format #: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 @@ -2774,8 +2516,7 @@ "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Date d'expiration Définissez la date d'arrivée à expiration de " -"ce compte. \n" +"Date d'expiration Définissez la date d'arrivée à expiration de ce compte. \n" "Cette date doit être au format AAAA-MM-JJ. \n" "Laissez ce champ vide si ce compte n'arrive jamais à expiration.\n" @@ -2790,8 +2531,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Résumé de la configuration \n" -"Ici, vous pouvez voir un résumé des modules qui peuvent affecter les " -"sources\n" +"Ici, vous pouvez voir un résumé des modules qui peuvent affecter les sources\n" "des comptes d'utilisateur ou le type d'authentification.\n" "\n" @@ -2800,183 +2540,91 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Modification des valeurs \n" -"Vous pouvez configurer ces paramètres en exécutant les modules appropriés. " -"Sélectionnez un module à l'aide de l'option Configurer.\n" +"Vous pouvez configurer ces paramètres en exécutant les modules appropriés. Sélectionnez un module à l'aide de l'option Configurer.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" -"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez les onglets Stratégies de modification des mots de passe</" -"b>, Stratégies de péremption des mots de passe et Stratégies de " -"verrouillage pour choisir des groupes d'attributs des stratégies de mot " -"de passe LDAP à configurer." +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +msgstr "Sélectionnez les onglets Stratégies de modification des mots de passe, Stratégies de péremption des mots de passe et Stratégies de verrouillage pour choisir des groupes d'attributs des stratégies de mot de passe LDAP à configurer." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Spécifiez le Nombre maximum de mots de passe stockés dans " -"l'historique pour définir le nombre de mots de passe utilisés " -"précédemment qui doivent être enregistrés. Les mots de passe enregistrés ne " -"peuvent pas être enregistrés." +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +msgstr "Spécifiez le Nombre maximum de mots de passe stockés dans l'historique pour définir le nombre de mots de passe utilisés précédemment qui doivent être enregistrés. Les mots de passe enregistrés ne peuvent pas être enregistrés." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Cochez la case L'utilisateur doit changer le mot de passe après la " -"réinitialisation pour forcer les utilisateurs à changer leur mot de " -"passe si celui-ci a été réinitialisé ou changé par un administrateur." +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +msgstr "Cochez la case L'utilisateur doit changer le mot de passe après la réinitialisation pour forcer les utilisateurs à changer leur mot de passe si celui-ci a été réinitialisé ou changé par un administrateur." # TLABEL network_2002_08_07_0216__111 #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." -msgstr "" -"Cochez la case L'utilisateur peut changer le mot de passe pour " -"permettre aux utilisateurs de changer leur mot de passe." +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +msgstr "Cochez la case L'utilisateur peut changer le mot de passe pour permettre aux utilisateurs de changer leur mot de passe." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Si le mot de passe existant doit être fourni avec le nouveau mot de " -"passe, cochez l'option Ancien mot de passe requis pour changer le mot de " -"passe." +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "Si le mot de passe existant doit être fourni avec le nouveau mot de passe, cochez l'option Ancien mot de passe requis pour changer le mot de passe." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez de vérifier ou non la qualité du mot de passe lors de la " -"modification ou de l'ajout des mots de passe. Sélectionnez Pas de " -"vérification si les mots de passe ne doivent pas être vérifiés du tout. " -"Avec Accepter les mots de passe non vérifiables, les mots de passe " -"sont acceptés même si la vérification ne peut pas être effectuée, par " -"exemple si l'utilisateur a fourni un mot de passe codé. Avec N'accepter " -"que les mots de passe vérifiés, les mots de passe sont refusés si le " -"test de qualité échoue ou si le mot de passe ne peut pas être vérifié." +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +msgstr "Choisissez de vérifier ou non la qualité du mot de passe lors de la modification ou de l'ajout des mots de passe. Sélectionnez Pas de vérification si les mots de passe ne doivent pas être vérifiés du tout. Avec Accepter les mots de passe non vérifiables, les mots de passe sont acceptés même si la vérification ne peut pas être effectuée, par exemple si l'utilisateur a fourni un mot de passe codé. Avec N'accepter que les mots de passe vérifiés, les mots de passe sont refusés si le test de qualité échoue ou si le mot de passe ne peut pas être vérifié." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "" -"Définissez le nombre minimum de caractères devant être utilisés dans un mot " -"de passe dans Longueur minimum du mot de passe." +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "Définissez le nombre minimum de caractères devant être utilisés dans un mot de passe dans Longueur minimum du mot de passe." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." -msgstr "" -"Age minimum du mot de passe définit le délai qui doit s'écouler " -"avant de modifier le mot de passe." +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +msgstr "Age minimum du mot de passe définit le délai qui doit s'écouler avant de modifier le mot de passe." # TLABEL security_2002_08_07_0216__20 #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." -msgstr "" -"Age maximum du mot de passe définit combien de temps après une " -"modification un mot de passe expire." +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." +msgstr "Age maximum du mot de passe définit combien de temps après une modification un mot de passe expire." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__12 #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "" -"Dans Délai de publication d'un avertissement avant l'expiration d'un " -"mot de passe, définissez combien de temps avant l'échéance d'expiration " -"d'un mot de passe un message d'avertissement doit être envoyé à " -"l'utilisateur qui s'authentifie." +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "Dans Délai de publication d'un avertissement avant l'expiration d'un mot de passe, définissez combien de temps avant l'échéance d'expiration d'un mot de passe un message d'avertissement doit être envoyé à l'utilisateur qui s'authentifie." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "" -"Définissez le nombre de fois où un mot de passe ayant expiré peut être " -"utilisé pour s'authentifier dans Utilisations autorisées d'un mot de " -"passe ayant expiré." +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "Définissez le nombre de fois où un mot de passe ayant expiré peut être utilisé pour s'authentifier dans Utilisations autorisées d'un mot de passe ayant expiré." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "" -"Cochez la case Activer le verrouillage du mot de passe pour " -"interdire l'utilisation d'un mot de passe après un nombre donné de " -"tentatives consécutives d'établissement de connexion ayant échoué." +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "Cochez la case Activer le verrouillage du mot de passe pour interdire l'utilisation d'un mot de passe après un nombre donné de tentatives consécutives d'établissement de connexion ayant échoué." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Définissez le nombre donné de tentatives consécutives d'établissement de " -"connexion ayant échoué après lequel le mot de passe ne peut plus être " -"utilisé pour s'authentifier dans Échecs de connexion avant verrouillage " -"du mot de passe." +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +msgstr "Définissez le nombre donné de tentatives consécutives d'établissement de connexion ayant échoué après lequel le mot de passe ne peut plus être utilisé pour s'authentifier dans Échecs de connexion avant verrouillage du mot de passe." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -"" -msgstr "" -"Définissez pendant combien de temps le mot de passe ne peut pas être " -"utilisé dans Durée de verrouillage du mot de passe." +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +msgstr "Définissez pendant combien de temps le mot de passe ne peut pas être utilisé dans Durée de verrouillage du mot de passe." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred." -msgstr "" -"Durée du cache des échecs de connexion définit le temps qui " -"précède la purge des échecs de mot de passe du compteur d'échecs même si " -"aucune authentification réussie ne s'est produite." +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +msgstr "Durée du cache des échecs de connexion définit le temps qui précède la purge des échecs de mot de passe du compteur d'échecs même si aucune authentification réussie ne s'est produite." # TLABEL user_2002_01_04_0147__2 #. tab label @@ -3059,8 +2707,7 @@ #. frame label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" -msgstr "" -"Délai de publication d'un avertissement avant l'expiration d'un mot de passe" +msgstr "Délai de publication d'un avertissement avant l'expiration d'un mot de passe" # TLABEL nis_server_2002_03_14_2340__11 #. IntField label @@ -3120,12 +2767,9 @@ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" "user home directories.\n" msgstr "" -"Si des dossiers personnels d'utilisateurs LDAP doivent être stockés sur " -"cette machine,\n" -"sélectionnez l'option appropriée. La modification de cette valeur ne " -"provoque aucune\n" -"action directe. Il ne s'agit que d'informations concernant le module des " -"utilisateurs YaST, qui peut gérer\n" +"Si des dossiers personnels d'utilisateurs LDAP doivent être stockés sur cette machine,\n" +"sélectionnez l'option appropriée. La modification de cette valeur ne provoque aucune\n" +"action directe. Il ne s'agit que d'informations concernant le module des utilisateurs YaST, qui peut gérer\n" "les répertoires personnels des utilisateurs.\n" #. help text caption @@ -3133,8 +2777,7 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Cliquez sur Configurer pour configurer les paramètres stockés\n" @@ -3150,15 +2793,11 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"Configurez la stratégie de mot de passe sélectionnée avec Modifier</" -"b>. Utilisez Ajouterpour ajouter une nouvelle stratégie de mot de " -"passe. La configuration est\n" -" uniquement possible, si les stratégies de mot de passe sont déjà activées " -"sur le serveur LDAP." +"Configurez la stratégie de mot de passe sélectionnée avec Modifier. Utilisez Ajouterpour ajouter une nouvelle stratégie de mot de passe. La configuration est\n" +" uniquement possible, si les stratégies de mot de passe sont déjà activées sur le serveur LDAP." # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__11 #. checkbox label @@ -3482,14 +3121,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sélectionnez une méthode de chiffrement pour les utilisateurs système et " -"locaux.\n" +"Sélectionnez une méthode de chiffrement pour les utilisateurs système et locaux.\n" "DES, la méthode par défaut de Linux, fonctionne avec tous les\n" "environnements réseau, mais limite la longueur du mot de passe à huit\n" "caractères.\n" @@ -3505,10 +3142,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"MD5 autorise des mots de passe plus longs, ce qui offre un niveau de " -"sécurité supérieur.\n" -"Par contre, certains protocoles réseau ne le prenant pas en charge, des " -"problèmes risquent de survenir avec NIS.\n" +"MD5 autorise des mots de passe plus longs, ce qui offre un niveau de sécurité supérieur.\n" +"Par contre, certains protocoles réseau ne le prenant pas en charge, des problèmes risquent de survenir avec NIS.\n" "" # TLABEL user_2002_03_14_2340__5 @@ -3531,22 +3166,18 @@ "You have changed the default encryption for user passwords." msgstr "" "\n" -"Vous avez changé la méthode de chiffrement par défaut des mots de passe " -"utilisateurs." +"Vous avez changé la méthode de chiffrement par défaut des mots de passe utilisateurs." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Il semble qu'un serveur NIS soit en cours d'exécution. Dans certains " -"environnements réseau,\n" -"il se peut qu'il soit impossible de se connecter à un client NIS lorsque le " -"mot de passe utilisateur est\n" +"Il semble qu'un serveur NIS soit en cours d'exécution. Dans certains environnements réseau,\n" +"il se peut qu'il soit impossible de se connecter à un client NIS lorsque le mot de passe utilisateur est\n" "crypté avec une autre méthode que la méthode DES.\n" "\n" @@ -3573,28 +3204,21 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." msgstr "" -"Ici, étendez vos filtres de recherche pour les utilisateurs et les " -"groupes au delà\n" +"Ici, étendez vos filtres de recherche pour les utilisateurs et les groupes au delà\n" "des filtres de recherche par défaut." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilisez l'option Par défaut pour charger les filtres par défaut " -"des modules\n" -"de configuration utilisateur et groupe enregistrés sur le serveur LDAP " -"(valeurs des attributs 'suseSearchFilter' ).\n" -"Si vous n'êtes pas encore connecté, votre mot de passe vous sera demandé.</" -"p>\n" +"Utilisez l'option Par défaut pour charger les filtres par défaut des modules\n" +"de configuration utilisateur et groupe enregistrés sur le serveur LDAP (valeurs des attributs 'suseSearchFilter' ).\n" +"Si vous n'êtes pas encore connecté, votre mot de passe vous sera demandé.\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 @@ -3611,8 +3235,7 @@ " \n" "<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n" " \n" -"on n'obtient que les utilisateurs dont le nom d'utilisateur commence par 'u'." -"\n" +"on n'obtient que les utilisateurs dont le nom d'utilisateur commence par 'u'.\n" # TLABEL packages_2002_01_04_0147__106 #. radiobutton label @@ -3673,8 +3296,7 @@ "The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\n" "Really use it?\n" msgstr "" -"Le nouveau filtre utilisateur ne contient pas le filtre utilisateur par " -"défaut.\n" +"Le nouveau filtre utilisateur ne contient pas le filtre utilisateur par défaut.\n" "Vraiment l'utiliser ?\n" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__43 @@ -3703,39 +3325,32 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Les fonctions décrites ci-après ne sont disponibles que si le gestionnaire " -"de login utilisé est KDM ou GDM.\n" +"Les fonctions décrites ci-après ne sont disponibles que si le gestionnaire de login utilisé est KDM ou GDM.\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Login automatique \n" -"Définissez le mode de login automatique pour ignorer la procédure de " -"login. L'utilisateur choisi dans la liste est logué automatiquement.\n" +"Définissez le mode de login automatique pour ignorer la procédure de login. L'utilisateur choisi dans la liste est logué automatiquement.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Logins sans mot de passe \n" -"Si cette option est cochée, tous les utilisateurs sont autorisés à se loguer " -"sans entrer\n" -"de mot de passe. Sinon, un mot de passe est demandé, même si vous définissez " -"l'option de login automatique des utilisateurs.\n" +"Si cette option est cochée, tous les utilisateurs sont autorisés à se loguer sans entrer\n" +"de mot de passe. Sinon, un mot de passe est demandé, même si vous définissez l'option de login automatique des utilisateurs.\n" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__128 #. dialog label @@ -3764,9 +3379,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Impossible d'effacer l'utilisateur %1. Cela peut être fait sur le serveur " -"NIS." +msgstr "Impossible d'effacer l'utilisateur %1. Cela peut être fait sur le serveur NIS." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -3922,33 +3535,26 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Linux est un système multi-utilisateur. Plusieurs utilisateurs peuvent se " -"loguer au\n" -"système en même temps. Pour éviter toute confusion, chaque utilisateur doit " -"disposer\n" -"d'une identité unique. En outre, chaque utilisateur appartient à au moins un " -"groupe.\n" +"Linux est un système multi-utilisateur. Plusieurs utilisateurs peuvent se loguer au\n" +"système en même temps. Pour éviter toute confusion, chaque utilisateur doit disposer\n" +"d'une identité unique. En outre, chaque utilisateur appartient à au moins un groupe.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Les utilisateurs et les groupes sont organisés en différents ensembles. " -"Cliquez sur Définir le filtre pour configurer l'ensemble actuellement " -"affiché dans le tableau.\n" +"Les utilisateurs et les groupes sont organisés en différents ensembles. Cliquez sur Définir le filtre pour configurer l'ensemble actuellement affiché dans le tableau.\n" "Cliquez sur Personnaliser le filtre pour personnaliser la vue.\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -3956,20 +3562,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Cliquez sur Options avancées pour modifier différents paramètres " -"avancés \n" -"(par exemple, le type de chiffrement des mots de passe, la méthode " -"d'authentification des utilisateurs, les valeurs par défaut des nouveaux\n" -"utilisateurs ou les paramètres de login). Cliquez sur Écrire les " -"modifications maintenant pour enregistrer\n" -"toutes les modifications effectuées jusqu'à présent sans quitter le module " -"de configuration.\n" +"Cliquez sur Options avancées pour modifier différents paramètres avancés \n" +"(par exemple, le type de chiffrement des mots de passe, la méthode d'authentification des utilisateurs, les valeurs par défaut des nouveaux\n" +"utilisateurs ou les paramètres de login). Cliquez sur Écrire les modifications maintenant pour enregistrer\n" +"toutes les modifications effectuées jusqu'à présent sans quitter le module de configuration.\n" # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__101 #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label @@ -3981,8 +3582,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour enregistrer les paramètres utilisateur et groupe modifiés dans votre " -"système, cliquez sur\n" +"Pour enregistrer les paramètres utilisateur et groupe modifiés dans votre système, cliquez sur\n" "%1.\n" "\n" @@ -3998,8 +3598,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour obtenir des informations sur les " -"utilisateurs existants, et ajouter ou modifier\n" +"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour obtenir des informations sur les utilisateurs existants, et ajouter ou modifier\n" "des utilisateurs. \n" "\n" @@ -4012,8 +3611,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour passer au dialogue des groupes, sélectionnez Gestion des groupes</" -"b>.\n" +"Pour passer au dialogue des groupes, sélectionnez Gestion des groupes.\n" " \n" # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__106 @@ -4050,14 +3648,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour obtenir des informations sur les " -"groupes existants, et ajouter ou modifier des groupes.\n" +"Utilisez cette boîte de dialogue pour obtenir des informations sur les groupes existants, et ajouter ou modifier des groupes.\n" "\n" # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__9 @@ -4069,8 +3665,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour passer au dialogue des utilisateurs, sélectionnez Utilisateurs </" -"b>.\n" +"Pour passer au dialogue des utilisateurs, sélectionnez Utilisateurs .\n" "\n" # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__110 @@ -4097,8 +3692,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour modifier ou supprimer un groupe existant, sélectionnez-le dans la " -"liste,\n" +"Pour modifier ou supprimer un groupe existant, sélectionnez-le dans la liste,\n" " puis cliquez sur Modifier ou sur Supprimer.\n" "\n" @@ -4118,8 +3712,7 @@ "The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -"Le préfixe du chemin d'accès pour le répertoire personnel ne correspond pas " -"à un répertoire.\n" +"Le préfixe du chemin d'accès pour le répertoire personnel ne correspond pas à un répertoire.\n" "Essayez à nouveau.\n" # TLABEL nis_server_2002_08_07_0216__1 @@ -4720,15 +4313,12 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "" -"Plusieurs modèles sont définis comme modèle par défaut. Sélectionnez celui à " -"lire." +msgstr "Plusieurs modèles sont définis comme modèle par défaut. Sélectionnez celui à lire." #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "" -"Corrigez-les manuellement avant de relancer le module utilisateurs de YaST." +msgstr "Corrigez-les manuellement avant de relancer le module utilisateurs de YaST." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -4761,8 +4351,7 @@ "Il y a une ligne étrange dans le fichier %1 :\n" "%2\n" "Le nombre de deux-points est peut-être faux ou une entrée de ligne manque.\n" -"Corrigez le fichier manuellement avant d'exécuter à nouveau le module " -"utilisateurs de YaST." +"Corrigez le fichier manuellement avant d'exécuter à nouveau le module utilisateurs de YaST." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 @@ -4773,8 +4362,7 @@ msgstr "" "Il y a une ligne étrange dans le fichier %1.\n" "Le nombre de deux-points est peut-être faux ou une entrée de ligne manque.\n" -"Corrigez le fichier manuellement avant d'exécuter à nouveau le module " -"utilisateurs de YaST." +"Corrigez le fichier manuellement avant d'exécuter à nouveau le module utilisateurs de YaST." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__47 #. default error message @@ -4800,8 +4388,7 @@ "Si vous ajoutez des utilisateurs avec ces valeurs par défaut,\n" "leur répertoire personnel sera créé dans le répertoire %2 actuel.\n" "Par conséquent, ces répertoires risquent de ne pas être accessibles\n" -"après un montage correct. Souhaitez-vous poursuivre la configuration " -"utilisateur ?" +"après un montage correct. Souhaitez-vous poursuivre la configuration utilisateur ?" #. error message #: src/modules/Users.pm:988 @@ -5017,16 +4604,13 @@ "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" "\n" -"Le support du chiffrage n'est pas installé, les dossiers personnels (home) " -"ne seront PAS chiffrés." +"Le support du chiffrage n'est pas installé, les dossiers personnels (home) ne seront PAS chiffrés." # TLABEL users_2002_08_07_0216__3 #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." -msgstr "" -"Une erreur s'est produite lors de la configuration de la transmission des " -"messages de l'utilisateur root." +msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite lors de la configuration de la transmission des messages de l'utilisateur root." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 @@ -5098,8 +4682,7 @@ "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Le nom d'utilisateur existant devrait correspondre à l'utilisateur NIS ou " -"LDAP.\n" +"Le nom d'utilisateur existant devrait correspondre à l'utilisateur NIS ou LDAP.\n" # TLABEL users_2002_01_04_0147__59 #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") @@ -5173,8 +4756,7 @@ "but it is not a directory.\n" "Really use this path?" msgstr "" -"Le chemin d'accès concernant le répertoire personnel sélectionné existe " -"déjà,\n" +"Le chemin d'accès concernant le répertoire personnel sélectionné existe déjà,\n" "mais il ne s'agit pas d'un répertoire.\n" "Faut-il vraiment utiliser ce chemin d'accès ?" @@ -5222,8 +4804,7 @@ "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" -"Si le shell sélectionné n'existe pas, l'utilisateur risque de ne pas pouvoir " -"se loguer.\n" +"Si le shell sélectionné n'existe pas, l'utilisateur risque de ne pas pouvoir se loguer.\n" "Utiliser ce shell ?" # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__201 @@ -5561,7 +5142,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -5576,15 +5157,13 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Pour le mot de passe, n'utilisez que des caractères qui se trouvent sur un " -"clavier \n" +"Pour le mot de passe, n'utilisez que des caractères qui se trouvent sur un clavier \n" "anglais. En cas d'erreur système, il peut être nécessaire de se loguer sans\n" "pouvoir disposer d'un clavier localisé.\n" "" @@ -5609,8 +5188,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez utilisé le nom d'utilisateur comme une partie du mot de passe." +msgstr "Vous avez utilisé le nom d'utilisateur comme une partie du mot de passe." #. popup question #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659 @@ -5824,15 +5402,11 @@ #~ msgstr "&eDirectory LDAP" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." -#~ "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si vous utilisez un serveur NIS ou LDAP pour enregistrer des données " -#~ "utilisateur ou si vous voulez\n" -#~ "authentifier les utilisateurs à l'aide d'un serveur NT, choisissez la " -#~ "valeur appropriée." +#~ "Si vous utilisez un serveur NIS ou LDAP pour enregistrer des données utilisateur ou si vous voulez\n" +#~ "authentifier les utilisateurs à l'aide d'un serveur NT, choisissez la valeur appropriée." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__146 #~ msgid "The authentication method is %1." @@ -5877,8 +5451,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Blowfish est semblable à MD5, mais utilise un algorithme " -#~ "différent \n" +#~ "Blowfish est semblable à MD5, mais utilise un algorithme différent \n" #~ "pour chiffrer les mots de passe.\n" #~ "" @@ -5914,48 +5487,42 @@ #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous avez inséré le nom du groupe dans le mot de passe,\n" -#~ "ce qui est une défaillance en matière de sécurité. Faut-il vraiment " -#~ "utiliser ce mot de passe ?" +#~ "ce qui est une défaillance en matière de sécurité. Faut-il vraiment utiliser ce mot de passe ?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used the username as a part of the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous avez inséré le nom d'utilisateur dans le mot de passe,\n" -#~ "ce qui est une défaillance en matière de sécurité. Faut-il vraiment " -#~ "utiliser ce mot de passe ?" +#~ "ce qui est une défaillance en matière de sécurité. Faut-il vraiment utiliser ce mot de passe ?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used only lowercase letters for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous n'avez utilisé que des lettres minuscules dans le mot de passe,\n" -#~ "ce qui est une défaillance en matière de sécurité. Faut-il vraiment " -#~ "utiliser ce mot de passe ?" +#~ "ce qui est une défaillance en matière de sécurité. Faut-il vraiment utiliser ce mot de passe ?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used only uppercase letters for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous n'avez utilisé que des lettres majuscules dans le mot de passe,\n" -#~ "ce qui est une défaillance en termes de sécurité. Faut-il vraiment " -#~ "utiliser ce mot de passe ?" +#~ "ce qui est une défaillance en termes de sécurité. Faut-il vraiment utiliser ce mot de passe ?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used a palindrom for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous avez utilisé un palindrome pour le mot de passe,\n" -#~ "ce qui est une défaillance en termes de sécurité. Faut-il vraiment " -#~ "utiliser ce mot de passe ?" +#~ "ce qui est une défaillance en termes de sécurité. Faut-il vraiment utiliser ce mot de passe ?" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used only digits for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vous n'avez utilisé que des chiffres dans le mot de passe,\n" -#~ "ce qui est une défaillance en matière de sécurité. Faut-il vraiment " -#~ "utiliser ce mot de passe ?" +#~ "ce qui est une défaillance en matière de sécurité. Faut-il vraiment utiliser ce mot de passe ?" # TLABEL wizard_2002_01_04_0147__28 #~ msgid "Next" @@ -5979,10 +5546,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Toutes les règles des mots de passe utilisateur s'appliquent au mot de " -#~ "passe \"root\" :\n" -#~ "Faites la distinction entre les majuscules et les minuscules. Un mot de " -#~ "passe doit comporter\n" +#~ "Toutes les règles des mots de passe utilisateur s'appliquent au mot de passe \"root\" :\n" +#~ "Faites la distinction entre les majuscules et les minuscules. Un mot de passe doit comporter\n" #~ "au moins cinq caractères et ne doit contenir aucun caractère spécial,\n" #~ "tel que les lettres avec accent ou tréma.\n" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/vm.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -39,12 +39,8 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"La seule architecture permettant d'héberger des machines virtuelles est " -"x86_64. L'architecture de votre système est " +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "La seule architecture permettant d'héberger des machines virtuelles est x86_64. L'architecture de votre système est " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 @@ -52,8 +48,7 @@ "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" -"L'installation de la machine virtuelle ne peut pas être lancée sur la " -"machine UML.\n" +"L'installation de la machine virtuelle ne peut pas être lancée sur la machine UML.\n" "Lancez l'installation sur le système hôte.\n" # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__83 @@ -77,42 +72,23 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "" -"<big>Configuration du serveur VM</big>La configuration du " -"serveur VM (domaine 0) s'effectue en deux temps." +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "<big>Configuration du serveur VM</big>La configuration du serveur VM (domaine 0) s'effectue en deux temps." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "" -"Les paquets requis sont d'abord installés sur le système. Ensuite, le " -"chargeur d'amorçage (bootloader) est basculé sur GRUB (si celui-ci n'est pas " -"déjà utilisé) et la section Xen est ajoutée au menu du chargeur d'amorçage " -"s'il manque." +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "Les paquets requis sont d'abord installés sur le système. Ensuite, le chargeur d'amorçage (bootloader) est basculé sur GRUB (si celui-ci n'est pas déjà utilisé) et la section Xen est ajoutée au menu du chargeur d'amorçage s'il manque." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." -msgstr "" -"GRUB est nécessaire car il prend en charge la norme multiboot requise " -"pour amorcer Xen et le noyau Linux." +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgstr "GRUB est nécessaire car il prend en charge la norme multiboot requise pour amorcer Xen et le noyau Linux." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Une fois la configuration terminée, il est possible de démarrer le " -"serveur virtuel à partir du menu du chargeur d'amorçage." +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Une fois la configuration terminée, il est possible de démarrer le serveur virtuel à partir du menu du chargeur d'amorçage." # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112 #. error popup @@ -241,13 +217,8 @@ msgstr "Pont réseau." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "" -"Pour des configurations réseau normales hébergeant des machines " -"virtuelles, un pont réseau est recommandé.Configurer un pont réseau " -"par défaut ?" +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "Pour des configurations réseau normales hébergeant des machines virtuelles, un pont réseau est recommandé.Configurer un pont réseau par défaut ?" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -260,30 +231,17 @@ #. } #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"Les composants KVM sont installés. Votre hôte est prêt à installer des " -"invités (guests) KVM." +msgstr "Les composants KVM sont installés. Votre hôte est prêt à installer des invités (guests) KVM." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"Les composants KVM sont installés. Redémarrez la machine et sélectionnez le " -"noyau natif dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage pour installer les invités " -"(guests) KVM." +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "Les composants KVM sont installés. Redémarrez la machine et sélectionnez le noyau natif dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage pour installer les invités (guests) KVM." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section " -#| "in the boot loader menu.\n" -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Pour installer les invités Xen, redémarrez la machine et sélectionnez la " -"section Xen dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage.\n" +#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Pour installer les invités Xen, redémarrez la machine et sélectionnez la section Xen dans le menu du chargeur d'amorçage.\n" # TLABEL restore_2002_08_07_0216__56 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 @@ -308,12 +266,8 @@ #~ msgid "Select the virtualization platform to install." #~ msgstr "Sélectionnez la plate-forme de virtualisation à installer." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary " -#~ "drivers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Pour installer les invités KVM, redémarrer la machine pour charger les " -#~ "drivers nécessaires." +#~ msgid "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary drivers." +#~ msgstr "Pour installer les invités KVM, redémarrer la machine pour charger les drivers nécessaires." # TLABEL hwinfo_2002_01_04_0147__39 #~ msgid "Xen Network Bridge." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/wagon.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/wagon.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/wagon.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -52,8 +52,7 @@ "Several tasks can be done by the migration tool. If you skip this step,\n" "you will have to do them manually." msgstr "" -"Plusieurs taches peuvent être effectuées par l'outil de migration. Si " -"vous sautez cette étape,\n" +"Plusieurs taches peuvent être effectuées par l'outil de migration. Si vous sautez cette étape,\n" "il sera nécessaire de les faire manuellement." #. popup dialog caption @@ -169,9 +168,7 @@ # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112 #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:86 msgid "The packages will be switched to versions in the selected repositories." -msgstr "" -"Les paquets seront commutés vers les versions disponibles dans les dépôts " -"sélectionnés." +msgstr "Les paquets seront commutés vers les versions disponibles dans les dépôts sélectionnés." # TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__62 #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:94 @@ -203,12 +200,8 @@ # TLABEL online_update_2002_01_04_0147__112 #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:106 -msgid "" -"The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the " -"selected migration repositories." -msgstr "" -"Les paquets installés seront commutés vers les versions disponibles dans les " -"dépôts de migration sélectionnés." +msgid "The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the selected migration repositories." +msgstr "Les paquets installés seront commutés vers les versions disponibles dans les dépôts de migration sélectionnés." #. The version is the same, release can be different #: src/clients/wagon_migration_products.rb:133 @@ -297,35 +290,20 @@ msgstr "Le produit %1 n'est pas enregistré, l'enregistrement a échoué." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not " -"registered." -msgstr "" -"L'enregistrement du produit %1 a été remboursé, le produit n'est pas " -"enregistré." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not registered." +msgstr "L'enregistrement du produit %1 a été remboursé, le produit n'est pas enregistré." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not " -"valid anymore." -msgstr "" -"L'enregistrement du produit %1 a expiré, l'enregistrement n'est plus " -"valide." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not valid anymore." +msgstr "L'enregistrement du produit %1 a expiré, l'enregistrement n'est plus valide." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:244 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" -msgstr "" -"L'enregistrement du produit %1 est uniquement provisoire, aucune mise " -"à jour n'est disponible" +msgid "Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" +msgstr "L'enregistrement du produit %1 est uniquement provisoire, aucune mise à jour n'est disponible" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:278 -msgid "" -"The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be " -"correct, run registration to update the status." -msgstr "" -"L'état d'enregistrement date de %1 jours. Le résumé ci-dessus peut être " -"incorrect, exécutez l'enregistrement pour mettre à jour l'état." +msgid "The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be correct, run registration to update the status." +msgstr "L'état d'enregistrement date de %1 jours. Le résumé ci-dessus peut être incorrect, exécutez l'enregistrement pour mettre à jour l'état." # TLABEL base_2002_08_07_0216__14 #. display a critical warning @@ -334,21 +312,13 @@ msgstr "Attention :" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:306 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before " -"starting migration." -msgstr "" -"Nous recommandons fortement d'enregistrer les produits non enregistrés ou " -"ayant expirés avant de commencer la migration." +msgid "We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before starting migration." +msgstr "Nous recommandons fortement d'enregistrer les produits non enregistrés ou ayant expirés avant de commencer la migration." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:312 #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:339 -msgid "" -"Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a " -"broken system." -msgstr "" -"Le fait de migrer un système partiellement ou non enregistré peut amener à " -"casser le système." +msgid "Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a broken system." +msgstr "Le fait de migrer un système partiellement ou non enregistré peut amener à casser le système." # TLABEL online_update_2002_03_14_2340__8 #. heading text @@ -383,8 +353,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aucune modification n'a été apportée à la liste des dépôts enregistrés.\n" "Cela signifie que vous n'ayez pas procédé à l'enregistrement, qu'une erreur\n" -"de configuration s'est produite, ou que les dépôts ont été ajoutés " -"auparavant.\n" +"de configuration s'est produite, ou que les dépôts ont été ajoutés auparavant.\n" "\n" "Voulez-vous relancer l'enregistrement ?\n" @@ -470,8 +439,7 @@ "Custom &URL to set them manually.\n" msgstr "" "Choisissez soit d'utiliser le Centre client\n" -"afin de gérer les dépôts d'installation durant la migration, soit d'utiliser " -"\n" +"afin de gérer les dépôts d'installation durant la migration, soit d'utiliser \n" "une &URL personnalisée afin de les définir manuellement.\n" #. help text 2 @@ -481,10 +449,8 @@ "that Customer Center has modified the repositories correctly. \n" "You can also modify them there.\n" msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez Vérification des modifications de dépôt automatiques " -"afin de vous assurer\n" -"que le Centre client a correctement modifié les dépôts. Vous pouvez " -"également les modifier\n" +"Sélectionnez Vérification des modifications de dépôt automatiques afin de vous assurer\n" +"que le Centre client a correctement modifié les dépôts. Vous pouvez également les modifier\n" "depuis cet emplacement.\n" #. heading text @@ -507,9 +473,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/welcome_in_wagon.rb:47 msgid "This tool updates the running system to a service pack." -msgstr "" -"Cet outil met à jour le système en cours d'exécution vers un service pack." -"" +msgstr "Cet outil met à jour le système en cours d'exécution vers un service pack." #. warning message, system managed by SUSE Manager cannot be migrated by wagon #. display this message and exit @@ -521,8 +485,7 @@ "Press OK to exit." msgstr "" "Ce système est géré par SUSE Manager.\n" -"Le module wagon de YaST ne peut pas migrer les systèmes gérés par SUSE " -"Manager.\n" +"Le module wagon de YaST ne peut pas migrer les systèmes gérés par SUSE Manager.\n" "\n" "Cliquez sur OK pour quitter la page." @@ -609,12 +572,8 @@ "Utiliser zypper à la place.\n" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:396 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') manquant. Utiliser l'option de ligne " -"de commande xmlfile=<fichier_XML_cible>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Nom de fichier cible (option 'xmlfile') manquant. Utiliser l'option de ligne de commande xmlfile=<fichier_XML_cible>." #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:453 @@ -623,29 +582,12 @@ #. du contains maps: $[ "dir" : [ total, used, pkgusage, readonly ], .... ] #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:586 -msgid "" -"There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in " -"advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The " -"needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free " -"space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." -msgstr "" -"L'espace est insuffisant pour migrer le système en utilisant le mode " -"téléchargement à l'avance. La partition %1 nécessite au moins %2 Mo d'espace " -"disque supplémentaire. (La taille requise est une estimation. Il est " -"recommandé d'ajouter un peu plus d'espace libre.) Libérez de l'espace ou " -"désactivez le mode téléchargement à l'avance." +msgid "There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." +msgstr "L'espace est insuffisant pour migrer le système en utilisant le mode téléchargement à l'avance. La partition %1 nécessite au moins %2 Mo d'espace disque supplémentaire. (La taille requise est une estimation. Il est recommandé d'ajouter un peu plus d'espace libre.) Libérez de l'espace ou désactivez le mode téléchargement à l'avance." #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:613 -msgid "" -"There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. " -"The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to " -"increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid " -"installation errors." -msgstr "" -"L'espace disponible risque d'être insuffisant pour la migration via le mode " -"téléchargement à l'avance. L'espace libre estimé après la migration est de " -"%2 Mo. Il est recommandé de l'augmenter au cas où l'estimation serait " -"inexacte afin d'éviter toute erreur d'installation." +msgid "There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid installation errors." +msgstr "L'espace disponible risque d'être insuffisant pour la migration via le mode téléchargement à l'avance. L'espace libre estimé après la migration est de %2 Mo. Il est recommandé de l'augmenter au cas où l'estimation serait inexacte afin d'éviter toute erreur d'installation." # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__248 #. 'Product Long Name (product-libzypp-name)' @@ -676,21 +618,14 @@ #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (nevertheless selected by user or directly by YaST) #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:772 -msgid "" -"Warning: Product %1 will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Avertissement : Le produit %1 sera supprimé." -"" +msgid "Warning: Product %1 will be removed." +msgstr "Avertissement : Le produit %1 sera supprimé." #. Not selected by user #. @see BNC #575117 #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:792 -msgid "" -"Error: Product %1 will be automatically " -"removed." -msgstr "" -"Erreur : Le produit %1 va être supprimé " -"automatiquement." +msgid "Error: Product %1 will be automatically removed." +msgstr "Erreur : Le produit %1 va être supprimé automatiquement." #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:862 msgid "Product %1 will be upgraded" @@ -726,11 +661,8 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:945 -msgid "" -"To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." -msgstr "" -"Pour modifier les paramètres de mise à jour, allez dans la section " -"Proposition de paquets." +msgid "To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." +msgstr "Pour modifier les paramètres de mise à jour, allez dans la section Proposition de paquets." #. Product removal MUST be confirmed by user, otherwise migration will not continue. #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:961 @@ -740,8 +672,7 @@ "It is safe to abort the migration now.</li>\n" msgstr "" "<li>Les produits %1 vont être supprimés.\n" -"Allez à la section proposition de paquets pour résoudre le problème " -"manuellement. \n" +"Allez à la section proposition de paquets pour résoudre le problème manuellement. \n" "Il est également plus sûr d'interrompre la migration maintenant.</li>\n" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:968 @@ -751,17 +682,14 @@ "It is safe to abort the migration now.</li>\n" msgstr "" "<li>Un produit va être supprimé.\n" -"Allez à la section proposition de paquets pour résoudre le problème " -"manuellement. \n" +"Allez à la section proposition de paquets pour résoudre le problème manuellement. \n" "Il est également plus sûr d'interrompre la migration maintenant.</li>\n" # TLABEL backup_2002_03_14_2340__109 #. Remember the 'old' product just for the case of reverting #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:1019 msgid "Error restoring the list of previously installed products." -msgstr "" -"Erreur lors de la restauration de la liste des produits précédemment " -"installés." +msgstr "Erreur lors de la restauration de la liste des produits précédemment installés." # TLABEL rc_config_2002_01_04_0147__46 #. not only enabled ones @@ -815,14 +743,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Type de migration" #~ msgid "&Minimal - upgrade from repositories added by registration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Minimal - Mise à niveau à partir des dépôts ajoutés par l'enregistrement" +#~ msgstr "&Minimal - Mise à niveau à partir des dépôts ajoutés par l'enregistrement" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Complet - installer également les correctifs disponibles en plus de la " -#~ "migration minimale" +#~ msgid "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration" +#~ msgstr "&Complet - installer également les correctifs disponibles en plus de la migration minimale" # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__80 #~ msgid "Advanced..." @@ -831,22 +755,11 @@ #~ msgid "Select the requested migration type." #~ msgstr "Sélectionnez le type de migration demandé." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full " -#~ "migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any " -#~ "enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La migration minimale utilise uniquement les dépôts ajoutés par " -#~ "l'enregistrement. La migration complète migre quant à elle tous les " -#~ "paquets vers la dernière version disponible dans n'importe quel dépôt " -#~ "activé.La migration complète peut utiliser des dépôts tiers." +#~ msgid "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories." +#~ msgstr "La migration minimale utilise uniquement les dépôts ajoutés par l'enregistrement. La migration complète migre quant à elle tous les paquets vers la dernière version disponible dans n'importe quel dépôt activé.La migration complète peut utiliser des dépôts tiers." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Advanced to manually select the repositories used for " -#~ "upgrading." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Cliquez sur Avancé pour sélectionner manuellement les dépôts " -#~ "utilisés pour la mise à niveau." +#~ msgid "Press Advanced to manually select the repositories used for upgrading." +#~ msgstr "Cliquez sur Avancé pour sélectionner manuellement les dépôts utilisés pour la mise à niveau." # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__65 #~ msgid "Selected unknown migration type: %1." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/wol.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -83,8 +83,7 @@ "over the network." msgstr "" "<h2>Wake On LAN</h2>\n" -"Avec WOL, vous pouvez 'réveiller' votre PC en envoyant simplement un " -"'paquet magique' \n" +"Avec WOL, vous pouvez 'réveiller' votre PC en envoyant simplement un 'paquet magique' \n" "à travers le réseau." # TLABEL lilo_2002_01_04_0147__15 @@ -121,6 +120,5 @@ msgstr "" "Aucun client configuré précédemment n'a été trouvé.\n" "Cependant, une configuration DHCP a été trouvée sur ce système. Importer\n" -"les données de configuration de l'hôte (adresses MAC et noms d'hôtes) " -"depuis\n" +"les données de configuration de l'hôte (adresses MAC et noms d'hôtes) depuis\n" "'/etc/dhcpd.conf' ?\n" Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/xpram.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -65,33 +65,20 @@ #. help text for XPRAM 2/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." -msgstr "" -"Cet outil ne prend actuellement en charge que l’assignation complète de " -"XPRAM à une partition. Pour avoir plusieurs partitions, recherchez dans " -"\"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" (Pilotes, " -"fonctions et commandes des périphériques, 30 novembre 2004) pour le kernel " -"Linux 2.6 – flux d’avril 2004.Dans ce cas, désactivez XPRAM dans ce " -"module." +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Cet outil ne prend actuellement en charge que l’assignation complète de XPRAM à une partition. Pour avoir plusieurs partitions, recherchez dans \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" (Pilotes, fonctions et commandes des périphériques, 30 novembre 2004) pour le kernel Linux 2.6 – flux d’avril 2004.Dans ce cas, désactivez XPRAM dans ce module." # TLABEL x11_2002_03_15_0017__5 #. help text for XPRAM 3/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." -msgstr "" -"Choisissez le bon point de montage pour Point de montage." +msgstr "Choisissez le bon point de montage pour Point de montage." # TLABEL firewall_2002_03_14_2340__34 #. help text for XPRAM 4/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." -msgstr "" -"Ensuite, choisissez le système de fichiers à utiliser sur le périphérique." -"" +msgstr "Ensuite, choisissez le système de fichiers à utiliser sur le périphérique." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__36 #. radio button label for to not start xpram @@ -107,9 +94,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" -msgstr "" -"Installer le système de fichiers ou échanger même si &XPRAM contient des " -"données valides" +msgstr "Installer le système de fichiers ou échanger même si &XPRAM contient des données valides" # TLABEL partitioning_2002_01_04_0147__241 #. frame label @@ -173,12 +158,10 @@ #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." -msgstr "" -"Erreur lors de l'arrêt de xpram. Essayer manuellement \"rcxpram stop\"." +msgstr "Erreur lors de l'arrêt de xpram. Essayer manuellement \"rcxpram stop\"." #. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); #. y2milestone("got %1", out); #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." -msgstr "" -"Erreur lors du démarrage de xpram. Essayer manuellement \"rcxpram start\"." +msgstr "Erreur lors du démarrage de xpram. Essayer manuellement \"rcxpram start\"." Modified: trunk/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) +++ trunk/yast/fr/po/yast2-apparmor.fr.po 2014-10-07 16:05:43 UTC (rev 89811) @@ -73,12 +73,8 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Faites une sélection dans la liste des profils et cliquez sur Suivant pour " -"supprimer le profil." +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgstr "Faites une sélection dans la liste des profils et cliquez sur Suivant pour supprimer le profil." # TLABEL cups_2002_01_04_0147__214 #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 @@ -90,8 +86,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select a listed profile and press Next to edit it." msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionnez un profil dans la liste et cliquez sur Suivant pour l'éditer." +msgstr "Sélectionnez un profil dans la liste et cliquez sur Suivant pour l'éditer." # TLABEL autoinst_2002_08_07_0216__63 #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 @@ -170,12 +165,8 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." -msgstr "" -"Cette opération a généré l'erreur suivante. Vérifiez votre installation et " -"les paramètres de profil d'AppArmor." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "Cette opération a généré l'erreur suivante. Vérifiez votre installation et les paramètres de profil d'AppArmor." # TLABEL x11_2002_08_07_0216__6 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 @@ -273,9 +264,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350 msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method." -msgstr "" -"Une adresse e-mail est requise pour chaque méthode de notification " -"sélectionnée." +msgstr "Une adresse e-mail est requise pour chaque méthode de notification sélectionnée." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394 msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: " @@ -305,12 +294,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." msgstr "" -"État AppArmor Ceci indique si le module d'application des " -"stratégies AppArmor \n" +"État AppArmor Ceci indique si le module d'application des stratégies AppArmor \n" "est chargé et fonctionne." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 @@ -318,8 +305,7 @@ "Security Event Notification Configure this tool if you want \n" "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred." msgstr "" -"Notification des évènements de sécurité Configurez cet outil si " -"vous voulez \n" +"Notification des évènements de sécurité Configurez cet outil si vous voulez \n" "être averti par e-mail lorsque des violations d'accès se produisent." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 @@ -327,8 +313,7 @@ "Profile Modes Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" "uses individual profiles." msgstr "" -"Modes de profil Utilisez cet outil pour changer la façon dont " -"AppArmor \n" +"Modes de profil Utilisez cet outil pour changer la façon dont AppArmor \n" "utilise les profils individuels." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 @@ -404,25 +389,16 @@ msgstr "Erreurs trouvées dans les profils AppArmor" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used. " -msgstr "" -"Vous devez résoudre ces problèmes pour lancer AppArmor ou utiliser les " -"outils de gestion des profils." +msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " +msgstr "Vous devez résoudre ces problèmes pour lancer AppArmor ou utiliser les outils de gestion des profils." #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 msgid "Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " -msgstr "" -"Pour obtenir une description de la syntaxe des profils AppArmor, exécutez " +msgstr "Pour obtenir une description de la syntaxe des profils AppArmor, exécutez " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"Une documentation complète sur AppArmor est disponible dans le Guide " -"d'administration situé dans le répertoire : " +msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "Une documentation complète sur AppArmor est disponible dans le Guide d'administration situé dans le répertoire : " # TLABEL sound_2002_01_04_0147__46 #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -904,91 +880,56 @@ "this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n" "and group ownership.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Dans un système dans lequel l'option [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] est " -"définie, \n" -"ceci permet de passer outre la restriction de modification de " -"l'appartenance \n" +"<ul><li>Dans un système dans lequel l'option [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] est définie, \n" +"ceci permet de passer outre la restriction de modification de l'appartenance \n" "de fichier et de groupe.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Outrepasser tous les accès DAC, y compris l'accès en exécution ACL " -"si \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] est défini. L'exclusion de l'accès DAC est couverte par " -"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Outrepasser tous les accès DAC, y compris l'accès en exécution ACL si \n" +"[_POSIX_ACL] est défini. L'exclusion de l'accès DAC est couverte par CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Outrepasse toutes les restrictions DAC sur la lecture et la " -"recherche \n" -"des fichiers et des répertoires, y compris les restrictions ACL si " -"[_POSIX_ACL] est défini. \n" +"<ul><li>Outrepasse toutes les restrictions DAC sur la lecture et la recherche \n" +"des fichiers et des répertoires, y compris les restrictions ACL si [_POSIX_ACL] est défini. \n" "L'exclusion de l'accès DAC est couverte par CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files, " -#| "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID " -#| "is applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" +#| msgid "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files, where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Outrepasse toutes les restrictions sur les opérations autorisées sur " -"les fichiers, où l'ID du propriétaire du fichier doit être identique\n" +"<ul><li>Outrepasse toutes les restrictions sur les opérations autorisées sur les fichiers, où l'ID du propriétaire du fichier doit être identique\n" "à l'ID de l'utilisateur, sauf si CAP_FSETID est applicable.\n" "Ne remplace pas les restrictions MAC et DAC. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user ID " -#| "shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits " -#| "on that file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary " -#| "group IDs) shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on " -#| "that file; that the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful " -#| "return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Outrepasse les restrictions suivantes : l'ID de l'utilisateur " -"effectif doit correspondre à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors du " -"paramétrage des bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID de ce fichier ; l'ID du groupe " -"effectif (ou une des ID de groupes supplémentaires) doit correspondre à l'ID " -"du propriétaire du fichier lors de la configuration du bit S_ISGID sur ce " -"fichier ; les bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID sont vidés au retour réussi de chown" -"(2) (non mis en oeuvre). </li></ul>" +#| msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Outrepasse les restrictions suivantes : l'ID de l'utilisateur effectif doit correspondre à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors du paramétrage des bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID de ce fichier ; l'ID du groupe effectif (ou une des ID de groupes supplémentaires) doit correspondre à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors de la configuration du bit S_ISGID sur ce fichier ; les bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID sont vidés au retour réussi de chown(2) (non mis en oeuvre). </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Outrepasse la restriction selon laquelle l'ID de l'utilisateur réel " -"ou effectif \n" -"d'un processus qui envoie un signal doit correspondre à l'ID de " -"l'utilisateur réel ou effectif \n" +"<ul><li>Outrepasse la restriction selon laquelle l'ID de l'utilisateur réel ou effectif \n" +"d'un processus qui envoie un signal doit correspondre à l'ID de l'utilisateur réel ou effectif \n" "du processus qui reçoit le signal.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 @@ -996,10 +937,8 @@ "<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Autorise la manipulation setgid(2) </li> <li> Autorise setgroups(2) " -"</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise les gids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par " -"socket. </li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Autorise la manipulation setgid(2) </li> <li> Autorise setgroups(2) </li> \n" +"<li> Autorise les gids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par socket. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 msgid "" @@ -1007,8 +946,7 @@ "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Autorise la manipulation setuid(2) (fsuid inclus) </li> \n" -"<li> Autorise les pids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par " -"socket. </li></ul>" +"<li> Autorise les pids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par socket. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 msgid "" @@ -1020,12 +958,8 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Autorise la modification des attributs de fichier S_IMMUTABLE et " -"S_APPEND</li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Autorise la modification des attributs de fichier S_IMMUTABLE et S_APPEND</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -1043,44 +977,37 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<ul><li> Allow interface configuration</li> \n" -#| "<li> Allow administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -#| "li> \n" +#| "<li> Allow administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow modification of routing tables</li>" msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Autorise la configuration des interfaces</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise l'administration du pare-feu IP, du masquage et de la " -"comptabilisation</li> \n" +"<li> Autorise l'administration du pare-feu IP, du masquage et de la comptabilisation</li> \n" "<li> Autorise le paramétrage de l'option de débogage sur les sockets</li> \n" "<li> Autorise la modification des tables de routage</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<li> Allow setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on " -#| "sockets</li> \n" +#| "<li> Allow setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow clearing driver statistics</li>" msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Autorise la configuration de la propriété d'un processus ou groupe de " -"processus arbitrairement sur les sockets</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise l'association à n'importe quelle adresse pour le proxy " -"transparent</li> \n" +"<li> Autorise la configuration de la propriété d'un processus ou groupe de processus arbitrairement sur les sockets</li> \n" +"<li> Autorise l'association à n'importe quelle adresse pour le proxy transparent</li> \n" "<li> Autorise la configuration du TOS (type de service)</li> \n" "<li> Autorise la configuration du mode de promiscuité</li> \n" "<li> Autorise l'effacement des statistiques du pilote</li>" @@ -1099,8 +1026,7 @@ "</ul>" msgstr "" "<li> Autorise la multidiffusion</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise la lecture/l'écriture de registres spécifiques aux " -"périphériques</li> \n" +"<li> Autorise la lecture/l'écriture de registres spécifiques aux périphériques</li> \n" "<li> Autorise l'activation des sockets de contrôle ATM</li>\n" "</ul>" @@ -1120,17 +1046,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<ul><li> Allow locking of shared memory segments</li> \n" -#| "<li> Allow mlock and mlockall (which doesn't really have anything to do " -#| "with IPC) </li></ul>" +#| "<li> Allow mlock and mlockall (which doesn't really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Autorise le verrouillage des segments de mémoire partagée</li> " -"<li>\n" -" Autoriser mlock et mlockall (qui n'a pas vraiment de rapport avec IPC) </" -"li></ul>" +"<ul><li> Autorise le verrouillage des segments de mémoire partagée</li> <li>\n" +" Autoriser mlock et mlockall (qui n'a pas vraiment de rapport avec IPC) </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 msgid "<ul><li> Override IPC ownership checks </li></ul>" @@ -1138,12 +1060,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Insérer et retirer des modules du noyau - modifier le noyau sans " -"limite</li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insérer et retirer des modules du noyau - modifier le noyau sans limite</li> \n" "<li> Modifier cap_bset </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 @@ -1156,8 +1076,7 @@ "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Autorise l'accès ioperm/iopl </li> \n" -"<li> Autorise l'envoi de messages USB à tout périphérique via /proc/bus/usb " -"</li></ul>" +"<li> Autorise l'envoi de messages USB à tout périphérique via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 #, fuzzy @@ -1173,9 +1092,7 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "<ul><li> Allow configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" msgid "<ul><li> Allows configuration of process accounting </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Autorise la configuration de la comptabilité des processus </li></" -"ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li> Autorise la configuration de la comptabilité des processus </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:179 #, fuzzy @@ -1193,8 +1110,7 @@ "<ul><li> Autorise la configuration de la Secure Attention Key (SAK)</li> \n" "<li> Autorise l'administration du périphérique aléatoire (random)</li> \n" "<li> Autorise l'examen et la configuration des quotas de disque</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise la configuration du syslog du noyau (comportement de printk)</" -"li>" +"<li> Autorise la configuration du syslog du noyau (comportement de printk)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185 #, fuzzy @@ -1214,8 +1130,7 @@ "<li> Autorise la configuration du nom de domaine</li> \n" "<li> Autorise la configuration du nom d'hôte</li> \n" "<li> Autorise l'appel à bdflush()</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise mount() et umount(), configurer une nouvelle connexion smb</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Autorise mount() et umount(), configurer une nouvelle connexion smb</li> \n" "<li> Autorise certains ioctl d'autofs</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192 @@ -1237,51 +1152,40 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<li> Allow removing semaphores</li> \n" -#| "<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, " -#| "semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" +#| "<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Autorise la suppression de sémaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Utilisé à la place de CAP_CHOWN pour changer la propriété des files de " -"messages IPC, des sémaphores et de la mémoire partagée</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise le verrouillage/déverrouillage de segments de mémoire " -"partagée</li> \n" +"<li> Utilisé à la place de CAP_CHOWN pour changer la propriété des files de messages IPC, des sémaphores et de la mémoire partagée</li> \n" +"<li> Autorise le verrouillage/déverrouillage de segments de mémoire partagée</li> \n" "<li> Autorise l'activation/désactivation de l'espace d'échange</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise les pids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par " -"socket</li>" +"<li> Autorise les pids modifiés lors de la transmission des identifiants par socket</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<li> Allow setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</" -#| "li> \n" +#| "<li> Allow setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -#| "<li> Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -#| "ioctls)</li>" +#| "<li> Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgid "" "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Autorise la configuration de la lecture anticipée et le vidage des " -"buffers sur les périphériques blocs</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise la configuration de la géométrie dans le pilote de disquette " -"(floppy)</li>\n" +"<li> Autorise la configuration de la lecture anticipée et le vidage des buffers sur les périphériques blocs</li> \n" +"<li> Autorise la configuration de la géométrie dans le pilote de disquette (floppy)</li>\n" "<li> Autorise l'activation/désactivation de DMA dans le pilote xd</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise l'administration des périphériques md (comme ci-dessus, mais " -"avec des ioctl supplémentaires)</li>" +"<li> Autorise l'administration des périphériques md (comme ci-dessus, mais avec des ioctl supplémentaires)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 #, fuzzy @@ -1298,28 +1202,23 @@ msgstr "" "<li> Autorise la configuration du pilote ide</li> \n" "<li> Autorise l'accès au périphérique nvram</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise l'administration des périphériques apm_bios, serial et bttv " -"(TV)</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise les commandes de fabricant dans le pilote de support isdn " -"CAPI</li>" +"<li> Autorise l'administration des périphériques apm_bios, serial et bttv (TV)</li> \n" +"<li> Autorise les commandes de fabricant dans le pilote de support isdn CAPI</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -#| "li> \n" +#| "<li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Autorise la lecture de portions non-standardisées de l'espace de " -"configuration PCI</li> \n" +"<li> Autorise la lecture de portions non-standardisées de l'espace de configuration PCI</li> \n" "<li> Autorise l'ioctl de débogage DDI pour le pilote sbpcd</li> \n" "<li> Autorise la configuration des ports série</li> \n" "<li> Autorise l'envoi de commandes qic-117 brutes</li>" @@ -1335,11 +1234,9 @@ " and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> Autorise l'activation/désactivation du Tagged Queuing sur les " -"contrôleurs SCSI\n" +"<li> Autorise l'activation/désactivation du Tagged Queuing sur les contrôleurs SCSI\n" "et l'envoi de commandes SCSI arbitraires</li> \n" -"<li> Autoriser la configuration de la clé de chiffrage sur le système de " -"fichiers loopback</li></ul>" +"<li> Autoriser la configuration de la clé de chiffrage sur le système de fichiers loopback</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 #, fuzzy @@ -1349,69 +1246,52 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<ul><li> Allow raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -#| "UID) processes</li> \n" -#| "<li> Allow use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -#| "processes and setting \n" +#| "<ul><li> Allow raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +#| "<li> Allow use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" #| "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Autorise l'augmentation de la priorité et la configuration de la " -"priorité sur d'autres processus (UID différent)</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise l'utilisation de l'ordonnancement FIFO et round-robin (temps " -"réel) sur ses propres processus et la configuration \n" +"<ul><li> Autorise l'augmentation de la priorité et la configuration de la priorité sur d'autres processus (UID différent)</li> \n" +"<li> Autorise l'utilisation de l'ordonnancement FIFO et round-robin (temps réel) sur ses propres processus et la configuration \n" "de l'algorithme d'ordonnancement utilisé par un autre processus.</li> \n" -" <li> Autorise la configuration de l'affinité de processeur sur les autres " -"processus </li></ul>" +" <li> Autorise la configuration de l'affinité de processeur sur les autres processus </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:245 msgid "" "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Outrepasser les limites de ressources. Définir les limites de " -"ressources.</li> \n" +"<ul><li> Outrepasser les limites de ressources. Définir les limites de ressources.</li> \n" "<li> Outrepasser les limites de quotas.</li> \n" "<li> Outrepasser l'espace réservé sur le système de fichiers ext2</li> \n" -"<li> Modifier le mode de journalisation des données sur le système de " -"fichier ext3 (utilise les ressources de journalisation)</li>" +"<li> Modifier le mode de journalisation des données sur le système de fichier ext3 (utilise les ressources de journalisation)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -#| "can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +#| "<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" #| "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" #| "<li> Allow more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" #| "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" #| "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> REMARQUE : ext2 respecte fsuid lors de la vérification des " -"remplacements de ressources, vous pouvez donc également utiliser fsuid pour " -"les remplacements</li> \n" -"<li> Outrepasse les restrictions de taille sur les files d'attente de " -"messages IPC</li> \n" -"<li> Autorise les interruptions supérieures à 64 Hz depuis l'horloge temps " -"réel</li> \n" -"<li> Outrepasse le nombre maximum de consoles pour l'allocation de consoles</" -"li> \n" +"<li> REMARQUE : ext2 respecte fsuid lors de la vérification des remplacements de ressources, vous pouvez donc également utiliser fsuid pour les remplacements</li> \n" +"<li> Outrepasse les restrictions de taille sur les files d'attente de messages IPC</li> \n" +"<li> Autorise les interruptions supérieures à 64 Hz depuis l'horloge temps réel</li> \n" +"<li> Outrepasse le nombre maximum de consoles pour l'allocation de consoles</li> \n" "<li> Outrepasse le nombre maximum de keymaps</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:261 @@ -1490,12 +1370,9 @@ "(into /var/log/audit/audit.log file), but still permitted, so \n" "that application's behavior is not restricted." msgstr "" -"Le mode Réclamation est un mode d'apprentissage du profil qui " -"journalise l'activité \n" -"des applications. Toute violation des règles du profil AppArmor est " -"journalisée \n" -"(dans le fichier /var/log/audit/audit.log</li>), mais reste autorisée, de " -"sorte \n" +"Le mode Réclamation est un mode d'apprentissage du profil qui journalise l'activité \n" +"des applications. Toute violation des règles du profil AppArmor est journalisée \n" +"(dans le fichier /var/log/audit/audit.log</li>), mais reste autorisée, de sorte \n" "que le comportement de l'application n'est pas restreint." #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:43 @@ -1505,11 +1382,9 @@ "but not permitted (e.g. an application cannot access files, unless it is\n" "permitted to do so by the profile)." msgstr "" -"Lorsque le profil est en mode Application, l'application est " -"protégée par \n" +"Lorsque le profil est en mode Application, l'application est protégée par \n" "AppArmor. Les règles du profil sont imposées et leur violation journalisée,\n" -"mais non autorisée (par exemple une application ne peut pas accéder aux " -"fichiers, sauf\n" +"mais non autorisée (par exemple une application ne peut pas accéder aux fichiers, sauf\n" "si le profil lui en donne expressément le droit)." #. Button for showing active or all profiles @@ -1608,12 +1483,9 @@ "alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security \n" "event must be to send an alert." msgstr "" -"L'écran Notification d’évènement de sécurité vous permet de configurer " -"des alertes \n" -"e-mail lors d’évènements de sécurité. Dans les étapes suivantes, spécifiez à " -"quelle fréquence \n" -"les alertes sont envoyées, qui les reçoit, et quelle doit être la gravité de " -"l’évènement de sécurité \n" +"L'écran Notification d’évènement de sécurité vous permet de configurer des alertes \n" +"e-mail lors d’évènements de sécurité. Dans les étapes suivantes, spécifiez à quelle fréquence \n" +"les alertes sont envoyées, qui les reçoit, et quelle doit être la gravité de l’évènement de sécurité \n" "pour déclencher une alerte." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 @@ -1637,8 +1509,7 @@ #| "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" #| " For example: <tt>SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability \n" #| "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -#| "active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 " -#| "16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" +#| "active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" #| "" msgid "" "Summary Notification: The Summary notification displays \n" @@ -1646,8 +1517,7 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" "Notification résumée : La notification résumée affiche \n" @@ -1655,8 +1525,7 @@ "d'occurrences individuelles, ainsi que la date de la dernière occurrence. \n" " Par exemple : <tt>SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability \n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 @@ -1670,14 +1539,10 @@ "and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected." msgstr "" "Notification détaillée : La notification détaillée affiche \n" -"les évènements de sécurité AppArmor journalisés, non modifiés. Elle vous " -"informe \n" -"chaque fois qu'un évènement survient et écrit une ligne dans le journal " -"verbeux. Ces \n" -"évènements de sécurité incluent la date et l'heure à laquelle l’évènement " -"est survenu, quand \n" -"le profil d'application autorise et refuse l'accès, et le type de permission " -"d'accès au fichier \n" +"les évènements de sécurité AppArmor journalisés, non modifiés. Elle vous informe \n" +"chaque fois qu'un évènement survient et écrit une ligne dans le journal verbeux. Ces \n" +"évènements de sécurité incluent la date et l'heure à laquelle l’évènement est survenu, quand \n" +"le profil d'application autorise et refuse l'accès, et le type de permission d'accès au fichier \n" "qui est autorisé ou refusé." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:61 @@ -1742,14 +1607,10 @@ "occur." msgstr "" "<li>Sélectionnez le niveau de gravité le plus bas pour lequel une \n" -"notification doit être envoyée. Les évènements de sécurité seront " -"journalisés et \n" -"les notifications envoyées au moment indiqué par la fréquence lorsque les " -"évènements \n" -"seront de gravité égale ou supérieure au niveau sélectionné. Si la fréquence " -"est \n" -"1 jour, la notification sera envoyée quotidiennement, si des évènements de " -"sécurité \n" +"notification doit être envoyée. Les évènements de sécurité seront journalisés et \n" +"les notifications envoyées au moment indiqué par la fréquence lorsque les évènements \n" +"seront de gravité égale ou supérieure au niveau sélectionné. Si la fréquence est \n" +"1 jour, la notification sera envoyée quotidiennement, si des évènements de sécurité \n" "surviennent." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91 @@ -1762,8 +1623,7 @@ "or services denied.</li>" msgstr "" "Niveaux de gravité : ils sont numérotés de 1 à 10, \n" -"10 étant l'incident de sécurité le plus grave. Le fichier severity.db</" -"b> \n" +"10 étant l'incident de sécurité le plus grave. Le fichier severity.db \n" "définit le niveau de gravité des évènements de sécurité potentiels. \n" "Les niveaux de gravité sont déterminés par l'importance des \n" "différents évènements de sécurité, comme l'accès à certaines ressources \n" @@ -1772,12 +1632,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Sélectionnez Inclure les évènements de sécurité inconnus si \n" -"vous voulez inclure les évènements qui n'ont pas été évalués avec un indice " -"de gravité.</li>" +"vous voulez inclure les évènements qui n'ont pas été évalués avec un indice de gravité.</li>" # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__16 #. ---------------------------- @@ -1787,15 +1645,12 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Cet assistant présente les entrées générées par le module de contrôle " -"d'accès AppArmor. \n" -"Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité extrêmement robustes et " -"optimisés \n" +"Cet assistant présente les entrées générées par le module de contrôle d'accès AppArmor. \n" +"Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité extrêmement robustes et optimisés \n" "en utilisant les suggestions faites par AppArmor." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111 @@ -1805,10 +1660,8 @@ "that display were logged during the normal application \n" "execution test previously performed. " msgstr "" -"AppArmor suggère que vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources " -"spécifiques \n" -"ou que vous définissez les permissions d'exécution pour ces entrées. Les " -"questions \n" +"AppArmor suggère que vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources spécifiques \n" +"ou que vous définissez les permissions d'exécution pour ces entrées. Les questions \n" "affichées ont été enregistrées lors du test d'exécution normale \n" "de l'application précédemment mené. " @@ -1835,12 +1688,8 @@ msgstr "Modes d'accès " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" -msgstr "" -"Les modes de permissions d'accès aux fichiers consistent en des combinaisons " -"des six modes suivants :" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" +msgstr "Les modes de permissions d'accès aux fichiers consistent en des combinaisons des six modes suivants :" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" @@ -2024,44 +1873,30 @@ "populaires tels que csh(1), bash(1), zsh(1)." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>* peut se substituer à n'importe quel nombre de caractères, " -"sauf '/'<li>" +msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgstr "<li>* peut se substituer à n'importe quel nombre de caractères, sauf '/'<li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>** peut se substituer à n'importe quel nombre de caractères, y " -"compris '/'</li>" +msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" +msgstr "<li>** peut se substituer à n'importe quel nombre de caractères, y compris '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 msgid "<li>? can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>? peut se substituer à un caractère quelconque, sauf '/'</li>" +msgstr "<li>? peut se substituer à un caractère quelconque, sauf '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[abc] se substitue à un caractère a, b ou c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li>[a-c] se substitue à un caractère a, b, ou c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>{ab,cd} crée deux règles : une qui correspond à ab, une qui " -"correspond à cd</li>" +msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" +msgstr "<li>{ab,cd} crée deux règles : une qui correspond à ab, une qui correspond à cd</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 msgid "Clean Exec - for sanitized execution" @@ -2073,8 +1908,7 @@ #| "The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" #| "execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" #| "environment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n" -#| "variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize " -#| "the\n" +#| "variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" #| "enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" #| "The variables are:" msgid "" @@ -2224,9 +2058,7 @@ #. Update table values #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602 msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined." -msgstr "" -"L'entrée ne sera pas ajoutée. Le nom ou les autorisations de l'entrée ne " -"sont pas définis." +msgstr "L'entrée ne sera pas ajoutée. Le nom ou les autorisations de l'entrée ne sont pas définis." #. Prompts the user for a hatname #. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] @@ -2263,38 +2095,25 @@ "enter a hat name to create a new hat, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." msgstr "" "Vous n'avez pas donné de nom au hat que vous voulez ajouter.\n" -"Veuillez entrer un nom de hat pour en créer un nouveau, ou cliquez sur " -"Abandonner pour annuler cet assistant." +"Veuillez entrer un nom de hat pour en créer un nouveau, ou cliquez sur Abandonner pour annuler cet assistant." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Please enter a " -#| "different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"Le profil contient déjà le nom du hat fourni. Saisissez un nouveau nom ou " -"cliquez sur Abandonner pour arrêter cet assistant." +#| msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "Le profil contient déjà le nom du hat fourni. Saisissez un nouveau nom ou cliquez sur Abandonner pour arrêter cet assistant." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual " -#| "profile. \n" -#| "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a " -#| "modification dialog." -msgid "" -"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +#| "In this form you can view and modify the contents of an individual profile. \n" +#| "For existing entries you can double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." msgstr "" -"Ce formulaire vous permet d'afficher et de modifier le contenu d'un " -"profil donné. \n" -"Pour les entrées existantes, double-cliquez sur les permissions pour accéder " -"à une boîte de dialogue de modification." +"Ce formulaire vous permet d'afficher et de modifier le contenu d'un profil donné. \n" +"Pour les entrées existantes, double-cliquez sur les permissions pour accéder à une boîte de dialogue de modification." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -2307,69 +2126,55 @@ "U -unconstrained (*clean exec)</code>" msgstr "" "Définition des permissions : <code> r - lecture \n" -"w - écriture l - lien m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - verrouillage du " -"fichier \n" -"a - ajout au fichier x - exécution i - hérité p - profil " -"distinct \n" +"w - écriture l - lien m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - verrouillage du fichier \n" +"a - ajout au fichier x - exécution i - hérité p - profil distinct \n" "P - profil distinct (*exéc. propre) u - sans contrainte \n" "U -sans contrainte (*exéc. propre)</code>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list." -msgstr "" -"Ajouter une entrée : Sélectionnez le type de ressource à " -"ajouter dans la liste déroulante." +msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." +msgstr "Ajouter une entrée : Sélectionnez le type de ressource à ajouter dans la liste déroulante." #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<ul><li>File Add a file entry to this profile</li>" msgid "<ul><li>File Add a file entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Fichier Ajouter une entrée de fichier à ce profil.</li>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Fichier Ajouter une entrée de fichier à ce profil.</li>" #. help text - part x2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<li>Directory Add a directory entry to this profile</li>" msgid "<li>Directory Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>Répertoire Ajouter une entrée de répertoire à ce profil.</li>" +msgstr "<li>Répertoire Ajouter une entrée de répertoire à ce profil.</li>" #. help text - part x3 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<li>Capability Add a capability entry to this profile</li>" msgid "<li>Capability Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>Capacité Ajouter une entrée de capacité à ce profil.</li>" +msgstr "<li>Capacité Ajouter une entrée de capacité à ce profil.</li>" #. help text - part x4 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Inclusion Ajouter une entrée d'inclusion à ce profil. Cette " -"option \n" -"inclut le contenu de l'entrée de profil d'un autre fichier dans ce profil au " -"moment du chargement.</li>" +"<li>Inclusion Ajouter une entrée d'inclusion à ce profil. Cette option \n" +"inclut le contenu de l'entrée de profil d'un autre fichier dans ce profil au moment du chargement.</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Entrée réseau Ajouter une règle de réseau à ce profil. \n" -"Cette option vous autorisera à spécifier les privilèges d'accès au réseau " -"pour le profil. \n" +"Cette option vous autorisera à spécifier les privilèges d'accès au réseau pour le profil. \n" "Vous pouvez spécifier une famille d'adresse réseau et le type de socket.</li>" #. help text - part x6 @@ -2377,62 +2182,45 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile - called a Hat. \n" -#| "This option is analagous to manually creating a new profile, which can " -#| "selected \n" -#| "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat " -#| "aware \n" -#| "application. For more information on changehat please see man " -#| "changehat on your \n" +#| "This option is analagous to manually creating a new profile, which can selected \n" +#| "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat aware \n" +#| "application. For more information on changehat please see man changehat on your \n" #| "system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Hat Ajouter à ce profil un sous-profil, appelé \"Hat\". Cette\n" -"option est analogue à la création manuelle d'un nouveau profil et ne peut " -"être sélectionnée \n" -"que lors de l'exécution dans le contexte d'une invite de la part d'une " -"application \n" +"option est analogue à la création manuelle d'un nouveau profil et ne peut être sélectionnée \n" +"que lors de l'exécution dans le contexte d'une invite de la part d'une application \n" "supportant changehat. \n" -"Pour plus d'informations sur changehat, reportez-vous à man changehat " -"sur votre système ou au Guide d'administration de Novell AppArmor.</li>" +"Pour plus d'informations sur changehat, reportez-vous à man changehat sur votre système ou au Guide d'administration de Novell AppArmor.</li>" # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__182 #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 msgid "</ul>Edit Entry: Edit the selected entry." -msgstr "" -"</ul>Modifier l'entrée : Modifiez l'entrée sélectionnée." +msgstr "</ul>Modifier l'entrée : Modifiez l'entrée sélectionnée." # TLABEL network_2002_03_14_2340__182 #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "" -"Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." -msgstr "" -"Supprimer une entrée : Supprime l'entrée sélectionnée de ce " -"profil." +msgid "Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." +msgstr "Supprimer une entrée : Supprime l'entrée sélectionnée de ce profil." #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" -"*Exéc. propre L'option Exéc. propre s'applique aux permissions " -"d'exécution \n" -"profil distinct et sans contrainte. Elle renforce la sécurité en supprimant " -"certaines variables \n" -"de l'environnement hérité par le programme enfant. Les variables sont les " -"suivantes :" +"*Exéc. propre L'option Exéc. propre s'applique aux permissions d'exécution \n" +"profil distinct et sans contrainte. Elle renforce la sécurité en supprimant certaines variables \n" +"de l'environnement hérité par le programme enfant. Les variables sont les suivantes :" # TLABEL newmodule_2002_01_04_0147__80 #. help text - part y2 @@ -2504,15 +2292,9 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Include entries can not be edited. Please select add or delete to manage " -#| "Include entries." -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"Les entrées d'inclusion ne peuvent pas être modifiées. Sélectionnez Ajouter " -"ou Supprimer pour gérer les entrées d'inclusion." +#| msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Please select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "Les entrées d'inclusion ne peuvent pas être modifiées. Sélectionnez Ajouter ou Supprimer pour gérer les entrées d'inclusion." #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -2525,12 +2307,8 @@ msgstr "Sélectionner le fichier à inclure" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" -msgstr "" -"Fichier #include invalide. Les fichiers inclus doivent être situés dans l'un " -"des répertoires suivants : \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "Fichier #include invalide. Les fichiers inclus doivent être situés dans l'un des répertoires suivants : \n" # TLABEL runlevel_2002_03_14_2340__40 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 @@ -2557,8 +2335,7 @@ msgstr "Échec de la copie de %s." #~ msgid "Synchronization error between frontend and backend." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Erreur de synchronisation entre interface graphique et interface dorsale." +#~ msgstr "Erreur de synchronisation entre interface graphique et interface dorsale." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__16 #~ msgid "AppArmor Profile Wizard" @@ -2566,15 +2343,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<h1>Application to Profile</h1>\n" -#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you " -#~ "run the application, AppArmor will collect\n" +#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you run the application, AppArmor will collect\n" #~ "information about system resources it accesses." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<h1>Application à profiler</h1>\n" -#~ "Sélectionner l'application que vous voulez profiler. Ensuite, lorsque " -#~ "vous lancerez l'application, AppArmor collectera\n" -#~ "des informations à propos des ressources systèmes auxquelles elle accède." -#~ "" +#~ "Sélectionner l'application que vous voulez profiler. Ensuite, lorsque vous lancerez l'application, AppArmor collectera\n" +#~ "des informations à propos des ressources systèmes auxquelles elle accède." # TLABEL printer_2002_08_07_0216__246 #~ msgid "Application to Profile" @@ -2598,14 +2372,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Mettre à jour le profil" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or " -#~ "pattern \n" +#~ "Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern \n" #~ "that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of \n" #~ "interest, the report will display security events that have \n" #~ "occurred for a specific program. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Motif de nom de programme : si vous entrez un nom de programme " -#~ "ou motif \n" +#~ "Motif de nom de programme : si vous entrez un nom de programme ou motif \n" #~ "correspondant au nom de l'exécutable binaire du programme en question, \n" #~ "le rapport affichera les évènements de sécurité qui se sont produits \n" #~ "pour un programme spécifique. " @@ -2622,15 +2394,12 @@ #~ "confiné par un profil spécifique. " #~ msgid "" -#~ "PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely " -#~ "identifies \n" +#~ "PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies \n" #~ "one specific process or running program (this number is valid only \n" #~ "during the lifetime of that process). " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Numéro PID : le numéro d'ID de processus est un nombre qui " -#~ "identifie de \n" -#~ "manière unique un processus ou programme spécifique (ce nombre n'est " -#~ "valide que \n" +#~ "Numéro PID : le numéro d'ID de processus est un nombre qui identifie de \n" +#~ "manière unique un processus ou programme spécifique (ce nombre n'est valide que \n" #~ "pendant la durée de vie de ce processus). " #~ msgid "" @@ -2638,12 +2407,9 @@ #~ "events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected \n" #~ "severity level, and above, will be included in the reports. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Niveau de gravité : sélectionnez le niveau de gravité le plus " -#~ "bas \n" -#~ "pour les évènements de sécurité que vous voulez inclure dans le " -#~ "rapport. \n" -#~ "Le niveau de gravité sélectionné, et les niveaux supérieurs, seront " -#~ "inclus dans les rapports. " +#~ "Niveau de gravité : sélectionnez le niveau de gravité le plus bas \n" +#~ "pour les évènements de sécurité que vous voulez inclure dans le rapport. \n" +#~ "Le niveau de gravité sélectionné, et les niveaux supérieurs, seront inclus dans les rapports. " #~ msgid "" #~ "Detail: A source to which the profile has denied access. \n" @@ -2651,10 +2417,8 @@ #~ "report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Détail : une source à laquelle le profil a refusé l'accès. \n" -#~ "Ceci inclut les capacités et les fichiers. Vous pouvez utiliser ce champ " -#~ "pour \n" -#~ "signaler les ressources qui ne sont pas autorisées à être accédées par " -#~ "des profils. " +#~ "Ceci inclut les capacités et les fichiers. Vous pouvez utiliser ce champ pour \n" +#~ "signaler les ressources qui ne sont pas autorisées à être accédées par des profils. " #~ msgid "" #~ "Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants \n" @@ -2666,14 +2430,12 @@ #~ "r (lecture) w (écriture) l (lien) x (exécution) " #~ msgid "" -#~ "Access Type: The access type describes what is actually " -#~ "happening \n" +#~ "Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening \n" #~ "with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, \n" #~ "or AUDITING. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Type d'accès : le type d'accès décrit ce qui se passe vraiment \n" -#~ "lors de l’évènement de sécurité. Les options sont : PERMITTING, " -#~ "REJECTING, \n" +#~ "lors de l’évènement de sécurité. Les options sont : PERMITTING, REJECTING, \n" #~ "et AUDITING. " #~ msgid "" @@ -2685,47 +2447,33 @@ #~ "pathname in the field provided." #~ msgstr "" #~ "CSV ou HTML : vous permet d'exporter un fichier CSV (valeurs \n" -#~ "séparées par des virgules) ou HTML. Le fichier CSV sépare les champs de " -#~ "données \n" -#~ "dans les entrées de journal avec des virgules, en utilisant un format de " -#~ "données standard \n" -#~ "pouvant être importé dans les applications de type tableur. Vous pouvez " -#~ "entrer \n" -#~ "un chemin pour votre rapport exporté en saisissant le chemin complet " -#~ "dans \n" +#~ "séparées par des virgules) ou HTML. Le fichier CSV sépare les champs de données \n" +#~ "dans les entrées de journal avec des virgules, en utilisant un format de données standard \n" +#~ "pouvant être importé dans les applications de type tableur. Vous pouvez entrer \n" +#~ "un chemin pour votre rapport exporté en saisissant le chemin complet dans \n" #~ "le champ adéquat." #~ msgid "" #~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived \n" #~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La boîte de dialogue Configuration du rapport permet de filtrer le " -#~ "rapport archivé \n" -#~ "sélectionné dans l'écran précédent. Pour filtrer par Plage de dates</" -#~ "b> :" +#~ "La boîte de dialogue Configuration du rapport permet de filtrer le rapport archivé \n" +#~ "sélectionné dans l'écran précédent. Pour filtrer par Plage de dates :" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ol><li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report." -#~ "</li> \n" -#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of " -#~ "parameters.</li></ol>" +#~ "<ol><li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report.</li> \n" +#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters.</li></ol>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ol><li>Cliquez sur Filtrer par plage de dates. Les champs " -#~ "deviennent actifs.</li> \n" -#~ "<li>Saisissez les dates de début et de fin qui délimitent la portée du " -#~ "rapport.</li> \n" -#~ "<li>Saisissez les autres paramètres de filtrage. Voir ci-dessous pour les " -#~ "définitions des paramètres.</li></ol>" +#~ "<ol><li>Cliquez sur Filtrer par plage de dates. Les champs deviennent actifs.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Saisissez les dates de début et de fin qui délimitent la portée du rapport.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Saisissez les autres paramètres de filtrage. Voir ci-dessous pour les définitions des paramètres.</li></ol>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in " -#~ "the \n" +#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the \n" #~ "Report Configuration Dialog: " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les définitions suivantes vous aident à saisir les paramètres de filtrage " -#~ "dans \n" +#~ "Les définitions suivantes vous aident à saisir les paramètres de filtrage dans \n" #~ "la boîte de dialogue Configuration du rapport : " #~ msgid "" @@ -2756,14 +2504,10 @@ #~ "confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and \n" #~ "customize this report, or add new versions." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rapport d'incident de sécurité : un rapport détaillant la " -#~ "sécurité \n" -#~ "des applications pour un hôte unique. Il rapporte les violations de " -#~ "règles pour \n" -#~ "les applications confinées localement pendant une période de temps " -#~ "spécifique. \n" -#~ "Vous pouvez modifier et personnaliser ce rapport, ou ajouter de nouvelles " -#~ "versions." +#~ "Rapport d'incident de sécurité : un rapport détaillant la sécurité \n" +#~ "des applications pour un hôte unique. Il rapporte les violations de règles pour \n" +#~ "les applications confinées localement pendant une période de temps spécifique. \n" +#~ "Vous pouvez modifier et personnaliser ce rapport, ou ajouter de nouvelles versions." #~ msgid "" #~ "The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays \n" @@ -2775,188 +2519,99 @@ #~ "suivants : " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are " -#~ "scheduled to run. \n" -#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default " -#~ "settings are \n" -#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to " -#~ "up to three \n" +#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. \n" +#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are \n" +#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three \n" #~ "email recipients. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La page de résumé des rapports planifiés montre pour quand est prévue " -#~ "l'exécution des rapports. \n" -#~ "Les rapports peuvent être configurés pour s'exécuter tous les mois, " -#~ "toutes les semaines, tous les jours, \n" -#~ "ou toutes les heures. Les paramètres par défaut sont tous les jours à " -#~ "minuit. Les rapports peuvent aussi être \n" -#~ "envoyés par e-mail, lorsqu'ils sont achevés, à jusqu'à trois " -#~ "destinataires. " +#~ "La page de résumé des rapports planifiés montre pour quand est prévue l'exécution des rapports. \n" +#~ "Les rapports peuvent être configurés pour s'exécuter tous les mois, toutes les semaines, tous les jours, \n" +#~ "ou toutes les heures. Les paramètres par défaut sont tous les jours à minuit. Les rapports peuvent aussi être \n" +#~ "envoyés par e-mail, lorsqu'ils sont achevés, à jusqu'à trois destinataires. " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types " -#~ "of security reports: " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dans la section Définir le planning, vous pouvez planifier les trois " -#~ "types de rapports suivants : " +#~ msgid "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports: " +#~ msgstr "Dans la section Définir le planning, vous pouvez planifier les trois types de rapports suivants : " #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view \n" -#~| "previously generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-" -#~| "archived \n" -#~| "directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-" -#~| "down \n" -#~| "the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR Reports, " -#~| "AUD \n" -#~| "Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and " -#~| "click the \n" -#~| "View button. You can view reports from one or more " -#~| "systems if \n" -#~| "you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." -#~| "" +#~| "previously generated reports, located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived \n" +#~| "directory. The checkboxes at the top of the form enable you to narrow-down \n" +#~| "the category of reports shown in the list to the following: SIR Reports, AUD \n" +#~| "Reports, or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the \n" +#~| "View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if \n" +#~| "you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously " -#~ "generated\n" -#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use " -#~ "the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in " -#~ "the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report " -#~ "details, select a report and click the View button. You " -#~ "can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /" -#~ "var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." +#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Le formulaire Afficher les rapports archivés permet de consulter les " -#~ "rapports \n" -#~ "précédemment générés, situés dans le répertoire /var/log/apparmor/reports-" -#~ "archived. Les cases à cocher en haut du formulaire permettent de limiter " -#~ "les rapports affichés dans la liste aux catégories suivantes : rapports " -#~ "SIR, rapports AUD ou rapports ESS. Pour consulter les détails d'un " -#~ "rapport, sélectionnez le rapport puis cliquez sur le bouton Afficher</" -#~ "b>. Vous pouvez consulter les rapports provenant d'un ou " -#~ "plusieurs systèmes si vous déplacez les rapports vers le répertoire /var/" -#~ "log/apparmor/reports-archived." +#~ "Le formulaire Afficher les rapports archivés permet de consulter les rapports \n" +#~ "précédemment générés, situés dans le répertoire /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Les cases à cocher en haut du formulaire permettent de limiter les rapports affichés dans la liste aux catégories suivantes : rapports SIR, rapports AUD ou rapports ESS. Pour consulter les détails d'un rapport, sélectionnez le rapport puis cliquez sur le bouton Afficher. Vous pouvez consulter les rapports provenant d'un ou plusieurs systèmes si vous déplacez les rapports vers le répertoire /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." #~ msgid "repConfHelp" #~ msgstr "repConfHelp" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Security Incident Report (SIR): A report that displays " -#~ "security \n" -#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy " -#~ "violations \n" -#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The " -#~ "SIR \n" -#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two " -#~ "types \n" +#~ "Security Incident Report (SIR): A report that displays security \n" +#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy violations \n" +#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The SIR \n" +#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two types \n" #~ "of security events are defined as follows:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rapport d'incident de sécurité (SIR) : un rapport affichant les " -#~ "évènements \n" -#~ "de sécurité utiles à un administrateur. Le SIR rapporte les violations de " -#~ "stratégies pour \n" -#~ "les applications confinées localement pendant la période de temps " -#~ "spécifiée. Le SIR \n" -#~ "rapporte les exceptions et les changements d'état du moteur de stratégie. " -#~ "Ces deux types \n" +#~ "Rapport d'incident de sécurité (SIR) : un rapport affichant les évènements \n" +#~ "de sécurité utiles à un administrateur. Le SIR rapporte les violations de stratégies pour \n" +#~ "les applications confinées localement pendant la période de temps spécifiée. Le SIR \n" +#~ "rapporte les exceptions et les changements d'état du moteur de stratégie. Ces deux types \n" #~ "d’évènements de sécurité sont définis comme suit :" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a " -#~ "resource \n" -#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications " -#~ "and \n" -#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a " -#~ "policy \n" -#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</" -#~ "li></ul> \n" -#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report " -#~ "details." +#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications and \n" +#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report details." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Exceptions de stratégie : lorsqu'une application demande " -#~ "une ressource \n" +#~ "<ul> <li>Exceptions de stratégie : lorsqu'une application demande une ressource \n" #~ "non définie dans son profil, un évènement de sécurité est généré.</li> \n" -#~ "<li>Changements d'état du moteur de stratégie : applique les " -#~ "stratégies pour les applications\n" -#~ "et maintient son propre état, y compris pendant le démarrage et l'arrêt " -#~ "des moteurs, pendant le \n" -#~ "rechargement des stratégies et lors de l'activation ou la désactivation " -#~ "d'une fonction de sécurité globale.</li></ul>\n" -#~ "Sélectionnez le rapport dans l'archive, puis cliquez sur Afficher " -#~ "pour voir les détails du rapport." +#~ "<li>Changements d'état du moteur de stratégie : applique les stratégies pour les applications\n" +#~ "et maintient son propre état, y compris pendant le démarrage et l'arrêt des moteurs, pendant le \n" +#~ "rechargement des stratégies et lors de l'activation ou la désactivation d'une fonction de sécurité globale.</li></ul>\n" +#~ "Sélectionnez le rapport dans l'archive, puis cliquez sur Afficher pour voir les détails du rapport." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool \n" -#~| "that reports which application servers are running and whether they are " -#~| "confined \n" -#~| "by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~| "network \n" -#~| "connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the " -#~| "date the \n" -#~| "Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined " -#~| "program or \n" -#~| "application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile " -#~| "for an \n" -#~| "unconfined program, the process ID number, The state of the program " -#~| "(confined or \n" -#~| "unconfined), and the type of confinement that the profile is " -#~| "performing \n" +#~| "that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined \n" +#~| "by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network \n" +#~| "connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the \n" +#~| "Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or \n" +#~| "application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an \n" +#~| "unconfined program, the process ID number, The state of the program (confined or \n" +#~| "unconfined), and the type of confinement that the profile is performing \n" #~| "(enforce/complain)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports " -#~ "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by " -#~ "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, " -#~ "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the " -#~ "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a " -#~ "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID " -#~ "number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of " -#~ "confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Rapport d'audit d'applications (AUD) : outil d'audit qui " -#~ "indique quels serveurs d'applications s'exécutent et s'ils sont confinés " -#~ "par AppArmor. Les serveurs d'applications sont des applications qui " -#~ "acceptent les connexions réseau entrantes. Ce rapport fournit l'adresse " -#~ "IP de la machine hôte, la date d'exécution du Rapport d'audit " -#~ "d'applications, le nom et le chemin du serveur d'application ou du " -#~ "programme non confiné, le profil suggéré ou un paramètre fictif pour un " -#~ "profil de programme non confiné, l'ID de processus, l'état du programme " -#~ "(confiné ou non) et le type de confinement que le profil met en œuvre " -#~ "(appliqué/réclamation)." +#~ msgid "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." +#~ msgstr "Rapport d'audit d'applications (AUD) : outil d'audit qui indique quels serveurs d'applications s'exécutent et s'ils sont confinés par AppArmor. Les serveurs d'applications sont des applications qui acceptent les connexions réseau entrantes. Ce rapport fournit l'adresse IP de la machine hôte, la date d'exécution du Rapport d'audit d'applications, le nom et le chemin du serveur d'application ou du programme non confiné, le profil suggéré ou un paramètre fictif pour un profil de programme non confiné, l'ID de processus, l'état du programme (confiné ou non) et le type de confinement que le profil met en œuvre (appliqué/réclamation)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Executive Security Summary (ESS): A combined report, \n" -#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. " -#~ "This \n" -#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines " -#~ "if each \n" +#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n" +#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n" #~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the " -#~ "host \n" -#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, " -#~ "and the \n" -#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a " -#~ "range \n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the host \n" +#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n" +#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n" +#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n" #~ "of SIR reports." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Résumé de sécurité exécutif (ESS) : rapport combiné, composé \n" -#~ "d'un ou plusieurs rapports de haut niveau provenant d'une ou plusieurs " -#~ "machines. \n" -#~ "Ce rapport fournit une vue unique des évènements de sécurité sur " -#~ "plusieurs machines \n" -#~ "si les données de chaque machine sont copiées dans le répertoire " -#~ "d'archivage des rapports, \n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Ce rapport indique l'adresse " -#~ "IP de la machine hôte, \n" -#~ "les dates de début et de fin des évènements sondés, le nombre total de " -#~ "rejets, \n" -#~ "le nombre total d’évènements, la moyenne des niveaux de gravité signalés, " -#~ "ainsi que \n" -#~ "le plus haut niveau de gravité signalé. Une ligne du rapport ESS " -#~ "représente une plage \n" +#~ "d'un ou plusieurs rapports de haut niveau provenant d'une ou plusieurs machines. \n" +#~ "Ce rapport fournit une vue unique des évènements de sécurité sur plusieurs machines \n" +#~ "si les données de chaque machine sont copiées dans le répertoire d'archivage des rapports, \n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Ce rapport indique l'adresse IP de la machine hôte, \n" +#~ "les dates de début et de fin des évènements sondés, le nombre total de rejets, \n" +#~ "le nombre total d’évènements, la moyenne des niveaux de gravité signalés, ainsi que \n" +#~ "le plus haut niveau de gravité signalé. Une ligne du rapport ESS représente une plage \n" #~ "de rapports SIR." #~ msgid "Archived Security Incident Report - Page " @@ -3172,8 +2827,7 @@ #~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Évènements de sécurité AppArmor\n" -#~ "Ce tableau affiche les évènements correspondant à vos critères de " -#~ "recherche.\n" +#~ "Ce tableau affiche les évènements correspondant à vos critères de recherche.\n" #~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data" #~ msgstr "Données de rapport d’évènement AppArmor" @@ -3241,17 +2895,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Base de données d’évènements non initialisée." #~ msgid "The events database has not been populated. No records exist." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La base de données d’évènements n'a pas été complétée. Aucun " -#~ "enregistrement présent." +#~ msgstr "La base de données d’évènements n'a pas été complétée. Aucun enregistrement présent." #~ msgid "Query Returned Empty List." #~ msgstr "La requête a retourné une liste vide." #~ msgid "The events database has no records that match the search query." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La base de données d'évènements n'a aucun enregistrement correspondant à " -#~ "la recherche." +#~ msgstr "La base de données d'évènements n'a aucun enregistrement correspondant à la recherche." #~ msgid "Archived Event Report - Page " #~ msgstr "Rapport d’évènement archivé - Page" @@ -3482,12 +3132,8 @@ #~ msgid "Audit" #~ msgstr "Audit" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try " -#~ "again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "AppArmor ne semble pas être démarré. Veuillez activer AppArmor et " -#~ "réessayer." +#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." +#~ msgstr "AppArmor ne semble pas être démarré. Veuillez activer AppArmor et réessayer." # TLABEL profile-manager_2002_08_07_0216__6 #~ msgid "Can't find apparmor profiles in %s." @@ -3514,8 +3160,7 @@ #~ "application on your system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cet assistant va vous aider à créer un nouveau profil de sécurité \n" -#~ "AppArmor pour une application. Vous pouvez aussi l'utiliser pour " -#~ "améliorer \n" +#~ "AppArmor pour une application. Vous pouvez aussi l'utiliser pour améliorer \n" #~ "un profil existant en autorisant AppArmor à apprendre de nouveaux \n" #~ "comportements d'applications. \n" #~ "\n" @@ -3646,8 +3291,7 @@ #~ msgstr "# Période : %s - %s\n" #~ msgid "# The following filters were used for report generation:\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "# Les filtres suivants ont été utilisés pour la génération du rapport :\n" +#~ msgstr "# Les filtres suivants ont été utilisés pour la génération du rapport :\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "# Filter: %s, Value: %s\n" @@ -3730,9 +3374,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Impossible d'ouvrir %s. Impossible d'ajouter le rapport : %s" #~ msgid "Duplicate report name not allowed. Didn't schedule new report: %s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La duplication de nom de rapport n'est pas autorisé. N'a pas programmé de " -#~ "nouveau rapport : %s" +#~ msgstr "La duplication de nom de rapport n'est pas autorisé. N'a pas programmé de nouveau rapport : %s" #~ msgid "Couldn't open %s. No changes performed." #~ msgstr "Impossible d'ouvrir : %s. Aucun changement effectué." @@ -3740,44 +3382,30 @@ #~ msgid "ag_reports_sched: Unknown instruction %s or arg: %s" #~ msgstr "ag_reports_sched : instruction %s inconnue ou argument %s inconnu" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Consultez-le pour obtenir des informations détaillées sur AppArmor." +#~ msgid "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" +#~ msgstr "Consultez-le pour obtenir des informations détaillées sur AppArmor." #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions about allowed operations on files,\n" -#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID " -#~ "is \n" +#~ "where file owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is \n" #~ "applicable. It doesn't override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Outrepasser toutes les restrictions sur les opérations autorisées " -#~ "sur les fichiers,\n" -#~ "où l'ID du propriétaire du fichier doit être identique à l'ID de " -#~ "l'utilisateur, sauf si CAP_FSETID est \n" +#~ "<ul><li>Outrepasser toutes les restrictions sur les opérations autorisées sur les fichiers,\n" +#~ "où l'ID du propriétaire du fichier doit être identique à l'ID de l'utilisateur, sauf si CAP_FSETID est \n" #~ "applicable. Ne remplace pas les restrictions MAC et DAC. </li></ul>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions that the effective user \n" -#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID " -#~ "bits on that \n" -#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) " -#~ "shall match \n" -#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the " -#~ "S_ISUID and \n" -#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -#~ "implemented). </li></ul>" +#~ "ID shall match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that \n" +#~ "file; that the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) shall match \n" +#~ "the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; that the S_ISUID and \n" +#~ "S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li>Outrepasser les restrictions suivantes : l'ID de l'utilisateur " -#~ "effectif \n" -#~ "doit correspondre à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors du paramétrage " -#~ "des bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID de \n" -#~ "ce fichier ; l'ID du groupe effectif (ou l'un des ID de groupe " -#~ "supplémentaires) doit correspondre \n" -#~ "à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors de la configuration du bit S_ISGID " -#~ "sur ce fichier ; les bits S_ISUID et \n" -#~ "S_ISGID sont vidés au retour réussi de chown(2) (non implémenté). </li></" -#~ "ul>" +#~ "<ul><li>Outrepasser les restrictions suivantes : l'ID de l'utilisateur effectif \n" +#~ "doit correspondre à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors du paramétrage des bits S_ISUID et S_ISGID de \n" +#~ "ce fichier ; l'ID du groupe effectif (ou l'un des ID de groupe supplémentaires) doit correspondre \n" +#~ "à l'ID du propriétaire du fichier lors de la configuration du bit S_ISGID sur ce fichier ; les bits S_ISUID et \n" +#~ "S_ISGID sont vidés au retour réussi de chown(2) (non implémenté). </li></ul>" # TLABEL scanner_2002_01_04_0147__28 #~ msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." @@ -3785,25 +3413,20 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The profile already contains the provided hat name. \n" -#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this " -#~ "wizard." +#~ "Please enter a different name to try again, or press Abort to cancel this wizard." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Le profil contient déjà le nom du hat fourni. \n" -#~ "Veuillez entrer un nom différent pour réessayer, ou cliquez sur " -#~ "Abandonner pour annuler cet assistant." +#~ "Veuillez entrer un nom différent pour réessayer, ou cliquez sur Abandonner pour annuler cet assistant." #~ msgid "" #~ "Generate Reports Help If there were, in fact, \n" -#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to " -#~ "be), \n" -#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your " -#~ "time, \n" +#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n" +#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your time, \n" #~ "and have a nice day." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Aide sur la génération de rapports Si une aide vous \n" #~ "était destinée (ce qui, incidemment, ne sera pas le cas), cette aide \n" -#~ "se trouverait ici. Merci pour votre disponibilité, bonne journée.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "se trouverait ici. Merci pour votre disponibilité, bonne journée." # TLABEL rpm-groups_2002_03_14_2340__125 #~ msgid "Weds" @@ -3836,33 +3459,13 @@ #~ msgid "Abo(r)t" #~ msgstr "Abandonne(r)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Profile Mode Configuration This tool allows you to set " -#~ "AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.Complain mode " -#~ "is a profile training state that logs application activity, but does not " -#~ "restrict the application's behavior.Profiles in enforce mode are " -#~ "protected by AppArmor." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configuration du mode des profils Cet outil vous permet de " -#~ "mettre les profils AppArmor en mode réclamation ou en mode imposition.</" -#~ "p>Le mode réclamation correspond à un état d'apprentissage du profil " -#~ "dans lequel l'activité des applications est consignée sans que leur " -#~ "comportement soit restreint.En mode imposition, les profils sont " -#~ "protégés par AppArmor." +#~ msgid "Profile Mode Configuration This tool allows you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.Complain mode is a profile training state that logs application activity, but does not restrict the application's behavior.Profiles in enforce mode are protected by AppArmor." +#~ msgstr "Configuration du mode des profils Cet outil vous permet de mettre les profils AppArmor en mode réclamation ou en mode imposition.Le mode réclamation correspond à un état d'apprentissage du profil dans lequel l'activité des applications est consignée sans que leur comportement soit restreint.En mode imposition, les profils sont protégés par AppArmor." #~ msgid "" #~ " AppArmor Profiling Wizard \n" -#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access " -#~ "control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security " -#~ "profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests " -#~ "that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute " -#~ "permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during " -#~ "the normal application execution test previously performed. \n" -#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security " -#~ "profile syntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may customize " -#~ "the profile entry by changing the suggested response. This overview will " -#~ "assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration " -#~ "Guide for step-by-step instructions. \n" +#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during the normal application execution test previously performed. \n" +#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security profile syntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may customize the profile entry by changing the suggested response. This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step instructions. \n" #~ " Access Modes \n" #~ "\n" #~ " File permission access modes consists of combinations of\n" @@ -3948,21 +3551,16 @@ #~ "\t<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, excepting\n" #~ " '/'<li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " \t<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, " -#~ "including '/'</li>\n" +#~ " \t<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>? can substitute for any single character excepting " -#~ "'/'</li>\n" +#~ " <li>? can substitute for any single character excepting '/'</li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or " -#~ "c</li>\n" +#~ " <li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or " -#~ "c</li>\n" +#~ " <li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule " -#~ "to match\n" +#~ " <li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match\n" #~ " cd</li>\n" #~ "\n" #~ " </ul>\n" @@ -3972,14 +3570,11 @@ #~ " Clean Exec - for sanitized execution\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and " -#~ "unconstrained \n" +#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" #~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" #~ " environment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n" -#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to " -#~ "sanitize the\n" -#~ " enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling " -#~ "process.\n" +#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" +#~ " enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" #~ " The variables are:\n" #~ " <ul> \n" #~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n" @@ -4005,22 +3600,11 @@ #~ " <li>TZDIR</li> </ul>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " Assistant de profil AppArmor \n" -#~ " Cet assistant présente les entrées générées par le module de " -#~ "contrôle d'accès AppArmor. Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité " -#~ "robustes et hautement optimisés en suivant les suggestions d'AppArmor. " -#~ "AppArmor suggère que vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources " -#~ "spécifiques ou définissiez des autorisations d'exécution pour les " -#~ "entrées. Les questions qui s'affichent ont été enregistrées lors du test " -#~ "normal d'exécution de l'application précédemment effectué. \n" -#~ " Le texte d'aide suivant décrit en détail la syntaxe du profil de " -#~ "sécurité utilisée par AppArmor. À chaque étape, vous pouvez " -#~ "personnaliser l'entrée de profil en modifiant la réponse proposée. Cette " -#~ "présentation vous aidera à effectuer les choix appropriés. Vous trouverez " -#~ "des instructions détaillées dans le guide d'administration. \n" +#~ " Cet assistant présente les entrées générées par le module de contrôle d'accès AppArmor. Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité robustes et hautement optimisés en suivant les suggestions d'AppArmor. AppArmor suggère que vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources spécifiques ou définissiez des autorisations d'exécution pour les entrées. Les questions qui s'affichent ont été enregistrées lors du test normal d'exécution de l'application précédemment effectué. \n" +#~ " Le texte d'aide suivant décrit en détail la syntaxe du profil de sécurité utilisée par AppArmor. À chaque étape, vous pouvez personnaliser l'entrée de profil en modifiant la réponse proposée. Cette présentation vous aidera à effectuer les choix appropriés. Vous trouverez des instructions détaillées dans le guide d'administration. \n" #~ " Modes d'accès \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Les modes d'autorisation d'accès aux fichiers sont des " -#~ "combinaisons des\n" +#~ " Les modes d'autorisation d'accès aux fichiers sont des combinaisons des\n" #~ " six modes suivants :\n" #~ " \n" #~ " <ul> <li>r - lecture</li>\n" @@ -4036,20 +3620,16 @@ #~ " \n" #~ " Mode lecture \n" #~ " Autorise le programme à ouvrir la ressource \n" -#~ " en lecture. L'accès en lecture est indispensable pour les " -#~ "scripts shell \n" +#~ " en lecture. L'accès en lecture est indispensable pour les scripts shell \n" #~ " et divers autres contenus interprétés et détermine si un\n" -#~ " processus d'exécution peut créer un fichier core dump ou y " -#~ "être attaché avec\n" -#~ " ptrace(2). (ptrace(2) est utilisé par des utilitaires tels " -#~ "que\n" +#~ " processus d'exécution peut créer un fichier core dump ou y être attaché avec\n" +#~ " ptrace(2). (ptrace(2) est utilisé par des utilitaires tels que\n" #~ " strace(1), ltrace(1) et gdb(1).)\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" #~ " Mode écriture \n" #~ " Autorise le programme à accéder en écriture à la\n" -#~ " ressource. Les fichiers doivent avoir cette autorisation pour " -#~ "que\n" +#~ " ressource. Les fichiers doivent avoir cette autorisation pour que\n" #~ " la liaison puisse être supprimée.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" @@ -4075,15 +3655,13 @@ #~ " dans un autre exécutable et accorder des droits d'exécution \n" #~ " non confiné, il est possible d'ignorer les contraintes \n" #~ " obligatoires imposées à tous les processus confinés.\n" -#~ " Pour plus d'informations sur les contraintes, reportez-vous à " -#~ "la page de manuel\n" +#~ " Pour plus d'informations sur les contraintes, reportez-vous à la page de manuel\n" #~ " subdomain(7).\n" #~ " Mode exécution de profil discret \n" #~ " Ce mode requiert qu'un profil de sécurité discret soit\n" #~ " défini, pour une ressource exécutée lors d'une transition\n" #~ " de domaine AppArmor. Si aucun profil n'est défini,\n" -#~ " l'accès sera refusé. Incompatible avec les entrées " -#~ "d'exécution hérité et\n" +#~ " l'accès sera refusé. Incompatible avec les entrées d'exécution hérité et\n" #~ " sans contrainte.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" @@ -4093,39 +3671,32 @@ #~ " est créé, le fichier lié DOIT disposer\n" #~ " des mêmes droits d'accès que la liaison créée\n" #~ " (si ce n'est que la destination ne doit pas nécessairement\n" -#~ " avoir d'accès à la liaison). L'accès à la liaison est requis " -#~ "pour\n" +#~ " avoir d'accès à la liaison). L'accès à la liaison est requis pour\n" #~ " supprimer la liaison d'un fichier.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" #~ " Globbing\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Les ressources de fichier peuvent être spécifiées avec une syntaxe " -#~ "de globbing\n" -#~ " similaire à celle utilisée par les shells répandus, tels que csh" -#~ "(1),\n" +#~ " Les ressources de fichier peuvent être spécifiées avec une syntaxe de globbing\n" +#~ " similaire à celle utilisée par les shells répandus, tels que csh(1),\n" #~ " bash(1), zsh(1).\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" #~ " <ul>\n" -#~ " \t<li>* peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de n'importe " -#~ "quelle longueur, le caractère \n" +#~ " \t<li>* peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de n'importe quelle longueur, le caractère \n" #~ " '/'<li>\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " \t<li>** peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de " -#~ "n'importe quelle longueur, y compris le caractère '/'</li>\n" +#~ " \t<li>** peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de n'importe quelle longueur, y compris le caractère '/'</li>\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " <li>? peut remplacer n'importe quel caractère (un seul), " -#~ "à l'exception de '/'</li>\n" +#~ " <li>? peut remplacer n'importe quel caractère (un seul), à l'exception de '/'</li>\n" #~ " \n" #~ " <li>[abc] remplace l'un des caractères a, b ou c</li>\n" #~ " \n" #~ " <li>[a-c] remplace l'un des caractères a, b ou c</li>\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " <li>{ab,cd} se développe en une règle pour correspondre à " -#~ "ab, une règle pour correspondre\n" +#~ " <li>{ab,cd} se développe en une règle pour correspondre à ab, une règle pour correspondre\n" #~ " à cd</li>\n" #~ " \n" #~ " </ul>\n" @@ -4135,14 +3706,10 @@ #~ " Exéc. propre - pour exécution aséptisé\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " L'option Exéc. propre, pour les autorisations d'exécution profil " -#~ "discret et\n" -#~ " sans contrainte, renforce la sécurité en nettoyant " -#~ "l'environnement\n" -#~ " hérité par le programme enfant de variables spécifiques. Il vous " -#~ "sera \n" -#~ " demandé si vous voulez nettoyer l'environnement, si vous avez " -#~ "choisi\n" +#~ " L'option Exéc. propre, pour les autorisations d'exécution profil discret et\n" +#~ " sans contrainte, renforce la sécurité en nettoyant l'environnement\n" +#~ " hérité par le programme enfant de variables spécifiques. Il vous sera \n" +#~ " demandé si vous voulez nettoyer l'environnement, si vous avez choisi\n" #~ " 'p' ou 'u' durant la création du profil.\n" #~ " Les variables sont les suivantes :\n" #~ " <ul> \n" @@ -4171,17 +3738,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ " AppArmor Profiling Wizard \n" -#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access " -#~ "control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security " -#~ "profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests " -#~ "that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute " -#~ "permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during " -#~ "the normal application execution test previously performed. \n" -#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security " -#~ "profile syntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may customize " -#~ "the profile entry by overriding the suggestion. This overview will assist " -#~ "you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide " -#~ "for step-by-step instructions. \n" +#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during the normal application execution test previously performed. \n" +#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security profile syntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may customize the profile entry by overriding the suggestion. This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step instructions. \n" #~ "\n" #~ " Access Modes \n" #~ "\n" @@ -4233,8 +3791,7 @@ #~ " This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n" #~ " be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n" #~ " rebooting the machine. By placing the privileged section\n" -#~ " in another executable and granting unconfined execution " -#~ "rights,\n" +#~ " in another executable and granting unconfined execution rights,\n" #~ "\t it is possible to bypass the mandatory\n" #~ " constraints imposed on all confined processes.\n" #~ " For more information on what is constrained, see the\n" @@ -4266,22 +3823,16 @@ #~ " \n" #~ "\n" #~ " <ul>\n" -#~ " <li>* can substitute for any number of characters, " -#~ "excepting\n" +#~ " <li>* can substitute for any number of characters, excepting\n" #~ " '/'<li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>** can substitute for any number of characters, " -#~ "including '/'</li>\n" +#~ " <li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>? can substitute for any single character excepting " -#~ "'/'</li>\n" -#~ " <li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or " -#~ "c</li>\n" -#~ " <li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or " -#~ "c</li>\n" -#~ " <li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule " -#~ "to match cd</li>\n" +#~ " <li>? can substitute for any single character excepting '/'</li>\n" +#~ " <li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" +#~ " <li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" +#~ " <li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>\n" #~ "\n" #~ " </ul>\n" #~ "\n" @@ -4290,14 +3841,11 @@ #~ " Clean Exec - for sanitized execution\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and " -#~ "unconstrained \n" +#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" #~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" #~ " enviroment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n" -#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to " -#~ "sanitize the\n" -#~ " environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling " -#~ "process.\n" +#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" +#~ " environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" #~ " The variables are:\n" #~ " <ul> \n" #~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n" @@ -4324,24 +3872,13 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " Assistant de profil AppArmor \n" -#~ " Cet assistant présente des entrées générées par le module de contrôle " -#~ "d'accès AppArmor. Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité robustes et " -#~ "optimisés en suivant les suggestions d'AppArmor. AppArmor suggère que " -#~ "vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources spécifiques ou " -#~ "définissiez des autorisations d'exécution pour les entrées. Les questions " -#~ "qui s'affichent ont été enregistrées lors du test normal d'exécution de " -#~ "l'application précédemment effectué. \n" -#~ " Le texte d'aide suivant décrit en détail la syntaxe du profil de " -#~ "sécurité utilisée par AppArmor. À chaque étape, vous pouvez " -#~ "personnaliser l'entrée de profil en modifiant la réponse proposée. Cette " -#~ "présentation vous aidera à effectuer les choix appropriés. Vous trouverez " -#~ "des instructions détaillées dans le guide d'administration.\n" +#~ " Cet assistant présente des entrées générées par le module de contrôle d'accès AppArmor. Vous pouvez générer des profils de sécurité robustes et optimisés en suivant les suggestions d'AppArmor. AppArmor suggère que vous autorisiez ou refusiez l'accès à des ressources spécifiques ou définissiez des autorisations d'exécution pour les entrées. Les questions qui s'affichent ont été enregistrées lors du test normal d'exécution de l'application précédemment effectué. \n" +#~ " Le texte d'aide suivant décrit en détail la syntaxe du profil de sécurité utilisée par AppArmor. À chaque étape, vous pouvez personnaliser l'entrée de profil en modifiant la réponse proposée. Cette présentation vous aidera à effectuer les choix appropriés. Vous trouverez des instructions détaillées dans le guide d'administration.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" #~ " Modes d'accès \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Les modes d'autorisation d'accès aux fichiers sont des combinaisons " -#~ "des \n" +#~ " Les modes d'autorisation d'accès aux fichiers sont des combinaisons des \n" #~ " six modes suivants :\n" #~ " \n" #~ " <ul> <li>r - lecture</li>\n" @@ -4357,11 +3894,9 @@ #~ " \n" #~ " Mode lecture \n" #~ " Autorise le programme à ouvrir la ressource \n" -#~ " en lecture. L'accès en lecture est indispensable pour les " -#~ "scripts shell \n" +#~ " en lecture. L'accès en lecture est indispensable pour les scripts shell \n" #~ "et divers autres contenus interprétés. Il détermine si un\n" -#~ " processus d'exécution peut créer un fichier core dump ou y être attaché " -#~ "avec\n" +#~ " processus d'exécution peut créer un fichier core dump ou y être attaché avec\n" #~ " ptrace(2). (ptrace(2) est utilisé par des utilitaires tels que\n" #~ " strace(1), ltrace(1) et gdb(1).)\n" #~ " \n" @@ -4394,15 +3929,13 @@ #~ " dans un autre exécutable et en accordant des droits d'exécution \n" #~ " non confiné, il est possible d'ignorer les contraintes \n" #~ " obligatoires imposées à tous les processus confinés.\n" -#~ " Pour plus d'informations sur les contraintes, reportez-vous à " -#~ "la page de manuel\n" +#~ " Pour plus d'informations sur les contraintes, reportez-vous à la page de manuel\n" #~ " subdomain(7).\n" #~ " Mode exécution de profil discret \n" #~ " Ce mode requiert qu'un profil de sécurité discret soit\n" #~ " défini, pour une ressource exécutée lors d'une transition\n" #~ " de domaine AppArmor. En l'absence d'aucun profil défini,\n" -#~ " l'accès est refusé. Incompatible avec les entrées d'exécution hérité " -#~ "et\n" +#~ " l'accès est refusé. Incompatible avec les entrées d'exécution hérité et\n" #~ " sans contrainte.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" @@ -4419,27 +3952,22 @@ #~ " Globbing\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Les ressources de fichier peuvent être spécifiées avec une syntaxe de " -#~ "globbing\n" +#~ " Les ressources de fichier peuvent être spécifiées avec une syntaxe de globbing\n" #~ " similaire à celle utilisée par les shells répandus, tels que csh(1),\n" #~ " bash(1), zsh(1).\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" #~ " <ul>\n" -#~ " <li>* peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de " -#~ "n'importe quelle longueur, excluant le caractère \n" +#~ " <li>* peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de n'importe quelle longueur, excluant le caractère \n" #~ " '/'<li>\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " <li>** peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de " -#~ "n'importe quelle longueur, comprenant le caractère '/'</li>\n" +#~ " <li>** peut remplacer une chaîne de caractères de n'importe quelle longueur, comprenant le caractère '/'</li>\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " <li>? peut remplacer n'importe quel caractère unique, à " -#~ "l'exception de '/'</li>\n" +#~ " <li>? peut remplacer n'importe quel caractère unique, à l'exception de '/'</li>\n" #~ " <li>[abc] remplace l'un des caractères a, b ou c</li>\n" #~ " <li>[a-c] remplace l'un des caractères a, b ou c</li>\n" -#~ " <li>{ab,cd} se développe en une règle pour correspondre à " -#~ "ab, une règle pour correspondre à cd</li>\n" +#~ " <li>{ab,cd} se développe en une règle pour correspondre à ab, une règle pour correspondre à cd</li>\n" #~ " \n" #~ " </ul>\n" #~ " \n" @@ -4448,13 +3976,10 @@ #~ " Exéc. propre (exécution après nettoyage)\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " L'option Exéc. propre s'applique aux autorisations d'exécution " -#~ "profil discret et sans contrainte.\n" +#~ " L'option Exéc. propre s'applique aux autorisations d'exécution profil discret et sans contrainte.\n" #~ " Elle renforce la sécurité en supprimant certaines variables \n" -#~ " de l'environnement hérité par le programme enfant. Le système " -#~ "vous demandera si vous voulez nettoyer\n" -#~ "l'environnement, si vous choisissez 'p' ou 'u' durant la création du " -#~ "profil.\n" +#~ " de l'environnement hérité par le programme enfant. Le système vous demandera si vous voulez nettoyer\n" +#~ "l'environnement, si vous choisissez 'p' ou 'u' durant la création du profil.\n" #~ " Les variables sont les suivantes :\n" #~ " <ul> \n" #~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n" @@ -4480,412 +4005,34 @@ #~ " <li>TZDIR</li> </ul>\n" #~ " \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li> Allow configuration of the secure attention key</li> <li> Allow " -#~ "administration of the random device</li> <li> Allow examination and " -#~ "configuration of disk quotas</li> <li> Allow configuring the kernel's " -#~ "syslog (printk behaviour)</li> <li> Allow setting the domain name</li> " -#~ "<li> Allow setting the hostname</li> <li> Allow calling bdflush()</li> " -#~ "<li> Allow mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> <li> " -#~ "Allow some autofs root ioctls</li> <li> Allow nfsservctl</li> <li> Allow " -#~ "VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> Allow to read/write pci config on alpha</li> " -#~ "<li> Allow irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Allow flushing all " -#~ "cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Allow removing semaphores</li> " -#~ "<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, " -#~ "semaphores and shared memory</li> <li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared " -#~ "memory segment</li> <li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> <li> Allow forged " -#~ "pids on socket credentials passing</li> <li> Allow setting read ahead and " -#~ "flushing buffers on block devices</li> <li> Allow setting geometry in " -#~ "floppy driver</li> <li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> <li> " -#~ "Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -#~ "ioctls)</li> <li> Allow tuning the ide driver</li> <li> Allow access to " -#~ "the nvram device</li> <li> Allow administration of apm_bios, serial and " -#~ "bttv (TV) device</li> <li> Allow manufacturer commands in isdn CAPI " -#~ "support driver</li> <li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci " -#~ "configuration space</li> <li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> " -#~ "<li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> <li> Allow sending raw qic-117 " -#~ "commands</li> <li> Allow enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI " -#~ "controllers and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> <li> Allow setting " -#~ "encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li> Autoriser la configuration de la clé d'attention sécurisée</li> " -#~ "<li> Autoriser l'administration du périphérique aléatoire</li> <li> " -#~ "Autoriser l'examen et la configuration des quotas de disque</li> <li> " -#~ "Autoriser la configuration du syslog du kernel (comportement printk)</li> " -#~ "<li> Autoriser la configuration du nom de domaine</li> <li> Autoriser la " -#~ "configuration du nom d'hôte</li> <li> Autoriser l'appel de bdflush()</li> " -#~ "<li> Autoriser mount() et umount(), lors de la configuration d'une " -#~ "nouvelle connexion smb</li> <li> Autoriser des autofs root ioctls</li> " -#~ "<li> Autoriser nfsservctl</li> <li> Autoriser VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> " -#~ "Autoriser la lecture/l'écriture de la configuration pci sur alpha</li> " -#~ "<li> Autoriser irix_prctl sur mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Autoriser le " -#~ "vidage du cache sur m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Autoriser la " -#~ "suppression des sémaphores</li> <li> Utilisé à la place de CAP_CHOWN vers " -#~ "les files d'attente de messages IPC \"chown\", les sémaphores et la " -#~ "mémoire partagée</li> <li> Autoriser le verrouillage/déverrouillage d'un " -#~ "segment de mémoire partagée</li> <li> Autoriser l'activation/la " -#~ "désactivation des échanges</li> <li> Autoriser les pids modifiés à la " -#~ "transmission des préférences de socket</li> <li> Autoriser la " -#~ "configuration des tampons de lecture anticipée et de vidage sur les " -#~ "périphériques de blocs</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration de la " -#~ "géométrie dans le lecteur de disquettes</li> <li> Autoriser l'activation/" -#~ "la désactivation de DMA sur le pilote xd</li> <li> Autoriser la gestion " -#~ "des périphériques md (généralement au dessus, mais des ioctls " -#~ "supplémentaires)</li> <li> Autoriser l'adaptation du pilote ide</li> <li> " -#~ "Autoriser l'accès au périphérique nvram</li> <li> Autoriser la gestion du " -#~ "périphérique apm_bios, serial et bttv (TV)</li> <li> Autoriser les " -#~ "commandes de fabricant dans le pilote de prise en charge CAPI isdn</li> " -#~ "<li> Autoriser la lecture des parties non standardisées de l'espace de " -#~ "configuration pci</li> <li> Autoriser DDI à déboguer ioctl sur le pilote " -#~ "sbpcd</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration des ports série</li> <li> " -#~ "Autoriser l'envoi des commandes qic-117 brute</li> <li> Autoriser " -#~ "l'activation/la désactivation des files d'attente marqués sur les " -#~ "contrôleurs SCSI et l'envoi de commandes SCSI arbitraires</li> <li> " -#~ "Autoriser la configuration de clés de codage sur les systèmes de fichiers " -#~ "loopback</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li> Allow configuration of the secure attention key</li> <li> Allow administration of the random device</li> <li> Allow examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> <li> Allow configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li> <li> Allow setting the domain name</li> <li> Allow setting the hostname</li> <li> Allow calling bdflush()</li> <li> Allow mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> <li> Allow some autofs root ioctls</li> <li> Allow nfsservctl</li> <li> Allow VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> Allow to read/write pci config on alpha</li> <li> Allow irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Allow flushing all cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Allow removing semaphores</li> <li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> <li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> <li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> <li> Allow forged pids on socket credentials passing</li> <li> Allow setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> <li> Allow setting geometry in floppy driver</li> <li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> <li> Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li> <li> Allow tuning the ide driver</li> <li> Allow access to the nvram device</li> <li> Allow administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li> <li> Allow manufacturer commands in isdn CAPI support driver</li> <li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> <li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> <li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> <li> Allow sending raw qic-117 commands</li> <li> Allow enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> <li> Allow setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<ul><li> Autoriser la configuration de la clé d'attention sécurisée</li> <li> Autoriser l'administration du périphérique aléatoire</li> <li> Autoriser l'examen et la configuration des quotas de disque</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration du syslog du kernel (comportement printk)</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration du nom de domaine</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration du nom d'hôte</li> <li> Autoriser l'appel de bdflush()</li> <li> Autoriser mount() et umount(), lors de la configuration d'une nouvelle connexion smb</li> <li> Autoriser des autofs root ioctls</li> <li> Autoriser nfsservctl</li> <li> Autoriser VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> Autoriser la lecture/l'écriture de la configuration pci sur alpha</li> <li> Autoriser irix_prctl sur mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Autoriser le vidage du cache sur m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Autoriser la suppression des sémaphores</li> <li> Utilisé à la place de CAP_CHOWN vers les files d'attente de messages IPC \"chown\", le s sémaphores et la mémoire partagée</li> <li> Autoriser le verrouillage/déverrouillage d'un segment de mémoire partagée</li> <li> Autoriser l'activation/la désactivation des échanges</li> <li> Autoriser les pids modifiés à la transmission des préférences de socket</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration des tampons de lecture anticipée et de vidage sur les périphériques de blocs</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration de la géométrie dans le lecteur de disquettes</li> <li> Autoriser l'activation/la désactivation de DMA sur le pilote xd</li> <li> Autoriser la gestion des périphériques md (généralement au dessus, mais des ioctls supplémentaires)</li> <li> Autoriser l'adaptation du pilote ide</li> <li> Autoriser l'accès au périphérique nvram</li> <li> Autoriser la gestion du périphérique apm_bios, serial et bttv (TV)</li> <li> Autoriser les commandes de fabricant dans le pilote de prise en charge CAPI isdn</li> <li> Autoriser la lecture des parties non standardis� �es de l'espace de configuration pci</li> <li> Autoriser DDI à déboguer ioctl sur le pilote sbpcd</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration des ports série</li> <li> Autoriser l'envoi des commandes qic-117 brute</li> <li> Autoriser l'activation/la désactivation des files d'attente marqués sur les contrôleurs SCSI et l'envoi de commandes SCSI arbitraires</li> <li> Autoriser la configuration de clés de codage sur les systèmes de fichiers loopback</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts " -#~ "for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are " -#~ "sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be " -#~ "to send an alert. Notification Types Terse " -#~ "Notification: Terse notification summarizes the total number of " -#~ "system events without providing details. For example: dhcp-101." -#~ "up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 " -#~ "2004 Summary Notification: The Summary notification " -#~ "displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of " -#~ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. " -#~ " For example: SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability " -#~ "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /" -#~ "usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004." -#~ " Verbose Notification: The Verbose notification displays " -#~ "unmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an " -#~ "event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security " -#~ "events include the date and time the event occurred, when the " -#~ "application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the " -#~ "type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose " -#~ "Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to " -#~ "interpret profiles. For example: Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: " -#~ "PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) " -#~ "profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br " -#~ "<ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select " -#~ "the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you " -#~ "select 1 day from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily " -#~ "notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <li> Enter " -#~ "the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or " -#~ "Verbose notifications. </li> <li>Select the lowest severity " -#~ "level for which a notification should be sent. Security events will " -#~ "be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the " -#~ "interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity " -#~ "level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if " -#~ "security events occur. Severity Levels: These are numbered " -#~ "one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The " -#~ "severity.db file defines the severity level of potential security " -#~ "events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different " -#~ "security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</" -#~ "li> <li>Select Include unknown security events if you would like " -#~ "to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'écran de notification d'évènement de sécurité vous permet de configurer " -#~ "des alertes par message électronique pour les évènements de sécurité. " -#~ "Dans les étapes suivantes, indiquez la fréquence d'envoi des alertes, les " -#~ "destinataires et la gravité de l'évènement de sécurité nécessaire à " -#~ "l'envoi d'une alerte. Types de notifications " -#~ "Notification succincte : la notification succincte récapitule le " -#~ "nombre total d'évènements système sans fournir de détails. Par " -#~ "exemple : dhcp-101.up.wirex.com a rencontré 10 évènements de sécurité " -#~ "depuis le mardi 12 oct. 2004 à 11:10:00. Notification " -#~ "récapitulative : la notification récapitulative affiche les " -#~ "évènements de sécurité AppArmor consignés et liste le nombre " -#~ "d'occurrences individuelles, avec la date de la dernière occurrence. " -#~ " Par exemple : Sous-domaine - AUTORISATION d'accès au profil de " -#~ "capacité \"setgid\" (httpd2-prefork(6347) /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork " -#~ "active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 fois (la dernière, le samedi 9 oct. " -#~ "2004 à 16:05:54). Notification détaillée : la notification " -#~ "détaillée affiche les évènements de sécurité AppArmor consignés non " -#~ "modifiés. Elle vous indique chaque fois qu'un évènement se produit et " -#~ "écrit une nouvelle ligne dans le journal détaillé. Ces évènements de " -#~ "sécurité incluent la date et l'heure de l'évènement, quand le profil de " -#~ "l'application autorise ou refuse l'accès, ainsi que le type d'accès au " -#~ "fichier autorisé ou rejeté. La notification détaillée signale également " -#~ "plusieurs messages que l'outil logprof utilise pour interpréter les " -#~ "profils. Par exemple : 9 oct. 15:40:31. Sous-domaine - " -#~ "AUTORISATION d'accès r au profil /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork" -#~ "(6068) /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork). <br " -#~ "<ol> <li> Pour chaque type de notification à activer, sélectionnez la " -#~ "fréquence de notification souhaitée. Par exemple, si vous sélectionnez " -#~ "1 jour dans la liste déroulante, vous recevrez des notifications " -#~ "quotidiennes des évènements de sécurité, s'ils se produisent.</li> " -#~ " <li> Entrez l'adresse de messagerie électronique des " -#~ "utilisateurs qui doivent recevoir les notifications succinctes, " -#~ "récapitulatives ou détaillées. </li> <li>Sélectionnez le " -#~ "niveau de sécurité le plus faible pour lequel une notification " -#~ "doit être envoyée. Les évènements de sécurité seront consignés et les " -#~ "notifications seront envoyées à l'heure indiquée par l'intervalle lorsque " -#~ "les évènements correspondent ou dépassent le niveau de sécurité " -#~ "sélectionné. Si l'intervalle est d'1 jour, la notification sera envoyée " -#~ "quotidiennement, si des évènements de sécurité se produisent. " -#~ "Niveaux de sécurité : ils sont numérotés de un à dix, dix " -#~ "représentant l'incident de sécurité le plus grave. Le fichier severity." -#~ "db définit le niveau de sécurité des évènements de sécurité " -#~ "potentiels. Les niveaux de sécurité sont déterminés par l'importance des " -#~ "différents évènements de sécurité (par exemple, l'accès à certaines " -#~ "ressources ou le refus de certains services).</li> <li>Sélectionnez " -#~ "Inclure les évènements de sécurité inconnus si vous souhaitez " -#~ "inclure les évènements qui ne correspondent pas à un chiffre de niveau de " -#~ "sécurité.</li> </ol>" +#~ msgid "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be to send an alert. Notification Types Terse Notification: Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without providing details. For example: dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004 Summary Notification: The Summary notification displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. For example: SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability 'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004. Verbose Notification: The Verbose notification displays unmodified , logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security events include the date and time the event occurred, when the application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. For example: Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br <ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you select 1 day from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <li> Enter the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications . </li> <li>Select the lowest severity level for which a notification should be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if security events occur. Severity Levels: These are numbered one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The severity.db file defines the severity level of potential security events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</li> <li>Select Include unknown security events if you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>" +#~ msgstr "L'écran de notification d'évènement de sécurité vous permet de configurer des alertes par message électronique pour les évènements de sécurité. Dans les étapes suivantes, indiquez la fréquence d'envoi des alertes, les destinataires et la gravité de l'évènement de sécurité nécessaire à l'envoi d'une alerte. Types de notifications Notification succincte : la notification succincte récapitule le nombre total d'évènements système sans fournir de détails. Par exemple : dhcp-101.up.wirex.com a rencontré 10 évènements de sécurité depuis le mardi 12 oct. 2004 à 11:10:00. Notification récapitulative : la notification récapitulative affiche les évènements de sécurité AppArmor consignés et liste le nombre d'occurrences individuelles, avec la date de la dernière occurrence. Par exemple : Sous-domaine - AUTORISATION d'accès au profil de capacité \"setgid\" (httpd2-prefork(6347) /usr/sb in/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 fois (la dernière, le samedi 9 oct. 2004 à 16:05:54). Notification détaillée : la notification détaillée affiche les évènements de sécurité AppArmor consignés non modifiés. Elle vous indique chaque fois qu'un évènement se produit et écrit une nouvelle ligne dans le journal détaillé. Ces évènements de sécurité incluent la date et l'heure de l'évènement, quand le profil de l'application autorise ou refuse l'accès, ainsi que le type d'accès au fichier autorisé ou rejeté. La notification détaillée signale également plusieurs messages que l'outil logprof utilise pour interpréter les profils. Par exemple : 9 oct. 15:40:31. Sous-domaine - AUTORISATION d'accès r au profil /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork). <br <ol> <li> Pour chaque type de notification à activer, sélectionnez la fréquence de notification so uhaitée. Par exemple, si vous sélectionnez 1 jour dans la liste déroulante, vous recevrez des notifications quotidiennes des évènements de sécurité, s'ils se produisent.</li> <li> Entrez l'adresse de messagerie électronique des utilisateurs qui doivent recevoir les notifications succinctes, récapitulatives ou détaillées. </li> <li>Sélectionnez le niveau de sécurité le plus faible pour lequel une notification doit être envoyée. Les évènements de sécurité seront consignés et les notifications seront envoyées à l'heure indiquée par l'intervalle lorsque les évènements correspondent ou dépassent le niveau de sécurité sélectionné. Si l'intervalle est d'1 jour, la notification sera envoyée quotidiennement, si des évènements de sécurité se produisent. Niveaux de sécurité : ils sont numérotés de un à dix, dix représentant l'incident de sécurité le plus grave. Le fichier severity.db définit le n iveau de sécurité des évènements de sécurité potentiels. Les niveaux de sécurité sont déterminés par l'importance des différents évènements de sécurité (par exemple, l'accès à certaines ressources ou le refus de certains services).</li> <li>Sélectionnez Inclure les évènements de sécurité inconnus si vous souhaitez inclure les évènements qui ne correspondent pas à un chiffre de niveau de sécurité.</li> </ol>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li>GCONV_PATH</li><li>GETCONF_DIR</li><li>HOSTALIASES</" -#~ "li><li>LD_AUDIT</li><li>LD_DEBUG</li><li>LD_DEBUG_OUTPUT</" -#~ "li><li>LD_DYNAMIC_WEAK</li><li>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</li><li>LD_ORIGIN_PATH</" -#~ "li><li>LD_PRELOAD</li><li>LD_PROFILE</li><li>LD_SHOW_AUXV</" -#~ "li><li>LD_USE_LOAD_BIAS</li><li>LOCALDOMAIN</li><li>LOCPATH</" -#~ "li><li>MALLOC_TRACE</li><li>NLSPATH</li><li>RESOLV_HOST_CONF</" -#~ "li><li>RES_OPTION</li><li>TMPDIR</li><li>TZDIR</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul> <li>GCONV_PATH</li><li>GETCONF_DIR</li><li>HOSTALIASES</" -#~ "li><li>LD_AUDIT</li><li>LD_DEBUG</li><li>LD_DEBUG_OUTPUT</" -#~ "li><li>LD_DYNAMIC_WEAK</li><li>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</li><li>LD_ORIGIN_PATH</" -#~ "li><li>LD_PRELOAD</li><li>LD_PROFILE</li><li>LD_SHOW_AUXV</" -#~ "li><li>LD_USE_LOAD_BIAS</li><li>LOCALDOMAIN</li><li>LOCPATH</" -#~ "li><li>MALLOC_TRACE</li><li>NLSPATH</li><li>RESOLV_HOST_CONF</" -#~ "li><li>RES_OPTION</li><li>TMPDIR</li><li>TZDIR</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul> <li>GCONV_PATH</li><li>GETCONF_DIR</li><li>HOSTALIASES</li><li>LD_AUDIT</li><li>LD_DEBUG</li><li>LD_DEBUG_OUTPUT</li><li>LD_DYNAMIC_WEAK</li><li>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</li><li>LD_ORIGIN_PATH</li><li>LD_PRELOAD</li><li>LD_PROFILE</li><li>LD_SHOW_AUXV</li><li>LD_USE_LOAD_BIAS</li><li>LOCALDOMAIN</li><li>LOCPATH</li><li>MALLOC_TRACE</li><li>NLSPATH</li><li>RESOLV_HOST_CONF</li><li>RES_OPTION</li><li>TMPDIR</li><li>TZDIR</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<ul> <li>GCONV_PATH</li><li>GETCONF_DIR</li><li>HOSTALIASES</li><li>LD_AUDIT</li><li>LD_DEBUG</li><li>LD_DEBUG_OUTPUT</li><li>LD_DYNAMIC_WEAK</li><li>LD_LIBRARY_PATH</li><li>LD_ORIGIN_PATH</li><li>LD_PRELOAD</li><li>LD_PROFILE</li><li>LD_SHOW_AUXV</li><li>LD_USE_LOAD_BIAS</li><li>LOCALDOMAIN</li><li>LOCPATH</li><li>MALLOC_TRACE</li><li>NLSPATH</li><li>RESOLV_HOST_CONF</li><li>RES_OPTION</li><li>TMPDIR</li><li>TZDIR</li></ul>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived " -#~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range:</" -#~ "b> <ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become " -#~ "active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of " -#~ "the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for " -#~ "definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to " -#~ "enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: " -#~ " Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or " -#~ "pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of " -#~ "interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for " -#~ "a specific program. Profile Name Pattern: When you enter " -#~ "the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that " -#~ "are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is " -#~ "being confined by a specific profile. PID Number: Process " -#~ "ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or " -#~ "running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that " -#~ "process). Severity Level: Select the lowest severity " -#~ "level for security events that you would like to be included in the " -#~ "report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the " -#~ "reports. Detail: A source to which the profile has denied " -#~ "access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to " -#~ "report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. " -#~ "Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the " -#~ "program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w " -#~ "(write) l (link) x (execute) Access Type: The access type " -#~ "describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options " -#~ "are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING. CSV or HTML: " -#~ "Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or html file. The " -#~ "CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a " -#~ "standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You " -#~ "can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full " -#~ "pathname in the field provided." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La boîte de dialogue Configuration des rapports permet de filtrer le " -#~ "rapport archivé sélectionné dans l'écran précédent. Pour filtrer par " -#~ "Plage de dates : <ol> <li>Cliquez sur Filtrer par plage " -#~ "de dates. Les champs deviennent actifs. <li>Saisissez les dates de " -#~ "début et de fin qui limitent la portée du rapport. <li>Saisissez les " -#~ "autres paramètres de filtrage. Consultez les définitions des paramètres " -#~ "ci-dessous. </ol> Les définitions suivantes permettent d'entrer les " -#~ "paramètres de filtrage dans la boîte de dialogue de Configuration des " -#~ "rapports : Schéma de nom de programme : lorsque vous " -#~ "entrez un nom de programme ou un schéma qui correspond au nom du binaire " -#~ "exécutable du programme en question, le rapport affiche les évènements de " -#~ "sécurité qui se sont produits pour un programme spécifique. " -#~ "Schéma de nom de profil : lorsque vous entrez le nom du profil, le " -#~ "rapport affiche les évènements de sécurité qui sont générés pour le " -#~ "profil spécifié. Vous pouvez utiliser cela pour consulter ce qui est " -#~ "confiné par un profil spécifique. Numéro PID : le numéro " -#~ "d'identification de processus identifie de manière unique un processus ou " -#~ "un programme en cours d'exécution. Ce numéro n'est valable que pendant la " -#~ "durée de vie du processus. Niveau de gravité : " -#~ "sélectionnez le niveau de gravité le plus bas pour les évènements de " -#~ "sécurité que vous souhaitez inclure dans le rapport. Le niveau de gravité " -#~ "sélectionné et les niveaux supérieurs seront inclus dans le rapport." -#~ " Détails : une source auquel le profil a refusé l'accès. " -#~ "Cela inclut les capacités et les fichiers. Utilisez ce champ pour " -#~ "indiquer les ressources auxquelles les profils ne peuvent pas accéder." -#~ " Mode : Le Mode est l'autorisation accordée par le profil " -#~ "au programme ou au processus auquel il s'applique. Les options suivantes " -#~ "sont disponibles : r (lecture) w (écriture) l (liaison) x (exécution)" -#~ " Type d'accès : Le type d'accès décrit ce qui se passe " -#~ "réellement avec l'évènement de sécurité. Les options suivantes sont " -#~ "disponibles : PERMISSION, REJET ou AUDIT. CSV ou HTML : " -#~ "permet d'exporter un fichier au format CSV (valeurs séparées par des " -#~ "virgules) ou HTML. Le fichier CSV sépare les différents composants de " -#~ "données des entrées de journal par des virgules à l'aide d'un format de " -#~ "données standard, ce qui permet de les importer dans des applications " -#~ "orientées-tableaux. Vous pouvez entrer un chemin pour le rapport exporté " -#~ "en indiquant le chemin d'accès complet dans le champ fourni." +#~ msgid "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range: <ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program. Profile Name Pattern: When you enter the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile. PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process). Severity Level: Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports. Detail: A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING. CSV or HTML: Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or ht ml file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided." +#~ msgstr "La boîte de dialogue Configuration des rapports permet de filtrer le rapport archivé sélectionné dans l'écran précédent. Pour filtrer par Plage de dates : <ol> <li>Cliquez sur Filtrer par plage de dates. Les champs deviennent actifs. <li>Saisissez les dates de début et de fin qui limitent la portée du rapport. <li>Saisissez les autres paramètres de filtrage. Consultez les définitions des paramètres ci-dessous. </ol> Les définitions suivantes permettent d'entrer les paramètres de filtrage dans la boîte de dialogue de Configuration des rapports : Schéma de nom de programme : lorsque vous entrez un nom de programme ou un schéma qui correspond au nom du binaire exécutable du programme en question, le rapport affiche les évènements de sécurité qui se sont produits pour un programme spécifique. Schéma de nom de profil : lorsque vous entrez le nom du profil, le rapport affiche les évènements de sécurité qui sont générés pour le profil spécifié. Vous pouvez utiliser cela pour consulter ce qui est confiné par un profil spécifique. Numéro PID : le numéro d'identification de processus identifie de manière unique un processus ou un programme en cours d'exécution. Ce numéro n'est valable que pendant la durée de vie du processus. Niveau de gravité : sélectionnez le niveau de gravité le plus bas pour les évènements de sécurité que vous souhaitez inclure dans le rapport. Le niveau de gravité sélectionné et les niveaux supérieurs seront inclus dans le rapport. Détails : une source auquel le profil a refusé l'accès. Cela inclut les capacités et les fichiers. Utilisez ce champ pour indiquer les ressources auxquelles les profils ne peuvent pas accéder. Mode : Le Mode est l'autorisation accordée par le profil au programme ou au processus auquel il s'applique. Les options suivantes sont disponibles : r (lecture) w (écriture) l (liaison) x (exécution) Type d'accès : Le type d'accès décrit ce qui se passe réellement avec l'évènement de sécurité. Les options suivantes sont disponibles : PERMISSION, REJET ou AUDIT. CSV ou HTML : permet d'exporter un fichier au format CSV (valeurs séparées par des virgules) ou HTML. Le fichier CSV sépare les différents composants de données des entrées de journal par des virgules à l'aide d'un format de données standard, ce qui permet de les importer dans des applications orientées-tableaux. Vous pouvez entrer un chemin pour le rapport exporté en indiquant le chemin d'accès complet dans le champ fourni." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated " -#~ "version of one of the following reports. Executive Security Summary:</" -#~ "b> A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports " -#~ "from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of " -#~ "security events on multiple machines. Applications Audit " -#~ "Report: An auditing tool that reports which application servers are " -#~ "running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. " -#~ "Application servers are applications that accept incoming network " -#~ "connections. Security Incident Report: A report that " -#~ "displays application security for a single host. It reports policy " -#~ "violations for locally confined applications during a specific time " -#~ "period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'écran Rapport sur demande AppArmor affiche une version " -#~ "instantanément générée de l'un des rapports suivants. Résumé de " -#~ "sécurité d'exécution : un rapport combiné, composé d'un ou de " -#~ "plusieurs rapports d'incidents de sécurité venant de une ou plusieurs " -#~ "machines. Ce rapport permet de voir d'un seul coup d'œil les évènements " -#~ "de sécurité qui se sont produits sur différentes machines. " -#~ "Rapport d'audit d'applications : un outil d'audit qui indiquent " -#~ "quels serveurs d'application sont en cours d'exécution et si les " -#~ "applications sont confinées par AppArmor. Les serveurs d'application " -#~ "permettent d'accepter les connexions réseau entrantes. " -#~ "Rapport d'incident de sécurité : un rapport qui affiche la " -#~ "sécurité d'application pour un hôte unique. Il indique les violations de " -#~ "stratégies des applications confinées localement pendant une durée " -#~ "spécifique. Vous pouvez modifier et personnaliser ce rapport ou ajouter " -#~ "de nouvelles versions." +#~ msgid "The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated version of one of the following reports. Executive Security Summary: A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines. Applications Audit Report: An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. Security Incident Report: A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions." +#~ msgstr "L'écran Rapport sur demande AppArmor affiche une version instantanément générée de l'un des rapports suivants. Résumé de sécurité d'exécution : un rapport combiné, composé d'un ou de plusieurs rapports d'incidents de sécurité venant de une ou plusieurs machines. Ce rapport permet de voir d'un seul coup d'œil les évènements de sécurité qui se sont produits sur différentes machines. Rapport d'audit d'applications : un outil d'audit qui indiquent quels serveurs d'application sont en cours d'exécution et si les applications sont confinées par AppArmor. Les serveurs d'application permettent d'accepter les connexions réseau entrantes. Rapport d'incident de sécurité : un rapport qui affiche la sécurité d'application pour un hôte unique. Il indique les violations de stratégies des applications confinées localement pendant une durée spécifique. Vous pouvez modifier et personnaliser ce rapport ou ajouter de nouvelles versions." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report " -#~ "selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range: " -#~ "<ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active. " -#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the " -#~ "report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions " -#~ "of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the " -#~ "filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: Program Name " -#~ "Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the " -#~ "name of the executable process of interest, the report will display " -#~ "security events that have occurred for a specific program. " -#~ "Profile Name Pattern: When you enter the name of the security " -#~ "profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the " -#~ "security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use " -#~ "this to see what is being confined by a specific profile. PID " -#~ "Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one " -#~ "specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the " -#~ "lifetime of that process). Severity Level: Select the " -#~ "lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be " -#~ "included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be " -#~ "included in the reports. Detail: A source to which the " -#~ "profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can " -#~ "use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by " -#~ "profiles. Mode: The Mode is the permission that the " -#~ "profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The " -#~ "options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Access " -#~ "Type: The access type describes what is actually happening with the " -#~ "security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING." -#~ " CSV or HTML: Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated " -#~ "values) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log " -#~ "entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-" -#~ "oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report " -#~ "by typing in the full pathname in the field provided." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La boîte de dialogue Configuration des rapports permet de filtrer le " -#~ "rapport sélectionné dans l'écran précédent. Pour filtrer par Plage de " -#~ "dates : <ol> <li>Cliquez sur Filtrer par plage de dates</" -#~ "b>. Les champs deviennent actifs. <li>Saisissez les dates de début et de " -#~ "fin qui limitent la portée du rapport. <li>Saisissez les autres " -#~ "paramètres de filtrage. Consultez les définitions des paramètres ci-" -#~ "dessous. </ol> Les définitions suivantes permettent d'entrer les " -#~ "paramètres de filtrage dans la boîte de dialogue de Configuration des " -#~ "rapports : Schéma de nom de programme : lorsque vous entrez un nom " -#~ "de programme ou un schéma qui correspond au nom du processus exécutable " -#~ "en question, le rapport affiche les évènements de sécurité qui se sont " -#~ "produits pour un programme spécifique. Schéma de nom de " -#~ "profil : lorsque vous entrez le nom du profil de sécurité appliqué au " -#~ "processus, le rapport affiche les évènements de sécurité qui sont générés " -#~ "pour le profil spécifié. Vous pouvez utiliser cela pour consulter ce qui " -#~ "est confiné par un profil spécifique. Numéro PID : le " -#~ "numéro d'identification de processus identifie de manière unique un " -#~ "processus ou un programme en cours d'exécution. Ce numéro n'est valable " -#~ "que pendant la durée de vie du processus. Niveau de gravité :</" -#~ "b> sélectionnez le niveau de gravité le plus bas pour les évènements de " -#~ "sécurité que vous souhaitez inclure dans le rapport. Le niveau de gravité " -#~ "sélectionné et les niveaux supérieurs seront inclus dans le rapport." -#~ " Détails : une source auquel le profil a refusé l'accès. " -#~ "Cela inclut les capacités et les fichiers. Utilisez ce champ pour " -#~ "indiquer les ressources auxquelles les profils ne peuvent pas accéder." -#~ " Mode : Le Mode est l'autorisation accordée par le profil " -#~ "au programme ou au processus auquel il s'applique. Les options suivantes " -#~ "sont disponibles : r (lecture) w (écriture) l (liaison) x (exécution)" -#~ " Type d'accès : Le type d'accès décrit ce qui se passe " -#~ "réellement avec l'évènement de sécurité. Les options suivantes sont " -#~ "disponibles : PERMISSION, REJET ou AUDIT. CSV ou HTML : " -#~ "permet d'exporter un fichier au format CSV (comma separated values) ou " -#~ "HTML. Le fichier CSV sépare les différents composants de données des " -#~ "entrées de journal par des virgules à l'aide d'un format de données " -#~ "standard, ce qui permet de les importer dans des applications orientées-" -#~ "tableaux. Vous pouvez entrer un chemin pour le rapport exporté en " -#~ "indiquant le chemin d'accès complet dans le champ fourni. " +#~ msgid "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range: <ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the executable process of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program. Profile Name Pattern: When you enter the name of the security profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile. PID Num ber: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process). Severity Level: Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports. Detail: A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING. CSV or HTML: Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values ) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided." +#~ msgstr "La boîte de dialogue Configuration des rapports permet de filtrer le rapport sélectionné dans l'écran précédent. Pour filtrer par Plage de dates : <ol> <li>Cliquez sur Filtrer par plage de dates. Les champs deviennent actifs. <li>Saisissez les dates de début et de fin qui limitent la portée du rapport. <li>Saisissez les autres paramètres de filtrage. Consultez les définitions des paramètres ci-dessous. </ol> Les définitions suivantes permettent d'entrer les paramètres de filtrage dans la boîte de dialogue de Configuration des rapports : Schéma de nom de programme : lorsque vous entrez un nom de programme ou un schéma qui correspond au nom du processus exécutable en question, le rapport affiche les évènements de sécurité qui se sont produits pour un programme spécifique. Schéma de nom de profil : lorsque vous entrez le nom du profil de sécurité appliqué au processus, le rapport affiche les évène ments de sécurité qui sont générés pour le profil spécifié. Vous pouvez utiliser cela pour consulter ce qui est confiné par un profil spécifique. Numéro PID : le numéro d'identification de processus identifie de manière unique un processus ou un programme en cours d'exécution. Ce numéro n'est valable que pendant la durée de vie du processus. Niveau de gravité : sélectionnez le niveau de gravité le plus bas pour les évènements de sécurité que vous souhaitez inclure dans le rapport. Le niveau de gravité sélectionné et les niveaux supérieurs seront inclus dans le rapport. Détails : une source auquel le profil a refusé l'accès. Cela inclut les capacités et les fichiers. Utilisez ce champ pour indiquer les ressources auxquelles les profils ne peuvent pas accéder. Mode : Le Mode est l'autorisation accordée par le profil au programme ou au processus auquel il s'applique. Les options suivantes s ont disponibles : r (lecture) w (écriture) l (liaison) x (exécution) Type d'accès : Le type d'accès décrit ce qui se passe réellement avec l'évènement de sécurité. Les options suivantes sont disponibles : PERMISSION, REJET ou AUDIT. CSV ou HTML : permet d'exporter un fichier au format CSV (comma separated values) ou HTML. Le fichier CSV sépare les différents composants de données des entrées de journal par des virgules à l'aide d'un format de données standard, ce qui permet de les importer dans des applications orientées-tableaux. Vous pouvez entrer un chemin pour le rapport exporté en indiquant le chemin d'accès complet dans le champ fourni. " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are " -#~ "scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or " -#~ "hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also " -#~ "be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients. In " -#~ "the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of " -#~ "security reports: Executive Security Summary: A combined " -#~ "report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or " -#~ "more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on " -#~ "multiple machines. Applications Audit Report: An auditing " -#~ "tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the " -#~ "applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are " -#~ "applications that accept incoming network connections. " -#~ "Security Incident Report: A report that displays application " -#~ "security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally " -#~ "confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and " -#~ "customize this report, or add new versions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "La page résumé des rapports planifiés indique les moments planifiés " -#~ "pour l'exécution des rapports. Les rapports peuvent être configurés pour " -#~ "s'exécuter tous les mois, toutes les semaines, tous les jours ou toutes " -#~ "les heures. Le paramétrage par défaut est tous les jours à minuit. Les " -#~ "rapports, une fois terminés, peuvent être envoyés par e-mail à trois " -#~ "destinataires au plus. Dans la section de définition de la " -#~ "planification, vous pouvez planifier les trois types de rapports de " -#~ "sécurité suivants : Résumé de sécurité d'exécution : un " -#~ "rapport combiné, composé d'un ou de plusieurs rapports d'incidents de " -#~ "sécurité venant de une ou plusieurs machines. Ce rapport permet " -#~ "d'afficher en un seul coup d'œil les évènements de sécurité qui se sont " -#~ "produits sur différentes machines. Rapport d'audit " -#~ "d'applications : un outil d'audit qui indiquent quels serveurs " -#~ "d'application sont en cours d'exécution et si les applications sont " -#~ "confinées par AppArmor. Les serveurs d'application permettent d'accepter " -#~ "les connexions réseau entrantes. Rapport d'incident de " -#~ "sécurité : un rapport qui affiche la sécurité d'application pour un " -#~ "hôte unique. Il indique les violations de stratégies des applications " -#~ "confinées localement pendant une durée spécifique. Vous pouvez modifier " -#~ "et personnaliser ce rapport ou ajouter de nouvelles versions." +#~ msgid "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients. In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports: Executive Security Summary: A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines. Applications Audit Report: An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. Security Incident Report: A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally conf ined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions." +#~ msgstr "La page résumé des rapports planifiés indique les moments planifiés pour l'exécution des rapports. Les rapports peuvent être configurés pour s'exécuter tous les mois, toutes les semaines, tous les jours ou toutes les heures. Le paramétrage par défaut est tous les jours à minuit. Les rapports, une fois terminés, peuvent être envoyés par e-mail à trois destinataires au plus. Dans la section de définition de la planification, vous pouvez planifier les trois types de rapports de sécurité suivants : Résumé de sécurité d'exécution : un rapport combiné, composé d'un ou de plusieurs rapports d'incidents de sécurité venant de une ou plusieurs machines. Ce rapport permet d'afficher en un seul coup d'œil les évènements de sécurité qui se sont produits sur différentes machines. Rapport d'audit d'applications : un outil d'audit qui indiquent quels serveurs d'application sont en cours d'exécution et si les a pplications sont confinées par AppArmor. Les serveurs d'application permettent d'accepter les connexions réseau entrantes. Rapport d'incident de sécurité : un rapport qui affiche la sécurité d'application pour un hôte unique. Il indique les violations de stratégies des applications confinées localement pendant une durée spécifique. Vous pouvez modifier et personnaliser ce rapport ou ajouter de nouvelles versions." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -#~ "enforcement module is loaded and functioning. Security Event " -#~ "Notification Configure this tool if you want to be notified by " -#~ "email when access violations have occurred. Profile Modes</" -#~ "b> Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual " -#~ "profiles." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "État AppArmor Cet outil indique si le module d'imposition " -#~ "des stratégies AppArmor est chargé et fonctionne. Notification " -#~ "des évènements de sécurité Configurez cet outil pour recevoir des " -#~ "e-mails vous avertissant des violations de droits d'accès. Mode " -#~ "des profils Cet outil permet de modifier le mode d'utilisation des " -#~ "différents profils par AppArmor." +#~ msgid "AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement module is loaded and functioning. Security Event Notification Configure this tool if you want to be notified by email when access violations have occurred. Profile Modes Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual profiles." +#~ msgstr "État AppArmor Cet outil indique si le module d'imposition des stratégies AppArmor est chargé et fonctionne. Notification des évènements de sécurité Configurez cet outil pour recevoir des e-mails vous avertissant des violations de droits d'accès. Mode des profils Cet outil permet de modifier le mode d'utilisation des différents profils par AppArmor." #~ msgid "Email address is too long. Please enter another address." #~ msgstr "Adresse e-mail trop longue. Saisissez une autre adresse." #~ msgid "Error in email address format. Please use \"name@host\" format." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Erreur de format de l'adresse e-mail. Veuillez respecter le format " -#~ "\"nom@hôte\"." +#~ msgstr "Erreur de format de l'adresse e-mail. Veuillez respecter le format \"nom@hôte\"." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89810 - trunk/yast/gu/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 18:04:38 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89810 Added: trunk/yast/gu/po/cio.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/opensuse_mirror.gu.po Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/add-on-creator.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/add-on.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/audit-laf.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-client.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/autoinst.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/base.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/bootloader.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/ca-management.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/cluster.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/control-center.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/control.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/country.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/crowbar.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/dhcp-server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/dns-server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/drbd.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/fcoe-client.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/firewall-services.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/firewall.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/firstboot.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/ftp-server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/geo-cluster.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/gtk.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/http-server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/inetd.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/installation.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/instserver.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/iplb.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/iscsi-client.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/iscsi-lio-server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/iscsi-server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/isns.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/kdump.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/kerberos-server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/kerberos.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/languages_db.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/ldap-client.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/ldap-server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/ldap.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/live-installer.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/lxc.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/mail.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/multipath.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/ncurses-pkg.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/ncurses.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/network.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/nfs.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/nfs_server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/nis.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/nis_server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/ntp-client.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/oneclickinstall.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/online-update-configuration.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/online-update.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/packager.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/pam.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/pkg-bindings.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/printer.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/product-creator.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/proxy.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/qt-pkg.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/qt.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/rdp.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/rear.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/registration.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/reipl.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/relocation-server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/s390.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/samba-client.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/samba-server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/samba-users.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/scanner.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/security.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/services-manager.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/slp-server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/snapper.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/sound.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/squid.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/sshd.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/storage.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/sudo.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/support.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/sysconfig.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/tftp-server.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/timezone_db.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/tune.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/update.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/users.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/vm.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/wagon.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/wol.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/xpram.gu.po trunk/yast/gu/po/yast2-apparmor.gu.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/add-on-creator.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/add-on-creator.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/add-on-creator.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/add-on.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/add-on.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/add-on.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "એડ-ઓન પ્રોડક્ટ્સ" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "શરૂ કરી રહયું છે..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "અક્ષરોનો પ્રારંભ થઇ રહ્યો છે..." @@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "અજાણી" @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "મૂલ્ય વર્ધક પ્રોડક્ટનું સ્થાપન" @@ -229,37 +229,37 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "કેટાલોગમાં કોઇ પ્રોડક્ટ મળી નથી." #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "માધ્યમમાં કોઇ કેટાલોગ મળ્યો નથી." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "અક્ષરોનો પ્રારંભ થઇ રહ્યો છે..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, ડિરેક્ટરીઃ %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "સોફ્ટવેર સિલેક્શન" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ "પસંદ કરેલ માધ્યમ પર બહુવિધ કેટાલોગો મળ્યાં હતા.\n" "વાપરવા કેટાલોગ પસંદ કરો.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "કોઇ એન્ટ્રી મળી નથી" @@ -283,34 +283,34 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "ખરેખર વધારાની પ્રોડક્ટનું સ્થાપન અટકાવવું છે?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "એન્ટ્રી ને સિલેક્ટ કરો." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "વધારાની પ્રોડક્ટની અધિનતા પરિપૂર્ણ થઇ શકી નથી." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "પ્રોડક્ટ પસંદગી" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "પ્રાપ્ય પ્રોડક્ટો" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" @@ -322,12 +322,12 @@ " પસંદ કરો.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "પસંદ કરાયેલ વધારાની પ્રોડક્ટની અધિનતા પરિપૂર્ણ થઇ શકી નથી." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big>\n" @@ -346,98 +346,98 @@ " પ્રોડકટ દૂર કરવા, તે પસંદ કરો અને કાઢી નાખો.કિલક કરો." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, ડિરેક્ટરીઃ %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "પ્રોડક્ટ" # MK #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "મિડીયા" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "કાઢી નાખવા પ્રોડક્ટ પસંદ કરો." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "એડ-ઓન પ્રોડક્ટ્સ" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "એડ-ઓન પ્રોડક્ટ્સ" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 #, fuzzy msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "પેકે & જ મેનેજર" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "નવી પેટર્નની રચના કરવા નવું અથવા અત્યારની પેટર્ન ઈમ્પોર્ટ કરવા ઇમ્પોર્ટ નો ઉપયોગ કરો." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr " સંક્ષેપ: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "અજાણ્યો વિક્રેતા" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "આવૃત્તિ:" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "અજાણી ભૂલ" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr " સંક્ષેપ: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "અપરિચિત પ્રોસેસર" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr " સંક્ષેપ: %1 " @@ -445,18 +445,18 @@ #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "અપરિચિત પ્રોસેસર" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "અજાણી" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "કર્નલ મોડ્યૂલની અધિનતા અદ્યતન થઇ રહ્યું છે..." Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/audit-laf.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/audit-laf.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/audit-laf.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -862,32 +862,51 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "કેટલૉગ્સ વાંચી શકાતા નથી." -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?" +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "શું તમે નોંધણી છોડી દેવા માગો છો?" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Sound Daemons" +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "સાઉન્ડ ડીમોન્સ" + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "&સ્ટાર્ટ" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "ચેતવણી : Xend ચાલુ નથી" +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr " સ્થાપના કરશો નહીં " -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "NTP ડામોન રીસ્ટાર્ટ કરી શકાતું નથી." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -896,40 +915,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "inetd કોન્ફીગરેશન સેવ કરી રહયું છે" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખો" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "પેટર્નો લખો" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "પેટર્નો લખાઇ રહી છે..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "લક્ષ્ય અગાઉથી જોડાયેલું છે." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -937,35 +956,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "%1 સેવાનું ફરીથી શરૂ કરવું નિષ્ફળ" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "'%1' માં સેટીંગ્સ લખી શકાતા નથી." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "'%1' માં સેટીંગ્સ લખી શકાતા નથી." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "લોકલ ફાઇલ (&L)" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "ચેતવણી : Xend ચાલુ નથી" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "અજાણ્યો વિકલ્પઃ %1" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-client.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-client.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-client.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "રદ કરો" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ઓકે" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "મદદ" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "નવું" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ઉમેરો" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ફેરફાર કરો" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "કાઢી નાખો" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/auth-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "સર્વિસ એનેબલ" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "સર્વિસ ડીસેબલ" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ફાઈલ " #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલમાં પોર્ટ ખુલ્લો કરો." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ અસમર્થ કરાઈ છે" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "રીસ્‍ટર્ટ" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -236,6 +236,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "હાલના કન્ફિગ્યુરેશનનું સંપાદન કરો" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -274,7 +280,7 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "જનરલ સેટીંગ્સ" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs @@ -290,7 +296,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ફાયરવૉલ સેટીંગ્સ" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -355,7 +361,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "બેઝીક કેરબીરોસ સેટીંગ્સ" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, @@ -387,7 +393,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "હાલની પસંદગી:" #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 @@ -438,7 +444,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "પાસવર્ડ" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -465,7 +471,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "પ્રોટોકોલ" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -487,7 +493,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "બ્રા&ઉઝ..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -655,20 +661,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +686,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +703,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +717,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +727,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +759,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +778,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +787,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +818,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +853,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +884,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +910,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +922,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +946,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +962,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +993,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>એબોર્ટીંગ ઈનીશીયાલાઇઝેશન:</big> \n" +"હવે એબોર્ટ દબાવવા દ્વારા સુરક્ષિત રીતે કોન્ફીગરેશન યુટીલીટીને એબોર્ટ કરો." #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1018,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1030,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1109,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1129,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1201,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1211,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1242,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1775,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "LDAP ક્લાયન્ટ કન્ફિગરેશન" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1811,7 +1827,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "શરૂ કરી રહયું છે..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1850,7 +1866,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ડીટીબેઝીસ" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -1940,7 +1956,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "પાસવર્ડ &એનક્રિપ્શન" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -1954,7 +1970,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ના" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1962,7 +1978,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "હા" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -1978,7 +1994,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "મોડ્યુલ નું કન્ફિગરેશન" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" @@ -2002,7 +2018,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2071,7 +2087,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "નોન" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2139,7 +2155,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "બ્રાઉઝ... (&B)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2147,7 +2163,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&બ્રાઉઝ..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2159,7 +2175,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "વ્યવસ્થાપક DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" @@ -2219,7 +2235,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ગુણધર્મ" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2247,7 +2263,7 @@ #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "પાસવર્ડ &સેટીંગ્સ" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" @@ -2331,11 +2347,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "રીડ" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "રાઇટ" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" @@ -2356,7 +2372,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "એપેન્ડ બેઝ DN " #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" @@ -2416,7 +2432,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ફરીથી પ્રયત્ન કરવો છે?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2493,11 +2509,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "આટ્રિબ્યુટ્સ" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ફેરફાર કરો" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" @@ -2509,7 +2525,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2560,7 +2576,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "પોર્ટ" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2572,19 +2588,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "દિવસો" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "કલાકો" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "મિનિટો" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "સેકન્ડ્સ" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2690,8 +2706,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2891,7 +2907,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "હજુ સુધી કન્ફિગર થયું નથી." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2954,7 +2970,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2983,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ડાયરેક્ટરી રચી શકાતું નથી." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/autoinst.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/autoinst.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/autoinst.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -107,8 +107,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "મોડેમ પારામિટર્સ" @@ -120,38 +119,33 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "AutoYaST પ્રોફાઈલનો પાથ ખાલી છે." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "સિસ્ટમમાં X વિન્ડો સિસ્ટમ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશનની નકલ થઇ રહી છે..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown mode" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr " અપરિચિત મોડ " -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Comma separated list of runlevels" msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "રનલેવલ લીસ્ટમાં અલ્પવિરામ અલગ છે" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "સિસ્ટમનું ક્લોનીંગ કરી રહયું છે..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "ઓટોઇએસ્ટ પ્રોફાઇલ રિઝલ્ટીંગ /root/autoinst.xml માં શોધી શકાય છે." #. help 1/2 @@ -301,23 +295,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "એકઝીક્યુટીંગ પોસ્ટ-સ્ક્રીપ્ટ્સ" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "સેવાઓ પુનઃશરૂ કરી રહયું છે" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "ફિનીશીંગ કોન્ફીગરેશન" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 #, fuzzy msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "સોર્સને પ્રોબ કરવામાં આવી રહ્યો છે %1" @@ -2484,13 +2478,13 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid " - Drive" msgstr "ડ્રાઇવ (&D)" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " વોલ્યૂમ જૂથ " @@ -2595,11 +2589,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "ડ્રાઇવ્સ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Total of %1 drive" #| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives" @@ -2808,28 +2802,28 @@ msgstr "પેકેજ રિઝોલ્વરનું ચાલું કરવું નિષ્ફળ ગયું. કૃપા કરીને autoyast પ્રોફાઇલમાં તમારા સોફ્ટવેરનો વિભાગ તપાસો." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "તમારા XML પ્રોફાઈલમાં કન્ફિગર કરેલું પાર્ટિશન પ્લાન હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક પર બંધબેસતુ નથી. %1 MB ખૂટે છે." -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "કોઇ ચોક્કસ ડીવાઇસ કોન્ફીગર થયાં નથી" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "રૂટ પાર્ટીશન ઇવેલ્યુએટ કરાયે છે. કૃપા કરી એક ક્ષણ... " #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "કોઇ લીનક્સ રૂટ પાર્ટીશન શોધાયાં નથી." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2838,7 +2832,7 @@ "જોઇએ તે આપે શોધ્યું નથી. ઓટોમેટિક ઈન્સ્ટોલેશનશક્ય નથી.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/base.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/base.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/base.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&છોડી દો." @@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&પાસવર્ડ" @@ -1511,6 +1511,31 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "જરૂરી પેકેજીસ સ્થાપવામાં નિષ્ફળત ગયું." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન અપડેટ કરી રહયું છે..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "આ થોડાક સમય લે" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Control file %1 was not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "કન્‍ટ્રોલ ફાઇલ %1 શોધાયેલ નથી." + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2156,15 +2181,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "મોડેમ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ" @@ -2172,27 +2197,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "અજાણી" @@ -2202,331 +2227,331 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "એડિશનલ એડ્રેસ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchronous ટ્રાન્સફર મોડ (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "બ્લ્યૂટૂથ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "બ્લૂચુથ કનેક્શન" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "XP નેટવર્ક" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "કોમન લીંક એકસેસ ફોર વર્કસ્ટેશન (CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN કાર્ડ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "ચેનલ ટુ ચેનલ ઈન્ટરફેસ (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL જોડાણો" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "બનાવટ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "ડમી નેટવર્ક ડિવાઇસ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "એન્ટરપ્રાઇઝ સિસ્ટમ કનેક્ટર (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "ઈથરનેટ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "ઈથરનેટ નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "ફાઇબરચેનલ સિસ્ટમ કનેક્ટર (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "હાઇ પરફોરમાન્સ પેરેલલ ઈન્ટરફેસ (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "હાઇપરસોકેટ્સ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "હાઇપરસોકેટ્સ ઈન્ટરફેસ (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN કનેક્શન" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "ઈન્ફ્રેરેડ નેટવર્ક ડિવાઇસ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "ઈન્ફ્રેરેડ ડિવાઇસ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "ઈન્ટર યુઝર કોમ્યુનીકેશન વેહીકલ (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "લૂપબેક" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "લૂપબેક ડિવાઇસ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "માયરીનેટ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "માયરીનેટ નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "પેરાલલ લાઇન" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "પેરેલલ લાઇન કનેક્શન" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-એક્સપ્રેસ અથવા QDIO ડિવાઇસ (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-ઇન-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 એનકેપ્સુલેશન ડિવાઇસ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "સીરીયલ લાઇન" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "સીરીયલ લાઇન કનેક્શન" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "ટોકન રીંગ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "ટોકન રીંગ નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB નેટવર્ક ડિવાઇસ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare નેટવર્ક ડિવાઇસ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "વાયરલેસ" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "વાયરલેસ નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP નેટવર્ક" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 #, fuzzy msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "વાસ્તવિક ઉપયોગકર્તા" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr " બ્રીજ " -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "નેટવર્ક મોડ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "TAP" msgstr " સીપીયુ-CPU " -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr " InfiniBand " -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "ઈન્ફ્રેરેડ ડિવાઇસ" @@ -2590,7 +2615,7 @@ msgstr "& એક્સોપર્ટ કરાયેલી ડિરેક્ટરીઓ" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2603,28 +2628,23 @@ " ખરેખર ચાલુ રાખવું છે?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -#, fuzzy -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr " ટોટલરીંગ કન્ટ્રોલર " - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -#, fuzzy -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "2: સામાન્ય લોકલ વધારે પડતા ઉપયોગી રી" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2957,52 +2977,52 @@ msgstr "&સ્થાપો" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "પેકેજઃ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "સાઇઝઃ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "પેકેજ %1 (%2) ડાઉનલોડ કરી રહયું છે..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "ડાઉનલોડીંગ પેકેજ" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "શૉ &ડિટેલ્સ" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "ફાઇલ ઈન્ટીગ્રીટી તપાસ નિષ્ફળઃ" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "પેકેજનું ઇન્સ્ટોલેશનનો પુનઃપ્રયાસ કરવો?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન એબોર્ટ કરવું?" @@ -3011,57 +3031,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "ભૂલ: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "પેકેજ %1 (%2) અનઇન્સ્ટોલ કરી રહયું છે..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "પેકેજ %1 (%2) ઇન્સ્ટોલ કરી રહયું છે..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "અનઈન્સ્ટોલીંગ પેકેજ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "ઈન્સ્ટોલીંગ પેકેજ" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "પેકેજ %1 રદદ કરવાનું નિષ્ફળ." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "પેકેજ %1 ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન કરવાનું નિષ્ફળ." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" @@ -3077,29 +3097,29 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "સાઇડ A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "સાઇડ B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1x %2" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1x %2" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3108,7 +3128,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" @@ -3121,7 +3141,7 @@ "તપાસો કે ડાયરેક્ટરી પહોંચ યોગ્ય છે." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" @@ -3134,60 +3154,60 @@ "તપાસો કે સર્વર પહોંચ યોગ્ય છે." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 #, fuzzy msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "સાચો કેટલૉગ માધ્યમ મઢી શકાતો નથી." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&ઈજેક્ટ" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 #, fuzzy msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "&ઓટોમેટીકલી રીટ્રાઇવ DNS" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "ઇન્સ્ટોલેશનનો પુનઃપ્રયાસ કરો?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "માધ્યમનો સ્કીપ કરો?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "બેડ મિડીયમ ઈગ્નોર કરી રહયું છે..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "સોર્સ બનાવાઈ રહ્યો છે %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "કેટલૉગ રીફ્રેશ કરતી વખતે ભૂલ ઉદ્ભવી છે." @@ -3195,9 +3215,9 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "રીમોટ કેટલૉગ વિવરણ રીટ્રાઇવ કરવા અસમર્થ." @@ -3205,24 +3225,24 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "નવા મેટાડાટા રીટ્રાઇવ કરતી વખતે ભૂલ ઉદ્ભવી છે." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "સોર્સ માન્ય નથી" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "સોર્સ મેટાડેટા અમાન્ય છે" @@ -3231,101 +3251,101 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "રીફ્રેશનો પુનઃપ્રયાસ કરવો?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "સોર્સને પ્રોબ કરવામાં આવી રહ્યો છે %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 #, fuzzy msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "કેટલૉગ રીફ્રેશ કરતી વખતે ભૂલ ઉદ્ભવી છે." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "સોર્સને પ્રોબ કરવામાં આવી રહ્યો છે તેની વિગત." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "સોર્સ મેટાડેટા અમાન્ય છે" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "પ્રોફાઇલ રીપોઝીટરીઃ (&P)" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "પેકેજ %1 (%2) ડાઉનલોડ કરી રહયું છે..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "ડાઉનલોડીંગ પેકેજ" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "ડેલ્ટા RPM પેકેજ લાગુ પડી રહ્યો છે %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "ડેલ્ટા RPM પેકેજ લાગુ પડી રહ્યો છે" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "પેકેજ %1 (%2) ડાઉનલોડ કરી રહયું છે..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "ડાઉનલોડીંગ પેકેજ" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "સ્ક્રીપ્ટ %1 ની શરૂઆત (પેચ %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "સ્ક્રીપ્ટ ચાલુ છે" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "પેકેજઃ" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "સ્ક્રીપ્ટ:" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "સ્ક્રીપ્ટનું આઉટપુટ" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3334,7 +3354,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3344,46 +3364,46 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "રીફ્રેશ" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading" msgstr "&ડાઉનલોડીંગ" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "ડાઉનલોડીંગઃ %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "પેકેજ ડાટાબેઝ તપાસી રહયું છે" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "પેકેજ ડાટાબેઝ પુનઃનિર્મિત કરી રહયું છે. આ પ્રક્રિયા થોડાક સમય લઇ શકે છે." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "સ્ટેટસ" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3392,12 +3412,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "પેકેજ ડાટાબેઝને કન્વર્ટ કરી રહયું છે. આ પ્રક્રિયા કેટલોક સમય લઇ શકે છે." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3406,13 +3426,13 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "ડાટાબેઝ વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "બધા mસ્થાપિતપેકેજીસની ચકાસની કરો" @@ -3424,30 +3444,30 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 #, fuzzy msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "ડાટાબેઝ વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "લક્ષ ડાયરેકટરીને શરૂ કરવાનું નિષ્ફળ" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 #, fuzzy msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "MySQL ડાટાબેસ" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "યુઝર ની પ્રમાણભૂતતા" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 #, fuzzy msgid "" "URL: %1\n" @@ -3456,7 +3476,7 @@ msgstr "URL: %1" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&યુઝર નેમ" @@ -3522,44 +3542,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "તમે આ લાયસન્સ કરાર સ્વીકારો છો?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "જરુરી પેકેજીસનું સ્થાપન નિષ્ફળ" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3570,12 +3566,12 @@ "તો YaST કદાચ સાચી રીતે કામ નહી કરે.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "જરુરી પેકેજીસ સ્થાપ્યા વગર ચાલુ રાખી શકાતું નથી." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3734,7 +3730,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "પેકેજીસ" @@ -4181,7 +4177,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4206,17 +4202,17 @@ "અને કી ખરેખર તેને આયાત કરતાં અગાઉ ખરેખર તે માલિક સાથે સંબંધિત હોય." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "બિન વિશ્વાસુ GnuPG કી આયાત કરો" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Trust" msgid "&Trust" @@ -4224,7 +4220,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4247,13 +4243,13 @@ "ગમે તેમ તેનો ઉપયોગ કરવો?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 #, fuzzy msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "ચેતવણીઓ" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4272,88 +4268,96 @@ "ગમે તેમ તેને ઇન્સ્ટોલ કરવું?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "અનનોન ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing..." msgstr "ડ્રાઇવર સ્થપાઇ રહ્યું છે..." # MK #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "મિડીયા" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" msgstr "મીસીંગ પેકેજીસ" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "ટાઇમ" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 #, fuzzy msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr " યુઝર્સને મંજૂર થયેલી કાર્યવાહીઓ :\n" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "જ્યારે પેકેજીસ ઇન્સ્ટોલ થાય ત્યારે કૃપા કરી રાહ જુઓ." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "રીલીઝ નોટ્સ" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "સ્લાઇડ &શૉ" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&વિગતો" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "પરફોર્મ અપડેટ" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "પરફોર્મ ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "પેકેજ ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4362,17 +4366,17 @@ "છોડવા ઇચ્છો છો?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "એબોર્ટેડ" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "સિસ્ટમ લોગ (%1)" @@ -4981,7 +4985,7 @@ msgstr "initrd ની રચના દરમિયાન ભૂલ થઇ." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5100,7 +5104,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 @@ -5986,6 +5990,14 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr " ટોટલરીંગ કન્ટ્રોલર " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "2: સામાન્ય લોકલ વધારે પડતા ઉપયોગી રી" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr " સ્થાપના થયેલી સાઈઝ " Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/bootloader.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/bootloader.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/bootloader.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -119,22 +119,22 @@ msgstr "સિસ્ટમ હવે ફરીથી બૂટ થશે..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "સ્થાપન માટે કોઇ બૂટ લોડર પસંદ કરેલું નથી. તમારી સિસ્ટમ કદાચ બૂટ માટે યોગ્ય નથી." #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "પાર્ટિશન હોવાને કારણે, બૂટલોડર યોગ્ય રીતે સ્થાપિત થઇ શક્યું નથી." #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "બૂટ થઇ રહ્યું છે" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&બૂટ થઇ રહ્યું છે" @@ -143,12 +143,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "ડિસ્ક ઓર્ડર" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr " ફિલ્ટર સેટિન્ગ્સ " @@ -160,10 +160,9 @@ msgstr "બૂટ મેન્યૂ" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "બૂટ લોડર વિકલ્પો" @@ -282,17 +281,23 @@ "સક્રિય કરવા સેટ કરો અથવા MBR પર÷ જેનરિક બૂટ કોડ લખો \n" "પસંદ કરો. " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "કસ્ટમ બૂટ પાર્ટિશન તમને જેમાંથી બૂટ કરવાનું હોય તે પાર્ટિશન પસંદ કરવાની છૂટ આપે છે" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" @@ -301,7 +306,7 @@ "ક્રમિક જોડાણની પારમિતિઓ ક્રમિક કન્સોલ માટે ઉપયોગમાં લેવા માટે \n" "પારમિતિઓને વ્યાખ્યાયિત કરવાની છૂટ આપે છે. કૃપા કરીને ખાસ વિગતો માટે ગ્રબ દસ્તાવેજ ( <code> માહિતી ગ્રબ </code> ) જુઓ." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -315,7 +320,7 @@ "આ કિસ્સામાં, જે ટર્મિનલમાં તમે કોઇ કળ દબાવશો તે \n" "ગ્રબ ટર્મિનલ તરીકે પસંદ કરાશે." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." @@ -323,19 +328,19 @@ "જો પ્રાથમિક વિભાગ બૂટ ના થઈ શકે તેવા કિસ્સામાં બૂટ કરવામાં ઉપયોગમાં\n" "આવે તેવા વિભાગ નંબરોની સૂચિ નિષ્ફણમાં સામેલ હોય તો વિભાગોને ફૉલબેક કરો. " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "બૂટ કરતી વખતે મેનુ છુપાવો પસંદ કરવાથી બૂટ મેનુને છુપાવશે" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "ગ્રાફિકલ મેનુ ફાઇલ ગ્રાફિકલ બૂટ મેનુ માટે ઉપયોગમાં લેવા માટેની ફાઇલને વ્યાખ્યાયિત કરે છે." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" @@ -346,7 +351,7 @@ " બૂટ મેનુને પહોંચવા માટે જરૂરી પાસવર્ડને વ્યાખ્યાયિત કરે છે. જો તમે તેને પાસવર્ડને ફરીથી ટાઇપ કરો માં પુનરાવર્તન કરશો તો જ YaST પાસવર્ડ સ્વીકારશે." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" @@ -359,82 +364,82 @@ "BIOS માં રહેલાં ક્રમ પ્રમાણે ડિસ્ક્સને ક્રમમાં નિર્દિષ્ટ કરવા, ડિસ્ક્સને\n" " ફરીથી ક્રમમાં ગોઠવવા ઉપર અને નીચે બટનો વાપરો." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "બૂટ લોડર સ્થળ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "બૂટ પાર્ટિશન માટે પાર્ટિશન ટેબલમાં સક્રિય ફ્લેગ સેટ કરો" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "સેકંડના દશમા ભાગમાં ટાઇમ-આઉટ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "પ્રાથમિક બૂટ સેક્શન" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "જનરિક બૂટ કોડ, MBR માં લખો" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "HFS બૂટ પાર્ટિશન " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "&માસ્ટર બૂટ રેકોર્ડ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "રુટ પાર્ટિશનમાંથી બૂટ કરો છે" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "બૂટ પાર્ટિશનમાંથી બૂટ કરો " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "રુટ પાર્ટિશનમાંથી બૂટ કરો છે" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "અન્ય કર્નલ &પારમિતિઓ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 #, fuzzy msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "જો પ્રાથમિક નિષ્ફળ જાય તો વિભાગોને ફોલબેક કરો" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "બૂટ પર મેનુ સંતાડો" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "ગ્રાફિકલ મેનુ ફાઇલ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "મેનુ ઇન્ટરફેસ માટે પાસવર્ડ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "ડિબગીંગ ફ્લેગ" @@ -489,130 +494,130 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr " સીરીઅલ કોન્સોલ " #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "અમાન્ય આર્ગ્યુમેન્ટ્સ" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&ઉપકરણ" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr " એક વર્ગમાં એક પ્રિન્ટર તો હોવું જ જોઈએ." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "ડિ&સ્કસ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&ઉપર" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&નીચે" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "બૂટ લોડર સ્થળ" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "&માસ્ટર બૂટ રેકોર્ડ" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "રુટ પાર્ટિશનમાંથી બૂટ કરો છે" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 #, fuzzy msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "બૂટ પાર્ટિશનમાંથી બૂટ કરો " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "બૂટ લોડર સ્થળ" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 #, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "&માસ્ટર બૂટ રેકોર્ડ" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 +#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "રુટ પાર્ટિશનમાંથી બૂટ કરો છે" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "HFS બૂટ પાર્ટિશન " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "બૂટ લોડર સ્થાપનની &વિગતો " -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "બૂટ લોડર વિકલ્પો" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "અન્ય કર્નલ &પારમિતિઓ" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "બૂટ લોડર વિકલ્પો" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr " સુરક્ષિત " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "એનેબલ &લેઅર 2 સપોર્ટ" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "બૂટ લોડર સ્થળ" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -651,27 +656,45 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "વૈકલ્પિક કર્નલ આદેશ લાઇન પારમિતિઓ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr " વિતરણ:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&VGA ઢબ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "વૈકલ્પિક કર્નલ આદેશ લાઇન પારમિતિઓ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -707,9 +730,28 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "અનિર્દિષ્ટ" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1st" +msgid "set" +msgstr "1લું" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remove" +msgid "remove" +msgstr " દૂર કરો " + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autodetected card" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" @@ -717,27 +759,32 @@ #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "ગ્રાફિકલ મેનુ ફાઇલ" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr " સીરીઅલ કોન્સોલ " -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr " વિરોધોનો ઉકેલ:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "અમાન્ય આર્ગ્યુમેન્ટ્સ" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -751,7 +798,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "પાર્ટિશન હોવાને કારણે, બૂટલોડર યોગ્ય રીતે સ્થાપિત થઇ શક્યું નથી." @@ -884,11 +931,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "ફલોપી" @@ -1876,33 +1919,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "સ્થળ : %1" @@ -1912,31 +1956,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "બૂટ લૉડર પ્રકાર : %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "સ્થળ : %1" @@ -1961,241 +2007,183 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "હાલના GRUB મેન્યૂ સાથે પ્રસ્તાવ કરો અને &મેળવો." -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP secure port: %1" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "LDAP સીક્યોર પોર્ટ: %1" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr " અપરિચિત મોડેલ: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "બૂટ ડિવાઇસ નથી મળતુ" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "બૂટ ડિવાઇસ નથી મળતુ" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "બૂટ લોડરને ચકાસો" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "પાર્ટિશનિંગને વાંચો" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "બૂટ લોડર સેટિંગ્સને લોડ કરો" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "બૂટ લોડરની તપાસ થઇ રહી છે..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "પાર્ટિશનિંગને વંચાઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "બૂટ લોડર સેટિંગ્સ લોડ થઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "બૂટ લોડર કન્ફિગ્યુરેશનનો પ્રારંભ થઇ રહ્યો છે" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "ઉમેરેલા કર્નલ પારમિતિઓ : %1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "initrd રચો" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "બૂટ લોડર કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન ફાઇલો સાચવો" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "બૂટ લોડરને સ્થાપો" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "initrd રચાઈ રહ્યું છે..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "બૂટ લોડર કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન ફાઇલો સચવાઇ રહી છે..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "બૂટ લોડર સ્થાપાઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "બૂટ લોડર કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સચવાઈ રહ્યું છે..." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "લિનક્ષ" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "બૂટ ડિવાઇસ નથી મળતુ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "ફેલસેફ" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "લિનક્ષ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "ફેલસેફ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "મેમેરી પરીક્ષણ" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "સ્થાપન પહેલાં MBR" +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "મેમેરી પરીક્ષણ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "પાછળનું કર્નલ" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "સ્થાપન પહેલાં MBR" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "વિક્રેતા ચિકિત્સકીય" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "પાછળનું કર્નલ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "_લિનક્ષ" +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "વિક્રેતા ચિકિત્સકીય" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "_ફેલસેફ" +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "_લિનક્ષ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "_ફલોપી" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "_ફેલસેફ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "_હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક" +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "_ફલોપી" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "_મેમેરી પરીક્ષણ" +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "_હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "_સ્થાપન પહેલાં MBR" +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "_મેમેરી પરીક્ષણ" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "_પાછળનું કર્નલ" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "_સ્થાપન પહેલાં MBR" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "_વિક્રેતા ચિકિત્સકીય" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "_પાછળનું કર્નલ" +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "_વિક્રેતા ચિકિત્સકીય" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/ca-management.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/ca-management.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/ca-management.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr " સ્ટેટ " #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "ઈમેલ" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "વ્યવસ્થાપકીય યુનિટ" @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -679,11 +679,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -691,32 +698,32 @@ msgstr "વર્ણન" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "&રીમુવ" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&ની સાથે બદલો" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "%1 સેવા અસ્તિત્વ ધરાવતી નથી." #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1" msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -751,55 +758,113 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "સ્વાગત!" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Volume Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr " વોલ્યૂમનું નામ: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organizational Unit" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "વ્યવસ્થાપકીય યુનિટ" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "સ્થળ : %1" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "નેમઃ" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr " માઉન્ટ " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#, fuzzy msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "સ્વાગત!" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "આદુનિક (&v)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "જુઓ " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "પાસવર્ડ દાખલ કરો:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "& એક્સોપર્ટ કરાયેલી ડિરેક્ટરીઓ" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -853,7 +918,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 #, fuzzy msgid "Summary" msgstr "સ્વાગત!" @@ -886,18 +951,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -909,40 +974,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -1017,87 +1082,231 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "નેમઃ" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organizational Unit" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "વ્યવસ્થાપકીય યુનિટ" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "સ્થળ : %1" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr " પ્રકાર " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mount " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr " માઉન્ટ " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr " પ્રકાર " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr " પ્રકાર " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " RAID " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr " RAID " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Number" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "ક્રમ નંબર" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Version: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "વર્ઝનઃ" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid from: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "થી માન્ય :" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " RAID " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr " RAID " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "સ્ટેટસ" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "Add" msgstr "ઉમેરો (&A)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "યુઝર પાસવર્ડ બદલી શકે છે" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 #, fuzzy msgid "&Delete" msgstr "કા&ઢી નાંખો" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to File" msgstr "& એક્સોપર્ટ કરાયેલી ડિરેક્ટરીઓ" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1192,7 +1401,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1654,7 +1863,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1862,6 +2071,14 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "સર્જન કરો. (&G)" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1870,78 +2087,78 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid " days" msgstr "1 દિવસ" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/gu/po/cio.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/cio.gu.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/cio.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Runlevels" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "બધા જ રનલેવલ" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "ડિવાઇસ" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "વાપરેલ" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ના" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "હા" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr " ફાઈબર ચેનલ " + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "સિલેક્ટ ઑલ (&S)" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Detailed selection..." +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "ડીટેલ્ડ સિલેક્શન... (&D)" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&ચેનલ" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/cluster.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/cluster.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/cluster.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -88,225 +88,225 @@ msgstr "માં કન્ફિગર થયેલું" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "ઓકે" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "રદ કરો" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr " રીમોટ-દૂરનું એડ્રેસ:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr " રીમોટ-દૂરનું એડ્રેસ:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr " ચેનલ " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Address Setup" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "નેટવર્ક એડ્રેસ સેટઅપ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Portal Address" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "પોર્ટલ સરનામું" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scan the Channels" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr " ચેનલો સ્કેન કરવી " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "ક્લસ્ટરીંગ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr " રીમોટ-દૂરનું એડ્રેસ:" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable Security Event Notification" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "સીક્યુરીટી ઇવેન્‍ટ નોટીફિકેશ સક્રિય કરો" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "રનીંગ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No network running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "કોઇ નેટવર્ક ચાલી રહ્યુ નથી " #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "બૂટ થઇ રહ્યું છે" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Started manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "મેન્યુઅલી શરૂ કરાયેલ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "ચાલુ અને બંધ વચ્ચે બદલી કરો." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "હાલની સ્થિતિ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "હમણા ફાયરવોલ શરૂ કરો" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "હમણા ફાયરવોલ બંધ કરો" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "લોકલ હોસ્ટ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "ઉમેરો" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "ડીલે" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "ફેરફાર કરો" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr " ફાઈલ પસંદ કરો " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "સજેસ્ટેડ fstab લાઇન્સ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a valid host name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "માન્ય હોસ્ટનું નામ દાખલ કરો." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile." msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "%1 પ્રોફાઇલ માટે નવું નામ દાખલ કરો." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "ફાઈલનું નામ દાખલ કરો." #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Archive %1 already exists.\n" @@ -319,46 +319,46 @@ " તમે તેના પર ખરેખર ફરીથી લખવા માગો છો?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "%1 ઉપરની રીડીંગ ફાઇલ નિષ્ફળ નથી.\n" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "ઈમેજ બનાવવાનું નિષ્ફળ ગયું." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -371,23 +371,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -396,7 +399,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -407,7 +410,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" @@ -420,7 +423,7 @@ " કૃપા કરીને રાહ જુઓ... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -429,7 +432,7 @@ "હવે એબોર્ટ દબાવીનો કોન્ફીગરેશન ઉપયોગીતાને સલામતીપૂર્વક નિકાલ એબોર્ટ કરો.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" @@ -442,7 +445,7 @@ " જરા થોભો... " #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -467,41 +470,41 @@ msgstr "શરૂ કરી રહયું છે..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr " પ્રિન્ટર કન્ફિગરેશનનો પ્રારંભ થઈ ચૂક્યો છે..." #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "ડેટાબેઝ વાંચો" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "અગાઉની ગોઠવણી વાંચો" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "ફાયરવાલ સેટીંગ્સ વાંચો" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "ડાટાબેઝ વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "આગળના સેટિંગ્સ વંચાઇ રહ્યા છે..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -509,75 +512,75 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "સમાપ્ત" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "જરૂરી પેકેજીસ ઇન્‍સ્‍ટોલ કરી શકાતાં નથી." #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "રાઉટીંગ કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચો" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "ડાટાબેઝ 1 વાંચી શકતું નથી." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "ડાટાબેઝ 2 વાંચી શકતું નથી." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "ડિવાઇસીસનું નિદાન કરી શકતું નથી." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr " કન્ફિગરેશન સાચવવું " #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખો" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "પ્રોફાઇલમાં ફેરફારો સેવ કરો" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "બદલાવોને ફાઇલમાં સાચવી રહેલ છે..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "ગોઠવણી લખી શકતું નથી." Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/control-center.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/control-center.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/control-center.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sainath Rapaka<sainath.rapaka(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/control.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/control.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/control.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sainath Rapaka<sainath.rapaka(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -12,28 +12,30 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "મૂલ્ય વર્ધક પ્રોડક્ટનું સ્થાપન" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "પેકેજ ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 -#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" @@ -46,745 +48,367 @@ "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "શરૂ કરી રહયું છે..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "બૂટલોડર કોન્ફીગર કરે છે..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "કોન્ફીગરીંગ લેન્ગુવેજ..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "ફિનીશીંગ કોન્ફીગરેશન" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "IMAP Server" msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "IMAP સર્વર" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "ઈન્સ્ટોલેશન સેટીંગ્સ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "ઓવરવ્યુ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "એક્સપર્ટ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 #, fuzzy msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "ઈન્સ્ટોલેશન સેટીંગ્સ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "અપડેટ સેટીંગ્સ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "નેટવર્ક કોન્ફીગરેશન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "નેટવર્ક સર્વિસ કોન્ફીગરેશન (xinetd)" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "હાર્ડવેર કોન્ફીગરેશન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "પ્રિપેરેશન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "નેટવર્ક કોન્ફીગરેશન સેવ કરી રહયું છે" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Address Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "નેટવર્ક એડ્રેસ સેટઅપ" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "સ્વાગત" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "ડિસ્ક એક્ટીવેશન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "ડિસ્ક એક્ટીવેશન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "સિસ્ટમ એનાલાયસીસ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "એડ-ઓન પ્રોડક્ટ્સ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr " ડિસ્ક " + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "ટાઇમ ઝોન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -#, fuzzy -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "બેસ સેટીંગ્સ" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "ઈન્સ્ટોલેશન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન મીડીઆ" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "ઈન્સ્ટોલેશન સમરી" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "પરફોર્મ ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "&રીપેયર" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "ઈન્સ્ટોલેશન" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr " ડિસ્ક " - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "અપડેટ માટે સિસ્ટમ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "અપડેટ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "અપડેટ સમરી" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "પરફોર્મ અપડેટ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "સિસ્ટમ માહિતી" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "પરફોર્મ રીપેયર" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "બેઝ ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "લેંગ્વેજ" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "ઓટો YaST સેટીંગ્સ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "નેટવર્ક" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "સિસ્ટમ કોન્ફીગરેશન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "કસ્ટોમર સેન્ટર" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "મૂલ્ય વર્ધક પ્રોડક્ટનું સ્થાપન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "ઓનલાઇન અપડેટ" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "પેકેજ ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "રીલીઝ નોટ્સ" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન સફળતાપૂર્વક પૂર્ણ થયું.\n" +#~ "આપનું સિસ્ટમ ઉપયોગ માટે તૈયાર છે.\n" +#~ "સિસ્ટમને લોગ ઇન કરવા ફિનિશ ક્લિક કરો.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "કૃપા કરી અમારી રાહ http://www.novell.com/linux/ પર જુઓ.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "મૂળભૂત કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "શરૂ કરી રહયું છે..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 #, fuzzy -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "રૂટ પાસવર્ડ" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "બૂટલોડર કોન્ફીગર કરે છે..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 #, fuzzy -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "ઈન્સ્ટોલેશન" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "કોન્ફીગરીંગ લેન્ગુવેજ..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "હોસ્ટનેમ" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "ફિનીશીંગ કોન્ફીગરેશન" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "યુઝર્સ" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "બેસ સેટીંગ્સ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "ઓટો YaST સેટીંગ્સ" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન મીડીઆ" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "સિસ્ટમ કોન્ફીગરેશન" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "&રીપેયર" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "ક્લિન અપ" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "સિસ્ટમ માહિતી" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન સફળતાપૂર્વક પૂર્ણ થયું.\n" -"આપનું સિસ્ટમ ઉપયોગ માટે તૈયાર છે.\n" -"સિસ્ટમને લોગ ઇન કરવા ફિનિશ ક્લિક કરો.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"કૃપા કરી અમારી રાહ http://www.novell.com/linux/ પર જુઓ.\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "પરફોર્મ રીપેયર" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "સર્વર નેમઃ" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "લેંગ્વેજ" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "નેટવર્ક" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "કસ્ટોમર સેન્ટર" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "ઓનલાઇન અપડેટ" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "રીલીઝ નોટ્સ" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "નેટવર્ક સર્વિસ કોન્ફીગરેશન (xinetd)" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "મૂળભૂત કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "સર્વર સેટિંગસ" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "રૂટ પાસવર્ડ" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "ઈન્સ્ટોલેશન સમરી" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "ઈન્સ્ટોલેશન" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "સર્વિસ" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "હોસ્ટનેમ" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "યુઝર્સ" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "ડેસ્કટોપ સિલેક્શન" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "ક્લિન અપ" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "રૂટ પાસવર્ડ" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "સર્વર નેમઃ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"કોન્ફીગરેશન!\n" -"આપના મશીન ઉપર પ્રોડક્ટનું ઈન્સ્ટોલેશન પૂર્ણ થયું છે.\n" -"ફિનીશક્લિક કર્યા પછી આપ સિસ્ટમમાં લોગઇન કરી શકો છો.\n" -" %1 પર અમારી મુલાકાત લો.\n" -"ખૂબ મઝા કરો! આપની SUSE ડેવલપમેન્ટ ટીમ\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "સર્વર સેટિંગસ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "સર્વિસ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "ડેસ્કટોપ સિલેક્શન" + +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "રૂટ પાસવર્ડ" + #, fuzzy -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "ડેક્સટોપ" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "કોન્ફીગરેશન!\n" +#~ "આપના મશીન ઉપર પ્રોડક્ટનું ઈન્સ્ટોલેશન પૂર્ણ થયું છે.\n" +#~ "ફિનીશક્લિક કર્યા પછી આપ સિસ્ટમમાં લોગઇન કરી શકો છો.\n" +#~ " %1 પર અમારી મુલાકાત લો.\n" +#~ "ખૂબ મઝા કરો! આપની SUSE ડેવલપમેન્ટ ટીમ\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 #, fuzzy -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "ડેક્સટોપ" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "ડેક્સટોપ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 #, fuzzy -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "ડેક્સટોપ" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "ડેક્સટોપ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 #, fuzzy -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "ડેક્સટોપ" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "ડેક્સટોપ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "ડેક્સટોપ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "અલ્ટરનેટ ડેસ્કટોપ્સ" +#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "અલ્ટરનેટ ડેસ્કટોપ્સ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 #, fuzzy -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "ઓનલાઇન અપડેટ" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "ઓનલાઇન અપડેટ" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/country.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/country.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/country.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/crowbar.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/crowbar.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/crowbar.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/dhcp-server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/dhcp-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/dhcp-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -571,81 +571,80 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "કોઈ નેટવર્ક ઈન્ટરફેસીસ કન્ફિગર થયેલ નથી." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 #, fuzzy msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP સહાય સક્રિય" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સાચવો" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&ડોમેન નેમ" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP સર્વર" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "IPP સર્વર" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 #, fuzzy msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&NFS સર્વર્સ" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -653,51 +652,51 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સાચવો" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 #, fuzzy msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "હાલનો વિકલ્પ: " #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "હાલની સ્થિતિ" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -705,7 +704,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -716,7 +715,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -724,54 +723,54 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&પ્રાથમિક" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "હાલના કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન વાંચો." -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -779,8 +778,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -788,139 +787,139 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 #, fuzzy msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "રિ&મોટ હોસ્ટસ" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "નામ" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "ટાઇપ" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&નામ" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP સરનામા" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 #, fuzzy msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "અન્ય (&O)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "ઈથરનેટ" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "ટોકન રીંગ" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "%1 નું મૂલ્ય અમાન્ય છે." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 #, fuzzy msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "આ વસ્તુ પૂરી કરવી જ જોઈશે." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -933,15 +932,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -953,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/dns-server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/dns-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/dns-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/drbd.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/drbd.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/drbd.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -21,6 +21,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "વૈશ્વિકકન્ફિગ્યુરેશન " +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -60,24 +70,84 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "મોડ્યુલ નું કન્ફિગરેશન" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "મોડ્યુલ નું કન્ફિગરેશન" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "મોડ્યુલ નું કન્ફિગરેશન" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The file is a configuration file." +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "ફાઇલ એક કોન્ફીગરેશન ફાઇલ છે." + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "પરિણામ નેટવર્ક ની આવ્યુ સ્કેનીંગ નિશ્ચિત અસફળ રહી." + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DNS Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DNS કોન્ફીગરેશન" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "CASAના કોન્ફીગરેશનનો પ્રથમ ભાગ" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "CASA કોન્ફીગરેશનનો દ્વિતીય ભાગ" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -109,7 +179,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big> કન્ફિગ્યુરેશનનો પ્રારંભ થઇ રહ્યો છે </big> \n" " કૃપા કરીને રાહ જુઓ... \n" @@ -127,14 +197,14 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" -#| "Please wait..." +#| "<big>Saving Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>કન્ફિગરેશન સાચવવું</big> \n" -" જરા થોભો... " +"<big> કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સચવાઇ રહ્યું છે </big> \n" +" કૃપા કરીને રાહ જુઓ... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 @@ -155,14 +225,79 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>કનેક્શન કન્ફિગરેશન</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>કનેક્શન કન્ફિગરેશન</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>કનેક્શન કન્ફિગરેશન</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -172,31 +307,37 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big> Kdump કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન </big> \n" " kdump ને અહીં કન્ફિગર કરો. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" +#| "If your kdump was not detected, select Other (not detected).\n" +#| "Then press Configure.\n" msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big> Kdump ઉમેરાઈ રહ્યું છે : </big> \n" @@ -205,7 +346,7 @@ " પછી કન્ફિગર દબાવો. \n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -216,11 +357,11 @@ " iSCSI પ્રારંભક કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન અવલોકન \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big> Kdump કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન વિહંગાવલોકન </big> \n" @@ -228,21 +369,28 @@ " તેમના કન્ફિગ્યુરેશનનું સંપાદન કરો. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Press Add to configure a kdump." msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<big> Kdump ઉમેરાઈ રહ્યું છે : </big> \n" " kdump ને કન્ફિગર કરવા ઉમેરો દબાવો. " #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#| "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" +#| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<big> સંપાદન કરી રહ્યા છો કે કાઢી નાખી રહ્યા છો : </big> \n" @@ -250,7 +398,7 @@ " પછી ઈચ્છા પ્રમાણે સંપાદન કરો કે કાઢી નાખો પસંદ કરો. \n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -262,7 +410,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -273,7 +421,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -293,14 +441,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "પ્રોટોકોલ" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scheme name must be set." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr " યોજનાનું નામ હોવું જ જોઈએ." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -346,8 +495,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -365,105 +514,228 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr " શરૂની 'lirc' સર્વિસ નિષ્ફળ ગઈ." #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "થઈ રહેલી સેવાઓ રોકવી" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "હાર્ડવેર કોન્ફીગરેશન" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "શરૂ કરી રહયું છે..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "ઈનીશીયાલાઇઝીંગ DSL કોન્ફીગરેશન" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "ગ્લોબલ શામ્બા સેટીંગ્સ વાંચો" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Read resources" msgstr "રિસોર્સ જૂથોને વાંચો" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr " વિનબાઇન્ડ ની સ્થિતિ વાંચો " -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "ગ્લોબલ શામ્બા સેટીંગને વાંચી રહયું છે..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "રિસોર્સ જૂથોનોને વાંચી રહેલ છે..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr " વિનબાઇન્ડ ની સ્થિતિ વંચાઇ રહી છે... " -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "સમાપ્ત" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "રિસોર્સ જૂથોનું કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "NFS કોન્ફીગરેશન લખી રહયું છે" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "ગ્લોબલ સેટીંગ્સ લખો" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "રિસોર્સ જૂથો લખો." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "હાલનું સ્ટેટસ ડિટેક્ટ કરો" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "ગ્લોબલ સેટીંગ્સ લખી રહયું છે..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "રિસોર્સ જૂથો લખી રહેલ છે..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "હાલનું સ્ટેટસ ડિટેક્ટ કરી રહયું છે..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "ડાયરેક્ટરી '%1' રચવા અસમર્થ." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "CASAના કોન્ફીગરેશનનો પ્રથમ ભાગ" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "CASA કોન્ફીગરેશનનો દ્વિતીય ભાગ" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait... \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big> કન્ફિગ્યુરેશનનો પ્રારંભ થઇ રહ્યો છે </big> \n" +#~ " કૃપા કરીને રાહ જુઓ... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>કન્ફિગરેશન સાચવવું</big> \n" +#~ " જરા થોભો... " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" +#~ "If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +#~ "Then press Configure.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big> Kdump ઉમેરાઈ રહ્યું છે : </big> \n" +#~ " શોધી કાઢેલ kdumps ની સૂચિમાંથી kdump પસંદ કરો. \n" +#~ " તમારું kdump શોધી ન કઢાય તો, અન્ય (ના શોધી કઢાયેલ) પસંદ કરો. \n" +#~ " પછી કન્ફિગર દબાવો. \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big> Kdump ઉમેરાઈ રહ્યું છે : </big> \n" +#~ " kdump ને કન્ફિગર કરવા ઉમેરો દબાવો. " + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big> સંપાદન કરી રહ્યા છો કે કાઢી નાખી રહ્યા છો : </big> \n" +#~ " બદલવાં કે દૂર કરવા kdump પસંદ કરો. \n" +#~ " પછી ઈચ્છા પ્રમાણે સંપાદન કરો કે કાઢી નાખો પસંદ કરો. \n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Drbd Configuration" #~ msgstr "DNS કોન્ફીગરેશન" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/fcoe-client.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/fcoe-client.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/fcoe-client.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,8 +43,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "NFS ક્લાયન્ટ" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "હા" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ના" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -52,15 +62,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "પેકેજ %1 રદદ કરવાનું નિષ્ફળ." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "પ્રાપ્ય નથી" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "કોન્ફીગર કરાયેલ નહીં" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr " IPsec નું કન્ફિગરેશન " #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -68,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -76,12 +115,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -89,34 +128,34 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "%1 યુઝરના માટે એકાઉન્ટ બનેલુ નથી." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command %1 failed" msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "આદેશ %1 નિષ્ફળ" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to remove the selected %1" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "તમને ખાતરી છે કે તમે પસંદ કરેલ %1 દૂર કરવા માગો છો" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -124,34 +163,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "પેકેજ %1 રદદ કરવાનું નિષ્ફળ." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "પેકેજ %1 રદદ કરવાનું નિષ્ફળ." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -182,7 +221,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "હા" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -190,7 +229,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ના" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -263,7 +302,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ડ્રાઇવર" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -573,104 +612,99 @@ msgstr " તે હમણા સ્થાપવું છે?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "ડિવાઇસીસનું નિદાન કરી શકતું નથી." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "વિનબાઈન્ડ સેવા શરૂ કરી શકાતી નથી." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "'%1' સેવા શરૂ કરી શકાતી નથી." + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "inetd કોન્ફીગરેશન ઈનીશીયાલીઝીંગ" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "ઈન્સ્ટોલડ પેકજને ચેક કરો" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "નેટવર્ક સેવાઓ" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "નેટવર્ક કાર્ડસ નિદાન કરી રહયું છે..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "/etc/ipsec.conf વાંચો " #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "સ્થાપિત RPM પેકેજ માટે ચકાસણી થઇ રહી છે..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "નેટવર્ક ઉપકરણો માટેની ચકાસણી..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "નેટવર્ક કાર્ડસ નિદાન કરી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -678,123 +712,123 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "સમાપ્ત" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr " શરૂની 'lirc' સર્વિસ નિષ્ફળ ગઈ." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "ડિવાઇસીસનું નિદાન કરી શકતું નથી." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન વાંચી શકાતું નથી" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "inetd કોન્ફીગરેશન સેવ કરી રહયું છે" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખો" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart the service" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "સેવા રીસ્ટાર્ટ કરો" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust spooler services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr " સ્પૂલર સાધનોને બરોબર ગોઠવવા " #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "સેવા રીસ્ટાર્ટ કરી રહયું છે..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr " સ્પૂલર સાધનો બરોબર ગોઠવો..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "/etc/samba/smb.conf સેટીંગ્સ લખી નહિ શકે." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr " શરૂની 'lirc' સર્વિસ નિષ્ફળ ગઈ." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "sysconfig વેરિએબલ્સ લખી શકાતા નથી." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "<big>કનેક્શન કન્ફિગરેશન</big>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "ઇન્ટરફેસિસ" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -802,11 +836,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "સક્ષમ" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "અસક્ષમ" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/firewall-services.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/firewall-services.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/firewall-services.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/firewall.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/firewall.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/firewall.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/firstboot.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/firstboot.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/firstboot.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/ftp-server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/ftp-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/ftp-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/geo-cluster.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/geo-cluster.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/geo-cluster.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,285 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration files" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "કન્ફિગરેશન ફાઈલો અદ્યતન કરવી" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ઉમેરો" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ફેરફાર કરો" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "કાઢી નાખો" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ઓકે" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "રદ કરો" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address." +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "માન્ય ઇ-મેઇલ સરનામું દાખલ કરો" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "નિર્દેશિકાઓ " + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "જરૂરી પેટર્ન" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "વેલીડ નથી." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "સોર્સ માન્ય નથી" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "વેલીડ નથી." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "વેલીડ નથી." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "ગેટવે IP સરનામું ઇનવેલીડ છે." + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "પ્રદાનકર્તા નામ %1 અગાઉથી અસ્તિત્વ." + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન નામ ખાલી રાખી શકાશે નહીં." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન નામ ખાલી રાખી શકાશે નહીં." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "કળ અમાન્ય છે." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "એડ કોમ્પલીટ કોન્ફીગરેશન ફાઇલ્સ" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update configuration files" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "કન્ફિગરેશન ફાઈલો અદ્યતન કરવી" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Class Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "ક્લાસ કોન્ફીગરેશન" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન " + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "શરૂ કરી રહયું છે..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr " સાધારણ સેટિન્ગ્સ લખી શકાતા નથી " + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr " સાધારણ સેટિન્ગ્સ લખી શકાતા નથી " + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,120 +358,108 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "અગાઉની ગોઠવણી વાંચો" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "આગળના સેટિંગ્સ વંચાઇ રહ્યા છે..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "સમાપ્ત" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખો" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ગોઠવણી લખી શકતું નથી." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr " સારાંશ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન..." #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ડેટાબેઝ વાંચો" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ઉપકરણો શોધો" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ડાટાબેઝ વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ઉપકરણો શોધાઇ રહ્યા છે..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ડાટાબેઝ 1 વાંચી શકતું નથી." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ડાટાબેઝ 2 વાંચી શકતું નથી." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ડિવાઇસીસનું નિદાન કરી શકતું નથી." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr " SuSEconfig ચાલુ કરો" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr " SuSEconfig ચાલુ થઇ રહ્યું છે..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન સારાંશ..." Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/gtk.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/gtk.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/gtk.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ #: src/YGUtils.cc:643 msgid "Back" -msgstr "" +msgstr "પાછળ" #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "નેકસ્ટ" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/http-server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/http-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/http-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/inetd.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/inetd.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/inetd.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Rapaka Sainath <sainath.rapaka(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/installation.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/installation.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/installation.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -56,22 +56,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "સ્થપાએલ સિસ્ટમમાં ફાઇલોની નકલ થઇ રહી છે..." @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ msgstr "સ્થાપન ઢબ" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "પ્રાથમિક વિન્ડો મેનેજરનો પ્રારંભ થઇ રહ્યો છે..." @@ -268,6 +268,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr " અપરિચિત મોડ " @@ -328,7 +329,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "લાઇસેન્સ એગ્રીમેન્ટ" @@ -400,11 +401,24 @@ "પસંદ કરી શકો છો.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 #, fuzzy -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "ફરીથી સ્થાપિત કરવાની જરૂર" +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "પ્રકાશન નોંધ" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 #, fuzzy @@ -530,7 +544,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "સિસ્ટમ હવે ફરીથી બૂટ થશે..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -627,11 +641,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "&ZFCP ડિસ્કસ કન્ફિગર કરો" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "&iSCSI ડિસ્કસ કન્ફિગર કરો" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -655,14 +669,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "પ્રારંભ કરાઈ રહયું છે." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "પ્રકાશન નોંધ" +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "અક્ષરોનો પ્રારંભ થઇ રહ્યો છે..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 @@ -684,67 +706,67 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "મૂળભ્ત સ્થાપન સમાપ્ત થઇ રહ્યું છે" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "પ્રિઇન્સ્ટોલેશન સ્ક્રિપ્ટ્સ" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "સ્થપાયેલ સિસ્ટમમાં ફાઇલોની નકલ કરો" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સાચવો" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "સ્થાપેલ સેટિંગ્સ સાચવો" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "બુટ મેનેજર સ્થાપો" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "પ્રારંભ બુટ માટે સિસ્ટમને તૈયાર કરો" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "તપાસાય છે..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 #, fuzzy msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "સિસ્ટમ ડાટા કલેક્ટ કરે છે..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "સમાપ્ત" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "સ્થાપન ઢબ" @@ -767,12 +789,6 @@ "આધારભૂત સિસ્ટમ સ્થપાઇ રહી છે માટે કૃપા કરીને પ્રતિક્ષા કરો.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "અક્ષરોનો પ્રારંભ થઇ રહ્યો છે..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -787,13 +803,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "સિસ્ટમ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન લખાઇ રહ્યું છે" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "પ્રારંભ કરાઈ રહયું છે." - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -1008,12 +1017,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા વિનંતીથી કન્ફિયુરેશન છોડી દેવું" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1024,32 +1033,32 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "ભૂલ: શીર્ષક છૂટી ગયું છે" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "હાલની ગોઠવણોનો સારાંશ દર્શાવો" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "તમારા સિસ્ટમનું પૃથક્કરણ થઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ભૂલ: કોઇ પ્રસ્તાવ નથી" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1058,7 +1067,7 @@ "આ ભૂલો છે." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન મીડીઆ" @@ -1068,25 +1077,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન &છોડવું" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "નીચે પ્રમાણેના કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન &વાપરો" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&બદલો..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1094,25 +1103,25 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "બદલવા માટે કોઇ મુખ્યલાઇન ક્લિક કરો અથવા નીચે પ્રમાણે \"બદલો...\" મેનુ વાપરો." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "બદલવા માટે કોઇ મુખ્યલાઇન ક્લિક કરો અથવા નીચે પ્રમાણે \"બદલો...\" મેનુ વાપરો." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "પ્રાથમિકમાં ફરીથી સેટ કરો" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1126,7 +1135,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1158,7 +1167,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1175,7 +1184,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1188,7 +1197,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1200,7 +1209,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1212,7 +1221,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1223,12 +1232,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML સ્થાપન પ્રસ્તાવ" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1239,7 +1248,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1250,7 +1259,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Some proposals might be\n" @@ -1266,11 +1275,11 @@ "તમારા સિસ્ટમ વ્યવસ્થાપકને પૂછો." #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&અદ્યતન" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&સ્થાપો" @@ -1398,53 +1407,35 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક પ્રોબ કરી રહયું છે..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "વિકલ્પો તપાસો" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "લોસ્ટ પાર્ટીશન ખોવાયું છે તેને ગોતો" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "રૂટ ડિવાઇસ માટે સર્ચ કરી રહયું છે..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "શરૂઆત નવા પેકેજ ડાટાવેસની..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "શરૂઆત નવા પેકેજ ડાટાવેસની..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "પેકેજ પસંદગીનું મૂલ્યાંકન થઇ રહયું છે..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "System Probing" msgstr "તપાસાય છે..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" @@ -1453,7 +1444,7 @@ "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1466,7 +1457,7 @@ "કૃપા કરીને તમારા હાર્ડવેર ચકાસો!\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1479,7 +1470,7 @@ "સ્થાપન માટે કોઇ હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક મળેલી નથી.\n" "કૃપા કરીને તમારા હાર્ડવેર ચકાસો!\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1487,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1504,7 +1495,7 @@ "તમારા હાર્ડવેર ચકાસો.\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" @@ -1512,161 +1503,161 @@ msgstr "કેટાલોગ પ્રારંભ કરવામાં નિષ્ફળ." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove" msgid "Removed" msgstr " દૂર કરો " #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "સક્ષમ" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "અસક્ષમ" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 #, fuzzy msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "એડિશનલ રીસોર્સીસ સિલેક્ટ કરોઃ" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Status" msgstr "હાલની સ્થિતિ" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository" msgstr "પ્રોફાઇલ રીપોઝીટરીઃ (&P)" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&ટોગલ સ્ટેટસ" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "અજાણી" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "પ્રોડક્ટ નોંધણી" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "પ્રોગ્રામ કોન્ફીગરડ નથી" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "એડિશનલ રીસોર્સીસ સિલેક્ટ કરોઃ" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" "\n" "જ્યારે ઇમેજ રીટ્રાઇવ્ડ થાય ત્યારે કૃપા કરી રાહ જુઓ.\n" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 #, fuzzy msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "પહેલેથી સેવ કરેલા કોન્ફીગરેશનને વાંચો" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "પહેલેથી સેવ કરેલા કોન્ફીગરેશનને વાંચી રહયું છે..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "પહેલેથી સેવ કરેલા કોન્ફીગરેશનને વાંચો" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "એડિશનલ રીસોર્સીસ સિલેક્ટ કરોઃ" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "પહેલેથી સેવ કરેલા કોન્ફીગરેશનને વાંચો" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "એડિશનલ રીસોર્સીસ સિલેક્ટ કરોઃ" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1676,7 +1667,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1686,7 +1677,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" @@ -1698,7 +1689,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" @@ -1708,7 +1699,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" @@ -1719,7 +1710,7 @@ "%2" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" @@ -1805,58 +1796,53 @@ msgstr "પ્રોક્સિ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સચવાઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "સમય વિસ્તાર સચવાઇ રહ્યો છે..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "ભાષા સચવાઇ રહી છે..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "કન્સોલ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સચવાઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "કીબોર્ડ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સચવાઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "પ્રોડક્ટ માહિતી સચવાઇ રહી છે..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "સ્વયંચાલિત સ્થાપન સેટિંગ્સ સચવાઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading security settings..." msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr " સુરક્ષા ના સેટિન્ગ્સ વંચાય છે... " #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving sound card settings..." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ સેટીંગ્સ સેવ કરી રહયું છે..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "હાર્ડ વેર કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સચવાઇ રહ્યું છે..." @@ -1890,7 +1876,7 @@ msgstr "YaST કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન લખાઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2158,7 +2144,66 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "રીમોટ એડમીનીસ્ટ્રેશન" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "ઇન્‍સ્‍ટોલેશન રેમ ડિસ્‍કની રચના માટે નિષ્‍ફળ. " + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "ઇમેજ ડાઉનલોડ થઇ રહ્યું છે..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "સેવા બંધ કરવી..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "%1 પેકેજનો પુન:સ્થાપન કરી રહેલ છે..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "ફરીથી સ્થાપિત કરવાની જરૂર" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "વિકલ્પો તપાસો" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "પેકેજ પસંદગીનું મૂલ્યાંકન થઇ રહયું છે..." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr " નેટવર્ક સાધનો " @@ -2626,22 +2671,6 @@ #~ "તમારા હાર્ડવેર ચકાસો.\n" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "ઇન્‍સ્‍ટોલેશન રેમ ડિસ્‍કની રચના માટે નિષ્‍ફળ. " - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "ઇમેજ ડાઉનલોડ થઇ રહ્યું છે..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "સેવા બંધ કરવી..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "%1 પેકેજનો પુન:સ્થાપન કરી રહેલ છે..." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" #~ "Select the default type." Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/instserver.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/instserver.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/instserver.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/iplb.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/iplb.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/iplb.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "વૈશ્વિકકન્ફિગ્યુરેશન " #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -91,6 +91,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "હા" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ના" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "વૈશ્વિકકન્ફિગ્યુરેશન " + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "શામ્બા સર્વર કોન્ફીગરેશન" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -117,7 +137,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "એક્ઝીક્યુટ" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -200,7 +220,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +460,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -477,7 +497,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "સર્વિસ" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -501,11 +521,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr " લોગઈન " #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "પાસવર્ડ" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -521,7 +541,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "નેટમાસ્ક" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -529,7 +549,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "પ્રોટોકોલ" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -537,15 +557,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ઉમેરો" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ફેરફાર કરો" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "કાઢી નાખો" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -571,13 +591,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ઓકે" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "રદ કરો" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" msgstr "" -#. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,10 +616,30 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "IP સરનામા ઇનવેલીડ છે." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a new share" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "એક નવુ શેયર ઉમેરો" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the role of the server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "સર્વરના રોલને સેટ કરો" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "શરૂ કરી રહયું છે..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -620,7 +666,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "સમાપ્ત" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -630,19 +676,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખો" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr " SuSEconfig ચાલુ કરો" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખી રહયું છે..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr " SuSEconfig ચાલુ થઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -652,10 +698,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ગોઠવણી લખી શકતું નથી." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr " સારાંશ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન..." Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/iscsi-client.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/iscsi-client.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/iscsi-client.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -62,149 +62,155 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "પોર્ટ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr " પ્રારંભકનું નામ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound Card" -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr " સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ " #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "ઇન્ટરફેસ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "પોર્ટલ સરનામું" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "લક્ષ્ય નામ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "સ્ટાર્ટ-અપ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "ઉમેરો" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "ફેરફાર કરો" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "લોગ આઉટ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "જોડાયેલું" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "શોધ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "લોગ ઇન" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "જોડો" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr " કોઇ પ્રમાણીકરણ નહીં" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "આવનારા પ્રમાણીકરણ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "વપરાશકર્તા નામ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "પાસવર્ડ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "જનારા પ્રમાણીકરણ" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "સ્ટાર્ટ" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP સરનામું" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "પોર્ટ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "કળ" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "મૂલ્ય" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "સેવા" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "જોડાયેલા લક્ષ્યો" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "નવા શોધાયેલા લક્ષ્યો" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "iSCSI પ્રારંભક અવલોકન" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -213,9 +219,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr " iSCSI પ્રારંભક શોધ" @@ -469,12 +475,12 @@ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr " IP સરનામું દાખલ કરો." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr " પોર્ટ દાખલ કરો." @@ -482,37 +488,37 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "સાચું" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "ખોટું" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 #, fuzzy msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "લક્ષ્યનું નામ સાથેનું લક્ષ્ય પહેલેથી જોડાયેલ છે. ડેટાનો બગાડ રોકવા મલ્ટીપાથિંગ સક્ષમ કરાયેલ છે તેની ખાતરી કરો. " -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "ચાલુ રાખો" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "રદ કરો" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "લક્ષ્ય અગાઉથી જોડાયેલું છે." @@ -594,14 +600,20 @@ msgstr "થઈ રહેલી સેવાઓ રોકવી" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "સોફ્ટવેર" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All" +msgid "all" +msgstr "ઑલ" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 #, fuzzy msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" @@ -614,7 +626,7 @@ " જો તમે અલગ પ્રારંભકર્તાનું નામ ઉપયોગમાં લેવા માંગતા હોવ તો તેને BIOS માં બદલો." #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr " સારાંશ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન..." Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/iscsi-lio-server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/iscsi-lio-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/iscsi-lio-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/iscsi-server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/iscsi-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/iscsi-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/isns.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/isns.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/isns.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -312,81 +312,81 @@ msgstr "શરૂ કરી રહયું છે..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr " isns સેવાને કન્ફિગર કરવા, %1 પેકેજ સ્થપાવું જોઇશે." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr " તે હમણા સ્થાપવું છે?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr " isns કન્ફિગ્યુરેશનનો પ્રારંભ થઈ રહ્યો છે" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "ડેટાબેઝ વાંચો" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "અગાઉની ગોઠવણી વાંચો" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "ઉપકરણો શોધો" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "ડાટાબેઝ વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "આગળના સેટિંગ્સ વંચાઇ રહ્યા છે..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "ઉપકરણો શોધાઇ રહ્યા છે..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "સમાપ્ત" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr " isns કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સચવાઈ રહયું છે" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખો" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr " SuSEconfig ચાલુ કરો" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr " SuSEconfig ચાલુ થઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "ગોઠવણી લખી શકતું નથી." Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/kdump.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/kdump.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/kdump.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -398,8 +398,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "ફેરફારો લાગુ કરવા ફરીથી બૂટ કરવું જરૂરી છે." @@ -540,16 +540,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&અક્ષમ કરાયેલ છે" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "kexec સાધનો માટે પેકેજ ઉપલબ્ધ નથી." - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr " યોગ્ય બેક-એન્ડ ઉપલબ્ધ નથી." - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 #, fuzzy @@ -1279,146 +1269,153 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "મોડેમ કોન્ફીગરેશન શરૂ કરી રહયું છે" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr " સાધારણ સેટિન્ગ્સ વાંચી શકાતા નથી " #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "ઉપલબ્ધ કેટલૉગ્સ નિદાન કરી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "પાર્ટિશનિંગને વંચાઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig/kdump કન્ફિગ ફાઈલ વાંચી શકાતી નથી" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr " સાધારણ સેટિન્ગ્સ વાંચી શકાતા નથી " #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "ફાઇલ %1 વાંચી શકાતી નથી" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "મોડેમ કોન્ફીગરેશન સેવ કરી રહયું છે" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખો" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "વિકલ્પો અદ્યતન કરો" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન અપડેટ કરી રહયું છે..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "સમાપ્ત" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "ગોઠવણી લખી શકતું નથી." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "બૂટલોડર ફોલ્ટમાં crashkernel પારમિતિઓ ઉમેરાઈ રહી છે. " #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "રનલેવલ %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "સક્ષમ" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "અસક્ષમ" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "વિકલ્પ માટે ખાલી મૂલ્યઃ %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr " ફાઈલ ફોરમેટ " -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "જૂના બેકઅપ્સની મહત્તમ સંખ્યા (&x)" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "જૂના બેકઅપ્સની મહત્તમ સંખ્યા (&x)" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." +#~ msgstr "kexec સાધનો માટે પેકેજ ઉપલબ્ધ નથી." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr " યોગ્ય બેક-એન્ડ ઉપલબ્ધ નથી." + #~ msgid "ENABLED" #~ msgstr "શક્ય બનાવ્યું" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/kerberos-server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/kerberos-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/kerberos-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/kerberos.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/kerberos.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/kerberos.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: NetworkManager-vpnc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-26 01:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/languages_db.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/languages_db.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/languages_db.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: NetworkManager-vpnc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-26 01:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/ldap-client.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/ldap-client.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/ldap-client.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: NetworkManager-vpnc\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-26 01:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma <priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <www.agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/ldap-server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/ldap-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/ldap-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/ldap.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/ldap.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/ldap.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -41,6 +41,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"સર્વર બંધ થઈ જશે કે પહોચની બહાર હશે.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -48,6 +50,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"DN નું મૂલ્ય નથી અથવા અયોગ્ય છે.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -55,6 +59,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"એટ્રીબ્યુટ નો પ્રકાર નથી મળતો.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -62,23 +68,25 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"ઓબ્જેક્ટ ક્લાસ નથી મળતો \n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP સર્વર સાથેનું જોડાણ નથી સ્થપાતું." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP સર્વર સાથે જોડાણ કરવામાં મુશ્કેલી." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP સર્વર માંથી ડેટા વાંચવામાં તકલીફ." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -98,26 +106,26 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP સર્વર માંથી યોજના વાંચવામાં મુશ્કેલી નડી." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." -msgstr "" +msgstr "અપરિચિત LDAP ભૂલ" #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "વિગતો જણાવો" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "અપરિચિત ભૂલ. કદાચ 'yast2-ldap' ઉપલબ્ધ નથી." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -144,7 +152,7 @@ #. password entering label #: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&LDAP સર્વર" #. label #: src/Ldap.rb:979 @@ -154,7 +162,7 @@ #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "અજ્ઞાત પહોંચ" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -163,6 +171,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"DN '%1' માટે સીધી ઉત્પત્તિ \n" +"LDAP ડીરેક્ટરી માં નથી.\n" +"પસંદ કરેલા DN થી આ ઓબજેક્ટ બનાવી શકાશે નહીં.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -170,17 +181,19 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"DN '%1' વાળી કોઈ એન્ટ્રી LDAP સર્વરમાં નથી.\n" +"હમણાં બનાવવી છે? \n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ઓપન (&O)" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "વર્તમાન એટ્રીબ્યુટ માટે નવું મૂલ્ય બનાવવું." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -192,6 +205,10 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"જો એટ્રીબ્યુટને વધારે મૂલ્યો હોય, તો એડ વેલ્યુઝ દ્વારા \n" +"નવી એન્ટ્રી ઉમેરો. કેટલીક વાર વર્તમાન એટ્રીબ્યુટ માટે બટનમાં શક્ય હોય તે મૂલ્યોની યાદી હોય છે.\n" +"જો સુધારેલા એટ્રીબ્યુટનું મૂલ્ય લાક્ષણિક હોવું (DN) જરૂરી હોય, તો \n" +"તો બ્રાઉઝ દ્વારા LDAP ટ્રી માંથી તે પસંદ કરવાનું શક્ય છે. \n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -202,79 +219,86 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "એટ્રીબ્યુટનું વર્ણન \"%1\": " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"%1\" એટ્રીબ્યુટનું મૂલ્ય " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"%1\" એટ્રીબ્યુટનાં મૂલ્યો" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "મૂલ્ય ઉમેરો" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ખાલી એન્ટ્રી" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "બ્રાઉઝ" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"'%1' મૂલ્ય તો છે જ.\n" +"મહેરબાની કરીને બીજું પસંદ કરો." #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "યુઝર વ્યવસ્થા ના સાધનોનું કન્ફિગરેશન" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "જૂથ વ્યવસ્થા ના સાધનોનું કન્ફિગરેશન" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "નવા મોડ્યુલનો ઓબજેક્ટ ક્લાસ" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "નામ નવા મોડ્યુલનું (\"cn\" મૂલ્ય)" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"લખાયેલું મૂલ્ય તો છે જ.\n" +"મહેરબાની કરીને બીજું પસંદ કરો.\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "મોડ્યુલનું નામ લખો." #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"અહીં, વર્તમાન ટેમ્પલેટ વાપરીને ઓબજેક્ટના \n" +"એટ્રીબ્યુટ્સ ના મૂલ્યો નક્કી કરો. જ્યારે નવો ઓબજેક્ટ બનાવવામાં આવે છે, \n" +"ત્યારે આ મૂલ્યો ડીફોલ્ટ તરીકે વપરાય છે.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -282,23 +306,26 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"જે મૂલ્યો છે તેમાંથી નવા એટ્રીબ્યુટ્સ બનાવવા માટે તમે ખાસ નિયમો બનાવી શકો\n" +"છો. આ રીતે %attr_nameએટ્રીબ્યુટના મૂલ્ય સાથે \"attr_name\"તરીકે બદલાઈજશે. (દાખલા તરીકે, \"/home/%uid\"\n" +"બદલાઈને \"હોમ ડાયરેક્ટરી\" થઈ જશે)\n" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "એટ્રીબ્યુટનું નામ " #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "એટ્રીબ્યુટનું મૂલ્ય " #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 @@ -316,11 +343,13 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"વર્તમાન એન્ટ્રીમાંના ફેરફારો સચવાયા નથી.\n" +"આ ફેરફારો નથી જોઈતા?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP બ્રાઉઝર" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 @@ -336,12 +365,12 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP સર્વર" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "વ્યવસ્થાપક DN" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 @@ -364,18 +393,20 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"આ \"%1\" એટ્રીબ્યુટ ફરજિયાત છે.\n" +"મૂલ્ય લખો." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ફરીથી લાવવું" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ગુણધર્મ" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "મૂલ્ય" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/live-installer.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/live-installer.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/live-installer.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/lxc.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/lxc.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/lxc.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/mail.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/mail.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/mail.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/multipath.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/multipath.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/multipath.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/ncurses-pkg.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/ncurses-pkg.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/ncurses-pkg.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/ncurses.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/ncurses.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/ncurses.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/network.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/network.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/network.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -100,103 +100,61 @@ msgstr "અંદરનો વિસ્તાર" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "ફાયરવોલ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન લખી રહેલ છે." -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "ફાયરવોલ ખુલ્લો છે." #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&ફાયરવોલ" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "ફાયરવોલ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન " #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "&RPC પોર્ટ્સ" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "ફાયરવોલ ઇન્ટરફેસિસ" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "ફાયરવોલ" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "&RPC પોર્ટ્સ" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "ફાયરવોલ ઇન્ટરફેસિસ" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -204,13 +162,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -218,13 +176,56 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ <a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">સક્ષમ</a> છે " + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -509,9 +510,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "ઇન્ટરફેસ અથવા સ્ટ્રિંગ" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન ની ભૂલ: ઈન્ટરફેસ ઈનીશીયલાઈઝ નથી થયો!" @@ -608,7 +618,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "રાઉટીંગ કોન્ફીગરેશન" @@ -719,7 +729,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "ડિવાઇસ" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "વિકલ્પો" @@ -799,13 +809,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "ચેતવણીઃ કોઇ એનક્રિપ્શન વપરાયેલ નથી." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "ચેન્જ." @@ -1184,14 +1194,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&ડિવાઇસ ટાઇપ" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&કોન્ફીગરેશન નેમ" @@ -1205,7 +1215,7 @@ msgstr "નવો સમૂહ ઉમેરો" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "મોડેમ ડિવાઇસ" @@ -1419,30 +1429,30 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&સરનામુ" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "આપનું IP સરનામુ કોન્ફીગર કરો." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "હાર્ડવેર" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "બોન્ડ સ્લેવ્સ" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&વેરલેસ" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Swap &Priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1450,7 +1460,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1465,12 +1475,12 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "કેટાલોગ પસંદગી" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "તેનો અર્થ એકે %1 અગાઉથી કોન્ફીગર કરાયેલ છે. \n" "કોન્ફીગરેશન ચાલુ રાખવું?" @@ -1685,7 +1695,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "ડિવાઈસ શોધાઈ શક્યું નથી." -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1790,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr "ઇન્‍સ્‍ટોલેશન દરમિયાન એરર થયેલ છે." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1805,13 +1815,12 @@ "તો ઈન્ટરફેસ હવે નેટવર્ક મેનેજર દ્વારા સંચાલિત થશે નહીં.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "નેટવર્ક સેટઅપ પધ્ધતિ" @@ -1820,7 +1829,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Settings" msgstr " નેટવર્ક સેટિન્ગ્સ વાંચો " @@ -1849,7 +1858,7 @@ msgstr "&ચેન્જ હોસ્ટનેમ વાયા DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1857,20 +1866,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1878,7 +1887,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1886,7 +1895,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" @@ -1898,12 +1907,12 @@ "ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, io=0x300 irq=5. નોંધ: જો બે કાર્ડ સમાન મોડ્યુલ \n" "નામ સાથે કરાયા હોય તો, સેવીંગ કરતી વખતે વિકલ્પો મર્જ કરી દેવા શે." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1913,7 +1922,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1922,7 +1931,7 @@ "લખાયેલ /etc/modprobe.conf અથવા /etc/chandev.conf માં.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1931,83 +1940,83 @@ "IBM ડિવાઇસ ડ્રાઇવરર્સ અને ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન કમાન્ડ્સ મેન્યુઅલ માં છે." #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "મેન્યુઅલ નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ કોન્ફીગરેશન" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "&હોટપ્લગ ટાઇપ" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "P&CI" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&કેર્નલ મોડ્યુલ" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&મોડ્યુલ નેમ" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "ઉપકરણનું નામ" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr " બદલો " -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Identification" -msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr " સર્વર ની ઓળખ " #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "સેકન્ડ્સ" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Blin" msgid "Blink" msgstr "બ્લિન" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "અતિરિક્ત ડોમેન્સ" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "મેન્યુઅલ નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ સિલેક્શન" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2017,19 +2026,19 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "& સર્ચ" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -2039,7 +2048,7 @@ "ચૂઝ એ ડિફેરેન્સ વન." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ કોન્ફીગરેશન" @@ -2047,135 +2056,135 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 ડિવાઇસ સેટીંગ્સ" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&પોર્ટ નેમ" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "&પોર્ટ નંબર" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&એનેબલ IPA ટેકઓવર" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "એનેબલ &લેઅર 2 સપોર્ટ" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "લેઅર 2 &MAC સરનામું" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Channel" msgstr " ચેનલ " -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "&હવે ચેન્જીસ લખો" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "કન્ટ્રોલ ફાઇલ બદલાઇ છે." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "આ ઇન્ટરફેસ માટે પોર્ટ નેમ દાખલ કરો (કેસ-સેન્સીટીવ)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "આ ઈન્ટરફેસ માટે કોઇક અતિરિક્ત ઓપ્શન્સ દાખલ કરો (ખાલી સ્થાન છોડવા દ્વારા અલગ કરેલ)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "જો આપ ઈન્ટરફેસ માટે IPA સરનામુ ટેકઓવર એનેબલ્ડકરાયેલું હોય." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "જો આ કાર્ડ લેયર 2 સપોર્ટ એનેબલ્ડ સાથે કોન્ફીગર થયેલ હોય તોલેયર 2 સપોર્ટ પસંદ કરો." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "જો આ કાર્ડ લેયર 2 સપોર્ટ સાથે કોન્ફીગર થયેલ હોય તો લેયર 2 MAC સરનામુ દાખલ કરો." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&પોર્ટ નંબર" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD ટાઇમ-આઉટ" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "આ ઇન્ટરફેસ માટે પોર્ટ નંબર ચૂંટો." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "આ ઈન્ટરફેસ માટે LANCMD ટાઈમ-આઉટ નિર્દિષ્ટ કરો." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "કોમ્પેટીબીલીટી મોડ" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "એક્સટન્ડેડ મોડ" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-આધારિત tty (લીનક્સ થી લીનક્સ જોડાણ)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "OS/390 અને z/OS પ્રોટોકોલ સાથે કોમ્પેટીબીલીટી મોડ" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&પ્રોટોકોલ" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "આ ઈન્ટરફેસ માટે પ્રોટોકોલ ચૂંટો." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&પીર નેમ" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2184,7 +2193,7 @@ "ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, z/VM યુઝર નેમ જેની સાથે જોડવાનું છે (કેસ-સેન્ટીટીવ).\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2193,7 +2202,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr " હાર્ડવેર ડેટા " @@ -2249,19 +2258,18 @@ "વાયરલેસ નેટવર્કસમાં સ્વિચીંગ કરવાનું સારૂ બંધ બેસતું છે.\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" "જો આપ ડેસ્કટોપ એન્વાયરમેન્ટ (GNOME અથવા KDE) ચલાવતાં નથી \n" "અથવા એકવારમાં બહુગુણિત ઈન્ટરફેસીસનો ઉપયોગ કરવાની આવશ્યકતા રહે છે તો \n" "પારંપરિક પધ્ધતિ સાથને<tt>ifup</tt> સાથે ઉપયોગ કરો.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2271,7 +2279,7 @@ "ઇન્સ્ટોલ કરાયેલ નેટવર્કનો ઓવરવ્યુ મેળવો. વધુમાં,\n" "તેમના કોન્ફીગરેશન સંકલિત કરો. \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" @@ -2279,7 +2287,7 @@ "<big>એડીંગ એ નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ:</big> \n" "નવું નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ મેન્યુઅલી કોન્ફીગર કરવા એડ દબાવો.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2291,7 +2299,7 @@ " ત્યાર બાદ એડિટ અથવા ડીલીટ ઇચ્છાનુસાર દબાવો.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2301,12 +2309,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "બધાં ફેરફારો રીબુટ પછી નોંધાઈ જશે." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2320,7 +2328,7 @@ "તે ડિફોલ્ટ રાઉટ્સનો બદલે વપરાય છે. ડિફોલ્ટ રાઉટ આઇડિયા માત્ર આપને બીજુ કાંઇપણ \n" "અહીં જાય છે કહેવાની છે.\"\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2328,13 +2336,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2342,14 +2350,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" @@ -2364,7 +2372,7 @@ "ફાળવે ત્યારે આને ટાળો, કારણકે રનટાઇમ વખતે હોસ્ટનેમને પરિવર્તિત કરવાનું\n" "ગ્રાફિકલ ડેસ્કટોપને મૂઝવી શકે છે.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2373,7 +2381,7 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" @@ -2382,7 +2390,7 @@ " દાખલ કરો. સામાન્યરીતે તેઓ DHCP દ્વારા મેળવી શકાય છે.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2393,7 +2401,7 @@ "(ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, 192.168.0.42), હોસ્ટનેમ તરીકે.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2405,7 +2413,7 @@ "(ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, suse.de). કદાચ અતિરિક્ત સર્ચ ડોમેન્સ હોઇ શકે \n" "(જેમ કે suse.com) ડોમેન્સને અલ્પવિરામો અથવા સફેદ ખાલી સ્થાન વડે અલગ કરો.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2413,7 +2421,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2423,7 +2431,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2437,19 +2445,19 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" @@ -2459,7 +2467,7 @@ "કેબલ અથવા DSL પ્રદાનકર્તા દ્વારા ફાળવાએલ ન હોય તો પણ આ પસંદ કરો." #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" @@ -2470,7 +2478,7 @@ "હોય તો આપ ડાયનામિક એડ્રેસ અસાઇનમેન્ટ પસંદ કરી શકો.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2478,7 +2486,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" @@ -2490,7 +2498,7 @@ " (ઉ.દા., 192.168.100.254)" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" @@ -2502,7 +2510,7 @@ "IP સરનામુ દાખલ કરો." #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2510,7 +2518,7 @@ "અધિક માહિતી માટે આપના નેટવર્ક એડમીનીસ્ટ્રેટરનો સંપર્ક સાધો નેટવર્ક \n" "કોન્ફીગરેશન અંગે." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2518,7 +2526,7 @@ "DHCP કોન્ફીગરેશન આ ઉત્પાદન માટે ભલામણિત નથી.\n" "આ ઉપ્તાદનના ભાગો કદાચ DHCP સાથે કાર્ય ન કરે." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2529,11 +2537,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "મેન્ડેટરી ઈન્ટરફેસ નિર્દિષ્ટ કરે છે કે જો ઇન્ટરફેસ બૂટ ટાઇમ પર શરૂ કરવા પર જો નિષ્ફળ જશે તો નેટવર્ક સેવા નિષ્ફળતાનો અહેવાલ કરશે." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2543,7 +2551,7 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" @@ -2551,13 +2559,13 @@ msgstr "બોન્ડ ડિવાઈસો માટે સ્લેવ ડિવાઈસ પસંદ કરો. માત્ર તે જ ડિવાઈસો, જેમની સક્રિયતા ‘નેવર’ છે અને ‘નન-એડ્રેસ-સેટઅપ’ તરીકે સેટ છે, તે જ ઉપલબ્ધ છે." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>ક્લાયન્ટ કનેકશન બનાવવું</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2572,7 +2580,7 @@ "ફ્રી-ફોર્મ આઇડેન્ટીફાયરને નિર્દિષ્ટ કરો અને આમ સમાન હાર્ડવેર સરનામુ." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" @@ -2593,7 +2601,7 @@ "હોસ્ટ નેમને મોકલવા AUTO મૂકો. હોસ્ટનેમ મ મોકલવા ખાલી છોડો." #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" @@ -2601,7 +2609,7 @@ msgstr "ઈન્ટરફેસના અતિરિક્ત (તેના અલાયસીસ) સરનામા કોન્ફીગર આ ડાયલોગમાં કરો." #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -2614,7 +2622,7 @@ "નેટમાક્સ દાખલ કરો." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2622,14 +2630,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "અલાયમ નેમમાં ઈન્ટરફેસ નામ આવરે નહીં. ઉદાહરણ તરીકે, eth0:foo ને બદલે foo દાખલ કરો." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" @@ -2659,7 +2667,7 @@ "\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2668,7 +2676,7 @@ "ગોઠવણો ગોઠવો." #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2683,7 +2691,7 @@ "એસેસ પોઇન્ટ તરીકે કાર્ય કરે છે).\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2702,7 +2710,7 @@ "સંગઠીત હોય છે.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" @@ -2739,7 +2747,7 @@ "મેનેજ્ડમાં જ શક્ય છે.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2754,7 +2762,7 @@ "ડાયનામીકલી ઉદ્ભવિત છે તેથી આપે40 થી 232 બિટ્સ દાખલ કરવાની આવશ્યકતા જ છે.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2771,7 +2779,7 @@ "ધારવો સરળ હોયનો ઉપયોગ ન કરશો.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -2780,7 +2788,7 @@ "પછીના ડાયલોગમાં કેટલાંક અતિરિક્ત ડાયલોગ દાખલ કરો.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3387,23 +3395,23 @@ msgstr "શરૂઆત કરી રહયું છે..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "રીમોટ એડમીનીસ્ટ્રેશન" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&એલાઉ રીમોટ એડમીનીસ્ટ્રેશન" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&ડુ નોટ અલાઉ રીમોટ એડમીનીસ્ટ્રેશન" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" @@ -3420,17 +3428,17 @@ "આ સ્વરૂપનું રીમોટ એડમીનીસ્ટ્રેશન SSH ના ઉપયોગ કરવા કરતાં ઓછો સુરક્ષિત છે.\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "રીમોટ એડમીનીસ્ટ્રેશન સેટીગ્સ" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "આ પેકેજીસ ઈન્સ્ટોલ કરવાનું આવશ્યકઃ" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3445,112 +3453,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "અનપ્લગડ" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "અજાણ્યું" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન સફળતાપૂર્વક સેવ કરાયેલ" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DNS કોન્ફીગરેશન સફળતાપૂર્વક સેવ કરાયેલ" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DSL કોન્ફીગરેશન સફળતાપૂર્વક સેવ કરાયેલ" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "હોસ્ટ કોન્ફીગરેશન સફળતાપૂર્વક સેવ કરાયેલ" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ISDN કોન્ફીગરેશન સફળતાપૂર્વક સેવ કરાયેલ" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ કોન્ફીગરેશન સફળતાપૂર્વક સેવ કરાયેલ" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "મોડેમ કોન્ફીગરેશન સફળતાપૂર્વક સેવ કરાયેલ" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "પ્રોક્સી કોન્ફીગરેશન સફળતાપૂર્વક સેવ કરાયેલ" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "પ્રોવાઇડર કોન્ફીગરેશન સફળતાપૂર્વક સેવ કરાયેલ" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "રાઉટીંગ કોન્ફીગરેશન સફળતાપૂર્વક સેવ કરાયેલ" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "હવે મેલ કોન્ફીગર કરવી?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "%1નું કોન્ફીગરેશન ચલાવવું?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "નેટવર્ક કાર્ડસ" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "મોડેમ્સ" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN કાર્ડસ" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL ડિવાઇસ" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "ઑલ નેટવર્ક ડિવાઇસીસ" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3815,7 +3822,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "ડિફોલ્ટ ગેટવે ઇનવેલીડ છે." @@ -4038,65 +4045,79 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Service" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "નેટવર્ક સેવા" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "ટ્રેડીશનલ ચાઈનીઝ" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add &Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "&સેવા ઉમેરો" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "નેટવર્ક સર્વિસીસ" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "&નેટવર્ક મેનેજર સાથે ઉપયોગકર્તા નિયંત્રણ" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "&પારંપરિક પધ્ધતિ સાથે ifup" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr " નેટવર્ક સેટિન્ગ્સ વાંચો " -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr " બુટ સેટિન્ગ્સ " #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "અસમર્થ" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "અનનોન ડિવાઇસ" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "IP એડ્રેસ" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "મોડેમ IP સરનામુ ઈનવેલીડ છે." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "%1 \n" @@ -4104,12 +4125,12 @@ msgstr "નેકસ્ટ %1: %2 -- %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "ડિવાઇસ પરિવર્તન" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "નેટવર્ક ડિવાઇસ સિલેક્ટ" @@ -4126,62 +4147,58 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "ઉપકરણનું નામ" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "IPv4 સરનામું" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન %1 અગાઉથી અસ્તિત્વમાં છે." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound card configuration module." msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "સાઉન્ડ કાર્ડ કોન્ફીગરેશન મોડ્યૂલ." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname" msgstr " યોજનાઓ લખો " #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "અપડેટ કોન્ફીગરેશન" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "/etc/ipsec.conf વાંચો " #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "હોસ્ટનેમ અને DNS કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચી રહયું છે..." @@ -4189,46 +4206,46 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr " યોજનાઓ લખાય છે " #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન અપડેટ કરી રહયું છે..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "etc/modprobe.conf વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "હોસ્ટનેમઃ DHCP દ્વારા સેટ" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "હોસ્ટનેમઃ %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "/etc/hosts ઉપર હોસ્ટનેમ લખાશે નહીં." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "નેમ સર્વર્સઃ %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "સર્ચ લિસ્ટઃ %1" @@ -4250,313 +4267,319 @@ msgstr "પેકેજીસ અપડેટ કરી રહયું છે..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "નેટવર્ક કોન્ફીગરેશન શરૂ કરી રહયું છે" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "નેટવર્ક ડિવાઇસ ડિટેક્ટ કરો" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "ડ્રાઇવર માહિતી વાંચો" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "ડિવાઇસ કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચો" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "નેટવર્ક કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચો" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "ફાયરવાલ સેટીંગ્સ વાંચો" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "હોસ્ટનેમ અને DNS કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચો" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન માહિતી વાંચો" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "રાઉટીંગ કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચો" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "હાલનું સ્ટેટસ ડિટેક્ટ કરો" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "હાર્ડવેર શોધાઈ રહ્યું છે..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "નેટવર્ક ડિવાઇસ ડિટેક્ટ કરી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "ડિવાઇસ કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "નેટવર્ક કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "ફાયરવાલ ગોઠવણો વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "હોસ્ટનેમ અને DNS કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "ઈન્સ્ટોલેશન માહિતી વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "રાઉટીંગ કોન્ફીગરેશન વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "હાલનું સ્ટેટસ ડિટેક્ટ કરી રહયું છે..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "સમાપ્ત" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "ફેરફારો લાગુ કરવા ફરીથી બૂટ કરવું જરૂરી છે." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "નેટવર્ક કોન્ફીગરેશન સેવ કરી રહયું છે" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "ડ્રાઇવર્સ માહિતી લખો" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "ડિવાઇસ કોન્ફીગરેશન લખો" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "નેટવર્ક કોન્ફીગરેશન લખો" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "રાઉટીંગ કોન્ફીગરેશન લખો" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "હોસ્ટનેમ અને DNS કોન્ફીગરેશન લખો" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "નેટવર્ક સેવાઓ ગોઠવો" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "ફાયરવાલ ગોઠવણો લખો" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "નેટવર્ક સેવાઓ એક્ટીવેટ કરો" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "etc/modprobe.conf લખી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "ડિવાઇસ માહિતી લખી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "નેટવર્ક માહિતી લખી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "રાઉટીંગ કોન્ફીગરેશન લખી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "હોસ્ટનેમ અને DNS કોન્ફીગરેશન લખી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "નેટવર્ક સેવાઓ ગોઠવી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "ફાયરવાલ સેટીંગ્સ લખી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "નેટવર્ક સેવાઓ એક્ટીવેટ કરી રહયું છે..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr " નેટવર્ક સેટિન્ગ્સ વાંચો " +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "નેટવર્ક મોડ" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "ડિસેબલ નેટવર્ક મેનેજર" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "એનેબલ નેટવર્ક મેનેજર" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "ડિસએબલ કરો, IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "(અસુરક્ષિત" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "આપોઆપ બૂટ પર શરૂ કરાયેલ" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "કેબલ જોડાણ ઉપર આપોઆપ શરૂ કરાયેલ" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "નેટવર્ક મેનેજર દ્વારા સંચાલિત" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "શરૂ જ નહીં થાય" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "મેન્યુઅલી શરૂ કરાયેલ" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "DHCP વાપરીને IP એડ્રેસ સોંપાયું" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IPv4 સરનામું" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4565,47 +4588,47 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "કોન્ફીગર કરાયેલ નહીં" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "ડિવાઇસ નેમઃ %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond slaves" msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "બોન્ડ સ્લેવ્સ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Ending Banner" msgid "Bonding master" msgstr " બેનર સંપૂર્ણ &Ending" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "(અસુરક્ષિત" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -4615,50 +4638,67 @@ " સાઉન્ડ કન્ફિગરેશન મોડ્યુલ શરૂ કરો.\n" "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "જરૂરી માહિતી" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "અજાણ્યું." +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This package is not installed and it will not be installed." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr " આ પેકેજની સ્થાપના થઈ નથી અને તેની સ્થાપના થશે નહીં." + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "હવે મેલ કોન્ફીગર કરવી?" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "સેવા રીસ્ટાર્ટ કરો" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI પ્રારંભક કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સચવાઇ રહ્યું છે" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "કોન્ફીગરીંગ લેન્ગુવેજ..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr " શરૂની 'lirc' સર્વિસ નિષ્ફળ ગઈ." + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "સેવા રીસ્ટાર્ટ કરી રહયું છે..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "રીમોટ એડમીનીસ્ટ્રેશન એનેબલ થયેલું છે." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "રીમોટ એડમીનીસ્ટ્રેશન ડિસેબલ થયેલ છે." @@ -4715,22 +4755,33 @@ msgstr "IP ફોરવર્ડીંગઃ ઑન" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "ઓટોમેટીકલી" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "ફાયરવૉલ ડસેબલ્ડ" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(અસુરક્ષિત" +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "&નેટવર્ક મેનેજર સાથે ઉપયોગકર્તા નિયંત્રણ" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "&પારંપરિક પધ્ધતિ સાથે ifup" + #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "ઉપકરણનું નામ" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "SSH પોર્ટ <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\"> ખુલ્લો </a> છે" @@ -4739,10 +4790,6 @@ #~ msgstr "SSH પોર્ટ <a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\"> ખુલ્લો </a> છે" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr " નેટવર્ક સેટિન્ગ્સ વાંચો " - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr " નેટવર્ક સેટિન્ગ્સ વાંચો " @@ -5249,9 +5296,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "એડ &પ્રોવાઇડર ટુ એકઝીસ્ટીંગ ઈન્ટરફેસ" -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "નેટવર્ક સર્વિસીસ" - #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "&ક્સિપ" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/nfs.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/nfs.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/nfs.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sainath Rapaka <sainath.rapaka(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/nfs_server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/nfs_server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/nfs_server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -74,30 +74,30 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "&NFS સર્વર્સ" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "ફાયરવોલ અસમર્થ કરાઈ છે" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "આ પેકેજીસની સ્થાપના કરવી જરુરી છે." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -106,11 +106,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -164,35 +164,27 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "બ્રા&ઉઝ..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" @@ -200,17 +192,17 @@ "રચવી છે?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "&વિકલ્પો" @@ -218,14 +210,14 @@ #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -233,25 +225,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -259,53 +251,53 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS સર્વર" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&સ્ટાર્ટ" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "હું સંમત &નથી" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સાચવો" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -313,78 +305,73 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "&સ્થાનિક ડિરેક્ટરી" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&સંપદાન કરો" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "કા&ઢી નાખો" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Options" msgstr "&વિકલ્પો" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "&હોસ્ટ્સ" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "સં&પાદન" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "કા&ઢી નાંખો" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" @@ -392,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr "'%1' ડિરેકટરી રચી શકાતી નથી." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -400,98 +387,92 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "ફાયરવોલ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન લખી રહેલ છે." #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart services" msgstr "'%1' સેવા ફરીથી શરૂ કરી શકાતી નથી." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "સમય વિસ્તાર સચવાઇ રહ્યો છે..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "ફાયરવોલ સેવાઓને વ્યવસ્થિત ગોઠવી રહેલ છે." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "સમાપ્ત કરાયું" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "ફાયરવોલ સેટીંગ્સ લખી રહેલ છે..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to write %1." -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "%1 આના પર લખી શકાતું નથી." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to write %1." -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "%1 આના પર લખી શકાતું નથી." - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to write %1." msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "%1 આના પર લખી શકાતું નથી." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to write %1." +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "%1 આના પર લખી શકાતું નથી." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to write %1." +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "%1 આના પર લખી શકાતું નથી." + #~ msgid "Directories" #~ msgstr "નિર્દેશિકાઓ " Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/nis.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/nis.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/nis.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sainath Rapaka <sainath.rapaka(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/nis_server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/nis_server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/nis_server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -384,23 +384,29 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 #, fuzzy -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "&ડોમેન નેમ" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "NIS સર્વર" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "સાંબા સર્વર" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/ntp-client.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/ntp-client.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/ntp-client.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -45,25 +45,24 @@ msgstr " સર્વરનું પ્રમાણભૂત નામ લખો " #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr " સર્વર એડ્રેસ " #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "NTP ડામોન રીસ્ટાર્ટ કરો" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP સર્વર કોન્ફીગરેશન" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -77,22 +76,32 @@ msgstr "&કન્ફિગર..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "ZENવર્ક્સ સાથે સિન્ક્રોનાઈઝ કરવું" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "LDAP સર્વર સાથેનું જોડાણ નથી સ્થપાતું." + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -604,6 +613,9 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>ઓટોમેટિકલી સ્ટાર્ટ NTP ડામોન</big> \n" "સિસ્ટમ બૂટ કરતી વખતે NTP ડામોનને શરૂ કરવુ કે કેમ પસંદ કરે.\n" @@ -611,7 +623,7 @@ "નેટવર્ક જોડાણ NTP ડામોન શરૂ થતાં અગાઉ શરૂ થવું જોઇએ." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -623,7 +635,7 @@ " NTP ડામોન ચરૂટ જેલમાં ચલાવો. કોઇપણ ડામોનને ચરૂટ જેલ વધુ \n" "સુરક્ષિત અને મજબૂત રીતે ભલામણિત છે." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -632,7 +644,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -647,7 +659,7 @@ "NTP સર્વર્સ અંગેની માહિતી DHCP સર્વર દ્વારા પ્રદાન કરાય." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -662,7 +674,7 @@ "પંસદ કરો અને ડીલીટ ક્લિક કરો." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" @@ -672,7 +684,7 @@ "નવા વિન્ડોમાNTPડેમનના લૉગ્સનું અવલોકન કરવા. લૉગ પ્રદર્શિત કરો બટનપર ક્લિક કરો." #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -683,7 +695,7 @@ "કરવા, કોમ્પ્લેક્સ કોન્ફીગરેશન નો ઉપયોગ કરો." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -692,7 +704,7 @@ "ક્લૉકને કોન્ફીગર કરવા માટે ડ્રાઇવર પસંદ કરો." #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -703,7 +715,7 @@ "યુનિટ નંબર ગોઠવવા." #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -722,7 +734,7 @@ "રચાયું હોવું જોઇએ." #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -731,7 +743,7 @@ "ક્લૉક ડ્રાઇવરને કેલીબરેટ કરવા ડ્રાઇવર કેલીબ્રેશન ક્લિક કરો." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -743,7 +755,7 @@ "પ્રદાનકર્તાને કહો." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -756,7 +768,7 @@ "લૉકલ NTP સર્વર અને પબ્લિક NTP સર્વર વરચે ચૂંટો." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -767,7 +779,7 @@ "ટેસ્ટ ક્લિક કરો." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -778,7 +790,7 @@ "એડ્રેસ નો ઉપયોગ કરો." #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -789,7 +801,7 @@ "ઉપયોગ કરો." #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -801,7 +813,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" @@ -814,7 +826,7 @@ "વિકલ્પો લખો. વિગતો માટે \n" "જુઓ /usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -826,7 +838,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -835,7 +847,7 @@ "અહીં ઉમેરવા સિન્ક્રોનાઇઝેશન પીર પ્રકારને પસંદ કરો." #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -844,7 +856,7 @@ "સર્વર પસંદ કરો." #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -853,7 +865,7 @@ "પીર પસંદ કરો." #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -862,7 +874,7 @@ "રેડિઓ ક્લૉક પસંદ કરો." #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -871,7 +883,7 @@ "આઉટગોઇંગ બ્રોડકાસ્ટ પસંદ કરો." #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -880,7 +892,7 @@ "અને તેમને સ્થાનિક સમય માટે ગોઠવવા, ઇનકમીંગ બ્રોડકાસ્ટ પસંદ કરો." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -891,7 +903,7 @@ "NTP સર્વરને જાણિતા NTP સર્વર્સની સૂચી પરથી પસંદ કરો." #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -906,7 +918,7 @@ "ત્યાર બાદ મળી આવેલા સર્વર્સની સૂચિમાંથી સર્વર પસંદ કરો." #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -917,7 +929,7 @@ "NTP સર્વર્સ પ્રદર્શિત કરવા, તેને કન્ટ્રી માંપસંદ કરો." #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -938,7 +950,7 @@ "નજીક NTP સર્વર શોધવા જુઓ." #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -948,7 +960,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -963,7 +975,7 @@ "આપના NTP ક્લાયન્ટ વિભિન્ન સર્વર્સની સાથે પ્રત્યેક ક્લાકે બદલાય છે.\n" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -976,7 +988,7 @@ "આધારિત હોય છે. કેટલાંક ડ્રાઇબર્સ બધાં જ વિકલ્પોનો ઉપયોગ કરતાં નથી." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" @@ -1340,121 +1352,124 @@ msgstr "NTP સેટીંગ્સ વાંચી રહયું છે..." #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "સમાપ્ત" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP ક્લાયન્ટ કોન્ફીગરેશન સેવ કરી રહયું છે" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "NTP સેટીંગ્સ લખો" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP ડામોન રીસ્ટાર્ટ કરો" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "સેટીંગ્સ લખી રહયું છે..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "NTP ડામોન રીસ્ટાર્ટ કરી રહયું છે..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન વાંચી શકાતું નથી" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "NTP ડામોન રીસ્ટાર્ટ કરી શકાતું નથી." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "NTP ડામોન જ્યારે સિસ્ટમ શરૂ કરાય છે ત્યારે શરૂ થાય છે." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP ડામોન આપોઆપ શરૂ થતું નથી." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "સર્વર્સ: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "રેડિઓ ક્લોક્સઃ %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "પીરસઃ %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "ને પ્રસારણ સમય માહિતીઃ %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "પ્રસારણ સમય માહિતીના પરથી ધરાવોઃ %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "હોસ્ટનેમ અને DNS કોન્ફીગરેશન લખો" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "કન્ફિગરેશન ફાઈલો અદ્યતન થઈ રહી છે..." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr " માઉસ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સારાંશ." #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "NTP સર્વરનું પરીક્ષણ થઇ રહયું છે..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "સર્વર પહોંચયોગ્ય છે અને ઉચિત રીતે પ્રતિક્રિયા કરે છે." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "સર્વર પહોંચયોગ્ય નથી અને ઉચિતરીતે પ્રતિક્રિયા કરતું નથી." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/oneclickinstall.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/oneclickinstall.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/oneclickinstall.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/online-update-configuration.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/online-update-configuration.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/online-update-configuration.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/online-update.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/online-update.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/online-update.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -117,13 +117,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "CD અદ્યતન કરવા માટે પ્રારંભ કરાય છે..." -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "હજુ સુધી કન્ફિગર થયું નથી." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/gu/po/opensuse_mirror.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/opensuse_mirror.gu.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/opensuse_mirror.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +# Marathi message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: gu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "ડાયરેક્ટરી" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "એરર" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "હા" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ના" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "એરર" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "&બધાં પસંદ કરો અથવા પસંદ ન કરો" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/packager.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/packager.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/packager.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -172,6 +172,18 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "&ટેકસ્ટ મોડ" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" +"છેલ્લામાં છેલ્લા નિષ્ફળ થયેલ અપડેટ્સ માટે તપાસો. \n" +"વિગતો માટે લોગ્સ જુઓ.\n" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -534,7 +546,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "શરૂ કરી રહયું છે..." @@ -603,7 +615,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -871,7 +883,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "ડિટેલ્સઃ" @@ -879,7 +891,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "ટ્રાય એગેન?" @@ -1285,7 +1297,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&સ્ટાર્ટ ચેક" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&ઈજેક્ટ" @@ -1556,7 +1568,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1592,82 +1604,82 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "સ્થાપેલ સિસ્ટમની પૂર્વતૈયારી કરતી વખતે ઉત્પન્ન થયેલી ભૂલ." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "મિડીયા પર %1 કન્ટ્રોલ ફાઈલ મળી નથી." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "એડ-ઓન પ્રોડક્ટ CD અંદર નાંખો" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "URL: %1" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, ડિરેક્ટરીઃ %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "વધારાની માહિતી" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "પ્રોડક્ટ પસંદગી" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "એડ-ઓન પ્રોડક્ટ્સ" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "એડ-ઓન પ્રોડક્ટ CD અંદર નાંખો" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "પ્રથમ ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન માધ્યમ દાખલ કરો." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "%1 આના પર લખી શકાતું નથી." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr " અપરિચિત મોડ " @@ -1725,7 +1737,7 @@ msgstr "ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન એબોર્ટ કરાયું." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "&માધ્યમ" @@ -1734,13 +1746,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "ડોન" @@ -1748,7 +1760,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" @@ -1757,7 +1769,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1766,7 +1778,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "ટોટલ" @@ -1775,12 +1787,12 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "ડાઉનલોડીંગ %1 (%2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" @@ -1789,118 +1801,118 @@ #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "ડાઉનલોડીંગ પેકેજ" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "ડાઉનલોડીંગ પેકેજ" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "ડીલીટીંગ %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr " સ્થપાયું નથી (%1 -> %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "ડેલ્ટા RPM લાગુ પડાય છે: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "જોકે, આપ 32-બિટ વિતરણ ઇન્સ્ટૉલ કરવાનો પ્રયાસ કરો છો." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "UML સ્થાપન પ્રસ્તાવ" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "પ્રોડક્ટ: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "સિસ્ટમ %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "પેટર્નો" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "ઇન્સ્ટોલ કરવા માટેના પેકેજીસનું કદઃ %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "રીલીઝ નોંધોનું ડાઉનલોડ" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n" @@ -1911,28 +1923,75 @@ "ગમે તેમ ચાલુ રાખવું?\n" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "ડિસ્ક સ્પેસ પૂરતી નથી." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "પૂરતી ડિસ્ક સ્પેસ નથી. કેટલાંક પેકેજીસ એકલ પસંદગીમાં રીમુવ કરો" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "પાર્ટિશન %3 પર માત્ર %1 (%2%%) ફ્રી સ્પેસ ઉપલબ્ધ છે. " +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "%1 પેકેજ સ્થપાશે." + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "%1 પેકેજીસ અપડેટ થશે." + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "%1 પેકેજ સ્થપાશે." + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "કોઇ કેટલૉગ '%1' પર મળ્યું નથી." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -1950,33 +2009,33 @@ "કરી શકો છો. " #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "બેડ મિડીયમ ઈગ્નોર કરી રહયું છે..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 #, fuzzy msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "સર્વિસ પેક સ્ત્રોતને એકરૂપ કરવામાં નિષ્ફળ." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "અક્ષરોનો પ્રારંભ થઇ રહ્યો છે..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "ઇન્સર્ટ %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 નથી મળતી" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1985,19 +2044,19 @@ "વધુ વિગતો માટે લૉગ ફાઇલ %1 તપાસો." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "પેકેજ પસંદગીનું મૂલ્યાંકન થઇ રહયું છે..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2006,42 +2065,44 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "ફાઇલ %1 વાંચી શકાતી નથી" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&ભાષા" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "હા, હું લાયસન્સ કરાર સાથે સંમત છું" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "ના, હું સંમત નથી" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2051,34 +2112,34 @@ "પસંદ કરો. જો તમે લાયસન્સ કરાર સાથે સંમત \n" "નથી તો, કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન અટકશે. \n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "લાઇસેન્સ એગ્રીમેન્ટ" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "ખરેખર વધારાની પ્રોડક્ટનું સ્થાપન અટકાવવું છે?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 #, fuzzy msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "સિસ્ટમ બંધ થઇ રહી છે..." @@ -2168,75 +2229,80 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "સ્પેસીફાય &URL..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક " #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&લોકલ ડાયરેક્ટરી..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "ISO ઈમેજ રચાઇ રહી છે..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "નો ડિસ્ક્રીપ્શન" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2245,7 +2311,7 @@ "ધરાવતી હોય, તો સેટ કરો ISO ઈમેજ." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" @@ -2255,53 +2321,53 @@ "તો સેટના પ્રથમ મિડિયાનો લોકેશન સેટ કરો." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&સર્વર નેમ" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&ડાયરેક્ટરીનો પાથ અથવા ISO ઈમેજ" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "& ISO ઈમેજ રચો" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Protocol" msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "&પ્રોટોકોલ" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "માઉન્ટ વિકલ્પો" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid " (default)" msgid "(default)" msgstr "(પ્રાથમિક)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "&વિકલ્પનું નામ" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "પ્રો&ટોકોલ" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&વિકલ્પનું નામ" @@ -2309,40 +2375,40 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "પ્રોફાઇલ રીપોઝીટરીઃ (&P)" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS સર્વર" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "&CD અથવા DVD ડ્રાઇવ" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "લોકલ ડાયરેક્ટરી" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "& ISO ઈમેજ રચો" @@ -2352,26 +2418,26 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "સર્વર અને ડાયરેક્ટરી" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 #, fuzzy msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "શેરનુ પાથ ખાલી નથી." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "પ્રોફાઇલ રીપોઝીટરીઃ (&P)" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" @@ -2382,13 +2448,13 @@ "કે સ્થાપન મિડિયા નો ISO ઈમેજ ધરાવતી ફાઈલ માટે ડિરેક્ટરીનો પાથ કે ISO ઈમેજ \tવાપરો." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "સેવાનું નામ" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" @@ -2399,17 +2465,17 @@ "કે સ્થાપન મિડિયા નો ISO ઈમેજ ધરાવતી ફાઈલ માટે ડિરેક્ટરીનો પાથ કે ISO ઈમેજ \tવાપરો." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL ખાલી ન હોઇ શકે." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" @@ -2422,16 +2488,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" @@ -2442,7 +2508,7 @@ "સર્વરનું નામ અને પાથ ટુ ડિરેક્ટરી કે ISO ઈમેજ \n" "NFS સર્વર હોસ્ટ નામ અને સર્વરનો પાથ જણાવવા માટે વાપરો." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2451,16 +2517,16 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2469,12 +2535,12 @@ "CD-ROM કે DVD-ROM મિડિયાનો પ્રકાર જણાવવા સેટ કરો." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO ઈમેજ ફાઇલ" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" @@ -2482,7 +2548,7 @@ msgstr "એડ-ઓન માટે ડિરેક્ટરીનો માર્ગ દાખલ કરો." #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" @@ -2490,7 +2556,7 @@ msgstr "નિર્દેશિત ફાઈલ અસ્તિત્વ ધરાવતી નથી." #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2498,18 +2564,18 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&ડાયરેક્ટરીનો પાથ અથવા ISO ઈમેજ" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "&સ્થાનિક ડિરેક્ટરી" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" @@ -2523,23 +2589,23 @@ "વાપરો." #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr " વિપુલ સંગ્રહ સાધન " #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "સિસ્ટમ" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "ડાયરેક્ટરી" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" @@ -2556,7 +2622,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2564,12 +2630,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr " ફ્લોપી ડ્રાઈવ સાધન " -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" @@ -2585,13 +2651,13 @@ "વાપરો." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "& ISO ઈમેજ રચો" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" @@ -2603,73 +2669,73 @@ "વાપરો." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "સર્વર &નેમ" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&પોર્ટ" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&શેર" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "& ISO ઈમેજ રચો" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&ડાયરેકટરી ઓન સર્વર" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "ઓ&થેન્ટીકેશન" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&એનીમીયસ" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 #, fuzzy msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&વર્કગ્રુપ અથવા ડોમેન નામ" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&યુઝર નેમ" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&પાસવર્ડ" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" @@ -2695,7 +2761,7 @@ "તો, ISO ઈમેજ સેટ કરો." #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2704,12 +2770,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" @@ -2722,7 +2788,7 @@ "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2733,7 +2799,7 @@ "&ઉત્પાદન; CD સેટ અથવા DVD ઉપલબ્ધ છે." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2759,7 +2825,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2778,28 +2844,28 @@ "જેમ કે /data1/CD1 જાણવા માટે, ડિરેક્ટરી જણાવો.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the media type." msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "મિડિયા પ્રકાર પસંદ કરો" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "એડ-ઓન પ્રોડક્ટ CD અંદર નાંખો" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "એડ-ઓન પ્રોડક્ટ DVD અંદર નાંખો" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 #, fuzzy msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "કોઇપણ હાર્ડ ડિસ્ક ન મળી" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2809,11 +2875,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "માધ્યમ તપાસ" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "એડ-ઓન પ્રોડક્ટ્સ" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -2919,7 +2991,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "મોનિટર કન્ફિગ્યુર કરો" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "&Drive ડ્રાઈવ ઈજેક્ટ કરવી" @@ -2998,12 +3072,12 @@ "પસંદ કરેલા સોર્સની કોઈ URL નથી." #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "મળેલી %1 સર્વિસની માહિતી એકઠી થાય છે..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 #, fuzzy msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" @@ -3014,7 +3088,7 @@ "કે જે કદાચ નેટવર્ક સ્કેન વખતે બ્લૉક કરવામાં આવ્યું હોય." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "કોઇ SLP કેટલૉગ્સ મળી આવ્યાં નથી." @@ -3045,6 +3119,11 @@ msgstr "કૃપા કરી કેટલાંક પેકેજીસ ડિસિલેક્ટ કરો." #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "ના, હું સંમત નથી" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "All registered repositories are shown here.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -4291,12 +4370,6 @@ #~ msgid "Minimal &Graphical System" #~ msgstr "મીનીમલ & ગ્રાફિકલ સિસ્ટમ" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "છેલ્લામાં છેલ્લા નિષ્ફળ થયેલ અપડેટ્સ માટે તપાસો. \n" -#~ "વિગતો માટે લોગ્સ જુઓ.\n" - #~ msgid "Registered Catalogs" #~ msgstr "રજીસ્ટર્ડ કેટાલોગ્સ" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/pam.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/pam.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/pam.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST2 (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Sainath Rapaka <sainath.rapaka(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/pkg-bindings.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/pkg-bindings.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/pkg-bindings.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "પેકેજ ડાટાબેઝ રીબિલ્ટ થાય છે..." @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "ટાર્ગેટ સિસ્ટમ ઈનીશીયલાઈઝ થઈ રહી છે" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "સ્થાપિત &Packages" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/printer.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/printer.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/printer.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/product-creator.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/product-creator.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/product-creator.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/proxy.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/proxy.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/proxy.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/qt-pkg.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/qt-pkg.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/qt-pkg.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -42,48 +42,48 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "ફાઈલો પુન:સ્થાપન થાય છે" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "&શોધ" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Keywords" msgstr " કી વર્ડઝ " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "&સ્થાપન સારાંશ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "વર્ણન " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr " ટેકનીકલ ડેટા " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr " ડીપેન્ડન્સીઝ " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "વર્ઝન્સ " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr " ફાઈલ લિસ્ટ " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr " ફેરફારોનો લોગ " #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -93,193 +93,193 @@ msgstr "રદ " #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "સ્વીકારો " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "ફાઈલ " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "આણવું " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "નિકાસ " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "બહાર નીકળવું - ફેરફારો ગણવા નહીં " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "છોડો - ફેરફારોને સાચવો " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "પેકેજ " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr " બધાં પેકેજીસ " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr " જો નવું વર્ઝન ઉપલબ્ધ હોય, તો અદ્યતન કરો." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr " પરિસ્થિતિ જોયા વગર અદ્યતન કરવું " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "પેચ " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "ફાઈલો પુન:સ્થાપન થાય છે" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "ઓનલાઇન અપડેટ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&પરાલંબિતા" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 #, fuzzy msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "ચકાસો " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 #, fuzzy msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "ઓટોચેક " #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&વિકલ્પો" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "&પેકેજીસ" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "&પેકેજીસ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "& ઓથેન્ટીકેશન મોડ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selecting packages..." msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "પેકેજીસ પસંદ થઇ રહ્યા છે..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Extras" msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "વધારાનું " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr " પ્રોડક્ટ " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "ઓટોમેટીક પેકેજના ફેરફારો બતાવો " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show &details" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "શૉ &ડિટેલ્સ" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "બધાં સમાન પેકેજીસ સ્થાપવા -&devel" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr " બધાં સમાન પેકેજીસ સ્થાપવા -de&buginfo" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 #, fuzzy msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr " બધાં સમાન પેકેજીસ સ્થાપવા -de&buginfo" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "ડિપેન્ડન્સી રિસોલ્વર &Test કેસ બનાવવો" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "મદદ " #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "નિરીક્ષણ " #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "સિમ્બોલ્સ " #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "કીઝ " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr " બધી પેકેજની ડીપેન્ડન્સી બરોબર છે." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr " પેચીસ " #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr " પેકેજ લિસ્ટ સાચવો " @@ -287,56 +287,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr " ભૂલ " #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr " પેકેજ લિસ્ટ %1 પર લખવાની ભૂલ " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr " પેકેજ લિસ્ટ લઈ આવો " #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr " પેકેજ લિસ્ટ %1 માંથી લઈ આવવાની ભૂલ " #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 પેકેજીસ અપડેટ થશે." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr " ચાલુ રહો " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "રદ " -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr " ઉમેરાયેલા સબ પેકેજીસ:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/qt.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/qt.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/qt.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "સેક્શન સંપાદક" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ " ડાબા અને જમણા પરના માઉસ બટનો અદલાબદલી કરીએ. " #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr " અન-અપેક્ષિત ક્લીક " Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/rdp.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/rdp.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/rdp.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/rear.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/rear.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/rear.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/registration.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/registration.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/registration.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -13,50 +13,98 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "નોવેલ ગ્રાહક કેન્દ્ર કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating boot options..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "બૂટ વિકલ્પો અદ્યતન થઇ રહ્યા છે... " + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન નામ ખૂટે છે." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "ડિફોલ્ટ ગેટવે ઇનવેલીડ છે." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -64,54 +112,57 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "નોવેલ ગ્રાહક કેન્દ્ર કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "ઇમેઇલ એડ્રેસ" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -119,58 +170,27 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "વિગતો..." +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -182,308 +202,413 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Register New User" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "નવા વપરાશકર્તાની નોંધણી કરો" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "આપની સિસ્ટમ ઉપયોગ માટે તૈયાર છે." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "નોંધણી કોડ" -msgstr[1] "નોંધણી કોડ" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "રીપેયર સફળ થયું." -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" +#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "SMT સર્ટિફિકેટ ફાઇલ ડાઉનલોડ કરવામાં નિષ્ફળ ગયું" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "&સર્વર સર્ટીફિકેટ" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "પ્રોડક્ટ નોંધણી" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "પ્રોડકટ નોંધણીમાં નોવેલ ડેટાબેઝમાં તમારી પ્રોડકટ સમાવિષ્ટ થાય છે, જેનાથી તમે ઓનલાઈન અદ્યતન અને ટેકનિકલ સહાય મેળવવા સક્ષમ બનો છો. સ્વયં સ્થાપન દરમિયાન નોંધણી કરવા, પ્રોડકટની નોંધણી ચલાવો પસંદ કરો. કાર્યપદ્ધતિ સરળ કરવા, વૈકલ્પિક માહિતી અને હાર્ડવેર પ્રોફાઈલ સાથે તમારી સિસ્ટમમાંથી માહિતીનો સમાવેશ કરો.." +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "સ્વયં-સ્થાપન દરમિયાન ચલાવો" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr " જો તમારું નેટવર્ક કસ્ટમ SMT સર્વર ગોઠવે, તો કૃપા કરીને SMT સર્વરનું URL અને URL સર્વર સેટિંગ્સ માં SMT સર્ટિફિકેટનું સ્થળ સેટ કરો. વધુ સહાય માટે કૃપા કરીને તમારા SMT મેન્યુઅલ જુઓ. " +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "સ્વયં-સ્થાપ્ન દરમિયાન ન ચલાવો" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" -msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "વાપરવા નોંધણી ડેટા" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "ઇમેઇલ એડ્રેસ" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "સર્વર સેટિંગસ" +#| msgid "Configuration name is missing." +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" +msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન નામ ખૂટે છે." -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 #, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#| msgid "&Install All Available Sources" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr " ઉપલબ્ધ બધાં જ સોર્સ-સ્ત્રોત ની સ્થાપના કરવી " + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "સર્વર URL: " -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#| msgid "Discovery" +msgid "Use SLP discovery" +msgstr "શોધ" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "&સર્વર સર્ટીફિકેટ" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr " સર્ટિફીકેટ " + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr " જોડાણની તૈયારી કરો " + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "વિગતોઃ" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose Certificate File" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr " સર્ટિર્ફીકેટ ફાઈલ પસંદ કરો " + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "ઇનવેલીડ વિકલ્પઃ %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "સોર્સ માન્ય નથી" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: %1:" +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "ભૂલ: %1:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Number" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "ક્રમ નંબર" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "ફીંગરપ્રિન્ટઃ %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "ફીંગરપ્રિન્ટઃ %1" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "ડેસ્ટીનેશન ઇનવેલીડ છે." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "વાપરવા નોંધણી ડેટા" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "વિગતો..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr " સર્ટિફીકેટ " +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "ફીંગરપ્રિન્ટઃ %1" +#| msgid "Writing routing configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "રાઉટીંગ કોન્ફીગરેશન લખી રહયું છે..." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "ફીંગરપ્રિન્ટઃ %1" +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "SMT સર્ટિફિકેટ" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "ચકાસણી થઇ રહી છે..." +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr " સર્ટિફીકેટ " -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "નોંધણી ડેટાની બાબત 1" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "અજાણી ભૂલનો કોડ." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "સ્થાપનને સમર્થન કરો" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "લાઇસેન્સ એગ્રીમેન્ટ" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" msgid "" @@ -492,63 +617,322 @@ "failed." msgstr "SMT સર્ટિફિકેટ ફાઇલ ડાઉનલોડ કરવામાં નિષ્ફળ ગયું" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the registration data." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "નોંધણી માટેની માહિતી દાખલ કરો." +msgstr[1] "નોંધણી માટેની માહિતી દાખલ કરો." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "વિગતો..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "પ્રાપ્ય નથી" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device Identifier" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr " સાધન ઓળખી આપનાર " + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "આવૃતિ" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "સ્થાપત્ય" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "ધોરણસરનો પ્રકાર" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "'%1' ખરેખર કાઢી નાખવું છે?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Vendor Identifier" +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr " વેચાણકર્તાને ખોળનાર " + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "& આવૃત્તિ" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "સ્થાપત્ય" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "ધોરણસરનો પ્રકાર" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "પ્રોડકટ નોંધણીમાં નોવેલ ડેટાબેઝમાં તમારી પ્રોડકટ સમાવિષ્ટ થાય છે, જેનાથી તમે ઓનલાઈન અદ્યતન અને ટેકનિકલ સહાય મેળવવા સક્ષમ બનો છો. સ્વયં સ્થાપન દરમિયાન નોંધણી કરવા, પ્રોડકટની નોંધણી ચલાવો પસંદ કરો. કાર્યપદ્ધતિ સરળ કરવા, વૈકલ્પિક માહિતી અને હાર્ડવેર પ્રોફાઈલ સાથે તમારી સિસ્ટમમાંથી માહિતીનો સમાવેશ કરો.." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr " જો તમારું નેટવર્ક કસ્ટમ SMT સર્વર ગોઠવે, તો કૃપા કરીને SMT સર્વરનું URL અને URL સર્વર સેટિંગ્સ માં SMT સર્ટિફિકેટનું સ્થળ સેટ કરો. વધુ સહાય માટે કૃપા કરીને તમારા SMT મેન્યુઅલ જુઓ. " + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "સર્વર સેટિંગસ" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "&સર્વર સર્ટીફિકેટ" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "&સર્વર સર્ટીફિકેટ" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "એક પણ નહિ" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate File to Import" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr " સર્ટિર્ફીકેટ ફાઈલ આણવી " + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate Overview" +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr " સર્ટિફીકેટ નિરીક્ષણ " + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "&સર્વર સર્ટીફિકેટ" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "નોવેલ ગ્રાહક કેન્દ્ર કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન" +#| msgid "Invalid time" +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "ઇનવેલીડ ટાઇમ" +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "ચકાસણી થઇ રહી છે..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "નોંધણી ડેટાની બાબત 1" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "નોંધણી કોડ" +#~ msgstr[1] "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "નોંધણી કોડ" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "નોવેલ ગ્રાહક કેન્દ્ર કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન" @@ -596,11 +980,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "હાર્ડવેર પ્રોફાઈલ" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "વાપરવા નોંધણી ડેટા" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "વૈકલ્પિક માહિતી" @@ -919,11 +1298,6 @@ #~ msgstr "રીપેયર સફળ થયું." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Configuration name is missing." -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન નામ ખૂટે છે." - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration Status at: %1" #~ msgstr "વાપરવા નોંધણી ડેટા" @@ -940,11 +1314,6 @@ #~ msgstr "સંદેશો :" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Error: %1:" -#~ msgid "Expiry: %1" -#~ msgstr "ભૂલ: %1:" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration status is not available." #~ msgstr "વાપરવા નોંધણી ડેટા" @@ -1004,12 +1373,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "અજાણી કાર્યવાહી" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "સ્વયં-સ્થાપન દરમિયાન ચલાવો" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "સ્વયં-સ્થાપ્ન દરમિયાન ન ચલાવો" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~ msgstr "નોંધણી ડેટાની 1 % બાબતો " @@ -1027,10 +1390,6 @@ #~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" #~ msgstr "સર્વર: %1" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr " સર્ટિફીકેટ " - #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "&કળ" @@ -1108,10 +1467,6 @@ #~ msgstr "રિપોઝિટરી ઈમ્પોર્ટ થઇ રહી છે..." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "ડિફોલ્ટ ગેટવે ઇનવેલીડ છે." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "રિપોઝિટરી ઈમ્પોર્ટ થઇ રહી છે..." @@ -1265,10 +1620,6 @@ #~ msgid "Valid from: " #~ msgstr "થી માન્ય :" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Valid to: " -#~ msgstr "ઇનવેલીડ વિકલ્પઃ %1" - #~ msgid "Trust" #~ msgstr "વિશ્વાસ" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/reipl.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/reipl.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/reipl.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&નામ" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy @@ -260,35 +260,35 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "કોન્ફીગર્ડ ફાઇલ્સઃ" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "ઉપકરણ કન્ફિગર કરેલ નથી" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "આ સ્કેનર સહયોગ નહિ કરે." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "ઉપકરણ કન્ફિગર કરેલ નથી" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "આ સ્કેનર સહયોગ નહિ કરે." Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/relocation-server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/relocation-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/relocation-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/s390.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/s390.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/s390.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ડીસિલેક્ટ ઑલ (&D)" #. error popup #. error popup Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/samba-client.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/samba-client.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/samba-client.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -202,6 +202,19 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr " મહત્તમ " +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "મંજૂર સેવાઓ" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "ગ્રુપ નેમ" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -905,59 +918,62 @@ msgstr " સેટીંગ્સ લંબાઈ રહ્યા છે... " #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "સમાપ્ત કરાયું" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "જોઇતા પેકેજીસ ઈન્સ્ટોલ કરો" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "જોઇતા પેકેજીસ ઇન્સ્ટોલ કરી રહયું છે..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM લોગીન" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "કેરબીરોસનો ઉપયોગ કરો" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "કેરબીરોસનું ઉપયોગ ન કરો" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ડીફોલ્ટ રીઆલ્મ" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ડીફોલ્ટ ડોમેન" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC સર્વર સરનામું" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ક્લોક સ્ક્રુ" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC સર્વર: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -968,7 +984,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "ડીફોલ્ટ રીઆલ્મ: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -978,12 +994,14 @@ msgstr " ઓફ્લાઇન પ્રમાણીકરણ સક્ષમ કરાયું " #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "હા" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "ના" @@ -998,6 +1016,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"ક્લોક સ્ક્રુ ઇનવેલીડ છે.\n" +"ફરીથી પ્રયાસ કરો.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -1005,71 +1025,150 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"લાઇફટાઇમ ઈનવેલીડ છે.\n" +"ફરીથી પ્રયાસ કરો." -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "સામ્બા ગ્રાહક કન્ફિગ્યુરેશનનો પ્રારંભ થઈ રહ્યો છે" -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "સામ્બા ગ્રાહક કન્ફિગ્યુરેશનનો પ્રારંભ થઈ રહ્યો છે" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr " વૈશ્વિક સામ્બા સેટિંગ્સ વાંચો " -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr " વૈશ્વિક સામ્બા સેટિંગ્સ વાંચો " +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr " વિનબાઇન્ડ ની સ્થિતિ વાંચો " -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr " વિનબાઇન્ડ ની સ્થિતિ વાંચો " +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "વૈશ્વિક સામ્બા સેટિંગ્સ વંચાઈ રહ્યું છે... " -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "વૈશ્વિક સામ્બા સેટિંગ્સ વંચાઈ રહ્યું છે... " +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr " વિનબાઇન્ડ ની સ્થિતિ વંચાઇ રહી છે... " -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr " વિનબાઇન્ડ ની સ્થિતિ વંચાઇ રહી છે... " +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "સામ્બા ગ્રાહક કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સચવાઇ રહ્યું છે" -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "ડીસેબલ શામ્બા સર્વિસીસ" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખો" -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "સામ્બાસેવા સક્ષમકરો" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "ડીસેબલ શામ્બા સર્વિસીસ" -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "સામ્બા સેવાઓ અક્ષમ થઈ રહ્યા છે... " +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "સામ્બાસેવા સક્ષમકરો" -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "યોગ્ય શામ્બા સર્વિસીસ..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખી રહયું છે..." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "'%1' માં સેટીંગ્સ લખી શકાતા નથી." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "સામ્બા સેવાઓ અક્ષમ થઈ રહ્યા છે... " -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "વિનબાઈન્ડ સેવા શરૂ કરી શકાતી નથી." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "યોગ્ય શામ્બા સર્વિસીસ..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr " વિનબાઇન્ડ ડેમોન શરૂ કરી શકાતું નથી. " +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr " Kerberos કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન લખો" -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "વિનબાઈન્ડ સેવા અટકાવી શકાતી નથી." +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr " Kerberos કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન લખાઇ રહ્યું છે..." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr " વિનબાઇન્ડ ડેમોનને બંધ કરી શકાતું નથી " +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "'%1' માં સેટીંગ્સ લખી શકાતા નથી." -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr " PAM સેટીંગ્સ લખી શકાતા નથી." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "વિનબાઈન્ડ સેવા શરૂ કરી શકાતી નથી." -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "વૈશ્વિકકન્ફિગ્યુરેશન " +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr " વિનબાઇન્ડ ડેમોન શરૂ કરી શકાતું નથી. " -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr " કાર્યજૂથ કે ડોમેઇન: %1" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "વિનબાઈન્ડ સેવા અટકાવી શકાતી નથી." -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "આ મશીન પરની &Home હોમ ડીરેક્ટરીઝ " +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr " વિનબાઇન્ડ ડેમોનને બંધ કરી શકાતું નથી " -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr " સર્વસામાન્ય ભાગોની મહત્તમ સંખ્યા: %1 " +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr " PAM સેટીંગ્સ લખી શકાતા નથી." -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr " SMB સાથેનું પ્રમાણીકરણ: %1 " +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "વૈશ્વિકકન્ફિગ્યુરેશન " +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr " કાર્યજૂથ કે ડોમેઇન: %1" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "આ મશીન પરની &Home હોમ ડીરેક્ટરીઝ " + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr " ઓફ્લાઇન પ્રમાણીકરણ સક્ષમ કરાયું " + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr " સર્વસામાન્ય ભાગોની મહત્તમ સંખ્યા: %1 " + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "વર્કગ્રુપ કે ડોમેઈન" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr " SMB સાથેનું પ્રમાણીકરણ: %1 " + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "&નવા પેચિસ" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/samba-server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/samba-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/samba-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/samba-users.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/samba-users.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/samba-users.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/scanner.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/scanner.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/scanner.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/security.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/security.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/security.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/services-manager.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/services-manager.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/services-manager.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,14 +16,222 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "ડિફોલ્ટ સિસ્ટમ ગોઠવણો વાંચી રહયું છે...." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "પ્રાથમિક initrd પાથ" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "પ્રાથમિક initrd પાથ" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "ડિફોલ્ટ સિસ્ટમ ગોઠવણો વાંચો" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "ડિફોલ્ટ સિસ્ટમ ગોઠવણો વાંચી રહયું છે...." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "એવેલબલ શેયરસ" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "%1 પેકેજીસને ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન માટે પસંદ કરવાનું નિષ્ફળ." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "%1 પેકેજીસને ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન માટે પસંદ કરવાનું નિષ્ફળ." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "કોન્ફીગરેશન લખી રહયું છે..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "સિસ્ટમ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન લખાઇ રહ્યું છે" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "સર્વિસ" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "સમર્થ" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr " સક્રિય " + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "વર્ણન" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&સ્ટાર્ટ" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "kdump ને સક્ષમ/અક્ષમ કરો " + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "શૉ &ડિટેલ્સ" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Security Manager" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "સુરક્ષા મેનેજર" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "શામ્બા સર્વિસ સેટીંગને વાંચી રહયું છે..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "અસમર્થ" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr " સક્રિય " + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "સર્વિસીસ" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -61,3 +269,83 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Image" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "પ્રાથમિક ઇમેજ" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "હજુ સુધી કન્ફિગર થયું નથી." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Could not add interface." +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "ઈન્ટરફેસ ઉમેરી શકાતુ નથી. " + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphical Menu File" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "ગ્રાફિકલ મેનુ ફાઇલ" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "ટેક્ષ્ટ ઢબ" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall Interfaces" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "ફાયરવોલ ઇન્ટરફેસિસ" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "મોડ પસંદ કરો" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "&સ્વિચની ઢબ" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Image" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "પ્રાથમિક ઇમેજ" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "અન્ય સિસ્ટમ બૂટ કરો" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required DMA Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr " જરૂરી DMA મોડ " Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/slp-server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/slp-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/slp-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/snapper.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/snapper.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/snapper.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -24,14 +24,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "વર્ણન" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Map" msgid "User data" @@ -39,45 +39,45 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C&leanup Script" msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "સ્ક્રીપ્ટની સફા & ઇ કરો. " #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "(%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "(:%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "USB port (%1)" msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr " USB પોર્ટ (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New Partition" msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "ન્યુ પાર્ટીશન રચો" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -85,243 +85,243 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "પ્રિ" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "'%1' ખરેખર કાઢી નાખવું છે?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "સિંગાપુર" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading list of users..." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "વપરાશકર્તાઓની યાદી વાંચી રહેલ છે..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cl&ear Current Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr " વર્તમાન કન્ફિગરેશન ક્લીઅર કરો Cl&ear" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID આઇડી" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "ટાઇપ" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "શરૂઆતની તારીખ" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "અંતિમ તારીખ" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Us&er Data" msgid "User Data" msgstr "યુઝર &ડાટા" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No Change" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr " કોઈ ફેરફાર નથી " #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Modify" msgid "Modify" msgstr "&મોડીફાય" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected IDE device" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr " પસંદ કરેલું IDE સાધન " #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "નેકસ્ટ %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "બદલાવોને ફાઇલમાં સાચવી રહેલ છે..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "ખરાં-ખોટાંમાંથી નિષ્ફળ થયેલું સ્વીકારવું" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File %1 does not exists" msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "%1 ફાઈલ અસ્તિત્વમાં નથી" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File Contents: %1" msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "ફાઇલ સામગ્રી : %1" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restored Files:" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "પુન:સ્થાપિત ફાઈલ:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore Options" msgid "Restore" msgstr "વિકલ્પોનું પુન:સ્થાપન કરો." -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "પસંદ કરેલ" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "ઓપન (&O)" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "પસંદ કરેલ" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "" @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -344,21 +344,21 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "%1 પેકેજીસને ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન માટે પસંદ કરવાનું નિષ્ફળ." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restoring Files" msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "ફાઈલો પુન:સ્થાપન થાય છે" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/sound.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/sound.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/sound.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/squid.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/squid.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/squid.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1503,11 +1503,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "આફ્રિકાન્સ" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "અરેબિક" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "પર્સીઅન" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ઈન્ડોનેશિઅન" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1591,7 +1591,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "લેટવીઅન" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "મલય" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "થાઇ" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1673,11 +1673,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ઉઝબેક" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "વિએટનામીઝ" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/sshd.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/sshd.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/sshd.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr " નંબર " #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/storage.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/storage.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/storage.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 18:41+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr " કસ્ટમ પાર્ટીશન સેટઅપ &બનાવો " #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr "ગ્લોબલ સેટીંગ્સ લખો" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ " પાર્ટીશન કરનાર ડાયલોગમાં આ સુધારાઓ કરો. \n" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -183,15 +183,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "વિનંતી કરાયેલ દરખાસ્ત બનાવવી અશક્ય. " -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -1028,7 +1034,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr " અલગ &હોમ પાર્ટીશનની દરખાસ્ત કરો " @@ -1047,7 +1053,7 @@ msgstr " પ્રપોઝલ પ્રકાર " #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" @@ -1061,7 +1067,7 @@ " રુટ માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટ \"/\" ને પાર્ટીશન પર લાગુ કરો. \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" @@ -1075,7 +1081,7 @@ " આ માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટ્સ માટે, લિનક્ષ ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમનો ઉપયોગ કરો, જેમ કે ext2 કે reiserfs. \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" @@ -1089,7 +1095,7 @@ " આ માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટ્સ માટે, લિનક્ષ ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમનો ઉપયોગ કરો, જેમ કે ext2 કે reiserfs. \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" @@ -1103,7 +1109,7 @@ " આ માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટ્સ માટે, લિનક્ષ ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમનો ઉપયોગ કરો, જેમ કે ext2 કે reiserfs. \n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1125,7 +1131,7 @@ " આ બદલવું છે? \n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1141,7 +1147,7 @@ " તમે આ કરવા માગો છો? \n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1152,7 +1158,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1172,7 +1178,7 @@ " તમે તમારું સેટઅપ બદલવા માગો છો? \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" @@ -1193,7 +1199,7 @@ "\n" " આ બદલવું છે? \n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1202,7 +1208,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" @@ -1217,31 +1223,9 @@ " આ બદલવું છે? \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -" ચેતવણી : તમારા અત્યારના સેટઅપ સાથે, જ્યારે બૂટ થાય, ત્યારે તમારાં %1 સ્થાપનમાં મુશ્કેલી થશે, કારણકે તમારી પાસે \"/ બૂટ \" પાર્ટીશન નથી અને તમારું \"/ રુટ \" પાર્ટીશન એ LVM લોજિકલ વોલ્યૂમ છે. \n" -" આ કામ કરશે નહીં. \n" -"\n" -"\n" -" જો તમે શું કરો છો તે ચોક્કસ જાણતા ના હોવ, તો તમારા બૂટ નીચેની ફાઇલો માટે સામાન્ય પાર્ટીશનનો ઉપયોગ કરો. \n" -"\n" -" આ બદલવું છે? \n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -1262,7 +1246,7 @@ " આ બદલવું છે? \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1285,13 +1269,13 @@ " આ બદલવું છે? \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "ખરેખર આ સિસ્ટમ ગ્રુપને કાઢી નાંખવું?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1311,7 +1295,7 @@ " તમે આ બદલવા માગો છો? \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1325,7 +1309,7 @@ " તમે અસ્તિત્વ ધરાવતા પાર્ટીશન પર સ્થાપન કરવાનું પસંદ કર્યું છે જે ફોર્મેટ થશે નહીં. YaST2 તમારા સ્થાપનની, ખાસ કરીને નીચે પ્રમાણેના કોઇ પણ કિસ્સામાં, સફળતાની બાંયધરી આપી શકશે નહીં : \n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1337,7 +1321,7 @@ "- જો આ પાર્ટીશન હજી સુધી ફાઈલ સિસ્ટમ ધરાવતું ન હોય \n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1353,7 +1337,7 @@ " માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટસ પૈકી એક ને સંકળાયેલું હોય તો \n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1365,7 +1349,7 @@ " તમે તમારું સેટઅપ બદલવા માગો છો? \n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1374,7 +1358,7 @@ " તેને સંપાદન કરતા પહેલાં તેને RAID માંથી દૂર કરો. \n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1383,7 +1367,7 @@ " તેને સંપાદન કરતા પહેલાં તેને વોલ્યૂમ જૂથ માંથી દૂર કરો. \n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1392,7 +1376,7 @@ " તેને સંપાદન કરતા પહેલાં વોલ્યૂમ દૂર કરો. \n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1401,7 +1385,7 @@ " તેને કાઢી નાખતા પહેલાં RAID માંથી તેને દૂર કરો. \n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1409,13 +1393,13 @@ " ઉપકરણ (%2), (%1) દ્વારા ઉપયોગમાં લેવાય છે. \n" " તેને કાઢી નાખતા પહેલાં %1 દૂર કરો. \n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "ડિવાઈસ શોધાઈ શક્યું નથી." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device (%1) cannot be removed\n" @@ -1430,7 +1414,7 @@ "અન્ય લોજિકલ પાર્ટીશન ઉપયોગમાં છે. \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1449,7 +1433,7 @@ " જ્યાં સુધી તમે શું કરો છો તે તમે ચોક્ક્સ જાણો નહીં ત્યાં સુધી કૃપા કરીને રદ કરો પસંદ કરો.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1464,7 +1448,7 @@ "પાર્ટીશન્સને તેના અનુરૂપ વોલ્યૂમ જૂથોમાંથી દૂર કરો. \n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1479,7 +1463,7 @@ "સાંકળવાનું દૂર કરો. \n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1500,15 +1484,15 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "આપ અહીં જે દાખલ કરે તે ભૂલો નહીં." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "ખાલી વિકલ્પો સ્ટ્રીંગ્સની છૂટ નથી." @@ -1544,7 +1528,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1557,7 +1541,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1583,7 +1567,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1594,7 +1578,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -2021,7 +2005,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -2034,25 +2018,25 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "સહીનો કારભાર કરવો" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "ખાલી વિકલ્પો સ્ટ્રીંગ્સની છૂટ નથી." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Provider name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "પ્રદાનકર્તા નામ %1 અગાઉથી અસ્તિત્વ." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2095,7 +2079,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2115,7 +2099,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -2132,7 +2116,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -2163,7 +2147,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2404,12 +2388,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2417,39 +2401,39 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "માઉન્ટ" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "NIS ઉપયોગકર્તાને ડીલીટ કરવાનું તે શક્ય નથી." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "NIS ઉપયોગકર્તાને ડીલીટ કરવાનું તે શક્ય નથી." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr " %1 પર પાર્ટીશન બનાવવું શક્ય નથી. " #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "& રેમ ડિસ્ક" @@ -2461,63 +2445,69 @@ msgstr "એમ્પટી માઉન્ડ પોઇન્ટ" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "પ્રદાનકર્તાનો પાસવર્ડ દાખલ કરો" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "&iSCSI ડિસ્કસ કન્ફિગર કરો" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "&કન્ફિગર..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "સંપૂર્ણ સ્વયંસંચાલિત અદ્યતન કન્ફિગર કરો..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&કન્ફિગર..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&કન્ફિગર..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&કન્ફિગર..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure..." msgstr "&કન્ફિગર..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr " ઉપલબ્ધ યોજનાઓ: %1" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2525,14 +2515,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2540,7 +2530,7 @@ msgstr " પાર્ટીશન ટેબલનું ફરીથી વાંચવું હાલનાં બધા બદલાવો રદ કરે છે. પાર્ટીશન ટેબલને ખરેખર ફરીથી વાંચવું છે? " #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2548,9 +2538,17 @@ msgstr " પાર્ટીશન ટેબલનું ફરીથી વાંચવું હાલનાં બધા બદલાવો રદ કરે છે. પાર્ટીશન ટેબલને ખરેખર ફરીથી વાંચવું છે? " #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr " પાર્ટીશન ટેબલનું ફરીથી વાંચવું હાલનાં બધા બદલાવો રદ કરે છે. પાર્ટીશન ટેબલને ખરેખર ફરીથી વાંચવું છે? " + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2558,7 +2556,7 @@ msgstr " પાર્ટીશન ટેબલનું ફરીથી વાંચવું હાલનાં બધા બદલાવો રદ કરે છે. પાર્ટીશન ટેબલને ખરેખર ફરીથી વાંચવું છે? " #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2566,7 +2564,7 @@ msgstr " પાર્ટીશન ટેબલનું ફરીથી વાંચવું હાલનાં બધા બદલાવો રદ કરે છે. પાર્ટીશન ટેબલને ખરેખર ફરીથી વાંચવું છે? " #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2574,7 +2572,7 @@ msgstr " પાર્ટીશન ટેબલનું ફરીથી વાંચવું હાલનાં બધા બદલાવો રદ કરે છે. પાર્ટીશન ટેબલને ખરેખર ફરીથી વાંચવું છે? " #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" @@ -2866,15 +2864,55 @@ msgstr "બ્રિજ કરેલા ઉપકરણો " #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 #, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" +"\n" +" તમારા %1 પાર્ટીશન માટે નવું કદ પસંદ કરો. \n" +" " + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&perating Mode" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "ઓ&પરેટીંગ મોડ" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "ડેલ્ટા RPM એપ્લીકેશન આગળ વધી રહી છે" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "રોલઃ %s" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr " પ્રથમ, પાર્ટીશનનો પ્રકાર અને પાર્ટીશન ફોર્મેટ કરેલું છે કે કેમ તે પસંદ કરો. " #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2882,7 +2920,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -2890,55 +2928,55 @@ msgstr " પછી, માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટ દાખલ કરો ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "&કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન વિકલ્પો" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "પાર્ટીશનની સાઇઝ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "પાર્ટીશનની સાઇઝ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "પાર્ટીશન પરડિસ્ક " -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "માઉન્ટ વિકલ્પો" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr " પાર્ટીશન " #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટૈ" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr " Fs&tab વિકલ્પો" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr " કોઈ યોજના પસંદ થઈ નથી." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" @@ -2952,19 +2990,19 @@ " ફોર્મેટ વિકલ્પ પણ તપાસો. \n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr " માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટ પૂરાં પાડો. " #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr " માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટ પૂરાં પાડો. " #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2980,7 +3018,7 @@ "\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2989,23 +3027,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "બધા બદલાવો નાશ પામશે." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "પાસવર્ડ" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -3015,7 +3053,7 @@ " તમે પસંદ કરેલ પાર્ટીશનને ફરીથી કદમાં કરી શકતાં નથી કારણ કે આ પાર્ટીશન \n" " પરની ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ ફરીથી કદમાં કરવાને સહાય કરતી નથી. \n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "" @@ -3024,7 +3062,7 @@ msgstr " %1 પર પાર્ટીશન બનાવવું શક્ય નથી. " #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -3037,24 +3075,24 @@ " નથી કારણ કે ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ વિસંવાદી લાગે છે. \n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "એડિટ પાર્ટીશન" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr " લોજિકલ વોલ્યૂમને ફરીથી કદમાં કરો " #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "હાલની સ્થિતિ : %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "હાલની સ્થિતિ : %1" @@ -3063,8 +3101,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3076,7 +3114,7 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy @@ -3084,14 +3122,14 @@ msgstr " લિનક્ષનું કદ (%1) " #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr " લિનક્ષનું કદ (%1) " #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -3099,7 +3137,7 @@ msgstr "કસ્ટોમ સાઇઝ (&S)" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" @@ -3109,7 +3147,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -3122,7 +3160,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3131,13 +3169,13 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "_આઉટપુટઃ" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "ડિસ્ક પાર્ટીશન વંચાઇ રહ્યા છે... " @@ -3357,67 +3395,67 @@ msgstr "એન્ટર LDAP URL ઇનવેલીડ છે." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr " %1 પાર્ટીશનનું સંપાદન કરો " #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr " %1 પાર્ટીશનનું સંપાદન કરો " #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition." msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Ê´É»lÉÉà÷±É પાર્ટીશનમાં કોઇ જગ્યા બાકી બચી નથી. " #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap" msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "એડીંગ પાર્ટીશન સ્વાપ %1" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr " પાર્ટીશન " #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Forward" msgid "Forward" msgstr "&આગળ" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "બેકગ્રાઉન્ડ" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "બધા પાર્ટીશનને માઉન્ટ કરો..." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "%1 પરના બધા પાર્ટીશન્સ ખરેખર કાઢી નાખવા છે?" @@ -3432,7 +3470,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -4426,13 +4464,13 @@ msgstr " નાં દ્વારા ઉપયોગમાં લેવાયેલ " #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr " લોજિકલ વોલ્યૂમને સંપાદિત કરો " #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr " લોજિકલ વોલ્યૂમને સંપાદિત કરો " @@ -4660,7 +4698,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "સેટીંગ્સ" @@ -4900,19 +4938,19 @@ "\n" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr " RAI&D ઉમેરો " #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr " RAID દૂ&ર કરો" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr " RAID નું & સંપાદન કરો" @@ -5025,67 +5063,67 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "લેબલ" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "UUID" msgstr "ID આઇડી" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount by" msgstr " નાં દ્વારા માઉન્ટ કરો " #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "Used by" msgstr " નાં દ્વારા ઉપયોગમાં લેવાયેલ " #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr " BIOS " #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "ડ્રાઇવર્સ માહિતી લખો" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "સ્ટોર હોસ્ટ માહિતી" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Encryption" msgstr "એન્ક્રિપ્શન" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "ઉપકરણનું નામ" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Volume Label" msgstr " વોલ્યૂમ &લેબલ " @@ -5093,59 +5131,72 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ઉપકરણ આઇડી" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "ઉપકરણ પાથ" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "ઑપ્શનલ" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" સિલિન્ડર સમાપ્ત કરો : " + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "ડીફોલ્ટ ડોમેન" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "સ્થાનિક ફાઈલસિસ્ટમ" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr " સ્ટોરેજ ડીવાઈસ " #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "યુઝર ઈન્ફોર્મેશન સોર્સીસ" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -5156,14 +5207,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -5172,14 +5223,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5523,14 +5574,14 @@ msgstr " પેટર્ન-ભાત " #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "સાઇઝ (&S)" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "" @@ -5538,14 +5589,14 @@ "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr " મૂલ્ય 0 અને 32767 ની વચ્ચે જ હોવું જોઇશે. ફરીથી પ્રયત્ન કરો. " -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr " મૂલ્ય 0 અને 32767 ની વચ્ચે જ હોવું જોઇશે. ફરીથી પ્રયત્ન કરો. " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -5553,17 +5604,17 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr " &અગ્રતાને સ્વેપ કરો " #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr " મૂલ્ય 0 અને 32767 ની વચ્ચે જ હોવું જોઇશે. ફરીથી પ્રયત્ન કરો. " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5572,14 +5623,14 @@ " સ્વેપ કરવાની અગ્રતા દાખલ કરો. ચઢિયાતી સંખ્યાઓનો અર્થ ચઢિયાતી અગ્રતા. \n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount &read-only" msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr " &માત્ર-વાંચો ને માઉન્ટ કરો " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" @@ -5590,14 +5641,14 @@ " ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમની કોઇ લખી શકાય તેવી પહોંચ શક્ય નથી. પ્રાથમિક ખોટું છે. \n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No &access time" msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr " &પહોંચવાનો કોઇ સમય નથી. " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No access time:\n" @@ -5610,14 +5661,14 @@ " જ્યારે ફાઇલ વંચાય છે ત્યારે પહોંચવાના સમયો અદ્યતન કરાતા નથી. પ્રાથમિક ખોટું છે. " #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &user" msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr " &વપરાશકર્તા દ્વારા માઉન્ટ કરી શકાય તેવું " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5626,12 +5677,12 @@ " ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ કદાચ સામાન્ય વપરાશકર્તા દ્વારા માઉન્ટ કરાયેલ છે. પ્રાથમિક ખોટું છે. \n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr " સિસ્ટમની &શરૂઆત કરતી વખતે માઉન્ટ ન કરો " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" @@ -5648,13 +5699,13 @@ " માઉન્ટ કરાય છે. પ્રાથમિક ખોટું છે. \n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "એનેબલ &લેઅર 2 સપોર્ટ" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5662,12 +5713,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr " ડેટા &જર્નલિંગ ઢબ " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" @@ -5687,12 +5738,12 @@ " <tt> ફરીથી લખો </tt> -- ડેટાની માગણી સાચવવામાં આવતી નથી. \n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr " &પહોંચનાં નિયંત્રણની સૂચિઓ ( ACL ) " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5701,12 +5752,12 @@ " ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ પર પહોંચનાં નિયંત્રણની સૂચિઓ ( ACL ) ને સક્ષમ કરે છે. \n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "વપરાશકર્તાની &વિસ્તારેલ લાક્ષણિકતાઓ" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5715,19 +5766,19 @@ " ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ પર વપરાશકર્તાની વિસ્તારેલ લાક્ષણિકતાઓને છૂટ આપે છે. \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Arbitrary option &value" msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr " બિનઆધારભૂત વિકલ્પનું &મૂલ્ય " -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr " માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટમાં અમાન્ય અક્ષર. માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટમાં \"`'!\"%#\" ઉપયોગ કરો નહીં. " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -5738,12 +5789,12 @@ " એક કરતાં વધુ વિકલ્પો કોમાઓથી અલગ કરાય છે. \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr " ફાઇલનાં નામો માટે Char&set " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5752,12 +5803,12 @@ " વિન્ડોઝ પાર્ટીશનોમાં ફાઇલનાં નામો પ્રદર્શિત કરવા માટે વપરાતા Charset ને સેટ કરે છે. \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr " ટૂંકા FAT નામો માટે કોડ&પૃષ્ઠ " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" @@ -5766,12 +5817,12 @@ " આ કોડપૃષ્ઠને FAT ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ પર ટૂંકા નામનાં અક્ષરોમાં ફેરવવા માટે ઉપયોગમાં લેવાય છે. \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr " &FATs ની સંખ્યા " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." @@ -5780,14 +5831,14 @@ " ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમમાં ફાઇલની ફાળવણીનાં ટેબલોની સંખ્યા નિર્દિષ્ટ કરે છે. પ્રાથમિક 2 છે. " #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FAT &size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT નું &કદ" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" @@ -5797,21 +5848,21 @@ " ઉપયોગમાં લેવાયેલ ફાઇલની ફાળવણીનાં ટેબલો (12, 16, કે 32-બિટ) નિર્દિષ્ટ કરે છે. જો સ્વયં નિર્દિષ્ટ કરાયેલ હોય તો, YaST2 ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમનાં કદ માટે વધુમાં વધુ યોગ્ય મૂલ્ય સ્વયંસંચાલિત રીતે પસંદ કરશે. \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root &dir entries" msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr " રુટ &ડિરેક્ટરીની એન્ટ્રીસ " #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr " રુટ ડિરેક્ટરીની એન્ટ્રીસ માટેનું નાનામાં નાનું કદ 112 છે. કૃપા કરીને ફરીથી પ્રયત્ન કરો. " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Root dir entries:\n" @@ -5824,14 +5875,14 @@ " રુટ ડિરેક્ટરીમાં ઉપલબ્ધ એન્ટ્રીસની સંખ્યા પસંદ કરો. " #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hash &function" msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr " હેશનું &કાર્ય " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Hash function:\n" @@ -5844,14 +5895,14 @@ " ફાઇલનાં નામોને ડિરેક્ટરીમાં વર્ગીકરણ કરવા માટે હેશ કાર્યનું નામ નિર્દિષ્ટ કરે છે. " #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FS &revision" msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr " FS &ફેરતપાસણી " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FS revision:\n" @@ -5865,14 +5916,14 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Block &size in bytes" msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr " બાઇટ્સમાં બ્લોકનું &કદ " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -5886,13 +5937,13 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr " &Inode નું કદ " #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5901,14 +5952,14 @@ " આ વિકલ્પ ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમનાં inode નું કદ નિર્દિષ્ટ કરે છે. \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Percentage of inode space" msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr " inode ની જગ્યાની &ટકાવારી " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Percentage of inode space:\n" @@ -5921,14 +5972,14 @@ " inode ની જગ્યાની ટકાવારી વિકલ્પ ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમમાં inode ને ફાળવી શકાતી જગ્યાની મહત્તમ ટકાવારી નિર્દિષ્ટ કરે છે. \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inode &aligned" msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr " Inode &એક હારમાં ગોઠવાયેલ છે " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Inode Aligned:\n" @@ -5947,14 +5998,14 @@ " સામાન્ય રીતે એક હારમાં ન ગોઠવાયેલ Inode કરતાં વધુ કાર્યક્ષમ છે. \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr " મેગાબાઇટ્સમાં &લોગનું કદ " #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -5968,7 +6019,7 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Log size\n" @@ -5981,19 +6032,19 @@ " લોગનું કદ ( મેગાબાઇટ્સમાં) સેટ કરો. જો સ્વયં હોય તો, પ્રાથમિક સરેરાશ કદનાં 40 % છે. " #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr " ખરાબ બ્લોક્સની સૂચિની &ઉપયોગિતાને બોલાવો(નો અમલ કરો) " #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stride &length in blocks" msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr " બ્લોક્સમાં સ્ટ્રાઇડની &લંબાઇ " #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n" @@ -6006,7 +6057,7 @@ " કૃપા કરીને 1 કરતાં મોટું મૂલ્ય પસંદ કરો. " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6017,7 +6068,7 @@ " ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમ માટે RAID -સંબંધી વિકલ્પો સેટ કરો. હાલમાં, એક માત્ર સહાય કરાતું આર્ગ્યુમેન્ટ સ્ટ્રાઇડ છે, જે RAID સ્ટ્રાઇપમાં બ્લોક્સની સંખ્યાને તેનાં આર્ગ્યુમેન્ટ તરીકે લે છે. \n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -6030,14 +6081,14 @@ " બ્લોકનું કદ બાઇટ્સમાં નિર્દિષ્ટ કરો. બ્લોકનાં કદનાં માન્ય મૂલ્યો 1024, 2048, અને 4096 બાઇટ્સ પ્રતિ બ્લોક છે. જો સ્વયં પસંદ કરાયેલ હોય તો, બ્લોકનું કદ ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમના કદ અને ફાઇલ સિસ્ટમનાં અપેક્ષિત વપરાશ દ્વારા નક્કી કરાય છે. \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bytes per &inode" msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr " પ્રતિ &inode બાઇટ્સ " #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Bytes per inode:\n" @@ -6058,14 +6109,14 @@ "બાઇટ્સથી inode નો ગુણોત્તર નિર્દિષ્ટ કરો. YaST2 ડિસ્ક પર જગ્યાના દરેક < પ્રતિ inode બાઇટ્સ > બાઇટ્સ માટે inode બનાવે છે. પ્રતિ inode બાઇટ્સ ગુણોત્તર વધારે હોય તો, ઓછા inodes બનશે.સામાન્યરીતે, જ્યાં સુધી આ કિસ્સામાં ઘણા બધા inodes બનાયા હિય ત્યાં, આ મૂલ્ય ફાઈલ સિસ્ટમના બ્લોકના કદ કરતા નાનું ન હોવું જોઇએ. તે બનાયા પછી ફાઈલ સિસ્ટમ પર inodes ની સંખ્યાને વિસ્તારવાનું શક્ય નથી, તેથી સુનિશ્ચિત કરો કે આ પારમિતિ માટે � ��ાજબી મૂલ્ય દાખલ કરો. \n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr " રુટ માટે &આરક્ષિત કરાયેલ અવરોધોની ટકાવારી " #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6077,47 +6128,47 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%." msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr " રુટ માટે આરક્ષિત કરાયેલ અવરોધોની ટકાવારી: સુપર વપરાશકર્તા માટે આરક્ષિત કરાયેલ અવરોધોની ટકાવારી નિર્દિષ્ટ કરો. આ મૂલ્ય પ્રાથમિક રીતે 5 % છે. " #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "ડીસેબલ સર્વિસ" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "ડાયરેક્ટરી સિલેક્શન" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Journal" msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "ડિસ્ક જર્નલ" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -6125,12 +6176,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6163,7 +6214,7 @@ "કરી શકતાં નથી. \n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6196,7 +6247,7 @@ "કરી શકતાં નથી. \n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6219,7 +6270,7 @@ "પાર્ટીશન પરનાં બધા ડેટાને આ નાશ કરી નાંખશે. \n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6237,7 +6288,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr " ફરીથી કદમાં કરવું શક્ય નથી: " @@ -6250,7 +6301,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Could not set encryption.\n" @@ -6269,7 +6320,7 @@ " પૂરો પડાયેલ ક્રિપ્ટ પાસવર્ડ ખોટો હોઇ શકે છે. \n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -6281,7 +6332,7 @@ " કૃપા કરીને ફરીથી પ્રયત્ન કરો. " #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6294,29 +6345,29 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "એનક્રિપ્શન કી દાખલ કરો" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "પ્રદાનકર્તાનો પાસવર્ડ દાખલ કરો" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr " વોલ્યૂમ જૂથ " -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6324,14 +6375,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "શું તમે ફરીથી પ્રયત્ન કરવા માગો છો?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6339,98 +6390,98 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "એનક્રિપ્શન કી દાખલ કરો" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "YaST2 એ નીચેનું ઉપકરણ શોધ્યું" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2 એ નીચેનું ઉપકરણ શોધ્યું" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr " DASD ડિસ્ક " -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr " DASD ડિસ્ક " -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr " ડિસ્ક " -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6438,7 +6489,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6446,7 +6497,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6454,20 +6505,20 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set global root filesystem" msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "ગ્લોબલ રુટ ફાઈલસિસ્ટમ સેટ કરો" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -7126,52 +7177,52 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent fs. Try checking fs under Windows." msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr " વિસંગત fs ને કારણે ફરીથી કદમાં કરવાનું અશક્ય છે. વિન્ડોઝ હેઠળ fs ચકાસવાનો પ્રયત્ન કરો. " #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr " &LVM આધારિત દરખાસ્ત બનાવો " #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr " વોલ્યૂમ જૂથ " #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr " ફાઈલ સિસ્ટમ વિકલ્પો : " #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr " અલગ &હોમ પાર્ટીશનની દરખાસ્ત કરો " #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "ગ્લોબલ સેટીંગ્સ લખો" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" @@ -7181,7 +7232,7 @@ " LVM આધારિત દરખાસ્ત બનાવવા અનુરૂપ બટન પસંદ કરો. " #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7190,33 +7241,33 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr " એન્ક્રિપ્ટ કરેલી ફાઈલ સિસ્ટમ માટે તમારો પાસવર્ડ દાખલ કરો. " #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "પાસવર્ડઃ" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr " &ચકાસણી માટે પાસવર્ડ ફરીથી દાખલ કરો: " @@ -7244,33 +7295,53 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "ડીફોલ્ટ ડોમેન" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "સ્થાનિક ફાઈલસિસ્ટમ" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr " સ્ટોરેજ ડીવાઈસ " -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partitioning" msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr " પાર્ટીશન કરવું " -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "યુઝર ઈન્ફોર્મેશન સોર્સીસ" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " ચેતવણી : તમારા અત્યારના સેટઅપ સાથે, જ્યારે બૂટ થાય, ત્યારે તમારાં %1 સ્થાપનમાં મુશ્કેલી થશે, કારણકે તમારી પાસે \"/ બૂટ \" પાર્ટીશન નથી અને તમારું \"/ રુટ \" પાર્ટીશન એ LVM લોજિકલ વોલ્યૂમ છે. \n" +#~ " આ કામ કરશે નહીં. \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " જો તમે શું કરો છો તે ચોક્કસ જાણતા ના હોવ, તો તમારા બૂટ નીચેની ફાઇલો માટે સામાન્ય પાર્ટીશનનો ઉપયોગ કરો. \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " આ બદલવું છે? \n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "એડિટ પાર્ટીશન" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/sudo.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/sudo.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/sudo.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/support.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/support.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/support.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,16 +38,18 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "SUSE સહાય" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ઓપન" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -117,7 +119,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ગોઠવણી લખી શકતું નથી." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -176,11 +178,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "નિષ્ણાત સેટિંગ્સ" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "વિકલ્પો" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -208,11 +210,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ઇમેઇલ એડ્રેસ" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "નામ" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -235,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -249,7 +251,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "પ્રોગ્રેસ" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -259,7 +261,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ફાઇલ નેમ" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -278,6 +280,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>એબોર્ટીંગ ઈનીશીયાલાઇઝેશન:</big> \n" +"હવે એબોર્ટ દબાવીનો કોન્ફીગરેશન ઉપયોગીતાને સલામતીપૂર્વક નિકાલ એબોર્ટ કરો.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -294,6 +298,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>એબોર્ટીંગ સેવ કરી રહયું છે:</big> \n" +"એબોર્ટ દબાવવા દ્વારા સેવ પ્રક્રિયાનો નિકાલ એબોર્ટકરો.\n" +"તેમ કરવું સલામત છે કે કેમ તે એક અતિરિક્ત ડાયલોગ માહિતી આપશે.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -318,13 +326,16 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big> સંપાદન થઇ રહ્યું છે અથવા કાઢી નખાઇ રહ્યું છે</big> \n" +" જો તમે સંપાદન કરો, દબાવો તો, વધારાનો ડાયલોગ જે કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન બદલવા માટે છે તે ખુલે છે.\n" +" iSCSI પ્રારંભક કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન અવલોકન \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +417,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +460,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -468,6 +479,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>કોન્ફીગરેશન ભાગ બે</big> \n" +"ચાલુ રાખવા પછીનું દબાવો.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -476,6 +490,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>કાઇંક સિલેક્ટ કરી રહયાં છો:</big> \n" +"તે શક્ય નથી, આપે પ્રથમ તેને કોડ આપવો પડશે :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -753,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -764,7 +781,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "શરૂ કરી રહયું છે..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -792,30 +809,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખો" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr " SuSEconfig ચાલુ કરો" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "ગોઠવણો લખી રહયું છે..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr " SuSEconfig ચાલુ થઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "સમાપ્ત" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr " સારાંશ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન..." Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/sysconfig.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/sysconfig.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/sysconfig.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-08-14 10:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -484,51 +484,111 @@ "રાહ જોવા વિનંતી... \n" "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "SuSEconfig દરેક કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન ફાઇલનાં ચેકસમ સાચવે છે, તેથી જો\n" -#~ " તમે તેમાંથી કોઇ હાથેથી બદલ્યું હોય તો તે શોધી શકે છે.\n" -#~ " જો તમે કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન ફાઇલ હાથેથી બદલી હોય તો, તે તેને સ્પર્શશે નહીં.\n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "શોધી રહેલ છે..." -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "શોધી રહેલ છે..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "આદેશ:" -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "આદેશ:" +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "છોડી દો" -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "છોડી દો" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "આદેશ અમલમાં મૂકાશે" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "આદેશ અમલમાં મૂકાશે" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "આદેશ શરૂ થઇ રહેલ છે: %1..." -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "આદેશ શરૂ થઇ રહેલ છે: %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "આદેશ %1 નિષ્ફળ" -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "આદેશ %1 નિષ્ફળ" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "sysconfig કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સાચવી રહેલ છે" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "sysconfig કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સાચવી રહેલ છે" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "નવાં સેટિંગ્સ લખો" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "નવાં સેટિંગ્સ લખો" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "બદલાવો સક્રિય કરો" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "બદલાવો સક્રિય કરો" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "%1 ચલને %2 ફાઇલમાં સાચવવામાં નિષ્ફળ." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "%1 ચલને %2 ફાઇલમાં સાચવવામાં નિષ્ફળ." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "%1 ચલને સાચવી રહેલ છે..." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "%1 ચલને સાચવી રહેલ છે..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "બદલાવોને ફાઇલમાં સાચવી રહેલ છે..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "બદલાવોને ફાઇલમાં સાચવી રહેલ છે..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "%1 સેવા ફરીથી લોડ કરાશે" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "%1 સેવા ફરીથી લોડ કરી રહેલ છે..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "%1 સેવાનું ફરીથી લોડ કરવું નિષ્ફળ" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "%1 સેવા ફરીથી શરૂ કરાશે" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "%1 સેવા ફરીથી શરૂ થઇ રહેલ છે..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "%1 સેવાનું ફરીથી શરૂ કરવું નિષ્ફળ" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "સમાપ્ત થઇ ગયું" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સારાંશ" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SuSEconfig દરેક કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન ફાઇલનાં ચેકસમ સાચવે છે, તેથી જો\n" +#~ " તમે તેમાંથી કોઇ હાથેથી બદલ્યું હોય તો તે શોધી શકે છે.\n" +#~ " જો તમે કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન ફાઇલ હાથેથી બદલી હોય તો, તે તેને સ્પર્શશે નહીં.\n" + #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "બધી કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સ્ક્રિપ્ટ્સ શરૂ કરાશે." @@ -547,30 +607,6 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "%1 કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન મોડયૂલ નિષ્ફળ." -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "%1 સેવા ફરીથી લોડ કરાશે" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "%1 સેવા ફરીથી લોડ કરી રહેલ છે..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "%1 સેવાનું ફરીથી લોડ કરવું નિષ્ફળ" - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "%1 સેવા ફરીથી શરૂ કરાશે" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "%1 સેવા ફરીથી શરૂ થઇ રહેલ છે..." - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "%1 સેવાનું ફરીથી શરૂ કરવું નિષ્ફળ" - -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "સમાપ્ત થઇ ગયું" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન સારાંશ" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/tftp-server.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/tftp-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/tftp-server.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/timezone_db.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/timezone_db.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/timezone_db.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/tune.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/tune.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/tune.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -14,38 +14,38 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "આ YaST2 મોડયૂલ આદેશ લાઈન ઈન્ટરફેસને સહાય કરતું નથી." #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "માઉસ તપાસાઇ રહ્યું છે..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr " પ્રગતિ " #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr " દરેક એન્ટ્રીઓ " -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr " ફાઈલ પર સાચવો " #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr " હાર્ડવેરની માહિતી " #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" @@ -53,18 +53,25 @@ "હાર્ડવેરની માહિતી મોડ્યુલ તમારા કોમ્પ્યુટરની હાર્ડવેરની વિગત આપે છે.\n" " વધારે માહિતી માટે કોઈ પણ નોડ પર ક્લીક કરો.\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "તમે હાર્ડવેરની માહિતીને ફાઈલ પર સાચવી શકશો.સેવટુફાઈલ-ફાઈલ પર સાચવો પર ક્લીક કરો અને ફાઈલનું નામ આપો." +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr " સિસ્ટમ સેટિન્ગ્સ " + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr " સિસ્ટમ " #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr " સિસ્ટમ " @@ -1463,8 +1470,5 @@ #~ msgid "&System Settings..." #~ msgstr " સિસ્ટમ સેટિન્ગ્સ " -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr " સિસ્ટમ સેટિન્ગ્સ " - #~ msgid "Saving System Settings..." #~ msgstr " સિસ્ટમ ના સેટિન્ગ્સ સાચવવા " Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/update.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/update.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/update.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "વિકલ્પો અદ્યતન કરો" @@ -172,18 +172,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "અજાણી" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "અદ્યતન" @@ -268,9 +268,19 @@ "કાર્ય કરશે નહીં. અદ્યતન દરમિયાન જે પેકેજિસ કાઢી નાખવા, જાળવણી ન કરેલા હોય\n" "તે પેકેજિસ કાઢી નાખો સક્રિય કરો.\n" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -280,13 +290,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "ટાર્ગેટ સિસ્ટમ માઉન્ટ કરવામાં નિષ્ફળ" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -357,12 +367,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "અત્યારનો RPM ડેટાબેઝ વાંચી શકાતો નથી." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -370,15 +380,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "અપરિચિત પ્રોસેસર" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -386,24 +396,24 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "જરૂરી પેકેજીસ સ્થાપવામાં નિષ્ફળત ગયું." #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "સૂચિત પેટર્ન" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -412,17 +422,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "વિકલ્પો &અદ્યતન કરો" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "આમાંની કોઇ ફાઇલો હાજર નથી : %1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -435,27 +445,27 @@ "કેટલાક અનુપ્રયોગ યોગ્ય રીતે ચાલશે નહીં." #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "અજાણી" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "અજાણ્યું અથવા બિન-લિનક્ષ" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "બૂટ કરવાના પાર્ટિશન અથવા સિસ્ટમ :" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -465,12 +475,12 @@ "બૂટ કરવાના પાર્ટિશન અથવા સિસ્ટમ પસંદ કરો.\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "અદ્યતન કરવાના પાર્ટિશન અથવા સિસ્ટમ:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -481,12 +491,12 @@ "\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "અદ્યતન માટે પસંદ કરો." #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -499,42 +509,42 @@ "\n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "સિસ્ટમ" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "પાર્ટિશન" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "આર્કિટેકચર" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "સિસ્ટમ" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "લેબલ" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "બધા પાર્ટિશનો &દર્શાવો" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&બૂટ" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -543,7 +553,7 @@ " નથી મળી જે આ પ્રોડકટથી અદ્યતન થઇ શકે" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" @@ -556,21 +566,21 @@ " આર્કિટેકચર આ પ્રોડકટ કરતા અલગ છે" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&હા, ફરીથી લખો." #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -578,13 +588,13 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr " ચાલુ રહો " #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" @@ -594,17 +604,17 @@ " તેની વિગતો જોવા %1 પર SBD લેખ જુઓ." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "અજાણી લિનક્ષ સિસ્ટમ" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "બિન-લિનક્ષ સિસ્ટમ" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" @@ -620,7 +630,7 @@ "મેન્યુઅલી અનમાઉન્ટ કરો અથવા કોમ્પ્યૂટર ફરીથી ચાલુ કરો\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "%1 પાર્ટિશનને ચકાસી રહ્યા છે" @@ -629,24 +639,24 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "શૉ &ડિટેલ્સ" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "%1 પર ફાઈલ સિસ્ટમને ચકાસી રહ્યા છે" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "ફાઇલ ઈન્ટીગ્રીટી તપાસ નિષ્ફળઃ" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" @@ -662,25 +672,25 @@ "તમે ઉપકરણ માઉન્ટીંગ કરવાનું ચાલુ રાખવા માગો છો?" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન &છોડવું" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "ખોટો પાસવર્ડ. ફરી પ્રયત્ન કરો" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "વાર્નિંગ" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -691,7 +701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" @@ -722,27 +732,27 @@ "માઉન્ટ વિકલ્પો નિર્દિષ્ટ કરો ક્લિક કરો. અદ્યતન બંધ કરવા રદ કરો ક્લિક કરો." #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "માઉન્ટ વિકલ્પો &નિર્દિષ્ટ કરો" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "માઉન્ટ વિકલ્પો" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "માઉન્ટ પોઇન્ટ" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&ઉપકરણ" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -751,12 +761,12 @@ " (સ્વઓળખાણ માટે ખાલી)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var પાર્ટિશન %1 માઉન્ટ થઇ શકતું નથી.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -764,18 +774,18 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "નોન" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "આ ડિસ્ક કન્ગિગ્યુરેશન સાથે /var પાર્ટિશન માઉન્ટ થઇ શકતું નથી.\n" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -783,24 +793,24 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 #, fuzzy msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "રૂટ પાર્ટીશન સિલેક્ટ કરો" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "ઉપકરણ આઇડી" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "આ ડિસ્ક કન્ગિગ્યુરેશન સાથે /var પાર્ટિશન માઉન્ટ થઇ શકતું નથી.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -813,7 +823,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -822,17 +832,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "કોઇ fstab મળ્યા નથી." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "/etc/fstab ની અંદરના રૂટ પાર્ટિશનમાં અમાન્ય રૂટ ઉપકરણ છે.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "તે હાલમાં %1તરીકે માઉન્ટ થયેલું છે પરંતુ %2 તરીકે યાદીબદ્ધ છે\n" @@ -853,39 +863,74 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "ઈડાયરેકટરી ટ્રી માટે શોધી કરી રહયું છે" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Control file %1 was not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "કન્‍ટ્રોલ ફાઇલ %1 શોધાયેલ નથી." + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "ફાઇલ %1 વાંચી શકાતી નથી" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "અપરિચિત પ્રોસેસર" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "પેકેજ ડાઉનગ્રેડ થવાની છૂટ આપો" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "%1 પેકેજીસને ઇન્સ્ટોલેશન માટે પસંદ કરવાનું નિષ્ફળ." + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "સેટિંગ્સ અદ્યતન કરો" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "અદ્યતન" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "અદ્યતન અમલમાં મુકો" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "સિસ્ટમ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન અદ્યતન કરો" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન અદ્યતન કરો" +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "પેકેજ ડાઉનગ્રેડ થવાની છૂટ આપો" + #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "ક્લિન અપ" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/users.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/users.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/users.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ msgstr "સિસ્ટમ એડમીનસ્ટ્રેશન માટે પાસવર્ડ \"root\" " #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "આપ અહીં જે દાખલ કરે તે ભૂલો નહીં." @@ -4605,23 +4605,23 @@ "આ ઉપયોગકર્તાઓને પ્રથમ સમૂહમાંથી કાઢી નાખો." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ઉપોયગકર્તાઓ</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>સમૂહો</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr " લોગઈન સેટિન્ગ્સ " #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/vm.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/vm.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/vm.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ msgstr "હાઈપરવિઝર અને ટૂલ્સ સ્થપાયેલ છે." #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -39,34 +39,35 @@ "હોસ્‍ટ સીસ્‍ટમમાં ઇન્‍સ્‍ટોલેશન સ્‍ટાર્ટ કરો.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "બધા mસ્થાપિતપેકેજીસની ચકાસની કરો" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "નેટવર્ક કાર્ડ કોન્ફીગરેશન" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "વીએમ સર્વર્ર (ડોમેઇન 0) કોન્‍ફીગ્‍યુરીંગ " #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big> VM સર્વર્ર કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન</big> VM સર્વર્ર (ડોમેઇન 0)નું કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન બે ભાગ ધરાવે છે." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "પ્રથમ સીસ્‍ટમમાં જરૂરી પેકેજીસ સ્થાપિત થયેલ છે. ત્‍યારબાદ જો તે પહેલેથી ઉપયોગમાં ન હોય તોà GRUBમાં બુટ લોડરની અદલાબદલી થાય છે, અને જો તે છૂટી ગયેલું હોય તો Xen વિભાગ બુટ લોડર મેનુમાં ઉમેરાય છે." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 #, fuzzy #| msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel." msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." @@ -75,103 +76,144 @@ "સ્‍ટાન્‍ડર્ડને સહાય કરે છે." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr " જ્યારે કોન્‍ફીગ્‍યુરેશન સફળતાપૂર્વક પૂર્ણ થાય છે, બુટ લોડર મેનુ માંથી વીએમ સર્વર્ર બુટકરવું શક્ય છે." #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "ઇન્‍સ્‍ટોલેશન એબોર્ટ થશે." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "હાઈપરવિઝર અને ટૂલ્સ સ્થપાયેલ છે." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "વર્ચ્‍યુઅલ મશીન કોન્‍ફીગ્‍યુર થાય છે..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "બ્રોકન સર્વર" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "હાઈપરવિઝર અને ટૂલ્સ સ્થપાયેલ છે." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "બ્રોકન સર્વર" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Xen Section" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "કર્નલ સેક્શન" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "ઇન્‍સ્‍ટોલેશન એબોર્ટ થશે." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "ઇન્‍સ્‍ટોલેશન એબોર્ટ થશે." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "પેકેજીસ ચેક થાય છે..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "પેકેજીસ ઇન્‍સ્‍ટોલ થાય છે...." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "જરૂરી પેકેજીસ ઇન્‍સ્‍ટોલ કરી શકાતાં નથી." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "કન્ફિગરેશન ફાઈલો અદ્યતન થઈ રહી છે..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "જનરલ સેટીંગ્સ કોન્ફીગર કરો..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network Bridge" msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "નેટવર્ક બ્રિજ" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -184,11 +226,11 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" @@ -200,7 +242,7 @@ "\n" "મશીન રીબુટ કરો અને બુટ લોડર મેનુમાં એક્સઇએન વિભાગ સ્‍ટાર્ટ કરવા માટે પસંદ કરો.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The machine is ready to start the VM Server.\n" @@ -212,19 +254,19 @@ "\n" "મશીન રીબુટ કરો અને બુટ લોડર મેનુમાં એક્સઇએન વિભાગ સ્‍ટાર્ટ કરવા માટે પસંદ કરો.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "હાઈપરવિઝર અને ટૂલ્સ સ્થપાયેલ છે." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "હાઈપરવિઝર અને ટૂલ્સ સ્થપાયેલ છે." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/wagon.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/wagon.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/wagon.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/wol.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/wol.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/wol.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: SLE 10SP1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-15 14:37+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions<linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/xpram.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/xpram.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/xpram.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Gujarati <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/gu/po/yast2-apparmor.gu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/gu/po/yast2-apparmor.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) +++ trunk/yast/gu/po/yast2-apparmor.gu.po 2014-10-07 16:04:38 UTC (rev 89810) @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Priyavert Sharma<priyavert.sharma(a)agreeya.com>\n" "Language-Team: AgreeYa Solutions <linux_team(a)agreeya.com>\n" @@ -316,11 +316,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "&ડન" @@ -1185,61 +1185,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr " ઢબ ઓળખી શકાઇ નહીં : " -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "બધી પ્રોફાઇલો દર્શાવો " -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr " સક્રિય પ્રોફાઇલો માટે ઢબ કન્ફિગર કરો " -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "સક્રિય પ્રોફાઇલો દર્શાવો " -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr " બધી પ્રોફાઇલો માટે ઢબ કન્ફિગર કરો " #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "પ્રોફાઇલ નેમ" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "મોડ" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "ઢબને ટોગલ કરો " -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr " બધાને અમલમાં મૂકો માં સેટ કરો " -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr " બધાને ફરિયાદ કરો માં સેટ કરો " #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "પ્રોફાઇલ ઢબ કન્ફિગ્યુરેશન " #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "પ્રોફાઇલ ઢબને કન્ફિગર કરો " -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89809 - trunk/yast/si/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 18:03:59 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89809 Added: trunk/yast/si/po/cio.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/opensuse_mirror.si.po Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/add-on-creator.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/add-on.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/audit-laf.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/auth-client.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/auth-server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/autoinst.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/base.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/bootloader.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/ca-management.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/cluster.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/control-center.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/control.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/country.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/crowbar.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/dhcp-server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/dns-server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/drbd.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/fcoe-client.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/firewall-services.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/firewall.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/firstboot.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/ftp-server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/geo-cluster.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/gtk.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/http-server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/inetd.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/installation.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/instserver.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/iplb.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/iscsi-client.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/iscsi-lio-server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/iscsi-server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/isns.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/kdump.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/kerberos-server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/kerberos.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/languages_db.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/ldap-client.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/ldap-server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/ldap.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/live-installer.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/lxc.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/mail.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/multipath.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/ncurses-pkg.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/ncurses.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/network.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/nfs.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/nfs_server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/nis.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/nis_server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/ntp-client.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/oneclickinstall.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/online-update-configuration.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/online-update.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/packager.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/pam.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/pkg-bindings.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/printer.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/product-creator.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/proxy.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/qt-pkg.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/qt.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/rdp.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/rear.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/registration.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/reipl.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/relocation-server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/s390.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/samba-client.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/samba-server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/samba-users.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/scanner.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/security.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/services-manager.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/slp-server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/snapper.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/sound.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/squid.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/sshd.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/storage.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/sudo.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/support.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/sysconfig.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/tftp-server.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/timezone_db.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/tune.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/update.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/users.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/vm.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/wagon.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/wol.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/xpram.si.po trunk/yast/si/po/yast2-apparmor.si.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/add-on-creator.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/add-on-creator.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/add-on-creator.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/add-on.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/add-on.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/add-on.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "" @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "" @@ -215,40 +215,40 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -260,33 +260,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -308,102 +308,102 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/audit-laf.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/audit-laf.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/audit-laf.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -780,30 +780,44 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -812,36 +826,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "" #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -849,26 +863,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/auth-client.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/auth-client.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/auth-client.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/auth-server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/auth-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/auth-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -236,6 +236,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -655,20 +659,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +684,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +701,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +715,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +725,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +757,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +776,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +785,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +816,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +851,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +882,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +908,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +920,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +944,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +960,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +991,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1014,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1026,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1105,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1125,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1197,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1207,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1238,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1771,10 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -2690,8 +2700,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2954,7 +2964,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2977,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/autoinst.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/autoinst.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/autoinst.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -104,8 +104,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -115,33 +114,26 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -273,21 +265,21 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2157,12 +2149,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2261,11 +2253,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2445,35 +2437,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/base.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/base.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/base.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1370,6 +1370,25 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -1949,15 +1968,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1965,27 +1984,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -1995,326 +2014,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" @@ -2377,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2386,26 +2405,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" -msgstr "" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2706,51 +2722,51 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2759,57 +2775,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2820,34 +2836,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2856,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2865,89 +2881,89 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2955,103 +2971,103 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3061,68 +3077,68 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3133,27 +3149,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3161,7 +3177,7 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" @@ -3217,44 +3233,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3262,12 +3254,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3385,7 +3377,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3710,7 +3702,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3719,23 +3711,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3749,12 +3741,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3767,96 +3759,102 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4464,7 +4462,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/bootloader.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/bootloader.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/bootloader.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -122,22 +122,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -146,12 +146,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" @@ -162,10 +162,9 @@ msgstr "" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "" @@ -258,23 +257,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -283,25 +288,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -309,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -318,72 +323,72 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -435,110 +440,110 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -574,24 +579,40 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -624,30 +645,50 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -661,7 +702,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -792,11 +833,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1647,33 +1684,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1682,31 +1720,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1729,232 +1769,126 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/ca-management.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/ca-management.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/ca-management.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -659,11 +659,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -671,29 +678,29 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -724,51 +731,99 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -822,7 +877,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -854,18 +909,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -877,40 +932,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -984,83 +1039,203 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1150,7 +1325,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1578,7 +1753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1780,6 +1955,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1788,77 +1970,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/si/po/cio.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/cio.si.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/cio.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +# Sinhala message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: si\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/cluster.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/cluster.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/cluster.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -78,229 +78,229 @@ msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -313,23 +313,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -338,7 +341,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -349,28 +352,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -389,96 +392,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/control-center.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/control-center.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/control-center.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/control.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/control.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/control.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,708 +15,206 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/country.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/country.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/country.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/crowbar.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/crowbar.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/crowbar.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/dhcp-server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/dhcp-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/dhcp-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -535,75 +535,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -611,48 +610,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -660,7 +659,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -671,7 +670,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -679,53 +678,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -733,8 +732,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -742,135 +741,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -883,15 +882,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -903,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/dns-server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/dns-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/dns-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/drbd.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/drbd.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/drbd.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -20,6 +20,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -57,20 +67,72 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -94,7 +156,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -108,7 +170,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -125,14 +187,77 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -142,32 +267,33 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -175,30 +301,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -207,7 +333,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -215,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -231,12 +357,13 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -278,8 +405,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -295,87 +422,146 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/fcoe-client.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/fcoe-client.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/fcoe-client.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -35,20 +35,55 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." msgstr "" +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +msgid "not available" +msgstr "" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -56,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -64,12 +99,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -77,28 +112,28 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -106,30 +141,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "" #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -455,194 +490,187 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stop services" +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" msgid "Starting of services" @@ -650,10 +678,10 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/firewall-services.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/firewall-services.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/firewall-services.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/firewall.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/firewall.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/firewall.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/firstboot.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/firstboot.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/firstboot.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/ftp-server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/ftp-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/ftp-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/geo-cluster.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/geo-cluster.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/geo-cluster.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,249 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,75 +322,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/gtk.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/gtk.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/gtk.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/http-server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/http-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/http-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/inetd.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/inetd.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/inetd.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/installation.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/installation.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/installation.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -51,22 +51,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "" @@ -245,6 +245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" @@ -355,10 +356,22 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -546,11 +559,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -571,13 +584,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "" + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -596,64 +618,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "" #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -672,11 +694,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -689,13 +706,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" @@ -874,12 +884,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -888,38 +898,38 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" @@ -928,45 +938,45 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 msgid "&Export Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -976,7 +986,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1004,7 +1014,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1013,7 +1023,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1022,7 +1032,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1031,7 +1041,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1040,7 +1050,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1048,12 +1058,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1062,7 +1072,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1070,7 +1080,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1078,11 +1088,11 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1197,65 +1207,49 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1263,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1272,151 +1266,151 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1426,7 +1420,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1436,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1445,7 +1439,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1454,7 +1448,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1462,7 +1456,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1531,52 +1525,47 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1608,7 +1597,7 @@ msgstr "" #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1801,3 +1790,44 @@ #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" + +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "" + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/instserver.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/instserver.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/instserver.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/iplb.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/iplb.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/iplb.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,22 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +216,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +456,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -578,6 +594,12 @@ msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,6 +612,20 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/iscsi-client.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/iscsi-client.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/iscsi-client.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -63,146 +63,150 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -211,9 +215,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -421,12 +425,12 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -434,36 +438,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -544,12 +548,16 @@ msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -558,6 +566,6 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/iscsi-lio-server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/iscsi-lio-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/iscsi-lio-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/iscsi-server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/iscsi-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/iscsi-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/isns.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/isns.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/isns.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -279,81 +279,81 @@ msgstr "" #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "" #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/kdump.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/kdump.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/kdump.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -359,8 +359,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -488,15 +488,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1079,126 +1070,126 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/kerberos-server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/kerberos-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/kerberos-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/kerberos.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/kerberos.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/kerberos.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/languages_db.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/languages_db.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/languages_db.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/ldap-client.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/ldap-client.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/ldap-client.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/ldap-server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/ldap-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/ldap-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/ldap.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/ldap.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/ldap.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -230,46 +230,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/live-installer.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/live-installer.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/live-installer.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/lxc.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/lxc.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/lxc.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/mail.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/mail.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/mail.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/multipath.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/multipath.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/multipath.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/ncurses-pkg.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/ncurses-pkg.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/ncurses-pkg.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/ncurses.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/ncurses.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/ncurses.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/network.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/network.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/network.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -83,84 +83,50 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -168,13 +134,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -182,13 +148,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -450,9 +451,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -532,7 +542,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -630,7 +640,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "" @@ -699,13 +709,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1064,14 +1074,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1084,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1267,35 +1277,35 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1309,11 +1319,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1524,7 +1534,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1612,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1622,13 +1632,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1637,7 +1646,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1664,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1672,20 +1681,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1693,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1701,19 +1710,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1721,92 +1730,92 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1814,26 +1823,26 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1841,138 +1850,138 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1980,7 +1989,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2023,28 +2032,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2052,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2062,12 +2070,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2076,7 +2084,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2084,13 +2092,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2098,14 +2106,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2114,7 +2122,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2123,14 +2131,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2138,7 +2146,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2146,7 +2154,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2154,7 +2162,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2164,7 +2172,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2178,26 +2186,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2205,7 +2213,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2213,7 +2221,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2221,7 +2229,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2229,19 +2237,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2252,11 +2260,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2266,19 +2274,19 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2288,7 +2296,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2301,21 +2309,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2323,14 +2331,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2347,14 +2355,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2364,7 +2372,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2376,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2397,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2407,7 +2415,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2418,14 +2426,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -2969,23 +2977,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -2996,17 +3004,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3017,112 +3025,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3369,7 +3376,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3563,76 +3570,81 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" +msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3648,98 +3660,94 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 -msgid "Device name:" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3758,389 +3766,408 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4188,17 +4215,17 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/nfs.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/nfs.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/nfs.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.si\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-22 19:13+0600\n" "Last-Translator: manjula\n" "Language-Team: <en(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/nfs_server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/nfs_server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/nfs_server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -71,27 +71,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -155,63 +155,55 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -219,25 +211,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -245,51 +237,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -297,82 +289,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -380,83 +367,71 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/nis.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/nis.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/nis.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/nis_server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/nis_server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/nis_server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -368,22 +368,27 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/ntp-client.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/ntp-client.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/ntp-client.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,21 +45,20 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -72,21 +71,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -588,10 +595,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -599,7 +609,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -608,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -618,7 +628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -628,14 +638,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -643,14 +653,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -658,7 +668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -670,14 +680,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -686,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -695,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -703,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -711,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -719,7 +729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -728,7 +738,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -736,7 +746,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -748,49 +758,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -798,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -808,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -816,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -829,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -837,7 +847,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -847,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -856,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1189,117 +1199,120 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/oneclickinstall.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/oneclickinstall.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/oneclickinstall.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/online-update-configuration.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/online-update-configuration.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/online-update-configuration.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/online-update.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/online-update.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/online-update.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -107,13 +107,18 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/si/po/opensuse_mirror.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/opensuse_mirror.si.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/opensuse_mirror.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# Sinhala message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2007 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: si\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/packager.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/packager.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/packager.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -138,6 +138,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -456,7 +465,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -520,7 +529,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -744,7 +753,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -752,7 +761,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1079,7 +1088,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1300,7 +1309,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1332,71 +1341,71 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1441,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1449,13 +1458,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1463,21 +1472,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1486,144 +1495,185 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1631,50 +1681,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1683,72 +1733,74 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1827,165 +1879,170 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -1994,54 +2051,54 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2051,23 +2108,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2076,42 +2133,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2119,17 +2176,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2139,20 +2196,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2165,7 +2222,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2173,11 +2230,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2189,12 +2246,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2202,72 +2259,72 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 #, fuzzy msgid "&Port" msgstr "පෘතුගාලය" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2282,7 +2339,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2291,12 +2348,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2304,7 +2361,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2312,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2322,7 +2379,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2331,25 +2388,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2359,11 +2416,15 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2455,7 +2516,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2525,12 +2588,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2538,7 +2601,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/pam.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/pam.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/pam.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/pkg-bindings.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/pkg-bindings.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/pkg-bindings.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "" @@ -177,6 +177,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/printer.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/printer.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/printer.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/product-creator.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/product-creator.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/product-creator.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/proxy.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/proxy.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/proxy.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/qt-pkg.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/qt-pkg.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/qt-pkg.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -39,47 +39,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -89,175 +89,175 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -265,56 +265,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/qt.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/qt.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/qt.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/rdp.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/rdp.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/rdp.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/rear.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/rear.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/rear.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/registration.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/registration.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/registration.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,45 +16,84 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "" + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -62,47 +101,49 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 -msgid "&Skip Registration" +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -msgid "Registration" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -110,55 +151,25 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - #. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -170,329 +181,617 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Registration Code" +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 -msgid "Product Registration" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 -msgid "Register the Product" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 -msgid "Server Settings" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Registration client error." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 -msgid "" -"Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -msgid "Registration failed." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 -msgid "Details: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" msgstr "" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +msgid "Registration client error." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Registration server error.\n" +"Retry registration later." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 +msgid "Details: %s" +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Searching..." +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +msgstr "" + +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Could not mount floppy disk" #~ msgstr "Couldn't open file: %s." Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/reipl.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/reipl.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/reipl.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -238,30 +238,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/relocation-server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/relocation-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/relocation-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/s390.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/s390.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/s390.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/samba-client.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/samba-client.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/samba-client.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -188,6 +188,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -760,7 +769,10 @@ msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" @@ -830,12 +842,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -858,6 +872,143 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "" + #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/samba-server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/samba-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/samba-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/samba-users.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/samba-users.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/samba-users.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/scanner.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/scanner.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/scanner.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/security.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/security.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/security.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/services-manager.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/services-manager.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/services-manager.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,12 +16,194 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Stop services" +msgid "Service" +msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -61,3 +243,63 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/slp-server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/slp-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/slp-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/snapper.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/snapper.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/snapper.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -22,258 +22,258 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -294,17 +294,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/sound.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/sound.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/sound.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/squid.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/squid.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/squid.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/sshd.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/sshd.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/sshd.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/storage.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/storage.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/storage.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -129,15 +129,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -753,7 +759,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -771,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -781,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -791,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -801,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -811,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -824,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -834,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -845,7 +851,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -857,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -869,7 +875,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -878,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -889,22 +895,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -918,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -933,12 +925,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -951,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -960,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -969,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -977,7 +969,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -985,53 +977,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1040,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1050,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1060,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1075,13 +1067,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1108,7 +1100,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1119,7 +1111,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1139,7 +1131,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1148,7 +1140,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1460,7 +1452,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1471,21 +1463,21 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1517,7 +1509,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1530,7 +1522,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1543,7 +1535,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1565,7 +1557,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1739,12 +1731,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1752,31 +1744,31 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "සේවය නවතනු!" @@ -1787,54 +1779,59 @@ msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "" #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1842,51 +1839,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2153,14 +2157,44 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2168,54 +2202,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2224,17 +2258,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2244,7 +2278,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2253,56 +2287,56 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2310,8 +2344,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2323,33 +2357,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2359,7 +2393,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2368,12 +2402,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2556,56 +2590,56 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" @@ -2618,7 +2652,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3471,12 +3505,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3672,7 +3706,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" @@ -3870,17 +3904,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -3981,115 +4015,123 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4100,14 +4142,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4116,14 +4158,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4428,23 +4470,23 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4452,29 +4494,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4482,36 +4524,36 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4521,12 +4563,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4534,12 +4576,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4551,40 +4593,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4592,89 +4634,89 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4682,12 +4724,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4695,37 +4737,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4734,12 +4776,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4747,31 +4789,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4780,19 +4822,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -4805,12 +4847,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -4818,41 +4860,41 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -4860,12 +4902,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -4878,7 +4920,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -4891,7 +4933,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4901,7 +4943,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4915,7 +4957,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -4928,7 +4970,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -4937,7 +4979,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -4945,7 +4987,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -4954,24 +4996,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -4979,12 +5021,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -4992,86 +5034,86 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5079,7 +5121,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5087,7 +5129,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5095,18 +5137,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5694,48 +5736,48 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5744,32 +5786,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" @@ -5796,23 +5838,23 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/sudo.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/sudo.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/sudo.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/support.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/support.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/support.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/sysconfig.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/sysconfig.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/sysconfig.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -463,3 +463,99 @@ "Please wait... \n" "\n" msgstr "" + +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/tftp-server.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/tftp-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/tftp-server.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/timezone_db.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/timezone_db.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/timezone_db.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.si\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-06-22 21:52+0600\n" "Last-Translator: Manjula Herath\n" "Language-Team: <SinhalaOpenSuse(a)googlegroups.co>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/tune.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/tune.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/tune.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,53 +16,58 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/update.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/update.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/update.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "" @@ -148,18 +148,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "" @@ -218,9 +218,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -228,13 +238,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -305,12 +315,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -318,14 +328,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -333,22 +343,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -357,17 +367,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -376,27 +386,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -404,12 +414,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -417,12 +427,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -431,69 +441,69 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -501,29 +511,29 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -533,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -542,23 +552,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -566,24 +576,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -594,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -607,39 +617,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -647,17 +657,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -665,22 +675,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -690,7 +700,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -699,17 +709,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -728,34 +738,60 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/users.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/users.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/users.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -3978,22 +3978,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/vm.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/vm.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/vm.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,132 +27,164 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -165,26 +197,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/wagon.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/wagon.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/wagon.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/wol.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/wol.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/wol.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/xpram.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/xpram.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/xpram.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/si/po/yast2-apparmor.si.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/si/po/yast2-apparmor.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) +++ trunk/yast/si/po/yast2-apparmor.si.po 2014-10-07 16:03:59 UTC (rev 89809) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 15:37+0530\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Sinhala <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -295,11 +295,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "" @@ -1059,61 +1059,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89808 - trunk/yast/he/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 18:03:45 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89808 Added: trunk/yast/he/po/cio.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/opensuse_mirror.he.po Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/add-on-creator.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/add-on.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/audit-laf.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/auth-server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/autoinst.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/base.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/bootloader.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/ca-management.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/cluster.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/control-center.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/control.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/country.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/crowbar.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/dhcp-server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/dns-server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/drbd.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/fcoe-client.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/firewall-services.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/firewall.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/firstboot.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/ftp-server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/geo-cluster.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/gtk.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/http-server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/inetd.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/installation.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/instserver.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/iplb.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-client.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-lio-server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/isns.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/kdump.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/kerberos-server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/kerberos.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/languages_db.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/ldap-client.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/ldap-server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/ldap.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/live-installer.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/lxc.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/mail.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/multipath.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses-pkg.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/network.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/nfs.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/nfs_server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/nis.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/nis_server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/ntp-client.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/oneclickinstall.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/online-update-configuration.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/online-update.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/packager.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/pam.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/pkg-bindings.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/printer.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/product-creator.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/proxy.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/qt-pkg.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/qt.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/rdp.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/rear.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/registration.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/reipl.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/relocation-server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/s390.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/samba-client.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/samba-server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/samba-users.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/scanner.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/security.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/services-manager.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/slp-server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/snapper.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/sound.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/squid.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/sshd.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/storage.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/sudo.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/support.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/sysconfig.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/tftp-server.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/timezone_db.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/tune.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/update.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/users.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/vm.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/wagon.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/wol.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/xpram.he.po trunk/yast/he/po/yast2-apparmor.he.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/add-on-creator.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/add-on-creator.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/add-on-creator.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ys\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/add-on.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/add-on.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/add-on.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "בצע התקנה" @@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "מאתחל.." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Initializing פונטים" @@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "לא ידוע" @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "בצע התקנה" @@ -227,41 +227,41 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "לא נמצא מוצר במאגר." #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "מאתחל מקור חדש..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "ספריה:" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -273,36 +273,36 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "בחר מאגר." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 #, fuzzy msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "בחירה" # label text #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Products" msgstr "גודל זמין:" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -310,12 +310,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -324,98 +324,98 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "ספריה:" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "מוצר" # MK #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 #, fuzzy msgid "Media" msgstr "מקדונית" # popup text to select between Interface or Provider #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "בחרו מה למחוק." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "בצע התקנה" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "בצע התקנה" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "כתובת אינטרנט" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "סיכום: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "לא ידוע" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "סיכום: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "קבוצה לא ידועה" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "סיכום: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "כתובת מאגר לא ידועהע" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "סיכום: %1 " @@ -423,16 +423,16 @@ #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "מוצר לא ידוע" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "כתובת לא ידועה" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/audit-laf.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/audit-laf.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/audit-laf.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -869,31 +869,52 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 #, fuzzy +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" + +# ComboBox label +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start &Update" +msgid "Start and &Enable" +msgstr "התחל ו&עדכן" + +# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start" +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "התחלה" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 +#, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -902,39 +923,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -942,32 +963,32 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" # Frame title #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" # Frame title -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "&חיבור" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/auth-client.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "בסדר" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "עזרה" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "חדש" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -391,23 +391,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/auth-server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/auth-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/auth-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -70,9 +70,10 @@ msgid "Directory for the database" msgstr "" +# CL #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "קובץ" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -237,6 +238,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "עדכן התאמות" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -388,7 +395,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "בחירה נוכחית" #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 @@ -466,7 +473,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "פרוטוקול" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -656,20 +663,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -679,14 +688,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -696,13 +705,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -710,7 +719,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -720,28 +729,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -752,17 +761,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -771,7 +780,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -780,30 +789,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -811,34 +820,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -846,30 +855,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -877,21 +886,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -903,11 +912,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -915,21 +924,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -939,15 +948,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -955,28 +964,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -986,22 +995,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1009,11 +1018,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1021,78 +1030,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1100,19 +1109,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1120,71 +1129,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1192,7 +1201,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1202,29 +1211,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1233,231 +1242,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1758,6 +1767,7 @@ msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" msgstr "" +# Screen title for keyboard screen #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp #. Package: Configuration of ldap-server @@ -1766,6 +1776,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keyboard Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרת לוח מקשים" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1802,6 +1818,8 @@ msgid "Changes will take effect immediately after clicking \"Yes\"" msgstr "" +# static text +# Initial dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -1812,7 +1830,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "מאתחל.." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1851,7 +1869,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "בסיסי נתונים" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -1955,7 +1973,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "לא" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1963,7 +1981,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "כן" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2494,7 +2512,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "מאפיינים" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" @@ -2691,8 +2709,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2955,7 +2973,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2968,101 +2986,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "לא יכל ליצור את הספריה" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/autoinst.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/autoinst.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/autoinst.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -111,8 +111,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -122,34 +121,27 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 #, fuzzy msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -285,23 +277,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services..." msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2399,12 +2391,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "קבוצת כרכים" @@ -2508,11 +2500,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2718,35 +2710,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/base.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/base.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/base.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1222,7 +1222,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password" msgstr "ס&יסמה:" @@ -1452,6 +1452,30 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "" +# progress stages +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while..." +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "יכול לקחת זמן מה..." + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2050,16 +2074,16 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "מודם" # Selection box item -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Card" msgstr "כרטיס רשת" @@ -2070,28 +2094,28 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 #, fuzzy msgid "ISDN" msgstr "כרטיס ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "לא ידוע" @@ -2101,361 +2125,361 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "שפות נוספות: %1" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" # Selection box item -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 #, fuzzy msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "כרטיס רשת" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" # label of combobox where the log is selected -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 #, fuzzy msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "סוגר את החיבור" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 #, fuzzy msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "רשת" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" # Selection box item # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 #, fuzzy msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "כרטיס ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" # Selection box item # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "חיבור DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "דמה" # Frame title -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 #, fuzzy msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "שירותי רשת" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" # Selection box item -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 #, fuzzy msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "כרטיס רשת" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" # Selection box item -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #, fuzzy msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "כרטיס רשת" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" # Selection box item # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 #, fuzzy msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "חיבור DSL" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #, fuzzy msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA בחינת" # Frame title -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 #, fuzzy msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "שירותי רשת" # heading text -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #, fuzzy msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "התקן RAID" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" # Selection box item -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #, fuzzy msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "כרטיס רשת" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" # Table label # Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #, fuzzy msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "התקני DSL." #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" # Selection box item -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #, fuzzy msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "כרטיס רשת" # Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 #, fuzzy msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "קו סיריאלי" # Selection box item # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 #, fuzzy msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "חיבור DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" # Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "קו סיריאלי" # Selection box item # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "חיבור DSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" # PushButton label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 #, fuzzy msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 #, fuzzy msgid "USB" msgstr "ארה\"ב" # Frame title -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 #, fuzzy msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "שירותי רשת" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" # Frame title -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 #, fuzzy msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "שירותי רשת" # Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "אלחוטי" # Selection box item -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 #, fuzzy msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "כרטיס רשת" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 #, fuzzy msgid "XP Network" msgstr "רשת" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" # Selection box item -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "כרטיס רשת" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "רשת" @@ -2464,25 +2488,25 @@ # label text # ComboBox entry: hardware clock set UTC #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "TAP" msgstr "זמן עולמי מתואם" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #, fuzzy msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "רשת" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "אינדונזית" # heading text -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #, fuzzy msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "התקן RAID" @@ -2560,7 +2584,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2569,26 +2593,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" -msgstr "" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2930,8 +2951,8 @@ msgstr "איטליה" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 #, fuzzy msgid "Package: " msgstr "חבילות" @@ -2939,50 +2960,50 @@ # label text # Label in raid -wf # label text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Size: " msgstr "גודל:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..." #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &details" msgstr "הראה את ה&בא" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 #, fuzzy msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "התקנה חדשה" @@ -2992,62 +3013,62 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 #, fuzzy msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "שגיאה" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "התקן טלאי" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "התקנה נכשלה" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3058,34 +3079,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3094,7 +3115,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3103,93 +3124,93 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" # RichText label #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 #, fuzzy msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" # label text %1 replaced by pathname #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "יוצר קובץ מוצפן %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3197,103 +3218,103 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 #, fuzzy msgid "Retry?" msgstr "נסה שוב\n" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 #, fuzzy msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 #, fuzzy msgid "Running Script" msgstr "מריץ SuSEconfig..." #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 #, fuzzy msgid "Patch: " msgstr "טלאים." #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 #, fuzzy msgid "Script: " msgstr "תיאור:" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" @@ -3301,7 +3322,7 @@ msgstr "טלאים." #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3311,47 +3332,47 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading" msgstr "הורדה נכשלה." #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..." #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" # heading text #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "סטטוס" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" @@ -3359,12 +3380,12 @@ msgstr "התקנה נכשלה" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" @@ -3372,13 +3393,13 @@ msgstr "התקנה נכשלה" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו" @@ -3390,31 +3411,31 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "התקנה נכשלה" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" # AT # Frame label #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 #, fuzzy msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "הרשאה" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3422,7 +3443,7 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&שם משתמש:" @@ -3479,44 +3500,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3524,12 +3521,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3655,7 +3652,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "חבילות" @@ -4007,7 +4004,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4016,23 +4013,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4046,12 +4043,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4066,39 +4063,40 @@ # column description, if disk space is not known # label text #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "לא ידוע" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing..." msgstr "מתקין דריבר..." # MK #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 #, fuzzy msgid "Media" msgstr "מקדונית" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy msgid "Remaining" msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..." # label text #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 #, fuzzy msgid "Time" msgstr "אזור זמן" @@ -4106,12 +4104,12 @@ #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" @@ -4119,41 +4117,48 @@ "אנא המתן בזמן שהמערכת מותקנת\n" "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "הערות שחרור" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&פרטים" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "בצע עידכון" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "בצע התקנה" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 #, fuzzy msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "התקנה בסיסית" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do you really want\n" @@ -4161,18 +4166,18 @@ msgstr "האם באמת ברצונך/nלאתחל את פרטי הבחירה שלך?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 #, fuzzy msgid "Aborted" msgstr "בטל.\n" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4838,7 +4843,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/bootloader.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/bootloader.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/bootloader.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -125,22 +125,22 @@ msgstr "המערכת תאתחל כרגע..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -150,14 +150,14 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "בקר דיסק" # push button #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "עדכן הגדרות" @@ -170,10 +170,9 @@ # button text #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" @@ -270,23 +269,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -295,25 +300,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -321,7 +326,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -331,85 +336,85 @@ msgstr "" # button text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" # heading text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "התקן RAID" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" # label text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "מחיצה" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" # button text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" # button text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" # button text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" # Frame label -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "הגדרות חיבור DSL" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -466,12 +471,12 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" @@ -479,70 +484,70 @@ # Column header # header text #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "התקן&" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&מעלה" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" +# button text #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "" - -# button text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" # button text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" -# button text #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "" + +# button text +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" # button text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" # label text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "מחיצה" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" @@ -550,52 +555,52 @@ # Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:" # button text -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" # label text -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול" # button text -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" # table column headings -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "התקן" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" # button text #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -631,29 +636,47 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" -# label text +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +# label text +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Distribution: " +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "הפצה:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&מודם" # label text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -689,10 +712,30 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "&לא הוגדר" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + # button text +# Button in RAID-WF +# button text +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Remove" +msgid "remove" +msgstr "הס&ר" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + +# button text #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Auto&detect Multipath" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" @@ -700,22 +743,27 @@ #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -730,7 +778,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -883,11 +931,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1804,33 +1848,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "אפשרות שגויה: %1" @@ -1840,32 +1885,34 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "סוג מיכל" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1890,248 +1937,142 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + # table column headings -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "התקן" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" # heading text #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 #, fuzzy msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "שפות נוספות: %1" # button text #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 #, fuzzy msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "צ&ור מיכל" # heading text #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" # heading text #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "הגדרת בקר דיסק" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - # button text #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Booting Mode" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ca-management.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/ca-management.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/ca-management.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -60,28 +60,28 @@ # AT # Frame label #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "Organization" msgstr "הרשאה" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Locality" msgstr "מיקום" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 #, fuzzy msgid "State" msgstr "&איזור:" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 #, fuzzy msgid "Country" @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ msgstr "שם ה DASD" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 #, fuzzy msgid "Common Name" @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "דואר אלקטרוני" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -728,11 +728,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -743,25 +750,25 @@ # Button in RAID-WF # button text #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "הס&ר" # PT #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&פורט" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "ספריה %1 אינה קיימת" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" @@ -769,7 +776,7 @@ # popup text #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?" msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -810,19 +817,75 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "ברוכים הבאים" +# label text +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "שם הכרך:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "&אפשרויות:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "מיקום" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr " סוג" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "&מדינה" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + # congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "ברוכים הבאים" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -830,13 +893,13 @@ # label text #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "שינויים&..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 #, fuzzy @@ -844,29 +907,29 @@ msgstr "&צפיה" # Heading text -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק" # HR # heading text -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 #, fuzzy msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "צור" # label text -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "קובץ Loop מוצפן" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "&ברירת מחדל" @@ -938,7 +1001,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 #, fuzzy msgid "Summary" msgstr "סיכום: %1 " @@ -972,18 +1035,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 #, fuzzy msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "קרואטיה" @@ -998,22 +1061,22 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" # HR #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "קרואטיה" @@ -1021,7 +1084,7 @@ # table header #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "nsComment: " msgstr " סוג" @@ -1029,7 +1092,7 @@ # table header #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 #, fuzzy msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr " סוג" @@ -1037,7 +1100,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -1120,10 +1183,153 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "מדיה לא נמצאה" +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr " סוג" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "&אפשרויות:" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr " סוג" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr " סוג" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr " סוג" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr " סוג" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr " סוג" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr " סוג" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr " סוג" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr " סוג" + +# table header +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr " סוג" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" @@ -1131,46 +1337,46 @@ # Button in RAID-WF # button text #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 #, fuzzy msgid "Revoked" msgstr "הס&ר" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Expired" msgstr "NFS ייצוא" # heading text #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "סטטוס" # heading text -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "כתובת DASD" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "Add" msgstr "&הוסף" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" # PasswordEntry label -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" @@ -1179,43 +1385,43 @@ # button text # Button in RAID-WF # button text -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "הס&ר" # main dialog: Button Delete partition -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&מחק" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "Export" msgstr "NFS ייצוא" # label text -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to File" msgstr "קובץ Loop מוצפן" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1315,7 +1521,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1827,7 +2033,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Path Length " msgstr "רמת טלאי" @@ -2054,6 +2260,14 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "מדיה לא נמצאה" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "&עזרה כללית" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -2062,35 +2276,35 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 #, fuzzy msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "מדיה לא נמצאה" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" # general help trailer #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 #, fuzzy msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" @@ -2098,22 +2312,22 @@ "אם אתם אינכם בטוחים, השתמשו בהגדרות ברירת המחדל.\n" "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" # help text, continued #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" @@ -2121,31 +2335,31 @@ "לחצו קבל כדי להמשיך למסך הבא.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" # menu entry text -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "&ערוך RAID" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/he/po/cio.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/cio.he.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/cio.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: he\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +# header text +# Column header +# header text +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "התקן" + +# Label text +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "בשימוש" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "כן" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filter: " +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "פילטר:" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Select" +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&בחר" + +# heading text +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Language selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "בחירת שפה" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/cluster.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/cluster.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/cluster.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -89,12 +89,12 @@ msgstr "&התאם." #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "בסדר" # FR -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Cancel" msgid "Cancel" @@ -102,151 +102,151 @@ # TextEntry label #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem &IP Address" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם" # TextEntry label -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem &IP Address" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Change" msgid "Channel" msgstr "&שינוי" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" # ComboBox item -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Master" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "אדון" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" # TextEntry label -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modem &IP Address" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Computing" msgid "Booting" msgstr "מיחשוב" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Current Selection: " msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "בחירה נוכחית" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" # button text # Button in RAID-WF # button text -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 #, fuzzy #| msgid "A&dd" msgid "Add" msgstr "ה&וסף" # main dialog: Button Delete partition -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Delete" msgid "Del" @@ -255,58 +255,58 @@ # button text # main dialog: Button Edit partition # button text -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Edit" msgid "Edit" msgstr "&ערוך" # CL -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "קובץ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -314,46 +314,46 @@ # popup text #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resizing device %1 failed." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "התקנה נכשלה" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -366,23 +366,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -391,7 +394,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -402,7 +405,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" @@ -418,7 +421,7 @@ # isdns read dialog help 2/2 # modems read dialog help 2/2 #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<BIG>Aborting the initialization:\n" @@ -432,7 +435,7 @@ "כפתור בטל עכשיו." #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" @@ -446,7 +449,7 @@ # isdns write dialog help 2/2 #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<BIG>Aborting the saving:</BIG> \n" @@ -477,47 +480,47 @@ msgstr "מאתחל.." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the system configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Read the database" msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write the new settings" msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -525,32 +528,32 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "הסתיים" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" # Commandline help title # Routing dialog caption #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Routing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database2." @@ -558,36 +561,36 @@ # Frame title #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings." msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "System Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות מערכת" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." @@ -595,7 +598,7 @@ # Frame title #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/control-center.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/control-center.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/control-center.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-30 21:30+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/control.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/control.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/control.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,765 +16,368 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "מוצר" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "התקנה בסיסית" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" -# static text -# Initial dialog contents -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "מאתחל.." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "&התאם." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "&התאם." - -# progress stages -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Server" msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "שרת" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "הגדרות התקנה" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 #, fuzzy msgid "Overview" msgstr "שרות" # main dialog: Menu-Button for Expert options -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 #, fuzzy msgid "Expert" msgstr "&מתקדם" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 #, fuzzy msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "UML הגדרות התקנה" # push button -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "עדכן הגדרות" # Network dialog caption -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "הגדרת רשת" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +# Network dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרת רשת" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות חומרה" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "הכנה" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +# Network dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרת רשת" + +# ComboBox label +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "הפ&עלת התקן" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "ברוכים הבאים" # ComboBox label -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "הפ&עלת התקן" # ComboBox label -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "הפ&עלת התקן" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 #, fuzzy msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "מידע מערכת" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "מוצר" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "כונן" + # title for selection box 'timezone' # label text -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 #, fuzzy msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "אזור &זמן" -# push button -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 #, fuzzy -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "עדכן הגדרות" +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "&התקנה" -# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "שרת התקנה:" +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "התקנת מקור" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "בצע התקנה" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 #, fuzzy -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "בצע תיקון" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "&התקנה" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "כונן" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 -#, fuzzy msgid "System for Update" msgstr "נבחר לעדכון" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "עדכון" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 #, fuzzy msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "סיכום" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "בצע עידכון" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "מידע מערכת" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "בצע תיקון" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "התקנה בסיסית" -# label text -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "שפה" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "AutoYaST הגדרות" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "רשת" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות מערכת" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "מוצר" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "עדכון מקוון" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "התקנה בסיסית" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "הערות שחרור" +# static text +# Initial dialog contents +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "מאתחל.." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 #, fuzzy -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "הגדרות מערכת" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "&התאם." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 #, fuzzy -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "סיסמת Root" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "&התאם." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 +# progress stages #, fuzzy -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "&התקנה" +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 +# push button #, fuzzy -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "&שם משפחה:" +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "עדכן הגדרות" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "משתמשים" +# Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "שרת התקנה:" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "AutoYaST הגדרות" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "בצע תיקון" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "הגדרות מערכת" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "מידע מערכת" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "נקיון" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "בצע תיקון" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" +# label text +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "שפה" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "שם שרת:" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "רשת" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "עדכון מקוון" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "הערות שחרור" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "הגדרות מערכת" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "סיסמת Root" -# Network dialog caption -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Configuration" -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "הגדרת רשת" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "&התקנה" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 #, fuzzy -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "התקנת מקור" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "&שם משפחה:" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "שרות" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "משתמשים" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "נקיון" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 #, fuzzy -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "בחירה" +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "שם שרת:" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "סיסמת Root" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "שרות" -# congratulation text 2/4 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -" ההתקנה של &product; על מחשבך הושלמה\n" -"לאחר שתלחץ סיום, תוכל להיכנס למערכת\n" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "בחירה" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "סיסמת Root" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 +# congratulation text 2/4 #, fuzzy -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "שולחן העבודה GNOME" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " ההתקנה של &product; על מחשבך הושלמה\n" +#~ "לאחר שתלחץ סיום, תוכל להיכנס למערכת\n" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 #, fuzzy -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "שולחן העבודה KDE" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "שולחן העבודה GNOME" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 #, fuzzy -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "שולחן העבודה XFCE" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "שולחן העבודה KDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 #, fuzzy -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "שולחן העבודה KDE" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "שולחן העבודה XFCE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "שולחן העבודה KDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 #, fuzzy -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "עדכון מקוון" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "עדכון מקוון" # congratulation text 2/4 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/country.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/country.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/country.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/crowbar.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/crowbar.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/crowbar.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 20:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ys <israsuse(a)gmx.it>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/dhcp-server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/dhcp-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/dhcp-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -598,23 +598,22 @@ # Popup text #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 #, fuzzy msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "לפחות כרטיס רשת אחד חייב להיות מוגדר." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 #, fuzzy msgid "&LDAP Support" @@ -623,56 +622,56 @@ # Commandline help title # Network cards summary dialog caption #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 #, fuzzy msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "שם המי&כל" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -680,39 +679,39 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "מידע מערכת" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 #, fuzzy msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "בחירה נוכחית" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" # TextEntry label #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Min&imum IP Address" @@ -721,13 +720,13 @@ # TextEntry label #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -736,7 +735,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -749,7 +748,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -758,55 +757,55 @@ msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&ברירת מחדל" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "מיקום זמן נוכחי:\t%1" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "מידע מערכת" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -814,8 +813,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -823,43 +822,43 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" # table header texts #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "שם" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" # Column header #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "סוג" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" # table header texts #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 #, fuzzy msgid "&Name" msgstr "שם" @@ -867,7 +866,7 @@ # TextEntry label #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 #, fuzzy msgid "&IP Address" @@ -875,43 +874,43 @@ # Table header 4/4 #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "חומרה" # ComboBox label #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 #, fuzzy msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "כר&טיס רשת" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" # label text #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 #, fuzzy msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "שינויים" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" @@ -919,55 +918,55 @@ # Popup text #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" # popup text #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 #, fuzzy msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "מחיצה מורחבת כבר קיימת." #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -980,15 +979,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -1002,7 +1001,7 @@ # Commandline help title # Network cards summary dialog caption #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/dns-server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/dns-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/dns-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/drbd.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/drbd.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/drbd.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,6 +23,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "הגדרות IrDA" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -64,9 +74,71 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות מקור" +# Network dialog caption +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות מקור" + +# Network dialog caption +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות מקור" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +# Commandline help title +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות" + +# Commandline help title +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote configuration" +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" @@ -74,16 +146,16 @@ # Commandline command help #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "הצגת תקציר ההגדרות" # Commandline help title #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -106,18 +178,16 @@ msgid "Disable IP Verification" msgstr "&נטרל את שרות" +# DSL read dialog help 1/2 #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>יצירת הגדרות חדשות</big> \n" -"\n" +"<BIG>מאתחל הגדרת DSL\n" +"</BIG> אנא המתינו... " # DSL read dialog help 2/2 # isdns read dialog help 2/2 @@ -132,18 +202,16 @@ "<BIG>מבטל את האיתחול: </BIG> אתם יכולים לבטל בבטחה את כלי ההגדרות ע\"י לחיצה על \n" "כפתור בטל עכשיו." +# DSL write dialog help 1/2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" -#| "\n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>יצירת הגדרות חדשות</big> \n" -"\n" +"<BIG>שומר את הגדרות ה DSL</BIG> \n" +"אנא המתינו... " # isdns write dialog help 2/2 #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -167,16 +235,85 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTP הגדרות שרת</big> \n" +"" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" +"<big>FTP הגדרות שרת</big> \n" +"" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" "<big>FTP הגדרות שרת</big> \n" "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -186,32 +323,33 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>FTP הגדרות שרת</big> \n" "" # DSL summary dialog help 2/3 #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>הוספת התקן DSL:</big> \n" @@ -221,7 +359,7 @@ # DSL summary dialog help 3/3 # modems summary dialog help 3/3 #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -234,11 +372,11 @@ # DSL overview dialog help 1/3 #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<BIG>סקירה כללית של DSL</BIG> \n" @@ -247,22 +385,22 @@ # isdns overview dialog help 2/5 #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<BIG>הוספת כרטיס ISDN:</BIG> \n" "אם תלחצו על הוסף, באפשרותכם לשנות ידנית את הגדרות ה ISDN." # DSL overview dialog help 3/3 #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>עריכה או ביטול:</BIG> \n" @@ -270,7 +408,7 @@ "ואז לחצו על הכפתור המתאים: ערוך or מחק." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" @@ -282,7 +420,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -290,7 +428,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" @@ -311,12 +449,13 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "פרוטוקול" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -361,8 +500,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -378,18 +517,18 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start services" -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "הפסק שרותים" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "התחל שרותים" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות חומרה" @@ -397,116 +536,184 @@ # static text # Initial dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "מאתחל.." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות IrDA" # heading text #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "הגדרות RAID %1" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Read resources" msgstr "מקורות תוכנה" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "קורא רשימת מודול" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "הסתיים" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +# Commandline help title +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות IrDA" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 #, fuzzy msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "מקורות תוכנה" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.." # Popup text # Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "מאתר מודמים..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Drbd Configuration" -#~ msgstr "הגדרות" +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" -#~ msgstr "הגדרות IrDA" - -# DSL read dialog help 1/2 -#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Initializing drbd Configuration</big> \n" -#~ "Please wait... \n" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>מאתחל הגדרת DSL\n" -#~ "</BIG> אנא המתינו... " +#~ "<big>יצירת הגדרות חדשות</big> \n" +#~ "\n" -# DSL write dialog help 1/2 #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Saving drbd Configuration</big> \n" -#~ "Please wait... \n" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>שומר את הגדרות ה DSL</BIG> \n" -#~ "אנא המתינו... " +#~ "<big>יצירת הגדרות חדשות</big> \n" +#~ "\n" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Drbd Configuration" +#~ msgstr "הגדרות" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" +#~ msgstr "הגדרות IrDA" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Disable IO Hint" #~ msgstr "בטל שימוש" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/fcoe-client.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/fcoe-client.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/fcoe-client.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -47,9 +47,21 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "לקוחות" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "כן" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + # popup text #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resizing device %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -57,15 +69,45 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No Text Available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "אין טקסט זמין" + +# Commandline help title +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote configuration" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of IrDA" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "הגדרות IrDA" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -73,7 +115,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -81,12 +123,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -94,18 +136,18 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command %1 failed" msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "פקודה %1 נכשלה" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" @@ -113,14 +155,14 @@ # popup text #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "האם אתם באמת רוצים להסיר את אוסף הכרכים הנוכחי ?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -128,7 +170,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." @@ -136,28 +178,28 @@ # popup text #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resizing device %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל." # popup text -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Resizing device %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -193,7 +235,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "כן" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -201,7 +243,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "לא" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -612,60 +654,57 @@ msgstr "האם ברצונך להתקין זאת עכשיו?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" # Frame title -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +# Frame title +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +# Frame title +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing fonts" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Initializing פונטים" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Only Update Installed Packages" msgid "Check installed packages" @@ -673,7 +712,7 @@ # Frame title #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" @@ -681,20 +720,20 @@ # Popup text #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "מאתר כרטיסי רשת..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" # Progress step 3/4 #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for latest updates..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." @@ -702,7 +741,7 @@ # Progress step 3/4 #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for latest updates..." msgid "Checking for services..." @@ -710,23 +749,23 @@ # Popup text #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "מאתר כרטיסי רשת..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "הסתיים" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Starting of services failed." @@ -734,14 +773,14 @@ # Frame title #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings." msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." @@ -749,45 +788,45 @@ # Network dialog caption #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Source Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות מקור" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "מאתחל שרותים" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "מאתחל שרותים" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "מאתחל שרות" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." @@ -795,34 +834,34 @@ # Frame title #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>FTP Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -834,20 +873,20 @@ # PushButton label #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Interface" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "מ&משק" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting services..." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -855,13 +894,13 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enabled" msgid "enabled" msgstr "מאופשר" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disabled" msgid "disabled" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/firewall-services.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/firewall-services.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/firewall-services.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 11:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ys <israsuse(a)gmx.it>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/firewall.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/firewall.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/firewall.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/firstboot.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/firstboot.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/firstboot.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.he\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ines Pozo <Ines.Pozo(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: <de(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ftp-server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/ftp-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/ftp-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/geo-cluster.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/geo-cluster.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/geo-cluster.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ msgid "GeoCluster Overview" msgstr "" +# Commandline help title #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -72,92 +73,286 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "בסדר" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address" +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "הזן כתובת דואר אלקטרוני תקפה" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +# Caption above scrolled window that contains +# directories currently processed +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directories:" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "מחיצות:" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +# Popup text +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modem IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה." + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה" + +# caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration Completed" +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "URL is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "URL לא תקין" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +# Headline +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Configuration Summary:" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "תקציר הגדרות מרוחקות" + +# Commandline help title +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "הגדרות מערכת" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hardware Configuration" +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות חומרה" + +# static text +# Initial dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "מאתחל.." + +# Frame title +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +# Frame title +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -166,75 +361,64 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "הסתיים" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - +# Frame title #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" @@ -260,7 +444,7 @@ #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." @@ -273,12 +457,12 @@ #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "הרץ SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "מריץ SuSEconfig..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/gtk.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/gtk.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/gtk.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-15 16:48+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/http-server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/http-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/http-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/inetd.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/inetd.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/inetd.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/installation.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/installation.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/installation.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.he\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ys\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -56,22 +56,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת שהותקנה" @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "התקנת מקור" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..." @@ -268,6 +268,7 @@ msgstr "עדכון מ %1 ל %2" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "קבוצה לא ידועה" @@ -336,7 +337,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "הסכם הרשיון" @@ -418,8 +419,22 @@ "תהליף ההתקנה.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "הערות שחרור" + +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "" # label text @@ -549,7 +564,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "המערכת תאתחל כרגע..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -647,12 +662,12 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "הגדרות" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" # Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "הגדרת רשת" @@ -676,15 +691,26 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 +# static text +# Initial dialog contents +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "הערות שחרור" +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "מאתחל.." +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -703,73 +729,73 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת שהותקנה" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "העתק קבצים למערכת שהותקנה" # DSL summary dialog caption # DSL dialog caption #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "הגדרת DSL" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 #, fuzzy msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "הגדרות התקנה" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "התקן מנהל בוט" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "מכין מערכת לבוט ראשוני" # Progress step 3/4 #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "בודק אם ישנם עדכונים מקוונים..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 #, fuzzy msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "הסתיים" # Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "שרת התקנה:" @@ -793,12 +819,6 @@ "אנא המתן בזמן שהמערכת מותקנת\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -812,16 +832,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת" -# static text -# Initial dialog contents -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "מאתחל.." - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -1026,12 +1036,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1040,32 +1050,32 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1075,7 +1085,7 @@ # Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 #, fuzzy msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "שרת התקנה:" @@ -1085,25 +1095,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&השתמש בשינויים הבאים" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&שנה..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1111,21 +1121,21 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&איתחול לברירת מחדל" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1136,7 +1146,7 @@ # help text for keyboard screen #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1169,7 +1179,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1179,7 +1189,7 @@ # help text, continued #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1193,7 +1203,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." msgid "" @@ -1205,7 +1215,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." msgid "" @@ -1217,7 +1227,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." msgid "" @@ -1227,12 +1237,12 @@ msgstr "כדי להשתמש בנקודות העגינה לחצו כן." #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1242,7 +1252,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." msgid "" @@ -1252,7 +1262,7 @@ msgstr "כדי להשתמש בנקודות העגינה לחצו כן." #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1260,13 +1270,13 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 #, fuzzy msgid "&Update" msgstr "עדכון" # IT -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 #, fuzzy msgid "&Install" msgstr "התקן" @@ -1401,50 +1411,34 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Probing דיסקים קשיחים" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "מאבחן את המערכת שלך..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Initializing פונטים" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Initializing פונטים" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "System Probing" msgstr "חיפוש..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" @@ -1453,21 +1447,21 @@ "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1475,7 +1469,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1484,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" @@ -1495,34 +1489,34 @@ # Button in RAID-WF # button text #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Remove" msgid "Removed" msgstr "הס&ר" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "מאופשר" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "בטל שימוש" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 #, fuzzy msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "התקנת מקור" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These repositories were found on the system\n" @@ -1533,79 +1527,79 @@ msgstr "מאגרים אילו אותרו על המערכת /n שהינך משדרג:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Current Status" msgstr "בחירה נוכחית" # Frame label #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "מאגר" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "כתובת אינטרנט" # heading text #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 #, fuzzy msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "סטטוס" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "לא ידוע" # Frame label #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "מקורות להתאמה" # Network dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "הגדרת רשת" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "התקנת מקור" @@ -1613,7 +1607,7 @@ # Help text for last dialog of base installation #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" @@ -1621,45 +1615,45 @@ "נא להמתין בזמן הגדרת המערכת.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 #, fuzzy msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "התקנת מקור" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "התקנת מקור" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 #, fuzzy msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "התקנת מקור" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "התקנת מקור" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "התקנת מקור" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "התקנת מקור" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1669,7 +1663,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1679,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" @@ -1689,7 +1683,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" @@ -1699,7 +1693,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" @@ -1708,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "התקנת מקור" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" @@ -1792,67 +1786,62 @@ msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - # popup text #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "בחרו אזור זמן חוקי." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..." # progress stages #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." # Screen title for keyboard screen #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "הגדרת לוח מקשים" # progress stages #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "הגדרות התקנה" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." # Frame title #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "הגדרות חומרה" @@ -1891,7 +1880,7 @@ msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2105,6 +2094,53 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" +# RichText label +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "VNC Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "מפסיק שרותים..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + # Frame title #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" @@ -2468,18 +2504,6 @@ #~ "מאפיינים נשמרו\n" #~ "היו שגיאות" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "מפסיק שרותים..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..." - #~ msgid "Progress" #~ msgstr "התקדמות" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/instserver.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/instserver.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/instserver.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/iplb.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/iplb.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/iplb.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -92,6 +92,28 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "כן" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות שרת TFTP" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -201,7 +223,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -441,7 +463,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -478,7 +500,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "שרות" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -530,7 +552,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "פרוטוקול" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -572,13 +594,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "בסדר" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -591,10 +619,34 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +# Popup text +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Modem IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "כתובת ה IP של המודם לא תקינה." + +# Commandline command help +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a network card" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "הוספת כרטיס רשת" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit a service entry" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "הזן מידע שרות" + +# static text +# Initial dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "מאתחל.." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -621,7 +673,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "הסתיים" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -631,20 +683,21 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "הרץ SuSEconfig" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "מריץ SuSEconfig..." +# Frame title #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" #. string key's format @@ -653,7 +706,7 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-client.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-client.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-client.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -82,49 +82,53 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "&פורט" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 #, fuzzy -msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "שם ספריה" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" # PushButton label #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Interface" msgid "Interface" msgstr "מ&משק" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 #, fuzzy msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "IPv4 כתובת" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 #, fuzzy msgid "Target Name" msgstr "שם ספריה" # Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 #, fuzzy msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "התחלה" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 #, fuzzy msgid "Add" msgstr "&הוסף" @@ -133,33 +137,33 @@ # main dialog: Button Edit partition # button text #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" msgstr "&ערוך" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" # Selection box item # Device type label -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "Connected" msgstr "חיבור DSL" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Discovery" msgstr "מילון" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "Log In" msgstr "&חיבור" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 #, fuzzy msgid "Connect" msgstr "המשך" @@ -168,87 +172,87 @@ # Frame label #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "הרשאה" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "Username" msgstr "&שם משתמש:" # PasswordEntry label -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "ס&יסמה:" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" # Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "התחלה" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 #, fuzzy msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IPv4 כתובת" # PT -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 #, fuzzy msgid "Port" msgstr "&פורט" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Value" msgstr "ע&רך" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "שרות" # Frame title #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "הגדרות החיבור" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" # DSL overview dialog caption #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "סקירה כללית של הגדרת ה DSL" @@ -256,7 +260,7 @@ #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -265,9 +269,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -532,14 +536,14 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "IPv4 כתובת" # Heading text #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק" @@ -549,40 +553,40 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 #, fuzzy msgid "True" msgstr "טורקיה" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 #, fuzzy msgid "False" msgstr "בסיס" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "המשך" # FR -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 #, fuzzy msgid "Cancel" msgstr "&בטל" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -680,14 +684,21 @@ msgstr "התחל שרותים" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Software sources" -msgid "(Software)" +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "מקורות תוכנה" +# IT +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Install" +msgid "all" +msgstr "התקן" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -697,7 +708,7 @@ # Commandline command help #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "סיכום הגדרות פקס" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-lio-server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-lio-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-lio-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/iscsi-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/isns.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/isns.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/isns.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -339,29 +339,29 @@ msgstr "מאתחל.." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 #, fuzzy msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "האם ברצונך להתקין זאת עכשיו?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the database" msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 #, fuzzy msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות" @@ -369,19 +369,19 @@ # Popup text # Progress step 1/5 #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 #, fuzzy msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..." #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." @@ -389,46 +389,46 @@ # Popup text # Progress step 1/5 #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "הסתיים" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "הרץ SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "מריץ SuSEconfig..." # Frame title #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/kdump.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/kdump.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/kdump.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -394,8 +394,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -534,15 +534,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&בטל אפשרות" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 #, fuzzy @@ -1220,14 +1211,14 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Initializing פונטים" @@ -1236,132 +1227,132 @@ # Routing dialog caption #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות.." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את ההגדרות הנוכחיות" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "אפשרויות עדכון" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." # progress stages #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "הסתיים" # Frame title #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" # button text #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "&פורמט" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "enabled" msgstr "מאופשר" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 #, fuzzy msgid "disabled" msgstr "בטל שימוש" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" # button text -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "&פורמט" # label text -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "מספ&ר FAT's" # label text -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "מספ&ר FAT's" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/kerberos-server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/kerberos-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/kerberos-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/kerberos.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/kerberos.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/kerberos.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/languages_db.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/languages_db.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/languages_db.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ys\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ldap-client.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/ldap-client.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/ldap-client.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ldap-server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/ldap-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/ldap-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ldap.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/ldap.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/ldap.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -228,49 +228,49 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ס&רוק" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/live-installer.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/live-installer.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/live-installer.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 22:30+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yevgney\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/lxc.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/lxc.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/lxc.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/mail.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/mail.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/mail.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/multipath.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/multipath.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/multipath.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 20:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ys <israsuse(a)gmx.it>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <os-israel-main(a)lists.sourceforge.net>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses-pkg.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses-pkg.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses-pkg.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/ncurses.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-31 20:34+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/network.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/network.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/network.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Eliran Itzhak <eliran(a)bigfoot.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -109,93 +109,59 @@ # Commandline help title # Routing dialog caption #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - # title for selection box 'timezone' # label text #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "אזור &זמן" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "חומת אש" # Commandline help title # Routing dialog caption -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "חומת אש" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -203,13 +169,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -217,13 +183,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -560,9 +561,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -662,7 +672,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 #, fuzzy msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב" @@ -788,7 +798,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "התקן" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "אפשרויות" @@ -866,13 +876,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 #, fuzzy msgid "Change." msgstr "&שינוי..." @@ -1290,14 +1300,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1312,7 +1322,7 @@ # heading text #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "התקן RAID" @@ -1516,33 +1526,33 @@ # heading text #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 #, fuzzy msgid "&Address" msgstr "כתובת DASD" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&חומרה" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" # Device type label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 #, fuzzy msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "אלחוטי" # label text #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Swap &Priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1550,7 +1560,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1566,11 +1576,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "כרטיס רשת" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1788,7 +1798,7 @@ # Table header # _("No."), # Table header -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1881,7 +1891,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1891,14 +1901,13 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" # Frame title #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "שירותי רשת" @@ -1908,7 +1917,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "רשת" @@ -1936,7 +1945,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1944,20 +1953,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1965,7 +1974,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1973,19 +1982,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1993,14 +2002,14 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -2009,88 +2018,88 @@ # Commandline help title # Network cards summary dialog caption #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 #, fuzzy msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" # ComboBox item #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "HotPlug" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" # label text -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "&שם התקן" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 #, fuzzy msgid "Change" msgstr "&שינוי..." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "מידע נוסף" # Commandline help title # Network cards summary dialog caption #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "הגדרת כרטיסי רשת" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2099,21 +2108,21 @@ # Selection box item #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 #, fuzzy msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "כרטיס רשת" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&חיפוש" # error popup text #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -2124,7 +2133,7 @@ "או בטלו.\n" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -2132,146 +2141,146 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" # TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "מספר ה&טלפון שלי" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" # TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 #, fuzzy msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "כתובת IP של המו&דם" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "YaST2 מרכז ניהול" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&פרוטוקול" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" # label text #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 #, fuzzy msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&שם התקן" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2280,7 +2289,7 @@ # Table header 4/4 #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "חומרה" @@ -2344,16 +2353,15 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" # DSL overview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" @@ -2365,7 +2373,7 @@ "לערוך את ההגדרות. " # isdns overview dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" @@ -2375,7 +2383,7 @@ "אם תלחצו על הוסף, באפשרותכם לשנות ידנית את הגדרות ה ISDN." # DSL overview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2387,7 +2395,7 @@ "ואז לחצו על הכפתור המתאים: ערוך or מחק." #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2397,12 +2405,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2411,7 +2419,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2419,13 +2427,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2433,14 +2441,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2449,7 +2457,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2458,14 +2466,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2473,7 +2481,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2481,7 +2489,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2489,7 +2497,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2499,7 +2507,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2513,26 +2521,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2540,7 +2548,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2548,7 +2556,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2556,7 +2564,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2564,19 +2572,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2587,11 +2595,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2601,20 +2609,20 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>SLP תמיכת</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2624,7 +2632,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2637,21 +2645,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2659,14 +2667,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2684,7 +2692,7 @@ # DSL dialog help 1/7 #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Here, set the most important settings\n" @@ -2697,7 +2705,7 @@ "של חיבור ה DSL שלכם." #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2707,7 +2715,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2719,7 +2727,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2740,7 +2748,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2750,7 +2758,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2761,14 +2769,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3349,23 +3357,23 @@ msgstr "מאתחל..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3377,18 +3385,18 @@ # RichText label #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 #, fuzzy msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "הגדרת VNC מרוחק" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3399,79 +3407,91 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "לא ידוע" # caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "קונפיגורציה הושלמה" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" @@ -3479,39 +3499,26 @@ # Table label # Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "מודמים" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" # Table label # Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "התקני DSL." -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - # Popup text #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text @@ -3795,7 +3802,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -4008,48 +4015,63 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +# Frame title +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "שירותי רשת" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "סינית מסורתית" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "שרות" + +# Frame title +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "שירותי רשת" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +# label of combobox where the log is selected #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "התקני רשת בליבה" # DIALOG TEXTS # title for ISDN IP address dialog -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "אפשר IrDA" @@ -4058,13 +4080,13 @@ # Column header # header text #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "התקן" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 #, fuzzy msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "IPv4 כתובת" @@ -4072,12 +4094,12 @@ # DIALOG TEXTS # title for ISDN IP address dialog #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4085,14 +4107,14 @@ # label text #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "שנה מדיה" # Frame title #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "שירותי רשת" @@ -4112,33 +4134,29 @@ # label text #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "&שם התקן" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" # heading text #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "כתובת DASD" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" # error popup text -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "" @@ -4147,14 +4165,14 @@ "או בטלו.\n" # Commandline help title -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "קורא קובץ הגדרות" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" @@ -4162,18 +4180,18 @@ # progress stages #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "עדכון תצורה" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" # Commandline help title #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת" @@ -4181,7 +4199,7 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." @@ -4189,7 +4207,7 @@ # progress stages #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." @@ -4197,33 +4215,33 @@ #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 #, fuzzy msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "&שם משפחה:" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -4250,119 +4268,119 @@ # Network dialog caption #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "הגדרת רשת" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" # Screen title for timezone screen #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "הגדרת שעון ואיזור זמן" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" # Popup text # Progress step 1/4 #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "מאתר מודמים..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" # Commandline help title #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" @@ -4373,217 +4391,223 @@ # Final progress step #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "הסתיים" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" # Network dialog caption #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "הגדרת רשת" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" # Screen title for timezone screen #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "הגדרת שעון ואיזור זמן" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" # Commandline help title # Routing dialog caption #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr "רשת" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + # Selection box item #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "כרטיס רשת" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "רשת" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "רשת" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "רשת" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "בטל שימוש" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "להמשיך ?" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" # DIALOG TEXTS # title for ISDN IP address dialog #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IPv4 כתובת" # DIALOG TEXTS # title for ISDN IP address dialog -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "הגדרת IP ל ISDN" @@ -4591,94 +4615,107 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 #, fuzzy msgid "Not configured" msgstr "להמשיך ?" # label text #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "&שם התקן" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "להמשיך ?" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" # column description, if disk space is not known # label text -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "לא ידוע" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "מאתחל את השרות" # Commandline help title # Routing dialog caption -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "מאתחל שרות" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4737,24 +4774,24 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" -# label of combobox where the log is selected +# label text #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "התקני רשת בליבה" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "&שם התקן" # label of combobox where the log is selected #, fuzzy @@ -5271,11 +5308,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add New Raw&IP Network Interface" #~ msgstr "כ&רטיסי רשת" -# Frame title -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "שירותי רשת" - # DIALOG PREPARE # PushButton label to not enter any sub dialogs #~ msgid "S&kip" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/nfs.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/nfs.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/nfs.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/nfs_server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/nfs_server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/nfs_server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -74,28 +74,28 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "TFTP שרת זמין" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -104,11 +104,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -160,69 +160,61 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "ספריה לייצוא" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&סרוק" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 #, fuzzy msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "ספריה %1 אינה קיימת" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "בחר ספריה לייצוא" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" # button text # label text #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "אפשר&ויות" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -230,25 +222,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -256,59 +248,59 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "שרת NFS" # Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 #, fuzzy msgid "&Start" msgstr "התחלה" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "&לא לפרמט" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "מאופשר" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "מאופשר" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "&אבטחה" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות שרת TFTP" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -316,30 +308,25 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 #, fuzzy msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "הוסף ספריה" @@ -348,48 +335,48 @@ # main dialog: Button Edit partition # button text #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&ערוך" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&מחק" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "אפשרויות" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "&ערוך" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "&מחק" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 #, fuzzy msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "ספריה לייצוא" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgid "" @@ -398,7 +385,7 @@ msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -406,95 +393,89 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות שרת TFTP" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "מאתחל שרותים" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "הסתיים" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Could not dial to the Internet. Check your settings." -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "לא יכול להתקשר לאינטרנט. בדוק את ההגדרות שלך." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to read server list from disk." -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא רשימת שרת מהדיסק" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to read server list from disk." msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא רשימת שרת מהדיסק" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "NFS ייצוא" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Could not dial to the Internet. Check your settings." +#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." +#~ msgstr "לא יכול להתקשר לאינטרנט. בדוק את ההגדרות שלך." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to read server list from disk." +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא רשימת שרת מהדיסק" + # Caption above scrolled window that contains # directories currently processed #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/nis.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/nis.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/nis.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/nis_server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/nis_server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/nis_server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -371,22 +371,29 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS server" +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "שרת NFS" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/ntp-client.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/ntp-client.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/ntp-client.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -47,24 +47,23 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "TFTP אפשר שרת" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות" # Commandline help title -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -78,21 +77,29 @@ msgstr "&התאם." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -633,10 +640,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -644,7 +654,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -653,7 +663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -663,7 +673,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -673,14 +683,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -689,7 +699,7 @@ # DSL summary dialog help 1/3 #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" @@ -699,7 +709,7 @@ "כאן אתם יכולים להגדיר את ה DSL שלכם. " #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -707,7 +717,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -719,14 +729,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -735,7 +745,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -744,7 +754,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -752,7 +762,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -760,7 +770,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -768,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -777,7 +787,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -785,7 +795,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -798,7 +808,7 @@ # DSL summary dialog help 1/3 #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" @@ -808,42 +818,42 @@ "כאן אתם יכולים להגדיר את ה DSL שלכם. " #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -851,7 +861,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -861,7 +871,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -869,7 +879,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -882,7 +892,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -890,7 +900,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -900,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -909,7 +919,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1271,96 +1281,99 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "פינית" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" # Commandline help title # Routing dialog caption #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב" # Commandline help title #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "הגדרות פקס" @@ -1368,29 +1381,29 @@ # Commandline help title # Routing dialog caption #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "הגדרות ניתוב" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/oneclickinstall.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/oneclickinstall.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/oneclickinstall.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/online-update-configuration.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/online-update-configuration.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/online-update-configuration.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-21 15:01+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yevgeny <linuxguy(a)gmx.it>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -156,28 +156,16 @@ msgstr "ב %1 הגדר עדכון אוטומטי מקוון." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." -msgstr "" -"בחרו מרווח עדכונים ופרטו אם צריך להתעלם תיקונים אינטראקטיביים ואם צריך " -"להסכים עם רשיונות אוטומטית." +msgid "Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +msgstr "בחרו מרווח עדכונים ופרטו אם צריך להתעלם תיקונים אינטראקטיביים ואם צריך להסכים עם רשיונות אוטומטית." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when %1 is enabled." -msgstr "" -"כל החבילות שמומלצות בידי עדכון חבילה יותקנו כאשר %1 תאופשר." +msgid "All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when %1 is enabled." +msgstr "כל החבילות שמומלצות בידי עדכון חבילה יותקנו כאשר %1 תאופשר." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped." -msgstr "" -"מסנן קטגוריה עבור תיקונים ניתן להגדיר בסעיף %1. רק תיקונים עבור " -"הקטגוריות הרשומות יותקנו. אחרים ידלגו על." +msgid "Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped." +msgstr "מסנן קטגוריה עבור תיקונים ניתן להגדיר בסעיף %1. רק תיקונים עבור הקטגוריות הרשומות יותקנו. אחרים ידלגו על." #. cache the base product details #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 @@ -221,4 +209,3 @@ #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "אחר" - Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/online-update.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/online-update.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/online-update.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -121,13 +121,18 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Initializing פונטים" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/he/po/opensuse_mirror.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/opensuse_mirror.he.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/opensuse_mirror.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# Hebrew message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2004 SuSE Linux AG. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: he\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directory Name" +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "שם ספריה" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "שגיאה" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Yes" +msgid "yes" +msgstr "כן" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "שגיאה" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/packager.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/packager.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/packager.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -154,6 +154,19 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "&מודם" +# popup to inform user about the failure +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" +"בדיקת עדכוני התוכנה נכשלה.\n" +"קראו את היומן לפרטים.\n" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 #, fuzzy @@ -560,7 +573,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "מאתחל..." @@ -643,7 +656,7 @@ # label text #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "דיסק %1" @@ -892,7 +905,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -900,7 +913,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1267,7 +1280,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "התחלה" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1523,7 +1536,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" @@ -1556,54 +1569,54 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" # label text #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "דיסק %1" # label text -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 #, fuzzy msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "דיסק %1" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 #, fuzzy msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "מידע נוסף" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "מחק חבילות ישנות" @@ -1611,7 +1624,7 @@ # Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions # Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:" @@ -1619,21 +1632,21 @@ # Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions # Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "לא היה ניתן ליצור את ספריה '%1'." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "קבוצה לא ידועה" @@ -1688,7 +1701,7 @@ # MK #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "מקדונית" @@ -1697,13 +1710,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "התסיים." @@ -1712,7 +1725,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 #, fuzzy msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "צור %3 %1 %2" @@ -1721,7 +1734,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "שם" @@ -1730,7 +1743,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 #, fuzzy msgid "Total" msgstr "פורטוגל" @@ -1740,94 +1753,94 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "הורדה נכשלה." -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "רומנית" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "הורדה נכשלה." #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "הורדה נכשלה." #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "מוצר: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 #, fuzzy msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "חבילות חדשות להתקין : %1" @@ -1835,58 +1848,101 @@ # label of combobox where the log is selected #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "הורדת מסמכי שחרור הגירסה" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selected packages will be installed." +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "חבילות שנבחרו יותקנו." + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "הוסף ספריה" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1894,44 +1950,44 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 #, fuzzy msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "מתקין מנהל בוט..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" # static text # Initial dialog contents #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "מאתחל..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 #, fuzzy msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "הכנס CD %1 מ %2." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "מדיה לא נמצאה" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1939,13 +1995,13 @@ # popup text #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 #, fuzzy msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "מאבחן מחיצות. רגע אחד בבקשה." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1954,77 +2010,79 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" # menue label text #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&שפה" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 #, fuzzy -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#| msgid "Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "כן, אני מסכים להסכם הרשיון" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -#, fuzzy -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "לא, אני לא מסכים" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "הסכם הרשיון" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "בצע התקנה" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 #, fuzzy msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "מערכת נכבית..." @@ -2113,123 +2171,128 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 #, fuzzy msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "HTTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 #, fuzzy msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "HTTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 #, fuzzy msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTTP" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" # main dialog: Button EVMS #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 #, fuzzy msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "E&VMS..." # button text #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&RAID" # button text #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 #, fuzzy msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&RAID" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "ספריה:" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 #, fuzzy msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "ספריה:" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 #, fuzzy msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "&תיאור ארוך" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 #, fuzzy msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "שם שרת:" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "ספריה:" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 #, fuzzy msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "ספריה:" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Protocol" msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "&פרוטוקול" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Options" msgid "Mount Options" @@ -2237,7 +2300,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Default" msgid "(default)" @@ -2245,13 +2308,13 @@ # Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions # Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 #, fuzzy msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "פרוטוקול" @@ -2259,7 +2322,7 @@ # Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions # Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "אחרי ההתקנה:" @@ -2268,13 +2331,13 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "תוצאות:" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 #, fuzzy msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "שרת NFS" @@ -2282,31 +2345,31 @@ # header text #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 #, fuzzy msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "שילוב מתקן CD/DVD" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 #, fuzzy msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "כונן" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "ספריה:" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 #, fuzzy msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "ספריה:" @@ -2316,58 +2379,58 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 #, fuzzy msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "בחר ספריה" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" # Label for result of internet test #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 #, fuzzy msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "תוצאות:" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 #, fuzzy msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "שם שרת:" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 #, fuzzy msgid "&URL" msgstr "כתובת אינטרנט" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2377,23 +2440,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2402,42 +2465,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2445,19 +2508,19 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "ספריה:" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 #, fuzzy msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "ספריה:" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2467,23 +2530,23 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" # label text #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 #, fuzzy msgid "&File System" msgstr "מערכת &קבצים" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 #, fuzzy msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "ספריה:" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2496,7 +2559,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2507,12 +2570,12 @@ # Column header # header text #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 #, fuzzy msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "התקן&" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2524,13 +2587,13 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 #, fuzzy msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "ספריה:" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2538,82 +2601,82 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 #, fuzzy msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "שם שרת:" # PT -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&פורט" # Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 #, fuzzy msgid "&Share" msgstr "התחלה" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 #, fuzzy msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ספריה:" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "ספריה לייצוא" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 #, fuzzy msgid "&User Name" msgstr "שם המי&כל" # PasswordEntry label #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 #, fuzzy msgid "&Password" msgstr "ס&יסמה:" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 #, fuzzy msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "HTTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 #, fuzzy msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTTP" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2628,7 +2691,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2637,12 +2700,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2650,7 +2713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2658,7 +2721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2668,7 +2731,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2678,26 +2741,26 @@ # popup text to select between Interface or Provider #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "בחרו מה לערוך" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2708,12 +2771,17 @@ # MK #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 #, fuzzy msgid "Media Type" msgstr "מקדונית" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "מידע נוסף" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 #, fuzzy @@ -2837,7 +2905,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2916,12 +2986,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2929,7 +2999,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 #, fuzzy msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "&מקור התקנה" @@ -2952,6 +3022,14 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "בבקשה בחר" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "כן, אני מסכים להסכם הרשיון" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "לא, אני לא מסכים" + # PushButton label #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -3601,13 +3679,6 @@ #~ msgid "&Select..." #~ msgstr "בחרו:" -# popup to inform user about the failure -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "בדיקת עדכוני התוכנה נכשלה.\n" -#~ "קראו את היומן לפרטים.\n" - # Headline above bar graph that displays future partitions # Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/pam.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/pam.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/pam.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-02 12:57+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/pkg-bindings.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/pkg-bindings.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/pkg-bindings.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-23 18:44+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "טוען מנהל חבילות..." @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "מאתחל מערכת מטרה" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "קורא חבילות מותקנות" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/printer.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/printer.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/printer.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/product-creator.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/product-creator.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/product-creator.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/proxy.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/proxy.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/proxy.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/qt-pkg.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/qt-pkg.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/qt-pkg.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -46,43 +46,43 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 #, fuzzy msgid "S&earch" msgstr "&חיפוש" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 #, fuzzy msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "התקנת מקור" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&גרסאות" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 #, fuzzy msgid "File List" msgstr "&רשימת קובץ" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Log" msgstr "&שינוי" @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -102,193 +102,193 @@ msgstr "צרפת" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&קבל" # CL -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 #, fuzzy msgid "&File" msgstr "צ'ילה" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 #, fuzzy msgid "All Packages" msgstr "חבילות" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 #, fuzzy msgid "&Patch" msgstr "טלאים." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration" msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "הגדרות" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 #, fuzzy msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "עדכון מקוון" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 #, fuzzy msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "חבילה תלויה ב" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" # button text # label text #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&אפשרויות" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "שמור רשימת חבילה" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 #, fuzzy msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "שמור רשימת חבילה" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 #, fuzzy msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "הגדרות מערכת" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "הראה את ה&קודם" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "קטגוריות חבירה" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Show &Next" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "הראה את ה&בא" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&עזרה" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 #, fuzzy msgid "P&atches" msgstr "טלאים." #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "שמור רשימת חבילה" @@ -296,60 +296,60 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "שגיאה" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "טוען רשימת חבילה" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 #, fuzzy msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "חבילות שנבחרו יותקנו." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "&Continue" msgstr "המשך" # FR -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "צרפת" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/qt.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/qt.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/qt.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-20 22:25+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yevgney\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "עורך גיליון סגנונות" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ "להחליף לחצנים ימין ושמאל?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "לחיצה לא צפויה" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/rdp.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/rdp.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/rdp.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-14 10:54+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/rear.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/rear.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/rear.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-09 10:24+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/registration.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/registration.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/registration.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -18,48 +18,93 @@ "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "הכנה" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "הכנה" +# Network dialog caption +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "הגדרת רשת" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "הכנה" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update to %1" +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "עדכן ל %1" + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "הכנה" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "הכנה" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -67,52 +112,56 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" # Network dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "הגדרת רשת" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter your e-mail address." +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "הכנס את כתובת הדואר אלקטרוני שלך." -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "הכנה" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "הכנה" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "הכנה" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "הכנה" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -120,58 +169,27 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -# PushButton label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -msgid "Details" -msgstr "&פרטים..." +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "הכנה" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "הכנה" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -183,353 +201,690 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Again" msgstr "הכנה" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +# help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "המערכת שלך מוכנה לשימוש" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" # Commandline command help #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "סיכום הגדרות פקס" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 #, fuzzy -msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "הכנה" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "הכנה" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 #, fuzzy -msgid "Product Registration" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "הכנה" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" +msgstr "הכנה" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 #, fuzzy -msgid "Register the Product" +#| msgid "Installable Patches" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "טלאים ניתנים להתקנה" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "הכנה" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "קישור לשרת:" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -# push button -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" +msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 #, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "הכנה" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +# Selection box item +# Device type label +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DSL Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "חיבור DSL" + +# PushButton label +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "&פרטים..." + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +# Device type label +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial Line" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "קו סיריאלי" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "הכנה" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "הכנה" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "מידע נוסף" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "הכנה" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" # PushButton label #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "&פרטים..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "" +# Network dialog caption +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "הגדרת רשת" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "חיפוש..." - -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "הזן את מידע הרישום." - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "לא ידוע" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "מתחיל שירותים.." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "הסכם הרשיון" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the registration data." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "הזן את מידע הרישום." +msgstr[1] "הזן את מידע הרישום." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "הכנה" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +# PushButton label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Details" +msgstr "&פרטים..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "1 new update available." +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "עדכון אחד חדש זמין." + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "הכנה" + +# Commandline option help +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Device identifier" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "מזהה התקן" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "גרסה" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Architecture: " +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "ארכיטקטורה:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "הערות שחרור" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "הכנה" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete %1?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Versions" +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "&גרסאות" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Architecture: " +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "ארכיטקטורה:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "הערות שחרור" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "הכנה" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +# push button +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "הג&דרות מומחה" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "הכנה" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "הכנה" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" -# Network dialog caption +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "הגדרת רשת" +#| msgid "Invalid file name." +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "שם קובץ לא תקין" +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "הכנה" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "חיפוש..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "הזן את מידע הרישום." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "הכנה" + # Network dialog caption #, fuzzy #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" @@ -567,10 +922,6 @@ #~ msgstr "חומרה" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "הכנה" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "מידע נוסף" @@ -639,10 +990,6 @@ #~ msgstr "סיכום הגדרות פקס" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "הכנה" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Registration status is not available." #~ msgstr "מידע נוסף" @@ -670,10 +1017,6 @@ #~ msgstr "לא ידוע" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "מסיים התקנה בסיסית" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~ msgstr "הזן את מידע הרישום." Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/reipl.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/reipl.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/reipl.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-01 08:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ys <israsuse(a)gmx.it>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -287,32 +287,32 @@ # PushButton label #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "הג&דר כרטיס רשת" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/relocation-server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/relocation-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/relocation-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/s390.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/s390.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/s390.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/samba-client.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/samba-client.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/samba-client.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -200,6 +200,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -840,7 +849,10 @@ msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 #, fuzzy msgid "Finished" msgstr "פינית" @@ -913,12 +925,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "כן" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "לא" @@ -941,32 +955,179 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "קורא רשימת מודולים" +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "קורא רשימת מודולים" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "קורא רשימת מודולים" + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "קורא רשימת מודולים" + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" + # Popup text # Progress step 1/5 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..." +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..." # Popup text # Progress step 1/5 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..." +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." + +# Popup text +# Progress step 1/5 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..." + +# Popup text +# Progress step 1/5 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "מאתר התקני DSL..." + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת" + # Frame title +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." +#| msgid "Cannot write settings." +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service..." +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "מאתחל שרות" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +# Frame title +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration" +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +# congratulation text 1/4 +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "ברוכים הבאים" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Br&owse..." #~ msgstr "ס&רוק" @@ -974,8 +1135,3 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Existing Domains" #~ msgstr "ערוך מחיצה קיימת" - -# congratulation text 1/4 -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "AD domain" -#~ msgstr "ברוכים הבאים" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/samba-server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/samba-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/samba-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/samba-users.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/samba-users.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/samba-users.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-21 15:49+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yevgney\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/scanner.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/scanner.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/scanner.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/security.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/security.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/security.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/services-manager.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/services-manager.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/services-manager.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-21 14:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ys <linuxguy(a)gmx.it>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -19,12 +19,215 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +# label text +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "A&vailable are:" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "זמינים הם&" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +# progress stages +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "מעדכן תצורה..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "כותב את הגדרות המערכת" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "שרות" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "מאופשר" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Action" +msgid "Active" +msgstr "פעולה" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "תיאור" + +# Column header: minimum = 5 characters fill with space if needed +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "התחלה" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enab&le or Disable" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "א&פשר או בטל אפשרות" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Details" +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "&פרטים" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Services" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "שירותים" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting services..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "בטל שימוש" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "שירות %service יהיה %toggled %link" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&שירותים" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "שירותים" @@ -39,11 +242,9 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" "<big>שירותים</big> \n" @@ -53,9 +254,7 @@ "ושירות מסוים דורשת פתיחתם \n" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" msgstr "שירות " #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -77,3 +276,75 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "לא ניתן לאפשר שירות %1" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Value: " +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "ערך ברירת מחדל:" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +# Commandline help title +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote configuration" +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "הגדרה מרוחקת" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphics" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "גרפיקה" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "טקסט" + +# PushButton label +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Interface" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "מ&משק" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/slp-server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/slp-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/slp-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/snapper.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/snapper.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/snapper.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,53 +27,53 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "תיאור" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" # label text, %1 is replaced by a unit value ("MB") #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Space free (%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "שטח פנוי (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -81,41 +81,41 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete %1?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "סינגפור" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." @@ -123,37 +123,37 @@ # Network dialog caption #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Source Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות מקור" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" # Column header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "סוג" # ComboBox label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start &Update" msgid "Start Date" msgstr "התחל ו&עדכן" # Column header: minimum = 4 characters fill with space if needed -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 #, fuzzy #| msgid "End " msgid "End Date" msgstr "סוף" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User" msgid "User Data" @@ -161,154 +161,154 @@ # label text #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Changes:" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "שינויים" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected variable" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "משתנים שנבחרו" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "שמירת שינויים לקובץ" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -329,19 +329,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting services..." msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "מאתחל שירותים..." #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/sound.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/sound.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/sound.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/squid.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/squid.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/squid.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1495,11 +1495,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "אפריקנס" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ערבית" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 #, fuzzy @@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "אינדונזית" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "לטבית" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 msgid "Occitan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "פרובנסלית" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 msgid "Polish" @@ -1654,7 +1654,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "תאילנדית" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "וייטנאמית" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/sshd.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/sshd.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/sshd.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/storage.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/storage.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/storage.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Eliran Itzhak <eliran(a)bigfoot.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Update Settings" @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ # help on suggested partitioning #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ # help text continued #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -183,15 +183,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -1169,7 +1175,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -1189,7 +1195,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" @@ -1204,7 +1210,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" @@ -1220,7 +1226,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" @@ -1236,7 +1242,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" @@ -1252,7 +1258,7 @@ # popup text %1 is a number #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning:\n" @@ -1283,7 +1289,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1299,7 +1305,7 @@ "האם לבצע זאת ?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1313,7 +1319,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1333,7 +1339,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" @@ -1360,7 +1366,7 @@ "לטעון את המערכת %2 בצורה ישירה.\n" "לשנות זאת ?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1369,7 +1375,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" @@ -1388,44 +1394,9 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -#| "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -#| "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -#| "This does not work.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -#| "partition for your files below /boot.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Change this?\n" -msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"אזהרה: עם ההגדרות הנוכחיות ההתקנה של %1\n" -"תתקל בבעיות בעליית המערכת, כיוון שלא הוגדרה\n" -"מחיצת \"boot\" ומחיצת ה \"root\" היא LVM לוגי.\n" -"זה לא יעבוד.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"אם אתם לא יודעים בדיוק מה אתם עושים השתמשו,\n" -"במחיצה רגילה עבור קבצי /boot.\n" - -# popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" #| "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" #| "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" #| "FAT partition mounted onto %1.\n" @@ -1461,7 +1432,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1487,14 +1458,14 @@ "לשנות את זה ?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "באמת למחוק %1?" # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1516,7 +1487,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1540,7 +1511,7 @@ # continued popup text #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1553,7 +1524,7 @@ # continued popup text #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1570,7 +1541,7 @@ # continued popup text #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1583,7 +1554,7 @@ # popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. /dev/md0 #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" @@ -1594,7 +1565,7 @@ # popup text %1 is replaced by a name #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" @@ -1605,7 +1576,7 @@ # popup text %1 is replaced by a name #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" @@ -1616,7 +1587,7 @@ # popup text %2 is a partition name, %1 is the raid name #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" @@ -1627,7 +1598,7 @@ # popup text %2 is a partition name, %1 is the raid name #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" @@ -1636,12 +1607,12 @@ "המחיצה שנבחרה (%2) שייכת למערך RAID )%1(.\n" "אנא הסירו אותה ממערכך ה RAID לפני שאפשר יהיה למחוק אותה." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1649,7 +1620,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1669,7 +1640,7 @@ # popup text, Do not translate LVM. #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1684,7 +1655,7 @@ # popup text, Do not translate LVM. #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1698,7 +1669,7 @@ # popup text, Do not translate LVM. #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1721,15 +1692,15 @@ # label text #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Don't forget what you enter here!" msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "אל תשכחו את מה שאתם מקישים כאן!" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1767,7 +1738,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1782,7 +1753,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1810,7 +1781,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1822,7 +1793,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -2299,7 +2270,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -2311,7 +2282,7 @@ msgstr "" # error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" @@ -2319,14 +2290,14 @@ "נא לבחור שם אחר\n" "או לבטל את הפעולה.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" # error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" @@ -2334,7 +2305,7 @@ "נא לבחור שם אחר\n" "או לבטל את הפעולה.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2384,7 +2355,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -2398,7 +2369,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -2417,7 +2388,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2458,7 +2429,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2700,12 +2671,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2713,38 +2684,38 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy msgid "Unmount" msgstr "עגינה" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" # popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "אי אפשר ליצור מחיצה על %1" # popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "אי אפשר ליצור מחיצה על %1" # popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "אי אפשר ליצור מחיצה על %1" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "מאתחל שרותים" @@ -2757,58 +2728,64 @@ # Heading text #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "&התאם." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "&התאם." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&התאם." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&התאם." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&התאם." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&התאם." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure..." msgstr "&התאם." # label text #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "גודל זמין:" # help text for cryptofs #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" @@ -2819,7 +2796,7 @@ "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2827,51 +2804,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -3179,9 +3163,47 @@ msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "התקן&" +# Help text for partition resizing - +# common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +# and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"בחרו גודל חדש עבור המחיצה %1.\n" +"" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "מערכת קבצים" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + # helptext for popup create partition line 1 of 6 #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 #, fuzzy msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" @@ -3189,7 +3211,7 @@ msgstr " קודם בחרו את סוג המחיצה והאם יש לפרמט אותה." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -3198,7 +3220,7 @@ # helptext for popup create partition line 2 of 6 #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -3207,59 +3229,59 @@ # label text, example: "Formatting /dev/hda1" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "מפרמט %1" # button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "מחיצה &ראשית" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "&לא לפרמט" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "מחיצה" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "מחיצה" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "מחיצה" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "נקודת עגינה" # button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" # button text #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "&הצפן מערכת קבצים" # popup text #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify \n" @@ -3278,21 +3300,21 @@ # popup text #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "אנא ספקו נקודת עגינה." # popup text #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "אנא ספקו נקודת עגינה." # help text for cryptofs #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3309,7 +3331,7 @@ "\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -3318,24 +3340,24 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" # PasswordEntry label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 #, fuzzy msgid "Password" msgstr "ס&יסמה:" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" # popup text #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3347,7 +3369,7 @@ "שמערכת הקבצים במחיצה זו אינה תומכת בשינויי גודל.\n" # popup text , %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 #, fuzzy msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" @@ -3355,7 +3377,7 @@ msgstr "אי אפשר ליצור מחיצה על %1" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -3363,25 +3385,25 @@ # to translators: * Resize partition hda1 to 1.8GB. #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "שנה גודל מחיצה %1 ל %2" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "שנה " # label text %1 is prelaced by e.g. 4 GB #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "גודל %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "ד: %1 (%2)" @@ -3392,8 +3414,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3406,7 +3428,7 @@ # label text, %1 is replaced by a unit value ("MB") #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy @@ -3415,7 +3437,7 @@ # label text, %1 is replaced by a unit value ("MB") #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "גודל לינוקס (%1)" @@ -3423,7 +3445,7 @@ # Raid combobox description (don't translate to much ..) #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -3434,7 +3456,7 @@ # common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) # and non-graphical mode (text only). #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" @@ -3445,7 +3467,7 @@ # error popup text #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -3458,7 +3480,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3467,7 +3489,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" @@ -3476,7 +3498,7 @@ # This text will be replaced with the current values # for each partition to be resized (device and new size). #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "משנה גודל..." @@ -3733,14 +3755,14 @@ # header of the Dialog edit a partition #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "ערוך מחיצה" # header of the Dialog edit a partition #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "ערוך מחיצה" @@ -3748,7 +3770,7 @@ # label text # example "No extended partition: No space left #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No extended partition: " msgid "No space to moved partition %1." @@ -3756,43 +3778,43 @@ # label text %1 replaced by partition name e.g. /dev/hda1 #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "מפרמט את %1 כ swap" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "מחיצה" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Format" msgid "Forward" msgstr "פירמוט" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "רקע" # heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "מחק את רשימת המחיצות:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" @@ -3803,7 +3825,7 @@ "ואז הסירו את הכרך הלוגי.\n" # popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "האם באמת ברצונכם למחוק את כל המחיצות ב %1?" @@ -3818,7 +3840,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -4920,14 +4942,14 @@ # popup heading #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "ערוך כרך לוגי" # popup heading #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "ערוך כרך לוגי" @@ -5180,7 +5202,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 #, fuzzy msgid "Settings" msgstr "הגדרות&" @@ -5456,21 +5478,21 @@ # button text #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "&הוסף RAID" # button text #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "הס&ר RAID" # menu entry text #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "&ערוך RAID" @@ -5601,15 +5623,15 @@ # Column header #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "תווית" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" @@ -5617,7 +5639,7 @@ # fill with space if needed #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount by" msgstr " עגינה" @@ -5625,29 +5647,29 @@ # Column header #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "בשימוש ע\"י" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "מידע מערכת" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Encryption" msgstr "תיאור" @@ -5655,15 +5677,15 @@ # label text #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Name" msgstr "&שם התקן" # label text #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "&תוית הכרך" @@ -5672,9 +5694,8 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Device ID" msgstr "התקן" @@ -5683,43 +5704,58 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Path" msgstr "התקן" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "אופציונלי" + +# label text +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"צילינדר סיום:" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "ערך ברירת מחדל:" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "מערכת קבצים" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" # help text for cryptofs #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" @@ -5730,7 +5766,7 @@ "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -5741,14 +5777,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -5757,14 +5793,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -6113,7 +6149,7 @@ msgstr "&הנתיב לקובץ" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid " Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" @@ -6121,7 +6157,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "" @@ -6130,14 +6166,14 @@ msgstr "על הערך להיות מ 0 עד 32767. נסו שנית." # popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "על הערך להיות מ 0 עד 32767. נסו שנית." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -6146,19 +6182,19 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "עדי&פות Swap" # popup text #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "על הערך להיות מ 0 עד 32767. נסו שנית." # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -6168,7 +6204,7 @@ # button text #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount &read-only" msgid "Mount &Read-Only" @@ -6176,7 +6212,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" @@ -6188,7 +6224,7 @@ # button text #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No &access time" msgid "No &Access Time" @@ -6196,7 +6232,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No access time:\n" @@ -6210,7 +6246,7 @@ # button text #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &user" msgid "Mountable by &User" @@ -6218,7 +6254,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -6229,13 +6265,13 @@ # button text #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "לא לע&גון בזמן איתחול המערכת" # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" @@ -6252,13 +6288,13 @@ "is given. ברירת המחדל שלילית.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" @@ -6271,13 +6307,13 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "מידע ומצב &Journaling" # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" @@ -6298,13 +6334,13 @@ # button text #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&רשימת בקרת גישה" # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -6314,13 +6350,13 @@ # button text #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "מאפייני משתמש מ&ורחבים" # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -6330,13 +6366,13 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 #, fuzzy msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "אפשרות שרירותית ו&ערך" # error popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" @@ -6345,7 +6381,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" @@ -6362,13 +6398,13 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "קידוד &שפה עבור שמות קבצים" # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -6378,13 +6414,13 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "קידו&ד שפה עבור שמות קבצים קצרים FAT" # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" @@ -6395,13 +6431,13 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "מספ&ר FAT's" # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." @@ -6412,7 +6448,7 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FAT &size" msgid "FAT &Size" @@ -6420,7 +6456,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FAT size:\n" @@ -6435,7 +6471,7 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root &dir entries" msgid "Root &Dir Entries" @@ -6443,14 +6479,14 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 #, fuzzy msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "הגודל המינימלי עבור כניסות שורש הוא 112. אנא נסו שנית." # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Root dir entries:\n" @@ -6464,7 +6500,7 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hash &function" msgid "Hash &Function" @@ -6472,7 +6508,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Hash function:\n" @@ -6486,7 +6522,7 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FS &revision" msgid "FS &Revision" @@ -6494,7 +6530,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FS revision:\n" @@ -6511,7 +6547,7 @@ # label text #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Block &size in bytes" msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" @@ -6519,7 +6555,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -6535,14 +6571,14 @@ # label text #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Inode Size" # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -6552,7 +6588,7 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Percentage of inode space" msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" @@ -6560,7 +6596,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Percentage of inode space:\n" @@ -6574,7 +6610,7 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inode &aligned" msgid "Inode &Aligned" @@ -6582,7 +6618,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Inode Aligned:\n" @@ -6602,7 +6638,7 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" @@ -6610,7 +6646,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6625,7 +6661,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Log size\n" @@ -6640,13 +6676,13 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "הפעל את כלי סימון הבלוקים התקולים" # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stride &length in blocks" msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" @@ -6654,7 +6690,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n" @@ -6668,7 +6704,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" @@ -6682,7 +6718,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -6697,7 +6733,7 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bytes per &inode" msgid "Bytes per &Inode" @@ -6705,7 +6741,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Bytes per inode:\n" @@ -6729,7 +6765,7 @@ # label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" @@ -6737,7 +6773,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6752,7 +6788,7 @@ # help text, richtext format #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%." msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." @@ -6762,38 +6798,38 @@ # label text #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "&נטרל את שרות" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "שם ספריה" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -6801,13 +6837,13 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" # popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6829,7 +6865,7 @@ # popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6851,7 +6887,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6874,7 +6910,7 @@ "את כל המידע על הדיסק הקשיח.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6892,7 +6928,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -6905,7 +6941,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6915,7 +6951,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -6927,7 +6963,7 @@ # popup text #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6941,7 +6977,7 @@ # Heading text #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" @@ -6949,22 +6985,22 @@ # Heading text #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "קבוצת כרכים" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6973,14 +7009,14 @@ msgstr "" # Heading text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6989,99 +7025,99 @@ # Heading text #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "הקישו את סיסמת הספק" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" # Label: get password for user root # Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "הקישו &סיסמה למערכת הקבצים:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "כונן" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "כונן" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "כונן" # label text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" # label text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -7089,7 +7125,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -7097,7 +7133,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -7105,18 +7141,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -7801,26 +7837,26 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" # popup header #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "צור מיכל EVMS" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "קבוצת כרכים" # heading text #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" @@ -7828,33 +7864,33 @@ # heading text #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "אפשרויות מערכת קבצים:" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" # push button -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Update Settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "עדכן הגדרות" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7863,21 +7899,21 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" # heading text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "הכניסו את הסיסמה עבור מערכת הקבצים המוצפנת" @@ -7885,7 +7921,7 @@ # PasswordEntry label #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 #, fuzzy msgid "Password:" msgstr "ס&יסמה:" @@ -7894,7 +7930,7 @@ # Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "הקישו את הסיסמה שוב ל&אישור:" @@ -7922,31 +7958,64 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "ערך ברירת מחדל:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "מערכת קבצים" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" # label text -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partitioning" msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "מיחוץ" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" +# popup text +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~| "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~| "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~| "This does not work.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~| "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "Change this?\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "אזהרה: עם ההגדרות הנוכחיות ההתקנה של %1\n" +#~ "תתקל בבעיות בעליית המערכת, כיוון שלא הוגדרה\n" +#~ "מחיצת \"boot\" ומחיצת ה \"root\" היא LVM לוגי.\n" +#~ "זה לא יעבוד.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "אם אתם לא יודעים בדיוק מה אתם עושים השתמשו,\n" +#~ "במחיצה רגילה עבור קבצי /boot.\n" + # header of the Dialog edit a partition #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/sudo.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/sudo.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/sudo.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/support.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/support.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/support.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -39,11 +39,13 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "SUSE תמיכת" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -116,9 +118,10 @@ msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "" +# Frame title #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "לא יכול לכתוב הגדרות." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -181,7 +184,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "אפשרויות" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -211,9 +214,10 @@ msgid "Email Address" msgstr "" +# table header texts #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "שם" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -236,7 +240,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -250,7 +254,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "תהליך" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -324,8 +328,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -407,7 +411,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -450,7 +454,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -754,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -762,10 +766,12 @@ msgid "Support Configuration" msgstr "" +# static text +# Initial dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "מאתחל.." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -793,27 +799,27 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "הרץ SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "מריץ SuSEconfig..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "הסתיים" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/sysconfig.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/sysconfig.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/sysconfig.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -485,51 +485,134 @@ "<BIG>שומר את הגדרות ה DSL</BIG> \n" "אנא המתינו... " +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "חיפוש..." + +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "פקודה:" + +# DIALOG PREPARE +# PushButton label to not enter any sub dialogs +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "ד&לג" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "פקודה תבוצע" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "מתחיל בפקודה %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "פקודה %1 נכשלה" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "All Variables:\n" -#~ msgid "All Variables:\\n" -#~ msgstr "כל המשתנים:\n" +#| msgid "System Configuration" +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "הגדרות מערכת" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "הפעל את השינויים" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Modified Variables" -#~ msgid "Modified Variables:\\n" -#~ msgstr "ערכים שעודכנו" +#| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "שמירת שינויים לקובץ" -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "חיפוש..." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..." -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "פקודה:" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "שמירת שינויים לקובץ" -# DIALOG PREPARE -# PushButton label to not enter any sub dialogs -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "ד&לג" +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These services will be enabled" +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "שרותים אלו יהיו זמינים" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "פקודה תבוצע" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service..." +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "מאתחל שרות" -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "מתחיל בפקודה %1..." +# popup text +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Resizing device %1 failed." +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "שינוי גודל התקן %1 נכשל." -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "פקודה %1 נכשלה" +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "These services will be enabled" +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "שרותים אלו יהיו זמינים" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "כתוב הגדרות חדשות" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restarting service..." +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "מאתחל שרות" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "הפעל את השינויים" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart the service" +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "מאתחל את השרות" -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "שומר משתנה %1..." +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "הסתיים" -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "שמירת שינויים לקובץ" +# Headline +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "DNS Configuration Summary:" +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "תקציר הגדרות DNS:" -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "הסתיים" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "All Variables:\n" +#~ msgid "All Variables:\\n" +#~ msgstr "כל המשתנים:\n" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Modified Variables" +#~ msgid "Modified Variables:\\n" +#~ msgstr "ערכים שעודכנו" + # DSL read dialog help 1/2 #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/tftp-server.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/tftp-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/tftp-server.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-21 13:12+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yevgeny <linuxguy(a)gmx.it>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -86,12 +86,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The " -"server will be started using xinetd." -msgstr "" -"השתמש בכך לאפשר שרת TFTP (פרוטוקול העברת קבצים טריוויאלי). השרת יאותחל " -"בעזרת xinted." +msgid "Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd." +msgstr "השתמש בכך לאפשר שרת TFTP (פרוטוקול העברת קבצים טריוויאלי). השרת יאותחל בעזרת xinted." #. enlighten newbies, #102946 #. dialog help text @@ -105,12 +101,10 @@ "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option)." -"\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgstr "" "ספריית תמונת אתחול:\n" -"פרט את הספרייה שהקבצים נמצאים. הערך הרגיל הוא\\n<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. הספרייה " -"תיווצר אם לא קיימת. \n" +"פרט את הספרייה שהקבצים נמצאים. הערך הרגיל הוא\\n<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. הספרייה תיווצר אם לא קיימת. \n" "השרת משתמש בכך כספריית שורש (במידה ומשתמשים במתג <tt>-s</tt>). \n" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/timezone_db.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/timezone_db.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/timezone_db.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/tune.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/tune.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/tune.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -17,55 +17,62 @@ "X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 #, fuzzy msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Probing עכבר..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "תהליך" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "התאמות חומרה" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +# push button +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "עדכן הגדרות" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "מערכת" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" @@ -1412,12 +1419,7 @@ #~ msgid "&System Settings..." #~ msgstr "עדכן הגדרות" -# push button #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "עדכן הגדרות" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Saving System Settings..." #~ msgstr "כותב את ההגדרות..." Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/update.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/update.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/update.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ofer Weisglass <ofer(a)plone.org.il>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "אפשרויות עדכון" @@ -150,18 +150,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "לא ידוע" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "עדכן ל %1" @@ -220,9 +220,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "האם באמת ברצונך/nלאתחל את פרטי הבחירה שלך?" @@ -230,13 +240,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -308,13 +318,13 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "לא יכול לקרוא את בסיס הנתונים1" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -322,15 +332,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "לא ידוע" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -338,24 +348,24 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "עדכן רק חבילות שנבחרו" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "עדכן על פי בסיס הבחירה \"%1\"" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -364,17 +374,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "אפשרויות &עדכון" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -383,28 +393,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "לא ידוע" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -412,12 +422,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -425,12 +435,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "בחר לעדכון" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -439,37 +449,37 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "מערכת" # label text #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "מחיצה" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" # label text #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "File System" msgstr "מערכת &קבצים" # Column header #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "תווית" # button text #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 #, fuzzy msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "מחיצה &משנית" @@ -477,40 +487,40 @@ # ComboBox item # ComboBox items #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 #, fuzzy msgid "&Boot" msgstr "באיתחול" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -518,30 +528,30 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 #, fuzzy msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "המשך" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -551,7 +561,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -560,28 +570,28 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&פרטים" # popup text %1 is replaced by partition name e.g. /dev/hda1 #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 #, fuzzy msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "שגיאה בהצפנת מערכת הקבצים %1." # label text #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 #, fuzzy msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "מערכת &קבצים" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -589,14 +599,14 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 #, fuzzy msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&דלג מאפיינים" # popup text #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 #, fuzzy msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -604,14 +614,14 @@ "נא לנסות שוב.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "אזהרה" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -622,7 +632,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -636,21 +646,21 @@ # label text #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 #, fuzzy msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&פרמטרים למודול" # button text #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "אפשרויות &Fstab" # label text #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&נקודת עגינה" @@ -658,24 +668,24 @@ # Column header # header text #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "התקן&" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -683,17 +693,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -701,24 +711,24 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" # table column headings #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 #, fuzzy msgid "Device Info" msgstr "התקן" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -728,7 +738,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -737,17 +747,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -766,38 +776,67 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +# label text - one step of during network test +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot load release notes." +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "לא יכול להוריד את הערות השיחרור" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "לא ידוע" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + # push button -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "עדכן הגדרות" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "עדכן" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "בצע עידכון" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 #, fuzzy msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות מערכת" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "עדכן התאמות" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/users.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/users.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/users.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ # label text #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." @@ -4420,24 +4420,24 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" # congratulation text 1/4 #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "מזל טוב!" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/vm.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/vm.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/vm.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-13 12:50+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ msgstr "התקן Hypervisor וכליו" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "x64_86 הינה הארכיטקטורה המתאימה לאכסון מכונות וירטואליות. הארכטקטורה שלך היא " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -46,131 +46,175 @@ "התחל התקנה במכונה המארחת.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "ודא חבילות מותקנות" # Network dialog caption #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "הגדרות גשר רשת" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "מגדיר שרת VM (מתחם 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big>הגדרות שרת VM</big>להגדרות שרת VM (מתחם 0) יש שני חלקים." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "החבילות הדרושות מותקנות במערכת, לאחר מכן מנהל האתחול מוחלף לGRUB (במידה ולא בשימוש) וסעיף Xen מתווסף לתפריט מנהל האתחול אם לא חסר." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "GRUB חיוני בגלל שהוא תומך בסטנדרט ריבוי האתחולים החיוני לאתחל Xen וליבת לינוקס." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "כאשר קביעת התצורה הסתיימה בהצלחה, את/ה יכול/ה לאתחל את שרת VM מתפריט מנהל האתחול" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "ההתקנה תבוטל." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Hypervisior והכלים מותקנים. " -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "מגדיר את המכונה הוירטואלית..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS server" +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "שרת NFS" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin tools" +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "כלי ניהול" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Hypervisior והכלים מותקנים. " + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NFS server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "שרת NFS" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin tools" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "כלי ניהול" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installation Started" msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "התקנה נכשלה." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "ההתקנה תבוטל." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "פועל במצב טקסט. להתקין רכיבים גרפיים בכל מקרה?" # Progress step 3/4 #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "בודק חבילות ..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "מתקין חבילות..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "לא ניתן להתקין חבילות נדרשות." # progress stages #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "מעדכן קבצי תצורת grub2..." # PushButton label #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "מגדיר גשר רשת ברירת מחדל..." # Selection box item #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "גשר רשת." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "לתצורת רשת רגילות עבור מכונות וירטואליות, גשר רשת מומלץ.הגדר גשר רשת ברירת מחדל?" @@ -183,35 +227,35 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "עבור התקנת אורחי Xen, הפעל מחדש את המכונה ובחר בסעיף Xen בתפריט מנהל אתחול.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "עבור התקנת אורחי Xen, הפעל מחדש את המכונה ובחר בסעיף Xen בתפריט מנהל אתחול.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisior והכלים מותקנים. " -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisior והכלים מותקנים. " -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/wagon.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/wagon.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/wagon.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/wol.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/wol.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/wol.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-14 13:21+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <opensuse-translation(a)opensuse.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/xpram.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/xpram.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/xpram.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-22 20:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: ys <israsuser(a)gmx.ie>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/he/po/yast2-apparmor.he.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/he/po/yast2-apparmor.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) +++ trunk/yast/he/po/yast2-apparmor.he.po 2014-10-07 16:03:45 UTC (rev 89808) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-29 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: xxx <yyy(a)example.org>\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -350,11 +350,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy msgid "&Done" @@ -1198,65 +1198,73 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "לא יכול לטעון מודול %1." -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "&שם קובץ:" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "מצב" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" # Commandline option help #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "הצעת קונפיגורציה" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" # popup text -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89807 - trunk/yast/el/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 18:03:26 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89807 Added: trunk/yast/el/po/cio.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/opensuse_mirror.el.po Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/add-on-creator.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/add-on.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/audit-laf.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/auth-client.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/auth-server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/autoinst.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/base.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/bootloader.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/ca-management.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/cluster.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/control-center.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/control.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/country.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/crowbar.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/dhcp-server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/dns-server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/drbd.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/fcoe-client.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/firewall-services.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/firewall.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/firstboot.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/ftp-server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/geo-cluster.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/gtk.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/http-server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/inetd.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/installation.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/instserver.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/iplb.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/iscsi-client.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/iscsi-lio-server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/iscsi-server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/isns.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/kdump.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/kerberos-server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/kerberos.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/ldap-client.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/ldap-server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/ldap.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/live-installer.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/lxc.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/mail.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/multipath.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/ncurses-pkg.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/ncurses.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/network.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/nfs.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/nfs_server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/nis.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/nis_server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/ntp-client.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/oneclickinstall.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/online-update-configuration.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/online-update.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/packager.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/pam.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/pkg-bindings.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/printer.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/product-creator.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/proxy.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/qt-pkg.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/rdp.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/rear.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/registration.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/reipl.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/relocation-server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/s390.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/samba-client.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/samba-server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/samba-users.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/scanner.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/security.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/services-manager.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/slp-server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/snapper.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/sound.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/squid.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/sshd.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/storage.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/sudo.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/support.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/sysconfig.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/tftp-server.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/tune.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/update.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/users.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/vm.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/wagon.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/wol.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/xpram.el.po trunk/yast/el/po/yast2-apparmor.el.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/add-on-creator.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/add-on-creator.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/add-on-creator.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -39,9 +39,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'clone' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργία και Κατασκευή ενός νέου πρόσθετου προϊόντος βασισμένο σε ένα ήδη " -"υπάρχον." +msgstr "Δημιουργία και Κατασκευή ενός νέου πρόσθετου προϊόντος βασισμένο σε ένα ήδη υπάρχον." #. command line help text for 'sign' action #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 @@ -121,8 +119,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" -msgstr "" -"H Ταυτότητα του κλειδιού GPG που χρησιμοποιήθηκε για υπογραφεί ένα προϊόν" +msgstr "H Ταυτότητα του κλειδιού GPG που χρησιμοποιήθηκε για υπογραφεί ένα προϊόν" #. command line help text for 'passphrase' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 @@ -157,8 +154,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'license' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" -msgstr "" -"Διαδρομή του αρχείου με τα κείμενα αδειών (license.zip ή license.tar.gz)" +msgstr "Διαδρομή του αρχείου με τα κείμενα αδειών (license.zip ή license.tar.gz)" #. command line help text for 'info' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 @@ -183,9 +179,7 @@ #. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." -msgstr "" -"Αριθμός του επιλεγμένου πρόσθετου (εφαρμόστε την εντολή 'list' για τους " -"αριθμούς προϊόντων)." +msgstr "Αριθμός του επιλεγμένου πρόσθετου (εφαρμόστε την εντολή 'list' για τους αριθμούς προϊόντων)." #. command line help text for 'changelog' option #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 @@ -273,12 +267,8 @@ #. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"Δεν υπάρχει ρύθμιση για πρόσθετο προϊόντος. Δημιουργείστε μία νέα " -"χρησιμοποιώντας τις εντολές 'create' ή 'clone'." +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει ρύθμιση για πρόσθετο προϊόντος. Δημιουργείστε μία νέα χρησιμοποιώντας τις εντολές 'create' ή 'clone'." #. error message #: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 @@ -317,34 +307,23 @@ #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -" Ξεκινήστε τη δημιουργία μίας νέας ρύθμισης για πρόσθετο προϊόν κάνοντας " -"κλικ στο Προσθήκη" +msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +msgstr " Ξεκινήστε τη δημιουργία μίας νέας ρύθμισης για πρόσθετο προϊόν κάνοντας κλικ στο Προσθήκη" #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στοΕπεξεργασία για να τροποποιήσετε την επιλεγμένη " -"ρύθμιση για το πρόσθετο προϊόν." +msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στοΕπεξεργασία για να τροποποιήσετε την επιλεγμένη ρύθμιση για το πρόσθετο προϊόν." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "Delete the selected configuration using Delete." -msgstr "" -"Διαγράψτε την επιλεγμένη ρύθμιση κάνοντας κλικ στο Διαγραφή." +msgstr "Διαγράψτε την επιλεγμένη ρύθμιση κάνοντας κλικ στο Διαγραφή." #. help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"Build." -msgstr "" -"Κατασκευάστε το νέο πρόσθετο προϊόν βασισμένο στην επιλεγμένη ρύθμιση " -"κάνοντας κλικ στο Κατασκευή." +msgid "Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." +msgstr "Κατασκευάστε το νέο πρόσθετο προϊόν βασισμένο στην επιλεγμένη ρύθμιση κάνοντας κλικ στο Κατασκευή." #. table header item #. summary header @@ -797,10 +776,8 @@ "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" msgstr "" -"Τα πεδία όνομα, σχόλιο, και διεύθυνση ηλεκτρονικής αλληλογραφίας είναι " -"κενά.\n" -"Πρέπει να συμπληρώσετε τουλάχιστον ένα από αυτά για την πιστοποίηση του " -"χρήστη.\n" +"Τα πεδία όνομα, σχόλιο, και διεύθυνση ηλεκτρονικής αλληλογραφίας είναι κενά.\n" +"Πρέπει να συμπληρώσετε τουλάχιστον ένα από αυτά για την πιστοποίηση του χρήστη.\n" #. feedback popup headline #: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 @@ -1086,31 +1063,18 @@ #. help text for start menu #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το άρθρωμα προσφέρει καθοδήγηση για την δημιουργία ενός πρόσθετου " -"προϊόντος." +msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +msgstr "Αυτό το άρθρωμα προσφέρει καθοδήγηση για την δημιουργία ενός πρόσθετου προϊόντος." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε πως θα δημιουργηθεί το νέο πρόσθετο προϊόν. Μπορείτε να το " -"δημιουργήσετε από την αρχή ή να το βασίσετε σε ένα υπάρχον προϊόν." +msgid "Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε πως θα δημιουργηθεί το νέο πρόσθετο προϊόν. Μπορείτε να το δημιουργήσετε από την αρχή ή να το βασίσετε σε ένα υπάρχον προϊόν." #. help text for start menu, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " -"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product." -msgstr "" -"Όταν βασίζεται ένα νέο προϊόν σε ένα υπάρχον, επιλέξτε το Δημιουργία " -"Περιγραφών Πακέτων για να δημιουργήσετε νέες περιγραφές από τα πακέτα " -"που υπάρχουν στο υπάρχον προϊόν." +msgid "When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product." +msgstr "Όταν βασίζεται ένα νέο προϊόν σε ένα υπάρχον, επιλέξτε το Δημιουργία Περιγραφών Πακέτων για να δημιουργήσετε νέες περιγραφές από τα πακέτα που υπάρχουν στο υπάρχον προϊόν." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 @@ -1130,13 +1094,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το προϊόν στο οποίο το νέο πρόσθετο προϊόν θα εφαρμοστεί. Αυτή η " -"επιλογή μορφοποιεί την τιμή REQUIRES του αρχείου <tt>περιεχομένου</" -"tt>." +msgid "Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε το προϊόν στο οποίο το νέο πρόσθετο προϊόν θα εφαρμοστεί. Αυτή η επιλογή μορφοποιεί την τιμή REQUIRES του αρχείου <tt>περιεχομένου</tt>." #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 @@ -1145,12 +1104,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε την διαδρομή για τον κατάλογο που περιέχει τα πακέτα RPM τα " -"οποία θα σχηματίσουν το πρόσθετο προϊόν σας." +msgid "Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε την διαδρομή για τον κατάλογο που περιέχει τα πακέτα RPM τα οποία θα σχηματίσουν το πρόσθετο προϊόν σας." # help text caption 1 #. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. @@ -1160,16 +1115,8 @@ #. help text for initial data, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow." -msgstr "" -"Προαιρετικά, επιλέξτε την διαδρομή προς τον κατάλογο που περιέχει τα " -"πακέτα RPM του προϊόντος στο οποίο το πρόσθετο προϊόν θα στηρίζεται. Αυτά τα " -"πακέτα δεν θα περιλαμβάνονται στο πρόσθετο προϊόν, αλλά θα μπορούσαν να " -"χρησιμοποιηθούν για την δημιουργία patterns αργότερα στην ροή εργασίας." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow." +msgstr "Προαιρετικά, επιλέξτε την διαδρομή προς τον κατάλογο που περιέχει τα πακέτα RPM του προϊόντος στο οποίο το πρόσθετο προϊόν θα στηρίζεται. Αυτά τα πακέτα δεν θα περιλαμβάνονται στο πρόσθετο προϊόν, αλλά θα μπορούσαν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την δημιουργία patterns αργότερα στην ροή εργασίας." #. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 @@ -1178,288 +1125,147 @@ #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" -"tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε τις απαιτούμενες πληροφορίες για την αναγνώριση του πρόσθετου " -"προϊόντος. Αποεπιλέξτε το Εμφάνιση Μόνο των Απαιτούμενων Λέξεων Κλειδιών</" -"b> για να δείτε όλα τα χαρακτηριστικά του αρχείου <tt>περιεχομένου</tt>." +msgid "Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Εισάγετε τις απαιτούμενες πληροφορίες για την αναγνώριση του πρόσθετου προϊόντος. Αποεπιλέξτε το Εμφάνιση Μόνο των Απαιτούμενων Λέξεων Κλειδιών για να δείτε όλα τα χαρακτηριστικά του αρχείου <tt>περιεχομένου</tt>." #. help text for content file editor, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "Use Import to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Εισαγωγή για να εισάγετε ένα υπάρχον αρχείο " -"<tt>περιεχομένου</tt>." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε το Εισαγωγή για να εισάγετε ένα υπάρχον αρχείο <tt>περιεχομένου</tt>." #. help text for package description files #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" -"tt> files) here." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ, επεξεργάζεστε τις περιγραφές συγκεκριμένης γλώσσας για τα πακέτα " -"(αρχεία <tt>packages.lang</tt>)." +msgid "Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here." +msgstr "Εδώ, επεξεργάζεστε τις περιγραφές συγκεκριμένης γλώσσας για τα πακέτα (αρχεία <tt>packages.lang</tt>)." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη Γλώσσας για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο " -"αρχείο περιγραφής για μια νέα γλώσσα. Η λίστα των διαθέσιμων γλωσσών " -"διαβάζεται από την τιμή LINGUAS του αρχείου <tt>περιεχομένου</tt>. " -"Εισάγετε ένα υπάρχον αρχείο με τις περιγραφές των πακέτων χρησιμοποιώντας το " -"Εισαγωγή. Διαγράψτε το αρχείο περιγραφής χρησιμοποιώντας το " -"Διαγραφή." +msgid "Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη Γλώσσας για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο αρχείο περιγραφής για μια νέα γλώσσα. Η λίστα των διαθέσιμων γλωσσών διαβάζεται από την τιμή LINGUAS του αρχείου <tt>περιεχομένου</tt>. Εισάγετε ένα υπάρχον αρχείο με τις περιγραφές των πακέτων χρησιμοποιώντας το Εισαγωγή. Διαγράψτε το αρχείο περιγραφής χρησιμοποιώντας το Διαγραφή." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη και το Επεξεργασία στον δεύτερο " -"πίνακα για να τροποποιήσετε τις καταχωρήσεις των περιγραφών για το " -"επιλεγμένο πακέτο." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη και το Επεξεργασία στον δεύτερο πίνακα για να τροποποιήσετε τις καταχωρήσεις των περιγραφών για το επιλεγμένο πακέτο." #. help text for package description files, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " -"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." -msgstr "" -"Προαιρετικά, επιλέξτε την διαδρομή για το αρχείο που παρέχει " -"Επιπρόσθετες Εξαρτήσεις Πακέτων (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgid "Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgstr "Προαιρετικά, επιλέξτε την διαδρομή για το αρχείο που παρέχει Επιπρόσθετες Εξαρτήσεις Πακέτων (EXTRA_PROV)." #. help text for patterns #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 msgid "Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ, δημιουργείτε και επεξεργάζεστε patterns για ένα πρόσθετο προϊόν." +msgstr "Εδώ, δημιουργείτε και επεξεργάζεστε patterns για ένα πρόσθετο προϊόν." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " -"existing one." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Νέο για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο pattern ή το " -"Εισαγωγή για να εισάγετε ένα υπάρχον." +msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε το Νέο για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο pattern ή το Εισαγωγή για να εισάγετε ένα υπάρχον." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τα Προσθήκη και Επεξεργασία στον δεύτερο " -"πίνακα για να τροποποιήσετε τα χαρακτηριστικά του pattern." +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attributes." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε τα Προσθήκη και Επεξεργασία στον δεύτερο πίνακα για να τροποποιήσετε τα χαρακτηριστικά του pattern." #. help text for patterns, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το Απαιτούμενο pattern για να ορίσετε το επιλεγμένο " -"pattern ως\n" -"απαραίτητο για το πρόσθετο προϊόν. Τέτοιο pattern θα επιλεγεί αυτόματα όταν " -"η εγκατάσταση του πρόσθετου προϊόντος ξεκινήσει." +"Επιλέξτε το Απαιτούμενο pattern για να ορίσετε το επιλεγμένο pattern ως\n" +"απαραίτητο για το πρόσθετο προϊόν. Τέτοιο pattern θα επιλεγεί αυτόματα όταν η εγκατάσταση του πρόσθετου προϊόντος ξεκινήσει." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory." -msgstr "" -"Προσδιορίστε την διαδρομή του καταλόγου στην οποία θα δημιουργηθεί το " -"πρόσθετο προϊόν. Επιλέξτε Δημιουργία Εικόνας ISO για να δημιουργήσετε " -"την εικόνα ISO του προϊόντος στον κατάλογο εξόδου." +msgid "Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory." +msgstr "Προσδιορίστε την διαδρομή του καταλόγου στην οποία θα δημιουργηθεί το πρόσθετο προϊόν. Επιλέξτε Δημιουργία Εικόνας ISO για να δημιουργήσετε την εικόνα ISO του προϊόντος στον κατάλογο εξόδου." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιείστε το Δημιουργία Αρχείου Καταγραφής Αλλαγών για να " -"δημιουργήσετε ένα Αρχείο Καταγραφής Αλλαγών με όλες τις αλλαγές των πακέτων " -"του πρόσθετου προϊόντος των τελευταίων δύο χρόνων." +msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιείστε το Δημιουργία Αρχείου Καταγραφής Αλλαγών για να δημιουργήσετε ένα Αρχείο Καταγραφής Αλλαγών με όλες τις αλλαγές των πακέτων του πρόσθετου προϊόντος των τελευταίων δύο χρόνων." #. help text for the 'various settings' dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " -"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values." -msgstr "" -"Προσαρμόστε τη ροή εργασίας του πρόσθετου προϊόντος με Ρύθμιση της " -"Ροής Εργασίας. Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προαιρετικά Αρχεία για να " -"ρυθμίσετε τα κείμενα των αρχείων <tt>README</tt>, αδειών χρήσης και άλλων " -"προαιρετικών τιμών." +msgid "Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values." +msgstr "Προσαρμόστε τη ροή εργασίας του πρόσθετου προϊόντος με Ρύθμιση της Ροής Εργασίας. Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προαιρετικά Αρχεία για να ρυθμίσετε τα κείμενα των αρχείων <tt>README</tt>, αδειών χρήσης και άλλων προαιρετικών τιμών." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να εισάγετε τα απαραίτητα αρχεία για την προσαρμογή της ροής " -"εργασίας των πρόσθετων προϊόντων." +msgid "Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow." +msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να εισάγετε τα απαραίτητα αρχεία για την προσαρμογή της ροής εργασίας των πρόσθετων προϊόντων." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε την τοποθεσία του αρχείου με την περιγραφή της ροής εργασίας. " -"Αυτό το αρχείο είναι μια εναλλακτική του <tt>control.xml</tt> και " -"αποθηκεύεται ως <tt>installation.xml</tt> στον βασικό κατάλογο του πρόσθετου " -"προϊόντος." +msgid "Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." +msgstr "Εισάγετε την τοποθεσία του αρχείου με την περιγραφή της ροής εργασίας. Αυτό το αρχείο είναι μια εναλλακτική του <tt>control.xml</tt> και αποθηκεύεται ως <tt>installation.xml</tt> στον βασικό κατάλογο του πρόσθετου προϊόντος." #. workflow help text #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." -msgstr "" -"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε χειροποίητες μονάδες του YaST κατά την εγκατάσταση " -"του πρόσθετου προϊόντος, εισάγετε την διαδρομή στην αρχειοθήκη <tt>y2update." -"tgz</tt> όπου αυτές οι μονάδες είναι αποθηκευμένες ή ρυθμίστε τα περιεχόμενα " -"του <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> προσδιορίζοντας τα πακέτα RPM του YaST στο " -"Εισαγωγή των Πακέτων." +msgid "To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." +msgstr "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε χειροποίητες μονάδες του YaST κατά την εγκατάσταση του πρόσθετου προϊόντος, εισάγετε την διαδρομή στην αρχειοθήκη <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> όπου αυτές οι μονάδες είναι αποθηκευμένες ή ρυθμίστε τα περιεχόμενα του <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> προσδιορίζοντας τα πακέτα RPM του YaST στο Εισαγωγή των Πακέτων." #. help text for expert dialog 1 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." -msgstr "" -"Το προαιρετικό αρχείο <tt>info.txt</tt> δίνει πληροφορίες σχετικά με το " -"πρόσθετο το οποίο θα πρέπει να εμφανιστεί σε αναδυόμενο παράθυρο με ένα " -"κουμπί OK." +msgid "The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +msgstr "Το προαιρετικό αρχείο <tt>info.txt</tt> δίνει πληροφορίες σχετικά με το πρόσθετο το οποίο θα πρέπει να εμφανιστεί σε αναδυόμενο παράθυρο με ένα κουμπί OK." #. help text for expert dialog 1, cont #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " -"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" -"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Το κείμενο της άδειας χρήσης εμφανίζεται σε ένα παράθυρο με τα κουμπιά " -"Συμφωνώ και Διαφωνώ πριν την εκκίνηση της εγκατάστασης. Τα " -"αρχεία με το κείμενο της άδειας χρήσης σε διαφορετικές γλώσσες είναι " -"συμπιεσμένα στην αρχειοθήκη <tt>license.zip</tt> και αποθηκευμένα στον " -"κατάλογο <tt>media.1</tt>." +msgid "The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +msgstr "Το κείμενο της άδειας χρήσης εμφανίζεται σε ένα παράθυρο με τα κουμπιά Συμφωνώ και Διαφωνώ πριν την εκκίνηση της εγκατάστασης. Τα αρχεία με το κείμενο της άδειας χρήσης σε διαφορετικές γλώσσες είναι συμπιεσμένα στην αρχειοθήκη <tt>license.zip</tt> και αποθηκευμένα στον κατάλογο <tt>media.1</tt>." #. help text for expert dialog 2 #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Τα αρχεία <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> και <tt>COPYING</tt> μπορούν να είναι σε " -"διάφορες γλώσσες και να είναι αποθηκευμένα στον ριζικό κατάλογο του " -"πρόσθετου προϊόντος." +msgid "The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." +msgstr "Τα αρχεία <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> και <tt>COPYING</tt> μπορούν να είναι σε διάφορες γλώσσες και να είναι αποθηκευμένα στον ριζικό κατάλογο του πρόσθετου προϊόντος." #. help text for signing dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ, ρυθμίζετε την υπογραφή του πρόσθετου προϊόντος. Επιλέξτε ένα μυστικό " -"κλειδί από τη λίστα των διαθέσιμων κλειδιών ή δημιουργήστε ένα νέο με το " -"Δημιουργία." +msgid "Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +msgstr "Εδώ, ρυθμίζετε την υπογραφή του πρόσθετου προϊόντος. Επιλέξτε ένα μυστικό κλειδί από τη λίστα των διαθέσιμων κλειδιών ή δημιουργήστε ένα νέο με το Δημιουργία." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε το φράση κλειδί που χρειάζεται για να ξεκλειδώσετε το μυστικό " -"κλειδί." +msgstr "Εισάγετε το φράση κλειδί που χρειάζεται για να ξεκλειδώσετε το μυστικό κλειδί." #. help text for signing dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε αν θέλετε να Υπογράψετε Όλα τα Πακέτα του πρόσθετου " -"προϊόντος με το επιλεγμένο κλειδί. Όλες οι προηγούμενες υπογραφές των " -"πακέτων θα αφαιρεθούν." +msgid "Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε αν θέλετε να Υπογράψετε Όλα τα Πακέτα του πρόσθετου προϊόντος με το επιλεγμένο κλειδί. Όλες οι προηγούμενες υπογραφές των πακέτων θα αφαιρεθούν." #. help text for generating new key dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε τις απαραίτητες τιμές για την δημιουργία του πρωτεύοντος " -"ζευγαριού κλειδιών." +msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +msgstr "Εισάγετε τις απαραίτητες τιμές για την δημιουργία του πρωτεύοντος ζευγαριού κλειδιών." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long." -msgstr "" -"Το προεπιλεγμένο μέγεθος του κλειδιού DSA είναι 1024 bits. Τα κλειδιά RSA " -"μπορούν να έχουν μήκος μεταξύ 1024 και 4096 bits." +msgid "The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long." +msgstr "Το προεπιλεγμένο μέγεθος του κλειδιού DSA είναι 1024 bits. Τα κλειδιά RSA μπορούν να έχουν μήκος μεταξύ 1024 και 4096 bits." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires." -msgstr "" -"Ως Ημερομηνία Λήξης, εισάγετε τον αριθμό των ημερών μετά τις " -"οποίες το κλειδί λήγει. Αν ο αριθμός ακολουθείται από <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, " -"ή <tt>y</tt>, δηλώνει τον αριθμό των εβδομάδων, μηνών, ετών. Αφήστε την " -"καταχώρηση κενή για να μη λήγει ποτέ ένα κλειδί." +msgid "As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires." +msgstr "Ως Ημερομηνία Λήξης, εισάγετε τον αριθμό των ημερών μετά τις οποίες το κλειδί λήγει. Αν ο αριθμός ακολουθείται από <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, ή <tt>y</tt>, δηλώνει τον αριθμό των εβδομάδων, μηνών, ετών. Αφήστε την καταχώρηση κενή για να μη λήγει ποτέ ένα κλειδί." #. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τα Όνομα, Σχόλιο, και Ηλεκτρονικές " -"Διευθύνσεις Ταχυδρομείου για να παρέχετε την αναγνώριση του χρήστη με " -"την οποία το νέο κλειδί θα συνδεθεί." +msgid "Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε τα Όνομα, Σχόλιο, και Ηλεκτρονικές Διευθύνσεις Ταχυδρομείου για να παρέχετε την αναγνώριση του χρήστη με την οποία το νέο κλειδί θα συνδεθεί." #. help text for overview dialog #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ, μπορείτε να δείτε την περίληψη των δεδομένων που θα δημιουργήσουν το " -"πρόσθετο προϊόν." +msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +msgstr "Εδώ, μπορείτε να δείτε την περίληψη των δεδομένων που θα δημιουργήσουν το πρόσθετο προϊόν." #. help text for overview dialog, cont. #: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"" -msgstr "" -"Πατήστε Τέλος για να δημιουργήσετε το πρόσθετο προϊόν στον " -"κατάλογο εξαγωγής." +msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." +msgstr "Πατήστε Τέλος για να δημιουργήσετε το πρόσθετο προϊόν στον κατάλογο εξαγωγής." #. text entry label #: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 @@ -1569,8 +1375,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'NAME' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." -msgstr "" -"Για εσωτερική χρήση. Εφαρμόζονται οι ίδιοι περιορισμοί με τα ονόματα πακέτων." +msgstr "Για εσωτερική χρήση. Εφαρμόζονται οι ίδιοι περιορισμοί με τα ονόματα πακέτων." #. label of content file BASEARCHS key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 @@ -1579,12 +1384,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"Λίστα χωρισμένη με κενά διαστήματα, των αρχιτεκτονικών των προϊόντων. " -"Ταιριάζει τις διαθέσιμες αρχιτεκτονικές πακέτων των προϊόντων σε κυκλοφορία." +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "Λίστα χωρισμένη με κενά διαστήματα, των αρχιτεκτονικών των προϊόντων. Ταιριάζει τις διαθέσιμες αρχιτεκτονικές πακέτων των προϊόντων σε κυκλοφορία." #. label of content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 @@ -1594,9 +1395,7 @@ #. help text for content file 'VERSION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Έκδοση προϊόντος και κυκλοφορία όπως είναι στο RPM <tt>major.minor-release</" -"tt>." +msgstr "Έκδοση προϊόντος και κυκλοφορία όπως είναι στο RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." #. table item label #. table item label @@ -1611,14 +1410,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"Κάποιο κείμενο που υποδηλώνει τη διανομή. Το ίδιο κείμενο πιθανότατα " -"χρησιμοποιείται και στα αρχεία .rpms για να υποδηλώσει τη διανομή. Συνήθως " -"μία σύνθεση του ονόματος, της έκδοσης και της αρχιτεκτονικής." +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "Κάποιο κείμενο που υποδηλώνει τη διανομή. Το ίδιο κείμενο πιθανότατα χρησιμοποιείται και στα αρχεία .rpms για να υποδηλώσει τη διανομή. Συνήθως μία σύνθεση του ονόματος, της έκδοσης και της αρχιτεκτονικής." #. label of content file key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 @@ -1647,12 +1440,8 @@ #. help text for content file '' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"Κωδικοποιημένη ετικέτα με UTF-8. Η προεπιλεγμένη ετικέτα αν το LINGUAS</" -"b> έχει παραληφθεί ή δεν έχει καθοριστεί προεπιλεγμένη γλώσσα." +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "Κωδικοποιημένη ετικέτα με UTF-8. Η προεπιλεγμένη ετικέτα αν το LINGUAS έχει παραληφθεί ή δεν έχει καθοριστεί προεπιλεγμένη γλώσσα." #. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 @@ -1721,14 +1510,8 @@ #. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " -"LABEL.lang is expected." -msgstr "" -"Κωδικοποιημένη-UTF-8 LABEL. Το <tt>lang</tt> έχει την ίδια σύνταξη με " -"τις τιμές του LINGUAS. Για κάθε γλώσσα στο LINGUAS, αναμένεται " -"μια αντίστοιχη LABEL.lang." +msgid "UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang is expected." +msgstr "Κωδικοποιημένη-UTF-8 LABEL. Το <tt>lang</tt> έχει την ίδια σύνταξη με τις τιμές του LINGUAS. Για κάθε γλώσσα στο LINGUAS, αναμένεται μια αντίστοιχη LABEL.lang." #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" @@ -1766,13 +1549,8 @@ #. help text for 'Cat' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"Κατηγορία μιας γραμμής στην προεπιλεγμένη γλώσσα που χρησιμοποιείται για να " -"ομαδοποιεί τα patterns. Οι κατηγορίες υπάρχουν για τον χρήστη και μπορούν να " -"καθοριστούν ελεύθερα." +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "Κατηγορία μιας γραμμής στην προεπιλεγμένη γλώσσα που χρησιμοποιείται για να ομαδοποιεί τα patterns. Οι κατηγορίες υπάρχουν για τον χρήστη και μπορούν να καθοριστούν ελεύθερα." #. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 @@ -1806,11 +1584,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prc' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." -msgstr "" -"Αυτά τα πακέτα εγκαθιστώνται από προεπιλογής αλλά μπορούν να αφαιρεθούν " -"χωρίς προβλήματα." +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "Αυτά τα πακέτα εγκαθιστώνται από προεπιλογής αλλά μπορούν να αφαιρεθούν χωρίς προβλήματα." #. label for 'Prs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 @@ -1822,12 +1597,8 @@ #. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"Αυτές είναι απλά συμβουλές για μια εφαρμογή και δεν χρησιμοποιούνται κατά " -"την επίλυση των εξαρτήσεων." +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "Αυτές είναι απλά συμβουλές για μια εφαρμογή και δεν χρησιμοποιούνται κατά την επίλυση των εξαρτήσεων." #. label for 'Ico' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 @@ -1838,21 +1609,10 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "Αν είναι ακαθόριστο, θα χρησιμοποιηθεί το όνομα του pattern \n" -" (με κενά στο όνομα με αντικατάσταση με κάτω παύλες). Αν το όνομα του " -"αρχείου δεν περιλαμβάνει μια επέκταση .png ή .jpg, το .png θα προσαρτηθεί. " -"Αν δεν έχει καθοριστεί διαδρομή, τα εικονίδια που θα αναζητηθούν θα είναι " -"από την διαδρομή των εικονιδίων του θέματος ( αρχικά /usr/share/YaST2/theme/" -"current/icons/32x32/apps/ μετά /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/" -"apps/). Απόλυτες και σχετικές διαδρομές (στην διαδρομή του θέματος /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) επιτρέπονται." +" (με κενά στο όνομα με αντικατάσταση με κάτω παύλες). Αν το όνομα του αρχείου δεν περιλαμβάνει μια επέκταση .png ή .jpg, το .png θα προσαρτηθεί. Αν δεν έχει καθοριστεί διαδρομή, τα εικονίδια που θα αναζητηθούν θα είναι από την διαδρομή των εικονιδίων του θέματος ( αρχικά /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ μετά /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Απόλυτες και σχετικές διαδρομές (στην διαδρομή του θέματος /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) επιτρέπονται." #. label for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 @@ -1861,12 +1621,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ord' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η τιμή τριψήφιου ακέραιου, καθορίζει την σειρά του pattern στην λίστα " -"με τα πολλαπλά pattern στην διεπαφή του χρήστη." +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "Αυτή η τιμή τριψήφιου ακέραιου, καθορίζει την σειρά του pattern στην λίστα με τα πολλαπλά pattern στην διεπαφή του χρήστη." #. label for 'Req' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 @@ -1885,16 +1641,8 @@ #. help text for 'Prv' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES</" -"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Δυνατότητες που προσφέρει αυτό το pattern. Μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για να " -"ταιριάξουν το REQUIRES από άλλα. Κάθε επιλύσιμο παρέχει " -"προκαθορισμένα -- το όνομά του και την έκδοση του. Για παράδειγμα, το πακέτο " -"bar-1.42-1 παρέχει την δυνατότητα <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "Δυνατότητες που προσφέρει αυτό το pattern. Μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για να ταιριάξουν το REQUIRES από άλλα. Κάθε επιλύσιμο παρέχει προκαθορισμένα -- το όνομά του και την έκδοση του. Για παράδειγμα, το πακέτο bar-1.42-1 παρέχει την δυνατότητα <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." #. label for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 @@ -1903,12 +1651,8 @@ #. help text for 'Con' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το pattern δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί αν το συγκεκριμένο επιλύσιμο ή " -"ένα το οποίο παρέχει αυτή τη δυνατότητα είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο." +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Αυτό το pattern δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί αν το συγκεκριμένο επιλύσιμο ή ένα το οποίο παρέχει αυτή τη δυνατότητα είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο." #. label for 'Obs' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 @@ -1931,12 +1675,8 @@ #. help text for 'Rec' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"Μία αδύναμη έκδοση του REQUIRES. Αν τα προτεινόμενα patterns δεν μπορούν να " -"εγκατασταθούν, δεν εμφανίζεται κάποιο σφάλμα." +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "Μία αδύναμη έκδοση του REQUIRES. Αν τα προτεινόμενα patterns δεν μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν, δεν εμφανίζεται κάποιο σφάλμα." #. label for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 @@ -1945,14 +1685,8 @@ #. help text for 'Sup' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"Ένα ανάποδο Rec. Αυτό το pattern εγκαθίσταται εάν η συγκεκριμένη " -"δυνατότητα παρέχεται από ένα εγκατεστημένο επιλύσιμο. Ο μηχανισμός επίλυσης " -"εξαρτήσεων το εγκαθιστά. Η απεγκατάσταση του γίνεται δεκτή σιωπηλά." +msgid "A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "Ένα ανάποδο Rec. Αυτό το pattern εγκαθίσταται εάν η συγκεκριμένη δυνατότητα παρέχεται από ένα εγκατεστημένο επιλύσιμο. Ο μηχανισμός επίλυσης εξαρτήσεων το εγκαθιστά. Η απεγκατάσταση του γίνεται δεκτή σιωπηλά." #. label for 'Sug' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 @@ -1966,12 +1700,8 @@ #. help text for 'Fre' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"Το τρέχον pattern μπορεί να θεωρηθεί προς εγκατάσταση μόνο εάν είναι " -"εγκατεστημένο το pattern που ορίσθηκε εδώ." +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "Το τρέχον pattern μπορεί να θεωρηθεί προς εγκατάσταση μόνο εάν είναι εγκατεστημένο το pattern που ορίσθηκε εδώ." #. label for 'Ext' pattern key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 @@ -2021,8 +1751,7 @@ #. help text for 'Sum' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package." -msgstr "" -"Η περίληψη του πακέτου (ετικέτα), είναι περίληψη μίας γραμμής για το πακέτο." +msgstr "Η περίληψη του πακέτου (ετικέτα), είναι περίληψη μίας γραμμής για το πακέτο." #. label for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 @@ -2031,12 +1760,8 @@ #. help text for 'Ins' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"Ένα ανεπίσημο μήνυμα εμφανίζεται στον χρήστη αν το πακέτο είναι επιλεγμένο, " -"όπως μια προειδοποίηση δοκιμαστικής έκδοσης ή μια άδεια εμπορικής χρήσης." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "Ένα ανεπίσημο μήνυμα εμφανίζεται στον χρήστη αν το πακέτο είναι επιλεγμένο, όπως μια προειδοποίηση δοκιμαστικής έκδοσης ή μια άδεια εμπορικής χρήσης." #. label for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 @@ -2045,13 +1770,8 @@ #. help text for 'Del' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"Ένα ανεπίσημο μήνυμα εμφανίζεται στον χρήστη αν το πακέτο είναι επιλεγμένο " -"για διαγραφή, όπως μια προειδοποίηση ότι το σύστημα είναι άχρηστο χωρίς αυτό " -"το πακέτο." +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "Ένα ανεπίσημο μήνυμα εμφανίζεται στον χρήστη αν το πακέτο είναι επιλεγμένο για διαγραφή, όπως μια προειδοποίηση ότι το σύστημα είναι άχρηστο χωρίς αυτό το πακέτο." #. label for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 @@ -2060,12 +1780,8 @@ #. help text for 'Eul' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Το κείμενο του EULA. Αυτό το κείμενο εμφανίζεται πριν την εγκατάσταση του " -"πακέτου. Αν ο χρήστης δεν δεχτεί το EULA, το πακέτο δεν εγκαθίσταται." +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "Το κείμενο του EULA. Αυτό το κείμενο εμφανίζεται πριν την εγκατάσταση του πακέτου. Αν ο χρήστης δεν δεχτεί το EULA, το πακέτο δεν εγκαθίσταται." #. label of key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 @@ -2074,12 +1790,8 @@ #. help text for 'REQUIRES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements." -msgstr "" -"Επιλύσιμα που πρέπει να εγκατασταθούν στο σύστημα για να ικανοποιηθούν οι " -"απαιτήσεις του προϊόντος." +msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements." +msgstr "Επιλύσιμα που πρέπει να εγκατασταθούν στο σύστημα για να ικανοποιηθούν οι απαιτήσεις του προϊόντος." #. label of PROVIDES key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 @@ -2088,12 +1800,8 @@ #. help text for 'PROVIDES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires</" -"b> from others." -msgstr "" -"Δυνατότητες που παρέχει αυτό το προϊόν. Μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για να " -"ταιριάξουν requires από άλλα." +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires from others." +msgstr "Δυνατότητες που παρέχει αυτό το προϊόν. Μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για να ταιριάξουν requires από άλλα." #. label of 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 @@ -2102,12 +1810,8 @@ #. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το επιλύσιμο δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί αν το συγκεκριμένο επιλύσιμο ή " -"κάποιο που παρέχει την δυνατότητα δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο." +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Αυτό το επιλύσιμο δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί αν το συγκεκριμένο επιλύσιμο ή κάποιο που παρέχει την δυνατότητα δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο." #. label of 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 @@ -2116,12 +1820,8 @@ #. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"Όταν αυτό το επιλύσιμο εγκαθίσταται, απεγκαθιστά οποιοδήποτε άλλο επιλύσιμο " -"που το όνομά του ταιριάζει σε αυτή τη λέξη κλειδί." +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "Όταν αυτό το επιλύσιμο εγκαθίσταται, απεγκαθιστά οποιοδήποτε άλλο επιλύσιμο που το όνομά του ταιριάζει σε αυτή τη λέξη κλειδί." #. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 @@ -2130,13 +1830,8 @@ #. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"Μία αδύναμη έκδοση του requires. Μία προσπάθεια έγινε να " -"ικανοποιηθούν τα RECOMMENDS, αλλά αγνοήθηκαν σιωπηλά αν δεν μπορούσε " -"να γίνει κανένα ταίριασμα." +msgid "A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "Μία αδύναμη έκδοση του requires. Μία προσπάθεια έγινε να ικανοποιηθούν τα RECOMMENDS, αλλά αγνοήθηκαν σιωπηλά αν δεν μπορούσε να γίνει κανένα ταίριασμα." #. label of 'SUGGESTS' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 @@ -2165,12 +1860,8 @@ #. help text for 'productline' key #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." -msgstr "" -"Ένα σύντομο όνομα του προϊόντος, που δεν αλλάζει μεταξύ των service packs " -"και των εκδόσεων." +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +msgstr "Ένα σύντομο όνομα του προϊόντος, που δεν αλλάζει μεταξύ των service packs και των εκδόσεων." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 @@ -2184,12 +1875,8 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"Τύπος μέσου που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για το τελικό προϊόν. Οι πιθανές τιμές " -"είναι: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "Τύπος μέσου που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για το τελικό προϊόν. Οι πιθανές τιμές είναι: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." #. table item label #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 @@ -2199,8 +1886,7 @@ #. help text for media type #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live" -msgstr "" -"Περιγραφή της ποικιλίας ή παραλλαγής ενός προϊόντος, π.χ. DVD, FTP, Live" +msgstr "Περιγραφή της ποικιλίας ή παραλλαγής ενός προϊόντος, π.χ. DVD, FTP, Live" #. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption #: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 @@ -2390,12 +2076,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The value of NAME may contain only\n" #~| "letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The value of NAME may contain only\\nletters, numbers, and the characters " -#~ "\".~_-\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η τιμή του NAME μπορεί να περιέχει μόνο\\nγράμματα, αριθμούς, και τους " -#~ "χαρακτήρες \".~_-\"." +#~ msgid "The value of NAME may contain only\\nletters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." +#~ msgstr "Η τιμή του NAME μπορεί να περιέχει μόνο\\nγράμματα, αριθμούς, και τους χαρακτήρες \".~_-\"." #~| msgid "" #~| "Enter the values for these items:\n" @@ -2406,10 +2088,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "The package description file is named incorrectly.\n" #~| "Choose another one." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The package description file is named incorrectly.\\nChoose another one." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το αρχείο περιγραφής πακέτου έχει λάθος όνομα.\\nΠαρακαλώ επιλέξτε άλλο." +#~ msgid "The package description file is named incorrectly.\\nChoose another one." +#~ msgstr "Το αρχείο περιγραφής πακέτου έχει λάθος όνομα.\\nΠαρακαλώ επιλέξτε άλλο." #~| msgid "" #~| "The file '%1' does not exist.\n" @@ -2420,23 +2100,14 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" #~| "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\\nYou must enter at " -#~ "least one of them to provide user identification.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Τα πεδία όνομα, σχόλιο, και διεύθυνση ηλεκτρονικής αλληλογραφίας είναι " -#~ "κενά.\\nΠρέπει να συμπληρώσετε τουλάχιστον ένα από αυτά για την " -#~ "πιστοποίηση του χρήστη.\\n" +#~ msgid "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\\nYou must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Τα πεδία όνομα, σχόλιο, και διεύθυνση ηλεκτρονικής αλληλογραφίας είναι κενά.\\nΠρέπει να συμπληρώσετε τουλάχιστον ένα από αυτά για την πιστοποίηση του χρήστη.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n" #~| "the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\\nthe OS a chance to " -#~ "collect more entropy.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν παίρνει πολύ χρόνο, κάντε κάποια άλλη εργασία για να δώσετε στο\\nΛΣ " -#~ "τη δυνατότητα να μαζέψει όσο το δυνατόν περισσότερα στοιχεία.\\n" +#~ msgid "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\\nthe OS a chance to collect more entropy.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Αν παίρνει πολύ χρόνο, κάντε κάποια άλλη εργασία για να δώσετε στο\\nΛΣ τη δυνατότητα να μαζέψει όσο το δυνατόν περισσότερα στοιχεία.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "A file with this name already exists.\n" @@ -2447,11 +2118,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Creating the Add-On</big> \n" #~| "Please wait... \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Creating the Add-On</big> \\nPlease wait... \\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Δημιουργείται το Πρόσθετο</big> \\nΠαρακαλώ " -#~ "περιμένετε... \\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Creating the Add-On</big> \\nPlease wait... \\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Δημιουργείται το Πρόσθετο</big> \\nΠαρακαλώ περιμένετε... \\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Writing the add-on configurations \n" @@ -2460,29 +2128,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Οι ρυθμίσεις του πρόσθετου αποθηκεύονται \\n\\n" #~| msgid "" -#~| "Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as " -#~| "required for\n" -#~| "the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected " -#~| "when the installation of the add-on product is started." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " -#~ "for\\nthe add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically " -#~ "preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε Απαιτούμενο pattern για να σημειώσετε το επιλεγμένο " -#~ "pattern ως\\nαπαραίτητο για το πρόσθετο προϊόν. Τέτοιο pattern θα " -#~ "επιλεγεί αυτόματα όταν η εγκατάσταση του πρόσθετου προϊόντος ξεκινήσει.</" -#~ "p>" +#~| "Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +#~| "the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." +#~ msgid "Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\\nthe add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." +#~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε Απαιτούμενο pattern για να σημειώσετε το επιλεγμένο pattern ως\\nαπαραίτητο για το πρόσθετο προϊόν. Τέτοιο pattern θα επιλεγεί αυτόματα όταν η εγκατάσταση του πρόσθετου προϊόντος ξεκινήσει." #~| msgid "" #~| "Such a pattern already exists.\n" #~| "Choose a different name or architecture.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Such a pattern already exists.\\nChoose a different name or architecture." -#~ "\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Υπάρχει ήδη ένα παρόμοιο pattern.\\nΕπιλέξτε ένα άλλο όνομα ή " -#~ "αρχιτεκτονική.\\n" +#~ msgid "Such a pattern already exists.\\nChoose a different name or architecture.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Υπάρχει ήδη ένα παρόμοιο pattern.\\nΕπιλέξτε ένα άλλο όνομα ή αρχιτεκτονική.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "A key with this name already exists.\n" @@ -2494,59 +2149,29 @@ #~| "Such a pattern already exists.\n" #~| "Choose a different architecture.\n" #~ msgid "Such a pattern already exists.\\nChoose a different architecture.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Υπάρχει ήδη παρόμοιο pattern.\\nΕπιλέξτε μία διαφορετική αρχιτεκτονική.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Υπάρχει ήδη παρόμοιο pattern.\\nΕπιλέξτε μία διαφορετική αρχιτεκτονική.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -#~| " instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the " -#~| "filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If " -#~| "no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path " -#~| "(first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/" -#~| "YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to " -#~| "the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \\n instead (with blanks in the " -#~ "name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png " -#~ "or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are " -#~ "searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -#~ "icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). " -#~ "Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/" -#~ "current/) are allowed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν είναι ακαθόριστο, θα χρησιμοποιηθεί το όνομα του pattern \\n (με κενά " -#~ "στο όνομα που έχουν αντικατασταθεί με κάτω παύλες). Αν το όνομα του " -#~ "αρχείου δεν περιλαμβάνει μια επέκταση .png ή .jpg, το .png θα " -#~ "προσαρτηθεί. Αν δεν έχει καθοριστεί διαδρομή, τα εικονίδια που θα " -#~ "αναζητηθούν θα είναι από την διαδρομή των εικονιδίων του θέματος (αρχικά /" -#~ "usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ μετά /usr/share/YaST2/" -#~ "theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Επιτρέπονται απόλυτες και σχετικές " -#~ "διαδρομές (στην διαδρομή του θέματος /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." +#~| " instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +#~ msgid "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \\n instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +#~ msgstr "Αν είναι ακαθόριστο, θα χρησιμοποιηθεί το όνομα του pattern \\n (με κενά στο όνομα που έχουν αντικατασταθεί με κάτω παύλες). Αν το όνομα του αρχείου δεν περιλαμβάνει μια επέκταση .png ή .jpg, το .png θα προσαρτηθεί. Αν δεν έχει καθοριστεί διαδρομή, τα εικονίδια που θα αναζητηθούν θα είναι από την διαδρομή των εικονιδίων του θέματος (αρχικά /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ μετά /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Επιτρέπονται απόλυτες και σχετικές διαδρομές (στην διαδρομή του θέματος /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." #~| msgid "" #~| "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n" #~| "other patterns marked as obsolete here." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \\nother patterns " -#~ "marked as obsolete here." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Όταν εγκατασταθεί αυτό το pattern, απεγκαθιστά όποια\\nάλλα patterns " -#~ "έχουν σημειωθεί ως απαρχαιωμένα εδώ." +#~ msgid "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \\nother patterns marked as obsolete here." +#~ msgstr "Όταν εγκατασταθεί αυτό το pattern, απεγκαθιστά όποια\\nάλλα patterns έχουν σημειωθεί ως απαρχαιωμένα εδώ." #~| msgid "Wait while generating data for add-on... \n" #~ msgid "Wait while generating data for add-on... \\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Περιμένετε ενώ δημιουργούνται δεδομένα για πρόσθετο... \\n" +#~ msgstr "Περιμένετε ενώ δημιουργούνται δεδομένα για πρόσθετο... \\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n" #~| "Release package will not be generated." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\\nRelease package will " -#~ "not be generated." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αποτυχία εγκατάστασης του πακέτου obs-productconverter.\\nΤο πακέτο " -#~ "κυκλοφορίας δεν θα δημιουργηθεί." +#~ msgid "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\\nRelease package will not be generated." +#~ msgstr "Αποτυχία εγκατάστασης του πακέτου obs-productconverter.\\nΤο πακέτο κυκλοφορίας δεν θα δημιουργηθεί." #~| msgid "" #~| "Build of release package failed with\n" @@ -2564,22 +2189,11 @@ #~ msgstr "openSUSE 11.&4" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of " -#~ "this product.\n" -#~ "This is a space-separated list of names or <tt>kind:name</tt> pairs " -#~ "optionally followed by version constraints. Just a name denotes a " -#~ "dependency to a package, such as <tt>sles-release</tt> or <tt>sles-" -#~ "release-10</tt>. The kind can be package, pattern, or product, such as " -#~ "<tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>." +#~ "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet the needs of this product.\n" +#~ "This is a space-separated list of names or <tt>kind:name</tt> pairs optionally followed by version constraints. Just a name denotes a dependency to a package, such as <tt>sles-release</tt> or <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. The kind can be package, pattern, or product, such as <tt>pattern:basesystem</tt>." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ευδιάλυτα που πρέπει να εγκατασταθούν στο σύστημα για να επιλύονται οι " -#~ "ελάχιστες απαιτήσεις του προϊόντος.\n" -#~ "Αυτή είναι μια λίστα ονομάτων που διαχωρίζεται με διαστήματα ή " -#~ "ζευγάρια <tt>είδος:όνομα</tt> προαιρετικά ακολουθούμενα από την έκδοση " -#~ "που περιλαμβάνουν. Απλώς ένα όνομα υποδηλώνει την εξάρτηση σε ένα " -#~ "πακέτο, όπως είναι το <tt>sles-release</tt> ή το <tt>sles-release-10</" -#~ "tt>. Το είδος μπορεί να είναι πακέτο, πρώτυπο, ή προϊόν, όπως είναι το " -#~ "<tt>πρότυπο: βασικό σύστημα</tt>." +#~ "Ευδιάλυτα που πρέπει να εγκατασταθούν στο σύστημα για να επιλύονται οι ελάχιστες απαιτήσεις του προϊόντος.\n" +#~ "Αυτή είναι μια λίστα ονομάτων που διαχωρίζεται με διαστήματα ή ζευγάρια <tt>είδος:όνομα</tt> προαιρετικά ακολουθούμενα από την έκδοση που περιλαμβάνουν. Απλώς ένα όνομα υποδηλώνει την εξάρτηση σε ένα πακέτο, όπως είναι το <tt>sles-release</tt> ή το <tt>sles-release-10</tt>. Το είδος μπορεί να είναι πακέτο, πρώτυπο, ή προϊόν, όπως είναι το <tt>πρότυπο: βασικό σύστημα</tt>." #~ msgid "Resolvables needed before installation" #~ msgstr "Τα ευδιάλυτα χρειάζονται προ της εγκατάστασης" @@ -2588,16 +2202,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Ευδιάλυτα που παρέχονται" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match " -#~ "REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provides by default- " -#~ "its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides " -#~ "the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δυνατότητες που προσφέρει αυτό το προϊόν. Μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για " -#~ "να ταιριάξουν το REQUIRES από άλλα. Κάθε ευδιάλυτο έχει ένα " -#~ "παρέχει εκ προεπιλογής -- το όνομά της και την έκδοση. Για παράδειγμα, το " -#~ "πακέτο bar-1.42-1 παρέχει την δυνατότητα <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +#~ msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provides by default- its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Δυνατότητες που προσφέρει αυτό το προϊόν. Μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για να ταιριάξουν το REQUIRES από άλλα. Κάθε ευδιάλυτο έχει ένα παρέχει εκ προεπιλογής -- το όνομά της και την έκδοση. Για παράδειγμα, το πακέτο bar-1.42-1 παρέχει την δυνατότητα <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." #~ msgid "Conflicting resolvables" #~ msgstr "Επίλυση ευδιάλυτων" @@ -2614,28 +2220,14 @@ #~ msgid "Supplemented resolvables" #~ msgstr "Επιπλέον ευδιάλυτα" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A reverse RECOMMENDS. This product is installed if the specified " -#~ "capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency " -#~ "resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το ανάποδο RECOMMENDS. Αυτό το προϊόν είναι εγκατεστημένο αν η " -#~ "συγκεκριμένη δυνατότητα παρέχεται από εγκατεστημένο ευδιάλυτο. Η επίλυση " -#~ "εξαρτήσεων το εγκαθιστά. Η απεγκατάσταση γίνεται με ησυχία" +#~ msgid "A reverse RECOMMENDS. This product is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +#~ msgstr "Το ανάποδο RECOMMENDS. Αυτό το προϊόν είναι εγκατεστημένο αν η συγκεκριμένη δυνατότητα παρέχεται από εγκατεστημένο ευδιάλυτο. Η επίλυση εξαρτήσεων το εγκαθιστά. Η απεγκατάσταση γίνεται με ησυχία" #~ msgid "Enhanced resolvables" #~ msgstr "Εμπλουτισμένα ευδιάλυτα" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A reverse SUGGESTS. This product can be installed if this " -#~ "capability is provided by an installed resolvable. It is just a hint for " -#~ "an application. For example, SuSEplugger can suggest packages for " -#~ "installation if specific hardware is found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το αντίθετο SUGGESTS. Αυτό το προϊόν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί αν " -#~ "αυτή η δυνατότητα παρέχεται από ένα εγκατεστημένο ευδιάλυτο. Είναι απλά " -#~ "μια συμβουλή για μια εφαρμογή. Για παράδειγμα, το SuSEplugger " -#~ "μπορεί να προτείνει πακέτα για εγκατάσταση αν βρεθεί συγκεκριμένο υλικό." +#~ msgid "A reverse SUGGESTS. This product can be installed if this capability is provided by an installed resolvable. It is just a hint for an application. For example, SuSEplugger can suggest packages for installation if specific hardware is found." +#~ msgstr "Το αντίθετο SUGGESTS. Αυτό το προϊόν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί αν αυτή η δυνατότητα παρέχεται από ένα εγκατεστημένο ευδιάλυτο. Είναι απλά μια συμβουλή για μια εφαρμογή. Για παράδειγμα, το SuSEplugger μπορεί να προτείνει πακέτα για εγκατάσταση αν βρεθεί συγκεκριμένο υλικό." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2" @@ -2662,14 +2254,8 @@ #~ msgid "Short label" #~ msgstr "Ταξινόμηση" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Distribution ID (vendor specific). The value of the keyword must not " -#~ "contain spaces. Only letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\" are " -#~ "allowed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ταυτότητα Διανομής (συγκεκριμένος κατασκευαστής). Αυτή η τιμή της " -#~ "συμβολοσειράς δεν πρέπει να περιέχει διαστήματα. Μόνο γράμματα, αριθμούς, " -#~ "και τους χαρακτήρες \".~_-\" αποκλειστικά." +#~ msgid "Distribution ID (vendor specific). The value of the keyword must not contain spaces. Only letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\" are allowed." +#~ msgstr "Ταυτότητα Διανομής (συγκεκριμένος κατασκευαστής). Αυτή η τιμή της συμβολοσειράς δεν πρέπει να περιέχει διαστήματα. Μόνο γράμματα, αριθμούς, και τους χαρακτήρες \".~_-\" αποκλειστικά." #~ msgid "Distribution version" #~ msgstr "Έκδοση διανομής" @@ -2680,13 +2266,8 @@ #~ msgid "Minimum architecture base supported" #~ msgstr "Ελάχιστη βάση αρχιτεκτονικής που υποστηρίζεται" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimum architecture base supported by this product. The default is the " -#~ "base architecture if no matching ARCH.base is found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ελάχιστη βάση αρχιτεκτονικής που υποστηρίζεται από αυτό το προϊόν. Η " -#~ "προεπιλογή είναι η βάση της αρχιτεκτονικής αν δε βρεθεί ταίρι στο ARCH." -#~ "base" +#~ msgid "Minimum architecture base supported by this product. The default is the base architecture if no matching ARCH.base is found." +#~ msgstr "Ελάχιστη βάση αρχιτεκτονικής που υποστηρίζεται από αυτό το προϊόν. Η προεπιλογή είναι η βάση της αρχιτεκτονικής αν δε βρεθεί ταίρι στο ARCH.base" #~ msgid "Allowed architectures" #~ msgstr "Επιτρεπόμενες αρχιτεκτονικές" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/add-on.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/add-on.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/add-on.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -49,8 +49,7 @@ "Βοήθεια Αρθρώματος Πρόσθετων\n" "----------------------------\n" "\n" -"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο Πρόσθετο Προϊόν μέσω γραμμής εντολών, " -"χρησιμοποιήστε την ακόλουθη σύνταξη:\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο Πρόσθετο Προϊόν μέσω γραμμής εντολών, χρησιμοποιήστε την ακόλουθη σύνταξη:\n" " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" "Το URL είναι η διαδρομή προς την πηγή του Πρόσθετου.\n" "\n" @@ -63,12 +62,8 @@ "dvd://\n" #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Λείπει το όνομα αρχείου (στην επιλογή 'xmlfile'). Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή " -"γραμμής εντολών xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Λείπει το όνομα αρχείου (στην επιλογή 'xmlfile'). Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή γραμμής εντολών xmlfile=<target_XML_file>." #. dialog caption #. this is a heading @@ -152,18 +147,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τις επεκτάσεις γλώσσας για εγκατάσταση και κάντε κλικ στο ΟΚ</" -"b>." +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τις επεκτάσεις γλώσσας για εγκατάσταση και κάντε κλικ στο ΟΚ." #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" -msgstr "" -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να ματαιώσετε την εγκατάσταση του πρόσθετου " -"προϊόντος;" +msgstr "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να ματαιώσετε την εγκατάσταση του πρόσθετου προϊόντος;" #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 msgid "" @@ -313,9 +303,7 @@ #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" -msgstr "" -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να ματαιώσετε την εγκατάσταση των πρόσθετων " -"προϊόντων;" +msgstr "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να ματαιώσετε την εγκατάσταση των πρόσθετων προϊόντων;" #. popup message #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 @@ -351,8 +339,7 @@ #. message popup #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." -msgstr "" -"Οι εξαρτήσεις των επιλεγμένων πρόσθετων προϊόντων δεν μπορούν να εκπληρωθούν." +msgstr "Οι εξαρτήσεις των επιλεγμένων πρόσθετων προϊόντων δεν μπορούν να εκπληρωθούν." #. Help for add-on products #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 @@ -363,10 +350,8 @@ "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Εγκατάσταση Πρόσθετου Προϊόντος</big>\n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε όλα τα πρόσθετα προϊόντα που είναι επιλεγμένα για " -"εγκατάσταση.\n" -"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο προϊόν, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να " -"αφαιρέσετε ένα ήδη υπάρχον,\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε όλα τα πρόσθετα προϊόντα που είναι επιλεγμένα για εγκατάσταση.\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο προϊόν, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να αφαιρέσετε ένα ήδη υπάρχον,\n" "επιλέξτε το και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." # Proposal for home directory of uml user @@ -418,18 +403,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." -msgstr "" -"Εμφάνιση όλων των πρόσθετων προϊόντων που είναι εγκατεστημένα στο σύστημα " -"σας." +msgstr "Εμφάνιση όλων των πρόσθετων προϊόντων που είναι εγκατεστημένα στο σύστημα σας." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο πρόσθετο προϊόν, " -"ή στο Διαγραφή για να αφαιρέσετε ένα πρόσθετο που είναι σε χρήση." +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο πρόσθετο προϊόν, ή στο Διαγραφή για να αφαιρέσετε ένα πρόσθετο που είναι σε χρήση." #. no items #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 @@ -503,10 +482,8 @@ "\n" "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" msgstr "" -"Το σύστημά σας δεν έχει την απαραίτητη μνήμη για την χρήση πρόσθετων " -"προϊόντων\n" -"κατά την εγκατάσταση. Τα πρόσθετα προϊόντα μπορούν να ενεργοποιηθούν " -"αργότερα με την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης συστήματος.\n" +"Το σύστημά σας δεν έχει την απαραίτητη μνήμη για την χρήση πρόσθετων προϊόντων\n" +"κατά την εγκατάσταση. Τα πρόσθετα προϊόντα μπορούν να ενεργοποιηθούν αργότερα με την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης συστήματος.\n" "\n" "Θέλετε να παραβλέψετε τη χρήση των πρόσθετων προϊόντων;" @@ -526,22 +503,8 @@ #~| "disk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\n" #~| "cd://\n" #~| "dvd://\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nAdd-on Module Help\\n------------------\\n\\nTo add a new add-on " -#~ "product via the command-line, use this syntax:\\n /sbin/yast2 add-on " -#~ "URL\\nURL is the path to the add-on source.\\n\\nExamples of URL:" -#~ "\\nhttp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\\nftp://server.name/" -#~ "directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\\nnfs://server.name/directory/SDK1-SLE-" -#~ "i386/\\ndisk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\\ncd://\\ndvd://\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\\nΒοήθεια Αρθρώματος Πρόσθετων\\n----------------------------\\n\\nΓια " -#~ "να προσθέσετε ένα νέο Πρόσθετο Προϊόν μέσω γραμμής εντολών, " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήστε την ακόλουθη σύνταξη:\\n /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\\nΤο " -#~ "URL είναι η διαδρομή προς την πηγή του Πρόσθετου.\\n\\nΠαραδείγματα " -#~ "διαφόρων URL:\\nhttp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/" -#~ "\\nftp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\\nnfs://server.name/" -#~ "directory/SDK1-SLE-i386/\\ndisk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\\ncd://" -#~ "\\ndvd://\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nAdd-on Module Help\\n------------------\\n\\nTo add a new add-on product via the command-line, use this syntax:\\n /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\\nURL is the path to the add-on source.\\n\\nExamples of URL:\\nhttp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\\nftp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\\nnfs://server.name/directory/SDK1-SLE-i386/\\ndisk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\\ncd://\\ndvd://\\n" +#~ msgstr "\\nΒοήθεια Αρθρώματος Πρόσθετων\\n----------------------------\\n\\nΓια να προσθέσετε ένα νέο Πρόσθετο Προϊόν μέσω γραμμής εντολών, χρησιμοποιήστε την ακόλουθη σύνταξη:\\n /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\\nΤο URL είναι η διαδρομή προς την πηγή του Πρόσθετου.\\n\\nΠαραδείγματα διαφόρων URL:\\nhttp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\\nftp://server.name/directory/Lang-AddOn-10.2-i386/\\nnfs://server.name/directory/SDK1-SLE-i386/\\ndisk://dev/sda5/directory/Product/CD1/\\ncd://\\ndvd://\\n" #~| msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" #~ msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\\n" @@ -550,70 +513,46 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "There are no selected languages to be installed.\n" #~| "Are you sure you want to abort the installation?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are no selected languages to be installed.\\nAre you sure you want " -#~ "to abort the installation?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν έχουν επιλεχτεί γλώσσες προς εγκατάσταση.\\nΕίστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε " -#~ "να ματαιώσετε την εγκατάσταση;" +#~ msgid "There are no selected languages to be installed.\\nAre you sure you want to abort the installation?" +#~ msgstr "Δεν έχουν επιλεχτεί γλώσσες προς εγκατάσταση.\\nΕίστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να ματαιώσετε την εγκατάσταση;" #~| msgid "" #~| "Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\n" #~| "Aborting now." #~ msgid "Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\\nAborting now." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν ήταν δυνατή η εύρεση δεδομένων οδηγού στο CD-ROM.\\nΠραγματοποιείται " -#~ "ματαίωση τώρα." +#~ msgstr "Δεν ήταν δυνατή η εύρεση δεδομένων οδηγού στο CD-ROM.\\nΠραγματοποιείται ματαίωση τώρα." #~| msgid "" #~| "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" #~| "Aborting now.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\\nAborting now." -#~ "\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Τα δεδομένα του CD-ROM δεν ταιριάζουν με το τρέχον σύστημα Linux." -#~ "\\nΠραγματοποιείται ματαίωση τώρα.\\n" +#~ msgid "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\\nAborting now.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Τα δεδομένα του CD-ROM δεν ταιριάζουν με το τρέχον σύστημα Linux.\\nΠραγματοποιείται ματαίωση τώρα.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "The installation failed.\n" #~| "Contact the address on the CD-ROM.\n" #~ msgid "The installation failed.\\nContact the address on the CD-ROM.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η εγκατάσταση απέτυχε.\\nΕπικοινωνήστε με την διεύθυνση που βρίσκεται στο " -#~ "CD-ROM.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Η εγκατάσταση απέτυχε.\\nΕπικοινωνήστε με την διεύθυνση που βρίσκεται στο CD-ROM.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\n" #~| "Aborting now." #~ msgid "No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\\nAborting now." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αδυναμία εύρεσης δεδομένων οδηγού στο CD-ROM.\\nΠραγματοποιείται ματαίωση " -#~ "τώρα." +#~ msgstr "Αδυναμία εύρεσης δεδομένων οδηγού στο CD-ROM.\\nΠραγματοποιείται ματαίωση τώρα." #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" #~| "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" #~| "Select the repository to use.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \\nMultiple " -#~ "repositories were found on the selected medium.\\nSelect the repository " -#~ "to use.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Επιλογή Αποθετηρίου</big> \\nΒρέθηκαν πολλαπλά " -#~ "αποθετήρια στο επιλεγμένο μέσο.\\nΕπιλέξτε το αποθετήριο που θα " -#~ "χρησιμοποιηθεί.\\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \\nMultiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\\nSelect the repository to use.\\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Επιλογή Αποθετηρίου</big> \\nΒρέθηκαν πολλαπλά αποθετήρια στο επιλεγμένο μέσο.\\nΕπιλέξτε το αποθετήριο που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" #~| "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" #~| "to install.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Product Selection</big> \\nMultiple products were " -#~ "found in the repository. Select the products\\nto install.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Επιλογή Προϊόντος</big> \\nΒρέθηκαν πολλαπλά προϊόντα " -#~ "στο αποθετήριο. Επιλέξτε τα προϊόντα\\nπρος εγκατάσταση.\\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Product Selection</big> \\nMultiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\\nto install.\\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Επιλογή Προϊόντος</big> \\nΒρέθηκαν πολλαπλά προϊόντα στο αποθετήριο. Επιλέξτε τα προϊόντα\\nπρος εγκατάσταση.\\n" # host editing help 1/1 #~| msgid "" @@ -621,30 +560,16 @@ #~| "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" #~| "To add a new product, click Add. To remove an already added one,\n" #~| "select it and click Delete." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \\nHere see all add-" -#~ "on products that are selected for installation.\\nTo add a new product, " -#~ "click Add. To remove an already added one,\\nselect it and click " -#~ "Delete." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Εγκατάσταση Πρόσθετου Προϊόντος</big>\\nΕδώ μπορείτε " -#~ "να δείτε όλα τα πρόσθετα προϊόντα που είναι επιλεγμένα προς εγκατάσταση." -#~ "\\nΓια να προσθέσετε ένα νέο προϊόν, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για " -#~ "να αφαιρέσετε ένα ήδη υπάρχον,\\nεπιλέξτε το και κάντε κλικ στο " -#~ "Διαγραφή." +#~ msgid "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \\nHere see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\\nTo add a new product, click Add. To remove an already added one,\\nselect it and click Delete." +#~ msgstr "<big>Εγκατάσταση Πρόσθετου Προϊόντος</big>\\nΕδώ μπορείτε να δείτε όλα τα πρόσθετα προϊόντα που είναι επιλεγμένα προς εγκατάσταση.\\nΓια να προσθέσετε ένα νέο προϊόν, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να αφαιρέσετε ένα ήδη υπάρχον,\\nεπιλέξτε το και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." #~| msgid "" #~| "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" #~| "installed from this add-on.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Are sure you want to delete it?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages" -#~ "\\ninstalled from this add-on.\\n\\nAre sure you want to delete it?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Διαγράφοντας το πρόσθετο προϊόν %1 μπορεί να προκαλέσει την αφαίρεση όλων" -#~ "\\nτων εγκατεστημένων πακέτων από αυτό το πρόσθετο.\\n\\nΕίσαστε σίγουροι " -#~ "ότι θέλετε να το διαγράψετε;" +#~ msgid "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\\ninstalled from this add-on.\\n\\nAre sure you want to delete it?" +#~ msgstr "Διαγράφοντας το πρόσθετο προϊόν %1 μπορεί να προκαλέσει την αφαίρεση όλων\\nτων εγκατεστημένων πακέτων από αυτό το πρόσθετο.\\n\\nΕίσαστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να το διαγράψετε;" #~| msgid "" #~| "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\n" @@ -652,23 +577,14 @@ #~| "system is running.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products" -#~ "\\nduring installation. You can enable add-on products later when the" -#~ "\\nsystem is running.\\n\\nDo you want to skip using add-on products?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το σύστημά σας δεν έχει την απαραίτητη μνήμη για την χρήση πρόσθετων " -#~ "προϊόντων\\nκατά την εγκατάσταση. Τα πρόσθετα προϊόντα μπορούν να " -#~ "ενεργοποιηθούν αργότερα\\nμε την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης συστήματος." -#~ "\\n\\nΘέλετε να παραβλέψετε τη χρήση των πρόσθετων προϊόντων;" +#~ msgid "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\\nduring installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\\nsystem is running.\\n\\nDo you want to skip using add-on products?" +#~ msgstr "Το σύστημά σας δεν έχει την απαραίτητη μνήμη για την χρήση πρόσθετων προϊόντων\\nκατά την εγκατάσταση. Τα πρόσθετα προϊόντα μπορούν να ενεργοποιηθούν αργότερα\\nμε την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης συστήματος.\\n\\nΘέλετε να παραβλέψετε τη χρήση των πρόσθετων προϊόντων;" #~ msgid "&Select Language Extensions to be Installed" #~ msgstr "&Επιλογή Επεκτάσεων Γλώσσας για Εγκατάσταση" #~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ανάγνωση πακέτων διαθέσιμων από τις αποθήκες λογισμικού της " -#~ "εγκατάστασης..." +#~ msgstr "Ανάγνωση πακέτων διαθέσιμων από τις αποθήκες λογισμικού της εγκατάστασης..." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Failed to initialize the software repository." @@ -748,8 +664,7 @@ #~ "Τα CD των προϊόντων μπορούν να αντιγραφούν στον σκληρό δίσκο.\n" #~ "Εισάγετε τη διαδρομή που βρίσκεται το\n" #~ "πρώτο CD, για παράδειγμα, /data1/CD1.\n" -#~ "Απαιτείται μόνο η διαδρομή βάσης στην περίπτωση που όλα τα CD θα " -#~ "αντιγραφούν\n" +#~ "Απαιτείται μόνο η διαδρομή βάσης στην περίπτωση που όλα τα CD θα αντιγραφούν\n" #~ "σε έναν κατάλογο.\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/audit-laf.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/audit-laf.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/audit-laf.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -102,9 +102,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"Ο χώρος που απέμεινε στην κατάτμηση καταγραφής (σε MByte) όταν μειώνεται η " -"χωρητικότητα του συστήματος" +msgstr "Ο χώρος που απέμεινε στην κατάτμηση καταγραφής (σε MByte) όταν μειώνεται η χωρητικότητα του συστήματος" #. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 @@ -114,16 +112,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Script προς εκτέλεση (πλήρης διαδρομή αρχείου) αν επιτευχθεί η τιμή του " -"space_left" +msgstr "Script προς εκτέλεση (πλήρης διαδρομή αρχείου) αν επιτευχθεί η τιμή του space_left" #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"Ο χώρος που απέμεινε στην κατάτμηση καταγραφής (σε MByte) όταν μειώνεται η " -"χωρητικότητα του συστήματος" +msgstr "Ο χώρος που απέμεινε στην κατάτμηση καταγραφής (σε MByte) όταν μειώνεται η χωρητικότητα του συστήματος" #. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 @@ -133,16 +127,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Script προς εκτέλεση (πλήρης διαδρομή αρχείου) αν επιτευχθεί η τιμή του " -"admin_space_left" +msgstr "Script προς εκτέλεση (πλήρης διαδρομή αρχείου) αν επιτευχθεί η τιμή του admin_space_left" #. command line help text for action_mail_acct option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "" -"Το μήνυμα ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου που στέλνεται σε αυτό το λογαριασμό (αν " -"η τιμή του space_left_action έχει ορισθεί σε EMAIL)" +msgstr "Το μήνυμα ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου που στέλνεται σε αυτό το λογαριασμό (αν η τιμή του space_left_action έχει ορισθεί σε EMAIL)" #. command line help text for disk_full_action option #: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 @@ -239,8 +229,7 @@ "Οι κανόνες είναι ήδη κλειδωμένοι, η αρχικοποίηση είναι αδύνατη\n" "\n" "Αν επιθυμείτε να ξεκλειδώσετε, ρυθμίστε αντίστοιχα τη σημαία ενεργοποίησης\n" -"και ολοκληρώστε τη ρύθμιση. Αμέσως μετά απαιτείται επανεκκίνηση του " -"συστήματος." +"και ολοκληρώστε τη ρύθμιση. Αμέσως μετά απαιτείται επανεκκίνηση του συστήματος." #. Report success #: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 @@ -304,12 +293,9 @@ "To check or change the rules, go back to the rules editor.\n" msgstr "" "Οι ρυθμίσεις του audit είναι κλειδωμένες (επιλογή -e 2).\n" -"Αυτό σημαίνει ότι οι κανόνες είναι κλειδωμένοι μέχρι την επόμενη εκκίνηση " -"του συστήματος!\n" -"Αν πραγματικά το θέλετε αυτό, σιγουρευτείτε ότι το '-e 2' είναι η τελευταία " -"καταχώρηση\n" -"στο αρχείο κανόνων. Εάν όχι, είτε ενεργοποιήστε ή απενεργοποιήστε την " -"καταγραφή.\n" +"Αυτό σημαίνει ότι οι κανόνες είναι κλειδωμένοι μέχρι την επόμενη εκκίνηση του συστήματος!\n" +"Αν πραγματικά το θέλετε αυτό, σιγουρευτείτε ότι το '-e 2' είναι η τελευταία καταχώρηση\n" +"στο αρχείο κανόνων. Εάν όχι, είτε ενεργοποιήστε ή απενεργοποιήστε την καταγραφή.\n" "Για έλεγχο ή αλλαγή των κανόνων, επιστρέψτε στον επεξεργαστή κανόνων.\n" #. Frame label @@ -500,8 +486,7 @@ #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Αρχικοποίηση Ρυθμίσεων του Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" @@ -514,8 +499,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης κάνοντας κλικ στο " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης κάνοντας κλικ στο Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 @@ -536,41 +520,28 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Αποθήκευσης:</big> \n" "Ματαιώστε την διαδικασία αποθήκευσης κάνοντας κλικ στο Ματαίωση.\n" -"Ένα επιπλέον παράθυρο θα σας ενημερώσει εάν είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε " -"αυτό.\n" +"Ένα επιπλέον παράθυρο θα σας ενημερώσει εάν είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε αυτό.\n" "\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις του Αρχείου Καταγραφής του Auditd</big> \n" -"Η υπηρεσία audit είναι το συστατικό του Συστήματος Καταγραφής Linux (LAS) " -"που είναι υπεύθυνο για την εγγραφή όλων των συμβάντων του audit στο αρχείο " -"καταγραφής /var/log/audit/audit.log (προεπιλογή).\n" -"Συμβάντα μπορεί να προέλθουν από το άρθρωμα πυρήνα apparmor, από " -"εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν το libaudit (π.χ. PAM) ή από γεγονότα που " -"έχουν προκληθεί από κανόνες (π.χ. παρακολούθηση αρχείων)." +"Η υπηρεσία audit είναι το συστατικό του Συστήματος Καταγραφής Linux (LAS) που είναι υπεύθυνο για την εγγραφή όλων των συμβάντων του audit στο αρχείο καταγραφής /var/log/audit/audit.log (προεπιλογή).\n" +"Συμβάντα μπορεί να προέλθουν από το άρθρωμα πυρήνα apparmor, από εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν το libaudit (π.χ. PAM) ή από γεγονότα που έχουν προκληθεί από κανόνες (π.χ. παρακολούθηση αρχείων)." #. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"Το παράθυρο Κανόνες για το auditctl προσφέρει περισσότερες " -"πληροφορίες για κανόνες και την πιθανότητα προσθήκης κανόνων.\n" -"Λεπτομερής πληροφορίες για τις ρυθμίσεις του αρχείου καταγραφής υπάρχουν στη " -"σελίδα οδηγιών χρήσης ('man auditd.conf')." +"Το παράθυρο Κανόνες για το auditctl προσφέρει περισσότερες πληροφορίες για κανόνες και την πιθανότητα προσθήκης κανόνων.\n" +"Λεπτομερής πληροφορίες για τις ρυθμίσεις του αρχείου καταγραφής υπάρχουν στη σελίδα οδηγιών χρήσης ('man auditd.conf')." #. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 @@ -578,156 +549,114 @@ "Log File: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use Select File.)" msgstr "" -"Αρχείο Καταγραφής: Εισάγετε την πλήρη διαδρομή του αρχείου " -"καταγραφής\n" +"Αρχείο Καταγραφής: Εισάγετε την πλήρη διαδρομή του αρχείου καταγραφής\n" "(ή χρησιμοποιήστε το Επιλογή Αρχείου.)" #. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"Μορφή: ορίστε σε RAW για την καταγραφή όλων των δεδομένων " -"(αποθήκευση με τη μορφή που\n" -"τα στέλνει ο πυρήνας συστήματος) ή NOLOG για την απόρριψη όλων των " -"πληροφοριών του audit έναντι της εγγραφής τους στο δίσκο (δεν\n" +"Μορφή: ορίστε σε RAW για την καταγραφή όλων των δεδομένων (αποθήκευση με τη μορφή που\n" +"τα στέλνει ο πυρήνας συστήματος) ή NOLOG για την απόρριψη όλων των πληροφοριών του audit έναντι της εγγραφής τους στο δίσκο (δεν\n" "επηρεάζονται τα δεδομένα που στέλνονται στο πρόγραμμα αποστολής). " #. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"Εκκαθάριση: περιγράφει πως θα εγγραφούν τα δεδομένα στο δίσκο. Αν " -"οριστεί σε INCREMANTAL\n" -"η παράμετρος Συχνότητα περιγράφει πόσες εγγραφές πρέπει να εγγραφούν " -"πριν εφαρμοστεί ρητή\n" -"εκκαθάριση στο δίσκο. Η τιμή NONE σημαίνει δεν θα γίνει καμία ειδική " -"προσπάθεια για εκκαθάριση\n" -"δεδομένων, η τιμή DATA διατηρεί την μερίδα των δεδομένων " -"συγχρονισμένη, η τιμή SYNC\n" +"Εκκαθάριση: περιγράφει πως θα εγγραφούν τα δεδομένα στο δίσκο. Αν οριστεί σε INCREMANTAL\n" +"η παράμετρος Συχνότητα περιγράφει πόσες εγγραφές πρέπει να εγγραφούν πριν εφαρμοστεί ρητή\n" +"εκκαθάριση στο δίσκο. Η τιμή NONE σημαίνει δεν θα γίνει καμία ειδική προσπάθεια για εκκαθάριση\n" +"δεδομένων, η τιμή DATA διατηρεί την μερίδα των δεδομένων συγχρονισμένη, η τιμή SYNC\n" "διατηρεί πλήρως συγχρονισμένα δεδομένα και μετά-δεδομένα." #. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίστε το μέγιστο μέγεθος του αρχείου καταγραφής (σε megabyte) και την " -"ενέργεια\n" -"που θα εφαρμοστεί όταν επιτευχθεί η τιμή μέσω του Μέγεθος και Ενέργεια</" -"b>.\n" +"Ρυθμίστε το μέγιστο μέγεθος του αρχείου καταγραφής (σε megabyte) και την ενέργεια\n" +"που θα εφαρμοστεί όταν επιτευχθεί η τιμή μέσω του Μέγεθος και Ενέργεια.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" -"Αν η ενέργεια οριστεί στην τιμή ROTATE ο Αριθμός Αρχείων " -"Καταγραφής προσδιορίζει\n" -"τον αριθμό των αρχείων που διατηρούνται. Για την τιμή SYSLOG, η " -"υπηρεσία audit θα γράψει\n" -"μία ειδοποίηση στο /var/log/messages. Με την τιμή SUSPEND η υπηρεσία " -"σταματά την εγγραφή\n" -"δεδομένων στο δίσκο. Η τιμή IGNORE, σημαίνει να μην γίνει τίποτα, η " -"τιμή KEEP_LOGS\n" -"είναι παρόμοια με την τιμή ROTATE, αλλά δεν αντικαθίστανται τα αρχεία " -"καταγραφής.\n" +"Αν η ενέργεια οριστεί στην τιμή ROTATE ο Αριθμός Αρχείων Καταγραφής προσδιορίζει\n" +"τον αριθμό των αρχείων που διατηρούνται. Για την τιμή SYSLOG, η υπηρεσία audit θα γράψει\n" +"μία ειδοποίηση στο /var/log/messages. Με την τιμή SUSPEND η υπηρεσία σταματά την εγγραφή\n" +"δεδομένων στο δίσκο. Η τιμή IGNORE, σημαίνει να μην γίνει τίποτα, η τιμή KEEP_LOGS\n" +"είναι παρόμοια με την τιμή ROTATE, αλλά δεν αντικαθίστανται τα αρχεία καταγραφής.\n" #. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Η Μορφή Ονόματος Υπολογιστή περιγράφει πως γράφεται το όνομα " -"υπολογιστή στο αρχείο καταγραφής.\n" -"Αν οριστεί σε τιμή USER χρησιμοποιείται το Όνομα Ρυθμισμένο Από το " -"Χρήστη.\n" -"Η NONE σημαίνει κανένα όνομα υπολογιστή δεν εισάγεται. Η HOSTNAME</" -"i> χρησιμοποιεί\n" -"το όνομα που επιστρέφεται από την κλήση συστήματος 'gethostname'. Η FQD</" -"i> χρησιμοποιεί\n" +"Η Μορφή Ονόματος Υπολογιστή περιγράφει πως γράφεται το όνομα υπολογιστή στο αρχείο καταγραφής.\n" +"Αν οριστεί σε τιμή USER χρησιμοποιείται το Όνομα Ρυθμισμένο Από το Χρήστη.\n" +"Η NONE σημαίνει κανένα όνομα υπολογιστή δεν εισάγεται. Η HOSTNAME χρησιμοποιεί\n" +"το όνομα που επιστρέφεται από την κλήση συστήματος 'gethostname'. Η FQD χρησιμοποιεί\n" "το πλήρως πιστοποιημένο όνομα τομέα.\n" #. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Ρύθμιση Προγράμματος Αποστολής Auditd</big> \n" -"Λεπτομερείς πληροφορίες για τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος αποστολής " -"υπάρχουν στη σελίδα οδηγιών χρήσης\n" +"Λεπτομερείς πληροφορίες για τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος αποστολής υπάρχουν στη σελίδα οδηγιών χρήσης\n" "('man auditd.conf')." #. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" -"Πρόγραμμα Αποστολής: Το πρόγραμμα αποστολής εκκινείται από την " -"υπηρεσία audit και\n" +"Πρόγραμμα Αποστολής: Το πρόγραμμα αποστολής εκκινείται από την υπηρεσία audit και\n" "στέλνει όλα τα συμβάντα του audit στο stdin." #. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" -"Επικοινωνία: Ελέγχει την επικοινωνία μεταξύ της υπηρεσίας και του " -"προγράμματος\n" -"αποστολής. Η επικοινωνία lossy ορίζει ότι τα συμβάντα του " -"προγράμματος αποστολής παραλείπονται\n" -"όταν η ουρά (ενδιάμεση μνήμη μεγέθους 128kB) είναι γεμάτη. Επιλέξτε " -"lossless αν επιθυμείτε επικοινωνία\n" +"Επικοινωνία: Ελέγχει την επικοινωνία μεταξύ της υπηρεσίας και του προγράμματος\n" +"αποστολής. Η επικοινωνία lossy ορίζει ότι τα συμβάντα του προγράμματος αποστολής παραλείπονται\n" +"όταν η ουρά (ενδιάμεση μνήμη μεγέθους 128kB) είναι γεμάτη. Επιλέξτε lossless αν επιθυμείτε επικοινωνία\n" "κλειδωμένη/χωρίς απώλειες." #. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "Το πρόγραμμα αποστολής 'audispd' είναι ένας πολυπλέκτης συμβάντων audit.\n" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στις σελίδες οδηγιών χρήσης ('man " -"audispd' και 'man audispd.conf')." +"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στις σελίδες οδηγιών χρήσης ('man audispd' και 'man audispd.conf')." #. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 @@ -735,10 +664,8 @@ "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Σημείωση: Το πρόγραμμα αποστολής πρέπει να ανήκει στον 'root', να " -"έχει\n" -"δικαιώματα αρχείου '0750' και πρέπει να εισάγετε το πλήρες όνομα αρχείου.</" -"p>\n" +"Σημείωση: Το πρόγραμμα αποστολής πρέπει να ανήκει στον 'root', να έχει\n" +"δικαιώματα αρχείου '0750' και πρέπει να εισάγετε το πλήρες όνομα αρχείου.\n" #. disk space dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 @@ -748,88 +675,64 @@ "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ρύθμιση Χωρητικότητας Δίσκου του Auditd</big> \n" -"Οι ρυθμίσεις αυτές αναφέρονται στη χωρητικότητα του δίσκου στο διαμέρισμα " -"καταγραφής.\n" -"Λεπτομερής πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στη σελίδα οδηγιών χρήσης ('man auditd." -"conf').\n" +"Οι ρυθμίσεις αυτές αναφέρονται στη χωρητικότητα του δίσκου στο διαμέρισμα καταγραφής.\n" +"Λεπτομερής πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στη σελίδα οδηγιών χρήσης ('man auditd.conf').\n" #. disk space dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" -"Ελεύθερος Χώρος (σε megabytes) ειδοποιεί την υπηρεσία audit πότε " -"να εκτελέσει μία Ενέργεια όταν\n" +"Ελεύθερος Χώρος (σε megabytes) ειδοποιεί την υπηρεσία audit πότε να εκτελέσει μία Ενέργεια όταν\n" "στο σύστημα αρχίζει να μειώνεται η χωρητικότητα." #. disk space dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" -"Η τιμή Ελεύθερος Χώρος Διαχειριστή θα έπρεπε να είναι μικρότερη " -"από ποιο πάνω. Στο σύστημα μειώνεται\n" -"η χωρητικότητα στον δίσκο εάν η τιμή επιτυγχάνεται και η καθορισμένη " -"Ενέργεια θα εκτελεστεί." +"Η τιμή Ελεύθερος Χώρος Διαχειριστή θα έπρεπε να είναι μικρότερη από ποιο πάνω. Στο σύστημα μειώνεται\n" +"η χωρητικότητα στον δίσκο εάν η τιμή επιτυγχάνεται και η καθορισμένη Ενέργεια θα εκτελεστεί." #. disk space dialog hep 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" -"Αν μία ενέργεια οριστεί σε EMAIL ένα γράμμα προειδοποίησης θα " -"σταλεί στο\n" -"λογαριασμό που καθορίστηκε στο Ενέργεια Λογαριασμού Ταχυδρομείου. " -"Το SYSLOG\n" -"σημαίνει η προειδοποίηση χωρητικότητας θα γραφτεί στο /var/log/messages. Το " -"IGNORE\n" -"σημαίνει καμία ενέργεια. Το EXEC εκτελεί script που καθορίζεται στο " -"Διαδρομή στο\n" -"Script. Το SUSPEND σταματά την εγγραφή δεδομένων στο δίσκο. Το " -"SINGLE\n" -"εναλλάσσει το σύστημα σε κατάσταση ενός χρήστη. Το HALT τερματίζει το " -"σύστημα.\n" +"Αν μία ενέργεια οριστεί σε EMAIL ένα γράμμα προειδοποίησης θα σταλεί στο\n" +"λογαριασμό που καθορίστηκε στο Ενέργεια Λογαριασμού Ταχυδρομείου. Το SYSLOG\n" +"σημαίνει η προειδοποίηση χωρητικότητας θα γραφτεί στο /var/log/messages. Το IGNORE\n" +"σημαίνει καμία ενέργεια. Το EXEC εκτελεί script που καθορίζεται στο Διαδρομή στο\n" +"Script. Το SUSPEND σταματά την εγγραφή δεδομένων στο δίσκο. Το SINGLE\n" +"εναλλάσσει το σύστημα σε κατάσταση ενός χρήστη. Το HALT τερματίζει το σύστημα.\n" #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε επίσης να καθορίσετε την Ενέργεια Γεμάτου Δίσκου (ο " -"δίσκος έχει ήδη γεμίσει) και\n" -"την Ενέργεια Σφάλματος Δίσκου (εκτελείται οποτεδήποτε εντοπίζεται " -"σφάλμα κατά την εγγραφή στο δίσκο).\n" -"Οι διαθέσιμες ενέργειες είναι ίδιες όπως παραπάνω (εκτός από το EMAIL</" -"i>)." +"Μπορείτε επίσης να καθορίσετε την Ενέργεια Γεμάτου Δίσκου (ο δίσκος έχει ήδη γεμίσει) και\n" +"την Ενέργεια Σφάλματος Δίσκου (εκτελείται οποτεδήποτε εντοπίζεται σφάλμα κατά την εγγραφή στο δίσκο).\n" +"Οι διαθέσιμες ενέργειες είναι ίδιες όπως παραπάνω (εκτός από το EMAIL)." #. disk space dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Σημείωση: Όλα τα scripts που είναι καθορισμένα για EXEC " -"πρέπει να ανήκουν\n" -"στον 'root', με δικαιώματα αρχείου '0750' και πρέπει να εισάγεται η πλήρες " -"διαδρομή αρχείου.\n" +"Σημείωση: Όλα τα scripts που είναι καθορισμένα για EXEC πρέπει να ανήκουν\n" +"στον 'root', με δικαιώματα αρχείου '0750' και πρέπει να εισάγεται η πλήρες διαδρομή αρχείου.\n" #. rules dialog help 1/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 @@ -837,58 +740,40 @@ "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" "<big>Κανόνες για το auditctl</big> \n" -"Το παράθυρο προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα ενεργοποίησης και απενεργοποίησης της " -"κλήσης συστήματος\n" +"Το παράθυρο προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα ενεργοποίησης και απενεργοποίησης της κλήσης συστήματος\n" "καταγραφής όπως επίσης και του κλειδώματος των ρυθμίσεων του audit.\n" -"Η επιλεγμένη σημαία από το Ορισμός Ενεργοποιημένης Σημαίας θα " -"προστεθεί στους κανόνες." +"Η επιλεγμένη σημαία από το Ορισμός Ενεργοποιημένης Σημαίας θα προστεθεί στους κανόνες." #. rules dialog help 2/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." -msgstr "" -"Σημείωση: Κλειδώνοντας τους κανόνες σημαίνει ότι δεν μπορούν να " -"αλλαχτούν μέχρι την επόμενη επανεκκίνηση." +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." +msgstr "Σημείωση: Κλειδώνοντας τους κανόνες σημαίνει ότι δεν μπορούν να αλλαχτούν μέχρι την επόμενη επανεκκίνηση." #. rules dialog help 3/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "Η ενεργοποίηση καταγραφής χωρίς πρόσθετους κανόνες θα προκαλέσει\n" -"τις εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν libaudit, π.χ. PAM να καταγράφουν " -"στο /var/log/audit/audit.log (προεπιλογή). " +"τις εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν libaudit, π.χ. PAM να καταγράφουν στο /var/log/audit/audit.log (προεπιλογή). " #. rules dialog help 4/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε επίσης να επεξεργαστείτε τους κανόνες χειροκίνητα, το οποίο " -"συνιστάται μόνο σε προχωρημένους χρήστες. \n" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες για όλες τις επιλογές, δείτε στο 'man auditctl'." -"\n" +"Μπορείτε επίσης να επεξεργαστείτε τους κανόνες χειροκίνητα, το οποίο συνιστάται μόνο σε προχωρημένους χρήστες. \n" +"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες για όλες τις επιλογές, δείτε στο 'man auditctl'.\n" #. rules dialog help 5/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ο Έλεγχος Σύνταξης στέλνει τους κανόνες μέσω του auditctl " -"στο υποσύστημα audit και ελέγχει την σύνταξη. Η Επαναφορά " -"επαναφέρει τις ρυθμίσεις από το /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgstr "Ο Έλεγχος Σύνταξης στέλνει τους κανόνες μέσω του auditctl στο υποσύστημα audit και ελέγχει την σύνταξη. Η Επαναφορά επαναφέρει τις ρυθμίσεις από το /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" #. rules dialog help 6/6 #: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 @@ -898,12 +783,9 @@ "Click Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" "an example rules file.\n" msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο Επαναφορά και Αποκατάσταση για να επαναφέρετε τους " -"κανόνες\n" -"και να αποκαταστήσετε τις αλλαγές (από προηγούμενους ελέγχους σύνταξης) " -"καλώντας το auditctl. \n" -"Κάντε κλικ στο Φόρτωση για να εμφανίσετε ένα παράθυρο επιλογής " -"αρχείου στο οποίο έχετε την δυνατότητα να φορτώσετε\n" +"Κάντε κλικ στο Επαναφορά και Αποκατάσταση για να επαναφέρετε τους κανόνες\n" +"και να αποκαταστήσετε τις αλλαγές (από προηγούμενους ελέγχους σύνταξης) καλώντας το auditctl. \n" +"Κάντε κλικ στο Φόρτωση για να εμφανίσετε ένα παράθυρο επιλογής αρχείου στο οποίο έχετε την δυνατότητα να φορτώσετε\n" "ένα αρχείο κανόνων ως παράδειγμα.\n" #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -934,12 +816,8 @@ #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Για να συνεχίσετε την ρύθμιση της Καταγραφής στο Linux, το πακέτο %1</" -"b> πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί." +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." +msgstr "Για να συνεχίσετε την ρύθμιση της Καταγραφής στο Linux, το πακέτο %1 πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί." #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -954,8 +832,7 @@ "'Miscellaneous' in YaST Control Center." msgstr "" "Δεν μπορεί να εκκινήσει η υπηρεσία audit.\n" -"Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε το αρχείο /var/log/messages για τα μηνύματα λαθών του " -"auditd.\n" +"Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε το αρχείο /var/log/messages για τα μηνύματα λαθών του auditd.\n" "Μπορεί να χρησιμοποιήσετε το άρθρωμα 'Καταγραφή Συστήματος' από την ομάδα\n" "'Διάφορα' στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Yast." @@ -1041,7 +918,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Start" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Εκκίνηση" #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 msgid "&Do not start" @@ -1101,8 +978,7 @@ msgstr "" "Θα θέλατε να αλλάξετε την 'Σημαία Ενεργοποίησης';\n" "Αν ναι, οι νέοι κανόνες θα εγγραφούν στο αρχείο /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -"Στη συνέχεια θα πρέπει να επανεκκινήσετε το σύστημά σας για ενεργοποίηση των " -"αλλαγών.\n" +"Στη συνέχεια θα πρέπει να επανεκκινήσετε το σύστημά σας για ενεργοποίηση των αλλαγών.\n" #. Error message #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 @@ -1154,13 +1030,8 @@ #~| "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n" #~| "the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" #~| "Setting the format to 'NONE' (default)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\\nthe 'Computer Name Format' " -#~ "is set to 'USER'.\\nSetting the format to 'NONE' (default)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η τιμή 'Όνομα Ρυθμισμένο Από το Χρήστη' ΔΕΝ έχει ρυθμιστεί\\nπαρόλο που η " -#~ "τιμή 'Μορφή Ονόματος Υπολογιστή' είναι ρυθμισμένο σε 'USER'.\\nΡύθμιση " -#~ "της μορφής σε 'NONE' (προεπιλογή)." +#~ msgid "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\\nthe 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\\nSetting the format to 'NONE' (default)." +#~ msgstr "Η τιμή 'Όνομα Ρυθμισμένο Από το Χρήστη' ΔΕΝ έχει ρυθμιστεί\\nπαρόλο που η τιμή 'Μορφή Ονόματος Υπολογιστή' είναι ρυθμισμένο σε 'USER'.\\nΡύθμιση της μορφής σε 'NONE' (προεπιλογή)." #~| msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" #~ msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\\n" @@ -1183,40 +1054,24 @@ #~| "\n" #~| "If you want to unlock, set the enabled flag accordingly and\n" #~| "finish the configuration. Afterwards a reboot is required." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\\n\\nIf you want to " -#~ "unlock, set the enabled flag accordingly and\\nfinish the configuration. " -#~ "Afterwards a reboot is required." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Οι κανόνες είναι ήδη κλειδωμένοι, η αρχικοποίηση είναι αδύνατη.\\n\\nΑν " -#~ "επιθυμείτε να ξεκλειδώσετε, ρυθμίστε αντίστοιχα τον διακόπτη ενεργοποίησης" -#~ "\\nκαι ολοκληρώστε τη ρύθμιση. Αμέσως μετά απαιτείται επανεκκίνηση του " -#~ "συστήματος." +#~ msgid "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\\n\\nIf you want to unlock, set the enabled flag accordingly and\\nfinish the configuration. Afterwards a reboot is required." +#~ msgstr "Οι κανόνες είναι ήδη κλειδωμένοι, η αρχικοποίηση είναι αδύνατη.\\n\\nΑν επιθυμείτε να ξεκλειδώσετε, ρυθμίστε αντίστοιχα τον διακόπτη ενεργοποίησης\\nκαι ολοκληρώστε τη ρύθμιση. Αμέσως μετά απαιτείται επανεκκίνηση του συστήματος." #~| msgid "" #~| "The rules are already locked.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "A test is impossible because sending new rules\n" #~| "will cause an error.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The rules are already locked.\\n\\nA test is impossible because sending " -#~ "new rules\\nwill cause an error.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Οι κανόνες είναι ήδη κλειδωμένοι.\\n\\nΗ δοκιμή δεν είναι δυνατή γιατί η " -#~ "αποστολή νέων κανόνων\\nθα προκαλέσει σφάλμα.\\n" +#~ msgid "The rules are already locked.\\n\\nA test is impossible because sending new rules\\nwill cause an error.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Οι κανόνες είναι ήδη κλειδωμένοι.\\n\\nΗ δοκιμή δεν είναι δυνατή γιατί η αποστολή νέων κανόνων\\nθα προκαλέσει σφάλμα.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\n" #~| "\n" #~| "It makes no sense to continue, because the rules will\n" #~| "be locked until next boot.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\\n\\nIt makes no sense to continue, " -#~ "because the rules will\\nbe locked until next boot.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το κλείδωμα έχει ρυθμιστεί στο audit.rules (-e 2).\\nΔεν έχει νόημα να " -#~ "συνεχίσετε, γιατί οι κανόνες θα είναι\\nκλειδωμένοι μέχρι την επόμενη " -#~ "εκκίνηση του συστήματος.\\n" +#~ msgid "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\\n\\nIt makes no sense to continue, because the rules will\\nbe locked until next boot.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Το κλείδωμα έχει ρυθμιστεί στο audit.rules (-e 2).\\nΔεν έχει νόημα να συνεχίσετε, γιατί οι κανόνες θα είναι\\nκλειδωμένοι μέχρι την επόμενη εκκίνηση του συστήματος.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\n" @@ -1224,479 +1079,207 @@ #~| "If you really want this, make sure '-e 2' is the last entry\n" #~| "in the rules file. If not, either enable or disable auditing.\n" #~| "To check or change the rules, go back to the rules editor.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\\nThis means the rules " -#~ "are locked until next boot!\\nIf you really want this, make sure '-e 2' " -#~ "is the last entry\\nin the rules file. If not, either enable or disable " -#~ "auditing.\\nTo check or change the rules, go back to the rules editor.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Οι ρυθμίσεις του audit είναι κλειδωμένες (επιλογή -e 2).\\nΑυτό σημαίνει " -#~ "ότι οι κανόνες είναι κλειδωμένοι μέχρι την επόμενη εκκίνηση του " -#~ "συστήματος!\\nΕάν πραγματικά το θέλετε αυτό, σιγουρευτείτε ότι το '-e 2' " -#~ "είναι η τελευταία καταχώρηση\\nστο αρχείο κανόνων. Εάν όχι, είτε " -#~ "ενεργοποιήστε ή απενεργοποιήστε την καταγραφή.\\nΓια έλεγχο ή αλλαγή των " -#~ "κανόνων, επιστρέψτε στον επεξεργαστή κανόνων.\\n" +#~ msgid "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\\nThis means the rules are locked until next boot!\\nIf you really want this, make sure '-e 2' is the last entry\\nin the rules file. If not, either enable or disable auditing.\\nTo check or change the rules, go back to the rules editor.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Οι ρυθμίσεις του audit είναι κλειδωμένες (επιλογή -e 2).\\nΑυτό σημαίνει ότι οι κανόνες είναι κλειδωμένοι μέχρι την επόμενη εκκίνηση του συστήματος!\\nΕάν πραγματικά το θέλετε αυτό, σιγουρευτείτε ότι το '-e 2' είναι η τελευταία καταχώρηση\\nστο αρχείο κανόνων. Εάν όχι, είτε ενεργοποιήστε ή απενεργοποιήστε την καταγραφή.\\nΓια έλεγχο ή αλλαγή των κανόνων, επιστρέψτε στον επεξεργαστή κανόνων.\\n" #~| msgid "" -#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -#~| "b> \n" +#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -#~ "b> \\n\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Αρχικοποίηση Ρυθμίσεων του Linux Audit Framework</big> " -#~ "\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \\n\\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Αρχικοποίηση Ρυθμίσεων του Linux Audit Framework</big> \\n\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ματαίωση Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \\nΜαταιώστε με ασφάλεια " -#~ "το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Ματαίωση Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \\nΜαταιώστε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big> \n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big> \\n\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Αποθήκευση Ρυθμίσεων και Κανόνων του auditd</big> \\n</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big> \\n\\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Αποθήκευση Ρυθμίσεων και Κανόνων του auditd</big> \\n\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing Abort.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ματαίωση της Αποθήκευσης:</big> \\nΜαταιώστε την " -#~ "διαδικασία της αποθήκευσης πατώντας το Ματαίωση.\\nΈνας επιπλέον " -#~ "διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει αν είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε ή όχι.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \\nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n\\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Ματαίωση της Αποθήκευσης:</big> \\nΜαταιώστε την διαδικασία της αποθήκευσης πατώντας το Ματαίωση.\\nΈνας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει αν είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε ή όχι.\\n\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -#~| "The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -#~| "responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /" -#~| "var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -#~| "Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from " -#~| "applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by " -#~| "rules (e.g. file watches)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \\nThe audit daemon " -#~ "is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for " -#~ "writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit." -#~ "log (default).\\nEvents may come from the apparmor kernel " -#~ "module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or " -#~ "incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ρυθμίσεις του Αρχείου Καταγραφής του Auditd</big> \\nΗ " -#~ "υπηρεσία audit είναι το συστατικό του Συστήματος Καταγραφής Linux (LAS) " -#~ "που είναι υπεύθυνο για την εγγραφή όλων των συμβάντων του audit στο " -#~ "αρχείο καταγραφής /var/log/audit/audit.log (προεπιλογή)." -#~ "\\nΣυμβάντα μπορεί να προέλθουν από το άρθρωμα πυρήνα apparmor, " -#~ "από εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν το libaudit (π.χ. PAM) ή από " -#~ "γεγονότα που έχουν προκληθεί από κανόνες (π.χ. παρακολούθηση αρχείων)." +#~| "The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +#~| "Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." +#~ msgid "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \\nThe audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\\nEvents may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." +#~ msgstr "<big>Ρυθμίσεις του Αρχείου Καταγραφής του Auditd</big> \\nΗ υπηρεσία audit είναι το συστατικό του Συστήματος Καταγραφής Linux (LAS) που είναι υπεύθυνο για την εγγραφή όλων των συμβάντων του audit στο αρχείο καταγραφής /var/log/audit/audit.log (προεπιλογή).\\nΣυμβάντα μπορεί να προέλθουν από το άρθρωμα πυρήνα apparmor, από εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν το libaudit (π.χ. PAM) ή από γεγονότα που έχουν προκληθεί από κανόνες (π.χ. παρακολούθηση αρχείων)." #~| msgid "" -#~| "The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about " -#~| "rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" -#~| "Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from " -#~| "the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about " -#~ "rules and the possibility to add rules.\\nDetailed information about the " -#~ "log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd." -#~ "conf')." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το παράθυρο Κανόνες για το auditctl προσφέρει περισσότερες " -#~ "πληροφορίες για κανόνες και την πιθανότητα προσθήκης κανόνων." -#~ "\\nΛεπτομερής πληροφορίες για τις ρυθμίσεις του αρχείου καταγραφής " -#~ "υπάρχουν στη σελίδα οδηγιών χρήσης ('man auditd.conf')." +#~| "The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +#~| "Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +#~ msgid "The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\\nDetailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +#~ msgstr "Το παράθυρο Κανόνες για το auditctl προσφέρει περισσότερες πληροφορίες για κανόνες και την πιθανότητα προσθήκης κανόνων.\\nΛεπτομερής πληροφορίες για τις ρυθμίσεις του αρχείου καταγραφής υπάρχουν στη σελίδα οδηγιών χρήσης ('man auditd.conf')." #~| msgid "" #~| "Log File: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" #~| "(or use Select File.)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Log File: Enter the full path name to the log file\\n(or use " -#~ "Select File.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αρχείο Καταγραφής: Εισάγετε την πλήρη διαδρομή του αρχείου " -#~ "καταγραφής\\n(ή χρησιμοποιήστε το Επιλογή Αρχείου.)" +#~ msgid "Log File: Enter the full path name to the log file\\n(or use Select File.)" +#~ msgstr "Αρχείο Καταγραφής: Εισάγετε την πλήρη διαδρομή του αρχείου καταγραφής\\n(ή χρησιμοποιήστε το Επιλογή Αρχείου.)" #~| msgid "" -#~| "Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format " -#~| "exactly as the kernel\n" -#~| "sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -#~| "writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +#~| "Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +#~| "sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" #~| "data sent to the dispatcher). " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format " -#~ "exactly as the kernel\\nsends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit " -#~ "information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\\ndata sent to " -#~ "the dispatcher). " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μορφή: ορίστε σε RAW για την καταγραφή όλων των " -#~ "δεδομένων (αποθήκευση με τη μορφή που\\nτα στέλνει ο πυρήνας συστήματος) " -#~ "ή NOLOG για την απόρριψη όλων των πληροφοριών του audit αντί της " -#~ "εγγραφής τους στο δίσκο (δεν\\nεπηρεάζονται τα δεδομένα που στέλνονται " -#~ "στο πρόγραμμα αποστολής). " +#~ msgid "Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\\nsends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\\ndata sent to the dispatcher). " +#~ msgstr "Μορφή: ορίστε σε RAW για την καταγραφή όλων των δεδομένων (αποθήκευση με τη μορφή που\\nτα στέλνει ο πυρήνας συστήματος) ή NOLOG για την απόρριψη όλων των πληροφοριών του audit αντί της εγγραφής τους στο δίσκο (δεν\\nεπηρεάζονται τα δεδομένα που στέλνονται στο πρόγραμμα αποστολής). " #~| msgid "" -#~| "Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -#~| "INCREMENTAL the\n" -#~| "Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before " -#~| "issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" -#~| "NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -#~| "keep data portion synced,\n" +#~| "Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +#~| "Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +#~| "NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" #~| "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -#~ "INCREMENTAL the\\nFrequency parameter tells how many " -#~ "records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\\nNONE " -#~ "means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data " -#~ "portion synced,\\nSYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εκκαθάριση: περιγράφει πως θα εγγραφούν τα δεδομένα στο δίσκο. " -#~ "Αν οριστεί σε INCREMANTAL\\nη παράμετρος Συχνότητα " -#~ "περιγράφει πόσες εγγραφές πρέπει να εγγραφούν πριν εφαρμοστεί ρητή" -#~ "\\nεκκαθάριση στο δίσκο. Η τιμή NONE σημαίνει δεν θα γίνει καμία " -#~ "ειδική προσπάθεια για εκκαθάριση\\nδεδομένων, η τιμή DATA διατηρεί " -#~ "την μερίδα των δεδομένων συγχρονισμένη, η τιμή SYNC\\nδιατηρεί " -#~ "πλήρως συγχρονισμένα δεδομένα και μετά-δεδομένα." +#~ msgid "Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\\nFrequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\\nNONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\\nSYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." +#~ msgstr "Εκκαθάριση: περιγράφει πως θα εγγραφούν τα δεδομένα στο δίσκο. Αν οριστεί σε INCREMANTAL\\nη παράμετρος Συχνότητα περιγράφει πόσες εγγραφές πρέπει να εγγραφούν πριν εφαρμοστεί ρητή\\nεκκαθάριση στο δίσκο. Η τιμή NONE σημαίνει δεν θα γίνει καμία ειδική προσπάθεια για εκκαθάριση\\nδεδομένων, η τιμή DATA διατηρεί την μερίδα των δεδομένων συγχρονισμένη, η τιμή SYNC\\nδιατηρεί πλήρως συγχρονισμένα δεδομένα και μετά-δεδομένα." #~| msgid "" -#~| "Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to " -#~| "take when this\n" +#~| "Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" #~| "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to " -#~ "take when this\\nvalue is reached via Size and Action.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ρυθμίστε το μέγιστο μέγεθος του αρχείου καταγραφής (σε megabyte) και " -#~ "την ενέργεια\\nπου θα εφαρμοστεί όταν επιτευχθεί η τιμή μέσω του " -#~ "Μέγεθος και Ενέργεια.\\n" +#~ msgid "Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\\nvalue is reached via Size and Action.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Ρυθμίστε το μέγιστο μέγεθος του αρχείου καταγραφής (σε megabyte) και την ενέργεια\\nπου θα εφαρμοστεί όταν επιτευχθεί η τιμή μέσω του Μέγεθος και Ενέργεια.\\n" #~| msgid "" -#~| "If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -#~| "specifies the number\n" -#~| "of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -#~| "warning\n" -#~| "to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing " -#~| "records to\n" +#~| "If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +#~| "of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +#~| "to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" #~| "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" #~| "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -#~ "specifies the number\\nof files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit " -#~ "daemon will write a warning\\nto /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND " -#~ "the daemon stops writing records to\\ndisk. IGNORE means do " -#~ "nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\\nto ROTATE, but log files are not " -#~ "overwritten.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν η ενέργεια οριστεί στην τιμή ROTATE ο Αριθμός Αρχείων " -#~ "Καταγραφής προσδιορίζει\\nτον αριθμό των αρχείων προς διατήρηση. Για " -#~ "την τιμή SYSLOG, η υπηρεσία audit θα γράψει\\nμία ειδοποίηση στο /" -#~ "var/log/messages. Με την τιμή SUSPEND η υπηρεσία σταματά την " -#~ "εγγραφή\\nδεδομένων στο δίσκο. Η τιμή IGNORE, σημαίνει να μην " -#~ "γίνει τίποτα, η τιμή KEEP_LOGS\\nείναι παρόμοια με την τιμή " -#~ "ROTATE, αλλά δεν επαναγράφονται τα αρχεία καταγραφής.\\n" +#~ msgid "If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\\nof files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\\nto /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\\ndisk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\\nto ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Αν η ενέργεια οριστεί στην τιμή ROTATE ο Αριθμός Αρχείων Καταγραφής προσδιορίζει\\nτον αριθμό των αρχείων προς διατήρηση. Για την τιμή SYSLOG, η υπηρεσία audit θα γράψει\\nμία ειδοποίηση στο /var/log/messages. Με την τιμή SUSPEND η υπηρεσία σταματά την εγγραφή\\nδεδομένων στο δίσκο. Η τιμή IGNORE, σημαίνει να μην γίνει τίποτα, η τιμή KEEP_LOGS\\nείναι παρόμοια με την τιμή ROTATE, αλλά δεν επαναγράφονται τα αρχεία καταγραφής.\\n" #~| msgid "" -#~| "Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name " -#~| "to the\n" +#~| "Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" #~| "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -#~| "used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME " -#~| "uses the\n" -#~| "name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -#~| "qualified\n" +#~| "used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +#~| "name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" #~| "domain name.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name " -#~ "to the\\nlog file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is" -#~ "\\nused. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME " -#~ "uses the\\nname returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses " -#~ "the fully qualified\\ndomain name.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η Μορφή Ονόματος Υπολογιστή περιγράφει πως γράφεται το όνομα " -#~ "υπολογιστή στο αρχείο καταγραφής.\\nΑν οριστεί σε τιμή USER " -#~ "χρησιμοποιείται το Όνομα Ρυθμισμένο Από το Χρήστη.\\nΗ NONE " -#~ "σημαίνει κανένα όνομα υπολογιστή δεν εισάγεται. Η HOSTNAME " -#~ "χρησιμοποιεί\\nτο όνομα που επιστρέφεται από την κλήση συστήματος " -#~ "'gethostname'. Η FQD χρησιμοποιεί\\nτο πλήρως πιστοποιημένο όνομα " -#~ "τομέα.\\n" +#~ msgid "Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\\nlog file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\\nused. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\\nname returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\\ndomain name.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Η Μορφή Ονόματος Υπολογιστή περιγράφει πως γράφεται το όνομα υπολογιστή στο αρχείο καταγραφής.\\nΑν οριστεί σε τιμή USER χρησιμοποιείται το Όνομα Ρυθμισμένο Από το Χρήστη.\\nΗ NONE σημαίνει κανένα όνομα υπολογιστή δεν εισάγεται. Η HOSTNAME χρησιμοποιεί\\nτο όνομα που επιστρέφεται από την κλήση συστήματος 'gethostname'. Η FQD χρησιμοποιεί\\nτο πλήρως πιστοποιημένο όνομα τομέα.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -#~| "Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from " -#~| "the manual page\n" +#~| "Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" #~| "('man auditd.conf')." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \\nDetailed " -#~ "information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual " -#~ "page\\n('man auditd.conf')." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ρύθμιση Προγράμματος Αποστολής Auditd</big> " -#~ "\\nΛεπτομερείς πληροφορίες για τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος αποστολής " -#~ "υπάρχουν στη σελίδα οδηγιών χρήσης\\n('man auditd.conf')." +#~ msgid "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \\nDetailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\\n('man auditd.conf')." +#~ msgstr "<big>Ρύθμιση Προγράμματος Αποστολής Auditd</big> \\nΛεπτομερείς πληροφορίες για τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος αποστολής υπάρχουν στη σελίδα οδηγιών χρήσης\\n('man auditd.conf')." #~| msgid "" -#~| "Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit " -#~| "daemon and\n" +#~| "Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" #~| "gets all audit events on stdin." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit " -#~ "daemon and\\ngets all audit events on stdin." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πρόγραμμα Αποστολής: Το πρόγραμμα αποστολής εκκινείται από την " -#~ "υπηρεσία audit και\\nστέλνει όλα τα συμβάντα του audit στο stdin." +#~ msgid "Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\\ngets all audit events on stdin." +#~ msgstr "Πρόγραμμα Αποστολής: Το πρόγραμμα αποστολής εκκινείται από την υπηρεσία audit και\\nστέλνει όλα τα συμβάντα του audit στο stdin." #~| msgid "" -#~| "Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon " -#~| "and the dispatcher\n" -#~| "program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -#~| "dispatcher are discarded\n" -#~| "when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you " -#~| "want a blocking/lossless\n" +#~| "Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +#~| "program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +#~| "when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" #~| "communication." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon " -#~ "and the dispatcher\\nprogram. A lossy communication means that " -#~ "events going to the dispatcher are discarded\\nwhen the queue (a 128kB " -#~ "buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless" -#~ "\\ncommunication." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επικοινωνία: Ελέγχει την επικοινωνία μεταξύ της υπηρεσίας και " -#~ "του προγράμματος\\nαποστολής. Η επικοινωνία lossy ορίζει ότι τα " -#~ "συμβάντα του προγράμματος αποστολής παραλείπονται\\nόταν η ουρά " -#~ "(ενδιάμεση μνήμη μεγέθους 128kB) είναι γεμάτη. Επιλέξτε lossless " -#~ "αν επιθυμείτε επικοινωνία\\nκλειδωμένη/χωρίς απώλειες." +#~ msgid "Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\\nprogram. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\\nwhen the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\\ncommunication." +#~ msgstr "Επικοινωνία: Ελέγχει την επικοινωνία μεταξύ της υπηρεσίας και του προγράμματος\\nαποστολής. Η επικοινωνία lossy ορίζει ότι τα συμβάντα του προγράμματος αποστολής παραλείπονται\\nόταν η ουρά (ενδιάμεση μνήμη μεγέθους 128kB) είναι γεμάτη. Επιλέξτε lossless αν επιθυμείτε επικοινωνία\\nκλειδωμένη/χωρίς απώλειες." #~| msgid "" #~| "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -#~| "For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man " -#~| "audispd.conf')." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\\nFor more " -#~ "information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf').</" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το πρόγραμμα αποστολής 'audispd' είναι ένας πολυπλέκτης συμβάντων " -#~ "audit.\\nΓια περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στις σελίδες οδηγιών " -#~ "χρήσης ('man audispd' και 'man audispd.conf')." +#~| "For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." +#~ msgid "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\\nFor more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." +#~ msgstr "Το πρόγραμμα αποστολής 'audispd' είναι ένας πολυπλέκτης συμβάντων audit.\\nΓια περισσότερες πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στις σελίδες οδηγιών χρήσης ('man audispd' και 'man audispd.conf')." #~| msgid "" -#~| "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have " -#~| "'0750'\n" +#~| "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" #~| " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have " -#~ "'0750'\\n file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered." -#~ "\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Σημείωση: Το πρόγραμμα αποστολής πρέπει να ανήκει στον 'root', " -#~ "να έχει\\nδικαιώματα αρχείου '0750' καθώς και να εισάγετε το πλήρες όνομα " -#~ "αρχείου.\\n" +#~ msgid "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\\n file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Σημείωση: Το πρόγραμμα αποστολής πρέπει να ανήκει στον 'root', να έχει\\nδικαιώματα αρχείου '0750' καθώς και να εισάγετε το πλήρες όνομα αρχείου.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big> \n" #~| "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" -#~| "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big> \\nThe settings " -#~ "made here refer to disk space on log partition.\\nFor detailed " -#~ "information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ρύθμιση Χωρητικότητας Δίσκου του Auditd</big> \\nΟι " -#~ "ρυθμίσεις αυτές αναφέρονται στη χωρητικότητα του δίσκου στο διαμέρισμα " -#~ "καταγραφής.\\nΛεπτομερής πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στη σελίδα οδηγιών χρήσης " -#~ "('man auditd.conf').\\n" +#~| "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big> \\nThe settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\\nFor detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Ρύθμιση Χωρητικότητας Δίσκου του Auditd</big> \\nΟι ρυθμίσεις αυτές αναφέρονται στη χωρητικότητα του δίσκου στο διαμέρισμα καταγραφής.\\nΛεπτομερής πληροφορίες υπάρχουν στη σελίδα οδηγιών χρήσης ('man auditd.conf').\\n" #~| msgid "" -#~| "Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to " -#~| "perform an Action because\n" +#~| "Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" #~| "the system is starting to run low on space." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to " -#~ "perform an Action because\\nthe system is starting to run low on " -#~ "space." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ελεύθερος Χώρος (σε megabytes) ειδοποιεί την υπηρεσία audit " -#~ "πότε να εκτελέσει μία Ενέργεια όταν\\nστο σύστημα αρχίζει να " -#~ "μειώνεται η χωρητικότητα." +#~ msgid "Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\\nthe system is starting to run low on space." +#~ msgstr "Ελεύθερος Χώρος (σε megabytes) ειδοποιεί την υπηρεσία audit πότε να εκτελέσει μία Ενέργεια όταν\\nστο σύστημα αρχίζει να μειώνεται η χωρητικότητα." #~| msgid "" -#~| "The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -#~| "system is running\n" -#~| "low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified " -#~| "Action will be performed." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -#~ "system is running\\nlow on disk space if the value is reached and " -#~ "the specified Action will be performed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η τιμή Ελεύθερος Χώρος Υπερχρήστη θα έπρεπε να είναι μικρότερη " -#~ "από πιο πάνω. Στο σύστημα μειώνεται\\nη χωρητικότητα στον δίσκο " -#~ "εάν η τιμή επιτυγχάνεται και η καθορισμένη Ενέργεια θα εκτελεστεί." -#~ "" +#~| "The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +#~| "low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." +#~ msgid "The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\\nlow on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." +#~ msgstr "Η τιμή Ελεύθερος Χώρος Υπερχρήστη θα έπρεπε να είναι μικρότερη από πιο πάνω. Στο σύστημα μειώνεται\\nη χωρητικότητα στον δίσκο εάν η τιμή επιτυγχάνεται και η καθορισμένη Ενέργεια θα εκτελεστεί." #~| msgid "" -#~| "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to " -#~| "the\n" -#~| "account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -#~| "the\n" -#~| "disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -#~| "means\n" +#~| "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" +#~| "account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +#~| "disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" #~| "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" #~| "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" #~| "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" #~| "system.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the" -#~ "\\naccount specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG " -#~ "means the\\ndisk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. " -#~ "IGNORE means\\ndo nothing. EXEC runs the script specified " -#~ "in Path to\\nScript. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. " -#~ "SINGLE\\nswitches the system to single user mode. HALT " -#~ "shuts down the\\nsystem.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν μία ενέργεια οριστεί σε EMAIL ένα γράμμα προειδοποίησης θα " -#~ "σταλεί στον\\nλογαριασμό που καθορίστηκε στο Ενέργεια Λογαριασμού " -#~ "Ταχυδρομείου. Το SYSLOG\\nσημαίνει η προειδοποίηση " -#~ "χωρητικότητας θα γραφτεί στο /var/log/messages. Το IGNORE" -#~ "\\nσημαίνει καμία ενέργεια. Το EXEC εκτελεί script που καθορίζεται " -#~ "στο Διαδρομή στο\\nScript. Το SUSPEND σταματά την εγγραφή " -#~ "δεδομένων στο δίσκο. Το SINGLE\\nεναλλάσσει το σύστημα σε " -#~ "κατάσταση ενός χρήστη. Το HALT τερματίζει το σύστημα.\\n" +#~ msgid "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\\naccount specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\\ndisk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\\ndo nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\\nScript. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\\nswitches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\\nsystem.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Αν μία ενέργεια οριστεί σε EMAIL ένα γράμμα προειδοποίησης θα σταλεί στον\\nλογαριασμό που καθορίστηκε στο Ενέργεια Λογαριασμού Ταχυδρομείου. Το SYSLOG\\nσημαίνει η προειδοποίηση χωρητικότητας θα γραφτεί στο /var/log/messages. Το IGNORE\\nσημαίνει καμία ενέργεια. Το EXEC εκτελεί script που καθορίζεται στο Διαδρομή στο\\nScript. Το SUSPEND σταματά την εγγραφή δεδομένων στο δίσκο. Το SINGLE\\nεναλλάσσει το σύστημα σε κατάσταση ενός χρήστη. Το HALT τερματίζει το σύστημα.\\n" #~| msgid "" -#~| "You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -#~| "already) and\n" -#~| "a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected " -#~| "while writing to disk).\n" +#~| "You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +#~| "a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" #~| "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -#~ "already) and\\na Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is " -#~ "detected while writing to disk).\\nAvailable actions are the same as " -#~ "above (except for EMAIL)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μπορείτε επίσης να καθορίσετε την Ενέργεια Γεμάτου Δίσκου (ο " -#~ "δίσκος έχει ήδη γεμίσει) και\\nτην Ενέργεια Σφάλματος Δίσκου " -#~ "(εκτελείται οποτεδήποτε εντοπίζεται σφάλμα κατά την εγγραφή στο δίσκο)." -#~ "\\nΟι διαθέσιμες ενέργειες είναι ίδιες όπως παραπάνω (εκτός από το " -#~ "EMAIL)." +#~ msgid "You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\\na Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\\nAvailable actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." +#~ msgstr "Μπορείτε επίσης να καθορίσετε την Ενέργεια Γεμάτου Δίσκου (ο δίσκος έχει ήδη γεμίσει) και\\nτην Ενέργεια Σφάλματος Δίσκου (εκτελείται οποτεδήποτε εντοπίζεται σφάλμα κατά την εγγραφή στο δίσκο).\\nΟι διαθέσιμες ενέργειες είναι ίδιες όπως παραπάνω (εκτός από το EMAIL)." #~| msgid "" #~| "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -#~| "by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to " -#~| "be entered.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\\nby " -#~ "'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -#~ "entered.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Σημείωση: Όλα τα scripts που είναι καθορισμένα για EXEC " -#~ "πρέπει να ανήκουν\\nστον 'root', με δικαιώματα αρχείου '0750' και πρέπει " -#~ "να εισάγεται η πλήρες διαδρομή αρχείου.\\n" +#~| "by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" +#~ msgid "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\\nby 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Σημείωση: Όλα τα scripts που είναι καθορισμένα για EXEC πρέπει να ανήκουν\\nστον 'root', με δικαιώματα αρχείου '0750' και πρέπει να εισάγεται η πλήρες διαδρομή αρχείου.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" #~| "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" #~| "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -#~| "The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the " -#~| "rules." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \\nThis dialog offers the " -#~ "possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\\nauditing as well as to " -#~ "lock the audit configuration.\\nThe selected flag from Set Enabled " -#~ "Flag will be added to the rules." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Κανόνες για το auditctl</big> \\nΤο παράθυρο προσφέρει " -#~ "τη δυνατότητα ενεργοποίησης και απενεργοποίησης της κλήσης συστήματος" -#~ "\\nκαταγραφής όπως επίσης και του κλειδώματος των ρυθμίσεων του audit." -#~ "\\nΟ επιλεγμένος διακόπτης από το Ορισμός Ενεργοποιημένου Διακόπτη " -#~ "θα προστεθεί στους κανόνες." +#~| "The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." +#~ msgid "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \\nThis dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\\nauditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\\nThe selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." +#~ msgstr "<big>Κανόνες για το auditctl</big> \\nΤο παράθυρο προσφέρει τη δυνατότητα ενεργοποίησης και απενεργοποίησης της κλήσης συστήματος\\nκαταγραφής όπως επίσης και του κλειδώματος των ρυθμίσεων του audit.\\nΟ επιλεγμένος διακόπτης από το Ορισμός Ενεργοποιημένου Διακόπτη θα προστεθεί στους κανόνες." #~| msgid "" #~| "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -#~| " applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/" -#~| "audit/audit.log (default). " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\\n " -#~ "applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -#~ "audit.log (default). " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η ενεργοποίηση καταγραφής χωρίς πρόσθετους κανόνες θα προκαλέσει\\nτις " -#~ "εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν libaudit, π.χ. PAM να καταγράφουν στο /" -#~ "var/log/audit/audit.log (προεπιλογή). " +#~| " applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " +#~ msgid "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\\n applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " +#~ msgstr "Η ενεργοποίηση καταγραφής χωρίς πρόσθετους κανόνες θα προκαλέσει\\nτις εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν libaudit, π.χ. PAM να καταγράφουν στο /var/log/audit/audit.log (προεπιλογή). " #~| msgid "" -#~| "You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -#~| "advanced users. \n" +#~| "You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" #~| "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -#~ "advanced users. \\nFor more information about all options, see 'man " -#~ "auditctl'.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μπορείτε επίσης να επεξεργαστείτε τους κανόνες χειροκίνητα, το οποίο " -#~ "συνιστάται μόνο σε προχωρημένους χρήστες. \\nΓια περισσότερες " -#~ "πληροφορίες για όλες τις επιλογές, δείτε στο 'man auditctl'.\\n" +#~ msgid "You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \\nFor more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Μπορείτε επίσης να επεξεργαστείτε τους κανόνες χειροκίνητα, το οποίο συνιστάται μόνο σε προχωρημένους χρήστες. \\nΓια περισσότερες πληροφορίες για όλες τις επιλογές, δείτε στο 'man auditctl'.\\n" -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -#~| "subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -#~| "from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -#~ "subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -#~ "from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο Έλεγχος Σύνταξης στέλνει τους κανόνες μέσω του auditctl</" -#~ "i> στο υποσύστημα audit και ελέγχει την σύνταξη. Η Επαναφορά " -#~ "επαναφέρει τις ρυθμίσεις από το /etc/audit/audit.rules.\\n" +#~| msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +#~ msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Ο Έλεγχος Σύνταξης στέλνει τους κανόνες μέσω του auditctl στο υποσύστημα audit και ελέγχει την σύνταξη. Η Επαναφορά επαναφέρει τις ρυθμίσεις από το /etc/audit/audit.rules.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Click Restore and Reset to restore the rules and reset\n" -#~| "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling auditctl." -#~| " \n" +#~| "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling auditctl. \n" #~| "Click Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\n" #~| "an example rules file.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Click Restore and Reset to restore the rules and reset\\nthe " -#~ "changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling auditctl. " -#~ "\\nClick Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load" -#~ "\\nan example rules file.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο Επαναφορά και Αποκατάσταση για να επαναφέρετε " -#~ "τους κανόνες\\nκαι να αποκαταστήσετε τις αλλαγές (από προηγούμενους " -#~ "ελέγχους σύνταξης) καλώντας το auditctl. \\nΚάντε κλικ στο " -#~ "Φόρτωση για να εμφανίσετε ένα παράθυρο επιλογής αρχείου στο οποίο " -#~ "έχετε την δυνατότητα να φορτώσετε\\nένα αρχείο κανόνων ως παράδειγμα." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "Click Restore and Reset to restore the rules and reset\\nthe changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling auditctl. \\nClick Load to open a file selection dialog in which you can load\\nan example rules file.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο Επαναφορά και Αποκατάσταση για να επαναφέρετε τους κανόνες\\nκαι να αποκαταστήσετε τις αλλαγές (από προηγούμενους ελέγχους σύνταξης) καλώντας το auditctl. \\nΚάντε κλικ στο Φόρτωση για να εμφανίσετε ένα παράθυρο επιλογής αρχείου στο οποίο έχετε την δυνατότητα να φορτώσετε\\nένα αρχείο κανόνων ως παράδειγμα.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Cannot start the audit daemon.\n" #~| "Please check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\n" #~| "You can use the module 'System Log' from group\n" #~| "'Miscellaneous' in YaST Control Center." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Cannot start the audit daemon.\\nPlease check /var/log/messages for " -#~ "auditd errors.\\nYou can use the module 'System Log' from group" -#~ "\\n'Miscellaneous' in YaST Control Center." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν μπορεί να εκκινήσει η υπηρεσία audit.\\nΠαρακαλώ ελέγξτε το αρχείο /" -#~ "var/log/messages για τα μηνύματα λαθών του auditd.\\nΜπορείτε να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσετε το άρθρωμα 'Καταγραφή Συστήματος' από την ομάδα" -#~ "\\n'Διάφορα' στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Yast." +#~ msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon.\\nPlease check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\\nYou can use the module 'System Log' from group\\n'Miscellaneous' in YaST Control Center." +#~ msgstr "Δεν μπορεί να εκκινήσει η υπηρεσία audit.\\nΠαρακαλώ ελέγξτε το αρχείο /var/log/messages για τα μηνύματα λαθών του auditd.\\nΜπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το άρθρωμα 'Καταγραφή Συστήματος' από την ομάδα\\n'Διάφορα' στο Κέντρο Ελέγχου Yast." #~| msgid "" #~| "The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" @@ -1709,42 +1292,23 @@ #~| "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" #~| "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" #~| "Do you want to start the daemon now?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\\nThe kernel uses a running " -#~ "audit daemon to log audit\\nevents to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " -#~ "\\nDo you want to start the daemon now?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Το άρθρωμα του πυρήνα 'apparmor' φορτώθηκε.\\nΟ πυρήνας συστήματος " -#~ "χρησιμοποιεί την υπηρεσία audit για να καταγράψει\\nτα συμβάντα του audit " -#~ "στο αρχείο /var/log/audit/audit.log (προεπιλογή). \\nθέλετε να εκκινηθεί " -#~ "η υπηρεσία τώρα;" +#~ msgid " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\\nThe kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\\nevents to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \\nDo you want to start the daemon now?" +#~ msgstr " Το άρθρωμα του πυρήνα 'apparmor' φορτώθηκε.\\nΟ πυρήνας συστήματος χρησιμοποιεί την υπηρεσία audit για να καταγράψει\\nτα συμβάντα του audit στο αρχείο /var/log/audit/audit.log (προεπιλογή). \\nθέλετε να εκκινηθεί η υπηρεσία τώρα;" #~| msgid "" #~| "The rules may be locked.\n" #~| "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" #~| "the 'Enabled Flag', but to activate the change\n" #~| "a reboot is required afterwards.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The rules may be locked.\\nContinue to check the rules. You can change" -#~ "\\nthe 'Enabled Flag', but to activate the change\\na reboot is required " -#~ "afterwards.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μπορεί να είναι κλειδωμένοι οι κανόνες.\\nΣυνεχίστε να ελέγχετε τους " -#~ "κανόνες. Μπορεί να αλλάξετε\\nτον 'Διακόπτη Ενεργοποίησης', αλλά για να " -#~ "ενεργοποιήσετε\\nτην αλλαγή απαιτείται επανεκκίνηση αμέσως μετά.\\n" +#~ msgid "The rules may be locked.\\nContinue to check the rules. You can change\\nthe 'Enabled Flag', but to activate the change\\na reboot is required afterwards.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Μπορεί να είναι κλειδωμένοι οι κανόνες.\\nΣυνεχίστε να ελέγχετε τους κανόνες. Μπορεί να αλλάξετε\\nτον 'Διακόπτη Ενεργοποίησης', αλλά για να ενεργοποιήσετε\\nτην αλλαγή απαιτείται επανεκκίνηση αμέσως μετά.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" #~| "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" #~| "Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\\nIf yes, the new rules will be " -#~ "written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\\nReboot the system afterwards for the " -#~ "change to take effect.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Θα θέλατε να αλλάξετε τον 'Διακόπτη Ενεργοποίησης';\\nΕάν ναι, οι νέοι " -#~ "κανόνες θα εγγραφούν στο αρχείο /etc/audit/audit.rules.\\nΣτη συνέχεια θα " -#~ "πρέπει να επανεκκινήσετε το σύστημά σας για ενεργοποίηση των αλλαγών.\\n" +#~ msgid "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\\nIf yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\\nReboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Θα θέλατε να αλλάξετε τον 'Διακόπτη Ενεργοποίησης';\\nΕάν ναι, οι νέοι κανόνες θα εγγραφούν στο αρχείο /etc/audit/audit.rules.\\nΣτη συνέχεια θα πρέπει να επανεκκινήσετε το σύστημά σας για ενεργοποίηση των αλλαγών.\\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/auth-client.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/auth-client.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/auth-client.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αποτροπή SPAM" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 @@ -205,70 +205,48 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:22 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." +msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:27 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:80 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:31 -msgid "" -"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be " -"configured or SSSD won't start." +msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:32 -msgid "" -"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be " -"queried." +msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing " -"user name and domain into these components" +msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:40 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a " -"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:44 -msgid "" -"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update " -"its internal DNS resolver." +msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:45 -msgid "" -"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to " -"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." +msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files." +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a " -"domain name component." +msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component." msgstr "" #. Define Global Services Parameters #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the " -"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most " -"verbose mode." +msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:65 @@ -284,42 +262,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:85 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be " -"opened at one time by this SSSD process." +msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:90 -msgid "" -"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process " -"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." +msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:95 -msgid "" -"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it " -"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." +msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully." msgstr "" #. NSS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:103 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:108 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:118 @@ -331,20 +295,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:128 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:136 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1103 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:140 @@ -360,50 +319,36 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:157 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1107 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:162 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "" #. PAM configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:175 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:180 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:185 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:195 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section @@ -414,37 +359,27 @@ #. SUDO configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #. AUTOFS configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:221 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #. SSH configuration options #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:229 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:234 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "" #. DOMAIN SECTIONS #. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:243 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:248 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:253 @@ -452,51 +387,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:258 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:293 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:298 @@ -504,9 +423,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:308 @@ -514,9 +431,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:319 @@ -528,8 +443,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:337 @@ -553,27 +467,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:366 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:371 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:377 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:382 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:386 @@ -581,9 +487,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:387 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:391 @@ -595,15 +499,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:401 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:406 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider @@ -612,9 +512,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:422 @@ -622,9 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:433 @@ -634,32 +530,23 @@ #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:442 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:447 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:452 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:462 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:467 @@ -672,15 +559,11 @@ #. The ldap domain section #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:480 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:485 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:491 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:497 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:503 @@ -724,8 +607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:553 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:558 @@ -741,106 +623,67 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:573 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:778 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:578 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:583 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:588 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:593 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:598 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:603 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:608 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:613 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:618 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:623 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:628 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:633 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:638 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:643 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:648 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:652 @@ -848,10 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:657 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:658 @@ -859,16 +699,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:663 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:668 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:673 @@ -880,17 +715,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:683 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:688 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:698 @@ -918,30 +747,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:728 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:734 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:740 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:746 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:752 @@ -957,13 +775,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:768 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:773 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:783 @@ -971,9 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:788 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:793 @@ -981,52 +795,35 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:798 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:804 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:809 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:814 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:819 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:824 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:829 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:834 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:839 @@ -1034,33 +831,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:844 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:849 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:855 -msgid "" -"Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if " -"any." +msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:860 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:865 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:869 @@ -1076,16 +863,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:883 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:888 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:892 @@ -1101,9 +883,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:907 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:912 @@ -1119,8 +899,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:927 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:932 @@ -1132,28 +911,19 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:941 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:951 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:956 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:962 @@ -1165,15 +935,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:995 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:999 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1004 @@ -1181,9 +947,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1009 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1014 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1019 @@ -1195,39 +959,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1029 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1048 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1052 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1056 @@ -1235,9 +987,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1065 @@ -1254,16 +1004,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1087 src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1091 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this " -"host." +msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1099 @@ -1271,15 +1016,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1112 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1117 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1122 @@ -1295,9 +1036,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1135 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section @@ -1306,21 +1045,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1151 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1155 -msgid "" -"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully " -"qualified name." +msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1160 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1165 @@ -1328,8 +1061,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:1169 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" #. end Export Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/auth-server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/auth-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/auth-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -87,9 +87,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" -"Η βάση δεδομένων δεν μπορεί να δημιουργηθεί όταν η υπηρεσία δεν είναι " -"ενεργοποιημένη" +msgstr "Η βάση δεδομένων δεν μπορεί να δημιουργηθεί όταν η υπηρεσία δεν είναι ενεργοποιημένη" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219 @@ -100,29 +98,21 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"Η βάση δεδομένων LDAP έχει ήδη δημιουργηθεί. Μπορείτε αργότερα να αλλάξετε " -"τις ρυθμίσεις στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "Η βάση δεδομένων LDAP έχει ήδη δημιουργηθεί. Μπορείτε αργότερα να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[συνθηματικό root]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[χειροκίνητος καθορισμός]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Αδυναμία λήψης συνθηματικού του root του συστήματος. Ορίστε ένα συνθηματικό " -"του διακομιστή LDAP για να συνεχίσετε." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Αδυναμία λήψης συνθηματικού του root του συστήματος. Ορίστε ένα συνθηματικό του διακομιστή LDAP για να συνεχίσετε." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -134,11 +124,11 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:121 msgid "Base DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αναζήτηση &Βάσης DN:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:125 msgid "Root DN: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Root DN:" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " @@ -155,7 +145,7 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Άνοιγμα Θύρας στο Τείχος Προστασίας" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -174,7 +164,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Καταχώρηση σε δαίμονα SLP: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " @@ -199,6 +189,9 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" +"Το πακέτο '%1' δεν είναι διαθέσιμο.\n" +"Το YaST δεν μπορεί να συνεχίσει τη ρύθμιση\n" +"χωρίς την εγκατάσταση του πακέτου." #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -208,11 +201,11 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"Το YaST δεν μπορεί να συνεχίσει τη ρύθμιση\n" +"χωρίς την εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων πακέτων." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." msgstr "" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344 @@ -220,6 +213,8 @@ "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" +"Διακομιστής OpenLDAP: Το συνήθες πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή δεν είναι διαθέσιμο.\n" +"Το StartTLS απενεργοποιημένο." #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module #: src/clients/openldap-mirrormode.rb:36 @@ -233,10 +228,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" @@ -299,11 +292,11 @@ #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Εκκίνηση Διακομιστή LDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Καταχώρηση σε ένα δαίμονα &SLP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 @@ -317,9 +310,7 @@ msgstr "Ο Διακομιστής LDAP δεν εκτελείται." #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" #. get helps page @@ -364,7 +355,7 @@ #. Button text #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Advanced Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προχωρημένες Ρ&υθμίσεις" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Kerberos Authentication" @@ -396,7 +387,7 @@ #. caption #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Advanced Kerberos Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προχωρημένες Ρυθμίσεις του Kerberos" #. tree widget label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:623 @@ -408,7 +399,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Τρέχουσα Επιλογή: " #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 @@ -438,7 +429,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αναζήτηση" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -486,7 +477,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πρωτόκολλο" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -503,18 +494,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρχείο Πιστοποίησης C&A (PEM Format)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Εύρεση..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Αρχείο Πιστοποίησης CA" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -527,9 +518,7 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280 @@ -567,15 +556,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." msgstr "" #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 @@ -602,8 +588,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" @@ -616,7 +601,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1003 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:405 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:219 msgid "&Validate Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Έλεγχος Συνθηματικού" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" @@ -634,10 +619,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26 @@ -650,18 +633,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36 @@ -688,17 +667,13 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. " -"Hdb is a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" -"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) " -"library to store data.\n" -"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and " -"more execution-efficient.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -709,24 +684,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" @@ -760,8 +729,7 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" @@ -775,35 +743,25 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" @@ -819,14 +777,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" @@ -840,15 +794,12 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -862,33 +813,28 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -907,11 +853,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" @@ -927,8 +871,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -941,11 +884,9 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" @@ -955,8 +896,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" @@ -966,16 +906,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -987,14 +922,10 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 @@ -1003,8 +934,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1018,8 +948,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1052,10 +981,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 @@ -1066,10 +993,8 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1083,6 +1008,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>Ματαίωση Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" +"Με ασφάλεια ματαιώστε το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα." #. Write dialog help #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 @@ -1110,15 +1037,11 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 @@ -1129,15 +1052,12 @@ #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1149,8 +1069,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" @@ -1172,18 +1091,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1194,10 +1110,8 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1210,31 +1124,26 @@ #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Κάτω από αυτό το αντικείμενο, ρυθμίστε μερικές καθολικές παραμέτρους." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 @@ -1243,17 +1152,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 @@ -1264,8 +1170,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1283,16 +1188,14 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1307,105 +1210,81 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα βάση δεδομένων, πατήστε Προθήκη Βάσης Δεδομένων...." #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιτρέπεται μεταχρονολογημένο" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 @@ -1414,7 +1293,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιτρέπεται η προώθηση" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 @@ -1423,7 +1302,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιτρέπεται η ανανέωση" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 @@ -1432,7 +1311,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιτρέπεται η μεσολάβηση" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 @@ -1441,73 +1320,56 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση της πιστοποίησης του χρήστη προς τον χρήστη" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "-Απαιτούμενο Προϊόν" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Απαιτεί hwauth" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Η Υπηρεσία Επιτρέπεται" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιτρέπεται αίτημα tgs" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Τα εισιτήρια επιτρέπονται" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 @@ -1521,53 +1383,37 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Υπηρεσία αλλαγής κωδικού πρόσβασης" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type @@ -1577,69 +1423,47 @@ #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife @@ -1649,9 +1473,7 @@ #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. ################################################################################# @@ -1665,39 +1487,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προχωρημένες Ρυθμίσεις" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1885 msgid "Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διαδρομή Βάσης δεδομένων" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:60 msgid "&Database Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Διαδρομή Βάσης δεδομένων" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:71 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1889 msgid "ACL File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρχείο ACL" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:78 msgid "ACL &File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Αρχείο ACL" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:89 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1893 msgid "Administrator Keytab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διαχειριστής Keytab" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:107 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1900 msgid "Default Principal Expiration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλεγμένη Αρχική Ημερομηνία Λήξης" #. checkbox text #. checkbox text @@ -1739,7 +1561,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1906 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2008 msgid "Default Principal Flags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλεγμένη Αρχική Σημαίας" #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox #. checkbox text in MultiSelectionBox @@ -1829,43 +1651,43 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:261 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1911 msgid "Dictionary File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρχείο Λεξικού" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:279 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1916 msgid "Kadmin Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Θύρα Δαίμονα Kadmin" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:297 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1921 msgid "Kpasswd Daemon Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Θύρα Δαίμονα Kpasswd" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:315 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1926 msgid "Key Stash File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρχείο Κλειδιού Κρύπτης" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:333 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1929 msgid "KDC Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Θύρα KDC" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:351 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1933 msgid "Master Key Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Όνομα Κύριου Κλειδιού" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:369 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1938 msgid "Master Key Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Τύπος Κύριου Κλειδιού" #. Treeview list item #. Treeview list item @@ -1874,7 +1696,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1943 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1998 msgid "Maximum Ticket Life Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μέγιστος Χρόνος Ζωής του Κουπονιού" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:401 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:434 @@ -1890,7 +1712,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1948 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2003 msgid "Maximum Ticket Renew Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μέγιστος Χρόνος Ανανέωσης Κλειδιού" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:453 @@ -1908,23 +1730,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:489 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1963 msgid "Reject Bad Transit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Απόρριψη Κακής Μεταφοράς" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:507 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1983 msgid "Number of LDAP connections" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αριθμός Συνδέσεων LDAP" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:525 msgid "File for the LDAP password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρχείο για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του LDAP" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:545 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1988 msgid "Search Subtrees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αναζήτηση υποδεέστερων δέντρων" #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:558 msgid "Search Scope" @@ -1949,7 +1771,7 @@ #. ldapitems = add(ldapitems, ); #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:2016 msgid "Advanced LDAP Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προχωρημένες Ρυθμίσεις LDAP" #. encoding: utf-8 #. File: include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.ycp @@ -1976,9 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1986,8 +1806,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -2012,7 +1831,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -2025,17 +1844,17 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Γενικές Ρυθμίσεις" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 msgid "Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρχεία Σχήματος" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Επιπέδου Καταγραφής" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 @@ -2046,12 +1865,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις TLS" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Βάσεις δεδομένων" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -2075,12 +1894,12 @@ #. file dialog heading #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:265 msgid "Select New Schema File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Νέο Αρχείο Σχήματος" #. error popup #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:272 msgid "The schema file is already in the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Το αρχείο σχήματος είναι ήδη στον κατάλογο." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:462 msgid "Select a valid Certificate File" @@ -2097,12 +1916,12 @@ #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιλογή Αρχείου Πιστοποίησης" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιλογή Αρχείου Κλειδιού Πιστοποίησης" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -2124,12 +1943,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:750 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:884 msgid "Unable to write settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αδυναμία εγγραφής ρυθμίσεων για την τρέχουσα βάση δεδομένων." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:804 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:941 msgid "Unable to read settings for the current database." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης ρυθμίσεων για την τρέχουσα βάση δεδομένων." #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:959 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1001 @@ -2141,7 +1960,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Κρυπτογράφηση &Συνθηματικού" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -2155,7 +1974,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Όχι" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -2163,7 +1982,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ναι" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2179,7 +1998,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1298 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση Πολιτικής Κωδικού" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1307 msgid "Access Control Configuration" @@ -2203,7 +2022,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2212,19 +2031,19 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:141 msgid "Included &Schema Files" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρχεία Περιλαμβανομένου &Σχήματος" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Select &Log Level Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Μεταβλητές Επιπέδου &Καταγραφής:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:154 msgid "Trace Function Calls" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ανίχνευση Κλησεων Λειτουργιών" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:155 msgid "Debug Packet Handling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Χειρισμός Πακέτου Αποσφαλμάτωσης" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Heavy Trace Debugging (function args)" @@ -2232,39 +2051,39 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διαχείριση Σύνδεσης" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πακέτα Εκτύπωσης Εστάλησαν και Ελήφθησαν" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:159 msgid "Search Filter Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αναζήτηση Επεξεργασίας Φίλτρου" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:160 msgid "Configuration File Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία Αρχείου Ρυθμίσεων" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:161 msgid "Access Control List Processing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία Καταλόγου Ελέγχου Πρόσβασης" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:162 msgid "Log Connections, Operations, and Result" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Καταγραφή Συνδέσεων, Λειτουργιών και Αποτελεσμάτων" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:163 msgid "Log Entries Sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Καταχωρήσεις Καταγραφής Εστάλησαν" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:164 msgid "Print Communication with Shell Back-Ends" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επικοινωνίες Εκτυπώσεων με Shell Back-Ends" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ανάλυση Εισόδου" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" @@ -2272,23 +2091,23 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Καμία" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε &Επίτρεψη Μεταβλητών:" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:176 msgid "LDAPv2 Bind Requests" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αιτήσεις Σύνδεσης LDAPv2" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Anonymous Bind when Credentials Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ανώνυμη Σύνδεση όταν τα Πιστοποιητικά Δεν Είναι Κενά" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:183 msgid "Unauthenticated Bind when DN Not Empty" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μη Πιστοποιημένη Σύνδεση όταν το DN Δεν Είναι Κενό" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:187 msgid "Unauthenticated Update Operations to Process" @@ -2299,9 +2118,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201 @@ -2309,8 +2126,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210 @@ -2335,15 +2151,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εισαγωγή Πιστοποιητικού" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Αρχείο Πιστοποίησης (PEM Format)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Αναζήτηση..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2351,7 +2167,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Α&ναζήτηση..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2359,15 +2175,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Βάση DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διαχειριστής DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Προσθήκη Βάσης DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:309 msgid "Change Password" @@ -2411,7 +2227,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία Βάσης Δεδομένων" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." @@ -2423,7 +2239,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Χαρακτηριστικό" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2451,11 +2267,11 @@ #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Πολιτικής Κωδικού Πρόσβασης" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση Πολιτικής Κωδικού Πρόσβασης" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:55 msgid "Hash Clear Text Passwords" @@ -2535,11 +2351,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ανάγνωση" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγγραφή" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" @@ -2556,11 +2372,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Διαχείριση DN:" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Π&ροσθήκη Βάσης DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" @@ -2568,7 +2384,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Κατάλογος Βάσης Δεδομένων" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" @@ -2576,12 +2392,12 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Κατάλογο Βάσης Δεδομένων" #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 msgid "Base DN must be set." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Η βάση DN πρέπει να οριστεί." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:359 msgid "A database with this Base DN already exists." @@ -2589,11 +2405,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399 msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Το Root DN πρέπει να οριστεί εαν δοθεί ένα συνθηματικό." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405 msgid "Password validation failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ο έλεγχος συνθηματικού απέτυχε." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:435 msgid "" @@ -2603,11 +2419,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ένας κατάλογος πρέπει να καθοριστεί." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ο κατάλογος δεν υπάρχει. Να τον δημιουργήσω;" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 @@ -2620,7 +2436,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Δοκιμή ξανά;" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2644,7 +2460,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επιλογή" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" @@ -2697,11 +2513,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Χαρακτηριστικά" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" @@ -2713,7 +2529,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2742,7 +2558,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Στόχος" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" @@ -2764,7 +2580,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Θύρα" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2776,19 +2592,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μέρες" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ώρες" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λεπτά" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Δευτερόλεπτα" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2821,8 +2637,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 @@ -2869,7 +2684,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Απέτυχε η αναζήτηση του LDAP." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." @@ -2877,11 +2692,11 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Απέτυχε η αρχικοποίηση του LDAP" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Η σύνδεση του LDAP απέτυχε." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:877 msgid "Initializing LDAP schema failed." @@ -3047,9 +2862,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831 @@ -3069,9 +2882,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954 @@ -3098,9 +2909,11 @@ msgid "Database Type: " msgstr "" +# +# #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Δεν έχει ρυθμιστεί ακόμα." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -3113,7 +2926,7 @@ #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Το αρχείο κλειδιού πιστοποίησης δεν υπάρχει." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -3173,9 +2986,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 @@ -3206,15 +3017,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Το πρώτο μέρος του προθέματος πρέπει να είναι c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= ή dc=." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format @@ -3242,7 +3051,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αδυναμία δημιουργίας καταλόγου." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format @@ -3250,8 +3059,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 @@ -3288,22 +3096,22 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Το countryName πρέπει να είναι κώδικας ISO-3166 δύο γραμμάτων." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λάθος 'rootdn'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "το 'rootdn' πρέπει να είναι κάτω από το 'suffix'" #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Για να ορίσετε συνθηματικό, πρέπει να καθορίσετε 'rootdn'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 @@ -3314,113 +3122,113 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Η '%s' είναι μια μέθοδος κρυπτογράφησης που δεν υποστηρίζεται." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 msgid "Define 'directory'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ορίστε 'κατάλογο'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ο κατάλογος δεν υπάρχει." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Άκυρη τιμή λανθάνοντος μεγέθους." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:547 msgid "Invalid checkpoint value." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Άκυρη τιμή σημείου ελέγχου." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:753 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:758 msgid "Define 'passwd'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ορίστε το συνθηματικό." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Επεξεργασία βάσης δεδομένων απέτυχε." #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λείπει η παράμετρος 'πρόθεμα'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αδυναμία επανεκκίνησης της υπηρεσίας." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αδυναμία διακοπής της υπηρεσίας." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Το αρχείο πιστοποίησης CA δεν υπάρχει." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Η διαδρομή πιστοποιητικού CA δεν υπάρχει." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Το αρχείο πιστοποίησης δεν υπάρχει." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Άκυρη τιμή για 'TLSVerifyClient'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγγραφή απέτυχε." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Η παράμετρος 'ServerCertificateFile' λείπει." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης αρχείου πιστοποίησης." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Η παράμετρος 'ServerCertificateData' λείπει." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Κατεστραμμένα δεδομένα PEM" #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λείπει η παράμετρος 'ServerKeyFile'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης του αρχείου κλειδιού." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λείπει η παράμετρος 'ServerKeyData'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης αρχείου πιστοποίησης CA." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αδυναμία εγγραφής αρχείου πιστοποίησης." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αδυναμία εγγραφής του αρχείου κλειδιού." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αδυναμία εγγραφής αρχείου πιστοποίησης CA." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/autoinst.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/autoinst.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/autoinst.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -138,8 +138,7 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Πελάτης για τη δημιουργία προφίλ AutoYaST βασισμένο στο τρέχον σύστημα" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 @@ -164,31 +163,23 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιώντας αυτόν το διάλογο, αντιγράψτε τα περιεχόμενα του αρχείου " -"και προσδιορίστε\n" -"την τελική διαδρομή στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα. Το YaST θα αντιγράψει αυτό το " -"αρχείο στην καθορισμένη τοποθεσία." +"Χρησιμοποιώντας αυτόν το διάλογο, αντιγράψτε τα περιεχόμενα του αρχείου και προσδιορίστε\n" +"την τελική διαδρομή στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα. Το YaST θα αντιγράψει αυτό το αρχείο στην καθορισμένη τοποθεσία." # help 2/2 #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Για να προστατευτούν τα αντεγραμμένα αρχεία, ορίστε τον ιδιοκτήτη και τα " -"δικαιώματα των αρχείων.\n" -"Ορίστε τον ιδιοκτήτη χρησιμοποιώντας τη σύνταξη userid:groupid. Τα " -"δικαιώματα μπορούν να είναι μια συμβολική\n" -"αναπαράσταση των αλλαγών που πρέπει να γίνουν ή ένας οκταδικός αριθμός που " -"αναπαριστά το μοτίβο των bit για τα\n" +"Για να προστατευτούν τα αντεγραμμένα αρχεία, ορίστε τον ιδιοκτήτη και τα δικαιώματα των αρχείων.\n" +"Ορίστε τον ιδιοκτήτη χρησιμοποιώντας τη σύνταξη userid:groupid. Τα δικαιώματα μπορούν να είναι μια συμβολική\n" +"αναπαράσταση των αλλαγών που πρέπει να γίνουν ή ένας οκταδικός αριθμός που αναπαριστά το μοτίβο των bit για τα\n" "νέα δικαιώματα." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -262,19 +253,14 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" "Για πολλές εφαρμογές και υπηρεσίες, ίσως να έχετε προετοιμασμένο\n" -"ένα αρχείο ρυθμίσεων που θα πρέπει να αντιγραφεί σε πλήρη μορφή σε κάποια " -"τοποθεσία\n" -"στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα. Για παράδειγμα, μια περίπτωση είναι αν " -"εγκαθιστάτε\n" -"έναν διακομιστή ιστού και έχετε προετοιμασμένο ένα αρχείο ρύθμισης httpd." -"conf." +"ένα αρχείο ρυθμίσεων που θα πρέπει να αντιγραφεί σε πλήρη μορφή σε κάποια τοποθεσία\n" +"στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα. Για παράδειγμα, μια περίπτωση είναι αν εγκαθιστάτε\n" +"έναν διακομιστή ιστού και έχετε προετοιμασμένο ένα αρχείο ρύθμισης httpd.conf." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 msgid "Select a file from the table first." @@ -407,8 +393,7 @@ "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο το σύστημα προετοιμάζεται για αυτόματη εγκατάσταση.</" -"p>\n" +"Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο το σύστημα προετοιμάζεται για αυτόματη εγκατάσταση.\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 msgid "Probe hardware" @@ -508,9 +493,7 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "" -"Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο το σύστημα προετοιμάζεται για αυτόματη " -"εγκατάσταση." +msgstr "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο το σύστημα προετοιμάζεται για αυτόματη εγκατάσταση." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -654,12 +637,10 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" -"out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Ανάλογα με την εμπειρία σας, μπορείτε να παραβλέψετε, καταγράψετε και " -"εμφανίσετε (με χρονικό όριο)\n" +"Ανάλογα με την εμπειρία σας, μπορείτε να παραβλέψετε, καταγράψετε και εμφανίσετε (με χρονικό όριο)\n" "τα μηνύματα εγκατάστασης. \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 @@ -668,8 +649,7 @@ "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" "Προτείνεται να εμφανίζονται όλα τα μηνύματα με χρονικό όριο.\n" -"Οι προειδοποιήσεις μπορούν να παραλειφθούν σε κάποια σημεία αλλά δεν θα " -"πρέπει να αγνοηθούν.\n" +"Οι προειδοποιήσεις μπορούν να παραλειφθούν σε κάποια σημεία αλλά δεν θα πρέπει να αγνοηθούν.\n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" @@ -684,14 +664,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Διαλέξτε μία από τις παρακάτω βασικές επιλογές και κάντε κλικ στο " -"Λεπτομερής για να\n" +"Διαλέξτε μία από τις παρακάτω βασικές επιλογές και κάντε κλικ στο Λεπτομερής για να\n" "προσθέσετε και άλλα επιπλέον πακέτα και επιλογές.\n" "\n" @@ -703,11 +681,8 @@ msgstr "Τοποθεσία του πηγής εγκατάστασης (όπως http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"Το inst-source αυτού του συστήματος (δεν μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε εικόνες " -"συστήματος εάν το επιλέξετε)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "Το inst-source αυτού του συστήματος (δεν μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε εικόνες συστήματος εάν το επιλέξετε)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -722,42 +697,31 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Προσάρτηση στο /etc/fstab Από:\n" -"\tΚανονικά, το σύστημα αρχείων που θα προσαρτηθεί είναι προσδιορισμένο στο /" -"etc/fstab\n" -"\tαπό το όνομα της συσκευής. Αυτό μπορεί να αλλάξει έτσι ώστε το σύστημα " -"αρχείων που θα προσαρτηθεί,\n" -"\tνα αναζητηθεί με βάση ένα UUID ή μία ετικέτα τόμου. Δεν μπορούν όλα τα " -"συστήματα αρχείων\n" -"\tνα προσαρτηθούν από το UUID ή από ετικέτα τόμου. Αν μια επιλογή είναι " -"απενεργοποιημένη, δεν είναι δυνατόν.\n" +"\tΚανονικά, το σύστημα αρχείων που θα προσαρτηθεί είναι προσδιορισμένο στο /etc/fstab\n" +"\tαπό το όνομα της συσκευής. Αυτό μπορεί να αλλάξει έτσι ώστε το σύστημα αρχείων που θα προσαρτηθεί,\n" +"\tνα αναζητηθεί με βάση ένα UUID ή μία ετικέτα τόμου. Δεν μπορούν όλα τα συστήματα αρχείων\n" +"\tνα προσαρτηθούν από το UUID ή από ετικέτα τόμου. Αν μια επιλογή είναι απενεργοποιημένη, δεν είναι δυνατόν.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Ετικέτα Τόμου:\n" -"\tΤο όνομα που εισήχθηκε σε αυτό το πεδίο χρησιμοποιείται ως ετικέτα τόμου. " -"Αυτό κανονικά\n" -"\tέχει νόημα αν ενεργοποιήσετε την επιλογή της προσάρτησης κατά ετικέτα " -"τόμου.\n" -"\tΜια ετικέτα τόμου δεν μπορεί να περιέχει τον χαρακτήρα / ή κενά " -"διαστήματα.\n" +"\tΤο όνομα που εισήχθηκε σε αυτό το πεδίο χρησιμοποιείται ως ετικέτα τόμου. Αυτό κανονικά\n" +"\tέχει νόημα αν ενεργοποιήσετε την επιλογή της προσάρτησης κατά ετικέτα τόμου.\n" +"\tΜια ετικέτα τόμου δεν μπορεί να περιέχει τον χαρακτήρα / ή κενά διαστήματα.\n" "\t" #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82 @@ -856,8 +820,7 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξατε να δημιουργήσετε την κατάτμηση αλλά δεν επιλέξατε ένα έγκυρο " -"σύστημα αρχείων.\n" +"Επιλέξατε να δημιουργήσετε την κατάτμηση αλλά δεν επιλέξατε ένα έγκυρο σύστημα αρχείων.\n" "Επιλέξτε ένα έγκυρο σύστημα αρχείων για να συνεχίσετε.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -927,11 +890,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"Το μέγεθος \"auto\" είναι έγκυρο μόνο εάν είναι επιλεγμένο ως σημείο " -"προσάρτησης το \"/boot\" ή το \"swap\"." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "Το μέγεθος \"auto\" είναι έγκυρο μόνο εάν είναι επιλεγμένο ως σημείο προσάρτησης το \"/boot\" ή το \"swap\"." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -998,10 +958,8 @@ "Δεν βρέθηκε κάποιο προφίλ για αυτό το μηχάνημα.\n" "Ελέγξτε την τοποθεσία που δώσατε στη γραμμή εντολών \n" "και προσπαθήστε ξανά. Λόγω αυτού του σφάλματος, μπορείτε να εισάγετε\n" -"URL μόνο σε κάποιο προφίλ και όχι σε κάποιον κατάλογο. Εάν χρησιμοποιείτε " -"κανόνες\n" -"ή αρχεία ελέγχου που βασίζονται σε ονόματα κόμβων, ξαναξεκινήστε τη " -"διαδικασία\n" +"URL μόνο σε κάποιο προφίλ και όχι σε κάποιον κατάλογο. Εάν χρησιμοποιείτε κανόνες\n" +"ή αρχεία ελέγχου που βασίζονται σε ονόματα κόμβων, ξαναξεκινήστε τη διαδικασία\n" "εγκατάστασης και σιγουρευτείτε πως έχετε πρόσβαση στα αρχεία ελέγχου.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -1042,8 +1000,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Εδώ εμφανίζονται όλοι οι σκληροί δίσκοι που έχουν αυτόματα ανιχνευτεί στο " -"σύστημά σας\n" +"Εδώ εμφανίζονται όλοι οι σκληροί δίσκοι που έχουν αυτόματα ανιχνευτεί στο σύστημά σας\n" "Επιλέξτε τον σκληρό δίσκο στον οποίο θα εγκατασταθεί το &product;.\n" "" @@ -1117,9 +1074,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτήν την διαπροσωπεία για να προσδιορίσετε κλάσεις των " -"αρχείων ελέγχου. \n" +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτήν την διαπροσωπεία για να προσδιορίσετε κλάσεις των αρχείων ελέγχου. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1127,8 +1082,7 @@ "a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.\n" msgstr "" "Για παράδειγμα, μπορείτε να ορίσετε μια κλάση ρυθμίσεων για\n" -"ένα συγκεκριμένο τμήμα, ομάδα, ή για έναν ιστοχώρο στο περιβάλλον της " -"επιχείρησης σας.\n" +"ένα συγκεκριμένο τμήμα, ομάδα, ή για έναν ιστοχώρο στο περιβάλλον της επιχείρησης σας.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 msgid "" @@ -1205,10 +1159,8 @@ "creating the classes.\n" msgstr "" "Αν έχετε ορίσει και δημιουργήσει \n" -"κλάσεις, θα έχετε την δυνατότητα να τις συνενώσετε, χρησιμοποιώντας " -"αυτήν την διαπροσωπεία\n" -"για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο Προφίλ που θα περιέχει πληροφορίες από " -"κάθε κλάση\n" +"κλάσεις, θα έχετε την δυνατότητα να τις συνενώσετε, χρησιμοποιώντας αυτήν την διαπροσωπεία\n" +"για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο Προφίλ που θα περιέχει πληροφορίες από κάθε κλάση\n" "ανάλογα με την σειρά (προτεραιότητα) που έχετε θέσει όταν\n" "δημιουργήσατε τις κλάσεις.\n" @@ -1236,9 +1188,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.\n" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε μία ή περισσότερες κλάσεις από τη λίστα στις οποίες θα ανήκει το " -"τρέχον αρχείο ελέγχου.\n" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε μία ή περισσότερες κλάσεις από τη λίστα στις οποίες θα ανήκει το τρέχον αρχείο ελέγχου.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 msgid "No profiles in this class" @@ -1419,12 +1369,8 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Θέλετε πραγματικά να εφαρμόσετε τις ρυθμίσεις της μονάδας '%1' στο τρέχον " -"σας σύστημα;" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "Θέλετε πραγματικά να εφαρμόσετε τις ρυθμίσεις της μονάδας '%1' στο τρέχον σας σύστημα;" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 @@ -1438,12 +1384,8 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Θέλετε πραγματικά να εφαρμόσετε τις ρυθμίσεις του προφίλ στο τρέχον σας " -"σύστημα;" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgstr "Θέλετε πραγματικά να εφαρμόσετε τις ρυθμίσεις του προφίλ στο τρέχον σας σύστημα;" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 @@ -1479,8 +1421,7 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Εισάγετε τον κατάλογο όπου όλα τα αρχεία ελέγχου θα πρέπει να έχουν " -"αποθηκευτεί\n" +"Εισάγετε τον κατάλογο όπου όλα τα αρχεία ελέγχου θα πρέπει να έχουν αποθηκευτεί\n" "στο πεδίο πεδίο της Πηγής Εγκατάστασης." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1513,8 +1454,7 @@ "127 characters long or less.\n" msgstr "" "Άκυρο όνομα αρχείου.\n" -"Το όνομα μπορεί να περιέχει μόνο γράμματα, αριθμούς και τον χαρακτήρα " -"υπογράμμισης,\n" +"Το όνομα μπορεί να περιέχει μόνο γράμματα, αριθμούς και τον χαρακτήρα υπογράμμισης,\n" "θα πρέπει να ξεκινά με γράμμα και να\n" "είναι 127 χαρακτήρες το μέγιστο.\n" @@ -1586,13 +1526,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Έχει γίνει εισαγωγή του αρχείου Kickstart.\n" -"Ελέγξτε την σύνταξη και σιγουρευτείτε ότι η εισαγωγή των επιλογών πακέτων " -"και των\n" +"Ελέγξτε την σύνταξη και σιγουρευτείτε ότι η εισαγωγή των επιλογών πακέτων και των\n" "κατατμήσεων έγινε σωστά." #. Validate Dialog @@ -1713,8 +1651,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Οι επιλογές σε αυτόν το διάλογο ελέγχουν τη συμπεριφορά του AutoYaST κατά τη " -"διάρκεια\n" +"Οι επιλογές σε αυτόν το διάλογο ελέγχουν τη συμπεριφορά του AutoYaST κατά τη διάρκεια\n" "της αυτόματης εγκατάστασης.\n" "\n" @@ -1724,30 +1661,25 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Η επιλογή επιβεβαίωσης εγκατάστασης είναι εξ ορισμού επιλεγμένη\n" "για την αποφυγή ανεπιθύμητης εγκατάστασης. Διακόπτει το σύστημα\n" -"κατά τη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης και παρουσιάζει μια σύνοψη των επιθυμητών " -"λειτουργιών στη συνηθισμένη οθόνη υποδείξεων.\n" -"Καταργήστε αυτήν την επιλογή για να γίνει η εγκατάσταση αυτόματα χωρίς " -"διακοπή.\n" +"κατά τη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης και παρουσιάζει μια σύνοψη των επιθυμητών λειτουργιών στη συνηθισμένη οθόνη υποδείξεων.\n" +"Καταργήστε αυτήν την επιλογή για να γίνει η εγκατάσταση αυτόματα χωρίς διακοπή.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Εάν κλείσετε το δεύτερο στάδιο του AutoYaST, η εγκατάσταση θα συνεχιστεί με " -"χειροκίνητο τρόπο\n" +"Εάν κλείσετε το δεύτερο στάδιο του AutoYaST, η εγκατάσταση θα συνεχιστεί με χειροκίνητο τρόπο\n" "μετά την πρώτη επανεκκίνηση (μετά την εγκατάσταση πακέτων).\n" "\n" @@ -1784,8 +1716,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Λίστα διαδρομών για απαντήσεις (πολλαπλές διαδρομές χωρίζονται με κενά)" +msgstr "Λίστα διαδρομών για απαντήσεις (πολλαπλές διαδρομές χωρίζονται με κενά)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1891,25 +1822,20 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Αυτό το εργαλείο χρησιμοποιεί το xmllint για την επικύρωση του " -"προφίλ\n" -"σύμφωνα με το DTD και ελέγχει για απώλεια δεδομένων. Η απώλεια για ορισμένα " -"δεδομένα\n" -"μπορεί να είναι σκόπιμη και έτσι τα σφάλματα που τυχόν αναφερθούν μπορούν να " -"αγνοηθούν,\n" +"Αυτό το εργαλείο χρησιμοποιεί το xmllint για την επικύρωση του προφίλ\n" +"σύμφωνα με το DTD και ελέγχει για απώλεια δεδομένων. Η απώλεια για ορισμένα δεδομένα\n" +"μπορεί να είναι σκόπιμη και έτσι τα σφάλματα που τυχόν αναφερθούν μπορούν να αγνοηθούν,\n" "για παράδειγμα, κατά τη δημιουργία κλάσεων.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\n" "is validated.\n" -msgstr "" -"Φορτώστε ένα προφίλ πρώτα. Διαφορετικά επικυρώνεται ένα κενό αρχείο.\n" +msgstr "Φορτώστε ένα προφίλ πρώτα. Διαφορετικά επικυρώνεται ένα κενό αρχείο.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25 msgid "<big>Importing Kickstart Files</big> " @@ -1921,24 +1847,19 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να εισάγετε ένα αρχείο Kickstart, πληκτρολογήστε τη διαδρομή του " -"αρχείου ρυθμίσεων. \n" +"Για να εισάγετε ένα αρχείο Kickstart, πληκτρολογήστε τη διαδρομή του αρχείου ρυθμίσεων. \n" "Τα εισαγόμενα δεδομένα φορτώνονται στο σύστημα διαχείρισης ρυθμίσεων \n" -"για την προσθήκη επιπλέον επιλογών ρύθμισης που είναι διαθέσιμες με τη SUSE." -"\n" +"για την προσθήκη επιπλέον επιλογών ρύθμισης που είναι διαθέσιμες με τη SUSE.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" msgstr "" "Αυτό το εργαλείο δημιουργεί ένα προφίλ αναφοράς\n" -"ανακτώντας πληροφορίες από αυτό το σύστημα. Εκτός από τους προκαθορισμένους " -"πόρους επιλέξτε\n" -"επιπρόσθετα τους πόρους, όπως οι κατατμήσεις και οι επιλογές πακέτων, από " -"τους οποίους\n" +"ανακτώντας πληροφορίες από αυτό το σύστημα. Εκτός από τους προκαθορισμένους πόρους επιλέξτε\n" +"επιπρόσθετα τους πόρους, όπως οι κατατμήσεις και οι επιλογές πακέτων, από τους οποίους\n" "θα γίνει ανάκτηση πληροφοριών.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 @@ -1947,12 +1868,10 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Ο πίνακας στα δεξιά εμφανίζει τις κατατμήσεις που θα δημιουργηθούν στο " -"επιλεγμένο σύστημα.\n" +"Ο πίνακας στα δεξιά εμφανίζει τις κατατμήσεις που θα δημιουργηθούν στο επιλεγμένο σύστημα.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1990,8 +1909,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Αν δεν έχουν οριστεί κατατμήσεις και το καθορισμένο drive είναι επίσης\n" @@ -2011,60 +1929,40 @@ msgstr "Επιλογές για Προχωρημένους" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Από προεπιλογή, το AutoYaST2 θα δημιουργήσει μια εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση και θα " -"προσθέσει όλες τις νέες κατατμήσεις σαν λογικές συσκευές. Είναι δυνατόν " -"ωστόσο, να καθοδηγήσετε το AutoYaST2 να δημιουργήσει μια συγκεκριμένη " -"κατάτμηση σαν πρωτεύουσα κατάτμηση ή σαν εκτεταμένη. Επιπλέον, είναι δυνατόν " -"να προσδιορίσετε το μέγεθος μιας κατάτμησης χρησιμοποιώντας τομείς (sectors) " -"αντί MBytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Από προεπιλογή, το AutoYaST2 θα δημιουργήσει μια εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση και θα προσθέσει όλες τις νέες κατατμήσεις σαν λογικές συσκευές. Είναι δυνατόν ωστόσο, να καθοδηγήσετε το AutoYaST2 να δημιουργήσει μια συγκεκριμένη κατάτμηση σαν πρωτεύουσα κατάτμηση ή σαν εκτεταμένη. Επιπλέον, είναι δυνατόν να προσδιορίσετε το μέγεθος μιας κατάτμησης χρησιμοποιώντας τομείς (sectors) αντί MBytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Αυτές οι επιλογές και άλλες προχωρημένες επιλογές δεν μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν " -"με την χρήση\n" -"αυτής της διαπροσωπείας. Θα πρέπει να τις προσθέσετε χειροκίνητα στο αρχείο " -"ελέγχου.\n" +"Αυτές οι επιλογές και άλλες προχωρημένες επιλογές δεν μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν με την χρήση\n" +"αυτής της διαπροσωπείας. Θα πρέπει να τις προσθέσετε χειροκίνητα στο αρχείο ελέγχου.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για εγκατάσταση LVM και RAID, συμβουλευτείτε τις οδηγίες στην τεκμηρίωση και " -"προσθέστε τις ρυθμίσεις\n" -"σε ένα υπάρχον αρχείο ελέγχου. Μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε μόνο κατατμήσεις " -"LVM και RAID χωρίς\n" +"Για εγκατάσταση LVM και RAID, συμβουλευτείτε τις οδηγίες στην τεκμηρίωση και προσθέστε τις ρυθμίσεις\n" +"σε ένα υπάρχον αρχείο ελέγχου. Μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε μόνο κατατμήσεις LVM και RAID χωρίς\n" " διαμόρφωση σαν προετοιμασία.\n" "\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Δε μπορεί να βρεθεί το URL '%1' δια μέσου του πρωτοκόλλου HTTP(S). Ο " -"διακομιστής επέστρεψε κώδικα %2." +msgstr "Δε μπορεί να βρεθεί το URL '%1' δια μέσου του πρωτοκόλλου HTTP(S). Ο διακομιστής επέστρεψε κώδικα %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Δε μπορεί να βρεθεί το URL '%1' δια μέσου του πρωτοκόλλου FTP. Ο διακομιστής " -"επέστρεψε κώδικα %2." +msgstr "Δε μπορεί να βρεθεί το URL '%1' δια μέσου του πρωτοκόλλου FTP. Ο διακομιστής επέστρεψε κώδικα %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2144,23 +2042,20 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Σενάρια Προεγκατάστασης</h3>\n" -"Προσθέστε εντολές που θα εκτελεστούν στο σύστημα πριν την έναρξη της " -"εγκατάστασης. \n" +"Προσθέστε εντολές που θα εκτελεστούν στο σύστημα πριν την έναρξη της εγκατάστασης. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " -"installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Σενάρια μετά Εγκατάστασης</h3>\n" -"Μπορείτε επίσης να προσθέσετε εντολές για να εκτελεστούν στο σύστημα μετά " -"την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης.\n" +"Μπορείτε επίσης να προσθέσετε εντολές για να εκτελεστούν στο σύστημα μετά την ολοκλήρωση της εγκατάστασης.\n" "Αυτά τα σενάρια εκτελούνται έξω από το περιβάλλον chroot.\n" "" @@ -2172,23 +2067,17 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " -"installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Σενάρια Chroot</H3>\n" -"Για να εκτελεστεί το σενάριο μετά-εγκατάστασης μέσα στο περιβάλλον " -"chroot\n" -"ενεργοποιήστε τις επιλογές των chroot scripts. Αυτά τα σενάρια " -"εκτελούνται\n" -"πριν το σύστημα επανεκκινηθεί την πρώτη φορά. Εξ ορισμού , τα σενάρια " -"chroot \n" -"εκτελούνται στο σύστημα εγκατάστασης. Για να έχετε πρόσβαση σε αρχεία στο " -"εγκατεστημένο \n" -"σύστημα θα πρέπει πάντοτε να χρησιμοποιείτε το σημείο προσάρτησης \"/mnt\" " -"στα σενάρια σας.\n" +"Για να εκτελεστεί το σενάριο μετά-εγκατάστασης μέσα στο περιβάλλον chroot\n" +"ενεργοποιήστε τις επιλογές των chroot scripts. Αυτά τα σενάρια εκτελούνται\n" +"πριν το σύστημα επανεκκινηθεί την πρώτη φορά. Εξ ορισμού , τα σενάρια chroot \n" +"εκτελούνται στο σύστημα εγκατάστασης. Για να έχετε πρόσβαση σε αρχεία στο εγκατεστημένο \n" +"σύστημα θα πρέπει πάντοτε να χρησιμοποιείτε το σημείο προσάρτησης \"/mnt\" στα σενάρια σας.\n" "\n" #. help 4/6 @@ -2196,16 +2085,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" -"\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Είναι δυνατόν να εκτελέσετε τα σενάρια chroot σε μετέπειτα στάδιο και " -"αφού\n" -"ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης έχει ρυθμιστεί χρησιμοποιώντας την ειδική boolean " -"ετικέτα \"chrooted\".\n" +"Είναι δυνατόν να εκτελέσετε τα σενάρια chroot σε μετέπειτα στάδιο και αφού\n" +"ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης έχει ρυθμιστεί χρησιμοποιώντας την ειδική boolean ετικέτα \"chrooted\".\n" "Αυτό προκαλεί την εκτέλεση των σεναρίων στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα. \n" "\n" @@ -2223,12 +2109,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Σενάρια Init</H3>\n" -"Αυτά τα σενάρια εκτελούνται κατά την αρχική διαδικασία εκκίνησης και " -"εφόσον το\n" -"YaST έχει ολοκληρώσει την ρύθμιση του συστήματος. Τα τελικά σενάρια " -"εκτελούνται\n" -"χρησιμοποιώντας ένα ειδικό σενάριο rc το οποίο εκτελείται μόνο μία " -"φορά. \n" +"Αυτά τα σενάρια εκτελούνται κατά την αρχική διαδικασία εκκίνησης και εφόσον το\n" +"YaST έχει ολοκληρώσει την ρύθμιση του συστήματος. Τα τελικά σενάρια εκτελούνται\n" +"χρησιμοποιώντας ένα ειδικό σενάριο rc το οποίο εκτελείται μόνο μία φορά. \n" "Τα τελικά σενάρια εκτελούνται προς το τέλος της διαδικασίας εκκίνησης\n" "και μετά την αρχικοποίηση του δικτύου.\n" "\n" @@ -2238,15 +2121,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " -"or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Διερμηνέας:</H3>\n" -"Τα σενάρια προεγκατάστασης μπορούν να είναι μόνο σενάρια κελύφους. Μην " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε Perl ή Python για τα σενάρια προεγκατάστασης.\n" +"Τα σενάρια προεγκατάστασης μπορούν να είναι μόνο σενάρια κελύφους. Μην χρησιμοποιήσετε Perl ή Python για τα σενάρια προεγκατάστασης.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133 @@ -2255,43 +2136,32 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Πρόσβαση Δικτυου:</H3>\n" -"Κατά την εκτέλεση των σεναρίων μετά την εγκατάσταση, το δίκτυο είναι " -"απενεργοποιημένο και\n" +"Κατά την εκτέλεση των σεναρίων μετά την εγκατάσταση, το δίκτυο είναι απενεργοποιημένο και\n" "απαιτεί αρχικοποίηση στα σενάρια για να κάνει το δίκτυο προσβάσιμο. Μια\n" -"εναλλακτική για τα σενάρια μετά την εγκατάσταση με τη χρήση δικτύου είναι η " -"χρήση σεναρίων init, τα οποία\n" -"εξασφαλίζουν ένα πλήρως ρυθμισμένο σύστημα όταν εκτελούνται. Αν κάνατε μια " -"εγκατάσταση\n" -"μέσω δικτύου, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή Δίκτυο επίσης " -"για το postscript.\n" +"εναλλακτική για τα σενάρια μετά την εγκατάσταση με τη χρήση δικτύου είναι η χρήση σεναρίων init, τα οποία\n" +"εξασφαλίζουν ένα πλήρως ρυθμισμένο σύστημα όταν εκτελούνται. Αν κάνατε μια εγκατάσταση\n" +"μέσω δικτύου, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή Δίκτυο επίσης για το postscript.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " -"box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Ανάδραση και Εκσφαλμάτωση:</H3>\n" -"Όλα τα σενάρια εκτός των init μπορούν να δείξουν τα STDOUT+STDERR σε ένα " -"αναδυόμενο παράθυρο ως ανάδραση.\n" -"Αν ενεργοποιήσετε την εκσφαλμάτωση, μπορείτε να έχετε πιο πολλά στοιχεία " -"στον διάλογο της ανάδρασης τα οπο΄οποία μπορεί να βοηθήσουν\n" +"Όλα τα σενάρια εκτός των init μπορούν να δείξουν τα STDOUT+STDERR σε ένα αναδυόμενο παράθυρο ως ανάδραση.\n" +"Αν ενεργοποιήσετε την εκσφαλμάτωση, μπορείτε να έχετε πιο πολλά στοιχεία στον διάλογο της ανάδρασης τα οπο΄οποία μπορεί να βοηθήσουν\n" "στην εκσφαλμάτωση των σεναρίων.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2384,15 +2254,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " -"installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Προσθέτοντας σενάρια στην διαδικασία αυτόματης εγκατάστασης, προσαρμόζετε " -"την εγκατάσταση\n" -"σύμφωνα με τις ανάγκες σας και αναλαμβάνετε τον έλεγχο στα διάφορα στάδια " -"της εγκατάστασης.\n" +"Προσθέτοντας σενάρια στην διαδικασία αυτόματης εγκατάστασης, προσαρμόζετε την εγκατάσταση\n" +"σύμφωνα με τις ανάγκες σας και αναλαμβάνετε τον έλεγχο στα διάφορα στάδια της εγκατάστασης.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2419,12 +2286,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"Ο αναλυτής XML αναφέρει ένα σφάλμα κατά την ανάλυση του προφίλ του autoyast. " -"Το μήνυμα σφάλματος είναι:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "Ο αναλυτής XML αναφέρει ένα σφάλμα κατά την ανάλυση του προφίλ του autoyast. Το μήνυμα σφάλματος είναι:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2437,10 +2300,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Οι προσδιορισμένες από τον χρήστη κλάσεις δεν μπόρεσαν να ανακτηθούν.\n" -"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλες οι κλάσεις είναι ορισμένες σωστά και ότι είναι " -"διαθέσιμες\n" -"για το σύστημα, τοπικά ή μέσω δικτύου. Το σύστημα δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί " -"με το αρχικό\n" +"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλες οι κλάσεις είναι ορισμένες σωστά και ότι είναι διαθέσιμες\n" +"για το σύστημα, τοπικά ή μέσω δικτύου. Το σύστημα δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί με το αρχικό\n" "αρχείο ελέγχου χωρίς την χρήση κλάσεων.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes @@ -2505,33 +2366,26 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Οι περισσότερες από τις μονάδες που χρησιμοποιούνται για τη δημιουργία " -"των ρυθμίσεων είναι οι ίδιες ακριβώς\n" -"με αυτές που είναι διαθέσιμες μέσω του Κέντρου Ελέγχου YaST. Αντί να " -"ρυθμιστεί αυτό το σύστημα, τα δεδομένα που έχουν\n" -"εισαχθεί θα συγκεντρωθούν και θα εξαχθούν στο αρχείο ελέγχου το οποίο μπορεί " -"να χρησιμοποιηθεί για \n" +"Οι περισσότερες από τις μονάδες που χρησιμοποιούνται για τη δημιουργία των ρυθμίσεων είναι οι ίδιες ακριβώς\n" +"με αυτές που είναι διαθέσιμες μέσω του Κέντρου Ελέγχου YaST. Αντί να ρυθμιστεί αυτό το σύστημα, τα δεδομένα που έχουν\n" +"εισαχθεί θα συγκεντρωθούν και θα εξαχθούν στο αρχείο ελέγχου το οποίο μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για \n" "την εγκατάσταση ενός νέου συστήματος χρησιμοποιώντας το AutoYaST.\n" "\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Επιπρόσθετα με τις υπάρχουσες και γνωστές μονάδες\n" -"δημιουργήθηκαν νέες διεπαφές για εξειδικευμένες και πολύπλοκες ρυθμίσεις, " -"συμπεριλαμβανομένου\n" +"δημιουργήθηκαν νέες διεπαφές για εξειδικευμένες και πολύπλοκες ρυθμίσεις, συμπεριλαμβανομένου\n" "για τις κατατμήσεις, για γενικές επιλογές και λογισμικό.\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. @@ -2632,15 +2486,13 @@ #. look for VGs to reuse #: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "" -"Αδύνατη η επαναχρησιμοποίηση της ομάδας τόμων %1. Η ομάδα τόμων δεν υπάρχει." +msgstr "Αδύνατη η επαναχρησιμοποίηση της ομάδας τόμων %1. Η ομάδα τόμων δεν υπάρχει." #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result #: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "" -"Η ομάδα τόμου '%1' πρέπει να έχει τουλάχιστον ένα φυσικό τόμο. Παρέχετε έναν." +msgstr "Η ομάδα τόμου '%1' πρέπει να έχει τουλάχιστον ένα φυσικό τόμο. Παρέχετε έναν." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2722,24 +2574,16 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Η δημιουργία της εικόνας απέτυχε κατά την εγκατάσταση μοτίβου. Παρακαλώ " -"ελέγξτε το /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Η δημιουργία της εικόνας απέτυχε κατά την εγκατάσταση μοτίβου. Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε το /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Δημιουργείται εικόνα - εγκαθίστανται πακέτα" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." -"log" -msgstr "" -"Η δημιουργία της εικόνας απέτυχε κατά την εγκατάσταση πακέτων. Παρακαλώ " -"ελέγξτε το /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Η δημιουργία της εικόνας απέτυχε κατά την εγκατάσταση πακέτων. Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε το /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389 @@ -2751,17 +2595,14 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " -"changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να κάνετε αλλαγές στην εικόνα τώρα στο %1/\n" -"Εάν πατήσετε το κουμπί ok, η εικόνα θα συμπιεστεί και δεν θα μπορεί να " -"τροποποιηθεί αργότερα." +"Εάν πατήσετε το κουμπί ok, η εικόνα θα συμπιεστεί και δεν θα μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί αργότερα." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Η συμπίεση της εικόνα απέτυχε στο '%1'. Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε το /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Η συμπίεση της εικόνα απέτυχε στο '%1'. Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε το /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:439 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2774,8 +2615,7 @@ "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" "δεν μπόρεσε να βρεθεί το αρχείο directory.yast στο `%1`.\n" -"Μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε αυτό το αρχείο με 'ls -F > directory.yast' εάν δεν " -"υπάρχει." +"Μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε αυτό το αρχείο με 'ls -F > directory.yast' εάν δεν υπάρχει." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:509 @@ -2803,12 +2643,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να κάνετε αλλαγές τώρα στο %1, όπως θα προσθέτατε ένα εντελώς " -"διαφορετικό αρχείο XML τύπου AutoYaST.\n" +"Μπορείτε να κάνετε αλλαγές τώρα στο %1, όπως θα προσθέτατε ένα εντελώς διαφορετικό αρχείο XML τύπου AutoYaST.\n" "Εάν πατήσετε το κουμπί k, το iso θα δημιουργηθεί." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2850,21 +2688,13 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"Η εκτέλεση της επίλυσης των πακέτων απέτυχε. Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε το λογισμικό " -"σας στο προφίλ του autoyast" +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "Η εκτέλεση της επίλυσης των πακέτων απέτυχε. Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε το λογισμικό σας στο προφίλ του autoyast" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"Το σχέδιο των κατατμήσεων που ρυθμίστηκε στο XML προφίλ σας δεν ταιριάζει με " -"τον σκληρό δίσκο. Λείπουν %1ΜΒ" +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "Το σχέδιο των κατατμήσεων που ρυθμίστηκε στο XML προφίλ σας δεν ταιριάζει με τον σκληρό δίσκο. Λείπουν %1ΜΒ" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" @@ -2939,9 +2769,7 @@ msgstr "&OK" #~ msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το εξαγώμενο autoyast profile μπορεί να βρεθεί στο αρχείο /root/autoinst." -#~ "xml." +#~ msgstr "Το εξαγώμενο autoyast profile μπορεί να βρεθεί στο αρχείο /root/autoinst.xml." #~ msgid "Configure runlevel" #~ msgstr "Ρύθμιση runlevel" @@ -2964,28 +2792,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " -#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " -#~ "no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " -#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " -#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " -#~ "AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Εισάγετε τις πληροφορίες της κατάτμησης σύμφωνα με τις\n" -#~ "ανάγκες σας. Για να ξαναχρησιμοποιήσετε υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση, εισάγετε τον " -#~ "αριθμό της κατάτμησης της υπάρχουσας κατάτμησης για να ξαναχρησιμοποιηθεί " -#~ "(η αριθμοδότηση ξεκινάει από τον αριθμό 1) και χωρίς μέγεθος.\n" +#~ "ανάγκες σας. Για να ξαναχρησιμοποιήσετε υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση, εισάγετε τον αριθμό της κατάτμησης της υπάρχουσας κατάτμησης για να ξαναχρησιμοποιηθεί (η αριθμοδότηση ξεκινάει από τον αριθμό 1) και χωρίς μέγεθος.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Για τις κατατμήσεις που είναι μέρος μιας ομάδας τόμων (όχι λογικές " -#~ "κατατμήσεις μέσα στην ομάδα τόμων), ορίστε την ταυτότητα της κατάτμισης " -#~ "σε 0x8e και μετά επιλέξττε την ομάδα τόμων. Η ομάδα τόμων πρέπει ήδη να " -#~ "ρυθμιστεί με τη χρήση του AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "Για τις κατατμήσεις που είναι μέρος μιας ομάδας τόμων (όχι λογικές κατατμήσεις μέσα στην ομάδα τόμων), ορίστε την ταυτότητα της κατάτμισης σε 0x8e και μετά επιλέξττε την ομάδα τόμων. Η ομάδα τόμων πρέπει ήδη να ρυθμιστεί με τη χρήση του AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, αναφερθείτε στην άμεση τεκμηρίωση.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3039,24 +2857,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Εισάγετε το μέγεθος της κατάτμησης ή τον αριθμό της κατάτμησης." #~ msgid "To reuse a partition, the partition number is required." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να ξαναχρησιμοποιήσετε μια κατάτμηση, ο αριθμός της κατάτμησης είναι " -#~ "απαραίτητος." +#~ msgstr "Για να ξαναχρησιμοποιήσετε μια κατάτμηση, ο αριθμός της κατάτμησης είναι απαραίτητος." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " -#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " -#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Δημιουργήστε ή επεξεργαστείτε τις ομάδες τόμων εδώ. Μετά από αυτό, ορίστε " -#~ "τις φυσικές κατατμήσεις σε αυτήν την ομάδα τόμων στον διάλογο " -#~ "κατατμήσεων. ενός φυσικού σκληρού δίσκου. Ορίστε την ταυτότητα της " -#~ "κατάτμησης σε 0x8e για αυτές τις κατατμήσεις.\n" +#~ "Δημιουργήστε ή επεξεργαστείτε τις ομάδες τόμων εδώ. Μετά από αυτό, ορίστε τις φυσικές κατατμήσεις σε αυτήν την ομάδα τόμων στον διάλογο κατατμήσεων. ενός φυσικού σκληρού δίσκου. Ορίστε την ταυτότητα της κατάτμησης σε 0x8e για αυτές τις κατατμήσεις.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Configure Volume Groups" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/base.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/base.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/base.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -97,16 +97,12 @@ #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:328 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το 'help' για να εμφανιστεί μια πλήρη λίστα των διαθέσιμων " -"εντολών." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε το 'help' για να εμφανιστεί μια πλήρη λίστα των διαθέσιμων εντολών." #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:333 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το 'yast2 %1 help' για να εμφανιστεί μια πλήρη λίστα των " -"διαθέσιμων εντολών." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε το 'yast2 %1 help' για να εμφανιστεί μια πλήρη λίστα των διαθέσιμων εντολών." #. translators: error message in command line interface #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:371 @@ -146,16 +142,13 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:546 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το '%1 %2 help' για μια πλήρη λίστα των διαθέσιμων επιλογών." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε το '%1 %2 help' για μια πλήρη λίστα των διαθέσιμων επιλογών." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:556 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το 'yast2 %1 %2 help' για μια πλήρη λίστα των διαθέσιμων " -"επιλογών." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε το 'yast2 %1 %2 help' για μια πλήρη λίστα των διαθέσιμων επιλογών." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:574 @@ -189,8 +182,7 @@ " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" "\n" -" Οι επιλογές για τον τύπο του [string] θα πρέπει να γράφονται στην μορφή " -"'option=value'." +" Οι επιλογές για τον τύπο του [string] θα πρέπει να γράφονται στην μορφή 'option=value'." #. translators: example title for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:719 @@ -253,27 +245,17 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:880 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Εκτελέστε 'yast2 %1 <command> help' για να εμφανιστεί μια λίστα των " -"διαθέσιμων επιλογών." +msgstr "Εκτελέστε 'yast2 %1 <command> help' για να εμφανιστεί μια λίστα των διαθέσιμων επιλογών." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Λείπει το όνομα αρχείου (στην επιλογή 'xmlfile'). Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> στην γραμμή εντολών." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Λείπει το όνομα αρχείου (στην επιλογή 'xmlfile'). Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή xmlfile=<target_XML_file> στην γραμμή εντολών." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:956 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"Το όνομα αρχείου (στην επιλογή 'xmlfile') είναι κενό. Χρησιμοποιήστε την " -"επιλογή xmlfile=<target_XML_file> στην γραμμή εντολών." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Το όνομα αρχείου (στην επιλογή 'xmlfile') είναι κενό. Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή xmlfile=<target_XML_file> στην γραμμή εντολών." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1096 @@ -413,8 +395,7 @@ "See %3 for more information about YaST logs." msgstr "" "Αξίζει να υποβάλλετε αναφορά σφάλματος στο %1.\n" -"Παρακαλούμε να συμπεριλάβετε όλα τα ιστορικά του YaST που βρίσκονται στον " -"κατάλογο '%2'.\n" +"Παρακαλούμε να συμπεριλάβετε όλα τα ιστορικά του YaST που βρίσκονται στον κατάλογο '%2'.\n" "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες για το ιστορικό του YaST ανατρέξτε στο %3." #. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO @@ -504,9 +485,7 @@ #. bugzilla #332436 #: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1319 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." -msgstr "" -"Ένα εσωτερικό σφάλμα παρουσιάστηκε κατά την ενσωμάτωση της επιπρόσθετης ροής " -"εργασίας." +msgstr "Ένα εσωτερικό σφάλμα παρουσιάστηκε κατά την ενσωμάτωση της επιπρόσθετης ροής εργασίας." #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677 @@ -530,8 +509,7 @@ "%1. Otherwise set %2." msgstr "" "<big>Έναρξη Υπηρεσίας</big> \n" -"Για να εκκινήσει η υπηρεσία κάθε φορά που εκκινείται ο υπολογιστής σας, " -"ορίστε το\n" +"Για να εκκινήσει η υπηρεσία κάθε φορά που εκκινείται ο υπολογιστής σας, ορίστε το\n" "σε %1. Αλλιώς ορίστε το σε %2." #. help text for service auto start widget @@ -548,10 +526,8 @@ "Otherwise set %2." msgstr "" "<big>Έναρξη Υπηρεσίας</big> \n" -"Για να εκκινήσει η υπηρεσία κάθε φορά που εκκινείται ο υπολογιστής σας, " -"ορίστε το\n" -"σε %1. Για να ξεκινήσετε την υπηρεσία μέσω της υπηρεσίας xinetd, " -"ορίστε το σε %3.\n" +"Για να εκκινήσει η υπηρεσία κάθε φορά που εκκινείται ο υπολογιστής σας, ορίστε το\n" +"σε %1. Για να ξεκινήσετε την υπηρεσία μέσω της υπηρεσίας xinetd, ορίστε το σε %3.\n" "Αλλιώς ορίστε το σε %2." #. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! @@ -814,8 +790,7 @@ "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Προσθήκη υπάρχοντος κλειδιού TSIG</big> \n" -"Για να προσθέσετε ένα ήδη δημιουργημένο κλειδί TSIG, επιλέξτε το Όνομα " -"Αρχείου του αρχείου\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε ένα ήδη δημιουργημένο κλειδί TSIG, επιλέξτε το Όνομα Αρχείου του αρχείου\n" "που περιέχει το κλειδί και κάντε κλικ στην Προσθήκη.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 @@ -827,10 +802,8 @@ "Generate.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Δημιουργία νέου κλειδιού TSIG</big> \n" -"Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο κλειδί TSIG, ορίστε το Όνομα Αρχείου του " -"αρχείου\n" -"στο οποίο θα δημιουργηθεί το κλειδί και το ID Κλειδιού για να " -"αναγνωρίζεται το κλειδί και πατήστε στη\n" +"Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο κλειδί TSIG, ορίστε το Όνομα Αρχείου του αρχείου\n" +"στο οποίο θα δημιουργηθεί το κλειδί και το ID Κλειδιού για να αναγνωρίζεται το κλειδί και πατήστε στη\n" "Δημιουργία.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 @@ -844,8 +817,7 @@ "in the configuration first.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Αφαίρεση κλειδιού TSIG</big> \n" -"Για την αφαίρεση ενός διαμορφωμένου κλειδιού TSIG, επιλέξτε το και πατήστε " -"στη Διαγραφή.\n" +"Για την αφαίρεση ενός διαμορφωμένου κλειδιού TSIG, επιλέξτε το και πατήστε στη Διαγραφή.\n" "Όλα τα κλειδιά που βρίσκονται στο ίδιο αρχείο θα σβηστούν.\n" "Εάν ένα κλειδί TSIG χρησιμοποιείται ήδη στην ρύθμιση\n" "του διακομιστή, δεν μπορεί να διαγραφεί. Ο διακομιστής πρέπει πρώτα\n" @@ -943,8 +915,7 @@ "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα επιλογή, πατήστε Προσθήκη. Για να " -"αφαιρέσετε\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα επιλογή, πατήστε Προσθήκη. Για να αφαιρέσετε\n" "μια επιλογή, επιλέξτε την και πατήστε Διαγραφή." #. help 3/4, optional @@ -1023,24 +994,14 @@ msgstr "" "1) Γενικά \n" "Περιηγηθείτε μέσα στα στοιχεία των διαλόγων με το\n" -"[TAB] για να πάτε στο επόμενο στοιχείο και με το [SHIFT] (ή [ALT]) + [TAB] " -"για να πάτε προς τα πίσω.\n" +"[TAB] για να πάτε στο επόμενο στοιχείο και με το [SHIFT] (ή [ALT]) + [TAB] για να πάτε προς τα πίσω.\n" "Επιλέξτε ή ενεργοποιήστε στοιχεία με το [SPACE] ή με το [ENTER].\n" "Μερικά στοιχεία χρησιμοποιούν τα βελάκια (π.χ για την κύλιση σε λίστες)." #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:334 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." -msgstr "" -"Δενδρική πλοήγηση γίνεται επίσης με τα βέλη από το πληκτρολόγιο. Για να " -"επεκτείνετε ή να μαζέψετε ένα κλαδί χρησιμοποιήστε το [SPACE]. Για αρθρώματα " -"που δείχνουν ένα δένδρο (μπορεί να φαίνεται σαν λίστα) από αντικείμενα " -"ρυθμίσεων στην αριστερή πλευρά χρησιμοποιήστε το [ENTER] για να λάβετε τον " -"αντίστοιχο διάλογο στα δεξιά." +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "Δενδρική πλοήγηση γίνεται επίσης με τα βέλη από το πληκτρολόγιο. Για να επεκτείνετε ή να μαζέψετε ένα κλαδί χρησιμοποιήστε το [SPACE]. Για αρθρώματα που δείχνουν ένα δένδρο (μπορεί να φαίνεται σαν λίστα) από αντικείμενα ρυθμίσεων στην αριστερή πλευρά χρησιμοποιήστε το [ENTER] για να λάβετε τον αντίστοιχο διάλογο στα δεξιά." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:341 @@ -1049,8 +1010,7 @@ "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." msgstr "" "Τα κουμπιά είναι συσχετισμένα με πλήκτρα συντόμευσης (το σημειωμένο\n" -" γράμμα). Χρησιμοποιήστε [ALT] και το γράμμα για την ενεργοποίηση του " -"κουμπιού." +" γράμμα). Χρησιμοποιήστε [ALT] και το γράμμα για την ενεργοποίηση του κουμπιού." #. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:345 @@ -1058,8 +1018,7 @@ "Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.\n" msgstr "" -"Πατήστε το [ESC] για να κλείσετε τα μενού επιλογής που αναδύονται (π.χ., " -"από\n" +"Πατήστε το [ESC] για να κλείσετε τα μενού επιλογής που αναδύονται (π.χ., από\n" "τα κουμπιά μενού) χωρίς να επιλεγεί τίποτα.\n" #. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 @@ -1075,8 +1034,7 @@ "Επειδή το περιβάλλον μπορεί να επηρεάσει την χρήση του πληκτρολογίου,\n" "υπάρχουν πολλοί τρόποι για να περιηγηθείτε στις σελίδες των διαλόγων.\n" "Αν το [TAB] και το [SHIFT] (ή το [ALT]) + [TAB] δεν λειτουργούν,\n" -"μπορείτε να μετακινείτε την εστίαση εμπρός με [CTRL]+[F] και προς τα πίσω με " -"[CTRL]+[B]." +"μπορείτε να μετακινείτε την εστίαση εμπρός με [CTRL]+[F] και προς τα πίσω με [CTRL]+[B]." #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:357 @@ -1093,12 +1051,10 @@ #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:363 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Πλήκτρα Λειτουργιών \n" -"Τα πλήκτρα F παρέχουν γρήγορη πρόσβαση σε κύριες λειτουργίες. Ο συνδυασμός " -"πλήκτρων λειτουργιών για τον τρέχον διάλογο φαίνεται στην κάτω γραμμή." +"Τα πλήκτρα F παρέχουν γρήγορη πρόσβαση σε κύριες λειτουργίες. Ο συνδυασμός πλήκτρων λειτουργιών για τον τρέχον διάλογο φαίνεται στην κάτω γραμμή." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:370 @@ -1891,14 +1847,12 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:286 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Δημιουργία ενός νέου κλειδιού GPG</big> \n" -"Το <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> ξεκίνησε, δείτε το εγχειρίδιο του <tt>gpg</tt> για " -"περισσότερες πληροφορίες.\n" +"Το <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> ξεκίνησε, δείτε το εγχειρίδιο του <tt>gpg</tt> για περισσότερες πληροφορίες.\n" "Πατήστε Ctrl+C για ακύρωση.\n" "" @@ -1931,9 +1885,7 @@ #. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} #: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:107 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε ένα μήνυμα ιστορικού που περιγράφει τις αλλαγές που " -"πραγματοποιήσατε." +msgstr "Εισάγετε ένα μήνυμα ιστορικού που περιγράφει τις αλλαγές που πραγματοποιήσατε." #. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 #: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 @@ -1963,8 +1915,7 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να επεξεργαστείτε εξειδικευμένες επιλογές ή για να αποθηκεύσετε το " -"ιστορικό σε ένα αρχείο,\n" +"Για να επεξεργαστείτε εξειδικευμένες επιλογές ή για να αποθηκεύσετε το ιστορικό σε ένα αρχείο,\n" "πατήστε στο %1 και επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη ενέργεια." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -1986,8 +1937,7 @@ "to which to save the log.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να αποθηκεύσετε το ιστορικό σε ένα αρχείο, πατήστε Αποθήκευση " -"Ιστορικού και επιλέξτε το\n" +"Για να αποθηκεύσετε το ιστορικό σε ένα αρχείο, πατήστε Αποθήκευση Ιστορικού και επιλέξτε το\n" "αρχείο στο οποίο θα αποθηκευτεί το ιστορικό.\n" #. menu button @@ -2037,9 +1987,7 @@ #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:111 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "" -"Το τείχος προστασίας δεν μπορεί να προσαρμοστεί κατά την πρώτη φάση " -"εγκατάστασης." +msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας δεν μπορεί να προσαρμοστεί κατά την πρώτη φάση εγκατάστασης." #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:116 @@ -2064,8 +2012,7 @@ #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:129 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" -msgstr "" -"Η θύρα του τείχους προστασίας είναι ανοιχτή στις επιλεγμένες διασυνδέσεις" +msgstr "Η θύρα του τείχους προστασίας είναι ανοιχτή στις επιλεγμένες διασυνδέσεις" #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:132 @@ -2089,8 +2036,7 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Οι διεπαφές δικτύου που αντιστοιχούν στο εσωτερικό δίκτυο δεν μπορούν να " -"αποεπιλεγούν:\n" +"Οι διεπαφές δικτύου που αντιστοιχούν στο εσωτερικό δίκτυο δεν μπορούν να αποεπιλεγούν:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2180,8 +2126,7 @@ "set %1. " msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Τείχους Προστασίας</big> \n" -"Για να ανοίξετε το τείχος προστασίας έτσι ώστε να επιτραπεί η πρόσβαση στην " -"υπηρεσία από\n" +"Για να ανοίξετε το τείχος προστασίας έτσι ώστε να επιτραπεί η πρόσβαση στην υπηρεσία από\n" "απομακρυσμένους υπολογιστές, ενεργοποιήστε το %1. " #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional @@ -2674,8 +2619,7 @@ "Really continue?" msgstr "" "Οι διασυνδέσεις δικτύου ελέγχονται από τον Διαχειριστή Δικτύου\n" -"αλλά η υπηρεσία που θα ρυθμιστεί ενδέχεται να μην λειτουργήσει σωστά με " -"αυτό.\n" +"αλλά η υπηρεσία που θα ρυθμιστεί ενδέχεται να μην λειτουργήσει σωστά με αυτό.\n" "\n" "Είστε σίγουροι οτι θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;" @@ -2711,8 +2655,7 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Ένα όνομα θύρας μπορεί να αποτελείται από τους χαρακτήρες 'a-z', 'A-Z', " -"'0-9', και '*+._-'.\n" +"Ένα όνομα θύρας μπορεί να αποτελείται από τους χαρακτήρες 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', και '*+._-'.\n" "Ένας αριθμός θύρας μπορεί να είναι ένας αριθμός από 0 έως 65535.\n" "Δεν επιτρέπονται κενά.\n" @@ -2768,8 +2711,7 @@ "Η διασύνδεση %1 περιλαμβάνεται σε πολλαπλές ζώνες του τείχους προστασίας.\n" "Συνεχίζοντας με την ρύθμιση μπορεί να προκληθούν προβλήματα.\n" "\n" -"Συνιστάται να εγκαταλείψετε την ρύθμιση και να την επισκευάσετε χειροκίνητα " -"στο\n" +"Συνιστάται να εγκαταλείψετε την ρύθμιση και να την επισκευάσετε χειροκίνητα στο\n" "αρχείο '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) @@ -2866,111 +2808,73 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:169 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Η νέα συσκευή δικτύου '%1' που βρέθηκε, προστέθηκε ως εσωτερική διασύνδεση " -"του τείχους προστασίας" +msgstr "Η νέα συσκευή δικτύου '%1' που βρέθηκε, προστέθηκε ως εσωτερική διασύνδεση του τείχους προστασίας" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:180 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"Η νέα συσκευή δικτύου '%1' που βρέθηκε, προστέθηκε ως εξωτερική διασύνδεση " -"του τείχους προστασίας" +msgstr "Η νέα συσκευή δικτύου '%1' που βρέθηκε, προστέθηκε ως εξωτερική διασύνδεση του τείχους προστασίας" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:564 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "" -"Το πακέτο SuSEfirewall2 δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο, το τείχος προστασίας θα " -"είναι απενεργοποιημένο." +msgstr "Το πακέτο SuSEfirewall2 δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο, το τείχος προστασίας θα είναι απενεργοποιημένο." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:582 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Το τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργό (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ανενεργό</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργό (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ανενεργό</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:587 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Το τείχος προστασίας είναι ανενεργό (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ενεργό</a>)" +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας είναι ανενεργό (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ενεργό</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:621 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Η θύρα SSH είναι ανοικτή (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">κλειστή</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Η θύρα SSH είναι ανοικτή (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">κλειστή</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:626 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Η θύρα SSH είναι μπλοκαρισμένη (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">ανοικτή</a>)" +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Η θύρα SSH είναι μπλοκαρισμένη (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">ανοικτή</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:646 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"Η θύρα SSH είναι ανοικτή (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">απενεργοποίηση</a>),\n" +"Η θύρα SSH είναι ανοικτή (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">απενεργοποίηση</a>),\n" "αλλά δεν έχουν ρυθμιστεί ακόμα διασυνδέσεις δικτύου" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:661 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Εγκαθιστάτε ένα σύστημα μέσω SSH, αλλά δεν έχετε ανοιχτή την θύρα SSH στο " -"τείχος προστασίας." +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "Εγκαθιστάτε ένα σύστημα μέσω SSH, αλλά δεν έχετε ανοιχτή την θύρα SSH στο τείχος προστασίας." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:703 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Οι θύρες της Απομακρυσμένης Διαχείρισης (VNC) είναι ανοικτές (<a href=" -"\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">κλειστές</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Οι θύρες της Απομακρυσμένης Διαχείρισης (VNC) είναι ανοικτές (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">κλειστές</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:708 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Οι θύρες της Απομακρυσμένης Διαχείρισης (VNC) είναι μπλοκαρισμένες (<a href=" -"\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">ανοικτές</a>)" +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Οι θύρες της Απομακρυσμένης Διαχείρισης (VNC) είναι μπλοκαρισμένες (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">ανοικτές</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:718 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Εγκαθιστάτε ένα σύστημα χρησιμοποιώντας απομακρυσμένη διαχείριση (VNC), αλλά " -"δεν έχετε ανοιχτές τις θύρες του VNC στο τείχος προστασίας." +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Εγκαθιστάτε ένα σύστημα χρησιμοποιώντας απομακρυσμένη διαχείριση (VNC), αλλά δεν έχετε ανοιχτές τις θύρες του VNC στο τείχος προστασίας." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:736 @@ -2984,12 +2888,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:746 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Εγκαθιστάτε ένα σύστημα με χρήση iSCSI, αλλά δεν έχετε ανοιχτή την " -"απαιτούμενη θύρα στο τείχος προστασίας." +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Εγκαθιστάτε ένα σύστημα με χρήση iSCSI, αλλά δεν έχετε ανοιχτή την απαιτούμενη θύρα στο τείχος προστασίας." #. Returns service definition. #. See @services for the format. @@ -3128,8 +3028,7 @@ "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" "Παραβλέποντας ένα σφάλμα λήψης μπορεί να προκαλέσετε ζημιά στο σύστημα.\n" -"Το σύστημα θα πρέπει να ελεγχθεί αργότερα με το άρθρωμα Διαχείρισης " -"Λογισμικού.\n" +"Το σύστημα θα πρέπει να ελεγχθεί αργότερα με το άρθρωμα Διαχείρισης Λογισμικού.\n" #. At start of package install. #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 @@ -3165,29 +3064,22 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "Παραβλέποντας ένα σφάλμα λήψης μπορεί να προκαλέσετε ζημιά στο σύστημα.\n" -"Το σύστημα θα πρέπει να ελεγχθεί αργότερα με το άρθρωμα Διαχείρισης " -"Λογισμικού." +"Το σύστημα θα πρέπει να ελεγχθεί αργότερα με το άρθρωμα Διαχείρισης Λογισμικού." #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" -"Η πηγή στην συγκεκριμένη διεύθυνση τώρα παρέχει μια διαφορετική ταυτότητα " -"μέσου.\n" -"Αν η διεύθυνση είναι σωστή, αυτό σημαίνει ότι το περιεχόμενο του μέσου έχει " -"αλλάξει. Για να \n" -"συνεχίσετε χρησιμοποιώντας το ίδιο μέσο, ξεκινήστε το Πηγές Εγκατάστασης</" -"i> από \n" +"Η πηγή στην συγκεκριμένη διεύθυνση τώρα παρέχει μια διαφορετική ταυτότητα μέσου.\n" +"Αν η διεύθυνση είναι σωστή, αυτό σημαίνει ότι το περιεχόμενο του μέσου έχει αλλάξει. Για να \n" +"συνεχίσετε χρησιμοποιώντας το ίδιο μέσο, ξεκινήστε το Πηγές Εγκατάστασης από \n" "το κέντρο ελέγχου του YaST και ανανεώστε την πηγή εγκατάστασης.\n" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media @@ -3309,8 +3201,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." -msgstr "" -"Αδύνατη η ανάκτηση της περιγραφής της απομακρυσμένης πηγής εγκατάστασης." +msgstr "Αδύνατη η ανάκτηση της περιγραφής της απομακρυσμένης πηγής εγκατάστασης." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details @@ -3480,9 +3371,7 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"Επαναδημιουργία βάσης δεδομένων πακέτων. Η διαδικασία μπορεί να πάρει μερικό " -"χρόνο." +msgstr "Επαναδημιουργία βάσης δεδομένων πακέτων. Η διαδικασία μπορεί να πάρει μερικό χρόνο." #. progress bar label #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 @@ -3502,9 +3391,7 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"Εναλλαγή της βάσης δεδομένων πακέτων. Η διαδικασία μπορεί να πάρει μερικά " -"λεπτά" +msgstr "Εναλλαγή της βάσης δεδομένων πακέτων. Η διαδικασία μπορεί να πάρει μερικά λεπτά" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 @@ -3691,8 +3578,7 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3709,20 +3595,15 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Αυτό ο διάλογος σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε τις εργασίες του συστήματος " -"και ποιο λογισμικό να εγκατασταθεί.\n" -"\t\t Οι διαθέσιμες εργασίες και το λογισμικό για αυτό το σύστημα " -"εμφανίζονται ανά κατηγορία στην αριστερή\n" -"\t\t στήλη. Για να δείτε μια περιγραφή για ένα αντικείμενο, επιλέξτε το από " -"τη λίστα.\n" +"\t\t Αυτό ο διάλογος σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε τις εργασίες του συστήματος και ποιο λογισμικό να εγκατασταθεί.\n" +"\t\t Οι διαθέσιμες εργασίες και το λογισμικό για αυτό το σύστημα εμφανίζονται ανά κατηγορία στην αριστερή\n" +"\t\t στήλη. Για να δείτε μια περιγραφή για ένα αντικείμενο, επιλέξτε το από τη λίστα.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:338 @@ -3734,11 +3615,9 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Αλλάξτε την κατάσταση ενός αντικειμένου κάνοντας κλικ στο εικονίδιο της " -"κατάστασής του\n" +"\t\t Αλλάξτε την κατάσταση ενός αντικειμένου κάνοντας κλικ στο εικονίδιο της κατάστασής του\n" "\t\t ή δεξί κλικ σε οποιοδήποτε εικονίδιο για το μενού των περιεχομένων.\n" -"\t\t Με το μενού περιεχομένων, μπορείτε επίσης να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση για " -"όλα τα αντικείμενα.\n" +"\t\t Με το μενού περιεχομένων, μπορείτε επίσης να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση για όλα τα αντικείμενα.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:345 @@ -3749,16 +3628,14 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Το Λεπτομέρειες ανοίγει την λεπτομερή περιγραφή του λογισμικού " -"πακέτου\n" +"\t\t Το Λεπτομέρειες ανοίγει την λεπτομερή περιγραφή του λογισμικού πακέτου\n" "\t\t όπου μπορείτε να δείτε και να επιλέξετε ανεξάρτητα λογισμικά πακέτα.\n" "\t\t " #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:351 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3766,15 +3643,11 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Η προβολή της χρήσης του δίσκου στην κάτω δεξιά γωνία εμφανίζει τον " -"διαθέσιμο χώρο στο δίσκο\n" +"\t\t Η προβολή της χρήσης του δίσκου στην κάτω δεξιά γωνία εμφανίζει τον διαθέσιμο χώρο στο δίσκο\n" "\t\t μετά από όλες τις διαθέσιμες αλλαγές που έχετε πραγματοποιήσει.\n" -"\t\t Οι σκληροί δίσκοι που είναι γεμάτοι ή σχεδόν γεμάτοι μπορούν να " -"μειώσουν\n" -"\t\t την απόδοση του συστήματος και σε κάποιες περιπτώσεις μπορεί να " -"προκαλέσει ακόμα και σοβαρά προβλήματα.\n" -"\t\t Το σύστημα χρειάζεται κάποιο διαθέσιμο χώρο στον δίσκο για να " -"λειτουργήσει κανονικά.\n" +"\t\t Οι σκληροί δίσκοι που είναι γεμάτοι ή σχεδόν γεμάτοι μπορούν να μειώσουν\n" +"\t\t την απόδοση του συστήματος και σε κάποιες περιπτώσεις μπορεί να προκαλέσει ακόμα και σοβαρά προβλήματα.\n" +"\t\t Το σύστημα χρειάζεται κάποιο διαθέσιμο χώρο στον δίσκο για να λειτουργήσει κανονικά.\n" "\t\t " #. Dialog title @@ -3873,12 +3746,8 @@ msgstr "Συνέχεια στον Διαχειριστή Λογισμικού" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:669 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Αναφορά Εγκατάστασης</BIG> Εδώ είναι η σύνοψη των " -"εγκατεστημένων πακέτων ή των πακέτων που αφαιρέθηκαν." +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>Αναφορά Εγκατάστασης</BIG> Εδώ είναι η σύνοψη των εγκατεστημένων πακέτων ή των πακέτων που αφαιρέθηκαν." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:677 msgid "Installation Report" @@ -3909,8 +3778,7 @@ "\n" "value in the YaST sysconfig editor." msgstr "" -"Εάν θέλετε να εμφανίσετε αυτό το παράθυρο αναφοράς ξανά, επεξεργαστείτε την " -"τιμή\n" +"Εάν θέλετε να εμφανίσετε αυτό το παράθυρο αναφοράς ξανά, επεξεργαστείτε την τιμή\n" "\n" "System > Yast2 > GUI > PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT\n" "\n" @@ -3932,8 +3800,7 @@ "Το πακέτο %1 από την αποθήκη λογισμικού %2\n" "%3\n" "δεν έχει ψηφιακή υπογραφή. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι η προέλευση\n" -"και η ακεραιότητά του δεν μπορούν να επαληθευτούν. Η εγκατάσταση του " -"πακέτου\n" +"και η ακεραιότητά του δεν μπορούν να επαληθευτούν. Η εγκατάσταση του πακέτου\n" "μπορεί να θέσει την ακεραιότητα του συστήματός σας σε κίνδυνο.\n" "\n" "Εγκατάστασή του έτσι και αλλιώς;" @@ -3953,10 +3820,8 @@ msgstr "" "Το αρχείο %1 από το αποθετήριο %2\n" "%3\n" -"δεν είναι ψηφιακά υπογεγραμμένο. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι η προέλευσή και η " -"ακεραιότητα του\n" -"δεν μπορούν να επιβεβαιωθούν. Χρησιμοποιώντας αυτό το αρχείο μπορεί να " -"θέσετε την ακεραιότητα του συστήματός σας σε κίνδυνο.\n" +"δεν είναι ψηφιακά υπογεγραμμένο. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι η προέλευσή και η ακεραιότητα του\n" +"δεν μπορούν να επιβεβαιωθούν. Χρησιμοποιώντας αυτό το αρχείο μπορεί να θέσετε την ακεραιότητα του συστήματός σας σε κίνδυνο.\n" "\n" "Χρήση του έτσι κι αλλιώς;\n" @@ -3991,16 +3856,14 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "Δεν βρέθηκε έλεγχος άθροισης για το αρχείο %1 στο αποθετήριο.\n" "Αυτό σημαίνει ότι το αρχείο είναι μέρος του υπογεγραμμένου αποθετηρίου,\n" -"αλλά η λίστα των ελέγχων άθροισης σε αυτό το αποθετήριο δεν αναφέρει αυτό το " -"πακέτο. Η χρήση του μπορεί\n" +"αλλά η λίστα των ελέγχων άθροισης σε αυτό το αποθετήριο δεν αναφέρει αυτό το πακέτο. Η χρήση του μπορεί\n" "να θέσει την ακεραιότητα του συστήματός σας σε κίνδυνο.\n" "\n" "Χρήση του έτσι κι αλλιώς;" @@ -4077,14 +3940,11 @@ msgstr "" "Το πακέτο %1 από το αποθετήριο %2\n" "%3\n" -"είναι υπογεγραμμένο με το ακόλουθο κλειδί GnuPG, αλλά απέτυχε ο έλεγχος της " -"ακεραιότητάς του: %4\n" +"είναι υπογεγραμμένο με το ακόλουθο κλειδί GnuPG, αλλά απέτυχε ο έλεγχος της ακεραιότητάς του: %4\n" "\n" "Αυτό σημαίνει ότι το πακέτο έχει αλλάξει κατά λάθος ή από επίθεση\n" -"αφού είναι υπογεγραμμένο από τον δημιουργό του αποθετηρίου. Η εγκατάστασή " -"του μπορεί\n" -"να θέσει την ακεραιότητα και την ασφάλεια του συστήματός σας σε μεγάλο " -"κίνδυνο.\n" +"αφού είναι υπογεγραμμένο από τον δημιουργό του αποθετηρίου. Η εγκατάστασή του μπορεί\n" +"να θέσει την ακεραιότητα και την ασφάλεια του συστήματός σας σε μεγάλο κίνδυνο.\n" "\n" "Εγκατάστασή του έτσι κι αλλιώς;\n" @@ -4103,14 +3963,11 @@ msgstr "" "Το αρχείο %1 από το αποθετήριο %2\n" "%3\n" -"είναι υπογεγραμμένο με το ακόλουθο κλειδί GnuPG, αλλά απέτυχε ο έλεγχος της " -"ακεραιότητάς του: %4\n" +"είναι υπογεγραμμένο με το ακόλουθο κλειδί GnuPG, αλλά απέτυχε ο έλεγχος της ακεραιότητάς του: %4\n" "\n" "Αυτό σημαίνει ότι το αρχείο έχει αλλάξει κατά λάθος ή από επίθεση,\n" -"αφού είναι υπογεγραμμένο από το δημιουργό του αποθετηρίου. Η χρήση του " -"μπορεί\n" -"να θέσει την ακεραιότητα και την ασφάλεια του συστήματός σας σε μεγάλο " -"κίνδυνο.\n" +"αφού είναι υπογεγραμμένο από το δημιουργό του αποθετηρίου. Η χρήση του μπορεί\n" +"να θέσει την ακεραιότητα και την ασφάλεια του συστήματός σας σε μεγάλο κίνδυνο.\n" "\n" "Εγκατάστασή του έτσι κι αλλιώς;\n" @@ -4232,11 +4089,9 @@ "to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system." msgstr "" "Ο ιδιοκτήτης του κλειδιού μπορεί να διανείμει ενημερώσεις,\n" -"των πακέτων, και αποθήκες πακέτων τις οποίες το σύστημά σας θα εμπιστεύεται " -"και θα χρησιμοποιεί\n" +"των πακέτων, και αποθήκες πακέτων τις οποίες το σύστημά σας θα εμπιστεύεται και θα χρησιμοποιεί\n" "για εγκατάσταση και ενημέρωση χωρίς περεταίρω προειδοποίηση. Έτσι,\n" -"εισαγάγωντας το κλειδί στην κλειδοθήκη των έμπιστων κλειδιών επιτρέπει στον " -"ιδιοκτήτη του κλειδιού\n" +"εισαγάγωντας το κλειδί στην κλειδοθήκη των έμπιστων κλειδιών επιτρέπει στον ιδιοκτήτη του κλειδιού\n" "να έχει κάποιον έλεγχο στο λογισμικό που εγκαθίσταται στο σύστημά σας." #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 @@ -4244,14 +4099,11 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "Ένας προειδοποιητικός διάλογος ανοίγει για κάθε πακέτο το οποίο\n" -"δεν είναι υπογεγραμμένο ψηφιακά από ένα έμπιστο (εισαγμένο) κλειδί. Αν δεν " -"εμπιστεύεστε το κλειδί,\n" -"τα πακέτα ή τα αποθετήρια που δημιουργήθηκαν από τον ιδιοκτήτη του κλειδιού " -"δεν θα χρησιμοποιηθούν." +"δεν είναι υπογεγραμμένο ψηφιακά από ένα έμπιστο (εισαγμένο) κλειδί. Αν δεν εμπιστεύεστε το κλειδί,\n" +"τα πακέτα ή τα αποθετήρια που δημιουργήθηκαν από τον ιδιοκτήτη του κλειδιού δεν θα χρησιμοποιηθούν." #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:971 @@ -4273,10 +4125,8 @@ "the key really belongs to that owner before importing it." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να επιλέξτε την εισαγωγή του στην κλειδοθήκη των έμπιστων\n" -"δημόσιων κλειδιών, το οποίο σημαίνει ότι μπορείτε να εμπιστεύετε τον " -"ιδιοκτήτη του κλειδιού.\n" -"Θα πρέπει να είστε σίγουροι ότι μπορείτε να εμπιστεύετε τον ιδιοκτήτη και " -"ότι\n" +"δημόσιων κλειδιών, το οποίο σημαίνει ότι μπορείτε να εμπιστεύετε τον ιδιοκτήτη του κλειδιού.\n" +"Θα πρέπει να είστε σίγουροι ότι μπορείτε να εμπιστεύετε τον ιδιοκτήτη και ότι\n" "το κλειδί πράγματι ανήκει στον ίδιοκτήτη πριν το εισαγάγετε." #. warning label - the key to import is expired @@ -4313,10 +4163,8 @@ "αλλά το τρέχον άθροισμα ελέγχου είναι %3.\n" "\n" "Αυτό σημαίνει ότι το αρχείο έχει αλλάξει κατά λάθος ή από επίθεση\n" -"αφού είναι υπογεγραμμένο από το δημιουργό του αποθετηρίου. Η χρήση του " -"μπορεί\n" -"να θέσει την ακεραιότητα και την ασφάλεια του συστήματός σας σε μεγάλο " -"κίνδυνο.\n" +"αφού είναι υπογεγραμμένο από το δημιουργό του αποθετηρίου. Η χρήση του μπορεί\n" +"να θέσει την ακεραιότητα και την ασφάλεια του συστήματός σας σε μεγάλο κίνδυνο.\n" "\n" "Χρήση του έτσι και αλλιώς;\n" @@ -4333,8 +4181,7 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4342,10 +4189,8 @@ "είναι %2,\n" "αλλά το αναμενόμενο άθροισμα ελέγχου δεν είναι γνωστό.\n" "\n" -"Αυτό σημαίνει ότι η προέλευση και η ακεραιότητα του αρχείου δεν μπορεί να " -"επαληθευτεί.\n" -"Η χρήση του μπορεί να θέσει την ακεραιότητα και την ασφάλεια του συστήματος " -"σας σε μεγάλο κίνδυνο.\n" +"Αυτό σημαίνει ότι η προέλευση και η ακεραιότητα του αρχείου δεν μπορεί να επαληθευτεί.\n" +"Η χρήση του μπορεί να θέσει την ακεραιότητα και την ασφάλεια του συστήματος σας σε μεγάλο κίνδυνο.\n" "\n" "Εγκατάσταση του έτσι κι αλλιώς;\n" @@ -4394,16 +4239,8 @@ msgstr "Τα πακέτα εγκαθίστανται." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Ακύρωση Εγκατάστασης Η εγκατάσταση των πακέτων μπορεί να ακυρωθεί " -"με το κουμπίΑκύρωση. Παρόλα αυτά, το σύστημα μπορεί να καταλήξει μη " -"έγκυρο ή σε κατάσταση αχρηστίας ή μπορεί να μην εκκινείται εάν το συστατικό " -"βασικού συστήματος δεν εγκατασταθεί." +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "Ακύρωση Εγκατάστασης Η εγκατάσταση των πακέτων μπορεί να ακυρωθεί με το κουμπίΑκύρωση. Παρόλα αυτά, το σύστημα μπορεί να καταλήξει μη έγκυρο ή σε κατάσταση αχρηστίας ή μπορεί να μην εκκινείται εάν το συστατικό βασικού συστήματος δεν εγκατασταθεί." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 @@ -5108,8 +4945,7 @@ "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" "start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." msgstr "" -"Ένα έγκυρο όνομα περιοχής αποτελείται από τμήματα που είναι χωρισμένα με " -"τελείες.\n" +"Ένα έγκυρο όνομα περιοχής αποτελείται από τμήματα που είναι χωρισμένα με τελείες.\n" "Κάθε τμήμα περιέχει γράμματα, ψηφία και παύλες.\n" "Μια παύλα δεν μπορεί να αρχίζει ή να τελειώνει ένα τμήμα\n" "και το τελευταίο τμήμα δεν θα πρέπει να ξεκινά με ψηφίο." @@ -5140,8 +4976,7 @@ "It can contain up to one double colon." msgstr "" "Μια έγκυρη διεύθυνση IPv6 αποτελείται από οκτώ\n" -"δεκαεξαεδικούς αριθμούς με εύρος από 0 - FFFF και διαχωρίζονται με σύμβολο " -"διά (:).\n" +"δεκαεξαεδικούς αριθμούς με εύρος από 0 - FFFF και διαχωρίζονται με σύμβολο διά (:).\n" "Μπορεί να περιέχει μέχρι ένα διπλό διά (:)." #. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition @@ -5887,9 +5722,7 @@ #. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." -msgstr "" -"Το όνομα κόμβου θα πρέπει να είναι στην μορφή του πλήρως πιστοποιημένου " -"ονόματος τομέα (FQDN)." +msgstr "Το όνομα κόμβου θα πρέπει να είναι στην μορφή του πλήρως πιστοποιημένου ονόματος τομέα (FQDN)." #. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 @@ -5940,17 +5773,13 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Η ανεστραμμένη διεύθυνση IPv4 %1 δεν είναι έγκυρη.\n" "\n" -"Μια έγκυρη ανεστραμμένη διεύθυνση IPv4 αποτελείται από 4 ακέραιους από " -"0-255\n" -"χωρισμένους με μια τελεία και μετά να ακολουθεί το αλφαριθμητικό '.in-addr." -"arpa.'.\n" -"Για παράδειγμα, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' για την διεύθυνση IPv4 " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"Μια έγκυρη ανεστραμμένη διεύθυνση IPv4 αποτελείται από 4 ακέραιους από 0-255\n" +"χωρισμένους με μια τελεία και μετά να ακολουθεί το αλφαριθμητικό '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" +"Για παράδειγμα, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' για την διεύθυνση IPv4 '192.168.32.1'.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make #. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') @@ -5961,8 +5790,7 @@ "such as 'host.example.org.'.\n" msgstr "" "Το σχετικό όνομα κόμβου %1 δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί με τη ζώνη %2.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε ένα πλήρως πιστοποιημένο όνομα κόμβου ακολουθούμενο από " -"τελεία,\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε ένα πλήρως πιστοποιημένο όνομα κόμβου ακολουθούμενο από τελεία,\n" "όπως 'host.example.org.'.\n" #. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format @@ -5998,8 +5826,7 @@ msgstr "" "Μη έγκυρη εγγραφή SOA.\n" "Το %1 θα πρέπει να είναι τύπου χρόνου BIND.\n" -"Ένας τύπος χρόνου BIND αποτελείται από αριθμούς και από τις καταλήξεις, τα " -"γράμματα με ευαισθησία χαρακτήρων\n" +"Ένας τύπος χρόνου BIND αποτελείται από αριθμούς και από τις καταλήξεις, τα γράμματα με ευαισθησία χαρακτήρων\n" "W, D, H, M, και S. Ο χρόνος σε δευτερόλεπτα επιτρέπεται χωρίς την κατάληξη.\n" "Εισάγετε τιμές όπως 12H15m, 86400 ή 1W30M.\n" @@ -6016,9 +5843,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." -msgstr "" -"Το όνομα αρχείου θα πρέπει να καθορίζεται όταν γίνεται καταγραφή σε ένα " -"αρχείο." +msgstr "Το όνομα αρχείου θα πρέπει να καθορίζεται όταν γίνεται καταγραφή σε ένα αρχείο." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 @@ -6077,8 +5902,7 @@ "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." msgstr "" -"Δεν υπάρχει ανεστραμμένη ζώνη για το %1 που να διαχειρίζεται από τον δικό " -"σας διακομιστή DNS.\n" +"Δεν υπάρχει ανεστραμμένη ζώνη για το %1 που να διαχειρίζεται από τον δικό σας διακομιστή DNS.\n" "Το όνομα κόμβου %2 δεν μπορεί να προστεθεί." #~ msgid "No running network detected." @@ -6105,8 +5929,7 @@ #~ "κάποια πακέτα έχουν μη επιλυμένες εξαρτήσεις." #~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτόματη επίλυση απέτυχε, χρειάζεται επίλυση των εξαρτήσεων από το χρήστη." +#~ msgstr "Αυτόματη επίλυση απέτυχε, χρειάζεται επίλυση των εξαρτήσεων από το χρήστη." #~ msgid "" #~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" @@ -6122,8 +5945,7 @@ #~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Εκκινήστε το διαχειριστή λογισμικού και επιδιορθώστε τα προβλήματα\n" -#~ "ή ακυρώστε την επιδιόρθωση και εγκαταστήστε μόνο τα ήδη εγκεκριμένα " -#~ "πακέτα;" +#~ "ή ακυρώστε την επιδιόρθωση και εγκαταστήστε μόνο τα ήδη εγκεκριμένα πακέτα;" #~ msgid "" #~ "3) Function Keys \n" @@ -6132,8 +5954,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "3)Πλήκτρα-Λειτουργιών (Function keys) \n" #~ "Τα πλήκτρα F παρέχουν γρήγορη πρόσβαση σε κύριες λειτουργίες.\n" -#~ "Πατήστε F1 για να δείτε τις αντιστοιχίες των πλήκτρων λειτουργιών για τον " -#~ "τρέχον διάλογο." +#~ "Πατήστε F1 για να δείτε τις αντιστοιχίες των πλήκτρων λειτουργιών για τον τρέχον διάλογο." #~ msgid "Service: %1" #~ msgstr "Υπηρεσία: %1" @@ -6222,8 +6043,7 @@ #~ "IP/Netmask_Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ένας έγκυρος καθορισμός δικτύου μπορεί να περιλαμβάνει τα ΙΡ,\n" -#~ "ΙΡ/Μάσκα Δικτύου, ΙΡ/Μάσκα Δικτύου(σε διαδικά ψηφία) ή 0/0 για όλα τα " -#~ "δίκτυα.\n" +#~ "ΙΡ/Μάσκα Δικτύου, ΙΡ/Μάσκα Δικτύου(σε διαδικά ψηφία) ή 0/0 για όλα τα δίκτυα.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Παραδείγματα:\n" #~ "IP: 192.168.0.1\n" @@ -6272,8 +6092,7 @@ #~ "%3\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε αν θα το εισαγάγετε στην κλειδοθήκη των έμπιστων\n" -#~ "δημοσίων κλειδιών, το οποίο σημαίνει ότι εμπιστεύεστε τον ιδιοκτήτη του " -#~ "κλειδιού.\n" +#~ "δημοσίων κλειδιών, το οποίο σημαίνει ότι εμπιστεύεστε τον ιδιοκτήτη του κλειδιού.\n" #~ "Θα πρέπει να σιγουρευτείτε ότι εμπιστεύεστε τον ιδιοκτήτη και ότι\n" #~ "το κλειδί πράγματι ανήκει σε αυτόν τον ιδιοκτήτη πριν το εισαγάγετε." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/bootloader.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/bootloader.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/bootloader.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -59,9 +59,7 @@ #. command line help text for add action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72 msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" -msgstr "" -"Προσθέστε ένα νέο τομέα - παρακαλώ χρησιμοποιήστε την κατάσταση " -"αλληλεπίδρασης" +msgstr "Προσθέστε ένα νέο τομέα - παρακαλώ χρησιμοποιήστε την κατάσταση αλληλεπίδρασης" #. command line help text for print action #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82 @@ -99,9 +97,7 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -msgstr "" -"Προσθήκη επιλογής είναι δυνατή μόνο σε κατάσταση αλληλεπίδρασης γραμμής " -"εντολών" +msgstr "Προσθήκη επιλογής είναι δυνατή μόνο σε κατάσταση αλληλεπίδρασης γραμμής εντολών" #. command line error report #: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 @@ -152,20 +148,13 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"Δεν έχει επιλεγεί διαχειριστής εκκίνησης για εγκατάσταση. Το σύστημα σας " -"μπορεί να μην ξεκινήσει." +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "Δεν έχει επιλεγεί διαχειριστής εκκίνησης για εγκατάσταση. Το σύστημα σας μπορεί να μην ξεκινήσει." #. error in the proposal #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"Λόγω της κατάτμησης, ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί " -"σωστά" +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "Λόγω της κατάτμησης, ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί σωστά" #. proposal part - bootloader label #: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 @@ -225,18 +214,13 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποίηση της Σημαίας στον Πίνακα Κατατμήσεων για την Κατάτμηση " -"Εκκίνησης \n" -"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε την κατάτμηση που περιέχει τον διαχειριστή εκκίνησης. " -"Ο γενικός κώδικας του MBR\n" -"θα ξεκινήσει την ενεργή κατάτμηση. Τα παλαιότερα BIOS απαιτούν μια κατάτμηση " -"να είναι ενεργή ακόμα. \n" +"Ενεργοποίηση της Σημαίας στον Πίνακα Κατατμήσεων για την Κατάτμηση Εκκίνησης \n" +"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε την κατάτμηση που περιέχει τον διαχειριστή εκκίνησης. Ο γενικός κώδικας του MBR\n" +"θα ξεκινήσει την ενεργή κατάτμηση. Τα παλαιότερα BIOS απαιτούν μια κατάτμηση να είναι ενεργή ακόμα. \n" "και αν ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης είναι εγκατεστημένος στον MBR." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -257,12 +241,10 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Λήξη Χρόνου σε Δευτερόλεπτα \n" -"Καθορίζει το χρόνο που θα περιμένει η διαχείριση εκκίνησης μέχρι τη φόρτωση " -"του προεπιλεγμένου πυρήνα.\n" +"Καθορίζει το χρόνο που θα περιμένει η διαχείριση εκκίνησης μέχρι τη φόρτωση του προεπιλεγμένου πυρήνα.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 msgid "" @@ -276,168 +258,122 @@ "Πατώντας στο Ορισμός ως Προεπιλογή, ορίζετε το συγκεκριμένο \n" "τμήμα ως προεπιλογή. Όταν ξεκινά, ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης θα παρέχει \n" "ένα μενού εκκίνησης και θα περιμένει τον χρήστη να επιλέξει πυρήνα ή \n" -"άλλο Λ.Σ. για εκκίνηση. Αν δεν πατηθεί κανένα πλήκτρο πριν από τη λήξη του " -"χρόνου,\n" -"ο προεπιλεγμένος πυρήνας ή Λ.Σ. θα ξεκινήσει. Η σειρά των τμημάτων στο " -"μενού\n" -"του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης μπορεί να μεταβληθεί χρησιμοποιώντας τα κουμπιά " -"Πάνω και Κάτω\n" +"άλλο Λ.Σ. για εκκίνηση. Αν δεν πατηθεί κανένα πλήκτρο πριν από τη λήξη του χρόνου,\n" +"ο προεπιλεγμένος πυρήνας ή Λ.Σ. θα ξεκινήσει. Η σειρά των τμημάτων στο μενού\n" +"του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης μπορεί να μεταβληθεί χρησιμοποιώντας τα κουμπιά Πάνω και Κάτω\n" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Εγγραφή γενικού Κώδικα Εκκίνησης στο MBR για να αντικαταστήσετε το " -"master boot record του δίσκου σας με γενικό κώδικα (κώδικας ανεξάρτητος με " -"το Λ.Σ. που\n" +"Εγγραφή γενικού Κώδικα Εκκίνησης στο MBR για να αντικαταστήσετε το master boot record του δίσκου σας με γενικό κώδικα (κώδικας ανεξάρτητος με το Λ.Σ. που\n" "όμως ξεκινά την ενεργή κατάτμηση)." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 msgid "" -"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " -"other is\n" +"Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" "Boot from Root Partition." msgstr "" -"Η Εκκίνηση από την Κατάτμηση Εκκίνησης είναι μία από τις " -"προτεινόμενες επιλογές. Η άλλη είναι\n" +"Η Εκκίνηση από την Κατάτμηση Εκκίνησης είναι μία από τις προτεινόμενες επιλογές. Η άλλη είναι\n" " η εκκίνηση από την Ριζική Κατάτμιση." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " -"Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +"Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" msgstr "" -"Χρήση Έμπιστου Grub κάνει εγκατάσταση και χρήση του έμπιστου grub." -"Η επιλογή Αρχείο Γραφικού Μενού θα αγνοηθεί\n" +"Χρήση Έμπιστου Grub κάνει εγκατάσταση και χρήση του έμπιστου grub.Η επιλογή Αρχείο Γραφικού Μενού θα αγνοηθεί\n" "Προτείνεται η εγκατάσταση του grub στο MBR" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 msgid "" -"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " -"another operating system\n" +"Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" "installed on your computer" msgstr "" -" Το Master Boot Record (MBR) δεν προτείνεται εάν είναι " -"εγκατεστημένο ένα άλλο λειτουργικό σύστημα\n" +" Το Master Boot Record (MBR) δεν προτείνεται εάν είναι εγκατεστημένο ένα άλλο λειτουργικό σύστημα\n" "στον υπολογιστή." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 msgid "" -"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there " -"is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " -"Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " -"needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +"Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" +"partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +"in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start this section." msgstr "" -"Εκκίνηση Από Κύρια Κατάτμηση είναι η προτεινόμενη επιλογή όταν " -"υπάρχει κατάλληλη\n" -"κατάτμηση. Είτε επιλέξτε Ορισμός ενεργής Σημαίας στον Πίνακα Κατατμήσεων " -"για την Κατάτμηση Εκκίνησης και Εγγραφή γενικού Κώδικα Εκκίνησης στο " -"MBR\n" -"στις Επιλογές Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης για να ενημερωθεί το MBR εάν αυτό " -"απαιτείται ή ρυθμίστε τον άλλο διαχειριστή εκκίνησης\n" +"Εκκίνηση Από Κύρια Κατάτμηση είναι η προτεινόμενη επιλογή όταν υπάρχει κατάλληλη\n" +"κατάτμηση. Είτε επιλέξτε Ορισμός ενεργής Σημαίας στον Πίνακα Κατατμήσεων για την Κατάτμηση Εκκίνησης και Εγγραφή γενικού Κώδικα Εκκίνησης στο MBR\n" +"στις Επιλογές Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης για να ενημερωθεί το MBR εάν αυτό απαιτείται ή ρυθμίστε τον άλλο διαχειριστή εκκίνησης\n" "για εκκίνηση αυτού του τομέα." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " -"partition is on \n" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -msgstr "" -"Η Προσαρμοσμένη Κατάτμηση Εκκίνησης σας επιτρέπει να επιλέξετε την " -"κατάτμηση με την οποία θα κάνετε την εκκίνηση." +msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +msgstr "Η Προσαρμοσμένη Κατάτμηση Εκκίνησης σας επιτρέπει να επιλέξετε την κατάτμηση με την οποία θα κάνετε την εκκίνηση." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -"Ο πίνακας MD αποτελείται από 2 δίσκους. Ενεργοποίηση Πλεονασμού για " -"τον Πίνακα MD\n" +"Ο πίνακας MD αποτελείται από 2 δίσκους. Ενεργοποίηση Πλεονασμού για τον Πίνακα MD\n" "ενεργοποιεί την εγγραφή του GRUB στο MBR και των δύο δίσκων." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" -"code>) for details." +"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -"Η Χρήση Σειριακής Κονσόλας σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε τις παραμέτρους " -"προς χρήση\n" -" σε μιας σειριακής κονσόλας. Παρακαλώ συμβουλευτείτε την γραπτή τεκμηρίωση " -"του grub (<code>info grub</code>) για περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες." +"Η Χρήση Σειριακής Κονσόλας σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε τις παραμέτρους προς χρήση\n" +" σε μιας σειριακής κονσόλας. Παρακαλώ συμβουλευτείτε την γραπτή τεκμηρίωση του grub (<code>info grub</code>) για περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a " -"serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" -"code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which " -"you\n" +"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" +"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" +"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" "Ορισμός Τερματικού \n" -"Ορίζει τον τύπο του τερματικού που θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε. Για σειριακό " -"τερματικό (π.χ. σειριακή κονσόλα),\n" -"πρέπει να ορίσετε <code>serial</code>. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ακόμα " -"<code>console</code> στη γραμμή\n" -"εντολών, για <code>serial console</code>. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση, ένα " -"τερματικό στο οποίο\n" +"Ορίζει τον τύπο του τερματικού που θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε. Για σειριακό τερματικό (π.χ. σειριακή κονσόλα),\n" +"πρέπει να ορίσετε <code>serial</code>. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ακόμα <code>console</code> στη γραμμή\n" +"εντολών, για <code>serial console</code>. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση, ένα τερματικό στο οποίο\n" "πάτημα ενός κουμπιού θα επιλεγεί ως τερματικό GRUB." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " -"numbers\n" +"Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -"Τομείς Υποχώρησης σε Αποτυχία προκαθορισμένων περιέχει μία λίστα " -"με νούμερα τομέων\n" -"που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν για εκκίνηση σε περίπτωση που δεν μπορεί να εκκινηθεί " -"ο προκαθορισμένος τομέας." +"Τομείς Υποχώρησης σε Αποτυχία προκαθορισμένων περιέχει μία λίστα με νούμερα τομέων\n" +"που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν για εκκίνηση σε περίπτωση που δεν μπορεί να εκκινηθεί ο προκαθορισμένος τομέας." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέγοντας το Απόκρυψη Επιλογών Εκκίνησης θα αποκρύπτονται οι " -"επιλογές εκκίνησης." +msgstr "Επιλέγοντας το Απόκρυψη Επιλογών Εκκίνησης θα αποκρύπτονται οι επιλογές εκκίνησης." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot " -"menu." -msgstr "" -"Το Αρχείο Επιλογών Γραφικών καθορίζει το αρχείο στο οποίο θα " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί για τα γραφικά των επιλογών εκκίνησης." +msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." +msgstr "Το Αρχείο Επιλογών Γραφικών καθορίζει το αρχείο στο οποίο θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για τα γραφικά των επιλογών εκκίνησης." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." -msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποίηση Ακουστικών Σημάτων ενεροποίηση/απενεργοποίηση " -"ακουστικών σημάτων." +msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση Ακουστικών Σημάτων ενεροποίηση/απενεργοποίηση ακουστικών σημάτων." #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will " -"only accept the password if you repeat\n" +"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" "it in Retype Password." msgstr "" "Προστασία του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης με Κωδικό \n" -"Ορίστε τον κωδικό που θα απαιτείται για την πρόσβαση στις επιλογές " -"εκκίνησης. Το YaST θα δεχθεί τον κωδικό μόνο\n" +"Ορίστε τον κωδικό που θα απαιτείται για την πρόσβαση στις επιλογές εκκίνησης. Το YaST θα δεχθεί τον κωδικό μόνο\n" "εάν Ξαναγράψτε τον Κωδικό." #. help text 1/5 @@ -450,8 +386,7 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" "<big>Σειρά Δίσκων</big> \n" -"Για να καθορίσετε την σειρά των δίσκων σύμφωνα με την σειρά στο BIOS, " -"χρησιμοποιήστε\n" +"Για να καθορίσετε την σειρά των δίσκων σύμφωνα με την σειρά στο BIOS, χρησιμοποιήστε\n" "τα κουμπιά Πάνω και Κάτω για την αναδιάταξη των δίσκων.\n" "Για να προσθέσετε δίσκο, πατήστε Προσθήκη.\n" "Για να αφαιρέσετε δίσκο, πατήστε Αφαίρεση." @@ -462,8 +397,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "" -"Ορισμός Ενεργής Σημ&αίας στον Πίνακα Κατατμήσεων για Κατάτμηση Εκκίνησης" +msgstr "Ορισμός Ενεργής Σημ&αίας στον Πίνακα Κατατμήσεων για Κατάτμηση Εκκίνησης" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 @@ -700,53 +634,29 @@ #. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Προαιρετική Παράμετρος Γραμμής Εντολών Πυρήνα σας επιτρέπει να " -"ορίσετε επιπρόσθετες παραμέτρους του πυρήνα." +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Προαιρετική Παράμετρος Γραμμής Εντολών Πυρήνα σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε επιπρόσθετες παραμέτρους του πυρήνα." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "" -"Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " -"console to when booting." -msgstr "" -"Κατάσταση Vga ορίζει την κατάσταση VGA που χρησιμοποιεί ο πυρήνας " -"στο console όταν γίνεται εκκίνηση." +msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." +msgstr "Κατάσταση Vga ορίζει την κατάσταση VGA που χρησιμοποιεί ο πυρήνας στο console όταν γίνεται εκκίνηση." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "" -"Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Η Παράμετρος Γραμμής Εντολών Πυρήνα Ασφαλούς Λειτουργίας σας " -"επιτρέπει να ορίσετε παραμέτρους ασφαλούς λειτουργίας στον πυρήνα." +msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Η Παράμετρος Γραμμής Εντολών Πυρήνα Ασφαλούς Λειτουργίας σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε παραμέτρους ασφαλούς λειτουργίας στον πυρήνα." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Η Ανίχνευση Άγνωστου Λειτουργικού Συστήματος σημαίνει ανίχνευση " -"λειτουργικού συστήματος για πολλαπλή εκκίνηση με άλλες άγνωστες διανομές " +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Η Ανίχνευση Άγνωστου Λειτουργικού Συστήματος σημαίνει ανίχνευση λειτουργικού συστήματος για πολλαπλή εκκίνηση με άλλες άγνωστες διανομές " #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"Η προστατευτική MBR σημαία ανήκει στις ρυθμίσεις για " -"προχώρημένους, που χρειάζεται μόνο σε εξωτικό υλικό. Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε " -"Προστατευτικό MBR στους GPT δίσκους. Μην ακουμπάτε αν δεν είστε σίγουροι." +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "Η προστατευτική MBR σημαία ανήκει στις ρυθμίσεις για προχώρημένους, που χρειάζεται μόνο σε εξωτικό υλικό. Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε Προστατευτικό MBR στους GPT δίσκους. Μην ακουμπάτε αν δεν είστε σίγουροι." #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create " -"boot entry name. " +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 @@ -867,9 +777,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Η κατάτμηση εκκίνησης είναι τύπου NFS. Ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης δεν μπορεί " -"να εγκατασταθεί." +msgstr "Η κατάτμηση εκκίνησης είναι τύπου NFS. Ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί." #. dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 @@ -1070,8 +978,7 @@ "Select a course of action:\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Έχετε επιλέξει να γίνει αλλαγή του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης.Όταν μετατρέπετε " -"την διαμόρφωση,\n" +"Έχετε επιλέξει να γίνει αλλαγή του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης.Όταν μετατρέπετε την διαμόρφωση,\n" "κάποιες ρυθμίσεις μπορεί να χαθούν.\n" "\n" "Η τρέχουσα διαμόρφωση θα αποθηκευτεί και θα μπορέσετε να την επαναφέρετε\n" @@ -1193,24 +1100,19 @@ "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." msgstr "" "Εάν έχετε εγκατεστημένα πολλαπλά συστήματα Linux,\n" -"το YaST μπορεί να προσπαθήσει να τα εντοπίσει και να συνενώσει τα μενού " -"αυτών." +"το YaST μπορεί να προσπαθήσει να τα εντοπίσει και να συνενώσει τα μενού αυτών." #. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "From Other,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " -"current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " -"reread\n" +"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" +"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" msgstr "" "Μέσω του κουμπιού Άλλο,\n" -"μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων του διαχειριστή " -"εκκίνησης, να καθαρίσετε \n" -"την τρέχουσα ρύθμιση και να προτείνετε μια νέα ρύθμιση, να ξεκινήσετε από " -"την αρχή , ή να ξαναδιαβάσετε\n" +"μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης, να καθαρίσετε \n" +"την τρέχουσα ρύθμιση και να προτείνετε μια νέα ρύθμιση, να ξεκινήσετε από την αρχή , ή να ξαναδιαβάσετε\n" "τις ρυθμίσεις που είναι αποθηκευμένες στον δίσκο σας. %1" #. help text 1/1 @@ -1253,12 +1155,9 @@ "Πατώντας στο Ορισμός ως προεπιλογή, ορίζετε το συγκεκριμένο \n" "τμήμα ως προεπιλογή. Όταν ξεκινά, ο διαχειριστή εκκίνησης θα παρέχει \n" "ένα μενού εκκίνησης και θα περιμένει τον χρήστη να επιλέξει πυρήνα ή \n" -"άλλο Λ.Σ. για εκκίνηση. Αν δεν πατηθεί κανένα πλήκτρο πριν από το τέλος " -"χρόνου,\n" -"ο προεπιλεγμένος πυρήνας ή Λ.Σ. θα ξεκινήσει. Η σειρά των τμημάτων στο " -"μενού\n" -"του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης μπορεί να μεταβληθεί χρησιμοποιώντας τα κουμπιά " -"Πάνω και Κάτω" +"άλλο Λ.Σ. για εκκίνηση. Αν δεν πατηθεί κανένα πλήκτρο πριν από το τέλος χρόνου,\n" +"ο προεπιλεγμένος πυρήνας ή Λ.Σ. θα ξεκινήσει. Η σειρά των τμημάτων στο μενού\n" +"του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης μπορεί να μεταβληθεί χρησιμοποιώντας τα κουμπιά Πάνω και Κάτω" #. help 4/4 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100 @@ -1266,8 +1165,7 @@ "Press Add to create a new boot loader section\n" "or Delete to delete the selected section." msgstr "" -"Πατήστε Προσθήκη για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο τμήμα στον " -"διαχειριστή εκκίνησης,\n" +"Πατήστε Προσθήκη για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο τμήμα στον διαχειριστή εκκίνησης,\n" "ή πατήστε Διαγραφή για διαγραφή του επιλεγμένου τμήματος." #. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 @@ -1279,8 +1177,7 @@ "The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:" msgstr "" "<big>Τοποθεσία του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης</big> \n" -"Ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης (%1) μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί με τους ακόλουθους " -"τρόπους:" +"Ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης (%1) μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί με τους ακόλουθους τρόπους:" #. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124 @@ -1300,22 +1197,17 @@ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details</" -"b>\n" +"Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" "to update the master boot record\n" "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" "to start &product;." msgstr "" "\n" -"- Στον Τομέα Εκκίνησης (Boot Sector) της κατάτμησης <tt>/boot</tt> ή " -"της <tt>/</tt> (root).\n" -"Αυτή είναι η προτεινόμενη επιλογή όποτε υπάρχει μια κατάλληλη κατάτμηση. " -"Είτε επιλέξτε την\n" +"- Στον Τομέα Εκκίνησης (Boot Sector) της κατάτμησης <tt>/boot</tt> ή της <tt>/</tt> (root).\n" +"Αυτή είναι η προτεινόμενη επιλογή όποτε υπάρχει μια κατάλληλη κατάτμηση. Είτε επιλέξτε την\n" "Ενεργοποίηση της κατάτμησης του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης και την\n" -"Αντικατάσταση του MBR με Γενικό Κώδικα στις Λεπτομέρειες " -"Εγκατάστασης του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης\n" -"για να ενημερώσετε το master boot record, εάν απαιτείται, ή ρυθμίστε τον " -"άλλο σας διαχειριστή εκκίνησης\n" +"Αντικατάσταση του MBR με Γενικό Κώδικα στις Λεπτομέρειες Εγκατάστασης του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης\n" +"για να ενημερώσετε το master boot record, εάν απαιτείται, ή ρυθμίστε τον άλλο σας διαχειριστή εκκίνησης\n" "για να ξεκινήσετε το &product;." #. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7 @@ -1330,10 +1222,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "- Σε μια Δισκέτα.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτόν τον τρόπο για να αποφύγετε τον κίνδυνο διένεξης με έναν " -"ήδη υπάρχων\n" -"μηχανισμό εκκίνησης. Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή, " -"ενεργοποιήστε\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτόν τον τρόπο για να αποφύγετε τον κίνδυνο διένεξης με έναν ήδη υπάρχων\n" +"μηχανισμό εκκίνησης. Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή, ενεργοποιήστε\n" "την εκκίνηση από δισκέτα μέσα από το BIOS του υπολογιστή σας." #. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 @@ -1344,8 +1234,7 @@ "when selecting this option." msgstr "" "\n" -"- Σε κάποια Άλλη κατάτμηση. Λάβετε υπόψη τους περιορισμούς του " -"συστήματος σας\n" +"- Σε κάποια Άλλη κατάτμηση. Λάβετε υπόψη τους περιορισμούς του συστήματος σας\n" "πριν διαλέξετε αυτήν την επιλογή." #. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 @@ -1358,10 +1247,8 @@ msgstr "" "Για παράδειγμα, τα περισσότερα PC έχουν ένα όριο στο BIOS\n" "που επιτρέπει την εκκίνηση μόνο σε κυλίνδρους του σκληρού δίσκου\n" -"που είναι μικρότεροι από 1024. Ανάλογα με τον διαχειριστή εκκίνησης που " -"χρησιμοποιείται,\n" -"μπορεί ή όχι να είναι σε θέση να ξεκινάει το σύστημα από μία λογική " -"κατάτμηση." +"που είναι μικρότεροι από 1024. Ανάλογα με τον διαχειριστή εκκίνησης που χρησιμοποιείται,\n" +"μπορεί ή όχι να είναι σε θέση να ξεκινάει το σύστημα από μία λογική κατάτμηση." #. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186 @@ -1371,8 +1258,7 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Εισάγετε το όνομα συσκευής της κατάτμησης στο πεδίο εισόδου (για παράδειγμα, " -"<tt>/dev/hda3</tt> ή\n" +"Εισάγετε το όνομα συσκευής της κατάτμησης στο πεδίο εισόδου (για παράδειγμα, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> ή\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>)." #. help text 1/1 @@ -1383,10 +1269,8 @@ "mapping), click Boot Loader Installation Details." msgstr "" "Λεπτομέρειες Εγκατάστασης του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης \n" -"Για να προσαρμόσετε τις προχωρημένες επιλογές εγκατάστασης του διαχειριστή " -"εκκίνησης\n" -"(π.χ, την αντιστοίχιση συσκευών), πατήστε στις Λεπτομέρειες Εγκατάστασης " -"του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης." +"Για να προσαρμόσετε τις προχωρημένες επιλογές εγκατάστασης του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης\n" +"(π.χ, την αντιστοίχιση συσκευών), πατήστε στις Λεπτομέρειες Εγκατάστασης του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 @@ -1396,8 +1280,7 @@ "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "Τύπος Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης \n" -"Για να επιλέξετε εάν θα εγκατασταθεί διαχειριστής εκκίνησης και ποιος θα " -"είναι αυτός,\n" +"Για να επιλέξετε εάν θα εγκατασταθεί διαχειριστής εκκίνησης και ποιος θα είναι αυτός,\n" "χρησιμοποιήστε το Διαχειριστής Εκκίνησης." #. help text 1/1 @@ -1408,8 +1291,7 @@ "Boot Loader Options." msgstr "" "Επιλογές Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης \n" -"Για να ρυθμίσετε τις επιλογές του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης, όπως το χρονικό " -"όριο, κάντε κλικ\n" +"Για να ρυθμίσετε τις επιλογές του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης, όπως το χρονικό όριο, κάντε κλικ\n" "στις Επιλογές του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης." #. help text 1/1 @@ -1420,22 +1302,18 @@ "Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting." msgstr "" "Ειδική Χειροκίνητη Ρύθμιση \n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα τις ρυθμίσεις του διαχειριστή " -"εκκίνησης.\n" -"Σημείωση: Το τελικό αρχείο ρυθμίσεων μπορεί να έχει διαφορετική " -"διαμόρφωση." +"Εδώ μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε χειροκίνητα τις ρυθμίσεις του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης.\n" +"Σημείωση: Το τελικό αρχείο ρυθμίσεων μπορεί να έχει διαφορετική διαμόρφωση." #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "Section Name \n" -"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " -"section\n" +"Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" "name must be unique." msgstr "" "Όνομα Τμήματος \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Όνομα Τμήματος για να καθορίσετε το όνομα τμήματος " -"του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Όνομα Τμήματος για να καθορίσετε το όνομα τμήματος του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης.\n" "Το όνομα του τμήματος πρέπει να είναι μοναδικό." #. help text 1/5 @@ -1454,10 +1332,8 @@ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" "selected section." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε την Κλωνοποίηση του επιλεγμένου τμήματος για να " -"κλωνοποιηθεί το συγκεκριμένο\n" -"τμήμα. Στην συνέχεια αλλάξτε τις επιλογές στις οποίες θέλετε να " -"διαφοροποιείται από το\n" +"Επιλέξτε την Κλωνοποίηση του επιλεγμένου τμήματος για να κλωνοποιηθεί το συγκεκριμένο\n" +"τμήμα. Στην συνέχεια αλλάξτε τις επιλογές στις οποίες θέλετε να διαφοροποιείται από το\n" "επιλεγμένο τμήμα." #. help text 3/5 @@ -1466,8 +1342,7 @@ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" "to load and start." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Τομέας Εικόνας για την προσθήκη ενός νέου πυρήνα Linux ή " -"άλλης εικόνας\n" +"Επιλέξτε Τομέας Εικόνας για την προσθήκη ενός νέου πυρήνα Linux ή άλλης εικόνας\n" "που θέλετε να φορτώνεται και να ξεκινά." #. help text 4/5 @@ -1476,8 +1351,7 @@ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" "but to start it in a Xen environment." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το Τομέας XEN για την προσθήκη ενός νέου πυρήνα Linux ή " -"άλλης εικόνας,\n" +"Επιλέξτε το Τομέας XEN για την προσθήκη ενός νέου πυρήνα Linux ή άλλης εικόνας,\n" "που όμως θα ξεκινά μέσα σε ένα περιβάλλον XEN." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1487,22 +1361,18 @@ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Άλλο Σύστημα (Chainloader) για την προσθήκη ενός τμήματος " -"που \n" -"φορτώνει και ξεκινά έναν τομέα εκκίνησης (boot sector) μιας κατάτμησης του " -"δίσκου. Αυτό\n" +"Επιλέξτε Άλλο Σύστημα (Chainloader) για την προσθήκη ενός τμήματος που \n" +"φορτώνει και ξεκινά έναν τομέα εκκίνησης (boot sector) μιας κατάτμησης του δίσκου. Αυτό\n" "χρησιμοποιείται για την εκκίνηση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the " -"disk. This is used for\n" +"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" "booting other operating systems." msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε Άλλο σύστημα για την προσθήκη ενός τμήματος που \n" -"φορτώνει το αρχείο ρυθμίσεων (λίστα τομέων εκκίνησης) από μία κατάτμηση του " -"δίσκου. Αυτό\n" +"φορτώνει το αρχείο ρυθμίσεων (λίστα τομέων εκκίνησης) από μία κατάτμηση του δίσκου. Αυτό\n" "χρησιμοποιείται για την εκκίνηση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων." #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names @@ -1565,8 +1435,7 @@ "Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost.\n" msgstr "" -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να ματαιώσετε την ρύθμιση του διαχειριστή " -"εκκίνησης χωρίς να γίνει αποθήκευση;\n" +"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να ματαιώσετε την ρύθμιση του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης χωρίς να γίνει αποθήκευση;\n" "Όλες οι αλλαγές που κάνατε θα χαθούν.\n" #. yes-no popup question @@ -1603,8 +1472,7 @@ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" msgstr "" -"Οι ρυθμίσεις του δίσκου έχουν αλλάξει και έχετε επεξεργαστεί τα αρχεία " -"ρυθμίσεων\n" +"Οι ρυθμίσεις του δίσκου έχουν αλλάξει και έχετε επεξεργαστεί τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων\n" "χειροκίνητα. Ελέγξτε τις ρυθμίσεις του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης.\n" #. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set @@ -1653,9 +1521,7 @@ #. yes-no popup #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182 msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" -msgstr "" -"Η μορφοποίηση χαμηλού επιπέδου(LowLevelFormat) απέτυχε. Θέλετε να " -"ξαναπροσπαθήσετε;" +msgstr "Η μορφοποίηση χαμηλού επιπέδου(LowLevelFormat) απέτυχε. Θέλετε να ξαναπροσπαθήσετε;" #. error report #. error report @@ -1680,8 +1546,7 @@ "installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" msgstr "" "Ένα σφάλμα παρουσιάστηκε κατά τη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης\n" -"του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης. Θέλετε να ξαναδοκιμάσετε να ρυθμίσετε τον " -"διαχειριστή εκκίνησης;\n" +"του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης. Θέλετε να ξαναδοκιμάσετε να ρυθμίσετε τον διαχειριστή εκκίνησης;\n" #. FIXME too generic, but was already translated #: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241 @@ -1736,86 +1601,51 @@ msgstr "Τμήμα Εικόνας" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "" -"Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " -"directly or choose via Browse." -msgstr "" -" Εικόνα Πυρήνα ορίζει τον πυρήνα που εκκινείται. Είτε εισάγετε το " -"όνομα κατευθείαν ή επιλέξτε το κάνοντας κλικ στο Αναζήτηση." +msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." +msgstr " Εικόνα Πυρήνα ορίζει τον πυρήνα που εκκινείται. Είτε εισάγετε το όνομα κατευθείαν ή επιλέξτε το κάνοντας κλικ στο Αναζήτηση." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "" -"Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Η Συσκευή Root ορίζει την συσκευή για να περάσει στον πυρήνα ως " -"συσκευή root." +msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." +msgstr "Η Συσκευή Root ορίζει την συσκευή για να περάσει στον πυρήνα ως συσκευή root." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 msgid "" -"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -"use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +"Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" msgstr "" -"Αρχικός Δίσκος RAM, εάν δεν είναι κενό, ορίζε το αρχικό ramdisk " -"που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Είτε εισάγετε τη διαδρομή\n" -"και το όνομα αρχείου απευθείας ή επιλέξτε το χρησιμοποιώντας Αναζήτηση</" -"b>.\n" +"Αρχικός Δίσκος RAM, εάν δεν είναι κενό, ορίζε το αρχικό ramdisk που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Είτε εισάγετε τη διαδρομή\n" +"και το όνομα αρχείου απευθείας ή επιλέξτε το χρησιμοποιώντας Αναζήτηση.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " -"booting an OS other than Linux." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Τομέας Chainloader εάν θέλετε να ορίσετε έναν τομέα για " -"εκκίνηση διαφορετικού ΛΣ από το Linux." +msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Τομέας Chainloader εάν θέλετε να ορίσετε έναν τομέα για εκκίνηση διαφορετικού ΛΣ από το Linux." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select " -"this section." -msgstr "" -"Η ρύθμιση του Χρήση Κωδικού Προστασίας θα απαιτήσει έναν κωδικό " -"για αυτό τον τομέα." +msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." +msgstr "Η ρύθμιση του Χρήση Κωδικού Προστασίας θα απαιτήσει έναν κωδικό για αυτό τον τομέα." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems " -"found on your computer." -msgstr "" -"Το Άλλα Συστήματα σας επιτρέπει να διαλέξετε ανάμεσα σε άλλα " -"λειτουργικά συστήματα που δεν είναι τύπου Linux και υπάρχουν στον υπολογιστή " -"σας." +msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." +msgstr "Το Άλλα Συστήματα σας επιτρέπει να διαλέξετε ανάμεσα σε άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα που δεν είναι τύπου Linux και υπάρχουν στον υπολογιστή σας." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS " -"needs this flag set in order to boot it" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση της Κατάτμησης όταν είναι επιλεγμένη για " -"Εκκίνηση εάν το BIOS σας απαιτεί αυτή τη ρύθμιση για να κάνει εκκίνηση</" -"p>" +msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση της Κατάτμησης όταν είναι επιλεγμένη για Εκκίνηση εάν το BIOS σας απαιτεί αυτή τη ρύθμιση για να κάνει εκκίνηση" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 msgid "" -"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks " -"to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the " -"grub documentation.\n" +"Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" msgstr "" -"Block Offset για Chainloading σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε τη λίστα " -"τμημάτων για εκκίνηση. Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις\n" -"ορίζετε <code>+1</code>. Για περισσότερα σχετικά με σημειώσεις blocklist " -"ανατρέξτε στην τεκμηρίωση του grub.\n" +"Block Offset για Chainloading σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε τη λίστα τμημάτων για εκκίνηση. Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις\n" +"ορίζετε <code>+1</code>. Για περισσότερα σχετικά με σημειώσεις blocklist ανατρέξτε στην τεκμηρίωση του grub.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 msgid "" -"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other " -"image \n" +"Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το Πυρήνας μέσω XEN για την προσθήκη ενός νέου πυρήνα " -"Linux ή άλλης εικόνας,\n" +"Επιλέξτε το Πυρήνας μέσω XEN για την προσθήκη ενός νέου πυρήνα Linux ή άλλης εικόνας,\n" "που όμως θα ξεκινά μέσα σε ένα περιβάλλον XEN.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 @@ -1823,12 +1653,8 @@ msgstr "Hypervisor ορίζει το Hypervisor που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -msgstr "" -"Πρόσθετες Παράμετροι του Xen Hypervisor σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε " -"πρόσθετες παραμέτρους για τον xen hypervisor." +msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +msgstr "Πρόσθετες Παράμετροι του Xen Hypervisor σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε πρόσθετες παραμέτρους για τον xen hypervisor." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 msgid "Menu Section" @@ -1839,29 +1665,19 @@ msgstr "Κατάτμηση του Αρχείου του Μενού" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is " -"loaded menu file." -msgstr "" -"Το Αρχείο Περιγραφής Μενού ορίζει τη διαδρομή στη ριζική συσκευή " -"από την οποία φορτώνεται το αρχείο μενού." +msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." +msgstr "Το Αρχείο Περιγραφής Μενού ορίζει τη διαδρομή στη ριζική συσκευή από την οποία φορτώνεται το αρχείο μενού." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need " -"to be on the first disk." -msgstr "" -"Χάρτης Τομέα για τον Πρώτο Δίσκο από τον Χάρτη Συσκευών τα Windows " -"συνήθως πρέπει να βρίσκονται στον πρώτο δίσκο." +msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." +msgstr "Χάρτης Τομέα για τον Πρώτο Δίσκο από τον Χάρτη Συσκευών τα Windows συνήθως πρέπει να βρίσκονται στον πρώτο δίσκο." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 msgid "" -"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " -"possible via buttons: Add , \n" +"Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" "Edit and Delete" msgstr "" -"Μετρήσεις περιέχει αρχεία μετρήσεων με PCR. Αλλαγή του πίνακα " -"είναι δυνατή μέσω των κουμπιών: Προσθήκη , \n" +"Μετρήσεις περιέχει αρχεία μετρήσεων με PCR. Αλλαγή του πίνακα είναι δυνατή μέσω των κουμπιών: Προσθήκη , \n" "Επεξεργασία και Διαγραφή" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 @@ -1877,8 +1693,7 @@ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" "Usually specified in global section" msgstr "" -"Υποχρεωτική χρήση του ριζικού αρχείου συστήματος ως μόνο-για-ανάγνωση</" -"b> \n" +"Υποχρεωτική χρήση του ριζικού αρχείου συστήματος ως μόνο-για-ανάγνωση \n" "Συνήθως ορίζεται στον γενικό τομέα" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 @@ -1888,8 +1703,7 @@ "file on a SCSI disk partition." msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε Τομέας Dump για να προσθέσετε τομέα που ορίζει πως να\n" -"δημιουργηθεί ένα σύστημα dump είτε σε μία κατάτμηση DASD είτε σε συσκευή " -"ταινίας είτε σε ένα\n" +"δημιουργηθεί ένα σύστημα dump είτε σε μία κατάτμηση DASD είτε σε συσκευή ταινίας είτε σε ένα\n" "αρχείο μίας κατάτμησης SCSI." #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 @@ -1897,20 +1711,15 @@ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Τομέας Μενου για να προσθέσετε ένα καινούργιο μενού στις " -"ρυθμίσεις.\n" -"Οι τομείς μενού αντιπροσωπεύουν μία λίστα διεργασιών που είναι " -"ομαδοποιημένες.\n" +"Επιλέξτε Τομέας Μενου για να προσθέσετε ένα καινούργιο μενού στις ρυθμίσεις.\n" +"Οι τομείς μενού αντιπροσωπεύουν μία λίστα διεργασιών που είναι ομαδοποιημένες.\n" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to " -"enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +"Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση SELinux για να προσθέσετε τις απαραίτητες " -"παραμέτρους εκκίνησης πυρήνα για ενεργοποίηση του πλαισίου ασφαλείας " -"SELinux. \n" +"Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση SELinux για να προσθέσετε τις απαραίτητες παραμέτρους εκκίνησης πυρήνα για ενεργοποίηση του πλαισίου ασφαλείας SELinux. \n" "Παρακαλώ προσέξτε ότι αυτή η ενέργεια απενεργοποιεί το AppArmor." #. radio button @@ -1950,8 +1759,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105 msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" -msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποίηση της Κ&ατάτμησης αν έχει επιλεχθεί για να Εκκινήσει το σύστημα" +msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση της Κ&ατάτμησης αν έχει επιλεχθεί για να Εκκινήσει το σύστημα" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106 msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" @@ -1979,8 +1787,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114 msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" -msgstr "" -"Υπ&οχρεωτική προσάρτηση του συστήματος αρχείων root ως μόνο για ανάγνωση" +msgstr "Υπ&οχρεωτική προσάρτηση του συστήματος αρχείων root ως μόνο για ανάγνωση" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115 msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" @@ -2041,8 +1848,7 @@ #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65 msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "" -"Το αρχείο εικόνας δεν υπάρχει. Θέλετε πραγματικά να το χρησιμοποιήσετε;" +msgstr "Το αρχείο εικόνας δεν υπάρχει. Θέλετε πραγματικά να το χρησιμοποιήσετε;" #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82 msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" @@ -2084,11 +1890,8 @@ #. error report #: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"Εξαιτίας της κατάτμησης, ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί " -"σωστά." +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Εξαιτίας της κατάτμησης, ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί σωστά." #. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal #. @@ -2097,70 +1900,40 @@ #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Εκκίνηση από το MBR είναι ενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr" -"\">απενεργοποίηση</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Εκκίνηση από το MBR είναι ενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">απενεργοποίηση</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Εκκίνηση από το MBR είναι απενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr" -"\">ενεργοποίηση</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Εκκίνηση από το MBR είναι απενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">ενεργοποίηση</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" -#| "\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Εκκίνηση από την κατάτμηση /boot είναι ενεργοποιημένη (<a href=" -"\"disable_boot_boot\">απενεργοποίηση</a>" +#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Εκκίνηση από την κατάτμηση /boot είναι ενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">απενεργοποίηση</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -#| "\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Εκκίνηση από την κατάτμηση /boot είναι απενεργοποιημένη (<a href=" -"\"enable_boot_boot\">ενεργοποίηση</a>" +#| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Εκκίνηση από την κατάτμηση /boot είναι απενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">ενεργοποίηση</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" -#| "\">disable</a>" -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Εκκίνηση από την κατάτμηση \"/\" είναι ενεργοποιημένη (<a href=" -"\"disable_boot_root\">απενεργοποίηση</a>" +#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Εκκίνηση από την κατάτμηση \"/\" είναι ενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">απενεργοποίηση</a>" #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -#| "\">enable</a>" -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Εκκίνηση από την κατάτμηση \"/\" είναι απενεργοποιημένη (<a href=" -"\"enable_boot_root\">ενεργοποίηση</a>" +#| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "Εκκίνηση από την κατάτμηση \"/\" είναι απενεργοποιημένη (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">ενεργοποίηση</a>" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 @@ -2214,9 +1987,7 @@ #. summary text #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -msgstr "" -"Να μην γίνει εγκατάσταση του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης, απλά να γίνει δημιουργία " -"των αρχείων ρυθμίσεων" +msgstr "Να μην γίνει εγκατάσταση του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης, απλά να γίνει δημιουργία των αρχείων ρυθμίσεων" #. menubutton item, keep as short as possible #: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 @@ -2225,9 +1996,7 @@ #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 @@ -2242,56 +2011,38 @@ #. grub2 is sooo cool... #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "" -"Μη υποστηριζόμενος συνδυασμός του υλικού της πλατφόρμας %1 και του " -"διαχειριστή εκκίνησης %2" +msgstr "Μη υποστηριζόμενος συνδυασμός του υλικού της πλατφόρμας %1 και του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης %2" #. TODO add more devices #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -msgstr "" -"Ο αριθμός κατάτμησης > 3 χρησιμοποιείται για εκκίνηση με τον πίνακα " -"κατατμήσεων GPT" +msgstr "Ο αριθμός κατάτμησης > 3 χρησιμοποιείται για εκκίνηση με τον πίνακα κατατμήσεων GPT" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"Η συσκευή εκκίνησης βρίσκεται σε τύπο raid: %1. Το σύστημα δεν θα εκκινηθεί." +msgstr "Η συσκευή εκκίνησης βρίσκεται σε τύπο raid: %1. Το σύστημα δεν θα εκκινηθεί." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"Ο συσκευή εκκίνησης βρίσκεται σε λογισμικό RAID1. Επιλέξτε άλλη τοποθεσία " -"για το διαχειριστή εκκίνησης, π.χ. Master Boot Record" +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Ο συσκευή εκκίνησης βρίσκεται σε λογισμικό RAID1. Επιλέξτε άλλη τοποθεσία για το διαχειριστή εκκίνησης, π.χ. Master Boot Record" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 -msgid "" -"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device " -"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader " -"Installation Details\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 #, fuzzy msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" -"Έλλειψη εξωτερικής κατάτμησης για εκκίνηση. Δεν είναι δυνατό να εγκατασταθεί " -"ο boot code." +msgstr "Έλλειψη εξωτερικής κατάτμησης για εκκίνηση. Δεν είναι δυνατό να εγκατασταθεί ο boot code." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 @@ -2368,13 +2119,8 @@ msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Αποθήκευση ρυθμίσεων του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. " -#~ "The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν ήταν δυνατό θα βρεθεί η ακριβής σειρά των δίσκων για τον χάρτη " -#~ "συσκευών. Η σειρά των δίσκων μπορεί να αλλάξει στο \"Λεπτομέρειες " -#~ "Εγκατάστασης του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης\"" +#~ msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "Δεν ήταν δυνατό θα βρεθεί η ακριβής σειρά των δίσκων για τον χάρτη συσκευών. Η σειρά των δίσκων μπορεί να αλλάξει στο \"Λεπτομέρειες Εγκατάστασης του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης\"" #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -2422,65 +2168,39 @@ #~ msgstr "Διαγνωστικά Κατασκευαστή" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η συσκευή εκκίνησης βρίσκεται σε δίσκο iSCSI: %1. Το σύστημα μπορεί να " -#~ "μην εκκινηθεί." +#~ msgstr "Η συσκευή εκκίνησης βρίσκεται σε δίσκο iSCSI: %1. Το σύστημα μπορεί να μην εκκινηθεί." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " -#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " -#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης είναι εγκατεστημένος σε μία κατάτμηση που δεν " -#~ "είναι κάτω από %1 GB. Το σύστημα μπορεί να μην εκκινηθεί εάν το BIOS " -#~ "υποστηρίζει μόνο lba24 (θα εμφανισθεί το σφάλμα 18 κατά την εγκατάσταση " -#~ "του GRUB στο MBR)." +#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "Ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης είναι εγκατεστημένος σε μία κατάτμηση που δεν είναι κάτω από %1 GB. Το σύστημα μπορεί να μην εκκινηθεί εάν το BIOS υποστηρίζει μόνο lba24 (θα εμφανισθεί το σφάλμα 18 κατά την εγκατάσταση του GRUB στο MBR)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " -#~ "range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " -#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " -#~ "configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ρυθμίστε μια έγκυρη τοποθεσία του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης πριν συνεχίσετε." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Ο χάρτης συσκευών περιέχει πάνω από 8 συσκευές και η συσκευή εκκίνησης " -#~ "είναι εκτός ορίων.\n" -#~ "Η πρόσβαση περιορίζεται από το BIOS στις 8 πρώτες συσκευές. Τροποποιήστε " -#~ "τη σειρά εκκίνησης του BIOS (ή διορθώστε τη σειρά προτεραιότητας του " -#~ "διαχειριστή εκκίνησης)" +#~ "Ρυθμίστε μια έγκυρη τοποθεσία του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης πριν συνεχίσετε. \n" +#~ "Ο χάρτης συσκευών περιέχει πάνω από 8 συσκευές και η συσκευή εκκίνησης είναι εκτός ορίων.\n" +#~ "Η πρόσβαση περιορίζεται από το BIOS στις 8 πρώτες συσκευές. Τροποποιήστε τη σειρά εκκίνησης του BIOS (ή διορθώστε τη σειρά προτεραιότητας του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης)" #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "Το LILO δεν υποστηρίζεται." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " -#~ "system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η επιλεγμένη διαδρομή εκκίνησης δεν θα ενεργοποιηθεί για την εγκατάσταση " -#~ "σας. Το σύστημα σας ίσως να μην ξεκινάει." +#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "Η επιλεγμένη διαδρομή εκκίνησης δεν θα ενεργοποιηθεί για την εγκατάσταση σας. Το σύστημα σας ίσως να μην ξεκινάει." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ρυθμίστε μια έγκυρη τοποθεσία του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης πριν συνεχίσετε." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Σε περίπτωση που δεν είναι δυνατή η επιλογή μπορεί να χρειαστεί να " -#~ "δημιουργήσετε μία μικρή πρωτεύουσα κατάτμηση Aplle HFS." +#~ "Ρυθμίστε μια έγκυρη τοποθεσία του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης πριν συνεχίσετε. \n" +#~ "Σε περίπτωση που δεν είναι δυνατή η επιλογή μπορεί να χρειαστεί να δημιουργήσετε μία μικρή πρωτεύουσα κατάτμηση Aplle HFS." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " -#~ "PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ρυθμίστε μια έγκυρη τοποθεσία του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης πριν συνεχίσετε." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Σε περίπτωση που δεν είναι δυνατή η επιλογή μπορεί να χρειαστεί να " -#~ "δημιουργηθεί μια κατάτμηση εκκίνησης PReP." +#~ "Ρυθμίστε μια έγκυρη τοποθεσία του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης πριν συνεχίσετε. \n" +#~ "Σε περίπτωση που δεν είναι δυνατή η επιλογή μπορεί να χρειαστεί να δημιουργηθεί μια κατάτμηση εκκίνησης PReP." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Παραμονή &LILO" @@ -2488,12 +2208,8 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Μετατροπή Ρυθμίσεων και Εγκατάσταση &GRUB" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " -#~ "GRUB" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το LILO δεν υποστηρίζεται. Η συνιστώμενη επιλογή είναι να επιλέξετε " -#~ "μετατροπή του LILO σε GRUB" +#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" +#~ msgstr "Το LILO δεν υποστηρίζεται. Η συνιστώμενη επιλογή είναι να επιλέξετε μετατροπή του LILO σε GRUB" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" #~ msgstr "&ELILO Καθολικές Επικογές" @@ -2526,72 +2242,54 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ορίστε το επίπεδο της ανάλυσης [0-5] Αυξήστε την ανάλυση " -#~ "του ELILO\n" +#~ "Ορίστε το επίπεδο της ανάλυσης [0-5] Αυξήστε την ανάλυση του ELILO\n" #~ "σε περίπτωση προβλημάτων εκκίνησης." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Γενική Προσάρτηση του αλφαρηθμητικού των επιλογών της γραμμής " -#~ "εντολών του πυρήνα \n" -#~ "Σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε πρόσθετε καθολικές παραμέτρους που θα " -#~ "περαστούν στον πυρήνα. Αυτές θα\n" +#~ "Γενική Προσάρτηση του αλφαρηθμητικού των επιλογών της γραμμής εντολών του πυρήνα \n" +#~ "Σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε πρόσθετε καθολικές παραμέτρους που θα περαστούν στον πυρήνα. Αυτές θα\n" #~ "χρησιμοποιηθούν αν δεν εμφανιστεί το 'append' στο αντίστοιχο πεδίο.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το όνομα του προεπιλεγμένου αρχείου initrd, αν δεν είναι κενό, " -#~ "καθορίζει την αρχική\n" -#~ "χρήση του ramdisk. Είτε εισάγετε την διαδρομή και το όνομα του αρχείου " -#~ "κατευθείαν ή το επιλέγετε πατώντας\n" +#~ "Το όνομα του προεπιλεγμένου αρχείου initrd, αν δεν είναι κενό, καθορίζει την αρχική\n" +#~ "χρήση του ramdisk. Είτε εισάγετε την διαδρομή και το όνομα του αρχείου κατευθείαν ή το επιλέγετε πατώντας\n" #~ "Αναζήτηση\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το όνομα του προεπιλεγμένου αρχείου εικόνας, αν δεν είναι κενό, " -#~ "καθορίζει το αρχείο εικόνας\n" -#~ "που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Είτε εισάγετε την διαδρομή και το όνομα του " -#~ "αρχείου κατευθείαν ή το επιλέγετε πατώντας\n" +#~ "Το όνομα του προεπιλεγμένου αρχείου εικόνας, αν δεν είναι κενό, καθορίζει το αρχείο εικόνας\n" +#~ "που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Είτε εισάγετε την διαδρομή και το όνομα του αρχείου κατευθείαν ή το επιλέγετε πατώντας\n" #~ "Αναζήτηση" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Καθορίστε την διεπαφή του χρήστη για το ELILO ('simple' ή " -#~ "'textmenu') \n" -#~ "Προσοχή: Το 'textmenu' έχει προκαλέσει προβλήματα σε κάποια μηχανήματα.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Καθορίστε την διεπαφή του χρήστη για το ELILO ('simple' ή 'textmenu') \n" +#~ "Προσοχή: Το 'textmenu' έχει προκαλέσει προβλήματα σε κάποια μηχανήματα." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " -#~ "TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Αποτροπής της κατάστασης EDD30 \n" -#~ "Εκ προεπιλογής, αν το EDD30 είναι απενεργοποιημένο, το ELILO θα " -#~ "προσπαθήσει και θα ορίσει την μεταβλητή σε TRUE.\n" -#~ "Παρόλα αυτά, μερικοί ελεγκτές δεν υποστηρίζουν το EDD30 εάν υποχρεώσετε " -#~ "την εφαρμογή της μεταβλητής\n" -#~ "μπορεί να προκληθούν προβλήματα. Για αυτό, από το το elilo-3.2, υπάρχει " -#~ "επιλογή της \n" +#~ "Εκ προεπιλογής, αν το EDD30 είναι απενεργοποιημένο, το ELILO θα προσπαθήσει και θα ορίσει την μεταβλητή σε TRUE.\n" +#~ "Παρόλα αυτά, μερικοί ελεγκτές δεν υποστηρίζουν το EDD30 εάν υποχρεώσετε την εφαρμογή της μεταβλητής\n" +#~ "μπορεί να προκληθούν προβλήματα. Για αυτό, από το το elilo-3.2, υπάρχει επιλογή της \n" #~ "παράβλεψης επιβολής της μεταβλητής.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2601,10 +2299,8 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Επιτρέπεται προσπάθεια επαναπροσδιορισμού \n" -#~ "Σε περίπτωση σφάλμοτος προσδιορισμού της μνήμης σε αρχικό σημείο φόρτωσης " -#~ "του\n" -#~ "πυρήνα, επιτρέψτε προσπάθεια επαναπροσδιορισμού(εφόσον ο πυρήνας " -#~ "προσφέρει αυτή τη δυνατότητα).\n" +#~ "Σε περίπτωση σφάλμοτος προσδιορισμού της μνήμης σε αρχικό σημείο φόρτωσης του\n" +#~ "πυρήνα, επιτρέψτε προσπάθεια επαναπροσδιορισμού(εφόσον ο πυρήνας προσφέρει αυτή τη δυνατότητα).\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -2626,8 +2322,7 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ορισμός Διεπαφής Χρήστη για το ELILO\n" -#~ "Ορίστε τον επιλογέα πυρήνα αν θα χρησιμοποιήσει: \"simple\" ή \"textmenu" -#~ "\"" +#~ "Ορίστε τον επιλογέα πυρήνα αν θα χρησιμοποιήσει: \"simple\" ή \"textmenu\"" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -2638,8 +2333,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Εμφάνιση Περιεχομένου Αρχείου με τα Πλήκτρα Λειτουργιών\n" #~ "Μερικοί επιλογείς μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν αυτή τη δυνατότητα\n" -#~ "για να εμφανίσουν το περιεχόμενο ενός αρχείου όταν ένα συγκεκριμένο " -#~ "πλήκτρο\n" +#~ "για να εμφανίσουν το περιεχόμενο ενός αρχείου όταν ένα συγκεκριμένο πλήκτρο\n" #~ "λειτουργίας Χ πατηθεί. Το Χ μπορεί να ποικίλει από 1-12 για τα πλήκτρα\n" #~ "λειτουργιών F1 έως F12" @@ -2658,8 +2352,7 @@ #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Εκτύπωση Μηνύματος στην Κεντρική Οθόνη (Εάν Υποστηρίζεται)\n" -#~ "Ένα μήνυμα που εκτυπώνεται στην κεντρική οθόνη εάν αυτό υποστηρίζεται " -#~ "από\n" +#~ "Ένα μήνυμα που εκτυπώνεται στην κεντρική οθόνη εάν αυτό υποστηρίζεται από\n" #~ "τον επιλογέα." #~ msgid "" @@ -2668,8 +2361,7 @@ #~ "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n" #~ "Default is 0" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Καθυστέρηση Αναμονής πριν την Αυτόματη Εκκινήση σε Δευτερόλεπτα</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Καθυστέρηση Αναμονής πριν την Αυτόματη Εκκινήση σε Δευτερόλεπτα\n" #~ "Ο αριθμός των 10άδων δευτερολέπτων για αναμονή πριν\n" #~ "την αυτόματη εκκίνηση όταν δεν βρισκόμαστε σε κατάσταση αλληλεπίδρασης.\n" #~ "Προκαθορισμένο είναι το 0" @@ -2677,12 +2369,8 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Τοποθεσία της Eικόνας Eκκίνησης" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " -#~ "mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Καθυστέρηση αναμονής (σε δευτερόλεπτα) πριν από την αυτόματη εκκίνηση " -#~ "(δεν χρησιμοποιείται σε κατάσταση αλληλεπίδρασης)" +#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" +#~ msgstr "Καθυστέρηση αναμονής (σε δευτερόλεπτα) πριν από την αυτόματη εκκίνηση (δεν χρησιμοποιείται σε κατάσταση αλληλεπίδρασης)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Επιβολή κατάστασης αλληλεπίδρασης" @@ -2697,9 +2385,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Υποχρέωση του rootfs να προσαρτηθεί ως μόνο για ανάγνωση" #~ msgid "Global append string of options to kernel command line" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Γενικό αλφαριθμητικό προσάρτησης των επιλογών στην γραμμή εντολών του " -#~ "πυρήνα" +#~ msgstr "Γενικό αλφαριθμητικό προσάρτησης των επιλογών στην γραμμή εντολών του πυρήνα" #~ msgid "Name of default initrd file" #~ msgstr "Όνομα προεπιλεγμένου αρχείου initrd" @@ -2708,9 +2394,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Όνομα προεπιλεγμένου αρχείου εικόνας" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Καθορίστε το σύστημα διεπαφής χρηστών για το ELILO (απλό ή κατάσταση " -#~ "κειμένου)" +#~ msgstr "Καθορίστε το σύστημα διεπαφής χρηστών για το ELILO (απλό ή κατάσταση κειμένου)" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Το μήνυμα που τυπώνεται στην κεντρική οθόνη (αν υποστηρίζεται)" @@ -2722,16 +2406,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Αποτροπή κατάστασης EDD30" #~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Καθορίστε το όνομα του αρχείου για ένα συγκεκριμένο FPSWA για να φορτωθεί" +#~ msgstr "Καθορίστε το όνομα του αρχείου για ένα συγκεκριμένο FPSWA για να φορτωθεί" #~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" #~ msgstr "Επιτρέπεται η προσπάθεια για επανα-εντοπισμού" #~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Γενικό Αλφαριθμητικό Προσάρτησης των Επιλογών στην Γραμμή Εντολών του " -#~ "Πυρήνα" +#~ msgstr "Γενικό Αλφαριθμητικό Προσάρτησης των Επιλογών στην Γραμμή Εντολών του Πυρήνα" #~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File" #~ msgstr "Όνομα Προεπιλεγμέ&νου Αρχείου Εικόνας" @@ -2754,12 +2435,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" #~ msgstr "Ορί&στε τη Διεπαφή Χρήστη για το ELILO (\"simple\" ή \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " -#~ "Mode)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Καθυστέρηση Αναμονής Σε &Δευτερόλεπτα Πριν την Αυτόματη Εκκίνηση (δεν " -#~ "χρησιμοποιείται σε κατάσταση αλληλεπίδρασης)." +#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Καθυστέρηση Αναμονής Σε &Δευτερόλεπτα Πριν την Αυτόματη Εκκίνηση (δεν χρησιμοποιείται σε κατάσταση αλληλεπίδρασης)." #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "Προβολή του Περιεχομένου ενός Αρχείου με Πλή&κτρα Λειτουργιών" @@ -2800,11 +2477,9 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Τοποθεσία Εκκίνησης\n" #~ "Αυτός είναι ο αριθμός της κατάτμησης εκκίνησης. Σε ένα\n" -#~ "PowerMac θα πρέπει να είναι σε μορφή HFS γιατί χρησιμοποιείται το " -#~ "hfsutils για να\n" +#~ "PowerMac θα πρέπει να είναι σε μορφή HFS γιατί χρησιμοποιείται το hfsutils για να\n" #~ "αντιγραφούν τα αρχεία στην κατάτμηση. Σε CHRP θα χρειαστείτε μία 41 PReP\n" -#~ "κατάτμηση εκκίνησης, το /boot/second από το πακέτο quik αποθηκεύεται εκεί " -#~ "" +#~ "κατάτμηση εκκίνησης, το /boot/second από το πακέτο quik αποθηκεύεται εκεί " #~ msgid "" #~ "Boot Folder Path\n" @@ -2816,41 +2491,30 @@ #~ "ο κατάλογος πρόκειται να οριστεί εκκινήσιμος." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" -#~ "b> \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Προσάρτηση του Αλφαριθμητικού των Γενικών Επιλογών της Γραμμής " -#~ "Εντολών του Πυρήνα \n" -#~ "Σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε γενικές, επιπλέον παραμέτρους που θα " -#~ "περαστούν στον πυρήνα. Αυτές θα\n" +#~ "Προσάρτηση του Αλφαριθμητικού των Γενικών Επιλογών της Γραμμής Εντολών του Πυρήνα \n" +#~ "Σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε γενικές, επιπλέον παραμέτρους που θα περαστούν στον πυρήνα. Αυτές θα\n" #~ "χρησιμοποιηθούν αν δεν εμφανιστεί το 'append' στο αντίστοιχο πεδίο.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " -#~ "initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το όνομα του Προεπιλεγμένου Αρχείου initrd, αν δεν είναι κενό, " -#~ "καθορίζει την αρχική\n" -#~ "χρήση του ramdisk. Είτε εισάγετε την διαδρομή και το όνομα του αρχείου " -#~ "κατευθείαν ή το επιλέγετε πατώντας\n" +#~ "Το όνομα του Προεπιλεγμένου Αρχείου initrd, αν δεν είναι κενό, καθορίζει την αρχική\n" +#~ "χρήση του ramdisk. Είτε εισάγετε την διαδρομή και το όνομα του αρχείου κατευθείαν ή το επιλέγετε πατώντας\n" #~ "Αναζήτηση\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " -#~ "using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το όνομα του Προεπιλεγμένου Αρχείου Εικόνας, αν δεν είναι κενό, " -#~ "καθορίζει το αρχείο\n" -#~ "εικόνας που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Είτε εισάγετε την διαδρομή και το όνομα " -#~ "του αρχείου κατευθείαν ή το επιλέγετε πατώντας\n" +#~ "Το όνομα του Προεπιλεγμένου Αρχείου Εικόνας, αν δεν είναι κενό, καθορίζει το αρχείο\n" +#~ "εικόνας που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Είτε εισάγετε την διαδρομή και το όνομα του αρχείου κατευθείαν ή το επιλέγετε πατώντας\n" #~ "Αναζήτηση" #~ msgid "" @@ -2864,85 +2528,65 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " -#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Κατάτμηση για το Διπλότυπο του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης\n" -#~ "ορίζει άλλους κόμβους συσκευών Linux που το bootinfo θα έπρεπε να " -#~ "αποθηκευτεί.\n" +#~ "ορίζει άλλους κόμβους συσκευών Linux που το bootinfo θα έπρεπε να αποθηκευτεί.\n" #~ "Εάν δοθεί αυτή η επιλογή, η κατάτμηση εκκίνησης θα μετατραπεί σε FAT. \n" -#~ "Ο σκοπός αυτής της επιλογής είναι να εγγραφούν τα αρχεία εκκίνησης σε όλα " -#~ "τα μέλη ενός συστήματος RAID1 ή RAID5." +#~ "Ο σκοπός αυτής της επιλογής είναι να εγγραφούν τα αρχεία εκκίνησης σε όλα τα μέλη ενός συστήματος RAID1 ή RAID5." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Αλλαγή Συσκευής Εκκίνησης στο NV-RAM\n" #~ "η επιλογή αυτή θα ενημερώσει τη μεταβλητή OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "με την πλήρη διαδρομή OpenFirmware που δείχνει στη συσκευή που ορίστικε " -#~ "στο\n" -#~ "\"boot=\". Εάν λείπει αυτή η επιλογή, το σύστημα μπορεί να μην εκκινηθεί." -#~ "" +#~ "με την πλήρη διαδρομή OpenFirmware που δείχνει στη συσκευή που ορίστικε στο\n" +#~ "\"boot=\". Εάν λείπει αυτή η επιλογή, το σύστημα μπορεί να μην εκκινηθεί." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " -#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " -#~ "G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Μη Χρήστη του OS-chooser\n" -#~ " θα ενημερώσει το lilo να χρησιμοποιήσει το yaboot ως αρχείο εκκίνησης " -#~ "αντί ενός αρχείου ενεργειών Forth με το όνομα \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "Ο οδηγός συσκευής OpenFirmware της κάρτας γραφικών nVidia των συστημάτων " -#~ "Apple G5 \n" +#~ " θα ενημερώσει το lilo να χρησιμοποιήσει το yaboot ως αρχείο εκκίνησης αντί ενός αρχείου ενεργειών Forth με το όνομα \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "Ο οδηγός συσκευής OpenFirmware της κάρτας γραφικών nVidia των συστημάτων Apple G5 \n" #~ "θα καταρρεύσει εάν δεν υπάρχει συνδεδεμένη οθόνη." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " -#~ "automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Λήξη Χρόνου σε Δευτερόλεπτα για MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Περιέχει τη λήξη χρόνου μεταξύ MacOS/Linux σε δευτερόλεπτα μέχρι να " -#~ "εκκινηθεί αυτόματα το Linux \n" +#~ "Περιέχει τη λήξη χρόνου μεταξύ MacOS/Linux σε δευτερόλεπτα μέχρι να εκκινηθεί αυτόματα το Linux \n" #~ "εάν δεν πατηθεί κάποιο πλήκτρο για να εκκινηθεί το MacOS" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " -#~ "format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " -#~ "more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Πάντα Εκκίνηση από Κατάτμηση FAT\n" -#~ "Συνήθως το αρχείο ενεργειών lilo θα επιλέξει αυτόματα τη μορφή της " -#~ "κατάτμησης εκκίνησης\n" -#~ "είτε σε PReP κατάτμηση εκκίνησης είτε σε FAT σύστημα αρχείων για πιο " -#~ "περίπλοκες\n" -#~ "ρυθμίσεις. Αυτή η επιλογή αναγκάζει το αρχείο δέσμης lilo να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσει\n" +#~ "Συνήθως το αρχείο ενεργειών lilo θα επιλέξει αυτόματα τη μορφή της κατάτμησης εκκίνησης\n" +#~ "είτε σε PReP κατάτμηση εκκίνησης είτε σε FAT σύστημα αρχείων για πιο περίπλοκες\n" +#~ "ρυθμίσεις. Αυτή η επιλογή αναγκάζει το αρχείο δέσμης lilo να χρησιμοποιήσει\n" #~ "σύστημα αρχείων FAT" #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Εγκατάσταση Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης Ακόμα και Με Λάθη\n" -#~ "Εγκατάσταση του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης ακόμα και αν δεν είναι σίγουρο εάν " -#~ "το firmware\n" -#~ "περιέχει σφάλματα που δεν θα επιτρέπουν την επόμενη εκκίνηση. Αυτό " -#~ "δημιουργεί μη υποστηριζόμενες ρυθμίσεις." +#~ "Εγκατάσταση του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης ακόμα και αν δεν είναι σίγουρο εάν το firmware\n" +#~ "περιέχει σφάλματα που δεν θα επιτρέπουν την επόμενη εκκίνηση. Αυτό δημιουργεί μη υποστηριζόμενες ρυθμίσεις." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Τοποθεσία του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης PPC" @@ -3070,10 +2714,8 @@ #~ "Really reset your settings for sections?\n" #~ "All your changes made in section management will be lost.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Είστε σίγουροι οτι θέλετε την επαναφορά των ρυθμίσεων σας για τα " -#~ "τμήματα;\n" -#~ "Όλες οι αλλαγές που πραγματοποιήθηκαν κατά την διαχείριση των τμημάτων θα " -#~ "χαθούν.\n" +#~ "Είστε σίγουροι οτι θέλετε την επαναφορά των ρυθμίσεων σας για τα τμήματα;\n" +#~ "Όλες οι αλλαγές που πραγματοποιήθηκαν κατά την διαχείριση των τμημάτων θα χαθούν.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Really reset all\n" @@ -3103,8 +2745,7 @@ #~ "επιλογές για να θέσετε εδώ." #~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive. The system will now be rebooted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αφήστε την δισκέτα στον οδηγό δισκέτας. Το σύστημα τώρα θα επανεκκινηθεί." +#~ msgstr "Αφήστε την δισκέτα στον οδηγό δισκέτας. Το σύστημα τώρα θα επανεκκινηθεί." #~ msgid "Default Boot Section/Menu" #~ msgstr "Προκαθορισμένο Τμήμα Εκκίνησης/Μενού" @@ -3119,8 +2760,7 @@ #~ "Do not install boot loader; just create \n" #~ "configuration files" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Να μην γίνει εγκατάσταση του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης, απλά να γίνει " -#~ "δημιουργία\n" +#~ "Να μην γίνει εγκατάσταση του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης, απλά να γίνει δημιουργία\n" #~ "αρχείων ρυθμίσεων" #~ msgid "Boot loader type: %1" @@ -3143,16 +2783,13 @@ #~ "computer, you need to load ELILO via the EFI shell." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Το σύστημα δεν εκκινήθηκε με το firmware EFI. Για να εκκινήσετε\n" -#~ "τον υπολογιστή σας, πρέπει να φορτώσετε το ELILO μέσω της γραμμής εντολών " -#~ "EFI." +#~ "τον υπολογιστή σας, πρέπει να φορτώσετε το ELILO μέσω της γραμμής εντολών EFI." #~ msgid "LILO bootloader is not supported" #~ msgstr "Ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης LILO δεν υποστηρίζεται" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο κατάλογος /boot βρίσκεται σε σύστημα αρχείων XFS.Το σύστημα μπορεί να " -#~ "μην εκκινηθεί." +#~ msgstr "Ο κατάλογος /boot βρίσκεται σε σύστημα αρχείων XFS.Το σύστημα μπορεί να μην εκκινηθεί." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." #~ msgstr "Η αντιγραφή του πρότυπου για την ρύθμιση του υλικού απέτυχε." @@ -3216,23 +2853,17 @@ #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the hard disk?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Είχατε επιλέξει να εγκατασταθεί ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης στην δισκέτα.\n" -#~ "Το μενού του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης περιέχει μια εγγραφή για να " -#~ "πραγματοποιηθεί η εκκίνηση από δισκέτα.\n" -#~ "Αντικατάσταση της με μια εγγραφή για πραγματοποίηση της εκκίνησης από τον " -#~ "σκληρό δίσκο;" +#~ "Το μενού του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης περιέχει μια εγγραφή για να πραγματοποιηθεί η εκκίνηση από δισκέτα.\n" +#~ "Αντικατάσταση της με μια εγγραφή για πραγματοποίηση της εκκίνησης από τον σκληρό δίσκο;" #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " -#~ "disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Είχατε επιλέξει να εγκατασταθεί ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης στον σκληρό " -#~ "δίσκο.\n" -#~ "Το μενού του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης περιέχει μια εγγραφή για να " -#~ "πραγματοποιηθεί η εκκίνηση από τον σκληρό δίσκο.\n" -#~ "Αντικατάσταση της με μια εγγραφή για πραγματοποίηση της εκκίνησης από " -#~ "δισκέτα;" +#~ "Είχατε επιλέξει να εγκατασταθεί ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης στον σκληρό δίσκο.\n" +#~ "Το μενού του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης περιέχει μια εγγραφή για να πραγματοποιηθεί η εκκίνηση από τον σκληρό δίσκο.\n" +#~ "Αντικατάσταση της με μια εγγραφή για πραγματοποίηση της εκκίνησης από δισκέτα;" #~ msgid "" #~ "You selected the master boot record of %1. According to the\n" @@ -3292,22 +2923,18 @@ #~ "Select XEN Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" #~ "but to start it in a XEN environment." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε το Πυρήνας μέσω XEN για την προσθήκη ενός νέου πυρήνα " -#~ "Linux ή άλλης εικόνας,\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε το Πυρήνας μέσω XEN για την προσθήκη ενός νέου πυρήνα Linux ή άλλης εικόνας,\n" #~ "που όμως θα ξεκινά μέσα σε ένα περιβάλλον XEN." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot " -#~ "partition with ext2 filesytem" +#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an ext4 filesystem. Create separate /boot partition with ext2 filesytem" #~ msgstr "Ο κατάλογος root δε μπορεί να είναι κενός." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Kernel via XEN to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" #~ "but to start it in a XEN environment." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε Πυρήνας μέσω XEN για την προσθήκη ενός νέου πυρήνα " -#~ "Linux ή άλλης εικόνας,\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε Πυρήνας μέσω XEN για την προσθήκη ενός νέου πυρήνα Linux ή άλλης εικόνας,\n" #~ "που όμως θα ξεκινά μέσα σε ένα περιβάλλον XEN." #~ msgid "Add a new section" @@ -3322,10 +2949,8 @@ #~ "bootloader will wait in interactive mode until booting the default\n" #~ "entry.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Λήξη χρόνου σε δέκατα του δευτερολέπτου Καθορίζει τον χρόνο " -#~ "που η\n" -#~ "διαχείριση εκκίνησης θα περιμένει σε αλληλεπιδραστικό περιβάλλον μέχρι να " -#~ "ξεκινήσει η προεπιλεγμένη\n" +#~ "Λήξη χρόνου σε δέκατα του δευτερολέπτου Καθορίζει τον χρόνο που η\n" +#~ "διαχείριση εκκίνησης θα περιμένει σε αλληλεπιδραστικό περιβάλλον μέχρι να ξεκινήσει η προεπιλεγμένη\n" #~ "καταχώρηση." #~ msgid "Name of default image file" @@ -3372,14 +2997,10 @@ #~ "Boot Menu Time-Out." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Μενού Εκκίνησης</big> \n" -#~ "Για να εμφανίζεται το μενού του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης κατά την διάρκεια " -#~ "της εκκίνησης, ενεργοποιήστε\n" -#~ "την Εμφάνιση του Μενού Εκκίνησης, διαφορετικά το μενού του " -#~ "διαχειριστή εκκίνησης θα είναι κρυμμένο.\n" -#~ "Για να καθορίσετε το χρονικό όριο μετά το οποίο θα φορτώνεται ο " -#~ "προκαθορισμένος\n" -#~ "πυρήνας, επιλέξτε την Συνέχιση της εκκίνησης μετά από ένα χρονικό " -#~ "όριο και το\n" +#~ "Για να εμφανίζεται το μενού του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης κατά την διάρκεια της εκκίνησης, ενεργοποιήστε\n" +#~ "την Εμφάνιση του Μενού Εκκίνησης, διαφορετικά το μενού του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης θα είναι κρυμμένο.\n" +#~ "Για να καθορίσετε το χρονικό όριο μετά το οποίο θα φορτώνεται ο προκαθορισμένος\n" +#~ "πυρήνας, επιλέξτε την Συνέχιση της εκκίνησης μετά από ένα χρονικό όριο και το\n" #~ "Χρονικό όριο του μενού εκκίνησης." #~ msgid "<big>Section List</big> " @@ -3405,15 +3026,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Επεξεργαστής τμήματος" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Selecting Do not verify Filesystem before Booting will skip all " -#~ "file system checks." +#~ msgid "Selecting Do not verify Filesystem before Booting will skip all file system checks." #~ msgstr " Σύστημα αρχείων Εκκίνηση όλα" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk,if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " -#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk,if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" #~ msgstr " Δίσκος Αναζήτηση" @@ -3485,10 +3103,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Η κατάτμηση που επιλέχθηκε για εγκατάσταση του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης\n" #~ "δεν έχει αρκετό ελεύθερο χώρο στον τομέα εκκίνησης(boot sector)\n" -#~ "για να κρατήσει τον διαχειριστή εκκίνησης εξαιτίας του συστήματος " -#~ "αρχείων\n" -#~ "που περιέχει. Χρησιμοποιώντας αυτήν την κατάτμηση για το διαχειριστή " -#~ "εκκίνησης\n" +#~ "για να κρατήσει τον διαχειριστή εκκίνησης εξαιτίας του συστήματος αρχείων\n" +#~ "που περιέχει. Χρησιμοποιώντας αυτήν την κατάτμηση για το διαχειριστή εκκίνησης\n" #~ "μπορεί να οδηγήσει σε καταστροφή δεδομένων στην κατάτμηση.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Συνέχεια;" @@ -3498,41 +3114,33 @@ #~ "Use Kernel to specify the kernel image to load." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Πυρήνας</big> \n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε το Πυρήνας για να καθορίσετε την εικόνα πυρήνα που " -#~ "θα φορτωθεί." +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε το Πυρήνας για να καθορίσετε την εικόνα πυρήνα που θα φορτωθεί." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Initial RAM Disk</big> \n" -#~ "Use Initial RAM Disk to specify the initial RAM disk (initrd) to " -#~ "load. If it is\n" +#~ "Use Initial RAM Disk to specify the initial RAM disk (initrd) to load. If it is\n" #~ "left empty, no initial RAM disk is loaded during boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Αρχικός δίσκος RAM</big> \n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε τον Αρχικό δίσκο RAM για να καθορίσετε τον αρχικό " -#~ "δίσκο RAM (initrd) που θα\n" -#~ "φορτωθεί. Εάν το αφήσετε κενό, δεν φορτώνεται κανένας αρχικός δίσκος RAM " -#~ "κατά την εκκίνηση." +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε τον Αρχικό δίσκο RAM για να καθορίσετε τον αρχικό δίσκο RAM (initrd) που θα\n" +#~ "φορτωθεί. Εάν το αφήσετε κενό, δεν φορτώνεται κανένας αρχικός δίσκος RAM κατά την εκκίνηση." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Root Device</big> \n" -#~ "Use Root Device to specify the root file system to mount after the " -#~ "kernel is\n" +#~ "Use Root Device to specify the root file system to mount after the kernel is\n" #~ "loaded.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Συσκευή ρίζας</big> \n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε την Συσκευή ρίζας για να καθορίσετε το root σύστημα " -#~ "αρχείων \n" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε την Συσκευή ρίζας για να καθορίσετε το root σύστημα αρχείων \n" #~ "που θα προσαρτηθεί μετά το φόρτωμα του πυρήνα.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>VGA Mode</big> \n" -#~ "Use VGA Mode to specify the resolution and color depth to set " -#~ "after\n" +#~ "Use VGA Mode to specify the resolution and color depth to set after\n" #~ "the kernel has booted." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Κατάσταση VGA</big> \n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε την Κατάσταση VGA για να καθορίσετε την ανάλυση και " -#~ "το βάθος χρώματος\n" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε την Κατάσταση VGA για να καθορίσετε την ανάλυση και το βάθος χρώματος\n" #~ "που θα οριστεί μετά την εκκίνηση του πυρήνα." #~ msgid "" @@ -3541,22 +3149,18 @@ #~ "to the kernel command line." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Άλλες παράμετροι πυρήνα</big> \n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε τις Άλλες παραμέτρους του πυρήνα για να καθορίσετε " -#~ "άλλες παραμέτρους\n" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε τις Άλλες παραμέτρους του πυρήνα για να καθορίσετε άλλες παραμέτρους\n" #~ "που θα προστεθούν στην γραμμή εντολών του πυρήνα." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device</big> \n" -#~ "Use Device to set the device from which to load the operating " -#~ "system.\n" +#~ "Use Device to set the device from which to load the operating system.\n" #~ "In most cases, it is the disk partition in which \n" #~ "the other system is installed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Συσκευή</big> \n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε την Συσκευή για να καθορίσετε την συσκευή από την " -#~ "οποία θα φορτώνεται το\n" -#~ "λειτουργικό σύστημα. Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις, αυτή είναι η " -#~ "κατάτμηση δίσκου\n" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε την Συσκευή για να καθορίσετε την συσκευή από την οποία θα φορτώνεται το\n" +#~ "λειτουργικό σύστημα. Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις, αυτή είναι η κατάτμηση δίσκου\n" #~ "που βρίσκεται εγκατεστημένο το άλλο σύστημα." #~ msgid "" @@ -3572,10 +3176,8 @@ #~ "boots the active partition), set Replace MBR with Generic Code." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Αντικατάσταση του MBR με Γενικό Κώδικα</big> \n" -#~ "Για να αντικαταστήσετε το master boot record του δίσκου σας με γενικό " -#~ "κώδικα (που\n" -#~ "ξεκινά την ενεργή κατάτμηση), ενεργοποιήστε την Αντικατάσταση του MBR " -#~ "με Γενικό Κώδικα." +#~ "Για να αντικαταστήσετε το master boot record του δίσκου σας με γενικό κώδικα (που\n" +#~ "ξεκινά την ενεργή κατάτμηση), ενεργοποιήστε την Αντικατάσταση του MBR με Γενικό Κώδικα." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Activating Bootloader Partition</big> \n" @@ -3584,15 +3186,11 @@ #~ "the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition active even\n" #~ "if boot loader is installed in MBR." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ενεργοποίηση της Κατάτμησης του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης</" -#~ "big> \n" -#~ "Για να ενεργοποιήσετε την κατάτμηση που περιέχει τον διαχειριστή " -#~ "εκκίνησης, ορίστε\n" +#~ "<big>Ενεργοποίηση της Κατάτμησης του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης</big> \n" +#~ "Για να ενεργοποιήσετε την κατάτμηση που περιέχει τον διαχειριστή εκκίνησης, ορίστε\n" #~ "την Ενεργοποίηση της Κατάτμησης του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης. \n" -#~ "Ο γενικός κώδικας MBR ξεκινά την ενεργή κατάτμηση. Παλαιότερα BIOS " -#~ "απαιτούν\n" -#~ "μια κατάτμηση να είναι ενεργή ακόμα κι αν ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης είναι " -#~ "εγκατεστημένος στο MBR." +#~ "Ο γενικός κώδικας MBR ξεκινά την ενεργή κατάτμηση. Παλαιότερα BIOS απαιτούν\n" +#~ "μια κατάτμηση να είναι ενεργή ακόμα κι αν ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης είναι εγκατεστημένος στο MBR." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Dedicated Boot Loader Area</big> \n" @@ -3604,13 +3202,11 @@ #~ "Area." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Αφοσιωμένη Περιοχή του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης</big> \n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιώντας την αφοσιωμένη περιοχή του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης " -#~ "αποτρέπεται\n" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιώντας την αφοσιωμένη περιοχή του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης αποτρέπεται\n" #~ "η μετακίνηση των αρχείων του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης κατά τη διάρκεια\n" #~ "της αυτόματης ανασυγκρότησης δίσκου. Η μετακίνηση τους θα προκαλούσε\n" #~ "αποτυχία φόρτωσης του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης.\n" -#~ "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε την αφοσιωμένη περιοχή του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης, " -#~ "ενεργοποιήστε\n" +#~ "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε την αφοσιωμένη περιοχή του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης, ενεργοποιήστε\n" #~ "την Χρήση Αφοσιωμένης Περιοχής του Διαχειριστή Εκκίνησης." #~ msgid "" @@ -3621,8 +3217,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Προστασία μέσω κωδικού</big> \n" #~ "Για να προστατεύσετε τον διαχειριστή εκκίνησης με κωδικό,\n" -#~ "ενεργοποιήστε την Προστασία του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης με κωδικό " -#~ "και καθορίστε τον\n" +#~ "ενεργοποιήστε την Προστασία του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης με κωδικό και καθορίστε τον\n" #~ "Κωδικό και την Επανεισαγωγή κωδικού.\n" #~ msgid "Device to Boot" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/ca-management.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/ca-management.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/ca-management.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -101,22 +101,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Συνθηματικό (Ασφάλεια: Αυτό θα πρέπει να δοθεί από μια μεταβλητή " -"περιβάλλοντος)" +msgstr "Συνθηματικό (Ασφάλεια: Αυτό θα πρέπει να δοθεί από μια μεταβλητή περιβάλλοντος)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Συνθηματικό CA (Ασφάλεια: Αυτό θα πρέπει να δοθεί από μια μεταβλητή " -"περιβάλλοντος)" +msgstr "Συνθηματικό CA (Ασφάλεια: Αυτό θα πρέπει να δοθεί από μια μεταβλητή περιβάλλοντος)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Συνθηματικό P12 (Ασφάλεια: Αυτό θα πρέπει να δοθεί από μια μεταβλητή " -"περιβάλλοντος)" +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgstr "Συνθηματικό P12 (Ασφάλεια: Αυτό θα πρέπει να δοθεί από μια μεταβλητή περιβάλλοντος)" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" @@ -132,19 +125,15 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Το YaST δημιουργία μια προκαθορισμένη CA και πιστοποιητικό αυτόματα. Αυτή η " -"CA και το πιστοποιητικό\n" +"Το YaST δημιουργία μια προκαθορισμένη CA και πιστοποιητικό αυτόματα. Αυτή η CA και το πιστοποιητικό\n" "χρησιμοποιούνται για επικοινωνία με τον διακομιστή Apache.\n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις αυτής της CA και του πιστοποιητικού ή " -"να εισάγετε μια CA και πιστοποιητικό από ένα αρχείο.\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις αυτής της CA και του πιστοποιητικού ή να εισάγετε μια CA και πιστοποιητικό από ένα αρχείο.\n" "\n" #. Initialization dialog contents @@ -240,8 +229,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters." -msgstr "" -"Το μήκος συνθηματικού θα πρέπει να είναι μεγαλύτερο από τρεις χαρακτήρες." +msgstr "Το μήκος συνθηματικού θα πρέπει να είναι μεγαλύτερο από τρεις χαρακτήρες." #. finding entry in list #. Error popup @@ -389,12 +377,8 @@ #. #. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"Αδυναμία εκτίμησης του ονόματος της τοπικής μηχανής. Αλλάξτε τις τιμές τους " -"Ονόματος Διακομιστή και E-Mail." +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "Αδυναμία εκτίμησης του ονόματος της τοπικής μηχανής. Αλλάξτε τις τιμές τους Ονόματος Διακομιστή και E-Mail." #. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) #. NO FORCE RESET @@ -415,22 +399,16 @@ msgstr "Διαγραφή των παλαιών ρυθμίσεων;" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "" -"Αδύνατη η ανάκτηση του κωδικού πρόσβασης του διαχειριστή του συστήματος. " -"Ορίστε ένα κωδικό πρόσβασης για το CA για να συνεχίσετε." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "Αδύνατη η ανάκτηση του κωδικού πρόσβασης του διαχειριστή του συστήματος. Ορίστε ένα κωδικό πρόσβασης για το CA για να συνεχίσετε." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Το συνθηματικό είναι πολύ μικρό για χρήση ως συνθηματικό για τα " -"πιστοποιητικά. \n" -"Εισάγετε ένα έγκυρο συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά ή απενεργοποιήστε την " -"δημιουργία πιστοποιητικού.\n" +"Το συνθηματικό είναι πολύ μικρό για χρήση ως συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά. \n" +"Εισάγετε ένα έγκυρο συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά ή απενεργοποιήστε την δημιουργία πιστοποιητικού.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." @@ -442,8 +420,7 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." -msgstr "" -"Με μεγαλύτερες απαιτήσεις ασφαλείας, θα πρέπει να αλλάξετε το συνθηματικό." +msgstr "Με μεγαλύτερες απαιτήσεις ασφαλείας, θα πρέπει να αλλάξετε το συνθηματικό." #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 msgid "[manually set]" @@ -485,15 +462,11 @@ #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Το συνθηματικό root είναι πολύ μικρό για χρήση ως συνθηματικό για τα " -"πιστοποιητικά. \n" -" Εισάγετε ένα έγκυρο συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά ή απενεργοποιήστε την " -"δημιουργία πιστοποιητικού.\n" +"Το συνθηματικό root είναι πολύ μικρό για χρήση ως συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά. \n" +" Εισάγετε ένα έγκυρο συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά ή απενεργοποιήστε την δημιουργία πιστοποιητικού.\n" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." @@ -504,13 +477,8 @@ msgstr "Εισαγωγή μιας CA και πιστοποιητικού από αρχείο" #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "" -"Είναι το προκαθορισμένο όνομα διακομιστή linux πραγματικά " -"μοναδικό; Το πιστοποιητικό είναι έγκυρο μόνο εάν το όνομα διακομιστή είναι " -"σωστό." +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "Είναι το προκαθορισμένο όνομα διακομιστή linux πραγματικά μοναδικό; Το πιστοποιητικό είναι έγκυρο μόνο εάν το όνομα διακομιστή είναι σωστό." #. menu title #: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 @@ -547,28 +515,24 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Σε αυτόν τον τομέα, επιλέξτε την επιθυμητή μέθοδο εγκατάστασης για CAs</" -"b> και πιστοποιητικά\n" +"Σε αυτόν τον τομέα, επιλέξτε την επιθυμητή μέθοδο εγκατάστασης για CAs και πιστοποιητικά\n" "καθώς θα ολοκληρώνετε την εγκατάσταση.\n" "\n" #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Έχετε επίσης τη δυνατότητα της δημιουργίας της προκαθορισμένης CA και " -"πιστοποιητικού στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα \n" +"Έχετε επίσης τη δυνατότητα της δημιουργίας της προκαθορισμένης CA και πιστοποιητικού στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα \n" "εάν δεν επιθυμείτε να τα δημιουργήσετε ή να τα εισάγετε τώρα.\n" "\n" @@ -663,15 +627,13 @@ #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Το YaST δημιουργεί μια προκαθορισμένη CA και πιστοποιητικό αυτόματα. " -"Αυτή η CA και το πιστοποιητικό\n" +"Το YaST δημιουργεί μια προκαθορισμένη CA και πιστοποιητικό αυτόματα. Αυτή η CA και το πιστοποιητικό\n" "χρησιμοποιούνται για επικοινωνία με τον Διακομιστή Apache.\n" "Εδώ, αλλάζετε αυτές τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις.\n" "\n" @@ -696,69 +658,38 @@ #. help text 1/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." -msgstr "" -"Ένα Πιστοποιητικό Διακομιστή χρησιμοποιείται από υπηρεσίες που παρέχουν " -"SSL/TLS κρυπτογραφημένες συνδέσεις δικτύου." +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." +msgstr "Ένα Πιστοποιητικό Διακομιστή χρησιμοποιείται από υπηρεσίες που παρέχουν SSL/TLS κρυπτογραφημένες συνδέσεις δικτύου." #. help text 2/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"Ο σκοπός του Πιστοποιητικό Κοινόχρηστου Διακομιστή είναι, να " -"παρέχει ένα πιστοποιητικό για πολλές υπηρεσίες που εκτελούνται σε αυτό τον " -"υπολογιστή " +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "Ο σκοπός του Πιστοποιητικό Κοινόχρηστου Διακομιστή είναι, να παρέχει ένα πιστοποιητικό για πολλές υπηρεσίες που εκτελούνται σε αυτό τον υπολογιστή " #. help text 3/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." -msgstr "" -"Μερικές μονάδες YaST παρέχουν τη δυνατότητα χρήσης αυτού του πιστοποιητικού " -"κατά τη διάρκεια της ρύθμισης τους." +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." +msgstr "Μερικές μονάδες YaST παρέχουν τη δυνατότητα χρήσης αυτού του πιστοποιητικού κατά τη διάρκεια της ρύθμισης τους." #. help text 4/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "" -"Με το κουμπί Εισαγωγή/Αντικατάσταση μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ένα νέο " -"πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή ή να αντικαταστήσετε το τρέχον." +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "Με το κουμπί Εισαγωγή/Αντικατάσταση μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ένα νέο πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή ή να αντικαταστήσετε το τρέχον." #. help text 5/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε τα Πιστοποιητικά πατώντας στο κουμπί Αφαίρεση</" -"b>. Αλλά σιγουρευτείτε, ότι δεν χρησιμοποιείται πλέον από άλλες υπηρεσίες.</" -"p>" +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε τα Πιστοποιητικά πατώντας στο κουμπί Αφαίρεση. Αλλά σιγουρευτείτε, ότι δεν χρησιμοποιείται πλέον από άλλες υπηρεσίες." #. help text 6/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "" -"Τα πιστοποιητικά μπορούν να γραφτούν σε ένα αρχείο χρησιμοποιώντας το " -"Εξαγωγή σε Αρχείο στον τομέα Πιστοποιητικό στην μονάδα " -"Διαχείριση CA." +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "Τα πιστοποιητικά μπορούν να γραφτούν σε ένα αρχείο χρησιμοποιώντας το Εξαγωγή σε Αρχείο στον τομέα Πιστοποιητικό στην μονάδα Διαχείριση CA." #. help text 7/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." -msgstr "" -"Πιστοποιητικά προς εισαγωγή από το δίσκο πρέπει να είναι γραμμένα σε " -"μορφή PKCS12 με αλυσίδα CA." +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." +msgstr "Πιστοποιητικά προς εισαγωγή από το δίσκο πρέπει να είναι γραμμένα σε μορφή PKCS12 με αλυσίδα CA." #. help text 8/8 #: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 @@ -806,8 +737,7 @@ "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Παρακαλώ σιγουρευτείτε, ότι καμία υπηρεσία δεν χρησιμοποιεί πλέον αυτό το " -"πιστοποιητικό.\n" +"Παρακαλώ σιγουρευτείτε, ότι καμία υπηρεσία δεν χρησιμοποιεί πλέον αυτό το πιστοποιητικό.\n" "\n" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) @@ -822,12 +752,8 @@ #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "" -"Ειδικές πληροφορίες για την τρέχουσα CA παρέχεται από το " -"Πιστοποιητικά, CRL και Προχωρημένα." +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "Ειδικές πληροφορίες για την τρέχουσα CA παρέχεται από το Πιστοποιητικά, CRL και Προχωρημένα." #. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA #. @param CA name @@ -953,39 +879,25 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." -msgstr "" -"Κατά τη δημιουργία της νέας subCA ή του πιστοποιητικού, το σύστημα " -"προτείνει μερικές προκαθορισμένες τιμές." +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "Κατά τη δημιουργία της νέας subCA ή του πιστοποιητικού, το σύστημα προτείνει μερικές προκαθορισμένες τιμές." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "With this workflow, change these default settings." -msgstr "" -"Με αυτή τη ροή εργασιών, μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις προκαθορισμένες " -"ρυθμίσεις." +msgstr "Με αυτή τη ροή εργασιών, μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις." #. help text 3/4 #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Παρόλα αυτά, οι τροποποιημένες ρυθμίσεις μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για " -"νέες εγγραφές." +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." +msgstr "Παρόλα αυτά, οι τροποποιημένες ρυθμίσεις μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για νέες εγγραφές." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να τροποποιήσετε τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις για τα subCAs</" -"b>, πιστοποιητικά πελάτη και πιστοποιητικά διακομιστή." +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να τροποποιήσετε τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις για τα subCAs, πιστοποιητικά πελάτη και πιστοποιητικά διακομιστή." #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" @@ -1006,12 +918,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." -msgstr "" -"Αυτός ο τομέας σας παρουσιάζει μια σύνοψη όλων των προκαθορισμένων " -"ρυθμίσεων πριν την αποθήκευση." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." +msgstr "Αυτός ο τομέας σας παρουσιάζει μια σύνοψη όλων των προκαθορισμένων ρυθμίσεων πριν την αποθήκευση." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 @@ -1124,55 +1032,33 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "" -"Κατ' αρχάς, δείτε σε μορφή καταλόγου όλα τα διαθέσιμα πιστοποιητικά από " -"αυτήν την CA. Οι στήλες είναι οι DN των πιστοποιητικών και περιλαμβάνουν την " -"διεύθυνση e-mail αλλά και τη κατάσταση του πιστοποιητικού (αν είναι έγκυρο ή " -"ανακληθέν)." +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "Κατ' αρχάς, δείτε σε μορφή καταλόγου όλα τα διαθέσιμα πιστοποιητικά από αυτήν την CA. Οι στήλες είναι οι DN των πιστοποιητικών και περιλαμβάνουν την διεύθυνση e-mail αλλά και τη κατάσταση του πιστοποιητικού (αν είναι έγκυρο ή ανακληθέν)." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 msgid "Select one of the certificates and execute some actions." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε ένα από τα πιστοποιητικά και προβείτε σε ορισμένες ενέργειες." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε ένα από τα πιστοποιητικά και προβείτε σε ορισμένες ενέργειες." #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Η Προβολή ανοίγει ένα παράθυρο με μια αναπαράσταση κειμένου του " -"πλήρους πιστοποιητικού." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." +msgstr "Η Προβολή ανοίγει ένα παράθυρο με μια αναπαράσταση κειμένου του πλήρους πιστοποιητικού." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Επιπρόσθετα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα Ανάκληση, Διαγραφή</" -"b>, ή Εξαγωγή ενός πιστοποιητικού." +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." +msgstr "Επιπρόσθετα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα Ανάκληση, Διαγραφή, ή Εξαγωγή ενός πιστοποιητικού." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "" -"Με το Προσθήκη, δημιουργείτε ένα νέο πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή ή " -"πελάτη." +msgstr "Με το Προσθήκη, δημιουργείτε ένα νέο πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή ή πελάτη." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Στην ακόλουθη περιοχή, μπορείτε να ορίσετε τις πιο σημαντικές τιμές για " -"τα επιλεγμένα πιστοποιητικά." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." +msgstr "Στην ακόλουθη περιοχή, μπορείτε να ορίσετε τις πιο σημαντικές τιμές για τα επιλεγμένα πιστοποιητικά." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 @@ -1433,9 +1319,7 @@ #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "You can Export the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να κάνετε Εξαγωγή του CRL σε ένα αρχείο ή Κατάλογο LDAP.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Μπορείτε να κάνετε Εξαγωγή του CRL σε ένα αρχείο ή Κατάλογο LDAP." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 @@ -1495,11 +1379,8 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "" -"Όταν δημιουργείται ένα νέο CRL, το σύστημα προτείνει κάποιες " -"προκαθορισμένες τιμές." +msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "Όταν δημιουργείται ένα νέο CRL, το σύστημα προτείνει κάποιες προκαθορισμένες τιμές." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 @@ -1535,16 +1416,8 @@ #. Translators: long help text - security information #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"Προσοχή! η ενεργοποίηση της αυτόματης δημιουργίας και εξαγωγής ενός CRL " -"θα εγγράψει το συνθηματικό CA σε ένα αρχείο ρυθμίσεων στο δίσκο. Το " -"συνθηματικό θα αποθηκευτεί σε μορφή απλού κειμένου όπως απαιτείται για τη " -"δημιουργία ενός CRL. Το αρχείο θα είναι αναγνώσιμο μόνο από τον υπερχρήστη." +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "Προσοχή! η ενεργοποίηση της αυτόματης δημιουργίας και εξαγωγής ενός CRL θα εγγράψει το συνθηματικό CA σε ένα αρχείο ρυθμίσεων στο δίσκο. Το συνθηματικό θα αποθηκευτεί σε μορφή απλού κειμένου όπως απαιτείται για τη δημιουργία ενός CRL. Το αρχείο θα είναι αναγνώσιμο μόνο από τον υπερχρήστη." #. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA #. @param selected CA @@ -1556,34 +1429,15 @@ #. this default can only be set inside this function #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "" -"Εξαγωγή μία φορά του CRL αυτού του CA επιλέγοντας Εξαγωγή μία φορά." -"" +msgstr "Εξαγωγή μία φορά του CRL αυτού του CA επιλέγοντας Εξαγωγή μία φορά." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." -msgstr "" -"Για να ρυθμίσετε μία επαναλαμβανόμενη αναδημιουργία του CRL επιλέξτε " -"Επαναλαμβανόμενη αναδημιουργία και εξαγωγή. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση " -"ρυθμίστε την περίοδο της αναδημιουργίας στο Περιοδική καθυστέρηση. " -"Εάν ορίσετε την περίοδο σε 24 ώρες μπορείτε επιπρόσθετα να επιλέξετε την ώρα " -"της εξαγωγής. Παρακαλώ σιγουρευτείτε ότι διαβάσατε και κατανοήσατε τις " -"Πληροφορίες Ασφάλειας." +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." +msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε μία επαναλαμβανόμενη αναδημιουργία του CRL επιλέξτε Επαναλαμβανόμενη αναδημιουργία και εξαγωγή. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση ρυθμίστε την περίοδο της αναδημιουργίας στο Περιοδική καθυστέρηση. Εάν ορίσετε την περίοδο σε 24 ώρες μπορείτε επιπρόσθετα να επιλέξετε την ώρα της εξαγωγής. Παρακαλώ σιγουρευτείτε ότι διαβάσατε και κατανοήσατε τις Πληροφορίες Ασφάλειας." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε την εξαγωγή του CRL σε ένα τοπικό αρχείο ή σε " -"ένα διακομιστή LDAP ή και στα δύο. Ρυθμίστε τις αντίστοιχες παραμέτρους στα " -"Εξαγωγή σε τοπικό αρχείο και Εξαγωγή σε LDAP." +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε την εξαγωγή του CRL σε ένα τοπικό αρχείο ή σε ένα διακομιστή LDAP ή και στα δύο. Ρυθμίστε τις αντίστοιχες παραμέτρους στα Εξαγωγή σε τοπικό αρχείο και Εξαγωγή σε LDAP." #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" @@ -1735,25 +1589,20 @@ #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "To generate a new CA, some entries are needed." -msgstr "" -"Για να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα CA, απαιτούνται ορισμένες ρυθμίσεις." +msgstr "Για να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα CA, απαιτούνται ορισμένες ρυθμίσεις." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed." -msgstr "" -"Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο πιστοποιητικό, χρειάζονται κάποιες ρυθμίσεις." -"" +msgstr "Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο πιστοποιητικό, χρειάζονται κάποιες ρυθμίσεις." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "To generate a new request, some entries are needed." -msgstr "" -"Για να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα αίτηση, χρειάζονται κάποιες ρυθμίσεις." +msgstr "Για να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα αίτηση, χρειάζονται κάποιες ρυθμίσεις." #. help text 2/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file." -msgstr "" -"Εξαρτάται από την πολιτική που περιγράφεται στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων." +msgstr "Εξαρτάται από την πολιτική που περιγράφεται στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων." #. help text 4/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 @@ -1762,49 +1611,30 @@ #. help text 5/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "" -"Όνομα CA είναι το όνομα του πιστοποιητικού CA. Χρησιμοποιήστε μόνο " -"χαρακτήρες , \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", και \"_\"." +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "Όνομα CA είναι το όνομα του πιστοποιητικού CA. Χρησιμοποιήστε μόνο χαρακτήρες , \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", και \"_\"." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "Κοινόχρηστο Όνομα είναι το όνομα της CA." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Κοινόχρηστο Όνομα είναι το όνομα του χρήστη για τον οποίο " -"δημιουργείται το πιστοποιητικό." +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." +msgstr "Κοινόχρηστο Όνομα είναι το όνομα του χρήστη για τον οποίο δημιουργείται το πιστοποιητικό." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." -msgstr "" -"Κοινόχρηστο Όνομα είναι το πλήρες όνομα νόμιμου τομέα του " -"διακομιστή." +msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgstr "Κοινόχρηστο Όνομα είναι το πλήρες όνομα νόμιμου τομέα του διακομιστή." #. help text 6/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Οι Διευθύνσεις E-Mail είναι έγκυρες e-mail διευθύνσεις του χρήστη " -"ή του διαχειριστή συστήματος." +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." +msgstr "Οι Διευθύνσεις E-Mail είναι έγκυρες e-mail διευθύνσεις του χρήστη ή του διαχειριστή συστήματος." #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." -msgstr "" -"Οργάνωση, Οργανική Μονάδα, Τοποθεσία, και " -"Κατάσταση συνήθως είναι προαιρετικά." +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." +msgstr "Οργάνωση, Οργανική Μονάδα, Τοποθεσία, και Κατάσταση συνήθως είναι προαιρετικά." #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 @@ -1835,32 +1665,18 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Το ιδιωτικό κλειδί της CA χρειάζεται ένα Συνθηματικό με ένα " -"ελάχιστο μήκος πέντε χαρακτήρων. Για λόγους επιβεβαίωσης, ξαναγράψτε το στο " -"επόμενο πεδίο." +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "Το ιδιωτικό κλειδί της CA χρειάζεται ένα Συνθηματικό με ένα ελάχιστο μήκος πέντε χαρακτήρων. Για λόγους επιβεβαίωσης, ξαναγράψτε το στο επόμενο πεδίο." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Κάθε CA έχει το δικό της Μήκος Κλειδιού. Κάποιες εφαρμογές που " -"χρησιμοποιούν πιστοποιητικά χρειάζονται ειδικά μήκη κλειδιού." +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Κάθε CA έχει το δικό της Μήκος Κλειδιού. Κάποιες εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν πιστοποιητικά χρειάζονται ειδικά μήκη κλειδιού." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"Η CA είναι έγκυρη μόνο για συγκεκριμένη περίοδο (Έγκυρη Περίοδος). " -"Εισάγετε το χρονοδιάγραμμα σε μέρες." +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "Η CA είναι έγκυρη μόνο για συγκεκριμένη περίοδο (Έγκυρη Περίοδος). Εισάγετε το χρονοδιάγραμμα σε μέρες." #. help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 @@ -1868,64 +1684,33 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." -msgstr "" -"Οι Προχωρημένες Επιλογές είναι πολύ ειδικές επιλογές. Εάν αλλάξετε " -"αυτές τις ρυθμίσεις, η SUSE δεν μπορεί να εγγυηθεί ότι τα δημιουργούμενα " -"πιστοποιητικά θα δουλεύουν σωστά." +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." +msgstr "Οι Προχωρημένες Επιλογές είναι πολύ ειδικές επιλογές. Εάν αλλάξετε αυτές τις ρυθμίσεις, η SUSE δεν μπορεί να εγγυηθεί ότι τα δημιουργούμενα πιστοποιητικά θα δουλεύουν σωστά." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"Το ιδιωτικό κλειδί του πιστοποιητικού χρειάζεται ένα Συνθηματικό " -"με ένα ελάχιστο μήκος πέντε χαρακτήρων. Για λόγους επιβεβαίωσης, ξαναγράψτε " -"το στο επόμενο πεδίο." +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "Το ιδιωτικό κλειδί του πιστοποιητικού χρειάζεται ένα Συνθηματικό με ένα ελάχιστο μήκος πέντε χαρακτήρων. Για λόγους επιβεβαίωσης, ξαναγράψτε το στο επόμενο πεδίο." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Κάθε πιστοποιητικό έχει το δικό του Μήκος Κλειδιού. Κάποιες " -"εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν πιστοποιητικά χρειάζονται ειδικά μήκη κλειδιού.</" -"p>" +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Κάθε πιστοποιητικό έχει το δικό του Μήκος Κλειδιού. Κάποιες εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν πιστοποιητικά χρειάζονται ειδικά μήκη κλειδιού." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"Το πιστοποιητικό είναι έγκυρο μόνο για μια συγκεκριμένη περίοδο " -"(Έγκυρη Περίοδος). Εισάγετε το χρονοδιάγραμμα σε μέρες." +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "Το πιστοποιητικό είναι έγκυρο μόνο για μια συγκεκριμένη περίοδο (Έγκυρη Περίοδος). Εισάγετε το χρονοδιάγραμμα σε μέρες." #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"Το ιδιωτικό κλειδί της αίτησης χρειάζεται ένα Συνθηματικό με ένα " -"ελάχιστο μήκος πέντε χαρακτήρων. Για λόγους επιβεβαίωσης, ξαναγράψτε το στο " -"επόμενο πεδίο." +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "Το ιδιωτικό κλειδί της αίτησης χρειάζεται ένα Συνθηματικό με ένα ελάχιστο μήκος πέντε χαρακτήρων. Για λόγους επιβεβαίωσης, ξαναγράψτε το στο επόμενο πεδίο." #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Κάθε αίτηση έχει το δικό της Μήκος Κλειδιού. Κάποιες εφαρμογές που " -"χρησιμοποιούν πιστοποιητικά χρειάζονται ειδικά μήκη κλειδιού." +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Κάθε αίτηση έχει το δικό της Μήκος Κλειδιού. Κάποιες εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν πιστοποιητικά χρειάζονται ειδικά μήκη κλειδιού." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" @@ -1959,12 +1744,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Αυτός ο τομέας δίνει μια σύνοψη όλων των ρυθμίσεων της CA που θα " -"δημιουργηθεί." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." +msgstr "Αυτός ο τομέας δίνει μια σύνοψη όλων των ρυθμίσεων της CA που θα δημιουργηθεί." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 @@ -1973,27 +1754,18 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." -msgstr "" -"Αυτός ο τομέας δείχνει μια σύνοψη όλων των ρυθμίσεων του πιστοποιητικού " -"που θα δημιουργηθεί." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." +msgstr "Αυτός ο τομέας δείχνει μια σύνοψη όλων των ρυθμίσεων του πιστοποιητικού που θα δημιουργηθεί." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 msgid "Click Create to generate the certificate." -msgstr "" -"Πατήστε Δημιουργία για να δημιουργήσετε το πιστοποιητικό." +msgstr "Πατήστε Δημιουργία για να δημιουργήσετε το πιστοποιητικό." #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Αυτός ο τομέας σας δείχνει μια σύνοψη όλων των ρυθμίσεων της αίτησης που " -"θα δημιουργηθεί." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." +msgstr "Αυτός ο τομέας σας δείχνει μια σύνοψη όλων των ρυθμίσεων της αίτησης που θα δημιουργηθεί." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 @@ -2105,21 +1877,12 @@ #. #. Creating a new CA/Certificate #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Αυτός ο τομέας σας παρουσιάζει επιπλέον ιδιότητες των επεκτάσεων OpenSSL " -"X509v3 που μπορούν να οριστούν. Εάν δεν γνωρίζετε σχετικά με τις επεκτάσεις " -"αυτές, διαβάστε το αρχείο /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt " -"(πακέτο openssl-doc)." +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +msgstr "Αυτός ο τομέας σας παρουσιάζει επιπλέον ιδιότητες των επεκτάσεων OpenSSL X509v3 που μπορούν να οριστούν. Εάν δεν γνωρίζετε σχετικά με τις επεκτάσεις αυτές, διαβάστε το αρχείο /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (πακέτο openssl-doc)." #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." -msgstr "" -"Λάθος καταχωρήσεις μπορεί να κάνουν το πιστοποιητικό να μη δουλεύει." +msgstr "Λάθος καταχωρήσεις μπορεί να κάνουν το πιστοποιητικό να μη δουλεύει." #. items for CA and Certificates #. items for Requests @@ -2170,9 +1933,7 @@ #. To translators: YesNo Popup #: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" -msgstr "" -"Είστε σίγουρος ότι θέλετε να βγείτε από τις ρυθμίσεις χωρίς να γίνει " -"αποθήκευση;" +msgstr "Είστε σίγουρος ότι θέλετε να βγείτε από τις ρυθμίσεις χωρίς να γίνει αποθήκευση;" #. Popup displaying openssl error messages #. @return [void] @@ -2182,54 +1943,33 @@ #. help text 1/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "" -"Πρώτα, δείτε σε μορφή καταλόγου όλες τις διαθέσιμες αιτήσεις αυτού του " -"CA. Οι στήλες είναι DN της αίτησης και περιλαμβάνουν την διεύθυνση e-mail.</" -"p>" +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "Πρώτα, δείτε σε μορφή καταλόγου όλες τις διαθέσιμες αιτήσεις αυτού του CA. Οι στήλες είναι DN της αίτησης και περιλαμβάνουν την διεύθυνση e-mail." #. help text 2/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 msgid "Select one of the requests and execute some actions." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε μια από τις αιτήσεις και προβείτε σε ορισμένες δράσεις." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε μια από τις αιτήσεις και προβείτε σε ορισμένες δράσεις." #. help text 3/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Η Προβολή ανοίγει ένα παράθυρο με αναπαράσταση κειμένου της " -"ολοκληρωμένης αίτησης." +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." +msgstr "Η Προβολή ανοίγει ένα παράθυρο με αναπαράσταση κειμένου της ολοκληρωμένης αίτησης." #. help text 4/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα Υπογραφή, Διαγραφή, ή " -"Εξαγωγή για μια αίτηση." +msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgstr "Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα Υπογραφή, Διαγραφή, ή Εξαγωγή για μια αίτηση." #. help text 5/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Με το Εισαγωγή διαβάζετε μια νέα αίτηση. Με το Προσθήκη, " -"δημιουργείτε μια νέα αίτηση." +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." +msgstr "Με το Εισαγωγή διαβάζετε μια νέα αίτηση. Με το Προσθήκη, δημιουργείτε μια νέα αίτηση." #. help text 6/6 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" -msgstr "" -"Στην περιοχή παρακάτω, μπορείτε να δείτε τις πιο σημαντικές τιμές της " -"επιλεγμένης αίτησης." +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +msgstr "Στην περιοχή παρακάτω, μπορείτε να δείτε τις πιο σημαντικές τιμές της επιλεγμένης αίτησης." #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" @@ -2308,15 +2048,11 @@ #. IS CA ? #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" -msgstr "" -"Αυτή είναι μια αίτηση CA. Είστε σίγουροι οτι θέλετε την υπογραφή της ως ένα " -"%1;" +msgstr "Αυτή είναι μια αίτηση CA. Είστε σίγουροι οτι θέλετε την υπογραφή της ως ένα %1;" #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" -msgstr "" -"Αυτή δεν είναι μια αίτηση CA. Είστε σίγουροι οτι θέλετε την υπογραφή της ως " -"αίτηση CA;" +msgstr "Αυτή δεν είναι μια αίτηση CA. Είστε σίγουροι οτι θέλετε την υπογραφή της ως αίτηση CA;" #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 @@ -2325,18 +2061,13 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." -msgstr "" -"Η αίτηση έχει ειδικές επεκτάσεις, που πρέπει να τις αποδεχθείτε." +msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgstr "Η αίτηση έχει ειδικές επεκτάσεις, που πρέπει να τις αποδεχθείτε." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." -msgstr "" -"Αν απορρίψετε αυτές τις επεκτάσεις, οι προκαθορισμένες τιμές " -"χρησιμοποιούνται." +msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgstr "Αν απορρίψετε αυτές τις επεκτάσεις, οι προκαθορισμένες τιμές χρησιμοποιούνται." #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" @@ -2348,12 +2079,8 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." -msgstr "" -"Αυτός ο τομέας δίνει μια σύνοψη όλων των ρυθμίσεων για την αίτηση που θα " -"υπογραφεί." +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgstr "Αυτός ο τομέας δίνει μια σύνοψη όλων των ρυθμίσεων για την αίτηση που θα υπογραφεί." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 @@ -2407,19 +2134,13 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργία Root CA δημιουργεί μια νέα root εξουσιοδότηση " -"πιστοποιητικού." +msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgstr "Δημιουργία Root CA δημιουργεί μια νέα root εξουσιοδότηση πιστοποιητικού." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." -msgstr "" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη Διαχείριση CA, παρακαλώ " -"διαβάστε την τεκμηρίωση." +msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgstr "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη Διαχείριση CA, παρακαλώ διαβάστε την τεκμηρίωση." #. To translators: pushbutton label #: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 @@ -2632,23 +2353,15 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Εισαγωγή Πιστοποιητικού Κοινόχρηστου Διακομιστή (PKCS12 + Μορφή " -"Αλυσίδας CA)\n" -" από Δίσκο:</big> Επιλέξτε ένα όνομα αρχείου και πατήστε Επόμενο " -"για να προχωρήσετε.\n" +"<big>Εισαγωγή Πιστοποιητικού Κοινόχρηστου Διακομιστή (PKCS12 + Μορφή Αλυσίδας CA)\n" +" από Δίσκο:</big> Επιλέξτε ένα όνομα αρχείου και πατήστε Επόμενο για να προχωρήσετε.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε ένα πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή και αντίστοιχη CA και αντιγράψτε τα " -"κάπου ώστε μόνο άλλα αρθρώματα του YaST μπορούν να αναζητήσουν ένα τέτοιο " -"κοινό πιστοποιητικό." +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "Εισάγετε ένα πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή και αντίστοιχη CA και αντιγράψτε τα κάπου ώστε μόνο άλλα αρθρώματα του YaST μπορούν να αναζητήσουν ένα τέτοιο κοινό πιστοποιητικό." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 @@ -2685,19 +2398,15 @@ msgstr "" "Το κοινόχρηστο όνομα αυτού του πιστοποιητικού (%1) δεν είναι το όνομα \n" "του διακομιστή (%2).\n" -"Αυτό το πιστοποιητικό μπορεί να μην είναι λειτουργικό ως πιστοποιητικό " -"κοινόχρηστου διακομιστή.\n" +"Αυτό το πιστοποιητικό μπορεί να μην είναι λειτουργικό ως πιστοποιητικό κοινόχρηστου διακομιστή.\n" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" -"Το όνομα κόμβου αυτού του διακομιστή (εντολή: hostname --long) πρέπει να " -"ταιριάζει \n" -"είτε στο κοινό όνομα του πιστοποιητικού (CN) ή με τις τιμές στο θέμα των " -"εναλλακτικών ονομάτων." +"Το όνομα κόμβου αυτού του διακομιστή (εντολή: hostname --long) πρέπει να ταιριάζει \n" +"είτε στο κοινό όνομα του πιστοποιητικού (CN) ή με τις τιμές στο θέμα των εναλλακτικών ονομάτων." #. popup window header #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 @@ -2766,12 +2475,10 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "Ο Κωδικός Πρόσβασης του Κλειδιού είναι απαραίτητος.\n" -"Θα πρέπει να είναι ο κωδικός πρόσβασης για το κρυπτογραφημένο κλειδί ή ένας " -"νέος στην περίπτωση ενός μη κρυπτογραφημένου κλειδιού." +"Θα πρέπει να είναι ο κωδικός πρόσβασης για το κρυπτογραφημένο κλειδί ή ένας νέος στην περίπτωση ενός μη κρυπτογραφημένου κλειδιού." #. Error popup #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 @@ -3188,8 +2895,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 msgid "Cannot modify userCertificate in the LDAP directory." -msgstr "" -"Αδύνατη η τροποποίηση του πιστοποιητικού του χρήστη στον κατάλογο LDAP." +msgstr "Αδύνατη η τροποποίηση του πιστοποιητικού του χρήστη στον κατάλογο LDAP." #: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 msgid "Exporting the certificate failed." @@ -3375,49 +3081,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n" -#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -#~ "creation.\n" +#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το συνθηματικό είναι πολύ μικρό για χρήση ως συνθηματικό για τα " -#~ "πιστοποιητικά. \n" -#~ "Εισάγετε ένα έγκυρο συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά ή απενεργοποιήστε " -#~ "την δημιουργία πιστοποιητικού.\n" +#~ "Το συνθηματικό είναι πολύ μικρό για χρήση ως συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά. \n" +#~ "Εισάγετε ένα έγκυρο συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά ή απενεργοποιήστε την δημιουργία πιστοποιητικού.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -#~ "certificates. \n" -#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -#~ "creation.\n" +#~ "The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates. \n" +#~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το συνθηματικό root είναι πολύ μικρό για χρήση ως συνθηματικό για τα " -#~ "πιστοποιητικά. \n" -#~ "Εισάγετε ένα έγκυρο συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά ή απενεργοποιήστε " -#~ "την δημιουργία πιστοποιητικού.\n" +#~ "Το συνθηματικό root είναι πολύ μικρό για χρήση ως συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά. \n" +#~ "Εισάγετε ένα έγκυρο συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά ή απενεργοποιήστε την δημιουργία πιστοποιητικού.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -#~ "certificate or replace the currect one." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Με το κουμπί Εισαγωγή/Αντικατάσταση μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ένα " -#~ "νέο πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή ή να αντικαταστήσετε το τρέχον." +#~ msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the currect one." +#~ msgstr "Με το κουμπί Εισαγωγή/Αντικατάσταση μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ένα νέο πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή ή να αντικαταστήσετε το τρέχον." #~ msgid "For more informations, please read the manual." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, παρακαλώ διαβάστε την τεκμηρίωση." +#~ msgstr "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, παρακαλώ διαβάστε την τεκμηρίωση." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL select Repeated " -#~ "recreation and export. In this case set the interval for the " -#~ "recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 " -#~ "hours you can additionally select the hour for the export. Please make " -#~ "sure you read and understood the Security Information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να ρυθμίσετε μία επαναλαμβανόμενη αναδημιουργία του CRL επιλέξτε " -#~ "Επαναλαμβανόμενη αναδημιουργία και εξαγωγή. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση " -#~ "ρυθμίστε την περίοδο της αναδημιουργίας στο Περιοδική καθυστέρηση. " -#~ "Εάν ορίσετε την περίοδο σε 24 ώρες μπορείτε επιπρόσθετα να επιλέξετε την " -#~ "ώρα της εξαγωγής. Παρακαλώ σιγουρευτείτε ότι διαβάσατε και κατανοήσατε " -#~ "τις Πληροφορίες Ασφάλειας." +#~ msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL select Repeated recreation and export. In this case set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours you can additionally select the hour for the export. Please make sure you read and understood the Security Information." +#~ msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε μία επαναλαμβανόμενη αναδημιουργία του CRL επιλέξτε Επαναλαμβανόμενη αναδημιουργία και εξαγωγή. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση ρυθμίστε την περίοδο της αναδημιουργίας στο Περιοδική καθυστέρηση. Εάν ορίσετε την περίοδο σε 24 ώρες μπορείτε επιπρόσθετα να επιλέξετε την ώρα της εξαγωγής. Παρακαλώ σιγουρευτείτε ότι διαβάσατε και κατανοήσατε τις Πληροφορίες Ασφάλειας." #~ msgid "Export to file failed" #~ msgstr "Η εξαγωγή σε αρχείο απέτυχε" @@ -3428,42 +3111,24 @@ #~ msgid "Export to LDAP failed" #~ msgstr "Εξαγωγή σε LDAP απέτυχε" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -#~ "can be set. If you are not familiar with these extentions, refer to the " -#~ "file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-" -#~ "doc)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτός ο τομέας σας παρουσιάζει επιπλέον ιδιότητες των επεκτάσεων " -#~ "OpenSSL X509v3 που μπορούν να οριστούν. Εάν δεν γνωρίζετε σχετικά με τις " -#~ "επεκτάσεις αυτές, διαβάστε το αρχείο /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/" -#~ "openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +#~ msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extentions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +#~ msgstr "Αυτός ο τομέας σας παρουσιάζει επιπλέον ιδιότητες των επεκτάσεων OpenSSL X509v3 που μπορούν να οριστούν. Εάν δεν γνωρίζετε σχετικά με τις επεκτάσεις αυτές, διαβάστε το αρχείο /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." #~ msgid "Currently not supported." #~ msgstr "Μη υποστηριζόμενο." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη Διαχείριση CA, παρακαλώ " -#~ "διαβάστε την τεκμηρίωση." +#~ msgid "For more informations about CA Management, please read the manual." +#~ msgstr "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη Διαχείριση CA, παρακαλώ διαβάστε την τεκμηρίωση." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The new password is too short for use as the password for the " -#~ "certificates.\n" +#~ "The new password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" #~ " Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το συνθηματικό είναι πολύ μικρό για χρήση ως συνθηματικό για τα " -#~ "πιστοποιητικά. \n" +#~ "Το συνθηματικό είναι πολύ μικρό για χρήση ως συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά. \n" #~ "Εισάγετε ένα έγκυρο συνθηματικό για τα πιστοποιητικά.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Import a server certificate and correspondenting CA and copy them to a " -#~ "place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εισάγετε ένα πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή και αντίστοιχη CA και αντιγράψτε τα " -#~ "κάπου ώστε μόνο άλλες μονάδες YaST μπορούν να αναζητήσουν ένα τέτοιο " -#~ "κοινό πιστοποιητικό." +#~ msgid "Import a server certificate and correspondenting CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +#~ msgstr "Εισάγετε ένα πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή και αντίστοιχη CA και αντιγράψτε τα κάπου ώστε μόνο άλλες μονάδες YaST μπορούν να αναζητήσουν ένα τέτοιο κοινό πιστοποιητικό." #~ msgid "" #~ "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of\n" @@ -3472,22 +3137,13 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Το κοινόχρηστο όνομα αυτού του πιστοποιητικού (%1) δεν είναι το όνομα \n" #~ "του διακομιστή (%2).\n" -#~ "Αυτό το πιστοποιητικό μπορεί να μην είναι λειτουργικό ως πιστοποιητικό " -#~ "κοινόχρηστου διακομιστή.\n" +#~ "Αυτό το πιστοποιητικό μπορεί να μην είναι λειτουργικό ως πιστοποιητικό κοινόχρηστου διακομιστή.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST " -#~ "modules." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "To Πιστοποιητικό Κοινόχρηστου Διακομιστή θα χρησιμοποιηθεί από " -#~ "άλλες μονάδες του YaST." +#~ msgid "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST modules." +#~ msgstr "To Πιστοποιητικό Κοινόχρηστου Διακομιστή θα χρησιμοποιηθεί από άλλες μονάδες του YaST." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a " -#~ "file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτό το πιστοποιητικό μπορεί να αλλαχθεί μόνο με εισαγωγή ενός " -#~ "πιστοποιητικού από ένα αρχείο." +#~ msgid "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file." +#~ msgstr "Αυτό το πιστοποιητικό μπορεί να αλλαχθεί μόνο με εισαγωγή ενός πιστοποιητικού από ένα αρχείο." #~ msgid "Invalid value'%s' for parameter '%s'." #~ msgstr "Άκυρη τιμή '%s' για την παράμετρο '%s'." Added: trunk/yast/el/po/cio.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/cio.el.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/cio.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +# Greek message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>\n" +"Language-Team: Greek <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: el\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Διαθέσιμες Διασυνδέσεις" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Συσκευή" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιούμενα" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "όχι" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ναι" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Κανάλι Fiber" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Επιλογή Όλων" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Επιλογή αρχείων" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "R&ead Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "Κανάλι Αν&άγνωσης" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Έξοδος" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/cluster.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/cluster.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/cluster.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -159,18 +159,12 @@ msgstr "Νήματα:" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Για να συνδεθείτε σε μια υπάρχουσα συστοιχία, παρακαλώ αντιγράψτε " -"χειροκίνητα το /etc/corosync/authkey από άλλους κόμβους." +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Για να συνδεθείτε σε μια υπάρχουσα συστοιχία, παρακαλώ αντιγράψτε χειροκίνητα το /etc/corosync/authkey από άλλους κόμβους." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" @@ -288,8 +282,7 @@ "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Το αρχείο κλειδιού %1 δημιουργήθηκε.\n" -"Πατήστε στο κουμπί \"Προσθήκη Προτεινόμενων Αρχείων\" για προσθήκη στην " -"λίστα συγχρονισμού." +"Πατήστε στο κουμπί \"Προσθήκη Προτεινόμενων Αρχείων\" για προσθήκη στην λίστα συγχρονισμού." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." @@ -298,15 +291,12 @@ #. SaveCsync2(); #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Το conntrackd είναι ένας δαίμονας που βοηθάει την αντιγραφή της κατάστασης " -"του τείχους προστασίας μεταξύ των κόμβων της συστοιχίας.\n" -"Το YaST μπορεί να βοηθήσει στη ρύθμιση ορισμένων βασικών σημείων του " -"conntrackd.\n" +"Το conntrackd είναι ένας δαίμονας που βοηθάει την αντιγραφή της κατάστασης του τείχους προστασίας μεταξύ των κόμβων της συστοιχίας.\n" +"Το YaST μπορεί να βοηθήσει στη ρύθμιση ορισμένων βασικών σημείων του conntrackd.\n" "Χρειάζεται να το εκκινήσετε με το ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." #: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 @@ -328,167 +318,62 @@ #. All helps are here #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are " -"used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the " -"protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this " -"directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to " -"encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates " -"that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for " -"non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Αλληλουχίες</big> Αυτή η οδηγία ελέγχει πόσες αλληλουχίες " -"χρησιμοποιούνται για την κρυπτογράφηση και αποστολή των μυνημάτων multicast. " -"Εάν η secauth είναι ανενεργή, το πρωτόκολλο δεν θα χρησιμοποιήσει αποστολή " -"αλληλουχίας. Εάν η secauth είναι ενεργή, αυτή η οδηγία επιτρέπει ρύθμιση των " -"συστημάτων στην χρήση πολλαπλών αλληλουχιών για την κρυπτογράφηση και " -"αποστολή μηνυμάτων multicast. Μια οδηγία αλληλουχίας από 0 δείχνει ότι δεν " -"θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για αποστολή καμία αλληλουχία. Αυτή η κατάσταση προσφέρει " -"την καλύτερη απόδοση για συστήματα non-SMP. Η προεπιλογή είναι 0. \n" -"<big>Ενεργοποίηση Ασφάλειας Πιστοποίησης</big> Αυτό καθορίζει " -"ότι η πιστοποίηση HMAC/SHA1 θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πιστοποίηση " -"όλων των μηνυμάτων. Επιπλέον καθορίζει ότι όλα τα δεδομένα θα πρέπει να " -"κρυπτογραφηθούν με τον αλγόριθμο κρυπτογράφησης sober128 για την προστασία " -"δεδομένων από υποκλοπές. Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της επιλογής προσθέτει μια " -"κεφαλίδα των 36 byte σε κάθε αποσταλλόμενο μήνυμα από το totem το οποίο " -"αυξάνει τον συνολικό όγκο. Η κρυπτογράφηση και η πιστοποίηση καταναλώνουν " -"75% της CPU στο aisexec όπως μετρήθηκε από το gprof όταν ενεργοποιείται. Για " -"δίκτυα 100mbit με μετάδοση 1500 MTU: Ένας συνολικός όγκος των 9mb/sec είναι " -"πιθανός με χρήση 100% της cpu όταν αυτή η επιλογή είναι ενεργοποιημένη σε " -"3ghz cpus. Ένας συνολικός όγκος των 10mb/sec είναι πιθανός με χρήση 20% της " -"cpu όταν η επιλογή είναι απενεργοποιημένη σε 3ghz cpus. Για δίκτυα gig-e με " -"μεγάλη μετάδοση: Ένας συνολικός όγκος των 20mb/sec είναι πιθανός όταν η " -"επιλογή είναι ενεργοποιημένη σε 3ghz cpus. Ένας συνολικός όγκος των 60mb/sec " -"είναι πιθανός όταν αυτή η επιλογή είναι απενεργοποιημένη σε 3ghz cpus. Η " -"προεπιλογή είναι ενεργό. \n" +"<big>Αλληλουχίες</big> Αυτή η οδηγία ελέγχει πόσες αλληλουχίες χρησιμοποιούνται για την κρυπτογράφηση και αποστολή των μυνημάτων multicast. Εάν η secauth είναι ανενεργή, το πρωτόκολλο δεν θα χρησιμοποιήσει αποστολή αλληλουχίας. Εάν η secauth είναι ενεργή, αυτή η οδηγία επιτρέπει ρύθμιση των συστημάτων στην χρήση πολλαπλών αλληλουχιών για την κρυπτογράφηση και αποστολή μηνυμάτων multicast. Μια οδηγία αλληλουχίας από 0 δείχνει ότι δεν θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για αποστολή καμία αλληλουχία. Αυτή η κατάσταση προσφέρει την καλύτερη απόδοση για συστήματα non-SMP. Η προεπιλογή είναι 0. \n" +"<big>Ενεργοποίηση Ασφάλειας Πιστοποίησης</big> Αυτό καθορίζει ότι η πιστοποίηση HMAC/SHA1 θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πιστοποίηση όλων των μηνυμάτων. Επιπλέον καθορίζει ότι όλα τα δεδομένα θα πρέπει να κρυπτογραφηθούν με τον αλγόριθμο κρυπτογράφησης sober128 για την προστασία δεδομένων από υποκλοπές. Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της επιλογής προσθέτει μια κεφαλίδα των 36 byte σε κάθε αποσταλλόμενο μήνυμα από το totem το οποίο αυξάνει τον συνολικό όγκο. Η κρυπτογράφηση και η πιστοποίηση καταναλώνουν 75% της CPU στο aisexec όπως μετρήθηκε από το gprof όταν ε νεργοποιείται. Για δίκτυα 100mbit με μετάδοση 1500 MTU: Ένας συνολικός όγκος των 9mb/sec είναι πιθανός με χρήση 100% της cpu όταν αυτή η επιλογή είναι ενεργοποιημένη σε 3ghz cpus. Ένας συνολικός όγκος των 10mb/sec είναι πιθανός με χρήση 20% της cpu όταν η επιλογή είναι απενεργοποιημένη σε 3ghz cpus. Για δίκτυα gig-e με μεγάλη μετάδοση: Ένας συνολικός όγκος των 20mb/sec είναι πιθανός όταν η επιλογή είναι ενεργοποιημένη σε 3ghz cpus. Ένας συνολικός όγκος των 60mb/sec είναι πιθανός όταν αυτή η επιλογή είναι απενεργοποιημένη σε 3ghz cpus. Η προεπιλογή είναι ενεργό. \n" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Συγχρονισμός Κόμβου</big> Τα ονόματα κόμβου που " -"χρησιμοποιούνται εδώ πρέπει να είναι τοπικά ονόματα κόμβου των κόμβων της " -"συστοιχίας. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε ακριβώς το ίδιο " -"αλφαριθμητικό που εξάγεται από την εντολή ονόματος κόμβου.\n" -"\t\t<big>Συγχρονισμός Αρχείου</big> Το πλήρες απόλυτο όνομα " -"αρχείου για συγχρονισμό.\n" -"\t\t<big>Προ-Κοινόχρηστα-Κλειδιά</big> Η πιστοποίηση γίνεται με " -"την χρήση διευθύνσεων IP και προ-κοινόχρηστων-κλειδιών στο Csync2. Το αρχείο " -"κλειδιού φημιουργείται με την εντολή csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Το " -"αρχείο key_hagroup, μετά τη δημιουργία του, πρέπει να αντιγράφεται σε όλα τα " -"μέλη της συστοιχίας χειροκίνητα.\n" +"\t\t<big>Συγχρονισμός Κόμβου</big> Τα ονόματα κόμβου που χρησιμοποιούνται εδώ πρέπει να είναι τοπικά ονόματα κόμβου των κόμβων της συστοιχίας. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε ακριβώς το ίδιο αλφαριθμητικό που εξάγεται από την εντολή ονόματος κόμβου.\n" +"\t\t<big>Συγχρονισμός Αρχείου</big> Το πλήρες απόλυτο όνομα αρχείου για συγχρονισμό.\n" +"\t\t<big>Προ-Κοινόχρηστα-Κλειδιά</big> Η πιστοποίηση γίνεται με την χρήση διευθύνσεων IP και προ-κοινόχρηστων-κλειδιών στο Csync2. Το αρχείο κλειδιού φημιουργείται με την εντολή csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Το αρχείο key_hagroup, μετά τη δημιουργία του, πρέπει να αντιγράφεται σε όλα τα μέλη της συστοιχίας χειροκίνητα.\n" "\t" #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Δεσμευμένη Διεπαφή</big> Μια δεσμευμένη διεπαφή " -"δικτύου για συγχρονισμό. Η διεπαφή πρέπει να υποστηρίζει δυνατότητες " -"πολυεκπομπής, και να είναι σηκωμένη προς χρήση. Μπορεί να χρειαστεί να είναι " -"προ-ρυθμισμένη. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> Η διεύθυνση IPv4 που έχει οριστεί στη " -"δεσμευμένη διεπαφή δικτύου. Αυτό ανιχνεύεται αυτόματα.\n" -"\t\t<big>Διεύθυνση Πολυεκπομπής</big> Η διεύθυνση πολυεκπομπής " -"για το συγχρονισμό.\n" -"\t\t<big>Αριθμός Ομάδας</big> Ένα αριθμητικό ID καθορίζει την " -"ομάδα για συγχρονισμό.\n" +"\t\t<big>Δεσμευμένη Διεπαφή</big> Μια δεσμευμένη διεπαφή δικτύου για συγχρονισμό. Η διεπαφή πρέπει να υποστηρίζει δυνατότητες πολυεκπομπής, και να είναι σηκωμένη προς χρήση. Μπορεί να χρειαστεί να είναι προ-ρυθμισμένη. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> Η διεύθυνση IPv4 που έχει οριστεί στη δεσμευμένη διεπαφή δικτύου. Αυτό ανιχνεύεται αυτόματα.\n" +"\t\t<big>Διεύθυνση Πολυεκπομπής</big> Η διεύθυνση πολυεκπομπής για το συγχρονισμό.\n" +"\t\t<big>Αριθμός Ομάδας</big> Ένα αριθμητικό ID καθορίζει την ομάδα για συγχρονισμό.\n" "\t" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -507,8 +392,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 @@ -641,109 +525,31 @@ #~ msgid "expected votes:" #~ msgstr "αναμενόμενοι ψήφοι" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" -#~ "corosync/authkey." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για νεοσχηματισμένες συστοιχίες, πατήστε το παρακάτω πλήκτρο για τη " -#~ "δημιουργία του /etc/corosync/authkey." +#~ msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#~ msgstr "Για νεοσχηματισμένες συστοιχίες, πατήστε το παρακάτω πλήκτρο για τη δημιουργία του /etc/corosync/authkey." #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the " -#~ "address which the openais executive should bind. This address should " -#~ "always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over " -#~ "192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 " -#~ "address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the " -#~ "full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of " -#~ "the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 " -#~ "networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" -#~ "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address " -#~ "used by openais executive. The default should work for most " -#~ "networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a " -#~ "multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config" -#~ "\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in " -#~ "which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -#~ "nodeid field must be specified.\n" -#~ "<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -#~ "possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the " -#~ "openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -#~ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes " -#~ "in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu " -#~ " \n" -#~ "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is " -#~ "optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 " -#~ "bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster " -#~ "membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will " -#~ "be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the " -#~ "system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value " -#~ "of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" -#~ "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant " -#~ "ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication " -#~ "offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -#~ "environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -#~ "double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't " -#~ "become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one " -#~ "network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only " -#~ "one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If " -#~ "multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may " -#~ "be chosen. \n" +#~ "<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +#~ "<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +#~ "<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +#~ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" +#~ "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +#~ "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Δέσμευση Διεύθυνσης Δικτύου</big> Αυτό ορίζει τη " -#~ "διεύθυνση όπου πρέπει να συνδεθεί το openais. Αυτή η διεύθυνση πρέπει " -#~ "πάντα να τελειώνει σε μηδέν. Εάν η κίνηση στο totem πρέπει να " -#~ "δρομολογηθεί από την 192.168.5.92, ορίστε το bindnetaddr στην 192.168.5.0." -#~ " Αυτή μπορεί επίσης να είναι μια διεύθυνση IPV6, οπότε και θα " -#~ "χρησιμοποιηθεί δικτύωση IPV6. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση, η πλήρης διεύθυνση " -#~ "πρέπει να καθοριστεί και δεν υπάρχει αυτόματη επιλογή της διεπαφής " -#~ "δικτύου εντός ενός καθορισμένου υποδικτύου όπως με το IPv4. Εάν " -#~ "χρησιμοποιηθεί δικτύωση IPv6, πρέπει να καθοριστεί το πεδίο nodeid. </" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "<big>Διεύθυνση Πολυεκπομπής</big> Αυτή είναι η διεύθυνση " -#~ "πολυεκπομπής που χρησιμοποιείται από το openais. Η προεπιλογή πρέπει " -#~ "να δουλεύει για τα περισσότερα δίκτυα, αλλά ο διαχειριστής δικτύου θα " -#~ "πρέπει να ερωτάται σχετικά με την διεύθυνση πολυεκπομπής που θα " -#~ "χρησιμοποιηθεί. Αποφύγετε την 224.x.x.x διότι αυτή είναι μια διεύθυνση " -#~ "πολυεκπομπής \"ρυθμισμένη\". Αυτή μπορεί να είναι μια διεύθυνση " -#~ "πολυεκπομπής IPV6, στην περίπτωση που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί δικτύωση IPV6. " -#~ "Εάν χρησιμοποιηθεί δικτύωση IPv6, πρέπει να καθοριστεί το πεδίο nodeid.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "<big>Θύρα</big> Αυτό καθορίζει τον αριθμό θύρας UDP. " -#~ "Είναι δυνατό να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ίδια διεύθυνση πολυεκπομπής στο " -#~ "δίκτυο με τις υπηρεσίες openais ρυθμισμένες σε διαφορετικές θύρες UDP." -#~ " \n" -#~ "<big>Διεύθυνση Μέλους</big> Αυτή η λίστα ορίζει όλους τους " -#~ "κόμβους στη συστοιχία μέσω διευθύνσεων IP. Αυτό θα μπορούσε να " -#~ "ερυθμίζεται όταν χρησιμοποιείται το udpu \n" -#~ "<big>ID Κόμβου</big> Αυτή η επιλογή στις ρυθμίσεις " -#~ "είναι προαιρετική όταν χρησιμοποιείται IPv4 και υποχρεωτική όταν " -#~ "χρησιμοποιείται IPv6. Αυτή είναι μια τιμή 32 bit που καθορίζει το " -#~ "αναγνωριστικό του κόμβου που διανέμεται στην υπηρεσία συνδρομής στη " -#~ "συστοιχία. Εάν αυτό δεν έχει καθοριστεί με το IPv4, η ταυτότητα του " -#~ "κόμβου θα καθοριστεί από την 32 bit διεύθυνση IP του συστήματος στο " -#~ "οποίο είναι συνδεδεμένο με αναγνωριστικό δαχτυλιδιού το 0. Η τιμή " -#~ "μηδέν του αναγνωριστικού του κόμβου είναι δεσμευμένη και δεν θα πρέπει να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιηθεί. \n" -#~ "<big>rrp_mode</big> Αυτή καθορίζει την κατάσταση του " -#~ "πλεονάζοντος δαχτυλιδιού, το οποίο μπορεί να είναι none, active, ή " -#~ "passive. Η αναπαραγωγή active προσφέρει ελαφρώς χαμηλή καθυστέρηση από " -#~ "την μετάδοση στην παράδοση σε πρβληματικά περιβάλλοντα δικτύου αλλά με " -#~ "λιγότερη απόδοση. Η αναπαραγωγή passive μπορεί ακόμα και να διπλασιάσει " -#~ "την ταχύτητα του πρωτοκόλλου totem εάν το πρωτόκολλο δε δεσμευθεί " -#~ "από την cpu. Η τελευταία επιλογή είναι none, στην οποία μόνο μία διεπαφή " -#~ "δικτύου θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για να λειτουργήσει το πρωτόκολλο totem. " -#~ "Εάν καθοριστεί μόνο μια οδηγία διεπαφής, αυτόματα επιλέγεται η ρύθμιση " -#~ "none. Εάν καθοριστούν πολλαπλές οδηγίες διεπαφής, μπορούν να επιλεγούν " -#~ "μόνο οι ρυθμίσεις active ή passive. \n" +#~ "<big>Δέσμευση Διεύθυνσης Δικτύου</big> Αυτό ορίζει τη διεύθυνση όπου πρέπει να συνδεθεί το openais. Αυτή η διεύθυνση πρέπει πάντα να τελειώνει σε μηδέν. Εάν η κίνηση στο totem πρέπει να δρομολογηθεί από την 192.168.5.92, ορίστε το bindnetaddr στην 192.168.5.0. Αυτή μπορεί επίσης να είναι μια διεύθυνση IPV6, οπότε και θα χρησιμοποιηθεί δικτύωση IPV6. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση, η πλήρης διεύθυνση πρέπει να καθοριστεί και δεν υπάρχει αυτόματη επιλογή της διεπαφής δικτύου εντός ενός καθορισμένου υποδικτύου όπως με το IPv4. Εάν χρησιμοποιηθεί δικτύωση IPv6, πρέπει ν α καθοριστεί το πεδίο nodeid. \n" +#~ "<big>Διεύθυνση Πολυεκπομπής</big> Αυτή είναι η διεύθυνση πολυεκπομπής που χρησιμοποιείται από το openais. Η προεπιλογή πρέπει να δουλεύει για τα περισσότερα δίκτυα, αλλά ο διαχειριστής δικτύου θα πρέπει να ερωτάται σχετικά με την διεύθυνση πολυεκπομπής που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Αποφύγετε την 224.x.x.x διότι αυτή είναι μια διεύθυνση πολυεκπομπής \"ρυθμισμένη\". Αυτή μπορεί να είναι μια διεύθυνση πολυεκπομπής IPV6, στην περίπτωση που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί δικτύωση IPV6. Εάν χρησιμοποιηθεί δικτύωση IPv6, πρέπει να καθοριστεί το πεδίο nodeid.\n" +#~ "<big>Θύρα</big> Αυτό καθορίζει τον αριθμό θύρας UDP. Είναι δυνατό να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ίδια διεύθυνση πολυεκπομπής στο δίκτυο με τις υπηρεσίες openais ρυθμισμένες σε διαφορετικές θύρες UDP. \n" +#~ "<big>Διεύθυνση Μέλους</big> Αυτή η λίστα ορίζει όλους τους κόμβους στη συστοιχία μέσω διευθύνσεων IP. Αυτό θα μπορούσε να ερυθμίζεται όταν χρησιμοποιείται το udpu \n" +#~ "<big>ID Κόμβου</big> Αυτή η επιλογή στις ρυθμίσεις είναι προαιρετική όταν χρησιμοποιείται IPv4 και υποχρεωτική όταν χρησιμοποιείται IPv6. Αυτή είναι μια τιμή 32 bit που καθορίζει το αναγνωριστικό του κόμβου που διανέμεται στην υπηρεσία συνδρομής στη συστοιχία. Εάν αυτό δεν έχει καθοριστεί με το IPv4, η ταυτότητα του κόμβου θα καθοριστεί από την 32 bit διεύθυνση IP του συστήματος στο οποίο είναι συνδεδεμένο με αναγνωριστικό δαχτυλιδιού το 0. Η τιμή μηδέν του αναγνωριστικού του κόμβου είναι δεσμευμένη και δεν θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί. \n" +#~ "<big>rrp_mode</big> Αυτή καθορίζει την κατάσταση του πλεονάζοντος δαχτυλιδιού, το οποίο μπορεί να είναι none, active, ή passive. Η αναπαραγωγή active προσφέρει ελαφρώς χαμηλή καθυστέρηση από την μετάδοση στην παράδοση σε πρβληματικά περιβάλλοντα δικτύου αλλά με λιγότερη απόδοση. Η αναπαραγωγή passive μπορεί ακόμα και να διπλασιάσει την ταχύτητα του πρωτοκόλλου totem εάν το πρωτόκολλο δε δεσμευθεί από την cpu. Η τελευταία επιλογή είναι none, στην οποία μόνο μία διεπαφή δικτύου θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για να λειτουργήσει το πρωτόκολλο totem. Εάν καθοριστεί μ� �νο μια οδηγία διεπαφής, αυτόματα επιλέγεται η ρύθμιση none. Εάν καθοριστούν πολλαπλές οδηγίες διεπαφής, μπορούν να επιλεγούν μόνο οι ρυθμίσεις active ή passive. \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during " -#~ "boot or not\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" #~ "\t\t\t" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t\t<big>Εκκίνηση</big> Έναρξη ή όχι της υπηρεσίας openais " -#~ "κατά την εκκίνηση\n" +#~ "\t\t\t<big>Εκκίνηση</big> Έναρξη ή όχι της υπηρεσίας openais κατά την εκκίνηση\n" #~ "\t\t\t" #~ msgid "Enter a member address" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/control-center.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/control-center.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/control-center.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -149,8 +149,7 @@ #~ "configuration modules (e.g. Hardware or Software) to be displayed.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέγοντας τα εικονίδια στα αριστερά, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τον τύπο " -#~ "των\n" +#~ "Επιλέγοντας τα εικονίδια στα αριστερά, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τον τύπο των\n" #~ "μονάδων ρυθμίσεων (π.χ. Υλικό ή Λογισμικό) που θα εμφανιστούν.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -161,20 +160,14 @@ #~ "Be patient, starting of modules can take some seconds.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να εκτελέσετε μία από τις μονάδες στη δεξιά πλευρά, απλά κάντε ένα " -#~ "κλικ στο\n" +#~ "Για να εκτελέσετε μία από τις μονάδες στη δεξιά πλευρά, απλά κάντε ένα κλικ στο\n" #~ "αντίστοιχο εικονίδιο. \n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Να είστε υπομονετικοί, η εκκίνηση των μονάδων θα πάρει λίγα " -#~ "δευτερόλεπτα.\n" +#~ "Να είστε υπομονετικοί, η εκκίνηση των μονάδων θα πάρει λίγα δευτερόλεπτα.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search" -#~ "\" button" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μπορείτε επίσης να ψάξετε για λέξεις κλειδιά (π.χ. modem) πατώντας στο " -#~ "κουμπί \"Αναζήτηση\"" +#~ msgid "You can also search for keywords (e.g. modem) by clicking on the \"Search\" button" +#~ msgstr "Μπορείτε επίσης να ψάξετε για λέξεις κλειδιά (π.χ. modem) πατώντας στο κουμπί \"Αναζήτηση\"" #~ msgid "Nothing found" #~ msgstr "Δεν βρέθηκε τίποτα" @@ -207,10 +200,8 @@ #~ "if the latter is the case, try to run the Control Center as root. \n" #~ "Also make sure that you do not run out of disk space. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν το προηγούμενο περιγράφει την κατάστασή σας, επανεγκατεστήστε όλα τα " -#~ "συστατικά του YaST2,\n" -#~ "διαφορετικά αν είναι το τελευταίο, δοκιμάστε να εκτελέσετε το Κέντρο " -#~ "Ελέγχου ως υπερχρήστης.\n" +#~ "Αν το προηγούμενο περιγράφει την κατάστασή σας, επανεγκατεστήστε όλα τα συστατικά του YaST2,\n" +#~ "διαφορετικά αν είναι το τελευταίο, δοκιμάστε να εκτελέσετε το Κέντρο Ελέγχου ως υπερχρήστης.\n" #~ "Επίσης βεβαιωθείτε ότι δεν σας έχει τελειώσει ο ελεύθερος χώρος στο δίσκο." #~ msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/control.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/control.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/control.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -365,8 +365,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" #~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πελάτης Virtualization Xen (Το Τοπικό X11 Δεν Ρυθμίστηκε Προκαθορισμένα)" +#~ msgstr "Πελάτης Virtualization Xen (Το Τοπικό X11 Δεν Ρυθμίστηκε Προκαθορισμένα)" #~ msgid "Server Scenario" #~ msgstr "Σενάριο Διακομιστή" @@ -375,9 +374,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Υπηρεσία" #~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Υπολογιστής εικνικοποίησης KVM (Ο τοπικός X11 δεν ρυθμίστηκε από " -#~ "προεπιλογή)" +#~ msgstr "Υπολογιστής εικνικοποίησης KVM (Ο τοπικός X11 δεν ρυθμίστηκε από προεπιλογή)" #~ msgid "Desktop Selection" #~ msgstr "Επιλογή Επιφάνειας Εργασίας" @@ -397,8 +394,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Συγχαρητήρια!\n" #~ "Η εγκατάσταση του openSUSE στο μηχάνημά σας έχει ολοκληρωθεί.\n" -#~ "Μετά την επιλογή του Τερματισμός, μπορείτε να συνδεθείτε στο " -#~ "σύστημα.\n" +#~ "Μετά την επιλογή του Τερματισμός, μπορείτε να συνδεθείτε στο σύστημα.\n" #~ "Επισκεφθείτε μας στο %1.\n" #~ "Απολαύστε το! Η Ομάδα Ανάπτυξης του openSUSE\n" #~ "\t " @@ -425,8 +421,7 @@ #~ "διαδεδομένα είναι το GNOME και το KDE, και υποστηρίζονται ισότιμα\n" #~ "από το openSUSE, Και τα δύο γραφικά περιβάλλοντα είναι εύκολα στη χρήση,\n" #~ "ενσωματωμένα σε μεγάλο βαθμό, και προσφέρουν όμορφη αισθητική. Κάθε ένα\n" -#~ "περιβάλλον έχει ξεχωριστό στύλ, επομένως η προσωπική σας άποψη είναι που " -#~ "καθορίζει\n" +#~ "περιβάλλον έχει ξεχωριστό στύλ, επομένως η προσωπική σας άποψη είναι που καθορίζει\n" #~ "ποιο είναι το καταλληλότερο για εσάς." #~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" @@ -465,8 +460,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Συγχαρητήρια!\n" #~ "Η εγκατάσταση του &product στο μηχάνημά σας έχει ολοκληρωθεί.\n" -#~ "Μετά την επιλογή του Τερματισμός, μπορείτε να συνδεθείτε στο " -#~ "σύστημα.\n" +#~ "Μετά την επιλογή του Τερματισμός, μπορείτε να συνδεθείτε στο σύστημα.\n" #~ "Επισκευθείτε μας στο %1.\n" #~ "Απολαύστε το! Η Ομάδα σας Ανάπτυξης της SUSE\n" #~ "\t" @@ -474,23 +468,16 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "openSUSE offers you a choice of user interfaces. The two major complete \n" -#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a " -#~ "full \n" -#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and " -#~ "utilities. \n" +#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a full \n" +#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and utilities. \n" #~ " \n" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a " -#~ "recommendation." +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a recommendation." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το openSUSE προσφαίρει έναν αριθμό διεπαφών με τους χρήστες. Οι δυο " -#~ "μεγαλύτερες \n" -#~ "και ολοκληρωμένες επιφάνειες εργασίας είναι οι KDE και GNOME. Και οι δυο " -#~ "παρέχουν μια εύκολη προς χρήση επιφάνεια εργασίας με \n" -#~ "ολοκληρωμένη σουίτα εφαρμογών όπως email, διαχείριση αρχείων, παιχνίδια " -#~ "και εργαλεία.\n" +#~ "Το openSUSE προσφαίρει έναν αριθμό διεπαφών με τους χρήστες. Οι δυο μεγαλύτερες \n" +#~ "και ολοκληρωμένες επιφάνειες εργασίας είναι οι KDE και GNOME. Και οι δυο παρέχουν μια εύκολη προς χρήση επιφάνεια εργασίας με \n" +#~ "ολοκληρωμένη σουίτα εφαρμογών όπως email, διαχείριση αρχείων, παιχνίδια και εργαλεία.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Καθώς η επιλογή επιφάνειας εργασίας είναι προσωπικό θέμα, δεν προτείνουμε " -#~ "τίποτα." +#~ "Καθώς η επιλογή επιφάνειας εργασίας είναι προσωπικό θέμα, δεν προτείνουμε τίποτα." #~ msgid "GNOME" #~ msgstr "GNOME" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/country.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/country.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/country.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -69,11 +69,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου '%1' δεν είναι έγκυρη. Χρησιμοποιήστε μία εντολή " -"'list' για να δείτε τις πιθανές τιμές." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "Η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου '%1' δεν είναι έγκυρη. Χρησιμοποιήστε μία εντολή 'list' για να δείτε τις πιθανές τιμές." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -100,20 +97,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Εδώ, κάνετε διάφορες ρυθμίσεις χειρισμού της γλώσσας πληκτρολογίου.\n" -"Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις είναι γραμμένες στο αρχείο <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language/</" -"tt>.\n" +"Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις είναι γραμμένες στο αρχείο <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language/</tt>.\n" "Αν δεν είστε σίγουροι, χρησιμοποιείστε τις ήδη υπάρχουσες επιλογές.\n" "" #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Οι ρυθμίσεις που έγιναν εδώ, εφαρμόζουν μόνο στο πληκτρολόγιο της " -"κονσόλας. Ρυθμίστε το πληκτρολόγιο για το γραφικό περιβάλλον με χρήση άλλου " -"εργαλείου.\n" +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Οι ρυθμίσεις που έγιναν εδώ, εφαρμόζουν μόνο στο πληκτρολόγιο της κονσόλας. Ρυθμίστε το πληκτρολόγιο για το γραφικό περιβάλλον με χρήση άλλου εργαλείου.\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -194,16 +185,14 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Επιλέξτε την Διάταξη Πληκτρολογίου προς χρήση από\n" "την εγκατάσταση και το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα. \n" "Ελέγξτε την διάταξη στον Έλεγχο.\n" -"Για ειδικές ρυθμίσεις, όπως ρυθμό επανάληψης και καθυστέρηση, επιλέξτε " -"Ειδικές Ρυθμίσεις.\n" +"Για ειδικές ρυθμίσεις, όπως ρυθμό επανάληψης και καθυστέρηση, επιλέξτε Ειδικές Ρυθμίσεις.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -214,8 +203,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Αν δεν είστε σίγουρος, χρησιμοποιήστε τις προκαθορισμένες τιμές που είναι " -"ήδη επιλεγμένες.\n" +"Αν δεν είστε σίγουρος, χρησιμοποιήστε τις προκαθορισμένες τιμές που είναι ήδη επιλεγμένες.\n" "" #. help text for keyboard screen (installation) @@ -223,17 +211,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Επιλέξτε την Διάταξη Πληκτρολογίου για χρήση στο σύστημα.\n" -"Για προχωρημένες επιλογές, όπως ρυθμός επανάληψης και καθυστέρηση, επιλέξτε " -"Ειδικές Ρυθμίσεις.\n" -"Αναζητήστε περισσότερες επιλογές και διατάξεις στο εργαλείο διατάξεων " -"πληκτρολογίου του γραφικού σας περιβάλλοντος.\n" +"Για προχωρημένες επιλογές, όπως ρυθμός επανάληψης και καθυστέρηση, επιλέξτε Ειδικές Ρυθμίσεις.\n" +"Αναζητήστε περισσότερες επιλογές και διατάξεις στο εργαλείο διατάξεων πληκτρολογίου του γραφικού σας περιβάλλοντος.\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -368,11 +352,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Η %1 δεν είναι έγκυρη γλώσσα. Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή list για να δείτε " -"πιθανές τιμές." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "Η %1 δεν είναι έγκυρη γλώσσα. Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή list για να δείτε πιθανές τιμές." #. label text #. heading text @@ -418,14 +399,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Εναλλακτικά πακέτα με υποστήριξη για τις επιλεγμένες πρωτεύουσες και " -"δευτερεύουσες γλώσσες θα εγκατασταθούν. Τα πακέτα που δεν χρειάζονται πια θα " -"αφαιρεθούν.\n" +"Εναλλακτικά πακέτα με υποστήριξη για τις επιλεγμένες πρωτεύουσες και δευτερεύουσες γλώσσες θα εγκατασταθούν. Τα πακέτα που δεν χρειάζονται πια θα αφαιρεθούν.\n" "" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen @@ -474,8 +452,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε Ματαίωση οποιαδήποτε στιγμή για να ματαιώσετε " -"την\n" +"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε Ματαίωση οποιαδήποτε στιγμή για να ματαιώσετε την\n" "διαδικασία εγκατάστασης.\n" "\n" @@ -510,20 +487,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ελέγξτε Προσαρμογή Διάταξης Πληκτρολογίου για να ρυθμίσετε την " -"διάταξη πληκτρολογίου σχετικά με την πρωτεύουσα γλώσσα.\n" -"Ελέγξτε την επιλογήΠροσαρμογή Ζώνης Ώρας για να αλλάξετε την ισχύουσα " -"ώρα ζώνης σχετικά με την πρωτεύουσα γλώσσα. Εάν η διάταξη πληκτρολογίου ή " -"ζώνη ώρας είναι ήδη ρυθμισμένες στην προεπιλεγμένη γλώσσα, η αντίστοιχη " -"επιλογή είναι απενεργοποιημένη.\n" +"Ελέγξτε Προσαρμογή Διάταξης Πληκτρολογίου για να ρυθμίσετε την διάταξη πληκτρολογίου σχετικά με την πρωτεύουσα γλώσσα.\n" +"Ελέγξτε την επιλογήΠροσαρμογή Ζώνης Ώρας για να αλλάξετε την ισχύουσα ώρα ζώνης σχετικά με την πρωτεύουσα γλώσσα. Εάν η διάταξη πληκτρολογίου ή ζώνη ώρας είναι ήδη ρυθμισμένες στην προεπιλεγμένη γλώσσα, η αντίστοιχη επιλογή είναι απενεργοποιημένη.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -536,8 +506,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Δευτερεύουσες Γλώσσες \n" -"Στο επιλεγόμενο κουτί, ορίστε εναλλακτικές γλώσσες που θέλετε να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε στο σύστημά σας.\n" +"Στο επιλεγόμενο κουτί, ορίστε εναλλακτικές γλώσσες που θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε στο σύστημά σας.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -565,8 +534,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Εδώ, κάνετε διάφορες ρυθμίσεις χειρισμού της γλώσσας.\n" -"Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις είναι γραμμένες στο αρχείο <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language/</" -"tt>.\n" +"Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις είναι γραμμένες στο αρχείο <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language/</tt>.\n" "Αν δεν είστε σίγουροι, χρησιμοποιείστε τις ήδη υπάρχουσες επιλογές.\n" "\n" @@ -579,39 +547,27 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Οι Τοπικές Ρυθμίσεις για τον Χρήστη root\n" -"προσδιορίζουν πως οι τοπικές μεταβλητές (LC_*) ορίζονται από τον χρήστη root." -"" +"προσδιορίζουν πως οι τοπικές μεταβλητές (LC_*) ορίζονται από τον χρήστη root." #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Μόνο ctype: Ο χρήστης root έχει ίδιο LC_CTYPE όπως ένας κανονικός " -"χρήστης. Άλλες μεταβλητές \n" +"Μόνο ctype: Ο χρήστης root έχει ίδιο LC_CTYPE όπως ένας κανονικός χρήστης. Άλλες μεταβλητές \n" "δεν είναι ορισμένες. \n" -"Ναι: Ο χρήστης root έχει ίδιες ρυθμίσεις γλώσσας όπως ο κανονικός " -"χρήστης. \n" -"Όχι: Ο χρήστης root έχει όλες τις τιμές τοπικών ρυθμίσεων " -"απροσδιόριστες.\n" +"Ναι: Ο χρήστης root έχει ίδιες ρυθμίσεις γλώσσας όπως ο κανονικός χρήστης. \n" +"Όχι: Ο χρήστης root έχει όλες τις τιμές τοπικών ρυθμίσεων απροσδιόριστες.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιείστε την Λεπτομερή Ρύθμιση Locale για να ορίσετε locale " -"για την πρωτεύουσα γλώσσα το οποίο δεν υπάρχει στον κατάλογο του κυρίως " -"διαλόγου. Η μετάφραση μπορεί να μην είναι διαθέσιμη για το επιλεγμένο locale." -"" +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιείστε την Λεπτομερή Ρύθμιση Locale για να ορίσετε locale για την πρωτεύουσα γλώσσα το οποίο δεν υπάρχει στον κατάλογο του κυρίως διαλόγου. Η μετάφραση μπορεί να μην είναι διαθέσιμη για το επιλεγμένο locale." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -683,14 +639,11 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"Μόνο ελάχιστη υποστήριξη για την συγκεκριμένη γλώσσα συμπεριλαμβάνεται στο " -"μέσο.\n" -"Προσθέστε το Add-On CD ως πρόσθετη αποθήκη λογισμικού έτσι ώστε να λάβετε " -"την κατάλληλη υποστήριξη\n" +"Μόνο ελάχιστη υποστήριξη για την συγκεκριμένη γλώσσα συμπεριλαμβάνεται στο μέσο.\n" +"Προσθέστε το Add-On CD ως πρόσθετη αποθήκη λογισμικού έτσι ώστε να λάβετε την κατάλληλη υποστήριξη\n" "για αυτή τη γλώσσα.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -699,10 +652,8 @@ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"Η επιλεγμένη γλώσσα δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί σε λειτουργία κειμένου. Τα " -"Αγγλικά χρησιμοποιούνται\n" -"για την εγκατάσταση, αλλά η επιλεγμένη γλώσσα θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για το " -"καινούργιο σύστημα." +"Η επιλεγμένη γλώσσα δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί σε λειτουργία κειμένου. Τα Αγγλικά χρησιμοποιούνται\n" +"για την εγκατάσταση, αλλά η επιλεγμένη γλώσσα θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για το καινούργιο σύστημα." #. translators: command line help text for timezone module #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 @@ -787,28 +738,22 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Καθορίστε εάν ο υπολογιστής σας είναι ορισμένος σε τοπική ώρα ή UTC στο " -"Ρολόι Υλικού Ορισμένο Σε.\n" -"Οι περισσότεροι υπολογιστές που έχουν και άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα " -"εγκατεστημένα (όπως Microsoft\n" +"Καθορίστε εάν ο υπολογιστής σας είναι ορισμένος σε τοπική ώρα ή UTC στο Ρολόι Υλικού Ορισμένο Σε.\n" +"Οι περισσότεροι υπολογιστές που έχουν και άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα εγκατεστημένα (όπως Microsoft\n" "Windows) χρησιμοποιούν τοπική ώρα.\n" "Τα μηχανήματα που έχουν μόνο Linux εγκατεστημένο συνήθως\n" "είναι ορισμένα σε Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"Αν το υλικό ρολόι είναι ορισμένο σε UTC, το σύστημά σας μπορεί να αλλάξει " -"από την κανονική ώρα\n" +"Αν το υλικό ρολόι είναι ορισμένο σε UTC, το σύστημά σας μπορεί να αλλάξει από την κανονική ώρα\n" "στην θερινή και αντίστροφα.\n" "\n" @@ -823,8 +768,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Σημείωση: Το εσωτερικό ρολόι συστήματος όπως χρησιμοποιείται από τον πυρήνα " -"Linux πρέπει\n" +"Σημείωση: Το εσωτερικό ρολόι συστήματος όπως χρησιμοποιείται από τον πυρήνα Linux πρέπει\n" "πάντα να είναι σε UTC, διότι αυτή είναι η αναφορά για την σωστή τοπική ώρα\n" "για τον χρήστη. Εάν επιλέξετε τοπική ώρα για το ρολόι CMOS,\n" "ελέγξτε το εγχειρίδιο χρήστη για πληροφορίες σχετικά με τις παρενέργειες.\n" @@ -834,14 +778,11 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -849,15 +790,11 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Επιλέξατε τοπική ώρα, αλλά φαίνεται να έχετε εγκατεστημένο μόνο Linux στο " -"σύστημά σας.\n" -"Σε αυτή την περίπτωση, συνίσταται να χρησιμοποιήσετε UTC, και να κάνετε κλικ " -"στο Ακύρωση.\n" +"Επιλέξατε τοπική ώρα, αλλά φαίνεται να έχετε εγκατεστημένο μόνο Linux στο σύστημά σας.\n" +"Σε αυτή την περίπτωση, συνίσταται να χρησιμοποιήσετε UTC, και να κάνετε κλικ στο Ακύρωση.\n" "\n" -"Εάν θέλετε να διατηρήσετε την τοπική ώρα, πρέπει να προσαρμόσετε το ρολόι " -"του CMOS δυο φορές το χρόνο\n" -"λόγω των αλλαγών Θερινής ώρας. Εάν παραλείψετε την προσαρμογή του ρολογιού, " -"τα αντίγραφα ασφαλείας μπορεί να αποτύχουν,\n" +"Εάν θέλετε να διατηρήσετε την τοπική ώρα, πρέπει να προσαρμόσετε το ρολόι του CMOS δυο φορές το χρόνο\n" +"λόγω των αλλαγών Θερινής ώρας. Εάν παραλείψετε την προσαρμογή του ρολογιού, τα αντίγραφα ασφαλείας μπορεί να αποτύχουν,\n" "το σύστημα αλληλογραφίας σας μπορεί να παραλείψει μηνύματα, κλπ.\n" "\n" "Εάν χρησιμοποιήσετε UTC, το Linux θα προσαρμόσει την ώρα αυτόματα.\n" @@ -866,13 +803,8 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"Εμφανίζονται η τρέχουσα ημερομηνία και ώρα του συστήματος. Εάν θέλετε " -"μπορείτε να τις διορθώσετε χειροκίνητα, ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε το Πρωτόκολλο " -"Δικτυακής Ώρας (NTP)." +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "Εμφανίζονται η τρέχουσα ημερομηνία και ώρα του συστήματος. Εάν θέλετε μπορείτε να τις διορθώσετε χειροκίνητα, ή να χρησιμοποιήσετε το Πρωτόκολλο Δικτυακής Ώρας (NTP)." #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -998,17 +930,14 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να επιλέξετε την ζώνη που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί στο σύστημα σας, πρώτα " -"επιλέξτε την Περιοχή.\n" -"Στην Ζώνη Ώρας, έπειτα επιλέξτε την σωστή ζώνη ώρας, χώρα ή περιοχή " -"από αυτές που είναι διαθέσιμες.\n" +"Για να επιλέξετε την ζώνη που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί στο σύστημα σας, πρώτα επιλέξτε την Περιοχή.\n" +"Στην Ζώνη Ώρας, έπειτα επιλέξτε την σωστή ζώνη ώρας, χώρα ή περιοχή από αυτές που είναι διαθέσιμες.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -1019,8 +948,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Εάν η τρέχουσα ώρα δεν είναι σωστή, χρησιμοποιήστε το Αλλαγή Ώρας και " -"Μέρας για να τη ρυθμίσετε.\n" +"Εάν η τρέχουσα ώρα δεν είναι σωστή, χρησιμοποιήστε το Αλλαγή Ώρας και Μέρας για να τη ρυθμίσετε.\n" "" #. Screen title for timezone screen @@ -1296,25 +1224,16 @@ msgid "US International" msgstr "US Διεθνές" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -#~ "keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX." -#~ "\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Οι ρυθμίσεις που γίνονται εδώ εφαρμόζονται μόνο για το πληκτρολόγιο " -#~ "κονσόλας. Ρυθμίστε το πληκτρολόγιο για το γραφικό περιβάλλον με κάποιο " -#~ "άλλο εργαλείο όπως το SaX.\n" +#~ msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.\n" +#~ msgstr "Οι ρυθμίσεις που γίνονται εδώ εφαρμόζονται μόνο για το πληκτρολόγιο κονσόλας. Ρυθμίστε το πληκτρολόγιο για το γραφικό περιβάλλον με κάποιο άλλο εργαλείο όπως το SaX.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to " -#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Για Συσκευές προς Κλείδωμα Πλήκτρων, εισάγετε έναν κατάλογο " -#~ "συσκευών διαχωρισμένων με κενό στον οποίο θα εφαρμόζονται τα Scroll Lock, " -#~ "Num Lock (Κλείδωμα Αριθμών) και Caps Lock (Κλείδωμα Κεφαλαίων).\n" +#~ "Για Συσκευές προς Κλείδωμα Πλήκτρων, εισάγετε έναν κατάλογο συσκευών διαχωρισμένων με κενό στον οποίο θα εφαρμόζονται τα Scroll Lock, Num Lock (Κλείδωμα Αριθμών) και Caps Lock (Κλείδωμα Κεφαλαίων).\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" @@ -1337,19 +1256,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Ενημέρωση initrd..." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP " -#~ "configuration. Press Accept to save your changes." +#~ msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration. Press Accept to save your changes." #~ msgstr " Ρύθμιση KPilot αποθήκευση" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network " -#~ "is configured." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Οι αλλαγές έχουν εγγραφτεί μετά την χρήση του Αποδοχή. Ο " -#~ "συχρονισμός με τον διακομιστή NTP μπορεί να γίνει μόνο όταν το δίκτυο " -#~ "είναι ρυθμισμένο." +#~ msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +#~ msgstr "Οι αλλαγές έχουν εγγραφτεί μετά την χρήση του Αποδοχή. Ο συχρονισμός με τον διακομιστή NTP μπορεί να γίνει μόνο όταν το δίκτυο είναι ρυθμισμένο." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/crowbar.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/crowbar.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/crowbar.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -212,8 +212,7 @@ "Ο SUSE Cloud Admin Server δημιουργήθηκε. Η αλλαγή δικτύου\n" "δεν υποστηρίζεται προς το παρόν.\n" "\n" -"Μπορείτε να επισκεφθείτε το γραφική διεπαφή δικτύου με το Crowbar στην " -"http://%1:3000/" +"Μπορείτε να επισκεφθείτε το γραφική διεπαφή δικτύου με το Crowbar στην http://%1:3000/" #. default dialog caption #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:943 @@ -256,8 +255,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Δείτε στο εγχειρίδιο ανάπτυξης του SUSE Cloud για λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με " -"την ρύθμιση\n" +"Δείτε στο εγχειρίδιο ανάπτυξης του SUSE Cloud για λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με την ρύθμιση\n" "του δικτύου και την χρήση του αρθρώματος του YaST.\n" "" @@ -335,46 +333,28 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" #~| "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\\nAdapt them using " -#~ "'Edit ranges' button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μερικά όρια διευθύνσεων δεν είναι μέρος του δικτύου '%1'.\\nΠροσαρμόστε " -#~ "τα χρησιμοποιώντας το κουμπί 'Επεξεργασία ορίων'." +#~ msgid "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\\nAdapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." +#~ msgstr "Μερικά όρια διευθύνσεων δεν είναι μέρος του δικτύου '%1'.\\nΠροσαρμόστε τα χρησιμοποιώντας το κουμπί 'Επεξεργασία ορίων'." #~| msgid "" #~| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" #~| "currently not supported.\n" #~| "\n" #~| "You can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is" -#~ "\\ncurrently not supported.\\n\\nYou can visit the Crowbar web UI on " -#~ "http://%1:3000/" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο SUSE Cloud Admin Server δημιουργήθηκε. Η αλλαγή δικτύου\\nδεν " -#~ "υποστηρίζεται προς το παρόν.\\n\\nΜπορείτε να επισκεφθείτε το γραφική " -#~ "διεπαφή δικτύου με το Crowbar στην http://%1:3000/" +#~ msgid "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\\ncurrently not supported.\\n\\nYou can visit the Crowbar web UI on http://%1:3000/" +#~ msgstr "Ο SUSE Cloud Admin Server δημιουργήθηκε. Η αλλαγή δικτύου\\nδεν υποστηρίζεται προς το παρόν.\\n\\nΜπορείτε να επισκεφθείτε το γραφική διεπαφή δικτύου με το Crowbar στην http://%1:3000/" #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big> \n" #~| "Please wait... \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big> \\nPlease " -#~ "wait... \\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Αρχικοποίηση Ρυθμίσεων Crowbar</big> \\nΠαρακαλώ " -#~ "περιμένετε... \\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Initializing Crowbar Configuration</big> \\nPlease wait... \\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Αρχικοποίηση Ρυθμίσεων Crowbar</big> \\nΠαρακαλώ περιμένετε... \\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big> \n" #~| "Please wait... \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big> \\nPlease wait..." -#~ " \\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Αποθήκευση Ρυθμίσεων Crowbar</big> \\nΠαρακαλώ " -#~ "περιμένετε... \\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Saving Crowbar Configuration</big> \\nPlease wait... \\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Αποθήκευση Ρυθμίσεων Crowbar</big> \\nΠαρακαλώ περιμένετε... \\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Crowbar Configuration Overview\n" @@ -387,13 +367,8 @@ #~| "See the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\n" #~| "configuration and on using this YaST module.\n" #~| "" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nSee the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network" -#~ "\\nconfiguration and on using this YaST module.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\\nΔείτε στο εγχειρίδιο ανάπτυξης του SUSE Cloud για λεπτομέρειες " -#~ "σχετικά με την ρύθμιση\\nτου δικτυου και την χρήση του αρθρώματος του " -#~ "YaST.\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nSee the SUSE Cloud deployment guide for details on the network\\nconfiguration and on using this YaST module.\\n" +#~ msgstr "\\nΔείτε στο εγχειρίδιο ανάπτυξης του SUSE Cloud για λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με την ρύθμιση\\nτου δικτυου και την χρήση του αρθρώματος του YaST.\\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Some range addresses are is not part of network '%1'.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/dhcp-server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/dhcp-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/dhcp-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -122,9 +122,7 @@ #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "" -"Εκτύπωση της ήδη χρησιμοποιούμενης διασύνδεσης και εμφάνιση άλλων διαθέσιμων " -"διασυνδέσεων" +msgstr "Εκτύπωση της ήδη χρησιμοποιούμενης διασύνδεσης και εμφάνιση άλλων διαθέσιμων διασυνδέσεων" #. command line help text for an option #: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 @@ -563,12 +561,10 @@ #. at least minimal configuration #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"Μια ή περισσότερες επιλεγμένες διεπαφές δικτύου δεν έχουν ρυθμιστεί (δεν " -"έχει ανατεθεί διευθυνση IP \n" +"Μια ή περισσότερες επιλεγμένες διεπαφές δικτύου δεν έχουν ρυθμιστεί (δεν έχει ανατεθεί διευθυνση IP \n" "και μάσκα δικτύου)." #. configuration will be saved in ldap? @@ -639,8 +635,7 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." -msgstr "" -"Η τιμή που προσδιορίστηκε δεν είναι έγκυρο όνομα κόμβου ή διεύθυνση ΙΡ." +msgstr "Η τιμή που προσδιορίστηκε δεν είναι έγκυρο όνομα κόμβου ή διεύθυνση ΙΡ." #. frame #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 @@ -771,12 +766,10 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"Το μήκος της δυναμικής διεύθυνσης DHCP πρέπει να είναι στο ίδιο δίκτυο με " -"τον διακομιστή DHCP.\n" +"Το μήκος της δυναμικής διεύθυνσης DHCP πρέπει να είναι στο ίδιο δίκτυο με τον διακομιστή DHCP.\n" "η διεύθυνση %1 δεν ταιριάζει με το δίκτυο %2/%3." #. Label of the registered hosts table @@ -922,22 +915,17 @@ #. remove leading '-' #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" -msgstr "" -"Το \"-%1\" δεν είναι έγκυρη εντολή από τη γραμμή εντολών για τον διακομιστή " -"DHCP" +msgstr "Το \"-%1\" δεν είναι έγκυρη εντολή από τη γραμμή εντολών για τον διακομιστή DHCP" #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" -msgstr "" -"Η επιλογή από την γραμμή εντολών του διακομιστή DHCP \"-%1\" απαιτεί ένα " -"όρισμα" +msgstr "Η επιλογή από την γραμμή εντολών του διακομιστή DHCP \"-%1\" απαιτεί ένα όρισμα" #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -945,10 +933,8 @@ msgstr "" "Έχετε καθορίσει ένα εναλλακτικό αρχείο ρυθμίσεων για τον εξυπηρετητή DHCP.\n" "\n" -"Αυτό δεν υποστηρίζεται από το YaST. Το άρθρωμα του εξυπηρετητή DHCP μπορεί " -"να διαβάσει και να αποθηκεύσει μόνο στο\n" -"/etc/dhcpd.conf. Οι νέες ρυθμίσεις από το %1 δεν θα εισαχθούν. Όλες οι " -"αλλαγές \n" +"Αυτό δεν υποστηρίζεται από το YaST. Το άρθρωμα του εξυπηρετητή DHCP μπορεί να διαβάσει και να αποθηκεύσει μόνο στο\n" +"/etc/dhcpd.conf. Οι νέες ρυθμίσεις από το %1 δεν θα εισαχθούν. Όλες οι αλλαγές \n" "θα αποθηκευτούν στο προεπιλεγμένο αρχείο των ρυθμίσεων.\n" " \n" "Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε;\n" @@ -967,8 +953,7 @@ "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -978,21 +963,14 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Προσθήκη Νέου Εύρους των Εγγραφών DNS</big> \n" "Η Πρώτη Διεύθυνση ΙΡ καθορίζει\n" -"την πρώτη διεύθυνση της εμβέλειας και η Τελευταία Διεύθυνση ΙΡ " -"καθορίζει\n" -"την τελευταία. Η Βάση του Διακομιστή είναι ένα κείμενο το οποίο " -"ορίζει πως\n" -"θα πρέπει να δημιουργούνται τα ονόματα των διακομιστών (όπως <tt>dhcp-%i</" -"tt> ή <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" -"<tt>%i</tt> αντικαθίσταται με τον αριθμό του διακομιστή που είναι στην " -"εμβέλεια.\n" +"την πρώτη διεύθυνση της εμβέλειας και η Τελευταία Διεύθυνση ΙΡ καθορίζει\n" +"την τελευταία. Η Βάση του Διακομιστή είναι ένα κείμενο το οποίο ορίζει πως\n" +"θα πρέπει να δημιουργούνται τα ονόματα των διακομιστών (όπως <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> ή <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" +"<tt>%i</tt> αντικαθίσταται με τον αριθμό του διακομιστή που είναι στην εμβέλεια.\n" "Αν δεν καθοριστεί το <tt>%i</tt>, ο αριθμός προστίθεται στο τέλος του\n" -"κειμένου. Το <tt>%i</tt> μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο μια φορά στο Βάση " -"του Διακομιστή.\n" -"Το Εκκίνηση καθορίζει τον πρώτο αριθμό ο οποίος χρησιμοποιείται για " -"το πρώτο\n" -"όνομα διακομιστή. Τα ονόματα των διακομιστών δημιουργούνται με αριθμητική " -"πρόοδο.\n" +"κειμένου. Το <tt>%i</tt> μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο μια φορά στο Βάση του Διακομιστή.\n" +"Το Εκκίνηση καθορίζει τον πρώτο αριθμό ο οποίος χρησιμοποιείται για το πρώτο\n" +"όνομα διακομιστή. Τα ονόματα των διακομιστών δημιουργούνται με αριθμητική πρόοδο.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 @@ -1006,26 +984,19 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Οδηγός DNS</big> \n" "Αυτός ο οδηγός μπορεί να σας βοηθήσει να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα ζώνη DNS\n" -"κατευθείαν από τις ρυθμίσεις του εξυπηρετητή DHCP. Αυτή η ζώνη DNS είναι " -"σημαντική\n" -"αν θέλετε επίσης να αναγνωρίζονται οι πελάτες DHCP με το όνομά τους. Η ζώνη " -"DNS\n" -"μεταφράζει τα ονόματα σε διευθύνσεις IP οι οποίες έχουν ανατεθεί σε αυτά. " -"Μπορείτε επίσης να\n" -"δημιουργήσετε μια αντίστροφη ζώνη που μεταφράζει τις διευθύνσεις IP σε " -"ονόματα.\n" +"κατευθείαν από τις ρυθμίσεις του εξυπηρετητή DHCP. Αυτή η ζώνη DNS είναι σημαντική\n" +"αν θέλετε επίσης να αναγνωρίζονται οι πελάτες DHCP με το όνομά τους. Η ζώνη DNS\n" +"μεταφράζει τα ονόματα σε διευθύνσεις IP οι οποίες έχουν ανατεθεί σε αυτά. Μπορείτε επίσης να\n" +"δημιουργήσετε μια αντίστροφη ζώνη που μεταφράζει τις διευθύνσεις IP σε ονόματα.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" -"Δεν μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τα Νέο Όνομα Ζώνης και Όνομα " -"Αντίστροφης Ζώνης\n" -"επειδή χρησιμοποιούνται από τις τρέχουσες ρυθμίσεις του εξυπηρετητή DHCP και " -"του δικτύου.\n" +"Δεν μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τα Νέο Όνομα Ζώνης και Όνομα Αντίστροφης Ζώνης\n" +"επειδή χρησιμοποιούνται από τις τρέχουσες ρυθμίσεις του εξυπηρετητή DHCP και του δικτύου.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 @@ -1033,10 +1004,8 @@ "Select Also Create Reverse Zone to create a zone \n" "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το Επίσης Δημιουργία Αντίστροφης Ζώνης για να " -"δημιουργήσετε μια ζώνη \n" -"η οποία θα περιλαμβάνει αντίστροφες καταχωρήσεις της κεντρικής ζώνης DNS.</" -"p>\n" +"Επιλέξτε το Επίσης Δημιουργία Αντίστροφης Ζώνης για να δημιουργήσετε μια ζώνη \n" +"η οποία θα περιλαμβάνει αντίστροφες καταχωρήσεις της κεντρικής ζώνης DNS.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 @@ -1046,8 +1015,7 @@ "They administer all the DNS zone records.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Διακομιστές Ονομάτων</big> \n" -"Οι διακομιστές ονομάτων χρειάζονται για την σωστή λειτουργία του διακομιστή " -"DNS.\n" +"Οι διακομιστές ονομάτων χρειάζονται για την σωστή λειτουργία του διακομιστή DNS.\n" "Διαχειρίζονται όλες τις εγγραφές της ζώνης DNS.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) @@ -1066,8 +1034,7 @@ "Κάθε ερώτημα DNS (για παράδειγμα αναζήτηση διεύθυνσης IP για\n" "έναν διακομιστή στην ζώνη DNS) πρώτα αναζητά στη γενική ζώνη\n" "(<tt>com</tt> για <tt>example.com</tt>) για την τρέχουσα ζώνη\n" -"των εξυπηρετητών ονομάτων. Μετά στέλνει ένα ερώτημα DNS σε αυτούς τους " -"εξυπηρετητές ονομάτων αναζητώντας\n" +"των εξυπηρετητών ονομάτων. Μετά στέλνει ένα ερώτημα DNS σε αυτούς τους εξυπηρετητές ονομάτων αναζητώντας\n" "την επιθυμητή διεύθυνση IP. \n" "Έτσι, πάντα καθορίστε τον τρέχων όνομα εξυπηρετητή DNS ως ένα εκ των\n" "εξυπηρετητών ονομάτων ζώνης.\n" @@ -1076,17 +1043,13 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε έναν Νέο Διακομιστή Ονομάτων, κάντε κλικ στο " -"Προσθήκη, συμπληρώστε την φόρμα,\n" -"και κάντε κλικ στο Εντάξει. Αν το νέο όνομα του διακομιστή ονομάτων " -"συμπεριλαμβάνεται στην τρέχουσα\n" -"ζώνη DNS, εισάγετε επίσης και την διεύθυνση IP του. Αυτό είναι απαραίτητο " -"επειδή χρησιμοποιείται\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε έναν Νέο Διακομιστή Ονομάτων, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη, συμπληρώστε την φόρμα,\n" +"και κάντε κλικ στο Εντάξει. Αν το νέο όνομα του διακομιστή ονομάτων συμπεριλαμβάνεται στην τρέχουσα\n" +"ζώνη DNS, εισάγετε επίσης και την διεύθυνση IP του. Αυτό είναι απαραίτητο επειδή χρησιμοποιείται\n" "κατά την δημιουργία της ζώνης.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) @@ -1097,8 +1060,7 @@ "To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" "Edit or Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να επεξεργαστείτε ή να διαγράψετε μια καταχώρηση, επιλέξτε την και " -"κάντε κλικ\n" +"Για να επεξεργαστείτε ή να διαγράψετε μια καταχώρηση, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ\n" "στο Επεξεργασία ή το Διαγραφή.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) @@ -1107,18 +1069,14 @@ "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Εγγραφές DNS</big> \n" -"Καθορίζετε τα ονόματα των διακομιστών DNS για όλους τους πελάτες DHCP. Δεν " -"χρειάζεται να καθορίσετε\n" +"Καθορίζετε τα ονόματα των διακομιστών DNS για όλους τους πελάτες DHCP. Δεν χρειάζεται να καθορίσετε\n" "όλα τα ονόματα ένα προς ένα. Ορίστε έναν απλό κανόνα για το πως\n" -"δημιουργούνται τα ονόματα των διακομιστών. Αυτοί οι κανόνες καθορίζουν την " -"εμβέλεια των διευθύνσεων IP που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν\n" -"και το κείμενο για την δημιουργία των ονομάτων των διακομιστών για την " -"εμβέλεια.\n" +"δημιουργούνται τα ονόματα των διακομιστών. Αυτοί οι κανόνες καθορίζουν την εμβέλεια των διευθύνσεων IP που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν\n" +"και το κείμενο για την δημιουργία των ονομάτων των διακομιστών για την εμβέλεια.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 @@ -1130,8 +1088,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Εμβέλεια των Εγγραφών του DNS</big> \n" "Για παράδειγμα, δημιουργήστε μία ομάδα ονομάτων από το <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" -"μέχρι το <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> με τις διευθύνσεις IP από <tt>192.168.5.88</" -"tt>\n" +"μέχρι το <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> με τις διευθύνσεις IP από <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" "μέχρι <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) @@ -1140,8 +1097,7 @@ "To add a new range of DNS records, click Add,\n" "complete the form, then click Ok.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα εμβέλεια των εγγραφών DNS, κάντε κλικ " -"στο Προσθήκη,\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα εμβέλεια των εγγραφών DNS, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη,\n" "και συμπληρώστε την φόρμα, μετά κάντε κλικ στο Εντάξει.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) @@ -1175,10 +1131,8 @@ "IP addresses--are maintained here.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Συγχρονισμός DNS</big> \n" -"Αυτό είναι ένα προχωρημένο εργαλείο για την επεξεργασία του διακομιστή DNS " -"και την ταύτιση\n" -"με τις ρυθμίσεις του DHCP. Μόνο οι 'A' εγγραφές-- εγγραφές DNS που " -"μετατρέπουν τα ονόματα σε\n" +"Αυτό είναι ένα προχωρημένο εργαλείο για την επεξεργασία του διακομιστή DNS και την ταύτιση\n" +"με τις ρυθμίσεις του DHCP. Μόνο οι 'A' εγγραφές-- εγγραφές DNS που μετατρέπουν τα ονόματα σε\n" "διεύθυνσεις IP --διαχειρίζονται εδώ.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) @@ -1189,11 +1143,9 @@ "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"Τα Τρέχων Υποδίκτυο και Μάσκα Δικτύου εμφανίζουν τις τρέχουσες " -"ρυθμίσεις του δικτύου.\n" +"Τα Τρέχων Υποδίκτυο και Μάσκα Δικτύου εμφανίζουν τις τρέχουσες ρυθμίσεις του δικτύου.\n" "Ο Τομέας λαμβάνεται από τις τρέχουσες ρυθμίσεις του DHCP.\n" -"Η Πρώτη Διεύθυνση IP και η Δεύτερη Διεύθυνση IP ταιριάζουν την " -"τρέχουσα\n" +"Η Πρώτη Διεύθυνση IP και η Δεύτερη Διεύθυνση IP ταιριάζουν την τρέχουσα\n" "δυναμική εμβέλεια DHCP.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) @@ -1204,8 +1156,7 @@ "from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να δημιουργήσετε μια ζώνη DNS από την αρχή, χρησιμοποιήστε το " -"Εκτέλεση του Οδηγού\n" +"Για να δημιουργήσετε μια ζώνη DNS από την αρχή, χρησιμοποιήστε το Εκτέλεση του Οδηγού\n" "από το Ειδικές Εργασίες.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) @@ -1214,28 +1165,20 @@ "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" " Για να δημιουργήσετε ή να διαγράψετε μια εγγραφή DNS,\n" "κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη ή στο Διαγραφή.\n" -"Για να συγχρονίσετε τις καταχωρήσεις του DNS μαζί με τις αντίστροφες μορφές " -"στην αντίστοιχη\n" +"Για να συγχρονίσετε τις καταχωρήσεις του DNS μαζί με τις αντίστροφες μορφές στην αντίστοιχη\n" "αντίστροφη ζώνη, επιλέξτε Συγχρονισμός με την Αντίστροφη Ζώνη.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Αφαίρεση Εγγραφών DNS Που Ταιριάζουν με την Εμβέλεια</" -"b> \n" -"από τις Ειδικές Εργασίες για να διαγράψετε οποιαδήποτε πληροφορία " -"σχετικά με την εμβέλεια των διευθύνσεων IP από τον διακομιστή DNS. Για να " -"δημιουργήσετε μια νέα εμβέλεια των εγγραφών DNS, επιλέξτε\n" -"Προσθήκη Νέας Εμβέλειας των Εγγραφών DNS από τις Ειδικές Εργασίες</" -"b>.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Αφαίρεση Εγγραφών DNS Που Ταιριάζουν με την Εμβέλεια \n" +"από τις Ειδικές Εργασίες για να διαγράψετε οποιαδήποτε πληροφορία σχετικά με την εμβέλεια των διευθύνσεων IP από τον διακομιστή DNS. Για να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα εμβέλεια των εγγραφών DNS, επιλέξτε\n" +"Προσθήκη Νέας Εμβέλειας των Εγγραφών DNS από τις Ειδικές Εργασίες.\n" #. old_range: $[ #. "base" : "dhcp-%", @@ -1514,14 +1457,11 @@ #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" -"Δεν έχει δοθεί διεύθυνση ΙΡ για έναν εξυπηρετητή ονομάτων στην τρέχουσα ζώνη " -"DNS.\n" -"Αυτό μπορεί να μη λειτουργήσει επειδή η κάθε ζώνη χρειάζεται να είναι " -"προκαθορισμένο το όνομα και η IP από τον δικό της διακομιστή ονομάτων. \n" +"Δεν έχει δοθεί διεύθυνση ΙΡ για έναν εξυπηρετητή ονομάτων στην τρέχουσα ζώνη DNS.\n" +"Αυτό μπορεί να μη λειτουργήσει επειδή η κάθε ζώνη χρειάζεται να είναι προκαθορισμένο το όνομα και η IP από τον δικό της διακομιστή ονομάτων. \n" "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτές τις ρυθμίσεις;\n" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name @@ -1797,8 +1737,7 @@ "is enabled." msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Τείχους Προστασίας</big> \n" -"Για να ανοίξετε το τείχος προστασίας ώστε να παρέχει πρόσβαση στην υπηρεσία " -"από απομακρυσμένους υπολογιστές\n" +"Για να ανοίξετε το τείχος προστασίας ώστε να παρέχει πρόσβαση στην υπηρεσία από απομακρυσμένους υπολογιστές\n" "μέσω αυτής της διασύνδεσης, ορίστε το\n" "Ανοικτό το Τείχος Προστασίας για την Επιλεγμένη Διασύνδεση. \n" "Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο αν\n" @@ -1812,8 +1751,7 @@ "Start DHCP Server." msgstr "" "<big>Εκκίνηση Διακομιστή DHCP</big> \n" -"Για να εκτελείται ο διακομιστής DHCP κατά την εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας, " -"ορίστε το\n" +"Για να εκτελείται ο διακομιστής DHCP κατά την εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας, ορίστε το\n" "Εκκίνηση Διακομιστή DHCP." #. help text 2/5 @@ -1827,8 +1765,7 @@ "\n" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "Για να εκτελέσετε το διακομιστή DHCP σε chroot jail, ορίστε το\n" -"Εκτέλεση του Διακομιστή DHCP σε Chroot Jail. Ξεκινώντας οποιοδήποτε " -"δαίμονα σε chroot jail\n" +"Εκτέλεση του Διακομιστή DHCP σε Chroot Jail. Ξεκινώντας οποιοδήποτε δαίμονα σε chroot jail\n" "είναι πιο ασφαλές και συνίσταται." #. help text 3/5 @@ -1851,15 +1788,11 @@ "the new declaration and click Add.\n" "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Τα Ρυθμισμένα Δηλωτικά εμφανίζουν τις επιλογές των ρυθμίσεων που " -"χρησιμοποιούνται.\n" -"Για να τροποποιήσετε ένα υπάρχον δηλωτικό, επιλέξτε το και κάντε κλικ στο " -"Επεξεργασία.\n" -"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο δηλωτικό, επιλέξτε ένα δηλωτικό το οποίο θα πρέπει " -"να περιλαμβάνει \n" +"Τα Ρυθμισμένα Δηλωτικά εμφανίζουν τις επιλογές των ρυθμίσεων που χρησιμοποιούνται.\n" +"Για να τροποποιήσετε ένα υπάρχον δηλωτικό, επιλέξτε το και κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία.\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο δηλωτικό, επιλέξτε ένα δηλωτικό το οποίο θα πρέπει να περιλαμβάνει \n" "το νέο δηλωτικό και κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη.\n" -"Για να διαγράψετε ένα δηλωτικό, επιλέξτε το και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή</" -"b>." +"Για να διαγράψετε ένα δηλωτικό, επιλέξτε το και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -1871,8 +1804,7 @@ "dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" "<big>Λειτουργίες για Προχωρημένους</big> \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Για Προχωρημένους για την προβολή του ιστορικού του " -"διακομιστή DHCP,\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Για Προχωρημένους για την προβολή του ιστορικού του διακομιστή DHCP,\n" "για την αλλαγή των διασυνδέσεων δικτύου στις οποίες ακούει ο DHCP,\n" "ή για διαχείριση των κλειδιών TSIG που χρησιμοποιούνται για πιστοποίηση\n" "των ενημερώσεων Δυναμικού DNS,." @@ -1884,8 +1816,7 @@ "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>Ρύθμιση υποδικτύου</big> \n" -"Ορίστε την Διεύθυνση Δικτύου και την Μάσκα Δικτύου του " -"υποδικτύου." +"Ορίστε την Διεύθυνση Δικτύου και την Μάσκα Δικτύου του υποδικτύου." #. help text 1/3, alt. 1 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 @@ -1895,8 +1826,7 @@ "special options in Hostname." msgstr "" "<big>Όνομα Κόμβου με Σταθερή Διεύθυνση</big> \n" -"Ορίστε το όνομα του κόμβου για τον οποίο θα καθοριστεί η σταθερή διεύθυνση " -"ή\n" +"Ορίστε το όνομα του κόμβου για τον οποίο θα καθοριστεί η σταθερή διεύθυνση ή\n" "άλλες ειδικές επιλογές στο Όνομα Κόμβου." #. help text 1/3, alt. 3 @@ -1921,8 +1851,7 @@ "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server." msgstr "" "<big>Σύνολο Διευθύνσεων</big> \n" -"Ορίστε το όνομα του συνόλου διαθέσιμων διευθύνσεων. στο Σύνολο Ονόματος</" -"b>.\n" +"Ορίστε το όνομα του συνόλου διαθέσιμων διευθύνσεων. στο Σύνολο Ονόματος.\n" "Αυτό χρησιμοποιείται απλώς για αναγνώριση.\n" "Το όνομα δεν επηρεάζει την συμπεριφορά του διακομιστή DHCP." @@ -1935,8 +1864,7 @@ "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server." msgstr "" "<big>Κοινόχρηστο Δίκτυο</big> \n" -"Ορίστε το όνομα του κοινόχρηστου δικτύου στο Όνομα Κοινόχρηστου Δικτύου</" -"b>. \n" +"Ορίστε το όνομα του κοινόχρηστου δικτύου στο Όνομα Κοινόχρηστου Δικτύου. \n" "Αυτό χρησιμοποιείται απλώς για αναγνώριση.\n" "Το όνομα δεν επηρεάζει την συμπεριφορά του διακομιστή DHCP." @@ -1959,12 +1887,10 @@ "an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να επεξεργαστείτε τις επιλογές του DHCP, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη " -"καταχώρηση\n" +"Για να επεξεργαστείτε τις επιλογές του DHCP, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη καταχώρηση\n" "του πίνακα και κάντε μετά κλικ στο Επεξεργασία.\n" "Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα επιλογή, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. \n" -"Για να αφαιρέσετε μια επιλογή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή</" -"b>." +"Για να αφαιρέσετε μια επιλογή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117 @@ -1973,8 +1899,7 @@ "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να ρυθμίσετε δυναμικό DNS για κόμβους σε αυτό το υποδίκτυο, " -"χρησιμοποιήστε το Δυναμικό DNS." +"Για να ρυθμίσετε δυναμικό DNS για κόμβους σε αυτό το υποδίκτυο, χρησιμοποιήστε το Δυναμικό DNS." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 @@ -1984,8 +1909,7 @@ "Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet." msgstr "" "<big>Ενεργοποίηση Δυναμικού DNS</big> \n" -"Για την ενεργοποίηση ενημερώσεων Δυναμικού DNS για αυτό το υποδίκτυο, ορίστε " -"το\n" +"Για την ενεργοποίηση ενημερώσεων Δυναμικού DNS για αυτό το υποδίκτυο, ορίστε το\n" "Ενεργοποίηση Δυναμικού DNS για αυτό το Υποδίκτυο." #. help text 2/4 @@ -1998,12 +1922,9 @@ "and reverse zone." msgstr "" "<big>Κλειδί TSIG</big> \n" -"Για την πραγματοποίηση ενημερώσεων Δυναμικού DNS, θα πρέπει να οριστεί το " -"κλειδί πιστοποίησης.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Κλειδί TSIG για να επιλέξετε το κλειδί " -"πιστοποίησης. Το κλειδί θα πρέπει\n" -"να είναι το ίδιο και για διακομιστές DHCP αλλά και για διακομιστές DNS. " -"Ορίστε το κλειδί και για την forward\n" +"Για την πραγματοποίηση ενημερώσεων Δυναμικού DNS, θα πρέπει να οριστεί το κλειδί πιστοποίησης.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Κλειδί TSIG για να επιλέξετε το κλειδί πιστοποίησης. Το κλειδί θα πρέπει\n" +"να είναι το ίδιο και για διακομιστές DHCP αλλά και για διακομιστές DNS. Ορίστε το κλειδί και για την forward\n" "και για την reverse ζώνη." #. help text 3/4 @@ -2015,8 +1936,7 @@ "Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Γενικές Ρυθμίσεις Διακομιστή DHCP</big> \n" -"Οι γενικές ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή DHCP πρέπει να ενημερωθούν για να " -"λειτουργήσει το Δυναμικό\n" +"Οι γενικές ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή DHCP πρέπει να ενημερωθούν για να λειτουργήσει το Δυναμικό\n" "DNS σωστά. Για να γίνει αυτόματα, ορίστε το\n" "Ενημέρωση Γενικών Ρυθμίσεων Δυναμικού DNS." @@ -2025,45 +1945,35 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Ζώνες προς Ενημέρωση</big> \n" -"Καθορίστε τις forward και reverse ζώνες προς ενημέρωση. Και για τις δύο, " -"επίσης \n" -"ορίστε και τον πρωτεύων διακομιστή ονομάτων. Εάν ο διακομιστής ονομάτων " -"εκτελείται στον ίδιο κόμβο\n" +"Καθορίστε τις forward και reverse ζώνες προς ενημέρωση. Και για τις δύο, επίσης \n" +"ορίστε και τον πρωτεύων διακομιστή ονομάτων. Εάν ο διακομιστής ονομάτων εκτελείται στον ίδιο κόμβο\n" "με τον DHCP, μπορείτε να αφήσετε τα πεδία κενά." #. help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>Εκκίνηση Επιχειρημάτων του Διακομιστή DHCP</big> \n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τις παραμέτρους που θέλετε να ξεκινάνε μαζί με " -"τον Διακομιστή DHCP\n" -"(π.χ. \"-p 1234\") για ακρόαση σε μη κανονική θύρα). Για όλες τις δυνατές " -"επιλογές,\n" -"συμβουλευτείτε το εγχειρίδιο του dhcpd. Αν το αφήσετε κενό, θα " -"χρησιμοποιηθούν οι προεπιλεγμένες τιμές." +"Εδώ μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τις παραμέτρους που θέλετε να ξεκινάνε μαζί με τον Διακομιστή DHCP\n" +"(π.χ. \"-p 1234\") για ακρόαση σε μη κανονική θύρα). Για όλες τις δυνατές επιλογές,\n" +"συμβουλευτείτε το εγχειρίδιο του dhcpd. Αν το αφήσετε κενό, θα χρησιμοποιηθούν οι προεπιλεγμένες τιμές." #. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Επιλογή Κάρτας Δικτύου</big> \n" -"Επιλέξτε μια ή περισσότερες κάρτες δικτύου για να χρησιμοποιηθούν από τον " -"διακομιστή DHCP.\n" +"Επιλέξτε μια ή περισσότερες κάρτες δικτύου για να χρησιμοποιηθούν από τον διακομιστή DHCP.\n" #. Optional field - used with LDAP support #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160 @@ -2072,8 +1982,7 @@ "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" "Προαιρετικά, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε το Όνομα Διακομιστή DHCP\n" -"(το όνομα του αντικειμένου LDAP, dchpServer), εάν είναι διαφορετικό από το " -"όνομα κόμβου.\n" +"(το όνομα του αντικειμένου LDAP, dchpServer), εάν είναι διαφορετικό από το όνομα κόμβου.\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164 @@ -2101,8 +2010,7 @@ "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" "These values must be IP addresses." msgstr "" -"Τα ΙΡ του Πρωτεύοντος Διακομιστή Ονομάτων και ΙΡ του " -"Δευτερεύοντος Διακομιστή Ονομάτων \n" +"Τα ΙΡ του Πρωτεύοντος Διακομιστή Ονομάτων και ΙΡ του Δευτερεύοντος Διακομιστή Ονομάτων \n" "προσφαίρονται στους διακομιστές DHCP.\n" "Αυτές οι τιμές πρέπει να είναι διευθύνσεις IP." @@ -2121,17 +2029,13 @@ "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." msgstr "" -"Ο Διακομιστής Ώρας λέει στους πελάτες να χρησιμοποιήσουν αυτόν τον " -"διακομιστή\n" +"Ο Διακομιστής Ώρας λέει στους πελάτες να χρησιμοποιήσουν αυτόν τον διακομιστή\n" "για τον συγχρονισμό ώρας." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189 -msgid "" -"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "" -"Ο Διακομιστής Εκτύπωσης προσφέρει αυτό το διακομιστή ως " -"προεπιλεγμένο διακομιστή εκτύπωσης." +msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "Ο Διακομιστής Εκτύπωσης προσφέρει αυτό το διακομιστή ως προεπιλεγμένο διακομιστή εκτύπωσης." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193 @@ -2139,20 +2043,16 @@ "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." msgstr "" -"Ο Διακομιστής WINS προσφέρει αυτόν τον διακομιστή ως διακομιστής " -"WINS\n" -"(Windows Internet Naming Service)(Υπηρεσία Ονομάτων Διαδικτύου του Windows)." -"" +"Ο Διακομιστής WINS προσφέρει αυτόν τον διακομιστή ως διακομιστής WINS\n" +"(Windows Internet Naming Service)(Υπηρεσία Ονομάτων Διαδικτύου του Windows)." #. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" -"Προεπιλεγμένος Διαθέσιμος Χρόνος ορίζει το μέγιστο χρόνο αφότου ο " -"διαθέσιμος χρόνος των ΙΡ έχει τελειώσει\n" +"Προεπιλεγμένος Διαθέσιμος Χρόνος ορίζει το μέγιστο χρόνο αφότου ο διαθέσιμος χρόνος των ΙΡ έχει τελειώσει\n" "και ο πελάτης θα πρέπει να ρωτήσει για την ΙΡ ξανά." #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 @@ -2165,8 +2065,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Πληροφορίες Υποδικτύου</big>\n" "Προβολή πληροφοριών σχετικά με το τρέχων υποδίκτυο, όπως είναι η διεύθυνση,\n" -"το υποδικτύο, η ελάχιστη και μέγιστη διαθέσιμη διεύθυνση IP για τους " -"πελάτες.\n" +"το υποδικτύο, η ελάχιστη και μέγιστη διαθέσιμη διεύθυνση IP για τους πελάτες.\n" "\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 @@ -2174,20 +2073,16 @@ msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Εύρος Διεύθυνσης IP</big> \n" "Ορίστε την Πρώτη Διεύθυνση IP και την Τελευταία Διεύθυνση IP\n" -"του εύρους των διευθύνσεων που θα είναι διαθέσιμες στους πελάτες. Αυτές οι " -"διευθύνσεις πρέπει να έχουν την ίδια μάσκα δικτύου.\n" -"Για παράδειγμα, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> και <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Επιλέξτε τη " -"σημαία \n" -"Επιτρέπεται το Δυναμικό BOOTP εάν το καθορισμένο εύρος μπορεί να " -"ανατίθεται\n" +"του εύρους των διευθύνσεων που θα είναι διαθέσιμες στους πελάτες. Αυτές οι διευθύνσεις πρέπει να έχουν την ίδια μάσκα δικτύου.\n" +"Για παράδειγμα, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> και <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Επιλέξτε τη σημαία \n" +"Επιτρέπεται το Δυναμικό BOOTP εάν το καθορισμένο εύρος μπορεί να ανατίθεται\n" "δυναμικά στους πελάτες BOOTP καθώς και στους πελάτες DHCP\n" #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 @@ -2198,8 +2093,7 @@ "which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients. " msgstr "" "<big>Διαθέσιμος Χρόνος</big> \n" -"Εδώ ορίζετε τον προεπιλεγμένο Διαθέσιμο χρόνο για αυτό το μήκος της " -"διεύθυνσης IP,\n" +"Εδώ ορίζετε τον προεπιλεγμένο Διαθέσιμο χρόνο για αυτό το μήκος της διεύθυνσης IP,\n" "η οποία ορίζει τον καλύτερο χρόνο ανανέωσης ΙΡ για τους πελάτες. " #. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 @@ -2208,10 +2102,8 @@ "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." msgstr "" -"Μέγιστος Διαθέσιμος Χρόνος(προαιρετική τιμή) ορίζει τη μέγιστη " -"χρονική περιοδική τιμή\n" -"για την οποία αυτή η IP είναι μπλοκαρισμένη από τον πελάτη στον διακομιστή " -"DHCP." +"Μέγιστος Διαθέσιμος Χρόνος(προαιρετική τιμή) ορίζει τη μέγιστη χρονική περιοδική τιμή\n" +"για την οποία αυτή η IP είναι μπλοκαρισμένη από τον πελάτη στον διακομιστή DHCP." #. Help text #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 @@ -2231,8 +2123,7 @@ "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." msgstr "" "<big>Διαχείρισή Κόμβου</big> \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το διάλογο για να επεξεργαστείτε κόμβους με στατική " -"διεύθυνση." +"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το διάλογο για να επεξεργαστείτε κόμβους με στατική διεύθυνση." #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243 @@ -2252,9 +2143,7 @@ #. host management help 1/3 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "" -"Για να αφαιρέσετε ένα κόμβο, επιλέξτε τον και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή " -"από τη λίστα." +msgstr "Για να αφαιρέσετε ένα κόμβο, επιλέξτε τον και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή από τη λίστα." #. help text 1/7 #: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263 @@ -2304,8 +2193,7 @@ "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" "subnet, select Pool of Addresses." msgstr "" -"Για την προσθήκη ενός συνόλου διαθέσιμων διευθύνσεων που θα " -"μεταχειρίζεται\n" +"Για την προσθήκη ενός συνόλου διαθέσιμων διευθύνσεων που θα μεταχειρίζεται\n" "διαφορετικά από άλλα σύνολα, παρόλο που βρίσκονται στο ίδιο υποδίκτυο,\n" "επιλέξτε Σύνολο Διαθέσιμων Διευθύνσεων." @@ -2462,11 +2350,9 @@ "%1\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." msgstr "" -"Οι παρακάτω διασυνδέσεις δικτύου δεν αναφέρονται στην ζώνη του τείχους " -"προστασίας.\n" +"Οι παρακάτω διασυνδέσεις δικτύου δεν αναφέρονται στην ζώνη του τείχους προστασίας.\n" "%1\n" -"Εκτελέστε την ρύθμιση του τείχους προστασίας του YaST για να τις " -"τοποθετήσετε σε μια ζώνη." +"Εκτελέστε την ρύθμιση του τείχους προστασίας του YaST για να τις τοποθετήσετε σε μια ζώνη." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398 @@ -2702,8 +2588,7 @@ "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." msgstr "" -"Αδύνατος ο καθορισμός του ονόματος του κόμβου. Η ρύθμιση που βασίζεται στο " -"LDAP του\n" +"Αδύνατος ο καθορισμός του ονόματος του κόμβου. Η ρύθμιση που βασίζεται στο LDAP του\n" "διακομιστή DHCP δεν θα είναι διαθέσιμη." #. yes-no popup @@ -2825,15 +2710,12 @@ msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την εγγραφή του /etc/dhcpd.conf." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP " -#~ "address \n" +#~ "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" #~ "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" #~ "Really use this interface?\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η επιλεγμένη διεπαφή δικτύου δεν έχει ρυθμιστεί ακόμα (δεν έχει ταυτιστεί " -#~ "διεύθυνση ΙΡ\n" -#~ "και μάσκα δικτύου). Η χρήση της στις ρυθμίσεις του εξυπηρετητή DHCP " -#~ "μπορεί να μην λειτουργήσει.\n" +#~ "Η επιλεγμένη διεπαφή δικτύου δεν έχει ρυθμιστεί ακόμα (δεν έχει ταυτιστεί διεύθυνση ΙΡ\n" +#~ "και μάσκα δικτύου). Η χρήση της στις ρυθμίσεις του εξυπηρετητή DHCP μπορεί να μην λειτουργήσει.\n" #~ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την διεπαφή;\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/dns-server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/dns-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/dns-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -538,9 +538,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1131 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "" -"Μέγιστος αριθμός εκδόσεων για αυτήν την περιστροφή, το '0' σημαίνει χωρίς " -"περιστροφές" +msgstr "Μέγιστος αριθμός εκδόσεων για αυτήν την περιστροφή, το '0' σημαίνει χωρίς περιστροφές" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -578,20 +576,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1180 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Όνομα διακομιστή (σε πλήρως πιστοποιημένη μορφή ακολουθούμενη από τελεία ή " -"σχετικό όνομα)" +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Όνομα διακομιστή (σε πλήρως πιστοποιημένη μορφή ακολουθούμενη από τελεία ή σχετικό όνομα)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1187 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Διακομιστής αλληλογραφίας (σε πλήρως πιστοποιημένη μορφή ακολουθούμενη από " -"τελεία ή σχετικό όνομα)" +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Διακομιστής αλληλογραφίας (σε πλήρως πιστοποιημένη μορφή ακολουθούμενη από τελεία ή σχετικό όνομα)" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -633,8 +625,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1236 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" -msgstr "" -"Ελάχιστο TTL το οποίο θα πρέπει να εξάγεται με εγγραφές σε αυτή τη ζώνη" +msgstr "Ελάχιστο TTL το οποίο θα πρέπει να εξάγεται με εγγραφές σε αυτή τη ζώνη" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated @@ -651,10 +642,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #: src/clients/dns-server.rb:1257 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"Τιμή εγγραφής πόρου, όπως 192.0.34.166 για την Α εγγραφή του example.org" +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "Τιμή εγγραφής πόρου, όπως 192.0.34.166 για την Α εγγραφή του example.org" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command #. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command @@ -1231,8 +1220,7 @@ "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" msgstr "" "Όλες οι αλλαγές θα χαθούν.\n" -"Θέλετε σίγουρα να εγκαταλείψετε τις ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή DNS χωρίς " -"αποθήκευση;" +"Θέλετε σίγουρα να εγκαταλείψετε τις ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή DNS χωρίς αποθήκευση;" #. check box #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 @@ -1554,12 +1542,10 @@ #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"Μη έγκυρη %{type} εγγραφή κλειδιού. Πρέπει να αποτελείται από εκτυπώσιμους " -"US-ASCII χαρακτήρες εκτός από το '='\n" +"Μη έγκυρη %{type} εγγραφή κλειδιού. Πρέπει να αποτελείται από εκτυπώσιμους US-ASCII χαρακτήρες εκτός από το '='\n" "και πρέπει να έχει μέγεθος το λιγότερο ένας χαρακτήρας." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message @@ -1651,12 +1637,10 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" "Οι τρέχουσες εγγραφές ζώνης παράγονται αυτόματα από τη ζώνη %1.\n" -"Για να τροποποιήσετε χειροκίνητα τις εγγραφές απενεργοποιήστε τη δυνατότητα " -"Αυτόματης Δημιουργίας Εγγραφών Από το χαρακτηριστικό." +"Για να τροποποιήσετε χειροκίνητα τις εγγραφές απενεργοποιήστε τη δυνατότητα Αυτόματης Δημιουργίας Εγγραφών Από το χαρακτηριστικό." #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 @@ -1675,8 +1659,7 @@ "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" "If you continue, the current zone will be removed." msgstr "" -"Κάθε slave ζώνη πρέπει να έχει καθορισμένη την διεύθυνση ΙP του πρωτεύων " -"διακομιστή.\n" +"Κάθε slave ζώνη πρέπει να έχει καθορισμένη την διεύθυνση ΙP του πρωτεύων διακομιστή.\n" "Η ρύθμιση του διακομιστή DNS χωρίς έναν πρωτεύων διακομιστής θα αποτύχει.\n" "Αν συνεχίσετε, η τρέχουσα ζώνη θα αφαιρεθεί." @@ -1688,8 +1671,7 @@ #. A popup error message #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." -msgstr "" -"Ο συγκεκριμένος πρωτεύων διακομιστής δεν είναι μια έγκυρη διεύθυνση IP." +msgstr "Ο συγκεκριμένος πρωτεύων διακομιστής δεν είναι μια έγκυρη διεύθυνση IP." #. Textentry - adding forwarder #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 @@ -1734,9 +1716,7 @@ #. message popup #: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." -msgstr "" -"Δεν μπορεί να γίνει επεξεργασία μιας ζώνης αυτού του τύπου χρησιμοποιώντας " -"αυτό το εργαλείο" +msgstr "Δεν μπορεί να γίνει επεξεργασία μιας ζώνης αυτού του τύπου χρησιμοποιώντας αυτό το εργαλείο" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 @@ -1785,8 +1765,7 @@ "Start DNS Server." msgstr "" "<big>Εκκίνηση Διακομιστή DNS</big> \n" -"Για να τρέξετε τον διακομιστή DNS κάθε φορά που ο υπολογιστής σας ξεκινάει, " -"ορίστε\n" +"Για να τρέξετε τον διακομιστή DNS κάθε φορά που ο υπολογιστής σας ξεκινάει, ορίστε\n" "το Εκκίνηση Διακομιστή DNS." #. help 2/4 @@ -1799,8 +1778,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "Για να τρέξετε τον διακομιστή DNS σε chroot jail, ορίστε το\n" -"Εκτέλεση Διακομιστή DNS σε Chroot Jail. Ξεκινώντας κάθε δαίμονα σε " -"chroot jail\n" +"Εκτέλεση Διακομιστή DNS σε Chroot Jail. Ξεκινώντας κάθε δαίμονα σε chroot jail\n" "είναι πιο ασφαλές και προτείνεται ανεπιφύλακτα." #. help 3/4 @@ -1815,8 +1793,7 @@ "<big>Επεξεργασία Ζωνών DNS</big> \n" "Για να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις μιας ζώνης DNS, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη\n" "καταχώρηση του πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία.\n" -"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα ζώνη DNS, χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη. Για " -"να αφαιρέσετε\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα ζώνη DNS, χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη. Για να αφαιρέσετε\n" "μια ρυθμισμένη ζώνη DNS, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." #. help 4/4 @@ -1858,12 +1835,9 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Δυναμικές ενημερώσεις ζωνών DNS</big> \n" "Η ζώνη μπορεί να ενημερωθεί αυτόματα,συνήθως εξαιτίας της δυναμικής \n" -"καταχώρισης διευθύνσεως IP από τον διακομιστή DHCP.Για να επιτρέψετε " -"ενημερώσεις DDNS, ορίστε\n" -"την Να Επιτρέπονται Δυναμικές Ενημερώσεις καθώς και το Κλειδί " -"TSIG\n" -"που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για πιστοποίηση ταυτότητας. Το κλειδί πρέπει να είναι " -"το ίδιο με\n" +"καταχώρισης διευθύνσεως IP από τον διακομιστή DHCP.Για να επιτρέψετε ενημερώσεις DDNS, ορίστε\n" +"την Να Επιτρέπονται Δυναμικές Ενημερώσεις καθώς και το Κλειδί TSIG\n" +"που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για πιστοποίηση ταυτότητας. Το κλειδί πρέπει να είναι το ίδιο με\n" "τους διακομιστές DHCP και DNS." #. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -1883,8 +1857,7 @@ "To add a new record to the zone, click Add. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα εγγραφή στη ζώνη, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη</" -"b>. Για να αφαιρέσετε\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα εγγραφή στη ζώνη, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να αφαιρέσετε\n" "μια εγγραφή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." #. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 @@ -1895,25 +1868,20 @@ "Edit SOA." msgstr "" "<big>Εγγραφή SOA</big> \n" -"Για την επεξεργασία της SOA (Start of Authority) εγγραφής της ζώνης, κάντε " -"κλικ\n" +"Για την επεξεργασία της SOA (Start of Authority) εγγραφής της ζώνης, κάντε κλικ\n" "Επεξεργασία SOA." #. help 2/5 alt. 2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>Πρωτεύοντες Διακομιστές</big> \n" -"Ρυθμίστε τη διεύθυνση IP των πρωτευόντων ονομάτων διακομιστών για αυτή τη " -"ζώνη. ΧρησιμοποιήστεΠροσθήκη\n" -"για να προστεθεί ένα καινούριο όνομα πρωτεύοντος διακομιστή. Επιλέξτε έναν " -"υπάρχοντα και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή\n" +"Ρυθμίστε τη διεύθυνση IP των πρωτευόντων ονομάτων διακομιστών για αυτή τη ζώνη. ΧρησιμοποιήστεΠροσθήκη\n" +"για να προστεθεί ένα καινούριο όνομα πρωτεύοντος διακομιστή. Επιλέξτε έναν υπάρχοντα και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή\n" "για την απομάκρυνσή του." #. help 1/2 @@ -1921,37 +1889,29 @@ msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" "<big>Τύπος Ζώνης</big> \n" -"Για να κάνετε αυτόν τον διακομιστή ονομάτων την κύρια πηγή των δεδομένων της " -"ζώνης,\n" -"επιλέξτε Master. Για να τον κάνετε το δευτερεύον όνομα διακομιστή, " -"επιλέξτε Slave\n" -"ή Stub, έτσι ώστε τα δεδομένα της ζώνης να κατοπτρίζονται από τον " -"κύριο\n" +"Για να κάνετε αυτόν τον διακομιστή ονομάτων την κύρια πηγή των δεδομένων της ζώνης,\n" +"επιλέξτε Master. Για να τον κάνετε το δευτερεύον όνομα διακομιστή, επιλέξτε Slave\n" +"ή Stub, έτσι ώστε τα δεδομένα της ζώνης να κατοπτρίζονται από τον κύριο\n" "διακομιστή." #. help 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Κατεύθυνση Ζώνης</big> \n" -"Το DNS χρησιμοποιείται ταυτόχρονα για μετάφραση από το όνομα τομέα σε " -"διεύθυνση IP και αντίστροφα.\n" -"Επιλέξτε εάν αυτή η ζώνη θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για μετάφραση από ονόματα τομέα " -"σε IP\n" -"διευθύνσεις (επιλέξτε Προώθηση) ή από διευθύνσεις IP σε ονόματα " -"τομέων\n" +"Το DNS χρησιμοποιείται ταυτόχρονα για μετάφραση από το όνομα τομέα σε διεύθυνση IP και αντίστροφα.\n" +"Επιλέξτε εάν αυτή η ζώνη θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για μετάφραση από ονόματα τομέα σε IP\n" +"διευθύνσεις (επιλέξτε Προώθηση) ή από διευθύνσεις IP σε ονόματα τομέων\n" "(επιλέξτε Αντίστροφο).\n" #. firewall dialog @@ -1975,10 +1935,8 @@ "Adapt Firewall Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Προσαρμογή Ρυθμίσεων του Τείχους Προστασίας:</big> \n" -"Για την προσαρμογή των ρυθμίσεων του τείχους προστασίας έτσι ώστε ο " -"εξυπηρετητής DNS να μπορεί να \n" -"προσπελαστεί μέσω όλων των διασυνδέσεων δικτύου στις οποίες ανταποκρίνεται, " -"επιλέξτε\n" +"Για την προσαρμογή των ρυθμίσεων του τείχους προστασίας έτσι ώστε ο εξυπηρετητής DNS να μπορεί να \n" +"προσπελαστεί μέσω όλων των διασυνδέσεων δικτύου στις οποίες ανταποκρίνεται, επιλέξτε\n" "Προσαρμογή Ρυθμίσεων του Τείχους Προστασίας.\n" #. soa dialog @@ -2007,8 +1965,7 @@ "Primary Source must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server." msgstr "" -" Η Κύρια Πηγή θα πρέπει να περιέχει το πλήρες όνομα του ονόματος " -"τομέα\n" +" Η Κύρια Πηγή θα πρέπει να περιέχει το πλήρες όνομα του ονόματος τομέα\n" "του κύριου διακομιστή ονομάτων." #. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail @@ -2017,22 +1974,18 @@ "Administrator's Mail must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.\n" msgstr "" -"Η αλληλογραφία του διαχειριστή θα πρέπει να περιέχει την " -"ηλεκτρονική διεύθυνση\n" +"Η αλληλογραφία του διαχειριστή θα πρέπει να περιέχει την ηλεκτρονική διεύθυνση\n" "ταχυδρομείου του υπεύθυνου διαχειριστή της ζώνης.\n" #. help text 5/9 - Serial #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"Ο Σειριακός αριθμός χρησιμοποιείται για να καθοριστεί εάν η ζώνη " -"έχει αλλάξει στους\n" -"κύριους εξυπηρετητές (έτσι οι δευτερεύοντες εξυπηρετητές δε χρειάζεται πάντα " -"να συγχρονίσουν \n" +"Ο Σειριακός αριθμός χρησιμοποιείται για να καθοριστεί εάν η ζώνη έχει αλλάξει στους\n" +"κύριους εξυπηρετητές (έτσι οι δευτερεύοντες εξυπηρετητές δε χρειάζεται πάντα να συγχρονίσουν \n" "ολόκληρη την ζώνη).\n" #. help text 6/9 - Refresh @@ -2042,8 +1995,7 @@ "Refresh sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers." msgstr "" -"Η Ανανέωση καθορίζει το πόσο συχνά η ζώνη θα πρέπει να " -"συγχρονίζεται από\n" +"Η Ανανέωση καθορίζει το πόσο συχνά η ζώνη θα πρέπει να συγχρονίζεται από\n" "κύριο διακομιστή ονομάτων στους slave διακομιστές ονομάτων." #. help text 7/9 - Retry @@ -2053,8 +2005,7 @@ "Retry sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" -"Η Επανάληψη καθορίζει πόσο συχνά ο δευτερεύων διακομιστής " -"προσπαθεί να συγχρονίσει\n" +"Η Επανάληψη καθορίζει πόσο συχνά ο δευτερεύων διακομιστής προσπαθεί να συγχρονίσει\n" "τη ζώνη από τον κύριο διακομιστή εάν ο συγχρονισμός αποτύχει." #. help text 8/9 - Expiry @@ -2064,10 +2015,8 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Η Λήξη εννοεί την περίοδο μετά από την οποία η ζώνη λήγει στους " -"δευτερεύοντες\n" -"διακομιστές και οι δευτερεύοντες διακομιστές σταματούν να απαντούν αιτήσεις " -"μέχρι να συγχρονιστούν.\n" +"Η Λήξη εννοεί την περίοδο μετά από την οποία η ζώνη λήγει στους δευτερεύοντες\n" +"διακομιστές και οι δευτερεύοντες διακομιστές σταματούν να απαντούν αιτήσεις μέχρι να συγχρονιστούν.\n" "" #. help text 9/9 - Minimum @@ -2077,8 +2026,7 @@ "Minimum sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed)." msgstr "" -"Το Ελάχιστο καθορίζει για πόσο οι δευτερεύοντες διακομιστές θα " -"πρέπει να αποθηκεύουν\n" +"Το Ελάχιστο καθορίζει για πόσο οι δευτερεύοντες διακομιστές θα πρέπει να αποθηκεύουν\n" "αρνητικές απαντήσεις (αποτυχία ανάλυσης ονόματος)." #. ddns keys dialog @@ -2088,19 +2036,15 @@ "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Διαχείριση κλειδιού TSIG</big> \n" "Ορίζει TSIG κλειδιά που χρησιμοποιούνται για δυναμικές ενημερώσεις ζώνης.\n" "Για προσθήκη ενός καινούριου TSIG κλειδιού, χρησιμοποιήστε το \n" -"πεδίο κειμένου Όνομα Αρχείου ή το κουμπί Πλοήγηση και κάντε " -"κλικ στο Προσθήκη.\n" -"Για να διαγράψετε ένα υπάρχον TSIG κλειδί, επιλέξτε το από τη λίστα και " -"πατήστε Διαγραφή.\n" +"πεδίο κειμένου Όνομα Αρχείου ή το κουμπί Πλοήγηση και κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη.\n" +"Για να διαγράψετε ένα υπάρχον TSIG κλειδί, επιλέξτε το από τη λίστα και πατήστε Διαγραφή.\n" "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 @@ -2111,8 +2055,7 @@ "On. Otherwise set Off. " msgstr "" "<big>Εκκίνηση</big> \n" -"Για να τρέξετε τον διακομιστή DNS κάθε φορά που ο υπολογιστής σας ξεκινάει, " -"ορίστε\n" +"Για να τρέξετε τον διακομιστή DNS κάθε φορά που ο υπολογιστής σας ξεκινάει, ορίστε\n" "On Αλλιώς ορίστε Off. " #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 @@ -2123,8 +2066,7 @@ "set LDAP Support Active." msgstr "" "<big>Υποστήριξη LDAP</big> \n" -"Για να αποθηκεύσετε τους τομείς DNS στο LDAP εκτός από αμιγώς αρχεία " -"ρυθμίσεων,\n" +"Για να αποθηκεύσετε τους τομείς DNS στο LDAP εκτός από αμιγώς αρχεία ρυθμίσεων,\n" "ορίστε Υποστήριξη LDAP Ενεργή." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 @@ -2136,8 +2078,7 @@ "Stop DNS Server Now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Διακόπτης On ή Off</big> \n" -"Για να ξεκινήσετε ή να σταματήσετε τον διακομιστή DNS αμέσως, " -"χρησιμοποιήστε\n" +"Για να ξεκινήσετε ή να σταματήσετε τον διακομιστή DNS αμέσως, χρησιμοποιήστε\n" "Εκκίνηση Διακομιστή DNS τώρα.ή\n" "Σταμάτημα Διακομιστή DNS τώρα\n" @@ -2149,8 +2090,7 @@ "it cannot answer.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Προωθητές DNS</big> \n" -"Οι Προωθητές DNS είναι διακομιστές DNS στους οποίους ο δικός σας διακομιστής " -"DNS πρέπει να στέλνει\n" +"Οι Προωθητές DNS είναι διακομιστές DNS στους οποίους ο δικός σας διακομιστής DNS πρέπει να στέλνει\n" "ερωτήματα που δεν μπορεί να απαντήσει ο ίδιος.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 @@ -2165,10 +2105,8 @@ "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε έναν νέο διαβιβαστή, ορίστε την Διεύθυνση IP και " -"κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη.\n" -"Για να αφαιρέσετε έναν ρυθμισμένο διαβιβαστή, επιλέξτε τον και κάντε κλικ " -"στο Διαγραφή." +"Για να προσθέσετε έναν νέο διαβιβαστή, ορίστε την Διεύθυνση IP και κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη.\n" +"Για να αφαιρέσετε έναν ρυθμισμένο διαβιβαστή, επιλέξτε τον και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 @@ -2177,8 +2115,7 @@ "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server." msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις επιλογών Διακομιστή DNS</big> \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτόν τον διάλογο για να ρυθμίσετε τις επιλογές του " -"διακομιστή DNS" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτόν τον διάλογο για να ρυθμίσετε τις επιλογές του διακομιστή DNS" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 @@ -2196,9 +2133,7 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." -msgstr "" -"Για να αφαιρέσετε μια επιλογή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο " -"Διαγραφή." +msgstr "Για να αφαιρέσετε μια επιλογή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 @@ -2207,33 +2142,24 @@ "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." msgstr "" "<big>Καταγραφή</big> \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτόν τον διάλογο για να ορίσετε διάφορες επιλογές της " -"καταγραφής του διακομιστή DNS." +"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτόν τον διάλογο για να ορίσετε διάφορες επιλογές της καταγραφής του διακομιστή DNS." #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Επιλέξτε Καταγραφή στο Αρχείο Καταγραφής Συστήματος για να " -"αποθηκεύσετε τα μηνύματα του διακομιστή DNS στο Αρχείο Καταγραφής " -"Συστήματος.\n" -"Για να αποθηκεύσετε τα μηνύματα καταγραφής του διακομιστή DNS σε άλλο " -"αρχείο, επιλέξτε Καταγραφή σε Αρχείο και προσδιορίστε το Όνομα " -"Αρχείου στο οποίο θα αποθηκευτεί η καταγραφή και \n" +"Επιλέξτε Καταγραφή στο Αρχείο Καταγραφής Συστήματος για να αποθηκεύσετε τα μηνύματα του διακομιστή DNS στο Αρχείο Καταγραφής Συστήματος.\n" +"Για να αποθηκεύσετε τα μηνύματα καταγραφής του διακομιστή DNS σε άλλο αρχείο, επιλέξτε Καταγραφή σε Αρχείο και προσδιορίστε το Όνομα Αρχείου στο οποίο θα αποθηκευτεί η καταγραφή και \n" "το Μέγιστο Μέγεθος του αρχείου καταγραφής.\n" -"Ο Διακομιστής DNS αυτόματα εναλλάσσει (rotates) τα αρχεία καταγραφής. " -"Χρησιμοποιήστε Μέγιστες Εκδόσεις\n" +"Ο Διακομιστής DNS αυτόματα εναλλάσσει (rotates) τα αρχεία καταγραφής. Χρησιμοποιήστε Μέγιστες Εκδόσεις\n" "για να προσδιορίσετε πόσα αρχεία με τις καταγραφές θα αποθηκευτούν.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 @@ -2248,13 +2174,10 @@ "name server.\n" msgstr "" "Στο Στη Πρόσθετη Καταγραφή,\n" -"ορίστε ποιες ενέργειες θα καταγράφονται. Οι κοινές ενέργειες πάντα " -"καταγράφονται.\n" -"Η Καταγραφή Όλων των Ερωτήσεων DNS καταγράφει όλες τις ερωτήσεις από " -"τους πελάτες προς τον διακομιστή DNS.\n" +"ορίστε ποιες ενέργειες θα καταγράφονται. Οι κοινές ενέργειες πάντα καταγράφονται.\n" +"Η Καταγραφή Όλων των Ερωτήσεων DNS καταγράφει όλες τις ερωτήσεις από τους πελάτες προς τον διακομιστή DNS.\n" "H Καταγραφή Ενημερώσεων Ζώνης καταγράφει πότε το DNS ενημερώθηκε.\n" -"H Καταγραφή Μεταφορών Ζώνης καταγράφει πότε η ζώνη μεταφέρθηκε πλήρης " -"στον \n" +"H Καταγραφή Μεταφορών Ζώνης καταγράφει πότε η ζώνη μεταφέρθηκε πλήρης στον \n" "δευτερεύον\n" "διακομιστή ονομάτων.\n" @@ -2276,10 +2199,8 @@ "and Value then click Add. To remove an \n" "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα καταχώριση ACL, απλά προσδιορίστε το Όνομα</" -"b> \n" -"και τηνΤιμή της επιλογής και κάντε κλικ στην Προσθήκη. Για την " -"αφαίρεση\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα καταχώριση ACL, απλά προσδιορίστε το Όνομα \n" +"και τηνΤιμή της επιλογής και κάντε κλικ στην Προσθήκη. Για την αφαίρεση\n" "μιας καταχώρησης ACL, επιλέξτε την και πατήστε Διαγραφή.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 @@ -2301,17 +2222,12 @@ "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε ένα ήδη δημιουργημένο κλειδί, ορίστε το Όνομα " -"Αρχείου\n" -"(ή χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Περιήγηση για να το επιλέξετε) και κάντε " -"κλικ στο Προσθήκη. \n" -"Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο κλειδί, εισάγετε το Όνομα Αρχείου και το " -"ID Κλειδιού\n" -"και κάντε κλικ στο Δημιουργία. Το νέο κλειδί θα δημιουργηθεί και " -"επίσης θα προστεθεί.\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε ένα ήδη δημιουργημένο κλειδί, ορίστε το Όνομα Αρχείου\n" +"(ή χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Περιήγηση για να το επιλέξετε) και κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. \n" +"Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο κλειδί, εισάγετε το Όνομα Αρχείου και το ID Κλειδιού\n" +"και κάντε κλικ στο Δημιουργία. Το νέο κλειδί θα δημιουργηθεί και επίσης θα προστεθεί.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 @@ -2334,49 +2250,38 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε μία νέα ζώνη, εισάγετε το Όνομα Ζώνης, επιλέξτε " -"το Τύπος Ζώνης,\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε μία νέα ζώνη, εισάγετε το Όνομα Ζώνης, επιλέξτε το Τύπος Ζώνης,\n" "και κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα ανεστραμμένης ζώνη IPv4, εισάγετε ένα μέρος της " -"ανεστραμμένης διεύθυνσης IPv4\n" -"ακολουθούμενη από <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> όπως το Όνομα Ζώνης της (π." -"χ.,όνομα ζώνης\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> για το δίκτυο <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"επιλέξτε\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα ανεστραμμένης ζώνη IPv4, εισάγετε ένα μέρος της ανεστραμμένης διεύθυνσης IPv4\n" +"ακολουθούμενη από <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> όπως το Όνομα Ζώνης της (π.χ.,όνομα ζώνης\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> για το δίκτυο <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), επιλέξτε\n" "τον Τύπο Ζώνης, και κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη.\n" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα ανεστραμμένη ζώνη IPv6, εισάγετε ένα μέρος της " -"ανεστραμμένης διεύθυνσης IPv6 ακολουθούμενη από\n" -" <tt>%1</tt> όπως το Όνομα Ζώνης της. Υποστηριζόμενες μορφές ονόματος " -"ζώνης\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα ανεστραμμένη ζώνη IPv6, εισάγετε ένα μέρος της ανεστραμμένης διεύθυνσης IPv6 ακολουθούμενη από\n" +" <tt>%1</tt> όπως το Όνομα Ζώνης της. Υποστηριζόμενες μορφές ονόματος ζώνης\n" "είναι: Κλασσική μορφή: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Μορφή προώθησης: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Μορφή προώθησης χωρίς bits μάσκας υποδικτύου: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2389,24 +2294,19 @@ "mail servers, select it, and click Edit.\n" "To remove a configured zone, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να τροποποιήσετε τις ρυθμίσεις για μια ζώνη, για παράδειγμα ζώνη " -"μεταφοράς και όνομα και\n" -"διακομιστές αλληλογραφίας, επιλέξτε τη και μετά κάντε κλικ στο " -"Επεξεργασία Ζώνης.\n" -"Για να διαγράψετε μια ρυθμισμένη ζώνη, επιλέξτε τη και κάντε κλικ στο " -"Διαγραφή Ζώνης.\n" +"Για να τροποποιήσετε τις ρυθμίσεις για μια ζώνη, για παράδειγμα ζώνη μεταφοράς και όνομα και\n" +"διακομιστές αλληλογραφίας, επιλέξτε τη και μετά κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία Ζώνης.\n" +"Για να διαγράψετε μια ρυθμισμένη ζώνη, επιλέξτε τη και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή Ζώνης.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS και Μεταφορά Ζώνης</big> \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτόν τον διάλογο για να αλλάξετε δυναμικά τις ρυθμίσεις DNS " -"της ζώνης και τη διαχείριση πρόσβασης\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτόν τον διάλογο για να αλλάξετε δυναμικά τις ρυθμίσεις DNS της ζώνης και τη διαχείριση πρόσβασης\n" "στη ζώνη.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 @@ -2418,10 +2318,8 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να επιτρέψετε δυναμικές ενημερώσεις της ζώνης, ορίστε το Να " -"Επιτρέπονται Δυναμικές Ενημερώσεις\n" -"και επιλέξτε το TSIG κλειδί. Τουλάχιστον ένα κλειδί TSIG πρέπει να " -"οριστεί\n" +"Για να επιτρέψετε δυναμικές ενημερώσεις της ζώνης, ορίστε το Να Επιτρέπονται Δυναμικές Ενημερώσεις\n" +"και επιλέξτε το TSIG κλειδί. Τουλάχιστον ένα κλειδί TSIG πρέπει να οριστεί\n" "πριν να επιτραπεί στην ζώνη να ενημερωθεί δυναμικά.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 @@ -2434,10 +2332,8 @@ "to allow zone transports." msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να επιτρέψετε μεταφορές της ζώνης, ορίστε Ενεργοποίηση Μεταφοράς " -"Ζώνης\n" -"και επιλέξτε τα ACLs που θα ελεγχθούν όταν ένας απομακρυσμένος " -"κόμβος\n" +"Για να επιτρέψετε μεταφορές της ζώνης, ορίστε Ενεργοποίηση Μεταφοράς Ζώνης\n" +"και επιλέξτε τα ACLs που θα ελεγχθούν όταν ένας απομακρυσμένος κόμβος\n" "προσπαθεί να μεταφέρει τη ζώνη. Τουλάχιστον ένα ACL πρέπει να οριστεί\n" "πριν να επιτραπεί μεταφορά ζώνης." @@ -2462,24 +2358,20 @@ "from the current on in the Connected Reverse Zones field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Εάν αυτή δεν είναι ανεστραμμένη ζώνη, μπορεί να δείτε ποιες ζώνες παράγονται " -"από\n" +"Εάν αυτή δεν είναι ανεστραμμένη ζώνη, μπορεί να δείτε ποιες ζώνες παράγονται από\n" "την τρέχουσα στο πεδίο Διασυνδεδεμένες Ανεστραμμένες Ζώνες." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Εγγραφές NS</big> \n" -"Για να προσθέσετε έναν νέο διακομιστή ονομάτων, εισάγετε την διεύθυνση του " -"διακομιστή ονομάτων και κάντε κλικ στην Προσθήκη. \n" -"Για να διαγράψετε έναν από τους διακομιστές ονομάτων, επιλέξτε τον και κάντε " -"κλικ στη\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε έναν νέο διακομιστή ονομάτων, εισάγετε την διεύθυνση του διακομιστή ονομάτων και κάντε κλικ στην Προσθήκη. \n" +"Για να διαγράψετε έναν από τους διακομιστές ονομάτων, επιλέξτε τον και κάντε κλικ στη\n" "Διαγραφή.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers @@ -2492,11 +2384,9 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Εγγραφές MX</big> \n" -"Για να προσθέσετε έναν νέο διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας, εισάγετε τη διεύθυνση " -"του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας και την Προτεραιότητα του\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε έναν νέο διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας, εισάγετε τη διεύθυνση του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας και την Προτεραιότητα του\n" "και κάντε κλικ στη Προσθήκη. \n" -"Για να διαγράψετε έναν από τους διακομιστές αλληλογραφίας, επιλέξτε τον και " -"κάντε κλικ στη\n" +"Για να διαγράψετε έναν από τους διακομιστές αλληλογραφίας, επιλέξτε τον και κάντε κλικ στη\n" "Διαγραφή.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 @@ -2504,15 +2394,12 @@ msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"Ο Σειριακός αριθμός χρησιμοποιείται για να καθοριστεί εάν η ζώνη " -"έχει\n" +"Ο Σειριακός αριθμός χρησιμοποιείται για να καθοριστεί εάν η ζώνη έχει\n" "αλλάξει στους\n" -"κύριους εξυπηρετητές (έτσι οι δευτερεύοντες εξυπηρετητές δε χρειάζεται πάντα " -"να συγχρονίζουν\n" +"κύριους εξυπηρετητές (έτσι οι δευτερεύοντες εξυπηρετητές δε χρειάζεται πάντα να συγχρονίζουν\n" "ολόκληρη την ζώνη).\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 @@ -2531,10 +2418,8 @@ "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Λήξη σημαίνει η περίοδος μετά από την οποία η ζώνη λήγει στους " -"δευτερεύοντες\n" -"διακομιστές και οι δευτερεύοντες διακομιστές σταματούν να απαντούν αιτήσεις " -"μέχρι να συγχρονιστούν.\n" +"Λήξη σημαίνει η περίοδος μετά από την οποία η ζώνη λήγει στους δευτερεύοντες\n" +"διακομιστές και οι δευτερεύοντες διακομιστές σταματούν να απαντούν αιτήσεις μέχρι να συγχρονιστούν.\n" "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 @@ -2546,10 +2431,8 @@ "click Add." msgstr "" "<big>Εγγραφές</big> \n" -"Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, επεξεργαστείτε τους πόρους εγγραφών της ζώνης. Για να " -"προσθέσετε έναν νέο πόρο\n" -"εγγραφής, ορίστε το Κλειδί Εγγραφής, τον Τύπο, και την " -"Τιμή και\n" +"Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, επεξεργαστείτε τους πόρους εγγραφών της ζώνης. Για να προσθέσετε έναν νέο πόρο\n" +"εγγραφής, ορίστε το Κλειδί Εγγραφής, τον Τύπο, και την Τιμή και\n" "κάντε κλικ στην Προσθήκη." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 @@ -2559,10 +2442,8 @@ "and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Για να αλλάξετε μία καθορισμένη εγγραφή, επιλέξτε την, αλλάξτε τις " -"απαιτούμενες καταχωρίσεις,\n" -"και κάντε κλικ στο Αλλαγή. Για να διαγράψετε μία εγγραφή, επιλέξτε " -"την και κάντε κλικ στο\n" +"Για να αλλάξετε μία καθορισμένη εγγραφή, επιλέξτε την, αλλάξτε τις απαιτούμενες καταχωρίσεις,\n" +"και κάντε κλικ στο Αλλαγή. Για να διαγράψετε μία εγγραφή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο\n" "Διαγραφή." #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 @@ -2572,8 +2453,7 @@ "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Κάθε τύπος μιας εγγραφής έχει τη δικιά του σύνταξη που ορίζεται στο RFC.</" -"p>\n" +"Κάθε τύπος μιας εγγραφής έχει τη δικιά του σύνταξη που ορίζεται στο RFC.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 @@ -2584,8 +2464,7 @@ " Value is an IP address." msgstr "" "A: Μετάφραση Ονόματος Τομέα \n" -"Το Κλειδί Εγγραφής είναι ένα όνομα κόμβου χωρίς πεδίο ή πλήρως " -"ορισμένο \n" +"Το Κλειδί Εγγραφής είναι ένα όνομα κόμβου χωρίς πεδίο ή πλήρως ορισμένο \n" "όνομα κόμβου ακολουθούμενο από τελεία.\n" "Τιμή είναι μία IP διεύθυνση." @@ -2600,13 +2479,10 @@ "an A record.\n" msgstr "" "CNAME: Ψευδώνυμο για το όνομα τομέα \n" -"Κλειδί Εγγραφής είναι ένα όνομα κόμβου σχετικό με την υπάρχουσα ζώνη " -"ή με ένα πλήρως\n" +"Κλειδί Εγγραφής είναι ένα όνομα κόμβου σχετικό με την υπάρχουσα ζώνη ή με ένα πλήρως\n" "ορισμένο όνομα κόμβου ακολουθούμενο από μία τελεία.\n" -"Τιμή είναι ένα όνομα κόμβου σχετικό με την υπάρχουσα ζώνη ή με ένα " -"πλήρως\n" -"ορισμένο όνομα κόμβου ακολουθούμενο από μία τελεία. Πρέπει να αναπαρίσταται " -"από\n" +"Τιμή είναι ένα όνομα κόμβου σχετικό με την υπάρχουσα ζώνη ή με ένα πλήρως\n" +"ορισμένο όνομα κόμβου ακολουθούμενο από μία τελεία. Πρέπει να αναπαρίσταται από\n" "μία Α εγγραφή.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) @@ -2614,20 +2490,16 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "NS: Διακομιστής Ονομάτων \n" -"Το Κλειδί Εγγραφής είναι ένα όνομα ζώνης σχετικό με την υπάρχουσα " -"ζώνη ή ένα απόλυτο\n" +"Το Κλειδί Εγγραφής είναι ένα όνομα ζώνης σχετικό με την υπάρχουσα ζώνη ή ένα απόλυτο\n" "όνομα τομέα ακολουθούμενο από μία τελεία.\n" -"Η Τιμή είναι ένα όνομα κόμβου σχετικό με την υπάρχουσα ζώνη ή ένα " -"πλήρως προσδιοριζόμενο\n" -"όνομα κόμβου ακολουθούμενο από μία τελεία. Πρέπει να αναπαρίσταται από μία " -"Α εγγραφή.\n" +"Η Τιμή είναι ένα όνομα κόμβου σχετικό με την υπάρχουσα ζώνη ή ένα πλήρως προσδιοριζόμενο\n" +"όνομα κόμβου ακολουθούμενο από μία τελεία. Πρέπει να αναπαρίσταται από μία Α εγγραφή.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 @@ -2639,13 +2511,10 @@ "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "MX: Μεταγωγέας Αλληλογραφίας \n" -"Το Κλειδί Εγγραφής είναι ένα όνομα κόμβου ή ζώνης σχετικό με την " -"υπάρχουσα ζώνη\n" +"Το Κλειδί Εγγραφής είναι ένα όνομα κόμβου ή ζώνης σχετικό με την υπάρχουσα ζώνη\n" "ή ένα απόλυτο όνομα κόμβου ή ζώνης ακολουθούμενο από μία τελεία.\n" -"Η Τιμή είναι ένα όνομα κόμβου σχετικό με την υπάρχουσα ζώνη ή ένα " -"πλήρως προσδιοριζόμενο\n" -"όνομα κόμβου ακολουθούμενο από μία τελεία. Πρέπει να αναπαρασταθεί από μία " -"Α εγγραφή.\n" +"Η Τιμή είναι ένα όνομα κόμβου σχετικό με την υπάρχουσα ζώνη ή ένα πλήρως προσδιοριζόμενο\n" +"όνομα κόμβου ακολουθούμενο από μία τελεία. Πρέπει να αναπαρασταθεί από μία Α εγγραφή.\n" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 @@ -2653,19 +2522,16 @@ "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" "Value is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.\n" msgstr "" "PTR: Αντίστροφη Μετάφραση:\n" -"Το Κλειδί Εγγραφής είναι ένα πλήρως αντεστραμμένο όνομα ζώνης " -"(παραγόμενο από τη διεύθυνση IP)\n" +"Το Κλειδί Εγγραφής είναι ένα πλήρως αντεστραμμένο όνομα ζώνης (παραγόμενο από τη διεύθυνση IP)\n" "ακολουθούμενο από μία τελεία\n" -"(π.χ <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> για IP διεύθυνση <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(π.χ <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> για IP διεύθυνση <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " ή ένα τμήμα του αντίστροφου ονόματος ζώνης σχετικό με την υπάρχουσα ζώνη\n" "(π.χ., <tt>1</tt> για IP διεύθυνση <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> σε ζώνη\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2686,10 +2552,8 @@ "Select Open Port in Firewall to adapt the\n" "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Άνοιγμα θύρας στο τείχος προστασίας για να προσαρμόσετε " -"τις \n" -"ρυθμίσεις του SuSEfirewall2 να ώστε να επιτρέπουν όλες τις συνδέσεις στον " -"διακομιστή DNS." +"Επιλέξτε Άνοιγμα θύρας στο τείχος προστασίας για να προσαρμόσετε τις \n" +"ρυθμίσεις του SuSEfirewall2 να ώστε να επιτρέπουν όλες τις συνδέσεις στον διακομιστή DNS." #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 @@ -2699,8 +2563,7 @@ "start-up behavior to On. Otherwise set it to Off. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να εκκινείτε τον εξυπηρετητή DNS κάθε φορά που ο υπολογιστής σας " -"εκκινεί, επιλέξτε\n" +"Για να εκκινείτε τον εξυπηρετητή DNS κάθε φορά που ο υπολογιστής σας εκκινεί, επιλέξτε\n" "Ενεργό. Αλλιώς επιλέξτε Ανενεργό.\n" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 @@ -2711,8 +2574,7 @@ "set LDAP Support Active." msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να αποθηκεύσετε τους τομείς DNS στο LDAP εκτός από αμιγώς αρχεία " -"ρυθμίσεων,\n" +"Για να αποθηκεύσετε τους τομείς DNS στο LDAP εκτός από αμιγώς αρχεία ρυθμίσεων,\n" "ορίστε Υποστήριξη LDAP Ενεργή." #. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 @@ -2723,8 +2585,7 @@ "DNS Server Expert Configuration." msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να εισέλθετε σε κατάσταση για ειδικούς στις ρυθμίσεις διακομιστή DNS, " -"πατήστε\n" +"Για να εισέλθετε σε κατάσταση για ειδικούς στις ρυθμίσεις διακομιστή DNS, πατήστε\n" "Ρυθμίσεις διακομιστή DNS για προχωρημένους." #. slave zone help text 1/2 @@ -2735,10 +2596,8 @@ "Master DNS Server IP to define the master name server." msgstr "" "<big>Ζώνη Slave DNS</big> \n" -"Κάθε slave ζώνη πρέπει να έχει το όνομα του κύριου διακομιστή ορισμένο. " -"Χρησιμοποιήστε\n" -"IP Πρωτεύων διακομιστή DNS για να ορίσετε το όνομα του κύριου " -"διακομιστή." +"Κάθε slave ζώνη πρέπει να έχει το όνομα του κύριου διακομιστή ορισμένο. Χρησιμοποιήστε\n" +"IP Πρωτεύων διακομιστή DNS για να ορίσετε το όνομα του κύριου διακομιστή." #. slave zone help text 2/2 #: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 @@ -2750,10 +2609,8 @@ "to allow zone transports." msgstr "" "<big>Μεταφορά Ζώνης</big> \n" -"Για να επιτρέψετε μεταφορές της ζώνης, ορίστε Ενεργοποίηση Μεταφοράς " -"Ζώνης\n" -"και επιλέξτε τα ACLs που θα ελεγχθούν όταν ένας απομακρυσμένος " -"κόμβος\n" +"Για να επιτρέψετε μεταφορές της ζώνης, ορίστε Ενεργοποίηση Μεταφοράς Ζώνης\n" +"και επιλέξτε τα ACLs που θα ελεγχθούν όταν ένας απομακρυσμένος κόμβος\n" "προσπαθεί να μεταφέρει τη ζώνη. Τουλάχιστον ένα ACL πρέπει να οριστεί\n" "πριν να επιτραπεί η μεταφορά ζώνης." @@ -3064,8 +2921,7 @@ #. error report, %1 is ldap object #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1946 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την δημιουργία cn=defaultDNS,%1. Μη χρήση LDAP." +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την δημιουργία cn=defaultDNS,%1. Μη χρήση LDAP." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN #: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1972 Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/drbd.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/drbd.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/drbd.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -172,8 +172,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -220,30 +219,19 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " -"resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " -"of one of the nodes\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " -"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " -"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " -"the node's partner device.\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " -"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " -"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " -"parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " -"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" -"p>\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " -"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -251,47 +239,25 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " -"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " -"local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " -"was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" -"error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " -"DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " -"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " -"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " -"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " -"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" -"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " -"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " -"unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " -"write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " -"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " -"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " -"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " -"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " -"KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " -"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " -"Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -300,35 +266,24 @@ msgstr "<big>Γενικές Ρυθμίσεις της DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " -"sanity check" -msgstr "" -"Ελέγξτε το \"Απενεργοποίηση Πιστοποίησης IP\" για να " -"απενεργοποιήσετε έναν από τους ελέγχους του drbdadm" +msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" +msgstr "Ελέγξτε το \"Απενεργοποίηση Πιστοποίησης IP\" για να απενεργοποιήσετε έναν από τους ελέγχους του drbdadm" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " -"waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " -"seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Ανανέωση Διαλόγου: Ο διάλογος του χρήστη μετράει και εμφανίζει τα " -"δευτερόλεπτα αναμονής μέχρι\n" -" στιγμής. Μπορεί να επιθυμείτε να το απενεργοποιήσετε εάν η " -"κονσόλα του διακομιστής σας\n" -" είναι συνδεδεμένη σε ένα σειριακό τερματικό διακομιστή με " -"περιορισμένη\n" +"Ανανέωση Διαλόγου: Ο διάλογος του χρήστη μετράει και εμφανίζει τα δευτερόλεπτα αναμονής μέχρι\n" +" στιγμής. Μπορεί να επιθυμείτε να το απενεργοποιήσετε εάν η κονσόλα του διακομιστής σας\n" +" είναι συνδεδεμένη σε ένα σειριακό τερματικό διακομιστή με περιορισμένη\n" " χωρητικότητα δημιουργίας ημερολογίου.\n" -" Ο Διάλογος θα εκτυπώνει της αρίθμηση κάθε 'dialog-refresh' " -"δευτερόλεπτα,\n" -" ορίστε το σε 0 για να απενεργοποιήσετε εντελώς την " -"επανασχεδίαση. " +" Ο Διάλογος θα εκτυπώνει της αρίθμηση κάθε 'dialog-refresh' δευτερόλεπτα,\n" +" ορίστε το σε 0 για να απενεργοποιήσετε εντελώς την επανασχεδίαση. " #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" @@ -339,8 +294,7 @@ " as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" "Δευτερεύουσα Αρίθμηση:\n" -" χρησιμοποιείτε όταν θέλετε να ορίσετε αργότερα περισσότερες " -"πηγές\n" +" χρησιμοποιείτε όταν θέλετε να ορίσετε αργότερα περισσότερες πηγές\n" " χωρίς να επαναφορτωθεί η μονάδα.\n" " Προεπιλεγμένα η μονάδα φορτώνει τόσες συσκευές όσες\n" " ρυθμίστηκαν σε αυτό το αρχείο. " @@ -402,8 +356,7 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή:</BIG> \n" "Επιλέξτε ένα drbd, για Αλλαγή ή Διαγραφή.\n" -"Πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή αναλόγως τι επιθυμείτε να " -"κάνετε.\n" +"Πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή αναλόγως τι επιθυμείτε να κάνετε.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 @@ -500,8 +453,7 @@ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" "Για να διαδώσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση,\n" -"αντιγράψτε το αρχείο ρυθμίσεων '/etc/drbd.conf' στους υπόλοιπους κόμβους " -"χειροκίνητα." +"αντιγράψτε το αρχείο ρυθμίσεων '/etc/drbd.conf' στους υπόλοιπους κόμβους χειροκίνητα." #. } #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:122 @@ -678,16 +630,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Minor Count:\n" -#~ "Use this option if you want to define more resources later without " -#~ "reloading the\n" +#~ "Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" #~ "module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" #~ "configured in this file.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Δευτερεύουσα Αρίθμηση:\n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή εάν θέλετε να καθορίσετε περισσότερες " -#~ "πηγές αργότερα χωρίς να\n" -#~ "επαναφορτώσετε το άρθρωμα. Από προεπιλογή φορτώνουμε το άρθρωμα με " -#~ "ακριβώς τόσες συσκευές όσες\n" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή εάν θέλετε να καθορίσετε περισσότερες πηγές αργότερα χωρίς να\n" +#~ "επαναφορτώσετε το άρθρωμα. Από προεπιλογή φορτώνουμε το άρθρωμα με ακριβώς τόσες συσκευές όσες\n" #~ "είναι ρυθμισμένες σε αυτό το αρχείο.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -738,12 +687,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "To propagate this configuration,\n" -#~ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes " -#~ "manually.\n" +#~ "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Για να αναπαράγετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση,\n" -#~ "αντιγράψτε το αρχείο ρυθμίσεων '/etc/drbd.conf' στους υπόλοιπους " -#~ "κόμβους.\n" +#~ "αντιγράψτε το αρχείο ρυθμίσεων '/etc/drbd.conf' στους υπόλοιπους κόμβους.\n" #~ msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." #~ msgstr "Αποτυχία έναρξης υπηρεσίας DRBD." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/fcoe-client.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/fcoe-client.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/fcoe-client.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -46,12 +46,12 @@ #. setting of config value is 'yes' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ναι" #. setting of config value is 'no' #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "όχι" #. text of an error popup #: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 @@ -161,8 +161,7 @@ "Removing it may result in an unusable system." msgstr "" "Προσοχή:\n" -"Βεβαιωθείτε ότι η διεπαφή δεν είναι ουσιώδης για μια χρησιμοποιούμενη " -"συσκευή.\n" +"Βεβαιωθείτε ότι η διεπαφή δεν είναι ουσιώδης για μια χρησιμοποιούμενη συσκευή.\n" "Η αφαίρεσή της μπορεί να έχει αποτέλεσμα ένα ασταθές σύστημα." #. popup text continues @@ -356,8 +355,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 @@ -400,8 +398,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Προσθήκη ενός Πελάτη FCoE</big> \n" "Επιλέξτε ένα πελάτη FCoE από την λίστα των ανιχνευθέντων πελατών FCoE.\n" -"Αν ο πελάτης σας FCoE δεν έχει ανιχνευθεί, επιλέξτε Άλλο (δεν ανιχνεύθηκε)" -".\n" +"Αν ο πελάτης σας FCoE δεν έχει ανιχνευθεί, επιλέξτε Άλλο (δεν ανιχνεύθηκε).\n" "Μετά πατήστε Ρύθμιση.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -417,36 +414,18 @@ #. Services dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." -msgstr "" -"<big>Έναρξη των υπηρεσιών:</big> Ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση " -"της έναρξης των υπηρεσιών fcoe και lldpad κατά την εκκίνηση.</" -"p>" +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +msgstr "<big>Έναρξη των υπηρεσιών:</big> Ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση της έναρξης των υπηρεσιών fcoe και lldpad κατά την εκκίνηση." #. Services dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." -msgstr "" -"Έναρξη της υπηρεσίας fcoe σημαίνει έναρξη της υπηρεσίας " -"fcoemon του Ελεγκτή Οπτικής Ίνας μέσω Ethernet (FCoE), η οποία " -"ελέγχει τις διεπαφές FCoE και συνδέει με την υπηρεσία lldpad." +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgstr "Έναρξη της υπηρεσίας fcoe σημαίνει έναρξη της υπηρεσίας fcoemon του Ελεγκτή Οπτικής Ίνας μέσω Ethernet (FCoE), η οποία ελέγχει τις διεπαφές FCoE και συνδέει με την υπηρεσία lldpad." #. Services dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." -msgstr "" -"Η υπηρεσία lldpad παρέχει το Link Layer Discovery Protocol " -"της υπηρεσίας lldpad, το οποίο πληροφορεί την υπηρεσία fcoemon " -"σχετικά με τις λειτουργίες του DCB (Κέντρο Γεφύρωσης Δεδομένων) και των " -"ρυθμίσεων των διεπαφών." +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgstr "Η υπηρεσία lldpad παρέχει το Link Layer Discovery Protocol της υπηρεσίας lldpad, το οποίο πληροφορεί την υπηρεσία fcoemon σχετικά με τις λειτουργίες του DCB (Κέντρο Γεφύρωσης Δεδομένων) και των ρυθμίσεων των διεπαφών." #. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 @@ -455,54 +434,23 @@ #. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgstr "" -"Ο διάλογος της διεπαφής εμφανίζει όλες τις εντοπισμένες κάρτες δικτύου " -"συμπεριλαμβανομένης της κατάστασης του VLAN και των ρυθμίσεων FCoE. Το " -"FCoE είναι διαθέσιμο εάν η διεπαφή VLAN είναι ρυθμισμένη στο FCoE. Αυτό " -"φαίνεται στην στήλη Διεπαφή VLAN FCoE για κάθε κάρτα δικτύου (διεπαφή " -"δικτύου)." +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgstr "Ο διάλογος της διεπαφής εμφανίζει όλες τις εντοπισμένες κάρτες δικτύου συμπεριλαμβανομένης της κατάστασης του VLAN και των ρυθμίσεων FCoE. Το FCoE είναι διαθέσιμο εάν η διεπαφή VLAN είναι ρυθμισμένη στο FCoE. Αυτό φαίνεται στην στήλη Διεπαφή VLAN FCoE για κάθε κάρτα δικτύου (διεπαφή δικτύου)." #. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" -msgstr "" -"Είναι δυνατό να επαναληφθεί ο έλεγχος των υπηρεσιών FCoE με την χρήση " -"Επανάληψη Ανίχνευσης (μπορεί να απιαιτείται από τις διεπαφές που " -"χρειάζονται λίγο χρόνο να σηκωθούν)." +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." +msgstr "Είναι δυνατό να επαναληφθεί ο έλεγχος των υπηρεσιών FCoE με την χρήση Επανάληψη Ανίχνευσης (μπορεί να απιαιτείται από τις διεπαφές που χρειάζονται λίγο χρόνο να σηκωθούν)." #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." -msgstr "" -"Οι τιμές για την Διεπαφή VLAN FCoE αναλυτικά: μη διαθέσιμη</" -"b>: Το Fibre Channel μέσω Ethernet δεν είναι διαθέσιμο (πρέπει να " -"ενεργοποιηθεί πρώτα) μη ρυθμισμένη: Το Fibre Channel μέσω Ethernet " -"είναι διαθέσιμο αλλά δεν είναι ακόμα ενεργοποιημένο. Για ενεργοποίηση " -"πατήστε Δημιουργία Διεπαφής VLAN FCoE. Εάν η διεπαφή VLAN FCoE " -"έχει ήδη δημιουργηθεί, το όνομα εμφανίζεται στην στήλη, π.χ. eth3.200." +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." +msgstr "Οι τιμές για την Διεπαφή VLAN FCoE αναλυτικά: μη διαθέσιμη: Το Fibre Channel μέσω Ethernet δεν είναι διαθέσιμο (πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθεί πρώτα) μη ρυθμισμένη: Το Fibre Channel μέσω Ethernet είναι διαθέσιμο αλλά δεν είναι ακόμα ενεργοποιημένο. Για ενεργοποίηση πατήστε Δημιουργία Διεπαφής VLAN FCoE. Εάν η διεπαφή VLAN FCoE έχει ήδη δημιουργηθεί, το όνομα εμφανίζεται στην στήλη, π.χ. eth3.200." #. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Για να αλλάξετε τη ρύθμιση μιας διεπαφής FCoE VLAN, πατήστε το κουμπί " -"Αλλαγή Ρυθμίσεων." +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." +msgstr "Για να αλλάξετε τη ρύθμιση μιας διεπαφής FCoE VLAN, πατήστε το κουμπί Αλλαγή Ρυθμίσεων." #. Configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 @@ -511,28 +459,17 @@ #. Configuration dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." -msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίσετε τις γενικές ρυθμίσεις για την υπηρεσία συστήματος FCoE. Οι " -"ρυθμίσεις εγγράφονται στο αρχείο '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgstr "Ρυθμίσετε τις γενικές ρυθμίσεις για την υπηρεσία συστήματος FCoE. Οι ρυθμίσεις εγγράφονται στο αρχείο '/etc/fcoe/config'." #. Configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" "Οι τιμές είναι: \n" -"Αποσφαλμάτωση: ναι ή όχι Αυτή χρησιμοποιείται για " -"ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση μηνυμάτων αποσφαλμάτωσης από την υπηρεσία fcoe " -"και από το fcoemon. Χρήση syslog: ναι ή όχι</" -"i> Εάν είναι επιλεγμένο το ναι, στέλνονται μηνύματα στο αρχείο " -"καταγραφών συστήματος (τα δεδομένα αποθηκεύονται στο /var/log/messages)." +"Αποσφαλμάτωση: ναι ή όχι Αυτή χρησιμοποιείται για ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση μηνυμάτων αποσφαλμάτωσης από την υπηρεσία fcoe και από το fcoemon. Χρήση syslog: ναι ή όχι Εάν είναι επιλεγμένο το ναι, στέλνονται μηνύματα στο αρχείο καταγραφών συστήματος (τα δεδομένα αποθηκεύονται στο /var/log/messages)." #. edit dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 @@ -541,31 +478,13 @@ #. Edit dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." -msgstr "" -"Η υπηρεσία fcoemon διαβάζει τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων κατά την " -"αρχικοποίηση. Υπάρχει ένα αρχείο για κάθε διεπαφή και αυτές οι τιμές " -"αναγνωρίζουν πότε θα πρέπει να δημιουργηθούν τα στιγμιότυπα FCoE και εάν " -"απαιτείται DCB." +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgstr "Η υπηρεσία fcoemon διαβάζει τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων κατά την αρχικοποίηση. Υπάρχει ένα αρχείο για κάθε διεπαφή και αυτές οι τιμές αναγνωρίζουν πότε θα πρέπει να δημιουργηθούν τα στιγμιότυπα FCoE και εάν απαιτείται DCB." #. Edit dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." -msgstr "" -"Οι τιμές είναι: Ενεργοποιημένο FCoE: ναι ή όχι</" -"i> Ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση δημιουργίας στιγμιοτύπων FCoE." -" Απαιτείται DCB: ναι ή όχι Η προεπιλογή είναι " -"ναι, το DCB συνήθως απαιτείται. AUTO VLAN: ναι ή " -"όχι Εάν είναι ενεργοποιημένο το ναι το 'fcoemon' θα " -"δημιουργήσει αυτόματα τις διεπαφές VLAN." +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgstr "Οι τιμές είναι: Ενεργοποιημένο FCoE: ναι ή όχι Ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση δημιουργίας στιγμιοτύπων FCoE. Απαιτείται DCB: ναι ή όχι Η προεπιλογή είναι ναι, το DCB συνήθως απαιτείται. AUTO VLAN: ναι ή όχι Εάν είναι ενεργοποιημένο το ναι το 'fcoemon' θα δημιουργήσει αυτόματα τις διεπαφές VLAN." #. Header of tab in tab widget #. Header of tab in tab widget @@ -609,12 +528,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client #. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Για να συνεχίσετε την ρύθμιση του FCoE, το πακέτο %1 πρέπει να " -"εγκατασταθεί." +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Για να συνεχίσετε την ρύθμιση του FCoE, το πακέτο %1 πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί." #: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -654,8 +569,7 @@ "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης αρχείου ρυθμίσεων %1.\n" -"Μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις και να δημιουργήσετε ξανά την " -"διεπαφή\n" +"Μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις και να δημιουργήσετε ξανά την διεπαφή\n" "VLAN FCoE για να λάβετε έγκυρη ρύθμιση." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/firewall-services.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/firewall-services.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/firewall-services.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -32,10 +32,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" -msgstr "" -"Θύρες Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) για Αναγνώριση Υπηρεσιών (DNS-SD)" +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgstr "Θύρες Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) για Αναγνώριση Υπηρεσιών (DNS-SD)" #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 @@ -79,8 +77,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" -msgstr "" -"Αρχείο ρυθμίσεων Τείχους Προστασίας για υποστήριξη mDNS/Bonjour για το HPLIP." +msgstr "Αρχείο ρυθμίσεων Τείχους Προστασίας για υποστήριξη mDNS/Bonjour για το HPLIP." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 @@ -120,9 +117,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." -msgstr "" -"Άνοιγμα θυρών για τον εξυπηρετητή Samba Netbios με την εκπομπή να " -"επιτρέπεται." +msgstr "Άνοιγμα θυρών για τον εξυπηρετητή Samba Netbios με την εκπομπή να επιτρέπεται." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 @@ -131,12 +126,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίσεις Τοίχου Προστασίας για τον πελάτη NFS. Άνοιγμα θυρών για τον πελάτη " -"NFS ώστε να επιτραπεί η σύνδεση με ένα εξυπηρετητή NFS." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Τοίχου Προστασίας για τον πελάτη NFS. Άνοιγμα θυρών για τον πελάτη NFS ώστε να επιτραπεί η σύνδεση με ένα εξυπηρετητή NFS." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 @@ -145,12 +136,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." -msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίσεις Τοίχου Προστασίας για εξυπηρετητή του πυρήνα συστήματος NFS. " -"Άνοιγμα θυρών για το NFS ώστε να επιτρέπει σε άλλους πελάτες να συνδεθούν." +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Τοίχου Προστασίας για εξυπηρετητή του πυρήνα συστήματος NFS. Άνοιγμα θυρών για το NFS ώστε να επιτρέπει σε άλλους πελάτες να συνδεθούν." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 @@ -190,9 +177,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" -msgstr "" -"Άνοιγμα θυρών για τον εξυπηρετητή rsync ώστε να επιτρέπεται απομακρυσμένος " -"συγχρονισμός." +msgstr "Άνοιγμα θυρών για τον εξυπηρετητή rsync ώστε να επιτρέπεται απομακρυσμένος συγχρονισμός." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 @@ -252,9 +237,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." -msgstr "" -"Ανοίγει τις θύρες του VNC για HTTP ώστε οι φυλλομετρητές να μπορούν να " -"συνδεθούν." +msgstr "Ανοίγει τις θύρες του VNC για HTTP ώστε οι φυλλομετρητές να μπορούν να συνδεθούν." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 @@ -264,8 +247,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." -msgstr "" -"Άνοιγμα θυρών του εξυπηρετητή VNC ώστε οι θεατές να μπορέσουν να συνδεθούν." +msgstr "Άνοιγμα θυρών του εξυπηρετητή VNC ώστε οι θεατές να μπορέσουν να συνδεθούν." #. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... #: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 @@ -330,8 +312,7 @@ #~ msgstr "cups" #~ msgid "Firewall Configuration file for printing service CUPS" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αρχείο Ρυθμίσεων του Τείχους Προστασίας για την υπηρεσία εκτύπωσης CUPS" +#~ msgstr "Αρχείο Ρυθμίσεων του Τείχους Προστασίας για την υπηρεσία εκτύπωσης CUPS" #~ msgid "Finger Server" #~ msgstr "Διακομιστής Finger" @@ -346,9 +327,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Δαίμονας iSCSI Target" #~ msgid "Opens ports for iSCSI Target Daemon with broadcast allowed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ανοίγει θύρες για τον Δαίμονα iSCSI Target με την δυνατότητα εκπομπής να " -#~ "επιτρέπεται." +#~ msgstr "Ανοίγει θύρες για τον Δαίμονα iSCSI Target με την δυνατότητα εκπομπής να επιτρέπεται." #~ msgid "Kerberos Admin Server" #~ msgstr "Διαχειριστής Διακομιστή Kerberos" @@ -378,8 +357,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Εργαλεία Δικτύου UPS" #~ msgid "Opens ports for remote UPS signalling for Network UPS Tools." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ανοίγει θύρες για το απομακρυσμένο σήμα UPS για τα Εργαλεία Δικτύου UPS." +#~ msgstr "Ανοίγει θύρες για το απομακρυσμένο σήμα UPS για τα Εργαλεία Δικτύου UPS." #~ msgid "SMTP with Postfix" #~ msgstr "SMTP με Postfix" @@ -387,18 +365,14 @@ #~ msgid "PostgreSQL Server" #~ msgstr "Διακομιστής PostgreSQL" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Opens TCP port 5432 to allow remote connections to the PostgreSQL server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ανοίγει τη TCP θύρα 5432 για να επιτρέπει τις απομακρυσμένες συνδέσεις " -#~ "στον διακομιστή PostgreSQL." +#~ msgid "Opens TCP port 5432 to allow remote connections to the PostgreSQL server." +#~ msgstr "Ανοίγει τη TCP θύρα 5432 για να επιτρέπει τις απομακρυσμένες συνδέσεις στον διακομιστή PostgreSQL." #~ msgid "pureftpd" #~ msgstr "pureftpd" #~ msgid "Opens ports for pureftpd with broadcast allowed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ανοίγει θύρες για το pureftpd με την δυνατότητα εκπομπής ενεργοποιημένη." +#~ msgstr "Ανοίγει θύρες για το pureftpd με την δυνατότητα εκπομπής ενεργοποιημένη." #~ msgid "Squid Service" #~ msgstr "Υπηρεσία Squid" @@ -421,20 +395,14 @@ #~ msgid "Tetrinet Server" #~ msgstr "Διακομιστής Tetrinet" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Opens ports in firewall to make possible to connect clients to your " -#~ "server. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Άνοιγμα θυρών στο Τείχος Προστασίας για να είναι δυνατή η σύνδεση των " -#~ "πελατών στον διακομιστή σας." +#~ msgid "Opens ports in firewall to make possible to connect clients to your server. " +#~ msgstr "Άνοιγμα θυρών στο Τείχος Προστασίας για να είναι δυνατή η σύνδεση των πελατών στον διακομιστή σας." #~ msgid "xdmcp" #~ msgstr "xdmcp" #~ msgid "Allow other hosts to access your display manager via XDMCP" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιτρέπει της πρόσβαση στο διαχειριστή προβολής από άλλους πελάτες μέσω " -#~ "του XDMCP" +#~ msgstr "Επιτρέπει της πρόσβαση στο διαχειριστή προβολής από άλλους πελάτες μέσω του XDMCP" #~ msgid "VNC Server" #~ msgstr "Διακομιστής VNC" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/firewall.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/firewall.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/firewall.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -71,8 +71,7 @@ "configuring SuSEfirewall2.\n" "Continue with configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Κάποιο άλλου είδους τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργοποιημένο στο σύστημα " -"σας. \n" +"Κάποιο άλλου είδους τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργοποιημένο στο σύστημα σας. \n" "\n" "Αν συνεχίσετε, το SuSEfirewall2 μπορεί να εμφανίσει απροσδιόριστα σφάλματα.\n" "Θα ήταν καλύτερα να αφαιρέσετε το άλλο τείχος προστασίας πριν\n" @@ -256,20 +255,15 @@ "Network traffic through any unassigned interface is blocked.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Διασυνδέσεις</big>\n" -" Εδώ μπορείτε να αντιστοιχίσετε τις δικτυακές σας συσκευές σε ζώνες του " -"τείχους προστασίας\n" +" Εδώ μπορείτε να αντιστοιχίσετε τις δικτυακές σας συσκευές σε ζώνες του τείχους προστασίας\n" "επιλέγοντας τη συσκευή στον πίνακα και πατώντας Αλλαγή.\n" "\n" "Εισάγετε ειδικά αλφαριθμητικά, όπως οποιoδήποτε, χρησιμοποιώντας\n" -"Προσαρμοσμένο. Μπορείτε επίσης να εισάγετε διασυνδέσεις που δεν έχουν " -"ακόμη ρυθμιστεί εδώ.\n" -"Αν το δίκτυο σας χρειάζεται μεταμφίεση, το αλφαριθμητικό οποιοδήποτε " -"δεν επιτρέπεται.\n" +"Προσαρμοσμένο. Μπορείτε επίσης να εισάγετε διασυνδέσεις που δεν έχουν ακόμη ρυθμιστεί εδώ.\n" +"Αν το δίκτυο σας χρειάζεται μεταμφίεση, το αλφαριθμητικό οποιοδήποτε δεν επιτρέπεται.\n" "\n" -"Κάθε συσκευή δικτύου θα πρέπει να έχει αντιστοιχηθεί σε μια ζώνη του " -"τείχους προστασίας.\n" -"Η κίνηση δικτύου διαμέσου οποιασδήποτε μη αντιστοιχισμένης διασύνδεσης " -"απαγορεύεται.\n" +"Κάθε συσκευή δικτύου θα πρέπει να έχει αντιστοιχηθεί σε μια ζώνη του τείχους προστασίας.\n" +"Η κίνηση δικτύου διαμέσου οποιασδήποτε μη αντιστοιχισμένης διασύνδεσης απαγορεύεται.\n" #. Network Manager #. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? @@ -291,53 +285,41 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -"Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Επιτρεπόμενες Υπηρεσίες</big>\n" -" Καθορίσετε τις υπηρεσίες ή τις θύρες που θα είναι προσβάσιμες από το " -"δίκτυο.\n" +" Καθορίσετε τις υπηρεσίες ή τις θύρες που θα είναι προσβάσιμες από το δίκτυο.\n" "Τα δίκτυα διαχωρίζονται σε ζώνες τειχών προστασίας.\n" "\n" "Για να επιτρέψετε μια υπηρεσία, επιλέξτε την Ζώνηκαι την\n" "Υπηρεσία που θα Επιτραπεί και έπειτα πατήστε Προσθήκη.\n" -"Για να αφαιρέσετε μια επιτρεπόμενη υπηρεσία, επιλέξτε την Ζώνη και την " -"Επιτρεπόμενη Υπηρεσία και πατήστε Αφαίρεση.\n" +"Για να αφαιρέσετε μια επιτρεπόμενη υπηρεσία, επιλέξτε την Ζώνη και την Επιτρεπόμενη Υπηρεσία και πατήστε Αφαίρεση.\n" "\n" -"Με την αποεπιλογή του Προστασία Τείχους Ασφαλείας από την Εσωτερική " -"Ζώνη, αφαιρείτε την\n" -"προστασία από ολόκληρη τη ζώνη. Όλες οι υπηρεσίες και οι θύρες στο εσωτερικό " -"σας δίκτυο \n" +"Με την αποεπιλογή του Προστασία Τείχους Ασφαλείας από την Εσωτερική Ζώνη, αφαιρείτε την\n" +"προστασία από ολόκληρη τη ζώνη. Όλες οι υπηρεσίες και οι θύρες στο εσωτερικό σας δίκτυο \n" "θα είναι απροστάτευτες.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Πρόσθετες ρυθμίσεις μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν με τη χρήση του Προχωρημένα</" -"b>.\n" -"Οι καταχωρήσεις θα πρέπει να διαχωρίζονται με κενό. Μπορείτε να επιτρέψετε " -"θύρες TCP, UDP και RPC καθώς και πρωτόκολλα IP\n" -"Οι θύρες TCP και UDP μπορούν να εισαχθούν ως ονόματα θυρών (<tt>ftp-data</" -"tt>),\n" +"Πρόσθετες ρυθμίσεις μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν με τη χρήση του Προχωρημένα.\n" +"Οι καταχωρήσεις θα πρέπει να διαχωρίζονται με κενό. Μπορείτε να επιτρέψετε θύρες TCP, UDP και RPC καθώς και πρωτόκολλα IP\n" +"Οι θύρες TCP και UDP μπορούν να εισαχθούν ως ονόματα θυρών (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "αριθμοί θυρών (<tt>3128</tt>) και πεδία θυρών (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"Οι θύρες RPC μπορούν να εισαχθούν ως ονόματα υπηρεσιών (<tt>portmap</tt> ή " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"Οι θύρες RPC μπορούν να εισαχθούν ως ονόματα υπηρεσιών (<tt>portmap</tt> ή <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Εισάγετε πρωτόκολλα IP ως ονόματα πρωτοκόλλου (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" @@ -345,19 +327,15 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Μεταμφίεση Δικτύου</big>\n" -" Η μεταμφίεση είναι μια λειτουργία η οποία αποκρύπτει το εσωτερικό δίκτυο " -"πίσω από το τείχος προστασίας σας και επιτρέπει\n" -"το εσωτερικό σας δίκτυο να έχει πρόσβαση στο εξωτερικό δίκτυο, όπως το " -"internet, με διαφάνεια. Οι αιτήσεις\n" +" Η μεταμφίεση είναι μια λειτουργία η οποία αποκρύπτει το εσωτερικό δίκτυο πίσω από το τείχος προστασίας σας και επιτρέπει\n" +"το εσωτερικό σας δίκτυο να έχει πρόσβαση στο εξωτερικό δίκτυο, όπως το internet, με διαφάνεια. Οι αιτήσεις\n" "από το εξωτερικό δίκτυο στο εσωτερικό απαγορεύονται.\n" "Επιλέξτε Μεταμφίεση Δικτύων για να μεταμφιέσετε τα δίκτυα σας\n" "σε σχέση με το εξωτερικό δίκτυο.\n" @@ -366,200 +344,140 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form." -"\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -" Παρόλο που αιτήσεις από το εξωτερικό δίκτυο δεν μπορούν να φτάσουν στο " -"εσωτερικό δίκτυο, είναι δυνατόν να\n" -"υπάρξει διαφανής ανακατεύθυνση οποιασδήποτε αιτούμενης θύρας του τείχους " -"προστασίας σε οποιαδήποτε εσωτερική IP.\n" -"Για να προσθέσετε καινούργιο κανόνα ανακατεύθυνσης, πατήστε Προσθήκη " -"και συμπληρώστε την φόρμα ανακατεύθυνσης.\n" +" Παρόλο που αιτήσεις από το εξωτερικό δίκτυο δεν μπορούν να φτάσουν στο εσωτερικό δίκτυο, είναι δυνατόν να\n" +"υπάρξει διαφανής ανακατεύθυνση οποιασδήποτε αιτούμενης θύρας του τείχους προστασίας σε οποιαδήποτε εσωτερική IP.\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε καινούργιο κανόνα ανακατεύθυνσης, πατήστε Προσθήκη και συμπληρώστε την φόρμα ανακατεύθυνσης.\n" "\n" -" Για να αφαιρέσετε οποιονδήποτε κανόνα ανακατεύθυνσης, επιλέξτε τον από " -"τον πίνακα και πατήστε Αφαίρεση.\n" +" Για να αφαιρέσετε οποιονδήποτε κανόνα ανακατεύθυνσης, επιλέξτε τον από τον πίνακα και πατήστε Αφαίρεση.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ρύθμιση Εκπομπής</big>\n" -" Τα πακέτα εκπομπής είναι ειδικά πακέτα UDP που αποστέλλονται σε όλο το " -"δίκτυο για να βρούνε\n" -"γειτονικούς υπολογιστές ή να στείλουν πληροφορίες σε κάθε υπολογιστή στο " -"δίκτυο.\n" -"Για παράδειγμα, οι διακομιστές CUPS παρέχουν πληροφορίες σχετικά με τις " -"σειρές εκτυπώσεων χρησιμοποιώντας πακέτα εκπομπής.\n" +" Τα πακέτα εκπομπής είναι ειδικά πακέτα UDP που αποστέλλονται σε όλο το δίκτυο για να βρούνε\n" +"γειτονικούς υπολογιστές ή να στείλουν πληροφορίες σε κάθε υπολογιστή στο δίκτυο.\n" +"Για παράδειγμα, οι διακομιστές CUPS παρέχουν πληροφορίες σχετικά με τις σειρές εκτυπώσεων χρησιμοποιώντας πακέτα εκπομπής.\n" "\n" -"Οι υπηρεσίες SuSEfirewall2 που έχουν επιλεχθεί στις επιτρεπόμενες " -"διασυνδέσεις αυτόματα προσθέτουν αναγκαίες θύρες\n" -"εκπομπής εδώ. Για να αφαιρέσετε οποιαδήποτε ή να προσθέσετε άλλες, " -"επεξεργαστείτε τους καταλόγους των διαχωρισμένων-με-κενό θυρών για\n" +"Οι υπηρεσίες SuSEfirewall2 που έχουν επιλεχθεί στις επιτρεπόμενες διασυνδέσεις αυτόματα προσθέτουν αναγκαίες θύρες\n" +"εκπομπής εδώ. Για να αφαιρέσετε οποιαδήποτε ή να προσθέσετε άλλες, επεξεργαστείτε τους καταλόγους των διαχωρισμένων-με-κενό θυρών για\n" "συγκεκριμένες ζώνες.\n" "\n" -"Τα υπόλοιπα απορριπτόμενα πακέτα εκπομπής καταγράφονται. Αυτά συνήθως " -"είναι αρκετά σε ευρεία δίκτυα.\n" -"Για την διακοπή καταγραφής αυτών των πακέτων, απεπιλέξτε Καταγραφή Μη " -"Αποδεκτών Πακέτων Εκπομπήςn για τις επιθυμητές ζώνες.\n" +"Τα υπόλοιπα απορριπτόμενα πακέτα εκπομπής καταγράφονται. Αυτά συνήθως είναι αρκετά σε ευρεία δίκτυα.\n" +"Για την διακοπή καταγραφής αυτών των πακέτων, απεπιλέξτε Καταγραφή Μη Αποδεκτών Πακέτων Εκπομπήςn για τις επιθυμητές ζώνες.\n" #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Απάντηση Αναμετάδοσης</big> \n" -"Το τοίχος προστασίας συνήθως απορρίπτει πακέτα που στάλθηκαν ως απαντήσεις " -"από άλλες μηχανές \n" -"στα πακέτα αναμετάδοσης του συστήματος σας, π.χ., Περιήγηση Samba ή " -"Περιήγηση SLP.\n" +"Το τοίχος προστασίας συνήθως απορρίπτει πακέτα που στάλθηκαν ως απαντήσεις από άλλες μηχανές \n" +"στα πακέτα αναμετάδοσης του συστήματος σας, π.χ., Περιήγηση Samba ή Περιήγηση SLP.\n" "\n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε ποια πακέτα θα επιτρέπονται από το τοίχος " -"προστασίας. Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί\n" -"Προσθήκη για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο κανόνα. Θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε την " -"ζώνη προστασίας όπως καθώς και\n" -"από τις ήδη ορισμένες υπηρεσίες ή να ορίσετε τελείως χειροκίνητα τον κανόνα " -"σας.\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε ποια πακέτα θα επιτρέπονται από το τοίχος προστασίας. Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί\n" +"Προσθήκη για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο κανόνα. Θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε την ζώνη προστασίας όπως καθώς και\n" +"από τις ήδη ορισμένες υπηρεσίες ή να ορίσετε τελείως χειροκίνητα τον κανόνα σας.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Υποστήριξη IPsec</big>\n" -" Η IPsec είναι μια κρυπτογραφημένη επικοινωνία μεταξύ έμπιστων κόμβων ή " -"δικτύων διαμέσου μη έμπιστων δικτύων, όπως το\n" -"Internet. Αυτός ο διάλογος ανοίγει την IPsec για μια εξωτερική ζώνη " -"χρησιμοποιώντας\n" +" Η IPsec είναι μια κρυπτογραφημένη επικοινωνία μεταξύ έμπιστων κόμβων ή δικτύων διαμέσου μη έμπιστων δικτύων, όπως το\n" +"Internet. Αυτός ο διάλογος ανοίγει την IPsec για μια εξωτερική ζώνη χρησιμοποιώντας\n" "Ενεργοποίηση.\n" "\n" -"Λεπτομέρειες ρυθμίζουν την επιτυχή διαχείριση των " -"αποκρυπτογραφημένων\n" -"πακέτων IPsec. Για παράδειγμα, θα μπορούσαν να αντιμετωπιστούν σαν να " -"προέρχονταν από την εσωτερική ζώνη.\n" +"Λεπτομέρειες ρυθμίζουν την επιτυχή διαχείριση των αποκρυπτογραφημένων\n" +"πακέτων IPsec. Για παράδειγμα, θα μπορούσαν να αντιμετωπιστούν σαν να προέρχονταν από την εσωτερική ζώνη.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " -"Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " -"Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Επίπεδο Καταγραφής</big>\n" -" Αυτός είναι ένας βασικός διάλογος ρύθμισης για την κατάσταση καταγραφής " -"των πακέτων IP. Εδώ,\n" -"ρυθμίζεται η καταγραφή για τα εισερχόμενα πακέτα σύνδεσης. Τα εξερχόμενα δεν " -"καταγράφονται καθόλου.\n" +" Αυτός είναι ένας βασικός διάλογος ρύθμισης για την κατάσταση καταγραφής των πακέτων IP. Εδώ,\n" +"ρυθμίζεται η καταγραφή για τα εισερχόμενα πακέτα σύνδεσης. Τα εξερχόμενα δεν καταγράφονται καθόλου.\n" "\n" -"Υπάρχουν δυο ομάδες των καταγεγραμμένων πακέτων IP: Αποδεκτά Πακέτα</" -"b> και Μη Αποδεκτά Πακέτα.\n" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τρία επίπεδα καταγραφής για κάθε ομάδα: Καταγραφή " -"Όλων για καταγραφή κάθε\n" -"πακέτου, Καταγραφή Μόνο Κρίσιμα για την καταγραφή μόνο των κρίσιμων, " -"ή Καμία Καταγραφή\n" -"για την μη καταγραφή. Θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε τουλάχιστον την καταγραφή των " -"κρίσιμων πακέτων.\n" +"Υπάρχουν δυο ομάδες των καταγεγραμμένων πακέτων IP: Αποδεκτά Πακέτα και Μη Αποδεκτά Πακέτα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τρία επίπεδα καταγραφής για κάθε ομάδα: Καταγραφή Όλων για καταγραφή κάθε\n" +"πακέτου, Καταγραφή Μόνο Κρίσιμα για την καταγραφή μόνο των κρίσιμων, ή Καμία Καταγραφή\n" +"για την μη καταγραφή. Θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε τουλάχιστον την καταγραφή των κρίσιμων πακέτων.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Περίληψη</big>\n" " Εδώ, μπορείτε να βρείτε μια περίληψη των καταστάσεων ρύθμισης.\n" -"Αυτή η περίληψη χωρίζεται στην γενική ρύθμιση και μέρη για κάθε ζώνη του " -"τείχους προστασίας.\n" +"Αυτή η περίληψη χωρίζεται στην γενική ρύθμιση και μέρη για κάθε ζώνη του τείχους προστασίας.\n" "Κάθε υπάρχουσα ζώνη περιλαμβάνεται εδώ.\n" "\n" -"Εκκίνηση Τείχους Προστασίας δείχνει αν το τείχος προστασίας " -"ξεκίνησε στην\n" +"Εκκίνηση Τείχους Προστασίας δείχνει αν το τείχος προστασίας ξεκίνησε στην\n" "διαδικασία εκκίνησης του συστήματοςή μόνο χειροκίνητα.\n" "\n" -"Οι Ζώνες του Τείχους Προστασίας πρέπει να έχουν μια διασύνδεση δικτύου " -"αντιστοιχισμένη στον κατάλογο των ακόλουθων αντικειμένων της περίληψης:\n" +"Οι Ζώνες του Τείχους Προστασίας πρέπει να έχουν μια διασύνδεση δικτύου αντιστοιχισμένη στον κατάλογο των ακόλουθων αντικειμένων της περίληψης:\n" "\n" -"Διασυνδέσεις:Όλες οι διασυνδέσεις που περιλαμβάνονται στον " -"κατάλογο και χρησιμοποιούν το όνομα ρύθμισης τους και το όνομα συσκευής.\n" -"Αν η ρύθμιση είναι πλήρης και η διασύνδεση υπάρχει, βλέπετε ένα πράσινο " -"σύμβολο ελέγχου στα αριστερά. Αν υπάρχει πρόβλημα, βλέπετε ένα κόκκινο " -"βέλος\n" +"Διασυνδέσεις:Όλες οι διασυνδέσεις που περιλαμβάνονται στον κατάλογο και χρησιμοποιούν το όνομα ρύθμισης τους και το όνομα συσκευής.\n" +"Αν η ρύθμιση είναι πλήρης και η διασύνδεση υπάρχει, βλέπετε ένα πράσινο σύμβολο ελέγχου στα αριστερά. Αν υπάρχει πρόβλημα, βλέπετε ένα κόκκινο βέλος\n" "στα αριστερά.\n" "\n" -"Ανοιχτές Υπηρεσίες, Θύρες και Πρωτόκολλα: Αυτό δημιουργεί " -"καταλόγους όλων των επιτρεπόμενων υπηρεσιών δικτύου, επιπλέον του\n" -"TCP(Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), και RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Ανοιχτές Υπηρεσίες, Θύρες και Πρωτόκολλα: Αυτό δημιουργεί καταλόγους όλων των επιτρεπόμενων υπηρεσιών δικτύου, επιπλέον του\n" +"TCP(Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), και RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "θύρες, και IP(Internet Protocol) πρωτόκολλα.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 @@ -569,8 +487,7 @@ "ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone." msgstr "" "Εδώ εισάγετε επιπλέον\n" -"θύρες ή πρωτόκολλα για να ενεργοποιηθούν στην ζώνη του τείχους προστασίας.</" -"p>" +"θύρες ή πρωτόκολλα για να ενεργοποιηθούν στην ζώνη του τείχους προστασίας." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -581,8 +498,7 @@ "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>." msgstr "" "Οι Θύρες TCP και οι Θύρες UDP μπορούν να εισαχθούν ως\n" -"μια λίστα αριθμών θυρών, ονομάτων θυρών ή εύρος θυρών χωρισμένες από ένα " -"διάστημα,\n" +"μια λίστα αριθμών θυρών, ονομάτων θυρών ή εύρος θυρών χωρισμένες από ένα διάστημα,\n" "π.χ., <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt> ή <tt>137:139</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 @@ -590,12 +506,10 @@ #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "Οι Θύρες RPC είναι μια λίστα από υπηρεσίες RPC, π.χ..,\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> ή <tt>portmap</tt> χωρισμένες από κενά " -"διαστήματα." +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> ή <tt>portmap</tt> χωρισμένες από κενά διαστήματα." #. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 #. please, do not modify examples @@ -615,16 +529,13 @@ #. please, do not modify examples #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." msgstr "" -"Το Εύρος Θύρας είναι δυο αριθμοί με άνω-κάτω τελεία στο ενδιάμεσο " -"το οποίο αντιπροσωπεύει\n" -"όλους τους αριθμούς που βρίσκονται στο εύρος, συμπεριλαμβανομένων και των " -"αριθμών καθεαυτών.\n" +"Το Εύρος Θύρας είναι δυο αριθμοί με άνω-κάτω τελεία στο ενδιάμεσο το οποίο αντιπροσωπεύει\n" +"όλους τους αριθμούς που βρίσκονται στο εύρος, συμπεριλαμβανομένων και των αριθμών καθεαυτών.\n" "Ο πρώτος αριθμός θύρας θα πρέπει να είναι μικρότερος από τον τελευταίο,\n" "για παράδειγμα, <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -635,22 +546,18 @@ "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" "the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file." msgstr "" -"Το Όνομα Θύρας είναι ένα όνομα το οποίο έχει ανατεθεί σε έναν " -"αριθμό θύρας από την IANA\n" +"Το Όνομα Θύρας είναι ένα όνομα το οποίο έχει ανατεθεί σε έναν αριθμό θύρας από την IANA\n" "Ένας αριθμός θύρας μπορεί να έχει καθορισμένα πολλαπλά ονόματα \n" -"Βρείτε την τρέχουσα ανάθεση που χρησιμοποιείται στο αρχείο <tt>/etc/" -"services</tt>." +"Βρείτε την τρέχουσα ανάθεση που χρησιμοποιείται στο αρχείο <tt>/etc/services</tt>." #. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Τείχος Προστασίας</big> \n" -"Το τείχος προστασίας είναι ένας αμυντικός μηχανισμός που προστατεύει τον " -"υπολογιστή σας από δικτυακές απειλές.\n" +"Το τείχος προστασίας είναι ένας αμυντικός μηχανισμός που προστατεύει τον υπολογιστή σας από δικτυακές απειλές.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 #: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 @@ -660,8 +567,7 @@ "matching these rules.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Χειροκίνητοι Κανόνες</big> \n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ειδικούς κανόνες στο τείχος προστασίας που θα " -"επιτρέπουν νέες συνδέσεις\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ειδικούς κανόνες στο τείχος προστασίας που θα επιτρέπουν νέες συνδέσεις\n" "που να ταιριάζουν με αυτούς τους κανόνες.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 @@ -676,8 +582,7 @@ "Πηγαίο Δίκτυο \n" "Το δίκτυο ή η διεύθυνση ΙΡ από όπου παρέχεται η σύνδεση,\n" "π.χ., <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> ή <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -"ή <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ή <tt>0/0</tt> (το οποίο σημαίνει <tt>όλα</tt>)." -"\n" +"ή <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> ή <tt>0/0</tt> (το οποίο σημαίνει <tt>όλα</tt>).\n" #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 #. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 @@ -688,8 +593,7 @@ "RPC services." msgstr "" "Πρωτόκολλο \n" -"Το πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται από αυτό το πακέτο. Το ειδικό πρωτόκολλο " -"<tt>RPC</tt> χρησιμοποιείται\n" +"Το πρωτόκολλο που χρησιμοποιείται από αυτό το πακέτο. Το ειδικό πρωτόκολλο <tt>RPC</tt> χρησιμοποιείται\n" "για υπηρεσίες RPC." #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 @@ -705,8 +609,7 @@ "Θύρα Προορισμού \n" "Το όνομα της θύρας, ο αριθμός ή η εμβέλεια που επιτρέπεται\n" "να υπάρχει πρόσβαση, π.χ., <tt>smtp</tt> ή <tt>25</tt> ή <tt>100:110</tt>.\n" -"Στην περίπτωση του πρωτοκόλλου <tt>RPC</tt>, χρησιμοποιήστε το όνομα της " -"υπηρεσίας RPC.\n" +"Στην περίπτωση του πρωτοκόλλου <tt>RPC</tt>, χρησιμοποιήστε το όνομα της υπηρεσίας RPC.\n" "Αυτή η εισαγωγή είναι προαιρετική." #. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 @@ -1207,8 +1110,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 msgid "Any unassigned interface will be assigned to this zone." -msgstr "" -"Οποιαδήποτε μη αντιστοιχισμένη διασύνδεση θα αντιστοιχιστεί σε αυτή τη ζώνη." +msgstr "Οποιαδήποτε μη αντιστοιχισμένη διασύνδεση θα αντιστοιχιστεί σε αυτή τη ζώνη." #. TRANSLATORS: informative text #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 @@ -1246,12 +1148,8 @@ msgstr "%1 προσαρμοσμένοι κανόνες ορίστηκαν" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " -"port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "" -"Δίκτυο: %1, Πρωτόκολλο: %2, Θύρα Προορισμού: %3, Θύρα " -"Πηγής: %4, Επιλογές: %5" +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "Δίκτυο: %1, Πρωτόκολλο: %2, Θύρα Προορισμού: %3, Θύρα Πηγής: %4, Επιλογές: %5" #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 @@ -1286,15 +1184,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" -msgstr "" -"Το τείχος προστασίας θα εκκινήσει μετά την εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων" +msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας θα εκκινήσει μετά την εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" -msgstr "" -"Το τείχος προστασίας θα τερματιστεί μετά την εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων" +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας θα τερματιστεί μετά την εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item #: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 @@ -1360,9 +1255,7 @@ #. that is possible to use in port-range #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." -msgstr "" -"Ο αριθμός της θύρας πρέπει να είναι μεταξύ του 1 και του %1 " -"(συμπεριλαμβάνεται)." +msgstr "Ο αριθμός της θύρας πρέπει να είναι μεταξύ του 1 και του %1 (συμπεριλαμβάνεται)." #. TRANSLATORS: popup headline #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 @@ -1423,11 +1316,8 @@ #. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? #. TRANSLATORS: informative label #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "" -"Η μεταμφίεση χρειάζεται τουλάχιστον μια εξωτερική διασύνδεση και μια άλλη " -"διασύνδεση." +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "Η μεταμφίεση χρειάζεται τουλάχιστον μια εξωτερική διασύνδεση και μια άλλη διασύνδεση." #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 @@ -1672,8 +1562,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" -msgstr "" -"Υπηρεσία γνωστών τειχών προστασίας; διαχωρισμός-με-κόμμα πολλαπλών υπηρεσιών" +msgstr "Υπηρεσία γνωστών τειχών προστασίας; διαχωρισμός-με-κόμμα πολλαπλών υπηρεσιών" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 @@ -1683,8 +1572,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" -msgstr "" -"Όνομα ή αριθμός της θύρας UDP; διαχωρισμός-με-κόμμα των πολλαπλών θυρών" +msgstr "Όνομα ή αριθμός της θύρας UDP; διαχωρισμός-με-κόμμα των πολλαπλών θυρών" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 @@ -2134,8 +2022,7 @@ #~ "or 0/0" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Άκυρος ορισμός δικτύου '%1'.\n" -#~ "Το δίκτυο μπορεί να καθοριστεί ως μια ΙΡ ή ως μια ΙΡ με κάθετο και μάσκα " -#~ "δικτύου.\n" +#~ "Το δίκτυο μπορεί να καθοριστεί ως μια ΙΡ ή ως μια ΙΡ με κάθετο και μάσκα δικτύου.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Για παράδειγμα: 192.168.0.1\n" #~ "ή 192.168.0.0/20\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/firstboot.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/firstboot.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/firstboot.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση Αλληλουχίας Πρώτης Εκκίνησης για να εκκινηθεί\n" -"η εφαρμογή πρώτης εκκίνησης του YaST κατά την πρώτη εκκίνηση μετά την " -"εγκατάσταση.\n" +"η εφαρμογή πρώτης εκκίνησης του YaST κατά την πρώτη εκκίνηση μετά την εγκατάσταση.\n" #. check box label #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 @@ -53,16 +52,11 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση Αλληλουχίας Πρώτης Εκκίνησης για να " -"εκκινηθεί η εφαρμογή πρώτης εκκίνησης του YaST κατά την πρώτη εκκίνηση μετά " -"την εγκατάσταση.\n" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ελέγξτε την τεκμηρίωση του αρθρώματος yast2-" -"firstboot.\n" +"Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση Αλληλουχίας Πρώτης Εκκίνησης για να εκκινηθεί η εφαρμογή πρώτης εκκίνησης του YaST κατά την πρώτη εκκίνηση μετά την εγκατάσταση.\n" +"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες ελέγξτε την τεκμηρίωση του αρθρώματος yast2-firstboot.\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -158,8 +152,7 @@ "the desktop to enable as the default desktop." msgstr "" "<h3>Επιλογή επιφάνειας εργασίας</h3>\n" -"Το σύστημα έχει παραπάνω από ένα περιβάλλοντα επιφάνειας εργασίας " -"εγκατεστημένα. Επιλέξτε\n" +"Το σύστημα έχει παραπάνω από ένα περιβάλλοντα επιφάνειας εργασίας εγκατεστημένα. Επιλέξτε\n" "την επιφάνεια εργασίας που θέλετε να είναι η προκαθορισμένη." #. translators: dialog title @@ -235,18 +228,13 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " -"start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" -"Αν είναι επιθυμητό, οι περισσότερο προχωρημένοι μπορούν να " -"χρησιμοποιήσουν την πλήρη σειρά\n" -"των μονάδων ρυθμίσεων της SuSE's αυτή τη φορά. Επιλέξτε Εκκίνηση Κέντρου " -"Ελέγχου YaST και\n" -"θα ξεκινήσει μετά από το Τέλος. Σημείωση: Το Κέντρο Ελέγχου δεν έχει " -"κάποιο κουμπί\n" +"Αν είναι επιθυμητό, οι περισσότερο προχωρημένοι μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν την πλήρη σειρά\n" +"των μονάδων ρυθμίσεων της SuSE's αυτή τη φορά. Επιλέξτε Εκκίνηση Κέντρου Ελέγχου YaST και\n" +"θα ξεκινήσει μετά από το Τέλος. Σημείωση: Το Κέντρο Ελέγχου δεν έχει κάποιο κουμπί\n" "επιστροφής για να επιστρέψετε σε αυτήν την ακολουθία της εγκατάστασης.\n" #. popup text @@ -259,10 +247,8 @@ msgstr "" "Οι ρυθμίσεις της γλώσσας σας έχουν αλλάξει.\n" "\n" -"Αν είναι απαραίτητο, μπορείτε να προσαρμόσετε τις ρυθμίσεις του " -"πληκτρολογίου σας\n" -"στην νέα γλώσσα. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μετά τη σύνδεση σας το εργαλείο " -"ρύθμισης διάταξης πληκτρολογίου." +"Αν είναι απαραίτητο, μπορείτε να προσαρμόσετε τις ρυθμίσεις του πληκτρολογίου σας\n" +"στην νέα γλώσσα. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μετά τη σύνδεση σας το εργαλείο ρύθμισης διάταξης πληκτρολογίου." #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. Build dialog @@ -291,8 +277,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Επιλέξτε τη Γλώσσα και την Διάταξη του Πληκτρολογίου που θα " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί κατά την εγκατάσταση και\n" +"Επιλέξτε τη Γλώσσα και την Διάταξη του Πληκτρολογίου που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί κατά την εγκατάσταση και\n" "στη συνέχεια στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα.\n" "\n" @@ -323,8 +308,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:272 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." -msgstr "" -"Δεν υπάρχει αρκετός χώρος για την εγκατάσταση όλων των επιπλέον πακέτων." +msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει αρκετός χώρος για την εγκατάσταση όλων των επιπλέον πακέτων." #. progress stages #: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 @@ -478,7 +462,5 @@ #~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η επιλεγμένη γλώσσα δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί σε λειτουργία κειμένου. " -#~ "Τα Αγγλικά χρησιμοποιούνται\n" -#~ "για την εγκατάσταση, αλλά η επιλεγμένη γλώσσα θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για το " -#~ "καινούργιο σύστημα." +#~ "Η επιλεγμένη γλώσσα δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί σε λειτουργία κειμένου. Τα Αγγλικά χρησιμοποιούνται\n" +#~ "για την εγκατάσταση, αλλά η επιλεγμένη γλώσσα θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για το καινούργιο σύστημα." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/ftp-server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/ftp-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/ftp-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -63,9 +63,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:102 msgid "Enter the existing directory for authenticated users (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε τον υπάρχοντα κατάλογο για τους πιστοποιημένους χρήστες (μόνο για " -"το pure-ftpd)." +msgstr "Εισάγετε τον υπάρχοντα κατάλογο για τους πιστοποιημένους χρήστες (μόνο για το pure-ftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:110 @@ -90,18 +88,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Ο μέγιστος ρυθμός μετάδοσης δεδομένων που επιτρέπεται για τους τοπικά " -"πιστοποιημένους χρήστες (KB/s)" +msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgstr "Ο μέγιστος ρυθμός μετάδοσης δεδομένων που επιτρέπεται για τους τοπικά πιστοποιημένους χρήστες (KB/s)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:150 msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients (KB/s)" -msgstr "" -"Ο μέγιστος ρυθμός μετάδοσης δεδομένων που επιτρέπεται για τους ανώνυμους " -"πελάτες (KB/s)" +msgstr "Ο μέγιστος ρυθμός μετάδοσης δεδομένων που επιτρέπεται για τους ανώνυμους πελάτες (KB/s)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:158 @@ -115,12 +108,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " -"(vsftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Το μήνυμα καλωσορίσματος είναι ένα κείμενο που εμφανίζεται όταν κάποιος " -"συνδέεται στον εξυπηρετητή (μόνο vsftpd)." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Το μήνυμα καλωσορίσματος είναι ένα κείμενο που εμφανίζεται όταν κάποιος συνδέεται στον εξυπηρετητή (μόνο vsftpd)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:190 @@ -129,21 +118,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Αν είναι ενεργή, η επιλογή επιτρέπει συνδέσεις πρωτοκόλλου SSL v2. (vsftpd " -"μόνο)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Αν είναι ενεργή, η επιλογή επιτρέπει συνδέσεις πρωτοκόλλου SSL v2. (vsftpd μόνο)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "" -"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " -"only)." -msgstr "" -"Αν είναι ενεργή, η επιλογή επιτρέπει συνδέσεις πρωτοκόλλου SSL v3 (vsftpd " -"μόνο)." +msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgstr "Αν είναι ενεργή, η επιλογή επιτρέπει συνδέσεις πρωτοκόλλου SSL v3 (vsftpd μόνο)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:217 @@ -152,12 +133,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " -"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." -msgstr "" -"Να μην επιτρέπεται η λήψη αρχείων που μεταφορτώθηκαν αλλά δεν επιβεβαιώθηκαν " -"από κάποιον τοπικό διαχειριστή (pure-ftpd μόνο)." +msgid "Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local admin (pure-ftpd only)." +msgstr "Να μην επιτρέπεται η λήψη αρχείων που μεταφορτώθηκαν αλλά δεν επιβεβαιώθηκαν από κάποιον τοπικό διαχειριστή (pure-ftpd μόνο)." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:235 @@ -209,16 +186,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:296 msgid "The minimum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"Η ελάχιστη τιμή για την εμβέλεια της θύρας για απαντήσεις στις παθητικές " -"συνδέσεις" +msgstr "Η ελάχιστη τιμή για την εμβέλεια της θύρας για απαντήσεις στις παθητικές συνδέσεις" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:303 msgid "The maximum value for port range for passive connection replies" -msgstr "" -"Η μέγιστη τιμή για την εμβέλεια της θύρας για απαντήσεις στις παθητικές " -"συνδέσεις" +msgstr "Η μέγιστη τιμή για την εμβέλεια της θύρας για απαντήσεις στις παθητικές συνδέσεις" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:310 @@ -257,11 +230,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." -msgstr "" -"Το μήνυμα καλωσορίσματος είναι ένα κείμενο το οποίο εμφανίζεται όταν κάποιος " -"συνδέεται με τον εξυπηρετητή." +msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgstr "Το μήνυμα καλωσορίσματος είναι ένα κείμενο το οποίο εμφανίζεται όταν κάποιος συνδέεται με τον εξυπηρετητή." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:369 @@ -795,8 +765,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup message #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "All changes will be lost. Really abort configuration?" -msgstr "" -"Όλες οι αλλαγές θα χαθούν.Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε τη διακοπή ρύθμισης;" +msgstr "Όλες οι αλλαγές θα χαθούν.Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε τη διακοπή ρύθμισης;" #. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection #: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:188 @@ -1320,8 +1289,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:25 @@ -1351,16 +1319,13 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "Selected Service \n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-" -"ftpd, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" " . If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Επιλεγμένη Υπηρεσία \n" -" Το πλαίσιο σας δείχνει ποια υπηρεσία είναι ρυθμισμένη αυτή τη στιγμή: " -"vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" -" . Εάν έχετε εγκαταστήσει και τις δυο υπηρεσίες μπορείτε να " -"εναλλάσσετε εκ των δυο.\n" +" Το πλαίσιο σας δείχνει ποια υπηρεσία είναι ρυθμισμένη αυτή τη στιγμή: vsftpd, pure-ftpd, \n" +" . Εάν έχετε εγκαταστήσει και τις δυο υπηρεσίες μπορείτε να εναλλάσσετε εκ των δυο.\n" "\n" #. -----------================= GENERAL SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1390,8 +1355,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Chroot: \n" -"Όταν είναι ενεργό, οι τοπικοί χρήστες θα είναι (από προεπιλογή) " -"τοποθετημένοι σε μια\n" +"Όταν είναι ενεργό, οι τοπικοί χρήστες θα είναι (από προεπιλογή) τοποθετημένοι σε μια\n" "φυλακή chroot() στον προσωπικό τους κατάλογο μετά την σύνδεση.\n" "Προσοχή: Αυτή η επιλογή έχει επιπλοκές ασφαλείας, \n" "ειδικά αν οι χρήστες έχουν δικαιώματα να μεταφορτώνουν δεδομένα, \n" @@ -1432,10 +1396,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Umask για Ανώνυμους: \n" -"Η τιμή που ορίζεται στο umask για τη δημιουργία αρχείων για ανώνυμους " -"χρήστες. \n" -"Αν θέλετε να καθορίσετε οκταδικές τιμές, θυμηθείτε το πρόθεμα \"0\", " -"διαφορετικά \n" +"Η τιμή που ορίζεται στο umask για τη δημιουργία αρχείων για ανώνυμους χρήστες. \n" +"Αν θέλετε να καθορίσετε οκταδικές τιμές, θυμηθείτε το πρόθεμα \"0\", διαφορετικά \n" "η τιμή θα θεωρηθεί ως ακέραιος με βάση το 10.\n" "\n" @@ -1443,17 +1405,14 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Umask for Authenticated Users: \n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " -"users. \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Umask για Πιστοποιημένους Χρήστες: \n" -"Η τιμή που ορίζεται στο umask για τη δημιουργία αρχείων για πιστοποιημένους " -"χρήστες. \n" -"Αν θέλετε να καθορίσετε οκταδικές τιμές, θυμηθείτε το πρόθεμα \"0\", " -"διαφορετικά \n" +"Η τιμή που ορίζεται στο umask για τη δημιουργία αρχείων για πιστοποιημένους χρήστες. \n" +"Αν θέλετε να καθορίσετε οκταδικές τιμές, θυμηθείτε το πρόθεμα \"0\", διαφορετικά \n" "η τιμή θα θεωρηθεί ως ακέραιος με βάση το 10.\n" "\n" @@ -1467,8 +1426,7 @@ msgstr "" "Κατάλογος FTP για τους Ανώνυμους Χρήστες: \n" "Καθορίσετε ποιον κατάλογο θα χρησιμοποιούν οι ανώνυμοι χρήστες FTP. \n" -"Πατώντας Αναζήτηση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν κατάλογο από το τοπικό " -"σύστημα αρχείων.\n" +"Πατώντας Αναζήτηση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν κατάλογο από το τοπικό σύστημα αρχείων.\n" "\n" #. general FTP dir for authenticated help 1/1 @@ -1481,8 +1439,7 @@ msgstr "" "Κατάλογος FTP για Πιστοποιημένους Χρήστες: \n" "Καθορίστε ένα κατάλογο που θα χρησιμοποιούν οι πιστοποιημένοι χρήστες FTP. \n" -"Πατώντας Αναζήτηση για να επιλέξετε ένα κατάλογο από το τοπικό " -"σύστημα αρχείων.\n" +"Πατώντας Αναζήτηση για να επιλέξετε ένα κατάλογο από το τοπικό σύστημα αρχείων.\n" "\n" #. -----------================= PERFORMANCE SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1523,8 +1480,7 @@ msgstr "" "Μέγιστοι Πελάτες: \n" "Αυτός είναι ο μέγιστος αριθμός πελατών οι οποίοι επιτρέπεται να συνδεθούν. \n" -"Κάθε επιπλέον πελάτης που προσπαθεί να συνδεθεί θα εμφανιστεί μήνυμα " -"σφάλματος.\n" +"Κάθε επιπλέον πελάτης που προσπαθεί να συνδεθεί θα εμφανιστεί μήνυμα σφάλματος.\n" "\n" #. performance local max rate help 1/1 @@ -1535,8 +1491,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "Μέγιστη Τοπική Ταχύτητα: \n" -"Η μέγιστη ταχύτητα μεταφοράς δεδομένων που επιτρέπεται για τοπικούς " -"πιστοποιημένους χρήστες.\n" +"Η μέγιστη ταχύτητα μεταφοράς δεδομένων που επιτρέπεται για τοπικούς πιστοποιημένους χρήστες.\n" "" #. performance anonymous max rate help 1/1 @@ -1546,8 +1501,7 @@ "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for anonymous clients.\n" msgstr "" "Μέγιστη Ταχύτητα για Ανώνυμους Χρήστες: \n" -"Η μέγιστη ταχύτητα μεταφοράς δεδομένων που επιτρέπεται για ανώνυμους χρήστες." -"\n" +"Η μέγιστη ταχύτητα μεταφοράς δεδομένων που επιτρέπεται για ανώνυμους χρήστες.\n" #. -----------================= Authentication SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1556,19 +1510,14 @@ msgid "" "Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users \n" "Anonymous Only: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are " -"permitted.\n" -"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " -"permitted.\n" +"Authenticated Users Only: If enabled, only authenticated users are permitted.\n" +"Both If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Ενεργοποίηση/Απενεργοποίηση Ανώνυμων και Τοπικών Χρηστών \n" -"Μόνο Ανώνυμοι: Αν είναι ενεργό, επιτρέπονται μόνο ανώνυμες " -"συνδέσεις.\n" -"Μόνο Πιστοποιημένοι Χρήστες: Αν είναι ενεργό, επιτρέπονται μόνο οι " -"πιστοποιημένοι χρήστες.\n" -"Και τα Δύο Αν είναι ενεργό, επιτρέπονται και οι πιστοποιημένοι και οι " -"ανώνυμοι χρήστες.\n" +"Μόνο Ανώνυμοι: Αν είναι ενεργό, επιτρέπονται μόνο ανώνυμες συνδέσεις.\n" +"Μόνο Πιστοποιημένοι Χρήστες: Αν είναι ενεργό, επιτρέπονται μόνο οι πιστοποιημένοι χρήστες.\n" +"Και τα Δύο Αν είναι ενεργό, επιτρέπονται και οι πιστοποιημένοι και οι ανώνυμοι χρήστες.\n" "\n" #. authentication Enable Upload help 1/1 @@ -1580,10 +1529,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Ενεργοποίηση Μεταφόρτωσης \n" -"Αν είναι ενεργό, οι χρήστες FTP μπορούν να μεταφορτώσουν. Για να επιτρέψετε " -"στους ανώνυμους χρήστες\n" -"να μεταφορτώνουν, ενεργοποιήσετε το Ανώνυμοι Μπορούν να Μεταφορτώνουν</" -"b>.\n" +"Αν είναι ενεργό, οι χρήστες FTP μπορούν να μεταφορτώσουν. Για να επιτρέψετε στους ανώνυμους χρήστες\n" +"να μεταφορτώνουν, ενεργοποιήσετε το Ανώνυμοι Μπορούν να Μεταφορτώνουν.\n" "\n" #. authentication Anonymous Can Upload help 1/1 @@ -1592,16 +1539,13 @@ "Anonymous Can Upload \n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " -"login.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Ανώνυμοι Χρήστες Μπορούν να Ανεβάσουν \n" "Αν είναι ενεργό, οι ανώνυμοι χρήστες θα επιτρέπεται να ανεβάσουν.\n" -"μόνο το vsftpd: Αν θέλετε οι ανώνυμοι χρήστες να μπορούν να " -"ανεβάσουν, \n" -"χρειάζεται ένας κατάλογος με δικαιώματα εγγραφής μετά την σύνδεση του χρήστη " -"μέσα στον προσωπικό του κατάλογο.\n" +"μόνο το vsftpd: Αν θέλετε οι ανώνυμοι χρήστες να μπορούν να ανεβάσουν, \n" +"χρειάζεται ένας κατάλογος με δικαιώματα εγγραφής μετά την σύνδεση του χρήστη μέσα στον προσωπικό του κατάλογο.\n" "\n" #. authentication Anonymous Can Create Dirs help 1/1 @@ -1609,17 +1553,13 @@ msgid "" "Anonymous Can Create Dirs \n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create " -"directories,\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " -"after login.\n" +"vsftpd only: If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after login.\n" msgstr "" "Οι Ανώνυμοι Χρήστες Μπορούν Να Δημιουργήσουν Καταλόγους \n" "Αν είναι ενεργό, οι ανώνυμοι χρήστες μπορούν να δημιουργήσουν καταλόγους.\n" -"μόνο vsftpd: Αν θέλετε οι ανώνυμοι χρήστες να δημιουργήσουν " -"καταλόγους,\n" -"χρειάζεται ένας κατάλογος με δικαιώματα εγγραφής στον προσωπικό κατάλογο " -"μετά την σύνδεση.\n" +"μόνο vsftpd: Αν θέλετε οι ανώνυμοι χρήστες να δημιουργήσουν καταλόγους,\n" +"χρειάζεται ένας κατάλογος με δικαιώματα εγγραφής στον προσωπικό κατάλογο μετά την σύνδεση.\n" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- #. @@ -1631,8 +1571,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Ενεργοποίηση Παθητικής Κατάστασης \n" -"Αν είναι ενεργό, ο εξυπηρετητής FTP θα επιτρέπει την παθητική κατάσταση για " -"συνδέσεις. \n" +"Αν είναι ενεργό, ο εξυπηρετητής FTP θα επιτρέπει την παθητική κατάσταση για συνδέσεις. \n" "\n" #. expert settings Min Port for Pas. Mode help 1/1 @@ -1713,11 +1652,9 @@ "use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Πιστοποιητικό DSA που θα Χρησιμοποιηθεί για Κρυπτογραφημένες Συνδέσεις " -"SSL \n" +"Πιστοποιητικό DSA που θα Χρησιμοποιηθεί για Κρυπτογραφημένες Συνδέσεις SSL \n" "Αυτή η επιλογή καθορίζει την τοποθεσία του πιστοποιητικού DSA που \n" -"θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για τις κρυπτογραφημένες συνδέσεις SSL. Επιλέξετε ένα " -"αρχείο πατώντας το Αναζήτηση.\n" +"θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για τις κρυπτογραφημένες συνδέσεις SSL. Επιλέξετε ένα αρχείο πατώντας το Αναζήτηση.\n" "\n" #. expert settings Disable Downloading Unvalidated Data help 1/1 @@ -1739,18 +1676,13 @@ "Security Settings \n" "Disable SSL/TLS Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "Accept SSL and TLS Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use " -"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS Refuse connections that do not use SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "" msgstr "" "Ρυθμίσεις Ασφαλείας \n" -"Απενεργοποίηση του SSL/TLS Απενεργοποίηση του επιπέδου κρυπτογράφησης " -"SSL/TLS.\n" -"Αποδοχή SSL και TLS Αποδοχή και των δύο, παραδοσιακών και " -"κρυπτογραφημένων συνεδριών.\n" -"Άρνηση Συνδέσεων Χωρίς SSL/TLS Άρνηση συνδέσεων που δεν χρησιμοποιούν " -"τους μηχανισμούς ασφαλείας SSL/TLS, συμπεριλαμβανομένων των ανώνυμων " -"συνεδριών.\n" +"Απενεργοποίηση του SSL/TLS Απενεργοποίηση του επιπέδου κρυπτογράφησης SSL/TLS.\n" +"Αποδοχή SSL και TLS Αποδοχή και των δύο, παραδοσιακών και κρυπτογραφημένων συνεδριών.\n" +"Άρνηση Συνδέσεων Χωρίς SSL/TLS Άρνηση συνδέσεων που δεν χρησιμοποιούν τους μηχανισμούς ασφαλείας SSL/TLS, συμπεριλαμβανομένων των ανώνυμων συνεδριών.\n" "" #. -----------================= SUMMARY =============---------- @@ -1774,8 +1706,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Προσθήκη ενός Διακομιστή FTP</big> \n" "Επιλέξτε ένα διακομιστή FTP από την λίστα των ανιχνευμένων διακομιστών FTP.\n" -"Αν ο διακομιστής FTP δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, επιλέξτε Άλλος (μη ανιχνευμένος)" -".\n" +"Αν ο διακομιστής FTP δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, επιλέξτε Άλλος (μη ανιχνευμένος).\n" "Ύστερα πατήστε το Ρύθμιση.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1818,8 +1749,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή:</big> \n" "Επιλέξτε έναν εξυπηρετητή FTP, για αλλαγή ή διαγραφή.\n" -"Στη συνέχεια πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή αναλόγως τι " -"επιθυμείτε να κάνετε.\n" +"Στη συνέχεια πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή αναλόγως τι επιθυμείτε να κάνετε.\n" #. CWMServiceStart function with no parameter returning boolean value #. that says if the service is started. @@ -1892,8 +1822,7 @@ "To allow anonymous users to upload, you need a directory with write access.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Για να επιτρέπετε την μεταφόρτωση δεδομένων από ανώνυμους χρήστες, θα " -"χρειαστείτε έναν κατάλογο που επιτρέπεται η εγγραφή.\n" +"Για να επιτρέπετε την μεταφόρτωση δεδομένων από ανώνυμους χρήστες, θα χρειαστείτε έναν κατάλογο που επιτρέπεται η εγγραφή.\n" "\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1104 @@ -1911,8 +1840,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Εάν θέλετε να επιτρέπετε στους οι ανώνυμοι χρήστες να δημιουργούν\n" -"καταλόγους, θα χρειαστεί να δημιουργήσετε έναν κατάλογο που να επιτρέπεται η " -"εγγραφή.\n" +"καταλόγους, θα χρειαστεί να δημιουργήσετε έναν κατάλογο που να επιτρέπεται η εγγραφή.\n" "\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1132 @@ -1947,24 +1875,15 @@ "you need a directory with write access for them." msgstr "" "Αν θέλετε να επιτρέπετε τις αποστολές στους \"ανώνυμους\" χρήστες,\n" -"θα χρειαστεί να δημιουργήσετε έναν κατάλογο που να επιτρέπεται η εγγραφή για " -"αυτούς." +"θα χρειαστεί να δημιουργήσετε έναν κατάλογο που να επιτρέπεται η εγγραφή για αυτούς." #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access.\n" -msgstr "" -"Για ανώνυμες συνδέσεις, είναι απαραίτητο ο προσωπικός κατάλογος για κάθε " -"ανώνυμο χρήστη να μην είναι εγγράψιμος.\n" +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access.\n" +msgstr "Για ανώνυμες συνδέσεις, είναι απαραίτητο ο προσωπικός κατάλογος για κάθε ανώνυμο χρήστη να μην είναι εγγράψιμος.\n" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 -msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " -"have no write access." -msgstr "" -"Για ανώνυμες συνδέσεις, είναι απαραίτητο ο προσωπικός κατάλογος ενός " -"ανώνυμου χρήστη να μην είναι εγγράψιμος." +msgid "For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have no write access." +msgstr "Για ανώνυμες συνδέσεις, είναι απαραίτητο ο προσωπικός κατάλογος ενός ανώνυμου χρήστη να μην είναι εγγράψιμος." #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" #. check values Max Port >= Min Port @@ -1987,12 +1906,8 @@ #. Valid function of "Security Settings" #. check of existing certificate #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1718 -msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " -"connection is missing." -msgstr "" -"Το πιστοποιητικό <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> για τη σύνδεση SSL " -"λείπει." +msgid "The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection is missing." +msgstr "Το πιστοποιητικό <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> για τη σύνδεση SSL λείπει." #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:219 @@ -2018,12 +1933,8 @@ msgstr "Θέλετε να ρυθμίσετε το vsftpd; Εναλλακτικά επιλέξτε το pure-ftpd." #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:916 -msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " -"in interactive mode." -msgstr "" -"Έχετε εγκαταστήσει και τις δύο υπηρεσίες. Είναι απαραίτητο να τρέχετε την " -"ρύθμιση σε περιβάλλον αλληλεπίδρασης." +msgid "You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration in interactive mode." +msgstr "Έχετε εγκαταστήσει και τις δύο υπηρεσίες. Είναι απαραίτητο να τρέχετε την ρύθμιση σε περιβάλλον αλληλεπίδρασης." #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:935 @@ -2165,22 +2076,18 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Αναλυτική Καταγραφή \n" -#~ "Όταν είναι ενεργοποιημένο, όλες οι αιτήσεις και απαντήσεις FTP " -#~ "καταγράφονται.\n" +#~ "Όταν είναι ενεργοποιημένο, όλες οι αιτήσεις και απαντήσεις FTP καταγράφονται.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "FTP Directory for Anonymous Users: \n" #~ "Here you can specify a directory which is used for ftp anonymous users. \n" -#~ "By pressing Browse you can select a directory from the local " -#~ "filesystem.\n" +#~ "By pressing Browse you can select a directory from the local filesystem.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Κατάλογος FTP για Ανώνυμους Χρήστες: \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε ποιον κατάλογο θα χρησιμοποιούν οι ανώνυμοι " -#~ "χρήστες. \n" -#~ "Πατώντας Αναζήτηση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν κατάλογο από το " -#~ "τοπικό σύστημα αρχείων.\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε ποιον κατάλογο θα χρησιμοποιούν οι ανώνυμοι χρήστες. \n" +#~ "Πατώντας Αναζήτηση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν κατάλογο από το τοπικό σύστημα αρχείων.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2197,10 +2104,8 @@ #~ "Then press Configure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Προσθήκη ενός Διακομιστή FTP</big> \n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε ένα διακομιστή FTP από την λίστα των ανιχνευμένων διακομιστών " -#~ "FTP.\n" -#~ "Αν ο διακομιστής FTP δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, επιλέξτε Άλλος (μη " -#~ "ανιχνευμένος).\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε ένα διακομιστή FTP από την λίστα των ανιχνευμένων διακομιστών FTP.\n" +#~ "Αν ο διακομιστής FTP δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, επιλέξτε Άλλος (μη ανιχνευμένος).\n" #~ "Ύστερα πατήστε το Ρύθμιση.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2209,8 +2114,7 @@ #~ "edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Σύνοψη Ρυθμίσεων Διακομιστή FTP</big> \n" -#~ "Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε συνοπτικά τους εγκατεστημένους διακομιστές FTP. " -#~ "Επιπλέον,\n" +#~ "Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε συνοπτικά τους εγκατεστημένους διακομιστές FTP. Επιπλέον,\n" #~ "μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις τους. \n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/geo-cluster.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/geo-cluster.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/geo-cluster.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση Τείχους Προστασίας" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/gtk.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/gtk.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/gtk.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -246,25 +246,11 @@ #~ msgid "Package _listing:" #~ msgstr "Λίστα_πακέτων:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Press a patch in the " -#~ "list to see more information about it.To install a patch, just " -#~ "click on its \"checkbox\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Επισκόπηση</h1>Πατήστε το αρχείο " -#~ "διόρθωσης στην λίστα για περισσότερες πληροφορίες.Για εγκατάσταση " -#~ "του αρχείου διόρθωσης, κάντε κλικ στο αντίστοιχο \"checkbox\"." +#~ msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Press a patch in the list to see more information about it.To install a patch, just click on its \"checkbox\"." +#~ msgstr "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Επισκόπηση</h1>Πατήστε το αρχείο διόρθωσης στην λίστα για περισσότερες πληροφορίες.Για εγκατάσταση του αρχείου διόρθωσης, κάντε κλικ στο αντίστοιχο \"checkbox\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Browse packages using " -#~ "the groups list on the left.Press a package in the list to see " -#~ "more information about it.To install or remove a package, just " -#~ "click on its \"checkbox\"." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Επισκόπηση</h1>Εύρεση πακέτων με " -#~ "την χρήση λίστας ομάδων στα αριστερά.Πατήστε το πακέτο της λίστας " -#~ "ώστε να δείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες γι' αυτό.Για εγκατάσταση ή " -#~ "αφαίρεση του πακέτου, απλά κάντε κλικ στο αντίστοιχο \"checkbox\"." +#~ msgid "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1>Browse packages using the groups list on the left.Press a package in the list to see more information about it.To install or remove a package, just click on its \"checkbox\"." +#~ msgstr "<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Επισκόπηση</h1>Εύρεση πακέτων με την χρήση λίστας ομάδων στα αριστερά.Πατήστε το πακέτο της λίστας ώστε να δείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες γι' αυτό.Για εγκατάσταση ή αφαίρεση του πακέτου, απλά κάντε κλικ στο αντίστοιχο \"checkbox\"." #~ msgid "Priorities" #~ msgstr "Προτεραιότητες" @@ -299,8 +285,7 @@ #~ msgid "Install anyway?" #~ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση παρόλα αυτά;" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." +#~ msgid "There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." #~ msgstr "Υπάρχει σύγκρουση πακέτων που πρέπει να επιλυθεί χειροκίνητα." #~ msgid "Changes not saved!" @@ -312,12 +297,8 @@ #~ msgid "Unsupported packages" #~ msgstr "Πακέτα χωρίς υποστήριξη" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or " -#~ "requires an additional customer contract for support." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρακαλώ συνειδητοποιήστε ότι το ακόλουθο λογισμικό είτε δεν " -#~ "υποστηρίζεται είτε απαιτεί πρόσθετο συμβόλαιο χρήσης για υποστήριξη." +#~ msgid "Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +#~ msgstr "Παρακαλώ συνειδητοποιήστε ότι το ακόλουθο λογισμικό είτε δεν υποστηρίζεται είτε απαιτεί πρόσθετο συμβόλαιο χρήσης για υποστήριξη." #~ msgid "Online Update" #~ msgstr "Άμεση Ενημέρωση" @@ -328,221 +309,50 @@ #~ msgid "Please wait..." #~ msgstr "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update " -#~ "applications.Software in &product; is broken down and distributed " -#~ "in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a " -#~ "common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is " -#~ "installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such " -#~ "underlying dependencies. Likewise, the plugins and other non-" -#~ "essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own " -#~ "packages, so the user may install them only if needed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Χρησιμότητα</h1>Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει να εγκαταστήσετε, " -#~ "να αφαιρέσετε και να ενημερώσετε εφαρμογές.Το λογισμικό για το " -#~ "&προϊόν χωρίζεται και διανέμεται με τη μορφή πακέτων. Με αυτό τον τρόπο, " -#~ "όταν πολλές εφαρμογές απαιτούν ένα κοινό αρχείο συστήματος, το αρχείο " -#~ "αυτό διανέμεται στο δικό του πακέτο και εγκαθίσταται μόνο μία φορά. Ο " -#~ "χρήστης δεν πρέπει να προβληματίζεται για τέτοιες εξαρτήσεις. Με " -#~ "τον ίδιο τρόπο, τα πρόσθετα και διάφορα μη-σημαντικά δεδομένα μίας " -#~ "εφαρμογής μπορούν να διανέμονται σε ξεχωριστά πακέτα, έτσι ο χρήστης τα " -#~ "εγκαθιστά μόνο όταν χρειάζονται." +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool lets you install, remove, and update applications.Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying dependencies. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may install them only if needed." +#~ msgstr "<h1>Χρησιμότητα</h1>Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει να εγκαταστήσετε, να αφαιρέσετε και να ενημερώσετε εφαρμογές.Το λογισμικό για το &προϊόν χωρίζεται και διανέμεται με τη μορφή πακέτων. Με αυτό τον τρόπο, όταν πολλές εφαρμογές απαιτούν ένα κοινό αρχείο συστήματος, το αρχείο αυτό διανέμεται στο δικό του πακέτο και εγκαθίσταται μόνο μία φορά. Ο χρήστης δεν πρέπει να προβληματίζεται για τέτοιες εξαρτήσεις. Με τον ίδιο τρόπο, τα πρόσθετα και διάφορα μη-σημαντικά δεδομένα μίας εφαρμογής μπορούν να διανέμονται σε ξεχωριστά πακέτα, έ� �σι ο χρήστης τα εγκαθιστά μόνο όταν χρειάζονται." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Common suffixes for complementary packages:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Συνήθεις καταλήξεις συμπληρωματικών πακέτων:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: προσθέτει λειτουργίες σε μία εφαρμογή.</li><li>-devel: " -#~ "επικεφαλίδες πηγαίου κώδικα για ανάπτυξη εφαρμογών.</li><li>-" -#~ "debuginfo: σύμβολα αποσφαλμάτωσης για έλεγχο του λογισμικού.</" -#~ "li><li>-fr, -pl ή άλλα σύμβολα γλωσσών: αρχεία μετάφρασης " -#~ "(η γλώσσα σας επιλέγεται αυτόματα για εγκατάσταση όταν χρειάζεται).</li></" -#~ "ul>" +#~ msgid "Common suffixes for complementary packages:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "Συνήθεις καταλήξεις συμπληρωματικών πακέτων:<ul><li>-plugin-: προσθέτει λειτουργίες σε μία εφαρμογή.</li><li>-devel: επικεφαλίδες πηγαίου κώδικα για ανάπτυξη εφαρμογών.</li><li>-debuginfo: σύμβολα αποσφαλμάτωσης για έλεγχο του λογισμικού.</li><li>-fr, -pl ή άλλα σύμβολα γλωσσών: αρχεία μετάφρασης (η γλώσσα σας επιλέγεται αυτόματα για εγκατάσταση όταν χρειάζεται).</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages " -#~ "that are available from the repositories you have configured will " -#~ "be listed together. Status filters are available in the right-" -#~ "bottom box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Τα πακέτα που είναι εγκατεστημένα στο σύστημα σας, και τα πακέτα από " -#~ "τις αποθήκες λογισμικού που έχετε ρυθμίσει θα εμφανισθούν σε μία " -#~ "ενιαία λίστα. Διάφορα φίλτρα Κατάστασης είναι διαθέσιμα στο κάτω " -#~ "δεξιά πλαίσιο." +#~ msgid "Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages that are available from the repositories you have configured will be listed together. Status filters are available in the right-bottom box." +#~ msgstr "Τα πακέτα που είναι εγκατεστημένα στο σύστημα σας, και τα πακέτα από τις αποθήκες λογισμικού που έχετε ρυθμίσει θα εμφανισθούν σε μία ενιαία λίστα. Διάφορα φίλτρα Κατάστασης είναι διαθέσιμα στο κάτω δεξιά πλαίσιο." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local " -#~ "(such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find " -#~ "an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can " -#~ "also be accessed via the Configuration > Repositories menu item.</" -#~ "blockquote>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<blockquote>Μία αποθήκη λογισμικού είναι μία περιοχή πακέτων. Μπορεί να " -#~ "είναι τοπική (όπως το CD εγκατάστασης), ή ένας απομακρυσμένος " -#~ "διακομιστής. Μπορείτε να βρείτε ένα εργαλείο ρύθμισης αποθηκών λογισμικού " -#~ "στο Κέντρο Διαχείρισης YaST, στο οποίο έχετε πρόσβαση μέσω του μενού " -#~ "Ρυθμίσεις > Αποθήκες Λογισμικού.</blockquote>" +#~ msgid "<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (such as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find an utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can also be accessed via the Configuration > Repositories menu item.</blockquote>" +#~ msgstr "<blockquote>Μία αποθήκη λογισμικού είναι μία περιοχή πακέτων. Μπορεί να είναι τοπική (όπως το CD εγκατάστασης), ή ένας απομακρυσμένος διακομιστής. Μπορείτε να βρείτε ένα εργαλείο ρύθμισης αποθηκών λογισμικού στο Κέντρο Διαχείρισης YaST, στο οποίο έχετε πρόσβαση μέσω του μενού Ρυθμίσεις > Αποθήκες Λογισμικού.</blockquote>" #~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>" #~ msgstr "<h1>Χρήση</h1>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>All packages are " -#~ "listed together unless you have selected a status filter from the " -#~ "right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates " -#~ "whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an " -#~ "installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in " -#~ "blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is " -#~ "highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made " -#~ "available in any configured repository.The context menu (right " -#~ "click on a package) provides extra options. The Undo option can be " -#~ "used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be " -#~ "selected (using the Control key) and modified together.Use the " -#~ "Version list over the description box to select a specific version " -#~ "of a package.Press the Apply button when you want your " -#~ "changes to be performed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Καρτέλες Εγκατάσταση, Αναβάθμιση, Αφαίρεση, Αναίρεση</h2>Όλα τα " -#~ "πακέτα εμφανίζονται μαζί εκτός και αν έχετε επιλέξει ένα φίλτρο " -#~ "κατάστασης από το κάτω δεξιά πλαίσιο. Η επιλογή δίπλα στο όνομα " -#~ "του πακέτου δηλώνει εάν το πακέτο είναι εγκατεστημένο ή όχι. Εάν μία πιο " -#~ "πρόσφατη έκδοση ενός εγκατεστημένου πακέτου είναι διαθέσιμη, το κείμενο " -#~ "της έκδοσης θα τονιστεί με μπλε χρώμα και ένα κουμπί αναβάθμισης θα " -#~ "εμφανιστεί δίπλα της. Τονίζεται με κόκκινο χρώμα όταν η έκδοση που είναι " -#~ "εγκατεστημένη δεν υπάρχει πια διαθέσιμη σε καμία από τις ρυθμισμένες " -#~ "αποθήκες λογισμικού σας.Το μενού επιλογών (δεξί κλικ σε κάποιο " -#~ "πακέτο) προσφέρει περισσότερες επιλογές. Η επιλογήΑναίρεση " -#~ "χρησιμοποιείται για να ακυρώσει ότι αλλαγές έχετε κάνει. Πολλά πακέτα " -#~ "μπορούν να επιλεγούν και να τροποποιηθούν μαζί (χρησιμοποιώντας το " -#~ "πλήκτρο Control).Χρησιμοποιήστε τη λίστα Εκδόσεων από το " -#~ "πλαίσιο περιγραφών για να επιλέξετε μία συγκεκριμένη έκδοση ενός πακέτου." -#~ "Πατήστε το κουμπί Εφαρμογή όταν επιθυμείτε να εφαρμοστούν " -#~ "οι αλλαγές σας." +#~ msgid "<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2>All packages are listed together unless you have selected a status filter from the right-bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the version installed is no longer being made available in any configured repository.The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra options. The Undo option can be used to revert any changes you have made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified together.Use the Version list over the description box to select a specific version of a package.Press the Apply button when you want your changes to be performed." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Καρτέλες Εγκατάσταση, Αναβάθμιση, Αφαίρεση, Αναίρεση</h2>Όλα τα πακέτα εμφανίζονται μαζί εκτός και αν έχετε επιλέξει ένα φίλτρο κατάστασης από το κάτω δεξιά πλαίσιο. Η επιλογή δίπλα στο όνομα του πακέτου δηλώνει εάν το πακέτο είναι εγκατεστημένο ή όχι. Εάν μία πιο πρόσφατη έκδοση ενός εγκατεστημένου πακέτου είναι διαθέσιμη, το κείμενο της έκδοσης θα τονιστεί με μπλε χρώμα και ένα κουμπί αναβάθμισης θα εμφανιστεί δίπλα της. Τονίζεται με κόκκινο χρώμα όταν η έκδοση που είναι εγκατεστημένη δεν υπάρχει πια διαθέσιμη σε καμία από τ� �ς ρυθμισμένες αποθήκες λογισμικού σας.Το μενού επιλογών (δεξί κλικ σε κάποιο πακέτο) προσφέρει περισσότερες επιλογές. Η επιλογήΑναίρεση χρησιμοποιείται για να ακυρώσει ότι αλλαγές έχετε κάνει. Πολλά πακέτα μπορούν να επιλεγούν και να τροποποιηθούν μαζί (χρησιμοποιώντας το πλήκτρο Control).Χρησιμοποιήστε τη λίστα Εκδόσεων από το πλαίσιο περιγραφών για να επιλέξετε μία συγκεκριμένη έκδοση ενός πακέτου.Πατήστε το κουμπί Εφαρμογή όταν επιθυμείτε να εφαρμοστούν οι αλλαγές σας." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Lock software</h2>Packages can be locked against automatic changes " -#~ "via the context menu.Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: " -#~ "for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it " -#~ "interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that " -#~ "includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Κλείδωμα λογισμικού</h2>Τα πακέτα μπορεί να κλειδωθούν ενάντια σε " -#~ "αυτόματες αλλαγές μέσω του μενού περιεχομένων.Το κλείδωμα είναι " -#~ "χρήσιμο σε όχι και τόσο συνήθης καταστάσεις: για παράδειγμα, μπορεί να μη " -#~ "θέλετε εγκαταστήσετε κάποιον οδηγός συσκευής γιατί δημιουργεί αστάθεια " -#~ "στο σύστημα σας, αλλά θέλετε διάφορα άλλα πακέτα που το συνοδεύουν. Το " -#~ "κλείδωμα μπορεί να εφαρμοστεί είτε το πακέτο είναι εγκατεστημένο ή όχι.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "<h2>Lock software</h2>Packages can be locked against automatic changes via the context menu.Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Κλείδωμα λογισμικού</h2>Τα πακέτα μπορεί να κλειδωθούν ενάντια σε αυτόματες αλλαγές μέσω του μενού περιεχομένων.Το κλείδωμα είναι χρήσιμο σε όχι και τόσο συνήθης καταστάσεις: για παράδειγμα, μπορεί να μη θέλετε εγκαταστήσετε κάποιον οδηγός συσκευής γιατί δημιουργεί αστάθεια στο σύστημα σας, αλλά θέλετε διάφορα άλλα πακέτα που το συνοδεύουν. Το κλείδωμα μπορεί να εφαρμοστεί είτε το πακέτο είναι εγκατεστημένο ή όχι." #~ msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>" #~ msgstr "<h3>Φίλτρα</h3>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Search</h3>Enter free text into the search-field to match their " -#~ "names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the " -#~ "'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word " -#~ "'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by " -#~ "separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return " -#~ "'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like " -#~ "searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes " -#~ "are provided, such as to search for a given file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Αναζήτηση</h3>Εισάγετε κείμενο στο πεδίο αναζήτησης που να " -#~ "ανταποκρίνεται στα ονόματα και τις περιγραφές τους. ( μία αναζήτηση για " -#~ "'office' θα εμφανίσει τα πακέτα του 'LibreOffice' καθώς και το 'AbiWord' " -#~ "που περιέχει τη λέξη 'office' στην περιγραφή του). Μπορείτε να " -#~ "αναζητήσετε πολλές λέξεις ταυτόχρονα χωρισμένες με κενά (π.χ. 'spread " -#~ "sheet' επιστρέφει το 'libreOffice-calc').Μπορείτε επίσης να εφαρμόσετε " -#~ "φίλτρα, όπως για παράδειγμα η αναζήτηση πακέτου σε συγκεκριμένο " -#~ "αποθετήριο. Παρέχονται και άλλες ιδιότητες, όπως η αναζήτηση ενός " -#~ "συγκεκριμένου αρχείου." +#~ msgid "<h3>Search</h3>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search for a given file." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Αναζήτηση</h3>Εισάγετε κείμενο στο πεδίο αναζήτησης που να ανταποκρίνεται στα ονόματα και τις περιγραφές τους. ( μία αναζήτηση για 'office' θα εμφανίσει τα πακέτα του 'LibreOffice' καθώς και το 'AbiWord' που περιέχει τη λέξη 'office' στην περιγραφή του). Μπορείτε να αναζητήσετε πολλές λέξεις ταυτόχρονα χωρισμένες με κενά (π.χ. 'spread sheet' επιστρέφει το 'libreOffice-calc').Μπορείτε επίσης να εφαρμόσετε φίλτρα, όπως για παράδειγμα η αναζήτηση πακέτου σε συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο. Παρέχονται και άλλες ιδιότητες, όπως η αναζήτηση ενός συγκεκριμένου αρχείου." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Groups</h3>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find " -#~ "software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software " -#~ "selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is " -#~ "provided by the RPM Groups filter." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Ομάδες</h3>Λογισμικό για το &προϊόν; δημιουργούνται κατάλογοι για " -#~ "να μπορείτε να αναζητήσετε λογισμικό για μία συγκεκριμένη εργασία όταν " -#~ "δεν γνωρίζετε τι λογισμικό είναι διαθέσιμο. Μία ποιο λεπτομερής, " -#~ "ιεραρχημένη ταξινόμηση παρέχεται από το φίλτρο Ομάδες RPM ." +#~ msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is provided by the RPM Groups filter." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Ομάδες</h3>Λογισμικό για το &προϊόν; δημιουργούνται κατάλογοι για να μπορείτε να αναζητήσετε λογισμικό για μία συγκεκριμένη εργασία όταν δεν γνωρίζετε τι λογισμικό είναι διαθέσιμο. Μία ποιο λεπτομερής, ιεραρχημένη ταξινόμηση παρέχεται από το φίλτρο Ομάδες RPM ." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>Patterns are task-oriented " -#~ "collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation " -#~ "of the File Server pattern, for example, will install various " -#~ "packages needed for running such a server.If you want to install a " -#~ "particular language, you may want to do so via the Language tool " -#~ "from the YaST control center." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Πρότυπα και Γλώσσες</h3>Πρότυπα είναι συλλογές πολλαπλών " -#~ "πακέτων χωρισμένες με βάση τη χρήση τους και εγκαθίστανται ενιαία. Για " -#~ "παράδειγμα η εγκατάσταση του προτύπου Διακομιστής Αρχείων θα " -#~ "εγκαταστήσει όσα πακέτα χρειάζονται για τη λειτουργία ενός τέτοιου " -#~ "διακομιστή.Εάν επιθυμείτε την εγκατάσταση μίας συγκεκριμένης " -#~ "γλώσσας μπορείτε, μέσω του εργαλείου Γλώσσα στο κέντρο διαχείρισης " -#~ "YaST." +#~ msgid "<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3>Patterns are task-oriented collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of the File Server pattern, for example, will install various packages needed for running such a server.If you want to install a particular language, you may want to do so via the Language tool from the YaST control center." +#~ msgstr "<h3>Πρότυπα και Γλώσσες</h3>Πρότυπα είναι συλλογές πολλαπλών πακέτων χωρισμένες με βάση τη χρήση τους και εγκαθίστανται ενιαία. Για παράδειγμα η εγκατάσταση του προτύπου Διακομιστής Αρχείων θα εγκαταστήσει όσα πακέτα χρειάζονται για τη λειτουργία ενός τέτοιου διακομιστή.Εάν επιθυμείτε την εγκατάσταση μίας συγκεκριμένης γλώσσας μπορείτε, μέσω του εργαλείου Γλώσσα στο κέντρο διαχείρισης YaST." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>Explore the available " -#~ "information about the package in the box below. Note that more " -#~ "information is available for installed packages than for those only " -#~ "available from a repository.You can also pick a specific version " -#~ "of the package to install from this box." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Λεπτομέρειες λογισμικού στο παρακάτω πλαίσιο</h2>Ελέγξτε τις " -#~ "διαθέσιμες πληροφορίες του πακέτου στο παρακάτω πλαίσιο. Σημειώστε ότι " -#~ "για τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα είναι διαθέσιμες περισσότερες πληροφορίες σε " -#~ "σχέση με εκείνα που δεν έχουν εγκατασταθεί ακόμα από κάποια αποθήκη " -#~ "λογισμικού.Από το ίδιο πλαίσιο μπορείτε να επιλέξετε επίσης ποια " -#~ "έκδοση επιθυμείτε να εγκατασταθεί." +#~ msgid "<h2>Software details in the box below</h2>Explore the available information about the package in the box below. Note that more information is available for installed packages than for those only available from a repository.You can also pick a specific version of the package to install from this box." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Λεπτομέρειες λογισμικού στο παρακάτω πλαίσιο</h2>Ελέγξτε τις διαθέσιμες πληροφορίες του πακέτου στο παρακάτω πλαίσιο. Σημειώστε ότι για τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα είναι διαθέσιμες περισσότερες πληροφορίες σε σχέση με εκείνα που δεν έχουν εγκατασταθεί ακόμα από κάποια αποθήκη λογισμικού.Από το ίδιο πλαίσιο μπορείτε να επιλέξετε επίσης ποια έκδοση επιθυμείτε να εγκατασταθεί." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking " -#~ "patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Χρησιμότητα</h1>Αυτό το εργαλείο σας δίνει τον έλεγχο της " -#~ "επιθεώρησης και επιλογής διορθώσεων. Επίσης μπορείτε να αναιρέσετε " -#~ "διορθώσεις που έχουν εφαρμοστεί στο σύστημα σας." +#~ msgid "<h1>Purpose</h1>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system." +#~ msgstr "<h1>Χρησιμότητα</h1>Αυτό το εργαλείο σας δίνει τον έλεγχο της επιθεώρησης και επιλογής διορθώσεων. Επίσης μπορείτε να αναιρέσετε διορθώσεις που έχουν εφαρμοστεί στο σύστημα σας." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:</" -#~ "p><ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be " -#~ "exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes " -#~ "non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</" -#~ "li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</" -#~ "li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST</" -#~ "b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h1>Χρησιμότητα</h1><h2>Κατηγορίες</h2>Οι διορθώσεις ομαδοποιούνται " -#~ "όπως ακολούθως:<ul><li>Ασφάλεια: διορθώνει ένα ελάττωμα " -#~ "λογισμικού που μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την απόκτηση αποκλειστικών " -#~ "δικαιωμάτων.</li><li>Προτεινόμενα: διορθώνει ελαττώματα που δεν " -#~ "σχετίζονται με την ασφάλεια (π.χ. ασυνέπεια δεδομένων, μείωση απόδοσης)</" -#~ "li><li>Προαιρετικά: απευθύνονται σε λίγους χρήστες.</" -#~ "li><li>Τεκμηρίωση: διορθώνει σφάλματα στην τεκμηρίωση.</" -#~ "li><li>YaST: διορθώσεις για τα εργαλεία του κέντρου διαχείρισης " -#~ "YaST.</li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2>Patches are grouped as follows:<ul><li>Security: patches a software flaw that could be exploited to gain restricted privilege.</li><li>Recommended: fixes non-security related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</li><li>Optional: ones that only apply to few users.</li><li>Documentation: fixes documentation errors.</li><li>YaST: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<h1>Χρησιμότητα</h1><h2>Κατηγορίες</h2>Οι διορθώσεις ομαδοποιούνται όπως ακολούθως:<ul><li>Ασφάλεια: διορθώνει ένα ελάττωμα λογισμικού που μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την απόκτηση αποκλειστικών δικαιωμάτων.</li><li>Προτεινόμενα: διορθώνει ελαττώματα που δεν σχετίζονται με την ασφάλεια (π.χ. ασυνέπεια δεδομένων, μείωση απόδοσης)</li><li>Προαιρετικά: απευθύνονται σε λίγους χρήστες.</li><li>Τεκμηρίωση: διορθώνει σφάλματα στην τεκμηρίωση.</li><li>YaST: διορθώσεις για τα εργαλεία του κέντρου διαχείρισης YaST.</li></ul>" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be " -#~ "sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</" -#~ "p>If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check " -#~ "for upgrades on the Software Manager." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Θα είναι ορατές μόνο οι διορθώσεις που αντιστοιχούν στο σύστημα σας. " -#~ "Να είσαστε σίγουροι ότι όλες οι διορθώσεις έχουν ελεγχθεί πολλαπλές φορές." -#~ "Εάν αναζητείτε πρόσθετες δυνατότητες για τις εφαρμογές σας, θα " -#~ "πρέπει να ελέγξετε για αναβαθμίσεις στη Διαχείριση Λογισμικού</" -#~ "b>." +#~ msgid "Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.If you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for upgrades on the Software Manager." +#~ msgstr "Θα είναι ορατές μόνο οι διορθώσεις που αντιστοιχούν στο σύστημα σας. Να είσαστε σίγουροι ότι όλες οι διορθώσεις έχουν ελεγχθεί πολλαπλές φορές.Εάν αναζητείτε πρόσθετες δυνατότητες για τις εφαρμογές σας, θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε για αναβαθμίσεις στη Διαχείριση Λογισμικού." #~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." #~ msgstr "Οι πληροφορίες είναι διαθέσιμες μόνο για τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα." @@ -663,9 +473,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Αποθήκη λογισμικού δεν ανανεώθηκε για πολύ καιρό." #~ msgid "Switch installed packages to the versions in this repository" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εναλλαγή των εγκατεστημένων πακέτων στις εκδόσεις της τρέχουσας αποθήκης " -#~ "λογισμικού." +#~ msgstr "Εναλλαγή των εγκατεστημένων πακέτων στις εκδόσεις της τρέχουσας αποθήκης λογισμικού." #~ msgid "Edit Repositories" #~ msgstr "Επεξεργασία Αποθηκών Λογισμικού" @@ -784,12 +592,8 @@ #~ msgid "Export to" #~ msgstr "&Εξαγωγή σε" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -#~ "dependencies resolver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε το για να δημιουργηθούν εκτεταμένες καταγραφές που " -#~ "διευκολύνουν τον εντοπισμό σφαλμάτων στο επιλυτή εξαρτήσεων." +#~ msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependencies resolver." +#~ msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε το για να δημιουργηθούν εκτεταμένες καταγραφές που διευκολύνουν τον εντοπισμό σφαλμάτων στο επιλυτή εξαρτήσεων." #~ msgid "The logs will be saved to the directory:" #~ msgstr "Τα αρχεία καταγραφής ιστορικού θα αποθηκευτούν στον κατάλογο:" @@ -804,9 +608,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Η δοκιμή επίλυσης εξαρτήσεων εγγράφτηκε στο:" #~ msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δημιουργία επιπλέον μίας αρχειοθήκης tar <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> για " -#~ "επισύναψη στην υπηρεσία bugzilla;" +#~ msgstr "Δημιουργία επιπλέον μίας αρχειοθήκης tar <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> για επισύναψη στην υπηρεσία bugzilla;" #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n" @@ -899,13 +701,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Installed: cannot remove a pattern.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to " -#~ "keep." +#~ "You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to keep." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Εγκατεστημένα: δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί ένα μοτίβο\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Θα πρέπει να αφαιρέσετε χειροκίνητα τα ανεξάρτητα πακέτα που δεν " -#~ "επιθυμείτε πλέον το σύστημα σας." +#~ "Θα πρέπει να αφαιρέσετε χειροκίνητα τα ανεξάρτητα πακέτα που δεν επιθυμείτε πλέον το σύστημα σας." #~ msgid "Candidate provides:" #~ msgstr "Υποψήφιος παρέχει:" @@ -921,13 +721,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords.\n" -#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd " -#~ "tool)" +#~ "(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd tool)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αναζήτηση πακέτων: Χρησιμοποιήστε κενά για να διαχωρίσετε τις " -#~ "λέξεις σας.\n" -#~ "(παράδειγμα χρήσης: μία αναζήτηση ονόματος για \"yast dhcp\" ταιριάζει με " -#~ "το εργαλείο yast dhcpd)" +#~ "Αναζήτηση πακέτων: Χρησιμοποιήστε κενά για να διαχωρίσετε τις λέξεις σας.\n" +#~ "(παράδειγμα χρήσης: μία αναζήτηση ονόματος για \"yast dhcp\" ταιριάζει με το εργαλείο yast dhcpd)" #~ msgid "Name & Summary" #~ msgstr "Όνομα & Σύνοψη" @@ -942,8 +739,7 @@ #~ msgstr "από" #~ msgid "%sPatterns are available%s that correspond to your search criteria." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "%sΔιαθέσιμα πρότυπα%s που ανταποκρίνονται στα κριτήρια αναζήτησης σας." +#~ msgstr "%sΔιαθέσιμα πρότυπα%s που ανταποκρίνονται στα κριτήρια αναζήτησης σας." #~ msgid "Search by file name only reliable for installed packages." #~ msgstr "Αναζήτηση με βάση το όνομα αρχείου μόνο στα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα." @@ -1005,12 +801,8 @@ #~ msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies" #~ msgstr "Εμφάνιση Αχρείαστων Εξαρτήσεων" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, " -#~ "nor comprehensive. Use with care." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτή η λίστα των εξαρτήσεων δεν χρησιμοποιείται πια. Είναι είτε ανακριβής " -#~ "είτε μη περιεκτική. Χρησιμοποιείστε την προσεκτικά." +#~ msgid "This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, nor comprehensive. Use with care." +#~ msgstr "Αυτή η λίστα των εξαρτήσεων δεν χρησιμοποιείται πια. Είναι είτε ανακριβής είτε μη περιεκτική. Χρησιμοποιείστε την προσεκτικά." #~ msgid "Remove All" #~ msgstr "Αφαίρεση Όλων" @@ -1096,19 +888,14 @@ #~ msgid "Reboot required:" #~ msgstr "Απαιτείται επανεκκίνηση:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take " -#~ "effect." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "το σύστημα πρέπει να επανεκκινηθεί για να εφαρμοστεί αυτή η διόρθωση." +#~ msgid "the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take effect." +#~ msgstr "το σύστημα πρέπει να επανεκκινηθεί για να εφαρμοστεί αυτή η διόρθωση." #~ msgid "Relogin required:" #~ msgstr "Απαιτείται επανασύνδεση:" #~ msgid "you must logout and login again for this patch to take effect." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "πρέπει να επανασυνδεθείτε αφού αποσυνδεθείτε για να εφαρμοστεί αυτή η " -#~ "διόρθωση." +#~ msgstr "πρέπει να επανασυνδεθείτε αφού αποσυνδεθείτε για να εφαρμοστεί αυτή η διόρθωση." #~ msgid "Optional" #~ msgstr "Προαιρετικό" @@ -1116,21 +903,8 @@ #~ msgid "Other" #~ msgstr "Άλλο" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Common suffixes for complementory packages:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel</" -#~ "b>: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug " -#~ "symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other " -#~ "language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for " -#~ "installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Συνήθης καταλήξεις συμπληρωματικών πακέτων:<ul><li>-plugin-</" -#~ "b>: προσθέτει λειτουργίες σε μία εφαρμογή.</li><li>-devel: " -#~ "επικεφαλίδες πηγαίου κώδικα για ανάπτυξη εφαρμογών.</li><li>-" -#~ "debuginfo: σύμβολα αποσφαλμάτωσης για έλεγχο του λογισμικού.</" -#~ "li><li>-fr, -pl ή άλλα σύμβολα γλωσσών: αρχεία μετάφρασης " -#~ "(η γλώσσας σας επιλέγεται αυτόματα για εγκατάσταση όταν χρειάζεται).</" -#~ "li></ul>" +#~ msgid "Common suffixes for complementory packages:<ul><li>-plugin-: extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li>-devel: headers for software development.</li><li>-debuginfo: debug symbols for software testing.</li><li>-fr, -pl or other language siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "Συνήθης καταλήξεις συμπληρωματικών πακέτων:<ul><li>-plugin-: προσθέτει λειτουργίες σε μία εφαρμογή.</li><li>-devel: επικεφαλίδες πηγαίου κώδικα για ανάπτυξη εφαρμογών.</li><li>-debuginfo: σύμβολα αποσφαλμάτωσης για έλεγχο του λογισμικού.</li><li>-fr, -pl ή άλλα σύμβολα γλωσσών: αρχεία μετάφρασης (η γλώσσας σας επιλέγεται αυτόματα για εγκατάσταση όταν χρειάζεται).</li></ul>" #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web..." #~ msgstr "Αναζήτηση Πακέτων στο &Διαδίκτυο..." @@ -1216,8 +990,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε" #~ msgid "Information only available for installed packages." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Οι πληροφορίες είναι διαθέσιμες μόνο για τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα." +#~ msgstr "Οι πληροφορίες είναι διαθέσιμες μόνο για τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα." #~ msgid "_Open (as " #~ msgstr "Άν_οιμα (ώς " @@ -1396,9 +1169,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be " -#~ "matched against RPM name and summary attributes. Other " -#~ "criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n" +#~ "Package search: Use spaces to separate your keywords. They will be matched against RPM name and summary attributes. Other criteria attributes are available by pressing the search icon.\n" #~ "(usage example: \"yast dhcp\" will return yast's dhcpd tool)" #~ msgstr " Πακέτο Χρήση dhcp" @@ -1471,14 +1242,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Δίσκος!" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to " -#~ "remove packages if you wish to install some." +#~ msgid "One of the partitions is reaching its limit of capacity. You may have to remove packages if you wish to install some." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ο Δίσκος είναι Σχεδόν Γεμάτος !\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Μια από τις κατατμήσεις φτάνει στο όριό της. Μπορεί να πρέπει να " -#~ "αφαιρέσετε κάποια πακέτα για να εγκαταστήσετε άλλα." +#~ "Μια από τις κατατμήσεις φτάνει στο όριό της. Μπορεί να πρέπει να αφαιρέσετε κάποια πακέτα για να εγκαταστήσετε άλλα." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "A_pply" @@ -1493,9 +1261,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Εγγεγραμμένες Πηγές Εγκατάστασης" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided " -#~ "by the filtered repository. Install them?" +#~ msgid "The following packages have necessary dependencies that are not provided by the filtered repository. Install them?" #~ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση?" #, fuzzy @@ -1593,15 +1359,11 @@ #~ msgstr "Διακομιστής από" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is " -#~ "recommended it be installed.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package is an extension to an already installed package, it is recommended it be installed.)" #~ msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν θα εγκατασταθεί." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is suggested</" -#~ "b> it be installed.)" +#~ msgid "(As this package complements some installed packages, it is suggested it be installed.)" #~ msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν θα εγκατασταθεί." #, fuzzy @@ -1688,9 +1450,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Πακέτα" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Package lock: prevents the package status from being modified by " -#~ "the solver (that is, it won't honour dependencies or collections ties.)" +#~ msgid "Package lock: prevents the package status from being modified by the solver (that is, it won't honour dependencies or collections ties.)" #~ msgstr " Πακέτο" #, fuzzy @@ -1746,8 +1506,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Package repositories: Limits the query to one repository.\n" -#~ "You can add or remove them through the YaST control center or by " -#~ "selecting the respective option." +#~ "You can add or remove them through the YaST control center or by selecting the respective option." #~ msgstr " Πακέτο YaST." #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/http-server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/http-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/http-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -51,9 +51,7 @@ #. translators: help text for listen command line action #: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." -msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίστε τις θύρες και τις διευθύνσεις του δικτύου όπου ο διακομιστής θα " -"ακούει." +msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τις θύρες και τις διευθύνσεις του δικτύου όπου ο διακομιστής θα ακούει." #: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 msgid "Configure virtual hosts" @@ -133,8 +131,7 @@ #. translators: error message in configure command line action #: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" -msgstr "" -"Μόνο οι υπάρχων κόμβοι μπορούν να προσδιοριστούν ως ο κόμβοι προς ρύθμιση" +msgstr "Μόνο οι υπάρχων κόμβοι μπορούν να προσδιοριστούν ως ο κόμβοι προς ρύθμιση" #. translators: popup error message when validate servername #: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 @@ -352,8 +349,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 @@ -373,57 +369,36 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Αποθήκευσης</big> \n" "Ματαιώστε την διαδικασία αποθήκευσης πατώντας Ματαίωση.\n" -"Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε αυτό.</" -"p>\n" +"Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε αυτό.\n" #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80." -msgstr "" -"H τιμή της Θύρας καθορίζει την θύρα στην οποία ο Apache2 ακούει. Η " -"προεπιλογή είναι 80." +msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." +msgstr "H τιμή της Θύρας καθορίζει την θύρα στην οποία ο Apache2 ακούει. Η προεπιλογή είναι 80." #. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all." -msgstr "" -"Ακρόαση στις Διασυνδέσεις περιλαμβάνει τη λίστα όλων των " -"διευθύνσεων ΙΡ που είναι ρυθμισμένες για αυτόν τον κόμβο. Επιλεγμένες " -"διευθύνσεις ΙΡ είναι εκείνες στις οποίες ο Apache2 ακούει. Αν δεν είστε " -"σίγουροι, επιλέξτε τα όλα." +msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgstr "Ακρόαση στις Διασυνδέσεις περιλαμβάνει τη λίστα όλων των διευθύνσεων ΙΡ που είναι ρυθμισμένες για αυτόν τον κόμβο. Επιλεγμένες διευθύνσεις ΙΡ είναι εκείνες στις οποίες ο Apache2 ακούει. Αν δεν είστε σίγουροι, επιλέξτε τα όλα." #. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ, ενεργοποιείτε τις γλώσσες σεναρίων που κανονικά υποστηρίζονται από " -"το διακομιστή Apache2." +msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." +msgstr "Εδώ, ενεργοποιείτε τις γλώσσες σεναρίων που κανονικά υποστηρίζονται από το διακομιστή Apache2." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press Finish." -msgstr "" -"Η σύνοψη εμφανίζει τις ρυθμίσεις που θα γραφτούν στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του " -"Apache2 όταν πατήσετε Τέλος." +msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." +msgstr "Η σύνοψη εμφανίζει τις ρυθμίσεις που θα γραφτούν στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του Apache2 όταν πατήσετε Τέλος." #. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." msgstr "" "Πατώντας το Προχωρημένες Ρυθμίσεις του Διακομιστή HTTP \n" -"\t\tδημιουργήστε λεπτομερέστερες ρυθμίσεις προτού γραφτούν όλες οι ρυθμίσεις." -"" +"\t\tδημιουργήστε λεπτομερέστερες ρυθμίσεις προτού γραφτούν όλες οι ρυθμίσεις." #. module dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 @@ -432,28 +407,24 @@ "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>Επεξεργασία των Μονάδων του Διακομιστή HTTP</big> \n" "Ο πίνακας περιέχει μια λίστα όλων των διαθέσιμων μονάδων Apache2.\n" "Η πρώτη στήλη περιέχει το όνομα της μονάδας.\n" "Η δεύτερη στήλη εμφανίζει πότε η μονάδα θα πρέπει να φορτώνεται\n" -"από τον διακομιστή. Οι ενεργοποιημένες μονάδες θα φορτωθούν. Η τελευταία " -"στήλη εμφανίζει μια σύντομη περιγραφή\n" +"από τον διακομιστή. Οι ενεργοποιημένες μονάδες θα φορτωθούν. Η τελευταία στήλη εμφανίζει μια σύντομη περιγραφή\n" "της μονάδας." #. module dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.</" -"p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" msgstr "" "Για να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση μιας μονάδας,\n" -"επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη καταχώρηση του πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Εναλλαγή " -"Κατάστασης.\n" +"επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη καταχώρηση του πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Εναλλαγή Κατάστασης.\n" #. module dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 @@ -468,13 +439,11 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις του Εξυπηρετητή HTTP</big> \n" -"Ενεργοποιήστε τον εξυπηρετητή HTTP επιλέγοντας Ενεργοποίηση. Για να " -"τον απενεργοποιήσετε, επιλέξτε\n" +"Ενεργοποιήστε τον εξυπηρετητή HTTP επιλέγοντας Ενεργοποίηση. Για να τον απενεργοποιήσετε, επιλέξτε\n" "Απενεργοποίηση.\n" #. firewall adapting help 1/1 @@ -485,13 +454,10 @@ "The interfaces of the firewall are not added or deleted. \n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποιώντας το Άνοιγμα του Τείχους Προστασίας στις Επιλεγμένες " -"Θύρες,\n" -"προσαρμόζετε το τείχος προστασίας σύμφωνα με τις θύρες όπου ανταποκρίνεται ο " -"Apache2.\n" +"Ενεργοποιώντας το Άνοιγμα του Τείχους Προστασίας στις Επιλεγμένες Θύρες,\n" +"προσαρμόζετε το τείχος προστασίας σύμφωνα με τις θύρες όπου ανταποκρίνεται ο Apache2.\n" "Οι διασυνδέσεις του τείχους προστασίας δεν προστίθενται ή αφαιρούνται.\n" -"Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο αν το τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργό.</" -"p>\n" +"Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο αν το τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργό.\n" #. server configuration overview help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 @@ -514,61 +480,45 @@ "να ανταποκρίνεται ο διακομιστής για τις εισερχόμενες αιτήσεις.\n" "Οι Μονάδες επιτρέπουν τη ρύθμιση των μονάδων που θα φορτώνονται\n" "από τον διακομιστή.\n" -"Ο Προκαθορισμένος κόμβος είναι ένα όνομα διακομιστή ενός κόμβου που " -"θα χρησιμοποιηθεί ως\n" -"προκαθορισμένος (fallback) κόμβος. Εάν το όνομα διακομιστή του " -"προκαθορισμένου\n" +"Ο Προκαθορισμένος κόμβος είναι ένα όνομα διακομιστή ενός κόμβου που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί ως\n" +"προκαθορισμένος (fallback) κόμβος. Εάν το όνομα διακομιστή του προκαθορισμένου\n" "κόμβου δεν έχει προσδιοριστεί, θα εμφανίζεται μία διαδρομή\n" "στην ρίζα εγγράφων του προκαθορισμένου κόμβου.\n" -"Το Κόμβοι περιέχει μια λίστα κόμβων που έχουν ρυθμιστεί για τον " -"διακομιστή.\n" +"Το Κόμβοι περιέχει μια λίστα κόμβων που έχουν ρυθμιστεί για τον διακομιστή.\n" #. server configuration overview help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to " -"change settings." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε μια κατάλληλη καταχώρηση από τον πίνακα και πατήστε στο " -"Επεξεργασία για να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις." +msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε μια κατάλληλη καταχώρηση από τον πίνακα και πατήστε στο Επεξεργασία για να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις." #. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "Log Files displays server log files." -msgstr "" -"Το Αρχεία Καταγραφής προβάλλει τα αρχεία καταγραφής του διακομιστή." -"" +msgstr "Το Αρχεία Καταγραφής προβάλλει τα αρχεία καταγραφής του διακομιστή." #. hosts list help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμισμένοι Κόμβοι</big> \n" "Αυτή είναι μια λίστα ήδη ρυθμισμένων κόμβων. Ένας εκ των κόμβων είναι\n" -"σημειωμένος ως προκαθορισμένος (με τον αστερίσκος δίπλα στο όνομα του " -"διακομιστή). Ένας προκαθορισμένος κόμβος χρησιμοποιείται εάν δεν ταιριάζει " -"κανένας άλλος κόμβος\n" +"σημειωμένος ως προκαθορισμένος (με τον αστερίσκος δίπλα στο όνομα του διακομιστή). Ένας προκαθορισμένος κόμβος χρησιμοποιείται εάν δεν ταιριάζει κανένας άλλος κόμβος\n" "για μια εισερχόμενη αίτηση. Για να οριστεί ένας κόμβος ως προκαθορισμένος,\n" "πατήστε στο Ορισμός ως Προκαθορισμένος.\n" #. hosts list help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " -"Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε μια κατάλληλη καταχώρησή του πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο " -"Επεξεργασία για να αλλάξετε τον κόμβο.\n" -"Για να προσθέσετε έναν κόμβο, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να " -"αφαιρέσετε έναν\n" +"Επιλέξτε μια κατάλληλη καταχώρησή του πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία για να αλλάξετε τον κόμβο.\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε έναν κόμβο, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να αφαιρέσετε έναν\n" "κόμβο, επιλέξτε τον και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." # host editing help 1/1 @@ -576,63 +526,45 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Ρύθμιση του Κόμβου</big> \n" -"Για να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις κόμβου, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη " -"καταχώρηση του πίνακα και κάντε μετά κλικ στο Επεξεργασία.\n" -"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα επιλογή, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να " -"αφαιρέσετε μια επιλογή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." +"Για να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις κόμβου, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη καταχώρηση του πίνακα και κάντε μετά κλικ στο Επεξεργασία.\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα επιλογή, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να αφαιρέσετε μια επιλογή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." #. host editing help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -"b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" -"Οι επιλογές του Ανάλυση Διακομιστή ορίζουν την ανάλυση κατά την " -"χρήση\n" -"\tεικονικών κόμβων. Παρ' όλα αυτά, όταν επιλέγετε Ανάλυση μέσω Κεφαλίδων " -"HTTP,\n" -"\tο προκαθορισμένος διακομιστής δε θα εξυπηρετήσει ποτέ αιτήσεις προς τη " -"διεύθυνση IP\n" -"\tενός εικονικού κόμβου που βασίζεται στο όνομα. Εάν πρόκειται να ρυθμίσετε " -"ένα εικονικό κόμβο βασισμένο στο SSL, χρησιμοποιήστε Ανάλυση μέσω " -"διεύθυνσης IP" +"Οι επιλογές του Ανάλυση Διακομιστή ορίζουν την ανάλυση κατά την χρήση\n" +"\tεικονικών κόμβων. Παρ' όλα αυτά, όταν επιλέγετε Ανάλυση μέσω Κεφαλίδων HTTP,\n" +"\tο προκαθορισμένος διακομιστής δε θα εξυπηρετήσει ποτέ αιτήσεις προς τη διεύθυνση IP\n" +"\tενός εικονικού κόμβου που βασίζεται στο όνομα. Εάν πρόκειται να ρυθμίσετε ένα εικονικό κόμβο βασισμένο στο SSL, χρησιμοποιήστε Ανάλυση μέσω διεύθυνσης IP" #. listen dialog editor help 1/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" -"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ακρόαση Ρυθμίσεις για έναν Κόμβο</big> \n" -"Η κατεύθυνση της Ακρόασης επιτρέπει την επιλογή των θυρών και των " -"διασυνδέσεων του δικτύου\n" +"Η κατεύθυνση της Ακρόασης επιτρέπει την επιλογή των θυρών και των διασυνδέσεων του δικτύου\n" "όπου ο διακομιστής HTTP θα ακούει για εισερχόμενες αιτήσεις.\n" #. listen dialog editor help 2/2 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε μια κατάλληλη καταχώρησή του πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο " -"Επεξεργασία για να αλλάξετε την καταχώρηση.\n" -"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα καταχώρηση, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να " -"αφαιρέσετε μια καταχώρηση, επιλέξτε το και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή.</" -"p>" +"Επιλέξτε μια κατάλληλη καταχώρησή του πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία για να αλλάξετε την καταχώρηση.\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα καταχώρηση, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να αφαιρέσετε μια καταχώρηση, επιλέξτε το και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." #. ssl options dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 @@ -643,40 +575,31 @@ "encrypting communication.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ρύθμιση του SSL</big> \n" -"Αυτή είναι μια λίστα επιλογών που σχετίζονται με τις ρυθμίσεις του SSL " -"(Secure Socket Layer)\n" -"του κόμβου. Το SSL επιτρέπει την ασφαλή επικοινωνία με τον κόμβο " -"χρησιμοποιώντας \n" +"Αυτή είναι μια λίστα επιλογών που σχετίζονται με τις ρυθμίσεις του SSL (Secure Socket Layer)\n" +"του κόμβου. Το SSL επιτρέπει την ασφαλή επικοινωνία με τον κόμβο χρησιμοποιώντας \n" "κρυπτογράφηση.\n" #. ssl options dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Η γενική συμπεριφορά καθορίζεται από την επιλογή SSL. Ο κόμβος μπορεί να\n" -"μην υποστηρίζει SSL (Χωρίς SSL), να επιτρέπει και πρόσβαση χωρίς-SSL " -"και με SSL (Επιτρέπεται),\n" -"ή να δέχεται μόνο συνδέσεις που κρυπτογραφούνται μέσω SSL (Απαιτείται</" -"i>).\n" +"μην υποστηρίζει SSL (Χωρίς SSL), να επιτρέπει και πρόσβαση χωρίς-SSL και με SSL (Επιτρέπεται),\n" +"ή να δέχεται μόνο συνδέσεις που κρυπτογραφούνται μέσω SSL (Απαιτείται).\n" "\n" #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε μια κατάλληλη επιλογή του πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο " -"Επεξεργασία για να αλλάξετε την επιλογή.\n" -"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα επιλογή, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να " -"αφαιρέσετε μια επιλογή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." +"Επιλέξτε μια κατάλληλη επιλογή του πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία για να αλλάξετε την επιλογή.\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα επιλογή, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να αφαιρέσετε μια επιλογή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." #. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 @@ -688,8 +611,7 @@ "common certificate issued for this host.\n" msgstr "" "Το μενού Πιστοποιητικά επιτρέπει \n" -"την εισαγωγή πιστοποιητικών για το διακομιστή. Η Εισαγωγή Πιστοποιητικού " -"Διακομιστή \n" +"την εισαγωγή πιστοποιητικών για το διακομιστή. Η Εισαγωγή Πιστοποιητικού Διακομιστή \n" "επιτρέπει τη χρήση ενός πιστοποιητικού ειδικού σκοπού. \n" "Η Χρήση Κοινότυπου Πιστοποιητικού ρυθμίζει τη χρήση του\n" "κοινότυπου πιστοποιητικού που εκδίδεται για αυτόν τον κόμβο.\n" @@ -707,34 +629,27 @@ #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Νέος Κόμβος</big> \n" -"Αυτός ο διάλογος σας επιτρέπει να εισάγετε βασικές πληροφορίες για έναν νέο " -"εικονικό κόμβο." +"Αυτός ο διάλογος σας επιτρέπει να εισάγετε βασικές πληροφορίες για έναν νέο εικονικό κόμβο." #. new host dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.\n" msgstr "" "Η Αναγνώριση του Διακομιστή καθορίζει το περιεχόμενο και την\n" -"παρουσίαση του νέου εικονικού κόμβου. Το Όνομα Διακομιστή είναι το " -"όνομα DNS που επιστρέφεται σαν ένα μέρος\n" -"των κεφαλίδων HTTP της απάντησης του διακομιστή. Η Ρίζα Περιεχομένων " -"Διακομιστή\n" +"παρουσίαση του νέου εικονικού κόμβου. Το Όνομα Διακομιστή είναι το όνομα DNS που επιστρέφεται σαν ένα μέρος\n" +"των κεφαλίδων HTTP της απάντησης του διακομιστή. Η Ρίζα Περιεχομένων Διακομιστή\n" "είναι μια απόλυτη διαδρομή σε έναν κατάλογο που περιέχει όλα τα έγγραφα που\n" -"παρέχονται από αυτόν τον εικονικό κόμβο. Το E-Mail Διαχειριστή " -"επιτρέπει τον\n" -"ορισμό μιας διεύθυνσης ηλεκτρονικής αλληλογραφίας για σχόλια σχετικά με τον " -"κόμβο.\n" +"παρέχονται από αυτόν τον εικονικό κόμβο. Το E-Mail Διαχειριστή επιτρέπει τον\n" +"ορισμό μιας διεύθυνσης ηλεκτρονικής αλληλογραφίας για σχόλια σχετικά με τον κόμβο.\n" #. new host dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 @@ -744,51 +659,38 @@ "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" -"b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ανάλυση Εξυπηρετητή</big> \n" -"Ο Apache 2 πρέπει να είναι ικανός να προσδιορίζει ποιες ρυθμίσεις εικονικού " -"κόμβου\n" -"θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιεί, για τη δημιουργία μιας απάντησης για μια αίτηση " -"HTTP. \n" -"Κατ' αρχήν, υπάρχουν δύο βασικές προσεγγίσεις. Εάν χρησιμοποιούνται οι " -"κεφαλίδες HTTP\n" -"από μια εισερχόμενη αίτηση, ο διακομιστής αναζητά το όνομα κόμβου που " -"ορίζεται\n" -"από τις κεφαλίδες αίτησης HTTP. Η άλλη δυνατότητα είναι να προσδιοριστεί ο " -"εικονικός κόμβος\n" -"από τη Διεύθυνση IP που χρησιμοποιείται από τον πελάτη όταν συνδέεται με τον " -"εξυπηρετητή.\n" -"Εάν πρόκειται να ρυθμίσετε κάποιον εικονικό κόμβο βασισμένο στο SSL, " -"χρησιμοποιήστε την Ανάλυση μέσω διεύθυνσης IP\n" +"Ο Apache 2 πρέπει να είναι ικανός να προσδιορίζει ποιες ρυθμίσεις εικονικού κόμβου\n" +"θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιεί, για τη δημιουργία μιας απάντησης για μια αίτηση HTTP. \n" +"Κατ' αρχήν, υπάρχουν δύο βασικές προσεγγίσεις. Εάν χρησιμοποιούνται οι κεφαλίδες HTTP\n" +"από μια εισερχόμενη αίτηση, ο διακομιστής αναζητά το όνομα κόμβου που ορίζεται\n" +"από τις κεφαλίδες αίτησης HTTP. Η άλλη δυνατότητα είναι να προσδιοριστεί ο εικονικός κόμβος\n" +"από τη Διεύθυνση IP που χρησιμοποιείται από τον πελάτη όταν συνδέεται με τον εξυπηρετητή.\n" +"Εάν πρόκειται να ρυθμίσετε κάποιον εικονικό κόμβο βασισμένο στο SSL, χρησιμοποιήστε την Ανάλυση μέσω διεύθυνσης IP\n" "Συμβουλευτείτε το εγχειρίδιο του Apache 2 για περαιτέρω λεπτομέρειες.\n" #. advanced new host dialog 1/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Λεποτμέρειες Νέου Κόμβου</big> \n" -"Αυτός ο διάλογος σας επιτρέπει να εισάγετε βασικές πληροφορίες για έναν νέο " -"εικονικό κόμβο." +"Αυτός ο διάλογος σας επιτρέπει να εισάγετε βασικές πληροφορίες για έναν νέο εικονικό κόμβο." #. advanced new host dialog 2/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση Υποστήριξης CGI\n" -"για να εκτελέσετε σέναρια CGI στη Διαδρομή Καταλόγου CGI " -"χρησιμοποιώντας το <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"για να εκτελέσετε σέναρια CGI στη Διαδρομή Καταλόγου CGI χρησιμοποιώντας το <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." #. advanced new host dialog 3/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 @@ -798,25 +700,15 @@ "Then enter the path for the certificate file in Certificate File\n" "Path.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.\n" msgstr "" -"Για πρόσβαση HTTPS σε αυτό τον εικονικό κόμβο, επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση " -"Υποστήριξης SSL.\n" +"Για πρόσβαση HTTPS σε αυτό τον εικονικό κόμβο, επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση Υποστήριξης SSL.\n" "\n" -"Έπειτα εισάγετε τη διαδρομή για το αρχείο πιστοποίησης στο Διαδρομή " -"Αρχείου Πιστοποίησης.\n" -"Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο σε εικονικούς κόμβους βασισμένους στο " -"IP\n" +"Έπειτα εισάγετε τη διαδρομή για το αρχείο πιστοποίησης στο Διαδρομή Αρχείου Πιστοποίησης.\n" +"Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο σε εικονικούς κόμβους βασισμένους στο IP\n" #. advanced new host dialog 4/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." -msgstr "" -"Στο Αρχείο Καταλόγου, εισάγετε έναν κατάλογο διαχωρισμένο με κενό " -"των αρχείων που ο Apache θα πρέπει να ψάξει και να παρέχει όταν αιτηθεί το " -"URL για έναν κατάλογο (που τελειώνει σε <tt>/</tt>). Το πρώτο ταιριαστό " -"αρχείο που βρίσκεται, παρέχεται." +msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgstr "Στο Αρχείο Καταλόγου, εισάγετε έναν κατάλογο διαχωρισμένο με κενό των αρχείων που ο Apache θα πρέπει να ψάξει και να παρέχει όταν αιτηθεί το URL για έναν κατάλογο (που τελειώνει σε <tt>/</tt>). Το πρώτο ταιριαστό αρχείο που βρίσκεται, παρέχεται." #. advanced new host dialog 5/5 #: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 @@ -827,8 +719,7 @@ msgstr "" "Το Δημόσιο HTML\n" "\n" -"ενεργοποιεί την πρόσβαση στους καταλόγους <tt>.public_html</tt> όλων των " -"χρηστών." +"ενεργοποιεί την πρόσβαση στους καταλόγους <tt>.public_html</tt> όλων των χρηστών." #. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. #. @@ -944,12 +835,8 @@ #. notification about package needed 1/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:170 -msgid "" -"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Για να ρυθμίσετε ένα διακομιστή ΗΤΤΡ, τα πακέτα %1 πρέπει να " -"εγκατασταθούν." +msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." +msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε ένα διακομιστή ΗΤΤΡ, τα πακέτα %1 πρέπει να εγκατασταθούν." #. notification about package needed 2/2 #: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:174 @@ -1133,8 +1020,7 @@ #. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 msgid "Determine Request Server by Server IP &Address" -msgstr "" -"Καθορισμός των Αιτήσεων του Διακομιστή μέσω της &Διεύθυνσης IP του διακομιστή" +msgstr "Καθορισμός των Αιτήσεων του Διακομιστή μέσω της &Διεύθυνσης IP του διακομιστή" #. table cell description #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 @@ -1312,15 +1198,12 @@ #. translators: popup error message when validate server #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support." -msgstr "" -"Ο προκαθορισμένος κόμβος δεν μπορεί να ρυθμιστεί για να υποστηρίζει SSL." +msgstr "Ο προκαθορισμένος κόμβος δεν μπορεί να ρυθμιστεί για να υποστηρίζει SSL." #. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." -msgstr "" -"Όταν δεν έχει καθοριστεί όνομα Διακομιστή, το όνομα του κόμβου θα " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί αντ'αυτού." +msgstr "Όταν δεν έχει καθοριστεί όνομα Διακομιστή, το όνομα του κόμβου θα χρησιμοποιηθεί αντ'αυτού." #. translators: popup error message when validate server #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 @@ -1331,9 +1214,7 @@ #. in another virtual host #: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." -msgstr "" -"Το όνομα διακομιστή που εισήχθηκε είναι ήδη ρυθμισμένο σε άλλον εικονικό " -"κόμβο." +msgstr "Το όνομα διακομιστή που εισήχθηκε είναι ήδη ρυθμισμένο σε άλλον εικονικό κόμβο." #. error message - the entered ip address is already #. configured for another virtual host @@ -1593,8 +1474,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:748 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." -msgstr "" -"Εσωτερικό Σφάλμα: Τα δεδομένα πρέπει να είναι ένα array ref και όχι %s." +msgstr "Εσωτερικό Σφάλμα: Τα δεδομένα πρέπει να είναι ένα array ref και όχι %s." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:773 msgid "Illegal host ID." @@ -1637,8 +1517,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." -msgstr "" -"Δεν ρυθμίστηκε το αρχείο κλειδιού πιστοποίησης για αυτή την ταυτότητα κόμβου." +msgstr "Δεν ρυθμίστηκε το αρχείο κλειδιού πιστοποίησης για αυτή την ταυτότητα κόμβου." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1779 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." @@ -1646,27 +1525,19 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1812 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." -msgstr "" -"Δεν βρέθηκε ρυθμισμένο αρχείο πιστοποιητικού CA για αυτήν την ταυτότητα " -"κόμβου." +msgstr "Δεν βρέθηκε ρυθμισμένο αρχείο πιστοποιητικού CA για αυτήν την ταυτότητα κόμβου." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." -msgstr "" -"Παρέχει έλεγχο πρόσβασης βασισμένο στο όνομα κόμβου πελάτη, διεύθυνση ΙΡ, " -"κλπ." +msgstr "Παρέχει έλεγχο πρόσβασης βασισμένο στο όνομα κόμβου πελάτη, διεύθυνση ΙΡ, κλπ." #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:23 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "Εκτέλεση σεναρίων CGI βασισμένα στον τύπο μέσου ή στη μέθοδο αίτησης" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:32 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"Αντιστοίχηση διαφορετικών τμημάτων του συστήματος αρχείου του κόμβου στο " -"δένδρο εγγράφων και για ανακατεύθυνση URL" +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "Αντιστοίχηση διαφορετικών τμημάτων του συστήματος αρχείου του κόμβου στο δένδρο εγγράφων και για ανακατεύθυνση URL" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:47 msgid "Basic authentication" @@ -1689,10 +1560,8 @@ msgstr "Πιστοποίηση Χρήστη χρησιμοποιώντας αρχεία DBM" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:96 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργεί δείκτες καταλόγων, αυτόματα, παρόμοια με την εντολή του Unix ls" +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgstr "Δημιουργεί δείκτες καταλόγων, αυτόματα, παρόμοια με την εντολή του Unix ls" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:117 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" @@ -1700,20 +1569,15 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:127 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"Παρέχει για το railing slash ανακατεύθυνση και εξυπηρετεί τα αρχεία του " -"καταλόγου" +msgstr "Παρέχει για το railing slash ανακατεύθυνση και εξυπηρετεί τα αρχεία του καταλόγου" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:136 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" -msgstr "" -"Τροποποιεί το περιβάλλον που μεταφέρεται στα σενάρια CGI και στις σελίδες SSI" +msgstr "Τροποποιεί το περιβάλλον που μεταφέρεται στα σενάρια CGI και στις σελίδες SSI" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:146 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργία των κεφαλίδων HTTP Expires σύμφωνα με τα κριτήρια που είναι " -"προσδιορισμένα από το χρήστη" +msgstr "Δημιουργία των κεφαλίδων HTTP Expires σύμφωνα με τα κριτήρια που είναι προσδιορισμένα από το χρήστη" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:161 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" @@ -1724,35 +1588,24 @@ msgstr "Καταγραφή των αιτήσεων που έγιναν στον διακομιστή" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:187 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" -msgstr "" -"Συσχετίζει τις απαιτούμενες επεκτάσεις ονόματος αρχείου με την συμπεριφορά " -"των αρχείων και των περιεχομένων" +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +msgstr "Συσχετίζει τις απαιτούμενες επεκτάσεις ονόματος αρχείου με την συμπεριφορά των αρχείων και των περιεχομένων" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:212 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "Παρέχει την διαπραγμάτευση των περιεχομένων" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:222 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" -msgstr "" -"Επιτρέπει την ρύθμιση των μεταβλητών περιβάλλοντος που βασίζονται στα " -"χαρακτηριστικά της αίτησης" +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "Επιτρέπει την ρύθμιση των μεταβλητών περιβάλλοντος που βασίζονται στα χαρακτηριστικά της αίτησης" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:233 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" -msgstr "" -"Παρέχει πληροφορίες σχετικά με την δραστηριότητα του διακομιστή και την " -"απόδοσή του" +msgstr "Παρέχει πληροφορίες σχετικά με την δραστηριότητα του διακομιστή και την απόδοσή του" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:241 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" -msgstr "" -"Επιτρέπει σε σενάρια CGI να τρέχουν ως ένας συγκεκριμένος χρήστης και ομάδα" +msgstr "Επιτρέπει σε σενάρια CGI να τρέχουν ως ένας συγκεκριμένος χρήστης και ομάδα" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:252 msgid "User-specific directories" @@ -1771,12 +1624,8 @@ msgstr "Πιστοποίηση χρήστη με τη χρήση Πιστοποίησης MD5 Digest " #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:302 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"Επιτρέπει σε έναν κατάλογο LDAP να χρησιμοποιείται για την αποθήκευση της " -"βάσης δεδομένων για την Βασική Πιστοποίηση HTTP" +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "Επιτρέπει σε έναν κατάλογο LDAP να χρησιμοποιείται για την αποθήκευση της βάσης δεδομένων για την Βασική Πιστοποίηση HTTP" # translators: Apache2 module description (from apache2 docs) #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:320 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:495 @@ -1785,8 +1634,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:337 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" -msgstr "" -"Προσδιορισμός μετάφρασης ή επανακωδικοποίησης (recoding) σετ χαρακτήρων" +msgstr "Προσδιορισμός μετάφρασης ή επανακωδικοποίησης (recoding) σετ χαρακτήρων" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:347 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" @@ -1806,17 +1654,11 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:405 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" -msgstr "" -"Ένας απλός διακομιστής ηχούς (echo) για την παρουσίαση των μονάδων " -"πρωτοκόλλων" +msgstr "Ένας απλός διακομιστής ηχούς (echo) για την παρουσίαση των μονάδων πρωτοκόλλων" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:413 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" -msgstr "" -"Πέρασμα του σώματος απάντησης μέσω ενός εξωτερικού προγράμματος πριν την " -"παράδοση στον πελάτη" +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "Πέρασμα του σώματος απάντησης μέσω ενός εξωτερικού προγράμματος πριν την παράδοση στον πελάτη" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:426 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" @@ -1835,23 +1677,16 @@ msgstr "Παρέχει μια αναλυτική περίληψη της ρύθμισης του διακομιστή" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:469 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:489 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Καταγραφή των bytes εισόδου και της εξόδου ανά αίτηση" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:509 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" -msgstr "" -"Προσδιορίζει τον τύπο MIME ενός αρχείου κοιτώντας μερικά bytes του " -"περιεχομένου του" +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "Προσδιορίζει τον τύπο MIME ενός αρχείου κοιτώντας μερικά bytes του περιεχομένου του" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:518 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" @@ -1874,43 +1709,28 @@ msgstr "Υποστήριξη HTTP μονάδας για το mod_proxy" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:592 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "" -"Παρέχει μια μηχανή βάσει κανόνων επανεγγραφής για επανεγγραφή απαιτούμενων " -"URLs στη-στιγμή (on the fly)" +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "Παρέχει μια μηχανή βάσει κανόνων επανεγγραφής για επανεγγραφή απαιτούμενων URLs στη-στιγμή (on the fly)" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:619 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" -msgstr "" -"Προσπάθειες για διόρθωση λανθασμένων URLs όπου οι χρήστες μπορεί να έχουν " -"εισάγει" +msgstr "Προσπάθειες για διόρθωση λανθασμένων URLs όπου οι χρήστες μπορεί να έχουν εισάγει" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:628 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "" -"Ισχυρή κρυπτογραφία χρησιμοποιώντας τα πρωτόκολλα Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) " -"και Transport Layer Security (TLS)" +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "Ισχυρή κρυπτογραφία χρησιμοποιώντας τα πρωτόκολλα Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) και Transport Layer Security (TLS)" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:668 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "" -"Παρέχει μια μεταβλητή περιβάλλοντος με μοναδικό αναγνωριστικό για κάθε αίτηση" +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "Παρέχει μια μεταβλητή περιβάλλοντος με μοναδικό αναγνωριστικό για κάθε αίτηση" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:674 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" -msgstr "" -"Καταγραφή ροής κλικ της δραστηριότητας (Clickstream) του χρήστη σε έναν " -"δικτυακό τόπο" +msgstr "Καταγραφή ροής κλικ της δραστηριότητας (Clickstream) του χρήστη σε έναν δικτυακό τόπο" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:694 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" -msgstr "" -"Παρέχει υποστήριξη για δυναμικά ρυθμιζόμενη μαζική εικονική φιλοξενία (mass " -"virtual hosting)" +msgstr "Παρέχει υποστήριξη για δυναμικά ρυθμιζόμενη μαζική εικονική φιλοξενία (mass virtual hosting)" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:711 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" @@ -1926,9 +1746,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:729 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" -msgstr "" -"Προσφαίρει υποστήριξη για το υποσύνολο του AppArmor περιορισμού μέσα στον " -"apache" +msgstr "Προσφαίρει υποστήριξη για το υποσύνολο του AppArmor περιορισμού μέσα στον apache" #: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:735 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:742 msgid "Provides support for subversion" @@ -1950,12 +1768,8 @@ #~ msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Ports" #~ msgstr "Άνοιγμα του &Τείχους Προστασίας για τις Επιλεγμένες Θύρες" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 " -#~ "ports on the firewall." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Όταν το τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργό, μπορείτε να ελέγξετε το πότε " -#~ "οι θύρες του Apache2 είναι ενεργές στο τείχος προστασίας." +#~ msgid "When the firewall is enabled, you can check whether to enable Apache2 ports on the firewall." +#~ msgstr "Όταν το τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργό, μπορείτε να ελέγξετε το πότε οι θύρες του Apache2 είναι ενεργές στο τείχος προστασίας." #~ msgid "IP Adresses" #~ msgstr "Διευθύνσεις IP" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/inetd.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/inetd.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/inetd.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -182,8 +182,7 @@ #. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." -msgstr "" -"Το πακέτο %1 θα εγκατασταθεί κατά τη διάρκεια της διαδικασίας εγγραφής." +msgstr "Το πακέτο %1 θα εγκατασταθεί κατά τη διάρκεια της διαδικασίας εγγραφής." #. if (true) { // for debugging #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. @@ -277,22 +276,17 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Error #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." -msgstr "" -"Δεν μπορείτε να διαγράψετε την υπηρεσία, διότι δεν είναι εγκατεστημένη." +msgstr "Δεν μπορείτε να διαγράψετε την υπηρεσία, διότι δεν είναι εγκατεστημένη." #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" -msgstr "" -"Για να διαγράψετε μια υπηρεσία, πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από τον κυρίως " -"διάλογο" +msgstr "Για να διαγράψετε μια υπηρεσία, πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από τον κυρίως διάλογο" #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε μια υπηρεσία, θα πρέπει να " -"επιλέξετε μία από τον κυρίως διάλογο." +msgstr "Για να ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε μια υπηρεσία, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε μία από τον κυρίως διάλογο." #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() @@ -303,9 +297,7 @@ #. Translators: Popup::Message #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" -msgstr "" -"Για να επεξεργαστείτε μια υπηρεσία, πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από τον κυρίως " -"διάλογο" +msgstr "Για να επεξεργαστείτε μια υπηρεσία, πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από τον κυρίως διάλογο" #. Translators: Popup::Warning #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782 @@ -401,9 +393,7 @@ #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings #: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." -msgstr "" -"Ο χρήστης %1 είναι διαφυλαγμένος μόνο για τις εσωτερικές διαδικασίες " -"διακομιστή." +msgstr "Ο χρήστης %1 είναι διαφυλαγμένος μόνο για τις εσωτερικές διαδικασίες διακομιστή." #. Popup::Error #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 @@ -431,8 +421,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της διαδικασίας αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Με ασφάλεια μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Με ασφάλεια μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 @@ -475,8 +464,7 @@ "and will be changed in the system configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Κατάσταση Ρυθμίσεων Υπηρεσιών:</big> \n" -"Όλες οι υπηρεσίες που είναι σημειωμένες με X στην στήλη Αλ " -"έχουν επεξεργαστεί\n" +"Όλες οι υπηρεσίες που είναι σημειωμένες με X στην στήλη Αλ έχουν επεξεργαστεί\n" "και θα μεταβληθούν στις ρυθμίσεις του συστήματος.\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 @@ -484,26 +472,20 @@ "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>Κατάσταση Υπηρεσιών:</big> \n" -"Όλες οι υπηρεσίες που είναι σημειωμένες με --- είναι ανενεργές " -"(κλειδωμένες).\n" -"Όλες οι υπηρεσίες που είναι σημειωμένες με Ενεργή είναι ενεργές (μη-" -"κλειδωμένες).\n" -"Όλες οι υπηρεσίες που είναι σημειωμένες με ΟΕ δεν είναι " -"εγκατεστημένες και δεν μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν." +"Όλες οι υπηρεσίες που είναι σημειωμένες με --- είναι ανενεργές (κλειδωμένες).\n" +"Όλες οι υπηρεσίες που είναι σημειωμένες με Ενεργή είναι ενεργές (μη-κλειδωμένες).\n" +"Όλες οι υπηρεσίες που είναι σημειωμένες με ΟΕ δεν είναι εγκατεστημένες και δεν μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν." #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Αλλάζοντας την Κατάσταση των Υπηρεσιών:</big> \n" -"Επιλέξτε την υπηρεσία προς ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση και πατήστε το " -"Εναλλαγή Κατάστασης (Ανοικτή ή Κλειστή).\n" +"Επιλέξτε την υπηρεσία προς ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση και πατήστε το Εναλλαγή Κατάστασης (Ανοικτή ή Κλειστή).\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" @@ -533,13 +515,11 @@ msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Ρυθμίσεων:</big>\n" "Ματαιώστε τις τροποποιημένες ρυθμίσεις πατώντας το κουμπί Ματαίωση.\n" -"Πατώντας το, όλες οι αλλαγές σας θα χαθούν και οι αρχικές ρυθμίσεις θα " -"μείνουν ανέπαφες.\n" +"Πατώντας το, όλες οι αλλαγές σας θα χαθούν και οι αρχικές ρυθμίσεις θα μείνουν ανέπαφες.\n" #. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. #. @return The help text. @@ -550,8 +530,7 @@ "enter\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να δημιουργήσετε μια έγκυρη καταχώρηση(υπηρεσία) για τον υπέρ-" -"διακομιστή,\n" +"Για να δημιουργήσετε μια έγκυρη καταχώρηση(υπηρεσία) για τον υπέρ-διακομιστή,\n" "εισάγετε\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 @@ -581,12 +560,8 @@ "</ul>" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Αυτή είναι μια σύντομη περιγραφή. Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε info xinetd." -"conf\n" +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgstr "Αυτή είναι μια σύντομη περιγραφή. Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε info xinetd.conf\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" @@ -605,21 +580,17 @@ msgstr "" "Ο τύπος socket είναι ένα από τα stream, dgram, raw, rdm,\n" "ή seqpacket, που εξαρτάται από το αν η υπηρεσία είναι ένα stream, datagram,\n" -"που χρειάζεται άμεση πρόσβαση στο ΙΡ, ή αξιοπιστία ακολουθίας datagram " -"πακέτων.\n" +"που χρειάζεται άμεση πρόσβαση στο ΙΡ, ή αξιοπιστία ακολουθίας datagram πακέτων.\n" "\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"To πρωτόκολλο πρέπει να είναι ένα έγκυρο πρωτόκολλο όπως ορίζεται " -"στο /etc/protocols.\n" -"Για παράδειγμα μπορεί να είναι tcp,udp,rpc/tcp και " -"rpc/udp.\n" +"To πρωτόκολλο πρέπει να είναι ένα έγκυρο πρωτόκολλο όπως ορίζεται στο /etc/protocols.\n" +"Για παράδειγμα μπορεί να είναι tcp,udp,rpc/tcp και rpc/udp.\n" "\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 @@ -637,25 +608,16 @@ "because udp is not connection oriented. tcp/stream servers\n" "normally expect the value to be no.\n" msgstr "" -"Η είσοδος περιμένετε/μην περιμένετε καθορίζει εάν η υπηρεσία " -"είναι\n" +"Η είσοδος περιμένετε/μην περιμένετε καθορίζει εάν η υπηρεσία είναι\n" "μονής ή πολλαπλής αλληλουχίας και εάν ο δαίμονας xinetd δέχεται την\n" -"σύνδεση ή εάν το πρόγραμμα διακομιστή δέχεται την σύνδεση. Εάν η τιμή της " -"είναι\n" -"ναι, η υπηρεσία είναι μονής αλληλουχίας. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι ο δαίμονας " -"xinetd\n" -"εκκινεί τον διακομιστή και έπειτα σταματά να διαχειρίζεται τις αιτήσεις της " -"υπηρεσίας\n" -"μέχρι ο διακομιστής να μην αποκρίνεται και το λογισμικό του να δέχεται τη " -"σύνδεση. Εάν η\n" -" τιμή είναι όχι, η υπηρεσία είναι πολλαπλής αλληλουχίας και ο " -"δαίμονας xinetd\n" -"συνεχίζει να διαχειρίζεται τις νέες αιτήσεις της υπηρεσίας και δέχεται τη " -"σύνδεση. \n" -"Οι υπηρεσίες udp/dgram φυσιολογικά αναμένουν η τιμή να είναι ναι</" -"b>,\n" -"επειδή το πρωτόκολλο utp δεν είναι σχεδιασμένο για συνεχή σύνδεση. Οι " -"διακομιστές\n" +"σύνδεση ή εάν το πρόγραμμα διακομιστή δέχεται την σύνδεση. Εάν η τιμή της είναι\n" +"ναι, η υπηρεσία είναι μονής αλληλουχίας. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι ο δαίμονας xinetd\n" +"εκκινεί τον διακομιστή και έπειτα σταματά να διαχειρίζεται τις αιτήσεις της υπηρεσίας\n" +"μέχρι ο διακομιστής να μην αποκρίνεται και το λογισμικό του να δέχεται τη σύνδεση. Εάν η\n" +" τιμή είναι όχι, η υπηρεσία είναι πολλαπλής αλληλουχίας και ο δαίμονας xinetd\n" +"συνεχίζει να διαχειρίζεται τις νέες αιτήσεις της υπηρεσίας και δέχεται τη σύνδεση. \n" +"Οι υπηρεσίες udp/dgram φυσιολογικά αναμένουν η τιμή να είναι ναι,\n" +"επειδή το πρωτόκολλο utp δεν είναι σχεδιασμένο για συνεχή σύνδεση. Οι διακομιστές\n" "tcp/stream λογικά αναμένουν η τιμή να είναι όχι\n" #: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 @@ -666,8 +628,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Ο διακομιστής θα τρέχει με τις άδειες του χρήστη που επιλέχθηκαν μέσα\n" -"στο πεδίο Χρήστης. Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο για να κάνει τις υπηρεσίες να " -"τρέχουν με άδειες\n" +"στο πεδίο Χρήστης. Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο για να κάνει τις υπηρεσίες να τρέχουν με άδειες\n" "κατώτερες του υπερχρήστη.\n" "\n" @@ -679,11 +640,9 @@ "\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Στο Διακομιστής, εισάγετε το όνομα διαδρομής του προγράμματος που " -"θα\n" +"Στο Διακομιστής, εισάγετε το όνομα διαδρομής του προγράμματος που θα\n" "εκτελεστεί από τον υπέρ-διακομιστή, όταν μια αίτηση φτάσει στο socket του.\n" -"Οι παράμετροι για αυτό το πρόγραμμα μπορούν να προσδιοριστούν στο " -"Ορίσματα Διακομιστή.\n" +"Οι παράμετροι για αυτό το πρόγραμμα μπορούν να προσδιοριστούν στο Ορίσματα Διακομιστή.\n" "\n" "\n" @@ -750,8 +709,7 @@ #. "enabled" defaults to true #: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607 msgid "<ul>All services are marked as stopped.</ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul>Όλες οι υπηρεσίες είναι σημειωμένες ως σταματημένες.</ul>" +msgstr "<ul>Όλες οι υπηρεσίες είναι σημειωμένες ως σταματημένες.</ul>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured #: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618 Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/installation.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/installation.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/installation.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -54,23 +54,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" -"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " -"profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή Κλωνοποίηση αν θέλετε να δημιουργήσετε " -"ένα προφίλ του AutoYaST.\n" -"Το AutoYast είναι ένας τρόπος για να πραγματοποιήσετε μια ολοκληρωμένη " -"εγκατάσταση του SUSE Linux χωρίς αλληλεπίδραση με τον χρήστη. Το AutoYaST\n" -"χρειάζεται ένα προφίλ για να γνωρίζει πως μοιάζει το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα. " -"Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι\n" -"ενεργή, τότε ένα προφίλ του τρέχοντος συστήματος είναι αποθηκευμένο στο <tt>/" -"root/autoyast.xml</tt>." +"Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή Κλωνοποίηση αν θέλετε να δημιουργήσετε ένα προφίλ του AutoYaST.\n" +"Το AutoYast είναι ένας τρόπος για να πραγματοποιήσετε μια ολοκληρωμένη εγκατάσταση του SUSE Linux χωρίς αλληλεπίδραση με τον χρήστη. Το AutoYaST\n" +"χρειάζεται ένα προφίλ για να γνωρίζει πως μοιάζει το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα. Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι\n" +"ενεργή, τότε ένα προφίλ του τρέχοντος συστήματος είναι αποθηκευμένο στο <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:68 @@ -85,12 +77,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" -"\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Το προφίλ AutoYaST θα αποθηκευτεί στο root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">να " -"μην αποθηκευτεί</a>)." +msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +msgstr "Το προφίλ AutoYaST θα αποθηκευτεί στο root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">να μην αποθηκευτεί</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text @@ -135,12 +123,8 @@ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση από τις Εικόνες Δεδομένων" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε προ-ρυθμισμένες εικόνες δεδομένων της Novell για " -"να επιταχύνετε την RPM εγκατάσταση." +msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." +msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε προ-ρυθμισμένες εικόνες δεδομένων της Novell για να επιταχύνετε την RPM εγκατάσταση." #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:133 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -151,12 +135,8 @@ msgstr "&Να μην γίνει Εγκατάσταση από Εικόνες Δεδομένων" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:153 -msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " -"source" -msgstr "" -"Ανάπτυξη προσαρμοσμένων εικόνων δεδομένων - απαιτείται μία διεύθυνση URL " -"ρυθμισμένη ως πηγή εγκατάστασης" +msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" +msgstr "Ανάπτυξη προσαρμοσμένων εικόνων δεδομένων - απαιτείται μία διεύθυνση URL ρυθμισμένη ως πηγή εγκατάστασης" #. Image name, Image location #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:162 @@ -164,20 +144,12 @@ msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε προσαρμοσμένες εικόνες δεδομένων.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:163 -msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " -"image here" -msgstr "" -"Πρέπει να ρυθμίσετε αρχικά την επιλογή λογισμικού πριν δημιουργήσετε μια " -"εικόνα δεδομένων" +msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" +msgstr "Πρέπει να ρυθμίσετε αρχικά την επιλογή λογισμικού πριν δημιουργήσετε μια εικόνα δεδομένων" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " -"installation)" -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργία αρχείου εικόνας δεδομένων (το AutoYaST θα το λάβει από τη " -"ρυθμισμένη τοποθεσία κατά την εγκατάσταση)" +msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" +msgstr "Δημιουργία αρχείου εικόνας δεδομένων (το AutoYaST θα το λάβει από τη ρυθμισμένη τοποθεσία κατά την εγκατάσταση)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:181 msgid "Create Image" @@ -185,8 +157,7 @@ #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:186 msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)" -msgstr "" -"Που μπορεί να βρει το AutoYaST την εικόνα δεδομένων; (π.χ. http://host/)" +msgstr "Που μπορεί να βρει το AutoYaST την εικόνα δεδομένων; (π.χ. http://host/)" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:198 msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)" @@ -194,8 +165,7 @@ #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:211 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργία ISO (το στιγμιότυπο και το autoinst.xml θα βρίσκονται στο μέσο)" +msgstr "Δημιουργία ISO (το στιγμιότυπο και το autoinst.xml θα βρίσκονται στο μέσο)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -203,54 +173,38 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " -"the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"Η Εγκατάσταση από Εικόνες Δεδομένων χρησιμοποιείται για να " -"επιταχύνει την εγκατάσταση.\n" -"Οι εικόνες δεδομένων περιέχουν συμπιεσμένες λήψεις του εγκατεστημένου " -"συστήματος που ταιριάζουν\n" -"με την επιλογή των pattern σας. Τα υπόλοιπα πακέτα που δεν περιέχονται στις " -"εικόνες δεδομένων,\n" +"Η Εγκατάσταση από Εικόνες Δεδομένων χρησιμοποιείται για να επιταχύνει την εγκατάσταση.\n" +"Οι εικόνες δεδομένων περιέχουν συμπιεσμένες λήψεις του εγκατεστημένου συστήματος που ταιριάζουν\n" +"με την επιλογή των pattern σας. Τα υπόλοιπα πακέτα που δεν περιέχονται στις εικόνες δεδομένων,\n" "θα εγκατασταθούν από τα πακέτα με τον προκαθορισμένο τρόπο.\n" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:233 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " -"dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " -"already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" -"installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." msgstr "" "Η Δημιουργία δικών σας εικόνων δεδομένων χρησιμοποιείται\n" -"εάν επιθυμείτε να παραβλέψετε εντελώς την εγκατάσταση RPM. Σε αυτή την " -"περίπτωση το AutoYaST θα\n" -"εφαρμόσει μία εικόνα δεδομένων στο σκληρό δίσκο, που είναι πολύ πιο γρήγορη " -"και μπορεί να προ-ρυθμιστεί.\n" -"Πλην την εγκατάστασης RPM όλες οι υπόλοιπες διαδικασίες εφαρμόζονται όπως " -"στην απλή αυτόματη εγκατάσταση" +"εάν επιθυμείτε να παραβλέψετε εντελώς την εγκατάσταση RPM. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση το AutoYaST θα\n" +"εφαρμόσει μία εικόνα δεδομένων στο σκληρό δίσκο, που είναι πολύ πιο γρήγορη και μπορεί να προ-ρυθμιστεί.\n" +"Πλην την εγκατάστασης RPM όλες οι υπόλοιπες διαδικασίες εφαρμόζονται όπως στην απλή αυτόματη εγκατάσταση" #: src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:336 src/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:347 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" -msgstr "" -"θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αρχικά το λογισμικό προτού δημιουργήσετε μία εικόνα " -"δεδομένων" +msgstr "θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε αρχικά το λογισμικό προτού δημιουργήσετε μία εικόνα δεδομένων" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " -"originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" -"p>" +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"Σημειώστε ότι όταν εγκαταστήσετε από στιγμιότυπα δεδομένων, η αποτύπωση " -"ώρας όλων των πακέτων από τα στιγμιότυπα εικόνων\n" -"δεν θα ταιριάζει στην ημερομηνία εγκατάστασης αλλά και στην ημερομηνία " -"δημιουργίας στιγμιότυπου δεδομένων." +"Σημειώστε ότι όταν εγκαταστήσετε από στιγμιότυπα δεδομένων, η αποτύπωση ώρας όλων των πακέτων από τα στιγμιότυπα εικόνων\n" +"δεν θα ταιριάζει στην ημερομηνία εγκατάστασης αλλά και στην ημερομηνία δημιουργίας στιγμιότυπου δεδομένων." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -258,15 +212,12 @@ "Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" "pattern selection does not fit any set of images." msgstr "" -"Η εγκατάσταση από τις εικόνες είναι απενεργοποιημένες εκ προεπιλογής αν η " -"τρέχουσα επιλογή μοτίβου\n" +"Η εγκατάσταση από τις εικόνες είναι απενεργοποιημένες εκ προεπιλογής αν η τρέχουσα επιλογή μοτίβου\n" "δεν ταιριάζει με κανένα από τα σύνολα των εικόνων." #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1." -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα: Οι εικόνες δεδομένων δεν μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την " -"κατάσταση: %1." +msgstr "Σφάλμα: Οι εικόνες δεδομένων δεν μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την κατάσταση: %1." #. changed to true #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 @@ -295,17 +246,13 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Είναι ενεργοποιημένη η εγκατάσταση από τις εικόνες δεδομένων (<a href=" -"\"%1\">απενεργοποίηση</a>)." +msgstr "Είναι ενεργοποιημένη η εγκατάσταση από τις εικόνες δεδομένων (<a href=\"%1\">απενεργοποίηση</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Είναι απενεργοποιημένη η εγκατάσταση από τις εικόνες δεδομένων (<a href=" -"\"%1\">ενεργοποίηση</a>)." +msgstr "Είναι απενεργοποιημένη η εγκατάσταση από τις εικόνες δεδομένων (<a href=\"%1\">ενεργοποίηση</a>)." #. progress step title #: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -370,8 +317,7 @@ "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε εάν θέλετε να εκτελεστεί η διαδικτυακή ενημέρωση τώρα.\n" -"Μπορείτε να παραλείψετε αυτό το βήμα και να εκτελέσετε μια διαδικτυακή " -"ενημέρωση αργότερα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να παραλείψετε αυτό το βήμα και να εκτελέσετε μια διαδικτυακή ενημέρωση αργότερα.\n" #. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- #. Build dialog @@ -421,8 +367,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Επιλέξτε τη Γλώσσα και την Διάταξη του Πληκτρολογίου που θα " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί κατά την εγκατάσταση και\n" +"Επιλέξτε τη Γλώσσα και την Διάταξη του Πληκτρολογίου που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί κατά την εγκατάσταση και\n" "στη συνέχεια στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα.\n" "\n" @@ -432,15 +377,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " -"translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Η άδεια χρήσης θα πρέπει να γίνει αποδεκτή πριν από την συνέχεια της " -"εγκατάστασης.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Μεταφράσεις Άδειας Χρήσης... για την εμφάνιση της " -"άδειας χρήσης σε όλες τις διαθέσιμες μεταφράσεις.\n" +"Η άδεια χρήσης θα πρέπει να γίνει αποδεκτή πριν από την συνέχεια της εγκατάστασης.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Μεταφράσεις Άδειας Χρήσης... για την εμφάνιση της άδειας χρήσης σε όλες τις διαθέσιμες μεταφράσεις.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -508,8 +450,7 @@ "the ZMD service during system start.\n" msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε Απενεργοποίηση της Υπηρεσίας ZMD για να σταματήσετε\n" -"και να απενεργοποιήσετε την υπηρεσία ZMD κατά την εκκίνηση του συστήματος.</" -"p>\n" +"και να απενεργοποιήσετε την υπηρεσία ZMD κατά την εκκίνηση του συστήματος.\n" #. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST #. profile in /root/autoinst.xml @@ -568,29 +509,21 @@ "our SUSE Welcome Dialog.\n" msgstr "" "Αν επιλέξετε το προκαθορισμένο γραφικό περιβάλλον KDE, μπορείτε\n" -"να διευθετήσετε μερικές ρυθμίσεις του KDE σύμφωνα με το υλικό σας. Επίσης " -"παρατηρήστε\n" +"να διευθετήσετε μερικές ρυθμίσεις του KDE σύμφωνα με το υλικό σας. Επίσης παρατηρήστε\n" "και το Διάλογο Υποδοχής της SUSE.\n" #. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:214 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " -"interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " -"option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." -"xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή Κλωνοποίηση αν θέλετε να δημιουργήσετε " -"ένα προφίλ του AutoYaST.\n" -"Το AutoYast είναι ένας τρόπος για να πραγματοποιήσετε μια ολοκληρωμένη " -"εγκατάσταση του SUSE Linux χωρίς αλληλεπίδραση με τον χρήστη. Το AutoYaST\n" -"χρειάζεται ένα προφίλ για να γνωρίζει πως το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα μοιάζει. " -"Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι\n" -"επιλεγμένη, τότε ένα προφίλ του τρέχοντος συστήματος είναι αποθηκευμένο στο " -"<tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." +"Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή Κλωνοποίηση αν θέλετε να δημιουργήσετε ένα προφίλ του AutoYaST.\n" +"Το AutoYast είναι ένας τρόπος για να πραγματοποιήσετε μια ολοκληρωμένη εγκατάσταση του SUSE Linux χωρίς αλληλεπίδραση με τον χρήστη. Το AutoYaST\n" +"χρειάζεται ένα προφίλ για να γνωρίζει πως το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα μοιάζει. Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι\n" +"επιλεγμένη, τότε ένα προφίλ του τρέχοντος συστήματος είναι αποθηκευμένο στο <tt>/root/autoyast.xml</tt>." #. Dialog busy message #. TRANSLATORS: busy message @@ -602,11 +535,8 @@ #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:308 -msgid "" -"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα κλώνο του τρέχοντος συστήματος, το πακέτο %1</" -"b> πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί." +msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Για να δημιουργήσετε ένα κλώνο του τρέχοντος συστήματος, το πακέτο %1 πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί." #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:311 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -614,9 +544,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." -msgstr "" -"Το πακέτο autoyast2 δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο. Η διαδικασία κλωνοποίησης " -"απενεργοποιήθηκε." +msgstr "Το πακέτο autoyast2 δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο. Η διαδικασία κλωνοποίησης απενεργοποιήθηκε." #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 @@ -649,12 +577,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " -"packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." msgstr "" "Η αποσφαλμάτωση έχει ενεργοποιηθεί.\n" -"Το YaST πρόκειται να ανοίξει ένα διαχειριστή λογισμικού για να ελέγξετε την " -"κατάσταση των πακέτων." +"Το YaST πρόκειται να ανοίξει ένα διαχειριστή λογισμικού για να ελέγξετε την κατάσταση των πακέτων." #. unknown image #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375 @@ -688,13 +614,8 @@ msgstr "&Δίσκος προς Χρήση" #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " -"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τον δίσκο, στο οποίο θα αναπτυχθεί το στιγμιότυπο. Όλα τα δεδομένα " -"σε αυτόν το δίσκο θα χαθούν και ο δίσκος θα κατατμηθεί όπως καθορίζεται στο " -"στιγμιότυπο." +msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τον δίσκο, στο οποίο θα αναπτυχθεί το στιγμιότυπο. Όλα τα δεδομένα σε αυτόν το δίσκο θα χαθούν και ο δίσκος θα κατατμηθεί όπως καθορίζεται στο στιγμιότυπο." #: src/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" @@ -772,9 +693,7 @@ #. yes/no popup question #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:168 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" -msgstr "" -"Εκκίνηση του διαχειριστή λογισμικού για έλεγχο και εγκατάσταση των " -"ενημερώσεων;" +msgstr "Εκκίνηση του διαχειριστή λογισμικού για έλεγχο και εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων;" #. check box #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:512 @@ -908,31 +827,24 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια προτεινόμενη πηγή εγκατάστασης κατά την " -"εγκατάσταση ή την ενημέρωση, επιλέξτε\n" +"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια προτεινόμενη πηγή εγκατάστασης κατά την εγκατάσταση ή την ενημέρωση, επιλέξτε\n" "Προσθήκη Ενεργής Πηγής Εγκατάστασης Πριν την Εγκατάσταση." #. help text for installation method #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -"select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να εγκαταστήσετε ένα πρόσθετο προϊόν από ξεχωριστό μέσο μαζί με το " -"&product;, επιλέξτε\n" +"Για να εγκαταστήσετε ένα πρόσθετο προϊόν από ξεχωριστό μέσο μαζί με το &product;, επιλέξτε\n" "Ενσωμάτωση των Πρόσθετων Προϊόντων από Ξεχωριστά Μέσα.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" -"drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "" -"Εάν χρειαστείτε ειδικούς οδηγούς συσκευών για εγκατάσταση, δείτε την " -"ιστοσελίδα http://drivers.suse.com ." +msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "Εάν χρειαστείτε ειδικούς οδηγούς συσκευών για εγκατάσταση, δείτε την ιστοσελίδα http://drivers.suse.com ." #. Error message #: src/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -988,13 +900,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:145 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " -"configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Ένα ρυθμισμένο δίκτυο χρειάζεται για την χρήση των απομακρυσμένων πηγών " -"εγκατάστασης\n" -"ή των πρόσθετων προϊόντων. Δεν χρειάζεται να χρησιμοποιήσετε απομακρυσμένες " -"πηγές εγκατάστασης και μπορείτε να παραβλέψετε την ρύθμισή του.\n" +"Ένα ρυθμισμένο δίκτυο χρειάζεται για την χρήση των απομακρυσμένων πηγών εγκατάστασης\n" +"ή των πρόσθετων προϊόντων. Δεν χρειάζεται να χρησιμοποιήσετε απομακρυσμένες πηγές εγκατάστασης και μπορείτε να παραβλέψετε την ρύθμισή του.\n" #. error popup #: src/clients/inst_network_check.rb:187 @@ -1008,35 +917,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -"number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -"ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"Στο Linux η επιλογή είναι πρώτη προτεραιότητα. Το openSUSE " -"προσφέρει έναν αριθμό \n" -"από διαφορετικά περιβάλλοντα εργασίας. Παρακάτω εμφανίζεται μία λίστα των " -"δυο μεγαλύτερων \n" +"Στο Linux η επιλογή είναι πρώτη προτεραιότητα. Το openSUSE προσφέρει έναν αριθμό \n" +"από διαφορετικά περιβάλλοντα εργασίας. Παρακάτω εμφανίζεται μία λίστα των δυο μεγαλύτερων \n" "GNOME και KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " -"installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " -"the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " -"additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε εναλλακτικά περιβάλλοντα εργασίας (ή κάποιο με " -"ελάχιστες απαιτήσεις εγκατάστασης)\n" -"που ανταποκρίνονται καλύτερα στις ανάγκες σας με την επιλογή Άλλο. " -"Αργότερα κατά την επιλογή\n" -"λογισμικού ή μετά την εγκατάσταση, μπορείτε να αλλάξετε την επιλογή σας ή να " -"προσθέσετε περισσότερα\n" +"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε εναλλακτικά περιβάλλοντα εργασίας (ή κάποιο με ελάχιστες απαιτήσεις εγκατάστασης)\n" +"που ανταποκρίνονται καλύτερα στις ανάγκες σας με την επιλογή Άλλο. Αργότερα κατά την επιλογή\n" +"λογισμικού ή μετά την εγκατάσταση, μπορείτε να αλλάξετε την επιλογή σας ή να προσθέσετε περισσότερα\n" "περιβάλλοντα. Αυτή η οθόνη ορίζει το προεπιλεγμένο περιβάλλον." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption @@ -1061,8 +960,7 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Αδυναμία εύρεσης βασικού προϊόντος. Δεν θα εμφανιστούν οι σημειώσεις έκδοσης." +msgstr "Αδυναμία εύρεσης βασικού προϊόντος. Δεν θα εμφανιστούν οι σημειώσεις έκδοσης." #. 1 GB is a good approximation #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 @@ -1077,8 +975,7 @@ #. question in a popup box #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:214 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" -msgstr "" -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε την επαναφορά όλων στις προκαθορισμένες τιμές;" +msgstr "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε την επαναφορά όλων στις προκαθορισμένες τιμές;" #. explain consequences of a decision #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:216 @@ -1094,8 +991,7 @@ #. to store profile after installation #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:227 msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log." -msgstr "" -"Αποτυχία αποθήκευσης ρυθμίσεων. Λεπτομέρειες μπορούν να βρεθούν στο log." +msgstr "Αποτυχία αποθήκευσης ρυθμίσεων. Λεπτομέρειες μπορούν να βρεθούν στο log." #. message show when user has disabled the configuration #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 @@ -1182,9 +1078,7 @@ #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ σε οποιοδήποτε τίτλο για να κάνετε αλλαγές ή χρησιμοποιήστε το " -"μενού \"Αλλαγή...\" παρακάτω." +msgstr "Κάντε κλικ σε οποιοδήποτε τίτλο για να κάνετε αλλαγές ή χρησιμοποιήστε το μενού \"Αλλαγή...\" παρακάτω." #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." @@ -1213,13 +1107,11 @@ #: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " -"displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Επιλέξτε Εγκατάσταση για να συνεχίσετε μια νέα εγκατάσταση με τις " -"τιμές που εμφανίζονται.\n" +"Επιλέξτε Εγκατάσταση για να συνεχίσετε μια νέα εγκατάσταση με τις τιμές που εμφανίζονται.\n" "\n" #. kicking out, bug #203811 @@ -1250,8 +1142,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ο σκληρός σας δίσκος δεν έχει ακόμα τροποποιηθεί. Μπορείτε ακόμα να " -"ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια.\n" +"Ο σκληρός σας δίσκος δεν έχει ακόμα τροποποιηθεί. Μπορείτε ακόμα να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια.\n" "\n" #. Help text for update proposal @@ -1263,8 +1154,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Επιλέξτε Ενημέρωση για να συνεχίσετε μια ενημέρωση με τις τιμές που " -"εμφανίζονται.\n" +"Επιλέξτε Ενημέρωση για να συνεχίσετε μια ενημέρωση με τις τιμές που εμφανίζονται.\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal @@ -1314,8 +1204,7 @@ "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." msgstr "" -"Η εγκατάσταση του UML (User Mode Linux) σας επιτρέπει να ξεκινάτε " -"ανεξάρτητες\n" +"Η εγκατάσταση του UML (User Mode Linux) σας επιτρέπει να ξεκινάτε ανεξάρτητες\n" "εικονικές μηχανές Linux στο σύστημα." #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or @@ -1339,8 +1228,7 @@ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Μερικές προτάσεις μπορεί να είναι κλειδωμένες\n" -"από τον διαχειριστή συστήματος και δεν γίνετε να αλλάξουν. Εάν μια " -"κλειδωμένη πρόταση\n" +"από τον διαχειριστή συστήματος και δεν γίνετε να αλλάξουν. Εάν μια κλειδωμένη πρόταση\n" "χρειάζεται να αλλάξει, ζητήστε το από τον διαχειριστή συστήματος σας.\n" #. FATE #120373 @@ -1378,8 +1266,7 @@ "The release notes for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.\n" msgstr "" -"Οι σημειώσεις έκδοσης για το εγκαταστημένο σύστημα Linux παρέχουν " -"μια σύνοψη\n" +"Οι σημειώσεις έκδοσης για το εγκαταστημένο σύστημα Linux παρέχουν μια σύνοψη\n" "των νέων χαρακτηριστικών και των αλλαγών.\n" #. informative message in RichText widget @@ -1401,8 +1288,7 @@ "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.\n" msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε ένα σενάριο που ανταποκρίνεται καλύτερα στις ανάγκες σας.\n" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε πρόσθετο λογισμικό αργότερα από τις προτάσεις " -"λογισμικού.\n" +"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε πρόσθετο λογισμικό αργότερα από τις προτάσεις λογισμικού.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message #: src/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 @@ -1494,19 +1380,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "" -"Το YaST ανιχνεύει το υλικό του υπολογιστή και τα εγκατεστημένα συστήματα." +msgstr "Το YaST ανιχνεύει το υλικό του υπολογιστή και τα εγκατεστημένα συστήματα." #. additonal error when HW was not found #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -"installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Επισκεφθείτε την 'drivers.suse.com' εάν χρειάζεστε κάποιον ειδικό οδηγό " -"υλικού για την εγκατάσταση." +"Επισκεφθείτε την 'drivers.suse.com' εάν χρειάζεστε κάποιον ειδικό οδηγό υλικού για την εγκατάσταση." #. pop-up error report #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 @@ -1526,8 +1409,7 @@ "(especially on S/390 or iSCSI systems)\n" msgstr "" "Δεν εντοπίσθηκαν σκληροί δίσκοι για να γίνει εγκατάσταση.\n" -"Κατά τη διάρκεια μίας αυτόματης εγκατάστασης, πιθανόν να εντοπισθούν " -"αργότερα.\n" +"Κατά τη διάρκεια μίας αυτόματης εγκατάστασης, πιθανόν να εντοπισθούν αργότερα.\n" "(ειδικά σε συστήματα S/390 ή iSCSI)\n" #. pop-up error report @@ -1609,13 +1491,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " -"upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε όλες τις πηγές εγκατάστασης λογισμικού που " -"βρέθηκαν\n" -"στο σύστημά που μόλις αναβαθμίσατε. Ενεργοποιήσετε αυτές που θέλετε να " -"συμπεριλάβετε στην διαδικασία της αναβάθμισης." +"Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε όλες τις πηγές εγκατάστασης λογισμικού που βρέθηκαν\n" +"στο σύστημά που μόλις αναβαθμίσατε. Ενεργοποιήσετε αυτές που θέλετε να συμπεριλάβετε στην διαδικασία της αναβάθμισης." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 @@ -1623,10 +1502,8 @@ "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" -"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε, αφαιρέσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε ένα URL, κάντε " -"κλικ στο\n" -"Αλλαγή Κατάστασης ή κάντε διπλό κλικ στο αντίστοιχο αντικείμενο του " -"πίνακα." +"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε, αφαιρέσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε ένα URL, κάντε κλικ στο\n" +"Αλλαγή Κατάστασης ή κάντε διπλό κλικ στο αντίστοιχο αντικείμενο του πίνακα." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 @@ -1796,8 +1673,7 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "Υπάρχουν κάποια ακόμη βήματα που πρέπει να γίνουν προτού το σύστημα σας\n" -"είναι έτοιμο για χρήση. Το YaST θα σας καθοδηγήσει στην βασική ρύθμιση. " -"Πατήστε\n" +"είναι έτοιμο για χρήση. Το YaST θα σας καθοδηγήσει στην βασική ρύθμιση. Πατήστε\n" "στο κουμπί Επόμενο για να συνεχίσετε. \n" " \n" @@ -1937,8 +1813,7 @@ "\n" "Φόρτωση του εγκατεστημένου πυρήνα με τη χρήση του kexec.\n" "\n" -"Προσπάθεια φόρτωσης του εγκατεστημένου πυρήνα μέσω του kexec αντί για " -"επανεκκίνηση\n" +"Προσπάθεια φόρτωσης του εγκατεστημένου πυρήνα μέσω του kexec αντί για επανεκκίνηση\n" "Παρακαλώ, περιμένετε.\n" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2067,9 +1942,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:202 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Έχουν ολοκληρωθεί οι πληροφορίες που απαιτούνται για την βασική " -"εγκατάσταση." +msgstr "Έχουν ολοκληρωθεί οι πληροφορίες που απαιτούνται για την βασική εγκατάσταση." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 @@ -2080,8 +1953,7 @@ "installation settings in the previous dialogs." msgstr "" "Εάν συνεχίσετε τώρα, οι υπάχουσες\n" -"κατατμήσεις του σκληρό σας δίσκου θα διαγραφούν ή " -"διαμορφωθούν\n" +"κατατμήσεις του σκληρό σας δίσκου θα διαγραφούν ή διαμορφωθούν\n" "(σβήνοντας όλα τα δεδομένα σε αυτές τις κατατμήσεις) σύμφωνα με τις\n" "ρυθμίσεις εγκατάστασης των προηγούμενων επιλογών." @@ -2100,9 +1972,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:236 src/include/installation/misc.rb:254 msgid "Go back and check the settings if you are unsure." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε ακόμα να γυρίσετε πίσω και να ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις εάν δεν " -"είστε σίγουροι." +msgstr "Μπορείτε ακόμα να γυρίσετε πίσω και να ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις εάν δεν είστε σίγουροι." #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:242 @@ -2112,9 +1982,7 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:246 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "" -"Έχουν ολοκληρωθεί οι πληροφορίες που απαιτούνται για συνεχίσετε μια " -"ενημέρωση." +msgstr "Έχουν ολοκληρωθεί οι πληροφορίες που απαιτούνται για συνεχίσετε μια ενημέρωση." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:248 @@ -2124,8 +1992,7 @@ "according to the settings in the previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Εάν συνεχίσετε τώρα, τα δεδομένα στον σκληρό σας δίσκο θα " -"αντικατασταθούν \n" +"Εάν συνεχίσετε τώρα, τα δεδομένα στον σκληρό σας δίσκο θα αντικατασταθούν \n" "σύμφωνα με τις ρυθμίσεις των προηγούμενων επιλογών." #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation @@ -2147,27 +2014,18 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:63 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Είναι ενεργοποιημένη η μαύρη λίστα συσκευών (<a href=\"%1\">απενεργοποίηση</" -"a>)." +msgstr "Είναι ενεργοποιημένη η μαύρη λίστα συσκευών (<a href=\"%1\">απενεργοποίηση</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:69 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "" -"Είναι απενεργοποιημένη η μαύρη λίστα συσκευών (<a href=\"%1\">ενεργοποίηση</" -"a>)." +msgstr "Είναι απενεργοποιημένη η μαύρη λίστα συσκευών (<a href=\"%1\">ενεργοποίηση</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " -"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη Μαύρη λίστα συσκευών αν θέλετε να δημιουργήσετε " -"κανάλια μαύρων λιστών για συσκευές που θα μειώσουν το μέγεθος του πυρήνα στη " -"μνήμη." +msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε τη Μαύρη λίστα συσκευών αν θέλετε να δημιουργήσετε κανάλια μαύρων λιστών για συσκευές που θα μειώσουν το μέγεθος του πυρήνα στη μνήμη." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:135 @@ -2243,14 +2101,8 @@ #~ msgid "All data on the disk will be destroyed!!!" #~ msgstr "Όλα τα δεδομένα στον δίσκο θα καταστραφούν!!!" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the " -#~ "disk will be destroyed and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the " -#~ "image." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε δίσκο, στο οποίο θα αναπτυχθεί το στιγμιότυπο. Όλα τα δεδομένα " -#~ "στον δίσκο αυτό θα καταστραφούν και ο δίσκος θα κατατμηθεί όπως " -#~ "καθορίζεται στο στιγμιότυπο." +#~ msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be destroyed and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +#~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε δίσκο, στο οποίο θα αναπτυχθεί το στιγμιότυπο. Όλα τα δεδομένα στον δίσκο αυτό θα καταστραφούν και ο δίσκος θα κατατμηθεί όπως καθορίζεται στο στιγμιότυπο." # Proposal item - TAP device name #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" @@ -2337,11 +2189,8 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Πληροφορίες Υλικού της Επιλεγμένης Κάρτας Δικτύου" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τις κάρτες δικτύου που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν " -#~ "άμεσα." +#~ msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +#~ msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τις κάρτες δικτύου που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν άμεσα." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you do not need a network connection now,\n" @@ -2453,8 +2302,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ρύθμιση Δικτύου</big>\n" #~ " Ρυθμίσετε την κάρτα του δικτύου σας.\n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε είτε DHCP ή στατική εγκατάσταση. Το DHCP ταιριάζει με τις " -#~ "περισσότερες περιπτώσεις.\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε είτε DHCP ή στατική εγκατάσταση. Το DHCP ταιριάζει με τις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις.\n" #~ "Για λεπτομέρειες επικοινωνήστε με τον πάροχο σας ή τον\n" #~ "διαχειριστή του δικτύου σας.\n" @@ -2465,10 +2313,8 @@ #~ "you do not need to use one.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Διαμεσολαβητής</big>\n" -#~ " Ο διαμεσολαβητής είναι μια λανθάνουσα μνήμη σε εξυπηρετητή για " -#~ "πρόσβαση στον ιστό.\n" -#~ "Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις, αν έχετε μια απευθείας σύνδεση στο " -#~ "διαδίκτυο,\n" +#~ " Ο διαμεσολαβητής είναι μια λανθάνουσα μνήμη σε εξυπηρετητή για πρόσβαση στον ιστό.\n" +#~ "Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις, αν έχετε μια απευθείας σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο,\n" #~ "δεν χρειάζεται να χρησιμοποιηθεί.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2552,12 +2398,8 @@ #~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." #~ msgstr "Εγγραφή Ρυθμίσεων Δικτύου..." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρακαλώ, περιμένετε έως ότου η ρύθμιση του δικτύου εγγράφεται και " -#~ "δοκιμάζεται.." +#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." +#~ msgstr "Παρακαλώ, περιμένετε έως ότου η ρύθμιση του δικτύου εγγράφεται και δοκιμάζεται.." #~ msgid "" #~ "Writing the network settings failed.\n" @@ -2566,8 +2408,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Η εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων του δικτύου απέτυχε.\n" #~ "Θα επιστρέψετε στο προηγούμενο παράθυρο είτε\n" -#~ "για να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις ή για να ακυρώσετε την ρύθμιση του " -#~ "δικτύου.\n" +#~ "για να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις ή για να ακυρώσετε την ρύθμιση του δικτύου.\n" #~ msgid "Enabling SSH service on installed system..." #~ msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση υπηρεσίας SSH στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα..." @@ -2647,15 +2488,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε Νέα Εγκατάσταση αν δεν υπάρχει ήδη σύστημα Linux στο " -#~ "μηχάνημά σας\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε Νέα Εγκατάσταση αν δεν υπάρχει ήδη σύστημα Linux στο μηχάνημά σας\n" #~ "ή αν θέλετε να αντικαταστήσετε ολοκληρωτικά ένα υπάρχον Linux σύστημα,\n" #~ "απορρίπτοντας όλες τις ρυθμίσεις εγκατάστασής του.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2668,29 +2507,24 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε Ενημέρωση υπάρχοντος συστήματος για να γίνει ενημέρωση " -#~ "ενός υπάρχοντος\n" -#~ "συστήματος Linux που είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο στο μηχάνημα σας. Αυτή η " -#~ "επιλογή θα διατηρήσει\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε Ενημέρωση υπάρχοντος συστήματος για να γίνει ενημέρωση ενός υπάρχοντος\n" +#~ "συστήματος Linux που είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο στο μηχάνημα σας. Αυτή η επιλογή θα διατηρήσει\n" #~ "τις ρυθμίσεις από το υπάρχον σύστημα όσο είναι δυνατόν.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation " -#~ "program\n" +#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation program\n" #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" #~ "configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε τη Χρήση Αυτόματης Ρύθμισης για να επιτρέψετε στο " -#~ "πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε τη Χρήση Αυτόματης Ρύθμισης για να επιτρέψετε στο πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης\n" #~ "να ρυθμίσει το δίκτυό σας και το υλικό σας αυτόματα. Αλλιώς θα\n" #~ "σας δοθεί μια πρόταση ρυθμίσεων με τη δυνατότητα να βελτιώσετε\n" -#~ "όλες τις ρυθμίσεις χειροκίνητα. Οι άπειροι χρήστες συνιστούμε να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσουν\n" +#~ "όλες τις ρυθμίσεις χειροκίνητα. Οι άπειροι χρήστες συνιστούμε να χρησιμοποιήσουν\n" #~ "την αυτόματη ρύθμιση.\n" #~ msgid "Update mode does not support automatic configuration." @@ -2719,8 +2553,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Αυτές είναι οι σημειώσεις έκδοσης για την πρωταρχική έκδοση.\n" #~ "Είναι μέρος του μέσου εγκατάστασης. Κατά την εγκατάσταση, εάν\n" -#~ "είναι διαθέσιμη μια σύνδεση στο Διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε να κατεβάσετε τις " -#~ "ενημερωμένες\n" +#~ "είναι διαθέσιμη μια σύνδεση στο Διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε να κατεβάσετε τις ενημερωμένες\n" #~ "σημειώσεις έκδοσης από τον εξυπηρετητή του SUSE Linux.\n" #~ msgid "Configuring the superuser's environment..." @@ -2744,10 +2577,8 @@ #~ "Βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες στο τέλος του αρχείου '%1'.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Αυτό αξίζει να το αναφέρετε ως σφάλμα στο %2.\n" -#~ "Παρακαλώ, επισυνάψτε όλα τα αρχεία καταγραφών του YaST του καταλόγου " -#~ "'%3'.\n" -#~ "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε στο %4 σχετικά με τις καταγραφές του " -#~ "YaST.\n" +#~ "Παρακαλώ, επισυνάψτε όλα τα αρχεία καταγραφών του YaST του καταλόγου '%3'.\n" +#~ "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε στο %4 σχετικά με τις καταγραφές του YaST.\n" #~ msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug" #~ msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug" @@ -2808,9 +2639,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Άνοιγμα αρχείου..." #~ msgid "SCR process has died, printing the last log lines..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η διεργασία SCR τερματίστηκε απρόσμενα, εκτύπωση των τελευταίων γραμμών " -#~ "καταγραφής..." +#~ msgstr "Η διεργασία SCR τερματίστηκε απρόσμενα, εκτύπωση των τελευταίων γραμμών καταγραφής..." #~ msgid "YaST process got killed." #~ msgstr "Η διεργασία YaST τερματίστηκε." @@ -2822,18 +2651,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Έλεγχος Συστήματος" #~ msgid "Unknown chroot path. The debugger cannot continue." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Άγνωστο μονοπάτι για το chroot. Η εκσφαλμάτωση δεν μπορεί να συνεχίσει." +#~ msgstr "Άγνωστο μονοπάτι για το chroot. Η εκσφαλμάτωση δεν μπορεί να συνεχίσει." #~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Απέτυχε η σύνδεση στο inst-sys. Η αποσφαλμάτωση δεν μπορεί να συνεχίσει." +#~ msgstr "Απέτυχε η σύνδεση στο inst-sys. Η αποσφαλμάτωση δεν μπορεί να συνεχίσει." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να έχετε πρόσβαση στο σύστημα X11, το πακέτο %1 πρέπει να " -#~ "εγκατασταθεί." +#~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Για να έχετε πρόσβαση στο σύστημα X11, το πακέτο %1 πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "Θέλετε να το εγκαταστήσετε τώρα;" @@ -2842,29 +2666,25 @@ #~ "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" #~ "Please check your hardware!\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Δεν βρέθηκαν σκληροί δίσκοι για την εγκατάσταση.\n" #~ "Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε τις συσκευές σας!\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Επισκεφθείτε την ιστοσελίδα 'drivers.suse.com' εάν χρειάζεστε ειδικούς " -#~ "οδηγούς συσκευών για εγκατάσταση.\n" +#~ "Επισκεφθείτε την ιστοσελίδα 'drivers.suse.com' εάν χρειάζεστε ειδικούς οδηγούς συσκευών για εγκατάσταση.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" #~ "found for the installation.\n" #~ "Check your hardware.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " -#~ "installation.\n" +#~ "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Δεν βρέθηκαν σκληροί δίσκοι και ελεγκτές σκληρών\n" #~ "δίσκων για την εγκατάσταση.\n" #~ "Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε τις συσκευές σας.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Επισκεφθείτε την ιστοσελίδα 'drivers.suse.com' εάν χρειάζεστε ειδικούς " -#~ "οδηγούς συσκευών για εγκατάσταση.\n" +#~ "Επισκεφθείτε την ιστοσελίδα 'drivers.suse.com' εάν χρειάζεστε ειδικούς οδηγούς συσκευών για εγκατάσταση.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" @@ -2915,33 +2735,22 @@ #~ msgstr "Αρχικοποίηση γραμματοσειρών..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation " -#~ "up. \n" -#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your " -#~ "selection \n" -#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " -#~ "installed from \n" +#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up. \n" +#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n" +#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n" #~ "packages the standard way." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η Εγκατάσταση από εικόνες δεδομένων χρησιμοποιείται για να " -#~ "επιταχύνει την εγκατάσταση.\n" -#~ "Τα στιγμιότυπα περιέχουν συμπιεσμένες λήψεις του εγκατεστημένου " -#~ "συστήματος που ταιριάζουν με την επιλογή των μοτίβων σας\n" -#~ "Τα υπόλοιπα πακέτα που δεν περιέχονται στα στιγμιότυπα, θα εγκατασταθούν " -#~ "από\n" +#~ "Η Εγκατάσταση από εικόνες δεδομένων χρησιμοποιείται για να επιταχύνει την εγκατάσταση.\n" +#~ "Τα στιγμιότυπα περιέχουν συμπιεσμένες λήψεις του εγκατεστημένου συστήματος που ταιριάζουν με την επιλογή των μοτίβων σας\n" +#~ "Τα υπόλοιπα πακέτα που δεν περιέχονται στα στιγμιότυπα, θα εγκατασταθούν από\n" #~ "τα πακέτα με τον συνηθισμένο τρόπο." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please " -#~ "wait..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η εγκατάσταση γράφει αυτή τη στιγμή την αυτόματη ρύθμιση. Παρακαλώ " -#~ "περιμένετε..." +#~ msgid "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait..." +#~ msgstr "Η εγκατάσταση γράφει αυτή τη στιγμή την αυτόματη ρύθμιση. Παρακαλώ περιμένετε..." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " -#~ "your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~ "" @@ -2949,24 +2758,20 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Επιλέξτε Νέα εγκατάσταση αν δεν υπάρχει κάποιο σύστημα\n" #~ "Linux στο μηχάνημά σας ή αν θέλετε να αντικαταστήσετε ολοκληρωτικά ένα\n" -#~ "υπάρχον σύστημα Linux, εγκαταλείποντας όλες τις ρυθμίσεις εγκατάστασής " -#~ "του.\n" +#~ "υπάρχον σύστημα Linux, εγκαταλείποντας όλες τις ρυθμίσεις εγκατάστασής του.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" #~ "Include Add-On Products from Separate Media." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Για να εγκαταστήσετε ένα πρόσθετο προϊόν από ξεχωριστά μέσα μαζί με το " -#~ "&product; επιλέξτε\n" +#~ "Για να εγκαταστήσετε ένα πρόσθετο προϊόν από ξεχωριστά μέσα μαζί με το &product; επιλέξτε\n" #~ "Συμπερίληψη των Πρόσθετων Προϊόντων από Ξεχωριστά Μέσα." #~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε καθώς η εγκατάσταση ανιχνεύει για κάρτες δικτύου..." +#~ msgstr "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε καθώς η εγκατάσταση ανιχνεύει για κάρτες δικτύου..." #~ msgid "Probe floppy disks devices" #~ msgstr "Ανίχνευση συσκευών δισκέτας" @@ -2996,46 +2801,38 @@ #~ msgstr "Επισκευή Εγκατεστημένου Συστήματο&ς" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux " -#~ "system on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε Επισκευή εγκατεστημένου συστήματος αν έχετε ένα " -#~ "κατεστραμμένο σύστημα Linux στον\n" -#~ "σκληρό σας δίσκο. Με αυτήν την επιλογή, δοκιμάστε να επιδιορθώσετε " -#~ "αυτόματα τα προβλήματα.\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε Επισκευή εγκατεστημένου συστήματος αν έχετε ένα κατεστραμμένο σύστημα Linux στον\n" +#~ "σκληρό σας δίσκο. Με αυτήν την επιλογή, δοκιμάστε να επιδιορθώσετε αυτόματα τα προβλήματα.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" #~ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η επιλεγμένη γλώσσα δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί σε λειτουργία κειμένου. " -#~ "Τα Αγγλικά χρησιμοποιούνται\n" -#~ "για την εγκατάσταση, αλλά η επιλεγμένη γλώσσα θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για το " -#~ "καινούργιο σύστημα." +#~ "Η επιλεγμένη γλώσσα δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί σε λειτουργία κειμένου. Τα Αγγλικά χρησιμοποιούνται\n" +#~ "για την εγκατάσταση, αλλά η επιλεγμένη γλώσσα θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για το καινούργιο σύστημα." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting Other, you can chose a minimal installation that\n" #~ "could fit your needs better." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιπλέον, σε αντίθεση με τις επιφάνειες εργασίας, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε " -#~ "την ελάχιστη\n" +#~ "Επιπλέον, σε αντίθεση με τις επιφάνειες εργασίας, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την ελάχιστη\n" #~ "εγκατάσταση που ταιριάζει καλύτερα στις ανάγκες σας." #~ msgid "" #~ "Accessing the YaST module %1 has failed.\n" #~ "More information can be found in the '%2' file.\n" -#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' " -#~ "directory." +#~ "Please report this bug at %3 and attach the YaST logs stored in the '%4' directory." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Η πρόσβαση στη μονάδα του YaST %1 απέτυχε.\n" #~ "Περισσότερες πληροφορίες μπορείτε να βρείτε στο τέλος του αρχείου '%2'.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Παρακαλώ, αναφέρετέ το ως σφάλμα στο %3 και επισυνάψτε όλα τα αρχεία " -#~ "καταγραφής του YaST που είναι αποθηκευμένα στον κατάλογο'%4'." +#~ "Παρακαλώ, αναφέρετέ το ως σφάλμα στο %3 και επισυνάψτε όλα τα αρχεία καταγραφής του YaST που είναι αποθηκευμένα στον κατάλογο'%4'." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -3069,39 +2866,28 @@ #~ msgstr "Αποθήκευση ρυθμίσεων ποντικιού..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -#~ "number\n" -#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -#~ "ones\n" -#~ "GNOME and KDE. Both provide an easy to use desktop with a " -#~ "large number\n" -#~ "of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many " -#~ "others." +#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number\n" +#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones\n" +#~ "GNOME and KDE. Both provide an easy to use desktop with a large number\n" +#~ "of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many others." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Στο Linux η επιλογή είναι πρώτη προτεραιότητα. Το openSUSE</" -#~ "i> προσφαίρει έναν αριθμό \n" -#~ "διαφορετικών περιβαλλόντων επιφάνειας εργασίας. Παρακάτω θα δείτε μια " -#~ "λίστα των δυο μεγαλύτερων \n" -#~ "GNOME και KDE (σε δυο διαφορετικές εκδόσεις). Και τα δυο " -#~ "παρέχουν ένα εύκολο για χρήση περιβάλλον\n" -#~ "με εναν μεγάλο αριθμό εφαρμογών όπως email, διαχείριση αρχείων, παιχνίδια " -#~ "και πολλά άλλα." +#~ "Στο Linux η επιλογή είναι πρώτη προτεραιότητα. Το openSUSE προσφαίρει έναν αριθμό \n" +#~ "διαφορετικών περιβαλλόντων επιφάνειας εργασίας. Παρακάτω θα δείτε μια λίστα των δυο μεγαλύτερων \n" +#~ "GNOME και KDE (σε δυο διαφορετικές εκδόσεις). Και τα δυο παρέχουν ένα εύκολο για χρήση περιβάλλον\n" +#~ "με εναν μεγάλο αριθμό εφαρμογών όπως email, διαχείριση αρχείων, παιχνίδια και πολλά άλλα." #~ msgid "" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste a clear recommendation " -#~ "can't be\n" +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste a clear recommendation can't be\n" #~ "given." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επειδή η επιλογή της επιφάνειας εργασία είναι καθαρά θέμα γούστου, " -#~ "δεν γίνεται πρόταση\n" +#~ "Επειδή η επιλογή της επιφάνειας εργασία είναι καθαρά θέμα γούστου, δεν γίνεται πρόταση\n" #~ "." #~ msgid "" #~ "Additionally, not only desktop but you can also chose a minimalistic\n" #~ "installation that could fit your needs better." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιπλέον, σε αντίθεση με τις επιφάνειες εργασίας, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε " -#~ "την ελάχιστη\n" +#~ "Επιπλέον, σε αντίθεση με τις επιφάνειες εργασίας, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την ελάχιστη\n" #~ "εγκατάσταση που ταιριάζει καλύτερα στις ανάγκες σας." #~ msgid "Select a system to get its description." @@ -3129,79 +2915,54 @@ #~ msgstr "Ανάπτυξη Εικόνων Εγκατάστασης" #~ msgid "Please wait, while system images are just being deployed..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο οι εικόνες του συστήματος απλά αναπτύσσονται..." -#~ "" +#~ msgstr "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο οι εικόνες του συστήματος απλά αναπτύσσονται..." #~ msgid "Installation images are part of the installation media." #~ msgstr "Οι εικόνες εγκατάστασης είναι μέρος του μέσου εγκατάστασης." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from images is faster than installation from RPM " -#~ "packages\n" +#~ "Installation from images is faster than installation from RPM packages\n" #~ "because it does not need to handle with RPM database, locks etc.\n" -#~ "One of the images also contains the joint RPM database and other metadata." -#~ "" +#~ "One of the images also contains the joint RPM database and other metadata." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η εγκατάσταση από τις εικόνες είναι γρηγορότερη από ότι μέσω των " -#~ "πακέτων RPM\n" -#~ "επειδή δεν χρειάζεται να ασχοληθεί με την βάση δεδομένων RPM, κλειδώματα " -#~ "κλπ.\n" -#~ "Μια από τις εικόνες περιέχει επίσης την συνυπάρχουσα βάση δεδομένων RPM " -#~ "και άλλα μεταδεδομένα." +#~ "Η εγκατάσταση από τις εικόνες είναι γρηγορότερη από ότι μέσω των πακέτων RPM\n" +#~ "επειδή δεν χρειάζεται να ασχοληθεί με την βάση δεδομένων RPM, κλειδώματα κλπ.\n" +#~ "Μια από τις εικόνες περιέχει επίσης την συνυπάρχουσα βάση δεδομένων RPM και άλλα μεταδεδομένα." #~ msgid "" #~ "If there is no direct access to installation images,\n" -#~ "installation program has to download them first before they are deployed." -#~ "" +#~ "installation program has to download them first before they are deployed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Αν δεν υπάρχει άμεση πρόσβαση στις εγκατεστημένες εικόνες,\n" -#~ "το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης θα πρέπει να το κατεβάσει πρώτα πριν το " -#~ "αναπτύξει." +#~ "το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης θα πρέπει να το κατεβάσει πρώτα πριν το αναπτύξει." #~ msgid "" -#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " -#~ "ones \n" -#~ "GNOME and KDE (in two different versions). Both provide an " -#~ "easy to use desktop\n" -#~ "with a large number of desktop applications such as email, file browser, " -#~ "games and many others." +#~ "At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" +#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +#~ "GNOME and KDE (in two different versions). Both provide an easy to use desktop\n" +#~ "with a large number of desktop applications such as email, file browser, games and many others." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Στο Linux η επιλογή είναι πρώτη προτεραιότητα. Το openSUSE</" -#~ "i> προσφαίρει έναν αριθμό \n" -#~ "διαφορετικών περιβαλλόντων επιφάνειας εργασίας. Παρακάτω θα δείτε μια " -#~ "λίστα των δυο μεγαλύτερων \n" -#~ "GNOME και KDE (σε δυο διαφορετικές εκδόσεις). Και τα δυο " -#~ "παρέχουν ένα εύκολο για χρήση περιβάλλον\n" -#~ "με εναν μεγάλο αριθμό εφαρμογών όπως email, διαχείριση αρχείων, παιχνίδια " -#~ "και πολλά άλλα." +#~ "Στο Linux η επιλογή είναι πρώτη προτεραιότητα. Το openSUSE προσφαίρει έναν αριθμό \n" +#~ "διαφορετικών περιβαλλόντων επιφάνειας εργασίας. Παρακάτω θα δείτε μια λίστα των δυο μεγαλύτερων \n" +#~ "GNOME και KDE (σε δυο διαφορετικές εκδόσεις). Και τα δυο παρέχουν ένα εύκολο για χρήση περιβάλλον\n" +#~ "με εναν μεγάλο αριθμό εφαρμογών όπως email, διαχείριση αρχείων, παιχνίδια και πολλά άλλα." #~ msgid "" #~ "openSUSE offers you a choice of user interfaces. The two major complete \n" -#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a " -#~ "full \n" -#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and " -#~ "utilities.\n" +#~ "desktops are KDE and GNOME. Both provide an easy-to-use desktop with a full \n" +#~ "suite of applications including email, a file manager, games and utilities.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a " -#~ "recommendation." +#~ "As desktop selection is a matter of taste, we do not give a recommendation." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το openSUSE προσφαίρει έναν αριθμό διεπαφών με τους χρήστες. Οι δυο " -#~ "μεγαλύτερες \n" -#~ "και ολοκληρωμένες επιφάνειες εργασίας είναι οι KDE και GNOME. Και οι δυο " -#~ "παρέχουν μια εύκολη προς χρήση επιφάνεια εργασίας με \n" -#~ "ολοκληρωμένη σουίτα εφαρμογών όπως email, διαχείριση αρχείων, παιχνίδια " -#~ "και εργαλεία.\n" +#~ "Το openSUSE προσφαίρει έναν αριθμό διεπαφών με τους χρήστες. Οι δυο μεγαλύτερες \n" +#~ "και ολοκληρωμένες επιφάνειες εργασίας είναι οι KDE και GNOME. Και οι δυο παρέχουν μια εύκολη προς χρήση επιφάνεια εργασίας με \n" +#~ "ολοκληρωμένη σουίτα εφαρμογών όπως email, διαχείριση αρχείων, παιχνίδια και εργαλεία.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Καθώς η επιλογή επιφάνειας εργασίας είναι προσωπικό θέμα, δεν προτείνουμε " -#~ "τίποτα." +#~ "Καθώς η επιλογή επιφάνειας εργασίας είναι προσωπικό θέμα, δεν προτείνουμε τίποτα." #~ msgid "Please wait while repositories are being read..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο γίνεται ανάγνωση των πηγών εγκατάστασης..." +#~ msgstr "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο γίνεται ανάγνωση των πηγών εγκατάστασης..." #~ msgid "" #~ "An error occurred while switching to the installed system\n" @@ -3210,8 +2971,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Παρουσιάστηκε ένα σφάλμα κατά την αλλαγή στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα\n" #~ "και η επαναφορά δεν είναι δυνατή.\n" -#~ "Θέλετε να εκτελέσετε την αυτόματη εκσφαλμάτωση για να βρείτε γιατί " -#~ "απέτυχε;" +#~ "Θέλετε να εκτελέσετε την αυτόματη εκσφαλμάτωση για να βρείτε γιατί απέτυχε;" #~ msgid "&Show License..." #~ msgstr "Εμφάνι&ση Άδεια Χρήσης..." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/instserver.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/instserver.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/instserver.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -246,8 +246,7 @@ "Όταν προστίθεται νέο αποθετήριο με το ίδιο όνομα\n" "το παλαιό περιεχόμενο πρέπει να διαγράφεται άμεσα.\n" "\n" -"Θέλετε πραγματικά διαγραφή του παλαιού περιεχομένου και δημιουργία του από " -"την αρχή;" +"Θέλετε πραγματικά διαγραφή του παλαιού περιεχομένου και δημιουργία του από την αρχή;" #. Instserver server dialog caption #: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376 @@ -350,8 +349,7 @@ "should be hosted on the local system.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε μία από τις ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή και προσδιορίστε το πού " -"όλες τις πηγές\n" +"Επιλέξτε μία από τις ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή και προσδιορίστε το πού όλες τις πηγές\n" "θα πρέπει να φυλαχτούν στο τοπικό σύστημα.\n" "" @@ -362,8 +360,7 @@ "the services.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Εάν έχετε μία από τις υπηρεσίες να τρέχει και θέλετε να κάνετε τη ρύθμιση " -"του διακομιστή χειροκίνητα, επιλέξτε να μην ρυθμίσετε τις υπηρεσίες.\n" +"Εάν έχετε μία από τις υπηρεσίες να τρέχει και θέλετε να κάνετε τη ρύθμιση του διακομιστή χειροκίνητα, επιλέξτε να μην ρυθμίσετε τις υπηρεσίες.\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:30 @@ -381,8 +378,7 @@ "installed and started.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Για να τελειώσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση, πρέπει να εισαχθεί μια νέα εγγραφή στο " -"αρχείο\n" +"Για να τελειώσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση, πρέπει να εισαχθεί μια νέα εγγραφή στο αρχείο\n" " /etc/exports κι ο διακομιστής NFS πρέπει να\n" "εγκατασταθεί και εκκινηθεί.\n" "\n" @@ -390,28 +386,22 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n" -"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use " -"192.168.1.0/24\n" +"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use 192.168.1.0/24\n" "to restrict access to the 192.168.1.0 subnet.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Εάν θέλετε να περιορίσετε την πρόσβαση στους εξαγόμενους καταλόγους σε " -"συγκεκριμένους \n" -"κόμβους, εισάγετε μια πιο περιοριστική μάσκα wild card. Για παράδειγμα, " -"χρησιμοποιείστε 192.168.1.0/24\n" +"Εάν θέλετε να περιορίσετε την πρόσβαση στους εξαγόμενους καταλόγους σε συγκεκριμένους \n" +"κόμβους, εισάγετε μια πιο περιοριστική μάσκα wild card. Για παράδειγμα, χρησιμοποιείστε 192.168.1.0/24\n" "για να περιορίσετε πρόσβαση στο υποδίκτυο 192.168.1.0.\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45 msgid "" -"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the " -"available\n" +"Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n" "options, see the manual page for exports (man exports(5))\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Εναλλακτικά, ορίστε τις εξαγόμενες επιλογές. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες " -"σχετικά με τις διαθέσιμες επιλογές, δείτε τις σελίδες βοήθειας για " -"εξαγωγές (man exports(5))\n" +"Εναλλακτικά, ορίστε τις εξαγόμενες επιλογές. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τις διαθέσιμες επιλογές, δείτε τις σελίδες βοήθειας για εξαγωγές (man exports(5))\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50 @@ -447,21 +437,17 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Εάν ο επιλεγμένος κατάλογος της αποθήκης λογισμικού είναι εκτός\n" -"της ιεραρχίας του διακομιστή FTP μία καταχώριση προσάρτησης προστίθεται στο " -"<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" +"της ιεραρχίας του διακομιστή FTP μία καταχώριση προσάρτησης προστίθεται στο <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" "Αυτή η ενέργεια κάνει διαθέσιμο τον κατάλογο της αποθήκης λογισμικού στον \n" -"διακομιστή FTP (χρησιμοποιώντας την επιλογή <tt>--bind</tt> του <tt>mount</" -"tt>).\n" +"διακομιστή FTP (χρησιμοποιώντας την επιλογή <tt>--bind</tt> του <tt>mount</tt>).\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66 msgid "" -"The installation server will be available to clients using the following " -"URL:\n" +"The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Ο διακομιστής εγκατάστασης θα είναι διαθέσιμος στους πελάτες μέσω του " -"επόμενου URL:\n" +"Ο διακομιστής εγκατάστασης θα είναι διαθέσιμος στους πελάτες μέσω του επόμενου URL:\n" "\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69 @@ -487,20 +473,16 @@ "server root directory.\n" msgstr "" "Για να ολοκληρωθεί αυτή η ρύθμιση, ένας διακομιστής HTTP πρέπει να \n" -"εγκατασταθεί και να εκκινηθεί. Το ψευδώνυμο θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για να " -"αναφερθεί η εγκατάσταση\n" +"εγκατασταθεί και να εκκινηθεί. Το ψευδώνυμο θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για να αναφερθεί η εγκατάσταση\n" "του ριζικού καταλόγου του διακομιστή.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n" -"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown " -"below:\n" +"SUSE as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε ένα μικρό και εύκολο στην απομνημόνευση ψευδώνυμο. Για " -"παράδειγμα, εάν επιλέξετε\n" -"SuSE ως ψευδώνυμο, οι πηγές θα είναι διαθέσιμες όπως φαίνεται " -"παρακάτω:\n" +"Επιλέξτε ένα μικρό και εύκολο στην απομνημόνευση ψευδώνυμο. Για παράδειγμα, εάν επιλέξετε\n" +"SuSE ως ψευδώνυμο, οι πηγές θα είναι διαθέσιμες όπως φαίνεται παρακάτω:\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81 msgid "" @@ -520,15 +502,12 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all " -"product\n" +"The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n" "CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n" "configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP). \n" msgstr "" -"Το όνομα αποθήκης λογισμικού χρησιμοποιείται για τη δημιουργία ενός " -"καταλόγου κάτω από τον οποίο όλα τα \n" -"CDs προϊόντα αντιγράφονται και διαχειρίζονται. Η πηγή εγκατάστασης μπορεί να " -"προσπελαστεί μέσω\n" +"Το όνομα αποθήκης λογισμικού χρησιμοποιείται για τη δημιουργία ενός καταλόγου κάτω από τον οποίο όλα τα \n" +"CDs προϊόντα αντιγράφονται και διαχειρίζονται. Η πηγή εγκατάστασης μπορεί να προσπελαστεί μέσω\n" "ρυθμισμένων πρωτοκόλλων (NFS, FTP ή HTTP)\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90 @@ -537,37 +516,27 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation " -"server. \n" +"SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n" "If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.\n" msgstr "" -"Το SLP (Πρωτόκολλο Υπηρεσιών Περιοχής) διευκολύνει την εύρεση ενός " -"διακομιστή εγκατάστασης.\n" -"Εάν ενεργοποιηθεί, θα γίνει ανακοίνωση στο δίκτυο για την αποθήκη λογισμικού " -"χρησιμοποιώντας SLP.\n" +"Το SLP (Πρωτόκολλο Υπηρεσιών Περιοχής) διευκολύνει την εύρεση ενός διακομιστή εγκατάστασης.\n" +"Εάν ενεργοποιηθεί, θα γίνει ανακοίνωση στο δίκτυο για την αποθήκη λογισμικού χρησιμοποιώντας SLP.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base " -"product, and press\n" +"Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n" "Next to copy the content into the local repository.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε έναν δίσκο πηγής από τον κατάλογο, εισάγετε το πρώτο μέσο ενός " -"βασικού προϊόντος και πατήστε\n" -"Επόμενο για την αντιγραφή του περιεχομένου στην τοπική πηγή " -"εγκατάστασης.\n" +"Επιλέξτε έναν δίσκο πηγής από τον κατάλογο, εισάγετε το πρώτο μέσο ενός βασικού προϊόντος και πατήστε\n" +"Επόμενο για την αντιγραφή του περιεχομένου στην τοπική πηγή εγκατάστασης.\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add " -"additional\n" -"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</" -"p>\n" +"When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n" +"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).\n" msgstr "" -"Όταν τα βασικά μέσα αντιγραφούν στην τοπική πηγή εγκατάστασης, μπορείτε " -"να προσθέσετε επιπλέον\n" -"CDs στο μέσο εγκατάστασης (για παράδειγμα, Service Pack CDs ή οποιαδήποτε " -"add-on CDs.)\n" +"Όταν τα βασικά μέσα αντιγραφούν στην τοπική πηγή εγκατάστασης, μπορείτε να προσθέσετε επιπλέον\n" +"CDs στο μέσο εγκατάστασης (για παράδειγμα, Service Pack CDs ή οποιαδήποτε add-on CDs.)\n" #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101 msgid "<big>ISO Images</big>" @@ -575,12 +544,10 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next</" -"b>, you can\n" +"ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press Next, you can\n" "select ISO image files.\n" msgstr "" -"Εικόνες ISO μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν αντί των μέσων CD ή DVD. Εάν " -"πατήσετε Επόμενο, μπορείτε\n" +"Εικόνες ISO μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν αντί των μέσων CD ή DVD. Εάν πατήσετε Επόμενο, μπορείτε\n" "να επιλέξετε αρχεία εικόνων ISO.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -599,8 +566,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114 @@ -637,17 +603,14 @@ #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "Adding a Repository: \n" -"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then " -"made \n" +"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n" "available for configuration.\n" -"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories " -"and press Configure.\n" +"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "Προσθήκη μιας Αποθήκης Λογισμικού: \n" "Ανιχνεύονται μη-ρυθμισμένοι κατάλογοι στον κατάλογο αποθηκών λογισμικού και\n" "γίνονται διαθέσιμοι για ρύθμιση. \n" -"Για να προσθέσετε μία αποθήκη, επιλέξτε την από τη λίστα των μη ρυθμισμένων " -"αποθηκών και πατήστεΡύθμιση.\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε μία αποθήκη, επιλέξτε την από τη λίστα των μη ρυθμισμένων αποθηκών και πατήστεΡύθμιση.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136 @@ -668,8 +631,7 @@ "configuration if necessary. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Σύνοψη Αποθετηρίων</big> \n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε συνοπτικά τα ρυθμισμένα αποθετήρια και εάν είναι " -"απαραίτητο,\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε συνοπτικά τα ρυθμισμένα αποθετήρια και εάν είναι απαραίτητο,\n" "να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις τους. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 @@ -695,12 +657,10 @@ #. Read service data using _auto #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 msgid "" -"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd " -"package\n" +"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" msgstr "" -"Η εγκατάσταση του διακομιστή FTP απαιτεί ένα πακέτο διακομιστή FTP. Το " -"πακέτο vsftpd\n" +"Η εγκατάσταση του διακομιστή FTP απαιτεί ένα πακέτο διακομιστή FTP. Το πακέτο vsftpd\n" "θα εγκατασταθεί τώρα.\n" #. Write Apache config @@ -712,12 +672,10 @@ #: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458 msgid "" -"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 " -"package\n" +"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n" "will now be installed." msgstr "" -"Η εγκατάσταση του διακομιστή HTTP απαιτεί ένα πακέτο διακομιστή HTTP. Το " -"πακέτο apache2\n" +"Η εγκατάσταση του διακομιστή HTTP απαιτεί ένα πακέτο διακομιστή HTTP. Το πακέτο apache2\n" "θα εγκατασταθεί τώρα." #. Setup NFS Server Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/iplb.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/iplb.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/iplb.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -95,11 +95,11 @@ #. ids of widget of global dialog #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ναι" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" -msgstr "" +msgstr "όχι" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" @@ -178,151 +178,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -330,87 +267,42 @@ #: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -433,9 +325,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -446,105 +336,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -558,120 +411,73 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/iscsi-client.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/iscsi-client.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/iscsi-client.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -251,8 +251,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 @@ -294,10 +293,8 @@ "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Προσθήκη ενός Αρχικοποιητή iSCSI</big> \n" -"Επιλέξτε έναν αρχικοποιητή iSCSI από τη λίστα των ανιχνευμένων " -"αρχικοποιητών.\n" -"Αν ο αρχικοποιητής iSCSI δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, χρησιμοποιήστε το Άλλο (μη " -"ανιχνευμένο).\n" +"Επιλέξτε έναν αρχικοποιητή iSCSI από τη λίστα των ανιχνευμένων αρχικοποιητών.\n" +"Αν ο αρχικοποιητής iSCSI δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, χρησιμοποιήστε το Άλλο (μη ανιχνευμένο).\n" "Μετά πατήστε στο Ρύθμιση.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -308,8 +305,7 @@ "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή:</big> \n" -"Αν πατήσετε Επεξεργασία, θα ανοίξει ένας επιπλέον διάλογος στον " -"οποίο\n" +"Αν πατήσετε Επεξεργασία, θα ανοίξει ένας επιπλέον διάλογος στον οποίο\n" "μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 @@ -346,13 +342,11 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add</" -"b>.\n" +"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press Add.\n" "To remove it, press Log Out.\n" "To change the start-up status, press Toggle.\n" msgstr "" -"Λίστα με τις τρέχουσες συνεδρίες. Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα συσκευή, " -"επιλέξτε τη και πατήστε στο Προσθήκη.\n" +"Λίστα με τις τρέχουσες συνεδρίες. Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα συσκευή, επιλέξτε τη και πατήστε στο Προσθήκη.\n" "Για να την αφαιρέσετε, πατήστε στο Αποσύνδεση.\n" "Για να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση εκκίνησης της, πατήστε στο Αλλαγή.\n" @@ -363,68 +357,42 @@ msgstr "<h1>Προειδοποίηση</h1>" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -"Όταν αποκτάτε πρόσβαση σε μία συσκευή iSCSI ΑΝΑΓΝΩΣΗ/ΕΓΓΡΑΦΗ</" -"b>, βεβαιωθείτε ότι αυτή η πρόσβαση είναι αποκλειστική. Αλλιώς υπάρχει " -"σοβαρός κίνδυνος για καταστροφή των δεδομένων σας.\n" +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr "Όταν αποκτάτε πρόσβαση σε μία συσκευή iSCSI ΑΝΑΓΝΩΣΗ/ΕΓΓΡΑΦΗ, βεβαιωθείτε ότι αυτή η πρόσβαση είναι αποκλειστική. Αλλιώς υπάρχει σοβαρός κίνδυνος για καταστροφή των δεδομένων σας.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 msgid "" -"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"InitiatorName is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"InitiatorName είναι η τιμή από το <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>.\n" -"Στην περίπτωση που έχετε iBFT, αυτή η τιμή προστίθεται από εκεί και μπορείτε " -"να την αλλάξετε μόνο από τις ρυθμίσεις του BIOS." +"InitiatorName είναι η τιμή από το <tt>/etc/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" +"Στην περίπτωση που έχετε iBFT, αυτή η τιμή προστίθεται από εκεί και μπορείτε να την αλλάξετε μόνο από τις ρυθμίσεις του BIOS." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Αν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το iSNS (Υπηρεσία Διαδικτυακής " -"Αποθήκευσης Ονόματος) για την αναζήτηση στόχων αντί της προεπιλεγμένης " -"μεθόδου SendTargets,\n" -"συμπληρώστε την διεύθυνση IP και την θύρα του διακομιστή iSNS. Η " -"προεπιλεγμένη θύρα θα πρέπει να είναι 3205.\n" +"Αν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το iSNS (Υπηρεσία Διαδικτυακής Αποθήκευσης Ονόματος) για την αναζήτηση στόχων αντί της προεπιλεγμένης μεθόδου SendTargets,\n" +"συμπληρώστε την διεύθυνση IP και την θύρα του διακομιστή iSNS. Η προεπιλεγμένη θύρα θα πρέπει να είναι 3205.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the discovered server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Εισάγετε την Διεύθυνση IP του διακομιστή.\n" -"Αλλάξτε μόνο την Θύρα αν χρειάζεται. Για πιστοποίηση, χρησιμοποιήστε " -"το Όνομα χρήστη και τον Κωδικό Πρόσβασης. Αν δεν χρειάζεστε " -"πιστοποίηση,\n" +"Αλλάξτε μόνο την Θύρα αν χρειάζεται. Για πιστοποίηση, χρησιμοποιήστε το Όνομα χρήστη και τον Κωδικό Πρόσβασης. Αν δεν χρειάζεστε πιστοποίηση,\n" "επιλέξτε Χωρίς Πιστοποίηση.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " -msgstr "" -"Κατάλογος των κόμβων που προσφέρονται από την iSCSI. Επιλέξτε ένα " -"αντικείμενο και πατήστε Σύνδεση. " +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " +msgstr "Κατάλογος των κόμβων που προσφέρονται από την iSCSI. Επιλέξτε ένα αντικείμενο και πατήστε Σύνδεση. " #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τύπο πιστοποίησης και εισάγετε το Όνομα Χρήστη και Κωδικό " -"Πρόσβασης" +msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the Username and Password." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τύπο πιστοποίησης και εισάγετε το Όνομα Χρήστη και Κωδικό Πρόσβασης" #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" @@ -434,31 +402,22 @@ msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" -"χειροκίνητα είναι για συσκευές iSCSI που δεν συνδέονται " -"προεπιλεγμένα,\n" +"χειροκίνητα είναι για συσκευές iSCSI που δεν συνδέονται προεπιλεγμένα,\n" "ο χρήστης πρέπει να τις συνδέσει χειροκίνητα\n" -"στην εκκίνηση είναι για συσκευές iSCSI που συνδέονται κατά την " -"εκκίνηση, π.χ. όταν το \n" +"στην εκκίνηση είναι για συσκευές iSCSI που συνδέονται κατά την εκκίνηση, π.χ. όταν το \n" "σύστημα root είναι σε iSCSI. Έτσι θα αξιολογηθεί από το initrd.\n" -"αυτόματα είναι για συσκευές iSCSI που συνδέονται όταν η υπηρεσία " -"iSCSI\n" +"αυτόματα είναι για συσκευές iSCSI που συνδέονται όταν η υπηρεσία iSCSI\n" "εκκινείται.\n" #. list of discovered targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect " -"to any target." -msgstr "" -"Κατάλογος των ευρεθέντων στόχων. Ξεκινήστε μια νέα Εύρεση ή " -"Σύνδεση σε οποιονδήποτε στόχο." +msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new Discovery or Connect to any target." +msgstr "Κατάλογος των ευρεθέντων στόχων. Ξεκινήστε μια νέα Εύρεση ή Σύνδεση σε οποιονδήποτε στόχο." #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -558,12 +517,8 @@ #. check if not already connected #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"O στόχος με αυτό το ΌνομαΣτόχου έχει ήδη συνδεθεί. Βεβαιωθείτε ότι η " -"Πολλαπλή Διαδρομή είναι ενεργοποιημένη για την αποφυγή απώλειας δεδομένων." +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "O στόχος με αυτό το ΌνομαΣτόχου έχει ήδη συνδεθεί. Βεβαιωθείτε ότι η Πολλαπλή Διαδρομή είναι ενεργοποιημένη για την αποφυγή απώλειας δεδομένων." #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 @@ -593,12 +548,8 @@ #. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" -msgstr "" -"Για να ρυθμίσετε τον αρχικοποιητή του iSCSI, το πακέτο %1 πρέπει " -"να εγκατασταθεί." +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε τον αρχικοποιητή του iSCSI, το πακέτο %1 πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί." #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -666,7 +617,7 @@ #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" -msgstr "" +msgstr "όλα" #. } #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 @@ -676,10 +627,8 @@ "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"Τα ονόματα του αρχικοποιητή από το iBFT και από το <tt>/etc/iscsci/" -"initiatorname.iscsi</tt> διαφέρουν.\n" -"Το παλαιό όνομα του αρχικοποιητή θα αντικατασταθεί από την τιμή του iBFT και " -"θα δημιουργηθεί ένα αντίγραφο.\n" +"Τα ονόματα του αρχικοποιητή από το iBFT και από το <tt>/etc/iscsci/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> διαφέρουν.\n" +"Το παλαιό όνομα του αρχικοποιητή θα αντικατασταθεί από την τιμή του iBFT και θα δημιουργηθεί ένα αντίγραφο.\n" "Αν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε διαφορετικό όνομα για τον αρχικοποιητή,\n" "αλλάξτε το από το BIOS.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/iscsi-lio-server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/iscsi-lio-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/iscsi-lio-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -279,8 +279,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 @@ -331,8 +330,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Προσθήκη ενός iSCSI Target</big> \n" "Επιλέξτε έναν iSCSI target από τη λίστα των ανιχνευμένων iSCSI target.\n" -"Αν ο δικός σας δεν έχει ανιχνευθεί, χρησιμοποιήστε το Άλλο (μη " -"ανιχνευμένο).\n" +"Αν ο δικός σας δεν έχει ανιχνευθεί, χρησιμοποιήστε το Άλλο (μη ανιχνευμένο).\n" "Μετά πατήστε το Ρύθμιση.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -415,54 +413,27 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -#| "Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -#| "User and Password. \n" -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τύπο πιστοποίησης. Χρησιμοποιήστε Κανένα ή ένα από τα " -"Εισερχομένων και Εξερχομένων (μπορούν να είναι και τα δύο " -"επιλεγμένα). Έπειτα εισάγετε Χρήστη και Συνθηματικό. \n" +#| msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password. \n" +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τύπο πιστοποίησης. Χρησιμοποιήστε Κανένα ή ένα από τα Εισερχομένων και Εξερχομένων (μπορούν να είναι και τα δύο επιλεγμένα). Έπειτα εισάγετε Χρήστη και Συνθηματικό. \n" #. target client setup. #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target " -"portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is " -"InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi " -"initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." +msgid "Use Add to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is InitiatorName in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). Delete will remove the client access to the LUN." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -#| "Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -#| "User and Password. \n" -#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs and " -#| "Edit and Delete them." -msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. If Use " -"Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is " -"disabled here." +#| "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password. \n" +#| "For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs and Edit and Delete them." +msgid "With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τύπο πιστοποίησης. Χρησιμοποιήστε Κανέναν ή έναν από τα " -"Εισερχομένων και Εξερχομένων (μπορούν να είναι και τα δύο " -"επιλεγμένα). Έπειτα εισάγετε Χρήστη και Συνθηματικό. \n" -"Για εισερχόμενη πιστοποίηση είναι δυνατόν να γίνει Προσθήκη, " -"Επεξεργασία και Διαγραφή περισσότερων ζευγαριών." +"Επιλέξτε τύπο πιστοποίησης. Χρησιμοποιήστε Κανέναν ή έναν από τα Εισερχομένων και Εξερχομένων (μπορούν να είναι και τα δύο επιλεγμένα). Έπειτα εισάγετε Χρήστη και Συνθηματικό. \n" +"Για εισερχόμενη πιστοποίηση είναι δυνατόν να γίνει Προσθήκη, Επεξεργασία και Διαγραφή περισσότερων ζευγαριών." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to " -"the LUN." +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN." msgstr "" #. target dialog @@ -470,18 +441,13 @@ #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" -#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or " -#| "Delete." +#| "To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete." msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Κατάλογος των προσφερόμενων στόχων. Δημιουργήστε νέο στόχο πατώντας " -"Προσθήκη.\n" -"Για διαγραφή και τροποποίηση επιλέξτε ένα στοιχείο και πατήστε " -"Τροποποίηση ή Διαγραφή" +"Κατάλογος των προσφερόμενων στόχων. Δημιουργήστε νέο στόχο πατώντας Προσθήκη.\n" +"Για διαγραφή και τροποποίηση επιλέξτε ένα στοιχείο και πατήστε Τροποποίηση ή Διαγραφή" #. edit target #. add target @@ -494,11 +460,9 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -506,48 +470,35 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργία ενός νέου προορισμού. Αντικαταστήστε τις προτυπες τιμές με τις " -"σωστές." +msgstr "Δημιουργία ενός νέου προορισμού. Αντικαταστήστε τις προτυπες τιμές με τις σωστές." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη, επεξεργασία ή διαγραφή όλων " -"των επιπλέον επιλογών ρύθμισης." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη, επεξεργασία ή διαγραφή όλων των επιπλέον επιλογών ρύθμισης." #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Επεξεργαστείτε τον αριθμό LUN αν χρειάζεται, ορίστε τον Τύπο " -"(το nullio είναι για δοκιμαστικούς λόγους).\n" -"Αν ο Type=fileio ορίστε τη Διαδρομή προς τη συσκευή του δίσκου ή το " -"αρχείο. Τα SCSI ID και Τομείς είναι προαιρετικά." +"Επεξεργαστείτε τον αριθμό LUN αν χρειάζεται, ορίστε τον Τύπο (το nullio είναι για δοκιμαστικούς λόγους).\n" +"Αν ο Type=fileio ορίστε τη Διαδρομή προς τη συσκευή του δίσκου ή το αρχείο. Τα SCSI ID και Τομείς είναι προαιρετικά." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 @@ -739,9 +690,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1553 msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2" -msgstr "" -"Παρουσιάστηκε πρόβλημα κατά την αλλαγή πιστοποίησης για τον πελάτη %3 στο %1:" -"%2" +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε πρόβλημα κατά την αλλαγή πιστοποίησης για τον πελάτη %3 στο %1:%2" #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 @@ -839,7 +788,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων του Τείχους Προστασίας" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 @@ -849,7 +798,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγγραφή ρυθμίσεων του τείχους προστασίας..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/iscsi-server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/iscsi-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/iscsi-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -214,8 +214,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:46 @@ -266,8 +265,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Προσθήκη ενός iSCSI Target</big> \n" "Επιλέξτε έναν iSCSI target από τη λίστα των ανιχνευμένων iSCSI target.\n" -"Αν ο δικός σας δεν έχει ανιχνευθεί, χρησιμοποιήστε το Άλλο (μη " -"ανιχνευμένο).\n" +"Αν ο δικός σας δεν έχει ανιχνευθεί, χρησιμοποιήστε το Άλλο (μη ανιχνευμένο).\n" "Μετά πατήστε το Ρύθμιση.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -349,37 +347,24 @@ #. discovery authentication #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password.\n" -"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or " -"Edit or Delete them." +"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password.\n" +"For incoming authentication, it is possible to Add more pairs or Edit or Delete them." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τύπο πιστοποίησης. Χρησιμοποιήστε Κανέναν ή έναν από τα " -"Εισερχομένων και Εξερχομένων (μπορούν να είναι και τα δύο " -"επιλεγμένα). Έπειτα εισάγετε Χρήστη και Συνθηματικό. \n" -"Για εισερχόμενη πιστοποίηση είναι δυνατόν να γίνει Προσθήκη ή " -"Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή περισσότερων ζευγαριών." +"Επιλέξτε τύπο πιστοποίησης. Χρησιμοποιήστε Κανέναν ή έναν από τα Εισερχομένων και Εξερχομένων (μπορούν να είναι και τα δύο επιλεγμένα). Έπειτα εισάγετε Χρήστη και Συνθηματικό. \n" +"Για εισερχόμενη πιστοποίηση είναι δυνατόν να γίνει Προσθήκη ή Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή περισσότερων ζευγαριών." #. target dialog #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "List of offered targets. Create a new target by clicking Add. \n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete</" -"b>." +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Modify or Delete." msgstr "" -"Κατάλογος των προσφερόμενων στόχων. Δημιουργήστε νέο στόχο πατώντας " -"Προσθήκη.\n" -"Για διαγραφή και τροποποίηση επιλέξτε ένα στοιχείο και πατήστε " -"Τροποποίηση ή Διαγραφή" +"Κατάλογος των προσφερόμενων στόχων. Δημιουργήστε νέο στόχο πατώντας Προσθήκη.\n" +"Για διαγραφή και τροποποίηση επιλέξτε ένα στοιχείο και πατήστε Τροποποίηση ή Διαγραφή" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, " -"LVM, or RAID.\n" -msgstr "" -"Είναι δυνατό να αλλάξετε την Διαδρομή σε συσκευές block, συνήθη " -"αρχεία, LVM, ή RAID.\n" +msgid "It is possible to change the Path to block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" +msgstr "Είναι δυνατό να αλλάξετε την Διαδρομή σε συσκευές block, συνήθη αρχεία, LVM, ή RAID.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" @@ -388,10 +373,8 @@ "For Path, use block devices, regular files, LVM, or RAID.\n" msgstr "" "Δημιουργία νέου στόχου. Αντικαταστήστε τις πρότυπες τιμές με αληθινές.\n" -"Για Στόχο, χρησιμοποιήστε τον τύπο : iqn.yyy-mm.<αντεστραμμένο όνομα " -"τομέα>.\n" -"Για Διαδρομή, χρησιμοποιήστε συσκευές block, συνήθη αρχεία, LVM, ή " -"RAID.\n" +"Για Στόχο, χρησιμοποιήστε τον τύπο : iqn.yyy-mm.<αντεστραμμένο όνομα τομέα>.\n" +"Για Διαδρομή, χρησιμοποιήστε συσκευές block, συνήθη αρχεία, LVM, ή RAID.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -399,28 +382,19 @@ "If you need additional options, click Expert Settings.\n" msgstr "" "Προσθήκη ενός ή περισσοτέρων LUNs.\n" -"Αν χρειάζεστε επιπλέον επιλογές, πατήστε Ρυθμίσεις για Προχωρημένους</" -"b>.\n" +"Αν χρειάζεστε επιπλέον επιλογές, πατήστε Ρυθμίσεις για Προχωρημένους.\n" #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:141 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη, επεξεργασία ή διαγραφή όλων " -"των επιπλέον επιλογών ρύθμισης." +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη, επεξεργασία ή διαγραφή όλων των επιπλέον επιλογών ρύθμισης." #: src/include/iscsi-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes). \n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes). \n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Επεξεργαστείτε τον αριθμό LUN αν χρειάζεται, ορίστε τον Τύπο " -"(το nullio είναι για δοκιμαστικούς λόγους). \n" -"Αν ο Τύπος=fileio ορίστε τη Διαδρομή προς τη συσκευή του δίσκου ή το " -"αρχείο.Τα SCSI ID και Τομείς είναι προαιρετικά." +"Επεξεργαστείτε τον αριθμό LUN αν χρειάζεται, ορίστε τον Τύπο (το nullio είναι για δοκιμαστικούς λόγους). \n" +"Αν ο Τύπος=fileio ορίστε τη Διαδρομή προς τη συσκευή του δίσκου ή το αρχείο.Τα SCSI ID και Τομείς είναι προαιρετικά." #. extract ScsiId #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:168 @@ -466,9 +440,7 @@ #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:608 msgid "Cannot use the same secret for incoming and outgoing authentication." -msgstr "" -"Αδύνατη η χρήση του ίδιου κλειδιού για εισερχόμενη και εξερχόμενη " -"πιστοποίηση." +msgstr "Αδύνατη η χρήση του ίδιου κλειδιού για εισερχόμενη και εξερχόμενη πιστοποίηση." #. string lun = tostring( UI::QueryWidget(`id(`lun), `Value) ); #: src/include/iscsi-server/widgets.rb:731 @@ -598,12 +570,8 @@ #~ msgid "Cancel" #~ msgstr "Ακυρο" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure the iSCSI target, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να ρυθμίσετε το iSCSI target, το πακέτο %1 πρέπει να " -#~ "εγκατασταθεί." +#~ msgid "To configure the iSCSI target, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε το iSCSI target, το πακέτο %1 πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί." #~ msgid "Install it now?" #~ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση τώρα;" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/isns.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/isns.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/isns.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -165,8 +165,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Αρχικοποίησης</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης επιλέγοντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης επιλέγοντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 @@ -200,84 +199,30 @@ "Ρυθμίστε έναν διακομιστή iSNS. \n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of " -"the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -msgstr "" -"<big>Τοποθεσία Διακομιστή iSNS</big> Το όνομα DNS ή η διεύθυνση IP " -"της υπηρεσίας iSNS μπορεί να εισαχθεί για την διεύθυνση iSNS.\n" +msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +msgstr "<big>Τοποθεσία Διακομιστή iSNS</big> Το όνομα DNS ή η διεύθυνση IP της υπηρεσίας iSNS μπορεί να εισαχθεί για την διεύθυνση iSNS.\n" #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "" -"Εμφάνιση λίστας όλων των διαθέσιμων εγγεγραμμένων κόμβων iSCSI με την " -"υπηρεσία iSNS. Οι κόμβοι είναι εγγεγραμμένοι κατά αρχικοποιητές iSCSI " -"και προορισμούς iSCSI. Είναι δυνατό μόνο να τους διαγράψετε. " -"Διαγράφοντας έναν κόμβο, αφαιρείται και από την βάση δεδομένων iSNS.</n>" +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "Εμφάνιση λίστας όλων των διαθέσιμων εγγεγραμμένων κόμβων iSCSI με την υπηρεσία iSNS. Οι κόμβοι είναι εγγεγραμμένοι κατά αρχικοποιητές iSCSI και προορισμούς iSCSI. Είναι δυνατό μόνο να τους διαγράψετε. Διαγράφοντας έναν κόμβο, αφαιρείται και από την βάση δεδομένων iSNS.</n>" #. discovery domains #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "" -"Εμφάνιση λίστας με όλους τους τομείς ευρέσεως. Είναι δυνατό να " -"Δημιουργήσετε ένα τομέα εύρεσης ή να Διαγράψετε." -"Διαγράφοντας έναν τομέα αφαιρούνται τα μέλη από τον τομέα αλλά δεν " -"διαγράφονται τα μέλη του κόμβου iSCSI." +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "Εμφάνιση λίστας με όλους τους τομείς ευρέσεως. Είναι δυνατό να Δημιουργήσετε ένα τομέα εύρεσης ή να Διαγράψετε.Διαγράφοντας έναν τομέα αφαιρούνται τα μέλη από τον τομέα αλλά δεν διαγράφονται τα μέλη του κόμβου iSCSI." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:49 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "" -"Μία λίστα με όλους τους κόμβους iSCSI εμφανίζεται κατά τομέα ευρέσης. " -"Επιλέγοντας έναν άλλο τομέα εύρεσης ανανεώνεται η λίστα με τα μέλη απο τον " -"τομέα εύρεσης. Είναι πιθανό να Προσθέσετε έναν κόμβο iSCSI στον " -"τομέα εύρεσης ή να Διαγράψετε έναν κόμβο. Διαγράφοντας έναν κόμβο " -"αφαιρείται από τον τομέα αλλά δεν διαγράφεται απο τον κόμβο iSCSI " -"Δημιουργόντας έναν κόμβο iSCSI επιτρέπει σε έναν μη εγγεγραμμένο κόμβο να " -"προστεθεί σαν μέλος του τομέα εύρεσης. Όταν ο αρχικοποιητής ή ο προορισμός " -"εγγράψουν αυτόν τον κόμβο τότε γίνεται μέρος του τομέα Όταν ένας " -"αρχικοποιητής iSCSI πραγματοποιεί αίτηση εύρεσης, η υπηρεσία iSNS επιστρέφει " -"όλους τους προορισμούς κόμβων iSCSI που είναι μέλη των ίδιων Τομέων Εύρεσης." -"" +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " +msgstr "Μία λίστα με όλους τους κόμβους iSCSI εμφανίζεται κατά τομέα ευρέσης. Επιλέγοντας έναν άλλο τομέα εύρεσης ανανεώνεται η λίστα με τα μέλη απο τον τομέα εύρεσης. Είναι πιθανό να Προσθέσετε έναν κόμβο iSCSI στον τομέα εύρεσης ή να Διαγράψετε έναν κόμβο. Διαγράφοντας έναν κόμβο αφαιρείται από τον τομέα αλλά δεν διαγράφεται απο τον κόμβο iSCSI Δημιουργόντας έναν κόμβο iSCSI επιτρέπει σε έναν μη εγγεγραμμένο κόμβο να προστεθεί σαν μέλος του τομέα εύρεσης. Όταν ο αρχικοποιητής ή ο προορισμός εγγράψουν αυτόν τον κόμβο τότε γίνεται μέρος του τομέα Όταν ένας αρχικοποιητής iSCSI πραγματοποιεί αίτηση εύρεσης, η υπηρεσία iSNS επιστρέφει όλους τους προορισμούς κόμβων iSCSI που είναι μέλη των ίδιων Τομέων Εύρεσης." #. dds table dialog #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "" -"Στην κορυφή εμφανίζεται μία λίστα όλων των Συνόλων Τομέων Εύρεσης. Οι Τομείς " -"Εύρεσης ανήκουν σε Σύνολα Τομέων Εύρεσης. Ένας Τομέας Εύρεσης πρέπει να " -"είναι μέλος ενός Συνόλου Τομέα Εύρεσης έστε να είναι ενεργός. Σε μία " -"βάση δεδομένων iSNS, ένα Σύνολο Τομέα Εύρεσης περιέχει Τομείς Εύρεσης και οι " -"Τομείς Εύρεσης περιέχουν μελη κόμβων iSCSI." +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "Στην κορυφή εμφανίζεται μία λίστα όλων των Συνόλων Τομέων Εύρεσης. Οι Τομείς Εύρεσης ανήκουν σε Σύνολα Τομέων Εύρεσης. Ένας Τομέας Εύρεσης πρέπει να είναι μέλος ενός Συνόλου Τομέα Εύρεσης έστε να είναι ενεργός. Σε μία βάση δεδομένων iSNS, ένα Σύνολο Τομέα Εύρεσης περιέχει Τομείς Εύρεσης και οι Τομείς Εύρεσης περιέχουν μελη κόμβων iSCSI." #: src/include/isns/helps.rb:56 -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "" -"Η λίστα μελών συνόλου τομέα εύρεσης ανανεώνεται όποτε επιλεγεί ένα " -"διαφορετικό σύνολο τομέα εύρεσης." +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "Η λίστα μελών συνόλου τομέα εύρεσης ανανεώνεται όποτε επιλεγεί ένα διαφορετικό σύνολο τομέα εύρεσης." #. **************** global funcions and variables ***** #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:28 @@ -286,8 +231,7 @@ #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:39 msgid "Select discovery domain set to which discovery domain will be added." -msgstr "" -"Επιλογή Συνόλου Τομέα Εύρεσης στον οποίον θα προστεθεί ο Τομέας Εύρεσης." +msgstr "Επιλογή Συνόλου Τομέα Εύρεσης στον οποίον θα προστεθεί ο Τομέας Εύρεσης." #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:43 msgid "Discovery Domain Name Set" @@ -338,9 +282,7 @@ #. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); #: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:711 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check iSNS server address." -msgstr "" -"Αδυναμία σύνδεσης στον εξυπηρετητή iSNS. Ελέγξτε την διεύθυνση του " -"εξυπηρετητή iSNS." +msgstr "Αδυναμία σύνδεσης στον εξυπηρετητή iSNS. Ελέγξτε την διεύθυνση του εξυπηρετητή iSNS." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 @@ -354,12 +296,8 @@ #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Για την ρύθμιση της υπηρεσίας isns, τα %1 πακέτα πρέπει να " -"εγκατασταθούν." +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Για την ρύθμιση της υπηρεσίας isns, τα %1 πακέτα πρέπει να εγκατασταθούν." #: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -439,21 +377,14 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big> \n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big> \\n\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Αρχικοποίηση της ρύθμισης της υπηρεσίας iSNS</big> \\n</" -#~ "p>\\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big> \\n\\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Αρχικοποίηση της ρύθμισης της υπηρεσίας iSNS</big> \\n\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" #~| "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \\nSafely abort the " -#~ "configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ματαίωση αρχικοποίησης</big> \\nΜαταιώστε με ασφάλεια " -#~ "το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \\nSafely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Ματαίωση αρχικοποίησης</big> \\nΜαταιώστε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big> \n" @@ -465,34 +396,18 @@ #~| "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" #~| "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" #~| "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \\nAbort the save procedure by " -#~ "pressing Abort.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe " -#~ "to do so.\\n\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ματαίωση της Αποθήκευσης:</big> \\nΜαταιώστε την " -#~ "διαδικασία της αποθήκευσης πατώντας το Ματαίωση.\\nΈνας επιπλέον " -#~ "διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει αν είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε ή όχι.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \\nAbort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\\nAn additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\\n\\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Ματαίωση της Αποθήκευσης:</big> \\nΜαταιώστε την διαδικασία της αποθήκευσης πατώντας το Ματαίωση.\\nΈνας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει αν είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε ή όχι.\\n\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>iSNS Configuration</big> \n" #~| "Configure an iSNS server. \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>iSNS Configuration</big> \\nConfigure an iSNS server." -#~ " \\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ρυθμίσεις iSNS</big> \\nΡυθμίστε έναν διακομιστή iSNS." -#~ " \\n" +#~ msgid "<big>iSNS Configuration</big> \\nConfigure an iSNS server. \\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Ρυθμίσεις iSNS</big> \\nΡυθμίστε έναν διακομιστή iSNS. \\n" -#~| msgid "" -#~| "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address " -#~| "of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address " -#~ "of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Τοποθεσία Διακομιστή iSNS</big> Το όνομα DNS ή η διεύθυνση " -#~ "IP της υπηρεσίας iSNS μπορεί να εισαχθεί για την διεύθυνση iSNS.\\n" +#~| msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\n" +#~ msgid "<big>iSNS Server location</big> The DNS name or the IP address of the iSNS service can be entered as the iSNS address.\\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Τοποθεσία Διακομιστή iSNS</big> Το όνομα DNS ή η διεύθυνση IP της υπηρεσίας iSNS μπορεί να εισαχθεί για την διεύθυνση iSNS.\\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big> \n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/kdump.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/kdump.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/kdump.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -54,43 +54,27 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "" -"O προορισμός αποτυπώσεων χρησιμοποιείται για την αποθήκευση εικόνων " -"αποτυπώσεων" +msgstr "O προορισμός αποτυπώσεων χρησιμοποιείται για την αποθήκευση εικόνων αποτυπώσεων" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Ο σχηματισμός ονόματος είναι:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Παρακαλώ " -"εισάγετε μόνο \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Ο σχηματισμός ονόματος είναι:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Παρακαλώ εισάγετε μόνο \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:127 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"Η γραμμή εντολών του kdump είναι η γραμμή εντολών η οποία πρέπει να " -"ενσωματωθεί στον πυρήνα kdump." +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "Η γραμμή εντολών του kdump είναι η γραμμή εντολών η οποία πρέπει να ενσωματωθεί στον πυρήνα kdump." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:138 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Ορίστε αυτή τη μεταβλητή μόνο εαν θέλετε να _προσθέσετε_ τιμές στο " -"προεπιλεγμένο string της γραμμής εντολών." +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Ορίστε αυτή τη μεταβλητή μόνο εαν θέλετε να _προσθέσετε_ τιμές στο προεπιλεγμένο string της γραμμής εντολών." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:149 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"Άμεση επανεκκίνηση έπειτα από την αποθήκευση του πυρήνα μέσα στον πυρήνα του " -"kdump." +msgstr "Άμεση επανεκκίνηση έπειτα από την αποθήκευση του πυρήνα μέσα στον πυρήνα του kdump." # progress stages #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -101,9 +85,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:165 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"Δηλώνει πόσες παλιές αποτυπώσεις παραμένουν. Το 0 σημαίνει οτι παραμένουν " -"όλες." +msgstr "Δηλώνει πόσες παλιές αποτυπώσεις παραμένουν. Το 0 σημαίνει οτι παραμένουν όλες." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:173 @@ -117,12 +99,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:189 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"Συνθηματικό SMTP για αποστολή μηνυμάτων ειδοποιήσεων. Η διαδρομή προς το " -"αρχείο που περιέχει τον κωδικό πρόσβασης (απλο αρχείο κειμένου)" +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "Συνθηματικό SMTP για αποστολή μηνυμάτων ειδοποιήσεων. Η διαδρομή προς το αρχείο που περιέχει τον κωδικό πρόσβασης (απλο αρχείο κειμένου)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:197 @@ -132,8 +110,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:208 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" -msgstr "" -"Ηλεκτρονική διεύθυνση για αποστολή αντιγράφου των μηνυμάτων ειδοποιήσεων" +msgstr "Ηλεκτρονική διεύθυνση για αποστολή αντιγράφου των μηνυμάτων ειδοποιήσεων" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:220 @@ -158,8 +135,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:240 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" -msgstr "" -"Ο αριθμός του επιπέδου αποτυπώσεων περιλαμβάνει σελίδες προς αποθήκευση" +msgstr "Ο αριθμός του επιπέδου αποτυπώσεων περιλαμβάνει σελίδες προς αποθήκευση" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:247 @@ -168,12 +144,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:254 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"Ο προορισμός αποτύπωσης περιλαμβάνει τον τύπο του προορισμού από: αρχείο " -"(τοπικό σύστημα αρχείων), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "Ο προορισμός αποτύπωσης περιλαμβάνει τον τύπο του προορισμού από: αρχείο (τοπικό σύστημα αρχείων), ftp, ssh, nfs, cifs" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:261 @@ -203,9 +175,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:288 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" -msgstr "" -"Διαδρομή προς το αρχείο που περιλαμβάνει τον κωδικό πρόσβασης (απλό αρχείο " -"κειμένου)" +msgstr "Διαδρομή προς το αρχείο που περιλαμβάνει τον κωδικό πρόσβασης (απλό αρχείο κειμένου)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:295 @@ -214,12 +184,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:302 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"Ο σχηματισμός ονόματος είναι: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] ο " -"πηρύνας σημαίνει μόνο \"kernel_string\"." +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "Ο σχηματισμός ονόματος είναι: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] ο πηρύνας σημαίνει μόνο \"kernel_string\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:309 @@ -228,12 +194,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"Η επιλογή σημαίνει το runlevel να εκκινήσει τον πηρύνα του kdump. " -"Επιτρέπονται μόνο τιμές όπως 1,2,3,5 ή s" +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "Η επιλογή σημαίνει το runlevel να εκκινήσει τον πηρύνα του kdump. Επιτρέπονται μόνο τιμές όπως 1,2,3,5 ή s" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:323 @@ -258,9 +220,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:419 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" -msgstr "" -"Το kdump είναι ενεργοποιημένο (η επιλογή εκκίνησης \"crashkernel\" " -"προστέθηκε)" +msgstr "Το kdump είναι ενεργοποιημένο (η επιλογή εκκίνησης \"crashkernel\" προστέθηκε)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:424 @@ -374,9 +334,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:661 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Αριθμοί των παλιών αποτυπώσεων: Όλες οι αποτυπώσεις αποθηκέυονται χωρίς να " -"διαγράφονται οι παλαιότερες." +msgstr "Αριθμοί των παλιών αποτυπώσεων: Όλες οι αποτυπώσεις αποθηκέυονται χωρίς να διαγράφονται οι παλαιότερες." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:669 @@ -411,9 +369,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #: src/clients/kdump.rb:746 msgid "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges. They will be rewritten." -msgstr "" -"Η επιλογή πυρήνα \"crashkernel\" περιλαμβάνει διαστήματα. Πρόκειται να " -"επανεγγραφούν." +msgstr "Η επιλογή πυρήνα \"crashkernel\" περιλαμβάνει διαστήματα. Πρόκειται να επανεγγραφούν." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); @@ -466,10 +422,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:809 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "" -"Η επιλογή μπορεί να περιλαμβάνει μόνο την τιμή \"ELF\" ή \"compressed\"." +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "Η επιλογή μπορεί να περιλαμβάνει μόνο την τιμή \"ELF\" ή \"compressed\"." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #: src/clients/kdump.rb:829 @@ -780,13 +734,11 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Ενεργοποίηση/Απενεργοποίηση του Kdump \n" -" Ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση του kdump. Η παράμετρος εκκίνησης " -"crashkernel προστίθεται/αφαιρείται. \n" +" Ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση του kdump. Η παράμετρος εκκίνησης crashkernel προστίθεται/αφαιρείται. \n" " Για εφαρμογή των αλλαγών, απαιτείται επανεκκίνηση. \n" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -803,21 +755,10 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Υποβοηθούμενη μέσω firmware απόρριψη \n" -" Αποτυπώσεις δε δημιουργούνται πριν την επαναρχικοποίηση της κατάτμησης " -"αλλά γίνονται όταν η κατάτμηση επανεκκινείται. Όταν διενεργείται μια " -"υποβοηθούμενη μέσω firmware αποτύπωση, η μνήμη του συστήματος παγώνει " -"και η κατάτμηση επανεκκινείται, κάτι που επιτρέπει ένα νέο στιγμιότυπο " -"του λειτουργικού συστήματος να αποτυπώσει δεδομένα από την προηγούμενη " -"κατάρρευση πυρήνα. Αυτό το χαρακτηριστικό είναι κατάλληλο μόνο όταν το " -"σύστημα έχει περισσότερη από 1.5 GB μνήμη." +" Αποτυπώσεις δε δημιουργούνται πριν την επαναρχικοποίηση της κατάτμησης αλλά γίνονται όταν η κατάτμηση επανεκκινείται. Όταν διενεργείται μια υποβοηθούμενη μέσω firmware αποτύπωση, η μνήμη του συστήματος παγώνει και η κατάτμηση επανεκκινείται, κάτι που επιτρέπει ένα νέο στιγμιότυπο του λειτουργικού συστήματος να αποτυπώσει δεδομένα από την προηγούμενη κατάρρευση πυρήνα. Αυτό το χαρακτηριστικό είναι κατάλληλο μόνο όταν το σύστημα έχει περισσότερη από 1.5 GB μνήμη." #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 @@ -829,10 +770,8 @@ msgstr "" "Επίπεδο Αποτύπωσης \n" " Προσδιορίστε στον τύπο της αναγκαίας σελίδας προς ανάλυση.\n" -" Οι σελίδες του προσδιορισμένου τύπου αντιγράφονται στο αρχείο " -"αποτυπώσεων.\n" -" Συμπεριλαμβάνεται ο τύπος σελίδας που είναι σημειωμένος στον επόμενο " -"πίνακα. " +" Οι σελίδες του προσδιορισμένου τύπου αντιγράφονται στο αρχείο αποτυπώσεων.\n" +" Συμπεριλαμβάνεται ο τύπος σελίδας που είναι σημειωμένος στον επόμενο πίνακα. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 @@ -840,47 +779,37 @@ "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" "Μορφή Αποτύπωσης \n" " Καμίς Αποτύπωση - Αποθήκευση μόνο στην καταγραφή πυρήνα. \n" " Μορφή ELF - Δημιουργία αρχείου αποτύπωσης σε μορφή ELF. \n" -" Συμπιεσμένη Μορφή - Συμπίεση δεδομένων αποτύπωσης ανά σελίδα με " -"το gzip. \n" -" Συμπιεσμένη Μορφή LZO - Ελαφρώς μεγαλύτερα αρχεία αλλά πολύ πιο " -"γρήγορα. \n" +" Συμπιεσμένη Μορφή - Συμπίεση δεδομένων αποτύπωσης ανά σελίδα με το gzip. \n" +" Συμπιεσμένη Μορφή LZO - Ελαφρώς μεγαλύτερα αρχεία αλλά πολύ πιο γρήγορα. \n" "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Αποθήκευση Προορισμού Εικόνας του Kdump \n" -" Ο προορισμός για την αποθήκευση εικόνων του kdump. Επιλέξτε τον τύπο " -"προορισμού για την αποθήκευση αποτυπώσεων. " +" Ο προορισμός για την αποθήκευση εικόνων του kdump. Επιλέξτε τον τύπο προορισμού για την αποθήκευση αποτυπώσεων. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -" Τοπικό Σύστημα Αρχείων Αποθήκευση εικόνας του kdump στο τοπικό " -"σύστημα αρχείων.\n" -" Κατάλογος για Αποθήκευση Αποτυπώσεων - Η διαδρομή για αποθήκευση " -"εικόνων του kdump.\n" -" Επιλέξτε κατάλογο για την αποθήκευση εικόνων του kdump μέσω διαλόγου " -"πατώντας το Αναζήτηση\n" +" Τοπικό Σύστημα Αρχείων Αποθήκευση εικόνας του kdump στο τοπικό σύστημα αρχείων.\n" +" Κατάλογος για Αποθήκευση Αποτυπώσεων - Η διαδρομή για αποθήκευση εικόνων του kdump.\n" +" Επιλέξτε κατάλογο για την αποθήκευση εικόνων του kdump μέσω διαλόγου πατώντας το Αναζήτηση\n" " " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/6 @@ -891,18 +820,14 @@ " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" " FTP - Αποθήκευση εικόνας του kdump μέσω FTP.\n" " Όνομα Εξυπηρετητή - Το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή ftp.\n" " Θύρα - Ο αριθμός θύρας για τη σύνδεση.\n" -" Κατάλογος στον εξυπηρετητή - Η διαδρομή για την αποθήκευση " -"είκόνων του kdump.\n" -" Ενεργοποίηση Ανώνυμου FTP ενεργοποιεί ανώνυμη σύνδεση στον " -"εξυπηρετητή.\n" -" Όνομα Χρήστη για συνδέσεις ftp. Κωδικός Πρόσβασης για " -"συνδέσεις ftp. " +" Κατάλογος στον εξυπηρετητή - Η διαδρομή για την αποθήκευση είκόνων του kdump.\n" +" Ενεργοποίηση Ανώνυμου FTP ενεργοποιεί ανώνυμη σύνδεση στον εξυπηρετητή.\n" +" Όνομα Χρήστη για συνδέσεις ftp. Κωδικός Πρόσβασης για συνδέσεις ftp. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 @@ -917,8 +842,7 @@ "SSH - Αποθήκευση εικόνας kdump μέσω SSH.\n" " Όνομα Εξυπηρετητή- Το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή.\n" " Θύρα - Ο αριθμός θύρας για τη σύνδεση.\n" -" Κατάλογος στον Εξυπηρετητή - Η διαδρομή για την αποθήκευση " -"εικόνων του kdump.\n" +" Κατάλογος στον Εξυπηρετητή - Η διαδρομή για την αποθήκευση εικόνων του kdump.\n" " Όνομα Χρήστη για σύνδεση SSH. \n" " Συνθηματικό για σύνδεση SSH. \n" @@ -931,8 +855,7 @@ msgstr "" "NFS - Αποθήκευση εικόνας kdump σε NFS.\n" " Όνομα Εξυπηρετητή- Το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή nfs.\n" -" Κατάλογος στον Εξυπηρετητή - Η διαδρομή για την αποθήκευση " -"εικόνων του kdump. " +" Κατάλογος στον Εξυπηρετητή - Η διαδρομή για την αποθήκευση εικόνων του kdump. " #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/6 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:107 @@ -947,12 +870,9 @@ "CIFS - Αποθήκευση εικόνας kdump μέσω CIFS.\n" " Όνομα Εξυπηρετητή- Το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή.\n" " Διαμοιρασμός Εξαγωγών -Το όνομα διαμοιρασμού των windows.\n" -" Κατάλογος στον Εξυπηρετητή - Η διαδρομή για την αποθήκευση " -"εικόνων του kdump.\n" -" Χρήση Πιστοποίησης ενεργοποιεί την πιστοποιημένη σύνδεση στον " -"εξυπηρετητή.\n" -" Όνομα Χρήστη για σύνδεση. Κωδικός Πρόσβασης για σύνδεση." -" " +" Κατάλογος στον Εξυπηρετητή - Η διαδρομή για την αποθήκευση εικόνων του kdump.\n" +" Χρήση Πιστοποίησης ενεργοποιεί την πιστοποιημένη σύνδεση στον εξυπηρετητή.\n" +" Όνομα Χρήστη για σύνδεση. Κωδικός Πρόσβασης για σύνδεση. " #. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:116 @@ -961,10 +881,8 @@ " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -" Προσαρμοσμένος Πυρήνας Kdump - Ο χρήστης μπορεί να εισάγει τον " -"προσαρμοσμένο πυρήνα.\n" -" Ο σχηματισμός ονόματος είναι:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</" -"i>\n" +" Προσαρμοσμένος Πυρήνας Kdump - Ο χρήστης μπορεί να εισάγει τον προσαρμοσμένο πυρήνα.\n" +" Ο σχηματισμός ονόματος είναι:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Παρακαλώ εισάγετε μόνο την μεταβλητή kernel_string. " #. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 @@ -985,8 +903,7 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Προσθήκη Γραμμής Εντολών του Kdump\n" -" Ορίστε αυτή την επιλογή σε _προσθήκη_ τιμών στο προεπιλεγμένο string της " -"γραμμής εντολών. \n" +" Ορίστε αυτή την επιλογή σε _προσθήκη_ τιμών στο προεπιλεγμένο string της γραμμής εντολών. \n" " Το string θα προστεθεί εάν η Γραμμή Εντολών του Kdump\n" " έχει οριστεί. \n" @@ -996,24 +913,19 @@ "Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποίηση Αυτόματης Επανεκκίνησης Μετά την Αποθήκευση του Πυρήνα</" -"b> - \n" -" Ενεργοποίηση άμεσης επανεκκίνησης έπειτα από την αποθήκευση του πηρύνα " -"στο kdump. " +"Ενεργοποίηση Αυτόματης Επανεκκίνησης Μετά την Αποθήκευση του Πυρήνα - \n" +" Ενεργοποίηση άμεσης επανεκκίνησης έπειτα από την αποθήκευση του πηρύνα στο kdump. " #. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "Ενεργοποίηση Διαγραφής Παλαιών Εικόνων Αποτύπωσης - \n" -" Ενεργοποίηση Διαγραφής Παλιών Εικόνων Αποτύπωσης. Εάν ο αριθμός των " -"αρχείων αποτύπωσης στον \n" -" Αριθμό των Παλαιών Αποτυπώσεων είναι μεγαλύτερος, οι παλαιότερες " -"αποτυπώσεις θα αφαιρεθούν. " +" Ενεργοποίηση Διαγραφής Παλιών Εικόνων Αποτύπωσης. Εάν ο αριθμός των αρχείων αποτύπωσης στον \n" +" Αριθμό των Παλαιών Αποτυπώσεων είναι μεγαλύτερος, οι παλαιότερες αποτυπώσεις θα αφαιρεθούν. " #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:143 @@ -1026,76 +938,54 @@ msgstr "" "Ενεργοποίηση Αντιγραφής Πηρύνα στον Κατάλογο Αποτυπώσεων - \n" " Εάν έχει επιλεγεί αυτή η ρύθμιση, ο πηρύνας και οι\n" -" πληροφορίες αποσφαλμάτωσης (εάν είναι εγκατεστημένες) αντιγράφονται " -"στον κατάλογο\n" +" πληροφορίες αποσφαλμάτωσης (εάν είναι εγκατεστημένες) αντιγράφονται στον κατάλογο\n" " αποτυπώσεων. Η προεπιλογή είναι \"ανενεργή\". Είναι χρήσιμο να έχετε\n" " τα πάντα έτοιμα για αποσφαλμάτωση. \n" #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "" -"Ο Εξυπηρετητής SMTP χρησιμοποιείται για την αποστολή ενός " -"ηλεκτρονικού μηνύματος ειδοποίησης αφού έχει ληφθεί μια αποτύπωση." +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "Ο Εξυπηρετητής SMTP χρησιμοποιείται για την αποστολή ενός ηλεκτρονικού μηνύματος ειδοποίησης αφού έχει ληφθεί μια αποτύπωση." #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Όνομα Χρήστη για πιστοποίηση SMTP όταν ο Εξυπηρετητής SMTP " -"είναι ρυθμισμένος.\n" -" Αυτό είναι προαιρετικό. Εάν δεν καθορίσετε όνομα χρήστη και συνθηματικό, ο " -"απλός SMTP θα χρησιμοποιηθεί.\n" +"Όνομα Χρήστη για πιστοποίηση SMTP όταν ο Εξυπηρετητής SMTP είναι ρυθμισμένος.\n" +" Αυτό είναι προαιρετικό. Εάν δεν καθορίσετε όνομα χρήστη και συνθηματικό, ο απλός SMTP θα χρησιμοποιηθεί.\n" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:159 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Συνθηματικό για πιστοποίηση SMTP όταν ο Εξυπηρετητής SMTP " -"είναι ρυθμισμένος.\n" -" Αυτό είναι προεραιτικό. Εάν δεν καθορίσετε όνομα χρήστη και συνθηματικό, ο " -"απλός SMTP θα χρησιμοποιηθεί.\n" +"Συνθηματικό για πιστοποίηση SMTP όταν ο Εξυπηρετητής SMTP είναι ρυθμισμένος.\n" +" Αυτό είναι προεραιτικό. Εάν δεν καθορίσετε όνομα χρήστη και συνθηματικό, ο απλός SMTP θα χρησιμοποιηθεί.\n" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:163 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ειδοποίηση Σε Καθορίστε την ηλεκτρονική διεύθυνση στην οποία ένα " -"επιβεβαιωτικό ηλεκτρονικό μήνυμα θα αποσταλεί όταν μια αποτύπωση έχει " -"αποθηκευτεί\n" +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "Ειδοποίηση Σε Καθορίστε την ηλεκτρονική διεύθυνση στην οποία ένα επιβεβαιωτικό ηλεκτρονικό μήνυμα θα αποσταλεί όταν μια αποτύπωση έχει αποθηκευτεί\n" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:167 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" -"Ειδοποίηση CC Καθορίστε την λίστα ηλεκτρονικών διευθύνσεων " -"χωρισμένων με κενά\n" -"στις οποίες ένα ηλεκτρονικό μήνυμα επιβεβαίωσης θα αποσταλεί μέσω cc εάν μια " -"αποτύπωση έχει αποθηκευτεί.\n" +"Ειδοποίηση CC Καθορίστε την λίστα ηλεκτρονικών διευθύνσεων χωρισμένων με κενά\n" +"στις οποίες ένα ηλεκτρονικό μήνυμα επιβεβαίωσης θα αποσταλεί μέσω cc εάν μια αποτύπωση έχει αποθηκευτεί.\n" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Αριθμός των Παλαιών Αποτυπώσεων προσδιορίζει πόσες παλίες " -"αποτυπώσεις κρατούνται. Εάν ο αριθμός των αρχείων αποτύπωσης\n" +"Αριθμός των Παλαιών Αποτυπώσεων προσδιορίζει πόσες παλίες αποτυπώσεις κρατούνται. Εάν ο αριθμός των αρχείων αποτύπωσης\n" "είναι μεγαλύτερος, οι παλαιότερες αποτυπώσεις αφαιρούνται." #. Read dialog help 1/2 @@ -1114,8 +1004,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:183 @@ -1158,8 +1047,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Προσθήκη ενός Kdump:</big> \n" "Επιλέξτε το Kdump από την λίστα των ανιχνευμένων Kdumps.\n" -"Αν το Kdump σας δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, χρησιμοποιήστε το Άλλο (μη " -"ανιχνευμένο).\n" +"Αν το Kdump σας δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, χρησιμοποιήστε το Άλλο (μη ανιχνευμένο).\n" "Ύστερα πατήστε στο Ρύθμιση.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -1202,8 +1090,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή:</big> \n" "Επιλέξτε ένα kdump για αλλαγή ή διαγραφή.\n" -"Έπειτα πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή αναλόγως τι επιθυμείτε.</" -"p>\n" +"Έπειτα πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή αναλόγως τι επιθυμείτε.\n" #. definition UI terms for saveing dump target #. @@ -1286,8 +1173,7 @@ #. "KdumpMemory" #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1439 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "" -"Οι επιλογές πυρήνα περιλαμβάνει αρκετά διαστήματα. Να γίνει επανεγγραφή;" +msgstr "Οι επιλογές πυρήνα περιλαμβάνει αρκετά διαστήματα. Να γίνει επανεγγραφή;" #. T: Checkbox label #: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1467 @@ -1438,8 +1324,7 @@ #~ " ELF Format - Create dumpfile in the ELF format " #~ msgstr "" #~ " Μορφή Αποτύπωσης \n" -#~ " Συμπιεσμένη Μορφη - Συμπίεση δεδομένων αποτυπώσεων ανά " -#~ "σελίδα.\n" +#~ " Συμπιεσμένη Μορφη - Συμπίεση δεδομένων αποτυπώσεων ανά σελίδα.\n" #~ " Μορφή ELF Δημιουργία αρχείου αποτυπώσεων στη μορφή ELF " #~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added" @@ -1462,9 +1347,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση της Άμεσης Αποθήκευσης στο Initrd" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The List of A&vailable Raw Partitions of All Disks Without Known " -#~ "Filesystem" +#~ msgid "The List of A&vailable Raw Partitions of All Disks Without Known Filesystem" #~ msgstr "Διαθέσιμο Κατατμήσεις Όλα Δίσκοι Σύστημα αρχείων" #~ msgid "User Name" @@ -1499,14 +1382,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Enable Raw Saving in Initrd - allows to save \n" -#~ " the dump in initrd before mounting any filesystem. Then the system is " -#~ "rebooted, and \n" -#~ " if the filesystem does not mount, the user can repair it with a " -#~ "rescue system. On the first normal \n" -#~ " boot, the dump is saved to the final dump destination. It is possible " -#~ "to a select raw partition \n" -#~ " from The List of Available Raw Paritions of All Disks Without " -#~ "Known Filesystem .\n" +#~ " the dump in initrd before mounting any filesystem. Then the system is rebooted, and \n" +#~ " if the filesystem does not mount, the user can repair it with a rescue system. On the first normal \n" +#~ " boot, the dump is saved to the final dump destination. It is possible to a select raw partition \n" +#~ " from The List of Available Raw Paritions of All Disks Without Known Filesystem .\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ " Ενεργοποίηση αποθήκευση\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1572,9 +1451,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Εσφαλμένη τιμή για την επιλογή." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Raw partition allows to save the dump in initrd before mounting any " -#~ "filesystem." +#~ msgid "Raw partition allows to save the dump in initrd before mounting any filesystem." #~ msgstr "αποθήκευση." #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/kerberos-server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/kerberos-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/kerberos-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -339,8 +339,7 @@ #. Button group label #: src/include/kerberos-server/complex.rb:105 msgid "Select the database back-end you want to use" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τη Υποσύστημα της Βάσης Δεδομένων που θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη Υποσύστημα της Βάσης Δεδομένων που θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε" #. Checkbox text #: src/include/kerberos-server/complex.rb:110 @@ -514,8 +513,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -542,29 +540,19 @@ #. Help text: ask for database backend 1/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:55 msgid "Specify where the Kerberos server should store the data." -msgstr "" -"Προσδιορίστε την τοποθεσία αποθήκευσης δεδομένων του εξυπηρετητή Kerberos." -"" +msgstr "Προσδιορίστε την τοποθεσία αποθήκευσης δεδομένων του εξυπηρετητή Kerberos." #. Help text: ask for database backend 2/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the " -"credentials." -msgstr "" -"Η <big>Τοπική Βάση Δεδομένων</big> θα δημιουργήσει μια τοπική βάση " -"δεδομένων για αποθήκευση των διαπιστευτηρίων." +msgid "<big>Local Database</big> will create a local database for storing the credentials." +msgstr "Η <big>Τοπική Βάση Δεδομένων</big> θα δημιουργήσει μια τοπική βάση δεδομένων για αποθήκευση των διαπιστευτηρίων." #. Help text: ask for database backend 3/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:63 msgid "" -"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new " -"LDAP server\n" +"<big>Set Up New LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> will set up a new LDAP server\n" "on this machine and use it as database back-end.\n" -msgstr "" -"Η <big>Ρυθμίση νέου διακομιστή LDAP ως Υποσύστημα Βάσης Δεδομένων</big> " -"θα ρυθμίσει έναν νέο διακομιστή LDAP σε αυτό το μηχάνημα και χρησιμοποιήστε " -"το ως υποσύστημα βάσης δεδομένων.\n" +msgstr "Η <big>Ρυθμίση νέου διακομιστή LDAP ως Υποσύστημα Βάσης Δεδομένων</big> θα ρυθμίσει έναν νέο διακομιστή LDAP σε αυτό το μηχάνημα και χρησιμοποιήστε το ως υποσύστημα βάσης δεδομένων.\n" #. Help text: ask for database backend 4/4 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:67 @@ -572,36 +560,25 @@ "<big>Use Existing LDAP Server as Database Back-End</big> gives you the\n" "option to use an external LDAP server as database back-end.\n" msgstr "" -"Η <big>Χρήση του υπάρχοντα εξυπηρετητή LDAP ως Σύστημα Υποστήριξης Βάσης " -"Δεδομένων</big> σας δίνει την επιλογή\n" -"για να χρησιμοποιήσετε έναν εξωτερικό εξυπηρετητή LDAP ως σύστημα " -"υποστήριξης βάσης δεδομένων.\n" +"Η <big>Χρήση του υπάρχοντα εξυπηρετητή LDAP ως Σύστημα Υποστήριξης Βάσης Δεδομένων</big> σας δίνει την επιλογή\n" +"για να χρησιμοποιήσετε έναν εξωτερικό εξυπηρετητή LDAP ως σύστημα υποστήριξης βάσης δεδομένων.\n" #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your " -"Kerberos server." -msgstr "" -"Προσδιορίσετε τα <big>Περιοχή</big> και <big>Πρωτεύον Συνθηματικό</big> " -"για τον εξυπηρετητή Kerberos." +msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." +msgstr "Προσδιορίσετε τα <big>Περιοχή</big> και <big>Πρωτεύον Συνθηματικό</big> για τον εξυπηρετητή Kerberos." #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is " -"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" +msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Παρόλο που το realm του Kerberos μπορεί να είναι οποιοδήποτε " -"αλφαριθμητικό ASCII, η συμφωνία είναι να γίνει\n" +"Παρόλο που το realm του Kerberos μπορεί να είναι οποιοδήποτε αλφαριθμητικό ASCII, η συμφωνία είναι να γίνει\n" "το ίδιο με το όνομα του τομέα σας, με κεφαλαία γράμματα.\n" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 1/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:79 msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters for the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, επεξεργαστείτε μερικές παραμέτρους για τον " -"διακομιστή LDAP." +msgstr "Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, επεξεργαστείτε μερικές παραμέτρους για τον διακομιστή LDAP." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:83 @@ -609,70 +586,55 @@ "With <big>LDAP Server URI</big> specify the location of the LDAP\n" "server. For example, <tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt>." msgstr "" -"Το <big>URI Εξυπηρετητή LDAP</big> καθορίζει την τοποθεσία του " -"εξυπηρετητή LDAP.\n" +"Το <big>URI Εξυπηρετητή LDAP</big> καθορίζει την τοποθεσία του εξυπηρετητή LDAP.\n" "Π.χ. <tt>ldaps://host.domain.com</tt>." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 3/6 #. Help text: New LDAP server 2/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:87 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP " -"server." -msgstr "" -"Με τη<big> LDAP Βάση DN</big> μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη βάση DN του " -"διακομιστή LDAP." +msgid "With <big>LDAP Base DN</big> you can change the base DN of the LDAP server." +msgstr "Με τη<big> LDAP Βάση DN</big> μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη βάση DN του διακομιστή LDAP." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 4/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default." msgstr "" -"Αυτό το <big>Kerberos Κοντέινερ DN</big> καθορίζει το κοντέινερ όπου ο " -"διακομιστής Kerberos πρέπει να δημιουργήσει \n" +"Αυτό το <big>Kerberos Κοντέινερ DN</big> καθορίζει το κοντέινερ όπου ο διακομιστής Kerberos πρέπει να δημιουργήσει \n" "τους αρχικούς εντολείς και άλλα πληροφοριακά στοιχεία από προεπιλογή." #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" -"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the " -"LDAP server.\n" +"<big>KDC Bind DN</big> is the DN that KDC uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "Only read access is required for this account.\n" msgstr "" -"H <big>KDC Δέσμευση DN</big> είναι το DN που το KDC χρησιμοποιεί για να " -"ελέγξει τη ταυτότητα στο διακομιστή LDAP.\n" +"H <big>KDC Δέσμευση DN</big> είναι το DN που το KDC χρησιμοποιεί για να ελέγξει τη ταυτότητα στο διακομιστή LDAP.\n" "Μόνο η πρόσβαση ανάγνωσης είναι απαραίτητη για αυτόν τον λογαριασμό.\n" #. Help text: Use existing LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to " -"the LDAP server.\n" +"<big>Kadmin Bind DN</big> is the DN that Kadmind uses to authenticate to the LDAP server.\n" "This account also needs write access.\n" msgstr "" -"Η <big>Kadmin Δέσμευση DN</big> είναι το DN που ο Kadmind χρησιμοποιεί " -"για να ελέγξει την ταυτότητα στο διακομιστή LDAP.\n" +"Η <big>Kadmin Δέσμευση DN</big> είναι το DN που ο Kadmind χρησιμοποιεί για να ελέγξει την ταυτότητα στο διακομιστή LDAP.\n" "Αυτός ο λογαριασμός επίσης χρειάζεται πρόσβαση για γραφή.\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 1/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters to set up an LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, επεξεργαστείτε μερικές παραμέτρους για την ρύθμιση " -"του διακομιστή LDAP." +msgstr "Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, επεξεργαστείτε μερικές παραμέτρους για την ρύθμιση του διακομιστή LDAP." #. Help text: New LDAP server 3/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the " -"Kerberos server should create \n" +"The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specifies the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" "the principals and other informational data by default.\n" msgstr "" -"Το <big> Κοντέινερ Kerberos DN</big> καθορίζει το κοντέινερ όπου ο " -"διακομιστής Kerberos θα πρέπει να δημιουργήσει \n" +"Το <big> Κοντέινερ Kerberos DN</big> καθορίζει το κοντέινερ όπου ο διακομιστής Kerberos θα πρέπει να δημιουργήσει \n" "τις αρχές και άλλα πληροφοριακά στοιχεία από προεπιλογή.\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 4/6 @@ -683,94 +645,57 @@ #. Help text: New LDAP server 5/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" -"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, " -"the password you entered\n" +"If you select the checkbox <big>Use Previously Entered Password</big>, the password you entered\n" "as the KDC Master password is also used for the LDAP administrator. \n" msgstr "" -"Όταν επιλέξετε το κουτί <big>Χρήση προηγούμενων εισαγμένων κωδικών " -"πρόσβασης</big> ο κωδικός πρόσβασης που εισαγάγατε\n" +"Όταν επιλέξετε το κουτί <big>Χρήση προηγούμενων εισαγμένων κωδικών πρόσβασης</big> ο κωδικός πρόσβασης που εισαγάγατε\n" "ως Κύριος Κωδικός Πρόσβασης KDC χρησιμοποιείται για τον διαχειριστή LDAP.\n" #. Help text: New LDAP server 6/6 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the " -"LDAP administrator." -msgstr "" -"Όταν το κουτί είναι δεν επιλεγμένο μπορείτε να εισαγάγετε έναν διαφορετικό " -"κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον διαχειριστή LDAP." +msgid "When the checkbox is not set, you can enter a different password for the LDAP administrator." +msgstr "Όταν το κουτί είναι δεν επιλεγμένο μπορείτε να εισαγάγετε έναν διαφορετικό κωδικό πρόσβασης για τον διαχειριστή LDAP." #. Help text: Summary 1/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή είναι μια περιορισμένη περίληψη σχετικά με τις ρυθμίσεις του " -"διακομιστή kerberos." +msgid "This is a short summary about your Kerberos server configuration." +msgstr "Αυτή είναι μια περιορισμένη περίληψη σχετικά με τις ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή kerberos." #. Help text: Summary 2/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "With the radio buttons you can enable or disable this service." -msgstr "" -"Με τα στρογγυλά κουμπιά μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε " -"αυτήν την υπηρεσία" +msgstr "Με τα στρογγυλά κουμπιά μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε αυτήν την υπηρεσία" #. Help text: Summary 3/3 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:133 -msgid "" -"You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit</" -"b> button." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείς να αλλάξεις μερικές τιμές των ρυθμίσεών σας κάνοντας κλίκ στο " -"κουμπί Edit." +msgid "You can change some values of your configuration by clicking the Edit button." +msgstr "Μπορείς να αλλάξεις μερικές τιμές των ρυθμίσεών σας κάνοντας κλίκ στο κουμπί Edit." #. ============================================================================== #. advanced item help: database_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:139 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η χορδή (string) καθορίζει τη θέση της βάσης δεδομένων Kerberos για " -"αυτό το realm." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." +msgstr "Αυτή η χορδή (string) καθορίζει τη θέση της βάσης δεδομένων Kerberos για αυτό το realm." #. advanced item help: acl_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file " -"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το string καθορίζει την τοποθεσία του αρχείου λίστας ελέγχου " -"πρόσβασης (ACL) που ο kadmin χρησιμοποιεί για να καθορίσει τα δικαιώματα των " -"κύριων εντολέων στη βάση δεδομένων." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." +msgstr "Αυτό το string καθορίζει την τοποθεσία του αρχείου λίστας ελέγχου πρόσβασης (ACL) που ο kadmin χρησιμοποιεί για να καθορίσει τα δικαιώματα των κύριων εντολέων στη βάση δεδομένων." #. advanced item help: admin_keytab #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:147 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to " -"authenticate to the database." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η χορδή (string) προσδιορίζει την τοποθεσία τους αρχείου keytab που " -"ο kadmin χρησιμοποιεί για να ελέγξει τη ταυτότητα στη βάση δεδομένων." +msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." +msgstr "Αυτή η χορδή (string) προσδιορίζει την τοποθεσία τους αρχείου keytab που ο kadmin χρησιμοποιεί για να ελέγξει τη ταυτότητα στη βάση δεδομένων." #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals " -"created in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η απόλυτη στιγμή καθορίζει την προεπιλεγμένη ημερομηνία λήξης των " -"εντολέων που δημιουργήθηκαν σε αυτό το realm." +msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." +msgstr "Αυτή η απόλυτη στιγμή καθορίζει την προεπιλεγμένη ημερομηνία λήξης των εντολέων που δημιουργήθηκαν σε αυτό το realm." #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:155 -msgid "" -"These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Αυτές οι σημαίες ορίζουν τα προεπιλεγμένα γνωρίσματα του εντολέα που " -"δημιούργησε αυτό το realm." +msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." +msgstr "Αυτές οι σημαίες ορίζουν τα προεπιλεγμένα γνωρίσματα του εντολέα που δημιούργησε αυτό το realm." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "Allow postdated" @@ -779,9 +704,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει τον εντολέα να αποκτήσει " -"postdateable εισητήρια." +msgstr "Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει τον εντολέα να αποκτήσει postdateable εισητήρια." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Allow forwardable" @@ -790,9 +713,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει τον εντολέα να αποκτήσει " -"αξιοπροώθητα εισητήρια." +msgstr "Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει τον εντολέα να αποκτήσει αξιοπροώθητα εισητήρια." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "Allow renewable" @@ -801,9 +722,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." -msgstr "" -"Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει τον εντολέα να αποκτήσει " -"ανανεώσιμα εισητήρια." +msgstr "Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει τον εντολέα να αποκτήσει ανανεώσιμα εισητήρια." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "Allow proxiable" @@ -812,9 +731,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." -msgstr "" -"Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει τον εντολέα να αποκτήσει " -"εισητήρια διαμεσολάβησης." +msgstr "Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει τον εντολέα να αποκτήσει εισητήρια διαμεσολάβησης." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:176 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" @@ -822,13 +739,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another " -"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει τον εντολέα να αποκτήσει ένα " -"κλειδί συνεδρίας για έναν άλλο χρήστη, επιτρέποντας τον έλεγχο ταυτότητας " -"user-to-user για αυτόν τον εντολέα." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." +msgstr "Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει τον εντολέα να αποκτήσει ένα κλειδί συνεδρίας για έναν άλλο χρήστη, επιτρέποντας τον έλεγχο ταυτότητας user-to-user για αυτόν τον εντολέα." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:181 msgid "Requires preauth" @@ -836,18 +748,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to " -"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this " -"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will " -"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket " -"set." -msgstr "" -"Άν αυτή η σημαία είναι ενεργοποιημένη σε έναν αρχικό πελάτη, αυτός ο " -"αρχικός είναι υποχρεωμένος να προταυτοποιήσει στο KDC πριν λάβει κανένα " -"εισητήριο. Εάν ενεργοποιήσετε αυτή τη σημαία σε μια αρχική υπηρεσία, τα " -"εισητήρια της υπηρεσίας για αυτόν τον κύριο θα εκδοθούν μόνο στους πελάτες " -"με ένα TGT που έχουν το προταυτοποιημένο εισητήριο ορισμένο." +msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." +msgstr "Άν αυτή η σημαία είναι ενεργοποιημένη σε έναν αρχικό πελάτη, αυτός ο αρχικός είναι υποχρεωμένος να προταυτοποιήσει στο KDC πριν λάβει κανένα εισητήριο. Εάν ενεργοποιήσετε αυτή τη σημαία σε μια αρχική υπηρεσία, τα εισητήρια της υπηρεσίας για αυτόν τον κύριο θα εκδοθούν μόνο στους πελάτες με ένα TGT που έχουν το προταυτοποιημένο εισητήριο ορισμένο." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:186 msgid "Requires hwauth" @@ -855,13 +757,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:188 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using " -"a hardware device before receiving any tickets." -msgstr "" -"Άν αυτή η σημαία είναι ενεργοποιημένη, ο εντολέας είναι υποχρεωμένος να " -"προταυτοποιήσει χρησιμοποιώντας μια συσκευή υλικού πριν λάβει οτιδήποτε " -"εισητήρια." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." +msgstr "Άν αυτή η σημαία είναι ενεργοποιημένη, ο εντολέας είναι υποχρεωμένος να προταυτοποιήσει χρησιμοποιώντας μια συσκευή υλικού πριν λάβει οτιδήποτε εισητήρια." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "Allow service" @@ -869,12 +766,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:193 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this " -"principal." -msgstr "" -"Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει το KDC να εκδώσει εισητήρια " -"υπηρεσιών για αυτόν τον εντολέα." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." +msgstr "Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει το KDC να εκδώσει εισητήρια υπηρεσιών για αυτόν τον εντολέα." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:196 msgid "Allow tgs request" @@ -882,14 +775,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-" -"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was " -"used to obtain the TGT." -msgstr "" -"Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει έναν εντολέα να πάρει εισητήρια " -"βασισμένα σε ένα ticket-granting-ticket, αντί για την επανάληψη της " -"διαδικασίας ελέγχου ταυτότητας που χρησιμοποιήθηκε για να αποκτήσει το TGT." +msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." +msgstr "Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας επιτρέπει έναν εντολέα να πάρει εισητήρια βασισμένα σε ένα ticket-granting-ticket, αντί για την επανάληψη της διαδικασίας ελέγχου ταυτότητας που χρησιμοποιήθηκε για να αποκτήσει το TGT." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "Allow tickets" @@ -897,14 +784,8 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this " -"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within " -"this realm." -msgstr "" -"Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας σημαίνει ότι το KDC θα εκδώσει εισητήρια " -"για αυτόν τον κύριο εντολέα. Η απενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας ουσιαστικά " -"απενεργοποιεί τον εντολέα μέσα στα πλαίσια του realm." +msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." +msgstr "Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας σημαίνει ότι το KDC θα εκδώσει εισητήρια για αυτόν τον κύριο εντολέα. Η απενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας ουσιαστικά απενεργοποιεί τον εντολέα μέσα στα πλαίσια του realm." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "Need change" @@ -913,9 +794,7 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." -msgstr "" -"Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας αναγκάζει μια αλλαγή κωδικού πρόσβασης για " -"αυτόν τον εντολέα." +msgstr "Η ενεργοποίηση αυτής της σημαίας αναγκάζει μια αλλαγή κωδικού πρόσβασης για αυτόν τον εντολέα." #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:209 msgid "Password changing service" @@ -923,182 +802,95 @@ #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change " -"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a " -"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that " -"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password " -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Άν αυτή η σημαία είναι ενεργοποιημένη, σηματοδοτεί την προεπιλογή ως " -"υπηρεσία αλλαγής κωδικού πρόσβασης. Αυτό θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήται σε " -"ειδικές περιπτώσεις, για παράδειγμα, αν ένας κωδικός πρόσβασης ενός χρήστη " -"έχει λήξει, ο χρήστης πρέπει να πάρει εισητήρια για την προεπιλογή για να " -"μπορεί να το αλλάξει χωρίς να περάσει από την κανονική ταυτοποίηση του " -"κωδικού πρόσβασης." +msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." +msgstr "Άν αυτή η σημαία είναι ενεργοποιημένη, σηματοδοτεί την προεπιλογή ως υπηρεσία αλλαγής κωδικού πρόσβασης. Αυτό θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήται σε ειδικές περιπτώσεις, για παράδειγμα, αν ένας κωδικός πρόσβασης ενός χρήστη έχει λήξει, ο χρήστης πρέπει να πάρει εισητήρια για την προεπιλογή για να μπορεί να το αλλάξει χωρίς να περάσει από την κανονική ταυτοποίηση του κωδικού πρόσβασης." #. advanced item help : dict_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are " -"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy " -"assigned to the principal, no check will be done." -msgstr "" -"Η τοποθεσία της χορδής (string) του λεξικού αρχείου που περιέχει χορδές " -"που δεν επιτρέπονται ως κωδικοί πρόσβασης. Εάν αυτή η ετικέτα δεν είναι " -"ορισμένα ή δεν υπάρχει πολιτική που ανατέθηκε στον εντολέα, δεν θα " -"πραγματοποιηθεί έλεγχος." +msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." +msgstr "Η τοποθεσία της χορδής (string) του λεξικού αρχείου που περιέχει χορδές που δεν επιτρέπονται ως κωδικοί πρόσβασης. Εάν αυτή η ετικέτα δεν είναι ορισμένα ή δεν υπάρχει πολιτική που ανατέθηκε στον εντολέα, δεν θα πραγματοποιηθεί έλεγχος." #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:219 #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:223 -msgid "" -"This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens " -"for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Αυτός ο αριθμός θύρας καθορίζει τη θύρα στην οποία ο δαίμων kadmind " -"ακούει για αυτή τη περιοχή." +msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." +msgstr "Αυτός ο αριθμός θύρας καθορίζει τη θύρα στην οποία ο δαίμων kadmind ακούει για αυτή τη περιοχή." #. advanced item help : key_stash_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:227 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored " -"with kdb5_stash." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η χορδή (string) καθορίζει την τοποθεσία όπου το προτεύον κλειδί " -"έχει αποθηκευτεί με kdb5_stash." +msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." +msgstr "Αυτή η χορδή (string) καθορίζει την τοποθεσία όπου το προτεύον κλειδί έχει αποθηκευτεί με kdb5_stash." #. advanced item help : kdc_ports #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:231 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η χορδή (string) καθορίζει τον κατάλογο των θυρών που το KDC ακούει " -"γι 'αυτή την περιοχή. " +msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." +msgstr "Αυτή η χορδή (string) καθορίζει τον κατάλογο των θυρών που το KDC ακούει γι 'αυτή την περιοχή. " #. advanced item help : master_key_name #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:235 -msgid "" -"This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the " -"master key. The default value is K/M." -msgstr "" -" Αυτή η χορδή (string) καθορίζει το όνομα του εντολέα που είναι " -"συνδεδεμένο με το κύριο κλειδί. Η προεπιλεγμένη τιμή είναι K/M." +msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." +msgstr " Αυτή η χορδή (string) καθορίζει το όνομα του εντολέα που είναι συνδεδεμένο με το κύριο κλειδί. Η προεπιλεγμένη τιμή είναι K/M." #. advanced item help : master_key_type #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η κλειδιού-τύπου χορδή (string) αντιπροσοπεύει τον τύπο κλειδιού των " -"προτεύων κλειδιών." +msgstr "Αυτή η κλειδιού-τύπου χορδή (string) αντιπροσοπεύει τον τύπο κλειδιού των προτεύων κλειδιών." #. advanced item help : max_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:243 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"valid for in this realm." -msgstr "" -" Αυτή η φορά delta καθορίζει τη μέγιστη χρονική περίοδο που ένα εισητήριο " -"μπορεί να είναι ισχύον για αυτή τη περιοχή." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." +msgstr " Αυτή η φορά delta καθορίζει τη μέγιστη χρονική περίοδο που ένα εισητήριο μπορεί να είναι ισχύον για αυτή τη περιοχή." #. advanced item help : max_renew_life #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:247 -msgid "" -"This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be " -"renewed for in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η στιγμή delta καθορίζει την μέγιστη χρονική περίοδο που ένα " -"εισητήριο μπορεί να ελεγθεί για αυτό το realm." +msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." +msgstr "Αυτή η στιγμή delta καθορίζει την μέγιστη χρονική περίοδο που ένα εισητήριο μπορεί να ελεγθεί για αυτό το realm." #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:251 -msgid "" -"A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt " -"combinations of principals for this realm." -msgstr "" -"Μια λίστα χορδών (strings) κλειδιών/salt που καθορίζουν τους " -"προεπιλεγμένους συνδυασμούς κλειδιού/salt για αυτή τη περιοχή." +msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr "Μια λίστα χορδών (strings) κλειδιών/salt που καθορίζουν τους προεπιλεγμένους συνδυασμούς κλειδιού/salt για αυτή τη περιοχή." #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this " -"realm." -msgstr "" -" Καθορίζει τους επιτρεπόμενους συνδυασμούς κλειδιού/salt των εντολέων για " -"αυτή τη περιοχή." +msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." +msgstr " Καθορίζει τους επιτρεπόμενους συνδυασμούς κλειδιού/salt των εντολέων για αυτή τη περιοχή." #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm " -"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm " -"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" -msgstr "" -"Καθορίζει ναι ή όχι τη λίστα των διαβάσεων realms για cross-realm tickets " -"should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and " -"the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" +msgstr "Καθορίζει ναι ή όχι τη λίστα των διαβάσεων realms για cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:263 -msgid "" -"This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be " -"maintained via the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η συγκεκριμένη ετικέτα LDAP δείχνει το νούμερο των συνδέσεων που " -"πρέπει να διατηρηθούν μέσω του διακομιστή LDAP." +msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." +msgstr "Αυτή η συγκεκριμένη ετικέτα LDAP δείχνει το νούμερο των συνδέσεων που πρέπει να διατηρηθούν μέσω του διακομιστή LDAP." #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:267 -msgid "" -"This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed " -"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η συγκεκριμένη ετικέτα LDAP υποδεικνύει το αρχείο που περιέχει τα " -"κρυφά συνθηματικά για τα αντικείμενα που χρησιμοποιούνται για την έναρξη των " -"εξυπηρετητών Kerberos." +msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." +msgstr "Αυτή η συγκεκριμένη ετικέτα LDAP υποδεικνύει το αρχείο που περιέχει τα κρυφά συνθηματικά για τα αντικείμενα που χρησιμοποιούνται για την έναρξη των εξυπηρετητών Kerberos." #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The " -"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</" -"p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under " -"the subtree." -msgstr "" -"Καθορίζει τη λίστα των παράδενδρων που περιέχουν τους αρχικούς εντολείς " -"από ένα realm. Η λίστα περιέχει τα DNs των αντικειμένων του παράδενδρου " -"χωρισμένα με άνω και κάτω τελεία (:).Το βάθος της αναζήτησης " -"καθορίζει το πεδίο για την αναζήτηση των αρχικών εντολέων υπό το πλαίσιο του " -"υπόδενδρου." +msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." +msgstr "Καθορίζει τη λίστα των παράδενδρων που περιέχουν τους αρχικούς εντολείς από ένα realm. Η λίστα περιέχει τα DNs των αντικειμένων του παράδενδρου χωρισμένα με άνω και κάτω τελεία (:).Το βάθος της αναζήτησης καθορίζει το πεδίο για την αναζήτηση των αρχικών εντολέων υπό το πλαίσιο του υπόδενδρου." #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:275 -msgid "" -"Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a " -"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a " -"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." -msgstr "" -"Καθορίζει το DN του αντικειμένου κοντέινερ στο οποίο οι αρχικοί ενός " -"realm θα δημιουργηθούν. Εάν τη αναφορά του κοντέινερ δεν έχει ρυθμιστεί για " -"ένα realm, οι αρχικοί θα δημιουργηθούν στο κοντέινερ του realm." +msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." +msgstr "Καθορίζει το DN του αντικειμένου κοντέινερ στο οποίο οι αρχικοί ενός realm θα δημιουργηθούν. Εάν τη αναφορά του κοντέινερ δεν έχει ρυθμιστεί για ένα realm, οι αρχικοί θα δημιουργηθούν στο κοντέινερ του realm." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:279 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." -msgstr "" -"Καθορίζει την μέγιστη ζωή εισητηρίου για τον αρχικό σε αυτό το realm." +msgstr "Καθορίζει την μέγιστη ζωή εισητηρίου για τον αρχικό σε αυτό το realm." #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife #: src/include/kerberos-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." -"" -msgstr "" -"Καθορίζει την μέγιστη ανανεώσιμη ζωή των εισητηρίων για τους αρχικούς σε " -"αυτο το realm." +msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." +msgstr "Καθορίζει την μέγιστη ανανεώσιμη ζωή των εισητηρίων για τους αρχικούς σε αυτο το realm." #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/kerberos-server/wizards.rb:167 @@ -1128,9 +920,7 @@ #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:648 msgid "No password available to create the default certificate." -msgstr "" -"Δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμος κωδικός πρόσβασης για να δημιουργήσετε το " -"προεπιλεγμένο πιστοποιητικό." +msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμος κωδικός πρόσβασης για να δημιουργήσετε το προεπιλεγμένο πιστοποιητικό." #: src/modules/KerberosServer.pm:806 msgid "LDAP database already exists. Cannot create a new one." @@ -1346,8 +1136,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specify the container where the " -#~ "Kerberos server should create \n" +#~ "The <big>Kerberos Container DN</big> specify the container where the Kerberos server should create \n" #~ "the principals and other informational data by default." #~ msgstr "<big> Kerberos</big> Kerberos προεπιλογή" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/kerberos.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/kerberos.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/kerberos.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -201,19 +201,8 @@ #. help text (do not transl. values "m","h", "d") #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:61 -msgid "" -"By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default " -"Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. " -"Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for " -"hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</" -"tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." -msgstr "" -"Οι τιμές της Προεπιλεγμένης Διάρκειας, της Προεπιλεγμένης " -"Ανανεώσιμης Διάρκειας, και της Ασυμμετρίας Ρολογιού είναι " -"ορισμένες σε δευτερόλεπτα. Εναλλακτικά, καθορίστε την μονάδα του χρόνου " -"(<tt>m</tt> για λεπτά, <tt>h</tt> για ώρες ή <tt>d</tt> για ημέρες) και " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε ως τιμή επίθεμα, όπως π.χ. <tt>1d</tt> ή <tt>24h</tt> για " -"μια μέρα." +msgid "By default, the time unit of Default Lifetime, Default Renewable Lifetime, and Clock Skew is set to seconds. Alternatively, specify the time unit (<tt>m</tt> for minutes, <tt>h</tt> for hours, or <tt>d</tt> for days) and use it as a value suffix, as in <tt>1d</tt> or <tt>24h</tt> for one day." +msgstr "Οι τιμές της Προεπιλεγμένης Διάρκειας, της Προεπιλεγμένης Ανανεώσιμης Διάρκειας, και της Ασυμμετρίας Ρολογιού είναι ορισμένες σε δευτερόλεπτα. Εναλλακτικά, καθορίστε την μονάδα του χρόνου (<tt>m</tt> για λεπτά, <tt>h</tt> για ώρες ή <tt>d</tt> για ημέρες) και χρησιμοποιήσετε ως τιμή επίθεμα, όπως π.χ. <tt>1d</tt> ή <tt>24h</tt> για μια μέρα." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:86 @@ -227,17 +216,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to " -"another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. " -"Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of " -"them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." -msgstr "" -"Το Προωθήσιμο σας επιτρέπει τη μεταφορά ολόκληρης της ταυτότητάς " -"(TGT) σας σε άλλο μηχάνημα. Το Διαμεσολαβήσιμο σας επιτρέπει μόνο τη " -"μεταφορά συγκεκριμένων εισιτήριων. Επιλέξτε εάν οι ρυθμίσεις πρέπει να " -"εφαρμόζονται σε όλες τις υπηρεσίες PAM, καμία από αυτές ή εισάγετε μια λίστα " -"υπηρεσιών διαχωρισμένων με κενά." +msgid "Forwardable lets you transfer your complete identity (TGT) to another machine. Proxiable only lets you transfer particular tickets. Select wheter the options should be applied to all PAM services, none of them or enter a list of services separated by spaces." +msgstr "Το Προωθήσιμο σας επιτρέπει τη μεταφορά ολόκληρης της ταυτότητάς (TGT) σας σε άλλο μηχάνημα. Το Διαμεσολαβήσιμο σας επιτρέπει μόνο τη μεταφορά συγκεκριμένων εισιτήριων. Επιλέξτε εάν οι ρυθμίσεις πρέπει να εφαρμόζονται σε όλες τις υπηρεσίες PAM, καμία από αυτές ή εισάγετε μια λίστα υπηρεσιών διαχωρισμένων με κενά." #. checkbox label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:130 @@ -251,33 +231,18 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:144 -msgid "" -"If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after " -"closing the session." -msgstr "" -"Αν η επιλογή Διατηρημένο είναι ενεργοποιημένη, το άρθρωμα PAM " -"διατηρεί τα εισιτήρια μετά το κλείσιμο της συνεδρίας." +msgid "If Retained is enabled, a PAM module keeps the tickets after closing the session." +msgstr "Αν η επιλογή Διατηρημένο είναι ενεργοποιημένη, το άρθρωμα PAM διατηρεί τα εισιτήρια μετά το κλείσιμο της συνεδρίας." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:159 -msgid "" -"To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos " -"Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for " -"user authentication on the SSH server." -msgstr "" -"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε την υποστήριξη του Kerberos για τον πελάτη OpenSSH " -"σας, επιλέξτε Υποστήριξη Kerberos για Πελάτη OpenSSH. Σε αυτή τη " -"περίπτωση, τα εισιτήρια του Kerberos χρησιμοποιούνται για τη πιστοποίηση του " -"χρήστη στον εξυπηρετητή SSH." +msgid "To enable Kerberos support for your OpenSSH client, select Kerberos Support for OpenSSH Client. In this case, Kerberos tickets are used for user authentication on the SSH server." +msgstr "Για να ενεργοποιήσετε την υποστήριξη του Kerberos για τον πελάτη OpenSSH σας, επιλέξτε Υποστήριξη Kerberos για Πελάτη OpenSSH. Σε αυτή τη περίπτωση, τα εισιτήρια του Kerberos χρησιμοποιούνται για τη πιστοποίηση του χρήστη στον εξυπηρετητή SSH." #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication " -"attempts by users it does not know." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Αγνόηση Άγνωστων Χρηστών για να αγνοήσει ο Kerberos τις " -"προσπάθειες πιστοποίησης από χρήστες που δεν γνωρίζει." +msgid "Check Ignore Unknown Users to have Kerberos ignore authentication attempts by users it does not know." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Αγνόηση Άγνωστων Χρηστών για να αγνοήσει ο Kerberos τις προσπάθειες πιστοποίησης από χρήστες που δεν γνωρίζει." #. intfield label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:188 @@ -286,15 +251,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:190 -msgid "" -"When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by " -"users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for " -"disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." -msgstr "" -"Όταν το Ελάχιστο UID είναι μεγαλύτερο από 0, οι προσπάθειες " -"πιστοποίησης από τους χρήστες με UID μικρότερο του καθορισμένου αριθμού " -"αγνοούνται. Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο για την απενεργοποίηση της πιστοποίησης " -"Kerberos για τον διαχειριστή συστήματος root." +msgid "When the Minimum UID is greater than 0, authentication attempts by users with UIDs below the specified number are ignored. This is useful for disabling Kerberos authentication for the system administrator root." +msgstr "Όταν το Ελάχιστο UID είναι μεγαλύτερο από 0, οι προσπάθειες πιστοποίησης από τους χρήστες με UID μικρότερο του καθορισμένου αριθμού αγνοούνται. Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο για την απενεργοποίηση της πιστοποίησης Kerberos για τον διαχειριστή συστήματος root." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -303,13 +261,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:205 -msgid "" -"The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly " -"matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." -msgstr "" -"Η Ασυμμετρία Ρολογιού είναι η ανεκτικότητα για τις χρονικές " -"σφραγίδες που δεν ταιριάζουν επακριβώς με το ρολόι συστήματος του κόμβου. Η " -"τιμή είναι σε δευτερόλεπτα." +msgid "The Clock Skew is the tolerance for time stamps not exactly matching the host's system clock. The value is in seconds." +msgstr "Η Ασυμμετρία Ρολογιού είναι η ανεκτικότητα για τις χρονικές σφραγίδες που δεν ταιριάζουν επακριβώς με το ρολόι συστήματος του κόμβου. Η τιμή είναι σε δευτερόλεπτα." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:230 @@ -324,8 +277,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να συγχρονίσετε την ώρα σας με ένα διακομιστή NTP, ρυθμίστε τον " -"υπολογιστή σας\n" +"Για να συγχρονίσετε την ώρα σας με ένα διακομιστή NTP, ρυθμίστε τον υπολογιστή σας\n" "ως έναν πελάτη NTP. Κάντε τη ρύθμιση μέσω του Ρύθμιση NTP.\n" "\n" @@ -336,12 +288,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:247 -msgid "" -"To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate " -"configuration module in Configure User Data." -msgstr "" -"Για την ρύθμιση των πηγών των λογαριασμών χρηστών, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλο " -"άρθρωμα ρυθμίσεων στο Ρύθμιση Δεδομένων Χρήστη." +msgid "To configure the source of user accounts, select the appropriate configuration module in Configure User Data." +msgstr "Για την ρύθμιση των πηγών των λογαριασμών χρηστών, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλο άρθρωμα ρυθμίσεων στο Ρύθμιση Δεδομένων Χρήστη." #. menu item #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:252 @@ -360,13 +308,8 @@ #. help text for "Credential Cac&he Directory" #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:267 -msgid "" -"Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as " -"Credential Cache Directory." -msgstr "" -"Καθορίστε τον κατάλογο που πρέπει να τοποθετηθούν τα πιστοποιητικά των " -"αρχείων λανθάνουσας μνήμης ως Πιστοοποιητικά Καταλόγου Λανθάνουσας " -"Μνήμης." +msgid "Specify the directory where to place credential cache files as Credential Cache Directory." +msgstr "Καθορίστε τον κατάλογο που πρέπει να τοποθετηθούν τα πιστοποιητικά των αρχείων λανθάνουσας μνήμης ως Πιστοοποιητικά Καταλόγου Λανθάνουσας Μνήμης." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:280 @@ -380,13 +323,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:292 -msgid "" -"Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place " -"the user's session-specific credential cache." -msgstr "" -"Το Πρότυπο Πιστοποιητικού Λανθάνουσας Μνήμης καθορίζει την " -"τοποθεσία στην οποία θα τοποθετηθούν τα πιστοποιητικά λανθάνουσας μνήμης " -"καθορισμένα από την συνεδρία του χρήστη." +msgid "Credential Cache Template specifies the location in which to place the user's session-specific credential cache." +msgstr "Το Πρότυπο Πιστοποιητικού Λανθάνουσας Μνήμης καθορίζει την τοποθεσία στην οποία θα τοποθετηθούν τα πιστοποιητικά λανθάνουσας μνήμης καθορισμένα από την συνεδρία του χρήστη." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -395,12 +333,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:308 -msgid "" -"Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab " -"File Location." -msgstr "" -"Καθορίστε την τοποθεσία του αρχείου με τα κλειδιά των αρχών στην " -"Τοποθεσία Αρχείου Keytab." +msgid "Specify the location of the file with the keys of principals in Keytab File Location." +msgstr "Καθορίστε την τοποθεσία του αρχείου με τα κλειδιά των αρχών στην Τοποθεσία Αρχείου Keytab." #. push button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:321 @@ -414,12 +348,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:333 -msgid "" -"With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the " -"principal's name from the system user name." -msgstr "" -"Με τις Χαρτογραφήσεις, καθορίστε πως το άρθρωμα PAM θα πρέπει να " -"λάβει το όνομα της αρχής από το το όνομα χρήστη του συστήματος." +msgid "With Mappings, specify how the PAM module should derive the principal's name from the system user name." +msgstr "Με τις Χαρτογραφήσεις, καθορίστε πως το άρθρωμα PAM θα πρέπει να λάβει το όνομα της αρχής από το το όνομα χρήστη του συστήματος." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:346 @@ -428,22 +358,13 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:348 -msgid "" -"The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a " -"password questions." -msgstr "" -"Η τιμή του Τίτλου είναι ένα κείμενο που θα πρέπει να εμφανιστεί " -"πριν τις ερωτήσεις για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης." +msgid "The value of Banner is a text that should be shown before a password questions." +msgstr "Η τιμή του Τίτλου είναι ένα κείμενο που θα πρέπει να εμφανιστεί πριν τις ερωτήσεις για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης." #. generic help for Services tab #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:362 -msgid "" -"All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no " -"service or a specific list of services separated by commas." -msgstr "" -" Όλες οι ρυθμίσεις σε αυτό το διάλογο μπορούν να εφαρμοστούν για όλες τις " -"υπηρεσίες PAM, σε καμμία υπηρεσία ή σε μια καθορισμένη λίστα με υπηρεσίες " -"που διαχωρίζονται με κόμμα." +msgid "All settings in this dialog can be applied for all PAM services, no service or a specific list of services separated by commas." +msgstr " Όλες οι ρυθμίσεις σε αυτό το διάλογο μπορούν να εφαρμοστούν για όλες τις υπηρεσίες PAM, σε καμμία υπηρεσία ή σε μια καθορισμένη λίστα με υπηρεσίες που διαχωρίζονται με κόμμα." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:370 @@ -452,12 +373,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:372 -msgid "" -"When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) " -"with no address information are requested." -msgstr "" -"Όταν τα Αρχικά Εισητήρια Χωρίς Διεύθυνση έχουν οριστεί, ζητούνται " -"τα αρχικά εισητήρια (TGT) χωρίς πληροφορίες διεύθυνσης." +msgid "When Addressless Initial Tickets is set, initial tickets (TGT) with no address information are requested." +msgstr "Όταν τα Αρχικά Εισητήρια Χωρίς Διεύθυνση έχουν οριστεί, ζητούνται τα αρχικά εισητήρια (TGT) χωρίς πληροφορίες διεύθυνσης." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:386 @@ -466,12 +383,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:388 -msgid "" -"Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." -"" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε την Αποσφαλμάτωση να ενεργοποιεί την αποσφαλμάτωση για " -"τις επιλεγμένες υπηρεσίες μέσω του syslog." +msgid "Check Debug to turn on debugging for selected services via syslog." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε την Αποσφαλμάτωση να ενεργοποιεί την αποσφαλμάτωση για τις επιλεγμένες υπηρεσίες μέσω του syslog." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:402 @@ -480,12 +393,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:404 -msgid "" -"Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Η Ευαίσθητη Αποσφαλμάτωση ενεργοποιεί την αποσφαλμάτωση ευαίσθητων " -"πληροφοριών." +msgid "Sensitive Debug turns on debugging of sensitive information." +msgstr "Η Ευαίσθητη Αποσφαλμάτωση ενεργοποιεί την αποσφαλμάτωση ευαίσθητων πληροφοριών." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:418 @@ -494,14 +403,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:420 -msgid "" -"Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the " -"presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate " -"the user." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Αποδοχή Υπαρχόντος Εισητηρίου για να ενημερώσετε το " -"άρθρωμα PAM να αποδεχτεί την παρουσία των προϋπαρχόντων πιστοποιητικών " -"Kerberos ως επαρκή για την πιστοποίηση του χρήστη." +msgid "Check Accept Existing Ticket to tell PAM module to accept the presence of pre-existing Kerberos credentials as sufficient to authenticate the user." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Αποδοχή Υπαρχόντος Εισητηρίου για να ενημερώσετε το άρθρωμα PAM να αποδεχτεί την παρουσία των προϋπαρχόντων πιστοποιητικών Kerberos ως επαρκή για την πιστοποίηση του χρήστη." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:435 @@ -510,12 +413,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:437 -msgid "" -"List the services allowed to provide credentials in External " -"Credentials." -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργία λίστας με υπηρεσίες που επιτρέπουν την παροχή πιστοποιητικών " -"σε Εξωτερικά πιστοποιητικά." +msgid "List the services allowed to provide credentials in External Credentials." +msgstr "Δημιουργία λίστας με υπηρεσίες που επιτρέπουν την παροχή πιστοποιητικών σε Εξωτερικά πιστοποιητικά." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:452 @@ -524,13 +423,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:454 -msgid "" -"Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared " -"memory is used during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Η Χρήση Κοινόχρηστης Μνήμης περιγράφει τις υπηρεσίες για τις " -"οποίες η κοινόχρηστη μνήμη χρησιμοποιείται κατά τη διάρκεια της πιστοποίησης." -"" +msgid "Use Shared Memory describes the services for which the shared memory is used during authentication." +msgstr "Η Χρήση Κοινόχρηστης Μνήμης περιγράφει τις υπηρεσίες για τις οποίες η κοινόχρηστη μνήμη χρησιμοποιείται κατά τη διάρκεια της πιστοποίησης." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:469 @@ -539,12 +433,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:471 -msgid "" -"Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the " -"value of Validate Initial Ticket." -msgstr "" -"Επιλογή υπηρεσιών για τις οποίες το TGT θα πρέπει να επικυρωθεί " -"αλλάζοντας την τιμή της Επικύρωσης Αρχικού Εισητηρίου." +msgid "Select the services for which TGT should be validated by changing the value of Validate Initial Ticket." +msgstr "Επιλογή υπηρεσιών για τις οποίες το TGT θα πρέπει να επικυρωθεί αλλάζοντας την τιμή της Επικύρωσης Αρχικού Εισητηρίου." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:486 @@ -553,12 +443,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:488 -msgid "" -"With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password " -"before the authentication attempt." -msgstr "" -"Με τηνΑρχική Προτροπή επιλεγμένη, το άρθρωμα PAM ζητά ένα κωδικό " -"πρόσβασης πριν την προσπάθεια πιστοποίησης." +msgid "With Initial Prompt checked, the PAM module asks for a password before the authentication attempt." +msgstr "Με τηνΑρχική Προτροπή επιλεγμένη, το άρθρωμα PAM ζητά ένα κωδικό πρόσβασης πριν την προσπάθεια πιστοποίησης." #. textentry label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:502 @@ -567,15 +453,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:504 -msgid "" -"If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user " -"for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow " -"insufficient for authentication." -msgstr "" -"Εάν η Επακόλουθη Προτροπή είναι ενεργοποιημένη, το άρθρωμα PAM " -"μπορεί να ζητήσει από τον χρήστη κωδικό πρόσβασης, σε περίπτωση που ο " -"κωδικός που πληκτρολογήθηκε πριν ήταν κάπως ανεπαρκής για τον έλεχγο " -"ταυτότητας." +msgid "If Subsequent Prompt is enabled, the PAM module may ask the user for a password, in case the previously-entered password was somehow insufficient for authentication." +msgstr "Εάν η Επακόλουθη Προτροπή είναι ενεργοποιημένη, το άρθρωμα PAM μπορεί να ζητήσει από τον χρήστη κωδικό πρόσβασης, σε περίπτωση που ο κωδικός που πληκτρολογήθηκε πριν ήταν κάπως ανεπαρκής για τον έλεχγο ταυτότητας." #. directory location popup label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:602 @@ -613,15 +492,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Authentication with Kerberos</big> \n" -"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable " -"Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in " -"the network for this to work.\n" +"The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Πιστοποίηση με το Kerberos</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ενημερώσετε τις ρυθμίσεις PAM για να ενεργοποιήσετε την " -"πιστοποίηση Kerberos για τους χρήστες σας.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ενημερώσετε τις ρυθμίσεις PAM για να ενεργοποιήσετε την πιστοποίηση Kerberos για τους χρήστες σας.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/5 @@ -629,50 +505,30 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Basic Client Settings:\n" -"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or " -"address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To " -"specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." +"Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." msgstr "" "\n" "Βασική Ρύθμιση Πελάτη \n" -"Εισάγετε την Προεπιλεγμένη Περιοχή, τη Προεπιλεγμένη Κυριαρχία</" -"b>, και το όνομα κόμβου ή τη διεύθυνση του Κέντρου Διανομής Κλειδιών (KDC)" -"." +"Εισάγετε την Προεπιλεγμένη Περιοχή, τη Προεπιλεγμένη Κυριαρχία, και το όνομα κόμβου ή τη διεύθυνση του Κέντρου Διανομής Κλειδιών (KDC)." #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "" "\n" -"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default " -"realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the " -"server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more " -"information.\n" +"It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Είναι κοινή πρακτική να χρησιμοποιείται το όνομα περιοχής με κεφαλαία " -"γράμματα ως όνομα για την προεπιλεγμένη κυριαρχία, ωστόσο μπορείτε και να " -"επιλέξετε ελεύθερα. Εάν η κυριαρχία δεν είναι διαθέσιμη στο διακομιστή, δεν " -"μπορείτε να συνδεθείτε. Ρωτήστε το διαχειριστή δικτύου σας εάν χρειάζεστε " -"περισσότερες πληροφορίες.\n" +"Είναι κοινή πρακτική να χρησιμοποιείται το όνομα περιοχής με κεφαλαία γράμματα ως όνομα για την προεπιλεγμένη κυριαρχία, ωστόσο μπορείτε και να επιλέξετε ελεύθερα. Εάν η κυριαρχία δεν είναι διαθέσιμη στο διακομιστή, δεν μπορείτε να συνδεθείτε. Ρωτήστε το διαχειριστή δικτύου σας εάν χρειάζεστε περισσότερες πληροφορίες.\n" #. help text for Use DNS to acquire the configuration data at runtime #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:723 -msgid "" -"Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let " -"your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This " -"option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Χρήση DNS για να Ανακτήσετε τις Ρυθμίσεις Δεδομένων Κατά την " -"Εκτέλεση για να αφήσετε τον πελάτη να χρησιμοποιήσει τα δεδομένα " -"πιστοποίησης του Kerberos που παρέχονται μέσω DNS. Αυτή η επιλογή δεν μπορεί " -"να επιλεχθεί εάν ο εξυπηρετητής DNS δεν παρέχει τέτοια δεδομένα." +msgid "Check Use DNS to Acquire the Configuration Data at Runtime to let your client use the Kerberos authentication data provided by DNS. This option cannot be selected if the DNS server does not provide such data." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Χρήση DNS για να Ανακτήσετε τις Ρυθμίσεις Δεδομένων Κατά την Εκτέλεση για να αφήσετε τον πελάτη να χρησιμοποιήσει τα δεδομένα πιστοποίησης του Kerberos που παρέχονται μέσω DNS. Αυτή η επιλογή δεν μπορεί να επιλεχθεί εάν ο εξυπηρετητής DNS δεν παρέχει τέτοια δεδομένα." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "To configure more settings, click Advanced Settings." -msgstr "" -"Για να τροποποιήσετε περισσότερες ρυθμίσεις, πατήστε στο Ρυθμίσεις για " -"Προχωρημένους." +msgstr "Για να τροποποιήσετε περισσότερες ρυθμίσεις, πατήστε στο Ρυθμίσεις για Προχωρημένους." #. radio button label #: src/include/kerberos-client/dialogs.rb:752 @@ -907,71 +763,31 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" -#~| "as an NTP client. Access the configuration with NTP Configuration</" -#~| "b>.\n" +#~| "as an NTP client. Access the configuration with NTP Configuration.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nTo synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer" -#~ "\\nas an NTP client. Access the configuration with NTP Configuration</" -#~ "b>.\\n\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\\nΓια να συγχρονίσετε την ώρα με ένα εξυπηρετητή NTP, ρυθμίστε τον " -#~ "υπολογιστή σας\\nως έναν πελάτη NTP. Η είσοδος στις ρυθμίσεις γίνεται " -#~ "μέσω του Ρύθμιση NTP.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\nTo synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\\nas an NTP client. Access the configuration with NTP Configuration.\\n\\n" +#~ msgstr "\\nΓια να συγχρονίσετε την ώρα με ένα εξυπηρετητή NTP, ρυθμίστε τον υπολογιστή σας\\nως έναν πελάτη NTP. Η είσοδος στις ρυθμίσεις γίνεται μέσω του Ρύθμιση NTP.\\n\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "<big>Authentication with Kerberos</big> \n" -#~| "The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable " -#~| "Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server " -#~| "in the network for this to work.\n" +#~| "The Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\n<big>Authentication with Kerberos</big> \\nThe Kerberos " -#~ "client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos " -#~ "authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the " -#~ "network for this to work.\\n\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\\n<big>Πιστοποίηση με το Kerberos</big> \\nΟι ρυθμίσεις του " -#~ "πελάτη Kerberos ενημερώνουν τις ρυθμίσεις του PAM για ενεργοποίηση της " -#~ "πιστοποίηση Kerberos. Το σύστημα χρειάζεται πρόσβαση στον εξυπηρετητή " -#~ "Kerberos στο δίκτυο γι'αυτή την εργασία.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "\\n<big>Authentication with Kerberos</big> \\nThe Kerberos client configuration updates your PAM settings to enable Kerberos authentication. Your system needs access to a Kerberos server in the network for this to work.\\n\\n" +#~ msgstr "\\n<big>Πιστοποίηση με το Kerberos</big> \\nΟι ρυθμίσεις του πελάτη Kerberos ενημερώνουν τις ρυθμίσεις του PAM για ενεργοποίηση της πιστοποίηση Kerberos. Το σύστημα χρειάζεται πρόσβαση στον εξυπηρετητή Kerberos στο δίκτυο γι'αυτή την εργασία.\\n\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" #~| "Basic Client Settings:\n" -#~| "Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname " -#~| "or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). " -#~| "To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nBasic Client Settings:\\nEnter your Default Domain, " -#~ "Default Realm, and the hostname or address of your Key " -#~ "Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To specify more values " -#~ "for KDC, separate them by spaces." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\\nΒασική Ρύθμιση Πελάτη:\\nΕισάγετε τον Προεπιλεγμένο " -#~ "Τομέα, την Προεπιλεγμένη Περιοχή, και το όνομα κόμβου ή τη " -#~ "διεύθυνση του Κέντρου Διανομής Κλειδιών (KDC) (Διεύθυνση Διακομιστή " -#~ "KDC). Για να καθορίσετε περισσότερες τιμές για το KDC, διαχωρίστε τις " -#~ "με κενά." +#~| "Enter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." +#~ msgid "\\nBasic Client Settings:\\nEnter your Default Domain, Default Realm, and the hostname or address of your Key Distribution Center (KDC Server Address). To specify more values for KDC, separate them by spaces." +#~ msgstr "\\nΒασική Ρύθμιση Πελάτη:\\nΕισάγετε τον Προεπιλεγμένο Τομέα, την Προεπιλεγμένη Περιοχή, και το όνομα κόμβου ή τη διεύθυνση του Κέντρου Διανομής Κλειδιών (KDC) (Διεύθυνση Διακομιστή KDC). Για να καθορίσετε περισσότερες τιμές για το KDC, διαχωρίστε τις με κενά." #~| msgid "" #~| "\n" -#~| "It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your " -#~| "default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not " -#~| "available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server " -#~| "administrator if you need more information.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "\\nIt is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your " -#~ "default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not " -#~ "available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server " -#~ "administrator if you need more information.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\\nΕίναι κοινή πρακτική η χρήση ονόματος τομέα με κεφαλαία γράμματα ως " -#~ "προεπιλεγμένο όνομα περιοχής, ωστόσο μπορείτε και να επιλέξετε ελεύθερα. " -#~ "Εάν η περιοχή δεν είναι διαθέσιμη στον εξυπηρετητή, δεν μπορείτε να " -#~ "συνδεθείτε. Ρωτήστε τον διαχειριστή δικτύου σας εάν χρειάζεστε " -#~ "περισσότερες πληροφορίες.\\n" +#~| "It is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.\n" +#~ msgid "\\nIt is common practice to use the domain name in uppercase as your default realm name, but you can select freely. If the realm is not available on the server, you cannot log in. Ask your server administrator if you need more information.\\n" +#~ msgstr "\\nΕίναι κοινή πρακτική η χρήση ονόματος τομέα με κεφαλαία γράμματα ως προεπιλεγμένο όνομα περιοχής, ωστόσο μπορείτε και να επιλέξετε ελεύθερα. Εάν η περιοχή δεν είναι διαθέσιμη στον εξυπηρετητή, δεν μπορείτε να συνδεθείτε. Ρωτήστε τον διαχειριστή δικτύου σας εάν χρειάζεστε περισσότερες πληροφορίες.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Clock skew is invalid.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/ldap-client.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/ldap-client.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/ldap-client.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -226,9 +226,7 @@ #. error message #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:462 msgid "Could not download the certificate file from specified URL." -msgstr "" -"Δεν ήταν δυνατή η λήψη του πιστοποιητικού αρχείου από την καθορισμένη " -"διεύθυνση." +msgstr "Δεν ήταν δυνατή η λήψη του πιστοποιητικού αρχείου από την καθορισμένη διεύθυνση." #. popup message, %1 is file name, %2 directory #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:497 @@ -251,144 +249,90 @@ #. help text 2/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:535 -msgid "" -"To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP</" -"b>. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Για να πιστοποιήσετε τους χρήστες σας με διακομιστή OpenLDAP, επιλέξτε " -"Χρήση LDAP. Τα NSS και PAM θα ρυθμιστούν ανάλογα." +msgid "To authenticate your users with an OpenLDAP server, select Use LDAP. NSS and PAM will be configured accordingly." +msgstr "Για να πιστοποιήσετε τους χρήστες σας με διακομιστή OpenLDAP, επιλέξτε Χρήση LDAP. Τα NSS και PAM θα ρυθμιστούν ανάλογα." #. help text 3/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:539 msgid "" "To deactivate LDAP services, click Do Not Use LDAP.\n" -"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch." -"conf\n" +"If you deactivate LDAP, the current LDAP entry for passwd in /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "will be removed. The PAM configuration will be modified and the LDAP entry\n" "removed." msgstr "" -"Για να απενεργοποιήσετε τις υπηρεσίες LDAP, κάντε κλικ στο Να Μην " -"Χρησιμοποιηθεί LDAP.\n" -"Αν απενεργοποιήσετε τον LDAP, η τρέχουσα καταχώρηση LDAP για το passwd στο /" -"etc/nsswitch.conf\n" +"Για να απενεργοποιήσετε τις υπηρεσίες LDAP, κάντε κλικ στο Να Μην Χρησιμοποιηθεί LDAP.\n" +"Αν απενεργοποιήσετε τον LDAP, η τρέχουσα καταχώρηση LDAP για το passwd στο /etc/nsswitch.conf\n" "θα αφαιρεθεί. Η ρύθμιση PAM θα τροποποιηθεί και η καταχώρηση LDAP\n" "θα αφαιρεθεί." # help text 2/3 #. help text 3.5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:546 -msgid "" -"To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select " -"Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." -msgstr "" -"Για την ενεργοποίηση LDAP αλλά την απαγόρευση χρηστών για σύνδεση στο " -"μηχάνημα αυτό, επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση LDAP Χρηστών αλλά Απενεργοποίηση " -"Εισόδου." +msgid "To activate LDAP but forbid users from logging in to this machine, select Enable LDAP Users but Disable Logins." +msgstr "Για την ενεργοποίηση LDAP αλλά την απαγόρευση χρηστών για σύνδεση στο μηχάνημα αυτό, επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση LDAP Χρηστών αλλά Απενεργοποίηση Εισόδου." #. help text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:550 -msgid "" -"Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system " -"to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." -msgstr "" -"Ελέγξτε το Χρήση δαιμόνων υπηρεσιών ασφάλειας συστήματος αν θέλετε " -"το σύστημα να χρησιμοποιεί τα SSSD αντί για nss_ldap." +msgid "Check Use System Security Services Daemon if you want the system to use SSSD instead of nss_ldap." +msgstr "Ελέγξτε το Χρήση δαιμόνων υπηρεσιών ασφάλειας συστήματος αν θέλετε το σύστημα να χρησιμοποιεί τα SSSD αντί για nss_ldap." #. help text 4/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:554 msgid "" -"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) " -"in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base " -"DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" -"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve " -"the\n" -"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the " -"server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap." -"example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"Enter the LDAP server's address (such as ldap.example.com or 10.20.0.2) in Addresses and the distinguished name of the search base (Base DN, such as dc=example,dc=com). Specify multiple servers\n" +"by separating their addresses with spaces. It must be possible to resolve the\n" +"addresses without using LDAP. You can also specify the port on which the server is running using the syntax \"server:port\", for example, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε την διεύθυνση του διακομιστή LDAP (π.χ., ldap.example.com ή " -"10.20.0.2) στο Διευθύνσεις και τοΔιακεκριμένο Όνομα της βάσης " -"αναζήτησης (βάση DN, όπως dc=example,dc=com). Ορίστε πολλαπλούς " -"διακομιστές\n" +"Εισάγετε την διεύθυνση του διακομιστή LDAP (π.χ., ldap.example.com ή 10.20.0.2) στο Διευθύνσεις και τοΔιακεκριμένο Όνομα της βάσης αναζήτησης (βάση DN, όπως dc=example,dc=com). Ορίστε πολλαπλούς διακομιστές\n" "χωρίζοντας τις διευθύνσεις με κενά. Μπορεί να είναι δυνατό να γίνει επίλυση\n" -"των διευθύνσεων χωρίς τη χρήση LDAP. Μπορείτε επίσης να προσδιορίσετε την " -"θύρα στην οποία ο διακομιστής τρέχει χρησιμοποιώντας τη σύνταξη " -"\"διακομιστής:θύρα\", για παράδειγμα, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" +"των διευθύνσεων χωρίς τη χρήση LDAP. Μπορείτε επίσης να προσδιορίσετε την θύρα στην οποία ο διακομιστής τρέχει χρησιμοποιώντας τη σύνταξη \"διακομιστής:θύρα\", για παράδειγμα, <tt>ldap.example.com:379</tt>.\n" "\n" #. help text 5/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:561 -msgid "" -"With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the " -"service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN " -"from server." -msgstr "" -"Με το Εύρεση, επιλέξτε τον διακομιστή LDAP από τη λίστα που " -"παρέχεται από το πρωτόκολλο τοποθεσίας υπηρεσιών (SLP). Χρησιμοποιώντας " -"Fetch DN, διαβάζετε την βάση DN από τον διακομιστή." +msgid "With Find, select the LDAP server from the list provided by the service location protocol (SLP). Using Fetch DN, read the base DN from server." +msgstr "Με το Εύρεση, επιλέξτε τον διακομιστή LDAP από τη λίστα που παρέχεται από το πρωτόκολλο τοποθεσίας υπηρεσιών (SLP). Χρησιμοποιώντας Fetch DN, διαβάζετε την βάση DN από τον διακομιστή." #. help text 6/9 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:565 msgid "" "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL</" -"b>\n" +"If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download a CA\n" "certificate file in PEM format from a given URL.\n" msgstr "" "Μερικοί εξυπηρετητές LDAP υποστηρίζουν StartTLS [RFC2830].\n" -"Εάν ο εξυπηρετητής σας το υποστηρίζει και είναι ρυθμισμένος, ενεργοποιήστε " -"το LDAP TLS/SSL\n" -"για να κρυπτογραφήσετε την επικοινωνία σας με τον εξυπηρετητή LDAP. Μπορείτε " -"να\n" -"λάβετε ένα αρχείο πιστοποιητικού CA σε μορφή PEM από την δοθείσα διεύθυνση.</" -"p>\n" +"Εάν ο εξυπηρετητής σας το υποστηρίζει και είναι ρυθμισμένος, ενεργοποιήστε το LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +"για να κρυπτογραφήσετε την επικοινωνία σας με τον εξυπηρετητή LDAP. Μπορείτε να\n" +"λάβετε ένα αρχείο πιστοποιητικού CA σε μορφή PEM από την δοθείσα διεύθυνση.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:571 msgid "" -"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the " -"config\n" -" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on " -"server certificates.\n" -" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords " -"never, allow,\n" -" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration " -"dialog there is\n" -" the option Request server certificate which will set the " -"TLS_REQCERT\n" -" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to " -"allow if it's disabled.\n" +"A TLS session may require special client configuration. One of the config\n" +" options is TLS_REQCERT which specifies what checks to perform on server certificates.\n" +" The value is the level that can be specified with keywords never, allow,\n" +" try and demand. In the SSL/TLS Configuration dialog there is\n" +" the option Request server certificate which will set the TLS_REQCERT\n" +" configuration option to demand if it's enabled or to allow if it's disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Μια συνεδρία TLS μπορεί να απαιτεί ειδική ρύθμιση πελάτη. Μία από τις " -"επιλογές\n" -" ρυθμίσεων είναι η TLS_REQCERT που ορίζει τους ελέγχους που πρέπει " -"να γίνουν στα πιστοποιητικά διακομιστή.\n" -" Η τιμή είναι το επίπεδο που μπορεί να οριστεί με τις " -"λέξεις κλειδιά never, allow,\n" -" try και demand. Στο διάλογο Ρύθμιση SSL/TLS " -"υπάρχει\n" -" η επιλογή Αίτημα πιστοποιητικού διακομιστή που θα ορίσει " -"την επιλογή της ρύθμισης\n" -" TLS_REQCERT σε demand εάν είναι ενεργοποιημένο ή σε " -"allow εάν είναι απενεργοποιημένο.\n" +"Μια συνεδρία TLS μπορεί να απαιτεί ειδική ρύθμιση πελάτη. Μία από τις επιλογές\n" +" ρυθμίσεων είναι η TLS_REQCERT που ορίζει τους ελέγχους που πρέπει να γίνουν στα πιστοποιητικά διακομιστή.\n" +" Η τιμή είναι το επίπεδο που μπορεί να οριστεί με τις λέξεις κλειδιά never, allow,\n" +" try και demand. Στο διάλογο Ρύθμιση SSL/TLS υπάρχει\n" +" η επιλογή Αίτημα πιστοποιητικού διακομιστή που θα ορίσει την επιλογή της ρύθμισης\n" +" TLS_REQCERT σε demand εάν είναι ενεργοποιημένο ή σε allow εάν είναι απενεργοποιημένο.\n" #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:579 msgid "" -"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS " -"URLs.\n" -" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They " -"have a syntax\n" -" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the " -"default port for LDAPS URLs\n" +"In addition to LDAP URLs and TLS/SSL encryption, LDAP supports LDAPS URLs.\n" +" LDAPS URLs use SSL connections instead of plain connections. They have a syntax\n" +" similar to LDAP URLs except the schemes are different and the default port for LDAPS URLs\n" " is 636 instead of 389.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιπλέον στα αναγνωριστικά του LDAP και στην κρυπτογράφηση TLS/SSL, το " -"LDAP υποστηρίζει και αναγνωριστικά LDAPS.\n" -" Τα αναγνωριστικά LDAPS χρησιμοποιούν συνδέσεις SSL αντί για πεζού " -"κειμένου συνδέσεις. Έχουν μια σύνταξη\n" -" παρόμοια με τα αναγνωριστικά του LDAP παρά μόνο τα σχήματα είναι " -"διαφορετικά και η προεπιλεγμένη θύρα για τα\n" +"Επιπλέον στα αναγνωριστικά του LDAP και στην κρυπτογράφηση TLS/SSL, το LDAP υποστηρίζει και αναγνωριστικά LDAPS.\n" +" Τα αναγνωριστικά LDAPS χρησιμοποιούν συνδέσεις SSL αντί για πεζού κειμένου συνδέσεις. Έχουν μια σύνταξη\n" +" παρόμοια με τα αναγνωριστικά του LDAP παρά μόνο τα σχήματα είναι διαφορετικά και η προεπιλεγμένη θύρα για τα\n" " αναγνωριστικά LDAPS είναι 636 αντί για 389.\n" #. help text 8/9 @@ -407,16 +351,13 @@ #. help text 9/9 (additional) #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:591 msgid "" -"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, " -"such\n" +"Automounter is a daemon that automatically mounts directories, such\n" "as users' home directories. Its configuration files (auto.*) should already\n" "exist locally or over LDAP. If the automounter is not installed yet but you\n" "want to use it, it will be installed automatically.\n" msgstr "" -"Ο Αυτόματος Προσαρτητής είναι υπηρεσία όπου προσαρτεί καταλόγους " -"αυτόματα,\n" -"όπως καταλόγους χρηστών. Τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων (auto.*) θα πρέπει υπάρχουν " -"ήδη,\n" +"Ο Αυτόματος Προσαρτητής είναι υπηρεσία όπου προσαρτεί καταλόγους αυτόματα,\n" +"όπως καταλόγους χρηστών. Τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων (auto.*) θα πρέπει υπάρχουν ήδη,\n" "τοπικά ή μέσω LDAP. Αν ο αυτόματος προσαρτητής δεν είναι εγκατεστημένος\n" "και θέλετε να τον χρησιμοποιήσετε, θα εγκατασταθεί αυτόματα.\n" @@ -504,8 +445,7 @@ "\n" "Η τρέχουσα ρύθμιση δεν χρησιμοποιεί SSSD αλλά nss_ldap.\n" "Μόνο ρυθμίσεις βασισμένες σε SSSD υποστηρίζονται από το YaST.\n" -"Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε με χρήση SSSD ή να ακυρώσετε ώστε να διατηρήσετε την " -"παλιά ρύθμιση;" +"Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε με χρήση SSSD ή να ακυρώσετε ώστε να διατηρήσετε την παλιά ρύθμιση;" #. error popup label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:838 @@ -530,8 +470,7 @@ "you cannot retrieve data with NIS. Really use LDAP instead of NIS?\n" msgstr "" "Όταν ρυθμίζετε τα μηχανήματά σας σαν πελάτη LDAP,\n" -"δεν μπορείτε να αποκτάτε δεδομένα από το NIS. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε το LDAP αντί του NIS;\n" +"δεν μπορείτε να αποκτάτε δεδομένα από το NIS. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το LDAP αντί του NIS;\n" #. popup text #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:941 @@ -545,8 +484,7 @@ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" -"Αυτή η αλλαγή επηρεάζει μόνο τις καινούρια δημιουργημένες διαδικασίες και " -"όχι ήδη\n" +"Αυτή η αλλαγή επηρεάζει μόνο τις καινούρια δημιουργημένες διαδικασίες και όχι ήδη\n" "εκτελούμενες υπηρεσίες. Επανεκκινήστε χειροκίνητα ή να επανεκκινήσετε \n" "το μηχάνημά σας για να ενεργοποιήσετε όλες τις υπηρεσίες.\n" @@ -558,19 +496,16 @@ "restarted automatically by YaST.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε την απομακρυσμένη σύνδεση για τους χρήστες LDAP, το " -"'sshd' θα\n" +"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε την απομακρυσμένη σύνδεση για τους χρήστες LDAP, το 'sshd' θα\n" "επανεκκινηθεί αυτόματα από το YaST.\n" #. yes/no question #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:970 msgid "" -"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is " -"disabled.\n" +"The security connection is enabled, but server certificate verification is disabled.\n" "Enable certificate checks now?" msgstr "" -"Η ασφαλής σύνδεση είναι τώρα ενεργοποιημένη, αλλά η επιβεβαίωση " -"πιστοποιητικού διακομιστή είναι απενεργοποιημένη.\n" +"Η ασφαλής σύνδεση είναι τώρα ενεργοποιημένη, αλλά η επιβεβαίωση πιστοποιητικού διακομιστή είναι απενεργοποιημένη.\n" "Ενεργοποίηση ελέγχων πιστοποιητικού τώρα;" #. help text caption 1 @@ -581,33 +516,22 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1017 msgid "" -"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and " -"KDC Address.\n" -"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD " -"Offline Authentication.\n" -"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>." -"\n" +"If Kerberos authentication should be used, specify the realm and KDC Address.\n" +"Determine if user credentials should be cached locally by checking SSSD Offline Authentication.\n" +"For more info about SSSD settings, check the man page of <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Αν η αυθεντικοποίηση μέσω Kerberos πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί, καθορίστε το " -"realm και την Διεύθυνση KDC.\n" -"Καθορίστε αν τα στοιχεία του χρήστη πρέπει να αποθηκευτούν στην τοπική " -"λανθάνουσα μνήμη επιλέγοντας την Αυθεντικοποίηση SSSD χωρίς σύνδεση</" -"b>.\n" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες για τις ρυθμίσεις των SSSD, κοιτάξτε την σελίδα " -"man του <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" +"Αν η αυθεντικοποίηση μέσω Kerberos πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί, καθορίστε το realm και την Διεύθυνση KDC.\n" +"Καθορίστε αν τα στοιχεία του χρήστη πρέπει να αποθηκευτούν στην τοπική λανθάνουσα μνήμη επιλέγοντας την Αυθεντικοποίηση SSSD χωρίς σύνδεση.\n" +"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες για τις ρυθμίσεις των SSSD, κοιτάξτε την σελίδα man του <tt>sssd.conf</tt>.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1023 msgid "" -"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of " -"the\n" -"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation " -"of its values." +"Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the\n" +"<tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for an explanation of its values." msgstr "" -"To Πρωτόκολλο Αλλαγής Συνθηματικού αναφέρεται στην ιδιότητα " -"pam_password\n" -"του αρχείου <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Δείτε τις οδηγίες <tt>man pam_ldap</" -"tt>\n" +"To Πρωτόκολλο Αλλαγής Συνθηματικού αναφέρεται στην ιδιότητα pam_password\n" +"του αρχείου <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt>. Δείτε τις οδηγίες <tt>man pam_ldap</tt>\n" "για την σημασία των τιμών της." # help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name @@ -623,14 +547,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1034 msgid "" "If secure connection requires certificate checking, specify where your\n" -"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing " -"certificates\n" +"certificate file is located. Enter either a directory containing certificates\n" "or the explicit path to one certificate file." msgstr "" -"Αν η ασφαλής σύνδεση απαιτεί έλεγχο πιστοποιητικού, καθορίστε που " -"βρίσκεται\n" -"το αρχείο πιστοποιητικού. Εισάγετε είτε ένα κατάλογο που περιέχει " -"πιστοποιητικά\n" +"Αν η ασφαλής σύνδεση απαιτεί έλεγχο πιστοποιητικού, καθορίστε που βρίσκεται\n" +"το αρχείο πιστοποιητικού. Εισάγετε είτε ένα κατάλογο που περιέχει πιστοποιητικά\n" "ή την ακριβή διαδρομή του πιστοποιητικού αρχείου." # help text caption 2 @@ -656,58 +577,42 @@ msgid "" "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" "Administrator DN.\n" -"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) " -"or \n" -"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -"appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +"You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or \n" +"the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να έχετε πρόσβαση στα δεδομένα που είναι αποθηκευμένα στον " -"εξυπηρετητή, εισάγετε το\n" +"Για να έχετε πρόσβαση στα δεδομένα που είναι αποθηκευμένα στον εξυπηρετητή, εισάγετε το\n" "DN Διαχειριστή\n" -"Μπορείτε να εισάγετε πλήρες DN (για παράδειγμα cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -"dc=com) ή\n" -"το σχετικό DN (για παράδειγμα, cn=Administrator). Η Βάση DN του LDAP " -"προστίθεται αυτόματα εάν είναι επιλεγμένη η κατάλληλη ρύθμιση.\n" +"Μπορείτε να εισάγετε πλήρες DN (για παράδειγμα cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) ή\n" +"το σχετικό DN (για παράδειγμα, cn=Administrator). Η Βάση DN του LDAP προστίθεται αυτόματα εάν είναι επιλεγμένη η κατάλληλη ρύθμιση.\n" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1057 msgid "" "To create the default configuration objects for LDAP users and groups,\n" -"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only " -"created when they do not already exist.\n" +"check Create Default Configuration Objects. The objects are only created when they do not already exist.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να δημιουργήσετε τα αντικείμενα προεπιλεγμένης ρύθμισης για τους " -"χρήστες και τις ομάδες LDAP,\n" -"ελέγξτε το Δημιουργία Αντικειμένων Προεπιλεγμένης Ρύθμισης. Τα " -"αντικείμενα θα δημιουργηθούν μόνο όταν δεν υπάρχουν ήδη.\n" +"Για να δημιουργήσετε τα αντικείμενα προεπιλεγμένης ρύθμισης για τους χρήστες και τις ομάδες LDAP,\n" +"ελέγξτε το Δημιουργία Αντικειμένων Προεπιλεγμένης Ρύθμισης. Τα αντικείμενα θα δημιουργηθούν μόνο όταν δεν υπάρχουν ήδη.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1061 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Πατήστε Ρύθμιση για να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις που είναι " -"αποθηκευμένες στον\n" -"διακομιστή LDAP. Θα ερωτηθείτε για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης αν δεν είστε " -"συνδεδεμένοι ήδη ή\n" +"Πατήστε Ρύθμιση για να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις που είναι αποθηκευμένες στον\n" +"διακομιστή LDAP. Θα ερωτηθείτε για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης αν δεν είστε συνδεδεμένοι ήδη ή\n" "έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις σας.\n" #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1068 msgid "" -"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if " -"they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and " -"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" +"Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users or groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +"set to the ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base and ldap_autofs_search_base attributes in /etc/sssd/sssd.conf file.\n" msgstr "" -"Καθορίστε τις βάσεις αναζήτησης για χρήση σε συγκεκριμένους χάρτες " -"(χρήστες ή ομάδες) εάν είναι διαφορετικές από την βασική DN. Αυτές οι τιμές " -"είναι\n" -"ορισμένες σε ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base και " -"ldap_autofs_search_base attributes στο αρχείο /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" +"Καθορίστε τις βάσεις αναζήτησης για χρήση σε συγκεκριμένους χάρτες (χρήστες ή ομάδες) εάν είναι διαφορετικές από την βασική DN. Αυτές οι τιμές είναι\n" +"ορισμένες σε ldap_user_search_base, ldap_group_search_base και ldap_autofs_search_base attributes στο αρχείο /etc/sssd/sssd.conf.\n" #. tab label #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1142 @@ -858,8 +763,7 @@ "Edit the template attribute values with Edit.\n" "Changing the cn value renames the template.\n" msgstr "" -"Επεξεργασία των τιμών του χαρακτηριστικού προτύπου με επεξεργασία</" -"b>.\n" +"Επεξεργασία των τιμών του χαρακτηριστικού προτύπου με επεξεργασία.\n" "Αλλάζοντας την τιμή cn μετονομάζεται και το πρότυπο.\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -869,10 +773,8 @@ "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values, editing or\n" "removing current ones.\n" msgstr "" -"Ο δεύτερος πίνακας περιέχει μια λίστα με τις προεπιλεγμένες τιμές, " -"που χρησιμοποιούνται\n" -"για τα νέα αντικείμενα. Τροποποιήστε τη λίστα προσθέτοντας νέες τιμές, " -"επεξεργαστείτε\n" +"Ο δεύτερος πίνακας περιέχει μια λίστα με τις προεπιλεγμένες τιμές, που χρησιμοποιούνται\n" +"για τα νέα αντικείμενα. Τροποποιήστε τη λίστα προσθέτοντας νέες τιμές, επεξεργαστείτε\n" "ή αφαιρέστε τις τρέχουσες.\n" #. table header 1/2 @@ -935,8 +837,7 @@ #. helptext 1/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1886 msgid "Manage the configuration stored in the LDAP directory." -msgstr "" -"Διαχείριση ρυθμίσεων που είναι αποθηκευμένες στον κατάλογο LDAP." +msgstr "Διαχείριση ρυθμίσεων που είναι αποθηκευμένες στον κατάλογο LDAP." #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1890 @@ -955,14 +856,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap/ui.rb:1897 msgid "" "Edit the values of attributes in the table with Edit.\n" -"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value " -"renames the\n" +"Some values have special meanings, for example, changing the cn value renames the\n" "current module.\n" msgstr "" -"Επεξεργαστείτε τις τιμές των χαρακτηριστικών στον πίνακα με " -"Επεξεργασία.\n" -"Μερικές τιμές έχουν ειδικό νόημα, για παράδειγμα, αλλάζοντας την τιμή cn</" -"b> μετονομάζεται\n" +"Επεξεργαστείτε τις τιμές των χαρακτηριστικών στον πίνακα με Επεξεργασία.\n" +"Μερικές τιμές έχουν ειδικό νόημα, για παράδειγμα, αλλάζοντας την τιμή cn μετονομάζεται\n" "η τρέχουσα μονάδα.\n" #. helptext 4/4 @@ -1013,15 +911,8 @@ #~ msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." #~ msgstr "Πλοήγηση του δέντρου LDAP στο αριστερό μέρος του διαλόγου." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the " -#~ "object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected " -#~ "attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μόλις το αντικείμενο LDAP είναι επιλεγμένο στο δέντρο, ο πίνακας " -#~ "δείχνει τα δεδομένα αντικειμένου. Χρησιμοποιήστε το Επεξεργασία " -#~ "για να αλλάξετε την τιμή της επιλεγμένης ρύθμισης. Χρησιμοποιήστε " -#~ "Αποθήκευση για να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές σας στο LDAP." +#~ msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Μόλις το αντικείμενο LDAP είναι επιλεγμένο στο δέντρο, ο πίνακας δείχνει τα δεδομένα αντικειμένου. Χρησιμοποιήστε το Επεξεργασία για να αλλάξετε την τιμή της επιλεγμένης ρύθμισης. Χρησιμοποιήστε Αποθήκευση για να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές σας στο LDAP." #~ msgid "" #~ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" @@ -1068,12 +959,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -#~ "Certificate is valid." +#~ "Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Αποτυχία καθιέρωσης κρυπτογράφησης TLS.\n" -#~ "Επαληθεύστε ότι το σωστό Πιστοποιητικό CA είναι εγκατεστημένο και το " -#~ "Πιστοποιητικό Διακομιστή είναι έγκυρο." +#~ "Επαληθεύστε ότι το σωστό Πιστοποιητικό CA είναι εγκατεστημένο και το Πιστοποιητικό Διακομιστή είναι έγκυρο." #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" @@ -1150,8 +1039,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά τη σύνδεση στο διακομιστή LDAP." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την ανάγνωση δεδομένων από τον διακομιστή LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την ανάγνωση δεδομένων από τον διακομιστή LDAP." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." #~ msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την εγγραφή χρηστών LDAP." @@ -1160,13 +1048,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την εγγραφή ομάδων LDAP." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την εγγραφή δεδομένων στον εξυπηρετητή LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την εγγραφή δεδομένων στον εξυπηρετητή LDAP." #~ msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρουσιάστηκε πρόβλημα κατά την ανάγνωση του σχήματος από τον διακομιστή " -#~ "LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε πρόβλημα κατά την ανάγνωση του σχήματος από τον διακομιστή LDAP." #~ msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." #~ msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε ένα άγνωστο σφάλμα LDAP." @@ -1186,8 +1071,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Retry connection without TLS/SSL?\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μία πιθανή αιτία για την αποτυχία της σύνδεσης μπορεί να είναι ότι ο " -#~ "πελάτης σας είναι\n" +#~ "Μία πιθανή αιτία για την αποτυχία της σύνδεσης μπορεί να είναι ότι ο πελάτης σας είναι\n" #~ "ρυθμισμένος για TLS/SSL αλλά ο διακομιστή δεν το υποστηρίζει.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Να ξαναγίνει προσπάθεια σύνδεσης χωρίς TLS/SSL;\n" @@ -1214,8 +1098,7 @@ #~ "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" #~ "Select another one.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ένα αντικείμενο με το επιλεγμένο DN υπάρχει, αλλά δεν είναι πρότυπο " -#~ "αντικείμενο.\n" +#~ "Ένα αντικείμενο με το επιλεγμένο DN υπάρχει, αλλά δεν είναι πρότυπο αντικείμενο.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Επιλέξτε κάποιο άλλο;\n" @@ -1264,20 +1147,15 @@ #~ "If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" #~ "with Add Value. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" #~ "possible values to use for the current attribute.\n" -#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name " -#~ "(DN),\n" +#~ "If the value of the edited attribute should be a distinguished name (DN),\n" #~ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν το χαρακτηριστικό μπορεί να έχει περισσότερες τιμές, μπορείτε να " -#~ "προσθέσετε νέες καταχωρήσεις\n" -#~ "με τοΠροσθήκη Τιμής. Μερικές φορές το κουμπί περιέχει τη λίστα " -#~ "των\n" +#~ "Αν το χαρακτηριστικό μπορεί να έχει περισσότερες τιμές, μπορείτε να προσθέσετε νέες καταχωρήσεις\n" +#~ "με τοΠροσθήκη Τιμής. Μερικές φορές το κουμπί περιέχει τη λίστα των\n" #~ "πιθανών τιμών για να τις χρησιμοποιήσετε στο τρέχων χαρακτηριστικό.\n" -#~ "Εάν η τιμή του ρυθμισμένου χαρακτηριστικού πρέπει να είναι διακριτό όνομα " -#~ "(DN),\n" -#~ "είναι δυνατό να το επιλέξετε από το δέντρο LDAP χρησιμοποιώντας το " -#~ "Περιήγηση.\n" +#~ "Εάν η τιμή του ρυθμισμένου χαρακτηριστικού πρέπει να είναι διακριτό όνομα (DN),\n" +#~ "είναι δυνατό να το επιλέξετε από το δέντρο LDAP χρησιμοποιώντας το Περιήγηση.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " @@ -1326,28 +1204,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -#~ "when\n" +#~ "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" #~ "the new object is created.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Εδώ, ορίστε τις τιμές των χαρακτηριστικών που ανήκουν\n" -#~ "σε ένα αντικείμενο χρησιμοποιώντας το τρέχων πρότυπο. Τέτοιες τιμές " -#~ "χρησιμοποιούνται ως προεπιλογή όταν\n" +#~ "σε ένα αντικείμενο χρησιμοποιώντας το τρέχων πρότυπο. Τέτοιες τιμές χρησιμοποιούνται ως προεπιλογή όταν\n" #~ "το νέο αντικείμενο δημιουργείται.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -#~ "replaced\n" -#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid" -#~ "\"\n" +#~ "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" +#~ "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ειδική σύνταξη για να δημιουργήσετε τιμές " -#~ "χαρακτηριστικών\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ειδική σύνταξη για να δημιουργήσετε τιμές χαρακτηριστικών\n" #~ "για υπάρχοντα. Η έκφραση %attr_name θα αντικατασταθεί\n" -#~ "με την τιμή του χαρακτηριστικού \"attr_name\" (για παράδειγμα, " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήστε \"/home/%uid\"\n" +#~ "με την τιμή του χαρακτηριστικού \"attr_name\" (για παράδειγμα, χρησιμοποιήστε \"/home/%uid\"\n" #~ "ως τιμή του \"homeDirectory\").\n" #~ msgid "Attribute &Name" @@ -1366,144 +1238,54 @@ #~ msgstr "Υπήρξε πρόβλημα κατά την εγγραφή των ομάδων LDAP." #~ msgid "There was a problem with writing data to the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Υπήρξε κάποιο πρόβλημα με την εγγραφή των δεδομένων στον διακομιστή LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Υπήρξε κάποιο πρόβλημα με την εγγραφή των δεδομένων στον διακομιστή LDAP." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging " -#~ "Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password " -#~ "policy groups of attributes to configure." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε τις καρτέλες Πολιτικές Αλλαγής Κωδικού Πρόσβασης, " -#~ "Πολιτική Αντίδρασης Κωδικού Πρόσβασης, και Πολιτική " -#~ "Κλειδώματος για να επιλέξετε τις ομάδες πολιτικής κωδικού πρόσβασης " -#~ "του LDAP των χαρακτηριστικών προς ρύθμιση." +#~ msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +#~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε τις καρτέλες Πολιτικές Αλλαγής Κωδικού Πρόσβασης, Πολιτική Αντίδρασης Κωδικού Πρόσβασης, και Πολιτική Κλειδώματος για να επιλέξετε τις ομάδες πολιτικής κωδικού πρόσβασης του LDAP των χαρακτηριστικών προς ρύθμιση." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to " -#~ "set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords " -#~ "may not be used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Προσδιορίστε το Μέγιστο Αριθμό των Αποθηκευμένων Κωδικών στο " -#~ "Ιστορικό για να ορίσετε πόσοι προηγούμενοι κωδικοί θα πρέπει να " -#~ "αποθηκευτούν. Οι αποθηκευμένοι κωδικοί μπορεί να μην χρησιμοποιηθούν." +#~ msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +#~ msgstr "Προσδιορίστε το Μέγιστο Αριθμό των Αποθηκευμένων Κωδικών στο Ιστορικό για να ορίσετε πόσοι προηγούμενοι κωδικοί θα πρέπει να αποθηκευτούν. Οι αποθηκευμένοι κωδικοί μπορεί να μην χρησιμοποιηθούν." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -#~ "change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -#~ "administrator." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε το Ο Χρήστης Πρέπει να Αλλάξει τον Κωδικό του μετά την " -#~ "Επαναφορά για να αναγκάσετε τους χρήστες να αλλάζουν τον κωδικό " -#~ "πρόσβασής τους μετά την επαναφορά ή την αλλαγή του από τον διαχειριστή.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +#~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε το Ο Χρήστης Πρέπει να Αλλάξει τον Κωδικό του μετά την Επαναφορά για να αναγκάσετε τους χρήστες να αλλάζουν τον κωδικό πρόσβασής τους μετά την επαναφορά ή την αλλαγή του από τον διαχειριστή." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -#~ "passwords." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε το Ο Χρήστης Μπορεί Να Αλλάξει Τον Κωδικό για να " -#~ "επιτρέπει στους χρήστες να αλλάξουν τον κωδικό πρόσβασής τους." +#~ msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +#~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε το Ο Χρήστης Μπορεί Να Αλλάξει Τον Κωδικό για να επιτρέπει στους χρήστες να αλλάξουν τον κωδικό πρόσβασής τους." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -#~ "check Old Password Required for Password Change." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν ο υπάρχων κωδικός πρόσβασης πρέπει να παρέχεται μαζί με τον νέο, " -#~ "επιιλέξτε το Ο Παλαιός Κωδικός Πρόσβασης Απαιτείται για την Αλλαγή " -#~ "Του." +#~ msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +#~ msgstr "Αν ο υπάρχων κωδικός πρόσβασης πρέπει να παρέχεται μαζί με τον νέο, επιιλέξτε το Ο Παλαιός Κωδικός Πρόσβασης Απαιτείται για την Αλλαγή Του." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -#~ "are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not " -#~ "be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords " -#~ "are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the " -#~ "user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked " -#~ "Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the " -#~ "password cannot be checked." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε εάν η ποιότητα του κωδικού πρόσβασης θα πρέπει να " -#~ "επιβεβαιώνεται καθόσο οι κωδικοί τροποποιούνται ή προστίθενται. Επιλέξτε " -#~ "το Χωρίς Έλεγχο αν οι κωδικοί πρόσβασης δεν θα πρέπει να " -#~ "ελέγχονται καθόλου.. Με το Αποδοχή Απαράδεκτων Κωδικών Πρόσβασης, " -#~ "οι κωδικοί πρόσβασης είναι αποδεκτοί ακόμα και αν ο έλεγχος δεν μπορεί να " -#~ "πραγματοποιηθεί, για παράδειγμα αν ο χρήστης έχει δώσει ένα " -#~ "κρυπτογραφημένο κωδικό. Με το Αποδοχή Μόνο Ελεγμένων Κωδικών " -#~ "Πρόσβασης οι κωδικοί απορρίπτονται εάν δεν περάσουν τη δοκιμή " -#~ "ποιότητας ή ο κωδικός πρόσβασης δεν μπορεί να ελεγχθεί." +#~ msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +#~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε εάν η ποιότητα του κωδικού πρόσβασης θα πρέπει να επιβεβαιώνεται καθόσο οι κωδικοί τροποποιούνται ή προστίθενται. Επιλέξτε το Χωρίς Έλεγχο αν οι κωδικοί πρόσβασης δεν θα πρέπει να ελέγχονται καθόλου.. Με το Αποδοχή Απαράδεκτων Κωδικών Πρόσβασης, οι κωδικοί πρόσβασης είναι αποδεκτοί ακόμα και αν ο έλεγχος δεν μπορεί να πραγματοποιηθεί, για παράδειγμα αν ο χρήστης έχει δώσει ένα κρυπτογραφημένο κωδικό. Με το Αποδοχή Μόνο Ελεγμένων Κωδικών Πρόσβασης οι κωδικοί απορρίπτονται εάν δεν περάσουν τη δοκιμή ποιότητας ή ο κωδικός πρόσβασης δεν μπορεί να ελεγχθεί." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -#~ "Minimum Password Length." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ορίστε τον ελάχιστο αριθμό χαρακτήρων που θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθούν σε " -#~ "έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης στο Ελάχιστο Μήκος Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." +#~ msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +#~ msgstr "Ορίστε τον ελάχιστο αριθμό χαρακτήρων που θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθούν σε έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης στο Ελάχιστο Μήκος Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -#~ "modifications to the password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το Ελάχιστη Ηλικία Κωδικού Πρόσβασης ορίζει πόσος χρόνος πρέπει " -#~ "να περάσει από την τελευταία αλλαγή του κωδικού πρόσβασης." +#~ msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +#~ msgstr "Το Ελάχιστη Ηλικία Κωδικού Πρόσβασης ορίζει πόσος χρόνος πρέπει να περάσει από την τελευταία αλλαγή του κωδικού πρόσβασης." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a " -#~ "password expires." +#~ msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Η Μέγιστη Διάρκεια Κωδικού ορίζει τον μέγιστο\n" #~ "χρόνο όπου ο κωδικός θα πρέπει να αλλάξει." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how " -#~ "long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning " -#~ "messages should be given to an authenticating user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Στο Χρόνος πριν την Προειδοποίηση της λήξης του Κωδικού Πρόσβασης</" -#~ "b> ορίζετε πόσο χρόνο πριν τη λήξη ενός κωδικού πρόσβασης θα δοθεί μια " -#~ "προειδοποίηση στον πιστοποιημένο χρήστη." +#~ msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +#~ msgstr "Στο Χρόνος πριν την Προειδοποίηση της λήξης του Κωδικού Πρόσβασης ορίζετε πόσο χρόνο πριν τη λήξη ενός κωδικού πρόσβασης θα δοθεί μια προειδοποίηση στον πιστοποιημένο χρήστη." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to " -#~ "authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ορίστε τον αριθμό των φορών που ένας ληγμένος κωδικός πρόσβασης μπορεί " -#~ "να χρησιμοποιηθεί για πιστοποίηση στο Επιτρεπόμενες Χρήσεις ενός " -#~ "ληγμένου Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." +#~ msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +#~ msgstr "Ορίστε τον αριθμό των φορών που ένας ληγμένος κωδικός πρόσβασης μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για πιστοποίηση στο Επιτρεπόμενες Χρήσεις ενός ληγμένου Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after " -#~ "a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε το Ενεργοποίηση Κλειδώματος Κωδικού Πρόσβασης για να " -#~ "απαγορέψετε τη χρήση ενός κωδικού μετά απο συγκεκριμένο αριθμό " -#~ "αποτυχημένων συνδέσεων." +#~ msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +#~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε το Ενεργοποίηση Κλειδώματος Κωδικού Πρόσβασης για να απαγορέψετε τη χρήση ενός κωδικού μετά απο συγκεκριμένο αριθμό αποτυχημένων συνδέσεων." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -#~ "password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -#~ "Password." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ορίστε τον αριθμό των συνεχόμενων αποτυχημένων προσπαθειών σύνδεσης " -#~ "μετά από τους οποίους ο κωδικός δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για " -#~ "πιστοποίηση, στο Αποτυχίες Σύνδεσης για Κλείδωμα του Κωδικού " -#~ "Πρόσβασης." +#~ msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +#~ msgstr "Ορίστε τον αριθμό των συνεχόμενων αποτυχημένων προσπαθειών σύνδεσης μετά από τους οποίους ο κωδικός δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για πιστοποίηση, στο Αποτυχίες Σύνδεσης για Κλείδωμα του Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration</" -#~ "b>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ορίστε για πόσο χρόνο ο κωδικός πρόσβασης δεν θα μπορεί να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιηθεί στο Διάρκεια Κλειδώματος Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." +#~ msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +#~ msgstr "Ορίστε για πόσο χρόνο ο κωδικός πρόσβασης δεν θα μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί στο Διάρκεια Κλειδώματος Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -#~ "failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -#~ "authentication has occurred." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το Διάρκεια Συνδέσεων Σφαλμάτων Μνήμης Cache ορίζει πόσο χρόνο " -#~ "προτού τα σφάλματα του κωδικού πρόσβασης καθαρίζουν από τον μετρητή " -#~ "σφαλμάτων ακόμα και όταν δεν έχει πραγματοποιηθεί επιτυχής πιστοποίηση.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +#~ msgstr "Το Διάρκεια Συνδέσεων Σφαλμάτων Μνήμης Cache ορίζει πόσο χρόνο προτού τα σφάλματα του κωδικού πρόσβασης καθαρίζουν από τον μετρητή σφαλμάτων ακόμα και όταν δεν έχει πραγματοποιηθεί επιτυχής πιστοποίηση." #~ msgid "&Password Change Policies" #~ msgstr "Πολιτική Αλλαγής Κωδικού &Πρόσβασης" @@ -1525,8 +1307,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Ο Χρήστης Μπορεί να Αλλάξει το Συνθηματικό" #~ msgid "&Old Password Required for Password Change" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Ο Παλαιός Κωδικός Πρόσβασης Απαιτείται για Αλλαγή Κωδικού Πρόσβασης" +#~ msgstr "&Ο Παλαιός Κωδικός Πρόσβασης Απαιτείται για Αλλαγή Κωδικού Πρόσβασης" #~ msgid "Password Quality Checking" #~ msgstr "Έλεγχος Ποιότητας Κωδικού" @@ -1591,14 +1372,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Some LDAP servers support StartTLS (RFC2830).\n" -#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/" -#~ "SSL\n" -#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA " -#~ "certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" +#~ "If your server supports it and it is configured, activate LDAP TLS/SSL\n" +#~ "to encrypt your communication with the LDAP server. You may download CA certificate file in PEM format from given URL.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Μερικοί διακομιστές LDAP υποστηρίζουν StartTLS [RFC2830].\n" -#~ "Εάν ο διακομιστής σας το υποστηρίζει και είναι ρυθμισμένος, ενεργοποιήστε " -#~ "το LDAP TLS/SSL για να \n" +#~ "Εάν ο διακομιστής σας το υποστηρίζει και είναι ρυθμισμένος, ενεργοποιήστε το LDAP TLS/SSL για να \n" #~ "κρυπτογραφήσετε την επικοινωνία σας με τον διακομιστή LDAP.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1616,13 +1394,10 @@ #~ "If it is not installed and you want to use it, it is installed\n" #~ "automatically.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο αυτόματος προσαρτητής (Automounter) είναι ένας δαίμονας όπου " -#~ "προσαρτεί καταλόγους αυτόματα,\n" -#~ "όπως καταλόγους χρηστών.Υποθέτουμε ότι τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων (auto.*) " -#~ "υπάρχουν ήδη,\n" +#~ "Ο αυτόματος προσαρτητής (Automounter) είναι ένας δαίμονας όπου προσαρτεί καταλόγους αυτόματα,\n" +#~ "όπως καταλόγους χρηστών.Υποθέτουμε ότι τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων (auto.*) υπάρχουν ήδη,\n" #~ "είτε τοπικά είτε μέσω LDAP. \n" -#~ "Αν δεν είναι εγκατεστημένος και θέλετε να τον χρησιμοποιήσετε, θα " -#~ "εγκατασταθεί\n" +#~ "Αν δεν είναι εγκατεστημένος και θέλετε να τον χρησιμοποιήσετε, θα εγκατασταθεί\n" #~ "αυτόματα.\n" #~ msgid "Do N&ot Use LDAP" @@ -1653,38 +1428,19 @@ #~ "έχει αντιγραφεί στον κατάλογο '%2'" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, " -#~ "and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" -#~ "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group " -#~ "attributes\n" +#~ "Specify the search bases to use for specific maps (users, passwords, and groups) if they are different from the base DN. These values are\n" +#~ "set to the nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow, and nss_base_group attributes\n" #~ "in /etc/ldap.conf file.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Καθορίστε τις βάσεις έρευνας που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν για συγκεκριμένους " -#~ "χάρτες (χρήστες, συνθηματικά και ομάδες) εαν είναι διαφορετικά από τη " -#~ "βάση DN. Αυτές οι τιμές είναι\n" -#~ "ορισμένες στις ιδιότητες nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow και " -#~ "nss_base_group\n" +#~ "Καθορίστε τις βάσεις έρευνας που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν για συγκεκριμένους χάρτες (χρήστες, συνθηματικά και ομάδες) εαν είναι διαφορετικά από τη βάση DN. Αυτές οι τιμές είναι\n" +#~ "ορισμένες στις ιδιότητες nss_base_passwd, nss_base_shadow και nss_base_group\n" #~ "στο αρχείο /etc/ldap.conf.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute " -#~ "of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the " -#~ "meaning of its values." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "To Πρωτόκολλο Αλλαγής Συνθηματικού αναφέρεται στην ιδιότητα " -#~ "pam_password του αρχείου /etc/ldap.conf. Δείτε <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> για " -#~ "την σημασία των τιμών της." +#~ msgid "Password Change Protocol refers to the pam_password attribute of the <tt>/etc/ldap.conf</tt> file. See <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> for the meaning of its values." +#~ msgstr "To Πρωτόκολλο Αλλαγής Συνθηματικού αναφέρεται στην ιδιότητα pam_password του αρχείου /etc/ldap.conf. Δείτε <tt>man pam_ldap</tt> για την σημασία των τιμών της." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify " -#~ "where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either " -#~ "directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν η ασφαλής σύνδεση απαιτεί έλεγχο πιστοποιητικού, μπορείτε να " -#~ "ορίσετε που βρίσκετε το αρχείο πιστοποιητικού. Μπορείτε επίσης να ορίσετε " -#~ "ένα κατάλογομε πιστοποιητικά, ή την ακριβής διαδρόμη του πιστοποιητικού " -#~ "αρχείου. " +#~ msgid "If secure connection requires certificate checking, you may specify where is your certificate file located. It is possible to enter either directory with certificates, or the explicit path to one certificate file." +#~ msgstr "Αν η ασφαλής σύνδεση απαιτεί έλεγχο πιστοποιητικού, μπορείτε να ορίσετε που βρίσκετε το αρχείο πιστοποιητικού. Μπορείτε επίσης να ορίσετε ένα κατάλογομε πιστοποιητικά, ή την ακριβής διαδρόμη του πιστοποιητικού αρχείου. " #~ msgid "" #~ "Normally, the LDAP version 3 protocol is used. If you have\n" @@ -1697,49 +1453,36 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "First, set Configuration Base DN.\n" -#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the " -#~ "LDAP\n" +#~ "It is the base for storing your configuration data, which is saved on the LDAP\n" #~ "server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Πρώτα, ορίστε το Βάση Ρυθμίσεων DN.\n" -#~ "Είναι η βάση για την αποθήκευση των δεδομένων των ρυθμίσεων, τα οποία " -#~ "αποθηκεύονται στον διακομιστή\n" +#~ "Είναι η βάση για την αποθήκευση των δεδομένων των ρυθμίσεων, τα οποία αποθηκεύονται στον διακομιστή\n" #~ "LDAP.\n" # help text 2/3 #~ msgid "" #~ "To access the data stored on the server, enter the\n" #~ "Administrator DN.\n" -#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain," -#~ "dc=com) or just\n" -#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is " -#~ "appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" +#~ "You can enter the full DN (for example, cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) or just\n" +#~ "the relative DN (for example, cn=Administrator). The LDAP base DN is appended automatically if the appropriate option is checked.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να έχετε πρόσβαση στα δεδομένα που είναι αποθηκευμένα στον " -#~ "διακομιστή, εισάγετε το\n" +#~ "Για να έχετε πρόσβαση στα δεδομένα που είναι αποθηκευμένα στον διακομιστή, εισάγετε το\n" #~ "DN Διαχειριστή\n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να εισάγετε πλήρες DN (για παράδειγμα cn=Administrator," -#~ "dc=mydomain,dc=com) ή απλά το σχετικό DN (για παράδειγμα, " -#~ "cn=Administrator). Η Βάση DN του LDAP προστίθεται αυτόματα εαν είναι " -#~ "επιλεγμένη η κατάλληλη ρύθμιση.\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να εισάγετε πλήρες DN (για παράδειγμα cn=Administrator,dc=mydomain,dc=com) ή απλά το σχετικό DN (για παράδειγμα, cn=Administrator). Η Βάση DN του LDAP προστίθεται αυτόματα εαν είναι επιλεγμένη η κατάλληλη ρύθμιση.\n" #~ msgid "Home Directories" #~ msgstr "Αρχικοί Κατάλογοι" #~ msgid "" #~ "If home directories of users should be stored on this machine,\n" -#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any " -#~ "direct\n" -#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can " -#~ "manage\n" +#~ "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" +#~ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" #~ "user home directories.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εαν οι προσωπικοί κατάλογοι των χρηστών είναι αποθηκευμένοι για αυτό " -#~ "το μηχάνημα,\n" -#~ "επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη ρύθμιση. Αλλάζοντας αυτές τις τιμές δεν προκαλεί " -#~ "καμία απευθείας\n" -#~ "ενέργεια. Είναι απλά πληροφορίες για την μονάδα YaST Χρήστες , που " -#~ "διαχειρίζεται τους αρχικούς καταλόγους\n" +#~ "Εαν οι προσωπικοί κατάλογοι των χρηστών είναι αποθηκευμένοι για αυτό το μηχάνημα,\n" +#~ "επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη ρύθμιση. Αλλάζοντας αυτές τις τιμές δεν προκαλεί καμία απευθείας\n" +#~ "ενέργεια. Είναι απλά πληροφορίες για την μονάδα YaST Χρήστες , που διαχειρίζεται τους αρχικούς καταλόγους\n" #~ "των χρηστών.\n" # help text caption 1 @@ -1747,13 +1490,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Πολιτική Συνθηματικού" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add</" -#~ "b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +#~ "Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" #~ " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ρυθμίστε την επιλεγμένη Πολιτική Κωδικού Πρόσβασης με το " -#~ "Επεξεργασία. Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη για να προσθέσετε " -#~ "νέα Πολιτική Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." +#~ msgstr "Ρυθμίστε την επιλεγμένη Πολιτική Κωδικού Πρόσβασης με το Επεξεργασία. Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη για να προσθέσετε νέα Πολιτική Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." #~ msgid "&Password Map" #~ msgstr "Χάρτης &Συνθηματικού" @@ -1801,16 +1540,12 @@ #~ "for new objects. Modify the list by adding new values and editing or\n" #~ "removing current ones.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο δεύτερος πίνακας περιέχει μια λίστα με τις προεπιλεγμένες τιμές</" -#~ "b>, που χρησιμοποιείται\n" -#~ "για νέα αντικείμενα. Τροποποιήστε τη λίστα προσθέτοντας νέες τιμές και " -#~ "επεξεργάζοντας ή\n" +#~ "Ο δεύτερος πίνακας περιέχει μια λίστα με τις προεπιλεγμένες τιμές, που χρησιμοποιείται\n" +#~ "για νέα αντικείμενα. Τροποποιήστε τη λίστα προσθέτοντας νέες τιμές και επεξεργάζοντας ή\n" #~ "αφαιρώντας τις τρέχουσες.\n" #~ msgid "Here, manage the configuration stored in LDAP directory." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εδώ, διαχειριστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις που είναι αποθηκευμένες στον " -#~ "κατάλογο LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Εδώ, διαχειριστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις που είναι αποθηκευμένες στον κατάλογο LDAP." #~ msgid "" #~ "You currently have configuration modules\n" @@ -1831,12 +1566,8 @@ #~ msgid "Br&owse" #~ msgstr "Πλ&οήγηση" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Edit attributes of the selected LDAP object in the Entry Data " -#~ "tab." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επεξεργασία ιδιοτήτων του επιλεγμένου αντικειμένου LDAP στην καρτέλα " -#~ "Καταχώρηση Δεδομένων." +#~ msgid "Edit attributes of the selected LDAP object in the Entry Data tab." +#~ msgstr "Επεξεργασία ιδιοτήτων του επιλεγμένου αντικειμένου LDAP στην καρτέλα Καταχώρηση Δεδομένων." #~ msgid "LDAP &Tree" #~ msgstr "&Δέντρο LDAP" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/ldap-server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/ldap-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/ldap-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -100,9 +100,7 @@ #: src/clients/ldap-server.rb:209 msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled" -msgstr "" -"Η βάση δεδομένων δεν μπορεί να δημιουργηθεί όταν η υπηρεσία δεν είναι " -"ενεργοποιημένη" +msgstr "Η βάση δεδομένων δεν μπορεί να δημιουργηθεί όταν η υπηρεσία δεν είναι ενεργοποιημένη" #. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db); #: src/clients/ldap-server.rb:219 @@ -113,12 +111,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:58 #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:228 -msgid "" -"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings " -"later in the installed system." -msgstr "" -"Η βάση δεδομένων LDAP έχει δημιουργηθεί. Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις " -"αργότερα στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." +msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system." +msgstr "Η βάση δεδομένων LDAP έχει δημιουργηθεί. Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις αργότερα στο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:101 @@ -130,12 +124,8 @@ msgstr "[χειροκίνητη ρύθμιση]" #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to " -"continue." -msgstr "" -"Αδύνατη η λήψη του συνθηματικού του διαχειριστή συστήματος. Καθορίστε το " -"συνθηματικό για τον διακομιστή LDAP για να συνεχίσετε." +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." +msgstr "Αδύνατη η λήψη του συνθηματικού του διαχειριστή συστήματος. Καθορίστε το συνθηματικό για τον διακομιστή LDAP για να συνεχίσετε." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:112 msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:" @@ -229,20 +219,15 @@ "χωρίς την εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων πακέτων." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:309 -msgid "" -"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has " -"finished." -msgstr "" -"Η ρύθμιση του αναδιπλασιασμού OpenLDAP απέτυχε. Επαναρυθμίστε αφού τελειώσει " -"η εγκατάσταση." +msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." +msgstr "Η ρύθμιση του αναδιπλασιασμού OpenLDAP απέτυχε. Επαναρυθμίστε αφού τελειώσει η εγκατάσταση." #: src/clients/ldap-server_proposal.rb:344 msgid "" "OpenLDAP Server: Common server certificate not available.\n" "StartTLS is disabled." msgstr "" -"Εξυπηρετητής OpenLDAP: Το συνήθες πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή δεν είναι " -"διαθέσιμο.\n" +"Εξυπηρετητής OpenLDAP: Το συνήθες πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή δεν είναι διαθέσιμο.\n" "Το StartTLS απενεργοποιημένο." #. Command line help text for the Xldap-server module @@ -257,16 +242,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:105 msgid "" -"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not " -"running.\n" -"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do " -"you \n" +"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n" +"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n" "want to create a new configuration from scratch?" msgstr "" -"Έχετε μια υπάρχουσα ρύθμιση, αλλά ο διακομιστής LDAP δεν τρέχει αυτή τη " -"στιγμή.\n" -"Θέλετε να ξεκινήσετε τον διακομιστή τώρα και να ξαναδιαβάσετε τα δεδομένα " -"ρυθμίσεων ή\n" +"Έχετε μια υπάρχουσα ρύθμιση, αλλά ο διακομιστής LDAP δεν τρέχει αυτή τη στιγμή.\n" +"Θέλετε να ξεκινήσετε τον διακομιστή τώρα και να ξαναδιαβάσετε τα δεδομένα ρυθμίσεων ή\n" "να δημιουργήσετε νέες ρυθμίσεις από την αρχή;" #: src/include/ldap-server/complex.rb:110 @@ -287,10 +268,8 @@ "database of OpenLDAP (back-config). Do you want to migrate your existing\n" "configuration to the configuration database?\n" msgstr "" -"Το σύστημά σας είναι ρυθμισμένο προς το παρόν ώστε να χρησιμοποιεί το αρχείο " -"ρυθμίσεων\n" -"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. Το YaST χρησιμοποιεί μόνο τη δυναμική βάση " -"δεδομένων\n" +"Το σύστημά σας είναι ρυθμισμένο προς το παρόν ώστε να χρησιμοποιεί το αρχείο ρυθμίσεων\n" +"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf. Το YaST χρησιμοποιεί μόνο τη δυναμική βάση δεδομένων\n" "ρυθμίσεων του OpenLDAP (back-config). Θέλετε να μεταφέρετε τις υπάρχουσες\n" "ρυθμίσεις σας στη βάση δεδομένων ρυθμίσεων;\n" @@ -348,12 +327,8 @@ msgstr "Ο διακομιστής LDAP δεν τρέχει." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:198 -msgid "" -"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want " -"to create a new configuration from scratch?" -msgstr "" -"Θέλετε να τον ξεκινήσετε τώρα για να ξαναδιαβάσετε τα δεδομένα ρυθμίσεων ή " -"θέλετε να δημιουργήσετε νέες ρυθμίσεις από την αρχή;" +msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "Θέλετε να τον ξεκινήσετε τώρα για να ξαναδιαβάσετε τα δεδομένα ρυθμίσεων ή θέλετε να δημιουργήσετε νέες ρυθμίσεις από την αρχή;" #. get helps page #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:226 @@ -382,9 +357,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server." -msgstr "" -"Όλα τα δεδομένα, συμπεριλαμβανομένων των ρυθμίσεων, αναπαράγονται από τον " -"απομακρυσμένο διακομιστή." +msgstr "Όλα τα δεδομένα, συμπεριλαμβανομένων των ρυθμίσεων, αναπαράγονται από τον απομακρυσμένο διακομιστή." #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:384 msgid "" @@ -396,8 +369,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Setting up a replication master is currently not possible." -msgstr "" -"Η ρύθμιση ενός κύριου διακομιστή αναπαραγωγής δεν είναι δυνατή προς το παρόν." +msgstr "Η ρύθμιση ενός κύριου διακομιστή αναπαραγωγής δεν είναι δυνατή προς το παρόν." #. tree widget headline #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:484 @@ -516,20 +488,15 @@ #. Doing these checks during installation will #. most probably fail #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider " -"server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Αποτυχία σύνδεσης με την βάση δεδομένων \"cn=config\" στο πάροχο " -"διακομιστή.\n" +msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Αποτυχία σύνδεσης με την βάση δεδομένων \"cn=config\" στο πάροχο διακομιστή.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:975 msgid "" "Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n" "\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιβεβαιώστε ότι ο πάροχος διακομιστής επιτρέπει απομακρυσμένες συνδέσεις " -"στη\n" +"Επιβεβαιώστε ότι ο πάροχος διακομιστής επιτρέπει απομακρυσμένες συνδέσεις στη\n" "βάση δεδομένων \"cn=config\" και ότι έχετε εισάγει το σωστό συνθηματικό.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:982 @@ -563,20 +530,13 @@ "λειτουργεί ήδη ως συσκευή αναπαραγωγής.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." -msgstr "" -"Εγκατάσταση κλιμακωτής αναπαραγωγής του cn=config δεν υποστηρίζεται προς το " -"παρόν." +msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported." +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση κλιμακωτής αναπαραγωγής του cn=config δεν υποστηρίζεται προς το παρόν." #. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication " -"configuration on the provider server failed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ο έλεγχος των στοιχείων αυθεντικοποίησης που έχουν οριστεί στη ρύθμιση " -"αναπαραγωγής στον πάροχο απέτυχε.\n" +msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n" +msgstr "Ο έλεγχος των στοιχείων αυθεντικοποίησης που έχουν οριστεί στη ρύθμιση αναπαραγωγής στον πάροχο απέτυχε.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998 @@ -598,21 +558,17 @@ "To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n" "to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να συμπεριφερθεί ως κύριος διακομιστής για την αναπαραγωγή, η βάση " -"δεδομένων ρυθμίσεων χρειάζεται\n" -"να είναι προσβάσιμη απομακρυσμένα. Πρέπει να θέσετε ένα συνθηματικό για τη " -"βάση δεδομένων ρυθμίσεων.\n" +"Για να συμπεριφερθεί ως κύριος διακομιστής για την αναπαραγωγή, η βάση δεδομένων ρυθμίσεων χρειάζεται\n" +"να είναι προσβάσιμη απομακρυσμένα. Πρέπει να θέσετε ένα συνθηματικό για τη βάση δεδομένων ρυθμίσεων.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1220 msgid "" "\n" -"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to " -"encrypted\n" +"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n" "LDAP Connections.)\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"(Η απομακρυσμένη πρόσβαση στην βάση δεδομένων ρυμίσεων θα περιοριστεί σε " -"κρυπτογραφημένες\n" +"(Η απομακρυσμένη πρόσβαση στην βάση δεδομένων ρυμίσεων θα περιοριστεί σε κρυπτογραφημένες\n" "συνδέσεις LDAP.)\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1227 @@ -628,8 +584,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/dialogs.rb:1238 msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)" -msgstr "" -"Προετοιμασία για αναπαραγωγή MirrorMode (παράγει το χαρακτηριστικό serverId)" +msgstr "Προετοιμασία για αναπαραγωγή MirrorMode (παράγει το χαρακτηριστικό serverId)" #. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:17 @@ -643,17 +598,12 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "Select Yes if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n" -"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be " -"started. Note:\n" -"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</" -"p>\n" +"part of the boot process. Select No if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n" +"After selecting No, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Ναι αν ο διακομιστής LDAP πρέπει να ξεκινήσει αυτόματα " -"ως \n" -"μέρος της διαδικάσίας εκκίνησης. Επιλέξτε Όχι αν ο διακομιστής LDAP " -"δεν πρέπει να αρχίσει. Σημείωση:\n" -"Αφού επιλέξετε Όχι, δεν μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη ρύθμιση του OpenLDAP." -"\n" +"Επιλέξτε Ναι αν ο διακομιστής LDAP πρέπει να ξεκινήσει αυτόματα ως \n" +"μέρος της διαδικάσίας εκκίνησης. Επιλέξτε Όχι αν ο διακομιστής LDAP δεν πρέπει να αρχίσει. Σημείωση:\n" +"Αφού επιλέξετε Όχι, δεν μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη ρύθμιση του OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:26 msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>" @@ -661,33 +611,23 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:27 msgid "Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP." -msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποίηση και απενεργοποίηση των διάφορων δεκτών πρωτοκόλλου του " -"OpenLDAP." +msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση και απενεργοποίηση των διάφορων δεκτών πρωτοκόλλου του OpenLDAP." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" -"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured " -"communication\n" -"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate " -"configured." +"LDAP is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n" +"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured." msgstr "" -"Το LDAP είναι η στάνταρ διεπαφή LDAP στην πόρτα 389. Επικοινωνία " -"ασφαλισμένη με TLS/SSL\n" -"είναι εφικτή με την λειτρουγία StartTLS όταν έχετε έναν διακομιστή " -"πιστοποιητικού ρυθμισμένο." +"Το LDAP είναι η στάνταρ διεπαφή LDAP στην πόρτα 389. Επικοινωνία ασφαλισμένη με TLS/SSL\n" +"είναι εφικτή με την λειτρουγία StartTLS όταν έχετε έναν διακομιστή πιστοποιητικού ρυθμισμένο." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:33 msgid "" -"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL " -"protected\n" -"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate " -"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" +"LDAPS enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n" +"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n" msgstr "" -"Το LDAPS ενεργοποιή την διεπαφή \"LDAP με SSL (ldaps)\" για " -"συνδέσεις προστατευμένες με SSL\n" -"στην πόρτα 636. Αυτό λειτουργεί μόνο αν έχετε έναν διακομιστή πιστοποιητικού " -"ρυθμισμένο (βλ. \"Γενικές Ρυθμίσεις\"/\"Ρυθμίσεις TLS\").\n" +"Το LDAPS ενεργοποιή την διεπαφή \"LDAP με SSL (ldaps)\" για συνδέσεις προστατευμένες με SSL\n" +"στην πόρτα 636. Αυτό λειτουργεί μόνο αν έχετε έναν διακομιστή πιστοποιητικού ρυθμισμένο (βλ. \"Γενικές Ρυθμίσεις\"/\"Ρυθμίσεις TLS\").\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" @@ -695,10 +635,8 @@ "LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n" "as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Το LDAPI ενεργοποιεί την διεπαφή \"LDAP μέσω IPC\" για την " -"πρόσβαση του\n" -"διακομιστή LDAP μέσω ενός Unix Domain Socket. Μην απενεργοποιείτε την " -"διεπαφή LDAPI \n" +"Το LDAPI ενεργοποιεί την διεπαφή \"LDAP μέσω IPC\" για την πρόσβαση του\n" +"διακομιστή LDAP μέσω ενός Unix Domain Socket. Μην απενεργοποιείτε την διεπαφή LDAPI \n" "μιας και το YaST τη χρησιμοποιεί για να επικοινωνεί με το διακομιστή.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:41 @@ -710,8 +648,7 @@ "Select whether SuSEFirewall should allow access on the LDAP-related\n" "network ports or not.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε αν το SuSEFirewall θα πρέπει να επιτρέπει πρόσβαση στις πόρτες " -"δικτύου\n" +"Επιλέξτε αν το SuSEFirewall θα πρέπει να επιτρέπει πρόσβαση στις πόρτες δικτύου\n" "σχετικές με LDAP ή όχι.\n" #. First part of the Add Database Widget @@ -721,20 +658,15 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is " -"a\n" -"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout " -"and\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" "bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε την Βάση δεδομένων από τα hbd και bdb.To " -"hbd είναι μία\n" -"παραλλαγή του παρασκηνίου bdb το οποίο χρησιμοποιεί ιεραρχική διάταξη " -"βάση δεδομένων και\n" -"υποστηρίζει μετονομασίες υποδέντρων. Κατά τ'άλλα είναι πανομοιώτυπο με το " -"bdb. Μία\n" +"Επιλέξτε την Βάση δεδομένων από τα hbd και bdb.To hbd είναι μία\n" +"παραλλαγή του παρασκηνίου bdb το οποίο χρησιμοποιεί ιεραρχική διάταξη βάση δεδομένων και\n" +"υποστηρίζει μετονομασίες υποδέντρων. Κατά τ'άλλα είναι πανομοιώτυπο με το bdb. Μία\n" "βάση δεδομένων hbd χρειάζεται μεγαλύτερο idlcachesize από μία\n" "βάση δεδομένων bdb για καλή επίδοση στην αναζήτηση.\n" @@ -743,46 +675,33 @@ "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -"Η επιλογή Βασικό DN καθορίζει το όνομα της βάσης δεδομένων της " -"καταχώρισης root \n" +"Η επιλογή Βασικό DN καθορίζει το όνομα της βάσης δεδομένων της καταχώρισης root \n" "της βάσης δεδομένων που θα δημιουργηθεί." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password</" -"b> \n" -"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and " -"other \n" -"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends " -"the \n" -"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example," -"dc=com</tt>\n" -"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective " -"Administrator DN\n" +"The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" +"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" +"administrative limit restrictions. Checking Append Base DN appends the \n" +"Base DN entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n" "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -"Ένα DN Διαχειριστή μαζί με ένα Συνθηματικό Διαχειριστή LDAP</" -"b>\n" -"καθορίζει μια ταυτότητα υπερχρήστη της βάσης δεδομένων, παραβλέποντας τα " -"ACLs και άλλους\n" -"διαχειριστικούς περιορισμούς. Επιλέγοντας Προσθήκη Βασικού DN " -"προσθέτει την \n" -"Βάση DN που εισάγεται πιο πάνω, για παράδειγμα, ένα βασικό DN " -"<tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" -"και το DN Διαχειριστή <tt>c=Admin</tt> θα μπορούσαν να συνδυαστούν σε ένα " -"αποτελεσμεατικό DN Διαχειριστή\n" +"Ένα DN Διαχειριστή μαζί με ένα Συνθηματικό Διαχειριστή LDAP\n" +"καθορίζει μια ταυτότητα υπερχρήστη της βάσης δεδομένων, παραβλέποντας τα ACLs και άλλους\n" +"διαχειριστικούς περιορισμούς. Επιλέγοντας Προσθήκη Βασικού DN προσθέτει την \n" +"Βάση DN που εισάγεται πιο πάνω, για παράδειγμα, ένα βασικό DN <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n" +"και το DN Διαχειριστή <tt>c=Admin</tt> θα μπορούσαν να συνδυαστούν σε ένα αποτελεσμεατικό DN Διαχειριστή\n" "<tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" -"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root " -"password\n" +"LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" "Αν αυτό το wizard έχει αρχίσει κατά την εγκατάσταση, το \n" -"Συνθηματικό Διαχειριστή LDAP είναι αρχικά ορισμένο ως το συνθηματικό " -"root του συστήματος\n" +"Συνθηματικό Διαχειριστή LDAP είναι αρχικά ορισμένο ως το συνθηματικό root του συστήματος\n" "που έχει οριστεί νωρίτερα κατά την διαδικασία εγκατάστασης. " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:72 @@ -794,15 +713,11 @@ "file <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. This checkbox is selected by default\n" "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη βάση δεδομένων ως προεπιλογή για τα " -"εργαλεία πελάτη OpenLDAP \n" -"(πχ ldapsearch), επιλέξτε Χρήση αυτής της βάσης δεδομέων ως την " -"προεπιλογή των πελατών\n" -"OpenLDAP. Αυτό θα έχει ως αποτέλεσμα στο όνομα διακομιστή \"localhost\" " -"και τα παραπάνω \n" +"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη βάση δεδομένων ως προεπιλογή για τα εργαλεία πελάτη OpenLDAP \n" +"(πχ ldapsearch), επιλέξτε Χρήση αυτής της βάσης δεδομέων ως την προεπιλογή των πελατών\n" +"OpenLDAP. Αυτό θα έχει ως αποτέλεσμα στο όνομα διακομιστή \"localhost\" και τα παραπάνω \n" "που εισαχθέντα Βασικά DN να γραφτούν στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων πελατών \n" -"OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Αυτό το κουτί επιλογής έχει " -"επιλεχθεί ως προεπιλογή\n" +"OpenLDAP <tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Αυτό το κουτί επιλογής έχει επιλεχθεί ως προεπιλογή\n" "όταν δημιουργήθηκε η πρώτη βάση δεδομένων στον διακομιστή.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:80 @@ -820,13 +735,10 @@ "authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n" "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -"Για ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση πιστοποίησης απλού κειμένου (Απλή " -"Σύνδεση LDAP)\n" -"για την ρύθμιση της βάσης δεδομένων, κάντε κλικ στο αντίστοιχο πλαίσιο. Η " -"πιστοποίηση \n" +"Για ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση πιστοποίησης απλού κειμένου (Απλή Σύνδεση LDAP)\n" +"για την ρύθμιση της βάσης δεδομένων, κάντε κλικ στο αντίστοιχο πλαίσιο. Η πιστοποίηση \n" "απλού κειμένου για τη ρύθμιση της βάσης δεδομένων θα επιτραπεί μόνο όταν \n" -"γίνεται χρήση επαρκώς προστατευμένων συνδέσεων (πχ κρυπτογράφηση SSL/TLS).</" -"p>\n" +"γίνεται χρήση επαρκώς προστατευμένων συνδέσεων (πχ κρυπτογράφηση SSL/TLS).\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" @@ -834,15 +746,12 @@ "click Change Password. \n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n" "Password Encryption. \n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already " -"been \n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n" "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Για αλλαγή συνθηματικού του διαχειριστή για την ρύθμιση της βάσης " -"δεδομένων, \n" +"Για αλλαγή συνθηματικού του διαχειριστή για την ρύθμιση της βάσης δεδομένων, \n" "κάντε κλικ στο Αλλαγή Συνθηματικού. \n" -"Ένα αναδυόμενο παράθυρο θα σας παραπέμψει να εισάγετε νέο συνθηματικό και να " -"επιλέξετε την \n" +"Ένα αναδυόμενο παράθυρο θα σας παραπέμψει να εισάγετε νέο συνθηματικό και να επιλέξετε την \n" "Κρυπτογράφηση Συνθηματικού. \n" "Τα πεδία συνθηματικών είναι αρχικά κενά ακόμα και εάν ένα συνθηματικό έχει \n" "ήδη οριστεί στις ρυθμίσεις.\n" @@ -857,60 +766,39 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" -"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN " -"automatically\n" +"Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε το πλήρες DN ή μόνο το πρώτο μέρος του και προσθέστε το βασικό " -"DN αυτόματα\n" +"Εισάγετε το πλήρες DN ή μόνο το πρώτο μέρος του και προσθέστε το βασικό DN αυτόματα\n" "με το Προσθήκη Βασικού DN." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:102 msgid "" -"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change " -"Password.\n" -"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password " -"Encryption.\n" -"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been " -"set in the configuration.\n" +"To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" +"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" +"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Για αλλαγή συνθηματικού του λογαριασμού του διαχειριστή, κάντε κλικ στο " -"Αλλαγή Συνθηματικού. \n" -"Ένα αναδυόμενο παράθυρο θα σας παραπέμψει να εισάγετε νέο συνθηματικό και να " -"επιλέξετε την Κρυπτογράφηση Συνθηματικού. \n" -"Τα πεδία συνθηματικών είναι αρχικά κενά ακόμα και εάν ένα συνθηματικό έχει " -"ήδη οριστεί στις ρυθμίσεις.\n" +"Για αλλαγή συνθηματικού του λογαριασμού του διαχειριστή, κάντε κλικ στο Αλλαγή Συνθηματικού. \n" +"Ένα αναδυόμενο παράθυρο θα σας παραπέμψει να εισάγετε νέο συνθηματικό και να επιλέξετε την Κρυπτογράφηση Συνθηματικού. \n" +"Τα πεδία συνθηματικών είναι αρχικά κενά ακόμα και εάν ένα συνθηματικό έχει ήδη οριστεί στις ρυθμίσεις.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can " -"adjust\n" -"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the " -"number of entries\n" -"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough " -"RAM) this number\n" -"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index " -"Cache (IDL cache) \n" -"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially " -"HDB-Databases require a\n" -"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the " -"entry cache as a rule of\n" +"With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" +"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" +"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n" +"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The Index Cache (IDL cache) \n" +"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n" +"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n" "thumbs)." msgstr "" -"Με την Προσωρινή μνήμη εγγραφών και την Προσωρινή μνήμη " -"ευρετηρίου (προσωρινή μνήμη IDL) μπορείτε να προσαρμόσετε\n" -"τα μεγέθη της εσωτερικής προσωρινής μνήμης αποθήκευσης του OpenLDAP. Η " -"Προσωρινή μνήμη εγγραφών ορίζει τον αριθμό των\n" -"εγγραφών που διατηρούνται στην προσωρινή μνήμη αποθήκευσης εγγραφών του " -"OpenLDAP στην μνήμη. Εάν αυτό είναι δυνατόν (διαθέτετε\n" -"αρκετή RAM), αυτός ο αριθμός πρέπει να είναι αρκετά μεγάλος έτσι ώστε να " -"μπορεί να διατηρήσει ολόκληρη την βάση δεδομένων στην\n" -"μνήμη. Η Προσωρινή μνήμη ευρετηρίου (προσωρινή μνήμη IDL) " -"χρησιμοποιείται για να επιταχυνθούν οι αναζητήσεις\n" -"σε ευρετηριοποιημένες ιδιότητες. Γενικά, ειδικά οι μεγάλες βάσεις δεδομένων " -"HDB απαιτούν μία μεγάλη προσωρινή μνήμη IDL\n" -"για καλή επίδοση αναζήτησης (ως γενικός κανόνας, τρεις φορές το μέγεθος της " -"προσωρινής μνήμης εγγραφών)." +"Με την Προσωρινή μνήμη εγγραφών και την Προσωρινή μνήμη ευρετηρίου (προσωρινή μνήμη IDL) μπορείτε να προσαρμόσετε\n" +"τα μεγέθη της εσωτερικής προσωρινής μνήμης αποθήκευσης του OpenLDAP. Η Προσωρινή μνήμη εγγραφών ορίζει τον αριθμό των\n" +"εγγραφών που διατηρούνται στην προσωρινή μνήμη αποθήκευσης εγγραφών του OpenLDAP στην μνήμη. Εάν αυτό είναι δυνατόν (διαθέτετε\n" +"αρκετή RAM), αυτός ο αριθμός πρέπει να είναι αρκετά μεγάλος έτσι ώστε να μπορεί να διατηρήσει ολόκληρη την βάση δεδομένων στην\n" +"μνήμη. Η Προσωρινή μνήμη ευρετηρίου (προσωρινή μνήμη IDL) χρησιμοποιείται για να επιταχυνθούν οι αναζητήσεις\n" +"σε ευρετηριοποιημένες ιδιότητες. Γενικά, ειδικά οι μεγάλες βάσεις δεδομένων HDB απαιτούν μία μεγάλη προσωρινή μνήμη IDL\n" +"για καλή επίδοση αναζήτησης (ως γενικός κανόνας, τρεις φορές το μέγεθος της προσωρινής μνήμης εγγραφών)." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" @@ -921,20 +809,15 @@ "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε τις πολιτικές κωδικών πρόσβασης για αυτή τη βάση " -"δεδομένων,\n" +"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε τις πολιτικές κωδικών πρόσβασης για αυτή τη βάση δεδομένων,\n" "ενεργοποιήστε το Ενεργοποίηση Πολιτικής Κωδικών Πρόσβασης." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP " -"server\n" -"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests " -"before storing them\n" -"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, " -"but may be\n" -"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify " -"extended operation \n" +"Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" +"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" +"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n" +"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n" "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" @@ -946,34 +829,24 @@ "attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n" "option. \n" msgstr "" -"Αν το Αποκάλυψη κατάστασης \"Κλειδωμένου Λογαριασμού\" είναι " -"ενεργοποιημένο, οι χρήστες που προσπαθούν να\n" -"ταυτοποιηθούν με την χρήση ενός κλειδωμένου λογαριασμού ενημερώνονται ότι ο " -"λογαριασμός τους είναι κλειδωμένος.\n" -"Αυτή η ειδοποίηση μπορεί να παρέχει χρήσιμες πληροφορίες σε έναν " -"επιτιθέμενο. Ιστοσελίδες ευαίσθητες\n" +"Αν το Αποκάλυψη κατάστασης \"Κλειδωμένου Λογαριασμού\" είναι ενεργοποιημένο, οι χρήστες που προσπαθούν να\n" +"ταυτοποιηθούν με την χρήση ενός κλειδωμένου λογαριασμού ενημερώνονται ότι ο λογαριασμός τους είναι κλειδωμένος.\n" +"Αυτή η ειδοποίηση μπορεί να παρέχει χρήσιμες πληροφορίες σε έναν επιτιθέμενο. Ιστοσελίδες ευαίσθητες\n" "σε προβλήματα ασφαλείας δεν πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσουν αυτήν την\n" "επιλογή. \n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object " -"DN." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε το όνομα της προεπιλεγμένης πολιτικής αντικειμένου στο " -"Προεπιλεγμένη Πολιτική Αντικειμένου DN." +msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." +msgstr "Εισάγετε το όνομα της προεπιλεγμένης πολιτικής αντικειμένου στο Προεπιλεγμένη Πολιτική Αντικειμένου DN." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:137 msgid "" -"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You " -"may\n" +"Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Δημιουργία ή αλλαγή της προεπιλεγμένης πολιτικής με κλικ στο " -"Επεξεργασία Πολιτικής.\n" -"Μετά μπορεί να ερωτηθείτε για εισαγωγή του συνθηματικού του διαχειριστή LDAP " -"ώστε να επιτραπεί\n" +"Δημιουργία ή αλλαγή της προεπιλεγμένης πολιτικής με κλικ στο Επεξεργασία Πολιτικής.\n" +"Μετά μπορεί να ερωτηθείτε για εισαγωγή του συνθηματικού του διαχειριστή LDAP ώστε να επιτραπεί\n" "στο Αντικείμενο Πολιτικής να αναγνωστεί από τον διακομιστή.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:142 @@ -982,39 +855,31 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." -msgstr "" -"Αλλάξτε τις επιλογές ευρετηριοποίησης ενός hdb του bdb-Database." +msgstr "Αλλάξτε τις επιλογές ευρετηριοποίησης ενός hdb του bdb-Database." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"Ο πίνακας εμφανίζει μία λίστα των ιδιοτήτων οι οποίες έχουν ορισμένο ένα " -"ευρετήριο." +msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." +msgstr "Ο πίνακας εμφανίζει μία λίστα των ιδιοτήτων οι οποίες έχουν ορισμένο ένα ευρετήριο." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" -"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different " -"types\n" +"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n" "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" -"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be " -"configured\n" +"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" -"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality " -"index\n" +"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1030,19 +895,15 @@ "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τα Προσθήκη για να δηλώσετε επιλογές " -"ευρετηριοποίησης για μία νέα ιδιότητα,\n" -"Διαγραφή για να διαγράψετε ένα υπάρχων ευρετήριο και Επεξεργασία</" -"b> για να αλλάξετε\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε τα Προσθήκη για να δηλώσετε επιλογές ευρετηριοποίησης για μία νέα ιδιότητα,\n" +"Διαγραφή για να διαγράψετε ένα υπάρχων ευρετήριο και Επεξεργασία για να αλλάξετε\n" "τις επιλογές ευρετηριοποίησης για μία ήδη ευρετηριοποιημένη ιδιότητα.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly " -"added\n" +"Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" -"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the " -"indexing\n" +"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n" "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1055,14 +916,12 @@ "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -"Αυτός ο πίνακας σας δίνει μία επισκόπηση όλων των κανόνων Ελέγχου " -"πρόσβασης\n" +"Αυτός ο πίνακας σας δίνει μία επισκόπηση όλων των κανόνων Ελέγχου πρόσβασης\n" "που είναι ρυθμισμένοι για την επιλεγμένη βάση δεδομένων\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:183 msgid "" -"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a " -"more\n" +"For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1072,17 +931,14 @@ "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη για να δημιουργήσετε νέους κανόνες " -"ελέγχου πρόσβασης και το Διαγραφή για να\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη για να δημιουργήσετε νέους κανόνες ελέγχου πρόσβασης και το Διαγραφή για να\n" "διαγράψετε έναν υπάρχον κανόνα ελέγχου πρόσβασης.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose " -"target\n" +"OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" -"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, " -"using\n" +"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n" "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1092,12 +948,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" -"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" " -"checkbox, if you want to \n" +"Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποιήστε το πλαίσιο επιλογής \"Ενεργοποίηση παρόχου ldasync " -"γι'αυτή την βάση δεδομένων\" εάν θέλετε\n" +"Ενεργοποιήστε το πλαίσιο επιλογής \"Ενεργοποίηση παρόχου ldasync γι'αυτή την βάση δεδομένων\" εάν θέλετε\n" "να αναπαράγετε την επιλεγμένη βάση δεδομένων σε άλλο διακομιστή." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:203 @@ -1106,16 +960,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" -"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator " -"(stored\n" -"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is " -"synced\n" -"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify " -"or\n" -"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the " -"indicator\n" -"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator " -"is\n" +"Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" +"in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" +"to the database after the number of write \"Operations\" you specify or\n" +"after more than the specified \"Minutes\" have passed since the indicator\n" +"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n" "only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n" "a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n" "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" @@ -1127,14 +976,10 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write " -"operations\n" -"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in " -"the session log. \n" -"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" " -"replication. In \n" -"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master " -"server." +"Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" +"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" +"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"refreshOnly\" replication. In \n" +"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:221 @@ -1143,14 +988,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:224 msgid "" -"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want " -"the\n" +"Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε \"Αυτή η βάση δεδομένων είναι μια Συσκευή Αναπαραγωγής\" " -"εάν θέλετε\n" -"η βάση δεδομένων σας να είναι αντίγραφο της βάσης δεδομένων σε άλλη " -"διακομιστή.\n" +"Επιλέξτε \"Αυτή η βάση δεδομένων είναι μια Συσκευή Αναπαραγωγής\" εάν θέλετε\n" +"η βάση δεδομένων σας να είναι αντίγραφο της βάσης δεδομένων σε άλλη διακομιστή.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" @@ -1162,8 +1004,7 @@ "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" "enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n" "use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n" -"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-" -"standard\n" +"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n" "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1196,15 +1037,11 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" -"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to " -"authenticate against the master.\n" -"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated " -"database on the master.\n" +"Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" +"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -"Ορίστε ένα DN και έναν κωδικό με τον οποίο ο δευτερεύον διακομιστής " -"πρέπει να χρησιμοποιεί για να πιστοποιείται στον προτεύων.\n" -"Το ορισμένο DN πρέπει να έχει πρόσβαση εγγραφής σε όλες τις εγγραφές στην " -"αναπαραγμένη βάση δεδομένων στον κύριο διακομιστή.\n" +"Ορίστε ένα DN και έναν κωδικό με τον οποίο ο δευτερεύον διακομιστής πρέπει να χρησιμοποιεί για να πιστοποιείται στον προτεύων.\n" +"Το ορισμένο DN πρέπει να έχει πρόσβαση εγγραφής σε όλες τις εγγραφές στην αναπαραγμένη βάση δεδομένων στον κύριο διακομιστή.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:253 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" @@ -1214,10 +1051,8 @@ msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" -"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can " -"configure a different update referral here.\n" -"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for " -"the\n" +"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n" +"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n" "slave server is as slave server too. \n" msgstr "" @@ -1247,8 +1082,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Αποθήκευσης:</big> \n" "Ματαιώστε την διαδικασία αποθήκευσης πατώντας Ματαίωση.\n" -"Ένα επιπλέον παράθυρο θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε αυτό.</" -"p>\n" +"Ένα επιπλέον παράθυρο θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε αυτό.\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:278 @@ -1262,49 +1096,34 @@ "Server module.\n" msgstr "" "Αυτό το παράθυρο παρέχει μια μικρή περίληψη σχετικά με τις ρυθμίσεις που\n" -"δημιουργήσατε. Κάντε κλικ στο Ολοκληρώθηκε για εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων " -"και έξοδο\n" +"δημιουργήσατε. Κάντε κλικ στο Ολοκληρώθηκε για εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων και έξοδο\n" "από το άρθρωμα του Διακομιστή LDAP.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server.</" -"p> " -msgstr "" -"Με το Εκκίνηση Εξυπηρετητή LDAP Ναί ή Όχι, εκκινεί ή σταματά ο " -"εξυπηρετητής LDAP. " +msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " +msgstr "Με το Εκκίνηση Εξυπηρετητή LDAP Ναί ή Όχι, εκκινεί ή σταματά ο εξυπηρετητής LDAP. " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration " -"wizard." -msgstr "" -"Εάν επιλέξετε Ναι, κάντε κλικ στο Επόμενο για εκκίνηση του " -"οδηγού ρυθμίσεων." +msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." +msgstr "Εάν επιλέξετε Ναι, κάντε κλικ στο Επόμενο για εκκίνηση του οδηγού ρυθμίσεων." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" -"Εάν ο τοίχος προστασίας είναι ενεργοποιημένος, ανοίξτε τις απαιτούμενες " -"θύρες δικτύου\n" +"Εάν ο τοίχος προστασίας είναι ενεργοποιημένος, ανοίξτε τις απαιτούμενες θύρες δικτύου\n" "για το OpenLDAP με ενεργοποίηση του αντίστοιχου πλαισίου επιλογής.\n" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:297 -msgid "" -"Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios " -"are available:" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τον τύπο του διακομιστή LDAP που θέλετε να ρυθμίσετε. Τα " -"παρακάτω σενάρια είναι διαθέσιμα:" +msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τον τύπο του διακομιστή LDAP που θέλετε να ρυθμίσετε. Τα παρακάτω σενάρια είναι διαθέσιμα:" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:300 msgid "" -"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server " -"with\n" +"Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1316,8 +1135,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that " -"replicates all its data,\n" +"Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" @@ -1336,32 +1154,23 @@ "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε την κρυπτογράφηση μέσω TLS/SSL, ενεργοποιήστε το " -"πλαίσιο\n" -"επιλογής Ενεργοποιημένο TLS. Επιπροσθέτως πρέπει να ρυθμίσετε ένα " -"πιστοποιητικό \n" +"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε την κρυπτογράφηση μέσω TLS/SSL, ενεργοποιήστε το πλαίσιο\n" +"επιλογής Ενεργοποιημένο TLS. Επιπροσθέτως πρέπει να ρυθμίσετε ένα πιστοποιητικό \n" "για χρήση από τον Διακομιστή.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" -"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the " -"server\n" +"Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" -"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</" -"p>\n" +"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:324 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" -"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so " -"that\n" +"corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" -msgstr "" -"Εάν έχετε εγκατεστημένο ήδη ένα κοινό πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή με χρήση " -"του αντίστοιχου αρθρώματος YaST, επιλέξτε Χρήση κοινού Πιστοποιητικού " -"Διακομιστή ώστε ο διακομιστής OpenLDAP να χρησιμοποιεί αυτό το " -"πιστοποιητικό.\n" +msgstr "Εάν έχετε εγκατεστημένο ήδη ένα κοινό πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή με χρήση του αντίστοιχου αρθρώματος YaST, επιλέξτε Χρήση κοινού Πιστοποιητικού Διακομιστή ώστε ο διακομιστής OpenLDAP να χρησιμοποιεί αυτό το πιστοποιητικό.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:329 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" @@ -1370,10 +1179,8 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:330 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" -"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File</" -"b>,\n" -"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the " -"corresponding\n" +"different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" +"Certificate File and Certificate Key File into the corresponding\n" "textfields.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1382,49 +1189,37 @@ "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" -"Για δημιουργία νέου CA ή πιστοποιητικού, εκκινήστε το άρθρωμα διαχείρισης " -"CA\n" +"Για δημιουργία νέου CA ή πιστοποιητικού, εκκινήστε το άρθρωμα διαχείρισης CA\n" "κάνοντας κλικ στο Εκκίνηση Αρθρώματος Διαχείρισης CA.\n" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." -msgstr "" -"Κάτω από αυτό το αντικείμενο, ρυθμίστε μερικές καθολικές παραμέτρους." +msgstr "Κάτω από αυτό το αντικείμενο, ρυθμίστε μερικές καθολικές παραμέτρους." #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:344 msgid "" -"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog " -"in which to choose\n" -"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not " -"support the removal of \n" +"Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" +"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" "Schema Data" msgstr "" -"Προσθέστε ή Αφαιρέστε αρχεία σχήματος σε αυτόν τον διάλογο. Πατήστε " -"Προσθήκη για να ανοίξετε το αρχείο διαλόγου στο οποίο θα επιλεγεί\n" -"το νέο σχήμα. Σημείωση: Ο OpenLDAP (όταν χρησιμοποιείται με το back-config) " -"δεν υποστηρίζει την αφαίρεση Δεδομένων Σχήματος" +"Προσθέστε ή Αφαιρέστε αρχεία σχήματος σε αυτόν τον διάλογο. Πατήστε Προσθήκη για να ανοίξετε το αρχείο διαλόγου στο οποίο θα επιλεγεί\n" +"το νέο σχήμα. Σημείωση: Ο OpenLDAP (όταν χρησιμοποιείται με το back-config) δεν υποστηρίζει την αφαίρεση Δεδομένων Σχήματος" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" -"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and " -"statistics\n" +"Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τα υποσυστήματα τα οποία πρέπει να καταγράφουν προτάσεις και " -"στατιστικά αποσφαλμάτωσης\n" +"Επιλέξτε τα υποσυστήματα τα οποία πρέπει να καταγράφουν προτάσεις και στατιστικά αποσφαλμάτωσης\n" "στον syslog." #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:354 -msgid "" -"Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or " -"disallow:" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε ποιά ειδικά χαρακτηριστικά του Διακομιστή OpenLDAP Server θα " -"επιτρέπονται και ποιά όχι:" +msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε ποιά ειδικά χαρακτηριστικά του Διακομιστή OpenLDAP Server θα επιτρέπονται και ποιά όχι:" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:357 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" @@ -1432,25 +1227,19 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" -"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind " -"requests.\n" +"LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -"Αιτήματα Σύνδεσης LDAPv2: Αποδοχή αιτημάτων σύνδεσης διακομιστή " -"LDAPv2.\n" +"Αιτήματα Σύνδεσης LDAPv2: Αποδοχή αιτημάτων σύνδεσης διακομιστή LDAPv2.\n" "Σημειώστε ότι ο OpenLDAP δεν υλοποιεί πραγματικό τον LDAPv2.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:361 msgid "" -"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind " -"when \n" -"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not " -"present) " +"Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" +"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -"Ανώνυμη σύνδεση όταν τα διαπιστευτήρια δεν είναι κενά: Να " -"επιτρέπεται η ανώνυμη σύνδεση όταν \n" -"τα διαπιστευτήρια δεν είναι κενά (πχ υπάρχει συνθηματικό αλλά δεν υπάρχει το " -"DN σύνδεσης) " +"Ανώνυμη σύνδεση όταν τα διαπιστευτήρια δεν είναι κενά: Να επιτρέπεται η ανώνυμη σύνδεση όταν \n" +"τα διαπιστευτήρια δεν είναι κενά (πχ υπάρχει συνθηματικό αλλά δεν υπάρχει το DN σύνδεσης) " #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:364 msgid "" @@ -1460,8 +1249,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:367 msgid "" -"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow " -"unauthenticated\n" +"Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1476,26 +1264,22 @@ "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -"Απενεργοποίηση αποδοχής Αιτήσεων Ανώνυμης Σύνδεσης: Ο διακομιστής " -"δεν\n" +"Απενεργοποίηση αποδοχής Αιτήσεων Ανώνυμης Σύνδεσης: Ο διακομιστής δεν\n" "θα αποδέχεται αιτήματα ανώνυμης σύνδεσης. Σημειώστε ότι αυτό δεν απαγορεύει\n" "γενικά την πρόσβαση στο ανώνυμο κατάλογο.\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" -"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple " -"Bind\n" +"Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -"Απενεργοποίηση Απλής Πιστοποίησης Σύνδεσης: Πλήρης απενεργοποίηση " -"Απλής Πιστοποίησης\n" +"Απενεργοποίηση Απλής Πιστοποίησης Σύνδεσης: Πλήρης απενεργοποίηση Απλής Πιστοποίησης\n" "Σύνδεσης\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:381 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" -"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection " -"back\n" +"receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1510,57 +1294,43 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" -"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The " -"\"Frontend\"\n" -"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and " -"overlays\n" -"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration " -"of\n" +"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" +"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n" +"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n" "the LDAP server itself.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:400 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." -msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα βάση δεδομένων, πατήστε Προθήκη Βάσης " -"Δεδομένων...." +msgstr "Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα βάση δεδομένων, πατήστε Προθήκη Βάσης Δεδομένων...." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" -"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete " -"Database....\n" +"To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -"Για διαγραφή βάσης δεδομένων, επιλέξτε την βάση δεδομένων από την λίστα " -"και πιέστε Διαγραφή Βάσης Δεδομένων....\n" -"Δεν μπορείτε να διαγράψετε τις βάσεις δεδομένων \"config\" και \"frontend\"." -"\n" +"Για διαγραφή βάσης δεδομένων, επιλέξτε την βάση δεδομένων από την λίστα και πιέστε Διαγραφή Βάσης Δεδομένων....\n" +"Δεν μπορείτε να διαγράψετε τις βάσεις δεδομένων \"config\" και \"frontend\".\n" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:404 msgid "" -"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") " -"here. This is required to make\n" +"Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -"Εδώ εισάγετε συνθηματικό για τις ρυθμίσεις της βάσης δεδομένων " -"(\"cn=config\"). Αυτό απαιτείται\n" +"Εδώ εισάγετε συνθηματικό για τις ρυθμίσεις της βάσης δεδομένων (\"cn=config\"). Αυτό απαιτείται\n" "ώστε οι ρυθμίσεις της βάσης δεδομένων να είναι απομακρυσμένα προσβάσιμες." #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:407 msgid "" -"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select " -"the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" -"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as " -"needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" +"If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" +"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/helps.rb:410 msgid "" -"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master " -"server. Please enter the master\n" -"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or " -"\"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" +"To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" +"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" "for the master's configuration database (\"cn=config\")." msgstr "" @@ -1585,9 +1355,7 @@ msgstr "URI Εξυπηρετητή" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50 -msgid "" -"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the " -"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." +msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard." msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85 @@ -1595,8 +1363,7 @@ msgstr "Σύνοψη του OpenLDAP MirrorMode" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" +msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130 @@ -1679,8 +1446,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/tree_structure.rb:219 msgid "Do you really want to enable the \"ldaps\" protocol listener?" -msgstr "" -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να ενεργοποιήσετε τον δέκτη πρωτοκόλλου \"ldaps\"q;" +msgstr "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να ενεργοποιήσετε τον δέκτη πρωτοκόλλου \"ldaps\"q;" #. add a new file to the list #. file dialog heading @@ -1906,20 +1672,15 @@ msgstr "Επιλέξτε Σημαίες &Απαγόρευσης:" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous " -"directory access)" -msgstr "" -"Απενεργοποίηση αποδοχής Αιτημάτων Ανώνυμης Σύνδεσης (δεν απαγορεύει την " -"πρόσβαση στον ανώνυμο κατάλογο)" +msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)" +msgstr "Απενεργοποίηση αποδοχής Αιτημάτων Ανώνυμης Σύνδεσης (δεν απαγορεύει την πρόσβαση στον ανώνυμο κατάλογο)" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:179 msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication" msgstr "Απενεργοποίηση πιστοποίησης Απλής Σύνδεσης" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" +msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt" msgstr "" #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:188 @@ -2012,9 +1773,7 @@ #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:337 msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. " -msgstr "" -"Να επιτρέπεται η Πιστοποίηση Απλού Κειμένου (Απλή Σύνδεση) γι' αυτή τη Βάση " -"Δεδομένων. " +msgstr "Να επιτρέπεται η Πιστοποίηση Απλού Κειμένου (Απλή Σύνδεση) γι' αυτή τη Βάση Δεδομένων. " #: src/include/ldap-server/widgets.rb:340 msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)" @@ -2341,9 +2100,7 @@ #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the Attributes textfield" -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε μια λίστα από έγκυρα χαρακτηριστικά στο πεδίο κειμένου " -"Χαρακτηριστικά" +msgstr "Εισάγετε μια λίστα από έγκυρα χαρακτηριστικά στο πεδίο κειμένου Χαρακτηριστικά" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197 msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield" @@ -2351,8 +2108,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203 msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list." -msgstr "" -"Πρέπει να εισάγετε τουλάχιστον ένα στοιχείο στη λίστα \"Ελέγχου Πρόσβασης\"." +msgstr "Πρέπει να εισάγετε τουλάχιστον ένα στοιχείο στη λίστα \"Ελέγχου Πρόσβασης\"." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" @@ -2367,10 +2123,8 @@ "The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n" "not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Η επιλεγμένη βάση δεδομένων περιλαμβάνει κανόνες ελέγχου πρόσβασης οι οποίοι " -"προς το παρόν\n" -"δεν υποστηρίζονται από το YaST. Το Παράθυρο Διαλόγου Πρόσβασης θα " -"απενεργοποιηθεί.\n" +"Η επιλεγμένη βάση δεδομένων περιλαμβάνει κανόνες ελέγχου πρόσβασης οι οποίοι προς το παρόν\n" +"δεν υποστηρίζονται από το YaST. Το Παράθυρο Διαλόγου Πρόσβασης θα απενεργοποιηθεί.\n" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594 msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer." @@ -2439,11 +2193,8 @@ msgstr "Ο έλεγχος των ικανοτήτων LDAPsync του παρόχου απέτυχε." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995 -msgid "" -"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" -msgstr "" -"Παρακαλώ επιβεβαιώστε ότι ο εξυπηρετητής στόχος είναι ενεργοποιημένος ως " -"πάροχος LDAPsync" +msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider" +msgstr "Παρακαλώ επιβεβαιώστε ότι ο εξυπηρετητής στόχος είναι ενεργοποιημένος ως πάροχος LDAPsync" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094 msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database" @@ -2546,8 +2297,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:768 msgid "Error while populating the configurations database with \"slapadd\"." -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα κατά την συμπλήρωση της βάσης δεδομένων ρυθμίσεων με το \"slapadd\"." +msgstr "Σφάλμα κατά την συμπλήρωση της βάσης δεδομένων ρυθμίσεων με το \"slapadd\"." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:788 msgid "Enabling the LDAP Service failed." @@ -2592,12 +2342,8 @@ msgstr "Ανανέωση Αντικειμένων Πολιτικής Προεπιλεγμένου Συνθηματικού" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:883 -msgid "" -"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take " -"some minutes)" -msgstr "" -"Αναμονή για την ολοκλήρωση των εργασιών ευρετηριοποίησης του OpenLDAP που " -"τρέχουν στο παρασκήνιο (αυτό μπορεί να πάρει μερικά λεπτά)" +msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)" +msgstr "Αναμονή για την ολοκλήρωση των εργασιών ευρετηριοποίησης του OpenLDAP που τρέχουν στο παρασκήνιο (αυτό μπορεί να πάρει μερικά λεπτά)" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:884 msgid "Restarting OpenLDAP Server if required" @@ -2616,12 +2362,8 @@ msgstr "Αποτυχία δημιουργίας Αντικειμένων Πολιτικής Συνθηματικών." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1006 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to " -"finish.\n" -msgstr "" -"Παρουσιάστηκε ένα σφάλμα κατά την αναμονή για την ολοκλήρωση " -"ευρετηριοποίησης της βάσης δεδομένων OpenLDAP.\n" +msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n" +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε ένα σφάλμα κατά την αναμονή για την ολοκλήρωση ευρετηριοποίησης της βάσης δεδομένων OpenLDAP.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1007 msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually." @@ -2688,9 +2430,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1576 msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database" -msgstr "" -"Μετατροπή των ρυθμίσεων εκκίνησης ώστε να χρησιμοποιούν τη βάση δεδομένων " -"ρυθμίσεων" +msgstr "Μετατροπή των ρυθμίσεων εκκίνησης ώστε να χρησιμοποιούν τη βάση δεδομένων ρυθμίσεων" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1577 msgid "Restarting LDAP Server" @@ -2714,9 +2454,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1738 msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled." -msgstr "" -"Δεν είναι διαθέσιμο το συνήθες πιστοποιητικό εξυπηρετητή. Το StartTLS είναι " -"απενεργοποιημένο." +msgstr "Δεν είναι διαθέσιμο το συνήθες πιστοποιητικό εξυπηρετητή. Το StartTLS είναι απενεργοποιημένο." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1821 msgid "Could not create database directory." @@ -2732,12 +2470,8 @@ msgstr "Δεν είναι δυνατός ο καθορισμός του μοναδιαίου ονόματος εξυπηρετητή" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:1874 -msgid "" -"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its " -"own fully qualified hostname." -msgstr "" -"Ένας κύριος διακομιστής για αναπαραγωγή δεν μπορεί να δουλέψει σωστά μη " -"γνωρίζοντας το δικό του μοναδιαίο όνομα διακομιστή." +msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." +msgstr "Ένας κύριος διακομιστής για αναπαραγωγή δεν μπορεί να δουλέψει σωστά μη γνωρίζοντας το δικό του μοναδιαίο όνομα διακομιστή." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2510 src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2520 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." @@ -2753,18 +2487,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2565 -msgid "" -"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-" -"letter code." -msgstr "" -"Η τιμή του στοιχείου \"c\" πρέπει να περιέχει έναν έγκυρο κώδικα ISO-3166 " -"δύο γραμμάτων." +msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." +msgstr "Η τιμή του στοιχείου \"c\" πρέπει να περιέχει έναν έγκυρο κώδικα ISO-3166 δύο γραμμάτων." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2572 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" -"Το πρώτο μέρος του προθέματος πρέπει να είναι c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= ή dc=." +msgstr "Το πρώτο μέρος του προθέματος πρέπει να είναι c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= ή dc=." #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:2584 #, perl-format @@ -2800,11 +2529,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3414 -msgid "" -"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα κατά την προσπάθεια επιβεβαίωσης του πιστοποιητικού εξυπηρετητή από " -"τον εξυπηρετητή πάροχο.\n" +msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" +msgstr "Σφάλμα κατά την προσπάθεια επιβεβαίωσης του πιστοποιητικού εξυπηρετητή από τον εξυπηρετητή πάροχο.\n" #: src/modules/LdapServer.pm:3415 #, perl-format @@ -2827,9 +2553,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301 #, perl-format msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'." -msgstr "" -"Ο τύπος βάσης δεδομένων '%s' δεν υποστηρίζεται. Επιτρέπονται οι 'bdb' και " -"'ldbm'." +msgstr "Ο τύπος βάσης δεδομένων '%s' δεν υποστηρίζεται. Επιτρέπονται οι 'bdb' και 'ldbm'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 @@ -3043,14 +2767,12 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" -#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog " -#~ "informs whether it\n" +#~ "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog informs whether it\n" #~ "is safe to do so. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ματαίωση της Αποθήκευσης:</big> \n" #~ "Ματαιώστε την διαδικασία της αποθήκευσης πατώντας το Ματαίωση.\n" -#~ "Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει αν είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε ή " -#~ "όχι." +#~ "Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει αν είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε ή όχι." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Please select a valid CA Certificate File" @@ -3105,12 +2827,8 @@ #~ msgstr "&Νέο Συνθηματικό" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "You have an existing configuration but the LDAP Server is not currently " -#~ "running." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο υπολογιστής σας είναι ρυθμισμένος ως πελάτης LDAP και ο διακομιστής " -#~ "LDAP δεν είναι τοπικός." +#~ msgid "You have an existing configuration but the LDAP Server is not currently running." +#~ msgstr "Ο υπολογιστής σας είναι ρυθμισμένος ως πελάτης LDAP και ο διακομιστής LDAP δεν είναι τοπικός." #~ msgid "Delete a schema from the list" #~ msgstr "Διαγραφή του επιλεγμένου σχήματος από τη λίστα" @@ -3123,8 +2841,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ματαίωση Αποθήκευσης:</big> \n" #~ "Ματαιώστε την διαδικασία αποθήκευσης πατώντας Ματαίωση.\n" -#~ "Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε " -#~ "αυτό.\n" +#~ "Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε αυτό.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3133,8 +2850,7 @@ #~ "edit their configuration. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Σύνοψη Ρυθμίσεων Διακομιστή LDAP</big> \n" -#~ "Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε συνοπτικά τους εγκατεστημένους διακομιστές LDAP. " -#~ "Επιπλέον,\n" +#~ "Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε συνοπτικά τους εγκατεστημένους διακομιστές LDAP. Επιπλέον,\n" #~ "μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις τους. \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3151,8 +2867,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή:</BIG> \n" #~ "Επιλέξτε ένα παροχέα, για αλλαγή ή για διαγραφή.\n" -#~ "Ύστερα πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή αναλόγως τι " -#~ "επιθυμείτε να κάνετε.\n" +#~ "Ύστερα πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή αναλόγως τι επιθυμείτε να κάνετε.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" @@ -3182,63 +2897,42 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select a schema file in the list and press Delete to remove it " -#~ "from the\n" +#~ "Select a schema file in the list and press Delete to remove it from the\n" #~ "configuration file." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε ένα αρχείο σχήματος από τον κατάλογο και πατήσε Διαγραφή</" -#~ "b> για να το σβήσετε από\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε ένα αρχείο σχήματος από τον κατάλογο και πατήσε Διαγραφή για να το σβήσετε από\n" #~ "το αρχείο ρυθμίσεων." #~ msgid "" -#~ "With the Up and Down buttons, change the position of " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "selected schema file. Keep in mind that some schema files depend on " -#~ "others. An incorrect\n" +#~ "With the Up and Down buttons, change the position of the\n" +#~ "selected schema file. Keep in mind that some schema files depend on others. An incorrect\n" #~ "order causes the LDAP server not to start.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Με τα κουμπιά Πάνω και Κάτω, αλλάζετε την θέση του\n" -#~ "επιλεγμένου αρχείου σχήματος. Θυμηθείτε οτι μερικά αρχεία σχήματος " -#~ "εξαρτώνται από άλλα. Μια λανθασμένη σειρά\n" +#~ "επιλεγμένου αρχείου σχήματος. Θυμηθείτε οτι μερικά αρχεία σχήματος εξαρτώνται από άλλα. Μια λανθασμένη σειρά\n" #~ "έχει σαν αποτέλεσμα την μη εκκίνηση του διακομιστή LDAP.\n" #~ msgid "Here, enable or disable a set of special features." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εδώ, ενεργοποιείτε ή απενεργοποιείτε ενα πακέτο από ειδικές " -#~ "λειτουργίες." +#~ msgstr "Εδώ, ενεργοποιείτε ή απενεργοποιείτε ενα πακέτο από ειδικές λειτουργίες." # #~ msgid "If TLS is active, view the current settings here." #~ msgstr "Αν το TLS είναι ενεργό, δείτε τις τρέχουσες ρυθμίσεις εδώ." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "With Select Certificate..., configure new certificates for this " -#~ "service." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Με το Επιλέξτε Πιστοποιητικό..., ρυθμίζετε νέα πιστοποιητικά " -#~ "για αυτή την υπηρεσία." +#~ msgid "With Select Certificate..., configure new certificates for this service." +#~ msgstr "Με το Επιλέξτε Πιστοποιητικό..., ρυθμίζετε νέα πιστοποιητικά για αυτή την υπηρεσία." #~ msgid "In this dialog, edit some parameters of this database." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Σε αυτό το διάλογο μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε μερικές παραμέτρους της " -#~ "βάσης δεδομένων." +#~ msgstr "Σε αυτό το διάλογο μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε μερικές παραμέτρους της βάσης δεδομένων." #~ msgid "With Root DN, change the DN for the administrator." #~ msgstr "Με το Root DN, αλλάζετε το DN για τον διαχειριστή." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To change the password for the root account, enter a new one and " -#~ "select the Encryption." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να αλλάξετε το συνθηματικό για τον λογαριασμό root, εισάγετε ένα " -#~ "νεο και επιλέξτε Κρυπτογράφηση." +#~ msgid "To change the password for the root account, enter a new one and select the Encryption." +#~ msgstr "Για να αλλάξετε το συνθηματικό για τον λογαριασμό root, εισάγετε ένα νεο και επιλέξτε Κρυπτογράφηση." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already " -#~ "set in the configuration file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Τα πεδία συνθηματικού είναι αρχικώς κενά, ακόμα και αν έχει ήδη " -#~ "οριστεί συνθηματικό στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων." +#~ msgid "The password fields are initially empty, even if a password is already set in the configuration file." +#~ msgstr "Τα πεδία συνθηματικού είναι αρχικώς κενά, ακόμα και αν έχει ήδη οριστεί συνθηματικό στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Proxy Cache" @@ -3261,36 +2955,27 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Root Password is initially set to the system root password\n" #~ "entered earlier in the installation process. Change it in the\n" -#~ "edit fields. Change the password encryption method in the relevant field." -#~ "\n" +#~ "edit fields. Change the password encryption method in the relevant field.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το Συνθηματικό Root είναι εξ' ορισμού το συνθηματικό root του " -#~ "συστήματος\n" +#~ "Το Συνθηματικό Root είναι εξ' ορισμού το συνθηματικό root του συστήματος\n" #~ "που εισήχθη πιο πριν στη διαδικασία εγκατάστασης. Αλλάξτε το στα πεδία\n" -#~ "επεξεργασίας. Αλλάξτε την μέθοδο κρυπτογράφησης του συνθηματικού στο " -#~ "σχετικό πεδίο.\n" +#~ "επεξεργασίας. Αλλάξτε την μέθοδο κρυπτογράφησης του συνθηματικού στο σχετικό πεδίο.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Checking the Activate StartTLS option enables the LDAP server " -#~ "to\n" -#~ "process incoming StartTLS requests. This requires the common server " -#~ "certificate\n" +#~ "Checking the Activate StartTLS option enables the LDAP server to\n" +#~ "process incoming StartTLS requests. This requires the common server certificate\n" #~ "that can be set up in the CA Management YaST module.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέγοντας την ρύθμιση Ενεργοποίηση StartTLS ενεργοποποιεί τον " -#~ "διακομιστή LDAP ώστε\n" -#~ "να επεξεργαστεί εισερχόμενες αιτήσεις StartTLS. Αυτό απαιτεί ένα συνήθες " -#~ "πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή\n" +#~ "Επιλέγοντας την ρύθμιση Ενεργοποίηση StartTLS ενεργοποποιεί τον διακομιστή LDAP ώστε\n" +#~ "να επεξεργαστεί εισερχόμενες αιτήσεις StartTLS. Αυτό απαιτεί ένα συνήθες πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή\n" #~ "που μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί στην μονάδα YaST Διαχείριση CA. \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If Register at an SLP Daemon is checked, the LDAP server tries\n" #~ "to find a running SLP daemon at which to register.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ " Εαν επιλεγεί Καταχώρηση σε δαίμονα SLP, o διακομιστής LDAP " -#~ "προσπαθεί\n" -#~ "να βρει έναν δαίμονα SLP που να εκτελείται και να κάνει καταχώρηση σ' " -#~ "αυτόν.\n" +#~ " Εαν επιλεγεί Καταχώρηση σε δαίμονα SLP, o διακομιστής LDAP προσπαθεί\n" +#~ "να βρει έναν δαίμονα SLP που να εκτελείται και να κάνει καταχώρηση σ' αυτόν.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -3302,15 +2987,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Adding an LDAP Server:</big> \n" #~ "Choose an LDAP server from the list of detected LDAP servers.\n" -#~ "If your LDAP server was not autodetected, use Other (not detected)</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "If your LDAP server was not autodetected, use Other (not detected).\n" #~ "Then press Configure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Προσθήκη ενός διακομιστή LDAP:</big> \n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε ένα διακομιστή LDAP από την λίστα των ανιχνευμένων διακομιστών " -#~ "LDAP.\n" -#~ "Αν ο διακομιστής σας LDAP δεν έχει αυτοανιχνευτεί, επιλέξτε Άλλη (μη " -#~ "ανιχνευμένη).\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε ένα διακομιστή LDAP από την λίστα των ανιχνευμένων διακομιστών LDAP.\n" +#~ "Αν ο διακομιστής σας LDAP δεν έχει αυτοανιχνευτεί, επιλέξτε Άλλη (μη ανιχνευμένη).\n" #~ "Ύστερα πατήστε το Ρύθμιση.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3323,8 +3005,7 @@ #~ "μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις θα ανοίξει.\n" #~ msgid "Click Configure... to configure the LDAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πατήστε Ρύθμιση... για να ρυθμίσετε τον διακομιστή LDAP." +#~ msgstr "Πατήστε Ρύθμιση... για να ρυθμίσετε τον διακομιστή LDAP." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Enable/disable the service" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/ldap.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/ldap.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/ldap.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -26,8 +26,7 @@ #: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" #. hint to error message @@ -43,6 +42,8 @@ "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Ο Διακομιστής μπορεί να έχει πέσει ή δεν είναι διαθέσιμος.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:534 @@ -50,6 +51,8 @@ "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Η τιμή του DN λείπει ή είναι άκυρη.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:538 @@ -57,6 +60,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Ο τύπος του χαρακτηριστικού δεν βρέθηκε.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -64,13 +69,15 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Η κλάση του αντικειμένου δεν βρέθηκε.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Η σύνδεση σε διακομιστή LDAP δεν μπορεί να πραγματοποιηθεί." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:549 @@ -80,8 +87,7 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" -"Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την ανάγνωση δεδομένων από τον διακομιστή LDAP." +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την ανάγνωση δεδομένων από τον διακομιστή LDAP." #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:557 @@ -101,7 +107,7 @@ #. error message, more specific description follows #: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε ένα πρόβλημα κατά την ανάγνωση του σχήματος από τον διακομιστή LDAP." #. default error message #: src/Ldap.rb:594 @@ -120,7 +126,7 @@ #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Άγνωστο σφάλμα. Ίσως το 'yast2-ldap' δεν είναι διαθέσιμο." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -166,6 +172,9 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"Ένας απευθείας γονέας για το DN '%1' \n" +"δεν υπάρχει στον κατάλογο LDAP.\n" +"Το αντικείμενο με το επιλεγμένο DN δεν μπορεί να δημιουργηθεί.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -173,17 +182,20 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"Δεν υπάρχει καταχώρηση με το DN '%1'\n" +"στον διακομιστή LDAP. Δημιουργία τώρα;\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ά&νοιγμα" +# help text 1/3 #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ορίστε την νέα τιμή του τρέχοντος γνωρίσματος." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -195,6 +207,12 @@ "it is possible to choose it from the LDAP tree using Browse.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"Αν το χαρακτηριστικό μπορεί να έχει περισσότερες τιμές, μπορείτε να προσθέσετε νέες καταχωρήσεις\n" +"με τοΠροσθήκη Τιμής. Μερικές φορές το κουμπί περιέχει τη λίστα των\n" +"πιθανών τιμών για να τις χρησιμοποιήσετε στο τρέχων χαρακτηριστικό.\n" +"Εάν η τιμή του ρυθμισμένου χαρακτηριστικού πρέπει να είναι διακριτό όνομα,,\n" +"είναι δυνατό να το επιλέξετε από το LDAP δέντρο χρησιμοποιώντας Περιήγηση.\n" +"\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. #. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note @@ -205,17 +223,17 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Η περιγραφή του χαρακτηριστικού \"%1\": " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Τιμή του Χαρακτηριστικού \"%1\"" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Τιμές των Χαρακτηριστικών \"%1\"" #. button label #. button label @@ -230,7 +248,7 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Περιήγη&ση" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 @@ -244,22 +262,22 @@ #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση των εργαλείων διαχείρισης χρήστη" #. description of configuration object #: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση των εργαλείων διαχείρισης ομάδων" #. label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αντικείμενο κλάσης της Νέας Μονάδας" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Όνομα της Νέας Μονάδας (Τιμή \"cn\")" #. error popup #: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 @@ -279,10 +297,12 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"Εδώ, ορίστε τις τιμές των χαρακτηριστικών που ανήκουν\n" +"σε ένα αντικείμενο χρησιμοποιώντας το τρέχων πρότυπο. Τέτοιες τιμές χρησιμοποιούνται ως προεπιλογή όταν\n" +"το νέο αντικείμενο δημιουργείται.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -293,21 +313,24 @@ #: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ειδική σύνταξη για να δημιουργήσετε τιμές χαρακτηριστικών\n" +"για υπάρχοντα. Η έκφραση %attr_name θα αντικατασταθεί\n" +"με την τιμή του χαρακτηριστικού \"attr_name\" (για παράδειγμα, χρησιμοποιήστε \"/home/%uid\"\n" +"ως τιμή του \"homeDirectory\").\n" #. combobox label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ό&νομα Χαρακτηριστικού" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Τιμή &Χαρακτηριστικού" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 @@ -316,10 +339,7 @@ #. help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"Save to save your changes to LDAP." +msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." msgstr "" #. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) @@ -328,11 +348,13 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"Έχετε μη αποθηκευμένες αλλαγές στην τρέχουσα καταχώρηση.\n" +"Απόρριψη αλλαγών;\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πλοηγός LDAP" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 @@ -353,7 +375,7 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διαχειριστής DN" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 @@ -376,16 +398,18 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"Το χαρακτηριστικό \"%1\" είναι υποχρεωτικό.\n" +"Εισάγετε μια τιμή." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Επαναφόρτωση" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Χαρακτηριστικό" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/live-installer.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/live-installer.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/live-installer.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -147,12 +147,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</" -"p>" +"Use Accept to perform a new installation with the values displayed." msgstr "" "\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε την Αποδοχή για να ξεκινήσει νέα εγκατάσταση με τις " -"τιμές που εμφανίζονται." +"Χρησιμοποιήστε την Αποδοχή για να ξεκινήσει νέα εγκατάσταση με τις τιμές που εμφανίζονται." #. help text 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 @@ -173,8 +171,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ο σκληρός σας δίσκος δεν έχει μεταβληθεί, έτσι μπορείτε ακόμα με ασφάλεια να " -"ματαιώσετε την εγκατάσταση.\n" +"Ο σκληρός σας δίσκος δεν έχει μεταβληθεί, έτσι μπορείτε ακόμα με ασφάλεια να ματαιώσετε την εγκατάσταση.\n" "" #. help text 1/1 Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/lxc.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/lxc.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/lxc.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -185,8 +185,7 @@ "Use 'lxc-console' command to connect to the running Container." msgstr "" "Το Σύνολο '%1' εκκινήθηκε στο παρασκήνιο.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή 'lxc-console' για να συνδεθείτε στο Σύνολο που " -"εκτελείται." +"Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή 'lxc-console' για να συνδεθείτε στο Σύνολο που εκτελείται." #. error message #: src/include/lxc/dialogs.rb:382 @@ -267,35 +266,23 @@ #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>LXC Overview</big> \n" -"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current " -"status.\n" -"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with " -"Destroy.\n" +"Here, see the list of configured Linux Containers (LXC) with their current status.\n" +"Use Create to create new container. Delete existing one with Destroy.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Επισκόπηση LXC</big> \n" -"Εδώ θα δείτε μια λίστα από τα ρυθμισμένα Σύνολα Linux (LXC) με την τρέχουσα " -"κατάσταση.\n" -"Πατήστε Δημιουργία για να δημιουργήσετε νέο σύνολο. Διαγράψτε ένα " -"υπάρχον με το Καταστροφή.\n" +"Εδώ θα δείτε μια λίστα από τα ρυθμισμένα Σύνολα Linux (LXC) με την τρέχουσα κατάσταση.\n" +"Πατήστε Δημιουργία για να δημιουργήσετε νέο σύνολο. Διαγράψτε ένα υπάρχον με το Καταστροφή.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:47 msgid "" -"You can start selected container with Start. The container is " -"started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or " -"manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close " -"it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" +"You can start selected container with Start. The container is started in background. You can connect to it using Connect button or manually using <tt>lxc-console</tt> command. Once in console, you can close it from within or using the Disconnect button.\n" "Note that Connect option is not available in text mode." msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε ένα επιλεγμένο σύνολο με το Έναρξη. Το " -"σύνολο εκκινεί στο παρασκήνιο. Μπορείτε να συνδεθείτε σε αυτό με το κουμπί " -"Σύνδεση ή χειροκίνητα με την εντολή <tt>lxc-console</tt>. Μπορείτε να " -"το κλείσετε είτε από το τερματικό είτε με την χρήση του κουμπιού " -"Αποσύνδεση.\n" -"Σημείσωη ότι η επιλογή Σύνδεση δεν είναι διαθέσιμη σε κατάσταση " -"κειμένου." +"Μπορείτε να εκκινήσετε ένα επιλεγμένο σύνολο με το Έναρξη. Το σύνολο εκκινεί στο παρασκήνιο. Μπορείτε να συνδεθείτε σε αυτό με το κουμπί Σύνδεση ή χειροκίνητα με την εντολή <tt>lxc-console</tt>. Μπορείτε να το κλείσετε είτε από το τερματικό είτε με την χρήση του κουμπιού Αποσύνδεση.\n" +"Σημείσωη ότι η επιλογή Σύνδεση δεν είναι διαθέσιμη σε κατάσταση κειμένου." #. Create dialog help, part 1 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:51 @@ -304,51 +291,28 @@ #. Create dialog help, part 2 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, " -"and enter desired network settings." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε ένα Όνομα για το σύνολό σας, επιλέξτε ένα βασικό " -"Πρότυπο, και εισάγετε τις επιθυμητές ρυθμίσεις δικτύου." +msgid "Choose a Name for your container, select a base Template, and enter desired network settings." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε ένα Όνομα για το σύνολό σας, επιλέξτε ένα βασικό Πρότυπο, και εισάγετε τις επιθυμητές ρυθμίσεις δικτύου." #. Create dialog help, part 3 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic " -"address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use " -"the Configure Network button and create one." -msgstr "" -"Χρήση της τιμής <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> ως διεύθυνσης IP ώστε να υπάρχει " -"δυναμική ανάθεση διευθύνσεων από το DHCP. Εάν δεν υπάρχει ακόμα ρυθμισμένη " -"συσκευή γέφυρα, χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Ρύθμιση Δικτύου και " -"δημιουργήστε μια." +msgid "Use the value <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> as IP Address to have dynamic address assigned by DHCP. If there's no bridge device configured yet, use the Configure Network button and create one." +msgstr "Χρήση της τιμής <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> ως διεύθυνσης IP ώστε να υπάρχει δυναμική ανάθεση διευθύνσεων από το DHCP. Εάν δεν υπάρχει ακόμα ρυθμισμένη συσκευή γέφυρα, χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Ρύθμιση Δικτύου και δημιουργήστε μια." #. Create dialog help, part 4 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:63 -msgid "" -"Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the " -"container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Επιλογή συνθηματικού που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί από τον διαχειριστή συστήματος " -"('root') στο σύνολο. Εάν δεν εισαχθεί συνθηματικό, θα χρησιμοποιηθεί η " -"προεπιλεγμένη τιμή <tt>root</tt>." +msgid "Select a password to use for a system administrator ('root') in the container. If no password is entered, the default value <tt>root</tt> will be used." +msgstr "Επιλογή συνθηματικού που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί από τον διαχειριστή συστήματος ('root') στο σύνολο. Εάν δεν εισαχθεί συνθηματικό, θα χρησιμοποιηθεί η προεπιλεγμένη τιμή <tt>root</tt>." #. Create dialog help, part 5 #: src/include/lxc/helps.rb:67 msgid "Use Create to start the creation process." -msgstr "" -"Πατήστε Δημιουργία για να εκκινήσετε την διαδικασία δημιουργίας.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Πατήστε Δημιουργία για να εκκινήσετε την διαδικασία δημιουργίας." #. info label (try to keep the text short) #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Βρέθηκαν κάποια προβλήματα με την ρύθμιση του LXC. Ελέγξτε την τεκμηρίωση " -"για λεπτομέρειες." +msgid "Some problems with LXC configuration were found. Check the documentation for details." +msgstr "Βρέθηκαν κάποια προβλήματα με την ρύθμιση του LXC. Ελέγξτε την τεκμηρίωση για λεπτομέρειες." #. output follows in widget below #: src/modules/Lxc.rb:232 Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/mail.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/mail.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/mail.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -110,13 +110,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" -"Εάν επιλέξετε Χωρίς Σύνδεση, ο διακομιστής αλληλογραφίας θα " -"εκκινήσει.\n" -"Ωστόσο, είναι δυνατή μόνο η τοπική μεταφορά μηνυμάτων. Ο Πελάτης Μεταφοράς " -"Αλληλογραφίας (MTA) υπακούει στο τοπικό σύστημα (localhost).\n" +"Εάν επιλέξετε Χωρίς Σύνδεση, ο διακομιστής αλληλογραφίας θα εκκινήσει.\n" +"Ωστόσο, είναι δυνατή μόνο η τοπική μεταφορά μηνυμάτων. Ο Πελάτης Μεταφοράς Αλληλογραφίας (MTA) υπακούει στο τοπικό σύστημα (localhost).\n" #. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 @@ -125,23 +122,19 @@ "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Προσδιορίστε εδώ την επανεγγραφή της διεύθυνσης του αποστολέα για κάθε " -"χρήστη.\n" +"Προσδιορίστε εδώ την επανεγγραφή της διεύθυνσης του αποστολέα για κάθε χρήστη.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ορισμένοι διακομιστές απαιτούν πιστοποίηση για την αποστολή " -"αλληλογραφίας. Εδώ μπορείτε\n" -"να εισάγετε πληροφορίες για αυτήν την επιλογή. Αν δεν θέλετε να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε\n" +"Ορισμένοι διακομιστές απαιτούν πιστοποίηση για την αποστολή αλληλογραφίας. Εδώ μπορείτε\n" +"να εισάγετε πληροφορίες για αυτήν την επιλογή. Αν δεν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε\n" "πιστοποίηση, απλώς αφήστε αυτά τα πεδία κενά.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 @@ -149,12 +142,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." -"com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ο διακομιστής εξερχόμενης αλληλογραφίας γενικά προτείνεται για συνδέσεις " -"μέσω τηλεφώνου.\n" +"Ο διακομιστής εξερχόμενης αλληλογραφίας γενικά προτείνεται για συνδέσεις μέσω τηλεφώνου.\n" "Εισάγετε τον διακομιστή SMTP του Παροχέα Υπηρεσιών Διαδικτύου, όπως\n" "smtp.provider.com.\n" @@ -162,12 +153,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Στο πεδίο Όνομα Χρήστη , εισάγετε το όνομα χρήστη που σας έχει " -"δώσει ο παροχέας σας.\n" +"Στο πεδίο Όνομα Χρήστη , εισάγετε το όνομα χρήστη που σας έχει δώσει ο παροχέας σας.\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -187,8 +176,7 @@ "They will not be lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Σημείωση: Για απλότητα, μόνο ένας διακομιστής απεικονίζεται σε αυτόν τον " -"διάλογο,\n" +"Σημείωση: Για απλότητα, μόνο ένας διακομιστής απεικονίζεται σε αυτόν τον διάλογο,\n" "παρόλο που μπορεί να υπάρχουν περισσότεροι στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων σας.\n" "Αυτοί δεν θα διαγραφούν.\n" @@ -209,14 +197,12 @@ "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Αυτός ο πίνακας ανακατευθύνει την παράδοση της αλληλογραφίας τοπικά.\n" "Ανακατευθύνετέ την σε τοπικό χρήστη (χρήσιμο για λογαριασμούς συστήματος, \n" -"ειδικά για τον υπερχρήστη), σε απομακρυσμένη διεύθυνση, ή σε λίστα " -"διευθύνσεων.\n" +"ειδικά για τον υπερχρήστη), σε απομακρυσμένη διεύθυνση, ή σε λίστα διευθύνσεων.\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -238,8 +224,7 @@ "part of the address.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Αυτός ο πίνακας ανακατευθύνει εισερχόμενη αλληλογραφία. Σε αντίθεση με " -"τον πίνακα ψευδωνύμων, \n" +"Αυτός ο πίνακας ανακατευθύνει εισερχόμενη αλληλογραφία. Σε αντίθεση με τον πίνακα ψευδωνύμων, \n" "επίσης μελετά το κομμάτι \n" "του τομέα στην διεύθυνση.\n" @@ -398,8 +383,7 @@ "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" "\"%3\"." msgstr "" -"Για να είναι δυνατή η παράδοση αλληλογραφίας στον τοπικό σας πελάτη " -"μεταφοράς αλληλογραφίας,\n" +"Για να είναι δυνατή η παράδοση αλληλογραφίας στον τοπικό σας πελάτη μεταφοράς αλληλογραφίας,\n" "η τιμή του %1 στο %2 θα οριστεί σε\n" "\"%3\"." @@ -633,8 +617,7 @@ "smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ο διακομιστής εξερχόμενης αλληλογραφίας γενικά προορίζεται για συνδέσεις " -"μέσω τηλεφώνου.\n" +"Ο διακομιστής εξερχόμενης αλληλογραφίας γενικά προορίζεται για συνδέσεις μέσω τηλεφώνου.\n" "Εισάγετε τον διακομιστή SMTP του Παροχέα Υπηρεσιών Διαδικτύου, όπως\n" "smtp.provider.com.\n" @@ -652,11 +635,9 @@ "Use the text box provided or a more detailed dialog.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Μπορεί να θέλετε το μήνυμα που θα στείλετε να εμφανίζεται σαν να " -"προέρχεται από το\n" +"Μπορεί να θέλετε το μήνυμα που θα στείλετε να εμφανίζεται σαν να προέρχεται από το\n" "company.com αντί του pc-042.company.com.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιείστε το πλαίσιο κειμένου που διατίθεται ή έναν περισσότερο " -"λεπτομερή διάλογο.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιείστε το πλαίσιο κειμένου που διατίθεται ή έναν περισσότερο λεπτομερή διάλογο.\n" #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 @@ -703,13 +684,11 @@ #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Η Ενεργοποίηση της ανίχνευσης ιών (AMaVis) ελέγχει την εισερχόμενη " -"και\n" +"Η Ενεργοποίηση της ανίχνευσης ιών (AMaVis) ελέγχει την εισερχόμενη και\n" "εξερχόμενη αλληλογραφία με το AMaViS.\n" #. help text @@ -720,11 +699,9 @@ "DKIM checks Domain Key signed incomming mails\n" "Clamav open source virus scanner engine" msgstr "" -"Η ενεργοποίηση του AMaViS θα ενεργοποιήσει επίσης τα παρακάτω αρθρώματα: " -"\n" +"Η ενεργοποίηση του AMaViS θα ενεργοποιήσει επίσης τα παρακάτω αρθρώματα: \n" "Spamassasin Ανίχνευση ανεπιθύμητης αλληλογραφίας\n" -"DKIMανιχνεύει υπογεγραμμένη εισερχόμενη αλληλογραφία με Κλειδί " -"Τομέα\n" +"DKIMανιχνεύει υπογεγραμμένη εισερχόμενη αλληλογραφία με Κλειδί Τομέα\n" "Clamav ανοικτού κώδικα πρόγραμμα ανίχνευσης ιών" #. help text @@ -735,8 +712,7 @@ "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Αν το AMaViS δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο και θέλετε να το χρησιμοποιήσετε, θα " -"εγκατασταθεί\n" +"Αν το AMaViS δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο και θέλετε να το χρησιμοποιήσετε, θα εγκατασταθεί\n" "αυτόματα.\n" #. checkbox label @@ -758,26 +734,19 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Η ενεργοποίηση του DKIM για εξερχόμενη αλληλογραφία απαιτεί επιπρόσθετες " -"ενέργειες. \n" -"Ένα κλειδί SSL θα δημιουργηθεί για την τιμή 'mydomain' καθορισμένο στο " -"Postfix.\n" +"Η ενεργοποίηση του DKIM για εξερχόμενη αλληλογραφία απαιτεί επιπρόσθετες ενέργειες. \n" +"Ένα κλειδί SSL θα δημιουργηθεί για την τιμή 'mydomain' καθορισμένο στο Postfix.\n" "Μια νέα υπηρεσία 'submisson' θα ρυθμιστεί στο Postfix. Μετά την ρύθμιση,\n" -"μπορείτε να αποστείλετε ηλεκτρονική αλληλογραφία με την υπηρεσία " -"'submission'\n" +"μπορείτε να αποστείλετε ηλεκτρονική αλληλογραφία με την υπηρεσία 'submission'\n" "από το 'mynetworks' έχοντας ενεργοποιημένη την πιστοποίηση SASL.\n" -"Μόνο ηλεκτρονική αλληλογραφία απεσταλμένη από αυτή τη νέα υπηρεσία θα " -"υπογράφεται με το κλειδί τομέα.\n" +"Μόνο ηλεκτρονική αλληλογραφία απεσταλμένη από αυτή τη νέα υπηρεσία θα υπογράφεται με το κλειδί τομέα.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 @@ -787,29 +756,22 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Το δημόσιο κλειδί του κλειδιού τομέα χρειάζεται να προσφερθεί από την " -"Υπηρεσία\n" +"Το δημόσιο κλειδί του κλειδιού τομέα χρειάζεται να προσφερθεί από την Υπηρεσία\n" "Ονόματος Τομέα.Το δημόσιο κλειδί θα αποθηκευτεί ως εγγραφή DNS TXT\n" -"στο /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt και χρειάζεται να αναπτυχθεί " -"με βάση\n" -"την Υπηρεσία Ονόματος Τομέα. Εάν υπάρχει υπηρεσία ονόματος που εκτελείται " -"στον\n" +"στο /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt και χρειάζεται να αναπτυχθεί με βάση\n" +"την Υπηρεσία Ονόματος Τομέα. Εάν υπάρχει υπηρεσία ονόματος που εκτελείται στον\n" "εξυπηρετητή, η οποία είναι επίσημος εξυπηρετητής για τον τομέα,\n" "το δημόσιο κλειδί θα προστεθεί αυτόματα ως εγγραφή TXT στην ζώνη τομέα.\n" #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"Εάν ενεργοποιήσετε την υποστήριξη DKIM, η ανίχνευση ιών (AMaVis) θα " -"ενεργοποηθεί επίσης." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "Εάν ενεργοποιήσετε την υποστήριξη DKIM, η ανίχνευση ιών (AMaVis) θα ενεργοποηθεί επίσης." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -843,8 +805,7 @@ "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account." msgstr "" "Προτείνεται να έχετε κανονικό λογαριασμό χρήστη\n" -"για τον διαχειριστή συστήματος και ανακατεύθυνση της αλληλογραφίας του " -"υπερχρήστη σε αυτό το λογαριασμό." +"για τον διαχειριστή συστήματος και ανακατεύθυνση της αλληλογραφίας του υπερχρήστη σε αυτό το λογαριασμό." #. Translators: combo box label #. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA @@ -854,13 +815,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"Η κατάσταση παράδοσης είναι συνήθως Άμεση, εκτός εάν δεν " -"θέλετε να προωθείτε την αλληλογραφία του υπερχρήστη ή θέλετε να έχετε " -"πρόσβαση στην αλληλογραφία μέσω IMAP." +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "Η κατάσταση παράδοσης είναι συνήθως Άμεση, εκτός εάν δεν θέλετε να προωθείτε την αλληλογραφία του υπερχρήστη ή θέλετε να έχετε πρόσβαση στην αλληλογραφία μέσω IMAP." #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 @@ -900,9 +856,7 @@ #. Validation #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." -msgstr "" -"Αδυναμία χρήσης του procmail όταν η αλληλογραφία του υπερχρήστη δεν " -"προωθείται." +msgstr "Αδυναμία χρήσης του procmail όταν η αλληλογραφία του υπερχρήστη δεν προωθείται." #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail normally @@ -995,8 +949,7 @@ "%2" msgstr "" "Σφάλμα ανάγνωσης του αρχείου %1. Το αρχείο πρέπει να έχει\n" -"μία καθορισμένη διαμόρφωση για να είναι αναγνώσιμο από το YaST. Για " -"λεπτομέρειες, δείτε\n" +"μία καθορισμένη διαμόρφωση για να είναι αναγνώσιμο από το YaST. Για λεπτομέρειες, δείτε\n" "%2" #. Translators: error message @@ -1165,14 +1118,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Προχωρημένη Εγκατάσταση Διακομιστή Αλληλογραφίας με υποσύστημα LDAP" #~ msgid "You have configured your MTA without LDAP support. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Έχετε ρυθμίσει τον Πελάτη Μεταφοράς Αλληλογραφίας (ΜΤΑ) σας χωρίς την " -#~ "υποστήριξη LDAP. " +#~ msgstr "Έχετε ρυθμίσει τον Πελάτη Μεταφοράς Αλληλογραφίας (ΜΤΑ) σας χωρίς την υποστήριξη LDAP. " #~ msgid "This modul will configure your MTA with LDAP support. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτή η μονάδα θα ρυθμίσει τον Πελάτη Μεταφοράς Αλληλογραφίας (ΜΤΑ) σας με " -#~ "υποστήριξη LDAP. " +#~ msgstr "Αυτή η μονάδα θα ρυθμίσει τον Πελάτη Μεταφοράς Αλληλογραφίας (ΜΤΑ) σας με υποστήριξη LDAP. " #~ msgid "This will corrupt your current configuration." #~ msgstr "Αυτό θα αλλοιώσει τις τρέχουσες ρυθμίσεις σας." @@ -1195,12 +1144,8 @@ #~ msgid "Mail Server Configuration " #~ msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Εξυπηρετητή Αλληλογραφίας " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the " -#~ "Cyrus IMAP server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτή η μονάδα θα ρυθμίσει και θα εκκινήσει το Postfix και αν " -#~ "χρειάζεται τον Διακομιστή Cyrus IMAP." +#~ msgid "This module will configure and start Postfix and, if necessary, the Cyrus IMAP server." +#~ msgstr "Αυτή η μονάδα θα ρυθμίσει και θα εκκινήσει το Postfix και αν χρειάζεται τον Διακομιστή Cyrus IMAP." #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning:\n" @@ -1209,10 +1154,8 @@ #~ "receive email. They do not need this module.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Προσοχή: \n" -#~ "Οι περισσότεροι οικιακοί χρήστες μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν τις " -#~ "ενσωματωμένες\n" -#~ "δυνατότητες της εφαρμογής ηλεκτρονικής αλληλογραφίας τους για αποστολή " -#~ "και\n" +#~ "Οι περισσότεροι οικιακοί χρήστες μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν τις ενσωματωμένες\n" +#~ "δυνατότητες της εφαρμογής ηλεκτρονικής αλληλογραφίας τους για αποστολή και\n" #~ "λήψη αλληλογραφίας. Δεν χρειάζονται αυτό το άρθρωμα.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1220,8 +1163,7 @@ #~ "email on your local system or for some special cases.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Χρειάζεστε το Postfix μόνο εάν θέλετε να αποθηκεύετε\n" -#~ "την αλληλογραφία στο τοπικό σας σύστημα, ή σε κάποιες άλλες ειδικές " -#~ "περιπτώσεις.\n" +#~ "την αλληλογραφία στο τοπικό σας σύστημα, ή σε κάποιες άλλες ειδικές περιπτώσεις.\n" #~ msgid "Skip this page in the future" #~ msgstr "Παράληψη αυτής της σελίδας στο μέλλον." @@ -1232,46 +1174,23 @@ #~ msgid "Select configuration type according your needs." #~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε τον τύπο ρύθμισης σύμφωνα με τις προσωπικές σας ανάγκες." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard " -#~ "configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εάν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το sendmail σαν πελάτη μεταφοράς " -#~ "αλληλογραφίας (MTA), πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε την τυπική ρύθμιση." +#~ msgid "If you want to use sendmail as your MTA, you have to use the Standard configuration." +#~ msgstr "Εάν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το sendmail σαν πελάτη μεταφοράς αλληλογραφίας (MTA), πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε την τυπική ρύθμιση." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your " -#~ "system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η ρύθμιση για προχωρημένους χρησιμοποιεί το LDAP στο παρασκήνιο και θα " -#~ "ρυθμίσει το σύστημά σας σαν πελάτη LDAP και θα εγκαταστήσει ένα " -#~ "διακομιστή LDAP εάν είναι απαραίτητο." +#~ msgid "The Advanced configuration use LDAP as backend and will configure your system as LDAP-Client and setup an LDAP-Server if necessary." +#~ msgstr "Η ρύθμιση για προχωρημένους χρησιμοποιεί το LDAP στο παρασκήνιο και θα ρυθμίσει το σύστημά σας σαν πελάτη LDAP και θα εγκαταστήσει ένα διακομιστή LDAP εάν είναι απαραίτητο." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η ρύθμιση του εκτελούμενου διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας βασίζεται στον " -#~ "\"τυπικό\" τύπο." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Standard\" type." +#~ msgstr "Η ρύθμιση του εκτελούμενου διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας βασίζεται στον \"τυπικό\" τύπο." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή σε ρύθμιση \"Για Προχωρημένους\". Αυτό θα " -#~ "αντικαταστήσει όλες τις υπάρχουσες ρυθμίσεις." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Advanced\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή σε ρύθμιση \"Για Προχωρημένους\". Αυτό θα αντικαταστήσει όλες τις υπάρχουσες ρυθμίσεις." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η ρύθμιση του εκτελούμενου διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας βασίζεται στον τύπο " -#~ "\"Για Προχωρημένους\"." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the \"Advanced\" type." +#~ msgstr "Η ρύθμιση του εκτελούμενου διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας βασίζεται στον τύπο \"Για Προχωρημένους\"." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή σε \"Τυπικές\" ρυθμίσεις. Αυτό θα αντικαταστήσει " -#~ "όλες τις υπάρχουσες ρυθμίσεις." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to \"Standard\" settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή σε \"Τυπικές\" ρυθμίσεις. Αυτό θα αντικαταστήσει όλες τις υπάρχουσες ρυθμίσεις." #~ msgid "Standard" #~ msgstr "Τυπικό" @@ -1316,54 +1235,28 @@ #~ msgstr "Ο υπολογιστής σας δεν είναι ρυθμισμένος ως πελάτης LDAP." #~ msgid "We suggest you set up a local LDAP server for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Προτείνεται να εγκαταστήσετε ένα τοπικό διακομιστή LDAP για τον " -#~ "διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" +#~ msgstr "Προτείνεται να εγκαταστήσετε ένα τοπικό διακομιστή LDAP για τον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δημιουργία πιστοποιητικού για τον LDAP και για τον διακομιστή " -#~ "αλληλογραφίας για να ασφαλίσετε το σύστημά σας." +#~ msgid "Create certificates for the LDAP and mail server in order to secure your system." +#~ msgstr "Δημιουργία πιστοποιητικού για τον LDAP και για τον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας για να ασφαλίσετε το σύστημά σας." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is " -#~ "local." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο υπολογιστής σας είναι ρυθμισμένος ως πελάτης LDAP και ο Διακομιστής " -#~ "LDAP είναι τοπικός." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as an LDAP client and the LDAP server is local." +#~ msgstr "Ο υπολογιστής σας είναι ρυθμισμένος ως πελάτης LDAP και ο Διακομιστής LDAP είναι τοπικός." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Προτείνεται η προσαρμογή των ρυθμίσεων του διακομιστή LDAP για τον " -#~ "διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας." +#~ msgid "We suggest you adapt the LDAP server configuration for the mail server." +#~ msgstr "Προτείνεται η προσαρμογή των ρυθμίσεων του διακομιστή LDAP για τον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator " -#~ "account:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για αυτό το λόγο θα πρέπει να γνωρίζετε τον κωδικό του λογαριασμού του " -#~ "διαχειριστή LDAP:" +#~ msgid "For this reason you have to know the password of the LDAP administrator account:" +#~ msgstr "Για αυτό το λόγο θα πρέπει να γνωρίζετε τον κωδικό του λογαριασμού του διαχειριστή LDAP:" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not " -#~ "local." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο υπολογιστής σας είναι ρυθμισμένος ως πελάτης LDAP και ο διακομιστής " -#~ "LDAP δεν είναι τοπικός." +#~ msgid "Your computer is configured as a LDAP client and the LDAP server is not local." +#~ msgstr "Ο υπολογιστής σας είναι ρυθμισμένος ως πελάτης LDAP και ο διακομιστής LDAP δεν είναι τοπικός." #~ msgid "We suggest you configure the LDAP server for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Προτείνεται η ρύθμιση του διακομιστή LDAP για τον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" +#~ msgstr "Προτείνεται η ρύθμιση του διακομιστή LDAP για τον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver." -#~ "schema and the corresponding index entries." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πέραν τούτου ο διακομιστής LDAP θα πρέπει να περιέχει το suse-" -#~ "mailserver.schema και τις αντίστοιχες καταχωρήσεις καταλόγου" +#~ msgid "Furthermore, the LDAP server has to contain the suse-mailserver.schema and the corresponding index entries." +#~ msgstr "Πέραν τούτου ο διακομιστής LDAP θα πρέπει να περιέχει το suse-mailserver.schema και τις αντίστοιχες καταχωρήσεις καταλόγου" #~ msgid "Create certificates." #~ msgstr "Δημιουργία πιστοποιητικών." @@ -1378,9 +1271,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να ακυρώσετε την διαδικασία εγγραφής;" #~ msgid "You must configure LDAP to use the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Θα πρέπει να ρυθμίσετε το LDAP για να χρησιμοποιεί τον διακομιστή " -#~ "αλληλογραφίας." +#~ msgstr "Θα πρέπει να ρυθμίσετε το LDAP για να χρησιμοποιεί τον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας." #~ msgid " The LDAP configuration starts now." #~ msgstr "Η ρύθμιση του LDAP ξεκινά τώρα." @@ -1391,8 +1282,7 @@ #~ "Create the certificate with the YaST2 CA management module.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Δεν έχετε δημιουργήσει κλειδί και πιστοποιητικό διακομιστή.\n" -#~ "Δεν θα μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε από την πλευρά του διακομιστή SSL και " -#~ "TSL στον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας.\n" +#~ "Δεν θα μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε από την πλευρά του διακομιστή SSL και TSL στον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας.\n" #~ "Δημιουργήστε ένα πιστοποιητικό με τη μονάδα διαχείρισης YaST2 CA.\n" #~ msgid "Do Not Use TLS" @@ -1573,8 +1463,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Καθορισμένα Έμπιστα Δίκτυα" #~ msgid "Security Settings for Sending Mail via the Server" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ρυθμίσεις Ασφαλείας για την Αποστολή Αλληλογραφίας μέσω του Διακομιστή" +#~ msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Ασφαλείας για την Αποστολή Αλληλογραφίας μέσω του Διακομιστή" #~ msgid "Cyrus IMAP Settings" #~ msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Cyrus IMAP" @@ -1692,9 +1581,7 @@ #~ "Προσπαθήστε ξανά." #~ msgid "You cannot define local domains for the mail server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τους τοπικούς τομείς για τον διακομιστή " -#~ "αλληλογραφίας." +#~ msgstr "Δεν μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τους τοπικούς τομείς για τον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας." #~ msgid "Defined Domains" #~ msgstr "Καθορισμένοι Τομείς" @@ -1709,13 +1596,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Όνομα" #~ msgid "There is no main mail domain defined. Please fix it!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν έχει καθοριστεί κύριος τομέας αλληλογραφίας. Παρακαλώ διορθώστε το!" +#~ msgstr "Δεν έχει καθοριστεί κύριος τομέας αλληλογραφίας. Παρακαλώ διορθώστε το!" #~ msgid "You have defined more then one main mail domain. Please fix it!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Έχετε καθορίσει περισσότερους από ένα κεντρικό τομέα αλληλογραφίας. " -#~ "Παρακαλώ διορθώστε το." +#~ msgstr "Έχετε καθορίσει περισσότερους από ένα κεντρικό τομέα αλληλογραφίας. Παρακαλώ διορθώστε το." #~ msgid "Mail Server Global Settings" #~ msgstr "Γενικές Ρυθμίσεις Διακομιστή Αλληλογραφίας" @@ -1724,9 +1608,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Μεταφορών του Διακομιστή Αλληλογραφίας" #~ msgid "Mail Server SPAM Basic Prevention Configuration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Βασικές Ρυθμίσεις Παρεμπόδισης Ανεπιθύμητης Αλληλογραφίας (SPAM) του " -#~ "Διακομιστή Αλληλογραφίας" +#~ msgstr "Βασικές Ρυθμίσεις Παρεμπόδισης Ανεπιθύμητης Αλληλογραφίας (SPAM) του Διακομιστή Αλληλογραφίας" #~ msgid "Mail Server Relaying Configuration" #~ msgstr "Ρύθμιση Διαμεταγωγών του Διακομιστή Αλληλογραφίας" @@ -1743,18 +1625,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Administrator Authorization</big> \n" #~ "To use the YaST mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too. \n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. \n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Εξουσιοδότηση Διαχειριστή</big> \n" -#~ "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το συστατικό του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας του " -#~ "YaST, το σύστημά σας θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιεί το LDAP\n" -#~ "ως αποθήκη για τους λογαριασμούς χρηστών και ομάδων και για υπηρεσίες DNS." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Μερικές από τις ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας θα αποθηκευτούν " -#~ "επίσης και στην αποθήκη του LDAP. \n" +#~ "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το συστατικό του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας του YaST, το σύστημά σας θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιεί το LDAP\n" +#~ "ως αποθήκη για τους λογαριασμούς χρηστών και ομάδων και για υπηρεσίες DNS. \n" +#~ "Μερικές από τις ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας θα αποθηκευτούν επίσης και στην αποθήκη του LDAP. \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Set Up Mail Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1775,8 +1652,7 @@ #~ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ακύρωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να ακυρώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -#~ "Ακύρωση τώρα.\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να ακυρώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ακύρωση τώρα.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Saving Mail Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1793,8 +1669,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ακύρωση Αποθήκευσης:</big> \n" #~ "Ακυρώστε την διαδικασία αποθήκευσης πατώντας Ακύρωση.\n" -#~ "Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε " -#~ "αυτό.\n" +#~ "Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε αυτό.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1808,14 +1683,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Size:</big> \n" -#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and " -#~ "getting),\n" +#~ "This parameter limits the total size in bytes of a mail (sending and getting),\n" #~ "including envelope information.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Μέγεθος Αλληλογραφίας:</big> \n" -#~ "Αυτή η παράμετρος περιορίζει το συνολικό μέγεθος σε bytes ενός μηνύματος " -#~ "(αποστολής και λήψης),\n" +#~ "Αυτή η παράμετρος περιορίζει το συνολικό μέγεθος σε bytes ενός μηνύματος (αποστολής και λήψης),\n" #~ "συμπεριλαμβανομένων των πληροφοριών του φακέλου.\n" #~ "" @@ -1842,73 +1715,51 @@ #~ "This is the list of the defined mail transports.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Καθορισμένες Δρομολογήσεις Μεταφορών Αλληλογραφίας</big></" -#~ "b> \n" +#~ "<big>Καθορισμένες Δρομολογήσεις Μεταφορών Αλληλογραφίας</big> \n" #~ "Αυτή είναι η λίστα με τις καθορισμένες μεταφορές αλληλογραφίας.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>SPAM Prevention</big> \n" -#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of " -#~ "unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" -#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists " -#~ "or RBL\n" +#~ "Postfix offers a variety of parameters that limit the delivery of unsolicited commercial e-mail (UCE).\n" +#~ "In this dialog, configure this settings. For example, set access lists or RBL\n" #~ "(real-time blackhole list) name servers. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Αποφυγή Ανεπιθύμητης Αλληλογραφίας SPAM</big> \n" -#~ "Το Postfix παρέχει μια πλειονότητα από παραμέτρους οι οποίες περιορίζουν " -#~ "την παράδοση των αυθαίρετων εμπορικών ηλεκτρονικών μηνυμάτων (UCE).\n" -#~ "Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, ρυθμίστε αυτές τις παραμέτρους. Για παράδειγμα, " -#~ "ορίστε τις λίστες πρόσβασης ή τους RBL\n" +#~ "Το Postfix παρέχει μια πλειονότητα από παραμέτρους οι οποίες περιορίζουν την παράδοση των αυθαίρετων εμπορικών ηλεκτρονικών μηνυμάτων (UCE).\n" +#~ "Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, ρυθμίστε αυτές τις παραμέτρους. Για παράδειγμα, ορίστε τις λίστες πρόσβασης ή τους RBL\n" #~ "(real-time blackhole list) διακομιστές ονομάτων. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for " -#~ "viruses and and for spam.\n" -#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder " -#~ "SpamAssassin will be installed \n" -#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus " -#~ "scanner engines.\n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, your emails will be scanned for viruses and and for spam.\n" +#~ "The virus scanner engine Clamavd and the spam finder SpamAssassin will be installed \n" +#~ "and configured as well. You can also install other (commercial) virus scanner engines.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Έναρξη Ανιχνευτή Ιών AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "Εάν εκκινήσετε τον ανιχνευτή ιών AMAVIS, τα ηλεκτρονικά μηνύματά σας θα " -#~ "ανιχνεύονται για ιούς και για ανεπιθύμητη αλληλογραφία.\n" -#~ "Το πρόγραμμα ανίχνευσης ιών Clamavd και το πρόγραμμα εύρεσης " -#~ "ανεπιθύμητης αλληλογραφίας SpamAssassin θα εγκατασταθούν \n" -#~ "και θα ρυθμιστούν. Μπορείτε επίσης να εγκαταστήσετε άλλα (εμπορικά) " -#~ "προγράμματα ανίχνευσης ιών.\n" +#~ "Εάν εκκινήσετε τον ανιχνευτή ιών AMAVIS, τα ηλεκτρονικά μηνύματά σας θα ανιχνεύονται για ιούς και για ανεπιθύμητη αλληλογραφία.\n" +#~ "Το πρόγραμμα ανίχνευσης ιών Clamavd και το πρόγραμμα εύρεσης ανεπιθύμητης αλληλογραφίας SpamAssassin θα εγκατασταθούν \n" +#~ "και θα ρυθμιστούν. Μπορείτε επίσης να εγκαταστήσετε άλλα (εμπορικά) προγράμματα ανίχνευσης ιών.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Configure Spam Learning Extension:</big> \n" -#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery " -#~ "method is cyrus imapd.\n" -#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be " -#~ "created. Spam email \n" -#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the " -#~ "folder NewSpam.\n" -#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-" -#~ "spam email into\n" -#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by " -#~ "anyone.\n" +#~ "The spam learning extension can only be configured if the local delivery method is cyrus imapd.\n" +#~ "In this case the shared folders NewSpam and NoSpam will be created. Spam email \n" +#~ "which was not detected by SpamAssassin should be put into the folder NewSpam.\n" +#~ "If you want your spam finder to be most effective you should also put non-spam email into\n" +#~ "the folder NoSpam. The emails in this folder cannot be read by anyone.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ρύθμιση Πρόσθετου Ανεπιθύμητης Αλληλογραφίας:</big> \n" -#~ "Το πρόσθετο ανεπιθύμητης αλληλογραφίας μπορεί να ρυθμιστεί εάν η τοπική " -#~ "μέθοδος παράδοσης είναι η cyrus imapd.\n" -#~ "Σε αυτή τη περίπτωση οι κοινόχρηστοι φάκελοι NewSpam και " -#~ "NoSpam θα δημιουργηθούν. Η ανεπιθύμητη αλληλογραφία \n" -#~ "που δεν ανιχνεύτηκε από το SpamAssassin θα τοποθετηθεί μέσα στον " -#~ "φάκελο NewSpam.\n" -#~ "Εάν θέλετε το πρόγραμμα ανεύρεσης ανεπιθύμητης αλληλογραφίας να είναι πιο " -#~ "αποτελεσματικό θα πρέπει επίσης να τοποθετήσετε επιθυμητή αλληλογραφία " -#~ "στον\n" -#~ "φάκελο NoSpam. Η ηλεκτρονική αλληλογραφία στον φάκελο αυτό δεν " -#~ "μπορεί να αναγνωστεί από κανένα.\n" +#~ "Το πρόσθετο ανεπιθύμητης αλληλογραφίας μπορεί να ρυθμιστεί εάν η τοπική μέθοδος παράδοσης είναι η cyrus imapd.\n" +#~ "Σε αυτή τη περίπτωση οι κοινόχρηστοι φάκελοι NewSpam και NoSpam θα δημιουργηθούν. Η ανεπιθύμητη αλληλογραφία \n" +#~ "που δεν ανιχνεύτηκε από το SpamAssassin θα τοποθετηθεί μέσα στον φάκελο NewSpam.\n" +#~ "Εάν θέλετε το πρόγραμμα ανεύρεσης ανεπιθύμητης αλληλογραφίας να είναι πιο αποτελεσματικό θα πρέπει επίσης να τοποθετήσετε επιθυμητή αλληλογραφία στον\n" +#~ "φάκελο NoSpam. Η ηλεκτρονική αλληλογραφία στον φάκελο αυτό δεν μπορεί να αναγνωστεί από κανένα.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -1918,8 +1769,7 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Έμπιστα Τοπικά Δίκτυα:</big> \n" -#~ "Πελάτες από αυτά τα δίκτυα μπορούν να χρησιμοποιούν τον διακομιστή " -#~ "αλληλογραφίας σας για διαμεταγωγή αλληλογραφίας. \n" +#~ "Πελάτες από αυτά τα δίκτυα μπορούν να χρησιμοποιούν τον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας σας για διαμεταγωγή αλληλογραφίας. \n" #~ "(Αποστολή μη-τοπικών μηνυμάτων)\n" #~ " \n" @@ -1930,24 +1780,20 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Απαιτείται Πιστοποίηση SASL:</big> \n" -#~ "Αν είναι ορισμένο σε αληθές, οι πελάτες θα πρέπει να πιστοποιούνται για " -#~ "να χρησιμοποιήσουν\n" +#~ "Αν είναι ορισμένο σε αληθές, οι πελάτες θα πρέπει να πιστοποιούνται για να χρησιμοποιήσουν\n" #~ "τον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας για διαμεταγωγή αλληλογραφίας. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Local Delivery Type</big> \n" #~ "In this frame, choose the local mail delivery method. \n" -#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or " -#~ "IMAP\n" +#~ "For clients to be able to connect to your mail server via the POP or IMAP\n" #~ "protocol, choose Cyrus IMAP. \n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Τύπος Τοπικής Παράδοσης</big> \n" -#~ "Σε αυτό πλαίσιο, επιλέξτε την μέθοδο παράδοσης της τοπικής " -#~ "αλληλογραφίας. \n" -#~ "Για να μπορούν οι πελάτες να συνδέονται στον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας σας " -#~ "μέσω πρωτοκόλλου POP ή IMAP,\n" +#~ "Σε αυτό πλαίσιο, επιλέξτε την μέθοδο παράδοσης της τοπικής αλληλογραφίας. \n" +#~ "Για να μπορούν οι πελάτες να συνδέονται στον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας σας μέσω πρωτοκόλλου POP ή IMAP,\n" #~ "επιλέξτε Cyrus IMAP. \n" #~ " \n" @@ -1962,14 +1808,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Mail Fetching Scheduler</big> \n" -#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this " -#~ "regularly\n" +#~ "If you have mail boxes on an Internet provider, you can fetch this regularly\n" #~ "at defined time intervals and by connecting to the Internet.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Προγραμματιστής Λήψης Αλληλογραφίας</big> \n" -#~ "Αν έχετε γραμματοκιβώτια αλληλογραφίας σε Παρόχους Διαδικτύου, μπορείτε " -#~ "να τα παραλαμβάνετε συχνά\n" +#~ "Αν έχετε γραμματοκιβώτια αλληλογραφίας σε Παρόχους Διαδικτύου, μπορείτε να τα παραλαμβάνετε συχνά\n" #~ "σε συγκεκριμένο χρόνο κατά τη σύνδεσή σας στο Διαδίκτυο.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -1989,20 +1833,17 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Τομείς Διακομιστή Αλληλογραφίας</big> \n" -#~ "Εδώ, καθορίστε τους τομείς για τους οποίους ο διακομιστής αλληλογραφίας " -#~ "σας θεωρεί τελικό \n" +#~ "Εδώ, καθορίστε τους τομείς για τους οποίους ο διακομιστής αλληλογραφίας σας θεωρεί τελικό \n" #~ "προορισμό.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Note: You can create and set up the domains with the YaST \n" -#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the " -#~ "properties\n" +#~ "DNS server module. In the current module, you only can set the properties\n" #~ "concerning the mail server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Σημείωση: Μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε και να ρυθμίσετε τους τομείς με το " -#~ "άρθρωμα\n" +#~ "Σημείωση: Μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε και να ρυθμίσετε τους τομείς με το άρθρωμα\n" #~ "εξυπηρετητή DNS του YaST. Στο άρθρωμα μπορείτε να ορίσετε τις ιδιότητες\n" #~ "που αφορούν τον εξυπηρετητή αλληλογραφίας.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2016,12 +1857,9 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Τύπος:</big> \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε εικονικούς και τοπικούς τομείς. Στους εικονικούς " -#~ "τομείς, μόνο οι χρήστες\n" -#~ "που τους εκχωρήθηκε μια διεύθυνση αλληλογραφίας από τον τομέα μπορούν να " -#~ "παραλάβουν αλληλογραφία.\n" -#~ "Στους τοπικούς τομείς, όλοι οι χρήστες μπορούν να παραλάβουν " -#~ "αλληλογραφία. Αντιστοιχίστε τις εικονικές διευθύνσεις \n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε εικονικούς και τοπικούς τομείς. Στους εικονικούς τομείς, μόνο οι χρήστες\n" +#~ "που τους εκχωρήθηκε μια διεύθυνση αλληλογραφίας από τον τομέα μπορούν να παραλάβουν αλληλογραφία.\n" +#~ "Στους τοπικούς τομείς, όλοι οι χρήστες μπορούν να παραλάβουν αλληλογραφία. Αντιστοιχίστε τις εικονικές διευθύνσεις \n" #~ "αλληλογραφίας στο άρθρωμα χρηστών του YaST.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2074,8 +1912,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Ανάγνωση των τομέων του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" #~ msgid "Reading mail server global settings..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ανάγνωση γενικών ρυθμίσεων της υπηρεσίας διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας..." +#~ msgstr "Ανάγνωση γενικών ρυθμίσεων της υπηρεσίας διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας..." #~ msgid "Reading mail server transports..." #~ msgstr "Ανάγνωση μεταφορών του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας..." @@ -2087,8 +1924,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Ανάγνωση των ρυθμίσεων μεταγωγής του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας..." #~ msgid "Reading mail server local delivery settings..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ανάγνωση ρυθμίσεων τοπικής παράδοσης του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας..." +#~ msgstr "Ανάγνωση ρυθμίσεων τοπικής παράδοσης του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας..." #~ msgid "Reading mail fetching jobs..." #~ msgstr "Ανάγνωση εργασιών λήψης της αλληλογραφίας..." @@ -2097,8 +1933,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Ανάγνωση των τομέων του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας..." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server global settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αδύνατη η ανάγνωση των γενικών ρυθμίσεων του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας." +#~ msgstr "Αδύνατη η ανάγνωση των γενικών ρυθμίσεων του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας." #~ msgid "Cannot read mail server transports." #~ msgstr "Αδύνατη η ανάγνωση των μεταφορών του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" @@ -2107,13 +1942,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Αδύνατη η ανάγνωση των αποτροπών του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server relay settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης των ρυθμίσεων μεταγωγών του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας." +#~ msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης των ρυθμίσεων μεταγωγών του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server local delivery settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης των ρυθμίσεων τοπικής παράδοσης του διακομιστή " -#~ "αλληλογραφίας." +#~ msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης των ρυθμίσεων τοπικής παράδοσης του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας." #~ msgid "Cannot read the mail server fetching jobs." #~ msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης των εργασιών λήψης του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας." @@ -2128,8 +1960,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Εγγραφή των γενικών ρυθμίσεων του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" #~ msgid "Write mail server local delivery settings" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων της τοπικής παράδοσης του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" +#~ msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων της τοπικής παράδοσης του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" #~ msgid "Write mail server transports" #~ msgstr "Εγγραφή των μεταφορών του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" @@ -2150,9 +1981,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Εγγραφή των γενικών ρυθμίσεων του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας..." #~ msgid "Writing mail server local delivery settings..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων της τοπικής παράδοσης του διακομιστή " -#~ "αλληλογραφίας..." +#~ msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων της τοπικής παράδοσης του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας..." #~ msgid "Writing mail server transports..." #~ msgstr "Εγγραφή των μεταφορών του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας..." @@ -2170,12 +1999,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Εγγραφή των τομέων του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας...." #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server global settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αδύνατη η εγγραφή των γενικών ρυθμίσεων του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας." +#~ msgstr "Αδύνατη η εγγραφή των γενικών ρυθμίσεων του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας." #~ msgid "Cannot write the mail server local delivery settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αδύνατη η εγγραφή ρυθμίσεων τοπικής παράδοσης του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" +#~ msgstr "Αδύνατη η εγγραφή ρυθμίσεων τοπικής παράδοσης του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" #~ msgid "Cannot write mail server transports." #~ msgstr "Αδύνατη η εγγραφή των μεταφορών του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας" @@ -2204,28 +2031,18 @@ #~ msgid "Invalid e-mail format." #~ msgstr "Μή έγκυρη μορφή ηλεκτρονικής αλληλογραφίας." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις της " -#~ "αλληλογραφίας για έναν χρήστη." +#~ msgid "In this dialog You can configure the mail settings of an user ." +#~ msgstr "Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις της αλληλογραφίας για έναν χρήστη." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πρώτα μπορείτε να ορίσετε τις διευθύνσεις αλληλογραφίας και τα " -#~ "ψευδώνυμα για το χρήστη." +#~ msgid "First you can set the mail addresses and aliases for the user." +#~ msgstr "Πρώτα μπορείτε να ορίσετε τις διευθύνσεις αλληλογραφίας και τα ψευδώνυμα για το χρήστη." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you " -#~ "can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" +#~ "If you have selected \"cyrus\" for the local delivery of mails, you can set the size limit for the users mail box.\n" #~ " If you do not set any value the mail box size is unlimited." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν έχετε επιλέξει το \"cyrus\" για την τοπική παράδοση της " -#~ "αλληλογραφίας, μπορείτε να ορίστε το όριο του μεγέθους για το " -#~ "γραμματοκιβώτιο των χρηστών.\n" -#~ " Αν δεν ορίσετε μια τιμή, το μέγεθος γραμματοκιβωτίου θα είναι " -#~ "άπειρο." +#~ "Αν έχετε επιλέξει το \"cyrus\" για την τοπική παράδοση της αλληλογραφίας, μπορείτε να ορίστε το όριο του μεγέθους για το γραμματοκιβώτιο των χρηστών.\n" +#~ " Αν δεν ορίσετε μια τιμή, το μέγεθος γραμματοκιβωτίου θα είναι άπειρο." #~ msgid "E-Mail Addresses " #~ msgstr "Διευθύνσεις Ηλεκτρονικής Αλληλογραφίας " @@ -2249,8 +2066,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Η καταχώρηση υπάρχει ήδη." #~ msgid "Forwarding E-Mail Addresses " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Προώθηση Διευθύνσεων Ηλεκτρονικού Ταχυδρομείου " +#~ msgstr "Προώθηση Διευθύνσεων Ηλεκτρονικού Ταχυδρομείου " #~ msgid "Delivery of group Mails" #~ msgstr "Παράδοση ομάδας Μηνυμάτων" @@ -2311,8 +2127,7 @@ #~ "%2" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Σφάλμα ανάγνωσης του αρχείου %1. Το αρχείο πρέπει να έχει\n" -#~ "μία καθορισμένη διαμόρφωση για να είναι αναγνώσιμο από το YaST2. Για " -#~ "λεπτομέρειες, δείτε\n" +#~ "μία καθορισμένη διαμόρφωση για να είναι αναγνώσιμο από το YaST2. Για λεπτομέρειες, δείτε\n" #~ "%2" #, fuzzy @@ -2334,27 +2149,21 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Administrator Authorization</big> \n" #~ "To use the YaST2 mail server component, your system must use LDAP\n" -#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services." -#~ " \n" -#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, " -#~ "too. \n" +#~ "as a repository for the user and group accounts and for the DNS services. \n" +#~ "Some of the mail server settings will be stored in the LDAP repository, too. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Εξουσιοδότηση Διαχειριστή</big> \n" -#~ "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε τη μονάδα του YaST2 διακομιστής αλληλογραφίας, το " -#~ "σύστημά σας θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιεί LDAP\n" +#~ "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε τη μονάδα του YaST2 διακομιστής αλληλογραφίας, το σύστημά σας θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιεί LDAP\n" #~ "ως αποθήκη για τους χρήστες και τις ομάδες και υπηρεσίες DNS. \n" -#~ "Μερικές από τις ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας θα αποθηκευτούν " -#~ "στην αποθήκη του LDAP. \n" +#~ "Μερικές από τις ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας θα αποθηκευτούν στην αποθήκη του LDAP. \n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start Virus Scanner AMAVIS:</big> \n" -#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus " -#~ "scanner engine. \n" +#~ "If you start the virus scanner AMAVIS, do not forget to install a virus scanner engine. \n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Εκκίνηση Ανίχνευσης Ιών(AMAVIS):</big> \n" -#~ "Αν ξεκινήσετε το πρόγραμμα ανίχνευσης ιών AMAVIS, μην ξεχάσετε να " -#~ "εγκαταστήσετε την μηχανή αναζήτησης ιών. \n" +#~ "Αν ξεκινήσετε το πρόγραμμα ανίχνευσης ιών AMAVIS, μην ξεχάσετε να εγκαταστήσετε την μηχανή αναζήτησης ιών. \n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -2364,8 +2173,7 @@ #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Έμπιστα Τοπικά Δίκτυα:</big> \n" -#~ "Πελάτες από αυτά τα δίκτυα μπορούν να χρησιμοποιούν τον διακομιστή " -#~ "αλληλογραφίας σας για μεταγωγή αλληλογραφίας. \n" +#~ "Πελάτες από αυτά τα δίκτυα μπορούν να χρησιμοποιούν τον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας σας για μεταγωγή αλληλογραφίας. \n" #~ "(Αποστολή μη-τοπικών μηνυμάτων)\n" #~ " \n" @@ -2375,8 +2183,7 @@ #~ "concerning the mail server.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Σημείωση: μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε και να ρυθμίσετε τις περιοχές με " -#~ "τη μονάδα του YaST2 \n" +#~ "Σημείωση: μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε και να ρυθμίσετε τις περιοχές με τη μονάδα του YaST2 \n" #~ "Διακομιστής DNS. Με αυτήν την μονάδα μπορείτε να ορίσετε τις ιδιότητες\n" #~ "που αφορούν τον διακομιστή αλληλογραφίας.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2390,12 +2197,9 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Τύπος:</big> \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε εικονικές και τοπικές περιοχές. Στους εικονικούς " -#~ "τομείς, μόνο οι χρήστες\n" -#~ "αναθετημένοι σε μια διεύθυνση αλληλογραφίας από τον τομέα μπορούν να " -#~ "παραλάβουν αλληλογραφία.\n" -#~ "Στους τοπικούς τομείς, όλοι οι χρήστες μπορούν να παραλάβουν " -#~ "αλληλογραφία. Αναθέστε τις εικονικές διευθύνσεις \n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε εικονικές και τοπικές περιοχές. Στους εικονικούς τομείς, μόνο οι χρήστες\n" +#~ "αναθετημένοι σε μια διεύθυνση αλληλογραφίας από τον τομέα μπορούν να παραλάβουν αλληλογραφία.\n" +#~ "Στους τοπικούς τομείς, όλοι οι χρήστες μπορούν να παραλάβουν αλληλογραφία. Αναθέστε τις εικονικές διευθύνσεις \n" #~ "αλληλογραφίας με την μονάδα Χρήστες του YaST2.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2407,42 +2211,25 @@ #~ "receive e-mail. They do not need this module.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Προσοχή: \n" -#~ "Οι περισσότεροι οικιακοί χρήστες μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν τις " -#~ "εγκατεστημένες\n" +#~ "Οι περισσότεροι οικιακοί χρήστες μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν τις εγκατεστημένες\n" #~ "δυνατότητες της εφαρμογής των e-mail τους και\n" #~ "να τα πάρουν. Δεν χρειάζονται αυτή τη μονάδα.." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the Standard " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η εκτελούμενη ρύθμιση του Διακομιστή Αλληλογραφίας βασίζεται στον τύπο " -#~ "\"Κανονικό\"." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the Standard type." +#~ msgstr "Η εκτελούμενη ρύθμιση του Διακομιστή Αλληλογραφίας βασίζεται στον τύπο \"Κανονικό\"." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to Advanced settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή σε \"Για Προχωρημένους\", αλλά αυτό θα διαγράψει " -#~ "όλες τις υπάρχουσες ρυθμίσεις." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to Advanced settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή σε \"Για Προχωρημένους\", αλλά αυτό θα διαγράψει όλες τις υπάρχουσες ρυθμίσεις." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The running mail server configuration is based on the Advanced " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η εκτελούμενη ρύθμιση του Διακομιστή Αλληλογραφίας βασίζεται στον τύπο " -#~ "\"Για Προχωρημένους\"." +#~ msgid "The running mail server configuration is based on the Advanced type." +#~ msgstr "Η εκτελούμενη ρύθμιση του Διακομιστή Αλληλογραφίας βασίζεται στον τύπο \"Για Προχωρημένους\"." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is possible to change to Standard settings. This will overwrite " -#~ "all existing settings." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή σε \"Κανονικό\", αλλά αυτό θα διαγράψει τις " -#~ "υπάρχουσες ρυθμίσεις." +#~ msgid "It is possible to change to Standard settings. This will overwrite all existing settings." +#~ msgstr "Είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή σε \"Κανονικό\", αλλά αυτό θα διαγράψει τις υπάρχουσες ρυθμίσεις." #~ msgid "" #~ "YaST2 can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" @@ -2451,13 +2238,8 @@ #~ "Το YaST2 μπορεί μόνο να ρυθμίσει το Postfix και το Sendmail,\n" #~ "αλλά κανένα από αυτά δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not " -#~ "forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η κατάσταση παράδοσης είναι συνήθως procmail, εκτός εάν " -#~ "δεν θέλετε να προωθείτε την αλληλογραφία του υπερχρήστη ή θέλετε να έχετε " -#~ "πρόσβαση στην αλληλογραφία μέσω IMAP." +#~ msgid "The delivery mode is usually procmail, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +#~ msgstr "Η κατάσταση παράδοσης είναι συνήθως procmail, εκτός εάν δεν θέλετε να προωθείτε την αλληλογραφία του υπερχρήστη ή θέλετε να έχετε πρόσβαση στην αλληλογραφία μέσω IMAP." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "This will corrupt your actual configuration." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/multipath.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/multipath.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/multipath.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -228,133 +228,83 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " -"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Κατάσταση Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tΈναρξη ή τερματισμός του multipathd, ελέγξτε τις πληροφορίες του " -"multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tΈναρξη ή τερματισμός του multipathd, ελέγξτε τις πληροφορίες του multipath. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Τερματισμός/Έναρξη Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε \"Χρήση Multipath\" για την έναρξη του multipathd. " -"Επιλέξτε \"Να μη γίνει χρήση Multipath\" για τον τερματισμό του " -"multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tΟι πληροφορίες κατάστασης του Multipath μπορούν να εμφανίζονται ακόμα " -"και όταν τερματιστεί το multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε \"Χρήση Multipath\" για την έναρξη του multipathd. Επιλέξτε \"Να μη γίνει χρήση Multipath\" για τον τερματισμό του multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tΟι πληροφορίες κατάστασης του Multipath μπορούν να εμφανίζονται ακόμα και όταν τερματιστεί το multipathd. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Ρυθμίσεις Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε την καρτέλα Ρυθμίσεις για να διαμορφώσετε τις " -"ρυθμίσεις του multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε την καρτέλα Ρυθμίσεις για να διαμορφώσετε τις ρυθμίσεις του multipath. \n" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." -" \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις</big> \n" -"\t\t\tΌλα τα περιεχόμενα του /etc/multipath.conf μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν εδώ. " -"Είναι τέσσερα τμήματα στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, προεπιλογές, μαύρη λίστα, " -"εξαιρέσεις_μαύρης_λίστας, συσκευές. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipaths: λίστα με τις καλύτερες ρυθμίσεις των multipaths." -" \n" +"\t\t\tΌλα τα περιεχόμενα του /etc/multipath.conf μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν εδώ. Είναι τέσσερα τμήματα στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, προεπιλογές, μαύρη λίστα, εξαιρέσεις_μαύρης_λίστας, συσκευές. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipaths: λίστα με τις καλύτερες ρυθμίσεις των multipaths. \n" "\t\t\tΠροεπιλογές: προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις εργαλείων multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε \"Ρύθμιση Προεπιλογών\" για να διαμορφώσετε τις " -"προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις. \n" -"\t\t\tΜαύρη Λίστα: λίστα ονομάτων συσκευών προς απόρριψη σαν μη " -"υποψήφιες multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε \"Ρύθμιση Μαύρης Λίστας\" για να διαμορφώσετε τις " -"ρυθμίσεις της μαύρης λίστας. \n" -"\t\t\tΕξαιρέσεις Μαύρης Λίστας: λίστα με ονόματα συσκευών που θα " -"εξαιρεθούν από τη μαύρη λίστα. \n" -"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε \"Ρύθμιση Εξαιρέσεων Μαύρης Λίστας\" για να " -"διαμορφώσετε τις ρυθμίσεις των εξαιρέσεων_μαύρης_λίστας. \n" -"\t\t\tΣυσκευές: λίστα ρυθμίσεων ανά αποθηκευτικό μέσο. Αντικαθιστά " -"προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις, αντικαθίστανται από τις ανά multipath ρυθμίσεις." -" \n" -"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε \"Ρύθμιση συσκευών\" για να διαμορφώσετε τις ρυθμίσεις " -"συσκευών. \n" -"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε \"Τερματισμός\" για να αποθηκεύσετε και να ενημερώσετε " -"τις ρυθμίσεις. \n" +"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε \"Ρύθμιση Προεπιλογών\" για να διαμορφώσετε τις προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις. \n" +"\t\t\tΜαύρη Λίστα: λίστα ονομάτων συσκευών προς απόρριψη σαν μη υποψήφιες multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε \"Ρύθμιση Μαύρης Λίστας\" για να διαμορφώσετε τις ρυθμίσεις της μαύρης λίστας. \n" +"\t\t\tΕξαιρέσεις Μαύρης Λίστας: λίστα με ονόματα συσκευών που θα εξαιρεθούν από τη μαύρη λίστα. \n" +"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε \"Ρύθμιση Εξαιρέσεων Μαύρης Λίστας\" για να διαμορφώσετε τις ρυθμίσεις των εξαιρέσεων_μαύρης_λίστας. \n" +"\t\t\tΣυσκευές: λίστα ρυθμίσεων ανά αποθηκευτικό μέσο. Αντικαθιστά προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις, αντικαθίστανται από τις ανά multipath ρυθμίσεις. \n" +"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε \"Ρύθμιση συσκευών\" για να διαμορφώσετε τις ρυθμίσεις συσκευών. \n" +"\t\t\tΕπιλέξτε \"Τερματισμός\" για να αποθηκεύσετε και να ενημερώσετε τις ρυθμίσεις. \n" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Προεπιλεγμένες Ρυθμίσεις</big> \n" -"\t\t\tΓενικές προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν και να " -"απαλειφθούν. \n" -"\t\t\tΟποιαδήποτε προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση εδώ θα τεθεί σε ισχύ σε όλες τις " -"ρυθμίσεις του multipath, εκτός και αν την αντικατασταθεί από αντίστοιχη " -"τοπική ρύθμιση. \n" -"\t\t\tΕάν μια προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση απαλειφθεί, το multipath θα προσθέσει " -"δικιά του τιμή σαν προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση. \n" +"\t\t\tΓενικές προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν και να απαλειφθούν. \n" +"\t\t\tΟποιαδήποτε προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση εδώ θα τεθεί σε ισχύ σε όλες τις ρυθμίσεις του multipath, εκτός και αν την αντικατασταθεί από αντίστοιχη τοπική ρύθμιση. \n" +"\t\t\tΕάν μια προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση απαλειφθεί, το multipath θα προσθέσει δικιά του τιμή σαν προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση. \n" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -" \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Ρύθμιση Μαύρης Λίστας</big> \n" -"\t\t\tΤα ονόματα συσκεών της λίστας μπορεί να απορριφθούν σαν μη υποψήφιες " -"του multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tΥπάρχουν τρεις μέθοδοι να ταυτοποιηθεί το όνομα συσκευής: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: Η world wide ID ταυτοποιεί την συσκευή στην μαύρη λίστα." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Συνήθης έκφραση μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί εδώ για " -"ταυτοποίηση συσκευής στον udev_κατάλογο (προεπιλογή στον κατάλογο /dev). " -"Κοινά ονόματα συσκευών είναι cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, " -"loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Χρησιμοποιείται για ταυτοποίηση καθορισμένου " -"αποθηκευτικού μέσου στη μαύρη λίστα. Η συσκευή μπορεί να καθοριστεί ανά " -"κατασκευαστή και όνομα συσκευής. \n" +"\t\t\tΤα ονόματα συσκεών της λίστας μπορεί να απορριφθούν σαν μη υποψήφιες του multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tΥπάρχουν τρεις μέθοδοι να ταυτοποιηθεί το όνομα συσκευής: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: Η world wide ID ταυτοποιεί την συσκευή στην μαύρη λίστα. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Συνήθης έκφραση μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί εδώ για ταυτοποίηση συσκευής στον udev_κατάλογο (προεπιλογή στον κατάλογο /dev). Κοινά ονόματα συσκευών είναι cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Χρησιμοποιείται για ταυτοποίηση καθορισμένου αποθηκευτικού μέσου στη μαύρη λίστα. Η συσκευή μπορεί να καθοριστεί ανά κατασκευαστή και όνομα συσκευής. \n" "" #. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 @@ -362,47 +312,30 @@ msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Εξαιρέσεων Μαύρης Λίστας</big> \n" "\t\t\tΤα ονόματα συσκευών της λίστας εξαιρούνται από την μαύρη λίστα. \n" -"\t\t\tΥπάχουν τρεις μέθοδοι ταυτοποίησης του ονόματος συσκευής: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: Το world wide ID ταυτοποιεί τις συσκευές που εξαιρέθηκαν " -"από την μαύρη λίστα. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Συνήθης έκφραση μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί εδώ για " -"ταυτοποίηση συσκευής στον udev_κατάλογο (προεπιλογή στον κατάλογο /dev). " -"Κοινά ονόματα συσκευών είναι cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, " -"loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Χρησιμοποιείται για ταυτοποίηση καθορισμένου " -"αποθηκευτικού μέσου που εξαιρέθηκε από τη μαύρη λίστα. Η συσκευή μπορεί να " -"καθοριστεί ανά κατασκευαστή και όνομα συσκευής. \n" +"\t\t\tΥπάχουν τρεις μέθοδοι ταυτοποίησης του ονόματος συσκευής: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: Το world wide ID ταυτοποιεί τις συσκευές που εξαιρέθηκαν από την μαύρη λίστα. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Συνήθης έκφραση μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί εδώ για ταυτοποίηση συσκευής στον udev_κατάλογο (προεπιλογή στον κατάλογο /dev). Κοινά ονόματα συσκευών είναι cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Χρησιμοποιείται για ταυτοποίηση καθορισμένου αποθηκευτικού μέσου που εξαιρέθηκε από τη μαύρη λίστα. Η συσκευή μπορεί να καθοριστεί ανά κατασκευαστή και όνομα συσκευής. \n" "" #. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." -" \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Συσκευών</big> \n" -"\t\t\tΟι ρυθμίσεις ανά αποθηκευτικό μέσο εμφανίζονται εδώ, αντικακαθιστούν " -"τις προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις και αντικαθίστανται από τις ανά multipath " -"ρυθμίσεις. \n" -"\t\t\tΚάθε συσκευή αναγνωρίζεται ανά κατασκευαστή και το " -"όνομαπροϊόντος. \n" +"\t\t\tΟι ρυθμίσεις ανά αποθηκευτικό μέσο εμφανίζονται εδώ, αντικακαθιστούν τις προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις και αντικαθίστανται από τις ανά multipath ρυθμίσεις. \n" +"\t\t\tΚάθε συσκευή αναγνωρίζεται ανά κατασκευαστή και το όνομαπροϊόντος. \n" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. #. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. @@ -456,14 +389,11 @@ #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης τμήματος μαύρης λίστας στις ρυθμίσεις του multipath." +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης τμήματος μαύρης λίστας στις ρυθμίσεις του multipath." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης τμήματος blacklist_exceptions στις ρυθμίσεις του " -"multipath." +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης τμήματος blacklist_exceptions στις ρυθμίσεις του multipath." #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/ncurses-pkg.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/ncurses-pkg.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/ncurses-pkg.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -67,10 +67,8 @@ msgstr "πακέτα έχουν μεταβληθεί για να επιλυθούν οι εξαρτήσεις:" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1297 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε εγκατάσταση, αλλά μπορεί να καταστρέψετε το σύστημα." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε εγκατάσταση, αλλά μπορεί να καταστρέψετε το σύστημα." #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1298 msgid "&Continue anyway" @@ -133,41 +131,20 @@ msgstr "Αχρείαστες" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "" -"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " -"recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by " -"already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for " -"Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή είναι μια λίστα με χρήσιμα πακέτα. Θα εγκατασταθούν επιπρόσθετα εάν " -"συνίσταται από τα πακέτα που εγκαταστάθηκαν τελευταία. Για να πάρετε τα " -"συνιστώμενα πακέτα από τα ήδη εγκατεστημένα πακέτα, πρέπει να είναι " -"ενεργοποιημένη η επιλογή Εγκατάσταση Συνιστώμενων Πακέτων για τα Ήδη " -"Εγκατεστημένα Πακέτα από τις Εξαρτήσεις." +msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package. To get packages recommeded by already installed packages the option Install Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages from Dependencies menu has to be set." +msgstr "Αυτή είναι μια λίστα με χρήσιμα πακέτα. Θα εγκατασταθούν επιπρόσθετα εάν συνίσταται από τα πακέτα που εγκαταστάθηκαν τελευταία. Για να πάρετε τα συνιστώμενα πακέτα από τα ήδη εγκατεστημένα πακέτα, πρέπει να είναι ενεργοποιημένη η επιλογή Εγκατάσταση Συνιστώμενων Πακέτων για τα Ήδη Εγκατεστημένα Πακέτα από τις Εξαρτήσεις." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "" -"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " -"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." -msgstr "" -"Είναι προτεινόμενο να εγκαταστήσετε αυτά τα πακέτα επειδή ταιριάζουν στα ήδη " -"εγκατεστημένα πακέτα. Η απόφαση για εγκατάσταση είναι του χρήστη." +msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgstr "Είναι προτεινόμενο να εγκαταστήσετε αυτά τα πακέτα επειδή ταιριάζουν στα ήδη εγκατεστημένα πακέτα. Η απόφαση για εγκατάσταση είναι του χρήστη." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "" -"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " -"updates aren't possible." -msgstr "" -"Ο επιλύτης ανίχνευσε ότι αυτά τα πακέτα δεν έχουν αποθετήριο, αυτό σημαίνει " -"οι ενημερώσεις δεν είναι διαθέσιμες." +msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgstr "Ο επιλύτης ανίχνευσε ότι αυτά τα πακέτα δεν έχουν αποθετήριο, αυτό σημαίνει οι ενημερώσεις δεν είναι διαθέσιμες." #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "" -"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " -"longer." -msgstr "" -"Αυτά τα πακέτα μπορεί να μην χρειάζονται διότι προηγούμενες εξαρτήσεις δεν " -"εφαρμόζονται πλέον." +msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgstr "Αυτά τα πακέτα μπορεί να μην χρειάζονται διότι προηγούμενες εξαρτήσεις δεν εφαρμόζονται πλέον." #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 msgid "Delete" @@ -200,12 +177,8 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "" -"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s " -"locale" -msgstr "" -"Μεταφράσεις, λεξικά και άλλα αρχεία σχετικά με την γλώσσα για %s " -"τοπικές ρυθμίσεις" +msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for %s locale" +msgstr "Μεταφράσεις, λεξικά και άλλα αρχεία σχετικά με την γλώσσα για %s τοπικές ρυθμίσεις" #. the label of the selections #: src/NCPkgFilterMain.cc:68 src/NCPkgStrings.cc:319 @@ -436,8 +409,7 @@ #. part 1 of a text explaining the list of packages which follow #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:249 msgid "To fulfill the dependencies of already installed packages following" -msgstr "" -"Για εκπλήρωση των εξαρτήσεων των ήδη εγκατεστημένων πακέτων ακολουθήστε" +msgstr "Για εκπλήρωση των εξαρτήσεων των ήδη εγκατεστημένων πακέτων ακολουθήστε" #. part 2 of the text #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:251 @@ -577,9 +549,7 @@ #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:257 msgid "This information is available for installed packages only." -msgstr "" -"Αυτές οι πληροφορίες είναι διαθέσιμες μόνο για τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα.</" -"i>" +msgstr "Αυτές οι πληροφορίες είναι διαθέσιμες μόνο για τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα." #: src/NCPkgPackageDetails.cc:429 msgid "References: " @@ -690,96 +660,33 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "" -"Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to " -"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " -"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " -"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " -"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " -"selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table " -"and menu." -msgstr "" -"<h3> Καλωσορίσατε στον επιλογέα πακέτων</h3>Αυτό το εργαλείο θα σας " -"βοηθήσει να διαχειριστείτε το λογισμικό στο σύστημά σας. Μπορείτε να " -"εγκαταστήσετε, ενημερώσετε ή να αφαιρέσετε πακέτα, όπως και patterns (σύνολο " -"πακέτων που εξυπηρετούν συγκεκριμένο σκοπό) ή γλώσσες. Συνήθως, δεν " -"χρειάζεται να ανησυχείτε για εξαρτήσεις όταν εγκαθιστάτε ή αφαιρείτε κάτι, ο " -"επιλυτής θα το κάνει αυτό για εσάς. Ο επιλογέας πακέτων αποτελείται από τρία " -"κύρια τμήματα: φίλτρα, πίνακας πακέτων και το μενού." +msgid "Welcome to the package selectorThis tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: filters, package table and menu." +msgstr "<h3> Καλωσορίσατε στον επιλογέα πακέτων</h3>Αυτό το εργαλείο θα σας βοηθήσει να διαχειριστείτε το λογισμικό στο σύστημά σας. Μπορείτε να εγκαταστήσετε, ενημερώσετε ή να αφαιρέσετε πακέτα, όπως και patterns (σύνολο πακέτων που εξυπηρετούν συγκεκριμένο σκοπό) ή γλώσσες. Συνήθως, δεν χρειάζεται να ανησυχείτε για εξαρτήσεις όταν εγκαθιστάτε ή αφαιρείτε κάτι, ο επιλυτής θα το κάνει αυτό για εσάς. Ο επιλογέας πακέτων αποτελείται από τρία κύρια τμήματα: φίλτρα, πίνακας πακέτων και το μενού." #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "" -"Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " -"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " -"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " -"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " -"filters can be found in How to use filters." -msgstr "" -"Τα Φίλτρα στον αριστερό πίνακα είναι σχεδιασμένα για ευκολότερο " -"προσανατολισμό των πακέτων σε ένα μεγάλο αριθμό πακέτων. Χρησιμοποιήστε " -"φίλτρα για την προβολή μόνο πακέτων από κάποιο συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή σε " -"κάποιο συγκεκριμένο pattern (για παράδειγμα, Παιχνίδια ή Ανάπτυξη C/C++) ή " -"αναζήτηση με συγκεκριμένες λέξεις κλειδιά. Περισσότερες πληροφορίες για τα " -"φίλτρα μπορούν να βρεθούν στο Πως να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα φίλτρα." +msgid "Filter on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in How to use filters." +msgstr "Τα Φίλτρα στον αριστερό πίνακα είναι σχεδιασμένα για ευκολότερο προσανατολισμό των πακέτων σε ένα μεγάλο αριθμό πακέτων. Χρησιμοποιήστε φίλτρα για την προβολή μόνο πακέτων από κάποιο συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή σε κάποιο συγκεκριμένο pattern (για παράδειγμα, Παιχνίδια ή Ανάπτυξη C/C++) ή αναζήτηση με συγκεκριμένες λέξεις κλειδιά. Περισσότερες πληροφορίες για τα φίλτρα μπορούν να βρεθούν στο Πως να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα φίλτρα." #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "" -"Package table is the main component of the package selector. You " -"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " -"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " -"several columns:" -msgstr "" -"Ο πίνακας πακέτων είναι το κύριο συστατικό του επιλογέα πακέτων. " -"Θα δείτε μια λίστα με τα πακέτα που ταιριάζουν στο τρέχων φίλτρο (για " -"παράδειγμα, μια επιλεγμένη ομάδα RPM ή αποτέλεσμα αναζήτησης). Κάθε γραμμή " -"του πίνακα πακέτων έχει διάφορες στήλες:" +msgid "Package table is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:" +msgstr "Ο πίνακας πακέτων είναι το κύριο συστατικό του επιλογέα πακέτων. Θα δείτε μια λίστα με τα πακέτα που ταιριάζουν στο τρέχων φίλτρο (για παράδειγμα, μια επιλεγμένη ομάδα RPM ή αποτέλεσμα αναζήτησης). Κάθε γραμμή του πίνακα πακέτων έχει διάφορες στήλες:" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "" -"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and " -"Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " -"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version" -"(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" -msgstr "" -"<ol><li>Κατάσταση πακέτου (για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε την " -"Κατάσταση και σύμβολα πακέτου)</li> <li>Όνομα πακέτου</li><li>Σύνοψη " -"πακέτου</li><li>Διαθέσιμη έκδοση (σε κάποιο από τα ρυθμισμένα αποθετήρια)</" -"li> <li>Εγκατεστημένες εκδόσεις (κενό για τα μη εγκατεστημένα πακέτα)</" -"li><li>Μέγεθος πακέτου</li></ol>" +msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see Package Status and Symbols)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgstr "<ol><li>Κατάσταση πακέτου (για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε την Κατάσταση και σύμβολα πακέτου)</li> <li>Όνομα πακέτου</li><li>Σύνοψη πακέτου</li><li>Διαθέσιμη έκδοση (σε κάποιο από τα ρυθμισμένα αποθετήρια)</li> <li>Εγκατεστημένες εκδόσεις (κενό για τα μη εγκατεστημένα πακέτα)</li><li>Μέγεθος πακέτου</li></ol>" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "" -"The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status " -"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " -"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " -"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " -"item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package " -"Status and Symbols)." -msgstr "" -"Το μενού Ενέργειες ακριβώς κάτω από τον πίνακα σας επιτρέπει να " -"αλλάξετε την κατάσταση του επιλεγμένου πακέτου (ή όλων των πακέτων στη " -"λίστα), για παράδειγμα, για τη διαγραφή πακέτου ή επιλογή επιπλέον πακέτου " -"για εγκατάσταση. Η αλλαγή κατάστασης μπορεί επίσης να επιτευχθεί κατευθείαν " -"πατώντας το πλήκτρο που καθορίζεται στο αντικείμενο του μενού (για " -"λεπτομερείς πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κατάσταση πακέτου δείτε Κατάσταση " -"και Σύμβολα Πακέτου)." +msgid "The Actions menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see Package Status and Symbols)." +msgstr "Το μενού Ενέργειες ακριβώς κάτω από τον πίνακα σας επιτρέπει να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση του επιλεγμένου πακέτου (ή όλων των πακέτων στη λίστα), για παράδειγμα, για τη διαγραφή πακέτου ή επιλογή επιπλέον πακέτου για εγκατάσταση. Η αλλαγή κατάστασης μπορεί επίσης να επιτευχθεί κατευθείαν πατώντας το πλήκτρο που καθορίζεται στο αντικείμενο του μενού (για λεπτομερείς πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κατάσταση πακέτου δείτε Κατάσταση και Σύμβολα Πακέτου)." #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "" -"Menu provides functions related to the handling of package " -"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " -"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful " -"Functions in Menu." -msgstr "" -"Το Μενού παρέχει λειτουργίες που σχετίζονται με την διαχείριση " -"εξαρτήσεων των πακέτων. Προβάλλονται σχετικές πληροφορίες για τα πακέτα ή " -"εκτελούνται άλλες ενέργειες όπως άνοιγμα του επεξεργαστή αποθετηρίων. Για " -"περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε το Χρήσιμες Λειτουργίες στο Μενού." +msgid "Menu provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see Useful Functions in Menu." +msgstr "Το Μενού παρέχει λειτουργίες που σχετίζονται με την διαχείριση εξαρτήσεων των πακέτων. Προβάλλονται σχετικές πληροφορίες για τα πακέτα ή εκτελούνται άλλες ενέργειες όπως άνοιγμα του επεξεργαστή αποθετηρίων. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε το Χρήσιμες Λειτουργίες στο Μενού." #. the headline of the help window #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:165 @@ -788,31 +695,13 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "" -"The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the " -"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " -"additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " -"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " -"installed version of a package should always be kept." -msgstr "" -"Η κατάσταση πακέτου μπορεί να αλλάξει με τη χρήση του μενού Ενέργειες</" -"i> ή με τα πλήκτρα που καθορίζονται στα αντικείμενα του μενού. Για " -"παράδειγμα, χρησιμοποιήστε το '+' για να εγκαταστήσετε ένα επιπρόσθετο " -"πακέτο.Η κατάσταση \"Απαγορευμένο\" σημαίνει ότι το πακέτο δεν θα " -"πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί. Παρομοίως, η κατάσταση \"Κλειδωμένο\" σημαίνει ότι η " -"εγκατεστημένη έκδοση θα πρέπει να διατηρείται πάντα." +msgid "The package status can be changed using the Actions menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept." +msgstr "Η κατάσταση πακέτου μπορεί να αλλάξει με τη χρήση του μενού Ενέργειες ή με τα πλήκτρα που καθορίζονται στα αντικείμενα του μενού. Για παράδειγμα, χρησιμοποιήστε το '+' για να εγκαταστήσετε ένα επιπρόσθετο πακέτο.Η κατάσταση \"Απαγορευμένο\" σημαίνει ότι το πακέτο δεν θα πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί. Παρομοίως, η κατάσταση \"Κλειδωμένο\" σημαίνει ότι η εγκατεστημένη έκδοση θα πρέπει να διατηρείται πάντα." #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "" -"You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. " -"The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all " -"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα RET ή SPACE για να " -"αλλάξετε την κατάσταση των πακέτων. Το μενού Ενέργειες σας επιτρέπει " -"επίσης να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση όλων των πακέτων της λίστας (επιλέξτε 'Όλα " -"τα Πακέτα της Λίστας')." +msgid "You can also use RET or SPACE to toggle the package status. The Actions menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages')." +msgstr "Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα RET ή SPACE για να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση των πακέτων. Το μενού Ενέργειες σας επιτρέπει επίσης να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση όλων των πακέτων της λίστας (επιλέξτε 'Όλα τα Πακέτα της Λίστας')." #. part 3 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:185 @@ -821,30 +710,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "" -" + : package will be installeda+ : package will be " -"installed automatically > : package will be updated</" -"p>a> : package will be automatically updated i : " -"package is installed - : package will be deleted---" -": never install this package (taboo)" -msgstr "" -" + : αυτό το πακέτο θα εγκατασταθείa+ : το πακέτο θα " -"εγκαταστηθεί αυτόματα > : το πακέτο θα ενημερωθείa> " -": το πακέτο θα ενημερωθεί αυτόματα i : το πακέτο είναι " -"εγκατεστημένο - : το πακέτο θα διαγραφεί---: να " -"μην εγκατασταθεί ποτέ αυτό το πακέτο (απαγορευμένο)" +msgid " + : package will be installeda+ : package will be installed automatically > : package will be updateda> : package will be automatically updated i : package is installed - : package will be deleted---: never install this package (taboo)" +msgstr " + : αυτό το πακέτο θα εγκατασταθείa+ : το πακέτο θα εγκαταστηθεί αυτόματα > : το πακέτο θα ενημερωθείa> : το πακέτο θα ενημερωθεί αυτόματα i : το πακέτο είναι εγκατεστημένο - : το πακέτο θα διαγραφεί---: να μην εγκατασταθεί ποτέ αυτό το πακέτο (απαγορευμένο)" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "" -"-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " -"( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages:</" -"p> i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" -msgstr "" -"-i-: διατήρηση της εγκατεστημένης έκδοσης, να μην γίνει ποτέ " -"ενημέρωση ή διαγραφή ( κλειδωμένο πακέτο )Πληροφορίες κατάστασης για " -"pattern και γλώσσες: i : Ικανοποιούνται όλες οι απαιτήσεις " -"αυτού του pattern/γλώσσας" +msgid "-i-: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )Status information for pattern and languages: i : All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied" +msgstr "-i-: διατήρηση της εγκατεστημένης έκδοσης, να μην γίνει ποτέ ενημέρωση ή διαγραφή ( κλειδωμένο πακέτο )Πληροφορίες κατάστασης για pattern και γλώσσες: i : Ικανοποιούνται όλες οι απαιτήσεις αυτού του pattern/γλώσσας" #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:206 @@ -853,87 +725,28 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the " -"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " -"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " -"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " -"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." -msgstr "" -"Τα Φίλτρα σας επιτρέπουν να φιλτράρετε όλα τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα " -"σύμφωνα με τα επιλεγμένα κριτήρια. Τα φίλτρα πακέτων βασίζονται στις " -"ιδιότητες του πακέτου (αποθετήριο, ομάδα RPM), στα \"σύνολα\" πακέτων " -"(patterns, γλώσσες) ή στα αποτελέσματα αναζήτησης. Επιλέξτε το επιθυμητό " -"φίλτρο από το αναδιπλούμενο μενού. Τα ειδικά φίλτρα περιγράφονται παρακάτω.</" -"p>" +msgid "Filter allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below." +msgstr "Τα Φίλτρα σας επιτρέπουν να φιλτράρετε όλα τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα σύμφωνα με τα επιλεγμένα κριτήρια. Τα φίλτρα πακέτων βασίζονται στις ιδιότητες του πακέτου (αποθετήριο, ομάδα RPM), στα \"σύνολα\" πακέτων (patterns, γλώσσες) ή στα αποτελέσματα αναζήτησης. Επιλέξτε το επιθυμητό φίλτρο από το αναδιπλούμενο μενού. Τα ειδικά φίλτρα περιγράφονται παρακάτω." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "" -"Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have " -"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " -"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " -"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " -"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Τα Patterns περιγράφουν τα χαρακτηριστικά και τις λειτουργίες που " -"θα έπρεπε να έχει το σύστημα (για παράδειγμα, εργαλεία X server ή " -"τερματικού). Κάθε pattern περιέχει ένα σύνολο πακέτων που απαιτεί (πρέπει να " -"έχει), συνιστώμενα (θα έπρεπε να έχει) και προτεινόμενα (μπορεί να έχει). " -"Εάν επιλέξετε ένα pattern για εγκατάσταση, ενημέρωση ή αφαίρεση, ο επιλύτης " -"θα εκτελεστεί και θα αλλάξει αντίστοιχα την κατάσταση των σχετικών πακέτων.</" -"p>" +msgid "Patterns describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly." +msgstr "Τα Patterns περιγράφουν τα χαρακτηριστικά και τις λειτουργίες που θα έπρεπε να έχει το σύστημα (για παράδειγμα, εργαλεία X server ή τερματικού). Κάθε pattern περιέχει ένα σύνολο πακέτων που απαιτεί (πρέπει να έχει), συνιστώμενα (θα έπρεπε να έχει) και προτεινόμενα (μπορεί να έχει). Εάν επιλέξετε ένα pattern για εγκατάσταση, ενημέρωση ή αφαίρεση, ο επιλύτης θα εκτελεστεί και θα αλλάξει αντίστοιχα την κατάσταση των σχετικών πακέτων." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "" -"Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They " -"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " -"files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers " -"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " -"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " -"The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific " -"repository. " -msgstr "" -"Οι Γλώσσες είναι σύνολα πακέτων παρόμοια με τα patterns. " -"Περιέχουν πακέτα με μεταφράσεις, λεξικά και άλλα αρχεία σχετικά με την " -"γλώσσα για την επιλεγμένη γλώσσα. Οι Ομάδες RPM όμως δεν είναι σύνολα " -"πακέτων που μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν. Αντίθετα, μέλος σε μια συγκεκριμένη " -"ομάδα RPM είναι μια ιδιότητα του πακέτου. Έχουν ιεραρχική (δέντρο) δομή. Τα " -"φίλτρα Αποθετηρίων εμφανίζουν πακέτα από ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο." -"" +msgid "Languages are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. RPM Groups are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The Repositories filter displays packages available from a specific repository. " +msgstr "Οι Γλώσσες είναι σύνολα πακέτων παρόμοια με τα patterns. Περιέχουν πακέτα με μεταφράσεις, λεξικά και άλλα αρχεία σχετικά με την γλώσσα για την επιλεγμένη γλώσσα. Οι Ομάδες RPM όμως δεν είναι σύνολα πακέτων που μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν. Αντίθετα, μέλος σε μια συγκεκριμένη ομάδα RPM είναι μια ιδιότητα του πακέτου. Έχουν ιεραρχική (δέντρο) δομή. Τα φίλτρα Αποθετηρίων εμφανίζουν πακέτα από ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο." #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "" -"To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " -"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " -"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " -"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." -"" -msgstr "" -"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το φίλτρο Αναζήτηση, εισάγετε μια λέξη-" -"κλειδί (ή μέρος της λέξης) για την εύρεση πακέτων. Για παράδειγμα, " -"αναζητήστε για όλα τα πακέτα 3D με την έκφραση \"3d\". Μπορείτε να " -"αναζητήσετε σε περιγραφές πακέτων, τους παροχείς RPM ή απαιτήσεις. Επιλέξτε " -"το κατάλληλο πλαίσιο επιλογής και πατήστε το κουμπί 'Αναζήτηση'." +msgid "To use the Search filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +msgstr "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το φίλτρο Αναζήτηση, εισάγετε μια λέξη-κλειδί (ή μέρος της λέξης) για την εύρεση πακέτων. Για παράδειγμα, αναζητήστε για όλα τα πακέτα 3D με την έκφραση \"3d\". Μπορείτε να αναζητήσετε σε περιγραφές πακέτων, τους παροχείς RPM ή απαιτήσεις. Επιλέξτε το κατάλληλο πλαίσιο επιλογής και πατήστε το κουμπί 'Αναζήτηση'." #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "" -"The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose " -"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " -"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " -"Package Classification provides information about Recommended, " -"Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." -msgstr "" -"Η Περίληψη εγκατάστασης παρουσιάζει μια περίληψη των πακέτων που η " -"κατάστασή τους έχει αλλάξει σε αυτήν την συνεδρία (πχ, σημειώθηκαν για " -"εγκατάσταση ή αφαίρεση), είτε από τον χρήστη, είτε αυτόματα από τον επιλύτη. " -"Το φίλτρο Κατάταξη Πακέτου παρέχει πληροφορίες σχετικά με " -"Προτεινόμενα, Συνιστώμενα, Ορφανά και Αχρείαστα " -"πακέτα." +msgid "The Installation summary presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter Package Classification provides information about Recommended, Suggested, Orphaned and Unneeded packages." +msgstr "Η Περίληψη εγκατάστασης παρουσιάζει μια περίληψη των πακέτων που η κατάστασή τους έχει αλλάξει σε αυτήν την συνεδρία (πχ, σημειώθηκαν για εγκατάσταση ή αφαίρεση), είτε από τον χρήστη, είτε αυτόματα από τον επιλύτη. Το φίλτρο Κατάταξη Πακέτου παρέχει πληροφορίες σχετικά με Προτεινόμενα, Συνιστώμενα, Ορφανά και Αχρείαστα πακέτα." #. label for an error popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:248 @@ -941,136 +754,32 @@ msgstr "Χρήσιμες Λειτουργίες Μενού" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "" -"Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the " -"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " -"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " -"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " -"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " -"Again'." -msgstr "" -"Εξαρτήσεις: Αυτό το μενού παρέχει διάφορες ενέργειες σχετικές με " -"την διαχείριση των εξαρτήσεων των πακέτων. Από προεπιλογή, οι εξαρτήσεις των " -"πακέτων ελέγχονται με κάθε αλλαγή κατάστασης (Αυτόματος Έλεγχος " -"Εξαρτήσεων είναι ενεργός). Θα ενημερωθείτε σχετικά με συγκρούσεις " -"πακέτων σε ένα παράθυρο που θα προτείνει πιθανές λύσεις. Για να λύσετε τις " -"συγκρούσεις, επιλέξτε μια από τις διαθέσιμες λύσεις και πατήστε 'Εντάξει -- " -"Προσπαθήστε Ξανά'." +msgid "Dependencies: This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'." +msgstr "Εξαρτήσεις: Αυτό το μενού παρέχει διάφορες ενέργειες σχετικές με την διαχείριση των εξαρτήσεων των πακέτων. Από προεπιλογή, οι εξαρτήσεις των πακέτων ελέγχονται με κάθε αλλαγή κατάστασης (Αυτόματος Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων είναι ενεργός). Θα ενημερωθείτε σχετικά με συγκρούσεις πακέτων σε ένα παράθυρο που θα προτείνει πιθανές λύσεις. Για να λύσετε τις συγκρούσεις, επιλέξτε μια από τις διαθέσιμες λύσεις και πατήστε 'Εντάξει -- Προσπαθήστε Ξανά'." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "" -"To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " -"Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually " -"by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry " -"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " -"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " -"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate " -"Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into " -"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " -"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." -msgstr "" -"Για να απενεργοποιήσετε τον έλεγχο εξαρτήσεων σε κάθε αλλαγή κατάστασης, " -"αλλάξτε το Αυτόματος Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων σε ανενεργό. Μπορείτε να " -"ελέγξετε για εξαρτήσεις χειροκίνητα επιλέγοντας Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων Τώρα</" -"i>. Η καταχώρηση Επιβεβαίωση συστήματος θα ελέγξει τις εξαρτήσεις των " -"πακέτων και θα επιλύσει τις συγκρούσεις μη διαδραστικά, σημειώνοντας τα " -"πακέτα που λείπουν για αυτόματη εγκατάσταση, αν αυτό είναι δυνατόν. Για " -"σκοπούς αποσφαλμάτωσης, χρησιμοποιήσετε το Δημιουργία Δοκιμαστικής " -"Επίλυσης Εξαρτήσεων. Θα αποτυπώσει τα δεδομένα αποτύπωσης των εξαρτήσεων " -"στον κατάλογο <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Συνήθως αυτό είναι που " -"χρειάζεστε όταν σας ρωτάνε για το \"solver testcase\" στο Bugzilla." +msgid "To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle Automatic Dependency Check OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting Check Dependencies Now. The Verify system entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use Generate Dependency Solver Testcase. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla." +msgstr "Για να απενεργοποιήσετε τον έλεγχο εξαρτήσεων σε κάθε αλλαγή κατάστασης, αλλάξτε το Αυτόματος Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων σε ανενεργό. Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε για εξαρτήσεις χειροκίνητα επιλέγοντας Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων Τώρα. Η καταχώρηση Επιβεβαίωση συστήματος θα ελέγξει τις εξαρτήσεις των πακέτων και θα επιλύσει τις συγκρούσεις μη διαδραστικά, σημειώνοντας τα πακέτα που λείπουν για αυτόματη εγκατάσταση, αν αυτό είναι δυνατόν. Για σκοπούς αποσφαλμάτωσης, χρησιμοποιήσετε το Δημιουργία Δοκιμαστικής Επίλυσης Εξαρτήσεων. Θα αποτ υπώσει τα δεδομένα αποτύπωσης των εξαρτήσεων στον κατάλογο <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. Συνήθως αυτό είναι που χρειάζεστε όταν σας ρωτάνε για το \"solver testcase\" στο Bugzilla." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:266 -msgid "" -"Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency " -"Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed " -"Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package " -"will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of " -"installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the " -"system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode</" -"i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the " -"YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Διαθέσιμες επιλογές για έλεγχο εξαρτήσεων είναι:: Αυτόματος Έλεγχος " -"Εξαρτήσεων (Δείτε παραπάνω), Εγκατάσταση των Συνιστώμενων για τα ήδη " -"Εγκατεστημένα Πακέτα: Αν είναι ενεργοποιημένο, θα εγκατασταθούν τα " -"συνιστώμενα πακέτα των ήδη εγκατεστημένων πακέτων, Κατάσταση Επαλήθευσης " -"Συστήματος: επιδιόρθωση εξαρτήσεων των εγκατεστημένων πακέτων και άμεση " -"επίλυση. Σημειώστε: μετά τον έλεγχο του συστήματος με το Επαλήθευση " -"Συστήματος Τώρα η επιλογή Κατάσταση Επαλήθευσης Συστήματος είναι " -"ενεργοποιημένη (απενεργοποιήστε την επιλογή, αν το επιθυμείτε). Αυτές οι " -"επιλογές αποθηκεύονται στο αρχείο ρύθμισης του YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -"yast2</tt>." +msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +msgstr "Διαθέσιμες επιλογές για έλεγχο εξαρτήσεων είναι:: Αυτόματος Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων (Δείτε παραπάνω), Εγκατάσταση των Συνιστώμενων για τα ήδη Εγκατεστημένα Πακέτα: Αν είναι ενεργοποιημένο, θα εγκατασταθούν τα συνιστώμενα πακέτα των ήδη εγκατεστημένων πακέτων, Κατάσταση Επαλήθευσης Συστήματος: επιδιόρθωση εξαρτήσεων των εγκατεστημένων πακέτων και άμεση επίλυση. Σημειώστε: μετά τον έλεγχο του συστήματος με το Επαλήθευση Συστήματος Τώρα η επιλογή Κατάσταση Επαλήθευσης Συστήματος είναι ενεργοποιημένη (απενεργοποιή στε την επιλογή, αν το επιθυμείτε). Αυτές οι επιλογές αποθηκεύονται στο αρχείο ρύθμισης του YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:272 -msgid "" -"Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove " -"dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may " -"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " -"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" -"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Επιλογές για προχωρημένους: Εκκαθάριση κατά την διαγραφή πακέτων</" -"i>: αφαίρεση αχρησιμοποίητων εξαρτημένων πακέτων. Να επιτρέπεται αλλαγή " -"προμηθευτή: ο προμηθευτής πακέτου μπορεί να διαφέρει από τον προμηθευτή " -"του εγκατεστημένου πακέτου. Αυτές οι επιλογές δεν θα αποθηκευτούν, μπορούν " -"μόνο να οριστούν στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων της βιβλιοθήκης πακέτου <tt>/etc/zypp/" -"zypp.conf</tt>." +msgid "Advanced options: Cleanup when deleting packages: remove dependent unused packages. Allow vendor change: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." +msgstr "Επιλογές για προχωρημένους: Εκκαθάριση κατά την διαγραφή πακέτων: αφαίρεση αχρησιμοποίητων εξαρτημένων πακέτων. Να επιτρέπεται αλλαγή προμηθευτή: ο προμηθευτής πακέτου μπορεί να διαφέρει από τον προμηθευτή του εγκατεστημένου πακέτου. Αυτές οι επιλογές δεν θα αποθηκευτούν, μπορούν μόνο να οριστούν στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων της βιβλιοθήκης πακέτου <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:278 -msgid "" -"View: Choose which information about the selected package will " -"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " -"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " -"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " -"dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Προβολή: Επιλέξετε ποιες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το επιλεγμένο " -"πακέτο θα εμφανιστούν στο παράθυρο κάτω από τον πίνακα πακέτων. Οι " -"διαθέσιμες επιλογές είναι: περιγραφή πακέτου, τεχνικά δεδομένα (έκδοση, " -"μέγεθος, άδεια κ.λ.π.) εκδόσεις πακέτων (όλες οι διαθέσιμες), λίστα αρχείων " -"(όλα τα αρχεία που περιέχονται στο πακέτο) και οι εξαρτήσεις (παρέχονται, " -"απαιτούνται κ.λ.π.)." +msgid "View: Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.)." +msgstr "Προβολή: Επιλέξετε ποιες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το επιλεγμένο πακέτο θα εμφανιστούν στο παράθυρο κάτω από τον πίνακα πακέτων. Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές είναι: περιγραφή πακέτου, τεχνικά δεδομένα (έκδοση, μέγεθος, άδεια κ.λ.π.) εκδόσεις πακέτων (όλες οι διαθέσιμες), λίστα αρχείων (όλα τα αρχεία που περιέχονται στο πακέτο) και οι εξαρτήσεις (παρέχονται, απαιτούνται κ.λ.π.)." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:284 -msgid "" -"Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the " -"rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository " -"Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update " -"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch " -"Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three " -"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package " -"Installation menu." -msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίσεις: Αυτό το μενού ενσωματώνει τον επιλογέα πακέτων με τα " -"υπόλοιπα εργαλεία διαχείρισης πακέτων. Από εδώ, μπορείτε να Εκκινήσετε " -"τον Διαχειριστή Αποθετηρίων και να επεξεργαστείτε τα ρυθμισμένα " -"αποθετήρια ή να εγγραφείτε για να ενημερώσετε τα αποθετήρια και να ρυθμίσετε " -"περιοδικές λήψεις διαθέσιμων ενημερώσεων (Εκκίνηση Ρύθμισης Ενημέρωσης " -"από το Δίκτυο). Επίσης, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μια από τις τρεις " -"διαθέσιμες συμπεριφορές για τον επιλογέα πακέτων όταν τερματίζει - στο μενού " -"Ενέργεια μετά την εγκατάσταση πακέτων." +msgid "Configuration: This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can Launch Repository Manager and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (Launch Online Update Configuration). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in Action after Package Installation menu." +msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις: Αυτό το μενού ενσωματώνει τον επιλογέα πακέτων με τα υπόλοιπα εργαλεία διαχείρισης πακέτων. Από εδώ, μπορείτε να Εκκινήσετε τον Διαχειριστή Αποθετηρίων και να επεξεργαστείτε τα ρυθμισμένα αποθετήρια ή να εγγραφείτε για να ενημερώσετε τα αποθετήρια και να ρυθμίσετε περιοδικές λήψεις διαθέσιμων ενημερώσεων (Εκκίνηση Ρύθμισης Ενημέρωσης από το Δίκτυο). Επίσης, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μια από τις τρεις διαθέσιμες συμπεριφορές για τον επιλογέα πακέτων όταν τερματίζει - στο μενού Ενέργεια μετά την εγκατάσταση π� �κέτων." #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:289 -msgid "" -"Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package " -"List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " -"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import " -"Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " -"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " -"in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup " -"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"Πρόσθετα: Υπάρχουν διάφορες λειτουργίες εδώ. Η Εξαγωγή " -"λίστας πακέτων σε αρχείο θα αποτυπώσει δεδομένα για τα εγκατεστημένα " -"πακέτα, τα patterns και τις γλώσσες στο καθορισμένο αρχείο XML. Αργότερα, " -"αυτό το αρχείο μπορεί να αναγνωστεί από την επιλογή Εισαγωγή λίστας " -"πακέτων από αρχείο π.χ. σε διαφορετικό υπολογιστή. Θα φέρει τα πακέτα " -"στον προοριζόμενο υπολογιστή στην ίδια κατάσταση που περιγράφεται στο αρχείο " -"XML. Η Εμφάνιση διαθέσιμου χώρου στο δίσκο θα εμφανίσει ένα " -"αναδυόμενο πίνακα χρήσης του δίσκου και του ελεύθερου χώρου στην τρέχουσα " -"προσαρτημένη κατάτμηση." +msgid "Extras: Miscellaneous functions reside here. Export Package List to File will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by Import Package List from File option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. Show Available Disk Space will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition." +msgstr "Πρόσθετα: Υπάρχουν διάφορες λειτουργίες εδώ. Η Εξαγωγή λίστας πακέτων σε αρχείο θα αποτυπώσει δεδομένα για τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα, τα patterns και τις γλώσσες στο καθορισμένο αρχείο XML. Αργότερα, αυτό το αρχείο μπορεί να αναγνωστεί από την επιλογή Εισαγωγή λίστας πακέτων από αρχείο π.χ. σε διαφορετικό υπολογιστή. Θα φέρει τα πακέτα στον προοριζόμενο υπολογιστή στην ίδια κατάσταση που περιγράφεται στο αρχείο XML. Η Εμφάνιση διαθέσιμου χώρου στο δίσκο θα εμφανίσει ένα αναδυόμενο πίνακα χρήσης του δίσκου και του ελεύθερου χ ώρου στην τρέχουσα προσαρτημένη κατάτμηση." #. label of a frame with search settings #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:297 @@ -1267,93 +976,28 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:611 -msgid "" -"General information about patches:The patches of kind security</" -"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " -"should also install recommended patches, they usually contain " -"important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in " -"the feature." -msgstr "" -"Γενικές πληροφορίες σχετικά με διορθώσεις:Οι διορθώσεις της " -"κατηγορίας ασφάλεια επιλύουν θέματα ασφάλειας και σας συνιστούμε να " -"τις εγκαταστήσετε. Πρέπει επίσης να εγκαταστήσετε προτεινόμενες " -"διορθώσεις, που συνήθως περιέχουν σημανικές διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων. " -"Εγκαταστήστε διορθωσεις χαρακτηριστικών εάν σας ενδιαφέρει το " -"χαρακτηριστικό." +msgid "General information about patches:The patches of kind security are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install recommended patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install feature patches if you are interested in the feature." +msgstr "Γενικές πληροφορίες σχετικά με διορθώσεις:Οι διορθώσεις της κατηγορίας ασφάλεια επιλύουν θέματα ασφάλειας και σας συνιστούμε να τις εγκαταστήσετε. Πρέπει επίσης να εγκαταστήσετε προτεινόμενες διορθώσεις, που συνήθως περιέχουν σημανικές διορθώσεις σφαλμάτων. Εγκαταστήστε διορθωσεις χαρακτηριστικών εάν σας ενδιαφέρει το χαρακτηριστικό." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "" -"Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " -"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " -"run." -msgstr "" -"Οι διορθώσεις για το \"libzypp\" (Πακέτο, Διόρθωση, Pattern και " -"Διαχείριση Προϊόντος) πάντα θα εγκαθιστώνται πρώτες. Οι υπόλοιπες διορθώσεις " -"θα εγκατασταθούν σε μια δεύτερη εκτέλεση." +msgid "Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run." +msgstr "Οι διορθώσεις για το \"libzypp\" (Πακέτο, Διόρθωση, Pattern και Διαχείριση Προϊόντος) πάντα θα εγκαθιστώνται πρώτες. Οι υπόλοιπες διορθώσεις θα εγκατασταθούν σε μια δεύτερη εκτέλεση." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "" -"Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " -"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. " -"i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You " -"have selected this patch for installation." -msgstr "" -"Ερμηνεία των σημαιών κατάστασης:a+ : Διορθώσεις που αφορούν " -"την εγκατάστασή σας είναι προεπιλογμένα. Θα κατεβούν και θα εγκατασταθούν " -"στο σύστημά σας. Εάν δε θέλετε κάποια συγκεκριμένη διόρθωση, απεπιλέξτε την " -"με το '-'. i : Όλες οι απαιτήσεις αυτής της διόρθωσης " -"ικανοποιούνται. + : Έχετε επιλέξει αυτή τη διόρθωση για " -"εγκατάσταση." +msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied. + : You have selected this patch for installation." +msgstr "Ερμηνεία των σημαιών κατάστασης:a+ : Διορθώσεις που αφορούν την εγκατάστασή σας είναι προεπιλογμένα. Θα κατεβούν και θα εγκατασταθούν στο σύστημά σας. Εάν δε θέλετε κάποια συγκεκριμένη διόρθωση, απεπιλέξτε την με το '-'. i : Όλες οι απαιτήσεις αυτής της διόρθωσης ικανοποιούνται. + : Έχετε επιλέξει αυτή τη διόρθωση για εγκατάσταση." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "" -"More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -"got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is " -"deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is " -"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " -"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " -"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " -"patches are not wanted." -msgstr "" -"Περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με την κατάσταση: Αν υπάρχουν πολλές " -"διορθώσεις για ένα πακέτο (ή ένα σύνολο πακέτων) που δεν έχουν ακόμα " -"εφαρμοστεί στο σύστημα όλες έχουν προεπιλεχθεί και έχουν κατάσταση a+</" -"b>. Αν κάποια από αυτές τις διορθώσεις έχει απεπιλεχθεί με το '-' μπορεί να " -"εμφανίσει την κατάσταση i στη συνέχεια. Αυτό συμβαίνει επειδή κάποια " -"από τις άλλες διορθώσεις που αφορούν το ίδιο πακέτο(α) είναι ακόμα " -"επιλεγμένο. Οι νεώτερη(ες) έκδοση(εις) του πακέτου(ων) θα εγκατασταθεί και " -"με έτσι η διόρθωση ικανοποιείται. Απεπιλογή όλων των διορθώσεων απαιτείται " -"σε περίπτωση που αυτές δεν είναι επιθυμητές." +msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted." +msgstr "Περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με την κατάσταση: Αν υπάρχουν πολλές διορθώσεις για ένα πακέτο (ή ένα σύνολο πακέτων) που δεν έχουν ακόμα εφαρμοστεί στο σύστημα όλες έχουν προεπιλεχθεί και έχουν κατάσταση a+. Αν κάποια από αυτές τις διορθώσεις έχει απεπιλεχθεί με το '-' μπορεί να εμφανίσει την κατάσταση i στη συνέχεια. Αυτό συμβαίνει επειδή κάποια από τις άλλες διορθώσεις που αφορούν το ίδιο πακέτο(α) είναι ακόμα επιλεγμένο. Οι νεώτερη(ες) έκδοση(εις) του πακέτου(ων) θα εγκατασταθεί και με έτσι η διόρθωση ικανοποιείται. Απεπιλ� �γή όλων των διορθώσεων απαιτείται σε περίπτωση που αυτές δεν είναι επιθυμητές." #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "" -"The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e." -"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " -"search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a " -"patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages " -"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " -"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " -"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." -" The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the " -"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -msgstr "" -"Τα μενού:Το μενού Φίλτρο επιτρέπει το φιλτράρισμα των " -"διορθώσεων, π.χ. την εμφάνιση των 'Εγκατεστημένων' ή τη λίστα των διορθώσεων " -"'Ασφάλειας'. Επίσης, παρέχει αναζήτηση διορθώσεων. Χρησιμοποιήστε το " -"μενού Ενέργειες για να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση μιας διόρθωσης. Το " -"μενού Προβολή δίνει τη δυνατότητα να δείτε ποια πακέτα αφορά η " -"διόρθωση. Σημειώστε: Αν το φίλτρο είναι 'Όλες οι Διορθώσεις' η λίστα πακέτων " -"για ορισμένες διορθώσεις μπορεί να είναι άδεια. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι κανένα " -"πακέτο δεν το αφορά η διόρθωση γιατί κανένα από τα διορθωτικά πακέτα δεν " -"είναι εγκατεστημένο στο σύστημα. Το μενού Εξαρτήσεις περιέχει τους " -"ελέγχους εξαρτήσεων και την καταχώρηση 'Δημιουργία περίπτωσης ελέγχου " -"Επίλυσης'." +msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +msgstr "Τα μενού:Το μενού Φίλτρο επιτρέπει το φιλτράρισμα των διορθώσεων, π.χ. την εμφάνιση των 'Εγκατεστημένων' ή τη λίστα των διορθώσεων 'Ασφάλειας'. Επίσης, παρέχει αναζήτηση διορθώσεων. Χρησιμοποιήστε το μενού Ενέργειες για να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση μιας διόρθωσης. Το μενού Προβολή δίνει τη δυνατότητα να δείτε ποια πακέτα αφορά η διόρθωση. Σημειώστε: Αν το φίλτρο είναι 'Όλες οι Διορθώσεις' η λίστα πακέτων για ορισμένες διορθώσεις μπορεί να είναι άδεια. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι κανένα πακέτο δεν το αφορά η διόρθωση γιατί κανένα α� �ό τα διορθωτικά πακέτα δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο στο σύστημα. Το μενού Εξαρτήσεις περιέχει τους ελέγχους εξαρτήσεων και την καταχώρηση 'Δημιουργία περίπτωσης ελέγχου Επίλυσης'." #. label for a warning popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:648 @@ -1393,12 +1037,8 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:714 -msgid "" -"All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." -" Really exit?" -msgstr "" -"Όλες οι αλλαγές στο πακέτο, την διόρθωση ή την επιλογή του pattern θα " -"χαθούν. Θέλετε να εγκαταλείψετε;" +msgid "All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost. Really exit?" +msgstr "Όλες οι αλλαγές στο πακέτο, την διόρθωση ή την επιλογή του pattern θα χαθούν. Θέλετε να εγκαταλείψετε;" #. the label of language table #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:722 @@ -1446,20 +1086,8 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:783 -msgid "" -"Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated " -"automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other " -"packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any " -"installation media.They are third-party packagesManually " -"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Ενημέρωση Λίστας Προβλημάτων Τα πακέτα στη λίστα δεν μπορούν να " -"ενημερωθούν αυτόματα.Πιθανοί λόγοι:Έχουν απαρχαιωθεί από άλλα " -"πακέτα.Δεν υπάρχει νεότερη έκδοση για ενημέρωση σε κανένα μέσο " -"εγκατάστασης.Είναι πακέτα κατασκευασμένα από τρίτουςΠαρακαλώ " -"επιλέξτε χειροκίνητα τι θέλετε να κάνετε με αυτά. Η ασφαλέστερη ενέργεια " -"είναι προφανώς να τα διαγράψετε." +msgid "Update Problem List The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.Possible reasons:They are obsoleted by other packages.There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.They are third-party packagesManually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them." +msgstr "Ενημέρωση Λίστας Προβλημάτων Τα πακέτα στη λίστα δεν μπορούν να ενημερωθούν αυτόματα.Πιθανοί λόγοι:Έχουν απαρχαιωθεί από άλλα πακέτα.Δεν υπάρχει νεότερη έκδοση για ενημέρωση σε κανένα μέσο εγκατάστασης.Είναι πακέτα κατασκευασμένα από τρίτουςΠαρακαλώ επιλέξτε χειροκίνητα τι θέλετε να κάνετε με αυτά. Η ασφαλέστερη ενέργεια είναι προφανώς να τα διαγράψετε." #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:790 @@ -1485,92 +1113,23 @@ msgid "Script" msgstr "Δέσμη ενεργειών" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic " -#~ "Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already " -#~ "Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already " -#~ "installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: " -#~ "repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please " -#~ "note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option " -#~ "System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). " -#~ "These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" -#~ "yast2</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές για τον έλεγχο εξαρτήσεων είναι:" -#~ " Αυτόματος Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων (δείτε παραπάνω), Εγκατάσταση " -#~ "Συνιστώμενων για Ήδη Εγκατεστημένα Πακέτα: εάν είναι ΕΝΕΡΓΟ, θα " -#~ "εγκατασταθούν επίσης συνιστώμενα πακέτω του ήδη εγκατασταμένου πακέτου, " -#~ "Κατάσταση Επαλήθευσης Συστήματος: διόρθωση εξαρτήσεων των " -#~ "εγκατεστημένων πακέτων και άμεση επίλυση. Παρακαλώ σημειώστε: μετά τον " -#~ "έλεγχο του συστήματος με την Επαλήθευση Συστήματος Τώρα η επιλογή " -#~ "Κατάσταση Επαλήθευσης Συστήματος είναι ΕΝΕΡΓΗ (αποεπιλέξτε την " -#~ "επιλογή, εάν το επιθυμείτε). Αυτές οι επιλογές αποθηκεύτηκαν στο αρχείο " -#~ "ρυθμίσεων YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#~ msgid "Available options for dependency checking are: Automatic Dependency Check (see above), Install Recommended for Already Installed Packages: if ON, also recommended packages of already installed package will be installed, System Verification Mode: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with Verify System Now the option System Verification Mode is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These option are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές για τον έλεγχο εξαρτήσεων είναι: Αυτόματος Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων (δείτε παραπάνω), Εγκατάσταση Συνιστώμενων για Ήδη Εγκατεστημένα Πακέτα: εάν είναι ΕΝΕΡΓΟ, θα εγκατασταθούν επίσης συνιστώμενα πακέτω του ήδη εγκατασταμένου πακέτου, Κατάσταση Επαλήθευσης Συστήματος: διόρθωση εξαρτήσεων των εγκατεστημένων πακέτων και άμεση επίλυση. Παρακαλώ σημειώστε: μετά τον έλεγχο του συστήματος με την Επαλήθευση Συστήματος Τώρα η επιλογή Κατάσταση Επαλήθευσης Συστήματος είναι ΕΝΕΡΓΗ (αποεπιλέξτε την επιλογή, εάν το επιθυμείτε). Αυτές οι επιλογές αποθηκεύτηκαν στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων YaST <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your " -#~ "installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on " -#~ "your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</" -#~ "p> i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ " -#~ ": You have selected this patch for installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Σημασία των σημαιών κατάστασης:a+ : Οι διορθώσεις που " -#~ "αφορούν την εγκατάστασή σας είναι προεπιλεγμένες. Θα ληφθούν και θα " -#~ "εγκατασταθούν στο σύστημά σας. Αν δεν θέλετε ένα συγκεκριμένο πακέτο, " -#~ "αφαιρέστε το με '-'. i : Όλες οι απαιτήσεις για την " -#~ "διόρθωση ικανοποιούνται.+ : Έχετε επιλέξει αυτήν την " -#~ "διόρθωση για εγκατάσταση." +#~ msgid "Meaning of the status flags:a+ : Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'. i : All requirements of this patch are satisfied.+ : You have selected this patch for installation." +#~ msgstr "Σημασία των σημαιών κατάστασης:a+ : Οι διορθώσεις που αφορούν την εγκατάστασή σας είναι προεπιλεγμένες. Θα ληφθούν και θα εγκατασταθούν στο σύστημά σας. Αν δεν θέλετε ένα συγκεκριμένο πακέτο, αφαιρέστε το με '-'. i : Όλες οι απαιτήσεις για την διόρθωση ικανοποιούνται.+ : Έχετε επιλέξει αυτήν την διόρθωση για εγκατάσταση." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a " -#~ "package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " -#~ "got preselected and have status a+. If you want to deselect one of " -#~ "the patches with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This " -#~ "is because any of the other patches concerning the same packages is still " -#~ "selected and the newer packages will be installed and withit this patch " -#~ "is satified." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κατάσταση: Εάν υπάρχουν " -#~ "διάφορες διορθωσεις για ένα πακέτο (ή μια ομάδα πακέτων), που δεν έχουν " -#~ "εφαρμοστεί ακόμα στο σύστημα, όλες έχουν προεπιλεγεί και έχουν κατάσταση " -#~ "a+. Εάν θέλετε να αποεπιλέξετε μια από τις διορθώσεις με το '-' " -#~ "μπορεί μετά να εμφανίζει την κατάσταση i. Αυτό συμβαίνει διότι " -#~ "οποιαδήποτε από τις άλλες διορθώσεις που αφορούν τα ίδια πακέτα είναι " -#~ "ακόμα επιλεγμένες και τα νεότερα πακέτα θα εγκατασταθούν με αυτό, " -#~ "ικανοποιείται αυτή η διόρθωση." +#~ msgid "More details about the status: If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status a+. If you want to deselect one of the patches with '-' it might show the status i afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same packages is still selected and the newer packages will be installed and withit this patch is satified." +#~ msgstr "Περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με την κατάσταση: Εάν υπάρχουν διάφορες διορθωσεις για ένα πακέτο (ή μια ομάδα πακέτων), που δεν έχουν εφαρμοστεί ακόμα στο σύστημα, όλες έχουν προεπιλεγεί και έχουν κατάσταση a+. Εάν θέλετε να αποεπιλέξετε μια από τις διορθώσεις με το '-' μπορεί μετά να εμφανίζει την κατάσταση i. Αυτό συμβαίνει διότι οποιαδήποτε από τις άλλες διορθώσεις που αφορούν τα ίδια πακέτα είναι ακόμα επιλεγμένες και τα νεότερα πακέτα θα εγκατασταθούν με αυτό, ικανοποιείται αυτή η διόρθωση." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, " -#~ "e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also " -#~ "provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change " -#~ "the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibilty to " -#~ "see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter " -#~ "is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This " -#~ "means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is " -#~ "installed on the system. The Dependencies menus contains " -#~ "dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Τα μενού:Το μενού Φίλτρο σας επιτρέπει να φιλτράρετε τις " -#~ "διορθώσεις, πχ να εμφανίζονται οι 'Εγκατεστημένες' ή λίστα με διορθώσεις " -#~ "'Ασφαλείας'. Παρέχει επίσης την αναζήτηση διορθώσεων. Χρησιμοποιήστε " -#~ "το μενού Ενέργειες για να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση μιας διόρθωσης." -#~ " Το μενού Προβολή περέχει την δυνατότητα να δείτε ποιά πακέτα " -#~ "αφορά η διόρθωση. Παρακαλώ σημειώστε: Εάν το φίλτρο είναι 'Όλες οι " -#~ "Διορθώσεις' η λίστα πακέτων για κάποιες διορθώσεις μπορεί να είναι κενή. " -#~ "Αυτό σημαίνει ότι δεν αφορά κανένα πακέτο διότι καμιά διόρθωση δεν " -#~ "εγκαταστάθηκε στο σύστημα. Το μενού Εξαρτήσεις περιέχει έλεγχο " -#~ "εξαρτήσεων και 'Δημιουργία Δοκιμής του Επιλύτη'." +#~ msgid "The menus:The Filter menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches. Use the Actions menu to change the status of a patch. The View menu offers the possibilty to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system. The Dependencies menus contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry." +#~ msgstr "Τα μενού:Το μενού Φίλτρο σας επιτρέπει να φιλτράρετε τις διορθώσεις, πχ να εμφανίζονται οι 'Εγκατεστημένες' ή λίστα με διορθώσεις 'Ασφαλείας'. Παρέχει επίσης την αναζήτηση διορθώσεων. Χρησιμοποιήστε το μενού Ενέργειες για να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση μιας διόρθωσης. Το μενού Προβολή περέχει την δυνατότητα να δείτε ποιά πακέτα αφορά η διόρθωση. Παρακαλώ σημειώστε: Εάν το φίλτρο είναι 'Όλες οι Διορθώσεις' η λίστα πακέτων για κάποιες διορθώσεις μπορεί να είναι κενή. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι δεν αφορά κανένα πακέτο διότι καμιά δ ιόρθωση δεν εγκαταστάθηκε στο σύστημα. Το μενού Εξαρτήσεις περιέχει έλεγχο εξαρτήσεων και 'Δημιουργία Δοκιμής του Επιλύτη'." #~ msgid "----- this patch is broken !!! -----" #~ msgstr "----- αυτή η διόρθωση είναι κατεστραμμένη !!! -----" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" " -#~ "is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η σημείωση \"recommended\" σημαίνει ότι θα πρέπει να εγκαταστήσετε τη " -#~ "διόρθωση. Η σημείωση \"security\" είναι μια διόρθωση ασφαλείας και " -#~ "συνίσταται να εγκατασταθεί." +#~ msgid "Kind \"recommended\" means you should install the patch. \"security\" is a security patch and we highly recommend to install it." +#~ msgstr "Η σημείωση \"recommended\" σημαίνει ότι θα πρέπει να εγκαταστήσετε τη διόρθωση. Η σημείωση \"security\" είναι μια διόρθωση ασφαλείας και συνίσταται να εγκατασταθεί." #~ msgid "Search Packages on &Web" #~ msgstr "Αναζήτηση Πακέτων στο &Ιντερνετ" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/ncurses.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/ncurses.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/ncurses.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -91,16 +91,11 @@ #~ msgid "Press F1 for Help" #~ msgstr "Πατήστε F1 για Βοήθεια" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this " -#~ "dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πατήστε F1 πάλι για να αποκτήσετε περισσότερη βοήθεια ή ESC</" -#~ "b> για να κλείσετε αυτόν τον διάλογο." +#~ msgid "Press F1 again to get further help or ESC to close this dialog." +#~ msgstr "Πατήστε F1 πάλι για να αποκτήσετε περισσότερη βοήθεια ή ESC για να κλείσετε αυτόν τον διάλογο." #~ msgid "Press F1 or ESC to close this dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πατήστε F1 ή ESC για να κλείσετε αυτόν τον διάλογο." +#~ msgstr "Πατήστε F1 ή ESC για να κλείσετε αυτόν τον διάλογο." #~ msgid "Text Mode Navigation" #~ msgstr "Πλοήγηση Κατάστασης Κειμένου" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/network.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/network.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/network.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -149,40 +149,30 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Τείχος Προστασίας και SSH</big> \n" -"Το τείχος προστασίας είναι ένας αμυντικός μηχανισμός που προστατεύει τον " -"υπολογιστή σας από δικτυακές απειλές.\n" -"Η SSH είναι μια υπηρεσία που επιτρέπει την σύνδεση στον υπολογιστή " -"απομακρυσμένα μέσω πελάτη SSH" +"Το τείχος προστασίας είναι ένας αμυντικός μηχανισμός που προστατεύει τον υπολογιστή σας από δικτυακές απειλές.\n" +"Η SSH είναι μια υπηρεσία που επιτρέπει την σύνδεση στον υπολογιστή απομακρυσμένα μέσω πελάτη SSH" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε εαν το τείχος προστασίας θα είναι " -"ενεργοποιημένο ή απενεργοποιημένο μετά\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε εαν το τείχος προστασίας θα είναι ενεργοποιημένο ή απενεργοποιημένο μετά\n" "την εγκατάσταση. Προτείνεται να το μείνει ενεργοποιημένο." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Με το τείχος προστασίας ενεργοποιημένο, μπορείτε να αποφασίσετε για το αν " -"θα ανοίξετε τη θύρα στο τείχος για\n" -"την υπηρεσία SSH και να επιτρέψετε έτσι τις απομακρυσμένες εισόδους SSH. " -"Ανεξάρτητα μπορείτε επίσης να ενεργοποιήσετε την υπηρεσία SSH (π.χ. θα\n" +"Με το τείχος προστασίας ενεργοποιημένο, μπορείτε να αποφασίσετε για το αν θα ανοίξετε τη θύρα στο τείχος για\n" +"την υπηρεσία SSH και να επιτρέψετε έτσι τις απομακρυσμένες εισόδους SSH. Ανεξάρτητα μπορείτε επίσης να ενεργοποιήσετε την υπηρεσία SSH (π.χ. θα\n" "ξεκινά κατά την εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -192,8 +182,7 @@ "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε επίσης να ανοίξετε τις θύρες του VNC στο τείχος προστασίας. Δεν " -"θα ενεργοποιήσει\n" +"Μπορείτε επίσης να ανοίξετε τις θύρες του VNC στο τείχος προστασίας. Δεν θα ενεργοποιήσει\n" "την υπηρεσία απομακρυσμένης διαχείρισης στο τρέχον υστημα αλλά θα\n" "εκκινήσει αυτόματα από τον εγκαταστάτη εάν χρειαστεί." @@ -201,13 +190,11 @@ #. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Το τείχος προστασίας θα ενεργοποιηθεί (<a href=\"%s\">απενεργοποίηση</a>)" +msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας θα ενεργοποιηθεί (<a href=\"%s\">απενεργοποίηση</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Το τείχος προστασίας θα απενεργοποιηθεί (<a href=\"%s\">ενεργοποίηση</a>)" +msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας θα απενεργοποιηθεί (<a href=\"%s\">ενεργοποίηση</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" @@ -380,11 +367,8 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:892 -msgid "" -"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "" -"Δεν έχει καθοριστεί URL για τις σημειώσεις έκδοσης. Η δοκιμή σύνδεσης με το " -"διαδίκτυο είναι αδύνατη." +msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "Δεν έχει καθοριστεί URL για τις σημειώσεις έκδοσης. Η δοκιμή σύνδεσης με το διαδίκτυο είναι αδύνατη." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -393,20 +377,15 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " -"steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " -"configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Απέτυχε η λήψη των τελευταίων σημειώσεων έκδοσης λόγω σφάλματος από την " -"πλευρά του εξυπηρετητή. \n" +"Απέτυχε η λήψη των τελευταίων σημειώσεων έκδοσης λόγω σφάλματος από την πλευρά του εξυπηρετητή. \n" "Αυτό δεν σημαίνει απαραίτητα ελαττωματική ρύθμιση δικτύου.\n" "\n" -"Κάντε κλικ στο 'Συνέχεια' για να προχωρήσετε στο επόμενο βήμα της " -"εγκατάστασης. Για να παραβλέψετε κάποια βήματα\n" -"που απαιτούν σύνδεση με το διαδίκτυο ή για να επιστρέψετε πίσω στις " -"ρυθμίσεις του δικτύου,\n" +"Κάντε κλικ στο 'Συνέχεια' για να προχωρήσετε στο επόμενο βήμα της εγκατάστασης. Για να παραβλέψετε κάποια βήματα\n" +"που απαιτούν σύνδεση με το διαδίκτυο ή για να επιστρέψετε πίσω στις ρυθμίσεις του δικτύου,\n" "κάντε κλικ στο 'Άκυρο'.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -570,8 +549,7 @@ " the corresponding devices and press Launch." msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε μία από τις διαθέσιμες μονάδες δικτύου για να ρυθμίσετε\n" -"τις αντίστοιχες συσκευές και στη συνέχεια πατήστε το κουμπί Εκκίνηση." -"" +"τις αντίστοιχες συσκευές και στη συνέχεια πατήστε το κουμπί Εκκίνηση." #. Selection box label #: src/clients/network.rb:107 @@ -595,9 +573,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Ορίστε 'ναι' για να επιτρέψετε και 'όχι' για να απαγορεύσετε την " -"απομακρυσμένη διαχείριση" +msgstr "Ορίστε 'ναι' για να επιτρέψετε και 'όχι' για να απαγορεύσετε την απομακρυσμένη διαχείριση" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:128 @@ -769,8 +745,7 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:324 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." -msgstr "" -"Πρέπει να καθοριστούν τουλάχιστον ο προορισμός και η IP διεύθυνση geteway." +msgstr "Πρέπει να καθοριστούν τουλάχιστον ο προορισμός και η IP διεύθυνση geteway." #: src/clients/routing.rb:333 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." @@ -781,12 +756,8 @@ msgstr "Πρέπει να καθοριστεί η διεύθυνση IP προορισμού." #: src/clients/routing.rb:354 -msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " -"must be specified" -msgstr "" -"Τουλάχιστον μια από τις παρακάτω παραμέτρους (geteway, netmask, συσκευή, " -"επιλογές) πρέπει να καθοριστεί" +msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" +msgstr "Τουλάχιστον μια από τις παρακάτω παραμέτρους (geteway, netmask, συσκευή, επιλογές) πρέπει να καθοριστεί" #: src/clients/routing.rb:376 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1230,9 +1201,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:260 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τις ρυθμίσεις του οδηγού σύνδεσης και επεξεργαστείτε τους αν " -"χρειάζεται. " +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τις ρυθμίσεις του οδηγού σύνδεσης και επεξεργαστείτε τους αν χρειάζεται. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1425,21 +1394,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " -"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " -"Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " -"to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>ΠΡΟΤΕΡΑΙΟΤΗΤΑ IFPLUGD</big> \n" -" Όλες οι διεπαφές που ρυθμίστηκαν με την επιλογή Με τη σύνδεση " -"καλωδίου και με IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 θα χρησιμοποιηθούν\n" -" αμοιβαία αποκλειστικά. Εάν περισσότερες από μία διεπαφές είναι Με τη " -"σύνδεση καλωδίου\n" -" τότε χρειαζόμαστε ένα τρόπο να αποφασίσουμε ποιά διεπαφή θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. " -"Επομένως πρέπει\n" +" Όλες οι διεπαφές που ρυθμίστηκαν με την επιλογή Με τη σύνδεση καλωδίου και με IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 θα χρησιμοποιηθούν\n" +" αμοιβαία αποκλειστικά. Εάν περισσότερες από μία διεπαφές είναι Με τη σύνδεση καλωδίου\n" +" τότε χρειαζόμαστε ένα τρόπο να αποφασίσουμε ποιά διεπαφή θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Επομένως πρέπει\n" " να ορίσουμε προτεραιότητα για κάθε διεπαφή. \n" #. Address dialog caption @@ -1467,8 +1430,7 @@ #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "" -"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, βασισμένη σε Prism II, και παρόμοιες ασύρματες κάρτες" +msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, βασισμένη σε Prism II, και παρόμοιες ασύρματες κάρτες" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 @@ -1636,12 +1598,8 @@ msgstr "Χρήση της επιλογής \"id\" για τον καθορισμό της συσκευής." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:101 -msgid "" -"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " -"\"id\"." -msgstr "" -"Η τιμή του |\"id|\" είναι εκτός εμβέλειας. Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή |" -"\"list|\" για να ελέγξετε την μέγιστη τιμή του |\"id|\"." +msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +msgstr "Η τιμή του |\"id|\" είναι εκτός εμβέλειας. Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή |\"list|\" για να ελέγξετε την μέγιστη τιμή του |\"id|\"." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1719,8 +1677,7 @@ "See %1 for details." msgstr "" "Μια γέφυρα Xen έχει ανιχνευθεί.\n" -"Λόγω της μετονομασίας των διασυνδέσεων του δικτύου από το σενάριο της " -"γέφυρας,\n" +"Λόγω της μετονομασίας των διασυνδέσεων του δικτύου από το σενάριο της γέφυρας,\n" "οι διασυνδέσεις του δικτύου δεν θα πρέπει να ρυθμιστούν ή επανεκκινηθούν.\n" "Δείτε το %1 για λεπτομέρειες." @@ -1746,13 +1703,10 @@ "Continue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\n" "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" -"Η συσκευή χρειάζεται firmware για να λειτουργήσει επαρκώς. Συνήθως μπορεί να " -"ληφθεί\n" +"Η συσκευή χρειάζεται firmware για να λειτουργήσει επαρκώς. Συνήθως μπορεί να ληφθεί\n" "από την ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή του οδηγού.\n" -"Αν ήδη έχει ληφθεί και εγκατασταθεί το firmware, κάντε κλικ στο Συνέχεια</" -"b> \n" -"για να ρυθμίσετε τη συσκευή. Αλλιώς κάντε κλικ στο Άκυρο και " -"επιστρέψτε\n" +"Αν ήδη έχει ληφθεί και εγκατασταθεί το firmware, κάντε κλικ στο Συνέχεια \n" +"για να ρυθμίσετε τη συσκευή. Αλλιώς κάντε κλικ στο Άκυρο και επιστρέψτε\n" "σε αυτό το παράθυρο μόλις έχετε εγκαταστήσει το firmware.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1764,12 +1718,8 @@ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση firmware" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"Για επιτυχή εγκατάσταση firmware, χρειάζεται να εκτελεστεί το script " -"'install_bcm43xx_firmware'. Εκτέλεση τώρα;" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "Για επιτυχή εγκατάσταση firmware, χρειάζεται να εκτελεστεί το script 'install_bcm43xx_firmware'. Εκτέλεση τώρα;" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1847,78 +1797,54 @@ msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." -msgstr "" -"Τύποι Συσκευών. Είναι διαθέσιμοι ποικίλοι τύποι συσκευών, επιλέξτε " -"ένα σύμφωνα με τις ανάγκες σας." +msgstr "Τύποι Συσκευών. Είναι διαθέσιμοι ποικίλοι τύποι συσκευών, επιλέξτε ένα σύμφωνα με τις ανάγκες σας." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Οι Κανόνες Udev είναι κανόνες ώστε ο διαχειριστής συσκευών του " -"πυρήνα να επιτρέπει\n" -"τον συσχετισμό της διεύθυνσης MAC ή BusID της συσκευής δικτύου με αυτό το " -"όνομα (παράδειγμα \n" -"eth1, wlan0) και να εξασφαλίζει ένα μόνιμο όνομα συσκευής μετά την " -"επανεκκίνηση.\n" +"Οι Κανόνες Udev είναι κανόνες ώστε ο διαχειριστής συσκευών του πυρήνα να επιτρέπει\n" +"τον συσχετισμό της διεύθυνσης MAC ή BusID της συσκευής δικτύου με αυτό το όνομα (παράδειγμα \n" +"eth1, wlan0) και να εξασφαλίζει ένα μόνιμο όνομα συσκευής μετά την επανεκκίνηση.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " -"start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Η εμφάνιση ορατών θυρών ταυτοποίησης σας επιτρέπει να " -"ταυτοποιήσετε φυσικά τώρα το ρυθμισμένο NIC. \n" -"Ορίστε τον κατάλληλο χρόνο, κάντε κλικ στο Να αναβοσβήνει και τα LED " -"στην NIC θα εκκινήσουν να αναβοσβήνουν για τον επιλεγμένο χρόνο.\n" +"Η εμφάνιση ορατών θυρών ταυτοποίησης σας επιτρέπει να ταυτοποιήσετε φυσικά τώρα το ρυθμισμένο NIC. \n" +"Ορίστε τον κατάλληλο χρόνο, κάντε κλικ στο Να αναβοσβήνει και τα LED στην NIC θα εκκινήσουν να αναβοσβήνουν για τον επιλεγμένο χρόνο.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" "Μονάδα Πυρήνα Εισάγετε εδώ το όνομα της μονάδας πυρήνα (οδηγός) \n" -"για την συσκευή δικτύου σας. Εάν η συσκευή σας είναι ήδη ρυθμισμένη, ελέξτε " -"εάν υπάρχουν περισσότεροι από ένα οδηγό για\n" -"την συσκευή σας στην λίστα. Εάν είναι απαραίτητο, επιλέξτε οδηγό από την " -"λίστα, αλλά συνήθως η προεπιλεγμένη τιμή λειτουργεί.\n" +"για την συσκευή δικτύου σας. Εάν η συσκευή σας είναι ήδη ρυθμισμένη, ελέξτε εάν υπάρχουν περισσότεροι από ένα οδηγό για\n" +"την συσκευή σας στην λίστα. Εάν είναι απαραίτητο, επιλέξτε οδηγό από την λίστα, αλλά συνήθως η προεπιλεγμένη τιμή λειτουργεί.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " -"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιπρόσθετα, καθορίσετε τις Επιλογές για το άρθρωμα πυρήνα. " -"Χρησιμοποιήστε\n" -"την μορφή: option=value. Κάθε καταχώρηση θα πρέπει να " -"χωρίζεται με κενό,\n" -"για παράδειγμα, io=0x300 irq=5. Σημείωση: Εάν δύο κάρτες είναι " -"ρυθμισμένες\n" -"με το ίδιο όνομα αρθρώματος, οι επιλογές θα συγχωνευθούν κατά την αποθήκευση." -"\n" +"Επιπρόσθετα, καθορίσετε τις Επιλογές για το άρθρωμα πυρήνα. Χρησιμοποιήστε\n" +"την μορφή: option=value. Κάθε καταχώρηση θα πρέπει να χωρίζεται με κενό,\n" +"για παράδειγμα, io=0x300 irq=5. Σημείωση: Εάν δύο κάρτες είναι ρυθμισμένες\n" +"με το ίδιο όνομα αρθρώματος, οι επιλογές θα συγχωνευθούν κατά την αποθήκευση.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 -msgid "" -"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.\n" -msgstr "" -"Εάν καθορίσετε τις επιλογές μέσω Επιλογές Ethtool, το ifup θα " -"καλέσει το ethtool με αυτές τις επιλογές.\n" +msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" +msgstr "Εάν καθορίσετε τις επιλογές μέσω Επιλογές Ethtool, το ifup θα καλέσει το ethtool με αυτές τις επιλογές.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 @@ -1945,8 +1871,7 @@ "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" -"Επιλογές για την μονάδα θα πρέπει να γραφτούν στη μορφή που " -"προσδιορίζονται\n" +"Επιλογές για την μονάδα θα πρέπει να γραφτούν στη μορφή που προσδιορίζονται\n" "στο εγχειρίδιο IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands." #. Manual dialog caption @@ -2111,42 +2036,24 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε το Όνομα Θύρας γι'αυτήν τη διασύνδεση (διάκριση πεζών-" -"κεφαλαίων)." +msgstr "Εισάγετε το Όνομα Θύρας γι'αυτήν τη διασύνδεση (διάκριση πεζών-κεφαλαίων)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 -msgid "" -"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " -"spaces)." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε οποιεσδήποτε επιπλέον Επιλογές γι'αυτήν τη διασύνδεση " -"(χωρισμένες με κενά)." +msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." +msgstr "Εισάγετε οποιεσδήποτε επιπλέον Επιλογές γι'αυτήν τη διασύνδεση (χωρισμένες με κενά)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 -msgid "" -"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " -"enabled for this interface." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση IPA Takeover αν η διεύθυνση IP takeover θα " -"πρέπει να είναι ενεργοποιημένη για αυτήν την διασύνδεση." +msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση IPA Takeover αν η διεύθυνση IP takeover θα πρέπει να είναι ενεργοποιημένη για αυτήν την διασύνδεση." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 -msgid "" -"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση Υποστήριξης Layer 2 εάν η κάρτα σας έχει " -"ρυθμιστεί με υποστήριξη layer 2." +msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση Υποστήριξης Layer 2 εάν η κάρτα σας έχει ρυθμιστεί με υποστήριξη layer 2." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " -"with layer 2 support." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε την Διεύθυνση MAC Layer 2 εάν αυτή η κάρτα έχει ρυθμιστεί " -"με υποστήριξη layer 2." +msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." +msgstr "Εισάγετε την Διεύθυνση MAC Layer 2 εάν αυτή η κάρτα έχει ρυθμιστεί με υποστήριξη layer 2." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 @@ -2209,8 +2116,7 @@ "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" "Εισάγετε το όνομα του ομότιμου IUCV,\n" -"για παράδειγμα, το z/VM όνομα χρήστη με το οποίο θα συνδέεστε (διάκριση " -"πεζών-κεφαλαίων).\n" +"για παράδειγμα, το z/VM όνομα χρήστη με το οποίο θα συνδέεστε (διάκριση πεζών-κεφαλαίων).\n" #. #176330, must be static #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 @@ -2243,8 +2149,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</BIG> \n" -"Τερματίστε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρυθμίσεων πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.</" -"P>\n" +"Τερματίστε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρυθμίσεων πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:41 @@ -2274,8 +2179,7 @@ "for switching among wired and wireless networks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Μέθοδος Ρύθμισης Δικτύου</big>\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τον Διαχειριστή Δικτύου ως μικροεφαρμογή στην " -"επιφάνεια εργασίας\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε τον Διαχειριστή Δικτύου ως μικροεφαρμογή στην επιφάνεια εργασίας\n" "που θα διαχειρίζεται συνδέσεις για όλες τις διεπαφές.\n" "Είναι κατάλληλη για αλλαγή μεταξύ ενσύρματων και ασύρματων δικτύων.\n" @@ -2286,10 +2190,8 @@ "Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το wicked αν δεν εκτελείτε ένα περιβάλλον " -"επιφάνειας εργασίας\n" -"ή αν χρειάζεστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ταυτόχρονα πολλαπλές διεπαφές την ίδια " -"στιγμή.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το wicked αν δεν εκτελείτε ένα περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας\n" +"ή αν χρειάζεστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ταυτόχρονα πολλαπλές διεπαφές την ίδια στιγμή.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" @@ -2298,8 +2200,7 @@ "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Επισκόπηση Κάρτας Δικτύου</BIG> \n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε συνοπτικά τις εγκατεστημένες κάρτες δικτύου. " -"Επιπλέον,\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε συνοπτικά τις εγκατεστημένες κάρτες δικτύου. Επιπλέον,\n" "μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις τους. \n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 @@ -2308,8 +2209,7 @@ "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Προσθήκη μιας Κάρτας Δικτύου:</BIG> \n" -"Πατώντας Προσθήκη μπορείτε χειροκίνητα να ρυθμίσετε μια νέα κάρτα " -"δικτύου.\n" +"Πατώντας Προσθήκη μπορείτε χειροκίνητα να ρυθμίσετε μια νέα κάρτα δικτύου.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" @@ -2319,8 +2219,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή:</big> \n" "Επιλέξτε μια κάρτα δικτύου για να την αλλάξετε ή να τη διαγράψετε.\n" -"Ύστερα πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή ανάλογα τι επιθυμείτε.</" -"p>\n" +"Ύστερα πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή ανάλογα τι επιθυμείτε.\n" #. IPv6 help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 @@ -2329,19 +2228,14 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Πρωτοκόλλου IPv6</big>\n" -"Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση IPv6 για να ενεργοποιηθεί το άρθρωμα πυρήνα " -"ipv6.\n" -"Είναι δυνατό να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα IPv6 και IPv4 μαζί. Αυτή είναι η " -"προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση.\n" -"Για να απενεργοποιήσετε το IPv6, αφαιρέστε την επιλογή αυτή. Αυτό θα θέσει " -"σε μαύρη λίστα\n" -"το άρθρωμα πυρήνα ipv6. Εάν το πρωτόκολλο IPv6 δεν χρησιμοποιείται στο " -"δίκτυό σας, \n" +"Επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση IPv6 για να ενεργοποιηθεί το άρθρωμα πυρήνα ipv6.\n" +"Είναι δυνατό να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα IPv6 και IPv4 μαζί. Αυτή είναι η προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση.\n" +"Για να απενεργοποιήσετε το IPv6, αφαιρέστε την επιλογή αυτή. Αυτό θα θέσει σε μαύρη λίστα\n" +"το άρθρωμα πυρήνα ipv6. Εάν το πρωτόκολλο IPv6 δεν χρησιμοποιείται στο δίκτυό σας, \n" "ο χρόνος απόκρισης είναι ταχύτερος.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 @@ -2358,28 +2252,20 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" "Η δρομολόγηση μπορεί να οριστεί σε αυτό το διάλογο.\n" -"Η Προεπιλεγμένη Πύλη ταιριάζει με κάθε δυνατό προορισμό, αλλά με " -"φτωχό τρόπο.\n" -"Αν οποιαδήποτε άλλη καταχώρηση υπάρχει που ταιριάζει με την απαιτούμενη " -"διεύθυνση, θα\n" -"χρησιμοποιηθεί αντί της προεπιλεγμένης διαδρομής. Η ιδέα της προεπιλεγμένης " -"διαδρομής είναι\n" -"απλή για να σας βοηθήσει να πείτε \"και οτιδήποτε άλλο μπορεί να πάει εδώ\"." -"\n" +"Η Προεπιλεγμένη Πύλη ταιριάζει με κάθε δυνατό προορισμό, αλλά με φτωχό τρόπο.\n" +"Αν οποιαδήποτε άλλη καταχώρηση υπάρχει που ταιριάζει με την απαιτούμενη διεύθυνση, θα\n" +"χρησιμοποιηθεί αντί της προεπιλεγμένης διαδρομής. Η ιδέα της προεπιλεγμένης διαδρομής είναι\n" +"απλή για να σας βοηθήσει να πείτε \"και οτιδήποτε άλλο μπορεί να πάει εδώ\".\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." -"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"Για κάθε διαδρομή, εισάγετε διεύθυνση IP προoρισμού δικτύου, διεύθυνση " -"geteway,\n" -"και μάσκα δικτύου (netmask). Για να παραληφθεί οποιαδήποτε από αυτές τις " -"τιμές, χρησιμοποιήστε το σημάδι της παύλας \"-\".\n" -"Επίσης, επιλέξτε την συσκευή μέσω της οποίας η κίνηση στο προκαθορισμένο " -"δίκτυο θα δρομολογηθεί, Η \"-\" είναι ψευδώνυμο για κάθε διεπαφή.\n" +"Για κάθε διαδρομή, εισάγετε διεύθυνση IP προoρισμού δικτύου, διεύθυνση geteway,\n" +"και μάσκα δικτύου (netmask). Για να παραληφθεί οποιαδήποτε από αυτές τις τιμές, χρησιμοποιήστε το σημάδι της παύλας \"-\".\n" +"Επίσης, επιλέξτε την συσκευή μέσω της οποίας η κίνηση στο προκαθορισμένο δίκτυο θα δρομολογηθεί, Η \"-\" είναι ψευδώνυμο για κάθε διεπαφή.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 @@ -2387,8 +2273,7 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποίηση Προώθησης IPv4 (προώθηση πακέτων από εξωτερικά " -"δίκτυα\n" +"Ενεργοποίηση Προώθησης IPv4 (προώθηση πακέτων από εξωτερικά δίκτυα\n" "στο εσωτερικό) εάν αυτό το σύστημα λειτουργεί ως router.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 @@ -2398,65 +2283,46 @@ "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποίηση Προώθησης IPv6 (προώθηση πακέτων από εξωτερικά " -"δίκτυα\n" +"Ενεργοποίηση Προώθησης IPv6 (προώθηση πακέτων από εξωτερικά δίκτυα\n" "στο εσωτερικό) εάν αυτό το σύστημα λειτουργεί ως router.\n" -"Προσοχή:</> η προώθηση IPv6 απενεργοποιεί την αυτόματη ρύθμιση IPv6 " -"(SLAAC)." +"Προσοχή:</> η προώθηση IPv6 απενεργοποιεί την αυτόματη ρύθμιση IPv6 (SLAAC)." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " -"is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Σημαντικό: εάν το τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργοποιημένο, η αποδοχή " -"προώθησης από μόνη της δεν είναι αρκετή.\n" -"Πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσετε την μεταμφίεση (masquerade) και/ή να ορίσετε " -"τουλάχιστον ένα κανόνα αναδρομολόγησης\n" -"στο τείχος προστασίας. Χρησιμοποιήστε το άρθρωμα του τείχους προστασίας του " -"YaST.\n" +"Σημαντικό: εάν το τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργοποιημένο, η αποδοχή προώθησης από μόνη της δεν είναι αρκετή.\n" +"Πρέπει να ενεργοποιήσετε την μεταμφίεση (masquerade) και/ή να ορίσετε τουλάχιστον ένα κανόνα αναδρομολόγησης\n" +"στο τείχος προστασίας. Χρησιμοποιήστε το άρθρωμα του τείχους προστασίας του YaST.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " -"DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " -"desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε DHCP για να λάβετε μια διεύθυνση IP, ελέγξτε εάν θα " -"πάρετε όνομα διακομιστή μέσω DHCP.\n" +"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε DHCP για να λάβετε μια διεύθυνση IP, ελέγξτε εάν θα πάρετε όνομα διακομιστή μέσω DHCP.\n" "Το όνομα του κόμβου σας θα οριστεί αυτόματα από τον πελάτη DHCP.\n" -"Ωστόσο, η αλλαγή ονόματος διακομιστή κατά την εκτέλεση μπορεί να μπερδέψει " -"το γραφικό περιβάλλον.\n" -"Έτσι, απενεργοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή αν συνδέεστε σε διαφορετικά δίκτυα " -"τα οποία αναθέτουν \n" +"Ωστόσο, η αλλαγή ονόματος διακομιστή κατά την εκτέλεση μπορεί να μπερδέψει το γραφικό περιβάλλον.\n" +"Έτσι, απενεργοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή αν συνδέεστε σε διαφορετικά δίκτυα τα οποία αναθέτουν \n" "διαφορετικά ονόματα διακομιστών." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " -"even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " -"especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"Η Ανάθεση Ονόματος Διακομιστή σε Loopback IP συσχετίζει το όνομα " -"διακομιστή σας \n" -"με τη διεύθυνση IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) στο <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. " -"Αυτή είναι μια \n" -"χρήσιμη επιλογή εάν θέλετε να έχετε καθορισμένο πάντα το όνομα διακομιστή, " -"ακόμα \n" -"και χωρίς ενεργό δίκτυο. Σε όλες τις άλλες περιπτώσεις, χρησιμοποιήστε το " -"προσεκτικά, ειδικά \n" +"Η Ανάθεση Ονόματος Διακομιστή σε Loopback IP συσχετίζει το όνομα διακομιστή σας \n" +"με τη διεύθυνση IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) στο <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Αυτή είναι μια \n" +"χρήσιμη επιλογή εάν θέλετε να έχετε καθορισμένο πάντα το όνομα διακομιστή, ακόμα \n" +"και χωρίς ενεργό δίκτυο. Σε όλες τις άλλες περιπτώσεις, χρησιμοποιήστε το προσεκτικά, ειδικά \n" "εάν αυτός ο υπολογιστής παρέχει μερικές υπηρεσίες δικτύου.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 @@ -2464,8 +2330,7 @@ "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε τους διακομιστές ονομάτων και κατάλογο αναζήτησης πεδίου για " -"επίλυση\n" +"Εισάγετε τους διακομιστές ονομάτων και κατάλογο αναζήτησης πεδίου για επίλυση\n" "ονομάτων κόμβων. Συνήθως μπορούν να αποκτηθούν μέσω DHCP.\n" #. resolver dialog help @@ -2484,56 +2349,40 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " -"domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -"Η Περιοχή Αναζήτησης είναι το όνομα περιοχής όπου η εύρεση ονόματος " -"κόμβου\n" +"Η Περιοχή Αναζήτησης είναι το όνομα περιοχής όπου η εύρεση ονόματος κόμβου\n" "ξεκινά. Η πρωτεύουσα περιοχή αναζήτησης συνήθως είναι η ίδια με\n" -"το όνομα περιοχής του υπολογιστή σας (π.χ., suse.de). Μπορούν να " -"υπάρξουν επιπλέον\n" +"το όνομα περιοχής του υπολογιστή σας (π.χ., suse.de). Μπορούν να υπάρξουν επιπλέον\n" "περιοχές αναζήτησης (πχ., suse.com)\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " -"DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε ένα σύντομο όνομα για τον υπολογιστή (πχ mymachine) και " -"ένα τομέα DNS\n" -"(πχ example.com) στον οποίο ανήκει. Ο τομέας είναι σημαντικός ειδικά " -"εάν αυτός\n" -"ο υπολογιστής είναι εξυπηρετητής αλληλογραφίας. Μπορείτε να δείτε το όνομα " -"του υπολογιστή με την χρήση της εντολής \n" +"Εισάγετε ένα σύντομο όνομα για τον υπολογιστή (πχ mymachine) και ένα τομέα DNS\n" +"(πχ example.com) στον οποίο ανήκει. Ο τομέας είναι σημαντικός ειδικά εάν αυτός\n" +"ο υπολογιστής είναι εξυπηρετητής αλληλογραφίας. Μπορείτε να δείτε το όνομα του υπολογιστή με την χρήση της εντολής \n" "hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " -"most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τον τρόπο που οι ρυθμίσεις DNS θα τροποποιούνται (όνομα " -"εξυπηρετητών,\n" -"λίστα αναζήτησης, περιεχόμενα του /etc/resolv.conf). Κανονικά, " -"διαχειρίζεται\n" -"από το script netconfig, το οποίο συγχωνεύει τα δεδομένα που " -"ορίστηκαν στατιστικά\n" -"με αυτά που ανακτήθηκαν δυναμικά (πχ από τον πελάτη DHCP, NetworkManager " -"κλπ).\n" -"Αυτό είναι η προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση. Η Χρήση Προεπιλεγμένης Πολιτικής</" -"b> \n" +"Επιλέξτε τον τρόπο που οι ρυθμίσεις DNS θα τροποποιούνται (όνομα εξυπηρετητών,\n" +"λίστα αναζήτησης, περιεχόμενα του /etc/resolv.conf). Κανονικά, διαχειρίζεται\n" +"από το script netconfig, το οποίο συγχωνεύει τα δεδομένα που ορίστηκαν στατιστικά\n" +"με αυτά που ανακτήθηκαν δυναμικά (πχ από τον πελάτη DHCP, NetworkManager κλπ).\n" +"Αυτό είναι η προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση. Η Χρήση Προεπιλεγμένης Πολιτικής \n" "είναι αρκετή για τις περισσότερες ρυθμίσεις.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 @@ -2547,20 +2396,13 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Με την επιλογή Μόνο Χειροκίνητα, το netconfig δεν θα " -"επιτρέπει πια\n" -"να τροποποιήσετε το /etc/resolv.conf. Μπορείτε ωστόσο να " -"επεξεργαστείτε το αρχείο\n" -"χειροκίνητα. Με την επιλογή Χρήση Προσαρμοσμένης Πολιτικής, μπορείτε " -"να καθορίσετε\n" -"μια προσαρμοσμένη πολιτική αλφαριθμητικών, η οποία αποτελείται από λίστα " -"διαχωρισμένη\n" -"με κόμμα των ονομάτων διεπαφής, συμπεριλαμβανομένων wildcards, με STATIC και " -"STATIC_FALLBACK\n" -"σαν ειδικές προκαθορισμένες τιμές. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε τη " -"σελίδα οδηγιών\n" -"netconfig. Σημείωση: αφήνοντας το πεδίο κενό είναι το ίδιο σαν να " -"χρησιμοποιούσατε\n" +"Με την επιλογή Μόνο Χειροκίνητα, το netconfig δεν θα επιτρέπει πια\n" +"να τροποποιήσετε το /etc/resolv.conf. Μπορείτε ωστόσο να επεξεργαστείτε το αρχείο\n" +"χειροκίνητα. Με την επιλογή Χρήση Προσαρμοσμένης Πολιτικής, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε\n" +"μια προσαρμοσμένη πολιτική αλφαριθμητικών, η οποία αποτελείται από λίστα διαχωρισμένη\n" +"με κόμμα των ονομάτων διεπαφής, συμπεριλαμβανομένων wildcards, με STATIC και STATIC_FALLBACK\n" +"σαν ειδικές προκαθορισμένες τιμές. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε τη σελίδα οδηγιών\n" +"netconfig. Σημείωση: αφήνοντας το πεδίο κενό είναι το ίδιο σαν να χρησιμοποιούσατε\n" "την πολιτική Μόνο Χειροκίνητα.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2568,23 +2410,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ρύθμιση Διεύθυνσης</big>\n" -"Επιλέξτε Χωρίς Ρύθμιση Διεύθυνσης αν δεν θέλετε να αντιστοιχίσετε " -"μια διεύθυνση IP\n" -"σ' αυτή τη συσκευή. Αυτό είναι πολύ χρήσιμο για σύνδεση συσκευών ethernet.</" -"p>\n" +"Επιλέξτε Χωρίς Ρύθμιση Διεύθυνσης αν δεν θέλετε να αντιστοιχίσετε μια διεύθυνση IP\n" +"σ' αυτή τη συσκευή. Αυτό είναι πολύ χρήσιμο για σύνδεση συσκευών ethernet.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε iBFT εάν θέλετε να διατηρήσετε το δίκτυο ρυθμισμένο στο " -"BIOS σας.\n" +msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε iBFT εάν θέλετε να διατηρήσετε το δίκτυο ρυθμισμένο στο BIOS σας.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 @@ -2592,10 +2427,8 @@ "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το Δυναμική διεύθυνση αν δεν έχετε μια στατική διεύθυνση " -"IP \n" -"αναθετημένη από τον διαχειριστή του συστήματος ή απο τον πάροχο του Internet." -"\n" +"Επιλέξτε το Δυναμική διεύθυνση αν δεν έχετε μια στατική διεύθυνση IP \n" +"αναθετημένη από τον διαχειριστή του συστήματος ή απο τον πάροχο του Internet.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 @@ -2604,32 +2437,25 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μια μέθοδο ανάθεσης δυναμικής διεύθυνσης. Επιλέξτε " -"DHCP\n" -"αν εκτελείται ένας εξυπηρετητή DHCP στο τοπικό σας δίκτυο. Οι διευθύνσεις " -"του δικτύου \n" +"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μια μέθοδο ανάθεσης δυναμικής διεύθυνσης. Επιλέξτε DHCP\n" +"αν εκτελείται ένας εξυπηρετητή DHCP στο τοπικό σας δίκτυο. Οι διευθύνσεις του δικτύου \n" "παρέχονται αυτόματα από τον εξυπηρετητή.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" -"p>\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" msgstr "" "Για να γίνει αναζήτηση μιας διεύθυνσης IP και ανάθεση στατικά, επιλέξτε \n" -"το Zeroconf. Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το DHCP και να επιστρέψετε στο " -"zeroconf, επιλέξτε DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". Αλλιώς, οι διευθύνσεις του δικτύου θα πρέπει να ανατηθούν Στατικά</" -"b>.\n" +"το Zeroconf. Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το DHCP και να επιστρέψετε στο zeroconf, επιλέξτε DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". Αλλιώς, οι διευθύνσεις του δικτύου θα πρέπει να ανατηθούν Στατικά.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2641,20 +2467,13 @@ #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " -"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Για τη Ρύθμιση Στατικής Διεύθυνσης εισάγετε μια στατική διεύθυνση " -"IP (π.χ., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) \n" -"για τον υπολογιστή σας και την μάσκα του δικτύου (συνήθως <tt>255.255.255.0</" -"tt> ή απλό μέγεθος προθέματος <tt>/24</tt>). Προαιρετικά μπορείτε να " -"εισάγετε \n" -"ένα ειδικό όνομα διακομιστή για αυτήν την διεύθυνση ΙΡ. Το όνομα διακομιστή " -"θα εγγραφτεί στο /etc/hosts.\n" +"Για τη Ρύθμιση Στατικής Διεύθυνσης εισάγετε μια στατική διεύθυνση IP (π.χ., <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) \n" +"για τον υπολογιστή σας και την μάσκα του δικτύου (συνήθως <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> ή απλό μέγεθος προθέματος <tt>/24</tt>). Προαιρετικά μπορείτε να εισάγετε \n" +"ένα ειδικό όνομα διακομιστή για αυτήν την διεύθυνση ΙΡ. Το όνομα διακομιστή θα εγγραφτεί στο /etc/hosts.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 @@ -2684,23 +2503,16 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" "<big>Ζώνη Τείχους Προστασίας</big>\n" -"Επιλέξτε το Ζώνη Τοίχους Προστασίας για να εισάγετε τη " -"διαπροσωπεία. Εάν επιλέξετε\n" -"μια ζώνη, το τείχος προστασίας θα ενεργοποιηθεί. Εάν όμως δεν επιλέξετε και " -"υπάρχουν\n" +"Επιλέξτε το Ζώνη Τοίχους Προστασίας για να εισάγετε τη διαπροσωπεία. Εάν επιλέξετε\n" +"μια ζώνη, το τείχος προστασίας θα ενεργοποιηθεί. Εάν όμως δεν επιλέξετε και υπάρχουν\n" "άλλες διεπαφές τοίχους προστασίας, τότε το τείχος προστασίας\n" "θα μείνει ενεργοποιημένο αλλά όλη η κίνηση θα μπλοκάρεται για\n" -"αυτή τη διαπροσωπεία. Εάν πάλι δεν επιλέξετε ζώνη και δεν υπάρχει καμία " -"άλλη, \n" +"αυτή τη διαπροσωπεία. Εάν πάλι δεν επιλέξετε ζώνη και δεν υπάρχει καμία άλλη, \n" "το τοίχος προστασίας θα απενεργοποιηθεί." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "" -"Η Υποχρεωτική Διασύνδεση ορίζει αν η υπηρεσία δικτύου θα αναφέρει " -"σφάλματα αν η διασύνδεση αποτύχει να ξεκινήσει κατά την εκκίνηση." +msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "Η Υποχρεωτική Διασύνδεση ορίζει αν η υπηρεσία δικτύου θα αναφέρει σφάλματα αν η διασύνδεση αποτύχει να ξεκινήσει κατά την εκκίνηση." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" @@ -2708,30 +2520,23 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " -"recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Μέγιστη Μονάδα Μεταφοράς</big>\n" -"Η Μέγιστη μονάδα μεταφοράς (MTU) είναι το μέγιστο μέγεθος του " -"πακέτου μεταφοράς,\n" -"που μεταφέρεται μέσω δικτύου σε ένα πλαίσιο. Κανονικά, δεν χρειάζεται να " -"ορίσετε\n" -"την MTU, αλλά χρησιμοποιώντας χαμηλότερες τιμές μπορεί να βελτιώσει την " -"απόδοση του δικτύου,\n" -"ειδικά σε αργές συνδέσεις μέσω τηλεφώνου. Επιλέξτε μια από τις προτεινόμενες " -"τιμές\n" +"Η Μέγιστη μονάδα μεταφοράς (MTU) είναι το μέγιστο μέγεθος του πακέτου μεταφοράς,\n" +"που μεταφέρεται μέσω δικτύου σε ένα πλαίσιο. Κανονικά, δεν χρειάζεται να ορίσετε\n" +"την MTU, αλλά χρησιμοποιώντας χαμηλότερες τιμές μπορεί να βελτιώσει την απόδοση του δικτύου,\n" +"ειδικά σε αργές συνδέσεις μέσω τηλεφώνου. Επιλέξτε μια από τις προτεινόμενες τιμές\n" "ή καθορίστε την δική σας.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " -"Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε τις δευτερεύουσες συσκευές για την συσκευή σύνδεσης.\n" -"Μόνο οι συσκευές που η Ενεργοποίηση Συσκευής είναι στοΠοτέ και με " -"Ρύθμιση Μηδενικής Διεύθυνσης είναι διαθέσιμες." +"Μόνο οι συσκευές που η Ενεργοποίηση Συσκευής είναι στοΠοτέ και με Ρύθμιση Μηδενικής Διεύθυνσης είναι διαθέσιμες." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 @@ -2742,17 +2547,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " -"each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" "Το Αναγνωριστικό Πελάτη DHCP, αν μείνει κενό, ισοδυναμεί με τη\n" -"διεύθυνση του υλικού της διασύνδεσης δικτύου. Θα πρέπει να διαφέρει για " -"κάθε\n" -"πελάτη DHCP σε ένα δίκτυο.Για αυτό, προσδιορίστε μια μοναδική ελεύθερη " -"φόρμα\n" +"διεύθυνση του υλικού της διασύνδεσης δικτύου. Θα πρέπει να διαφέρει για κάθε\n" +"πελάτη DHCP σε ένα δίκτυο.Για αυτό, προσδιορίστε μια μοναδική ελεύθερη φόρμα\n" "αναγνώρισης εδώ αν έχετε αρκετές (εικονικές) μηχανές που χρησιμοποιούν\n" "την ίδια δικτυακή διασύνδεση και κατά συνέπεια την ίδια διεύθυνση υλικού." @@ -2760,30 +2562,21 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " -"server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" -"b>\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" -"Το ΌνομαHost προς Αποστολή ορίζει ένα αλφαριθμητικό που " -"χρησιμοποιείται για το\n" -"πεδίο επιλογής ονόματος hostname όταν ο πελάτης DHCP στέλνει μηνύματα στον " -"εξυπηρετητή DHCP. Μερικοί \n" -"εξυπηρετητές DHCP ενημερώνουν τις ζώνες των εξυπηρετητών ονομάτων (προώθηση " -"και ανάκληση εγγραφών) \n" +"Το ΌνομαHost προς Αποστολή ορίζει ένα αλφαριθμητικό που χρησιμοποιείται για το\n" +"πεδίο επιλογής ονόματος hostname όταν ο πελάτης DHCP στέλνει μηνύματα στον εξυπηρετητή DHCP. Μερικοί \n" +"εξυπηρετητές DHCP ενημερώνουν τις ζώνες των εξυπηρετητών ονομάτων (προώθηση και ανάκληση εγγραφών) \n" "σύμφωνα με αυτό το όνομα hostname (δυναμικό DNS).\n" -"Κάποιοι εξυπηρετητές DHCP απαιτούν το πεδίο επιλογής ΌνομαHost προς " -"Αποστολή να περιέχει\n" -"ένα συγκεκριμένο αλφαριθμητικό στα μηνύματα DHCP από τους πελάτες. Αφήστε το " -"στο AUTO\n" -"για να στείλετε το τρέχον όνομα hostname (για παράδειγμα, αυτό που ορίζεται " -"στο <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"Κάποιοι εξυπηρετητές DHCP απαιτούν το πεδίο επιλογής ΌνομαHost προς Αποστολή να περιέχει\n" +"ένα συγκεκριμένο αλφαριθμητικό στα μηνύματα DHCP από τους πελάτες. Αφήστε το στο AUTO\n" +"για να στείλετε το τρέχον όνομα hostname (για παράδειγμα, αυτό που ορίζεται στο <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "Αν δε θέλετε να στείλετε ένα όνομα hostname, αφήστε το πεδίο κενό.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 @@ -2801,35 +2594,24 @@ "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε μια Ετικέτα Διεύθυνσης IPv4, μια Διεύθυνση IP, " -"και\n" +"Εισάγετε μια Ετικέτα Διεύθυνσης IPv4, μια Διεύθυνση IP, και\n" "μια Μάσκα Δικτύου." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" -" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " -"is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters." +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +" length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." msgstr "" -"Ετικέτα Διεύθυνσης IPv4, προηγουμένως γνωστή ως Ψευδώνυμο, είναι " -"προαιρετικό και απαρχαιομένο. Το συνολικό\n" -" μήκος του ονόματος διεπαφής (μαζί με το διαχωριστικό και την " -"ετικέτα) είναι\n" -" περιορισμένο στους 15 χαρακτήρες και το απαρχαιωμένο εργαλείο " -"ifconfig το κουτσουρεύει μετά τους 9 χαρακτήρες." +"Ετικέτα Διεύθυνσης IPv4, προηγουμένως γνωστή ως Ψευδώνυμο, είναι προαιρετικό και απαρχαιομένο. Το συνολικό\n" +" μήκος του ονόματος διεπαφής (μαζί με το διαχωριστικό και την ετικέτα) είναι\n" +" περιορισμένο στους 15 χαρακτήρες και το απαρχαιωμένο εργαλείο ifconfig το κουτσουρεύει μετά τους 9 χαρακτήρες." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 -msgid "" -"Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter " -"foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "" -"Να μην συμπεριληφθεί το όνομα διασύνδεσης στο παρατσούκλι. Για " -"παράδειγμα, εισάγετε foo αντί για eth0:foo." +msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "Να μην συμπεριληφθεί το όνομα διασύνδεσης στο παρατσούκλι. Για παράδειγμα, εισάγετε foo αντί για eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2849,22 +2631,16 @@ "<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε ανάμεσα σε τρεις Τύπους Εισόδου Κλειδιού για το κλειδί " -"σας.\n" -" Κωδική Φράση: Το κλειδί δημιουργείται από τη φράση που έχει " -"εισαχθεί.\n" -" ASCII: Οι τιμές ASCII των χαρακτήρων που εισήχθησαν σχηματίζουν " -"το κλειδί.\n" +"Επιλέξτε ανάμεσα σε τρεις Τύπους Εισόδου Κλειδιού για το κλειδί σας.\n" +" Κωδική Φράση: Το κλειδί δημιουργείται από τη φράση που έχει εισαχθεί.\n" +" ASCII: Οι τιμές ASCII των χαρακτήρων που εισήχθησαν σχηματίζουν το κλειδί.\n" "Εισάγετε 5 χαρακτήρες για 64-bit κλειδιά, έως και 13 χαρακτήρες\n" "για 128-bit κλειδιά, έως και 16 χαρακτήρες για 156-bit κλειδιά, και \n" "έως και 29 χαρακτήρες για 256-bit κλειδιά.\n" -" Δεκαεξαδικό: Εισάγετε κατευθείαν τους δεκαεξαδικούς κώδικες του " -"κλειδιού.\n" -"Εισάγετε 10 δεκαεξαδικά ψηφία για 64-bit κλειδιά, 26 ψηφία για 128-bit " -"κλειδιά, 32 ψηφία\n" +" Δεκαεξαδικό: Εισάγετε κατευθείαν τους δεκαεξαδικούς κώδικες του κλειδιού.\n" +"Εισάγετε 10 δεκαεξαδικά ψηφία για 64-bit κλειδιά, 26 ψηφία για 128-bit κλειδιά, 32 ψηφία\n" "για 156-bit κλειδιά, και 58 ψηφία για 256-bit κλειδιά. Μπορείτε\n" -"να χρησιμοποιήσετε παύλες <tt>-</tt> για το διαχωρισμό των ζευγαριών ή των " -"ομάδων των ψηφίων, για παράδειγμα,\n" +"να χρησιμοποιήσετε παύλες <tt>-</tt> για το διαχωρισμό των ζευγαριών ή των ομάδων των ψηφίων, για παράδειγμα,\n" "<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" " \n" @@ -2886,12 +2662,10 @@ "called Infrastructure Mode), or Master (the network card\n" "acts as an access point).\n" msgstr "" -"Η Κατάσταση Λειτουργίας εξαρτάται από την τοπολογία δικτύου. Η " -"κατάσταση\n" +"Η Κατάσταση Λειτουργίας εξαρτάται από την τοπολογία δικτύου. Η κατάσταση\n" "μπορεί να είναι Ad-hoc (δίκτυο peer-to-peer χωρίς σημείο πρόσβασης),\n" "Managed (δίκτυο διαχειριζόμενο από ένα σημείο πρόσβασης επίσης\n" -"ονομάζεται και Κατάσταση Υποδομής), ή Master(η κάρτα δικτύου " -"ενεργεί\n" +"ονομάζεται και Κατάσταση Υποδομής), ή Master(η κάρτα δικτύου ενεργεί\n" "σαν ένα σημείο πρόσβασης).\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2900,24 +2674,17 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " -"authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" -"Ορίστε το Όνομα δικτύου (ESSID) που χρησιμοποιείται για την " -"αναγνώριση\n" -"των κελιών που είναι μέρος του ίδιου εικονικού δικτύου. Όλοι οι σταθμοί σε " -"ένα\n" -"ασύρματο δίκτυο LAN χρειάζονται τι ίδιο ESSID για να επικοινωνήσουν μεταξύ " -"τους. Αν\n" -"επιλέξετε κατάσταση λειτουργίας Managed και η κατάσταση πιστοποίησης " -"ταυτότητας \n" -"δεν είναι WPA-PSK, μπορείτε να αφήσετε αυτό το πεδίο κενό ή να το " -"θέσετε σε 'οτιδήποτε'. Σε αυτή\n" -"τη περίπτωση, η κάρτα WLAN σας συνεργάζεται με το σημείο πρόσβασης για τη " -"καλύτερη δυνατή\n" +"Ορίστε το Όνομα δικτύου (ESSID) που χρησιμοποιείται για την αναγνώριση\n" +"των κελιών που είναι μέρος του ίδιου εικονικού δικτύου. Όλοι οι σταθμοί σε ένα\n" +"ασύρματο δίκτυο LAN χρειάζονται τι ίδιο ESSID για να επικοινωνήσουν μεταξύ τους. Αν\n" +"επιλέξετε κατάσταση λειτουργίας Managed και η κατάσταση πιστοποίησης ταυτότητας \n" +"δεν είναι WPA-PSK, μπορείτε να αφήσετε αυτό το πεδίο κενό ή να το θέσετε σε 'οτιδήποτε'. Σε αυτή\n" +"τη περίπτωση, η κάρτα WLAN σας συνεργάζεται με το σημείο πρόσβασης για τη καλύτερη δυνατή\n" "ισχύ σήματος.\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2934,39 +2701,26 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" "Managed.\n" msgstr "" -"Σε ορισμένα δίκτυα, απαιτείται να ορίσετε μια Κατάσταση Πιστοποίησης</" -"b>.\n" -"Εξαρτάται από την τεχνολογία προστασίας που χρησιμοποιείται, WEP ή WPA. Το " -"WEP\n" +"Σε ορισμένα δίκτυα, απαιτείται να ορίσετε μια Κατάσταση Πιστοποίησης.\n" +"Εξαρτάται από την τεχνολογία προστασίας που χρησιμοποιείται, WEP ή WPA. Το WEP\n" "(Wired Equivalent Privacy) είναι ένα σύστημα για κρυπτογράφηση ασύρματου\n" -"δικτύου με μια προαιρετική πιστοποίηση, που βασίζεται στο κλειδί " -"κρυπτογράφησης\n" -"που χρησιμοποιείται. Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις που χρησιμοποιείται το " -"WEP,\n" -"η Ανοιχτή κατάσταση (καμία πιστοποίηση) είναι εντάξει. Αυτό δεν " -"σημαίνει πως\n" -"δεν μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε κρυπτογράφηση WEP (σε αυτή την περίπτωση " -"χρησιμοποιήστε Καμία Κρυπτογράφηση). \n" -"Μερικά δίκτυα μπορεί να απαιτούν πιστοποίηση WEP-Κοινόχρηστου Κλειδιού</" -"b>.\n" -"ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ: Η πιστοποίηση κοινόχρηστου κλειδιού κάνει πιο εύκολη την παραβίαση " -"του δικτύου σας από\n" -"έναν ενδεχόμενο εισβολέα . Εκτός και αν έχετε συγκεκριμένες ανάγκες για την " -"χρήση πιστοποίησης\n" +"δικτύου με μια προαιρετική πιστοποίηση, που βασίζεται στο κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης\n" +"που χρησιμοποιείται. Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις που χρησιμοποιείται το WEP,\n" +"η Ανοιχτή κατάσταση (καμία πιστοποίηση) είναι εντάξει. Αυτό δεν σημαίνει πως\n" +"δεν μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε κρυπτογράφηση WEP (σε αυτή την περίπτωση χρησιμοποιήστε Καμία Κρυπτογράφηση). \n" +"Μερικά δίκτυα μπορεί να απαιτούν πιστοποίηση WEP-Κοινόχρηστου Κλειδιού.\n" +"ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ: Η πιστοποίηση κοινόχρηστου κλειδιού κάνει πιο εύκολη την παραβίαση του δικτύου σας από\n" +"έναν ενδεχόμενο εισβολέα . Εκτός και αν έχετε συγκεκριμένες ανάγκες για την χρήση πιστοποίησης\n" "κοινόχρηστου κλειδιού, χρησιμοποιήστε την Ανοιχτή\n" -"κατάσταση. Καθώς το WEP έχει αποδειχθεί ανασφαλές, το WPA (Wi-Fi " -"Protected Access)\n" -"ορίστηκε για να κλείσει τις τρύπες ασφάλειας, αλλά το WPA δεν υποστηρίζεται " -"από όλες τις συσκευές.\n" -"Εάν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε WPA, επιλέξτε WPA-PSK ή WPA-EAP " -"ως την \n" +"κατάσταση. Καθώς το WEP έχει αποδειχθεί ανασφαλές, το WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"ορίστηκε για να κλείσει τις τρύπες ασφάλειας, αλλά το WPA δεν υποστηρίζεται από όλες τις συσκευές.\n" +"Εάν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε WPA, επιλέξτε WPA-PSK ή WPA-EAP ως την \n" "κατάσταση πιστοποίησης. Αυτό είναι εφικτό μόνο στην κατάσταση λειτουργίας\n" "Managed.\n" @@ -2983,8 +2737,7 @@ "κρυπτογράφησης WEP που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Μπορεί να έχει μήκος\n" "κλειδιού 64, 128, 156, ή 256 bits, αλλά δεν υποστηρίζονται όλα τα μεγέθη\n" "από όλες τις συσκευές. Από αυτά τα κλειδιά, αυτά των 24 bit\n" -"δημιουργούνται δυναμικά, συνεπώς χρειάζεται να εισάγετε μόνο από 40 έως 232 " -"bits.\n" +"δημιουργούνται δυναμικά, συνεπώς χρειάζεται να εισάγετε μόνο από 40 έως 232 bits.\n" #. Wireless dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 @@ -2998,11 +2751,9 @@ msgstr "" "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε WPA-PSK(μερικές φορές αναφέρεται ως Σπιτικό WPA),\n" "εισάγετε το preshared key. Αυτό το κλειδί\n" -"χρησιμοποιείται για πιστοποίηση και τα κλειδιά κρυπτογράφησης " -"δημιουργούνται\n" +"χρησιμοποιείται για πιστοποίηση και τα κλειδιά κρυπτογράφησης δημιουργούνται\n" "από αυτό. Αυτά δεν είναι τρωτά σε γνωστές επιθέσεις στα κλειδιά WEP, αλλά\n" -"οι επιθέσεις λεξικού είναι πιθανές. Μην χρησιμοποιείτε μια λέξη που είναι " -"εύκολο \n" +"οι επιθέσεις λεξικού είναι πιθανές. Μην χρησιμοποιείτε μια λέξη που είναι εύκολο \n" "να μαντευτεί για την κωδική φράση.\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -3011,8 +2762,7 @@ "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το WPA-EAP (μερικές φορές αναφέρεται ως WPA " -"Enterprise),\n" +"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το WPA-EAP (μερικές φορές αναφέρεται ως WPA Enterprise),\n" "εισάγετε μερικές επιπλέον παραμέτρους στον επόμενο διάλογο.\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -3020,14 +2770,12 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Αυτές οι τιμές θα γραφτούν στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων διασύνδεσης\n" "'ifcfg-*' στο '/etc/sysconfig/network'. Αν χρειάζεστε επιπλέον ρυθμίσεις,\n" -"προσθέστε αυτές χειροκίνητα. Κοιτάξτε στο αρχείο 'wireless' στον ίδιο " -"κατάλογο για όλες τις\n" +"προσθέστε αυτές χειροκίνητα. Κοιτάξτε στο αρχείο 'wireless' στον ίδιο κατάλογο για όλες τις\n" "διαθέσιμες επιλογές." #. TextEntry label @@ -3105,8 +2853,7 @@ "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" "perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.\n" msgstr "" -"Το WPA-EAP χρησιμοποιεί έναν διακομιστή RADIUS για να πιστοποιήσει τους " -"χρήστες. Υπάρχουν\n" +"Το WPA-EAP χρησιμοποιεί έναν διακομιστή RADIUS για να πιστοποιήσει τους χρήστες. Υπάρχουν\n" "διαφορετικές μέθοδοι στο EAP για να συνδέεται στον διακομιστή και\n" "να πραγματοποιεί πιστοποίηση, ονομαστικά TLS, TTLS, και PEAP.\n" @@ -3120,14 +2867,12 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" -"p>\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" msgstr "" "Για τα TTLS και PEAP, εισάγετε τηνΤαυτότητά σας\n" "και τον Κωδικό Πρόσβασης όπως ρυθμίστικε από το διακομιστή.\n" "Αν έχετε κάποιες ειδικές απαιτήσεις για να ορίσετε όνομα χρήστη όπως\n" -"Ανώνυμη Ταυτότητα, μπορείτε να το ορίσετε εδώ. Αυτό κανονικά δεν " -"χρειάζεται.\n" +"Ανώνυμη Ταυτότητα, μπορείτε να το ορίσετε εδώ. Αυτό κανονικά δεν χρειάζεται.\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 @@ -3148,18 +2893,14 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"Το TLS χρησιμοποιεί ένα Πιστοποιητικό Πελάτη αντί ενός ονόματος " -"χρήστη και\n" -"συνδυασμό συνθηματικού για πιστοποίηση. Χρησιμοποιεί ένα συνδυασμό δημόσιου " -"και ιδωτικού κλειδιού\n" -"για την κρυπτογράφηση της επικοινωνίας και επομένως θα χρειαστείτε " -"επιπρόσθετα\n" +"Το TLS χρησιμοποιεί ένα Πιστοποιητικό Πελάτη αντί ενός ονόματος χρήστη και\n" +"συνδυασμό συνθηματικού για πιστοποίηση. Χρησιμοποιεί ένα συνδυασμό δημόσιου και ιδωτικού κλειδιού\n" +"για την κρυπτογράφηση της επικοινωνίας και επομένως θα χρειαστείτε επιπρόσθετα\n" "ένα Κλειδί Πελάτη το οποίο περιέχει το ιδιωτικό σας κλειδί και\n" "το κατάλληλο Συνθηματικό Κλειδιού Πελάτη για αυτό το αρχείο.\n" @@ -3201,8 +2942,7 @@ "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Εάν δεν γνωρίζετε το ID και το συνθηματικό ή δεν έχετε\n" -"κανένα πιστοποιητικό ή αρχείο κλειδιού, επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή " -"συστήματος.\n" +"κανένα πιστοποιητικό ή αρχείο κλειδιού, επικοινωνήστε με τον διαχειριστή συστήματος.\n" #. combo box label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:239 @@ -3216,11 +2956,9 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε την μέθοδο εσωτερικής πιστοποίησης (επίσης " -"γνωστή ως φάση 2).\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε την μέθοδο εσωτερικής πιστοποίησης (επίσης γνωστή ως φάση 2).\n" "Εξ' ορισμού, όλες οι μέθοδοι επιτρέπονται. Εάν θέλετε να περιορίσετε τις\n" -"επιτρεπόμενες μεθόδους ή σε περίπτωση που έχετε αντιμετωπίσει δυσκολίες " -"σχετικά\n" +"επιτρεπόμενες μεθόδους ή σε περίπτωση που έχετε αντιμετωπίσει δυσκολίες σχετικά\n" "με την πιστοποίηση, επιλέξτε την μέθοδο εσωτερικής πιστοποίησης.\n" #. radio button group label @@ -3233,10 +2971,8 @@ "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" -"Εάν χρησιμοποιείτε PEAP, μπορείτε επίσης να εξαναγκάσετε τη χρήση μιας " -"ειδικής\n" -"υλοποίησης PEAP (έκδοση 0 ή 1). Φυσιολογικά αυτό δεν θα είναι απαραίτητο.</" -"p>\n" +"Εάν χρησιμοποιείτε PEAP, μπορείτε επίσης να εξαναγκάσετε τη χρήση μιας ειδικής\n" +"υλοποίησης PEAP (έκδοση 0 ή 1). Φυσιολογικά αυτό δεν θα είναι απαραίτητο.\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:256 @@ -3327,9 +3063,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "" -"Η κατάσταση πιστοποίησης WPA είναι μόνο πιθανή σε κατάσταση λειτουργίας " -"managed." +msgstr "Η κατάσταση πιστοποίησης WPA είναι μόνο πιθανή σε κατάσταση λειτουργίας managed." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication @@ -3363,9 +3097,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:631 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." -msgstr "" -"Το κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης θα πρέπει να οριστεί για αυτήν την κατάσταση " -"πιστοποίησης." +msgstr "Το κλειδί κρυπτογράφησης θα πρέπει να οριστεί για αυτήν την κατάσταση πιστοποίησης." #. warning only #. Popup text @@ -3398,16 +3130,12 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" -"Εάν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ασύρματή σας κάρτα LAN σε master ή ad-" -"hoc κατάσταση,\n" -"μπορείτε να ορίσετε το Κανάλι που η κάρτα θα χρησιμοποιεί. Αυτό δεν " -"απαιτείται\n" -"για κατάσταση managed, διότι σε αυτήν την περίπτωση η κάρτα θα μεταπηδά " -"ανάμεσα στα κανάλια\n" +"Εάν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την ασύρματή σας κάρτα LAN σε master ή ad-hoc κατάσταση,\n" +"μπορείτε να ορίσετε το Κανάλι που η κάρτα θα χρησιμοποιεί. Αυτό δεν απαιτείται\n" +"για κατάσταση managed, διότι σε αυτήν την περίπτωση η κάρτα θα μεταπηδά ανάμεσα στα κανάλια\n" "ψάχνοντας για σημεία πρόσβασης.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 @@ -3417,8 +3145,7 @@ "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" "Σε μερικές σπάνιες περιπτώσεις, ίσως να θέλετε να ορίσετε ρητά ένα\n" -"Bit Rate μετάδοσης. Το προκαθορισμένο είναι να επιτευχθεί η μέγιστη " -"δυνατή ταχύτητα." +"Bit Rate μετάδοσης. Το προκαθορισμένο είναι να επιτευχθεί η μέγιστη δυνατή ταχύτητα." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:714 @@ -3426,8 +3153,7 @@ "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" -"Σε ένα περιβάλλον με πολλαπλά Σημεία Πρόσβασης, μπορεί να θέλετε " -"να ορίσετε\n" +"Σε ένα περιβάλλον με πολλαπλά Σημεία Πρόσβασης, μπορεί να θέλετε να ορίσετε\n" " αυτό με το οποίο θέλετε να συνδεθείτε εισάγοντας τη MAC διεύθυνσή του." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 @@ -3437,10 +3163,8 @@ "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήσετε τη Διαχείριση Ενέργειας για να ενεργοποιηθούν οι " -"μηχανισμοί εξοικονόμησης ενέργειας.\n" -"Αυτό γενικά αποτελεί μια καλή ιδέα, ιδιαίτερα εάν είστε χρήστης φορητού " -"υπολογιστή και\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήσετε τη Διαχείριση Ενέργειας για να ενεργοποιηθούν οι μηχανισμοί εξοικονόμησης ενέργειας.\n" +"Αυτό γενικά αποτελεί μια καλή ιδέα, ιδιαίτερα εάν είστε χρήστης φορητού υπολογιστή και\n" "αποσυνδέετε το καλώδιο τροφοδοσίας.\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2b/5 @@ -3514,19 +3238,15 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1001 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " -"keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "Σ' αυτόν το διάλογο, προσδιορίστε τα κλειδιά WEP που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν\n" -"για την κρυπτογράφηση των δεδομένων σας πριν αυτά μεταδοθούν. Μπορείτε να " -"έχετε μέχρι\n" -"τέσσερα κλειδιά, αν και χρησιμοποιείται μόνο ένα κλειδί για την " -"κρυπτογράφηση των δεδομένων.\n" -"Αυτό αποτελεί το προκαθορισμένο κλειδί. Τα υπόλοιπα κλειδιά μπορούν να " -"χρησιμοποιηθούν για\n" +"για την κρυπτογράφηση των δεδομένων σας πριν αυτά μεταδοθούν. Μπορείτε να έχετε μέχρι\n" +"τέσσερα κλειδιά, αν και χρησιμοποιείται μόνο ένα κλειδί για την κρυπτογράφηση των δεδομένων.\n" +"Αυτό αποτελεί το προκαθορισμένο κλειδί. Τα υπόλοιπα κλειδιά μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για\n" "την αποκρυπτογράφηση των δεδομένων. Συνήθως έχετε μόνο ένα κλειδί." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 @@ -3539,12 +3259,9 @@ "value to 64." msgstr "" "Το Μήκος Κλειδιού ορίζει το μήκος σε bit των κλειδιών WEP.\n" -"Πιθανά είναι τα 64 και 128 bit, που πολλές φορές αναφέρονται ως 40 και 104 " -"bit.\n" -"Παλαιότερο υλικό ίσως να μην μπορεί να χειριστεί κλειδιά των 128 bit, έτσι " -"εάν\n" -"η ασύρματη LAN σύνδεσή σας δεν δημιουργείται, μπορεί να χρειαστεί να θέσετε " -"αυτήν την\n" +"Πιθανά είναι τα 64 και 128 bit, που πολλές φορές αναφέρονται ως 40 και 104 bit.\n" +"Παλαιότερο υλικό ίσως να μην μπορεί να χειριστεί κλειδιά των 128 bit, έτσι εάν\n" +"η ασύρματη LAN σύνδεσή σας δεν δημιουργείται, μπορεί να χρειαστεί να θέσετε αυτήν την\n" "τιμή στα 64." #. Frame label @@ -3586,12 +3303,10 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1281 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " -"connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Η μη χρήση μιας Αρχής πιστοποιητικού (CA) μπορεί να έχει ώς αποτέλεσμα " -"συνδέσεις \n" +"Η μη χρήση μιας Αρχής πιστοποιητικού (CA) μπορεί να έχει ώς αποτέλεσμα συνδέσεις \n" "μη ασφαλείς, και ασύρματα δίκτυα υποκλοπών. Συνέχεια χωρίς CA?" #. error popup text @@ -3675,20 +3390,15 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</" -"tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Απομακρυσμένης Διαχείρισης</big>\n" -"Εάν αυτό το χαρακτηριστικό είναι ενεργοποιημένο, θα μπορείτε να " -"διαχειρίζεστε\n" +"Εάν αυτό το χαρακτηριστικό είναι ενεργοποιημένο, θα μπορείτε να διαχειρίζεστε\n" "αυτό το μηχάνημα απομακρυσμένα από ένα άλλο μηχάνημα. Χρησιμοποιήσετε\n" -"έναν πελάτη VNC, όπως το krdc (συνδεθείτε στο <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), " -"ή\n" -"έναν φυλλομετρητή ιστού με υποστήριξη Java (συνδεθείτε στο <tt>http://<" -"hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"Αυτή η μορφή απομακρυσμένης διαχείρισης είναι λιγότερο ασφαλής από το να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε SSH.\n" +"έναν πελάτη VNC, όπως το krdc (συνδεθείτε στο <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), ή\n" +"έναν φυλλομετρητή ιστού με υποστήριξη Java (συνδεθείτε στο <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Αυτή η μορφή απομακρυσμένης διαχείρισης είναι λιγότερο ασφαλής από το να χρησιμοποιήσετε SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 @@ -3924,12 +3634,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " -"it at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"Δεν προτείνεται η χρήση .local ως όνομα τομέα λόγω Multicast DNS. Χρήση με " -"δικιά σας ευθύνη;" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "Δεν προτείνεται η χρήση .local ως όνομα τομέα λόγω Multicast DNS. Χρήση με δικιά σας ευθύνη;" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -3978,8 +3684,7 @@ "Enter a host IP Address, a Hostname, and optional\n" "Host Aliases, separated by spaces.\n" msgstr "" -"Συμπληρώστε μια Διεύθυνση IP, ένα Όνομα Κόμβου, και " -"προαιρετικά\n" +"Συμπληρώστε μια Διεύθυνση IP, ένα Όνομα Κόμβου, και προαιρετικά\n" "Ψευδώνυμα Κόμβων, διαχωρισμένα με κενά.\n" #. Frame label @@ -4105,20 +3810,15 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " -"expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Όταν έχει οριστεί η Κανονική Έκφραση Προθέματος Κλήσης, οι " -"χρήστες\n" -"μπορούν να αλλάξουν το πρόθεμα κλήσης στο KInternet υπό τον όρο να ταιριάζει " -"με την\n" -"έκφραση. Μια προτεινόμενη τιμή είναι <tt>[09]?</tt>, επιτρέποντας το <tt>0</" -"tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" -"και το κενό πρόθεμα. Εάν η έκφραση είναι κενή, οι χρήστες δεν επιτρέπεται να " -"αλλάξουν\n" +"Όταν έχει οριστεί η Κανονική Έκφραση Προθέματος Κλήσης, οι χρήστες\n" +"μπορούν να αλλάξουν το πρόθεμα κλήσης στο KInternet υπό τον όρο να ταιριάζει με την\n" +"έκφραση. Μια προτεινόμενη τιμή είναι <tt>[09]?</tt>, επιτρέποντας το <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" +"και το κενό πρόθεμα. Εάν η έκφραση είναι κενή, οι χρήστες δεν επιτρέπεται να αλλάξουν\n" "το πρόθεμα.\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup @@ -4178,8 +3878,7 @@ "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).\n" msgstr "" "Χειροκίνητα: Ελέγχετε τη διεπαφή χειροκίνητα\n" -"μέσω του 'ifup' ή του 'qinternet' (Δείτε το 'Ελεγχόμενο από Χρήστη' " -"παρακάτω).\n" +"μέσω του 'ifup' ή του 'qinternet' (Δείτε το 'Ελεγχόμενο από Χρήστη' παρακάτω).\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:126 @@ -4214,8 +3913,7 @@ msgstr "" "Με το On Hotplug,\n" "η διαπροσωπεία εγκαθίσταται μόλις γίνει διαθέσιμη. Αυτό είναι\n" -"περίπου το ίδιο με το 'Κατά την Εκκίνηση', με τη διαφορά ότι δεν εμφανίζεται " -"σφάλμα κατά\n" +"περίπου το ίδιο με το 'Κατά την Εκκίνηση', με τη διαφορά ότι δεν εμφανίζεται σφάλμα κατά\n" "την εκκίνηση σε περίπτωση που δεν υπάρχει διαπροσωπεία.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation @@ -4227,29 +3925,22 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Η χρήση του Στο NFSroot είναι σχεδόν όπως το <tt>auto</tt>. Oι " -"διεπαφές με αυτήν την κατάσταση εκκίνησης\n" -"δεν θα σταματήσουν ποτέ μέσω του <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. Το <tt>ifdown</tt> " -"είναι ακόμα διαθέσιμο.\n" +"Η χρήση του Στο NFSroot είναι σχεδόν όπως το <tt>auto</tt>. Oι διεπαφές με αυτήν την κατάσταση εκκίνησης\n" +"δεν θα σταματήσουν ποτέ μέσω του <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. Το <tt>ifdown</tt> είναι ακόμα διαθέσιμο.\n" "Χρησιμοποιήστε το όταν έχετε ένα σύστημα αρχείων NFS ή iSCSI root.\n" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Η χρήση του Στο NFSroot είναι σχεδόν όπως το 'auto'. Αλλά οι διεπαφές " -"με αυτήν την κατάσταση εκκίνηση δεν θα σταματήσουν ποτέ μέσω του 'rcnetwork " -"stop'. Το 'ifdown <iface>' λειτουργεί ακόμα.\n" +"Η χρήση του Στο NFSroot είναι σχεδόν όπως το 'auto'. Αλλά οι διεπαφές με αυτήν την κατάσταση εκκίνηση δεν θα σταματήσουν ποτέ μέσω του 'rcnetwork stop'. Το 'ifdown <iface>' λειτουργεί ακόμα.\n" "Χρησιμοποιήστε το όταν έχετε ένα σύστημα αρχείων nfs ή ρίζα iscsi.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) @@ -4262,14 +3953,12 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ενεργοποίηση Συσκευής</big> \n" -"Επιλέξτε το για την επαναφορά διεπαφής δικτύου. Το Στην εκκίνηση " -"το ενεργοποιεί κατά την εκκίνηση του συστήματος, \n" +"Επιλέξτε το για την επαναφορά διεπαφής δικτύου. Το Στην εκκίνηση το ενεργοποιεί κατά την εκκίνηση του συστήματος, \n" "το Ποτέ δεν εκκινά την συσκευή.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4400,12 +4089,8 @@ msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση Επανεκκίνησης Δικτύου" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"Λόγω του γεφυρωμένου δικτύου το YaST2 χρειάζεται να επανεκκινήσει το δίκτυο " -"για να εφαρμοστούν οι ρυθμίσεις." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "Λόγω του γεφυρωμένου δικτύου το YaST2 χρειάζεται να επανεκκινήσει το δίκτυο για να εφαρμοστούν οι ρυθμίσεις." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 @@ -4734,9 +4419,7 @@ #. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported #. @return true on success #: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 -msgid "" -"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked " -"will be used." +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings @@ -4865,14 +4548,8 @@ msgstr "Καμία Πληροφορία Συσκευών (hwinfo)" #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " -"devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"Αδύνατη η ρύθμιση της κάρτας δικτύου επειδή η συσκευή του πυρήνα (eth0, " -"wlan0) δεν είναι παρούσα. Αυτό οφείλεται κυρίως στην απουσία firmware (για " -"τις συσκευές wlan). Δείτε λεπτομέρειες στα μηνύματα της dmesg." +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "Αδύνατη η ρύθμιση της κάρτας δικτύου επειδή η συσκευή του πυρήνα (eth0, wlan0) δεν είναι παρούσα. Αυτό οφείλεται κυρίως στην απουσία firmware (για τις συσκευές wlan). Δείτε λεπτομέρειες στα μηνύματα της dmesg." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" @@ -5022,8 +4699,7 @@ #~ "Το δίκτυο ελέγχεται από το NetworkManager και οι ρυθμίσεις του\n" #~ "δεν μπορούν να επεξεργαστούν από το YaST.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Για επεξεργασία των ρυθμίσεων, χρησιμοποιήστε τον επεξεργαστή συνδέσεων " -#~ "NetworkManager, ή\n" +#~ "Για επεξεργασία των ρυθμίσεων, χρησιμοποιήστε τον επεξεργαστή συνδέσεων NetworkManager, ή\n" #~ "αλλάξτε την μέθοδο ρύθμισης δικτύου στην Παραδοσιακή μέθοδο με το ifup.\n" # text entry label @@ -5055,41 +4731,27 @@ #~ msgstr "Οι θύρες VNC θα φραγούν (<a href=\"%1\">άνοιγμα</a>)" #~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το τείχος προστασίας θα ενεργοποιηθεί (<a href=\"%1\">απενεργοποίηση</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας θα ενεργοποιηθεί (<a href=\"%1\">απενεργοποίηση</a>)" #~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το τείχος προστασίας θα απενεργοποιηθεί (<a href=\"%1\">ενεργοποίηση</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας θα απενεργοποιηθεί (<a href=\"%1\">ενεργοποίηση</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η υπηρεσία SSH θα ενεργοποιηθεί, η θύρα SSH θα ανοίξει (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">απενεργοποίηση και κλείσιμο</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Η υπηρεσία SSH θα ενεργοποιηθεί, η θύρα SSH θα ανοίξει (<a href=\"%1\">απενεργοποίηση και κλείσιμο</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η υπηρεσία SSH θα απενεργοποιηθεί, η θύρα SSH θα φραγεί (<a href=" -#~ "\"%1\">ενεργοποίηση και άνοιγμα</a>)" +#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Η υπηρεσία SSH θα απενεργοποιηθεί, η θύρα SSH θα φραγεί (<a href=\"%1\">ενεργοποίηση και άνοιγμα</a>)" #~ msgid "Open SSH Port and Enable SSH Service" #~ msgstr "Άνοιγμα Θύρας SSH και Ενεργοποίηση Υπηρεσίας SSH" #~ msgid "" -#~ "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port " -#~ "for SSH\n" -#~ "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i." -#~ "e. it\n" +#~ "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +#~ "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" #~ "will be started on computer boot)." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Με το τείχος προστασίας ενεργοποιημένο, μπορείτε να αποφασίσετε εάν " -#~ "ανοίξετε θύρα του τείχους προστασίας για την υπηρεσία\n" -#~ "SSH και επιτρέψετε απομακρυσμένη πρόσβαση SSH. Αυτό επίσης θα " -#~ "ενεργοποιήσει την υπηρεσία SSH (πχ θα\n" +#~ "Με το τείχος προστασίας ενεργοποιημένο, μπορείτε να αποφασίσετε εάν ανοίξετε θύρα του τείχους προστασίας για την υπηρεσία\n" +#~ "SSH και επιτρέψετε απομακρυσμένη πρόσβαση SSH. Αυτό επίσης θα ενεργοποιήσει την υπηρεσία SSH (πχ θα\n" #~ "εκκινήσει με την έναρξη του υπολογιστή)." # screen title for uml options @@ -5125,40 +4787,29 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -#~ "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. " -#~ "Some \n" +#~ "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" #~ "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" #~ "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" #~ "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -#~ "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave " -#~ "AUTO\n" -#~ "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" -#~ "HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +#~ "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" +#~ "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" #~ "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το Όνομα Διακομιστή προς Αποστολή προσδιορίζει ένα " -#~ "αλφαριθμητικό που χρησιμοποιείται\n" -#~ "για το πεδίο της επιλογής του ονόματος διακομιστή όταν ο dhcpcd στέλνει " -#~ "μηνύματα στον εξυπηρετητή DHCP. Μερικοί \n" -#~ "εξυπηρετητές DHCP ενημερώνουν τις ζώνες στον εξυπηρετητή ονομάτων " -#~ "(εγγραφές μπροστά και αντίστροφα) \n" +#~ "Το Όνομα Διακομιστή προς Αποστολή προσδιορίζει ένα αλφαριθμητικό που χρησιμοποιείται\n" +#~ "για το πεδίο της επιλογής του ονόματος διακομιστή όταν ο dhcpcd στέλνει μηνύματα στον εξυπηρετητή DHCP. Μερικοί \n" +#~ "εξυπηρετητές DHCP ενημερώνουν τις ζώνες στον εξυπηρετητή ονομάτων (εγγραφές μπροστά και αντίστροφα) \n" #~ "σύμφωνα με αυτό το όνομα διακομιστή (δυναμικό DNS).\n" -#~ "Μερικοί εξυπηρετητές DHCP απαιτούν το πεδίο της επιλογής Όνομα " -#~ "Διακομιστή προς Αποστολή \n" -#~ "να περιέχει ένα συγκεκριμένο αλφαριθμητικό στα μηνύματα DHCP από τους " -#~ "πελάτες. Αφήστε το AUTO\n" -#~ "για αποστολή του τρέχοντος ονόματος διακομιστή (για παράδειγμα, αυτό που " -#~ "ορίζεται στο <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +#~ "Μερικοί εξυπηρετητές DHCP απαιτούν το πεδίο της επιλογής Όνομα Διακομιστή προς Αποστολή \n" +#~ "να περιέχει ένα συγκεκριμένο αλφαριθμητικό στα μηνύματα DHCP από τους πελάτες. Αφήστε το AUTO\n" +#~ "για αποστολή του τρέχοντος ονόματος διακομιστή (για παράδειγμα, αυτό που ορίζεται στο <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" #~ "Για να μην αποσταλεί το όνομα διακομιστή, αφήστε το πεδίο κενό.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" -#~ "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this " -#~ "table.\n" +#~ "Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Επιπρόσθετες Διευθύνσεις</big>\n" -#~ "Ρυθμίστε επιπρόσθετες διευθύνσεις για μια διεπαφή (και τα ψευδώνυμά " -#~ "της) σε αυτόν τον πίνακα.\n" +#~ "Ρυθμίστε επιπρόσθετες διευθύνσεις για μια διεπαφή (και τα ψευδώνυμά της) σε αυτόν τον πίνακα.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -5169,16 +4820,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Alias Name is optional and legacy.The total\n" -#~ " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and " -#~ "label) is\n" -#~ " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -#~ "truncates it after 9 characters." +#~ " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" +#~ " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Το Ψευδώνυμο είναι προαιρετικό και κληρονομικό. Το συνολικό\n" -#~ "μήκος της διεπαφής ονόματος (συμπεριλαμβανομένων των άνω τελείας και " -#~ "ετικέτας) είναι\n" -#~ "περιορισμένο σε 15 χαρακτήρες και το παλιό εργαλείο του ifconfig " -#~ "περιορίζεται σε 9 χαρακτήρες." +#~ "μήκος της διεπαφής ονόματος (συμπεριλαμβανομένων των άνω τελείας και ετικέτας) είναι\n" +#~ "περιορισμένο σε 15 χαρακτήρες και το παλιό εργαλείο του ifconfig περιορίζεται σε 9 χαρακτήρες." #~ msgid "Alias &Name" #~ msgstr "Όνομα &Χρήστη" @@ -5255,8 +4902,7 @@ #~ msgid "Bond slaves" #~ msgstr "Σύνδεση Δευτερεύουσων Συσκευών" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +#~ msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Η συσκευή δεν είναι ρυθμισμένη. Πατήστε Ρύθμιση\n" #~ "για να την ρυθμίσετε." @@ -5274,8 +4920,7 @@ #~ "Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης\n" -#~ "</BIG> Μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να ακυρώσετε το πρόγραμμα ρύθμισης " -#~ "πατώντας\n" +#~ "</BIG> Μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να ακυρώσετε το πρόγραμμα ρύθμισης πατώντας\n" #~ "το κουμπί Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5291,17 +4936,14 @@ #~ "dialog may inform you whether it is safe to do so.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ματαίωση Αποθήκευσης</BIG> \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε τη διαδικασία αποθήκευσης πατώντας το Ματαίωση</" -#~ "B>.\n" -#~ "Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να γίνει αυτό." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε τη διαδικασία αποθήκευσης πατώντας το Ματαίωση.\n" +#~ "Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να γίνει αυτό.\n" #~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use." #~ msgstr "Ο πάροχος %1 χρησιμοποιείται ήδη." #~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use. Really delete it?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο πάροχος%1 ήδη χρησιμοποιείται. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να διαγραφεί;" +#~ msgstr "Ο πάροχος%1 ήδη χρησιμοποιείται. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να διαγραφεί;" #~ msgid "DSL Configuration Overview" #~ msgstr "Επισκόπηση Ρυθμίσεων DSL" @@ -5312,8 +4954,7 @@ #~ "edit their configuration. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Επισκόπηση DSL</BIG> \n" -#~ "Εδώ μπορείτε να πάρετε μια επισκόπηση σχετικά με τις εγκατεστημένες DSL " -#~ "συσκευές. Επιπλέον,\n" +#~ "Εδώ μπορείτε να πάρετε μια επισκόπηση σχετικά με τις εγκατεστημένες DSL συσκευές. Επιπλέον,\n" #~ "μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις τους. " #~ msgid "" @@ -5321,8 +4962,7 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a DSL device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Προσθήκη μιας συσκευής DSL :</BIG> \n" -#~ "Αν πατήσετε Προσθήκη, μπορείτε χειροκίνητα να ρυθμίσετε μια DSL " -#~ "συσκευή." +#~ "Αν πατήσετε Προσθήκη, μπορείτε χειροκίνητα να ρυθμίσετε μια DSL συσκευή." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5331,8 +4971,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Επεξεργασία ή διαγραφή:</BIG> \n" #~ "Επιλέξτε μια συσκευή DSL για να αλλάξετε ή να διαγράψετε τη ρύθμιση του.\n" -#~ "Ύστερα πατήστε το κατάλληλο κουμπί: Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή." -#~ "" +#~ "Ύστερα πατήστε το κατάλληλο κουμπί: Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή." #~ msgid "Type" #~ msgstr "Τύπος" @@ -5357,52 +4996,38 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " -#~ "to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " -#~ "VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Πρώτα, επιλέξτε τον τύπο PPP. Αυτό είναι είτε \n" #~ "PPP μέσω Ethernet (PPPoE) ή PPP μέσω ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI για ADL ή Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε PPP μέσω Ethernet αν το DSL modem σας είναι " -#~ "συνδεδεμένο μέσω ethernet στον υπολογιστή σας.\n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε Point to Point Tunneling Protocol εάν θέλετε να " -#~ "συνδεθείτε σε εξυπηρετητή VPN.\n" -#~ "Αν δεν είστε σίγουροι ποιον τύπο να χρησιμοποιήσετε, ρωτήστε τον πάροχό " -#~ "σας." +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε PPP μέσω Ethernet αν το DSL modem σας είναι συνδεδεμένο μέσω ethernet στον υπολογιστή σας.\n" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε Point to Point Tunneling Protocol εάν θέλετε να συνδεθείτε σε εξυπηρετητή VPN.\n" +#~ "Αν δεν είστε σίγουροι ποιον τύπο να χρησιμοποιήσετε, ρωτήστε τον πάροχό σας." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using PPP over Ethernet, first configure your\n" #~ "ethernet card." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε PPP μέσω Ethernet, πρώτα ρυθμίστε την κάρτα " -#~ "ethernet." +#~ msgstr "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε PPP μέσω Ethernet, πρώτα ρυθμίστε την κάρτα ethernet." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " -#~ "up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Οι Εξαρτημένες Ρυθμίσεις Τύπου PPP είναι ρυθμίσεις που " -#~ "απαιτούνται για\n" -#~ "την εγκατάσταση της DSL σύνδεσή σας. Το VPI/VCI έχει νόημα μόνο " -#~ "για συνδέσεις PPP μέσω ATM,\n" -#~ "η Κάρτα Ethernet χρειάζεται για συνδέσεις PPP μέσω Ethernet." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Οι Εξαρτημένες Ρυθμίσεις Τύπου PPP είναι ρυθμίσεις που απαιτούνται για\n" +#~ "την εγκατάσταση της DSL σύνδεσή σας. Το VPI/VCI έχει νόημα μόνο για συνδέσεις PPP μέσω ATM,\n" +#~ "η Κάρτα Ethernet χρειάζεται για συνδέσεις PPP μέσω Ethernet.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, 0.38\n" #~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για PPPoATM, εισάγετε το ζεύγος VPI/VCI, για παράδειγμα, 0.38</" -#~ "i>\n" -#~ "για την British Telecom. Αν δεν είστε σίγουροι, ρωτήστε τον παροχέα σας.</" -#~ "p>" +#~ "Για PPPoATM, εισάγετε το ζεύγος VPI/VCI, για παράδειγμα, 0.38\n" +#~ "για την British Telecom. Αν δεν είστε σίγουροι, ρωτήστε τον παροχέα σας." #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoE, enter the device of the ethernet card to which your DSL\n" @@ -5410,8 +5035,7 @@ #~ "so by pressing Configure Network Cards." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Για PPPoE, εισάγετε την συσκευή της κάρτας ethernet στην οποία το DSL\n" -#~ "modem είναι συνδεδεμένο. Αν δεν έχετε ρυθμίσει ήδη την κάρτα ethernet, " -#~ "κάντε\n" +#~ "modem είναι συνδεδεμένο. Αν δεν έχετε ρυθμίσει ήδη την κάρτα ethernet, κάντε\n" #~ "το πατώντας στο Ρύθμιση Καρτών Δικτύου." #~ msgid "For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address." @@ -5486,10 +5110,8 @@ #~ "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ματαίωση Αποθήκευσης:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε τη διαδικασία αποθήκευσης πατώντας το Ματαίωση</" -#~ "B>.\n" -#~ "Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να γίνει αυτό." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε τη διαδικασία αποθήκευσης πατώντας το Ματαίωση.\n" +#~ "Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να γίνει αυτό.\n" #~ msgid "Select the item to edit." #~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε το αντικείμενο για επεξεργασία" @@ -5525,8 +5147,7 @@ #~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Επισκόπηση των Καρτών ISDN</BIG> \n" -#~ "Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε μια σύνοψη σχετικά με τις εγκατεστημένες κάρτες " -#~ "ISDN και τις ορισμένες συνδέσεις τους.\n" +#~ "Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε μια σύνοψη σχετικά με τις εγκατεστημένες κάρτες ISDN και τις ορισμένες συνδέσεις τους.\n" #~ "Επιπλέον μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις τους. \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5542,18 +5163,15 @@ #~ "selected card.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Δοκιμή Εγκατάστασης μιας Κάρτας ISDN:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Αν πατήσετε Δοκιμή, το σύστημα προσπαθεί να φορτώσει τον οδηγό " -#~ "για\n" +#~ "Αν πατήσετε Δοκιμή, το σύστημα προσπαθεί να φορτώσει τον οδηγό για\n" #~ "την επιλεγμένη κάρτα\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Προσθήκη μιας Σύνδεσης ISDN:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Αν πατήσετε Προσθήκη, μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε μια ISDN σύνδεση μέσω " -#~ "τηλεφώνου.\n" +#~ "Αν πατήσετε Προσθήκη, μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε μια ISDN σύνδεση μέσω τηλεφώνου.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5561,10 +5179,8 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε μια κάρτα ISDN ή σύνδεση που θέλετε να αλλάξετε ή να " -#~ "αφαιρέσετε.\n" -#~ "Μετά πατήστε το κατάλληλο κουμπί: Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε μια κάρτα ISDN ή σύνδεση που θέλετε να αλλάξετε ή να αφαιρέσετε.\n" +#~ "Μετά πατήστε το κατάλληλο κουμπί: Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή.\n" #~ msgid "Hardware" #~ msgstr "Υλικό" @@ -5579,12 +5195,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Λεπτομερείς ρυθμίσεις ISDN" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " -#~ "are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η Λίστα Απομακρυσμένων Τηλεφωνικών Αριθμών ελέγχει ποιες " -#~ "απομακρυσμένες μηχανές\n" +#~ "Η Λίστα Απομακρυσμένων Τηλεφωνικών Αριθμών ελέγχει ποιες απομακρυσμένες μηχανές\n" #~ "επιτρέπεται να συνδεθούν στη διασύνδεση αυτή.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5595,53 +5209,41 @@ #~ "για να επιτρέψετε όλα τα καλούμενα IDs\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " -#~ "without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν η κατάσταση επανάκλησης είναι κλειστή, οι κλήσεις θα " -#~ "λαμβάνονται \n" +#~ "Αν η κατάσταση επανάκλησης είναι κλειστή, οι κλήσεις θα λαμβάνονται \n" #~ "κανονικά χωρίς ιδιαίτερη επεξεργασία.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " -#~ "a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν η κατάσταση επανάκλησης είναι διακομιστής, τότε ύστερα από " -#~ "μία εισερχόμενη κλήση, ενεργοποιείται\n" +#~ "Αν η κατάσταση επανάκλησης είναι διακομιστής, τότε ύστερα από μία εισερχόμενη κλήση, ενεργοποιείται\n" #~ "μια επανάκληση.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " -#~ "initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν η κατάσταση επανάκλησης είναι πελάτης, τότε το τοπικό " -#~ "σύστημά κάνει την αρχική κλήση και μετά \n" +#~ "Αν η κατάσταση επανάκλησης είναι πελάτης, τότε το τοπικό σύστημά κάνει την αρχική κλήση και μετά \n" #~ "περιμένει επανάκληση από την απομακρυσμένη μηχανή.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " -#~ "call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " -#~ "server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Καθυστέρηση Επανάκλησης είναι ο αριθμός των δευτερολέπτων " -#~ "μεταξύ της αρχικής κλήσης και\n" -#~ "της επανάκλησης (διακομιστής) ή της ακύρωσης (πελάτης). Θα πρέπει να " -#~ "είναι μεγαλύτερη η τιμή στον διακομιστή παρά στον\n" +#~ "Καθυστέρηση Επανάκλησης είναι ο αριθμός των δευτερολέπτων μεταξύ της αρχικής κλήσης και\n" +#~ "της επανάκλησης (διακομιστής) ή της ακύρωσης (πελάτης). Θα πρέπει να είναι μεγαλύτερη η τιμή στον διακομιστή παρά στον\n" #~ "πελάτη.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "In Additional ipppd Options, add extra options for ipppd,\n" #~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Στις Επιπλέον Επιλογές ipppd, προσθέστε επιπλέον επιλογές για " -#~ "το ipppd,\n" -#~ "για παράδειγμα, +pap +chap για την πιστοποίηση του διακομιστή που καλεί.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Στις Επιπλέον Επιλογές ipppd, προσθέστε επιπλέον επιλογές για το ipppd,\n" +#~ "για παράδειγμα, +pap +chap για την πιστοποίηση του διακομιστή που καλεί.\n" #~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" #~ msgstr "&Επιπλέον Επιλογές ipppd" @@ -5671,15 +5273,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Επιλογή Υπηρεσίας ISDN" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " -#~ "DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν έχετε ένα συνδυασμένο ελεγκτή ISDN και DSL CAPI , μπορείτε να " -#~ "ρυθμίσετε την DSL\n" -#~ "σας μέσω του Προσθήκη Διασύνδεσης DSL CAPI. Μπορείτε επίσης να το " -#~ "κάνετε αυτό\n" +#~ "Αν έχετε ένα συνδυασμένο ελεγκτή ISDN και DSL CAPI , μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε την DSL\n" +#~ "σας μέσω του Προσθήκη Διασύνδεσης DSL CAPI. Μπορείτε επίσης να το κάνετε αυτό\n" #~ " αργότερα από το διάλογο ρύθμισης της DSL.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5688,19 +5287,16 @@ #~ "the default for all common Internet providers.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Για δικτύωση μέσω ISDN, υπάρχουν δύο τύποι διασυνδέσεων:\n" -#~ "RawIP και SyncPPP. Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις, θα " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσετε SyncPPP. Είναι\n" +#~ "RawIP και SyncPPP. Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις, θα χρησιμοποιήσετε SyncPPP. Είναι\n" #~ "η προεπιλογή για όλους τους κοινούς παροχείς Διαδικτύου.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " -#~ "providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Για εναλλαγή ανάμεσα σε διάφορους παροχείς Διαδικτύου, δεν \n" -#~ "απαιτείται μία διασύνδεση για κάθε παροχέα. Απλά προσθέστε πολλαπλούς " -#~ "παροχείς στην ίδια\n" +#~ "απαιτείται μία διασύνδεση για κάθε παροχέα. Απλά προσθέστε πολλαπλούς παροχείς στην ίδια\n" #~ "διασύνδεση.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5708,8 +5304,7 @@ #~ "Skip not to enter the interface and provider dialogs." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Προς αποφυγή προσθήκης μιας διασύνδεσης τώρα, χρησιμοποιήστε\n" -#~ "το Παράλειψη για να μην προχωρήσετε στους διαλόγους διασύνδεσης " -#~ "και παροχέα." +#~ "το Παράλειψη για να μην προχωρήσετε στους διαλόγους διασύνδεσης και παροχέα." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have a DSL CAPI controller. Configure your DSL\n" @@ -5717,8 +5312,7 @@ #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Έχετε έναν ελεγκτή DSL CAPI. Ρυθμίστε την DSL\n" -#~ "σύνδεσή σας μέσω Προσθήκη Διασύνδεσης DSL CAPI. Μπορείτε αυτό να " -#~ "το κάνετε αργότερα\n" +#~ "σύνδεσή σας μέσω Προσθήκη Διασύνδεσης DSL CAPI. Μπορείτε αυτό να το κάνετε αργότερα\n" #~ "στο διάλογο ρύθμισης του DSL." #~ msgid "Add &DSL CAPI Interface" @@ -5747,25 +5341,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " -#~ "directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " -#~ "digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " -#~ "means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ο αριθμός μου - Όπως στον δικός σας τηλεφωνικό αριθμό (MSN), \n" -#~ "τοποθετήστε τον αριθμό σας (χωρίς τον κωδικό περιοχής), αν η ISDN-κάρτα " -#~ "σας είναι συνδεδεμένη κατευθείαν\n" -#~ "στην πρίζα τηλεφώνου που σας έχει προμηθεύσει η τηλεφωνική σας εταιρεία. " -#~ "Αν είναι συνδεδεμένη σε ένα ΡΒΧ, βάλτε το\n" -#~ "MSN το οποίο είναι αποθηκευμένο στο ΡΒΧ (π.χ. ο εσωτερικός αριθμός " -#~ "τηλεφώνου ή το τελευταίο ψηφίο ή ψηφία\n" -#~ "του τηλεφώνου σας) . Αν αυτό αποτύχει, προσπαθήστε χρησιμοποιώντας το 0, " -#~ "το οποίο κανονικά σημαίνει\n" +#~ "τοποθετήστε τον αριθμό σας (χωρίς τον κωδικό περιοχής), αν η ISDN-κάρτα σας είναι συνδεδεμένη κατευθείαν\n" +#~ "στην πρίζα τηλεφώνου που σας έχει προμηθεύσει η τηλεφωνική σας εταιρεία. Αν είναι συνδεδεμένη σε ένα ΡΒΧ, βάλτε το\n" +#~ "MSN το οποίο είναι αποθηκευμένο στο ΡΒΧ (π.χ. ο εσωτερικός αριθμός τηλεφώνου ή το τελευταίο ψηφίο ή ψηφία\n" +#~ "του τηλεφώνου σας) . Αν αυτό αποτύχει, προσπαθήστε χρησιμοποιώντας το 0, το οποίο κανονικά σημαίνει\n" #~ "ότι το προεπιλεγμένο MSN είναι σε χρήση." #~ msgid "" @@ -5778,10 +5364,8 @@ #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "Note: ippp0 is an example" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν επιλέξετε χειροκίνητα θα πρέπει να ξεκινήσετε/σταματήσετε την " -#~ "υπηρεσία χειροκίνητα \n" -#~ "εκτελώντας τις ακόλουθες εντολές (όσο είστε συνδεδεμένοι ως " -#~ "'υπερχρήστης'):\n" +#~ "Αν επιλέξετε χειροκίνητα θα πρέπει να ξεκινήσετε/σταματήσετε την υπηρεσία χειροκίνητα \n" +#~ "εκτελώντας τις ακόλουθες εντολές (όσο είστε συνδεδεμένοι ως 'υπερχρήστης'):\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " start: ifup ippp0\n" #~ " stop : ifdown ippp0\n" @@ -5791,35 +5375,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " -#~ "channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " -#~ "automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " -#~ "goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέγοντας bundling καναλιού θα εγκατασταθεί μια 128-kBit " -#~ "σύνδεση\n" -#~ "που είναι γνωστή ως Multilink PPP. Για να ενεργοποιήσετε ή να " -#~ "απενεργοποιήσετε το δεύτερο κανάλι,\n" +#~ "Επιλέγοντας bundling καναλιού θα εγκατασταθεί μια 128-kBit σύνδεση\n" +#~ "που είναι γνωστή ως Multilink PPP. Για να ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε το δεύτερο κανάλι,\n" #~ "χρησιμοποιήστε τις ακόλουθες εντολές:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "Μπορείτε επίσης να εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο xibod για να γίνει αυτό " -#~ "αυτόματα. \n" -#~ "Εάν υπάρχει απαίτηση για περισσότερο εύρος ζώνης , θα προσθέσει ένα " -#~ "κανάλι . Αν η κίνηση μειωθεί , θα\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε επίσης να εγκαταστήσετε το πακέτο xibod για να γίνει αυτό αυτόματα. \n" +#~ "Εάν υπάρχει απαίτηση για περισσότερο εύρος ζώνης , θα προσθέσει ένα κανάλι . Αν η κίνηση μειωθεί , θα\n" #~ "αφαιρέσει ένα κανάλι.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5827,16 +5404,13 @@ #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Επιλέγοντας την\n" -#~ "Εξωτερική Διασύνδεση Τείχους Προστασίας ενεργοποιείται το τείχος " -#~ "προστασίας\n" +#~ "Εξωτερική Διασύνδεση Τείχους Προστασίας ενεργοποιείται το τείχος προστασίας\n" #~ "και ορίζει αυτήν τη διασύνδεση ως εξωτερική.\n" -#~ "Η Επανεκκίνηση Τείχους Προστασίας επανεκκινεί το τείχος προστασίας " -#~ "αν μια σύνδεση υπάρχει ήδη.\n" +#~ "Η Επανεκκίνηση Τείχους Προστασίας επανεκκινεί το τείχος προστασίας αν μια σύνδεση υπάρχει ήδη.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "D&efault Provider" @@ -5870,8 +5444,7 @@ #~ "Enter the IP addresses if you received a fixed IP address\n" #~ "from your provider for syncppp or you use raw IP.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρακαλώ συμπληρώστε την διεύθυνση IP αν έχετε μια σταθερή διεύθυνση " -#~ "IP\n" +#~ "Παρακαλώ συμπληρώστε την διεύθυνση IP αν έχετε μια σταθερή διεύθυνση IP\n" #~ "από τον παροχέα σας για syncppp ή αν χρησιμοποιείτε raw IP.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5882,22 +5455,17 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Επιλέξτε Δυναμική Διεύθυνση ΙΡ αν ο παροχέας σας\n" -#~ "σας ορίζει μια προσωρινή διεύθυνση ανά σύνδεση. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, " -#~ "η \n" -#~ "εξωτερική διεύθυνση είναι άγνωστη μέχρι τη στιγμή που η σύνδεση " -#~ "εγκαθίσταται.\n" -#~ "Αυτή η συμπεριφορά είναι η προκαθορισμένη για τους περισσότερους παροχείς." -#~ "\n" +#~ "σας ορίζει μια προσωρινή διεύθυνση ανά σύνδεση. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, η \n" +#~ "εξωτερική διεύθυνση είναι άγνωστη μέχρι τη στιγμή που η σύνδεση εγκαθίσταται.\n" +#~ "Αυτή η συμπεριφορά είναι η προκαθορισμένη για τους περισσότερους παροχείς.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to use this interface as the\n" #~ "default route. Only one interface can be the default\n" #~ "route.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε Προεπιλεγμένη Διαδρομή για να χρησιμοποιήσετε τη " -#~ "διασύνδεση αυτή ως\n" -#~ "προεπιλεγμένη διαδρομή. Μόνο μια διασύνδεση μπορεί να είναι η " -#~ "προεπιλεγμένη\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε Προεπιλεγμένη Διαδρομή για να χρησιμοποιήσετε τη διασύνδεση αυτή ως\n" +#~ "προεπιλεγμένη διαδρομή. Μόνο μια διασύνδεση μπορεί να είναι η προεπιλεγμένη\n" #~ "διαδρομή.\n" #~ msgid "IP Address Settings" @@ -5916,9 +5484,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Προεπιλεγμένη διαδρομή" #~ msgid "Local and remote IP addresses must be completed correctly." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πρέπει να συμπληρώσετε την τοπική και την απομακρυσμένη ΙΡ διεύθυνση " -#~ "σωστά." +#~ msgstr "Πρέπει να συμπληρώσετε την τοπική και την απομακρυσμένη ΙΡ διεύθυνση σωστά." #~ msgid "Manual ISDN Card Selection" #~ msgstr "Χειροκίνητη επιλογή κάρτας ISDN" @@ -5963,14 +5529,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " -#~ "salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Εάν έχετε μια παλιά κάρτα ISA μπορείτε να εισάγετε τιμές για\n" -#~ "θύρα Εισόδου/Εξόδου(ΙΟ) ή διευθύνσεις μνήμης και τη χρησιμοποιούμενη " -#~ "διακοπή.\n" -#~ "Για τις σωστές τιμές, ελέγξτε με το τεχνικό εγχειρίδιο ή επικοινωνήστε με " -#~ "τον πωλητή σας.\n" +#~ "θύρα Εισόδου/Εξόδου(ΙΟ) ή διευθύνσεις μνήμης και τη χρησιμοποιούμενη διακοπή.\n" +#~ "Για τις σωστές τιμές, ελέγξτε με το τεχνικό εγχειρίδιο ή επικοινωνήστε με τον πωλητή σας.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Start Mode: With OnBoot, the driver is loaded during\n" @@ -5978,14 +5541,10 @@ #~ "rcisdn start command. Only the user root can do this.\n" #~ "HotPlug is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Κατάσταση Εκκίνησης: Με το Στην Εκκίνηση ο οδηγός " -#~ "φορτώνεται κατά\n" -#~ "την εκκίνηση του συστήματος. Χειροκίνητα ο οδηγός πρέπει να ξεκινά " -#~ "με\n" -#~ "την εντολή rcisdn start όπου μόνο ο υπερχρήστης μπορεί να το κάνει " -#~ "αυτό.\n" -#~ "HotPlug είναι μια ειδική περίπτωση για PCMCIA και USB συσκευές.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Κατάσταση Εκκίνησης: Με το Στην Εκκίνηση ο οδηγός φορτώνεται κατά\n" +#~ "την εκκίνηση του συστήματος. Χειροκίνητα ο οδηγός πρέπει να ξεκινά με\n" +#~ "την εντολή rcisdn start όπου μόνο ο υπερχρήστης μπορεί να το κάνει αυτό.\n" +#~ "HotPlug είναι μια ειδική περίπτωση για PCMCIA και USB συσκευές.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Multiple drivers exist for your ISDN card.\n" @@ -5994,36 +5553,25 @@ #~ "Υπάρχουν πολλαπλοί οδηγοί για την ISDN κάρτα σας.\n" #~ "Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε έναν από τη λίστα.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πρωτόκολλο ISDN: Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις, το πρωτόκολλο " -#~ "είναι Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgstr "Πρωτόκολλο ISDN: Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις, το πρωτόκολλο είναι Euro-ISDN." #~ msgid "" #~ "Area Code: Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" #~ "line here, without a leading zero and without a country prefix.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Κωδικός περιοχής: Εισάγετε τον κωδικό της περιοχής σας για την " -#~ "γραμμή\n" +#~ "Κωδικός περιοχής: Εισάγετε τον κωδικό της περιοχής σας για την γραμμή\n" #~ "ISDN εδώ, χωρίς το πρόθεμα της χώρας\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " -#~ "one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πρόθεμα Κλήσης: Αν χρειάζεστε ένα πρόθεμα για να βγαίνετε στην " -#~ "τηλεφωνική γραμμή,\n" -#~ "μπορείτε να το εισάγετε εδώ. Συνήθως χρησιμοποιείται ένας εσωτερικός " -#~ "δίαυλος S0 και ο ποιο κοινός είναι \"0\"\n" +#~ "Πρόθεμα Κλήσης: Αν χρειάζεστε ένα πρόθεμα για να βγαίνετε στην τηλεφωνική γραμμή,\n" +#~ "μπορείτε να το εισάγετε εδώ. Συνήθως χρησιμοποιείται ένας εσωτερικός δίαυλος S0 και ο ποιο κοινός είναι \"0\"\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " -#~ "Log." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν δεν θέλετε να καταγραφεί όλη η κίνηση του ISDN σας, μην επιλέξετε " -#~ "το Εκκίνηση Καταγραφής ISDN." +#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." +#~ msgstr "Αν δεν θέλετε να καταγραφεί όλη η κίνηση του ISDN σας, μην επιλέξετε το Εκκίνηση Καταγραφής ISDN." #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" #~ msgstr "Πρωτόκολλο ISDN" @@ -6125,8 +5673,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Έχετε επιλέξει έναν οδηγό τύπου binary-only ο οποίος δεν είναι\n" #~ "μέρος της διανομής μας. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν\n" -#~ "τον οδηγό μόνο μετά την χειροκίνητη εγκατάσταση πρόσθετων πακέτων από το " -#~ "AVM.\n" +#~ "τον οδηγό μόνο μετά την χειροκίνητη εγκατάσταση πρόσθετων πακέτων από το AVM.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Συνέχεια;\n" @@ -6192,8 +5739,7 @@ #~ "edit their configuration. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Σύνοψη Modem</BIG> \n" -#~ "Εδώ μπορείτε να πάρετε μια σύνοψη σχετικά με τα εγκατεστημένα modem. " -#~ "Επιπλέον\n" +#~ "Εδώ μπορείτε να πάρετε μια σύνοψη σχετικά με τα εγκατεστημένα modem. Επιπλέον\n" #~ "μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις τους. " #~ msgid "" @@ -6201,8 +5747,7 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Προσθήκη ενός Modem:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Αν πατήσετε Προσθήκη, μπορείτε χειροκίνητα να ρυθμίσετε ένα modem." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Αν πατήσετε Προσθήκη, μπορείτε χειροκίνητα να ρυθμίσετε ένα modem.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -6211,8 +5756,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Επεξεργασία ή διαγραφή:</BIG> \n" #~ "Επιλέξτε ένα modem για να αλλάξετε ή να διαγράψετε τη ρύθμιση του.\n" -#~ "Ύστερα πατήστε το κατάλληλο κουμπί: Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή." -#~ "" +#~ "Ύστερα πατήστε το κατάλληλο κουμπί: Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή." #~ msgid "Modem Devices" #~ msgstr "Συσκευές Modem" @@ -6224,44 +5768,31 @@ #~ msgstr "Εισάγετε όλες τις τιμές των ρυθμίσεων των modem." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " -#~ "ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " -#~ "etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ " H Συσκευή Modem προσδιορίζει ποια θύρα του modem σας είναι " -#~ "συνδεδεμένη.\n" -#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, κλπ., αναφέρεται σε σειριακές θύρες και συνήθως αντιστοιχεί " -#~ "σε \n" -#~ "COM1, COM2, κλπ., σε DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 και ttyACM1 αναφέρεται σε USB " -#~ "θύρες." +#~ " H Συσκευή Modem προσδιορίζει ποια θύρα του modem σας είναι συνδεδεμένη.\n" +#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, κλπ., αναφέρεται σε σειριακές θύρες και συνήθως αντιστοιχεί σε \n" +#~ "COM1, COM2, κλπ., σε DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 και ttyACM1 αναφέρεται σε USB θύρες." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a Dial Prefix.\n" #~ "Often, this is 9 or 0.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν είστε σε ένα PBX, πιθανότατα θα χρειαστεί να εισάγετε ένα " -#~ "Πρόθεμα κλήσης.\n" +#~ "Αν είστε σε ένα PBX, πιθανότατα θα χρειαστεί να εισάγετε ένα Πρόθεμα κλήσης.\n" #~ "Συνήθως αυτό είναι το 9 ή 0.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " -#~ "additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " -#~ "your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε Τύπο κλήσης σύμφωνα με την τηλεφωνική σας σύνδεση. Οι " -#~ "περισσότερες\n" -#~ "τηλεφωνικές εταιρείες χρησιμοποιούν Τονική Κλήση ως Τύπο " -#~ "κλήσης. Ελέγξτε τα επιπλέον\n" -#~ "κουτιά επιλογής για να ανοίξετε το μεγαφωνάκι του modem σας " -#~ "(Μεγαφωνάκι ανοικτό)\n" -#~ "ή για να περιμένει το modem σας μέχρι να ανιχνεύσει τονική κλήση " -#~ "(Ανίχνευση Τονικής Κλήσης).\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε Τύπο κλήσης σύμφωνα με την τηλεφωνική σας σύνδεση. Οι περισσότερες\n" +#~ "τηλεφωνικές εταιρείες χρησιμοποιούν Τονική Κλήση ως Τύπο κλήσης. Ελέγξτε τα επιπλέον\n" +#~ "κουτιά επιλογής για να ανοίξετε το μεγαφωνάκι του modem σας (Μεγαφωνάκι ανοικτό)\n" +#~ "ή για να περιμένει το modem σας μέχρι να ανιχνεύσει τονική κλήση (Ανίχνευση Τονικής Κλήσης).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Details to configure the baud rate and the modem \n" @@ -6304,16 +5835,14 @@ #~ "Baud Rate is a transmission speed that tells\n" #~ "how many bits per second your computer communicates with your modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Baud Rate ονομάζεται η ταχύτητα μεταφοράς που λέει με πόσα " -#~ "ψηφία ανά \n" +#~ "Baud Rate ονομάζεται η ταχύτητα μεταφοράς που λέει με πόσα ψηφία ανά \n" #~ "δευτερόλεπτο ο υπολογιστής σας επικοινωνεί με το modem σας.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "All the relevant information about Init Strings\n" #~ "should be in your modem manual.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Όλες οι σχετικές πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα Αλφαριθμητικά " -#~ "Αρχικοποίησης\n" +#~ "Όλες οι σχετικές πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα Αλφαριθμητικά Αρχικοποίησης\n" #~ "(init strings) θα πρέπει να είναι στο εγχειρίδιο του modem σας.\n" #~ msgid "B&aud Rate" @@ -6357,30 +5886,23 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " -#~ "is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " -#~ "Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " -#~ "there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Η Κλήση κατ' απαίτηση σημαίνει ότι\n" #~ "η σύνδεση Διαδικτύου θα εγκατασταθεί αυτόματα όταν τα δεδομένα από\n" -#~ "το Διαδίκτυο απαιτηθούν. Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη δυνατότητα θα " -#~ "πρέπει να προσδιορίσετε\n" -#~ "τουλάχιστον έναν διακομιστή ονομάτων . Παρακαλώ χρησιμοποιήστε " -#~ "αυτή τη δυνατότητα μόνο αν\n" -#~ "η σύνδεσή σας στο Διαδίκτυο είναι φτηνή αφού υπάρχουν προγράμματα που " -#~ "περιοδικά\n" +#~ "το Διαδίκτυο απαιτηθούν. Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη δυνατότητα θα πρέπει να προσδιορίσετε\n" +#~ "τουλάχιστον έναν διακομιστή ονομάτων . Παρακαλώ χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή τη δυνατότητα μόνο αν\n" +#~ "η σύνδεσή σας στο Διαδίκτυο είναι φτηνή αφού υπάρχουν προγράμματα που περιοδικά\n" #~ "απαιτούν δεδομένα από το Διαδίκτυο." #~ msgid "" #~ "When Modify DNS is enabled, the name server will be\n" #~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Όταν η Τροποποίηση DNS είναι ενεργοποιημένη, ο διακομιστής " -#~ "ονομάτων θα\n" +#~ "Όταν η Τροποποίηση DNS είναι ενεργοποιημένη, ο διακομιστής ονομάτων θα\n" #~ "αλλάζει αυτόματα όταν συνδέεστε στο Διαδίκτυο." #~ msgid "" @@ -6394,30 +5916,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " -#~ "only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Οι Διακομιστές Ονομάτων απαιτούνται για να μετατρέψουν ονόματα " -#~ "κόμβων\n" -#~ "(π.χ., www.suse.com) σε διευθύνσεις IP (π.χ., 213.95.15.200). " -#~ "Εσείς\n" -#~ "χρειάζεται μόνο να προσδιορίσετε τους διακομιστές ονομάτων αν " -#~ "ενεργοποιήσετε την κλήση κατ' απαίτηση ή\n" +#~ "Οι Διακομιστές Ονομάτων απαιτούνται για να μετατρέψουν ονόματα κόμβων\n" +#~ "(π.χ., www.suse.com) σε διευθύνσεις IP (π.χ., 213.95.15.200). Εσείς\n" +#~ "χρειάζεται μόνο να προσδιορίσετε τους διακομιστές ονομάτων αν ενεργοποιήσετε την κλήση κατ' απαίτηση ή\n" #~ "απενεργοποιήσετε τη Τροποποίηση DNS όταν συνδέεστε.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " -#~ "dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " -#~ "this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η Αγνόηση Ειδοποιήσεων απενεργοποιεί την ανίχνευση οποιασδήποτε " -#~ "ειδοποίησης αν υπάρχουν από τον διακομιστή μέσω τηλεφώνου.\n" -#~ "Αν η κατασκευή της σύνδεσης είναι αργή ή δεν λειτουργεί καθόλου, " -#~ "δοκιμάστε αυτήν την\n" +#~ "Η Αγνόηση Ειδοποιήσεων απενεργοποιεί την ανίχνευση οποιασδήποτε ειδοποίησης αν υπάρχουν από τον διακομιστή μέσω τηλεφώνου.\n" +#~ "Αν η κατασκευή της σύνδεσης είναι αργή ή δεν λειτουργεί καθόλου, δοκιμάστε αυτήν την\n" #~ "επιλογή.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6426,20 +5940,16 @@ #~ "Choosing this option makes dial-up connections\n" #~ "to the Internet safe from external attacks." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέγοντας Εξωτερική Διασύνδεση Τείχους Προστασίας " -#~ "ενεργοποιεί\n" +#~ "Επιλέγοντας Εξωτερική Διασύνδεση Τείχους Προστασίας ενεργοποιεί\n" #~ "το τείχος προστασίας και ορίζει αυτή τη διασύνδεση ως εξωτερική\n" -#~ "Επιλέγοντας αυτήν την επιλογή κάνει τις συνδέσεις έσω τηλεφώνου στο " -#~ "Διαδίκτυο \n" +#~ "Επιλέγοντας αυτήν την επιλογή κάνει τις συνδέσεις έσω τηλεφώνου στο Διαδίκτυο \n" #~ "πιο ασφαλής από εξωτερικές επιθέσεις." #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το Τέλος Χρόνου Αδράνειας είναι ο χρόνος ύστερα από τον οποίο " -#~ "μια αδρανής\n" +#~ "Το Τέλος Χρόνου Αδράνειας είναι ο χρόνος ύστερα από τον οποίο μια αδρανής\n" #~ "σύνδεση θα τερματιστεί (0 σημαίνει άπειρος χρόνος αδράνειας).\n" #~ msgid "min" @@ -6500,77 +6010,60 @@ #~ "Enter the IP addresses if you received fixed\n" #~ "IP addresses from your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρακαλώ συμπληρώστε την διεύθυνση IP αν έχετε μια σταθερή διεύθυνση " -#~ "IP\n" +#~ "Παρακαλώ συμπληρώστε την διεύθυνση IP αν έχετε μια σταθερή διεύθυνση IP\n" #~ "από τον παροχέα σας." #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " -#~ "case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " -#~ "established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ενεργοποιήστε τη Δυναμική Διεύθυνση ΙΡ\n" #~ "αν ο παροχέας σας έχει ορίσει μια προσωρινή διεύθυνση ανά σύνδεση.\n" -#~ "Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, η εξωτερική διεύθυνση είναι άγνωστη μέχρι τη " -#~ "στιγμή\n" +#~ "Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, η εξωτερική διεύθυνση είναι άγνωστη μέχρι τη στιγμή\n" #~ "που η σύνδεση εγκαθίσταται.\n" -#~ "Αυτή η συμπεριφορά είναι η προκαθορισμένη για τους περισσότερους παροχείς." -#~ "" +#~ "Αυτή η συμπεριφορά είναι η προκαθορισμένη για τους περισσότερους παροχείς." #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " -#~ "static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " -#~ "almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Επιλέξτε το Χρήση Ομότιμο DNS για να αλλάξετε\n" -#~ "τους διακομιστές ονομάτων τομέων μετά την πραγματοποίηση της σύνδεσης. " -#~ "Αυτό αντικαθιστά την στατική\n" -#~ "ρύθμιση του DNS με εκείνη του διακομιστή με τη χρήση των διευθύνσεων IP. " -#~ "Σήμερα, σχεδόν όλοι\n" +#~ "τους διακομιστές ονομάτων τομέων μετά την πραγματοποίηση της σύνδεσης. Αυτό αντικαθιστά την στατική\n" +#~ "ρύθμιση του DNS με εκείνη του διακομιστή με τη χρήση των διευθύνσεων IP. Σήμερα, σχεδόν όλοι\n" #~ "οι πάροχοι υποστηρίζουν το Χρρήση Ομότιμου DNS.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " -#~ "special \n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν η δυνατότητα επανάκλησης είναι κλειστή, οι κλήσεις διαχειρίζονται " -#~ "κανονικά χωρίς ειδική\n" +#~ "Αν η δυνατότητα επανάκλησης είναι κλειστή, οι κλήσεις διαχειρίζονται κανονικά χωρίς ειδική\n" #~ " επεξεργασία." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " -#~ "callback \n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" #~ "is triggered." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν η μέθοδος επανάκλησης είναι διακομιστής, τότε ύστερα από μία " -#~ "εισερχόμενη κλήση, μια επανάκληση\n" +#~ "Αν η μέθοδος επανάκλησης είναι διακομιστής, τότε ύστερα από μία εισερχόμενη κλήση, μια επανάκληση\n" #~ "προκαλείται." #~ msgid "" #~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν η μέθοδος επανάκλησης είναι πελάτης, τότε το τοπικό σύστημά κάνει την " -#~ "αρχική κλήση και έπειτα \n" +#~ "Αν η μέθοδος επανάκλησης είναι πελάτης, τότε το τοπικό σύστημά κάνει την αρχική κλήση και έπειτα \n" #~ "περιμένει για επανάκληση του απομακρυσμένου μηχανήματος.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " -#~ "reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε το Προεπιλεγμένη Διαδρομή για να θέσετε την " -#~ "προκαθορισμένη\n" -#~ "διαδρομή για αυτόν τον παροχέα. Αυτό είναι πιθανότατα σωστό εκτός και αν " -#~ "θέλετε\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε το Προεπιλεγμένη Διαδρομή για να θέσετε την προκαθορισμένη\n" +#~ "διαδρομή για αυτόν τον παροχέα. Αυτό είναι πιθανότατα σωστό εκτός και αν θέλετε\n" #~ "να φτάσετε μεμονωμένες μηχανές ή υποδίκτυα μέσα από αυτόν τον παροχέα." #~ msgid "Select Internet Service Provider (ISP)" @@ -6650,8 +6143,7 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure a new provider manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Προσθήκη ενός Παροχέα:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Αν πατήσετε Προσθήκη, μπορείτε χειροκίνητα να ρυθμίσετε ένα νέο " -#~ "παροχέα.\n" +#~ "Αν πατήσετε Προσθήκη, μπορείτε χειροκίνητα να ρυθμίσετε ένα νέο παροχέα.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -6660,8 +6152,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή:</BIG> \n" #~ "Επιλέξτε ένα παροχέα, για Αλλαγή ή να Διαγραφή.\n" -#~ "Ύστερα πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή αναλόγως τι " -#~ "επιθυμείτε να κάνετε.\n" +#~ "Ύστερα πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή αναλόγως τι επιθυμείτε να κάνετε.\n" #~ msgid "Select the appropriate provider." #~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε τον κατάλληλο παροχέα." @@ -6674,9 +6165,7 @@ #~ "μετά επιλέξτε έναν από τη λίστα παροχέων." #~ msgid "Use New to add a provider not in the list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Νέο για να προσθέσετε παροχέα που δεν " -#~ "είναι στη λίστα." +#~ msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Νέο για να προσθέσετε παροχέα που δεν είναι στη λίστα." #~ msgid "Choose one of the available provider types." #~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε έναν από τους διαθέσιμους τύπους παροχέων." @@ -6693,8 +6182,7 @@ #~ "%3.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Για να εγγραφείτε για %1 και να βρείτε τον καλύτερο\n" -#~ "αριθμό κλήσης, συνδεθείτε στην αρχική σελίδα %2 ή καλέστε τη " -#~ "γραμμή\n" +#~ "αριθμό κλήσης, συνδεθείτε στην αρχική σελίδα %2 ή καλέστε τη γραμμή\n" #~ "υποστήριξης %3.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6725,23 +6213,19 @@ #~ msgstr "Εισάγετε ένα Όνομα Παροχέαγια τον παροχέα σας." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εισάγετε ένα Όνομα Παροχέα για τη σύνδεση και έναν Αριθμό " -#~ "Τηλεφώνου\n" +#~ "Εισάγετε ένα Όνομα Παροχέα για τη σύνδεση και έναν Αριθμό Τηλεφώνου\n" #~ "για πρόσβαση στον παροχέα σας." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " -#~ "for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Επιλέξτε τον τύπο της ενθυλάκωσης πακέτου. RawIP σημαίνει\n" -#~ "ότι οι MAC επικεφαλίδες απογυμνώνονται. SyncPPP σημαίνει Σύγχρονο " -#~ "PPP." +#~ "ότι οι MAC επικεφαλίδες απογυμνώνονται. SyncPPP σημαίνει Σύγχρονο PPP." #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the Line ID\n" @@ -6752,21 +6236,18 @@ #~ "Εισάγετε το Line ID\n" #~ "(π.χ., 00056780362), τον Αριθμό T-Online (π.χ., 870008594732),\n" #~ "τον Κώδικα Χρήστη (συνήθως 0001), και τον\n" -#~ "Κωδικό Πρόσβασης για χρήση στην σύνδεση (ρωτήστε τον παροχέα αν " -#~ "δεν είστε σίγουροι)." +#~ "Κωδικό Πρόσβασης για χρήση στην σύνδεση (ρωτήστε τον παροχέα αν δεν είστε σίγουροι)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the User Name and the\n" #~ "Password to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Εισάγετε το Όνομα Χρήστη και τον\n" -#~ "Κωδικό Πρόσβασης για χρήση στην σύνδεση (ρωτήστε τον παροχέα αν " -#~ "δεν είστε σίγουροι)." +#~ "Κωδικό Πρόσβασης για χρήση στην σύνδεση (ρωτήστε τον παροχέα αν δεν είστε σίγουροι)." #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" -#~ "i>\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Το Όνομα Χρήστη θα επεκταθεί\n" @@ -6774,21 +6255,17 @@ #~ "στο τέλος." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " -#~ "every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε το Διαρκής Ερώτηση για Συνθηματικό για να ερωτηθείτε " -#~ "για το συνθηματικό κάθε φορά.\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε το Διαρκής Ερώτηση για Συνθηματικό για να ερωτηθείτε για το συνθηματικό κάθε φορά.\n" #~ "Ο\n" -#~ "Πάροχος Υπηρεσιών Διαδικτύου σας μπορεί να μην επιτρέπει το συνθηματικό " -#~ "να αποθηκεύεται\n" -#~ "στο δίσκο. Αν εισάγετε το συνθηματικό εδώ, αποθηκεύεται σαν καθαρό " -#~ "κείμενο στον δίσκο\n" +#~ "Πάροχος Υπηρεσιών Διαδικτύου σας μπορεί να μην επιτρέπει το συνθηματικό να αποθηκεύεται\n" +#~ "στο δίσκο. Αν εισάγετε το συνθηματικό εδώ, αποθηκεύεται σαν καθαρό κείμενο στον δίσκο\n" #~ "(αναγνώσιμο από τον υπερχρήστη μόνο).\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6860,17 +6337,14 @@ #~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Το NetworkManager δεν μπορεί να ρωτήσει για συνθηματικό.\n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε το KInternet (χωρίς το NetworkManager) ή αποθηκεύστε τα " -#~ "συνθηματικά στο σύστημα.\n" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε το KInternet (χωρίς το NetworkManager) ή αποθηκεύστε τα συνθηματικά στο σύστημα.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " -#~ "field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Έχετε εισάγει κάποιους χαρακτήρες που δεν είναι αριθμοί στο πεδίο " -#~ "τηλεφώνου.\n" +#~ "Έχετε εισάγει κάποιους χαρακτήρες που δεν είναι αριθμοί στο πεδίο τηλεφώνου.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Συνέχεια;" @@ -6880,12 +6354,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Στο πεδίο Όνομα Χρήστη, αντικαταστήστε το κενό διάστημα\n" -#~ "(μετά το /) με το Kamp login σας. Κατόπιν εισάγετε τον κωδικό σας " -#~ "και πατήστε στο Επόμενο.\n" +#~ "(μετά το /) με το Kamp login σας. Κατόπιν εισάγετε τον κωδικό σας και πατήστε στο Επόμενο.\n" #~ "Επικοινωνήστε με τον παροχέα σας αν έχετε δυσκολίες.\n" #~ msgid "Access AOL-DSL." @@ -6893,26 +6365,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " -#~ "need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " -#~ "enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " -#~ "request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Στο πεδίο Όνομα Χρήστη, αντικαταστήστε το κενό διάστημα (πριν " -#~ "το\n" -#~ "@) με την AOL σύνδεση σας. Στη συνέχεια εισάγετε τον κωδικό και " -#~ "πατήστε\n" -#~ "Επόμενο. Εάν είστε νέος πελάτης AOL και θέλετε να κάνετε κλήση για " -#~ "πρώτη φορά,\n" -#~ "απαιτείται να εισάγετε τον AOL αριθμό PIN μία φορά. Εάν έχετε ένα σύστημα " -#~ "Windows μπορείτε\n" -#~ "να εισάγετε το PIN στο λογισμικό κλήσης AOL. Εάν όχι, καλέστε την AOL και " -#~ "ζητήστε από το\n" +#~ "Στο πεδίο Όνομα Χρήστη, αντικαταστήστε το κενό διάστημα (πριν το\n" +#~ "@) με την AOL σύνδεση σας. Στη συνέχεια εισάγετε τον κωδικό και πατήστε\n" +#~ "Επόμενο. Εάν είστε νέος πελάτης AOL και θέλετε να κάνετε κλήση για πρώτη φορά,\n" +#~ "απαιτείται να εισάγετε τον AOL αριθμό PIN μία φορά. Εάν έχετε ένα σύστημα Windows μπορείτε\n" +#~ "να εισάγετε το PIN στο λογισμικό κλήσης AOL. Εάν όχι, καλέστε την AOL και ζητήστε από το\n" #~ "το προσωπικό της AOL να εισάγει τον αριθμό PIN για εσάς.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL." @@ -6920,13 +6383,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " -#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Στο πεδίο Όνομα Χρήστη, αντικαταστήστε το κενό διάστημα\n" -#~ "(μετά το /) με το 1&1 login σας. Κατόπιν εισάγετε τον κωδικό σας " -#~ "και πατήστε στο Επόμενο.\n" +#~ "(μετά το /) με το 1&1 login σας. Κατόπιν εισάγετε τον κωδικό σας και πατήστε στο Επόμενο.\n" #~ "Επικοινωνήστε με τον παροχέα σας αν έχετε δυσκολίες.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL." @@ -6944,39 +6405,29 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " -#~ "and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Στο πεδίο Όνομα Χρήστη, αντικαταστήστε το κενό διάστημα\n" -#~ "(μετά το /) με το T-Online Business login σας. Κατόπιν εισάγετε " -#~ "τον κωδικό σας\n" -#~ "και πατήστε στο Επόμενο. Επικοινωνήστε με τον παροχέα σας αν έχετε " -#~ "δυσκολίες.\n" +#~ "(μετά το /) με το T-Online Business login σας. Κατόπιν εισάγετε τον κωδικό σας\n" +#~ "και πατήστε στο Επόμενο. Επικοινωνήστε με τον παροχέα σας αν έχετε δυσκολίες.\n" #~ msgid "Provider Configuration" #~ msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις Παροχέα" #~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ε&νεργοποίηση του Ελέγχου της Συσκευής για μη-υπερχρήστες μέσω του " -#~ "QInternet" +#~ msgstr "Ε&νεργοποίηση του Ελέγχου της Συσκευής για μη-υπερχρήστες μέσω του QInternet" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" -#~ "root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " -#~ "will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Διαχείριση Συσκευής</big>\n" -#~ "Κανονικά μόνο ο διαχειριστής συστήματος επιτρέπεται να ενεργοποιεί " -#~ "και \n" -#~ "να απενεργοποιεί μια διασύνδεση δικτύου. Με το Ενεργοποίηση " -#~ "Διαχείρισης Συσκευής από ένα Χρήστη που δεν είναι Διαχειριστής μέσω " -#~ "QInterent, ένας απλός \n" +#~ "Κανονικά μόνο ο διαχειριστής συστήματος επιτρέπεται να ενεργοποιεί και \n" +#~ "να απενεργοποιεί μια διασύνδεση δικτύου. Με το Ενεργοποίηση Διαχείρισης Συσκευής από ένα Χρήστη που δεν είναι Διαχειριστής μέσω QInterent, ένας απλός \n" #~ "χρήστης μπορεί διαχειριστεί την διεπαφή μέσω QInternet. Αυτό απαιτεί\n" #~ "να είναι εγκατεστημένο και να εκτελείται το smpppd.\n" @@ -7188,19 +6639,11 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall Settings" #~ msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις firewall" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το τείχος προστασίας θα ενεργοποιηθεί (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "disable_firewall_in_proposal\">απενεργοποίηση</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας θα ενεργοποιηθεί (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">απενεργοποίηση</a>)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -#~ "\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το τείχος προστασίας θα απενεργοποιηθεί (<a href=\"firewall--" -#~ "disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ενεργοποίηση</a>)" +#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας θα απενεργοποιηθεί (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">ενεργοποίηση</a>)" #~ msgid "Password:" #~ msgstr "Συνθηματικό:" @@ -7236,18 +6679,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Καθαρισμός όλων των επιλογών στην λίστα" #~ msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ορίστε τους τομείς όπου δεν θα χρησιμοποιούνται οι ρυθμίσεις του " -#~ "μεσολαβητή" +#~ msgstr "Ορίστε τους τομείς όπου δεν θα χρησιμοποιούνται οι ρυθμίσεις του μεσολαβητή" #~ msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το όνομα χρήστη όπου θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πιστοποίηση του μεσολαβητή" +#~ msgstr "Το όνομα χρήστη όπου θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πιστοποίηση του μεσολαβητή" #~ msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πιστοποίηση του " -#~ "μεσολαβητή" +#~ msgstr "Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πιστοποίηση του μεσολαβητή" #~ msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" #~ msgstr "Κατάσταση των Ρυθμίσεων του Μεσολαβητή" @@ -7271,9 +6709,7 @@ #~ msgstr "&Μεσολαβητής" #~ msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Προτείνεται να επανασυνδεθείτε ώστε να ενεργοποιηθούν οι νέες ρυθμίσεις " -#~ "διαμεσολαβητή." +#~ msgstr "Προτείνεται να επανασυνδεθείτε ώστε να ενεργοποιηθούν οι νέες ρυθμίσεις διαμεσολαβητή." #~ msgid "Update proxy configuration" #~ msgstr "Ενημέρωση ρυθμίσεων μεσολαβητή" @@ -7343,35 +6779,27 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings " -#~ "to take effect, \n" -#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings " -#~ "immediately. Please check \n" +#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" #~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ρύθμιση των επιλογών του διαμεσολαβητή Internet (λανθάνουσα μνήμη) εδώ." -#~ "\n" -#~ "Σημείωση: Είναι προτεινόμενο γενικά να συνδεθείτε πάλι ώστε οι " -#~ "ρυθμίσεις να ενεργοποιηθούν, \n" -#~ "ωστόσο σε μερικές περιπτώσεις η εφαρμογή μπορεί να λάβει τις ρυθμίσεις " -#~ "αμέσως. Παρακαλώ ελέξτε\n" +#~ "Ρύθμιση των επιλογών του διαμεσολαβητή Internet (λανθάνουσα μνήμη) εδώ.\n" +#~ "Σημείωση: Είναι προτεινόμενο γενικά να συνδεθείτε πάλι ώστε οι ρυθμίσεις να ενεργοποιηθούν, \n" +#~ "ωστόσο σε μερικές περιπτώσεις η εφαρμογή μπορεί να λάβει τις ρυθμίσεις αμέσως. Παρακαλώ ελέξτε\n" #~ "τι υποστηρίζει η εφαρμογή σας (περιηγητής δικτύου, πελάτης ftp,...). " #~ msgid "" #~ "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "HTTP Μεσολαβητής URL είναι το όνομα του διακομιστή μεσολάβησης " -#~ "για την πρόσβασή σας\n" +#~ "HTTP Μεσολαβητής URL είναι το όνομα του διακομιστή μεσολάβησης για την πρόσβασή σας\n" #~ "στον παγκόσμιο ιστό (WWW).\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your " -#~ "secured access\n" +#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "HTTPS Μεσολαβητής URL είναι το όνομα του διακομιστή μεσολάβησης " -#~ "για την ασφαλή πρόσβασή σας\n" +#~ "HTTPS Μεσολαβητής URL είναι το όνομα του διακομιστή μεσολάβησης για την ασφαλή πρόσβασή σας\n" #~ "στον παγκόσμιο ιστό (WWW).\n" #~ msgid "Example: http://proxy.example.com:3128/" @@ -7381,8 +6809,7 @@ #~ "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" #~ "to the file transfer services (FTP)." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "FTP Μεσολαβητής URL είναι το όνομα του διακομιστή μεσολάβησης " -#~ "για την πρόσβασή σας\n" +#~ "FTP Μεσολαβητής URL είναι το όνομα του διακομιστή μεσολάβησης για την πρόσβασή σας\n" #~ "σε υπηρεσίες μεταφοράς αρχείων (FTP)." #~ msgid "" @@ -7390,10 +6817,8 @@ #~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εάν επιλέξετε Χρήση του Ίδιου Διαμεσολαβητή για Όλα τα Πρωτόκολλα</" -#~ "b>, είναι\n" -#~ "αρκετό να συμπληρωθεί η URL του Διαμεσολαβητή HTTP. Θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για " -#~ "όλα τα πρωτόκολλα\n" +#~ "Εάν επιλέξετε Χρήση του Ίδιου Διαμεσολαβητή για Όλα τα Πρωτόκολλα, είναι\n" +#~ "αρκετό να συμπληρωθεί η URL του Διαμεσολαβητή HTTP. Θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για όλα τα πρωτόκολλα\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS και FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7401,22 +6826,18 @@ #~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" #~ "for example, %1.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Περιοχές Χωρίς Μεσολαβητές είναι μια λίστα, χωρισμένη με " -#~ "κόμματα, από περιοχές \n" +#~ "Περιοχές Χωρίς Μεσολαβητές είναι μια λίστα, χωρισμένη με κόμματα, από περιοχές \n" #~ "για τις οποίες οι αιτήσεις θα γίνονται κατευθείαν χωρίς αποθήκευση,\n" #~ "για παράδειγμα, %1.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." -#~ "\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε έναν διαμεσολαβητή με πιστοποίηση, εισάγετε τα\n" -#~ "Όνομα Χρήστη Διαμεσολαβητή και Συνθηματικό Διαμεσολαβητή. " -#~ "Ένα έγκυρο όνομα χρήστη\n" -#~ "αποτελείται από μόνο εκτυπώσιμους χαρακτήρες ASCII (εκτός από τα " -#~ "ερωτηματικά).\n" +#~ "Όνομα Χρήστη Διαμεσολαβητή και Συνθηματικό Διαμεσολαβητή. Ένα έγκυρο όνομα χρήστη\n" +#~ "αποτελείται από μόνο εκτυπώσιμους χαρακτήρες ASCII (εκτός από τα ερωτηματικά).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" @@ -7477,15 +6898,13 @@ #~ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτές τις ρυθμίσεις;" #~ msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν μπορείτε να εισάγετε έναν κωδικό και να αφήσετε το όνομα χρήστη κενό." +#~ msgstr "Δεν μπορείτε να εισάγετε έναν κωδικό και να αφήσετε το όνομα χρήστη κενό." #~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "Το URL του μεσολαβητή ΗΤΤΡ είναι άκυρο." #~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "HTTP μεσολαβητής URL πρέπει να περιέχει ένα συγκεκριμένο σχήμα (http)." +#~ msgstr "HTTP μεσολαβητής URL πρέπει να περιέχει ένα συγκεκριμένο σχήμα (http)." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "Το URL του μεσολαβητή ΗΤΤΡS είναι λανθασμένο." @@ -7497,8 +6916,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Το URL του μεσολαβητή FTP είναι άκυρο." #~ msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "FTP μεσολαβητής URL πρέπει να περιέχει ένα συγκεκριμένο σχήμα (http)." +#~ msgstr "FTP μεσολαβητής URL πρέπει να περιέχει ένα συγκεκριμένο σχήμα (http)." #~ msgid "" #~ "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" @@ -7539,26 +6957,20 @@ #~ msgstr "&Μάσκα Δικτύου" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply " -#~ "on both IPv4 and IPv6." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ενεργοποίηση Προώθησης IP αν το σύστημα είναι δρομολογητής." +#~ msgid "Enable IP Forwarding if the system is a router. This will apply on both IPv4 and IPv6." +#~ msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση Προώθησης IP αν το σύστημα είναι δρομολογητής." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Your hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> and will be \n" -#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this " -#~ "modification, \n" +#~ "resolvable as <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> IP address. To disable this modification, \n" #~ "uncheck Write Hostname to /etc/hosts box. In that case your \n" #~ "hostname will not be resolvable without an active network.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε DHCP για να πάρετε διεύθυνση IP, το όνομα του κόμβου " -#~ "σας θα εγγραφεί στο\n" +#~ "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε DHCP για να πάρετε διεύθυνση IP, το όνομα του κόμβου σας θα εγγραφεί στο\n" #~ "/etc/hosts και θα επιλύεται στην διεύθυνση 127.0.0.2.\n" -#~ "Αυτή είναι η προεπιλεγμένη συμπεριφορά. Αν θέλετε να το απενεργοποιήσετε, " -#~ "αφαιρέστε αυτήν την επιλογή\n" +#~ "Αυτή είναι η προεπιλεγμένη συμπεριφορά. Αν θέλετε να το απενεργοποιήσετε, αφαιρέστε αυτήν την επιλογή\n" #~ "αλλά το όνομα του κόμβου σας δεν θα επιλύεται χωρίς ενεργό δίκτυο.\n" #~ "" @@ -7574,12 +6986,9 @@ #~ "for example, if your machine is a mobile client moving between different\n" #~ "networks." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η Αίτηση Εκπομπής της Απάντησης προκαλεί τον πελάτη DHCP να " -#~ "ζητά από τον\n" -#~ "διακομιστή να εκπέμπει πάντα τις απαντήσεις του. Μπορεί να χρειαστείτε " -#~ "αυτό,\n" -#~ "για παράδειγμα, αν το μηχάνημά σας είναι ένας φορητός πελάτης που " -#~ "μετακινείται\n" +#~ "Η Αίτηση Εκπομπής της Απάντησης προκαλεί τον πελάτη DHCP να ζητά από τον\n" +#~ "διακομιστή να εκπέμπει πάντα τις απαντήσεις του. Μπορεί να χρειαστείτε αυτό,\n" +#~ "για παράδειγμα, αν το μηχάνημά σας είναι ένας φορητός πελάτης που μετακινείται\n" #~ "μεταξύ διαφορετικών δικτύων." #~ msgid "Request Broad&cast Response" @@ -7594,13 +7003,10 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -#~ "Note: In some cases you may need to relogin for the settings to " -#~ "take effect" +#~ "Note: In some cases you may need to relogin for the settings to take effect" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εδώ, ρυθμίζετε τις ρυθμίσειςτου μεσολαβητή(caching) για το διαδίκτυο.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "Σημείωση: Σε κάποιες περιπτώσεις μπορεί να χρειάζεται να " -#~ "ξανασυνδεθείτε για να εφαρμοστούν οι αλλαγές" +#~ "Εδώ, ρυθμίζετε τις ρυθμίσειςτου μεσολαβητή(caching) για το διαδίκτυο.\n" +#~ "Σημείωση: Σε κάποιες περιπτώσεις μπορεί να χρειάζεται να ξανασυνδεθείτε για να εφαρμοστούν οι αλλαγές" #~ msgid "" #~ "NetworkManager is enabled. Some features, such as\n" @@ -7618,9 +7024,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Εκτέλεση ΚΙnternet..." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The %1 packages must be installed because device control for " -#~ "non-root users has been established." +#~ msgid "The %1 packages must be installed because device control for non-root users has been established." #~ msgstr " υπερχρήστης" #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" @@ -7631,20 +7035,15 @@ #~ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" #~ "This does not necessarily mean misconfigured network.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Click Continue to proceed to the next installation step. To skip " -#~ "any steps\n" -#~ "requiring internet connection or to get back to your network " -#~ "configuration,\n" +#~ "Click Continue to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" +#~ "requiring internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" #~ "click Cancel." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η λήψη των τελευταίων σημειώσεων έκδοσης απέτυχε λόγω σφάλματος από την " -#~ "πλευρά του διακομιστή.\n" +#~ "Η λήψη των τελευταίων σημειώσεων έκδοσης απέτυχε λόγω σφάλματος από την πλευρά του διακομιστή.\n" #~ "Αυτό δεν σημαίνει απαραίτητα κακορυθμισμέννο δίκτυο.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο «Συνέχεια» για να προχωρήσετε στο επόμενο βήμα της " -#~ "εγκατάστασης. Για να παραβλέψετε κάποια βήματα\n" -#~ "που απαιτούν σύνδεση με το διαδίκτυο ή για να επιστρέψετε πίσω στις " -#~ "ρυθμίσεις του δικτύου,\n" +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο «Συνέχεια» για να προχωρήσετε στο επόμενο βήμα της εγκατάστασης. Για να παραβλέψετε κάποια βήματα\n" +#~ "που απαιτούν σύνδεση με το διαδίκτυο ή για να επιστρέψετε πίσω στις ρυθμίσεις του δικτύου,\n" #~ "κάντε κλικ στο «Άκυρο»." #~ msgid "Propose a configuration" @@ -7655,8 +7054,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you plan to use a dial-up Internet connection and have set up your\n" -#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be " -#~ "temporarily\n" +#~ "connection to use dynamic DNS assignment, these values will be temporarily\n" #~ "disabled during the connection." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Αν σχεδιάζετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια dial-up σύνδεση Διαδικτύου\n" @@ -7664,9 +7062,7 @@ #~ "αυτές οι τιμές θα είναι προσωρινά απενεργοποιημένες κατά τη σύνδεση." #~ msgid "Optionally enter the name server list and domain search list." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εισάγετε προαιρετικά τον κατάλογο ονομάτων κόμβων και κατάλογο " -#~ "αναζήτησης πεδίων." +#~ msgstr "Εισάγετε προαιρετικά τον κατάλογο ονομάτων κόμβων και κατάλογο αναζήτησης πεδίων." #~ msgid "" #~ "Note that the hostname is global--it applies to all\n" @@ -7685,16 +7081,13 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "Modify the current version of the file.\n" -#~ "Press Accept and continue editing other data. You are able to " -#~ "return to this dialog at a later time, \n" +#~ "Press Accept and continue editing other data. You are able to return to this dialog at a later time, \n" #~ "when the above service has terminated.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ol>\n" #~ "<li>Τροποποίηση της τρέχουσας (αλλαγμένης) έκδοσης του αρχείου.</li>\n" -#~ "<li>Πατήστε 'Αποδοχή' τώρα και συνεχίστε την επεξεργασία άλλων (μη " -#~ "resolver) δεδομένων.\n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να γυρίσετε σε αυτό το διάλογο αργότερα, όταν η παραπάνω " -#~ "υπηρεσία θα έχει τερματιστεί.</li>\n" +#~ "<li>Πατήστε 'Αποδοχή' τώρα και συνεχίστε την επεξεργασία άλλων (μη resolver) δεδομένων.\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να γυρίσετε σε αυτό το διάλογο αργότερα, όταν η παραπάνω υπηρεσία θα έχει τερματιστεί.</li>\n" #~ "</ol>" #~ msgid "Name Servers: Set by DHCP" @@ -7703,19 +7096,11 @@ #~ msgid "Search List: Set by DHCP" #~ msgstr "Λίστα Αναζήτησης: Ορισμένο από DHCP" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter the name for this computer and the DNS domain that it belongs to." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εισάγετε το όνομα αυτού του υπολογιστή και το πεδίο DNS στο οποίο " -#~ "ανήκει." +#~ msgid "Enter the name for this computer and the DNS domain that it belongs to." +#~ msgstr "Εισάγετε το όνομα αυτού του υπολογιστή και το πεδίο DNS στο οποίο ανήκει." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server.</" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το πεδίο είναι εξαιρετικά σημαντικό εάν ο υπολογιστής αυτός είναι ένας " -#~ "mail server." +#~ msgid "The domain is especially important if this computer is a mail server." +#~ msgstr "Το πεδίο είναι εξαιρετικά σημαντικό εάν ο υπολογιστής αυτός είναι ένας mail server." #~ msgid "&Change /etc/resolv.conf manually" #~ msgstr "Αλλαγή του /et&c/ipsec.conf χειροκίνητα" @@ -7750,5 +7135,4 @@ #~ "via ifup or KInternet (See User Controlled below).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Χειροκίνητα: Ελέγχετε τη διαπροσωπεία χειροκίνητα\n" -#~ "μέσω του 'ifup' ή του 'kinternet' (Δείτε το 'Ελεγχόμενο από Χρήστη' " -#~ "παρακάτω)." +#~ "μέσω του 'ifup' ή του 'kinternet' (Δείτε το 'Ελεγχόμενο από Χρήστη' παρακάτω)." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/nfs.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/nfs.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/nfs.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -85,9 +85,7 @@ #. fstab(5): fs_type #: src/clients/nfs.rb:111 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "" -"Στην ταυτότητα συστήματος αρχείων, υποστηρίζονται nfs και nfs4. Η " -"προεπιλεγμένη τιμή είναι nfs." +msgstr "Στην ταυτότητα συστήματος αρχείων, υποστηρίζονται nfs και nfs4. Η προεπιλεγμένη τιμή είναι nfs." #. CLI action handler. #. Print summary in command line @@ -179,57 +177,43 @@ "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." msgstr "" "Ο πίνακας περιέχει όλους τους καταλόγους \n" -"που εξήχθησαν από απομακρυσμένους εξυπηρετητές και προσαρτήθηκαν τοπικά μέσω " -"NFS (κοινόχρηστοι NFS)." +"που εξήχθησαν από απομακρυσμένους εξυπηρετητές και προσαρτήθηκαν τοπικά μέσω NFS (κοινόχρηστοι NFS)." #. Help, part 2 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:61 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" -"Κάθε κοινόχρηστο NFS ταυτοποιείται από απομακρυσμένη διεύθυνση " -"εξυπηρετητή NFS και\n" -"κατάλογο που έχει εξαχθεί, τοπικό κατάλογο όπου ο απομακρυσμένος κατάλογος " -"είναι προσαρτημένος, \n" -"τύπο NFS (είτε απλό nfs ή ngsv4) και επιλογές προσάρτησης. Για περισσότερες " -"πληροφορίες \n" -"σχετικά με προσάρτηση NFS και επιλογές προσάρτησης, θα βρείτε στο <tt>man " -"nfs</tt>." +"Κάθε κοινόχρηστο NFS ταυτοποιείται από απομακρυσμένη διεύθυνση εξυπηρετητή NFS και\n" +"κατάλογο που έχει εξαχθεί, τοπικό κατάλογο όπου ο απομακρυσμένος κατάλογος είναι προσαρτημένος, \n" +"τύπο NFS (είτε απλό nfs ή ngsv4) και επιλογές προσάρτησης. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες \n" +"σχετικά με προσάρτηση NFS και επιλογές προσάρτησης, θα βρείτε στο <tt>man nfs</tt>." #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" "Για προσάρτηση ενός νέου κοινόχρηστου NFS, πατήστε στο Προσθήκη.\n" -"Για αλλαγή της ρύθμισης της τρέχουσας προσάρτησης κοινόχρηστου, πατήστε στο " -"Επεξεργασία.\n" -"Αφαιρέστε και αποπροσαρτήστε το επιλεγμένο κοινόχρηστο πατώντας Διαγραφή</" -"B>.\n" +"Για αλλαγή της ρύθμισης της τρέχουσας προσάρτησης κοινόχρηστου, πατήστε στο Επεξεργασία.\n" +"Αφαιρέστε και αποπροσαρτήστε το επιλεγμένο κοινόχρηστο πατώντας Διαγραφή.\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" -"Εάν χρειάζεστε πρόσβαση σε κοινόχρηστα NFSv4 (το NFSv4 είναι η νεότερη " -"έκδοση\n" -"του πρωτοκόλλου NFS), επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση NFSv4. Σε αυτή την " -"περίπτωση,\n" +"Εάν χρειάζεστε πρόσβαση σε κοινόχρηστα NFSv4 (το NFSv4 είναι η νεότερη έκδοση\n" +"του πρωτοκόλλου NFS), επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση NFSv4. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση,\n" "μπορεί να χρειάζεται να παρέχετε συγκεκριμένο Όνομα Τομέα NFSv4, που\n" -"απαιτείται για την σωστή ρύθμιση δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης του αρχείου/καταλόγου." -"\n" +"απαιτείται για την σωστή ρύθμιση δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης του αρχείου/καταλόγου.\n" #. selection box label #. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows @@ -347,26 +331,21 @@ "" msgstr "" "Στο Απομακρυσμένο Σύστημα Αρχείων,\n" -"εισάγετε το μονοπάτι του καταλόγου που είναι στο διακομιστή NFS. " -"Χρησιμοποιήστε\n" -"Επιλογή για να επιλέξετε ένα από αυτά που εξάγονται από το " -"διακομιστή.\n" +"εισάγετε το μονοπάτι του καταλόγου που είναι στο διακομιστή NFS. Χρησιμοποιήστε\n" +"Επιλογή για να επιλέξετε ένα από αυτά που εξάγονται από το διακομιστή.\n" "" #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" "\t\t\n" -"Για Σημείο Προσάρτησης, εισάγετε το μονοπάτι του τοπικού συστήματος " -"αρχείων όπου ο κατάλογος πρόκειται να προσαρτηθεί. Με το\n" -"Αναζήτηση, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε διαδραστικά ένα σημείο προσάρτησης.</" -"p>" +"Για Σημείο Προσάρτησης, εισάγετε το μονοπάτι του τοπικού συστήματος αρχείων όπου ο κατάλογος πρόκειται να προσαρτηθεί. Με το\n" +"Αναζήτηση, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε διαδραστικά ένα σημείο προσάρτησης." #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:465 @@ -521,16 +500,14 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ο πίνακας περιέχει όλες τις καταχωρήσεις NFS\n" #~ "για το αρχείο /etc/fstab.\n" -#~ "Για να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις, χρησιμοποιήστε τα Προσθήκη, " -#~ "Επεξεργασία και\n" +#~ "Για να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις, χρησιμοποιήστε τα Προσθήκη, Επεξεργασία και\n" #~ "Διαγραφή.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To confirm the changes, press Finish. To cancel them,\n" #~ "use Back.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για επιβεβαίωση των αλλαγών, πατήστε Τέλος. Για να τις " -#~ "ακυρώσετε,\n" +#~ "Για επιβεβαίωση των αλλαγών, πατήστε Τέλος. Για να τις ακυρώσετε,\n" #~ "χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Πίσω.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -538,5 +515,4 @@ #~ "refer to <tt>man fstab</tt>.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το fstab,\n" -#~ "παρακαλώ δείτε τις σελίδες εγχειριδίου με την εντολή <tt>man fstab</tt>.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "παρακαλώ δείτε τις σελίδες εγχειριδίου με την εντολή <tt>man fstab</tt>.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/nfs_server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/nfs_server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/nfs_server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -74,12 +74,8 @@ msgstr "Επιλογές εξαγωγής (δείτε με 'man exports')" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"Προδιαγραφές τομέα για NFSv4 ID mapping, όπως το 'localdomain' ή 'abc.com' " -"κλπ." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "Προδιαγραφές τομέα για NFSv4 ID mapping, όπως το 'localdomain' ή 'abc.com' κλπ." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." @@ -122,20 +118,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"Ο τομέας δεν μπορεί να ρυθμιστεί χωρίς την ενεργοποίηση του NFSv4. " -"Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή 'set enablev4'." +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "Ο τομέας δεν μπορεί να ρυθμιστεί χωρίς την ενεργοποίηση του NFSv4. Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή 'set enablev4'." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"Η εντολή 'set' πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί όπως στην 'set option=value'. " -"Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή 'set help' για να δείτε πληροφορίες σχετικά με τις " -"διαθέσιμες επιλογές." +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "Η εντολή 'set' πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί όπως στην 'set option=value'. Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή 'set help' για να δείτε πληροφορίες σχετικά με τις διαθέσιμες επιλογές." #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -255,12 +243,8 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης αρχείου /etc/idmapd.conf. Ρύθμιση προεπιλογών για τον " -"τομέα σε 'localdomain'." +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης αρχείου /etc/idmapd.conf. Ρύθμιση προεπιλογών για τον τομέα σε 'localdomain'." #. Help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 @@ -268,8 +252,7 @@ "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε, εάν θέλετε να ξεκινήσετε ένα διακομιστή NFS " -"στον υπολογιστή σας\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε, εάν θέλετε να ξεκινήσετε ένα διακομιστή NFS στον υπολογιστή σας\n" "και να εξάγετε μερικούς φακέλους σε άλλους." #. Help, part 2 of 2 @@ -278,38 +261,27 @@ "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -"Αν επιλέξετε Εκκίνηση του διακομιστή NFS, πατώντας το κουμπί " -"Επόμενο θα ανοίξει\n" -"ένας διάλογος ρυθμίσεων όπου μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε τους καταλόγους που " -"θα εξαχθούν." +"Αν επιλέξετε Εκκίνηση του διακομιστή NFS, πατώντας το κουμπί Επόμενο θα ανοίξει\n" +"ένας διάλογος ρυθμίσεων όπου μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε τους καταλόγους που θα εξαχθούν." #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" -"Εάν ο εξυπηρετητήε χρειάζεται να διαχειριστεί πελάτες NFSv4, επιλέξτε " -"Ενεργοποίηση NFSv4,\n" -"και συμπληρώστε το όνομα τομέα NFSv4 που θέλετε για να χρησιμοποιήσει η " -"υπηρεσία ID mapping. Αφήστε το\n" -"localdomain ή ανατρέξτε στο εγχειρίδιο χρήσης του idmapd και idmapd.conf εάν " -"δεν είστε σίγουροι.\n" +"Εάν ο εξυπηρετητήε χρειάζεται να διαχειριστεί πελάτες NFSv4, επιλέξτε Ενεργοποίηση NFSv4,\n" +"και συμπληρώστε το όνομα τομέα NFSv4 που θέλετε για να χρησιμοποιήσει η υπηρεσία ID mapping. Αφήστε το\n" +"localdomain ή ανατρέξτε στο εγχειρίδιο χρήσης του idmapd και idmapd.conf εάν δεν είστε σίγουροι.\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" -"Εάν ο εξυπηρετητής και ο πελάτης πρέπει να πιστοποιηθούν με την χρήση " -"βιβλιοθηκών GSS,\n" -"επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο επιλογής Ενεργοποίηση Ασφάλειας GSS. Για να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε το GSS API, χρειάζεται να έχετε τα Kerberos και gssapi (nfs-" -"utils > 1.0.7) στον υπολογιστή σας.\n" +"Εάν ο εξυπηρετητής και ο πελάτης πρέπει να πιστοποιηθούν με την χρήση βιβλιοθηκών GSS,\n" +"επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο επιλογής Ενεργοποίηση Ασφάλειας GSS. Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το GSS API, χρειάζεται να έχετε τα Kerberos και gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) στον υπολογιστή σας.\n" #. frame label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 @@ -356,37 +328,29 @@ "mount this directory.\n" msgstr "" "Το παραπάνω κουτί περιέχει όλους τους καταλόγους όπου θα εξαχθούν.\n" -"Αν ένας κατάλογος έχει επιλεχθεί, το παρακάτω κουτί εμφανίζει τους κόμβους " -"που επιτρέπεται\n" +"Αν ένας κατάλογος έχει επιλεχθεί, το παρακάτω κουτί εμφανίζει τους κόμβους που επιτρέπεται\n" "να προσαρτήσουν αυτόν τον κατάλογο.\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -"Το Wild Card Κόμβου προσδιορίζει τους κόμβους που έχουν πρόσβαση " -"στον επιλεγμένο κατάλογο.\n" +"Το Wild Card Κόμβου προσδιορίζει τους κόμβους που έχουν πρόσβαση στον επιλεγμένο κατάλογο.\n" "Μπορεί να είναι ένας μονός κόμβος, ομάδες, wild cards ή\n" "IP δίκτυα.\n" #. Help, part 3 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε έναν αστερίσκο (<tt>*</tt>) αντί για όνομα για να καθορίσετε " -"όλους τους κόμβους." +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgstr "Εισάγετε έναν αστερίσκο (<tt>*</tt>) αντί για όνομα για να καθορίσετε όλους τους κόμβους." #. Help, part 4 of 4 #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ανατρέξτε στα <tt>αποτελέσματα του εγχειριδίου χρήσης man</tt> για " -"περισσότερες πληροφορίες.\n" +msgstr "Ανατρέξτε στα <tt>αποτελέσματα του εγχειριδίου χρήσης man</tt> για περισσότερες πληροφορίες.\n" #. push button label #: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 @@ -495,12 +459,8 @@ #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"Αδυναμία εκκίνησης του svcgssd. Βεβαιωθείτε ότι είναι σωστές οι ρυθμίσεις " -"των kerberos και gsapi (nfs utils)." +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "Αδυναμία εκκίνησης του svcgssd. Βεβαιωθείτε ότι είναι σωστές οι ρυθμίσεις των kerberos και gsapi (nfs utils)." #: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." @@ -534,11 +494,9 @@ #~ "with spaces in their names.\n" #~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο διακομιστής NFS σε κατάσταση χρήστη (%1) δεν μπορεί να εξάγει " -#~ "καταλόγους\n" +#~ "Ο διακομιστής NFS σε κατάσταση χρήστη (%1) δεν μπορεί να εξάγει καταλόγους\n" #~ "με κενά στα ονόματά τους.\n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε τον διακομιστή που βασίζεται στον πυρήνα (%2) για να το " -#~ "κάνετε αυτό." +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε τον διακομιστή που βασίζεται στον πυρήνα (%2) για να το κάνετε αυτό." #~ msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." #~ msgstr "Αφήστε το πεδίο κενό για να καθορίσετε όλους τους κόμβους." @@ -564,18 +522,12 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall" #~ msgstr "Τείχος Προστασίας" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is " -#~ "marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η επιλογή NFSv4 ενεργοποιήθηκε. Βεβαιωθείτε ότι το μόνο σύστημα " -#~ "αρχείων που εξήχθη έχει σημειωθεί με την επιλογή fsid=0 για τον " -#~ "συγκεκριμένο πελάτη." +#~ msgid "NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client." +#~ msgstr "Η επιλογή NFSv4 ενεργοποιήθηκε. Βεβαιωθείτε ότι το μόνο σύστημα αρχείων που εξήχθη έχει σημειωθεί με την επιλογή fsid=0 για τον συγκεκριμένο πελάτη." #~ msgid "" #~ "In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n" -#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n" #~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use \n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" @@ -583,8 +535,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Σε περίπτωση πολλαπλών εξαγωγών σε πελάτη NFSv4,\n" -#~ "χρειάζεται να συνδέσετε τις εξαγόμενες διαδρομές χωρίς fsid=0 με αυτές με " -#~ "fsid=0.\n" +#~ "χρειάζεται να συνδέσετε τις εξαγόμενες διαδρομές χωρίς fsid=0 με αυτές με fsid=0.\n" #~ "Για εξαγωγή διαδρομών διακομιστή <tt>/Eve</tt> και <tt>/Adam</tt> σαν\n" #~ "<tt>/</tt> και <tt>/husband</tt>, αντίστοιχα, χρησιμοποιήστε \n" #~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/nis.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/nis.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/nis.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -112,8 +112,7 @@ "fail to respond. It is a security risk.\n" msgstr "" "Η επιλογή Εκπομπή ενεργοποιεί την αναζήτηση\n" -"στο τοπικό δίκτυο για να βρει έναν διακομιστή, ύστερα από τους " -"προσδιορισμένους διακομιστές\n" +"στο τοπικό δίκτυο για να βρει έναν διακομιστή, ύστερα από τους προσδιορισμένους διακομιστές\n" "που απέτυχαν να ανταποκριθούν. Είναι ένα ρίσκο ασφαλείας.\n" #. Translators: short for Expert settings @@ -154,19 +153,14 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Ρυθμίσεις του Τείχους Προστασίας \n" -"Για να ανοίξετε το τείχος προστασίας έτσι ώστε να επιτραπεί η πρόσβαση στην " -"υπηρεσία 'ypbind'\n" -"από απομακρυσμένους υπολογιστές, ορίστε Άνοιγμα Θύρας στο Τείχος " -"Προστασίας.\n" -"Για να επιλέξετε διασυνδέσεις στις οποίες θα ανοίξετε την θύρα, πατήστε " -"Λεπτομέρειες Τείχους Προστασίας.\n" -"Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο εάν το τείχος προστασίας είναι " -"ενεργοποιημένο.\n" +"Για να ανοίξετε το τείχος προστασίας έτσι ώστε να επιτραπεί η πρόσβαση στην υπηρεσία 'ypbind'\n" +"από απομακρυσμένους υπολογιστές, ορίστε Άνοιγμα Θύρας στο Τείχος Προστασίας.\n" +"Για να επιλέξετε διασυνδέσεις στις οποίες θα ανοίξετε την θύρα, πατήστε Λεπτομέρειες Τείχους Προστασίας.\n" +"Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο εάν το τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργοποιημένο.\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 @@ -175,45 +169,32 @@ " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.\n" msgstr "" "Εισάγετε την NIS περιοχή σας, όπως example.com,\n" -" και την διεύθυνση του διακομιστή NIS, όπως nis.example.com ή 10.20.1.1.</" -"p>\n" +" και την διεύθυνση του διακομιστή NIS, όπως nis.example.com ή 10.20.1.1.\n" #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε πως θα τροποποιείται η ρύθμιση του NIS. Κανονικά, η διαχείριση " -"γίνεται\n" -"από το script netconfig, το οποίο συγχωνεύει τα δεδομένα που καθορίζονται " -"στατικά\n" -"με αυτά που λαμβάνονται δυναμικά (πχ από τον πελάτη DHCP, NetworkManager " -"κλπ).\n" -"Αυτό η επιλογή Προεπιλεγμένης Πολιτικής και είναι επαρκές για τις " -"περισσότερες ρυθμίσεις.\n" -"Με την επιλογή Μόνο Χειροκίνητες Αλλαγές, το netconfig δεν επιτρέπει την " -"τροποποίηση\n" -"των ρυθμίσεων. Μπορείτε παρ'όλα αυτά να επεξεργαστείτε το αρχείο " -"χειροκίνητα.\n" +"Επιλέξτε πως θα τροποποιείται η ρύθμιση του NIS. Κανονικά, η διαχείριση γίνεται\n" +"από το script netconfig, το οποίο συγχωνεύει τα δεδομένα που καθορίζονται στατικά\n" +"με αυτά που λαμβάνονται δυναμικά (πχ από τον πελάτη DHCP, NetworkManager κλπ).\n" +"Αυτό η επιλογή Προεπιλεγμένης Πολιτικής και είναι επαρκές για τις περισσότερες ρυθμίσεις.\n" +"Με την επιλογή Μόνο Χειροκίνητες Αλλαγές, το netconfig δεν επιτρέπει την τροποποίηση\n" +"των ρυθμίσεων. Μπορείτε παρ'όλα αυτά να επεξεργαστείτε το αρχείο χειροκίνητα.\n" "Με την επιλογή Προσαρμοσμένη Πολιτική, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε ένα string\n" -"προσαρμοσμένης πολιτικής, το οποίο αποτελείται από κενά-χωρισμένη λίστα " -"ονoμάτων\n" +"προσαρμοσμένης πολιτικής, το οποίο αποτελείται από κενά-χωρισμένη λίστα ονoμάτων\n" "διεπαφής, συμπεριλαμβανομένων και wildcards, με STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK σαν\n" -"προκαθορισμένες ειδικές τιμές. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε την " -"σελίδα οδηγιών του netconfig\n" +"προκαθορισμένες ειδικές τιμές. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε την σελίδα οδηγιών του netconfig\n" #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 @@ -232,21 +213,14 @@ "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" "either locally or over NIS." msgstr "" -"Ο Automounter είναι μια υπηρεσία που προσαρτεί καταλόγους " -"αυτόματα, όπως καταλόγους χρηστών.\n" +"Ο Automounter είναι μια υπηρεσία που προσαρτεί καταλόγους αυτόματα, όπως καταλόγους χρηστών.\n" "Υποθέτουμε ότι τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων (auto.*) υπάρχουν ήδη,\n" "είτε τοπικά είτε μέσω NIS." #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Οι ρυθμίσεις NFS που επηρεάζουν τον τρόπο λειτουργίας του αυτόματου " -"προσαρτητή (automounter) μπορούν να οριστούν στον πελάτη NFS, οι οποίες " -"μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν με την χρήση του κουμπιού Ρυθμίσεις NFS" +msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgstr "Οι ρυθμίσεις NFS που επηρεάζουν τον τρόπο λειτουργίας του αυτόματου προσαρτητή (automounter) μπορούν να οριστούν στον πελάτη NFS, οι οποίες μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν με την χρήση του κουμπιού Ρυθμίσεις NFS" #. radio button label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 @@ -376,27 +350,14 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:674 -msgid "" -"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Κανονικά, είναι δυνατό για οποιονδήποτε κόμβο να ρωτήσει ένας πελάτης " -"ποιον διακομιστή χρησιμοποιεί. Απενεργοποιώντας το Απάντηση στους " -"απομακρυσμένους κόμβους θα το περιορίσει μόνο στον τοπικό κόμβο." +msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." +msgstr "Κανονικά, είναι δυνατό για οποιονδήποτε κόμβο να ρωτήσει ένας πελάτης ποιον διακομιστή χρησιμοποιεί. Απενεργοποιώντας το Απάντηση στους απομακρυσμένους κόμβους θα το περιορίσει μόνο στον τοπικό κόμβο." #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:682 -msgid "" -"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server." -msgstr "" -"Ελέγξτε το Προβληματικός εξυπηρετητής αν οι απαντήσεις από τους " -"εξυπηρετητές που τρέχουν σε μη προνομιούχες θύρες θα πρέπει να γίνουν " -"αποδεκτές. Αυτό είναι ένα ρίσκο ασφάλειας και είναι καλύτερο να " -"αντικατασταθεί ένας τέτοιος εξυπηρετητής." +msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." +msgstr "Ελέγξτε το Προβληματικός εξυπηρετητής αν οι απαντήσεις από τους εξυπηρετητές που τρέχουν σε μη προνομιούχες θύρες θα πρέπει να γίνουν αποδεκτές. Αυτό είναι ένα ρίσκο ασφάλειας και είναι καλύτερο να αντικατασταθεί ένας τέτοιος εξυπηρετητής." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:690 @@ -477,12 +438,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:985 -msgid "" -"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -"" -msgstr "" -"Το πρωτόκολλο Υπηρεσίας Εντοπισμού (SLP) μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί " -"για την αναζήτηση ενός διακομιστή NIS." +msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +msgstr "Το πρωτόκολλο Υπηρεσίας Εντοπισμού (SLP) μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την αναζήτηση ενός διακομιστή NIS." #. dialog label #. dialog subtitle @@ -652,193 +609,94 @@ #~| "The Broadcast option enables searching\n" #~| "in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" #~| "fail to respond. It is a security risk.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Broadcast option enables searching\\nin the local network " -#~ "to find a server after the specified servers\\nfail to respond. It is a " -#~ "security risk.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η επιλογή Εκπομπή ενεργοποιεί την αναζήτηση\\nστο τοπικό δίκτυο " -#~ "για να βρει έναν διακομιστή, μετά την αποτυχία ανταπόκρισης\\nτων " -#~ "προσδιορισμένων διακομιστών. Είναι ένα ρίσκο ασφαλείας.\\n" +#~ msgid "The Broadcast option enables searching\\nin the local network to find a server after the specified servers\\nfail to respond. It is a security risk.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Η επιλογή Εκπομπή ενεργοποιεί την αναζήτηση\\nστο τοπικό δίκτυο για να βρει έναν διακομιστή, μετά την αποτυχία ανταπόκρισης\\nτων προσδιορισμένων διακομιστών. Είναι ένα ρίσκο ασφαλείας.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Expert gives access to some\n" #~| "less frequently used settings.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Expert gives access to some\\nless frequently used settings." -#~ "\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η επιλογή Εξειδικευμένες δίνει πρόσβαση σε\\nλιγότερο συχνές σε " -#~ "χρήση ρυθμίσεις.\\n" +#~ msgid "Expert gives access to some\\nless frequently used settings.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Η επιλογή Εξειδικευμένες δίνει πρόσβαση σε\\nλιγότερο συχνές σε χρήση ρυθμίσεις.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Firewall Settings \n" #~| "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" #~| "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -#~| "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall " -#~| "Details.\n" +#~| "To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" #~| "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Firewall Settings \\nTo open the firewall to allow accessing " -#~ "the 'ypbind' service\\nfrom remote computers, set Open Port in " -#~ "Firewall.\\nTo select interfaces on which to open the port, click " -#~ "Firewall Details.\\nThis option is only available if the firewall " -#~ "is enabled.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ρυθμίσεις του Τείχους Προστασίας \\nΓια να ανοίξετε το " -#~ "τείχος προστασίας έτσι ώστε να επιτραπεί η πρόσβαση στην υπηρεσία " -#~ "'ypbind'\\nαπό απομακρυσμένους υπολογιστές, ορίστε Άνοιγμα Θύρας στο " -#~ "Τείχος Προστασίας.\\nΓια να επιλέξετε διασυνδέσεις στις οποίες θα " -#~ "ανοίξετε την θύρα, πατήστε Λεπτομέρειες Τείχους Προστασίας.\\nΑυτή " -#~ "η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο εάν το τείχος προστασίας είναι " -#~ "ενεργοποιημένο.\\n" +#~ msgid "Firewall Settings \\nTo open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\\nfrom remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\\nTo select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\\nThis option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Ρυθμίσεις του Τείχους Προστασίας \\nΓια να ανοίξετε το τείχος προστασίας έτσι ώστε να επιτραπεί η πρόσβαση στην υπηρεσία 'ypbind'\\nαπό απομακρυσμένους υπολογιστές, ορίστε Άνοιγμα Θύρας στο Τείχος Προστασίας.\\nΓια να επιλέξετε διασυνδέσεις στις οποίες θα ανοίξετε την θύρα, πατήστε Λεπτομέρειες Τείχους Προστασίας.\\nΑυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο εάν το τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργοποιημένο.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" -#~| " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.</" -#~| "p>\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\\n and the NIS server's " -#~ "address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εισάγετε την NIS περιοχή σας, όπως example.com,\\n και την διεύθυνση " -#~ "του διακομιστή NIS, όπως nis.example.com ή 10.20.1.1.\\n" +#~| " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.\n" +#~ msgid "Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\\n and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Εισάγετε την NIS περιοχή σας, όπως example.com,\\n και την διεύθυνση του διακομιστή NIS, όπως nis.example.com ή 10.20.1.1.\\n" #~| msgid "" -#~| "Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, " -#~| "it is\n" -#~| "handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically " -#~| "defined here\n" +#~| "Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +#~| "handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" #~| "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" -#~| "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most " -#~| "configurations. \n" -#~| "By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -#~| "modify\n" -#~| "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By " -#~| "choosing\n" -#~| "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of " -#~| "a\n" +#~| "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" +#~| "By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" +#~| "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" +#~| "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" #~| "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -#~| "STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more " -#~| "information, see\n" +#~| "STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" #~| "the netconfig manual page.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, " -#~ "it is\\nhandled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically " -#~ "defined here\\nwith dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, " -#~ "NetworkManager\\netc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for " -#~ "most configurations. \\nBy choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will " -#~ "no longer be allowed to modify\\nthe configuration. You can, however, " -#~ "edit the file manually. By choosing\\nCustom Policy, you can specify a " -#~ "custom policy string, which consists of a\\nspace-separated list of " -#~ "interface names, including wildcards, with\\nSTATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as " -#~ "predefined special values. For more information, see\\nthe netconfig " -#~ "manual page.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε πως θα τροποποιείται η ρύθμιση του NIS. Κανονικά, η " -#~ "διαχείριση γίνεται\\nαπό το netconfig script, το οποίο συγχωνεύει τα " -#~ "δεδομένα που καθορίζονται στατικά\\nμε αυτά που λαμβάνονται δυναμικά (πχ " -#~ "από τον πελάτη DHCP, NetworkManager κλπ).\\nΑυτή είναι η επιλογή " -#~ "Προεπιλεγμένης Πολιτικής και επαρκεί για τις περισσότερες ρυθμίσεις.\\nΜε " -#~ "την επιλογή Μόνο Χειροκίνιτες Αλλαγές, το netconfig δεν επιτρέπει την " -#~ "τροποποίηση\\n των ρυθμίσεων. Μπορείτε παρόλα αυτά να επεξεργαστείτε το " -#~ "αρχείο χειροκίνητα.\\nΜε την επιλογή Προσαρμοσμένη Πολιτική, μπορείτε να " -#~ "καθορίσετε ένα string\\nπροσαρμοσμένης πολιτικής, το οποίο αποτελείται " -#~ "από κενά-χωρισμένη λίστα ονoμάτων\\n διεπαφής, συμπεριλαμβανομένων και " -#~ "wildcards, με STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK ως\\nπροκαθορισμένες ειδικές τιμές. " -#~ "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε την σελίδα οδηγιών του netconfig" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\\nhandled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\\nwith dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\\netc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \\nBy choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\\nthe configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\\nCustom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\\nspace-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\\nSTATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\\nthe netconfig manual page.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε πως θα τροποποιείται η ρύθμιση του NIS. Κανονικά, η διαχείριση γίνεται\\nαπό το netconfig script, το οποίο συγχωνεύει τα δεδομένα που καθορίζονται στατικά\\nμε αυτά που λαμβάνονται δυναμικά (πχ από τον πελάτη DHCP, NetworkManager κλπ).\\nΑυτή είναι η επιλογή Προεπιλεγμένης Πολιτικής και επαρκεί για τις περισσότερες ρυθμίσεις.\\nΜε την επιλογή Μόνο Χειροκίνιτες Αλλαγές, το netconfig δεν επιτρέπει την τροποποίηση\\n των ρυθμίσεων. Μπορείτε παρόλα αυτά να επεξεργαστείτε το αρχείο χειροκίνητα.\\nΜε την επιλογή Προσαρμοσμένη Πολιτική, μπορείτε να καθορίσε τε ένα string\\nπροσαρμοσμένης πολιτικής, το οποίο αποτελείται από κενά-χωρισμένη λίστα ονoμάτων\\n διεπαφής, συμπεριλαμβανομένων και wildcards, με STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK ως\\nπροκαθορισμένες ειδικές τιμές. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε την σελίδα οδηγιών του netconfig\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Specify multiple servers\n" #~| "by separating their addresses with spaces.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify multiple servers\\nby separating their addresses with spaces.</" -#~ "p>\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Προσδιορίσετε πολλαπλούς εξυπηρετητές\\nχωρίζοντας τις διευθύνσεις " -#~ "τους με κενά.\\n" +#~ msgid "Specify multiple servers\\nby separating their addresses with spaces.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Προσδιορίσετε πολλαπλούς εξυπηρετητές\\nχωρίζοντας τις διευθύνσεις τους με κενά.\\n" #~| msgid "" -#~| "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories " -#~| "automatically,\n" +#~| "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" #~| "such as users' home directories.\n" #~| "It is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\n" #~| "either locally or over NIS." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically," -#~ "\\nsuch as users' home directories.\\nIt is assumed that its " -#~ "configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\\neither locally or over NIS." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η αυτόματη προσάρτηση είναι μια υπηρεσία όπου προσαρτεί " -#~ "καταλόγους αυτόματα,\\nόπως καταλόγους χρηστών.\\nΥποθέτουμε ότι τα " -#~ "αρχεία ρυθμίσεων (auto.*) υπάρχουν ήδη,\\nείτε τοπικά είτε μέσω NIS." +#~ msgid "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\\nsuch as users' home directories.\\nIt is assumed that its configuration files (auto.*) already exist,\\neither locally or over NIS." +#~ msgstr "Η αυτόματη προσάρτηση είναι μια υπηρεσία όπου προσαρτεί καταλόγους αυτόματα,\\nόπως καταλόγους χρηστών.\\nΥποθέτουμε ότι τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων (auto.*) υπάρχουν ήδη,\\nείτε τοπικά είτε μέσω NIS." #~| msgid "" #~| "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" #~| "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" #~| "Are you sure?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\\nyou cannot retrieve " -#~ "the user data from LDAP.\\nAre you sure?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Όταν ρυθμίζεται το μηχάνημά σας σαν πελάτη NIS\\nδε μπορείτε να " -#~ "ανακτήσετε τα δεδομένα χρήστη από το LDAP.\\nΕίστε σίγουροι;" +#~ msgid "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\\nyou cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\\nAre you sure?" +#~ msgstr "Όταν ρυθμίζεται το μηχάνημά σας σαν πελάτη NIS\\nδε μπορείτε να ανακτήσετε τα δεδομένα χρήστη από το LDAP.\\nΕίστε σίγουροι;" #~| msgid "" #~| "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" #~| "does not make any sense. Select just one option." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\\ndoes not make any sense. Select " -#~ "just one option." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η ενεργοποίηση των επιλογών της Εκπομπής και του SLP\\nδεν έχει νόημα. " -#~ "Επιλέξτε μόνο ένα." +#~ msgid "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\\ndoes not make any sense. Select just one option." +#~ msgstr "Η ενεργοποίηση των επιλογών της Εκπομπής και του SLP\\nδεν έχει νόημα. Επιλέξτε μόνο ένα." #~| msgid "" #~| "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\n" #~| "it must not be \"(none)\",\n" #~| "and it must be at most 64 characters long.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\\nit must not be \"(none)\",\\nand " -#~ "it must be at most 64 characters long.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ένα όνομα τομέα NIS δεν πρέπει να είναι άδειο,\\nδε θα πρέπει να είναι " -#~ "\"(none)\",\\nκαι θα πρέπει να είναι το μέγιστο 64 χαρακτήρες.\\n" +#~ msgid "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\\nit must not be \"(none)\",\\nand it must be at most 64 characters long.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Ένα όνομα τομέα NIS δεν πρέπει να είναι άδειο,\\nδε θα πρέπει να είναι \"(none)\",\\nκαι θα πρέπει να είναι το μέγιστο 64 χαρακτήρες.\\n" #~| msgid "" #~| "Only an IP address can be used\n" #~| "because host names are resolved using NIS.\n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only an IP address can be used\\nbecause host names are resolved using " -#~ "NIS.\\n\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μόνο μια διεύθυνση IP μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί\\nεπειδή τα ονόματα των " -#~ "υπολογιστών επιλύονται με χρήση NIS.\\n\\n" +#~ msgid "Only an IP address can be used\\nbecause host names are resolved using NIS.\\n\\n" +#~ msgstr "Μόνο μια διεύθυνση IP μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί\\nεπειδή τα ονόματα των υπολογιστών επιλύονται με χρήση NIS.\\n\\n" #~| msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" #~ msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\\n" #~ msgstr "Το πακέτο του αυτόματης προσάρτησης θα εγκατασταθεί.\\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "NFS Settings which affects how the automouter operates could be set in " -#~ "NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Οι ρυθμίσεις NFS που επηρεάζουν τη λειτουργία του αυτόματου προσαρτητή " -#~ "μπορούν να οριστούν στον πελάτη NFS, οι οποίες μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν με " -#~ "την χρήση του κουμπιού Ρύθμιθση NFS" +#~ msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automouter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +#~ msgstr "Οι ρυθμίσεις NFS που επηρεάζουν τη λειτουργία του αυτόματου προσαρτητή μπορούν να οριστούν στον πελάτη NFS, οι οποίες μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν με την χρήση του κουμπιού Ρύθμιθση NFS" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using DHCP and the server provides the NIS domain " -#~ "name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up " -#~ "in the network module." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε DHCP και ο διακομιστής παρέχει το όνομα " -#~ "περιοχής NIS ή των διακομιστών, μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε την χρήση τους " -#~ "εδώ. Το DHCP αυτό καθεαυτό μπορεί να ρυθμιστεί στην μονάδα δικτύου." +#~ msgid "If you are using DHCP and the server provides the NIS domain name or servers, you can enable their use here. DHCP itself can be set up in the network module." +#~ msgstr "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε DHCP και ο διακομιστής παρέχει το όνομα περιοχής NIS ή των διακομιστών, μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε την χρήση τους εδώ. Το DHCP αυτό καθεαυτό μπορεί να ρυθμιστεί στην μονάδα δικτύου." #~ msgid "Error while running portmapper." #~ msgstr "Σφάλμα κατά την εκτέλεση του portmapper." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/nis_server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/nis_server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/nis_server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -88,8 +88,7 @@ #. command line help text for the 'hosts' option #: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" -msgstr "" -"Οι διακομιστές επιτρέπεται να ρωτούν τον διακομιστή ('netmask:network')" +msgstr "Οι διακομιστές επιτρέπεται να ρωτούν τον διακομιστή ('netmask:network')" #. summary label #. To translators: label in the dialog @@ -182,12 +181,10 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε αν το αρχείο passwd θα πρέπει να αναμειχθεί με το " -"shadow\n" +"Επιλέξτε αν το αρχείο passwd θα πρέπει να αναμειχθεί με το shadow\n" "αρχείο (είναι δυνατόν μόνο εάν το αρχείο shadow υπάρχει).\n" #. help text 3/3 @@ -226,8 +223,7 @@ #. were a pain to use. #: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available." -msgstr "" -"Με αυτό το διάλογο, καθορίζετε ποιοι χάρτες θα είναι διαθέσιμοι." +msgstr "Με αυτό το διάλογο, καθορίζετε ποιοι χάρτες θα είναι διαθέσιμοι." #. multilesection box label #: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 @@ -242,13 +238,9 @@ #. help text 1/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" -msgstr "" -"Παρακαλώ εισάγετε μια περιοχή για το NIS. Αν αυτός ο κόμβος είναι " -"επίσης και ένας πελάτης για NIS για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το μηχάνημα και σαν " -"διακομιστή, επιλέξτε τη κατάλληλη ρύθμιση.\n" +msgstr "Παρακαλώ εισάγετε μια περιοχή για το NIS. Αν αυτός ο κόμβος είναι επίσης και ένας πελάτης για NIS για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το μηχάνημα και σαν διακομιστή, επιλέξτε τη κατάλληλη ρύθμιση.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 @@ -258,8 +250,7 @@ "Fast Map distribution, it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\n" "slaves.\n" msgstr "" -"Για την συνεργασία δευτερευόντων διακομιστών με αυτόν τον πρωτεύον, " -"επιλέξτε\n" +"Για την συνεργασία δευτερευόντων διακομιστών με αυτόν τον πρωτεύον, επιλέξτε\n" "Ύπαρξη Ενεργού Δευτερεύοντος διακομιστή NIS . Αν επιλέξετε\n" "Γρήγορη Διανομή Χάρτη, θα επιταχύνει την μεταφορά των χαρτών στους\n" "δευτερεύοντες.\n" @@ -272,13 +263,10 @@ "changing the login shell or GECOS (full name and related information) can\n" "be used to set up these more specific options.\n" msgstr "" -"Το Επιτρέπονται οι αλλαγές κωδικών επιτρέπει στους χρήστες να " -"αλλάζουν τον\n" +"Το Επιτρέπονται οι αλλαγές κωδικών επιτρέπει στους χρήστες να αλλάζουν τον\n" "κωδικό, με την παρουσία του NIS. Κουμπιά που\n" -"επιτρέπουν την αλλαγή κελύφους σύνδεσης ή GECOS (πλήρες όνομα και σχετική " -"πληροφορία)\n" -"μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για να ορίσετε αυτές τις πιο ειδικές επιλογές.</" -"p>\n" +"επιτρέπουν την αλλαγή κελύφους σύνδεσης ή GECOS (πλήρες όνομα και σχετική πληροφορία)\n" +"μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για να ορίσετε αυτές τις πιο ειδικές επιλογές.\n" #. To translators: checkbox label #: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 @@ -339,10 +327,8 @@ "settings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" "Το μηχάνημά σας είναι ρυθμισμένο να αλλάξει τη περιοχή NIS μέσω του DHCP.\n" -"Αυτό μπορεί να αντικαταστήσει το όνομα περιοχής που μόλις πληκτρολογήθηκε. " -"Επιλέξτε τις\n" -"ρυθμίσεις σας και σκεφτείτε να μην τρέξετε τον πελάτη DHCP σε έναν " -"διακομιστή NIS.\n" +"Αυτό μπορεί να αντικαταστήσει το όνομα περιοχής που μόλις πληκτρολογήθηκε. Επιλέξτε τις\n" +"ρυθμίσεις σας και σκεφτείτε να μην τρέξετε τον πελάτη DHCP σε έναν διακομιστή NIS.\n" #. firewall openning help #: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 @@ -350,18 +336,13 @@ "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίσεις Τείχους Προστασίας Για να επιτρέψετε στο Τείχος " -"Προστασίας να έχει πρόσβαση σε διακομιστές NIS\n" -"από απομακρυσμένους υπολογιστές, ορίστε Άνοιγμα Θύρας στο Τείχος " -"Προστασίας.\n" -"Για να επιλέξετε διασυνδέσεις στις οποίες θα ανοίξετε τις θύρες, πατήστε " -"Λεπτομέρειες Τείχους Προστασίας.\n" -"Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο εάν το νέο Τείχος Προστασίας είναι " -"ενεργοποιημένο.\n" +"Ρυθμίσεις Τείχους Προστασίας Για να επιτρέψετε στο Τείχος Προστασίας να έχει πρόσβαση σε διακομιστές NIS\n" +"από απομακρυσμένους υπολογιστές, ορίστε Άνοιγμα Θύρας στο Τείχος Προστασίας.\n" +"Για να επιλέξετε διασυνδέσεις στις οποίες θα ανοίξετε τις θύρες, πατήστε Λεπτομέρειες Τείχους Προστασίας.\n" +"Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο εάν το νέο Τείχος Προστασίας είναι ενεργοποιημένο.\n" #. To translators: popup dialog heading #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 @@ -391,9 +372,7 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Παρακαλώ εισάγετε ποιοι κόμβοι επιτρέπεται να εξετάζουν τον διακομιστή " -"NIS." +msgstr "Παρακαλώ εισάγετε ποιοι κόμβοι επιτρέπεται να εξετάζουν τον διακομιστή NIS." #. help text 2/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 @@ -402,8 +381,7 @@ "to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." msgstr "" "Μια διεύθυνση κόμβου θα γίνει επιτρεπτή αν το δίκτυο είναι ίσο\n" -"με το bitwise AND της διεύθυνσης του κόμβου και της μάσκας " -"δικτύου." +"με το bitwise AND της διεύθυνσης του κόμβου και της μάσκας δικτύου." #. help text 3/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 @@ -411,10 +389,8 @@ "The entry with netmask <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and network\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" -"Η καταχώρηση με μάσκα δικτύου <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> και το δίκτυο</" -"b>\n" -"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> πρέπει να υπάρχουν για να επιτρέπονται οι συνδέσεις από " -"τον τοπικό κόμβο.\n" +"Η καταχώρηση με μάσκα δικτύου <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> και το δίκτυο\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> πρέπει να υπάρχουν για να επιτρέπονται οι συνδέσεις από τον τοπικό κόμβο.\n" #. help text 4/4 #: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 @@ -442,21 +418,13 @@ #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε την περιοχή του NIS και την IP διεύθυνση ή το " -"όνομα κόμβου του πρωτεύοντος διακομιστή NIS." +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "Εισάγετε την περιοχή του NIS και την IP διεύθυνση ή το όνομα κόμβου του πρωτεύοντος διακομιστή NIS." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"Αν αυτός ο κόμβος είναι και πελάτης για NIS χρησιμοποιώντας αυτό το " -"μηχάνημα σαν διακομιστή, επιλέξτε την ανάλογη ρύθμιση." +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "Αν αυτός ο κόμβος είναι και πελάτης για NIS χρησιμοποιώντας αυτό το μηχάνημα σαν διακομιστή, επιλέξτε την ανάλογη ρύθμιση." #. textentry label #: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 @@ -495,16 +463,8 @@ #. help text 1/1 #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να εισάγετε τα ονόματα των κόμβων που θα ρυθμιστούν ως " -"δευτερεύοντες διακομιστές NIS. Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Προσθήκη για " -"να προσθέσετε έναν νέο, Επεξεργασία για να αλλάξετε μια υπάρχουσα " -"καταχώρηση, και το κουμπί Διαγραφή για να διαγράψετε μια καταχώρηση.</" -"p>" +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να εισάγετε τα ονόματα των κόμβων που θα ρυθμιστούν ως δευτερεύοντες διακομιστές NIS. Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Προσθήκη για να προσθέσετε έναν νέο, Επεξεργασία για να αλλάξετε μια υπάρχουσα καταχώρηση, και το κουμπί Διαγραφή για να διαγράψετε μια καταχώρηση." #. To translators: selection box label #: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 @@ -535,9 +495,7 @@ #. To translators: YesNo Popup #: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" -msgstr "" -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να βγείτε από τις ρυθμίσεις χωρίς να γίνει " -"αποθήκευση;" +msgstr "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να βγείτε από τις ρυθμίσεις χωρίς να γίνει αποθήκευση;" #. To translators: popup label #: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 @@ -564,8 +522,7 @@ "Select whether to configure the NIS server as a master or a\n" "slave or not to configure a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε, αν θέλετε να ρυθμίσετε τον διακομιστή NIS να είναι πρωτεύων</" -"b>,\n" +"Επιλέξτε, αν θέλετε να ρυθμίσετε τον διακομιστή NIS να είναι πρωτεύων,\n" "ή δευτερεύων ή να μη ρυθμιστεί διακομιστής NIS.\n" #. help text 2/2 @@ -772,8 +729,7 @@ #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 msgid "Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα κατά την διάρκεια ανάκτησης του χάρτη %1 από το πρωτεύον διακομιστή.\n" +msgstr "Σφάλμα κατά την διάρκεια ανάκτησης του χάρτη %1 από το πρωτεύον διακομιστή.\n" #. To translators: message in the popup dialog #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 @@ -878,8 +834,7 @@ #. To translators: progress label #: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 msgid "Saving hosts allowed to query server." -msgstr "" -"Γίνεται αποθήκευση των κόμβων που επιτρέπεται να εξετάσουν τον διακομιστή." +msgstr "Γίνεται αποθήκευση των κόμβων που επιτρέπεται να εξετάσουν τον διακομιστή." #. To translators: progress label #. To translators: progress label Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/ntp-client.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/ntp-client.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/ntp-client.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -41,45 +41,22 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Συγχρονισμός τώρα, για να αλλάξετε την ώρα του συστήματος " -"σε σωστή χρησιμοποιώντας τον επιλεγμένο εξυπηρετητή NTP. Εαν θέλετε να " -"κάνετε μόνιμη χρήση του NTP, ενεργοποιήστε την επιλογή Αποθήκευση " -"Ρυθμίσεων NTP" +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Συγχρονισμός τώρα, για να αλλάξετε την ώρα του συστήματος σε σωστή χρησιμοποιώντας τον επιλεγμένο εξυπηρετητή NTP. Εαν θέλετε να κάνετε μόνιμη χρήση του NTP, ενεργοποιήστε την επιλογή Αποθήκευση Ρυθμίσεων NTP" #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποιόντας την επιλογή Εκτέλεση NTP ως δαίμονας, η υπηρεσία " -"NTP θα εκκινήσει ως δαίμονας. Αλλιώς η ώρα συστήματος θα συγχρονίζεται " -"περιοδικά. Το προεπιλεγμένο διαστήμα είναι 15 λεπτά. Μπορείτε να το αλλάξετε " -"μετά από εγκατατάσταση με το yast2 ntp-client module." +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "Ενεργοποιόντας την επιλογή Εκτέλεση NTP ως δαίμονας, η υπηρεσία NTP θα εκκινήσει ως δαίμονας. Αλλιώς η ώρα συστήματος θα συγχρονίζεται περιοδικά. Το προεπιλεγμένο διαστήμα είναι 15 λεπτά. Μπορείτε να το αλλάξετε μετά από εγκατατάσταση με το yast2 ntp-client module." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Ρύθμιση, για να ανοίξετε τις ρυθμίσεις NTP για " -"προχωρημένους." +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Ρύθμιση, για να ανοίξετε τις ρυθμίσεις NTP για προχωρημένους." #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." -msgstr "" -"Ο συχρονισμός με τον εξυπηρετητή NTP μπορεί να γίνει μόνο όταν το δίκτυο " -"είναι ρυθμισμένο." +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +msgstr "Ο συχρονισμός με τον εξυπηρετητή NTP μπορεί να γίνει μόνο όταν το δίκτυο είναι ρυθμισμένο." #. translators: error popup #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 @@ -619,8 +596,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Εγκαταλείψετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης επιλέγοντας Ματαίωση " -"τώρα." +"Εγκαταλείψετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης επιλέγοντας Ματαίωση τώρα." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 @@ -640,8 +616,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αποθήκευσης:</big> \n" "Ματαιώστε την διαδικασία αποθήκευσης επιλέγοντας Ματαίωση.\n" -"Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε αυτό.</" -"p>" +"Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε αυτό." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 @@ -650,10 +625,8 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be " -"activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It " -"is 15 minutes by default.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" " You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" @@ -667,29 +640,20 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "Για την εκτέλεση του NTP σε chroot jail, ορίστε το\n" -"Εκτέλεση Δαίμονα NTP σε Chroot Jail. Η εκκίνηση ενός δαίμονα σε " -"chroot jail\n" +"Εκτέλεση Δαίμονα NTP σε Chroot Jail. Η εκκίνηση ενός δαίμονα σε chroot jail\n" "είναι πιο ασφαλής και προτείνεται ανεπιφύλακτα." #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ασφαλής Ρύθμιση NTP</big> \n" -"Επιλέγοντας το Περιορισμός της Υπηρεσίας NTP στους Ρυθμισμένους " -"Διακομιστές Μόνο, οι απομακρυσμένοι κόμβοι δεν θα έχουν τη δυνατότητα να " -"δουν και να τροποποιήσουν τις ρυθμίσεις του NTP στον \n" -"υπολογιστή σας. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο η υπηρεσία NTP περιορίζεται μόνο στους " -"εξυπηρετητές του αρχείου /etc/ntp.conf και στον τοπικό κόμβου. \n" -"Οι σημαίες ελέγχου πρόσβασης μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν σωστά στον πίνακα σύνοψης " -"των διακομιστών. Αυτή η επιλογή δεν είναι διαθέσιμη αν το NTP είναι " -"ρυθμισμένο μέσω του DHCP.\n" +"Επιλέγοντας το Περιορισμός της Υπηρεσίας NTP στους Ρυθμισμένους Διακομιστές Μόνο, οι απομακρυσμένοι κόμβοι δεν θα έχουν τη δυνατότητα να δουν και να τροποποιήσουν τις ρυθμίσεις του NTP στον \n" +"υπολογιστή σας. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο η υπηρεσία NTP περιορίζεται μόνο στους εξυπηρετητές του αρχείου /etc/ntp.conf και στον τοπικό κόμβου. \n" +"Οι σημαίες ελέγχου πρόσβασης μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν σωστά στον πίνακα σύνοψης των διακομιστών. Αυτή η επιλογή δεν είναι διαθέσιμη αν το NTP είναι ρυθμισμένο μέσω του DHCP.\n" #. help text 3/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 @@ -701,31 +665,24 @@ "the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server." msgstr "" "<big>Ρύθμιση μέσω DHCP</big> \n" -"Για να ανακτήσετε τις πληροφορίες σχετικά με τους εξυπηρετητές NTP μέσω του " -"πρωτοκόλλου DHCP από\n" +"Για να ανακτήσετε τις πληροφορίες σχετικά με τους εξυπηρετητές NTP μέσω του πρωτοκόλλου DHCP από\n" "τον εξυπηρετητή του δικτύου σας αντί να τις ρυθμίσετε χειροκίνητα, ορίστε\n" -"Ρύθμιση Δαίμονα NTP μέσω DHCP. Ρωτήστε τον διαχειριστή του δικτύου " -"σας εάν\n" -"η πληροφορία σχετικά με τους διακομιστές NTP παρέχεται από τον διακομιστή " -"DHCP." +"Ρύθμιση Δαίμονα NTP μέσω DHCP. Ρωτήστε τον διαχειριστή του δικτύου σας εάν\n" +"η πληροφορία σχετικά με τους διακομιστές NTP παρέχεται από τον διακομιστή DHCP." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμισμένοι Διακομιστές</big> \n" -"Για να τροποποιήσετε τους εξυπηρετητές NTP, τους ομότιμους, τα τοπικά " -"ρολόγια και την εκπομπή NTP,\n" -"επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη γραμμή και κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία. Για να " -"προσθέσετε έναν νέο ομότιμο\n" -"συγχρονισμού, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να διαγράψετε έναν υπάρχων " -"ομότιμο συγχρονισμού,\n" +"Για να τροποποιήσετε τους εξυπηρετητές NTP, τους ομότιμους, τα τοπικά ρολόγια και την εκπομπή NTP,\n" +"επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη γραμμή και κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία. Για να προσθέσετε έναν νέο ομότιμο\n" +"συγχρονισμού, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να διαγράψετε έναν υπάρχων ομότιμο συγχρονισμού,\n" "επιλέξτε τον και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." #. help text 5/5 @@ -735,22 +692,18 @@ "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Εμφάνιση Αρχείου Καταγραφής</big> \n" -"Για προβολή καταγραφών του δαίμονα NTP, κάντε κλικ στο Εμφάνιση " -"Αρχείου Καταγραφής.\n" +"Για προβολή καταγραφών του δαίμονα NTP, κάντε κλικ στο Εμφάνιση Αρχείου Καταγραφής.\n" #. help text to a button #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις</big> \n" -"Για την ρύθμιση αυτού του υπολογιστή ώστε να συγχρονίζεται με πολλαπλούς " -"απομακρυσμένους\n" -"υπολογιστές ή με ένα τοπικά συνδεδεμένο ρολόι, χρησιμοποιήστε τις " -"Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους." +"Για την ρύθμιση αυτού του υπολογιστή ώστε να συγχρονίζεται με πολλαπλούς απομακρυσμένους\n" +"υπολογιστές ή με ένα τοπικά συνδεδεμένο ρολόι, χρησιμοποιήστε τις Ρυθμίσεις για προχωρημένους." #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 @@ -776,8 +729,7 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -785,15 +737,11 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>Συσκευή</big> \n" -"Για να λειτουργήσει το ρολόι, μπορεί να είναι απαραίτητο να δημιουργηθεί " -"ένας ειδικός συμβολικός \n" -"δεσμός στη συσκευή στην οποία είναι συνδεδεμένο το ρολόι. Για να γίνει αυτό, " -"επιλέξτε\n" -"Δημιουργία Συμβολικού Δεσμού και ορίστε τη Συσκευή. Για να " -"επιλέξετε τη συσκευή,\n" +"Για να λειτουργήσει το ρολόι, μπορεί να είναι απαραίτητο να δημιουργηθεί ένας ειδικός συμβολικός \n" +"δεσμός στη συσκευή στην οποία είναι συνδεδεμένο το ρολόι. Για να γίνει αυτό, επιλέξτε\n" +"Δημιουργία Συμβολικού Δεσμού και ορίστε τη Συσκευή. Για να επιλέξετε τη συσκευή,\n" "επιλέξτε Αναζήτηση.\n" -"Για κάποιους τύπους ρολογιού, δεν είναι απαραίτητο να δημιουργηθεί ένας " -"συμβολικός\n" +"Για κάποιους τύπους ρολογιού, δεν είναι απαραίτητο να δημιουργηθεί ένας συμβολικός\n" "δεσμός ή πρέπει να δημιουργηθεί χειροκίνητα." #. help text 4/4 @@ -803,8 +751,7 @@ "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" "<big>Ρύθμιση Οδηγού</big> \n" -"Για να ρυθμίσετε τον οδηγό ρολογιού, κάντε κλικ στο Ρύθμιση Οδηγού.</" -"p>" +"Για να ρυθμίσετε τον οδηγό ρολογιού, κάντε κλικ στο Ρύθμιση Οδηγού." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 @@ -815,10 +762,8 @@ "provider." msgstr "" "<big>Διεύθυνση του Εξυπηρετητή NTP</big> \n" -"Για να ορίσετε τη διεύθυνση του εξυπηρετητή NTP, χρησιμοποιήστε την " -"καταχώρηση Διεύθυνσης.\n" -"Για να βρείτε έναν εξυπηρετητή NTP, ρωτήστε τον Διαχειριστή Δικτύου ή τον " -"Παροχέα Διαδικτύου." +"Για να ορίσετε τη διεύθυνση του εξυπηρετητή NTP, χρησιμοποιήστε την καταχώρηση Διεύθυνσης.\n" +"Για να βρείτε έναν εξυπηρετητή NTP, ρωτήστε τον Διαχειριστή Δικτύου ή τον Παροχέα Διαδικτύου." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 @@ -829,11 +774,9 @@ "choose between Local NTP Server and Public NTP Server." msgstr "" "<big>Επιλέγοντας έναν Εξυπηρετητή</big> \n" -"Για να επιλέξετε έναν εξυπηρετητή NTP από αυτούς που βρέθηκαν στο τοπικό " -"δίκτυο\n" +"Για να επιλέξετε έναν εξυπηρετητή NTP από αυτούς που βρέθηκαν στο τοπικό δίκτυο\n" "ή από την λίστα των γνωστών εξυπηρετητών NTP, πατήστε Επιλογή και\n" -"επιλέξτε ανάμεσα σε Τοπικός Εξυπηρετητής NTP και Δημόσιος " -"Εξυπηρετητής NTP." +"επιλέξτε ανάμεσα σε Τοπικός Εξυπηρετητής NTP και Δημόσιος Εξυπηρετητής NTP." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 @@ -843,8 +786,7 @@ "click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Δοκιμή Προσβασιμότητας Εξυπηρετητή</big> \n" -"Για να δοκιμάσετε εάν ο επιλεγμένος εξυπηρετητής είναι ενεργός και " -"ανταποκρίνεται κατάλληλα,\n" +"Για να δοκιμάσετε εάν ο επιλεγμένος εξυπηρετητής είναι ενεργός και ανταποκρίνεται κατάλληλα,\n" "επιλέξτε Δοκιμή." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 @@ -855,8 +797,7 @@ "use Address." msgstr "" "<big>Διεύθυνση</big> \n" -"Για να ορίσετε την διεύθυνση του υπολογιστή με τον οποίο θα γίνεται " -"αμοιβαίος συγχρονισμός,\n" +"Για να ορίσετε την διεύθυνση του υπολογιστή με τον οποίο θα γίνεται αμοιβαίος συγχρονισμός,\n" "χρησιμοποιήστε το πεδίο Διεύθυνση." #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 @@ -886,14 +827,12 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Επιλογές</big> \n" -"Για να ρυθμίσετε σωστά την πηγή συγχρονισμού, εισάγετε τις αντίστοιχες " -"επιλογές στο\n" +"Για να ρυθμίσετε σωστά την πηγή συγχρονισμού, εισάγετε τις αντίστοιχες επιλογές στο\n" "πεδίο κειμένου Επιλογές. Για λεπτομέρειες, δείτε στο\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/confopt.htm.\n" @@ -901,24 +840,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Επιλογές Ελέγχου Πρόσβασης</big> \n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τις σημαίες ελέγχου πρόσβασης " -"(<tt>περιορισμός</tt> κατεύθυνσης στο\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) για αυτόν τον εξυπηρετητή, καθορίζουν ποιοι τύποι " -"ενεργειών μπορούν να\n" -"κάνουν οι απομακρυσμένοι υπολογιστές στον δαίμονα NTP. Από προεπιλογή, είναι " -"ορισμένο σε notrap\n" -"nomodify noquery Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέισμη μόνο αν έχετε επιλέξει " -"το\n" -"Περιορισμός της Υπηρεσίας NTP Μόνο στους Ρυθμισμένους Εξυπηρετητές, " -"επιλογή που βρίσκεται στο\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τις σημαίες ελέγχου πρόσβασης (<tt>περιορισμός</tt> κατεύθυνσης στο\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) για αυτόν τον εξυπηρετητή, καθορίζουν ποιοι τύποι ενεργειών μπορούν να\n" +"κάνουν οι απομακρυσμένοι υπολογιστές στον δαίμονα NTP. Από προεπιλογή, είναι ορισμένο σε notrap\n" +"nomodify noquery Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέισμη μόνο αν έχετε επιλέξει το\n" +"Περιορισμός της Υπηρεσίας NTP Μόνο στους Ρυθμισμένους Εξυπηρετητές, επιλογή που βρίσκεται στο\n" "Ρυθμίσεις Ασφαλείας.\n" #. help text 1/6 @@ -936,8 +869,7 @@ "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε έναν εξυπηρετητή NTP με τον οποίο θα γίνεται " -"συγχρονισμός,\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε έναν εξυπηρετητή NTP με τον οποίο θα γίνεται συγχρονισμός,\n" "επιλέξτε Εξυπηρετητής." #. help text 3/6 @@ -955,8 +887,7 @@ "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" -"Για να ρυθμίσετε ένα τοπικό ρολόι που είναι συνδεδεμένο απευθείας στον " -"υπολογιστή σας,\n" +"Για να ρυθμίσετε ένα τοπικό ρολόι που είναι συνδεδεμένο απευθείας στον υπολογιστή σας,\n" "επιλέξτε Radio Clock." #. help text 5/6 @@ -975,8 +906,7 @@ "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" "Για αποδοχή πακέτων NTP εκπεμπομένων από άλλους υπολογιστές του δικτύου\n" -"και για χρήση αυτών για ρύθμιση της τοπικής ώρας, επιλέξτε Εισερχόμενη " -"Εκπομπή." +"και για χρήση αυτών για ρύθμιση της τοπικής ώρας, επιλέξτε Εισερχόμενη Εκπομπή." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 @@ -986,8 +916,7 @@ "the NTP server from the list of known NTP servers." msgstr "" "<big>Τοποθεσία Εξυπηρετητή</big>\n" -"Επιλέξτε εάν θέλετε να βρείτε τον Εξυπηρετητή NTP στο τοπικό δίκτυο ή " -"επιλέξτε\n" +"Επιλέξτε εάν θέλετε να βρείτε τον Εξυπηρετητή NTP στο τοπικό δίκτυο ή επιλέξτε\n" "τον Εξυπηρετητή NTP από την λίστα των γνωστών Εξυπηρετητών NTP." #. help text 2/5 @@ -1009,15 +938,12 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Επιλογή ενός Δημοσίου Εξυπηρετητή NTP</big> \n" -"Επιλέξτε τον Εξυπηρετητή NTP για να χρησιμοποιήσετε από τη λίστα Δημόσιοι " -"Εξυπηρετητές NTP. Για να εμφανίσετε\n" -"τους εξυπηρετητές NTP για μία συγκεκριμένη χώρα, επιλέξτε τον στην Χώρα</" -"b>." +"Επιλέξτε τον Εξυπηρετητή NTP για να χρησιμοποιήσετε από τη λίστα Δημόσιοι Εξυπηρετητές NTP. Για να εμφανίσετε\n" +"τους εξυπηρετητές NTP για μία συγκεκριμένη χώρα, επιλέξτε τον στην Χώρα." #. help text 4/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 @@ -1032,17 +958,12 @@ "to find an NTP server near you." msgstr "" "<big>Σημείωση</big> \n" -"Οι εμφανιζόμενοι εξυπηρετητές NTP μπορεί να μην είναι διαθέσιμοι από κάθε " -"χώρα, αλλά\n" +"Οι εμφανιζόμενοι εξυπηρετητές NTP μπορεί να μην είναι διαθέσιμοι από κάθε χώρα, αλλά\n" "μόνο από μία συγκεκριμένη χώρα ή περιοχή.\n" -"Πριν χρησιμοποιήσετε κάποιον εξυπηρετητή NTP από την λίστα, ρωτήστε τον " -"διαχειριστή συστήματος\n" -"ή τον παροχέα υπηρεσιών Διαδικτύου εάν υπάρχει κάποιος εξυπηρετητής NTP " -"κοντά σας και\n" -"προτιμήστε αυτόν τον προτεινόμενο εξυπηρετητή από οποιονδήποτε άλλον στη " -"λίστα.\n" -"Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε στο http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers." -"html \n" +"Πριν χρησιμοποιήσετε κάποιον εξυπηρετητή NTP από την λίστα, ρωτήστε τον διαχειριστή συστήματος\n" +"ή τον παροχέα υπηρεσιών Διαδικτύου εάν υπάρχει κάποιος εξυπηρετητής NTP κοντά σας και\n" +"προτιμήστε αυτόν τον προτεινόμενο εξυπηρετητή από οποιονδήποτε άλλον στη λίστα.\n" +"Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε στο http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html \n" "για να βρείτε κάποιον εξυπηρετητή NTP κοντά σας." #. help text 5/5 @@ -1052,8 +973,7 @@ "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Δοκιμή Προσβασιμότητας Εξυπηρετητή</big> \n" -"Για να δοκιμάσετε εάν ο επιλεγμένος εξυπηρετητής ανταποκρίνεται κατάλληλα, " -"επιλέξτε Δοκιμή." +"Για να δοκιμάσετε εάν ο επιλεγμένος εξυπηρετητής ανταποκρίνεται κατάλληλα, επιλέξτε Δοκιμή." #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) @@ -1061,48 +981,37 @@ msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Χρήση Τυχαίων Εξυπηρετητών</big> \n" -"Αυτή η υπηρεσία προσφέρεται από το pool.ntp.org. Εάν επιλέξετε αυτήν την " -"επιλογή,\n" -"τρεις διαφορετικοί διακομιστές προστίθενται στην ρύθμιση. Τα ονόματα των " -"διακομιστών είναι μόνιμα,\n" +"Αυτή η υπηρεσία προσφέρεται από το pool.ntp.org. Εάν επιλέξετε αυτήν την επιλογή,\n" +"τρεις διαφορετικοί διακομιστές προστίθενται στην ρύθμιση. Τα ονόματα των διακομιστών είναι μόνιμα,\n" "αλλά αλλάζουν οι εγγραφές DNS (IPs) κάθε ώρα. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι\n" -"ο πελάτης NTP σας είναι συγχρονισμένος με διαφορετικούς εξυπηρετητές κάθε " -"ώρα.\n" +"ο πελάτης NTP σας είναι συγχρονισμένος με διαφορετικούς εξυπηρετητές κάθε ώρα.\n" #. help text 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Ρύθμιση Οδηγού Ρολογιού</big> \n" -"Ο οδηγός ρολογιού μπορεί να χρειάζεται ρύθμιση. Σε αυτό το διάλογο, ποικίλες " -"επιλογές\n" -"ρύθμισης θα πρέπει να οριστούν. Το νόημα ειδικών επιλογών εξαρτώνται από " -"ειδικούς\n" +"Ο οδηγός ρολογιού μπορεί να χρειάζεται ρύθμιση. Σε αυτό το διάλογο, ποικίλες επιλογές\n" +"ρύθμισης θα πρέπει να οριστούν. Το νόημα ειδικών επιλογών εξαρτώνται από ειδικούς\n" "οδηγούς. Μερικοί οδηγοί δεν χρησιμοποιούν όλες τις επιλογές." #. help text 2/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" "Για πληροφορίες για τις διαθέσιμες των επιλογών, εγκαταστήστε το πακέτο\n" -"ntp-doc και δείτε στο /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/" -"refclock.htm.\n" +"ntp-doc και δείτε στο /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" #. yes-no popup #: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 @@ -1570,14 +1479,8 @@ "Αδυναμία αναζήτησης εξυπηρετητή NTP στο τοπικό δίκτυο\n" "χωρίς το πακέτο %1 να είναι εγκατεστημένο.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or " -#~ "network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server " -#~ "configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "'Η δοκιμή του εξυπηρετητή '%1' απέτυχε. Εαν ο εξυπηρετητής δεν είναι " -#~ "προσβάσιμος ή το δίκτυο δεν είναι ρυθμισμένο επιλέξτε 'Όχι' για να το " -#~ "αγνοήσετε. Θέλετε να ξανακοιτάξτε τις ρυθμίσεις του εξυπηρετητή NTP;" +#~ msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#~ msgstr "'Η δοκιμή του εξυπηρετητή '%1' απέτυχε. Εαν ο εξυπηρετητής δεν είναι προσβάσιμος ή το δίκτυο δεν είναι ρυθμισμένο επιλέξτε 'Όχι' για να το αγνοήσετε. Θέλετε να ξανακοιτάξτε τις ρυθμίσεις του εξυπηρετητή NTP;" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" @@ -1586,8 +1489,7 @@ #~ "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Εκκίνηση του Δαίμονα NTP</big> \n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε εάν θα εκκινήσει ο δαίμονας NTP τώρα και σε κάθε εκκίνηση του " -#~ "συστήματος. \n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε εάν θα εκκινήσει ο δαίμονας NTP τώρα και σε κάθε εκκίνηση του συστήματος. \n" #~ "Ο δαίμονας NTP επιλύει ονόματα κόμβων όταν αρχικοποιείται. Θα πρέπει να\n" #~ "συνδεθείτε στο δίκτυό σας προτού εκκινηθεί ο δαίμονας NTP.\n" @@ -1616,14 +1518,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Initial Synchronization</big> \n" -#~ "The first synchronization of the clock is performed before the NTP daemon " -#~ "is\n" +#~ "The first synchronization of the clock is performed before the NTP daemon is\n" #~ "started. To use this host for initial synchronization, select\n" #~ "Use for Initial Synchronization." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Αρχικός Συγχρονισμός</big> \n" -#~ "Ο πρώτος συγχρονισμός του ρολογιού πραγματοποιείται πριν την εκκίνηση του " -#~ "δαίμονα NTP.\n" +#~ "Ο πρώτος συγχρονισμός του ρολογιού πραγματοποιείται πριν την εκκίνηση του δαίμονα NTP.\n" #~ "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κόμβο για αρχικό συγχρονισμό, επιλέξτε\n" #~ "Χρήση για Αρχικό Συγχρονισμό." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/oneclickinstall.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/oneclickinstall.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/oneclickinstall.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -36,16 +36,11 @@ #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:40 msgid "File to put internal representation of YMP into" -msgstr "" -"Αρχείο που θα τοποθετήσει την εσωτερική αναπαράσταση μέσα στο αρχείο YMP" +msgstr "Αρχείο που θα τοποθετήσει την εσωτερική αναπαράσταση μέσα στο αρχείο YMP" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "" -"File containing internal representation of One Click Install " -"instructions" -msgstr "" -"Αρχείο που περιέχει εσωτερική αναπαράσταση οδηγιών προγράμματος " -"Εγκατάσταση με ένα κλικ" +msgid "File containing internal representation of One Click Install instructions" +msgstr "Αρχείο που περιέχει εσωτερική αναπαράσταση οδηγιών προγράμματος Εγκατάσταση με ένα κλικ" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file." @@ -128,11 +123,8 @@ msgstr "Ο οδηγός θα εγκαταστήσει το λογισμικό στον υπολογιστή σας." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "" -"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Δείτε στην διεύθυνση <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> για " -"περισσότερες πληροφορίες." +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgstr "Δείτε στην διεύθυνση <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> για περισσότερες πληροφορίες." #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 @@ -205,51 +197,28 @@ msgstr "Βήματα Εγκατάστασης" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required " -"repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Παρουσιάστηκε ένα σφάλμα κατά την προσπάθεια εγγραφής στα αποθετήρια. " -"Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε τα αρχεία καταγραφής του yast2 για περισσότερες πληροφορίες." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε ένα σφάλμα κατά την προσπάθεια εγγραφής στα αποθετήρια. Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε τα αρχεία καταγραφής του yast2 για περισσότερες πληροφορίες." #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την προσπάθεια αφαίρεσης των συγκεκριμένων " -"πακέτων. Δείτε τα αρχεία καταγραφής yast2 για περισσότερες πληροφορίες." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την προσπάθεια αφαίρεσης των συγκεκριμένων πακέτων. Δείτε τα αρχεία καταγραφής yast2 για περισσότερες πληροφορίες." #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την προσπάθεια εγκατάστασης των συγκεκριμένων " -"patterns. Δείτε τα αρχεία καταγραφής του yast2 για περισσότερες πληροφορίες." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την προσπάθεια εγκατάστασης των συγκεκριμένων patterns. Δείτε τα αρχεία καταγραφής του yast2 για περισσότερες πληροφορίες." #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την προσπάθεια εγκατάστασης των συγκεκριμένων " -"πακέτων. Δείτε τα αρχεία καταγραφής του yast2 για περισσότερες πληροφορίες." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την προσπάθεια εγκατάστασης των συγκεκριμένων πακέτων. Δείτε τα αρχεία καταγραφής του yast2 για περισσότερες πληροφορίες." #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " -"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST " -"> Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την προσπάθεια διαγραφής από τα αποθετήρια που " -"χρησιμοποιούνται στην εγκατάσταση. Μπορείτε να τις αφαιρέσετε χειροκίνητα " -"από το YaST > Αποθετήρια. Δείτε τα αρχεία καταγραφής του yast2 για " -"περισσότερες πληροφορίες." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την προσπάθεια διαγραφής από τα αποθετήρια που χρησιμοποιούνται στην εγκατάσταση. Μπορείτε να τις αφαιρέσετε χειροκίνητα από το YaST > Αποθετήρια. Δείτε τα αρχεία καταγραφής του yast2 για περισσότερες πληροφορίες." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 msgid "No error occurred." @@ -285,11 +254,8 @@ msgstr "Μη δυνατή εγκατάσταση" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 -msgid "" -"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." -msgstr "" -"Ο σύνδεσμος εγκατάστασης του αρχείου που ανοίξατε δεν περιέχει οδηγίες για " -"το %s." +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgstr "Ο σύνδεσμος εγκατάστασης του αρχείου που ανοίξατε δεν περιέχει οδηγίες για το %s." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 msgid "Software is being installed." @@ -318,17 +284,12 @@ msgstr "Να μην ερωτηθώ ξανά" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "" -"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " -"remain subscribed." -msgstr "" -"Αυτά τα αποθετήρια θα προστεθούν κατά τη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης. Δεν θα " -"μείνετε εγγεγραμμένος." +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." +msgstr "Αυτά τα αποθετήρια θα προστεθούν κατά τη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης. Δεν θα μείνετε εγγεγραμμένος." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." -msgstr "" -"Θα παραμείνετε εγγεγραμμένοι σε αυτά τα αποθετήρια μετά την εγκατάσταση." +msgstr "Θα παραμείνετε εγγεγραμμένοι σε αυτά τα αποθετήρια μετά την εγκατάσταση." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:360 msgid "If you continue, the following changes will be made to your system:" @@ -372,12 +333,8 @@ msgstr "Η εγκατάσταση ήταν μερικώς επιτυχής." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "" -"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/" -"var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " -msgstr "" -"Η εγκατάσταση απέτυχε. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε το αρχείο " -"καταγραφής <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log<tt>. Το στάδιο του σφάλματος ήταν:" +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "Η εγκατάσταση απέτυχε. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε το αρχείο καταγραφής <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log<tt>. Το στάδιο του σφάλματος ήταν:" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 msgid "Error Message" @@ -444,15 +401,8 @@ msgstr "άγνωστη" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "" -"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " -"error occurred." -msgstr "" -"Απαιτούνται δικαιώματα root. Είτε δεν δόθηκαν ή παρουσιάστηκε άγνωστο σφάλμα." +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." +msgstr "Απαιτούνται δικαιώματα root. Είτε δεν δόθηκαν ή παρουσιάστηκε άγνωστο σφάλμα." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for " -#~ "this version of openSUSE." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο σύνδεσμος ή το αρχείο εγκατάστασης που ανοίξατε δεν περιέχει οδηγίες " -#~ "γι' αυτή την έκδοση του openSUSE." +#~ msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for this version of openSUSE." +#~ msgstr "Ο σύνδεσμος ή το αρχείο εγκατάστασης που ανοίξατε δεν περιέχει οδηγίες γι' αυτή την έκδοση του openSUSE." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/online-update-configuration.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/online-update-configuration.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/online-update-configuration.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -143,9 +143,7 @@ #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -msgstr "" -"Πατήστε %1 για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το προεπιλεγμένο αποθετήριο " -"λογισμικού." +msgstr "Πατήστε %1 για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το προεπιλεγμένο αποθετήριο λογισμικού." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." @@ -156,31 +154,16 @@ msgstr "Στο %1 ρυθμίστε την αυτόματη ενημέρωση από το διαδίκτυο." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε ένα διάστημα ενημέρωσης και καθορίστε εάν οι διαδραστικές " -"διορθώσεις πρέπει να παραβλέπονται και εάν πρέπει να αποδέχεστε τις άδειες " -"αυτόματα." +msgid "Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε ένα διάστημα ενημέρωσης και καθορίστε εάν οι διαδραστικές διορθώσεις πρέπει να παραβλέπονται και εάν πρέπει να αποδέχεστε τις άδειες αυτόματα." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when %1 is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Όλα τα πακέτα που προτείνονται από ένα ενημερωμένο πακέτο θα " -"εγκαθίστανται όταν είναι ενεργοποιημένο το %1." +msgid "All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when %1 is enabled." +msgstr "Όλα τα πακέτα που προτείνονται από ένα ενημερωμένο πακέτο θα εγκαθίστανται όταν είναι ενεργοποιημένο το %1." #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped." -msgstr "" -"Το φιλτράρισμα κατηγορίας για τις διορθώσεις πρέπει να ρυθμίζεται στην " -"ενότητα %1. Θα εγκαθίστανται μόνο οι διορθώσεις των κατηγοριών που " -"εμφανίζονται. Οι άλλες θα παραβλέπονται." +msgid "Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped." +msgstr "Το φιλτράρισμα κατηγορίας για τις διορθώσεις πρέπει να ρυθμίζεται στην ενότητα %1. Θα εγκαθίστανται μόνο οι διορθώσεις των κατηγοριών που εμφανίζονται. Οι άλλες θα παραβλέπονται." #. cache the base product details #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 @@ -228,19 +211,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "In order to add the default update repository\n" #~| "you have to register this product." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In order to add the default update repository\\nyou have to register this " -#~ "product." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να προσθέσετε το προεπιλεγμένο αποθετήριο ενημερώσεων\\nπρέπει να " -#~ "εγγράψετε αυτό το προϊόν." +#~ msgid "In order to add the default update repository\\nyou have to register this product." +#~ msgstr "Για να προσθέσετε το προεπιλεγμένο αποθετήριο ενημερώσεων\\nπρέπει να εγγράψετε αυτό το προϊόν." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval " -#~ "to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the " -#~ "updater will use the default answers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Στο%1 ρυθμίστε την αυτόματη άμεση ενημέρωση. Επιλέξτε το " -#~ "χρονικό διάστημα στη χρήση και αν τα πακέτα διορθώσεων πρέπει ν' " -#~ "αγνοηθούν, διαφορετικά η ενημέρωση θα χρησιμοποιήσει τις προεπιλεγμένες " -#~ "απαντήσεις." +#~ msgid "In %1 set up the automatic online update. Choose the interval to use and if interactive patches should be ignored, otherwise the updater will use the default answers." +#~ msgstr "Στο%1 ρυθμίστε την αυτόματη άμεση ενημέρωση. Επιλέξτε το χρονικό διάστημα στη χρήση και αν τα πακέτα διορθώσεων πρέπει ν' αγνοηθούν, διαφορετικά η ενημέρωση θα χρησιμοποιήσει τις προεπιλεγμένες απαντήσεις." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/online-update.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/online-update.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/online-update.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -78,18 +78,12 @@ #. command line help text for cd_directory option #: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" -msgstr "" -"Κατάλογος για δεδομένα διόρθωσης στο CD (προεπιλεγμένη τιμή είναι '%1')" +msgstr "Κατάλογος για δεδομένα διόρθωσης στο CD (προεπιλεγμένη τιμή είναι '%1')" #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"Το σύστημα αρχικοποιεί την εγκατάσταση και ενημερώνει τα αποθετήρια. Τα " -"αποθετήρια μπορούν να αλλάξουν στο άρθρωμα Πηγές Εγκατάστασης." +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "Το σύστημα αρχικοποιεί την εγκατάσταση και ενημερώνει τα αποθετήρια. Τα αποθετήρια μπορούν να αλλάξουν στο άρθρωμα Πηγές Εγκατάστασης." #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -176,17 +170,12 @@ msgstr "" "Μετά τη σύνδεση με τον εξυπηρετητή ενημέρωσης,\n" "το YaST2 θα λάβει όλες τις επιλεγμένες διορθώσεις.\n" -"Αυτό θα πάρει λίγο χρόνο. Λεπτομέρειες για την λήψη θα φανούν σε παράθυρο " -"καταγραφής." +"Αυτό θα πάρει λίγο χρόνο. Λεπτομέρειες για την λήψη θα φανούν σε παράθυρο καταγραφής." #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Αν υπάρχουν ειδικά μηνύματα σχετικά με τις διαθέσιμες διορθώσεις, θα " -"εμφανιστούν σε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο όταν η διόρθωση εγκαθίσταται.\n" +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "Αν υπάρχουν ειδικά μηνύματα σχετικά με τις διαθέσιμες διορθώσεις, θα εμφανιστούν σε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο όταν η διόρθωση εγκαθίσταται.\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 @@ -261,8 +250,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"Τουλάχιστον μια από τις εγκατεστημένες ενημερώσεις απαιτεί επανεκκίνηση της " -"συνεδρίας.\n" +"Τουλάχιστον μια από τις εγκατεστημένες ενημερώσεις απαιτεί επανεκκίνηση της συνεδρίας.\n" "Αποσυνδεθείτε και επανασυνδεθείτε το συντομότερο δυνατόν.\n" #. popup message @@ -280,8 +268,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Τουλάχιστον μια από τις εγκατεστημένες ενημερώσεις απαιτεί επανεκκίνηση του " -"συστήματος για να λειτουργήσει\n" +"Τουλάχιστον μια από τις εγκατεστημένες ενημερώσεις απαιτεί επανεκκίνηση του συστήματος για να λειτουργήσει\n" "σωστά. Επανεκκίνηση του συστήματος το συντομότερο δυνατόν." #. popup message @@ -293,26 +280,22 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Τουλάχιστον μια από τις εγκατεστημένες ενημερώσεις απαιτεί επανεκκίνηση του " -"συστήματος για να λειτουργήσει σωστά:\n" +"Τουλάχιστον μια από τις εγκατεστημένες ενημερώσεις απαιτεί επανεκκίνηση του συστήματος για να λειτουργήσει σωστά:\n" "%1.\n" "Επανεκκίνηση του συστήματος το συντομότερο δυνατόν." #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες διορθώσεις για τον διαχειριστή πακέτων οι οποίες " -"απαιτούν επανεκκίνηση του YaST.\n" -"Θα πρέπει να εγκατασταθούν πρώτα και μετά την επανεκκίνηση να εγκατασταθούν " -"όλες οι άλλες διορθώσεις.\n" +"Υπάρχουν διαθέσιμες διορθώσεις για τον διαχειριστή πακέτων οι οποίες απαιτούν επανεκκίνηση του YaST.\n" +"Θα πρέπει να εγκατασταθούν πρώτα και μετά την επανεκκίνηση να εγκατασταθούν όλες οι άλλες διορθώσεις.\n" "\n" "Επιλέξατε κάποιες άλλες διορθώσεις να εγκατασταθούν τώρα.\n" "\n" @@ -494,8 +477,7 @@ msgstr "" "Η λήψη και η εγκατάσταση των διορθώσεων βρίσκεται σε πρόοδο.\n" "Αν ματαιώσετε την εγκατάσταση τώρα, η ενημέρωση θα μείνει ανολοκλήρωτη.\n" -"Επαναλάβετε την ενημέρωση, συμπεριλαμβανομένης και της λήψης, αν είναι " -"επιθυμητό.\n" +"Επαναλάβετε την ενημέρωση, συμπεριλαμβανομένης και της λήψης, αν είναι επιθυμητό.\n" #. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 @@ -511,8 +493,7 @@ #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 msgid "Really abort YaST Online Update?" -msgstr "" -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να γίνει ματαίωση της άμεσης ενημέρωσης του YaST;" +msgstr "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να γίνει ματαίωση της άμεσης ενημέρωσης του YaST;" #. Button that will really abort the installation #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 @@ -551,8 +532,7 @@ #. Dialog label above a list of patches #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" -msgstr "" -"Αυτές οι διορθώσεις θα χρειαστούν επανεκκίνηση μετά την εγκατάστασή τους." +msgstr "Αυτές οι διορθώσεις θα χρειαστούν επανεκκίνηση μετά την εγκατάστασή τους." #. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 @@ -562,9 +542,7 @@ #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "" -"Κατά την άμεση ενημέρωση δεν μπόρεσαν να αποεπιλεγούν μερικές διορθώσεις που " -"απαιτούν επανεκκίνηση." +msgstr "Κατά την άμεση ενημέρωση δεν μπόρεσαν να αποεπιλεγούν μερικές διορθώσεις που απαιτούν επανεκκίνηση." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 @@ -586,9 +564,7 @@ "Επικοινωνήστε μαζί μας εάν χρειάζεστε περισσότερη βοήθεια." #~ msgid "These patches will need rebooting after instalation" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το σύστημά σας θα χρειαστεί επανεκκίνηση μετά την εγκατάσταση των " -#~ "ενημερώσεων" +#~ msgstr "Το σύστημά σας θα χρειαστεί επανεκκίνηση μετά την εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you abort the installation now, SuSEconfig will\n" Added: trunk/yast/el/po/opensuse_mirror.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/opensuse_mirror.el.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/opensuse_mirror.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +# Greek message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-07-17 16:12+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Bill Giannakopoulos <BillG(a)hellug.gr>\n" +"Language-Team: Greek <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: el\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Κατάλογος" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Σφάλμα" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "ναι" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "όχι" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Έξοδος" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Σφάλμα" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Επιλογή ή &Αφαίρεση Όλων" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/packager.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/packager.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/packager.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 #: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Το αντίγραφο ασφαλείας του %1 απέτυχε. Δείτε το %2 για λεπτομέρειες." #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 @@ -256,8 +256,7 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Οι εξωτερικές πηγές καθορίζονται από το προϊόν απαιτούν σύνδεση με το " -"διαδίκτυο.\n" +"Οι εξωτερικές πηγές καθορίζονται από το προϊόν απαιτούν σύνδεση με το διαδίκτυο.\n" "\n" "Θέλετε να τις ρυθμίσετε;" @@ -401,28 +400,18 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τα αποθετήρια από το διαδίκτυο που θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε και " -"έπειτα πατήστε Επόμενο.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τα αποθετήρια από το διαδίκτυο που θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε και έπειτα πατήστε Επόμενο.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τα αποθετήρια από το διαδίκτυο που θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε και " -"έπειτα πατήστε Τέλος.\n" +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τα αποθετήρια από το διαδίκτυο που θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε και έπειτα πατήστε Τέλος.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 msgid "To remove a used repository, simply deselect it." -msgstr "" -"Για να αφαιρέσετε ένα χρησιμοποιούμενο αποθετήριο, απλά αποεπιλέξτε το.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Για να αφαιρέσετε ένα χρησιμοποιούμενο αποθετήριο, απλά αποεπιλέξτε το." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1371 @@ -434,9 +423,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "" -"Ο διαχειριστής αποθετηρίων λαμβάνει τις λεπτομέρειες των αποθετηρίων...</" -"p>" +msgstr "Ο διαχειριστής αποθετηρίων λαμβάνει τις λεπτομέρειες των αποθετηρίων..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -501,8 +488,7 @@ "Η άμεση χρήση αποθετηρίων κατά την αρχική εγκατάσταση με μνήμη συστήματος\n" "λιγότερη από %dMiB, δεν συνίσταται.\n" "\n" -"Ο εγκαταστάτης πιθανό να καταρρεύσει ή να μην ανταποκρίνεται εάν το " -"επιπρόσθετο πακέτο\n" +"Ο εγκαταστάτης πιθανό να καταρρεύσει ή να μην ανταποκρίνεται εάν το επιπρόσθετο πακέτο\n" "χρειάζεται πολλή μνήμη.\n" "\n" "Η χρήση άμεσων αποθετηρίων συνίσταται μετά την εγκατάσταση του συστήματος." @@ -530,12 +516,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Αποτυχία εκτέλεσης επιλυτή των πακέτων. Ελέγξτε την επιλογή λογισμικού σας " -"στο προφίλ του AutoYaST." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Αποτυχία εκτέλεσης επιλυτή των πακέτων. Ελέγξτε την επιλογή λογισμικού σας στο προφίλ του AutoYaST." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -600,12 +582,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Εγκατάσταση Αποθετηρίων - Αυτό το άρθρωμα δεν υποστηρίζει διασύνδεση μέσω " -"γραμμής εντολών, αντί αυτού χρησιμοποιήστε το '%1'." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Αποθετηρίων - Αυτό το άρθρωμα δεν υποστηρίζει διασύνδεση μέσω γραμμής εντολών, αντί αυτού χρησιμοποιήστε το '%1'." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -771,33 +749,21 @@ "Διαχείριση ρυθμισμένων αποθετηρίων λογισμικού και υπηρεσιών.\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Μιά υπηρεσία ή Υπηρεσία Ευρετηρίου Αποθετηρίου (RIS) είναι " -"το πρωτόκολλο για τον διαχειριστή αποθετηρίων. Μια υπηρεσία μπορεί να " -"προσφέρει ένα ή περισσότερα αποθετήρια τα οποία μπορούν να αλλάξουν δυναμικά " -"από τον διαχειριστή υπηρεσιών." +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "Μιά υπηρεσία ή Υπηρεσία Ευρετηρίου Αποθετηρίου (RIS) είναι το πρωτόκολλο για τον διαχειριστή αποθετηρίων. Μια υπηρεσία μπορεί να προσφέρει ένα ή περισσότερα αποθετήρια τα οποία μπορούν να αλλάξουν δυναμικά από τον διαχειριστή υπηρεσιών." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Προσθήκη Νέου Αποθετηρίου ή Υπηρεσίας \n" -"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο αποθετήριο, χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη και " -"καθορίστε το αποθετήριο λογισμικού ή την υπηρεσία.\n" -"Το YaST θα ανιχνεύσει αυτόματα εάν η υπηρεσία ή το αποθετήριο είναι " -"διαθέσιμο στην τοποθεσία που εισάγατε.\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο αποθετήριο, χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη και καθορίστε το αποθετήριο λογισμικού ή την υπηρεσία.\n" +"Το YaST θα ανιχνεύσει αυτόματα εάν η υπηρεσία ή το αποθετήριο είναι διαθέσιμο στην τοποθεσία που εισάγατε.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -839,70 +805,44 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Τροποποίηση της Κατάστασης Αποθετηρίου ή μιας Υπηρεσίας\n" -"Για να αλλάξετε την τοποθεσία ενός αποθετηρίου, χρησιμοποιήστε το " -"Επεξεργασία. Για να αφαιρέσετε ένα αποθετήριο, χρησιμοποιήστε το\n" -"Διαγραφή. Για να ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε το αποθετήριο ή " -"να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση ανανέωσης στην ώρα της αρχικοποίησης, επιλέξτε το " -"αποθετήριο από τον πίνακα και χρησιμοποιήστε τα παρακάτω κουμπιά επιλογών.\n" +"Για να αλλάξετε την τοποθεσία ενός αποθετηρίου, χρησιμοποιήστε το Επεξεργασία. Για να αφαιρέσετε ένα αποθετήριο, χρησιμοποιήστε το\n" +"Διαγραφή. Για να ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε το αποθετήριο ή να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση ανανέωσης στην ώρα της αρχικοποίησης, επιλέξτε το αποθετήριο από τον πίνακα και χρησιμοποιήστε τα παρακάτω κουμπιά επιλογών.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Προτεραιότητα ενός Αποθετηρίου \n" -"Η προτεραιότητα ενός αποθετηρίου είναι ακέραια τιμή μεταξύ 0 (υψηλότερη " -"προτεραιότητα) και 200 (χαμηλότερη προτεραιότητα). Η προεπιλεγμένη " -"προτεραιότητα είναι 99. Εάν το πακέτο είναι διαθέσιμο σε περισσότερα " -"αποθετήρια, το αποθετήριο με την υψηλότερη προτεραιότητα χρησιμοποιείται.</" -"P>\n" +"Η προτεραιότητα ενός αποθετηρίου είναι ακέραια τιμή μεταξύ 0 (υψηλότερη προτεραιότητα) και 200 (χαμηλότερη προτεραιότητα). Η προεπιλεγμένη προτεραιότητα είναι 99. Εάν το πακέτο είναι διαθέσιμο σε περισσότερα αποθετήρια, το αποθετήριο με την υψηλότερη προτεραιότητα χρησιμοποιείται.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη ρύθμιση επάνω από το παράθυρο για πλοήγηση στα " -"αποθετήρια και τις υπηρεσίες." +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη ρύθμιση επάνω από το παράθυρο για πλοήγηση στα αποθετήρια και τις υπηρεσίες." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -"Διατήρηση Ληφθέντων Πακέτων Επιλέξτε αυτή την ρύθμιση για να " -"διατηρήσετε\n" -"τα ληφθέντα πακέτα στην τοπική λανθάνουσα μνήμη ώστε να χρησιμοποιηθούν " -"αργότερα\n" -"όταν τα πακέτα εγκαθίστανται ξανά. Εάν δεν είναι επιλεγμένη, τα ληφθέντα " -"πακέτα διαγράφονται μετά την εγκατάσταση." +"Διατήρηση Ληφθέντων Πακέτων Επιλέξτε αυτή την ρύθμιση για να διατηρήσετε\n" +"τα ληφθέντα πακέτα στην τοπική λανθάνουσα μνήμη ώστε να χρησιμοποιηθούν αργότερα\n" +"όταν τα πακέτα εγκαθίστανται ξανά. Εάν δεν είναι επιλεγμένη, τα ληφθέντα πακέτα διαγράφονται μετά την εγκατάσταση." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"Η προεπιλεγμένη τοπική λανθάνουσα μνήμη βρίσκεται στον κατάλογο /var/" -"cache/zypp/packages. Αλλάξτε την τοποθεσία στο αρχείο /etc/zypp/zypp." -"conf. " +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "Η προεπιλεγμένη τοπική λανθάνουσα μνήμη βρίσκεται στον κατάλογο /var/cache/zypp/packages. Αλλάξτε την τοποθεσία στο αρχείο /etc/zypp/zypp.conf. " #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -1018,9 +958,7 @@ #. Error popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Παρουσιάστηκαν σφάλματα κατά την επαναφορά των ρυθμίσεων των αποθετηρίων." -"\n" +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκαν σφάλματα κατά την επαναφορά των ρυθμίσεων των αποθετηρίων.\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -1033,11 +971,8 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"Αδύνατη η αυτόματη επίλυση μερικών εξαρτήσεων. Απαιτείται χειροκίνητη " -"επέμβαση." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "Αδύνατη η αυτόματη επίλυση μερικών εξαρτήσεων. Απαιτείται χειροκίνητη επέμβαση." #. this is a heading #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 @@ -1051,12 +986,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Εγκατάσταση Λογισμικού - Αυτό το άρθρωμα δεν υποστηρίζει διασύνδεση γραμμής " -"εντολών, αντί αυτού χρησιμοποιήστε το '%1'." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Λογισμικού - Αυτό το άρθρωμα δεν υποστηρίζει διασύνδεση γραμμής εντολών, αντί αυτού χρησιμοποιήστε το '%1'." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1066,9 +997,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα: Αδυναμία προσθήκης προσωρινού καταλόγου, τα πακέτα δεν μπορούν να " -"εγκατασταθούν." +msgstr "Σφάλμα: Αδυναμία προσθήκης προσωρινού καταλόγου, τα πακέτα δεν μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν." #. error message #. error message @@ -1189,9 +1118,7 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "" -"Η μονάδα δεν περιέχει κάποιο μέσο ή το σύστημα αρχείων ISO είναι " -"κατεστραμμένο." +msgstr "Η μονάδα δεν περιέχει κάποιο μέσο ή το σύστημα αρχείων ISO είναι κατεστραμμένο." #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1200,11 +1127,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα -- Η άθροιση του MD5 δεν ταιριάζει Το μέσο δεν μπορεί να " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί." +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "Σφάλμα -- Η άθροιση του MD5 δεν ταιριάζει Το μέσο δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 @@ -1230,8 +1154,7 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Όταν έχετε κάποιο πρόβλημα κατά την εγκατάσταση\n" @@ -1241,31 +1164,24 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε έναν οδηγό, εισάγετε ένα μέσο στον οδηγό, και πατήστε " -"Εκκίνηση Ελέγχου\n" +"Επιλέξτε έναν οδηγό, εισάγετε ένα μέσο στον οδηγό, και πατήστε Εκκίνηση Ελέγχου\n" "ή χρησιμοποιήστε το Έλεγχος Αρχείου ISO και επιλέξτε ένα αρχείο ISO.\n" "Ο έλεγχος μπορεί να απαιτήσει μερικά λεπτά ανάλογα\n" -"με την ταχύτητα του οδηγού και το μέγεθος του μέσου. Ο έλεγχος επαληθεύει το " -"άθροισμα MD5." +"με την ταχύτητα του οδηγού και το μέγεθος του μέσου. Ο έλεγχος επαληθεύει το άθροισμα MD5." #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" -"Εάν αποτύχει ο έλεγχος του μέσου, δεν θα πρέπει να συνεχίσετε την " -"εγκατάσταση.\n" -"Μπορεί να αποτύχει ή μπορεί να χάσετε τα δεδομένα σας. Καλύτερα " -"αντικαταστήστε το χαλασμένο μέσο.\n" +"Εάν αποτύχει ο έλεγχος του μέσου, δεν θα πρέπει να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση.\n" +"Μπορεί να αποτύχει ή μπορεί να χάσετε τα δεδομένα σας. Καλύτερα αντικαταστήστε το χαλασμένο μέσο.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1273,41 +1189,28 @@ "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" msgstr "" -"Μετά τον έλεγχο, εισάγετε το επόμενο μέσο και να ξαναρχίσετε την " -"διαδικασία.\n" +"Μετά τον έλεγχο, εισάγετε το επόμενο μέσο και να ξαναρχίσετε την διαδικασία.\n" "Η σειρά του μέσου είναι άσχετη.\n" # help text 2/4 or 2/7 #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" -msgstr "" -"Σημείωση:Δεν μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το μέσο κατά την χρήση του από " -"το σύστημα." +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +msgstr "Σημείωση:Δεν μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το μέσο κατά την χρήση του από το σύστημα." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Για να ελέγξετε το μέσο πριν την εγκατάσταση, χρησιμοποιήστε τον έλεγχο " -"μέσων από το μενού εκκίνησης." +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Για να ελέγξετε το μέσο πριν την εγκατάσταση, χρησιμοποιήστε τον έλεγχο μέσων από το μενού εκκίνησης." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" -"Εάν εγγράψετε μόνοι σας το μέσο, χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή pad " -"στο λογισμικό\n" -"εγγραφής. Αποφεύγει σφάλματα ανάγνωσης στο τέλος του μέσου κατά τη διάρκεια " -"του ελέγχου.\n" +"Εάν εγγράψετε μόνοι σας το μέσο, χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή pad στο λογισμικό\n" +"εγγραφής. Αποφεύγει σφάλματα ανάγνωσης στο τέλος του μέσου κατά τη διάρκεια του ελέγχου.\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1317,8 +1220,7 @@ "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "Προτείνεται να ελεγχθούν όλα τα μέσα εγκατάστασης\n" -"προς αποφυγή προβλημάτων εγκατάστασης. Για να παραλειφθεί αυτό το βήμα " -"πατήστε 'Επόμενο'" +"προς αποφυγή προβλημάτων εγκατάστασης. Για να παραλειφθεί αυτό το βήμα πατήστε 'Επόμενο'" #. combo box #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 @@ -1467,8 +1369,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Προσθήκη Νέου Κλειδιού GPG \n" -"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο κλειδί GPG, καθορίστε τη διαδρομή του αρχείου " -"κλειδιού.\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο κλειδί GPG, καθορίστε τη διαδρομή του αρχείου κλειδιού.\n" "\n" #. header in file selection popup @@ -1495,8 +1396,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Προσθήκη Νέου Κλειδιού GPG \n" -"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο κλειδί GPG, χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη και " -"καθορίστε τη διαδρομή του αρχείου κλειδιού.\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο κλειδί GPG, χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη και καθορίστε τη διαδρομή του αρχείου κλειδιού.\n" "" #. help, continued @@ -1510,9 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Τροποποίηση Κατάστασης Κλειδιού GPG\n" -"Για να τροποποιήσετε ένα έμπιστο κλειδί, χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή " -"Επεξεργασία. Για να αφαιρέσετε ένα κλειδί GPG, χρησιμοποιήστε την " -"επιλογή\n" +"Για να τροποποιήσετε ένα έμπιστο κλειδί, χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή Επεξεργασία. Για να αφαιρέσετε ένα κλειδί GPG, χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή\n" " Διαγραφή\n" "\n" @@ -1625,9 +1523,7 @@ #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." -msgstr "" -"Παρουσιάστηκε ένα σφάλμα κατά τη διάρκεια προετοιμασίας του συστήματος " -"εγκατάστασης." +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε ένα σφάλμα κατά τη διάρκεια προετοιμασίας του συστήματος εγκατάστασης." # command line output #. error report @@ -1659,12 +1555,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -"Το αποθετήριο εγκατάστασης περιέχει επίσης την λίστα των επιπρόσθετων " -"αποθετηρίων.\n" +"Το αποθετήριο εγκατάστασης περιέχει επίσης την λίστα των επιπρόσθετων αποθετηρίων.\n" "Επιλέξτε αυτά που θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε.\n" #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 @@ -1830,49 +1724,28 @@ #. warning text #: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Ο υπολογιστής σας είναι σύστημα 64-bit x86-64, αλλά προσπαθείτε να " -"εγκαταστήσετε μια διανομή 32-bit." +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Ο υπολογιστής σας είναι σύστημα 64-bit x86-64, αλλά προσπαθείτε να εγκαταστήσετε μια διανομή 32-bit." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"Η λίστας των pattern καθιστά ποια λειτουργικότητα θα είναι διαθέσιμη μετά " -"την εγκατάσταση του συστήματος." +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "Η λίστας των pattern καθιστά ποια λειτουργικότητα θα είναι διαθέσιμη μετά την εγκατάσταση του συστήματος." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"Η πρόταση αναφέρει το συνολικό μέγεθος των αρχείων τα οποία θα " -"εγκατασταθούν στο σύστημα. Ωστόσο, το σύστημα θα περιέχει μερικά άλλα αρχεία " -"(αρχεία προσωρινά και εργασίας), έτσι ο χρησιμοποιούμενος χώρος θα είναι " -"λίγο μεγαλύτερος από την προτεινόμενη τιμή. Άρα είναι καλή ιδέα να έχετε " -"τουλάχιστον 25% (ή περίπου 300MB) ελεύθερο χώρο πριν την έναρξη της " -"εγκατάστασης." +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "Η πρόταση αναφέρει το συνολικό μέγεθος των αρχείων τα οποία θα εγκατασταθούν στο σύστημα. Ωστόσο, το σύστημα θα περιέχει μερικά άλλα αρχεία (αρχεία προσωρινά και εργασίας), έτσι ο χρησιμοποιούμενος χώρος θα είναι λίγο μεγαλύτερος από την προτεινόμενη τιμή. Άρα είναι καλή ιδέα να έχετε τουλάχιστον 25% (ή περίπου 300MB) ελεύθερο χώρο πριν την έναρξη της εγκατάστασης." #. help text for software proposal #: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" "Το συνολικό 'μέγεθος λήψης' είναι το μέγεθος των πακέτων που θα ληφθούν\n" -"από απομακρυσμένα (δίκτυο) αποθετήρια. Αυτή η τιμή είναι σημαντική όταν η " -"σύνδεση είναι αργή ή όταν υπάρχει όριο δεδομένων για λήψη.\n" +"από απομακρυσμένα (δίκτυο) αποθετήρια. Αυτή η τιμή είναι σημαντική όταν η σύνδεση είναι αργή ή όταν υπάρχει όριο δεδομένων για λήψη.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header #: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 @@ -1911,36 +1784,23 @@ #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Επικοινωνήστε με τους κατασκευαστές αυτών των πρόσθετων για να σας παρέχουν " -"νέα μέσα εγκατάστασης." +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Επικοινωνήστε με τους κατασκευαστές αυτών των πρόσθετων για να σας παρέχουν νέα μέσα εγκατάστασης." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically #: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Επικοινωνήστε με τον κατασκευαστή του πρόσθετου για να σας παρέχει νέο μέσο " -"εγκατάστασης." +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Επικοινωνήστε με τον κατασκευαστή του πρόσθετου για να σας παρέχει νέο μέσο εγκατάστασης." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα: Αδυναμία ελέγχου ελεύθερου χώρου στον βασικό κατάλογο %1 (συσκευή " -"%2), αδυναμία έναρξης εγκατάστασης." +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Σφάλμα: Αδυναμία ελέγχου ελεύθερου χώρου στον βασικό κατάλογο %1 (συσκευή %2), αδυναμία έναρξης εγκατάστασης." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" #: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "" -"Προσοχή: Αδυναμία ελέγχου ελεύθερου χώρου στον κατάλογο %1 (συσκευή %2)." +msgstr "Προσοχή: Αδυναμία ελέγχου ελεύθερου χώρου στον κατάλογο %1 (συσκευή %2)." #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 @@ -1950,9 +1810,7 @@ #. summary warning #: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"Δεν υπάρχει αρκετός χώρος στο δίσκο. Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε κάποια πακέτα σε " -"αυτήν την επιλογή." +msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει αρκετός χώρος στο δίσκο. Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε κάποια πακέτα σε αυτήν την επιλογή." #. add a backslash if it's missing #: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 @@ -1994,10 +1852,8 @@ msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -2010,17 +1866,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" -"Οι σημειώσεις έκδοσης για την πρωταρχική έκδοση είναι μέρος του μέσου " -"εγκατάστασης\n" -"Εάν κατά την εγκατάσταση είναι διαθέσιμη μια σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε " -"να κατεβάσετε\n" -"τις ενημερωμένες σημειώσεις έκδοσης από τον εξυπηρετητή του SUSE Linux.</" -"p>\n" +"Οι σημειώσεις έκδοσης για την πρωταρχική έκδοση είναι μέρος του μέσου εγκατάστασης\n" +"Εάν κατά την εγκατάσταση είναι διαθέσιμη μια σύνδεση στο διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε να κατεβάσετε\n" +"τις ενημερωμένες σημειώσεις έκδοσης από τον εξυπηρετητή του SUSE Linux.\n" #. popup - information label #: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 @@ -2086,13 +1938,8 @@ msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης του αρχείου άδειας %1" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Για τη σωστή προβολή της άδειας χρήσης του προϊόντος, τοποθετήστε το αρχείο " -"license.tar.gz στον κατάλογο του root στο κατά τη δημιουργία της εικόνας " -"δεδομένων." +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Για τη σωστή προβολή της άδειας χρήσης του προϊόντος, τοποθετήστε το αρχείο license.tar.gz στον κατάλογο του root στο κατά τη δημιουργία της εικόνας δεδομένων." #. combo box #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 @@ -2102,7 +1949,7 @@ #. check box label #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Συμφωνώ με την &Άδεια Χρήσης" #. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 @@ -2445,14 +2292,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Όνομα Πηγής Εγκατάστασης</big> \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Όνομα Πηγής Εγκατάστασης για να καθορίσετε το όνομα " -"της πηγής εγκατάστασης. Αν είναι άδειο, το YaST θα χρησιμοποιήσει το όνομα " -"του προϊόντος (αν είναι διαθέσιμο) ή το URL ως όνομα.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Όνομα Πηγής Εγκατάστασης για να καθορίσετε το όνομα της πηγής εγκατάστασης. Αν είναι άδειο, το YaST θα χρησιμοποιήσει το όνομα του προϊόντος (αν είναι διαθέσιμο) ή το URL ως όνομα.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 @@ -2463,13 +2306,10 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Όνομα Υπηρεσίας</big> \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Όνομα Υπηρεσίας για να καθορίσετε το όνομα " -"τυπηρεσίας. Αν είναι κενό, το YaST θα χρησιμοποιήσει μέρος της URL της " -"υπηρεσίας ως όνομα.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Όνομα Υπηρεσίας για να καθορίσετε το όνομα τυπηρεσίας. Αν είναι κενό, το YaST θα χρησιμοποιήσει μέρος της URL της υπηρεσίας ως όνομα.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 @@ -2488,8 +2328,7 @@ "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." msgstr "" "<big>URL Πηγής Εγκατάστασης</big> \n" -"Χρησιμοποιείστε το URL για να καθορίσετε το URL της πηγής " -"εγκατάστασης." +"Χρησιμοποιείστε το URL για να καθορίσετε το URL της πηγής εγκατάστασης." #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map @@ -2511,25 +2350,20 @@ "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" "<big>Διακομιστής NFS</big> \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Όνομα Διακομιστή και Διαδρομή προς τον Κατάλογο " -"ή Εικόνα ISO\n" -"για να καθορίσετε το όνομα του διακομιστή NFS και την διαδρομή μέσα σε αυτόν." -"" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Όνομα Διακομιστή και Διαδρομή προς τον Κατάλογο ή Εικόνα ISO\n" +"για να καθορίσετε το όνομα του διακομιστή NFS και την διαδρομή μέσα σε αυτόν." #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Επιλογές Προσάρτησης</big> \n" "Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε επιπλέον επιλογές για προσάρτηση του τόμου NFS.\n" -"Αυτή η επιλογή είναι για προχωρημένους, προτείνετα να κρατήσετε την " -"προεπιλεγμένη τιμή.\n" -"Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε στο man 5 nfs και την λίστα των " -"υποστηριζόμενων επιλογών." +"Αυτή η επιλογή είναι για προχωρημένους, προτείνετα να κρατήσετε την προεπιλεγμένη τιμή.\n" +"Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε στο man 5 nfs και την λίστα των υποστηριζόμενων επιλογών." #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 @@ -2547,8 +2381,7 @@ "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>Μέσο CD ή DVD</big> \n" -"Ορίστε το CD-ROM ή το DVD-ROM για να καθορίσετε τον τύπο του " -"μέσου." +"Ορίστε το CD-ROM ή το DVD-ROM για να καθορίσετε τον τύπο του μέσου." #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 @@ -2604,11 +2437,9 @@ "Plain RPM Directory.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Τοπικός Κατάλογος</big> \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη Διαδρομή προς τον Κατάλογο για να καθορίσετε την " -"διαδρομή\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη Διαδρομή προς τον Κατάλογο για να καθορίσετε την διαδρομή\n" "προς τον κατάλογο. Εάν ο κατάλογος περιέχει μόνο τα πακέτα RPM χωρίς\n" -"τα μεταδεδομένα (π.χ. δεν υπάρουν πληροφορίες προϊόντος), μετά κάντε κλικ " -"στην επιλογή\n" +"τα μεταδεδομένα (π.χ. δεν υπάρουν πληροφορίες προϊόντος), μετά κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή\n" "Απλός Κατάλογος RPM.\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), @@ -2637,13 +2468,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>USB Stick ή Δίσκος</big> \n" "Επιλέξτε την συσκευή USB όπου βρίσκεται το αποθετήριο.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη Διαδρομή προς τον Κατάλογο για να καθορίσετε τον " -"κατάλογο του αποθετηρίου.\n" -"Εάν η διαδρομή διαδρομή παραληφθεί, το σύστημα θα χρησιμοποιήσει τον " -"κατάλογο root του δίσκου.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη Διαδρομή προς τον Κατάλογο για να καθορίσετε τον κατάλογο του αποθετηρίου.\n" +"Εάν η διαδρομή διαδρομή παραληφθεί, το σύστημα θα χρησιμοποιήσει τον κατάλογο root του δίσκου.\n" "Εάν ο κατάλογος περιέχει μόνο πακέτα RPM χωρίς\n" -"τα μεταδεδομένα (π.χ. δεν υπάρχουν πληροφορίες προϊόντος) κάντε κλικ στην " -"επιλογή\n" +"τα μεταδεδομένα (π.χ. δεν υπάρχουν πληροφορίες προϊόντος) κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή\n" "Απλός Κατάλογος RPM.\n" #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! @@ -2655,10 +2483,8 @@ "want to use a certain file system, select it from the list.\n" msgstr "" "Το σύστημα αρχείων το οποίο χρησιμοποιείται στην συσκευή θα ανιχνεύσει\n" -"αυτόματα εάν είναι επιλεγμένο το σύστημα αρχείων 'auto'. Εάν η ανίχνευση " -"αποτύχει\n" -"ή θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε συγκεκριμένο σύστημα αρχείων, επιλέξτε το από " -"την λίστα.\n" +"αυτόματα εάν είναι επιλεγμένο το σύστημα αρχείων 'auto'. Εάν η ανίχνευση αποτύχει\n" +"ή θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε συγκεκριμένο σύστημα αρχείων, επιλέξτε το από την λίστα.\n" #. combobox title #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 @@ -2677,13 +2503,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Δίσκος</big> \n" "Επιλέξτε τον δίσκο όπου βρίσκεται το αποθετήριο.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη Διαδρομή προς τον Κατάλογο για να καθορίσετε την " -"διαδρομή προς το αποθετήριο.\n" -"Εάν η διαδρομή παραληφθεί, το σύστημα θα χρησιμοποιήσει τον κατάλογο root " -"του δίσκου.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη Διαδρομή προς τον Κατάλογο για να καθορίσετε την διαδρομή προς το αποθετήριο.\n" +"Εάν η διαδρομή παραληφθεί, το σύστημα θα χρησιμοποιήσει τον κατάλογο root του δίσκου.\n" "Εάν ο κατάλογος περιέχει μόνο πακέτα RPM χωρίς\n" -"τα μεταδεδομένα (π.χ. δεν υπάρχουν πληροφορίες προϊόντος) κάντε κλικ στην " -"επιλογή\n" +"τα μεταδεδομένα (π.χ. δεν υπάρχουν πληροφορίες προϊόντος) κάντε κλικ στην επιλογή\n" "Απλός Κατάλογος RPM.\n" #. text entry @@ -2699,8 +2522,7 @@ "ISO image file." msgstr "" "<big>Τοπική Εικόνα ISO</big> \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη Διαδρομή προς την Εικόνα ISO για να καθορίσετε την " -"διαδρομή προς το\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη Διαδρομή προς την Εικόνα ISO για να καθορίσετε την διαδρομή προς το\n" "αρχείο της εικόνας ISO." #. text entry @@ -2776,35 +2598,28 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Εξυπηρετητής και Κατάλογος</big> \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τα Όνομα Εξυπηρετητή και Διαδρομή προς τον Κατάλογο " -"ή την Εικόνα ISO\n" -"για να καθορίσετε το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή NFS και την διαδρομή μέσα στον " -"εξυπηρετητή.\n" -"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε την πιστοποίηση, αφαιρέστε την επιλογή Anonymous</" -"b> και καθορίστε το\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε τα Όνομα Εξυπηρετητή και Διαδρομή προς τον Κατάλογο ή την Εικόνα ISO\n" +"για να καθορίσετε το όνομα του εξυπηρετητή NFS και την διαδρομή μέσα στον εξυπηρετητή.\n" +"Για να ενεργοποιήσετε την πιστοποίηση, αφαιρέστε την επιλογή Anonymous και καθορίστε το\n" "Όνομα Χρήστη και τον Κωδικό Πρόσβασης.\n" "\n" -"Για τα αποθετήρια SMB/CIFS, καθορίστε το όνομα του Κοινόχρηστου και " -"την Διαδρομή προς τον Κατάλογο ή την Εικόνα ISO. \n" +"Για τα αποθετήρια SMB/CIFS, καθορίστε το όνομα του Κοινόχρηστου και την Διαδρομή προς τον Κατάλογο ή την Εικόνα ISO. \n" "Αν η τοποθεσία είναι μια εικόνα ISO\n" "του μέσου εγκατάστασης, ορίστε το Εικόνα ISO.\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"Είναι δυνατό να ορίσετε τον αριθμό της Θύρας για μια πηγή HTTP/" -"HTTPS\n" +"Είναι δυνατό να ορίσετε τον αριθμό της Θύρας για μια πηγή HTTP/HTTPS\n" "Αφήστε το κενό για να χρησιμοποιηθεί η προεπιλεγμένη θύρα.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. @@ -2822,8 +2637,7 @@ "or on the hard disk." msgstr "" "<big>Τύπος Μέσου Πηγής Εγκατάστασης</big> \n" -"Η πηγή λογισμικού μπορεί να βρίσκεται σε CD, σε κάποιον δικτυακό " -"διακομιστή,\n" +"Η πηγή λογισμικού μπορεί να βρίσκεται σε CD, σε κάποιον δικτυακό διακομιστή,\n" "ή στον σκληρό δίσκο." #. help, continued @@ -2848,8 +2662,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Τα CD των προϊόντων μπορούν να αντιγραφούν στον σκληρό δίσκο.\n" -"Εισάγετε τη διαδρομή που βρίσκεται το πρώτο CD, για παράδειγμα, /data1/" -"CD1.\n" +"Εισάγετε τη διαδρομή που βρίσκεται το πρώτο CD, για παράδειγμα, /data1/CD1.\n" "Απαιτείται μόνο η διαδρομή βάσης εάν όλα τα CDs θα αντιγραφούν\n" "στον ίδιο κατάλογο.\n" @@ -2889,18 +2702,14 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Λήψη Αρχείων \n" -"Κάθε αποθετήριο έχει αρχεία περιγραφής τα οποία περιγράφουν το περιεχόμενο " -"για κάθε αποθετήριο.\n" -"Επιλέξτε το Λήψη αρχείων περιγραφής αποθετηρίων για να γίνει λήψη των " -"αρχείων\n" -"όταν κλείσει αυτό το άρθρωμα του YaST. Αν η επιλογή δεν επιλεχθεί, το YaST " -"θα\n" +"Κάθε αποθετήριο έχει αρχεία περιγραφής τα οποία περιγράφουν το περιεχόμενο για κάθε αποθετήριο.\n" +"Επιλέξτε το Λήψη αρχείων περιγραφής αποθετηρίων για να γίνει λήψη των αρχείων\n" +"όταν κλείσει αυτό το άρθρωμα του YaST. Αν η επιλογή δεν επιλεχθεί, το YaST θα\n" "κατεβάσει αυτόματα τα αρχεία όταν τα χρειαστεί αργότερα. \n" #. dialog caption @@ -3200,23 +3009,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all " -#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" +#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Αναζήτηση Πακέτου</big> \n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήσετε την λειτουργία της Αναζήτησης Πακέτων Webpin για " -#~ "αναζήτηση σε όλα τα γνωστά αποθετήρια openSUSE build service και " -#~ "κοινοτικά openSUSE.\n" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήσετε την λειτουργία της Αναζήτησης Πακέτων Webpin για αναζήτηση σε όλα τα γνωστά αποθετήρια openSUSE build service και κοινοτικά openSUSE.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of the\n" #~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" -#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ασφάλεια</big> Το λογισμικό που βρέθηκε δεν είναι " -#~ "μέρος της διανομής.\n" +#~ "<big>Ασφάλεια</big> Το λογισμικό που βρέθηκε δεν είναι μέρος της διανομής.\n" #~ "Πρέπει να αποφασίσετε εάν θα εμπιστευθείτε την πηγή του πακέτου.\n" #~ "Δεν φέρουμε καμία ευθύνη για την εγκατάσταση τέτοιου λογισμικού.\n" @@ -3230,8 +3033,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Αποτυχία Αναζήτησης" #~ msgid "No packages matching entered criteria were found." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν βρέθηκαν πακέτα σχετικά με τα κριτήρια που εισήχθησαν" +#~ msgstr "Δεν βρέθηκαν πακέτα σχετικά με τα κριτήρια που εισήχθησαν" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -3242,8 +3044,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Προσθήκη Νέου Κλειδιού GPG \n" -#~ "Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο κλειδί GPG, καθορίστε τη διαδρομή του αρχείου " -#~ "του κλειδιού.\n" +#~ "Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο κλειδί GPG, καθορίστε τη διαδρομή του αρχείου του κλειδιού.\n" #~ "Επιλέξτε Έμπιστο εάν το κλειδί είναι έμπιστο.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3254,8 +3055,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Άγνωστο αποθετήριο" #~ msgid "No further information available, use at your own risk." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιπλέον πληροφορίες δεν είναι διαθέσιμες, χρήση με δικά σας ευθύνη." +#~ msgstr "Επιπλέον πληροφορίες δεν είναι διαθέσιμες, χρήση με δικά σας ευθύνη." #~ msgid "" #~ "Search failed.\n" @@ -3265,28 +3065,21 @@ #~ "Ο απομακρυσμένος εξυπηρετητής επέστρεψε σφάλμα με κωδικό %1" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the " -#~ "Internet.\n" +#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the Internet.\n" #~ "Click on the repository to see its details.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε τις προεπιλεγμένες ενεργές πηγές εγκατάστασης " -#~ "που έχουν ληφθεί από το Διαδίκτυο.\n" +#~ "Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε τις προεπιλεγμένες ενεργές πηγές εγκατάστασης που έχουν ληφθεί από το Διαδίκτυο.\n" #~ "Κάντε κλικ στην πηγή εγκατάστασης για να δείτε τις λεπτομέρειες.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you want one or more online repositories to be used,\n" #~ "select those you want and click Next.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν θέλετε μια ή περισσότερες ενεργές πηγές εγκατάστασης να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιηθούν,\n" +#~ "Αν θέλετε μια ή περισσότερες ενεργές πηγές εγκατάστασης να χρησιμοποιηθούν,\n" #~ "επιλέξτε αυτές που θέλετε και κάντε κλικ στο Επόμενο\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please wait while the repository manager downloads the repository " -#~ "details..." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο η διαχείριση πηγών εγκατάστασης κατεβάζει τις " -#~ "λεπτομέρειες τους.." +#~ msgid "Please wait while the repository manager downloads the repository details..." +#~ msgstr "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο η διαχείριση πηγών εγκατάστασης κατεβάζει τις λεπτομέρειες τους.." #~ msgid "Reading package information. One moment please..." #~ msgstr "Ανάγνωση πληροφοριών πακέτων, Ένα λεπτό παρακαλώ..." @@ -3298,18 +3091,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Αναζήτηση &Σε" #~ msgid "" -#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " -#~ "They are\n" -#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a " -#~ "connection\n" +#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n" #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτές είναι οι σημειώσεις έκδοσης που δημιουργήθηκαν για την " -#~ "πρωταρχική έκδοση.\n" +#~ "Αυτές είναι οι σημειώσεις έκδοσης που δημιουργήθηκαν για την πρωταρχική έκδοση.\n" #~ "Είναι μέρος του μέσου εγκατάστασης. Κατά την εγκατάσταση, εάν\n" -#~ "είναι διαθέσιμη μια σύνδεση στο Διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε να κατεβάσετε τις " -#~ "ενημερωμένες\n" +#~ "είναι διαθέσιμη μια σύνδεση στο Διαδίκτυο, μπορείτε να κατεβάσετε τις ενημερωμένες\n" #~ "σημειώσεις έκδοσης από τον διακομιστή Ιστού του SUSE Linux." #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" @@ -3367,10 +3156,8 @@ #~ "to perform the changes in that package management system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Το Συγχρονισμός των Αλλαγών με το ZENworks θα καλέσει το <tt>rug</" -#~ "tt>\n" -#~ "για να εκτελέσει τις αλλαγές και σε αυτό το σύστημα διαχείρισης πακέτων.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "Το Συγχρονισμός των Αλλαγών με το ZENworks θα καλέσει το <tt>rug</tt>\n" +#~ "για να εκτελέσει τις αλλαγές και σε αυτό το σύστημα διαχείρισης πακέτων.\n" #~ msgid " On " #~ msgstr " Ενεργό " @@ -3378,19 +3165,11 @@ #~ msgid "Synchronizing with ZENworks" #~ msgstr "Συγχρονισμός με το δίκτυο ZEN" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your service was added successfully in YaST, but could not be " -#~ "synchronized with ZENworks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η υπηρεσία σας έχει προστεθεί με επιτυχία στο YaST, αλλά δεν μπορεί να " -#~ "συγχρονιστεί με το ZenWorks." +#~ msgid "Your service was added successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks." +#~ msgstr "Η υπηρεσία σας έχει προστεθεί με επιτυχία στο YaST, αλλά δεν μπορεί να συγχρονιστεί με το ZenWorks." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your service was deleted successfully in YaST, but could not be " -#~ "synchronized with ZENworks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η υπηρεσία σας έχει διαγραφτεί με επιτυχία από το YaST, αλλά δεν μπορεί " -#~ "να συγχρονιστεί με το ZenWorks." +#~ msgid "Your service was deleted successfully in YaST, but could not be synchronized with ZENworks." +#~ msgstr "Η υπηρεσία σας έχει διαγραφτεί με επιτυχία από το YaST, αλλά δεν μπορεί να συγχρονιστεί με το ZenWorks." #~ msgid "Command timed out after %1 milliseconds." #~ msgstr "Η εντολή τερματίστικε ύστερα από %1 δέκατα του δευτερολέπτου." @@ -3409,20 +3188,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what " -#~ "software to install.\n" -#~ "\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category " -#~ "in the left\n" +#~ "\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +#~ "\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" #~ "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" #~ "\t\t " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t Αυτό ο διάλογος σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε τις εργασίες του " -#~ "συστήματος και ποιο λογισμικό να εγκατασταθεί.\n" -#~ "\t\t Οι διαθέσιμες εργασίες και το λογισμικό για αυτό το σύστημα " -#~ "εμφανίζονται ανά κατηγορία στην αριστερή\n" -#~ "\t\t στήλη. Για να δείτε μια περιγραφή για ένα αντικείμενο, επιλέξτε το " -#~ "από τη λίστα.\n" +#~ "\t\t Αυτό ο διάλογος σας επιτρέπει να καθορίσετε τις εργασίες του συστήματος και ποιο λογισμικό να εγκατασταθεί.\n" +#~ "\t\t Οι διαθέσιμες εργασίες και το λογισμικό για αυτό το σύστημα εμφανίζονται ανά κατηγορία στην αριστερή\n" +#~ "\t\t στήλη. Για να δείτε μια περιγραφή για ένα αντικείμενο, επιλέξτε το από τη λίστα.\n" #~ "\t\t " #~ msgid "" @@ -3433,11 +3207,9 @@ #~ "\t\t " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t Αλλάξτε την κατάσταση ενός αντικειμένου κάνοντας κλικ στο εικονίδιο " -#~ "της κατάστασής του\n" +#~ "\t\t Αλλάξτε την κατάσταση ενός αντικειμένου κάνοντας κλικ στο εικονίδιο της κατάστασής του\n" #~ "\t\t ή δεξί κλικ σε οποιοδήποτε εικονίδιο για το μενού των περιεχομένων.\n" -#~ "\t\t Με το μενού περιεχομένων, μπορείτε επίσης να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση " -#~ "για όλα τα αντικείμενα.\n" +#~ "\t\t Με το μενού περιεχομένων, μπορείτε επίσης να αλλάξετε την κατάσταση για όλα τα αντικείμενα.\n" #~ "\t\t " #~ msgid "" @@ -3447,16 +3219,13 @@ #~ "\t\t " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t Το Λεπτομέρειες ανοίγει την λεπτομερή περιγραφή του " -#~ "λογισμικού πακέτου\n" -#~ "\t\t όπου μπορείτε να δείτε και να επιλέξετε ανεξάρτητα λογισμικά " -#~ "πακέτα.\n" +#~ "\t\t Το Λεπτομέρειες ανοίγει την λεπτομερή περιγραφή του λογισμικού πακέτου\n" +#~ "\t\t όπου μπορείτε να δείτε και να επιλέξετε ανεξάρτητα λογισμικά πακέτα.\n" #~ "\t\t " #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -#~ "disk space\n" +#~ "\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" #~ "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" #~ "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" #~ "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3464,15 +3233,11 @@ #~ "\t\t " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "\t\t Η προβολή της χρήσης του δίσκου στην κάτω δεξιά γωνία εμφανίζει τον " -#~ "διαθέσιμο χώρο στο δίσκο\n" +#~ "\t\t Η προβολή της χρήσης του δίσκου στην κάτω δεξιά γωνία εμφανίζει τον διαθέσιμο χώρο στο δίσκο\n" #~ "\t\t μετά από όλες τις διαθέσιμες αλλαγές που έχετε πραγματοποιήσει.\n" -#~ "\t\t Οι σκληροί δίσκοι που είναι γεμάτοι ή σχεδόν γεμάτοι μπορούν να " -#~ "μειώσουν\n" -#~ "\t\t την απόδοση του συστήματος και σε κάποιες περιπτώσεις μπορεί να " -#~ "προκαλέσει ακόμα και σοβαρά προβλήματα.\n" -#~ "\t\t Το σύστημα χρειάζεται κάποιο διαθέσιμο χώρο στον δίσκο για να " -#~ "λειτουργήσει κανονικά.\n" +#~ "\t\t Οι σκληροί δίσκοι που είναι γεμάτοι ή σχεδόν γεμάτοι μπορούν να μειώσουν\n" +#~ "\t\t την απόδοση του συστήματος και σε κάποιες περιπτώσεις μπορεί να προκαλέσει ακόμα και σοβαρά προβλήματα.\n" +#~ "\t\t Το σύστημα χρειάζεται κάποιο διαθέσιμο χώρο στον δίσκο για να λειτουργήσει κανονικά.\n" #~ "\t\t " #~ msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" @@ -3493,11 +3258,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" -#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit " -#~ "confirmation\n" +#~ "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" #~ "of acceptance of its license.\n" -#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -#~ "installed.\n" +#~ "If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" #~ " \n" #~ "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" #~ "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3505,8 +3268,7 @@ #~ "<big>Επιβεβαίωση Άδειας</big> \n" #~ "Το πακέτο στον τίτλο του διαλόγου απαιτεί άμεση επιβεβαίωση αποδοχής της\n" #~ "άδειας χρήσης του.\n" -#~ "Εάν αρνηθείτε την άδεια χρήσης του πακέτου, το πακέτο δεν θα " -#~ "εγκατασταθεί.\n" +#~ "Εάν αρνηθείτε την άδεια χρήσης του πακέτου, το πακέτο δεν θα εγκατασταθεί.\n" #~ " \n" #~ "Για να αποδεχθείτε την άδεια, κάντε κλικ στο Συμφωνώ.\n" #~ "Για να αρνηθείτε την άδεια, κάντε κλικ στο Διαφωνώ." @@ -3528,9 +3290,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση σε:" #~ msgid "Error occurred while switching the service pack repository." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρουσιάστηκε ένα σφάλμα κατά την αλλαγή της πηγής εγκατάστασης του " -#~ "πακέτου επιδιορθώσεων." +#~ msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε ένα σφάλμα κατά την αλλαγή της πηγής εγκατάστασης του πακέτου επιδιορθώσεων." #~ msgid "" #~ "An error occurred while switching the cached \n" @@ -3550,9 +3310,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την ανάγνωση του προσωρινού φακέλου. %1" #~ msgid "An error occurred while getting the directory with updated packages" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρουσιάστηκε ένα σφάλμα κατά την ανάγνωση του φακέλου με τα ενημερωμένα " -#~ "πακέτα" +#~ msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε ένα σφάλμα κατά την ανάγνωση του φακέλου με τα ενημερωμένα πακέτα" #~ msgid "Copying files from CD %1 to disk..." #~ msgstr "Αντιγραφή αρχείων από CD %1 στον δίσκο..." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/pam.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/pam.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/pam.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -41,9 +41,5 @@ #~| "The automatic login feature is enabled for user %1.\n" #~| "%2\n" #~| "Disable automatic login?" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The automatic login feature is enabled for user %1.\\n%2\\nDisable " -#~ "automatic login?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η δυνατότητα αυτόματης σύνδεσης είναι ενεργοποιημένη για το χρήστη %1.\\n" -#~ "%2\\nΘέλετε να απενεργοποιηθεί η αυτόματη σύνδεση;" +#~ msgid "The automatic login feature is enabled for user %1.\\n%2\\nDisable automatic login?" +#~ msgstr "Η δυνατότητα αυτόματης σύνδεσης είναι ενεργοποιημένη για το χρήστη %1.\\n%2\\nΘέλετε να απενεργοποιηθεί η αυτόματη σύνδεση;" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/pkg-bindings.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/pkg-bindings.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/pkg-bindings.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -31,50 +31,26 @@ #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:36 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available " -"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a " -"while..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Φόρτωση Διαθέσιμων Πακέτων</BIG>Η φόρτωση διαθέσιμων " -"αντικειμένων από τα ρυθμισμένα αποθετήρια είναι σε εξέλιξη. Αυτό θα πάρει " -"λίγη ώρα..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Available Packages</BIG>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while..." +msgstr "<BIG>Φόρτωση Διαθέσιμων Πακέτων</BIG>Η φόρτωση διαθέσιμων αντικειμένων από τα ρυθμισμένα αποθετήρια είναι σε εξέλιξη. Αυτό θα πάρει λίγη ώρα..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:42 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is " -"reading installed packages..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Φόρτωση Εγκατεστημένων Πακέτων<BIG>Ο διαχειριστής " -"λογισμικού διαβάζει τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα..." +msgid "<BIG>Loading Installed Packages</BIG>The package manager is reading installed packages..." +msgstr "<BIG>Φόρτωση Εγκατεστημένων Πακέτων<BIG>Ο διαχειριστής λογισμικού διαβάζει τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα..." #. help text #: src/HelpTexts.h:47 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is " -"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available " -"packages in the repository..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Εγγραφή Νέου Αποθετηρίου</BIG>Ένα νέο αποθετήριο " -"εγγράφεται. Ο διαχειριστής λογισμικού διαβάζει την λίστα των διαθέσιμων " -"πακέτων σε αυτό το αποθετήριο..." +msgid "<BIG>Registering a New Repository</BIG>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository..." +msgstr "<BIG>Εγγραφή Νέου Αποθετηρίου</BIG>Ένα νέο αποθετήριο εγγράφεται. Ο διαχειριστής λογισμικού διαβάζει την λίστα των διαθέσιμων πακέτων σε αυτό το αποθετήριο..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:52 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating configured repositories..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Αποθήκευση Αποθετηρίων</BIG>Ο διαχειριστής λογισμικού " -"ενημερώνει τα ρυθμισμένα αποθετήρια..." +msgid "<BIG>Saving Repositories</BIG>The package manager is updating configured repositories..." +msgstr "<BIG>Αποθήκευση Αποθετηρίων</BIG>Ο διαχειριστής λογισμικού ενημερώνει τα ρυθμισμένα αποθετήρια..." #: src/HelpTexts.h:55 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is " -"updating the repository content..." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Ανανέωση Αποθετηρίου</BIG>Ο διαχειριστής λογισμικού " -"ενημερώνει το περιεχόμενο του αποθετηρίου..." +msgid "<BIG>Refreshing the Repository</BIG>The package manager is updating the repository content..." +msgstr "<BIG>Ανανέωση Αποθετηρίου</BIG>Ο διαχειριστής λογισμικού ενημερώνει το περιεχόμενο του αποθετηρίου..." #. error message #: src/Package.cc:651 Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/printer.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/printer.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/printer.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -59,8 +59,7 @@ #. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. #: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)." -msgstr "" -"Προειδοποίηση: Απέτυχε η ανάγνωση του %1 (μπορεί το αρχείο να μην υπάρχει)." +msgstr "Προειδοποίηση: Απέτυχε η ανάγνωση του %1 (μπορεί το αρχείο να μην υπάρχει)." #. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST #. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. @@ -72,17 +71,13 @@ #. where %1 is replaced by the file name. #: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2save" -msgstr "" -"Προειδοποίηση: Απέτυχε η δημιουργία αντιγράφου ασφαλείας του %1 ως %1." -"yastsave" +msgstr "Προειδοποίηση: Απέτυχε η δημιουργία αντιγράφου ασφαλείας του %1 ως %1.yastsave" #. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST #. where %1 is replaced by the file name. #: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2orig" -msgstr "" -"Προειδοποίηση: Απέτυχε η δημιουργία αντιγράφου ασφαλείας του %1 ως %1." -"yastorig" +msgstr "Προειδοποίηση: Απέτυχε η δημιουργία αντιγράφου ασφαλείας του %1 ως %1.yastorig" #. Propose configuration for each local printer: #. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed @@ -92,26 +87,17 @@ #. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is #. mandatory to set up local print queues. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Αδυναμία ρύθμισης εκτύπωσης (το απαιτούμενο πακέτο cups-client δεν είναι " -"εγκατεστημένο)" +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "Αδυναμία ρύθμισης εκτύπωσης (το απαιτούμενο πακέτο cups-client δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο)" #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"Αδυναμία ρύθμισης τοπικού εκτυπωτή (το απαιτούμενο πακέτο cups δεν είναι " -"εγκατεστημένο)" +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "Αδυναμία ρύθμισης τοπικού εκτυπωτή (το απαιτούμενο πακέτο cups δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο)" #. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"Δεν υπάρχει προσβάσιμος τοπικός εκτυπωτής (χρήση απομακρυσμένου διακομιστή " -"CUPS '%1' για εκτύπωση)." +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει προσβάσιμος τοπικός εκτυπωτής (χρήση απομακρυσμένου διακομιστή CUPS '%1' για εκτύπωση)." #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: #. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because @@ -125,8 +111,7 @@ "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" msgstr "" "Έναρξη υπηρεσίας CUPS.\n" -"Αναμονή μισού λεπτού ώστε η υπηρεσία CUPS να είναι έτοιμη να " -"λειτουργήσει...\n" +"Αναμονή μισού λεπτού ώστε η υπηρεσία CUPS να είναι έτοιμη να λειτουργήσει...\n" #. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) #. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. @@ -154,8 +139,7 @@ #. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. #: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "" -"Αδυναμία ρύθμισης τοπικού εκτυπωτή (δεν υπάρχει πρόσβαση σε τοπικό cupsd)" +msgstr "Αδυναμία ρύθμισης τοπικού εκτυπωτή (δεν υπάρχει πρόσβαση σε τοπικό cupsd)" #. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) #. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces @@ -216,19 +200,15 @@ #. Header for a dialog section where the user can #. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "Ορίστε αν θέλετε αυτόματη ρύθμιση USB εκτυπωτών όταν αυτοί συνδέονται" #. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers #. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. #. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"&Χρήση του πακέτου udev-configure-printer για αυτόματη ρύθμιση USB εκτυπωτών" +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "&Χρήση του πακέτου udev-configure-printer για αυτόματη ρύθμιση USB εκτυπωτών" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -245,12 +225,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"Οι ρυθμίσεις ενός απομακρυσμένου διακομιστή CUPS είναι σε διένεξη με " -"αυτόματες ρυθμίσεις εκτυπωτών για το τοπικό σύστημα." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "Οι ρυθμίσεις ενός απομακρυσμένου διακομιστή CUPS είναι σε διένεξη με αυτόματες ρυθμίσεις εκτυπωτών για το τοπικό σύστημα." #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). @@ -260,8 +236,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" -msgstr "" -"Αποτυχία αφαίρεσης της παραμέτρου 'ServerName' στο /etc/cups/client.conf" +msgstr "Αποτυχία αφαίρεσης της παραμέτρου 'ServerName' στο /etc/cups/client.conf" #. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). #. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage @@ -448,9 +423,7 @@ #. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" -msgstr "" -"Προεπιλεγμένο μέγεθος χαρτιού (αν υποστηρίζεται από τον εκτυπωτή και τον " -"οδηγό)" +msgstr "Προεπιλεγμένο μέγεθος χαρτιού (αν υποστηρίζεται από τον εκτυπωτή και τον οδηγό)" #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: #. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: @@ -539,12 +512,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"Μόνο λατινικοί χαρακτήρες (a-z και Α-Ζ), νούμερα (0-9), και η κάτω παύλα '_' " -"επιτρέπονται στο όνομα ουράς." +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "Μόνο λατινικοί χαρακτήρες (a-z και Α-Ζ), νούμερα (0-9), και η κάτω παύλα '_' επιτρέπονται στο όνομα ουράς." #. when a queue name is changed to be valid: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 @@ -566,13 +535,8 @@ #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Αν ο επόμενος διάλογος δεν εμφανίσει τον νέο ρυθμισμένο εκτυπωτή όπως " -"αναμένεται, περιμένετε λίγη ώρα και χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί 'Ανανέωση " -"Λίστας'." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Αν ο επόμενος διάλογος δεν εμφανίσει τον νέο ρυθμισμένο εκτυπωτή όπως αναμένεται, περιμένετε λίγη ώρα και χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί 'Ανανέωση Λίστας'." #. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called #. and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -618,12 +582,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. #. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" -msgstr "" -"Δεν χρησιμοποιείται οδηγός (είναι 'raw' ουρά ή χρησιμοποιείται 'ακολουθία " -"εντολών διεπαφής τύπου System V')" +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "Δεν χρησιμοποιείται οδηγός (είναι 'raw' ουρά ή χρησιμοποιείται 'ακολουθία εντολών διεπαφής τύπου System V')" #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" @@ -632,8 +592,7 @@ #. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" -msgstr "" -"Τροποποίηση επιλογών του τρέχοντος οδηγού ή ανάθεση διαφορετικού οδηγού" +msgstr "Τροποποίηση επιλογών του τρέχοντος οδηγού ή ανάθεση διαφορετικού οδηγού" #. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 @@ -669,19 +628,14 @@ #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" -msgstr "" -"Οι τροποποιημένες ρυθμίσεις εκτυπωτή δεν έχουν ακόμα αποθηκευτεί στο σύστημα" +msgstr "Οι τροποποιημένες ρυθμίσεις εκτυπωτή δεν έχουν ακόμα αποθηκευτεί στο σύστημα" #. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. #. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown #. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: #: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Αν ο επόμενος διάλογος δεν προβάλει τις αναμενόμενες τροποποιήσεις, " -"περιμένετε λίγη ώρα και χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί 'Ανανέωση Λίστας'." +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Αν ο επόμενος διάλογος δεν προβάλει τις αναμενόμενες τροποποιήσεις, περιμένετε λίγη ώρα και χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί 'Ανανέωση Λίστας'." #. Exit this dialog in any case: #. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: @@ -706,11 +660,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term #. when no driver is used for a print queue. #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"Διατηρήστε το μοντέλο ή επιλέξτε &κατασκευαστή αν δεν πρέπει να στηθεί 'raw " -"ουρά'" +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "Διατηρήστε το μοντέλο ή επιλέξτε &κατασκευαστή αν δεν πρέπει να στηθεί 'raw ουρά'" #. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 @@ -760,9 +711,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Προαιρετική παράμετρος 'επιλογή=τιμή' (συνήθως κενή) [επι-τοις-εκατό-" -"κωδικοποιημένη]" +msgstr "Προαιρετική παράμετρος 'επιλογή=τιμή' (συνήθως κενή) [επι-τοις-εκατό-κωδικοποιημένη]" #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine #. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine @@ -830,11 +779,8 @@ msgstr "&Stop bits" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Για να έχετε πρόσβαση σε εκτυπωτή bluetooth, το πακέτο bluez-cups πρέπει να " -"είναι εγκατεστημένο." +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Για να έχετε πρόσβαση σε εκτυπωτή bluetooth, το πακέτο bluez-cups πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -852,8 +798,7 @@ "Enter the ID without colons like '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." msgstr "" "Φαίνεται να μην υπάρχουν αναγνωριστικά(IDs) συσκευών bluetooth.\n" -"Εκτελέστε 'hcitool scan' για να βρείτε αναγνωριστικά(IDs) συσκευών " -"bluetooth.\n" +"Εκτελέστε 'hcitool scan' για να βρείτε αναγνωριστικά(IDs) συσκευών bluetooth.\n" "Εισάγετε το αναγνωριστικό(ID) χωρίς άνω κάτω τελείες π.χ. '1Α2Β3C4D5E6F'." #. Busy message: @@ -915,12 +860,8 @@ msgstr "URI (δείτε τις οδηγίες του εκτυπωτή) [επί-τοις-εκατό κωδικοποιημένο]" #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Για να έχετε πρόσβαση σε εκτυπωτή διαμοιρασμένο με SMB, πρέπει να έχετε " -"εγκατεστημένο το rpm πακέτο samba-client." +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "Για να έχετε πρόσβαση σε εκτυπωτή διαμοιρασμένο με SMB, πρέπει να έχετε εγκατεστημένο το rpm πακέτο samba-client." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -985,9 +926,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Για πρόσβαση σε ουρά εκτύπωσης IPX, το RPM πακέτο ncpfs πρέπει να είναι " -"εγκατεστημένο." +msgstr "Για πρόσβαση σε ουρά εκτύπωσης IPX, το RPM πακέτο ncpfs πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1022,9 +961,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Για να εκτυπώσετε μέσω 'pipe', το RPM πακέτο cups-backends πρέπει να είναι " -"εγκατεστημένο." +msgstr "Για να εκτυπώσετε μέσω 'pipe', το RPM πακέτο cups-backends πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο." #. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it #. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason @@ -1036,15 +973,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Εφαρμογή (/διαδρομή/προς/εντολή?επιλογή=τιμή) [επί-τοις-εκατό κωδικοποιημένο]" +msgstr "Εφαρμογή (/διαδρομή/προς/εντολή?επιλογή=τιμή) [επί-τοις-εκατό κωδικοποιημένο]" #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2139 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"URI συσκευή (για την οποία πρέπει να εφαρμοστεί το 'beh') [επί-τοις-εκατό " -"κωδικοποιημένο]" +msgstr "URI συσκευή (για την οποία πρέπει να εφαρμοστεί το 'beh') [επί-τοις-εκατό κωδικοποιημένο]" #. TRANSLATORS: Check box #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2149 @@ -1247,11 +1181,8 @@ msgstr "Ο 'κενός' έλεγχος ισοτιμίας υποστηρίζεται μόνο με 7 bits δεδομένων." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2481 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"Ο 'mark' έλεγχος ισοτιμίας υποστηρίζεται μόνο με 7 bits δεδομένων και 1 bit " -"σταματήματος." +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "Ο 'mark' έλεγχος ισοτιμίας υποστηρίζεται μόνο με 7 bits δεδομένων και 1 bit σταματήματος." #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2523 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." @@ -1293,9 +1224,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2747 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"Το URΙ της συσκευής, ο αριθμός επανάληψης προσπαθειών και η καθυστέρηση δεν " -"μπορούν να είναι κενά." +msgstr "Το URΙ της συσκευής, ο αριθμός επανάληψης προσπαθειών και η καθυστέρηση δεν μπορούν να είναι κενά." #. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe #. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe @@ -1404,8 +1333,7 @@ #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3043 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"Η γενική δοκιμή αναφέρει σφάλματα για το κοινόχρηστο '%1' στον κόμβο '%2'." +msgstr "Η γενική δοκιμή αναφέρει σφάλματα για το κοινόχρηστο '%1' στον κόμβο '%2'." #. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name #. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: @@ -1421,19 +1349,13 @@ #. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) #. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3245 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Για υποστήριξη Ενεργού Καταλόγου (R), το RPM πακέτο samba-krb-printing " -"πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο." +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "Για υποστήριξη Ενεργού Καταλόγου (R), το RPM πακέτο samba-krb-printing πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο." #. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: #: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3285 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "" -"Δεν θα υπάρχει υποστήριξη Ενεργού Καταλόγου (R) για όλες τις ουρές εκτύπωσης " -"SMB." +msgstr "Δεν θα υπάρχει υποστήριξη Ενεργού Καταλόγου (R) για όλες τις ουρές εκτύπωσης SMB." #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -1620,8 +1542,7 @@ #. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here #. and there is nothing else to be done after this: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:679 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "Το αρχείο περιγραφής εκτυπωτή δεν είναι συμβατό με τις προδιαγραφές." #. when a PPD file is not in compliance: @@ -1632,11 +1553,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline #. when PPD file is not in compliance: #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:699 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "" -"Ένα μη-συμβατό αρχείο περιγραφής εκτυπωτή μπορεί να προκαλέσει απρόβλεπτα " -"σφάλματα." +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "Ένα μη-συμβατό αρχείο περιγραφής εκτυπωτή μπορεί να προκαλέσει απρόβλεπτα σφάλματα." #: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:716 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" @@ -1684,28 +1602,22 @@ "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Σύνοψη Ουράς Εκτύπωσης</big> \n" -"Ένας εκτυπωτής δεν χρησιμοποιείται απευθείας, αλλά μέσω μίας ουράς εκτύπωσης." -" \n" +"Ένας εκτυπωτής δεν χρησιμοποιείται απευθείας, αλλά μέσω μίας ουράς εκτύπωσης. \n" "Όταν διάφορες εφαρμογές υποβάλλουν εργασίες εκτύπωσης ταυτόχρονα,\n" -"οι εκτυπώσεις μπαίνουν στην ουρά και αποστέλλονται μία μία στον εκτυπωτή." -" \n" +"οι εκτυπώσεις μπαίνουν στην ουρά και αποστέλλονται μία μία στον εκτυπωτή. \n" "Είναι δυνατό να υπάρχουν περισσότερες από μία ουρές για τον ίδιο εκτυπωτή.\n" -"Για παράδειγμα μία δεύτερη ουρά με ασπρόμαυρο οδηγό για έναν έγχρωμο " -"εκτυπωτή\n" -"ή μία ουρά PostScript και μία ουρά με οδηγό PCL για εκτυπωτή PostScript+PCL." -"\n" +"Για παράδειγμα μία δεύτερη ουρά με ασπρόμαυρο οδηγό για έναν έγχρωμο εκτυπωτή\n" +"ή μία ουρά PostScript και μία ουρά με οδηγό PCL για εκτυπωτή PostScript+PCL.\n" #. Overview dialog help 2/7: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 @@ -1822,34 +1734,25 @@ "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -" \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Εγκατάσταση νέας ουράς για εκτυπωτή</big> \n" -"Ένας εκτυπωτής δεν χρησιμοποιείται απευθείας, αλλά μέσω μίας ουράς εκτύπωσης." -" \n" -"Όταν διάφορες εφαρμογές υποβάλλουν εκτυπώσεις ταυτόχρονα, οι εκτυπώσεις " -"μπαίνουν\n" +"Ένας εκτυπωτής δεν χρησιμοποιείται απευθείας, αλλά μέσω μίας ουράς εκτύπωσης. \n" +"Όταν διάφορες εφαρμογές υποβάλλουν εκτυπώσεις ταυτόχρονα, οι εκτυπώσεις μπαίνουν\n" "στην ουρά και αποστέλλονται μία μια στον εκτυπωτή. \n" "Είναι δυνατό να υπάρχουν περισσότερες από μία ουρές για τον ίδιο εκτυπωτή.\n" -"Συνήθως πολλαπλές ουρές εκτύπωσης χρειάζονται όταν πρέπει να " -"χρησιμοποιηθούν\n" +"Συνήθως πολλαπλές ουρές εκτύπωσης χρειάζονται όταν πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθούν\n" "πολλαπλοί οδηγοί για τον ίδιο εκτυπωτή.\n" -"Για παράδειγμα μία δεύτερη ουρά με ασπρόμαυρο οδηγό για έναν έγχρωμο " -"εκτυπωτή\n" +"Για παράδειγμα μία δεύτερη ουρά με ασπρόμαυρο οδηγό για έναν έγχρωμο εκτυπωτή\n" "ή μία ουρά PostScript και μία ουρά με οδηγό PCL για εκτυπωτή PostScript+PCL\n" "επειδή η εκτύπωση χρησιμοποιώντας οδηγό PCL είναι συνήθως γρηγορότερη\n" "(αλλά με χαμηλότερη ποιότητα).\n" @@ -1876,8 +1779,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1885,29 +1787,22 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Η σύνδεση καθορίζει με ποιον τρόπο αποστέλλονται δεδομένα στον " -"εκτυπωτή. \n" -"Αν επιλεγεί λάθος τύπος σύνδεσης, δεν μπορούν να αποσταλούν δεδομένα στον " -"εκτυπωτή\n" +"Η σύνδεση καθορίζει με ποιον τρόπο αποστέλλονται δεδομένα στον εκτυπωτή. \n" +"Αν επιλεγεί λάθος τύπος σύνδεσης, δεν μπορούν να αποσταλούν δεδομένα στον εκτυπωτή\n" "και δεν μπορεί να γίνει εκτύπωση. \n" -"Αν ένας εκτυπωτής είναι προσβάσιμος μέσω περισσοτέρων από έναν τύπο " -"σύνδεσης,\n" +"Αν ένας εκτυπωτής είναι προσβάσιμος μέσω περισσοτέρων από έναν τύπο σύνδεσης,\n" "προβάλλεται για κάθε τύπο σύνδεσης. \n" "Συγκεκριμένα συσκευές HP συχνά είναι προσβάσιμες και μέσω του 'usb:/...'\n" "αλλά και του τύπου σύνδεσης 'hp:/...'.\n" "Το τελευταίο παρέχεται από το πακέτο οδηγών HP 'hplip'.\n" -"Για απλή εκτύπωση και οι δύο τύποι σύνδεσης λειτουργούν, αλλά για οτιδήποτε " -"άλλο\n" -"(π.χ. κατάσταση συσκευής μέση του 'hp-toolbox', ή σάρωση για πολυμηχανήματα " -"HP)\n" +"Για απλή εκτύπωση και οι δύο τύποι σύνδεσης λειτουργούν, αλλά για οτιδήποτε άλλο\n" +"(π.χ. κατάσταση συσκευής μέση του 'hp-toolbox', ή σάρωση για πολυμηχανήματα HP)\n" "πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί η σύνδεση 'hp:/...'.\n" "\n" @@ -1918,8 +1813,7 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1944,8 +1838,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1965,59 +1858,38 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"O οδηγός καθορίζει ότι παράγονται τα σωστά δεδομένα για τον " -"συγκεκριμένο μοντέλο εκτυπωτή. \n" -"Αν αντιστοιχηθεί λάθος οδηγός, αποστέλλονται εσφαλμένα δεδομένα στον " -"εκτυπωτή, που συνεπάγεται\n" +"O οδηγός καθορίζει ότι παράγονται τα σωστά δεδομένα για τον συγκεκριμένο μοντέλο εκτυπωτή. \n" +"Αν αντιστοιχηθεί λάθος οδηγός, αποστέλλονται εσφαλμένα δεδομένα στον εκτυπωτή, που συνεπάγεται\n" "άσχημες εκτυπώσεις, χαοτικές εκτυπώσεις ή καθόλου εκτυπώσεις. \n" -"Αρχικά η τιμή του πεδίου εισαγωγής για την αναζήτηση οδηγού είναι " -"προκαθορισμένη\n" -"με το όνομα μοντέλου αυτόματης ανίχνευσης της τρέχουσας επιλεγμένης " -"σύνδεσης\n" -"και αυτοί οι οδηγοί όπου η περιγραφή οδηγού ταιριάζει με το όνομα του " -"μοντέλου\n" +"Αρχικά η τιμή του πεδίου εισαγωγής για την αναζήτηση οδηγού είναι προκαθορισμένη\n" +"με το όνομα μοντέλου αυτόματης ανίχνευσης της τρέχουσας επιλεγμένης σύνδεσης\n" +"και αυτοί οι οδηγοί όπου η περιγραφή οδηγού ταιριάζει με το όνομα του μοντέλου\n" "εμφανίζονται προεπιλεγμένα. \n" -"Εάν η περιγραφές οδηγών ταιριάζουν με το μοντέλο του εκτυπωτή που " -"ανιχνεύτηκε αυτόματα,\n" -"και εάν όλες οι περιγραφές οδηγών που ταιριάζουν, δείχνουν να ανήκουν στο " -"ίδιο μοντέλο,\n" +"Εάν η περιγραφές οδηγών ταιριάζουν με το μοντέλο του εκτυπωτή που ανιχνεύτηκε αυτόματα,\n" +"και εάν όλες οι περιγραφές οδηγών που ταιριάζουν, δείχνουν να ανήκουν στο ίδιο μοντέλο,\n" "οι περιγραφές οδηγών ταξινομούνται έτσι ώστε ο πιο λογικός οδηγός\n" "να εμφανίζεται στην κορυφή ο οποίος είναι αυτόματα προεπιλεγμένος.\n" -"Αν δεν υπάρχει προεπιλογή οδηγού, τότε πρέπει να επιλέξετε κατάλληλο οδηγό " -"χειροκίνητα. \n" -"Αντίθετα, αν έχει προεπιλεγεί ένας οδηγός, δεν σημαίνει απαραίτητα ότι είναι " -"ο κατάλληλος \n" -"οδηγός για τις ανάγκες σας. Υπάρχει περίπτωση να μην λειτουργεί καθόλου για " -"τον εκτυπωτή σας.\n" -"Ο λόγος είναι ότι η αυτοματοποιημένη επιλογή οδηγού λειτουργεί με σύγκριση " -"αλφαριθμητικών\n" +"Αν δεν υπάρχει προεπιλογή οδηγού, τότε πρέπει να επιλέξετε κατάλληλο οδηγό χειροκίνητα. \n" +"Αντίθετα, αν έχει προεπιλεγεί ένας οδηγός, δεν σημαίνει απαραίτητα ότι είναι ο κατάλληλος \n" +"οδηγός για τις ανάγκες σας. Υπάρχει περίπτωση να μην λειτουργεί καθόλου για τον εκτυπωτή σας.\n" +"Ο λόγος είναι ότι η αυτοματοποιημένη επιλογή οδηγού λειτουργεί με σύγκριση αλφαριθμητικών\n" "(μεταξύ ονόματος μοντέλου που ανιχνεύθηκε αυτόματα και περιγραφές οδηγών), \n" "οπότε το αποτέλεσμα μπορεί να είναι μόνο μια εκτίμηση. \n" -"Αν δεν ταιριάζει καμία περιγραφή οδηγού με τον εκτυπωτή που ανιχνεύθηκε " -"αυτόματα,\n" -"αυτό δεν σημαίνει απαραίτητα ότι δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμος οδηγός για αυτό το " -"μοντέλο.\n" -"Συχνά μόνο το όνομα μοντέλου στην περιγραφή οδηγού διαφέρει από το όνομα " -"μοντέλου που ανιχνεύθηκε.\n" -"Συνεπώς μπορείτε να εισάγετε ότι θέλετε στο πεδίο αναζήτησης και να κάνετε " -"αναζήτηση σε όλες τις\n" +"Αν δεν ταιριάζει καμία περιγραφή οδηγού με τον εκτυπωτή που ανιχνεύθηκε αυτόματα,\n" +"αυτό δεν σημαίνει απαραίτητα ότι δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμος οδηγός για αυτό το μοντέλο.\n" +"Συχνά μόνο το όνομα μοντέλου στην περιγραφή οδηγού διαφέρει από το όνομα μοντέλου που ανιχνεύθηκε.\n" +"Συνεπώς μπορείτε να εισάγετε ότι θέλετε στο πεδίο αναζήτησης και να κάνετε αναζήτηση σε όλες τις\n" "διαθέσιμες περιγραφές οδηγών εκτυπωτών. \n" -"Συνήθως η προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση οδηγού είναι επαρκής για να λειτουργήσει με " -"τον εκτυπωτή σας.\n" +"Συνήθως η προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση οδηγού είναι επαρκής για να λειτουργήσει με τον εκτυπωτή σας.\n" "Κάποιες ρυθμίσεις πρέπει να ταυτίζονται με τον εκτυπωτή σας.\n" -"Συγκεκριμένα το προεπιλεγμένο μέγεθος χαρτιού πρέπει να ταυτίζεται με το " -"χαρτί που βρίσκεται\n" +"Συγκεκριμένα το προεπιλεγμένο μέγεθος χαρτιού πρέπει να ταυτίζεται με το χαρτί που βρίσκεται\n" "πραγματικά στον εκτυπωτή σας.\n" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ρητά Α4 ή Γράμμα ως προεπιλεγμένο μέγεθος χαρτιού ή να " -"το αφήσετε κενό\n" -"για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το προεπιλεγμένο μέγεθος χαρτιού του οδηγού, το οποίο " -"είναι το εφεδρικό\n" -"αν ο εκτυπωτής δεν υποστηρίζει ούτε Α4 ούτε Γράμμα (για παράδειγμα ένας " -"οδηγός για εκτυπωτή\n" +"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ρητά Α4 ή Γράμμα ως προεπιλεγμένο μέγεθος χαρτιού ή να το αφήσετε κενό\n" +"για να χρησιμοποιήσετε το προεπιλεγμένο μέγεθος χαρτιού του οδηγού, το οποίο είναι το εφεδρικό\n" +"αν ο εκτυπωτής δεν υποστηρίζει ούτε Α4 ούτε Γράμμα (για παράδειγμα ένας οδηγός για εκτυπωτή\n" "μικρού μεγέθους φωτογραφιών).\n" "Αν θα θέλατε να ρυθμίσετε άλλες επιλογές οδηγού εκτός από το Α4 ή Γράμμα,\n" -"πρέπει πρώτα να εγκαταστήσετε την ουρά, και στο δεύτερο βήμα μπορείτε να " -"μεταβάλετε\n" +"πρέπει πρώτα να εγκαταστήσετε την ουρά, και στο δεύτερο βήμα μπορείτε να μεταβάλετε\n" "όλες τις επιλογές οδηγού στον διάλογο 'Επεξεργασία/Τροποποίηση'.\n" "" @@ -2032,10 +1904,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Οι εφαρμογές δεν δείχνουν τον ίδιο τον εκτυπωτή, αλλά το συσχετισμένο " -"όνομα ουράς. \n" -"Μόνο οι λατινικοί χαρακτήρες a-z, Α-Ζ, τα νούμερα (0-9), και η κάτω παύλα " -"'_'\n" +"Οι εφαρμογές δεν δείχνουν τον ίδιο τον εκτυπωτή, αλλά το συσχετισμένο όνομα ουράς. \n" +"Μόνο οι λατινικοί χαρακτήρες a-z, Α-Ζ, τα νούμερα (0-9), και η κάτω παύλα '_'\n" "επιτρέπονται για το όνομα ουράς, και πρέπει να ξεκινάει με γράμμα.\n" "" @@ -2058,19 +1928,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Μία από τις ουρές εκτύπωσης μπορεί να οριστεί προεπιλεγμένη. \n" -"Οι εφαρμογές πρέπει να χρησιμοποιούν αυτήν την προεπιλεγμένη ουρά εκτύπωσης " -"του συστήματος\n" +"Οι εφαρμογές πρέπει να χρησιμοποιούν αυτήν την προεπιλεγμένη ουρά εκτύπωσης του συστήματος\n" "αν δεν επιλεγεί κάποια άλλη ουρά από τον χρήστη.\n" "Δεν υπάρχει όμως προεπιλεγμένη ουρά 'μία και μοναδική'.\n" -"Εκτός από την προεπιλεγμένη ουρά εκτύπωσης του συστήματος, ο κάθε χρήστης " -"μπορεί \n" -"να ορίσει προσωπική προεπιλεγμένη ουρά, και επιπλέον οποιαδήποτε εφαρμογή " -"μπορεί\n" -"να έχει συγκεκριμένο τρόπο ορισμού προεπιλεγμένης ουράς (π.χ. η εφαρμογή να " -"θυμάται\n" +"Εκτός από την προεπιλεγμένη ουρά εκτύπωσης του συστήματος, ο κάθε χρήστης μπορεί \n" +"να ορίσει προσωπική προεπιλεγμένη ουρά, και επιπλέον οποιαδήποτε εφαρμογή μπορεί\n" +"να έχει συγκεκριμένο τρόπο ορισμού προεπιλεγμένης ουράς (π.χ. η εφαρμογή να θυμάται\n" "τον εκτυπωτή που χρησιμοποιήθηκε την τελευταία φορά). \n" -"Για λεπτομέρειες, δείτε το άρθρο στην βάση δεδομένων υποστήριξης του " -"openSUSE\n" +"Για λεπτομέρειες, δείτε το άρθρο στην βάση δεδομένων υποστήριξης του openSUSE\n" "'Ρυθμίσεις Εκτύπωσης με το CUPS' στο \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" "" @@ -2094,20 +1959,14 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ένας εναλλακτικός τρόπος να εγκαταστήσετε συσκευές HP είναι να εκτελέσετε " -"hp-setup. \n" -"Το εργαλείο της HP 'hp-setup' παρέχει υποστήριξη εγκατάστασης συγκεκριμένα " -"για εκτυπωτή HP\n" -"και πολυμηχανήματα HP που απαιτούν την μεταφόρτωση ενός κλειστού οδηγού από " -"την HP και \n" +"Ένας εναλλακτικός τρόπος να εγκαταστήσετε συσκευές HP είναι να εκτελέσετε hp-setup. \n" +"Το εργαλείο της HP 'hp-setup' παρέχει υποστήριξη εγκατάστασης συγκεκριμένα για εκτυπωτή HP\n" +"και πολυμηχανήματα HP που απαιτούν την μεταφόρτωση ενός κλειστού οδηγού από την HP και \n" "εγκατάσταση με συγκεκριμένο τρόπο σε ένα συγκεκριμένο σύστημα.\n" -"Επιπλέον το 'hp-support' μπορεί να παρέχει καλύτερη υποστήριξη για " -"δικτυακούς εκτυπωτές HP\n" -"και πολυμηχανήματα HP επειδή το δικό τους εργαλείο μπορεί να υλοποιεί " -"ειδικούς χειρισμούς\n" +"Επιπλέον το 'hp-support' μπορεί να παρέχει καλύτερη υποστήριξη για δικτυακούς εκτυπωτές HP\n" +"και πολυμηχανήματα HP επειδή το δικό τους εργαλείο μπορεί να υλοποιεί ειδικούς χειρισμούς\n" "για τις ειδικές δικτυακές συσκευές HP. \n" -"Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε το άρθρο στην βάση δεδομένων υποστήριξης του " -"openSUSE \n" +"Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε το άρθρο στην βάση δεδομένων υποστήριξης του openSUSE \n" "'Πως να εγκαταστήσετε έναν εκτυπωτή HP' στο \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" "" @@ -2122,16 +1981,14 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Τροποποίηση ουράς εκτύπωσης</big> \n" -"Για να τροποποιήσετε μία ουρά, επιλέξτε μόνο αυτό που θέλετε να αλλάξετε." -" \n" +"Για να τροποποιήσετε μία ουρά, επιλέξτε μόνο αυτό που θέλετε να αλλάξετε. \n" "" #. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2139,10 +1996,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2172,49 +2027,36 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Η σύνδεση καθορίζει με ποιον τρόπο αποστέλλονται τα δεδομένα στον " -"εκτυπωτή. \n" -"Αν επιλεγεί λάθος τύπος σύνδεσης, δεν μπορούν να αποσταλούν δεδομένα στον " -"εκτυπωτή\n" +"Η σύνδεση καθορίζει με ποιον τρόπο αποστέλλονται τα δεδομένα στον εκτυπωτή. \n" +"Αν επιλεγεί λάθος τύπος σύνδεσης, δεν μπορούν να αποσταλούν δεδομένα στον εκτυπωτή\n" "και δεν μπορεί να γίνει εκτύπωση. \n" -"Αν ένας εκτυπωτής είναι προσβάσιμος μέσω περισσότερων από έναν τύπο " -"σύνδεσης,\n" +"Αν ένας εκτυπωτής είναι προσβάσιμος μέσω περισσότερων από έναν τύπο σύνδεσης,\n" "προβάλλεται για κάθε τύπο σύνδεσης. \n" "Συγκεκριμένα συσκευές HP είναι συχνά προσβάσιμες μέσω του 'usb:/...'\n" "αλλά και του 'hp:/...' τύπου σύνδεσης.\n" "Το τελευταίο παρέχεται από το πακέτο οδηγών HP 'hplip'.\n" -"Για απλή εκτύπωση και οι δύο τύποι σύνδεσης λειτουργούν, αλλά για οτιδήποτε " -"άλλο\n" -"(π.χ. κατάσταση συσκευής μέσω του 'hp-toolbox', ή σάρωση για πολυμηχάνημα " -"HP)\n" +"Για απλή εκτύπωση και οι δύο τύποι σύνδεσης λειτουργούν, αλλά για οτιδήποτε άλλο\n" +"(π.χ. κατάσταση συσκευής μέσω του 'hp-toolbox', ή σάρωση για πολυμηχάνημα HP)\n" "πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί η σύνδεση 'hp:/...'. \n" "Όταν ανταλλάξετε τον τρέχον τύπο σύνδεσης με άλλον,\n" "το πεδίο εισόδου αναζήτησης οδηγών αρχικά εμφανίζει \n" "το αυτόματα εντοπισμένο μοντέλο εκτυπωτή της νέας επιλεγμένης σύνδεσης.\n" "Οι οδηγοί με περιγραφή που ταιριάζει με το όνομα του μοντέλου εμφανίζονται\n" "από προεπιλογή. \n" -"Εάν οι περιγραφές οδηγών ταιριάζουν με το μοντέλο του εκτυπωτή που " -"ανιχνεύτηκε αυτόματα,\n" -"και εάν όλες οι περιγραφές οδηγών που ταιριάζουν, δείχνουν να ανήκουν στο " -"ίδιο μοντέλο,\n" +"Εάν οι περιγραφές οδηγών ταιριάζουν με το μοντέλο του εκτυπωτή που ανιχνεύτηκε αυτόματα,\n" +"και εάν όλες οι περιγραφές οδηγών που ταιριάζουν, δείχνουν να ανήκουν στο ίδιο μοντέλο,\n" "οι περιγραφές οδηγών ταξινομούνται έτσι ώστε ο πιο πιθανός οδηγός\n" -"να εμφανίζεται στην κορυφή (αλλά ο οδηγός που χρησιμοποιείται να βρίσκεται " -"πιο κάτω).\n" +"να εμφανίζεται στην κορυφή (αλλά ο οδηγός που χρησιμοποιείται να βρίσκεται πιο κάτω).\n" "Αντίθετα, δεν σημαίνει ότι αυτό ο οδηγός είναι\n" "ένας λογικός οδηγός για τις ανάγκες σας.\n" -"Ο οδηγός που εμφανίζεται επάνω στην λίστα μπορεί να μην είναι ο κατάλληλος " -"για το μοντέλο εκτυπωτή σας.\n" -"Η αυτόματη επιλογή οδηγού συγκρίνει αλφαριθμητικά (το μοντέλο που " -"ανιχνεύθηκε αυτόματα\n" +"Ο οδηγός που εμφανίζεται επάνω στην λίστα μπορεί να μην είναι ο κατάλληλος για το μοντέλο εκτυπωτή σας.\n" +"Η αυτόματη επιλογή οδηγού συγκρίνει αλφαριθμητικά (το μοντέλο που ανιχνεύθηκε αυτόματα\n" "και τις περιγραφές οδηγού) ώστε το αποτέλεσμα να είναι η καλύτερη εκτίμηση\n" "για την εγκατάσταση του μοντέλου του εκτυπωτή σας. \n" -"Συνεπώς ελέγξτε αν οι προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις ταιριάζουν και τροποποιήστε " -"με\n" +"Συνεπώς ελέγξτε αν οι προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις ταιριάζουν και τροποποιήστε με\n" "βάση αυτά που ξέρετε ότι λειτουργούν καλύτερα με τον εκτυπωτή σας. \n" -"Αν δεν ταιριάζει καμία περιγραφή οδηγού με τον εκτυπωτή που ανιχνεύθηκε " -"αυτόματα,\n" -"αυτό δεν σημαίνει απαραίτητα ότι δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμος οδηγός για αυτό το " -"μοντέλο.\n" +"Αν δεν ταιριάζει καμία περιγραφή οδηγού με τον εκτυπωτή που ανιχνεύθηκε αυτόματα,\n" +"αυτό δεν σημαίνει απαραίτητα ότι δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμος οδηγός για αυτό το μοντέλο.\n" "Συχνά μόνο το όνομα μοντέλου στην περιγραφή οδηγού\n" "διαφέρει από το όνομα μοντέλου που ανιχνεύθηκε αυτόματα.\n" "Συνεπώς μπορείτε να εισάγετε ότι θέλετε στο πεδίο αναζήτησης\n" @@ -2228,12 +2070,9 @@ "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2242,8 +2081,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -" \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2251,8 +2089,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2262,37 +2099,20 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ο οδηγός εξασφαλίζει ότι τα σωστά δεδομένα παράγονται για το " -"συγκεκριμένο μοντέλο εκτυπωτή. \n" -"Αν οριστεί λάθος οδηγός, αποστέλλονται λάθος δεδομένα στον εκτυπωτή, που " -"συνεπάγεται άσχημες, χαοτικές ή και καμία εκτύπωση. \n" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε άλλον οδηγό και να τροποποιήσετε τις παραμέτρους " -"εκτύπωσης αργότερα,\n" -"ή μπορείτε να κρατήσετε τον τρέχων οδηγό και να τροποποιήσετε τις " -"παραμέτρους εκτύπωσης τώρα. \n" +"Ο οδηγός εξασφαλίζει ότι τα σωστά δεδομένα παράγονται για το συγκεκριμένο μοντέλο εκτυπωτή. \n" +"Αν οριστεί λάθος οδηγός, αποστέλλονται λάθος δεδομένα στον εκτυπωτή, που συνεπάγεται άσχημες, χαοτικές ή και καμία εκτύπωση. \n" +"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε άλλον οδηγό και να τροποποιήσετε τις παραμέτρους εκτύπωσης αργότερα,\n" +"ή μπορείτε να κρατήσετε τον τρέχων οδηγό και να τροποποιήσετε τις παραμέτρους εκτύπωσης τώρα. \n" "Κάποιες παράμετροι πρέπει να ταιριάζουν με τον συγκεκριμένο εκτυπωτή.\n" -"Για παράδειγμα η ρύθμιση προεπιλεγμένου μεγέθους χαρτιού πρέπει να ταιριάζει " -"με το μέγεθος χαρτιού που βρίσκεται πραγματικά στον εκτυπωτή σας. \n" +"Για παράδειγμα η ρύθμιση προεπιλεγμένου μεγέθους χαρτιού πρέπει να ταιριάζει με το μέγεθος χαρτιού που βρίσκεται πραγματικά στον εκτυπωτή σας. \n" "Για τις άλλες παραμέτρους, μπορείτε να ορίσετε ότι θέλετε.\n" -"Για παράδειγμα οποιαδήποτε επιλογή από τις διαθέσιμες επιλογές ανάλυσης " -"εκτύπωσης πρέπει να λειτουργεί για τον συγκεκριμένο οδηγό.\n" -"Πάραυτα, μπορεί να τύχει ένας συγκεκριμένος εκτυπωτής να αποτυγχάνει να " -"εκτυπώσει με ψηλή ανάλυση. Για παράδειγμα όταν έχετε έναν εκτυπωτή laser ο " -"οποίος έχει ανεπαρκή μνήμη να επεξεργαστεί σελίδες υψηλής ευκρίνειας. \n" -"Όταν αλλάξετε τον τρέχων οδηγό με κάποιον άλλο, πρέπει πρώτα να εφαρμόσετε " -"την αλλαγή στην ουρά εκτύπωσης, ώστε ο νέος οδηγός να χρησιμοποιείται στην " -"ουρά (δηλαδή πρέπει να ολοκληρώσετε αυτόν τον διάλογο σαν πρώτο βήμα), και " -"μετά σαν δεύτερο βήμα μπορείτε να τροποποιήσετε όλες τις παραμέτρους " -"εκτύπωσης χρησιμοποιώντας ξανά αυτόν τον διάλογο. \n" -"Αρχικά στο πεδίο εισαγωγής λέξεων αναζήτησης είναι η περιγραφή του τρέχοντα " -"οδηγού πριν αλλαχθεί η σύνδεση.\n" -"Αυτό συνήθως βρίσκει μόνο έναν οδηγό που ταιριάζει, οπότε θα πρέπει να " -"εισάγετε έναν λιγότερο συγκεκριμένο όρο αναζήτησης για να βρείτε και άλλους " -"οδηγούς, ή να πατήσετε το κουμπί 'εύρεση περισσότερων'.\n" -"Αν κανένας οδηγός δεν ταιριάζει, δεν σημαίνει ότι δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμος " -"οδηγός.\n" -"Οπότε μπορείτε να εισάγετε ότι θέλετε ως όρο αναζήτησης και να ψάξετε τις " -"διαθέσιμες περιγραφές εκτυπωτών.\n" +"Για παράδειγμα οποιαδήποτε επιλογή από τις διαθέσιμες επιλογές ανάλυσης εκτύπωσης πρέπει να λειτουργεί για τον συγκεκριμένο οδηγό.\n" +"Πάραυτα, μπορεί να τύχει ένας συγκεκριμένος εκτυπωτής να αποτυγχάνει να εκτυπώσει με ψηλή ανάλυση. Για παράδειγμα όταν έχετε έναν εκτυπωτή laser ο οποίος έχει ανεπαρκή μνήμη να επεξεργαστεί σελίδες υψηλής ευκρίνειας. \n" +"Όταν αλλάξετε τον τρέχων οδηγό με κάποιον άλλο, πρέπει πρώτα να εφαρμόσετε την αλλαγή στην ουρά εκτύπωσης, ώστε ο νέος οδηγός να χρησιμοποιείται στην ουρά (δηλαδή πρέπει να ολοκληρώσετε αυτόν τον διάλογο σαν πρώτο βήμα), και μετά σαν δεύτερο βήμα μπορείτε να τροποποιήσετε όλες τις παραμέτρους εκτύπωσης χρησιμοποιώντας ξανά αυτόν τον διάλογο. \n" +"Αρχικά στο πεδίο εισαγωγής λέξεων αναζήτησης είναι η περιγραφή του τρέχοντα οδηγού πριν αλλαχθεί η σύνδεση.\n" +"Αυτό συνήθως βρίσκει μόνο έναν οδηγό που ταιριάζει, οπότε θα πρέπει να εισάγετε έναν λιγότερο συγκεκριμένο όρο αναζήτησης για να βρείτε και άλλους οδηγούς, ή να πατήσετε το κουμπί 'εύρεση περισσότερων'.\n" +"Αν κανένας οδηγός δεν ταιριάζει, δεν σημαίνει ότι δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμος οδηγός.\n" +"Οπότε μπορείτε να εισάγετε ότι θέλετε ως όρο αναζήτησης και να ψάξετε τις διαθέσιμες περιγραφές εκτυπωτών.\n" "" #. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: @@ -2300,10 +2120,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2316,18 +2134,13 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Σε αντίθεση με την σύνδεση και τον οδηγό όπου πρέπει να επιλέξετε τον " -"σωστό, \n" +"Σε αντίθεση με την σύνδεση και τον οδηγό όπου πρέπει να επιλέξετε τον σωστό, \n" "μπορείτε να ορίσετε αυθαίρετα την περιγραφή και τοποθεσία.\n" -"Εφαρμογές συχνά δείχνουν την περιγραφή και τοποθεσία στον διάλογο " -"εκτύπωσης.\n" -"Για να σιγουρευτείτε ότι φαίνονται σωστά σε οποιαδήποτε γλώσσα που μπορεί " -"να \n" -"χρησιμοποιεί έναν συγκεκριμένος χρήστης μίας εφαρμογής, είναι ασφαλές να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε\n" +"Εφαρμογές συχνά δείχνουν την περιγραφή και τοποθεσία στον διάλογο εκτύπωσης.\n" +"Για να σιγουρευτείτε ότι φαίνονται σωστά σε οποιαδήποτε γλώσσα που μπορεί να \n" +"χρησιμοποιεί έναν συγκεκριμένος χρήστης μίας εφαρμογής, είναι ασφαλές να χρησιμοποιήσετε\n" "μόνο απλούς χαρακτήρες ASCII χωρίς ειδικούς χαρακτήρες.\n" -"π.χ. Μόνο γράμματα ASCII (a-z και A-Z), νούμερα ascii (0-9), και τον κενό " -"χαρακτήρα (20 hex).\n" +"π.χ. Μόνο γράμματα ASCII (a-z και A-Z), νούμερα ascii (0-9), και τον κενό χαρακτήρα (20 hex).\n" "Συνήθως η περιγραφή είναι το μοντέλο και προαιρετικά τον οδηγό\n" "(π.χ. 'Akmaios Foveros Ektipotis 1000 me odigo PCL')\n" "και η τοποθεσία\n" @@ -2355,8 +2168,7 @@ "Επιπλέον, οι διάλογοι εκτύπωσης στις περισσότερες εφαρμογές\n" "προβάλλουν τις επιλογές οδηγού οπότε ο κάθε χρήστης μπορεί να καθορίζει\n" "μόνος του τις ρυθμίσεις σε κάθε εκτύπωση. \n" -"Η μόνη ρύθμιση που πρέπει να ελεγχθεί σε κάθε περίπτωση είναι το μέγεθος του " -"χαρτιού,\n" +"Η μόνη ρύθμιση που πρέπει να ελεγχθεί σε κάθε περίπτωση είναι το μέγεθος του χαρτιού,\n" "που πρέπει να είναι ορισμένο στο πραγματικό μέγεθος χαρτιού στον εκτυπωτή.\n" "\n" @@ -2373,15 +2185,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Οι μη-προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις μπορεί να μην λειτουργήσουν σε όλες τις " -"περιπτώσεις\n" +"Οι μη-προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις μπορεί να μην λειτουργήσουν σε όλες τις περιπτώσεις\n" "ή μπορεί να έχουν απρόβλεπτες συνέπειες. \n" -"Για παράδειγμα, μία ρύθμιση υψηλής ανάλυσης μπορεί να μην λειτουργήσει σε " -"έναν εκτυπωτή laster\n" -"όταν η μνήμη του είναι ανεπαρκής για να επεξεργαστεί σελίδες με ψηλή " -"ευκρίνεια. \n" -"Ή μπορεί μία ρύθμιση υψηλής ποιότητας να προκαλεί αναπάντεχα αργές " -"εκτυπώσεις σε έναν εκτυπωτή inkjet.\n" +"Για παράδειγμα, μία ρύθμιση υψηλής ανάλυσης μπορεί να μην λειτουργήσει σε έναν εκτυπωτή laster\n" +"όταν η μνήμη του είναι ανεπαρκής για να επεξεργαστεί σελίδες με ψηλή ευκρίνεια. \n" +"Ή μπορεί μία ρύθμιση υψηλής ποιότητας να προκαλεί αναπάντεχα αργές εκτυπώσεις σε έναν εκτυπωτή inkjet.\n" "\n" #. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: @@ -2399,14 +2207,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Σε μερικές περιπτώσεις, παράμετροι που είναι συγκεκριμένοι για έναν οδηγό\n" -"πρέπει να προσαρμόζονται για να επιτευχθεί η πλήρης λειτουργικότητα του " -"εκτυπωτή. \n" -"Συγκεκριμένα, όταν ο εκτυπωτής έχει μονάδες εγκατεστημένες όπως μονάδα " -"duplex ή\n" +"πρέπει να προσαρμόζονται για να επιτευχθεί η πλήρης λειτουργικότητα του εκτυπωτή. \n" +"Συγκεκριμένα, όταν ο εκτυπωτής έχει μονάδες εγκατεστημένες όπως μονάδα duplex ή\n" "προαιρετικές εισόδους χαρτιού, η αντίστοιχη παράμετρος\n" "πρέπει να επιλέγεται και να προσαρμόζεται. \n" -"Για παράδειγμα, η επιλογή για την μονάδα duplex πρέπει να είναι ορισμένη σε " -"'εγκατεστημένο' ή 'αληθής',\n" +"Για παράδειγμα, η επιλογή για την μονάδα duplex πρέπει να είναι ορισμένη σε 'εγκατεστημένο' ή 'αληθής',\n" "αλλιώς ο οδηγός μπορεί να αγνοήσει τις ρυθμίσεις επιλογών εκτύπωσης duplex.\n" "\n" @@ -2425,8 +2230,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Προσθαφαίρεση Πακέτων Οδηγών Εκτυπωτών</big> \n" -"Όταν ένα πακέτο οδηγών εκτυπωτών δεν είναι επιλεγμένο, δεν είναι " -"εγκατεστημένο.\n" +"Όταν ένα πακέτο οδηγών εκτυπωτών δεν είναι επιλεγμένο, δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο.\n" "Εάν θέλετε, επιλέξετε το για εγκατάσταση. \n" "Όταν ένα πακέτο οδηγών εκτυπωτών είναι επιλεγμένο, είναι εγκατεστημένο.\n" "Εάν θέλετε, αποεπιλέξτε το για απεγκατάσταση.\n" @@ -2467,30 +2271,18 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Προσθήκη αρχείου περιγραφής εκτυπωτή</big> \n" -"Για να εγκαταστήσετε έναν εκτυπωτή, απαιτείται ένα αρχείο περιγραφής " -"εκτυπωτή (αρχείο PPD). \n" -"Όταν ένα αρχείο PPD δεν βρίσκεται στον φάκελο /usr/share/cups/model/ τότε " -"δεν είναι διαθέσιμο για την εγκατάσταση εκτυπωτή.\n" -"Τότε μπορείτε να ορίσετε την πλήρη διαδρομή για το αρχείο PPD που βρίσκεται " -"κάπου αλλού στο σύστημα, και θα εγκατασταθεί στον\n" +"Για να εγκαταστήσετε έναν εκτυπωτή, απαιτείται ένα αρχείο περιγραφής εκτυπωτή (αρχείο PPD). \n" +"Όταν ένα αρχείο PPD δεν βρίσκεται στον φάκελο /usr/share/cups/model/ τότε δεν είναι διαθέσιμο για την εγκατάσταση εκτυπωτή.\n" +"Τότε μπορείτε να ορίσετε την πλήρη διαδρομή για το αρχείο PPD που βρίσκεται κάπου αλλού στο σύστημα, και θα εγκατασταθεί στον\n" "φάκελο /usr/share/cups/model/ \n" "Σημείωση: το αρχείο περιγραφής εκτυπωτή δεν είναι οδηγός. \n" -"Για εκτυπωτές που δεν είναι τύπου PostScript, το αρχείο PPD από μόνο του δεν " -"αρκεί για να εγκαταστήσετε τον εκτυπωτή επιτυχώς.\n" -"Συγκεκριμένα δεν αρκεί για εκτυπωτές που δεν είναι τύπου PostScript απλά να " -"κατεβάσετε ένα αρχείο PPD από το διαδίκτυο και να εγκαταστήσετε έναν " -"εκτυπωτή με αυτό το αρχείο.\n" -"Η απλή εγκατάσταση του εκτυπωτή θα λειτουργούσε αλλά δεν θα λειτουργούσε η " -"ίδια η εκτύπωση επειδή θα έλειπε ο οδηγός.\n" -"Για εκτυπωτές που δεν είναι τύπου Postscript, χρειάζεται τον οδηγό και το " -"αντίστοιχο αρχείο PPD.\n" -"Αντίστοιχα αρχεία PPD εγκαθίστανται αυτόματα στο σωστό σημείο όταν " -"εγκαταστήσετε το αντίστοιχο πακέτο οδηγών εκτυπωτή. \n" -"Για εκτυπωτές PostScript μονάχα, ένα αρχείο PPD συνήθως είναι επαρκές για " -"να εγκατασταθεί ο εκτυπωτής.\n" -"Συγκεκριμένα είναι επαρκές όταν το αρχείο PPD δεν περιέχει εγγραφή " -"'cupsfilter', επειδή μία τέτοια εγγραφή θα αναφερόταν σε οδηγό εκτυπωτή." -" \n" +"Για εκτυπωτές που δεν είναι τύπου PostScript, το αρχείο PPD από μόνο του δεν αρκεί για να εγκαταστήσετε τον εκτυπωτή επιτυχώς.\n" +"Συγκεκριμένα δεν αρκεί για εκτυπωτές που δεν είναι τύπου PostScript απλά να κατεβάσετε ένα αρχείο PPD από το διαδίκτυο και να εγκαταστήσετε έναν εκτυπωτή με αυτό το αρχείο.\n" +"Η απλή εγκατάσταση του εκτυπωτή θα λειτουργούσε αλλά δεν θα λειτουργούσε η ίδια η εκτύπωση επειδή θα έλειπε ο οδηγός.\n" +"Για εκτυπωτές που δεν είναι τύπου Postscript, χρειάζεται τον οδηγό και το αντίστοιχο αρχείο PPD.\n" +"Αντίστοιχα αρχεία PPD εγκαθίστανται αυτόματα στο σωστό σημείο όταν εγκαταστήσετε το αντίστοιχο πακέτο οδηγών εκτυπωτή. \n" +"Για εκτυπωτές PostScript μονάχα, ένα αρχείο PPD συνήθως είναι επαρκές για να εγκατασταθεί ο εκτυπωτής.\n" +"Συγκεκριμένα είναι επαρκές όταν το αρχείο PPD δεν περιέχει εγγραφή 'cupsfilter', επειδή μία τέτοια εγγραφή θα αναφερόταν σε οδηγό εκτυπωτή. \n" "\n" #. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: @@ -2498,18 +2290,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Καθορίστε την Σύνδεση</big> \n" -"Η σύνδεση καθορίζει τον τρόπο που αποστέλλονται τα δεδομένα στον " -"εκτυπωτή. \n" -"Εάν χρησιμοποιηθεί λάθος τύπος σύνδεσης, δεν μπορούν να αποσταλούν δεδομένα " -"στην συσκευή\n" +"Η σύνδεση καθορίζει τον τρόπο που αποστέλλονται τα δεδομένα στον εκτυπωτή. \n" +"Εάν χρησιμοποιηθεί λάθος τύπος σύνδεσης, δεν μπορούν να αποσταλούν δεδομένα στην συσκευή\n" "και δεν θα επιτευχθεί καμία εκτύπωση.\n" "\n" @@ -2519,24 +2308,19 @@ "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'parallel', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -" \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2553,30 +2337,22 @@ "\n" "<big>URI συσκευή εκτυπωτή</big> \n" "Μία σύνδεση ορίζεται ως το επονομαζόμενο συσκευή URI. \n" -"Η πρώτη λέξη (το επονομαζόμενο 'σχήμα URI') καθορίζει τον τύπου μεταφοράς " -"δεδομένων,\n" +"Η πρώτη λέξη (το επονομαζόμενο 'σχήμα URI') καθορίζει τον τύπου μεταφοράς δεδομένων,\n" "για παράδειγμα 'παράλληλος', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd' ή 'ipp'. \n" -"Μετά το σχήμα υπάρχουν περισσότερα ή λιγότερα επιπλέον στοιχεία που " -"καθορίζουν τις λεπτομέρειες\n" +"Μετά το σχήμα υπάρχουν περισσότερα ή λιγότερα επιπλέον στοιχεία που καθορίζουν τις λεπτομέρειες\n" "αυτού του τύπου μεταφοράς δεδομένων. \n" "Κενοί χαρακτήρες δεν επιτρέπονται σε ένα URI.\n" -"Επομένως ένα κενό σε μία τιμή ενός στοιχείου URI κωδικοποιείται ως '%20' (20 " -"είναι η δεκαεξαδική τιμή του κενού χαρακτήρα). \n" -"Τα στοιχεία ενός URΙ χωρίζονται από ειδικούς φυλαγμένους χαρακτήρες όπως την " -"άνω κάτω τελεία ':', το κάθετο '/', το ερωτηματικό '?',\n" +"Επομένως ένα κενό σε μία τιμή ενός στοιχείου URI κωδικοποιείται ως '%20' (20 είναι η δεκαεξαδική τιμή του κενού χαρακτήρα). \n" +"Τα στοιχεία ενός URΙ χωρίζονται από ειδικούς φυλαγμένους χαρακτήρες όπως την άνω κάτω τελεία ':', το κάθετο '/', το ερωτηματικό '?',\n" "το σύμβολο και '&' ή το σύμβολο ίσον '='. \n" -"Μπορεί να υπάρχουν και προαιρετικοί παράμετροι (χωρισμένοι με ερωτηματικό " -"'?') του τύπου\n" -"'επιλογή1=τιμή1&επιλογή2=τιμή2&επιλογή3=τιμή3' ώστε ένα πλήρες URI μπορεί να " -"είναι όπως το παράδειγμα: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"Μπορεί να υπάρχουν και προαιρετικοί παράμετροι (χωρισμένοι με ερωτηματικό '?') του τύπου\n" +"'επιλογή1=τιμή1&επιλογή2=τιμή2&επιλογή3=τιμή3' ώστε ένα πλήρες URI μπορεί να είναι όπως το παράδειγμα: \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Μερικά Παραδείγματα: \n" "Ένας εκτυπωτής USB μοντέλο 'Fun Printer 1000+' κατασκευαστής 'ACME'\n" "με σειριακό αριθμό 'A1B2C3' μπορεί να έχει URI σαν: \n" "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3 \n" -"Ένας δικτυακός εκτυπωτής με IP 192.168.100.1 που είναι προσβάσιμος στην θύρα " -"9100\n" +"Ένας δικτυακός εκτυπωτής με IP 192.168.100.1 που είναι προσβάσιμος στην θύρα 9100\n" "μπορεί να έχει URI σαν: \n" "socket://192.168.100.1:9100 \n" "Ένας δικτυακός εκτυπωτής με IP 192.168.100.2 που είναι προσβάσιμος\n" @@ -2665,54 +2441,42 @@ "\n" "<big>Επί τοις εκατό κωδικοποίηση</big> \n" "Είναι πολύπλοκο το θέμα.\n" -"Συνίσταται να αποφύγετε δεσμευμένους χαρακτήρες και κενά για τιμές " -"στοιχείων\n" +"Συνίσταται να αποφύγετε δεσμευμένους χαρακτήρες και κενά για τιμές στοιχείων\n" "σε URI αν ελέγχετε εσείς τις τιμές (π.χ. δεν μπορείτε να το αποφύγετε όταν \n" "πρέπει να ορίσετε τέτοιους χαρακτήρες σε τιμές για ένα URI πρόσβασης σε \n" "απομακρυσμένη ουρά εκτύπωσης που δεν ελέγχεται από εσάς).\n" -"Όποτε είναι δυνατό, χρησιμοποιείτε τους επωνομαζόμενους 'αδέσμευτους " -"χαρακτήρες'.\n" +"Όποτε είναι δυνατό, χρησιμοποιείτε τους επωνομαζόμενους 'αδέσμευτους χαρακτήρες'.\n" "Οι αδέσμευτοι χαρακτήρες είναι κεφαλαίοι και μικροί λατινικοί χαρακτήρες,\n" "δεκαδικά ψηφία, η παύλα, η τελεία, η κάτω παύλα και το tilde.\n" "Η παύλα, η τελεία, το tilde και η ευαισθησία στα μεγάλα ή κεφαλαία γράμματα\n" -"μπορούν σε κάποιες ειδικές περιπτώσεις να προκαλούν ειδικά θέματα (π.χ. " -"μόνο\n" +"μπορούν σε κάποιες ειδικές περιπτώσεις να προκαλούν ειδικά θέματα (π.χ. μόνο\n" "τα γράμματα, ψηφία και κάτω παύλα λειτουργούν σε όνομα ουράς εκτύπωσης CUPS\n" "και εκεί δεν έχει σημασία αν είναι μικρά ή κεφαλαία τα γράμματα).\n" "Οπότε είναι καλύτερο να χρησιμοποιείτε μόνο μικρούς λατινικούς χαρακτήρες,\n" -"νούμερα και κάτω παύλες για όλες τις τιμές σε όλα τα URI εάν είναι δυνατό." -" \n" +"νούμερα και κάτω παύλες για όλες τις τιμές σε όλα τα URI εάν είναι δυνατό. \n" "Δεσμευμένοι και κενοί χαρακτήρες στην τιμή ενός στοιχείου πρέπει να είναι\n" "επί τοις εκατό κωδικοποιημένοι (επίσης γνωστό ως URL κωδικοποίηση). \n" -"Όταν ένα πεδίο εισαγωγής στον διάλογο προορίζεται για εισαγωγή τιμής ενός " -"μόνο\n" -"στοιχείου του URL (π.χ. ξεχωριστά πεδία εισόδου για όνομα χρήστη και " -"κωδικό),\n" +"Όταν ένα πεδίο εισαγωγής στον διάλογο προορίζεται για εισαγωγή τιμής ενός μόνο\n" +"στοιχείου του URL (π.χ. ξεχωριστά πεδία εισόδου για όνομα χρήστη και κωδικό),\n" "πρέπει να εισάγετε κενά και δεσμευμένους χαρακτήρες κανονικά (δηλαδή όχι\n" "επί τοις εκατό κωδικοποιημένους).\n" "Για τέτοια πεδία εισαγωγής, όλα τα κενά και οι δεσμευμένοι χαρακτήρες θα \n" "κωδικοποιηθούν αυτομάτως.\n" "Για παράδειγμα αν ένας κωδικός είναι πραγματικά 'Foo Bar' (όχι επί\n" -"τοις εκατό κωδικοποιημένος), πρέπει να εισαχθεί κανονικά στο πεδίο " -"εισαγωγής\n" +"τοις εκατό κωδικοποιημένος), πρέπει να εισαχθεί κανονικά στο πεδίο εισαγωγής\n" "κωδικού του διαλόγου.\n" "Το αποτέλεσμα της αυτοματοποιημένης κωδικοποίησης θα είναι 'Foo%20Bar' που\n" "είναι και ο τρόπος που αποθηκεύεται στο URI. \n" -"Σε αντίθεση όταν ένα πεδία εισαγωγής προορίζεται για περισσότερες από μία " -"τιμές \n" -"για ένα στοιχείο του URI (π.χ ένα πεδίο εισαγωγής για όλες τις " -"προαιρετικές \n" +"Σε αντίθεση όταν ένα πεδία εισαγωγής προορίζεται για περισσότερες από μία τιμές \n" +"για ένα στοιχείο του URI (π.χ ένα πεδίο εισαγωγής για όλες τις προαιρετικές \n" "παραμέτρους όπως 'επιλογή1=τιμή1&επιλογή2=τιμή2&επιλογή3=τιμή3' ή ένα \n" -"μοναδικό πεδίο εισαγωγής για ολόκληρο το URI), πρέπει να εισάγετε κενούς " -"και\n" +"μοναδικό πεδίο εισαγωγής για ολόκληρο το URI), πρέπει να εισάγετε κενούς και\n" "δεσμευμένους χαρακτήρες επί τοις εκατό κωδικοποιημένους επειδή η αυτόματη \n" "κωδικοποίηση δεν είναι πλέον δυνατή.\n" "Υποθέτοντας μία προαιρετική παράμετρο 'επιλογή=τιμή'\n" -"με τιμή 'this&that' ώστε η πλήρης παράμετρος να είναι " -"'επιλογή=this&that' (κανονικά)\n" +"με τιμή 'this&that' ώστε η πλήρης παράμετρος να είναι 'επιλογή=this&that' (κανονικά)\n" "Αλλά ένας κανονικά χαρακτήρας '&' σημαίνει χωρισμό ξεχωριστών προαιρετικών\n" -"παραμέτρων, οπότε σε ένα URI το 'επιλογή=this&that' σημαίνει μία πρώτη " -"παράμετρο\n" +"παραμέτρων, οπότε σε ένα URI το 'επιλογή=this&that' σημαίνει μία πρώτη παράμετρο\n" "'επιλογή=this' και μία δεύτερη παράμετρο που είναι μόνο το 'that'.\n" "Οπότε μία προαιρετική παράμετρος 'επιλογή=this&that' πρέπει να εισαχθεί \n" "επί τοις εκατό κωδικοποιημένη όπως 'επιλογή=this%26that' \n" @@ -2739,8 +2503,7 @@ "Το παπάκι @ κωδικοποιείται ως %40 \n" "Η αριστερή τετράγωνη παρένθεση [ κωδικοποιείται ως %5B \n" "Η δεξιά τετράγωνη παρένθεση ] κωδικοποιείται ως %5D \n" -"Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε το 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Γενική " -"Σύνταξη' στο \n" +"Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε το 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Γενική Σύνταξη' στο \n" "http://toole.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "" @@ -2769,10 +2532,8 @@ "Example device URIs: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be " -"installed.\n" -"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the " -"data\n" +"To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n" +"The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n" "to a bluetooth printer.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -2787,25 +2548,18 @@ "Συνήθως μόνο το αυτομάτως παραγόμενο URI συσκευής λειτουργεί.\n" "Όταν η συσκευή δεν ανιχνευτεί αυτόματα, δεν υπάρχει επικοινωνία με \n" "την συσκευή και δεν μπορούν να σταλούν δεδομένα στην συσκευή. \n" -"Για πρόσβαση σε εκτυπωτή HP ή πολυμηχανήματα μέσω του συστήματος υποστήριξης " -"'hp',\n" +"Για πρόσβαση σε εκτυπωτή HP ή πολυμηχανήματα μέσω του συστήματος υποστήριξης 'hp',\n" "το RPM πακέτο hplip πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο.\n" "Το πακέτο παρέχει εφαρμογές HP εκτύπωσης και σάρωσης HPLIP. \n" -"Σε αντίθεση, συσκευές που είναι συνδεδεμένες μέσω της σειριακής θύρας ή " -"bluetooth\n" -"δεν ανιχνεύονται αυτόματα, οπότε το URI της συσκευής πρέπει να ορίζεται " -"χειροκίνητα.\n" -"Οι παράμετροι του URI της σειριακής συσκευής πρέπει να συμμορφώνονται με " -"αυτές που \n" -"απαιτούνται από την σειριακή θύρα του εκτυπωτή. Δείτε το manual του σεριακού " -"εκτυπωτή.\n" +"Σε αντίθεση, συσκευές που είναι συνδεδεμένες μέσω της σειριακής θύρας ή bluetooth\n" +"δεν ανιχνεύονται αυτόματα, οπότε το URI της συσκευής πρέπει να ορίζεται χειροκίνητα.\n" +"Οι παράμετροι του URI της σειριακής συσκευής πρέπει να συμμορφώνονται με αυτές που \n" +"απαιτούνται από την σειριακή θύρα του εκτυπωτή. Δείτε το manual του σεριακού εκτυπωτή.\n" "Παράδειγμα URI συσκευών: \n" "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1 \n" "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F \n" -"Για πρόσβαση σε συσκευή μέσω bluetooth, το RPM πακέτο bluez-cups πρέπει να " -"είναι εγκατεστημένο.\n" -"Το πακέτο παρέχει το σύστημα υποστήριξης του CUPS 'bluetooth' που στέλνει τα " -"δεδομένα\n" +"Για πρόσβαση σε συσκευή μέσω bluetooth, το RPM πακέτο bluez-cups πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο.\n" +"Το πακέτο παρέχει το σύστημα υποστήριξης του CUPS 'bluetooth' που στέλνει τα δεδομένα\n" "στον εκτυπωτή bluetooth.\n" "" @@ -2813,8 +2567,7 @@ #: src/include/printer/helps.rb:586 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2851,29 +2604,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>URI συσκευής για πρόσβαση σε δικτυακό εκτυπωτή ή Εξυπηρετητή " -"Εκτυπωτών</big> \n" -"Ένας εξυπηρετητής εκτυπωτών είναι μία μικρή συσκευή με σύνδεση στο δίκτυο " -"και μία παράλληλη\n" +"<big>URI συσκευής για πρόσβαση σε δικτυακό εκτυπωτή ή Εξυπηρετητή Εκτυπωτών</big> \n" +"Ένας εξυπηρετητής εκτυπωτών είναι μία μικρή συσκευή με σύνδεση στο δίκτυο και μία παράλληλη\n" "ή USB σύνδεση στον ίδιον τον εκτυπωτή.\n" "Ένας δικτυακός εκτυπωτής έχει τέτοιο σύστημα ενσωματωμένο.\n" "Η πρόσβαση γίνεται μέσω τριών διαφορετικών πρωτοκόλλων δικτύου.\n" -"Δείτε τις οδηγίες του δικτυακού εκτυπωτή ή του εξυπηρετητή εκτυπωτών για το " -"τι \n" +"Δείτε τις οδηγίες του δικτυακού εκτυπωτή ή του εξυπηρετητή εκτυπωτών για το τι \n" "υποστηρίζει η συγκεκριμένη συσκευή: \n" "Θύρα TCP (AppSocket/JetDirect) \n" -"Χρειάζεται να γνωρίζετε τη διεύθυνση IP και τον αριθμό της θύρας για " -"πρόσβαση.\n" +"Χρειάζεται να γνωρίζετε τη διεύθυνση IP και τον αριθμό της θύρας για πρόσβαση.\n" "Συχνά η σωστή θύρα είναι 9100.\n" "Είναι το πιο απλό, πιο γρήγορο και γενικά το πιο αξιόπιστο πρωτόκολλο.\n" "Η αντίστοιχη URI συσκευή είναι: \n" "socket://ip-address:port-number \n" "Πρωτόκολλο Υπηρεσίας Γραμμικού Εκτυπωτή (LPD) \n" "Ένα LPD τρέχει στην συσκευή και παρέχει μία η περισσότερες ουρές LPD.\n" -"Χρειάζεται να ξέρετε τη διεύθυνση IP και το όνομα ουράς LPD για πρόσβαση σε " -"αυτή.\n" -"Σχεδόν όλοι ο δικτυακοί εκτυπωτές και τα κουτιά printserver το " -"υποστηρίζουν.\n" +"Χρειάζεται να ξέρετε τη διεύθυνση IP και το όνομα ουράς LPD για πρόσβαση σε αυτή.\n" +"Σχεδόν όλοι ο δικτυακοί εκτυπωτές και τα κουτιά printserver το υποστηρίζουν.\n" "Συχνά η χρήση ενός αυθαίρετου ονόματος ουράς 'LPT1' λειτουργεί.\n" "Αλλά χρησιμοποιώντας το σωστό όνομα ουράς LPD το οποίο δεν αλλάζει κάπως \n" "τα δεδομένα και δεν προσθέτει επιπλέον ροές σχήματος ή επικεφαλίδες μπορεί\n" @@ -2881,16 +2628,12 @@ "Η αντίστοιχη URI συσκευή είναι: \n" "lpd://ip-address/queue \n" "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) \n" -"Το IPP είναι το εγγενές πρωτόκολλο για CUPS που τρέχει σε πραγματικό " -"εκτυπωτή\n" -"αλλά όταν το IPP υλοποιηθεί σε μικρό εξυπηρετητή εκτυπωτών, συχνά δεν " -"υλοποιείται σωστά.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το IPP μόνο όταν ο κατασκευαστής το υποστηρίζει επίσημα στις " -"προδιαγραφές.\n" +"Το IPP είναι το εγγενές πρωτόκολλο για CUPS που τρέχει σε πραγματικό εκτυπωτή\n" +"αλλά όταν το IPP υλοποιηθεί σε μικρό εξυπηρετητή εκτυπωτών, συχνά δεν υλοποιείται σωστά.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το IPP μόνο όταν ο κατασκευαστής το υποστηρίζει επίσημα στις προδιαγραφές.\n" "Η αντίστοιχη URI συσκευή είναι: \n" "ipp://ip-address:θύρα/πόρος \n" -"Ποια θύρα και ποιος πόρος εξαρτάται ολοκληρωτικά από το συγκεκριμένο " -"μοντέλο \n" +"Ποια θύρα και ποιος πόρος εξαρτάται ολοκληρωτικά από το συγκεκριμένο μοντέλο \n" "δικτυακού εκτυπωτή η εξυπηρετητή εκτυπωτών. \n" "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε το \n" "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" @@ -2907,8 +2650,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2951,8 +2693,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2987,108 +2728,74 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>URI συσκευές για εκτύπωση μέσω εξυπηρετητή εκτυπωτών</big> \n" -"Σε αντίθεση με τους εξυπηρετητές εκτυπωτών, το σύστημα εξυπηρετητή εκτυπωτών " -"είναι πραγματικός\n" +"Σε αντίθεση με τους εξυπηρετητές εκτυπωτών, το σύστημα εξυπηρετητή εκτυπωτών είναι πραγματικός\n" "υπολογιστής που παρέχει υπηρεσία εκτύπωσης. \n" "Η πρόσβαση γίνεται μέσω διαφόρων πρωτοκόλλων.\n" -"Ρωτήστε τον διαχειριστή σας για το ποιο παρέχει ο εξυπηρετητής στο δικό σας " -"δίκτυο: \n" +"Ρωτήστε τον διαχειριστή σας για το ποιο παρέχει ο εξυπηρετητής στο δικό σας δίκτυο: \n" "Windows (R) ή Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"Για πρόσβαση σε διαμοιρασμένο εκτυπωτή SMB, το RPM πακέτο samba-client " -"πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο.\n" -"Το πακέτο παρέχει το σύστημα υποστήριξης CUPS 'smb' που είναι σύνδεσμος στην " -"εφαρμογή\n" -"<tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> η οποία στέλνει τα δεδομένα στον διαμοιρασμένο " -"εκτυπωτή SMB. \n" -"Χρειάζεται να ξέρετε το όνομα εξυπηρετητή, το όνομα διαμοιρασμένης ουράς " -"εκτύπωσης και\n" +"Για πρόσβαση σε διαμοιρασμένο εκτυπωτή SMB, το RPM πακέτο samba-client πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο.\n" +"Το πακέτο παρέχει το σύστημα υποστήριξης CUPS 'smb' που είναι σύνδεσμος στην εφαρμογή\n" +"<tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> η οποία στέλνει τα δεδομένα στον διαμοιρασμένο εκτυπωτή SMB. \n" +"Χρειάζεται να ξέρετε το όνομα εξυπηρετητή, το όνομα διαμοιρασμένης ουράς εκτύπωσης και\n" "προαιρετικά το όνομα ομάδας για πρόσβαση.\n" "Επίσης μπορεί να χρειάζεστε όνομα χρήστη και κωδικό.\n" -"Σημειώστε ότι κενά και ειδικοί χαρακτήρες σε αυτές τις τιμές πρέπει να " -"είναι\n" +"Σημειώστε ότι κενά και ειδικοί χαρακτήρες σε αυτές τις τιμές πρέπει να είναι\n" "επί τοις εκατό κωδικοποιημένοι (δείτε παραπάνω). \n" "Ο προεπιλεγμένος χρήστης συστημάτων υποστήριξης του cups (εδώ το smbspool) \n" -"είναι ο χρήστης 'lp'. Όταν εκτυπώνετε σε ένα περιβάλλον Ενεργού Καταλόγου " -"(R) (AD)\n" -"τότε ο χρήστης 'lp' δεν έχει δικαίωμα εκτύπωσης και ο παραδοσιακός τρόπος " -"εκτύπωσης\n" +"είναι ο χρήστης 'lp'. Όταν εκτυπώνετε σε ένα περιβάλλον Ενεργού Καταλόγου (R) (AD)\n" +"τότε ο χρήστης 'lp' δεν έχει δικαίωμα εκτύπωσης και ο παραδοσιακός τρόπος εκτύπωσης\n" "μέσω smbspool δεν θα λειτουργεί. \n" -"Για εκτύπωση σε περιβάλλον AD, πρέπει επιπλέον να είναι εγκατεστημένο το RPM " -"πακέτο samba-krb-printing.\n" -"Σε αυτή την περίπτωση το σύστημα υποστήριξης CUPS 'smb' γίνεται σύνδεσμος " -"στο\n" -"<tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt> το οποίο είναι περίβλημα για να τρέξει " -"το smbspool\n" +"Για εκτύπωση σε περιβάλλον AD, πρέπει επιπλέον να είναι εγκατεστημένο το RPM πακέτο samba-krb-printing.\n" +"Σε αυτή την περίπτωση το σύστημα υποστήριξης CUPS 'smb' γίνεται σύνδεσμος στο\n" +"<tt>/usr/bin/get_printing_ticket</tt> το οποίο είναι περίβλημα για να τρέξει το smbspool\n" "σαν τον χρήστη που έδωσε την εργασία εκτύπωσης.\n" -"Όταν το πρωτόκολλο kerberos χρησιμοποιείται για έλεγχο ταυτότητας σε ένα " -"περιβάλλον AD,\n" -"ο χρήστης παίρνει ένα ticket granting ticket (TGT) μέσω του διευθυντή οθόνης " -"κατά την \n" +"Όταν το πρωτόκολλο kerberos χρησιμοποιείται για έλεγχο ταυτότητας σε ένα περιβάλλον AD,\n" +"ο χρήστης παίρνει ένα ticket granting ticket (TGT) μέσω του διευθυντή οθόνης κατά την \n" "είσοδο στο Gnome ή την επιφάνεια εργασίας KDE.\n" -"Όταν εκτελείται το smbspool ως τον αρχικό χρήστη που έδωσε την συγκεκριμένη " -"εργασία εκτύπωσης,\n" -"μπορεί να πάρει πρόσβαση στο TGT του χρήστη και να το χρησιμοποιήσει για να " -"στείλει τα \n" -"δεδομένα στον διαμοιρασμένο εκτυπωτή SMB ακόμα και σε ένα περιβάλλον AD με " -"έλεγχο ταυτότητας kerberos.\n" -"Σε αυτή την περίπτωση δεν χρειάζεται να οριστεί όνομα χρήστη ή κωδικός " -"πρόσβασης.\n" -"Μία προϋπόθεση είναι ότι το get_printing_ticket τρέχει στον ίδιο κόμβο στον " -"οποίο είναι συνδεδεμένος \n" +"Όταν εκτελείται το smbspool ως τον αρχικό χρήστη που έδωσε την συγκεκριμένη εργασία εκτύπωσης,\n" +"μπορεί να πάρει πρόσβαση στο TGT του χρήστη και να το χρησιμοποιήσει για να στείλει τα \n" +"δεδομένα στον διαμοιρασμένο εκτυπωτή SMB ακόμα και σε ένα περιβάλλον AD με έλεγχο ταυτότητας kerberos.\n" +"Σε αυτή την περίπτωση δεν χρειάζεται να οριστεί όνομα χρήστη ή κωδικός πρόσβασης.\n" +"Μία προϋπόθεση είναι ότι το get_printing_ticket τρέχει στον ίδιο κόμβο στον οποίο είναι συνδεδεμένος \n" "ο χρήστης που έδωσε την συγκεκριμένη εργασία εκτύπωσης.\n" -"Αυτό σημαίνει ότι πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο στον υπολογιστή του χρήστη " -"που θα υποβάλλει\n" -"τέτοιες εργασίες εκτύπωσης και ο υπολογιστής αυτός πρέπει να στέλνει τα " -"δεδομένα εκτύπωσης\n" +"Αυτό σημαίνει ότι πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο στον υπολογιστή του χρήστη που θα υποβάλλει\n" +"τέτοιες εργασίες εκτύπωσης και ο υπολογιστής αυτός πρέπει να στέλνει τα δεδομένα εκτύπωσης\n" "απευθείας στον διαμοιρασμένο εκτυπωτή SMB στο περιβάλλον AD.\n" -"Συγκεκριμένα δεν λειτουργεί σε ξεχωριστούς διακομιστές CUPS όπου οι χρήστες " -"στέλνουν εκτυπώσεις\n" +"Συγκεκριμένα δεν λειτουργεί σε ξεχωριστούς διακομιστές CUPS όπου οι χρήστες στέλνουν εκτυπώσεις\n" "χωρίς να έχουν κάνει είσοδο στο σύστημα. \n" "Για τον παραδοσιακό τρόπο, μία ταιριαστή και πλήρης URI συσκευή είναι: \n" "smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer \n" -"Για παράδειγμα ο 'John Doe\" με κωδικό '@home!' μπορεί να χρησιμοποιεί κάτι " -"σαν την ακόλουθη URI συσκευή\n" +"Για παράδειγμα ο 'John Doe\" με κωδικό '@home!' μπορεί να χρησιμοποιεί κάτι σαν την ακόλουθη URI συσκευή\n" "για πρόσβαση σε ένα διαμοιρασμένο εκτυπωτή 'Fun Printer 1000+' : \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε τα <tt>man smbspool</tt> και \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" -"'Windows' και 'Active Directory' είναι κατοχυρωμένα εμπορικά σήματα του " -"Microsoft Corporation\n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"'Windows' και 'Active Directory' είναι κατοχυρωμένα εμπορικά σήματα του Microsoft Corporation\n" "στης Ηνωμένες Πολιτείες και άλλες χώρες. \n" "Παραδοσιακός διακομιστής UNIX (LPR) \n" -"Ένας Line Printer Daemon (LPD) τρέχει σε παραδοσιακό UNIX διακομιστή και " -"παρέχει μία ή περισσότερες ουρές LPD.\n" +"Ένας Line Printer Daemon (LPD) τρέχει σε παραδοσιακό UNIX διακομιστή και παρέχει μία ή περισσότερες ουρές LPD.\n" "Χρειάζεται να ξέρετε την IP και το όνομα ουράς LPD για πρόσβαση σε αυτή.\n" "Η αντίστοιχη URI συσκευή είναι: \n" "lpd://ip-address/queue \n" "Διακομιστής CUPS \n" -"Συνήθως δεν πρέπει να στήσετε τοπική ουρά εκτύπωσης για να έχετε πρόσβαση σε " -"απομακρυσμένη\n" -"ουρά εκτύπωσης σε διακομιστή CUPS. Αντίθετα κάντε την εγκατάσταση στον " -"διάλογο \"Εκτύπωση μέσω δικτύου\".\n" -"Μόνο αν ξέρετε ότι πρέπει να στήσετε τοπική ουρά εκτύπωσης για πρόσβαση σε " -"απομακρυσμένη ουρά\n" +"Συνήθως δεν πρέπει να στήσετε τοπική ουρά εκτύπωσης για να έχετε πρόσβαση σε απομακρυσμένη\n" +"ουρά εκτύπωσης σε διακομιστή CUPS. Αντίθετα κάντε την εγκατάσταση στον διάλογο \"Εκτύπωση μέσω δικτύου\".\n" +"Μόνο αν ξέρετε ότι πρέπει να στήσετε τοπική ουρά εκτύπωσης για πρόσβαση σε απομακρυσμένη ουρά\n" "εκτύπωσης σε διακομιστή CUPS πρέπει να προχωρήσετε. \n" "IPP είναι το εγγενές πρωτόκολλο για CUPS που τρέχει σε διακομιστή.\n" "Η επίσημη θύρα IANA για το IPP είναι το 631.\n" "Η αντίστοιχη URI συσκευή είναι: \n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" "Εξυπηρετητής Εκτύπωσης Novell Netware (IPX) \n" -"Για πρόσβαση σε ουρές εκτύπωσης σε διακομιστή εκτύπωσης Novell Netware, το " -"RPM πακέτο\n" +"Για πρόσβαση σε ουρές εκτύπωσης σε διακομιστή εκτύπωσης Novell Netware, το RPM πακέτο\n" "ncpfs πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο.\n" -"Το πακέτο παρέχει το σύστημα υποστήριξης CUPS 'novell' που εκτελεί την " -"εφαρμογή \n" -"<tt>nprint</tt> η οποία στέλνει δεδομένα στην ουρά εκτύπωσης Novell " -"Netware.\n" -"Χρειάζεται να ξέρετε το όνομα διακομιστής και όνομα ουράς εκτύπωσης για " -"πρόσβαση σε αυτή.\n" +"Το πακέτο παρέχει το σύστημα υποστήριξης CUPS 'novell' που εκτελεί την εφαρμογή \n" +"<tt>nprint</tt> η οποία στέλνει δεδομένα στην ουρά εκτύπωσης Novell Netware.\n" +"Χρειάζεται να ξέρετε το όνομα διακομιστής και όνομα ουράς εκτύπωσης για πρόσβαση σε αυτή.\n" "Επίσης μπορεί να χρειάζεται όνομα χρήστη και κωδικός για πρόσβαση.\n" "Η αντίστοιχη URI συσκευή είναι: \n" "novell://username:password@server/queue \n" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε το <tt>man nprint</tt> και την " -"υπόλοιπη\n" +"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε το <tt>man nprint</tt> και την υπόλοιπη\n" "τεκμηρίωση στο πακέτο RPM ncpfs.\n" "" @@ -3126,12 +2833,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -3141,45 +2846,36 @@ "εάν ξέρετε το ακριβές URI της συσκευής για την περίπτωσή σας\n" "ή να τροποποιήσετε μια υπάρχουσα URI συσκευή με ειδικό τρόπο. \n" "Αποστολή δεδομένων εκτύπωσης σε άλλο πρόγραμμα (pipe) \n" -"Για να το καταφέρετε, το πακέτο RPM cups-backends πρέπει να είναι " -"εγκατεστημένο.\n" +"Για να το καταφέρετε, το πακέτο RPM cups-backends πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο.\n" "Το πακέτο παρέχει το σύστημα βοήθειας CUPS 'pipe' το οποίο τρέχει\n" "το πρόγραμμα που επιλέξατε εδώ.\n" "Η αντίστοιχη URI συσκευή είναι: \n" "pipe:/path/to/targetcommand \n" "Daisy-chain Σύστημα Υποστήριξης Διαχείρισης Σφαλμάτων (beh) \n" -"Για να το καταφέρετε, το πακέτο RPM foomatic-filters πρέπει να είναι " -"εγκατεστημένο.\n" +"Για να το καταφέρετε, το πακέτο RPM foomatic-filters πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο.\n" "Το πακέτο παρέχει το σύστημα υποστήριξης CUPS 'beh'. \n" -"Το σύστημα υποστήριξης 'beh' είναι ένα περίβλημα για το σύνηθες σύστημα " -"υποστήριξης,\n" +"Το σύστημα υποστήριξης 'beh' είναι ένα περίβλημα για το σύνηθες σύστημα υποστήριξης,\n" "το οποίο ονομάστηκε beh.\n" "Με αυτόν τον τρόπο το beh μπορεί, βασιζόμενο στις ρυθμίσεις του,\n" -"να επαναλάβει την κλήση του συστήματος υποστήριξης ή απλά να κρύψει το " -"μήνυμα σφάλματος\n" +"να επαναλάβει την κλήση του συστήματος υποστήριξης ή απλά να κρύψει το μήνυμα σφάλματος\n" "του συστήματος υποστήριξης από το να το δει η υπηρεσία CUPS.\n" "Η αντίστοιχη URI συσκευή είναι: \n" "beh:/nodisable/attempts/delay/originalDeviceURI \n" "Εάν το nodisable είναι '1' το beh πάντα θα τελειώνει επιτυχώς\n" "έτσι ώστε η σειρά να μην απενεργοποιείτε ποτέ αλλά από την άλλη μεριά\n" "οι εργασίες εκτύπωσης χάνονται εάν υπάρξει ένα σφάλμα. \n" -"Προσπάθειες είναι ο αριθμός των προσπαθειών για επανάκληση του συστήματος " -"υποστήριξης\n" +"Προσπάθειες είναι ο αριθμός των προσπαθειών για επανάκληση του συστήματος υποστήριξης\n" "στη περίπτωση ενός σφάλματος. Το '0' σημαίνει άπειρες επαναλήψεις. \n" "\n" "Καθυστέρηση είναι ο αριθμός των δευτερολέπτων μεταξύ δύο προσπαθειών\n" "κλήσης του συστήματος υποστήριξης. \n" -"Η τελευταία παράμετρος είναι το αρχικό URI, το οποίο είχε νωρίτερα η σειρά." -" \n" +"Η τελευταία παράμετρος είναι το αρχικό URI, το οποίο είχε νωρίτερα η σειρά. \n" "Παράδειγμα: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"Το σύστημα υποστήριξης beh προσπαθεί να έχει πρόσβαση σε έναν δικτυακό " -"εκτυπωτή 3 φορές με 5 δευτερόλεπτα καθυστέρηση\n" -"μεταξύ των προσπαθειών. Εάν η πρόσβαση ακόμα αποτυγχάνει, η σειρά δεν θα " -"απενεργοποιείται\n" +"Το σύστημα υποστήριξης beh προσπαθεί να έχει πρόσβαση σε έναν δικτυακό εκτυπωτή 3 φορές με 5 δευτερόλεπτα καθυστέρηση\n" +"μεταξύ των προσπαθειών. Εάν η πρόσβαση ακόμα αποτυγχάνει, η σειρά δεν θα απενεργοποιείται\n" "και η εργασία εκτύπωσης χάνεται. \n" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε το <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> και \n" +"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες δείτε το <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> και \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" @@ -3188,8 +2884,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -" \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -3224,37 +2919,20 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Εκτύπωση Μέσω Δικτύου</big> \n" "Συνήθως το CUPS χρησιμοποιείται για εκτύπωση μέσω δικτύου. \n" -"Εξ' ορισμού το CUPS χρησιμοποιεί την λεγόμενη λειτουργία πλοήγησης για να " -"κάνει διαθέσιμους τους εκτυπωτές μέσω δικτύου \n" -"Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, οι απομακρυσμένοι εξυπηρετητές CUPS πρέπει να " -"εκδίδουν τους εκτυπωτές μέσω δικτύου, και αντίστοιχα στον \n" -"υπολογιστή σας, η υπηρεσία cups (cupsd) η οποία ανταποκρίνεται σε " -"εισερχόμενες πληροφορίες εκδιδομένων εκτυπωτών πρέπει να λειτουργεί. \n" +"Εξ' ορισμού το CUPS χρησιμοποιεί την λεγόμενη λειτουργία πλοήγησης για να κάνει διαθέσιμους τους εκτυπωτές μέσω δικτύου \n" +"Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση, οι απομακρυσμένοι εξυπηρετητές CUPS πρέπει να εκδίδουν τους εκτυπωτές μέσω δικτύου, και αντίστοιχα στον \n" +"υπολογιστή σας, η υπηρεσία cups (cupsd) η οποία ανταποκρίνεται σε εισερχόμενες πληροφορίες εκδιδομένων εκτυπωτών πρέπει να λειτουργεί. \n" "Οι πληροφορίες πλοήγησης CUPS λαμβάνονται στην θύρα UDP 631. \n" "Σχετικά με το τείχος προστασίας: \n" -"Ελέγξτε αν ένα τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργό για την ζώνη δικτύου στην " -"οποία οι εκτυπωτές εκδίδονται μέσω δικτύου.\n" -"Εξ' ορισμού το SuSEfirewall επιτρέπει οποιαδήποτε εισερχόμενη πληροφορία " -"μέσω διασύνδεσης δικτύου που ανήκει στην εσωτερική ζώνη\n" +"Ελέγξτε αν ένα τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργό για την ζώνη δικτύου στην οποία οι εκτυπωτές εκδίδονται μέσω δικτύου.\n" +"Εξ' ορισμού το SuSEfirewall επιτρέπει οποιαδήποτε εισερχόμενη πληροφορία μέσω διασύνδεσης δικτύου που ανήκει στην εσωτερική ζώνη\n" "επειδή η ζώνη αυτή είναι εξ' ορισμού έμπιστη. \n" -"Δεν έχει νόημα η εκτύπωση σε ένα έμπιστο εσωτερικό δίκτυο από μία διασύνδεση " -"δικτύου που ανήκει σε εξωτερική μη έμπιστη ζώνη\n" -"(Το δεύτερο είναι η προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση για διεπαφές δικτύου για λόγους " -"ασφαλείας).\n" -"Συγκεκριμένα μην απενεργοποιείτε το τείχος προστασίας για το CUPS (π.χ. για " -"IPP που χρησιμοποιεί την θύρα TCP και UDP 631) για την μη έμπιστη εξωτερική " -"ζώνη. \n" -"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε εκτυπωτή σε ένα έμπιστο εσωτερικό δίκτυο και να είστε " -"προστατευμένοι από εξωτερική πρόσβαση με το τείχος προστασίας από " -"οποιαδήποτε διασύνδεση δικτύου (συγκεκριμένα από το διαδίκτυο), αναθέσετε " -"την διασύνδεση δικτύου στην οποία ανήκει το το εσωτερικό δίκτυο, σε " -"εσωτερική ζώνη στο τείχος προστασίας.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε την μονάδα ρύθμισης του τείχους προστασίας YaST για να κάνετε " -"αυτή την θεμελιώδη ρύθμιση και να αποκτήσετε ασφάλεια συν ευχρηστία στο " -"δίκτυό σας και η χρήση απομακρυσμένων εκτυπωτών σε ένα έμπιστο εσωτερικό " -"δίκτυο θα λειτουργεί χωρίς περαιτέρω ρυθμίσεις στο τείχος προστασίας. \n" -"Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε το άρθρο της βάσης δεδομένων υποστήριξης του openSUSE " -"'CUPS και υγιείς ρυθμίσεις τείχους προστασίας' στο \n" +"Δεν έχει νόημα η εκτύπωση σε ένα έμπιστο εσωτερικό δίκτυο από μία διασύνδεση δικτύου που ανήκει σε εξωτερική μη έμπιστη ζώνη\n" +"(Το δεύτερο είναι η προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση για διεπαφές δικτύου για λόγους ασφαλείας).\n" +"Συγκεκριμένα μην απενεργοποιείτε το τείχος προστασίας για το CUPS (π.χ. για IPP που χρησιμοποιεί την θύρα TCP και UDP 631) για την μη έμπιστη εξωτερική ζώνη. \n" +"Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε εκτυπωτή σε ένα έμπιστο εσωτερικό δίκτυο και να είστε προστατευμένοι από εξωτερική πρόσβαση με το τείχος προστασίας από οποιαδήποτε διασύνδεση δικτύου (συγκεκριμένα από το διαδίκτυο), αναθέσετε την διασύνδεση δικτύου στην οποία ανήκει το το εσωτερικό δίκτυο, σε εσωτερική ζώνη στο τείχος προστασίας.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε την μονάδα ρύθμισης του τείχους προστασίας YaST για να κάνετε αυτή την θεμελιώδη ρύθμιση και να αποκτήσετε ασφάλεια συν ευχρηστία στο δίκτυό σας και η χρήση απομακρυσμένων εκτυπωτών σε ένα έμπιστο εσωτερικό δίκτυο θα λειτουργεί χωρίς περαιτέρω ρυθμίσεις στο τείχος προστασίας. \n" +"Για λεπτομέρειες δείτε το άρθρο της βάσης δεδομένων υποστήριξης του openSUSE 'CUPS και υγιείς ρυθμίσεις τείχους προστασίας' στο \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" @@ -3292,10 +2970,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -" \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3305,22 +2981,15 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Αν εκτυπώνετε μόνο μέσω δικτύου και χρησιμοποιείτε έναν μοναδικό διακομιστή " -"CUPS,\n" -"δεν χρειάζεται να χρησιμοποιήσετε CUPS Browsing και να έχετε την υπηρεσία " -"CUPS να εκτελείται\n" -"στον υπολογιστή σας. Αντίθετα είναι πιο απλό να ορίσετε τον εξυπηρετητή CUPS " -"και \n" +"Αν εκτυπώνετε μόνο μέσω δικτύου και χρησιμοποιείτε έναν μοναδικό διακομιστή CUPS,\n" +"δεν χρειάζεται να χρησιμοποιήσετε CUPS Browsing και να έχετε την υπηρεσία CUPS να εκτελείται\n" +"στον υπολογιστή σας. Αντίθετα είναι πιο απλό να ορίσετε τον εξυπηρετητή CUPS και \n" "να έχετε απευθείας πρόσβαση σε αυτόν. \n" -"Ένα πιθανό μειονέκτημα είναι ότι οι εφαρμογές μπορεί να καθυστερούν για λίγη " -"ώρα\n" -"(μέχρι να γίνει λήξη χρονικού ορίου) όταν προσπαθούν να αποκτήσουν πρόσβαση " -"στον εξυπηρετητή\n" +"Ένα πιθανό μειονέκτημα είναι ότι οι εφαρμογές μπορεί να καθυστερούν για λίγη ώρα\n" +"(μέχρι να γίνει λήξη χρονικού ορίου) όταν προσπαθούν να αποκτήσουν πρόσβαση στον εξυπηρετητή\n" "CUPS όταν αυτός δεν είναι διαθέσιμος. (π.χ. όταν ταξιδεύετε με φορητό). \n" -"Συνήθως είναι λήξη χρονικού ορίου ανάλυσης ονόματος κόμβου (DNS) που " -"προκαλεί την καθυστέρηση,\n" -"οπότε μπορεί να βοηθάει να έχετε εισάγει χειροκίνητα τον εξυπηρετητή CUPS " -"και την ip του\n" +"Συνήθως είναι λήξη χρονικού ορίου ανάλυσης ονόματος κόμβου (DNS) που προκαλεί την καθυστέρηση,\n" +"οπότε μπορεί να βοηθάει να έχετε εισάγει χειροκίνητα τον εξυπηρετητή CUPS και την ip του\n" "στο αρχείο /etc/hosts.\n" "" @@ -3339,10 +3008,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Πρέπει να ορίσετε κατάλληλη ουρά εκτύπωσης στην υπολογιστή σας αν δεν " -"υπάρχει\n" -"διακομιστής CUPS στο δίκτυό σας, όταν πρέπει να αποκτήσετε πρόσβαση σε " -"δικτυακό\n" +"Πρέπει να ορίσετε κατάλληλη ουρά εκτύπωσης στην υπολογιστή σας αν δεν υπάρχει\n" +"διακομιστής CUPS στο δίκτυό σας, όταν πρέπει να αποκτήσετε πρόσβαση σε δικτυακό\n" "εκτυπωτή απευθείας ή όταν χρησιμοποιείτε άλλου τύπου εκτυπωτή\n" "π.χ. όταν εκτυπώνετε μέσω Windows (R), διακομιστή Samba ή μέσω\n" "παραδοσιακού διακομιστή UNIX . \n" @@ -3358,8 +3025,7 @@ "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" @@ -3367,11 +3033,9 @@ "\n" "<big>Κοινόχρηστες Ουρές Εκτύπωσης και Έκδοση Μέσω Δικτύου</big> \n" "Συνήθως το CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) ρυθμίζεται να χρησιμοποιεί\n" -"την κατάσταση 'Browsing' για να κάνει διαθέσιμους τους εκτυπωτές μέσω " -"δικτύου. \n" +"την κατάσταση 'Browsing' για να κάνει διαθέσιμους τους εκτυπωτές μέσω δικτύου. \n" "Έτσι οι εξυπηρετητές CUPS μπορούν να εκδώσουν τις τοπικές ουρές εκτύπωσης\n" -"μέσω δικτύου και αντίστοιχα πρέπει να λειτουργεί η υπηρεσία CUPS (cupsd) " -"στους πελάτες,\n" +"μέσω δικτύου και αντίστοιχα πρέπει να λειτουργεί η υπηρεσία CUPS (cupsd) στους πελάτες,\n" "που εντοπίζει εισερχόμενες πληροφορίες περί εκδιδομένων εκτυπωτών. \n" "Οι πληροφορίες του CUPS Browsing λαμβάνονται μέσω UDP στην θύρα 631.\n" "" @@ -3381,36 +3045,26 @@ msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -" \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Πρώτα απ 'όλα τα συστήματα πελάτη CUPS πρέπει να επιτρέπεται να έχουν " -"πρόσβαση στο διακομιστή CUPS.\n" -"Στη συνέχεια, καθορίστε αν ή όχι οι εκτυπωτές θα πρέπει να δημοσιεύονται " -"στους πελάτες. \n" -"Σε ένα τοπικό δίκτυο ο συνηθισμένος τρόπος για να δημιουργηθεί CUPS " -"περιήγηση είναι\n" -"να επιτρέψει την απομακρυσμένη πρόσβαση για όλους τους κεντρικούς " -"υπολογιστές του τοπικού δικτύου\n" +"Πρώτα απ 'όλα τα συστήματα πελάτη CUPS πρέπει να επιτρέπεται να έχουν πρόσβαση στο διακομιστή CUPS.\n" +"Στη συνέχεια, καθορίστε αν ή όχι οι εκτυπωτές θα πρέπει να δημοσιεύονται στους πελάτες. \n" +"Σε ένα τοπικό δίκτυο ο συνηθισμένος τρόπος για να δημιουργηθεί CUPS περιήγηση είναι\n" +"να επιτρέψει την απομακρυσμένη πρόσβαση για όλους τους κεντρικούς υπολογιστές του τοπικού δικτύου\n" "και να δημοσιεύσει τους εκτυπωτές σε όλους αυτούς τους υπολογιστές. \n" "Δεν είναι υποχρεωμένη να δημοσιεύσει τους εκτυπωτές σε κάθε περίπτωση. \n" -"Αν έχετε έναν μόνο διακομιστή CUPS, δεν υπάρχει καμία ανάγκη να " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί η CUPS περιήγηση.\n" -"Αντ 'αυτού, είναι ευκολότερο να καθορίσετε το διακομιστή CUPS στα συστήματα " -"client\n" -"(«εκτύπωση μέσω δικτύου») έτσι ώστε οι πελάτες να έχουν πρόσβαση στο " -"διακομιστή άμεσα.\n" +"Αν έχετε έναν μόνο διακομιστή CUPS, δεν υπάρχει καμία ανάγκη να χρησιμοποιηθεί η CUPS περιήγηση.\n" +"Αντ 'αυτού, είναι ευκολότερο να καθορίσετε το διακομιστή CUPS στα συστήματα client\n" +"(«εκτύπωση μέσω δικτύου») έτσι ώστε οι πελάτες να έχουν πρόσβαση στο διακομιστή άμεσα.\n" "" #. SharingDialog help 3/4: @@ -3434,12 +3088,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Υπάρχουν διάφοροι τρόποι που μπορούν να συνυπάρξουν οι τρόποι καθορισμού\n" -"του ποιοι απομακρυσμένοι κόμβοι επιτρέπεται να έχουν πρόσβαση στο διακομιστή " -"CUPS. \n" +"του ποιοι απομακρυσμένοι κόμβοι επιτρέπεται να έχουν πρόσβαση στο διακομιστή CUPS. \n" "Δυνατότητα απομακρυσμένης πρόσβασης για υπολογιστές σε τοπικό δίκτυο\n" "θα επιτρέψει την πρόσβαση από όλους τους υπολογιστές του τοπικού δικτύου.\n" -"Ένας απομακρυσμένος υπολογιστής είναι στο τοπικό δίκτυο όταν έχει μια " -"διεύθυνση IP\n" +"Ένας απομακρυσμένος υπολογιστής είναι στο τοπικό δίκτυο όταν έχει μια διεύθυνση IP\n" "που ανήκει στο ίδιο δίκτυο με τον διακομιστή CUPS\n" "και όταν η σύνδεση με το δίκτυο του\n" "χρησιμοποιεί μία μη-PPP διεπαφή του διακομιστή CUPS\n" @@ -3492,27 +3144,22 @@ "στον υπολογιστή μας εναντίον μίας ανεπιθύμητης πρόσβασης μέσω δικτύου. \n" "(κανένας δεν επιτρέπει αυθαίρετους χρήστες απ' οποιαδήποτε εξωτερικό δίκτυο\n" "εκτύπωσης σε αυτόν τον εκτυπωτή) και συνήθως οι χρήστες χρειάζονται\n" -"φυσική πρόσβαση στον εκτυπωτή για να πάρουν το αποτέλεσμα της εκτύπωσής τους." -" \n" -"Από προεπιλογή το SuSEfirewall επιτρέπει οποιαδήποτε κίνηση στο δίκτυο να " -"περάσει\n" +"φυσική πρόσβαση στον εκτυπωτή για να πάρουν το αποτέλεσμα της εκτύπωσής τους. \n" +"Από προεπιλογή το SuSEfirewall επιτρέπει οποιαδήποτε κίνηση στο δίκτυο να περάσει\n" "μέσω της διεπαφής δικτύου η οποία ανήκει στην 'εσωτερική ζώνη'\n" "επειδή αυτή η ζώνη είναι αξιόπιστη από προεπιλογή. \n" "Δεν έχει νόημα να εκτυπώνεις σε ένα αξιόπιστο εσωτερικό δίκτυο\n" "με μία διεπαφή δικτύου η οποία ανήκει σε μη αξιόπιστη 'εξωτερική ζώνη'\n" -"(η τελευταία είναι η προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση για διεπαφές δικτύου να είναι " -"ασφαλές).\n" +"(η τελευταία είναι η προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση για διεπαφές δικτύου να είναι ασφαλές).\n" "Μην απενεργοποιείτε το τοίχος προστασίας για το CUPS\n" "(π.χ. για το IPP το οποίο χρησιμοποιεί την TCP port 631 και UDP port 631)\n" "για τη μη αξιόπιστη 'εξωτερική ζώνη'. \n" "Για να κάνουμε τους εκτυπωτές προσβάσιμους στην αξιόπιστη εσωτερική ζώνη\n" -"και να είναι προστατευμένοι από το τοίχος προστασίας εναντίον ανεπιθύμητης " -"πρόσβασης\n" +"και να είναι προστατευμένοι από το τοίχος προστασίας εναντίον ανεπιθύμητης πρόσβασης\n" "από οποιοδήποτε εξωτερικό δίκτυο (κυρίως από το Διαδίκτυο),\n" "αναθέστε τη διεπαφή δικτύου που ανήκει στο εσωτερικό δίκτυο\n" "στην εσωτερική ζώνη του τοίχους προστασίας.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη μονάδα εγκατάστασης του YaST Τοίχους προστασίας για να " -"γίνει αυτή η θεμελιώδη εγκατάσταση\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη μονάδα εγκατάστασης του YaST Τοίχους προστασίας για να γίνει αυτή η θεμελιώδη εγκατάσταση\n" "για να κερδίσει την ασφάλεια καθώς και τη χρησιμότητα του δικτύου σας και\n" "η κοινή χρήση εκτυπωτών σε ένα αξιόπιστο εσωτερικό δίκτυο\n" "θα λειτουργήσει χωρίς καμία περαιτέρω ρύθμιση του τείχους προστασίας. \n" @@ -3534,10 +3181,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Πολιτική Λειτουργίας</big> \n" -"Οι πολιτικές λειτουργίας είναι κανόνες που χρησιμοποιούνται για κάθε " -"λειτουργία στο CUPS.\n" -"Τέτοιες λειτουργίες είναι για παράδειγμα 'εκτύπωση', 'ακύρωση μιας " -"εκτύπωσης',\n" +"Οι πολιτικές λειτουργίας είναι κανόνες που χρησιμοποιούνται για κάθε λειτουργία στο CUPS.\n" +"Τέτοιες λειτουργίες είναι για παράδειγμα 'εκτύπωση', 'ακύρωση μιας εκτύπωσης',\n" "'ρύθμιση ενός εκτυπωτή', 'τροποποίηση ή διαγραφή μιας ρύθμισης εκτυπωτή',\n" "και 'ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση εκτύπωσης.\n" "" @@ -3563,15 +3208,13 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Πολιτική Σφαλμάτων</big> \n" -"Η Πολιτική Σφαλμάτων ορίζει ότι τη προεπιλεγμένη πολιτική που θα " -"χρησιμοποιείτε όταν\n" +"Η Πολιτική Σφαλμάτων ορίζει ότι τη προεπιλεγμένη πολιτική που θα χρησιμοποιείτε όταν\n" "το CUPS αποτυγχάνει να στείλει εκτύπωση στη συσκευή εκτύπωσης. \n" "Ανάλογα με τον συγκεκριμένο τρόπο σύνδεσης του εκτυπωτή\n" "(για παράδειγμα 'παράλληλα ', 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', ;h 'ipp'),\n" @@ -3580,17 +3223,14 @@ "μπορεί να αντικαταστήσει την προεπιλεγμένη πολιτική σφαλμάτων\n" "και να επιβάλλει μια άλλη πολιτική σφαλμάτων (δείτε <tt>man backend</tt>).\n" "Για παράδειγμα μπορεί να σταματήσει οποιαδήποτε προσπάθεια εκτύπωσης\n" -"ακόμα και όταν η προεπιλεγμένη πολιτική σφαλμάτων προσπαθεί για την " -"εκτύπωση.\n" +"ακόμα και όταν η προεπιλεγμένη πολιτική σφαλμάτων προσπαθεί για την εκτύπωση.\n" "Αυτό μπορεί να συμβεί όταν η προσπάθεια έναρξης\n" "επικοινωνίας με τον εκτυπωτή είναι αδύνατη\n" "και δεν έχει νόημα η επανάληψη της εκτύπωσης.\n" " \n" "Οι επόμενες πολιτικές σφαλμάτων υπάρχουν: \n" -"Σταμάτημα του εκτυπωτή και κράτημα της εργασίας για μελλοντική εκτύπωση." -" \n" -"Επαναποστολή της εργασίας από την αρχή αφού περιμένετε ένα μικρό διάστημα " -"(30 δευτερόλεπτα από προεπιλογή). \n" +"Σταμάτημα του εκτυπωτή και κράτημα της εργασίας για μελλοντική εκτύπωση. \n" +"Επαναποστολή της εργασίας από την αρχή αφού περιμένετε ένα μικρό διάστημα (30 δευτερόλεπτα από προεπιλογή). \n" "Ακύρωση και διαγραφή της εργασίας και συνέχιση της επόμενης εργασίας.\n" "" @@ -3652,19 +3292,16 @@ "<big>Αυτόματη ρύθμιση για τους USB Εκτυπωτές</big> \n" "Το πακέτο RPM 'udev-configure-printer' παρέχει\n" "αυτόματη ρύθμιση όταν οι USB εκτυπωτές είναι συνδεδεμένοι. \n" -"Όταν το κουτάκι επιλογής δεν είναι αρχικά επιλεγμένο, δεν είναι " -"εγκατεστημένος\n" +"Όταν το κουτάκι επιλογής δεν είναι αρχικά επιλεγμένο, δεν είναι εγκατεστημένος\n" "και μετά μπορείτε να το επιλέξετε για να εγκατασταθεί. \n" "Όταν το κουτάκι επιλογής είναι αρχικά επιλεγμένο, είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένος\n" "και μετά μπορείτε να το απεπιλέξετε έτσι ώστε να απεγκατασταθεί.\n" "Όταν ένας udev-configure-printer είναι εγκατεστημένος,\n" "η αυτόματη ρύθμιση του USB εκτυπωτή ενεργοποιείται μέσω των εντολών\n" -"που βρίσκονται στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του udev /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers." -"rules\n" +"που βρίσκονται στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του udev /lib/udev/rules.d/70-printers.rules\n" "το οποίο ενεργοποιεί το 'udev-configure-printer add'\n" "όταν ένας USB εκτυπωτής είναι συνδεδεμένος\n" -"και το 'udev-configure-printer remove' όταν ένας εκτυπωτής δεν είναι " -"συνδεδεμένος.\n" +"και το 'udev-configure-printer remove' όταν ένας εκτυπωτής δεν είναι συνδεδεμένος.\n" "Δεν υπάρχουν ρυθμιζόμενες επιλογές για το udev-configure-printer\n" "εκτός από μία που αλλάζει το αρχείο 70-printers.rules χειροκίνητα.\n" "" @@ -3755,13 +3392,11 @@ #. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" -"Απαιτείται υπηρεσία CUPS που να εκτελείται τοπικά, αλλά δεν φαίνεται να " -"είναι προσβάσιμη.\n" +"Απαιτείται υπηρεσία CUPS που να εκτελείται τοπικά, αλλά δεν φαίνεται να είναι προσβάσιμη.\n" "Ελέγξτε εάν είναι προσβάσιμη η τοπική cupsd με 'lpstat -h localhost -r'.\n" "Μια μη προσβάσιμη cupsd οδηγεί σε ατελείωτη σειρά περαιτέρω σφαλμάτων.\n" @@ -3783,8 +3418,7 @@ "If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n" "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" -"Η υπηρεσία CUPS δεν δείχνει να ανταποκρίνεται στην επίσημη IANA IPP θύρα " -"(631).\n" +"Η υπηρεσία CUPS δεν δείχνει να ανταποκρίνεται στην επίσημη IANA IPP θύρα (631).\n" "Ελέγξτε που ανταποκρίνεται η cupsd με 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' \n" "Αυτό συμβαίνει όταν υπάρχει 'Listen ...:1234' ή 'Port 1234' ρύθμιση\n" "(όπου 1234 σημαίνει οποιαδήποτε θύρα που δεν είναι η επίσημη 631)\n" @@ -3792,8 +3426,7 @@ "Το άρθρωμα εκτυπωτών YaST δεν υποστηρίζει ανεπίσημες θύρες.\n" "Μία ανεπίσημη θύρα οδηγεί σε ατελείωτη σειρά περαιτέρω σφαλμάτων.\n" "Αν πρέπει οπωσδήποτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ανεπίσημη θύρα, δεν μπορείτε να\n" -"χρησιμοποιήσετε το άρθρωμα εκτυπωτών YaST για να ρυθμίσετε τους εκτυπωτές " -"σας.\n" +"χρησιμοποιήσετε το άρθρωμα εκτυπωτών YaST για να ρυθμίσετε τους εκτυπωτές σας.\n" #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback @@ -3802,8 +3435,7 @@ "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" -"Εκτελούνται μερικές δοκιμές που σχετίζονται με την προσβασιμότητα του " -"διακομιστή CUPS...\n" +"Εκτελούνται μερικές δοκιμές που σχετίζονται με την προσβασιμότητα του διακομιστή CUPS...\n" "(Μπορεί να διαρκέσει λίγη ώρα)" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: @@ -3815,19 +3447,14 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." -msgstr "" -"Για να συνεχίσετε, πρέπει να συμφωνήσετε ότι ο '%1' δεν θα χρησιμοποιείται " -"πλέον." +msgstr "Για να συνεχίσετε, πρέπει να συμφωνήσετε ότι ο '%1' δεν θα χρησιμοποιείται πλέον." #. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed #. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and #. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"Ένας μη διαθέσιμος διακομιστής προκαλεί μία ατελείωτη σειρά καθυστερήσεων " -"και σφαλμάτων." +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "Ένας μη διαθέσιμος διακομιστής προκαλεί μία ατελείωτη σειρά καθυστερήσεων και σφαλμάτων." #. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 @@ -3854,11 +3481,8 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή είναι απομακρυσμένη ρύθμιση. Μόνο τοπικές ρυθμίσεις μπορούν να " -"διαγραφούν." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "Αυτή είναι απομακρυσμένη ρύθμιση. Μόνο τοπικές ρυθμίσεις μπορούν να διαγραφούν." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" @@ -3866,11 +3490,8 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." -msgstr "" -"Η επιλεγμένη ρύθμιση θα διαγραφεί αμέσως και δεν μπορεί να επαναφερθεί." +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +msgstr "Η επιλεγμένη ρύθμιση θα διαγραφεί αμέσως και δεν μπορεί να επαναφερθεί." #. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 @@ -3896,8 +3517,7 @@ #. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." -msgstr "" -"Μια διαγραμμένη κλάση δεν μπορεί να ξανα-δημιουργηθεί με αυτό το εργαλείο." +msgstr "Μια διαγραμμένη κλάση δεν μπορεί να ξανα-δημιουργηθεί με αυτό το εργαλείο." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" @@ -3906,9 +3526,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "" -"Δεν μπορεί να εκτυπωθεί η δοκιμαστική σελίδα επειδή απορρίπτονται οι " -"εργασίες εκτύπωσης." +msgstr "Δεν μπορεί να εκτυπωθεί η δοκιμαστική σελίδα επειδή απορρίπτονται οι εργασίες εκτύπωσης." #. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. #. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". @@ -3920,9 +3538,7 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." -msgstr "" -"Δεν μπορεί να εκτυπωθεί η δοκιμαστική σελίδα επειδή είναι απενεργοποιημένη η " -"εκτύπωση." +msgstr "Δεν μπορεί να εκτυπωθεί η δοκιμαστική σελίδα επειδή είναι απενεργοποιημένη η εκτύπωση." #. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. #. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because @@ -3930,12 +3546,8 @@ #. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback #. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Υπάρχουν εργασίες εκτύπωσης σε εκκρεμότητα οι οποίες μπορεί να διαγραφούν " -"πριν εκτυπωθεί αυτή η δοκιμαστική σελίδα" +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Υπάρχουν εργασίες εκτύπωσης σε εκκρεμότητα οι οποίες μπορεί να διαγραφούν πριν εκτυπωθεί αυτή η δοκιμαστική σελίδα" #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. @@ -4015,9 +3627,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." -msgstr "" -"Αποστολή δοκιμαστικής σελίδας στον %1. Η εκτύπωση πρέπει να ξεκινήσει " -"σύντομα." +msgstr "Αποστολή δοκιμαστικής σελίδας στον %1. Η εκτύπωση πρέπει να ξεκινήσει σύντομα." #. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label #. regarding a positive testpage printout result: @@ -4069,34 +3679,24 @@ msgstr "Για την πλήρη καταγραφή, δείτε το αρχείο /var/log/cups/error_log" #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"Καταγεγραμμένες πληροφορίες CUPS ενώ γινόταν επεξεργασία δοκιμαστικής " -"σελίδας για %1 (μόνο Αγγλικά)" +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "Καταγεγραμμένες πληροφορίες CUPS ενώ γινόταν επεξεργασία δοκιμαστικής σελίδας για %1 (μόνο Αγγλικά)" #. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"Για καταγεγραμμένες πληροφορίες CUPS, δείτε το αρχείο /var/log/cups/error_log" +msgstr "Για καταγεγραμμένες πληροφορίες CUPS, δείτε το αρχείο /var/log/cups/error_log" #. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Όταν αποτυγχάνει εκτύπωση μέσω απομακρυσμένου συστήματος, μπορείτε να " -"απευθυνθείτε στον διαχειριστή του απομακρυσμένου συστήματος." +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "Όταν αποτυγχάνει εκτύπωση μέσω απομακρυσμένου συστήματος, μπορείτε να απευθυνθείτε στον διαχειριστή του απομακρυσμένου συστήματος." #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"Η ρύθμιση ενός απομακρυσμένου διακομιστή CUPS είναι σε διένεξη με την " -"προσθήκη μιας ρύθμισης." +msgstr "Η ρύθμιση ενός απομακρυσμένου διακομιστή CUPS είναι σε διένεξη με την προσθήκη μιας ρύθμισης." #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" @@ -4104,19 +3704,15 @@ #. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: #: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή είναι απομακρυσμένη ρύθμιση. Μόνο οι τοπικές ρυθμίσεις μπορούν να " -"τροποποιηθούν." +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "Αυτή είναι απομακρυσμένη ρύθμιση. Μόνο οι τοπικές ρυθμίσεις μπορούν να τροποποιηθούν." #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to #. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing" -msgstr "" -"σταματήστε τον εκτυπωτή και κρατήστε την εργασία για εκτύπωση στο μέλλον" +msgstr "σταματήστε τον εκτυπωτή και κρατήστε την εργασία για εκτύπωση στο μέλλον" #. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy #. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to @@ -4159,18 +3755,13 @@ #. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"Εφαρμόστε αυτή την πολιτική &λειτουργίας σε όλους τους τοπικούς εκτυπωτές" +msgstr "Εφαρμόστε αυτή την πολιτική &λειτουργίας σε όλους τους τοπικούς εκτυπωτές" #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Η ρύθμιση ενός απομακρυσμένου διακομιστή CUPS είναι σε διένεξη με ρυθμίσεις " -"πολιτικής στο τοπικό σύστημα." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "Η ρύθμιση ενός απομακρυσμένου διακομιστή CUPS είναι σε διένεξη με ρυθμίσεις πολιτικής στο τοπικό σύστημα." #. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. #: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 @@ -4271,15 +3862,13 @@ #. from where remote printer information is polled: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Ερωτηθέντα ονόματα διακομιστών CUPS ή διευθύνσεων &IP (χωρισμένα με κενό)" +msgstr "Ερωτηθέντα ονόματα διακομιστών CUPS ή διευθύνσεων &IP (χωρισμένα με κενό)" #. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly #. only via one single remote CUPS server: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server" -msgstr "" -"&Να γίνονται όλες οι εκτυπώσεις απευθείας μέσω ενός μοναδικού διακομιστή CUPS" +msgstr "&Να γίνονται όλες οι εκτυπώσεις απευθείας μέσω ενός μοναδικού διακομιστή CUPS" #. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter #. the one single remote CUPS server which is used @@ -4297,25 +3886,20 @@ #. or to set up to use a network printer directly: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" -msgstr "" -"Χρήση διαφορετικού διακομιστή εκτύπωσης ή απευθείας χρήση δικτυακού εκτυπωτή" +msgstr "Χρήση διαφορετικού διακομιστή εκτύπωσης ή απευθείας χρήση δικτυακού εκτυπωτή" #. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" #. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" -msgstr "" -"Ένα τείχος προστασίας μπορεί να απορρίπτει ανακοινώσεις εκτυπωτών από " -"διακομιστές CUPS" +msgstr "Ένα τείχος προστασίας μπορεί να απορρίπτει ανακοινώσεις εκτυπωτών από διακομιστές CUPS" #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #. Popup::AnyMessage message: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Δείτε το κείμενο βοήθειας αυτού του διαλόγου περί ρύθμισης τείχους " -"προστασίας." +msgstr "Δείτε το κείμενο βοήθειας αυτού του διαλόγου περί ρύθμισης τείχους προστασίας." #. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. #. Such a client-only config does not make sense: @@ -4334,8 +3918,7 @@ #. when a client-only server is not accessible: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." -msgstr "" -"Ένας μη προσβάσιμος διακομιστής οδηγεί σε μια ατελείωτη σειρά από σφάλματα" +msgstr "Ένας μη προσβάσιμος διακομιστής οδηγεί σε μια ατελείωτη σειρά από σφάλματα" #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 @@ -4350,9 +3933,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"Το κουτάκι για να εκτυπώνετε τα πάντα μέσω ενός διακομιστή CUPS ήταν " -"απενεργοποιημένο" +msgstr "Το κουτάκι για να εκτυπώνετε τα πάντα μέσω ενός διακομιστή CUPS ήταν απενεργοποιημένο" #. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: #. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has @@ -4417,17 +3998,13 @@ #. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" -"Όταν αλλάζετε από 'Να δέχεστε ανακοινώσεις εκτυπωτών' στο 'Να μην δέχεστε " -"ανακοινώσεις'\n" -"ή όταν απενεργοποιείτε το 'αίτηση πληροφοριών εκτυπωτών από διακομιστές " -"CUPS, \n" -"παίρνει συνήθως 5 λεπτά μέχρι οι πληροφορίες που έχετε ήδη δεχτεί να " -"σβηστούν..." +"Όταν αλλάζετε από 'Να δέχεστε ανακοινώσεις εκτυπωτών' στο 'Να μην δέχεστε ανακοινώσεις'\n" +"ή όταν απενεργοποιείτε το 'αίτηση πληροφοριών εκτυπωτών από διακομιστές CUPS, \n" +"παίρνει συνήθως 5 λεπτά μέχρι οι πληροφορίες που έχετε ήδη δεχτεί να σβηστούν..." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 @@ -4447,8 +4024,7 @@ #. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" -msgstr "" -"Υπάρχουν διάφοροι τρόποι να ορίσετε ποιοι απομακρυσμένοι κόμβοι επιτρέπονται" +msgstr "Υπάρχουν διάφοροι τρόποι να ορίσετε ποιοι απομακρυσμένοι κόμβοι επιτρέπονται" #. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues #. for computers within the local network: @@ -4505,21 +4081,14 @@ #. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues #. for hosts and/or networks: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Να επιτρέπεται η πρόσβαση από αυτές τις διευθύνσεις IP ή &δίκτυο/μάσκα " -"(χωρισμένες με κενό)" +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Να επιτρέπεται η πρόσβαση από αυτές τις διευθύνσεις IP ή &δίκτυο/μάσκα (χωρισμένες με κενό)" #. TextEntry to publish local print queues #. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"Έκδοση σε αυτές τις διευθύνσεις IP ή διευθύνσεις &εκπομπής δικτύου " -"(χωρισμένες με κενό)" +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "Έκδοση σε αυτές τις διευθύνσεις IP ή διευθύνσεις &εκπομπής δικτύου (χωρισμένες με κενό)" #. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default #. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. @@ -4552,8 +4121,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Αποτυχία αφαίρεσης καταχωρήσεων 'BrowseAddress' από το /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Αποτυχία αφαίρεσης καταχωρήσεων 'BrowseAddress' από το /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. #. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. @@ -4565,8 +4133,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Αποτυχία ορισμού καταχωρήσεων 'BrowseAddress' '%1' στο /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Αποτυχία ορισμού καταχωρήσεων 'BrowseAddress' '%1' στο /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." #. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 @@ -4576,12 +4143,8 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline headline #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"Η ρύθμιση ενός απομακρυσμένου διακομιστή είναι σε διένεξη με ρυθμίσεις " -"διαμοιρασμένων τοπικών εκτυπωτών." +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "Η ρύθμιση ενός απομακρυσμένου διακομιστή είναι σε διένεξη με ρυθμίσεις διαμοιρασμένων τοπικών εκτυπωτών." #. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. #. For use with autoinstallation. @@ -4766,8 +4329,7 @@ #. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." -msgstr "" -"Αποτυχία στην εμφάνιση ουρών εκτύπωσης (απέτυχε η ανίχνευση ουρών εκτύπωσης)." +msgstr "Αποτυχία στην εμφάνιση ουρών εκτύπωσης (απέτυχε η ανίχνευση ουρών εκτύπωσης)." #. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 @@ -4824,9 +4386,7 @@ #. button lables and must be translated accordingly: #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'." -msgstr "" -"Δοκιμάστε το \"Ανίχνευση Περισσότερων\" ή χρησιμοποιήστε τον \"Οδηγό " -"Συνδέσεων\"." +msgstr "Δοκιμάστε το \"Ανίχνευση Περισσότερων\" ή χρησιμοποιήστε τον \"Οδηγό Συνδέσεων\"." #. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase #. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. @@ -4849,9 +4409,7 @@ #. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). #: src/modules/Printer.rb:1594 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"Δεν βρέθηκε οδηγός που ταιριάζει. Αλλάξτε το κείμενο αναζήτησης ή δοκιμάστε " -"το \"Εύρεση Περισσότερων\"." +msgstr "Δεν βρέθηκε οδηγός που ταιριάζει. Αλλάξτε το κείμενο αναζήτησης ή δοκιμάστε το \"Εύρεση Περισσότερων\"." #. Busy message: #. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: @@ -4892,8 +4450,7 @@ #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2366 msgid "The server '%1' is not accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -msgstr "" -"Ο διακομιστής '%1' δεν είναι προσβάσιμος μέσω της θύρας 631 (IPP/CUPS)." +msgstr "Ο διακομιστής '%1' δεν είναι προσβάσιμος μέσω της θύρας 631 (IPP/CUPS)." #. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 @@ -4978,14 +4535,11 @@ "or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" "In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n" msgstr "" -"Αδύνατη η εκτέλεση του hp-setup επειδή δεν μπορεί να ανοιχτεί γραφικό " -"περιβάλλον.\n" -"Αυτό συμβαίνει συγκεκριμένα όταν το YaST τρέχει σε λειτουργία μόνο " -"κειμένου,\n" +"Αδύνατη η εκτέλεση του hp-setup επειδή δεν μπορεί να ανοιχτεί γραφικό περιβάλλον.\n" +"Αυτό συμβαίνει συγκεκριμένα όταν το YaST τρέχει σε λειτουργία μόνο κειμένου,\n" "ή όταν ο χρήστης που τρέχει το YaST δεν έχει ορισμένη μεταβλητή DISPLAY, \n" "ή όταν η διεργασία YaST δεν έχει πρόσβαση στο γραφικό περιβάλλον.\n" -"Σε αυτή την περίπτωση πρέπει να εκτελέσετε το hp-setup χειροκίνητα σαν " -"χρήστης 'root'.\n" +"Σε αυτή την περίπτωση πρέπει να εκτελέσετε το hp-setup χειροκίνητα σαν χρήστης 'root'.\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: @@ -5004,12 +4558,10 @@ #: src/modules/Printer.rb:2691 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Ξεκίνησε το hp-setup.\n" -"Πρέπει να ολοκληρώσετε το hp-setup προτού συνεχίσετε με την ρύθμιση του " -"εκτυπωτή.\n" +"Πρέπει να ολοκληρώσετε το hp-setup προτού συνεχίσετε με την ρύθμιση του εκτυπωτή.\n" #. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. @@ -5020,27 +4572,19 @@ "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." msgstr "" -"Για να εκτελέσετε το hp-setup, το πακέτο RPM 'hplip' πρέπει να είναι " -"εγκατεστημένο.\n" +"Για να εκτελέσετε το hp-setup, το πακέτο RPM 'hplip' πρέπει να είναι εγκατεστημένο.\n" "Χρησιμοποιήστε το 'Πακέτα Οδηγών' για να το εγκαταστήσετε." #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Το απαιτούμενο πακέτο %1 δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμη " -"πηγή εγκατάστασης πακέτων." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Το απαιτούμενο πακέτο %1 δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμη πηγή εγκατάστασης πακέτων." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"Το απαιτούμενο πακέτο %1 δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν είναι διαθέσιμο " -"στην πηγή εγκατάστασης." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "Το απαιτούμενο πακέτο %1 δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν είναι διαθέσιμο στην πηγή εγκατάστασης." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -5072,8 +4616,7 @@ #. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Η καταστροφή εξαρτήσεων πακέτων δημιουργεί αυθαίρετα σφάλματα σε άλλα σημεία." +msgstr "Η καταστροφή εξαρτήσεων πακέτων δημιουργεί αυθαίρετα σφάλματα σε άλλα σημεία." #. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. @@ -5113,8 +4656,7 @@ #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs." -msgstr "" -"Μία επανεκκίνηση διακόπτει όλες τις τρέχουσες ενεργές εργασίες εκτύπωσης." +msgstr "Μία επανεκκίνηση διακόπτει όλες τις τρέχουσες ενεργές εργασίες εκτύπωσης." #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" @@ -5131,23 +4673,18 @@ "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" msgstr "" "Έγινε επανεκκίνηση της υπηρεσίας CUPS.\n" -"Αναμονή μισού λεπτού ώστε η υπηρεσία CUPS να είναι έτοιμη να " -"λειτουργήσει...\n" +"Αναμονή μισού λεπτού ώστε η υπηρεσία CUPS να είναι έτοιμη να λειτουργήσει...\n" #. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd #. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" -msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποιήστε την εκκίνηση της υπηρεσίας CUPS κατά την εκκίνηση του " -"συστήματος" +msgstr "Ενεργοποιήστε την εκκίνηση της υπηρεσίας CUPS κατά την εκκίνηση του συστήματος" #. PopupYesNoHeadline body: #: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." -msgstr "" -"Δεν είναι ρυθμισμένη η υπηρεσία CUPS ώστε να εκκινείται κατά την έναρξη του " -"υπολογιστή." +msgstr "Δεν είναι ρυθμισμένη η υπηρεσία CUPS ώστε να εκκινείται κατά την έναρξη του υπολογιστή." #. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment #. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: @@ -5200,32 +4737,24 @@ #~ msgstr "[μη καθορισμένο]" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν ήταν εφικτή η προσάρτηση των καταχωρήσεων του NFS από το /etc/fstab." +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "Δεν ήταν εφικτή η προσάρτηση των καταχωρήσεων του NFS από το /etc/fstab." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν ήταν εφικτή η προσάρτηση των καταχωρήσεων του NFS από το /etc/fstab." +#~ msgstr "Δεν ήταν εφικτή η προσάρτηση των καταχωρήσεων του NFS από το /etc/fstab." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν ήταν εφικτή η προσάρτηση των καταχωρήσεων του NFS από το /etc/fstab." +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "Δεν ήταν εφικτή η προσάρτηση των καταχωρήσεων του NFS από το /etc/fstab." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν ήταν εφικτή η προσάρτηση των καταχωρήσεων του NFS από το /etc/fstab." +#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" +#~ msgstr "Δεν ήταν εφικτή η προσάρτηση των καταχωρήσεων του NFS από το /etc/fstab." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν ήταν εφικτή η προσάρτηση των καταχωρήσεων του NFS από το /etc/fstab." +#~ msgstr "Δεν ήταν εφικτή η προσάρτηση των καταχωρήσεων του NFS από το /etc/fstab." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Automatic configuration failed." @@ -5347,9 +4876,7 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Failed to set up the firewall settings.\n" #~ "Use the specific YaST Firewall module." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αποτυχία εγγραφής ρυθμίσεων τείχους προστασίας που αφορούν τη σάρωση " -#~ "διαμέσου δικτύου." +#~ msgstr "Αποτυχία εγγραφής ρυθμίσεων τείχους προστασίας που αφορούν τη σάρωση διαμέσου δικτύου." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Search for &Drivers" @@ -5368,9 +4895,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Not the Suse Firewall but another firewall is used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν υπάρχει τείχος προστασίας SUSE, αλλά κάποιο άλλο τείχος προστασίας " -#~ "χρησιμοποιείται" +#~ msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει τείχος προστασίας SUSE, αλλά κάποιο άλλο τείχος προστασίας χρησιμοποιείται" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The Suse Firewall is not active" @@ -5389,8 +4914,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Απαγόρευση πρόσβασης από την Ζώνη &Εξωτερικού Δικτύου" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Access and printer information from the external network zone is denied" +#~ msgid "Access and printer information from the external network zone is denied" #~ msgstr "απαγορεύθηκε η πρόσβαση από την ζώνη εξωτερικού δικτύου" #, fuzzy @@ -5631,8 +5155,7 @@ # command line error report #~ msgid "Only one of 'allowusers' and 'denyusers' can be specified." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μόνο μία από τις 'allowusers' και 'denyusers' μπορεί να προσδιοριστεί." +#~ msgstr "Μόνο μία από τις 'allowusers' και 'denyusers' μπορεί να προσδιοριστεί." #~ msgid "Detected Printers:" #~ msgstr "Ανιχνευμένοι Εκτυπωτές:" @@ -5679,20 +5202,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Επεξεργασία μιας ρυθμισμένης ουράς" # command line help text for the ppdoptions action -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set options that will be writted directly to the PPD file. Options that " -#~ "are not mentioned remain untouched." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Καθορίστε επιλογές που θα γραφτούν απευθείας στο αρχείο PPD. Επιλογές οι " -#~ "οποίες δεν αναφέρονται θα παραμείνουν ανέπαφες." +#~ msgid "Set options that will be writted directly to the PPD file. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched." +#~ msgstr "Καθορίστε επιλογές που θα γραφτούν απευθείας στο αρχείο PPD. Επιλογές οι οποίες δεν αναφέρονται θα παραμείνουν ανέπαφες." # command line help text for the lpoptions action -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Set options that will be written to /etc/cups/lpoptions. Options that are " -#~ "not mentioned remain untouched." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ορισμός επιλογών που θα γραφτούν στο /etc/cups/lpoptions. Επιλογές που " -#~ "δεν αναφέρονται θα μείνουν ανέπαφες." +#~ msgid "Set options that will be written to /etc/cups/lpoptions. Options that are not mentioned remain untouched." +#~ msgstr "Ορισμός επιλογών που θα γραφτούν στο /etc/cups/lpoptions. Επιλογές που δεν αναφέρονται θα μείνουν ανέπαφες." #~ msgid "List known manufacturers" #~ msgstr "Λίστα γνωστών κατασκευαστών" @@ -5702,9 +5217,7 @@ # command line help text for the test action #~ msgid "List known nicknames for specified model of specified manufacturers" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Λίστα των γνωστών ψευδωνύμων για το συγκεκριμένο μοντέλο των " -#~ "συγκεκριμένων κατασκευαστών" +#~ msgstr "Λίστα των γνωστών ψευδωνύμων για το συγκεκριμένο μοντέλο των συγκεκριμένων κατασκευαστών" # command line help text for the test action #~ msgid "List options of the PPD file of the specified queue" @@ -5758,9 +5271,7 @@ # command line help text for the users allowed for printing #~ msgid "Set users that are allowed to print using this queue" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ορίστε τους χρήστες που θα επιτρέπεται να εκτυπώνουν χρησιμοποιώντας " -#~ "αυτήν την ουρά" +#~ msgstr "Ορίστε τους χρήστες που θα επιτρέπεται να εκτυπώνουν χρησιμοποιώντας αυτήν την ουρά" # command line help text for the users denied to print #~ msgid "Set users that are not allowed to print using this queue" @@ -5791,12 +5302,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Προσδιορίστε τον απομακρυσμένο διακομιστή CUPS" # command line help text for the 'local or remote default queue' option -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Specify the default queue. If not set, the default queue of the server " -#~ "will be used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Καθορίστε την προεπιλεγμένη ουρά. Αν δεν έχετε καθορίσει μια ουρά, θα " -#~ "χρησιμοποιείται η προεπιλεγμένη ουρά του διακομιστή" +#~ msgid "Specify the default queue. If not set, the default queue of the server will be used" +#~ msgstr "Καθορίστε την προεπιλεγμένη ουρά. Αν δεν έχετε καθορίσει μια ουρά, θα χρησιμοποιείται η προεπιλεγμένη ουρά του διακομιστή" # command line help text for the testpage type option #~ msgid "Type of the test page: ascii, graphic, or photo" @@ -5815,8 +5322,7 @@ #~ "Detect your printers now?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Σε μερικές περιπτώσεις, η ανίχνευση μπορεί να προκαλέσει\n" -#~ "'πάγωμα' του συστήματος. Εάν προκληθεί πάγωμα του συστήματος, επιλέξτε " -#~ "Παράλειψη Ανίχνευσης\n" +#~ "'πάγωμα' του συστήματος. Εάν προκληθεί πάγωμα του συστήματος, επιλέξτε Παράλειψη Ανίχνευσης\n" #~ "την επόμενη φορά που θα τρέξετε τις ρυθμίσεις εκτυπωτή.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Να γίνει ανίχνευση των εκτυπωτών τώρα;" @@ -5824,12 +5330,8 @@ #~ msgid "&Skip Detection" #~ msgstr "&Παράλειψη Ανίχνευσης" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the printout is a poor quality, try selecting another PPD file for the " -#~ "print queue." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Σε περίπτωση κακής ποιότητας εκτύπωσης, δοκιμάστε επιλογή κάποιου άλλου " -#~ "αρχείου PPD για την ουρά εκτύπωσης." +#~ msgid "If the printout is a poor quality, try selecting another PPD file for the print queue." +#~ msgstr "Σε περίπτωση κακής ποιότητας εκτύπωσης, δοκιμάστε επιλογή κάποιου άλλου αρχείου PPD για την ουρά εκτύπωσης." # warning message (part of richtext) #~ msgid "" @@ -5838,8 +5340,7 @@ #~ "to configure your printers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ο διανομέας εκτύπωσης δεν έχει εγκατασταθεί σωστά.\n" -#~ "Πατήστε την <a href=\"printer_conf\">Εγκατάσταση διανομέα</a> για να " -#~ "ρυθμίσετε τους εκτυπωτές σας." +#~ "Πατήστε την <a href=\"printer_conf\">Εγκατάσταση διανομέα</a> για να ρυθμίσετε τους εκτυπωτές σας." # richtext label #~ msgid "Printers" @@ -5894,8 +5395,7 @@ #~ "Other printers set by URI can be configured\n" #~ "only if a CUPS spooler is used.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Άλλοι εκτυπωτές, που έχουν οριστεί από το URI τους, μπορούν να " -#~ "ρυθμιστούν\n" +#~ "Άλλοι εκτυπωτές, που έχουν οριστεί από το URI τους, μπορούν να ρυθμιστούν\n" #~ "μόνο εάν χρησιμοποιηθεί ένας διανομέας CUPS.\n" #~ msgid "New Queue for Existing Printer" @@ -6048,9 +5548,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Εκτύπωση σε σωλήνωση" #~ msgid "Enter the full path of the program to which to print through pipe." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εισάγεται ολόκληρη τη διαδρομή του προγράμματος στο οποίο θα γίνει " -#~ "εκτύπωση μέσω σωλήνωσης." +#~ msgstr "Εισάγεται ολόκληρη τη διαδρομή του προγράμματος στο οποίο θα γίνει εκτύπωση μέσω σωλήνωσης." #~ msgid "&URI" #~ msgstr "&URI" @@ -6125,8 +5623,7 @@ #~ "Αυτός ο εκτυπωτής δεν υποστηρίζεται από το &product;\n" #~ "Μπορείτε να βρείτε πληροφορίες που αφορούν εκτυπωτές που\n" #~ "υποστηρίζονται και δεν υποστηρίζονται, στο εγχειρίδιό σας. \n" -#~ "Αν ο εκτυπωτής μπορεί να ρυθμιστεί για να υποστηρίξει μια " -#~ "προτυποποιημένη\n" +#~ "Αν ο εκτυπωτής μπορεί να ρυθμιστεί για να υποστηρίξει μια προτυποποιημένη\n" #~ "γλώσσα εκτυπωτή (PostScript, PCL, ή ESC/P), μπορεί να ρυθμιστεί\n" #~ "ως εκτυπωτής τέτοιου τύπου.\n" #~ "Παρακαλώ ρωτήστε τον κατασκευαστή του εκτυπωτή εάν αυτό το μοντέλο\n" @@ -6546,26 +6043,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Εκτυπωτής Επεξεργασία" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>I/O Addresses</big> If you have an uncommon parallel " -#~ "port \n" +#~ "<big>I/O Addresses</big> If you have an uncommon parallel port \n" #~ "card, it may not be possible to detect it automatically. In such cases,\n" -#~ "you must specify its I/O addresses. Enter I/O addresses separated by " -#~ "commas \n" -#~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. For example, " -#~ "<tt>\n" -#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.If your parallel port works, leave this field " -#~ "untouched." +#~ "you must specify its I/O addresses. Enter I/O addresses separated by commas \n" +#~ "for all parallel ports here, from the first to the last. For example, <tt>\n" +#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt>.If your parallel port works, leave this field untouched." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Διευθύνσεις Ε/Ε:</big> Αν δεν έχετε μια κοινή παράλληλη " -#~ "κάρτα \n" -#~ "θύρας, δεν θα είναι δυνατόν να ανιχνευτεί αυτόματα. Σε αυτήν την " -#~ "περίπτωση\n" -#~ "θα πρέπει να προσδιορίσετε τις διευθύνσεις Ε/Ε. Εισάγετε τις διευθύνσεις " -#~ "Ε/Ε χωρισμένες με κόμμα \n" -#~ "για όλες τις παράλληλες θύρες εδώ, από την πρώτη ως την τελευταία." -#~ "Παράδειγμα: <tt>\n" -#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt> Αν η παράλληλη θύρα λειτουργεί, αφήστε το πεδίο " -#~ "ανέπαφο." +#~ "<big>Διευθύνσεις Ε/Ε:</big> Αν δεν έχετε μια κοινή παράλληλη κάρτα \n" +#~ "θύρας, δεν θα είναι δυνατόν να ανιχνευτεί αυτόματα. Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση\n" +#~ "θα πρέπει να προσδιορίσετε τις διευθύνσεις Ε/Ε. Εισάγετε τις διευθύνσεις Ε/Ε χωρισμένες με κόμμα \n" +#~ "για όλες τις παράλληλες θύρες εδώ, από την πρώτη ως την τελευταία.Παράδειγμα: <tt>\n" +#~ "0x378,0x2f8</tt> Αν η παράλληλη θύρα λειτουργεί, αφήστε το πεδίο ανέπαφο." #~ msgid "Changes will be saved immediately after you press OK." #~ msgstr "Οι αλλαγές θα αποθηκευτούν αμέσως αφότου πατήσετε 'Εντάξει'." @@ -6580,13 +6068,11 @@ # help text 2/2 #~ msgid "" #~ "Other Settings:\n" -#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ " -#~ "depending on your\n" +#~ "You can specify extra settings for your serial port. They may differ depending on your\n" #~ "spooler. Leave it empty to use the defaults. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Άλλες ρυθμίσεις:\n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε επιπλέον ρυθμίσεις για την σειριακή θύρα. Αυτές " -#~ "μπορεί να διαφέρουν ανάλογα με τον \n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε επιπλέον ρυθμίσεις για την σειριακή θύρα. Αυτές μπορεί να διαφέρουν ανάλογα με τον \n" #~ "διανομέα. Αφήστε τις κενές για να ισχύουν οι προκαθορισμένες. " #~ msgid "Parallel Printer Connection" @@ -6616,8 +6102,7 @@ #~ " To configure a printer connected locally, select the\n" #~ "type of the local port to which your printer is connected." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Παράλληλος, USB, Σειριακός, Υπέρυθρος ή Bluetooth Εκτυπωτής</" -#~ "BIG>\n" +#~ "<BIG>Παράλληλος, USB, Σειριακός, Υπέρυθρος ή Bluetooth Εκτυπωτής</BIG>\n" #~ " Για να ρυθμίσετε έναν εκτυπωτή συνδεδεμένο τοπικά, επιλέξτε τον\n" #~ "τύπο της τοπικής θύρας στην οποία ο εκτυπωτής είναι συνδεδεμένος." @@ -6659,13 +6144,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Network Printer</BIG> \n" -#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, " -#~ "select\n" +#~ "To print directly to a network printer or using a print server box, select\n" #~ "Print Directly to a Network Printer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Δικτυακός εκτυπωτής</BIG> \n" -#~ "Για να τυπώσετε κατευθείαν σε έναν δικτυακό εκτυπωτή ή με χρήση ενός " -#~ "διακομιστή εκτύπωσης, επιλέξτε \n" +#~ "Για να τυπώσετε κατευθείαν σε έναν δικτυακό εκτυπωτή ή με χρήση ενός διακομιστή εκτύπωσης, επιλέξτε \n" #~ "Κατευθείαν εκτύπωση σε έναν δικτυακό εκτυπωτή." #~ msgid "" @@ -6678,8 +6161,7 @@ #~ "<BIG>Νέα ουρά για υπάρχων εκτυπωτή\n" #~ "</BIG> \n" #~ "Για να ρυθμίσετε μια νέα ουρά για ήδη ρυθμισμένο εκτυπωτή χωρίς τον\n" -#~ "επαναπροσδιορισμό της τοποθεσίας του εκτυπωτή, τον κατασκευαστή, και το " -#~ "όνομα του μοντέλου,\n" +#~ "επαναπροσδιορισμό της τοποθεσίας του εκτυπωτή, τον κατασκευαστή, και το όνομα του μοντέλου,\n" #~ "επιλέξτε Δημιουργία μιας νέας Ουράς για υπάρχων εκτυπωτή." #~ msgid "" @@ -6687,33 +6169,27 @@ #~ "To set another kind of queue, select Other Setup." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Άλλου τύπου εγκατάσταση</BIG> \n" -#~ "Για να ορίσετε άλλου τύπου ουρά, επιλέξτε Εγκατάσταση άλλου τύπου." -#~ "" +#~ "Για να ορίσετε άλλου τύπου ουρά, επιλέξτε Εγκατάσταση άλλου τύπου." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Parallel, USB, Serial, IrDA, and\n" #~ "Bluetooth Printer:</BIG> \n" #~ "Select the type of connection used for the printer." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Παράλληλος, USB, Σειριακός, IrDA και Bluetooth Εκτυπωτής:</" -#~ "BIG> \n" +#~ "<BIG>Παράλληλος, USB, Σειριακός, IrDA και Bluetooth Εκτυπωτής:</BIG> \n" #~ "Επιλέξτε τον τύπο της σύνδεσης που χρησιμοποιείται για τον εκτυπωτή." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>CUPS Client-Only</BIG> \n" #~ "All queues of one CUPS server will be available to this computer.\n" #~ "Every new queue added to the server will be accessible on this computer.\n" -#~ "You cannot add any local printers when using the client-only " -#~ "configuration,\n" +#~ "You cannot add any local printers when using the client-only configuration,\n" #~ "because no local CUPS server is running." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>CUPS Πελάτης-μόνο</BIG> \n" -#~ "Όλες οι ουρές ενός διακομιστή CUPS θα είναι διαθέσιμες σε αυτόν τον " -#~ "υπολογιστή.\n" -#~ "Κάθε νέα ουρά που προστίθεται θα είναι προσβάσιμη σε αυτόν τον " -#~ "υπολογιστή.\n" -#~ "Δεν μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τοπικούς εκτυπωτές όταν χρησιμοποιείτε την " -#~ "ρύθμιση πελάτης-μόνο,\n" +#~ "Όλες οι ουρές ενός διακομιστή CUPS θα είναι διαθέσιμες σε αυτόν τον υπολογιστή.\n" +#~ "Κάθε νέα ουρά που προστίθεται θα είναι προσβάσιμη σε αυτόν τον υπολογιστή.\n" +#~ "Δεν μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τοπικούς εκτυπωτές όταν χρησιμοποιείτε την ρύθμιση πελάτης-μόνο,\n" #~ "επειδή δεν τρέχουν τοπικοί διακομιστές CUPS." #~ msgid "" @@ -6723,21 +6199,17 @@ #~ "on this computer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>CUPS με χρήση Broadcasting</BIG> \n" -#~ "Ρυθμίστε έναν τοπικό διακομιστή CUPS να τρέχει και να ακούει τις εκπομπές " -#~ "όλων των\n" -#~ "διακομιστών CUPS στο δίκτυό σας. Όλες οι ουρές που εκπέμπονται θα είναι " -#~ "προσβάσιμες \n" +#~ "Ρυθμίστε έναν τοπικό διακομιστή CUPS να τρέχει και να ακούει τις εκπομπές όλων των\n" +#~ "διακομιστών CUPS στο δίκτυό σας. Όλες οι ουρές που εκπέμπονται θα είναι προσβάσιμες \n" #~ "σε αυτόν τον υπολογιστή." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Remote IPP Queue</BIG> \n" -#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be " -#~ "accessible\n" +#~ "Only the specified queue of the specified remote CUPS server will be accessible\n" #~ "on this computer." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Απομακρυσμένη ουρά IPP</BIG> \n" -#~ "Μόνο η προσδιορισμένη ουρά του προσδιορισμένου διακομιστή CUPS θα είναι " -#~ "προσβάσιμη\n" +#~ "Μόνο η προσδιορισμένη ουρά του προσδιορισμένου διακομιστή CUPS θα είναι προσβάσιμη\n" #~ "σε αυτόν τον υπολογιστή." #~ msgid "" @@ -6746,36 +6218,29 @@ #~ "Use this for most print server boxes and network printers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG></BIG>Άμεση εκτύπωση θύρας TCP \n" -#~ "Οι εργασίες εκτύπωσης στέλνονται κατευθείαν στο TCP socket στον " -#~ "απομακρυσμένο κόμβο\n" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό για τους περισσότερους διακομιστές εκτύπωσης και " -#~ "δικτυακούς εκτυπωτές." +#~ "Οι εργασίες εκτύπωσης στέλνονται κατευθείαν στο TCP socket στον απομακρυσμένο κόμβο\n" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό για τους περισσότερους διακομιστές εκτύπωσης και δικτυακούς εκτυπωτές." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Remote LPD Queue</BIG> \n" #~ "Print jobs are sent to the print server using the LPD protocol." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Απομακρυσμένη ουρά LPD</BIG> \n" -#~ "Εργασίες εκτύπωσης στέλνονται στον διακομιστή εκτύπωσης μέσω του " -#~ "πρωτοκόλλου LPD." +#~ "Εργασίες εκτύπωσης στέλνονται στον διακομιστή εκτύπωσης μέσω του πρωτοκόλλου LPD." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Remote IPP Queue</BIG> \n" #~ "Print jobs are sent to the print server using the IPP protocol." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Απομακρυσμένη ουρά IPP</BIG> \n" -#~ "Οι εργασίες εκτύπωσης στέλνονται στον διακομιστή εκτύπωσης μέσω του " -#~ "πρωτοκόλλου IPP." +#~ "Οι εργασίες εκτύπωσης στέλνονται στον διακομιστή εκτύπωσης μέσω του πρωτοκόλλου IPP." #~ msgid "" #~ "CUPS Class \n" -#~ "You can group some printers into one class then print to the class. CUPS " -#~ "will divide print jobs between members of the class." +#~ "You can group some printers into one class then print to the class. CUPS will divide print jobs between members of the class." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Κλάση CUPS</BIG> \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να ομαδοποιήσετε μερικούς εκτυπωτές σε μία κλάση και μετά να " -#~ "εκτυπώνετε στην κλάση. Το σύστημα CUPS θα χωρίσει τις εργασίες εκτύπωσης " -#~ "ανάμεσα στα μέλη των κλάσεων." +#~ "Μπορείτε να ομαδοποιήσετε μερικούς εκτυπωτές σε μία κλάση και μετά να εκτυπώνετε στην κλάση. Το σύστημα CUPS θα χωρίσει τις εργασίες εκτύπωσης ανάμεσα στα μέλη των κλάσεων." #~ msgid "" #~ "Pipe Printing \n" @@ -6797,8 +6262,7 @@ #~ " which your printer is connected." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Παράλληλη Θύρα</BIG> \n" -#~ "Αν έχετε πολλαπλές παράλληλες θύρες, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την παράλληλη " -#~ "θύρα\n" +#~ "Αν έχετε πολλαπλές παράλληλες θύρες, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την παράλληλη θύρα\n" #~ " στην οποία έχετε συνδέσει τον εκτυπωτή." #~ msgid "" @@ -6861,24 +6325,21 @@ #~ "I/O address settings. Improper values may damage your system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Προσέχετε όταν επιλέγετε μια χειροκίνητη συσκευή ή αλλάζετε\n" -#~ " τις ρυθμίσεις θύρας Ε/Ε. Ακατάλληλες τιμές μπορεί να βλάψουν το σύστημά " -#~ "σας." +#~ " τις ρυθμίσεις θύρας Ε/Ε. Ακατάλληλες τιμές μπορεί να βλάψουν το σύστημά σας." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Serial Port Details\n" #~ "</BIG> Set advanced settings of the serial port here.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Λεπτομέρειες Σειριακής Θύρας:\n" -#~ "</BIG> Εδώ μπορείτε να θέσετε ειδικές ρυθμίσεις της σειριακής " -#~ "θύρας.\n" +#~ "</BIG> Εδώ μπορείτε να θέσετε ειδικές ρυθμίσεις της σειριακής θύρας.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Be careful when selecting a custom device or changing\n" #~ "serial port settings. Incorrect values may damage your system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Προσέχετε όταν επιλέγετε μια χειροκίνητη συσκευή ή αλλάζετε\n" -#~ "τις ρυθμίσεις της σειριακής θύρας. Ακατάλληλες τιμές μπορεί να βλάψουν το " -#~ "σύστημά σας." +#~ "τις ρυθμίσεις της σειριακής θύρας. Ακατάλληλες τιμές μπορεί να βλάψουν το σύστημά σας." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Detecting Devices</big> \n" @@ -6886,8 +6347,7 @@ #~ "click Detect Devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ανίχνευση συσκευών</big> \n" -#~ "Για να σαρώσετε την γειτονική περιοχή του υπολογιστή σας για διαθέσιμες " -#~ "συσκευές Bluetooth πατήστε στην Ανίχνευση συσκευών.\n" +#~ "Για να σαρώσετε την γειτονική περιοχή του υπολογιστή σας για διαθέσιμες συσκευές Bluetooth πατήστε στην Ανίχνευση συσκευών.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Workgroup</BIG> \n" @@ -6903,20 +6363,15 @@ #~ "<BIG>Όνομα Κόμβου</BIG> \n" #~ "Εισάγετε το hostname του διακομιστή εκτύπωσης.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Remote Queue</BIG> Enter the name of the remote printer." -#~ "" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Απομακρυσμένη Ουρά</BIG> Εισάγετε το όνομα του " -#~ "απομακρυσμένου εκτυπωτή." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Remote Queue</BIG> Enter the name of the remote printer." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Απομακρυσμένη Ουρά</BIG> Εισάγετε το όνομα του απομακρυσμένου εκτυπωτή." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Username and Password</BIG> \n" #~ "Enter the username and password for accessing the print server.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Χρήστης και Κωδικός πρόσβασης</BIG> \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να εισάγετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για " -#~ "πρόσβαση στον διακομιστή εκτύπωσης.\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να εισάγετε το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για πρόσβαση στον διακομιστή εκτύπωσης.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To verify the name,\n" @@ -6927,26 +6382,20 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Program Name</BIG> \n" -#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "Set the name of the program to execute for each job. The program gets the\n" #~ "job using standard input.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Όνομα Προγράμματος</BIG> \n" -#~ "Το όνομα του προγράμματος που εκτελεί κάθε εργασία. Το πρόγραμμα " -#~ "λαμβάνει\n" +#~ "Το όνομα του προγράμματος που εκτελεί κάθε εργασία. Το πρόγραμμα λαμβάνει\n" #~ "την εργασία από την κανονική είσοδο.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>URI</BIG> \n" -#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be " -#~ "used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is " -#~ "missing,\n" +#~ "Set the URI of the printer. This universal queue type for CUPS can be used if you have a new queue type supported by CUPS, but YaST2 support is missing,\n" #~ "for example, if you installed a new CUPS back-end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>URI</BIG> \n" -#~ "Προσδιορίστε το URI του εκτυπωτή. Αυτός ο καθολικός τύπος ουράς για το " -#~ "CUPS μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί αν έχετε νέο τύπο ουράς υποστηριζόμενο από " -#~ "CUPS, αλλά η υποστήριξη YaST2\n" +#~ "Προσδιορίστε το URI του εκτυπωτή. Αυτός ο καθολικός τύπος ουράς για το CUPS μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί αν έχετε νέο τύπο ουράς υποστηριζόμενο από CUPS, αλλά η υποστήριξη YaST2\n" #~ "απουσιάζει (για παράδειγμα, αν έχετε εγκαταστήσει νέο CUPS back-end)." #~ msgid "" @@ -6954,55 +6403,38 @@ #~ "With CUPS, you can use two kinds of device names for USB printers.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Τύπος Ονόματος Συσκευής Θύρας CUPS USB:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Με το CUPS, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε δυο ειδών ονόματα συσκευών για " -#~ "τους USB εκτυπωτές σας.\n" +#~ "Με το CUPS, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε δυο ειδών ονόματα συσκευών για τους USB εκτυπωτές σας.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You can use classical device names, like <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, " -#~ "which \n" +#~ "You can use classical device names, like <tt>/dev/usb/lp0</tt>, which \n" #~ "are problematic if you use multiple USB printers and the order in which\n" #~ "they are turned on is not fixed.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα κλασσικά ονόματα συσκευών (π.χ., /" -#~ "dev/usb/lp0), τα οποία \n" -#~ "είναι προβληματικά αν χρησιμοποιείτε πολλαπλούς εκτυπωτές USB και η σειρά " -#~ "στην οποία\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα κλασσικά ονόματα συσκευών (π.χ., /dev/usb/lp0), τα οποία \n" +#~ "είναι προβληματικά αν χρησιμοποιείτε πολλαπλούς εκτυπωτές USB και η σειρά στην οποία\n" #~ "είναι ανοικτοί δεν είναι σταθερή.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The other possibility is to use CUPS-like device names, which " -#~ "contain,\n" -#~ "instead of the real device name, the vendor, model, and serial number of " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "The other possibility is to use CUPS-like device names, which contain,\n" +#~ "instead of the real device name, the vendor, model, and serial number of the\n" #~ "printer.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η άλλη πιθανότητα είναι να χρησιμοποιήσετε Τύπου-CUPS ονόματα " -#~ "συσκευών, που περιέχουν,\n" -#~ "αντί του πραγματικού ονόματος της συσκευής, τον κατασκευαστή, το μοντέλο, " -#~ "και τον σειριακό αριθμό\n" +#~ "Η άλλη πιθανότητα είναι να χρησιμοποιήσετε Τύπου-CUPS ονόματα συσκευών, που περιέχουν,\n" +#~ "αντί του πραγματικού ονόματος της συσκευής, τον κατασκευαστή, το μοντέλο, και τον σειριακό αριθμό\n" #~ "του εκτυπωτή.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Note that some USB printers do not report their serial numbers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Σημειώστε πως κάποιοι εκτυπωτές USB δεν αναφέρουν τους σειριακούς τους " -#~ "αριθμούς." +#~ msgid "Note that some USB printers do not report their serial numbers." +#~ msgstr "Σημειώστε πως κάποιοι εκτυπωτές USB δεν αναφέρουν τους σειριακούς τους αριθμούς." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Remote Access CUPS Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "You can allow or disallow (Enable/Disable) remote access to local shared " -#~ "printers. This will overwrite your CUPS server settings. \n" -#~ "For special cases use Overview Dialog: Other -> CUPS Expert Settings -" -#~ ">CUPS Server Settings -> Change Permissions.\n" +#~ "You can allow or disallow (Enable/Disable) remote access to local shared printers. This will overwrite your CUPS server settings. \n" +#~ "For special cases use Overview Dialog: Other -> CUPS Expert Settings ->CUPS Server Settings -> Change Permissions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ρυθμίσεις Απομακρυσμένης Πρόσβασης του CUPS</BIG> \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να επιτρέψετε ή να απαγορέψετε (Ενεργοποίηση/Απενεργοποίηση) την " -#~ "απομακρυσμένη πρόσβαση στους τοπικούς κοινόχρηστους εκτυπωτές. Αυτό " -#~ "θα διαγράψει τις ρυθμίσεις του CUPS διακομιστή σας. \n" -#~ "Για ειδικές περιπτώσεις, χρησιμοποιήστε τον Διάλογο Περίληψης: Άλλο -> " -#~ "Ρυθμίσεις CUPS για Προχωρημένους ->Ρυθμίσεις Διακομιστή CUPS -> Αλλαγή " -#~ "Αδειών.\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να επιτρέψετε ή να απαγορέψετε (Ενεργοποίηση/Απενεργοποίηση) την απομακρυσμένη πρόσβαση στους τοπικούς κοινόχρηστους εκτυπωτές. Αυτό θα διαγράψει τις ρυθμίσεις του CUPS διακομιστή σας. \n" +#~ "Για ειδικές περιπτώσεις, χρησιμοποιήστε τον Διάλογο Περίληψης: Άλλο -> Ρυθμίσεις CUPS για Προχωρημένους ->Ρυθμίσεις Διακομιστή CUPS -> Αλλαγή Αδειών.\n" #~ "\n" # Help 1/6 @@ -7012,49 +6444,33 @@ #~ "or as a stand-alone printing system. \n" #~ "To use local printers, you cannot use the client-only installation." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Διανομέας</BIG> Μπορείτε να το επιλέξετε εάν ο " -#~ "διανομέας CUPS θα πρέπει να\n" +#~ "<BIG>Διανομέας</BIG> Μπορείτε να το επιλέξετε εάν ο διανομέας CUPS θα πρέπει να\n" #~ "εγκατασταθεί σαν ένας πελάτης ενός δικτυακού διακομιστή εκτυπώσεων\n" #~ "ή σαν ένα αυτοδύναμο σύστημα εκτύπωσης. \n" -#~ "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε τοπικούς εκτυπωτές, δεν μπορείτε να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσετε την εγκατάσταση μόνο-πελάτη." +#~ "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε τοπικούς εκτυπωτές, δεν μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την εγκατάσταση μόνο-πελάτη." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Save Method</BIG> Select whether to save changed queues " -#~ "only or all queues." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Μέθοδος Αποθήκευσης</BIG> Επιλέξτε το για να " -#~ "αποθηκευτούν μόνο οι αλλαγμένες ουρές ή όλες." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Save Method</BIG> Select whether to save changed queues only or all queues." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Μέθοδος Αποθήκευσης</BIG> Επιλέξτε το για να αποθηκευτούν μόνο οι αλλαγμένες ουρές ή όλες." #~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Reinstalling Printing Packages</BIG> Problems " -#~ "configuring printing can be caused by\n" -#~ "old or corrupted packages in your installation. Clicking Reinstall " -#~ "Printing Packages might fix these problems.\n" +#~ "<BIG>Reinstalling Printing Packages</BIG> Problems configuring printing can be caused by\n" +#~ "old or corrupted packages in your installation. Clicking Reinstall Printing Packages might fix these problems.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Επανεγκατάσταση Πακέτων Εκτύπωσης</BIG> Αν " -#~ "αντιμετωπίζετε προβλήματα με την ρύθμιση της εκτύπωσης, αυτά\n" -#~ "μπορεί να οφείλονται σε παλιά ή κατεστραμμένα πακέτα στην εγκατάσταση " -#~ "σας. Κάνοντας κλικ στο Επανεγκατάσταση Πακέτων Εκτύπωσης ίσως " -#~ "διορθώσει αυτά τα προβλήματα.\n" +#~ "<BIG>Επανεγκατάσταση Πακέτων Εκτύπωσης</BIG> Αν αντιμετωπίζετε προβλήματα με την ρύθμιση της εκτύπωσης, αυτά\n" +#~ "μπορεί να οφείλονται σε παλιά ή κατεστραμμένα πακέτα στην εγκατάσταση σας. Κάνοντας κλικ στο Επανεγκατάσταση Πακέτων Εκτύπωσης ίσως διορθώσει αυτά τα προβλήματα.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG> To uninstall all " -#~ "currently configured queues,\n" +#~ "<BIG>Clearing Current Configuration</BIG> To uninstall all currently configured queues,\n" #~ "select Clear Current Configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Καθαρισμός Tρέχουσας Ρύθμισης</BIG> Για να " -#~ "απεγκαταστήσετε όλες τις τρέχουσες ρυθμισμένες ουρές ,\n" +#~ "<BIG>Καθαρισμός Tρέχουσας Ρύθμισης</BIG> Για να απεγκαταστήσετε όλες τις τρέχουσες ρυθμισμένες ουρές ,\n" #~ "επιλέξτε το Καθαρισμός Τρέχουσας Ρύθμισης.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Advanced CUPS Server Settings</BIG> To change advanced " -#~ "CUPS server settings, like broadcasting and permissions, select\n" +#~ "<BIG>Advanced CUPS Server Settings</BIG> To change advanced CUPS server settings, like broadcasting and permissions, select\n" #~ "CUPS Server Settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Ειδικές Ρυθμίσεις Διακομιστή CUPS</BIG> Για να αλλάξετε " -#~ "τις ειδικές ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή CUPS, όπως broadcasting και άδειες, " -#~ "επιλέξτε\n" +#~ "<BIG>Ειδικές Ρυθμίσεις Διακομιστή CUPS</BIG> Για να αλλάξετε τις ειδικές ρυθμίσεις του διακομιστή CUPS, όπως broadcasting και άδειες, επιλέξτε\n" #~ "Ρυθμίσεις Διακομιστή CUPS.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7063,72 +6479,48 @@ #~ "CUPS USB Device Settings" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Συσκευές CUPS USB</BIG> Για να επιλέξετε το είδος\n" -#~ "των ονομάτων συσκευών που θα χρησιμοποιήσετε για τους εκτυπωτές USB, " -#~ "επιλέξτε\n" +#~ "των ονομάτων συσκευών που θα χρησιμοποιήσετε για τους εκτυπωτές USB, επιλέξτε\n" #~ "CUPS USB Ρυθμίσεις Συσκευής" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Allow Browsing</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your " -#~ "queues the same way as their local ones.\n" -#~ "Browse Addresses shows IP addresses (like 192.168.0.1) of " -#~ "computers to which to send information about your queues. Use Add, " -#~ "Edit,\n" -#~ "and Delete to modify the list of addresses. For the entire " -#~ "network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as " -#~ "192.168.0.255).\n" +#~ "If you allow browsing, other computers in your network can see your queues the same way as their local ones.\n" +#~ "Browse Addresses shows IP addresses (like 192.168.0.1) of computers to which to send information about your queues. Use Add, Edit,\n" +#~ "and Delete to modify the list of addresses. For the entire network, use the broadcast address of your network (such as 192.168.0.255).\n" #~ "To have browsing settings suggested based on your network setup,\n" #~ "click Propose." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Επίτρεψη Έρευνας</BIG> \n" -#~ "Αν επιτρέψετε την έρευνα, άλλοι υπολογιστές στο δίκτυο σας θα μπορούν να " -#~ "βλέπουν τις δικές σας ουρές όπως ακριβώς τις τοπικές τους.\n" -#~ "Η Έρευνα Διευθύνσεων δείχνει τις IP διευθύνσεις (π.χ. " -#~ "192.168.0.1) των υπολογιστών στους οποίους μπορούν να σταλθούν " -#~ "πληροφορίες για τις ουρές σας. Χρησιμοποιήστε την Προσθήκη, " -#~ "Επεξεργασία,\n" -#~ "και την <Διαγραφή> για να αλλάξετε την λίστα των διευθύνσεων. Για " -#~ "ολόκληρο το δίκτυο , χρησιμοποιήστε τις διευθύνσεις αποστολής και λήψης " -#~ "(broadcast) του δικτύου σας (π.χ. 192.168.0.255).\n" -#~ "Για προτεινόμενες ρυθμίσεις έρευνας βασισμένες στις ρυθμίσεις δικτύου " -#~ "σας\n" +#~ "Αν επιτρέψετε την έρευνα, άλλοι υπολογιστές στο δίκτυο σας θα μπορούν να βλέπουν τις δικές σας ουρές όπως ακριβώς τις τοπικές τους.\n" +#~ "Η Έρευνα Διευθύνσεων δείχνει τις IP διευθύνσεις (π.χ. 192.168.0.1) των υπολογιστών στους οποίους μπορούν να σταλθούν πληροφορίες για τις ουρές σας. Χρησιμοποιήστε την Προσθήκη, Επεξεργασία,\n" +#~ "και την <Διαγραφή> για να αλλάξετε την λίστα των διευθύνσεων. Για ολόκληρο το δίκτυο , χρησιμοποιήστε τις διευθύνσεις αποστολής και λήψης (broadcast) του δικτύου σας (π.χ. 192.168.0.255).\n" +#~ "Για προτεινόμενες ρυθμίσεις έρευνας βασισμένες στις ρυθμίσεις δικτύου σας\n" #~ "πατήστε Προτεινόμενες." #~ msgid "" #~ "After enabling browsing, the permission for / should be set\n" #~ "accordingly so other computers can print.\n" -#~ "For example, when 192.168.0.255 is used as the browse address, " -#~ "the\n" +#~ "For example, when 192.168.0.255 is used as the browse address, the\n" #~ "permission for / must be set to 192.168.0.* to allow all \n" #~ "hosts on your network to print." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μετά από την ενεργοποίηση της έρευνας, τα δικαιώματα για το / θα " -#~ "πρέπει\n" -#~ "να οριστούν κατάλληλα έτσι ώστε οι άλλοι υπολογιστές να μπορούν να " -#~ "εκτυπώσουν.\n" -#~ "Για παράδειγμα όταν η διεύθυνση 192.168.0.255 χρησιμοποιείται ως " -#~ "διεύθυνση έρευνας ,τα\n" -#~ "δικαιώματα για αυτόν τον / πρέπει να τεθούν σε 192.168.0.* για να " -#~ "γίνουν \n" +#~ "Μετά από την ενεργοποίηση της έρευνας, τα δικαιώματα για το / θα πρέπει\n" +#~ "να οριστούν κατάλληλα έτσι ώστε οι άλλοι υπολογιστές να μπορούν να εκτυπώσουν.\n" +#~ "Για παράδειγμα όταν η διεύθυνση 192.168.0.255 χρησιμοποιείται ως διεύθυνση έρευνας ,τα\n" +#~ "δικαιώματα για αυτόν τον / πρέπει να τεθούν σε 192.168.0.* για να γίνουν \n" #~ "δεκτοί όλοι οι κόμβοι στο δίκτυο σας για εκτύπωση.>" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Access Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "You can adjust the permissions other computers in your network have to " -#~ "use your CUPS server.\n" -#~ "Permissions can be set for the entire server, administration of your " -#~ "server, and, optionally,\n" -#~ "to your printers and classes. Select the desired area and press Change " -#~ "Permissions\n" +#~ "You can adjust the permissions other computers in your network have to use your CUPS server.\n" +#~ "Permissions can be set for the entire server, administration of your server, and, optionally,\n" +#~ "to your printers and classes. Select the desired area and press Change Permissions\n" #~ " to view or change the permission settings." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ρυθμίσεις Πρόσβασης</BIG> \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τα δικαιώματα που έχουν οι άλλοι υπολογιστές στο " -#~ "δίκτυο σας για την χρησιμοποίηση του διακομιστή CUPS.\n" -#~ "Δικαιώματα μπορούν να τεθούν για ολόκληρο τον διακομιστή, για την " -#~ "διαχείριση αυτού, και προαιρετικά,\n" -#~ "για τους εκτυπωτές σας και τις κατηγορίες(κλάσεις). Επιλέξτε την " -#~ "κατάλληλη παράμετρο και πατήστε Αλλαγή δικαιωμάτων\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τα δικαιώματα που έχουν οι άλλοι υπολογιστές στο δίκτυο σας για την χρησιμοποίηση του διακομιστή CUPS.\n" +#~ "Δικαιώματα μπορούν να τεθούν για ολόκληρο τον διακομιστή, για την διαχείριση αυτού, και προαιρετικά,\n" +#~ "για τους εκτυπωτές σας και τις κατηγορίες(κλάσεις). Επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη παράμετρο και πατήστε Αλλαγή δικαιωμάτων\n" #~ " για να δείτε ή να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις δικαιωμάτων." #~ msgid "Expert CUPS Settings" @@ -7143,8 +6535,7 @@ #~ "allow before deny.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Σειρά Εφαρμογής</BIG> \n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε το αν θα γίνει εφαρμογή των κανόνων απαγόρευσης πριν από τους " -#~ "κανόνες δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης ή \n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε το αν θα γίνει εφαρμογή των κανόνων απαγόρευσης πριν από τους κανόνες δικαιωμάτων πρόσβασης ή \n" #~ "τα δικαιώματα πρόσβασης πριν της απαγόρευσης.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7154,8 +6545,7 @@ #~ "or denied. Addresses can be normal IP addresses (<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>), \n" #~ "address blocks using * as a wild card (<tt>192.168.0.*</tt>),\n" #~ "addresses with mask (<tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" -#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), full domain names (<tt>print.example.com</" -#~ "tt>),\n" +#~ "or <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), full domain names (<tt>print.example.com</tt>),\n" #~ "partial domain names (<tt>*.example.com</tt> or <tt>.example.com</tt>),\n" #~ "interface specifications (<tt>@IF(eth0)</tt>),\n" #~ "or the special words <tt>All</tt>, <tt>None</tt>, and <tt>@LOCAL</tt>.\n" @@ -7163,22 +6553,14 @@ #~ "ethernet, but not modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Δικαιώματα</BIG> \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε την λίστα των IP διευθύνσεων και των " -#~ "δικαιωμάτων τους.Κάθε γραμμή\n" -#~ "περιέχει μια διεύθυνση και δίνει πληροφορίες για το αν ο κάτοχος της έχει " -#~ "επιτρεπτή ή απαγορευμένη\n" -#~ "πρόσβαση. Οι διευθύνσεις μπορεί να είναι κανονικές IP διευθύνσεις (π.χ. " -#~ "192.168.0.1), \n" -#~ "ομάδες διευθύνσεων χρησιμοποιώντας το * σαν wild card (π.χ. 192.168.0." -#~ "*), διευθύνσεις με μάσκα (π.χ. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0\n" -#~ "ή 192.168.0.0/24), πλήρη ονόματα περιοχών(domain) (π.χ. print." -#~ "suse.com), μερικά ονόματα περιοχών\n" -#~ "(π.χ. *.suse.com ή .suse.com), χαρακτηριστικά διεπαφών " -#~ "(<tt>@IF(eth0)</tt>),\n" -#~ "ή ειδικούς χαρακτήρες <tt>Όλα</tt>, <tt>Κανένα</tt>, και <tt>@LOCAL</" -#~ "tt>.\n" -#~ "<tt>@LOCAL</tt> σημαίνει πρόσβαση σε όλες τις διεπαφές non-point-to-" -#~ "point, για παράδειγμα,\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε την λίστα των IP διευθύνσεων και των δικαιωμάτων τους.Κάθε γραμμή\n" +#~ "περιέχει μια διεύθυνση και δίνει πληροφορίες για το αν ο κάτοχος της έχει επιτρεπτή ή απαγορευμένη\n" +#~ "πρόσβαση. Οι διευθύνσεις μπορεί να είναι κανονικές IP διευθύνσεις (π.χ. 192.168.0.1), \n" +#~ "ομάδες διευθύνσεων χρησιμοποιώντας το * σαν wild card (π.χ. 192.168.0.*), διευθύνσεις με μάσκα (π.χ. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0\n" +#~ "ή 192.168.0.0/24), πλήρη ονόματα περιοχών(domain) (π.χ. print.suse.com), μερικά ονόματα περιοχών\n" +#~ "(π.χ. *.suse.com ή .suse.com), χαρακτηριστικά διεπαφών (<tt>@IF(eth0)</tt>),\n" +#~ "ή ειδικούς χαρακτήρες <tt>Όλα</tt>, <tt>Κανένα</tt>, και <tt>@LOCAL</tt>.\n" +#~ "<tt>@LOCAL</tt> σημαίνει πρόσβαση σε όλες τις διεπαφές non-point-to-point, για παράδειγμα,\n" #~ "ethernet, αλλά όχι modem.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7187,16 +6569,11 @@ #~ "select Use Inherited Permissions.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Κληρονομημένα Δικαιώματα</BIG> \n" -#~ "Αν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε δικαιώματα που είναι κληρονομημένα από την " -#~ "τοποθεσία ρίζας (/),\n" +#~ "Αν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε δικαιώματα που είναι κληρονομημένα από την τοποθεσία ρίζας (/),\n" #~ "επιλέξτε Χρήση Κληρονομημένων Δικαιωμάτων.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Manufacturer</BIG> Select the manufacturer of your " -#~ "printer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Κατασκευαστής</BIG> Επιλέξτε τον κατασκευαστή του " -#~ "εκτυπωτή σας." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Manufacturer</BIG> Select the manufacturer of your printer." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Κατασκευαστής</BIG> Επιλέξτε τον κατασκευαστή του εκτυπωτή σας." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Model</BIG> \n" @@ -7218,21 +6595,17 @@ #~ "Αν δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε τον εκτυπωτή σας,\n" #~ " δοκιμάστε Γενικοί εκτυπωτές ή Ghostscript συσκευές.\n" #~ " Αν δεν ξέρετε πιο πρωτόκολλο χρησιμοποιεί ο εκτυπωτής σας,\n" -#~ " ανατρέξτε στο εγχειρίδιο του εκτυπωτή σας ή επικοινωνήστε με τον " -#~ "κατασκευαστή.\n" +#~ " ανατρέξτε στο εγχειρίδιο του εκτυπωτή σας ή επικοινωνήστε με τον κατασκευαστή.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding PPD Files to the Database</BIG> \n" #~ "If your printer manufacturer provides PPD files, you can add them to the\n" -#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied " -#~ "from\n" +#~ "database. PPD files can be downloaded from FTP or HTTP servers or copied from\n" #~ "a hard disk or removable media.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Προσθήκη Αρχείων PPD στη Βάση Δεδομένων</BIG> \n" -#~ "Αν ο κατασκευαστής του εκτυπωτή σας, σας παρέχει αρχεία PPD, μπορείτε να " -#~ "τα προσθέσετε\n" -#~ "στη βάση δεδομένων. Λήψη των αρχείων PPD μπορεί να γίνει από FTP ή HTTP " -#~ "διακομιστές ή να αντιγράφουν στο\n" +#~ "Αν ο κατασκευαστής του εκτυπωτή σας, σας παρέχει αρχεία PPD, μπορείτε να τα προσθέσετε\n" +#~ "στη βάση δεδομένων. Λήψη των αρχείων PPD μπορεί να γίνει από FTP ή HTTP διακομιστές ή να αντιγράφουν στο\n" #~ "σκληρό δίσκο ή σε αφαιρούμενο μέσο.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7241,29 +6614,24 @@ #~ "Select PPD File.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Επιλέγοντας Αρχείο PPD:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Για να επιλέξετε ένα αρχείο PPD αντί ενός κατασκευαστή εκτυπωτών ή " -#~ "μοντέλο, πατήστε\n" +#~ "Για να επιλέξετε ένα αρχείο PPD αντί ενός κατασκευαστή εκτυπωτών ή μοντέλο, πατήστε\n" #~ " Επιλογή PPD Αρχείου.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Printers</BIG> \n" -#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this " -#~ "printer\n" +#~ "Select an already installed printer. New queues will be added to this printer\n" #~ "and you will not need to select vendor, model, and connection again.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Εκτυπωτές</BIG> \n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε έναν ήδη εγκατεστημένο εκτυπωτή. Νέες ουρές θα προστεθούν στον " -#~ "εκτυπωτή\n" -#~ "και δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε κατασκευαστή, μοντέλο και σύνδεση ξανά." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε έναν ήδη εγκατεστημένο εκτυπωτή. Νέες ουρές θα προστεθούν στον εκτυπωτή\n" +#~ "και δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε κατασκευαστή, μοντέλο και σύνδεση ξανά.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Name for Printing</BIG> \n" #~ "To print with this configuration, use this name as the queue name.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Όνομα της Εκτύπωσης</BIG> \n" -#~ "Για εκτύπωση με αυτή τη ρύθμιση, χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το όνομα ως το όνομα " -#~ "της ουράς.\n" +#~ "Για εκτύπωση με αυτή τη ρύθμιση, χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το όνομα ως το όνομα της ουράς.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Class Description</big> \n" @@ -7305,11 +6673,9 @@ #~ "<big>Τοπικό Φιλτράρισμα</big> \n" #~ "Επιλέγοντας Κάνε τοπικό φιλτράρισμα, προσδιορίζετε πότε να\n" #~ "φιλτράρει τοπικά για αυτήν την ουρά. Δεν προτείνεται αν χρησιμοποιείτε\n" -#~ "έναν διακομιστή εκτύπωσης που κάνει φιλτράρισμα (π.χ., διακομιστές IPP " -#~ "και LPD),\n" +#~ "έναν διακομιστή εκτύπωσης που κάνει φιλτράρισμα (π.χ., διακομιστές IPP και LPD),\n" #~ "αλλά χρειάζεται για τοπικούς εκτυπωτές και\n" -#~ "διακομιστές που δεν υποστηρίζουν φιλτράρισμα (π.χ., δικτυακούς " -#~ "διακομιστές εκτύπωσης SMB και IPX,\n" +#~ "διακομιστές που δεν υποστηρίζουν φιλτράρισμα (π.χ., δικτυακούς διακομιστές εκτύπωσης SMB και IPX,\n" #~ "και μηχανήματα διακομιστών εκτύπωσης).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7327,8 +6693,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Κοινή Χρήση Εκτυπωτή</big> \n" -#~ "Αυτές οι επιλογές επιτρέπουν την κοινή χρήση ενός εκτυπωτή μέσω του " -#~ "δικτύου.\n" +#~ "Αυτές οι επιλογές επιτρέπουν την κοινή χρήση ενός εκτυπωτή μέσω του δικτύου.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -7349,13 +6714,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Values</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you select options in the upper box, a list of values appears in the " -#~ "lower box.\n" +#~ "If you select options in the upper box, a list of values appears in the lower box.\n" #~ " Select a new value by clicking it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Τιμές</BIG> \n" -#~ "Αν επιλέξετε επιλογές στο παραπάνω κουτί, η λίστα με τις τιμές " -#~ "εμφανίζεται στο κάτω κουτί.\n" +#~ "Αν επιλέξετε επιλογές στο παραπάνω κουτί, η λίστα με τις τιμές εμφανίζεται στο κάτω κουτί.\n" #~ " Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε νέα τιμή κάνοντας κλικ πάνω της.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7373,8 +6736,7 @@ #~ " as text, select Force ASCII Printing.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Εκτύπωση Κειμένου ASCII</BIG> \n" -#~ "Προσαρμόστε τη διάταξη της σελίδας.Για αυτή τη ρύθμιση για να εκτυπωθούν " -#~ "όλα τα αρχεία\n" +#~ "Προσαρμόστε τη διάταξη της σελίδας.Για αυτή τη ρύθμιση για να εκτυπωθούν όλα τα αρχεία\n" #~ " ως κείμενο, επιλέξτε Εξαναγκασμός Εκτύπωσης ASCII.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7385,11 +6747,9 @@ #~ " at the time of the installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Κωδικοποίηση Κειμένων</BIG> \n" -#~ "Για μερικές γλώσσες, αυτή η επιλογή είναι σημαντική για να ληφθεί η σωστή " -#~ "έξοδος από το\n" +#~ "Για μερικές γλώσσες, αυτή η επιλογή είναι σημαντική για να ληφθεί η σωστή έξοδος από το\n" #~ " Mozilla και μερικά άλλα προγράμματα. Από προεπιλογής,\n" -#~ " η κωδικοποίηση είναι τοποθετημένη να ταιριάξει στην γλώσσα που " -#~ "επιλέξατε\n" +#~ " η κωδικοποίηση είναι τοποθετημένη να ταιριάξει στην γλώσσα που επιλέξατε\n" #~ " από την εγκατάσταση." #~ msgid "" @@ -7414,16 +6774,14 @@ #~ "in the spool system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Όνομα</BIG> \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το όνομα κάτω από το οποίο θα έχετε πρόσβαση στη " -#~ "ρύθμιση στο σύστημα διανομέα(spool system)." +#~ "Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το όνομα κάτω από το οποίο θα έχετε πρόσβαση στη ρύθμιση στο σύστημα διανομέα(spool system)." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Model</BIG> \n" #~ "To try your printer with another driver, choose it here.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Μοντέλο</BIG> \n" -#~ "Αν θέλετε να δοκιμάσετε τον εκτυπωτή σας με άλλον οδηγό, επιλέξτε το εδώ." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Αν θέλετε να δοκιμάσετε τον εκτυπωτή σας με άλλον οδηγό, επιλέξτε το εδώ.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>PPD File</BIG> \n" @@ -7437,8 +6795,7 @@ #~ "Choose the remote hostname and queue for this remote printer.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Σύνδεση</BIG> \n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε όνομα απομακρυσμένου host και όνομα ουράς για αυτόν τον " -#~ "απομακρυσμένο εκτυπωτή.\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε όνομα απομακρυσμένου host και όνομα ουράς για αυτόν τον απομακρυσμένο εκτυπωτή.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Connection</BIG> \n" @@ -7449,21 +6806,15 @@ #~ "Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το hostname και το όνομα ουράς για απομακρυσμένο\n" #~ " εκτυπωτή και το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Connection</BIG> You can change the connection for this " -#~ "printer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Σύνδεση</BIG> Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε την σύνδεση για " -#~ "αυτόν τον εκτυπωτή." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Connection</BIG> You can change the connection for this printer." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Σύνδεση</BIG> Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε την σύνδεση για αυτόν τον εκτυπωτή." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Print Filter Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models." -#~ "\n" +#~ "Edit filter options here. These options differ for various printer models.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ρυθμίσεις Φίλτρου Εκτύπωσης:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Επεξεργαστείτε τις επιλογές φίλτρων εδώ. Αυτές οι επιλογές διαφέρουν για " -#~ "πολλά μοντέλα εκτυπωτών.\n" +#~ "Επεξεργαστείτε τις επιλογές φίλτρων εδώ. Αυτές οι επιλογές διαφέρουν για πολλά μοντέλα εκτυπωτών.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>ASCII Printing Settings</BIG> \n" @@ -7477,18 +6828,15 @@ #~ "Adjust users who are allowed to print using this queue.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ρυθμίσεις Περιορισμών:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε χρήστες που επιτρέπεται να χρησιμοποιήσουν " -#~ "αυτήν την ουρά.\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε χρήστες που επιτρέπεται να χρησιμοποιήσουν αυτήν την ουρά.\n" # help text 6b/7 alt. 2 #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>State and Banner Settings</BIG> \n" -#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.</" -#~ "P>\n" +#~ "Set state and banners printed before and after each job for this queue.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Ρυθμίσεις Κατάστασης και Τίτλων</BIG> \n" -#~ "Καθορίστε τις καταστάσεις και τους τίτλους που τυπώνονται πριν και μετά " -#~ "από κάθε εργασία για αυτήν την ουρά.\n" +#~ "Καθορίστε τις καταστάσεις και τους τίτλους που τυπώνονται πριν και μετά από κάθε εργασία για αυτήν την ουρά.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Printing a Test Page</BIG> \n" @@ -7504,12 +6852,8 @@ #~ "<BIG>Μέλη Κλάσης:</BIG> \n" #~ "Επιλέξτε τις ουρές που θα είναι μέλη αυτής της κλάσης.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Class Settings</BIG> You can change some settings for " -#~ "this class." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Ρυθμίσεις Κλάσης:</BIG> Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε μερικές " -#~ "ρυθμίσεις για αυτήν την κλάση." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Class Settings</BIG> You can change some settings for this class." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Ρυθμίσεις Κλάσης:</BIG> Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε μερικές ρυθμίσεις για αυτήν την κλάση." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>New Printer</BIG> \n" @@ -7522,32 +6866,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>New Printer</BIG> \n" -#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer " -#~ "database.\n" +#~ "The printer model could not be detected or is not in the printer database.\n" #~ "Use Advanced Setup to configure it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Νέος Εκτυπωτής</BIG> \n" -#~ "Το μοντέλο του εκτυπωτή δεν μπορεί να ανιχνευτεί στη βάση δεδομένων " -#~ "εκτυπωτών,\n" -#~ " για αυτό θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε Προχωρημένη Εγκατάσταση για " -#~ "να τον ρυθμίσετε.\n" +#~ "Το μοντέλο του εκτυπωτή δεν μπορεί να ανιχνευτεί στη βάση δεδομένων εκτυπωτών,\n" +#~ " για αυτό θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε Προχωρημένη Εγκατάσταση για να τον ρυθμίσετε.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Quick Automatic Setup</BIG> \n" #~ "This printer is configured using default settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Γρήγορη Αυτόματη Εγκατάσταση</BIG> \n" -#~ "Ο εκτυπωτής είναι ρυθμισμένος χρησιμοποιώντας τις προεπιλεγμένες " -#~ "ρυθμίσεις.\n" +#~ "Ο εκτυπωτής είναι ρυθμισμένος χρησιμοποιώντας τις προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Normal Setup</BIG> \n" -#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options " -#~ "for the configuration.\n" +#~ "The detected model information will be used. Choose the name and options for the configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Κανονική Εγκατάσταση</BIG> \n" -#~ "Οι ανιχνευμένες πληροφορίες μοντέλου θα χρησιμοποιηθούν. Μπορείτε να " -#~ "επιλέξετε όνομα και επιλογές για τις ρυθμίσεις.\n" +#~ "Οι ανιχνευμένες πληροφορίες μοντέλου θα χρησιμοποιηθούν. Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε όνομα και επιλογές για τις ρυθμίσεις.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Advanced Setup</BIG> \n" @@ -7582,10 +6920,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Εκτυπωτές προς ρύθμιση:</BIG> \n" #~ "Επιλέξτε έναν εκτυπωτή από τη λίστα και πατήστε Ρύθμιση για\n" -#~ " να δημιουργήσετε ρύθμιση εκτύπωσης για τον επιλεγμένο εκτυπωτή. Αν " -#~ "θέλετε\n" -#~ " να επανεκκινήσετε την αυτόματη ανίχνευση, πατήστε το κουμπί " -#~ "Επανεκκίνηση ανίχνευσης.\n" +#~ " να δημιουργήσετε ρύθμιση εκτύπωσης για τον επιλεγμένο εκτυπωτή. Αν θέλετε\n" +#~ " να επανεκκινήσετε την αυτόματη ανίχνευση, πατήστε το κουμπί Επανεκκίνηση ανίχνευσης.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If your printer was not detected, choose\n" @@ -7603,12 +6939,8 @@ #~ "Εδώ είναι μια λίστα όλων των ρυθμισμένων ουρών στο χαμηλότερο\n" #~ "κουτί. Για να τις επεξεργαστείτε,πατήστε Αλλαγή\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<BIG>Printers</BIG> In this dialog, manage printers on your " -#~ "system." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Εκτυπωτές</BIG> Σε αυτό το διάλογο, μπορείτε να " -#~ "χειρισθείτε τους εκτυπωτές του συστήματός σας." +#~ msgid "<BIG>Printers</BIG> In this dialog, manage printers on your system." +#~ msgstr "<BIG>Εκτυπωτές</BIG> Σε αυτό το διάλογο, μπορείτε να χειρισθείτε τους εκτυπωτές του συστήματός σας." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding a New Configuration</BIG> \n" @@ -7623,11 +6955,9 @@ #~ " You can only edit configurations created with YaST. A change of\n" #~ " default printer will take effect after the next login.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<BIG>Διαγραφή, Επεξεργασία και Ορισμός ρυθμίσεων ως Προεπιλογή:</" -#~ "BIG> \n" +#~ "<BIG>Διαγραφή, Επεξεργασία και Ορισμός ρυθμίσεων ως Προεπιλογή:</BIG> \n" #~ "Επιλέξτε τον εκτυπωτή από τον πίνακα και πατήστε το κατάλληλο κουμπί.\n" -#~ " Μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε μόνο τις ρυθμίσεις που δημιουργούνται με το " -#~ "YaST. Η αλλαγή του\n" +#~ " Μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε μόνο τις ρυθμίσεις που δημιουργούνται με το YaST. Η αλλαγή του\n" #~ " προεπιλεγμένου εκτυπωτή θα εφαρμοστεί στην επόμενη σύνδεση.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -7660,8 +6990,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Αποθήκευση</BIG> \n" #~ "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο αποθηκεύονται οι ρυθμίσεις του εκτυπωτή.\n" -#~ "Ο χρόνος που απαιτείται εξαρτάται από τον αριθμό των εκτυπωτών του " -#~ "συστήματος.\n" +#~ "Ο χρόνος που απαιτείται εξαρτάται από τον αριθμό των εκτυπωτών του συστήματος.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>PPD Files</BIG> \n" @@ -7670,10 +6999,8 @@ #~ "speed, and adjustable settings." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Αρχεία PPD</BIG> \n" -#~ "Για έναν εκτυπωτή, πολλαπλά αρχεία PPD μπορεί να υπάρχουν. Προσδιορίστε " -#~ "ποίο PPD αρχείο\n" -#~ "θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Διαφορετικά αρχεία PPD μπορεί να έχουν διαφορετικό " -#~ "ποιοτικό αποτέλεσμα,\n" +#~ "Για έναν εκτυπωτή, πολλαπλά αρχεία PPD μπορεί να υπάρχουν. Προσδιορίστε ποίο PPD αρχείο\n" +#~ "θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Διαφορετικά αρχεία PPD μπορεί να έχουν διαφορετικό ποιοτικό αποτέλεσμα,\n" #~ "ταχύτητα, και ρυθμίσεις." #~ msgid "" @@ -7682,10 +7009,8 @@ #~ "Apply. To display all PPD files, click Clear.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Φιλτράροντας Αρχεία PPD</big> \n" -#~ "Για να φιλτράρετε τα αρχεία PPD που εμφανίζονται, ορίστε Φίλτρο " -#~ "και κάντε κλικ στο\n" -#~ "Εφαρμογή. Για να εμφανίσετε όλα τα αρχεία PPD, πατήστε " -#~ "Εκκαθάριση\n" +#~ "Για να φιλτράρετε τα αρχεία PPD που εμφανίζονται, ορίστε Φίλτρο και κάντε κλικ στο\n" +#~ "Εφαρμογή. Για να εμφανίσετε όλα τα αρχεία PPD, πατήστε Εκκαθάριση\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Selecting Model</big> \n" @@ -7701,15 +7026,13 @@ #~ "Set users that may or may not use this printer or class.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Περιορισμοί</BIG> \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε χρήστες που μπορούν ή δεν μπορούν να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσουν αυτόν τον εκτυπωτή ή κλάση.\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε χρήστες που μπορούν ή δεν μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήσουν αυτόν τον εκτυπωτή ή κλάση.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "A printer cannot print if it is stopped or rejecting jobs.\n" #~ " Select the requested state for the printer here.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο εκτυπωτής δεν μπορεί να εκτυπώσει αν σταματήσει ή απορρίπτει τις " -#~ "εργασίες.\n" +#~ "Ο εκτυπωτής δεν μπορεί να εκτυπώσει αν σταματήσει ή απορρίπτει τις εργασίες.\n" #~ " Επιλέξτε απαιτούμενη κατάσταση για τον εκτυπωτή εδώ.\n" # Help text 2/3 @@ -7762,19 +7085,16 @@ #~ "Πατήστε Άκυρο αν δεν θέλετε να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές." #~ msgid "Select the PPD file to add to the database." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε το αρχείο PPD για να το προσθέσετε στην βάση δεδομένων." +#~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε το αρχείο PPD για να το προσθέσετε στην βάση δεδομένων." #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Downloading a PPD File</big> \n" #~ "Enter the URL from which to download a PPD file.\n" -#~ "If necessary, also specify the username and password for authentication.</" -#~ "p>\n" +#~ "If necessary, also specify the username and password for authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Λήψη ενός αρχείου PPD</big> \n" #~ "Εισάγετε το URL από το οποίο θα γίνεται λήψη ενός αρχείου PPD.\n" -#~ "Αν είναι απαραίτητο, προσδιορίστε επίσης το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό " -#~ "πρόσβασης για πιστοποίηση.\n" +#~ "Αν είναι απαραίτητο, προσδιορίστε επίσης το όνομα χρήστη και τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για πιστοποίηση.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Listening to Remote CUPS Servers</BIG> \n" @@ -7784,8 +7104,7 @@ #~ "received in detail, click Select Addresses.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Αναμονή των Απομακρυσμένων Διακομιστών CUPS</BIG> \n" -#~ "Για πρόσβαση σε όλες τις ευρείας περιοχής απομακρυσμένες ουρές IPP, " -#~ "επιλέξτε\n" +#~ "Για πρόσβαση σε όλες τις ευρείας περιοχής απομακρυσμένες ουρές IPP, επιλέξτε\n" #~ "Ακρόαση σε Εκπομπές Πακέτων IPP.\n" #~ "Για να ορίσετε από ποιες διευθύνσεις ευρείας περιοχής το IPP θα\n" #~ "λαμβάνει με λεπτομέρεια, πατήστε Επιλέξτε Διευθύνσεις.\n" @@ -7828,8 +7147,7 @@ #~ "all changes will be lost.\n" #~ "Really leave without saving?\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Είστε σίγουροι πως θέλετε να αφήσετε την ρύθμιση του εκτυπωτή τώρα, χωρίς " -#~ "αποθήκευση;\n" +#~ "Είστε σίγουροι πως θέλετε να αφήσετε την ρύθμιση του εκτυπωτή τώρα, χωρίς αποθήκευση;\n" #~ "Όλες οι αλλαγές θα χαθούν.\n" # table item. SHORT! @@ -8315,19 +7633,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Αλλαγή" #~ msgid "Listening to CUPS servers to provide access to remote queues %1" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ακρόαση διακομιστών CUPS για την παροχή πρόσβασης σε απομακρυσμένες ουρές " -#~ "%1" +#~ msgstr "Ακρόαση διακομιστών CUPS για την παροχή πρόσβασης σε απομακρυσμένες ουρές %1" #~ msgid "Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is closed by firewall %1" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η θύρα για την ακρόαση απομακρυσμένων διακομιστών CUPS είναι κλειστή από " -#~ "το firewall %1" +#~ msgstr "Η θύρα για την ακρόαση απομακρυσμένων διακομιστών CUPS είναι κλειστή από το firewall %1" #~ msgid "Port for listening to remote CUPS servers is open on %1 %2" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η θύρα για την ακρόαση απομακρυσμένων διακομιστών CUPS είναι ανοιχτή στο " -#~ "%1 %2" +#~ msgstr "Η θύρα για την ακρόαση απομακρυσμένων διακομιστών CUPS είναι ανοιχτή στο %1 %2" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Selected printer" @@ -8341,8 +7653,7 @@ #~ msgstr "ISO-8859-7 " #~ msgid "!!! YOUR TEXT !!!" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν βλέπετε αυτό στα Ελληνικά, τότε λειτουργούν σωστά. Καλή σας επιτυχία!!!" +#~ msgstr "Αν βλέπετε αυτό στα Ελληνικά, τότε λειτουργούν σωστά. Καλή σας επιτυχία!!!" #~ msgid "!!! COMMON EXPLANATION !!!" #~ msgstr "Γεια σας." @@ -8370,9 +7681,7 @@ # message popup #~ msgid "Unable to print a test page. You are using a different spooler." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αδυναμία εκτύπωσης δοκιμαστικής σελίδας. Χρησιμοποιείτε διαφορετικό " -#~ "διανομέα." +#~ msgstr "Αδυναμία εκτύπωσης δοκιμαστικής σελίδας. Χρησιμοποιείτε διαφορετικό διανομέα." # message box #~ msgid "" @@ -8449,12 +7758,8 @@ # footnote of the test page 3/6 # TRANSLATORS: keep this short! Only translations in languages # with encodings ISO-8859-[1|2|15] will be used. -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript " -#~ "driver." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript " -#~ "driver." +#~ msgid "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript driver." +#~ msgstr "The actual imageable area depends on the printer model and Ghostscript driver." # footnote of the test page 4/6 # TRANSLATORS: keep this short! Only translations in languages @@ -8541,8 +7846,7 @@ #~ "Όταν σταματήσει να εκτυπώνει, κλείστε τον εκτυπωτή,\n" #~ "περιμένετε 10 δευτερόλεπτα και ανάψτε τον ξανά.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ξανά, ελέγξτε τις καταχωρήσεις για τον κατασκευαστή και το μοντέλο που " -#~ "κάνατε πιο πριν." +#~ "Ξανά, ελέγξτε τις καταχωρήσεις για τον κατασκευαστή και το μοντέλο που κάνατε πιο πριν." #~ msgid "" #~ "The list of installed drivers has changed.\n" @@ -8751,6 +8055,4 @@ #~ msgstr "&Ματαίωση εγκατάστασης" #~ msgid "Service hplip will be enabled because hp:// backend is used." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η υπηρεσία hplip θα είναι διαθέσιμη επειδή το hp:// backend θα " -#~ "χρησιμοποιηθεί." +#~ msgstr "Η υπηρεσία hplip θα είναι διαθέσιμη επειδή το hp:// backend θα χρησιμοποιηθεί." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/product-creator.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/product-creator.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/product-creator.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -141,8 +141,7 @@ #. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" -msgstr "" -"η ταυτότητα του κλειδιού GPG χρησιμοποιείται για να υπογράφει ένα προϊόν" +msgstr "η ταυτότητα του κλειδιού GPG χρησιμοποιείται για να υπογράφει ένα προϊόν" #. command line help text for 'repositories' option #: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 @@ -363,8 +362,7 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." -msgstr "" -"Αντιγραφή επιπρόσθετων και προσαρμοσμένων αρχείων στο δέντρο καταλόγων..." +msgstr "Αντιγραφή επιπρόσθετων και προσαρμοσμένων αρχείων στο δέντρο καταλόγων..." #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" @@ -534,34 +532,22 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Έναρξη δημιουργίας της ρύθμισης της νέας εικόνας με το κουμπί " -"Πρόσθεση." +msgstr "Έναρξη δημιουργίας της ρύθμισης της νέας εικόνας με το κουμπί Πρόσθεση." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image." -msgstr "" -"Με χρήση του Επεξεργασία αλλάζετε τις ρυθμίσεις της επιλεγμένης " -"εικόνας ή δημιουργείτε την εικόνα." +msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." +msgstr "Με χρήση του Επεξεργασία αλλάζετε τις ρυθμίσεις της επιλεγμένης εικόνας ή δημιουργείτε την εικόνα." #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "" -"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"Delete." -msgstr "" -"Διαγραφή του καταλόγου με την επιλεγμένη ρύθμιση χρησιμοποιώντας τo " -"Διαγραφή." +msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." +msgstr "Διαγραφή του καταλόγου με την επιλεγμένη ρύθμιση χρησιμοποιώντας τo Διαγραφή." #. help text, %1 is directory #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Όλες οι ρυθμίσεις των εικόνων που είναι αποθηκευμένες στον<tt>%1<tt> " -"κατάλογο." +msgstr "Όλες οι ρυθμίσεις των εικόνων που είναι αποθηκευμένες στον<tt>%1<tt> κατάλογο." #. main dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 @@ -853,14 +839,12 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Επιλέξτε μια από τις παρακάτω βασικές επιλογές και κάντε κλικ στο " -"Λεπτομερής για να\n" +"Επιλέξτε μια από τις παρακάτω βασικές επιλογές και κάντε κλικ στο Λεπτομερής για να\n" "προσθέσετε και άλλες επιπλέον επιλογές και πακέτα.\n" "" @@ -892,30 +876,22 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" "<big>Υπογραφή</big> \n" -"Για να είναι δυνατόν για τους χρήστες να επιβεβαιώσουν το προϊόν σας, " -"υπογράψτε το με κλειδί GPG. \n" +"Για να είναι δυνατόν για τους χρήστες να επιβεβαιώσουν το προϊόν σας, υπογράψτε το με κλειδί GPG. \n" "Αυτό το κλειδί ελέγχεται όταν το προϊόν προστίθεται ως πηγή εγκατάστασης." #. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information." +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." msgstr "" -"Εάν το προϊόν δεν είναι υπογεγραμμένο, το YaST προσθέτει αυτόματα την " -"επιλογή 'Μη Ασφαλές:\n" -"1' στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων linuxrc, αλλιώς το linuxrc θα αρνηθεί να φορτώσει " -"ανυπόγραφο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα στην εκκίνηση. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες " -"επισκεφθείτε την διεύθυνση http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc ." +"Εάν το προϊόν δεν είναι υπογεγραμμένο, το YaST προσθέτει αυτόματα την επιλογή 'Μη Ασφαλές:\n" +"1' στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων linuxrc, αλλιώς το linuxrc θα αρνηθεί να φορτώσει ανυπόγραφο εγκατεστημένο σύστημα στην εκκίνηση. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες επισκεφθείτε την διεύθυνση http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc ." #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" @@ -962,8 +938,7 @@ "Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Επαληθεύστε ότι τα δεδομένα στη σύνοψη και πατήστε το κουμπί Επόμενο για " -"συνέχεια.\n" +"Επαληθεύστε ότι τα δεδομένα στη σύνοψη και πατήστε το κουμπί Επόμενο για συνέχεια.\n" "\n" #. All helps are here @@ -981,14 +956,11 @@ msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" msgstr "" "Για παράδειγμα, \n" -"μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το CD για αυτόματες εγκαταστάσεις και να ορίσετε την " -"τοποθεσία\n" -"της πηγής εγκατάστασης. Εάν δεν είστε σίγουροι, αφήστε το αρχείο άθικτο και " -"θα χρησιμοποιηθεί το πρωτότυπο.\n" +"μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το CD για αυτόματες εγκαταστάσεις και να ορίσετε την τοποθεσία\n" +"της πηγής εγκατάστασης. Εάν δεν είστε σίγουροι, αφήστε το αρχείο άθικτο και θα χρησιμοποιηθεί το πρωτότυπο.\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 @@ -1002,8 +974,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 @@ -1060,22 +1031,17 @@ "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product." msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Δημιουργία Προϊόντος για να δημιουργήσετε ένα " -"στιγμιότυπο ISO\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Δημιουργία Προϊόντος για να δημιουργήσετε ένα στιγμιότυπο ISO\n" "ή ένα κατάλογο αποθετήριο εγκατάστασης με το επιλεγμένο προϊόν." #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." msgstr "" -"Πατήστε Δημιουργία Εικόνας με το KIWI για επιπλέον ρυθμίσεις σε " -"διάφορους\n" -"τύπους εικόνων, όπως Live μέσο ή εικόνες Xen, με την σύστημα εικόνων KIWI.</" -"p>" +"Πατήστε Δημιουργία Εικόνας με το KIWI για επιπλέον ρυθμίσεις σε διάφορους\n" +"τύπους εικόνων, όπως Live μέσο ή εικόνες Xen, με την σύστημα εικόνων KIWI." #. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 @@ -1110,11 +1076,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Διαχειριστής Λογισμικού\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τον διαχειριστή λογισμικού χωρίς καμία προεπιλογή πακέτων. " -"Όλα\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε τον διαχειριστή λογισμικού χωρίς καμία προεπιλογή πακέτων. Όλα\n" "τα πακέτα που θα επιλεγούν αυτόματα κατά τη διάρκεια εγκατάστασης πρέπει να\n" -"έχουν επιλεγεί χειροκίνητα ανάλογα με τον τύπο του υλικού και της " -"αρχιτεκτονικής για την\n" +"έχουν επιλεγεί χειροκίνητα ανάλογα με τον τύπο του υλικού και της αρχιτεκτονικής για την\n" "οποία δημιουργείται αυτό το CD.\n" "\n" @@ -1131,24 +1095,17 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Αρχιτεκτονική Στόχος</big> \n" -"Είναι εφικτό να δημιουργήσετε ένα προϊόν για διαφορετική αρχιτεκτονική από " -"την αρχιτεκτονική αυτού του μηχανήματος που δουλεύετε.\n" -"Όλα τα επιλεγμένα αποθετήρια πρέπει να υποστηρίζουν την αρχιτεκτονική στόχο." -" \n" -"Σημείωση: Το KIWI δεν υποστηρίζει διαφορετικές αρχιτεκτονικές ακόμα, " -"μην αλλάξετε την\n" -"αρχιτεκτονική αν σκοπεύετε να δημιουργήσετε ένα στιγμιότυπο KIWI από την " -"τρέχουσα ρύθμιση.\n" +"Είναι εφικτό να δημιουργήσετε ένα προϊόν για διαφορετική αρχιτεκτονική από την αρχιτεκτονική αυτού του μηχανήματος που δουλεύετε.\n" +"Όλα τα επιλεγμένα αποθετήρια πρέπει να υποστηρίζουν την αρχιτεκτονική στόχο. \n" +"Σημείωση: Το KIWI δεν υποστηρίζει διαφορετικές αρχιτεκτονικές ακόμα, μην αλλάξετε την\n" +"αρχιτεκτονική αν σκοπεύετε να δημιουργήσετε ένα στιγμιότυπο KIWI από την τρέχουσα ρύθμιση.\n" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 @@ -1161,8 +1118,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Κατάλογος ISO και Εικόνα</big> \n" "Εισάγετε την τοποθεσία στην οποία θα δημιουργηθεί ο κατάλογος σκελετού. Όλα\n" -"τα απαραίτητα αρχεία θα αντιγραφούν σε αυτόν τον κατάλογο. Επιλέξτε μια " -"τοποθεσία\n" +"τα απαραίτητα αρχεία θα αντιγραφούν σε αυτόν τον κατάλογο. Επιλέξτε μια τοποθεσία\n" "με αρκετό ελεύθερο χώρο.\n" " \n" @@ -1184,8 +1140,7 @@ "to the skeleton. \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Για εξοικονόμηση χώρου, ενεργοποιήστε το πλαίσιο ελέγχου για την " -"αντιγραφή μόνο\n" +"Για εξοικονόμηση χώρου, ενεργοποιήστε το πλαίσιο ελέγχου για την αντιγραφή μόνο\n" "των απαραίτητων αρχείων στο σκελετό. \n" "\n" @@ -1198,39 +1153,28 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" -"Ένα από τα χρησιμοποιούμενα αποθετήρια πρέπει να σημειωθεί ως προϊόν " -"βάση. Το αποθετήριο\n" -"προϊόντος βάσης πρέπει να είναι εκκινήσιμο για διασφάλιση ότι το νέο " -"δημιουργούμενο προϊόν είναι επίσης\n" +"Ένα από τα χρησιμοποιούμενα αποθετήρια πρέπει να σημειωθεί ως προϊόν βάση. Το αποθετήριο\n" +"προϊόντος βάσης πρέπει να είναι εκκινήσιμο για διασφάλιση ότι το νέο δημιουργούμενο προϊόν είναι επίσης\n" "εκκινήσιμο.\n" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Τα άλλα αποθετήρια θα χρησιμοποιηθούν σαν πρόσθετα για το αποθετήριο " -"βάσης." +msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." +msgstr "Τα άλλα αποθετήρια θα χρησιμοποιηθούν σαν πρόσθετα για το αποθετήριο βάσης." #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" -"Ο δημιουργός προϊόντος επιλύει εξαρτήσεις των επιλεγμένων προϊόντων και " -"προτείνει\n" -"το βασικό προϊόν. Εάν η προτεινόμενη τιμή είναι εσφαλμένη, επιλέξτε το σωστό " -"βασικό\n" +"Ο δημιουργός προϊόντος επιλύει εξαρτήσεις των επιλεγμένων προϊόντων και προτείνει\n" +"το βασικό προϊόν. Εάν η προτεινόμενη τιμή είναι εσφαλμένη, επιλέξτε το σωστό βασικό\n" "αποθετήριο από τη λίστα.\n" #. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) @@ -1406,28 +1350,20 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Αυτά τα πακέτα από το τμήμα '%1' δεν είναι διαθέσιμα στα επιλεγμένα " -"αποθετήρια:\n" +"Αυτά τα πακέτα από το τμήμα '%1' δεν είναι διαθέσιμα στα επιλεγμένα αποθετήρια:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε τα πακέτα από το τμήμα, σημειώστε την λεπτομερή " -"επιλογή πακέτων ή αγνοήστε την κατάσταση.\n" +"Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε τα πακέτα από το τμήμα, σημειώστε την λεπτομερή επιλογή πακέτων ή αγνοήστε την κατάσταση.\n" "\n" -"Επιλέγοντας την λεπτομερή επιλογή πακέτων και αποδεχόμενοι την προβολή χωρίς " -"καμία αλλαγή αποτελεσμάτων στην αφαίρεση των προβληματικών πακέτων από το " -"τμήμα.\n" +"Επιλέγοντας την λεπτομερή επιλογή πακέτων και αποδεχόμενοι την προβολή χωρίς καμία αλλαγή αποτελεσμάτων στην αφαίρεση των προβληματικών πακέτων από το τμήμα.\n" "\n" #. button label @@ -1554,12 +1490,8 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." -msgstr "" -"Η επεξεργασία των παρακάτω αρχείων είναι απενεργοποιημένη για ρυθμίσεις που " -"εισήχθησαν από το Studio." +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +msgstr "Η επεξεργασία των παρακάτω αρχείων είναι απενεργοποιημένη για ρυθμίσεις που εισήχθησαν από το Studio." #. tab header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 @@ -1575,13 +1507,10 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε την τιμή για την Συμπίεση του στιγμιοτύπου. Αυτό θα " -"τροποποιήσει την\n" -"τιμή σημαίες του τύπου του στιγμιοτύπου. Ανατρέξτε στο εγχειρίδιο του " -"kiwi για την ερμηνεία των διαθέσιμων τιμών." +"Επιλέξτε την τιμή για την Συμπίεση του στιγμιοτύπου. Αυτό θα τροποποιήσει την\n" +"τιμή σημαίες του τύπου του στιγμιοτύπου. Ανατρέξτε στο εγχειρίδιο του kiwi για την ερμηνεία των διαθέσιμων τιμών." #. combo box label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 @@ -1599,12 +1528,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line." -msgstr "" -"Για λογισμικό που αγνοήθηκε, εισάγετε κάθε εγγραφή (όπως " -"'smtp_daemon') σε νέα γραμμή." +msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." +msgstr "Για λογισμικό που αγνοήθηκε, εισάγετε κάθε εγγραφή (όπως 'smtp_daemon') σε νέα γραμμή." #. label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 @@ -1613,12 +1538,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image." -msgstr "" -"Κάθε καταχώριση του Πακέτα για Διαγραφή είναι ένα όνομα πακέτου " -"προς απεγκατάσταση από την προοριζόμενη εικόνα." +msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." +msgstr "Κάθε καταχώριση του Πακέτα για Διαγραφή είναι ένα όνομα πακέτου προς απεγκατάσταση από την προοριζόμενη εικόνα." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 @@ -1638,12 +1559,10 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" "Ορίστε το Μέγεθος της εικόνας στην καθορισμένη Μονάδα.\n" -"Εάν είναι επιλεγμένο το Πρόσθετη, το νόημα του Μεγέθους είναι " -"διαφορετικό: είναι ο ελάχιστος διαθέσιμος ελεύθερος χώρος στην εικόνα." +"Εάν είναι επιλεγμένο το Πρόσθετη, το νόημα του Μεγέθους είναι διαφορετικό: είναι ο ελάχιστος διαθέσιμος ελεύθερος χώρος στην εικόνα." #. combo box label (MB/GB values) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 @@ -1662,13 +1581,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " -"and enter the password." -msgstr "" -"Για δημιουργία κρυπτογραφημένου συστήματος αρχείων, επιλέξτε " -"Κρυπτογράφηση του Στιγμιοτύπου με LUKS και εισάγετε το συνθηματικό.</" -"p>" +msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." +msgstr "Για δημιουργία κρυπτογραφημένου συστήματος αρχείων, επιλέξτε Κρυπτογράφηση του Στιγμιοτύπου με LUKS και εισάγετε το συνθηματικό." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 @@ -1678,15 +1592,12 @@ #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." -msgstr "" -"Επεξεργασία των scripts ρυθμίσεων που χρησιμοποιούνται για την δημιουργία " -"στιγμιοτύπων." +msgstr "Επεξεργασία των scripts ρυθμίσεων που χρησιμοποιούνται για την δημιουργία στιγμιοτύπων." #. general help for directory structure tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "Point to the configuration directories for building your image." -msgstr "" -"Εισαγωγή καταλόγων ρυθμίσεων για τη δημιουργία του στιγμιοτύπου σας." +msgstr "Εισαγωγή καταλόγων ρυθμίσεων για τη δημιουργία του στιγμιοτύπου σας." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 @@ -1695,15 +1606,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Καθορίστε την διαδρομή για τον Κατάλογο με Ρυθμίσεις Συστήματος (ο " -"κατάλογος <tt>root</tt>). Όλος ο κατάλογος θα αντιγραφεί στον κατάλογο root " -"του δέντρου της προς δημιουργία εικόνας με χρήση της εντολής <tt>cp -a</tt>." -"" +msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Καθορίστε την διαδρομή για τον Κατάλογο με Ρυθμίσεις Συστήματος (ο κατάλογος <tt>root</tt>). Όλος ο κατάλογος θα αντιγραφεί στον κατάλογο root του δέντρου της προς δημιουργία εικόνας με χρήση της εντολής <tt>cp -a</tt>." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 @@ -1717,14 +1621,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίστε τον Κατάλογο με Ρυθμίσεις Συστήματος (ο κατάλογος " -"<tt>root</tt>). Όλος ο κατάλογος θα αντιγραφεί στον κατάλογο root του " -"δέντρου της προς δημιουργία εικόνας με χρήση της εντολής <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τον Κατάλογο με Ρυθμίσεις Συστήματος (ο κατάλογος <tt>root</tt>). Όλος ο κατάλογος θα αντιγραφεί στον κατάλογο root του δέντρου της προς δημιουργία εικόνας με χρήση της εντολής <tt>cp -a</tt>." #. label (above table) #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 @@ -1738,14 +1636,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages." -msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίστε τον Κατάλογο με Δέσμες Ενεργειών (ο κατάλογος <tt>config</" -"tt>). Περιέχει δέσμες ενεργειών οι οποίες εκτελούνται μετά την εγκατάσταση " -"όλων των πακέτων της εικόνας." +msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τον Κατάλογο με Δέσμες Ενεργειών (ο κατάλογος <tt>config</tt>). Περιέχει δέσμες ενεργειών οι οποίες εκτελούνται μετά την εγκατάσταση όλων των πακέτων της εικόνας." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 @@ -1766,14 +1658,8 @@ msgstr "Σενάριο Ρυθμίσεων Ε&ικόνας" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run." -msgstr "" -"Επεξεργαστείτε τη δέσμη ενεργειών Ρυθμίσεις Εικόνας, η οποία " -"ονομάζεται <tt>config.sh</tt>. Αυτή η δέσμη ενεργειών εκτελείται στο τέλος " -"της εγκατάστασης αλλά πριν εκτελεστεί η δέσμη ενεργειών του πακέτου." +msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." +msgstr "Επεξεργαστείτε τη δέσμη ενεργειών Ρυθμίσεις Εικόνας, η οποία ονομάζεται <tt>config.sh</tt>. Αυτή η δέσμη ενεργειών εκτελείται στο τέλος της εγκατάστασης αλλά πριν εκτελεστεί η δέσμη ενεργειών του πακέτου." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 @@ -1781,14 +1667,8 @@ msgstr "Διαδρομή προς τον Κατάλογο με τα Σενάρια" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"Ο προαιρετικός Κατάλογος με Δέσμες Ενεργειών (ο κατάλογος " -"<tt>config</tt>) περιέχει δέσμες ενεργειών που εκτελούνται μετά την " -"εγκατάσταση όλων των πακέτων της εικόνας." +msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "Ο προαιρετικός Κατάλογος με Δέσμες Ενεργειών (ο κατάλογος <tt>config</tt>) περιέχει δέσμες ενεργειών που εκτελούνται μετά την εγκατάσταση όλων των πακέτων της εικόνας." #. push button label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 @@ -1801,13 +1681,8 @@ msgstr "Κα&θαρισμός Σεναρίων" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process." -msgstr "" -"Επεξεργαστείτε τη δέσμη ενεργειών Εκκαθάρισης (<tt>images.sh</" -"tt>). Αυτή η δέσμη ενεργειών εκτελείται στην αρχή της διαδικασία δημιουργίας " -"εικόνας." +msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgstr "Επεξεργαστείτε τη δέσμη ενεργειών Εκκαθάρισης (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Αυτή η δέσμη ενεργειών εκτελείται στην αρχή της διαδικασία δημιουργίας εικόνας." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 @@ -1821,12 +1696,8 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image Specification." -msgstr "" -"Ορίστε τις τιμές για τον Συγγραφέα της εικόνας, τις Πληροφορίες " -"Επαφής, και τις Προδιαγραφές της εικόνας." +msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." +msgstr "Ορίστε τις τιμές για τον Συγγραφέα της εικόνας, τις Πληροφορίες Επαφής, και τις Προδιαγραφές της εικόνας." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 @@ -1850,12 +1721,8 @@ #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Η τιμή Τοπικές Ρυθμίσεις (π.χ. <tt>en_US</tt>) καθορίζει τα " -"περιεχόμενα της μεταβλητής RC_LANG στο <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgstr "Η τιμή Τοπικές Ρυθμίσεις (π.χ. <tt>en_US</tt>) καθορίζει τα περιεχόμενα της μεταβλητής RC_LANG στο <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 @@ -1864,13 +1731,8 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Η Διάταξη Πληκτρολογίου καθορίζει το όνομα του πληκτρολογίου που " -"θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Η τιμή που αντιστοιχεί στο πληκτρολόγιο βρίσκεται στο " -"αρχείο <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgstr "Η Διάταξη Πληκτρολογίου καθορίζει το όνομα του πληκτρολογίου που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Η τιμή που αντιστοιχεί στο πληκτρολόγιο βρίσκεται στο αρχείο <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." #. textentry label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 @@ -1879,20 +1741,13 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Είναι επίσης δυνατό να ορίσετε συγκεκριμένη Ζώνη Ώρας. Οι " -"διαθέσιμες ζώνες ώρας βρίσκονται στον κατάλογο <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." -"" +msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgstr "Είναι επίσης δυνατό να ορίσετε συγκεκριμένη Ζώνη Ώρας. Οι διαθέσιμες ζώνες ώρας βρίσκονται στον κατάλογο <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." #. general help for users tab #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "Create users that should be available on the target system." -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργία χρηστών που θα πρέπει να είναι διαθέσιμοι στο εν λόγω σύστημα." -"" +msgstr "Δημιουργία χρηστών που θα πρέπει να είναι διαθέσιμοι στο εν λόγω σύστημα." #. table header #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 @@ -1927,12 +1782,10 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " -"Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" msgstr "" -"Για κάθε χρήστη, ορίστε το Όνομα Χρήστη, τον Κωδικό Πρόσβασης</" -"b>, τον Προσωπικό Κατάλογο και την ομάδα\n" +"Για κάθε χρήστη, ορίστε το Όνομα Χρήστη, τον Κωδικό Πρόσβασης, τον Προσωπικό Κατάλογο και την ομάδα\n" "στην οποία ανήκουν οι χρήστες.\n" #. dialog caption @@ -1962,21 +1815,13 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε το όνομα των ρυθμίσεων της εικόνας σας. Βασίστε τις νέες " -"ρυθμίσεις σε πρότυπο από την λίστα ή στον κατάλογο με υπάρχουσες ρυθμίσεις.</" -"p>" +msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." +msgstr "Εισάγετε το όνομα των ρυθμίσεων της εικόνας σας. Βασίστε τις νέες ρυθμίσεις σε πρότυπο από την λίστα ή στον κατάλογο με υπάρχουσες ρυθμίσεις." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Τοποθετήστε προσαρμοσμένα πρότυπα ρυθμίσεων στον κατάλογο <tt>%1</tt>." +msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +msgstr "Τοποθετήστε προσαρμοσμένα πρότυπα ρυθμίσεων στον κατάλογο <tt>%1</tt>." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 @@ -1990,14 +1835,8 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " -"system repositories." -msgstr "" -"Τροποποίηση της λίστας των Αποθετηρίων που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν για " -"την δημιουργία εικόνας. Χρησιμοποιήστε Προσθήκη από το Σύστημαγια να " -"προσθέσετε ένα από τα τρέχοντα αποθετήρια του συστήματος." +msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." +msgstr "Τροποποίηση της λίστας των Αποθετηρίων που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν για την δημιουργία εικόνας. Χρησιμοποιήστε Προσθήκη από το Σύστημαγια να προσθέσετε ένα από τα τρέχοντα αποθετήρια του συστήματος." #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 @@ -2016,12 +1855,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Ο επιλεγμένος κατάλογος δεν περιέχει έγκυρη περιγραφή των ρυθμίσεων " -"συστήματος." +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgstr "Ο επιλεγμένος κατάλογος δεν περιέχει έγκυρη περιγραφή των ρυθμίσεων συστήματος." #. busy popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 @@ -2392,8 +2227,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Διαδρομή προς το Προφίλ του Αυτόματου &YaST" #~ msgid "Choose the path to the AutoYaST profile (config.xml)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε την διαδρομή προς το προφίλ του Αυτόματου YaST (config.xml)." +#~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε την διαδρομή προς το προφίλ του Αυτόματου YaST (config.xml)." #~ msgid "Brow&se..." #~ msgstr "Αναζήτη&ση..." @@ -2420,8 +2254,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ματαίωση Αποθήκευσης:</big> \n" #~ "Ματαιώστε την διαδικασία αποθήκευσης πατώντας Ματαίωση.\n" -#~ "Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε " -#~ "αυτό.\n" +#~ "Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε αυτό.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Remove the packages" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/proxy.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/proxy.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/proxy.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -75,20 +75,17 @@ #. command-line option help #: src/clients/proxy.rb:107 msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -msgstr "" -"Ορίστε τους τομείς όπου δεν θα χρησιμοποιούνται οι ρυθμίσεις του μεσολαβητή" +msgstr "Ορίστε τους τομείς όπου δεν θα χρησιμοποιούνται οι ρυθμίσεις του μεσολαβητή" #. command-line option help #: src/clients/proxy.rb:114 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "" -"Το όνομα χρήστη όπου θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πιστοποίηση του μεσολαβητή" +msgstr "Το όνομα χρήστη όπου θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πιστοποίηση του μεσολαβητή" #. command-line option help #: src/clients/proxy.rb:121 msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" -msgstr "" -"Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πιστοποίηση του μεσολαβητή" +msgstr "Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την πιστοποίηση του μεσολαβητή" #. ask the user #. translators: command line prompt for entering a password @@ -205,17 +202,13 @@ #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:454 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" "Εδώ ρυθμίστε τον Διαμεσολαβητή Internet (προσωρινή μνήμη).\n" -"Σημείωση: Είναι γενικά προτεινόμενο να αποσυνδεθείτε ώστε να " -"ενεργοποιηθούν οι ρυθμίσεις, \n" -"ωστόσο σε μερικές περιπτώσεις γίνεαι άμεση εφαρμογή των ρυθμίσεων. Παρακαλώ " -"ελέξτε \n" +"Σημείωση: Είναι γενικά προτεινόμενο να αποσυνδεθείτε ώστε να ενεργοποιηθούν οι ρυθμίσεις, \n" +"ωστόσο σε μερικές περιπτώσεις γίνεαι άμεση εφαρμογή των ρυθμίσεων. Παρακαλώ ελέξτε \n" "εάν τι υποστηρίζει η εφαρμογή σας (περιηγητής, πελάτης ftp,...). " #. Proxy dialog help 2/8 @@ -225,20 +218,17 @@ "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" -"HTTP Μεσολαβητής URL είναι το όνομα του διακομιστή μεσολάβησης για " -"την πρόσβασή σας\n" +"HTTP Μεσολαβητής URL είναι το όνομα του διακομιστή μεσολάβησης για την πρόσβασή σας\n" "στον παγκόσμιο ιστό (WWW).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #. Proxy dialog help 3/8 #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:465 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" -"HTTPS Μεσολαβητής URL είναι το όνομα του διακομιστή μεσολάβησης " -"για την ασφαλή πρόσβασή σας\n" +"HTTPS Μεσολαβητής URL είναι το όνομα του διακομιστή μεσολάβησης για την ασφαλή πρόσβασή σας\n" "στον παγκόσμιο ιστό (WWW).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 @@ -254,8 +244,7 @@ "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP)." msgstr "" -"FTP Μεσολαβητής URL είναι το όνομα του διακομιστή μεσολάβησης για " -"την πρόσβασή σας\n" +"FTP Μεσολαβητής URL είναι το όνομα του διακομιστή μεσολάβησης για την πρόσβασή σας\n" "σε υπηρεσίες μεταφοράς αρχείων (FTP)." #. Proxy dialog help 5/8 @@ -266,10 +255,8 @@ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" -"Με ενεργοποιημένη τη Χρήση του Ίδιου Διαμεσολαβητή για Όλα τα " -"Πρωτόκολλα, είναι\n" -"αρκετό να συμπληρωθεί η URL του Διαμεσολαβητή HTTP. Θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για " -"όλα τα πρωτόκολλα\n" +"Με ενεργοποιημένη τη Χρήση του Ίδιου Διαμεσολαβητή για Όλα τα Πρωτόκολλα, είναι\n" +"αρκετό να συμπληρωθεί η URL του Διαμεσολαβητή HTTP. Θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για όλα τα πρωτόκολλα\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS και FTP).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 6/8 @@ -280,8 +267,7 @@ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" "for example, %1.\n" msgstr "" -"Περιοχές Χωρίς Μεσολαβητές είναι μια λίστα, χωρισμένη με κόμματα, " -"από περιοχές \n" +"Περιοχές Χωρίς Μεσολαβητές είναι μια λίστα, χωρισμένη με κόμματα, από περιοχές \n" "για τις οποίες οι αιτήσεις θα γίνονται κατευθείαν χωρίς αποθήκευση,\n" "για παράδειγμα, %1.\n" @@ -291,14 +277,11 @@ msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" -"p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" msgstr "" "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε έναν διαμεσολαβητή με πιστοποίηση, εισάγετε τα\n" -"Όνομα Χρήστη Διαμεσολαβητή και Συνθηματικό Διαμεσολαβητή. Ένα " -"έγκυρο όνομα χρήστη\n" -"αποτελείται μόνο από εκτυπώσιμους χαρακτήρες ASCII (εκτός από τα " -"ερωτηματικά).\n" +"Όνομα Χρήστη Διαμεσολαβητή και Συνθηματικό Διαμεσολαβητή. Ένα έγκυρο όνομα χρήστη\n" +"αποτελείται μόνο από εκτυπώσιμους χαρακτήρες ASCII (εκτός από τα ερωτηματικά).\n" #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 #. Proxy dialog help 8/8 @@ -398,8 +381,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #: src/clients/proxy_proposal.rb:701 src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." -msgstr "" -"Δεν μπορείτε να εισάγετε έναν κωδικό και να αφήσετε το όνομα χρήστη κενό." +msgstr "Δεν μπορείτε να εισάγετε έναν κωδικό και να αφήσετε το όνομα χρήστη κενό." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text @@ -472,9 +454,7 @@ #: src/modules/Proxy.rb:46 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "" -"Προτείνεται να αποσυνδεθείτε ώστε να ενεργοποιηθούν οι ρυθμίσεις του " -"διαμεσολαβητή." +msgstr "Προτείνεται να αποσυνδεθείτε ώστε να ενεργοποιηθούν οι ρυθμίσεις του διαμεσολαβητή." #. Write routing settings and apply changes #. @return true if success Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/qt-pkg.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/qt-pkg.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/qt-pkg.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -320,20 +320,12 @@ msgstr "&Ακύρωση" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Ακύρωση εναλλαγής</a> πακέτων " -"συστήματος σε εκδόσεις του αποθετηρίου %2" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Ακύρωση εναλλαγής</a> πακέτων συστήματος σε εκδόσεις του αποθετηρίου %2" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 -msgid "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)" -msgstr "" -"<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Εναλλαγή πακέτων συστήματος</a> σε " -"εκδόσεις αυτού του αποθετηρίου (%2)" +msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" +msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Εναλλαγή πακέτων συστήματος</a> σε εκδόσεις αυτού του αποθετηρίου (%2)" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" @@ -363,16 +355,8 @@ msgstr "Σφάλμα: Εξαντλήθηκε ο χώρος στο δίσκο!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and " -"deselect some packages." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να γίνει εγκατάσταση όπως και να έχει, αλλά υπάρχει " -"κίνδυνος να έχετε ένα κατεστραμμένο σύστημα που απαιτεί χειροκίνητες " -"επισκευές. Εάν δεν είστε απολύτως σίγουροι πως να χειρισθείτε μια τέτοια " -"περίπτωση, πατήστε Άκυρο τώρα και απεπιλέξτε μερικά πακέτα." +msgid "You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press Cancel now and deselect some packages." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να γίνει εγκατάσταση όπως και να έχει, αλλά υπάρχει κίνδυνος να έχετε ένα κατεστραμμένο σύστημα που απαιτεί χειροκίνητες επισκευές. Εάν δεν είστε απολύτως σίγουροι πως να χειρισθείτε μια τέτοια περίπτωση, πατήστε Άκυρο τώρα και απεπιλέξτε μερικά πακέτα." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -396,12 +380,8 @@ msgstr "Αυτόματες Αλλαγές" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Επιπρόσθετα στις χειροκίνητες επιλογές σας, τα ακόλουθα πακέτα έχουν αλλάξει " -"για να επιλυθούν οι εξαρτήσεις:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "Επιπρόσθετα στις χειροκίνητες επιλογές σας, τα ακόλουθα πακέτα έχουν αλλάξει για να επιλυθούν οι εξαρτήσεις:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 @@ -414,12 +394,8 @@ msgstr "Μη υποστηριζόμενα Πακέτα" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Παρακαλούμε συνειδητοποιήστε ότι το παρακάτω επιλεγμένο λογισμικό είναι είτε " -"μη υποστηριζόμενο ή απαιτεί ένα επιπλέον συμβόλαιο πελάτη για υποστήριξη." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Παρακαλούμε συνειδητοποιήστε ότι το παρακάτω επιλεγμένο λογισμικό είναι είτε μη υποστηριζόμενο ή απαιτεί ένα επιπλέον συμβόλαιο πελάτη για υποστήριξη." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -432,222 +408,101 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Σημείωση: Αυτό είναι απλώς μια μικρή περίληψη. Ανατρέξτε στο " -"εγχειρίδιο για λεπτομέρειες." +msgid "Note: This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "Σημείωση: Αυτό είναι απλώς μια μικρή περίληψη. Ανατρέξτε στο εγχειρίδιο για λεπτομέρειες." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 msgid "In this dialog, select patches to download and install." -msgstr "" -"Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, επιλέξτε τις διορθώσεις που θα κατέβουν και θα " -"εγκατασταθούν." +msgstr "Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, επιλέξτε τις διορθώσεις που θα κατέβουν και θα εγκατασταθούν." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"Η λίστα στα αριστερά περιέχει τις διαθέσιμες διορθώσεις μαζί με το " -"αντίστοιχο είδος της διόρθωσης (ασφάλειας, συνιστώμενο, προαιρετικό) και το " -"(εκτιμώμενο) μέγεθος λήψης." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "Η λίστα στα αριστερά περιέχει τις διαθέσιμες διορθώσεις μαζί με το αντίστοιχο είδος της διόρθωσης (ασφάλειας, συνιστώμενο, προαιρετικό) και το (εκτιμώμενο) μέγεθος λήψης." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " -"your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches</" -"b> check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η λίστα συνήθως περιέχει μόνο εκείνες τις διορθώσεις που δεν ακόμη " -"εγκατεστημένες στο σύστημα σας. Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε αυτήν την συμπεριφορά " -"με το κουτί επιλογής Συμπερίληψη των Εγκατεστημένων Διορθώσεων κάτω " -"από την λίστα." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the Include Installed Patches check box below the list." +msgstr "Αυτή η λίστα συνήθως περιέχει μόνο εκείνες τις διορθώσεις που δεν ακόμη εγκατεστημένες στο σύστημα σας. Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε αυτήν την συμπεριφορά με το κουτί επιλογής Συμπερίληψη των Εγκατεστημένων Διορθώσεων κάτω από την λίστα." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Το πεδίο Περιγραφή Διόρθωσης περιέχει μια εκτενέστερη περιγραφή της " -"τρέχουσας επιλεγμένης διόρθωσης. Κάντε κλικ σε μια διόρθωση στη λίστα για να " -"δείτε την περιγραφή της εδώ." +msgid "The Patch Description field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "Το πεδίο Περιγραφή Διόρθωσης περιέχει μια εκτενέστερη περιγραφή της τρέχουσας επιλεγμένης διόρθωσης. Κάντε κλικ σε μια διόρθωση στη λίστα για να δείτε την περιγραφή της εδώ." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"Η λίστα πακέτων στην αριστερή πλευρά εμφανίζει τα περιεχόμενα της " -"επιλεγμένης διόρθωσης, π.χ., τα πακέτα που περιέχει. Δεν μπορείτε να " -"εγκαταστήσετε ή να διαγράψετε ανεξάρτητα πακέτα από μια διόρθωση, μόνο την " -"διόρθωση σαν σύνολο. Αυτό είναι σκόπιμο για την αποφυγή ασυνεπειών του " -"συστήματος." +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "Η λίστα πακέτων στην αριστερή πλευρά εμφανίζει τα περιεχόμενα της επιλεγμένης διόρθωσης, π.χ., τα πακέτα που περιέχει. Δεν μπορείτε να εγκαταστήσετε ή να διαγράψετε ανεξάρτητα πακέτα από μια διόρθωση, μόνο την διόρθωση σαν σύνολο. Αυτό είναι σκόπιμο για την αποφυγή ασυνεπειών του συστήματος." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from Filter at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Επιπρόσθετα με τις Διορθώσεις, μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε μια από " -"τις άλλες προβολές φίλτρου από το Φίλτρο πάνω αριστερά:" +msgid "In addition to Patches, you can also select one of the other filter views from Filter at the upper left:" +msgstr "Επιπρόσθετα με τις Διορθώσεις, μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε μια από τις άλλες προβολές φίλτρου από το Φίλτρο πάνω αριστερά:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, επιλέξετε ποια πακέτα θα εγκατασταθούν, ενημερωθούν, ή " -"διαγραφούν. Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ανεξάρτητα πακέτα ή ολόκληρες \"επιλογές\" " -"πακέτων." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, επιλέξετε ποια πακέτα θα εγκατασταθούν, ενημερωθούν, ή διαγραφούν. Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ανεξάρτητα πακέτα ή ολόκληρες \"επιλογές\" πακέτων." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο κατάστασης για ένα πακέτο ή μια επιλογή να αλλάξουν " -"κατάσταση ή κάντε πάνω του δεξί-κλικ για να ανοίξει ένα μενού-συνάφειας." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο εικονίδιο κατάστασης για ένα πακέτο ή μια επιλογή να αλλάξουν κατάσταση ή κάντε πάνω του δεξί-κλικ για να ανοίξει ένα μενού-συνάφειας." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων για να επιλυθούν οι " -"εξαρτήσεις πακέτων. Μερικά πακέτα απαιτούν άλλα πακέτα να βρίσκονται " -"εγκατεστημένα. Μερικά πακέτα μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν μόνο εάν κάποια άλλα " -"δεν είναι εγκατεστημένα, ήδη. Αυτός ο έλεγχος θα σημειώσει τα απαιτούμενα " -"πακέτα προς εγκατάσταση και θα σας προειδοποιήσει εάν υπάρχουν συγκρούσεις " -"εξαρτήσεων." +msgid "Use the Check Dependencies button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων για να επιλυθούν οι εξαρτήσεις πακέτων. Μερικά πακέτα απαιτούν άλλα πακέτα να βρίσκονται εγκατεστημένα. Μερικά πακέτα μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν μόνο εάν κάποια άλλα δεν είναι εγκατεστημένα, ήδη. Αυτός ο έλεγχος θα σημειώσει τα απαιτούμενα πακέτα προς εγκατάσταση και θα σας προειδοποιήσει εάν υπάρχουν συγκρούσεις εξαρτήσεων." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"Όταν εγκαταλείψετε αυτόν τον διάλογο με το Αποδοχή, αυτός ο έλεγχος " -"θα εκτελεστεί αυτόματα." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with Accept, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "Όταν εγκαταλείψετε αυτόν τον διάλογο με το Αποδοχή, αυτός ο έλεγχος θα εκτελεστεί αυτόματα." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε ένα από τις διαθέσιμες προβολές φίλτρων με το combo-box Φίλτρο</" -"b> πάνω αριστερά:" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the Filter combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε ένα από τις διαθέσιμες προβολές φίλτρων με το combo-box Φίλτρο πάνω αριστερά:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"Επιλογές εμφανίζονται μερικά προκαθορισμένα σύνολα πακέτων που λογικά " -"ανήκουν το ένα στο άλλο." +msgid "Selections shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "Επιλογές εμφανίζονται μερικά προκαθορισμένα σύνολα πακέτων που λογικά ανήκουν το ένα στο άλλο." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " -"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Χρήση κουτιού επιλογής δίπλα στην επιλογή για να το επιλέξετε ολόκληρο. " -"Μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε ή να αφαιρέσετε ατομικά πακέτα στη λίστα " -"πακέτων στα δεξιά." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Χρήση κουτιού επιλογής δίπλα στην επιλογή για να το επιλέξετε ολόκληρο. Μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε ή να αφαιρέσετε ατομικά πακέτα στη λίστα πακέτων στα δεξιά." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and " -"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " -"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " -"side." -msgstr "" -"Το Ομάδες Πακέτων εμφανίζει τα πακέτα ανά κατηγορία. Μπορείτε να " -"επεκτείνετε και να περιορίσετε τα αντικείμενα του δέντρου για να " -"εξειδικεύσετε ή να γενικεύσετε κατηγορίες. Κάντε κλικ σε μια οποιαδήποτε " -"κατηγορία για να εμφανιστούν τα πακέτα σε αυτήν την κατηγορία στην λίστα " -"πακέτων στην δεξιά πλευρά." +msgid "Package Groups shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "Το Ομάδες Πακέτων εμφανίζει τα πακέτα ανά κατηγορία. Μπορείτε να επεκτείνετε και να περιορίσετε τα αντικείμενα του δέντρου για να εξειδικεύσετε ή να γενικεύσετε κατηγορίες. Κάντε κλικ σε μια οποιαδήποτε κατηγορία για να εμφανιστούν τα πακέτα σε αυτήν την κατηγορία στην λίστα πακέτων στην δεξιά πλευρά." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -" Υπόδειξη: Υπάρχει μια καταχώρηση \"zzz Όλα\" στο τέλος της λίστας " -"που θα εμφανίσει όλα τα πακέτα. Αυτό μπορεί να απαιτήσει μερικά δευτερόλεπτα " -"σε αργά μηχανήματα." +msgid " Hint: There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr " Υπόδειξη: Υπάρχει μια καταχώρηση \"zzz Όλα\" στο τέλος της λίστας που θα εμφανίσει όλα τα πακέτα. Αυτό μπορεί να απαιτήσει μερικά δευτερόλεπτα σε αργά μηχανήματα." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"Η Αναζήτηση σας επιτρέπει να αναζητήσετε πακέτα που ικανοποιούν " -"διάφορα κριτήρια. Αυτός είναι συνήθως ο πιο εύκολος τρόπος να βρείτε ένα " -"πακέτο εάν γνωρίζετε το όνομα του." +msgid "Search allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "Η Αναζήτηση σας επιτρέπει να αναζητήσετε πακέτα που ικανοποιούν διάφορα κριτήρια. Αυτός είναι συνήθως ο πιο εύκολος τρόπος να βρείτε ένα πακέτο εάν γνωρίζετε το όνομα του." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." -msgstr "" -"Υπόδειξη: Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό για να ανακαλύψετε " -"ποια πακέτα περιέχει μια συγκεκριμένη βιβλιοθήκη. Ψάξτε στο πεδίο RPM " -"Παρέχει." +msgid "Hint: You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the Provides RPM field." +msgstr "Υπόδειξη: Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό για να ανακαλύψετε ποια πακέτα περιέχει μια συγκεκριμένη βιβλιοθήκη. Ψάξτε στο πεδίο RPM Παρέχει." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"Η Περίληψη Εγκατάστασης εξ ορισμού εμφανίζει τις αλλαγές στο σύστημα " -"σας-- ποια πακέτα θα εγκατασταθούν, διαγραφούν, ή ενημερωθούν." +msgid "Installation Summary by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "Η Περίληψη Εγκατάστασης εξ ορισμού εμφανίζει τις αλλαγές στο σύστημα σας-- ποια πακέτα θα εγκατασταθούν, διαγραφούν, ή ενημερωθούν." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to " -"Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"Γενικά είναι καλή ιδέα να χρησιμοποιείτε το Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων και " -"μετά να αλλάξετε σε Περίληψη Εγκατάστασης πριν κάνετε κλικ στο " -"Αποδοχή. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε να δείτε όλες τις αλλαγές που θα " -"πραγματοποιηθούν στο σύστημα σας." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use Check Dependencies then switch to Installation Summary before clicking Accept. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "Γενικά είναι καλή ιδέα να χρησιμοποιείτε το Έλεγχος Εξαρτήσεων και μετά να αλλάξετε σε Περίληψη Εγκατάστασης πριν κάνετε κλικ στο Αποδοχή. Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε να δείτε όλες τις αλλαγές που θα πραγματοποιηθούν στο σύστημα σας." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε επίσης ρητά να επιλέξετε ποια πακέτα με ποια κατάσταση θέλετε να " -"εμφανιστούν εδώ.Χρησιμοποιήστε τα κουτιά-επιλογής(check-boxes) στην αριστερή " -"πλευρά." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "Μπορείτε επίσης ρητά να επιλέξετε ποια πακέτα με ποια κατάσταση θέλετε να εμφανιστούν εδώ.Χρησιμοποιήστε τα κουτιά-επιλογής(check-boxes) στην αριστερή πλευρά." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " -"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and " -"uncheck everything else." -msgstr "" -"Υπόδειξη: Μπορείτε επίσης να αντιστρέψετε το αποτέλεσμα αυτού του " -"φίλτρου. Μπορείτε να δείτε ποια πακέτα παραμένουν τα ίδια στο σύστημα σας. " -"Απλώς επιλέξτε το Διατήρηση και αποεπιλέξτε όλα τα άλλα." +msgid "Hint: You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check Keep and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "Υπόδειξη: Μπορείτε επίσης να αντιστρέψετε το αποτέλεσμα αυτού του φίλτρου. Μπορείτε να δείτε ποια πακέτα παραμένουν τα ίδια στο σύστημα σας. Απλώς επιλέξτε το Διατήρηση και αποεπιλέξτε όλα τα άλλα." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -697,12 +552,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " -"versions are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκαταστημένο. Ενημερώστε το ή επανεγκαταστήστε το " -"(αν οι εκδόσεις είναι οι ίδιες)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκαταστημένο. Ενημερώστε το ή επανεγκαταστήστε το (αν οι εκδόσεις είναι οι ίδιες)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -724,22 +575,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το πακέτο δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν θα πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί σε " -"καμία περίπτωση, ειδικά λόγω κάποιων άλυτων εξαρτήσεων που έχουν κάποια " -"πακέτα." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν θα πρέπει να εγκατασταθεί σε καμία περίπτωση, ειδικά λόγω κάποιων άλυτων εξαρτήσεων που έχουν κάποια πακέτα." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Τα πακέτα που είναι \"απαγορευμένα\" μεταχειρίζονται σαν να μην υπάρχουν στο " -"μέσον εγκατάστασης." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Τα πακέτα που είναι \"απαγορευμένα\" μεταχειρίζονται σαν να μην υπάρχουν στο μέσον εγκατάστασης." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -748,21 +589,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " -"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το πακέτο είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν θα πρέπει να μεταβληθεί, ειδικά " -"λόγω κάποιων άλυτων εξαρτήσεων που έχουν ή μπορεί να αποκτήσουν κάποια " -"πακέτα." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν θα πρέπει να μεταβληθεί, ειδικά λόγω κάποιων άλυτων εξαρτήσεων που έχουν ή μπορεί να αποκτήσουν κάποια πακέτα." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτήν την κατάσταση για πακέτα τρίτων που δεν θα πρέπει να " -"αντικατασταθούν από νέες εκδόσεις που μπορεί να υπάρχουν στην διανομή." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτήν την κατάσταση για πακέτα τρίτων που δεν θα πρέπει να αντικατασταθούν από νέες εκδόσεις που μπορεί να υπάρχουν στην διανομή." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -772,19 +604,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " -"needs it." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το πακέτο θα εγκατασταθεί αυτόματα διότι κάποιο άλλο πακέτο το " -"χρειάζεται." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο θα εγκατασταθεί αυτόματα διότι κάποιο άλλο πακέτο το χρειάζεται." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"Υπόδειξη: Ίσως θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε την κατάσταση " -"\"απαγορευμένο\" για να απαλλαγείτε από ένα τέτοιο πακέτο." +msgid "Hint: You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "Υπόδειξη: Ίσως θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε την κατάσταση \"απαγορευμένο\" για να απαλλαγείτε από ένα τέτοιο πακέτο." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -794,12 +619,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκαταστημένο, αλλά κάποιο άλλο πακέτο χρειάζεται " -"μια νεότερη έκδοση, έτσι θα ενημερωθεί αυτόματα." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκαταστημένο, αλλά κάποιο άλλο πακέτο χρειάζεται μια νεότερη έκδοση, έτσι θα ενημερωθεί αυτόματα." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -809,18 +630,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο, αλλά οι εξαρτήσεις πακέτων απαιτούν " -"να διαγραφεί." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο, αλλά οι εξαρτήσεις πακέτων απαιτούν να διαγραφεί." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό μπορεί να συμβεί, για παράδειγμα, εάν κάποιο άλλο πακέτο αχρηστεύει " -"αυτό." +msgstr "Αυτό μπορεί να συμβεί, για παράδειγμα, εάν κάποιο άλλο πακέτο αχρηστεύει αυτό." #. Translators: Headline for help about "magic keys" in the package manager #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:265 @@ -840,13 +655,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Αποκτήστε αυτό το πακέτο. Εγκαταστήστε το αν δεν είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο. " -"Ενημερώστε το στην τελευταία έκδοση αν είναι εγκατεστημένο και υπάρχει μια " -"νεότερη έκδοση." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Αποκτήστε αυτό το πακέτο. Εγκαταστήστε το αν δεν είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο. Ενημερώστε το στην τελευταία έκδοση αν είναι εγκατεστημένο και υπάρχει μια νεότερη έκδοση." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -855,21 +665,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " -"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Απαλλαγείτε από αυτό το πακέτο. Σημειώστε αυτό ως \"να μην εγκατασταθεί\" αν " -"δεν είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο. Διαγράψτε το αν είναι εγκατεστημένο." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Απαλλαγείτε από αυτό το πακέτο. Σημειώστε αυτό ως \"να μην εγκατασταθεί\" αν δεν είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο. Διαγράψτε το αν είναι εγκατεστημένο." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Ενημερώστε αυτό το πακέτο αν είναι εγκαταστημένο και υπάρχει μια νέα έκδοση. " -"Παράβλεψη πακέτων που δεν είναι εγκατεστημένα." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Ενημερώστε αυτό το πακέτο αν είναι εγκαταστημένο και υπάρχει μια νέα έκδοση. Παράβλεψη πακέτων που δεν είναι εγκατεστημένα." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -878,24 +680,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Αναίρεση της ενέργειας του \">\" παραπάνω: Ορισμός κατάστασης πακέτου σε " -"\"διατήρηση\" αν είναι ορισμένο σε \"ενημέρωση\". Αγνόηση όλων των άλλων " -"πακέτων." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Αναίρεση της ενέργειας του \">\" παραπάνω: Ορισμός κατάστασης πακέτου σε \"διατήρηση\" αν είναι ορισμένο σε \"ενημέρωση\". Αγνόηση όλων των άλλων πακέτων." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Ορισμός κατάστασης πακέτου σε \"απαγορευμένο\" αν δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο: " -"σιγουρεύει ότι αυτό το πακέτο δεν θα εγκατασταθεί, λόγω άλυτων εξαρτήσεων " -"που έχουν ή που θα αποκτήσουν άλλα πακέτα." +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Ορισμός κατάστασης πακέτου σε \"απαγορευμένο\" αν δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο: σιγουρεύει ότι αυτό το πακέτο δεν θα εγκατασταθεί, λόγω άλυτων εξαρτήσεων που έχουν ή που θα αποκτήσουν άλλα πακέτα." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -904,22 +695,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Ορισμός κατάστασης πακέτου σε \"προστατευμένο\" αν είναι εγκαταστημένο: " -"σιγουρεύει ότι αυτό το πακέτο δεν θα μεταβληθεί, λόγω άλυτων εξαρτήσεων που " -"έχουν ή που θα αποκτήσουν άλλα πακέτα." +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Ορισμός κατάστασης πακέτου σε \"προστατευμένο\" αν είναι εγκαταστημένο: σιγουρεύει ότι αυτό το πακέτο δεν θα μεταβληθεί, λόγω άλυτων εξαρτήσεων που έχουν ή που θα αποκτήσουν άλλα πακέτα." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό για πακέτα τρίτων που δεν θα πρέπει να αντικατασταθούν " -"από νεότερες εκδόσεις που θα υπάρχουν στην διανομή." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό για πακέτα τρίτων που δεν θα πρέπει να αντικατασταθούν από νεότερες εκδόσεις που θα υπάρχουν στην διανομή." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -979,13 +760,8 @@ msgstr "Δημιουργία Δοκιμαστικής Περίπτωσης Επίλυσης Εξαρτήσεων" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό για να δημιουργήσετε εκτεταμένα αρχεία καταγραφής " -"όπου θα σας βοηθήσουν να εντοπίσετε σφάλματα στην επίλυση των εξαρτήσεων. " -"Τα αρχεία καταγραφών θα αποθηκευτούν στον κατάλογο <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό για να δημιουργήσετε εκτεταμένα αρχεία καταγραφής όπου θα σας βοηθήσουν να εντοπίσετε σφάλματα στην επίλυση των εξαρτήσεων. Τα αρχεία καταγραφών θα αποθηκευτούν στον κατάλογο <tt>%1</tt>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -993,13 +769,8 @@ msgstr "Επίλυση Υπόθεσης Δοκιμών" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare " -"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" -msgstr "" -"Η Δοκιμαστική Περίπτωση Επίλυσης Εξαρτήσεων γράφτηκε σε <tt>%1</tt></" -"p>Προετοιμασία της αρχειοθήκης <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> για επισύναψη στο " -"Bugzilla;" +msgid "Dependency resolver test case written to <tt>%1</tt>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?" +msgstr "Η Δοκιμαστική Περίπτωση Επίλυσης Εξαρτήσεων γράφτηκε σε <tt>%1</tt>Προετοιμασία της αρχειοθήκης <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> για επισύναψη στο Bugzilla;" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -1008,13 +779,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα κατά τη Δημιουργία δοκιμαστικής περίπτωσης επίλυσης " -"εξαρτήσεωνΠαρακαλώ ελέγξτε τον χώρο στον δίσκο και της άδειες χρήσης " -"του <tt>%1</tt>" +msgid "Error creating dependency resolver test casePlease check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt>" +msgstr "Σφάλμα κατά τη Δημιουργία δοκιμαστικής περίπτωσης επίλυσης εξαρτήσεωνΠαρακαλώ ελέγξτε τον χώρο στον δίσκο και της άδειες χρήσης του <tt>%1</tt>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1828,8 +1594,7 @@ #~ "Πιθανοί λόγοι:\n" #~ "<ul>\n" #~ "<li>Είναι ξεπερασμένα από άλλα πακέτα\n" -#~ "<li>Δεν υπάρχει νεότερη έκδοση για να ενημερώσετε σε κανένα μέσο " -#~ "εγκατάστασης\n" +#~ "<li>Δεν υπάρχει νεότερη έκδοση για να ενημερώσετε σε κανένα μέσο εγκατάστασης\n" #~ "<li>Είναι πακέτα από τρίτους\n" #~ "</ul>\n" #~ "\n" @@ -1890,28 +1655,11 @@ #~ msgid "(by selection)" #~ msgstr "(μέσω επιλογής)" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a " -#~ "predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτό το πακέτο θα εγκατασταθεί αυτόματα διότι περιέχεται σε μια " -#~ "προκαθορισμένη επιλογή λογισμικού (π.χ., \"Πολυμέσα\", \"Ανάπτυξη\")." +#~ msgid "This package will be installed automatically because it is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\")." +#~ msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο θα εγκατασταθεί αυτόματα διότι περιέχεται σε μια προκαθορισμένη επιλογή λογισμικού (π.χ., \"Πολυμέσα\", \"Ανάπτυξη\")." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is " -#~ "contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", " -#~ "\"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will " -#~ "automatically be updated." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκαταστημένο, αλλά υπάρχει μια νεότερη έκδοση. " -#~ "Αυτό περιέχεται σε μια προκαθορισμένη επιλογή λογισμικού (π.χ., \"Πολυμέσα" -#~ "\", \"Ανάπτυξη\") που αποφασίσατε να ενημερωθεί, έτσι και αυτό το πακέτο " -#~ "θα ενημερωθεί αυτόματα." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but there is a newer version. It is contained in a predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") that you requested to update, so this package will automatically be updated." +#~ msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκαταστημένο, αλλά υπάρχει μια νεότερη έκδοση. Αυτό περιέχεται σε μια προκαθορισμένη επιλογή λογισμικού (π.χ., \"Πολυμέσα\", \"Ανάπτυξη\") που αποφασίσατε να ενημερωθεί, έτσι και αυτό το πακέτο θα ενημερωθεί αυτόματα." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection " -#~ "(e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο, αλλά μερικές προηγούμενες " -#~ "επιλογές λογισμικού (π.χ., \"Πολυμέσα\", \"Ανάπτυξη\") απαιτούν να " -#~ "διαγραφεί." +#~ msgid "This package is already installed, but some predefined software selection (e.g., \"Multimedia\", \"Development\") requires that it is deleted." +#~ msgstr "Αυτό το πακέτο είναι ήδη εγκατεστημένο, αλλά μερικές προηγούμενες επιλογές λογισμικού (π.χ., \"Πολυμέσα\", \"Ανάπτυξη\") απαιτούν να διαγραφεί." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/rdp.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/rdp.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/rdp.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -38,9 +38,7 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "" -"Ορίστε 'ναι' για να επιτρέψετε και 'όχι' για να απαγορεύσετε την " -"απομακρυσμένη διαχείριση" +msgstr "Ορίστε 'ναι' για να επιτρέψετε και 'όχι' για να απαγορεύσετε την απομακρυσμένη διαχείριση" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 @@ -90,14 +88,10 @@ "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Απομακρυσμένης Διαχείρισης</big>\n" -"Εάν αυτό το χαρακτηριστικό είναι ενεργοποιημένο, θα μπορείτε να " -"διαχειρίζεστε\n" -"αυτό το μηχάνημα απομακρυσμένα από ένα άλλο μηχάνημα. Μπορείτε να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε\n" -"έναν πελάτη RDP, όπως το rdesktop (συνδεθείτε στο <hostname>:%1</" -"i>).\n" -"Αυτή η μορφή απομακρυσμένης διαχείρισης είναι λιγότερο ασφαλής από το να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε SSH.\n" +"Εάν αυτό το χαρακτηριστικό είναι ενεργοποιημένο, θα μπορείτε να διαχειρίζεστε\n" +"αυτό το μηχάνημα απομακρυσμένα από ένα άλλο μηχάνημα. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε\n" +"έναν πελάτη RDP, όπως το rdesktop (συνδεθείτε στο <hostname>:%1).\n" +"Αυτή η μορφή απομακρυσμένης διαχείρισης είναι λιγότερο ασφαλής από το να χρησιμοποιήσετε SSH.\n" #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:72 @@ -163,12 +157,8 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" #~| "or 'no' to disallow it." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\\nor 'no' to disallow " -#~ "it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρακαλώ ορίστε 'ναι' για να επιτρέψετε την απομακρυσμένη διαχείριση\\nή " -#~ "'όχι' για να την απαγορεύσετε." +#~ msgid "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\\nor 'no' to disallow it." +#~ msgstr "Παρακαλώ ορίστε 'ναι' για να επιτρέψετε την απομακρυσμένη διαχείριση\\nή 'όχι' για να την απαγορεύσετε." #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" @@ -176,16 +166,5 @@ #~| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" #~| "client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" #~| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\\nIf this " -#~ "feature is enabled, you can\\nadminister this machine remotely from " -#~ "another machine. Use a RDP\\nclient, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><" -#~ "hostname>:%1</tt>).\\nThis form of remote administration is less " -#~ "secure than using SSH.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Απομακρυσμένης Διαχείρισης</big>\\nΕάν " -#~ "αυτή η λειτουργία είναι ενεργοποιημένη, θα μπορείτε να διαχειρίζεστε" -#~ "\\nαυτό το μηχάνημα απομακρυσμένα από ένα άλλο μηχάνημα. Μπορείτε να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσετε\\nέναν πελάτη RDP, όπως το rdesktop (συνδεθείτε στο " -#~ "<hostname>:%1).\\nΑυτή η μορφή απομακρυσμένης διαχείρισης " -#~ "είναι λιγότερο ασφαλής από το να χρησιμοποιήσετε SSH.\\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\\nIf this feature is enabled, you can\\nadminister this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\\nclient, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\\nThis form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Απομακρυσμένης Διαχείρισης</big>\\nΕάν αυτή η λειτουργία είναι ενεργοποιημένη, θα μπορείτε να διαχειρίζεστε\\nαυτό το μηχάνημα απομακρυσμένα από ένα άλλο μηχάνημα. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε\\nέναν πελάτη RDP, όπως το rdesktop (συνδεθείτε στο <hostname>:%1).\\nΑυτή η μορφή απομακρυσμένης διαχείρισης είναι λιγότερο ασφαλής από το να χρησιμοποιήσετε SSH.\\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/rear.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/rear.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/rear.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -45,12 +45,8 @@ msgstr "Αυτό το σύστημα δεν υποστηρίζεται από το rear, διότι:" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " -"ignore this warning." -msgstr "" -"Μην περιμένετε από το αντίγραφο ασφαλείας που δημιουργήθηκε να είναι χρήσιμο " -"για την αποκατάσταση του συστήματος αν αγνοήσετε αυτή την προειδοποίηση." +msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning." +msgstr "Μην περιμένετε από το αντίγραφο ασφαλείας που δημιουργήθηκε να είναι χρήσιμο για την αποκατάσταση του συστήματος αν αγνοήσετε αυτή την προειδοποίηση." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 msgid "This system is not supported." @@ -125,81 +121,36 @@ #. help text for Rear #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 -msgid "" -"Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίστε τη δημιουργία αντιγράφου ασφαλείας Rear Relax and Recover " -"(ReaR) για τον υπολογιστή σας." +msgid "Configure Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) backup for your computer." +msgstr "Ρυθμίστε τη δημιουργία αντιγράφου ασφαλείας Rear Relax and Recover (ReaR) για τον υπολογιστή σας." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 -msgid "" -"Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want " -"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." -msgstr "" -"Αποφασίστε πώς θα ξεκινήσετε το Σύστημα ανάκτησης. Επιλέξτε USB " -"εαν θέλετε να ξεκινήσετε απο ενα USB , ή ISO απο το CD-ROM αντίστοιχα." +msgid "Decide how to start your Recovery System. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively." +msgstr "Αποφασίστε πώς θα ξεκινήσετε το Σύστημα ανάκτησης. Επιλέξτε USB εαν θέλετε να ξεκινήσετε απο ενα USB , ή ISO απο το CD-ROM αντίστοιχα." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 -msgid "" -"Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have " -"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " -"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " -"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε που το αντίγραφο ασφαλείας θα πρέπει να αποθηκευτεί. " -"Επιλέξτε NFS αν έχετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα διακομιστή που προσφέρει " -"Network File System. Παρακαλώ προσδιορίστε τη θέση ως εξής: <tt>nfs://" -"hostname/directory</tt>. Μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε USB για να " -"αποθηκεύσετε τα αντίγράφα ασφαλείας σας σε ένα USB stick ή USB disk." +msgid "Choose where the Backup should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε που το αντίγραφο ασφαλείας θα πρέπει να αποθηκευτεί. Επιλέξτε NFS αν έχετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα διακομιστή που προσφέρει Network File System. Παρακαλώ προσδιορίστε τη θέση ως εξής: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. Μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε USB για να αποθηκεύσετε τα αντίγράφα ασφαλείας σας σε ένα USB stick ή USB disk." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 -msgid "" -"If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " -"Rescan USB Devices." -msgstr "" -"Εάν δεν εμφανίζεται καμία συσκευή USB, συνδέστε ένα USB stick ή ένα δίσκο " -"USB και κάντε κλίκ στο Σάρωση ξανά για συσκευές USB." +msgid "If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click Rescan USB Devices." +msgstr "Εάν δεν εμφανίζεται καμία συσκευή USB, συνδέστε ένα USB stick ή ένα δίσκο USB και κάντε κλίκ στο Σάρωση ξανά για συσκευές USB." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy " -"to be overwritten." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Διατήρηση παλιού αντιγράφου ασφαλείας εάν δεν θέλετε το " -"προηγούμενο αντίγραφο ασφαλείας να αντικατασταθεί." +msgid "Select Keep old backup if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Διατήρηση παλιού αντιγράφου ασφαλείας εάν δεν θέλετε το προηγούμενο αντίγραφο ασφαλείας να αντικατασταθεί." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 -msgid "" -"The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the " -"backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's " -"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " -"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." -msgstr "" -"Το μενού Για Προχωρημένους προσφέρει να προσθέσετε επιπλέον " -"καταλόγους στο αντίγραφο ασφαλείας και επιπλέον αρθρώματα πυρήνα στο " -"σύστημα διάσωσης. Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο εάν το αντίγραφο ασφαλείας σας δεν " -"περιέχει όλους τους καταλόγους που απαιτούνται ή το σύστημα διάσωσης δεν " -"εκκινεί λόγω αρθρωμάτων πυρήνα που απουσιάζουν." +msgid "The Advanced menu offers to add additional directories to the backup and additional kernel modules to the rescue system. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules." +msgstr "Το μενού Για Προχωρημένους προσφέρει να προσθέσετε επιπλέον καταλόγους στο αντίγραφο ασφαλείας και επιπλέον αρθρώματα πυρήνα στο σύστημα διάσωσης. Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο εάν το αντίγραφο ασφαλείας σας δεν περιέχει όλους τους καταλόγους που απαιτούνται ή το σύστημα διάσωσης δεν εκκινεί λόγω αρθρωμάτων πυρήνα που απουσιάζουν." #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 -msgid "" -"The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's " -"output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " -"your system!" -msgstr "" -"Το κουμπί Αποθήκευση και εκτέλεση του rear τώρα εκτελεί το rear " -"και εμφανίζει τα αποτελέσματα του rear. Σιγουρευτείτε ότι το " -"αντίγραφο ασφαλείας που δημιουργήσατε δουλεύει όπως αναμένεται στο σύστημά " -"σας!" +msgid "The Save and run rear now button runs rear and shows rear's output. Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!" +msgstr "Το κουμπί Αποθήκευση και εκτέλεση του rear τώρα εκτελεί το rear και εμφανίζει τα αποτελέσματα του rear. Σιγουρευτείτε ότι το αντίγραφο ασφαλείας που δημιουργήσατε δουλεύει όπως αναμένεται στο σύστημά σας!" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 -msgid "" -"OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes " -"the configuration dialog without saving." -msgstr "" -"Το OK αποθηκεύει τις ρυθμίσεις πριν την έξοδο ενώ το Άκυρο " -"κλείνει το παράθυρο ρυθμίσεων χωρίς αποθήκευση." +msgid "OK saves the configuration and quits while Cancel closes the configuration dialog without saving." +msgstr "Το OK αποθηκεύει τις ρυθμίσεις πριν την έξοδο ενώ το Άκυρο κλείνει το παράθυρο ρυθμίσεων χωρίς αποθήκευση." #. prepare advanced menu #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459 @@ -265,12 +216,8 @@ msgstr "Στην NETFS_URL έχει οριστεί άγνωστη τιμή ή εσφαλμένος τύπος.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 -msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " -"configure.\n" -msgstr "" -"Το αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του rear περιέχει επιλογές που αυτό το άρθρωμα YaST2 δεν " -"μπορεί να ρυθμίσει.\n" +msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n" +msgstr "Το αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του rear περιέχει επιλογές που αυτό το άρθρωμα YaST2 δεν μπορεί να ρυθμίσει.\n" #: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/registration.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/registration.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/registration.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -148,9 +148,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? @@ -207,15 +205,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." msgstr "" #. error message @@ -326,7 +320,7 @@ #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λεπτομέρειες:" #: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" @@ -534,7 +528,7 @@ #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Άδεια Χρήσης" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." @@ -569,9 +563,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" #. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) @@ -594,22 +586,17 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." msgstr "" #. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow @@ -638,9 +625,7 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 @@ -649,15 +634,15 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Identifier" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αναγνωριστικό" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Έκδοση" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αρχιτεκτονική" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Release Type" @@ -684,7 +669,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Version" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Έκδοση" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Architecture" @@ -696,19 +681,15 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" @@ -747,7 +728,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 msgid "none" -msgstr "" +msgstr "κανένα" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 @@ -780,38 +761,27 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known " -"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed " -"certificate." +msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to " -"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." +msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" #. error message, the entered URL is not valid @@ -906,9 +876,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Διαθέσιμα Προϊόντα και Επεκτάσεις" #~ msgid "Enter Registration Keys for Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εισαγωγή Κλειδιών Εγγραφής για Επιλεγμένα Επιπρόσθετα Προϊόντα και " -#~ "Επεκτάσεις" +#~ msgstr "Εισαγωγή Κλειδιών Εγγραφής για Επιλεγμένα Επιπρόσθετα Προϊόντα και Επεκτάσεις" #~ msgid "Registration key" #~ msgstr "Κλειδί Εγγραφής" @@ -933,8 +901,7 @@ #~ "manage subscriptions with Novell Customer Center." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Με το Κέντρο Εξυπηρέτησης της Novell μπορείτε να λάβετε\n" -#~ "τεχνική υποστήριξη και ενημερώσεις σχετικά με τα προϊόντα αλλά και " -#~ "μπορείτε να διαχειρίζεστε τις εγγραφές σας." +#~ "τεχνική υποστήριξη και ενημερώσεις σχετικά με τα προϊόντα αλλά και μπορείτε να διαχειρίζεστε τις εγγραφές σας." #~ msgid "" #~ "Get technical support and product updates\n" @@ -983,8 +950,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Ένας διακομιστής ενημέρωσης έχει προστεθεί στις ρυθμίσεις σας." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Κανένας διακομιστής ενημέρωσης δεν μπορεί να προστεθεί στις ρυθμίσεις σας." +#~ msgstr "Κανένας διακομιστής ενημέρωσης δεν μπορεί να προστεθεί στις ρυθμίσεις σας." #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." #~ msgstr "Δεν χρειάζεται αλλαγή αποθετηρίων." @@ -1038,15 +1004,11 @@ #~ "used. Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \n" #~ "so the sources are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Με την εγγραφή ως τυπικός χρήστης, δεν περιλαμβάνονται οι ενημερώσεις των " -#~ "πηγών\n" -#~ "στην μονάδα Ενημέρωσης από το Διαδίκτυο του YaST. Αν συνεχίσετε και " -#~ "αργότερα θέλετε\n" -#~ "να ενημερώσετε με την Ενημέρωση από το Διαδίκτυο, η πηγή θα πρέπει να " -#~ "προστεθεί χειροκίνητα.\n" +#~ "Με την εγγραφή ως τυπικός χρήστης, δεν περιλαμβάνονται οι ενημερώσεις των πηγών\n" +#~ "στην μονάδα Ενημέρωσης από το Διαδίκτυο του YaST. Αν συνεχίσετε και αργότερα θέλετε\n" +#~ "να ενημερώσετε με την Ενημέρωση από το Διαδίκτυο, η πηγή θα πρέπει να προστεθεί χειροκίνητα.\n" #~ "Άλλα εργαλεία, όπως η Ενημέρωση Λογισμικού στον πίνακα, μπορούν\n" -#~ "να χρησιμοποιηθούν. Εναλλακτικά, ακυρώστε και μετά εγγραφτείτε μέσω του " -#~ "YaST ως διαχειριστής\n" +#~ "να χρησιμοποιηθούν. Εναλλακτικά, ακυρώστε και μετά εγγραφτείτε μέσω του YaST ως διαχειριστής\n" #~ "ώστε οι πηγές να είναι διαθέσιμες σε όλα τα εργαλεία." #~ msgid "Error: Data received is invalid." @@ -1077,234 +1039,174 @@ #~ "run the suse_register command manually." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Η εγγραφή σας απαιτεί αλληλεπιδράζουσα εισαγωγή η οποία\n" -#~ "δεν υποστηρίζεται σε κατάσταση κειμένου. Εκτελέστε το YaST2 σε γραφικό " -#~ "περιβάλλον ή\n" +#~ "δεν υποστηρίζεται σε κατάσταση κειμένου. Εκτελέστε το YaST2 σε γραφικό περιβάλλον ή\n" #~ "εκτελέστε την εντολή suse_register χειροκίνητα." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ρυθμίστε το σύστημά σας για να ενεργοποιήσετε τις ενημερώσεις μέσω " -#~ "διαδικτύου με την εγγραφή σας στην Novell.\n" +#~ "Ρυθμίστε το σύστημά σας για να ενεργοποιήσετε τις ενημερώσεις μέσω διαδικτύου με την εγγραφή σας στην Novell.\n" #~ "Για να το κάνετε αυτό, επιλέξτε Ρύθμιση Τώρα. Αλλιώς επιλέξτε το\n" #~ "Ρύθμιση Αργότερα.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " -#~ "Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Για την απλοποίηση της διαδικασίας της εγγραφής, συμπεριλάβετε " -#~ "πληροφορίες από το σύστημά σας\n" +#~ "Για την απλοποίηση της διαδικασίας της εγγραφής, συμπεριλάβετε πληροφορίες από το σύστημά σας\n" #~ "με τα Προαιρετικές Πληροφορίες και Προφίλ Υλικού. \n" -#~ "Οι Λεπτομέρειες εμφανίζουν το μέγιστο μέγεθος των πληροφοριών που " -#~ "θα συμπεριληφθούν\n" -#~ " στην εγγραφή σας. Για την ανάκτηση αυτών των πληροφοριών, ο υπολογιστής " -#~ "σας επικοινωνεί με τον διακομιστή\n" -#~ "της Novell ώστε να ρωτήσει τι πληροφορίες χρειάζονται για το προϊόν σας. " -#~ "Μόνο η ταυτότητα\n" +#~ "Οι Λεπτομέρειες εμφανίζουν το μέγιστο μέγεθος των πληροφοριών που θα συμπεριληφθούν\n" +#~ " στην εγγραφή σας. Για την ανάκτηση αυτών των πληροφοριών, ο υπολογιστής σας επικοινωνεί με τον διακομιστή\n" +#~ "της Novell ώστε να ρωτήσει τι πληροφορίες χρειάζονται για το προϊόν σας. Μόνο η ταυτότητα\n" #~ "του εγκατεστημένου προϊόντος αποστέλνεται σε αυτήν την αρχική συναλλαγή.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " -#~ "product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Αν αγοράσατε αυτό το προϊόν, ενεργοποιήστε το Κωδικός Εγγραφής\n" #~ "ώστε να ερωτηθείτε για τον κωδικό του προϊόντος. \n" -#~ "Αυτό σας εγγράφει για την υποστήριξη εγκατάστασης η οποία " -#~ "συμπεριλαμβάνεται με το προϊόν σας.\n" +#~ "Αυτό σας εγγράφει για την υποστήριξη εγκατάστασης η οποία συμπεριλαμβάνεται με το προϊόν σας.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Καμία πληροφορία δεν μεταφέρεται εκτός της Novell. Τα δεδομένα " -#~ "χρησιμοποιούνται\n" -#~ "για στατιστικούς σκοπούς και για την καλύτερη εξυπηρέτησή σας στην " -#~ "υποστήριξη των οδηγών\n" -#~ "και του λογαριασμού σας στον Ιστό. Βρείτε την λεπτομερή πολιτική " -#~ "προσωπικών δεδομένων μας στο Λεπτομέρειες. Δείτε\n" -#~ "τη μεταφερόμενη πληροφορία στο αρχείο καταγραφών <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "Καμία πληροφορία δεν μεταφέρεται εκτός της Novell. Τα δεδομένα χρησιμοποιούνται\n" +#~ "για στατιστικούς σκοπούς και για την καλύτερη εξυπηρέτησή σας στην υποστήριξη των οδηγών\n" +#~ "και του λογαριασμού σας στον Ιστό. Βρείτε την λεπτομερή πολιτική προσωπικών δεδομένων μας στο Λεπτομέρειες. Δείτε\n" +#~ "τη μεταφερόμενη πληροφορία στο αρχείο καταγραφών <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Η επιλογή Τακτικός Συγχρονισμός με το Κέντρο Πελατών ελέγχει ότι " -#~ "οι πηγές ενημέρωσής σας \n" -#~ "είναι ακόμα έγκυρες και προσθέτει όποιες νέες μπορεί να είναι " -#~ "διαθέσιμες.\n" -#~ "Επιπρόσθετα αποστέλλει στη Novell, όποιες τροποποιήσεις των ενσωματωμένων " -#~ "δεδομένων σας, όπως\n" -#~ "πληροφορίες υλικού, εάν η επιλογή Πληροφορίες Υλικού είναι " -#~ "ενεργοποιημένη.\n" +#~ "Η επιλογή Τακτικός Συγχρονισμός με το Κέντρο Πελατών ελέγχει ότι οι πηγές ενημέρωσής σας \n" +#~ "είναι ακόμα έγκυρες και προσθέτει όποιες νέες μπορεί να είναι διαθέσιμες.\n" +#~ "Επιπρόσθετα αποστέλλει στη Novell, όποιες τροποποιήσεις των ενσωματωμένων δεδομένων σας, όπως\n" +#~ "πληροφορίες υλικού, εάν η επιλογή Πληροφορίες Υλικού είναι ενεργοποιημένη.\n" #~ "Αυτή η επιλογή δεν αφαιρεί όποιες πηγές προστέθηκαν χειροκίνητα.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Η διαδικασία εγγραφής θα επικοινωνήσει με το τον εξυπηρετητή Novell (ή με " -#~ "τοπικό εξυπηρετητή εγγραφής εάν η εταιρία σας παρέχει ένα).\n" +#~ "Η διαδικασία εγγραφής θα επικοινωνήσει με το τον εξυπηρετητή Novell (ή με τοπικό εξυπηρετητή εγγραφής εάν η εταιρία σας παρέχει ένα).\n" #~ "Βεβαιωθείτε ότι οι ρυθμίσεις δικτύου και διαμεσολαβητή είναι σωστές.\n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να επιστρέψετε στις ρυθμίσεις δικτύου για έλεγχο ή αλλαγή " -#~ "ρυθμίσεων.\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να επιστρέψετε στις ρυθμίσεις δικτύου για έλεγχο ή αλλαγή ρυθμίσεων.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " -#~ "Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ρυθμίστε το σύστημά σας για να ενεργοποιήσετε τις ενημερώσεις μέσω " -#~ "διαδικτύου με την εγγραφή σας με το Open-SLX.\n" -#~ "Για να το κάνετε αυτό, επιλέξτε Ρύθμιση Τώρα. Για μεταγενέστερη " -#~ "εγγραφή επιλέξτε το\n" +#~ "Ρυθμίστε το σύστημά σας για να ενεργοποιήσετε τις ενημερώσεις μέσω διαδικτύου με την εγγραφή σας με το Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Για να το κάνετε αυτό, επιλέξτε Ρύθμιση Τώρα. Για μεταγενέστερη εγγραφή επιλέξτε το\n" #~ "Ρύθμιση Αργότερα.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " -#~ "system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " -#~ "involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" -#~ "SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " -#~ "identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Για την απλοποίηση της διαδικασίας της εγγραφής, συμπεριλάβετε " -#~ "πληροφορίες από το σύστημά σας\n" -#~ "με τις επιλογές Προαιρετικές Πληροφορίες και Προφίλ Υλικού</" -#~ "b>. \n" -#~ "Οι Λεπτομέρειες εμφανίζουν το μέγιστο μέγεθος των πληροφοριών που " -#~ "θα συμπεριληφθούν\n" -#~ " στην εγγραφή σας. Για την ανάκτηση αυτών των πληροφοριών, ο υπολογιστής " -#~ "σας επικοινωνεί με τον διακομιστή\n" -#~ "Open-SLX ώστε να ρωτήσει τι πληροφορίες χρειάζονται για το προϊόν σας. " -#~ "Μόνο η ταυτότητα\n" +#~ "Για την απλοποίηση της διαδικασίας της εγγραφής, συμπεριλάβετε πληροφορίες από το σύστημά σας\n" +#~ "με τις επιλογές Προαιρετικές Πληροφορίες και Προφίλ Υλικού. \n" +#~ "Οι Λεπτομέρειες εμφανίζουν το μέγιστο μέγεθος των πληροφοριών που θα συμπεριληφθούν\n" +#~ " στην εγγραφή σας. Για την ανάκτηση αυτών των πληροφοριών, ο υπολογιστής σας επικοινωνεί με τον διακομιστή\n" +#~ "Open-SLX ώστε να ρωτήσει τι πληροφορίες χρειάζονται για το προϊόν σας. Μόνο η ταυτότητα\n" #~ "του εγκατεστημένου προϊόντος αποστέλεται σε αυτήν την αρχική συναλλαγή.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " -#~ "for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " -#~ "support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " -#~ "View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" -#~ "tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Καμία πληροφορία δεν μεταφέρεται εκτός Open-SLX. Τα δεδομένα " -#~ "χρησιμοποιούνται\n" -#~ "για στατιστικούς σκοπούς και για την καλύτερη εξυπηρέτησή σας στην " -#~ "υποστήριξη των οδηγών\n" -#~ "και του λογαριασμού σας στο Web. Βρείτε την λεπτομερή πολιτική προσωπικών " -#~ "δεδομένων στο Λεπτομέρειες. Δείτε\n" -#~ "τη μεταφερόμενη πληροφορία στο αρχείο καταγραφών <tt>~/.suse_register." -#~ "log</tt>.\n" +#~ "Καμία πληροφορία δεν μεταφέρεται εκτός Open-SLX. Τα δεδομένα χρησιμοποιούνται\n" +#~ "για στατιστικούς σκοπούς και για την καλύτερη εξυπηρέτησή σας στην υποστήριξη των οδηγών\n" +#~ "και του λογαριασμού σας στο Web. Βρείτε την λεπτομερή πολιτική προσωπικών δεδομένων στο Λεπτομέρειες. Δείτε\n" +#~ "τη μεταφερόμενη πληροφορία στο αρχείο καταγραφών <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" -#~ "SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Η επιλογή Τακτικός Συγχρονισμός με το Κέντρο Πελατών ελέγχει ότι " -#~ "οι πηγές \n" -#~ "ενημέρωσής σας είναι ακόμα έγκυρες και προσθέτει νέες που μπορεί να είναι " -#~ "διαθέσιμες.\n" -#~ "Επιπρόσθετα αποστέλλει στο Open-SLX, όποιες τροποποιήσεις των " -#~ "ενσωματωμένων δεδομένων σας, όπως\n" -#~ "πληροφορίες υλικού εαν η επιλογή Πληροφορίες Υλικού είναι " -#~ "ενεργοποιημένη.\n" +#~ "Η επιλογή Τακτικός Συγχρονισμός με το Κέντρο Πελατών ελέγχει ότι οι πηγές \n" +#~ "ενημέρωσής σας είναι ακόμα έγκυρες και προσθέτει νέες που μπορεί να είναι διαθέσιμες.\n" +#~ "Επιπρόσθετα αποστέλλει στο Open-SLX, όποιες τροποποιήσεις των ενσωματωμένων δεδομένων σας, όπως\n" +#~ "πληροφορίες υλικού εαν η επιλογή Πληροφορίες Υλικού είναι ενεργοποιημένη.\n" #~ "Αυτή η επιλογή δεν αφαιρεί τις πηγές που προστέθηκαν χειροκίνητα.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " -#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Η διαδικασία εγγραφής θα επικοινωνήσει με το τον εξυπηρετητή Open-SLX (ή " -#~ "με τοπικό εξυπηρετητή εγγραφής εάν η εταιρία σας παρέχει ένα).\n" -#~ "Παρακαλώ βεβαιωθείτε ότι οι ρυθμίσεις δικτύουυ και διαμεσολαβητή είναι " -#~ "σωστές.\n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να επιστρέψετε στις ρυθμίσεις δικτύου για έλεγχο ή αλλαγή " -#~ "ρυθμίσεων.\n" +#~ "Η διαδικασία εγγραφής θα επικοινωνήσει με το τον εξυπηρετητή Open-SLX (ή με τοπικό εξυπηρετητή εγγραφής εάν η εταιρία σας παρέχει ένα).\n" +#~ "Παρακαλώ βεβαιωθείτε ότι οι ρυθμίσεις δικτύουυ και διαμεσολαβητή είναι σωστές.\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να επιστρέψετε στις ρυθμίσεις δικτύου για έλεγχο ή αλλαγή ρυθμίσεων.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Error" @@ -1378,8 +1280,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Λήξη: %1" #~ msgid "No status information about registered products available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μη διαθέσιμες πληροφορίες κατάστασης σχετικά με τα εγγεγραμμένα προϊόντα." +#~ msgstr "Μη διαθέσιμες πληροφορίες κατάστασης σχετικά με τα εγγεγραμμένα προϊόντα." #~ msgid "Registration status is not available." #~ msgstr "Μη διαθέσιμη κατάσταση εγγραφής." @@ -1388,8 +1289,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Για Προχωρημένους" #~ msgid "Xen Dom0 detected. The following package needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ανιχνεύθηκε Xen Dom0. Το παρακάτω πακέτω απαιτείται να εγκατασταθεί." +#~ msgstr "Ανιχνεύθηκε Xen Dom0. Το παρακάτω πακέτω απαιτείται να εγκατασταθεί." #~ msgid "Xen DomU detected." #~ msgstr "Ανιχνεύθηκε Xen Dom0." @@ -1397,11 +1297,8 @@ #~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "Το παρακάτω πακέτο απαιτείται να εγκατασταθεί." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για την σωστή μέτρηση της εγκατάστασης, το πακέτο %1 απαιτείται να " -#~ "εγκατασταθεί." +#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "Για την σωστή μέτρηση της εγκατάστασης, το πακέτο %1 απαιτείται να εγκατασταθεί." #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." #~ msgstr "Επομένως το παρακάτω πακέτο απαιτείται πρώτα να αφαιρεθεί." @@ -1409,12 +1306,8 @@ #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." #~ msgstr "Το πακέτο %1 πρέπει να είχε εγκατασταθεί και το %2 να αφαιρεθεί." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " -#~ "miscount this installation." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η εγγραφή θα συνεχίσει τώρα παρόλο που ο εξυπηρετητής εγγραφής μπορεί να " -#~ "καταγράψει λάθος αυτή την εγκατάσταση." +#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." +#~ msgstr "Η εγγραφή θα συνεχίσει τώρα παρόλο που ο εξυπηρετητής εγγραφής μπορεί να καταγράψει λάθος αυτή την εγκατάσταση." #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." #~ msgstr "Προετοιμασία της πηγής ενεργών ενημερώσεων..." @@ -1467,61 +1360,33 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "Άκυρο κλειδί." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, " -#~ "enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register " -#~ "while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. " -#~ "To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with " -#~ "Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η εγγραφή του προϊόντος περιλαμβάνει το προϊόν σας στην βάση δεδομένων " -#~ "της Novell, επιτρέποντάς σας να λάβετε ενημερώσεις μέσω διαδικτύου και " -#~ "τεχνική υποστήριξη. Για να εγγραφείτε χειροκίνητα, επιλέξτε Εκτέλεση " -#~ "Εγγραφής Προϊόντος. Για την απλοποίηση της διαδικασίας, συμπεριλάβετε " -#~ "πληροφορίες από το σύστημ΄σας με το Προφίλ Υλικού και " -#~ "Προαιρετικές Πληροφορίες." +#~ msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +#~ msgstr "Η εγγραφή του προϊόντος περιλαμβάνει το προϊόν σας στην βάση δεδομένων της Novell, επιτρέποντάς σας να λάβετε ενημερώσεις μέσω διαδικτύου και τεχνική υποστήριξη. Για να εγγραφείτε χειροκίνητα, επιλέξτε Εκτέλεση Εγγραφής Προϊόντος. Για την απλοποίηση της διαδικασίας, συμπεριλάβετε πληροφορίες από το σύστημ΄σας με το Προφίλ Υλικού και Προαιρετικές Πληροφορίες." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μάθετε περισσότερα σχετικά με τη διαδικασία εγγραφή με την εντολή " -#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "Μάθετε περισσότερα σχετικά με τη διαδικασία εγγραφή με την εντολή <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " -#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " -#~ "a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " -#~ "Edit." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Άλλες πληροφορίες που χρησιμοποιούνται για την εγγραφή εμφανίζονται " -#~ "στο Δεδομένα\n" -#~ "Εγγραφής. Προσθέστε ένα νέο κλειδί και ένα έγκυρο ζευγάρι " -#~ "πατώντας το Προσθήκη\n" -#~ "και μετά εισάγετε τις κατάλληλες τιμές. Αυτές οι παράμετροι είναι αυτές " -#~ "που μπορούν να περαστούν\n" -#~ "με την εντολή <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Μάθετε περισσότερες " -#~ "πληροφορίες με την\n" -#~ "<tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Αφαιρέστε ένα ζευγάρι κλειδιού με το " -#~ "Διαγραφή\n" +#~ "Άλλες πληροφορίες που χρησιμοποιούνται για την εγγραφή εμφανίζονται στο Δεδομένα\n" +#~ "Εγγραφής. Προσθέστε ένα νέο κλειδί και ένα έγκυρο ζευγάρι πατώντας το Προσθήκη\n" +#~ "και μετά εισάγετε τις κατάλληλες τιμές. Αυτές οι παράμετροι είναι αυτές που μπορούν να περαστούν\n" +#~ "με την εντολή <tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Μάθετε περισσότερες πληροφορίες με την\n" +#~ "<tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Αφαιρέστε ένα ζευγάρι κλειδιού με το Διαγραφή\n" #~ "ή τροποποιήστε ένα υπάρχον ζευγάρι με το Επεξεργασία." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT " -#~ "Server\n" -#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -#~ "Refer\n" +#~ "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" +#~ "and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" #~ "to your SMT manual for further assistance." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εάν το δίκτυό σας αναπτύσσει ένα προσαρμοσμένο εξυπηρετητή SMT, ορίστε " -#~ "την διεύθυνση\n" -#~ "του εξυπηρετητή SMT και την τοποθεσία του πιστοποιητικού SMT στις " -#~ "Ρυθμίσεις Εξυπηρετητή SMT.\n" +#~ "Εάν το δίκτυό σας αναπτύσσει ένα προσαρμοσμένο εξυπηρετητή SMT, ορίστε την διεύθυνση\n" +#~ "του εξυπηρετητή SMT και την τοποθεσία του πιστοποιητικού SMT στις Ρυθμίσεις Εξυπηρετητή SMT.\n" #~ "Ανατρέξτε στο εγχειρίδιο οδηγιών SMT για επιπλέον βοήθεια." #~ msgid "SMT Server" @@ -1648,30 +1513,11 @@ #~ msgid "See the help text for details." #~ msgstr "Ανατρέξτε στην βοήθεια για λεπτομέρειες." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To register this installation at a local registration server, " -#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " -#~ "Advanced menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για εγγραφή αυτής της εγκατάστασης σε τοπικό εξυπηρετητή εγγραφής, " -#~ "ρυθμίστε την διεύθυνση URL και προαιρετικά το πιστοποιητικό CA του " -#~ "εξυπηρετητή μέσω του μενού Για προχωρημένους." +#~ msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." +#~ msgstr "Για εγγραφή αυτής της εγκατάστασης σε τοπικό εξυπηρετητή εγγραφής, ρυθμίστε την διεύθυνση URL και προαιρετικά το πιστοποιητικό CA του εξυπηρετητή μέσω του μενού Για προχωρημένους." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas " -#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://</" -#~ "i>, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /" -#~ "path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the " -#~ "keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " -#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η διεύθυνση του εξυπηρετητή εγγραφής πρέπει να ξεκινά με https:// </" -#~ "i> επειδή η τοποθεσία του πιστοποιητικού CA μπορεί να είναι διεύθυνση URL " -#~ "της μορφής http:// , https:// ή ftp:// . Επιπλέον " -#~ "έγκυρες τοποθεσίες είναι /path/on/local/disk, floppy/" -#~ "path/on/floppy-disk και η λέξη κλειδί done. Το τελευταίο " -#~ "δείχνει ότι κανένα πιστοποιητικό CA δεν διαχειρίζεται τι πρέπει να γίνει " -#~ "ώστε ο εξυπηρετητής εγγραφής να είναι έμπιστος." +#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." +#~ msgstr "Η διεύθυνση του εξυπηρετητή εγγραφής πρέπει να ξεκινά με https:// επειδή η τοποθεσία του πιστοποιητικού CA μπορεί να είναι διεύθυνση URL της μορφής http:// , https:// ή ftp:// . Επιπλέον έγκυρες τοποθεσίες είναι /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk και η λέξη κλειδί done. Το τελευταίο δείχνει ότι κανένα πιστοποιητικό CA δεν διαχειρίζεται τι πρέπει να γίνει ώστε ο εξυπηρετητής εγγραφής να είναι έμπιστος." #~ msgid "Unknown error" #~ msgstr "Άγνωστο σφάλμα" @@ -1692,26 +1538,19 @@ #~ msgstr "Αδυναμία φόρτωσης του αρχείου πιστοποίησης SMT από την δισκέτα." #~ msgid "Could not download the SMT certificate file from specified URL." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αδυναμία λήψης του αρχείου πιστοποίησης SMT από την καθορισμένη διεύθυνση " -#~ "URL." +#~ msgstr "Αδυναμία λήψης του αρχείου πιστοποίησης SMT από την καθορισμένη διεύθυνση URL." #~ msgid "Could not find the SMT certificate file in specified path." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αδυναμία εύρεσης του αρχείου πιστοποίησης SMT στην καθορισμένη διαδρομή." +#~ msgstr "Αδυναμία εύρεσης του αρχείου πιστοποίησης SMT στην καθορισμένη διαδρομή." #~ msgid "Unknown error occurred while retrieving SMT certificate file." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρουσιάστηκε άγνωστο σφάλμα κατά την ανάκτηση του αρχείου πιστοποίησης " -#~ "SMT." +#~ msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε άγνωστο σφάλμα κατά την ανάκτηση του αρχείου πιστοποίησης SMT." #~ msgid "Skip" #~ msgstr "Παράβλεψη" #~ msgid "The registration server URL could not be validated as URL." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η διεύθυνση URL εξυπηρετητή εγγραφής δεν μπορεί να επικυρωθεί ως " -#~ "διεύθυνση URL." +#~ msgstr "Η διεύθυνση URL εξυπηρετητή εγγραφής δεν μπορεί να επικυρωθεί ως διεύθυνση URL." #~ msgid "Change the URL and retry." #~ msgstr "Αλλάξτε την διεύθυνση URL και προσπαθήστε ξανά." @@ -1754,8 +1593,7 @@ #~ "This certificate will be used to connect to the SMT server.\n" #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτό το πιστοποιητικό θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για σύνδεση στον εξυπηρετητή " -#~ "SMT.\n" +#~ "Αυτό το πιστοποιητικό θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για σύνδεση στον εξυπηρετητή SMT.\n" #~ "Πρέπει να είναι έμπιστο πιστοποιητικό ώστε να συνεχίσετε με την εγγραφή.\n" # help text caption 2 @@ -1828,9 +1666,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πατήστε Τέλος για να δημιουργήσετε το πρόσθετο προϊόν στον " -#~ "κατάλογο εξαγωγής." +#~ msgstr "Πατήστε Τέλος για να δημιουργήσετε το πρόσθετο προϊόν στον κατάλογο εξαγωγής." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Edit Software Repositories" @@ -1876,8 +1712,7 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "The SMT server URL could not be validated as URL.\n" -#~ "Registration can not be performed. Please modify /etc/suseRegister.conf " -#~ "and run Registration manually.\n" +#~ "Registration can not be performed. Please modify /etc/suseRegister.conf and run Registration manually.\n" #~ "The SMT server URL that was configured was\n" #~ "%1" #~ msgstr "URL URL Εγγραφή URL" @@ -1891,26 +1726,19 @@ #~ "used. Alternatively, cancel then register through YaST as root \n" #~ "so the repositories are available to all tools." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Με την εγγραφή ως κανονικός χρήστης, δεν περιλαμβάνονται και οι " -#~ "ενημερώσεις των πηγών\n" -#~ "στην μονάδα Ενεργής Ενημέρωσης του YaST. Αν συνεχίσετε και αργότερα " -#~ "θέλετε\n" -#~ "να ενημερώσετε με την Ενεργή Ενημέρωση, η πηγή θα πρέπει να προστεθεί " -#~ "χειροκίνητα.\n" +#~ "Με την εγγραφή ως κανονικός χρήστης, δεν περιλαμβάνονται και οι ενημερώσεις των πηγών\n" +#~ "στην μονάδα Ενεργής Ενημέρωσης του YaST. Αν συνεχίσετε και αργότερα θέλετε\n" +#~ "να ενημερώσετε με την Ενεργή Ενημέρωση, η πηγή θα πρέπει να προστεθεί χειροκίνητα.\n" #~ "Άλλα εργαλεία, όπως η Ενημέρωση Λογισμικού στον πίνακα, μπορούν\n" -#~ "να χρησιμοποιηθούν. Εναλλακτικά, ακυρώστε και μετά εγγραφτείτε μέσω του " -#~ "YaST ως διαχειριστής\n" +#~ "να χρησιμοποιηθούν. Εναλλακτικά, ακυρώστε και μετά εγγραφτείτε μέσω του YaST ως διαχειριστής\n" #~ "ώστε οι πηγές να είναι διαθέσιμες σε όλα τα εργαλεία." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " -#~ "update \n" -#~ "repositories are still valid and adds any new ones that may be " -#~ "available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " -#~ "such \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "repositories are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any repositories added manually.\n" #~ "" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/reipl.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/reipl.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/reipl.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -167,8 +167,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 @@ -200,18 +199,14 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" -"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine " -"supports,\n" +"Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" +"listed inside reipl methods. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε μια από τις μεθόδους για επανεκκίνηση τον υπολογιστή σας " -"διαλέγοντας κάποιο από\n" -"τα κουμπιά επιλογής που βρίσκονται στο μέθοδοι reipl. Αναλόγως με το " -"τι υποστηρίζει ο υπολογιστής σας,\n" +"Επιλέξτε μια από τις μεθόδους για επανεκκίνηση τον υπολογιστή σας διαλέγοντας κάποιο από\n" +"τα κουμπιά επιλογής που βρίσκονται στο μέθοδοι reipl. Αναλόγως με το τι υποστηρίζει ο υπολογιστής σας,\n" "επιλέξετε ανάμεσα σε συσκευές CCW (channel command word) και SCSI,\n" "που είναι συνημμένα στο zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Μετά συμπληρώστε τις\n" "απαραίτητες παραμέτρους για την αντίστοιχη μέθοδο.\n" @@ -220,18 +215,13 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "The device must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<" -"device ID>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter." msgstr "" -"Η συσκευή πρέπει να είναι μια έγκυρη συσκευή με ID με μικρά " -"γράμματα\n" -"σε συμβατή sysfs μορφή 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device " -"ID>,\n" -"όπως 0.0.5c51. Ανάλογα με την επιλεγμένη μέθοδο, μπορεί να αναφέρεται σε " -"έναν προσαρμογέα\n" +"Η συσκευή πρέπει να είναι μια έγκυρη συσκευή με ID με μικρά γράμματα\n" +"σε συμβατή sysfs μορφή 0.<subchannel set ID>.<device ID>,\n" +"όπως 0.0.5c51. Ανάλογα με την επιλεγμένη μέθοδο, μπορεί να αναφέρεται σε έναν προσαρμογέα\n" "DASD ή σε FCP." #. Configure dialog help 4 @@ -241,10 +231,8 @@ "configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n" "to select the default configuration." msgstr "" -"To loadparm πρέπει να έχει το μέγιστο 8 χαρακτήρες και να επιλέγει " -"ρυθμίσεις\n" -"εκκίνησης από το μενού του προγράμματος εκκίνησης zipl. Χρησιμοποιήστε έναν " -"κενό χαρακτήρα\n" +"To loadparm πρέπει να έχει το μέγιστο 8 χαρακτήρες και να επιλέγει ρυθμίσεις\n" +"εκκίνησης από το μενού του προγράμματος εκκίνησης zipl. Χρησιμοποιήστε έναν κενό χαρακτήρα\n" "για να επιλέξετε τις προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις." #. Configure dialog help 5 @@ -253,17 +241,14 @@ "The worldwide port number (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n" "letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" msgstr "" -"Ο παγκόσμιος αριθμός θύρας (WWPN) πρέπει να περιέχει μικρά " -"γράμματα\n" +"Ο παγκόσμιος αριθμός θύρας (WWPN) πρέπει να περιέχει μικρά γράμματα\n" "σαν μια 16-ψήφια τιμή, όπως 0x5005076300c40e5a.\n" #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." -"" +"The logical unit number (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." msgstr "" "Ο logical unit number (LUN) ρέπει να περιέχει μικρά γράμματα\n" "σαν μια 16-ψήφια τιμή με όλα μηδενικά, όπως 0x52ca000000000000." @@ -275,10 +260,8 @@ "a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n" "the default configuration." msgstr "" -"Ο επιλογέας προγράμματος εκκίνησης πρέπει να έχει ένα μη αρνητικός " -"ακέραιος\n" -"που να επιλέγει ρυθμίσεις εκκίνησης από το μενού του προγράμματος εκκίνησης " -"zipl. Επιλέξτε 0\n" +"Ο επιλογέας προγράμματος εκκίνησης πρέπει να έχει ένα μη αρνητικός ακέραιος\n" +"που να επιλέγει ρυθμίσεις εκκίνησης από το μενού του προγράμματος εκκίνησης zipl. Επιλέξτε 0\n" "για τις προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις." #. Configure dialog help 8 @@ -293,12 +276,10 @@ #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device." msgstr "" -"Μετά την αποδοχή αυτού του διαλόγου, μπορεί να επανεκκινήσετε, π.χ. " -"τερματισμός,\n" +"Μετά την αποδοχή αυτού του διαλόγου, μπορεί να επανεκκινήσετε, π.χ. τερματισμός,\n" "και το σύστημα θα εκκινήσει αυτόματα από την καθορισμένη συσκευή." #. Initialization dialog contents Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/relocation-server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/relocation-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/relocation-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -193,8 +193,7 @@ "<big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Αρχικοποίηση Ρυθμίσεων εξυπηρετητή επανατοποθέτησης</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Αρχικοποίηση Ρυθμίσεων εξυπηρετητή επανατοποθέτησης</big> \n" "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε... \n" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -204,8 +203,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 @@ -213,8 +211,7 @@ "<big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Αποθήκευση των Ρυθμίσεων του εξυπηρετητή επανατοποθέτησης</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Αποθήκευση των Ρυθμίσεων του εξυπηρετητή επανατοποθέτησης</big> \n" "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -235,49 +232,28 @@ "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" "Διεύθυνση Επανατοποθέτησης \n" -"Η διεύθυνση στην οποία ο xend πρέπει να αναμένει για συνδέσεις υποδοχέα " -"επανατοποθέτησης\n" +"Η διεύθυνση στην οποία ο xend πρέπει να αναμένει για συνδέσεις υποδοχέα επανατοποθέτησης\n" "Επιτρεπόμενα Συστήματα \n" -"Οι υπολογιστές που επιτρέπεται να επικοινωνούν με τη θύρα επανατοποθέτησης. " -"Αν είναι κενό, τότε όλες οι συνδέσεις επιτρέπονται. Διαφορετικά, πρέπει να " -"είναι μια σειρά από κανονικές εκφράσεις διαχωρισμένη με κενά. Κάθε " -"υπολογιστής με ένα πλήρως όνομα τομέα που πληρεί τις προϋποθέσεις ή μια " -"διεύθυνση IP που ταιριάζει με κάποια από αυτές τις κανονικές εκφράσεις θα " -"γίνει αποδεκτή.\n" +"Οι υπολογιστές που επιτρέπεται να επικοινωνούν με τη θύρα επανατοποθέτησης. Αν είναι κενό, τότε όλες οι συνδέσεις επιτρέπονται. Διαφορετικά, πρέπει να είναι μια σειρά από κανονικές εκφράσεις διαχωρισμένη με κενά. Κάθε υπολογιστής με ένα πλήρως όνομα τομέα που πληρεί τις προϋποθέσεις ή μια διεύθυνση IP που ταιριάζει με κάποια από αυτές τις κανονικές εκφράσεις θα γίνει αποδεκτή.\n" "Αρχείο Κλειδιού SSL/Αρχείο Πιστοποιητικού SSL \n" -"Κλειδί και πιστοποιητικό SSL προς χρήση για τη διεπαφή επανατοποθέτησης ssl</" -"p>" +"Κλειδί και πιστοποιητικό SSL προς χρήση για τη διεπαφή επανατοποθέτησης ssl" #: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>Διοχετευμένη μεταφορά</big> \n" -"Ο δαίμονας libvirtd του πηγαίου υπολογιστή ανοίγει μια απευθείας σύνδεση με " -"το δαίμονα libvirtd του υπολογιστή προορισμού για αποστολή των δεδομένων " -"μεταφοράς. Αυτό επιτρέπει τη δυνατότητα κρυπτογράφησης της ροής των " -"δεδομένων.\n" +"Ο δαίμονας libvirtd του πηγαίου υπολογιστή ανοίγει μια απευθείας σύνδεση με το δαίμονα libvirtd του υπολογιστή προορισμού για αποστολή των δεδομένων μεταφοράς. Αυτό επιτρέπει τη δυνατότητα κρυπτογράφησης της ροής των δεδομένων.\n" "<big>Πεζή μεταφορά</big> \n" -"Το VM του αρχικού υπολογιστή ανοίγει μια απευθείας μη κρυπτογραφημένη " -"σύνδεση TCP στον υπολογιστή προορισμό για αποστολή των δεδομένων μεταφοράς. " -"Αν δεν οριστεί κάποια θύρα με το χέρι, η libvirt θα επιλέξει μια θύρα " -"μεταφοράς στο προεπιλεγμένο εύρος." +"Το VM του αρχικού υπολογιστή ανοίγει μια απευθείας μη κρυπτογραφημένη σύνδεση TCP στον υπολογιστή προορισμό για αποστολή των δεδομένων μεταφοράς. Αν δεν οριστεί κάποια θύρα με το χέρι, η libvirt θα επιλέξει μια θύρα μεταφοράς στο προεπιλεγμένο εύρος." #. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration #. @return sequence result Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/s390.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/s390.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/s390.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -320,8 +320,7 @@ "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να αφήσετε την ρυθμίσεις του δίσκου DASD χωρίς να " -"αποθηκεύσετε;\n" +"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να αφήσετε την ρυθμίσεις του δίσκου DASD χωρίς να αποθηκεύσετε;\n" "Όλες οι αλλαγές θα χαθούν." #. error popup @@ -377,8 +376,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Αποθήκευσης:</big> \n" "Ματαιώστε την διαδικασία της αποθήκευσης πατώντας το Ματαίωση.\n" -"Ένα επιπλέον παράθυρο θα σας ενημερώσει αν είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε ή όχι." -"\n" +"Ένα επιπλέον παράθυρο θα σας ενημερώσει αν είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε ή όχι.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 #. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 @@ -397,15 +395,13 @@ "To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" "the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να φιλτράρετε τους δίσκους που εμφανίζονται, ορίστε το Ελάχιστο " -"Κανάλι\n" +"Για να φιλτράρετε τους δίσκους που εμφανίζονται, ορίστε το Ελάχιστο Κανάλι\n" "και το Μέγιστο Κανάλι και κάντε κλικ στο Φιλτράρισμα.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." -msgstr "" -"Για να ρυθμίσετε έναν νέο δίσκο DASD, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη." +msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε έναν νέο δίσκο DASD, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη." #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 @@ -413,20 +409,16 @@ "To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Για να αφαιρέσετε έναν ρυθμισμένο δίσκο DASD, επιλέξτε τον και κάντε κλικ " -"στο\n" +"Για να αφαιρέσετε έναν ρυθμισμένο δίσκο DASD, επιλέξτε τον και κάντε κλικ στο\n" "Διαγραφή." #. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να εκτελέσετε τις ενέργειες σε πολλαπλούς δίσκους άμεσα, επιλέξετε " -"αυτούς τους δίσκους. Για να επιλέξετε όλους τους δίσκους της λίστας (πιθανό " -"μετά την εφαρμογή φίλτρου),\n" +"Για να εκτελέσετε τις ενέργειες σε πολλαπλούς δίσκους άμεσα, επιλέξετε αυτούς τους δίσκους. Για να επιλέξετε όλους τους δίσκους της λίστας (πιθανό μετά την εφαρμογή φίλτρου),\n" "κάντε κλικ στο Επιλογή Όλων ή Αποεπιλογή Όλων.\n" #. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 @@ -435,8 +427,7 @@ "To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!" msgstr "" -"Για να πραγματοποιηθεί μια ενέργεια στους επιλεγμένους δίσκους, " -"χρησιμοποιήστε το Πραγματοποίηση Ενέργειας.\n" +"Για να πραγματοποιηθεί μια ενέργεια στους επιλεγμένους δίσκους, χρησιμοποιήστε το Πραγματοποίηση Ενέργειας.\n" "Η ενέργεια θα πραγματοποιηθεί άμεσα!" #. Disk add help 1/3 @@ -447,8 +438,7 @@ "identifier." msgstr "" "<big>Προσθήκη Νέων Δίσκων DASD</big> \n" -"Για να προσθέσετε ένα δίσκο, εισάγετε την Ταυτότητα Καναλιού του " -"δίσκου DASD ως αναγνωριστικό." +"Για να προσθέσετε ένα δίσκο, εισάγετε την Ταυτότητα Καναλιού του δίσκου DASD ως αναγνωριστικό." #. Disk add help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 @@ -462,9 +452,7 @@ #. Disk add help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" -msgstr "" -"Για χρησιμοποιήσετε την κατάσταση DIAG, επιλέξτε Χρήση του DIAG.</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "Για χρησιμοποιήσετε την κατάσταση DIAG, επιλέξτε Χρήση του DIAG.\n" #. Initialization dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -483,47 +471,31 @@ #. Dump dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." -msgstr "" -"Προετοιμασία ενός ή περισσότερων τόμων για χρήση ως S/390 συσκευή dump." -"" +msgstr "Προετοιμασία ενός ή περισσότερων τόμων για χρήση ως S/390 συσκευή dump." #. Dump dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " -msgstr "" -"Υποστηριζόμενες συσκευές είναι οι δίσκοι ECKD DASD και ZFCP, ενώ " -"πολλαπλοί-τόμοι περιορίζονται στο DASD. " +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "Υποστηριζόμενες συσκευές είναι οι δίσκοι ECKD DASD και ZFCP, ενώ πολλαπλοί-τόμοι περιορίζονται στο DASD. " #. Dump dialog help 3/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." msgstr "" -"Μόνο ολόκληροι δίσκοι μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήθούν, όχι κατατμήσεις. Αν η " -"συσκευή είναι ασύμβατα\n" -"μορφοποιημένη ή κατατμημένη, ενεργοποιήστε το κουτάκι Εξαναγκασμός " -"διαγραφής του δίσκου." +"Μόνο ολόκληροι δίσκοι μπορούν να χρησιμοποιήθούν, όχι κατατμήσεις. Αν η συσκευή είναι ασύμβατα\n" +"μορφοποιημένη ή κατατμημένη, ενεργοποιήστε το κουτάκι Εξαναγκασμός διαγραφής του δίσκου." #. Dump dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "" -"Για τη χρήση των συσκευών DASD και ZFCP ενεργοποιήστε τις στον αντίστοιχο " -"διάλογο του YaST για το DASD ή το ZFCP. " +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "Για τη χρήση των συσκευών DASD και ZFCP ενεργοποιήστε τις στον αντίστοιχο διάλογο του YaST για το DASD ή το ZFCP. " #. Dump dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Οι συσκευές που είναι σε χρήση ή έχουν προσαρτημένες κατατμήσεις δεν θα " -"εμφανίζονται." +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "Οι συσκευές που είναι σε χρήση ή έχουν προσαρτημένες κατατμήσεις δεν θα εμφανίζονται." #. Dump dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 @@ -532,8 +504,7 @@ "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." msgstr "" "dumpdevice αφού ένας δίσκος δείξει ότι είναι μια χρήσιμη συσκευή\n" -"αποτύπωσης. Συσκευές αποτύπωσης πολλαπλών τόμων καταδεικνύονται από μια " -"λίστα από DASD IDs." +"αποτύπωσης. Συσκευές αποτύπωσης πολλαπλών τόμων καταδεικνύονται από μια λίστα από DASD IDs." #. Dump dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 @@ -561,12 +532,8 @@ #. warn only in case of force #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "" -"Ο δίσκος %1 θα διαμορφωθεί τώρα ως συσκευή αποτύπωσης. Όλα τα δεδομένα σε " -"αυτή τη συσκευή θα χαθούν! Συνέχεια;" +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "Ο δίσκος %1 θα διαμορφωθεί τώρα ως συσκευή αποτύπωσης. Όλα τα δεδομένα σε αυτή τη συσκευή θα χαθούν! Συνέχεια;" #. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() #: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 @@ -583,8 +550,7 @@ "To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" " They are separated by line breaks.\n" msgstr "" -"Για να ρυθμίσετε το διακομιστή τερματικού IUCV, ορίστε τα z/VM IDs που θα " -"χρησιμοποιηθούν.\n" +"Για να ρυθμίσετε το διακομιστή τερματικού IUCV, ορίστε τα z/VM IDs που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν.\n" " Χωρίζονται με αλλαγές γραμμής.\n" #. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 @@ -593,24 +559,13 @@ msgstr "<big>TS-Shell</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "" -"Το TS-Shell επιτρέπει να ορίσετε Εξουσιοδότηση για κάθε χρήστη και " -"ομάδα TS-Shell. Τα δικαιώματα μιας ομάδας κληρονομούνται από τα μέλη του." +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "Το TS-Shell επιτρέπει να ορίσετε Εξουσιοδότηση για κάθε χρήστη και ομάδα TS-Shell. Τα δικαιώματα μιας ομάδας κληρονομούνται από τα μέλη του." #. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "" -"Κάθε επιτρεπόμενο z/VM ID μπορεί να επιλεγεί χειροκίνητα κάτω από το " -"Επιλογή, που ορίζεται από μια Κανονική Έκφραση ή φορτώνεται " -"από ένα Αρχείο που περιέχει όλα τα επιτρεπόμενα z/VM IDs χωρισμένα με " -"αλλαγές γραμμής." +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "Κάθε επιτρεπόμενο z/VM ID μπορεί να επιλεγεί χειροκίνητα κάτω από το Επιλογή, που ορίζεται από μια Κανονική Έκφραση ή φορτώνεται από ένα Αρχείο που περιέχει όλα τα επιτρεπόμενα z/VM IDs χωρισμένα με αλλαγές γραμμής." #. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 @@ -618,29 +573,22 @@ "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." msgstr "" -"Κλικ στο Νέος Χρήστης για να δημιουργήσετε νέους χρήστες TS-Shell " -"ή στο Διαγραφή\n" +"Κλικ στο Νέος Χρήστης για να δημιουργήσετε νέους χρήστες TS-Shell ή στο Διαγραφή\n" "Χρήστη για να διαγράψετε χρήστες." #. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε ή να αφαιρέσετε ομάδες από τον πίνακα εξουσιοδότησης " -"του TS-Shell ή για να αλλάξετε\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε ή να αφαιρέσετε ομάδες από τον πίνακα εξουσιοδότησης του TS-Shell ή για να αλλάξετε\n" "την κατάσταση μέλους των χρηστών, πηγαίνετε στο Διαχείριση Ομάδων." #. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered." -msgstr "" -"Με τα Ελεγχόμενα IDs ορίζετε τα z/VM IDs από τα οποία οι " -"μεταγραφές θα πρέπει να συγκεντρώνονται." +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "Με τα Ελεγχόμενα IDs ορίζετε τα z/VM IDs από τα οποία οι μεταγραφές θα πρέπει να συγκεντρώνονται." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 @@ -649,24 +597,16 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " -"and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" -"Για να δημιουργήσετε νέο χρήστη στο TS-Shell το Όνομα, ο " -"Προσωπικός Κατάλογος και το Συνθηματικό πρέπει να δοθούν.\n" -"\t Είναι επίσης δυνατό να καθορίσετε Επιπρόσθετες Ομάδες " -"επιλέγοντάς τες στα δεξιά." +"Για να δημιουργήσετε νέο χρήστη στο TS-Shell το Όνομα, ο Προσωπικός Κατάλογος και το Συνθηματικό πρέπει να δοθούν.\n" +"\t Είναι επίσης δυνατό να καθορίσετε Επιπρόσθετες Ομάδες επιλέγοντάς τες στα δεξιά." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Για να διασφαλίσετε ότι ο χρήστης θα αλλάξει το συνθηματικό του στην " -"πρώτη είσοδο, ενεργοποιήστε το Εξαναγκασμός Αλλαγής Κωδικού." +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "Για να διασφαλίσετε ότι ο χρήστης θα αλλάξει το συνθηματικό του στην πρώτη είσοδο, ενεργοποιήστε το Εξαναγκασμός Αλλαγής Κωδικού." #. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 @@ -674,8 +614,7 @@ "You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there." msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τον ίδιο προσωπικό κατάλογο για κάθε χρήστη του TS-" -"Shell αφού δεν\n" +"Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τον ίδιο προσωπικό κατάλογο για κάθε χρήστη του TS-Shell αφού δεν\n" "θα αποθηκεύεται εκεί κανένα δεδομένο." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 @@ -695,13 +634,10 @@ #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" -"Υπάρχουσες ομάδες μπορούν να προστεθούν ή να αφαιρεθούν από την " -"εξουσιοδότηση του\n" -"TS-Shell. Επιλέξτε τις ομάδες στον πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Επιλογή ή " -"Απεπιλογή. Η τρέχουσα κατάσταση φαίνεται στη στήλη TS-Auth." +"Υπάρχουσες ομάδες μπορούν να προστεθούν ή να αφαιρεθούν από την εξουσιοδότηση του\n" +"TS-Shell. Επιλέξτε τις ομάδες στον πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Επιλογή ή Απεπιλογή. Η τρέχουσα κατάσταση φαίνεται στη στήλη TS-Auth." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 @@ -715,22 +651,16 @@ #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " -"to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" -"Νέες ομάδες θα μπορούσαν να δημιουργηθούν εισάγοντας το όνομα στο πεδίο " -"Νέα Ομάδα και επιβεβαιώνοντας με το Δημιουργία.\n" -"\t Για να διαγράψετε προηγουμένως δημιουργημένες ομάδες πρέπει να " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί ο διάλογος χρήστες YaST." +"Νέες ομάδες θα μπορούσαν να δημιουργηθούν εισάγοντας το όνομα στο πεδίο Νέα Ομάδα και επιβεβαιώνοντας με το Δημιουργία.\n" +"\t Για να διαγράψετε προηγουμένως δημιουργημένες ομάδες πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθεί ο διάλογος χρήστες YaST." #. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." -msgstr "" -"Αναίρεση αλλαγών σε αυτό το παράθυρο κάνοντας κλικ στο πλήκτρο Πίσω</" -"b>." +msgstr "Αναίρεση αλλαγών σε αυτό το παράθυρο κάνοντας κλικ στο πλήκτρο Πίσω." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 @@ -738,24 +668,13 @@ msgstr "<big>IUCVConn στην Σύνδεση</big>" #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"Το IUCVConn στη Σύνδεση χρειάζεται ένα χρήστη για κάθε z/VM ID. Για να " -"δημιουργήσετε αυτούς τους χρήστες ένα συνθηματικό και κατάλογος " -"χρήστη πρέπει να δοθούν." +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "Το IUCVConn στη Σύνδεση χρειάζεται ένα χρήστη για κάθε z/VM ID. Για να δημιουργήσετε αυτούς τους χρήστες ένα συνθηματικό και κατάλογος χρήστη πρέπει να δοθούν." #. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " -msgstr "" -"Είναι δυνατό να συγχρονίσετε τους χρήστες χειροκίνητα κάνοντας κλικ στο " -"Συγχρονισμός ή απλά επιβεβαιώνοντας τις αλλαγές με το Εντάξει " -"ενώ το IUCVConn κατά τη σύνδεση είναι ενεργοποιημένο. " +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "Είναι δυνατό να συγχρονίσετε τους χρήστες χειροκίνητα κάνοντας κλικ στο Συγχρονισμός ή απλά επιβεβαιώνοντας τις αλλαγές με το Εντάξει ενώ το IUCVConn κατά τη σύνδεση είναι ενεργοποιημένο. " #. Text approval #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 @@ -990,37 +909,25 @@ #. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα ταυτότητας z/VM \"%1\" στην γραμμή %2, επιτρέπονται μόνο γράμματα και " -"αριθμοί." +msgstr "Σφάλμα ταυτότητας z/VM \"%1\" στην γραμμή %2, επιτρέπονται μόνο γράμματα και αριθμοί." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα ταυτότητας z/VM \"%1\" στην γραμμή %2, δεν επιτρέπονται αριθμοί στην " -"αρχή." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "Σφάλμα ταυτότητας z/VM \"%1\" στην γραμμή %2, δεν επιτρέπονται αριθμοί στην αρχή." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα ταυτότητας z/VM \"%1\" στην γραμμή %2, δεν επιτρέπονται πάνω από οκτώ " -"γράμματα." +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "Σφάλμα ταυτότητας z/VM \"%1\" στην γραμμή %2, δεν επιτρέπονται πάνω από οκτώ γράμματα." #. only the last entry is allowed to be empty #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα ταυτότητας z/VM \"%1\" στην γραμμή %2, απαιτείται τουλάχιστον ένα " -"γράμμα." +msgstr "Σφάλμα ταυτότητας z/VM \"%1\" στην γραμμή %2, απαιτείται τουλάχιστον ένα γράμμα." #. check password #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "" -"Απαιτείται να εισάγετε ένα σωστό συνθηματικό για συγχρονισμό χρηστών " -"IUCVConn." +msgstr "Απαιτείται να εισάγετε ένα σωστό συνθηματικό για συγχρονισμό χρηστών IUCVConn." # don't allow to continue #. check home directory @@ -1043,12 +950,8 @@ #. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. #. @return true for valid inputs #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." -msgstr "" -"Εσφαλμένη εισαγωγή, επιτρέπονται μόνο πεζά γράμματα, αριθμοί και κόμματα ως " -"διαχωριστικά." +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "Εσφαλμένη εισαγωγή, επιτρέπονται μόνο πεζά γράμματα, αριθμοί και κόμματα ως διαχωριστικά." #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." @@ -1070,8 +973,7 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" -msgstr "" -"<h2>Διαμόρφωση των Ρυθμίσεων του Τοπικού Τερματικού Συστήματος</h2>" +msgstr "<h2>Διαμόρφωση των Ρυθμίσεων του Τοπικού Τερματικού Συστήματος</h2>" #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 @@ -1080,27 +982,13 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." -" " -msgstr "" -"Διάφορα στιγμιότυπα του IUCVtty μπορούν να εκτελούνται για να " -"παρέχουν πολλαπλές συσκευές. Τα στιγμιότυπα ξεχωρίζουν από ένα ID " -"τερματικού, το οποίο είναι ένας συνδυασμός από το Πρόθεμα ID του " -"Τερματικού και τον αριθμό του στιγμιότυπου. " +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "Διάφορα στιγμιότυπα του IUCVtty μπορούν να εκτελούνται για να παρέχουν πολλαπλές συσκευές. Τα στιγμιότυπα ξεχωρίζουν από ένα ID τερματικού, το οποίο είναι ένας συνδυασμός από το Πρόθεμα ID του Τερματικού και τον αριθμό του στιγμιότυπου. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Για παράδειγμα, εάν καθορίσετε δέκα διεργασίες με το πρόθεμα "" -"lxterm", είναι διαθέσιμη η ταυτότητα τερματικού από το " -"lxterm0 στο lxterm9." +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "Για παράδειγμα, εάν καθορίσετε δέκα διεργασίες με το πρόθεμα "lxterm", είναι διαθέσιμη η ταυτότητα τερματικού από το lxterm0 στο lxterm9." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 @@ -1109,63 +997,37 @@ #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." -msgstr "" -"Ο οδηγός συσκευής z/VM IUCV HVC είναι ένα άρθρωμα πυρήνα που χρησιμοποιεί " -"τους κόμβους για να ενεργοποιήσει μέχρι και οκτώ τερματικές συσκευές HVC για " -"επικοινωνία με το getty και σύνδεση προγραμμάτων." +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "Ο οδηγός συσκευής z/VM IUCV HVC είναι ένα άρθρωμα πυρήνα που χρησιμοποιεί τους κόμβους για να ενεργοποιήσει μέχρι και οκτώ τερματικές συσκευές HVC για επικοινωνία με το getty και σύνδεση προγραμμάτων." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." -msgstr "" -"Με το περιορισμός πρόσβασης, επιτρέπονται μόνο συνδέσεις από " -"συγκεκριμένους διακομιστές τερματικού." +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "Με το περιορισμός πρόσβασης, επιτρέπονται μόνο συνδέσεις από συγκεκριμένους διακομιστές τερματικού." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"" -msgstr "" -"Καθορίστε την εξομοίωση για όλες τις διεργασίες με την μία ή ξεχωριστά " -"για κάθε μια." +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "Καθορίστε την εξομοίωση για όλες τις διεργασίες με την μία ή ξεχωριστά για κάθε μια." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποίηση δρομολόγησης μηνυμάτων πυρήνα στην hvc0 για " -"δρομολόγηση μηνυμάτων πυρήνα\n" +"Ενεργοποίηση δρομολόγησης μηνυμάτων πυρήνα στην hvc0 για δρομολόγηση μηνυμάτων πυρήνα\n" "στη συσκευή hvc0 αντί για την ttyS0. " #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "" -"Πρέπει τα μηνύματα του πυρήνα να εμφανίζονται ακόμα στο ttyS0, προσθέστε " -"χειροκίνητα console=ttyS0 στην παράμετρο επιλογής πυρήνα τρέχουσας " -"εκκίνησης στο Άρθρωμα YaST bootloader." +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "Πρέπει τα μηνύματα του πυρήνα να εμφανίζονται ακόμα στο ttyS0, προσθέστε χειροκίνητα console=ttyS0 στην παράμετρο επιλογής πυρήνα τρέχουσας εκκίνησης στο Άρθρωμα YaST bootloader." #. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>Προειδοποίηση: Τα Τερματικά HVC παραμένουν συνδεδεμένα αν δε γίνει " -"χειροκίνητη αποσύνδεση μέσω της συντόμευσης: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Προειδοποίηση: Τα Τερματικά HVC παραμένουν συνδεδεμένα αν δε γίνει χειροκίνητη αποσύνδεση μέσω της συντόμευσης: ctrl _ d</h3>" #. Dialog content #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 @@ -1218,8 +1080,7 @@ #. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted #: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"Πρέπει να γίνει επανεκκίνηση του συστήματος ώστε να εφαρμοστούν οι αλλαγές." +msgstr "Πρέπει να γίνει επανεκκίνηση του συστήματος ώστε να εφαρμοστούν οι αλλαγές." #. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 @@ -1233,20 +1094,13 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" -msgstr "" -"Ρύθμιση των ενεργειών σε περίπτωση κατάστασης πανικού του πυρήνα</" -"p>" +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "Ρύθμιση των ενεργειών σε περίπτωση κατάστασης πανικού του πυρήνα" #. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." -msgstr "" -"Η υπηρεσία Dumpconf πρέπει να είναι ενεργοιημένη για να επηρεάσει " -"τη συμπεριφορά κατά τη διάρκεια πανικών του πυρήνα." +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "Η υπηρεσία Dumpconf πρέπει να είναι ενεργοιημένη για να επηρεάσει τη συμπεριφορά κατά τη διάρκεια πανικών του πυρήνα." #. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 @@ -1271,55 +1125,31 @@ #. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" -"dump_reipl Πτώση του Linux και επανεκκίνηση του συστήματος. Αυτή η " -"επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη\n" -"μόνο σε LPAR με μηχανές z9(r) και πιο πρόσφατες και σε z/VMversion 5.3 και " -"πιο πρόσφατες. " +"dump_reipl Πτώση του Linux και επανεκκίνηση του συστήματος. Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη\n" +"μόνο σε LPAR με μηχανές z9(r) και πιο πρόσφατες και σε z/VMversion 5.3 και πιο πρόσφατες. " #. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." -msgstr "" -"vmcmd Εκτέλεση καθορισμένων εντολών CP και σταμάτημα συστήματος." +msgstr "vmcmd Εκτέλεση καθορισμένων εντολών CP και σταμάτημα συστήματος." #. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Ο χρόνος που ορίζεται στο Λεπτά Καθυστέρησης αναβάλλει την " -"ενεργοποίηση της συγκεκριμένης ενέργειας σε περίπτωση πανικού για ένα " -"σύστημα που μόλις εκκινήθηκε για την αποφυγή βρόχων. Αν το σύστημα " -"καταρεύσει πριν περάσει ο χρόνος εκτελείται η προεπιλεγμένη ενέργεια (stop)." -"" +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "Ο χρόνος που ορίζεται στο Λεπτά Καθυστέρησης αναβάλλει την ενεργοποίηση της συγκεκριμένης ενέργειας σε περίπτωση πανικού για ένα σύστημα που μόλις εκκινήθηκε για την αποφυγή βρόχων. Αν το σύστημα καταρεύσει πριν περάσει ο χρόνος εκτελείται η προεπιλεγμένη ενέργεια (stop)." #. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." -msgstr "" -"Η συσκευή για την αποτύπωση της μνήμης μπορεί να οριστεί με το Συσκευή " -"Αποτύπωσης. Αν καμία συσκευή δεν εμφανίζεται πρέπει να δημιουργήσετε μία " -"με τον διάλογο YaST Συσκευές Αποτύπωσης." +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "Η συσκευή για την αποτύπωση της μνήμης μπορεί να οριστεί με το Συσκευή Αποτύπωσης. Αν καμία συσκευή δεν εμφανίζεται πρέπει να δημιουργήσετε μία με τον διάλογο YaST Συσκευές Αποτύπωσης." #. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Με το VMCMD ορίζετε εντολές CP για να εκτελεστούν πριν το σύστημα " -"Linux τερματίσει. Επιτρέπονται μόνο %1 γραμμές και ένα σύνολο από %2 " -"χαρακτήρες." +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "Με το VMCMD ορίζετε εντολές CP για να εκτελεστούν πριν το σύστημα Linux τερματίσει. Επιτρέπονται μόνο %1 γραμμές και ένα σύνολο από %2 χαρακτήρες." #. radio button label #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 @@ -1352,15 +1182,12 @@ #. don't allow dumps if no device is available #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." -msgstr "" -"Είναι δυνατή μόνο η ενεργοποίηση διαδικασίας αποτύπωσης χωρίς συσκευή " -"αποτύπωσης." +msgstr "Είναι δυνατή μόνο η ενεργοποίηση διαδικασίας αποτύπωσης χωρίς συσκευή αποτύπωσης." #. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command #: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." -msgstr "" -"Είναι αδύνατη η χρήση vmcmd χωρίς τον καθορισμό τουλάχιστον μιας εντολής." +msgstr "Είναι αδύνατη η χρήση vmcmd χωρίς τον καθορισμό τουλάχιστον μιας εντολής." #. Dialog caption #: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 @@ -1386,8 +1213,7 @@ "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." msgstr "" -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να αφήσετε την ρύθμιση των συσκευών ZFCP χωρίς να " -"αποθήκευση;\n" +"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να αφήσετε την ρύθμιση των συσκευών ZFCP χωρίς να αποθήκευση;\n" "Όλες οι αλλαγές θα χαθούν." #. dialog caption @@ -1456,8 +1282,7 @@ #. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." -msgstr "" -"Για να ρυθμίσετε μια συσκευή ZFCP, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη." +msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε μια συσκευή ZFCP, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη." #. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 @@ -1465,8 +1290,7 @@ "To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Για να αφαιρέσετε μια ρυθμισμένη συσκευή ZFCP, επιλέξτε την και κάντε " -"κλικ στο\n" +"Για να αφαιρέσετε μια ρυθμισμένη συσκευή ZFCP, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο\n" "Διαγραφή." #. Disk selection dialog Warning @@ -1480,10 +1304,7 @@ "When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" "Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." -msgstr "" -"Κατά την πρόσβαση μιας συσκευής iSCSI READ/WRITEπαρακαλώ " -"σιγουρέψτε ότι αυτή η πρόσβαση είναι αποκλειστική. Αλλιώς υπάρχει ενδεχόμενο " -"καταστροφής των δεδομένων σας." +msgstr "Κατά την πρόσβαση μιας συσκευής iSCSI READ/WRITEπαρακαλώ σιγουρέψτε ότι αυτή η πρόσβαση είναι αποκλειστική. Αλλιώς υπάρχει ενδεχόμενο καταστροφής των δεδομένων σας." #. Disk add help 1/2 #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 @@ -1501,26 +1322,19 @@ #. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" #: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" "all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." msgstr "" -"Η Ταυτότητα Καναλιών πρέπει να εισαχθεί με πεζά γράμματα σε μορφή " -"του sysfs\n" +"Η Ταυτότητα Καναλιών πρέπει να εισαχθεί με πεζά γράμματα σε μορφή του sysfs\n" "0.0.<devno>, όπως <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"Το WWPN πρέπει να εισαχθεί με πεζά γράμματα ως μια δεκαεξαδική τιμή 16 " -"ψηφίων, όπως το\n" +"Το WWPN πρέπει να εισαχθεί με πεζά γράμματα ως μια δεκαεξαδική τιμή 16 ψηφίων, όπως το\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"Το LUN πρέπει να εισαχθεί με πεζά γράμματα ως μια δεκαεξαδική τιμή 16 " -"ψηφίων με\n" -"όλα τα ακολουθούμενα ψηφία ως μηδέν, παράδειγμα <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." -"" +"Το LUN πρέπει να εισαχθεί με πεζά γράμματα ως μια δεκαεξαδική τιμή 16 ψηφίων με\n" +"όλα τα ακολουθούμενα ψηφία ως μηδέν, παράδειγμα <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>." #. popup label #. popup label @@ -1674,8 +1488,7 @@ #. Progress step 1/1 #: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργία συσκευής αποτύπωσης. Η διαδικασία μπορεί να πάρει μερικά λεπτά." +msgstr "Δημιουργία συσκευής αποτύπωσης. Η διαδικασία μπορεί να πάρει μερικά λεπτά." #. error description #: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 @@ -1983,8 +1796,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Η συσκευή %1 δεν είναι διαμορφωμένη. Θέλετε να την διαμορφώσετε τώρα;\n" #~ "Εάν θέλετε να διαμορφώσετε παράλληλα πολλαπλές συσκευές,\n" -#~ "πατήστε 'Άκυρο' και επιλέξτε αργότερα 'Εκτέλεση Ενέργειας', " -#~ "'Διαμόρφωση'.\n" +#~ "πατήστε 'Άκυρο' και επιλέξτε αργότερα 'Εκτέλεση Ενέργειας', 'Διαμόρφωση'.\n" #~ msgid "Creation of s390 dump devices" #~ msgstr "Δημιουργία των συσκευών αποτύπωσης s390" @@ -2044,13 +1856,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Προσθήκη Νέας Παθητικής Συσκευής" #~ msgid "Install Dump Record Even If Disk Already &Formatted" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εγκατάσταση Καταγεγραμμένης Παθητικής Συσκευής Ακόμα Και Αν Ο Δίσκος " -#~ "Είναι Ήδη &Διαμορφωμένος" +#~ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση Καταγεγραμμένης Παθητικής Συσκευής Ακόμα Και Αν Ο Δίσκος Είναι Ήδη &Διαμορφωμένος" #~ msgid "Really leave the dump device configuration?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να αφήσετε την ρύθμιση της παθητικής συσκευής;" +#~ msgstr "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να αφήσετε την ρύθμιση της παθητικής συσκευής;" #~ msgid "Add another dump device?" #~ msgstr "Προσθήκη άλλης μίας παθητικής συσκευής;" @@ -2084,9 +1893,6 @@ #~ "already configured dump device, select it and click Edit.\n" #~ "To remove a configured dump device, select it and click Delete." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να προσθέσετε και να ρυθμίσετε μια νέα παθητική συσκευή, κάντε " -#~ "κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να επεξεργαστείτε\n" -#~ "μια ήδη ρυθμισμένη παθητική συσκευή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο " -#~ "Επεξεργασία.\n" -#~ "Για να αφαιρέσετε μια ρυθμισμένη παθητική συσκευή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε " -#~ "κλικ στο Διαγραφή." +#~ "Για να προσθέσετε και να ρυθμίσετε μια νέα παθητική συσκευή, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη. Για να επεξεργαστείτε\n" +#~ "μια ήδη ρυθμισμένη παθητική συσκευή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία.\n" +#~ "Για να αφαιρέσετε μια ρυθμισμένη παθητική συσκευή, επιλέξτε την και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/samba-client.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/samba-client.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/samba-client.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -81,17 +81,13 @@ "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" msgstr "" -"Ο χρήστης χρησιμοποιήθηκε για συμμετοχή στον τομέα. Αν παραλήφθηκε, το YaST " -"θα\n" -"προσπαθήσει να συμμετάσχει στον τομέα χωρίς να προσδιοριστεί το όνομα χρήστη " -"και το συνθηματικό.\n" +"Ο χρήστης χρησιμοποιήθηκε για συμμετοχή στον τομέα. Αν παραλήφθηκε, το YaST θα\n" +"προσπαθήσει να συμμετάσχει στον τομέα χωρίς να προσδιοριστεί το όνομα χρήστη και το συνθηματικό.\n" #. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option #: src/clients/samba-client.rb:138 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" -msgstr "" -"Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης που χρησιμοποιείται από το χρήστη για να συμμετάσχει σε " -"μία περιοχή" +msgstr "Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης που χρησιμοποιείται από το χρήστη για να συμμετάσχει σε μία περιοχή" #. command line help text for machine optioa #: src/clients/samba-client.rb:145 @@ -179,12 +175,8 @@ #. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "" -"Προσδιορίστε την Εμβέλεια για τον χρήστη Samba και τα ID των " -"ομάδων (τιμές <tt>winbind uid</tt> και <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "Προσδιορίστε την Εμβέλεια για τον χρήστη Samba και τα ID των ομάδων (τιμές <tt>winbind uid</tt> και <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 @@ -414,13 +406,11 @@ #. continue/cancel popup #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίζοντας αυτό το σύστημα ως πελάτη για το Active Directory θα επαναφέρει " -"τις ακόλουθες\n" +"Ρυθμίζοντας αυτό το σύστημα ως πελάτη για το Active Directory θα επαναφέρει τις ακόλουθες\n" "ρυθμίσεις του smb.conf στις προεπιλεγμένες τιμές:\n" "%1" @@ -467,8 +457,7 @@ "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" -"Αυτή η αλλαγή επηρεάζει μόνο τις καινούρια δημιουργημένες διαδικασίες και " -"όχι ήδη\n" +"Αυτή η αλλαγή επηρεάζει μόνο τις καινούρια δημιουργημένες διαδικασίες και όχι ήδη\n" "εκτελούμενες υπηρεσίες. Επανεκκινήστε χειροκίνητα ή να επανεκκινήσετε \n" "το μηχάνημά σας για να ενεργοποιήσετε όλες τις υπηρεσίες.\n" @@ -488,8 +477,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 @@ -510,8 +498,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Αποθήκευσης</big> \n" "Ματαιώστε την διαδικασία αποθήκευσης πατώντας Ματαίωση.\n" -"Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε " -"αυτό.\n" +"Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε αυτό.\n" "\n" #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title @@ -523,52 +510,41 @@ #. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" -"Ένας πελάτης Linux μπορεί να είναι μέλος μιας ομάδας εργασίας, ενός τομέα " -"NT, ή εντός τομέα Active Directory.\n" +"Ένας πελάτης Linux μπορεί να είναι μέλος μιας ομάδας εργασίας, ενός τομέα NT, ή εντός τομέα Active Directory.\n" "Εδώ, καθορίστε το όνομα του μέλους.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "Η Χρήση Πληροφοριών SMB για Πιστοποίηση Linux επιτρέπει \n" -"επιβεβαίωση των συνθηματικών στον εξυπηρετητή NT ή τον εξυπηρετητή Kerberos " -"εάν συμμετέχει σε τομέα AD.\n" +"επιβεβαίωση των συνθηματικών στον εξυπηρετητή NT ή τον εξυπηρετητή Kerberos εάν συμμετέχει σε τομέα AD.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Αλλαγή πρωτεύοντος επιθέματος DNS για να προσθέσετε τον " -"AD διακομστή σας στην λίστα των διακομιστών.\n" +"Επιλέξτε Αλλαγή πρωτεύοντος επιθέματος DNS για να προσθέσετε τον AD διακομστή σας στην λίστα των διακομιστών.\n" "Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο για στατικές ρυθμίσεις δικτύων." #. Samba role dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" -msgstr "" -"Όταν πατήσετε ΟΚ, το σύστημα θα επιβεβαιώσει την συνδρομή στην " -"ομάδα και, αν είναι τομέας NT ή Active Directory, επιτρέπει σε αυτόν τον " -"υπολογιστή να συμμετάσχει στην περιοχή.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" +msgstr "Όταν πατήσετε ΟΚ, το σύστημα θα επιβεβαιώσει την συνδρομή στην ομάδα και, αν είναι τομέας NT ή Active Directory, επιτρέπει σε αυτόν τον υπολογιστή να συμμετάσχει στην περιοχή.\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 msgid "Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.\n" -msgstr "" -"Προσδιορίστε το όνομα των περιοχών των NT ή του Active Directory.\n" +msgstr "Προσδιορίστε το όνομα των περιοχών των NT ή του Active Directory.\n" #. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 @@ -581,40 +557,18 @@ #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το Δημιουργία Προσωπικού Καταλόγου κατά τη Σύνδεση για " -"να δημιουργούνται οι προσωπικοί κατάλογοι κατά την πρώτη σύνδεση." +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε το Δημιουργία Προσωπικού Καταλόγου κατά τη Σύνδεση για να δημιουργούνται οι προσωπικοί κατάλογοι κατά την πρώτη σύνδεση." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"H Πιστοποίηση Offline επιτρέπει στον χρήστη να συνδεθεί ακόμα και " -"αν δεν υπάρχει σύνδεση στον ελεγκτή του τομέα. Για να λειτουργήσει αυτή η " -"επιλογή, θα πρέπει να συνδεθείτε τουλάχιστον μια φορά στον τομέα. Τα " -"διαπιστευτήρια του χρήστη τότε αποθηκεύονται κρυπτογραφημένα στον υπολογιστή " -"σας και ξαναχρησιμοποιούνται για την σύνδεση στον τομέα όταν δεν έχει γίνει " -"καθιδρυθεί σύνδεση. Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο ειδικά για τους κινητούς χρήστες." +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "H Πιστοποίηση Offline επιτρέπει στον χρήστη να συνδεθεί ακόμα και αν δεν υπάρχει σύνδεση στον ελεγκτή του τομέα. Για να λειτουργήσει αυτή η επιλογή, θα πρέπει να συνδεθείτε τουλάχιστον μια φορά στον τομέα. Τα διαπιστευτήρια του χρήστη τότε αποθηκεύονται κρυπτογραφημένα στον υπολογιστή σας και ξαναχρησιμοποιούνται για την σύνδεση στον τομέα όταν δεν έχει γίνει καθιδρυθεί σύνδεση. Αυτό είναι χρήσιμο ειδικά για τους κινητούς χρήστες." #. Samba membership dialog help (common part) #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Ρυθμίσεις για Προχωρημένους για να ενεργοποιήσετε " -"εξειδικευμένες λειτουργίες όπως οι επιλογές WINS ή προσάρτηση προσωπικών " -"καταλόγων από τομείς Active Directory." +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Ρυθμίσεις για Προχωρημένους για να ενεργοποιήσετε εξειδικευμένες λειτουργίες όπως οι επιλογές WINS ή προσάρτηση προσωπικών καταλόγων από τομείς Active Directory." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 @@ -624,26 +578,14 @@ #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." -msgstr "" -"Ορίστε το Όνομα χρήστη και Συνθηματικό το οποίο θα " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί για την σύνδεση σε επιλεγμένο τομέα κατά τη διάρκεια της " -"αυτόματης εγκατάστασης. Σημειώστε ότι το συνθηματικό θα αποθηκευτεί στο " -"προφίλ σε μη κρυπτογραφημένη μορφή κειμένου." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +msgstr "Ορίστε το Όνομα χρήστη και Συνθηματικό το οποίο θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για την σύνδεση σε επιλεγμένο τομέα κατά τη διάρκεια της αυτόματης εγκατάστασης. Σημειώστε ότι το συνθηματικό θα αποθηκευτεί στο προφίλ σε μη κρυπτογραφημένη μορφή κειμένου." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Καθορίστε τον Διακομιστή Ενεργού Καταλόγου προς χρήση για να " -"συνδεθείτε σε ένα τομέα Ενεργού Καταλόγου. Αυτή θα είναι επίσης η τιμή για " -"το KDC στην ρύθμιση του Kerberos." +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." +msgstr "Καθορίστε τον Διακομιστή Ενεργού Καταλόγου προς χρήση για να συνδεθείτε σε ένα τομέα Ενεργού Καταλόγου. Αυτή θα είναι επίσης η τιμή για το KDC στην ρύθμιση του Kerberos." #. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration #: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 @@ -654,8 +596,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να συγχρονίσετε την ώρα σας με ένα διακομιστή NTP, ρυθμίστε τον " -"υπολογιστή σας\n" +"Για να συγχρονίσετε την ώρα σας με ένα διακομιστή NTP, ρυθμίστε τον υπολογιστή σας\n" "ως έναν πελάτη NTP. Κάντε τη ρύθμιση μέσω του Ρύθμιση NTP.\n" "\n" @@ -694,8 +635,7 @@ #. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:201 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε το όνομα χρήστη και το συνθηματικό για αποχώρηση από τον τομέα %1." +msgstr "Εισάγετε το όνομα χρήστη και το συνθηματικό για αποχώρηση από τον τομέα %1." #. additional information for cluster environment #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:229 @@ -705,13 +645,11 @@ #. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:240 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε το όνομα χρήστη και το συνθηματικό για σύζευξη με τον τομέα %1." +msgstr "Εισάγετε το όνομα χρήστη και το συνθηματικό για σύζευξη με τον τομέα %1." #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:247 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" -msgstr "" -"Για σύνδεση με τον τομέα ανώνυμα, αφήστε τις καταχωρήσεις κειμένου κενές.\n" +msgstr "Για σύνδεση με τον τομέα ανώνυμα, αφήστε τις καταχωρήσεις κειμένου κενές.\n" #. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:298 @@ -755,9 +693,7 @@ #. popup question #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:355 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"Το κοινόχρηστο του χρήστη υπάρχει ήδη. Διαγραφή ή διατήρηση το κοινόχρηστου " -"αυτόυ;" +msgstr "Το κοινόχρηστο του χρήστη υπάρχει ήδη. Διαγραφή ή διατήρηση το κοινόχρηστου αυτόυ;" #. button label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:357 @@ -772,9 +708,7 @@ #. yes/no popup #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:375 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" -msgstr "" -"Υπάρχουν και άλλες διαθέσιμες υπηρεσίες κοινόχρηστων των Windows. Διακοπή " -"και αυτών;" +msgstr "Υπάρχουν και άλλες διαθέσιμες υπηρεσίες κοινόχρηστων των Windows. Διακοπή και αυτών;" #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:386 @@ -783,13 +717,8 @@ #. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:395 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "" -"Εάν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service " -"(WINS) για ανάλυση ονομάτων, επιλέξτε Χρήση WINS για Ανάλυση Ονομάτων " -"Διακομιστών." +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "Εάν θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) για ανάλυση ονομάτων, επιλέξτε Χρήση WINS για Ανάλυση Ονομάτων Διακομιστών." #. check box label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:405 @@ -798,12 +727,8 @@ #. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:412 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το Ανάκτηση του διακομιστή WINS μέσω του &DHCP για να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε έναν διακομιστή WINS που παρέχεται από το DHCP." +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε το Ανάκτηση του διακομιστή WINS μέσω του &DHCP για να χρησιμοποιήσετε έναν διακομιστή WINS που παρέχεται από το DHCP." #. frame label #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:432 @@ -837,84 +762,41 @@ #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." -msgstr "" -"Το Να Επιτρέπεται Στους Χρήστες Να Μοιράζονται Τους Καταλόγους Τους</" -"b> επιτρέπει στα μέλη της ομάδας στο Επιτρεπόμενες Ομάδες να " -"μοιράζονται καταλόγους που τους ανήκουν με άλλους χρήστες. Για παράδειγμα, " -"<tt>χρήστες</tt> για τοπικό πλαίσιο ή <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> για τομεακό " -"πλαίσιο. Ο χρήστης θα πρέπει επίσης να σιγουρέψει ότι οι άδειες χρήσης του " -"συστήματος αρχείων επιτρέπουν την πρόσβαση." +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." +msgstr "Το Να Επιτρέπεται Στους Χρήστες Να Μοιράζονται Τους Καταλόγους Τους επιτρέπει στα μέλη της ομάδας στο Επιτρεπόμενες Ομάδες να μοιράζονται καταλόγους που τους ανήκουν με άλλους χρήστες. Για παράδειγμα, <tt>χρήστες</tt> για τοπικό πλαίσιο ή <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> για τομεακό πλαίσιο. Ο χρήστης θα πρέπει επίσης να σιγουρέψει ότι οι άδειες χρήσης του συστήματος αρχείων επιτρέπουν την πρόσβαση." #. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." -msgstr "" -"Με το Μέγιστος Αριθμός Κοινόχρηστων, περιορίζεται η συνολική " -"ποσότητα των κοινόχρηστων που μπορούν να δημιουργηθούν." +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." +msgstr "Με το Μέγιστος Αριθμός Κοινόχρηστων, περιορίζεται η συνολική ποσότητα των κοινόχρηστων που μπορούν να δημιουργηθούν." #. membership dialog help common part #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:516 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." -msgstr "" -"Για να επιτραπεί η πρόσβαση στα κοινόχρηστα ενός χρήστη χωρίς " -"πιστοποίηση, ενεργοποιήστε το Επιτρέπεται η Πρόσβαση Καλεσμένου." +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." +msgstr "Για να επιτραπεί η πρόσβαση στα κοινόχρηστα ενός χρήστη χωρίς πιστοποίηση, ενεργοποιήστε το Επιτρέπεται η Πρόσβαση Καλεσμένου." #. help text for PAM Mount table #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:525 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" -"Στον πίνακα Προσάρτηση Καταλόγων Εξυπηρετητή μπορείτε να " -"καθορίσετε τους\n" -"καταλόγους του εξυπηρετητή (όπως είναι ο προσωπικός κατάλογος) όπου πρέπει " -"να είναι\n" -"προσαρτημένος τοπικά όταν ο χρήστης είναι συνδεδεμένος. Εάν η προσάρτηση " -"πρέπει να είναι\n" -"ειδική για τον χρήστη, καθορίστε Όνομα Χρήστη για επιλεγμένο κανόνα. " -"Αλλιώς, ο κατάλογος είναι προσαρτημένος για κάθε χρήστη. Για περισσότερες " -"πληροφορίες, ανατρέξτε στο στο εγχειρίδιο pam_mount.conf ." +"Στον πίνακα Προσάρτηση Καταλόγων Εξυπηρετητή μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τους\n" +"καταλόγους του εξυπηρετητή (όπως είναι ο προσωπικός κατάλογος) όπου πρέπει να είναι\n" +"προσαρτημένος τοπικά όταν ο χρήστης είναι συνδεδεμένος. Εάν η προσάρτηση πρέπει να είναι\n" +"ειδική για τον χρήστη, καθορίστε Όνομα Χρήστη για επιλεγμένο κανόνα. Αλλιώς, ο κατάλογος είναι προσαρτημένος για κάθε χρήστη. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, ανατρέξτε στο στο εγχειρίδιο pam_mount.conf ." #. help text for PAM Mount table: example #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:532 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." -msgstr "" -"Για παράδειγμα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την τιμή <tt>/home/" -"%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> για Απομακρυσμένη Διαδρομή, την τιμή <tt>~/</tt> " -"για Τοπικό Σημείο Προσάρτησης ώστε να προσαρτήσετε τον προσωπικό " -"κατάλογο, μαζί με την τιμή <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> ως μέρος των " -"Επιλογών." +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." +msgstr "Για παράδειγμα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την τιμή <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> για Απομακρυσμένη Διαδρομή, την τιμή <tt>~/</tt> για Τοπικό Σημείο Προσάρτησης ώστε να προσαρτήσετε τον προσωπικό κατάλογο, μαζί με την τιμή <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> ως μέρος των Επιλογών." #. help text for kerberos method option #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:540 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." -msgstr "" -"Η τιμή Μέθοδος Kerveros θέτει το τρόπο επαλήθευσης των εισιτηρίων " -"του kerberos. Όταν χρησιμοποιείται η Απλή Σύνδεση για SSH, η " -"προεπιλεγμένη Μέθοδος Kerberos που ορίζεται από το YaST είναι <tt>secrets " -"και keytab</tt>. Για πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο εχγειρίδιο smb.conf ." +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." +msgstr "Η τιμή Μέθοδος Kerveros θέτει το τρόπο επαλήθευσης των εισιτηρίων του kerberos. Όταν χρησιμοποιείται η Απλή Σύνδεση για SSH, η προεπιλεγμένη Μέθοδος Kerberos που ορίζεται από το YaST είναι <tt>secrets και keytab</tt>. Για πληροφορίες ανατρέξτε στο εχγειρίδιο smb.conf ." #. translators: initialization dialog caption #: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 @@ -929,37 +811,37 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αποθήκευση των Ρυθμίσεων Πελάτη του Kerberos" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 msgid "Write PAM settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων του PAM" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων πελάτη του Kerberos" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων του OpenSSH" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων του PAM..." #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων πελάτη του Kerberos..." #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγγραφή των ρυθμίσεων για OpenSSH..." #. final progress step label #. translators: progress finished @@ -972,62 +854,62 @@ #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση απαιτούμενων πακέτων" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Γίνεται εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων πακέτων..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Σύνδεση PAM" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Χρήση του Kerberos" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Να Μην Γίνει Χρήση του Kerberos" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλεγμένη Κυριαρχία" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλεγμένη Περιοχή" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διεύθυνση Διακομιστή KDC" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ασυμμετρία Ρολογιού" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Διακομιστής KDC: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 msgid "Default Domain: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλεγμένη Περιοχή: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Προεπιλεγμένη Κυριαρχία: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -1057,6 +939,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"Το ασυμμετρία ρολογιού δεν είναι έγκυρη.\n" +"Δοκιμάστε ξανά.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -1064,6 +948,8 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"Το Lifetime δεν είναι έγκυρο.\n" +"Δοκιμάστε ξανά." #. Samba-client read dialog caption #: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/samba-server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/samba-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/samba-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -38,9 +38,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Άρθρωμα ρύθμισης του διακομιστή Samba (δείτε την τεκμηρίωση Samba για " -"λεπτομέρειες)" +msgstr "Άρθρωμα ρύθμισης του διακομιστή Samba (δείτε την τεκμηρίωση Samba για λεπτομέρειες)" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -125,37 +123,27 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"Μια λίστα χωρισμένη με κόμματα των χρηστών που επιτρέπεται η ανάγνωση " -"κοινόχρηστου πόρου" +msgstr "Μια λίστα χωρισμένη με κόμματα των χρηστών που επιτρέπεται η ανάγνωση κοινόχρηστου πόρου" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"Μια λίστα χωρισμένη με κόμματα των χρηστών που επιτρέπεται η εγγραφή σε " -"κοινόχρηστο πόρο" +msgstr "Μια λίστα χωρισμένη με κόμματα των χρηστών που επιτρέπεται η εγγραφή σε κοινόχρηστο πόρο" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε αν ο κοινόχρηστος πόρος θα πρέπει να είναι ορατός κατά την " -"αναζήτηση του στο LAN" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε αν ο κοινόχρηστος πόρος θα πρέπει να είναι ορατός κατά την αναζήτηση του στο LAN" #. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access" -msgstr "" -"Σημαία αν ο κοινόχρηστος πόρος θα πρέπει να επιτρέπει στους επισκέπτες να " -"έχουν πρόσβαση" +msgstr "Σημαία αν ο κοινόχρηστος πόρος θα πρέπει να επιτρέπει στους επισκέπτες να έχουν πρόσβαση" #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"Μια λίστα χωρισμένη με κόμματα των χρηστών που επιτρέπεται να έχουν πρόσβαση " -"στον κοινόχρηστο πόρο" +msgstr "Μια λίστα χωρισμένη με κόμματα των χρηστών που επιτρέπεται να έχουν πρόσβαση στον κοινόχρηστο πόρο" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -165,8 +153,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for BDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller" -msgstr "" -"Ο διακομιστής θα πρέπει να ενεργεί ως Ελεγκτής Τομέα Αντιγράφων Ασφαλείας" +msgstr "Ο διακομιστής θα πρέπει να ενεργεί ως Ελεγκτής Τομέα Αντιγράφων Ασφαλείας" #. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 @@ -176,21 +163,17 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"Ο διακομιστής θα πρέπει να παρέχει κοινόχρηστους πόρους, αλλά δεν θα πρέπει " -"να επιτρέπει συνδέσεις τομέων" +msgstr "Ο διακομιστής θα πρέπει να παρέχει κοινόχρηστους πόρους, αλλά δεν θα πρέπει να επιτρέπει συνδέσεις τομέων" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information" -msgstr "" -"Χρήση του αρχείου 'smbpasswd' για αποθήκευση των πληροφοριών του χρήστη" +msgstr "Χρήση του αρχείου 'smbpasswd' για αποθήκευση των πληροφοριών του χρήστη" #. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" -msgstr "" -"Χρήση του αρχείου 'passdb.tdb' για αποθήκευση των πληροφοριών του χρήστη" +msgstr "Χρήση του αρχείου 'passdb.tdb' για αποθήκευση των πληροφοριών του χρήστη" #. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 @@ -214,20 +197,13 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" -msgstr "" -"Το πρόθεμα DN του LDAP για διαχείριση των πληροφοριών του χρήστη στον " -"διακομιστή LDAP" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgstr "Το πρόθεμα DN του LDAP για διαχείριση των πληροφοριών του χρήστη στον διακομιστή LDAP" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" -msgstr "" -"Το LDAP DN για τροποποίηση των περιεχομένων του διακομιστή LDAP (για " -"παράδειγμα, αλλαγή των κωδικών πρόσβασης)" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgstr "Το LDAP DN για τροποποίηση των περιεχομένων του διακομιστή LDAP (για παράδειγμα, αλλαγή των κωδικών πρόσβασης)" #. translators: error message for share command line action #. must provide the share name @@ -291,14 +267,12 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" "Επειδή οι χρήστες είναι συνδεμένοι σε αυτόν τον διακομιστή Samba,\n" "η ρύθμιση του διακομιστή φορτώθηκε ξανά αντί να επανεκκινήσει.\n" -"Για να επιβεβαιώσετε ότι όλες οι ρυθμίσεις έχουν εφαρμοστεί παρόλο που " -"πιθανόν χρήστες να αποσυνδεθούν,\n" +"Για να επιβεβαιώσετε ότι όλες οι ρυθμίσεις έχουν εφαρμοστεί παρόλο που πιθανόν χρήστες να αποσυνδεθούν,\n" "εκτελέστε '/etc/init.d/smb restart' και '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" #. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM @@ -329,8 +303,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error #: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "" -"Πολλαπλές προαιρετικές τιμές για ένα σύστημα υποστήριξης πρέπει να εισαχθούν." +msgstr "Πολλαπλές προαιρετικές τιμές για ένα σύστημα υποστήριξης πρέπει να εισαχθούν." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL @@ -560,8 +533,7 @@ "a security threat." msgstr "" "Ο κωδικός πρόσβασης για τους έμπιστους τομείς\n" -"είναι αποθηκευμένος στο αρχείο ελέγχου της αυτόματης εγκατάστασης. Ο " -"κωδικός\n" +"είναι αποθηκευμένος στο αρχείο ελέγχου της αυτόματης εγκατάστασης. Ο κωδικός\n" "είναι αποθηκευμένος ως απλό κείμενο. Αυτό μπορεί να θεωρηθεί\n" "ως έλλειψη ασφαλείας." @@ -891,8 +863,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Αρχικοποίησης</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.</" -"p>\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 @@ -913,59 +884,45 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση Αποθήκευσης</big> \n" "Ματαίωση διαδικασίας αποθήκευσης πατώντας Ματαίωση.\n" -"Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε " -"αυτό.\n" +"Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να το κάνετε αυτό.\n" "\n" #. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Επιλογή Ομάδας Εργασίας ή Τομέα</big> \n" -"Επιλέξτε υπάρχον όνομα της ομάδας εργασίας ή του τομέα ή πληκτρολογήστε νέο " -"όνομα και πατήστε Επόμενο.\n" +"Επιλέξτε υπάρχον όνομα της ομάδας εργασίας ή του τομέα ή πληκτρολογήστε νέο όνομα και πατήστε Επόμενο.\n" "\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Τύπος Εξυπηρετητή Samba</big>\n" -"Ένας ελεγκτής τομέα επιτρέπει σε πελάτες Windows να κάνουν είσοδο σε ένα " -"τομέα με το στυλ των Windows NT.\n" -"Ο ελεγκτής αντιγράφων ασφαλείας χρησιμοποιεί έναν άλλο ελεγκτή τομέα για " -"επαλήθευση.\n" -"Ο πρωτεύων ελεγκτής χρησιμοποιεί τη δική του πληροφορία για τους χρήστες και " -"τους κωδικούς τους.\n" -"Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές στους διαλόγους ρυθμίσεων εξαρτώνται από τις " -"ρυθμίσεις στην τρέχουσα επιλογή. Η λειτουργικότητα σε στυλ τομέα ελεγκτή των " -"Windows NT θα καταργηθεί σταδιακά στις μελλοντικές εκδόσεις." +"Ένας ελεγκτής τομέα επιτρέπει σε πελάτες Windows να κάνουν είσοδο σε ένα τομέα με το στυλ των Windows NT.\n" +"Ο ελεγκτής αντιγράφων ασφαλείας χρησιμοποιεί έναν άλλο ελεγκτή τομέα για επαλήθευση.\n" +"Ο πρωτεύων ελεγκτής χρησιμοποιεί τη δική του πληροφορία για τους χρήστες και τους κωδικούς τους.\n" +"Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές στους διαλόγους ρυθμίσεων εξαρτώνται από τις ρυθμίσεις στην τρέχουσα επιλογή. Η λειτουργικότητα σε στυλ τομέα ελεγκτή των Windows NT θα καταργηθεί σταδιακά στις μελλοντικές εκδόσεις." #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>Τύπος Διακομιστή Samba</big> \n" -"Ένας ελεγκτής τομέα επιτρέπει σε πελάτες των Windows να συνδεθούν σε ένα " -"τομέα Windows.\n" +"Ένας ελεγκτής τομέα επιτρέπει σε πελάτες των Windows να συνδεθούν σε ένα τομέα Windows.\n" "Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές στους διαλόγους της ρύθμισης \n" "εξαρτώνται από τις ρυθμίσεις αυτής της επιλογής." @@ -991,8 +948,7 @@ "So the share can be later enabled again.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Ένας κοινόχρηστος πόρος μπορεί να είναι ενεργοποιημένος ή " -"απενεργοποιημένος.\n" +"Ένας κοινόχρηστος πόρος μπορεί να είναι ενεργοποιημένος ή απενεργοποιημένος.\n" "Ένας απενεργοποιημένος κοινόχρηστος πόρος δεν είναι προσπελάσιμος, αλλά οι \n" "ρυθμίσεις του είναι ακόμη γραμμένες στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων.\n" "Έτσι ο κοινόχρηστος πόρος μπορεί να ενεργοποιηθεί ξανά αργότερα.\n" @@ -1007,14 +963,10 @@ "by selecting Do Not Show System Shares in the Filter\n" "menu.\n" msgstr "" -"Μερικά από τα κοινόχρηστα είναι ιδιαίτερα. Για παράδειγμα, το " -"κοινόχρηστο\n" -"Homes είναι ένα ξεχωριστό κοινόχρηστο του συστήματος για πρόσβαση στους " -"προσωπικούς καταλόγους\n" -"των χρηστών. Τα κοινόχρηστα του συστήματος μπορούν να είναι κρυφά από τον " -"πίνακα\n" -"επιλέγοντας Να Μην Εμφανίζονται Τα Κοινόχρηστα του Συστήματος στο " -"μενού\n" +"Μερικά από τα κοινόχρηστα είναι ιδιαίτερα. Για παράδειγμα, το κοινόχρηστο\n" +"Homes είναι ένα ξεχωριστό κοινόχρηστο του συστήματος για πρόσβαση στους προσωπικούς καταλόγους\n" +"των χρηστών. Τα κοινόχρηστα του συστήματος μπορούν να είναι κρυφά από τον πίνακα\n" +"επιλέγοντας Να Μην Εμφανίζονται Τα Κοινόχρηστα του Συστήματος στο μενού\n" "Φίλτρα.\n" #. Share list dialog help 4/4 @@ -1024,8 +976,7 @@ "already existing share, and Delete to \n" "remove the information about a share.\n" msgstr "" -"Χρήση του Προσθήκη για να προσθέσετε νέο κοινόχρηστο, " -"Επεξεργασία για τροποποίηση\n" +"Χρήση του Προσθήκη για να προσθέσετε νέο κοινόχρηστο, Επεξεργασία για τροποποίηση\n" "υπάρχοντος κοινόχρηστου και Διαγραφή για \n" "αφαίρεση της πληροφορίας σχετικά με το κοινόχρηστο.\n" @@ -1037,30 +988,24 @@ "primary role in the network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ταυτότητα</big> \n" -"Αυτές οι επιλογές επιτρέπουν την διαμόρφωση της ταυτότητας του διακομιστή " -"και του\n" +"Αυτές οι επιλογές επιτρέπουν την διαμόρφωση της ταυτότητας του διακομιστή και του\n" "πρωταρχικού ρόλου του στο δίκτυο.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 2/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "Οι βασικές ρυθμίσεις ορίζουν τον τομέα και τον\n" -"ρόλο του διακομιστή. Ο Ελεγκτής Τομέα Αντιγράφων Ασφαλείας και ο " -"Πρωτεύων Ελεγκτής Τομέα επιτρέπουν την\n" -"σύνδεση πελατών Windows σε έναν τομέα Windows. Ο ελεγκτής τομέα αντιγράφων " -"ασφαλείας \n" +"ρόλο του διακομιστή. Ο Ελεγκτής Τομέα Αντιγράφων Ασφαλείας και ο Πρωτεύων Ελεγκτής Τομέα επιτρέπουν την\n" +"σύνδεση πελατών Windows σε έναν τομέα Windows. Ο ελεγκτής τομέα αντιγράφων ασφαλείας \n" "χρησιμοποιεί άλλο ελεγκτή τομέα για επικύρωση. Ο πρωτεύων ελεγκτής\n" -"χρησιμοποιεί τις δικές του πληροφορίες σχετικά με τους χρήστες και τους " -"κωδικούς τους.\n" +"χρησιμοποιεί τις δικές του πληροφορίες σχετικά με τους χρήστες και τους κωδικούς τους.\n" "Εάν ο διακομιστής δεν θα συμμετέχει ως ελεγκτής τομέα, επιλέξτε την τιμή\n" "Όχι Ελεγκτής Τομέα.\n" @@ -1073,8 +1018,7 @@ "as a domain controller, choose Not a DC.\n" msgstr "" "Οι Βασικές Ρυθμίσεις ορίζουν τον τομέα και τον\n" -"ρόλο του διακομιστή. Ο Πρωτεύων Ελεγκτής Τομέα επιτρέπει την σύνδεση " -"σε πελάτες\n" +"ρόλο του διακομιστή. Ο Πρωτεύων Ελεγκτής Τομέα επιτρέπει την σύνδεση σε πελάτες\n" "Windows σε ένα τομέα Windows. Εάν ο διακομιστής δεν θα συμμετέχει\n" "ως ελεγκτής τομέα, επιλέξτε Όχι Ελεγκτής Τομέα.\n" @@ -1089,12 +1033,10 @@ "and enter the IP address of the WINS server.\n" msgstr "" "Το WINS είναι ένα πρωτόκολλο δικτύου για την χαρτογράφηση της\n" -"χαμηλού επιπέδου αναγνώρισης δικτύου ενός κόμβου (για παράδειγμα, διεύθυνση " -"ΙΡ) σε\n" +"χαμηλού επιπέδου αναγνώρισης δικτύου ενός κόμβου (για παράδειγμα, διεύθυνση ΙΡ) σε\n" "ένα όνομα NetBIOS. Ο διακομιστης Samba μπορεί να είναι ένας\n" "διακομιστής WINS ή μπορεί να χρησιμοποιεί άλλο διακομιστή για τις\n" -"ερωτήσεις του. Για την δεύτερη περίπτωση, επιλέξτε Απομακρυσμένος " -"Διακομιστής WINS\n" +"ερωτήσεις του. Για την δεύτερη περίπτωση, επιλέξτε Απομακρυσμένος Διακομιστής WINS\n" "και εισάγετε την διεύθυνση ΙΡ του διακομιστή WINS.\n" #. Samba role dialog help 4/5 @@ -1104,19 +1046,16 @@ "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network." msgstr "" "Προαιρετικά, ορίστε ένα Όνομα Διακομιστή NetBIOS. Το\n" -"όνομα NetBIOS είναι το όνομα που χρησιμοποιεί ο διακομιστής στα δίκτυα SMB.</" -"p>" +"όνομα NetBIOS είναι το όνομα που χρησιμοποιεί ο διακομιστής στα δίκτυα SMB." #. Samba role dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Οι Προχωρημένες Ρυθμίσεις παρέχουν πρόσβαση στην \n" -"λεπτομερή ρύθμιση, στις πηγές πιστοποίησης χρήστη, και στις καθολικές " -"προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις.\n" +"λεπτομερή ρύθμιση, στις πηγές πιστοποίησης χρήστη, και στις καθολικές προχωρημένες ρυθμίσεις.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" @@ -1143,10 +1082,8 @@ msgstr "" "Για προσθήκη νέου τομέα στη λίστα, πατήστε Προσθήκη.\n" "Εισάγετε το όνομα του τομέα που θέλετε να εμπιστευθείτε\n" -"και έπειτα τον κωδικό πρόσβασης στο διάλογο που θα εμφανιστεί. Ο κωδικός " -"αυτός χρησιμοποιείται από τον διακομιστή\n" -"Samba για την πρόσβαση στον έμπιστο τομέα. Έπειτα αφού πατήσετε Εντάξει</" -"b>,\n" +"και έπειτα τον κωδικό πρόσβασης στο διάλογο που θα εμφανιστεί. Ο κωδικός αυτός χρησιμοποιείται από τον διακομιστή\n" +"Samba για την πρόσβαση στον έμπιστο τομέα. Έπειτα αφού πατήσετε Εντάξει,\n" "θα δημιουργηθεί η σχέση εμπιστοσύνης. Για να διαγράψετε ένα τομέα,\n" "επιλέξτε τον από τη λίστα και πατήστε Διαγραφή.\n" @@ -1155,8 +1092,7 @@ "For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" "see the Samba HOWTO collection.\n" msgstr "" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη λειτουργία των έμπιστων " -"τομέων,\n" +"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη λειτουργία των έμπιστων τομέων,\n" "δείτε τη συλλογή Samba HOWTO.\n" #. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 @@ -1174,10 +1110,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε Προσθήκη για προσθήκη μιας νέας ρύθμισης, " -"Επεξεργασία για τροποποίηση\n" -"ήδη υπάρχουσας επιλογής, και Διαγραφή για διαγραφή μιας επιλογής.</" -"p>\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε Προσθήκη για προσθήκη μιας νέας ρύθμισης, Επεξεργασία για τροποποίηση\n" +"ήδη υπάρχουσας επιλογής, και Διαγραφή για διαγραφή μιας επιλογής.\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 @@ -1194,10 +1128,8 @@ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε Προσθήκη για προσθήκη μιας νέας ρύθμισης, " -"Επεξεργασία για τροποποίηση\n" -"ήδη υπαρχόντων επιλογών, και Διαγραφή για διαγραφή μιας επιλογής.</" -"p>\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε Προσθήκη για προσθήκη μιας νέας ρύθμισης, Επεξεργασία για τροποποίηση\n" +"ήδη υπαρχόντων επιλογών, και Διαγραφή για διαγραφή μιας επιλογής.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 @@ -1214,28 +1146,21 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "Η Αναζήτηση Βάσης DN (distinguished name) είναι\n" -"η βάση στην οποία θα αρχίσει η αναζήτηση των πληροφοριών. Η Διαχείριση " -"DN χρησιμοποιείται όταν\n" +"η βάση στην οποία θα αρχίσει η αναζήτηση των πληροφοριών. Η Διαχείριση DN χρησιμοποιείται όταν\n" "δημιουργούνται νέοι χρήστες και ομάδες. Αν η διαχείριση DN απαιτεί\n" -"έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης για δικαιώματα εγγραφής, ορίστε τον χρησιμοποιώντας " -"την επιλογή\n" +"έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης για δικαιώματα εγγραφής, ορίστε τον χρησιμοποιώντας την επιλογή\n" "Ορισμός Κωδικού Πρόσβασης Διαχείρισης LDAP.\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.\n" -msgstr "" -"Σημείωση: Οι ρυθμίσεις αποθηκεύονται προτού οριστεί ο Κωδικός " -"Πρόσβασης Διαχείρισης LDAP.\n" +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" +msgstr "Σημείωση: Οι ρυθμίσεις αποθηκεύονται προτού οριστεί ο Κωδικός Πρόσβασης Διαχείρισης LDAP.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1245,8 +1170,7 @@ "information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n" "only one is allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Συστήματα Υποστήριξης Πληροφοριών Πιστοποίησης Χρηστών</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Συστήματα Υποστήριξης Πληροφοριών Πιστοποίησης Χρηστών</big> \n" "Επιλέξτε που θα αναζητήσει πληροφορίες πιστοποίησης ο διακομιστής Samba\n" "Ο Samba δεν υποστηρίζει πια πολλαπλά συστήματα υποστήριξης συγχρόνως,\n" "παρά μόνο ένα.\n" @@ -1254,14 +1178,11 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Εάν θέλετε να αλλάξετε την πηγή πιστοποίησης χρήστη, αφαιρέστε πρώτα την " -"υπάρχουσα,\n" -"πατώντας το κουμπί Διαγραφή και προσθέστε μία νέα με το κουμπί " -"Προσθήκη.\n" +"Εάν θέλετε να αλλάξετε την πηγή πιστοποίησης χρήστη, αφαιρέστε πρώτα την υπάρχουσα,\n" +"πατώντας το κουμπί Διαγραφή και προσθέστε μία νέα με το κουμπί Προσθήκη.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 @@ -1271,8 +1192,7 @@ "passwd file. It is possible to have a multiple files in this \n" "format.\n" msgstr "" -"Το αρχείο smbpasswd είναι το αρχείο που χρησιμοποιεί την ίδια " -"μορφή όπως\n" +"Το αρχείο smbpasswd είναι το αρχείο που χρησιμοποιεί την ίδια μορφή όπως\n" "οι προηγούμενες εκδόσεις του Samba. Η εμφάνισή του είναι παρόμοια όπως στο\n" "αρχείο passwd. Είναι δυνατό να υπάρχουν πολλαπλά αρχεία σε αυτή τη \n" "διαμόρφωση.\n" @@ -1283,8 +1203,7 @@ "LDAP is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" "the information.\n" msgstr "" -"Ο LDAP είναι μια διεύθυνση URL ενός διακομιστή LDAP για να " -"ελέγχει\n" +"Ο LDAP είναι μια διεύθυνση URL ενός διακομιστή LDAP για να ελέγχει\n" "τις πληροφορίες.\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 @@ -1293,8 +1212,7 @@ "TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.\n" msgstr "" -" Η Βάση δεδομένων TDB χρησιμοποιεί μια εσωτερική δυαδική μορφή " -"βάσης δεδομένων Samba\n" +" Η Βάση δεδομένων TDB χρησιμοποιεί μια εσωτερική δυαδική μορφή βάσης δεδομένων Samba\n" "για να αποθηκεύει και να ανακτά πληροφορίες.\n" #. we don't seem to support mysql anymore @@ -1323,8 +1241,7 @@ "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Προσθήκη Νέου Κοινόχρηστου Πόρου</big> \n" -"Εδώ, εισάγετε τις βασικές πληροφορίες του κοινόχρηστου πόρου που θέλετε να " -"προσθέσετε.\n" +"Εδώ, εισάγετε τις βασικές πληροφορίες του κοινόχρηστου πόρου που θέλετε να προσθέσετε.\n" #. add new share dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 @@ -1334,8 +1251,7 @@ "purpose of the share." msgstr "" "Το Όνομα Κοινόχρηστου Πόρου χρησιμοποιείται για την πρόσβαση\n" -"του κοινόχρηστου αυτού πόρου από τους πελάτες. Η Περιγραφή Κοινόχρηστου " -"Πόρου περιγράφει τον σκοπό\n" +"του κοινόχρηστου αυτού πόρου από τους πελάτες. Η Περιγραφή Κοινόχρηστου Πόρου περιγράφει τον σκοπό\n" "του κοινόχρηστου αυτού πόρου." #. add new share dialog help 3/3 @@ -1347,8 +1263,7 @@ "entered for a directory share.\n" msgstr "" "Υπάρχουν δυο τύποι κοινόχρηστων. Ένας κοινόχρηστος Εκτυπωτής\n" -"αναπαρίσταται ως εκτυπωτής στους πελάτες. Ένας κοινόχρηστος Κατάλογος</" -"b> \n" +"αναπαρίσταται ως εκτυπωτής στους πελάτες. Ένας κοινόχρηστος Κατάλογος \n" "αναπαρίσταται ως δίσκος δικτύου. Η Κοινόχρηστη Διαδρομή πρέπει να\n" "εισαχθεί για έναν κοινόχρηστο κατάλογο.\n" @@ -1360,8 +1275,7 @@ "directory.\n" msgstr "" "Εάν επιλεγεί η Ανάγνωση Μόνο, οι χρήστες\n" -"μιας υπηρεσίας ίσως να μην μπορούν να δημιουργήσουν ή να τροποποιήσουν " -"αρχεία στον\n" +"μιας υπηρεσίας ίσως να μην μπορούν να δημιουργήσουν ή να τροποποιήσουν αρχεία στον\n" "κατάλογο υπηρεσίας.\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 @@ -1370,42 +1284,18 @@ "that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" "honored when creating a subdirectory.\n" msgstr "" -"Η επιλογή Κληρονόμησε τα ACLS μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για να " -"εξασφαλιστεί\n" +"Η επιλογή Κληρονόμησε τα ACLS μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για να εξασφαλιστεί\n" "ότι εάν υπάρχουν στους γονικούς καταλόγους τα προεπιλεγμένα ACLS,\n" "τότε γίνονται αποδεκτά όταν δημιουργείται ένας υποκατάλογος.\n" #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Με την Έκθεση Στιγμιοτύπων επιλεγμένη, το Samba εκθέτει τα " -"στιγμιότυπα που έχουν δημιουργηθεί με το Snapper για πρόσβαση και χειρισμό " -"από πελάτες CIFS/SMB. Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο αν το Samba " -"προσφέρει υποστήριξη του Snapper, και η Διαδρομή Διαμοιρασμού αντιστοιχεί σε " -"ένα τόμο ρύθμισης του Snapper κάτω από Btrfs σύστημα. Σχετικές άδειες " -"πρέπει επίσης να παραχωρηθούν, δείτε τη σελίδα τεκμηρίωσης (man) του Samba " -"vfs_snapper(8) για περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες." +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "Με την Έκθεση Στιγμιοτύπων επιλεγμένη, το Samba εκθέτει τα στιγμιότυπα που έχουν δημιουργηθεί με το Snapper για πρόσβαση και χειρισμό από πελάτες CIFS/SMB. Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο αν το Samba προσφέρει υποστήριξη του Snapper, και η Διαδρομή Διαμοιρασμού αντιστοιχεί σε ένα τόμο ρύθμισης του Snapper κάτω από Btrfs σύστημα. Σχετικές άδειες πρέπει επίσης να παραχωρηθούν, δείτε τη σελίδα τεκμηρίωσης (man) του Samba vfs_snapper(8) για περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες." #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "" -"Χρήση Χαρακτηριστικών Btrfs δίνει οδηγία στο Samba να " -"εκμεταλλευτεί χαρακτηριστικά συγκεκριμένα του συστήματος αρχείων Btrfs. Αυτή " -"η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο αν το Samba προσφέρει υποστήριξη Btrfs, και η " -"Διαδρομή Διαμοιρασμού είναι ένας τόμος του Btrfs. Δείτε τη σελίδα " -"τεκμηρίωσης (man) του Samba vfs_btrfs(8) για περισσότερες " -"λεπτομέρειες." +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "Χρήση Χαρακτηριστικών Btrfs δίνει οδηγία στο Samba να εκμεταλλευτεί χαρακτηριστικά συγκεκριμένα του συστήματος αρχείων Btrfs. Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο αν το Samba προσφέρει υποστήριξη Btrfs, και η Διαδρομή Διαμοιρασμού είναι ένας τόμος του Btrfs. Δείτε τη σελίδα τεκμηρίωσης (man) του Samba vfs_btrfs(8) για περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες." #. help for LDAP Settings dialog #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 @@ -1414,92 +1304,53 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις LDAP</big> \n" "Εδώ, ορίστε τον διακομιστή LDAP που θα χρησημοποιείται για πιστοποίηση.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Ρυθμίζοντας το Σύστημα Υποστήριξης Κωδικού Πρόσβασης του LDAP " -"επιτρέπεται η αποθήκευση των πληροφοριών του χρήση στο δένδρο του LDAP που " -"καθορίζεται από τη διεύθυνση URL. Με το Σύστημα Υποστήριξης LDAP Idmap</" -"b>, αποθηκεύονται οι πίνακες χαρτογράφησης SID/uid/gid , στον LDAP.\n" +"Ρυθμίζοντας το Σύστημα Υποστήριξης Κωδικού Πρόσβασης του LDAP επιτρέπεται η αποθήκευση των πληροφοριών του χρήση στο δένδρο του LDAP που καθορίζεται από τη διεύθυνση URL. Με το Σύστημα Υποστήριξης LDAP Idmap, αποθηκεύονται οι πίνακες χαρτογράφησης SID/uid/gid , στον LDAP.\n" "\n" -"Στην ενότητα Πιστοποίησης, ορίστε τα διαπιστευτήρια για τον εξυπηρετητή " -"LDAP, συμπεριλαμβανομένου του Διαχειριστή DN\n" +"Στην ενότητα Πιστοποίησης, ορίστε τα διαπιστευτήρια για τον εξυπηρετητή LDAP, συμπεριλαμβανομένου του Διαχειριστή DN\n" "\n" -"Η Βάση Αναζήτησης DN είναι η LDAP κατάλληξη που επισυνάπτεται στα " -"ειδικά Samba αντικείμενα του LDAP. \n" +"Η Βάση Αναζήτησης DN είναι η LDAP κατάλληξη που επισυνάπτεται στα ειδικά Samba αντικείμενα του LDAP. \n" "\n" -"Για να δοκιμάσετε την σύνδεση με τον διακομιστή LDAP σας, κάντε κλικ στο " -"Δοκιμή Σύνδεσης. Για να ορίσετε ρυθμίσεις του LDAP για προχωρημένους " -"ή να χρησημοποιήσετε τις προεπιλεγμένες τιμές, κάντε κλικ στο " -"Προχωρημένες Ρυθμίσεις." +"Για να δοκιμάσετε την σύνδεση με τον διακομιστή LDAP σας, κάντε κλικ στο Δοκιμή Σύνδεσης. Για να ορίσετε ρυθμίσεις του LDAP για προχωρημένους ή να χρησημοποιήσετε τις προεπιλεγμένες τιμές, κάντε κλικ στο Προχωρημένες Ρυθμίσεις." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " -"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "" -"Το Επίθημα Χρήστη καθορίζει το που οι χρήστες προστίθενται στο " -"δέντρο LDAP. Η τιμή είναι προθεματική στην τιμή της Βάσης Αναζήτησης DN</" -"b>. Ομοίως, το Ομαδικό Επίθημα καθορίζει την θέση για τις ομάδες, " -"Επίθημα Μηχανήματος για μηχανές και Επίθημα Idmap για " -"χαρτογραφήσεις idmap." +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "Το Επίθημα Χρήστη καθορίζει το που οι χρήστες προστίθενται στο δέντρο LDAP. Η τιμή είναι προθεματική στην τιμή της Βάσης Αναζήτησης DN. Ομοίως, το Ομαδικό Επίθημα καθορίζει την θέση για τις ομάδες, Επίθημα Μηχανήματος για μηχανές και Επίθημα Idmap για χαρτογραφήσεις idmap." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"Επανάληψη Αδράνειας είναι το ποσό των κλασμάτων δευτερολέπτων που " -"ο Samba θα περιμένει μετά τη καταγραφή στον διακομιστή LDAP, έτσι ώστε τα " -"αντίγραφα LDAP να μπορέσουν να καλύψουν τη διαφορά.\n" -"Η Λήξη Χρόνου καθορίζει το όριο χρόνου για λειτουργίες του LDAP " -"(σε δευτερόλεπτα)." +"Επανάληψη Αδράνειας είναι το ποσό των κλασμάτων δευτερολέπτων που ο Samba θα περιμένει μετά τη καταγραφή στον διακομιστή LDAP, έτσι ώστε τα αντίγραφα LDAP να μπορέσουν να καλύψουν τη διαφορά.\n" +"Η Λήξη Χρόνου καθορίζει το όριο χρόνου για λειτουργίες του LDAP (σε δευτερόλεπτα)." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -"" -msgstr "" -"Ορίστε εάν θα γίνει χρήση του SSL για την σύνδεση LDAP με τη Χρήση SSL " -"ή TLS." +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +msgstr "Ορίστε εάν θα γίνει χρήση του SSL για την σύνδεση LDAP με τη Χρήση SSL ή TLS." #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" -"Η Διαγραφή του DN προσδιορίζει εάν η διαδικασία διαγραφής " -"διαγράφει ολόκληρη την εγγραφή του LDAP ή μόνο τα χαρακτηριστικά που αφορούν " -"το Samba.\n" -"Με τον Συνγχρονισμό Κωδικών Πρόσβασης, ορίζεται ο πιθανός " -"συνγχρονισμός του κωδικού πρόσβασης LDAP με τα NT και LM αποτυπώματα. Δείτε " -"τη σελίδα χρήσης <tt>smb.conf</tt> για λεπτομέριες." +"Η Διαγραφή του DN προσδιορίζει εάν η διαδικασία διαγραφής διαγράφει ολόκληρη την εγγραφή του LDAP ή μόνο τα χαρακτηριστικά που αφορούν το Samba.\n" +"Με τον Συνγχρονισμό Κωδικών Πρόσβασης, ορίζεται ο πιθανός συνγχρονισμός του κωδικού πρόσβασης LDAP με τα NT και LM αποτυπώματα. Δείτε τη σελίδα χρήσης <tt>smb.conf</tt> για λεπτομέριες." #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1523,10 +1374,8 @@ "/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" msgstr "" "Λάβετε υπόψη ότι οι κατάλογοι /tmp και /var/tmp είναι προσβάσιμοι κατάλογοι\n" -"στο κοινό και μια προγραμματισμένη εργασία εκκαθάρισης μπορεί να αφαιρέσει " -"αρχεία μετά από\n" -"κάποια περίοδο. Δείτε τις παραμέτρους MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP και TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR " -"στο\n" +"στο κοινό και μια προγραμματισμένη εργασία εκκαθάρισης μπορεί να αφαιρέσει αρχεία μετά από\n" +"κάποια περίοδο. Δείτε τις παραμέτρους MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP και TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR στο\n" "/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" #. translators: warning text @@ -1559,8 +1408,7 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Οι Προχωρημένες Ρυθμίσεις παρέχουν πρόσβαση στην \n" @@ -1992,34 +1840,23 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -#~ "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows " -#~ "domain.\n" +#~ "A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" #~ "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -#~ "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -#~ "passwords.\n" -#~ "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the " -#~ "settings in this selection." +#~ "The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +#~ "The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Τύπος Διακομιστή Samba</big> \n" -#~ "Ένας ελεγκτής τομέα επιτρέπει σε πελάτες των Windows να συνδεθούν σε " -#~ "ένα τομέα Windows.\n" -#~ "Ο ελεγκτής αντιγράφων ασφαλείας χρησιμοποιεί άλλον ελεγκτή περιοχής " -#~ "για επιβεβαίωση.\n" -#~ "Ο πρωτεύων ελεγκτής χρησιμοποιεί δικές του πληροφορίες σχετικά με τους " -#~ "χρήστες και τους κωδικούς τους.\n" -#~ "Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές στους διαλόγους ρυθμίσεων εξαρτώνται από τις " -#~ "ρυθμίσεις αυτής της επιλογής." +#~ "Ένας ελεγκτής τομέα επιτρέπει σε πελάτες των Windows να συνδεθούν σε ένα τομέα Windows.\n" +#~ "Ο ελεγκτής αντιγράφων ασφαλείας χρησιμοποιεί άλλον ελεγκτή περιοχής για επιβεβαίωση.\n" +#~ "Ο πρωτεύων ελεγκτής χρησιμοποιεί δικές του πληροφορίες σχετικά με τους χρήστες και τους κωδικούς τους.\n" +#~ "Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές στους διαλόγους ρυθμίσεων εξαρτώνται από τις ρυθμίσεις αυτής της επιλογής." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -#~ "features specific to the Btrfs filesystem.\n" -#~ "This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the " -#~ "Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume." +#~ "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem.\n" +#~ "This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η Χρήση Χαρακτηριστικών του Btrfs δίνει εντολή στον Samba να " -#~ "επωφεληθεί από τα χαρακτηριστικά ειδικά για το σύστημα αρχείων Btrfs.\n" -#~ "Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο εάν ο Samba προσφέρει υποστήριξη " -#~ "Btrfs, και η διαδρομή κοινόχρηστου είναι υποτόμος Btrfs." +#~ "Η Χρήση Χαρακτηριστικών του Btrfs δίνει εντολή στον Samba να επωφεληθεί από τα χαρακτηριστικά ειδικά για το σύστημα αρχείων Btrfs.\n" +#~ "Αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο εάν ο Samba προσφέρει υποστήριξη Btrfs, και η διαδρομή κοινόχρηστου είναι υποτόμος Btrfs." #~ msgid "Snapper Support" #~ msgstr "Υποστήριξη Snapper" @@ -2038,14 +1875,12 @@ #~ msgstr "SSL" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to " -#~ "modify\n" +#~ "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" #~ "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" #~ "Use Up and Down to change the order\n" #~ "of the back-ends.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη για να προσθέσετε μια νέα επιλογή, " -#~ "Επεξεργασία για να διαμορφώσετε\n" +#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη για να προσθέσετε μια νέα επιλογή, Επεξεργασία για να διαμορφώσετε\n" #~ "υπάρχουσα επιλογή, και Διαγραφή για να διαγράψετε μια επιλογή.\n" #~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε τα Πάνω και Down για να αλλάξετε την σειρά\n" #~ "των back-ends.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/samba-users.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/samba-users.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/samba-users.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -32,28 +32,19 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ, επεξεργάζεστε τις ρυθμίσεις του λογαριασμού χρήστη του samba." +msgstr "Εδώ, επεξεργάζεστε τις ρυθμίσεις του λογαριασμού χρήστη του samba." #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "Εάν δεν εισάγετε συνηθισμένες τιμές για " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " -"Script " -msgstr "" -"Αρχή, Διαδρομή Αρχής ,Διαδρομή Προφίλ, καιΣενάριο " -"Σύνδεσης " +msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " +msgstr "Αρχή, Διαδρομή Αρχής ,Διαδρομή Προφίλ, καιΣενάριο Σύνδεσης " #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"" -msgstr "" -"oι προεπιλεγμένες τιμές που ορίζονται στις τοπικές Ρυθμίσεις Samba θα " -"χρησιμοποιηθούν." +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." +msgstr "oι προεπιλεγμένες τιμές που ορίζονται στις τοπικές Ρυθμίσεις Samba θα χρησιμοποιηθούν." # text entry label #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 @@ -96,28 +87,18 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name</" -"b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Αυτό το πρόσθετο μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την ενεργοποίηση της ομάδας " -"του LDAP ώστε να είναι διαθέσιμο για το Samba.\n" -"Η μόνη ρύθμιση που μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε είναι η ιδιότητα Όνομα της " -"Ομάδας Samba,\n" -"η οποία είναι το Όνομα της Ομάδας όπως θα πρέπει να εμφανίζεται για τους " -"Πελάτες του Samba. Όλες οι\n" -"άλλες ρυθμίσεις υπολογίζονται αυτόματα. Αν αφήσετε το Όνομα της Ομάδας " -"Samba κενό,\n" -"το ίδιο όνομα όπως ρυθμίστηκε στις Καθολικές Ρυθμίσεις αυτής της ομάδας θα " -"χρησιμοποιηθούν.\n" +"Αυτό το πρόσθετο μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την ενεργοποίηση της ομάδας του LDAP ώστε να είναι διαθέσιμο για το Samba.\n" +"Η μόνη ρύθμιση που μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε είναι η ιδιότητα Όνομα της Ομάδας Samba,\n" +"η οποία είναι το Όνομα της Ομάδας όπως θα πρέπει να εμφανίζεται για τους Πελάτες του Samba. Όλες οι\n" +"άλλες ρυθμίσεις υπολογίζονται αυτόματα. Αν αφήσετε το Όνομα της Ομάδας Samba κενό,\n" +"το ίδιο όνομα όπως ρυθμίστηκε στις Καθολικές Ρυθμίσεις αυτής της ομάδας θα χρησιμοποιηθούν.\n" #: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" @@ -151,30 +132,11 @@ msgstr "Διαχειριστείτε τις ιδιότητες Samba των ομάδων LDAP" #~| msgid "" -#~| "This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -#~| "Samba.\n" -#~| "The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " -#~| "attribute,\n" -#~| "which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -#~| "other\n" -#~| "settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group " -#~| "Name\n" -#~| "empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -#~| "will\n" +#~| "This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +#~| "The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +#~| "which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +#~| "settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +#~| "empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" #~| "be used.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -#~ "Samba.\\nThe only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group " -#~ "Name attribute,\\nwhich is the Name of the Group as it should appear " -#~ "to Samba-Clients. All other\\nsettings are computed automatically. If you " -#~ "leave the Samba Group Name\\nempty, the same name as configured in " -#~ "the Global Settings of this Group will\\nbe used.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτό το πρόσθετο μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την ενεργοποίηση της " -#~ "ομάδας του LDAP ώστε να είναι διαθέσιμο για το Samba.\\nΗ μόνη ρύθμιση " -#~ "που μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε είναι η ιδιότητα Όνομα της Ομάδας " -#~ "Samba,\\nη οποία είναι το Όνομα της Ομάδας όπως θα πρέπει να " -#~ "εμφανίζεται για τους Πελάτες του Samba. Όλες οι\\nάλλες ρυθμίσεις " -#~ "υπολογίζονται αυτόματα. Αν αφήσετε το Όνομα της Ομάδας Samba κενό," -#~ "\\nθα χρησιμοποιηθεί το ίδιο όνομα όπως ορίστηκε στις Γενικές Ρυθμίσεις " -#~ "αυτής της ομάδας.\\n" +#~ msgid "This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\\nThe only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\\nwhich is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\\nsettings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\\nempty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\\nbe used.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Αυτό το πρόσθετο μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την ενεργοποίηση της ομάδας του LDAP ώστε να είναι διαθέσιμο για το Samba.\\nΗ μόνη ρύθμιση που μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε είναι η ιδιότητα Όνομα της Ομάδας Samba,\\nη οποία είναι το Όνομα της Ομάδας όπως θα πρέπει να εμφανίζεται για τους Πελάτες του Samba. Όλες οι\\nάλλες ρυθμίσεις υπολογίζονται αυτόματα. Αν αφήσετε το Όνομα της Ομάδας Samba κενό,\\nθα χρησιμοποιηθεί το ίδιο όνομα όπως ορίστηκε στις Γενικές Ρυθμίσεις αυτής της ομάδας.\\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/scanner.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/scanner.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/scanner.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -286,12 +286,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"Ο οδηγός epkowa είναι διαθέσιμος μόνο για αρχιτεκτονικές i386 (32-bit και " -"επίσης 64-bit x86_64)." +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "Ο οδηγός epkowa είναι διαθέσιμος μόνο για αρχιτεκτονικές i386 (32-bit και επίσης 64-bit x86_64)." #. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 @@ -303,9 +299,7 @@ #. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "" -"Ο οδηγός epkowa μπορεί να προκαλέσει προβλήματα στις αρχιτεκτονικές των 64-" -"bit x86_64." +msgstr "Ο οδηγός epkowa μπορεί να προκαλέσει προβλήματα στις αρχιτεκτονικές των 64-bit x86_64." #. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 @@ -352,8 +346,7 @@ #. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "&Servers Used for the net Metadriver" -msgstr "" -"Οι Διακομιστές που Χρησιμοποιούνται για τον net Metadriver (meta-οδηγό)" +msgstr "Οι Διακομιστές που Χρησιμοποιούνται για τον net Metadriver (meta-οδηγό)" #. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: #: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 @@ -417,14 +410,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Ρύθμιση Σαρωτή</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να εγκαταστήσετε ή να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις του σαρωτή και να " -"δείτε τους ήδη εγκατεστημένους σαρωτές.\n" +"Μπορείτε να εγκαταστήσετε ή να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις του σαρωτή και να δείτε τους ήδη εγκατεστημένους σαρωτές.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 2/8: @@ -433,16 +424,13 @@ "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να ρυθμίσετε έναν νέο σαρωτή, επιλέξτε τον σαρωτή από την λίστα των " -"ανιχνευμένων\n" +"Για να ρυθμίσετε έναν νέο σαρωτή, επιλέξτε τον σαρωτή από την λίστα των ανιχνευμένων\n" "σαρωτών και πατήστε Επεξεργασία.\n" -"Αν ο σαρωτής σας δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη για " -"χειροκίνητη ρύθμιση.\n" +"Αν ο σαρωτής σας δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη για χειροκίνητη ρύθμιση.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 3/8: @@ -468,31 +456,25 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Ένας κανονικός σαρωτής USB θα πρέπει να ανιχνευτεί αυτόματα.\n" "Απο προεπιλογή φαίνονται μόνο οι USB σαρωτές\n" "από τους οποίους είναι γνωστά ο USB κατασκευαστής και το ID του προϊόντος.\n" -"Εάν ένας USB σαρωτής δεν φαίνεται ή εάν υπάρχουν μη αναμενόμενα " -"αποτελέσματα,\n" +"Εάν ένας USB σαρωτής δεν φαίνεται ή εάν υπάρχουν μη αναμενόμενα αποτελέσματα,\n" "δοκιμάστε Άλλο και Επανεκκίνηση Ανίχνευσης.\n" "Μπορεί να εμφανιστούν USB συσκευές που δεν είναι σαρωτές.\n" -"Δεν υπάρχει ένας γενικός τρόπος για να αναγνωρίζεται αξιόπιστα ένας " -"σαρωτης \n" -"από άλλες συσκευές USB είναι γιατί δεν υπάρχει κλάση συσκευής USB για " -"σαρωτές.\n" +"Δεν υπάρχει ένας γενικός τρόπος για να αναγνωρίζεται αξιόπιστα ένας σαρωτης \n" +"από άλλες συσκευές USB είναι γιατί δεν υπάρχει κλάση συσκευής USB για σαρωτές.\n" "Δοκιμάστε να συνεχίσετε κάνοντας Πρόσθεση.\n" -"Για όλες τις HP all-in-one συσκευές ίσως χρειαστεί να εκτελέσετε το <tt>hp-" -"setup</tt>\n" +"Για όλες τις HP all-in-one συσκευές ίσως χρειαστεί να εκτελέσετε το <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" "μέσω του Άλλο και Εκτελέστε το hp-setup πριν\n" "ρυθμίσετε το σαρωτή με αυτό το εργαλείο.\n" "Εαν έχετε δυσκολίες στο να ρυθμίσετε το σαρωτή σας,\n" "δείτε τι εμφανίζεται στο αποτέλεσμα της εντολής <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"Εάν δεν είναι σε εκείνη τη λίστα, το σύστημα USB δεν μπορεί να επικοινωνήσει " -"με τον σαρωτή.\n" +"Εάν δεν είναι σε εκείνη τη λίστα, το σύστημα USB δεν μπορεί να επικοινωνήσει με τον σαρωτή.\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 4/8: @@ -504,8 +486,7 @@ "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -513,8 +494,7 @@ "Εάν παρουσιάζονται δυσκολίες στη λειτουργία του Προσθήκη,\n" "ελέγξτε εάν ο σαρωτής εμφανίζεται με την εντολή <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "Εάν όχι, το σύστημα SCSI δεν μπορεί να επικοινωνήσει με τον σαρωτή.\n" -"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι το κατάλληλο άρθρωμα πυρήνα (kernel module) για το " -"κεντρικό μετατροπέα SCSI έχει φορτωθεί.\n" +"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι το κατάλληλο άρθρωμα πυρήνα (kernel module) για το κεντρικό μετατροπέα SCSI έχει φορτωθεί.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 5/8: @@ -527,8 +507,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -538,10 +517,8 @@ "Αυτές οι συσκευές θα πρέπει να ρυθμιστούν χειροκίνητα.\n" "Για να ρυθμίσετε το σαρωτή σε μία συσκευή HP all-in-one\n" "η οποία είναι συνδεδεμένη σε παράλληλη θύρα,\n" -"πρέπει να τρέξετε το <tt>hp-setup</tt> μέσω Άλλο και Τρέξε το hp-" -"setup\n" -"πριν μπορέσετε να ρυθμίσετε το σαρωτή με αυτό το εργαλείο χρησημοποιώντας " -"τοΠροσθήκη\n" +"πρέπει να τρέξετε το <tt>hp-setup</tt> μέσω Άλλο και Τρέξε το hp-setup\n" +"πριν μπορέσετε να ρυθμίσετε το σαρωτή με αυτό το εργαλείο χρησημοποιώντας τοΠροσθήκη\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 6/8: @@ -563,10 +540,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" -"b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -575,15 +550,12 @@ "Αυτές οι συσκευές θα πρέπει να ρυθμιστούν χειροκίνητα.\n" "Ο δικτυακός σαρωτής είναι ένας σαρωτής που έχει μια διεπαφή δικτύου\n" "έτσι ώστε να είναι άμεσα προσβάσιμος στο δίκτυο.\n" -"Αντίθετα, η σάρωση μέσω δικτύου σημαίνει πρόσβαση σε έναν απομακρυσμένο " -"σαρωτή\n" +"Αντίθετα, η σάρωση μέσω δικτύου σημαίνει πρόσβαση σε έναν απομακρυσμένο σαρωτή\n" "συνδεδεμένο με έναν άλλο κόμβο στο δίκτυο.\n" "Για να ρυθμίσετε το σαρωτή σε μία συσκευή HP all-in-one\n" "η οποία συνδέεται μέσω μίας ενσωματωμένης διεπαφής δικτύου,\n" -"πρέπει να τρέξετε το <tt>hp-setup</tt> μέσω Άλλο και Τρέξε το hp-" -"setup\n" -"πριν μπορέσετε να ρυθμίσετε το σαρωτή με αυτό το εργαλείο χρησημοποιώντας " -"τοΠροσθήκη\n" +"πρέπει να τρέξετε το <tt>hp-setup</tt> μέσω Άλλο και Τρέξε το hp-setup\n" +"πριν μπορέσετε να ρυθμίσετε το σαρωτή με αυτό το εργαλείο χρησημοποιώντας τοΠροσθήκη\n" "\n" #. Overview dialog help 7/8: @@ -600,22 +572,17 @@ "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Ο πίνακας δείχνει τους ρυθμισμένους οδηγούς με τους συνδεδεμένους σαρωτές.\n" -"Πατήστε Πρόσθεσε για να επιλέξετε μοντέλο και οδηγό και ενεργοποιήστε " -"το.\n" -"Πατήστε Επεξεργασία για να επιλέξετε και να ενεργοποιήσετε έναν " -"οδηγό.\n" +"Πατήστε Πρόσθεσε για να επιλέξετε μοντέλο και οδηγό και ενεργοποιήστε το.\n" +"Πατήστε Επεξεργασία για να επιλέξετε και να ενεργοποιήσετε έναν οδηγό.\n" "Πατήστε Διαγραφή για να αφαιρέσετε έναν οδηγό.\n" -"Αν πατήσετε Άλλο, μπορείτε να επανεκκινήσετε την ανίχνευση, να " -"δοκιμάσετε τους ενεργούς σαρωτές,\n" -" να ρυθμίσετε τις HP all-in-one συσκευές, ή να ρυθμίσετε την σάρωση μέσω " -"δικτύου.\n" +"Αν πατήσετε Άλλο, μπορείτε να επανεκκινήσετε την ανίχνευση, να δοκιμάσετε τους ενεργούς σαρωτές,\n" +" να ρυθμίσετε τις HP all-in-one συσκευές, ή να ρυθμίσετε την σάρωση μέσω δικτύου.\n" "" #. Overview dialog help 8/8: @@ -633,8 +600,7 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -644,15 +610,12 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Αν ένας οδηγός έχει ρυθμιστεί αλλά κανένας σαρωτής δεν αναγνωρίζεται από τον " -"οδηγό, πιθανοί λόγοι είναι:\n" +"Αν ένας οδηγός έχει ρυθμιστεί αλλά κανένας σαρωτής δεν αναγνωρίζεται από τον οδηγό, πιθανοί λόγοι είναι:\n" "Ο σαρωτής δεν είναι συνδεδεμένος ή είναι απενεργοποιημένος,\n" "ο οδηγός δεν είναι ο σωστός για το συγκεκριμένο μοντέλο\n" -"(ακόμα και μικρές διαφορές στο όνομα του μοντέλου ή εσωτερικές διαφορές στην " -"ίδια\n" +"(ακόμα και μικρές διαφορές στο όνομα του μοντέλου ή εσωτερικές διαφορές στην ίδια\n" "σειρά μοντέλων μπορεί να απαιτεί διαφορετικό οδηγό),\n" -"υπάρχουν χαμηλού επιπέδου (σχετικά με τον πυρήνα) προβλήματα επικοινωνίας " -"της συσκευής\n" +"υπάρχουν χαμηλού επιπέδου (σχετικά με τον πυρήνα) προβλήματα επικοινωνίας της συσκευής\n" "(π.χ. ένα χαμηλού επιπέδου πρόβλημα USB ή SCSI).\n" "" @@ -663,18 +626,15 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Επιλογή Μοντέλου Σαρωτή</big> \n" -"Όλα τα γνωστά μοντέλα σαρωτών, και αυτά που υποστηρίζονται και αυτά που δεν " -"υποστηρίζονται, εμφανίζονται εδώ.\n" -"Διαβάστε προσεκτικά όλες τις πληροφορίες πριν επιλέξετε ένα μοντέλο και " -"πατήσετε Επόμενο.\n" +"Όλα τα γνωστά μοντέλα σαρωτών, και αυτά που υποστηρίζονται και αυτά που δεν υποστηρίζονται, εμφανίζονται εδώ.\n" +"Διαβάστε προσεκτικά όλες τις πληροφορίες πριν επιλέξετε ένα μοντέλο και πατήσετε Επόμενο.\n" "Οι πληροφορίες βασίζονται στα δεδομένα του έργου SANE στο \n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" @@ -685,50 +645,35 @@ #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -" \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -" Ένα μοντέλο υποστηρίζεται εάν υπάρχει έστω και ένας κατάλληλος οδηγός " -"διαθέσιμος για το σαρωτή .\n" -"Οι περισσότεροι οδηγοί σαρωτών είναι από το SANE project και παρέχονται στα " -"sane-backends πακέτα.\n" -"Το καθεστώς υποστήριξης για ένα μοντέλο διαφέρει από τη μικρότερη στην πλήρη." -" \n" -"Όταν ένας οδηγός φαίνεται σαν \"ασυντήρητος\", δεν σημαίνει ότι ο οδηγός δεν " -"δουλεύει.\n" +" Ένα μοντέλο υποστηρίζεται εάν υπάρχει έστω και ένας κατάλληλος οδηγός διαθέσιμος για το σαρωτή .\n" +"Οι περισσότεροι οδηγοί σαρωτών είναι από το SANE project και παρέχονται στα sane-backends πακέτα.\n" +"Το καθεστώς υποστήριξης για ένα μοντέλο διαφέρει από τη μικρότερη στην πλήρη. \n" +"Όταν ένας οδηγός φαίνεται σαν \"ασυντήρητος\", δεν σημαίνει ότι ο οδηγός δεν δουλεύει.\n" "Ακόμη και ένας ασυντήρητος οδηγός μπορεί να δουλέψει αντίστοιχα καλά.\n" -"Αλλά αυτό σημαίνει ότι δεν υπάρχει κάποιος που ξέρει τα εσωτερικά του " -"οδηγού\n" -"γι' αυτό δεν υπάρχει βοήθεια συνήθως εάν υπάρχουν προβλήματα με έναν " -"ασυντήρητο οδηγό\n" +"Αλλά αυτό σημαίνει ότι δεν υπάρχει κάποιος που ξέρει τα εσωτερικά του οδηγού\n" +"γι' αυτό δεν υπάρχει βοήθεια συνήθως εάν υπάρχουν προβλήματα με έναν ασυντήρητο οδηγό\n" "" #. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: #: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ακόμα και αν δεν υπάρχουν διαθέσιμοι οδηγοί, ο κατασκευαστής ίσως να έχει " -"κάποιο οδηγό.\n" +"Ακόμα και αν δεν υπάρχουν διαθέσιμοι οδηγοί, ο κατασκευαστής ίσως να έχει κάποιο οδηγό.\n" "Γι' αυτό, πρέπει να ρωτάτε τον κατασκευαστή του σαρωτή σας για οδηγούς.\n" "" @@ -753,36 +698,23 @@ "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Αλφαριθμητικό Αναζήτησης για να βρείτε την ανάλογη " -"καταχώρηση γρήγορα.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Αλφαριθμητικό Αναζήτησης για να βρείτε την ανάλογη καταχώρηση γρήγορα.\n" "Για να βρείτε κάποιο κείμενο κάπου στον πίνακα, εισάγετέ το στο πεδίο.\n" -"Μια πιο πολύπλοκη αναζήτηση που χρησιμοποιεί κανονικές εκφράσεις με " -"ευαισθησία χαρακτήρων είναι επίσης διαθέσιμη.\n" -"Αν ο σαρωτής σας ανιχνεύθηκε και το όνομα του κατασκευαστή είναι διαθέσιμο " -"σε αυτή τη λίστα,\n" -"το αλφαριθμητικό αναζήτησης είναι παρών με το όνομα του κατασκευαστή, για " -"παράδειγμα <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -"Για να τελειοποιήσετε το αποτέλεσμα της αναζήτησης, προσθέστε συγκεκριμένες " -"λεπτομέρειες για το μοντέλο στο αλφαριθμητικό.\n" -"Για παράδειγμα, προσθέστε μια λέξη που είναι μέρος του ονόματος του μοντέλου " -"όπως είναι το <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" -"ή προσθέστε μερικά ψηφία που είναι μέρος του ονόματος του μοντέλου όπως " -"είναι το <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +"Μια πιο πολύπλοκη αναζήτηση που χρησιμοποιεί κανονικές εκφράσεις με ευαισθησία χαρακτήρων είναι επίσης διαθέσιμη.\n" +"Αν ο σαρωτής σας ανιχνεύθηκε και το όνομα του κατασκευαστή είναι διαθέσιμο σε αυτή τη λίστα,\n" +"το αλφαριθμητικό αναζήτησης είναι παρών με το όνομα του κατασκευαστή, για παράδειγμα <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"Για να τελειοποιήσετε το αποτέλεσμα της αναζήτησης, προσθέστε συγκεκριμένες λεπτομέρειες για το μοντέλο στο αλφαριθμητικό.\n" +"Για παράδειγμα, προσθέστε μια λέξη που είναι μέρος του ονόματος του μοντέλου όπως είναι το <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"ή προσθέστε μερικά ψηφία που είναι μέρος του ονόματος του μοντέλου όπως είναι το <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" #. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: @@ -791,16 +723,14 @@ "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" -"b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Εγκατάσταση Οδηγού και Σαρωτή</big> \n" "Ο οδηγός ενεργοποιείται και γίνεται έλεγχος για κατάλληλους σαρωτές.\n" -"Αυτό ίσως να χρειαστεί μερικά δευτερόλεπτα, γι' αυτό πρέπει να περιμένετε " -"μέχρι να πατήσετε το Επόμενο. \n" +"Αυτό ίσως να χρειαστεί μερικά δευτερόλεπτα, γι' αυτό πρέπει να περιμένετε μέχρι να πατήσετε το Επόμενο. \n" "Αν πατήσετε Πίσω, ο οδηγός απενεργοποιείται.\n" "" @@ -852,14 +782,10 @@ "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -871,14 +797,10 @@ "Οι συσκευές HP All-in-One απαιτούν ειδική εγκατάσταση.\n" "Αλλιώς ο σαρωτής δε μπορεί να λειτουργήσει.\n" "Σε αυτή τη περίπτωση, ένας κατάλληλος διάλογος θα εμφανιστεί.\n" -"Υπάρχουν δύο πακέτα λογισμικού που παρέχουν υποστήριξη για συσκευές HP All-" -"in-One:\n" -"το παλιό λογισμικό HPOJ (πακέτο 'hp-officeJet' το οποίο δεν είναι πλέον " -"διαθέσιμο),\n" -"που παρέχει το PTAL σύστημα (με την υπηρεσία 'ptal') για πρόσβαση σε " -"συσκευές HP All-in-One,\n" -"και το νέο λογισμικό HPLIP (πακέτο 'hplip'), το οποίο παρέχει το hpaio " -"οδηγό.\n" +"Υπάρχουν δύο πακέτα λογισμικού που παρέχουν υποστήριξη για συσκευές HP All-in-One:\n" +"το παλιό λογισμικό HPOJ (πακέτο 'hp-officeJet' το οποίο δεν είναι πλέον διαθέσιμο),\n" +"που παρέχει το PTAL σύστημα (με την υπηρεσία 'ptal') για πρόσβαση σε συσκευές HP All-in-One,\n" +"και το νέο λογισμικό HPLIP (πακέτο 'hplip'), το οποίο παρέχει το hpaio οδηγό.\n" "Και τα δύο πακέτα λογισμικού μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν μαζί\n" "αλλά η υπηρεσία ptal και ο οδηγός hpaio δεν μπορούν να τρέχουν ταυτόχρονα.\n" "Γι' αυτό είτε η υπηρεσία ptal είτε ο οδηγός hpaio\n" @@ -911,12 +833,9 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -924,17 +843,12 @@ "" msgstr "" "<big>Ρύθμιση Διακομιστή:</big> \n" -"Εάν έχετε τοπικά συνδεδεμένους σαρωτές και θέλετε να τους κάνετε " -"προσβάσιμους μέσω δικτύου,\n" -"εγκαταστήστε το saned network scanning daemon, έτσι ώστε ο εξυπηρετητής σας " -"να γίνει διακομιστής.\n" -"Εισάγετε κατάλογο χωρισμένο με κόμμα, με τη λίστα των πελατών εξυπηρετητών" -"(client host) (όνομα host ή IP διεύθυνση)\n" +"Εάν έχετε τοπικά συνδεδεμένους σαρωτές και θέλετε να τους κάνετε προσβάσιμους μέσω δικτύου,\n" +"εγκαταστήστε το saned network scanning daemon, έτσι ώστε ο εξυπηρετητής σας να γίνει διακομιστής.\n" +"Εισάγετε κατάλογο χωρισμένο με κόμμα, με τη λίστα των πελατών εξυπηρετητών(client host) (όνομα host ή IP διεύθυνση)\n" "ή των υποδικτύων (CIDR σύνταξη, όπως 192.168.1.0/24).\n" -"Εάν δεν επιτρέπεται κανένας πελάτης εξυπηρετητής, τότε το 'saned' δεν " -"ενεργοποιείται.\n" -"Εάν το 'saned' είναι ενεργοποιημένο, το xinetd είναι επίσης ενεργοποιημένο " -"και εγκατεστημένο για το saned.\n" +"Εάν δεν επιτρέπεται κανένας πελάτης εξυπηρετητής, τότε το 'saned' δεν ενεργοποιείται.\n" +"Εάν το 'saned' είναι ενεργοποιημένο, το xinetd είναι επίσης ενεργοποιημένο και εγκατεστημένο για το saned.\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: @@ -978,39 +892,28 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big> Τοίχος Προστασίας</big> \n" -"Ένα τοίχος προστασίας χρησiμοποιείτε για να προστατεύει τις διαδικασίες που " -"τρέχει ο διακομιστής\n" +"Ένα τοίχος προστασίας χρησiμοποιείτε για να προστατεύει τις διαδικασίες που τρέχει ο διακομιστής\n" "στο σύστημά σας από μία μη επιθυμητή πρόσβαση μέσω διαδικτύου.\n" -"Για τη χρήση σαρωτών μέσω διαδικτύου ο SANE (the saned) δαίμονας(daemon) " -"δικτύου\n" -"είναι η κύρια λειτουργία που πρέπει να τρέχει έτσι ώστε οι απομακρυσμένοι " -"πελάτες\n" -"να έχουν πρόσβαση στους σαρωτές οι οποίοι είναι συνδεδεμένοι στο τοπικό σας " -"σύστημα.\n" -"Οι πελάτες επικοινωνούν με το saned σύστημα μέσω της sane-port (TCP port " -"6566)\n" +"Για τη χρήση σαρωτών μέσω διαδικτύου ο SANE (the saned) δαίμονας(daemon) δικτύου\n" +"είναι η κύρια λειτουργία που πρέπει να τρέχει έτσι ώστε οι απομακρυσμένοι πελάτες\n" +"να έχουν πρόσβαση στους σαρωτές οι οποίοι είναι συνδεδεμένοι στο τοπικό σας σύστημα.\n" +"Οι πελάτες επικοινωνούν με το saned σύστημα μέσω της sane-port (TCP port 6566)\n" "αλλά τα σαρωμένα δεδομένα μεταφέρονται μέσω μία επιπλέον τυχαία θύρα.\n" "Γι' αυτό μόνο η port 6566 δεν είναι επαρκής για τη σάρωση σε ένα δίκτυο.\n" "Μη ανοίγετε την sane-port 6566 ή άλλη θύρα\n" "σχετικά με τους σαρωτές για την εξωτερική ζώνη στο τοίχος προστασίας.\n" -"Αυτό είναι επικίνδυνο επειδή επιτρέπει πρόσβαση στο saned σύστημα από " -"αγνώστους\n" -"και έτσι το τοίχος προστασίας δεν παρέχει καμία προστασία στο saned " -"σύστημα.\n" -"Επιτρέποντας την πρόσβαση από εξωτερικό δίκτυο (π.χ. για την εξωτερική " -"ζώνη)\n" +"Αυτό είναι επικίνδυνο επειδή επιτρέπει πρόσβαση στο saned σύστημα από αγνώστους\n" +"και έτσι το τοίχος προστασίας δεν παρέχει καμία προστασία στο saned σύστημα.\n" +"Επιτρέποντας την πρόσβαση από εξωτερικό δίκτυο (π.χ. για την εξωτερική ζώνη)\n" "δεν έχει νόημα επειδή η σάρωση εγγράφων απαιτεί\n" "φυσική πρόσβαση στο σαρωτή από έμπιστους χρήστες.\n" -"Από την άλλη μεριά οι προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις του τοίχους προστασίας δεν " -"επιτρέπουν\n" +"Από την άλλη μεριά οι προεπιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις του τοίχους προστασίας δεν επιτρέπουν\n" "καμία πρόσβαση από έναν εσωτερικό (π.χ. έμπιστο) δίκτυο.\n" "Για να κάνετε το saned server σας προσβάσιμο από ένα εσωτερικό δίκτυο, \n" "αναθέστε τη διεπαφή δικτύου η οποία ανήκει στο εσωτερικό δίκτυο \n" "στην εσωτερική ζώνη του firewall. \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη YaST μονάδα ρύθμισης του Τοίχους Προστασίας για να γίνει " -"αυτή η βασική εγκατάσταση \n" -"σχετικά με την ασφάλεια των δικτύων και έτσι το τοίχος προστασίας και " -"σάρωσης μέσω δικτύου \n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε τη YaST μονάδα ρύθμισης του Τοίχους Προστασίας για να γίνει αυτή η βασική εγκατάσταση \n" +"σχετικά με την ασφάλεια των δικτύων και έτσι το τοίχος προστασίας και σάρωσης μέσω δικτύου \n" "θα λειτουργήσει χωρίς καμία περαιτέρω ρύθμιση του τείχους προστασίας. \n" "Για λεπτομέρειες, δείτε τη βάση δεδομένων υποστήριξης του openSUSE \n" "το άρθρο «CUPS and SANE Firewall settings» στο \n" @@ -1025,10 +928,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -1037,18 +938,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Πελάτη</big> \n" -"Εάν θέλετε να έχετε πρόσβαση σε σαρωτές που είναι συνδεμένοι σε άλλους " -"κόμβους (διακομιστές) στο δίκτυο,\n" -"εγκαταστήστε τον net metadriver(meta-οδηγό) για να έχετε πρόσβαση σε αυτούς " -"μέσω του δαίμονα(daemon) που θα εκτελείται στους διακομιστές.\n" -"Το saned και το τείχος προστασίας στους διακομιστές πρέπει να επιτρέπει τη " -"πρόσβαση.\n" -"Στο Χρησιμοποιημένοι Διακομιστές, εισάγετε ποιοι διακομιστές πρέπει " -"να χρησιμοποιηθούν.\n" -"Εισάγετε έναν κατάλογο διαχωρισμένο με κόμματα (ονόματα διακομιστών ή " -"διευθύνσεις IP).\n" -"Εάν δεν υπάρχουν διακομιστές να χρησιμοποιηθούν, το 'net' δεν " -"ενεργοποιείται.\n" +"Εάν θέλετε να έχετε πρόσβαση σε σαρωτές που είναι συνδεμένοι σε άλλους κόμβους (διακομιστές) στο δίκτυο,\n" +"εγκαταστήστε τον net metadriver(meta-οδηγό) για να έχετε πρόσβαση σε αυτούς μέσω του δαίμονα(daemon) που θα εκτελείται στους διακομιστές.\n" +"Το saned και το τείχος προστασίας στους διακομιστές πρέπει να επιτρέπει τη πρόσβαση.\n" +"Στο Χρησιμοποιημένοι Διακομιστές, εισάγετε ποιοι διακομιστές πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθούν.\n" +"Εισάγετε έναν κατάλογο διαχωρισμένο με κόμματα (ονόματα διακομιστών ή διευθύνσεις IP).\n" +"Εάν δεν υπάρχουν διακομιστές να χρησιμοποιηθούν, το 'net' δεν ενεργοποιείται.\n" "" #. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: @@ -1075,14 +970,10 @@ "<big>Ρύθμιση Τοπικού Κόμβου:</big> \n" "Χρησιμοποιώντας loopback δίκτυο, το saned και ο net metadriver(meta-οδηγος)\n" " μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν ακόμα και στον τοπικό διακομιστή σας.\n" -"Σε αυτή τη περίπτωση, ο διακομιστής σας και ο πελάτης είναι το ίδιο μηχάνημα " -"('localhost').\n" -"Μερικοί σαρωτές, όπως αυτοί που είναι παράλληλα συνδεμένοι, απαιτούν " -"δικαιώματα υπερχρήστη.\n" -"Όταν ορίζεται <tt>localhost</tt> και για τους δυο, και για το διακομιστή και " -"για το πελάτη,\n" -"μπορείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση σε τέτοιο σαρωτή ακόμα και σαν απλός χρήστης " -"στοντοπικό διακομιστή σας.\n" +"Σε αυτή τη περίπτωση, ο διακομιστής σας και ο πελάτης είναι το ίδιο μηχάνημα ('localhost').\n" +"Μερικοί σαρωτές, όπως αυτοί που είναι παράλληλα συνδεμένοι, απαιτούν δικαιώματα υπερχρήστη.\n" +"Όταν ορίζεται <tt>localhost</tt> και για τους δυο, και για το διακομιστή και για το πελάτη,\n" +"μπορείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση σε τέτοιο σαρωτή ακόμα και σαν απλός χρήστης στοντοπικό διακομιστή σας.\n" "" #. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: @@ -1118,8 +1009,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1134,16 +1024,13 @@ "model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" msgstr "" "Απαιτείται ο οδηγός τρίτων για Σαρωτή Εικόνας από την Epson/Avasys.\n" -"Ο οδηγός Σάρωτή Εικόνας κατασκευάζεται και παραχωρείται από την Epson (πρώην " -"Avasys)\n" +"Ο οδηγός Σάρωτή Εικόνας κατασκευάζεται και παραχωρείται από την Epson (πρώην Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(πρώην Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" -"από όπου μπορείτε να κατεβάσετε RPM πακέτα για αρχιτεκτονικές των 32-bit " -"(i386)\n" +"από όπου μπορείτε να κατεβάσετε RPM πακέτα για αρχιτεκτονικές των 32-bit (i386)\n" "και των 64-bit (x86_64) (εάν δεχθείτε την άδεια χρήσης Epson/Avasys.\n" "Ο οδηγός Σαρωτή Εικόνας περιέχει ιδιόκτητο, εκτελέσιμο, λογισμικό.\n" -"Για κάποια μοντέλα υπάρχει διαθέσιμο μόνο για αρχιτεκτονική των 32-bit " -"(i386) \n" +"Για κάποια μοντέλα υπάρχει διαθέσιμο μόνο για αρχιτεκτονική των 32-bit (i386) \n" "η οποία δεν λειτουργεί εάν έχετε εγκατεστημένο σύστημα με 64-bit.\n" "Κάποιοι σαρωτές υποστηρίζονται από άλλους (ελεύθερου λογισμικού) οδηγούς.\n" "Εάν ο σαρωτής σας απαιτεί DFSG μη ελεύθερο (ιδιόκτητο) άρθρωμα,\n" @@ -1154,20 +1041,13 @@ #. Is the package available to be installed? #. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Το απαιτούμενο πακέτο %1 δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμη " -"πηγή εγκατάστασης πακέτων." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "Το απαιτούμενο πακέτο %1 δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν υπάρχει διαθέσιμη πηγή εγκατάστασης πακέτων." #. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"Το απαιτούμενο πακέτο %1 δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν είναι διαθέσιμο " -"στην πηγή εγκατάστασης." +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "Το απαιτούμενο πακέτο %1 δεν είναι εγκαταστημένο και δεν είναι διαθέσιμο στην πηγή εγκατάστασης." #. Only a simple message because: #. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, @@ -1188,19 +1068,14 @@ "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "Αποτυχία ανίχνευσης ενεργών σαρωτών.\n" "Όταν ο net metadriver(meta-οδηγός) ενεργοποιηθεί και υπάρχει πρόβλημα\n" -"με το δίκτυο, αυτό θα συμβεί γιατί πιθανόν δεν ανταποκρίνεται η εντολή " -"'scanimage -L' . Για παράδειγμα,\n" -"αυτό μπορεί να προκύψει όταν η επικοινωνία με το διακομηστή που " -"χρησιμοποιείται από τον net metadriver(meta-οδηγός)\n" -"παραμορφωθεί, επειδή το τοίχος προστασίας περιορίζει ορισμένες συνδέσεις του " -"δικτύου.\n" -"Σε αυτή τη περίπτωση, θα βοηθούσε να απενεργοποιήσετε τον net metadriver" -"(meta-οδηγός)\n" +"με το δίκτυο, αυτό θα συμβεί γιατί πιθανόν δεν ανταποκρίνεται η εντολή 'scanimage -L' . Για παράδειγμα,\n" +"αυτό μπορεί να προκύψει όταν η επικοινωνία με το διακομηστή που χρησιμοποιείται από τον net metadriver(meta-οδηγός)\n" +"παραμορφωθεί, επειδή το τοίχος προστασίας περιορίζει ορισμένες συνδέσεις του δικτύου.\n" +"Σε αυτή τη περίπτωση, θα βοηθούσε να απενεργοποιήσετε τον net metadriver(meta-οδηγός)\n" " ως προσωρινή λύση, μέχρι να επιλυθεί το πρόβλημα της σύνδεσης. \n" #. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system @@ -1376,13 +1251,11 @@ "stop the ptal service, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP,\n" "and start the scanner configuration again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" -"Υπάρχει τουλάχιστον μια ρύθμιση εκτυπωτή που χρησιμοποιεί την υπηρεσία " -"ptal.\n" +"Υπάρχει τουλάχιστον μια ρύθμιση εκτυπωτή που χρησιμοποιεί την υπηρεσία ptal.\n" "Μπορείτε να προχωρήσετε αλλά η υπηρεσία μπορεί να αποτρέψει\n" "τη σωστή λειτουργία του hp-setup.\n" "Συνίσταται η ακύρωση της ρύθμισης του σαρωτή τώρα,\n" -"το σταμάτημα της υπηρεσίας ptal, η αλλαγή της ρύθμισης του εκτυπωτή με τη " -"χρήση HPLIP,\n" +"το σταμάτημα της υπηρεσίας ptal, η αλλαγή της ρύθμισης του εκτυπωτή με τη χρήση HPLIP,\n" "και τέλος η εκκίνηση της ρύθμισης του σαρωτή.\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. @@ -1396,16 +1269,12 @@ "configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\n" "again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" -"Δεν μπορεί να εκτελεστεί το hp-setup γιατί δεν μπορεί να ανοιχτεί το γραφικό " -"περιβάλλον.\n" +"Δεν μπορεί να εκτελεστεί το hp-setup γιατί δεν μπορεί να ανοιχτεί το γραφικό περιβάλλον.\n" "Αυτό συμβαίνει ειδικότερα όταν το YaST τρέχει σε γραμμή εντολών,\n" -"ή όταν ο χρήστης που χρησιμοποιεί το YaST δεν έχει θέσει μεταβλητή ΓΡΑΦΙΚΟΥ " -"περιβάλλοντος\n" -"ή όταν η διαδικασία του YaST δεν επιτρέπεται να έχει πρόσβαση στο γραφικό " -"περιβάλλον.\n" +"ή όταν ο χρήστης που χρησιμοποιεί το YaST δεν έχει θέσει μεταβλητή ΓΡΑΦΙΚΟΥ περιβάλλοντος\n" +"ή όταν η διαδικασία του YaST δεν επιτρέπεται να έχει πρόσβαση στο γραφικό περιβάλλον.\n" "Σε αυτή την περίπτωση εσείς πρέπει να ακυρώσετε τη ρύθμιση του σαρωτή τώρα,\n" -"να τρέξετε το hp-setup χειροκίνητα, και να ξεκινήσετε τη ρύθμιση του σαρωτή " -"μετά.\n" +"να τρέξετε το hp-setup χειροκίνητα, και να ξεκινήσετε τη ρύθμιση του σαρωτή μετά.\n" #. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. #. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. @@ -1415,8 +1284,7 @@ "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" msgstr "" -"Φαίνεται ότι το hplip, το οποίο απαιτείται για να τρέξει το hp-setup, δεν " -"είναι εγκατεστημένο .\n" +"Φαίνεται ότι το hplip, το οποίο απαιτείται για να τρέξει το hp-setup, δεν είναι εγκατεστημένο .\n" "Να εγκατασταθεί το hplip πακέτο?\n" #. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. @@ -1436,8 +1304,7 @@ #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Εκκίνηση του hp-setup.\n" "Πρέπει να τερματίσετε το hp-setup πριν προχωρήσετε στην ρύθμιση του σαρωτή.\n" @@ -1577,8 +1444,7 @@ #. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." -msgstr "" -"Ο οδηγός %1 μπορεί να λειτουργήσει, αλλά η λειτουργικότητά του είναι άγνωστη." +msgstr "Ο οδηγός %1 μπορεί να λειτουργήσει, αλλά η λειτουργικότητά του είναι άγνωστη." #. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload #. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. @@ -1588,43 +1454,32 @@ #. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1892 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" -"Ένα αρχείο firmware περιέχει λογισμικό που πρέπει να φορτωθεί στη μνήμη του " -"σαρωτή.\n" +"Ένα αρχείο firmware περιέχει λογισμικό που πρέπει να φορτωθεί στη μνήμη του σαρωτή.\n" "Χωρίς το firmware, ο σαρωτής δε μπορεί να λειτουργήσει.\n" "\n" -"Επειδή το firmware περιορίζεται από την άδεια του κατασκευαστή του σαρωτή, " -"δε μπορούμε να το παρέχουμε.\n" +"Επειδή το firmware περιορίζεται από την άδεια του κατασκευαστή του σαρωτή, δε μπορούμε να το παρέχουμε.\n" "Συνήθως το αρχείο firmware βρίσκεται στο CD του κατασκευαστή.\n" -"Διαφορετικά, ίσως να μπορείτε να το κατεβάσετε από την ιστοσελίδα του " -"κατασκευαστή.\n" -"Ρωτήστε το κατασκευαστή πώς να αποκτήσετε το κατάλληλο αρχείο firmware για " -"το σαρωτή σας.\n" +"Διαφορετικά, ίσως να μπορείτε να το κατεβάσετε από την ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή.\n" +"Ρωτήστε το κατασκευαστή πώς να αποκτήσετε το κατάλληλο αρχείο firmware για το σαρωτή σας.\n" "Βρείτε επιπλέον χρήσιμες πληροφορίες στην ιστοσελίδα του SANE στο\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/\n" "\n" -"Αφού αποκτήσετε το αρχείο firmware, πρέπει να ρυθμίσετε τον οδηγό " -"χειροκίνητα.\n" -"Το εγχειρίδιο του οδηγού περιγράφει το πως να τον ρυθμίσετε για να φορτώσετε " -"το firmware.\n" +"Αφού αποκτήσετε το αρχείο firmware, πρέπει να ρυθμίσετε τον οδηγό χειροκίνητα.\n" +"Το εγχειρίδιο του οδηγού περιγράφει το πως να τον ρυθμίσετε για να φορτώσετε το firmware.\n" "Η ακόλουθη εντολή εμφανίζει το εγχειρίδιο για τον οδηγό σας:\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. @@ -1637,13 +1492,10 @@ "and all print queues that use the ptal service would no longer work.\n" "If you proceed, change the printer configuration to use HPLIP.\n" msgstr "" -"Υπάρχει τουλάχιστον μια ρύθμιση εκτυπωτή που χρησιμοποιεί την υπηρεσία " -"ptal.\n" +"Υπάρχει τουλάχιστον μια ρύθμιση εκτυπωτή που χρησιμοποιεί την υπηρεσία ptal.\n" "Μπορείτε να προχωρήσετε αλλά η υπηρεσία ptal θα σταματήσει.\n" -"και όλες οι ουρές εκτύπωσης που χρησιμοποιούν την υπηρεσία ptal θα " -"σταματήσουν τη λειτουργία τους\n" -"Όταν προχωρήσετε, αλλάξτε τη ρύθμιση του εκτυπωτή και χρησιμοποιήστε το " -"HPLIP.\n" +"και όλες οι ουρές εκτύπωσης που χρησιμοποιούν την υπηρεσία ptal θα σταματήσουν τη λειτουργία τους\n" +"Όταν προχωρήσετε, αλλάξτε τη ρύθμιση του εκτυπωτή και χρησιμοποιήστε το HPLIP.\n" #. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver #. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. @@ -1655,19 +1507,16 @@ "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" @@ -1675,25 +1524,19 @@ "Ό οδηγός hpoj απαιτεί το σύστημα PTAL να είναι ρυθμισμένο και να τρέχει.\n" "Συγκεκριμένα, η υπηρεσία ptal θα πρέπει να είναι ενεργή και να τρέχει.\n" "\n" -"Προτού ξεκινήσει η υπηρεσία ptal, θα πρέπει το σύστημα PTAL να " -"αρχικοποιηθεί.\n" -"Επιπλέον, η υπηρεσία ptal θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθεί να ξεκινά όταν φορτώνει " -"ο υπολογιστής.\n" +"Προτού ξεκινήσει η υπηρεσία ptal, θα πρέπει το σύστημα PTAL να αρχικοποιηθεί.\n" +"Επιπλέον, η υπηρεσία ptal θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθεί να ξεκινά όταν φορτώνει ο υπολογιστής.\n" "Το σύστημα PTAL και η υπηρεσία hplip εξαιρούν η μια την άλλη.\n" -"Για αυτό μια εκτελούμενη υπηρεσία hplip θα σταματήσει και θα " -"απενεργοποιηθεί\n" +"Για αυτό μια εκτελούμενη υπηρεσία hplip θα σταματήσει και θα απενεργοποιηθεί\n" "πριν το σύστημα PTAL αρχικοποιηθεί, ενεργοποιηθεί, και ξεκινήσει.\n" "Μια αυτόματη αρχικοποίηση του συστήματος PTAL είναι ασφαλής μόνο για USB.\n" -"Αν έχετε μια συσκευή που δεν έχει θύρα USB ή αν η αυτόματη αρχικοποίηση για " -"το USB αποτύχει,\n" +"Αν έχετε μια συσκευή που δεν έχει θύρα USB ή αν η αυτόματη αρχικοποίηση για το USB αποτύχει,\n" "ρυθμίστε το σύστημα PTAL χειροκίνητα.\n" "Αν έχετε μια συσκευή όλα-σε-ένα (σαρωτής και εκτυπωτής), σημειώστε ότι\n" -"μια εκτελούμενη υπηρεσία ptal μονοπωλεί το αρχείο της συσκευής USB (e.g., /" -"dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"μια εκτελούμενη υπηρεσία ptal μονοπωλεί το αρχείο της συσκευής USB (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "ώστε ο εκτυπωτής να μην δρομολογείται μέσω του αρχείου συσκευή USB.\n" "\n" -"Θα πρέπει το σύστημα PTAL για USB να αρχικοποιηθεί, να ενεργοποιηθεί, και να " -"ξεκινήσει τώρα;\n" +"Θα πρέπει το σύστημα PTAL για USB να αρχικοποιηθεί, να ενεργοποιηθεί, και να ξεκινήσει τώρα;\n" #. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. #. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. @@ -1706,18 +1549,14 @@ "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" -"Υπάρχει τουλάχιστον μια ρύθμιση εκτυπωτή που χρησιμοποιεί την υπηρεσία " -"hplip.\n" +"Υπάρχει τουλάχιστον μια ρύθμιση εκτυπωτή που χρησιμοποιεί την υπηρεσία hplip.\n" "Είναι δυνατό να προχωρήσετε αλλά η υπηρεσία hplip δεν μπορεί να σταματήσει\n" -"και όλες οι εκτυπωτικές ουρές που χρησιμοποιούν την υπηρεσία hplip θα πάψουν " -"να λειτουργούν.\n" +"και όλες οι εκτυπωτικές ουρές που χρησιμοποιούν την υπηρεσία hplip θα πάψουν να λειτουργούν.\n" "Αν ο σαρωτής υποστηρίζεται και από τον οδηγό hpaio, μην προχωρήσετε.\n" "Αντ' αυτού χρησιμοποιήστε το hpaio για να ρυθμίσετε τον σαρωτή.\n" -"Εναλλακτικά προχωρήστε και αλλάξτε τις ρυθμίσεις του εκτυπωτή για τη χρήση " -"της υπηρεσία ptal.\n" +"Εναλλακτικά προχωρήστε και αλλάξτε τις ρυθμίσεις του εκτυπωτή για τη χρήση της υπηρεσία ptal.\n" #. %1 will be replaced by the backend name #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 @@ -1756,9 +1595,7 @@ #. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." -msgstr "" -"Γίνεται δοκιμή και ρύθμιση των ειδικών απαιτήσεων για συγκεκριμένους " -"οδηγούς...." +msgstr "Γίνεται δοκιμή και ρύθμιση των ειδικών απαιτήσεων για συγκεκριμένους οδηγούς...." #. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2005 @@ -1835,12 +1672,8 @@ #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. #. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2291 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"Ο οδηγός hpoj είναι απενεργοποιημένος, αλλά η βοηθητική υπηρεσία ptal δεν " -"είναι απενεργοποιημένη, επειδή χρειάζεται από το σύστημα εκτυπώσεων CUPS." +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "Ο οδηγός hpoj είναι απενεργοποιημένος, αλλά η βοηθητική υπηρεσία ptal δεν είναι απενεργοποιημένη, επειδή χρειάζεται από το σύστημα εκτυπώσεων CUPS." #. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). #. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. @@ -1967,9 +1800,7 @@ #. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: #: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2598 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Για λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με το τοίχος προστασίας δείτε το κείμενο βοήθειας " -"αυτού του διαλόγου." +msgstr "Για λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με το τοίχος προστασίας δείτε το κείμενο βοήθειας αυτού του διαλόγου." #~ msgid "Test and set USB and SCSI scanner access permissions" #~ msgstr "Δοκιμή και ρύθμιση των αδειών πρόσβασης των σαρωτών SCSI και USB" @@ -1993,14 +1824,11 @@ #~ "If you really want to install iscan, you must do it manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Το πακέτο iscan μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί\n" -#~ "αλλά περιέχει μόνο λογισμικό κλειστού κώδικα και μόνο σε μορφή binary για " -#~ "i386.\n" -#~ "Επομένως είναι διαθέσιμο μόνο για υπολογιστές με αρχιτεκτονική συμβατή με " -#~ "i386\n" +#~ "αλλά περιέχει μόνο λογισμικό κλειστού κώδικα και μόνο σε μορφή binary για i386.\n" +#~ "Επομένως είναι διαθέσιμο μόνο για υπολογιστές με αρχιτεκτονική συμβατή με i386\n" #~ "και μπορεί να προκαλέσει προβλήματα σε συστήματα AMD 64-bit (x86_64).\n" #~ "Ορισμένοι σαρωτές υποστηρίζονται επίσης και από άλλο οδηγό.\n" -#~ "Εάν πραγματικά θέλετε να εγκαταστήσετε το iscan, πρέπει να το κάνετε " -#~ "χειροκίνητα.\n" +#~ "Εάν πραγματικά θέλετε να εγκαταστήσετε το iscan, πρέπει να το κάνετε χειροκίνητα.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -2009,20 +1837,16 @@ #~ "works only if also the scanning user frontend is 32-bit software.\n" #~ "You can use the special frontend /usr/bin/iscan for Epson scanners\n" #~ "which is included in the iscan package.\n" -#~ "If you like to use a standard frontend like scanimage, xscanimage, xsane, " -#~ "or kooka,\n" +#~ "If you like to use a standard frontend like scanimage, xscanimage, xsane, or kooka,\n" #~ "you must explicitly install the 32-bit package version\n" #~ "(i.e. get the package from the right media or repository).\n" #~ msgstr "bit bit iscan bit bin iscan iscan xsane εγκατάσταση bit μέσο" #~ msgid "Failed to deny saned access from external zone in firewall." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αδυναμία άρνησης πρόσβασης από εξωτερική ζώνη στο τείχος προστασίας." +#~ msgstr "Αδυναμία άρνησης πρόσβασης από εξωτερική ζώνη στο τείχος προστασίας." #~ msgid "No SUSE Firewall, but another kind of firewall is used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν υπάρχει τείχος προστασίας SUSE, αλλά κάποιο άλλο τείχος προστασίας " -#~ "χρησιμοποιείται" +#~ msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει τείχος προστασίας SUSE, αλλά κάποιο άλλο τείχος προστασίας χρησιμοποιείται" #~ msgid "Firewall is not or should not be running" #~ msgstr "Το Τείχος Προστασίας δεν λειτουργεί ή δεν εκτελείται" @@ -2031,22 +1855,19 @@ #~ msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργό" #~ msgid "No firewall protection for the internal network zone" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν υπάρχει προστασία τείχους ασφαλείας για την ζώνη εσωτερικού δικτύου" +#~ msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει προστασία τείχους ασφαλείας για την ζώνη εσωτερικού δικτύου" #~ msgid "saned access denied from the external network zone" #~ msgstr "απαγορεύθηκε η πρόσβαση από την ζώνη εξωτερικού δικτύου" #~ msgid "No Firewall Protection for the &Internal Network Zone" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν υπάρχει προστασία Τείχους Ασφαλείας για την Ζώνη &Εσωτερικού Δικτύου" +#~ msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει προστασία Τείχους Ασφαλείας για την Ζώνη &Εσωτερικού Δικτύου" #~ msgid "Deny saned Access from the &External Network Zone" #~ msgstr "Απαγόρευση πρόσβασης από την Ζώνη &Εξωτερικού Δικτύου" #~ msgid "Firewall protection enabled for the internal network zone" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ενεργοποιήθηκε η προστασία τείχους ασφαλείας για εσωτερική ζώνη δικτύου." +#~ msgstr "Ενεργοποιήθηκε η προστασία τείχους ασφαλείας για εσωτερική ζώνη δικτύου." #~ msgid "saned access allowed from the external network zone" #~ msgstr "επιτράπηκε η πρόσβαση από την εξωτερική ζώνη δικτύου." @@ -2060,24 +1881,18 @@ #~ msgid "saned access from the external zone cannot be allowed." #~ msgstr "η πρόσβαση από την εξωτερική ζώνη δεν μπορεί να επιτραπεί." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Only a local host configuration works with firewall protection for the " -#~ "internal zone." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μόνο μια ρύθμιση τοπικού κόμβου λειτουργεί με ασφάλεια τείχους ασφαλείας " -#~ "για την εσωτερική ζώνη." +#~ msgid "Only a local host configuration works with firewall protection for the internal zone." +#~ msgstr "Μόνο μια ρύθμιση τοπικού κόμβου λειτουργεί με ασφάλεια τείχους ασφαλείας για την εσωτερική ζώνη." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -#~ "available.\n" +#~ "A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" #~ "Most scanner drivers are provided by the sane-backends package.\n" #~ "The support status varies from minimal to complete.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ένα μοντέλο υποστηρίζεται εάν υπάρχει τουλάχιστον ένας κατάλληλος οδηγός " -#~ "σαρωτή.\n" +#~ "Ένα μοντέλο υποστηρίζεται εάν υπάρχει τουλάχιστον ένας κατάλληλος οδηγός σαρωτή.\n" #~ "Οι περισσότεροι οδηγοί σαρωτή παρέχονται από το πακέτο 'sane'.\n" #~ "Η κατάσταση υποστήριξης κυμαίνεται από ελλιπής έως και πλήρης.\n" #~ "" @@ -2085,12 +1900,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -#~ "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible " -#~ "via the network,\n" -#~ "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -#~ "server.\n" -#~ "In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -#~ "access saned on your server.\n" +#~ "If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +#~ "set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +#~ "In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" #~ "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" #~ "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" #~ "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -2110,30 +1922,21 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ " <big>Ρυθμίσεις Διακομιστή</big> \n" -#~ "Εάν έχετε τοπικά συνδεμένους σαρωτές και θέλετε να τους κάνετε " -#~ "διαθέσιμους μέσω δικτύου,\n" -#~ "εγκαταστήστε τον δαίμονα saned για σάρωση δικτύου ώστε ο κόμβος σας να " -#~ "γίνει διακομιστής.\n" -#~ "Στο πεδίο Επιτρεπόμενοι Πελάτες, εισάγετε ποιοι πελάτες κόμβου " -#~ "επιτρέπεται να έχουν πρόσβαση saned στον διακομιστή σας.\n" -#~ "Εισάγετε έναν κατάλογο διαχωρισμένο με κόμματα των πελατών κόμβου " -#~ "(ονόματα κόμβου ή διευθύνσεις IP)\n" +#~ "Εάν έχετε τοπικά συνδεμένους σαρωτές και θέλετε να τους κάνετε διαθέσιμους μέσω δικτύου,\n" +#~ "εγκαταστήστε τον δαίμονα saned για σάρωση δικτύου ώστε ο κόμβος σας να γίνει διακομιστής.\n" +#~ "Στο πεδίο Επιτρεπόμενοι Πελάτες, εισάγετε ποιοι πελάτες κόμβου επιτρέπεται να έχουν πρόσβαση saned στον διακομιστή σας.\n" +#~ "Εισάγετε έναν κατάλογο διαχωρισμένο με κόμματα των πελατών κόμβου (ονόματα κόμβου ή διευθύνσεις IP)\n" #~ "ή subnets (CIDR όπως 192.168.1.0/24).\n" -#~ "Εάν δεν επιτρέπονται καθόλου πελάτες κόμβου, το saned δεν " -#~ "ενεργοποιείται.\n" -#~ "Εάν το saned είναι ενεργοποιημένο, τότε το xinetd είναι επίσης " -#~ "ενεργοποιημένο και ρυθμισμένο για saned.\n" +#~ "Εάν δεν επιτρέπονται καθόλου πελάτες κόμβου, το saned δεν ενεργοποιείται.\n" +#~ "Εάν το saned είναι ενεργοποιημένο, τότε το xinetd είναι επίσης ενεργοποιημένο και ρυθμισμένο για saned.\n" #~ "Οι πελάτες επικοινωνούν διαμέσου της θύρας sane (TCP port 6566)\n" #~ "αλλά τα δεδομένα σάρωσης μεταφέρονται μέσω μιας πρόσθετης τυχαίας θύρας.\n" -#~ "Οι προκαθορισμένες Ρυθμίσεις Τείχους Προστασίας κατά τη διάρκεια " -#~ "της εγκατάστασης προστατεύουν τον κόμβο σας από εξωτερική πρόσβαση.\n" +#~ "Οι προκαθορισμένες Ρυθμίσεις Τείχους Προστασίας κατά τη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης προστατεύουν τον κόμβο σας από εξωτερική πρόσβαση.\n" #~ "Αυτό δεν είναι πρόβλημα για σαρωτές σε ένα εσωτερικό δίκτυο\n" #~ "(όταν η διεπιφάνεια δικτύου ανήκει στην εσωτερική ζώνη δικτύου)\n" -#~ "εκτός εάν έχετε προστασία τείχους ασφαλείας ενεργοποιημένη για την " -#~ "εσωτερική ζώνη.\n" +#~ "εκτός εάν έχετε προστασία τείχους ασφαλείας ενεργοποιημένη για την εσωτερική ζώνη.\n" #~ "Η επίτρεψη πρόσβασης σε ένα εξωτερικό δίκτυο δεν είναι λογική\n" #~ "επειδή τα έγγραφα προς σάρωση απαιτούν φυσική παρουσία στον σαρωτή.\n" #~ "Επομένως η σάρωση από εξωτερική ζώνη μπορεί μόνο να απαγορευθεί\n" -#~ "σε περίπτωση που κατά λάθος επετράπει από μη ασφαλείς ρυθμίσεις τείχους " -#~ "ασφαλείας.\n" +#~ "σε περίπτωση που κατά λάθος επετράπει από μη ασφαλείς ρυθμίσεις τείχους ασφαλείας.\n" #~ "" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/security.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/security.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/security.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -157,8 +157,7 @@ #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" -msgstr "" -"Πάντα να δημιουργούνται μηνύματα στο syslog για δέσμες ενεργειών του cron" +msgstr "Πάντα να δημιουργούνται μηνύματα στο syslog για δέσμες ενεργειών του cron" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" @@ -264,12 +263,8 @@ #. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 -msgid "" -"These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Αυτές οι βασικές υπηρεσίες συστήματος δεν είναι ενεργοποιημένες στο " -"runlevel %1: %2" +msgid "These basic system services are not enabled in runlevel %1: %2" +msgstr "Αυτές οι βασικές υπηρεσίες συστήματος δεν είναι ενεργοποιημένες στο runlevel %1: %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "All basic services are enabled." @@ -277,15 +272,11 @@ #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "These extra services are enabled in runlevel %1: %2" -msgstr "" -"Αυτές οι πρόσθετες υπηρεσίες είναι ενεργοποιημένες στο runlevel %1: " -"%2" +msgstr "Αυτές οι πρόσθετες υπηρεσίες είναι ενεργοποιημένες στο runlevel %1: %2" #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." -msgstr "" -"Έλεγχος της λίστας των υπηρεσιών και απενεργοποίηση όλων των υπηρεσειών " -"που δεν χρησιμοποιούνται." +msgstr "Έλεγχος της λίστας των υπηρεσιών και απενεργοποίηση όλων των υπηρεσειών που δεν χρησιμοποιούνται." #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:447 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." @@ -356,10 +347,8 @@ "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" -"Το ελάχιστο μέγεθος συνθηματικού δεν μπορεί να είναι μεγαλύτερο από το " -"μέγιστο.\n" -"Το μέγιστο μέγεθος συνθηματικού για την συγκεκριμένη μέθοδο κωδικοποίησης " -"είναι %1." +"Το ελάχιστο μέγεθος συνθηματικού δεν μπορεί να είναι μεγαλύτερο από το μέγιστο.\n" +"Το μέγιστο μέγεθος συνθηματικού για την συγκεκριμένη μέθοδο κωδικοποίησης είναι %1." #. Login dialog caption #: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 @@ -387,8 +376,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα." +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:47 @@ -415,8 +403,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<big>Ασφάλεια Εκκίνησης</big> \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτόν τον διάλογο για να αλλάξετε διάφορες ρυθμίσεις της " -"εκκίνησης που έχουν σχέση με την ασφάλεια." +"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτόν τον διάλογο για να αλλάξετε διάφορες ρυθμίσεις της εκκίνησης που έχουν σχέση με την ασφάλεια." #. Boot dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 @@ -448,33 +435,25 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "Αδρανοποίηση Συστήματος:\n" -"Ορίστε τις συνθήκες που επιτρέπουν τους χρήστες να αδρανοποιήσουν το " -"σύστημα. Από προεπιλογή, ο χρήστης έχει αυτό το δικαίωμα.\n" -"Άλλες επιλογές είναι να επιτρέπεται η ενέργεια για κάθε χρήστη ή να " -"απαιτείται πιστοποίηση σε όλες τις περιπτώσεις.\n" +"Ορίστε τις συνθήκες που επιτρέπουν τους χρήστες να αδρανοποιήσουν το σύστημα. Από προεπιλογή, ο χρήστης έχει αυτό το δικαίωμα.\n" +"Άλλες επιλογές είναι να επιτρέπεται η ενέργεια για κάθε χρήστη ή να απαιτείται πιστοποίηση σε όλες τις περιπτώσεις.\n" #. Main dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Ρυθμίσεις Τοπικής Ασφάλειας</BIG>\n" -"Χρησιμοποιώντας τις προεπιλογές, αλλάξτε τις τοπικές ρυθμίσεις ασφαλείας, " -"που περιλαμβάνουν\n" -" εκκίνηση, σύνδεση, κωδικό, δημιουργία χρήστη και άδειες συστήματος. Οι " -"προεπιλογές\n" +"Χρησιμοποιώντας τις προεπιλογές, αλλάξτε τις τοπικές ρυθμίσεις ασφαλείας, που περιλαμβάνουν\n" +" εκκίνηση, σύνδεση, κωδικό, δημιουργία χρήστη και άδειες συστήματος. Οι προεπιλογές\n" " είναι δυνατό να τροποποιηθούν ανάλογα με τις ανάγκες σας.\n" "" @@ -484,8 +463,7 @@ "Home Workstation: For a home computer not connected to\n" "any type of a network." msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε Οικιακός Σταθμός Εργασίας για έναν οικιακό " -"υπολογιστή μη συνδεδεμένο\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε Οικιακός Σταθμός Εργασίας για έναν οικιακό υπολογιστή μη συνδεδεμένο\n" "σε κανενός είδους δίκτυο." #. Main dialog help 6/8 @@ -494,8 +472,7 @@ "Networked Workstation: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet." msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε Δικτυακός Σταθμός Εργασίας για έναν υπολογιστή " -"συνδεδεμένο\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε Δικτυακός Σταθμός Εργασίας για έναν υπολογιστή συνδεδεμένο\n" "σε οποιουδήποτε τύπου δίκτυο ή διαδίκτυο." #. Main dialog help 7/8 @@ -510,8 +487,7 @@ #. Main dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:98 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." -msgstr "" -"Προσαρμοσμένες Ρυθμίσεων: Δημιουργήστε τις δικές σας ρυθμίσεις." +msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένες Ρυθμίσεων: Δημιουργήστε τις δικές σας ρυθμίσεις." #. Login dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:100 @@ -528,51 +504,38 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "Καθυστέρηση μετά από Εσφαλμένη Προσπάθεια Σύνδεσης:\n" -"Καλό είναι να περιμένετε λίγο μετά από μία εσφαλμένη προσπάθεια σύνδεσης για " -"να αποφύγετε\n" +"Καλό είναι να περιμένετε λίγο μετά από μία εσφαλμένη προσπάθεια σύνδεσης για να αποφύγετε\n" "εύρεση του κωδικού. Όμως κάντε το χρόνο αυτό τόσο μικρό ώστε οι χρήστες\n" -"σε περίπτωση λάθος εισαγωγής κωδικού να μην χρειάζεται να περιμένουν πολύ. " -"Μια λογική τιμή είναι τα τρία δευτερόλεπτα (<tt>3</tt>)." +"σε περίπτωση λάθος εισαγωγής κωδικού να μην χρειάζεται να περιμένουν πολύ. Μια λογική τιμή είναι τα τρία δευτερόλεπτα (<tt>3</tt>)." #. Login dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Εγγραφή Επιτυχημένων Προσπαθειών Σύνδεσης: Η καταγραφή " -"επιτυχημένων συνδέσεων\n" -"είναι χρήσιμη. Μπορεί να σας προειδοποιήσει σε περίπτωση μη εξουσιοδοτημένης " -"πρόσβασης\n" -"στο σύστημα (για παράδειγμα, η σύνδεση ενός χρήστη από διαφορετική τοποθεσία " -"από τη συνηθισμένη).\n" +"Εγγραφή Επιτυχημένων Προσπαθειών Σύνδεσης: Η καταγραφή επιτυχημένων συνδέσεων\n" +"είναι χρήσιμη. Μπορεί να σας προειδοποιήσει σε περίπτωση μη εξουσιοδοτημένης πρόσβασης\n" +"στο σύστημα (για παράδειγμα, η σύνδεση ενός χρήστη από διαφορετική τοποθεσία από τη συνηθισμένη).\n" "\n" #. Login dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" -"Επιτρέπεται Απομακρυσμένη Γραφική Σύνδεση: Επιλέγοντας αυτό " -"επιτρέπεται η πρόσβαση \n" -"στην οθόνη γραφικής σύνδεσης για αυτή τη μηχανή μέσω του δικτύου. " -"Απομακρυσμένη πρόσβαση \n" -"στη μηχανή σας μέσω κάποιου διαχειριστή προβολών (display manager) μπορεί να " -"είναι ρίσκο ασφαλείας." +"Επιτρέπεται Απομακρυσμένη Γραφική Σύνδεση: Επιλέγοντας αυτό επιτρέπεται η πρόσβαση \n" +"στην οθόνη γραφικής σύνδεσης για αυτή τη μηχανή μέσω του δικτύου. Απομακρυσμένη πρόσβαση \n" +"στη μηχανή σας μέσω κάποιου διαχειριστή προβολών (display manager) μπορεί να είναι ρίσκο ασφαλείας." #. Password dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:126 @@ -587,44 +550,36 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "Έλεγχος Νέων Κωδικών: Καλό είναι να επιλέξετε ένα συνθηματικό που\n" "να μην μπορεί να βρεθεί σε λεξικό και δεν είναι όνομα ή άλλη, απλή λέξη.\n" -"Επιλέγοντας το κουτί ενισχύετε τον έλεγχο του συνθηματικού με σεβασμό στους " -"ακόλουθους κανονισμούς." +"Επιλέγοντας το κουτί ενισχύετε τον έλεγχο του συνθηματικού με σεβασμό στους ακόλουθους κανονισμούς." #. Password dialog help #: src/include/security/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" "Ελάχιστο Μήκος Αποδεκτού Συνθηματικού: \n" -"Το ελάχιστο αποδεκτό μέγεθος για ένα νέο συνθηματικό ελαττώνεται από τον " -"αριθμό των διαφορετικών κλάσεων χαρακτήρων (άλλοι, μικροί, μεγάλοι και " -"αριθμοί) που χρησιμοποιούνται στο νέο\n" +"Το ελάχιστο αποδεκτό μέγεθος για ένα νέο συνθηματικό ελαττώνεται από τον αριθμό των διαφορετικών κλάσεων χαρακτήρων (άλλοι, μικροί, μεγάλοι και αριθμοί) που χρησιμοποιούνται στο νέο\n" "συνθηματικό. Ανατρέξτε στο man pam_cracklib για αναλυτικές πληροφορίες.\n" -"Αυτή η επιλογή μππορεί να τροποποιηθεί όταν ο Έλεγχος Νέων Συνθηματικών</" -"b> είναι ρυθμισμένος." +"Αυτή η επιλογή μππορεί να τροποποιηθεί όταν ο Έλεγχος Νέων Συνθηματικών είναι ρυθμισμένος." #. Password dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Κωδικοί για Αποθήκευση:\n" -"Εισάγετε τον αριθμό των κωδικών χρήστη που θα αποθηκευτούν για να αποτρέψουν " -"το χρήστη από το να τους χρησιμοποιεί.\n" +"Εισάγετε τον αριθμό των κωδικών χρήστη που θα αποθηκευτούν για να αποτρέψουν το χρήστη από το να τους χρησιμοποιεί.\n" "Εισάγετε 0 αν δεν θέλετε να αποθηκεύονται." #. Password dialog help 5a/8 @@ -636,36 +591,26 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"DES, η προεπιλεγμένη μέθοδος του Linux, λειτουργεί σε όλα τα " -"δικτυακά περιβάλλοντα,\n" -"αλλά σας απαγορεύει να δημιουργήσετε συνθηματικά μεγαλύτερα από οκτώ " -"χαρακτήρες. Αν χρειάζεστε\n" +"DES, η προεπιλεγμένη μέθοδος του Linux, λειτουργεί σε όλα τα δικτυακά περιβάλλοντα,\n" +"αλλά σας απαγορεύει να δημιουργήσετε συνθηματικά μεγαλύτερα από οκτώ χαρακτήρες. Αν χρειάζεστε\n" "συμβατότητα με άλλα συστήματα, χρησιμοποιήστε τη μέθοδο αυτή." #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:158 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" -"Το MD5 επιτρέπει μεγαλύτερα συνθηματικά και υποστηρίζεται από όλες " -"τις διανομές Linux,\n" +"Το MD5 επιτρέπει μεγαλύτερα συνθηματικά και υποστηρίζεται από όλες τις διανομές Linux,\n" "αλλά όχι από άλλα συστήματα ή λογισμικά." #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:162 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "" -"Η SHA-512 είναι η τρέχουσα τυπική μέθοδος αποτυπώματος, η χρήση " -"άλλων αλγορίθμων δεν προτείνεται εκτός αν χρειάζονται για σκοπούς " -"συμβατότητας." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "Η SHA-512 είναι η τρέχουσα τυπική μέθοδος αποτυπώματος, η χρήση άλλων αλγορίθμων δεν προτείνεται εκτός αν χρειάζονται για σκοπούς συμβατότητας." #. Password dialog help 7/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:166 @@ -680,16 +625,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" -"Ημέρες πριν την Λήξη του Συνθηματικού : Αυτή η καταχώρηση " -"ορίζει τον\n" -"αριθμό των ημερών που ο χρήστης θα ειδοποιηθεί πριν από την λήξη του " -"συνθηματικού. Όσο\n" -"μεγαλύτερος ο χρόνος, τόσο μικρότερη είναι η πιθανότητα ο χρήστης να μπορεί " -"να μαντέψει συνθηματικά." +"Ημέρες πριν την Λήξη του Συνθηματικού : Αυτή η καταχώρηση ορίζει τον\n" +"αριθμό των ημερών που ο χρήστης θα ειδοποιηθεί πριν από την λήξη του συνθηματικού. Όσο\n" +"μεγαλύτερος ο χρόνος, τόσο μικρότερη είναι η πιθανότητα ο χρήστης να μπορεί να μαντέψει συνθηματικά." #. Adduser dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:176 @@ -698,8 +639,7 @@ "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Ασφάλεια Χρηστών</big>\n" -"Σε αυτό το διάλογο, αλλάξτε διάφορες ρυθμίσεις που χρησιμοποιούνται στη " -"δημιουργία χρηστών." +"Σε αυτό το διάλογο, αλλάξτε διάφορες ρυθμίσεις που χρησιμοποιούνται στη δημιουργία χρηστών." #. Adduser dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:180 @@ -723,75 +663,55 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>Άλλες Ρυθμίσεις Ασφαλείας</big>\n" -"Σε αυτό το διάλογο, αλλάξτε διάφορες ρυθμίσεις που σχετίζονται με την " -"τοπική ασφάλεια." +"Σε αυτό το διάλογο, αλλάξτε διάφορες ρυθμίσεις που σχετίζονται με την τοπική ασφάλεια." #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" msgstr "" "Ρύθμιση των Αδειών Αρχείων: Ρυθμίσεις για τις άδειες των \n" -"ασφαλών αρχείων συστήματος έχουν τεθεί σύμφωνα με τα δεδομένα στο /etc/" -"permissions.secure ή στο\n" -"/etc/permissions.easy. Το αρχείο που χρησιμοποιείται εξαρτάται από την " -"επιλογή. Ξεκινώντας το\n" -"SuSEconfig, αυτό θέτει τις συγκεκριμένες άδειες σύμφωνα με το /etc/" -"permissions.*.\n" +"ασφαλών αρχείων συστήματος έχουν τεθεί σύμφωνα με τα δεδομένα στο /etc/permissions.secure ή στο\n" +"/etc/permissions.easy. Το αρχείο που χρησιμοποιείται εξαρτάται από την επιλογή. Ξεκινώντας το\n" +"SuSEconfig, αυτό θέτει τις συγκεκριμένες άδειες σύμφωνα με το /etc/permissions.*.\n" "Αυτό φτιάχνει τα αρχεία με λανθασμένες άδειες, όπου αυτό συνέβη καταλάθος ή\n" "από εισβολείς.\n" -"Με το Εύκολη, τα περισσότερα από τα αρχεία συστήματος που είναι " -"αναγνώσιμα μόνο από τον υπερχρήστη\n" -"στην Ασφαλή τροποποιούνται ώστε και οι άλλοι χρήστες να μπορούν να τα " -"διαβάζουν.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιώντας το Ασφαλής, ορισμένα αρχεία συστήματος, όπως τα /var/" -"log/messages, μπορούν μόνο\n" -"να διαβαστούν από τον χρήστη root. Κάποια άλλα προγράμματα μπορούν να " -"εκτελεστούν μόνο από τον root ή από\n" +"Με το Εύκολη, τα περισσότερα από τα αρχεία συστήματος που είναι αναγνώσιμα μόνο από τον υπερχρήστη\n" +"στην Ασφαλή τροποποιούνται ώστε και οι άλλοι χρήστες να μπορούν να τα διαβάζουν.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιώντας το Ασφαλής, ορισμένα αρχεία συστήματος, όπως τα /var/log/messages, μπορούν μόνο\n" +"να διαβαστούν από τον χρήστη root. Κάποια άλλα προγράμματα μπορούν να εκτελεστούν μόνο από τον root ή από\n" "δαίμονες, αλλά όχι από απλούς χρήστες.\n" "Η πιο ασφαλής ρύθμιση είναι η Παρανοϊκή. Με αυτή, πρέπει\n" -"να αποφασίσετε ποιοι χρήστες θα μπορούν να τρέχουν εφαρμογές X και " -"προγράμματα setuid.\n" +"να αποφασίσετε ποιοι χρήστες θα μπορούν να τρέχουν εφαρμογές X και προγράμματα setuid.\n" #. Misc dialog help 6/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Ο Χρήστης Τρέχει το updatedb: Το πρόγραμμα updatedb τρέχει\n" -"κανονικά, μια φορά την ημέρα. Ελέγχει όλο το σύστημα αρχείων και δημιουργεί " -"μια βάση δεδομένων (locatedb)\n" -"όπου η τοποθεσία το κάθε αρχείου είναι αποθηκευμένη. Η βάση δεδομένων " -"μπορεί\n" -"να βρεθεί από το πρόγραμμα \"locate\". Εδώ, ορίστε τον χρήστη που " -"τρέχει αυτήν την εντολή: κανένας\n" +"κανονικά, μια φορά την ημέρα. Ελέγχει όλο το σύστημα αρχείων και δημιουργεί μια βάση δεδομένων (locatedb)\n" +"όπου η τοποθεσία το κάθε αρχείου είναι αποθηκευμένη. Η βάση δεδομένων μπορεί\n" +"να βρεθεί από το πρόγραμμα \"locate\". Εδώ, ορίστε τον χρήστη που τρέχει αυτήν την εντολή: κανένας\n" " (μερικά αρχεία) ή root (όλα τα αρχεία)." #. Misc dialog help 10/14 @@ -799,23 +719,19 @@ msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Τρέχων Κατάλογος στο ριζικό Μονοπάτι Σε ένα σύστημα DOS, \n" -"το σύστημα αναζητά πρώτα για εκτελέσιμα αρχεία (προγράμματα) στον τρέχων " -"κατάλογο \n" +"το σύστημα αναζητά πρώτα για εκτελέσιμα αρχεία (προγράμματα) στον τρέχων κατάλογο \n" "και μετά στην τρέχουσα τιμή διαδρομής. Σε αντίθεση,στα συστήματα τύπου UNIX\n" -"αναζητούνται αποκλειστικά μόνο μέσω της διαδρομής αναζήτησης (τιμή ΔΙΑΔΡΟΜΗ)." -"" +"αναζητούνται αποκλειστικά μόνο μέσω της διαδρομής αναζήτησης (τιμή ΔΙΑΔΡΟΜΗ)." #. Misc dialog help 11/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" @@ -831,22 +747,16 @@ msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" -"Ορισμένα συστήματα ρυθμίζουν ένα workaround προσθέτοντας την τελεία (\"." -"\") στο \n" -"μονοπάτι αναζήτησης, επιτρέποντας έτσι την ανεύρεση ή και την εκτέλεση " -"αρχείων σε αυτό.\n" -"Αυτό είναι ιδιαίτερα επικίνδυνο αφού μπορεί να ενεργοποιηθούν τυχαία " -"άγνωστα \n" +"Ορισμένα συστήματα ρυθμίζουν ένα workaround προσθέτοντας την τελεία (\".\") στο \n" +"μονοπάτι αναζήτησης, επιτρέποντας έτσι την ανεύρεση ή και την εκτέλεση αρχείων σε αυτό.\n" +"Αυτό είναι ιδιαίτερα επικίνδυνο αφού μπορεί να ενεργοποιηθούν τυχαία άγνωστα \n" "προγράμματα στον τρέχοντα κατάλογο σε αντίθεση με τα προκαθορισμένα. \n" -"Σαν αποτέλεσμα των παραπάνω είναι η δημιουργία ,Trojan Horses, τα " -"οποία \n" +"Σαν αποτέλεσμα των παραπάνω είναι η δημιουργία ,Trojan Horses, τα οποία \n" "εκμεταλλεύονται την συγκεκριμένη αδυναμία και η εισβολή στο \n" "σύστημα σας είναι σχετικά εύκολη αν ενεργοποιηθεί αυτή \n" "ή ρύθμιση. " @@ -873,204 +783,109 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποίηση των Μαγικών Πλήκτρων SysRq Αν επιλέξετε την " -"δυνατότητα αυτή, θα\n" -"έχετε κάποιο έλεγχο πάνω στο σύστημα ακόμα και αν κρεμάσει (π.χ., κατά την " -"αποσφαλμάτωση του\n" +"Ενεργοποίηση των Μαγικών Πλήκτρων SysRq Αν επιλέξετε την δυνατότητα αυτή, θα\n" +"έχετε κάποιο έλεγχο πάνω στο σύστημα ακόμα και αν κρεμάσει (π.χ., κατά την αποσφαλμάτωση του\n" "πυρήνα). Για λεπτομέρειες, δείτε /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:253 -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." -msgstr "" -"Σύνοψη Ασφάλειας Αυτή η σύνοψη εμφανίζει τις πιο σημαντικές " -"ρυθμίσεις ασφαλείας." +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." +msgstr "Σύνοψη Ασφάλειας Αυτή η σύνοψη εμφανίζει τις πιο σημαντικές ρυθμίσεις ασφαλείας." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:257 -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "" -"Για αλλαγή της τρέχουσας τιμής, κάντε κλικ στον σύνδεσμο που συσχετίζεται " -"με την επιλογή." +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "Για αλλαγή της τρέχουσας τιμής, κάντε κλικ στον σύνδεσμο που συσχετίζεται με την επιλογή." #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:261 -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." -msgstr "" -"Η σήμανση στην στήλη Κατάσταση Ασφαλείας σημαίνει ότι η τρέχουσα " -"τιμή της επιλογής είναι ασφαλής." +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." +msgstr "Η σήμανση στην στήλη Κατάσταση Ασφαλείας σημαίνει ότι η τρέχουσα τιμή της επιλογής είναι ασφαλής." #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:265 -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "" -"Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης τρέχουσας τιμής. Η υπηρεσία πιθανώς δεν είναι " -"εγκατεστημένη ή η επιλογή απουσιάζει στο σύστημα." +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "Αδυναμία ανάγνωσης τρέχουσας τιμής. Η υπηρεσία πιθανώς δεν είναι εγκατεστημένη ή η επιλογή απουσιάζει στο σύστημα." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"Ο γραφικός διαχειριστής παρέχει μια οθόνη γραφικής σύνδεσης και μπορεί να " -"είναι\n" -"προσβάσιμος από το δίκτυο από έναν εξυπηρετητή X που εκτελείται από άλλο " -"σύστημα εάν\n" -"είναι ρυθμισμένο.Τα παράθυρα τα οποία εμφανίζονται μεταφέρουν τα " -"δεδομένα μέσω\n" -"δικτύου. Εάν αυτό το δίκτυο δεν είναι πλήρως έμπιστο, τότε η κίνηση δικτύου " -"μπορεί να\n" -"υποκλαπεί, αποκτώντας πρόσβαση όχι μόνο σε γραφικά περιεχόμενα της " -"απεικόνισης, αλλά\n" -"και σε ονόματα χρηστών και συνθηματικά που χρησιμοποιούνται.Εάν δεν " -"χρειάζεστε\n" -"το XDMCP για απομακρυσμένες γραφικές συνδέσεις τότε απενεργοποιήστε " -"αυτή την\n" +"Ο γραφικός διαχειριστής παρέχει μια οθόνη γραφικής σύνδεσης και μπορεί να είναι\n" +"προσβάσιμος από το δίκτυο από έναν εξυπηρετητή X που εκτελείται από άλλο σύστημα εάν\n" +"είναι ρυθμισμένο.Τα παράθυρα τα οποία εμφανίζονται μεταφέρουν τα δεδομένα μέσω\n" +"δικτύου. Εάν αυτό το δίκτυο δεν είναι πλήρως έμπιστο, τότε η κίνηση δικτύου μπορεί να\n" +"υποκλαπεί, αποκτώντας πρόσβαση όχι μόνο σε γραφικά περιεχόμενα της απεικόνισης, αλλά\n" +"και σε ονόματα χρηστών και συνθηματικά που χρησιμοποιούνται.Εάν δεν χρειάζεστε\n" +"το XDMCP για απομακρυσμένες γραφικές συνδέσεις τότε απενεργοποιήστε αυτή την\n" "επιλογή." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:281 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" -"Κατά την έναρξη, η ώρα συστήματος ορίζεται από το ρολόι του υλικού του " -"υπολογιστή.\n" -"Κατά συνέπεια, είναι απαραίτητος ο ορισμός του ρολογιού του υλικού του " -"υπολογιστή\n" -"πριν τον τερματισμό.Η συνέπεια της ώρας συστήματος είναι απαραίτητη " -"για την\n" +"Κατά την έναρξη, η ώρα συστήματος ορίζεται από το ρολόι του υλικού του υπολογιστή.\n" +"Κατά συνέπεια, είναι απαραίτητος ο ορισμός του ρολογιού του υλικού του υπολογιστή\n" +"πριν τον τερματισμό.Η συνέπεια της ώρας συστήματος είναι απαραίτητη για την\n" "δυνατότητα του συστήματος να δημιουργεί σωστά μηνύματα ιστορικού." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:287 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "" -"Οι δυσλειτουργίες στο σύστημα ανιχνεύονται συνήθως από ανωμαλίες στην " -"συμπεριφορά. Τα μηνύματα syslog σχετικά με συμβάντα τα οποία " -"επανεμφανίζονται σε μόνιμη βάση είναι σημαντικά ώστε να βρεθούν οι αιτίες " -"των προβλημάτων. Και η απουσία μιας απλής καταγραφής μπορεί να ενημερώσει " -"περισσότερο από την απουσία όλου του αρχείου καταγραφών.Επομένως, τα " -"μηνύματα syslog των συμβάντων του συστήματος είναι χρήσιμα μόνο αν είναι " -"παρόντα." +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "Οι δυσλειτουργίες στο σύστημα ανιχνεύονται συνήθως από ανωμαλίες στην συμπεριφορά. Τα μηνύματα syslog σχετικά με συμβάντα τα οποία επανεμφανίζονται σε μόνιμη βάση είναι σημαντικά ώστε να βρεθούν οι αιτίες των προβλημάτων. Και η απουσία μιας απλής καταγραφής μπορεί να ενημερώσει περισσότερο από την απουσία όλου του αρχείου καταγραφών.Επομένως, τα μηνύματα syslog των συμβάντων του συστήματος είναι χρήσιμα μόνο αν είναι παρόντα." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "" -"Τα περιβάλλοντα εκτέλεσης chroot είναι χρήσιμα για να περιορίσουν μια " -"διεργασία μόνο σε αυτά τα αρχεία που χρειάζονται με την τοποθέτηση σε " -"διαφορετικούς υποκαταλόγους και εκτέλεση της διεργασίας με αλλαγμένες " -"ρυθμίσεις root (chroot) σε αυτό τον κατάλογο." +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "Τα περιβάλλοντα εκτέλεσης chroot είναι χρήσιμα για να περιορίσουν μια διεργασία μόνο σε αυτά τα αρχεία που χρειάζονται με την τοποθέτηση σε διαφορετικούς υποκαταλόγους και εκτέλεση της διεργασίας με αλλαγμένες ρυθμίσεις root (chroot) σε αυτό τον κατάλογο." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." -msgstr "" -"Η υπηρεσία πελάτης DHCP πρέπει να εκτελείται ως χρήστης dhcp " -"ώστε να ελαχιστοποιείται η πιθανότητα απειλής εάν η υπηρεσία είναι ευάλωτη " -"σε αδυναμία μέσα στον κώδικα.Σημειώστε ότι ο dhcpd δεν πρέπει να " -"εκτελείται ως root ή μαζί με δυνατότητα CAP_SYS_CHROOT για " -"να είναι αποτελεσματικός ο περιορισμός εκτέλεσης του chroot." +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." +msgstr "Η υπηρεσία πελάτης DHCP πρέπει να εκτελείται ως χρήστης dhcp ώστε να ελαχιστοποιείται η πιθανότητα απειλής εάν η υπηρεσία είναι ευάλωτη σε αδυναμία μέσα στον κώδικα.Σημειώστε ότι ο dhcpd δεν πρέπει να εκτελείται ως root ή μαζί με δυνατότητα CAP_SYS_CHROOT για να είναι αποτελεσματικός ο περιορισμός εκτέλεσης του chroot." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:296 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "" -"Οι διαχειριστές δεν πρέπει να εισέρχονται ως χρήστες root σε " -"γραφική συνεδρία ώστε να ελαχιστοποιήσουν την χρήση των δικαιωμάτων root.</" -"P>Αυτή η επιλογή δεν βοηθά απρόσεκτους διαχειριστές, αλλά αποτρέπει " -"επιθέσεις εισόδου ως χρήστη root μέσω του γραφικού διαχειριστή εάν " -"μαντέψουν ή ανακτήσουν το συνθηματικό με άλλο τρόπο." +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "Οι διαχειριστές δεν πρέπει να εισέρχονται ως χρήστες root σε γραφική συνεδρία ώστε να ελαχιστοποιήσουν την χρήση των δικαιωμάτων root.Αυτή η επιλογή δεν βοηθά απρόσεκτους διαχειριστές, αλλά αποτρέπει επιθέσεις εισόδου ως χρήστη root μέσω του γραφικού διαχειριστή εάν μαντέψουν ή ανακτήσουν το συνθηματικό με άλλο τρόπο." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:299 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -"Οι πελάτες Παραθύρων X, πχ προγράμματα που ανοίγουν ένα παράθυρο στην " -"οθόνη σας,\n" +"Οι πελάτες Παραθύρων X, πχ προγράμματα που ανοίγουν ένα παράθυρο στην οθόνη σας,\n" "συνδέονται στον εξυπηρετητή X ο οποίος εκτελείται σε ένα φυσικό μηχάνημα.\n" -"Τα προγράμματα μπορούν να εκτελεστούν σε διαφορετικό σύστημα και να " -"εμφανίζουν\n" +"Τα προγράμματα μπορούν να εκτελεστούν σε διαφορετικό σύστημα και να εμφανίζουν\n" "το περιεχόμενο στην οθόνη εξυπηρετητή X μέσω συνδέσεων δικτύου.Όταν\n" -"ενεργοποιείται, τότε ο εξυπηρετητής X ανταποκρίνεται στην θύρα 6000 συν τον " -"αριθμό\n" -"οθόνης. Επειδή η κίνηση στο δίκτυο μεταφέρεται χωρίς κρυπτογράφηση επομένως " -"το δίκτυο\n" -"μπορεί να υποκλαπεί, και επειδή η άλλη θύρα διατηρείται ανοικτή από τον " -"εξυπηρετητή Χ,\n" -"προσφέρει επιλογές επίθεσης, η ασφαλής ρύθμιση είναι να το απενεργοποιήσετε." -"Για\n" -"προβολή των πελατών Παραθύρων X δια μέσου του δικτύου, προτείνεται η χρήση " -"ασφαλούς κελύφους (ssh), η οποία επιτρέπει στους πελάτες Παραθύρων " -"X να συνδέονται με τον εξυπηρετητή X μέσω κρυπτογραφημένης σύνδεσης ssh." +"ενεργοποιείται, τότε ο εξυπηρετητής X ανταποκρίνεται στην θύρα 6000 συν τον αριθμό\n" +"οθόνης. Επειδή η κίνηση στο δίκτυο μεταφέρεται χωρίς κρυπτογράφηση επομένως το δίκτυο\n" +"μπορεί να υποκλαπεί, και επειδή η άλλη θύρα διατηρείται ανοικτή από τον εξυπηρετητή Χ,\n" +"προσφέρει επιλογές επίθεσης, η ασφαλής ρύθμιση είναι να το απενεργοποιήσετε.Για\n" +"προβολή των πελατών Παραθύρων X δια μέσου του δικτύου, προτείνεται η χρήση ασφαλούς κελύφους (ssh), η οποία επιτρέπει στους πελάτες Παραθύρων X να συνδέονται με τον εξυπηρετητή X μέσω κρυπτογραφημένης σύνδεσης ssh." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:309 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"Το υποσύστημα παράδοσης αλληλογραφίας εκκινείται μόνιμα. Ωστόσο, δεν " -"εκτίθεται\n" -"εκτός συστήματος από προεπιλογή διότι δεν ανιχνεύεται στην θύρα δικτύου SMTP " -"25.Εάν δεν παραδίδετε αλληλογραφία στο σύστημά σας μέσω πρωτοκόλλου " -"SMTP, τότε απενεργοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή." +"Το υποσύστημα παράδοσης αλληλογραφίας εκκινείται μόνιμα. Ωστόσο, δεν εκτίθεται\n" +"εκτός συστήματος από προεπιλογή διότι δεν ανιχνεύεται στην θύρα δικτύου SMTP 25.Εάν δεν παραδίδετε αλληλογραφία στο σύστημά σας μέσω πρωτοκόλλου SMTP, τότε απενεργοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:312 msgid "" @@ -1078,24 +893,18 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" "Εάν το πακέτο που ενημερώνεται περιέχει μια υπηρεσία που εκτελείται,\n" -"τότε η υπηρεσία επανεκκινείται μετά την εγκατάσταση των αρχείων του πακέτου." -"\n" -"Αυτό έχει νόημα στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις και είναι ασφαλές να " -"γίνει,\n" -"αφού θεωρητικά οι περισσότερες υπηρεσίες είτε χρειάζονται τα εκτελέσιμα " -"αρχεία τους\n" +"τότε η υπηρεσία επανεκκινείται μετά την εγκατάσταση των αρχείων του πακέτου.\n" +"Αυτό έχει νόημα στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις και είναι ασφαλές να γίνει,\n" +"αφού θεωρητικά οι περισσότερες υπηρεσίες είτε χρειάζονται τα εκτελέσιμα αρχεία τους\n" "είτε τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων προσβάσιμα στο σύστημα αρχείων. Αυτές οι υπηρεσίες\n" -"απλά θα συνεχίσουν να εκτελούνται μέχρι οι υπηρεσίες να τερματιστούν, πχ " -"τερματισμός\n" -"εκτέλεσης υπηρεσίας.Αυτή η ρύθμιση θα αλλάξει μόνο εάν υπάρχει " -"συγκεκριμένος\n" +"απλά θα συνεχίσουν να εκτελούνται μέχρι οι υπηρεσίες να τερματιστούν, πχ τερματισμός\n" +"εκτέλεσης υπηρεσίας.Αυτή η ρύθμιση θα αλλάξει μόνο εάν υπάρχει συγκεκριμένος\n" "λόγος." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:322 @@ -1104,60 +913,26 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" -"Εάν το πακέτο που απεγκαθίστανται περιέχει μια υπηρεσία που εκτελείται, " -"τότε η\n" -"υπηρεσία τερματίζεται πριν αφαιρεθούν τα αρχεία του πακέτου.Αυτό έχει " -"νόημα\n" +"Εάν το πακέτο που απεγκαθίστανται περιέχει μια υπηρεσία που εκτελείται, τότε η\n" +"υπηρεσία τερματίζεται πριν αφαιρεθούν τα αρχεία του πακέτου.Αυτό έχει νόημα\n" "στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις και είναι ασφαλές να γίνει, αφού θεωρητικά\n" "οι περισσότερες υπηρεσίες είτε χρειάζονται τα εκτελέσιμα αρχεία τους\n" -"είτε τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων προσβάσιμα στο σύστημα αρχείων. Αλλιώς αυτές οι " -"υπηρεσίες\n" -"απλά θα συνεχίσουν να εκτελούνται μέχρι να τερματιστούν, πχ τερματισμός " -"εκτέλεσης\n" -"υπηρεσιών.Αυτή η ρύθμιση θα αλλάξει μόνο εάν υπάρχει συγκεκριμένος " -"λόγος." +"είτε τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων προσβάσιμα στο σύστημα αρχείων. Αλλιώς αυτές οι υπηρεσίες\n" +"απλά θα συνεχίσουν να εκτελούνται μέχρι να τερματιστούν, πχ τερματισμός εκτέλεσης\n" +"υπηρεσιών.Αυτή η ρύθμιση θα αλλάξει μόνο εάν υπάρχει συγκεκριμένος λόγος." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:332 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "" -"Ένα σύστημα μπορεί να δεχτεί πολυάριθμες προσπάθειες σύνδεσης έτσι ώστε " -"να εξαντληθεί η μνήμη, το οποίο οδηγεί ευπάθεια συστήματος σε Άρνηση Παροχής " -"Υπηρεσιών (DoS).Η χρήση syncookies είναι μια μέθοδος η οποία μπορεί " -"να βοηθήσει σε τέτοιες περιπτώσεις. Αλλά σε ρυθμίσεις με πολύ μεγάλο αριθμό " -"νόμιμων προσπαθειών σύνδεσης από μια πηγή, η επιλογή Ενεργοποιημένο " -"μπορεί να προκαλέσει προβλήματα με την άρνηση συνδέσεων TCP κάτω από υψηλό " -"φορτίο.Ακόμα, για τα περισσότερα περιβάλλοντα, τα syncookies είναι η " -"πρώτη γραμμή άμυνας ενάντια σε επιθέσεις DoS, ώστε οι ασφαλής ρύθμιση είναι " -"Ενεργοποιημένο." +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "Ένα σύστημα μπορεί να δεχτεί πολυάριθμες προσπάθειες σύνδεσης έτσι ώστε να εξαντληθεί η μνήμη, το οποίο οδηγεί ευπάθεια συστήματος σε Άρνηση Παροχής Υπηρεσιών (DoS).Η χρήση syncookies είναι μια μέθοδος η οποία μπορεί να βοηθήσει σε τέτοιες περιπτώσεις. Αλλά σε ρυθμίσεις με πολύ μεγάλο αριθμό νόμιμων προσπαθειών σύνδεσης από μια πηγή, η επιλογή Ενεργοποιημένο μπορεί να προκαλέσει προβλήματα με την άρνηση συνδέσεων TCP κάτω από υψηλό φορτίο.Ακόμα, για τα περισσότερα περιβάλλοντα, τα syncookies είναι η πρώτη γραμμή άμυνας ενάντια σε επι θέσεις DoS, ώστε οι ασφαλής ρύθμιση είναι Ενεργοποιημένο." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"Η προώθηση IP σημείνει να λαμβάνονται πακέτα δικτύου τα οποία πρέπει να " -"ληφθούν, αλλά αυτά δεν προορίζονται για μια ρυθμισμένη διεπαφή δικτύου " -"συστήματος, πχ διευθύνσεις διεπαφής δικτύου.Εάν το σύστημα προωθεί " -"την κίνηση δικτύου σε ISO/OSI επίπεδο 3, αυτό καλείται δρομολογητής. Εάν " -"χρειάζεστε αυτή τη λειτουργία δρομολόγησης, τότε απενεργοποιήστε αυτή την " -"επιλογή." +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "Η προώθηση IP σημείνει να λαμβάνονται πακέτα δικτύου τα οποία πρέπει να ληφθούν, αλλά αυτά δεν προορίζονται για μια ρυθμισμένη διεπαφή δικτύου συστήματος, πχ διευθύνσεις διεπαφής δικτύου.Εάν το σύστημα προωθεί την κίνηση δικτύου σε ISO/OSI επίπεδο 3, αυτό καλείται δρομολογητής. Εάν χρειάζεστε αυτή τη λειτουργία δρομολόγησης, τότε απενεργοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:338 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." @@ -1168,42 +943,20 @@ msgstr "Αυτή η ρύθμιση εφαρμόζεται μόνο σε IPv6." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "" -"Τα μαγικά πλήκτρων SysRq ενεργοποιούν κάποιο έλεγχο πάνω στο σύστημα " -"ακόμα και αν καταρρεύσει (π.χ., κατά την αποσφαλμάτωση του πυρήνα) ή εάν το " -"σύστημα δεν ανταποκρίνεται." +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "Τα μαγικά πλήκτρων SysRq ενεργοποιούν κάποιο έλεγχο πάνω στο σύστημα ακόμα και αν καταρρεύσει (π.χ., κατά την αποσφαλμάτωση του πυρήνα) ή εάν το σύστημα δεν ανταποκρίνεται." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:346 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Υπάρχουν προκαθορισμένα δικαιώματα αρχείων στο /etc/permissions.* files. " -"Τα πιο περιορισμένα δικαιώματα αρχείων καθορίζονται ως 'ασφαλές' ή " -"'παρανοϊκό' αρχείο." +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "Υπάρχουν προκαθορισμένα δικαιώματα αρχείων στο /etc/permissions.* files. Τα πιο περιορισμένα δικαιώματα αρχείων καθορίζονται ως 'ασφαλές' ή 'παρανοϊκό' αρχείο." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:349 src/include/security/helps.rb:352 -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services." -msgstr "" -"Οι υπηρεσίες βασικού συστήματος πρέπει να είναι ενεργοποιημένες για να " -"παρέχουν ακεραιότητα στο σύστημα και να εκτελούνται οι υπηρεσίες που αφορούν " -"την ασφάλεια." +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." +msgstr "Οι υπηρεσίες βασικού συστήματος πρέπει να είναι ενεργοποιημένες για να παρέχουν ακεραιότητα στο σύστημα και να εκτελούνται οι υπηρεσίες που αφορούν την ασφάλεια." #: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 src/include/security/helps.rb:358 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"Κάθε υπηρεσία που εκτελείται είναι πιθανός στόχος επίθεσης ασφαλείας. " -"Προτείνεται να απενεργοποιήσετε όλες τις υπηρεσίες που δεν χρησιμοποιούνται " -"από το σύστημα." +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "Κάθε υπηρεσία που εκτελείται είναι πιθανός στόχος επίθεσης ασφαλείας. Προτείνεται να απενεργοποιήσετε όλες τις υπηρεσίες που δεν χρησιμοποιούνται από το σύστημα." #. level name #: src/include/security/levels.rb:51 @@ -1292,8 +1045,7 @@ #. CheckBox label #: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122 msgid "Curr&ent Directory in Path of Regular Users" -msgstr "" -"&Συμπεριλαμβανομένου τωρινού φακέλου στο μονοπάτι των κανονικών χρηστών" +msgstr "&Συμπεριλαμβανομένου τωρινού φακέλου στο μονοπάτι των κανονικών χρηστών" #. CheckBox label #: src/include/security/widgets.rb:130 @@ -1519,17 +1271,11 @@ #~ msgid "Use current directory in path of regular users" #~ msgstr "Χρήση τρέχοντος καταλόγου στη διαδρομή των κανονικών χρηστών" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "By default the current working directory is not used when searching " -#~ "for executables." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Από προεπιλογή ο τρέχων κατάλογος εργασίας δεν χρησιμοποιείται όταν " -#~ "αναζητούνται εκτελέσιμα." +#~ msgid "By default the current working directory is not used when searching for executables." +#~ msgstr "Από προεπιλογή ο τρέχων κατάλογος εργασίας δεν χρησιμοποιείται όταν αναζητούνται εκτελέσιμα." #~ msgid "This setting applies for root user and system users." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτή η ρύθμιση εφαρμόζεται στον χρήστη root και στους χρήστες " -#~ "του συστήματος." +#~ msgstr "Αυτή η ρύθμιση εφαρμόζεται στον χρήστη root και στους χρήστες του συστήματος." #~ msgid "This setting applies for regular users." #~ msgstr "Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις εφαρμόζονται στους συνήθεις χρήστες." @@ -1545,17 +1291,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Blowfish is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n" -#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the " -#~ "hash,\n" -#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." -#~ "" +#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n" +#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το blowfish είναι παρόμοιο με το MD5, αλλά χρησιμοποιεί " -#~ "διαφορετικό αλγόριθμο\n" -#~ "για την κρυπτογράφηση των κωδικών. Απαιτείται πολύ ενέργεια από την ΚΜΕ " -#~ "για να υπολογιστεί ο κατακερματισμός,\n" -#~ "κάτι που κάνει δύσκολο το σπάσιμο των κωδικών πρόσβασης με τη βοήθεια " -#~ "λεξικού." +#~ "Το blowfish είναι παρόμοιο με το MD5, αλλά χρησιμοποιεί διαφορετικό αλγόριθμο\n" +#~ "για την κρυπτογράφηση των κωδικών. Απαιτείται πολύ ενέργεια από την ΚΜΕ για να υπολογιστεί ο κατακερματισμός,\n" +#~ "κάτι που κάνει δύσκολο το σπάσιμο των κωδικών πρόσβασης με τη βοήθεια λεξικού." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Disable service restart on update" @@ -1563,17 +1304,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Test for Complicated Passwords: \n" -#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes " -#~ "the\n" -#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable " -#~ "additional\n" +#~ "Passwords should be constructed using a mixture of characters. This makes the\n" +#~ "guessing of passwords very difficult. Check this box to enable additional\n" #~ "checks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Έλεγχος για Περίπλοκα Συνθηματικά \n" -#~ "Μερικές φορές είναι απαραίτητο οι κωδικοί να είναι φτιαγμένοι με μία μίξη " -#~ "χαρακτήρων. Αυτό κάνει \n" -#~ "την εύρεση των κωδικών πολύ δύσκολη. Επιλέξτε αυτό το κουτί για να " -#~ "ενεργοποιήσετε επιπλέον\n" +#~ "Μερικές φορές είναι απαραίτητο οι κωδικοί να είναι φτιαγμένοι με μία μίξη χαρακτήρων. Αυτό κάνει \n" +#~ "την εύρεση των κωδικών πολύ δύσκολη. Επιλέξτε αυτό το κουτί για να ενεργοποιήσετε επιπλέον\n" #~ "ελέγχους." #~ msgid "Test for complicated password" @@ -1612,12 +1349,9 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration.\n" -#~ " Details: View and modify all configuration settings for " -#~ "the\n" +#~ " Details: View and modify all configuration settings for the\n" #~ " current configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Συνηθισμένες Ρυθμίσεις: Δημιουργήστε την δική σας ρύθμιση " -#~ "συστήματος.\n" -#~ " Λεπτομέρειες: Δείτε και τροποποιήστε όλες τις επιλογές " -#~ "ρυθμίσεων για την\n" +#~ "Συνηθισμένες Ρυθμίσεις: Δημιουργήστε την δική σας ρύθμιση συστήματος.\n" +#~ " Λεπτομέρειες: Δείτε και τροποποιήστε όλες τις επιλογές ρυθμίσεων για την\n" #~ " τρέχουσα ρύθμιση συστήματος.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/services-manager.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/services-manager.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/services-manager.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -46,34 +46,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " -"whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " -"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " -"page." +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " -"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 -msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " -"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 -msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " -"graphical target." +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 @@ -117,15 +106,14 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 -msgid "" -"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" msgstr "" #. Default for double-click in the table #. Default for double-click in the table #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 msgid "Writing configuration..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εγγραφή ρυθμίσεων..." #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" @@ -231,28 +219,20 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " -"the \n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the \n" " list of services.\n" -"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " -"enabled\n" +"It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Υπηρεσίες</big> \n" -"Αυτή η πρόταση εγκατάστασης σας επιτρέπει να εκκινήσετε και να " -"ενεργοποιήσετε μια υπηρεσία από την\n" +"Αυτή η πρόταση εγκατάστασης σας επιτρέπει να εκκινήσετε και να ενεργοποιήσετε μια υπηρεσία από την\n" "λίστα των υπηρεσιών.\n" -"Μπορεί επίσης να ανοίξει θύρες στο τείχος προστασίας για μια υπηρεσία εάν " -"το τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργοποιημένο\n" +"Μπορεί επίσης να ανοίξει θύρες στο τείχος προστασίας για μια υπηρεσία εάν το τείχος προστασίας είναι ενεργοποιημένο\n" "και μια συγκεκριμένη υπηρεσία απαιτεί το άνοιγμά τους.\n" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " -"%link" -msgstr "" -"Η υπηρεσία %service θα %toggled και η θύρα στο τείχος προστασίας θα είναι " -"%switched %link" +msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" +msgstr "Η υπηρεσία %service θα %toggled και η θύρα στο τείχος προστασίας θα είναι %switched %link" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Service %service will be %toggled %link" @@ -284,10 +264,12 @@ msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "" +# +# #. AutoYast summary #: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Δεν έχει ρυθμιστεί ακόμα." #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state #. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/slp-server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/slp-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/slp-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -175,8 +175,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 @@ -208,8 +207,7 @@ "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Σύνοψη Ρυθμίσεων Διακομιστή SLP</big> \n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε συνοπτικά τους εγκατεστημένους διακομιστές SLP. " -"Επιπλέον,\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να δείτε συνοπτικά τους εγκατεστημένους διακομιστές SLP. Επιπλέον,\n" "μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις τους. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 @@ -230,8 +228,7 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή</big> \n" "Επιλέξτε ένα διακομιστή SLP, για αλλαγή ή για διαγραφή.\n" -"Ύστερα πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή αναλόγως τι επιθυμείτε " -"να κάνετε.\n" +"Ύστερα πατήστε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή αναλόγως τι επιθυμείτε να κάνετε.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 @@ -269,54 +266,33 @@ #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "To show the slpd log file, use Show Log." -msgstr "" -"Για να εμφανίσετε το αρχείο καταγραφής slpd, χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί " -"Εμφάνιση Καταγραφής." +msgstr "Για να εμφανίσετε το αρχείο καταγραφής slpd, χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Εμφάνιση Καταγραφής." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"Broadcast.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" +"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.\n" msgstr "" -"Εδώ, ορίζετε την λειτουργία στην οποία θα εκτελείται ο δαίμονας SLP. Η " -"απλούστερη λειτουργία είναι Εκπομπή.\n" -"Σε αυτή, ο δαίμονας SLP απαντά σε όλες τις αιτήσεις που αποστέλονται με " -"εκπομπή. Η επόμενη λειτουργία είναι Multicast. Σε αυτή, ο δαίμονας " -"απαντά σε ερωτήματα\n" -"που αποστέλονται μέσω multicast στα κατάλληλα SCOPES. Στη λειτουργία " -"Εξυπηρετητής DA, πληροφορεί τους εξυπηρετητές DA στις καθορισμένες IP " -"διευθύνσεις\n" -"σχετικά με τις στατικές και δυναμικές εγγεγραμμένες υπηρεσίες. Οι τελευταία " -"επιλογή είναι Γίνεται Εξυπηρετητής DA. Αυτό είναι ένας λανθάνον " -"εξυπηρετητής για απαντήσεις\n" +"Εδώ, ορίζετε την λειτουργία στην οποία θα εκτελείται ο δαίμονας SLP. Η απλούστερη λειτουργία είναι Εκπομπή.\n" +"Σε αυτή, ο δαίμονας SLP απαντά σε όλες τις αιτήσεις που αποστέλονται με εκπομπή. Η επόμενη λειτουργία είναι Multicast. Σε αυτή, ο δαίμονας απαντά σε ερωτήματα\n" +"που αποστέλονται μέσω multicast στα κατάλληλα SCOPES. Στη λειτουργία Εξυπηρετητής DA, πληροφορεί τους εξυπηρετητές DA στις καθορισμένες IP διευθύνσεις\n" +"σχετικά με τις στατικές και δυναμικές εγγεγραμμένες υπηρεσίες. Οι τελευταία επιλογή είναι Γίνεται Εξυπηρετητής DA. Αυτό είναι ένας λανθάνον εξυπηρετητής για απαντήσεις\n" "υπηρεσίας.\n" #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf." -msgstr "" -"Με Προχωρημένες Ρυθμίσεις, έχετε πρόσβαση σε όλες τις επιλογές που " -"είναι διαθέσιμες στο /etc/slp.conf." +msgid "With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf." +msgstr "Με Προχωρημένες Ρυθμίσεις, έχετε πρόσβαση σε όλες τις επιλογές που είναι διαθέσιμες στο /etc/slp.conf." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create " -"a new empty file. With Modify,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a new empty file. With Modify,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"Αρχεία ρυθμίσεων για στατική εγγραφή στο SLP. Με Προσθήκη " -"δημιουργείτε ένα νέο κενό αρχείο. Με Τροποποίηση\n" -"αλλάζετε τιμές οποιουδήποτε υπάρχοντος αρχείο. Όταν πατάτε Διαγραφή " -"είναι δυνατή η διαγραφή μόνο αρχείων που δεν ανήκουν σε κανένα πακέτο." +"Αρχεία ρυθμίσεων για στατική εγγραφή στο SLP. Με Προσθήκη δημιουργείτε ένα νέο κενό αρχείο. Με Τροποποίηση\n" +"αλλάζετε τιμές οποιουδήποτε υπάρχοντος αρχείο. Όταν πατάτε Διαγραφή είναι δυνατή η διαγραφή μόνο αρχείων που δεν ανήκουν σε κανένα πακέτο." #: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" @@ -329,11 +305,8 @@ #. check for package openslp-server installed #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Για να ρυθμίσετε ένα διακομιστή SLP, τα πακέτα %1 πρέπει να " -"εγκατασταθούν." +msgid "To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε ένα διακομιστή SLP, τα πακέτα %1 πρέπει να εγκατασταθούν." #: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" @@ -438,10 +411,8 @@ #~ "Then press Configure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Προσθήκη ενός Διακομιστή SLP</big> \n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε ένα διακομιστή SLP από την λίστα των ανιχνευμένων διακομιστών " -#~ "SLP.\n" -#~ "Αν ο SLP διακομιστής σας δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, επιλέξτε Άλλος (μη " -#~ "ανιχνευμένος).\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε ένα διακομιστή SLP από την λίστα των ανιχνευμένων διακομιστών SLP.\n" +#~ "Αν ο SLP διακομιστής σας δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, επιλέξτε Άλλος (μη ανιχνευμένος).\n" #~ "Ύστερα πατήστε το Ρύθμιση.\n" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/snapper.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/snapper.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/snapper.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -233,8 +233,7 @@ #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" -msgstr "" -"Προβολή διαφορών μεταξύ του στιγμιοτύπου και του συστήματος αυτή την στιγμή" +msgstr "Προβολή διαφορών μεταξύ του στιγμιοτύπου και του συστήματος αυτή την στιγμή" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 @@ -249,16 +248,12 @@ #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" -msgstr "" -"Προβολή διαφορών μεταξύ του πρώτου στιγμιοτύπου και του συστήματος αυτή την " -"στιγμή" +msgstr "Προβολή διαφορών μεταξύ του πρώτου στιγμιοτύπου και του συστήματος αυτή την στιγμή" #. radio button label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" -msgstr "" -"Προβολή διαφορών μεταξύ του δεύτερου στιγμιοτύπου και του συστήματος αυτή " -"την στιγμή" +msgstr "Προβολή διαφορών μεταξύ του δεύτερου στιγμιοτύπου και του συστήματος αυτή την στιγμή" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 @@ -334,18 +329,15 @@ "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" "Θα γίνει επαναφορά αυτών των αρχείων από το στιγμιότυπο '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Τα αρχεία που υπάρχουν στο αρχικό στιγμιότυπο θα αντιγραφούν στο τρέχον " -"σύστημα.\n" -"Τα αρχεία που δεν υπάρχουν στο στιγμιότυπο θα διαγραφούν.Είστε " -"σίγουροι;" +"Τα αρχεία που υπάρχουν στο αρχικό στιγμιότυπο θα αντιγραφούν στο τρέχον σύστημα.\n" +"Τα αρχεία που δεν υπάρχουν στο στιγμιότυπο θα διαγραφούν.Είστε σίγουροι;" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 @@ -360,60 +352,35 @@ #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " -"the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Στιγμιοτύπων</big>\n" -"Ο πίνακας εμφανίζει μία λίστα των στιγμιοτύπων του root συστήματος " -"αρχείων. Υπάρχουν\n" -"τριών ειδών στιγμιότυπα, μεμονωμένα, πριν και μετά. Τα " -"μεμονωμένα\n" -"στιγμιότυπα χρησιμοποιούνται για την αποθήκευση της κατάστασης του " -"συστήματος αρχείων σε συγκεκριμένη χρονική στιγμή, ενώ στιγμιότυπα πριν και " -"μετά χρησιμοποιούνται για να καθορίσουν τις αλλαγές που πραγματοποιούνται " -"από ειδικές ενέργειες μεταξύ της δημιουργίας αυτών των δύο στιγμιοτύπων. " -"Στιγμιότυπα Πριν και Μετά είναι ανά ζεύγη στον πίνακα\n" -"Επιλέξτε στιγμιότυπα ή ζεύγος στιγμιοτύπων και πατήστε Προβολή " -"Αλλαγών για να δείτε τις νέες αλλαγές στο σύστημα αρχείων στο " -"καθορισμένο στιγμιότυπο.\n" +"Ο πίνακας εμφανίζει μία λίστα των στιγμιοτύπων του root συστήματος αρχείων. Υπάρχουν\n" +"τριών ειδών στιγμιότυπα, μεμονωμένα, πριν και μετά. Τα μεμονωμένα\n" +"στιγμιότυπα χρησιμοποιούνται για την αποθήκευση της κατάστασης του συστήματος αρχείων σε συγκεκριμένη χρονική στιγμή, ενώ στιγμιότυπα πριν και μετά χρησιμοποιούνται για να καθορίσουν τις αλλαγές που πραγματοποιούνται από ειδικές ενέργειες μεταξύ της δημιουργίας αυτών των δύο στιγμιοτύπων. Στιγμιότυπα Πριν και Μετά είναι ανά ζεύγη στον πίνακα\n" +"Επιλέξτε στιγμιότυπα ή ζεύγος στιγμιοτύπων και πατήστε Προβολή Αλλαγών για να δείτε τις νέες αλλαγές στο σύστημα αρχείων στο καθορισμένο στιγμιότυπο.\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Επισκόπηση Στιγμιοτύπων</big>\n" "\n" -"Το δέντρο εμφανίζει όλα τα αρχεία που μεταβλήθηκαν μεταξύ της δημιουργίας " -"του πρώτου ('πριν') και δεύτερου ('μετά') στιγμιοτύπου. Στην δεξιά μεριά, " -"βλέπετε την περιγραφή που δημιουργήθηκε όταν το πρώτο στιγμιότυπο " -"δημιουργήθηκε καθώς και την ώρα δημιουργίας και των δύο στιγμιοτύπων.\n" +"Το δέντρο εμφανίζει όλα τα αρχεία που μεταβλήθηκαν μεταξύ της δημιουργίας του πρώτου ('πριν') και δεύτερου ('μετά') στιγμιοτύπου. Στην δεξιά μεριά, βλέπετε την περιγραφή που δημιουργήθηκε όταν το πρώτο στιγμιότυπο δημιουργήθηκε καθώς και την ώρα δημιουργίας και των δύο στιγμιοτύπων.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Όταν επιλέξετε ένα αρχείο στο δέντρο, μπορείτε να δείτε τις αλλαγές που " -"έγιναν σε αυτό. Προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση είναι να προβάλλονται οι αλλαγές " -"μεταξύ των επιλεγμένων ανά ζεύγη στιγμιοτύπων, αλλά είναι δυνατόν να " -"συγκρίνεται το αρχείο με διαφορετικές εκδόσεις.\n" +"Όταν επιλέξετε ένα αρχείο στο δέντρο, μπορείτε να δείτε τις αλλαγές που έγιναν σε αυτό. Προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση είναι να προβάλλονται οι αλλαγές μεταξύ των επιλεγμένων ανά ζεύγη στιγμιοτύπων, αλλά είναι δυνατόν να συγκρίνεται το αρχείο με διαφορετικές εκδόσεις.\n" "\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -421,24 +388,18 @@ msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Επισκόπηση Στιγμιοτύπων</big>\n" "\n" -"Το δέντρο εμφανίζει όλα τα αρχεία που μεταβλήθηκαν μεταξύ της δημιουργίας " -"του επιλεγμένου στιγμιοτύπου και του τρέχοντος συστήματος. Στην δεξιά μεριά, " -"βλέπετε την περιγραφή του στιγμιοτύπου και την ώρα δημιουργίας του.\n" +"Το δέντρο εμφανίζει όλα τα αρχεία που μεταβλήθηκαν μεταξύ της δημιουργίας του επιλεγμένου στιγμιοτύπου και του τρέχοντος συστήματος. Στην δεξιά μεριά, βλέπετε την περιγραφή του στιγμιοτύπου και την ώρα δημιουργίας του.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Όταν επιλέξετε ένα αρχείο στο δέντρο, μπορείτε να δείτε τις διαφορές μεταξύ " -"της έκδοσης στο στιγμιότυπο και το τρέχον σύστημα.\n" +"Όταν επιλέξετε ένα αρχείο στο δέντρο, μπορείτε να δείτε τις διαφορές μεταξύ της έκδοσης στο στιγμιότυπο και το τρέχον σύστημα.\n" "\n" # command line output @@ -551,8 +512,7 @@ "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" "tool can be used to create configurations." msgstr "" -"Δεν υπάρχουν ρυθμίσεις για το snapper. Πρέπει να δημιουργήσετε μια ή " -"περισσότερες\n" +"Δεν υπάρχουν ρυθμίσεις για το snapper. Πρέπει να δημιουργήσετε μια ή περισσότερες\n" "ρυθμίσεις για το yast2-snapper. Το εργαλείο γραμμής εντολών\n" "του snapper μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για να δημιουργήσετε ρυθμίσεις." @@ -577,9 +537,5 @@ #~ msgid "%1 does not exist in snapshot %2\n" #~ msgstr "%1 δεν υπάρχει στο στιγμιότυπο %2\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2</" -#~ "p>Are you sure?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Τα παρακάτω αρχεία θα αντιγραφούν από το στιγμιότυπο '%1' στο παρόν " -#~ "σύστημα: %2 Είστε σίγουροι;" +#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: %2Are you sure?" +#~ msgstr "Τα παρακάτω αρχεία θα αντιγραφούν από το στιγμιότυπο '%1' στο παρόν σύστημα: %2 Είστε σίγουροι;" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/sound.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/sound.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/sound.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -34,9 +34,7 @@ #. popup error message #: src/clients/sound.rb:49 msgid "Sound card database not found. Please check your installation." -msgstr "" -"Η βάση δεδομένων της κάρτας ήχου δεν βρέθηκε. Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε την " -"εγκατάστασή σας." +msgstr "Η βάση δεδομένων της κάρτας ήχου δεν βρέθηκε. Παρακαλώ ελέγξτε την εγκατάστασή σας." #. translators: command line help text for Sound module #: src/clients/sound.rb:59 @@ -51,9 +49,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for add action #: src/clients/sound.rb:79 msgid "Add sound card. Without parameters, add first one detected." -msgstr "" -"Προσθήκη κάρτας ήχου. Χωρίς παραμέτρους, προσθήκη της πρώτης που θα " -"ανιχνευτεί." +msgstr "Προσθήκη κάρτας ήχου. Χωρίς παραμέτρους, προσθήκη της πρώτης που θα ανιχνευτεί." #. help text for unknownd parameters #: src/clients/sound.rb:84 @@ -83,12 +79,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text for unknownd parameters; do not translate 'show' #: src/clients/sound.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list " -"of allowed parameters." -msgstr "" -"Αξία της συγκεκριμένης παραμέτρου μονάδας. Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή 'show' " -"για να δείτε μια λίστα επιτρεπτών παραμέτρων." +msgid "Value of the specific module parameter. Use the 'show' command to see a list of allowed parameters." +msgstr "Αξία της συγκεκριμένης παραμέτρου μονάδας. Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή 'show' για να δείτε μια λίστα επιτρεπτών παραμέτρων." #. translators: command line help text for volume action #: src/clients/sound.rb:131 @@ -98,12 +90,8 @@ #. - for unknown parameter names #. help text; do not translate 'channels' as command name #: src/clients/sound.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a " -"list of available channels." -msgstr "" -"Αξία του συγκεκριμένου καναλιού (0-100). Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή channels " -"για να δείτε μια λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα κανάλια." +msgid "Value of the specific channel (0-100). Use the 'channels' command to see a list of available channels." +msgstr "Αξία του συγκεκριμένου καναλιού (0-100). Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή channels για να δείτε μια λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα κανάλια." #. translators: command line help text for modules action #: src/clients/sound.rb:144 @@ -275,11 +263,9 @@ "Enable or add an additional software repository containing the packages.\n" msgstr "" "Αυτά τα απαιτούμενα πακέτα δεν είναι διαθέσιμα: %1\n" -"Κάποια κάρτα ήχου μπορεί να μην λειτουργεί ή κάποια χαρακτηριστικά μπορεί να " -"μην υποστηρίζονται.\n" +"Κάποια κάρτα ήχου μπορεί να μην λειτουργεί ή κάποια χαρακτηριστικά μπορεί να μην υποστηρίζονται.\n" "\n" -"Ενεργοποιήστε ή προσθέστε επιπλέον λογισμικό από το αποθετήριο που " -"περιλαμβάνει πακέτα.\n" +"Ενεργοποιήστε ή προσθέστε επιπλέον λογισμικό από το αποθετήριο που περιλαμβάνει πακέτα.\n" #. creates summary table with card labels and thier states #. (running/not running/dissappeared) @@ -569,15 +555,11 @@ #. help text - mixer setting #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:377 msgid "" -"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected " -"sound card. \n" -"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore " -"the original settings." +"With this dialog you can set volume for each channel of the selected sound card. \n" +"Press Next to save your volume settings, press Back to restore the original settings." msgstr "" -"Με αυτό το διάλογο μπορείτε να ορίσετε την ένταση σε κάθε κανάλι της " -"επιλεγμένης κάρτας ήχου. \n" -"Πατήστε Επόμενο για να αποθηκευτούν οι ρυθμίσεις έντασης, πατήστε " -"Πίσω για επαναφορά των αρχικών ρυθμίσεων." +"Με αυτό το διάλογο μπορείτε να ορίσετε την ένταση σε κάθε κανάλι της επιλεγμένης κάρτας ήχου. \n" +"Πατήστε Επόμενο για να αποθηκευτούν οι ρυθμίσεις έντασης, πατήστε Πίσω για επαναφορά των αρχικών ρυθμίσεων." #. dialog header, %1 = card id (number), %2 = name #: src/include/sound/mixer.rb:385 @@ -800,8 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Αν δεν θέλετε να προσαρμόσετε την ένταση ή να ορίσετε τις επιλογές τώρα, \n" -"επιλέξτε Γρήγορη αυτόματη εγκατάσταση. Μπορείτε να ορίσετε την " -"ένταση\n" +"επιλέξτε Γρήγορη αυτόματη εγκατάσταση. Μπορείτε να ορίσετε την ένταση\n" "και να αλλάξετε τις επιλογές αργότερα.\n" "\n" @@ -1160,10 +1141,8 @@ "configure it. If the card was not detected, press Add and\n" "configure the card manually.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε μια μη ρυθμισμένη κάρτα από τον κατάλογο και πατήστε " -"Επεξεργασία για\n" -"να τη ρυθμίσετε. Αν η κάρτα δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, πατήστε Προσθήκη " -"και\n" +"Επιλέξτε μια μη ρυθμισμένη κάρτα από τον κατάλογο και πατήστε Επεξεργασία για\n" +"να τη ρυθμίσετε. Αν η κάρτα δεν έχει ανιχνευτεί, πατήστε Προσθήκη και\n" "ρυθμίστε την κάρτα χειροκίνητα.\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:257 @@ -1187,12 +1166,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Χρησιμοποιείστε το Άλλο για να ορίστε την ένταση της επιλεγμένης " -"κάρτας ή να ρυθμίσετε\n" -"την φόρτωση της μονάδας για αναπαραγωγή αρχείων MIDI(Εκκίνηση του " -"Sequencer).\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Αναπαραγωγή Ήχου Δοκιμής για να δοκιμάσετε την " -"επιλεγμένη κάρτα.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιείστε το Άλλο για να ορίστε την ένταση της επιλεγμένης κάρτας ή να ρυθμίσετε\n" +"την φόρτωση της μονάδας για αναπαραγωγή αρχείων MIDI(Εκκίνηση του Sequencer).\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Αναπαραγωγή Ήχου Δοκιμής για να δοκιμάσετε την επιλεγμένη κάρτα.\n" "\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:270 @@ -1201,31 +1177,24 @@ "Use PulseAudio Configuration to enable or disable it.\n" msgstr "" "Η υπηρεσία PulseAudio μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για αναπαραγωγή ήχων,\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε την Ρύθμιση PulseAudio για να την ενεργοποιήσετε ή " -"απενεργοποιήσετε.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε την Ρύθμιση PulseAudio για να την ενεργοποιήσετε ή απενεργοποιήσετε.\n" #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:273 msgid "" -"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and " -"applications.\n" +"The sound device with index 0 is the default device used by system and applications.\n" "Use Other to set the selected sound device as the primary device." msgstr "" -"Η συσκευή ήχου με αριθμό ευρετηρίου 0 είναι η προεπιλεγμένη συσκευή που " -"χρησιμοποιείται από το σύστημά σας και τις εφαρμογές σας.\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Άλλο για να ορίσετε την επιλεγμένη κάρτα ήχου ως " -"την πρωτεύουσα συσκευή." +"Η συσκευή ήχου με αριθμό ευρετηρίου 0 είναι η προεπιλεγμένη συσκευή που χρησιμοποιείται από το σύστημά σας και τις εφαρμογές σας.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το Άλλο για να ορίσετε την επιλεγμένη κάρτα ήχου ως την πρωτεύουσα συσκευή." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:276 msgid "" "The applications which use OSS (Open Sound System) can use the software\n" -"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> " -"to\n" +"mixer by using aoss wrapper. Use command <tt>aoss <application></tt> to\n" "start the application." msgstr "" -"Οι εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν το OSS (Σύστημα Ήχου Ανοικτού Λογισμικού) " -"μπορεί να χρησιμοποιήσει τον λογισμικό\n" -"μείκτη με τη χρήση του aoss wrapper. Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή <tt>aoss <" -"application></tt> για\n" +"Οι εφαρμογές που χρησιμοποιούν το OSS (Σύστημα Ήχου Ανοικτού Λογισμικού) μπορεί να χρησιμοποιήσει τον λογισμικό\n" +"μείκτη με τη χρήση του aoss wrapper. Χρησιμοποιήστε την εντολή <tt>aoss <application></tt> για\n" "να ξεκινήσετε την εφαρμογή." #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:286 src/include/sound/texts.rb:316 @@ -1256,8 +1225,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Αυτή είναι η πλήρης λίστα καρτών ήχου. Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Τέλος</" -"b> \n" +"Αυτή είναι η πλήρης λίστα καρτών ήχου. Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί Τέλος \n" "για αποθήκευση πληροφοριών κάρτας ήχου.\n" "\n" @@ -1275,9 +1243,7 @@ #: src/include/sound/texts.rb:317 msgid "You can try to pass some options to the module." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να προσπαθήσετε να περάσετε κάποιες επιλογές στην μονάδα." -"" +msgstr "Μπορείτε να προσπαθήσετε να περάσετε κάποιες επιλογές στην μονάδα." #. this is the first part of message "The sound card 'cardname' #. will be configured as the first snd card" @@ -1341,8 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "" "Παρακαλώ προσπαθήστε να ρυθμίσετε την κάρτα ήχου χειροκίνητα \n" "χρησιμοποιώντας τον οδηγό \"Cirrus Logic CS4232\" ή \"Cirrus \n" -"Logic CS4236\" και ρυθμίστε τις παραμέτρους χρησιμοποιώντας το 'Ρύθμιση για " -"Προχωρημένους'." +"Logic CS4236\" και ρυθμίστε τις παραμέτρους χρησιμοποιώντας το 'Ρύθμιση για Προχωρημένους'." #. error message #: src/include/sound/volume.rb:214 @@ -1470,16 +1435,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In this dialog, specify your joystick type. If your\n" -#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.</" -#~ "p>\n" -#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, " -#~ "just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" +#~ "joystick type is not in the list, select Generic Analog Joystick.\n" +#~ "You will not find any USB joysticks here. If you have a USB device, just plug in the joystick and start using it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Σε αυτό το διάλογο, προσδιορίστε τον τύπο του joystick σας. Αν ο\n" -#~ "τύπος joystick δεν είναι στη λίστα, επιλέξτε Γενικό αναλογικό " -#~ "joystick.\n" -#~ "Δεν θα βρείτε USB joystick εδώ. Αν έχετε μια συσκευή USB, απλά " -#~ "συνδέστε την και ξεκινήστε τη χρήση της.\n" +#~ "τύπος joystick δεν είναι στη λίστα, επιλέξτε Γενικό αναλογικό joystick.\n" +#~ "Δεν θα βρείτε USB joystick εδώ. Αν έχετε μια συσκευή USB, απλά συνδέστε την και ξεκινήστε τη χρήση της.\n" #~ msgid "&Select your joystick type:" #~ msgstr "&Επιλέξτε τον τύπο joystick:" @@ -1508,19 +1469,11 @@ #~ msgid "%1 - Invalid configuration" #~ msgstr "%1 - Μη έγκυρη ρύθμιση" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or " -#~ "a wrong driver is used" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η ρύθμιση δεν είναι ενεργή - είτε το joystick δεν είναι συνδεδεμένο είτε " -#~ "χρησιμοποιείται εσφαλμένος οδηγός" +#~ msgid "The configuration is not active - either the joystick is not connected or a wrong driver is used" +#~ msgstr "Η ρύθμιση δεν είναι ενεργή - είτε το joystick δεν είναι συνδεδεμένο είτε χρησιμοποιείται εσφαλμένος οδηγός" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to " -#~ "remove the configuration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πατήστε Επεξεργασία για αλλαγή οδηγού joystick ή Διαγραφή " -#~ "για αφαίρεση των ρυθμίσεων" +#~ msgid "Press Edit to change the joystick driver or Delete to remove the configuration" +#~ msgstr "Πατήστε Επεξεργασία για αλλαγή οδηγού joystick ή Διαγραφή για αφαίρεση των ρυθμίσεων" #~ msgid "Axis %1" #~ msgstr "Άξων %1" @@ -1538,9 +1491,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Κάρτες Ήχου με υποστήριξη Joystick" #~ msgid "To add an USB joystick close this dialog and just connect it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για προσθήκη ενός USB joystick κλείστε αυτό το παράθυρο και απλά συνδέστε " -#~ "το." +#~ msgstr "Για προσθήκη ενός USB joystick κλείστε αυτό το παράθυρο και απλά συνδέστε το." #~ msgid "&Configure joystick" #~ msgstr "&Ρύθμιση joystick" @@ -1557,12 +1508,8 @@ #~ msgid "Here is an overview of the detected joysticks." #~ msgstr "Εδώ είναι μια σύνοψη των εντοπισμένων joysticks." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add " -#~ "button." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να ρυθμίσετε έναν νέο joystick συνδεδεμένο σε μια Gameport κάντε " -#~ "κλικ στο Προσθήκη." +#~ msgid "To configure a new joystick connected to a Gameport press Add button." +#~ msgstr "Για να ρυθμίσετε έναν νέο joystick συνδεδεμένο σε μια Gameport κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη." #~ msgid "Model" #~ msgstr "Μοντέλο" @@ -1631,12 +1578,8 @@ #~ "Για να αφαιρέσετε το ρυθμισμένο joystick από το σύστημα\n" #~ "ή αν δεν έχετε joystick, επιλέξτε Όχι joystick.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick " -#~ "type." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πατήστε Δοκιμή για να δοκιμάσετε τις ιδιότητες του επιλεγμένου " -#~ "τύπου joystick." +#~ msgid "Press Test to test the functionality of the selected joystick type." +#~ msgstr "Πατήστε Δοκιμή για να δοκιμάσετε τις ιδιότητες του επιλεγμένου τύπου joystick." #~ msgid "" #~ "Note: Connect your joystick to your computer\n" @@ -1650,13 +1593,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Two or more sound cards in your system support joysticks.\n" -#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure " -#~ "Joystick.\n" +#~ "To configure a joystick, select the sound card and press Configure Joystick.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δύο ή περισσότερες κάρτες ήχου στο σύστημά σας υποστηρίζουν joystick." -#~ "\n" -#~ "Για να ρυθμίσετε ένα joystick, επιλέξτε την κάρτα ήχου και πατήστε " -#~ "Ρύθμιση Joystick.\n" +#~ "Δύο ή περισσότερες κάρτες ήχου στο σύστημά σας υποστηρίζουν joystick.\n" +#~ "Για να ρυθμίσετε ένα joystick, επιλέξτε την κάρτα ήχου και πατήστε Ρύθμιση Joystick.\n" #~ msgid "The configured cards do not support the joystick." #~ msgstr "Οι ρυθμισμένες κάρτες δεν υποστηρίζουν το joystick." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/squid.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/squid.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/squid.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -519,8 +519,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 @@ -583,12 +582,8 @@ #. Cache Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Τα Patterns Ανανέωσης καθορίζουν τον τρόπο που το Squid " -"συμπεριφέρεται στα αντικείμενα στην λανθάνουσα μνήμη.\n" +msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" +msgstr "Τα Patterns Ανανέωσης καθορίζουν τον τρόπο που το Squid συμπεριφέρεται στα αντικείμενα στην λανθάνουσα μνήμη.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 msgid "" @@ -603,8 +598,7 @@ "Min determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" "considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" msgstr "" -"Το Ελάχιστο καθορίζει πόση ώρα (σε λεπτά) θα πρέπει ένα " -"αντικείμενο\n" +"Το Ελάχιστο καθορίζει πόση ώρα (σε λεπτά) θα πρέπει ένα αντικείμενο\n" "να θεωρείται φρέσκο εάν δεν δοθεί σαφή όριο λήξης.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 @@ -613,8 +607,7 @@ "modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" "considered fresh.\n" msgstr "" -"Ποσοστό είναι ποσοστό επί τοις εκατό της ηλικίας των αντικειμένων " -"(χρόνος\n" +"Ποσοστό είναι ποσοστό επί τοις εκατό της ηλικίας των αντικειμένων (χρόνος\n" "από την τελευταία αλλαγή). Ένα αντικείμενο χωρίς σαφή χρονικό όριο λήξης\n" "θεωρείται φρέσκο.\n" @@ -623,36 +616,28 @@ "Max is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n" "expiry time will be considered fresh.\n" msgstr "" -"Μέγιστο είναι το άνω όριο του χρόνου που τα αντικείμενα χωρίς " -"συγκεκριμένο\n" +"Μέγιστο είναι το άνω όριο του χρόνου που τα αντικείμενα χωρίς συγκεκριμένο\n" "όριο λήξης θα θεωρούνται φρέσκα.\n" #. Cache 2 Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects." -msgstr "" -" Προσωρινή μνήμηορίζει την ιδεατή ποσότητα μνήμης που θα " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί στα αντικείμενα." +msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." +msgstr " Προσωρινή μνήμηορίζει την ιδεατή ποσότητα μνήμης που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί στα αντικείμενα." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "Max Object Size defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" msgstr "" -"Το Μέγιστο Μέγεθος Αντικειμένου ορίζει το μέγιστο μέγεθος για τα " -"αντικείμενα που θα αποθηκεύονται\n" -"στο δίσκο. Αντικείμενα μεγαλύτερα από αυτό το μέγεθος δεν θα αποθηκεύονται " -"στον δίσκο.\n" +"Το Μέγιστο Μέγεθος Αντικειμένου ορίζει το μέγιστο μέγεθος για τα αντικείμενα που θα αποθηκεύονται\n" +"στο δίσκο. Αντικείμενα μεγαλύτερα από αυτό το μέγεθος δεν θα αποθηκεύονται στον δίσκο.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Min Object Size specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.\n" msgstr "" -"Το Ελάχιστο Μέγεθος Αντικειμένου καθορίζει το ελάχιστο μέγεθος του " -"αντικειμένου.\n" +"Το Ελάχιστο Μέγεθος Αντικειμένου καθορίζει το ελάχιστο μέγεθος του αντικειμένου.\n" "Μικρότερα αντικείμενα δεν θα σώζονται στο δίσκο.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 @@ -664,24 +649,18 @@ "If utilization is close to the Swap Low-Water Mark, less replacement\n" "is done each time.\n" msgstr "" -"Η Αντικατάσταη ξεκινά όταν η χρήση της μνήμης swap (δίσκος) είναι πάνω " -"από το\n" -"Υδατογράφημα Χαμηλής Swap και προσπαθεί να διατηρήσει τη χρήση κοντά " -"στο\n" +"Η Αντικατάσταη ξεκινά όταν η χρήση της μνήμης swap (δίσκος) είναι πάνω από το\n" +"Υδατογράφημα Χαμηλής Swap και προσπαθεί να διατηρήσει τη χρήση κοντά στο\n" "Υδατογράφημα Χαμηλής Swap. Όταν η χρήση φτάνει κοντά στο\n" -"Υδατογράφημα Υψηλής Swap, η έξωση αντικειμένων γίνεται πιο " -"επιθετική.\n" -"Εάν η χρήση είναι κοντά στο Υδατογράφημα Χαμηλής Swap, λιγότερη " -"αντικατάσταση\n" +"Υδατογράφημα Υψηλής Swap, η έξωση αντικειμένων γίνεται πιο επιθετική.\n" +"Εάν η χρήση είναι κοντά στο Υδατογράφημα Χαμηλής Swap, λιγότερη αντικατάσταση\n" "γίνεται κάθε φορά.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -704,11 +683,9 @@ "</table>\n" "" msgstr "" -" Η Πολιτική Αντικατάστασης Προσωρινής Μνήμης αποφασίζει ποιο " -"αντικείμενο θα αντικατασταθεί\n" +" Η Πολιτική Αντικατάστασης Προσωρινής Μνήμης αποφασίζει ποιο αντικείμενο θα αντικατασταθεί\n" "όταν απαιτείται ελεύθερος χώρος στον δίσκο.\n" -" Η Πολιτική Αντικατάστασης Προσώρινής Μνήμης προσδιορίζει την " -"πολιτική για αντικατάσταση αντικειμένου στη \n" +" Η Πολιτική Αντικατάστασης Προσώρινής Μνήμης προσδιορίζει την πολιτική για αντικατάσταση αντικειμένου στη \n" "μνήμη όταν δεν είναι διαθέσιμος ο χώρος για νέα αντικείμενα.\n" "Οι πολιτικές μπορούν να είναι:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -733,114 +710,81 @@ #. Cache Directory #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored." -msgstr "" -" Το Όνομα Καταλόγου προσδιορίζει τον κατάλογο ανωτάτου καταλόγου " -"όπου τα αρχεία της προσωρινής λανθάνουσας μνήμης θα ανακτηθούν." +msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." +msgstr " Το Όνομα Καταλόγου προσδιορίζει τον κατάλογο ανωτάτου καταλόγου όπου τα αρχεία της προσωρινής λανθάνουσας μνήμης θα ανακτηθούν." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory." -msgstr "" -" Το Μέγεθος προσδιορίζει το ποσό του δίσκου (σε ΜΒ) που θα " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί σε αυτόν τον κατάλογο" +msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." +msgstr " Το Μέγεθος προσδιορίζει το ποσό του δίσκου (σε ΜΒ) που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί σε αυτόν τον κατάλογο" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Οι Κατάλογοι Επιπέδου 1 προσδιορίζουν τον αριθμό των υποκαταλόγων " -"πρώτου επιπέδου,\n" +"Οι Κατάλογοι Επιπέδου 1 προσδιορίζουν τον αριθμό των υποκαταλόγων πρώτου επιπέδου,\n" "που θα δημιουργηθούν κάτω από τον κατάλογο Όνομα Καταλόγου.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Οι Κατάλογοι Επιπέδου 2 προσδιορίζουν τον αριθμό των υποκαταλόγων " -"δευτέρου επιπέδου,\n" +"Οι Κατάλογοι Επιπέδου 2 προσδιορίζουν τον αριθμό των υποκαταλόγων δευτέρου επιπέδου,\n" "στους οποίους θα δημιουργηθούν κάτω από κάθε κατάλογο πρώτου επιπέδου.\n" #. ACL Groups #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." -msgstr "" -"Η πρόσβαση στον εξυπηρετητή Squid μπορεί να ελεγχθεί μέσω των Ομάδων " -"ACL." +msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgstr "Η πρόσβαση στον εξυπηρετητή Squid μπορεί να ελεγχθεί μέσω των Ομάδων ACL." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" -"Η Ομάδα ACL έχει διάφορους τύπους και η περιγραφή μιας ομάδας ACL " -"εξαρτάται\n" +"Η Ομάδα ACL έχει διάφορους τύπους και η περιγραφή μιας ομάδας ACL εξαρτάται\n" "από τον συγκεκριμένο τύπο.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"Στον πίνακα Ελέγχου Πρόσβασης, η πρόσβαση μπορεί να απαγορευτεί ή " -"να επιτραπεί στις ομάδες ACL.\n" -"Εάν υπάρχουν περισσότερες ομάδες ACL σε μια γραμμή, σημαίνει ότι η πρόσβαση " -"θα επιτρέπεται\n" -"ή θα απαγορεύεται στα μέλη που ανήκουν σε όλες τις ομάδες ACL την ίδια " -"στιγμή.\n" +"Στον πίνακα Ελέγχου Πρόσβασης, η πρόσβαση μπορεί να απαγορευτεί ή να επιτραπεί στις ομάδες ACL.\n" +"Εάν υπάρχουν περισσότερες ομάδες ACL σε μια γραμμή, σημαίνει ότι η πρόσβαση θα επιτρέπεται\n" +"ή θα απαγορεύεται στα μέλη που ανήκουν σε όλες τις ομάδες ACL την ίδια στιγμή.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "The Access Control table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" msgstr "" -"Ο πίνακας Ελέγχου Πρόσβασης ελέγχεται με την σειρά που φαίνεται " -"εδώ.\n" +"Ο πίνακας Ελέγχου Πρόσβασης ελέγχεται με την σειρά που φαίνεται εδώ.\n" "Η πρώτη επιλογή που ταιριάζει, χρησιμοποιείται.\n" #. Logging and Timeouts Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"" -msgstr "" -"Η Καταγραφή Πρόσβασης προσδιορίζει το αρχείο όπου οι ενέργειες του " -"πελάτη έχουν καταγραφεί." +msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." +msgstr "Η Καταγραφή Πρόσβασης προσδιορίζει το αρχείο όπου οι ενέργειες του πελάτη έχουν καταγραφεί." #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" -"Η Καταγραφή Λανθάνουσας Μνήμης προσδιορίζει το αρχείο όπου οι " -"γενικές πληροφορίες σχετικά με την\n" +"Η Καταγραφή Λανθάνουσας Μνήμης προσδιορίζει το αρχείο όπου οι γενικές πληροφορίες σχετικά με την\n" "συμπεριφορά της λανθάνουσας μνήμης έχει καταγραφεί.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" -"Η Αποθήκη Καταγραφής Λανθάνουσας Μνήμης προσδιορίζει την τοποθεσία " -"όπου η καταγραφή συναλλαγών όλων\n" -"των αντικειμένων όπου είναι αποθηκευμένα σε αποθήκη αντικειμένων, καθώς και " -"ο χρόνος όταν το αντικείμενο\n" +"Η Αποθήκη Καταγραφής Λανθάνουσας Μνήμης προσδιορίζει την τοποθεσία όπου η καταγραφή συναλλαγών όλων\n" +"των αντικειμένων όπου είναι αποθηκευμένα σε αποθήκη αντικειμένων, καθώς και ο χρόνος όταν το αντικείμενο\n" "διαγράφεται.Αυτή η επιλογή μπορεί να μείνει κενή\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 @@ -848,8 +792,7 @@ "With Emulate httpd Log specify that Squid writes its\n" "Access Log in HTTPD common log file format.\n" msgstr "" -"Με την Εξομοίωση Αρχείου Καταγραφής httpd καθορίστε ότι το Squid " -"καταγράφει το\n" +"Με την Εξομοίωση Αρχείου Καταγραφής httpd καθορίστε ότι το Squid καταγράφει το\n" "Ιστορικό Πρόσβασης σε μορφή HTTPD κοινού αρχείου ιστορικού.\n" #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 @@ -857,8 +800,7 @@ "Connection Timeout is an option to force Squid to close\n" "connections after a specified time." msgstr "" -" Διακοπή Σύνδεσης είναι μία επιλογή για να αναγκάσει το Squid να " -"διακόψει\n" +" Διακοπή Σύνδεσης είναι μία επιλογή για να αναγκάσει το Squid να διακόψει\n" "συνδέσεις μετά από κάποιο συγκεκριμένο χρονικό διάστημα. " #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 @@ -866,10 +808,8 @@ "Client Lifetime defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process." msgstr "" -"Η Διάρκεια Ζωής Εφαρμογήςπροσδιορίζει το μέγιστο χρονικό διάστημα " -"όπου η εφαρμογή\n" -"(φυλλομετρητής) επιτρέπεται να παραμένει συνδεδεμένη με την προσωρινή " -"διεργασία." +"Η Διάρκεια Ζωής Εφαρμογήςπροσδιορίζει το μέγιστο χρονικό διάστημα όπου η εφαρμογή\n" +"(φυλλομετρητής) επιτρέπεται να παραμένει συνδεδεμένη με την προσωρινή διεργασία." #. Miscellaneous Dialog #: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 @@ -877,10 +817,8 @@ "Administrator's email is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" msgstr "" -"H Ηλεκτρονική Διεύθυνση Διαχειριστή είναι η διεύθυνση που θα " -"προστίθεται σε οποιαδήποτε\n" -"σελίδα σφαλμάτων που εμφανίζονται στους πελάτες. Προεπιλέγεται σε " -"οποιονδήποτε διαχειριστή.\n" +"H Ηλεκτρονική Διεύθυνση Διαχειριστή είναι η διεύθυνση που θα προστίθεται σε οποιαδήποτε\n" +"σελίδα σφαλμάτων που εμφανίζονται στους πελάτες. Προεπιλέγεται σε οποιονδήποτε διαχειριστή.\n" #. table cell #: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 @@ -1029,11 +967,8 @@ #. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Εάν αλλάξετε το όνομα αυτής της ομάδας ACL, αυτές οι επιλογές μπορεί να " -"επηρεαστούν: \n" +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "Εάν αλλάξετε το όνομα αυτής της ομάδας ACL, αυτές οι επιλογές μπορεί να επηρεαστούν: \n" #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" @@ -1059,9 +994,7 @@ #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Εάν διαγράψετε αυτή την ομάδα ACL, αυτές οι επιλογές μπορεί να " -"επηρεαστούν: \n" +msgstr "Εάν διαγράψετε αυτή την ομάδα ACL, αυτές οι επιλογές μπορεί να επηρεαστούν: \n" #. + #. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); @@ -1090,21 +1023,16 @@ #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:613 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." -msgstr "" -"Μη έγκυρο όνομα διαδρομής στο πεδίο του αρχείου καταγραφής προσωρινής μνήμης." +msgstr "Μη έγκυρο όνομα διαδρομής στο πεδίο του αρχείου καταγραφής προσωρινής μνήμης." #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:624 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." -msgstr "" -"Μη έγκυρο όνομα διαδρομής στο πεδίο του αρχείου καταγραφής αποθήκευσης " -"προσωρινής μνήμης." +msgstr "Μη έγκυρο όνομα διαδρομής στο πεδίο του αρχείου καταγραφής αποθήκευσης προσωρινής μνήμης." #. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** #: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:691 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." -msgstr "" -"Η ηλεκτρονική διεύθυνση του Διαχειριστή δεν μπορεί να περιέχει κενά " -"διαστήματα." +msgstr "Η ηλεκτρονική διεύθυνση του Διαχειριστή δεν μπορεί να περιέχει κενά διαστήματα." #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 @@ -1331,9 +1259,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 msgid "The local IP address on which the client connection exists." -msgstr "" -"Η τοπική διεύθυνση IP που βρίσκεται στην οποία βρίσκεται η σύνδεση με τον " -"πελάτη." +msgstr "Η τοπική διεύθυνση IP που βρίσκεται στην οποία βρίσκεται η σύνδεση με τον πελάτη." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 msgid "srcdomain" @@ -1356,12 +1282,8 @@ msgstr "Τομέας προορισμού" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό αναφέρεται στον τομέα προορισμού δηλαδή στον τομέα πηγής από όπου " -"βρίσκεται ο αρχικός εξυπηρετητής." +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgstr "Αυτό αναφέρεται στον τομέα προορισμού δηλαδή στον τομέα πηγής από όπου βρίσκεται ο αρχικός εξυπηρετητής." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." @@ -1420,11 +1342,8 @@ msgstr "Συσχέτιση χρήσης μιας κανονικής έκφρασης στο ολοκληρωμένο URL." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" -msgstr "" -"Συσχέτιση της διαδρομής της URL πλην οποιουδήποτε πρωτοκόλλου, θύρας και " -"πληροφορίας για το όνομα κόμβου." +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgstr "Συσχέτιση της διαδρομής της URL πλην οποιουδήποτε πρωτοκόλλου, θύρας και πληροφορίας για το όνομα κόμβου." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" @@ -1475,24 +1394,16 @@ msgstr "Αυτός ο τύπος συσχετίζει την μέθοδο HTTP στις κεφαλίδες των αιτήσεων." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." -msgstr "" -"Μια κανονική έκφραση που συσχετίζει τον τύπο του περιηγητή του πελάτη " -"βασισμένο στην κεφαλίδα της εφαρμογής χρήστη." +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." +msgstr "Μια κανονική έκφραση που συσχετίζει τον τύπο του περιηγητή του πελάτη βασισμένο στην κεφαλίδα της εφαρμογής χρήστη." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "Μέγιστος αριθμός HTTP συνδέσεων" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." -msgstr "" -"Συσχετίζει όταν η IP διεύθυνση του πελάτη έχει καθιερώσει συνδέσεις " -"περισσότερες από αυτές των καθορισμένων συνδέσεων HTTP ." +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." +msgstr "Συσχετίζει όταν η IP διεύθυνση του πελάτη έχει καθιερώσει συνδέσεις περισσότερες από αυτές των καθορισμένων συνδέσεων HTTP ." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." @@ -1508,20 +1419,15 @@ #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." -msgstr "" -"Συσχέτιση κανονικής έκφρασης σε οποιαδήποτε από τις γνωστές κεφαλίδες των " -"αιτήσεων." +msgstr "Συσχέτιση κανονικής έκφρασης σε οποιαδήποτε από τις γνωστές κεφαλίδες των αιτήσεων." #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" -"Συσχέτιση κανονικής έκφρασης του τύπου mime της απάντησης που λήφθηκε από το " -"squid.\n" -"Μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για τον εντοπισμό λήψης αρχείων ή μερικών τύπων " -"αιτήσεων δρομολόγησης HTTP.\n" +"Συσχέτιση κανονικής έκφρασης του τύπου mime της απάντησης που λήφθηκε από το squid.\n" +"Μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για τον εντοπισμό λήψης αρχείων ή μερικών τύπων αιτήσεων δρομολόγησης HTTP.\n" #: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/sshd.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/sshd.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/sshd.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -377,16 +377,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Maximum Authentication Tries \n" -#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per " -#~ "connection.\n" -#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures " -#~ "are logged." +#~ "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\n" +#~ "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Μέγιστος Αριθμός Προσπαθειών Πιστοποίησης \n" -#~ "Καθορίζει τον μέγιστο αριθμό προσπαθειών πιστοποίησης που επιτράπηκαν ανά " -#~ "σύνδεση.\n" -#~ "Όταν ο μέγιστος αριθμός αποτυχημένων προσπαθειών φτάσει στο μισό αυτής " -#~ "της τιμής, οι επιπρόσθετες αποτυχημένες προσπάθειες καταγράφονται." +#~ "Καθορίζει τον μέγιστο αριθμό προσπαθειών πιστοποίησης που επιτράπηκαν ανά σύνδεση.\n" +#~ "Όταν ο μέγιστος αριθμός αποτυχημένων προσπαθειών φτάσει στο μισό αυτής της τιμής, οι επιπρόσθετες αποτυχημένες προσπάθειες καταγράφονται." #~ msgid "" #~ "RSA Authentication \n" @@ -411,8 +407,7 @@ #~ "Configure SSHD protocol version and cipher settings. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Πρωτοκόλλου και Κρυπτογράφησης</big> \n" -#~ "Ρύθμιση έκδοσης του πρωτοκόλλου SSHD και των ρυθμίσεων της κρυπτογράφησης." -#~ " \n" +#~ "Ρύθμιση έκδοσης του πρωτοκόλλου SSHD και των ρυθμίσεων της κρυπτογράφησης. \n" #~ msgid "SSH server is running" #~ msgstr "Ο εξυπηρετητής SSH εκτελείται" @@ -504,14 +499,12 @@ #~| "Really exit?\n" #~| "All changes will be lost." #~ msgid "Really exit?\\nAll changes will be lost." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να γίνει έξοδος;\\nΌλες οι αλλαγές θα χαθούν." +#~ msgstr "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να γίνει έξοδος;\\nΌλες οι αλλαγές θα χαθούν." #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Initializing the sshd Configuration</big> \n" #~| "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Initializing the sshd Configuration</big> \\n\\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Initializing the sshd Configuration</big> \\n\\n" #~ msgstr "<big> Αρχικοποίηση Ρύθμισης sshd</big> \\n\\n" #~| msgid "" @@ -523,97 +516,52 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Server Configuration</big> \n" #~| "Configure SSHD here. " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Server Configuration</big> \\nConfigure SSHD here. </" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ρύθμιση του Διακομιστή</big> \\nΡυθμίστε εδώ το SSHD." -#~ " " +#~ msgid "<big>Server Configuration</big> \\nConfigure SSHD here. " +#~ msgstr "<big>Ρύθμιση του Διακομιστή</big> \\nΡυθμίστε εδώ το SSHD. " #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Login Settings</big> \n" #~| "Here you can configure the SSHD login and authentication settings.\n" #~| "Some apply to a particular protocol version only." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Login Settings</big> \\nHere you can configure the SSHD " -#~ "login and authentication settings.\\nSome apply to a particular protocol " -#~ "version only." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Σύνδεσης</big> \\nΕδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε " -#~ "τις επιλογές σύνδεσης SSHD και της πιστοποίησης.\\nΜερικές εφαρμόζουν " -#~ "μόνο σε συγκεκριμένες εκδόσεις πρωτοκόλλου." +#~ msgid "<big>Login Settings</big> \\nHere you can configure the SSHD login and authentication settings.\\nSome apply to a particular protocol version only." +#~ msgstr "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Σύνδεσης</big> \\nΕδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τις επιλογές σύνδεσης SSHD και της πιστοποίησης.\\nΜερικές εφαρμόζουν μόνο σε συγκεκριμένες εκδόσεις πρωτοκόλλου." #~| msgid "" #~| "Print Message of the Day After Login\n" #~| "Specifies whether sshd should print /etc/motd when\n" #~| "a user logs in interactively." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Print Message of the Day After Login\\nSpecifies whether sshd " -#~ "should print /etc/motd when\\na user logs in interactively." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Εμφάνιση Μηνύματος της Ημέρας Μετά τη Σύνδεση\\nΚαθορίζει εάν η " -#~ "υπηρεσία sshd πρέπει να εμφανίζει το /etc/motd όταν\\nένας χρήστης " -#~ "συνδέεται διαδραστικά." +#~ msgid "Print Message of the Day After Login\\nSpecifies whether sshd should print /etc/motd when\\na user logs in interactively." +#~ msgstr "Εμφάνιση Μηνύματος της Ημέρας Μετά τη Σύνδεση\\nΚαθορίζει εάν η υπηρεσία sshd πρέπει να εμφανίζει το /etc/motd όταν\\nένας χρήστης συνδέεται διαδραστικά." #~| msgid "" #~| "Permit Root Login \n" #~| "Specifies whether root can log in using ssh." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Permit Root Login \\nSpecifies whether root can log in using " -#~ "ssh." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιτρέπεται Σύνδεση Root \\nΚαθορίζει εάν ο χρήστης root " -#~ "μπορεί να συνδεθεί με χρήση ssh." +#~ msgid "Permit Root Login \\nSpecifies whether root can log in using ssh." +#~ msgstr "Επιτρέπεται Σύνδεση Root \\nΚαθορίζει εάν ο χρήστης root μπορεί να συνδεθεί με χρήση ssh." #~| msgid "" #~| "Maximum Authentication Tries \n" -#~| "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per " -#~| "connection.\n" -#~| "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures " -#~| "are logged." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Maximum Authentication Tries \\nSpecifies the maximum number " -#~ "of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\\nOnce the number of " -#~ "failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μέγιστος Αριθμός Προσπαθειών Πιστοποίησης \\nΚαθορίζει τον " -#~ "μέγιστο αριθμό προσπαθειών πιστοποίησης που επιτράπηκαν ανά σύνδεση." -#~ "\\nΌταν ο μέγιστος αριθμός αποτυχημένων προσπαθειών φτάσει στο μισό αυτής " -#~ "της τιμής, οι επιπρόσθετες αποτυχημένες προσπάθειες καταγράφονται." +#~| "Specifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\n" +#~| "Once the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged." +#~ msgid "Maximum Authentication Tries \\nSpecifies the maximum number of authentication attempts permitted per connection.\\nOnce the number of failures reaches half this value, additional failures are logged." +#~ msgstr "Μέγιστος Αριθμός Προσπαθειών Πιστοποίησης \\nΚαθορίζει τον μέγιστο αριθμό προσπαθειών πιστοποίησης που επιτράπηκαν ανά σύνδεση.\\nΌταν ο μέγιστος αριθμός αποτυχημένων προσπαθειών φτάσει στο μισό αυτής της τιμής, οι επιπρόσθετες αποτυχημένες προσπάθειες καταγράφονται." #~| msgid "" #~| "RSA Authentication \n" #~| "Specifies whether pure RSA authentication is allowed.\n" #~| "This option applies to protocol version 1 only." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "RSA Authentication \\nSpecifies whether pure RSA " -#~ "authentication is allowed.\\nThis option applies to protocol version 1 " -#~ "only." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πιστοποίηση RSA \\nΚαθορίζει εάν επιτρέπεται η καθαρή " -#~ "πιστοποίηση RSA.\\nΑυτή η επιλογή εφαρμόζεται μόνο στην έκδοση 1 του " -#~ "πρωτοκόλλου." +#~ msgid "RSA Authentication \\nSpecifies whether pure RSA authentication is allowed.\\nThis option applies to protocol version 1 only." +#~ msgstr "Πιστοποίηση RSA \\nΚαθορίζει εάν επιτρέπεται η καθαρή πιστοποίηση RSA.\\nΑυτή η επιλογή εφαρμόζεται μόνο στην έκδοση 1 του πρωτοκόλλου." #~| msgid "" #~| "Public Key Authentication \n" #~| "Specifies whether public key authentication is allowed.\n" #~| "This option applies to protocol version 2 only." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Public Key Authentication \\nSpecifies whether public key " -#~ "authentication is allowed.\\nThis option applies to protocol version 2 " -#~ "only." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πιστοποίηση Δημόσιου Κλειδιού \\nΚαθορίζει εάν επιτρέπεται η " -#~ "πιστοποίηση δημόσιου κλειδιού.\\nΑυτή η επιλογή εφαρμόζεται μόνο στην " -#~ "έκδοση 2 του πρωτοκόλλου." +#~ msgid "Public Key Authentication \\nSpecifies whether public key authentication is allowed.\\nThis option applies to protocol version 2 only." +#~ msgstr "Πιστοποίηση Δημόσιου Κλειδιού \\nΚαθορίζει εάν επιτρέπεται η πιστοποίηση δημόσιου κλειδιού.\\nΑυτή η επιλογή εφαρμόζεται μόνο στην έκδοση 2 του πρωτοκόλλου." #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Protocol and Cipher Settings</big> \n" #~| "Configure SSHD protocol version and cipher settings. \n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Protocol and Cipher Settings</big> \\nConfigure SSHD " -#~ "protocol version and cipher settings. \\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Πρωτοκόλλου και Κρυπτογράφησης</big> " -#~ "\\nΡύθμιση έκδοσης του πρωτοκόλλου SSHD και των ρυθμίσεων της " -#~ "κρυπτογράφησης. \\n" +#~ msgid "<big>Protocol and Cipher Settings</big> \\nConfigure SSHD protocol version and cipher settings. \\n" +#~ msgstr "<big>Ρυθμίσεις Πρωτοκόλλου και Κρυπτογράφησης</big> \\nΡύθμιση έκδοσης του πρωτοκόλλου SSHD και των ρυθμίσεων της κρυπτογράφησης. \\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/storage.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/storage.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/storage.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -38,11 +38,9 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το πρόγραμμα μόνο εάν είστε εξοικειωμένοι με την " -"κατάτμηση σκληρών δίσκων.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτό το πρόγραμμα μόνο εάν είστε εξοικειωμένοι με την κατάτμηση σκληρών δίσκων.\n" "\n" -"Μη χωρίζετε ποτέ τους δίσκους που μπορεί, από οποιαδήποτε άποψη, να " -"χρησιμοποιούνται\n" +"Μη χωρίζετε ποτέ τους δίσκους που μπορεί, από οποιαδήποτε άποψη, να χρησιμοποιούνται\n" "(προσαρτημένοι, swap, κ.λ.π) εκτός αν γνωρίζετε ακριβώς τι κάνετε. \n" "Διαφορετικά, ο πίνακας κατατμήσεων δεν θα διαβιβαστεί στον πυρήνα\n" "και πιθανότατα θα οδηγήσει σε απώλεια δεδομένων.\n" @@ -110,8 +108,7 @@ "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "Δεν είναι δυνατή η ύπαρξη αυτόματης πρότασης.\n" -"Προσδιορίστε σημεία προσάρτησης χειροκίνητα στον διάλογο 'Διαχειριστής " -"Κατατμήσεων'." +"Προσδιορίστε σημεία προσάρτησης χειροκίνητα στον διάλογο 'Διαχειριστής Κατατμήσεων'." #. TRANSLATORS: button text #. this is the resize case @@ -280,10 +277,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Η ακριβής αλλαγή μεγέθους θα εφαρμοστεί μόνο ύστερα από την επιβεβαίωση όλων " -"των\n" -"ρυθμίσεών σας στον τελευταίο παράθυρο εγκατάστασης. Μέχρι να φτάσετε σε αυτό " -"το σημείο, η κατάτμηση\n" +"Η ακριβής αλλαγή μεγέθους θα εφαρμοστεί μόνο ύστερα από την επιβεβαίωση όλων των\n" +"ρυθμίσεών σας στον τελευταίο παράθυρο εγκατάστασης. Μέχρι να φτάσετε σε αυτό το σημείο, η κατάτμηση\n" "των Windows θα μένει ανέπαφη.\n" "\n" @@ -331,8 +326,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "Η επάνω γραφική μπάρα εμφανίζει την τρέχουσα κατάσταση.\n" -"Η κάτω γραφική μπάρα εμφανίζει την κατάσταση ύστερα από την εγκατάσταση, π." -"χ. όταν\n" +"Η κάτω γραφική μπάρα εμφανίζει την κατάσταση ύστερα από την εγκατάσταση, π.χ. όταν\n" "ο ανασχηματισμός θα έχει γίνει.\n" "\n" @@ -364,8 +358,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Με τον χώρο που δώσατε για το Linux, οι κατατμήσεις θα δημιουργηθούν " -"αυτόματα\n" +"Με τον χώρο που δώσατε για το Linux, οι κατατμήσεις θα δημιουργηθούν αυτόματα\n" "όπως είναι απαραίτητο.\n" "" @@ -416,8 +409,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Χρήση από Windows είναι το μέγεθος της κατάτμησης που χρησιμοποιούν " -"τα Windows.\n" +"Χρήση από Windows είναι το μέγεθος της κατάτμησης που χρησιμοποιούν τα Windows.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -505,8 +497,7 @@ "Παρακαλώ εκτελέστε τα Windows και καθαρίστε αυτά τα σφάλματα τρέχοντας\n" "scandisk και defrag.\n" "\n" -"Αν το πρόβλημα επανεμφανισθεί ξανά την επόμενη φορά, παρακαλώ συρρικνώσετε " -"τη\n" +"Αν το πρόβλημα επανεμφανισθεί ξανά την επόμενη φορά, παρακαλώ συρρικνώσετε τη\n" "κατάτμηση των Windows με άλλους τρόπους.\n" #. now let the automatic partitioner do its work @@ -539,8 +530,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"Το σύστημά σαςμπορεί να διαμορφωθεί μόνο με την επιλογή τυπικής κατάτμησης." +msgstr "Το σύστημά σαςμπορεί να διαμορφωθεί μόνο με την επιλογή τυπικής κατάτμησης." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -612,8 +602,7 @@ "Αυτό μπορεί να αποτύχει κάτω από σπάνιες συνθήκες.\n" "\n" "Θα πρέπει να συνεχίσετε μόνο αν έχετε επιτυχώς τρέξει από τα\n" -"εργαλεία συστήματος των Windows την εξέταση δίσκων και την ανασυγκρότηση " -"δίσκων.\n" +"εργαλεία συστήματος των Windows την εξέταση δίσκων και την ανασυγκρότηση δίσκων.\n" "\n" "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να συρρικνώσετε την κατάτμηση των Windows;\n" @@ -679,11 +668,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Δεν βρέθηκαν δίσκοι, παρακαλώ χρησιμοποιήστε το CD ενημέρωσης, εάν είναι " -"διαθέσιμο, για εγκατάσταση." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Δεν βρέθηκαν δίσκοι, παρακαλώ χρησιμοποιήστε το CD ενημέρωσης, εάν είναι διαθέσιμο, για εγκατάσταση." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -699,8 +685,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Όλοι οι σκληροί δίσκοι που έχουν αυτόματα ανιχνευτεί στο σύστημά σας\n" -"εμφανίζονται εδώ. Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε το σκληρό δίσκο στον οποίο θα " -"εγκατασταθεί το &product;.\n" +"εμφανίζονται εδώ. Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε το σκληρό δίσκο στον οποίο θα εγκατασταθεί το &product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 2 of 3 @@ -711,8 +696,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε αργότερα ποιο κομμάτι του σκληρού χρησιμοποιείται για " -"το &product;.\n" +"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε αργότερα ποιο κομμάτι του σκληρού χρησιμοποιείται για το &product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -727,8 +711,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Για τους προχωρημένους υπάρχει η Χειροκίνητη Κατάτμηση που επιτρέπει " -"πλήρη\n" +"Για τους προχωρημένους υπάρχει η Χειροκίνητη Κατάτμηση που επιτρέπει πλήρη\n" "έλεγχο των κατατμήσεων των σκληρών δίσκων και προσδιορισμό\n" "των κατατμήσεων για την εγκατάσταση του &product;.\n" "\n" @@ -901,8 +884,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Επιλέξτε που θέλετε στο σκληρό δίσκο σας να γίνει η εγκατάσταση του " -"&product;.\n" +"Επιλέξτε που θέλετε στο σκληρό δίσκο σας να γίνει η εγκατάσταση του &product;.\n" "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 @@ -914,8 +896,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε είτε ολόκληρο τον δίσκο είτε μια ή περισσότερες από " -"τις\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε είτε ολόκληρο τον δίσκο είτε μια ή περισσότερες από τις\n" "κατατμήσεις ή τις ελεύθερες περιοχές που εμφανίζονται.\n" "\n" @@ -929,10 +910,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Προσοχή: Αν έχετε επιλέξει μια τοποθεσία που δεν εμφανίζεται ως ελεύθερη</" -"i>, ίσως\n" -"χαθούν μερικά υπάρχοντα δεδομένα στον σκληρό δίσκο. Αυτό μπορεί να " -"επηρεάσει\n" +"Προσοχή: Αν έχετε επιλέξει μια τοποθεσία που δεν εμφανίζεται ως ελεύθερη, ίσως\n" +"χαθούν μερικά υπάρχοντα δεδομένα στον σκληρό δίσκο. Αυτό μπορεί να επηρεάσει\n" "άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα.\n" "" @@ -946,8 +925,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Αυτές οι επιλεγμένες περιοχές θα διαγραφούν.\n" -"Όλα τα δεδομένα θα χαθούν. Δεν θα υπάρχει τρόπος επαναφοράς των " -"δεδομένων.\n" +"Όλα τα δεδομένα θα χαθούν. Δεν θα υπάρχει τρόπος επαναφοράς των δεδομένων.\n" "\n" #. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) @@ -968,10 +946,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ο επιλεγμένος σκληρός δίσκος μάλλον χρησιμοποιείται από τα Windows. Δεν " -"υπάρχει αρκετός\n" -"χώρος για το &product;. Μπορείτε είτε να διαγράψετε ολοκληρωτικά τα " -"Windows είτε\n" +"Ο επιλεγμένος σκληρός δίσκος μάλλον χρησιμοποιείται από τα Windows. Δεν υπάρχει αρκετός\n" +"χώρος για το &product;. Μπορείτε είτε να διαγράψετε ολοκληρωτικά τα Windows είτε\n" "να τα συρρικνώσετε για να αποκτήσετε αρκετό ελεύθερο χώρο.\n" "" @@ -986,11 +962,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Αν διαγράψετε τα Windows, όλα τα δεδομένα σε αυτήν την κατάτμηση θα " -"χαθούν\n" +"Αν διαγράψετε τα Windows, όλα τα δεδομένα σε αυτήν την κατάτμηση θα χαθούν\n" "εντελώς στην εγκατάσταση. Όταν συρρικνώσετε τα Windows, προτείνουμε\n" -"να έχετε πάρει αντίγραφα ασφαλείας επειδή τα δεδομένα πρέπει να " -"επανοργανωθούν.\n" +"να έχετε πάρει αντίγραφα ασφαλείας επειδή τα δεδομένα πρέπει να επανοργανωθούν.\n" "Αυτό μπορεί να αποτύχει κάτω από σπάνιες συνθήκες.\n" "\n" @@ -1024,8 +998,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Δεν έχετε αναθέσει την κατάτμηση root για την\n" -"εγκατάσταση. Αυτό δεν δουλεύει. Αναθέστε το σημείο προσάρτησης root \"/\" " -"σε\n" +"εγκατάσταση. Αυτό δεν δουλεύει. Αναθέστε το σημείο προσάρτησης root \"/\" σε\n" "μιά κατάτμηση.\n" "\n" "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" @@ -1040,10 +1013,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Προσπαθήσατε να προσαρτήσετε μια κατάτμηση με σύστημα αρχείων FAT,\n" -"σε ένα από τα ακόλουθα σημεία προσάρτησης: / /usr /home /opt ή /var. Πιθανό " -"να προκαλέσει προβλήματα. \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε ένα σύστημα αρχείων, όπως ext3 ή ext4, για αυτά τα σημεία " -"προσάρτησης.\n" +"σε ένα από τα ακόλουθα σημεία προσάρτησης: / /usr /home /opt ή /var. Πιθανό να προκαλέσει προβλήματα. \n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε ένα σύστημα αρχείων, όπως ext3 ή ext4, για αυτά τα σημεία προσάρτησης.\n" "\n" "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" @@ -1057,8 +1028,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Προσπαθήσατε να προσαρτήσετε μια κατάτμηση FAT\n" -"στο σημείο προσάρτησης /boot. Αυτό θα προκαλέσει προβλήματα. Χρησιμοποιήστε " -"ένα\n" +"στο σημείο προσάρτησης /boot. Αυτό θα προκαλέσει προβλήματα. Χρησιμοποιήστε ένα\n" "σύστημα αρχείων Linux, όπως τα ext3 ή ext4, για αυτό το σημείο προσάρτησης.\n" "\n" "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" @@ -1074,8 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" "Έχετε προσαρτήσει μια κατάτμηση με Btrfs στο\n" "σημείο προσάρτησης /boot. Αυτό πολύ πιθανό θα σας δημιουργήσει προβλήματα. \n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε ένα Linux σύστημα αρχείων, όπως το ext3 ή ext4, για αυτό το " -"σημείο προσάρτησης.\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε ένα Linux σύστημα αρχείων, όπως το ext3 ή ext4, για αυτό το σημείο προσάρτησης.\n" "\n" "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" @@ -1186,10 +1155,8 @@ msgstr "" "Προσοχή: Με την τρέχουσα εγκατάσταση, το %1\n" "μπορεί να μην είναι κατευθείαν εκκινήσιμο, διότι\n" -"τα αρχεία της κατάτμησης \"/boot\" βρίσκονται σε μία συσκευή λογισμικού " -"RAID.\n" -"Η εγκατάσταση του bootloader αποτυγχάνει μερικές φορές με αυτήν την " -"ρύθμιση.\n" +"τα αρχεία της κατάτμησης \"/boot\" βρίσκονται σε μία συσκευή λογισμικού RAID.\n" +"Η εγκατάσταση του bootloader αποτυγχάνει μερικές φορές με αυτήν την ρύθμιση.\n" "\n" "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" @@ -1232,13 +1199,11 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Προσοχή: Με την τρέχουσα ρύθμιση, η εγκατάστασή σας %2 θα αντιμετωπίσει " -"προβλήματα\n" +"Προσοχή: Με την τρέχουσα ρύθμιση, η εγκατάστασή σας %2 θα αντιμετωπίσει προβλήματα\n" "κατά την εκκίνηση, επειδή δεν έχετε διαχωρίσει την κατάτμηση %1\n" "στον δίσκο RAID\n" "\n" -"Αυτό μπορεί να προκαλέσει σοβαρά προβλήματα με την κανονική ρύθμιση της " -"εκκίνησης.\n" +"Αυτό μπορεί να προκαλέσει σοβαρά προβλήματα με την κανονική ρύθμιση της εκκίνησης.\n" "\n" "Αν δεν γνωρίζετε επακριβώς τι κάνετε, χρησιμοποιήστε μια κανονική\n" "κατάτμηση για τα αρχεία σας από τις παρακάτω %1.\n" @@ -1257,8 +1222,7 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1267,8 +1231,7 @@ "Δεν έχετε ορίσει κατάτμηση swap. Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις προτείνεται\n" "να δημιουργήσετε και να ορίσετε μια κατάτμηση swap.\n" "Κατατμήσεις swap στο σύστημά σας εμφανίζονται στο κεντρικό παράθυρο με τον \n" -"τύπο \"Linux Swap\". Μια κατάτμηση ορισμένη ως swap έχει σημείο προσάρτησης " -"\"swap\".\n" +"τύπο \"Linux Swap\". Μια κατάτμηση ορισμένη ως swap έχει σημείο προσάρτησης \"swap\".\n" "Εάν επιθυμείτε, μπορείτε να ορίσετε περισσότερες από μία κατατμήσεις swap.\n" "\n" "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση χωρίς κατάτμηση swap;\n" @@ -1282,8 +1245,7 @@ "particularly in any of the following cases:\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Επιλέξατε να εγκαταστήσετε σε μία υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση η οποία δεν θα " -"διαμορφωθεί.\n" +"Επιλέξατε να εγκαταστήσετε σε μία υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση η οποία δεν θα διαμορφωθεί.\n" "Το YaST δεν μπορεί να εγγυηθεί μία επιτυχημένη εγκατάσταση,\n" "ειδικά σε οποιαδήποτε από τις ακόλουθες περιπτώσεις:\n" @@ -1304,14 +1266,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"Σε περίπτωση αμφιβολίας, καλύτερα να επιστρέψετε και να επιλέξετε αυτήν τη " -"κατάτμηση για\n" -"να διαμορφωθεί, ειδικά αν την έχετε ορίσει σε ένα από τα τυπικά σημεία " -"προσάρτησης\n" +"Σε περίπτωση αμφιβολίας, καλύτερα να επιστρέψετε και να επιλέξετε αυτήν τη κατάτμηση για\n" +"να διαμορφωθεί, ειδικά αν την έχετε ορίσει σε ένα από τα τυπικά σημεία προσάρτησης\n" "όπως /, /boot, /opt, ή /var.\n" #. continued popup text @@ -1321,8 +1280,7 @@ "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Αν αποφασίσετε να διαμορφώσετε την κατάτμηση, όλα τα δεδομένα αυτής θα " -"χαθούν.\n" +"Αν αποφασίσετε να διαμορφώσετε την κατάτμηση, όλα τα δεδομένα αυτής θα χαθούν.\n" "\n" "Θέλετε να κρατήσετε την κατάτμηση χωρίς διαμόρφωση;\n" @@ -1387,18 +1345,14 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"Η επιλεγμένη εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση περιέχει κατατμήσεις που είναι τώρα " -"προσαρτημένες:\n" +"Η επιλεγμένη εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση περιέχει κατατμήσεις που είναι τώρα προσαρτημένες:\n" "%1\n" -"Είναι *έντονα* προτεινόμενο να αποπροσαρτήσετε αυτές τις κατατμήσεις προτού " -"διαγράψετε την εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση.\n" +"Είναι *έντονα* προτεινόμενο να αποπροσαρτήσετε αυτές τις κατατμήσεις προτού διαγράψετε την εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση.\n" "Επιλέξτε Ακύρωση , εκτός αν γνωρίζετε ακριβώς τι κάνετε.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1555,8 +1509,7 @@ "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" msgstr "" "Ο χαρακτήρας '/' δεν επιτρέπεται πια ως ετικέτα τόμου.\n" -"Αλλάξτε την ετικέτα του τόμου έτσι ώστε να μην περιέχει αυτόν τον " -"χαρακτήρα.\n" +"Αλλάξτε την ετικέτα του τόμου έτσι ώστε να μην περιέχει αυτόν τον χαρακτήρα.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:467 @@ -1565,35 +1518,27 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Προσάρτηση στο /etc/fstab κατά:\n" -"Κανονικά, το σύστημα αρχείων που θα προσαρτηθεί είναι προσδιορισμένο στο /" -"etc/fstab\n" -"κατά όνομα συσκευής. Η αναγνώριση μπορεί να αλλάξει ώστε το σύστημα αρχείων " -"που θα προσαρτηθεί,\n" -"ανευρίσκεται με αναζήτηση κατά UUID ή ετικέτας τόμου. Δεν μπορούν όλα τα " -"συστήματα αρχείων\n" -"να προσαρτηθούν κατά UUID ή ετικέτας τόμου. Αν μια επιλογή είναι " -"απενεργοποιημένη,\n" +"Κανονικά, το σύστημα αρχείων που θα προσαρτηθεί είναι προσδιορισμένο στο /etc/fstab\n" +"κατά όνομα συσκευής. Η αναγνώριση μπορεί να αλλάξει ώστε το σύστημα αρχείων που θα προσαρτηθεί,\n" +"ανευρίσκεται με αναζήτηση κατά UUID ή ετικέτας τόμου. Δεν μπορούν όλα τα συστήματα αρχείων\n" +"να προσαρτηθούν κατά UUID ή ετικέτας τόμου. Αν μια επιλογή είναι απενεργοποιημένη,\n" "αυτό δεν είναι δυνατόν.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Ετικέτα Τόμου:\n" -"Το όνομα που εισήχθηκε σε αυτό το πεδία χρησιμοποιείται ως ετικέτα τόμου. " -"Αυτό κανονικά\n" -"έχει νόημα αν ενεργοποιήσετε την επιλογή της προσάρτησης κατά ετικέτα " -"τόμου.\n" +"Το όνομα που εισήχθηκε σε αυτό το πεδία χρησιμοποιείται ως ετικέτα τόμου. Αυτό κανονικά\n" +"έχει νόημα αν ενεργοποιήσετε την επιλογή της προσάρτησης κατά ετικέτα τόμου.\n" "Μια ετικέτα τόμου δεν μπορεί να περιέχει τον χαρακτήρα / ή κενά διαστήματα.\n" #. label text @@ -1711,8 +1656,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Η επιλεγμένη κατάτμηση (%1) είναι προσαρτημένη στο %2.\n" -"Αν αλλάξετε τις παραμέτρους (όπως το σημείο προσάρτησης ή τον τύπο του " -"συστήματος αρχείων)\n" +"Αν αλλάξετε τις παραμέτρους (όπως το σημείο προσάρτησης ή τον τύπο του συστήματος αρχείων)\n" "η εγκατάσταση Linux μπορεί να καταστραφεί.\n" "\n" "Αποπροσαρτήστε την κατάτμηση αν είναι δυνατό. Αν δεν είστε σίγουροι,\n" @@ -1730,8 +1674,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Το σύστημα αρχείων στην κατάτμηση δεν μπορεί να συρρικνωθεί από το YaST2.\n" -"Μόνο τα fat, ext2, ext3, και reiser επιτρέπουν συρρίκνωση του συστήματος " -"αρχείων." +"Μόνο τα fat, ext2, ext3, και reiser επιτρέπουν συρρίκνωση του συστήματος αρχείων." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1308 @@ -1742,8 +1685,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Το σύστημα αρχείων στον λογικό τόμο δεν μπορεί να συρρικνωθεί από το YaST2.\n" -"Μόνο τα fat, ext2, ext3, και reiser επιτρέπουν συρρίκνωση του συστήματος " -"αρχείων." +"Μόνο τα fat, ext2, ext3, και reiser επιτρέπουν συρρίκνωση του συστήματος αρχείων." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1320 @@ -1767,10 +1709,8 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Το σύστημα αρχείων στην επιλεγμένη κατάτμηση δεν μπορεί να επεκταθεί από το " -"YaST2.\n" -"Μόνο τα fat, ext2, ext3, και reiser επιτρέπουν επέκταση του συστήματος " -"αρχείων." +"Το σύστημα αρχείων στην επιλεγμένη κατάτμηση δεν μπορεί να επεκταθεί από το YaST2.\n" +"Μόνο τα fat, ext2, ext3, και reiser επιτρέπουν επέκταση του συστήματος αρχείων." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1353 @@ -1780,10 +1720,8 @@ "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Το σύστημα αρχείων στον επιλεγμένο λογικό τόμο δεν μπορεί να επεκταθεί από " -"το YaST2.\n" -"Μόνο τα fat, ext2, ext3, και reiser επιτρέπουν επέκταση του συστήματος " -"αρχείων." +"Το σύστημα αρχείων στον επιλεγμένο λογικό τόμο δεν μπορεί να επεκταθεί από το YaST2.\n" +"Μόνο τα fat, ext2, ext3, και reiser επιτρέπουν επέκταση του συστήματος αρχείων." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1361 msgid "Continue resizing?" @@ -1807,10 +1745,8 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Είναι δυνατή η ελάττωση του συστήματος αρχείων reiser, αλλά αυτό το " -"χαρακτηριστικό δεν\n" -"έχει επιμελώς δοκιμαστεί. Ένα αντίγραφο ασφαλείας για τα δεδομένα σας " -"προτείνεται.\n" +"Είναι δυνατή η ελάττωση του συστήματος αρχείων reiser, αλλά αυτό το χαρακτηριστικό δεν\n" +"έχει επιμελώς δοκιμαστεί. Ένα αντίγραφο ασφαλείας για τα δεδομένα σας προτείνεται.\n" "\n" "Συρρίκνωση του συστήματος αρχείων τώρα;" @@ -1839,14 +1775,12 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Η επιλεγμένη συσκευή περιέχει κατατμήσεις που είναι τώρα προσαρτημένες:\n" "%1\n" -"Είναι *ισχυρά* προτεινόμενο να αποπροσαρτήσετε αυτές τις κατατμήσεις προτού " -"διαγράψετε τον πίνακα κατατμήσεων.\n" +"Είναι *ισχυρά* προτεινόμενο να αποπροσαρτήσετε αυτές τις κατατμήσεις προτού διαγράψετε τον πίνακα κατατμήσεων.\n" "Επιλέξτε Ακύρωση εκτός αν ξέρετε ακριβώς τι κάνετε.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1889,22 +1823,17 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Η επιλεγμένη συσκευή περιλαμβάνει τουλάχιστον μια κατάτμηση\n" -"η οποία χρησιμοποιείται από άλλο τόμο. Διαγράψτε τον τόμο που τη " -"χρησιμοποιεί\n" +"η οποία χρησιμοποιείται από άλλο τόμο. Διαγράψτε τον τόμο που τη χρησιμοποιεί\n" "πριν διαγράψετε τη συσκευή.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργήσετε και αφαιρέσετε υπο-τόμους από το σύστημα αρχείων Btrfs.</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "Δημιουργήσετε και αφαιρέσετε υπο-τόμους από το σύστημα αρχείων Btrfs.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποίηση λήψης αυτόματων στιγμιοτύπων για συστήματα αρχείων Btrfs με " -"το snapper." +msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση λήψης αυτόματων στιγμιοτύπων για συστήματα αρχείων Btrfs με το snapper." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1620 @@ -1994,8 +1923,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Να θυμάστε ότι αυτό το σύστημα αρχείων είναι προστατευμένο μόνο, όταν δεν " -"είναι\n" +"Να θυμάστε ότι αυτό το σύστημα αρχείων είναι προστατευμένο μόνο, όταν δεν είναι\n" "προσαρτημένο. Όταν είναι προσαρτημένο,έχει τόση ασφάλεια όση τα άλλα\n" "Linux συστήματα αρχείων.\n" "\n" @@ -2005,22 +1933,17 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Αυτό το σημείο προσάρτησης αντιστοιχεί σε ένα προσωρινό σύστημα αρχείων όπως " -"το /tmp ή το /var/tmp.\n" -"Εάν αφήσετε το κρυπτογραφημένο συνθηματικό κενό, το σύστημά σας θα " -"δημιουργήσει για εσάς\n" -"ένα τυχαίο συνθηματικό στην εκκίνηση του συστήματος. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι θα " -"χάσετε \n" -"όλα σας τα δεδομένα σε αυτά τα συστήματα αρχείων κατά τον τερματισμό του " -"συστήματος.\n" +"Αυτό το σημείο προσάρτησης αντιστοιχεί σε ένα προσωρινό σύστημα αρχείων όπως το /tmp ή το /var/tmp.\n" +"Εάν αφήσετε το κρυπτογραφημένο συνθηματικό κενό, το σύστημά σας θα δημιουργήσει για εσάς\n" +"ένα τυχαίο συνθηματικό στην εκκίνηση του συστήματος. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι θα χάσετε \n" +"όλα σας τα δεδομένα σε αυτά τα συστήματα αρχείων κατά τον τερματισμό του συστήματος.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued @@ -2029,18 +1952,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Αν ξεχάσετε τον κωδικό, η πρόσβαση στα δεδομένα στο σύστημα αρχείων θα είναι " -"αδύνατη για εσάς.\n" -"Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε τον κωδικό σας προσεκτικά.Ένας συνδυασμός από γράμματα και " -"αριθμούς\n" +"Αν ξεχάσετε τον κωδικό, η πρόσβαση στα δεδομένα στο σύστημα αρχείων θα είναι αδύνατη για εσάς.\n" +"Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε τον κωδικό σας προσεκτικά.Ένας συνδυασμός από γράμματα και αριθμούς\n" "προτείνεται. Για να βεβαιωθεί ότι ο κωδικός έχει εισαχθεί σωστά, ερωτάστε\n" "να το γράψετε ξανά.\n" "\n" @@ -2051,17 +1971,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Θα πρέπει να ξεχωρίσετε ανάμεσα σε κεφαλαία και σε μικρά. Ένας κωδικός θα " -"πρέπει να έχει\n" -"τουλάχιστον %1 χαρακτήρες και, ως κανόνας, να μην περιέχει ειδικούς " -"χαρακτήρες\n" +"Θα πρέπει να ξεχωρίσετε ανάμεσα σε κεφαλαία και σε μικρά. Ένας κωδικός θα πρέπει να έχει\n" +"τουλάχιστον %1 χαρακτήρες και, ως κανόνας, να μην περιέχει ειδικούς χαρακτήρες\n" "(π.χ. τονισμένα γράμματα).\n" "\n" @@ -2108,17 +2025,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Αν το κρυπτογραφημένο σύστημα αρχείων δεν περιέχει οποιαδήποτε αρχείο " -"συστήματος και για αυτό δεν \n" -"είναι απαραίτητο για την ενημέρωση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε Παράβλεψη. " -"Σε αυτή την περίπτωση\n" +"Αν το κρυπτογραφημένο σύστημα αρχείων δεν περιέχει οποιαδήποτε αρχείο συστήματος και για αυτό δεν \n" +"είναι απαραίτητο για την ενημέρωση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε Παράβλεψη. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση\n" "το σύστημα αρχείων δεν θα είναι προσβάσιμο κατά την ενημέρωση.\n" "\n" @@ -2139,8 +2053,7 @@ "\n" "Δεν θα είναι λογικά δυνατή η εκκίνηση με τέτοια ρύθμιση.\n" "\n" -"Αν χρειάζεται να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον δίσκο για την εγκατάσταση, θα " -"πρέπει να καταστρέψετε \n" +"Αν χρειάζεται να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον δίσκο για την εγκατάσταση, θα πρέπει να καταστρέψετε \n" "την ετικέτα του δίσκου στην διαχείριση των κατατμήσεων για προχωρημένους.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 @@ -2167,8 +2080,7 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:62 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" -msgstr "" -"Δεν μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το σημείο προσάρτησης \"%1\" για το LVM.\n" +msgstr "Δεν μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το σημείο προσάρτησης \"%1\" για το LVM.\n" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:89 @@ -2185,10 +2097,8 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Έχετε επιλέξει να μην γίνεται αυτόματα προσάρτηση στην εκκίνηση ένα σύστημα " -"αρχείων\n" -"που μπορεί να περιέχει αρχεία που το σύστημα χρειάζεται για να λειτουργεί " -"σωστά.\n" +"Έχετε επιλέξει να μην γίνεται αυτόματα προσάρτηση στην εκκίνηση ένα σύστημα αρχείων\n" +"που μπορεί να περιέχει αρχεία που το σύστημα χρειάζεται για να λειτουργεί σωστά.\n" "\n" "Αυτό μπορεί να οδηγήσει σε σφάλμα.\n" " \n" @@ -2202,11 +2112,9 @@ "/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n" "nonloopbacked file system.\n" msgstr "" -"Έχετε αναθέσει ένα κρυπτογραφημένο σύστημα αρχείων υποστήριξης σε μία " -"κατάτμηση \n" +"Έχετε αναθέσει ένα κρυπτογραφημένο σύστημα αρχείων υποστήριξης σε μία κατάτμηση \n" "με ένα από τα ακόλουθα σημεία προσάρτησης: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\", \n" -"\"swap\". Αυτό δεν είναι δυνατό. Αλλάξτε το σημείο προσάρτησης ή " -"χρησιμοποιήστε ένα\n" +"\"swap\". Αυτό δεν είναι δυνατό. Αλλάξτε το σημείο προσάρτησης ή χρησιμοποιήστε ένα\n" "σύστημα αρχείων μη κυκλικής υποστήριξης.\n" #. error popup text @@ -2219,10 +2127,8 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Έχετε ορίσει ένα σύστημα αρχείων που να είναι προσαρτήσιμο από τους " -"χρήστες.\n" -"Το σύστημα αρχείων μπορεί να περιέχει αρχεία που χρειάζεται να είναι " -"εκτελέσιμα.\n" +"Έχετε ορίσει ένα σύστημα αρχείων που να είναι προσαρτήσιμο από τους χρήστες.\n" +"Το σύστημα αρχείων μπορεί να περιέχει αρχεία που χρειάζεται να είναι εκτελέσιμα.\n" "\n" "Αυτό μπορεί να δημιουργήσει προβλήματα.\n" "\n" @@ -2250,8 +2156,7 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:240 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." -msgstr "" -"Το σημείο προσάρτησης είναι ήδη σε χρήση. Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε ένα διαφορετικό." +msgstr "Το σημείο προσάρτησης είναι ήδη σε χρήση. Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε ένα διαφορετικό." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:250 @@ -2259,17 +2164,13 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Το σύστημα αρχείων FAT χρησιμοποιείται για σημεία προσάρτησης του συστήματος " -"(/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"Το σύστημα αρχείων FAT χρησιμοποιείται για σημεία προσάρτησης του συστήματος (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Αυτό δεν είναι δυνατό." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Μη έγκυρος χαρακτήρας στο σημείο προσάρτησης. Μη χρησιμοποιήτε \"`'!\"%#\" " -"στο σημείο προσάρτησης." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Μη έγκυρος χαρακτήρας στο σημείο προσάρτησης. Μη χρησιμοποιήτε \"`'!\"%#\" στο σημείο προσάρτησης." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2354,8 +2255,7 @@ "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε να το αποπροσαρτήσετε τώρα, συνεχίστε χωρίς να το " -"αποπροσαρτήσετε ή ακυρώστε το.\n" +"Μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε να το αποπροσαρτήσετε τώρα, συνεχίστε χωρίς να το αποπροσαρτήσετε ή ακυρώστε το.\n" "Ακυρώστε εκτός εάν γνωρίζετε ακριβώς τι κάνετε." #. button text @@ -2375,20 +2275,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Δεν είναι δυνατό να μειωθεί το μέγεθος του συστήματος αρχείων ενώ έχει " -"προσαρτηθεί." +msgstr "Δεν είναι δυνατό να μειωθεί το μέγεθος του συστήματος αρχείων ενώ έχει προσαρτηθεί." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Δεν είναι δυνατή η επέκταση του συστήματος αρχείων όταν είναι προσαρτημένο." +msgstr "Δεν είναι δυνατή η επέκταση του συστήματος αρχείων όταν είναι προσαρτημένο." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Δεν είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή μεγέθους του συστήματος αρχείων όταν είναι " -"προσαρτημένο." +msgstr "Δεν είναι δυνατή η αλλαγή μεγέθους του συστήματος αρχείων όταν είναι προσαρτημένο." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2462,8 +2357,7 @@ "device.\n" msgstr "" "Με διπλό κλικ στην καταχώριση του πίνακα,\n" -"μπορείτε να μετακινηθείτε στην προβολή με λεπτομερείς πληροφορίες σχετικά με " -"τη\n" +"μπορείτε να μετακινηθείτε στην προβολή με λεπτομερείς πληροφορίες σχετικά με τη\n" "συσκευή.\n" #. helptext @@ -2473,8 +2367,7 @@ "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" "Με επιλογή στην καταχώριση στον πίνακα μπορείτε\n" -"να μετακινηθείτε στην προβολή με λεπτομερείς πληροφορίες σχετικά με την " -"συσκευή." +"να μετακινηθείτε στην προβολή με λεπτομερείς πληροφορίες σχετικά με την συσκευή." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 @@ -2815,7 +2708,7 @@ #. radio button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Operating System" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λειτουργικό Σύστημα" #. radio button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 @@ -2850,13 +2743,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Εάν θέλετε να κρυπτογραφήσετε όλα τα δεδομένα\n" -"στον τόμο, επιλέξτε Κρυπτογράφηση Συσκευής. Αλλάζοντας την " -"κρυπτογράφηση σε υπάρχον\n" +"στον τόμο, επιλέξτε Κρυπτογράφηση Συσκευής. Αλλάζοντας την κρυπτογράφηση σε υπάρχον\n" "τόμο θα διαγραφούν όλα τα δεδομένα σε αυτόν.\n" #. helptext @@ -2866,8 +2757,7 @@ "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" "Ύστερα, επιλέξτε αν η κατάτμηση πρέπει \n" -"να προσαρτηθεί και εισάγετε το σημείο προσάρτησης ( /, /boot, /home, /var , " -"κλπ.)." +"να προσαρτηθεί και εισάγετε το σημείο προσάρτησης ( /, /boot, /home, /var , κλπ.)." #. set globals #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 @@ -2917,8 +2807,7 @@ "\n" "Also check the format option.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξατε να δημιουργηθεί το κρυπτογραφημένο αρχείο, αλλά δεν " -"προσδιορίσατε \n" +"Επιλέξατε να δημιουργηθεί το κρυπτογραφημένο αρχείο, αλλά δεν προσδιορίσατε \n" "ότι θα πρέπει να διαμορφωθεί. Αυτό δεν έχει νόημα. \n" "\n" "Επιλέξτε επίσης την επιλογή διαμόρφωσης.\n" @@ -2943,8 +2832,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Να θυμάστε ότι αυτό το σύστημα αρχείων είναι προστατευμένο μόνο όταν δεν " -"είναι\n" +"Να θυμάστε ότι αυτό το σύστημα αρχείων είναι προστατευμένο μόνο όταν δεν είναι\n" "προσαρτημένο. Όταν προσαρτηθεί, έχει τόση ασφάλεια όση και τα άλλα\n" "συστήματα αρχείων Linux.\n" "" @@ -2959,10 +2847,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Το σύστημα αρχείων που χρησιμοποιείται στον τόμο είναι swap. Μπορείτε να " -"αφήσετε το\n" -"κρυπτογραφημένο συνθηματικό κενό, αλλά η συσκευή swap δεν μπορεί να " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί\n" +"Το σύστημα αρχείων που χρησιμοποιείται στον τόμο είναι swap. Μπορείτε να αφήσετε το\n" +"κρυπτογραφημένο συνθηματικό κενό, αλλά η συσκευή swap δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί\n" "για αδρανοποίηση (αναστολή στον δίσκο).\n" "\n" @@ -3073,9 +2959,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"Το μέγεθος που εισάγατε δεν είναι έγκυρο. Εισάγετε ένα μέγεθος μεταξύ %1 και " -"%2." +msgstr "Το μέγεθος που εισάγατε δεν είναι έγκυρο. Εισάγετε ένα μέγεθος μεταξύ %1 και %2." #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -3118,9 +3002,7 @@ msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." -msgstr "" -"Το DM %1 είναι σε χρήση. Δεν μπορεί να επεξεργαστεί. Για να το επεξεργάσετε " -"%1, σιγουρευτείτε ότι δεν είναι χρησιμοποιούμενο." +msgstr "Το DM %1 είναι σε χρήση. Δεν μπορεί να επεξεργαστεί. Για να το επεξεργάσετε %1, σιγουρευτείτε ότι δεν είναι χρησιμοποιούμενο." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 @@ -3134,8 +3016,7 @@ "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" -"Αυτή η προβολή εμφανίζει όλες τις συσκευές Device Mapper εκτός από αυτές " -"που ήδη\n" +"Αυτή η προβολή εμφανίζει όλες τις συσκευές Device Mapper εκτός από αυτές που ήδη\n" "συμπεριλαμβάνονται σε μια άλλη προβολή. Έτσι, δεν εμφανίζονται εδώ,\n" "οι δίσκοι Multipath, οι BIOS RAIDs και οι λογικοί τόμοι LVM.\n" @@ -3153,9 +3034,7 @@ msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η προβολή δείχνει όλες τις συσκευές που χρησιμοποιούνται από την " -"επιλεγμένη συσκευή Device Mapper." +msgstr "Αυτή η προβολή δείχνει όλες τις συσκευές που χρησιμοποιούνται από την επιλεγμένη συσκευή Device Mapper." # label for testpage, %1 will be user-friendly description # of the URI of the printer @@ -3349,8 +3228,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" -msgstr "" -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να διαγράψετε όλες τις κατατμήσεις στο \"%1\";" +msgstr "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να διαγράψετε όλες τις κατατμήσεις στο \"%1\";" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -3376,10 +3254,8 @@ "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"Θέλετε την δημιουργία νέου πίνακα κατατμήσεων στον %1; Αυτό θα διαγράψει όλα " -"τα δεδομένα\n" -"στον %1 και όλους τους RAID και Ομάδες Τόμων που χρησιμοποιούν κατατμήσεις " -"στον %1." +"Θέλετε την δημιουργία νέου πίνακα κατατμήσεων στον %1; Αυτό θα διαγράψει όλα τα δεδομένα\n" +"στον %1 και όλους τους RAID και Ομάδες Τόμων που χρησιμοποιούν κατατμήσεις στον %1." #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131 @@ -3454,8 +3330,7 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Η κατάτμηση %1 είναι σε χρήση. Δεν μπορεί να\n" -"αλλάξει μέγεθος. Για αλλαγή μεγέθους της %1, βεβαιωθείτε ότι δεν " -"χρησιμοποιείται." +"αλλάξει μέγεθος. Για αλλαγή μεγέθους της %1, βεβαιωθείτε ότι δεν χρησιμοποιείται." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454 @@ -3628,8 +3503,7 @@ "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" -"Αυτή η προβολή εμφανίζει όλους τους σκληρούς δίσκους συμπεριλαμβανομένων " -"και\n" +"Αυτή η προβολή εμφανίζει όλους τους σκληρούς δίσκους συμπεριλαμβανομένων και\n" "iSCSI δίσκων, BIOS RAIDs και Multipath δίσκων και των κατατμήσεών τους.\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) @@ -3696,8 +3570,7 @@ "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Αυτή η προβολή εμφανίζει όλες τις κατατμήσεις του επιλεγμένου\n" -"σκληρού δίσκου. Εάν ο σκληρός δίσκος χρησιμοποιείται από πχ BIOS RAID ή " -"multipath,\n" +"σκληρού δίσκου. Εάν ο σκληρός δίσκος χρησιμοποιείται από πχ BIOS RAID ή multipath,\n" "καμία κατάτμηση δεν εμφανίζεται εδώ.\n" #. helptext @@ -3708,8 +3581,7 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Αυτή η προβολή εμφανίζει όλες τις συσκευές που χρησιμοποιούνται από τον\n" -"επιλεγμένο σκληρό δίσκο. Η προβολή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο για δίσκους BIOS " -"RAID, με κατατμήσεις\n" +"επιλεγμένο σκληρό δίσκο. Η προβολή είναι διαθέσιμη μόνο για δίσκους BIOS RAID, με κατατμήσεις\n" "λογισμικού RAIDs και δίσκους Multipath.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3743,10 +3615,8 @@ "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"Το YaST έχει σαρώσει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους και βρήκε ένα ή " -"περισσότερα\n" -"υπάρχοντα συστήματα Linux με σημεία προσάρτησης. Τα παλιά σημεία " -"προσάρτησης\n" +"Το YaST έχει σαρώσει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους και βρήκε ένα ή περισσότερα\n" +"υπάρχοντα συστήματα Linux με σημεία προσάρτησης. Τα παλιά σημεία προσάρτησης\n" "εμφανίζονται στον πίνακα.\n" #. help text, richtext format @@ -3758,8 +3628,7 @@ msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε αν οι υπάρχοντες τομείς\n" "του συστήματος, πχ / και /usr, θα διαμορφωθούν κατά την\n" -"εγκατάσταση. Τομείς που δεν χρησιμοποιούνται στο σύστημα, πχ /home, δεν θα " -"διαμορφωθούν." +"εγκατάσταση. Τομείς που δεν χρησιμοποιούνται στο σύστημα, πχ /home, δεν θα διαμορφωθούν." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -3913,15 +3782,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Όνομα Διαδρομής Αρχείου: Αυτό πρέπει να είναι μια απόλυτη " -"διαδρομή στο αρχείο\n" -"που περιέχει τα δεδομένα για την εγκατάσταση της κρυπτογραφημένης συσκευής " -"loop.\n" +"Όνομα Διαδρομής Αρχείου: Αυτό πρέπει να είναι μια απόλυτη διαδρομή στο αρχείο\n" +"που περιέχει τα δεδομένα για την εγκατάσταση της κρυπτογραφημένης συσκευής loop.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 @@ -3932,10 +3798,8 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Δημιουργία Αρχείου Κρυπτογράφησης: Εάν αυτό είναι επιλεγμένο, " -"το αρχείο \n" -"θα δημιουργηθεί με το μέγεθος που ορίζετε στο επόμενο πεδίο. ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ:</" -"b> Αν το \n" +"Δημιουργία Αρχείου Κρυπτογράφησης: Εάν αυτό είναι επιλεγμένο, το αρχείο \n" +"θα δημιουργηθεί με το μέγεθος που ορίζετε στο επόμενο πεδίο. ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ: Αν το \n" "αρχείο υπάρχει ήδη, όλα τα δεδομένα σε αυτό θα χαθούν.\n" #. helptext @@ -3946,10 +3810,8 @@ "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Μέγεθος: Αυτό είναι το μέγεθος του loop αρχείου. Το σύστημα " -"αρχείων\n" -"που θα δημιουργηθεί στην κρυπτογραφημένη loop συσκευή θα έχει το ίδιο " -"μέγεθος.\n" +"Μέγεθος: Αυτό είναι το μέγεθος του loop αρχείου. Το σύστημα αρχείων\n" +"που θα δημιουργηθεί στην κρυπτογραφημένη loop συσκευή θα έχει το ίδιο μέγεθος.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 @@ -3961,12 +3823,9 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ:Κατά την διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης, το YaST δεν " -"διενεργεί\n" -"έλεγχο ακεραιότητας του μεγέθους αρχείων και των ονομάτων διαδρομών διότι το " -"σύστημα αρχείων\n" -"δεν είναι προσπελάσιμο. Θα δημιουργηθεί στο τέλος της εγκατάστασης. Να " -"είστε \n" +"ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ:Κατά την διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης, το YaST δεν διενεργεί\n" +"έλεγχο ακεραιότητας του μεγέθους αρχείων και των ονομάτων διαδρομών διότι το σύστημα αρχείων\n" +"δεν είναι προσπελάσιμο. Θα δημιουργηθεί στο τέλος της εγκατάστασης. Να είστε \n" "προσεκτικοί με το μέγεθος και με τα ονόματα διαδρομών που παρέχετε.\n" #. input field label @@ -4006,8 +3865,7 @@ "the create flag." msgstr "" "Το όνομα αρχείου \"%1\" δεν υπάρχει και\n" -"η σημαία δημιουργίας είναι απενεργοποιημένη. Είτε χρησιμοποιήστε ένα υπάρχον " -"αρχείο\n" +"η σημαία δημιουργίας είναι απενεργοποιημένη. Είτε χρησιμοποιήστε ένα υπάρχον αρχείο\n" "ή ενεργοποιήστε την σημαία δημιουργίας." #. dialog title @@ -4141,25 +3999,20 @@ msgstr "" "Η ομάδα τόμων \"%1\" περιέχει τουλάχιστον ένα λογικό τόμο.\n" "\n" -"Εάν προχωρήσετε οι ακόλουθοι τόμοι θα αποπροσαρτηθούν (αν είναι " -"προσαρτημένοι)\n" +"Εάν προχωρήσετε οι ακόλουθοι τόμοι θα αποπροσαρτηθούν (αν είναι προσαρτημένοι)\n" "και θα διαγραφούν:" #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Θέλετε την διαγραφή ομάδας τόμου \"%1\" και όλων των συσχετισμένων λογικών " -"τόμων;" +msgstr "Θέλετε την διαγραφή ομάδας τόμου \"%1\" και όλων των συσχετισμένων λογικών τόμων;" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" -msgstr "" -"Μη έγκυρα δεδομένα που εισάγατε. Εισάγετε ένα φυσικό εκτεταμένο μέγεθος " -"μεγαλύτερο από %1 σε δυνάμεις του 2, π.χ. \"%2\" ή \"%3\"" +msgstr "Μη έγκυρα δεδομένα που εισάγατε. Εισάγετε ένα φυσικό εκτεταμένο μέγεθος μεγαλύτερο από %1 σε δυνάμεις του 2, π.χ. \"%2\" ή \"%3\"" #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 @@ -4192,14 +4045,12 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε το όνομα και το μέγεθος της έκτασης της νέας ομάδας τόμου." +msgstr "Εισάγετε το όνομα και το μέγεθος της έκτασης της νέας ομάδας τόμου." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τους φυσικούς όγκους που η ομάδα όγκου θα πρέπει να περιέχει." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τους φυσικούς όγκους που η ομάδα όγκου θα πρέπει να περιέχει." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4232,13 +4083,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Εισάγετε το μέγεθος όπως και τον αριθμό και το μέγεθος των\n" -"stripes για το νέο λογικό τόμο. Ο αριθμός των stripes δεν μπορεί να είναι " -"μεγαλύτερος\n" +"stripes για το νέο λογικό τόμο. Ο αριθμός των stripes δεν μπορεί να είναι μεγαλύτερος\n" "από τον αριθμό των φυσικών τόμων της ομάδας τόμου." #. helptext @@ -4283,8 +4132,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" @@ -4292,16 +4140,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" #. heading for frame @@ -4362,16 +4208,12 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Δεν υπάρχουν επαρκείς κατάλληλες μη χρησιμοποιούμενες συσκευές για " -"δημιουργία ομάδας τομέα.\n" -"Για χρήση LVM, απαιτείται τουλάχιστον μια μη χρησιμοποιούμενη κατάτμηση του " -"τύπου 0x8e (ή 0x83) \n" -"ή μια μη χρησιμοποιούμενη συσκευή RAID. Θέλετε να αλλάξετε τον πίνακα " -"κατατμήσεων ανάλογα;" +"Δεν υπάρχουν επαρκείς κατάλληλες μη χρησιμοποιούμενες συσκευές για δημιουργία ομάδας τομέα.\n" +"Για χρήση LVM, απαιτείται τουλάχιστον μια μη χρησιμοποιούμενη κατάτμηση του τύπου 0x8e (ή 0x83) \n" +"ή μια μη χρησιμοποιούμενη συσκευή RAID. Θέλετε να αλλάξετε τον πίνακα κατατμήσεων ανάλογα;" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4499,8 +4341,7 @@ "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." msgstr "" -"Αυτή η προβολή εμφανίζει όλους του φυσικούς τόμους που χρησιμοποιούνται " -"από\n" +"Αυτή η προβολή εμφανίζει όλους του φυσικούς τόμους που χρησιμοποιούνται από\n" "την επιλεγμένη ομάδα τόμου." #. heading @@ -4587,8 +4428,7 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"Έχετε αλλάξει τις κατατμήσεις ή τις ρυθμίσεις αποθηκευτικού μέσου. Αυτές οι " -"αλλαγές\n" +"Έχετε αλλάξει τις κατατμήσεις ή τις ρυθμίσεις αποθηκευτικού μέσου. Αυτές οι αλλαγές\n" "θα χαθούν αν τερματίσετε τον διαχειριστή κατατμήσεων με %1.\n" "Θέλετε να τον τερματίσετε;" @@ -4609,12 +4449,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Δεν είναι διαθέσιμες οι ρυθμίσεις NFS. Ελέξτε την εγκατάσταση του πακέτου " -"yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "Δεν είναι διαθέσιμες οι ρυθμίσεις NFS. Ελέξτε την εγκατάσταση του πακέτου yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4645,47 +4481,34 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Αυτό το επίπεδο αυξάνει τις επιδώσεις του δίσκου σας.\n" -"ΔΕΝ υπάρχει πλεονασμός σε αυτήν την κατάσταση. Αν κάποιος από τους " -"δίσκους σας χαλάσει, η ανάκτηση των δεδομένων σας θα είναι αδύνατη.\n" +"ΔΕΝ υπάρχει πλεονασμός σε αυτήν την κατάσταση. Αν κάποιος από τους δίσκους σας χαλάσει, η ανάκτηση των δεδομένων σας θα είναι αδύνατη.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 1: Αυτή η κατάσταση έχει τον καλύτερο πλεονασμό. Μπορεί " -"να\n" -"χρησιμοποιηθεί με δυο ή περισσότερους δίσκους. Αυτή η κατάσταση διατηρεί μια " -"ακριβής αντιγραφή όλων των δεδομένων σε όλους\n" -"τους δίσκους. Όσο ένας δίσκος λειτουργεί, δεν χάνονται δεδομένα. Οι " -"κατατμήσεις\n" -"χρησιμοποιούνται για αυτό τον τύπο RAID θα πρέπει να έχουν ακριβώς το ίδιο " -"μέγεθος.\n" +"RAID 1: Αυτή η κατάσταση έχει τον καλύτερο πλεονασμό. Μπορεί να\n" +"χρησιμοποιηθεί με δυο ή περισσότερους δίσκους. Αυτή η κατάσταση διατηρεί μια ακριβής αντιγραφή όλων των δεδομένων σε όλους\n" +"τους δίσκους. Όσο ένας δίσκος λειτουργεί, δεν χάνονται δεδομένα. Οι κατατμήσεις\n" +"χρησιμοποιούνται για αυτό τον τύπο RAID θα πρέπει να έχουν ακριβώς το ίδιο μέγεθος.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Αυτή η κατάσταση συνδυάζει χειρισμό ενός μεγαλύτερου " -"αριθμού\n" -"δίσκων και ακόμα συνδυάζει μερικούς πλεονασμούς. Αυτή η κατάσταση μπορεί να " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί σε τρεις η περισσότερους δίσκους.\n" -"Αν ένας δίσκος αποτύχει, όλα τα δεδομένα θα υπάρχουν ακόμα, αν οι δυο δίσκοι " -"αποτύχουν ταυτόχρονα, όλα τα δεδομένα θα χαθούν\n" +"RAID 5: Αυτή η κατάσταση συνδυάζει χειρισμό ενός μεγαλύτερου αριθμού\n" +"δίσκων και ακόμα συνδυάζει μερικούς πλεονασμούς. Αυτή η κατάσταση μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί σε τρεις η περισσότερους δίσκους.\n" +"Αν ένας δίσκος αποτύχει, όλα τα δεδομένα θα υπάρχουν ακόμα, αν οι δυο δίσκοι αποτύχουν ταυτόχρονα, όλα τα δεδομένα θα χαθούν\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4699,14 +4522,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Προσθήκη κατατμήσεων στο δικό σας RAID. Σύμφωνα με\n" -"τον τύπο του RAID σας, το χρήσιμο μέγεθος δίσκου είναι το άθροισμα των " -"κατατμήσεων (RAID0), το μέγεθος\n" +"τον τύπο του RAID σας, το χρήσιμο μέγεθος δίσκου είναι το άθροισμα των κατατμήσεων (RAID0), το μέγεθος\n" "της μικρότερης κατάτμησης(RAID 1) ή (N-1)*μικρότερη κατάτμηση (RAID 5).\n" #. helptext @@ -4770,16 +4590,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Μέγεθος Άχρηστων Αρχείων: Είναι η μικρότερη \"ατομική\" μάζα\n" -"δεδομένων που μπορεί να γραφτεί στις συσκευές. Ένα λογικό μέγεθος άχρηστων " -"αρχείων του RAID 5 είναι 128KB. Για RAID 0,\n" -"32 KB είναι καλά για ξεκίνημα. Για το RAID 1 το μέγεθος άχρηστων αρχείων δεν " -"επηρεάζει τη διάταξη τόσο πολύ.\n" +"δεδομένων που μπορεί να γραφτεί στις συσκευές. Ένα λογικό μέγεθος άχρηστων αρχείων του RAID 5 είναι 128KB. Για RAID 0,\n" +"32 KB είναι καλά για ξεκίνημα. Για το RAID 1 το μέγεθος άχρηστων αρχείων δεν επηρεάζει τη διάταξη τόσο πολύ.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4789,12 +4605,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Ο αλγόριθμος ισοτιμίας που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί με το RAID5/6.\n" -"Συμμετρικός-αριστερά είναι αυτός που προσφέρει την μέγιστη αποδοτικότητα σε " -"τυπικούς δίσκους με περιστρεφόμενες μεταλλικές βάσεις.\n" +"Συμμετρικός-αριστερά είναι αυτός που προσφέρει την μέγιστη αποδοτικότητα σε τυπικούς δίσκους με περιστρεφόμενες μεταλλικές βάσεις.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4803,8 +4617,7 @@ "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" msgstr "" "Για περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με τον αλγόριθμο \n" -"ισοτιμίας, παρακαλώ δείτε στην σελίδα οδηγιών για την εντολή mdadm (man " -"mdadm).\n" +"ισοτιμίας, παρακαλώ δείτε στην σελίδα οδηγιών για την εντολή mdadm (man mdadm).\n" #. Column header #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 @@ -4880,9 +4693,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"Δεν υπάρχουν επαρκείς κατάλληλες μη χρησιμοποιούμενες συσκευές για " -"δημιουργία RAID." +msgstr "Δεν υπάρχουν επαρκείς κατάλληλες μη χρησιμοποιούμενες συσκευές για δημιουργία RAID." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4909,8 +4720,7 @@ "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "Ο RAID %1 έχει ήδη δημιουργηθεί στον δίσκο. Δεν μπορεί να\n" -"αλλάξει μέγεθος. Για αλλαγή μεγέθους του %1, αφαιρέστε τον και δημιουργήστε " -"τον ξανά." +"αλλάξει μέγεθος. Για αλλαγή μεγέθους του %1, αφαιρέστε τον και δημιουργήστε τον ξανά." #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 @@ -4919,8 +4729,7 @@ "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Ο RAID %1 είναι σε χρήση. Δεν μπορεί να\n" -"αλλάξει μέγεθος. Για αλλαγή μεγέθους του %1, βεβαιωθείτε ότι δεν " -"χρησιμοποιείται." +"αλλάξει μέγεθος. Για αλλαγή μεγέθους του %1, βεβαιωθείτε ότι δεν χρησιμοποιείται." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 @@ -4930,8 +4739,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η προβολή εμφανίζει όλους τους RAIDs εκτός από τους BIOS RAIDs." +msgstr "Αυτή η προβολή εμφανίζει όλους τους RAIDs εκτός από τους BIOS RAIDs." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 @@ -5081,23 +4889,17 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Η Προεπιλεγμένη Προσάρτηση κατά αποδίδει την προσάρτηση κατά\n" -"την μέθοδο για νεοσχηματισμένα συστήματα αρχείων. Το Όνομα Συσκευής " -"χρησιμοποιεί το όνομα\n" -"συσκευής πυρήνα το οποίο δεν είναι μόνιμο. Οι Ταυτότητα Συσκευής και " -"Διαδρομή Συσκευής\n" -"χρησιμοποιούν ονόματα που δημιουργήθηκαν από το udev από τις πληροφορίες " -"υλικού. Αυτές πρέπει να είναι\n" +"την μέθοδο για νεοσχηματισμένα συστήματα αρχείων. Το Όνομα Συσκευής χρησιμοποιεί το όνομα\n" +"συσκευής πυρήνα το οποίο δεν είναι μόνιμο. Οι Ταυτότητα Συσκευής και Διαδρομή Συσκευής\n" +"χρησιμοποιούν ονόματα που δημιουργήθηκαν από το udev από τις πληροφορίες υλικού. Αυτές πρέπει να είναι\n" "μόνιμες αλλά δυστυχώς αυτό δεν γίνεται πάντα. Τέλος, οι UUID και\n" -"Ετικέτα Τόμου χρησιμοπούν τα συστήματα αρχείων UUID και ετικέτας.</" -"p>\n" +"Ετικέτα Τόμου χρησιμοπούν τα συστήματα αρχείων UUID και ετικέτας.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -5112,18 +4914,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Η Στοίχιση των Νεο-σχηματισμένων Κατατμήσεων\n" -"καθορίζει πως οι σχηματισμένες κατατμήσεις θα στοιχηθούν. Ο κύλινδρος " -"είναι η παραδοσιακή στοίχιση των ορίων κυλίνδρου στον δίσκο. Η βέλτιστη</" -"b> στοιχίζει τις\n" -"κατατμήσεις για καλύτερη απόδοση σύμφωνα με τις παρεχόμενες υποδείξεις από " -"τον πυρήνα Linux\n" +"καθορίζει πως οι σχηματισμένες κατατμήσεις θα στοιχηθούν. Ο κύλινδρος είναι η παραδοσιακή στοίχιση των ορίων κυλίνδρου στον δίσκο. Η βέλτιστη στοιχίζει τις\n" +"κατατμήσεις για καλύτερη απόδοση σύμφωνα με τις παρεχόμενες υποδείξεις από τον πυρήνα Linux\n" "ή προσπαθεί να είναι συμβατή με Windows Vista και Win 7.\n" #. helptext @@ -5142,8 +4939,7 @@ "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." msgstr "" "H Προβολή Πληροφοριών στις Συσκευές\n" -"Αποθήκευσης επιτρέπει την απόκρυψη πληροφοριών στους πίνακες και στην " -"επισκόπηση." +"Αποθήκευσης επιτρέπει την απόκρυψη πληροφοριών στους πίνακες και στην επισκόπηση." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 @@ -5206,8 +5002,7 @@ "have no logical volumes." msgstr "" "Αυτή η προβολή εμφανίζει συσκευές που δεν έχουν σημείο\n" -"προσάρτησης αντιστοιχισμένο σε αυτές, δίσκους χωρίς κατατμήσεις και ομάδες " -"τόμων οι οποίες\n" +"προσάρτησης αντιστοιχισμένο σε αυτές, δίσκους χωρίς κατατμήσεις και ομάδες τόμων οι οποίες\n" "δεν έχουν λογικούς τόμους." #. popup message @@ -5217,8 +5012,7 @@ "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Η επανασάρωση αχρησιμοποίητων συσκευών ακυρώνει\n" -"όλες τις τρέχουσες αλλαγές. Θέλετε να γίνει επανασάρωση αχρησιμοποίητων " -"συσκευών;" +"όλες τις τρέχουσες αλλαγές. Θέλετε να γίνει επανασάρωση αχρησιμοποίητων συσκευών;" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -5378,8 +5172,7 @@ msgstr "" "Μη έγκυρη μορφή αρχείου του pattern!\n" "\n" -"Το αρχείο χρειάζεται να περιέχει γραμμές με κανονικές εκφράσεις και όνομα " -"κλάσης\n" +"Το αρχείο χρειάζεται να περιέχει γραμμές με κανονικές εκφράσεις και όνομα κλάσης\n" "ανά γραμμή.Παράδειγμα:" #. popup text @@ -5389,41 +5182,32 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "" -"Είναι εντάξει να αντιστοιχηθούν οι συσκευές στις κλάσεις με αυτά τα patterns;" +msgstr "Είναι εντάξει να αντιστοιχηθούν οι συσκευές στις κλάσεις με αυτά τα patterns;" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Σε αυτό το παράθυρο καθορίζονται οι κλάσεις για τις συσκευές raid\n" -"που περιέχονται στο raid. Οι κλάσεις που είναι διαθέσιμες είναι οι A, B, C, " -"D και E αλλά για τις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις\n" +"που περιέχονται στο raid. Οι κλάσεις που είναι διαθέσιμες είναι οι A, B, C, D και E αλλά για τις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις\n" "χρειάζονται λιγότερες κλάσεις (πχ μόνο A και B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "Μπορείτε να θέσετε την συσκευή σε μια κλάση πατώντας δεξί πλήκτρο επάνω\n" -"στην συσκευή και επιλέγοντας την κατάλληλη κλάση από το μενού περιεχομένων. " -"Πατώντας \n" -"το πλήκτρο Ctrl ή Shift μπορείτε να επιλέξετε πολλαπλές συσκευές που θα τις " -"θέσετε σε μια κλάση\n" -"σε ένα βήμα. Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα πλήκτρα με ετικέτα από " -"\"%1\" έως \"%2\" για να θέσετε τις επιλεγμένες \n" +"στην συσκευή και επιλέγοντας την κατάλληλη κλάση από το μενού περιεχομένων. Πατώντας \n" +"το πλήκτρο Ctrl ή Shift μπορείτε να επιλέξετε πολλαπλές συσκευές που θα τις θέσετε σε μια κλάση\n" +"σε ένα βήμα. Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε τα πλήκτρα με ετικέτα από \"%1\" έως \"%2\" για να θέσετε τις επιλεγμένες \n" "συσκευές σε αυτή την κλάση." #. dialog help text @@ -5441,8 +5225,7 @@ "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." msgstr "" -"Η ταξινόμηση τοποθετεί όλες τις συσκευές της κλάσης A πριν όλες τις " -"συσκευές\n" +"Η ταξινόμηση τοποθετεί όλες τις συσκευές της κλάσης A πριν όλες τις συσκευές\n" "της κλάσης B και ούτο καθεξής." #. dialog help text @@ -5450,13 +5233,10 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Η παρεμβολή χρησιμοποιεί την πρώτη συσκευή της κλάσης A, μετά την " -"πρώτη συσκευή της \n" -"κλάσης B μέχρι όλες οι κλάσεις να έχουν αντιστοιχηθεί με συσκευές. Μετά " -"έρχεται η δεύτερη \n" +"Η παρεμβολή χρησιμοποιεί την πρώτη συσκευή της κλάσης A, μετά την πρώτη συσκευή της \n" +"κλάσης B μέχρι όλες οι κλάσεις να έχουν αντιστοιχηθεί με συσκευές. Μετά έρχεται η δεύτερη \n" "συσκευή της κλάσης A, η δεύτερη συσκευή της κλάσης Β και ούτο καθεξής." #. dialog help text @@ -5467,38 +5247,28 @@ "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" "Όλες οι συσκευές χωρίς κλάση, ταξινομούνται στο τέλος της λίστας συσκευών.\n" -"Όταν αφήσετε το αναδυόμενο, η τρέχουσα σειρά χρησιμοποιείται ως σειρά των " -"συσκευών \n" +"Όταν αφήσετε το αναδυόμενο, η τρέχουσα σειρά χρησιμοποιείται ως σειρά των συσκευών \n" "ώστε να δημιουργηθεί το RAID." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" -"Όταν πατήσετε το πλήκτρο \"%1\" μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ένα αρχείο που " -"περιέχει\n" -"γραμμές με κανονική έκφραση και όνομα κλάσης (πχ \"sda.* A\"). Όλες οι " -"συσκευές που ταιριάζουν \n" -"στην κανονική έκφραση θα τοποθετηθούν στην κλάση σε αυτή τη γραμμή. Η " -"κανονική έκφραση \n" +"Όταν πατήσετε το πλήκτρο \"%1\" μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ένα αρχείο που περιέχει\n" +"γραμμές με κανονική έκφραση και όνομα κλάσης (πχ \"sda.* A\"). Όλες οι συσκευές που ταιριάζουν \n" +"στην κανονική έκφραση θα τοποθετηθούν στην κλάση σε αυτή τη γραμμή. Η κανονική έκφραση \n" "αντιπαρατίθεται ενάντια στο όνομα πυρήνα (πχ /dev/sda1), \n" -"στο όνομα διαδρομής της udev (πχ /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" -"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) και\n" +"στο όνομα διαδρομής της udev (πχ /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) και\n" "στη udev id (πχ /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"Ο πρώτος συνδυασμός καθορίζει τελικά την κλάση εάν το όνομα της συσκευής " -"ταιριάζει με πάνω από μια\n" +"Ο πρώτος συνδυασμός καθορίζει τελικά την κλάση εάν το όνομα της συσκευής ταιριάζει με πάνω από μια\n" "κανονική έκφραση." #. headline text @@ -5523,8 +5293,7 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"Μη έγκυρο Καθορισμένο Μέγεθος. Χρησιμοποιήστε αριθμό που ακολουθούμενο από " -"K, M, G ;h %.\n" +"Μη έγκυρο Καθορισμένο Μέγεθος. Χρησιμοποιήστε αριθμό που ακολουθούμενο από K, M, G ;h %.\n" "Η τιμή πρέπει να είναι πάνω από 100k ή μεταξύ 1% και 200%. Προσπαθήστε ξανά." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 @@ -5535,15 +5304,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Μέγεθος Tmpfs:\n" -"Το μέγεθος μπορεί να εισαχθεί είτε ως νούμερο που ακολουθείται από K,M,G για " -"Kilo-, Mega- ή Gigabyte είτε\n" -"ως νούμερο που ακολουθείται από σύμβολο επί τοις εκατό που σημαίνει ποσοστό " -"της μνήμης." +"Το μέγεθος μπορεί να εισαχθεί είτε ως νούμερο που ακολουθείται από K,M,G για Kilo-, Mega- ή Gigabyte είτε\n" +"ως νούμερο που ακολουθείται από σύμβολο επί τοις εκατό που σημαίνει ποσοστό της μνήμης." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 @@ -5562,8 +5328,7 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Προτεραιότητα Swap:\n" -"Εισάγετε την προτεραιότητα του swap. Μεγαλύτεροι αριθμοί σημαίνουν " -"μεγαλύτερη προτεραιότητα.\n" +"Εισάγετε την προτεραιότητα του swap. Μεγαλύτεροι αριθμοί σημαίνουν μεγαλύτερη προτεραιότητα.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 @@ -5574,14 +5339,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Προσάρτηση μόνο-για-ανάγνωση:\n" -"Δεν είναι δυνατή η εγγραφή στο σύστημα αρχείων. Η προκαθορισμένη επιλογή " -"είναι false. Κατά την εγκατάσταση το σύστημα αρχείων είναι πάντα " -"προσαρτημένο ως μόνο-για-ανάγνωση." +"Δεν είναι δυνατή η εγγραφή στο σύστημα αρχείων. Η προκαθορισμένη επιλογή είναι false. Κατά την εγκατάσταση το σύστημα αρχείων είναι πάντα προσαρτημένο ως μόνο-για-ανάγνωση." #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 @@ -5595,8 +5357,7 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Κανένα Χρονικό Όριο Πρόσβασης:\n" -"Οι χρόνοι πρόσβασης δεν ενημερώνονται όταν ένα αρχείο έχει αναγνωστεί. Η " -"προεπιλογή είναι false.\n" +"Οι χρόνοι πρόσβασης δεν ενημερώνονται όταν ένα αρχείο έχει αναγνωστεί. Η προεπιλογή είναι false.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 @@ -5610,8 +5371,7 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Προσαρτημένο από Χρήστη:\n" -"Το σύστημα αρχείων μπορεί να προσαρτηθεί από έναν συνηθισμένο χρήστη. Η " -"προκαθορισμένη επιλογή είναι ψευδές (false).\n" +"Το σύστημα αρχείων μπορεί να προσαρτηθεί από έναν συνηθισμένο χρήστη. Η προκαθορισμένη επιλογή είναι ψευδές (false).\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 @@ -5624,19 +5384,14 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Να μην Προσαρτηθεί Κατα την Εκκίνηση του Συστήματος:\n" "Το σύστημα αρχείων δεν προσαρτάται αυτόματα όταν το σύστημα εκκινά.\n" -"Μια καταχώρηση δημιουργείται στο /etc/fstab και το σύστημα αρχείων είναι " -"προσαρτημένο\n" -"με τις κατάλληλες επιλογές όταν εισάγεται η εντολή <tt>mount <mount " -"point></tt>\n" -"(<mount point> είναι ο κατάλογος όπου το σύστημα αρχείων είναι " -"προσαρτημένο). Η προεπιλογή είναι false.\n" +"Μια καταχώρηση δημιουργείται στο /etc/fstab και το σύστημα αρχείων είναι προσαρτημένο\n" +"με τις κατάλληλες επιλογές όταν εισάγεται η εντολή <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"(<mount point> είναι ο κατάλογος όπου το σύστημα αρχείων είναι προσαρτημένο). Η προεπιλογή είναι false.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 @@ -5667,21 +5422,16 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Κατάσταση Δεδμένων Journaling:\n" "Προσδιορίζει την κατάσταση journaling για αρχεία δεδομένων.\n" -"<tt>journal</tt> -- Όλα τα δεδομένα καταχωρούνται στο journal πριν να " -"γραφούν\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- Όλα τα δεδομένα καταχωρούνται στο journal πριν να γραφούν\n" "στο κεντρικό σύστημα αρχείων. Υψηλότερη επίπτωση στην απόδοση.\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- Όλα τα δεδομένα προωθούνται κατευθείαν στο κεντρικό\n" -"σύστημα αρχείων πριν από την καταγραφή των μεταδεδομένων στο journal. Μέτρια " -"επίπτωση στην απόδοση.\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Η διάταξη των δεδομένων δεν διατηρείται. Κανένα " -"αντίκτυπο στην απόδοση.\n" +"σύστημα αρχείων πριν από την καταγραφή των μεταδεδομένων στο journal. Μέτρια επίπτωση στην απόδοση.\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Η διάταξη των δεδομένων δεν διατηρείται. Κανένα αντίκτυπο στην απόδοση.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 @@ -5717,24 +5467,18 @@ msgstr "Αυθαίρετη &Τιμή Επιλογής" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Μη έγκυροι χαρακτήρες στην αυθαίρετη επιλογή τιμής. Μη χρησιμοποιήτε κενά ή " -"tabs. Δοκιμάστε ξανά." +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Μη έγκυροι χαρακτήρες στην αυθαίρετη επιλογή τιμής. Μη χρησιμοποιήτε κενά ή tabs. Δοκιμάστε ξανά." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Τιμή Αυθαίρετης Επιλογής:\n" -"Σε αυτό το πεδίο, εισάγετε οποιαδήποτε νόμιμη επιλογή προσάρτησης " -"επιτρέπεται στο τέταρτο πεδίου του /etc/fstab.\n" +"Σε αυτό το πεδίο, εισάγετε οποιαδήποτε νόμιμη επιλογή προσάρτησης επιτρέπεται στο τέταρτο πεδίου του /etc/fstab.\n" "Πολλαπλές επιλογές χωρίζονται από κόμμα.\n" #. label text @@ -5749,8 +5493,7 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Σύνολο χαρακτήρων για ονόματα αρχείων:\n" -"Ορίστε το σύνολο χαρακτήρων που χρησιμοποιείται για την εμφάνιση των " -"ονομάτων αρχείων στις κατατμήσεις Windows.\n" +"Ορίστε το σύνολο χαρακτήρων που χρησιμοποιείται για την εμφάνιση των ονομάτων αρχείων στις κατατμήσεις Windows.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 @@ -5761,12 +5504,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Κωδικοσελίδα για μικρά ονόματα FAT:\n" -"Αυτή η κωδικοσελίδα χρησιμοποιείται για μετατροπή κωδικοποίησης μικρών " -"ονομάτων σε συστήματα αρχείων FAT.\n" +"Αυτή η κωδικοσελίδα χρησιμοποιείται για μετατροπή κωδικοποίησης μικρών ονομάτων σε συστήματα αρχείων FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 @@ -5777,12 +5518,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Αριθμός των FATs:\n" -"Προσδιορίζει τον αριθμό των εκχωρημένων πινάκων αρχείων του συστήματος " -"αρχείων. Η προεπιλογή είναι 2." +"Προσδιορίζει τον αριθμό των εκχωρημένων πινάκων αρχείων του συστήματος αρχείων. Η προεπιλογή είναι 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 @@ -5793,14 +5532,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Μέγεθος FAT:\n" -"Προσδιορίζει τον τύπο του πίνακα κατανομής που χρησιμοποιείται (12, 16 ή 32-" -"bit). Αν είναι καθορισμένο το αυτόματο, το YaST αυτόματα θα επιλέξει την " -"κατάλληλη τιμή για το μέγεθος του συστήματος αρχείων.\n" +"Προσδιορίζει τον τύπο του πίνακα κατανομής που χρησιμοποιείται (12, 16 ή 32-bit). Αν είναι καθορισμένο το αυτόματο, το YaST αυτόματα θα επιλέξει την κατάλληλη τιμή για το μέγεθος του συστήματος αρχείων.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 @@ -5810,9 +5545,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"Το ελάχιστο μέγεθος για τις \"Καταχωρήσεις Καταλόγου Root\" είναι 112. " -"Προσπαθήστε ξανά." +msgstr "Το ελάχιστο μέγεθος για τις \"Καταχωρήσεις Καταλόγου Root\" είναι 112. Προσπαθήστε ξανά." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 @@ -5821,8 +5554,7 @@ "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" "Καταχωρήσεις Καταλόγου Root:\n" -"Επιλέξτε τον αριθμό των καταχωρήσεων που είναι διαθέσιμες στον κατάλογο root." -"\n" +"Επιλέξτε τον αριθμό των καταχωρήσεων που είναι διαθέσιμες στον κατάλογο root.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 @@ -5833,12 +5565,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Λειτουργία Κατακερματισμού:\n" -"Αυτό καθορίζει το όνομα της λειτουργίας κατακερματισμού που χρησιμοποιείται " -"για να ταξινομεί τα ονόματα αρχείων σε καταλόγους.\n" +"Αυτό καθορίζει το όνομα της λειτουργίας κατακερματισμού που χρησιμοποιείται για να ταξινομεί τα ονόματα αρχείων σε καταλόγους.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 @@ -5849,16 +5579,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Αναθεώρηση FS:\n" -"Αυτή η επιλογή καθορίζει την διαμόρφωση αναθεώρησης του reiserfs προς " -"χρήση. '3.5' είναι για την προς τα πίσω συμβατότητα με τους πυρήνες της " -"σειράς 2.2.x. '3.6' είναι περισσότερο πρόσφατη, αλλά μπορεί να " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο με τις εκδόσεις πυρήνων μεγαλύτερες ή ίσες με 2.4.\n" +"Αυτή η επιλογή καθορίζει την διαμόρφωση αναθεώρησης του reiserfs προς χρήση. '3.5' είναι για την προς τα πίσω συμβατότητα με τους πυρήνες της σειράς 2.2.x. '3.6' είναι περισσότερο πρόσφατη, αλλά μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί μόνο με τις εκδόσεις πυρήνων μεγαλύτερες ή ίσες με 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5870,14 +5594,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Μέγεθος Block:\n" -"Καθορίστε το μέγεθος των blocks σε bytes. Έγκυρες τιμές είναι 512, 1024, " -"2048 και 4096 bytes ανά block. Αν το αυτόματο είναι επιλεγμένο, " -"χρησιμοποιείται το τυπικό μέγεθος block των 4096.\n" +"Καθορίστε το μέγεθος των blocks σε bytes. Έγκυρες τιμές είναι 512, 1024, 2048 και 4096 bytes ανά block. Αν το αυτόματο είναι επιλεγμένο, χρησιμοποιείται το τυπικό μέγεθος block των 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5904,12 +5624,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Ποσοστό του Χώρου Inode:\n" -"Η επιλογή \"Ποσοστό του Χώρου Inode\" προσδιορίζει το μέγιστο ποσοστό του " -"χώρου στο σύστημα αρχείων που μπορεί να κατανεμηθεί στα inodes.\n" +"Η επιλογή \"Ποσοστό του Χώρου Inode\" προσδιορίζει το μέγιστο ποσοστό του χώρου στο σύστημα αρχείων που μπορεί να κατανεμηθεί στα inodes.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 @@ -5920,16 +5638,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Στοίχιση Inode:\n" -"Η επιλογή \"Στοίχιση Inode\" χρησιμοποιείται για να καθοριστεί εάν η " -"κατανομή inode είναι ή όχι στοιχημένη.\n" -"Η προεπιλογή είναι ότι τα inodes είναι στοιχημένα, η οποία είναι συνήθως " -"περισσότερο αποτελεσματική από\n" +"Η επιλογή \"Στοίχιση Inode\" χρησιμοποιείται για να καθοριστεί εάν η κατανομή inode είναι ή όχι στοιχημένη.\n" +"Η προεπιλογή είναι ότι τα inodes είναι στοιχημένα, η οποία είναι συνήθως περισσότερο αποτελεσματική από\n" "την μη στοιχημένη πρόσβαση.\n" #. label text @@ -5951,12 +5666,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Μέγεθος Ιστορικού\n" -"Ορίστε το μέγεθος του ιστορικού (σε megabytes). Αν είναι ορισμένο στο " -"αυτόματο, η προεπιλογή είναι 40% του ολικού μεγέθους.\n" +"Ορίστε το μέγεθος του ιστορικού (σε megabytes). Αν είναι ορισμένο στο αυτόματο, η προεπιλογή είναι 40% του ολικού μεγέθους.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 @@ -5986,8 +5699,7 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Μέγεθος Βήματος σε blocks: \n" -"Ορίζει σχετικές με RAID επιλογές για το σύστημα αρχείων. Μέχρι στιγμής το " -"μόνο υποστηριζόμενο \n" +"Ορίζει σχετικές με RAID επιλογές για το σύστημα αρχείων. Μέχρι στιγμής το μόνο υποστηριζόμενο \n" "όρισμα είναι 'stride' που δέχεται τον αριθμό blocks σε μία \n" "'λουρίδα' RAID ως όρισμα.\n" @@ -5995,15 +5707,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Μέγεθος Block:\n" -"Προσδιορίστε το μέγεθος των blocks σε bytes. Έγκυρες τιμές είναι 1024, 2048 " -"και 4096 bytes ανά block. Αν είναι επιλεγμένο το αυτόματο, το μέγεθος των " -"block καθορίζεται από το μέγεθος του συστήματος αρχείων και την αναμενόμενη " -"χρήση του συστήματος αρχείων.\n" +"Προσδιορίστε το μέγεθος των blocks σε bytes. Έγκυρες τιμές είναι 1024, 2048 και 4096 bytes ανά block. Αν είναι επιλεγμένο το αυτόματο, το μέγεθος των block καθορίζεται από το μέγεθος του συστήματος αρχείων και την αναμενόμενη χρήση του συστήματος αρχείων.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 @@ -6019,23 +5726,16 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes ανά Inode:\n" -"Προσδιορίστε την αναλογία bytes ανά inode. Το YaST δημιουργεί ένα inode για " -"κάθε\n" -"<bytes-ανα-inode> bytes του χώρου στο δίσκο. Όσο μεγαλύτερη είναι η " -"αναλογία\n" -"byte-ανά-inode, τόσο λιγότερα inodes θα δημιουργηθούν. Γενικά, αυτή η τιμή " -"δεν πρέπει\n" -"να είναι μικρότερη από το μέγεθος του block του συστήματος αρχείων, " -"δεδομένου\n" -"ότι πάρα πολλά inodes θα δημιουργηθούν. Δεν είναι δυνατό να επεκταθεί ο " -"αριθμός των\n" -"inodes σε ένα σύστημα αρχείων μετά από τη δημιουργία του. Έτσι να είστε " -"σίγουροι\n" +"Προσδιορίστε την αναλογία bytes ανά inode. Το YaST δημιουργεί ένα inode για κάθε\n" +"<bytes-ανα-inode> bytes του χώρου στο δίσκο. Όσο μεγαλύτερη είναι η αναλογία\n" +"byte-ανά-inode, τόσο λιγότερα inodes θα δημιουργηθούν. Γενικά, αυτή η τιμή δεν πρέπει\n" +"να είναι μικρότερη από το μέγεθος του block του συστήματος αρχείων, δεδομένου\n" +"ότι πάρα πολλά inodes θα δημιουργηθούν. Δεν είναι δυνατό να επεκταθεί ο αριθμός των\n" +"inodes σε ένα σύστημα αρχείων μετά από τη δημιουργία του. Έτσι να είστε σίγουροι\n" "ότι εισαγάγατε μια λογική τιμή για αυτήν την παράμετρο.\n" #. label text @@ -6055,16 +5755,8 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Το ποσοστό των Blocks που Δεσμεύτηκαν για τον Root: Καθορίστε το " -"ποσοστό των blocks που δεσμεύτηκαν για τον υπερχρήστη. Η προεπιλογή " -"υπολογίζεται έτσι ώστε κανονικά να κατοχυρωθεί 1 Gig. Το ανώτατο όριο για " -"την επιλογή είναι 5.0, το χαμηλότερο προεπιλεγμένο όριο είναι 0.1." +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Το ποσοστό των Blocks που Δεσμεύτηκαν για τον Root: Καθορίστε το ποσοστό των blocks που δεσμεύτηκαν για τον υπερχρήστη. Η προεπιλογή υπολογίζεται έτσι ώστε κανονικά να κατοχυρωθεί 1 Gig. Το ανώτατο όριο για την επιλογή είναι 5.0, το χαμηλότερο προεπιλεγμένο όριο είναι 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 @@ -6092,8 +5784,7 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Αριθμοδείκτης Καταλόγου:\n" -"Ενεργοποιεί τη χρήση των δυαδικών δένδρων κατακερματισμού για την αύξηση της " -"ταχύτητας ανίχνευσης σε μεγάλους καταλόγους.\n" +"Ενεργοποιεί τη χρήση των δυαδικών δένδρων κατακερματισμού για την αύξηση της ταχύτητας ανίχνευσης σε μεγάλους καταλόγους.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 @@ -6104,13 +5795,11 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Κανένα Journal:\n" -"Κατεσταλμένη χρήση του journaling στο σύστημα αρχείων. Ενεργοποιήστε το όταν " -"πραγματικά\n" +"Κατεσταλμένη χρήση του journaling στο σύστημα αρχείων. Ενεργοποιήστε το όταν πραγματικά\n" "γνωρίζετε τι κάνετε.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -6132,13 +5821,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Οι κατατμήσεις στον δίσκο %1 είτε δεν είναι αναγνώσιμες είτε δεν\n" -"υποστηρίζονται από εργαλείο κατάτμησης parted που χρησιμοποείται για να " -"αλλάξει\n" +"υποστηρίζονται από εργαλείο κατάτμησης parted που χρησιμοποείται για να αλλάξει\n" "τον πίνακα κατατμήσεων.\n" "\n" "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τις κατατμήσεις στο δίσκο %1 όπως είναι ή\n" -"μπορείτε να τις διαμορφώσετε και να ορίσετε σημεία προσάρτησης, αλλά δεν " -"μπορείτε\n" +"μπορείτε να τις διαμορφώσετε και να ορίσετε σημεία προσάρτησης, αλλά δεν μπορείτε\n" "να προσθέσετε, να επεξεργαστείτε, να μεταβάλετε το μέγεθος,\n" "ή να αφαιρέσετε κατατμήσεις από αυτό το δίσκο εδώ.\n" @@ -6160,10 +5847,8 @@ "κατατμήσεις για περίπου ολόκληρο το δίσκο.\n" "\n" "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την κατάτμηση στον δίσκο %1 ως έχει ή\n" -"να την διαμορφώσετε και να ορίσετε ένα σημείο προσάρτησης, αλλά δεν " -"μπορείτε\n" -"να τροποποιήσετε το μέγεθος ή να αφαιρέσετε την κατάτμηση από τον δίσκο " -"εδώ.\n" +"να την διαμορφώσετε και να ορίσετε ένα σημείο προσάρτησης, αλλά δεν μπορείτε\n" +"να τροποποιήσετε το μέγεθος ή να αφαιρέσετε την κατάτμηση από τον δίσκο εδώ.\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 @@ -6176,12 +5861,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Μπορείτε να αρχικοποιήσετε τον πίνακα κατατμήσεων δίσκου σε μια υγιή " -"κατάσταση\n" -"στον Διαχειριστή Κατατμήσεων για Προχωρημένους επιλέγοντας \"Για " -"Προχωρημένους\"->\"Δημιουργία Νέου Πίνακα Κατατμήσεων\", \n" -"αλλά αυτό θα καταστρέψει όλα τα δεδομένα σε όλες τις κατατμήσεις αυτού του " -"δίσκου.\n" +"Μπορείτε να αρχικοποιήσετε τον πίνακα κατατμήσεων δίσκου σε μια υγιή κατάσταση\n" +"στον Διαχειριστή Κατατμήσεων για Προχωρημένους επιλέγοντας \"Για Προχωρημένους\"->\"Δημιουργία Νέου Πίνακα Κατατμήσεων\", \n" +"αλλά αυτό θα καταστρέψει όλα τα δεδομένα σε όλες τις κατατμήσεις αυτού του δίσκου.\n" #. popup text #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 @@ -6278,8 +5960,7 @@ "Οι παρακάτω τομείς περιέχουν μια κρυπτογραφημένη υπογραφή αλλά το\n" "συνθηματικό δεν είναι ακόμα γνωστό.\n" "Το συνθηματικό απαιτείται να είναι γνωστό εάν οι τομείς χρειάζονται είτε\n" -"κατά την διάρκεια της ενημέρωσης είτε εάν περιέχουν κρυπτογραφημένο LVM " -"φυσικό τομέα." +"κατά την διάρκεια της ενημέρωσης είτε εάν περιέχουν κρυπτογραφημένο LVM φυσικό τομέα." #: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" @@ -6347,8 +6028,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" "Η κατάτμηση %1 δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί διότι οι άλλες κατατμήσεις στον\n" "δίσκο %2 χρησιμοποιούνται." @@ -6360,8 +6040,7 @@ "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί λόγω του ότι περιέχει μια ενεργή " -"μνήμη ανταλλαγής\n" +"Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορεί να τροποποιηθεί λόγω του ότι περιέχει μια ενεργή μνήμη ανταλλαγής\n" "που χρειάζεται για την εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης.\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 @@ -6381,8 +6060,7 @@ "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί επειδή περιέχει μια ενεργή μνήμη " -"ανταλλαγής\n" +"Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί επειδή περιέχει μια ενεργή μνήμη ανταλλαγής\n" "που χρειάζεται για την εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης.\n" #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 @@ -6403,8 +6081,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί επειδή αυτό μπορεί να αλλάξει έμμεσα " -"την\n" +"Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί επειδή αυτό μπορεί να αλλάξει έμμεσα την\n" "συσκευή %2 η οποία περιέχει ενεργή μνήμη swap που χρειάζεται\n" "για την εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης.\n" @@ -6416,8 +6093,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Η συσκευή %1 δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί επειδή αυτό μπορεί έμμεσα να αλλάξει\n" -"τη συσκευή %2, η οποία περιέχει δεδομένα που απαιτούνται για εκτέλεση της " -"εγκατάστασης.\n" +"τη συσκευή %2, η οποία περιέχει δεδομένα που απαιτούνται για εκτέλεση της εγκατάστασης.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) #: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 @@ -6703,30 +6379,24 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Η Προσάρτηση Κατά υποδεικνύει πως το σύστημα\n" -"αρχείων είναι προσαρτημένο: (Kernel) κατά Όνομα Πυρήνα, (Label) κατά " -"Ετικέτα, (UUID) κατά\n" -"Σύστημα Αρχείων UUID, (ΙD) κατά ID Συσκευής και (Path) κατά Διαδρομή " -"Συσκευής.\n" +"αρχείων είναι προσαρτημένο: (Kernel) κατά Όνομα Πυρήνα, (Label) κατά Ετικέτα, (UUID) κατά\n" +"Σύστημα Αρχείων UUID, (ΙD) κατά ID Συσκευής και (Path) κατά Διαδρομή Συσκευής.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Το ερωτηματικό (?) υποδεικνύει ότι\n" -"το σύστημα αρχείων δεν εμφανίζεται στην λίστα <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Είτε έχει " -"προσαρτηθεί\n" -"χειροκίνητα είτε από κάποιο σύστημα αυτόματης προσάρτησης. Όταν αλλάξετε " -"ρυθμίσεις του τόμου,\n" +"το σύστημα αρχείων δεν εμφανίζεται στην λίστα <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Είτε έχει προσαρτηθεί\n" +"χειροκίνητα είτε από κάποιο σύστημα αυτόματης προσάρτησης. Όταν αλλάξετε ρυθμίσεις του τόμου,\n" "το YaST δεν θα ενημερώσει το <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6742,15 +6412,12 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Ένας αστερίσκος (*) μετά το σημείο προσάρτησης\n" -"υποδεικνύει ένα σύστημα αρχείων το οποίο δεν είναι προσαρτημένο (για " -"παράδειγμα,\n" -"επειδή δεν έχει την επιλογή <tt>noauto</tt> ορισμένη στο <tt>/etc/fstab</" -"tt>)." +"υποδεικνύει ένα σύστημα αρχείων το οποίο δεν είναι προσαρτημένο (για παράδειγμα,\n" +"επειδή δεν έχει την επιλογή <tt>noauto</tt> ορισμένη στο <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 @@ -6776,8 +6443,7 @@ "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." msgstr "" -"Το μέγεθος εκτελέσιμου αρχείου εμφανίζει το φυσικό εκτεταμένο " -"μέγεθος\n" +"Το μέγεθος εκτελέσιμου αρχείου εμφανίζει το φυσικό εκτεταμένο μέγεθος\n" "για ομάδες τόμου LVM." #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6815,8 +6481,7 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Η Stripes εμφανίζει τον αριθμό του stripe για τους λογικούς τόμους\n" -"LVM και, εάν είναι παραπάνω από ένα, βάζει σε παρένθεση το μέγεθος του " -"stripe.\n" +"LVM και, εάν είναι παραπάνω από ένα, βάζει σε παρένθεση το μέγεθος του stripe.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6852,8 +6517,7 @@ "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "Η Χρήση Από εμφανίζει εάν μια συσκευή χρησιμοποιείται από\n" -"πχ RAID ή LVM. Αν δεν χρησιμοποιείτε τέτοια πράγματα, αυτή η στήλη είναι " -"άδεια.\n" +"πχ RAID ή LVM. Αν δεν χρησιμοποιείτε τέτοια πράγματα, αυτή η στήλη είναι άδεια.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 @@ -7122,12 +6786,8 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Η αλλαγή του μεγέθους είναι αδύνατη λόγω ανακόλουθου συστήματος αρχείων. " -"Προσπαθήστε να ελέγξετε μέσω του Windows." +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Η αλλαγή του μεγέθους είναι αδύνατη λόγω ανακόλουθου συστήματος αρχείων. Προσπαθήστε να ελέγξετε μέσω του Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 @@ -7169,8 +6829,7 @@ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να δημιουργήσετε μια πρόταση βασισμένη στο LVM, επιλέξτε το αντίστοιχο " -"πλήκτρο.\n" +"Για να δημιουργήσετε μια πρόταση βασισμένη στο LVM, επιλέξτε το αντίστοιχο πλήκτρο.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 @@ -7266,8 +6925,7 @@ #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Προσοχή: Με την τρέχουσα ρύθμιση, η εγκατάσταση %1\n" -#~ "μπορεί να παρουσιάσει προβλήματα όταν ξεκινά, επειδή δεν έχετε κατάτμηση " -#~ "\"boot\"\n" +#~ "μπορεί να παρουσιάσει προβλήματα όταν ξεκινά, επειδή δεν έχετε κατάτμηση \"boot\"\n" #~ "και η κατάτμηση \"root\" είναι ένας LVM λογικός τόμος.\n" #~ "Αυτό δεν είναι λειτουργικό.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7300,24 +6958,18 @@ #~ msgstr "Διαχειριστής Κατατμήσεων" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η διεπαφή γραμμών εντολής για τη μονάδα κατάτμησης δίσκων δεν είναι " -#~ "διαθέσιμη." +#~ msgstr "Η διεπαφή γραμμών εντολής για τη μονάδα κατάτμησης δίσκων δεν είναι διαθέσιμη." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " -#~ "system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" -#~ "boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Έχετε προσαρτήσει μια κατάτμηση με Btrfs στο\n" -#~ "σημείο προσάρτησης /. Αυτό πιθανό να προκαλέσει προβλήματα. " -#~ "Χρησιμοποιήστε ένα σύστημα αρχείων Linux,\n" -#~ "όπως το ext3 ή ext4, για αυτό το σημείο προσάρτησης ή μία πρόσθετη " -#~ "κατάτμηση για /boot.\n" +#~ "σημείο προσάρτησης /. Αυτό πιθανό να προκαλέσει προβλήματα. Χρησιμοποιήστε ένα σύστημα αρχείων Linux,\n" +#~ "όπως το ext3 ή ext4, για αυτό το σημείο προσάρτησης ή μία πρόσθετη κατάτμηση για /boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή τη ρύθμιση;\n" @@ -7334,9 +6986,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Αποτυχία αφαίρεσης μερικών συσκευών." #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η διασύνδεση γραμμών εντολής για τη μονάδα διαχείρισης κατατμήσεων δεν " -#~ "είναι διαθέσιμη." +#~ msgstr "Η διασύνδεση γραμμών εντολής για τη μονάδα διαχείρισης κατατμήσεων δεν είναι διαθέσιμη." #~ msgid "" #~ "The selected device is currently mounted on %1.\n" @@ -7348,14 +6998,12 @@ #~ "If you proceed, YaST2 will try unmounting before deleting it.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Η επιλεγμένη κατάτμηση είναι προσαρτημένη στο %1.\n" -#~ "Είναι *ισχυρά* προτεινόμενο να αποπροσαρτήσετε αυτήν την κατάτμηση " -#~ "χειροκίνητα \n" +#~ "Είναι *ισχυρά* προτεινόμενο να αποπροσαρτήσετε αυτήν την κατάτμηση χειροκίνητα \n" #~ "προτού την διαγράψετε. \n" #~ "\n" #~ "Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε Ακύρωση , εκτός αν ξέρετε ακριβώς τι κάνετε.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Αν συνεχίσετε, το YaST2 θα προσπαθήσει να αποπροσαρτήσει την κατάτμηση " -#~ "πριν την διαγράψει.\n" +#~ "Αν συνεχίσετε, το YaST2 θα προσπαθήσει να αποπροσαρτήσει την κατάτμηση πριν την διαγράψει.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7385,22 +7033,15 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" #~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -#~ "to mount\n" -#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -#~ "can be\n" -#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -#~ "possible.\n" +#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Προσάρτηση στο /etc/fstab Από:\n" -#~ "Κανονικά, το σύστημα αρχείων που θα προσαρτηθεί είναι προσδιορισμένο στο /" -#~ "etc/fstab\n" -#~ "από το όνομα της συσκευής. Αυτό μπορεί να αλλάξει για να αναζητηθεί το " -#~ "σύστημα αρχείων που θα προσαρτηθεί,\n" -#~ "με αναζήτηση για ένα UUID ή ετικέτα τόμου. Δεν μπορούν όλα τα συστήματα " -#~ "αρχείων\n" -#~ "να προσαρτηθούν από το UUID ή από ετικέτα τόμου. Αν μια επιλογή είναι " -#~ "απενεργοποιημένη, δεν είναι δυνατόν.\n" +#~ "Κανονικά, το σύστημα αρχείων που θα προσαρτηθεί είναι προσδιορισμένο στο /etc/fstab\n" +#~ "από το όνομα της συσκευής. Αυτό μπορεί να αλλάξει για να αναζητηθεί το σύστημα αρχείων που θα προσαρτηθεί,\n" +#~ "με αναζήτηση για ένα UUID ή ετικέτα τόμου. Δεν μπορούν όλα τα συστήματα αρχείων\n" +#~ "να προσαρτηθούν από το UUID ή από ετικέτα τόμου. Αν μια επιλογή είναι απενεργοποιημένη, δεν είναι δυνατόν.\n" #~ msgid "&Device name" #~ msgstr "&Όνομα Συσκευής" @@ -7423,29 +7064,22 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Το σύστημα αρχείων είναι προσαρτημένο στο %1.\n" -#~ "Δεν είναι δυνατός ο ανασχηματισμός του συστήματος αρχείων όσο αυτός είναι " -#~ "προσαρτημένος.\n" +#~ "Δεν είναι δυνατός ο ανασχηματισμός του συστήματος αρχείων όσο αυτός είναι προσαρτημένος.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Αποπροσάρτηση του συστήματος αρχείων και επαναδοκιμή για ανασχηματισμό;\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -#~ "tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " -#~ "create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " -#~ "all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Αυτό το σημείο προσάρτησης αντιστοιχεί σε ένα προσωρινό Σ/Α όπως το /tmp " -#~ "ή το /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να αφήσετε το κρυπτογραφημένο κωδικό πρόσβασης κενό. Αν το " -#~ "κάνετε αυτό, το σύστημά σας θα δημιουργήσει \n" -#~ "έναν τυχαίο κωδικό πρόσβασης στην εκκίνηση του συστήματος. Αυτό σημαίνει " -#~ "ότι θα χάσετε όλα σας τα δεδομένα \n" +#~ "Αυτό το σημείο προσάρτησης αντιστοιχεί σε ένα προσωρινό Σ/Α όπως το /tmp ή το /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να αφήσετε το κρυπτογραφημένο κωδικό πρόσβασης κενό. Αν το κάνετε αυτό, το σύστημά σας θα δημιουργήσει \n" +#~ "έναν τυχαίο κωδικό πρόσβασης στην εκκίνηση του συστήματος. Αυτό σημαίνει ότι θα χάσετε όλα σας τα δεδομένα \n" #~ "σε αυτά τα Σ/Α όταν το σύστημα τερματίσει.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7500,14 +7134,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Βασισμένο στο LVN" #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτά τα σημεία προσάρτησης πατήστε Ναι</" -#~ "B>." +#~ msgstr "Για να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτά τα σημεία προσάρτησης πατήστε Ναι." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να αγνοήσετε αυτά τα σημεία προσάρτησης πατήστε το κουμπί " -#~ "Όχι." +#~ msgstr "Για να αγνοήσετε αυτά τα σημεία προσάρτησης πατήστε το κουμπί Όχι." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" @@ -7547,8 +7177,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "ΠΡΟΣΟΧΗ:\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Επιλέξατε μια κατάτμηση swap αλλά δεν δώσατε εντολή στο YaST2 να την " -#~ "διαμορφώσει.\n" +#~ "Επιλέξατε μια κατάτμηση swap αλλά δεν δώσατε εντολή στο YaST2 να την διαμορφώσει.\n" #~ "Αυτή η κατάτμηση swap πιθανότατα δεν θα είναι χρησιμοποιήσιμη.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Αλλαγή της ρύθμισης;\n" @@ -7562,8 +7191,7 @@ #~ " " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο ο δίσκος σας προετοιμάζεται για την " -#~ "εγκατάσταση...\n" +#~ "Παρακαλώ περιμένετε όσο ο δίσκος σας προετοιμάζεται για την εγκατάσταση...\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "" @@ -7577,24 +7205,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this " -#~ "action\n" -#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large " -#~ "disks.\n" -#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it " -#~ "looks\n" +#~ "Depending on the size of your hard disk and your processor speed, this action\n" +#~ "might take some time. Several minutes are not unusual for really large disks.\n" +#~ "Often, the progress meter does not show a linear progress. Even if it looks\n" #~ "slow near the end (\"95 %\"), please be patient. The formatting tool \n" #~ "performs various checks. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ανάλογα το μέγεθος του σκληρού σας δίσκου και την ταχύτητα του " -#~ "επεξεργαστή, αυτή η ενέργεια\n" -#~ "μπορεί να πάρει λίγο χρόνο. 5 λεπτά δεν είναι ασυνήθιστα για δίσκους " -#~ "μεγαλύτερους των 4 GB.\n" -#~ "Συχνά, το μέτρο της προόδου δεν δείχνει γραμμική πρόοδο. Ακόμα και αν " -#~ "φαίνεται \n" -#~ "να αργεί κοντά στο τέλος (\"95 %\"), παρακαλώ να είστε υπομονετικοί: το " -#~ "εργαλείο διαμόρφωσης πρέπει να \n" +#~ "Ανάλογα το μέγεθος του σκληρού σας δίσκου και την ταχύτητα του επεξεργαστή, αυτή η ενέργεια\n" +#~ "μπορεί να πάρει λίγο χρόνο. 5 λεπτά δεν είναι ασυνήθιστα για δίσκους μεγαλύτερους των 4 GB.\n" +#~ "Συχνά, το μέτρο της προόδου δεν δείχνει γραμμική πρόοδο. Ακόμα και αν φαίνεται \n" +#~ "να αργεί κοντά στο τέλος (\"95 %\"), παρακαλώ να είστε υπομονετικοί: το εργαλείο διαμόρφωσης πρέπει να \n" #~ "κάνει μερικούς ελέγχους. " #~ msgid "Preparing Your Hard Disk" @@ -7666,8 +7287,7 @@ #~ "τον πίνακα κατατμήσεων.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τις κατατμήσεις στο δίσκο %1$s όπως είναι.\n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να τις διαμορφώσετε και να αναθέσετε σημεία προσάρτησης σε " -#~ "αυτές, αλλά\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να τις διαμορφώσετε και να αναθέσετε σημεία προσάρτησης σε αυτές, αλλά\n" #~ "δεν μπορείτε να προσθέσετε, επεξεργαστείτε, να μεταβάλετε το μέγεθος,\n" #~ "ή να αφαιρέσετε κατατμήσεις από αυτό το δίσκο με αυτό το εργαλείο." @@ -7696,8 +7316,7 @@ #~ "αυτό το εργαλείο.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τις κατατμήσεις στο δίσκο %1$s όπως είναι.\n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να τις διαμορφώσετε και να αναθέσετε σημεία προσάρτησης σε " -#~ "αυτές, αλλά\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να τις διαμορφώσετε και να αναθέσετε σημεία προσάρτησης σε αυτές, αλλά\n" #~ "δεν μπορείτε να προσθέσετε, επεξεργαστείτε, να μεταβάλετε το μέγεθος,\n" #~ "ή να αφαιρέσετε κατατμήσεις από αυτό το δίσκο με αυτό το εργαλείο." @@ -7712,13 +7331,11 @@ #~ "disk with this tool." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Οι κατατμήσεις στον δίσκο %1$s δεν είναι αναγνώσιμες\n" -#~ "από το εργαλείο κατάτμησης \"parted\" που χρησιμοποιεί το YaST2 για να " -#~ "αλλάξει\n" +#~ "από το εργαλείο κατάτμησης \"parted\" που χρησιμοποιεί το YaST2 για να αλλάξει\n" #~ "τον πίνακα κατατμήσεων.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε τις κατατμήσεις στο δίσκο %1$s όπως είναι.\n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να τις διαμορφώσετε και να αναθέσετε σημεία προσάρτησης σε " -#~ "αυτές, αλλά\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να τις διαμορφώσετε και να αναθέσετε σημεία προσάρτησης σε αυτές, αλλά\n" #~ "δεν μπορείτε να προσθέσετε, επεξεργαστείτε, να μεταβάλετε το μέγεθος,\n" #~ "ή να αφαιρέσετε κατατμήσεις από αυτό το δίσκο με το YaST2." @@ -7728,10 +7345,8 @@ #~ "Partitions numbered above %3$lu cannot be accessed." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ο δίσκος σας %1$s περιέχει %2$lu διαμερίσεις. Ο μέγιστος αριθμός\n" -#~ "των διαμερίσεων όπου ο οδηγός πυρήνα του δίσκου μπορεί να διαχειριστεί " -#~ "είναι%3$lu.\n" -#~ "Οι διαμερίσεις που εμφανίστηκαν παραπάνω από τις %3$lu δεν μπορούν να " -#~ "προσβαστούν." +#~ "των διαμερίσεων όπου ο οδηγός πυρήνα του δίσκου μπορεί να διαχειριστεί είναι%3$lu.\n" +#~ "Οι διαμερίσεις που εμφανίστηκαν παραπάνω από τις %3$lu δεν μπορούν να προσβαστούν." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" @@ -7743,19 +7358,14 @@ #~ " number of block devices partitions. This needs a repartition\n" #~ " as well." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "το openSuSE αλλάζει προς τους νέους οδηγούς IDE χρησιμοποιώντας τις " -#~ "μονάδες libata.\n" -#~ "Αυτές υποστηρίζουν μόνο μέχρι 15 κατατμήσεις. Έχετε τις ακόλουθες " -#~ "επιλογές με το openSuSE 10.3:\n" +#~ "το openSuSE αλλάζει προς τους νέους οδηγούς IDE χρησιμοποιώντας τις μονάδες libata.\n" +#~ "Αυτές υποστηρίζουν μόνο μέχρι 15 κατατμήσεις. Έχετε τις ακόλουθες επιλογές με το openSuSE 10.3:\n" #~ " - Χρήση των παλαιών οδηγών IDE: Εκκίνηση ξανά και προσθήκη του\n" #~ " 'hwprobe=-modules.pata'ως ερώτημα στον πυρήνα\n" #~ " - Ξαναφτιάξτε τις κατατμήσεις ώστε να είναι το πολύ 15.\n" -#~ " Για να ξαναφτιάξετε κατατμήσεις, χρησιμοποιήστε το υπάρχων " -#~ "λειτουργικό σύστημα.\n" -#~ " - Χρησιμοποιήστε το LVM/EVMS από τη στιγμή που μπορεί να σας προσφέρει " -#~ "έναν μεγάλο και ευέλικτο αριθμό\n" -#~ " κατατμήσεων στις συσκευές. Χρειάζεται επίσης ένα ξαναφτιάξιμο των " -#~ "κατατμήσεων." +#~ " Για να ξαναφτιάξετε κατατμήσεις, χρησιμοποιήστε το υπάρχων λειτουργικό σύστημα.\n" +#~ " - Χρησιμοποιήστε το LVM/EVMS από τη στιγμή που μπορεί να σας προσφέρει έναν μεγάλο και ευέλικτο αριθμό\n" +#~ " κατατμήσεων στις συσκευές. Χρειάζεται επίσης ένα ξαναφτιάξιμο των κατατμήσεων." #~ msgid "Setting disk label of disk %1$s to %2$s" #~ msgstr "Ορισμός ετικέτας δίσκου του %1$s σε %2$s" @@ -7776,9 +7386,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση συσκευής απεικόνισης %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Format encrypted device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Διαμόρφωση κρυπτογραφημένης συσκευής απεικόνισης %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με " -#~ "%3$s" +#~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση κρυπτογραφημένης συσκευής απεικόνισης %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Format device mapper volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" #~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση συσκευής απεικόνισης %1$s (%2$s) με %3$s" @@ -7899,8 +7507,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Δημιουργία της κατάτμησης raid %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Create encrypted raid partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δημιουργία κρυπτογραφημένης κατάτμησης raid %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Δημιουργία κρυπτογραφημένης κατάτμησης raid %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Create extended raid partition %1$s (%2$s)" #~ msgstr "Δημιουργία εκτεταμένης κατάτμησης raid %1$s (%2$s)" @@ -7918,8 +7525,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση κατάτμησης raid %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Format encrypted raid partition %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Διαμόρφωση κρυπτογραφημένης κατάτμησης raid %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση κρυπτογραφημένης κατάτμησης raid %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Format raid partition %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" #~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση κατάτμησης raid %1$s (%2$s) με %3$s" @@ -8052,38 +7658,25 @@ #~ msgstr "Δημιουργία συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία %1$s στο αρχείο %2$s" #~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δημιουργία συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία %1$s του %2$s (%3$s) ως %5$s με " -#~ "%4$s" +#~ msgstr "Δημιουργία συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία %1$s του %2$s (%3$s) ως %5$s με %4$s" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with " -#~ "%4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δημιουργία κρυπτογραφημένου συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία %1$s του %2$s " -#~ "(%3$s) ως %5$s με %4$s" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgstr "Δημιουργία κρυπτογραφημένου συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία %1$s του %2$s (%3$s) ως %5$s με %4$s" #~ msgid "Create file-based device %1$s of file %2$s (%3$s)" #~ msgstr "Δημιουργία συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία %1$s του %2$s (%3$s)" #~ msgid "Formatting file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) with %4$s " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Διαμόρφωση συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία %1$s του %2$s (%3$s) με %4$s " +#~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία %1$s του %2$s (%3$s) με %4$s " #~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Διαγραφή συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία %1$s του %2$s (%3$s) ως %5$s με " -#~ "%4$s" +#~ msgstr "Διαγραφή συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία %1$s του %2$s (%3$s) ως %5$s με %4$s" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Διαμόρφωση κρυπτογραφημένου συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία %1$s του %2$s " -#~ "(%3$s) ως %5$s με %4$s" +#~ msgid "Format encrypted file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) as %5$s with %4$s" +#~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση κρυπτογραφημένου συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία %1$s του %2$s (%3$s) ως %5$s με %4$s" #~ msgid "Format file-based device %1$s of %2$s (%3$s) with %4$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Διαμόρφωση συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία σ%1$s του %2$s (%3$s) με %4$s" +#~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση συσκευής βασισμένη στα αρχεία σ%1$s του %2$s (%3$s) με %4$s" #~ msgid "Deleting logical volume %1$s" #~ msgstr "Αφαίρεση του λογικού τόμου %1$s" @@ -8101,8 +7694,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Δημιουργία λογικού τόμου %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Create encrypted logical volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δημιουργία κρυπτογραφημένου λογικού τόμου %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Δημιουργία κρυπτογραφημένου λογικού τόμου %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Create logical volume %1$s (%2$s)" #~ msgstr "Δημιουργία Λογικού Τόμου %1$s (%2$s)" @@ -8173,10 +7765,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Δημιουργία Λογισμικού RAID %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~| msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δημιουργία κρυπτογραφημένου λογισμικού RAID %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" +#~ msgid "Create encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %5$s for %4$s with %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Δημιουργία κρυπτογραφημένου λογισμικού RAID %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~| msgid "Create software RAID %1$s (%2$s)" #~ msgid "Create software RAID %1$s (%2$s) from %3$s" @@ -8189,8 +7779,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση λογισμικού RAID %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Format encrypted software RAID %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Διαμόρφωση κρυπτογραφημένου λογισμικού RAID %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση κρυπτογραφημένου λογισμικού RAID %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Format software RAID %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" #~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση λογισμικού RAID %1$s (%2$s) με %3$s" @@ -8399,23 +7988,17 @@ #~ msgstr "Ελεύθερος χώρος (%1)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations " -#~ "in\n" +#~ "Your NTFS file system has %1 %3 free space available. Due to limitations in\n" #~ "the NTFS resizer, the file system can only be shrunk by up to %2 %3.\n" #~ "To be able to shrink the file system more, boot your Windows\n" #~ "system and run a disk defragmentation program under Windows to move\n" #~ "the used blocks of the file system towards the start of the partition.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το σύστημα αρχείων σας NTFS έχει %1 %3 ελεύθερο χώρο διαθέσιμο. Λόγω των " -#~ "περιορισμών στον\n" -#~ "μετασχηματισμό του NTFS, το σύστημα αρχείων μπορεί μόνο να ελαττωθεί " -#~ "μέχρι %2 %3.\n" -#~ "Για να μπορέσετε να συρρικνώσετε περισσότερο το σύστημα αρχείων, " -#~ "ξεκινήστε το σύστημά σας των\n" -#~ "Windows και ξεκινήστε ένα πρόγραμμα ανασυγκρότησης δίσκων στα Windows για " -#~ "να μετακινήσετε\n" -#~ "τα χρησιμοποιούμενα blocks του συστήματος αρχείων από την αρχή της " -#~ "κατάτμησης.\n" +#~ "Το σύστημα αρχείων σας NTFS έχει %1 %3 ελεύθερο χώρο διαθέσιμο. Λόγω των περιορισμών στον\n" +#~ "μετασχηματισμό του NTFS, το σύστημα αρχείων μπορεί μόνο να ελαττωθεί μέχρι %2 %3.\n" +#~ "Για να μπορέσετε να συρρικνώσετε περισσότερο το σύστημα αρχείων, ξεκινήστε το σύστημά σας των\n" +#~ "Windows και ξεκινήστε ένα πρόγραμμα ανασυγκρότησης δίσκων στα Windows για να μετακινήσετε\n" +#~ "τα χρησιμοποιούμενα blocks του συστήματος αρχείων από την αρχή της κατάτμησης.\n" #~ msgid "Windows" #~ msgstr "Windows" @@ -8439,10 +8022,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ο ακριβής ανασχηματισμός θα εφαρμοστεί μόνο ύστερα από την επιβεβαίωση " -#~ "σας\n" -#~ "για όλες τις επιλογές στον τελευταίο διάλογο εγκατάστασης. Μέχρι τότε, η " -#~ "κατάτμηση\n" +#~ "Ο ακριβής ανασχηματισμός θα εφαρμοστεί μόνο ύστερα από την επιβεβαίωση σας\n" +#~ "για όλες τις επιλογές στον τελευταίο διάλογο εγκατάστασης. Μέχρι τότε, η κατάτμηση\n" #~ "%1 θα μείνει ανέπαφη.\n" #~ "" @@ -8457,8 +8038,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Αν αποφασίσατε να μην ανασχηματίσετε την κατάτμηση σας, πατήστε\n" -#~ "Να μην γίνει Ανασχηματισμός. Αυτό επαναφέρει τις τιμές στο " -#~ "αρχικό \n" +#~ "Να μην γίνει Ανασχηματισμός. Αυτό επαναφέρει τις τιμές στο αρχικό \n" #~ "μέγεθος της κατάτμησης.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -8473,8 +8053,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Η επάνω γραφική μπάρα εμφανίζει την τρέχουσα κατάσταση.\n" -#~ "Η κάτω γραφική μπάρα εμφανίζει την κατάσταση ύστερα από την εγκατάσταση " -#~ "-- μετά\n" +#~ "Η κάτω γραφική μπάρα εμφανίζει την κατάσταση ύστερα από την εγκατάσταση -- μετά\n" #~ "τον ανασχηματισμό κατάτμησης.\n" #~ "" @@ -8501,8 +8080,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "%1 είναι το μέγεθος του χρησιμοποιούμενου μέρους της κατάτμησης " -#~ "%2.\n" +#~ "%1 είναι το μέγεθος του χρησιμοποιούμενου μέρους της κατάτμησης %2.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -8512,8 +8090,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ελεύθερα δείχνει τον τωρινό ελεύθερο χώρο (πριν από την " -#~ "συρρίκνωση)\n" +#~ "Ελεύθερα δείχνει τον τωρινό ελεύθερο χώρο (πριν από την συρρίκνωση)\n" #~ "σε αυτήν την κατάτμηση.\n" #~ "" @@ -8636,12 +8213,9 @@ #~ "Change your partitioning?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ο τύπος της ετικέτας του δίσκου σας είναι GPT.\n" -#~ "Το Linux μπορεί να διαχειρίζεται καλά πίνακες κατατμήσεων GPT, αλλά οι " -#~ "περισσότερες\n" -#~ "εκδόσεις BIOS δεν μπορούν να διαχειριστούν αυτή την ετικέτα δίσκου. Για " -#~ "να αφαιρέσετε\n" -#~ "την ετικέτα δίσκου GPT από το δίσκο σας, χρησιμοποιείστε τη καταχώριση " -#~ "μενού\n" +#~ "Το Linux μπορεί να διαχειρίζεται καλά πίνακες κατατμήσεων GPT, αλλά οι περισσότερες\n" +#~ "εκδόσεις BIOS δεν μπορούν να διαχειριστούν αυτή την ετικέτα δίσκου. Για να αφαιρέσετε\n" +#~ "την ετικέτα δίσκου GPT από το δίσκο σας, χρησιμοποιείστε τη καταχώριση μενού\n" #~ "\"%1\" του κουμπιού \"%2\".\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Να αλλάξουν οι κατατμήσεις σας;\n" @@ -8712,8 +8286,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Έχετε αλλάξει τις παραμέτρους μια κατάτμησης που είναι τώρα\n" -#~ "προσαρτημένη. Σε μερικές περιπτώσεις αυτό μπορεί να βλάψει την " -#~ "εγκατάσταση του Linux.\n" +#~ "προσαρτημένη. Σε μερικές περιπτώσεις αυτό μπορεί να βλάψει την εγκατάσταση του Linux.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Προχωρήστε μόνο αν ξέρετε τι κάνετε. Αν αισθάνεστε ανασφαλείς,\n" #~ "πατήστε Άκυρο.\n" @@ -8726,66 +8299,35 @@ #~ "Σε μια προϋπάρχουσα κατάτμηση μπορείτε να αλλάξετε\n" #~ "τα πάντα εκτός την εκκίνηση και το μέγεθος της κατάτμησης." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition " -#~ "should be formatted." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πρώτα, παρακαλώ επιλέξτε τον τύπο της κατάτμησης και αν αυτή η " -#~ "κατάτμηση θα διαμορφωθεί ή όχι" +#~ msgid "First, choose the type of the partition and whether this partition should be formatted." +#~ msgstr "Πρώτα, παρακαλώ επιλέξτε τον τύπο της κατάτμησης και αν αυτή η κατάτμηση θα διαμορφωθεί ή όχι" #~ msgid "Then, enter the mount point ( /, /boot, /usr, /var, etc.)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ύστερα πρέπει να εισάγετε το σημείο προσάρτησης ( /, /boot, /usr, /" -#~ "var , κλπ )" +#~ msgstr "Ύστερα πρέπει να εισάγετε το σημείο προσάρτησης ( /, /boot, /usr, /var , κλπ )" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create " -#~ "a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be " -#~ "lost." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν θέλετε να αλλάξετε τον κύλινδρο αρχής ή τέλους , πρέπει να " -#~ "διαγράψετε αυτήν τη κατάτμηση και ύστερα να δημιουργήσετε μία καινούρια " -#~ "με τις καινούργιες παραμέτρους. Όλα τα δεδομένα σε αυτήν τη κατάτμηση θα " -#~ "χαθούν." +#~ msgid "To change the start or end cylinder, delete this partition then create a new one with the new parameters. All data on this partition will be lost." +#~ msgstr "Αν θέλετε να αλλάξετε τον κύλινδρο αρχής ή τέλους , πρέπει να διαγράψετε αυτήν τη κατάτμηση και ύστερα να δημιουργήσετε μία καινούρια με τις καινούργιες παραμέτρους. Όλα τα δεδομένα σε αυτήν τη κατάτμηση θα χαθούν." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Τώρα, μπορείτε να εισάγετε την τοποθεσία της νέας κατάτμησης στον " -#~ "σκληρό σας δίσκο. " +#~ msgid "Now, enter the location of the new partition on your hard disk. " +#~ msgstr "Τώρα, μπορείτε να εισάγετε την τοποθεσία της νέας κατάτμησης στον σκληρό σας δίσκο. " #~ msgid "Please enter the starting cylinder number of the partition. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρακαλώ εισάγετε τον αριθμό της αρχής του κυλίνδρου για την " -#~ "κατάτμηση. " +#~ msgstr "Παρακαλώ εισάγετε τον αριθμό της αρχής του κυλίνδρου για την κατάτμηση. " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ύστερα μπορείτε είτε να προσδιορίσετε τον αριθμό του τέλους του " -#~ "κυλίνδρου ή μια απόσταση από τον πρώτο (π.χ. +66)." +#~ msgid "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66)." +#~ msgstr "Ύστερα μπορείτε είτε να προσδιορίσετε τον αριθμό του τέλους του κυλίνδρου ή μια απόσταση από τον πρώτο (π.χ. +66)." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e." -#~ "g., +100M or +20000K)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Είναι επίσης δυνατό να προσδιορίσετε το μέγεθος της κατάτμησης " -#~ "κατευθείαν (π.χ. +100M ή +20000K))" +#~ msgid "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +100M or +20000K)." +#~ msgstr "Είναι επίσης δυνατό να προσδιορίσετε το μέγεθος της κατάτμησης κατευθείαν (π.χ. +100M ή +20000K))" #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the starting cylinder number of the partition.\n" -#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from " -#~ "the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" -#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., " -#~ "+2G, +100M, or +20000K).\n" +#~ "After that, either specify an ending cylinder number or an offset from the first cylinder (e.g., +66).\n" +#~ "It is also possible to specify the size of the partition directly (e.g., +2G, +100M, or +20000K).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρακαλώ εισάγετε τον αριθμό της αρχής του κυλίνδρου για αυτήν τη " -#~ "κατάτμηση.\n" -#~ "Ύστερα μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε τον αριθμό του τέλους του κύλινδρου ή " -#~ "μια απόσταση από τον πρώτο (π.χ +66).\n" -#~ "Είναι επίσης δυνατό να προσδιορίσετε το μέγεθος της κατάτμησης κατευθείαν " -#~ "(π.χ. +2G ή +100M ή +20000K)\n" +#~ "Παρακαλώ εισάγετε τον αριθμό της αρχής του κυλίνδρου για αυτήν τη κατάτμηση.\n" +#~ "Ύστερα μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε τον αριθμό του τέλους του κύλινδρου ή μια απόσταση από τον πρώτο (π.χ +66).\n" +#~ "Είναι επίσης δυνατό να προσδιορίσετε το μέγεθος της κατάτμησης κατευθείαν (π.χ. +2G ή +100M ή +20000K)\n" #~ msgid " Partition your hard disks... " #~ msgstr " Κατάτμηση των σκληρών σας δίσκων... " @@ -8794,34 +8336,28 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "This is intended for experts.\n" #~ "If you are not familiar with the concepts of hard disk partitions\n" -#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select automatic</" -#~ "b>\n" +#~ "and how to use them, you might want to go back and select automatic\n" #~ "partitioning.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Αυτό είναι μόνο για ειδικούς.\n" -#~ "Αν δεν έχετε εξοικείωση με τις έννοιες του σκληρού δίσκου , τις " -#~ "κατατμήσεις\n" -#~ "και πως να τα χρησιμοποιήσετε, ίσως θα θέλετε να πάτε πίσω και να " -#~ "επιλέξετε αυτόματη\n" +#~ "Αν δεν έχετε εξοικείωση με τις έννοιες του σκληρού δίσκου , τις κατατμήσεις\n" +#~ "και πως να τα χρησιμοποιήσετε, ίσως θα θέλετε να πάτε πίσω και να επιλέξετε αυτόματη\n" #~ "κατάτμηση.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Please note that nothing will be written to your hard disk\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Παρακαλώ σημειώστε ότι τίποτα δεν θα γραφτεί στον σκληρό δίσκο\n" -#~ "μέχρι να επιβεβαιώσετε ολόκληρη την εγκατάσταση στον τελευταίο διάλογο " -#~ "εγκατάστασης.\n" -#~ "Μέχρι εκείνο το σημείο, μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να ματαιώσετε την " -#~ "εγκατάσταση.\n" +#~ "μέχρι να επιβεβαιώσετε ολόκληρη την εγκατάσταση στον τελευταίο διάλογο εγκατάστασης.\n" +#~ "Μέχρι εκείνο το σημείο, μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να ματαιώσετε την εγκατάσταση.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -8833,10 +8369,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Παρακαλώ σημειώστε ότι τίποτα δεν θα γραφτεί στον σκληρό δίσκο\n" -#~ "μέχρι να επιβεβαιώσετε ολόκληρη την εγκατάσταση στον τελευταίο διάλογο " -#~ "εγκατάστασης.\n" -#~ "Μέχρι εκείνο το σημείο, μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να ματαιώσετε την " -#~ "εγκατάσταση.\n" +#~ "μέχρι να επιβεβαιώσετε ολόκληρη την εγκατάσταση στον τελευταίο διάλογο εγκατάστασης.\n" +#~ "Μέχρι εκείνο το σημείο, μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να ματαιώσετε την εγκατάσταση.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -8846,20 +8380,17 @@ #~ "managed by LVM.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Για την εγκατάσταση του LVM, η χρήση μη-LVM κατάτμησης εκκίνησης " -#~ "απαιτείται. \n" +#~ "Για την εγκατάσταση του LVM, η χρήση μη-LVM κατάτμησης εκκίνησης απαιτείται. \n" #~ "Εκτός από την κατάτμηση εκκίνησης, θα πρέπει να έχετε κατατμήσεις\n" #~ "διαχειριζόμενες από το LVM.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ο πίνακας στα δεξιά εμφανίζει τις τρέχουσες κατατμήσεις σε όλους τους " -#~ "σκληρούς δίσκους.\n" +#~ "Ο πίνακας στα δεξιά εμφανίζει τις τρέχουσες κατατμήσεις σε όλους τους σκληρούς δίσκους.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Hard disks are designated like this " @@ -8902,16 +8433,12 @@ #~ msgstr "<tt>/dev/sda2 </tt>2η πρωτεύουσα κατάτμηση στον 1ο δίσκο." #~ msgid "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition " -#~ "on\n" -#~ "the first disk. Note: this is always #5, even if there are less " -#~ "than four\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1st logical partition within the extended partition on\n" +#~ "the first disk. Note: this is always #5, even if there are less than four\n" #~ "primary partitions." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1η λογική κατάτμηση μέσα στην εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση " -#~ "στον\n" -#~ "πρώτο δίσκο. Σημείωση: αυτό είναι πάντα #5, ακόμη και αν υπάρχουν " -#~ "λιγότερες από τέσσερις\n" +#~ "<tt>/dev/sda5 </tt>1η λογική κατάτμηση μέσα στην εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση στον\n" +#~ "πρώτο δίσκο. Σημείωση: αυτό είναι πάντα #5, ακόμη και αν υπάρχουν λιγότερες από τέσσερις\n" #~ "πρωτεύουσες κατατμήσεις." #~ msgid "<tt>/dev/sda6 </tt>2nd logical partition" @@ -8920,18 +8447,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "On the i386 platform (i.e., normal PCs), there cannot be more than four\n" -#~ "primary partitions on any hard disk, because the respective table " -#~ "in the\n" +#~ "primary partitions on any hard disk, because the respective table in the\n" #~ "master boot record cannot contain more than four entries.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Σε μια i386 πλατφόρμα (π.χ. κανονικά PCs), δεν μπορούν να υπάρχουν " -#~ "περισσότερες από τέσσερις\n" -#~ "πρωτεύουσες κατατμήσεις σε οποιονδήποτε σκληρό δίσκο, διότι ο " -#~ "πίνακας στο\n" -#~ "master boot record δεν μπορεί να κρατήσει περισσότερες από τέσσερις " -#~ "καταχωρήσεις.\n" +#~ "Σε μια i386 πλατφόρμα (π.χ. κανονικά PCs), δεν μπορούν να υπάρχουν περισσότερες από τέσσερις\n" +#~ "πρωτεύουσες κατατμήσεις σε οποιονδήποτε σκληρό δίσκο, διότι ο πίνακας στο\n" +#~ "master boot record δεν μπορεί να κρατήσει περισσότερες από τέσσερις καταχωρήσεις.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -8941,43 +8464,34 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Παλαιότερα PCs μπορεί να έχουν ένα όριο στο BIOS που να τους " -#~ "απαγορεύει\n" +#~ "Παλαιότερα PCs μπορεί να έχουν ένα όριο στο BIOS που να τους απαγορεύει\n" #~ "εκκινήσιμες κατατμήσεις στους κυλίνδρους κάτω του 1024.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it " -#~ "ends below this\n" +#~ "If you have an older PC and want to boot from a partition, make sure it ends below this\n" #~ "1024 cylinder boundary. Create a separate partition and mount it as\n" -#~ "/boot, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single " -#~ "cylinder\n" +#~ "/boot, if necessary. A partition consisting of one single cylinder\n" #~ "(at least 64 MB) is usually sufficient for that.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Αν έχετε παλαιότερο PC και θέλετε να ξεκινήσετε από μια κατάτμηση, " -#~ "βεβαιωθείτε ότι τελειώνει\n" -#~ "κάτω από το όριο του 1024 κυλίνδρου. Δημιουργήστε μια ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση " -#~ "και προσαρτήστε την ως\n" -#~ "/boot, αν είναι απαραίτητο. Μια κατάτμηση που υπάρχει σε έναν " -#~ "μοναδικό κύλινδρο\n" +#~ "Αν έχετε παλαιότερο PC και θέλετε να ξεκινήσετε από μια κατάτμηση, βεβαιωθείτε ότι τελειώνει\n" +#~ "κάτω από το όριο του 1024 κυλίνδρου. Δημιουργήστε μια ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση και προσαρτήστε την ως\n" +#~ "/boot, αν είναι απαραίτητο. Μια κατάτμηση που υπάρχει σε έναν μοναδικό κύλινδρο\n" #~ "(τουλάχιστον 64 MB) είναι συνήθως αρκετή για αυτό.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "One of the four primary partitions may be an extended partition.\n" -#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more logical partitions</" -#~ "b>.\n" +#~ "This extended partition can contain one or more logical partitions.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Μία από τις τέσσερις πρωτεύουσες κατατμήσεις πρέπει να είναι μια " -#~ "εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση.\n" -#~ "Αυτή η εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση μπορεί να περιέχει μία ή περισσότερες " -#~ "λογικές κατατμήσεις.\n" +#~ "Μία από τις τέσσερις πρωτεύουσες κατατμήσεις πρέπει να είναι μια εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση.\n" +#~ "Αυτή η εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση μπορεί να περιέχει μία ή περισσότερες λογικές κατατμήσεις.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" @@ -8991,25 +8505,20 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Η εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση μόνη της δεν μπορεί να κρατήσει δεδομένα.\n" -#~ "Για να μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί, θα πρέπει να δημιουργήσετε λογικές " -#~ "κατατμήσεις σε αυτήν.\n" -#~ "Αυτές οι λογικές κατατμήσεις μπορούν να περιέχουν ο,τι κατάτμηση Linux " -#~ "(Linux\n" -#~ "συστήματα αρχείων ή μια κατάτμηση Linux swap) όσο και κατατμήσεις για " -#~ "άλλα\n" +#~ "Για να μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί, θα πρέπει να δημιουργήσετε λογικές κατατμήσεις σε αυτήν.\n" +#~ "Αυτές οι λογικές κατατμήσεις μπορούν να περιέχουν ο,τι κατάτμηση Linux (Linux\n" +#~ "συστήματα αρχείων ή μια κατάτμηση Linux swap) όσο και κατατμήσεις για άλλα\n" #~ "λειτουργικά συστήματα.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as GRUB, you can " -#~ "even\n" +#~ "In connection with advanced boot managers such as GRUB, you can even\n" #~ "boot your computer from a logical partition.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Σε επικοινωνία με προχωρημένους διαχειριστές εκκίνησης όπως το LILO</" -#~ "b>, μπορείτε πάντα να\n" +#~ "Σε επικοινωνία με προχωρημένους διαχειριστές εκκίνησης όπως το LILO, μπορείτε πάντα να\n" #~ "εκκινήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας από μια λογική κατάτμηση.\n" #~ "" @@ -9017,71 +8526,58 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "The extended partition will overlap with the logical\n" #~ "partitions: for an extended partition from cylinder 200 to 500, logical\n" -#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 " -#~ "to 500.\n" +#~ "partitions could range from, for example, 200 to 250, 251 to 400, and 401 to 500.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Η εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση θα επικαλυφθεί με λογικές\n" -#~ "κατατμήσεις: για μια εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση από τον κύλινδρο 200 ως 500, " -#~ "λογικές\n" -#~ "κατατμήσεις μπορούν να έχουν όριο, για παράδειγμα, 200 ως 250, 251 ως " -#~ "400, και 401 ως 500.\n" +#~ "κατατμήσεις: για μια εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση από τον κύλινδρο 200 ως 500, λογικές\n" +#~ "κατατμήσεις μπορούν να έχουν όριο, για παράδειγμα, 200 ως 250, 251 ως 400, και 401 ως 500.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "An asterisk (*) after the mount point indicates a file system that is\n" -#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it has the <tt>noauto</tt> " -#~ "option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n" +#~ "currently not mounted (for example, because it has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ένας αστερίσκος (*) μετά το σημείο προσάρτησης υποδεικνύει ένα σύστημα " -#~ "αρχείων το οποίο\n" -#~ "δεν είναι προσαρτημένο (για παράδειγμα, επειδή δεν έχει την επιλογή " -#~ "<tt>noauto</tt> ορισμένη στο <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" +#~ "Ένας αστερίσκος (*) μετά το σημείο προσάρτησης υποδεικνύει ένα σύστημα αρχείων το οποίο\n" +#~ "δεν είναι προσαρτημένο (για παράδειγμα, επειδή δεν έχει την επιλογή <tt>noauto</tt> ορισμένη στο <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The column labeled F contains flags. <tt>C</tt> means the " -#~ "partition is encrypted. \n" +#~ "The column labeled F contains flags. <tt>C</tt> means the partition is encrypted. \n" #~ "<tt>F</tt> means the partition is selected to be formatted.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Η στήλη με την ετικέτα F περιλαμβάνει τις σημαίες. Η <tt>C</tt> " -#~ "σημαίνει ότι η κατάτμηση είναι κρυπτογραφημένη. \n" +#~ "Η στήλη με την ετικέτα F περιλαμβάνει τις σημαίες. Η <tt>C</tt> σημαίνει ότι η κατάτμηση είναι κρυπτογραφημένη. \n" #~ "Το <tt>F</tt> σημαίνει ότι η επιλεγμένη κατάτμηση θα διαμορφωθεί.\n" #~ "\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Used By tells if a device is used by LVM or RAID. If you do not " -#~ "use such\n" +#~ "Used By tells if a device is used by LVM or RAID. If you do not use such\n" #~ "things, it is perfectly normal for this column to be empty.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Το Χρησιμοποιείται Από σημαίνει πως μια συσκευή χρησιμοποιείται " -#~ "από τα LVM, RAID ή EVMS. Αν δεν χρησιμοποιείτε\n" +#~ "Το Χρησιμοποιείται Από σημαίνει πως μια συσκευή χρησιμοποιείται από τα LVM, RAID ή EVMS. Αν δεν χρησιμοποιείτε\n" #~ "τέτοια πράγματα, είναι απόλυτα φυσιολογικό αυτή η στήλη να είναι άδεια.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Mount By indicates how the file system is mounted: (K) by Kernel " -#~ "Name,\n" +#~ "Mount By indicates how the file system is mounted: (K) by Kernel Name,\n" #~ "(L) by Label, (U) by UUID, (I) by Device ID, and (P) by Device Path.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Προσαρτημένο Από υποδεικνύει πως το σύστημα αρχείων είναι " -#~ "προσαρτημένο: (K) από το Όνομα Πυρήνα,\n" -#~ "(L) από Ετικέτα, (U) από UUID, (Ι) από ID Συσκευής και (P) από Διαδρομή " -#~ "Συσκευής.\n" +#~ "Προσαρτημένο Από υποδεικνύει πως το σύστημα αρχείων είναι προσαρτημένο: (K) από το Όνομα Πυρήνα,\n" +#~ "(L) από Ετικέτα, (U) από UUID, (Ι) από ID Συσκευής και (P) από Διαδρομή Συσκευής.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -9095,21 +8591,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard " -#~ "disks.\n" +#~ "The table to the right shows the current partitions on all your hard disks.\n" #~ "Nothing will be written to your hard disk\n" -#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation " -#~ "dialog.\n" +#~ "until you confirm the entire installation in the last installation dialog.\n" #~ "Until that point, you can safely abort the installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ο πίνακας στα δεξιά προβάλλει τις τρέχουσες κατατμήσεις σε όλους σας τους " -#~ "σκληρούς δίσκους.\n" +#~ "Ο πίνακας στα δεξιά προβάλλει τις τρέχουσες κατατμήσεις σε όλους σας τους σκληρούς δίσκους.\n" #~ "Παρακαλώ σημειώστε ότι τίποτα δεν θα γραφτεί στον σκληρό δίσκο\n" -#~ "μέχρι να επιβεβαιώσετε ολόκληρη την εγκατάσταση στον τελευταίο διάλογο " -#~ "εγκατάστασης.\n" -#~ "Μέχρι εκείνο το σημείο, μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να ματαιώσετε την " -#~ "εγκατάσταση." +#~ "μέχρι να επιβεβαιώσετε ολόκληρη την εγκατάσταση στον τελευταίο διάλογο εγκατάστασης.\n" +#~ "Μέχρι εκείνο το σημείο, μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να ματαιώσετε την εγκατάσταση." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -9349,8 +8840,7 @@ #~ "remove the volume group.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Η ομάδα τόμων \"%1\" περιέχει τουλάχιστον ένα λογικό \n" -#~ "τόμο. Δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί. Αφαιρέστε όλους τους λογικούς τόμους και " -#~ "μετά\n" +#~ "τόμο. Δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί. Αφαιρέστε όλους τους λογικούς τόμους και μετά\n" #~ "αφαιρέστε την ομάδα τόμων.\n" #~ msgid "Really remove the volume group \"%1\"?" @@ -9367,97 +8857,76 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Logical volumes are\n" #~ "usable almost everywhere normal disk partitions can be used.\n" -#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, " -#~ "as swap \n" +#~ "You can create file systems on logical volumes and use them, for example, as swap \n" #~ "or as raw partitions for databases.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Οι Λογικοί τόμοι είναι\n" -#~ "εύχρηστοι, σχεδόν όπου κανονικές κατατμήσεις δίσκων μπορούν να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιηθούν.\n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε σύστημα αρχείων σε λογικούς τόμους και να τους " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσετε ,για παράδειγμα, ως swap \n" +#~ "εύχρηστοι, σχεδόν όπου κανονικές κατατμήσεις δίσκων μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν.\n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε σύστημα αρχείων σε λογικούς τόμους και να τους χρησιμοποιήσετε ,για παράδειγμα, ως swap \n" #~ "ή ως raw κατατμήσεις για βάσεις δεδομένων.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "If there is still unallocated\n" -#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use reiserfs as your " -#~ "file system,\n" +#~ "physical storage in a volume group and you use reiserfs as your file system,\n" #~ "extend a logical volume and the underlying file system while it\n" #~ "is mounted and in use.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Αν υπάρχει ακόμα μη αναθετημένη\n" -#~ "φυσική αποθήκευση σε μια ομάδα τόμων και χρησιμοποιείτε reiserfs " -#~ "για το σύστημα αρχείων σας,\n" -#~ "μπορείτε να επεκτείνετε τον λογικό τόμο και το παρακείμενο σύστημα " -#~ "αρχείων όσο είναι\n" +#~ "φυσική αποθήκευση σε μια ομάδα τόμων και χρησιμοποιείτε reiserfs για το σύστημα αρχείων σας,\n" +#~ "μπορείτε να επεκτείνετε τον λογικό τόμο και το παρακείμενο σύστημα αρχείων όσο είναι\n" #~ "προσαρτημένο και χρησιμοποιείται.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "The logical volumes need to be large enough\n" #~ "to hold all the files to install now, but you do not necessarily need to\n" -#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be " -#~ "increased \n" +#~ "allocate all your physical storage now. The file systems can be increased \n" #~ "later while your system is in use.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Οι λογικές μονάδες χρειάζεται να είναι αρκετά μεγάλες\n" -#~ "για να κρατάνε όλα τα αρχεία για να εγκατασταθούν τώρα,αλλά δεν είναι " -#~ "αναγκαίο \n" -#~ "να κατανείμετε όλη τη φυσική σας αποθήκευση τώρα. Θα έχετε πάντοτε την " -#~ "δυνατότητα να μεγαλώσετε \n" +#~ "για να κρατάνε όλα τα αρχεία για να εγκατασταθούν τώρα,αλλά δεν είναι αναγκαίο \n" +#~ "να κατανείμετε όλη τη φυσική σας αποθήκευση τώρα. Θα έχετε πάντοτε την δυνατότητα να μεγαλώσετε \n" #~ "τα συστήματα αρχείων αργότερα όταν το σύστημά σας θα είναι σε χρήση.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add partitions (called physical volumes) to your volume group.</" -#~ "p>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Προσθήκη κατατμήσεων (καλούνται φυσικές μονάδες) στην μονάδα " -#~ "τόμων." +#~ msgid "Add partitions (called physical volumes) to your volume group." +#~ msgstr "Προσθήκη κατατμήσεων (καλούνται φυσικές μονάδες) στην μονάδα τόμων." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The volume group forms the storage pool from which your logical " -#~ "volumes,\n" +#~ "The volume group forms the storage pool from which your logical volumes,\n" #~ "like virtual partitions, are allocated.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Η ομάδα τόμων αποτελεί την πισίνα αποθήκευσης απ'όπου οι λογικοί " -#~ "τόμοι σας, \n" +#~ "Η ομάδα τόμων αποτελεί την πισίνα αποθήκευσης απ'όπου οι λογικοί τόμοι σας, \n" #~ "όπως εικονικές κατατμήσεις, κατανέμονται.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one " -#~ "volume \n" +#~ "Under normal circumstances, there is no need to have more than one volume \n" #~ "group. If you need more than one volume group for special reasons,\n" #~ "create them here. Each volume group must have at least one partition \n" #~ "that belongs to that volume group.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Κάτω από φυσιολογικές συνθήκες δεν είναι αναγκαίο να έχετε πάνω από μία " -#~ "ομάδα \n" +#~ "Κάτω από φυσιολογικές συνθήκες δεν είναι αναγκαίο να έχετε πάνω από μία ομάδα \n" #~ "τόμων, αλλά αν χρειάζεστε περισσότερες από μία για ειδικούς λόγους \n" -#~ "μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε αυτές εδώ. Κάθε ομάδα τόμων θα πρέπει να έχει " -#~ "τουλάχιστον μία κατάτμηση \n" +#~ "μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε αυτές εδώ. Κάθε ομάδα τόμων θα πρέπει να έχει τουλάχιστον μία κατάτμηση \n" #~ "που ανήκει σε αυτή την ομάδα τόμων.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Each physical volume belongs to exactly one volume group. Assign " -#~ "all\n" +#~ "Each physical volume belongs to exactly one volume group. Assign all\n" #~ "partitions to use with Linux LVM to volume groups.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Κάθε φυσική μονάδα ανήκει σε μια συγκεκριμένη ομάδα τόμων. " -#~ "Σημειώστε όλες\n" -#~ "τις κατατμήσεις που σχεδιάζετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε με Linux LVM σε ομάδα " -#~ "τόμων.\n" +#~ "Κάθε φυσική μονάδα ανήκει σε μια συγκεκριμένη ομάδα τόμων. Σημειώστε όλες\n" +#~ "τις κατατμήσεις που σχεδιάζετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε με Linux LVM σε ομάδα τόμων.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -9472,8 +8941,7 @@ #~ "With this tool, manage or create logical volumes.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Με αυτό το εργαλείο μπορείτε να χειρισθείτε ή να δημιουργήσετε λογικές " -#~ "μονάδες.\n" +#~ "Με αυτό το εργαλείο μπορείτε να χειρισθείτε ή να δημιουργήσετε λογικές μονάδες.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -9482,8 +8950,7 @@ #~ "</li>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ol><li>\n" -#~ "Πρώτα, πρέπει να δημιουργήσετε μία ομάδα τόμων αν δεν το έχετε κάνει " -#~ "ήδη.\n" +#~ "Πρώτα, πρέπει να δημιουργήσετε μία ομάδα τόμων αν δεν το έχετε κάνει ήδη.\n" #~ "</li>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -9492,8 +8959,7 @@ #~ "</li>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<li>\n" -#~ "Στο επόμενο βήμα μπορείτε να προσθέσετε φυσικές μονάδες (δείτε την " -#~ "παράγραφο που ακολουθεί).\n" +#~ "Στο επόμενο βήμα μπορείτε να προσθέσετε φυσικές μονάδες (δείτε την παράγραφο που ακολουθεί).\n" #~ "</li>\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -9502,8 +8968,7 @@ #~ "</li></ol> \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<li>\n" -#~ "Στο τελευταίο βήμα δημιουργήστε λογικές μονάδες (δείτε την " -#~ "παράγραφο που ακολουθεί).\n" +#~ "Στο τελευταίο βήμα δημιουργήστε λογικές μονάδες (δείτε την παράγραφο που ακολουθεί).\n" #~ "</li></ol> \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -9657,8 +9122,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Έχετε μια κατάτμηση στην αρχή του δίσκου %2.\n" #~ "Αυτή δεν είναι συμβατή με τον bootloader.\n" -#~ "Θα πρέπει να διαγράψετε την κατάτμηση αυτή και να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα, " -#~ "η οποία\n" +#~ "Θα πρέπει να διαγράψετε την κατάτμηση αυτή και να δημιουργήσετε μια νέα, η οποία\n" #~ "να ξεκινάει από τον κύλινδρο %1.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Θέλετε να αλλάξετε την κατάτμηση;\n" @@ -9794,8 +9258,7 @@ #~ "NFS mount, or MD device.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Δεν μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος σε μια συσκευή δίσκου, μια ομάδα " -#~ "τόμων LVM, ένα φυσικό τόμο LVM,\n" +#~ "Δεν μπορείτε να αλλάξετε το μέγεθος σε μια συσκευή δίσκου, μια ομάδα τόμων LVM, ένα φυσικό τόμο LVM,\n" #~ "\n" #~ "ένα σημείο προσάρτησης NFS ή μια συσκευή MD.\n" @@ -9817,10 +9280,8 @@ #~ "freed disk space?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Ελαττώσατε μια κατάτμηση όπου ακολουθείται από μία νεώτερα δημιουργημένη " -#~ "κατάτμηση.\n" -#~ "Να μεγαλώσει αυτόματα η νεώτερα δημιουργημένη κατάτμηση για να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιηθεί \n" +#~ "Ελαττώσατε μια κατάτμηση όπου ακολουθείται από μία νεώτερα δημιουργημένη κατάτμηση.\n" +#~ "Να μεγαλώσει αυτόματα η νεώτερα δημιουργημένη κατάτμηση για να χρησιμοποιηθεί \n" #~ "ο ελεύθερος δίσκος;\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -9872,8 +9333,7 @@ #~ "its logical volumes first.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Αν αφαιρέσετε την επιλεγμένη κατάτμηση από την ομάδα τόμων,\n" -#~ "δεν θα υπάρχει αρκετός χώρος για όλες τις λογικές μονάδες σε αυτήν την " -#~ "ομάδα.\n" +#~ "δεν θα υπάρχει αρκετός χώρος για όλες τις λογικές μονάδες σε αυτήν την ομάδα.\n" #~ "Αν θέλετε να διαγράψετε την ομάδα τόμων εντελώς, παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε\n" #~ "τις λογικές μονάδες πρώτα.\n" @@ -10007,16 +9467,12 @@ #~ "To use RAID, at least two partitions of type 0xFD (or 0x83)\n" #~ "are required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n" #~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n" -#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to " -#~ "0xFD.\n" +#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0xFD.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε RAID τουλάχιστον δυο κατατμήσεις του " -#~ "τύπου 0xFD (ή 0x83)\n" +#~ "Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε RAID τουλάχιστον δυο κατατμήσεις του τύπου 0xFD (ή 0x83)\n" #~ "απαιτούνται. Παρακαλώ αλλάξτε τον πίνακα κατατμήσεων ανάλογα.\n" -#~ "Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις αυτό μπορεί να γίνει με τον ακόλουθο " -#~ "τρόπο:\n" -#~ "Πατήστε στο 'Δημιουργία', επιλέξτε 'Να μην γίνει διαμόρφωση' και ορίστε " -#~ "το ID της κατάτμησης σε 0xFD.\n" +#~ "Στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις αυτό μπορεί να γίνει με τον ακόλουθο τρόπο:\n" +#~ "Πατήστε στο 'Δημιουργία', επιλέξτε 'Να μην γίνει διαμόρφωση' και ορίστε το ID της κατάτμησης σε 0xFD.\n" #~ msgid "Too many loop devices (cryptofs ...)" #~ msgstr "Πάρα πολλές loop συσκευές (cryptofs ...)" @@ -10048,8 +9504,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Δημιουργία EVMS συσκευής %1$s (%2$s) για το %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Create encrypted EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δημιουργία κρυπτογραφημένης EVMS συσκευής %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Δημιουργία κρυπτογραφημένης EVMS συσκευής %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Create EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s)" #~ msgstr "Δημιουργία EVMS συσκευής %1$s (%2$s)" @@ -10064,8 +9519,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση EVMS συσκευής %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Format encrypted EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s) for %4$s with %3$s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Διαμόρφωση κρυπτογραφημένης EVMS συσκευής %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" +#~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση κρυπτογραφημένης EVMS συσκευής %1$s (%2$s) για %4$s με %3$s" #~ msgid "Format EVMS volume %1$s (%2$s) with %3$s" #~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση EVMS συσκευής %1$s (%2$s) με %3$s" @@ -10131,8 +9585,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Η επιλεγμένη εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση περιέχει τουλάχιστον μια κατάτμηση\n" -#~ "η οποία χρησιμοποιείται από έναν EVMS τόμο. Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε όλους τους " -#~ "EVMS τόμους\n" +#~ "η οποία χρησιμοποιείται από έναν EVMS τόμο. Παρακαλώ αφαιρέστε όλους τους EVMS τόμους\n" #~ "προτού διαγράψετε την εκτεταμένη κατάτμηση.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -10165,8 +9618,7 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "%1: Αυτό πρέπει να είναι απόλυτη διαδρομή προς το αρχείο\n" -#~ "που να περιλαμβάνει τα δεδομένα από την κρυπτογραφημένη συσκευή " -#~ "επανάληψης για την ρύθμιση.\n" +#~ "που να περιλαμβάνει τα δεδομένα από την κρυπτογραφημένη συσκευή επανάληψης για την ρύθμιση.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -10257,16 +9709,11 @@ #~ "μπορούν να χειριστούν από την τρέχουσα έκδοση του raid λογισμικού.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Multipath: This mode allow access to the same physical " -#~ "device\n" -#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller " -#~ "card. This mode can be used with at least two devices\n" +#~ "Multipath: This mode allow access to the same physical device\n" +#~ "over multiple controllers for redundancy against a fault in a controller card. This mode can be used with at least two devices\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πολλαπλή διαδρομή: Αυτή η κατάσταση επιτρέπει τη πρόσβαση " -#~ "στην ίδια τη φυσική συσκευή\n" -#~ "στους πολλαπλών διαδρομών ελεγκτές προς αποφυγή σφάλματος σε κάρτα " -#~ "ελέγχου. Αυτή η κατάσταση μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί με τουλάχιστον δυο " -#~ "συσκευές\n" +#~ "Πολλαπλή διαδρομή: Αυτή η κατάσταση επιτρέπει τη πρόσβαση στην ίδια τη φυσική συσκευή\n" +#~ "στους πολλαπλών διαδρομών ελεγκτές προς αποφυγή σφάλματος σε κάρτα ελέγχου. Αυτή η κατάσταση μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί με τουλάχιστον δυο συσκευές\n" #~ msgid "&Multipath (Redundant access over two controllers)" #~ msgstr "&Πολλαπλά μονοπάτια (Πλεονάζουσα πρόσβαση σε δυο ελεγκτές)" @@ -10278,19 +9725,15 @@ #~ "The list contains the devices that could be automatically\n" #~ "detected for multipath setup. Disable the devices not to \n" #~ "have activated by double-clicking the table line and continue when \n" -#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid " -#~ "devices\n" +#~ "finished. If you go back, none of the autodetected multipath raid devices\n" #~ "are created.\n" #~ "If you deselect lines, the names of the raid devices \n" #~ "after the deselected lines will be changed.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Η λίστα περιέχει τις συσκευές όπου μπορούν να ανιχνευτούν αυτόματα\n" -#~ "για εγκατάσταση πολλαπλών μονοπατιών. Απενεργοποιήστε τις συσκευές για " -#~ "να\n" -#~ "μην ενεργοποιηθούν κάνοντας διπλό κλικ στη γραμμή πίνακα και συνεχίστε " -#~ "όταν\n" -#~ "τελειώσετε. Αν πάτε πίσω, κανένα από τα αυτόματα ανιχνευμένα πολλαπλά " -#~ "μονοπάτια συσκευών raid\n" +#~ "για εγκατάσταση πολλαπλών μονοπατιών. Απενεργοποιήστε τις συσκευές για να\n" +#~ "μην ενεργοποιηθούν κάνοντας διπλό κλικ στη γραμμή πίνακα και συνεχίστε όταν\n" +#~ "τελειώσετε. Αν πάτε πίσω, κανένα από τα αυτόματα ανιχνευμένα πολλαπλά μονοπάτια συσκευών raid\n" #~ "δε θα δημιουργηθεί.\n" #~ "Αν απεπιλέξετε τις γραμμές, τα ονόματα των συσκευών raid \n" #~ "μετά την απεπιλογή τους θα αλλάξουν.\n" @@ -10329,13 +9772,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Expert options: Here, set\n" #~ "things like chunk size to get the best performance\n" -#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this " -#~ "RAID.\n" +#~ "out of your system. These settings are used for all partitions of this RAID.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ειδικές επιλογές: Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε\n" #~ "πράγματα όπως το μέγεθος chunk κλπ, για να πάρετε την καλύτερη απόδοσή \n" -#~ "από το σύστημά σας. Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις επιδρούν σε όλες τις κατατμήσεις " -#~ "αυτού του RAID.\n" +#~ "από το σύστημά σας. Αυτές οι ρυθμίσεις επιδρούν σε όλες τις κατατμήσεις αυτού του RAID.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "The RAID to change (%1) is already created on disk.\n" @@ -10401,17 +9842,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Για το RAID 10, προσθέστε τουλάχιστον δυο κατατμήσεις στο %1." #~ msgid "For Multipath raid, add at least two partitions to %1." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για raid Πολλών-Διαδρομών (Multipath), προσθέστε τουλάχιστον δυο " -#~ "κατατμήσεις στο %1." +#~ msgstr "Για raid Πολλών-Διαδρομών (Multipath), προσθέστε τουλάχιστον δυο κατατμήσεις στο %1." #~ msgid "There are no partitionable disks available." #~ msgstr "Δεν υπάρχουν διαθέσιμοι δίσκοι για κατάτμηση." #~ msgid "You may use dasdfmt in Expert-Button to low level format disks." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το dasdfmt στην Κατάσταση για προχωρημένους " -#~ "για να κάνετε διαμόρφωση χαμηλού επιπέδου στους δίσκους." +#~ msgstr "Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το dasdfmt στην Κατάσταση για προχωρημένους για να κάνετε διαμόρφωση χαμηλού επιπέδου στους δίσκους." #~ msgid "&Create RAID..." #~ msgstr "&Δημιουργία RAID ..." @@ -10500,9 +9937,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Επεξεργασία των Υπάρχοντων Συσκευών %1" #~ msgid "Select the partition to edit in the main dialog." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να επεξεργαστείτε μια κατάτμηση, πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από το " -#~ "κεντρικό παράθυρο." +#~ msgstr "Για να επεξεργαστείτε μια κατάτμηση, πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από το κεντρικό παράθυρο." #~ msgid "" #~ "No DASD disk selected.\n" @@ -10526,12 +9961,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To create an LVM or EVMS based proposal, choose the corresponding button." -#~ "\n" +#~ "To create an LVM or EVMS based proposal, choose the corresponding button.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Για να δημιουργήσετε μια πρόταση βασισμένη στο LVM ή στο EVMS επιλέξτε το " -#~ "αντίστοιχο κουμπί.\n" +#~ "Για να δημιουργήσετε μια πρόταση βασισμένη στο LVM ή στο EVMS επιλέξτε το αντίστοιχο κουμπί.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "ID %1: %2" @@ -10554,16 +9987,14 @@ #~ msgstr "LVM ρύθμιση" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the lvm_config module is not available" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η διασύνδεση γραμμής εντολών για τη μονάδα lvm_config δεν είναι διαθέσιμη." +#~ msgstr "Η διασύνδεση γραμμής εντολών για τη μονάδα lvm_config δεν είναι διαθέσιμη." #~ msgid "" #~ "Device %1 is already mounted at %2. \n" #~ "A mounted file system cannot be added to a volume group." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Η συσκευή %1 είναι ήδη προσαρτημένη στο %2. \n" -#~ "Δεν είναι δυνατό να έχετε προσαρτημένα συστήματα αρχείων σε μια ομάδα " -#~ "τόμων." +#~ "Δεν είναι δυνατό να έχετε προσαρτημένα συστήματα αρχείων σε μια ομάδα τόμων." #~ msgid "" #~ "No device selected.\n" @@ -10604,13 +10035,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να το κάνετε αυτό;\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related " -#~ "functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το ανώτερο μέρος αυτού του διαλόγου περιέχει τις σχετικές λειτουργίες " -#~ "του container. Εδώ, δημιουργείτε, επεξεργάζεστε, και τροποποιήστε τους " -#~ "containers EVMS." +#~ msgid "The upper part of this dialog contains the container-related functionality. Here, create, edit, and modify EVMS containers. " +#~ msgstr "Το ανώτερο μέρος αυτού του διαλόγου περιέχει τις σχετικές λειτουργίες του container. Εδώ, δημιουργείτε, επεξεργάζεστε, και τροποποιήστε τους containers EVMS." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -10619,10 +10045,8 @@ #~ "devices that use the available space of the current container.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Το χαμηλότερο μέρος με τον κατάλογο που περιέχει όλες τις διαθέσιμες " -#~ "συσκευές EVMS.\n" -#~ "Εάν τουλάχιστον ένας container EVMS είναι διαθέσιμος, μπορείτε να " -#~ "δημιουργήσετε νέες συσκευές\n" +#~ "Το χαμηλότερο μέρος με τον κατάλογο που περιέχει όλες τις διαθέσιμες συσκευές EVMS.\n" +#~ "Εάν τουλάχιστον ένας container EVMS είναι διαθέσιμος, μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε νέες συσκευές\n" #~ "που θα χρησιμοποιούν το διαθέσιμο χώρο του τρέχοντος container.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -10645,13 +10069,11 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Change the settings for an EVMS container.\n" -#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when " -#~ "creating\n" +#~ "Container type, PE size, and container name can only be set when creating\n" #~ "the container.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Αλλαγή των ρυθμίσεων ενός container EVMS.\n" -#~ "Ο τύπος container, το μέγεθος PE, και το όνομα container μπορούν να " -#~ "οριστούν μόνο όταν\n" +#~ "Ο τύπος container, το μέγεθος PE, και το όνομα container μπορούν να οριστούν μόνο όταν\n" #~ "δημιουργείται ο container.\n" #~ msgid "Container Type" @@ -10678,10 +10100,8 @@ #~ "To delete the container completely, remove its volumes first." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Αν αφαιρέσετε την επιλεγμένη κατάτμηση από τον Container,\n" -#~ "δεν θα υπάρχει αρκετός χώρος για όλες τις λογικές μονάδες σε αυτόν τον " -#~ "Container.\n" -#~ "Αν θέλετε να διαγράψετε τον Container εντελώς, αφαιρέστε τους τόμους της " -#~ "πρώτα." +#~ "δεν θα υπάρχει αρκετός χώρος για όλες τις λογικές μονάδες σε αυτόν τον Container.\n" +#~ "Αν θέλετε να διαγράψετε τον Container εντελώς, αφαιρέστε τους τόμους της πρώτα." #~ msgid "" #~ "The data entered is invalid.\n" @@ -10714,8 +10134,7 @@ #~ "before removing the container" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ο container \"%1\" περιέχει τουλάχιστον ένα λογικό τόμο.\n" -#~ "Δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί. Αφαιρέστε όλους τους λογικούς τόμους του " -#~ "container πριν\n" +#~ "Δεν μπορεί να αφαιρεθεί. Αφαιρέστε όλους τους λογικούς τόμους του container πριν\n" #~ "αφαιρέστε τον container." #~ msgid "Really remove container \"%1\"?" @@ -10763,15 +10182,12 @@ #~ "To use LVM, at least one partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83)\n" #~ "is required. Change your partition table accordingly.\n" #~ "In most cases, this can be done in the following way:\n" -#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to " -#~ "0x8e.\n" +#~ "click 'Create', select 'Do not format', and set the File System ID to 0x8e.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε LVM, τουλάχιστον μια κατάτμηση του τύπου " -#~ "0x8e (ή 0x83)\n" +#~ "Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε LVM, τουλάχιστον μια κατάτμηση του τύπου 0x8e (ή 0x83)\n" #~ "απαιτείται. Παρακαλώ αλλάξτε τον πίνακα κατατμήσεων ανάλογα.\n" #~ "Σε πολλές περιπτώσεις αυτό μπορεί να γίνει με τον ακόλουθο τρόπο:\n" -#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο 'Δημιουργία',επιλέξτε 'Να μην γίνει διαμόρφωση' και ορίστε " -#~ "το ID της κατάτμησης σε 0x8e.\n" +#~ "Κάντε κλικ στο 'Δημιουργία',επιλέξτε 'Να μην γίνει διαμόρφωση' και ορίστε το ID της κατάτμησης σε 0x8e.\n" #~ msgid "Available size:" #~ msgstr "Διαθέσιμο μέγεθος:" @@ -10794,12 +10210,8 @@ #~ msgid "Delete Partition Table" #~ msgstr "Διαγραφή πίνακα κατατμήσεων" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Rereading the partition table cancels all current changes. Really reread " -#~ "the partition table?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η επανανάγνωση του πίνακα κατατμήσεων ακυρώνει όλες τις υπάρχουσες " -#~ "αλλαγές. Είστε σίγουροι;" +#~ msgid "Rereading the partition table cancels all current changes. Really reread the partition table?" +#~ msgstr "Η επανανάγνωση του πίνακα κατατμήσεων ακυρώνει όλες τις υπάρχουσες αλλαγές. Είστε σίγουροι;" #~ msgid "Select a loop device entry." #~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε μια καταχώρηση συσκευής loop." @@ -10856,5 +10268,4 @@ #~ "Set the charset used to display file names on the partition.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Σύνολο Χαρακτήρων για Ονόματα Αρχείων:\n" -#~ "Ορίστε το σύνολο χαρακτήρων που χρησιμοποιείται για την εμφάνιση των " -#~ "ονομάτων αρχείων στις κατατμήσεις.\n" +#~ "Ορίστε το σύνολο χαρακτήρων που χρησιμοποιείται για την εμφάνιση των ονομάτων αρχείων στις κατατμήσεις.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/sudo.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/sudo.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/sudo.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -333,45 +333,37 @@ #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Το ψευδώνυμο του διακομιστή %1 χρησιμοποιείται σε ένα κανόνα sudo.\n" -"Διαγράφοντας το μπορεί να προκαλέσει αστάθεια στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του sudo. " -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε τη διαγραφή του;\n" +"Διαγράφοντας το μπορεί να προκαλέσει αστάθεια στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του sudo. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε τη διαγραφή του;\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Το ψευδώνυμο χρήστη %1 χρησιμοποιείται σε ένα κανόνα sudo.\n" -"Διαγράφοντας το μπορεί να προκαλέσει αστάθεια στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του sudo. " -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε διαγραφή του;\n" +"Διαγράφοντας το μπορεί να προκαλέσει αστάθεια στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του sudo. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε διαγραφή του;\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Το ψευδώνυμο του ΕκτέλεσηΩς %1 χρησιμοποιείται σε ένα κανόνα sudo.\n" -"Διαγράφοντας το μπορεί να προκαλέσει αστάθεια στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του sudo. " -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε διαγραφή του;\n" +"Διαγράφοντας το μπορεί να προκαλέσει αστάθεια στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του sudo. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε διαγραφή του;\n" #. No alias name set so far #: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "Το ψευδώνυμο της εντολής %1 χρησιμοποιείται σε ένα κανόνα sudo.\n" -"Διαγράφοντας το μπορεί να προκαλέσει αστάθεια στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του sudo. " -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε διαγραφή του;\n" +"Διαγράφοντας το μπορεί να προκαλέσει αστάθεια στο αρχείο ρυθμίσεων του sudo. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε διαγραφή του;\n" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 @@ -389,8 +381,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" -"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας " -"Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 @@ -427,12 +418,9 @@ "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Κανόνες για το sudo</big> \n" -"\tΟι κανόνες για το sudo βασικά καθορίζουν ποιες εντολές μπορεί να εκτελέσει " -"ένας χρήστης\n" -"\tσε προκαθορισμένους διακομιστές (προαιρετικά επίσης ως τι χρήστης). Κάθε " -"κανόνας\n" -"\tείναι ενα σύνολο που αφορά το χρήστη, τον διακομιστή και την λίστα των " -"εντολών, με προαιρεικές \n" +"\tΟι κανόνες για το sudo βασικά καθορίζουν ποιες εντολές μπορεί να εκτελέσει ένας χρήστης\n" +"\tσε προκαθορισμένους διακομιστές (προαιρετικά επίσης ως τι χρήστης). Κάθε κανόνας\n" +"\tείναι ενα σύνολο που αφορά το χρήστη, τον διακομιστή και την λίστα των εντολών, με προαιρεικές \n" "\tπροδιαγραφές ΕκτέλεσηΩς και επιπρόσθετες ετικέτες. Αυτά συνοψίζονται \n" "\tστον παρακάτω πίνακα. \n" "\t\n" @@ -447,8 +435,7 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Η στήλη Χρήστες υποδηλώνει τους τοπικούς ή συστήματος χρήστες, ή " -"ψευδώνυμα χρηστών. \n" +"Η στήλη Χρήστες υποδηλώνει τους τοπικούς ή συστήματος χρήστες, ή ψευδώνυμα χρηστών. \n" "\t Η στήλη Κόμβοι καθορίζει σε ποιους κόμβους ή ομάδες \n" "\t κόμβων αναφέρεται με ψευδώνυμο που ο χρήστης θα εκτελεί εντολές.\n" "\t\n" @@ -458,19 +445,15 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "RunAs column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Η στήλη ΕκτέλεσηΏς είναι μια\n" -"\t προαιρετική παράμετρος, που περιλαμβάνει το όνομα χρήστη (ή το ψευδώνυμο) " -"ποιανού δικαιώματα πρόσβασης\n" -"\t θα χρησιμοποιηθούν για να εκτελεστούν εντολές. Η ετικέτα NOPASSWD " -"καθορίζει πότε οι χρήστες\n" +"\t προαιρετική παράμετρος, που περιλαμβάνει το όνομα χρήστη (ή το ψευδώνυμο) ποιανού δικαιώματα πρόσβασης\n" +"\t θα χρησιμοποιηθούν για να εκτελεστούν εντολές. Η ετικέτα NOPASSWD καθορίζει πότε οι χρήστες\n" "\t θα χρειάζεται να πιστοποιούνται πριν την εκτέλεση των εντολών.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -483,8 +466,7 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Ένα σύνολο από εντολές που ο χρήστης μπορεί να τρέχει σε συγκεκριμένους " -"κόμβους, συνοψίζονται\n" +"Ένα σύνολο από εντολές που ο χρήστης μπορεί να τρέχει σε συγκεκριμένους κόμβους, συνοψίζονται\n" "\t στην στήλη Εντολές. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -497,10 +479,8 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο κανόνα, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη και " -"συμπληρώστε τις αντίστοιχες \n" -"\t εγγραφές. Το όνομα χρήστη, ο διακομιστής και η λίστα εντολών δεν πρέπει " -"να μείνουν άδεια.\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο κανόνα, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη και συμπληρώστε τις αντίστοιχες \n" +"\t εγγραφές. Το όνομα χρήστη, ο διακομιστής και η λίστα εντολών δεν πρέπει να μείνουν άδεια.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -508,109 +488,81 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete " -"button.\n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Για να επεξεργαστείτε υπάρχον κανόνα, επιλέξτε μια καταχώρηση από τον " -"πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο \n" -"\tΕπεξεργασία. Για να διαγράψετε μια επιλεγμένη καταχώρηση, κάντε " -"κλίκ στο Διαγραφή.\n" +"Για να επεξεργαστείτε υπάρχον κανόνα, επιλέξτε μια καταχώρηση από τον πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο \n" +"\tΕπεξεργασία. Για να διαγράψετε μια επιλεγμένη καταχώρηση, κάντε κλίκ στο Διαγραφή.\n" "\t \n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Το Όνομα Χρήστη ή το Ψευδώνυμο μπορούν να καθοριστούν από ένα απλό " -"όνομα χρήστη (π.χ.foo), το όνομα της ομάδας προηγείται\n" +"Το Όνομα Χρήστη ή το Ψευδώνυμο μπορούν να καθοριστούν από ένα απλό όνομα χρήστη (π.χ.foo), το όνομα της ομάδας προηγείται\n" "\t με '%' (π.χ. %bar), ή το ψευδώνυμο. Αν \n" -"\t χρησιμοποιηθεί η λέξη κλειδί 'ALL' σημαίνει οποιοσδήποτε χρήστης. " -"Επιλέξτε από τους υπάρχοντες χρήστες, ομάδες και ψευδώνυμα στο \n" +"\t χρησιμοποιηθεί η λέξη κλειδί 'ALL' σημαίνει οποιοσδήποτε χρήστης. Επιλέξτε από τους υπάρχοντες χρήστες, ομάδες και ψευδώνυμα στο \n" "\t μενού, ή εισάγετε την δική σας τιμή. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com) single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Η καταχώρηση Όνομα Κόμβου ή Ψευδώνυμο αποτελείται είτε από το " -"όνομα του κόμβου (π.χ. www.example.com) είτε από μια απλή IP \n" -"\t διεύθυνση (π.χ. 192.168.0.1), είτε από μια διεύθυνση IP συνδιασμένη με τη " -"μάσκα δικτύου, ή από ένα ψευδώνυμο κόμβου. Αν μπορεί να τρέχουν εντολές\n" -"\t σε οποιονδήποτε κόμβου, χρησιμοποιήστε την λέξη κλειδί 'ALL'. Το όνομα " -"του κόμβου ή η διεύθυνση IP ταιριάζουν με το δικό σας όνομα κόμβου\n" -"\t ή διεύθυνση IP, έτσι, αν δεν σκοπεύετε να μοιραστείτε ένα αρχείο /etc/" -"sudoers ανάμεσα σε πολλαπλές μηχανές, \n" -"\t η καταχώρηση 'ALL' ή 'localhost' θα είναι αρκετή στις περισσότερες των " -"περιπτώσεων. \n" +"Η καταχώρηση Όνομα Κόμβου ή Ψευδώνυμο αποτελείται είτε από το όνομα του κόμβου (π.χ. www.example.com) είτε από μια απλή IP \n" +"\t διεύθυνση (π.χ. 192.168.0.1), είτε από μια διεύθυνση IP συνδιασμένη με τη μάσκα δικτύου, ή από ένα ψευδώνυμο κόμβου. Αν μπορεί να τρέχουν εντολές\n" +"\t σε οποιονδήποτε κόμβου, χρησιμοποιήστε την λέξη κλειδί 'ALL'. Το όνομα του κόμβου ή η διεύθυνση IP ταιριάζουν με το δικό σας όνομα κόμβου\n" +"\t ή διεύθυνση IP, έτσι, αν δεν σκοπεύετε να μοιραστείτε ένα αρχείο /etc/sudoers ανάμεσα σε πολλαπλές μηχανές, \n" +"\t η καταχώρηση 'ALL' ή 'localhost' θα είναι αρκετή στις περισσότερες των περιπτώσεων. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Το ΕκτέλεσηΩς Όνομα Χρήστη ή Ψευδώνυμο είναι μια προαιρετική " -"παράμετρος που καθορίζει έναν χρήστη, \n" +"Το ΕκτέλεσηΩς Όνομα Χρήστη ή Ψευδώνυμο είναι μια προαιρετική παράμετρος που καθορίζει έναν χρήστη, \n" "\t του οποίου τα δικαιώματα πρόσβασης \n" -"\t θα χρησιμοποιηθούν για να εκτελεστούν συγκεκριμένες εντολές. Αν είναι " -"κενό, ο χρήστης root θα χρησιμοποιηθεί εκ προεπιλογής\n" -"\t Μπορεί να είναι απλά ένα όνομα χρήστη ή ομάδας με το πρόθεμα '%' ή ένα " -"ψευδώνυμο run_as \n" -"\t Επιλέξτε από τους υπάρχοντες χρήστες, ομάδες και ψευδώνυμα στο μενού, ή " -"εισάγετε τη δική σας τιμή.\n" +"\t θα χρησιμοποιηθούν για να εκτελεστούν συγκεκριμένες εντολές. Αν είναι κενό, ο χρήστης root θα χρησιμοποιηθεί εκ προεπιλογής\n" +"\t Μπορεί να είναι απλά ένα όνομα χρήστη ή ομάδας με το πρόθεμα '%' ή ένα ψευδώνυμο run_as \n" +"\t Επιλέξτε από τους υπάρχοντες χρήστες, ομάδες και ψευδώνυμα στο μενού, ή εισάγετε τη δική σας τιμή.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single User Specification help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Το Χωρίς Κωδικό Πρόσβασης είναι μια προαιρετική ετικέτα. Κανονικά, " -"οι χρήστες πρέπει να πιστοποιηθούν\n" -"\t (π.χ. να παρέχουν το δικό τους κωδικό πρόσβασης, όχι του διαχειριστή) " -"πριν από την εκτέλεση συγκεκριμένων \n" +"Το Χωρίς Κωδικό Πρόσβασης είναι μια προαιρετική ετικέτα. Κανονικά, οι χρήστες πρέπει να πιστοποιηθούν\n" +"\t (π.χ. να παρέχουν το δικό τους κωδικό πρόσβασης, όχι του διαχειριστή) πριν από την εκτέλεση συγκεκριμένων \n" "\t εντολών. Ορίστε την ετικέτα Χωρίς Κωδικό Πρόσβασης σε 'Yes' αν θέλετε να\n" "\t απενεργοποιήσετε την πιστοποίηση\n" "\t\n" @@ -620,38 +572,28 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Ο πίνακας Εντολές προς Εκτέλεση είναι μια λίστα όλων των εντολών " -"(προαιρετικά με\n" -"\t τις παραμέτρους), τους καταλόγους και τα ψευδώνυμα των εντολών που ένας " -"συγκεκριμένος χρήστης θα έχει το δικαίωμα \n" -"\t να εκτελέσει. Αν το όνομα ενός καταλόγου χρησιμοποιείται, οποιαδήποτε " -"εντολή μέσα στον κατάλογο μπορεί να εκτελεστεί. \n" -"\t Και εδώ, η λέξη κλειδί 'ALL' ισχύει για κάθε εντολή, οπότε χρησιμοποιήστε " -"τη με προσοχή.\n" +"Ο πίνακας Εντολές προς Εκτέλεση είναι μια λίστα όλων των εντολών (προαιρετικά με\n" +"\t τις παραμέτρους), τους καταλόγους και τα ψευδώνυμα των εντολών που ένας συγκεκριμένος χρήστης θα έχει το δικαίωμα \n" +"\t να εκτελέσει. Αν το όνομα ενός καταλόγου χρησιμοποιείται, οποιαδήποτε εντολή μέσα στον κατάλογο μπορεί να εκτελεστεί. \n" +"\t Και εδώ, η λέξη κλειδί 'ALL' ισχύει για κάθε εντολή, οπότε χρησιμοποιήστε τη με προσοχή.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on Delete button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα εντολή, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη, " -"συμπληρώστε το όνομα της εντολής με τις προαιρετικές\n" -"\t παραμέτρους και κάντε κλικ στο OK. Για να αφαιρέσετε μια εντολή, " -"επιλέξετε την αντίστοιχη εγγραφή από τον πίνακα\n" +"Για να προσθέσετε μια νέα εντολή, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη, συμπληρώστε το όνομα της εντολής με τις προαιρετικές\n" +"\t παραμέτρους και κάντε κλικ στο OK. Για να αφαιρέσετε μια εντολή, επιλέξετε την αντίστοιχη εγγραφή από τον πίνακα\n" "\t και κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή.\n" "\t" @@ -659,48 +601,39 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>User Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Ψευδώνυμα του Χρήστη</big> \n" -"\t Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τα ψευδώνυμα των χρηστών. Το " -"ψευδώνυμο του χρήστη είναι ένα σύνολο από χρήστες που έχουν\n" -"\t ένα μοναδικό όνομα. Αυτό το όνομα χρησιμοποιείται αργότερα για να " -"αναφερθεί σε όλους τους χρήστες αυτού του συνόλου στις ρυθμίσεις του sudo. \n" +"\t Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τα ψευδώνυμα των χρηστών. Το ψευδώνυμο του χρήστη είναι ένα σύνολο από χρήστες που έχουν\n" +"\t ένα μοναδικό όνομα. Αυτό το όνομα χρησιμοποιείται αργότερα για να αναφερθεί σε όλους τους χρήστες αυτού του συνόλου στις ρυθμίσεις του sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο ψευδώνυμο χρήστη, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη</" -"b> και συμπληρώστε τις αντίστοιχες καταχωρήσεις. \n" -"\t Τα όνομα ψευδώνυμου και η λίστα χρηστών στο ψευδώνυμο πρέπει να ΜΗΝ είναι " -"άδεια. \n" +"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο ψευδώνυμο χρήστη, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη και συμπληρώστε τις αντίστοιχες καταχωρήσεις. \n" +"\t Τα όνομα ψευδώνυμου και η λίστα χρηστών στο ψευδώνυμο πρέπει να ΜΗΝ είναι άδεια. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. User Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Για να επεξεργαστείτε ένα υπάρχων ψευδώνυμο χρηστών, κάντε κλικ σε μια " -"καταχώρηση από τον πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία.\n" +"Για να επεξεργαστείτε ένα υπάρχων ψευδώνυμο χρηστών, κάντε κλικ σε μια καταχώρηση από τον πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία.\n" "\t Για να τη διαγράψετε, κάντε κλικ στο Διαγραφή. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -709,33 +642,26 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Ψευδώνυμα Κόμβου</big> \n" -"\t Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τα ψευδώνυμα του κόμβου. Το " -"ψευδώνυμο κόμβου είναι ένα σύνολο από κόμβους\n" -"\t με ένα συγκεκριμένο μοναδικό όνομα. Αυτό το όνομα αργότερα " -"χρησιμοποιείται για να αναφερθείτε σε αυτό το σύνολο στην ρύθμιση του " -"sudo. \n" +"\t Σε αυτόν τον διάλογο, μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τα ψευδώνυμα του κόμβου. Το ψευδώνυμο κόμβου είναι ένα σύνολο από κόμβους\n" +"\t με ένα συγκεκριμένο μοναδικό όνομα. Αυτό το όνομα αργότερα χρησιμοποιείται για να αναφερθείτε σε αυτό το σύνολο στην ρύθμιση του sudo. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Host Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο ψευδώνυμο κόμβου, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκη</" -"b>και συμπληρώστε τις αντίστοιχες καταχωρήσεις. \n" +"Για να προσθέσετε ένα νέο ψευδώνυμο κόμβου, κάντε κλικ στο Προσθήκηκαι συμπληρώστε τις αντίστοιχες καταχωρήσεις. \n" "\t Τα όνομα ψευδώνυμου και λίστα κόμβων ΔΕΝ πρέπει να είναι κενά. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -743,14 +669,12 @@ #. Host Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Για να επεξεργαστείτε υπάρχοντα ψευδώνυμα κόμβων, επιλέξτε την καταχώρηση " -"από τον πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία.\n" +"Για να επεξεργαστείτε υπάρχοντα ψευδώνυμα κόμβων, επιλέξτε την καταχώρηση από τον πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία.\n" "\t Για να την διαγράψετε κάντε κλικ στο Επεξεργασία. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -759,50 +683,40 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Ψευδώνυμα ΕκτέλεσηΩς</big> \n" -"\tΣε αυτό το διάλογο, μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τα ψευδώνυμα ΕκτέλεσηΩς. Το " -"ψευδώνυμο ΕκτέλεσηΩς είναι ένα σύνολο χρηστών που τους δώθηκε\n" -"\tένα μοναδικό όνομα. Αυτό το όνομα χρησιμοποιείται αργότερα ως αναφορά σε " -"όλους τους χρήστες σε αυτό το σύνολο ρυθμίσεων sudo. \n" +"\tΣε αυτό το διάλογο, μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τα ψευδώνυμα ΕκτέλεσηΩς. Το ψευδώνυμο ΕκτέλεσηΩς είναι ένα σύνολο χρηστών που τους δώθηκε\n" +"\tένα μοναδικό όνομα. Αυτό το όνομα χρησιμοποιείται αργότερα ως αναφορά σε όλους τους χρήστες σε αυτό το σύνολο ρυθμίσεων sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Για προσθήκη νέου ψευδωνύμου ΕκτέλεσηΩς, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί " -"Προσθήκη και συμπληρώστε τις κατάλληλες καταχωρίσεις. \n" -"\tΤο όνομα του ψευδωνύμου και η λίστα των χρηστών στο ψευδώνυμο δεν πρέπει " -"να είναι κενή. \n" +"Για προσθήκη νέου ψευδωνύμου ΕκτέλεσηΩς, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Προσθήκη και συμπληρώστε τις κατάλληλες καταχωρίσεις. \n" +"\tΤο όνομα του ψευδωνύμου και η λίστα των χρηστών στο ψευδώνυμο δεν πρέπει να είναι κενή. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Για επεξεργασία υπάρχοντος ψευδωνύμου ΕκτέλεσηΩς, επιλέξτε από τον πίνακα " -"και κάντε κλικ στο κουμπίΕπεξεργασία\n" -"\tΓια διαγραφή της επιλεγμένης καταχώρισης, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί " -"Διαγραφή. \n" +"Για επεξεργασία υπάρχοντος ψευδωνύμου ΕκτέλεσηΩς, επιλέξτε από τον πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο κουμπίΕπεξεργασία\n" +"\tΓια διαγραφή της επιλεγμένης καταχώρισης, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Διαγραφή. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -810,19 +724,15 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Ψευδώνυμα Εντολής</big> \n" -"\tΣε αυτό τον διάλογο, μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τα ψευδώνυμα της εντολής. Το " -"ψευδώνυμο εντολής είναι ένα σύνολο από εντολές \n" -"\t(προαιρετικά με παραμέτρους) στο οποίο δίνεται ένα μοναδικό όνομα. Αυτό το " -"όνομα χρησιμοποιείται ως παραπομπή \n" +"\tΣε αυτό τον διάλογο, μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τα ψευδώνυμα της εντολής. Το ψευδώνυμο εντολής είναι ένα σύνολο από εντολές \n" +"\t(προαιρετικά με παραμέτρους) στο οποίο δίνεται ένα μοναδικό όνομα. Αυτό το όνομα χρησιμοποιείται ως παραπομπή \n" "\tσε όλες τις εντολές σε αυτό το σύνολο ρυθμίσεων sudo. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -830,32 +740,26 @@ #. Command Aliases help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Για προσθήκη νέου ψευδωνύμου εντολής, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Προσθήκη</" -"b> και συμπληρώστε τις κατάλληλες καταχωρήσεις. \n" -"\tΤο όνομα ψευδωνύμου και η λίστα των εντολών στο ψευδώνυμο δεν πρέπει να " -"είναι κενό. \n" +"Για προσθήκη νέου ψευδωνύμου εντολής, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Προσθήκη και συμπληρώστε τις κατάλληλες καταχωρήσεις. \n" +"\tΤο όνομα ψευδωνύμου και η λίστα των εντολών στο ψευδώνυμο δεν πρέπει να είναι κενό. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Command Aliases help 3/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on Edit\n" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Για επεξεργασία υπάρχοντος ψευδωνύμου εντολής, επιλέξτε μια καταχώριση " -"από τον πίνακα και κάντε κλίκ στο πλήκτρο\n" -"\tΕπεξεργασία. Για διαγραφή της επιλεγμένης καταχώρισης, κάντε κλικ " -"στο κουμπί Διαγραφή. \n" +"Για επεξεργασία υπάρχοντος ψευδωνύμου εντολής, επιλέξτε μια καταχώριση από τον πίνακα και κάντε κλίκ στο πλήκτρο\n" +"\tΕπεξεργασία. Για διαγραφή της επιλεγμένης καταχώρισης, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Διαγραφή. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -863,20 +767,14 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<big>User Alias</big> \n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Ψευδώνυμο Χρήστη</big> \n" -"\tΤο ψευδώνυμο χρήστη αποτελείται από ένα ή περισσότερους χρήστες, ομάδες " -"συστήματος (με πρόθεμα '%') ή άλλα\n" -"ψευδώνυμα χρήστη. Έχει δωθεί απλό όνομα (πρέπει να περιέχει μόνο κεφαλαία " -"γράμματα, αριθμούς και κάτω παύλα),\tτο οποίο χρησιμοποιείται ως παραπομπή " -"σε όλους τους χρήστες σε αυτό το ψευδώνυμο.\n" +"\tΤο ψευδώνυμο χρήστη αποτελείται από ένα ή περισσότερους χρήστες, ομάδες συστήματος (με πρόθεμα '%') ή άλλα\n" +"ψευδώνυμα χρήστη. Έχει δωθεί απλό όνομα (πρέπει να περιέχει μόνο κεφαλαία γράμματα, αριθμούς και κάτω παύλα),\tτο οποίο χρησιμοποιείται ως παραπομπή σε όλους τους χρήστες σε αυτό το ψευδώνυμο.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -884,24 +782,17 @@ #. Single User Alias Help 2/3 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"Add button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε μοναδικό όνομα στο πεδίο κειμένου Όνομα Ψευδωνύμου. Για " -"προσθήκη χρηστών ή ομάδων στο\n" -"\tψευδώνυμο, επιλέξτε χρήστες ή ομάδες από το μενού και κάντε κλικ στο " -"κουμπί Προσθήκη.\n" -"\tΓια αφαίρεση χρήστη από το ψευδώνυμο, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη καταχώρηση " -"από τον πίνακα, και κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί\n" -"\tΑφαίρεση. Για την ολοκλήρωση ρυθμίσεων, κάντε κλικ στο Εντάξει</" -"b>.\n" +"Εισάγετε μοναδικό όνομα στο πεδίο κειμένου Όνομα Ψευδωνύμου. Για προσθήκη χρηστών ή ομάδων στο\n" +"\tψευδώνυμο, επιλέξτε χρήστες ή ομάδες από το μενού και κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Προσθήκη.\n" +"\tΓια αφαίρεση χρήστη από το ψευδώνυμο, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη καταχώρηση από τον πίνακα, και κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί\n" +"\tΑφαίρεση. Για την ολοκλήρωση ρυθμίσεων, κάντε κλικ στο Εντάξει.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -912,39 +803,30 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Σημείωση: Το όνομα του ψευδωνύμου δεν πρέπει να είναι κενό. Κάθε " -"ψευδώνυμο πρέπει να έχει τουλάχιστον ένα μέλος.\n" +"Σημείωση: Το όνομα του ψευδωνύμου δεν πρέπει να είναι κενό. Κάθε ψευδώνυμο πρέπει να έχει τουλάχιστον ένα μέλος.\n" "\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Host Alias</big> \n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Ψευδώνυμο Διακομιστή</big> \n" -"\tΤο ψευδώνυμο διακομιστή αποτελείται από ένα ή περισσότερα ονόματα " -"διακομιστών, απλές διευθύνσεις IP, διευθύνσεις IP\n" +"\tΤο ψευδώνυμο διακομιστή αποτελείται από ένα ή περισσότερα ονόματα διακομιστών, απλές διευθύνσεις IP, διευθύνσεις IP\n" "\tσυνδυασμένες με ταυτότητα netmask (πχ 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) ή\n" "\tαριθμό CIDR (πχ 192.168.0.0/24), ή άλλα ψευδώνυμα διακομιστή. Έχει δωθεί\n" -"απλό όνομα (πρέπει να περιέχει μόνο κεφαλαία γράμματα, αριθμούς και κάτω " -"παύλα), το οποίο\n" -"\tμετά χρησιμοποιείται ως παραπομπή σε όλους τους διακομιστές στο " -"ψευδώνυμο.\n" +"απλό όνομα (πρέπει να περιέχει μόνο κεφαλαία γράμματα, αριθμούς και κάτω παύλα), το οποίο\n" +"\tμετά χρησιμοποιείται ως παραπομπή σε όλους τους διακομιστές στο ψευδώνυμο.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -952,34 +834,27 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε μοναδικό όνομα στο πεδίο κειμένου Όνομα Ψευδωνύμου. Για " -"προσθήκη διακομιστών στο\n" -"\tψευδώνυμο, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Προσθήκη. Ένα αναδυόμενο παράθυρο " -"θα εμφανιστεί, στο οποίο μπορείτε να εισάγετε\n" -"\tέγκυρο όνομα διακομιστή ή διεύθυνση IP και μετά κάντε κλικ στο " -"Εντάξει.\n" +"Εισάγετε μοναδικό όνομα στο πεδίο κειμένου Όνομα Ψευδωνύμου. Για προσθήκη διακομιστών στο\n" +"\tψευδώνυμο, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Προσθήκη. Ένα αναδυόμενο παράθυρο θα εμφανιστεί, στο οποίο μπορείτε να εισάγετε\n" +"\tέγκυρο όνομα διακομιστή ή διεύθυνση IP και μετά κάντε κλικ στο Εντάξει.\n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Για αφαίρεση του διακομιστή από το ψευδώνυμο, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη " -"καταχώριση από τον πίνακα, και κάντε κλικ στο\n" -"\tκουμπί Αφαίρεση. Για ολοκλήρωση των ρυθμίσεων, κάντε κλικ στο " -"Εντάξει.\n" +"Για αφαίρεση του διακομιστή από το ψευδώνυμο, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη καταχώριση από τον πίνακα, και κάντε κλικ στο\n" +"\tκουμπί Αφαίρεση. Για ολοκλήρωση των ρυθμίσεων, κάντε κλικ στο Εντάξει.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -987,23 +862,17 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Ψευδώνυμο ΕκτέλεσηΩς</big> \n" -"\tΤο ψευδώνυμο ΕκτέλεσηΩς είναι παρόμοιο με το Ψευδώνυμο Χρήστη. Αποτελείται " -"από ένα ή περισσότερους χρήστες, ομάδες συστήματος \n" -"\t(με πρόθεμα '%') ή άλλα ψευδώνυμα ΕκτέλεσηΩς. Έχει δωθεί απλό όνομα " -"(πρέπει να περιέχει μόνο\n" -"\tκεφαλαία γράμματα, αριθμούς και κάτω παύλα), το οποίο μετά χρησιμοποιείται " -"ως παραπομπή σε άλλους χρήστες \n" +"\tΤο ψευδώνυμο ΕκτέλεσηΩς είναι παρόμοιο με το Ψευδώνυμο Χρήστη. Αποτελείται από ένα ή περισσότερους χρήστες, ομάδες συστήματος \n" +"\t(με πρόθεμα '%') ή άλλα ψευδώνυμα ΕκτέλεσηΩς. Έχει δωθεί απλό όνομα (πρέπει να περιέχει μόνο\n" +"\tκεφαλαία γράμματα, αριθμούς και κάτω παύλα), το οποίο μετά χρησιμοποιείται ως παραπομπή σε άλλους χρήστες \n" "\tσε αυτό το ψευδώνυμο.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1012,69 +881,50 @@ #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<big>Command Alias</big> \n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Ψευδώνυμο Εντολής</big> \n" -"\tΤο ψευδώνυμο εντολής είναι μια λίστα από μία ή περισσότερες εντολές (με " -"προαιρετικές παραμέτρους), κατάλογοι ή\n" -"\tάλλα ψευδώνυμα εντολών. Έχει δωθεί απλό όνομα (πρέπει να περιέχει μόνο " -"κεφαλαία γράμματα, αριθμούς και\n" +"\tΤο ψευδώνυμο εντολής είναι μια λίστα από μία ή περισσότερες εντολές (με προαιρετικές παραμέτρους), κατάλογοι ή\n" +"\tάλλα ψευδώνυμα εντολών. Έχει δωθεί απλό όνομα (πρέπει να περιέχει μόνο κεφαλαία γράμματα, αριθμούς και\n" "\tκάτω παύλα), το οποίο μετά χρησιμοποιείται\n" -"\tως παραπομπή σε όλες τις εντολές σε αυτό το ψευδώνυμο. Η εντολή μπορεί " -"προαιρετικά να έχει καθορισμένες\n" -"\tμία ή περισσότερες παραμέτρους. Εάν έχει, οι χρήστες μπορούν να εκτελέσουν " -"αυτή την εντολή μόνο με αυτές τις παραμέτρους. Εάν ένα\n" -"\tόνομα καταλόγου χρησιμοποιείται, μπορεί να εκτελεστεί οποιαδήποτε εντολή " -"μέσα στον κατάλογο. \n" +"\tως παραπομπή σε όλες τις εντολές σε αυτό το ψευδώνυμο. Η εντολή μπορεί προαιρετικά να έχει καθορισμένες\n" +"\tμία ή περισσότερες παραμέτρους. Εάν έχει, οι χρήστες μπορούν να εκτελέσουν αυτή την εντολή μόνο με αυτές τις παραμέτρους. Εάν ένα\n" +"\tόνομα καταλόγου χρησιμοποιείται, μπορεί να εκτελεστεί οποιαδήποτε εντολή μέσα στον κατάλογο. \n" "\t\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Εισάγετε μοναδικό όνομα στο πεδίο κειμένου Όνομα Ψευδωνύμου. Για " -"προσθήκη νέας εντολής στο ψευδώνυμο,\n" -"\tκάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Προσθήκη. Ένα αναδυόμενο παράθυρο θα " -"εμφανιστεί, όπου μπορείτε να εισάγετε το όνομα της εντολής\n" -"\t(ή να επιλέξετε ένα από τον περιηγητή αρχείων κάνοντας κλίκ στο κουμπί " -"Αναζήτηση. Επιπρόσθετα, μπορείτε \n" -"\tνα καθορίσετε τις παραμέτρους της εντολής στο πεδίο κειμένου " -"Παράμετροι\n" +"Εισάγετε μοναδικό όνομα στο πεδίο κειμένου Όνομα Ψευδωνύμου. Για προσθήκη νέας εντολής στο ψευδώνυμο,\n" +"\tκάντε κλικ στο κουμπί Προσθήκη. Ένα αναδυόμενο παράθυρο θα εμφανιστεί, όπου μπορείτε να εισάγετε το όνομα της εντολής\n" +"\t(ή να επιλέξετε ένα από τον περιηγητή αρχείων κάνοντας κλίκ στο κουμπί Αναζήτηση. Επιπρόσθετα, μπορείτε \n" +"\tνα καθορίσετε τις παραμέτρους της εντολής στο πεδίο κειμένου Παράμετροι\n" "\t" #. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 #: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Για να αφαιρέσετε μια εντολή από το ψευδώνυμο, επιλέξτε την αντίστοιχη " -"καταχώρηση από τον πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο\n" -"\tΔιαγραφή. Για να τελειώσετε τη ρύθμιση, κάντε κλικ στο Εντάξει</" -"b>.\n" +"Για να αφαιρέσετε μια εντολή από το ψευδώνυμο, επιλέξτε την αντίστοιχη καταχώρηση από τον πίνακα και κάντε κλικ στο\n" +"\tΔιαγραφή. Για να τελειώσετε τη ρύθμιση, κάντε κλικ στο Εντάξει.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -1085,11 +935,8 @@ #. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; #. } #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" -msgstr "" -"Αυτός ο κανόνας είναι κανόνας συστήματος και είναι απαραίτητος για τη σωστή " -"λειτουργία του sudo.\n" +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgstr "Αυτός ο κανόνας είναι κανόνας συστήματος και είναι απαραίτητος για τη σωστή λειτουργία του sudo.\n" #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 msgid "" @@ -1109,11 +956,8 @@ #. end Commands #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" -msgstr "" -"Όλες οι αλλαγές θα χαθούν. Θέλετε σίγουρα να εγκαταλείψετε από τις ρυθμίσεις " -"του sudo χωρίς αποθήκευση;" +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgstr "Όλες οι αλλαγές θα χαθούν. Θέλετε σίγουρα να εγκαταλείψετε από τις ρυθμίσεις του sudo χωρίς αποθήκευση;" #. Error message #: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/support.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/support.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/support.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Πρόοδος" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -281,6 +281,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης:</big> \n" +"Μπορείτε να ματαιώσετε με ασφάλεια το εργαλείο ρύθμισης πατώντας Ματαίωση τώρα.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -299,6 +301,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Ματαίωση Αποθήκευσης:</big> \n" +"Ματαιώστε την διαδικασία αποθήκευσης πατώντας Ματαίωση.\n" +"Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές να κάνετε αυτό.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -325,16 +331,17 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Επεξεργασία ή διαγραφή:</big> \n" +"Αν πατήσετε Επεξεργασία, ένας επιπλέον διάλογος στον οποίο\n" +"μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις θα ανοίξει.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -357,8 +364,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" @@ -375,38 +381,31 @@ msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" #. Expert dialog help 1/1 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" #. Contact dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" @@ -414,8 +413,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" @@ -423,10 +421,8 @@ #. Contact dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -440,16 +436,14 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -460,8 +454,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -478,8 +471,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" @@ -503,6 +495,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Επιλέγοντας Κάτι</big> \n" +"Δεν είναι δυνατό. Θα πρέπει να γράψετε τον κώδικα πρώτα. :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -563,15 +558,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 @@ -591,9 +582,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 @@ -649,9 +638,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 @@ -671,9 +658,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 @@ -686,10 +671,8 @@ #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" @@ -722,21 +705,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 @@ -744,21 +721,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 @@ -778,47 +749,33 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/sysconfig.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/sysconfig.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/sysconfig.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -57,8 +57,7 @@ #. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. #: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" -msgstr "" -"για 'μεταβλητή=τιμή', για παράδειγμα, μεταβλητή=DISPLAYMANAGER τιμή=gdm" +msgstr "για 'μεταβλητή=τιμή', για παράδειγμα, μεταβλητή=DISPLAYMANAGER τιμή=gdm" #. help text for command 'set' 3/3 #. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. @@ -162,16 +161,13 @@ "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε το πλήρες όνομα μεταβλητής στη φόρμα <VARIABLE_NAME>" -"$<FILE_NAME>\n" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε το πλήρες όνομα μεταβλητής στη φόρμα <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" "(π.χ., %1$%2).\n" #. error popup message #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 msgid "An error occurred while saving and activating the changes." -msgstr "" -"Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την αποθήκευση του αρχείου και την ενεργοποίηση " -"των αλλαγών." +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την αποθήκευση του αρχείου και την ενεργοποίηση των αλλαγών." #. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 @@ -344,27 +340,18 @@ #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" -"Μετά την αποθήκευση των αλλαγών σας, αυτός ο κειμενογράφος αλλάζει τις " -"μεταβλητές στο\n" -"αντίστοιχο αρχείο sysconfig. Μετά εκτελεί εντολές ενεργοποίησης, οι οποίες " -"αλλάζουν τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων, ξεκινούν και σταματούν τους δαίμονες,\n" -"και εκτελεί εργαλεία ρυθμίσεων χαμηλού επιπέδου,έτσι ώστε οι ρυθμίσεις σας " -"στο sysconfig να γίνουν ενεργές.\n" +"Μετά την αποθήκευση των αλλαγών σας, αυτός ο κειμενογράφος αλλάζει τις μεταβλητές στο\n" +"αντίστοιχο αρχείο sysconfig. Μετά εκτελεί εντολές ενεργοποίησης, οι οποίες αλλάζουν τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων, ξεκινούν και σταματούν τους δαίμονες,\n" +"και εκτελεί εργαλεία ρυθμίσεων χαμηλού επιπέδου,έτσι ώστε οι ρυθμίσεις σας στο sysconfig να γίνουν ενεργές.\n" # helptext for popup - part 2/3 #. helptext for popup - part 2/2 #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"Σημαντικό: Μπορείτε ακόμα να επεξεργαστείτε το κάθε ατομικό αρχείο " -"ρυθμίσεων χειροκίνητα. " +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "Σημαντικό: Μπορείτε ακόμα να επεξεργαστείτε το κάθε ατομικό αρχείο ρυθμίσεων χειροκίνητα. " #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" @@ -377,24 +364,13 @@ #. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"Επεξεργαστής Ρυθμίσεων Συστήματος Με τον επεξεργαστή " -"ρυθμίσεων συστήματος, μπορείτε να αλλάξετε μερικές ρυθμίσεις του συστήματος. " -"Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε το YaST για να ρυθμίσετε το υλικό και τις " -"ρυθμίσεις του συστήματος." +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "Επεξεργαστής Ρυθμίσεων Συστήματος Με τον επεξεργαστή ρυθμίσεων συστήματος, μπορείτε να αλλάξετε μερικές ρυθμίσεις του συστήματος. Μπορείτε επίσης να χρησιμοποιήσετε το YaST για να ρυθμίσετε το υλικό και τις ρυθμίσεις του συστήματος." #. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"Σημείωση: Οι Περιγραφές δεν είναι μεταφρασμένες διότι διαβάζονται " -"κατευθείαν από αρχεία ρυθμίσεων." +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "Σημείωση: Οι Περιγραφές δεν είναι μεταφρασμένες διότι διαβάζονται κατευθείαν από αρχεία ρυθμίσεων." #. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 @@ -423,13 +399,8 @@ #. help text in popup dialog #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ, προβάλλονται τα αποτελέσματα της αναζήτησης σας. Αν βρείτε το " -"αντικείμενο που θέλετε, επιλέξτε αυτό το αντικείμενο και κάντε κλικ στο " -"\"Πήγαινε στο\". Αλλιώς, επιλέξτε \"Άκυρο\" για έξοδο από τον διάλογο." +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Εδώ, προβάλλονται τα αποτελέσματα της αναζήτησης σας. Αν βρείτε το αντικείμενο που θέλετε, επιλέξτε αυτό το αντικείμενο και κάντε κλικ στο \"Πήγαινε στο\". Αλλιώς, επιλέξτε \"Άκυρο\" για έξοδο από τον διάλογο." #. push button label #: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 @@ -645,16 +616,12 @@ # helptext for popup - part 3/3 #~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can " -#~ "detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a " -#~ "configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" #~ " it will not touch it.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ " Το SuSEconfig αποθηκεύει ένα checksum από το κάθε αρχείο ρυθμίσεων , " -#~ "έτσι μπορεί να ανιχνευτεί αν\n" -#~ " έχετε αλλάξει οποιοδήποτε από αυτά χειροκίνητα. Αν έχετε αλλάξει ένα " -#~ "αρχείο ρυθμίσεων χειροκίνητα,\n" +#~ " Το SuSEconfig αποθηκεύει ένα checksum από το κάθε αρχείο ρυθμίσεων , έτσι μπορεί να ανιχνευτεί αν\n" +#~ " έχετε αλλάξει οποιοδήποτε από αυτά χειροκίνητα. Αν έχετε αλλάξει ένα αρχείο ρυθμίσεων χειροκίνητα,\n" #~ " δεν θα το αγγίξει.\n" # message Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/tftp-server.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/tftp-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/tftp-server.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -94,13 +94,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ, ένας διακομιστής για TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) " -"(Τετριμμένο Πρωτόκολλο Μεταφοράς Αρχείων) μπορεί να ενεργοποιηθεί.Ο " -"Διακομιστής θα ξεκινήσει με τη χρήση xinetd." +msgid "Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd." +msgstr "Εδώ, ένας διακομιστής για TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) (Τετριμμένο Πρωτόκολλο Μεταφοράς Αρχείων) μπορεί να ενεργοποιηθεί.Ο Διακομιστής θα ξεκινήσει με τη χρήση xinetd." #. enlighten newbies, #102946 #. dialog help text @@ -114,15 +109,12 @@ "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" -"p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgstr "" "Κατάλογος Στιγμιοτύπου Εκκίνησης:\n" -"Καθορίστε τον κατάλογο όπου βρίσκονται τα αρχεία διακομιστή. Η συνήθης τιμή " -"είναι\n" +"Καθορίστε τον κατάλογο όπου βρίσκονται τα αρχεία διακομιστή. Η συνήθης τιμή είναι\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. Ο κατάλογος θα δημιουργηθεί εάν δεν υπάρχει.\n" -"Ο διακομιστής τον χρησιμοποιεί ως κατάλογο root (με χρήση της επιλογής " -"<tt>s</tt>).\n" +"Ο διακομιστής τον χρησιμοποιεί ως κατάλογο root (με χρήση της επιλογής <tt>s</tt>).\n" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 @@ -179,8 +171,7 @@ "However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" "Exiting.\n" msgstr "" -"Αυτή η μονάδα μπορεί να χρησιμοποιήσει μόνο τον xinetd για να ρυθμίσει το " -"TFTP.\n" +"Αυτή η μονάδα μπορεί να χρησιμοποιήσει μόνο τον xinetd για να ρυθμίσει το TFTP.\n" "Παρόλα αυτά, κάποιο άλλο πρόγραμμα εξυπηρετεί το TFTP: %1.\n" "Έξοδος.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/tune.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/tune.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/tune.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -36,12 +36,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Ανίχνευση Υλικού - αυτή η μονάδα δεν υποστηρίζει διασύνδεση γραμμής εντολών, " -"χρησιμοποιήστε αντ'αυτού το '%1'." +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Ανίχνευση Υλικού - αυτή η μονάδα δεν υποστηρίζει διασύνδεση γραμμής εντολών, χρησιμοποιήστε αντ'αυτού το '%1'." #. translators: popup heading #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 @@ -74,16 +70,11 @@ "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" "Η μονάδα Πληροφορίες Υλικού εμφανίζει τις λεπτομέρειες \n" -"υλικού του υπολογιστή σας. Επιλέξτε κάποιο κόμβο για περισσότερες " -"πληροφορίες.\n" +"υλικού του υπολογιστή σας. Επιλέξτε κάποιο κόμβο για περισσότερες πληροφορίες.\n" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να αποθηκεύσετε πληροφορίες υλικού σε ένα αρχείο. Κάντε κλικ στο " -"Αποθήκευση σε Αρχείο και εισάγετε το όνομα του αρχείου. " +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να αποθηκεύσετε πληροφορίες υλικού σε ένα αρχείο. Κάντε κλικ στο Αποθήκευση σε Αρχείο και εισάγετε το όνομα του αρχείου. " #. installation proposal header #: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 @@ -108,12 +99,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." -msgstr "" -"ΛεπτομέρειεςΟι λεπτομέρειες της επιλεγμένης συνιστώσας " -"υλικού εμφανίζεται εδώ." +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." +msgstr "ΛεπτομέρειεςΟι λεπτομέρειες της επιλεγμένης συνιστώσας υλικού εμφανίζεται εδώ." #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -164,22 +151,13 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"Ανιχνευμένο Υλικό Αυτός ο πίνακας περιέχει όλες τις συνιστώσες " -"υλικού που ανιχνεύτηκαν στο σύστημά σας." +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "Ανιχνευμένο Υλικό Αυτός ο πίνακας περιέχει όλες τις συνιστώσες υλικού που ανιχνεύτηκαν στο σύστημά σας." #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"Λεπτομέρειες Επιλέξτε κάποια συνιστώσα και πατήστε " -"Λεπτομέρειες για να δείτε μία πιο λεπτομερή περιγραφή της συνιστώσας." -"" +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "Λεπτομέρειες Επιλέξτε κάποια συνιστώσα και πατήστε Λεπτομέρειες για να δείτε μία πιο λεπτομερή περιγραφή της συνιστώσας." #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 @@ -319,53 +297,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"Είναι δυνατόν να προσθέσετε μια PCI ID σε έναν οδηγό συσκευής ώστε να " -"επεκτείνετε την εσωτερική του βάση δεδομένων των γνωστών υποστηριζόμενων " -"συσκευών." +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "Είναι δυνατόν να προσθέσετε μια PCI ID σε έναν οδηγό συσκευής ώστε να επεκτείνετε την εσωτερική του βάση δεδομένων των γνωστών υποστηριζόμενων συσκευών." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"Οι αριθμοί PCI ID εισάγονται και προβάλλονται ως δεκαεξαδικοί αριθμοί. To " -"SysFS dir. είναι το όνομα καταλόγου στον κατάλογο /sys/bus/pci/" -"drivers. Εάν είναι κενό, το όνομα του οδηγού χρησιμοποιείται ως το όνομα του " -"καταλόγου." +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "Οι αριθμοί PCI ID εισάγονται και προβάλλονται ως δεκαεξαδικοί αριθμοί. To SysFS dir. είναι το όνομα καταλόγου στον κατάλογο /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Εάν είναι κενό, το όνομα του οδηγού χρησιμοποιείται ως το όνομα του καταλόγου." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"Εάν ο οδηγός μεταγλωττιστεί μέσα στον πυρήνα, αφήστε το όνομα του οδηγού " -"κενό και εισάγετε το όνομα του καταλόγου SysFS." +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "Εάν ο οδηγός μεταγλωττιστεί μέσα στον πυρήνα, αφήστε το όνομα του οδηγού κενό και εισάγετε το όνομα του καταλόγου SysFS." #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιείστε τα κουμπιά κάτω από τον πίνακα για να αλλάξετε τον " -"κατάλογο των PCI IDs. Πατήστε%1 για να ενεργοποιήσετε τις ρυθμίσεις.</" -"P>" +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιείστε τα κουμπιά κάτω από τον πίνακα για να αλλάξετε τον κατάλογο των PCI IDs. Πατήστε%1 για να ενεργοποιήσετε τις ρυθμίσεις." #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Προειδοποίηση:Αυτή είναι μια ρύθμιση για προχωρημένους χρήστες. " -"Προχωρήστε μόνο εάν γνωρίζετε τι κάνετε." +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "Προειδοποίηση:Αυτή είναι μια ρύθμιση για προχωρημένους χρήστες. Προχωρήστε μόνο εάν γνωρίζετε τι κάνετε." #. tree node string #: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 @@ -1121,23 +1074,16 @@ msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Καθολικός χρονοπρογραμματιστής I/O</big> \n" -"Επιλέξετε τον αλγόριθμο ο οποίος διατάσσει και στέλνει εντολές στις " -"συσκευές\n" -"δίσκων. Αυτή είναι μια καθολική επιλογή, θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για όλες τις " -"συσκευές δίσκων στο \n" -"σύστημα. Αν η επιλογή δεν είναι ρυθμισμένη ο προεπιλεγμένος " -"χρονοπρογραμματιστής (συνήθως 'cfq')\n" -"θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Δείτε την τεκμηρίωση στο κατάλογο /usr/src/linux/" -"Documentation/block \n" +"Επιλέξετε τον αλγόριθμο ο οποίος διατάσσει και στέλνει εντολές στις συσκευές\n" +"δίσκων. Αυτή είναι μια καθολική επιλογή, θα χρησιμοποιηθεί για όλες τις συσκευές δίσκων στο \n" +"σύστημα. Αν η επιλογή δεν είναι ρυθμισμένη ο προεπιλεγμένος χρονοπρογραμματιστής (συνήθως 'cfq')\n" +"θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Δείτε την τεκμηρίωση στο κατάλογο /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block \n" "(πακέτο πηγή-πυρήνα) για περισσότερες πληροφορίες.\n" #. .sysconfig.sysctl @@ -1149,22 +1095,16 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "Ενεργοποίηση των πλήκτρων SysRq \n" -"Αν ενεργοποιήσετε τα πλήκτρα SysRq, θα έχετε κάποιο έλεγχο πάνω στο σύστημά " -"σας ακόμα και αν κρεμάσει\n" -"(όπως κατά την αποσφαλμάτωση του πυρήνα). Αν είναι ενεργοποιημένο, ο " -"συνδυασμός των πλήκτρων\n" -"Alt-SysRq-<command_key> θα εκκινήσει την αντίστοιχη εντολή (π.χ. " -"επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή,\n" +"Αν ενεργοποιήσετε τα πλήκτρα SysRq, θα έχετε κάποιο έλεγχο πάνω στο σύστημά σας ακόμα και αν κρεμάσει\n" +"(όπως κατά την αποσφαλμάτωση του πυρήνα). Αν είναι ενεργοποιημένο, ο συνδυασμός των πλήκτρων\n" +"Alt-SysRq-<command_key> θα εκκινήσει την αντίστοιχη εντολή (π.χ. επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή,\n" "καθαρισμός πληροφοριών πυρήνα). Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε το\n" "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (πακέτο πηγή-πυρήνα)\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/update.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/update.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/update.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -81,9 +81,7 @@ #. checkbox label if user wants remove old backup stuff #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:84 msgid "Remove &Old Backups from the Backup Directory" -msgstr "" -"Αφαίρεση Παλαιότερων Αντιγράφων Ασφαλείας από τ&ον Κατάλογο Αντιγράφων " -"Ασφαλείας" +msgstr "Αφαίρεση Παλαιότερων Αντιγράφων Ασφαλείας από τ&ον Κατάλογο Αντιγράφων Ασφαλείας" #. help text for backup dialog during update 1/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:91 @@ -92,8 +90,7 @@ "create a backup prior to updating.\n" msgstr "" "Για να αποφύγετε οποιαδήποτε απώλεια δεδομένων κατά την ενημέρωση,\n" -"μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε ένα αντίγραφο ασφαλείας πριν την ενημέρωση." -"\n" +"μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε ένα αντίγραφο ασφαλείας πριν την ενημέρωση.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 2/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:98 @@ -116,20 +113,17 @@ "Stores only those modified files that will be replaced during update.\n" msgstr "" "Δημιουργία Αντιγράφου Ασφαλείας των Τροποποιημένων Αρχείων:\n" -"Αποθηκεύει μόνο τα τροποποιημένα αρχεία που αντικαθίστανται κατά την " -"ενημέρωση.\n" +"Αποθηκεύει μόνο τα τροποποιημένα αρχεία που αντικαθίστανται κατά την ενημέρωση.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 5/7 #: src/clients/inst_backup.rb:120 msgid "" "Create a Complete Backup of\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of " -"the\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: This covers all configuration files that are part of the\n" "sysconfig mechanism, even those that will not be replaced.\n" msgstr "" "Δημιουργία Πλήρους Αντιγράφου Ασφαλείας του\n" -"/etc/sysconfig: Αυτό καλύπτει όλα τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων που είναι μέρος " -"του\n" +"/etc/sysconfig: Αυτό καλύπτει όλα τα αρχεία ρυθμίσεων που είναι μέρος του\n" "μηχανισμού sysconfig, ακόμα και εκείνα που δεν θα αντικατασταθούν.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 6/7 @@ -142,8 +136,7 @@ msgstr "" "Αφαίρεση Παλαιών Αντιγράφων Ασφαλείας από τον Κατάλογο\n" "Αντιγράφων Ασφαλείας: Αν το τρέχων σύστημα ήδη είναι το αποτέλεσμα μιας\n" -"ενημέρωσης, μπορεί να υπάρχουν παλαιότερα αντίγραφα ασφαλείας αρχείων " -"ρυθμίσεων. Επιλέξτε αυτήν την επιλογή\n" +"ενημέρωσης, μπορεί να υπάρχουν παλαιότερα αντίγραφα ασφαλείας αρχείων ρυθμίσεων. Επιλέξτε αυτήν την επιλογή\n" "για να τα αφαιρέσετε.\n" #. help text for backup dialog during update 7/7 @@ -235,23 +228,19 @@ "either case, we recommend to make a backup of your personal data.\n" msgstr "" "Η επιλογή της ενημέρωσης διαφέρει ανάμεσα σε δυο καταστάσεις. Σε\n" -"κάθε περίπτωση, προτείνεται να πάρετε αντίγραφα ασφαλείας των προσωπικών σας " -"δεδομένων.\n" +"κάθε περίπτωση, προτείνεται να πάρετε αντίγραφα ασφαλείας των προσωπικών σας δεδομένων.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 2/4, %1 is a product name #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:151 msgid "" "With New Software: This default setting\n" "updates the existing software and installs all new features and benefits of\n" -"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former " -"predefined\n" +"the new <tt>%1</tt> version. The selection is based on the former predefined\n" "software selection.\n" msgstr "" "Με Νέο Λογισμικό: Αυτή η προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση\n" -"ενημερώνει το υπάρχον λογισμικό και εγκαθιστά όλες τις νέες δυνατότητες και " -"θετικά\n" -"της νέας έκδοσης του <tt>%1</tt>; . Η επιλογή βασίζεται στη προηγούμενη " -"προκαθορισμένη\n" +"ενημερώνει το υπάρχον λογισμικό και εγκαθιστά όλες τις νέες δυνατότητες και θετικά\n" +"της νέας έκδοσης του <tt>%1</tt>; . Η επιλογή βασίζεται στη προηγούμενη προκαθορισμένη\n" "επιλογή λογισμικού.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 3/4 @@ -259,29 +248,23 @@ msgid "" "Only Installed Packages: This selection\n" "only updates the packages already installed on your system. Note:\n" -"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, " -"is\n" +"New software in the predefined software selection, such as new YaST modules, is\n" "not available after the update. You might miss new features.\n" msgstr "" "Μόνο τα Εγκατεστημένα Πακέτα: Αυτή η επιλογή\n" -"ενημερώνει μόνο τα ήδη εγκατεστημένα πακέτα στο σύστημά σας. Σημείωση:</" -"i>\n" -"Νέο λογισμικό στην προκαθορισμένη επιλογή λογισμικού, όπως νέα αρθρώματα του " -"YaST, \n" -"δεν είναι διαθέσιμες μετά την ενημέρωση. Μπορεί να χάσετε κάποιες νέες " -"λειτουργίες.\n" +"ενημερώνει μόνο τα ήδη εγκατεστημένα πακέτα στο σύστημά σας. Σημείωση:\n" +"Νέο λογισμικό στην προκαθορισμένη επιλογή λογισμικού, όπως νέα αρθρώματα του YaST, \n" +"δεν είναι διαθέσιμες μετά την ενημέρωση. Μπορεί να χάσετε κάποιες νέες λειτουργίες.\n" #. help text for dialog "update options" 4/4 #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:175 msgid "" "After the update, some software might not\n" -"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete " -"those\n" +"function anymore. Activate Delete Unmaintained Packages to delete those\n" "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" "Μετά την ενημέρωση, κάποιο λογισμικό μπορεί να μην\n" -"λειτουργεί πια. Ενεργοποιήστε Διαγραφή Πακέτων χωρίς υποστήριξη για " -"να διαγράψετε εκείνα\n" +"λειτουργεί πια. Ενεργοποιήστε Διαγραφή Πακέτων χωρίς υποστήριξη για να διαγράψετε εκείνα\n" "τα πακέτα κατά την ενημέρωση.\n" #. warning / question @@ -394,11 +377,8 @@ #. error message in proposal #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 -msgid "" -"The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Το εγκατεστημένο προϊόν δεν είναι συμβατό με το προϊόν στο μέσο εγκατάστασης." +msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." +msgstr "Το εγκατεστημένο προϊόν δεν είναι συμβατό με το προϊόν στο μέσο εγκατάστασης." #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) @@ -413,22 +393,18 @@ #. %2 is the version being installed #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the " -"running system. \n" +"Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" "or disable software repositories of products with different versions.\n" msgstr "" -"Η αναβάθμιση του συστήματος σε άλλη έκδοση (%1 -> %2) δεν υποστηρίζεται στο " -"τρέχον σύστημα. \n" -"Εκκινήστε τον υπολογιστή από το μέσο εγκατάστασης και χρησιμοποιήστε την " -"κανονική αναβάθμιση\n" +"Η αναβάθμιση του συστήματος σε άλλη έκδοση (%1 -> %2) δεν υποστηρίζεται στο τρέχον σύστημα. \n" +"Εκκινήστε τον υπολογιστή από το μέσο εγκατάστασης και χρησιμοποιήστε την κανονική αναβάθμιση\n" "ή απενεργοποιήστε τα αποθετήρια των προϊόντων με διαφορετικές εκδόσεις.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." -msgstr "" -"Προσοχή: Ενημέρωση από το '%1' στο '%2', τα προϊόντα δεν ταιριάζουν ακριβώς." +msgstr "Προσοχή: Ενημέρωση από το '%1' στο '%2', τα προϊόντα δεν ταιριάζουν ακριβώς." #. Proposal for backup during update #: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 @@ -448,11 +424,9 @@ "installed as well (default). Decide whether unmaintained packages should be\n" "deleted.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Επιλογές Ενημέρωσης</big> Επιλέξετε πως θα ενημερωθεί το " -"σύστημά σας.\n" +"<big>Επιλογές Ενημέρωσης</big> Επιλέξετε πως θα ενημερωθεί το σύστημά σας.\n" "Επιλέξτε εάν θα πρέπει να ενημερωθούν μόνο τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα ή εάν θα\n" -"εγκατασταθούν καινούρια (προεπιλεγμένη επιλογή). Αποφασίστε εάν θα πρέπει τα " -"μη\n" +"εγκατασταθούν καινούρια (προεπιλεγμένη επιλογή). Αποφασίστε εάν θα πρέπει τα μη\n" "συντηρούμενα πακέτα να διαγραφούν.\n" #. this is a menu entry @@ -599,8 +573,7 @@ #. pop-up question #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" -"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected " -"partition.\n" +"A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" "Μια πιθανή ημιτελής εγκατάσταση βρέθηλε στην επιλεγμένη κατάτμηση.\n" @@ -660,8 +633,7 @@ "Αδύνατη η αποσύνδεση της κατάτμησης %1.\n" "\n" "Αυτή τη στιγμή χρησιμοποιείται. Αν η κατάτμηση μένει προσαρτημένη,\n" -"τα δεδομένα μπορεί να χαθούν. Για να αποπροσαρτήσετε την κατάτμηση " -"χειροκίνητα,\n" +"τα δεδομένα μπορεί να χαθούν. Για να αποπροσαρτήσετε την κατάτμηση χειροκίνητα,\n" "ή επανεκκινήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας.\n" #. label, %1 is partition @@ -721,16 +693,14 @@ #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" -"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " -"fit.\n" +"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" "It is safer to either enlarge the partition\n" "or not use a /boot partition at all.\n" "\n" "Do you want to continue updating the current system?\n" msgstr "" "Η κατάτμησή σας /boot είναι πολύ μικρή (%1 MB).\n" -"Το προτεινόμενο μέγεθος δεν πρέπει να είναι μικρότερο από %2 MB διότι μπορεί " -"να μην χωράει ο νέος πυρήνας.\n" +"Το προτεινόμενο μέγεθος δεν πρέπει να είναι μικρότερο από %2 MB διότι μπορεί να μην χωράει ο νέος πυρήνας.\n" "Θα ήταν πιο ασφαλές είτε να μεγαλώσετε την κατάτμηση\n" "ή ακόμα και να μην χρησιμοποιήσετε καθόλου κατάτμηση /boot.\n" "\n" @@ -754,8 +724,7 @@ "\n" "Αν είστε σίγουροι ότι η κατάτμηση δεν είναι απαραίτητη\n" "για ενημέρωση (δεν είναι κατάτμηση συστήματος), πατήστε Συνέχεια.\n" -"Για να ελέγξετε ή να διορθώσετε τις επιλογές προσάρτησης, πατήστε " -"Προσδιορισμός Επιλογών Προσάρτησης.\n" +"Για να ελέγξετε ή να διορθώσετε τις επιλογές προσάρτησης, πατήστε Προσδιορισμός Επιλογών Προσάρτησης.\n" "Για να ακυρώσετε την ενημέρωση, πατήστε το Άκυρο.\n" #. push button @@ -817,16 +786,12 @@ #. a popup message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" -"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " -"upgrade\n" -"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition " -"manually\n" +"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" +"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" "to continue the upgrade process." msgstr "" -"Το σύστημά σας χρησιμοποιεί ξεχωριστή κατάτμιση /var η οποία απαιτείται για " -"την διαδικασία\n" -"αναβάθμισης για να ανιχνευθούν οι αλλαγές στις ονομασίες δίσκων. Επιλέξτε " -"την κατάτμηση /var χειροκίνητα\n" +"Το σύστημά σας χρησιμοποιεί ξεχωριστή κατάτμιση /var η οποία απαιτείται για την διαδικασία\n" +"αναβάθμισης για να ανιχνευθούν οι αλλαγές στις ονομασίες δίσκων. Επιλέξτε την κατάτμηση /var χειροκίνητα\n" "για να συνεχίσετε την διαδικασία αναβάθμισης." #. a combo-box label @@ -842,8 +807,7 @@ #. error message #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"Αδύνατη η προσάρτηση της κατάτμησης /var με αυτήν την ρύθμιση δίσκου.\n" +msgstr "Αδύνατη η προσάρτηση της κατάτμησης /var με αυτήν την ρύθμιση δίσκου.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 @@ -861,19 +825,14 @@ #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country #: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" -"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " -"is\n" +"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" -"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change " -"the\n" +"persistent. It is strongly recommended to start the old system and change the\n" "mount-by method to any other method for all partitions." msgstr "" -"Μερικές κατατμήσεις στο σύστημα %1 έχουν προσαρτηθεί ανά όνομα συσκευών-" -"πυρήνα. Αυτό δεν είναι\n" -"αξιόπιστο για την ενημέρωση διότι τα ονόματα συσκευών-πυρήνα δυστηχώς δεν " -"είναι\n" -"μόνιμα. Προτείνεται να εκκινίσετε στο παλιό σας σύστημα και να αλλάξετε την " -"μέθοδο\n" +"Μερικές κατατμήσεις στο σύστημα %1 έχουν προσαρτηθεί ανά όνομα συσκευών-πυρήνα. Αυτό δεν είναι\n" +"αξιόπιστο για την ενημέρωση διότι τα ονόματα συσκευών-πυρήνα δυστηχώς δεν είναι\n" +"μόνιμα. Προτείνεται να εκκινίσετε στο παλιό σας σύστημα και να αλλάξετε την μέθοδο\n" "προσάρτησης σε οποιαδήποτέ άλλη μέθοδο για όλες τις κατατμήσεις." #. error message @@ -984,9 +943,7 @@ #~ "Θέλετε να συνεχίσετε την προσάρτηση της συσκευής;" #~ msgid "Cannot read package data from installation media. Media error?" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αδύνατη η ανάγνωση των δεδομένων του πακέτου από το μέσο εγκατάστασης. " -#~ "Σφάλμα μέσου;" +#~ msgstr "Αδύνατη η ανάγνωση των δεδομένων του πακέτου από το μέσο εγκατάστασης. Σφάλμα μέσου;" #~ msgid "Update based on selection \"%1\"" #~ msgstr "Ενημέρωση Βάσει Επιλογών \"%1\"" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/users.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/users.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/users.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -121,12 +121,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Λίστα των μελών της ομάδας, συνήθως ονόματα χρηστών, χωρισμένα με κόμμα. Η " -"λίστα των DN των χρηστών LDAP πρέπει να είναι χωρισμένη με στήλες." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Λίστα των μελών της ομάδας, συνήθως ονόματα χρηστών, χωρισμένα με κόμμα. Η λίστα των DN των χρηστών LDAP πρέπει να είναι χωρισμένη με στήλες." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -153,8 +149,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for batchmode option #: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." -msgstr "" -"Να μην ξαναγίνει η ερώτηση για απουσία δεδομένων, αλλά να επιστραφεί σφάλμα." +msgstr "Να μην ξαναγίνει η ερώτηση για απουσία δεδομένων, αλλά να επιστραφεί σφάλμα." #. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method" #. dialog caption @@ -172,35 +167,19 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Πιστοποίηση \n" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την μέθοδο πιστοποίησης των χρηστών του συστήματος " -"σας.\n" +"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την μέθοδο πιστοποίησης των χρηστών του συστήματος σας.\n" "" #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "" -"Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files " -"/etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Τοπικός αν θέλετε να πιστοποιούνται οι χρήστες " -"χρησιμοποιώντας μόνο τα τοπικά αρχεία /etc/passwd και /etc/shadow</" -"i>." +msgid "Select Local to authenticate users only by using the local files /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Τοπικός αν θέλετε να πιστοποιούνται οι χρήστες χρησιμοποιώντας μόνο τα τοπικά αρχεία /etc/passwd και /etc/shadow." #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "" -"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " -"create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a " -"Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new " -"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε μια προηγούμενη εγκατάσταση ή άλλο σύστημα, είναι δυνατό να " -"δημιουργήσετε χρήστες βάσει αυτής της πηγής. Για να το κάνετε, επιλέξτε " -"Ανάγνωση Δεδομένων Χρηστών από Προηγούμενη Εγκατάσταση. Αυτή η " -"επιλογή χρησιμοποιεί του προϋπάρχοντες ή δημιουργεί καινούριους σπιτικούς " -"καταλόγους για κάθε έναν από τους χρήστες στην τοποθεσία που καθορίστηκε για " -"αυτήν την εγκατάσταση." +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "Αν έχετε μια προηγούμενη εγκατάσταση ή άλλο σύστημα, είναι δυνατό να δημιουργήσετε χρήστες βάσει αυτής της πηγής. Για να το κάνετε, επιλέξτε Ανάγνωση Δεδομένων Χρηστών από Προηγούμενη Εγκατάσταση. Αυτή η επιλογή χρησιμοποιεί του προϋπάρχοντες ή δημιουργεί καινούριους σπιτικούς καταλόγους για κάθε έναν από τους χρήστες στην τοποθεσία που καθορίστηκε για αυτήν την εγκατάσταση." #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -239,25 +218,16 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -"Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε NIS, ή διακομιστή LDAP για να αποθηκεύετε δεδομένα " -"χρήστη ή εάν θέλετε πιστοποίηση χρήστη σε διακομιστές NT, επιλέξτε την " -"κατάλληλη τιμή. Κατόπιν συνεχίστε με τις ρυθμίσεις του πελάτη σας αφού " -"πατήσετε στο Επόμενο" +msgstr "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε NIS, ή διακομιστή LDAP για να αποθηκεύετε δεδομένα χρήστη ή εάν θέλετε πιστοποίηση χρήστη σε διακομιστές NT, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη τιμή. Κατόπιν συνεχίστε με τις ρυθμίσεις του πελάτη σας αφού πατήσετε στο Επόμενο" #. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." -msgstr "" -"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε NIS, ή διακομιστή LDAP για να αποθηκεύσετε δεδομένα " -"χρήστη, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη τιμή. Κατόπιν συνεχίστε με τις ρυθμίσεις του " -"πελάτη σας αφού πατήσετε στο Επόμενο" +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +msgstr "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε NIS, ή διακομιστή LDAP για να αποθηκεύσετε δεδομένα χρήστη, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη τιμή. Κατόπιν συνεχίστε με τις ρυθμίσεις του πελάτη σας αφού πατήσετε στο Επόμενο" #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -265,31 +235,19 @@ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." -msgstr "" -"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε διακομιστή LDAP για να αποθηκεύσετε δεδομένα χρήστη;ή " -"εάν θέλετε πιστοποίηση χρήστη σε διακομιστές NT, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη " -"τιμή. Κατόπιν συνεχίστε με τις ρυθμίσεις του πελάτη σας αφού πατήσετε στο " -"Επόμενο" +msgstr "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε διακομιστή LDAP για να αποθηκεύσετε δεδομένα χρήστη;ή εάν θέλετε πιστοποίηση χρήστη σε διακομιστές NT, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη τιμή. Κατόπιν συνεχίστε με τις ρυθμίσεις του πελάτη σας αφού πατήσετε στο Επόμενο" #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of " -"your client." -msgstr "" -"Αν χρησιμοποιείτε διακομιστή LDAP για να αποθηκεύσετε δεδομένα χρήστη, " -"επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη τιμή. Κατόπιν συνεχίστε με τις ρυθμίσεις του πελάτη " -"σας αφού πατήσετε στο Επόμενο" +"appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +msgstr "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε διακομιστή LDAP για να αποθηκεύσετε δεδομένα χρήστη, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη τιμή. Κατόπιν συνεχίστε με τις ρυθμίσεις του πελάτη σας αφού πατήσετε στο Επόμενο" #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "" -"Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after " -"configuring the user data source." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το Ρύθμιση Πιστοποίηση Kerberos για να ρυθμίσετε το " -"Kerberos μετά την ρύθμιση της πηγής των δεδομένων των χρηστών." +msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε το Ρύθμιση Πιστοποίηση Kerberos για να ρυθμίσετε το Kerberos μετά την ρύθμιση της πηγής των δεδομένων των χρηστών." #. check box label #. check box label @@ -373,14 +331,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Αντίθετα από τους κανονικούς χρήστες του συστήματος, που, παραδείγματος " -"χάριν, γράφουν τα κείμενα, δημιουργούν\n" +"Αντίθετα από τους κανονικούς χρήστες του συστήματος, που, παραδείγματος χάριν, γράφουν τα κείμενα, δημιουργούν\n" " γραφικά, ή περιοδεύουν στο Διαδίκτυο, ο \"υπερχρήστης\" υπάρχει σε \n" "κάθε σύστημα και ενεργεί όποτε \n" -"οι διοικητικές στοιχειώδεις εργασίες πρέπει να εκτελεσθούν. Συνδεθείτε ως " -"υπερχρήστης\n" -"μόνο όταν χρειάζεται να είστε ο διαχειριστής του συστήματός σας και μόνο " -"τότε.\n" +"οι διοικητικές στοιχειώδεις εργασίες πρέπει να εκτελεσθούν. Συνδεθείτε ως υπερχρήστης\n" +"μόνο όταν χρειάζεται να είστε ο διαχειριστής του συστήματός σας και μόνο τότε.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued 2/5 @@ -389,18 +344,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Επειδή ο υπερχρήστης είναι εξοπλισμένος με εκτενείς δικαιοδοσίες, ο κωδικός\n" -"για τον \"υπερχρήστη \" πρέπει να επιλεχθεί προσεκτικά. Ένας συνδυασμός " -"γραμμάτων και αριθμών\n" -"συστήνεται. Για να εξασφαλίσετε ότι ο προσωπικός κωδικός πληκτρολογήθηκε " -"σωστά, \n" +"για τον \"υπερχρήστη \" πρέπει να επιλεχθεί προσεκτικά. Ένας συνδυασμός γραμμάτων και αριθμών\n" +"συστήνεται. Για να εξασφαλίσετε ότι ο προσωπικός κωδικός πληκτρολογήθηκε σωστά, \n" "επαναλάβετε τη διαδικασία σε ένα δεύτερο πεδίο. \n" "\n" @@ -411,17 +363,13 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Όλοι οι κανόνες για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης χρηστών ισχύουν για τον κωδικό " -"\"υπερχρήστη \":\n" -"Υπάρχει διάκριση μεταξύ κεφαλαίων και μικρών χαρακτήρων. Ένας κωδικός " -"πρόσβασης πρέπει να έχει \n" -"τουλάχιστον 5 χαρακτήρες και, ως κανόνα, να μην περιέχει οποιοδήποτε ειδικό " -"χαρακτήρα\n" +"Όλοι οι κανόνες για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης χρηστών ισχύουν για τον κωδικό \"υπερχρήστη \":\n" +"Υπάρχει διάκριση μεταξύ κεφαλαίων και μικρών χαρακτήρων. Ένας κωδικός πρόσβασης πρέπει να έχει \n" +"τουλάχιστον 5 χαρακτήρες και, ως κανόνα, να μην περιέχει οποιοδήποτε ειδικό χαρακτήρα\n" "(π.χ. τονισμένα γράμματα).\n" "\n" @@ -444,19 +392,13 @@ "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %1 characters long." msgstr "" -"Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για την " -"δημιουργία πιστοποιητικών,\n" +"Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης για την δημιουργία πιστοποιητικών,\n" "θα πρέπει να έχει μήκος τουλάχιστον %1." #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "" -"To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -"text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -msgstr "" -"Για να ελέγξετε αν η τρέχουσα διάταξη πληκτρολογίου είναι σωστή, " -"προσπαθήστε να εισάγετε κείμενο στο πεδίο Δοκιμή Διάταξης Πληκτρολογίου </" -"b>." +msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +msgstr "Για να ελέγξετε αν η τρέχουσα διάταξη πληκτρολογίου είναι σωστή, προσπαθήστε να εισάγετε κείμενο στο πεδίο Δοκιμή Διάταξης Πληκτρολογίου ." #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -604,20 +546,13 @@ #. Help text for password expert dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε μέθοδο κρυπτογράφισης συνθηματικού για τοπικούς και χρήστες " -"συστήματος." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε μέθοδο κρυπτογράφισης συνθηματικού για τοπικούς και χρήστες συστήματος." #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"Το SHA-512 είναι το τρέχον πρότυπο μεθόδου αποτυπώματος (hash). Η " -"χρήση άλλων αλγορίθμων δεν είναι προτεινόμενη εκτός εάν χρειάζεται για " -"σκοπούς συμβατότητας." +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "Το SHA-512 είναι το τρέχον πρότυπο μεθόδου αποτυπώματος (hash). Η χρήση άλλων αλγορίθμων δεν είναι προτεινόμενη εκτός εάν χρειάζεται για σκοπούς συμβατότητας." #. text entry #. text entry @@ -697,10 +632,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Όταν εισάγετε ένα συνθηματικό, πρέπει να διακρίνετε ανάμεσα σε κεφαλαία και " -"μικρά.\n" -"Τα συνθηματικά δεν πρέπει να περιέχουν οποιονδήποτε ειδικό χαρακτήρα (π.χ., " -"τονισμένοι χαρακτήρες).\n" +"Όταν εισάγετε ένα συνθηματικό, πρέπει να διακρίνετε ανάμεσα σε κεφαλαία και μικρά.\n" +"Τα συνθηματικά δεν πρέπει να περιέχουν οποιονδήποτε ειδικό χαρακτήρα (π.χ., τονισμένοι χαρακτήρες).\n" "\n" #. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers @@ -708,14 +641,12 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Με την τρέχουσα κρυπτογράφηση (%1) του συνθηματικού, το μήκος του " -"συνθηματικού\n" +"Με την τρέχουσα κρυπτογράφηση (%1) του συνθηματικού, το μήκος του συνθηματικού\n" "θα πρέπει να είναι μεταξύ %2 και %3 χαρακτήρων.\n" "" @@ -725,8 +656,7 @@ "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." msgstr "" -"Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το συνθηματικό για την δημιουργία " -"πιστοποιητικών,\n" +"Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το συνθηματικό για την δημιουργία πιστοποιητικών,\n" "θα πρέπει να αποτελείται τουλάχιστον από %s χαρακτήρες." #. help text for main add user dialog @@ -740,43 +670,30 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Για να είστε σίγουροι ότι το συνθηματικό έχει εισαχθεί σωστά,\n" -"επαναλάβετέ το σε ένα δεύτερο πεδίο. Σιγουρευτείτε ότι δεν θα ξεχάσετε το " -"συνθηματικό σας.\n" +"επαναλάβετέ το σε ένα δεύτερο πεδίο. Σιγουρευτείτε ότι δεν θα ξεχάσετε το συνθηματικό σας.\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για το Όνομα Χρήστη να χρησιμοποιείτε μόνο γράμματα (όχι τονισμένους " -"χαρακτήρες), ψηφία, και <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Μην χρησιμοποιείτε κεφαλαία γράμματα σε αυτήν την καταχώρηση εκτός και αν " -"πραγματικά γνωρίζετε τι κάνετε.\n" -"Τα ονόματα χρηστών έχουν αυστηρότερους περιορισμούς από ότι οι κωδικοί. " -"Μπορείτε να ξαναορίσετε\n" -"τους περιορισμούς στο αρχείο /etc/login.defs. Διαβάστε τη man page για " -"πληροφορίες.\n" +"Για το Όνομα Χρήστη να χρησιμοποιείτε μόνο γράμματα (όχι τονισμένους χαρακτήρες), ψηφία, και <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Μην χρησιμοποιείτε κεφαλαία γράμματα σε αυτήν την καταχώρηση εκτός και αν πραγματικά γνωρίζετε τι κάνετε.\n" +"Τα ονόματα χρηστών έχουν αυστηρότερους περιορισμούς από ότι οι κωδικοί. Μπορείτε να ξαναορίσετε\n" +"τους περιορισμούς στο αρχείο /etc/login.defs. Διαβάστε τη man page για πληροφορίες.\n" "\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Χρήση αυτού του κωδικού για τον διαχειριστή συστήματος " -"εάν ο ίδιος κωδικός που εισήχθη για τον πρώτο χρήστη, θα χρησιμοποιηθεί και " -"από τον root." +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε Χρήση αυτού του κωδικού για τον διαχειριστή συστήματος εάν ο ίδιος κωδικός που εισήχθη για τον πρώτο χρήστη, θα χρησιμοποιηθεί και από τον root." #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time @@ -784,27 +701,20 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Τα όνομα χρήστη και κωδικός πρόσβασης δημιουργούνται που εδώ χρειάζονται για " -"την σύνδεση και την εργασία στο Linux σύστημά σας. Με την επιλογή " -"Αυτόματη Σύνδεση ενεργοποιημένη, η διαδικασία σύνδεσης αγνοείται. " -"Αυτός ο χρήστης συνδέεται αυτόματα.\n" +"Τα όνομα χρήστη και κωδικός πρόσβασης δημιουργούνται που εδώ χρειάζονται για την σύνδεση και την εργασία στο Linux σύστημά σας. Με την επιλογή Αυτόματη Σύνδεση ενεργοποιημένη, η διαδικασία σύνδεσης αγνοείται. Αυτός ο χρήστης συνδέεται αυτόματα.\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " -"Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Η αλληλογραφία για τον υπερχρήστη(root) θα διαβιβάζεται σε αυτόν το χρήστη " -"αν διαλέξετε την επιλογή Λήψη Αλληλογραφίας Συστήματος\n" +"Η αλληλογραφία για τον υπερχρήστη(root) θα διαβιβάζεται σε αυτόν το χρήστη αν διαλέξετε την επιλογή Λήψη Αλληλογραφίας Συστήματος\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) @@ -980,12 +890,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Εδώ, μπορείτε να δείτε τον πίνακα με όλα τα επιτρεπόμενα χαρακτηριστικά του " -"τρέχοντος χρήστη LDAP που δεν ορίστηκαν σε προηγούμενους διαλόγους." +"Εδώ, μπορείτε να δείτε τον πίνακα με όλα τα επιτρεπόμενα χαρακτηριστικά του τρέχοντος χρήστη LDAP που δεν ορίστηκαν σε προηγούμενους διαλόγους." # helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), # %1 is list of values @@ -1010,14 +918,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Επεξεργαστείτε το κάθε χαρακτηριστικό χρησιμοποιώντας το Επεξεργασία. " -"Ορισμένα χαρακτηριστικά \n" -"μπορεί να απαιτούνται, όπως ορίζεται στο πρότυπο χρήστη στην Μονάδα " -"Πελάτη LDAP.\n" +"Επεξεργαστείτε το κάθε χαρακτηριστικό χρησιμοποιώντας το Επεξεργασία. Ορισμένα χαρακτηριστικά \n" +"μπορεί να απαιτούνται, όπως ορίζεται στο πρότυπο χρήστη στην Μονάδα Πελάτη LDAP.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -1036,15 +941,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." -msgstr "" -"Αναθέστε ένα αντικείμενο πολιτικής κωδικών πρόσβασης σε αυτόν τον χρήστη " -"στο DN αντικειμένου Πολιτικής Κωδικού Πρόσβασης. Ενεργοποιήστε το " -"Επαναφορά Κωδικού Πρόσβασης για να επαναφέρετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης " -"που τροποποιήθηκε από τον χρήστη." +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." +msgstr "Αναθέστε ένα αντικείμενο πολιτικής κωδικών πρόσβασης σε αυτόν τον χρήστη στο DN αντικειμένου Πολιτικής Κωδικού Πρόσβασης. Ενεργοποιήστε το Επαναφορά Κωδικού Πρόσβασης για να επαναφέρετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης που τροποποιήθηκε από τον χρήστη." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1140,96 +1038,50 @@ #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίστε το όριο χρήσης του δίσκου ενός χρήστη στο επιλεγμένο σύστημα " -"αρχείων." +msgstr "Ρυθμίστε το όριο χρήσης του δίσκου ενός χρήστη στο επιλεγμένο σύστημα αρχείων." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Καθορίστε το όριο καθορίζοντας τον αριθμό των τμημάτων του 1kB τα οποία\n" -"ο χρήστης μπορεί να έχει στο σύστημα αρχείων του. Επιπλέον, μπορείτε να " -"καθορίσετε ένα όριο inode καθορίζοντας τον αριθμό των inodes που μπορεί ο " -"χρήστης να έχει στο σύστημα αρχείων.\n" +"ο χρήστης μπορεί να έχει στο σύστημα αρχείων του. Επιπλέον, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε ένα όριο inode καθορίζοντας τον αριθμό των inodes που μπορεί ο χρήστης να έχει στο σύστημα αρχείων.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τα σκληρά και μαλακά όρια για το μέγεθος και τον " -"αριθμό των inodes. Τα μαλακά όρια καθορίζουν το επίπεδο προειδοποίησης στο " -"οποίο οι χρήστες θα πληροφορηθούν ότι πλησιάζουν το όριό τους, καθότι τα " -"σκληρά όρια καθορίζουν το όριο στο οποίο οι αιτήσεις εγγραφής δεδομένων θα " -"απορρίπτονται." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε τα σκληρά και μαλακά όρια για το μέγεθος και τον αριθμό των inodes. Τα μαλακά όρια καθορίζουν το επίπεδο προειδοποίησης στο οποίο οι χρήστες θα πληροφορηθούν ότι πλησιάζουν το όριό τους, καθότι τα σκληρά όρια καθορίζουν το όριο στο οποίο οι αιτήσεις εγγραφής δεδομένων θα απορρίπτονται." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Μόλις ο χρήστης φτάσει το μαλακό όριο, τα πεδία εισαγωγής όπου αποδίδουν " -"τιμή στο διάστημα ενεργοποιούνται. Καθορίστε την χρονική περίοδο όπου ο " -"χρήστης επιτρέπεται να υπερβεί τα μαλακά όρια που καθορίστηκαν παραπάνω. Η " -"αντίστροφη μέτρηση για την απόδοση τιμής του διαστήματος ενεργοποιείται " -"άμεσα." +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Μόλις ο χρήστης φτάσει το μαλακό όριο, τα πεδία εισαγωγής όπου αποδίδουν τιμή στο διάστημα ενεργοποιούνται. Καθορίστε την χρονική περίοδο όπου ο χρήστης επιτρέπεται να υπερβεί τα μαλακά όρια που καθορίστηκαν παραπάνω. Η αντίστροφη μέτρηση για την απόδοση τιμής του διαστήματος ενεργοποιείται άμεσα." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίστε το όριο χρήσης του δίσκου της ομάδας στο επιλεγμένο σύστημα " -"αρχείων.." +msgstr "Ρυθμίστε το όριο χρήσης του δίσκου της ομάδας στο επιλεγμένο σύστημα αρχείων.." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Καθορίστε το όριο καθορίζοντας τον αριθμό των τομέων του 1kB τα οποία\n" -"η ομάδα μπορεί να έχει στο σύστημα αρχείων της. Επιπλέον, μπορείτε να " -"καθορίσετε ένα όριο inode καθορίζοντας τον αριθμό των inodes που μπορεί η " -"ομάδα να χρησιμοποιήσει στο σύστημα αρχείων.\n" +"η ομάδα μπορεί να έχει στο σύστημα αρχείων της. Επιπλέον, μπορείτε να καθορίσετε ένα όριο inode καθορίζοντας τον αριθμό των inodes που μπορεί η ομάδα να χρησιμοποιήσει στο σύστημα αρχείων.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε μαλακά και σκληρά όρια για το μέγεθος και τον " -"αριθμό των inodes. Τα μαλακά όρια καθορίζουν ένα επίπεδο προειδοποίησης στο " -"οποίο οι ομάδες ενημερώνονται ότι πλησιάζουν στο όριό τους, ενώ τα σκληρά " -"όρια καθορίζουν σε πιο επίπεδο οι αιτήσεις εγγραφής θα απορρίπονται." +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να καθορίσετε μαλακά και σκληρά όρια για το μέγεθος και τον αριθμό των inodes. Τα μαλακά όρια καθορίζουν ένα επίπεδο προειδοποίησης στο οποίο οι ομάδες ενημερώνονται ότι πλησιάζουν στο όριό τους, ενώ τα σκληρά όρια καθορίζουν σε πιο επίπεδο οι αιτήσεις εγγραφής θα απορρίπονται." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"Μόλις η ομάδα φτάσει το μαλακό όριο, τα πεδία εισαγωγής για το εσωτερικό " -"όριο ενεργοποιούνται. Καθορίστε την περίοδο κατά την οποία η ομάδα θα " -"επιτρέπεται να ξεπερνά το μαλακό όριο. Η αντίστροφη μέτρηση για το εσωτερικό " -"όριο ξεκινά άμεσα." +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "Μόλις η ομάδα φτάσει το μαλακό όριο, τα πεδία εισαγωγής για το εσωτερικό όριο ενεργοποιούνται. Καθορίστε την περίοδο κατά την οποία η ομάδα θα επιτρέπεται να ξεπερνά το μαλακό όριο. Η αντίστροφη μέτρηση για το εσωτερικό όριο ξεκινά άμεσα." #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -1461,8 +1313,7 @@ "You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\n" "Please log off the user first." msgstr "" -"Δεν μπορείτε να διαγράψετε τον χρήστη διότι αυτός είναι συνδεδεμένος αυτή τη " -"στιγμή.\n" +"Δεν μπορείτε να διαγράψετε τον χρήστη διότι αυτός είναι συνδεδεμένος αυτή τη στιγμή.\n" "Παρακαλώ αποσυνδέσετε τον χρήστη πρώτα(log off)." #. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# @@ -1524,8 +1375,7 @@ "Αυτό μπορεί να προκαλέσει προβλήματα με την παράδοση της \n" "αλληλογραφίας σε αυτόν τον χρήστη, διότι τα συστήματα αλληλογραφίας γενικά\n" "δεν υποστηρίζουν ονόματα με διάκριση πεζών/κεφαλαίων. \n" -"Μπορείτε να λύσετε αυτό το πρόβλημα αλλάζοντας τον πίνακα με τα ψευδώνυμα.</" -"p>\n" +"Μπορείτε να λύσετε αυτό το πρόβλημα αλλάζοντας τον πίνακα με τα ψευδώνυμα.\n" #. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 @@ -1550,15 +1400,13 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "Βρέθηκαν κρυπτογραφημένοι κατάλογοι εικόνες και αρχεία κλειδιά\n" "'%1' και '%2'.\n" "Να χρησιμοποιηθούν για τον τρέχων χρήστη;\n" "\n" -"Αυτό σημαίνει ότι τα δεδομένα από αυτήν την εικόνα θα χρησιμοποιηθούν αντί " -"για το τρέχων προσωπικό κατάλογο." +"Αυτό σημαίνει ότι τα δεδομένα από αυτήν την εικόνα θα χρησιμοποιηθούν αντί για το τρέχων προσωπικό κατάλογο." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -1588,9 +1436,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." -msgstr "" -"Για απομακρυσμένους χρήστες, μόνο οι επιπλέον συμμετοχές ομάδας μπορούν να " -"αλλάχθούν." +msgstr "Για απομακρυσμένους χρήστες, μόνο οι επιπλέον συμμετοχές ομάδας μπορούν να αλλάχθούν." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 @@ -1866,15 +1712,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Όταν εισάγετε ένα κωδικό, πρέπει να διακρίνετε ανάμεσα σε κεφαλαία και " -"μικρά.\n" -"Τα συνθηματικά δεν πρέπει να περιέχουν οποιονδήποτε ειδικό χαρακτήρα (π.χ., " -"τονισμένοι χαρακτήρες ή χαρακτήρες με διαλυτικά). \n" +"Όταν εισάγετε ένα κωδικό, πρέπει να διακρίνετε ανάμεσα σε κεφαλαία και μικρά.\n" +"Τα συνθηματικά δεν πρέπει να περιέχουν οποιονδήποτε ειδικό χαρακτήρα (π.χ., τονισμένοι χαρακτήρες ή χαρακτήρες με διαλυτικά). \n" "\n" #. Help text 0/6 @@ -1885,8 +1728,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Εδώ, ορίστε τις προκαθορισμένες τιμές που θα χρησιμοποιούνται κατά την " -"δημιουργία νέων τοπικών χρηστών ή χρηστών συστήματος.\n" +"Εδώ, ορίστε τις προκαθορισμένες τιμές που θα χρησιμοποιούνται κατά την δημιουργία νέων τοπικών χρηστών ή χρηστών συστήματος.\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1919,38 +1761,30 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Προκαθορισμένο Κέλυφος Σύνδεσης \n" -"Το όνομα κελύφους σύνδεσης του νέου χρήστη. Επιλέξτε ένα από την λίστα ή " -"εισάγετε την διαδρομή στο κέλυφος.\n" +"Το όνομα κελύφους σύνδεσης του νέου χρήστη. Επιλέξτε ένα από την λίστα ή εισάγετε την διαδρομή στο κέλυφος.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Προκαθορισμένος Προσωπικός Κατάλογος \n" -"Το αρχικό πρόθεμα διαδρομής για τον προσωπικό κατάλογο ενός νέου χρήστη. Το " -"όνομα του χρήστη θα επισυνάπτεται στο τέλος αυτής της τιμής για την " -"δημιουργία του προκαθορισμένου ονόματος του προσωπικού καταλόγου χρήστη.</" -"P>\n" +"Το αρχικό πρόθεμα διαδρομής για τον προσωπικό κατάλογο ενός νέου χρήστη. Το όνομα του χρήστη θα επισυνάπτεται στο τέλος αυτής της τιμής για την δημιουργία του προκαθορισμένου ονόματος του προσωπικού καταλόγου χρήστη.\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Κατάλογος Σκελετού \n" -"Τα περιεχόμενα αυτού του καταλόγου θα αντιγραφούν στον προσωπικό κατάλογο " -"χρήστη όταν προστεθεί ένας νέος χρήστης. \n" +"Τα περιεχόμενα αυτού του καταλόγου θα αντιγραφούν στον προσωπικό κατάλογο χρήστη όταν προστεθεί ένας νέος χρήστης. \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1959,22 +1793,18 @@ "Umask to use for creating new home directories.\n" msgstr "" "Umask για τον Προσωπικό Κατάλογο \n" -"Το umask το οποίο χρησιμοποιείται για την δημιουργία νέων προσωπικών " -"καταλόγων.\n" +"Το umask το οποίο χρησιμοποιείται για την δημιουργία νέων προσωπικών καταλόγων.\n" #. Help text 5/6: #. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Ημερομηνία Λήξης \n" -"Ορίστε την ημερομηνία όπου ο λογαριασμός λήγει. Η ημερομηνία θα πρέπει να " -"είναι στη μορφή YYYY-MM-DD. Αφήστε την κενή αν αυτός ο λογαριασμός δεν λήγει " -"ποτέ.\n" +"Ορίστε την ημερομηνία όπου ο λογαριασμός λήγει. Η ημερομηνία θα πρέπει να είναι στη μορφή YYYY-MM-DD. Αφήστε την κενή αν αυτός ο λογαριασμός δεν λήγει ποτέ.\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 @@ -1985,10 +1815,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Σύνδεση ύστερα από τη λήξη \n" -"Οι χρήστες μπορούν να συνδεθούν μετά τη λήξη των κωδικών. Ορίστε πόσες " -"μέρες \n" -"ύστερα από τη λήξη η σύνδεση επιτρέπεται. Χρησιμοποιήστε -1 για απεριόριστη " -"πρόσβαση.\n" +"Οι χρήστες μπορούν να συνδεθούν μετά τη λήξη των κωδικών. Ορίστε πόσες μέρες \n" +"ύστερα από τη λήξη η σύνδεση επιτρέπεται. Χρησιμοποιήστε -1 για απεριόριστη πρόσβαση.\n" "\n" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -2011,8 +1839,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Ματαίωση της Αρχικοποίησης</BIG> \n" -"Μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να ακυρώσετε το πρόγραμμα ρύθμισης πατώντας το κουμπί " -"Ματαίωση \n" +"Μπορείτε με ασφάλεια να ακυρώσετε το πρόγραμμα ρύθμισης πατώντας το κουμπί Ματαίωση \n" " τώρα. \n" "" @@ -2037,8 +1864,7 @@ msgstr "" "<BIG>Ματαίωση της διαδικασίας αποθήκευσης:</BIG> \n" "Ματαίωση της διαδικασίας αποθήκευσης πατώντας το Ματαίωση.\n" -"Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές ή όχι να κάνετε " -"αυτό.\n" +"Ένας επιπλέον διάλογος θα σας ενημερώσει πότε είναι ασφαλές ή όχι να κάνετε αυτό.\n" "\n" #. help text 1/7 @@ -2063,24 +1889,18 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Δημιουργήστε το Όνομα Χρήστη από μέλη του πλήρους ονόματος\n" -"κάνωντας κλίκ στο Πρόταση. Μπορεί να μετατραπεί, αλλά χρησιμοποιήστε " -"μόνο\n" +"κάνωντας κλίκ στο Πρόταση. Μπορεί να μετατραπεί, αλλά χρησιμοποιήστε μόνο\n" "γράμματα (όχι ειδικούς χαρακτήρες), ψηφία, και <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Μην χρησιμοποιήσετε κεφαλαία γράμματα σε αυτήν την καταχώρηση εκτός και αν " -"ξέρετε τι κάνετε.\n" -"Τα ονόματα χρηστών έχουν αυστηρότερους περιορισμούς από τους κωδικούς " -"πρόσβασης. Μπορείτε να επανακαθορίσετε τους\n" -"περιορισμούς στο αρχείο /etc/login.defs . Διαβάστε την σελίδα man για " -"περισσότερες πληροφορίες.\n" +"Μην χρησιμοποιήσετε κεφαλαία γράμματα σε αυτήν την καταχώρηση εκτός και αν ξέρετε τι κάνετε.\n" +"Τα ονόματα χρηστών έχουν αυστηρότερους περιορισμούς από τους κωδικούς πρόσβασης. Μπορείτε να επανακαθορίσετε τους\n" +"περιορισμούς στο αρχείο /etc/login.defs . Διαβάστε την σελίδα man για περισσότερες πληροφορίες.\n" "\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 @@ -2089,32 +1909,23 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Όταν αλλάζετε την Σύνδεση Χρήστη να χρησιμοποιείτε μόνο\n" "γράμματα (όχι τονισμένους χαρακτήρες), ψηφία, και <tt>._-</tt>\n" -"Μην χρησιμοποιείτε κεφαλαία γράμματα σε αυτήν την καταχώρηση εκτός και αν " -"πραγματικά γνωρίζετε τι κάνετε.\n" -"Τα ονόματα χρηστών έχουν αυστηρότερους περιορισμούς από ότι οι κωδικοί. " -"Μπορείτε να ξαναορίσετε\n" -"τους περιορισμούς στο αρχείο /etc/login.defs. Διαβάστε τη man page για " -"πληροφορίες.\n" +"Μην χρησιμοποιείτε κεφαλαία γράμματα σε αυτήν την καταχώρηση εκτός και αν πραγματικά γνωρίζετε τι κάνετε.\n" +"Τα ονόματα χρηστών έχουν αυστηρότερους περιορισμούς από ότι οι κωδικοί. Μπορείτε να ξαναορίσετε\n" +"τους περιορισμούς στο αρχείο /etc/login.defs. Διαβάστε τη man page για πληροφορίες.\n" "\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Πατήστε το Επιπρόσθετοι Χρήστες και Ομάδες για να προσθέσετε " -"περισσότερους χρήστες ή ομάδες στο σύστημα σας." +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." +msgstr "Πατήστε το Επιπρόσθετοι Χρήστες και Ομάδες για να προσθέσετε περισσότερους χρήστες ή ομάδες στο σύστημα σας." #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -2125,8 +1936,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να δείτε περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες, όπως τον προσωπικό κατάλογο ή το ID " -"του χρήστη, πατήστε\n" +"Για να δείτε περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες, όπως τον προσωπικό κατάλογο ή το ID του χρήστη, πατήστε\n" "στο Λεπτομέρειες\n" "\n" @@ -2134,12 +1944,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να επεξεργαστείτε διάφορες ρυθμίσεις του συνθηματικού αυτού του χρήστη(π." -"χ., ημερομηνία λήξης), πατήστε στο Ρυθμίσεις Συνθηματικού.\n" +"Για να επεξεργαστείτε διάφορες ρυθμίσεις του συνθηματικού αυτού του χρήστη(π.χ., ημερομηνία λήξης), πατήστε στο Ρυθμίσεις Συνθηματικού.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2173,8 +1981,7 @@ "Όνομα Ομάδας:\n" "Αποφύγετε τα μεγάλα ονόματα. Κανονικά μεγέθη είναι μεταξύ \n" "δύο και οκτώ χαρακτήρων\n" -"Μπορείτε να ξαναορίσετε τη λίστα των χαρακτήρων που είναι επιτρεπτή για " -"ονόματα ομάδων στο\n" +"Μπορείτε να ξαναορίσετε τη λίστα των χαρακτήρων που είναι επιτρεπτή για ονόματα ομάδων στο\n" "αρχείο /etc/login.defs. Διαβάστε τη man page για πληροφορίες.\n" "\n" @@ -2191,8 +1998,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "ID Ομάδας(gid):\n" -"Επιπρόσθετα του ονόματος, σε μια ομάδα πρέπει να ανατεθεί ένα αριθμητικό ID " -"για την\n" +"Επιπρόσθετα του ονόματος, σε μια ομάδα πρέπει να ανατεθεί ένα αριθμητικό ID για την\n" "εσωτερική αναπαράσταση της. Αυτές οι τιμές είναι μεταξύ 0 και\n" "%1. Μερικά ID προσδιορίστηκαν ήδη κατά την εγκατάσταση. Το YaST2\n" "σας προειδοποιεί αν προσπαθήσετε να ορίσετε ένα που βρίσκεται ήδη σε χρήση.\n" @@ -2203,8 +2009,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2212,12 +2017,9 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Εισάγετε ένα Συνθηματικό:\n" -"Αν θέλετε οι χρήστες που δεν είναι μέλη της ομάδας να εξακριβώνουν την " -"ταυτότητα τους καθώς\n" -"αλλάζουν σε αυτή τη νέα ομάδα (δείτε τις σελίδες man του <tt>newgrp</tt>), " -"μπορείτε να αναθέσετε ένα\n" -"συνθηματικό σε αυτή την ομάδα. Για λόγους ασφαλείας, αυτό το συνθηματικό δεν " -"εμφανίζεται\n" +"Αν θέλετε οι χρήστες που δεν είναι μέλη της ομάδας να εξακριβώνουν την ταυτότητα τους καθώς\n" +"αλλάζουν σε αυτή τη νέα ομάδα (δείτε τις σελίδες man του <tt>newgrp</tt>), μπορείτε να αναθέσετε ένα\n" +"συνθηματικό σε αυτή την ομάδα. Για λόγους ασφαλείας, αυτό το συνθηματικό δεν εμφανίζεται\n" "εδώ. Δεν χρειάζεται να συμπληρώσετε αυτή την καταχώρηση.\n" "\n" @@ -2231,8 +2033,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Επικύρωση Συνθηματικού:\n" -"Το συνθηματικό πρέπει να εισαχθεί δεύτερη φορά για να αποφευχθούν " -"τυπογραφικά λάθη.\n" +"Το συνθηματικό πρέπει να εισαχθεί δεύτερη φορά για να αποφευχθούν τυπογραφικά λάθη.\n" "\n" #. help text 6/6 @@ -2254,10 +2055,8 @@ "The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n" " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." msgstr "" -"Η δεύτερη λίστα εμφανίζει χρήστες για τους οποίους αυτή η ομάδα είναι η " -"προκαθορισμένη\n" -"ομάδα. Η προκαθορισμένη ομάδα μπορεί να αλλαχτεί μόνο με επεξεργασία του " -"χρήστη." +"Η δεύτερη λίστα εμφανίζει χρήστες για τους οποίους αυτή η ομάδα είναι η προκαθορισμένη\n" +"ομάδα. Η προκαθορισμένη ομάδα μπορεί να αλλαχτεί μόνο με επεξεργασία του χρήστη." #. help text 1/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 @@ -2323,12 +2122,8 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." -msgstr "" -"Προαιρετικά, ορίστε την Κατάσταση Δικαιωμάτων Προσωπικού Καταλόγου " -"για αυτόν τον κατάλογο χρήστη διαφορετικά από την προεπιλογή." +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." +msgstr "Προαιρετικά, ορίστε την Κατάσταση Δικαιωμάτων Προσωπικού Καταλόγου για αυτόν τον κατάλογο χρήστη διαφορετικά από την προεπιλογή." #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2338,60 +2133,33 @@ "is created from the default skeleton (%1).\n" msgstr "" "Για να δημιουργήσετε έναν άδειο προσωπικό κατάλογο,\n" -"ελέγξτε το Άδειος Προσωπικός Κατάλογος. Αλλιώς, ο νέος προσωπικός " -"κατάλογος του χρήστη\n" +"ελέγξτε το Άδειος Προσωπικός Κατάλογος. Αλλιώς, ο νέος προσωπικός κατάλογος του χρήστη\n" "θα δημιουργηθεί από τον προεπιλεγμένο σκελετό (%1).\n" #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data." -msgstr "" -"Αν θέλετε την αλλαγή της τοποθεσίας του προσωπικού καταλόγου ενός χρήστη, " -"μετακινήστε τα περιεχόμενα του τρέχοντος καταλόγου με το Μετακίνηση στην " -"Νέα Τοποθεσία, ενεργοποιημένο εκ προεπιλογής. Αλλιώς ένας νέος " -"προσωπικός κατάλογος δημιουργείται χωρίς τα υπάρχοντα δεδομένα." +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." +msgstr "Αν θέλετε την αλλαγή της τοποθεσίας του προσωπικού καταλόγου ενός χρήστη, μετακινήστε τα περιεχόμενα του τρέχοντος καταλόγου με το Μετακίνηση στην Νέα Τοποθεσία, ενεργοποιημένο εκ προεπιλογής. Αλλιώς ένας νέος προσωπικός κατάλογος δημιουργείται χωρίς τα υπάρχοντα δεδομένα." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." msgstr "" -"Για να κρυπτογραφήσετε τον προσωπικό κατάλογο του χρήστη, ενεργοποιήστε " -"το Χρήση\n" -"Κρυπτογραφημένου Προσωπικού Καταλόγου και ορίστε το μέγεθος του " -"καταλόγου. Η κρυπτογράφηση\n" -"του προσωπικού καταλόγου ενός χρήστη δεν παρέχει υψηλή ασφάλεια έναντι άλλων " -"χρηστών.\n" -"Αν αυτό το μηχάνημα είναι κοινόχρηστο με άλλους χρήστες, υπάρχει η " -"δυνατότητα ένας χρήστης να\n" -"εκθέσει την ασφάλεια του συστήματος, να αποκτήσει το κλειδί ενός άλλου " -"χρήστη, και να αποκτήσει πρόσβαση στα κρυπτογραφημένα δεδομένα. Αν " -"απαιτείται υψηλή ασφάλεια, το σύστημα δεν θα πρέπει να μοιράζεται με φυσικό " -"τρόπο." +"Για να κρυπτογραφήσετε τον προσωπικό κατάλογο του χρήστη, ενεργοποιήστε το Χρήση\n" +"Κρυπτογραφημένου Προσωπικού Καταλόγου και ορίστε το μέγεθος του καταλόγου. Η κρυπτογράφηση\n" +"του προσωπικού καταλόγου ενός χρήστη δεν παρέχει υψηλή ασφάλεια έναντι άλλων χρηστών.\n" +"Αν αυτό το μηχάνημα είναι κοινόχρηστο με άλλους χρήστες, υπάρχει η δυνατότητα ένας χρήστης να\n" +"εκθέσει την ασφάλεια του συστήματος, να αποκτήσει το κλειδί ενός άλλου χρήστη, και να αποκτήσει πρόσβαση στα κρυπτογραφημένα δεδομένα. Αν απαιτείται υψηλή ασφάλεια, το σύστημα δεν θα πρέπει να μοιράζεται με φυσικό τρόπο." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first." -msgstr "" -"Οι προσωπικοί κατάλογοι δεν μπορούν να κρυπτογραφηθούν όταν " -"χρησιμοποιείται η συσκευή ανάγνωσης δακτυλικού αποτυπώματος. Για να " -"κρυπτογραφήσετε ένα προσωπικό κατάλογο, απενεργοποιήστε πρώτα την ρύθμιση " -"δακτυλικού αποτυπώματος." +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." +msgstr "Οι προσωπικοί κατάλογοι δεν μπορούν να κρυπτογραφηθούν όταν χρησιμοποιείται η συσκευή ανάγνωσης δακτυλικού αποτυπώματος. Για να κρυπτογραφήσετε ένα προσωπικό κατάλογο, απενεργοποιήστε πρώτα την ρύθμιση δακτυλικού αποτυπώματος." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2414,14 +2182,10 @@ "shown when you use the finger command on this user.\n" msgstr "" "Επιπρόσθετες Πληροφορίες\n" -"Μερικά επιπρόσθετα δεδομένα χρήστη μπορούν να οριστούν εδώ. Αυτά τα πεδία " -"μπορούν να\n" -"περιέχουν μέχρι και τρία τμήματα χωρισμένα με κόμμα. Η συνηθισμένη χρήση " -"είναι\n" -"να γράψετε το γραφείο,τηλέφωνο εργασίας, τηλέφωνο " -"κατοικίας.\n" -"Αυτή η πληροφορία θα εμφανίζεται όταν χρησιμοποιείτε την εντολή finger</" -"i> για αυτόν τον χρήστη.\n" +"Μερικά επιπρόσθετα δεδομένα χρήστη μπορούν να οριστούν εδώ. Αυτά τα πεδία μπορούν να\n" +"περιέχουν μέχρι και τρία τμήματα χωρισμένα με κόμμα. Η συνηθισμένη χρήση είναι\n" +"να γράψετε το γραφείο,τηλέφωνο εργασίας, τηλέφωνο κατοικίας.\n" +"Αυτή η πληροφορία θα εμφανίζεται όταν χρησιμοποιείτε την εντολή finger για αυτόν τον χρήστη.\n" #. help text 6/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 @@ -2465,8 +2229,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Επιπρόσθετες Ομάδες: \n" -"Επιλέξτε τις επιπρόσθετες ομάδες στις οποίες ο χρήστης θα πρέπει να είναι " -"μέλος.\n" +"Επιλέξτε τις επιπρόσθετες ομάδες στις οποίες ο χρήστης θα πρέπει να είναι μέλος.\n" "\n" #. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 @@ -2489,12 +2252,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να αρχίσετε μια λεπτομερή ρύθμιση για ένα συγκεκριμένο plug-in " -"πιέζοντας το κουμπί Ενεργοποίηση." +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να αρχίσετε μια λεπτομερή ρύθμιση για ένα συγκεκριμένο plug-in πιέζοντας το κουμπί Ενεργοποίηση." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2514,10 +2273,8 @@ "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." msgstr "" -"Ενεργοποιήστε το Εξαναγκασμός Αλλαγής Συνθηματικού για να " -"εξαναγκάσετε τον χρήστη να\n" -"αλλάξει κωδικό κατά την επόμενη είσοδο. Εάν η Τελευταία Αλλαγή Κωδικού</" -"b> έχει οριστεί στην\n" +"Ενεργοποιήστε το Εξαναγκασμός Αλλαγής Συνθηματικού για να εξαναγκάσετε τον χρήστη να\n" +"αλλάξει κωδικό κατά την επόμενη είσοδο. Εάν η Τελευταία Αλλαγή Κωδικού έχει οριστεί στην\n" "επιλογή Ποτέ, ο χρήστης θα εξαναγκαστεί να αλλάξει τον κωδικό." #. Help text 2/6 @@ -2533,8 +2290,7 @@ "\n" "Προειδοποίηση προτού τη λήξη \n" "Οι χρήστες προειδοποιούνται προτού την λήξη των κωδικών τους. Ορίστε \n" -"πόσες μέρες πριν την λήξη θα εκδοθεί η προειδοποίηση. Ορίστε -1 για να " -"απενεργοποιήσετε την ειδοποίηση.\n" +"πόσες μέρες πριν την λήξη θα εκδοθεί η προειδοποίηση. Ορίστε -1 για να απενεργοποιήσετε την ειδοποίηση.\n" "\n" #. Help text 3/6 @@ -2546,17 +2302,14 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Σύνδεση ύστερα από τη λήξη \n" -"Οι χρήστες μπορούν να συνδεθούν μετά τη λήξη των κωδικών. Ορίστε πόσες " -"μέρες \n" -"ύστερα από τη λήξη η σύνδεση επιτρέπεται. Χρησιμοποιήστε -1 για απεριόριστη " -"πρόσβαση.\n" +"Οι χρήστες μπορούν να συνδεθούν μετά τη λήξη των κωδικών. Ορίστε πόσες μέρες \n" +"ύστερα από τη λήξη η σύνδεση επιτρέπεται. Χρησιμοποιήστε -1 για απεριόριστη πρόσβαση.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" "Χρόνος ζωής του κωδικού Ορίστε πόσες μέρες ένας χρήστης \n" @@ -2565,8 +2318,7 @@ #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" "Ελάχιστη ηλικία του κωδικού Ορίζει την μικρότερη ηλικία του \n" @@ -2579,8 +2331,7 @@ "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Ημερομηνία Λήξης Ορίστε την ημερομηνία όπου ο λογαριασμός " -"λήγει. \n" +"Ημερομηνία Λήξης Ορίστε την ημερομηνία όπου ο λογαριασμός λήγει. \n" "Η ημερομηνία θα πρέπει να είναι στη μορφή YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Αφήστε την κενή αν αυτός ο λογαριασμός δεν λήγει ποτέ.\n" @@ -2595,8 +2346,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Περίληψη Ρυθμίσεων \n" -"Εδώ, μπορείτε να δείτε μια σύνοψη των μονάδων που μπορούν να επηρεάσουν τις " -"πηγές\n" +"Εδώ, μπορείτε να δείτε μια σύνοψη των μονάδων που μπορούν να επηρεάσουν τις πηγές\n" "των λογαριασμών χρηστών ή τον τύπο πιστοποίησης.\n" "\n" @@ -2605,177 +2355,90 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Τροποποίηση των Τιμών \n" -"Μπορείτε να διαμορφώσετε αυτές τις ρυθμίσεις εκτελώντας κατάλληλες μονάδες. " -"Επιλέξτε την μονάδα με το κουμπί Ρύθμιση.\n" +"Μπορείτε να διαμορφώσετε αυτές τις ρυθμίσεις εκτελώντας κατάλληλες μονάδες. Επιλέξτε την μονάδα με το κουμπί Ρύθμιση.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" -"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τις καρτέλες Πολιτικές Αλλαγής Κωδικού Πρόσβασης, " -"Πολιτική Αντίδρασης Κωδικού Πρόσβασης, και Πολιτική Κλειδώματος</" -"b> για να επιλέξετε τις ομάδες πολιτικής κωδικού πρόσβασης του LDAP των " -"χαρακτηριστικών προς ρύθμιση." +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τις καρτέλες Πολιτικές Αλλαγής Κωδικού Πρόσβασης, Πολιτική Αντίδρασης Κωδικού Πρόσβασης, και Πολιτική Κλειδώματος για να επιλέξετε τις ομάδες πολιτικής κωδικού πρόσβασης του LDAP των χαρακτηριστικών προς ρύθμιση." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"Προσδιορίστε το Μέγιστο Αριθμό των Αποθηκευμένων Κωδικών στο Ιστορικό</" -"b> για να ορίσετε πόσοι προηγούμενοι κωδικοί θα πρέπει να αποθηκευτούν. Οι " -"αποθηκευμένοι κωδικοί μπορεί να μην χρησιμοποιηθούν." +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +msgstr "Προσδιορίστε το Μέγιστο Αριθμό των Αποθηκευμένων Κωδικών στο Ιστορικό για να ορίσετε πόσοι προηγούμενοι κωδικοί θα πρέπει να αποθηκευτούν. Οι αποθηκευμένοι κωδικοί μπορεί να μην χρησιμοποιηθούν." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το Ο Χρήστης Πρέπει να Αλλάξει τον Κωδικό του μετά την " -"Επαναφορά για να αναγκάσετε τους χρήστες να αλλάζουν τον κωδικό " -"πρόσβασής τους μετά την επαναφορά ή την αλλαγή του από τον διαχειριστή." +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε το Ο Χρήστης Πρέπει να Αλλάξει τον Κωδικό του μετά την Επαναφορά για να αναγκάσετε τους χρήστες να αλλάζουν τον κωδικό πρόσβασής τους μετά την επαναφορά ή την αλλαγή του από τον διαχειριστή." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το Ο Χρήστης Μπορεί Να Αλλάξει Τον Κωδικό για να " -"επιτρέπει στους χρήστες να αλλάξουν τον κωδικό πρόσβασής τους." +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε το Ο Χρήστης Μπορεί Να Αλλάξει Τον Κωδικό για να επιτρέπει στους χρήστες να αλλάξουν τον κωδικό πρόσβασής τους." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Αν ο υπάρχων κωδικός πρόσβασης πρέπει να παρέχεται μαζί με τον νέο, " -"επιιλέξτε το Ο Παλαιός Κωδικός Πρόσβασης Απαιτείται για την Αλλαγή Του</" -"b>." +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "Αν ο υπάρχων κωδικός πρόσβασης πρέπει να παρέχεται μαζί με τον νέο, επιιλέξτε το Ο Παλαιός Κωδικός Πρόσβασης Απαιτείται για την Αλλαγή Του." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε εάν η ποιότητα του συνθηματικού θα πρέπει να επιβεβαιώνεται κατά " -"τη διάρκεια τροποποίησης ή προσθήκης των συνθηματικών. Επιλέξτε το Χωρίς " -"Έλεγχο αν τα συνθηματικά δεν θα πρέπει να ελέγχονται καθόλου. Με το " -"Αποδοχή Συνθηματικών Χωρίς Έλεγχο, τα συνθηματικά είναι αποδεκτά " -"ακόμα και αν ο έλεγχος δεν μπορεί να πραγματοποιηθεί, για παράδειγμα, αν ο " -"χρήστης έχει εισάγει ένα κρυπτογραφημένο συνθηματικό. Με το Αποδοχή Μόνο " -"Ελεγμένων Συνθηματικών οι κωδικοί απορρίπτονται εάν δεν περάσουν τη " -"δοκιμή ποιότητας ή το συνθηματικό δεν μπορεί να ελεγχθεί." +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε εάν η ποιότητα του συνθηματικού θα πρέπει να επιβεβαιώνεται κατά τη διάρκεια τροποποίησης ή προσθήκης των συνθηματικών. Επιλέξτε το Χωρίς Έλεγχο αν τα συνθηματικά δεν θα πρέπει να ελέγχονται καθόλου. Με το Αποδοχή Συνθηματικών Χωρίς Έλεγχο, τα συνθηματικά είναι αποδεκτά ακόμα και αν ο έλεγχος δεν μπορεί να πραγματοποιηθεί, για παράδειγμα, αν ο χρήστης έχει εισάγει ένα κρυπτογραφημένο συνθηματικό. Με το Αποδοχή Μόνο Ελεγμένων Συνθηματικών οι κωδικοί απορρίπτονται εάν δεν περάσουν τη δοκιμή ποιότητας ή το συνθημ ατικό δεν μπορεί να ελεγχθεί." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "" -"Ορίστε τον ελάχιστο αριθμό χαρακτήρων που θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθούν σε " -"έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης στο Ελάχιστο Μήκος Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "Ορίστε τον ελάχιστο αριθμό χαρακτήρων που θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιηθούν σε έναν κωδικό πρόσβασης στο Ελάχιστο Μήκος Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." -msgstr "" -"Το Ελάχιστη Ηλικία Κωδικού Πρόσβασης ορίζει πόσος χρόνος πρέπει να " -"περάσει από την τελευταία αλλαγή του κωδικού πρόσβασης." +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." +msgstr "Το Ελάχιστη Ηλικία Κωδικού Πρόσβασης ορίζει πόσος χρόνος πρέπει να περάσει από την τελευταία αλλαγή του κωδικού πρόσβασης." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." msgstr "" "Η Μέγιστη Διάρκεια Κωδικού ορίζει τον μέγιστο\n" "χρόνο όπου ο κωδικός θα πρέπει να αλλάξει." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "" -"Στο Χρόνος πριν την Προειδοποίηση της λήξης του Κωδικού Πρόσβασης " -"ορίζετε πόσο χρόνο πριν τη λήξη ενός κωδικού πρόσβασης θα δοθεί μια " -"προειδοποίηση στον πιστοποιημένο χρήστη." +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "Στο Χρόνος πριν την Προειδοποίηση της λήξης του Κωδικού Πρόσβασης ορίζετε πόσο χρόνο πριν τη λήξη ενός κωδικού πρόσβασης θα δοθεί μια προειδοποίηση στον πιστοποιημένο χρήστη." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "" -"Ορίστε τον αριθμό των φορών που ένας ληγμένος κωδικός πρόσβασης μπορεί να " -"χρησιμοποιηθεί για πιστοποίηση στο Επιτρεπόμενες Χρήσεις ενός ληγμένου " -"Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "Ορίστε τον αριθμό των φορών που ένας ληγμένος κωδικός πρόσβασης μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για πιστοποίηση στο Επιτρεπόμενες Χρήσεις ενός ληγμένου Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το Ενεργοποίηση Κλειδώματος Κωδικού Πρόσβασης για να " -"απαγορέψετε τη χρήση ενός κωδικού μετά απο συγκεκριμένο αριθμό αποτυχημένων " -"συνδέσεων." +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε το Ενεργοποίηση Κλειδώματος Κωδικού Πρόσβασης για να απαγορέψετε τη χρήση ενός κωδικού μετά απο συγκεκριμένο αριθμό αποτυχημένων συνδέσεων." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"Ορίστε τον αριθμό των συνεχόμενων αποτυχημένων προσπαθειών σύνδεσης μετά " -"από τους οποίους ο κωδικός δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για πιστοποίηση, στο " -"Αποτυχίες Σύνδεσης για Κλείδωμα του Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +msgstr "Ορίστε τον αριθμό των συνεχόμενων αποτυχημένων προσπαθειών σύνδεσης μετά από τους οποίους ο κωδικός δεν μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί για πιστοποίηση, στο Αποτυχίες Σύνδεσης για Κλείδωμα του Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -"" -msgstr "" -"Ορίστε για πόσο χρόνο ο κωδικός πρόσβασης δεν θα μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί " -"στο Διάρκεια Κλειδώματος Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +msgstr "Ορίστε για πόσο χρόνο ο κωδικός πρόσβασης δεν θα μπορεί να χρησιμοποιηθεί στο Διάρκεια Κλειδώματος Κωδικού Πρόσβασης." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred." -msgstr "" -"Το Διάρκεια Συνδέσεων Σφαλμάτων Μνήμης Cache ορίζει πόσο χρόνο " -"προτού τα σφάλματα του κωδικού πρόσβασης καθαρίζουν από τον μετρητή " -"σφαλμάτων ακόμα και όταν δεν έχει πραγματοποιηθεί επιτυχής πιστοποίηση." +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +msgstr "Το Διάρκεια Συνδέσεων Σφαλμάτων Μνήμης Cache ορίζει πόσο χρόνο προτού τα σφάλματα του κωδικού πρόσβασης καθαρίζουν από τον μετρητή σφαλμάτων ακόμα και όταν δεν έχει πραγματοποιηθεί επιτυχής πιστοποίηση." #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -2902,12 +2565,9 @@ "action. It is only information for the YaST users module, which can manage\n" "user home directories.\n" msgstr "" -"Εάν οι προσωπικοί κατάλογοι των χρηστών LDAP πρέπει να είναι " -"αποθηκευμένοι σε αυτό το μηχάνημα,\n" -"επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη ρύθμιση. Αλλάζοντας αυτές τις τιμές δεν προκαλεί " -"καμία απευθείας\n" -"ενέργεια. Είναι απλά πληροφορίες για το άρθρωμα χρηστών του YaST , που " -"διαχειρίζεται\n" +"Εάν οι προσωπικοί κατάλογοι των χρηστών LDAP πρέπει να είναι αποθηκευμένοι σε αυτό το μηχάνημα,\n" +"επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη ρύθμιση. Αλλάζοντας αυτές τις τιμές δεν προκαλεί καμία απευθείας\n" +"ενέργεια. Είναι απλά πληροφορίες για το άρθρωμα χρηστών του YaST , που διαχειρίζεται\n" "τους αρχικούς καταλόγους των χρηστών.\n" #. help text caption @@ -2915,14 +2575,11 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" -"Πατήστε Ρύθμιση για να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις που είναι " -"αποθηκευμένες στον\n" -"διακομιστή LDAP. Θα ερωτηθείτε για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης αν δεν είστε " -"συνδεδεμένοι ήδη ή\n" +"Πατήστε Ρύθμιση για να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις που είναι αποθηκευμένες στον\n" +"διακομιστή LDAP. Θα ερωτηθείτε για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης αν δεν είστε συνδεδεμένοι ήδη ή\n" "έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις σας.\n" # help text caption 1 @@ -2934,15 +2591,11 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"Ρυθμίστε την επιλεγμένη Πολιτική Κωδικού Πρόσβασης επιλέγοντας " -"Επεξεργασία. Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη για να προσθέσετε νέα " -"Πολιτική Κωδικού Πρόσβασης. Η ρύθμιση είναι δυνατή,\n" -" εάν οι πολιτικές κωδικών πρόσβασης είναι ήδη ενεργοποιημένες στον " -"εξυπηρετητή LDAP." +"Ρυθμίστε την επιλεγμένη Πολιτική Κωδικού Πρόσβασης επιλέγοντας Επεξεργασία. Χρησιμοποιήστε το Προσθήκη για να προσθέσετε νέα Πολιτική Κωδικού Πρόσβασης. Η ρύθμιση είναι δυνατή,\n" +" εάν οι πολιτικές κωδικών πρόσβασης είναι ήδη ενεργοποιημένες στον εξυπηρετητή LDAP." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 @@ -3226,16 +2879,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Επιλέξτε μία μέθοδο κρυπτογράφησης συνθηματικού για τοπικούς χρήστες και " -"χρήστες συστήματος.\n" -"DES, η προεπιλεγμένη μέθοδος του Linux, λειτουργεί σε όλα τα δικτυακά " -"περιβάλλοντα, αλλά σας\n" +"Επιλέξτε μία μέθοδο κρυπτογράφησης συνθηματικού για τοπικούς χρήστες και χρήστες συστήματος.\n" +"DES, η προεπιλεγμένη μέθοδος του Linux, λειτουργεί σε όλα τα δικτυακά περιβάλλοντα, αλλά σας\n" "περιορίζει σε συνθηματικά μικρότερα των οκτώ χαρακτήρων.\n" "\n" @@ -3249,8 +2899,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Το MD5 επιτρέπει μεγαλύτερους κωδικούς, έτσι παρέχει περισσότερη\n" -"ασφάλεια, αλλά μερικά πρωτόκολλα δικτύου δεν το υποστηρίζουν αυτό, και " -"μπορεί να έχετε \n" +"ασφάλεια, αλλά μερικά πρωτόκολλα δικτύου δεν το υποστηρίζουν αυτό, και μπορεί να έχετε \n" "προβλήματα με το NIS.\n" "" @@ -3276,14 +2925,12 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Φαίνεται ότι εκτελείται ένας εξυπηρετητής NIS. Σε μερικά περιβάλλοντα " -"δικτύου,\n" +"Φαίνεται ότι εκτελείται ένας εξυπηρετητής NIS. Σε μερικά περιβάλλοντα δικτύου,\n" "δε θα μπορείτε να συνδεθείτε σε πελάτη NIS όταν το συνθηματικό χρήστη\n" "κρυπτογραφείται με διαφορετική μέθοδο από τον DES.\n" "\n" @@ -3291,8 +2938,7 @@ #. help text 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 msgid "Really use the selected method?" -msgstr "" -"Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να χρησιμοποιηθεί η επιλεγόμενη μέθοδος;" +msgstr "Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να χρησιμοποιηθεί η επιλεγόμενη μέθοδος;" #. combo box item #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719 @@ -3311,25 +2957,18 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ, μπορείτε να επεκτείνετε τα φίλτρα αναζήτησης για χρήστες και ομάδες " -"πέρα από τα προκαθορισμένα φίλτρα." +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." +msgstr "Εδώ, μπορείτε να επεκτείνετε τα φίλτρα αναζήτησης για χρήστες και ομάδες πέρα από τα προκαθορισμένα φίλτρα." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" -"Με το Προεπιλογή, μπορείτε να φορτώσετε το προεπιλεγμένο φίλτρο " -"από τις μονάδες\n" -"ρύθμισης του χρήστη και της ομάδας, που είναι αποθηκευμένο στον εξυπηρετητή " -"LDAP (τιμές ιδιοτήτων του 'susesearchfilter').\n" +"Με το Προεπιλογή, μπορείτε να φορτώσετε το προεπιλεγμένο φίλτρο από τις μονάδες\n" +"ρύθμισης του χρήστη και της ομάδας, που είναι αποθηκευμένο στον εξυπηρετητή LDAP (τιμές ιδιοτήτων του 'susesearchfilter').\n" "Εάν δεν έχετε συνδεθεί ήδη, θα σας ζητηθεί συνθηματικό.\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) @@ -3427,40 +3066,32 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Τα χαρακτηριστικά που περιγράφονται παρακάτω είναι διαθέσιμα εάν " -"χρησιμοποιείτε τον διαχειριστή σύνδεσης KDM ή GDM.\n" +"Τα χαρακτηριστικά που περιγράφονται παρακάτω είναι διαθέσιμα εάν χρησιμοποιείτε τον διαχειριστή σύνδεσης KDM ή GDM.\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" " Αυτόματη σύνδεση \n" -"Η διαδικασία σύνδεσης (login) μπορεί να παραβλεφθεί αν η Αυτόματη " -"Σύνδεση έχει οριστεί. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση, ο συγκεκριμένος χρήστης θα " -"συνδέεται αυτόματα.\n" +"Η διαδικασία σύνδεσης (login) μπορεί να παραβλεφθεί αν η Αυτόματη Σύνδεση έχει οριστεί. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση, ο συγκεκριμένος χρήστης θα συνδέεται αυτόματα.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Σύνδεση χωρίς Κωδικό \n" -"Εάν αυτή η επιλογή έχει οριστεί, όλοι οι χρήστες θα μπορούν να συνδεθούν " -"χωρίς να εισάγουν\n" -"τον κωδικό. Αλλιώς, θα ζητείται ο κωδικός ακόμα και αν οριστεί ο χρήστης να " -"συνδέεται αυτόματα.\n" +"Εάν αυτή η επιλογή έχει οριστεί, όλοι οι χρήστες θα μπορούν να συνδεθούν χωρίς να εισάγουν\n" +"τον κωδικό. Αλλιώς, θα ζητείται ο κωδικός ακόμα και αν οριστεί ο χρήστης να συνδέεται αυτόματα.\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -3485,9 +3116,7 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Δεν είναι δυνατή η διαγραφή του χρήστη %1. Αυτό πρέπει να γίνει στον " -"διακομιστή NIS." +msgstr "Δεν είναι δυνατή η διαγραφή του χρήστη %1. Αυτό πρέπει να γίνει στον διακομιστή NIS." #. Continue/Cancel popup #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 @@ -3628,18 +3257,15 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Το Linux είναι ένα σύστημα πολλών χρηστών. Πολλοί διαφορετικοί " -"χρήστες μπορούν να συνδεθούν στο\n" +"Το Linux είναι ένα σύστημα πολλών χρηστών. Πολλοί διαφορετικοί χρήστες μπορούν να συνδεθούν στο\n" "σύστημα την ίδια στιγμή. Για αποφυγή σύγχυσης κάθε χρήστης πρέπει να έχει\n" -"ένα μοναδικό αναγνωριστικό αν θέλει να χρησιμοποιεί το Linux. Επίσης κάθε " -"χρήστης \n" +"ένα μοναδικό αναγνωριστικό αν θέλει να χρησιμοποιεί το Linux. Επίσης κάθε χρήστης \n" "ανήκει τουλάχιστον σε μία ομάδα.\n" "\n" @@ -3647,35 +3273,27 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Οι χρήστες και οι ομάδες είναι διευθετημένοι σε διάφορα σύνολα. Αλλάξτε το " -"σύνολο που θα εμφανίζεται στον πίνακα με το κουμπί Ορισμός Φίλτρου.\n" -"Επίσης προσαρμόστε το φίλτρο προβολής κάνοντας κλικ στο Προσαρμογή " -"Φίλτρου.\n" +"Οι χρήστες και οι ομάδες είναι διευθετημένοι σε διάφορα σύνολα. Αλλάξτε το σύνολο που θα εμφανίζεται στον πίνακα με το κουμπί Ορισμός Φίλτρου.\n" +"Επίσης προσαρμόστε το φίλτρο προβολής κάνοντας κλικ στο Προσαρμογή Φίλτρου.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Πατήστε στο Ειδικές Επιλογές για να επεξεργαστείτε διάφορες ειδικές " -"ρυθμίσεις:\n" -"τύπος κρυπτογράφησης συνθηματικού, μέθοδος πιστοποίησης χρήστη, " -"προκαθορισμένες\n" -"τιμές για νέους χρήστες, ή ρυθμίσεις σύνδεσης. Με την ειδική επιλογή " -"Αποθήκευση Αλλαγών Τώρα ,\n" -"μπορείτε να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές που έχετε κάνει χωρίς να βγείτε από το " -"περιβάλλον\n" +"Πατήστε στο Ειδικές Επιλογές για να επεξεργαστείτε διάφορες ειδικές ρυθμίσεις:\n" +"τύπος κρυπτογράφησης συνθηματικού, μέθοδος πιστοποίησης χρήστη, προκαθορισμένες\n" +"τιμές για νέους χρήστες, ή ρυθμίσεις σύνδεσης. Με την ειδική επιλογή Αποθήκευση Αλλαγών Τώρα ,\n" +"μπορείτε να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές που έχετε κάνει χωρίς να βγείτε από το περιβάλλον\n" "ρυθμίσεων.\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label @@ -3687,8 +3305,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να αποθηκεύσετε τις τροποποιημένες ρυθμίσεις χρήστη και ομάδας στο " -"σύστημά σας πιέστε το κουμπί\n" +"Για να αποθηκεύσετε τις τροποποιημένες ρυθμίσεις χρήστη και ομάδας στο σύστημά σας πιέστε το κουμπί\n" "%1.\n" "\n" @@ -3703,8 +3320,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Από αυτόν τον διάλογο μπορείτε να πάρετε πληροφορίες σχετικά με υπάρχοντες " -"χρήστες και να διαγράψετε ή να τροποποιήσετε χρήστες. \n" +"Από αυτόν τον διάλογο μπορείτε να πάρετε πληροφορίες σχετικά με υπάρχοντες χρήστες και να διαγράψετε ή να τροποποιήσετε χρήστες. \n" "\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -3728,8 +3344,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Αν θέλετε να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο χρήστη πατήστε το κουμπί Προσθήκη</" -"b>.\n" +"Αν θέλετε να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο χρήστη πατήστε το κουμπί Προσθήκη.\n" "\n" #. help text 4/4 @@ -3741,8 +3356,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να επεξεργαστείτε ή να διαγράψετε υπάρχον χρήστη, επιλέξτε ένα χρήστη " -"από τη λίστα και\n" +"Για να επεξεργαστείτε ή να διαγράψετε υπάρχον χρήστη, επιλέξτε ένα χρήστη από τη λίστα και\n" "επιλέξτε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή.\n" "\n" @@ -3751,14 +3365,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Σε αυτόν το διάλογο, μπορείτε να πάρετε πληροφορίες σχετικά με υπάρχουσες " -"ομάδες και να διαγράψετε ή να τροποποιήσετε ομάδες.\n" +"Σε αυτόν το διάλογο, μπορείτε να πάρετε πληροφορίες σχετικά με υπάρχουσες ομάδες και να διαγράψετε ή να τροποποιήσετε ομάδες.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -3794,8 +3406,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για να επεξεργαστείτε ή να διαγράψετε υπάρχουσα ομάδα, επιλέξτε μια ομάδα " -"από τη λίστα και\n" +"Για να επεξεργαστείτε ή να διαγράψετε υπάρχουσα ομάδα, επιλέξτε μια ομάδα από τη λίστα και\n" "επιλέξτε Επεξεργασία ή Διαγραφή.\n" "\n" @@ -3814,8 +3425,7 @@ "The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -"Το εισαγόμενο πρόθεμα διαδρομής, για τον προσωπικό κατάλογο, δεν είναι " -"κατάλογος.\n" +"Το εισαγόμενο πρόθεμα διαδρομής, για τον προσωπικό κατάλογο, δεν είναι κατάλογος.\n" "Προσπαθήστε ξανά.\n" #. yes/no popup @@ -4351,15 +3961,12 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "" -"Υπάρχουν πολλαπλά πρότυπα που έχουν οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένα. Επιλέξτε ποιο " -"θέλετε να αναγνωσθεί." +msgstr "Υπάρχουν πολλαπλά πρότυπα που έχουν οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένα. Επιλέξτε ποιο θέλετε να αναγνωσθεί." #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "" -"Διορθώστε τα χειροκίνητα πριν εκτελέσετε ξανά την μονάδα χρηστών του YaST." +msgstr "Διορθώστε τα χειροκίνητα πριν εκτελέσετε ξανά την μονάδα χρηστών του YaST." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -4391,8 +3998,7 @@ msgstr "" "Υπάρχει μια περίεργη γραμμή στο αρχείο %1:\n" "%2\n" -"Ίσως ο αριθμός των στηλών να είναι εσφαλμένος ή να λείπει μια απαιτουμένη " -"εισαγωγή γραμμής.\n" +"Ίσως ο αριθμός των στηλών να είναι εσφαλμένος ή να λείπει μια απαιτουμένη εισαγωγή γραμμής.\n" "Διορθώστε το αρχείο χειροκίνητα πριν εκτελέσετε ξανά τη μονάδα χρηστών YaST." # error message 1/2: %1 is file name @@ -4404,8 +4010,7 @@ "Correct the file manually before running the YaST users module again." msgstr "" "Υπάρχει μια περίεργη γραμμή στο αρχείο %1:\n" -"Ίσως ο αριθμός των στηλών να είναι εσφαλμένος ή να λείπει μια απαιτουμένη " -"εισαγωγή γραμμής.\n" +"Ίσως ο αριθμός των στηλών να είναι εσφαλμένος ή να λείπει μια απαιτουμένη εισαγωγή γραμμής.\n" "Διορθώστε το αρχείο χειροκίνητα πριν εκτελέσετε ξανά την μονάδα χρηστών YaST." #. default error message @@ -4619,15 +4224,12 @@ "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" "\n" -"Δεν είναι εγκατεστημένη η υποστήριξη για κρυπτογράφηση, οι αρχικοί κατάλογοι " -"ΔΕΝ θα κρυπτογραφηθούν." +"Δεν είναι εγκατεστημένη η υποστήριξη για κρυπτογράφηση, οι αρχικοί κατάλογοι ΔΕΝ θα κρυπτογραφηθούν." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." -msgstr "" -"Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την ρύθμιση προώθησης της αλληλογραφίας του " -"υπερχρήστη." +msgstr "Παρουσιάστηκε σφάλμα κατά την ρύθμιση προώθησης της αλληλογραφίας του υπερχρήστη." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 @@ -4811,8 +4413,7 @@ "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" -"Εάν επιλέξετε ένα ανύπαρκτο κέλυφος, ο χρήστης ίσως να μην μπορεί να " -"συνδεθεί στο σύστημα.\n" +"Εάν επιλέξετε ένα ανύπαρκτο κέλυφος, ο χρήστης ίσως να μην μπορεί να συνδεθεί στο σύστημα.\n" "Να χρησιμοποιηθεί αυτό το κέλυφος;" #. error popup @@ -5142,17 +4743,14 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης, χρησιμοποιήστε μόνο χαρακτήρες που μπορούν να " -"βρεθούν στη Διάταξη του Αγγλικού Πληκτρολογίου.\n" -"Σε περίπτωση σφάλματος του συστήματος, μπορεί να είναι απαραίτητο να " -"συνδεθείτε\n" +"Για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης, χρησιμοποιήστε μόνο χαρακτήρες που μπορούν να βρεθούν στη Διάταξη του Αγγλικού Πληκτρολογίου.\n" +"Σε περίπτωση σφάλματος του συστήματος, μπορεί να είναι απαραίτητο να συνδεθείτε\n" "χωρίς την τοπική διάταξη.\n" "" @@ -5370,13 +4968,10 @@ #~ msgstr "&eDirectory LDAP" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " -#~ "want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." -#~ "" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε NIS, ή εξυπηρετητή LDAP για να αποθηκεύετε δεδομένα " -#~ "χρήστη ή εάν θέλετε\n" +#~ "Αν χρησιμοποιείτε NIS, ή εξυπηρετητή LDAP για να αποθηκεύετε δεδομένα χρήστη ή εάν θέλετε\n" #~ "πιστοποίηση χρηστών σε εξυπηρετητές NT, επιλέξτε την κατάλληλη τιμή." #~ msgid "The authentication method is %1." @@ -5416,8 +5011,7 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Το Blowfish είναι παρόμοιο με το MD5, αλλά χρησιμοποιεί " -#~ "διαφορετικό αλγόριθμο\n" +#~ "Το Blowfish είναι παρόμοιο με το MD5, αλλά χρησιμοποιεί διαφορετικό αλγόριθμο\n" #~ "για την κρυπτογράφηση κωδικών.\n" #~ "" @@ -5451,48 +5045,42 @@ #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Έχετε χρησιμοποιήσει το όνομα ομάδας σαν μέρος του κωδικού.\n" -#~ "Αυτή δεν είναι ασφαλής πρακτική. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης;;" +#~ "Αυτή δεν είναι ασφαλής πρακτική. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης;;" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used the username as a part of the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Έχετε χρησιμοποιήσει το όνομα χρήστη σαν μέρος του κωδικού.\n" -#~ "Αυτή δεν είναι ασφαλής πρακτική. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης;" +#~ "Αυτή δεν είναι ασφαλής πρακτική. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης;" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used only lowercase letters for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Έχετε χρησιμοποιήσει μόνο μικρά γράμματα για τον κωδικό.\n" -#~ "Αυτή δεν είναι ασφαλής πρακτική. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης;" +#~ "Αυτή δεν είναι ασφαλής πρακτική. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης;" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used only uppercase letters for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Έχετε χρησιμοποιήσει μόνο μικρά γράμματα για τον κωδικό.\n" -#~ "Αυτή δεν είναι ασφαλής πρακτική. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης;" +#~ "Αυτή δεν είναι ασφαλής πρακτική. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης;" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used a palindrom for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Έχετε χρησιμοποιήσει μόνο ψηφία για τον κωδικό.\n" -#~ "Αυτή δεν είναι καλή πρακτική ασφάλειας. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης;" +#~ "Αυτή δεν είναι καλή πρακτική ασφάλειας. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης;" #~ msgid "" #~ "You have used only digits for the password.\n" #~ "This is not a good security practice. Really use this password?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Έχετε χρησιμοποιήσει μόνο ψηφία για τον κωδικό.\n" -#~ "Αυτή δεν είναι καλή πρακτική ασφάλειας. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να " -#~ "χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης;" +#~ "Αυτή δεν είναι καλή πρακτική ασφάλειας. Είστε σίγουροι ότι θέλετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτόν τον κωδικό πρόσβασης;" #~ msgid "Next" #~ msgstr "Επόμενο" @@ -5513,11 +5101,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Όλοι οι κανόνες για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης χρηστών ισχύουν για τον κωδικό " -#~ "\"υπερχρήστη \":\n" -#~ "Υπάρχει διάκριση μεταξύ κεφαλαίων και μικρών χαρακτήρων. Ένας κωδικός " -#~ "πρόσβασης πρέπει να έχει \n" -#~ "τουλάχιστον 5 χαρακτήρες και, ως κανόνα, να μην περιέχει οποιοδήποτε " -#~ "ειδικό χαρακτήρα\n" +#~ "Όλοι οι κανόνες για τον κωδικό πρόσβασης χρηστών ισχύουν για τον κωδικό \"υπερχρήστη \":\n" +#~ "Υπάρχει διάκριση μεταξύ κεφαλαίων και μικρών χαρακτήρων. Ένας κωδικός πρόσβασης πρέπει να έχει \n" +#~ "τουλάχιστον 5 χαρακτήρες και, ως κανόνα, να μην περιέχει οποιοδήποτε ειδικό χαρακτήρα\n" #~ "(π.χ. τονισμένα γράμματα).\n" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/vm.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/vm.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/vm.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -44,12 +44,8 @@ #. check for kernel-bigsmp #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"Στα συστήματα εικονικών μηχανών υποστηρίζεται μόνο η αρχιτεκτονική x86_64. Η " -"αρχιτεκτονική σας είναι " +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "Στα συστήματα εικονικών μηχανών υποστηρίζεται μόνο η αρχιτεκτονική x86_64. Η αρχιτεκτονική σας είναι " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 @@ -57,8 +53,7 @@ "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" -"Η εγκατάσταση εικονικής μηχανής δεν μπορεί να ξεκινήσει μέσα από την μηχανή " -"UML.\n" +"Η εγκατάσταση εικονικής μηχανής δεν μπορεί να ξεκινήσει μέσα από την μηχανή UML.\n" "Παρακαλώ ξεκινήστε την εγκατάσταση στο σύστημα διακομιστή.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 @@ -79,42 +74,23 @@ #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "" -"<big>Ρύθμιση του Διακομιστή VM </big>Η ρύθμιση του " -"Διακομιστή VM (τομέας 0) έχει δυο μέρη." +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "<big>Ρύθμιση του Διακομιστή VM </big>Η ρύθμιση του Διακομιστή VM (τομέας 0) έχει δυο μέρη." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "" -"Αρχικά εγκαθίστανται τα απαιτούμενα πακέτα στο σύστημα. Έπειτα ο " -"διαχειριστής εκκίνησης αλλάζει σε GRUB (εάν δεν χρησιμοποιείται ήδη) και ο " -"τομέας Xen προστίθεται στο μενού του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης εάν τυχόν λείπει." -"" +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "Αρχικά εγκαθίστανται τα απαιτούμενα πακέτα στο σύστημα. Έπειτα ο διαχειριστής εκκίνησης αλλάζει σε GRUB (εάν δεν χρησιμοποιείται ήδη) και ο τομέας Xen προστίθεται στο μενού του διαχειριστή εκκίνησης εάν τυχόν λείπει." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." -msgstr "" -"Απαιτείται το GRUB γιατί υποστηρίζει το πρότυπο πολλαπλής εκκίνησης που " -"χρειάζεται για την εκκίνηση του Xen και του πυρήνα Linux." +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgstr "Απαιτείται το GRUB γιατί υποστηρίζει το πρότυπο πολλαπλής εκκίνησης που χρειάζεται για την εκκίνηση του Xen και του πυρήνα Linux." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Όταν η ρύθμιση τελειώσει επιτυχώς, είναι δυνατόν να εκκινήσετε τον " -"εξυπηρετητή εικονικών μηχανημάτων από το μενού του boot loader." +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Όταν η ρύθμιση τελειώσει επιτυχώς, είναι δυνατόν να εκκινήσετε τον εξυπηρετητή εικονικών μηχανημάτων από το μενού του boot loader." #. error popup #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 @@ -131,8 +107,7 @@ #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" -msgstr "" -"Εργαλεία: Ρύθμιση, διαχείριση και να παρακολούθηση των εικονικών μηχανών" +msgstr "Εργαλεία: Ρύθμιση, διαχείριση και να παρακολούθηση των εικονικών μηχανών" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" @@ -228,12 +203,8 @@ msgstr "Γέφυρα Δικτύου." #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "" -"Για συνηθισμένες ρυθμίσεις δικτύου σε διακομιστή εικονικών μηχανών, " -"συνίσταται δικτυακή γέφυρα.Ρύθμιση προεπιλεγμένης γέφυρας δικτύου;" +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "Για συνηθισμένες ρυθμίσεις δικτύου σε διακομιστή εικονικών μηχανών, συνίσταται δικτυακή γέφυρα.Ρύθμιση προεπιλεγμένης γέφυρας δικτύου;" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -250,20 +221,12 @@ #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section " -#| "in the boot loader menu.\n" -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"Για την εγκατάσταση εικονικών μηχανών Xen, επανεκκινήστε το σύστημα και " -"επιλέξτε τον τομέα Xen στο μενού εκκίνησης.\n" +#| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "Για την εγκατάσταση εικονικών μηχανών Xen, επανεκκινήστε το σύστημα και επιλέξτε τον τομέα Xen στο μενού εκκίνησης.\n" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 @@ -283,40 +246,21 @@ #~ msgid "Select the virtualization platform to install." #~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε την πλατφόρμα εικονικοποίησης που θέλετε να εγκαταστήσετε." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section " -#~ "in the boot loader menu.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για την εγκατάσταση εικονικών μηχανών Xen, επανεκκινήστε το σύστημα και " -#~ "επιλέξτε τον τομέα Xen στο μενού εκκίνησης.\n" +#~ msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" +#~ msgstr "Για την εγκατάσταση εικονικών μηχανών Xen, επανεκκινήστε το σύστημα και επιλέξτε τον τομέα Xen στο μενού εκκίνησης.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary " -#~ "drivers." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για να εγκαταστήσετε εικονικά μηχανήματα KVM, επανεκκινήστε το σύστημα " -#~ "για να φορτώσετε τους απαιτούμενους οδηγούς." +#~ msgid "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary drivers." +#~ msgstr "Για να εγκαταστήσετε εικονικά μηχανήματα KVM, επανεκκινήστε το σύστημα για να φορτώσετε τους απαιτούμενους οδηγούς." #~| msgid "" #~| "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" #~| "Start installation in the host system.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine." -#~ "\\nStart installation in the host system.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η εγκατάσταση εικονικής μηχανής δεν μπορεί να ξεκινήσει μέσα από την " -#~ "μηχανή UML.\\nΠαρακαλώ εκκινήστε την εγκατάσταση στο σύστημα διακομιστή." -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\\nStart installation in the host system.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Η εγκατάσταση εικονικής μηχανής δεν μπορεί να ξεκινήσει μέσα από την μηχανή UML.\\nΠαρακαλώ εκκινήστε την εγκατάσταση στο σύστημα διακομιστή.\\n" -#~| msgid "" -#~| "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section " -#~| "in the boot loader menu.\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section " -#~ "in the boot loader menu.\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για την εγκατάσταση εικονικών μηχανών Xen, επανεκκινήστε το σύστημα και " -#~ "επιλέξτε τον τομέα Xen στο μενού εκκίνησης.\\n" +#~| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" +#~ msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\\n" +#~ msgstr "Για την εγκατάσταση εικονικών μηχανών Xen, επανεκκινήστε το σύστημα και επιλέξτε τον τομέα Xen στο μενού εκκίνησης.\\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Bridge Configuration" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/wagon.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/wagon.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/wagon.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -40,8 +40,7 @@ "to get update repositories." msgstr "" "Το εργαλείο μεταφοράς πρέπει να αφαιρέσει τα προσωρινά προϊόντα μεταφοράς,\n" -"εγκαταστήστε τα προηγούμενα που είχατε εγκατεστημένα και επικοινωνήστε με το " -"Κέντρο Πελατών της Novell\n" +"εγκαταστήστε τα προηγούμενα που είχατε εγκατεστημένα και επικοινωνήστε με το Κέντρο Πελατών της Novell\n" "για να λάβετε τα αποθετήρια ενημέρωσης." #: src/clients/wagon.rb:295 @@ -49,8 +48,7 @@ "Several tasks can be done by the migration tool. If you skip this step,\n" "you will have to do them manually." msgstr "" -"Αρκετές εργασίες μπορεί να γίνουν από το εργαλείο μεταφοράς. Εάν " -"παραβλέψετε αυτό το βήμα,\n" +"Αρκετές εργασίες μπορεί να γίνουν από το εργαλείο μεταφοράς. Εάν παραβλέψετε αυτό το βήμα,\n" "θα έχετε να το κάνετε χειροκίνητα." #. popup dialog caption @@ -186,12 +184,8 @@ msgstr "Εδώ επιλέξτε τα αποθετήρια που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν στην μεταφορά." #: src/clients/wagon_dup_repositories.rb:106 -msgid "" -"The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the " -"selected migration repositories." -msgstr "" -"Τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα θα αλλάξουν στις διαθέσιμες εκδόσεις στα επιλεγμένα " -"αποθετήρια της μεταφοράς." +msgid "The installed packages will be switched to the versions available in the selected migration repositories." +msgstr "Τα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα θα αλλάξουν στις διαθέσιμες εκδόσεις στα επιλεγμένα αποθετήρια της μεταφοράς." #. The version is the same, release can be different #: src/clients/wagon_migration_products.rb:133 @@ -276,34 +270,20 @@ msgstr "Το προϊόν %1 δεν είναι εγγεγραμμένο, αποτυχία εγγραφής." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:212 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not " -"registered." -msgstr "" -"Τα χρήματα για εγγραφή του προϊόντος %1 έχουν επιστραφεί, το προϊόν " -"δεν είναι εγγεγραμμένο." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has been refunded, the product is not registered." +msgstr "Τα χρήματα για εγγραφή του προϊόντος %1 έχουν επιστραφεί, το προϊόν δεν είναι εγγεγραμμένο." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:228 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not " -"valid anymore." -msgstr "" -"Η εγγραφή για το προϊόν %1 έχει λήξει, η εγγραφή δεν είναι έγκυρη πια." +msgid "Registration for product %1 has expired, the registration is not valid anymore." +msgstr "Η εγγραφή για το προϊόν %1 έχει λήξει, η εγγραφή δεν είναι έγκυρη πια." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:244 -msgid "" -"Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" -msgstr "" -"Η εγγραφή για το προϊόν %1 είναι μόνο προσωρινή, οι ενημερώσεις δεν " -"είναι διαθέσιμες" +msgid "Registration for product %1 is provisional only, no updates available" +msgstr "Η εγγραφή για το προϊόν %1 είναι μόνο προσωρινή, οι ενημερώσεις δεν είναι διαθέσιμες" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:278 -msgid "" -"The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be " -"correct, run registration to update the status." -msgstr "" -"Η κατάσταση της εγγραφής είναι %1 ημερών. Η παραπάνω σύνοψη μπορεί να μην " -"είναι σωστή, εκτελέστε την εγγραφή για ενημέρωση της κατάστασης." +msgid "The registration status is %1 days old. The summary above might not be correct, run registration to update the status." +msgstr "Η κατάσταση της εγγραφής είναι %1 ημερών. Η παραπάνω σύνοψη μπορεί να μην είναι σωστή, εκτελέστε την εγγραφή για ενημέρωση της κατάστασης." # #. display a critical warning @@ -312,21 +292,13 @@ msgstr "Προειδοποίηση:" #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:306 -msgid "" -"We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before " -"starting migration." -msgstr "" -"Προτείνεται να εγγράψετε τα μη εγγεγραμμένα ή ληγμένα προϊόντα πριν " -"ξεκινήσετε την μεταφορά." +msgid "We strongly recommend to register unregistered or expired products before starting migration." +msgstr "Προτείνεται να εγγράψετε τα μη εγγεγραμμένα ή ληγμένα προϊόντα πριν ξεκινήσετε την μεταφορά." #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:312 #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:339 -msgid "" -"Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a " -"broken system." -msgstr "" -"Η μεταφορά μη εγγεγραμμένου ή μερικώς εγγεγραμμένου συστήματος μπορεί να " -"προκαλέσει προβληματικό σύστημα." +msgid "Migrating an unregistered or partly registered system might result in a broken system." +msgstr "Η μεταφορά μη εγγεγραμμένου ή μερικώς εγγεγραμμένου συστήματος μπορεί να προκαλέσει προβληματικό σύστημα." #. heading text #: src/clients/wagon_registration_check.rb:329 @@ -434,8 +406,7 @@ "Custom &URL to set them manually.\n" msgstr "" "Επιλέξετε εάν θα χρησιμοποιήσετε το Κέντρο Πελατών\n" -"για να διαχειριστείτε τα αποθετήρια εγκατάστασης κατά τη μεταφορά ή " -"χρησιμοποιήστε\n" +"για να διαχειριστείτε τα αποθετήρια εγκατάστασης κατά τη μεταφορά ή χρησιμοποιήστε\n" "Προσαρμοσμένη &URL εάν θέλετε να την ορίσετε χειροκίνητα.\n" #. help text 2 @@ -445,8 +416,7 @@ "that Customer Center has modified the repositories correctly. \n" "You can also modify them there.\n" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε Αυτόματος Έλεγχος Αλλαγών Αποθετηρίου για να " -"διασφαλίσετε\n" +"Επιλέξτε Αυτόματος Έλεγχος Αλλαγών Αποθετηρίου για να διασφαλίσετε\n" "ότι το Κέντρο Πελατών έχει τροποποιήσει τα αποθετήρια σωστά. \n" "Επίσης μπορείτε να τα τροποποιήσετε εκεί.\n" @@ -482,8 +452,7 @@ "Press OK to exit." msgstr "" "Αυτό το σύστημα διαχειρίζεται από τον Διαχειριστή SUSE,\n" -"η μονάδα YaST wagon δεν μπορεί να μεταφέρει συστήματα που διαχειρίζονται από " -"το Διαχειριστή SUSE.\n" +"η μονάδα YaST wagon δεν μπορεί να μεταφέρει συστήματα που διαχειρίζονται από το Διαχειριστή SUSE.\n" "\n" "Πατήστε OK για έξοδο." @@ -565,12 +534,8 @@ "Αντί αυτού, χρησιμοποιήστε το zypper.\n" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:396 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Λείπει το όνομα αρχείου (στην επιλογή 'xmlfile'). Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή " -"γραμμής εντολών xmlfile=<αρχείο_XML>." +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Λείπει το όνομα αρχείου (στην επιλογή 'xmlfile'). Χρησιμοποιήστε την επιλογή γραμμής εντολών xmlfile=<αρχείο_XML>." #. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:453 @@ -579,30 +544,12 @@ #. du contains maps: $[ "dir" : [ total, used, pkgusage, readonly ], .... ] #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:586 -msgid "" -"There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in " -"advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The " -"needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free " -"space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." -msgstr "" -"Δεν υπάρχει επαρκής ελεύθερος χώρος για μεταφορά του συστήματος " -"χρησιμοποιώντας τη λήψη για προχωρημένους. Η κατάτμηση %1 χρειάζεται " -"τουλάχιστον %2MB περισσότερο ελεύθερο χώρο στο δίσκο. (Ο αναγκαίος χώρος " -"είναι εκτιμώμενος, προτείνεται να προσθέσετε λίγο περισσότερο ελεύθερο " -"χώρο.) Προσθέστε περισσότερο χώρο ή απενεργοποιήστε την λήψη για " -"προχωρημένους." +msgid "There is not enough free space to migrate the system using download in advance mode. Partition %1 needs at least %2MB more free disk space. (The needed size is estimated, it is recommended to add slightly more free space.) Add more disk space or disable download in advance mode." +msgstr "Δεν υπάρχει επαρκής ελεύθερος χώρος για μεταφορά του συστήματος χρησιμοποιώντας τη λήψη για προχωρημένους. Η κατάτμηση %1 χρειάζεται τουλάχιστον %2MB περισσότερο ελεύθερο χώρο στο δίσκο. (Ο αναγκαίος χώρος είναι εκτιμώμενος, προτείνεται να προσθέσετε λίγο περισσότερο ελεύθερο χώρο.) Προσθέστε περισσότερο χώρο ή απενεργοποιήστε την λήψη για προχωρημένους." #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:613 -msgid "" -"There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. " -"The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to " -"increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid " -"installation errors." -msgstr "" -"Μπορεί να μην υπάρχει επαρκής ελεύθερος χώρος για μεταφορά με λήψη για " -"προχωρημένους. Ο εκτιμώμενος ελεύθερος χώρος μετά την μεταφορά είναι %2MB, " -"προτείνεται να αυξήσετε τον ελεύθερο χώρο σε περίπτωση που η εκτίμηση είναι " -"ανακριβής να αποφύγετε σφάλματα εγκατάστασης." +msgid "There might not be enough free space for download in advance mode migration. The estimated free space after migration is %2MB, it is recommended to increase the free space in case the estimation is inaccurate to avoid installation errors." +msgstr "Μπορεί να μην υπάρχει επαρκής ελεύθερος χώρος για μεταφορά με λήψη για προχωρημένους. Ο εκτιμώμενος ελεύθερος χώρος μετά την μεταφορά είναι %2MB, προτείνεται να αυξήσετε τον ελεύθερο χώρο σε περίπτωση που η εκτίμηση είναι ανακριβής να αποφύγετε σφάλματα εγκατάστασης." #. 'Product Long Name (product-libzypp-name)' #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:667 @@ -632,20 +579,14 @@ #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (nevertheless selected by user or directly by YaST) #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:772 -msgid "" -"Warning: Product %1 will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Προσοχή: Το προϊόν %1 θα αφαιρεθεί." +msgid "Warning: Product %1 will be removed." +msgstr "Προσοχή: Το προϊόν %1 θα αφαιρεθεί." #. Not selected by user #. @see BNC #575117 #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:792 -msgid "" -"Error: Product %1 will be automatically " -"removed." -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα: Το προϊόν %1 θα αφαιρεθεί αυτόματα.</" -"font>" +msgid "Error: Product %1 will be automatically removed." +msgstr "Σφάλμα: Το προϊόν %1 θα αφαιρεθεί αυτόματα." #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:862 msgid "Product %1 will be upgraded" @@ -678,11 +619,8 @@ #. help text #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:945 -msgid "" -"To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." -msgstr "" -"Για να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις ενημέρωσης, μεταβείτε στην " -"ενότηταΠροτεινόμενα Πακέτα." +msgid "To change the update settings, go to Packages Proposal section." +msgstr "Για να αλλάξετε τις ρυθμίσεις ενημέρωσης, μεταβείτε στην ενότηταΠροτεινόμενα Πακέτα." #. Product removal MUST be confirmed by user, otherwise migration will not continue. #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:961 @@ -692,8 +630,7 @@ "It is safe to abort the migration now.</li>\n" msgstr "" "<li>%1 προϊόντα θα αφαιρεθούν.\n" -"Μετακινηθείτε στα προτεινόμενα πακέτα και επιλύστε το πρόβλημα χειροκίνητα." -" \n" +"Μετακινηθείτε στα προτεινόμενα πακέτα και επιλύστε το πρόβλημα χειροκίνητα. \n" "Είναι επίσης ασφαλές να ματαιώσετε την μετακίνηση τώρα.</li>\n" #: src/modules/Wagon.rb:968 @@ -757,14 +694,10 @@ #~ msgstr "Τύπος μεταφοράς" #~ msgid "&Minimal - upgrade from repositories added by registration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Ελάχιστο - αναβάθμιση από τα αποθετήρια που προστέθηκαν από την εγγραφή" +#~ msgstr "&Ελάχιστο - αναβάθμιση από τα αποθετήρια που προστέθηκαν από την εγγραφή" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "&Πλήρης - επίσης εγκαταστείστε διαθέσιμες διορθώσεις εκτός της ελάχιστης " -#~ "μεταφοράς" +#~ msgid "&Full - install also available patches in addition to Minimal migration" +#~ msgstr "&Πλήρης - επίσης εγκαταστείστε διαθέσιμες διορθώσεις εκτός της ελάχιστης μεταφοράς" #~ msgid "Advanced..." #~ msgstr "Για Προχωρημένους..." @@ -772,22 +705,11 @@ #~ msgid "Select the requested migration type." #~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε τον απαιτούμενο τύπο μεταφοράς." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full " -#~ "migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any " -#~ "enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η ελάχιστη μεταφορά χρησιμοποιεί μόνο τα αποθετήρια που προστέθηκαν από " -#~ "την εγγραφή, η πλήρης μεταφορά, μεταφέρει όλα τα πακέτα στην τελευταία " -#~ "διαθέσιμη έκδοση σε οποιοδήποτε ενεργοποιημένο αποθετήριο. Η πλήρης " -#~ "μεταφορά ίσως χρησιμοποίησε αποθετήρια τρίτων." +#~ msgid "Minimal migration only uses the repositories added by registration, full migration migrates all packages to the latest versions available in any enabled repository. Full migration might use third party repositories." +#~ msgstr "Η ελάχιστη μεταφορά χρησιμοποιεί μόνο τα αποθετήρια που προστέθηκαν από την εγγραφή, η πλήρης μεταφορά, μεταφέρει όλα τα πακέτα στην τελευταία διαθέσιμη έκδοση σε οποιοδήποτε ενεργοποιημένο αποθετήριο. Η πλήρης μεταφορά ίσως χρησιμοποίησε αποθετήρια τρίτων." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Press Advanced to manually select the repositories used for " -#~ "upgrading." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πιέστε το πλήκτρο Για προχωρημένους για χειροκίνητη επιλογή των " -#~ "αποθετηρίων που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν στην αναβάθμιση." +#~ msgid "Press Advanced to manually select the repositories used for upgrading." +#~ msgstr "Πιέστε το πλήκτρο Για προχωρημένους για χειροκίνητη επιλογή των αποθετηρίων που θα χρησιμοποιηθούν στην αναβάθμιση." #~ msgid "Selected unknown migration type: %1." #~ msgstr "Επιλέχθηκε άγνωστος τύπος μεταφοράς: %1." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/wol.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/wol.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/wol.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -86,8 +86,7 @@ "over the network." msgstr "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" -"Με το WOL, μπορείτε να 'ξυπνήσετε' το PC σας με το στείλετε ένα 'μαγικό " -"πακέτο' \n" +"Με το WOL, μπορείτε να 'ξυπνήσετε' το PC σας με το στείλετε ένα 'μαγικό πακέτο' \n" "μέσω δικτύου." #. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); @@ -127,24 +126,15 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "Package could not be installed.\n" #~| "Install the missing packages and try again." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Package could not be installed.\\nInstall the missing packages and try " -#~ "again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το πακέτο δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί.\\nΕγκαταστήστε τα πακέτα που " -#~ "λείπουν και προσπαθήστε ξανά." +#~ msgid "Package could not be installed.\\nInstall the missing packages and try again." +#~ msgstr "Το πακέτο δεν μπορεί να εγκατασταθεί.\\nΕγκαταστήστε τα πακέτα που λείπουν και προσπαθήστε ξανά." #~| msgid "" #~| "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" -#~| "With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic " -#~| "packet' \n" +#~| "With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" #~| "over the network." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\\nWith WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by " -#~ "sending a 'magic packet' \\nover the network." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\\nΜε το WOL, μπορείτε να 'αφυπνήσετε' το PC σας " -#~ "στέλνοντας ένα 'πακέτο' \\nμέσω δικτύου." +#~ msgid "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\\nWith WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \\nover the network." +#~ msgstr "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\\nΜε το WOL, μπορείτε να 'αφυπνήσετε' το PC σας στέλνοντας ένα 'πακέτο' \\nμέσω δικτύου." #~| msgid "" #~| "MAC Address of\n" @@ -157,12 +147,5 @@ #~| "However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n" #~| "configuration data (MAC addresses and host names) from \n" #~| "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No previously configured clients found.\\nHowever, a DHCP configuration " -#~ "was found on this system. Import the host\\nconfiguration data (MAC " -#~ "addresses and host names) from \\n'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Δεν βρέθηκαν πελάτες που να έχουν ρυθμιστεί προηγουμένως.\\nΠαρ'όλα αυτά, " -#~ "μία ρύθμιση DHCP βρέθηκε στο σύστημα. Εισαγωγή των\\nδεδομένων ρύθμισης " -#~ "του κόμβου (διευθύνσεις MAC και ονόματα hosts) από\\nτο '/etc/dhcpd.conf';" -#~ "\\n" +#~ msgid "No previously configured clients found.\\nHowever, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\\nconfiguration data (MAC addresses and host names) from \\n'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\\n" +#~ msgstr "Δεν βρέθηκαν πελάτες που να έχουν ρυθμιστεί προηγουμένως.\\nΠαρ'όλα αυτά, μία ρύθμιση DHCP βρέθηκε στο σύστημα. Εισαγωγή των\\nδεδομένων ρύθμισης του κόμβου (διευθύνσεις MAC και ονόματα hosts) από\\nτο '/etc/dhcpd.conf';\\n" Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/xpram.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/xpram.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/xpram.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -62,29 +62,18 @@ #. help text for XPRAM 2/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:53 -msgid "" -"This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one " -"partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features " -"and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 " -"stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το εργαλείο αυτή τη στιγμή υποστηρίζει μόνο την ανάθεση του XPRAM σε " -"μια κατάτμηση μόνο. Για να έχετε πολλαπλές κατατμήσεις, ελέγξτε το \"Device " -"Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" για τον Πυρήνα του Linux " -"2.6 - Απρίλιος 2004.Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση απενεργοποιήστε το XPRAM " -"σε αυτήν την μονάδα.." +msgid "This tool currently only supports assigning the entire XPRAM to one partition. To have multiple partitions, look at \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" for the Linux kernel 2.6 - April 2004 stream.In this case disable XPRAM in this module." +msgstr "Αυτό το εργαλείο αυτή τη στιγμή υποστηρίζει μόνο την ανάθεση του XPRAM σε μια κατάτμηση μόνο. Για να έχετε πολλαπλές κατατμήσεις, ελέγξτε το \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November 30, 2004\" για τον Πυρήνα του Linux 2.6 - Απρίλιος 2004.Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση απενεργοποιήστε το XPRAM σε αυτήν την μονάδα.." #. help text for XPRAM 3/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57 msgid "Choose the correct mount point for Mount Point." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε το σωστό σημείο προσάρτησης για το Σημείο Προσάρτησης" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό σημείο προσάρτησης για το Σημείο Προσάρτησης" #. help text for XPRAM 4/4 #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59 msgid "Next, choose the file system to use on the device." -msgstr "" -"Μετά, επιλέξτε το σύστημα αρχείων που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί στη συσκευή." +msgstr "Μετά, επιλέξτε το σύστημα αρχείων που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί στη συσκευή." #. radio button label for to not start xpram #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83 @@ -98,9 +87,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104 msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data" -msgstr "" -"Εγκατάσταση του Συστήματος Αρχείων ή του Swap Παρόλο που το &XPRAM " -"Περιλαμβάνει Έγκυρα Δεδομένα" +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Συστήματος Αρχείων ή του Swap Παρόλο που το &XPRAM Περιλαμβάνει Έγκυρα Δεδομένα" #. frame label #: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113 @@ -154,14 +141,10 @@ #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136 msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually." -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα κατά τη διακοπή του xpram. Προσπαθήστε χειροκίνητα με την εντολή " -"\"rcxpram stop\"." +msgstr "Σφάλμα κατά τη διακοπή του xpram. Προσπαθήστε χειροκίνητα με την εντολή \"rcxpram stop\"." #. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram start", $["TERM":"raw"]); #. y2milestone("got %1", out); #: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154 msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually." -msgstr "" -"Σφάλμα κατά την εκκίνηση του xpram. Προσπαθήστε χειροκίνητα με την εντολή " -"\"rcxpram start\"." +msgstr "Σφάλμα κατά την εκκίνηση του xpram. Προσπαθήστε χειροκίνητα με την εντολή \"rcxpram start\"." Modified: trunk/yast/el/po/yast2-apparmor.el.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/el/po/yast2-apparmor.el.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) +++ trunk/yast/el/po/yast2-apparmor.el.po 2014-10-07 16:03:26 UTC (rev 89807) @@ -64,14 +64,11 @@ "After this operation the AppArmor module will reload the profile set." msgstr "" " ?\n" -"Μετά από αυτήν την διαδικασία το άρθρωμα του AppArmor θα ξαναφορτώσει το " -"σύνολο των προφίλ." +"Μετά από αυτήν την διαδικασία το άρθρωμα του AppArmor θα ξαναφορτώσει το σύνολο των προφίλ." #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." msgstr "Επιλέξτε προφίλ από τη λίστα και πατήστε Επόμενο για να το διαγράψετε." #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 @@ -81,9 +78,7 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε προφιλ από την λίστα και πατήστε Επεξεργασία για να το " -"επεξεργαστείτε." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε προφιλ από την λίστα και πατήστε Επεξεργασία για να το επεξεργαστείτε." #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:89 msgid "Edit Profile - Choose profile to edit" @@ -107,8 +102,7 @@ " the corresponding action and press Launch.\n" msgstr "" "Επιλέξτε ένα από τα διαθέσιμα αρθρώματα του AppArmor για να ρυθμίσετε\n" -"την αντίστοιχη ενέργεια και στη συνέχεια πατήστε το κουμπί Εκκίνηση.</" -"p>\n" +"την αντίστοιχη ενέργεια και στη συνέχεια πατήστε το κουμπί Εκκίνηση.\n" #. Selection box label #: src/clients/apparmor.rb:69 @@ -156,12 +150,8 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η λειτουργία δημιούργησε το παρακάτω σφάλμα. Ελέγξτε την εγκατάστασή " -"σας και τις ρυθμίσεις του προφίλ AppArmor." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "Αυτή η λειτουργία δημιούργησε το παρακάτω σφάλμα. Ελέγξτε την εγκατάστασή σας και τις ρυθμίσεις του προφίλ AppArmor." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 @@ -273,12 +263,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning." msgstr "" -"Κατάσταση AppArmor Αυτό αναφέρει εαν η μονάδα εξαναγκασμού " -"πολιτικής AppArmor \n" +"Κατάσταση AppArmor Αυτό αναφέρει εαν η μονάδα εξαναγκασμού πολιτικής AppArmor \n" "έχει φορτωθεί και λειτουργεί. " #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444 @@ -286,8 +274,7 @@ "Security Event Notification Configure this tool if you want \n" "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred." msgstr "" -"Ειδοποίηση Γεγονότος Ασφάλειας Ρυθμίστε αυτό το εργαλέιο εάν " -"θέλετε \n" +"Ειδοποίηση Γεγονότος Ασφάλειας Ρυθμίστε αυτό το εργαλέιο εάν θέλετε \n" "για να ειδοποιηθείτε με email όταν προκύψουν παραβάσεις πρόσβασης." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 @@ -296,8 +283,7 @@ "uses individual profiles." msgstr "" "Λειτουργείες Προφίλ Χρησιμοιποιήστε αυτό το εργαλείο για να \n" -"αλλάξετε τον τρόπο κατα τον οποίο το AppArmor χρησημοποιεί μοναδικα προφίλ.</" -"p>" +"αλλάξετε τον τρόπο κατα τον οποίο το AppArmor χρησημοποιεί μοναδικα προφίλ." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 msgid "&Enable AppArmor" @@ -367,24 +353,16 @@ msgstr "Βρέθηκαν σφάλματα στα προφίλ του AppArmor" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used. " -msgstr "" -"Αυτά τα προβλήματα μπορούν να διορθωθούν πριν ξεκινήσει το AppArmor ή " -"πριν χρησιμοποιηθούν τα εργαλεία της διαχείρισης των προφίλ. " +msgid "These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used. " +msgstr "Αυτά τα προβλήματα μπορούν να διορθωθούν πριν ξεκινήσει το AppArmor ή πριν χρησιμοποιηθούν τα εργαλεία της διαχείρισης των προφίλ. " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 msgid "Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " msgstr "Αναζήτηση περιγραφής σύνταξης του προφίλ του AppArmor εκτελώντας" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"Αναλυτική τεκμηρίωση σχετικά με το AppArmor είναι διαθέσιμη στον οδηγό " -"Διαχειριστή που βρίσκεται στον κατάλογο: " +msgid "Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "Αναλυτική τεκμηρίωση σχετικά με το AppArmor είναι διαθέσιμη στον οδηγό Διαχειριστή που βρίσκεται στον κατάλογο: " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -809,76 +787,50 @@ "this overrides the restriction of changing file ownership \n" "and group ownership.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Σε ένα σύστημα με την επιλογή [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] " -"καθορισμένη, \n" +"<ul><li>Σε ένα σύστημα με την επιλογή [_POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED] καθορισμένη, \n" "αυτό καλύπτει τους περιορισμούς της αλλαγής της ιδιοκτησίας των αρχείων \n" "και των ομάδων.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE." -"</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Αντικατάσταση όλων των προσβάσεων DAC, συμπεριλαμβανομένων και των " -"προσβάσεων ACL αν \n" -"το [_POSIX_ACL] είναι καθορισμένο. Εξαιρείται η πρόσβαση DAC που καλύπτεται " -"από το CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Αντικατάσταση όλων των προσβάσεων DAC, συμπεριλαμβανομένων και των προσβάσεων ACL αν \n" +"το [_POSIX_ACL] είναι καθορισμένο. Εξαιρείται η πρόσβαση DAC που καλύπτεται από το CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Παρακάμπτει όλους τους περιορισμόυς DAC που σχετίζονται με την " -"ανάγνωση και αναζήτηση \n" -"σε αρχεία και καταλόγους,συμπεριλαμβανομένων όλων των περιορισμών ACL εάν το " -"[_POSIX_ACL] έχιε οριστεί. \n" -"Εξαιρείται η DAC πρόσβαση που καλύπτεται από το CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></" -"ul>" +"<ul><li>Παρακάμπτει όλους τους περιορισμόυς DAC που σχετίζονται με την ανάγνωση και αναζήτηση \n" +"σε αρχεία και καταλόγους,συμπεριλαμβανομένων όλων των περιορισμών ACL εάν το [_POSIX_ACL] έχιε οριστεί. \n" +"Εξαιρείται η DAC πρόσβαση που καλύπτεται από το CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Αντικατάσταση όλων των περιορισμών στις επιτρεπόμενες λειτουργίες " -"στα αρχεία, όπου\n" -"η ταυτότητα ιδιοκτήτη αρχείου πρέπει να είναι ίση με την ταυτότητα χρήστη, " -"εκτός όπου η CAP_FSETID\n" +"<ul><li>Αντικατάσταση όλων των περιορισμών στις επιτρεπόμενες λειτουργίες στα αρχεία, όπου\n" +"η ταυτότητα ιδιοκτήτη αρχείου πρέπει να είναι ίση με την ταυτότητα χρήστη, εκτός όπου η CAP_FSETID\n" "είναι εφαρμόσιμη. Δεν αντικαθιστά τους περιορισμούς MAC και DAC.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Αντικαθιστά τους παρακάτω περιορισμούς: το ID του χρήστη πρέπει να " -"ταιριάζει με το ID του ιδιοκτήτη του αρχείου όταν ρυθμίζονται τα S_ISUID και " -"S_ISGID bits σε αυτό το αρχείο. Το πραγματικό ID της ομάδας (ή ένα από τα " -"συμπληρωματικά ID της ομάδας) πρέπει να ταιριάζει με το ID του ιδιοκτήτη του " -"αρχείου όταν ρυθμίζεται το S_ISGID bit σε αυτό το αρχείο. Τα S_ISUID και " -"S_ISGID bits απαλοίφονται με το επιτυχές αποτέλεσμα της chown(2) (δεν έχει " -"υλοποιηθεί). </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Αντικαθιστά τους παρακάτω περιορισμούς: το ID του χρήστη πρέπει να ταιριάζει με το ID του ιδιοκτήτη του αρχείου όταν ρυθμίζονται τα S_ISUID και S_ISGID bits σε αυτό το αρχείο. Το πραγματικό ID της ομάδας (ή ένα από τα συμπληρωματικά ID της ομάδας) πρέπει να ταιριάζει με το ID του ιδιοκτήτη του αρχείου όταν ρυθμίζεται το S_ISGID bit σε αυτό το αρχείο. Τα S_ISUID και S_ISGID bits απαλοίφονται με το επιτυχές αποτέλεσμα της chown(2) (δεν έχει υλοποιηθεί). </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of " -"the process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Παρακάμπτει τον περιορισμό οτι το αληθινό ή το ενεργό ID χρήστη \n" -"μιας διεργασίας που αποστέλει ένα σήμα πρέπει να ταιριάζει με το αληθινό ή " -"το ενεργό ID χρήστη της διεργασίας αυτής \n" +"μιας διεργασίας που αποστέλει ένα σήμα πρέπει να ταιριάζει με το αληθινό ή το ενεργό ID χρήστη της διεργασίας αυτής \n" "που λαμβάνει το σήμα.</li></ul> " #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 @@ -886,8 +838,7 @@ "<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Επιτρέπει setgid(2) χειρισμό </li> <li> Επιτρέπει setgroups(2) </" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li>Επιτρέπει setgid(2) χειρισμό </li> <li> Επιτρέπει setgroups(2) </li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει πλαστά Gids για πέρασμα διαπιστευτηρίων υποδοχών </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 @@ -895,28 +846,20 @@ "<ul><li>Allows setuid(2) manipulation (including fsuid) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Επιτρέπει το χειρισμό του setuid(2) (συμπεριλαμβανομένου του fsuid) " -"</li> \n" -"<li> Επιτρέπει Allows το πέρασμα πλαστών pids στα πιστοποιητικά υποδοχής. </" -"li></ul>" +"<ul><li>Επιτρέπει το χειρισμό του setuid(2) (συμπεριλαμβανομένου του fsuid) </li> \n" +"<li> Επιτρέπει Allows το πέρασμα πλαστών pids στα πιστοποιητικά υποδοχής. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 msgid "" "<ul><li> Transfer any capability in your permitted set to any pid, \n" "remove any capability in your permitted set from any pid</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Μετακινήστε οποιαδήποτε δυνατότητα στο επιτρεπόμενο σας σετ σε " -"οποιοδήποτε pid, \n" -"αφαιρέστε οποιαδήποτε δυνατότητα στο επιτρεπόμενο σας σετ από οποιοδήποτε " -"pid</li></ul>" +"<ul><li> Μετακινήστε οποιαδήποτε δυνατότητα στο επιτρεπόμενο σας σετ σε οποιοδήποτε pid, \n" +"αφαιρέστε οποιαδήποτε δυνατότητα στο επιτρεπόμενο σας σετ από οποιοδήποτε pid</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</" -"li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Επιτρέπει την τροποποίηση των ιδιοτήτων αρχείων S_IMMUTABLE και " -"S_APPEND</li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Επιτρέπει την τροποποίηση των ιδιοτήτων αρχείων S_IMMUTABLE και S_APPEND</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -928,37 +871,30 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:109 msgid "<ul><li> Allows broadcasting, listen to multicast </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Επιτρέπει την εκπομπή δεδομένων, ακούστε την πολλαπλή εκπομπή </li></" -"ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Επιτρέπει την εκπομπή δεδομένων, ακούστε την πολλαπλή εκπομπή </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:115 msgid "" "<ul><li> Allows interface configuration</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows administration of IP firewall, masquerading and accounting</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting debug option on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows modification of routing tables</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Επιτρέπει τη ρύθμιση της διασύνδεσης</li> \n" -"<li> Επιτρέπει τη διαχείριση του IP Τείχους Προστασίας, τη μεταμφίεση και το " -"μέτρημα</li> \n" +"<li> Επιτρέπει τη διαχείριση του IP Τείχους Προστασίας, τη μεταμφίεση και το μέτρημα</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει τον ορισμό επιλογήςαποσφαλμάτωσης στις υποδοχές</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει την τροποποίηση των κυκλικών πινάκων</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Επιτρέπει ρύθμιση αυθέρετης διεργασίας / διεργασίας ιδιοκτησίας ομάδας " -"στις υποδοχές</li> \n" -"<li> Επιτρέπει σύνδεση με οποιαδήποτε διεύθυνση για διαφανή διαμεσολάβηση</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Επιτρέπει ρύθμιση αυθέρετης διεργασίας / διεργασίας ιδιοκτησίας ομάδας στις υποδοχές</li> \n" +"<li> Επιτρέπει σύνδεση με οποιαδήποτε διεύθυνση για διαφανή διαμεσολάβηση</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει ρύθμιση ΤΥ (τύπου υπηρεσίας)</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει ρύθμιση ανομοιογενούς κατάστασης</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει την εκκαθάριση των στατιστικών του οδηγού</li>" @@ -971,8 +907,7 @@ "</ul>" msgstr "" "<li> Επιτρέπει την πολλαπλή εκπομπή</li> \n" -"<li> Επιτρέπει την ανάγνωση/εγγραφή των αποκλειστικά για συσκευές μητρώων</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Επιτρέπει την ανάγνωση/εγγραφή των αποκλειστικά για συσκευές μητρώων</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση των ATM υποδοχών ελέγχου </li>\n" "</ul>" @@ -986,12 +921,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:143 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock " -"and\n" +"<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Επιτρέπει το κλείδωμα των διαμοιραζόμενων τομέων μνήμης</li> <li> " -"Επιτρέπει \n" +"<ul><li> Επιτρέπει το κλείδωμα των διαμοιραζόμενων τομέων μνήμης</li> <li> Επιτρέπει \n" "τα mlock και mlockall (που δεν έχουν τίποτε να κάνουν με το IPC) </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 @@ -1000,12 +933,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</" -"li> \n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Τοποθετήστε και αφαιρέστε μονάδες πυρήνα - Τροποποιήστε τον πυρήνα " -"χωρίς όριο</li> \n" +"<ul><li> Τοποθετήστε και αφαιρέστε μονάδες πυρήνα - Τροποποιήστε τον πυρήνα χωρίς όριο</li> \n" "<li> Τροποποιήστε το cap_bset </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 @@ -1014,8 +945,7 @@ "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Επιτρέπει την πρόσβαση στα ioperm/iopl </li> \n" -"<li> Επιτρέπει την αποστολή μηνυμάτων USB προς κάθε συσκευή μέσω του /proc/" -"bus/usb </li></ul>" +"<li> Επιτρέπει την αποστολή μηνυμάτων USB προς κάθε συσκευή μέσω του /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" @@ -1039,8 +969,7 @@ "<ul><li> Επιτρέπει ρυθμιση του κλειδιού ασφαλείας</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει διαχείριση τυχαίας συσκευής</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει εξέταση και ρύθμιση ορίων των δίσκων</li> \n" -"<li> Επιτρέπει ρύθμιση του αρχείου syslog του πυρήνα (συμπεριφορά του printk)" -"</li>" +"<li> Επιτρέπει ρύθμιση του αρχείου syslog του πυρήνα (συμπεριφορά του printk)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:185 msgid "" @@ -1053,8 +982,7 @@ "<li> Επιτρέπει τον ορισμό του ονόματος τομέα</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει τον ορισμό του ονόματος κόμβου </li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει την κληση του bdflush()</li> \n" -"<li>Επιτρέπει τα mount() και umount(), και τη ρύμθση νέας smb σύνδεσης</" -"li> \n" +"<li>Επιτρέπει τα mount() και umount(), και τη ρύμθση νέας smb σύνδεσης</li> \n" "<li>Επιτρέπει ορισμένα autofs root ioctls</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:192 @@ -1069,23 +997,19 @@ "<li> Επιτρέπει το VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει την ανάγνωση/εγγραφή της ρύθμισης pci στο alpha</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει το irix_prctl στο mips (setstacksize)</li> \n" -"<li> Επιτρέπει τον καθαρισμό της λανθάνουσας μνήμης στο m68k (sys_cacheflush)" -"</li>" +"<li> Επιτρέπει τον καθαρισμό της λανθάνουσας μνήμης στο m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Επιτρέπει την αφαίρεση των semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Χρησιμοποιείται αντί του CAP_CHOWN σε \"chown\" λίστες μηνυμάων IPC, " -"semaphores aκαι διαχωριζόμενης μνήμης</li> \n" -"<li> Επιτρέπει το κλείδωμα/ξεκλείδωμα του διαμοιραζόμενου τομέα μνήμης</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Χρησιμοποιείται αντί του CAP_CHOWN σε \"chown\" λίστες μηνυμάων IPC, semaphores aκαι διαχωριζόμενης μνήμης</li> \n" +"<li> Επιτρέπει το κλείδωμα/ξεκλείδωμα του διαμοιραζόμενου τομέα μνήμης</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση/απενεργοποίηση της μνήμης swap</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει το πέρασμα πλαστών pids στις ταυτοποιήσεις των υποδοχών</li>" @@ -1094,15 +1018,12 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Επιτρέπει τον ορισμό ανάγνωσης ευθείων και εξαπτικών ενδιάμεσων μνημών " -"σε συσκευές block</li> \n" +"<li> Επιτρέπει τον ορισμό ανάγνωσης ευθείων και εξαπτικών ενδιάμεσων μνημών σε συσκευές block</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει τον ορισμό γεωμετρίας στον οδηγό δισκέτας</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση/απενεργοποίηση του DMA στον οδηγό xd</li> \n" -"<li>Επιτρέπει τη διαχείριση των συσκευών md (οι παραπάνω επί το πλείστο, " -"αλλά και κάποια επιπλέον ioctls)</li>" +"<li>Επιτρέπει τη διαχείριση των συσκευών md (οι παραπάνω επί το πλείστο, αλλά και κάποια επιπλέον ioctls)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 msgid "" @@ -1113,21 +1034,17 @@ msgstr "" "<li> Επιτρέπει την τροποποίηση του οδηγού ide</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει την πρόσβαση στη συσκευή nvram</li> \n" -"<li> Επιτρέπει τη διαχείριση του apm_bios, σειριακής και bttv (TV) συσκευής</" -"li> \n" -"<li> Επιτρέπει τις εντολές του κατασκευαστή στον οδηγό υποστήριξης iaan " -"CAPI</li>" +"<li> Επιτρέπει τη διαχείριση του apm_bios, σειριακής και bttv (TV) συσκευής</li> \n" +"<li> Επιτρέπει τις εντολές του κατασκευαστή στον οδηγό υποστήριξης iaan CAPI</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</" -"li> \n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Επιτρέπει την ανάγνωση των μη-τυποποιημένων τμημάτων του χώρου ρύθμισης " -"του pci</li> \n" +"<li> Επιτρέπει την ανάγνωση των μη-τυποποιημένων τμημάτων του χώρου ρύθμισης του pci</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει την DDI αποτύπωση του octl στον οδηγό sbpcd</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει τον ορισμό σειριακών θυρώνs</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει την αποστολή ακατέργαστων qic-117 εντολών</li>" @@ -1138,11 +1055,9 @@ " and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> Επιτρέπει ενεργοποίηση/απενεργοποίηση ετικετών αναμονής στους ελεγκτές " -"SCSI\n" +"<li> Επιτρέπει ενεργοποίηση/απενεργοποίηση ετικετών αναμονής στους ελεγκτές SCSI\n" " και αποστολή αυθαίρετων εντολών στον SCSI</li> \n" -"<li> Επιτρέπει ρύθμιση κλειδιού κρυπτογράφησης στο σύστημα αρχείων loopback " -"</li></ul>" +"<li> Επιτρέπει ρύθμιση κλειδιού κρυπτογράφησης στο σύστημα αρχείων loopback </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:232 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of reboot() </li></ul>" @@ -1150,17 +1065,13 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Επιτρέπει την αύξηση προτεραιότητας και τον ορισμό προτεραιότητας " -"σε άλλες (με διαφορετικά UID) διεργασίες</li> \n" -"<li> Επιτρέπει τη χρήση των προγραμμάτων FIFO και round-robin (realtime) " -"στις δικές του διεργασίες και τη ρύθμιση \n" +"<ul><li> Επιτρέπει την αύξηση προτεραιότητας και τον ορισμό προτεραιότητας σε άλλες (με διαφορετικά UID) διεργασίες</li> \n" +"<li> Επιτρέπει τη χρήση των προγραμμάτων FIFO και round-robin (realtime) στις δικές του διεργασίες και τη ρύθμιση \n" "του κανονισμένου αλγορίθμου που χρησιμοποιείται από άλλη διεργασία.</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει τη συγγένεια cpu σε άλλες διεργασίες</li></ul>" @@ -1169,26 +1080,22 @@ "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Παράκαμψη ορίων των πόρων. Ορισμός ορίων των πόρων.</li> \n" "<li> Παράκαμψη ορίων quota.</li> \n" "<li> Παράκαμψη κλεισμένου χώρου στο σύστημα αρχείων ext2</li> \n" -"<li> Τροποποίηση λειτουργίας καταγραφής δεδομένων στο σύστημα αρχείων ext3" -"(χρησιμοποιεί πόρους καταγραφής)</li>" +"<li> Τροποποίηση λειτουργίας καταγραφής δεδομένων στο σύστημα αρχείων ext3(χρησιμοποιεί πόρους καταγραφής)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you " -"can override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ: Το ext2 χρησιμοποιεί το fsuid όταν ελέγχει για παρακάμψεις " -"πόρων, έτσι μπορείτε να παρακάμψετε χρησιμοποιώντας επίσης το fsuid</li> \n" +"<li> ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΗ: Το ext2 χρησιμοποιεί το fsuid όταν ελέγχει για παρακάμψεις πόρων, έτσι μπορείτε να παρακάμψετε χρησιμοποιώντας επίσης το fsuid</li> \n" "<li> Παράκαμψη περιορισμούς μεγέθους στην IPC ουρά μηνυμάτων</li> \n" "<li> Επιτρέπει πάνω από 64hz διακοπές από το ρολόι</li> \n" "<li> Παράκαμψη μέγιστου αριθμού από κονσόλες στις εκχωρήσεις κονσόλας</li> \n" @@ -1248,8 +1155,7 @@ "you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode." msgstr "" "Ρύθμιση Λειτουργίας Προφίλ Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει \n" -"να ορίσετε τα προφίλ του AppArmor είτε σε λειτουργία δικαιολογίας είτε σε " -"λειτουργία εξαναγκασμού." +"να ορίσετε τα προφίλ του AppArmor είτε σε λειτουργία δικαιολογίας είτε σε λειτουργία εξαναγκασμού." #: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:37 msgid "" @@ -1258,10 +1164,8 @@ "(into /var/log/audit/audit.log file), but still permitted, so \n" "that application's behavior is not restricted." msgstr "" -"Η Κατάσταση διαμαρτυρίας είναι μια κατάσταση εκπαίδευσης προφίλ " -"που καταγράφει\n" -"την δραστηριότητα της εφαρμογής. Όλες οι παραβιάσεις κανόνων του προφίλ " -"AppArmor καταγράφονται\n" +"Η Κατάσταση διαμαρτυρίας είναι μια κατάσταση εκπαίδευσης προφίλ που καταγράφει\n" +"την δραστηριότητα της εφαρμογής. Όλες οι παραβιάσεις κανόνων του προφίλ AppArmor καταγράφονται\n" "(στο αρχείο /var/log/audit/audit.log), αλλά επιτρέπονται ακόμα, ώστε\n" "η συμπεριφορά της εφαρμογής να μην είναι υπό περιορισμό." @@ -1272,12 +1176,9 @@ "but not permitted (e.g. an application cannot access files, unless it is\n" "permitted to do so by the profile)." msgstr "" -"Με το προφίλ σε λειτουργία εξαναγκασμού, η εφαρμογή προστατεύεται " -"από \n" -"το AppArmor. Οι κανονισμοί του προφίλ εφαρμόζονται και κάθε παράβαση " -"καταγράφεται,\n" -"αλλά δεν επιτρέπεται (π.χ. μια εφαρμογή δεν επιτρέπεται να έχει πρόσβαση σε " -"αρχεία, εκτός και αν\n" +"Με το προφίλ σε λειτουργία εξαναγκασμού, η εφαρμογή προστατεύεται από \n" +"το AppArmor. Οι κανονισμοί του προφίλ εφαρμόζονται και κάθε παράβαση καταγράφεται,\n" +"αλλά δεν επιτρέπεται (π.χ. μια εφαρμογή δεν επιτρέπεται να έχει πρόσβαση σε αρχεία, εκτός και αν\n" "έχει το δικαίωμα να το κάνει σύμφωνα με το προφίλ)." #. Button for showing active or all profiles @@ -1365,12 +1266,9 @@ "alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security \n" "event must be to send an alert." msgstr "" -"Η οθόνη Ειδοποιήσεων Γεγονότων Ασφαλείας σας δίνει την δυνατότητα να " -"ορίσετε \n" -"ειδοποιήσεις για γεγονότα ασφαλείας. Στα παρακάτω βήματα, καθορίστε πόσο " -"συχνά \n" -"θα στέλνονται οι ειδοποιήσεις, ποιος θα λαμβάνει τις ειδοποιήσεις και πόσο " -"σοβαρό \n" +"Η οθόνη Ειδοποιήσεων Γεγονότων Ασφαλείας σας δίνει την δυνατότητα να ορίσετε \n" +"ειδοποιήσεις για γεγονότα ασφαλείας. Στα παρακάτω βήματα, καθορίστε πόσο συχνά \n" +"θα στέλνονται οι ειδοποιήσεις, ποιος θα λαμβάνει τις ειδοποιήσεις και πόσο σοβαρό \n" "πρέπει να είναι το γεγονός ασφαλείας για να αποσταλεί ειδοποίηση." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 @@ -1381,10 +1279,8 @@ "had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt>" msgstr "" "Τύποι Ειδοποίησης Απλή Ειδοποίηση: \n" -"Η απλή ειδοποίηση συνοψίζει το συνολικό αριθμό των γεγονότων συστήματος " -"χωρίς \n" -"να παρέχει λεπτομέρειες. Για παράδειγμα: <tt>Το dhcp-101.up.wirex." -"com έχει \n" +"Η απλή ειδοποίηση συνοψίζει το συνολικό αριθμό των γεγονότων συστήματος χωρίς \n" +"να παρέχει λεπτομέρειες. Για παράδειγμα: <tt>Το dhcp-101.up.wirex.com έχει \n" "10 συμβάντα ασφαλείας από Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004</tt>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:44 @@ -1394,19 +1290,15 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" " For example: <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" msgstr "" "Ειδοποίηση Περίληψης: Η ειδοποίηση περίληψης εμφανίζει \n" -"τα καταγεγραμμένα γεγονότα ασφαλείας του AppArmor, και αναφέρει τον αριθμό " -"των \n" -"ξεχωριστών συμβάντων, συμπεριλαμβανομένης της ημερομηνίας του τελευταίου " -"συμβάντος. \n" +"τα καταγεγραμμένα γεγονότα ασφαλείας του AppArmor, και αναφέρει τον αριθμό των \n" +"ξεχωριστών συμβάντων, συμπεριλαμβανομένης της ημερομηνίας του τελευταίου συμβάντος. \n" " Για παράδειγμα: <tt>AppArmor: ΕΠΙΤΡΕΠΕΤΑΙ η πρόσβαση στη δυνατότητα\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) προφίλ /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 φορές, η τελευταία στις Sat Oct 9 " -"16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 φορές, η τελευταία στις Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 @@ -1419,12 +1311,9 @@ "and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected." msgstr "" "Λεπτομερής Ειδοποίηση: Η Λεπτομερής ειδοποίηση εμφανίζει \n" -"μη-τροποποιημένα, κατεγραμμένα γεγονότα ασφαλείας του AppArmor. Σας " -"ενημερώνει κάθε φορά \n" -"που προκύπτει ένα γεγονός και γράφει μια καινούργια γραμμή στη λεπτομερή " -"καταγραφή. Αυτά τα \n" -"γεγονότα ασφαλείας συμπεριλαμβάνουν την ημερομηνία και ώρα που προέκυψε το " -"συμβάν, πότε \n" +"μη-τροποποιημένα, κατεγραμμένα γεγονότα ασφαλείας του AppArmor. Σας ενημερώνει κάθε φορά \n" +"που προκύπτει ένα γεγονός και γράφει μια καινούργια γραμμή στη λεπτομερή καταγραφή. Αυτά τα \n" +"γεγονότα ασφαλείας συμπεριλαμβάνουν την ημερομηνία και ώρα που προέκυψε το συμβάν, πότε \n" " το προφίλ της εφαρμογής επιτρέπει και πότε απορρίπτει την πρόσβαση, \n" "και τον τύπο του δικαιώματος αρχείου που εγκρίνεται ή απορρίπτεται." @@ -1437,8 +1326,7 @@ "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt>" msgstr "" "Η Λεπτομερής Ειδοποίηση αναφέρει επίσης ορισμένα μηνύματα που \n" -"χρησιμοποιεί το εργαλείο logprof για τη μετάφραση των προφίλ. Για " -"παράδειγμα: \n" +"χρησιμοποιεί το εργαλείο logprof για τη μετάφραση των προφίλ. Για παράδειγμα: \n" "<tt> Oct 9 15:40:31 AppArmor: ΕΠΙΤΡΕΠΕΤΑΙ η r πρόσβαση στο\n" "/etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) προφίλ\n" "/usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork)</tt>" @@ -1482,14 +1370,11 @@ "is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if security events \n" "occur." msgstr "" -"<li>Επιλέξτε το χαμηλότερο επίπεδο ασφαλείας για το οποίο μια " -"ειδοποίηση \n" -"θα πρέπει να αποσταλεί. Τα γεγονότα ασφαλείας θα καταγράφονται και οι " -"ειδοποιήσεις \n" +"<li>Επιλέξτε το χαμηλότερο επίπεδο ασφαλείας για το οποίο μια ειδοποίηση \n" +"θα πρέπει να αποσταλεί. Τα γεγονότα ασφαλείας θα καταγράφονται και οι ειδοποιήσεις \n" "θα σταλούν την ώρα που ορίζεται από τη διακοπή όταν τα γεγονότα είναι \n" "ίσα ή μεγαλύτερα από το επιλεγόμενο επίπεδο ασφαλείας. Εάν η διακοπή \n" -"είναι 1 ημέρα, η ειδοποίηση θα στέλνεται καθημερινά, έαν προκύψουν " -"γεγονότα \n" +"είναι 1 ημέρα, η ειδοποίηση θα στέλνεται καθημερινά, έαν προκύψουν γεγονότα \n" "ασφαλείας." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:91 @@ -1502,8 +1387,7 @@ "or services denied.</li>" msgstr "" "Επίπεδα Ασφαλείας: Αυτά αριθμούνται από το 1 μέχρι το 10, \n" -"με το 1 να είναι το ποιό σημαντικό γεγονός ασφαλείας. Το αρχείο severity." -"db \n" +"με το 1 να είναι το ποιό σημαντικό γεγονός ασφαλείας. Το αρχείο severity.db \n" "καθορίζει το επίπεδο ασφαλείας των πιθανών γεγονότων ασφαλείας. \n" "Τα επίπεδα ασφαλείας καθορίζονται από την σημαντικότητα των \n" "διάφορων γεγονότων ασφαλείας, όπως η πρόσβαση σε ορισμένους πόρους \n" @@ -1512,12 +1396,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select Include unknown security events if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</" -"li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Επιλέξτε τηνΣυμπερίληψη αγνώστων γεγονότων ασφαλείας εάν\n" -"θα θέλατε να συμπεριλάωετε γεγονότα πυο δεν έχουν βαθμολογηθεί με έναν " -"αριθμό σοβαρότητας.</li>" +"θα θέλατε να συμπεριλάωετε γεγονότα πυο δεν έχουν βαθμολογηθεί με έναν αριθμό σοβαρότητας.</li>" #. ---------------------------- #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103 @@ -1526,15 +1408,12 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control " -"module. \n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Αυτός ο οδηγός παρουσιάζει καταχωρήσεις που δημιουργήθηκαν από τη μονάδα " -"ελέγχου πρόσβασης του AppArmor. \n" -"Μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε υψηλά ρυθμισμένα και αποτελεσματικά προφίλ " -"ασφαλείας \n" +"Αυτός ο οδηγός παρουσιάζει καταχωρήσεις που δημιουργήθηκαν από τη μονάδα ελέγχου πρόσβασης του AppArmor. \n" +"Μπορείτε να δημιουργήσετε υψηλά ρυθμισμένα και αποτελεσματικά προφίλ ασφαλείας \n" "χρησιμοποιώντας τις προτάσεις που γίνονται από το AppArmor." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:111 @@ -1544,8 +1423,7 @@ "that display were logged during the normal application \n" "execution test previously performed. " msgstr "" -"Το AppArmor προτείνει να εγκρίνετε ή να απορρίπτετε την πρόσβαση σε " -"ορισμένους πόρους \n" +"Το AppArmor προτείνει να εγκρίνετε ή να απορρίπτετε την πρόσβαση σε ορισμένους πόρους \n" "ή να προσδιορίσετε άδεια εκτέλεσης για τις καταχωρήσεις. Οι ερωτήσεις \n" "που εμφανίζονται καταφράφτηκαν κατά τη διάρκεια της δοκιμαστικής εκτέλεσης \n" "της κανονικής εφαρμογής που εφαρμόστηκε προηγουμένως. " @@ -1559,12 +1437,9 @@ "Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step \n" "instructions. " msgstr "" -"Το παρακάτω κείμενο βοήθειας περιγράφει τις λεπτομέρειες της σύνταξης του " -"προφίλ \n" -"ασφαλείας που χρησιμοποιείται από το AppArmor. Σε κάθε επίπεδο, " -"μπορείτε \n" -"να προσαρμόσετε την καταχώρηση του προφίλ αλλάζοντας την προτεινόμενη " -"απάντηση. \n" +"Το παρακάτω κείμενο βοήθειας περιγράφει τις λεπτομέρειες της σύνταξης του προφίλ \n" +"ασφαλείας που χρησιμοποιείται από το AppArmor. Σε κάθε επίπεδο, μπορείτε \n" +"να προσαρμόσετε την καταχώρηση του προφίλ αλλάζοντας την προτεινόμενη απάντηση. \n" "Αυτή η περίληψη θα σας βοηθήσει στις επιλογές σας. Απευθυνθείτε στον \n" "Οδηγό Διαχείρισης του Apparmor από τη Novell για βήμα-βήμα \n" "οδηγίες. " @@ -1575,12 +1450,8 @@ msgstr "Λειτουργίες Πρόσβασης " #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" -msgstr "" -"Οι λειτουργίες πρόσβασης δικαιωμάτων των αρχείων αποτελείται από συνδυασμούς " -"των παρακάτω έξι λειτουργιών:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" +msgstr "Οι λειτουργίες πρόσβασης δικαιωμάτων των αρχείων αποτελείται από συνδυασμούς των παρακάτω έξι λειτουργιών:" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" @@ -1689,10 +1560,8 @@ "For more information on what is constrained, see the\n" "apparmor(7) man page." msgstr "" -"Αυτή η λειτουργία είναι χρήσιμη όταν ένα περιορισμένο πρόγραμμα χρειάζεται " -"να\n" -"έχει τη δυνατότητα να πραγματοποιήσει μια λειτουργία που απαιτεί δικαιώματα, " -"όπως\n" +"Αυτή η λειτουργία είναι χρήσιμη όταν ένα περιορισμένο πρόγραμμα χρειάζεται να\n" +"έχει τη δυνατότητα να πραγματοποιήσει μια λειτουργία που απαιτεί δικαιώματα, όπως\n" "την επανεκκίνηση του μηχανήματος. Τοποθετώντας το τμήμα δικαιώματος \n" "σε ένα άλλο εκτελέσιμο και εκγρίνοντας τα περιορισμένα \n" "δικαιώματα εκτέλεσης , είναι δυνατό να παρακάμψετε τους υποχρεωτικούς \n" @@ -1755,45 +1624,28 @@ "bash(1), zsh(1)." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>* μπορεί να γίνει υποκατάστατο για κάθε αριθμό χαρακτήρων, " -"εκτός του '/'<li>" +msgid "<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgstr "<li>* μπορεί να γίνει υποκατάστατο για κάθε αριθμό χαρακτήρων, εκτός του '/'<li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</" -"li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>**μπορεί να γίνει υποκατάστατο για κάθε αριθμό χαρακτήρων, " -"συμπεριλαμβανόμενου του '/'</li>" +msgid "<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" +msgstr "<li>**μπορεί να γίνει υποκατάστατο για κάθε αριθμό χαρακτήρων, συμπεριλαμβανόμενου του '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 msgid "<li>? can substitute for any single character except '/'</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>? μπορεί να γίνει υποκατάστατο για κάθε απλό χαρακτήρα εκτός " -"του '/'</li>" +msgstr "<li>? μπορεί να γίνει υποκατάστατο για κάθε απλό χαρακτήρα εκτός του '/'</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>[abc] θα γίνει υποκατάστατο για τον απλό χαρακτήρα α, β ή γ</li>" +msgid "<li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgstr "<li>[abc] θα γίνει υποκατάστατο για τον απλό χαρακτήρα α, β ή γ</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>[a-c] θα γίνει υποκατάστατο για τον απλό χαρακτήρα α, β ή γ</li>" +msgid "<li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgstr "<li>[a-c] θα γίνει υποκατάστατο για τον απλό χαρακτήρα α, β ή γ</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match " -"cd</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>{ab,cd} θα αναπατυχθεί κατά ένα κανόνα για να ταιριάζει με το αβ, " -"ένα κανόνα για να ταιριάζει με το γδ</li>" +msgid "<li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" +msgstr "<li>{ab,cd} θα αναπατυχθεί κατά ένα κανόνα για να ταιριάζει με το αβ, ένα κανόνα για να ταιριάζει με το γδ</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 msgid "Clean Exec - for sanitized execution" @@ -1810,8 +1662,7 @@ msgstr "" "Η επιλογή Καθαρής Εκτέλεσης για το διακριτό προφίλ και τα αβίαστα \n" "εκτελούμενα δικαιώματα, παρέχει προστιθέμενη ασφάλεια με την αφαίρεση \n" -"του περιβάλλοντος το οποίο κληρονομήθηκε από το θυγατρικό πρόγραμμα με " -"καθορισμένες \n" +"του περιβάλλοντος το οποίο κληρονομήθηκε από το θυγατρικό πρόγραμμα με καθορισμένες \n" "μεταβλητές. Θα ερωτηθείτε να επιλέξετε εάν θέλετε να διορθώσετε το\n" "περιβάλλον εάν επιλέξετε 'p' ή 'u' κατά την διαδικασία δημιουργίας προφίλ.\n" "Οι μεταβλητές είναι:" @@ -1930,9 +1781,7 @@ #. Update table values #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:602 msgid "Entry will not be added. Entry name or permissions not defined." -msgstr "" -"Η καταχώρηση δεν θα προστεθεί. Το όνομα καταχώρησης ή τα δικαιώματα δεν " -"έχουν προσδιοριστεί." +msgstr "Η καταχώρηση δεν θα προστεθεί. Το όνομα καταχώρησης ή τα δικαιώματα δεν έχουν προσδιοριστεί." #. Prompts the user for a hatname #. Side-Effect: sets Settings["CURRENT_HAT"] @@ -1963,27 +1812,17 @@ msgstr "" "Δεν έχετε δώσει κάποιο όνομα για το καπέλο που θέλετε να προσθέσετε.\n" "Παρακαλούμε \n" -"εισάγετε ένα όνομα καπέλου για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο καπέλο, ή πατήστε " -"Ματαίωση για να ακυρώσετε αυτό τον οδηγό." +"εισάγετε ένα όνομα καπέλου για να δημιουργήσετε ένα νέο καπέλο, ή πατήστε Ματαίωση για να ακυρώσετε αυτό τον οδηγό." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name " -"or press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"Το προφίλ ήδη περιέχει το παρεχόμενο όνομα καπέλο (hat). Εισάγετε ένα " -"διαφορετικό όνομα ή πατήστε Ματαίωση για να ακυρώσετε τον οδηγό." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "Το προφίλ ήδη περιέχει το παρεχόμενο όνομα καπέλο (hat). Εισάγετε ένα διαφορετικό όνομα ή πατήστε Ματαίωση για να ακυρώσετε τον οδηγό." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "" -"View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." -msgstr "" -"Προβολή και τροποποίηση περιεχομένων ενός ατομικού προφίλ. Για τις " -"υπάρχουσες καταχωρήσεις κάνετε διπλό κλικ στα δικαιώματα για να αποκτήσετε " -"πρόσβαση στο παράθυρο τροποποιήσεων." +msgid "View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog." +msgstr "Προβολή και τροποποίηση περιεχομένων ενός ατομικού προφίλ. Για τις υπάρχουσες καταχωρήσεις κάνετε διπλό κλικ στα δικαιώματα για να αποκτήσετε πρόσβαση στο παράθυρο τροποποιήσεων." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -1996,119 +1835,85 @@ msgstr "" "Περιγραφή Αδειών: <code> r - read \n" "w -εγγραφή l - link m - mmap PROT_EXEC k - κλείδωμα αρχείου \n" -"a - προσάρτηση αρχείου x - εκτέλεση i - κληρονόμηση p - " -"διακριτικό προφίλ \n" +"a - προσάρτηση αρχείου x - εκτέλεση i - κληρονόμηση p - διακριτικό προφίλ \n" "P - διακριτικό προφίλ (*clean exec) u - αβίαστο \n" "U -αβίαστο (*clean exec)</code>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop " -"down list." -msgstr "" -"Προσθήκη Καταχώησης: Επιλέξτε τον τύπο πόρου για προσθήκη από " -"την κυλιόμενη λίστα." +msgid "Add Entry: Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list." +msgstr "Προσθήκη Καταχώησης: Επιλέξτε τον τύπο πόρου για προσθήκη από την κυλιόμενη λίστα." #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 msgid "<ul><li>File Add a file entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Αρχείο Προσθέστε μια καταχώρηση αρχείου σε αυτό το " -"προφίλ</li>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Αρχείο Προσθέστε μια καταχώρηση αρχείου σε αυτό το προφίλ</li>" #. help text - part x2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:951 msgid "<li>Directory Add a directory entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>Κατάλογος Προσθέστε μια καταχώρηση καταλόγου σε αυτό το " -"προφίλ</li>" +msgstr "<li>Κατάλογος Προσθέστε μια καταχώρηση καταλόγου σε αυτό το προφίλ</li>" #. help text - part x3 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 msgid "<li>Capability Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li>Δυνατότητα Προσθέστε μια καταχώρηση δυνατότητας σε αυτό το " -"προφίλ</li>" +msgstr "<li>Δυνατότητα Προσθέστε μια καταχώρηση δυνατότητας σε αυτό το προφίλ</li>" #. help text - part x4 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li>Include Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Συμπερίληψη Εισάγετε μια καταχώρηση συμπερίληψης σε αυτό το " -"προφίλ. Αυτή η επιλογή \n" -"περιλαμβάνει τις καταχωρήσεις περιεχομένου προφίλ από ένα άλλο αρχείο σε " -"αυτό το προφίλ κατά την περίοδο φόρτωσης.</li>" +"<li>Συμπερίληψη Εισάγετε μια καταχώρηση συμπερίληψης σε αυτό το προφίλ. Αυτή η επιλογή \n" +"περιλαμβάνει τις καταχωρήσεις περιεχομένου προφίλ από ένα άλλο αρχείο σε αυτό το προφίλ κατά την περίοδο φόρτωσης.</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li>Network Entry Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Καταχώρηση Δικτύου Εισάγετε μια καταχώρηση κανονισμού δικτύου " -"σε αυτό το προφίλ. \n" -"Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να προσδιορίσετε τα δικαιώματα πρόσβασης του " -"δικτύου στο προφίλ. \n" -"Μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε μια οικογένεια διευθύνσεων δικτύου και έναν τύπο " -"υποδοχής.</li>" +"<li>Καταχώρηση Δικτύου Εισάγετε μια καταχώρηση κανονισμού δικτύου σε αυτό το προφίλ. \n" +"Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να προσδιορίσετε τα δικαιώματα πρόσβασης του δικτύου στο προφίλ. \n" +"Μπορείτε να προσδιορίσετε μια οικογένεια διευθύνσεων δικτύου και έναν τύπο υποδοχής.</li>" #. help text - part x6 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li>Hat Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a changehat\n" "aware application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system " -"or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see man changehat on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li>Καπέλο (Hat) Προσθέστε ένα υπό-προφίλ για αυτό το προφίλ - που " -"ονομάζεται Καπέλο (Hat). \n" -"Αυτή η επιλογή είναι ανάλογη με τη χειροκίνητη δημιουργία ενός νέου προφίλ, " -"το οποίο μπορεί να επιλεγεί \n" -"κατά τη διάρκεια της εκτέλεσης μόνο στην περίπτωση της αίτησης για μια " -"εφαρμογή εναλλαγής καπέλου (changehat aware).\n" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες για την εναλλαγή καπέλου (changehat) δείτε το " -"man changehat\n" +"<li>Καπέλο (Hat) Προσθέστε ένα υπό-προφίλ για αυτό το προφίλ - που ονομάζεται Καπέλο (Hat). \n" +"Αυτή η επιλογή είναι ανάλογη με τη χειροκίνητη δημιουργία ενός νέου προφίλ, το οποίο μπορεί να επιλεγεί \n" +"κατά τη διάρκεια της εκτέλεσης μόνο στην περίπτωση της αίτησης για μια εφαρμογή εναλλαγής καπέλου (changehat aware).\n" +"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες για την εναλλαγή καπέλου (changehat) δείτε το man changehat\n" "στο σύστημα σας ή στον Οδηγό Διαχείρισης του AppArmor από τη Novell.</li>" #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 msgid "</ul>Edit Entry: Edit the selected entry." -msgstr "" -"</ul>Επεξεργασία Καταχώρησης: Επεξεργαστείτε την επιλεγμένη " -"καταχώρηση." +msgstr "</ul>Επεξεργασία Καταχώρησης: Επεξεργαστείτε την επιλεγμένη καταχώρηση." #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "" -"Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." -msgstr "" -"Διαγραφή Καταχώρησης: Διαγράφει την επιλεγμένη καταχώρηση από " -"αυτό το προφίλ." +msgid "Delete Entry: Removes the selected entry from this profile." +msgstr "Διαγραφή Καταχώρησης: Διαγράφει την επιλεγμένη καταχώρηση από αυτό το προφίλ." #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "*Clean Exec The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping " -"the environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These " -"variables are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" -"*Καθαρή Εκτέλεση Η επιλογή Καθαρής Εκτέλεσης για το διακριτό " -"προφίλ \n" -"και για τα αβίαστα δικαιώματα εκτέλεσης παρέχουν αυξημένη ασφάλεια με " -"αφαίρεση του περιβάλλοντος \n" -"που κληρονομήθηκε από το θυγατρικόο πρόγραμμα καθορισμένων μεταβλητών. Αυτές " -"οι μεταβλητές είναι:" +"*Καθαρή Εκτέλεση Η επιλογή Καθαρής Εκτέλεσης για το διακριτό προφίλ \n" +"και για τα αβίαστα δικαιώματα εκτέλεσης παρέχουν αυξημένη ασφάλεια με αφαίρεση του περιβάλλοντος \n" +"που κληρονομήθηκε από το θυγατρικόο πρόγραμμα καθορισμένων μεταβλητών. Αυτές οι μεταβλητές είναι:" #. help text - part y2 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:998 @@ -2171,12 +1976,8 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"Οι συμπεριληφθείσες δεν μπορούν να επεξεργαστούν. Επιλέξτε προσθήκη ή " -"διαγραφή για να διαχειριστείτε τις συμπεριληφθείσες καταχωρήσεις." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "Οι συμπεριληφθείσες δεν μπορούν να επεξεργαστούν. Επιλέξτε προσθήκη ή διαγραφή για να διαχειριστείτε τις συμπεριληφθείσες καταχωρήσεις." #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -2188,12 +1989,8 @@ msgstr "Επιλέξτε Αρχείο Για να Συμπεριληφθεί" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" -msgstr "" -"Λανθασμένο αρχείο #συμπερίληψης. Τα αρχεία συμπερίληψης πρέπει να βρίσκονται " -"σε έναν από αυτούς τους καταλόγους: \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "Λανθασμένο αρχείο #συμπερίληψης. Τα αρχεία συμπερίληψης πρέπει να βρίσκονται σε έναν από αυτούς τους καταλόγους: \n" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 msgid "Save changes to the profile" @@ -2205,8 +2002,7 @@ "(Note: after saving, AppArmor profiles will be reloaded.)\n" msgstr "" "Θέλετε να αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές σε αυτό το προφίλ; \n" -"(Σημείωση: αφού αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές, τα πρόφιλ AppArmor θα " -"ξαναφορτωθούν.)\n" +"(Σημείωση: αφού αποθηκεύσετε τις αλλαγές, τα πρόφιλ AppArmor θα ξαναφορτωθούν.)\n" #. We'll need this often - cache it #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1476 @@ -2219,27 +2015,21 @@ msgstr "Αποτυχία αντιγραφής του %s." #~ msgid "Select a listed profile and press Next to edit it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε προφίλ από την λίστα και πατήστε Επόμενο για να το " -#~ "επεξεργαστείτε." +#~ msgstr "Επιλέξτε προφίλ από την λίστα και πατήστε Επόμενο για να το επεξεργαστείτε." #~ msgid "Synchronization error between frontend and backend." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Σφάλμα συγχρονισμού μεταξύ προγράμματος υποστήριξης και υποσυστήματος " -#~ "χρηστικής επικοινωνίας." +#~ msgstr "Σφάλμα συγχρονισμού μεταξύ προγράμματος υποστήριξης και υποσυστήματος χρηστικής επικοινωνίας." #~ msgid "AppArmor Profile Wizard" #~ msgstr "Οδηγός Προφίλ του AppArmor" #~ msgid "" #~ "<h1>Application to Profile</h1>\n" -#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you " -#~ "run the application, AppArmor will collect\n" +#~ "Select the application which you want to profile. Afterwards, when you run the application, AppArmor will collect\n" #~ "information about system resources it accesses." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<h1>Εφαρμογή στον Προφίλ</h1>\n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε την εφαρμογή την οποία θέλετε στο προφίλ. Μετά, οταν εκτελείτε " -#~ "την εφαρμογή, το AppArmor θα συλλέγει\n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε την εφαρμογή την οποία θέλετε στο προφίλ. Μετά, οταν εκτελείτε την εφαρμογή, το AppArmor θα συλλέγει\n" #~ "πληροφορίες σχετικά με τις πηγές συστήματος που αποκτά πρόσβαση." #~ msgid "Application to Profile" @@ -2262,14 +2052,12 @@ #~ msgstr "Ενημέρωση Προφίλ" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or " -#~ "pattern \n" +#~ "Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern \n" #~ "that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of \n" #~ "interest, the report will display security events that have \n" #~ "occurred for a specific program. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Πρότυπο Ονόματος Προγράμματος: Όταν εισάγετε ένα όνομα " -#~ "προγράμματος ή προτύπου \n" +#~ "Πρότυπο Ονόματος Προγράμματος: Όταν εισάγετε ένα όνομα προγράμματος ή προτύπου \n" #~ "που ταιριάζει με το όνομα του εκτελέσιμου αρχείου του προγράμματος του\n" #~ "ενδιαφέροντος, η αναφορά θα προβάλει γεγονότα ασφαλείας που έχουν \n" #~ "συμβεί για ένα συγκεκριμένο πρόγραμμα. " @@ -2286,15 +2074,12 @@ #~ "τι είναι περιορισμένο από αυτό το συγκεκριμένο προφίλ. " #~ msgid "" -#~ "PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely " -#~ "identifies \n" +#~ "PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies \n" #~ "one specific process or running program (this number is valid only \n" #~ "during the lifetime of that process). " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αριθμός PID: Ο αριθμός ID Διεργασίας είναι ένας αριθμός που " -#~ "μοναδικά ταυτοποιεί \n" -#~ "μια συγκεκριμένη διεργασία ή ένα πρόγραμμα που εκτελείται (αυτός ο " -#~ "αριθμός είναι έγκυρος μόνο \n" +#~ "Αριθμός PID: Ο αριθμός ID Διεργασίας είναι ένας αριθμός που μοναδικά ταυτοποιεί \n" +#~ "μια συγκεκριμένη διεργασία ή ένα πρόγραμμα που εκτελείται (αυτός ο αριθμός είναι έγκυρος μόνο \n" #~ "κατά τη διάρκεια ζωής εκείνης της διεργασίας). " #~ msgid "" @@ -2302,8 +2087,7 @@ #~ "events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected \n" #~ "severity level, and above, will be included in the reports. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επίπεδο Ασφαλείας: Επιλέξτε το χαμηλότερο επίπεδο ασφαλείας για " -#~ "γεγονότα \n" +#~ "Επίπεδο Ασφαλείας: Επιλέξτε το χαμηλότερο επίπεδο ασφαλείας για γεγονότα \n" #~ "ασφαλείας που θέλεται να συμπεριλάβετε στην αναφορά. Το επιλεγμένο \n" #~ "επίπεδο ασφαλείας, και πάνω, θα συμπεριληφθεί στις αναφορές. " @@ -2312,12 +2096,9 @@ #~ "This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to \n" #~ "report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Λεπτομέρεια: Μια πηγή στην οποία το προφίλ αρνείται την " -#~ "πρόσβαση. \n" -#~ "Αυτό περιλαμβάνει δυνατότητες και αρχεία. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε " -#~ "αυτό το πεδίο για \n" -#~ "να αναφέρετε τις πηγές που δεν επιτρέπεται να προσπελαστούν από τα προφίλ." -#~ " " +#~ "Λεπτομέρεια: Μια πηγή στην οποία το προφίλ αρνείται την πρόσβαση. \n" +#~ "Αυτό περιλαμβάνει δυνατότητες και αρχεία. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το πεδίο για \n" +#~ "να αναφέρετε τις πηγές που δεν επιτρέπεται να προσπελαστούν από τα προφίλ. " #~ msgid "" #~ "Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants \n" @@ -2329,13 +2110,11 @@ #~ "r (ανάγνωση) w (εγγραφή) l (σύνδεση) x (εκτέλεση) " #~ msgid "" -#~ "Access Type: The access type describes what is actually " -#~ "happening \n" +#~ "Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening \n" #~ "with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, \n" #~ "or AUDITING. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Τύπος Πρόσβασης: Ο τύπος πρόσβασης περιγράφει τι συμβαίνει " -#~ "ουσιαστικά \n" +#~ "Τύπος Πρόσβασης: Ο τύπος πρόσβασης περιγράφει τι συμβαίνει ουσιαστικά \n" #~ "με το γεγονός ασφαλείας. Οι επιλογές είναι: ΕΚΓΡΙΣΗ, ΑΠΟΡΡΙΨΗ, \n" #~ "ή AUDITING. " @@ -2362,27 +2141,19 @@ #~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ol><li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report." -#~ "</li> \n" -#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of " -#~ "parameters.</li></ol>" +#~ "<ol><li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report.</li> \n" +#~ " <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters.</li></ol>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ol><li>Κάντε κλικ στο Φιλτράρισμα κατά Εύρος Ημερομηνίας. Τα " -#~ "πεδία γίνονται ενεργά.</li> \n" -#~ "<li>Εισάγετε τις ημερομηνίες έναρξης και τερματισμού που οριοθετούν τον " -#~ "σκοπό της αναφοράς.</li> \n" -#~ " <li>Εισάγετε άλλες παραμέτρους φιλτραρίσματος. Δείτε παρακάτω τους " -#~ "ορισμούς των παραμέτρων.</li></ol>" +#~ "<ol><li>Κάντε κλικ στο Φιλτράρισμα κατά Εύρος Ημερομηνίας. Τα πεδία γίνονται ενεργά.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Εισάγετε τις ημερομηνίες έναρξης και τερματισμού που οριοθετούν τον σκοπό της αναφοράς.</li> \n" +#~ " <li>Εισάγετε άλλες παραμέτρους φιλτραρίσματος. Δείτε παρακάτω τους ορισμούς των παραμέτρων.</li></ol>" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in " -#~ "the \n" +#~ "The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the \n" #~ "Report Configuration Dialog: " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Οι παρακάτω ορισμοί σας βοηθούν να εισάγετε τις παραμέτρους " -#~ "φιλτραρίσματος στο \n" +#~ "Οι παρακάτω ορισμοί σας βοηθούν να εισάγετε τις παραμέτρους φιλτραρίσματος στο \n" #~ "Διάλογο Ρύθμισης Αναφοράς: " #~ msgid "" @@ -2413,13 +2184,10 @@ #~ "confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and \n" #~ "customize this report, or add new versions." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αναφορά Συμβάντος Ασφαλείας: Η αναφορά που εμφανίζει την " -#~ "ασφάλεια \n" +#~ "Αναφορά Συμβάντος Ασφαλείας: Η αναφορά που εμφανίζει την ασφάλεια \n" #~ "της εφαρμογής για έναν κόμβο. Αναφέρει παραβιάσεις πολιτικής για τοπικά \n" -#~ "περιορισμένες εφαρμογές κατά την διάρκεια συγκεκριμένης χρονικής " -#~ "περιόδου. \n" -#~ "Μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε και να προσαρμόσετε αυτή την αναφορά ή να " -#~ "προσθέσετε νέες εκδόσεις." +#~ "περιορισμένες εφαρμογές κατά την διάρκεια συγκεκριμένης χρονικής περιόδου. \n" +#~ "Μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε και να προσαρμόσετε αυτή την αναφορά ή να προσθέσετε νέες εκδόσεις." #~ msgid "" #~ "The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays \n" @@ -2431,153 +2199,78 @@ #~ "αναφορές: " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are " -#~ "scheduled to run. \n" -#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default " -#~ "settings are \n" -#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to " -#~ "up to three \n" +#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. \n" +#~ "Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are \n" +#~ "daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three \n" #~ "email recipients. " #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η σύνοψη της σελίδας των προγραμματισμένων αναφορών εμφανίζει πότε " -#~ "προγραμματίστηκαν να εκτελεστούν οι αναφορές. \n" -#~ "Οι αναφορές μπορούν να οριστούν να εκτελούνται μηνιαία, εβδομαδιαία, " -#~ "ημερήσια ή ωριαία. Οι προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση είναι \n" -#~ "ημερήσια τα μεσάνυχτα. Οι αναφορές μπορούν να αποσταλούν με ηλεκτρονικό " -#~ "ταχυδρομείο, μετά την ολοκλήρωση, σε μέχρι τρεις \n" +#~ "Η σύνοψη της σελίδας των προγραμματισμένων αναφορών εμφανίζει πότε προγραμματίστηκαν να εκτελεστούν οι αναφορές. \n" +#~ "Οι αναφορές μπορούν να οριστούν να εκτελούνται μηνιαία, εβδομαδιαία, ημερήσια ή ωριαία. Οι προεπιλεγμένη ρύθμιση είναι \n" +#~ "ημερήσια τα μεσάνυχτα. Οι αναφορές μπορούν να αποσταλούν με ηλεκτρονικό ταχυδρομείο, μετά την ολοκλήρωση, σε μέχρι τρεις \n" #~ "παραλήπτες. " -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types " -#~ "of security reports: " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Στο τμήμα Ορισμός Προγραμματισμού, μπορείτε να προγραμματίσετε τους " -#~ "παρακάτω τρείς τύπους αναφορών ασφαλείας: " +#~ msgid "In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports: " +#~ msgstr "Στο τμήμα Ορισμός Προγραμματισμού, μπορείτε να προγραμματίσετε τους παρακάτω τρείς τύπους αναφορών ασφαλείας: " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously " -#~ "generated\n" -#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use " -#~ "the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in " -#~ "the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report " -#~ "details, select a report and click the View button. You " -#~ "can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /" -#~ "var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." +#~ "The View Archive Reports form enables you to view previously generated\n" +#~ "reports located in the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory. Use the checkboxes at the top to narrow-down the category of reports shown in the list to: SIR Reports, AUD Reports or ESS Reports. To see report details, select a report and click the View button. You can view reports from one or more systems if you move the reports to the /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived directory." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η φόρμα Προβολής Αρχειοθετημένων Αναφορών σας επιτρέπει να δείτε " -#~ "προηγούμενα\n" -#~ "δημιουργημένες αναφορές που υπάρχουν στον κατάλογο /var/log/apparmor/" -#~ "reports-archived. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα πλαίσια επιλογής στην κορυφή για να " -#~ "ρυθμίσετε την κατηγορία των αναφορών που προβάλλονται στη λίστα ως: " -#~ "Αναφορές SIR, Αναφορές AUD ή Αναφορές ESS. Για να δείτε λεπτομέρειες για " -#~ "τις αναφορές επιλέξτε μια αναφορά και πατήστε στο πλήκτρο Προβολή." -#~ " Μπορείτε να δείτε αναφορές για ένα ή περισσότερα συστήματα εάν " -#~ "μεταφέρετε τις αναφορές στον κατάλογο /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." -#~ "" +#~ "Η φόρμα Προβολής Αρχειοθετημένων Αναφορών σας επιτρέπει να δείτε προηγούμενα\n" +#~ "δημιουργημένες αναφορές που υπάρχουν στον κατάλογο /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Χρησιμοποιήστε τα πλαίσια επιλογής στην κορυφή για να ρυθμίσετε την κατηγορία των αναφορών που προβάλλονται στη λίστα ως: Αναφορές SIR, Αναφορές AUD ή Αναφορές ESS. Για να δείτε λεπτομέρειες για τις αναφορές επιλέξτε μια αναφορά και πατήστε στο πλήκτρο Προβολή. Μπορείτε να δείτε αναφορές για ένα ή περισσότερα συστήματα εάν μεταφέρετε τις αναφορές στον κατάλογο /var/log/apparmor/reports-archived." #~ msgid "repConfHelp" #~ msgstr "repConfHelp" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Security Incident Report (SIR): A report that displays " -#~ "security \n" -#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy " -#~ "violations \n" -#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The " -#~ "SIR \n" -#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two " -#~ "types \n" +#~ "Security Incident Report (SIR): A report that displays security \n" +#~ "events of interest to an administrator. The SIR reports policy violations \n" +#~ "for locally confined applications during the specified time period. The SIR \n" +#~ "reports policy exceptions and policy engine state changes. These two types \n" #~ "of security events are defined as follows:" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αναφορά Συμβάντων Ασφαλείας (SIR): Μια αναφορά που προβάλλει " -#~ "συμβάντα \n" -#~ " ασφαλείας που ενδιαφέρουν ένα διαχειριστή. Οι αναφορές SIR προβάλλουν " -#~ "παραβιάσεις πολιτικής \n" -#~ "για τοπικά ρυθμισμένες εφαρμογές κατά την περίοδο που έχει οριστεί. Οι " -#~ "αναφορές SIR \n" -#~ "προβάλλουν εξαιρέσεις πολιτικής και αλλαγή κατάστασης μηχανής πολιτικής. " -#~ "Αυτοί οι δύο τύποι \n" +#~ "Αναφορά Συμβάντων Ασφαλείας (SIR): Μια αναφορά που προβάλλει συμβάντα \n" +#~ " ασφαλείας που ενδιαφέρουν ένα διαχειριστή. Οι αναφορές SIR προβάλλουν παραβιάσεις πολιτικής \n" +#~ "για τοπικά ρυθμισμένες εφαρμογές κατά την περίοδο που έχει οριστεί. Οι αναφορές SIR \n" +#~ "προβάλλουν εξαιρέσεις πολιτικής και αλλαγή κατάστασης μηχανής πολιτικής. Αυτοί οι δύο τύποι \n" #~ "συμβάντων ασφαλείας περιγράφονται ως εξής: " #~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a " -#~ "resource \n" -#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</" -#~ "li> \n" -#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications " -#~ "and \n" -#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a " -#~ "policy \n" -#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</" -#~ "li></ul> \n" -#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report " -#~ "details." +#~ "<ul> <li>Policy Exceptions: When an application requests a resource \n" +#~ "that's not defined within its profile, a security event is generated.</li> \n" +#~ "<li>Policy Engine State Changes: Enforces policy for applications and \n" +#~ "maintains its own state, including when engines start or stop, when a policy \n" +#~ "is reloaded, and when global security feature are enabled or disabled.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Select the report from the archive, then View to see the report details." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<ul> <li>Εξαιρέσεις Πολιτικής:Όταν μια εφαρμογή απαιτεί μια πηγή \n" -#~ "που δεν περιγράφεται στο προφίλ της, ένα συμβάν ασφαλείας δημιουργείται." -#~ "<li> \n" -#~ "<li>Αλλαγές Κατάστασης Μηχανής Πολιτικής:Καθορίζει την πολιτική " -#~ "για τις εφαρμογές και \n" -#~ "διαχειρίζεται την ιδία κατάσταση, συμπεριλαμβανομένου της εκκίνησης και " -#~ "της στάσης της, όταν μια πολιτική \n" -#~ "ξαναφορτώνεται και όταν καθολικές ιδιότητες ασφαλείας ενεργοποιούνται ή " -#~ "απενεργοποιούνται.</li></ul> \n" -#~ "Επιλέξτε την αναφορά από το αρχείο, έπειτα πατήστεΠροβολή για να " -#~ "δείτε λεπτομέρειες αναφοράς." +#~ "που δεν περιγράφεται στο προφίλ της, ένα συμβάν ασφαλείας δημιουργείται.<li> \n" +#~ "<li>Αλλαγές Κατάστασης Μηχανής Πολιτικής:Καθορίζει την πολιτική για τις εφαρμογές και \n" +#~ "διαχειρίζεται την ιδία κατάσταση, συμπεριλαμβανομένου της εκκίνησης και της στάσης της, όταν μια πολιτική \n" +#~ "ξαναφορτώνεται και όταν καθολικές ιδιότητες ασφαλείας ενεργοποιούνται ή απενεργοποιούνται.</li></ul> \n" +#~ "Επιλέξτε την αναφορά από το αρχείο, έπειτα πατήστεΠροβολή για να δείτε λεπτομέρειες αναφοράς." -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports " -#~ "which application servers are running and whether they are confined by " -#~ "AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming " -#~ "network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, " -#~ "the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the " -#~ "unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a " -#~ "placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID " -#~ "number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of " -#~ "confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αναφορά Εφαρμογών Audit (AUD): Ένα εργαλείο καταγραφής το οποίο " -#~ "αναφέρει ποιοι εξυπηρετητές εφαρμογών εκτελούνται και ποιοι περιορίζονται " -#~ "από το AppArmor. Οι εξυπηρετητές εφαρμογών είναι εφαρμογές που δέχονται " -#~ "εισερχόμενες συνδέσεις δικτύου. Αυτή η αναφορά παρέχει τη διεύθυνση IP " -#~ "του host, την ημερομηνία που εκτελέστηκε η Αναφορά Εφαρμογών Audit, το " -#~ "όνομα και τη διαδρομή του μη περιορισμένου προγράμματος ή του εξυπηρετητή " -#~ "εφαρμογών, το προτεινόμενο προφίλ ή έναν αντικαταστάτη για προφίλ για ένα " -#~ "μη περιορισμένο πρόγραμμα, τον αριθμό ID της διεργασίας, την κατάσταση " -#~ "του προγράμματος (προσαρμοσμένο ή μη) και τον τύπο προσαρμογής που το " -#~ "προφίλ εφαρμόζει (εξαναγκασμένο/δικαιολογημένο)." +#~ msgid "Applications Audit Report (AUD): An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether they are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. This report provides the host machine's IP Address, the date the Applications Audit Report ran, the name and path of the unconfined program or application server, the suggested profile or a placeholder for a profile for an unconfined program, the process ID number, the state of the program (confined or unconfined) and the type of confinement that the profile is performing (enforce/complain)." +#~ msgstr "Αναφορά Εφαρμογών Audit (AUD): Ένα εργαλείο καταγραφής το οποίο αναφέρει ποιοι εξυπηρετητές εφαρμογών εκτελούνται και ποιοι περιορίζονται από το AppArmor. Οι εξυπηρετητές εφαρμογών είναι εφαρμογές που δέχονται εισερχόμενες συνδέσεις δικτύου. Αυτή η αναφορά παρέχει τη διεύθυνση IP του host, την ημερομηνία που εκτελέστηκε η Αναφορά Εφαρμογών Audit, το όνομα και τη διαδρομή του μη περιορισμένου προγράμματος ή του εξυπηρετητή εφαρμογών, το προτεινόμενο προφίλ ή έναν αντικαταστάτη για προφίλ για ένα μη περιορισμένο πρόγραμμα, τον αριθμό ID της � �ιεργασίας, την κατάσταση του προγράμματος (προσαρμοσμένο ή μη) και τον τύπο προσαρμογής που το προφίλ εφαρμόζει (εξαναγκασμένο/δικαιολογημένο)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Executive Security Summary (ESS): A combined report, \n" -#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. " -#~ "This \n" -#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines " -#~ "if each \n" +#~ "consisting of one or more high-level reports from one or more machines. This \n" +#~ "report can provide a single view of security events on multiple machines if each \n" #~ "machine's data is copied to the reports archive directory, which is \n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the " -#~ "host \n" -#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total " -#~ "number \n" -#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, " -#~ "and the \n" -#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a " -#~ "range \n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. This report provides the host \n" +#~ "machine's IP address, the start and end dates of the polled events, total number \n" +#~ "of rejects, total number of events, average of severity levels reported, and the \n" +#~ "highest severity level reported. One line of the ESS report represents a range \n" #~ "of SIR reports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αναφορά Εκτελεστικής Ασφαλείας (ESS): Μια συνδυασμένη " -#~ "αναφορά, \n" -#~ "αποτελούμενη από μια η περισσότερες αναφορές υψηλού επιπέδου από ένα ή " -#~ "περισσότερα μηχανήματα. Αυτή η \n" -#~ "αναφορά μπορεί να παρέχει μια προβολή των συμβάντων ασφαλείας σε πολλαπλά " -#~ "μηχανήματα εάν τα \n" -#~ "δεδομένα κάθε μηχανής έχουν αντιγραφεί στον κατάλογο αρχειοθέτησης " -#~ "αναφορών, ο οποίος είναι ο \n" -#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Αυτή η αναφορά παρέχει την " -#~ "διεύθυνση IP \n" -#~ " του host, την αρχική και την τελική ημέρα των ορισμένων συμβάντων, τον " -#~ "συνολικό αριθμό \n" -#~ " των απορρίψεων και το υψηλότερο επίπεδο σοβαρότητας που έχει αναφερθεί. " -#~ "Μια γραμμή σε μια αναφορά ESS αναπαριστά ένα \n" +#~ "Αναφορά Εκτελεστικής Ασφαλείας (ESS): Μια συνδυασμένη αναφορά, \n" +#~ "αποτελούμενη από μια η περισσότερες αναφορές υψηλού επιπέδου από ένα ή περισσότερα μηχανήματα. Αυτή η \n" +#~ "αναφορά μπορεί να παρέχει μια προβολή των συμβάντων ασφαλείας σε πολλαπλά μηχανήματα εάν τα \n" +#~ "δεδομένα κάθε μηχανής έχουν αντιγραφεί στον κατάλογο αρχειοθέτησης αναφορών, ο οποίος είναι ο \n" +#~ "/var/log/apparmor/reports-archived. Αυτή η αναφορά παρέχει την διεύθυνση IP \n" +#~ " του host, την αρχική και την τελική ημέρα των ορισμένων συμβάντων, τον συνολικό αριθμό \n" +#~ " των απορρίψεων και το υψηλότερο επίπεδο σοβαρότητας που έχει αναφερθεί. Μια γραμμή σε μια αναφορά ESS αναπαριστά ένα \n" #~ " εύρος των αναφορών SIR." #~ msgid "Archived Security Incident Report - Page " @@ -2756,8 +2449,7 @@ #~ "This table displays the events that match your search criteria.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Συμβάντα Ασφαλείας AppArmor\n" -#~ "Αυτός ο πίνακας εμφανίζει τα συμβάντα που ταιριάζουν στα κριτήρια " -#~ "αναζήτησης σας.\n" +#~ "Αυτός ο πίνακας εμφανίζει τα συμβάντα που ταιριάζουν στα κριτήρια αναζήτησης σας.\n" #~ msgid "AppArmor Event Report Data" #~ msgstr "Δεδομένα Αναφοράς Συμβάντων AppArmor" @@ -2820,9 +2512,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Το Αίτημα Επέστρεψε Άδεια Λίστα." #~ msgid "The events database has no records that match the search query." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η βάση δεδομένων συμβάντων που τεριάζει στην αναζήτηση δεν έχει " -#~ "καταγραφές. " +#~ msgstr "Η βάση δεδομένων συμβάντων που τεριάζει στην αναζήτηση δεν έχει καταγραφές. " #~ msgid "Archived Event Report - Page " #~ msgstr "Αναφορά Αρχειοθετημένων Συμβάντων - Σελίδα " @@ -3021,12 +2711,8 @@ #~ msgid "Audit" #~ msgstr "Audit" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try " -#~ "again." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Το AppArmor δεν φαίνεται να έχει εκκινήσει. Παρακαλώ ενεργοποιήστε το " -#~ "AppArmor και προσπαθήστε ξανά." +#~ msgid "AppArmor does not appear to be started. Please enable AppArmor and try again." +#~ msgstr "Το AppArmor δεν φαίνεται να έχει εκκινήσει. Παρακαλώ ενεργοποιήστε το AppArmor και προσπαθήστε ξανά." #~ msgid "Can't find apparmor profiles in %s." #~ msgstr "Αδυναμία εύρεσης των προφίλ AppArmor στο %s." @@ -3185,8 +2871,7 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgid "<h3>Security Incident Report - Generated by AppArmor</h3>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<h3>Αναφορά Περιστατικού Ασφαλείας - Δημιουργήθηκε από το AppArmor</h3>\n" +#~ msgstr "<h3>Αναφορά Περιστατικού Ασφαλείας - Δημιουργήθηκε από το AppArmor</h3>\n" #~ msgid "<h4>Period: %s - %s</h4>\n" #~ msgstr "<h4>Περίοδος: %s - %s</h4>\n" @@ -3249,9 +2934,7 @@ #~ msgstr "Αδύνατο το άνοιγμα του %s. Αδύνατη η προσθήκη αναφοράς: %s." #~ msgid "Duplicate report name not allowed. Didn't schedule new report: %s" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Διπλό όνομα αναφοράς δεν επιτρέπεται. Δεν ορίστηκε δημιουργία νέας " -#~ "αναφοράς: %s" +#~ msgstr "Διπλό όνομα αναφοράς δεν επιτρέπεται. Δεν ορίστηκε δημιουργία νέας αναφοράς: %s" #~ msgid "Couldn't open %s. No changes performed." #~ msgstr "Αδύνατο το άνοιγμα του %s. Δεν υπήρξαν αλλαγές." @@ -3259,29 +2942,21 @@ #~ msgid "ag_reports_sched: Unknown instruction %s or arg: %s" #~ msgstr "ag_reports_sched: Άγνωστη οδηγία %s ή παράμετρος: %s" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρακαλώ αναφερθείτε σε αυτό για περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με " -#~ "το AppArmor" +#~ msgid "Please refer to this for more detailed information about AppArmor" +#~ msgstr "Παρακαλώ αναφερθείτε σε αυτό για περισσότερες λεπτομέρειες σχετικά με το AppArmor" #~ msgid "Please select an action to perform from the buttons below." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε μια ενέργεια επιλέγοντας κάποιο από τα παρακάτω κουμπιά" +#~ msgstr "Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε μια ενέργεια επιλέγοντας κάποιο από τα παρακάτω κουμπιά" #~ msgid "" #~ "Generate Reports Help If there were, in fact, \n" -#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to " -#~ "be), \n" -#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your " -#~ "time, \n" +#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n" +#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your time, \n" #~ "and have a nice day." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Δημιούργησε Αναφορές Βοήθειας If there were, in fact, \n" -#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to " -#~ "be), \n" -#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your " -#~ "time, \n" +#~ "going to be any help for you (which, incidentally, there isn't going to be), \n" +#~ "then you would indeed find said help, here.Thank you for your time, \n" #~ "and have a nice day." #~ msgid "Weds" @@ -3313,28 +2988,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Μ(α)ταίωση" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Profile Mode Configuration This tool allows you to set " -#~ "AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.Complain mode " -#~ "is a profile training state that logs application activity, but does not " -#~ "restrict the application's behavior.Profiles in enforce mode are " -#~ "protected by AppArmor." +#~ msgid "Profile Mode Configuration This tool allows you to set AppArmor profiles to either complain or enforce mode.Complain mode is a profile training state that logs application activity, but does not restrict the application's behavior.Profiles in enforce mode are protected by AppArmor." #~ msgstr " Προφίλ Κατάσταση Ρύθμιση Προφίλ" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ " AppArmor Profiling Wizard \n" -#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access " -#~ "control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security " -#~ "profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests " -#~ "that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute " -#~ "permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during " -#~ "the normal application execution test previously performed. \n" -#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security " -#~ "profile syntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may customize " -#~ "the profile entry by changing the suggested response. This overview will " -#~ "assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration " -#~ "Guide for step-by-step instructions. \n" +#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during the normal application execution test previously performed. \n" +#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security profile syntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may customize the profile entry by changing the suggested response. This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step instructions. \n" #~ " Access Modes \n" #~ "\n" #~ " File permission access modes consists of combinations of\n" @@ -3420,21 +3081,16 @@ #~ "\t<li>* can substitute for any number of characters, excepting\n" #~ " '/'<li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " \t<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, " -#~ "including '/'</li>\n" +#~ " \t<li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>? can substitute for any single character excepting " -#~ "'/'</li>\n" +#~ " <li>? can substitute for any single character excepting '/'</li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or " -#~ "c</li>\n" +#~ " <li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or " -#~ "c</li>\n" +#~ " <li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule " -#~ "to match\n" +#~ " <li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match\n" #~ " cd</li>\n" #~ "\n" #~ " </ul>\n" @@ -3444,14 +3100,11 @@ #~ " Clean Exec - for sanitized execution\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and " -#~ "unconstrained \n" +#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" #~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" #~ " environment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n" -#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to " -#~ "sanitize the\n" -#~ " enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling " -#~ "process.\n" +#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" +#~ " enviroment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" #~ " The variables are:\n" #~ " <ul> \n" #~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n" @@ -3602,17 +3255,8 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ " AppArmor Profiling Wizard \n" -#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access " -#~ "control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security " -#~ "profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests " -#~ "that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute " -#~ "permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during " -#~ "the normal application execution test previously performed. \n" -#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security " -#~ "profile syntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may customize " -#~ "the profile entry by overriding the suggestion. This overview will assist " -#~ "you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide " -#~ "for step-by-step instructions. \n" +#~ " This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles by using the suggestions made by AppArmor. AppArmor suggests that you allow or deny access to specific resources or define execute permission for entries. These questions that display were logged during the normal application execution test previously performed. \n" +#~ " The following help text describes the detail of the security profile syntax used by AppArmor. At any stage, you may customize the profile entry by overriding the suggestion. This overview will assist you in your options. Refer to the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide for step-by-step instructions. \n" #~ "\n" #~ " Access Modes \n" #~ "\n" @@ -3664,8 +3308,7 @@ #~ " This mode is useful when a confined program needs to\n" #~ " be able to perform a privileged operation, such as\n" #~ " rebooting the machine. By placing the privileged section\n" -#~ " in another executable and granting unconfined execution " -#~ "rights,\n" +#~ " in another executable and granting unconfined execution rights,\n" #~ "\t it is possible to bypass the mandatory\n" #~ " constraints imposed on all confined processes.\n" #~ " For more information on what is constrained, see the\n" @@ -3697,22 +3340,16 @@ #~ " \n" #~ "\n" #~ " <ul>\n" -#~ " <li>* can substitute for any number of characters, " -#~ "excepting\n" +#~ " <li>* can substitute for any number of characters, excepting\n" #~ " '/'<li>\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>** can substitute for any number of characters, " -#~ "including '/'</li>\n" +#~ " <li>** can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>\n" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " <li>? can substitute for any single character excepting " -#~ "'/'</li>\n" -#~ " <li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or " -#~ "c</li>\n" -#~ " <li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or " -#~ "c</li>\n" -#~ " <li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule " -#~ "to match cd</li>\n" +#~ " <li>? can substitute for any single character excepting '/'</li>\n" +#~ " <li>[abc] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" +#~ " <li>[a-c] will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>\n" +#~ " <li>{ab,cd} will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>\n" #~ "\n" #~ " </ul>\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3721,14 +3358,11 @@ #~ " Clean Exec - for sanitized execution\n" #~ " \n" #~ " \n" -#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and " -#~ "unconstrained \n" +#~ " The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile and unconstrained \n" #~ " execute permissions provide added security by stripping the \n" #~ " enviroment that is inherited by the child program of specific \n" -#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to " -#~ "sanitize the\n" -#~ " environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling " -#~ "process.\n" +#~ " variables. You will be prompted to choose whether you want to sanitize the\n" +#~ " environment if you choose 'p' or 'u' during the profiling process.\n" #~ " The variables are:\n" #~ " <ul> \n" #~ " <li>GCONV_PATH</li>\n" @@ -3875,287 +3509,32 @@ #~ "<li></li></ul>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<ul><li> Allow configuration of the secure attention key</li> <li> Allow " -#~ "administration of the random device</li> <li> Allow examination and " -#~ "configuration of disk quotas</li> <li> Allow configuring the kernel's " -#~ "syslog (printk behaviour)</li> <li> Allow setting the domain name</li> " -#~ "<li> Allow setting the hostname</li> <li> Allow calling bdflush()</li> " -#~ "<li> Allow mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> <li> " -#~ "Allow some autofs root ioctls</li> <li> Allow nfsservctl</li> <li> Allow " -#~ "VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> Allow to read/write pci config on alpha</li> " -#~ "<li> Allow irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Allow flushing all " -#~ "cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Allow removing semaphores</li> " -#~ "<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, " -#~ "semaphores and shared memory</li> <li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared " -#~ "memory segment</li> <li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> <li> Allow forged " -#~ "pids on socket credentials passing</li> <li> Allow setting read ahead and " -#~ "flushing buffers on block devices</li> <li> Allow setting geometry in " -#~ "floppy driver</li> <li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> <li> " -#~ "Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -#~ "ioctls)</li> <li> Allow tuning the ide driver</li> <li> Allow access to " -#~ "the nvram device</li> <li> Allow administration of apm_bios, serial and " -#~ "bttv (TV) device</li> <li> Allow manufacturer commands in isdn CAPI " -#~ "support driver</li> <li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci " -#~ "configuration space</li> <li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> " -#~ "<li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> <li> Allow sending raw qic-117 " -#~ "commands</li> <li> Allow enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI " -#~ "controllers and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> <li> Allow setting " -#~ "encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<ul><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></" -#~ "li><li> Γραφήματα υπερχρήστης</li><li></li><li> IRQ</li><li></li><li></" -#~ "li><li> όλα</li><li></li><li> Χρησιμοποιούμενα</li><li></li><li></" -#~ "li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li> DMA</li><li></li><li> ide</li><li></" -#~ "li><li> apm Τηλεόραση</li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></" -#~ "li><li> SCSI SCSI</li><li></li></ul>" +#~ msgid "<ul><li> Allow configuration of the secure attention key</li> <li> Allow administration of the random device</li> <li> Allow examination and configuration of disk quotas</li> <li> Allow configuring the kernel's syslog (printk behaviour)</li> <li> Allow setting the domain name</li> <li> Allow setting the hostname</li> <li> Allow calling bdflush()</li> <li> Allow mount() and umount(), setting up new smb connection</li> <li> Allow some autofs root ioctls</li> <li> Allow nfsservctl</li> <li> Allow VM86_REQUEST_IRQ</li> <li> Allow to read/write pci config on alpha</li> <li> Allow irix_prctl on mips (setstacksize)</li> <li> Allow flushing all cache on m68k (sys_cacheflush)</li> <li> Allow removing semaphores</li> <li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> <li> Allow locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> <li> Allow turning swap on/off</li> <li> Allow forged pids on socket credentials passing</li> <li> Allow setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> <li> Allow setting geometry in floppy driver</li> <li> Allow turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> <li> Allow administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li> <li> Allow tuning the ide driver</li> <li> Allow access to the nvram device</li> <li> Allow administration of apm_bios, serial and bttv (TV) device</li> <li> Allow manufacturer commands in isdn CAPI support driver</li> <li> Allow reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> <li> Allow DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> <li> Allow setting up serial ports</li> <li> Allow sending raw qic-117 commands</li> <li> Allow enabling/disabling tagged queuing on SCSI controllers and sending arbitrary SCSI commands</li> <li> Allow setting encryption key on loopback filesystem </li></ul>" +#~ msgstr "<ul><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li> Γραφήματα υπερχρήστης</li><li></li><li> IRQ</li><li></li><li></li><li> όλα</li><li></li><li> Χρησιμοποιούμενα</li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li> DMA</li><li></li><li> ide</li><li></li><li> apm Τηλεόραση</li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li></li><li> SCSI SCSI</li><li></li></ul>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts " -#~ "for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are " -#~ "sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be " -#~ "to send an alert. Notification Types Terse " -#~ "Notification: Terse notification summarizes the total number of " -#~ "system events without providing details. For example: dhcp-101." -#~ "up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 " -#~ "2004 Summary Notification: The Summary notification " -#~ "displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of " -#~ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. " -#~ " For example: SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability " -#~ "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /" -#~ "usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004." -#~ " Verbose Notification: The Verbose notification displays " -#~ "unmodified, logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an " -#~ "event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security " -#~ "events include the date and time the event occurred, when the " -#~ "application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the " -#~ "type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose " -#~ "Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to " -#~ "interpret profiles. For example: Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: " -#~ "PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) " -#~ "profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br " -#~ "<ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select " -#~ "the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you " -#~ "select 1 day from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily " -#~ "notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <li> Enter " -#~ "the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or " -#~ "Verbose notifications. </li> <li>Select the lowest severity " -#~ "level for which a notification should be sent. Security events will " -#~ "be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the " -#~ "interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity " -#~ "level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if " -#~ "security events occur. Severity Levels: These are numbered " -#~ "one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The " -#~ "severity.db file defines the severity level of potential security " -#~ "events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different " -#~ "security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</" -#~ "li> <li>Select Include unknown security events if you would like " -#~ "to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ασφάλεια ασφάλεια ασφάλεια dhcp " -#~ "ασφάλεια Τρι Περίληψη Περίληψη ασφάλεια " -#~ "Σαβ ασφάλεια ασφάλεια r<br <ol><li> " -#~ "Ενεργοποιημένο ασφάλεια</li> <li> Επιστροφή Περίληψη</" -#~ "li> <li> Επιλογή Ασφάλεια ασφάλεια Σοβαρότητα</" -#~ "b> ασφάλεια ασφάλεια ασφάλεια</li><li> Επιλογή άγνωστη " -#~ "ασφάλεια</li></ol>" +#~ msgid "The Security Event Notification screen enables you to setup email alerts for security events. In the following steps, specify how often alerts are sent, who receives the alert, and how severe the security event must be to send an alert. Notification Types Terse Notification: Terse notification summarizes the total number of system events without providing details. For example: dhcp-101.up.wirex.com has had 10 security events since Tue Oct 12 11:10:00 2004 Summary Notification: The Summary notification displays the logged AppArmor security events, and lists the number of individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. For example: SubDomain: PERMITTING access to capability 'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004. Verbose Notification: The Verbose notification displays unmodified , logged AppArmor security events. It tells you every time an event occurs and writes a new line in the Verbose log. These security events include the date and time the event occurred, when the application profile permits access as well as rejects access, and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected. Verbose Notification also reports several messages that the logprof tool uses to interpret profiles. For example: Oct 9 15:40:31 SubDomain: PERMITTING r access to /etc/apache2/httpd.conf (httpd2-prefork(6068) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) <br <ol> <li> For each notification type that you would like enabled, select the frequency of notification that you would like. For example, if you select 1 day from the pull-down list, you will be sent daily notifications of security events, if they occur.</li> <li> Enter the email address of those who should receive the Terse, Summary, or Verbose notifications . </li> <li>Select the lowest severity level for which a notification should be sent. Security events will be logged and the notifications will be sent at the time indicated by the interval when events are equal or greater than the selected severity level. If the interval is 1 day, the notification will be sent daily, if security events occur. Severity Levels: These are numbered one through ten, ten being the most severe security incident. The severity.db file defines the severity level of potential security events. The severity levels are determined by the importance of different security events, such as certain resources accessed or services denied.</li> <li>Select Include unknown security events if you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li> </ol>" +#~ msgstr "Ασφάλεια ασφάλεια ασφάλεια dhcp ασφάλεια Τρι Περίληψη Περίληψη ασφάλεια Σαβ ασφάλεια ασφάλεια r<br <ol><li> Ενεργοποιημένο ασφάλεια</li> <li> Επιστροφή Περίληψη</li> <li> Επιλογή Ασφάλεια ασφάλεια Σοβαρότητα ασφάλεια ασφάλεια ασφάλεια</li><li> Επιλογή άγνωστη ασφάλεια</li></ol>" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived " -#~ "report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range:</" -#~ "b> <ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become " -#~ "active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of " -#~ "the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for " -#~ "definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to " -#~ "enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: " -#~ " Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or " -#~ "pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of " -#~ "interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for " -#~ "a specific program. Profile Name Pattern: When you enter " -#~ "the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that " -#~ "are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is " -#~ "being confined by a specific profile. PID Number: Process " -#~ "ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or " -#~ "running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that " -#~ "process). Severity Level: Select the lowest severity " -#~ "level for security events that you would like to be included in the " -#~ "report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the " -#~ "reports. Detail: A source to which the profile has denied " -#~ "access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to " -#~ "report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. " -#~ "Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the " -#~ "program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w " -#~ "(write) l (link) x (execute) Access Type: The access type " -#~ "describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options " -#~ "are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING. CSV or HTML: " -#~ "Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or html file. The " -#~ "CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a " -#~ "standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You " -#~ "can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full " -#~ "pathname in the field provided." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αναφορά Ρύθμιση Ημέρα Εμβέλεια <ol><li> Φίλτρο Ημέρα " -#~ "Εμβέλεια<li> Επιστροφή<li> Επιστροφή</ol> Αναφορά Ρύθμιση " -#~ "Πρόγραμμα Όνομα Πρότυπο ασφάλεια Προφίλ Όνομα Πρότυπο " -#~ "ασφάλεια PID Αριθμός ID εκτελείται Σοβαρότητα</" -#~ "b> Επιλογή ασφάλεια Λεπτομέρειες Κατάσταση " -#~ "Κατάσταση r Τύπος ασφάλεια CSV ΗΤΜL CSV " -#~ "html CSV." +#~ msgid "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the archived report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range: <ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the binary executable of the program of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program. Profile Name Pattern: When you enter the name of the profile, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile. PID Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process). Severity Level: Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports. Detail: A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING. CSV or HTML: Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values) or ht ml file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided." +#~ msgstr "Αναφορά Ρύθμιση Ημέρα Εμβέλεια <ol><li> Φίλτρο Ημέρα Εμβέλεια<li> Επιστροφή<li> Επιστροφή</ol> Αναφορά Ρύθμιση Πρόγραμμα Όνομα Πρότυπο ασφάλεια Προφίλ Όνομα Πρότυπο ασφάλεια PID Αριθμός ID εκτελείται Σοβαρότητα Επιλογή ασφάλεια Λεπτομέρειες Κατάσταση Κατάσταση r Τύπος ασφάλεια CSV ΗΤΜL CSV html CSV." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated " -#~ "version of one of the following reports. Executive Security Summary:</" -#~ "b> A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports " -#~ "from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of " -#~ "security events on multiple machines. Applications Audit " -#~ "Report: An auditing tool that reports which application servers are " -#~ "running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. " -#~ "Application servers are applications that accept incoming network " -#~ "connections. Security Incident Report: A report that " -#~ "displays application security for a single host. It reports policy " -#~ "violations for locally confined applications during a specific time " -#~ "period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η οθόνη Aναφορά AppArmor Κατ' Απαίτηση προβάλει μια στιγμιαία " -#~ "δημιουργημένη έκδοση μιας από τις ακόλουθες αναφορές. Αναφορά " -#~ "Εκτελεστικής Ασφαλείας: Μια συνδυαστική αναφορά, αποτελούμενη από μια " -#~ "η περισσότερες αναφορές υψηλού επιπέδου από ένα ή περισσότερα " -#~ "μηχανήματα. Αυτή η αναφορά μπορεί να παρέχει μια προβολή των συμβάντων " -#~ "ασφαλείας σε πολλαπλές μηχανές. Αναφορά Applications Audit: " -#~ "Ένα εργαλείο auditing το οποίο αναφέρει ποιοι διακομιστές εφαρμογών " -#~ "εκτελούνται και ποιοι ελέγχονται από το AppArmor. Οι διακομιστές " -#~ "εφαρμογών είναι εφαρμογές που δέχονται εισερχόμενες συνδέσεις δικτύου. " -#~ " Αναφορά Συμβάντων Ασφαλείας: Μια αναφορά που προβάλλει " -#~ "συμβάντα ασφαλείας που ενδιαφέρουν έναν διαχειριστή. Οι αναφορές SIR " -#~ "προβάλλουν παραβιάσεις πολιτικής για τοπικά ρυθμισμένες εφαρμογές κατά " -#~ "την περίοδο που έχει οριστεί. Μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε και να ρυθμίσετε " -#~ "αυτή την αναφορά ή να προσθέσετε νέες εκδόσεις." +#~ msgid "The AppArmor On-Demand Report screen displays an instantly generated version of one of the following reports. Executive Security Summary: A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines. Applications Audit Report: An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. Security Incident Report: A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions." +#~ msgstr "Η οθόνη Aναφορά AppArmor Κατ' Απαίτηση προβάλει μια στιγμιαία δημιουργημένη έκδοση μιας από τις ακόλουθες αναφορές. Αναφορά Εκτελεστικής Ασφαλείας: Μια συνδυαστική αναφορά, αποτελούμενη από μια η περισσότερες αναφορές υψηλού επιπέδου από ένα ή περισσότερα μηχανήματα. Αυτή η αναφορά μπορεί να παρέχει μια προβολή των συμβάντων ασφαλείας σε πολλαπλές μηχανές. Αναφορά Applications Audit: Ένα εργαλείο auditing το οποίο αναφέρει ποιοι διακομιστές εφαρμογών εκτελούνται και ποιοι ελέγχονται από το AppArmor. Οι διακομιστές εφαρμογών είναι εφαρμογέ ς που δέχονται εισερχόμενες συνδέσεις δικτύου. Αναφορά Συμβάντων Ασφαλείας: Μια αναφορά που προβάλλει συμβάντα ασφαλείας που ενδιαφέρουν έναν διαχειριστή. Οι αναφορές SIR προβάλλουν παραβιάσεις πολιτικής για τοπικά ρυθμισμένες εφαρμογές κατά την περίοδο που έχει οριστεί. Μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε και να ρυθμίσετε αυτή την αναφορά ή να προσθέσετε νέες εκδόσεις." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report " -#~ "selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range: " -#~ "<ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active. " -#~ "<li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the " -#~ "report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions " -#~ "of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the " -#~ "filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: Program Name " -#~ "Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the " -#~ "name of the executable process of interest, the report will display " -#~ "security events that have occurred for a specific program. " -#~ "Profile Name Pattern: When you enter the name of the security " -#~ "profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the " -#~ "security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use " -#~ "this to see what is being confined by a specific profile. PID " -#~ "Number: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one " -#~ "specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the " -#~ "lifetime of that process). Severity Level: Select the " -#~ "lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be " -#~ "included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be " -#~ "included in the reports. Detail: A source to which the " -#~ "profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can " -#~ "use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by " -#~ "profiles. Mode: The Mode is the permission that the " -#~ "profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The " -#~ "options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Access " -#~ "Type: The access type describes what is actually happening with the " -#~ "security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING." -#~ " CSV or HTML: Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated " -#~ "values) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log " -#~ "entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-" -#~ "oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report " -#~ "by typing in the full pathname in the field provided." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ο διάλογος Ρύθμισης Αναφοράς σας επιτρέπει να φιλτράρετε την " -#~ "αρχειοθετημένη αναφορά που επιλέχθηκε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη. Για να " -#~ "φιλτράρετε με βάση Εύρος Ημερών: <ol> <li>Πατήστε " -#~ "Φιλτράρισμα Με Βάση Εύρος Ημερών. Τα πεδία γίνονται ενεργά. " -#~ "<li>Εισάγετε την αρχική και την τελική ημέρα που θέλετε για την αναφορά. " -#~ "<li>Εισάγετε άλλες παραμέτρους φιλτραρίσματος. Δείτε παρακάτω για " -#~ "ορισμούς των παραμέτρων </ol> Οι ακόλουθοι ορισμοί σας βοηθούν να " -#~ "εισάγετε τις παραμέτρους φιλτραρίσματος στον Διάλογο Ρύθμισης Αναφοράς: " -#~ " Μορφή Ονόματος Προγράμματος: Όταν εισάγετε το όνομα ενός " -#~ "προγράμματος ή μια μορφή που ταιριάζει στο όνομα του εκτελέσιμου αρχείου " -#~ "του προγράμματος που σας ενδιαφέρει, η αναφορά θα προβάλει συμβάντα " -#~ "ασφαλείας τα οποία έχουν γίνει για ένα συγκεκριμένο πρόγραμμα. " -#~ "Μορφή Ονόματος Προφίλ: Όταν εισάγετε το όνομα του προφίλ, η " -#~ "αναφορά θα προβάλει τα συμβάντα ασφαλείας τα οποία δημιουργούνται για το " -#~ "συγκεκριμένο προφίλ. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό για να δείτε τι " -#~ "ρυθμίζεται για ένα συγκεκριμένο προφίλ. Αριθμός PID: Ο " -#~ "αριθμός ID διεργασίας είναι ένας αριθμός που αναγνωρίζει μοναδικά μια " -#~ "συγκεκριμένη διεργασία ή ένα πρόγραμμ (αυτός ο αριθμός είναι έγκυρος μόνο " -#~ "κατά την εκτέλεση του προγράμματος). Επίπεδο Σοβαρότητας: " -#~ "Επιλέξτε το χαμηλότερο επίπεδο σοβαρότητα των συμβάντων ασφαλείας εάν " -#~ "θέλετε να συμπεριληφθούν στην αναφορά. Το επιλεγόμενο επίπεδο σοβαρότητας " -#~ "και πάνω θα συμπεριληφθούν στην αναφορά. Λεπτομέρεια: Μια " -#~ "πηγή στην οποία το προφίλ σας έχει απαγορέψει την πρόσβαση. Αυτό " -#~ "περιλαμβάνει δυνατότητες και αρχεία. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το " -#~ "πεδίο για να αναφέρετε τις πηγές που δεν επιτρέπεται να είναι προσβάσιμες " -#~ "από τα προφίλ. Λειτουργία: Η Λειτουργία είναι η άδεια που " -#~ "το το προφίλ παρέχει στο πρόγραμμα ή διεργασία με την οποία συνδέεται. Οι " -#~ "επιλογές είναι: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Τύπος " -#~ "Πρόσβασης: Ο τύπος πρόσβασης περιγράφει τι πραγματικά συμβαίνει στο " -#~ "συμβάν ασφαλείας. Οι επιλογές είναι: PERMITTING, REJECTING ή AUDITING." -#~ " CSV ή HTML: Σας επιτρέπει να εξάγετε ένα CSV " -#~ "(διαχωρισμένες με κόμμα τιμές) ή html αρχείο. Το αρχείο CSV διαχωρίζει τα " -#~ "κομμάτια δεδομένων των καταχωρήσεων καταγραφής με κόμματα χρησιμοποιώντας " -#~ "μια καθορισμένη μορφή δεδομένων για εισαγωγή table-oriented εφαρμογών. " -#~ "Μπορείτε να εισάγετε ένα όνομα διαδρομής για την εξαγόμενη αναφορά σας " -#~ "πληκτρολογώντας την πλήρη διαδρομή στο παρεχόμενο πεδίο." +#~ msgid "The Report Configuration dialog enables you to filter the report selected in the previous screen. To filter by Date Range: <ol> <li>Click Filter By Date Range. The fields become active. <li>Enter the start and end dates that delineate the scope of the report. <li>Enter other filtering parameters. See below for definitions of parameters. </ol> The following definitions help you to enter the filtering parameters in the Report Configuration Dialog: Program Name Pattern: When you enter a program name or pattern that matches the name of the executable process of interest, the report will display security events that have occurred for a specific program. Profile Name Pattern: When you enter the name of the security profile that is applied to the process, the report will display the security events that are generated for the specified profile. You can use this to see what is being confined by a specific profile. PID Num ber: Process ID number is a number that uniquely identifies one specific process or running program (this number is valid only during the lifetime of that process). Severity Level: Select the lowest severity level for security events that you would like to be included in the report. The selected severity level, and above, will be included in the reports. Detail: A source to which the profile has denied access. This includes capabilities and files. You can use this field to report the resources are not allowed to be accessed by profiles. Mode: The Mode is the permission that the profile grants to the program or process to which it is applied. The options are: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Access Type: The access type describes what is actually happening with the security event. The options are: PERMITTING, REJECTING, or AUDITING. CSV or HTML: Enables you to export a CSV (comma separated values ) or HTML file. The CSV file separates pieces of data in the log entries with commas using a standard data format for importing into table-oriented applications. You can enter a pathname for your exported report by typing in the full pathname in the field provided." +#~ msgstr "Ο διάλογος Ρύθμισης Αναφοράς σας επιτρέπει να φιλτράρετε την αρχειοθετημένη αναφορά που επιλέχθηκε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη. Για να φιλτράρετε με βάση Εύρος Ημερών: <ol> <li>Πατήστε Φιλτράρισμα Με Βάση Εύρος Ημερών. Τα πεδία γίνονται ενεργά. <li>Εισάγετε την αρχική και την τελική ημέρα που θέλετε για την αναφορά. <li>Εισάγετε άλλες παραμέτρους φιλτραρίσματος. Δείτε παρακάτω για ορισμούς των παραμέτρων </ol> Οι ακόλουθοι ορισμοί σας βοηθούν να εισάγετε τις παραμέτρους φιλτραρίσματος στον Διάλογο Ρύθμισης Αναφοράς: Μορφή � �νόματος Προγράμματος: Όταν εισάγετε το όνομα ενός προγράμματος ή μια μορφή που ταιριάζει στο όνομα του εκτελέσιμου αρχείου του προγράμματος που σας ενδιαφέρει, η αναφορά θα προβάλει συμβάντα ασφαλείας τα οποία έχουν γίνει για ένα συγκεκριμένο πρόγραμμα. Μορφή Ονόματος Προφίλ: Όταν εισάγετε το όνομα του προφίλ, η αναφορά θα προβάλει τα συμβάντα ασφαλείας τα οποία δημιουργούνται για το συγκεκριμένο προφίλ. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό για να δείτε τι ρυθμίζεται για ένα συγκεκριμένο προφίλ. Αριθμός PID: Ο αριθμός ID διε ργασίας είναι ένας αριθμός που αναγνωρίζει μοναδικά μια συγκεκριμένη διεργασία ή ένα πρόγραμμ (αυτός ο αριθμός είναι έγκυρος μόνο κατά την εκτέλεση του προγράμματος). Επίπεδο Σοβαρότητας: Επιλέξτε το χαμηλότερο επίπεδο σοβαρότητα των συμβάντων ασφαλείας εάν θέλετε να συμπεριληφθούν στην αναφορά. Το επιλεγόμενο επίπεδο σοβαρότητας και πάνω θα συμπεριληφθούν στην αναφορά. Λεπτομέρεια: Μια πηγή στην οποία το προφίλ σας έχει απαγορέψει την πρόσβαση. Αυτό περιλαμβάνει δυνατότητες και αρχεία. Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυ τό το πεδίο για να αναφέρετε τις πηγές που δεν επιτρέπεται να είναι προσβάσιμες από τα προφίλ. Λειτουργία: Η Λειτουργία είναι η άδεια που το το προφίλ παρέχει στο πρόγραμμα ή διεργασία με την οποία συνδέεται. Οι επιλογές είναι: r (read) w (write) l (link) x (execute) Τύπος Πρόσβασης: Ο τύπος πρόσβασης περιγράφει τι πραγματικά συμβαίνει στο συμβάν ασφαλείας. Οι επιλογές είναι: PERMITTING, REJECTING ή AUDITING. CSV ή HTML: Σας επιτρέπει να εξάγετε ένα CSV (διαχωρισμένες με κόμμα τιμές) ή html αρχείο. Το αρχείο CSV διαχωρίζει τα κομμάτια δεδομένων των καταχωρήσε� �ν καταγραφής με κόμματα χρησιμοποιώντας μια καθορισμένη μορφή δεδομένων για εισαγωγή table-oriented εφαρμογών. Μπορείτε να εισάγετε ένα όνομα διαδρομής για την εξαγόμενη αναφορά σας πληκτρολογώντας την πλήρη διαδρομή στο παρεχόμενο πεδίο." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are " -#~ "scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or " -#~ "hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also " -#~ "be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients. In " -#~ "the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of " -#~ "security reports: Executive Security Summary: A combined " -#~ "report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or " -#~ "more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on " -#~ "multiple machines. Applications Audit Report: An auditing " -#~ "tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the " -#~ "applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are " -#~ "applications that accept incoming network connections. " -#~ "Security Incident Report: A report that displays application " -#~ "security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally " -#~ "confined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and " -#~ "customize this report, or add new versions." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Η σελίδα της περίληψης των προγραμματισμένων αναφορών μας δείχνει πότε οι " -#~ "αναφορές είναι προγραμματισμένες να εκτελεστούν. Οι αναφορές μπορεί να " -#~ "οριστούν για εκτέλεση, μηνιαία ως, εβδομαδιαίως, ημερησίως ή ωριαίως. Οι " -#~ "προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις είναι ημερησίως τα μεσάνυχτα. Οι αναφορές " -#~ "μπορούν επίσης να αποσταλούν μέσω email, κατά την συμπλήρωση τους, το " -#~ "πολύ σε τρεις παραλήπτες. Στον τομέα Ορισμός Προγράμματος, " -#~ "μπορείτε να προγραμματίσετε τους τρεις τύπους των αναφορών ασφαλείας: " -#~ " Αναφορά Εκτελεστικής Ασφαλείας: Μια συνδυαστική αναφορά, " -#~ "αποτελούμενη από μια η περισσότερες αναφορές υψηλού επιπέδου από ένα ή " -#~ "περισσότερα μηχανήματα. Αυτή η αναφορά μπορεί να παρέχει μια προβολή των " -#~ "συμβάντων ασφαλείας σε πολλαπλές μηχανές. Αναφορά Applications " -#~ "Audit: Ένα εργαλείο auditing το οποίο αναφέρει ποιοι διακομιστές " -#~ "εφαρμογών εκτελούνται και ποιοι ελέγχονται από το AppArmor. Οι " -#~ "διακομιστές εφαρμογών είναι εφαρμογές που δέχονται εισερχόμενες συνδέσεις " -#~ "δικτύου. Αναφορά Συμβάντων Ασφαλείας: Μια αναφορά που " -#~ "προβάλλει συμβάντα ασφαλείας που ενδιαφέρουν έναν διαχειριστή. Οι " -#~ "αναφορές SIR προβάλλουν παραβιάσεις πολιτικής για τοπικά ρυθμισμένες " -#~ "εφαρμογές κατά την περίοδο που έχει οριστεί. Μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε " -#~ "και να ρυθμίσετε αυτή την αναφορά ή να προσθέσετε νέες εκδόσεις." +#~ msgid "The summary of scheduled reports page shows us when reports are scheduled to run. Reports can be set to run monthly, weekly, daily, or hourly. The default settings are daily at midnight. The reports can also be emailed, upon completion, to up to three email recipients. In the Set Schedule section, you can schedule the following three types of security reports: Executive Security Summary: A combined report, consisting of one or more Security incident reports from one or more machines. This report provides a single view of security events on multiple machines. Applications Audit Report: An auditing tool that reports which application servers are running and whether the applications are confined by AppArmor. Application servers are applications that accept incoming network connections. Security Incident Report: A report that displays application security for a single host. It reports policy violations for locally conf ined applications during a specific time period. You can edit and customize this report, or add new versions." +#~ msgstr "Η σελίδα της περίληψης των προγραμματισμένων αναφορών μας δείχνει πότε οι αναφορές είναι προγραμματισμένες να εκτελεστούν. Οι αναφορές μπορεί να οριστούν για εκτέλεση, μηνιαία ως, εβδομαδιαίως, ημερησίως ή ωριαίως. Οι προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις είναι ημερησίως τα μεσάνυχτα. Οι αναφορές μπορούν επίσης να αποσταλούν μέσω email, κατά την συμπλήρωση τους, το πολύ σε τρεις παραλήπτες. Στον τομέα Ορισμός Προγράμματος, μπορείτε να προγραμματίσετε τους τρεις τύπους των αναφορών ασφαλείας: Αναφορά Εκτελεστικής Ασφαλείας: Μια συνδ υαστική αναφορά, αποτελούμενη από μια η περισσότερες αναφορές υψηλού επιπέδου από ένα ή περισσότερα μηχανήματα. Αυτή η αναφορά μπορεί να παρέχει μια προβολή των συμβάντων ασφαλείας σε πολλαπλές μηχανές. Αναφορά Applications Audit: Ένα εργαλείο auditing το οποίο αναφέρει ποιοι διακομιστές εφαρμογών εκτελούνται και ποιοι ελέγχονται από το AppArmor. Οι διακομιστές εφαρμογών είναι εφαρμογές που δέχονται εισερχόμενες συνδέσεις δικτύου. Αναφορά Συμβάντων Ασφαλείας: Μια αναφορά που προβάλλει συμβάντα ασφαλείας που ενδιαφέρουν έναν διαχειρισ τή. Οι αναφορές SIR προβάλλουν παραβιάσεις πολιτικής για τοπικά ρυθμισμένες εφαρμογές κατά την περίοδο που έχει οριστεί. Μπορείτε να επεξεργαστείτε και να ρυθμίσετε αυτή την αναφορά ή να προσθέσετε νέες εκδόσεις." #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -#~ "enforcement module is loaded and functioning. Security Event " -#~ "Notification Configure this tool if you want to be notified by " -#~ "email when access violations have occurred. Profile Modes</" -#~ "b> Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual " -#~ "profiles." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " Κατάσταση Ασφάλεια Ρύθμιση KPilot</" -#~ "p> Προφίλ Χρήση" +#~ msgid "AppArmor Status This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement module is loaded and functioning. Security Event Notification Configure this tool if you want to be notified by email when access violations have occurred. Profile Modes Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor uses individual profiles." +#~ msgstr " Κατάσταση Ασφάλεια Ρύθμιση KPilot Προφίλ Χρήση" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Email address is too long. Please enter another address." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89806 - trunk/yast/sw/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 18:02:35 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89806 Added: trunk/yast/sw/po/cio.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/opensuse_mirror.sw.po Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/add-on-creator.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/add-on.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/audit-laf.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/auth-client.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/auth-server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/autoinst.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/base.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/bootloader.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/ca-management.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/cluster.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/control-center.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/control.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/country.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/crowbar.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/dhcp-server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/dns-server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/drbd.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/fcoe-client.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/firewall-services.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/firewall.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/firstboot.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/ftp-server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/geo-cluster.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/gtk.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/http-server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/inetd.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/installation.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/instserver.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/iplb.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/iscsi-client.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/iscsi-lio-server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/iscsi-server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/isns.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/kdump.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/kerberos-server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/kerberos.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/languages_db.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/ldap-client.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/ldap-server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/ldap.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/live-installer.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/lxc.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/mail.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/multipath.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/ncurses-pkg.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/ncurses.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/network.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/nfs.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/nfs_server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/nis.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/nis_server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/ntp-client.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/oneclickinstall.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/online-update-configuration.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/online-update.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/packager.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/pam.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/pkg-bindings.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/printer.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/product-creator.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/proxy.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/qt-pkg.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/qt.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/rdp.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/rear.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/registration.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/reipl.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/relocation-server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/s390.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/samba-client.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/samba-server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/samba-users.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/scanner.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/security.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/services-manager.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/slp-server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/snapper.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/sound.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/squid.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/sshd.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/storage.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/sudo.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/support.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/sysconfig.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/tftp-server.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/timezone_db.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/tune.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/update.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/users.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/vm.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/wagon.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/wol.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/xpram.sw.po trunk/yast/sw/po/yast2-apparmor.sw.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/add-on-creator.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/add-on-creator.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/add-on-creator.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/add-on.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/add-on.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/add-on.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "" @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "" @@ -215,40 +215,40 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -260,33 +260,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -308,102 +308,102 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/audit-laf.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/audit-laf.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/audit-laf.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -780,30 +780,44 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -812,36 +826,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "" #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -849,26 +863,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/auth-client.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/auth-client.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/auth-client.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/auth-server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/auth-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/auth-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -236,6 +236,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -655,20 +659,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +684,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +701,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +715,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +725,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +757,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +776,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +785,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +816,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +851,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +882,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +908,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +920,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +944,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +960,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +991,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1014,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1026,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1105,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1125,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1197,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1207,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1238,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1771,10 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -2690,8 +2700,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2954,7 +2964,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2977,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/autoinst.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/autoinst.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/autoinst.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -104,8 +104,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -115,33 +114,26 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -273,21 +265,21 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2157,12 +2149,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2261,11 +2253,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2445,35 +2437,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/base.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/base.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/base.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1370,6 +1370,25 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -1949,15 +1968,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1965,27 +1984,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -1995,326 +2014,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" @@ -2377,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2386,26 +2405,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" -msgstr "" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2706,51 +2722,51 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2759,57 +2775,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2820,34 +2836,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2856,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2865,89 +2881,89 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2955,103 +2971,103 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3061,68 +3077,68 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3133,27 +3149,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3161,7 +3177,7 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" @@ -3217,44 +3233,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3262,12 +3254,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3384,7 +3376,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3709,7 +3701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3718,23 +3710,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3748,12 +3740,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3766,96 +3758,102 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4463,7 +4461,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/bootloader.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/bootloader.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/bootloader.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -122,22 +122,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -146,12 +146,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" @@ -162,10 +162,9 @@ msgstr "" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "" @@ -258,23 +257,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -283,25 +288,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -309,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -318,72 +323,72 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -435,110 +440,110 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -574,24 +579,40 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -624,30 +645,50 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -661,7 +702,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -792,11 +833,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1647,33 +1684,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1682,31 +1720,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1729,232 +1769,126 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/ca-management.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/ca-management.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/ca-management.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -659,11 +659,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -671,29 +678,29 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -724,51 +731,99 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -822,7 +877,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -854,18 +909,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -877,40 +932,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -984,83 +1039,203 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1150,7 +1325,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1578,7 +1753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1780,6 +1955,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1788,77 +1970,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/sw/po/cio.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/cio.sw.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/cio.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +# Copyright © 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/cluster.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/cluster.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/cluster.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -76,229 +76,229 @@ msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -311,23 +311,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -336,7 +339,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -347,28 +350,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -387,96 +390,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/control-center.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/control-center.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/control-center.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/control.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/control.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/control.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -15,708 +15,206 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/country.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/country.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/country.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/crowbar.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/crowbar.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/crowbar.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/dhcp-server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/dhcp-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/dhcp-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -535,75 +535,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -611,48 +610,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -660,7 +659,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -671,7 +670,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -679,53 +678,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -733,8 +732,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -742,135 +741,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -883,15 +882,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -903,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/dns-server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/dns-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/dns-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/drbd.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/drbd.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/drbd.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -20,6 +20,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -57,20 +67,72 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -94,7 +156,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -108,7 +170,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -125,14 +187,77 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -142,32 +267,33 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -175,30 +301,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -207,7 +333,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -215,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -231,12 +357,13 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -278,8 +405,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -293,85 +420,144 @@ #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/fcoe-client.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/fcoe-client.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/fcoe-client.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -35,20 +35,55 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." msgstr "" +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +msgid "not available" +msgstr "" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -56,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -64,12 +99,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -77,28 +112,28 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -106,30 +141,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "" #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -449,197 +484,188 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/firewall-services.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/firewall-services.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/firewall-services.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/firewall.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/firewall.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/firewall.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/firstboot.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/firstboot.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/firstboot.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/ftp-server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/ftp-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/ftp-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/geo-cluster.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/geo-cluster.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/geo-cluster.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,249 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,75 +322,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/gtk.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/gtk.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/gtk.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/http-server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/http-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/http-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/inetd.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/inetd.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/inetd.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/installation.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/installation.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/installation.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -51,22 +51,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "" @@ -245,6 +245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -301,7 +302,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" @@ -355,10 +356,22 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -546,11 +559,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -571,13 +584,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "" + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -596,64 +618,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "" #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -672,11 +694,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -689,13 +706,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 msgid "Installation Options" @@ -874,12 +884,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -888,38 +898,38 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" @@ -928,45 +938,45 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 msgid "&Export Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -976,7 +986,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1004,7 +1014,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1013,7 +1023,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1022,7 +1032,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1031,7 +1041,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1040,7 +1050,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1048,12 +1058,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1062,7 +1072,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1070,7 +1080,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1078,11 +1088,11 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1197,65 +1207,49 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1263,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1272,151 +1266,151 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1426,7 +1420,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1436,7 +1430,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1445,7 +1439,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1454,7 +1448,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1462,7 +1456,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1531,52 +1525,47 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1608,7 +1597,7 @@ msgstr "" #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1801,3 +1790,44 @@ #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" + +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "" + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/instserver.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/instserver.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/instserver.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/iplb.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/iplb.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/iplb.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,22 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +216,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +456,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -578,6 +594,12 @@ msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,6 +612,20 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/iscsi-client.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/iscsi-client.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/iscsi-client.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -63,146 +63,150 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -211,9 +215,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -421,12 +425,12 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -434,36 +438,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -543,12 +547,16 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -557,6 +565,6 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/iscsi-lio-server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/iscsi-lio-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/iscsi-lio-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/iscsi-server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/iscsi-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/iscsi-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/isns.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/isns.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/isns.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -277,81 +277,81 @@ msgstr "" #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "" #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/kdump.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/kdump.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/kdump.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -359,8 +359,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -488,15 +488,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1079,126 +1070,126 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/kerberos-server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/kerberos-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/kerberos-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/kerberos.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/kerberos.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/kerberos.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/languages_db.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/languages_db.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/languages_db.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/ldap-client.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/ldap-client.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/ldap-client.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/ldap-server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/ldap-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/ldap-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/ldap.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/ldap.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/ldap.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -230,46 +230,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/live-installer.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/live-installer.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/live-installer.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/lxc.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/lxc.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/lxc.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/mail.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/mail.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/mail.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/multipath.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/multipath.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/multipath.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/ncurses-pkg.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/ncurses-pkg.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/ncurses-pkg.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/ncurses.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/ncurses.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/ncurses.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/network.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/network.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/network.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -83,84 +83,50 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -168,13 +134,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -182,13 +148,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -450,9 +451,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -532,7 +542,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -630,7 +640,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "" @@ -699,13 +709,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1064,14 +1074,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1084,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1267,35 +1277,35 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1309,11 +1319,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1524,7 +1534,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1612,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1622,13 +1632,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1637,7 +1646,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1664,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1672,20 +1681,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1693,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1701,19 +1710,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1721,92 +1730,92 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1814,26 +1823,26 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1841,138 +1850,138 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1980,7 +1989,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2023,28 +2032,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2052,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2062,12 +2070,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2076,7 +2084,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2084,13 +2092,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2098,14 +2106,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2114,7 +2122,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2123,14 +2131,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2138,7 +2146,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2146,7 +2154,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2154,7 +2162,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2164,7 +2172,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2178,26 +2186,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2205,7 +2213,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2213,7 +2221,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2221,7 +2229,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2229,19 +2237,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2252,11 +2260,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2266,19 +2274,19 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2288,7 +2296,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2301,21 +2309,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2323,14 +2331,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2347,14 +2355,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2364,7 +2372,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2376,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2397,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2407,7 +2415,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2418,14 +2426,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -2969,23 +2977,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -2996,17 +3004,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3017,112 +3025,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3367,7 +3374,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3561,76 +3568,81 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" +msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3646,98 +3658,94 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 -msgid "Device name:" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3756,389 +3764,408 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4186,16 +4213,16 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/nfs.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/nfs.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/nfs.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/nfs_server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/nfs_server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/nfs_server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -71,27 +71,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -155,63 +155,55 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -219,25 +211,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -245,51 +237,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -297,82 +289,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -380,83 +367,71 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/nis.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/nis.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/nis.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/nis_server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/nis_server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/nis_server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -368,22 +368,27 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/ntp-client.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/ntp-client.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/ntp-client.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,21 +45,20 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -72,21 +71,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -588,10 +595,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -599,7 +609,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -608,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -618,7 +628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -628,14 +638,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -643,14 +653,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -658,7 +668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -670,14 +680,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -686,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -695,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -703,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -711,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -719,7 +729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -728,7 +738,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -736,7 +746,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -748,49 +758,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -798,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -808,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -816,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -829,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -837,7 +847,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -847,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -856,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1189,117 +1199,120 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/oneclickinstall.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/oneclickinstall.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/oneclickinstall.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/online-update-configuration.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/online-update-configuration.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/online-update-configuration.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/online-update.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/online-update.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/online-update.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -107,13 +107,18 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/sw/po/opensuse_mirror.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/opensuse_mirror.sw.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/opensuse_mirror.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# Copyright © 2009 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>, 2009. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/packager.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/packager.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/packager.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -138,6 +138,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -455,7 +464,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -518,7 +527,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -737,7 +746,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -745,7 +754,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1071,7 +1080,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1292,7 +1301,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1324,71 +1333,71 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1433,7 +1442,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1441,13 +1450,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1455,21 +1464,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1478,144 +1487,185 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1623,50 +1673,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1675,72 +1725,74 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1819,165 +1871,170 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -1986,53 +2043,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2042,23 +2099,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2067,42 +2124,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2110,17 +2167,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2130,20 +2187,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2156,7 +2213,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2164,11 +2221,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2180,12 +2237,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2193,71 +2250,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2272,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2281,12 +2338,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2294,7 +2351,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2302,7 +2359,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2312,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2321,25 +2378,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2349,11 +2406,15 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2445,7 +2506,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2515,12 +2578,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2528,7 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/pam.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/pam.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/pam.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/pkg-bindings.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/pkg-bindings.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/pkg-bindings.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "" @@ -177,6 +177,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/printer.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/printer.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/printer.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/product-creator.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/product-creator.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/product-creator.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/proxy.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/proxy.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/proxy.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/qt-pkg.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/qt-pkg.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/qt-pkg.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -39,47 +39,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -89,175 +89,175 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -265,56 +265,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/qt.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/qt.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/qt.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/rdp.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/rdp.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/rdp.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/rear.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/rear.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/rear.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/registration.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/registration.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/registration.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,45 +16,84 @@ "Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "" + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -62,47 +101,49 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 -msgid "&Skip Registration" +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -msgid "Registration" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -110,55 +151,25 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - #. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -170,325 +181,613 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Registration Code" +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 -msgid "Product Registration" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 -msgid "Register the Product" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 -msgid "Server Settings" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Registration client error." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 -msgid "" -"Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -msgid "Registration failed." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 -msgid "Details: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" msgstr "" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +msgid "Registration client error." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Registration server error.\n" +"Retry registration later." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 +msgid "Details: %s" +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Searching..." +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +msgstr "" + +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" + +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/reipl.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/reipl.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/reipl.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -238,30 +238,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/relocation-server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/relocation-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/relocation-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/s390.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/s390.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/s390.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/samba-client.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/samba-client.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/samba-client.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -188,6 +188,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -760,7 +769,10 @@ msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" @@ -830,12 +842,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -858,6 +872,143 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "" + #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/samba-server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/samba-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/samba-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/samba-users.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/samba-users.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/samba-users.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/scanner.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/scanner.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/scanner.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/security.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/security.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/security.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/services-manager.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/services-manager.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/services-manager.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,12 +16,192 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -61,3 +241,63 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/slp-server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/slp-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/slp-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/snapper.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/snapper.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/snapper.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -22,258 +22,258 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -294,17 +294,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/sound.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/sound.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/sound.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/squid.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/squid.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/squid.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/sshd.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/sshd.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/sshd.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/storage.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/storage.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/storage.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -129,15 +129,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -753,7 +759,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -771,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -781,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -791,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -801,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -811,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -824,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -834,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -845,7 +851,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -857,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -869,7 +875,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -878,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -889,22 +895,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -918,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -933,12 +925,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -951,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -960,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -969,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -977,7 +969,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -985,53 +977,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1040,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1050,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1060,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1075,13 +1067,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1108,7 +1100,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1119,7 +1111,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1139,7 +1131,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1148,7 +1140,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1460,7 +1452,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1471,21 +1463,21 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1517,7 +1509,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1530,7 +1522,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1543,7 +1535,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1565,7 +1557,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1739,12 +1731,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1752,31 +1744,31 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1786,54 +1778,59 @@ msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "" #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1841,51 +1838,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2150,14 +2154,44 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2165,54 +2199,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2221,17 +2255,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2241,7 +2275,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2250,56 +2284,56 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2307,8 +2341,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2320,33 +2354,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2356,7 +2390,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2365,12 +2399,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2553,56 +2587,56 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" @@ -2615,7 +2649,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3468,12 +3502,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3669,7 +3703,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" @@ -3867,17 +3901,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -3978,115 +4012,123 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4097,14 +4139,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4113,14 +4155,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4425,23 +4467,23 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4449,29 +4491,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4479,36 +4521,36 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4518,12 +4560,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4531,12 +4573,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4548,40 +4590,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4589,89 +4631,89 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4679,12 +4721,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4692,37 +4734,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4731,12 +4773,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4744,31 +4786,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4777,19 +4819,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -4802,12 +4844,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -4815,41 +4857,41 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -4857,12 +4899,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -4875,7 +4917,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -4888,7 +4930,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4898,7 +4940,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4912,7 +4954,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -4925,7 +4967,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -4934,7 +4976,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -4942,7 +4984,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -4951,24 +4993,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -4976,12 +5018,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -4989,86 +5031,86 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5076,7 +5118,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5084,7 +5126,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5092,18 +5134,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5691,48 +5733,48 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5741,32 +5783,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" @@ -5793,22 +5835,22 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/sudo.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/sudo.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/sudo.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/support.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/support.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/support.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/sysconfig.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/sysconfig.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/sysconfig.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -463,3 +463,99 @@ "Please wait... \n" "\n" msgstr "" + +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/tftp-server.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/tftp-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/tftp-server.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/timezone_db.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/timezone_db.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/timezone_db.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/tune.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/tune.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/tune.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,53 +16,58 @@ "Plural-Forms: Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/update.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/update.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/update.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "" @@ -148,18 +148,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "" @@ -218,9 +218,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -228,13 +238,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -305,12 +315,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -318,14 +328,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -333,22 +343,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -357,17 +367,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -376,27 +386,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -404,12 +414,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -417,12 +427,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -431,69 +441,69 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -501,29 +511,29 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -533,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -542,23 +552,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -566,24 +576,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -594,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -607,39 +617,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -647,17 +657,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -665,22 +675,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -690,7 +700,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -699,17 +709,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -728,34 +738,60 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/users.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/users.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/users.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -3978,22 +3978,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/vm.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/vm.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/vm.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,132 +27,164 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -165,26 +197,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/wagon.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/wagon.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/wagon.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/wol.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/wol.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/wol.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/xpram.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/xpram.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/xpram.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sw/po/yast2-apparmor.sw.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sw/po/yast2-apparmor.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) +++ trunk/yast/sw/po/yast2-apparmor.sw.po 2014-10-07 16:02:35 UTC (rev 89806) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2.sw.po\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-23 00:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" "Language-Team: Swahili Team <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -295,11 +295,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "" @@ -1059,61 +1059,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89805 - trunk/yast/sk/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 18:02:20 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89805 Added: trunk/yast/sk/po/cio.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/opensuse_mirror.sk.po Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/add-on-creator.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/add-on.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/audit-laf.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/auth-client.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/auth-server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/base.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/ca-management.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/cluster.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/control-center.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/control.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/country.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/dhcp-server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/dns-server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/drbd.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/fcoe-client.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/firewall-services.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/firewall.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/firstboot.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/ftp-server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/geo-cluster.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/gtk.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/http-server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/inetd.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/installation.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/instserver.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/iplb.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/iscsi-client.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/iscsi-lio-server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/iscsi-server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/isns.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/kerberos-server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/kerberos.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/languages_db.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/ldap-client.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/ldap-server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/ldap.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/live-installer.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/lxc.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/mail.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/multipath.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/network.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/nfs.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/nfs_server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/nis.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/nis_server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/ntp-client.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/oneclickinstall.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/online-update-configuration.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/online-update.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/packager.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/pam.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/pkg-bindings.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/printer.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/product-creator.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/proxy.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/qt-pkg.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/qt.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/rdp.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/rear.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/reipl.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/relocation-server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/s390.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/samba-client.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/samba-server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/samba-users.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/scanner.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/services-manager.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/slp-server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/snapper.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/sound.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/squid.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/sshd.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/sudo.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/support.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/sysconfig.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/tftp-server.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/timezone_db.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/tune.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/update.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/users.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/vm.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/wagon.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/wol.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/xpram.sk.po trunk/yast/sk/po/yast2-apparmor.sk.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/add-on-creator.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/add-on-creator.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/add-on-creator.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-02 12:43+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/add-on.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/add-on.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/add-on.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-22 21:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -84,21 +84,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Prídavné produkty" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializujem..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Inicializujem prídavné produkty..." @@ -126,10 +126,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Neznámy" @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Inštalácia prídavného produktu" @@ -273,37 +273,37 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No product found in the repository" msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "V repozitári nebol nájdený žiadny produkt" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Na médiu nenájdený žiadny softvérový repozitár." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Inicializujem nový zdroj..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, priečinok: %2" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Výber repozitára so softvérom" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ "Na zadanom médiu bolo nájdených niekoľko repozitárov.\n" "Vyberte repozitár, ktorý chcete použiť.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "&Nájdené repozitáre" @@ -325,19 +325,19 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Naozaj prerušiť inštaláciu prídavného produktu?" # error popup #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Vyberte repozitár." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Nie je možné vyriešiť závislosti prídavného produktu." @@ -345,17 +345,17 @@ # -ke- # dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Výber produktu" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Dostupné produkty" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -366,12 +366,12 @@ "ktoré chcete inštalovať.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Nie je možné vyriešiť závislosti vybraných prídavných produktov." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big>\n" @@ -390,115 +390,115 @@ "Zmazať." #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, priečinok: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produkt" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Médium" # message box #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Označte produkt, ktorý chcete zmazať." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Odstraňujem vybraný prídavný produkt..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Installed Add-On Products" msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Nainštalované prídavné produkty" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add-On Product" msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Prídavný produkt" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" # radio button label #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Spustiť &správcu softvéru..." # helptext for TV Stations Dialog 1/3 #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on your system." msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "Tu môžete vidieť všetky prídavné produkty, ktoré sú nainštalované vo Vašom systéme." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use the Add button to add a new add-on product, or the Delete button to remove an add-on which is in use." msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "Použiť tlačidlo Nový pre vytvorenie nového prídavného produktu, alebo Zmazať pre odstránenie prídavného produktu, ktorý sa používa." #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Dodávateľ:%1 " # monitor vendor not known -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Neznámy výrobca" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Verzia: %1 " # summary text - unknown DMA mode is selected -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Neznáma verzia" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "URL repozitára: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Neznáme URL repozitára" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Alias repozitára: %1 " #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Neznámy produkt" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Neznáme URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ "Naozaj odstrániť?" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Odstraňujem závislosti produktu..." Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/audit-laf.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/audit-laf.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/audit-laf.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -888,33 +888,52 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa načítať zdroje." -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do you want to skip Registration?" +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "Chcete preskočiť registráciu?" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start daemon." +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Spustiť démona" + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "&Spustiť" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "FTP nie je spustené" +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "Neinštalovať" # error report -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Nie je možné reštartovať démona NTP." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -923,44 +942,44 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu sudo" # Progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zápis nastavení" # Progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Zapísať vzory" # Progress step 1/2 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." # Progress step 1/2 #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Zapisujem vzory..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "Cieľ je už pripojený." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -968,35 +987,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Reštart služby %1 zlyhal" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenie do /etc/ntp.conf." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenie do %1." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "Súbory so zázna&mom" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "FTP nie je spustené" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "Neznáma voľba." Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/auth-client.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/auth-client.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/auth-client.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zrušiť" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pomocník" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nový" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ #. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis #: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Základné nastavenia:" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "Services:" @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prevencia SPAMu" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 @@ -179,15 +179,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pridať" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upraviť" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odstrániť" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -391,23 +391,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/auth-server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/auth-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/auth-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapnúť službu" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vypnúť službu" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Súbor" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -104,11 +104,11 @@ #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[heslo pre administrátora]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[nastavené ručne]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." @@ -142,10 +142,11 @@ msgid "Provider: " msgstr "" +# part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otvoriť port vo firewalle" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 @@ -158,9 +159,10 @@ msgid "NO" msgstr "" +# label #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firewall je vypnutý" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -173,7 +175,7 @@ #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP server" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 @@ -189,6 +191,9 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the package." msgstr "" +"Balík %1 nie je k dispozícii.\n" +"YaST2 nemôže pokračovať v konfigurácii\n" +"bez inštalácie tohto balíka." #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -198,6 +203,8 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"YaST nemôže pokračovať v konfigurácii\n" +"bez inštalácie potrebných balíkov." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." @@ -236,7 +243,14 @@ msgid "New Configuration" msgstr "" +# dialog caption for TV Stations Dialog #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Migration Configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurácia migrácie" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -275,7 +289,7 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Všeobecné nastavenia" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs @@ -291,7 +305,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavenie firewallu" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -356,7 +370,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Základné nastavenie Kerberos" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, @@ -383,17 +397,19 @@ msgid "Advanced &Options" msgstr "" +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- #. label widget #. header label #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktuálny výber: " #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurácia:" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 @@ -418,7 +434,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prechádzať" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -439,7 +455,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heslo" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -466,7 +482,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokol" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -488,7 +504,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prec&hádzať..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 @@ -656,20 +672,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -679,14 +697,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -696,13 +714,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -710,7 +728,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -720,28 +738,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -752,17 +770,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -771,7 +789,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -780,30 +798,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -811,34 +829,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -846,30 +864,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -877,21 +895,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -903,11 +921,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -915,21 +933,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -939,15 +957,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -955,28 +973,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -986,22 +1004,25 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +# Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>Prerušenie inicializácie:</big> \n" +"Teraz môžete bezpečne prerušiť konfiguráciu stlačením Prerušiť." #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1009,11 +1030,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1021,78 +1042,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1100,19 +1121,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1120,71 +1141,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1192,7 +1213,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1202,29 +1223,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1233,231 +1254,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1472,7 +1493,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pokročilé nastavenia" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 @@ -1766,6 +1787,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurácia LDAP klienta" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1812,7 +1839,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicializujem..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1822,10 +1849,11 @@ msgid "Startup Configuration" msgstr "" +# tree item #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Globálne nastavenia" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 @@ -1851,7 +1879,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Databáze" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -1941,7 +1969,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ši&frovanie hesiel" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -1955,7 +1983,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nie" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1963,7 +1991,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Áno" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2003,7 +2031,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2072,7 +2100,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Žiadna" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2140,7 +2168,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Prechádzať..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2148,7 +2176,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "P&rechádzať..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2160,7 +2188,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN pre správu" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" @@ -2220,7 +2248,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribút" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2248,7 +2276,7 @@ #. encoding: utf-8 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239 msgid "Password Policy Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavenie pravidiel pre heslá" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:47 msgid "Enable Password Policies" @@ -2332,11 +2360,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Čítanie" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zápis" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" @@ -2353,11 +2381,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:189 msgid "&Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN pre &správu" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:197 msgid "A&ppend Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Pripojiť Base DN " #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:211 msgid "LDAP Administrator &Password" @@ -2404,7 +2432,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adresár neexistuje. Chcete ho vytvoriť?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 @@ -2417,7 +2445,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skúsiť znovu?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2441,7 +2469,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vybrať" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" @@ -2494,11 +2522,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribúty" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upraviť" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" @@ -2510,7 +2538,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2518,11 +2546,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319 msgid "Up" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hore" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320 msgid "Down" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dolu" #. FIXME: Validate attribute types #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185 @@ -2561,7 +2589,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2573,19 +2601,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dni" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hodiny" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Minúty" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sekundy" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2691,8 +2719,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2892,7 +2920,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ešte nekonfigurované." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2955,7 +2983,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2968,101 +2996,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa vytvoriť priečinok." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" @@ -3182,7 +3210,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Poškodené PEM dáta." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/autoinst.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 09:42+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -125,8 +125,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "povoliť/zakázať spracovanie všetkých balíkov" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Prázdny zoznam parametrov" @@ -139,34 +138,29 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "Musí byť nastavená cesta k profilu autoyastu" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "Klient pre vytvorenie AutoYaST profilu založenom na bežiacom systéme" # summary text - unknown DMA mode is selected -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "známe moduly: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "Zoznam modulov, ktoré sa majú klonovať, oddelené čiarkami" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Klonujem systém..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Výsledný profil autoyastu môžete nájsť v /root/autoinst.xml." #. help 1/2 @@ -314,23 +308,23 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Vykonávam poinštalačné skripty" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Determining running services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Určujem bežiace služby" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Dokončujem konfiguráciu" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 #, fuzzy #| msgid "processing resource %1" msgid "Processing resource %1" @@ -2465,12 +2459,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr " - Disk" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " - Skupina zväzkov" @@ -2574,11 +2568,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Disky" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Total of %1 drive" #| msgid_plural "Total of %1 drives" @@ -2773,28 +2767,28 @@ msgstr "Pokus o vyriešenie závislostí balíkov zlyhal. Skontrolujte prosím položku 'Software' vo vašom profile autoyastu." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "Plán konfigurácie oddielov vo Vašom XML profile nesadne na pevný disk. Chýba %1MB" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Nenakonfigurované žiadne špeciálne zariadenie" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Vyhodnocujem koreňový oddiel. Moment, prosím..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Nenašiel som koreňový oddiel pre Linux." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2803,7 +2797,7 @@ "z nich sa má použiť. Automatická inštalácia nie je možná.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "zariadenie '%1' nenájdené backendom úložiska" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/base.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/base.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/base.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 11:31+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Preskočiť" @@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Heslo" @@ -1535,6 +1535,32 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa nainštalovať požadované balíky." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Aktualizujem konfiguráciu..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "Môže to chvíľu trvať" + +# error report for command line +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specified profile not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "Zadaný profil nenájdený." + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2201,15 +2227,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Sieťová karta" @@ -2217,27 +2243,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Neznámy" @@ -2247,333 +2273,333 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Ďalšie adresy" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Sieťová karta ARCnet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" # Rich text title for Bluetooth in proposals #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth pripojenie" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Zväzovanie (Bond)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Zviazaná (bond) sieť" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN karta" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Rozhranie Channel to Channel (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL pripojenie" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Jednoduché" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Hlúpe sieťové zariadenie" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Sieťová ethernet karta" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Sieťová karta FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Rozhranie Hipersockets (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Pripojenie ISDN" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infračervené sieťové zariadenie" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infračervené zariadenie" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" # Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Sieťová karta OSA LCS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Zariadenie spätnej slučky (loopback)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Sieťová karta Myrinet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Paralelný port" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Spojenie paralelným kábelom" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express alebo QDIO Zariadenie (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-v-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "Zariadenie zapúzdrenia IPv6-v-IPv4" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Sériový port" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Spojenie sériovým kábelom" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token-Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Sieťová karta Token Ring" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB sieťové zariadenia" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Sieťové zariadenie VMWare" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Bezdrôtová sieť" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Bezdrôtová sieťová karta" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" # Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP sieť" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtuálna LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Most" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Sieťový most" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Sieťový tunel" # Text for filling TextEntry, %1 = list of TCP services #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Sieťový TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Zariadenie InfiniBand" @@ -2640,7 +2666,7 @@ msgstr "&Exportované adresáre" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2654,30 +2680,31 @@ "Naozaj chcete pokračovať?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "No running network detected!" -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Nie je zistená spustená sieť" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "Reštartnite inštaláciu a sieť nakonfigurujte v Linuxrc" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" +#| "and start this module again" msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" "Nakonfigurujte sieť s YaSTom, alebo Network Managerom\n" "a spustite znovu tento modul" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "alebo pokračovať bez siete." - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -3008,51 +3035,51 @@ msgstr "&Odinštalovať" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Balík:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Veľkosť:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Zostávajúci čas do automatického opakovania: %1" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Sťahujem balík %1 (%2)" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Sťahujem balík..." #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Zobraziť &detaily" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Balík %1 je chybný, zlyhalo overenie integrity." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Skúsiť znovu nainštalovať balík?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Naozaj zrušiť inštaláciu?" @@ -3061,15 +3088,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Chyba: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" @@ -3082,35 +3109,35 @@ "Systém by mal byť skontrolovaný modulom Správa softvéru." #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Odinštalovávam balíky %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Inštalujem balíky %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Odinštalovať balíky" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Inštalujem balík" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Odinštalovanie balíka %1 zlyhalo." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Inštalácia balíka %1 zlyhala." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3119,7 +3146,7 @@ "Systém by mal byť skontrolovaný modulom Správa softvéru." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3134,27 +3161,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Strana A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Strana B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Disk %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (Médium %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3163,7 +3190,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3176,7 +3203,7 @@ "Skontrolujte, či je adresár dostupný." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3189,57 +3216,57 @@ "Skontrolujte, či je server dostupný." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa pripojiť správne médium repozitára." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Preskočiť automatické obnovenie" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "Vys&unúť" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "A&utomaticky vysunúť CD, alebo DVD" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Skúsiť inštaláciu znova?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Preskočiť médium?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ignorujem zlé médium..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Vytváram repozitár %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Error occurred while creating the repository." msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." @@ -3249,9 +3276,9 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Nie je možné získať popis vzdialeného repozitára." @@ -3259,23 +3286,23 @@ #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Vyskytla sa chyba pri získavaní nových metadát." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Neplatný repozitár." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Metadáta repozitára sú chybné." @@ -3283,96 +3310,96 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Znovu?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Skúšam repozitár %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Vyskytla sa chyba počas skúmania repozitára." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Detaily skúšania repozitára." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Metadáta repozitára sú chybné." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Repozitár %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Sťahujem delta balík %1 (%2)" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Sťahujem delta balík" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Inštalujem delta balík %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Inštalujem delta balík" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Sťahujem balík s opravou %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Sťahujem opravný balík" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Štartujem skript %1 (oprava %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Spúšťam skript" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Oprava:" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skript:" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Výstup skriptu" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3381,7 +3408,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3396,44 +3423,44 @@ "balíky môžu chýbať, alebo nemusia byť najaktuálnejšie." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Preskočiť obnovenie" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Sťahujem" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Sťahujem: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Kontrolujem databázu balíkov" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Znovu vytváram databázu balíkov. To môže chvíľu trvať." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Stav" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3442,12 +3469,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Konvertujem databázu balíkov. To môže chvíľu trvať." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3456,12 +3483,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Načítavam databázu balíkov..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Kontrolujem nainštalované balíky" @@ -3472,27 +3499,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Prehľadávam databázu balíkov..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Inicializácia cieľa zlyhala." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Načítaná databáza balíkov" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Autentizácia používateľov" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3503,7 +3530,7 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Používateľské meno" @@ -3567,48 +3594,8 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Akceptujete túto licenciu?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" -"Aktuálny systém nie je konzistentný,\n" -"niektoré balíky nemajú vyriešené závislosti." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "Zlyhalo automatické vyriešenie závislostí, je potrebné ručne vyriešenie." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -#| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -#| "in the package manager." -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" -"YaST automaticky pridal, alebo odstránil niektoré balíky,\n" -"v správe balíkov skontrolujte plánované zmeny\n" -"pre opravu systému." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Start the package manager and fix the problems\n" -#| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" -"Spustiť správcu balíkov a opraviť problémy,\n" -"alebo preskočiť opravu a inštalovať iba potvrdené balíky?" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" @@ -3621,12 +3608,12 @@ "vyriešiť ručne v správcovi balíkov." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Inštalácia požadovaných balíkov zlyhala." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3637,12 +3624,12 @@ "fungovať správne.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "YaST nemôže pokračovať v konfigurácii bez inštalácie potrebných balíkov." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3791,7 +3778,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Balíky" @@ -4287,7 +4274,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The GnuPG key %1\n" @@ -4312,7 +4299,7 @@ "že kľúč naozaj patrí danému majiteľovi, než kľúč naimportujete." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n" @@ -4323,12 +4310,12 @@ "Dátum expirácie: %1" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Import nedôveryhodného kľúča GnuPG" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Trust" msgid "&Trust" @@ -4336,7 +4323,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The expected checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4370,12 +4357,12 @@ "Skutočne ho chcete použiť?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Nesprávny výber" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The checksum of file %1\n" @@ -4406,87 +4393,96 @@ "Chcete ho napriek tomu použiť?" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Neznáme výber" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Inštalujem..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "Médium" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Zostávajúce balíky" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "Čas" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Vykonané akcie:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while packages are being installed." msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Prosím, čakajte, kým sa nainštalujú balíky." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "Prerušenie inštalácieInštalácia balíka môže byť prerušená tlačidlom Prerušiť. Avšak, systém potom nemusí byť konzistentný, môže byť v nepoužiteľnom stave, alebo sa nemusí spustiť, ak nie je nainštalovaný základný komponent." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Poz&námky k vydaniu" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "&Prezentácia" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detaily" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +# power saving scheme name, combo box and default contents of text entry +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "Vykonať aktualizáciu" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Vykonanie inštalácie" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Inštalácia balíkov" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4495,17 +4491,17 @@ "ukončiť inštaláciu?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Prerušené" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Súbor nebol nájdený." #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Systémový protokol (%1)" @@ -5140,7 +5136,7 @@ msgstr "Nastala chyba počas vytvárania initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5258,7 +5254,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 @@ -6189,6 +6185,49 @@ "Neexistuje žiadna reverzná zóna pre '%1' spravovanú vaším DNS serverom.\n" "Meno hostiteľa '%2' nemôže byť pridaný." +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "No running network detected!" +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Nie je zistená spustená sieť" + +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "alebo pokračovať bez siete." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n" +#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aktuálny systém nie je konzistentný,\n" +#~ "niektoré balíky nemajú vyriešené závislosti." + +#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." +#~ msgstr "Zlyhalo automatické vyriešenie závislostí, je potrebné ručne vyriešenie." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~| "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~| "in the package manager." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~ "in the software manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YaST automaticky pridal, alebo odstránil niektoré balíky,\n" +#~ "v správe balíkov skontrolujte plánované zmeny\n" +#~ "pre opravu systému." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Start the package manager and fix the problems\n" +#~| "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" +#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Spustiť správcu balíkov a opraviť problémy,\n" +#~ "alebo preskočiť opravu a inštalovať iba potvrdené balíky?" + #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Nainštalovaná veľkosť" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/bootloader.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-23 17:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -142,22 +142,22 @@ msgstr "Systém sa teraz reštartuje..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "Pre inštaláciu nebol vybraný žiadny správca štartu. Váš systém asi nebude možné naštartovať." #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Kvôli rozdeleniu diskových oddielov nemôže správca štartu byť nainštalovaný správne" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Štart systému" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "Š&tart systému" @@ -166,12 +166,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "Poradie diskov" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Nastavenia poradie diskov" @@ -182,10 +182,9 @@ msgstr "Ponuka štartu" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Možnosti správcu štartu" @@ -303,11 +302,17 @@ "v Možnosti správcu štartu pre aktualizáciu master boot record ak je to potrebné, alebo konfigurovať iného správcu štartu\n" "pre spustenie tejto sekcie." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "Vlastný štartovací oddiel umožňuje vybrať oddiel pre štart." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." @@ -315,7 +320,7 @@ "MD pole je vytvorené z 2 diskov. Povoliť redundanciu pre MD pole\n" "povolí zapísať GRUB do MBR oboch diskov." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." @@ -323,7 +328,7 @@ "Použiť sériovú konzolu umožňuje definovať parametre použitia\n" "pre sériovú konzolu. Pre podrobnosti si pozrite dokumentáciu grub (<code>info grub</code>)." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -336,7 +341,7 @@ "musíte zadať <code>serial</code>. Môžete tiež pridať <code>console</code> do\n" "príkazu, ako <code>serial console</code>. V tomto prípade bude ako GRUB terminál, vybraný terminál, v ktorom stlačíte ľubovolnú klávesu." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." @@ -344,19 +349,19 @@ "Sekcia záložných konfigurácií pri zlyhaní štandardnej obsahuje zoznam čísiel sekcií, ktoré sa použijú\n" "pre štart, v prípade že je nie je štandardná sekcia spustiteľná." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "Výberom Skryť ponuku pri štarte bude skrytá ponuka štartu systému." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "Súbor s grafickou ponukou definuje, ktorý súbor sa použije pre grafickú ponuku štartu." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "Povoliť akustické signály zapína/vypína akustické signály." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -367,7 +372,7 @@ "iba ak ho zopakujete Znovu zadať heslo." #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -381,72 +386,72 @@ "Ak chcete pridať disk, kliknite na Pridať.\n" "Ak chcete odstrániť disk, kliknite na Odstrániť." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Umiestnenia správcu štartu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Nastaviť &aktívny príznak v tabuľke oddielov pre štartovací oddiel" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Časový limit v sekundách" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "&Štandardná štartovacia sekcia" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Zapísať &všeobecný štartovací kód do MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "Použiť &dôveryhodný Grub" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Vlastný výber oddielu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Štartovať z Master Boot Record" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Štartovať z koreňového oddielu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Štartovať z oddielu /boot" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Štartovať z rozšíreného oddielu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "&Parametre sériového pripojenia" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Sekcia záložných konfigurácií ak zlyhá štandardná" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Skryť ponuku pri štarte" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "Súbor s grafickou &ponukou" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "H&eslo pre rozhranie ponuky" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "Príznak lade&nia" @@ -498,124 +503,124 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Použiť &sériovú konzolu" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&Argumenty konzoly" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Zariadenie" # message box #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "Mapa zariadení musí obsahovať aspoň jedno zariadenie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "&Disky" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Vyššie" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Nižšie" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Umiestnenie správcu štartu" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Štartovať z &Master Boot Record" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Štartovať z &koreňového oddielu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Šta&rtovať z oddielu /boot" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Umiestnenie správcu štartu" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Štartovať z &Master Boot Record" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Štartovať z &rozšíreného oddielu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "V&lastný štartovací oddiel" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "Povoliť red&undanciu pre MD pole" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "Po&drobnosti inštalácie správcu štartu" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Možnosti správcu štartu" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Iné &parametre jadra" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Možnosti správcu štartu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Bezpečné" # yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Zapnúť podporu &kvóty" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Umiestnenie správcu štartu" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -653,28 +658,46 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "V&oliteľný parameter príkazového riadku jadra" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "Distribúcia:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&Režim VGA" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy #| msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "V&oliteľný parameter príkazového riadku jadra" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe Source Type" msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Preskúmať typ zdroja" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -709,10 +732,27 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "&Nešpecifikované" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[set]" +msgid "set" +msgstr "[nastavené]" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "odstrániť" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + # Item of cards list: #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autodetected card" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" @@ -720,30 +760,35 @@ #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Vybrať nový súbor s grafickou ponukou" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use &serial console" msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Použiť &sériovú konzolu" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Riešenie konfliktu:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Console arguments" msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&Argumenty konzoly" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -757,7 +802,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "Oddiel disku pre /boot je typu NFS. Správca štartu nemôže byť nainštalovaný." @@ -888,11 +933,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "Xen" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "Z diskety" @@ -1887,13 +1928,13 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Štart z MBR je povolený (<a href=\"zakázať_štart_mbr\">zakázať</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" @@ -1901,31 +1942,32 @@ #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Štart z /boot oddielu je povolený (<a href=\"zakázať_štart_boot\">zakázať</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "Štart z /boot oddielu je zakázaný (<a href=\"povoliť_štart_boot\">povoliť</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Štart z \"/\" oddielu je povolený (<a href=\"zakázať_štart_root\">zakázať</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "Štart z \"/\" oddielu je zakázaný (<a href=\"povoliť_štart_root\">povoliť</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Location: %1" msgid "Change Location: %s" @@ -1936,31 +1978,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Typ správcu štartu: %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr " (\"/boot\")" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (rozšírené)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr " (\"/\")" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Stavové umiestnenie: %1" @@ -1983,7 +2027,12 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "Navrhnúť a &zlúčiť existujúcu ponuku GRUB" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" @@ -1991,231 +2040,170 @@ # command line error report, %1 is model name #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Neznámy správca štartu: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "Nepodporovaná kombinácia hardvérovej platformy %1 a správcu štartu %2" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "Číslo oddielu > 3 je použité pre štart GPT tabuľky oddielov" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "Štartovacie zariadenie je na iSCSI disku: %1. Systém nemusí naštartovať." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "Štartovacie zariadenie je na type raid: %1. Systém nebude štartovať." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "Štartovacie zariadenie je na softvérom RAIDe1. Vybrať iné umiestnenie správcu štartu, napr. Master Boot Record" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "Nebolo možné určiť presné poradie diskov pre mapu zariadení. Poradie diskov môže byť zmenené v \"Podrobnosti inštalácie správcu štartu\"" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Kontrola správcu štartu" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Čítanie rozdelenia diskov" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Načítanie nastavenia správcu štartu" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Kontrolujem správcu štartu..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Načítavam rozdelenie diskov..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Načítavam nastavenie správcu štartu..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Inicializujem nastavenie správcu štartu" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "Dodatočne pridané parametre jadra: %1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Vytvoriť initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Uložiť konfiguračné súbory správcu štartu" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Inštalovať správcu štartu" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Vytváram initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Ukladám konfiguračné súbory správcu štartu..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Inštalujem správcu štartu..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Ukladám nastavenie správcu štartu" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "Štartovacie zariadenie je na iSCSI disku: %1. Systém nemusí naštartovať." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "Záchranný režim" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "Disk" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "Záchranný režim" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "Test pamäte" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Disk" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "MBR pred inštaláciou" +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "Test pamäte" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "Predchádzajúce jadro" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "MBR pred inštaláciou" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "Diagnostiky výrobcu" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "Predchádzajúce jadro" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "_Linux" +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "Diagnostiky výrobcu" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "_Záchranný režim" +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "_Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "Z _diskety" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "_Záchranný režim" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "_Pevný disk" +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "Z _diskety" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "_Test pamäte" +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "_Pevný disk" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "_MBR pred inštaláciou" +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "_Test pamäte" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "_Predošlé jadro" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "_MBR pred inštaláciou" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "Diagnostiky _výrobcu" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "_Predošlé jadro" +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "Diagnostiky _výrobcu" + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ca-management.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/ca-management.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/ca-management.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-23 16:19+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ladislav Michnovič <lmichnovic(a)suse.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -64,25 +64,25 @@ # list item #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organizácia" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "Lokalita" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Stav" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "Štát" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ # Textentry with name of the domain #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Názov domény" @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "Email" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Organizačná jednotka" @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 #, fuzzy msgid "Common Server Certificate" @@ -718,11 +718,20 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "Zoznam Volieb získate z manuálu mount(8)." +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file." +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "Tento certifikát môže byť vymenený pomocou importovania iného certifikátu zo súboru." + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -730,33 +739,33 @@ msgstr "Popis" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "&Odstrániť" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "Na&hradiť" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "CA certificate does not exist." msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Certifikát CA neexistuje." #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -791,11 +800,70 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "Vydaný pre:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Názov domény: " + +# list item +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&rganization:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "O&rganizácia:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Umiestnenie:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Stav: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Štát:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "Vydaný kým:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -803,7 +871,7 @@ "\n" "Platný od:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -812,36 +880,36 @@ "Platný do:" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "&Pokročilé..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Zobraziť" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "Zadajte &heslo" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "Vytvo&riť SubCA" # Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "Exportovať do &súboru" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "Exportovať do &LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "&Upraviť Štandartné" @@ -896,7 +964,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Súhrn:" @@ -928,18 +996,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (kritické)\n" @@ -951,34 +1019,34 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(kritické) " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "Kopírovať Subject Alt Name z CA" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(kritické)\n" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "nsComment: " msgstr " Typ " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 #, fuzzy msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr " Typ " @@ -986,7 +1054,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "Kopírovať štandartnú e-mailovú adresu" @@ -1071,95 +1139,239 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "Médium nenájdené" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Spoločný názov: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Organizácia: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Organizácia: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Stav: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Krajina: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr " Typ " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr " Typ " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key Length: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "Dĺžka kľúča: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Serial number of zone update" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "Sériové číslo aktualizácie zóny" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "Doba platnosti: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "Doba platnosti: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "Doba platnosti: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 #, fuzzy msgid "Valid" msgstr "Dni platnosti" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 #, fuzzy msgid "Revoked" msgstr "&Odstrániť" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 #, fuzzy msgid "Expired" msgstr "Opravené" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Stav" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 #, fuzzy msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "&Emailová adresa:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "Pridať" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "Vyberte certifikát" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "Vyberte certifikát" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "&Kontrolovať nové heslá" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "&Odstrániť" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Zmazať" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 #, fuzzy msgid "Export" msgstr "&Export" # Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 #, fuzzy msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Záznam do &súboru" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "Exportovať do LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 #, fuzzy msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "&Použiť spoločný certifikát serveru" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 #, fuzzy msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "Vyberte certifikát" @@ -1263,7 +1475,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "P&latná počas (počet dní):" @@ -1757,7 +1969,7 @@ msgstr " dní\n" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "Dĺžka casty " @@ -1967,6 +2179,15 @@ "\n" "Požiadavok nebol nájdený.\n" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Generate Time" +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "Čas vytvorenia" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1975,33 +2196,33 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "Rozšírenie %1 nebolo nájdené." #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "Toto je požiadavok na CA. Naozaj ho podpísať ako %1?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "Toto nie je požiadavok na CA. Naozaj ho podpísať ako požíadavok na CA?" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "Táto stránka ukazuje požíadavok na podpis." #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "Požiadavok má špeciálne rozšírenia, ktoré môžete prijať." #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 #, fuzzy msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" @@ -2009,22 +2230,22 @@ "Ak si nie ste istý, použite štandardné hodnoty.\n" "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 #, fuzzy msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "Požadovaná externá IP adresa (voliteľné)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "Podpísať požiadavok ako %1 (Krok 1/2)" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "Táto stránka ukazuje súhrn všetkých nastavení pre požiadavok, ktorý bude podpísaný." #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 #, fuzzy msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" @@ -2032,27 +2253,27 @@ "Kliknite OK pre pokračovanie.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid " days" msgstr "Dni" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr " (kritické)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 #, fuzzy msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "&Vyžadované" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "Podpísať požiadavok ako %1 (Krok 2/2)" # tree node string -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 #, fuzzy msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "Vyžaduje" @@ -2060,7 +2281,7 @@ # A popup error text # error popup #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 #, fuzzy msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "Názov hostiteľa musí byť špecifikovaný." @@ -3179,9 +3400,6 @@ #~ msgid "The Common Server Certificate will be used by other YaST modules." #~ msgstr "Spoločný certifikát serveru bude používaný ďalšími modulami YaSTu." -#~ msgid "This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file." -#~ msgstr "Tento certifikát môže byť vymenený pomocou importovania iného certifikátu zo súboru." - # Error message popup, %1 is file name #~ msgid "Invalid value'%s' for parameter '%s'." #~ msgstr "Neznámá hodnota'%s' parametra '%s'." Added: trunk/yast/sk/po/cio.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/cio.sk.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/cio.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +# Slovak message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>, 2003 +# Milan Hromada <mhromada(a)elas.sk>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sk\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 1 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 2 : 0;\n" + +# multi selection box +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Dostupné zariadenia" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Zariadenie" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Využité" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nie" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "áno" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Optický kanál" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "Vybrať &všetko" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "File selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Výber súborov" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&All Selected Packages" +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "&Všetky vybrané balíky" + +# button label +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Scan the Channels" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&Hľadať kanály" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Koniec" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/cluster.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/cluster.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/cluster.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -94,34 +94,34 @@ msgstr "Nastaviť CUPS" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Zrušiť" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Vzdialená adresa:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Vzdialená adresa:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" # check box #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Transport" msgid "Transport:" @@ -129,202 +129,205 @@ # textentry label # table header 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Kanál" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network &Address:" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Sieťová &adresa:" # text entry -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Last IP Address:" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Posledná IP adresa:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Broadcast Ports" msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Všesmerové (broadcast) porty" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Channel" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Kanál pre čítanie" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Clustering" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Klastrovanie" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" -msgstr "" +# Text for filling TextEntry, %1 = list of UDP services +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expected MD5: %1" +msgid "Expected Votes:" +msgstr "Očakávaná suma MD5: %1" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Vzdialená adresa:" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Povoliť &GSS Bezpečnosť" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "Spustená" # status of cound card -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "Nebeží" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Štart systému" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 #, fuzzy #| msgid "On -- Start Service when Booting" msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "On -- Spustiť službu pri štarte" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Off -- Start Service Manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "Off -- Spustiť službu ručne" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Spustiť a zastaviť" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Aktuálny stav: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Spustiť teraz firewall" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Zastaviť teraz firewall" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Main Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Hlavný hostiteľ" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "Pridať" # Table header 3/5 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "Čakanie" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Upraviť" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Vybrať súbor" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Navrhované záznamy fstab" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a user name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Zadajte meno používateľa." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write hostname" msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Zapísať meno hostiteľa" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a filename" msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Zadajte meno súboru" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Zadajte meno súboru" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 already exists.\n" @@ -337,46 +340,46 @@ "Chcete ho prepísať?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Načítanie súboru s kľúčom sa nepodarilo." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Zlyhalo vytvorenie obrazu." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -389,23 +392,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -414,7 +420,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -425,7 +431,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big> \n" @@ -438,7 +444,7 @@ "Prosím, čakajte..." #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -447,7 +453,7 @@ "Teraz môžete bezpečne prerušiť konfiguráciu stlačením Prerušiť.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" @@ -461,7 +467,7 @@ # Write dialog help 2/2 #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -486,7 +492,7 @@ # progress label #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" @@ -494,35 +500,35 @@ # Progress stage #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Načítavanie databázy" # Progress stage #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Načítať predchádzajúce nastavenie" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read firewall settings" msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Načítanie nastavení firewallu" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Načítavam databázu..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Načítavam predchádzajúce nastavenia..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -530,11 +536,11 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Dokončené" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages" msgid "Cannot install required package" @@ -542,33 +548,33 @@ # command line help text for 'configure' action #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Zmeniť súčasné nastavenie" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Nemôžem čítať z databázy1." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Nemôžem čítať z databázy2." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Nemôžem nájsť dostupné zariadenia." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" @@ -576,12 +582,12 @@ # Progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zápis nastavení" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Save changes to the Profile" msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" @@ -589,19 +595,19 @@ # Progress step 1/2 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Ukladám zmeny do súborov..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenia." Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/control-center.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/control-center.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/control-center.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 11:38+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/control.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/control.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/control.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 11:33+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -30,22 +30,14 @@ "X-Poedit-Language: Slovak\n" "X-Poedit-Country: SLOVAKIA\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Inštalácia rozširujúceho produktu" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Inštalácia jazykov" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\n" #| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" #| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" #| "\n" #| "\n" #| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" @@ -56,758 +48,427 @@ "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Inštalácia je úspešne dokončená.\n" "Váš systém je pripravený na použitie.\n" -"Po stlačení Dokončiť sa budete môcť prihlásiť do systému.\n" +"Po stlačení Dokončiť sa budete môcť prihlásiť do systému.\n" "\n" "\n" "Prosím, navštívte naše stránky http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Inicializácia..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Konfigurujem sieť..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "Konfigurujem hardvér..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Dokončujem konfiguráciu..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "CIM server" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Nastavenie inštalácie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Prehľad" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Expert" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Nastavenia 'živej' inštalácie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Aktualizovať nastavenia" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Nastavenie siete" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavenie sieťových služieb" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Nastavenie hardvéru" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Príprava" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu siete" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Nastavenie siete" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Vitajte" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Aktivácia siete" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Aktivácia diskov" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Analýza systému" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Rozširujúce produkty" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +# tree node string +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Disk" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Časové pásmo" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Nastavenie používateľov" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Inštalácia" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Súhrn inštalácie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Vykonanie inštalácie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "Opraviť" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Inštalácia" - -# tree node string -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Disk" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Aktualizovaný systém" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Aktualizácia" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Súhrn aktualizácie" # power saving scheme name, combo box and default contents of text entry -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Vykonať aktualizáciu" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Informácie o systéme" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Vykonanie opravy" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Základná inštalácia" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Jazyk" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "Nastavenie AutoYaST-u" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Nastavenie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Sieť" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavenie systému" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Zákaznícke Centrum" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Inštalácia rozširujúceho produktu" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "On-line aktualizácia" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Inštalácia jazykov" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Poznámky k vydaniu" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\t" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Inštalácia je úspešne dokončená.\n" +#~ "Váš systém je pripravený na použitie.\n" +#~ "Po stlačení Dokončiť sa budete môcť prihlásiť do systému.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Prosím, navštívte naše stránky http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Automatická konfigurácia" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Inicializácia..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Heslo pre administrátora (root)" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Konfigurujem sieť..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Kontrola inštalácie" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Konfigurujem hardvér..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "Meno počítača" +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Dokončujem konfiguráciu..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Používatelia" +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Nastavenie používateľov" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "Nastavenie AutoYaST-u" +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Súhrn inštalácie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Nastavenie systému" +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "Opraviť" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Vyčistenie" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Informácie o systéme" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"Inštalácia je úspešne dokončená.\n" -"Váš systém je pripravený na použitie.\n" -"Po stlačení Dokončiť sa budete môcť prihlásiť do systému.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Prosím, navštívte naše stránky http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Vykonanie opravy" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "Základný scenár servera" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Jazyk" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server ponúka niekoľko základných scenárov.\n" -"Vyberte si najvhodnejší pre Váš server." +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Sieť" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "Fyzický počítač (tiež pre plne virtualizovaných hostí)" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Zákaznícke Centrum" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "Virtuálny stroj (pre paravirtuálne prostredia ako Xen)" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "On-line aktualizácia" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "Xen hostiteľ virtualizácie (lokálne X11 nie je štandardne konfigurované)" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Poznámky k vydaniu" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Nastavenie sieťových služieb" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Automatická konfigurácia" -# dialog caption -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "Scenár servera" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Heslo pre administrátora (root)" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Súhrn inštalácie" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Kontrola inštalácie" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Služba" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "Meno počítača" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Používatelia" + +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Vyčistenie" + +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Základný scenár servera" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" +#~ "Choose the one that matches your server the best." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server ponúka niekoľko základných scenárov.\n" +#~ "Vyberte si najvhodnejší pre Váš server." + +#~ msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" +#~ msgstr "Fyzický počítač (tiež pre plne virtualizovaných hostí)" + +#~ msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" +#~ msgstr "Virtuálny stroj (pre paravirtuálne prostredia ako Xen)" + +#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "Xen hostiteľ virtualizácie (lokálne X11 nie je štandardne konfigurované)" + +# dialog caption +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Scenár servera" + +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Služba" + #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "Xen hostiteľ virtualizácie (lokálne X11 nie je štandardne konfigurované)" +#~| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "Xen hostiteľ virtualizácie (lokálne X11 nie je štandardne konfigurované)" # Headline for X11 configuration screen: # The user selects screen resolution and color depth. -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Výber prostredia" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Výber prostredia" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Heslo pre superužívateľa root" +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Heslo pre superužívateľa root" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Gratulujeme!\n" -"Inštalácia openSUSE na Váš počítač je hotová.\n" -"Po stlačení Dokončiť sa budete môcť prihlásiť do systému.\n" -"Navštívte naše stránky %1.\n" -"Prajeme veľa zábavy! Váš tím vývojárov openSUSE.\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Gratulujeme!\n" +#~ "Inštalácia openSUSE na Váš počítač je hotová.\n" +#~ "Po stlačení Dokončiť sa budete môcť prihlásiť do systému.\n" +#~ "Navštívte naše stránky %1.\n" +#~ "Prajeme veľa zábavy! Váš tím vývojárov openSUSE.\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"Pracovné prostredie na počítači poskytuje grafické užívateľské\n" -"rozhranie pre počítač, rovnako ako sadu aplikácií pre\n" -"e-mail, prehliadanie webu, kancelársku produktivitu, hry a nástroje\n" -"pre správu počítača.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE ponúka na výber pracovné prostredia. Najrozšírenejšie\n" -"pracovné prostredia sú GNOME a KDE, ktoré sú rovnako\n" -"podporované v rámci openSUSE. Obe prostredia sú ľahko ovládateľné,\n" -"vysoko integrované a majú atraktívny vzhľad a dojem. Každé\n" -"prostredie má odlišný štýl, takže osobný vkus určuje, ktoré\n" -"je najvhodnejšie pre Vás." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#~ "manage your computer.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pracovné prostredie na počítači poskytuje grafické užívateľské\n" +#~ "rozhranie pre počítač, rovnako ako sadu aplikácií pre\n" +#~ "e-mail, prehliadanie webu, kancelársku produktivitu, hry a nástroje\n" +#~ "pre správu počítača.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE ponúka na výber pracovné prostredia. Najrozšírenejšie\n" +#~ "pracovné prostredia sú GNOME a KDE, ktoré sú rovnako\n" +#~ "podporované v rámci openSUSE. Obe prostredia sú ľahko ovládateľné,\n" +#~ "vysoko integrované a majú atraktívny vzhľad a dojem. Každé\n" +#~ "prostredie má odlišný štýl, takže osobný vkus určuje, ktoré\n" +#~ "je najvhodnejšie pre Vás." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "Pracovné prostredie GNOME" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Pracovné prostredie GNOME" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "Pracovné prostredie KDE" +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Pracovné prostredie KDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "Pracovné prostredie XFCE" +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Pracovné prostredie XFCE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "Pracovné prostredie LXDE" +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Pracovné prostredie LXDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "Minimalistické grafické prostredie" +#~ msgid "Minimal X Window" +#~ msgstr "Minimalistické grafické prostredie" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Alternatívne pracovné prostredia" +#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Alternatívne pracovné prostredia" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Minimalistická voľba pre server (len textový režim)" +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Minimalistická voľba pre server (len textový režim)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Sieťové repozitáre" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Sieťové repozitáre" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/country.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/country.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/country.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 11:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/crowbar.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/dhcp-server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/dhcp-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/dhcp-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-30 09:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Katarina Machalkova <bubli(a)bubli.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" @@ -598,84 +598,83 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Musíte zvoliť aspoň jedno rozhranie." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" # check box #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "Podpora &LDAP" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "Me&no DHCP servra (nepovinné)" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Názov &domény" # Textentry with IP address of primary name server #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Primárny názvový server" # Textentry with IP address of secondary name server #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Sekundárny názvový server" # Textentry with IP address of default router #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "Štandardná &brána (router)" # Textentry with IP address of time server #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP Č&asový server" # Textentry with IP address of print server #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "&Tlačový server" # Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&WINS server" # Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Štandardná &doba prenájmu" # Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 #, fuzzy msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Jednotka" @@ -685,39 +684,39 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Zadaná hodnota nie je platné meno hostiteľa ani IP adresa." #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 #, fuzzy msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Konfigurácia podsiete" # radio button #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Aktuálna &sieť" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Aktuálna &maska siete:" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 #, fuzzy msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Sieťová maska" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 #, fuzzy msgid "Min&imum IP Address" @@ -725,14 +724,14 @@ #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "&IP adresa" # frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "Rozsah IP adries" @@ -741,7 +740,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -753,7 +752,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -762,30 +761,30 @@ # checkbox #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Povoliť dynamické &BOOTP" # Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Doba prenájmu" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "Š&tandardné" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "&Maximálne" # Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 #, fuzzy msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "Jed&notka" @@ -793,31 +792,31 @@ # push button #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 #, fuzzy msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Vytvoriť &novú zónu" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Súčasný DMA mód" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 #, fuzzy msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "&Previesť aktuálnu konfiguráciu" # check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 #, fuzzy msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "&Spustiť DNS server" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -825,8 +824,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Vložte hodnoty pre obe hranice rozsahu IP adries " @@ -834,8 +833,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." @@ -845,41 +844,41 @@ # Label of the registered hosts table #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Registrovaný hostiteľ" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Meno" # MAC address of the host # Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Hardvérová adresa" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" # Frame label - configuration of particular host #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Zobraziť nastavenie" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "Me&no" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP adresa" @@ -887,47 +886,47 @@ # MAC address of the host # Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "&Hardvérová adresa" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ethernet" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Token-Ring" # Pushbutton label - change host in list #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "Z&meniť v zozname" # Pushbutton label - delete host from list #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "&Odstrániť zo zoznamu" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token-Ring" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 #, fuzzy msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" @@ -935,54 +934,54 @@ # message popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "Hardvérová adresa musí byť unikátna." # error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "Meno hostiteľa nemôže byť prázdne" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Hostiteľ s názvom %1 už existuje." # message popup #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Zadajte IP adresu hostiteľa" # A popup error text # error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "Hardvérová adresa musí byť definovaná." # error popup #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Najprv vyberte hostiteľa." # A popup error text # error popup #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "Musí byť zadaná vstupná hodnota." # yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -1002,15 +1001,15 @@ "Pokračovať?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -1023,7 +1022,7 @@ # dialog caption, %1 is step number #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "Sprievodca DHCP serverom (%1/4)" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/dns-server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/dns-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/dns-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-29 23:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Katarina Machalkova <bubli(a)bubli.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/drbd.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/drbd.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/drbd.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -25,6 +25,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Globálne nastavenie" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -64,25 +74,85 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Nastavenie zdrojov" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavenie zdrojov" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavenie zdrojov" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Zlyhalo vymazanie konfigurácie %1." + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Zlyhalo vymazanie konfigurácie %1." + # For translators: Caption of the dialog #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurácia IrDA" # Bluetooth global settings dialog caption #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Prvá časť konfigurácie CASA" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Druhá časť konfigurácie CASA" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -116,7 +186,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Inicializujem konfiguráciu</big>\n" " Prosím, čakajte... \n" @@ -130,18 +200,19 @@ "<big>Prerušenie inicializácie:</big> \n" "Teraz môžete bezpečne prerušiť konfiguráciu stlačením Prerušiť.\n" +# Write dialog help 1/2 #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" -#| "\n" +#| "<big>Saving Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Vytvorenie novej konfigurácie</big> \n" -"\n" +"<big>Ukladám konfiguráciu</big>\n" +" Prosím, čakajte... \n" # Write dialog help 2/2 #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -163,14 +234,79 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Konfigurácia pripojenia</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Konfigurácia pripojenia</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>Konfigurácia pripojenia</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -180,32 +316,33 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" # Write dialog help 1/2 #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Konfigurácia CASA</big>\n" " Tu môžete nakonfigurovať CASA. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Pridanie modemu:</BIG> \n" @@ -214,7 +351,7 @@ "Konfigurovať." #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -225,11 +362,11 @@ "zmeniť konfiguráciu.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Prehľad poskytovateľov</BIG> \n" @@ -237,21 +374,25 @@ "Môžete aj upraviť ich konfiguráciu. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<BIG>Pridanie poskytovateľa:</BIG> \n" "Stlačením Pridať, môžete poskytovateľa ručne pridať." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#| "Choose a provider to change or remove.\n" +#| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Úprava a odstránenie:</BIG> \n" @@ -260,7 +401,7 @@ # Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" @@ -272,7 +413,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -281,7 +422,7 @@ # Ovreview dialog help 2/3 #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" @@ -301,14 +442,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokol" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Profile name must be set." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Musí byť zadaný názov profilu." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -362,8 +504,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" # service status - label @@ -385,104 +527,213 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Spustenie služby 'lirc' zlyhalo." #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Zastaviť služby" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Nastavenie hardvéru" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializujem..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa zapísať súbor idmap.conf." + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Inicializujem konfiguráciu DSL" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Čítanie globálneho nastavenia Samba" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Načítanie skupiny zdrojov" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 #, fuzzy msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Načítanie stavu winbind-u" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Čítam globálne nastavenie Samba..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Načítavam skupiny zdrojov..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Načítavam stav winbind..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Dokončené" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to save ipsec.conf:" +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa uložiť ipsec.conf:" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Nastavenie skupín zdrojov" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Zapisujem konfiguráciu NFS" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Zapisovanie obecných nastavení" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 #, fuzzy msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Zápis skupín zdrojov" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Spustiť démonov." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Zapisujem obecné nastavenia..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Zapisujem skupiny zdrojov..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Určujem aktuálny stav..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa vytvoriť adresár '%1'." + +# Bluetooth global settings dialog caption +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Prvá časť konfigurácie CASA" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "Druhá časť konfigurácie CASA" + +# Read dialog help 1/2 +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait... \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Inicializujem konfiguráciu</big>\n" +#~ " Prosím, čakajte... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Creating a New Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Vytvorenie novej konfigurácie</big> \n" +#~ "\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<BIG>Úprava a odstránenie:</BIG> \n" +#~ "Vyberte poskytovateľa, ktorého chcete zmeniť alebo odstrániť.\n" +#~ "Potom stlačte Upraviť alebo Odstrániť.\n" + # Command line help text for the Xirda module #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/fcoe-client.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/fcoe-client.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/fcoe-client.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -47,8 +47,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "Klient NFS" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "áno" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nie" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -56,17 +66,46 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Odinštalovanie balíka %1 zlyhalo." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "nie je k dispozícii" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "Nenakonfigurované" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "nenastavené" + # command line help text for summary action # command line help text for summary action #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of printer" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Konfigurácia tlačiarne" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -74,7 +113,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -82,12 +121,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -95,34 +134,34 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create account for user %1" msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Nemôžem vytvoriť používateľa %1" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command %1 failed" msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "Príkaz %1 zlyhal" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to remove the current volume group?" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Naozaj chcete odstrániť aktuálnu skupinu diskov?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -130,34 +169,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Odinštalovanie balíka %1 zlyhalo." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Odinštalovanie balíka %1 zlyhalo." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -190,7 +229,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Áno" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -198,7 +237,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nie" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -276,9 +315,10 @@ msgid "DCB capable" msgstr "" +# tree node string - means "hardware driver" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ovládač" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -595,52 +635,47 @@ msgstr "Chcete ho nainštalovať?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Nemôžem nájsť dostupné zariadenia." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Nie je možné spustiť službu winbind." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start 'nmb' service." +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Nie je možné spustiť službu 'nmb'." + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" @@ -648,19 +683,19 @@ # Progress stage 1/5 #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Kontrola nainštalovaných balíkov" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "Sieťové služby" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" @@ -668,7 +703,7 @@ # Progress stage 2/5 #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -676,26 +711,26 @@ # Progress step 1/5 #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Kontrolujem nainštalované RPM balíky..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Hľadám sieťové zariadenia..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Hľadám sieťové karty..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -703,33 +738,33 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Dokončené" # error popup text #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Spustenie služby 'lirc' zlyhalo." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Nemôžem nájsť dostupné zariadenia." # translators: error message #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Nemôžem načítať konfiguráciu." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" @@ -737,12 +772,12 @@ # Progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zápis nastavení" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" @@ -753,7 +788,7 @@ # progress bar states # progress stage #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust spooler services" msgid "Adjust start of services" @@ -761,13 +796,13 @@ # Progress step 1/2 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." # Progress step 2/2 #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." @@ -776,20 +811,20 @@ # progress step # progress step #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Nastavujem služby spooleru..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/ntp.conf." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenie do /etc/ntp.conf." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -797,42 +832,42 @@ # error popup text #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Spustenie služby 'lirc' zlyhalo." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať premenné sysconfig." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "<big>Konfigurácia pripojenia</big>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Rozhrania" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" # error popup text #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -841,12 +876,12 @@ # TRANSLATORS: Proposal rich text item value - Firewall is enabled #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "zapnutá" # TRANSLATORS: Proposal rich text item value - Firewall is disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "vypnutá" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/firewall-services.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/firewall-services.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/firewall-services.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-22 17:42+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/firewall.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/firewall.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/firewall.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-09 23:36+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/firstboot.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/firstboot.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/firstboot.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 11:51+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ftp-server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/ftp-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/ftp-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-19 20:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jozef Uhliarik <juhliarik(a)suse.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/geo-cluster.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/geo-cluster.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/geo-cluster.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ msgid "GeoCluster Overview" msgstr "" +# progress stage #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -72,214 +73,427 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Načítať konfiguračný súbor" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pridať" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upraviť" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odstrániť" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zrušiť" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address" +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "Zadajte platnú emailovú adresu" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "retries" +msgstr "Bez položiek." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Height" +msgid "weights" +msgstr "Výška" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expires: " +msgid "expire" +msgstr "Vyprší: " + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "Vyžadované vzory" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "' je neplatná." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "Neplatný zdroj." + +# popup message +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Entered address is not valid." +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "Zadaná adresa je neplatná." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "' je neplatná." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "Softvér, ktorý bude inštalovaný: " + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "Softvér, ktorý bude inštalovaný: " + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "IP adresa brány je neplatná." + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "Zóna s názvom '%1' už existuje." + +# Popup text +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration name already exists!" +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "Názov konfigurácie už je existuje!" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration module %1 will be started." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "Spustí sa modul %1." + +# Popup::Error text +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "Kľúč nie je platný." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "Softvér, ktorý bude inštalovaný: " + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "Softvér, ktorý bude inštalovaný: " + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software to be installed:" +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "Softvér, ktorý bude inštalovaný: " + +# Headline +# configuration of hosts +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Súhrn nastavenia hostiteľov:" + +# progress stage +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Načítať konfiguračný súbor" + +# dialog label +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Printer Configurations" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "Konfigurácie tlačiarne" + +# menubutton item +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurácia firewallu" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Inicializujem..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať všeobecné nastavenia." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať všeobecné nastavenia." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" +# Progress stage #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. TODO FIXME Names of real stages #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Načítať predchádzajúce nastavenie" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Načítavam predchádzajúce nastavenia..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dokončené" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" +# Progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zápis nastavení" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" +# Progress step 1/2 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenia." +# TODO FIXME: your code here... +# Configuration summary text for autoyast #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Súhrn nastavenia..." +# Progress stage #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Načítavanie databázy" +# Progress stage #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hľadanie zariadení" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Načítavam databázu..." +# Progress step #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hľadám zariadenia..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nemôžem čítať z databázy1." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nemôžem čítať z databázy2." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nemôžem nájsť dostupné zariadenia." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spustenie SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spúšťam SuSEconfig..." +# TODO FIXME: your code here... +# Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Súhrn konfigurácie..." Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/gtk.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/gtk.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/gtk.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-10 07:41+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dopredu" # table header #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/http-server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/http-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/http-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-03 11:09+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ladislav Michnovič <lmichnovic(a)suse.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/inetd.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/inetd.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/inetd.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-04 10:00+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/installation.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/installation.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/installation.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-12 23:12+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -79,22 +79,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopírujem súbory na inštalovaný systém..." @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "Inštalácia z obrazov je vypnutá (<a href=\"%1\">zapnúť</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Inicializujem predvoleného správcu okien..." @@ -313,6 +313,7 @@ msgstr "Aktualizácie pre %1 %2" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Neznámy produkt" @@ -371,7 +372,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licenčné podmienky" @@ -451,10 +452,24 @@ "ak chcete prerušiť inštaláciu.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "Je nutné súhlasiť s licenčnými podmienkami." +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Poznámky k vydaniu" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -574,7 +589,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Systém sa teraz reštartuje..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -678,11 +693,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Konfigurovať &zdroje" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Nastaviť &iSCSI disky" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -705,15 +720,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "Inštalácia sa práve začína!" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Poznámky k vydaniu" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Inicializujem" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Inicializujem proces inštalácie..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 #, fuzzy @@ -740,65 +762,65 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Dokončenie základnej inštalácie" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Vytvára sa zoznam skriptov, ktoré sa zavolajú po ukončení..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Kopírovanie súborov na inštalovaný systém" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Uloženie konfigurácie" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Uloženie nastavení inštalácie" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Inštalácia správcu štartu" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Príprava systému na prvý štart" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Kontrola fázy: %1..." # progress title, %1 is queue name #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Volám krok %1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Dokončené" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Chyba pri inštalácií" @@ -819,11 +841,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Prosím čakajte, kým sa nainicializuje proces inštalácie." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Inicializujem proces inštalácie..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -836,13 +853,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Pripravujem počiatočnú konfiguráciu systému..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Inicializujem" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -1074,12 +1084,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Podľa požiadavky používateľa preskakujem konfiguráciu" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1090,31 +1100,31 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "CHYBA: Chýba nadpis" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Prispôsobujem návrhu na aktuálne nastavenie..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analyzujem váš systém..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "CHYBA: Žiaden návrh" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1123,7 +1133,7 @@ "Vyskytli sa chyby." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Prehľad inštalácie" @@ -1132,25 +1142,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Preskočiť nastavenie" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "Použiť &toto nastavenie" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Zmeniť..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1158,25 +1168,25 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Kliknutím na hlavičku môžete urobiť zmeny, alebo použite ponuku \"Zmeniť...\"." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click any headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Kliknutím na hlavičku môžete urobiť zmeny, alebo použite ponuku \"Zmeniť...\"." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Vrátiť štandardné" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1190,7 +1200,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1221,7 +1231,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -1238,7 +1248,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1250,7 +1260,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1262,7 +1272,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1274,7 +1284,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1285,12 +1295,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "Návrh inštalácie UML" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1299,7 +1309,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1310,7 +1320,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Some proposals might be\n" @@ -1326,11 +1336,11 @@ "zmeniť, kontaktujte svojho systémového administrátora" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Aktualizácia" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Inštalovať" @@ -1457,57 +1467,41 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Hľadám pevné disky..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "Hľadanie ďalších linuxových diskových oddielov" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "Hľadám linuxové diskové oddiely..." - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Hľadanie systémových súborov" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Hľadám systémové súbory..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initialize package manager" msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Inicializácia správcu balíkov" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing package manager..." msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Inicializujem správcu balíkov..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "Vyhodnotenie možnosti aktualizovať systém" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "Vyhodnocujem možnosť aktualizácie..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Detekcia systému" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while computer hardware and installed systems are being probed..." msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "Prosím čakajte, kým sa deteguje hardvér v tomto počítači a nainštalované systémy..." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1520,7 +1514,7 @@ "Skontrolujte, prosím, váš hardvér!\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1533,7 +1527,7 @@ "Nebol nájdený žiaden disk pre inštaláciu.\n" "Skontrolujte, prosím, váš hardvér!\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1549,7 +1543,7 @@ "(hlavne na s390, alebo na iSCSI systémoch)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1566,7 +1560,7 @@ "Skontrolujte, prosím, váš hardvér.\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1575,33 +1569,33 @@ "Ukončujem inštaláciu." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Odstránený" # Configuration summary text # status string #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Zapnuté" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Vypnuté" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Predtým použité repozitáre" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1610,27 +1604,27 @@ "boli nájdené tieto repozitáre:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Aktuálny stav" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repozitár" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Prepnúť &stav" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." @@ -1640,7 +1634,7 @@ "ktoré chcete použiť v procese aktualizácie." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." @@ -1649,30 +1643,30 @@ "tlačidlo Prepnúť stav, alebo dvakrát kliknite na príslušnú položku v tabuľke." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "Ak chcete zmeniť URL, kliknite na tlačidlo Zmeniť...." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Neznámy" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "URL &repozitára:" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Sieť nie je nakonfigurovaná" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1682,51 +1676,51 @@ "Chcete ho teraz nakonfigurovať?" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Pridávam a odoberám repozitáre..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please wait while repositories are being added and removed." msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "Prosím čakajte, kým sa pridajú alebo odoberú repozitáre." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Odstrániť nepoužité repozitáre" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Odstraňujem nepoužité repozitáre..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Pridať povolené repozitáre" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Pridávam povolené repozitáre..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Pridať zakázané repozitáre" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Pridávam zakázané repozitáre..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Opraviť požadované médium" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Make sure that media with label %1\n" @@ -1746,7 +1740,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1758,7 +1752,7 @@ # Error report # error report #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1772,7 +1766,7 @@ # error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1786,7 +1780,7 @@ # error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "An error occurred when enabling repository\n" @@ -1804,7 +1798,7 @@ # Error report # error report #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1890,55 +1884,50 @@ msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu proxy..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Ukladám nastavenie časovej zóny..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Ukladám jazyk..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu konzoly..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu klávesnice..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Ukladám informácie o produkte..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Ukladám nastavenia automatickej inštalácie..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Ukladám nastavenia zabezpečenia..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Ukladám nastavenia skriptov štartu..." # progress window content #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu hardvéru..." @@ -1972,7 +1961,7 @@ msgstr "Zapisujem konfiguráciu YaST-u..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2248,6 +2237,70 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Hľadám linuxové diskové oddiely..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Vzdialená administrácia" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "Zlyhalo načítanie informácií o inštalačných obrazoch" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Nasadzujem..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Ukladám používateľské nastavenia..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Obnovujem používateľské nastavenia..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Installation was unable to solve package dependecies automatically.\n" +#| "Package manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" +"Inštalácia nebola schopná automaticky vyriešiť závislosti balíkov.\n" +"Správca balíkov bude otvorený, aby ste ich mohli vyriešiť ručne." + +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "Je nutné súhlasiť s licenčnými podmienkami." + +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "Hľadanie ďalších linuxových diskových oddielov" + +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "Hľadám linuxové diskové oddiely..." + +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "Vyhodnotenie možnosti aktualizovať systém" + +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "Vyhodnocujem možnosť aktualizácie..." + #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Sieťové zariadenie: %1" @@ -2914,30 +2967,7 @@ #~ "diskov pre inštaláciu.\n" #~ "Skontrolujte, prosím, váš hardvér.\n" -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "Zlyhalo načítanie informácií o inštalačných obrazoch" - -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Nasadzujem..." - -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Ukladám používateľské nastavenia..." - -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Obnovujem používateľské nastavenia..." - -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "" -#~| "Installation was unable to solve package dependecies automatically.\n" -#~| "Package manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" -#~ "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Inštalácia nebola schopná automaticky vyriešiť závislosti balíkov.\n" -#~ "Správca balíkov bude otvorený, aby ste ich mohli vyriešiť ručne." - -#~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" #~ "Select the default type." #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/instserver.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/instserver.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/instserver.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-22 23:46+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Katarina Machalkova <bubli(a)bubli.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/iplb.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/iplb.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/iplb.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Globálne nastavenie" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -92,6 +92,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "áno" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nie" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Globálne nastavenie" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "Konfigurácia poštového servera" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -118,7 +138,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vykonať" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -201,7 +221,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -441,7 +461,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -478,7 +498,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Služba" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -488,9 +508,10 @@ msgid "Http Method" msgstr "" +# tree node string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Požiadavok" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" @@ -502,11 +523,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prihlásenie" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heslo" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -522,7 +543,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sieťová maska" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -530,7 +551,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokol" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -538,15 +559,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pridať" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upraviť" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odstrániť" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -572,13 +593,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OK" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "Zrušiť" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" msgstr "" -#. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -591,10 +618,30 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "IP adresa je neplatná." + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a new share" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "Pridať nový zdieľaný zdroj" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set up the mail server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "Nastaviť poštový server" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicializujem..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -621,7 +668,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dokončené" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -629,21 +676,23 @@ msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" msgstr "" +# Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zápis nastavení" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spustenie SuSEconfig" +# Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spúšťam SuSEconfig..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -653,10 +702,12 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenia." +# TODO FIXME: your code here... +# Configuration summary text for autoyast #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Súhrn nastavenia..." Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/iscsi-client.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/iscsi-client.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/iscsi-client.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-12 23:59+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ladislav Michnovič <lmichnovic(a)suse.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -70,154 +70,160 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "iSNS Port" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "Meno inicátora" # Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound Card" -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "Zvuková karta" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Rozhranie" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "Adresa portálu" # For translators: Header of the table with installed cards -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "Názov cieľa" # tree item -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Štartovanie" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Pridať" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit" msgstr "&Upraviť" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "Odhlásiť" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Pripojený" # tree node string - means "hardware driver" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "Objavovať" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "Prihlásenie" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Pripojiť" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Bez overenia" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Pricházdajúce overenie" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "Používateľské meno" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "Heslo" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Odchádzajúce overenie" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "Štart" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP adresa" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "Kľúč" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Hodnota" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "Služba" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Pripojené ciele" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Objavené ciele" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Prehľad iSCSI iniciátora" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -226,9 +232,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "Objavovanie iSCSI Iniciátora" @@ -489,12 +495,12 @@ # text entry #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Zadajte IP adresu" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Zadajte port." @@ -502,39 +508,39 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "Áno" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "Nie" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 #, fuzzy msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "Cieľ s týmto menom cieľa je už pripojený. Uistite sa, ze máte povolené 'Multipathing', aby ste prsdišli možnému poškodeniu dát." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Pokračovať" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Zrušiť" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Cieľ je už pripojený." @@ -619,15 +625,21 @@ msgid "Set up service status" msgstr "Zastaviť služby" +# workflow: "Software-Auswahl" +# -ke- #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" -msgstr "Softvér" +#| msgid "Select Software" +msgid "default (Software)" +msgstr "Voľba softvéru" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "všetky" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 #, fuzzy msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" @@ -642,10 +654,15 @@ # TODO FIXME: your code here... # Configuration summary text for autoyast #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Súhrn nastavenia..." +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Software" +#~ msgid "(Software)" +#~ msgstr "Softvér" + #~ msgid "Toggle Start-Up" #~ msgstr "Prepnúť stav štartovania" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/iscsi-lio-server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/iscsi-lio-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/iscsi-lio-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/iscsi-server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/iscsi-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/iscsi-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/isns.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/isns.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/isns.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -334,91 +334,91 @@ msgstr "Inicializujem..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "Pre konfiguráciu serveru SLP je nutné nainštalovať balíky %1." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Chcete ho nainštalovať?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Inicializujem konfiguráciu modemu" # Progress stage #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Načítavanie databázy" # Progress stage #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Načítať predchádzajúce nastavenie" # Progress stage #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Hľadanie zariadení" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Načítavam databázu..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Načítavam predchádzajúce nastavenia..." # Progress step #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Hľadám zariadenia..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Dokončené" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu inetd" # Progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zápis nastavení" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Spustenie SuSEconfig" # Progress step 1/2 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Spúšťam SuSEconfig..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenia." Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/kdump.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -400,8 +400,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 #, fuzzy msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Aby sa zmena prejavila, je nutné počítač reštartovať." @@ -546,17 +546,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Zakázané" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "%1 balíkov nie je k dispozícii" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "Balík pre FTP nie je dostupný." - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 #, fuzzy @@ -1233,27 +1222,27 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Inicializujem konfiguráciu modemu" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Načítavam profily..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa načítať používateľské nastavenia." @@ -1261,125 +1250,133 @@ # Progress step #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Hľadám dostupné zdroje..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Načítavam rozdelenie diskov..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa načítať používateľské nastavenia." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Nemôžem načítať súbor %1" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu modemu" # Progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Zápis nastavení" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Možnosti aktualizácie" # Progress step 1/2 #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." # progress step #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Aktualizujem zónové súbory..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Dokončené" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenia." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "v úrovni %1" # TRANSLATORS: Proposal rich text item value - Firewall is enabled -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "zapnutá" # TRANSLATORS: Proposal rich text item value - Firewall is disabled -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "vypnutá" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Prázdna hodnota voľby: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "&Formátovať" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Ma&x. počet starých záloh" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Ma&x. počet starých záloh" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." +#~ msgstr "%1 balíkov nie je k dispozícii" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "Balík pre FTP nie je dostupný." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Reading disk partitions..." #~ msgstr "Čítanie rozdelenia diskov" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/kerberos-server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/kerberos-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/kerberos-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/kerberos.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/kerberos.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/kerberos.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-05 11:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ladislav Michnovič <lmichnovic(a)suse.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/languages_db.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/languages_db.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/languages_db.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-22 21:45+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ldap-client.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/ldap-client.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/ldap-client.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-29 21:50+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Katarina Machalkova <bubli(a)bubli.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ldap-server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/ldap-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/ldap-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ldap.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/ldap.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/ldap.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -56,6 +56,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Typ atribútu nebol nájdený.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -63,6 +65,8 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Trieda objektu nebola nájdená.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message @@ -111,14 +115,14 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zobraziť &detaily" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Neznáma chyba. Možno nie je k dispozícii 'yast2-ldap'." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -155,7 +159,7 @@ #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Anonymný prístup" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -164,6 +168,8 @@ "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" "The object with the selected DN cannot be created.\n" msgstr "" +"Priamy rodič DN %1 v adresári LDAP neexistuje.\n" +"Objekt so zadaným DN nebude vytvorený.\n" #. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1634 @@ -171,17 +177,19 @@ "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" msgstr "" +"Na LDAP serveri neexistuje položka s DN '%1'.\n" +"Chcete ju vytvoriť?\n" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Otvoriť" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nastavte novú hodnotu pre aktuálny atribút." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -203,79 +211,86 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Popis atribútu \"%1\": " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Hodnota atribútu \"%1\"" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Hodnoty atribútu \"%1\"" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Pridať hodnotu" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "P&rázdna položka" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Prechádzať" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"Hodnota \"%1\" už existuje.\n" +"Vyberte inú." #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurácia nástrojov pre správu používateľov" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurácia nástrojov pre správu skupín" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trieda objektu nového modulu" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"Zadaná hodnota už existuje.\n" +"Vyberte inú.\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zadajte meno modulu." #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" +"Tu je možné nastaviť hodnoty atribútov patriace objektu podľa\n" +"aktuálnej šablóny. Tieto hodnoty sa použijú ako štandardné pri\n" +"vytváraní nových objektov.\n" #. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" #. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the @@ -283,23 +298,26 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" +"Môžete použiť špeciálny zápis pre vytvorenie hodnôt\n" +"atribútov na základe už existujúcich. Výraz %attr_meno sa nahradí hodnotou atribútu \"attr_meno\" (napríklad, použite\n" +"\"/home/%uid\" ako hodnotu pre \"homeDirectory\").\n" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Meno atribútu" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Hodnota atribútu" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 @@ -317,11 +335,13 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"Dialóg obsahuje neuložené zmeny v aktuálnej položke\n" +"Zahodiť zmeny?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prehliadač LDAP" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 @@ -337,12 +357,12 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP server" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN pre správu" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 @@ -365,18 +385,20 @@ "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." msgstr "" +"Atribút \"%1\" je nutný.\n" +"Zadajte jeho hodnotu." #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Z&novu načítať" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribút" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hodnota" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/live-installer.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/live-installer.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/live-installer.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-23 21:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/lxc.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/lxc.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/lxc.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/mail.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/mail.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/mail.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-26 18:37+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/multipath.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/multipath.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/multipath.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-05 09:57+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses-pkg.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-03 11:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/ncurses.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-04-24 13:15+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <ra100(a)atlas.sk>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/network.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/network.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/network.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-09 10:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -122,78 +122,28 @@ # menubutton item #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Zapisujem konfiguráciu firewallu..." -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Port pre SSH je blokovaný (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">otvoriť</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Port pre SSH je blokovaný (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">otvoriť</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Inštalácia z obrazov je zapnutá (<a href=\"%1\">vypnúť</a>)." - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Inštalácia z obrazov je vypnutá (<a href=\"%1\">zapnúť</a>)." - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "Port pre SSH je blokovaný (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">otvoriť</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Port pre SSH je blokovaný (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">otvoriť</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Inštalácia z obrazov je zapnutá (<a href=\"%1\">vypnúť</a>)." - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Inštalácia z obrazov je vypnutá (<a href=\"%1\">zapnúť</a>)." - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Firewallu a SSH" # Menu label #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Firewall a SSH" # menubutton item -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Základná konfigurácia firewallu a SSH" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open &VNC Ports" @@ -201,31 +151,31 @@ # TRANSLATORS: dialog caption, main dialog for enabling/disablig firewall #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Služba firewall a SSH" # TRANSLATORS: radio button #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Zapnúť firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "&RPC Porty" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Open SSH Port and Enable SSH Service" msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Otvoriť SSH port a povoliť službu SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -237,7 +187,7 @@ "SSH je služba, ktorá umožňuje prihlásenie do počítača vzdialene cez\n" "SSH klienta" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." @@ -245,7 +195,7 @@ "Tu môžete vybrať, či bude firewall zapnutý, alebo vypnutý po\n" "inštalácii. Odporúča sa ponechať ho zapnutý." -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" @@ -261,13 +211,64 @@ "spustený pri štarte počítača)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Inštalácia z obrazov je zapnutá (<a href=\"%1\">vypnúť</a>)." + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Inštalácia z obrazov je vypnutá (<a href=\"%1\">zapnúť</a>)." + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Inštalácia z obrazov je zapnutá (<a href=\"%1\">vypnúť</a>)." + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)" +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Inštalácia z obrazov je vypnutá (<a href=\"%1\">zapnúť</a>)." + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Port pre SSH je blokovaný (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">otvoriť</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Port pre SSH je blokovaný (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">otvoriť</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "Port pre SSH je blokovaný (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">otvoriť</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Port pre SSH je blokovaný (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">otvoriť</a>)" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -563,9 +564,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Rozhranie pre premostenie" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration Error : uninitialized interface!" msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." @@ -667,7 +677,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurácia smerovania" @@ -772,7 +782,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Zariadenie" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Voľby" @@ -862,14 +872,14 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Varovanie: nie je použité žiadne šifrovanie." # item of a combo box #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "Zmeniť" @@ -1242,14 +1252,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Typ zariadenia" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Názov konfigurác&ie" @@ -1262,7 +1272,7 @@ msgstr "Skupina tunela" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Premostené zariadenia" @@ -1480,30 +1490,30 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adresa" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Konfigurácia Vašej IP adresy." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Zviazané klientské zariadenia" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Bezdrôtová sieť" # Table header item - listing mail servers #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Any priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1511,7 +1521,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1525,15 +1535,15 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Nastavenie sieťovej karty" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" #| "Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP addess 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "Aspoň jedno vybrané zariadenie je už nakonfigurované.\n" "Prispôsobiť konfiguráciu pre most (IP addess 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" @@ -1755,7 +1765,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Zariadenie bolo zmazané." -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1872,7 +1882,7 @@ msgstr "Nastala chyba počas inštalácie firmvéru." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1887,13 +1897,12 @@ "rozhranie už viac nebude ovládané NetworkManager-om.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "Zariadenie, ktoré ste vybrali má STARTMODE=nfsroot. Naozaj zmazať?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Spôsob nastavenia siete" @@ -1902,7 +1911,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Sieťové nastavenie" @@ -1929,7 +1938,7 @@ msgstr "Zmeniť štandardné smerovanie podľa DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1939,13 +1948,13 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Udev Rules are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n" @@ -1960,7 +1969,7 @@ "MAC adrresu, alebo BusID s menom sieťového zariadenia (napr. eth1, wlan0) a zaistiť tak,\n" "aby sa po reštarte zariadenia vždy volalo rovnako.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" @@ -1976,7 +1985,7 @@ "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1987,7 +1996,7 @@ "ďalšie ovládače. Ak je treba, zvoľte zo zoznamu ovládač, ale obyčajne štandardná hodnota funguje.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Additionally, you may specify Options for the Kernel module. Use this format: option=value. Each entry should be space \n" @@ -2002,14 +2011,14 @@ "medzerou, napr. io=0x300 irq=5. Poznámka: Ak nastavíte dve karty s rovnakým menom modulu, počas \n" "ukladania budú možnosti spojené dohromady.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 #, fuzzy #| msgid "If you write something into Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with this options.\n" msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "Ak zapisujete niečo do Voľby ethtool, ifup zavolá ethtool s týmito voľbami.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -2019,7 +2028,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -2028,7 +2037,7 @@ "Hodnoty budú zapísané do /etc/modprobe.conf alebo /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -2037,79 +2046,85 @@ "v manuáli IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands." #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Ručná konfigurácia sieťovej karty" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "Typ &Hot plug" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "P&CI" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "Modul &jadra" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "Názov &modulu" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Udev rules" +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Pravidlá pre udev" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Názov zariadenia" # item of a combo box -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "Zmeniť" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Zobraziť viditeľnú identifikáciu portu" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekundy" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Blikať" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Voľby ethtool" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Ručný výber sieťovej karty" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2119,19 +2134,19 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Sieťová karta" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Hľadať" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2140,7 +2155,7 @@ "Zadajte iný názov." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurácia sieťovej karty S/390" @@ -2148,144 +2163,144 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Nastavenia zariadenia S/390" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "Názov &portu" # TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Číslo portu" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Zapnúť IPA Takeover" # yes-no popup #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Povoliť podporu &Layer2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Layer2 &MAC adresa" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Kanál pre čítanie" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Kanál pre zápis" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Kontrolný kanál" # S/390 dialog help: QETH #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "Zadajte názov portu pre toto rozhranie (rozlišuje sa veľkosť písmen)." # S/390 dialog help: QETH #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "Zadajte doplňujúce nastavenia pre toto rozhranie (oddelené medzerami)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "Zvoľte Zapnúť IPA Takeover ak prevziatie IP adresy môže byť zapnuté pre toto rozhranie." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "ZvoľtePovoliť podporu Layer 2 ak táto karta bola nakonfigurovaná s podporou layer 2." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Vložte Layer 2 MAC Adresu ak táto karta bola nakonfigurovaná s podporou layer 2." # TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Číslo &portu" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD Time-Out:" # S/390 dialog help: LCS #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Zvoľte číslo portu pre toto zariadenie." # S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "Upresnite LANCMD Time-Out pre toto rozhranie." # ComboBox item: CTC device protocol #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Režim kompatibility" # ComboBox item: CTC device protocol #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Rozšírený režim" # ComboBox item: CTC device protocol #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux spojenia)" # ComboBox item: CTC device protocol #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Režim kompatibility s OS/390 a z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokol" # S/390 dialog help: CTC #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Vyberte protokol pre toto rozhranie." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "Názov &partnera" # S/390 dialog help: IUCV #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2295,7 +2310,7 @@ # error report #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "An error occured while creating device.\n" @@ -2310,7 +2325,7 @@ # tree node string #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Dialóg hardvér" @@ -2373,18 +2388,22 @@ "drôtovými a bezdrôtovými sieťami\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" +#| "if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +#| "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" "Použite Tradičný spôsob pomocou<tt>ifup</tt>\n" "ak nepoužívate desktopové prostredie (GNOME alebo KDE),\n" "alebo používate viac rozhraní naraz.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2394,7 +2413,7 @@ "Tu sa Vám zobrazí prehľad nainštalovaných sieťových kariet.\n" "Môžete aj upraviť ich konfiguráciu. \n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" @@ -2402,7 +2421,7 @@ "<BIG>Pridanie sieťovej karty:</BIG> \n" "Stlačením Pridať, môžete sieťovú kartu nakonfigurovať ručne.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2418,7 +2437,7 @@ "Potom stlačte Upraviť alebo Zmazať.\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" @@ -2443,12 +2462,12 @@ "protokol IPv6, čas odozvy môže byť rýchlejší.\n" # help text 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "Zmeny sa použijú až po reštarte počítača." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2461,7 +2480,7 @@ "aj iná položka, ktorá odpovedá cieľu, bude použitá namiesto štandardného\n" "smerovania. Idea hlavného smerovania sa jednoducho používa ak chcete povedať, že \"všetko ostatné má ísť sem\".\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" @@ -2479,13 +2498,13 @@ "zariadenia je \"-\".\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2493,7 +2512,7 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enable IP Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" @@ -2514,7 +2533,7 @@ "Mali by ste vo firewalle povoliť maškarádu a/alebo nastaviť aspoň jedno pravidlo presmerovania. Môžete na to\n" "použiť YaST firewall modul." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2528,7 +2547,7 @@ "pri čom každá Vám môže prideliť iný názov hostiteľa, pretože zmena názvu hostiteľa \n" "za behu môže znefunkčniť grafické desktopové prostredie" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" @@ -2549,7 +2568,7 @@ "sieťového spojenia. V ostatných prípadoch to používajte opatrne, najmä keď \n" "tento počítač poskytuje nejaké sieťové služby." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" @@ -2558,7 +2577,7 @@ "pre prevod názvu hostiteľa na IP adresu. Obvykle je možné získať tieto údaje z DHCP serveru.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2569,7 +2588,7 @@ "IP adresa (napríklad 192.168.0.42) a nie ako názov hostiteľa.\n" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2582,7 +2601,7 @@ "Môžete mať aj ďalšie prehľadávané domény (napr. suse.com).\n" "Oddeľte jednotlivé domény čiarkami, alebo medzerami\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2594,7 +2613,7 @@ "tento počítač slúži ako poštový server. Názov Vášho počítača môžete zobraziť\n" "príkazom hostname." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Select the way how DNS configuration (name servers, search list, the content of \n" @@ -2616,7 +2635,7 @@ "NetworkManagera). Toto je štandardná voľba. Voľba Použiť štandardnú politiku\n" "je dostatočná pre väčšinu nastavení." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "By choosing Only Manually option, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify \n" @@ -2644,7 +2663,7 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" @@ -2659,14 +2678,14 @@ "Vyberte Bez IP adresy ak nechcete tomuto zariadeniu prideliť žiadnu IP adresu.\n" "To je najmä výhodné pre zviazanie (bonding) zariadení typu ethernet.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "Zaškrtnite iBFT ak chcete zachovať sieť nakonfigurovanú vo Vašom BIOSE.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" @@ -2675,7 +2694,7 @@ "pripojenia DSL nepridelil statickú adresu IP.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "You can choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" @@ -2691,7 +2710,7 @@ "Sieťové adresy potom budú od serveru získavané automaticky.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2702,7 +2721,7 @@ "vyberte DHCP + Zeroconf . Inak musí byť adresa pridelená staticky.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2713,7 +2732,7 @@ "druhého počítača.\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" @@ -2729,7 +2748,7 @@ "meno hostiteľa pre túto IP adresu Tá bude zapísaná do /<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." @@ -2737,7 +2756,7 @@ "Ďalšie informácie o konfigurácii siete\n" "sa dozviete od Vášho správcu siete." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." @@ -2745,7 +2764,7 @@ "DHCP konfigurácia nie je doporučená pre tento produkt.\n" "Komponenty tohto produktu nemusia spolupracovať s DHCP." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2763,11 +2782,11 @@ "Ak ste nezvolili zónu a žiadna iná neexistuje,\n" "firewall bude vypnutý." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "Povinné rozhranie určuje, či bude sieťová služba hlásiť zlyhanie,ak toto rozhranie nenabehne v čase štartu systému" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" @@ -2791,7 +2810,7 @@ "výkon siete, najmä na pomalých vytáčaných pripojeniach.\n" "Vyberte jednu z doporučených hodnôt, alebo si zadefinuje vlastnú.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." @@ -2800,12 +2819,12 @@ "Dostupné zariadenia sú iba tie, ktoré majú nastavenú aktiváciu zariadenia na nikdy a majú nastavenie bez IP adresy." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Možnosti DHCP klienta</big>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2821,7 +2840,7 @@ "rovnakú hardverovú adresu." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" @@ -2852,7 +2871,7 @@ "(definované v súbore <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>. Ak nechcete meno posielať vôbec, pole nechajte prázdne.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" @@ -2865,7 +2884,7 @@ "V tomto dialógu môžete nastaviť ďalšie adresy rozhrania (jeho aliasy).\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -2876,7 +2895,7 @@ msgstr "Zadajte Názov aliasu, IP adresu a sieťovú masku." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Alias Name is optional and legacy.The total\n" @@ -2892,14 +2911,14 @@ " limitovaná na 15 znakov a zastaralý nástroj ifconfig ho oreže po 9 znakoch." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "Nezahrnúť názov rozhrania v názve jeho aliasu. Vložte napríkladfoo namiesto eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" @@ -2940,7 +2959,7 @@ " \n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." @@ -2950,7 +2969,7 @@ # Wireless dialog help #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2964,7 +2983,7 @@ "bodom, často nazývaná aj Infrastructure Mode) alebo Master (sieťová karta funguje ako prístupový bod).\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2984,7 +3003,7 @@ # Wireless dialog help # %1 is the product name, eg. SUSE Linux #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -3021,7 +3040,7 @@ # Wireless dialog help #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -3037,7 +3056,7 @@ # Wireless dialog help #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -3054,7 +3073,7 @@ "ktoré sa dá ľahko uhádnuť.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" @@ -3063,7 +3082,7 @@ "vložte ďalšie parametre v následujúcom dialógu.\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3688,23 +3707,23 @@ msgstr "Inicializujem..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Vzdialená administrácia" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Povoliť vzdialenú administráciu" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Nepovoliť vzdialenú administráciu" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3723,17 +3742,17 @@ "použitie štandardného protokolu ssh.\n" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Nastavenie vzdialenej administrácie" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Je potrebné nainštalovať tieto balíky:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3751,124 +3770,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "odpojené" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Neznáme" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavenie DSL úspešne uložené" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavenie DNS úspešne uložené" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavenie DSL úspešne uložené" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavenie hostiteľov úspešne uložené" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavenie ISDN úspešne uložené" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavenie sieťovej karty úspešne uložené" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavenie modemu úspešne uložené" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavenie proxy úspešne uložené" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavenie poskytovateľa úspešne uložené" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Nastavenie smerovania úspešne uložené" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Chcete nastaviť email?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Spustiť konfiguráciu %1?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Sieťové karty" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modemy" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Karty ISDN" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL zariadenia" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Všetky sieťové zariadenia" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -#| "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "To edit the settings, use NetworkManager connection editor, or\n" -#| "switch the network setup method to Traditional method with ifup." -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" -"Sieť je momentálne ovládaná NetworkManagerom a jej nastavenia \n" -"nemôžu byť upravené YaST-om.\n" -"\n" -"Pre úpravu nastavení použite editor pripojenia NetworkManager, alebo\n" -"prepnite metódu nastavenia siete na tradičnú metódu pomocou ifup." - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -4127,7 +4133,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Štandardná brána je nesprávna." @@ -4356,50 +4362,62 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "Nastaviť &MTU" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Sieťové služby" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "Tradičná Čínština" + +# Label text +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Web Services" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Webové servery" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Sieťové služby" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reboot needed!" msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "Vyžaduje sa reštart systému!" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -# CheckBox label -# is the interface administrable by users (as opposed to root) -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "Ovládané po&užívateľom pomocou NetworkManager" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "Tradičný spôsob pomocou ifup" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Všeobecné sieťové nastavenie" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Nastavenie IPv6 protokolu" # translators: command line help text for the 'enable' option #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Povoliť IPv6" @@ -4408,21 +4426,21 @@ # device model is unknown # device model name is unknown #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Neznáme zariadenie" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP adresa" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Nebola pridelená žiadna IP adresa" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4431,12 +4449,12 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Zmeniť zariadenie" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Výber sieťového zariadenia" @@ -4454,109 +4472,107 @@ msgstr "Z dôvodu premostenia siete musí YaST2 reštartnúť sieť, aby sa uplatnili nastavenia." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Názov zariadenia" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" -msgstr "" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Base New Profile On" +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" +msgstr "Založiť nový profil na" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "IP adresa: %1/%2" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" # Popup text -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration name already exists!" msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Názov konfigurácie už je existuje!" # progress stage -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Načítať konfiguračný súbor" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Zapísať meno hostiteľa" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Aktualizácia konfigurácie" # Progress stage 2/5 #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Aktualizovať /etc/resolv.conf" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Ukladám názov hostiteľa a konfiguráciu DNS" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Zapisujem názov hostiteľa..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Aktualizujem konfiguráciu..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Aktualizujem /etc/resolv.conf ..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Meno hostiteľa: určený pomocou DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Meno hostiteľa: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Meno hostiteľa sa nezapíše do /etc/hosts" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Názvové servery: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Prehľadávací zoznam: %1" @@ -4575,65 +4591,65 @@ msgstr "Aktualizujem /etc/hosts ..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Inicializujem konfiguráciu siete" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Hľadanie sieťových zariadení" # Progress stage 2/9 #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Načítanie informácií o ovládači" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Načítanie konfigurácie zariadenia" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Načítanie konfigurácie siete" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Načítanie nastavenia firewallu" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Načítanie názvu hostiteľa a konfigurácie DNS" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Načítanie inštalačných informácií" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Načítanie konfigurácie smerovania" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Určenie aktuálneho stavu" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting for ndiswrapper..." msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Hľadám ndiswrapper..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is a ndiswrapper configuration detected,\n" @@ -4648,7 +4664,7 @@ "ale modul jadra nebol natiahnutý.\n" "Chcete natiahnuť ndiswrapper?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "ndiswrapper kernel module wasn't loaded.\n" @@ -4661,246 +4677,252 @@ "Skontrolujte konfiguráciu ručne." #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Hľadám sieťové zariadenia..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Načítavam konfigurácie zariadení..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Načítavam konfiguráciu siete..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Načítavam nastavenie firewallu..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Načítavam názov hostiteľa a konfiguráciu DNS..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Načítavam inštalačné informácie..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Načítavam konfiguráciu smerovania..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Určujem aktuálny stav..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Dokončené" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 #, fuzzy #| msgid "To apply this change a reboot is needed." msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "Aby sa zmena prejavila, je nutné počítač reštartovať." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Ukladám konfiguráciu siete" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Zápis informácií o ovládačoch" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Zápis konfigurácie zariadení" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Zápis konfigurácie siete" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Zápis konfigurácie smerovania" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Zápis názvu hostiteľa a konfigurácie DNS" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Nastavenie služieb siete" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Zápis nastavenia pre firewall" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Aktivácia služieb siete" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Zapisujem /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Zapisujem konfiguráciu zariadení..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Zapisujem konfiguráciu siete..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Zapisujem konfiguráciu smerovania..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Zapisujem názov hostiteľa a konfiguráciu DNS..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Nastavujem služby siete..." #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenia firewallu..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Aktivujem služby siete..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Žiadna sieť nebeží" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Režim siete" # CheckBox label # is the interface administrable by users (as opposed to root) #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Zariadenia ovládané pomocou NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Zakázať NetworkManager" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Tradičný spôsob pomocou NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Povoliť NetworkManager" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Podpora IPv6 protokolu je povolená" # translators: command line help text for the 'disable' option #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Zakázať IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Podpora IPv6 protokolu je zakázaná" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Not connected" msgid "connected" msgstr "Nepripojené" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Spúšťať automaticky pri štarte systému" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Spúšťať automaticky pri pripojení kábla." #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Ovládaná appletom NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Vôbec sa nebude spúšťať" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Spúšťať ručne" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP adresa pridelená pomocou" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP adresa: %1/%2" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4909,46 +4931,46 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Nenakonfigurované" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Názov zariadenia:%1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bond slaves" msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Zviazaní (bond) klienti" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Nepripojené" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Žiadne info o hardvéri" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "Nie je možné nakonfigurovať kartu, pretože zariadenie jadra (eth0, wlan0) nie je dostupné. Toto je väčšinou spôsobené chýbajúcim firmvérom (pre wlan zariadenia). Pre podrobnosti pozrite výstup dmesg." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" @@ -4960,46 +4982,63 @@ "Zariadenie nie je nakonfigurované. Kliknite na Upraviť\n" "a nakonfigurujte ho.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Potrebný firmvér" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "neznámy" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "Balík SuSEfirewall2 nie je nainštalovaný, firewall nebude spustený." + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Nastavenie správcu prihlásenia" # Progress stage 2/2 #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Reštart služieb" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Ukladám nastavenie vzdialenej administrácie" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Nastavujem správcu prihlásenia..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enabling service 'uml' failed." +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "Povolenie služby 'uml' zlyhalo." + # Progress step 2/2 #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Reštartujem službu..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Vzdialená administrácia je povolená." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Vzdialená administrácia je zakázaná." @@ -5056,22 +5095,66 @@ msgstr "IP presmerovanie:" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Automaticky priradená zóna" # label #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Firewall je vypnutý" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(nechránený)" #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" +#~| "Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP addess 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" +#~ "Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aspoň jedno vybrané zariadenie je už nakonfigurované.\n" +#~ "Prispôsobiť konfiguráciu pre most (IP addess 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" +#~| "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "To edit the settings, use NetworkManager connection editor, or\n" +#~| "switch the network setup method to Traditional method with ifup." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" +#~ "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" +#~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sieť je momentálne ovládaná NetworkManagerom a jej nastavenia \n" +#~ "nemôžu byť upravené YaST-om.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Pre úpravu nastavení použite editor pripojenia NetworkManager, alebo\n" +#~ "prepnite metódu nastavenia siete na tradičnú metódu pomocou ifup." + +# CheckBox label +# is the interface administrable by users (as opposed to root) +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "Ovládané po&užívateľom pomocou NetworkManager" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "Tradičný spôsob pomocou ifup" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "Názov zariadenia" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "Služba SSH bude povolená, port SSH bude otvorený (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">zakázať a zatvoriť</a>)" @@ -5081,9 +5164,6 @@ #~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" #~ msgstr "Služba SSH bude zakázaná, port SSH bude blokovaný (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">povoliť a otvoriť</a>)" -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "Všeobecné sieťové nastavenie" - #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Všeobecné sieťové &nastavenie" @@ -5594,9 +5674,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "Pridať &poskytovateľa k existujúcemu rozhraniu" -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Sieťové služby" - #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "Pre&skočiť" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/nfs.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/nfs.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/nfs.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-12 22:57+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/nfs_server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/nfs_server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/nfs_server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-25 12:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Katarina Machalkova <bubli(a)bubli.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -82,28 +82,28 @@ # popup message #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "NFS server je zapnutý." # popup message #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "NFS server nie je povolený." #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Požadované balíky (%1) nie sú nainštalované." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "Nebol zadaný bod pripojenia." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -114,11 +114,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -188,60 +188,49 @@ "V konfiguračnom súbore je pravdepodobne zbytočné prázdne miesto." #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "A&dresár na export" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Prechádzať..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "Vložte prosím neprázdnu cestu k exportovaným adresárom. Napríklad: /exports" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "Tabuľka exportov už tento adresár obsahuje." -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" -"NFS server bežiaci mimo jadro (%1) nepodporuje export adresárov,\n" -"ktorých mená obsahujú medzery.\n" -"Použite NFS server bežiaci v jadre (%2)." - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "Adresár neexistuje. Chcete ho vytvoriť?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Vyberte adresár pre export" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "&Maska pre mená počítačov:" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "&Možnosti" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "'fsid=0'is not a valid option unless \n" @@ -254,7 +243,7 @@ "nie je povolené NFSv4 (predchádzajúca stránka)" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -264,13 +253,13 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa načítať súbor /etc/idmapd.conf. Používam štandartnú doménu 'localdomain'" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." @@ -279,7 +268,7 @@ "a sprístupniť (exportovať) ostatným niektoré vaše adresáre." #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." @@ -287,7 +276,7 @@ "Ak zvolíte Spustiť NFS server, tlačidlo Pokračovať\n" "otvorí konfiguračný dialóg, kde zadáte adresáre pre export." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" @@ -300,7 +289,7 @@ "k idmapd a idmapd.conf, ak si nie ste istí." #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" @@ -312,45 +301,45 @@ " systéme podporu pre kerberos a gssapi (v nfs-utils > 1.0.7)" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Server NFS" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Spustiť" # radio button label #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "Nespu&tiť" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "PovoliťNFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Povoliť NFS&v4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Vložte meno NFSv4 &domény:" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Povoliť &GSS Bezpečnosť" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurácia serveru NFS" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -361,7 +350,7 @@ "tabuľka ukazuje počítače, ktoré si ho môžu pripojiť.\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" @@ -372,69 +361,64 @@ "Môže to byť jeden počítač, skupina v sieti, \n" "názov počítača s metaznakmi alebo IP sietí.\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "Vložte hviezdičku (<tt>*</tt>) ak chcete pokryť všetkých hostiteľov." -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "Pre pokrytie všetkých hostiteľov nechajte pole prázdne." - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "Pre viac informácií zadajte z príkazového riadku <tt>man exports</tt>.\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Pridať a&dresár" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Upraviť" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&Zmazať" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "&Názvy s metaznakmi pre počítače" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Voľby" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Pridať &hostiteľa" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "&Upraviť" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Ods&trániť" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Adresáre pre export" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -443,7 +427,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -454,81 +438,63 @@ "adresárov.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Zapisujem konfiguráciu NFS servera" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "Uloženie /etc/exports" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Reštart služieb" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Ukladám /etc/exports..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Reštartujem služby..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Dokončené" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenia serveru NFS. Prosím čakajte..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa zapísať súbor idmap.conf." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "Nepodarilo sa spustiť idmapd. Skontrolujte prosím nastavenie vašej domény." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Nepodarilo sa reštartovať idmapd." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd" -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Nepodarilo sa zastaviť idmapd" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa spustiť svcgssd. Uistite sa prosím, že nastavenie kerberosu a gssapi (nfs-utils) sú správne." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa reštartovať idmapd." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "'svcgssd' beží. Nepodarilo sa ho zastaviť." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -537,15 +503,42 @@ "Vaše zmeny budú aktívne po reštarte počítača.\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "Exporty NFS" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +#~ "with spaces in their names.\n" +#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "NFS server bežiaci mimo jadro (%1) nepodporuje export adresárov,\n" +#~ "ktorých mená obsahujú medzery.\n" +#~ "Použite NFS server bežiaci v jadre (%2)." + +#~ msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." +#~ msgstr "Pre pokrytie všetkých hostiteľov nechajte pole prázdne." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." +#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." +#~ msgstr "Nepodarilo sa spustiť idmapd. Skontrolujte prosím nastavenie vašej domény." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Nepodarilo sa reštartovať idmapd." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd" +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Nepodarilo sa zastaviť idmapd" + #~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." #~ msgstr "'svcgssd' už beží. Nepodarilo sa ho reštartovať." Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/nis.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/nis.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/nis.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-14 00:17+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Andrej Kacian <andrej(a)kacian.sk>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/nis_server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/nis_server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/nis_server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-14 12:10+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ladislav Michnovič <lmichnovic(a)suse.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "Tento počítač je aj NIS &klient" @@ -415,25 +415,33 @@ msgstr "Nastavenie zisťovania hostiteľov pomocou NIS serveru" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "Zadajte NIS doménu a IP adresu alebo názov nadradeného NIS serveru." # help text 2/2 #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "Ak je tento počítač zároveň NIS klient aj server, zaškrtnite príslušnú možnosť." #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 #, fuzzy -msgid "N&IS domain name:" -msgstr "Meno NIS &domény:" +#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" +msgstr "Meno NIS &domény" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS Master Server: " +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "Nadradený NIS server:" + # To translators: dialog label #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "Nastavenie slave NIS servera" @@ -907,6 +915,10 @@ msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "Zastavuje sa NIS klient." +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#~ msgstr "Meno NIS &domény:" + #~ msgid "NIS &master server:" #~ msgstr "&Master server NIS:" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/ntp-client.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/ntp-client.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/ntp-client.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-08 07:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -55,21 +55,20 @@ msgstr "Neplatné meno NTP servera %1" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Adresa &NTP servera" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "&Spustiť NTP ako démon" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "&Uložiť NTP konfiguráciu" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -82,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "&Konfigurovať..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" @@ -95,14 +94,24 @@ "možná synchronizácia NTP servera" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Synchronizujem s NTP serverom..." +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to LDAP server cannot be established." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "Nie je možné vytvoriť spojenie so serverom LDAP." + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" # local clock type name @@ -691,11 +700,20 @@ # help text 1/5 #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" +#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" +#| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" +#| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<big>Štart démona NTP</big> \n" "Vyberte, či sa má démon NTP spustiť teraz a pri každom štarte systému.\n" @@ -704,7 +722,7 @@ # help text 2/5 #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -716,7 +734,7 @@ "Spustiť NTP démona v klietke chrootu. Klietka chrootu je pre démonov\n" "bezpečnejšia a silne sa doporučuje." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" @@ -736,7 +754,7 @@ # help text 3/5 #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -752,7 +770,7 @@ # help text 4/5 #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -768,7 +786,7 @@ # help text 4/4 #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" @@ -778,7 +796,7 @@ # help text to a button #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -790,7 +808,7 @@ # help text 1/4 #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -800,7 +818,7 @@ # help text 2/4 #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -812,7 +830,7 @@ # help text 3/4 #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -832,7 +850,7 @@ # help text 4/4 #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -842,7 +860,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -856,7 +874,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -870,7 +888,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -882,7 +900,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 2 #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -894,7 +912,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 3 #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -905,7 +923,7 @@ # help text 1/1, alt. 4 #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -916,7 +934,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Options</big> \n" @@ -934,7 +952,7 @@ "pre démona do textového poľa Možnosti. Detaily nájdete v\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -954,7 +972,7 @@ # help text 1/6 #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -964,7 +982,7 @@ # help text 2/6 #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -974,7 +992,7 @@ # help text 3/6 #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -984,7 +1002,7 @@ # help text 4/6 #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -994,7 +1012,7 @@ # help text 5/6 #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -1003,7 +1021,7 @@ "Odchádzajúci broadcast." #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -1013,7 +1031,7 @@ # help text 1/5 #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -1025,7 +1043,7 @@ # help text 2/5 #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -1041,7 +1059,7 @@ # help text 3/5 #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -1053,7 +1071,7 @@ # help text 4/5 #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -1074,7 +1092,7 @@ # help text 5/5 #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -1084,7 +1102,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -1100,7 +1118,7 @@ # help text 1/2 #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -1114,7 +1132,7 @@ # help text 2/2 #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "For information about the meaning of the options, install package\n" @@ -1496,128 +1514,131 @@ msgstr "Čítam nastavenie NTP..." #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Dokončené" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Ukladanie nastavenia NTP klienta" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenia NTP" # progress stage #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Reštartujem démona NTP" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." # progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Reštartujem démona NTP..." # translators: error message #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Nie je možné aktualizovať politiku dynamickej konfigurácie." # error report #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Nie je možné reštartovať démona NTP." # summary string #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "Démon NTP sa spustí pri štarte systému." # summary string #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "Démon NTP sa nebude spúšťať automaticky." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servery: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Rádiové hodiny: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Partneri: %1" # summary string, %1 is list of addresses #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Posielať informácie o čase na: %1" # summary string, %1 is list of addresses #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Prijímať informácie o čase od: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Kombinovať statickú a DHCP konfiguráciu." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Len statická konfigurácia." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Vlastná politika konfigurácie." # progress step #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Testujem NTP server..." # message report - result of test of connection to NTP server #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Sever je dostupný a odpovedá správne." # message report - result of test of connection to NTP server #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Server nie je dostupný, alebo neodpovedá správne." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/oneclickinstall.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/oneclickinstall.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/oneclickinstall.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/online-update-configuration.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/online-update-configuration.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/online-update-configuration.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-03 11:29+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/online-update.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/online-update.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/online-update.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 13:48+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Inicializujem on-line aktualizáciu" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -129,6 +129,13 @@ "Nie je nakonfigurovaný\n" "aktualizačný repozitár. Spustiť teraz konfiguráciu?" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Ešte nekonfigurované." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/sk/po/opensuse_mirror.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/opensuse_mirror.sk.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/opensuse_mirror.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +# Slovak message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>, 2003 +# Milan Hromada <mhromada(a)elas.sk>, 2000. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: sk\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 1 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 2 : 0;\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Priečinok" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Chyba" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "áno" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "nie" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Koniec" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Chyba" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Označiť/Odznačiť &všetko" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/packager.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/packager.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/packager.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 13:59+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -194,6 +194,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "&Textový režim" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "Záloha %1 zlyhala. Detaily nájdete v %2." + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -583,7 +592,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializujem..." @@ -655,7 +664,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -935,7 +944,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detaily:" @@ -943,7 +952,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Skúsiť znovu?" @@ -1349,7 +1358,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Spustiť kontrolu" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "Vys&unúť" @@ -1620,7 +1629,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1663,38 +1672,38 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Nastala chyba počas prípravy inštalačného systému." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa nájsť kontrolný súbor %1." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa použiť prídavné produkty." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, ciest: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Prídavné produkty" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The installation repository contains also the listed additional repositories.\n" @@ -1706,24 +1715,24 @@ "Inštalačný repozitár obsahuje tiež uvedené ďalšie repozitáre.\n" "Vyberte tie, ktoré chcete použiť." -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Prídavné produkty na výber" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Pridať vybrané &produkty" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Vložte CD pre prídavný produkt" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" @@ -1731,14 +1740,14 @@ # Error message popup, %1 is file name #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa pridať produkt %1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Neznámy produkt" @@ -1796,7 +1805,7 @@ msgstr "Inštalácia bola prerušená." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Medium: %1" msgid "Medium %1" @@ -1806,13 +1815,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Hotovo." @@ -1820,7 +1829,7 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" @@ -1829,7 +1838,7 @@ #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Name: %1" msgid "Next: %1" @@ -1838,7 +1847,7 @@ #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "Celkom" @@ -1847,12 +1856,12 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Sťahujem %1 (veľkosť sťahovaného %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 #, fuzzy #| msgid " (Remaining: %1, %2 packages)" msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" @@ -1860,14 +1869,14 @@ #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading Package" msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Sťahujem balík..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" @@ -1875,44 +1884,44 @@ #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Mažem %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Inštalujem %1 (veľkosť po nainštalovaní %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Inštalujem delta balík: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system. However, you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Váš počítač je 64-bitový x86_64 systém. Vy sa však pokúšate inštalovať 32-bitovú distribúciu." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "Stav zoznamu vzorov, ktoré sú funkčné, budú dostupné po inštalácii systému." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slighltly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "Návrh udáva celkovú veľkosť súborov, ktoré budú inštalované do systému. Systém však bude obsahovať niektoré ďalšie súbory (dočasné a pracujúce súbory), takže využitý priestor bude trochu väčší ako navrhnutá hodnota. Preto je dobré mať aspoň 25% (alebo 300 MB) voľného miesta pred začatím inštalácie." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be downloaded from remote (network) repositories.\n" @@ -1925,65 +1934,65 @@ " Táto hodnota je dôležitá pri pomalom pripojení, alebo pri dátvom obmedzení." #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Návrh softvéru" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Produkt: %1" # the installation proposal item # %1 is system name #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Typ systému: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Paterny: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Veľkosť balíkov po nainštalovaní: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Stiahnutie zoznamu on-line repozitárov: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 #, fuzzy #| msgid "These Add-On products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Tieto prídavné produkty boli označené pre automatické odstránenie: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please, contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new the installation media." msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "Prosím, obráťte sa na výrobcov týchto prídavných produktov, aby vám poskytli nové inštalačné médiá." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please, contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with the new installation media." msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "Prosím, obráťte sa na výrobcu týchto prídavných produktov, aby vám poskytol nové inštalačné médiá." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "There is not enough free space in directory %1.\n" @@ -1994,27 +2003,78 @@ "Chcete pokračovať?\n" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Nie je dostatok miesta na disku." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Nedostatok miesta na disku. Odstráňte nejaké balíky z výberu." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "Na partícii %3 je dostupné iba %1 (%2%%) voľného miesta. " +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "New product %1 will be installed" +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "Bude nainštalovaný nový produkt %1" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product %1 will be upgraded" +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "Produkt %1 bude aktualizovaný" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product %1 will keep installed" +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "Produkt %1 zostane nainštalovaný" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Warning: Product %1 will be removed" +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "Varovanie: Produkt %1 bude odstránený" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: Product %1 will be automatically removed" +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "Chyba: Produkt %1 bude automaticky odstránený" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Na '%1' nebol nájdený žiaden repozitár." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" @@ -2031,32 +2091,32 @@ "k Internetu, môžete tieto informácie aktualizovať z webserveru SUSE Linux." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Zahrňujem médium, z ktorého bol spustený systém..." # error report #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa zaintegrovať repozitár so servisným balíkom." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Inicializujem repozitáre..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Vložte CD 1 pre %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 nebolo nájdené" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -2065,7 +2125,7 @@ "Skontrolujte detaily v zázname %1." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -2074,12 +2134,12 @@ "Návrh softvéru bude znovu vyvolaný." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Vyhodnocujem výber balíkov..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2088,34 +2148,40 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Nemôžem načítať súbor s licenciou %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Jazyk" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" -msgstr "Án&o, súhlasím s týmito licenčnými podmienkami" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." +msgstr "&Súhlasím s týmito licenčnými podmienkami." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "&Nie, nesúhlasím" +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +#| "on the first media in the file %1" +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" +"Ak si chcete vytlačiť toto Licenčné ujednanie (EULA),\n" +"nájdete ho na prvom médiu v súbore %1." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -2124,7 +2190,7 @@ "nájdete ho na prvom médiu v súbore %1." #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2134,19 +2200,19 @@ "jednu z možností. Ak s podmienkami nesúhlasíte, konfigurácia\n" "sa ukončí.\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licenčné podmienky" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Naozaj zrušiť inštaláciu prídavného produktu?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2155,7 +2221,7 @@ "Naozaj nesúhlasíte s licenčným ujednaním?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2165,7 +2231,7 @@ # progress step #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Systém sa vypína..." @@ -2252,73 +2318,80 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Custom Registration Server" +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "Vlastný registračný server" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Zadať &URL..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." # tree node string (System Management BIOS) #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Pevný disk..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "&USB veľkokapacitné zariadenie (USB kľúčenka, disk)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&Lokálny adresár..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "&Lokálny ISO obraz..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "S&tiahnuť popisné súbory repozitára" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2327,7 +2400,7 @@ "inštalačného média, zvoľte ISO obraz." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2336,86 +2409,86 @@ "stačí zvoliť umiestnenie prvého média.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Server" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Cesta k priečinku alebo k ISO obrazu" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "Súbor obrazu &ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "Protokol N&FS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Parametre pripojenia" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(štandardné)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL repozitára" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotokol" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL repozitára" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "URL repozitára" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Server NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD alebo DVD médium" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disk" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB kľúčenka resp. disk" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokálny priečinok" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Lokálny ISO obraz" @@ -2424,24 +2497,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Server a priečinok" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Meno repozitára nemôže byť prázdny." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Meno &repozitára" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" @@ -2451,12 +2524,12 @@ "Ak ho ponecháte prázdny, potom YaST použije názov produktu (ak je dostupný) alebo URL ako meno.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "&Meno služby" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" @@ -2466,17 +2539,17 @@ # error popup #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL adresa nemôže byť prázdna." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2488,16 +2561,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Upraviť časti URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Upraviť celú URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2507,7 +2580,7 @@ "Použite Meno servera a Cesta k adresáru alebo ISO obraz,\n" "keď chcete zadať meno hostiteľa NFS servera a cestu na serveri." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2516,16 +2589,16 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2534,12 +2607,12 @@ "Nastavte CD-ROM alebo DVD-ROM, aby ste upresnili typ média." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "Súbor ISO obrazu" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2548,7 +2621,7 @@ "alebo taký priečinok neexistuje.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2557,7 +2630,7 @@ "alebo taký súbor neexistuje.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2568,17 +2641,17 @@ "Napriek tomu ho chcete použiť?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "Ces&ta k adresáru" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Adresár le&n s RPM súbormi" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" @@ -2599,20 +2672,20 @@ "tak potom zaškrtnite voľbuAdresár len s RPM súbormi." #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "&USB veľkokapacitné zariadenie" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "Súborový systém" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Adre&sár" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" @@ -2640,7 +2713,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system which is used on the device will be automatically\n" @@ -2657,11 +2730,11 @@ # combo box label #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Diskové zariadenie" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Disk</big> \n" @@ -2687,12 +2760,12 @@ "tak potom zaškrtnite voľbuPriečinok len s RPM súbormi." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Cesta k ISO obrazu" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2703,71 +2776,71 @@ "s ISO obrazom." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Se&rver" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Zdieľanie" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&ISO obraz" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Priečinok na serveri" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Pri&hlásenie" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonymný" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "Praco&vná skupina alebo doména" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Používateľské meno" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Heslo" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2792,7 +2865,7 @@ "nastavte ISO obraz.\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2803,12 +2876,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2819,7 +2892,7 @@ "alebo na pevnom disku." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2831,7 +2904,7 @@ "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2856,7 +2929,7 @@ "\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -2875,27 +2948,27 @@ "napr. /data1/CD1.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select the media type." msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Vyberte typ média." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Vložte CD pre prídavný produkt" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Vložte DVD pre prídavný produkt" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Nebol nájdený žiaden USB disk." #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Download Files \n" @@ -2917,11 +2990,17 @@ "automaticky stiahne sám neskôr v prípade, že ich bude potrebovať. \n" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Typ média" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Product" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Prídavný produkt" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -3017,7 +3096,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Nastavené repozitáre" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "Vysunúť &mechaniku" @@ -3095,12 +3176,12 @@ "Zvolený repozitár nemá URL." #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "Zbieram informácie o nájdenej službe %1 ..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -3111,7 +3192,7 @@ "ktorý pravdepodobne blokuje skenovanie siete." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "Na sieti neboli nájdené žiadne SLP repozitáre." @@ -3140,6 +3221,14 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Odznačte niektoré balíky." +#~ msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#~ msgstr "Án&o, súhlasím s týmito licenčnými podmienkami" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "N&o, I Do Not Agree" +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "&Nie, nesúhlasím" + #~ msgid "&USB Stick or Disk..." #~ msgstr "&USB kľúčenka resp. disk..." @@ -4446,9 +4535,6 @@ #~ msgid "Minimal &Graphical System" #~ msgstr "Minimálny &grafický systém" -#~ msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -#~ msgstr "Záloha %1 zlyhala. Detaily nájdete v %2." - # Label of the registered hosts table #~ msgid "Registered Catalogs" #~ msgstr "Zaregistrované katalógy" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/pam.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/pam.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/pam.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-14 00:17+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Andrej Kacian <andrej(a)kacian.sk>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/pkg-bindings.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/pkg-bindings.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/pkg-bindings.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 14:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Načítavam správcu balíkov..." @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Inicializácia cieľového systému" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Načítať nainštalované balíky" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/printer.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/printer.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/printer.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-18 17:39+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/product-creator.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/product-creator.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/product-creator.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ladislav Michnovic <lmichnovic(a)suse.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/proxy.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/proxy.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/proxy.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/qt-pkg.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/qt-pkg.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/qt-pkg.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages-qt.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-03 11:30+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -51,48 +51,48 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&Repozitáre" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "Hľ&adať" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Kľúčové slová" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "Súhrn &inštalácie" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "&Popis" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Technické údaje" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Závislosti" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Verzie" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "Zoznam súborov" # item of a combo box -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Záznam zmien" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -102,179 +102,179 @@ msgstr "&Zrušiť" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Akceptovať" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Súbor" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Import..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "E&xport..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "Ko&niec - zahodiť zmeny" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "&Koniec - uložiť zmeny" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Balík" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Všetky balíky" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Aktualizovať ak je novšia verzia" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Aktualizovať vždy" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Oprava" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Na&stavenie" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "&Repozitáre..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "&On-line aktualizácia..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "&Závislosti" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "Skon&trolovať" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "A&utomatická kontrola" # selection box label #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Voľby" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "Ukázať -de&vel balíky" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Ukázať -de&buginfo/-debugsource balíky" # ComboBox label -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "Režim overenia &systému" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "&Vyčistiť pri mazaní balíkov" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "&Povoliť zmenu dodávateľa" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "D&oplnky" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Zobraziť &produkty" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Zobraziť &zmeny balíkov" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 #, fuzzy #| msgid "See History" msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Pozrieť históriu" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Nainštalovať všetky príslušné -&devel balíky" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Nainštalovať všetky príslušné -de&buginfo balíky" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Nainštalovať všetky príslušné -debug&source balíky" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "Generovať &testovací prípad riešenia závislostí" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Pomocník" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Prehľad" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Symboly" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Klávesy" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Všetky závislosti balíkov sú v poriadku." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "&Opravy" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Uložiť zoznam balíkov" @@ -282,56 +282,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Chyba" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Chyba pri exporte zoznamu balíkov do %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Načítať zoznam balíkov" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Chyba pri čítaní zoznamu balíkov z %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 balík(y/ov) bude aktualizovaný(ch)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Pokračovať" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "Zr&ušiť" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Zrušiť prepnutie</a> systémových balíkov na verzie v repozitári %2" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Prepnúť systémové balíky</a> na verzie v tomto repozitári (%2)" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Pridané podbalíky:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/qt.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/qt.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/qt.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages-qt.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-09 16:15+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Editor súboru so štýlmi" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ "Chcete vymeniť význam pravého a ľavého tlačidla myši?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Neočakávané kliknutie" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/rdp.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/rdp.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/rdp.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/rear.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/rear.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/rear.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/registration.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-15 17:09+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -24,53 +24,102 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Lokálny registračný server" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use custom registration server " msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Použiť vlastný registračný server" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Nastavenie pre Zákaznícke centrum firmy Novell" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Lokálny registračný server" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registračný kód" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Aktualizujem /etc/hosts ..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Registračný kód" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Registračný kód" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated." +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "Softvérové repozitáre boli aktualizované." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -78,55 +127,59 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Nastavenie pre Zákaznícke centrum firmy Novell" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Email Address:" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "&Emailová adresa:" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Registračný kód" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Lokálny registračný server" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Registrácia" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "Registračný kód" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -134,59 +187,31 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Detaily..." +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Pomocník registračného modulu" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Module Help" msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Pomocník registračného modulu" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" -msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Please wait while packages are being installed." +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." +msgstr "Prosím, čakajte, kým sa nainštalujú balíky." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -199,325 +224,437 @@ # Label of the registered hosts table #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Register New User" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Registrácia nového užívateľa" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Váš systém je pripravený na používanie." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "Registračný kód" -msgstr[1] "Registračný kód" -msgstr[2] "Registračný kód" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration was successful." msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Registrácia bola úspešná." -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "Registračný kód" +#| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Zlyhalo stiahnutie súboru SMT certifikátu" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "Registračný kód" +#| msgid "&Import Server Certificate..." +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "&Importovať certifikát pre server..." # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- # dialog caption -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Registrácia produktu" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." -msgstr "Registrácia produktu vloží Váš produkt do databáze Novellu a zapne získavanie on-line aktualizácií a technickú podporu. Ak chcete automaticky zaregistrovať počas inštalácie, použite Spustiť registráciu produktu. Pre zjednodušenie procedúry pridajte informácie o Vašom systéme voľbami Profil hardvéru a Nepovinné informácie." +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Spustiť počas automatickej inštalácie" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "Ak Vaša sieť nasadí vlastný SMT server, nastavte prosím URL SMT servera a umiestnenie SMT certifikátu v Nastavenia SMT servera. Pre ďalšiu pomoc pozrite SMT manuál." +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Nespúšťať počas automatickej inštalácie" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "Použiť tieto registračné údaje" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Email Address:" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "&Emailová adresa:" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "Registračný kód" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Installed (Available)" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "Nainštalovaný (dostupný)" -# dialog caption -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "Nastavenia SMT servera" +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "Registration Server" +msgstr "Registračný server:" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Local Registration Server" -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "Lokálny registračný server" +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "URL serveru: " -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +# tree node string - means "hardware driver" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Discovery" +msgid "Use SLP discovery" +msgstr "Objavovať" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" +msgstr "Ako certifikát serveru" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "SMT certifikát: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Pomocník registračného modulu" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "Pripraviť spojenie" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "Detaily:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose Certificate File" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "Zvoľte súbor s certifikátom" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" -msgstr "CA Certifikát servera:" +#| msgid "Valid to: " +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "Platný do: " -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." -msgstr "Registračný kód" +#| msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "Získanie zoznamu certifikátov zlyhalo." -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expires: " +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "Vyprší: " + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "WARNING: The key has expired!\n" +#| "Expiry date: %1" +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "" +"VAROVANIE: Platnosť kľúča vypršala!\n" +"Dátum expirácie: %1" +# radiobutton +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If &Serial Number is Known" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "Ak je známe &sériové číslo" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Odtlačok prsta: " + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Odtlačok prsta: " + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" # Popup::Error text -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Destination is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Cieľ je neplatný." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "Registračný kód" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration can not be performed." msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Registrácia nemôže byť vykonaná." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Registračný kód" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Detaily..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SMT Certificate" -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "SMT certifikát" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Odtlačok prsta: " +#| msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Ukladám nastavenie vzdialenej administrácie" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Odtlačok prsta: " +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "SMT certifikát" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Kontrolujem..." +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "SMT certifikát" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Use local registration server" -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "Použiť lokálny registračný server" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown error" msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Neznáma chyba" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting registration..." msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Spúšťam registráciu..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Licenčné podmienky" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" msgid "" @@ -526,64 +663,347 @@ "failed." msgstr "Zlyhalo stiahnutie súboru SMT certifikátu" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" +msgstr[2] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the registration data." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "Zadajte registračné údaje." +msgstr[1] "Zadajte registračné údaje." +msgstr[2] "Zadajte registračné údaje." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Pomocník registračného modulu" + +# helptext for TV Stations Dialog 1/3 +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Here you can see all of the add-on products which are installed on your system." +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "Tu môžete vidieť všetky prídavné produkty, ktoré sú nainštalované vo Vašom systéme." + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Detaily..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "nie je k dispozícii" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Pomocník registračného modulu" + +# text entry +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key Identifier" +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "Identifikátor kľúča" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Verzia" + +# tree node string +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Architektúra" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Typ pravidla" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Registračný kód" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "Načítavam inštalačné jazykové rozšírenie..." + +# yes-no popup +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "Naozaj odstrániť '%1'?" + +# tree node string +# tree node string - CPU information +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Vendor Identifier" +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "ID dodávateľa" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "&Verzia" + +# tree node string +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "&Architektúra" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Release" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "&Verzia" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with Hardware Profile and Optional Information." +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "Registrácia produktu vloží Váš produkt do databáze Novellu a zapne získavanie on-line aktualizácií a technickú podporu. Ak chcete automaticky zaregistrovať počas inštalácie, použite Spustiť registráciu produktu. Pre zjednodušenie procedúry pridajte informácie o Vašom systéme voľbami Profil hardvéru a Nepovinné informácie." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If your network deploys a custom SMT server, please set the URL of the SMT Server and the location of the SMT Certificate in SMT Server Settings. Please see your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "Ak Vaša sieť nasadí vlastný SMT server, nastavte prosím URL SMT servera a umiestnenie SMT certifikátu v Nastavenia SMT servera. Pre ďalšiu pomoc pozrite SMT manuál." + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "Registračný kód" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "Inicializujem dostupné repozitáre" + +# dialog caption +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "Nastavenia SMT servera" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Lokálny registračný server" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "CA Certifikát servera:" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "CA Certifikát servera:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "žiadne" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate File to Import" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "Importovaný súbor s certifikátom" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Pomocník registračného modulu" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate Overview" +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "Prehľad certifikátov" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Server CA certificate:" msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "CA Certifikát servera:" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "Nastavenie pre Zákaznícke centrum firmy Novell" +#| msgid "Invalid time" +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "Neplatný čas" +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Lokálny registračný server" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Kontrolujem..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use local registration server" +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "Použiť lokálny registračný server" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "Registračný kód" +#~ msgstr[1] "Registračný kód" +#~ msgstr[2] "Registračný kód" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "Registračný kód" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "Registračný kód" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "Nastavenie pre Zákaznícke centrum firmy Novell" @@ -637,11 +1057,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "Profil hardvéru" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "Použiť tieto registračné údaje" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "Nepovinné informácie" @@ -986,11 +1401,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Voľba je prázdna." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Code" -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "Registračný kód" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "The registration module is not available." #~ msgid "Registration code does not match mail address." #~ msgstr "Modul registrácie nie je dostupný." @@ -1072,12 +1482,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "neznámy proces" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Spustiť počas automatickej inštalácie" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Nespúšťať počas automatickej inštalácie" - #, fuzzy #~| msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~| msgid_plural "%1 items of registration data" @@ -1096,9 +1500,6 @@ #~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" #~ msgstr "SMT server: %1" -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr "SMT certifikát: %1" - #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "&Kľúč" @@ -1182,9 +1583,6 @@ #~ "Softvérové repozitáre boli aktualizované.\n" #~ "Nájsť detaily v module repozitáre softvéru." -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "Softvérové repozitáre boli aktualizované." - #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "Nájsť detaily v module repozitáre softvéru." @@ -1214,9 +1612,6 @@ #~ msgid "You can register for installation support." #~ msgstr "Môžete sa registrovať pre inštalačnú podporu." -#~ msgid "Registration server:" -#~ msgstr "Registračný server:" - #~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" #~ msgstr "Umiestnenie CA certifikátu servera:" @@ -1364,9 +1759,6 @@ #~ msgid "Valid from: " #~ msgstr "Platný od: " -#~ msgid "Valid to: " -#~ msgstr "Platný do: " - #~ msgid "Trust" #~ msgstr "Dôverovať" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/reipl.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/reipl.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/reipl.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ "systém znovu so štartovacou\n" "adresou vášho koreňového DASD.\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Názov" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy @@ -287,37 +287,37 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "Nakonfigurované súbory:" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" # report message -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "Zariadenie nie je nakonfigurované" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "Typ zóny %1 nie je podporovaný." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" # report message -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "Zariadenie nie je nakonfigurované" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "Typ zóny %1 nie je podporovaný." Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/relocation-server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/relocation-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/relocation-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/s390.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/s390.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/s390.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Odznačiť všetko" #. error popup #. error popup Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/samba-client.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/samba-client.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/samba-client.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-01 22:14+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -212,6 +212,20 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "M&aximálny" +# Label text +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "Povolené služby" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "Meno skupiny" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -897,59 +911,62 @@ msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Dokončené" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inštalácia potrebných balíkov" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inštalujem potrebné balíky..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Prihlásenie PAM" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Použiť Kerberos" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nepoužiť Kerberos" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Štandardná sféra (realm)" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Štandardná doména" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adresa serveru KDC" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nepresnosť hodín" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC Server: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -961,7 +978,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Štandardná sfére (realm): %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -971,19 +988,21 @@ msgstr "Off-line overenie identity povolené" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Áno" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "Nie" #. summary line #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konfigurácia získaná z DNS" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050 @@ -991,6 +1010,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"Nepresnosť hodín je neplatná.\n" +"Skúste to znovu.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -998,71 +1019,152 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"Doba života tiketu je nesprávna.\n" +"Skúste to znovu." -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Inicializujem nastavenie Samba klienta" -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Inicializujem nastavenie Samba klienta" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Načítanie globálneho nastavenia Samby" -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "Načítanie globálneho nastavenia Samby" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Načítanie stavu winbind-u" -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "Načítanie stavu winbind-u" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Načítavam globálne nastavenie Samba..." -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "Načítavam globálne nastavenie Samba..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Načítavam stav winbind..." -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "Načítavam stav winbind..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Ukladám nastavenie Samba klienta" -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Zakázanie služby Samba" +# Progress stage 1/2 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Zápis nastavení" -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Povolenie služby Samba" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Zakázanie služby Samba" -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Zakazujem služby Samba..." +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Povolenie služby Samba" -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Povoľujem služby Samba..." +# Progress step 1/2 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenie do %1." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Zakazujem služby Samba..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Nie je možné spustiť službu winbind." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Povoľujem služby Samba..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Nie je možné spustiť démona winbind." +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Zapísanie nastavenia Kerberos" -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Nie je možné zastaviť službu winbind." +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Zapisujem konfiguráciu Kerberos..." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Nie je možné zastaviť démona winbind." +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenie do %1." -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať PAM nastavenie." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Nie je možné spustiť službu winbind." -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Globálne nastavenie" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "Nie je možné spustiť démona winbind." -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "Pracovná skupina alebo doména: %1" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Nie je možné zastaviť službu winbind." -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "Vytvoriť pri prihlásení domovský adresár" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "Nie je možné zastaviť démona winbind." -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "Maximálny počet zdieľaní: %1" +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať PAM nastavenie." -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr "Overovanie identity cez SMB: %1" +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Globálne nastavenie" +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Pracovná skupina alebo doména: %1" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Vytvoriť pri prihlásení domovský adresár" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "Off-line overenie identity povolené" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "Maximálny počet zdieľaní: %1" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Pracovná skupina alebo doména: %1" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "Overovanie identity cez SMB: %1" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "Oprava &YOU" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/samba-server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/samba-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/samba-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-02 23:40+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/samba-users.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/samba-users.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/samba-users.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-02 23:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/scanner.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/scanner.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/scanner.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-16 20:12+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/security.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-06 17:34+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/services-manager.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/services-manager.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/services-manager.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,20 +17,240 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Načítavam štandardné nastavenie systému..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + +# progress stage #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "Štandardné systémové nastavenia" + +# progress stage +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "Štandardné systémové nastavenia" + +# progress stage +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Štandardné systémové nastavenia" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Načítavam štandardné nastavenie systému..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Dostupné zdieľané disky" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "Návrh výberu softvéru bol vrátený na štandardné hodnoty." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "Neboli vybrané žiadne balíky na inštaláciu." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "Neboli vybrané žiadne balíky na inštaláciu." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Zapisujem konfiguráciu..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Zapisujem konfiguráciu systému" + +# progress stage +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default system settings" +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "Štandardné systémové nastavenia" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Služba" + +# Configuration summary text +# status string +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Zapnuté" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Aktívne" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Popis" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Spustiť" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enab&le or Disable" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "Po&voliť alebo zakázať" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "Zobraziť &detaily" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Software Manager" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Správca softvéru" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the service status..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Načítavam stav služby..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Vypnuté" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "aktívny" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Služby" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Služby" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" "<big>Services</big> \n" "The current setup does not provide any functionality now." msgstr "" +"<big>Služby</big> \n" +"Aktuálne nastavenie neposkytuje teraz žiadnu funkcionalitu." #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" @@ -59,6 +279,87 @@ "enabling and starting the services may also fail" msgstr "" +# error message #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" +msgstr "Nemôžem povoliť službu %1" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default realm" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Štandardná sféra (realm)" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Ešte nekonfigurované." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Dial mode" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Spôsob vytáčania" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "Textový režim" + +# multi selection box +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Graphical interface" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "&Grafické rozhranie" + +# push button +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Vyberte typ" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "Prepnutie režimu" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Edit Default Settings" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "Upraviť štandardné nastavenia" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Iný systém" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required DMA Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Požadovaný DMA mód" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/slp-server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/slp-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/slp-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/snapper.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/snapper.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/snapper.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -29,14 +29,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Popis" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&User Map" msgid "User data" @@ -44,31 +44,31 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Modify %1" msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "Upraviť %1" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "PReP (%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "PReP (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host %1" msgid "Post (%1)" @@ -76,14 +76,14 @@ # push button #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New Zone" msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Vytvoriť &novú zónu" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Single Head" msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -91,18 +91,18 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pred" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" # yes-no popup #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Really \n" @@ -113,25 +113,25 @@ "odstrániť '%1'?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Single Head" msgid "Single" msgstr "Jedna hlava" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" # progress stage #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the list of profiles" msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." @@ -139,49 +139,49 @@ # pushbutton #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cl&ear Current Configuration" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Vyčistiť aktuáln&e nastavenie" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Dátum začiatku" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Dátum konca" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Používateľské dáta" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Show Changes" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Zobraziť z&meny" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Modify" msgid "Modify" msgstr "&Upraviť" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -189,154 +189,154 @@ # option description #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected Service" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Vybrané služby" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "Ďalšie %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Ukladám zmeny do súborov..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Prijímam overenia, ktoré zlyhali" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" # to translators: sound card has been removed from the machine #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Card removed" msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Karta odstránená" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Súbor %1 neexistuje." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Nothing was modified yet." msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Zatiaľ nebolo nič zmenené." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore options" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "Možnosti obnovy" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restore Options" msgid "Restore" msgstr "Možnosti obnovy" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Ob&noviť vybrané" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Otvoriť" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Ob&noviť vybrané" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" msgid "" @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" msgid "" @@ -361,19 +361,19 @@ msgstr "Naozaj chcete použiť nastavenia modulu '%1' do svojho súčasného systému?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "Neboli vybrané žiadne balíky na inštaláciu." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Obnovujem súbory" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/sound.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/sound.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/sound.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-07 09:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/squid.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/squid.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/squid.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1560,11 +1560,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikánsky" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arabský" # AM #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 @@ -1613,7 +1613,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perzský" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1633,7 +1633,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonézsky" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1649,7 +1649,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lotyšský" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Malajský" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 msgid "Occitan" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Occitan" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 msgid "Polish" @@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Thajský" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1731,11 +1731,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzbecký" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnamský" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/sshd.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/sshd.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/sshd.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-05-27 16:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)kde.org>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Číslo" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/storage.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-01 19:22+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ladislav Michnovič <lmichnovic(a)suse.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "&Vytvoriť rozdelenie disku" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Special settings" @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ msgstr "Špeciálne nastavenie" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -170,15 +170,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -1001,7 +1007,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 #, fuzzy msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Vytvoriť nový oddiel" @@ -1024,7 +1030,7 @@ msgstr "&Navrhnúť" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" @@ -1038,7 +1044,7 @@ "Priraďte koreňový bod pripojenia \"/\" k diskovému oddielu.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" @@ -1052,7 +1058,7 @@ "Použite súborový systém Linux, ako je ext2 alebo reiserfs.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" @@ -1066,7 +1072,7 @@ "Použite súborový systém Linux, ako je ext2 alebo reiserfs.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" @@ -1080,7 +1086,7 @@ "Použite súborový systém Linux, ako je ext2 alebo reiserfs.\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1101,7 +1107,7 @@ "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning:\n" @@ -1117,7 +1123,7 @@ "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1128,7 +1134,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" @@ -1148,7 +1154,7 @@ "Chcete zmeniť vaše nastavenie?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" @@ -1168,7 +1174,7 @@ "\n" "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1177,7 +1183,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" @@ -1195,33 +1201,9 @@ "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"Pozor: Pri terajšom nastavení nebudete\n" -"môcť štartovať %1 priamo, pretože\n" -"nemáte oddiel \"boot\" a váš oddiel \"root\" je LVM.\n" -"Toto nebude fungovať.\n" -"\n" -"Ak neviete presne, čo robíte, použite normálny oddiel pre súboru\n" -"v priečinku /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Chcete to zmeniť?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -1245,7 +1227,7 @@ "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" @@ -1271,13 +1253,13 @@ "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 #, fuzzy msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Naozaj použiť túto cestu?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1300,7 +1282,7 @@ "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1315,7 +1297,7 @@ "YaST nemôže garantovať úspešnú inštaláciu, hlavne v týchto prípadoch:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1327,7 +1309,7 @@ "- ak tento oddiel neobsahuje systém súborov\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "If in doubt, you might want to go back and mark this partition for\n" @@ -1343,7 +1325,7 @@ "ako sú /, /boot, /usr, /opt, alebo /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 #, fuzzy msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" @@ -1355,7 +1337,7 @@ "Chcete zmeniť nastavenie?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" @@ -1365,7 +1347,7 @@ "Prosím, pred jeho úpravou ho odstráňte z RAID." #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" @@ -1375,7 +1357,7 @@ "Prosím, pred jeho úpravou ho odstráňte zo skupiny." #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" @@ -1385,7 +1367,7 @@ "Prosím, pred jeho úpravou ho odstráňte zo skupiny." #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" @@ -1395,13 +1377,13 @@ "Prosím, zmažte ho z RAID pred odstránením." #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" @@ -1410,14 +1392,14 @@ "%1" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" @@ -1437,7 +1419,7 @@ "Ak neviete presne, čo robíte, použite Zrušiť.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1451,7 +1433,7 @@ "skupín diskov a až potom odstráňte rozšírený oddiel.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1465,7 +1447,7 @@ "systémov RAID a až potom odstráňte rozšírený oddiel.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -1487,15 +1469,15 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Nezabudnite, čo ste tu zadali." #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Prázdna voľba nie je povolená!" @@ -1531,7 +1513,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enter a password for your file system:" msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" @@ -1544,7 +1526,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reenter the password for &verification:" msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" @@ -1570,7 +1552,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1581,7 +1563,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -2013,7 +1995,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -2026,25 +2008,25 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Overovanie podpisu" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Prázdne reťazce vo voľbách nie sú povolené." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Zóna s názvom '%1' už existuje." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -2091,7 +2073,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -2104,7 +2086,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -2122,7 +2104,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -2155,7 +2137,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2390,12 +2372,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2403,20 +2385,20 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount" msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Bod pripojenia" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is not possible to resize partition %1 \n" @@ -2426,7 +2408,7 @@ "Nie je možné zmeniť veľkosť oddielu %1 \n" "pretože súborový systém nebolo možné pripojiť\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is not possible to resize partition %1 \n" @@ -2436,7 +2418,7 @@ "Nie je možné zmeniť veľkosť oddielu %1 \n" "pretože súborový systém nebolo možné pripojiť\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "It is not possible to resize partition %1 \n" @@ -2447,7 +2429,7 @@ "pretože súborový systém nebolo možné pripojiť\n" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Zariadenie RAID" @@ -2459,62 +2441,68 @@ msgstr "Prázdny bod pripojenia" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Zadajte heslo pre poskytovateľa" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Nastaviť &iSCSI disky" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 #, fuzzy +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "&Konfigurovať..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#, fuzzy msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Konfigurovať automatickú aktualizáciu..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&Konfigurovať..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&Konfigurovať..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&Konfigurovať..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Nastaviť..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Dostupné sekcie" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2522,51 +2510,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2862,15 +2857,56 @@ msgstr "&Diskové zariadenie" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 #, fuzzy +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Vyberte novú veľkosť pre váš oddiel %1.\n" +"" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&perating Mode" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "&Režim činnosti" + +# frame +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "Priebeh inštalácie delta balíkov" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "Úloha: %s" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "Najskôr si vyberte typ oddielu a či má sa má naformátovať alebo nie." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2878,7 +2914,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" @@ -2886,55 +2922,55 @@ msgstr "Potom musíte zadať bod pripojenia ( /, /boot, /usr, /var ... )." #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 #, fuzzy msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Možnosti záznamu" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 #, fuzzy msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Veľkosť oddielu." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Veľkosť oddielu." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Disk na rozdelenie" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 #, fuzzy msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Parametre pripojenia" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "oddiel" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Bod pripojenia" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 #, fuzzy msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "&Možnosti fstab" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Nebola zvolená žiadna schéma." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" @@ -2948,19 +2984,19 @@ "Zapnite aj voľbu formátovania.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 #, fuzzy msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Zadajte bod pripojenia." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 #, fuzzy msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Zadajte bod pripojenia." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2977,7 +3013,7 @@ "\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2986,23 +3022,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 #, fuzzy #| msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Všetky zmeny sa stratia!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "Heslo" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -3013,7 +3049,7 @@ "Veľkosť vybraného oddielu nie je možné zmeniť, pretože\n" "zmena veľkosti systému súborov na tomto disku nie je podporovaná.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 #, fuzzy #| msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgid "" @@ -3022,7 +3058,7 @@ msgstr "Na %1 nie je možné vytvoriť oddiel." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" @@ -3032,25 +3068,25 @@ "pretože súborový systém nebolo možné pripojiť\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Zm&eniť veľkosť oddielu" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Zmena veľkosti logického disku" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Aktuálne časové pásmo: %1" # label (current value of sound module parameter) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3061,8 +3097,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -3075,7 +3111,7 @@ # IntField - max. log size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy @@ -3084,14 +3120,14 @@ # IntField - max. log size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Maximálna &veľkosť (MB)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 #, fuzzy @@ -3099,7 +3135,7 @@ msgstr "Vlastná veľko&sť" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" @@ -3109,7 +3145,7 @@ #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -3122,7 +3158,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3131,13 +3167,13 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Výstup '%1' (v daný moment)" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 #, fuzzy msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Spúšťam skripty..." @@ -3361,66 +3397,66 @@ msgstr "Zadaná MAC adresa je neplatná." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Upraviť oddiel %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Upraviť oddiel %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition." msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Na rozšírenom oddieli už nie je voľné miesto." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap" msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Pridanie %1 ako odkladacieho oddielu" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "oddiel" # radio button, type of zone #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Dopredná" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "Pozadie" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 #, fuzzy msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Pripájam všetky oddiely..." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Naozaj chcete odstrániť všetky oddiely na %1?" @@ -3435,7 +3471,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -4447,13 +4483,13 @@ msgstr "Využité" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Úprava logického disku" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Úprava logického disku" @@ -4682,7 +4718,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Nastavenia" @@ -4932,19 +4968,19 @@ msgstr "Vyberte typ pridávanej deklarácie." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Pridať RAI&D" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "&Odstrániť RAID" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "&Upraviť RAID" @@ -5056,65 +5092,65 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Meno" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "UUID" msgstr "ID" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Pripojený" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Využité" # tree node string #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Informácie o tlačiarni" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Uložiť nastavenie počítača" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Šifrovanie" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Názov zariadenia" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "&Meno disku" @@ -5122,52 +5158,65 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID zariadenia" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Cesta k zariadeniu" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "Voliteľné" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Končiaci cylinder: " + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Štandardný hostiteľ" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Súborové systémy" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Úložné zariadenie" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Zdroj dát pre ukladanie informácií o používateľoch" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 #, fuzzy msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" @@ -5175,7 +5224,7 @@ msgstr "Táto stránka ukazuje požíadavok na podpis." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -5186,7 +5235,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Set Default Root Filesystem\n" @@ -5199,7 +5248,7 @@ "Nastaviť globálny koreňový súborový systém pre Linux" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -5208,14 +5257,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5556,7 +5605,7 @@ msgstr "Vzor" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" @@ -5564,7 +5613,7 @@ # login -> Benutzername #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "" @@ -5573,14 +5622,14 @@ msgstr "Hodnota musí byť medzi 0 a 32767. Prosím, skúste to znovu." # login -> Benutzername -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Hodnota musí byť medzi 0 a 32767. Prosím, skúste to znovu." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -5588,18 +5637,18 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "&Priorita odkladacieho priestoru" # login -> Benutzername #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Hodnota musí byť medzi 0 a 32767. Prosím, skúste to znovu." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5608,14 +5657,14 @@ "Zadajte prioritu odkladacieho priestoru. Vyššie číslo znamená vyššiu prioritu.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount &read-only" msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Pripojiť iba pre čí&tanie" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Mount Read-Only:\n" @@ -5629,14 +5678,14 @@ "Na daný súborový systém nebude možné zapisovať. Štandardne je voľba vypnutá.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No &access time" msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Bez času p&rístupu" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No access time:\n" @@ -5649,14 +5698,14 @@ "Časy prístupu sa nezaktualizujú pri čítaní súboru. Štandardne nie je povolené." #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mountable by &user" msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "Môže pripojiť &používateľ" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5665,12 +5714,12 @@ "Systém súborov môže pripojiť normálny používateľ. Štandardne nie je povolené.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Nepripojiť pri š&tarte systému" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" @@ -5695,12 +5744,12 @@ # yes-no popup #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Zapnúť podporu &kvóty" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5711,12 +5760,12 @@ "Štandardne nie je zapnutá.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Režim žur&nálu dát" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Data Journaling Mode:\n" @@ -5744,12 +5793,12 @@ "writeback -- usporiadanie dát nie je zachované. Nemá vplyv na výkon.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Zoznamy prístupových &práv (ACL)" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5758,12 +5807,12 @@ "Povolenie zoznamov prístupových práv pre systém súborov.\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&Rozšírené používateľské atribúty" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5772,19 +5821,19 @@ "Povoliť rozšírené používateľské atribúty pre systém súborov.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Arbitrary option &value" msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Doplňujúca &vlastná voľba" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 #, fuzzy msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "Neplatné znaky v bode pripojenia. Nepoužívajte znaky \"`'!\"%#\"." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -5795,12 +5844,12 @@ "Viaceré voľby oddeľte čiarkami.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Znaková &sada pre mená súborov" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5809,12 +5858,12 @@ "Nastavte znakovú sadu pre zobrazenie mien súborov z oddielov Windows.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Kódová stránka pre krátke mená &FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" @@ -5823,12 +5872,12 @@ "Táto kódová stránka sa používa pre prevod krátkych mien na systéme súborov FAT.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Počet &FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." @@ -5837,14 +5886,14 @@ "Zadajte počet tabuliek FAT v systéme súborov. Štandardne je to 2." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FAT &size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "&Veľkosť FAT" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 #, fuzzy msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" @@ -5854,21 +5903,21 @@ "Určuje typ tabuliek FAT (12, 16 alebo 32 bitov). Ak použijete automatické určenie, YaST sa pokúsi automaticky vybrať najvhodnejšiu hodnotu podľa veľkosti systému súborov.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Root &dir entries" msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Položky koreňového &adresára" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The minimum size for \"Root dir entries\" is 112. Please try again." msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "Minimálna veľkosť pre \"Položky koreňového adresára\" je 112. Prosím, skúste to znovu." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Root dir entries:\n" @@ -5881,14 +5930,14 @@ "Vyberte počet položiek dostupných v koreňovom adresári." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hash &function" msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Hash &funkcia" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Hash function:\n" @@ -5901,14 +5950,14 @@ "Určuje meno hashovacej funkcie, ktorá sa používa pre triedenie mien súborov v adresároch." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FS &revision" msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Revízia systému súborov" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "FS revision:\n" @@ -5922,14 +5971,14 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Block &size in bytes" msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "&Veľkosť bloku v bajtoch" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -5943,13 +5992,13 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Veľkosť inode" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5958,14 +6007,14 @@ "Táto voľba určuje veľkosť inode systému súborov.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Percentage of inode space" msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Percentuálna časť pre inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Percentage of inode space:\n" @@ -5978,14 +6027,14 @@ "Určuje maximálnu percentuálnu časť systému súborov, ktorá môže byť alokovaná pre inode.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Inode &aligned" msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode &zarovnané" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Inode Aligned:\n" @@ -6004,14 +6053,14 @@ "to obvykle efektívnejšie než pri prístupe bez zarovnania.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "Veľkosť &záznamu v megabajtoch" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Log size\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6025,7 +6074,7 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Log size\n" @@ -6039,19 +6088,19 @@ "štandardná veľkosť je 40%." #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Spustiť &nástroj pre zoznam chybných blokov" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stride &length in blocks" msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "&Dĺžka stride v blokoch" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Stride length in blocks\" value is not possible.\n" @@ -6064,7 +6113,7 @@ "Prosím, vyberte hodnotu väčšiu ako 1." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -6077,7 +6126,7 @@ "ako argument.\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Block size:\n" @@ -6091,14 +6140,14 @@ "využitia tohto systému.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bytes per &inode" msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bajtov na &inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Bytes per inode:\n" @@ -6122,14 +6171,14 @@ "rozumnú hodnotu.\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks &reserved for root" msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Percentuálna časť blokov &rezervovaných pre roota" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The \"Percentage of blocks reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" @@ -6143,45 +6192,45 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Percentage of blocks reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. This value defaults to 5%." msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "Percentuálna časť blokov rezervovaných pre roota: Zadajte časť blokov, ktoré sa majú rezervovať pre administrátora. Táto hodnota je štandardne 5%." #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Vypnúť službu" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "&Priečinok na serveri" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -6189,12 +6238,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6217,7 +6266,7 @@ "ich odstrániť pomocou YaST.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -6240,7 +6289,7 @@ "ich odstrániť pomocou YaST.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" @@ -6263,7 +6312,7 @@ "dáta na všetkých oddieloch tohto disku.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6281,7 +6330,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Zmena veľkosti nie je možná:" @@ -6294,7 +6343,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6303,7 +6352,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" @@ -6315,7 +6364,7 @@ "Prosím, skúste to znovu." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -6329,29 +6378,29 @@ # Translators: popup dialog heading #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Zadajte šifrovací kľúč" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Provider Password" msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Zadajte heslo pre poskytovateľa" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr " Skupina diskov" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6359,14 +6408,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to immediately remove these sources?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Želáte si odstrániť tieto zdroje okamžite?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6375,100 +6424,100 @@ # Translators: popup dialog heading #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Zadajte šifrovací kľúč" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "YaST našiel toto zariadenie" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST našiel toto zariadenie" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" # tree node string -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "DASD Disky" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&SCSI devices" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Zariadenia &SCSI" # tree node string -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6476,7 +6525,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6484,7 +6533,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6492,20 +6541,20 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Kopírujem koreňový súborový systém..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 #, fuzzy msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Budú zmenené nasledujúce položky: " @@ -7167,51 +7216,51 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Vytvoriť návrh založený na &LVM" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr " Skupina diskov" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Možnosti systému súborov:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Vytvoriť nový oddiel" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Enable Suspend" msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Povoliť &uspatie" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Special settings" msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Špeciálne nastavenie" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" @@ -7223,7 +7272,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7232,33 +7281,33 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Zadajte heslo pre šifrovaný súborový systém." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Heslo:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 #, fuzzy msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Zadajte heslo pre &overenie:" @@ -7286,32 +7335,54 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Štandardný hostiteľ" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Súborové systémy" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Úložné zariadenie" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partition mounted" msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Oddiel pripojený" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Zdroj dát pre ukladanie informácií o používateľoch" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Pozor: Pri terajšom nastavení nebudete\n" +#~ "môcť štartovať %1 priamo, pretože\n" +#~ "nemáte oddiel \"boot\" a váš oddiel \"root\" je LVM.\n" +#~ "Toto nebude fungovať.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Ak neviete presne, čo robíte, použite normálny oddiel pre súboru\n" +#~ "v priečinku /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Chcete to zmeniť?\n" + #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "Upraviť rozd&elenie disku" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/sudo.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/sudo.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/sudo.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-16 21:24+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/support.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/support.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/support.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #. Rich text title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Podpora" #. Menu title for Support in proposals #: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 @@ -39,16 +39,18 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "Podpora SUSE" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otvorená" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -118,7 +120,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nie je možné zapísať nastavenia." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -175,13 +177,14 @@ msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "" +# tree item #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Expertné nastavenia" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voľby" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -209,11 +212,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Emailová adresa" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Názov" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -236,7 +239,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -250,7 +253,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Priebeh" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -260,7 +263,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Názov súboru" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -279,6 +282,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Prerušenie inicializácie:</big> \n" +"Teraz môžete bezpečne prerušiť konfiguráciu stlačením Prerušiť.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -287,6 +292,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" +# Write dialog help 2/2 #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" @@ -295,6 +301,9 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Prerušenie ukladania:</big> \n" +"Ukladanie môžete prerušiť stlačením Prerušiť.\n" +"Zobrazí sa dialóg, ktorý vás bude informovať, či je to bezpečné.\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -319,13 +328,16 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<BIG>Úpravy a odstránenie:</BIG> \n" +"Ak stlačíte Upraviť, otvorí sa dialóg, kde môžete\n" +"zmeniť konfiguráciu.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -407,7 +419,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -450,7 +462,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -754,7 +766,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -765,7 +777,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicializujem..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -774,7 +786,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Heslo pre administrátora (root)" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -790,33 +802,37 @@ msgid "Saving Support Configuration" msgstr "" +# Progress stage 1/2 #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zápis nastavení" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spustenie SuSEconfig" +# Progress step 1/2 #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zapisujem nastavenie..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Spúšťam SuSEconfig..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dokončené" +# TODO FIXME: your code here... +# Configuration summary text for autoyast #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Súhrn nastavenia..." Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/sysconfig.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/sysconfig.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/sysconfig.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-06-01 19:45+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ladislav Michnovič <lmichnovic(a)suse.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -499,51 +499,111 @@ " Prosím, čakajte... \n" "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ " SuSEconfig ukladá kontrolný súčet od každého konfiguračného súboru, \n" -#~ " aby mohol nájsť prípadné ručné zmeny. Pokiaľ ste zmenili konfiguračný súbor manuálne,\n" -#~ " SuSEconfig sa ho nedotkne.\n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Hľadám..." -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "Hľadám..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Príkaz: " -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "Príkaz: " +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "Pre&skočiť" -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "Pre&skočiť" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "Bude spustený príkaz" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "Bude spustený príkaz" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Spúšťam príkaz %1..." -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "Spúšťam príkaz %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Príkaz %1 zlyhal" -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Príkaz %1 zlyhal" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Ukladá sa konfigurácia sysconfig" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Ukladá sa konfigurácia sysconfig" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Zápis nového nastavenia" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "Zápis nového nastavenia" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "Aktivácia zmien" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "Aktivácia zmien" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Uloženie premennej %1 do súboru %2 zlyhalo." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "Uloženie premennej %1 do súboru %2 zlyhalo." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Ukladám premennú %1..." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "Ukladám premennú %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Ukladám zmeny do súborov..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "Ukladám zmeny do súborov..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "Znovu sa načíta služba %1" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Znovu načítavam nastavenie služby %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Znovunačítanie nastavenia služby %1 zlyhalo" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "Služba %1 sa reštartuje" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Reštartujem službu %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Reštart služby %1 zlyhal" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Dokončené" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Súhrn konfigurácie" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " SuSEconfig ukladá kontrolný súčet od každého konfiguračného súboru, \n" +#~ " aby mohol nájsť prípadné ručné zmeny. Pokiaľ ste zmenili konfiguračný súbor manuálne,\n" +#~ " SuSEconfig sa ho nedotkne.\n" + #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "Všetky konfiguračné skripty budú spustené." @@ -562,30 +622,6 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "Konfiguračný modul %1 zlyhal." -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "Znovu sa načíta služba %1" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Znovu načítavam nastavenie služby %1..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Znovunačítanie nastavenia služby %1 zlyhalo" - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "Služba %1 sa reštartuje" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Reštartujem službu %1..." - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Reštart služby %1 zlyhal" - -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Dokončené" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "Súhrn konfigurácie" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/tftp-server.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/tftp-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/tftp-server.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-16 16:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)nenya.ms.mff.cuni.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/timezone_db.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/timezone_db.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/timezone_db.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-09-13 00:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ladislav Michnovič <lmichnovic(a)suse.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/tune.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/tune.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/tune.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-23 21:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -26,38 +26,38 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1) ? 0 : (n>=2 && n<=4) ? 1 : 2;\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Detekcia hardvéru - tento modul nepodporuje príkazový riadok, namiesto toho použite '%1'." #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Sondujem hardvér..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Priebeh" # title label #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "&Všetky položky" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "&Uložiť do súboru..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Informácie o hardvéri" # help text #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" @@ -65,21 +65,30 @@ "Modul Informácie o hardware zobrazuje detaily o vašom\n" "počítači. Kliknutím na ľubovoľnú sekciu získate viac informácií\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "Informácie o hardvéri môžete uložiť do súboru. Stlačte Uložiť do súboru a zadajte názov súboru." +# progress bar stage +# progress stage +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Systémové nastavenia" + # this is a heading # tree node string #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Systém" # this is a menu entry #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "&Systém" @@ -1679,8 +1688,3 @@ # progress stage #~ msgid "&System Settings..." #~ msgstr "&Systémové nastavenia..." - -# progress bar stage -# progress stage -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "Systémové nastavenia" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/update.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/update.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/update.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-05 10:41+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Možnosti aktualizácie" @@ -192,18 +192,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Neznámy" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Aktualizácia na %1" @@ -287,9 +287,19 @@ "fungovať. Zapnutím Odstrániť neudržiavané balíky tieto\n" "balíky odstránite počas aktualizácie.\n" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -299,13 +309,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "Nepodarilo sa pripojiť cieľový systém" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" @@ -382,12 +392,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Nie je možné prečítať aktuálnu RPM databázu." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "Nainštalovaný produkt nie je kompatibilný s produktom na inštalačnom médiu." @@ -395,14 +405,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Neznámy produkt" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" @@ -418,22 +428,22 @@ "alebo vypnite inštalačné zdroje produktov, ktoré majú inú verziu." #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "Varovanie: Aktualizácia z '%1' na '%2', produkty si navzájom úplne neodpovedajú." #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Iba aktualizovať nainštalované balíky" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Aktualizácia podľa paternov" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Update Options</big>\n" @@ -452,17 +462,17 @@ "(predvolený výber) a či majú byť neudržiavané balíky odstránené." #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Možnosti aktualizácie" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Žiaden z týchto súborov neexistuje:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -476,27 +486,27 @@ # summary text - unknown DMA mode is selected #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Neznámy Linux" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Neznámy resp. nelinuxový systém" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "Oddiel alebo systém, z ktorého štartovať:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -509,12 +519,12 @@ # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "Aktualizovaný oddiel alebo systém:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -525,12 +535,12 @@ "\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Výber aktualizovaného systému" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -544,42 +554,42 @@ "\n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Systém" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Oddiel" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architektúra" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "Systém súborov" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Meno" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "Zobraziť &všetky oddiely" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "Š&tart systému" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -588,7 +598,7 @@ "systém, ktorý by sa dal aktualizovať pomocou tohoto produktu." #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" @@ -601,7 +611,7 @@ "oddiele je iná, ako architektúra tohoto produktu." #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" @@ -610,13 +620,13 @@ "Chcete ju naozaj použiť?" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "Án&o, použiť" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -628,12 +638,12 @@ "\n" "Chcete pokračovať?" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "Áno, &pokračovať" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -642,17 +652,17 @@ "nájdete v článku SDB na %1." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Neznámy linuxový systém" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Neznámy nelinuxový systém" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -667,7 +677,7 @@ "reštartujte počítač.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Kontrolujem oddiel %1" @@ -676,23 +686,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Zobraziť &detaily" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Kontrolujem súborový systém na %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Zlyhala kontrola súborového systému" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" @@ -708,24 +718,24 @@ "Želáte si pokračovať a zariadenie pripojiť?" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Preskočiť pripojenie" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Neplatné heslo. Chcete to skúsiť znovu?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Varovanie" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" @@ -750,7 +760,7 @@ "Chcete pokračovať v aktualizácií systému?" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" @@ -781,27 +791,27 @@ "Parametre pripojenia. Pre prerušenie aktualizácie kliknite na Zrušiť." #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Parametre pripojenia" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Parametre pripojenia" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Bod pripojenia" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Zariadenie" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -810,12 +820,12 @@ "(nechajte prázdne pre autodetekciu)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "Oddiel %1 pre /var sa nedal pripojiť.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -827,18 +837,18 @@ "udev IDs: %5, \n" "udev cesta: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "Žiadna" # message box #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Nepodarilo sa nájsť automaticky /var oblasť" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -849,23 +859,23 @@ "Vyberte oddiel /var ručne pre proces aktualizácie." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "%Vybrať /var oddiel" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Info zariadenia" # message box #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Nepodarilo sa pripojiť oddiel pre /var s týmto nastavením disku.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -878,7 +888,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -891,17 +901,17 @@ "pripojenia pre všetky oddiely na inú." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Nenašiel som fstab." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Koreňový oddiel v /etc/fstab má neplatné koreňové zariadenie.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Je momentálne pripojený ako %1, ale v zozname je na %2.\n" @@ -922,39 +932,75 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Kontrolujem dostupné aktualizácie..." +# error report for command line +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Specified profile not found." +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "Zadaný profil nenájdený." + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read license file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "Nemôžem načítať súbor s licenciou %1" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Neznámy produkt" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "Umožniť inštalovať staršie verzie balíkov" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation" +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "Nepodarilo sa vybrať %1 balíkov pre inštaláciu" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Nastavenie aktualizácie" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Aktualizácia" # power saving scheme name, combo box and default contents of text entry -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Vykonať aktualizáciu" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Aktualizácia konfigurácie systému" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Aktualizovať konfiguráciu" +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "Umožniť inštalovať staršie verzie balíkov" + #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "Vyčistenie" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/users.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/users.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/users.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-03 11:35+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ msgstr "Heslo pre systémového administrátora \"root\"" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "Nezabudnite, čo ste tu zadali." @@ -4686,22 +4686,22 @@ "Najprv ich zo skupiny odstráňte." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Používatelia</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Skupiny</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Nastavenie prihlásenia</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Používateľ %1 nakonfigurovaný pre automatické prihlásenie" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/vm.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/vm.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/vm.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-18 12:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -33,12 +33,12 @@ msgstr "Inštalovať hypervizor a nástroje" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -47,134 +47,178 @@ "Spustite inštaláciu z hostiteľského systému.\n" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Overiť nainštalované balíky" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurácia sieťového mosta" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Konfigurujem VM server (doména 0)" # Read dialog help 1/2 #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "<big>Konfigurácia VM servera</big>Konfigurácia VM servera (doména 0) má dve časti." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "Najskôr sú do systému inštalované vyžadované balíky. Potom je správca štartu prepnutý na GRUB (ak už nie je použitý) a ak Xen sekcia chýba, je pridaná do ponuky správcu štartu." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 #, fuzzy #| msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and Linux kernel." msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "GRUB je potrebný, pretože podporuje štandardný multiboot pre spustenie Xen a linuxového jadra." #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 #, fuzzy #| msgid "When the configuration is successfully finished, it is possible to boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "Keď je konfiguráciu úspešne dokončená, je možné spustiť VM Server z ponuky správcu štartu." #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Inštalácia bude prerušená." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Hypervizor a nástroje sú nainštalované." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "Konfigurujem virtuálny stroj..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "MySQL server" +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "MySQL server" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin tools" +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "Administratívne nástroje" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Hypervizor a nástroje sú nainštalované." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "Nefunkčný server" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Admin tools" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "Administratívne nástroje" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Inštalácia bude prerušená." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Inštalácia bude prerušená." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "Ste v textovom režime. Každopádne inštalovať grafické komponenty?" # Progress step 1/5 #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Kontrolujem balíky..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Inštalujem balíky..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Nepodarilo sa nainštalovať požadované balíky." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Aktualizujem konfiguračné súbory..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Konfigurujem štandardný sieťový most..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Sieťový most." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "Pre normálne nastavenie siete hosťujúceho virtuálneho stroja je potrebný sieťový most.Konfigurovať štandardný sieťový most?" @@ -187,35 +231,35 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "Pre inštaláciu Xen hostí, reštartnite stroj a vyberte sekciu Xen v ponuke správcu štartu.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "Pre inštaláciu Xen hostí, reštartnite stroj a vyberte sekciu Xen v ponuke správcu štartu.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervizor a nástroje sú nainštalované." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervizor a nástroje sú nainštalované." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/wagon.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/wagon.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/wagon.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-03 11:37+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/wol.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/wol.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/wol.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol.sk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-15 13:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnovsky(a)nenya.ms.mff.cuni.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/xpram.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/xpram.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/xpram.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-12 14:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Rastislav Krupanský <rastislav.krupansky(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/sk/po/yast2-apparmor.sk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/sk/po/yast2-apparmor.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) +++ trunk/yast/sk/po/yast2-apparmor.sk.po 2014-10-07 16:02:20 UTC (rev 89805) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-07 21:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tomáš Pecsérke <tomas.pecserke(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n(a)lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -329,11 +329,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "&Hotovo" @@ -1197,64 +1197,74 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "Nepodarilo sa rozoznať názov režimu: " -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enforce" +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "Vynútiť" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "Zobraziť všetky profily" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "Konfiguračný režim pre aktívne profily" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "Zobraziť aktívne profily" # help text -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "Konfiguračný režim pre všetky profily" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Názov profilu" # According to QIM Screenshot # -ke- -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Režim" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Zmeniť režim" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "Nastaviť všetko na Vynútené" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "Nastaviť všetko na Oznamovanie" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurácia režimu profilov" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Konfigurovať režim profilov" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select an action:" msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89804 - trunk/yast/eu/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 18:01:29 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89804 Added: trunk/yast/eu/po/cio.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/opensuse_mirror.eu.po Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on-creator.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/audit-laf.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/autoinst.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/base.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/bootloader.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/ca-management.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/cluster.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/control-center.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/control.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/country.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/crowbar.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/dhcp-server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/dns-server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/drbd.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/fcoe-client.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall-services.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/firstboot.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/ftp-server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/geo-cluster.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/gtk.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/http-server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/inetd.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/installation.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/instserver.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/iplb.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-client.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-lio-server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/isns.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/kdump.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/kerberos-server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/kerberos.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/languages_db.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap-client.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap-server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/live-installer.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/lxc.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/mail.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/multipath.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses-pkg.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/network.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs_server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/nis.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/nis_server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/ntp-client.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/oneclickinstall.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update-configuration.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/packager.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/pam.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/pkg-bindings.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/printer.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/product-creator.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/proxy.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/qt-pkg.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/qt.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/rdp.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/rear.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/registration.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/reipl.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/relocation-server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/s390.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-client.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-users.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/scanner.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/security.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/services-manager.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/slp-server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/snapper.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/sound.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/squid.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/sshd.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/storage.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/sudo.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/support.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/sysconfig.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/tftp-server.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/timezone_db.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/tune.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/update.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/users.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/vm.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/wagon.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/wol.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/xpram.eu.po trunk/yast/eu/po/yast2-apparmor.eu.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on-creator.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on-creator.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on-creator.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/add-on.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -43,21 +43,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "" @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "" @@ -215,40 +215,40 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" "Select the repository to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "" @@ -260,33 +260,33 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "" #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -308,102 +308,102 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/audit-laf.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/audit-laf.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/audit-laf.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -780,30 +780,44 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "" -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -812,36 +826,36 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "" #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -849,26 +863,26 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "" #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-client.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -390,23 +390,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/auth-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -236,6 +236,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -655,20 +659,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -678,14 +684,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -695,13 +701,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -709,7 +715,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -719,28 +725,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -751,17 +757,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -770,7 +776,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -779,30 +785,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -810,34 +816,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -845,30 +851,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -876,21 +882,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -902,11 +908,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -914,21 +920,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -938,15 +944,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -954,28 +960,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -985,22 +991,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1008,11 +1014,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1020,78 +1026,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1099,19 +1105,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1119,71 +1125,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1191,7 +1197,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1201,29 +1207,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1232,231 +1238,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1765,6 +1771,10 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -2690,8 +2700,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2954,7 +2964,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2967,101 +2977,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/autoinst.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/autoinst.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/autoinst.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -104,8 +104,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "" @@ -115,33 +114,26 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "" #. help 1/2 @@ -273,21 +265,21 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -2157,12 +2149,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr "" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr "" @@ -2261,11 +2253,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2445,35 +2437,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "" #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "" #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/base.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/base.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/base.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "" @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" @@ -1370,6 +1370,25 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -1949,15 +1968,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "" @@ -1965,27 +1984,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -1995,326 +2014,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" @@ -2377,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2386,26 +2405,23 @@ msgstr "" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" -msgstr "" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2706,51 +2722,51 @@ msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "" @@ -2759,57 +2775,57 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -2820,34 +2836,34 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" msgstr "" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -2856,7 +2872,7 @@ msgstr "" #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -2865,89 +2881,89 @@ msgstr "" #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "" #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2955,103 +2971,103 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "" #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "" #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3061,68 +3077,68 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3133,27 +3149,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "" #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "" #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3161,7 +3177,7 @@ msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" @@ -3217,44 +3233,20 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3262,12 +3254,12 @@ msgstr "" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3384,7 +3376,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" @@ -3709,7 +3701,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -3718,23 +3710,23 @@ msgstr "" #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3748,12 +3740,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -3766,96 +3758,102 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" msgstr "" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "" @@ -4463,7 +4461,7 @@ msgstr "" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/bootloader.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/bootloader.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/bootloader.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -122,22 +122,22 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "" #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" @@ -146,12 +146,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "" @@ -162,10 +162,9 @@ msgstr "" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "" @@ -258,23 +257,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -283,25 +288,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -309,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -318,72 +323,72 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -435,110 +440,110 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 +msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -574,24 +579,40 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -624,30 +645,50 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -661,7 +702,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" @@ -792,11 +833,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "" @@ -1647,33 +1684,34 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" @@ -1682,31 +1720,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" @@ -1729,232 +1769,126 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "" - -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ca-management.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/ca-management.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ca-management.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "" @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "" @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "" @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -659,11 +659,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -671,29 +678,29 @@ msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -724,51 +731,99 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " msgstr "" #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -822,7 +877,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "" @@ -854,18 +909,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "" @@ -877,40 +932,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -984,83 +1039,203 @@ "Certificate not found" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "" @@ -1150,7 +1325,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "" @@ -1578,7 +1753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1780,6 +1955,13 @@ "Request not found.\n" msgstr "" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1788,77 +1970,77 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "" #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "" Added: trunk/yast/eu/po/cio.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/cio.eu.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/cio.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/cluster.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/cluster.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/cluster.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -76,229 +76,229 @@ msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -311,23 +311,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -336,7 +339,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -347,28 +350,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -387,96 +390,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/control-center.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/control-center.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/control-center.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-07 22:40+0100\n" "Last-Translator: etxondoko <ander.elor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Basque <librezale(a)librezale.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/control.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/control.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/control.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-11 22:30+0100\n" "Last-Translator: etxondoko <ander.elor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Basque <librezale(a)librezale.org>\n" @@ -17,750 +17,420 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Gehigarrien instalazioa" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Hizkuntza instalazioa" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Instalazioa ondo burutu da.\n" "Sistema erabiltzeko prest dago.\n" -"klik Amaitu sisteman saioa hasteko.\n" +"klik amaitu sisteman saioa hasteko.\n" "\n" "\n" "Bisita gaitzazu gure helbidean http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +"\t " -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "hasieratzea..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Sarea konfiguratzen..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "Hardwarea konfiguratzen..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Konfigurazioa amaitzen..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "CIM Zerbitzaria" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Instalazio ezarpenak" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Aurkezpen orokorra" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Aditua" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Live Instalazio ezarpenak" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Eguneraketen ezarpenak" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Sare konfigurazioa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Sare zerbitzuen konfigurazioa" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Hardware konfigurazioa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Prestatzen" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Sare konfigurazioa" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Activation" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Sarea aktibazioa" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Ongi etorri" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Sarea aktibazioa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Disko aktibazioa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Sistema analisia" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Gehigarriak" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Diskoa" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Ordu-zona" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Erabiltzailearen ezarpenak" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalazioa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Instalazioaren aukerak" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Instalazio laburpena" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Gauzatu instalazioa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "Konpondu" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Instalazioa" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Diskoa" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Sistema eguneratzeko" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Eguneratu" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Eguneratzearen laburpena" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Gauzatu eguneratzea" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Sistemaren informazioa" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Gauzatu konponketa" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Oinarrizko instalazioa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Hizkuntza" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "AutoYaST ezarpenak" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurazioa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Sarea" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Sistema konfigurazioa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Zentro pertsonalizatua" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Gehigarrien instalazioa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Linean eguneratu" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Hizkuntza instalazioa" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Bertsio oharrak" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Instalazioa ondo burutu da.\n" +#~ "Sistema erabiltzeko prest dago.\n" +#~ "klik Amaitu sisteman saioa hasteko.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Bisita gaitzazu gure helbidean http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Konfigurazio automatikoa" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "hasieratzea..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Root-aren pasahitza" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Sarea konfiguratzen..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Egiaztatu instalazioa" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Hardwarea konfiguratzen..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "Ostalari-izena" +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Konfigurazioa amaitzen..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Erabiltzaileak" +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Erabiltzailearen ezarpenak" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "AutoYaST ezarpenak" +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Instalazioaren aukerak" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Sistema konfigurazioa" +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "Konpondu" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Garbitu" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Sistemaren informazioa" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"Instalazioa ondo burutu da.\n" -"Sistema erabiltzeko prest dago.\n" -"klik amaitu sisteman saioa hasteko.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Bisita gaitzazu gure helbidean http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t " +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Gauzatu konponketa" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "Oinarrizko zerbitzaria eszenatokia" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Hizkuntza" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server oinarrizko hainbat eszenatoki eskaintza ditu.\n" -"Zure zerbitzarira hobeto egokitzen dena aukeratu." +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Sarea" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "Makina fisikoa (baita erabat birtualizatutako gonbidatua)" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Zentro pertsonalizatua" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "Makina birtuala (Xen erako ingurune parabirtualizatuak)" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Linean eguneratu" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "Xen birtualizazio ostalaria (X11 lokala konfiguraziorik gabe)" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Bertsio oharrak" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Sare zerbitzuen konfigurazioa" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Konfigurazio automatikoa" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "Zerbitzari eszenatokia" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Root-aren pasahitza" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Instalazio laburpena" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Egiaztatu instalazioa" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Zerbitzua" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "Ostalari-izena" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "Xen birtualizazio ostalaria (X11 lokala konfiguraziorik gabe)" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Erabiltzaileak" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Mahaigain hautapena" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Garbitu" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Root-aren pasahitza" +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Oinarrizko zerbitzaria eszenatokia" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Zorionak!\n" -" openSUSE instalazioa zure makinan amaitu da.\n" -" Amaitu sakatu eta gero, sistemara sar zintezke.\n" -"Bisita gaitzazu hemen %1.\n" -"Gozatu dezazula! Zure openSUSE garapen taldea\n" -"\t " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" +#~ "Choose the one that matches your server the best." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server oinarrizko hainbat eszenatoki eskaintza ditu.\n" +#~ "Zure zerbitzarira hobeto egokitzen dena aukeratu." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"Mahaigain inguruneak zure konputagailuko erabiltzaile interfase \n" -"grafikoa emango dizu, era berean, zure konputagailuan behar \n" -"dituzu hainbat aplikazio dakartza: posta bezeroa, web nabigatzailea, \n" -"bulego aplikazioak, jolasak, tresna gehigarriak...\n" -"\n" -"openSUSEk hainbat mahaigain ingurune eskaintzek dizkizu. Erabilienak\n" -"diren GNOME eta KDE mahaigain inguruneak sostengu bera dute\n" -"openSUSEn. Bi inguruneak dira erabilerrazak, oso integratuak, itxura\n" -"eta izaera erakargarrikoak. Mahaigain ingurune bakoitzak bere estilo\n" -"berezia du eta norberaren gustu pertsonalek erabakiko dute zein den \n" -"egokiena bakoitzarentzat." +#~ msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" +#~ msgstr "Makina fisikoa (baita erabat birtualizatutako gonbidatua)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "GNOME mahaigaina" +#~ msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" +#~ msgstr "Makina birtuala (Xen erako ingurune parabirtualizatuak)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "KDE mahaigaina" +#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "Xen birtualizazio ostalaria (X11 lokala konfiguraziorik gabe)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "XFCE mahaigaina" +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Zerbitzari eszenatokia" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "LXDE Mahaigaina" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Zerbitzua" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "X leiho minimoa" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "Xen birtualizazio ostalaria (X11 lokala konfiguraziorik gabe)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Mahaigain hautapena" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Zerbitzari minimo hautapena (testu modua)" +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Root-aren pasahitza" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Biltegiak linean" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Zorionak!\n" +#~ " openSUSE instalazioa zure makinan amaitu da.\n" +#~ " Amaitu sakatu eta gero, sistemara sar zintezke.\n" +#~ "Bisita gaitzazu hemen %1.\n" +#~ "Gozatu dezazula! Zure openSUSE garapen taldea\n" +#~ "\t " + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#~ "manage your computer.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Mahaigain inguruneak zure konputagailuko erabiltzaile interfase \n" +#~ "grafikoa emango dizu, era berean, zure konputagailuan behar \n" +#~ "dituzu hainbat aplikazio dakartza: posta bezeroa, web nabigatzailea, \n" +#~ "bulego aplikazioak, jolasak, tresna gehigarriak...\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSEk hainbat mahaigain ingurune eskaintzek dizkizu. Erabilienak\n" +#~ "diren GNOME eta KDE mahaigain inguruneak sostengu bera dute\n" +#~ "openSUSEn. Bi inguruneak dira erabilerrazak, oso integratuak, itxura\n" +#~ "eta izaera erakargarrikoak. Mahaigain ingurune bakoitzak bere estilo\n" +#~ "berezia du eta norberaren gustu pertsonalek erabakiko dute zein den \n" +#~ "egokiena bakoitzarentzat." + +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "GNOME mahaigaina" + +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "KDE mahaigaina" + +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "XFCE mahaigaina" + +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "LXDE Mahaigaina" + +#~ msgid "Minimal X Window" +#~ msgstr "X leiho minimoa" + +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Zerbitzari minimo hautapena (testu modua)" + +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Biltegiak linean" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/country.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/country.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/country.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-15 22:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: etxondoko <ander.elor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Basque <librezale(a)librezale.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/crowbar.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/crowbar.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/crowbar.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/dhcp-server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/dhcp-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/dhcp-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "" @@ -535,75 +535,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "" @@ -611,48 +610,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "" @@ -660,7 +659,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -671,7 +670,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -679,53 +678,53 @@ msgstr "" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "" #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -733,8 +732,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "" @@ -742,135 +741,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "" #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "" #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -883,15 +882,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -903,7 +902,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/dns-server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/dns-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/dns-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/drbd.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/drbd.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/drbd.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -20,6 +20,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -57,20 +67,72 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -94,7 +156,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -108,7 +170,7 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -125,14 +187,77 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -142,32 +267,33 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -175,30 +301,30 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -207,7 +333,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -215,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -231,12 +357,13 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -278,8 +405,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -293,85 +420,144 @@ #. Report::Error ( Service::Error()); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/fcoe-client.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/fcoe-client.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/fcoe-client.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -35,20 +35,55 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." msgstr "" +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +msgid "not available" +msgstr "" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -56,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -64,12 +99,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -77,28 +112,28 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "" #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -106,30 +141,30 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "" #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -449,197 +484,188 @@ msgstr "" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "" + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 msgid "Check services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "" #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "" #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall-services.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall-services.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall-services.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/firewall.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/firstboot.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/firstboot.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/firstboot.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ftp-server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/ftp-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ftp-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/geo-cluster.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/geo-cluster.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/geo-cluster.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -71,92 +71,249 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -165,75 +322,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/gtk.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/gtk.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/gtk.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/http-server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/http-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/http-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/inetd.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/inetd.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/inetd.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/installation.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/installation.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/installation.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-11 22:36+0100\n" "Last-Translator: etxondoko <ander.elor(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Basque <librezale(a)librezale.org>\n" @@ -53,22 +53,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "" @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "" @@ -247,6 +247,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -303,7 +304,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" @@ -357,10 +358,22 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -548,11 +561,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -573,13 +586,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "" + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -598,64 +620,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "" #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr "" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "" @@ -674,11 +696,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -691,13 +708,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -878,12 +888,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -892,38 +902,38 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." msgstr "" #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" @@ -932,45 +942,45 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 msgid "&Export Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -980,7 +990,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1008,7 +1018,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1017,7 +1027,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1026,7 +1036,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1035,7 +1045,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1044,7 +1054,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1052,12 +1062,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1066,7 +1076,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1074,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1082,11 +1092,11 @@ msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" @@ -1201,65 +1211,49 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "" - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1267,7 +1261,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1276,151 +1270,151 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "" #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1430,7 +1424,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1440,7 +1434,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1449,7 +1443,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1458,7 +1452,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1466,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr "" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1535,52 +1529,47 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -1612,7 +1601,7 @@ msgstr "" #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1805,3 +1794,44 @@ #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:35 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" + +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "" + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "" + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/instserver.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/instserver.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/instserver.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/iplb.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/iplb.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/iplb.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -91,6 +91,22 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -200,7 +216,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -440,7 +456,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -578,6 +594,12 @@ msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -590,6 +612,20 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-client.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-client.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-client.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -63,146 +63,150 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -211,9 +215,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -421,12 +425,12 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "" #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "" @@ -434,36 +438,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "" @@ -543,12 +547,16 @@ msgstr "" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -557,6 +565,6 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-lio-server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-lio-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-lio-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/iscsi-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/isns.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/isns.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/isns.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -277,81 +277,81 @@ msgstr "" #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "" #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/kdump.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/kdump.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/kdump.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -359,8 +359,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -488,15 +488,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "" - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1079,126 +1070,126 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/kerberos-server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/kerberos-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/kerberos-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/kerberos.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/kerberos.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/kerberos.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/languages_db.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/languages_db.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/languages_db.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap-client.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap-client.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap-client.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap-server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ldap.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -230,46 +230,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -291,12 +291,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/live-installer.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/live-installer.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/live-installer.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/lxc.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/lxc.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/lxc.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/mail.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/mail.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/mail.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/multipath.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/multipath.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/multipath.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses-pkg.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses-pkg.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses-pkg.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ncurses.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/network.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/network.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/network.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -83,84 +83,50 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -168,13 +134,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -182,13 +148,48 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -450,9 +451,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "" @@ -532,7 +542,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -630,7 +640,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "" @@ -699,13 +709,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -1064,14 +1074,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "" @@ -1084,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1267,35 +1277,35 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1309,11 +1319,11 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" #. Network card name (wireless) @@ -1524,7 +1534,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "" -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1612,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1622,13 +1632,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1637,7 +1646,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1664,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1672,20 +1681,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1693,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1701,19 +1710,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1721,92 +1730,92 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1814,26 +1823,26 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -1841,138 +1850,138 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -1980,7 +1989,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "" @@ -2023,28 +2032,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2052,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2062,12 +2070,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2076,7 +2084,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2084,13 +2092,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2098,14 +2106,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2114,7 +2122,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2123,14 +2131,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2138,7 +2146,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2146,7 +2154,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2154,7 +2162,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2164,7 +2172,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2178,26 +2186,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2205,7 +2213,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2213,7 +2221,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2221,7 +2229,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2229,19 +2237,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2252,11 +2260,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2266,19 +2274,19 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2288,7 +2296,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2301,21 +2309,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "Enter an IPv4 Address Label, an IP Address, and\n" "the Netmask." msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2323,14 +2331,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2347,14 +2355,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2364,7 +2372,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2376,7 +2384,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2397,7 +2405,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2407,7 +2415,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2418,14 +2426,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -2969,23 +2977,23 @@ msgstr "" #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -2996,17 +3004,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3017,112 +3025,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3367,7 +3374,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3561,76 +3568,81 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" +msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" msgstr "" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "" @@ -3646,98 +3658,94 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 -msgid "Device name:" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "" @@ -3756,389 +3764,408 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "" +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "" -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "" @@ -4186,16 +4213,16 @@ msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs_server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs_server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/nfs_server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -71,27 +71,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "" #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -155,63 +155,55 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "" -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -219,25 +211,25 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -245,51 +237,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -297,82 +289,77 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -380,83 +367,71 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" msgstr "" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/nis.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/nis.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/nis.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/nis_server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/nis_server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/nis_server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "" @@ -368,22 +368,27 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "" + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/ntp-client.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/ntp-client.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/ntp-client.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -45,21 +45,20 @@ msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -72,21 +71,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -588,10 +595,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -599,7 +609,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -608,7 +618,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -618,7 +628,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -628,14 +638,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -643,14 +653,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -658,7 +668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -670,14 +680,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -686,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -695,7 +705,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -703,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -711,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -719,7 +729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -728,7 +738,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -736,7 +746,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -748,49 +758,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -798,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -808,7 +818,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -816,7 +826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -829,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -837,7 +847,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -847,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -856,7 +866,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1189,117 +1199,120 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/oneclickinstall.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/oneclickinstall.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/oneclickinstall.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update-configuration.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update-configuration.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update-configuration.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/online-update.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -107,13 +107,18 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/eu/po/opensuse_mirror.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/opensuse_mirror.eu.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/opensuse_mirror.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +# Basque message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2012 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" +"Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" +"Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: eu\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/packager.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/packager.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/packager.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -138,6 +138,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -455,7 +464,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -518,7 +527,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "" @@ -737,7 +746,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "" @@ -745,7 +754,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "" @@ -1071,7 +1080,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "" @@ -1292,7 +1301,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1324,71 +1333,71 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "" #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -1433,7 +1442,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "" @@ -1441,13 +1450,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr "" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "" @@ -1455,21 +1464,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -1478,144 +1487,185 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "" #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1623,50 +1673,50 @@ msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1675,72 +1725,74 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" "the configuration will be aborted.\n" msgstr "" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "" @@ -1819,165 +1871,170 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "" #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -1986,53 +2043,53 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2042,23 +2099,23 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2067,42 +2124,42 @@ msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2110,17 +2167,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2130,20 +2187,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2156,7 +2213,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2164,11 +2221,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2180,12 +2237,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2193,71 +2250,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2272,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2281,12 +2338,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2294,7 +2351,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2302,7 +2359,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2312,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2321,25 +2378,25 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2349,11 +2406,15 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2445,7 +2506,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "" @@ -2515,12 +2578,12 @@ msgstr "" #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2528,7 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/pam.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/pam.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/pam.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/pkg-bindings.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/pkg-bindings.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/pkg-bindings.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "" @@ -177,6 +177,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/printer.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/printer.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/printer.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/product-creator.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/product-creator.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/product-creator.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/proxy.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/proxy.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/proxy.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/qt-pkg.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/qt-pkg.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/qt-pkg.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -39,47 +39,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -89,175 +89,175 @@ msgstr "" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "" @@ -265,56 +265,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/qt.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/qt.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/qt.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" msgstr "" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/rdp.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/rdp.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/rdp.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/rear.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/rear.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/rear.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/registration.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/registration.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/registration.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,45 +16,84 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "" + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "" + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -62,47 +101,49 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 -msgid "&Skip Registration" +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." msgstr "" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -msgid "Registration" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -110,55 +151,25 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 -msgid "Details" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - #. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -170,325 +181,613 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "" -msgstr[1] "" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Registration Code" +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 -msgid "Product Registration" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 -msgid "Register the Product" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 -msgid "Server Settings" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 -msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" -"Do you want to configure the network now?" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 -msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 -msgid "Connection time out." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 -msgid "Registration client error." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 -msgid "" -"Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -msgid "Registration failed." +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "" -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 -msgid "Details: %s" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +msgid "Validity" msgstr "" -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -msgid "Certificate:" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +msgid "" +"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" +"Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 +msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 +msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +msgid "Registration client error." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 +msgid "" +"Registration server error.\n" +"Retry registration later." +msgstr "" + +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." +msgstr "" + +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 +msgid "Details: %s" +msgstr "" + #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Searching..." +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "" +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" +msgstr "" + +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "" + #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "" #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" "failed." msgstr "" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" + +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/reipl.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/reipl.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/reipl.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -238,30 +238,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/relocation-server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/relocation-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/relocation-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/s390.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/s390.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/s390.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-client.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-client.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-client.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -188,6 +188,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -760,7 +769,10 @@ msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" @@ -830,12 +842,14 @@ msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "" @@ -858,6 +872,143 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "" + +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "" + +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "" + +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "" + #: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-users.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-users.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/samba-users.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/scanner.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/scanner.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/scanner.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/security.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/security.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/security.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/services-manager.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/services-manager.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/services-manager.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -16,12 +16,192 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -61,3 +241,63 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/slp-server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/slp-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/slp-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/snapper.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/snapper.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/snapper.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -22,258 +22,258 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -294,17 +294,17 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/sound.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/sound.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/sound.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/squid.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/squid.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/squid.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/sshd.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/sshd.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/sshd.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/storage.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/storage.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/storage.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -129,15 +129,21 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -753,7 +759,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "" @@ -771,7 +777,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -781,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -791,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -801,7 +807,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -811,7 +817,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -824,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -834,7 +840,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -845,7 +851,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -857,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -869,7 +875,7 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -878,7 +884,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -889,22 +895,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -918,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -933,12 +925,12 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -951,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -960,7 +952,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -969,7 +961,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -977,7 +969,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -985,53 +977,53 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1040,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1050,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1060,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1075,13 +1067,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "" @@ -1108,7 +1100,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "" @@ -1119,7 +1111,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1139,7 +1131,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1148,7 +1140,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1460,7 +1452,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1471,21 +1463,21 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "" @@ -1517,7 +1509,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1530,7 +1522,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1543,7 +1535,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1565,7 +1557,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -1739,12 +1731,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -1752,31 +1744,31 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1786,54 +1778,59 @@ msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "" + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "" #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "" #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "" #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -1841,51 +1838,58 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2150,14 +2154,44 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2165,54 +2199,54 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." msgstr "" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2221,17 +2255,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2241,7 +2275,7 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2250,56 +2284,56 @@ "\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." msgstr "" #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2307,8 +2341,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2320,33 +2354,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2356,7 +2390,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2365,12 +2399,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "" @@ -2553,56 +2587,56 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "" @@ -2615,7 +2649,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -3468,12 +3502,12 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "" @@ -3669,7 +3703,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" @@ -3867,17 +3901,17 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "" @@ -3978,115 +4012,123 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4097,14 +4139,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4113,14 +4155,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4425,23 +4467,23 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -4449,29 +4491,29 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -4479,36 +4521,36 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -4518,12 +4560,12 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -4531,12 +4573,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -4548,40 +4590,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -4589,89 +4631,89 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -4679,12 +4721,12 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -4692,37 +4734,37 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -4731,12 +4773,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -4744,31 +4786,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -4777,19 +4819,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -4802,12 +4844,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -4815,41 +4857,41 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -4857,12 +4899,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -4875,7 +4917,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -4888,7 +4930,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4898,7 +4940,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -4912,7 +4954,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -4925,7 +4967,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -4934,7 +4976,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -4942,7 +4984,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -4951,24 +4993,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -4976,12 +5018,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -4989,86 +5031,86 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5076,7 +5118,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5084,7 +5126,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5092,18 +5134,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5691,48 +5733,48 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -5741,32 +5783,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "" #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "" @@ -5793,22 +5835,22 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/sudo.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/sudo.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/sudo.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/support.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/support.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/support.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/sysconfig.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/sysconfig.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/sysconfig.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -463,3 +463,99 @@ "Please wait... \n" "\n" msgstr "" + +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "" + +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "" + +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "" + +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "" + +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/tftp-server.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/tftp-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/tftp-server.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/timezone_db.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/timezone_db.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/timezone_db.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/tune.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/tune.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/tune.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -16,53 +16,58 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/update.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/update.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/update.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "" @@ -148,18 +148,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "" @@ -218,9 +218,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -228,13 +238,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -305,12 +315,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "" #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "" @@ -318,14 +328,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -333,22 +343,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -357,17 +367,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -376,27 +386,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -404,12 +414,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -417,12 +427,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -431,69 +441,69 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -501,29 +511,29 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -533,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "" @@ -542,23 +552,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -566,24 +576,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -594,7 +604,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -607,39 +617,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -647,17 +657,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -665,22 +675,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -690,7 +700,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -699,17 +709,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -728,34 +738,60 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/users.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/users.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/users.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ msgstr "" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "" @@ -3978,22 +3978,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/vm.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/vm.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/vm.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -27,132 +27,164 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -165,26 +197,26 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/wagon.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/wagon.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/wagon.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/wol.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/wol.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/wol.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/xpram.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/xpram.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/xpram.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/eu/po/yast2-apparmor.eu.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/eu/po/yast2-apparmor.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) +++ trunk/yast/eu/po/yast2-apparmor.eu.po 2014-10-07 16:01:29 UTC (rev 89804) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: i18n(a)suse.de\n" "Language-Team: Basque <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" @@ -295,11 +295,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "" @@ -1059,61 +1059,69 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "" -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r89803 - trunk/yast/et/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 07 Oct '14

07 Oct '14

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 18:01:17 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89803 Added: trunk/yast/et/po/cio.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/opensuse_mirror.et.po Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/add-on-creator.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/add-on.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/audit-laf.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/auth-client.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/auth-server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/autoinst.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/base.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/bootloader.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/ca-management.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/cluster.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/control-center.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/control.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/country.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/crowbar.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/dhcp-server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/dns-server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/drbd.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/fcoe-client.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/firewall-services.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/firewall.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/firstboot.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/ftp-server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/geo-cluster.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/gtk.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/http-server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/inetd.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/installation.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/instserver.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/iplb.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/iscsi-client.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/iscsi-lio-server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/iscsi-server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/isns.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/kdump.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/kerberos-server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/kerberos.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/languages_db.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/ldap-client.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/ldap-server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/ldap.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/live-installer.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/lxc.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/mail.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/multipath.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/ncurses-pkg.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/ncurses.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/network.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/nfs.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/nfs_server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/nis.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/nis_server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/ntp-client.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/oneclickinstall.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/online-update-configuration.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/online-update.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/packager.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/pam.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/pkg-bindings.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/printer.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/product-creator.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/proxy.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/qt-pkg.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/qt.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/rdp.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/rear.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/registration.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/reipl.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/relocation-server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/s390.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/samba-client.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/samba-server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/samba-users.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/scanner.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/security.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/services-manager.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/slp-server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/snapper.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/sound.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/squid.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/sshd.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/storage.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/sudo.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/support.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/sysconfig.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/tftp-server.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/timezone_db.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/tune.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/update.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/users.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/vm.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/wagon.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/wol.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/xpram.et.po trunk/yast/et/po/yast2-apparmor.et.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/add-on-creator.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/add-on-creator.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/add-on-creator.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 10:22+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/add-on.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/add-on.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/add-on.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-02-08 00:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -47,21 +47,21 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Lisatooted" #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Lisatoodete initsialiseerimine..." @@ -87,10 +87,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tundmatu" @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Lisatoote paigaldamine" @@ -231,36 +231,36 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 #, fuzzy msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Kataloogis ei leitud ühtki toodet" #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 #, fuzzy msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Andmekandjal ei leitud ühtki kataloogi." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Uue allika initsialiseerimine..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, kataloog: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 #, fuzzy msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Tarkvara valik" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ "Valitud andmekandjal on mitu kataloogi.\n" "Vali kasutatav kataloog.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 #, fuzzy msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Hoidlad" @@ -284,34 +284,34 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Kas tõesti katkestada lisatoote paigaldamine?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 #, fuzzy msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Vali printer." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Lisatoote sõltuvusi ei saa rahuldada." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Toodete valimine" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Saadaolevad tooted" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" @@ -323,12 +323,12 @@ "tooted.\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Valitud lisatoodete sõltuvusi ei saa rahuldada." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -337,95 +337,95 @@ msgstr "" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, kataloog: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Toode" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Andmekandja" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Vali eemaldatav toode." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 #, fuzzy msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Lisatooted" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 #, fuzzy msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Lisatooted" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 #, fuzzy msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Pa&ketihaldur" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." msgstr "" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 #, fuzzy msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Kokkuvõte: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "tundmatu tootja" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 #, fuzzy msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Versioon: " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Tundmatu tsoon" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "Kokkuvõte: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Hoidla URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 #, fuzzy msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Kokkuvõte: %1 " @@ -433,17 +433,17 @@ #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Tundmatu toode" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Tundmatu" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 #, fuzzy msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Kerneli moodulite sõltuvuste uuendamine..." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/audit-laf.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/audit-laf.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/audit-laf.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" @@ -863,32 +863,51 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Katalooge ei saa lugeda." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 #, fuzzy -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "FTP ei tööta" +#| msgid "Start daemon." +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Deemoni käivitamine." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Start &Update" +msgid "Start and &Enable" +msgstr "Käivita &uuendamine" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "&Algus" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not install" +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "Ei paigaldata" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 +#, fuzzy msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "NTP deemonit ei saa taaskäivitada." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -897,40 +916,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "sudo häälestuse salvestamine" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 #, fuzzy msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Mustrite kirjutamine" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Mustrite kirjutamine..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 #, fuzzy msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "Sihtmärk on juba ühendatud." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -938,35 +957,39 @@ msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Teenuse %1 taaskäivitamine nurjus" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Faili %1 ei saa sätteid kirjutada." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Faili %1 ei saa sätteid kirjutada." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 #, fuzzy msgid "Log file" msgstr "&Logifailid" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "FTP ei tööta" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Unknown option" #~ msgstr "Tundmatu säte." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/auth-client.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/auth-client.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/auth-client.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:148 src/include/dialogs.rb:220 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:310 src/include/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Loobu" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:149 src/include/dialogs.rb:222 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sobib" #. Waiting for response #. Waiting for response @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:221 src/include/dialogs.rb:311 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abi" #. No we open the dialog #: src/include/dialogs.rb:306 @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "New" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uus" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Add New Domain" @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ #. The default ldap schema rfc2307 is deprecated use rfc2307bis #: src/include/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "Basic Settings:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Põhisätted:" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "Services:" @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ #. Main dialog contents #: src/include/dialogs.rb:512 msgid "SPAM Prevention" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rämpsposti tõkestamine" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:526 src/include/dialogs.rb:580 #: src/include/dialogs.rb:586 @@ -179,15 +179,15 @@ #: src/include/dialogs.rb:538 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lisa" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:539 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redigeeri" #: src/include/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kustuta" #. Inetd configure dialog caption #: src/include/dialogs.rb:547 @@ -391,23 +391,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/auth-server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/auth-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/auth-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -44,11 +44,11 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:72 msgid "Enable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Teenuse lubamine" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:73 msgid "Disable the service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Teenuse keelamine" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:75 msgid "Database type (\"hdb\" or \"bdb\")" @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:98 msgid "File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fail" #: src/clients/auth-server.rb:99 msgid "Position" @@ -104,11 +104,11 @@ #. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) ); #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101 msgid "[root password]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[administraatori parool]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:103 msgid "[manually set]" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[käsitsi määratud]" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106 msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue." @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:128 msgid "LDAP Password: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-i parool: " #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Setting up LDAP Slave Server" @@ -145,22 +145,22 @@ #. all known interfaces for testing #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:185 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pordi avamine tulemüüris" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:188 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:203 msgid "YES" -msgstr "" +msgstr "JAH" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:190 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:204 #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 msgid "NO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EI" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:194 msgid "Firewall is disabled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tulemüür on keelatud" #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:200 msgid "Register at SLP Daemon: " @@ -168,17 +168,17 @@ #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:212 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2192 msgid "Start LDAP Server: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-i serveri käivitamine: " #. Rich text title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:253 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OpenLDAP-i server" #. Menu title for LdapServer in proposals #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:257 msgid "Open&LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Open&LDAP-i server" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module #. translators: error popup before aborting the module @@ -198,6 +198,8 @@ "YaST2 cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." msgstr "" +"YaST2 ei saa ilma vajalikke pakette\n" +"paigaldamata häälestamist jätkata." #: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309 msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished." @@ -229,7 +231,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:112 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taaskäivitamine" #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:114 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:203 @@ -237,6 +239,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Change existing configuration" +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "Olemasoleva häälestuse muutmine" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -275,13 +283,13 @@ #. ******************** #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "General Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Üldised sätted" #. list of valid encoding methods for password inputs, used by add database and edit database #. dialogs #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:52 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:40 msgid "&Start LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-i &serveri käivitamine" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:77 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:59 msgid "Register at an &SLP Daemon" @@ -291,7 +299,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tulemüüri sätted" #. create new item #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:198 @@ -356,7 +364,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Basic Kerberos Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberose põhisätted" #. TextEntry label: "Realm" is a typical kerberos phrase. #. Please think twice please before you translate this, @@ -388,12 +396,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:637 #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:729 msgid "Current Selection: " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiivne valik: " #. tree widget headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Häälestus:" #. ############## input handler ################ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:913 @@ -418,7 +426,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Browse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lehitse" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:980 msgid "Generate a Random Password" @@ -439,7 +447,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parool" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1073 msgid "Validate Password" @@ -466,7 +474,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607 #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokoll" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1146 msgid "Provider Hostname" @@ -483,18 +491,18 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1171 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:261 msgid "C&A Certificate File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SK sertifik&aadi fail (PEM-vormingus)" #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1174 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:264 msgid "Bro&wse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Lehitse..." #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1231 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:567 msgid "Select CA Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SK sertifikaadi faili valimine" #. **************************** #. * tls handlers @@ -656,20 +664,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"Choose the Database from hdb and bdb. Hdb is a\n" +"Choose the Database from hdb bdb and mdb. Hdb is a\n" "variant of the bdb backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to bdb. A\n" "hdb-Database needs a larger idlcachesize than a\n" -"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"bdb-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"mdb-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the hdb backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "The Base DN option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "The Administrator DN along with a LDAP Administrator Password \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -679,14 +689,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "LDAP Administrator Password is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -696,13 +706,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -710,7 +720,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click Change Password. \n" @@ -720,28 +730,28 @@ "set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with Append Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "To change the password for the administrator account, click Change Password.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the Password Encryption.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "With the Entry Cache and Index Cache (IDL cache) you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The Entry Cache defines the number of entries\n" @@ -752,17 +762,17 @@ "thumbs)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "Enable Password Policies." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Check Hash Clear Text Passwords to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -771,7 +781,7 @@ "to manage passwords. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "If Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -780,30 +790,30 @@ "option. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "Enter the name of the default policy object in Default Policy Object DN." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "Create or change the default policy by clicking Edit Policy. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -811,34 +821,34 @@ "of indexes.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "Presence: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "Equality: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An Equality index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Substring: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "Use Add to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "Delete to delete an existing index and Edit to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -846,30 +856,30 @@ "information for the database.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click Edit.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "Use Add to create new access control rules and Delete to\n" "delete an access control rule.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -877,21 +887,21 @@ "the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "Select the \"Enable ldapsync provider for this database\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"contextCSN\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -903,11 +913,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -915,21 +925,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "Select \"This database is a Replication Consumer\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (ldap or ldaps) and\n" @@ -939,15 +949,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "refreshOnly: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -955,28 +965,28 @@ "Replication Interval setting.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "refreshAndPersist: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -986,22 +996,24 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" +"<big>Initsialiseerimise katkestamine:</big> \n" +"Häälestusrakendusest turvaliseks väljumiseks vajuta Katkesta." #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1009,11 +1021,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click Finish to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1021,78 +1033,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "With Start LDAP Server Yes or No, start or stop the LDAP server. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "If you select Yes, click Next to start the configuration wizard." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "Stand-alone server: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "Master server in a replication setup: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "Replica slave server: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server." msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the Enabled TLS\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "Check Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check Use common Server Certificate so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the CA Certificate File,\n" @@ -1100,19 +1112,19 @@ "textfields.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking Launch CA Management Module.\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "Below this item, configure some global parameters." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Add schema files in this dialog. Press Add to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1120,71 +1132,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog." msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "LDAPv2 Bind Requests: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "Unauthenticated Update Operations to process: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "Disable Simple Bind authentication: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1192,7 +1204,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1202,29 +1214,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "To add a new database, press Add Database...." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "To delete a database, select a database from the list and press Delete Database....\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "Enter a password for the configuration database (\"cn=config\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"Prepare for MirrorMode replication\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"ldap\" or \"ldaps\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1233,231 +1245,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server." msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database." msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "This key type string represents the master keys key type." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm." msgstr "" @@ -1472,7 +1484,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:49 #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:1974 msgid "Advanced Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Täpsemad sätted" #. Treeview list item #: src/include/auth-server/kerberos_advanced.rb:53 @@ -1766,6 +1778,12 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp <rhafer(a)suse.de> #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "LDAP Client Configuration" +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "LDAP-i kliendi häälestamine" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -1812,7 +1830,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:204 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:297 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." #. #-#-#-#-# auth-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. **************************************** @@ -1825,7 +1843,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:62 msgid "Global Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Globaalsed sätted" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:67 @@ -1835,7 +1853,7 @@ #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:75 msgid "Log Level Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Logimise taseme sätted" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:83 @@ -1846,12 +1864,12 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:91 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:218 msgid "TLS Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "TLS-i sätted" #. Tree item #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:100 msgid "Databases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andmebaasid" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:108 msgid "Suffix DN" @@ -1897,12 +1915,12 @@ #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:575 msgid "Select Certificate File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sertifikaadi faili valimine" #. file selection headline #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:583 msgid "Select Certificate Key File" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sertifikaadi võtme faili valimine" #. **************************************** #. * handlers for database parent widget @@ -1941,7 +1959,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1007 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:407 msgid "Password &Encryption" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parooli krüptimin&e" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1015 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:368 @@ -1955,7 +1973,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ei" #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1043 #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1044 @@ -1963,7 +1981,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2193 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2212 #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2213 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2214 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jah" #. skip attribute that already have an index defined #: src/include/auth-server/tree_structure.rb:1188 @@ -2003,7 +2021,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:100 msgid "LDAP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldap), "Interfaces ...")), #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:112 @@ -2032,7 +2050,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:157 msgid "Connection Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ühenduse haldamine" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:158 msgid "Print Packets Sent and Received" @@ -2064,7 +2082,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:165 msgid "Entry Parsing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kirje parsimine" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:166 msgid "LDAPSync Replication" @@ -2072,7 +2090,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:167 msgid "None" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puudub" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:174 msgid "Select &Allow Flags:" @@ -2132,15 +2150,15 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:254 msgid "Import Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sertifikaadi importimine" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:273 msgid "Certificate &File (PEM Format)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sertifikaadi &fail (PEM-vormingus)" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:276 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:234 msgid "&Browse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Lehitse..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:285 msgid "Certificate &Key File (PEM Format - Unencrypted)" @@ -2148,7 +2166,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:288 msgid "B&rowse..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "L&ehitse..." #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Launch CA Management Module" @@ -2156,11 +2174,11 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:301 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:178 msgid "&Base DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Baas DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:305 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administraatori DN" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:307 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:81 msgid "&Append Base DN" @@ -2192,7 +2210,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:346 msgid "minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "minutit" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "Change Configuration Database Settings" @@ -2208,7 +2226,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:374 msgid "Edit Database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andmebaasi redigeerimine" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Database type not currently supported." @@ -2220,7 +2238,7 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribuut" #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:384 #: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:452 @@ -2332,11 +2350,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:133 msgid "Read" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Loe" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:134 msgid "Write" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kirjuta" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:135 msgid "Manage (full access)" @@ -2365,7 +2383,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:230 msgid "&Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "An&dmebaasi kataloog" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:240 msgid "Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP clients" @@ -2373,7 +2391,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:311 msgid "Select Database Directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andmebaasi kataloogi valimine" #. check values #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:350 @@ -2400,11 +2418,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:451 msgid "A directory must be specified." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kataloog peab olema määratud." #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:458 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kataloogi pole olemas. Kas luua see?" #. try to read the ppolicy from the server #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637 @@ -2417,7 +2435,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645 msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kas proovida uuesti?" #. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original #. Entry, try to merge them here @@ -2441,7 +2459,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990 msgid "Select" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valimine" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826 msgid "Define the Access Level" @@ -2494,11 +2512,11 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Omadused" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redigeeri" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 msgid "Access Level" @@ -2510,7 +2528,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DN" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 msgid "Flow Control" @@ -2539,7 +2557,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Target" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sihtmärk" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315 msgid "Filter" @@ -2561,7 +2579,7 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716 msgid "Port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Port" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637 msgid "Replication Type" @@ -2573,19 +2591,19 @@ #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647 msgid "Days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "päeva" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651 msgid "Hours" -msgstr "" +msgstr "tundi" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118 msgid "Minutes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "minutit" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659 msgid "Seconds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sekundit" #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672 msgid "Authentication DN" @@ -2665,7 +2683,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:466 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1033 msgid "LDAP search failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-i otsing nurjus." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:812 msgid "Invalid LDAP URI scheme." @@ -2673,7 +2691,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:828 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-i initsialiseerimine nurjus." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:854 msgid "LDAP bind failed." @@ -2691,8 +2709,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2892,7 +2910,7 @@ #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2227 msgid "Not configured yet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Veel häälestamata." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2472 msgid "CA Certificate file does not exist." @@ -2905,7 +2923,7 @@ #. error message #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2482 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1752 msgid "Certificate key file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sertifikaadi võtme faili pole olemas." #: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2489 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2523 msgid "Can not set a filesystem ACL on the private key." @@ -2955,7 +2973,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2968,101 +2986,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sufiksi esimene osa peab olema c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= või dc=." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kataloogi ei saa luua." -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" @@ -3075,22 +3093,22 @@ #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347 msgid "The countryName must be an ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." -msgstr "" +msgstr "countryName peab olema riigi 2-täheline kood ISO-3166 järgi." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:391 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:726 msgid "Invalid 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vigane 'rootdn'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:400 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:734 msgid "'rootdn' must be below the 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'rootdn' peab olema allpool kui 'suffix'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415 msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parooli määramiseks tuleb kirjeldada 'rootdn'." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422 @@ -3101,7 +3119,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:435 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:768 #, perl-format msgid "'%s' is an unsupported crypt method." -msgstr "" +msgstr "'%s' on toetamata krüptimismeetod." #. parameter check failed #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:475 @@ -3110,7 +3128,7 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:489 msgid "The directory does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kataloogi pole olemas." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:511 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:526 msgid "Invalid cache size value." @@ -3127,87 +3145,87 @@ #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:805 msgid "Database edit failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andmebaasi redigeerimine nurjus." #. error message at parameter check #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:865 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:938 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1086 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1129 msgid "Missing parameter 'suffix'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puudub parameeter 'suffix'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1533 msgid "Cannot restart the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Teenust ei saa taaskäivitada." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1540 msgid "Cannot stop the service." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Teenust ei saa peatada." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1703 msgid "CA certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SK sertifikaadi faili pole olemas." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1719 msgid "CA certificate path does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SK sertifikaadi asukohta pole olemas." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1735 msgid "Certificate file does not exist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sertifikaadi faili pole olemas." #. error message #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1770 msgid "Invalid value for 'TLSVerifyClient'." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vigane 'TLSVerifyClient' väärtus." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1779 msgid "Writing failed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kirjutamine nurjus." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1944 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puudub parameeter 'ServerCertificateFile'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1950 msgid "Cannot read certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sertifikaadi faili ei saa lugeda." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1955 msgid "Missing 'ServerCertificateData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puudub parameeter 'ServerCertificateData'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1962 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1987 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2003 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2012 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vigased PEM-i andmed." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1969 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyFile' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puudub parameeter 'ServerKeyFile'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1975 msgid "Cannot read key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Võtme faili ei saa lugeda." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1980 msgid "Missing 'ServerKeyData' parameter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puudub parameeter 'ServerKeyData'." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:1998 msgid "Cannot read CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SK sertifikaadi faili ei saa lugeda." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2021 msgid "Cannot write certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sertifikaadi faili ei saa kirjutada." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2027 msgid "Cannot write key file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Võtme faili ei saa kirjutada." #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:2046 msgid "Cannot write CA certificate file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SK sertifikaadi faili ei saa kirjutada." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/autoinst.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/autoinst.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/autoinst.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 10:51+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -112,8 +112,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "Chrootimise lubamine/keelamine." -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 #, fuzzy msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Mõni parameeter puudub" @@ -125,38 +124,33 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "AutoYaST-i profiili asukoht" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "X Window süsteemi häälestuse kirjutamine süsteemi..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown Model: %1" msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "Tundmatu mudel: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "Komadega eraldatud lubatavate moodulite nimekiri" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Süsteemi kloonimine..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Saadud autoyast'i profiil salvestati asukohta /root/autoinst.xml." #. help 1/2 @@ -293,25 +287,25 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Eelskriptide käivitamine" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Determine running services" msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Töötavate teenuste tuvastamine" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "Vaikeväärtuste kirjutamine nurjus." #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Häälestamise lõpetamine" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 #, fuzzy msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Allika %1 proovimine" @@ -2287,13 +2281,13 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 #, fuzzy msgid " - Drive" msgstr "&Ketas" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " Andmeruumirühm " @@ -2395,11 +2389,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Kettad" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "" @@ -2604,35 +2598,35 @@ msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Ühtki vastavat seadet pole häälestatud" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Juurpartitsiooni uurimine. Üks moment, palun..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Ühtki Linuxi juurpartitsiooni ei leitud." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/base.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/base.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/base.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-30 13:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jaan Vajakas <jaanvajakas(a)hot.ee>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <>\n" @@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Jäta vahele" @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Parool" @@ -1504,6 +1504,29 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Vajalike pakettide paigaldamine nurjus." +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Häälestuse uuendamine..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "This may take a while" +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "See võib võtta aega" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2140,15 +2163,15 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Võrgukaart" @@ -2156,27 +2179,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tundmatu" @@ -2186,326 +2209,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Lisa-aadress" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet võrgukaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth-ühendus" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Ühendvõrk (mitme võrguseadme käsitlemine ühena)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN-kaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel-to-Channel'i (CTC) liides" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL-ühendus" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Näidis" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Näidisvõrguseade" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet võrgukaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI võrgukaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN-i ühendus" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infrapuna-võrguseade" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infrapunaseade" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS võrgukaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Omapöördeseade" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet võrgukaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Rööpkaabel" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Rööpkaabliga ühendus" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express või QDIO seade (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 kapseldusseade" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Jadakaabel" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Jadakaabliga ühendus" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Token Ring võrgukaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB võrguseade" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare võrguseade" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Juhtmeta" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Juhtmeta võrgukaart" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP võrk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtuaalne kohtvõrk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Sild" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Võrgusild" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "VõrguTUNnel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Võrgukraan" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBandi seade" @@ -2568,7 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "&Eksporditud kataloogid" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2581,28 +2604,31 @@ "Kas tõesti jätkata?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Ühtegi töötavat võrguühendust ei leitud!" - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "Hakka paigaldamisega otsast peale ja seadista võrk Linuxrc-s" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" +#| "and start this module again" msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" "Seadista võrk YaST-i või Network Manageriga\n" "ja taaskäivita käesolev moodul" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "või jätka ilma võrguta." - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2915,51 +2941,51 @@ msgstr "Ee&malda" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Pakett: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Suurus: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Järgmise katseni jäänud aeg: %1" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paketi %1 (%2) allalaadimine..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Paketi allalaadimine" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Üksikasja&de näitamine" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Pakett %1 on katki, terviklikkuse kontroll nurjus." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Kas proovida paketi paigaldamist uuesti?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Kas katkestada paigaldamine?" @@ -2968,15 +2994,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Viga: %1:" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -2985,35 +3011,35 @@ "Kontrolli süsteemi hiljem Tarkvara haldamise mooduliga.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paketi %1 (%2) eemaldamine..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paketi %1 (%2) paigaldamine..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Paketi eemaldamine" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Paketi paigaldamine" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Paketi %1 eemaldamine nurjus." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Paketi %1 paigaldamine nurjus." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3022,7 +3048,7 @@ "Kontrolli süsteemi hiljem Tarkvara haldamise mooduliga." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3037,27 +3063,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "A-pool" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "B-pool" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (ketas %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (andmekandja %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3066,7 +3092,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3080,7 +3106,7 @@ "Kontrolli, kas see kataloog on loetav." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3094,89 +3120,89 @@ "Kontrolli, kas see server on üleval." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "Õige paigaldusandmekandja haakimine ebaõnnestus." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Jäta automaatvärskendus vahele" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Väljasta" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Väljasta CD või DVD a&utomaatselt" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Kas proovida paigaldamist uuesti?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Kas jätta see andmekandja vahele?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Rikkis andmekandja eiramine..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Hoidla %1 loomine" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Hoidla loomisel tekkis viga." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Kaughoidla kirjeldust ei saa hankida." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Uute metaandmete hankimisel tekkis viga." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Hoidla on vigane." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Hoidla metaandmed on vigased." @@ -3184,96 +3210,96 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Kas proovida uuesti?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Hoidla %1 proovimine" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Hoidla proovimisel tekkis viga." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Hoidla proovimise üksikasjad." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Hoidla metaandmed on vigased." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Hoidla %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-paketi %1 (%2) allalaadimine..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-paketi allalaadimine" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-paketi %1 rakendamine..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-paketi rakendamine" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paiga RPM-paketi %1 (%2) allalaadimine..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Paiga RPM-paketi allalaadimine" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Skripti %1 käivitamine (paik %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Skripti käivitamine" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Paik: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skript: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Skripti väljund" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3282,7 +3308,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3297,44 +3323,44 @@ "siis mõned paketid võivad puududa või olla aegunud." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Jäta värskendamine vahele" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Allalaadimine" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Allalaadimine: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Pakettide andmebaasi kontroll" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Pakettide andmebaasi regenereerimine. See võib võtta aega." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Olek" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3343,12 +3369,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Pakettide andmebaasi teisendamine. See protsess võib võtta aega." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3357,12 +3383,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "RPM-i andmebaasi lugemine..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Paigaldatud pakettide lugemine" @@ -3373,27 +3399,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "RPM-i andmebaasi läbiuurimine..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Sihtmärgi initsialiseerimine nurjus." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM-i andmebaas loetud" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Kasutaja autentimine" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3404,7 +3430,7 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Kas&utajanimi" @@ -3472,39 +3498,8 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Kas nõustud selle litsentsilepinguga?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" -"Süsteem ei ole hetkel kooskõlaline:\n" -"mõnedel pakettidel on lahendamata sõltuvusi." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "Automaatne lahendamine ebaõnnestus, sõltuvused tuleb käsitsi lahendada." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" -"YaST on ise lisanud või eemaldanud mõned paketid;\n" -"vaata tarkvarahalduris üle süsteemi parandamiseks\n" -"kavandatavad muudatused." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" -"Kas käivitada tarkvarahaldur süsteemi parandamiseks\n" -"või jätta parandamine vahele ja paigaldada üksnes juba kinnitatud paketid?" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3513,12 +3508,12 @@ "tarkvarahalduriga käsitsi lahendada." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Vajalike pakettide paigaldamine nurjus." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3529,12 +3524,12 @@ "ei tarvitse YaST korralikult töötada.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Ilma vajalikke pakette paigaldamata pole võimalik jätkata." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3681,7 +3676,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paketid" @@ -4106,7 +4101,7 @@ "leiti järgmine GnuPG võti:" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4119,23 +4114,23 @@ "ning et võti tõepoolsest tollele omanikule kuulub." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "HOIATUS: võti on aegunud!" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Usaldamata GnuPG võtme importimine" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&Usalda" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4157,12 +4152,12 @@ "Kas kasutada seda siiski?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Vale räsi" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4183,85 +4178,93 @@ "Kas kasutada seda siiski?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Tundmatu räsi" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Paigaldamine..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "Andmekandja" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Paigaldamata jäänud paketid" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "Aeg" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Teostatud tegevused:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Pakette paigaldatakse." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." msgstr "Paigaldamise katkestamine Pakettide paigaldamise saab katkestada Katkesta-nupuga. Süsteem võib siis aga jääda vigasesse või kasutuskõlbmatusse seisu või üldse mitte käivituda, kui süsteemi põhiosised on paigaldamata." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "&Väljalasketeade" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Slaidisea&nss" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "Üksikasja&d" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Perform Update" +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "Uuendamise sooritamine" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Paigaldamise sooritamine" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Pakettide paigaldamine" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4270,17 +4273,17 @@ "paigaldamist lõpetada?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Katkestatud" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faili ei leitud." #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Süsteemi logi (%1)" @@ -4892,7 +4895,7 @@ msgstr "Initrd loomisel tekkis viga." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -4993,7 +4996,7 @@ #. KiloByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:146 msgid "KiB" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KiB" #. MegaByte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:148 @@ -5894,6 +5897,38 @@ "Sinu DNS-i server ei oska aadressi %1 paigutada ühessegi pöördtsooni.\n" "Masinanime %2 ei saa lisada." +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Ühtegi töötavat võrguühendust ei leitud!" + +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "või jätka ilma võrguta." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n" +#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Süsteem ei ole hetkel kooskõlaline:\n" +#~ "mõnedel pakettidel on lahendamata sõltuvusi." + +#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." +#~ msgstr "Automaatne lahendamine ebaõnnestus, sõltuvused tuleb käsitsi lahendada." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~ "in the software manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YaST on ise lisanud või eemaldanud mõned paketid;\n" +#~ "vaata tarkvarahalduris üle süsteemi parandamiseks\n" +#~ "kavandatavad muudatused." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" +#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kas käivitada tarkvarahaldur süsteemi parandamiseks\n" +#~ "või jätta parandamine vahele ja paigaldada üksnes juba kinnitatud paketid?" + #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Paigaldatud suurus" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/bootloader.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/bootloader.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/bootloader.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 16:00+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -126,22 +126,22 @@ msgstr "Süsteem taaskäivitatakse nüüd..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "Paigaldamiseks pole valitud alglaadijat. Süsteem ei pruugi käivituda." #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "Partitsioneerimise tõttu ei saa alglaadijat korrektselt paigaldada" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Alglaadimine" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Alglaadimine" @@ -150,12 +150,12 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 #, fuzzy msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Filtri sätted" @@ -167,10 +167,9 @@ msgstr "Alglaadimismenüü" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Alglaadija sätted" @@ -263,23 +262,29 @@ "to start this section." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Terminal Definition \n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -288,25 +293,25 @@ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -314,7 +319,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -323,79 +328,79 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Alglaadija asukohad" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 #, fuzzy msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "Aegumine sekundites" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 #, fuzzy msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Vaikimisi alglaadimissektsioon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Kohandatud alglaadimispartitsioon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Alglaadimine juurpartitsioonilt" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Alglaadimine alglaadimispartitsioonilt" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 #, fuzzy msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Alglaadimine juurpartitsioonilt" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "Jadaühenduse parameetrid" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 #, fuzzy msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Menüü peitmine alglaadimisel" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 #, fuzzy msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "Graafilise menüü fail" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 #, fuzzy msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "Menüü liidese parool" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "" @@ -449,129 +454,129 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Jadakontroller" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "Sea&de" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 #, fuzzy msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "Klass peab sisaldama vähemalt üht printerit." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "K&ettad" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "Ü&les" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Alla" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Alglaadija asukoht" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 #, fuzzy -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Alglaadimine alglaadimispartitsioonilt" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 -#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Alglaadimine juurpartitsioonilt" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 #, fuzzy msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Alglaadimine alglaadimispartitsioonilt" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Alglaadija asukoht" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 #, fuzzy +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Alglaadimine alglaadimispartitsioonilt" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 +#, fuzzy msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Alglaadimine juurpartitsioonilt" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 #, fuzzy msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Kohandatud alglaadimispartitsioon" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "Alglaa&dija paigaldamise üksikasjad" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Alglaadija sätted" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Muud kerneli &parameetrid" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Alglaadija sätted" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Secure" msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "Turvalised" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "&Layer 2 toe lubamine" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Alglaadija asukoht" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -607,29 +612,47 @@ msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " msgstr "" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 #, fuzzy msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Kerneli mittekohustuslik käsurea parameeter" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Distribution:" +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "Distributsioon:" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 #, fuzzy msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "VGA režiim" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Kerneli mittekohustuslik käsurea parameeter" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Probe Source Type" msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Allika tüübi proovimine" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -664,9 +687,30 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "&Määramata" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[set]" +msgid "set" +msgstr "[määratud]" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "_remove" +msgid "remove" +msgstr "_eemalda" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No change" +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "Muutusteta" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Autodetected card" msgid "Autodetect by grub2" @@ -674,28 +718,33 @@ #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 #, fuzzy msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Graafilise menüü fail" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 #, fuzzy msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Jadakontroller" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Conflict Resolution:" msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Vastuolu lahendus:" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Console" msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Konsool" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -709,7 +758,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "Partitsioneerimise tõttu ei saa alglaadijat korrektselt paigaldada" @@ -842,11 +891,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "Diskett" @@ -1723,39 +1768,40 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Tulemüür on lubatud (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">keela</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "Tulemüür on keelatud (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">luba</a>)" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Tulemüür on lubatud (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">keela</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "Tulemüür on lubatud (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">keela</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "Tulemüür on lubatud (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">keela</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "Tulemüür on keelatud (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">luba</a>)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Asukoht: %1" @@ -1765,31 +1811,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Alglaadija tüüp: %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 #, fuzzy msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Asukoht: %1" @@ -1814,241 +1862,183 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "&GSS-i turvalisuse lubamine" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Tundmatu mudel: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -#, fuzzy -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "Alglaadimisseadet ei leitud" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 #, fuzzy msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "Alglaadimisseadet ei leitud" #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Alglaadija kontroll" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Partitsioonide lugemine" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Alglaadija sätete laadimine" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Alglaadija kontroll..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Partitsioonide lugemine..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Alglaadija sätete laadimine..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Alglaadija häälestuse initsialiseerimine" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "Lisatud kerneli parameetrid: %1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "initrd loomine" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Alglaadija häälestusfailide salvestamine" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Alglaadija paigaldamine" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "initrd loomine..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Alglaadija häälestusfailide salvestamine..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Alglaadija paigaldamine..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Alglaadija häälestuse salvestamine" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "Alglaadimisseadet ei leitud" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "Turvaline (failsafe)" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "Kõvaketas" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "Turvaline (failsafe)" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "Mälutest" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Kõvaketas" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "MBR enne paigaldamist" +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "Mälutest" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "Eelmine kernel" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "MBR enne paigaldamist" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "Tootja diagnostika" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "Eelmine kernel" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "_Linux" +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "Tootja diagnostika" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "_Turvaline" +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "_Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "_Diskett" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "_Turvaline" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "_Kõvaketas" +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "_Diskett" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "_Mälutest" +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "_Kõvaketas" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "_MBR enne paigaldamist" +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "_Mälutest" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "_Eelmine kernel" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "_MBR enne paigaldamist" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "Toot_ja diagnostika" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "_Eelmine kernel" +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "Toot_ja diagnostika" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "See skänner pole toetatud." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/ca-management.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/ca-management.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/ca-management.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-09 20:27+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" @@ -57,25 +57,25 @@ msgstr "Allüksus" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organisatsioon" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "Asukoht" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Olek" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "Riik" @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ msgstr "SK nimi" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Tavanimi" @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "E-post" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Allüksus" @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" @@ -668,11 +668,18 @@ msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -680,33 +687,33 @@ msgstr "Kirjeldus" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "&Eemalda" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Replace" msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Asenda" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 #, fuzzy #| msgid "CA certificate does not exist." msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "SK sertifikaati pole olemas." #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" msgstr "" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the profile " msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" @@ -741,11 +748,69 @@ msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Tavanimi: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&rganization:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "O&rganisatsioon:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Location: %1" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Asukoht: %1" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Olek: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Riik: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -753,7 +818,7 @@ "\n" "Kehtiv alates: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -762,35 +827,35 @@ "Kehtiv kuni: " #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "Täpsem&alt..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Vaade" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "SK parooli sisestamine" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "" @@ -844,7 +909,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Kokkuvõte" @@ -876,18 +941,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (kriitiline)\n" @@ -899,40 +964,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(kriitiline) " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(kriitiline)\n" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "" @@ -1008,84 +1073,226 @@ "\n" "Sertifikaati ei leitud" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Tavanimi: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Organisatsioon: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Organisatsioon: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Olek: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Riik: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr " Tüüp " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid " Type " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr " Tüüp " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key Length: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "Võtme pikkus: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "Kehtivusaeg: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "Kehtivusaeg: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "Kehtivusaeg: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "Aegunud" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Olek" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "E-posti aadress" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lisamine" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "Serveri sertifikaadi lisamine" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "Kliendi sertifikaadi lisamine" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "&Uus parool" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Kustuta" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "Eksportimine" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Eksportimine faili" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "Eksportimine LDAP-i" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "Kas kustutada aktiivne sertifikaat?" @@ -1180,7 +1387,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "Kehti&vusaeg (päevades):" @@ -1627,7 +1834,7 @@ msgstr " päeva\n" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "" @@ -1832,6 +2039,13 @@ "\n" "Päringut ei leitud.\n" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1840,78 +2054,78 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "Laiendust \"%1\" ei leitud." #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 #, fuzzy msgid " days" msgstr " päeva\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr " (kriitiline)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "Päring on allkirjastatud." Added: trunk/yast/et/po/cio.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/cio.et.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/cio.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +# translation of +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Estonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: et\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Interfaces" +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "Saadaolevad liidesed" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "Seade" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "Kasutusel" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ei" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "jah" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fiber channel" +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "Fiiberkanal" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "&Vali kõik" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Card Selection" +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "Kaardi valimine" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Channel" +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "&Kanal" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Välju" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/cluster.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/cluster.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/cluster.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" @@ -89,231 +89,233 @@ msgstr "Tsoon" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "Sobib" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Loobu" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Kaugaadress:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Kaugaadress:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Transport" msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Saatmisviis" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Kanal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network &Address:" msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Võrgu&aadress:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Multicast Group" msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Multicast'i rühm" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Multicast" msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Multicast" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scan the Channels" msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Skaneeri kanaleid" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Master" msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Primaarne" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" -msgstr "" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Detected Printers:" +msgid "Expected Votes:" +msgstr "Tuvastatud printerid:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote Address:" msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Kaugaadress:" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "&GSS-i turvalisuse lubamine" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "Töötab" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "FTP is not running" msgid "Not running" msgstr "FTP ei tööta" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Alglaadimine" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Started manually" msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "Käivitatud käsitsi" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Lülita sisse või välja" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Praegune olek: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Squid Now" msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Käivita Squid nüüd" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Peata tulemüür nüüd" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Main Host" msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Põhimasin" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lisa" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delay" msgid "Del" msgstr "Viivitus" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Redigeeri" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select File" msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Faili valik" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Suggested fstab Lines" msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Soovituslikud fstab-i read" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a user name." msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Sisesta kasutajanimi." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Specify the host name." msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Määra masina nimi." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter a new name for the %1 profile." msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Sisesta profiili %1 uus nimi." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter the file name" msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Faili nime sisestamine" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "File %1 already exists.\n" @@ -326,46 +328,46 @@ "Kas kirjutada see üle?" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Võtme faili parsimine nurjus." #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Image creation failed." msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Tõmmise loomine nurjus." #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -378,23 +380,26 @@ "<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu \n" "<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" "<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Threads</big> This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. \n" "<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting openais service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" @@ -403,7 +408,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" @@ -414,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -427,7 +432,7 @@ "Palun oota..." #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -436,7 +441,7 @@ "Häälestusrakendusest turvaliseks väljumiseks vajuta Katkesta.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" @@ -449,7 +454,7 @@ "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -474,41 +479,41 @@ msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Printeri häälestuse initsialiseerimine" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Andmebaasi lugemine" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Eelmiste sätete lugemine" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Tulemüüri sätete lugemine." #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Andmebaasi lugemine..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Eelmiste sätete lugemine..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." @@ -516,71 +521,71 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Lõpetatud" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "Vajalikke pakette ei saa paigaldada." #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change existing configuration" msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "Olemasoleva häälestuse muutmine" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "Andmebaasi1 ei saa lugeda." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "Andmebaasi2 ei saa lugeda." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Seadmeid ei saa tuvastada." #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Häälestuse salvestamine" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to runlevels." msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Käitustasemete muudatuste salvestamine." #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Muudatuste salvestamine failidesse..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Sätteid ei saa kirjutada." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/control-center.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/control-center.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/control-center.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-09 22:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jaan Vajakas\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <kde-i18n-doc(a)kde.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/control.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/control.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/control.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-10 10:17+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -19,22 +19,14 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Lisatoote paigaldamine" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Keele paigaldamine" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "\n" #| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" #| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" #| "\n" #| "\n" #| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" @@ -45,748 +37,386 @@ "\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "\n" "\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Paigaldamine lõppes edukalt.\n" +"Paigaldamine toimus edukalt.\n" "Sisu süsteem on valmis kasutamiseks.\n" -"Süsteemi sisselogimiseks klõpsa Lõpeta.\n" +"Sisselogimiseks klõpsa \"Lõpeta\".\n" "\n" "\n" "Palun külasta meid aadressil http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" "\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Võrgu häälestamine..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "Riistvara häälestamine..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Häälestamise lõpetamine..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 #, fuzzy #| msgid "NIS Server" msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "NIS-i server" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Paigaldamise sätted" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Ülevaade" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Ekspert" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Live-paigaldamise sätted" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Uuenda sätteid" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Võrgu häälestamine" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Võrguteenuse häälestamine (xinetd)" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Riistvara häälestamine" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Ettevalmistus" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Võrgu häälestuse salvestamine" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Setup" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Võrgu häälestamine" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Tere tulemast!" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Disk Activation" msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Ketta aktiveerimine" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Ketta aktiveerimine" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Süsteemi analüüs" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Lisatooted" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Ketas" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Ajavöönd" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Kasutaja sätted" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Paigaldamine" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Paigalduse ülevaade" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Paigaldamise kokkuvõte" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Paigaldamise sooritamine" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "Parandamine" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Paigaldamine" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Ketas" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Uuendatav süsteem" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Uuendamine" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Uuendamise kokkuvõte" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Uuendamise sooritamine" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Süsteemi teave" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Parandamise sooritamine" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Baaspaigaldus" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Keel" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "AutoYaST-i sätted" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Häälestamine" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Võrk" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Süsteemi häälestamine" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Kliendikeskus" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Lisatoote paigaldamine" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Uuenduste kontroll" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Keele paigaldamine" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Väljalasketeade" +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~| "\n" +#~| "\t" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Paigaldamine lõppes edukalt.\n" +#~ "Sisu süsteem on valmis kasutamiseks.\n" +#~ "Süsteemi sisselogimiseks klõpsa Lõpeta.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Palun külasta meid aadressil http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Automaatne häälestamine" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "Administraatori parool" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Võrgu häälestamine..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Paigalduse kontrollimine" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Riistvara häälestamine..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "Masinanimi" +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Häälestamise lõpetamine..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Kasutajad" +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Kasutaja sätted" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "AutoYaST-i sätted" +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Paigalduse ülevaade" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Süsteemi häälestamine" +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "Parandamine" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Puhastamine" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Süsteemi teave" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" -#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" -#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Please visit us at http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\t" -msgid "" -"\n" -"\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"\n" -"Paigaldamine toimus edukalt.\n" -"Sisu süsteem on valmis kasutamiseks.\n" -"Sisselogimiseks klõpsa \"Lõpeta\".\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Palun külasta meid aadressil http://www.novell.com/linux/.\n" -"\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Parandamise sooritamine" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "Serveri baasstsenaarium" +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Keel" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Võrk" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Kliendikeskus" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Uuenduste kontroll" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Väljalasketeade" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Võrguteenuse häälestamine (xinetd)" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Automaatne häälestamine" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "Serveri stsenaarium" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "Administraatori parool" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Paigaldamise kokkuvõte" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Paigalduse kontrollimine" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Teenus" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "Masinanimi" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Kasutajad" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Töölaua valimine" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Puhastamine" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Administraatori parool" +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Serveri baasstsenaarium" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"\n" -"Congratulations!\n" -"The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" -"Visit us at %1.\n" -"Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Õnnitleme!\n" -"OpenSUSE paigaldmine sinu arvutisse on lõpetatud.\n" -"Pärast klõpsamist nupule Lõpeta võid sa süsteemi sisse logida.\n" -"Külasta meid aadressil %1.\n" -"Meeldivaid elamusi! Sinu openSUSE arendusmeeskond\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Serveri stsenaarium" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Teenus" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Töölaua valimine" + +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Administraatori parool" + #, fuzzy -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "XFCE töölaud" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Congratulations!\n" +#~ "The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" +#~ "Visit us at %1.\n" +#~ "Have a lot of fun! Your openSUSE Development Team\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Õnnitleme!\n" +#~ "OpenSUSE paigaldmine sinu arvutisse on lõpetatud.\n" +#~ "Pärast klõpsamist nupule Lõpeta võid sa süsteemi sisse logida.\n" +#~ "Külasta meid aadressil %1.\n" +#~ "Meeldivaid elamusi! Sinu openSUSE arendusmeeskond\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 #, fuzzy -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "XFCE töölaud" +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "XFCE töölaud" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "XFCE töölaud" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "XFCE töölaud" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "XFCE töölaud" + #, fuzzy -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "XFCE töölaud" +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "XFCE töölaud" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "Minimaalne X Window" +#~ msgid "Minimal X Window" +#~ msgstr "Minimaalne X Window" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Alternate Desktops" -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Muud töölauad" +#~| msgid "Alternate Desktops" +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Muud töölauad" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Minimaalne server (tekstirežiim)" +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Minimaalne server (tekstirežiim)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Internetihoidlad" +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Internetihoidlad" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/country.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/country.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/country.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-09 16:31+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/crowbar.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/crowbar.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/crowbar.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/dhcp-server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/dhcp-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/dhcp-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-22 22:22+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" @@ -541,75 +541,74 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Vähemalt üks võrguliides peab olema valitud." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP-i tugi" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCP serveri &nimi (mittekohustustlik)" #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domeeninimi" #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Primaarse nimeserveri IP" #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Sekundaarse nimeserveri IP" #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "&Vaikelüüs (ruuter) " #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP &ajaserver" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "&Printserver" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&WINS server" #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Vaikimisi &rendiaeg" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "Ü&hikud" @@ -617,48 +616,48 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Antud väärtus pole korrektne masinanimi ega IP-aadress." #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Alamvõrgu teave" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Aktiivne &võrk" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Aktiivne võrgu&mask" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "&Vähim IP-aadress" #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "&Suurim IP-aadress" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP-aadresside vahemik" @@ -666,7 +665,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -677,7 +676,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -685,53 +684,53 @@ msgstr "&Viimane IP-aadress" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Dünaamilise &BOOTP lubamine" #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Rendiaeg" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Vaikimisi" #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "&Maksimum" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "&Ühikud" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Loo uus DNS tsoon algusest" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Redigeeri olemasolevat DNS tsooni" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Hangi aktiivse tsooni teave" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "DNS-serveri &sünkroonimine..." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -739,8 +738,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Sisesta IP-aadresside vahemiku äärmised väärtused." @@ -748,135 +747,135 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Registreeritud masin" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nimi" #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Riistvaraline aadress" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tüüp" #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Loendi sätted" #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nimi" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-aadress" #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "&Riistvaraline aadress" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ethernet" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Token Ring" #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "Muu&da nimekirjas" #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Kus&tuta nimekirjast" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Riistvara aadress on vigane.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "Riistvara aadress peab olema unikaalne." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "Masinanimi ei või olla tühi." #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Masin nimega %1 on juba olemas." #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Sisesta masina IP." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "Riistvara aadress peab olema määratud." #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Vali esmalt masin." #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "Sisestusväärtus peab olema määratud." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -889,15 +888,15 @@ msgstr "" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\" pole korrektne DHCP serveri käsurea võti" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "DHCP serveri käsurea võti \"-%1\" vajab parameetrit" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -909,7 +908,7 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP serveri nõustaja (%1. samm 4-st)" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/dns-server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/dns-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/dns-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 11:30+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/drbd.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/drbd.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/drbd.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" @@ -22,6 +22,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Globaalne häälestus" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -60,23 +70,83 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Allika häälestamine" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Allika häälestamine" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Allika häälestamine" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read configuration file." +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Häälestusfaili ei saa lugeda." + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled" +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "Esimese alglaadimise häälestamine on keelatud" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Sõlme häälestamine" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "First part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "CASA häälestamise esimene osa" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#| msgid "Second part of configuration of CASA" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "CASA häälestamise teine osa" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -108,7 +178,7 @@ #| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" "<big>Häälestuse initsialiseerimine</big> \n" "Palun oota... \n" @@ -126,14 +196,14 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" -#| "" +#| "<big>Saving Configuration</big> \n" +#| "Please wait... \n" msgid "" "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"\n" +"Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>NFS-serveri häälestamine</big> \n" -"" +"<big>Häälestuse salvestamine</big> \n" +"Palun oota... \n" #. Write dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:48 @@ -155,14 +225,79 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 #, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Ühenduse häälestamine</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"Booting:\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting\n" +"\t\t\tchecking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually\n" +"\t\tSwitch On and Off:\n" +"\t\t\tStarting or Stopping DRBD Server right now\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big>" +msgstr "<big>Ühenduse häälestamine</big>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\tProtocol\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 +#, fuzzy msgid "<big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big>" msgstr "<big>Ühenduse häälestamine</big>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -172,31 +307,32 @@ " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Minor Count:\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. " msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration</big> \n" -"Configure DRBD here. \n" +"Configure drbd here. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Kdump'i häälestamine</big> \n" "Siin saab kdump'i häälestada. \n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use Other (not detected).\n" "Then press Configure.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Sõrmejälje lugeja lisamine:</big> \n" @@ -205,7 +341,7 @@ "Seejärel vajuta Häälesta.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -216,11 +352,11 @@ "muuta häälestust.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big> \n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Kdump'i häälestuse ülevaade</BIG> \n" @@ -228,21 +364,28 @@ "võimalik nende häälestust redigeerida. \n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" +#| "Press Add to configure a kdump." msgid "" -"<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" -"Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +"<big>Adding a drbd:</big> \n" +"Press Add to configure a drbd." msgstr "" "<BIG>Kdump'i lisamine:</BIG> \n" "Kdump'i häälestamiseks vajuta Lisa." #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#| "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" +#| "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Redigeerimine või kustutamine:</BIG> \n" @@ -250,7 +393,7 @@ "Seejärel vajuta nupule Redigeeri või Kustuta.\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -262,7 +405,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -273,7 +416,7 @@ "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -293,14 +436,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokoll" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Scheme name must be set." msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Skeemi nimi peab olema määratud." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 -msgid "Fill out all fields." +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -346,8 +490,8 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:81 msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" #. } @@ -365,98 +509,211 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Teenuse 'lirc' käivitamine nurjus." #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop services" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Teenuste peatamine" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Heartbeat'i häälestamine" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu <xwhu(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "Faili idmapd.conf ei saa kirjutada." + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DSL-i häälestuse initsialiseerimine" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 #, fuzzy msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Samba globaalsete sätete lugemine" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Ressursside lugemine" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Deemoni oleku lugemine" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Samba globaalsete sätete lugemine..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Ressursside lugemine..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Deemoni oleku lugemine..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Lõpetatud" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuration of Resource Groups" +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "Ressursirühmade häälestamine" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "NFS-i häälestuse kirjutamine" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Globaalsete sätete kirjutamine" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Ressursside kirjutamine" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 #, fuzzy msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Deemoni oleku lugemine" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Globaalsete sätete kirjutamine..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Ressursside kirjutamine..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 #, fuzzy msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Deemoni oleku lugemine..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "Kataloogi '%1' pole võimalik luua." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "CASA häälestamise esimene osa" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +#~ msgstr "CASA häälestamise teine osa" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>Initializing Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "Please wait... \n" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Häälestuse initsialiseerimine</big> \n" +#~ "Palun oota... \n" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "" +#~| "<big>NFS Server Configuration</big> \n" +#~| "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big> \n" +#~ "\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>NFS-serveri häälestamine</big> \n" +#~ "" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Adding a DRBD:</big> \n" +#~ "Press Add to configure a DRBD.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<BIG>Kdump'i lisamine:</BIG> \n" +#~ "Kdump'i häälestamiseks vajuta Lisa." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" +#~ "Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +#~ "Then press Edit or Delete as desired.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<BIG>Redigeerimine või kustutamine:</BIG> \n" +#~ "Vali kdump, mida soovid redigeerida või kustutada.\n" +#~ "Seejärel vajuta nupule Redigeeri või Kustuta.\n" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" #~ msgstr "IrDA häälestamine" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/fcoe-client.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/fcoe-client.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/fcoe-client.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" @@ -44,8 +44,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "NFS-i klient" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "jah" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ei" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "" @@ -53,15 +63,44 @@ "Command %1 failed." msgstr "Paketi %1 eemaldamine nurjus." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "not available" +msgstr "pole saadaval" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured" +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "Häälestamata" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Configuration of IPsec" msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "IPsec-i häälestamine" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -69,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -77,12 +116,12 @@ msgstr "" #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -90,34 +129,34 @@ msgstr "" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Tsooni %1 ei saa luua." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Command %1 failed" msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "Käsk %1 nurjus" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" msgstr "" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to reset all values?" msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Soovid sa tõesti lähtestada kõik väärtused?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -125,34 +164,34 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." msgstr "" #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Paketi %1 eemaldamine nurjus." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Paketi %1 eemaldamine nurjus." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "" #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -183,7 +222,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jah" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 @@ -191,7 +230,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ei" #. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 @@ -264,7 +303,7 @@ #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Draiver" #: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" @@ -563,104 +602,99 @@ msgstr "Kas paigaldada see praegu?" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Seadmeid ei saa tuvastada." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Winbind'i teenust ei saa käivitada." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot restart the service." +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Teenust ei saa taaskäivitada." + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" "VLAN interface to get a valid configuration." msgstr "" -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "inetd häälestuse initsialiseerimine" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Paigaldatud pakettide kontroll" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Network services" msgid "Check services" msgstr "Võrguteenused" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Võrgukaartide tuvastamine..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read /etc/ipsec.conf" msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Faili /etc/ipsec.conf lugemine" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for installed RPM packages..." msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Kontrollitakse paigaldatud RPM-pakette..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Võrguseadmete kontrollimine..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Võrgukaartide tuvastamine..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" @@ -668,123 +702,123 @@ #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Lõpetatud" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Teenuse 'lirc' käivitamine nurjus." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Seadmeid ei saa tuvastada." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Häälestust ei saa lugeda." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "inetd häälestuse salvestamine" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart services" msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Teenuste taaskäivitamine" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjust spooler services" msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Spuuleri teenuste kohandamine" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restarting service..." msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Teenuse taaskäivitamine..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adjusting spooler services..." msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Spuuleri teenuste kohandamine..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Sätteid ei saa faili /etc/samba/smb.conf kirjutada." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Teenuse 'lirc' käivitamine nurjus." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot write sysconfig variables." msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "sysconfig'i muutujaid ei saa kirjutada." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 #, fuzzy #| msgid "<big>Connection Configuration</big>" msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "<big>Ühenduse häälestamine</big>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Interfaces" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Liidesed" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." msgid "Starting of services" @@ -792,11 +826,11 @@ #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "lubatud" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "keelatud" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/firewall-services.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/firewall-services.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/firewall-services.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/firewall.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/firewall.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/firewall.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 17:10+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/firstboot.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/firstboot.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/firstboot.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-10 10:07+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/ftp-server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/ftp-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/ftp-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-29 19:48+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/geo-cluster.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/geo-cluster.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/geo-cluster.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -72,92 +72,297 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "Häälestusfaili lugemine" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "port" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lisa" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redigeeri" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kustuta" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sobib" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Loobu" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter a valid e-mail address" +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "Sisesta korrektne e-posti aadress" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Directories" +msgid "retries" +msgstr "Kataloogid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Expired" +msgid "expire" +msgstr "Aegunud" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required patterns" +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "Vajalikud mustrid" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "' on vigane." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The source is not valid." +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "Allikas on vigane." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "' on vigane." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "' is not valid." +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "' on vigane." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patches have been installed." +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "Paigaldati paigad." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patches have been installed." +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "Paigaldati paigad." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "Lüüsi IP-aadress on vigane." + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "Tsooni nimi %1 on juba olemas." + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "Viga: häälestuse nimi ei või olla tühi." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error: Configuration name cannot be empty." +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "Viga: häälestuse nimi ei või olla tühi." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key is invalid." +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "Võti ei sobi." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Export a CA to a file" +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "SK eksportimine faili" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patches have been installed." +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "Paigaldati paigad." + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Patches have been installed." +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "Paigaldati paigad." + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "Masina häälestuse kokkuvõte:" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read configuration file" +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "Häälestusfaili lugemine" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Printer Configuration" +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "Printeri häälestamine" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Tulemüüri häälestamine" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." +msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." + +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "Üldiseid sätteid ei saa kirjutada." + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "" +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot write general settings." +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "Üldiseid sätteid ei saa kirjutada." + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -166,120 +371,108 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eelmiste sätete lugemine" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eelmiste sätete lugemine..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lõpetatud" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sätteid ei saa kirjutada." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Häälestuse kokkuvõte..." #. Progress stage 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andmebaasi lugemine" #. Progress stage 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seadmete tuvastamine" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andmebaasi lugemine..." #. Progress step 3/3 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seadmete tuvastamine..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andmebaasi 1 ei saa lugeda." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Andmebaasi 2 ei saa lugeda." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seadmeid ei saa tuvastada." #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i käivitamine" #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i käivitamine..." #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Häälestuse kokkuvõte ..." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/gtk.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/gtk.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/gtk.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-10 10:23+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -196,11 +196,11 @@ #: src/YGUtils.cc:643 msgid "Back" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tagasi" #: src/YGUtils.cc:644 msgid "Next" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Edasi" #: src/ygtksteps.c:75 #, fuzzy Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/http-server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/http-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/http-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 15:06+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/inetd.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/inetd.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/inetd.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-04 14:09+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/installation.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/installation.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/installation.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-13 01:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jaan Vajakas <jaanvajakas(a)hot.ee>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <>\n" @@ -70,22 +70,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Failide kopeerimine paigaldatud süsteemi..." @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ msgstr "Tõmmistelt paigaldamine on keelatud (<a href=\"%1\">luba</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Vaikimisi aknahalduri initsialiseerimine..." @@ -284,6 +284,7 @@ msgstr "Uuendused %1 %2-le" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Tundmatu toode" @@ -342,7 +343,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Litsentsileping" @@ -415,10 +416,24 @@ "klõpsata nuppu Katkesta.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "Litsentsiga peab nõustutama" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Väljalasketeade" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -530,7 +545,7 @@ #. OEM image if target disk is defined #: src/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46 msgid "The system will reboot now..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Süsteem taaskäivitatakse nüüd..." #. bnc #395030 #. Use less memory @@ -623,11 +638,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Häälesta &FCoE liideseid" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Häälesta &iSCSI kettad" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -650,15 +665,22 @@ msgid "Installation is just about to start!" msgstr "Paigaldamine on kohe algamas!" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Väljalasketeade" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Ettevalmistumine" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Paigalduskeskkonna ettevalmistamine..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -677,64 +699,64 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Põhipaigalduse lõpetamine" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Väljakutsutavate lõpetamisskriptide nimekirja loomine..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Failide kopeerimine paigaldatud süsteemi" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Häälestuse salvestamine" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Paigaldussätete salvestamine" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Alglaadija paigaldamine" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Ettevalmistus esimeseks alglaadimiseks" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Kontrollitakse paigaldusjärku: %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Kutsutakse välja sammu %1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Lõpetatud" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Viga paigaldamisel" @@ -753,11 +775,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Paigalduskeskkonda valmistatakse ette." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Paigalduskeskkonna ettevalmistamine..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -770,13 +787,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Süsteemi esimese häälestuse ettevalmistamine..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Ettevalmistumine" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -997,12 +1007,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Häälestuse vahelejätmine kasutaja nõudmisel" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1013,31 +1023,31 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "VIGA: pealkiri puudub" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Ettepaneku kohandamine hetkesätetele..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Süsteemi analüüs..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "VIGA: ettepanekud puuduvad" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1046,7 +1056,7 @@ "Esines vigu." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Paigaldamise ülevaade" @@ -1055,25 +1065,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "Häälestami&se vahelejätmine" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "Järgneva häälest&use kasutamine" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Muuda..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1081,23 +1091,23 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Muudatuste tegemiseks klõpsa vastaval pealkirjal või kasuta allolevat menüüd „Muuda...“." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Muudatuste tegemiseks klõpsa vastaval pealkirjal või kasuta allolevat menüüd „Muuda...“." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "Taasta vaikevää&rtused" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1111,7 +1121,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1142,7 +1152,7 @@ #. - sh(a)suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1154,7 +1164,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1166,7 +1176,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1178,7 +1188,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1190,7 +1200,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1201,12 +1211,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML paigaldamise ettepanek" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -1217,7 +1227,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -1228,7 +1238,7 @@ "\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1239,11 +1249,11 @@ "tahad lukustatud ettepanekut muuta, võta ühendust süsteemiülemaga.\n" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Uuenda" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "Pa&igalda" @@ -1362,51 +1372,35 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Kõvaketaste proovimine..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "Linuxi partitsioonide otsimine" - +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "Linuxi partitsioonide otsimine..." - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Süsteemifailide otsimine" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Süsteemifailide otsimine..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Tarkvarahalduri käimaajamine" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Tarkvarahalduri käimaajamine..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "Uuendamise võimaluse uurimine" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "Uuendamise võimaluse uurimine..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Arvuti uurimine" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST uurib nüüd arvuti riistvara ja paigaldatud süsteeme." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1419,7 +1413,7 @@ "Palun kontrolli oma riistvara!\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" @@ -1432,7 +1426,7 @@ "Paigaldamisrakendus ei leidnud ühtki kõvaketast.\n" "Palun kontrolli oma riistvara!\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1443,7 +1437,7 @@ "(eriti S/390- või iSCSI-süsteemidel).\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" @@ -1460,7 +1454,7 @@ "Palun kontrolli oma riistvara!\n" #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1469,31 +1463,31 @@ "Paigaldamine katkestatakse." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Eemaldatud" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Lubatud" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Keelatud" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Eelnevalt kasutatud hoidlad" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1502,27 +1496,27 @@ "järgmised hoidlad:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Praegune olek" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Hoidla" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Lüli&ta olek ümber" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." @@ -1531,7 +1525,7 @@ "süsteemilt leiti. Luba need hoidlad, mille tahad uuendamisel kaasata." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "Toggle Status button or double-click on the respective table item." @@ -1540,30 +1534,30 @@ "Lülita olek ümber või tee topeltklõps vastaval tabeli kirjel." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." msgstr "URL-i muutmiseks vajuta nuppu Muuda..." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tundmatu" #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "Hoidla U&RL" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Võrk pole häälestatud" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1572,49 +1566,49 @@ "Kas seadistada see?" #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Hoidlate lisamine ja eemaldamine..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "Repositories are being added and removed." msgstr "Hoidlaid lisatakse ja eemaldatakse." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Kasutamata hoidlate eemaldamine" -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Eemaldatakse kasutamata hoidlaid..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Lubatud hoidlate lisamine" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Lisatakse lubatud hoidlaid..." -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Keelatud hoidlate lisamine" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Lisatakse keelatud hoidlaid..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Sisesta õige andmekandja" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1628,7 +1622,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1638,7 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "" #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1650,7 +1644,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1662,7 +1656,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1673,7 +1667,7 @@ "URL: %2\n" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1754,58 +1748,53 @@ msgstr "Puhverserveri häälestuse salvestamine..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Ajavööndi salvestamine..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Keele salvestamine..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Konsooli häälestuse salvestamine..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Klaviatuuri häälestuse salvestamine..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Toote teabe salvestamine..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving automatical installation settings..." msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Automaatpaigalduse sätete salvestamine..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Reading security settings..." msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Turvasätete lugemine..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving sound card settings..." msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Helikaardi sätete salvestamine..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Riistvara häälestuse salvestamine..." @@ -1839,7 +1828,7 @@ msgstr "YaST-i häälestuse kirjutamine..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2056,6 +2045,67 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Linuxi partitsioonide otsimine..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Kaughaldus" + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Tõmmise allalaadimine..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Teenuste peatamine..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Teenuste taaskäivitamine..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" + +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "Litsentsiga peab nõustutama" + +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "Linuxi partitsioonide otsimine" + +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "Linuxi partitsioonide otsimine..." + +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "Uuendamise võimaluse uurimine" + +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "Uuendamise võimaluse uurimine..." + #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Võrguseade: %1" @@ -2601,18 +2651,6 @@ #~ "ega kettakontrollerit.\n" #~ "Palun kontrolli oma riistvara!\n" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Tõmmise allalaadimine..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Teenuste peatamine..." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Teenuste taaskäivitamine..." - #~ msgid "" #~ "No system type was selected.\n" #~ "Select the default type." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/instserver.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/instserver.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/instserver.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 11:14+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/iplb.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/iplb.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/iplb.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ #. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Globaalne häälestus" #: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" @@ -92,6 +92,26 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "jah" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ei" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Global Configuration" +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "Globaalne häälestus" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Mail Server Configuration" +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "E-posti serveri häälestamine" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -118,7 +138,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Käivita" #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" @@ -201,7 +221,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -441,7 +461,7 @@ "\n" "<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" "Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" @@ -478,7 +498,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Teenus" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" @@ -490,7 +510,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Päring" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" @@ -502,11 +522,11 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sisselogimine" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Parool" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" @@ -522,7 +542,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Võrgumask" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" @@ -530,7 +550,7 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protokoll" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" @@ -538,15 +558,15 @@ #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lisa" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Redigeeri" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kustuta" #. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 @@ -572,13 +592,19 @@ #. return `cacel or a string #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sobib" #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" +msgstr "Loobu" + +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" msgstr "" -#. split the real server ip value; #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -591,10 +617,30 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The IP address is invalid." +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "IP-aadress on vigane" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add a New Name Server" +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "Uue nimeserveri lisamine" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the role of the server" +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "Serveri rolli määramine" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." #. Read all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -621,7 +667,7 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lõpetatud" #. Write all iplb settings #. @return true on success @@ -631,19 +677,19 @@ #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i käivitamine" #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i käivitamine..." #. write global conf #. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" @@ -653,10 +699,10 @@ #. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sätteid ei saa kirjutada." #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Häälestuse kokkuvõte..." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/iscsi-client.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/iscsi-client.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/iscsi-client.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-18 19:58+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -67,149 +67,155 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "iSNS-i port" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "Initsiaatori nimi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Sound Card" -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "Helikaart" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Liides" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "Sihtmärgi nimi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Käivitamine" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Lisamine" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Redigeeri" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "Väljalogimine" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Ühendatud" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "Sisselogimine" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Ühendamine" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Autentimine puudub" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "Kasutajanimi" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "Parool" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 #, fuzzy msgid "Startup" msgstr "Algus" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-aadress" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "Võti" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Väärtus" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "Teenus" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Ühendatud sihtmärgid" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Avastatud sihtmärgid" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "iSCSI initsiaatori ülevaade" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -218,9 +224,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" @@ -438,12 +444,12 @@ msgstr "" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Sisesta IP-aadress." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Sisesta port." @@ -451,36 +457,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "Tõene" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "Väär" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Jätka" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Loobu" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Sihtmärk on juba ühendatud." @@ -562,14 +568,20 @@ msgstr "Teenuste peatamine" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Software" -msgid "(Software)" -msgstr "Tarkvara" +#| msgid "Select Software" +msgid "default (Software)" +msgstr "Tarkvara valimine" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "All" +msgid "all" +msgstr "Kõik" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -578,10 +590,15 @@ msgstr "" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Häälestuse kokkuvõte..." +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Software" +#~ msgid "(Software)" +#~ msgstr "Tarkvara" + #~ msgid "Write the settings" #~ msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/iscsi-lio-server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/iscsi-lio-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/iscsi-lio-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/iscsi-server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/iscsi-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/iscsi-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-server.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-12 11:40+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/isns.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/isns.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/isns.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" @@ -317,84 +317,84 @@ msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 #, fuzzy msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "SLP serveri häälestamiseks peab pakett %1 olema paigaldatud." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "Kas paigaldada see praegu?" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 #, fuzzy msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "sudo häälestuse initsialiseerimine" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Andmebaasi lugemine" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Eelmiste sätete lugemine" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Seadmete tuvastamine" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Andmebaasi lugemine..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Eelmiste sätete lugemine..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Seadmete tuvastamine..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Lõpetatud" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "inetd häälestuse salvestamine" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "SuSEconfig'i käivitamine" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "SuSEconfig'i käivitamine..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Sätteid ei saa kirjutada." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/kdump.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/kdump.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/kdump.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 16:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -396,8 +396,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -538,17 +538,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "%1 pakett pole saadaval." - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "%1 pakett pole saadaval." - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1195,142 +1184,150 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump'i häälestuse initsialiseerimine" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Häälestusfaili lugemine..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 #, fuzzy msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Kerneli alglaadimissätete lugemine" #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Saadaolevate mälu tuvastamine..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Ketta partitsioonide lugemine..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Häälestusfaili /etc/sysconfig/kdump ei saa lugeda" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Kerneli alglaadimissätteid ei saa lugeda." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Saadaolevat mälu ei saa tuvastada" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump'i häälestuse salvestamine" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 #, fuzzy msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Uuendamise sätted" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Tsoonifailide uuendamine..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Lõpetatud" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Sätteid ei saa kirjutada." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 #, fuzzy msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "käitustasemel %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "lubatud" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "keelatud" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Sätte väärtus puudub: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 #, fuzzy msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "&DER-vorming" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 #, fuzzy msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Vanade varu&koopiate suurim arv" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 #, fuzzy msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Vanade varu&koopiate suurim arv" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" #, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." +#~ msgstr "%1 pakett pole saadaval." + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "%1 pakett pole saadaval." + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "ENABLED" #~ msgstr "LUBATUD" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/kerberos-server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/kerberos-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/kerberos-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 11:14+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/kerberos.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/kerberos.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/kerberos.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 12:41+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/languages_db.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/languages_db.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/languages_db.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-12 12:21+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/ldap-client.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/ldap-client.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/ldap-client.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-06 19:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/ldap-server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/ldap-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/ldap-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-server.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 11:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/ldap.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/ldap.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/ldap.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -56,6 +56,8 @@ "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Atribuudi tüüpi ei leitud.\n" #. error message: #: src/Ldap.rb:540 @@ -63,6 +65,8 @@ "\n" "Object class not found.\n" msgstr "" +"\n" +"Objekti klassi ei leitud.\n" #. error message, more specific description follows #. error message @@ -111,14 +115,14 @@ #. checkbox label #: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ük&sikasjade kuvamine" #. error message #. error message #. error message #: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tundmatu viga. Võib-olla ei ole 'yast2-ldap' saadaval." #. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) #: src/Ldap.rb:800 @@ -155,7 +159,7 @@ #. button label #: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Anonüümne ligipääs" #. error message, %1 is DN #: src/Ldap.rb:1330 @@ -176,12 +180,12 @@ #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Ava" #. help text 1/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktiivsele atribuudile uue väärtuse määramine." #. help text 2/3 #: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 @@ -203,74 +207,78 @@ #. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " #: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribuudi \"%1\" kirjeldus: " #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribuudi \"%1\" &väärtus" #. textentry label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribuudi \"%1\" &väärtused" #. button label #. button label #: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lis&a väärtus" #. menubutton item (default value) #: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tühi kirj&e" #: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lehit&se" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" +"Väärtus '%1' on juba olemas.\n" +"Palun vali mõni muu." #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kasutajate haldamise tööriistade häälestamine" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rühmade haldamise tööriistade häälestamine" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uue mooduli objekti klass" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" +"Sisestatud väärtus on juba olemas.\n" +"Vali mõni muu.\n" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sisesta mooduli nimi." #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -283,7 +291,7 @@ #. entry of the current template. #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" @@ -292,14 +300,14 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribuudi &nimi" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribuudi &väärtus" #. general help text for LDAP browser #: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 @@ -317,11 +325,13 @@ "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" msgstr "" +"Aktiivne kirje sisaldab salvestamata muudatusi.\n" +"Kas hüljata need muudatused?\n" #. dialog caption #: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-i brauser" #. combobox item #: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 @@ -337,12 +347,12 @@ #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "LDAP-i server" #. textentry label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administraatori DN" #. check box label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 @@ -369,14 +379,14 @@ #. button label #: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Laadi uuesti" #. table header 1/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atribuut" #. table header 2/2 #: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Väärtus" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/live-installer.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/live-installer.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/live-installer.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-10 10:18+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/lxc.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/lxc.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/lxc.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/mail.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/mail.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/mail.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 12:57+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/multipath.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/multipath.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/multipath.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/ncurses-pkg.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/ncurses-pkg.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/ncurses-pkg.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packages.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-26 16:21+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jaan Vajakas\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/ncurses.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/ncurses.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/ncurses.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-12 11:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/network.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/network.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/network.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 11:15+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -106,107 +106,61 @@ msgstr "Sisemine viga" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Tulemüüri häälestuse kirjutamine" -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" -msgstr "SSH port on kinni (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">ava</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH port on kinni (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">ava</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:110 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Tulemüür on lubatud (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">keela</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Tulemüür on keelatud (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">luba</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" -msgstr "SSH port on kinni (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">ava</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH port on kinni (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">ava</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:128 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Tulemüür on lubatud (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">keela</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Tulemüür on keelatud (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">luba</a>)" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Tulemüüri &tsoon" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 #, fuzzy msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Tulemüür" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 #, fuzzy msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Tulemüüri häälestamine" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "&RPC pordid" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 #, fuzzy msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Tulemüüri liidesed" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Tulemüüri lubamine" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&RPC Ports" msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "&RPC pordid" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Tulemüüri liidesed" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" "Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" @@ -214,13 +168,13 @@ "SSH client" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" "Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" "With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" "service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" @@ -228,13 +182,60 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" "started by the installer automatically if needed." msgstr "" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Tulemüür on lubatud (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">keela</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Tulemüür on keelatud (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">luba</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "Tulemüür on lubatud (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">keela</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "Tulemüür on keelatud (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">luba</a>)" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be open (<a href=\"%s\">close</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port on kinni (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">ava</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port on kinni (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">ava</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%s\">block</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port on kinni (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">ava</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%s\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH port on kinni (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">ava</a>)" + #. Commandline help title #. configuration of hosts #. Hosts dialog caption @@ -515,9 +516,18 @@ msgid "Interfaces for Bridging" msgstr "Liides või string" -#. Lan::PrepareForAutoinst(); -#. Lan::Autoinstall(); -#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:173 +#. copy the keys/values that are not existing in the XML +#. so we merge the inst-sys settings with the XML while XML +#. has higher priority +#. +#. bnc#796580 The problem with this is that due to compatibility with +#. older profiles, a missing element may have a different meaning than +#. "use what the filesystem/kernel currently uses". +#. In particular, a missing write_hostname [1] means +#. "use the product default from DVD1/control.xml". +#. Other elements may have similar problems, +#. to be fixed post-PTF for maintenance. +#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:171 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface." msgstr "iSCSI initsiaatori häälestamine" @@ -614,7 +624,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:476 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:479 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Marsruutimise häälestamine" @@ -726,7 +736,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Seade" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:414 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:212 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:416 msgid "Options" msgstr "Sätted" @@ -806,13 +816,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Hoiatus: krüptimist ei kasutata." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "Change." msgstr "Muuda." @@ -1188,14 +1198,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:155 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Sea&dme tüüp" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:353 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Häälestuse nimi" @@ -1209,7 +1219,7 @@ msgstr "Uue rühma lisamine" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1312 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1316 #, fuzzy msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Modemid" @@ -1413,30 +1423,30 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1289 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Aadress" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1296 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1298 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1302 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Riistvara" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1305 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1309 #, fuzzy msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "Sekundaarne" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1319 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1323 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Juhtmeta" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1408 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Swap &Priority" msgid "Ifplugd Priority" @@ -1444,7 +1454,7 @@ #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1414 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1459,12 +1469,12 @@ msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Võrgukaart" -#. allow to add bonding device into bridge and also device with mask /32(bnc#405343) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:131 +#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103 #, fuzzy msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" -"Adapt the configuration for bridge (IP address 0.0.0.0/32)?\n" +"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "Paistab, et %1 on juba häälestatud. \n" "Kas jätkata häälestamist?" @@ -1679,7 +1689,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Seade on kustutatud." -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1771,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamise käigus tekkis viga." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1781,13 +1791,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Võrgu häälestamise meetod" @@ -1796,7 +1805,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Kirje sätted" @@ -1825,7 +1834,7 @@ msgstr "Masinanime muutmine DH&CP abil" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1833,20 +1842,20 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1854,7 +1863,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1862,19 +1871,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" "configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1882,95 +1891,95 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Võrgukaardi häälestamine käsitsi" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "P&CI" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Kerneli moodul" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Mooduli nimi" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Seadme nimi" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "Muuda" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server Identification" -msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Serveri identifitseerimine" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "sekundit" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 #, fuzzy -msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Lisadomeenid" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Võrgukaardi käsitsi valimine" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1978,19 +1987,19 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Võrgukaart" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "Ot&si" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" @@ -2000,7 +2009,7 @@ "Vali mõni muu." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 võrgukaardi häälestamine" @@ -2008,142 +2017,142 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 seadme sätted" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Pordi nimi" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 #, fuzzy msgid "Port Number" msgstr "&Pordi number" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "&Layer 2 toe lubamine" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Layer2 &MAC-aadress" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 #, fuzzy msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Kanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Kirjuta &muudatused nüüd" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 #, fuzzy msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Juhtfaili muudeti." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Pordi number" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD aegumine" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Ühilduvusrežiim" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Laiendatud režiim" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokoll" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 #, fuzzy msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" @@ -2152,7 +2161,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Riistvara andmed" @@ -2202,28 +2211,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 msgid "" -"Use the Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"Use wicked if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Network Card:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<big>Configuring or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -2235,7 +2243,7 @@ "Seejärel vajuta vastavale nupule: Redigeeri või Kustuta." #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big>\n" "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" @@ -2245,12 +2253,12 @@ "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." msgstr "Kõik muudatused rakendatakse pärast taaskäivitamist." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The Default Gateway matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2259,7 +2267,7 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" @@ -2267,13 +2275,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "Enable IPv6 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" @@ -2281,14 +2289,14 @@ "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 msgid "" "Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" "also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" @@ -2297,7 +2305,7 @@ "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" "the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" @@ -2306,14 +2314,14 @@ "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an IP address\n" @@ -2321,7 +2329,7 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2329,7 +2337,7 @@ "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" "(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" @@ -2337,7 +2345,7 @@ "command." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" "search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" @@ -2347,7 +2355,7 @@ "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "By choosing Only Manually, netconfig will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify /etc/resolv.conf. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2361,26 +2369,26 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" "Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select DHCP\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2388,7 +2396,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" "Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" @@ -2396,7 +2404,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" @@ -2404,7 +2412,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" "For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" "the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" @@ -2412,19 +2420,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Zone</big>\n" "Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2435,11 +2443,11 @@ "the firewall will be disabled." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big>\n" "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2449,20 +2457,20 @@ "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" "Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 #, fuzzy msgid "<big>DHCP Client Options</big>" msgstr "<big>Kliendi ühenduse loomine:</big> " #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2472,7 +2480,7 @@ msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" "hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" @@ -2485,14 +2493,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<big>Additional Addresses</big>\n" "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Enter an Alias Name, an IP Address, and\n" @@ -2505,7 +2513,7 @@ "võrgumask." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 msgid "" "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" @@ -2513,14 +2521,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "Choose between three Key Input Types for your key.\n" " Passphrase: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2537,14 +2545,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking." msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "The Operating Mode depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be Ad-Hoc (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2554,7 +2562,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" @@ -2566,7 +2574,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "In some networks, you need to set an Authentication Mode.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. WEP\n" @@ -2587,7 +2595,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2597,7 +2605,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2608,14 +2616,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" @@ -3166,23 +3174,23 @@ msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Kaughaldus" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "K&aughalduse lubamine" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "Kaughal&duse keelamine" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" @@ -3193,17 +3201,17 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Kaughalduse sätted" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Vaja on paigaldada järgnevad paketid:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3218,112 +3226,111 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "välja lülitatud" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tundmatu" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Häälestuse salvestamine õnnestus" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DNS-i häälestuse salvestamine õnnestus" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DSL-i häälestuse salvestamine õnnestus" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Masinate häälestuse salvestamine õnnestus" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ISDN-i häälestuse salvestamine õnnestus" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Võrgukaardi häälestuse salvestamine õnnestus" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Modemi häälestuse salvestamine õnnestus" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Puhverserveri häälestuse salvestamine õnnestus" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Teenusepakkuja häälestuse salvestamine õnnestus" #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Marsruutimise häälestuse salvestamine õnnestus" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Kas häälestada e-post nüüd?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Kas käivitada %1 häälestamine?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Võrgukaardid" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modemid" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN-kaardid" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL-seadmed" -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Kõik võrguseadmed" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" - #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:93 @@ -3585,7 +3592,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Vaikelüüs on vigane." @@ -3784,65 +3791,79 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "&MTU" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Võrguteenused" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Traditional Chinese" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "Hiina (traditsiooniline)" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Selected Service" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Valitud teenus" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Võrguteenused" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Be sure it's running and if not, start it manually." msgstr "" -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "&Kasutaja juhitav NetworkManager'i abil" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "&Tavaline meetod ifup'i abil" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Üldised sätted" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 #, fuzzy msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "IP protokollid" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 lubamine." #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Tundmatu seade" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP aadress" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Ühtki IP-aadressi pole määratud" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 #, fuzzy msgid "" "%1 \n" @@ -3850,12 +3871,12 @@ msgstr "Järgmine %1: %2 -- %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Muuda seadet" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Võrguseadme valimine" @@ -3872,62 +3893,58 @@ msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" +msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "Seadme nimi" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 #, fuzzy msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "IP-aadress: %1" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Häälestus %1 on juba olemas." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read configuration file" msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Häälestusfaili lugemine" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 #, fuzzy msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Määra masina nimi." #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Häälestuse uuendamine" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 #, fuzzy msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Faili /etc/ipsec.conf lugemine" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Masinanime ja DNS-i häälestuse lugemine..." @@ -3935,46 +3952,46 @@ #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 #, fuzzy msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Skeemide kirjutamine..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Häälestuse uuendamine..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 #, fuzzy msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf-i lugemine..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Masinanimi: DHCP määratud" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Masinanimi: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Nimeserverid: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Otsingunimekiri: %1" @@ -3996,315 +4013,321 @@ msgstr "/etc/exports salvestamine..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Võrgu häälestuse initsialiseerimine" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Võrguseadmete tuvastamine" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Draiveri info lugemine" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Seadme häälestuse lugemine" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Võrgu häälestuse lugemine" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Tulemüüri sätete lugemine" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Masinanime ja DNS-i häälestuse lugemine" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Paigaldamise teabe lugemine" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Marsruutimise häälestuse lugemine" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Aktiivse oleku tuvastamine" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 #, fuzzy msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Riistvara tuvastamine..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Võrguseadmete tuvastamine..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Seadme häälestuse lugemine..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Võrgu häälestuse lugemine..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Tulemüüri sätete lugemine..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Masinanime ja DNS-i häälestuse lugemine..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Paigaldamise teabe lugemine..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Marsruutimise häälestuse lugemine..." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Aktiivse oleku tuvastamine..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Lõpetatud" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Võrgu häälestuse salvestamine" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Draiverite teabe kirjutamine" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Seadme häälestuse kirjutamine" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Võrgu häälestuse kirjutamine" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Marsruutimise häälestuse kirjutamine" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Masinanime ja DNS-i häälestuse kirjutamine" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Võrguteenuste häälestamine" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Tulemüüri sätete kirjutamine" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Võrguteenuste aktiveerimine" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf-i kirjutamine" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Seadme häälestuse kirjutamine..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Võrgu häälestuse kirjutamine..." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Marsruutimise häälestuse kirjutamine..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Masinanime ja DNS-i häälestuse kirjutamine..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Võrguteenuste häälestamine..." #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Tulemüüri sätete kirjutamine..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Võrguteenuste aktiveerimine..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 #, fuzzy msgid "No network running" msgstr "Kirje sätted" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Võrgurežiim" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 #, fuzzy msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "&Kasutaja juhitav NetworkManager'i abil" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager'i keelamine" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 #, fuzzy msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "&Tavaline meetod ifup'i abil" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager'i lubamine" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "IPv6 protokolli tugi on lubatud" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "IPv6 keelamine" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 #, fuzzy msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "IPv6 protokolli tugi on lubatud" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "connected" msgstr "(pole ühendatud)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Automaatne käivitamine alglaadimisel" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Automaatne käivitamine kaabli ühendamisel" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManager'i poolt hallatav" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Käivitatud käsitsi" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Ühtki IP-aadressi pole määratud" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 #, fuzzy msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP-aadress: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 #, fuzzy #| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" @@ -4313,96 +4336,113 @@ #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Häälestamata" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name: %1" msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Seadme nimi: %1" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 #, fuzzy msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Sekundaarne" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Ending Banner" msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Lõpubänn&er" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 #, fuzzy msgid "Not connected" msgstr "(pole ühendatud)" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 #, fuzzy msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "Sisesta oma tõmmise häälestuse versioon." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 #, fuzzy msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Vajalik teave" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "tundmatu" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "Pakett SuSEfirewall2 pole paigaldatud, tulemüüri ei käivitata." + #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 #, fuzzy msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "E-posti domeenide häälestamine" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 #, fuzzy msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Teenuse taaskäivitamine" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Heartbeat'i häälestuse salvestamine" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Keele häälestamine..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Starting the 'lirc' service failed." +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "Teenuse 'lirc' käivitamine nurjus." + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 #, fuzzy msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Teenuse taaskäivitamine..." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Kaughaldus on lubatud." -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Kaughaldus on keelatud." @@ -4459,22 +4499,33 @@ msgstr "IP edastamine: sees" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 #, fuzzy msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Automaatselt" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Tulemüür on keelatud" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Kaitsmata)" +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "&Kasutaja juhitav NetworkManager'i abil" + +#~ msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +#~ msgstr "&Tavaline meetod ifup'i abil" + #, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "Seadme nimi" + +#, fuzzy #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "SSH port on lahti (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sulge</a>)" @@ -4483,10 +4534,6 @@ #~ msgstr "SSH port on kinni (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">ava</a>)" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "Üldised sätted" - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Üldised sätted" @@ -4771,9 +4818,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "Lisa olemasolevale liidesele teenuse&pakkuja" -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Võrguteenused" - #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "J&äta vahele" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/nfs.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/nfs.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/nfs.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-02 21:25+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/nfs_server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/nfs_server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/nfs_server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 16:10+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -75,27 +75,27 @@ msgstr "" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "NFS-server on lubatud" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "NFS-server on keelatud" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Vajalikud paketid (%1) pole paigaldatud." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "Ühenduspunkti pole määratud." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -106,11 +106,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "" @@ -167,56 +167,48 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "Ekspor&ditav kataloog" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Lehitse..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "Eksporditabel sisaldab juba seda kataloogi." -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "Kataloogi pole olemas. Kas luua see?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Vali eksporditav kataloog" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "&Masina metamärk" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "&Sätted" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "'fsid=0'is not a valid option unless \n" @@ -229,7 +221,7 @@ "NFSv4 pole lubatud (vt. eelmine leht)" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -239,26 +231,26 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "Faili /etc/idmapd.conf pole võimalik lugeda. Vaikedomeeniks võetakse 'localdomain'" #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -266,51 +258,51 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-i server" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Käivitatakse" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "&Ei käivitata" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "NFSv4 lubamine" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "NFS&v4 lubamine" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Sisesta NFSv4 do&meeni nimi:" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "&GSS-i turvalisuse lubamine" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS-serveri häälestamine" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -318,76 +310,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 #, fuzzy msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "Kõikide masinate määramiseks sisesta tärn (<tt>*</tt>)." -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." -msgstr "Kõikide masinate määramiseks jäta väli tühjaks." - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "Rohkema teabe saamiseks kasuta käsku <tt>man exports</tt>.\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Lisa kataloo&g" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Redigeeri" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&Kustuta" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Masina metamärk" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Sätted" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Lisa &masin" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "&Redigeeri" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "&Kustuta" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Eksporditavad kataloogid" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -396,7 +383,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -407,80 +394,62 @@ "ei muudeta.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS-serveri häälestuse kirjutamine" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "/etc/exports salvestamine" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Teenuste taaskäivitamine" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "/etc/exports salvestamine..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Teenuste taaskäivitamine..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Lõpetatud" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "NFS-serveri sätete kirjutamine. Palun oota..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "Faili idmapd.conf ei saa kirjutada." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "Idmapd-d pole võimalik käivitada. Palun kontrolli oma domeeni sätteid." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Idmapd-d pole võimalik taaskäivitada" - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd" -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Idmapd-d pole võimalik peatada" - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Idmapd-d pole võimalik taaskäivitada" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "'svcgssd' töötab. Seda pole võimalik peatada." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -489,15 +458,33 @@ "Muudatused aktiveeritakse pärast uut alglaadimist.\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "NFS-i ressursid" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Leave the field empty to specify all hosts." +#~ msgstr "Kõikide masinate määramiseks jäta väli tühjaks." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Please check your domain setting." +#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." +#~ msgstr "Idmapd-d pole võimalik käivitada. Palun kontrolli oma domeeni sätteid." + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd" +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Idmapd-d pole võimalik taaskäivitada" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Unable to stop idmapd" +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Idmapd-d pole võimalik peatada" + #~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." #~ msgstr "'svcgssd' töötab juba. Seda pole võimalik taaskäivitada." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/nis.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/nis.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/nis.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-12 11:39+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/nis_server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/nis_server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/nis_server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-09 13:08+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "See masin on &ka NIS-i klient" @@ -376,23 +376,31 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 #, fuzzy -msgid "N&IS domain name:" -msgstr "NIS-i &domeeni nimi:" +#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" +msgstr "NIS-i &domeeni nimi" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS Master Server: " +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "NIS-i primaarne server: " + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "Sekundaarse serveri häälestamine" @@ -857,6 +865,10 @@ msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "NIS-i kliendi peatamine." +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#~ msgstr "NIS-i &domeeni nimi:" + #~ msgid "NIS &master server:" #~ msgstr "NIS-i pri&maarne server:" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/ntp-client.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/ntp-client.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/ntp-client.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 11:39+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -52,25 +52,24 @@ msgstr "Vigane serveri nimi." #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 #, fuzzy msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "NTP serveri aadress" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "NTP deemoni taaskäivitamine" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP häälestamine" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 #, fuzzy @@ -84,22 +83,32 @@ msgstr "&Häälesta..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 #, fuzzy msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Sünkroonimine NTP serveriga..." +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Connection to LDAP server cannot be established." +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "Ühenduse loomine LDAP-i serveriga nurjus." + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "" #. local clock type name @@ -610,10 +619,13 @@ "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -621,7 +633,7 @@ "is more secure and strongly recommended." msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" "By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -630,7 +642,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -640,7 +652,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -650,14 +662,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -665,14 +677,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -680,7 +692,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -692,14 +704,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -708,7 +720,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -717,7 +729,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -725,7 +737,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -733,7 +745,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -741,7 +753,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -750,7 +762,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -758,7 +770,7 @@ "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" @@ -770,49 +782,49 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." msgstr "" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -820,7 +832,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -830,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" "Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" @@ -838,7 +850,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -851,7 +863,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -859,7 +871,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -869,7 +881,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -878,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" @@ -1227,121 +1239,124 @@ msgstr "NTP sätete lugemine..." #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Lõpetatud" #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP kliendi häälestuse salvestamine" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "NTP sätete kirjutamine" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "NTP deemoni taaskäivitamine" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "NTP deemoni taaskäivitamine..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 #, fuzzy msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Virtuaalmasina häälestust ei saa uuendada." #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "NTP deemonit ei saa taaskäivitada." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "NTP deemon käivitub süstemi käivitamisel." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP deemon ei käivitu automaatselt." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Serverid: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Masinad: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 #, fuzzy msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Masinanime ja DNS-i häälestuse kirjutamine" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 #, fuzzy msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Staatilised häälestusfailid" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 #, fuzzy msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Hiire häälestamise kokkuvõte." #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "NTP serveri testimine..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Server on kättesaadav ja vastab korralikult." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Server pole kättesaadav või ei vasta korralikult." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/oneclickinstall.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/oneclickinstall.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/oneclickinstall.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oneclickinstall.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-09 16:41+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/online-update-configuration.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/online-update-configuration.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/online-update-configuration.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/online-update.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/online-update.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/online-update.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-18 19:54+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -118,13 +118,20 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Internetiuuenduse initsialiseerimine" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" msgstr "" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not configured yet." +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "Veel häälestamata." + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" Added: trunk/yast/et/po/opensuse_mirror.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/opensuse_mirror.et.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/opensuse_mirror.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +# translation of +# Copyright (C) 2006 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Estonian message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" +"Language: et\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "Kataloog" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "Viga" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "jah" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "ei" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Exit" +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "Välju" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error" +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "Viga" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select or Deselect &All" +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "Vali kõik või &tühista kõik valikud" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/packager.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/packager.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/packager.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-13 00:52+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Jaan Vajakas <jaanvajakas(a)hot.ee>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <>\n" @@ -165,6 +165,21 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "&Tekstirežiim" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" +#| "the logs for details.\n" +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" +"Uuenduste kontroll nurjus. Üksikasju\n" +"vaata logist.\n" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -511,7 +526,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." @@ -574,7 +589,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -822,7 +837,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Üksikasjad:" @@ -830,7 +845,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Kas proovida uuesti?" @@ -1198,7 +1213,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Käivita kontroll" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Väljasta" @@ -1445,7 +1460,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1483,38 +1498,38 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Paigaldussüsteemi ettevalmistamisel tekkis viga." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Andmekandjalt ei leitud juhtfaili %1." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Lisatoote lisamine nurjus." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, asukoht: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Lisatooted" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1522,34 +1537,34 @@ "Paigaldushoidla sisaldab ka alljärgnevaid lisahoidlaid.\n" "Vali, milliseid tahad kasutada.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Lisatooted" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Lisa &valitud tooted" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Sisesta lisatoote %1" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Sisesta toote %1 %2." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Lisatoote %1 lisamine nurjus." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Tundmatu toode" @@ -1599,7 +1614,7 @@ msgstr "Kasutaja katkestas paigaldamise." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Andmekandja %1" @@ -1607,13 +1622,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Valmis." @@ -1621,21 +1636,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Järgmine: %1 — %2" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Järgmine: %1" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "Kokku" @@ -1644,62 +1659,62 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "%1 allalaadimine (allalaaditav suurus %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Jäänud: %1%2 paketti)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Pakettide allalaadimine..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "%1 paketti %2-st alla laaditud" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Kustutatakse paketti %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Paigaldatakse paketti %1 (suurus paigaldatuna %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Delta-RPM-i rakendamine: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "Sul on 64-bitine arvuti, aga üritad paigaldada 32-bitist distributsiooni." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "Mustrite loend näitab, milliseid võimalusi saab süsteemi paigaldamise järel kasutada." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." msgstr "Ettepanek ütleb paigaldatavate failide kogusuuruse. Süsteem sisaldab aga muidki faile (ajutisi ja tööfaile), nii et tegelik kettakasutus tuleb siintoodud väärtuses veidi suurem. Seetõttu oleks hea jätta enne paigaldamise alustamist vähemalt 25% (või umbes 300MB) vaba ruumi." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" @@ -1708,82 +1723,129 @@ "pakettide suurus. See väärtus on oluline, kui ühendus on aeglane või mahupiiranguga.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Tarkvaraettepanek" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Toode: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Süsteemi liik: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Mustrid: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Paigaldatavate pakettide suurus: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Väliste hoidlatest allalaetav andmemaht: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Järgmised lisatooted on märgitud automaatselt eemaldatama: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "Võta ühendust nende lisatoodete tootjatega, et nad annaksid sulle uued paigaldusandmekandjad." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "Võta ühendust selle lisatoote tootjaga, et ta annaks sulle uue paigaldusandmekandjad." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "Viga: Vaba ruumi mõõtmine kataloogis %1 (seadmel %2) nurjus, paigaldamist ei saa alustada." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Hoiatus: vaba kettaruumi mõõtmine kaustas %1 (seadmel %2) nurjus." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Kettaruumi pole piisavalt." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Kettaruumi pole piisavalt. Eemalda ükshaaval mõned paketid valikust." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "Kettajaol %3 on %1 (%2%%) vaba ruumi. " +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "New product %s will be installed" +msgstr "Paigaldatakse pakett %1." + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1 packages will be updated" +msgid "Product %s will be updated" +msgstr "Uuendatavate pakettide arv: %1" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Package %1 will be installed." +msgid "Product %s will stay installed" +msgstr "Paigaldatakse pakett %1." + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Aadressilt '%1' ei leitud hoidlat." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1794,31 +1856,31 @@ "veebiserverist tõmmata uuendatud väljalasketeate.\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Alglaadimiseks kasutatud andmekandja lõimimine..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Hoolduspakihoidla lõimimine nurjus." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Hoidlate ettevalmistamine..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Sisesta %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 ei leitud" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1827,7 +1889,7 @@ "Üksikasju vaata logifailist %1." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1836,12 +1898,12 @@ "Arvutatakse uus tarkvaraettepanek." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Pakettide valikut töödeldakse..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1850,32 +1912,42 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Litsentsifaili %1 ei saa lugeda" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "Et toote litsents kuvataks õigesti, pane tõmmist koostades fail license.tar.gz live-andmekandja juurkataloogi." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "Kee&l" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "&Jah, olen litsentsilepinguga nõus" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "&Ei, ma ei ole nõus" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +#| "on the first media in the file %1" +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" +"Kui tahad seda lõppkasutaja litsentsilepingut printida,\n" +"leiad selle esimeselt andmekandjalt failist %1." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -1884,7 +1956,7 @@ "leiad selle esimeselt andmekandjalt failist %1." #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1894,19 +1966,19 @@ "suvanditest. Kui sa litsentsilepinguga ei nõustu,\n" "siis seadistamine katkestatakse.\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Litsentsileping" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Kas tõesti katkestada lisatoote paigaldamine?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1915,7 +1987,7 @@ "Kas tõesti keeldud litsentsilepingust?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1924,7 +1996,7 @@ "Kas tõesti keeldud litsentsilepingust?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Süsteem lülitub välja..." @@ -2011,72 +2083,77 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "&URL-i määramine..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Kõvaketas..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "&USB-salvestusseade (mälupulk, USB-ketas)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "Koha&lik kataloog..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "Kohalik &ISO-tõmmis..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "Laetakse alla hoidla&kirjeldusfailid" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2085,7 +2162,7 @@ "andmekandjast, märgi ISO-tõmmis." #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2094,86 +2171,86 @@ "määra esimese andmekandja asukoht.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Serveri nimi" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "K&ataloogi või ISO-tõmmise asukoht" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&ISO-tõmmis" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "N&FS v4-protokoll" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Haakimise sätted" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(vaikimisi)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "Hoidla URL" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotokoll" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "Hoidla &URL" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "Hoidla URL" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-i server" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD või DVD" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Kõvaketas" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB-pulk võik ketas" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Kohalik kataloog" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Kohalik ISO-tõmmis" @@ -2182,24 +2259,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Server ja kataloog" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Hoidla nimi ei või olla tühi." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "&Hoidla: " #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" "Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" @@ -2208,12 +2285,12 @@ "Lahtrisse Hoidla nimi kirjuta hoidla inimkeelne nimi. Kui lahter on tühi, kasutab YaST nimena toote nime (kui see on saadaval) või URL-i.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "&Teenuse nimi" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" "Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" @@ -2222,17 +2299,17 @@ "Lahtrisse Teenuse nimi kirjuta teenuse inimkeelne nimi. Kui lahter on tühi, kasutab YaST nimena osa teenuse URL-ist.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL ei tohi olla tühi" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2244,16 +2321,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "URL-i muutmine ositi" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Tervik-URL-i muutmine" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2263,7 +2340,7 @@ "Lahtritesse Serveri nimi ja Kataloogi või ISO-tõmmise asukoht\n" "kirjuta NFS-i serveri masinanimi ja rada antud serveril." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2276,16 +2353,16 @@ "Üksikasjade ja toetatud suvandite loetelu nägemiseks kasuta käsku 'man 5 nfs' ." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2294,12 +2371,12 @@ "Määra andmekandja liik: kas CD-ROM või DVD-ROM." #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO-tõmmisfail" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2308,7 +2385,7 @@ "või sellist kataloogi pole olemas.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2317,7 +2394,7 @@ "või sellist faili pole olemas.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2328,17 +2405,17 @@ "Kas kasutada seda siiski?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "K&ataloogi asukoht" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "RPM-e sisaldav k&ataloog" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2353,20 +2430,20 @@ "RPM-e sisaldav kataloog.\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "&USB-salvestusseade" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Failisüsteem" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "K&ataloog" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2386,7 +2463,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2397,11 +2474,11 @@ "tahad mingit kindlat failisüsteemi kasutada, vali see loendist.\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Kettaseade" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2420,12 +2497,12 @@ "RPM-e sisaldav kataloog.\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "ISO-&tõmmise asukoht" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2436,71 +2513,71 @@ "ISO-faili rada." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Serveri &nimi" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Ressurss" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&ISO-tõmmis" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Kataloog serveris" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Au&tentimine" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonüümne" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "Töö&rühm või domeen" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Kas&utajanimi" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Salasõna" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2525,7 +2602,7 @@ "ISO-tõmmis.\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" @@ -2536,12 +2613,12 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2552,7 +2629,7 @@ "või kõvakettal." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2563,7 +2640,7 @@ "et toote CD-de komplekt või DVD oleks käepärast." #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 #, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" @@ -2579,7 +2656,7 @@ "piisab ülemkataloogi rajast.\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2592,25 +2669,25 @@ "asuvad, nt. /data1/CD1.\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Vali andmekandja liik." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Sisesta lisatoote CD" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Sisesta lisatoote DVD" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Ühtki USB-ketast ei leitud." #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2625,11 +2702,17 @@ "Kui jätad linnukese tegemata, tõmbab YaST need hiljem — siis, kui vajab.\n" #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Andmekandja liik" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add-On Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Lisatooted" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2721,7 +2804,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Häälestatud hoidlad" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "Väljastatav sea&de" @@ -2795,12 +2880,12 @@ "Valitud hoidlal puudub URL." #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "%1 leitud teenuse kohta andmete kogumine..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2811,7 +2896,7 @@ "mis võib blokeerida võrgu skaneerimist." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "Sinu võrgust ei leitud ühtki SLP hoidlat." @@ -2834,6 +2919,9 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Eemalda mõni pakett valikust." +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "&Ei, ma ei ole nõus" + #~ msgid "&USB Stick or Disk..." #~ msgstr "&USB-pulk võik ketas..." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/pam.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/pam.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/pam.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-14 19:43+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/pkg-bindings.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/pkg-bindings.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/pkg-bindings.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-10 10:14+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Paketihalduri laadimine..." @@ -184,6 +184,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Sihtsüsteemi initsialiseerimine" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Paigaldatud pakettide lugemine" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/printer.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/printer.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/printer.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 15:54+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/product-creator.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/product-creator.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/product-creator.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-30 15:57+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/proxy.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/proxy.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/proxy.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/qt-pkg.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/qt-pkg.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/qt-pkg.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-17 00:18+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jaan Vajakas\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <>\n" @@ -44,47 +44,47 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "&Hoidlad" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "&Otsimine" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Võtmesõnad" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "Pa&igaldamise kokkuvõte" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "Kirj&eldus" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Tehnilised andmed" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Sõltuvused" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versioonid" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "Failinimekiri" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Muudatuste logi" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -94,175 +94,175 @@ msgstr "&Loobu" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Aktsepteeri" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Fail" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Impordi..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Ekspordi..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "&Välju — tühista muudatused" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "Lõ&peta — salvesta muudatused" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Pakett" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Kõik paketid" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Uuenda, kui uuem versioon on saadaval" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Uuenda tingimusteta" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Paik" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "Hääle&stamine" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "&Hoidlad..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "&Interneti-uuendus..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "Sõltuvuse&d" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "&Kontrolli kohe" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "A&utomaatkontroll" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Sätted" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "De&vel-pakettide näitamine" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "De&buginfo/debugsource-pakettide näitamine" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Süsteemi verifitseerimise režiim" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "&Eira juba paigaldatud pakettide soovitatud pakette" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "Paketi kustutamisel &kustutatagu ka orvuks jäävad sõltuvused" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "&Luba tootja vahetumist" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "&Lisad" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Näita t&ooteid" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Näita &paketimuudatusi" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Näita &ajalugu" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Kõigi vastavate &devel-pakettide paigaldamine" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Kõigi vastavate de&buginfo-pakettide paigaldamine" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Kõigi vastavate debug&source-pakettide paigaldamine" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "Loo sõltuvuste lahendaja &testjuhtum" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Abi" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "Ül&evaade" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Sümbolid" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Klahvid" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Kõik pakettide sõltuvused on rahuldatud." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "&Paigad" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Pakettide nimekirja salvestamine" @@ -270,56 +270,56 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Viga" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Viga pakettide nimekirja eksportimisel asukohta %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Pakettide nimekirja laadimine" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Viga pakettide nimekirja laadimisel asukohast %1" #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "Uuendatavate pakettide arv: %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Jätka" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "L&oobu" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Tühista süsteemi pakettide väljavahetamine</a> hoidlas %2 olevate versioonide vastu" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 msgid "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)" msgstr "<a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Vaheta süsteemi paketid</a> selles hoidlas (%2) olevate versioonide vastu välja" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Lisatud alampaketid:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/qt.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/qt.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/qt.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-21 15:44+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jaan Vajakas\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <>\n" @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Laaditabeli redaktor" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ "Kas vahetada vasak ja parem hiirenupp omavahel ära?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Ootamatu klõps" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/rdp.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/rdp.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/rdp.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/rear.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/rear.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/rear.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/registration.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/registration.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/registration.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-18 19:53+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -20,50 +20,98 @@ "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Registreerimiskood" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Registreerimiskood" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Novelli klienditeeninduse häälestamine" + #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Registreerimiskood" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registreerimiskood" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating zone files..." +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Tsoonifailide uuendamine..." + +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "Sinu võrgust ei leitud ühtki SLP hoidlat." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -71,55 +119,58 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Novelli klienditeeninduse häälestamine" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "&E-mail Address" +msgstr "E-posti aadress" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Registreerimiskood" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Registreerimine" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "Registreerimiskood" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -127,58 +178,27 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Üksikasjad..." +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Registreerimiskood" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registreerimiskood" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -190,304 +210,416 @@ msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Registreerimine" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Your system is ready for use." +msgid "The system is already registered." +msgstr "Sinu süsteem on valmis kasutamiseks." + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "Registreerimiskood" -msgstr[1] "Registreerimiskood" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Paigaldamine õnnestus" -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading Package" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Paketi allalaadimine" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Import Certificate" +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Sertifikaadi importimine" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Product Registration" +msgstr "Toote registreerimine" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Käivitatakse automaatpaigalduse ajal" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Ei käivitata automaatpaigalduse ajal" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "Kasutatavad registreerimisandmed" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Email Address" +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" +msgstr "E-posti aadress" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "Registreerimiskood" -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#| msgid "&Install All Available Sources" +msgid "Install Available Updates" +msgstr "Pa&igaldatakse kõik saadaolevad lähtekoodid" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Registreerimiskood" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 -msgid "Product Registration" -msgstr "Toote registreerimine" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server URL: " +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "Serveri URL: " -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 -msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 -msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance." -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "As Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" +msgstr "Serveri sertifikaadina" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "Sertifikaat" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registreerimiskood" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Prepare Connection" +msgid "Secure Connection Error" +msgstr "Ühenduse ettevalmistamine" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "Üksikasjad:" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 #, fuzzy -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "SLP serveri sätted" +#| msgid "Select Certificate File" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "Sertifikaadi faili valimine" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 #, fuzzy -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "Registreerimiskood" +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"Kehtiv kuni: " -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 #, fuzzy -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" -msgstr "&Serveri sertifikaat" +#| msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "Sertifikaatide nimekirja hankimine nurjus." -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." -msgstr "Registreerimiskood" +#| msgid "Error: %1:" +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "Viga: %1:" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" -msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "Sertifikaatide nimekirja hankimine nurjus." +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If &Serial Number is Known" +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "Kui &seerianumber on teada" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Sõrmejälg: %1" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Sõrmejälg: %1" + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 #, fuzzy #| msgid "StationID is invalid." -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "StationID on vigane." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +#. add the hint to the error details +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration failed." +msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 +#, fuzzy msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Kasutatavad registreerimisandmed" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Registreerimiskood" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Üksikasjad..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "Sertifikaat" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Sõrmejälg: %1" +#| msgid "Writing routing configuration..." +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Marsruutimise häälestuse kirjutamine..." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Sõrmejälg: %1" +#| msgid "Certificate" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Sertifikaat" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Kontrollimine..." +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "Sertifikaat" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "1 registreerimisandmete element" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Tundmatu LDAP-i viga" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Paigaldamise alustamine..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Litsentsileping" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" @@ -495,63 +627,320 @@ "failed." msgstr "Sertifikaadi kustutamine nurjus." +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enter the certificate file." +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "Sisesta sertifikaadi fail." +msgstr[1] "Sisesta sertifikaadi fail." + +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Üksikasjad..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "is not available" +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "pole saadaval" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "Identifikaator" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "Versioon" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "Arhitektuur" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "Reegli tüüp" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "Paigaldussüsteemi keelelaienduse allalaadimine..." + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "Kas tõesti kustutada '%1'?" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Vendor Identifier" +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "Tootja identifikaator" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "&Versioon" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Architecture" +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "Arhitektuur" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Rule Type" +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "Reegli tüüp" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "Saadaolevate hoidlate initsialiseerimine" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "SLP serveri sätted" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "&Serveri sertifikaat" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "&Serveri sertifikaat" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +msgid "none" +msgstr "puudub" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Certificate File" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "Sertifikaadi faili valimine" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Certificate has been imported." +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "Sertifikaat imporditi." + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "&Serveri sertifikaat" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "Novelli klienditeeninduse häälestamine" +#| msgid "Invalid value." +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "Vigane väärtus." +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Kontrollimine..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "1 registreerimisandmete element" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "Registreerimiskood" +#~ msgstr[1] "Registreerimiskood" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "Registreerimiskood" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "Novelli klienditeeninduse häälestamine" @@ -600,11 +989,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "Riistvara profiil" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "Kasutatavad registreerimisandmed" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "Täiendav teave" @@ -709,11 +1093,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Säte on tühi." #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Code" -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "Registreerimiskood" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration Status at: %1" #~ msgstr "Kasutatavad registreerimisandmed" @@ -730,11 +1109,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Teade:" #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Error: %1:" -#~ msgid "Expiry: %1" -#~ msgstr "Viga: %1:" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "The package is not available." #~ msgid "Registration status is not available." #~ msgstr "Pakett pole saadaval." @@ -787,12 +1161,6 @@ #~ msgid "unknown status" #~ msgstr "tundmatu protsess" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Käivitatakse automaatpaigalduse ajal" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Ei käivitata automaatpaigalduse ajal" - #, fuzzy #~ msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~ msgstr "%1 registreerimisandmete elementi" @@ -810,10 +1178,6 @@ #~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" #~ msgstr "Server: %1" -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr "Sertifikaat" - #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "Võ&ti" @@ -865,10 +1229,6 @@ #~ msgstr "Täiendavad tarkvara hoidlad" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "Sinu võrgust ei leitud ühtki SLP hoidlat." - -#, fuzzy #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "Täiendavad tarkvara hoidlad" @@ -1001,12 +1361,6 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Kehtiv alates: " -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Valid to: " -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Kehtiv kuni: " - #~ msgid "Reject" #~ msgstr "Keeldu" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/reipl.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/reipl.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/reipl.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Nimi" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:175 #, fuzzy @@ -266,35 +266,35 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 #, fuzzy msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "Häälestatud failid:" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "Seade pole häälestatud" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 #, fuzzy msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "Tsooni tüüp %1 ei ole toetatud." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "Seade pole häälestatud" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 #, fuzzy msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "Tsooni tüüp %1 ei ole toetatud." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/relocation-server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/relocation-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/relocation-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/s390.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/s390.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/s390.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 13:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ #: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "&Deselect All" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Tühista kõik valikud" #. error popup #. error popup Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/samba-client.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/samba-client.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/samba-client.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-12 11:39+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -202,6 +202,19 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "&Maksimaalne" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Allowed Services" +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "Lubatud teenused" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Group Name" +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "Rühma nimi" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 #, fuzzy @@ -853,59 +866,62 @@ msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Lõpetatud" #. progress stage label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vajalikke pakettide paigaldamine" #. progress step label #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vajalikke pakettide paigaldamine..." #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947 msgid "PAM Login" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PAM-i sisselogimine" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "kasutatakse Kerberost" #. summary item #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kerberost ei kasutata" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Default Realm" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vaikimisi piirkond" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966 msgid "Default Domain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vaikimisi domeen" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973 msgid "KDC Server Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC serveri aadress" #. summary header #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977 msgid "Clock Skew" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kellaaja tolerants" #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "KDC server: %1 " #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998 @@ -917,7 +933,7 @@ #. summary text, %1 is value #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vaikimisi piirkond: %1 " #. summary text (yes/no follows) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 @@ -927,12 +943,14 @@ msgstr "Ühenduseta autentimine lubatud" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Jah" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "Ei" @@ -947,6 +965,8 @@ "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" +"Kellaaja tolerants on vigane.\n" +"Proovi uuesti.\n" #. error popup (wrong format of entered value) #: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053 @@ -954,71 +974,150 @@ "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" +"Eluiga on vigane.\n" +"Proovi uuesti." -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Samba kliendi häälestuse initsialiseerimine" -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Samba kliendi häälestuse initsialiseerimine" +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Samba globaalsete sätete lugemine" -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "Samba globaalsete sätete lugemine" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Winbind'i oleku lugemine" -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "Winbind'i oleku lugemine" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Samba globaalsete sätete lugemine..." -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "Samba globaalsete sätete lugemine..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Winbind'i oleku lugemine..." -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "Winbind'i oleku lugemine..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Samba kliendi häälestuse salvestamine" -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Samba teenuste peatamine" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine" -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Samba teenuste käivitamine" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Samba teenuste peatamine" -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Samba teenuste peatamine..." +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Samba teenuste käivitamine" -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Samba teenuste käivitamine..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "Faili %1 ei saa sätteid kirjutada." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Samba teenuste peatamine..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Winbind'i teenust ei saa käivitada." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Samba teenuste käivitamine..." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Winbind'i deemonit ei saa käivitada." +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Kerberose häälestuse kirjutamine" -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Winbind'i teenust ei saa peatada." +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Kerberose häälestuse kirjutamine..." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Winbind'i deemonit ei saa peatada." +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Faili %1 ei saa sätteid kirjutada." -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "PAM-i sätteid ei saa kirjutada." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Winbind'i teenust ei saa käivitada." -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Globaalne häälestus" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "Winbind'i deemonit ei saa käivitada." -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "Töörühm või domeen: %1" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Winbind'i teenust ei saa peatada." -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "Sisselogimisel luuakse kodukataloog" +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "Winbind'i deemonit ei saa peatada." -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "Jagatud ressursside suurim arv: %1" +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "PAM-i sätteid ei saa kirjutada." -#~ msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" -#~ msgstr "Autentimine SMB kaudu: %1" +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Globaalne häälestus" +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Töörühm või domeen: %1" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Sisselogimisel luuakse kodukataloog" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "Ühenduseta autentimine lubatud" + +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "Jagatud ressursside suurim arv: %1" + +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Töörühm või domeen: %1" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" +msgstr "Autentimine SMB kaudu: %1" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "" + #, fuzzy #~ msgid "&UNC Path" #~ msgstr "Uued pai&gad" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/samba-server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/samba-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/samba-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-18 20:03+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/samba-users.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/samba-users.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/samba-users.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-11 10:09+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/scanner.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/scanner.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/scanner.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-08-18 19:56+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/security.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/security.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/security.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-11 11:39+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/services-manager.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/services-manager.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/services-manager.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,14 +17,224 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "Süsteemi vaikesätete lugemine..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "initrd vaikimisi asukoht" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default initrd Path" +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "initrd vaikimisi asukoht" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Read the default system settings" +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Süsteemi vaikesätete lugemine" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading the default system settings..." +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "Süsteemi vaikesätete lugemine..." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Available Shares" +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "Saadaolevad ressursid" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "Ühtegi paketti pole paigaldamiseks valitud." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "Ühtegi paketti pole paigaldamiseks valitud." + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "Häälestuse kirjutamine..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the system configuration" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "Süsteemi häälestuse kirjutamine" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default &Lease Time" +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "Vaikimisi &rendiaeg" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "Teenus" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "Lubatud" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Aktiivne" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Kirjeldus" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Start" +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "&Algus" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "Kdump'i lubamine ja keelamine" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "Ük&sikasjade kuvamine" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Service name" +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "Teenuse nimi" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "Samba teenuse sätete lugemine..." + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "Keelatud" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Active" +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "Aktiivne" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Teenused" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:116 msgid "" @@ -62,3 +272,83 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Bridge" +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "Vaikimisi sild" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "Veel häälestamata." + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device" +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "%1: seadme olekut ei saa muuta" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Graphical Menu File" +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "Graafilise menüü fail" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Text Mode" +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "Tekstirežiim" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Graphical interface" +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "&Graafiline liides" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select Mode" +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "Režiimi valimine" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Switch Mode" +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "Vahetami&srežiim" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default Bridge" +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "Vaikimisi sild" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Other System" +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "Muu süsteem" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Required DMA Mode" +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "Nõutav DMA režiim" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/slp-server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/slp-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/slp-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 11:16+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/snapper.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/snapper.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/snapper.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" @@ -25,14 +25,14 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Kirjeldus" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "User Addition" msgid "User data" @@ -40,45 +40,45 @@ #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 #, fuzzy #| msgid "C&leanup Script" msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Pu&hastusskript" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 #, fuzzy #| msgid "PReP (%1)" msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "PReP (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Host %1" msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "Masin %1" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create New " msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Loo uus " #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the winbind status" msgid "Single snapshot" @@ -86,247 +86,247 @@ #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "Kas tõesti kustutada '%1'?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Singapore" msgid "Single" msgstr "Singapur" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Read the winbind status" msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Winbind'i oleku lugemine" #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Current Configuration:" msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Aktiivne häälestus:" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tüüp" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Alguskuupäev" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Lõppkuupäev" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Us&er Data" msgid "User Data" msgstr "Kasutaja andm&ed" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No Change" msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Ei muudeta" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Modify" msgid "Modify" msgstr "&Muuda" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected Service" msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Valitud teenus" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Next %1: %2" msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "Järgmine %1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Muudatuste salvestamine failidesse..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Aktsepteeritakse nurjunud kontrolle" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The device was deleted." msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Seade on kustutatud." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File does not exist." msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "Faili pole olemas." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File %1 does not exists" msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Faili %1 ei ole olemas" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File Contents: %1" msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Faili sisu: %1" #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restored Files:" msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "Taastatud failid:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restart" msgid "Restore" msgstr "Taaskäivitamine" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected" msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Valitud" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Ava" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Selected" msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Valitud" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you really want to delete this entry?" msgid "" @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -349,21 +349,21 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No package has been selected for installation." msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "Ühtegi paketti pole paigaldamiseks valitud." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Restoring Files" msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Failide taastamine" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/sound.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/sound.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/sound.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-12 11:43+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/squid.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/squid.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/squid.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-10 10:01+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -1471,11 +1471,11 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afrikaani" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Araabia" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" @@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pärsia" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" @@ -1543,7 +1543,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indoneesia" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" @@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Läti" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" @@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Malai" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" @@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tai" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" @@ -1643,11 +1643,11 @@ #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usbeki" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vietnami" #: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/sshd.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/sshd.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/sshd.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.fi\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-09-22 13:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ #. Table header #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Number" #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-complex.ycp:63 msgid "Sshd" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/storage.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/storage.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/storage.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-04-24 15:47+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jaan Vajakas <jaanvajakas(a)hot.ee>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <>\n" @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr "&Uue partitsioonihäälestuse loomine" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Write global settings" @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ msgstr "Globaalsete sätete kirjutamine" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -149,15 +149,23 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Ettepaneku loomine nurjus." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "Eraldi /home-partitsiooni jaoks pole piisavalt ruumi." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "Eraldi /home-partitsiooni jaoks pole piisavalt ruumi." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -917,7 +925,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Ettepanek eraldi &kodukataloogide partitsiooni loomiseks" @@ -935,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "Ettepaneku liik" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" @@ -949,7 +957,7 @@ "Omista ühenduskoht \"/\" partitsioonile.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" @@ -963,7 +971,7 @@ "Kasuta nende ühenduskohtade jaoks Linuxi failisüsteemi, nagu ext2 või reiserfs.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" @@ -976,7 +984,7 @@ "Kasuta selle ühenduskoha jaoks Linuxi failisüsteemi, nagu ext2 või reiserfs.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 #, fuzzy msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" @@ -989,7 +997,7 @@ "Kasuta selle ühenduskoha jaoks Linuxi failisüsteemi, nagu ext2 või reiserfs.\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1010,7 +1018,7 @@ "Kas tõesti kasutada neid seadistusi?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1020,7 +1028,7 @@ msgstr "" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1031,7 +1039,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1043,7 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1062,7 +1070,7 @@ "\n" "Kas tõesti kasutada neid seadistusi?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1071,7 +1079,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1088,31 +1096,8 @@ "Kas tõesti kasutada neid seadistusi?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"Hoiatus: Praeguste seadistustega tekib sinu %2-l\n" -"alglaadimisel raskusi, sest sul ei ole eraldi alglaadimiskettajagu\n" -"ning juurkettajagu asub loogilisel LVM-andmeruumil.\n" -"See ei tööta.\n" -"\n" -"Kui sa just ei tea täpselt, mida teed, kasuta /boot-kataloogi\n" -"jaoks tavalist kettajagu.\n" -"\n" -"Kas tõesti kasutada neid seadistusi?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -1136,7 +1121,7 @@ "Kas tõesti kasutada neid seadistusi?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1162,12 +1147,12 @@ "Kas tõesti kasutada neid seadistusi?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Kas tõesti kasutada neid seadistusi?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1180,7 +1165,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1193,7 +1178,7 @@ "iseäranis ühelgi järgmistest juhtudest:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1206,7 +1191,7 @@ "– kui sellel partitsioonil ei ole veel failisüsteemi.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1214,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1225,7 +1210,7 @@ "Kas tõesti jätta see kettajagu vormindamata?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1234,7 +1219,7 @@ "Enne muutmist eemalda see RAID-ist.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1243,7 +1228,7 @@ "Enne muutmist eemalda see andmeruumirühmast.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1252,7 +1237,7 @@ "Eemalda andmeruum enne seadme muutmist.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1261,7 +1246,7 @@ "Enne kustutamist eemalda see RAID-ist.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1269,7 +1254,7 @@ "Seadet (%2) kasutab %1.\n" "Eemalda %1 enne seadme kustutamist.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 #, fuzzy msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "" @@ -1278,7 +1263,7 @@ "%1" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1287,7 +1272,7 @@ "teine, suurema järjekorranumbriga loogiline kettajagu on kasutusel.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1300,7 +1285,7 @@ "Vali Tühista, kui sa just täpselt ei tea, mida teed.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1315,7 +1300,7 @@ "laiendatud partitsiooni kustutad.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1330,7 +1315,7 @@ "kustutad.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1349,13 +1334,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Ära unusta, mis sa siia sisestasid!" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Tühi salasõna on lubatud." @@ -1385,7 +1370,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Sisesta salasõna failisüsteemi jaoks:" @@ -1396,7 +1381,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "K&orda salasõna (kontrollimiseks):" @@ -1419,7 +1404,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1430,7 +1415,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1809,7 +1794,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "" @@ -1820,11 +1805,11 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Alamruumide käsitlemine" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Tühi alamruumi nimi pole lubatud." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1832,13 +1817,13 @@ "Hetkel on lubatud vaid \"%1\"-ga algavad alamruuminimed!\n" "Alamruumi nime algusesse lisatakse automaatselt \"%1\"." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Alamruumi nimi %1 on juba olemas." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Senini selles dialoogis tehtud muudatused lähevad kaduma." @@ -1882,7 +1867,7 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "\n" "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" @@ -1901,7 +1886,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "\n" "If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" @@ -1919,7 +1904,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "\n" "You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" @@ -1952,7 +1937,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2192,12 +2177,12 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Failisüsteem on hetkel haagitud asukohta %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2207,31 +2192,31 @@ #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Haagi lahti" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "Võid üritada seda kohe lahti haakida või tühistada. Vajuta nuppu Tühista, kui ei tea täpselt, mida teed." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Failisüsteemi ei saa kahandada, kui ta on haagitud." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Failisüsteemi ei saa suurendada, kui ta on haagitud." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Failisüsteemi suurust ei saa muuta, kui ta on haagitud." #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Taasuuri seadmeid" @@ -2241,48 +2226,55 @@ msgstr "Impordi haakekohad..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Anna &krüptimise salasõnad..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Häälesta &iSCSI-t..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &zFCP..." +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "Häälesta &zFCP-d..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Häälesta &Multipathi..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Häälesta DASD-i..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Häälesta &zFCP-d..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Häälesta &XPRAM-i..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Häälesta..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 #, fuzzy msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Andmekandjad arvutis %1" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2291,7 +2283,7 @@ "salvestusseadmeid." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2302,7 +2294,7 @@ "teavet.\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2311,7 +2303,7 @@ "antud seadme kohta üksikasjalikumat teavet." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2320,7 +2312,7 @@ "Kas ikkagi kettaid taasuurida?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2329,9 +2321,22 @@ "Kas ikkagi iSCSI-t häälestada?" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +#| "Really call zFCP configuration?" +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" +"Kõik praegused muudatused tühistuvad zFCP häälestaja väljakutsumisel.\n" +"Kas ikkagi zFCP-d häälestada?" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2340,7 +2345,7 @@ "Kas ikkagi multipathi häälestada?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2349,7 +2354,7 @@ "Kas ikkagi DASD-i häälestada?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2358,7 +2363,7 @@ "Kas ikkagi zFCP-d häälestada?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2635,7 +2640,45 @@ msgstr "Kasutatud sea&dmed" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." +msgid "Choose the role of the device." +msgstr "Vali loodava partitsiooni suurus." + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Operating System Boot" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Operatsioonisüsteemi alglaadimine" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "Delta-RPM-i rakendamise edenemine" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Role: %s" +msgid "Role" +msgstr "Roll: %s" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2644,7 +2687,7 @@ "ning failisüsteemi liik." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" @@ -2655,7 +2698,7 @@ "andmeruumil kustutab sellelt kõik andmed.\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." @@ -2664,47 +2707,47 @@ "ning sisesta haakekoht (/, /boot, /home, /var jne.)" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Vormindamise sätted" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Kettajagu vormindatagu" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Kettajagu ärgu vormindatagu" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Kettajagu ärgu haagitagu" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Haakimise sätted" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Kettajagu haagitagu" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Haakekoht" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab-i sätted..." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Crypt-failid peavad olema krüpteeritud." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2717,17 +2760,17 @@ "Vali ka vormindamine.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Crypt-failile on vaja haakekohta." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs-ile on vaja haakekohta." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2742,7 +2785,7 @@ "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2756,21 +2799,21 @@ "passiivsesse olekusse minekuks).\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Kõik andmed sellel andmeruumil lähevad kaduma!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "Salasõna" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2780,7 +2823,7 @@ "Valitud partitsiooni suurust ei saa muuta, kuna antud partitsioonil\n" "asuv failisüsteem ei toeta suuruse muutmist.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2789,7 +2832,7 @@ "kindlaks teha, kas tema suurust muuta saab." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2798,24 +2841,24 @@ "sest failisüsteem paistab olevat ebakooskõlaline.\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Kettajao %1 suuruse muutmine" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Loogilise andmeruumi %1 suuruse muutmine" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 #, fuzzy msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Praegune suurus: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 #, fuzzy msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "" @@ -2826,8 +2869,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2839,7 +2882,7 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 #, fuzzy @@ -2847,27 +2890,27 @@ msgstr "Suurim võimalik (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 #, fuzzy msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Vähim võimalik (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Kohandatud suurus" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Vali uus suurus." #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 #, fuzzy @@ -2878,7 +2921,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2891,13 +2934,13 @@ "palju kiiremaks." #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 #, fuzzy msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Käsu %1 väljund" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Ketaste taasuurimine..." @@ -3093,59 +3136,59 @@ msgstr "Sisestatud piirkond on vigane." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Partitsiooni lisamine kettale %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Partitsiooni %1 muutmine" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 #, fuzzy #| msgid "No space is left in the extended partition." msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Partitsiooni %1 liigutamiseks ei ole ruumi." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Adding partition %1 to swap" msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Kas liigutada partitsioon %1 ettepoole?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Kas liigutada partitsioon %1 tahapoole?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 #, fuzzy msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Kas liigutada partitsiooni %1?" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 #, fuzzy msgid "Forward" msgstr "Ettepoole" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Background" msgid "Backward" msgstr "Tahapoole" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Kinnita kõigi partitsioonide kustutamine" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3153,7 +3196,7 @@ "Kettal „%1“ on vähemalt üks partitsioon.\n" "Kui jätkad, siis järgmised partitsioonid kustutatakse:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 #, fuzzy msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Kas tõesti kustutada kõik partitsioonid kettalt „%1“?" @@ -3167,7 +3210,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Ketast ei saa muuta, kuna see on kasutuses." @@ -4130,13 +4173,13 @@ msgstr "Kasutab" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 #, fuzzy msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Loogilise andmeruumi redigeerimine" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Loogilise andmeruumi redigeerimine" @@ -4355,7 +4398,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Sätted" @@ -4573,19 +4616,19 @@ msgstr "Aktiivsele atribuudile uue väärtuse määramine." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 #, fuzzy msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Lisa RAI&D" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 #, fuzzy msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Ee&malda RAID" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 #, fuzzy msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "&Redigeeri RAID-i" @@ -4691,67 +4734,67 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Nimi" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 #, fuzzy msgid "UUID" msgstr "ID" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 #, fuzzy msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Ühenda" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 #, fuzzy msgid "Used by" msgstr "Kasutab" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 #, fuzzy msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 #, fuzzy msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Teenusepakkuja teave" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 #, fuzzy msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Masina teabe salvestamine" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 #, fuzzy msgid "Encryption" msgstr "&Krüptimine" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Seadme nimi" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 #, fuzzy msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Andme&ruumi nimi" @@ -4759,59 +4802,71 @@ #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Seadme ID" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Seadme asukoht" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Optional" +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "Mittevajalikud" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "End Cylinder" +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "Lõppsilinder" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 #, fuzzy msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Vaik&emarsruut" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 #, fuzzy msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Kohalik failisüsteem" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 #, fuzzy msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Salvestusseade" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 #, fuzzy msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Kasutajate teabe allikad" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" @@ -4822,14 +4877,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" "determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" @@ -4838,14 +4893,14 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5183,20 +5238,20 @@ msgstr "Faili asukoht" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&Suurus" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -5207,7 +5262,7 @@ "Proovi uuesti." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" "Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" @@ -5215,31 +5270,31 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Saale &prioriteet" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Mount &read-only" msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Ühenda ainult lu&gemiseks" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" "Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" @@ -5247,39 +5302,39 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Access Type" msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Juurdepääsu tüüp" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 #, fuzzy msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "Ühenda" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" @@ -5289,13 +5344,13 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "&Layer 2 toe lubamine" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5303,12 +5358,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" @@ -5320,40 +5375,40 @@ msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" "In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" @@ -5361,95 +5416,95 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" "This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" "Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Size" msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "&Suurus" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" "Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&All Entries" msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "&Kõik kirjed" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" "This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Revision" msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "Versioon" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" "This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" @@ -5457,14 +5512,14 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "&Logi suurus megabaitides" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" @@ -5472,39 +5527,39 @@ #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Infosõlme suurus" #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" "The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Inode Size" msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "&Infosõlme suurus" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" "The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" @@ -5513,14 +5568,14 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Log size in megabytes" msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Logi suurus megabaitides" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5528,31 +5583,31 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "Log Size\n" "Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5561,19 +5616,19 @@ msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" "Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5586,12 +5641,12 @@ msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5599,42 +5654,42 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." msgstr "" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Keela teenus" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "&Kataloogi indeksi funktsioon" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" "Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" @@ -5642,12 +5697,12 @@ msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5660,7 +5715,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5673,7 +5728,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5683,7 +5738,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5697,7 +5752,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5710,7 +5765,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5719,7 +5774,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5730,7 +5785,7 @@ "Proovi uuesti." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5742,27 +5797,27 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "Sisesta krüptimisvõti" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Anna salasõna" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 #, fuzzy msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr " Andmeruumirühm " -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5770,14 +5825,14 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Do you want to immediately remove these sources?" msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Kas sa soovid need paigaldusallikad kohe eemaldada?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5785,98 +5840,98 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Enter Encryption Key" msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Sisesta krüptimisvõti" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "YaST2 tuvastas järgneva seadme" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 #, fuzzy #| msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "YaST2 tuvastas järgneva seadme" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "DASD kettad" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 #, fuzzy #| msgid "DASD Disks" msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "DASD kettad" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Ketas" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 #, fuzzy msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 #, fuzzy msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "R&AID:" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5884,7 +5939,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5892,7 +5947,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5900,20 +5955,20 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Juurfailisüsteemi kopeerimine..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Järgmiste lahendatavate lisamine nurjus: %1" @@ -6511,53 +6566,53 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "Failisüsteemi suurust ei saa muuta, kuna see on ebakooskõlaline. Kontrolli failisüsteemi Windowsis." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM-i põhise soovituse loomine" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 #, fuzzy msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "&Krüpteeri andmeruumirühm" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 #, fuzzy #| msgid "File system options:" msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Failisüsteemi sätted:" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Soovitus eraldi &kodukataloogide partitsiooni loomiseks" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "&Suurenda saaleala talveune võimaldamiseks" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Ettepaneku häälestamine" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 msgid "" "To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n" "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6566,32 +6621,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Sisesta oma salasõna krüpteerimiseks ettepanekus." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Salasõna:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Sisesta salasõna uuesti (kontrollimiseks):" @@ -6618,28 +6673,49 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Mille järgi vaikimisi haagitakse:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Vaikefailisüsteem:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Mille järgi näidata salvestusseadmeid:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Partitioning" msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Partitsioonide joondus:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Nähtav teave salvestusseadmete kohta:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hoiatus: Praeguste seadistustega tekib sinu %2-l\n" +#~ "alglaadimisel raskusi, sest sul ei ole eraldi alglaadimiskettajagu\n" +#~ "ning juurkettajagu asub loogilisel LVM-andmeruumil.\n" +#~ "See ei tööta.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Kui sa just ei tea täpselt, mida teed, kasuta /boot-kataloogi\n" +#~ "jaoks tavalist kettajagu.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Kas tõesti kasutada neid seadistusi?\n" + #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "Partitsioonihäälestuse &muutmine..." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/sudo.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/sudo.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/sudo.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-12 11:45+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/support.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/support.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/support.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -39,16 +39,18 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" -msgstr "" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SUSE Support" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" +msgstr "SUSE kasutajatugi" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Open" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Avatud" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Collect Data" @@ -118,7 +120,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 msgid "Cannot write settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sätteid ei saa kirjutada." #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" @@ -177,11 +179,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "Expert Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ekspertsätted" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sätted" #. Support overview dialog caption #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 @@ -209,11 +211,11 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Email Address" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-posti aadress" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nimi" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "Phone Number" @@ -236,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -250,7 +252,7 @@ #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Progress" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Edenemine" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 msgid "Collected Data Review" @@ -260,7 +262,7 @@ #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "File Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Failinimi" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 msgid "Remove from Data" @@ -279,6 +281,8 @@ "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Initsialiseerimise katkestamine</big> \n" +"Häälestusrakendusest turvaliseks väljumiseks vajuta Katkesta.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 @@ -295,6 +299,10 @@ "An additional dialog informs whether it is safe to do so.\n" "\n" msgstr "" +"<BIG>Salvestamise katkestamine:</BIG> \n" +"Salvestamise katkestamiseks vajuta Katkesta.\n" +"Ilmuv dialoog teatab, kas seda on turvaline teha.\n" +"\n" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 @@ -319,13 +327,16 @@ "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" +"<big>Redigeerimine või kustutamine:</big> \n" +"Kui sa vajutad Redigeeri, ilmub uus dialoog, kus saab\n" +"muuta häälestust.\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Opening Novell Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use Open Novell Support Center.\n" +"<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" @@ -407,7 +418,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -450,7 +461,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "%1.\n" msgstr "" @@ -469,6 +480,9 @@ "Press Next to continue.\n" " \n" msgstr "" +"<big>Häälestamise teine osa</big> \n" +"Jätkamiseks klõpsa Edasi.\n" +" \n" #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 @@ -477,6 +491,9 @@ "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" "" msgstr "" +"<big>Millegi valimine</big> \n" +"See pole võimalik. See on vaja esmalt kirjutada. :-)\n" +"" #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -754,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption @@ -765,7 +782,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Initsialiseerimine..." #. global string created_directory=""; #: src/modules/Support.rb:143 @@ -774,7 +791,7 @@ #: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Administraatori parool" #: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" @@ -793,30 +810,30 @@ #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine" #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i käivitamine" #. Progress step 1/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sätete kirjutamine..." #. Progress step 2/2 #: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SuSEconfig'i käivitamine..." #. Progress finished #: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lõpetatud" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast #: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Häälestuse kokkuvõte..." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/sysconfig.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/sysconfig.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/sysconfig.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-29 17:26+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -485,42 +485,102 @@ "<big>sysconfig'i häälestuse salvestamine</big> \n" "Palun oota... \n" -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "Otsimine..." +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Otsimine..." -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "Käsk: " +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Käsk: " -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "J&äta vahele" +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "J&äta vahele" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "Käivitatakse käsk" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "Käivitatakse käsk" -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "Käsu käivitamine: %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Käsu käivitamine: %1..." -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Käsk %1 nurjus" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Käsk %1 nurjus" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "sysconfig'i häälestuse salvestamine" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "sysconfig'i häälestuse salvestamine" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "Uute sätete kirjutamine" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Uute sätete kirjutamine" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "Muudatuste aktiveerimine" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "Muudatuste aktiveerimine" -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "Muutuja %1 salvestamine faili %2 nurjus." +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Muutuja %1 salvestamine faili %2 nurjus." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "Muutuja %1 salvestamine..." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Muutuja %1 salvestamine..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "Muudatuste salvestamine failidesse..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Muudatuste salvestamine failidesse..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "Teenus %1 laaditakse uuesti" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Teenuse %1 taaslaadimine..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Teenuse %1 taaslaadimine nurjus" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "Teenus %1 taaskäivitatakse" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Teenuse %1 taaskäivitamine..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Teenuse %1 taaskäivitamine nurjus" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Lõpetatud" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Häälestuse kokkuvõte" + #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "Käivitatakse kõik häälestusskriptid." @@ -538,27 +598,3 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "Häälestusmoodul %1 nurjus." - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "Teenus %1 laaditakse uuesti" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Teenuse %1 taaslaadimine..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Teenuse %1 taaslaadimine nurjus" - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "Teenus %1 taaskäivitatakse" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Teenuse %1 taaskäivitamine..." - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Teenuse %1 taaskäivitamine nurjus" - -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Lõpetatud" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "Häälestuse kokkuvõte" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/tftp-server.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/tftp-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/tftp-server.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 10:17+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/timezone_db.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/timezone_db.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/timezone_db.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-29 17:16+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/tune.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/tune.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/tune.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-29 20:44+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Jaan Vajakas\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <>\n" @@ -20,54 +20,61 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.4\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "See YaST2 moodul ei toeta käsurea liidest" #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Riistvara proovimine..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Edenemine" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "&Kõik kirjed" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "&Salvesta faili..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Riistvara info" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Süsteemi sätted" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Süsteem" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "Süst&eem" @@ -1345,9 +1352,6 @@ #~ msgid "&System Settings..." #~ msgstr "&Süsteemi sätted..." -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "Süsteemi sätted" - #~ msgid "Saving System Settings..." #~ msgstr "Süsteemi sätete salvestamine..." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/update.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/update.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/update.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-09 16:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Uuendamise sätted" @@ -152,18 +152,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Tundmatu" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Uuendamine versioonile %1" @@ -222,9 +222,19 @@ "packages during the update.\n" msgstr "" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -232,13 +242,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "Sihtsüsteemi ühendamine nurjus" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "" @@ -309,12 +319,12 @@ #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Aktiivset RPM-ide andmebaasi ei saa lugeda." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "Paigaldatud toode pole ühilduv tootega paigaldusandmekandjal." @@ -322,14 +332,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Tundmatu toode" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system. \n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -337,22 +347,22 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "" #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Ainult paigaldatud pakettide uuendamine" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Mustril põhinev uuendamine" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<big>Update Options</big> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -361,17 +371,17 @@ msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Uuendamise sätted" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Ühtki neist failidest pole olemas:%1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -380,27 +390,27 @@ msgstr "" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Tundmatu Linux" #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Tundmatu või mitte-Linux" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "Alglaaditav partitsioon või süsteem:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -411,12 +421,12 @@ "\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "Uuendatav partitsioon või süsteem:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -427,12 +437,12 @@ "\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Uuendamiseks valimine" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "\n" "Show All Partitions expands the list to a\n" @@ -441,69 +451,69 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "Süsteem" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partitsioon" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arhitektuur" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "Failisüsteem" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Pealdis" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "Kõikide partits&ioonide kuvamine" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&Laadi" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." msgstr "" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" msgstr "" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Jah, kasuta seda" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -511,29 +521,29 @@ "Are you sure you want to continue?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Jah, jätka" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." msgstr "" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Tundmatu Linuxi süsteem" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Mitte-Linuxi süsteem" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -543,7 +553,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Partitsiooni %1 kontroll" @@ -552,23 +562,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Ük&sikasjade kuvamine" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Failisüsteemi kontroll partitsioonil %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Failisüsteemi kontroll nurjus" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -576,24 +586,24 @@ msgstr "" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "Ühendami&se vahelejätmine" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Vigane parool. Kas proovida uuesti?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Hoiatus" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -604,7 +614,7 @@ msgstr "" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -617,39 +627,39 @@ msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "Määra ühendami&se sätted" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Ühendamise sätted" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Ü&henduskoht" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "Sea&de" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -657,17 +667,17 @@ "udev path: %6" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "Puudub" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "/var-kataloogi ei õnnestu automaatselt leida" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -675,22 +685,22 @@ msgstr "" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "Vali /var-partit&siooni seade" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Seadme teave" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -700,7 +710,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -709,17 +719,17 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "fstab-i ei leitud." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "" @@ -740,38 +750,71 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Uuenduste olemasolu kontroll..." +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot read license file %1" +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "Litsentsifaili %1 ei saa lugeda" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Tundmatu toode" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "Vanema versiooni paigaldamise lubamine" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "%1 paketi valimine paigaldamiseks nurjus." + +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Uuendamise sätteid" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Uuendamine" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Uuendamise sooritamine" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Süsteemi häälestuse uuendamine" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Häälestuse uuendamine" +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "Vanema versiooni paigaldamise lubamine" + #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "Puhastamine" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/users.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/users.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/users.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-12 12:20+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ msgstr "Süsteemiadministraatori \"root\" parool" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "Ära unusta, mis sa siia sisestasid." @@ -4230,23 +4230,23 @@ "Eemalda esmalt kasutajad rühmast." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Kasutajad</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Rühmad</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 #, fuzzy msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "Sisselogimise sätted" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 #, fuzzy msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Häälestatud kataloogide lugemine" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/vm.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/vm.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/vm.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-23 12:36+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -31,143 +31,183 @@ msgstr "Hypervisori ja selle tööriistade paigaldamine" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Paigaldatud pakettide kontroll" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Võrgukaardi häälestamine" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "VM serveri (domeen 0) häälestamine" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Paigaldamine katkestati." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Hypervisor ja selle tööriistad on paigaldatud." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "Virtuaalmasina häälestamine..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Hypervisor ja selle tööriistad on paigaldatud." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Broken server" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "Katkine server" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Xen Section" +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "XEN-i sektsioon" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Paigaldamine katkestati." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Paigaldamine katkestati." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Pakettide kontroll..." #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Pakettide paigaldamine..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Vajalikke pakette ei saa paigaldada." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Häälestusfailide uuendamine..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 #, fuzzy msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Üldiste sätete häälestamine..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 #, fuzzy msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Ethernet võrgukaart" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" msgstr "" @@ -180,31 +220,31 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor ja selle tööriistad on paigaldatud." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor ja selle tööriistad on paigaldatud." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/wagon.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/wagon.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/wagon.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wagon.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-10 10:09+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/wol.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/wol.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/wol.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-12 17:38+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <et(a)li.org>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/xpram.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/xpram.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/xpram.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-04-12 11:44+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/et/po/yast2-apparmor.et.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/et/po/yast2-apparmor.et.po 2014-10-07 16:00:49 UTC (rev 89802) +++ trunk/yast/et/po/yast2-apparmor.et.po 2014-10-07 16:01:17 UTC (rev 89803) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor.et\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-26 12:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Ain Vagula <avagula(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <linux-ee(a)lists.eenet.ee>\n" @@ -322,11 +322,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "Val&mis" @@ -1134,61 +1134,71 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "Kataloogi ei saa luua." -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Enforce" +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "Forsseeritud" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "Kuvatakse kõiki profiile" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "Aktiivsete profiilide häälestusrežiim" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "Aktiivsete profiilide kuvamine" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "Kõikide profiilide häälestusrežiim" #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Profiili nimi" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Režiim" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Lülitusrežiim" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "" #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Profiili režiimi häälestamine" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Profiili režiimi häälestamine" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Select a file to load." msgid "Select an action to perform." -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner(a)opensuse.org

1 0

← Newer
1
...
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
...
97
Older →

Jump to page: